/
Author: Sarat Chandra Das
Tags: linguistics english language tibetan language tibetan-english language
Year: 1902
Text
Htz I II 5|-§5-«j«-?4|K4|^ ^4| § I 5«q $в] Ы1-|^ яз]чv j 5^§5’qI’”’’‘’5’»‘’^^’I’’ V I «Kl’|’«’S ^S-gvpcv I *M|5^v3w’3^’««?i^ i i V^v । йс.-ч)ч;я-з]ад§Яа|«1^я^д|^§-Ч(15^'5ч^-*>5-?|с.1 qiS-Mvaww^J-p.^ [ 54|Mots-q§4^«E^-qf5-«|444i5-^^^-4^e.-| ^•«•qiffrqp-qT «^«npw ЛЬ Zi ^’3lq| ^ ^ | pq*r||?rq|«l|| 4*i5'4’5C’9'5qj’-4i6^-^’«i>^3j5;w^'yt'cigq;«i d??|| ¥U)’8^V3’’’t>5*r<tf II yecqba]4'5b««]^5b?iX^5,g5'gc.'?^’Hj5,q4p,q^ M а'ч'ч^ч-ч-2-<^ч5ь-9|ч^-<5ьф^Цг^>г[-ч-у q^-^qq? r
Published at the Bengal Secretariat Book Depot, Writers’ Buildings, Calcutta. OFFICIAL AGE1TTS. In India— Messes. Thacker, Spink & Co., Calcutta and Simla, Messes. Newman & Co., Calcutta. Messes. Higoineotham & Co., Madras. Messes. Thackee & Co., Ld., Bombay. Messes. A. J. Combeidoe & Co., Bombay. The Supeeintendent, Ameeican Baptist Mission Peess, Bangoon. Mes. Badhabai Atmaeam Sagoon, Bombay. Messes. S. K. Lahiri & Co., Printers and Book-sellers, College Street, Calcutta. Bai Sahib M. Gulab Singh & Sons, Proprietors of the Mnfid-i-am Press, Lahore, Punjab. Messes. V. Kalyanaeama Iyee & Co., Book-sellers, &c., Madras. Messes. D. B. TAEAroaEVALA, Sons & Co., Book-sellers, Bombay. Messes. G. A. Natbson & Co., Madras. In England— Me. E. A. Arnold, 37 Bedford Street, Strand, London. Messes. Constable & Co., 2 Whitehall Gardens, London. Messes. Sampson Low, Marston & Co., St. Dunstan’s House, Fetter Lane, London. Messes. Luzac & Co., 46 Great Bussell Street, London. Messes. Began Paul, Trench, Teubnee & Co., Charing Cross Bead, London. Mr. B. Alfred Quabitch, 15 Piccadilly, London. Messes. P. S. King & Son, 2 & 4 Great Smith Street, Westminster, London. Messes. H. S. Kino & Co., 65 Cornhill, London. Messes. Williams & Noegate, Oxford. Messes. Deighton Bell & Co., Cambridge. On the Continent— Messes. B. Friedlander <Sr Sohn, Berlin, N. W. Carlstrasse, 11. Me. Otto Hareassowitz, Leipzig. Me. Kael Hieesemann, Leipzig. Me. Eenest Leeoux, 28 Bue Bonaparte, Paris. Me. Maetinus Nijhoff, The Hague.
TIBETAN-ENGLISH DICTIONARY WITH SANSKRIT SYNONYMS SARAT CHANDRA DAS, Rai Bahadur, C.I.E., AUTHOR OF “A JOURNEY TO LHASA AND CENTRAL TIBET.” anlr Oittb uitber ф orbers of ф 6obcrnment of Bengal GRAHAM SANDBERG, B.A., CHAPLAIN, H. M. INDIAN SEBVICE; AUTHOR OP “A HAND-BOOK OF COLLOQUIAL TIBETAN,” “MANUAL OF THE SIKKIM-BHUTIA LANGUAGE,” “ MILARASPA, TIBETAN POET AND MYSTIC,” ETC., ETC., ETC., A. WILLIAM HEYDE ONE OF THE BEVISOB3 OF THE TIBETAN NEW TESTAMENT, MORAVIAN MISSIONARY ON THE TIBETAN FBONTIEE. CALCUTTA: PUBLISHED BY THE BENGAL SECRETARIAT BOOK DEPOT. 1902. [Price—Indian, Ps. 32; English, £2
CALCUTTA: HE BENGAL SECRE
PREFACE. i. Alex. Csoma de Koros, the pioneer student of Tibetan, in the preface of his Tibetan-English-Dictionary, published in 1834, wrote as follows:— “When there shall be more interest taken for Buddhism (which has much in common with the spirit of true Christianity) and for diffusing Christian and European knowledge throughout the most eastern parts of Asia, the Tibetan Dictionary may be much im- proved, enlarged, and illustrated by the addition of Sanskrit terms.” The result of his investigations, to speak in Csoma’s own words, was that the literature of Tibet is entirely of Indian origin. The im- mense volumes on different branches of science, etc., being exact or faithful translations from Sanskrit works, taken from Bengal, Magadha, Gangctic or Central India, Kashmir, and Nepal, commencing from the seventh century after Christ. And that many of these works have been translated (mostly from Tibetan) into the Mongol, Manchu, and the Chinese languages; so that by this means the Tibetan language became in Chinese Tartary the language of the learned as the Latin in Europe. In the year 1889 I brought these opinions of that original investiga- tor to the notice of Sir Alfred Croft, k.c.i.e., the then Director of Public Instruction in Bengal, and explained to him the necessity of compiling a Tibetan-English Dictionary on the lines indicated by Csoma de Koros for the use of Tibetan students and particularly to assist European scholars in the thorough exploration of the vast literature of Tibet, which, besides indigenous works, comprises almost all the Buddhist religious works of India, including the great collections of the Kahgyur and the Tangyur. Shortly before this Sir Alfred Croft had received a communication from the late Right Hon’ble Professor F. Max Muller on the desirability of translating into English a Sanskrit-Tibetan work on Buddhist terminology, which was looked for with interest, because it was expected to throw light on many obscure points of Buddhist- Sanskrit literature. The philosophical terms of that literature, many
of which were of extremely doubtful meaning, had been translated with literal accuracy into Tibetan in early times, and it was antici- pated that an analysis of the meaning of these terms would elucidate that of the original Sanskrit words, of which they were the equivalent renderings. Being impressed with the importance of the proposed work, Sir Alfred Croft, in a memorandum addressed to Government, wrote as follows:— “Babu Sarat Chandra Das has brought with him four dictionaries of the classical Tibetan; one of these being a well-known Tibetan- Sanskrit Dictionary, compiled from a large number of named Tibetan as well as standard Sanskrit works, and dating from the 13th century A.D., and another being a Sanskrit-Tibetan Dictionary, which explains the Tantrik portion of the Buddhist Scriptures. The external arrange- ment of the dictionary will be as follows:—The Tibetan words will be placed first in alphabetical order; next their accepted Sanskrit equivalents; next the English rendering of the Tibetan terms; then will follow what is to be a special and valuable feature of the new dictionary. The meaning of each technical term is to be .illustrated by extracts, with exact references from Sanskrit-Buddhist and Tibetan works. Further, it is proposed that Babu Sarat Chandra Das should include in the dictionary words of modern Tibetan which were not known to Csoma or Jaschke. The materials which he has amassed during his two journeys to and residence in Tibet give him excep- tional facilities for making the work complete.” These recommendations having received the sanction of Government in June 1889, I was placed on special duty in connection with the compilation of the proposed dictionary. In 1899, when the work of compilation was brought to a close, the Hon’ble Mr. C. W. Bolton, c.s.i., then Chief Secretary to the Government of Bengal, entrusted the revision of the work to the Revd. Graham Sandberg and Revd. William Heyde, and deputed Professor Satis Chandra Acharya, m.a„, who had made Buddhist Sanskrit and Pali works his special study, to co-operate with me. My respectful thanks are, therefore, due to Sir Alfred Croft for the keen interest he took in my Tibetan studies and for his kind help at the inception of the work, and to Mr. Bolton for securing the services of the two Tibetan scholars—the Revd. Graham Sandberg and Revd. William Heyde —for its successful completion. I also record my obligations to Sir John
vii Edgar, k.c.i.e., formerly Chief Secretary to the Government of Bengal; to Dr. Emil Schlagintweit of Bavaria, and to the Hon’ble W. W. Rockhill, Author of The Land of Lamas for encouragement, assistance, and advice during the prosecution of my researches. Great is the debt of gratitude which I owe to the Revd. G. Sandberg for various acts of kindness. Without his scholarly and efficient aid this work would hardly have assumed its present shape, as he has given a scientific finish to the work which it was not in my power to do. II. In studying the origin and growth of Tibetan literature and the landmarks in the history of that language, Jaschke, the compiler of the second Tibetan-English Dictionary (published in 1882), noticed only two periods of literary activity. Had that critical student of Tibetan been in possession of works of modern literature, which dates from the establishment of the Dalai Lama’s sovereignty over whole Tibet in the beginning of the 18th century A.D., he would certainly have modified his remarks on the subject. Neither he nor Csoma de Koros had any means or opportunities of studying either the current literature of every- day business or the refined, idiomatic literature of Tibet itself, which is quite distinct from the Indian literature that was translated or imported into the language. They do not seem to have ever during the course of their study of Tibetan come across works on drama, fiction, correspondence, etc. It is, therefore, no wonder that the compiler of the later dictionary should assign only two periods to the history of the literature of Tibet, entirely ignoring the third, which is indeed not the least important of the three. The first period, to describe it in the language of Jaschke, is the Period of Translations, which, however, might also be entitled the Classical Period, for the sanctity of the religious message conferred a corresponding reputation and tradition of excellence upon the form in which it was conveyed. This period begins in the second half of the seventh century A.D., when Thon-mi Sambhota (the good Bhota or Tibetan), the minister of King Srongtsan Gampo, returned to Tibet after studying the Sanskrit language under an eminent Brahman teacher of Magadha. “His invention of the Tibetan alphabet gave two-fold impulse: for several centuries the wisdom of
viii India and the ingenuity of Tibet laboured in unison and with the greatest industry and enthusiasm at the work of translation. The tribute due to real genius must be accorded to these early pioneers of Tibetan grammar. They had to grapple with infinite wealth and refinement of Sanskrit; they had to save the independence of their own tongue, while they strove to subject it to the rule of scientific principles, and it is most remarkable how they managed to produce translations at once. literal and faithful to the spirit of the original.” The Classical Period may be divided into three stages. The first or the earliest stage terminated with the downfall of the first histor- ical monarchy, when King Langdarma fell by the hand of an assassin. The second stage commenced with the introduction of the system of chronology, called the Vrihaspati cycle of 60 years, in Tibet by an Indian Buddhist called Chandra Nath and Chilu Pandit of Tibet in 1025 A.D. This was the age of Milaraspa and Atisa, whose illustrious disciple, Brom-ton Gyalwai Jungnd, laid the founda- tion of the first Buddhist Hierarchy in Tibet and established the great monastery of Rwadcng, with a library of Sanskrit works. Jaschke’s second period evidently corresponds with this stage, when “Tibetan authors began to indulge in composition of their own” and wrote on historical and legendary subjects. The third stage began with the conquest of Tibet by the Tartar Conqueror, Chingis Khan, in 1205 A.D., when Pandit S'akya S'ri of Kashmir had returned to Tibet after witnessing the plunder and destruction of the great Buddhist monasteries of Odantapuri and Vikrama S'ila in Magadha, and the conquest of Bengal and Behar by the Mahomedans under Baktyar Ghilji in 1203 A.D. In this last stage flourished the grand hierarchy of Sakya, which obtained supreme influence over Tibet and the country, which was then divided into 13 provinces, called Thikor Chusum, as a gift from the immediate successors of Chingis Khan. Among the most noted writers of the time were Sakya Pandit Kungah Gyal-tshan, Dogon Phag-pa, the spiritual tutor of Emperor Khubli Khan, and Shongton Lotsawa, who translated the Kavyadaria of Dandi and Kshemendra’s Avadana Kalpalata in metrical Tibetan. With the opening of the 15th century Buton-Riuchen Dub introduced a new era in the literature of Tibet, and Buddhism received fresh impulse under the rule of the Phagmodu chiefs, when Tibetan scholars took largely to the study of
ix Chinese literature under the auspices of the Ming Emperors of China. During this period, called the age of Da-nying (old orthography), the great indigenous literature of Tibet arose. A host of learned Lotsawas and scholars like Tsongkhapa, Buton, Gyalwa Ngapa, Lama Taranatha, Desri Sangye Gyatsho, Sumpa Khampo, and others flourished. This was the age of the Gelug-pa, or the Yellow Cap School of Buddhism, founded by Tsongkhapa with Gahdan as its head-quarters. The third period begins with the first quarter of the 18th century, when Chinese suzerainty over Tibet was fully established and the last of the Tartar kings of the dynasty of Gushi Khan was killed by a General of the Jungar Tartars—an incident which transferred the sovereignty of Tibet to the Dalai Lama, who was till then a mere hierarch of the Gelug-pa Church. It is within this period that Tibet has enjoyed unprecedented peace under the benign sway of the boly Bodhisattvas, and its language has become the lingua franca of Higher Asia. Lhasa Villa, Darjeeling, July 1902t SARAT CHANDRA DAS. i*
REVISORS’ PREFACE. When in December 1899 the Chief Secretary to the Government of Bengal handed over to us for revision the Tibetan Dictionary upon which Sarat Chandra Das had laboured for some dozen years, we found at our disposal a work embracing a mass of new and important collections on the language, the value of which was marred by two prominent character- istics—first, the material had been put together in somewhat heteroge- neous fashion, hardly systematic enough for a dictionary; secondly, the vast amount of original matter had been throughout greatly interlarded with lengthy excerpts from Jaschke’s Dictionary, not always separable from the new information, and this imparted a second-hand appearance to large portions of the work, which was, in reality, by no means deserved. Moreover, in this way, no attempt had been made to improve upon Jaschke’s definitions of many of the commoner Buddhist philosophical terms or to incorporate the later results of European scholarship in these instances. On the other hand, one was very often gratified to find, in the case of the more difficult philosophical terminology, that the learned Bengali had gone to original and little-explored sources of native informa- tion, such as Tsongkhapa’s Lam-rim Chhenmo, and, by extracts from the same, furnished valuable and novel particulars under those heads. Accordingly, the task which the Revisors set themselves was directed mainly to counteracting the errors of judgment above indicated. Such a task proved one of a more laborious character than might be at first imagined; and the fact that the work of amendment and addition has taken them upwards of two years of incessant toil sufficiently evidences its difficulty. First, has come the business of selection and excision. The religion and philosophy of Tibetan books are properly confined to the Bon cult and to Buddhism. There had been, however, a tendency here to draw in all manner of Hindu thought and mythology, because one or two works translated into Tibetan from the Sanskrit dealt with these matters. This tendency it seemed right to curb except in those instances, not at all infrequent, where the Vedic and Puranic Hinduism, in some measure, was bound up with, or bore upon, or explained, Buddhist belief or popular practice.
xii Excision has had to be meted out, further, in the case of unnecessary repetition of otherwise properly-introduced information. Secondly, our task has been one of substitution. Many articles have had to be freshly written, or at least re-compiled. In place of the innumerable excerpts from Jaschke, already referred to, we have had to examine and to treat de novo the grammar and general usage of a largo number of the commoner nouns, adjectives, and verbs, notably the verbs. To illustrate these new articles, we have had to substitute for Jaschke’s examples a largo number of original quotations from Tibetan authors as well as a certain number of made-up sentences put together to exhibit various phrases of ordinary employment. In other articles, also, where Sarat Chandra Das had not thought it necessary to do more than repeat Csoma’sor Jaschke’s illustrative sentences, wo have looked out fresh examples to replace them. Of still greater importance was it in the case of certain doctrinal terms and phrases of Buddhism to undertake re-definition and to connote and assimilate modern discussion and research on the subject. Among those terms may be noted such as ^j3j, rkyen; rten-hbrel; tta-гса; rdul; §’&l, bla-ma ; '5^', gyuil-drun ; , dc-bshin-ggegs-2)a, But while referring to these substitutions and others of a like nature, we do not wish to assume too much. We would rather repeat that, in the matter of philosophical definitions also, we have been frequently surprised and instructed by the descriptions and explanations of recondite ideas and terms which Sarat Chandra Das has himself succeeded in collecting from various native authorities. Such information would have sufficed if he had not sometimes confused it by the sudden and inconsequent linking on of Jaschke’s remarks without curtailment and without any connotation of them to that which he had himself just set out. Thirdly, in the way of direct addition to the original work, there have been certain moderate sup- plementary contributions. Jaschke had dealt very fully with the Western colloquial, and we have sought to introduce a number of the colloquial words and phrases belonging to the Central and Eastern speech. Other additions have been short paragraphs on the mythological pantheon of Tibet and Mongolia, together with an attempt to give exact information on zoological and geographical points. It may be considered by some that there is a certain lack of reference to known authorities in support of many of the statements set forth in this work. However, it should be remembered that in dealing with a
xiii language so little explored as the Tibetan (or which, indeed, in one narrow groove—that of the Kahgyur translations from Sanskrit—has, in some sense, been over-explored), the difficulty is to find adequate authorities for tho real and more current uses of words and phrases. The stilted verbiage of the Kahgyur is often mere Sanskrit idiom literally rendered into Tibetan, but it gives no idea of the elastic style to be found in the innumer- able indigenous productions of native Tibetan writers. Sarat Chandra Das has held familiar intercourse with modern men of learning in Tibet itself—the professors at Tashi-lhunpo, Daipung, Samye, Mindolling, and other important monastic institutions. Much, therefore, has been gleaned by him which, though absolutely reliable, cannot be given on any stated authority, but must be accepted as information obtained at first hand and now presented for the first time. This frank acceptance should also be extended to much with which the Revisors have been able to supplement the Author’s original work. Both of them have been located for lengthy periods where Tibetan is the language of the people of the place, and have been in constant communication with men from Lhasa and all parts of Tibet. Under such circumstances, “authorities” cannot of course be quoted. In dealing with philosophical terms, and in general with the forms to be met with both in the old classical works and in modern treatises, it will certainly be found, however, that our examples are constantly supported by exact references. These have been taken from writings of all kinds. Hitherto European scholars seem to have thought of the literature of Tibet as one consisting wholly of Sanskritic translation and as limited to the contents of tho Kahgyur and Tangyur. The Author and the Revisors have endeavoured, by widening the sources of their quota- tions, to show how extensive a field is covered by mediaeval and modern Tibetan writers. Geography, history, biography, political government, accounts, astrology, are all represented. It may be remarked, for example, that the official biographies of the successive Dalai Lamas alone fill some 32 volumes. Nevertheless, although these scarce memoirs are included in Sarat Chandra Das’s library, we are sorry to point out that none of his examples appear to have been taken therefrom. Knowing, however, how scanty is the range of Tibetan works avail- able to the majority of students, we have not failed to quote largely in our examples from the Kahgyur and Tangyur collections. We may
xiv note on this point that a suggestion has been forwarded to us that, in quoting from the former, special references should be given to Mons. Feer’s Textes tires du Kandjovr. But we are afraid that the scope for quotation would be narrowed if our references to the Kahgyur were con- fined to Mons. Feer’s very limited extracts published in lithograph form over 30 years ago. As to the index du Kandjour, which was issued in the pub- lications of the Musde Guimet 20 years back, it is evident to every Tibetan student that this Index was only a rechauffe of Csoma Korosi’s much clearer and fuller analysis of the Kahgyur printed 68 years ago in the pages of the Asiatic Researches. We fear, indeed, that reli- ance on such works as these would rather expose us to charges of non- acquaintance with more recent results of European investigation in the present field. Although working in India, we may observe, however, that we have done our best to keep pace with what European Orien- talists have written on our subject; but assistance has been mainly derived from the many memoirs compiled by Russian and German scholars, and we would specially recommend to notice the collections in this field made by Prince Ukhtomski and the very recent publications of Dr. Albert Gruuwedel, Dr. A. Conrady, and Professor Huth. The analyses of the Tangyur, issued by Professor Huth during the last three or four years, are particularly noteworthy. To return, however, to the above-mentioned suggestion, we may say that not only would the scope be too restricted, but also there is no necessity, under present conditions, to refer to any mere collection of extracts. Nearly every capital city in Europe now has obtained possession of com- plete copies of the Kahgyur volumes, and in two or three libraries the 220 volumes of the Tangyur may be also consulted. In St. Petersburg are three full sets of the Kahgyur and two sets of the Tangyur; in Paris is a set of the Kahgyur; in one or other of the great German libraries both the Tibetan encyclopoedia may be seen; in England, while curiously enough the British Museum Library owns only a small drawer-ful of loose Tibetan book-leaves, the India Office Library can boast a perfect series of both Kahgyur and Tangyur; and, lastly, in the Vatican Propaganda Library is preserved Oratio della Penna’s incomplete collection of Kahgyur volumes. A word as to the Sanskrit equivalents following each Tibetan term. Sanskrit scholars will perhaps consider these equivalents rather
XV unsystematically enumerated. They have, nevertheless, with regard to the majority of them, this particular value:—they were selected by native Indian scholars of mediaeval and later days in collaboration with Tibetan lotsawas or translators, as the appropriate Sanskrit synonyms of the respective Tibetan words. They have been taken chiefly from one celebrated Sanskrit-Tibetan Dictionary, and supple- mented by a well-known Calcutta pandit and professor, Satis Chandra Acharya Vidyabhusan, who has also considerable acquain- tance with literary Tibetan. The same learned professor has also, in numerous instances, appended a literal English rendering of the Sanskrit terms. These renderings have been placed within square brackets with the initial (S' outside the brackets, and he alone is responsible for such translations. The system of transliteration followed is that adopted finally at the Vienna Congress of Orientalists ; and this system is observed in the case of all Tibetan and Sanskrit words intended to be literally transliterated and printed in italics. However, when a Tibetan or Sanskrit proper name occurs in Roman characters, not as a transliteration, but in the English explanation of a word, or in any English sentence as an integral part of such explanation or sentence, the name is spelled according to the conventional English fashion and, in the case of Sanskrit terms or names, as in Sir Monier Williams’s Dictionary. A considerable number of Tibetan words at tho head of paragraphs will be found in larger type. This indicates either that the word is the root of all related terms, or that it is the most common word of the series and thus ostensibly that from which the others have been derived. Two different arbitrary signs will be found prefixed to many words. The Author, it seems, has marked such words as he considers archaic or gone out of present use with a swastika (-f,), and those words deemed by him to have been imported into Tibetan from the Sanskrit, whether directly or by derivation, he has distinguished by a double-headed dagger (^). In conclusion, the Revisors would point out that although they have been given, and have generally taken, the greatest freedom in correcting or rejecting the matter set forth in this work, and for that reason cannot justly shift responsibility for the accuracy or non-accuracy of that which is herein written, nevertheless they have generally not reversed
xvi the views and statements of the Author wherever these have seemed to them reasonable or fairly tenable, and to be the result of deliberately- formed opinion. They have felt, even when differing personally from the Author, that this Dictionary was Sarat Chandra Das’s—not their own. We must not omit to mention that, by the agency of the Chief Secretary to Government, certain brief comments on various portions of the Dictionary were received from Professor Bendall, and we have to thank him for his kind suggestions. GRAHAM SANDBERG. A. WILLIAM HEYDE. Dasibeiing, India ; The lit March 1902.
ALPHABETICAL PLAN OF THE TIBETAN LANGUAGE, (yang nga). The five vowels: a, i, u, e, o. The four vowel signs that are attached to the basic letter w are called gi-git, shabkyii, deng-bu and naro: t, u, e, o. ’S5*’i’<*) silm-chu). The thirty consonants: T] • p • 4] • E'l Aa, kha, да, fia, ц ’ 4 ’ q ’ «I pa, pha, ba, tna. T QI ’ ra, la, fa, sa. 5 ’ Ж’ E ’ ?>| ca, cha, ja, na, tsa, tsha, dea, wa. ha, a. 5 • я s ta, tha, dd, на, «j ’ з ’ V «1| sha, za, ha, ya. The Dictionary order of the Tibetan letters, with their Indo-Romanic equivalents and their pronunciation exemplified by English words: к in kill, seek P kh „ ink-horn. g » gun, go, dog. К’й (=w$r)„ sing, king. 3<?(=cA)in porch. ^ch(^=chh),4 church-hill. E j „ jet, jump. w (=n) „ singe. lc
xviii 5 я t th in water (in Ireland). ,, nut-hook. a sh in shone or s in leisure. n azure or s in as. 5 d „ dice (more like th in this). h hour, honour. n „ not, nut. 4 У „ yard, year. Ц P „ pull, page. v r „ ray, rope. 4 ph „ uphill. I „ last, large. q ь, , or w „ ball, boy, bard. *°|?( „ sharp. „ man, map. s „ same, soon. * ts ,, parts. h „ half, happy. & tsh „ (ts aspirated). a „ far. £ ds „ guards. 4 w „ waft, wave. In all the above twenty nine letters the last letter w is inherent, therefore the Tibetan Grammarians have included it as a basis both for vowels and consonants. The letter * (Л) called (®*'^’) the little a is generally joined to the basic-vowel of a letter to make its pronunciation long. When it is subjoined to the letter « the compound so formed becomes equivalent to the Sanskrit a and is pronounced as a in tar, far, or father. When it is subjoined to the vowel & the compound so formed resembles the Sanskrit $ and is pronounced like i in police and so on. The Sanskrit Alphabet and their Tibetan equivalents: The vowels: * uT’ ш чя 2 67, /, i. tiy й, ry ri. Ц liy <?, ?. о, au, ат у ah. The consonants: 5 nit^l Tf’"’ITc'l ha, kha,ga,gha, na. ’W sg tsa, tshay dsa, ds ha, na. гг'??ли ta,tha,da, dha,na. 5’4'S'v3il ta, tha, da, dha, na.
xix Ц 4i Ч Ч 41 q • fil’ q’ Л| pa, pha,la, bha,nia. c sri UTV^’^I ya, ra, la, wa. ^1 да, sa, sa, ha. k?a. The consonant signs representing the letters and *: (игц^ч ya-tag) and ra-tag). (ty-yfysix)- The six inverted Tibetan letters representing the Sanskrit letters: Z 3 < 4 ^1 ia, tha, da, na, , k?a. У (Mg six). The six aspirates, i.c., letters having *> subjoined to them, Vf 4 4i gha, dha, bha, dsha, dha, lha. 4|-^^'3-o,gc’^3i'X’(or | The compounds formed with the four vowel signs of ?, ?/, c and о called gi-ga— angle’4, shab§-kyu—the hook^, h(jrcn-lu the ‘standing ’ stroke", and §na-ro ‘ the horns over the nose which are joined to the consonants including the basic vowel ki, ku, ke^ ко. 94 9Щ 9^ go- ci) CU) CG) co. 94 ^4 Л Jo. Fl-B'F’-FI c-§-6-£-| khi) khU) khe, kho. at] mt) ne, no. chi) chU) chC) cho. ni) П14 He, no.
XX ti, tu, te, to. thi, thu, the, tho. di, du, de, do. ni, nu, ne, no. pi, pu, pe, po. phi, phu, phe, pho. a-g-a-ai bi, bu, be, bo. mi, mu, me, mo. tsi, tsu, tse, tso. tshi, tshu, tshe, tsho. dsi, dsu, dse, dso. огзд’огэд wi, tcu, we, wo. shi, shu, she, sho. zi, zu, ze, zo. hi, hu, he, ho. F, УЩ Уо. ri, ru, re, ro. li, lu, le, lo. ^44 fS fO- si, su, se, so. hi, hu, he, ho. i, u, e, o. (ya-tag seven). The seven basic consonants to which the letter °* у is subjoined: kya, khya, gya, pya, phya, bya, mya. The four compounds which in their pronunciation resemble the four simple letters *, a, t, ?: Q pya is pronounced as « ea. phya is pronounced as * cha S Ъуа „ „ „ * ja. § mya „ „ „ Ъ na. (ra-tag thirteen). The thirteen basic consonants to which the letter r may be subjoined and in which though the basic constituent is not pronounced, in Tibet proper yet the compounds so formed have a pronunciation altogether different from that of any of the constituents, U • H • 4J 5 ' 5 ’ V 9' Я Я • 4 -ч 3 $1 kra, khra, gra, tra, thra, dra, pra, phra, bra, mra, fra, sra, hra, (ta), (tha), (da), (ta), (tha), (da), (ta), (tha), (da), (ma), (sra), (sa), hra.
xxi The eight compounds of which the pronunciation resembles that of the Sanskrt cerebrals в, в, в represented in Tibetan by the inverted letters <?, ₽, :— kra tya). tra (ta), pra (ta). [g khra (tha). qj gra (da), dra ((fa). g bra (da), g phra (tha). <№«9 six). The six basic consonants to which the letter * I is subjoined : grars’^sni gla, bla, ria, §la, zla (da). In the compounds the i.e,, basic are silent except in 3 which is pronounced as d; the letters not pronounced are underlined. The same with и subjoined : 3 • aj • g • 5 • а' a I xO -<Э khi, ghi, blu, rlu9 $lu, zlu (du), -y^-q^^-q-q^^]^ (wa-гиг tdg-pa sixteen). The sixteen letters with (ч 14) i.e. 4 which is a corner of the letter У w subjoined to them: т '"ГУПТ Г 3 ’Ч’УУ’-Т’-Ч 4 4 4 4 4 я я *1 я 4 я 4 kwa, khwa, gwa, cica, nwa, hca, diva, tswa, tshwa, shwa, zwa, rwa, Iwa, giva, stva, hwa, (ra-go twelve). The twelve basic consonants with 4 r on their head, i.e., surmounting them: rfca, rga, rna, rja, rna, ria, rda, rna, rba, r?na, rtsa, rdsa. (the superscribed letter being generally silent is represented by an underlined r)
xxii QT5tfj-C|^ {la,.(jo ten). The ten basic consonants with the letter I surmounting them: g^’g'^’SI’gl’31 lkat Iga, Ina, lea, Ija, Ita, Ida, Ipa, Iba, lha. the superscribed letter where silent is represented by an underlined I. (sa-go eleven). The eleven basic consonants with the letter s surmounting them : ska, sga, sna, §na, sta, §da, §na, spa, sba, sma, $tsa. the superscribed letter which is not pronounced is represented by an underlined s. (ng on-jug five). The five letters which, when prefixed to initial or basic letters to form a word, ar seldom in Tibet Proper pronounced and are represented by underlined italics: g, b, h. (je-jilg ten). The ten letters which when affixed to initial letters to form a word are very softly pronounced:— у, h, d, n, b, m, h, r, I, s. (dsog-tshig eleven). The eleven letters which are reduplicated (to form the preterite) when joined with a terminal о: go, no, do, no, bo, mo, ho, ro, lo, so, to.
xxiii {la-don seven). The seven postpositions signifying to or at, sit, ru, rcty du у na, lay tu. {№-da five). The postpositive particles to signify possession:— *7*> kyi, ffyi, hi, yi. che-^.a, or je-da. The instrumental particles:— <7/5, kyii, gyts, his, yis. the basic "I and its compounds with the letter b ч prefixed, bkah. VI bkan. q^| Muy. qq^l bkan. bkdb. bkas. q^| bkar. q^| bkal. • VI bkug. qij^l bkitms. VI bskur. VI bkur. VI bkus. q^SI bkod. qTp| bkol. qj^l bkyigs. q3l bkye. ЧЦ| bkra. q^l bkrag. q^jq^l bkrabs. qT|JW| bkrams. bkral. bkri. q3i bkru. q^| bkrus. bkren. q^N| bkre§. qTjr^l bkrons. VI bkrol. qiJ4[ bkrag. Vi bskyed. VI bskyur. b$ko$. q^| brko. q*l| brku. qjpJ| brkyars. qff^| brkiun.
xxiv q-G^Qj'3q-c$-3| the basic * and its compounds with the letter ч prefixed, qscq fecah. fecags. fecan%. ^Sl bead. qsq^| fecab$. bear. fecal. q$^| fecas. qloi[ fecil. q^q^| bcift§. efc’l fecin. fecug. qFI bead. fecum. ^1 fecu. q3JI^| booms. q^| feco§. qT^!| fecol. felcid. q-$q-q^[ the basic 5 and its compounds with the letter ч prefixed, q^qpq fetags. ‘’Fl fetan. q^| fetab. q^l fetins. bin. ‘’FI fetus. fetud. q^| fetub. ‘’Fl fetul. ‘’FP fetan. q^| feteb. brtan. ferten. festan. festen. fella. ^1 fellas ‘’Fl feltar. feltos. q^l feltam$. T>! fertun. qjQ)| brtul. qjqpsq festegs. q^| ' festum. q-<q-q^1 the basic i and its compounds with the letter ч prefixed, q^4|| btsag. btsan. q^l fetsah. q^l fetsa$. q^| fetsal. feisir. q^plj^| btsugs. ^51 fetsud* fetsun. q^~wi| fetsum$. q£jW| btsem§. btso. fetsog. q&’| fetson. 1 fetsod. 4^| fetson. qfcq btsons. q^l btso§. fertsi. П5Я fertsub. fertse. fest son. qr*^i brtsa?n§.
XXV the basic and its compounds wifh the letter ч prefixed, bgag. 444^1 bgagi- bgad. qqpq bgam. 4^J| bgegs. 4^1 bgo. bgo$. 43^1 bgyant. bgyi. bgyii. bgyt'd- 44C4 bgran. bgran%. bgrad. bgres- bgro. brgan. brgol. qjc^| brgyafa. ед brgyid. T' brgyud. brgyun. q3l brgye. ед brgyan. brgyal. "SSI brgyad. qiN bsgyir. ед bsgyur. 4|si bsgyed. 4g4| bigrob. ед NO b^grun. bsgruns. Ч§Я| NO b$grum. 4|C| btgrefi. ед bigron. ед^1 b$grags. 'O fogrub*. £AD OR THE STOPS. pronounced shad in Ladak and Amdo but in Tsang and Central pronounced: Shay I or single perpendicular stroke | = Comma. Ms double stroke J| == full stop. four-fold stroke |[J] used at the end of a chapter or section. point, dot separating syllables. stroke with dots on its top j or ornamental stop. Tibet is i d
ABBREVIATIONS OF NAMES. A..................Ati-yahi rnamJhar I A. K. .............Avadana Kalpalata. A. R...............Asiatic Researches. A, S.............Asta Sahasrika В. T. Society, A. C. ...........Anuruddha-Qataka В. T. Society. Abhi...................Abhidhammattha-sangaho. Ar.................Arabic. jB. grub...........Bon-gyi grub-mthah B. Nam...........Bon Nam shag. B.T.8. ............Buddhist Text Society. Bak ...............Baltistan. Behu...............Behu-bum sfion-po q । Beng...............Bengali language. Bhar...............Bharata, dialogue, ed. by Dr. A. Schiefner. Shot...............Bhotan, province. Bodhi..............Bodhicharyavatara, В. T. Society. B.ch...............Bon-chos | Budh...............Buddhism. Bum............................Sman-hbum скип. Burn. I. ............Bumouf, Introduction au Buddhism Indien. Burn. II...........Bumouf, Lotus de la bonne loi. C. ................Central Tibet. Can................Сапакуа (Тза-па-ка) СЛо-гаН............Lama Chos-bzan gsufi-hbum. Choi-g.............Chos-rgyal b§tod-pa tiryrqjvq I Cs.................Csoma de Kordsi’s Tibetan English Dictionary Cunm...............Cunningham General, Ladak and the surrounding cc Ge or C. don.......Ce§-rab $don-bu G- gya.............Qe§-rab brgya-pa | C. lam................Cam-bha-lahi lam-yig Qer................... Qer-gyi me-lofi | qu. ...............qiia^} Div. A.............,. .Divyavadana. D. qel................Dwan^el me-lofi D. Il................Dul-wa Rinpo-che, a Bon religious work. Dran...............Dran-pa, fier g^hag Dag...................Dag-byed gsal-wabi me-lofi ।
xxviii Deb...............Deb-ther snon-po Desg..............Desgodins, La Mission du Tibet de 1855-1870. Dh................Dharmasangraha (Max Muller). Dham..............Dhammapado, B. Text Society’s edition. Do or Dom.........Mdo-man I Dsam..............Hdsam-glin rgyas-bgad I Du^ye.............Dus-hkhor-gyi ye-ges-куг lehu also Du$-hgrel ye-le. Du§-kho...........Du$-hkhor ti-кй. Dug...............Gdug$-dkar Dzl...............Mdo hdsan-blun an ancient collection of Legends of Buddha. Dv................JE-vam [ G. Bon............Rgyal-rab§ bon-gyi hbyufi-gnas G. kah............Rgyal-po bkah-than чц* | G. 8ndg...........Revd. Graham Sandberg, b.a., ll.b. Gyal..............Rgyal mtshan rtsemohi gzufi$. Gyal. 8...........Rgyal-rab$ gsal-icahi me-lon & <5k* । Glr...............Rgyal-rabs, a history of the kings of Tibet quoted by Jaschke. Gram..............Grammar or native grammatical works. Grub..............Grub-mthah $el-gyi me-lon ^qwv^gii-ak* [ Gul...............a/WQQ'wjq Mkhas-pahi mgnl-rgyan. Gya-cher..........Gya-cher rol-pa, Tib. version of the Lalitvistara Ed. by Foucaux. Glu...............Rgyal-wa Tshans-dbyans rgya-mtshohi mgul-glu. Gser-phrefi.......J* *S^4]N by Nagarjuna. Gshon.............Gshon-nuhi rngul mgyur [ Gyu...............Gyu-thog-pahi ruam-thar | Hey...............Revd. A. W. Heyde of the Moravian Mission. Hind..............Hindi language. Hook..............Sir Joseph Hooker’s Himalayan journals. Hue...............A bbe Hue and Gabet’s Tibet. Bbrom. ...........Bbrom-ston-pahi rnam-thar | Bbum. ............¥ит-скепчпо^'^\'^\ J, Zan............Dpag-bsam Ijon-bzan । Ja................Jachke’s Tibetan-English Dictionary. Jig..................Bjig-rten lug^kyi b$tan-bcos I K. d..............Bkah-hgyur mdo K. du.............Bkah-hgyur hdul-wa | K. dun............Bkah-babs bdun-ldan-gyi rnam-thar g H. g..............Bkah-hgyur rgyud К. ко.............Bkah-hgyur dkon-brtsegs I К. my.............Bkah-hgyur myan-hdas K. phal.............Bkahhgyur phal-po-che
xxix K.P...............Karup&-puudarika, В. Т. Society. .Й7. than. or Kathan. Padma ftkah than. Kalac. T..........Kalachakra of Taranatha. Kh................Kham, eastern part of Tibet. Kha...................Mkhah hgro-mahi brdah. Khrid. ...........Klon-chen Hkhrid-yig Kopp..............Koppen, die religion des Buddha. Kun...............Kunawar, province under British protection. Kye-rim...........Hjigs-byed b^kyed-rim I L. V.............Lalitavistara. Lanka.............Lagkavatara-Sutra, В. T. Society. Lam-rim...........В у ah-chub Lam-gyi rim-pa 5^*44’ Lam. ti...........Lam-don ti-ka I Lat...............Latin. Ld. ..............Ladak. Ld. Glr...........Ladak Gyal-rab^ a history of Tibet, Ed. by Dr. E. Sehlagintweit» Lex or Lexx.......Lexicon or Lexicons, native Tibetan dictionaries. Lh................Lhasa. Lh. kar...........Lha-sahi dkar-chag । Lha. kah..........Lha-hdre bkah-than I Lig...................Li-$i gur-khan a Tibetan glossary. Lo................Thog-mahi blo-$byon$ (Lam-rim). Loh...............Klon-rdol gsun-hbum 16th volume. L. kah..............Blon-po bkah-than Ljan$.............Ljah-glin-gi bsgruns f If. V. ...........Maha Vyutpatti. M. vrtti........Madhyamika Vritti В. T. Society. M. With.............Sir. Monier William’s Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Ma................Ma-hons lufi-b$tan Tibetan Apocalypse. M. gu..............Margyud Maha, p............Mahaparinibbana-sutta, Pali Text Society. Maha, v.............Mahavariiso. Mam..........................Ma mo bska n gso. Med. .............Medical works of Tibet. Mi................Mihi mtshan-nid Mil...............Milaraspa’s mgur hbum hundred thousand songs. Mil. nt...........Mi-la ras-pahi rnam-thar й’огмгц?Mila’s autobiography. Min-rda...........Min-don brdah-sprod (Dag-yig)* Mong..............Mongolian. Mng...................Man-hag rgyud «Ц'ммк a medical work.
XXX Ngrin..............Mgrin-snon zla-wahi rtogs-brjod I Mgur. .............Ni-la ra§-pahi mgur-hbum -цдя Nnon...............Mnon-brjod mkhas-pahi rna-rgyan | a Lhasa block-print work in 80 leaves compiled by Nag Wang Jigten Wangchug Tagpai Dorje from Sakya Pai?chhen’s Tshig-gter, Tibetan translation of Amarkosa and other lexicons. Ntshan.............Ntshan-nid Naro...............Na-ro chos-dritg | | Nor................Nor-lhahi gzuns Nag................Dag-yig nag-sgron Org................Original texts. Org. m.............Original manuscripts. Pag.................Rtogs-bjrod dpag-sam hkhri-tpn Vе) Pth................Pad-ma than-yig | Pur................Purrang. lido...................Rdo-rin, sum-rtag§ Rdo-phren. ........Rdo-rjephren-wa. Rdsa...............Sgom-chen daft rdsa-rtsig-gi rnam-thar Rgyan..............Rgyan-gyi bstau bcos j Rje-nam............Rje rin-po chehi rnam-thar Rnam...............Rnam-bgad snin-rgyan I Rtsa-g.............Rtsa-rgyud #^51 Rtsa. ti...........Dbu-ma rtsa hgrel-pa @ni§~ka, I Rtsa-shun..........Nan-nag rgyud-kyi rtsa-wahi gshun ’Ц’ыГ|5’Вт€£’4|5сг | Rtsi...............RtsU-kyi bstan-bcos Rtsii..............Rtsis-gs/d pbyogs-bsgrigs I &..................Sanskrit terms from Tibetan-Sanskrit Lexicons of Tibet explained by Satis Chandra Acharya, m.a. S. del.............Gsum-hgrcl I S, g...............Shad-gyud, a medical work. S. Lex.............Sanskrit lexicon. S. phren...........Leg8-bgad gser-hphren I S. kar.............Bsam-yas dkar-chag AWW^'mj j jS. lam............Sambhalai lam-yig. S. kg..............8a-$kya legs-bfad j jS. 0..............Gser-hod dam-pa | S.P................Suvarga-prabha, В. T. Society. Sama...............Samadhiraya-sutra, В. T. Society. Sam................Samkhya-tattva Naumudi. Sans...............Sanskrit or Sanskrt.
xxxi Sck. ..............Prof. Is. J. Schmidt, Tibetisch-Deutsches Worterbuch. and Tibetische grammatik. Schr.................Dr. A. Schiefner. Schl. ..............Dr. E. Schlagintwcit, Buddhism in Tibet. Schtr...............Schroter, editor of the first Tibetan Dictionary. Set*................Gser-gyi Melofi, Shad...................Sman-gyi bqad-rgyud 1 Shal...................Shal-lce. Sikk................Sikkim. Situ................Si-tuhi sum-rtag§ (^5'9 $5J’T5C' . Sman. g...............Sman-rgyud or Sman................Bder-dge sman-b§dus chen-mo I Sfiag...................Snags-$kad a vocabulary of mystic Sanskrt terms. Snan...................Snan nag melon Snift...............Klon-chen §nin-thig-gi theg-mchog mdsod f Snd. Hbk.............Rev. G. Sandberg’s Hand-book of Tibetan. Sog.................Sog-gtam । Sorig...............Gso-rig eho$-hbyun । Spyod. ...........Spyod-rnam ! Spyo................Spyod-hjug | Stg...................B§tan-hgyur collection of commentaries. Sukh................... Sukha vati- vy uh a. Suran...............Surangama Sfitra Tan. d. ...............B§tan-hgyur-mdo Tan. §nag.............В st an hgyur snags. Ta...................Tara Natha’s Rgya-gar cho$-hbyun, history of the rise of Buddhism. Theg...................Theg-mchog mdsod Thgr...................Bar-do tho§-grol chcn-mo Thgy...................Thargyan, scientific treatises. Tib...................For Tibetan. Trig..................Triglot a collection of Buddhist terms by Prof. Minayeff. Ts. or Tsan..........Gtsan Tsang province. Ts. kah.............Btsun-mo bkah-than | Tshig.............Tshig^-brgya-pa V. ...............The province of 55^ Dbu^ Central Tibet. V. C..............Vajra-chedika. Vai. kar............. Vai-durya dkar-po Vai. sn................or (Vui-dury §non-po). Visuddhi. ........Visuddhimaggo В. T. Society. W\ or W. Tib.......Western Tibet.
xxxii Was...............Prof. W. Wassiljew, Der Buddhismus. Wils..............Wilson’s Grammar. Wts...............Wai-tsang thu-shi; a description of Tibet, Ed. by Klaproth. Ya-sel............Vai-dura ya-sel | Yaft-ti...........Dbyans-can tikd. Yid...............Yid-kyi mun-sel Yig...............Rgya-bod yig-tshan | Yig. к............Yig-b§kur rnam-ffshag Yon. .............Yon-gtan rndsod 1 Z. ...............Zafis-dkar Zam...............Brdah-yi h$tan-bco$ Za-ma-tog (Dag-yig). and * prefixed to some words indicate them as fada rnifi) belonging to the older orthography. and + prefixed to some words indicate their Indian or Sanskrit origin. * words marked with asterisks were sent by Dr. Albert Grunwedel for being incor- portated in this Dictionary. They were collected by Dr. A. Schiefner.
GRAMMATICAL ABBREVIATIONS abbr. abbreviated; abbreviations. genit. genitive case. abstr. abstraction; abstract. gram. grammar. aoc. according to. ibid. ibidem, in the same place. accus. accusative case. id. idem, the same. act. active, actively. i. <?. id est, that is. adj. adjective. imp. imperative mood. adv. adverb, adverbially. impers. impersonal, impersonally. arith. arithmetic. incorr. incorrect, incorrectly. b. books. inf. infinitive mood. c. cum, with. init. initio, at the beginning of a longer c.c. construitur cum, construed with. inst. instead. [article. c.c.a. construed with the accusative, etc. instr. instrumentative case. cf. confer, compare. interj. interj ection. ch. chapter. interr. interrogative, interrogatively. cog. cognate, related in origin. inters. intransitive. col. or colloq. colloquial, colloquially. i.o. instead of. collect. collective, collectively. irr. irregularly, irregular. com. commonly. lang. language. comp. compound, compounds. lit. literally, also literature. conj. conjunction. long. longitude. contr. contracted. masc. masculine gender. corr. correct, correctly. med. medical works, [longer article. correl. correlative, correlativcly. med. medio, about the middle of a dat. dative ease. metaph. metaphorical, metaphorically. demon. demonstrative. met. or meton. metonymical, metonymically. deriv. derivative. myst. mystical or mystically. dub. dubious. n. name. E. east. N.E. north-east. e. g. exempli gratia, for instance. neut. neuter gender. eleg. elegant, elegantly. nij. ni fallor, if I am not mistaken. elswh. elsewhere. n.p. noun proper. emphat. emphatical, emphatically. N.W. north-west* erron. erroneous, erroneously. num. numeral. esp. especially. obs. obsolete. equiv. equivalent. opp. as opposed to. euph. euphemistical, euphemistically. orig. for original work. ex. example. orthog. orthography. expl. explain, explainations. P- page. extr. extrimo, towards the end of a para. paragraph. fem. feminine gender, [longer article. partic. participle. fig- figurative, figuratively. pass. passive, passively. frq. frequently. past. past tense. fut. future tense. perh. perhaps. gen. general, generally. pers. person, personal.
xxxiv pf. perfect tense. S.E. south-east. pl. plural number. sim. similar in meaning, similarly. pleon. pleonastic, pleonastically. sing. singular number. p. n. proper name. sh or 9 for ч or p-. po. poetically. symb. num. symbolical numeral. pop. popular language. Syn. or synon. synonymous. poss. p. possessive pronoun. termin. terminative case. postp. postposition. trop. tropically. prep. preposition. trs. transitive. pres, pret. present tense, preterite. V. vide, sec. prob. probably. vb. verb. pron. pronoun. vb. a. verb active. prop. properly. vb. nt. verb neuter. prOY. provincialism, provincial. vulg. vulgar, low expression. q. v. quod vide, which see. vulgo. in common life. rel. relative. W. west. resp. respectful, respectfully. w.e. without explanation. sbst substantive.
TIBETAN-ENGLISH DICTIONARY. И", Ka the first letter of the Tibetan alphabet, corresponding in sound to the Sanskrit or the English K. Of this letter we read: ka-ni rtsa-wa shc$-par grays (К g. 4^4) “ the ka is called the root.” As the first letter it has the sense of “ the beginning ”: ^'^v^'Qka-nas dag-pa pure from thebegin- ning. Again, it can signify “ power ” : snan htsher-rufi nia-shti ка-med though unpleasant to hear, I have no power not to say it; nia gnafika-med powerless not to give; hgro ka-med powerless not to go, cannot avoid going. *| ka has almost the same sense in ka cis kyafi mi-phan hchi-wa la (Lo. S5\ no re- source avails at death. This letter seems to have other metaphorical meanings; thus we read : ka shes bya-wa hdod-pa yin (K. g. F 179) “ka, so to be called, is desire.” 4] I: 1. when used in indicating numbers ka signifies one or first. 2. in modern Tibetan as an affix to many words it denotes: the, all the, the very. skabs-ka has the same meaning as skabs-su, on a certain occasion; de-ka that very; giiis-ka the two. 3. in a large number of words we find occurring as the second syllable. In some of these it has been added apparently as a differenti- ative particle; and in the colloq. we often find it annexed to the older monosyllabic form without explainable reason. И] II: indeed; surely: Slav yafi dran-du ka sofi (Pag. 4#) later again he indeed recollected (the separa- tion). ”) ka for; ”1'4 ka-ica a pillar. *| 'F ka-kha 1. the A-B-C, or alphabet. 2. a feather: bsafi-skad la ka-kha ni sgro-ho (7f. g. Я £16) in the secret language ka-kha signifies a feather. ’’I F'4 ka-kha-pa a beginner of the alphabet; a child. ka-tho, also ”|’f5‘? ka-khahi tho, an alphabetical register; an index. Ka-thog lit. “on the top of ”| n. of a celebrated Buddhist monastery in Kham belonging to the Rnifi-ma School, the Head Lama of which is believed always to be an incarnation of his predecessor and holds the title of I The hill on 2
TO I 2 which this monastery was built is said to have resembled the letter *| ka. (J)eb. 4| 26) On the bank of the Di-chu (Hbri-c/nt), near Fom-po, is the monastery called Kathog. *ГУП ka-dag = *Г^’У1ГЧ ka-na§ dag-pa pure from the beginning. According to the Ritin-ma School of Buddhism it means slon-pa-ilid (gunyata) emptiness, or the void ; that which is pure from the beginning: 25'n|-5q|-^-A^^3j-§'5q’q5'^’54- I (17#. 14) that which is not com- pounded, being evolved of itself, is puro from the beginning. * 1’1* ka-sde 1. the four letters in the first group of the Tibetan alphabet, namely, | 2. in astronomy con- secutive numbers: I (Ya-sel. 1/.5) the order of figures in the (zodiac sign of the) crocodile is con- secutive. * 1’4 ka-pa the first volume of a work or \ series of works; a volume or anything els? marked with the letter *| ka. * 1’5^ ka-dpey also expressed *|ka khahi dpe, an A-B-C book; a primer. * |’|^* ka-phrefi. (ka-theng) = 1’5 kali the series of consonants in the Tibetan alphabet. * |’*5 ka-mcd helpless, powerless. ’^’^ka-smadsum-cu lit. “ the thirty (letters of the Tibetan alphabet) below the letter *|.” *!’?« ka-rtsom an acrostic; a metrical composition in which the initial letters jf each line form a continuous word or sentence. TO I *1’5 ka-li ordinarily written for the Tibetan Sanskrt word 1’5 (*1 + ^5). J 1’5 ka-phrefi the series of letters gen. beginning with *] ka, i.et<f the consonants of the Tibetan language: yi-gc a-li ka-li yin “ letters are of the им series, i.e., vowels, and of the *1 series, i.e., consonants” (Situ, 3). I: ka-ka 1. the crow. 2. the cry of tho crow: I ( Vai. kar.) “ if a crow caws, wealth will be found.” II: excrement (nursery word); in W. *]’*]’ka-ka Z«n-re=French faire eaca (Jdi). t *1'^ ka-ka-ni ^rrfWt 1. a small coin of Ancient India (Ck.): ^| “ ka-ka-ni of the value of twenty shells (coteries) У 2. the fourth part of a p<ena. 3. the quarter of a mana. 4. the seed of A6rus precatorius, used as a weight in medicine. 5. the shell of Cyprata nioneta, used as money. ka-ka-ran the cucumber is so called in Kunawar (Jd.). t vr* srarrfK n. of a fabulous snowy mountain situated to the north of a river called Paint, where a medicinal plant called Tujanaya grows (S. Lam. 36). Ka-ki-ni 1. n. of a Buddhist literary work. 2. n. of a female Buddhist deity: ip’lfwrg| (D. 20) “ (taught) the rites concerning the goddess Kakini to the saint Mal-bye Tshan-pa.” t TO Ka-ku-sta n. of a river (K.d.S582).
’Т’ГГ’1 3 ’1ТЧ1 Ка-ки bha-ya ЖфН 1. п. of a plant used in medicine, Terminalia atjuna, 2. = dug-то nitn- giqiti-nor the “fruit of the tree of little poison ” (tfag.). * Ka-ke-ri-ya n. of a tree which grew on Grdhrakuta, or the Vulture-peak Hill of Magadha (К, ко» ”] 3). tT4 ka-ko applied in Sikkim for ka-ko-ta. т’гka-ko-ta 1. cardamom, the fruit of Cocculus Indicusy a plant with a berry, the inner part of which consists of seeds with a wax-like aromatic sub- stance. 2. Saccharum munja^ but is variously described as a fruit used in medicine; a poisonous tree-drug; also = the castor-oil plant. Syn. tshan man ; ^'4zta-wa gshon-nu; zla-wahi bye-ma (jtfnou.). пр ka-ca (also ka-cha) articles, goods, effects, property, furniture: | the king who follows after property; *|’property causes satisfaction. Syn. §pyad-lag\ ^’95 yo~byad\ dnos-cha§ (Mnon.). ’4'S’i Ra-can n. of a place in Tibet (Deb. «I 45). ka-ci colloq. ’’it ka-rji 1. a kind of coarse white cotton cloth largely im- ported into Tibet from Nepal and used for making prayer-flags. A piece of ka-ci is generally four to six yards long and a foot and-a-half broad. 2. a kind of muslin; a very fine cotton cloth imported from Benares: for each piece of ka-ci eight bushels of barley. ka-ci skyem-ra§ fine cotton cloth or muslin, so called from its resem- blance to the superior quality of Tibetan paper called skyems; ^^'”1’^’3^’^1 (5. kar. 179) different sorts of cotton cloth, muslin, &c., brought from Upper Tibet; ”Г$’ an inferior kind of ka-ci cloth. j np’o) ka-ci-li n. of a flower (IT. my» ”] 20. is identical with and ^t, a plant with an esculent root (Arum coiocasia) cultivated for food. ’’1’1 ka-lci sometimes used for T?4! Ka-lcog an abbr. of the names of two celebrated translators of the Kah- gyur : Ka-wa Dpal-brtsegs and Kluhi rgyal-mtshan of Lcog-ro» ”T* ka-cha —ka-ca. ka-cha-ta a habitation, a hut {SchtrY W ka-chug so, like that, accord- ingly; ka-chug mdsod means dc-ltar-bycd^ do like that, do accord- ingly: “if Amo is disinclined lot (him) not do like that” (A. 94). ka-ta in mystic language a term for mother (K. g. 210. t ka-ta-ka 1. n. of a tree. ’’1’5‘”I‘ if an eye-medicine be made from kataka and honey, all eye-diseases may be removed (S, Lam, 38). 2. the clearing nut-plant, Strychnos potatorum. A seed of this plant when rubbed on the inside of a water jar produces a precipita- tion of the earthy particles of water,
Wl 4 mi ka-ta-ma-ka n. of a kind of bird (К. ко. "| 2). Ka-ia-ya, also *1’5 Ra-tya n. of a place in Ancient India, probably the country of the Gcetae; according to Cs. Scythia; n. of a district in Tibet. i Ra-ta-ya-na nog-can lit. Katyayana with a hump on his shoulders ; one of the six heretical teachers who disputed with Buddha. $ Ka-tahi = ka-iya ya-na зггншм the son of Katyayani; n. of a JMiksu (Buddhist mouk) (&ag. J). * wfsS-g-Zi Ra-tahi Ьи-то the goddess Um&; also the mother of the Bhiksu Katyayana. t Ra-tyahi bu жТсЦТи^г lit. the son of Katya. It is said that the family name of Katyayana was given because the patriarch of the tribe took the vows of an ascetic from the sage Nada (K. d.S127). ka-ta-ra n. of a flower (K. d. Г» 12). rehu mig a table of figures made of lines crossing each other and forming squares. TO ka~tan = w ra§ cotton cloth (Al/;. 2). ka-tam-bha described as 2?Я‘ (7Г. d. 3 46#), n. of an insect. i ka-to-ra — tf^' (pthofi a basin, bowl; ЖсТГГг (also ka-to*ra) the Tibetan form of the Hindi word katora. t Ra-ta-ki a generic name for mountain; n. of a mountain (8ch.). Ra-fa-ki-la n. of a city in Ancient Sind ($. Lam. 35) \ lit. a pillar of grass. ’K’2’? Ra-ta Bo~ta Indian n. for the town of Paro in Bhutan (Dsam.). Ra-tu-ka n. of a fabulous city which is described to have been fifty yojana in circumference. ka-io-ra v. ka-to-ra. ka-tha*ra in Kuna war a sort of peach (Ja.). Ra-thi-^i a Chinese minister who founded the monastery of Hi kican- zse (Yig. 1/5). ka-the v. *4’4 ka-wa. t ZT5'^ ka-det-ru-ha (prob, a bird nestling on khadira trees) n. of a kind of bird (R. ко. 2). -dam-pa Втж 1. n. of a tree; *]Vrq‘^5q] the ka- damba flower; the tree Nauclea cadamba, a tree with orange-coloured fragrant blossoms. 2. I n. of a species of bird of a deep blue colour and also that of a tree. 3. a kind of grass. ka-dam-pa can cloud, v. §prin-pa (Mnon.). птч ka-da-ka ж^ж also ka- da-pa 1. n. of a fruit. 2. n. of a bird (7Г. d. ч 20). + при ka-da-pa Ж5ТЧ n. of a fruit (K. d. °< 202); prob. the fruit of the tree Ficus religiosa. ka-na-kam жнж gold; a pedantic synonym for 4^4 gser (MnonT).
5 ^1 n. of an Indian pandit who visited Tibet (J. ZafL). ka-na-tsa (prob, lit. sprouting; generic name for a tree; the plant Abrus preeatorius; I the flowers of the ka-na-tsa tree (If. g. ч 227). ka-na-tsa-na n. of a tree (K. d. « 1*22) ; the plant Commelina Bengal? nw. w ka-na-ya n. of a kind of weapon; a short lance attached by a string to the arm, by w hich it can be drawn back after having been thrown at an object; the hands, a swFord, a lance and a large arrow (К. g. ч 113). Ka-ni-ka also n. of a celebrated Turuska (Tartar) king who ruled over Palhava, Kashmir and Jalandhara (the provinces of the Panjab and Kabul) in ancient times; he embraced Buddhism and is said to have held the last great Buddhist Council for the com- pilation of the Mahayana Tripitaka in the first century B.C. Ka-gnam n. of a province of Tibet north-east of Kong-po; ka gnam-pa a native of Ka-gnam. + ka-na-ya зпцд for *|A** ka-na- ya a kind of spear or lance. W and are synonymous terms. ЧуЧ’О! ka-pa-la зпггч! the skull; the forehead. In Tib. Budh. kapala or kapali signifies either the skull or a drinking cup made of the human skull. I: Kapi n. of the language that was anciently spoken in the country of Kapistan; n. of a country. The Bon Rgyal-rals (a history of the kings of Tibet), according to the Bon historians, was asserted to have been written in Kapi, the language of the gods, in which the ancient Bon scriptures were mostly written. It is also stated that the Bon books were translated into the language of the Persians or Tajik people, from which again the Tibetans translated thorn into the language of Shan Shun in Northern Tibet. II: 1 gum, resin (Jd.); the resin extracted from a medicinal plant called pig-pa (Juniper communis). The root is gathered in autumn or spring and being thoroughly cleansed, is cut into pieces and beaten into pulp. The juice is squeezed out with a clean cotton rag, and being poured into a clean dry earthen pot is subjected to a gentle heat. As soon as it begins to thicken it is stirred with a spoon till it gains the consistency of resin. 2. the hog-plum, Spondias magnifera ; a tree; Pentaptira tomento^a; the mane-fig tree; Ficui inpeet oria. Also a w’ood-apple tree. 3. n. of a yellow orpiment. ka-pi ka-tJia n. of a medi- cinal plant (If. y. « 51); the plant Uucuna pruritus. + *|’3‘5 ka-pi-da^1^ ka-pi. Ka-pi-na фТчн n. of a king of Southern India who lived in Buddha’s time and considered himself the greatest monarch of the wrorld. His vanity was exposed by the Great Teacher, who con- verted him to Buddhism and ultimately raised him to the position of an Arhat (K.d.*35$.
G 4 4>fw n. of a Brahmanioal sage whoso hermitage was at the mouth of the Ganges (S. Lam.). ka-pin-tha n. of a very delicious fruit (7Г. d. 20). i nj’^ ka-pin-da-ka n. of a kind of bird. Ka-pn-ta n. of a place in Ancient India where, in accordance with the curse of a holy sage, adultery and incest were punished with the burning of the house in which such crimes were committed (D^am.). ”T9S ka-pcd a gourd; a sort of medicinal fruit (Lu*,). ПуЧ ka-pha a tree. Л]'Ч I: Ka-wa n. of the mother of Bromton, tho founder of the Buddhist hierarchy of Tibet {Hbrom. Iй 37). Н:=сЧВ*’1'ч gzug-pa a pillar, column, stake, support; also tri- dent ; 'T^ ka-ske the neck of a pillar or column; ka-$ke$ the shaft; ka-geig-ma a small house or temple hav- ing but one pillar ; *4’^ ka-chen the prin- cipal pillar, a very large pillar; 'Ч'^ ka-rten the base of a pillar ; ka-$teg§ the pedestal of a pillar; ’Ч’^ ka-gdan tho base or pedestal on which л pillar stands ; ’Ч'й^ ka-spuns a colonnade, a number of pillars; F4’«r<p1’^ a grooved pillar; q5 ’ifwfc' w ЯТН: (lit, the town of houses built with pillars and king-posts) one of the thirty-six holy places of the Buddhists ; ka-wa bum-pa-can one of the pillars of the great Jokhang temple at Lhasa, with the upper part of its capital in the shape of a water-pot; nfq-ger^'saj ka-wa $brul-mgo-can the pillar that had a serpent-shaped capital; *4*4’ ka-wa <pn-lo-can the pillar which had designs of leaves of troes round its capital; ka-wa eefi-mgo-can the pillar with a lion’s head on its capital. These were tho names given to the four principal pillars of the Jokhang temple of Buddha at Lhasa, built by King Sron- btsan sgam-po about 640 A.D., after the model of the pillars in the palace of tho Emperor T’ai-tsung, called Kyii Kin tin, tho palace of tho golden dragon. gnam-gyi ka-wa WffiTW the pillar of heavon; sa-yi ka-wa tho pillar of oarth; й’3)’>4‘«1 me-yi- ka-wa the • pillar of fire; ’Ч’ч chu-yi ka-wa the pillar of water,—these aro tho fabulous and metaphorical pillars mentioned in tho astrological works of Tibet. ^RjS^q gyu-hi ka-wa a pillar of turquoise, or ono that is studded with turquoises (Lha. kar. 13). ’Ч'р^’я Ka khol-ma n. of a historical pillar in tho grand templo of Buddha at Lhasa, inside of wdiich tho earliest known JIS. of Tibet, called and said to be the will of King Sron-btsan Sgam-po, was alleged to have been found in the middle of the eleventh century AD. ka-mgo the capital of a pillar. ’Ч ka-wa-can lit. with a pillar or pillars; a house. In the sense of being the supports or upholders of the school of Marpa, the Tanlrik sage of Tibet, his four disciples were called ka-can bshi “the four pillars of his
’r)4^’V4^n 7 school.” They received his bkak, commis- sion, regarding Buddhism, and were also called ’4^ “the four commissioned ones.” The following were the four disciples: E4|’&r^ Chos-rdor of Rnog; Bsod-nams rgyal-mtshan\ t Mtshur-dican rdo-rje of Tol; and «Нля-ч Mi-la ra$-pa. ка-gcig sg )-gcig 1. a small house with but one pillar and one door, gen. a small prison-house. 2. A mode of capital punishment is said to be called so when the culprit is fastened to a pillar in a dungeon until he dies of hunger (Ja.). ка-hphan the ornamental silk fringes and embroidered hangings made in various mythical designs for decorating the capitals of pillars. nj q-qsc/q a strong well-finished pillar. ’rpqrgvq'fft ка-wahi sbyar-bkcd a cor- nice; the ornamental projections, &c., which surmount a pillar; the decorative pieces which are attached to a pillar. ka-man~ma a house with many pillars. ’Т&Ч ka-mig the square space (of about twelve feet) enclosed by four pillars is called a ka-mig\ the area or enclosure of a colonnade is measured by the ka-mig. Tlr ka-rtse the top of a pillar. ka-rtse ka-yan-rfsc) the upper part or capital of a pillar. ka-gshu capital of a wooden pillar; a piece of timber in the shape of a bow fixed on a pillar to hold up the main beam {Lex.). the extremity of a pillar which projects over the capital (architrave)- np-tjcw ka-gubs = ka-wahi gabs the cover of a pillar, perhaps the abacus. пр III: a particular faculty acquired by a mystic process in which the appetites —hunger, thirst, &c.—are suppressed. This is one of the six practices of the Buddhist Tantriks who practise yoga (meditative concentration). np IV : a large vein or artery in the abdomen ; a vessel in the side of the breast containing vital air (Я1ЧЧЩ), supposed to be brought into action in above mystic process. kabita n. of a tree, the elephant or wood-apple, Feronia Ekphuntum {8. Lam, 38). Пр’^’^1 ka-bi-ta-la 1. n. of a tree (7Г. d. « 4^)- 2. probably benzoin, stnrax. Ka-bu-lo, described as n. of a Gandharra Raja—Prince of the celestial musicians (К. my. 'И 49^). ka-bed or 5’4 ku-tca, gourd. In the district of Ped-та dkod in Tibet, just north of Assam, the gourd is called w'S* alburn: j the gourd fruit cures fever and diarrhoea : burnt or baked gourd eaten with molasses cures bloody diarrhoea (К. g. « 47). + nffol Ka-bel n. of a city in Ancient Udyana, «>., in U-rgyan yul pro- bably the modern Kabul. Ka-bo-ka n. of a Prince of Ancient Kabul (S. Lam. 17).
лузга । 8 лу&?луо| I Пу^ГЖ Ka-ma-cha or *1’8^ Ka-mu- tzha n. of a sacred place in Assam where there is a stone-cut symbol of Kali, the Hindu goddess. ka-ma-ta the lotus (&ag.). t ^’1" ka-ma-tai snffa a kind of medicinal plant: I “ if the root of ka-ma-tsi be placed on the top of the head, sleep arises ” (7Г. (j. « 56). -t- kama~ru 1. Kamariipa in Assam. 2. alabaster (Sch.); rdo ka-nia-ru-pa marblo. ka-ma-la 1. the water- lily, lotus Nelumbium. 2. a river. 3.= gro$ sems a consulting or reflect- ing mind (&ag.). The word Kaniala is variously used by the Tibetans, and the following synonyms of it (both symbolic and metaphoric) tire enumerated in the work (flag.) :— Syn. sgrahi §ne-ma soft tones ; a branching tree ; glafi-pohi myos-btun the teats of an ele- phant ; n. of a Buddha; bden-smra-wa one who speaks the truth; nam-mkhah the sky; ног-bu a gem ; 3^'§S’inVr4 snafi-byej pa the second luminary, the moon; crgc? La-gjafi a bull; «кдШяад bar.gyi mt shams the middle zone or boundary: bya fian*pa swan; sbran-chafi beer made cf honey ; dicafi-pohi gsal a lamp, that which clears the sight; «Л wm- he a buffalo; mi-mohi gbt a woman’s song; bshon-pahi rta a riding horse; yul-phran a small country; ri-dbag§ a deer ; lun tshag§- pa a collected mind; rni-po eke precious thing ; ’jp ri-rab-kyi ri~phran a smaller peak of the mountain Sumeru; ^’5 $ifi-rta a chariot; p gser-gyi kha-dog the colour of gold. a celebrated Buddhist philosopher of the ancient monastery of Vikramafila in Magadha, who introduced the Yogacarya Mahayana School of Buddhism into Tibet, after defeating in controversy a Chinese hoshang who wished to convert the Tibetans to the doctrine of the ° do- nothing ” school during the reign of King Khri-srofi, $de-bu btsan about the middle of the 8th century A.D. -JI'S) ka-ma-li a very sharp sword (flag. 2): 4<»|«i5g^H-3I-’T»<'ei,aS,S3yfll’’'‘'l (D. JI.) grasping in his nine hands nine lotus-hafted razors. 4|ka-mu-la rdo-rgyad n. of a sort of alabaster or steatite found in Central Tibet (Ja.). ka-tsa rked-nag rusty and crooked : f “ the steel ribs of the coat of mail which are rusty and bent ” (Jig.). 4 ПГ^-Л] и. of a kind of bird (7Г. ко. ”] 2.). ka-isaJin-di (prob. 3iTfe- dress made of a heavenly stuff, t>., the finest kind of silk which is used for presentation at an interview, or when making an application for any favour, &c.; n. of a very fine cloth or linen made of Kacilindi (7e^.). + Ka-tsan-ka-la n. of a Bhiksunl (Buddhist nun) (K. d. -*j 18).
’ifTSl’qsji 9 Ka-tsi-li-ban the Kachili forest: V> I on the northern bank of the river Rohita there is the Kachili forest and a Nepalese stronghold (Dxam. 21). ka-rtsa-ga-la the sea (Schtr.). ka-rtsam a species of wild oats; it differs from yug-po or Tibetan oats and is considered superior to buckwheat, but inferior to wheat, Ka-tshal n. of a place situated to the east of Lhasa; the monastery known as Ka-tshal Lha-khan of Mal-gro in Upper U (Cen- tral Tibet). Ч|тф 4pr&f2| Ka-tshig$ chen-po the title of a Buddhist work on the genealogy of the Kings of Tibet (Gyal. & 28). described as (Dsani.) un. of an Indian Chaitya situated on the high hill (of Gaya Gauri).” I: ka-ra щдк sugar: I having taken sugar and arsenic in equal parts, if beer made from the root of Cobhajana be drunk, the gravel of the bladder will be ejected; Й4! ka-ra dkar-pnug brown sugar; I a kind of brown crystallized treacle and honey; *| ka-ra tog-tog loaf sugar, sugar in lumps; Rgyal-mo ka-ra sugar from Rgyal-mo Ron, situated on the con- fines of Tibet and China; S’** *4 A bye-ma ka-ra powdered sugar, or granulated sugar; rocky candy (K. g.« 46). II: tent-pole ; ka-ra sdig-pod a tent-pole with a grooved bulb on top used in some countries; ’qA’^r I or | a tent-pole without a grooved bulb on top. + ka-ran-dsa a medicinal fruit or berry; n. of the tree Pongamia glabra and Verbesina scandent. I karandsa pro- duces natural warmth (in the stomach). Syn. rul-byed skyes; wgsp* mar-gyi дай; rtsod bycd-ma; SB4 hjam-hbras dbyc-ica; tshigs drug-pa; ^**’^*’|q* siie-ma lus-tcib$ (кИ.йин.). t TA ka-ra-da n. of a bird, the cry of which is like the sound of a drum. It is described in Buddhist books as like fire iu colour, and as located in the abodes of the A sura (K d. ^15). TAI’* ka-ra-na-jus a kind of fine Chinese satin (Jig.). the kinds of satin (called) karanajus and damjus, &c., are distinguished by their colour and the shape of the figures on them. TA^ ka-ra-na-rus a kind of Chinese satin: aprons are mostly made of kara- narus and ta-shin satin. 'ТГ’АГ ka-ra-nan in the mystic language of the Dakinl of Tibet=the food of pigs (K. g. F 27). ka-ra-bi-ra or *]A’^ a ka-ra wi-ra 1. a fragrant oleander, Nerium odorum ; a species of soma; a 3
10 wii particular magical formula or spell for recovering a missile of mystic properties after its discharge. [The name karavira is also applied to the daphne plant, from the bark of which Tibetan paper is made. The creeper called the white karavira rubbed with the blood of the rock-lizard and the medicine $mutha rubbed with Bhringiraja^ when conbined, make an ointment which cures venereal eruptions on the skin of the penis (K. g. * 49) •] 2. a sword or scimitar. Syn. Si'Xfc’Ss за-sor rgod* $o-sor bdiad ; 5*^5 rta gwd; dpah-po lag-pH; me-tog can; brgyad gyr$; gtum-po №ion.). ka-ra ru-bc-ka a kind of bird (7Г. ко. *| 2). ka-ra ha-ri=^*^ bu-ram >ugar (Sman. 291). t ka-ra n da-гса t TO I: ka-ran-da 1. a sort of wild duck ; I karanda is tho name of a sweot-voiced bird. 2. also in Sans, a basket or covered box of bamboo wicker- work used for keeping books in; a basket for flowers; n. of a Buddhist work (TC. d. 275). + Ц: white. ka-ras, abbr. of Kaipkahi ra^ the Benares muslin which used to be in great demand in Tibet. In the sacred books of Tibet the gods are generally dressed in fine Benares muslin. | for imitation Benares muslin the price per piece is two Are of barley. * Ka-ri.hi bu-mo the daughter of Katyayana ; Uma. ka-ru 1. a wedge (Ja.). 2. white (&ag. 3). ka-re, probably Я да-re. The use of the latter is very common in Eastern Tibet. In Sikkim they say ka-te, what ? •which P 4J-4^Л4!4 Upfeaka, in what do you delight ? (А. У4). Ka-la-ta in mysticism | Ka-la-ta is described as a man of lovely appearance (ЛГ. g. 4 216). Ka-la-pifi-ka a sparrow; a singing bird with a sweet voice. According to Lex. the Indian cuckoo. Syn. rgyal gsufi yan-lag; rje$ hgro mkhan; tflan- paht dpe-ean; rna-uahi bend• $go-nahi du§ na§ $kad $mrahi dwan (Mfion.). t n. of a king: at that time (there lived) a king named Kalaputra, fierce and wrathful (7Г. my. 209). 4 К a-la ro-zan, lit. чгга, the black lord of death who eats the dead; n. of a Naga. 4 pitcher, jar; a large waterpot. ка-lag in W. mud; earth and water used instead of mortar; also other similar compounds (Ld.). 4 mehil-pa a species of bird, probably the Bhl-hhl. •
ve>3TVTl I 11 Ka-lan-da-ka ф^ф 1. a town. 2. an individual r I having arrived at the town of Kalandaka : | then appeared Zan-jin the long-lived, son of Kalandaka (K. d. ъ. 34). + ТТ|'^’£Я’Л| kadan-dsa-ri-ka W^- fbs 1. a flowering plant; also the flower used in yajna—sacrificial fire (K. g. 5 33). 2. belonging to an animal struck with a poisoned arrow; tobacco. 1 HJ’QJJI’ZfJ ka-lam-ka, described as n. of a place in Ancient India (Bsam. 14)» + ka-tam-ba the pot-herb Coiwolvolus repens, Uenispermum ealumba ; a medicinal plant: the leaf of Kalamba when eaten improves health (K. g. * 44)» t каДа-ра ф<ятч 1. an aggre- gate of many accomplishments; an accumulation of excellent and wonderful properties in one place or thing (Lexx.). 2. the Buddhist Utopia; the capital of the fabulous kingdom of S'ambhala. np ka-li an abbreviation of the word ka-pa-li, a skull (Lexx.). kaJl-ka 1. described as | the fruit of the magnolia flower-plant; a bud of that flower (Mnon.). 2. prob. a plant bearing a nut which is used as a febrifuge, grey Bondne. Ka-lin-ga or Ka-lin- 1. one of the thirty-six Buddhist sacred places said to be situated at a distance of 60 yojana S. E. of Gaya—also the birth-place of Vis'wantara (Bas-ye. 39). 2. a bird, a native of an island or maritime province of India bordering on the Indian Ocean (7f. d. *75). ka-le or kaleb saddle- cloth (Ja.). ka-fa — ft^'£ $pan-rtsi (Nag.) a species of grass (7Г. d. ч 91); Saeeharum spontaneum. I: ka-^i-ka the finest Benares muslin; cotton cloth of the finest texture formerly manufactured in Benares; згтрцф щф Benares muslin which in ancient times was of great repute. It is said that even the gods longed to wear clothes made of this material. According to Cs. ka-gi-ka means a kind of flax as well as linen cloth; | white Benares linen ; *] the oil of kaqika grain, prob, linseed oil. II: of Kashi (Benares); an inhabitant of Benares. ka-gi ka phra-mo fine flax; Benares muslin. ka-gis, abbr. of cotton cloth. Ф n- °f a plftce or island in the Indian ocean (K. cl. \319): one of the nine divisions of Jambu- dvipa. ka-sa the colloq. fonn of the expression q*|4*<ipw bkah gsal, a definite order or clear message. According to Jd. kasa and kaso are mutilated forms of bkah bstsal, meaning in Ld. “yes, sir; very well, sir ; at your service.” * 'ТрЗу’Л]Л ka-san ka-ra ^8к.« n. of a city of Ancient India” (Dsam. 25).
’W«ry3‘0,l 12 Ш| Ka-ha-na ya-па fi- la n. of an Indian Pandit (У/Т/. №). --Ч 1ТПИ4 Kdk-ku ti-pa n. of an Indian Buddhist sage (7Г. dun. 52). t Kako-la a secret abode of tho Dakinl (K. g. ”| ^57). П^Атп/ог ’ГТ* кад-ma mischief, harm, danger (7z\r.) ; ’’I4] or or Ч4! implies some accident or injury; had-kyi$ lan$ fleeing from harm; *p|*?j*r | going from a place which has not suited one owing to bad luck or any accident; also to ruu away from a place from fear; adv. suddenly (Sch.). kag-ka-wa, n. of a species of bird living on tho Vulture-peak Hill near Gaya (7Г. ко. ’П 2). t njE’q kan-ka 1. crane. 2. in Tibet a bird that feeds on dead bodies and is therefore called ^’3 dur-bya tho bird of tho cemetery. kan-ka-ra 1. n. of a flower described as growing on the Vul- ture-peak Hill of Gaya (7f. ко. ”1 4). 2. prob. the plant Alangium hexa- pct alum. Kan-dan-kin prop. n. of a terrific deity, a Dakinl. When the monas- tery of Sam-yo was built, the image of Kan-dan-kin was placed on the first floor of the principal temple {Gyal. S. 87). + прб Kan-tsha-rafiga a place in Ancient Bengal, called Gaur in the Indian language and Gha-brofi in the colloq. of Tibet (S. Lam.). 'TJS kad in Ld. sometimes used instead of the affix ”1 ka, c.g., gni$-kad, tsafi-kad\ also mnam-kad (Ja.). I: kan (see kha-na) the side or bank: | on the further bank of the river Sri-chu there being a country of brigands {A. 27). II: also spelt 4^ $kan, to cease absolutely from: “ now give up anger and passion”; cease to tell anybody. Hero the word kan is an emphatical prohibition (Ron.). ’П5) III: 1. the palate; in pad- kan phlegm; lit. the plywer of the palate. 2. that seizes or takes away by force. 3. a thorn; an illness; a disease (Lex.). 4. n. of the pulse felt with the middle finger called kan-ma. Kan-ni-ka district in the east of India (7Г. d. * 267). (lit. the daughter of the hunchback) also written ’ivja’api Kar-nyahi yul, a city in Ancient India, the capital of which was Kanya- kubja, the modern Kanouj (K. du. S 131). kan-ma tho middle finger. i’Ti'S' Kan-tsi n. of a province, and also that of a city of Buddhist fame in Southern India (Du$-ye. 39). + kan-ta-ka-ri a wild Rubus ; n. of a plant, Solanum jaqtii- nt; also the fruit of this plant; a drug useful in stopping fever ; a thorny stick.
13 Syn. jRt^ Idan-ma; yulhkhor $kye$; $4^ stag Idan; tshe Idan; tshr-ma can; ttsub-mohi reg-bya; phyogs med- ma; §^‘§5 §kul byed (Mfion.). hide ; un- tanned skin (Nag. 5). njZT-q kab-$a shoe; leather shoes of Hindu fashion used by the wealthier Tibetans (Ja.). 4j’4J kam-k^~^*\ kafi-ka, Ja- la ta-na crane. 14]*rq ’^1 kam bi-la a kind of tree growing on the Vulture-peak Hill near Gaya (К. ко. 3) ; prob, the plant Crinum Amaryllacee. + nprzf < Kam-bo-dsa 1. a country in the north-west of India (Vai. tfL), written Kampo-rtse (Ja.); n. of a fabulous city said to have contained an area of a hundred yojana (S. Lam.). 2. modem Cambodia, anciently called Champa. wpr4'?4| Kam-bo-dsi-ka n. of the coun- try, also of the people, as well as of articles that come from it (K. du. 5 148). kahu water-melon (ScA.). Kahu-hi$ n. of a Chinese minister (Yig. &£)• "F- kar, also kar-kar, great pain; suf- fering (Lex.); ^ ^’1%*** I aching pain (tfag. 4). Rpiwi kar la fa-panad zug la fa-pa (&ag.)t irritation or pain in sick- ness ; exacerbation. + 5 ^ar^a~^a ог the con- stellation of “ Cancer.” It is represented by the frog (2^’q) in Tibet. t 5 karke-ta^^^ ^ ЧГ&РГ, described as a yellow gem or precious stone (K. d. «» 295). C\ 'W kar-$kyln loan ; in polite lan- guage v. 3^ skyin (Jd.). Kar-rgyal a Ndga (S. kar.). Kar rgyud members of the line of the Karma-pa hierarchy; also an abbreviation of the expression Karma- pahi-rgyudpa. kar-chag (also written a register ; list; index. t kar-ni-ka n. of aflower of the shape of an ear-ring (K. g. * %); the flower of the tree Ptcrosper- mum accrifolium and of Cassia fistula. karna ksa-ra—*'* tsha-la borax (Sman. 484)* <=\ f karni-ka in mystio language= VS dril-bu, a bell (К. g. P 27). J kar-ma hphrin-la$m ** ЧРЙ commission, service; action; work; that which is produced from action; wjvkci Karma-pa (in Nepal called n. of a Tantrik school of Buddhism. The head of that school in Tibet holds the title of Rgyal-ua Karma-pa. The followers of the school are generally designated by the name of Karma-pa. Karma-gri^-pa the second head of this sect, named Paksi or JBaksit
14 mi was invited to China by the Emperor Kublai Khan. The third chief, called Kar- ma Rafi-byufi rdorje, was invited to Peking by the Emperor Temur Toakwan. The fourth Karina Rol pahi rdorje was a friend of tho last monarch of the Mongol dynasty. The fifth Karina De bshin gqegs-pa was invited to China in the reign of the Ming Emperor Yun gio (Lon. *10). Karina bstan §kyon tho last of the Sde-ba Gtsafi-pa от rulers of Tsang and tJ whom the Mongol Chief Gu-shi Khan overthrew (Lon. * 15). wjwqS Kar-ma ba-dsra n. of an Indian pandit who worke4 in Tibet for Buddhism (J. Zan.). kar-$mug or ka-ra- smug-pa brown sugar or treacle (Jigj. kar-yol (also written meaning white ware) porcelain; china- ware ; a china cup. kar-lan-wa to stand up ; to rise suddenly (Jd.). kar-fa-pa-ni ФГЧ1ФЧ 1. a coin in Ancient India, or a weight of varying value; a tola or one rupee weight of gold; the value of two Tibet sho: । ma-пи Ina sogs ma-$a-ka, । de-rnam$ bcu-drug kar- $a-pa-na, | de bslti ni джг- sran-fio (Йад.) five menu make a mdsaka, sixteen mdsaka make a kar-sa-pana, and four of these make a gold sran (i.e., ha]f a tola of gold). 2. the “ value of 1,600 cowries.” 3. фч 14m a coin or weight of different values—Аят?: if of gold, weighing sixteen masa, which are variously calculated; if of silver, in value equal to 16 pana of courier i.e., 1,280 cowries, commonly termed a kahan; if of copper, it weighs 80 raktika, or the same as of gold, about 176 graine. kar-ftib$ (abbr. of T dkar-yol-gyi $ub$) the cover of a china tea-cup, generally made of iron, brass or silver: kar-$ub$-la bre-bcu (Rtsii.) “for the cover of a tea-cup made of silver (the price is) 10 bre.” к ar- sa n. of a kind of brick- tea ; also called Ijan-ja (green tea) or Ija&ga pa-ri; also the tea that comos from tho Chinese district of Jan: ^5’3^ I by the Jang route (come) both Karsa and Bod-thing (toas), now well known as Jang-ja (Jig. 25). Kar-Sog, an abbr. of Kar-ma- pa and Sog-po, followers of the Karma- pa sect and tho Mongolians. W Karti sgan n. of a place in Tibet. kalpa for bskal-pa wrw, an age; a mythical period of time. JTq kd-ka ЗГГЗГ a crow. ka-khi-la (mystic) door; en- trance (К. g. I4 28). ka-hji—^ kwcb-tsi a shirt; a Q Chinese jacket (Sch.). In Chinese Kua-tzu. t ”r№ Kd-tya bu-mo described as the goddess Uma, wife of Dwan dphyug (Mnon.). 'ПУ'П kd-ta-ka fish (Sc/itr.).
15 ka-pa-ll human skull; cup made of skull: | (A. 121) having made the silver pieces green, (he) put them in the skull-cup. + Kd-bc-ri Mi Rd the river Gauvery in Mysore, a river said to be half a yojana broad and 300 yojana long. On the banks of this river are flower gardens (K. d. * 268). c\p + kd-tsi-ka 1. wrfw^T, also as ^rRa^frr, a species of bamboo which when bent by the wind is said to emit fire (7Г. d. * 287). 2. a plant bearing a red and black seed used as a weight, Arbus precatorius; or another plant bear- ing a pungent seed, Nigella Indica. + ’П-Ъп ka-ri-ka srrfwr aphorism; T ц q purely Sanskrt yet largely used in Tibetan works (^а’а^Ч 7) ;=*Я’^’5^ a Sutra or Udana in verse. 4- Ka-la-ko a country beyond the sea into which the Indus flows and where the finest coral grows (probably a marine province or island in the Persian Gulf) (K. d. к 280). + rq’oi’g-q^ ka-la sno-bsafi deep blue-black colour (&?A.). Ka-$a ^ггц 1. a city in Ancient India which was twenty yojana in area (S. Lam). 2. a sort of grass, Saccharum spontaneum. + П] or 3 куг Oh! Ч]^ч]М,<5 kwahi grogs-po Oh friend! TJ-U) kica-ye an exclamation used in calling some one, generally a subordinate. P ksha this word in its mystic signifi- cation is symbolic of the source of all Dharma (matter and phenomena), and demonstrates that they are subject to eternal change. J kse-tra pa-la (Schr.) a deity protecting the fields ; in Budh. a guardian of the province of a Buddha’s work. ki numeral for thirty-one. ki-ki a hortative utterance in the invocation of spirits: 1 “ Hail, 0, ye gods! to-day is warm ! ” ki-kan 1. wild leek (Sch.). 2. described as n. of a demi-god, a Ndga. It is inauspicious to do any work of merit when Kikan comes near. ъ ki-gu a hook; the vowel sign t, which resembles a hook in shape. ki-rgynn a mystical invocation signifying “Lord”: “ 0 Lord, be appeased by this prostrate (devotee).” It is a mystic charm to pro- pitiate the Bon-po deity, called Oen-gsras Mi-mgon rgyal-po (D.B.). Иу’ч Ki-ta-ka 1. a Baksasa or cannibal demon (K. d. ь 189). 2. a worm or insect (Os.). ki-ldir a shrill shout; a savage howl. ^'4 ki-pa a volume, &o., marked with the letter
16 ki-ma according to Sehr. a cor- ruption of the Chinese word khin* a lyre with seven strings. (Pilgrimage of Fa- Hian. Calcutta* 181/8* p. 265.) ki-tsi tickling; V IS*4 ki-tsi byed- pa to tickle (Jd.). ki-ra-na (mystic) a flower (K. g. f 26). ki-ri-kan ФЖ, a kind of pepper, Piper chaba; । 5) VI (К. g. ч 210) the roots of white arka tree and roots of white kiri-kan (are used in medicine). I kin-kara ftnfK a servant or an emissary. twq kin-yi-ka a kind of flower; the tree Butea Frondoea; a tree bearing pretty flowers. + fyq-ti kim-pa a pretty but bitter fruit, erroneously for fytv’q kim-pa-ka. * wjww] kim-pa-ka a fruit, Cu- curbit accous plant, Trfchosanthc* palmate* also possibly Cucumis colocynthix. ^wq^SV 1 I g’*’^ I (K. d. 325) men entertain desires which are transient and deceptive like the Kimpaka fruit and liko fish that eat bait on a hook. ktm-pa-la or ^’4’4 kim-ba- la a musical instrument; a cymbal (Cs.). ki-hu a species of small red garlic; acc. to some carrot. kil slowly = ga-le: crossing a mountain pass (he) arrived slowly (B.R.). Kila-kila fwfw 1. an epithet of S'iva. 2. a town in Ancient India. 3. a Raksasa King (K. g. « 623). 4. an onomatopoetic for sounds or cries №)* Ki-ri ta-ka the country of the Sapta Kosi in Nepal inha- bited by the Kirat tribes and called Kiianta ; n. of a district in Sub- Himalaya (Du§-yc. 39). kl^ahi hdab мпшшчж, qthe loaf of the tree Achyran- tkes atpcra used in incantations, in medi- cine, in washing linen, and in sacrifices (Mnon.). ’Sp’HJC’ Kxn-kaA v. Кай daA kin. TJ I: ku 1. for the numeral 61. 2. (mystic) a fairy or ddkini (К. g. F, 179); 3’4 ku-pa, the 61st (volume). TJ II: a cry, moan ; ЗЦ ku-$gra clamour, noise; JTtl’^’SV4 a general cry; the vociferations of many people together; 5I the noise of general conversation: then, when they arrived at the bank of Sog ehu, there was the sound of chattering in a house (A. 82). TH Au-Arw = g’§ $ku-$ku я$0й*1; lda-hu an enigma, a riddle, question. ku-ku $ grogs lit. кики ; = by a-gag a grey duck (IJnon.). Ku-ku-ra-ha grjrcivra a teacher or trainer of dogs; n. of an Indian Buddhist sage who was also called Kukuripa (STST^) (JT. dun. 1/5). a puzzling that cries species of
Ku-kur-ta pi-da JJX- n. of a hill in Magadha (Dsam. 17). Tl Ku-ke, erroneously for Gu-g<\ a part of the province of Nga-ri in Tibet. V ku-eo noise, clamour; 0'4fii^-a^ew S4T|‘’I I when an old dog barks, go else- where without explanation (8. icy.). S’ noisy, clamorous; ySMfq'jp to speak in a loud voice (meaning nothing); to bawl out; to bawl, to cry out, to make a loud noise; S‘^’q a great noise or tumult, an uproar. Ki-cor, also n. of a place in Tibet. ka-den-ne: See ante 5 ku. ku-ther^9^^^ mtho-rl$ rlufi the heavenly breeze (Mnon.). Ku-na-la 1. the inanal or Himalayan pheasant; also, a bird with beautiful eyes which lives in the fabu- lous mount Sumeru. 2. the eldest son of As'oka. ku-ica or g’4 sku-ica (in Chinese: kua) a gourd; the bottle gourd, Lagcnaria vulgaris. In the Pema- koi district this fruit is called wa-bum, i.e., nature’s bottle. A bottle made of a dried gourd is also called д'ч ku-ica. Syn. rnam-par rgyal', . tdon-bu rin; dra-ica-can; rna zlum byed; *$^*§5 hbigs byed\ &bra$ rnehog; mdah Ipags (Milon.). ku-icahi gzifis a float made of long-dried gourds. | Tj’q-Qj’ jJ'Jqj ku-ba-la те-tog also the water-lily; also, the jujube plant, Zizyphus jtijuba and the fruit of that plant. t Ku-bera Kuvera, the god of riches, the chief of the Noijin known also as Naga Kuvera and Rnamdhos kyi-bu, lire son of Vaiyravana. According to some Tibetan writers, Kuvera is one of the eight keepers of the horses of Vaiqravana. [Kubera, or in later Sanskrit Kuvera, originally tho name of tho chief of the evil beings of darkness bearing the epithet Vaigrarana; afterwards the god of riches and treasures, and is regent of the northern quarter of the world, which is hence called Kubera- gupta-dik. Kubera is the eon of Vi^rava by Ida vid a, tho chief of the Yaks a and a friend of Rudra.j (JI. IKills.). Ku-byi ma?-he a Bon deity who resembles tho Bodhisattva Jampal; the god of learning and wisdom among the Northern Buddhists (D.R.). ku-ma-ru^^^9^^ gscr-wchog • leaf-gold (from China brought by way of Ceylon) ; it is described in (Milon.): gold ex- ported from Lanka (Ancient Ceylon). ж ku-mud the water-lily • which opens at the appearance of the moon; said to be Nymphaa csculnta; g’8V** = 5a bush or cluster of water-lilies. Syn. ut-pa-la dkar-po; zla-icaki dri; sa-mos; sa-dgah ; sahi gdu-gu\ $t< n hthun dkar-po \ j’W’VP zla-icas dgah*, ^*5 sita\ sa-sgrog*, sa-§tob§* mtshan-mo bshad (Milon.). 4
18 VII + ku-mud grogs bsil-zer or '*5 zla-hod moonbeams (ДГлшл). + ЗЖ5Л ku-mud dgra, v. V* ni-ma, tho sun {Шоп.). t W4 ku-mud can, v. ku-mud- txhal {Шоп.). + ки-mud-gnen lit. the friend of tho water-lily ; tho moon. J ku-mud-ldan, v. ku-mud t shal. ku-mud lo-ma J a medicinal plant of the lily species {Шоп.]. J ku-mud-tshal a cluster of water- lilies. TJ’E ku-dsa gvsj 1. a tree; lit. that which grows on tho earth. 2. tho planet Mars. TJ4 Kuhi a devil or demon in Chinese demonology. In Chinese Kuei. kuhi-^in a class of evil spirits {Grub.). In Chinese Kuei-shen, “devils and gods.” kuhi-tsan a Chinese work on divination {Grub, ч 5). T* ku-ya sediment of urine from which Tibetan physicians diagnose disease {Med.). t ^w-rrz-ra giTT = S'Sn. of a bird; an osprey {Шоп.). Ф Щ or 3^^ the crimson amaranth; a purple or yellow Barter ia; the blossom of the amaranth or Barleria. i T^4! ku-ran-ga the deer; also trog-chags an insect (jT. d. * !№). t Ku-ru a city in Ancient India near Delhi one yojana in area; also a province {S. Lam. 20). : тл™ Ku-ru-kul-le gj<sgrwr a female Buddhist deity associated with Kuvera, the god of wealth; is goddess of might and power; she is also called {Vidya), The first sovereign Dalai Lama is said to havo acquired great power by propitiating this deity. ku-ru-pin-da=^$ha-nc 1. lead. 2. a fragrant grass; Cyperus rotundas; the bud of a flower. 3. a ruby ; cinnabar. t ^’^’5 ku-ru ban-da, v. топ-lug, tho brood of sheep in the sub- Himalayan conntrios {Шоп.). ku-re or ku-re § чГкп, Tra sport, diversion, jest, horse- play; to jest; for the purpose of amusement or fun ; 1 wefd: not liking, dis- gusted with, amusements. Ku-la-кй д>чТ^Т a Sr in-mo (goblin) that lived only on lotus flowers and lotus-honey, and resided in tho fabulous island of Ramamo (7f. d. * 280). f ku~lan-ta the country inhabited by an aboriginal race of people {Bus-yc}. 4^4 Ku-la-la for Ku-na-la. . TO Ku-lu-ta a place situated in the south-east of Kashmir, now called Nyun-ti by Tibetans, by Hindus Kulu (8. Lam. 19). t ku-$a 1. gm, the sacred grass used in certain religious ceremonies both by Brahmans and Buddhists;
Wl 19 Poa cynosuroide s, a grass with long stalks and numerous pointed leaves: 1 the grass kufa ensures longevity and increases the strength of the body. 2. n. of a city (S, du, p 152). Syn. fian-sel} sa-gna^ 4^’ bdud hdul gdan; inchod sbyin rgyan; gtsan-byed^ khru^-kyi rtsa; rtsa-mchog} rtsa-dwafl (Mnon.). Ku-fahi gron-khyer (grfwra) 1. Kus'ianagara, one of the thirty-six sacred places of the Buddhists, where Gautama ♦ Buddha is said to have breathed his last. 2. n. of Chakravarti Baja (Supreme Buler of the Universe); Ku-^a chen-po n. of a Chakravarti Baja. ku-fa-na n. of a flower; also n. p. ^’<51 whence did you bring that Srin-po’s daughter called Kusana flower (iHbrom. 121). ku-fa-ban-dha a gem which is said to possess the property of curing infectious diseases and plague. t dge-ica piety, holiness. 1 also ku-sa- il a Buddhist sage; the title of a Buddhist monk or priest who has acquired spiritual knowledge and is more devout than learned : I Sb^QriaiV (Yig.). Generally there are among both Brahmans and. Buddhists those called Pandita and Kucali. The title of Pan-di-ta is applied to one who is versed in intellectual science. Those who are called Ku-fa-H have attained a high spiritual development by abstraction from material or intellectual enjoyments. In some works it is called Ku-sa-li, ku-fu a kind of lime; a kind of fruit; an apple (Ja.); ku-fu fin an apple tree; q’Rlw | the fruit of Кн-fu cures griping and acute pains in the intestines. t A’W-sw-Zu is a corrupt form of Ku-fa-li. + 1р$-ря« ku-fuhi к hams n. of a kind of blue flower,*v. thin. Syn. dus-kyi тс-tog; bya-khyun rdo; inc-tog §mig- $man; те-tog ze; gsal-ldan gsal-ua-can (Milon,). ku-fe-fa-ya a kind of lotus flower (K, d. ч 321/); a gene- i-ic name for water-lily or lotus. t Ku-sa-ra fiHV an Indian pandub who preached Buddhism in Tibet (J. Zan,), Ku-sa-li bhadra n. of an Indian Buddhist sage (K. dun. 13), ф A;u-stz-ma 1. gur- kum saffron. 2. a flower (Sman. 1/28), . t Ku-su-li a Buddhist exorcist; a Naljor or Buddhist yogi who carries a small hand-drum (called damaru which is generally made of a human skull) and a thigh-bone trumpet in his hands, and pro- fesses power of exorcising evil spirits,
20 STOPS'4 Ku-su-luhi spyod-patiie practice of ths Shaman or Buddhist exorcists ; | (Я. 26) when practising the rites of a Kasu-lu exorcist. З’О’4 ku-su-lu-pi is a word of Tantrik mysticism, its proper Tibetan equivalent being gcod-pa, the art of exorcism. The mystic Tantrik rites of the Avadhauls, called Avadhutipa in Tibet, exist in India. Tp$TgX’ Ku-sn-rdson n. of a fort and also that of a district in Khatns (S. kar.). ku bsico the shrill ejaculation 8U'0f siro, &c., made at the time of sacrifice to the earthly gods, demi-gods and spirits by priests, &e., in Tibet: the celestial troops in inconceivable numbers surround- ing them gave vent to bsico-bswo. J TT the cry of the Indian cuckoo ; 3*3*’*ф’^ the cuckoo, ?>., the bird that cries 'koohoo'; aco. to Cs. a kind of ring dove. ku-hran sheep and goats: *p|Y (ff. Bon.) among the followers of Shcnrab the Bon-po of the Bgyu and Hbras-po soots sacrifice sheep and goats, buffaloes, (bio, mules, camels, &c. 'CT kug crooked; a hook; 0w- kug (the kukri), a curved knife; short sabre; teags-kug an iron hook; па- ки g a fish-hook. kug-kug byd-pa to bend, curve, clinch (a nail) (Ja.). ЗЯЭТ kug-kng altogether crooked; kug-pa-nid crookedness (Cs.). W kug-rtse cuckoo in W (<7a.). TTi Kun-kti-na possibly the pro- vince of Konkan in Western India (8. Lam. 33). t \]F >1^ kun-kuma saffron. Tibetan is evidently a corruption of the Sanskrt word. Kun-dsa-ra a fabjilous silver mountain situated beyond the great sea and at a distance of 2,000 yojana to the south of Nitna [dan, where the sun never sets. It is full of precious stones, such as lapis lazuli, sapphire, &e., and on the sides of this mountain there grows a species of tree producing a raco of men who live only one day; they are born at dawn, they begin to walk after day- break, in the morning they are youths, towards evening they grow old, and at sunset they die (K. cl. * 276.). Tpj kun nfr, wt, fnf<^, nt all, entire, the whole; 1 from all pores of the hair; all those; all the others; all, every one included; 5in tho hearing of all; all these flowers should bo strewn about; seen by everybody; or time without interruption; at all times; eolloq. 3^5 kun-la means “everywhere.” Syn. thams-cad all; $na- tshogs various kinds; ma-lu§ without leaving anything behind; zad-par exhaustively; lhag-med without remainder: lu$-mcd nothing left {Mnou.), • ЗМ5Э* ktin-dkyil, same as kun* gyi dkyil, in the midst of all; in the middle of all; at the centre.
21 . №^1 kun-dkri§ non* mofis lit. that which binds all ; misery, moral corruption, general corruptness, sin. З^4!]* kun-bkram (kun*tam) or kun*tu bkram strewn about, spread over. 3^’3 kuu-§kyc, same as 3^‘5’3 kun*tu skye or 3^’5 kun-la-$kyc WTfR, grows everywhere’: ЭД’5’3 flowers grow everywhere in summer time. MlS’lS kun-$kyed-byed— $nin the heart, mind (ДГлои.). 3^4 kun*skyo-wa or 3^’5’^ч kun-tu $kyo*ica wlu, ’ЧтЧпт, to become penitent; to thoroughly regret: •^V3Y5’‘Jl his mind was filled with regret day and night. 3^’|5 kum*$kyod agitated, moved; agitation. 3^’^’Я^’ Kun*skyob glin n. of a monastery in Tibet. • 3V^ kun-khebs WT4KH, any cover; the all-encompassing cover, the sky. 3^‘Qqi: kun-khyab nam mkhah ЖТФПГ, that which encompasses all things ; the void space, the sky, the four quarters of heaven. 3^'l5q n : = Bphrog-byed he that takes away misery; the all-porvading enemy; the snatcher; the lord of death. З^’4^ kuii*hkhor v. kun* bzan hkhor-lO) a charm in the name of the Dhyani Buddha called Samanta Bhadra. kun-kkyab <$pal*mo—*pw{b nam-rnkhah the sky; n. of a goddess (Yig. k. 16). 3^’ядяч kun-hkhyams a wan- derer; a beggar, a mendicant who goes to every door for alms. Kun-wkliytn=q tham^ cad wkhycn-pa the All-knowing; the Physician; an epithet of Buddha and also of the highest order of Bodhisattva. З^’^Й^kun*imkhycn kun-gzig$ omniscient and all-seeing, referring to the attributes of a Buddha or Bodhisattva. З^^'З4^ Kun-wtkhyen klofi-clun a religious teacher of the Rnin-ma School who founded a sect of his own called Kun dgah lugs. Kun-rnkhym cho$-$ku hod-zer the Tibetan hierarch of Sa*$kya> who, at the request of Khu-lugS) the Chief of Horchen, first shaped the Mongolian alphabet. Kun*wkhycn ni-mahi gnen an epithet of Gautama Buddha (Yig. k. 83). 3^’*Й^ SB4!’4)^ Kim-rnkhyen dbyig-gnen n.. of a lama who was given the religious title of Kun-Ynkhycn, the all-knowing. З^Й4!4 kun-khrugs ^14 agitated ; anxious: J'«^’3,2fc’3^|34P4 the waves of the sea were agitated. З^Й'Ч kun-hkhrul blunder; illu- sion ; also adj. all-delusive; all-wandering. 3^2'5m kun-gyi mthah the end or ter- mination of all (merits) : q^srq^eyg’swr I the end of accumulation is expenditure ; the end of rising is fall (K. d. 4 330). SH’3’4)^ kun-gyi-gnas the basis or abode. of all (miseries): 3^1 the grounds of misery are disease, old age, and death (K. d. * 333). З^’ЗТ’Ч kun-gyi^ rtsa-wa, the root of everything; wisdom, divine knowledge. This seen or unseen talent has Ргадпй
(absolute knowledge) for its basis, i.e., the root of all things is wisdom' (prajna) (Q. gya.). UH^’qjvq kun-gyii bkur-wa he who is respected by all; a learned man, v. mkha$-pa (Mon.). ЗИ’^’З4!^ kun-gyi$ phyag-bya$ to whom all paid homage: IV^S^’S4! 3^ I hjig-rten kun-gyi$ phyag-byat fin, to whom the world has bowed (7f. d. * 113). kun-grub~%’S’S'jQ zla-wa dgu-pa, or $ton-zla tha-chun the month of October (Rtsii.). Kun-glin, same as Kun- bde glin, the place or grove of all happi- ness; one of the four royal monasteries of Lhasa, this one being situated in the western suburbs. WW kun-dgah чггн^, amuse- ment; great merriment or joy. * W’5 Kun-dgahrgyal- mtshan-dpabbzafipo the name of Saskya Pandita (^yd^). Kun-dgah snin-po n. of a celebrated lama of Tibet (Lofi. * 12). Kun-dgah Nor a lake in Mongolia (Lofi. > 21) ; probably the Gonga-nor (Egg lake). In Mongol nor = a lake. WS4!4 4 kun-dgah-wa hdsin-pa — ^' 5’^ rin-po-che n. of a precious article or gem (K. d. * 294). Kun-dgah-bo the per- sonal attendant and cousin of Buddha. • Kun-dgah-hbar n. of the son of Kun-dgah tnin-po, one of the chiefs of Sa-ikya who visited India • to study Buddhism (Lofi. *). Kun-dgah hdsin-pa a mountain in Uttara Kuru, the fabulous continent of the north (K. d. ^318). kun-dgah gshon-nu=\'^ hu-su coriander (Sman. 428). kun-dgah ra-tm=a^'Sfll4 &Hfi- dgah WKTH a grove; any pleasure-grove containing groups of trees, flower beds, artificial lakes, garden houses, shady walks, &c., often surrounded by a wall or fence. кйп-dgahi dican-tno an address of courtesy for §*g5r3'^4F* ladies of the class of Lhacham—her graeo or ladyship : “ at the (feet) of her charming ladyship ” (Yig.k. 49). kun-mgyogt чп^ПТ speed; also as adv. speedily, at full speed. кип-кдеЬ$-=^'*^ nam-rnkhah qfriw the sky; that which covers all; the all-covering. 3^44 kun-hgog that which hinders physical or moral growth. i: kun-hgro,N. nam-mkhah, the sky (Mon.). ir: snake, v. §«1 tbrul a serpent (M-non.). ^*5'^ kun-hgro hbad wnfpr to be assiduous : W’5’qassi- duous in the manner of performance. kun-hgrofri trol=dW lam a road, passage (Mon.), Kun-cin$ wrfini 1. that pains, ties or entangles all at all times. 2. the God of Love; also for kun-tu ant: by the fetters of misery the mind is always fastened down.
^•q&| 23 Kun-bcom 1. van- quished; suppressed, fully put down. 2 tho vanquisher or killer of all; the lord of death. 3. n. of a son of a Brahmao of Ujjayani (8. kg.). кип-chub qc$-rab all-porfec- tion ; wisdom; divine knowledge (K. d. ‘H £6); WW he that has compre- hended everything. ’8ft kun-wwhog-ldan or = (Шоп.), the Tantrik doctrine of Kalachakra. kun-hjug for I зпм, bringing together; putting in harmony with all. kun-hjug pho-па the messen- ger of harmony, that which harmonises or makes everything agreeable, hence^’’]’^ ka-ra, sugar. Kun-hjoms 1. Indra, the subduer of all; that by which everything can be subdued or controlled. 2. Yoga or tho contemplative concentration of the mind. kun-hjom^ mchog the chief all-subduing (elixir); чдечЕакайчц is an excellent preparation of mercury, which subdues all evil spirits and diseases. Kun-shin~Tdranatha. (Td. 28.) 3^*5 kun-tu unto all; in all; everywhere ; in every direction: flowers were strewn everywhere, above and below: I articles of merchandise were spread in every place, inside and outside (the house). When used in reference to time, kun-tu signifies : continually or perpetually ; du$ kun-tu same as du$ rgyun-du or at all times, always. kun-tu bskyed producing every whore, all-producing, i.e., imagination : imagination is all- productive (Jf. d. p 86). kun-tu hkhyamt wandering everywhere: in the fearful world, i.e., in the unhappy states of existence, he wanders about (7Г. d. * 169). kun-tu hkhrugs signifies convulsed ; also convulsive, subject to agitation and shaking (Шоп.). kun-tu ^§=3^5^94 span- rgyan nw-tog от (autumn flower), lit. tho fully developed or blown; n. of a species of daisy which blossoms in autumn (Шоп.). kun-tu go-tea fayf well- known ; well-understood; celebrated. Kun-tu dgah-war gyur-wahi glin a fabulous continent situa- ted 5,000 yojana beyond the Western Ocean of (Jambudvipa) India, where there are lions that fly in space: some of the wild animals of that continent are said to live a thousand years (K. d. 280). kun-tu-hgefis-pq he that provides for the world, the All- Provider; Providence. М5Л35'4 kun-tu hgyed-pa ufiwsifH to be diffused; that which goes in every direction: spiritual emana- tions; envoys : rays of light went in every direction. = 3^’5’^ 4 kun-tu rgyu-wa WTW, 1. lit. going everywhere. 2. as met. wind ; a bird. 8. n. of a spirit.
I 34 W&q-Sflj kun-tu rgyas-par bycd-pa to fully spread ; to make plen- tiful everywhere; to make copious. Aun-tu bsgribs eclipsed; dark- ness I the rays of the sun and moon were eclipsed. kun-tu-lcug-pi) or №,5ql’q kun-bcug-pa to put in; to employ, engage: $5хЧЖ5'<Чч11 Put this vessel (or pot) to all uses. kun-tu chags-pa зщ, srer, fHrtf anxiety; yearning, clinging to: I the mind remains attached to its crooked desires. kun-hjug-pa = §dug- fanal-wa misery, sufferings. kun-tu hjng-pa $grol=w lam-bdcn-pa, the truth about the way to Nirvana, i.e., out of misery. kun-tu hjug byed^^1^ kun hbyun-wa sin. kun-tu hjug-bral Ьгйи free- dom from sin, or я^-q hgog-pa, entire stoppage of suffering. Note.—The above four expressions are used in the higher spiritual terminology relating to Bodhisattva (К. ко. 235). kun-tu P dad- gu§ dan Idan-pa faith and reverence; also possessed of faith, respect, etc. Syn. 5^’4 gu$-pa\ gus-ldan; gus-par bycd\ mfion-par Idan; geig-tu senis; mos- pa\ mos-ldan; dad-ldan\ SV dad-chags-can; 55’Ч'«Ц dad-pa-can; 3V9Vq phyag-bycd-pa\ shesa bycd (Шоп.). kun-tu hthor strewn over, scattered, diffused, dispersed: й-^ц- f4!”’I flowers were scattered over every place. kun-tu dor faw perfect aban- donment: a11 faults should be entirely thrown out. kun-tu bdc-wa general happiness, prosperity; beatitude Kun-tu hdres-pa n. of a river in the fabulous continent of Godaniya (K. d. * 331). kun-tu gnn$ felfk, stability; the all-abidmg residence, that which remains at all times or everywhere. 5H*5‘q5c’q kun-tu brdu£-ua the burning rays of the sun; extremely painful; all- piercing. W5’^Xvw§^'q kun-tu gnod-par gyur- pa to do mischief everywhere. kun-tu ^naf.-wa HVprlTHTU 1. the sun; n. of a Buddha. 2. all- illumined, all-enlightened. W555 kun-tu zpyad an usual duty, habitual work; as a vb. to practise: VT4* practise righteousness or reli- gious acts at all times. 5W’5’SSq kun-tu spyod-pa free or unbridled behaviour: described as 8V^ the Brahmapical conduct (Шоп.). 5^’5 kun-tu ?pra§ WPSXTfacf dressed in every way; adorning the body with precious ornaments. ?И‘5’Г**Л kun-tu $byor-ica=^^^^\^^^ giving up everything (Mnon.). kun-tu mig-ldan (lit. with eyes everywhere), described ae n. of a fabulous tree on which grow glit- tering gems; also a plant or tree in full bloom;
25 I this (kind of tree) is generally to be found in the lands of gods, demi-gods, and in the continent of Uttara Kuru (K. d. я 16). kun-tu rmp the all-stunning, all-obscuring ; darkness of mind ; igno- rance: I 0, best of friends who guideth me in precepts, morals, re- sources, the weapons for vanquishing the all-obscuring enemy! kun-tu rmp-byed-kyi mdah the all-stupefying fascina- tion ; n. of one of the arrows of Cupid. Kun-tu hdsin-ma Wl<4t holding to all or everything ; n. of a goddess. Kun-tu bzafi-po 1. lit. good to all and everywhere and at all times; n. of the first Dhyani Bodhisattva, the equivalent of Samanta Bhadra; the Khamuga-Sain of the Mongols. 2. in the Rniti-ma sect, n. of the first or Adi Buddha. Kun-tu bzan-mo 1. is a female figured in conn eetion with the foregoing Bodhisattva. 2. a kind of flower growing on the Sumeru Mountain (K. my. 20). Kun-tu gzigs he who sees all things and everywhere by his divine eye of knowledge; n. of a Buddha, also that of the Bodhisattva Avalokitesvara. kun-tu hur-hur яЧ^чг a great noise or uproar heard everywhere; the rattling of thunder; also the noise of wind or hrin. ЗИ’5’^’*4 kun-tu ho-ma=&'££ si-dsa-dsu (Mnon.) n. of a tree with milky sap. kun-tu hod пиетет fully en- lightened; sa bcu-gcig-pa the eleventh stage of Bodhisattva perfection. kun-tu rab-tu hkhrugs lit. very much agitated; n. of the six des- criptions of earthquake (K. d. * 259). kun-tu rab-tu hgul lit. moving and shaking very greatly; n. of a form of earthquake. 5^’5ktin-tu rab-tu chem-chcm lit. roaring all about; n. of a kind of earthquake. kun-tu rab-tu hur-hur loud and fearful rattling or roaring; n. of one of the six forms of earthquake in which sound comes out of the sea and the mountains. kun-tu rab-tu gyo$ lit. everywhere all shaken very much; n. of universal earthquake in which the moun- tains and the oceans are moved profoundly. i: kun-tu rig all-knowing ; omniscient; n. of a deity. n :=^’M fe§-rab wisdom (K. d. 26). kun-tu gsal wtht, чеггнпн, the sky; clear inside and outside ; very clear, lucid, illuminated. kun-tu gsun a flower mention- ed in the Kahgyur (К. my. 20). kun-tu gso to heal everyone or repair everything; the healer of all. kun-g.tum мч$Ж lit. very fierce; dmafis-rigt n. of lowest caste in India. kun-btu$ n. of a religious work which is full of extracts taken from different sacred books (Шоп.). SM’I4! kun-rtog, same as ^*^4 rnam* rtog foiw, WJ, fancy, illusory associations. 5
’IW’I” I 26 1 W4!4!** kun-brtags ideas and associations. kun-brtags-pabi intshan hid xrfbfffwHtd^’UR one of the three signs, characteristics or laksana, v. mtshan hij. kun-fydan 1. support. 2. negligence. kun-bsten wrwrwr reliance; re- signation ; service or adoration. Kun mthoft-gyi rntsho a fabulous fresh-water lake in the land of the Lha-ma-yin or Asura, situated at the centre of their chief city Shubhra Malika. It is said to be five yojana on each side. When the Lha fight with the Lha-ma-yin the signs of victory or defeat are said to be reflected on its surface. kun-daft hkhon-pa quarrelling with all: ’^’951 a person whose lips are black quarrels with everybody (Tan. d. 217). kun-daft mthim-pa=-**w'&\ harmonious, concordant; agreeing or in harmony with all. kun-don the public weal, general interest, cause of all. 5И’Х*Г«1 kun-dril-wa — ^'K4*fa'q f shaft-ma bsdom-pa all taken together. kun-gduft wrfiri, that afflicts all; the all-burning one; Cupid. Kun-fylag the Lord of All. the Soul of the World; the Supreme Lord of the World. kun-brduft 1. an oppressor ; a tyrant: §<<|ч$Ж£Г5Ие|5с-‘ 2. In astronomical calculations the six- teenth conjunction is called Kun-brduft. kun-hdar the pulse that always beats = rtsa dvu-ma n. of the central artery. Kun-hdrcn the Supreme Leader; he who leads all into the way of deliver- ance ; epithet of Buddha. ЭДkun-nas, same as kun-las щрн orJHHWTt from every place or direc- tion ; round about; wholly, thoroughly : | in every direction it was surrounded by railings; to wish from the bottom of the heart. kun-nas dkrigs-pa entirely darkened:rain-clouds have darkened all quarters. kun-nas skye hhww, produced or grown everywhere (like grass). kun-nas fckhums = gur-gum saffron (Ajfton.). kun-nas hgegs = чй’^'в’д* a residence that is closed on every side, a sanctum; residence of a queen ; a convent (Affton.). Syn. bkhor-wahi khyim ; *rg\ sa-spyod-nia gnas\ sruft-ma- can\ dag-pahi mthah-ean; *1^ gtsaft-gnas. kun-nas bgro commu- nion. kun-nas rgod^WfWS bshad-gad to laugh out (Affton.). Kun-nas sgohi lefru shes-pahi indo tiКЧ <t ’ШТ the “ Sutra on the door or entrance from all quarters,” i.e., of free entrance (К. ко. Г 287). kun-nas sgrib-par byetf WTMTRft to over-shadow all round, to put into shade in all directions.
ktin-nas non-mofa-pa made very miserable; pained, dis- tressed; ^’^г^-Ямгсгй^сц entirely free from misery (gbum. *| 239). kun~na$ snems very haughty; arrogant. kun-na$ btags-pa ^ufVcf, тетт fastened or tied up on all sides. kun-nat btu$~pci €^sr, collected from everywhere ; extracted or taken from every work. kun-nat hdud-pa WSJ venerated by everybody от everywhere : | to reverence in every manner with body, speech, and heart. kufi-na$ Idafl-wa цгучЧЛИ, raised from every place; set up well; got-up: the enemies rose up in all directions. kun-nat tdud-pa КЯТПТ col- lected from every place; brought together from every place. * kun~na$ $nan-wa = A rgyal- wa the all-illuminator (Schr.), kun-na$ bphag^pa sprung from everywhere. kun-nas bris ^forfacr perfectly painted, described, delineated, referred to. kun-na$ blafa taken from every place. д^А’ЧА^ kun-nat hbar ^niT4<fif WTftu inflamed; ablaze : ’^itwa fire broke out in every direction. .IWrjK’A kun-na$ $byor~wa to combine; combination ; to compound or mix up medicines. brtsegs-pa built up everywhere ; piled up; erected. kun-nas mdses illuminated ; very beautiful: I the signs or charms of the moon are exquisitely fine; | (the gardeu) from its collection of flowers was lovely and pleasant (Miion,). ‘ kun-nai bzan лпггргзгг =5Wg’i?'« dpal-gyi lo-ma n. of a tree the leaves of which are sweet. Syn. Ч’я’якл lo-ma mftar-, <S’»«’A« lo-ma bzafi (Mnou.). kun-nas l^zod-pa all-forgiv- ing ; very patient (A’’, d. * 68). kun-nas yons-su b$kor- wa entirely besieged, shut up entirely, surrounded on all sides. kun-na$ yyefts vftfwM thoroughly ; very excited : | 'the mind agitated (not being fixed on any subject). kun-snaft кЬаг-ка^'&’Ъ^ ni-mahi hod-zer all-illuminating rays; the rays of the sun (JZTfon.). kun-spafa иЙсЦП?!’; bya btafl all-abstracted : gjwq | one who has left off all the concerns of this world; he who has renounced all worldly matters, acts and concerns; an epithet of Buddha. kun-spafa chen~po the all-renouncer ; an ascetic ; a hermit: Ж’ yr ЦА’<Й’чн’ 8^’ ^^’45’W’ before the feet of the Arch Renouncer who in one life has attained to Buddhahood. 5K8S kun-spyad 1. ЯЯЧ that which is to be practised at all times. 2. customary or habitual work ; habit.
ЭТ5’СЗГЧ1 28 ^•^51 kun-$pyo<J fian-pa a black or fallen Brahman ; bad. habits , vicious acts or professions. kun-^pyod imtshu^~ma= Sjqpvtf grogt-ma a sweetheart, mistress (Mnon.), kun-phan bdud-rtsi duan-po=^4 zla-wa the moon (Yig. k. 16). кип-bor all-renouncer: ) he cast off relations, wealth, properties, realm and all (K. d. « 333). kun-bye# rgyal-po 1. g’gY $fio sman $pafi-rtsi a medicinal vege- table growing in the grass in Tibet. 2. in the terminology of the Nying-ma sect, the (mind) is called kun-bytd rgyalpo, the chief agent, the prince of all doings. kun-hbyufi^ffifa* all- growing; misery; sin. 3V1T* kun-sbyor libertinism (see kun-t u-ru). kun-mo^ dri-bzafi bshon-pa-can^b'fyb dri-shim-po sweet perfume. Syn. hdod-pahi-dri; $na- tshim-byed\ fiad-bz<tn ; rin-du khyab\ legs-par thul (JUnon.). kun-rmofis нпш error; the all- blundering (Л. K. 7$). kun-hdsin W( the all-con- taining ; that which holds everything in itself. kun-rdsob b den-pa conditional or dependent truth ; acc. to JFas. subjective truth. = sems-nid WTW basis ; the mind (Mnon.); WT<d^Pi’snH=^Pr consciousness of self; literally the primary cause of all things, the basis of all; the soul, spirit: “g*hi is a philosophical term for vijnana, soul, which is considered to be the basis of virtue, sin, worldly or spiritual existence, &o.” kun-za flower of the plant called Spyi-shur, which gives blue tint to water (4Wcw.). kun-gzig% who sees all; the All-seeing One ; that is cognizant of all (Zotf. *Z5). M Kun-faifl tho all-good; epithet of Buddha; a Bon sage and teacher. hkhor-lo a metri- cal arrangement in several squares resembling a chess-board and sometimes forming an acrostic. Knn-bzafi glift n. of a plaoe of pilgrimage in Tibet (Deb. *1 1$). Kun-^zan rnam-gsum the three good ones ; the Supreme Deity of the Bon religion in Tibet who is explain- ed as having throe manifestations: (1) the imper- sonal God or Supreme Being, Ф'Зрг^слг 5^'41, who from eternity has been free and all-perfect; (2) I the personal God I as manifest in the form of a sentient being (like Shenrab); (3) the deity represented in symbol, «>., form; representations in painting, figures in relief or casts. sa-gshi H«TFTT the all-enduring; a figurative name for . the earth.
29 Kun-chos gtsan-wa a Bud- dhist sect with a few monasteries border- ing on Yunnan. *И^Я Kun-rig all-knowing; n. of a god; a learned man. Syn. i$kha$-pa; kun-$e$; kun-gyi bkur-wa (2£fion.). kun-la мйд to every one, to all; to everywhere. kun-la bkra-$i$ dwaft- ldan-ma she who gives blessings to all: V^<q-5) a name of the god- dess Um&, the wife of Mahes'wara (ifnon.). kun-la khyab-byed ser-po «TtChHl ghi-wafi (Sman. 107) a bright yellow pigment prepared from the urine or bile of a cow, or vomited in the shape of scidulae by that animal; bezoar stone. ЗИ’вгя^Я kun-la hjug efficient; able to enter into anything: ^Я’4’^ 4 '4' ‘ЧЯI the intellect being cultured becomes efficient in composing. kun-la bde happiness to all. kun-la phan useful or good to all. kun-la hphrodbeneficial; agree- able to all: “ cow butter being the best of butter is agreeable to all.” ^«rq?*rq kun-la btse$-pa injuring all, all-hurting, hurtful, obnoxious. ^Я kun-la reg meddling, meddlesome, touching everything. kun-las^^W kun-nas нй<г. from every place or thing; from all; than all. kun-las btus-pa hhjh, selected or compiled from every book; n. of a book. kun $es-pa all-knowing; knowing all, omniscient. kun ges-pahi ^o-gam-pa a religious man who, being under moral discipline, has reduced his desires and requirements ; lit. “ an all-knowing tax- gatherer.” ^4-q\q kun b^ad-pa ^ПЗПеГ well explained; preaching all the religions, one that preaches everywhere. kun-sems to be conscious or cognizant of all things; to think at all times. kun-slon a gene- ral rising; rising from every direction or place ;= sems-bskyed conception; idea ; the notion of a thing; a thought; 5^5^ the mind which gives rise to thoughts of sins or merits, virtue or vice. kun-slofi ehen-po comprises the three *я*г^к;йк^ chags-sdafi-rmofis, lust, anger and ignorance. ^*Я^5 kun-gsod all-killing, that which kills everybody or thing; the lord of death. ^’Я^ч kun-gsal=W*^ nam-mkhah 1. the sky; that is fully clear, illuminated. 2. ni-ma^ the sun, the all-olearer. да kun-ta : from where ? one from an unknown place; also interroga- tively, come from where? It is used in mystic language (К g. F 26). uvn kun-tu-ru the union of the two sexes, copulation (used only in mystic language) (K. g. ^^16). t kun-thi-ra yf=4X n. of a bird: ^^^"<’’5’’^’Si5'^'^,5's.’4 454|4¥<’ wfwerMfrwJ'VX (K- g. « 58).
30 Tpj’5 kun-da vh 1. mistake, blunder, illusion (Z#r.). 2. 5^ ^he blue jessamine, Jasminum multiflorum or pubescens. Syn. 4’|chu-зкуез; W’VS4 dgun- zla tha-chufl $kyes* bdab mohi qidsod (Hfion.). kun-da byafi-8cm$~*№‘§ dnul-cku quicksilver (Sman. 79). kun-du-ru 'ф* sweet- smolling tree; a kind of incense; the resin of Boswellia thurijcra; gum olibanum (JZ Ж). Syn. %kyoft-bye$-pa\ 3'^'5 mu- kun-da; Z^kun-du (Afnon.). kun-du-la=fy'Sskim-bu a (ДГЯол.). kun-do fi wnj onion. ’F4 кит-pa crooked; shrivelled ; kum-pa-nid contraction; kum- kum very contracted. 51№ kum-po cringing; one in tracted posture; 3»г25ч kum-por ingly; contractedly. -F? kum-bha gpw = 3*4 gm. an earthen jar; a vessel for water. kum-bi-ra gwh n. of a srin-po (demi-god or demon). kur-ti to hasten; kur-ti lafi§-hgro to start or go off on any business; (in colloq. language) to start on an errand or mission early in the morning without having even a cup of tea. Kul-kar, also ЧРГТ’Р kul-dkar, n. of a place in Tsang; a kind of shield manufactured in Kul-kar-. cat a con- cring- bum-pa the shield manufactured at Kul-kar is of superior quality (on account of its superior metal); as to the Kul-dkar shield it costs five sho for the best. Л) ke numeral for 91; ke-pa the 91st (volume). Фч ke-ka in the dialect of JJphan-yul for 54 $kya-ka, a magpie. Кс-кй-pi-no a coun- try west of Jambudvipa of romantic scenery, said to be filled with gardens, dales, fountains, cascades, ete., and inter- sected with streams, and inhabited by a race of very handsome men who cat red rice (K. d. *179). ke-kihi’$gra the cry of the peacock (Schtr.). kc-kc-r’’- white precious stone. ke-rgyuft a deity called Qen-sra$ (P. 2?.). ke-ta-ka from 1. a gem which has the property of purifying water; its Tibetan name is ^*’§5 or $^’3% the purifier. 2. a great mountain situated north of the great forest plain beyond the north bank of the river Sita. Its peaks are described as very grand in appearance. It contains mines of gold and silver, and round its peaks are four fabulous lakes which at all seasons remain filled with lotuses and lilies. The ruler of this country in ancient times was Vaigravana^ whose army consisted of amazons of great beauty and valour (5. Zam.). or cVH a charm of the Bon mi mgon tgyal-po*.
31 Ke-ta-ra a mountain, probably Kedara (^<R) ; part of the Himalaya №). t ^t5 Ke-tu 1. a fabulous planet in Brahmaincal as well as in Tibetan astro- logy. In Tibet the name Ke-tu is gene- rally applied to comets, called also (lit. the long smoke-tailed). 2. a fiery meteor ; a shooting star; the descending node. 3. n. of a demon. Ke-nehi-bu n. of a sage of the time of Gautama the Buddha (K. du. 54). ^95 Ke-byed IQrtika, the god of - war (Sehtr.). Ke-rtse-гса n. of a Bon teacher: ЗЦ-Ервгт)’(Deb. 6) the Bonpo priests invited Ke-rtse. Ke-tsheg$ a Naga; the quar- ter where it resides during a certain astro- logical period is considered inauspicious. Kehu 1. a tribe in Tibet (Vai, kar. 160). 2. in classical Tibetan a kind of garlic. 3. a cavern, den, hollow place (C^.). Jfebu-rtse, also ke-rtse, a jacket made in the Chinese fashion; in Chinese кгса-tzu. Kehu-t shaft (in Chinese K’u- ts'ang, “a treasury; a store-house”) n. of a sacred rock-cavern. 'ife* Kehu-ri n. of a female deity of fearful mien. KebuJi the Tibetan, and Mon- golian name for Corea. In Chinese Kaoli. kebu-k ^’43'j customary seal (Л.). 4fe’5«i kehu-ga-ya (from kasayd) celestial robes; robes worn by the gods (2Г. my. *| 7). >f|’4 ke-ya wickedness: the root of wickedness - of a bad heart (г.е., envy) having sprung forth (J. Zaft.). + ^х’П Be-yu-ra-ka 1. a kind of grass used in ancient times in making garments for a Bhiksu (K. du. ч 388). 2. n. of a Gandharva. Ke-ru 1. n. of a place and monastery in the district of Hon in Yar-lung (J. Zaft. 217). 2. 5^’** sran- ma a species of peas: 1 after casting water in oblation, he conducted (him) inside the house and served him with a cupful of pea-soup (Deb. у 35). Ke-rc, v. 3’^ kye-ri. 4)’^ Ke-la ! n. of a tribal clan (lrig.). ke-da-ka=fj'% $ga-$kya ginger (Swan. 267). + kai-la-^a ^5* gacZi’§^l the king of mountains ?>., Kailasa in the Himalayas. jffe-Zan,prob. corruption of follower of Tsongkhapa (Hue, vol. II). Ke-le n. of a fabulous place or country : the country of cannibals, Ke-le (D. B.). пг-ч ke-fa hair; mane; letters which are surmounted with
32 ’ifal double e* sign called hgrefi-bu or o’* sign called naro. Signs for long accentuation are also called ke-$a. *^'-*j*^ ke-fa-ra mane (Schr.). i ’Н’И Ke-^u-ka a plant, perhaps Arum colocasia* with edible roots; also v. Kift-(pt-ka (Hbum. 77). Ke-sa-ra 1. tho hair; the mane of the lion. 2. the hairy fila- ment of the lotus; a celestial flower; saffron. keg=^'&S bar-chad danger; accident, v. П kag. Keg-ma=kag-ma {Lex.), Kefi-ru$ skeleton. J’Wt Ken-pi-ka an evergreen tree, /.<?., of the colour of the parrot (&ag. 3). This is evidently a corruption of -iM Ker-ko a cymbal; a musical instrument: (carrying with him) a hand-drum, a cymbal, a pipe (flute) (K, g. 5 £). ker-gyi§ suddenly (Sch.\ Ker-ica to raise; to lift up; er| to point the fingers towards heaven. ker-lafa suddenly stood up: asuddenly standing erect and still (like a tree ”) (Nag, 3), ker leb $gur metaph. for horse, sheep and yak: j the tax (in kind, ?>., one in a hundred) on horse and yak from among the three kinds of cattle (Rtsii.). Kel-mag possibly indicates the Kalmuk Tartars. Kai-ta-ka n. of a mytholo- gical demon. Kai ne-ya a rishi or sage; also patronymic of Havana (K d. pl£6). Kai-la-^a Ri-wo да fa-can the hugo snowy mountain on the north shore of the Manasarowara lake called Gang Ti-se by the Tibetans and Kailasa by the Indians. I: ко num. 121; Чр ко-pa the volume marked with the letter ко, or the 121st volume. II: 3 an expletive meaning: same, the same, very; as in hdi-ko, the same; as *4'^ hdi-ni, this very: “these same classifications”; dc-ni that very. Ш: all, whole; quite, entirely, altogether (Schtr,), Ч’П ко-гса 1. hide, leather—that derived from yaks, buffaloes and horses as distinguished from pag§-pa the skins of sheep, goats, foxes, &c. 2. colloq. for ko-gru a hide-boat. ’Чйч] ko-khugo, leather purse; a little leathern money-bag. ko-khrol (ko-thoT) a sieve made of hide-strips or strings to clean peas, barley grain, &c., of gravel, &c.: । (Jitsii.) for a hide-sieve for sift- ing peas and barley (i.e., price for). ^'3 ko-gru (ко-du) a hide-boat a boat made of the entire hide of a yak; a skin coracle. ko-btum hide-packing. This is said to be a criminal punishment in
’’Mf зз । Central Tibet, varying in severity, e.g., when the culprit’s hands are cut off, the stumps sewed up in leather and the poor wretch thrown as a beggar upon public charity, &o. (Jd.). ko-thag strap ; thong, ко-thud a kind of tea, probably so called on account of being sold packed iu hide cases; an inferior tea: (Rtsii. 74) “to the cost of pressed brick-tea.” ko-thums packed up in hide; a leather package containing 30 ounces of gold: having sto- len a bag containing gold, (we) concealed it in a marmot’s (Bq a marmot) hole. фяччр! ko-hthag§ a small instrument of leather to weave lace with (Cs.). ko-g.dany pronounced kom-gdan, skin-rug or seat; a piece of leather put under the saddle (Sch.): for each tanned skin-rug or leather folding used for cushions (three tanka) (Rtsii.). ko-mdah an arrow bound with hide: the hide arrow used in the north (of Tibet). ko-ldin a vessel or basin made of hide to keep or cleanse oil or lime-wash: (Rtsii.) for each hide vessel for holding sa-rtsi (such and such a price). ko-lpags hide; also tanned skin; 4^^ hide or leather mate- rial or stuff included in the fourteen materials prescribed for clothing to be used by Buddhist monks. ko-lpags Iham-wkhan worker in hide and leather; a shoe-maker. Ito-ipyin (fio-pin) glue: for each stick or cake of glue (Rtsii.). Jff Йелг ko-phofis guitar (gen. made of thiu belly-skin of a cow) (Ld.); it is tuned in three-fourths (Jd.). ko-phor a cup made of leather and painted to look like a wooden cup; ko-gshon a basin made of hide. ko-wa, tnkhan a tanner; the steersman of a hide boat. ko-wa mned-mkhan a tanner. Ko-wa brag n. of a district in Upper Tibet: then he visited Ko-wa brag in Stod-lun (Lha. kah. 23). ko-bub$ au entire skin: an entire skin of a sheep holds three khar-nag measure of good butter (Rtsii. 74). ko-hbugs an awl; a three-sided needle for sewing leather (Sch.). 4*5 ko-hbo itch scab; ^4*5^\^ scabby. In Sikkim a measure for rice or barley made of hide. ko-§brag§ a hide filled with butter ; the whole package is so called. ko-tshal pieces of leather or hide: for each skin of butter and honey, &c., with hide wrapping (Rtsii.). ko-rlon gtums packed in a fresh skin: like a man packed in a fresh skin, or any- thing packed or fastened with raw hide which becomes shrivelled when the skin dries and illness is induced. c
^1 34 ко-rul a rotten hide. ко-la a grub which breeds in hides ; a kind of hide-moth; | the Kola moth, something like a species of vermin in flesh (ВЛчУ.). ko-$am-pa (Lex.) one dressed in skin or having a skin for his under- clothing, v. kom-po. ^У7!] Ko-ka a place in Bengal where in ancient times many Tantrik adepts lived ($. Lain.). j ’fpryStn] Ko-ka-li-ka a Bhiksu of tho Buddha’s time who sided with Devadatta (K. d. •*) 2^7). Ko-kio. wild mountainous country cast of Bengal in the Chakma and Hamsa- vati countries winch are east and south- east of Haribhadra (Manipur) (S. Lam.). Ko-ki-h the Indian cuckoo, in books described as a bird that sings sweetly (K. du. p 99). ko-ki laksa n. of a tree (Mnon.). Ko-ko (variously spelt ko- sko, ko§-ko ^Кко$-$ко} 1. the chin; also occasionally the throat or the neck: ^'^^*4=^'q‘^N-q to raise the chin (&ag.) [see chinless,or one with a small chin: with a slightly perceptible chin; a chin like that of a pig; pig-faced (no chin) ube- neath the chin.” fag or the lower part of the chin. 2. a Tibetan of mixed breed, ?>., born of a Chinese father and a Tibetan mother. Ko-ko than-ma a country in cr near Ceylon (•-/«*)• Кокуа pure (Ze.rz.). ^35 Ko-krad (ko-teh) 1. ^'§,8Ч'35 lham-gyi akrad the worn out leather of old shoes and boots; 2. also a leather- shoe {Jd.). neck: ko-sko — mgrin-pa hdeg§ raise the nock {Nag. J). Ko Jia yul-shig gi-mifi n. of a place in Tibet (Fit/.). ko-non-ts", also к o-n al- ts or ko-lon-t#** the kernel of the pine-apple (Cs.); more particularly the edible seed of the Acosrt-pine growing in tho valley of the Sutlej ; it is also called ёкап-пан-ts? in Kunawar (Ja.). ko-tan=- B4! khrag blood in mystic language (K. g. 216). ТГ5Я-И ko-tam-pa ^ч|,9|‘йс; n. of a mountain (K. dun. 17). ko-tam-pahi-ra$ one of tho 41 materials of clothing permis- sible to Buddhist mendicants ; a kind of graps formerly used in making clothes (K. du. ч 388). ko-tam-bkag same as above. ko-tra-pa нт^, in vulg. Nepalese Kodu, a kind of millet largely used in Sikkim for making murica beer; it is mentioned in K. d. * 333. A species of grain eaten by the poor; Paspatum scrobiculatum. ko-trog-can ^’34’54 mi krog krog applied to a thoughtless, childish man (K. d. ^362). Л]’£| ко-tha a kind of leprosy
’ifaail 35 I ko-thal cinders, ashes; S^’q ko-thal-du byas pa to be reduced to ashes : ko-thal hthor-гсаг gyur-pa scattered about ashes. ko-dd-la or ^rt^TW a tree growing in the mountain Called Kokila Parvata (K. d. £74). фк’3 ko-paft-tse a sort of tea (Sehtr.)\ usually called Capinze (Schtr.). Ко-Ы-da-ra the tree of paradise on which grows the Pari- jdta flower; also a tree tho flower of which is pretty and of sweet scent, probably Bauhinia variegata (К. my. 20); an abode of the gods (2Г. du.\310). Ko-bo prop. n. of a country (Vai. kar.). ’’iW Ko-brag-pa prop, a sect of Tan- trik Buddhists; also its founder: (J. Zaft.) Bsod-nams rgyal-mtshan of Ko-brag brought Vibhuti Chandra from Bal-po (Nepal) to Ding-ri and later on founded the monastery of Ko-brag in Upper My an. ко-ma a bird (Pai. sH.). 4’3 ko-tse ja brgyad-pa the Chinese name for the brick-tea used by the common people of Tibet. It is called ja brgyad-pa, the eighth or the inferior quality of tea (5. kar. 80). 4'W< ko-icag$ is meant to express the voice of a raven (Ja.). Ko-ranjo prop, a country, said to be in the fabulous Western Continent of Godaniya (K. d. 331). + ^’4 Ko-raba the descen- dants of Kuru; their party; n. of a country in the east (K. cl. 267). 4 ко-re or ko-ra cup for drink- ing ; (pn-kor wooden cup which every Tibetan carries with him in the pocket of his great coat next to his bosom; gcl-kor a drinking glass. ko-lahi hclab—^^ ^ ^ glafi- pohipi-pi Un plantain leaf (Mfion.). I: ko-lon annoyance; dissatis- faction ; the jealousy of demi-gods or of Кода, &c.: I “pray do not out of dissatisfaction be jealous of me.” In saying grace at meal time tho Gods are exhorted by the lamas not to be spiteful, jealous or angry, &c.: । the Lord (Atis'a) not being actuated by any spite did not express any dissatisfaction, &c. (Л. 58). Ф^’ II : is a dubious word (Schtr.); ko-lon-wa to hate, envy; but in a passage in ЛА7., where the connection admits of no doubt, ko-lon mdsad-pa must be taken = disdain (Id.). In Amdo ’fj’fo* ko-lon~dispute, fight. c( ^o-^a-ld fjw mythical river oast of Jambudvipa (K. d. ч 267). 4 луфц Kq -qi-ld a certain king of birds (К. my. *q 18). Kondi-nya the son of Upayamati; in Tib. n. of a Muni or sage; n. of a grammarian; a patronymic of the poet Jayadeva.
36 ^1 Ko-qam-Ы, also written Kohu-$atn-bi the city of Howers; n. of an ancient city situated on the Gauges in tho lower part of the Doab, in tho vicinity of Kurrah; acc. to Nag. 3 Vatsapattana. i Ko-gi-ka, also written ^^’4 Ko-hu-^i-ka 1. an epithet of Indra ; n. of a drug. 2. n. of the Vatiea Robusta; n. of a teacher; an owl; a patronymic of Vis’vamitra, who was the grandson of Kus'ika; n. of a river, river Kosi (К. (I. я 267). Syn. na-gu-l"; ч §brul kha$ $dig$-pa; dran-sroft mdsod (Nag.). Ko -sa-thi-la chen-po n. of a Qrdvaka attendant of the Buddha (К. my. 4 4%8). Ko-8a-la n. of a part of Ancient Oudh which in the Bud- dha’s time was ruled by King Prasonajit. I: kog-pa 1. a cover; ^4'^4 kog-^og the paper-cover of a letter; an envelope (Yig. k. 2): 5^ the cover or envelope (of a letter) should be neat and clean. ja-kog a hide case in which tea is packed is usually called ja-ko; W’fpq mar-kog a skin of butter : 1 (& ieg.) “like a stone in water or package of butter.” ^'^4 $un-kog shell, rind; B'^'^4 phyi-yi-kog exterior shell; bark. 2. the name ^4 4 kog-pa is applied to an old man after the age of 85 (Rtsa shaft.). ifjqj-q II; 1. vb., to splinter off, to chip; ^4«1**4 to rise suddenly and run away (eTa.). 2. kog-pa gu-ua to peel, pare off. kog-tse зтТчГ a net: acc. to (flag.) ’ “a net or snare to catoh birds or wild animals.” I: кой, also кой-кой, concave; excavated; crooked; bent; warped. ’ffv sa кой-кой undulating ground; кой-pa-nid concavity. ’fyr II: Q Koft-po, also $кой- 1. cup; crucible. 2. the country of ravines, n. of a province of Tibet lying to the south-east of Lhasa and cast of Tso-thang. Кой-gsum fsuivi the three divisions of Koft-yul\ also n. of a kingdom in Ancient India which was ruled by King SusarmS. ^’45 Koft- $ked a kind of sash or waist-band of fine wool manufactured in Кой-ро; koft-induft a kind of spear manufactured in Koft-po (Jig. 32); ’ffvgr koft-рай planks brought from Koft-po (S. kar. 179); koft-tprcl an ape from Koft-po; the name of an individual who made a donation to aid in repairing the monastery of Samye. kon-bzo a kind of armour or weapon manufactured in Koft-po. *^‘3^ koft-kuu зкТзгчг n. p. (Schr.). ^0 koft-khru (koft-thu) a kind of yellow Tatin : ’44’4^4 (S. kar. 180) a piece or roll of yellow satin for a gown. Koft-jo, in Chinese Kuug-chu, a princess; the Tibetan name of the daugh- ter of Emperor Tai-tsung, who was married to King Sroft-tsan Sgam-po, Koft-jo, from China; the Chinese spouse Kon-jo (Zotf. я 5).
37 ’fc-g KoMu a small cup-shaped brass or copper oil-burner ; mchod- kon an offering bowl, a cup for offering pure water to any divinity ; W- kofi ink-stand, generally for black ink; rptshal-кой ink-stand for red ink or vermilion; blug%-koft casting mould, crucible; g&er-koft a gold cup or oil-burner placed before Tibetan deities; 9 bye-koft bowl of sand. кой-то a cave; a ditch. Kod boiled: ’Vqsrq’g’ ja de koj-na$ ka-ra bram-po 1йа Ьугй-ра$ Jo-wo dgyes (Л. 95) the tea having been boiled (prepared) and given with five lumps of sugar, the Jo-wo was gratified. коп-pa, also called коп-pa gab-skye$, the name of a plant that grows in solitary places, generally in the clefts of rooks. This medicine, kon-pa gab-$kye$, is used in Tibet for stopping hemorrhage. kob-kob, same as kab-kob, the noise or sound produced from the stretching of hides. кот-pa to tan (skin). kom-gdan a seat made of tan- ned skin. kom-po skin which has been made soft and pliable by tanning; leather. Кот-рй кой-jo the princess Kom, the youngest daughter of Wen Chung, tho fifth Emperor of the Tang dynasty. She was married to King Me Agtshom (J. ZaH.). T4! kor, same as $kor. 1. is used as а ^’5^ or auxiliary particle used in the manner of an affix, as in stod-kor, which signifies a cloth that surrounds or covers the upper part of one’s body; hence §tod-le a kind of half jacket worn by children and also by lama dancers; klad-kor the circular dot put over the head of certain letters to signify the letter * ma. 2. anything that has been cut out by the hand or a lathe, such as <рй-ког a wooden cup; rdsa-kor an earthen cup or vessel turned out. 3. n. of a place; ’^’<1 Kor-ni-ru- pa n. of a great lama who was a native of the place called Kor. (Deb. 4 11). kor also occurs in ^’^4 than-kor, fa nen-kor, ho J-kor, paj-kor, gdub-kor, &c. kor-kor coiled: 5^1 “a string was wound round the (exorcist’s) dagger (Уаг.§й. 82). kor-bzo lit. of round make; a kind of shield of round shape (Rtsii.). a colloq. form of kol-wahi lam—^^^ lam-йап- pa, a bad road (Мйоп.). kol-за, v. hgolsa or gol-sa, ko$-ko the chin. This word is also applied to the throat and even to the wind-pipe. Kya-la (also called jp) petty; n. of a petty state in Tibet, the chief town of which is (lit. the lion-face), where the Tsang-po, it is said, enters a rocky chasm in the mountains.
38 || Kya-an n. of a large fort in Tibet {Dsam. 32). ОТ kyag or OT’OT kyag-kyag 1. throwing obstacles in the way of another’s work out of spite. 2. thick; run into clots; OT'q'V\ kyag-pa nit} thickness (Cs.). OT’OT kyag-kyog or kyog- kyog «ГЖ curved; crooked; not straight. ОТ’ I: kyafi, also OT’OT kyafi-kyaft or kyaft-po, 1. straight; right; very straight (Cs.). 2. slender as a stick W- ОТ’ II: X. and; and also; though; although; too; yet more; used instead of ОТ’ daft enclitically after tho letters TSIn composition the word ОТ’ is placed between the subject and the predicate, for example :— he was beautiful and his mind was also good. In the sense of “ though ” M follows the first or contrast- ed vorb :—“though his faco was handsome yet his body was crooked.” I this being handsome also sheds lustre. 2. since, since that; then, therefore ; likewise; whereas. kyan-kyon indolent, lazy, idle (Л1.). куаг-ро, also OT’OT kyar-kyar, flat, not globular (Cs.). OT’OT kyar-kyor still feeble as a convalescent after disease (Ja.). ОТ I: kyaly resp. <^4’OT shal-kyal, a joke; also a comic or jocular look : ^Ц’^Т (A. 113) once having a jocular smile on his face. от II: also OT’OT sometimes written as MH* tkyal-rkyal, long and flat, not globular. Described in (Nag.) like straw, hollow and devoid of meaning; worthless. ОТЧ kyal-ka WT4 joke, jest, tricks: OTT’OT'^4! kyalJcahl tshig rt&ed-mohi tshig playful word. OT’q kyal-pa vain, idle talk, nonsense. OT’5^ kyal’kyal poor; ill-condi- tioned. kyi 1. This syllable is primarily an inflecting affix attached to nouns, adj., participles, фе., indicating tho genitive case. This affix takes the form Э only after the final letters 5, ч, or and is varied to § whero tho word to which it is attached ends in either \ от *i, and to whero the preceding final is or or simply to if the final happens to bo a vowel. Ex.: ^5’5 of Tibet, Tibetan; чя’З of the way; ОТ’5) of the north; at tho time of going. Sometimes, more- over, it is elided altogether, as in ^5'45 Tibetan language. 2. It is annexed to vorbal roots (with tho same variations of form) after the manner of a continuative particle and imparting the gemndial sense, but by some modern writers used as a finite verb. Gerundially it generally im- plies an antithesis which may be ex- pressed in English by “ though ” followed by “yet”: ^5 though the girl called to him, yet he went on the straight way without turn- ing his head. As affix to a finite verb it is frequent in the writings of Padma Jungnag and Milaraspa, and is also used in the C. colloquial. Attached to the verbal root it may also carry the sense of
TSFI 39 “as much as,” “asfaras” : as far as he remembered this road, he followed the ox. 3. 5 con- necting the auxiliary verb with the verbal root forms a much-used present tense : I am lying down. But here the final vowel does not often take the simple t (*)> e*9*> is seeing; still we have in books is eating food. [W.!?.— The use with the instrumental form will come under that article.] № kyi-gJofi the elbow. § U Kyi-Ice n. of a medicinal plant, Gentiana decumbens. The white species of this plant called kyi-lce dkar-po is in repute for biliousness. The blue called kyi-lce $non-po heals swell- ing in the throat or glands (Med.). kyi-bun a chill; a feeling of cold (ScA.). kyi-lin chu-rta §non-po= dnid-chu quicksilver (Smdn. 118). kyi-hud VT ^TVT 1. inter]., the sound of weeping, lamenta- tion ; an expression of grief, sorrow or loss; Alas I Ah I kyi-hud zer-tca VTVT expressing deep sorrow or lamenta- tion. 2. one of the eight cold hells of the Buddhist purgatory. Э*т^ kyig-rtse unburnt brick (Sch.). Kyift n. of a people living in the east of Asia (Yig. 8). к yin ser-rlufi a violent NO wind with hail: acc. to Jd. also Q'^kya-sa, onomatopoetio word; a blowing wind. куш a verbal termination used alternatively with gym and Sfa gin and after a vowel; gin denoting a partic. pres, like the English ‘ing’: proceed on your way singing! With yod or R^»| hdug it forms a periphrastical present tense: §mon-lam hdebs-kyin yod he is praying (just now) (Jd.). Most probably the common present form in kyi, gi, &c., is an excised form of this use, e.g.) is coming; is looking. kyir, also kyir-kyir, round; circular; a disk ; a round thing; kyir-wa-nid roundness. 5^ kyis by, with; the sign of the instrumental case, used after the letters 5, a, or *i, and generally indicating the personal subject of the action. It is called the byed-pa pohi ggra (the term of the doer). Gerundially kyis is annexed to a verbal root to render clauses which in English would be introduced with “by,” “from,” &C., C.g., from the sword having pierced the liver, he was slain. Of course the prep. “ from ” might be omitted here. Again our “because” is often an appropriate opening to clauses terminated in &c.: the demon coming, he turned aside ; or, because the demon came, he, &c. kyu a hook; Icags- kyu iron hook; an angle; a fishing hook; shab§-kyu (i.e., the foot-hook) a mark fixed at the foot of a letter to signify the vowel and written as^ kyur-kyur twittering; the cry of a small bird : byihu coga kytir-kyur sgrog the swallow twitters.
40 ^11 куе the vocative sign; О! Holla! 5 kye is called д bbcd-paty, $gra or interjection—the word of invoca- tion or calling: 3*5^1 0 great King 1 3'X^’S’qS’^ 0 lotus-gem (Chenraisi). Э’® Kye-kye, also written 3 for abbreviation ; conveys the same meaning as 3* 3*^1 Kye-rdo-rje % n. of a terrific Tantrik deity. kye-ga n. for the magpie. Kye-phafi-pa n. of an idol of the Nying-ma sect, consisting, like most of the popular idols in Tibet, of an enchanted stick or log decked with rags, but much dreaded and said to be identical with Pe-Jkar Gyalpo (Jd.). Э’Я kye-ma тт (interj.) Alas! An expression of surprise with sorrow, also of misery; 3’*’*’®* kye-ma-maJa wvtbut oh! an interjection expressive of desire for compassion or fatigue: 3’^’я’вгщз'В? kye-ma ma-la glaft-po hdi alas this elephant! (Л. K. 1-36). kye-re or ke-re, also 3^ к yer, upright, erect; 3^q kye-re-wa or 3’^5 kye-re-nid the act of standing erect. (mterj.)vft,vi Alas ! Woe! Ah! What misery! An expression of grief or pain; 3’V kye-ho What oh! Holla! 1 kye-ho and kwa-ye are exclamatory words. rj-q kyo-wa a pointed iron-hook; a large pin to pierce with. kyo-rafi, v. 3’3 kyc-wa. kyog, also ЗЧ’З4! ЗЖ, crooked, bent, winding, curved: | having turned his head (sideways), lam-kyog a winding or surpentine road; a zig-zag. Kyog-po згяг crooked; З4)'^ Луо/7-^ог crookedly, not straight: (Pag, 1S3) the wild animals that conceal themselves bending their necks ran away. I: к у ой or 33’33 kyoft-kyofi 1. hollow; cavity; the hollow of a dish or tray; cognate to кой. 2. obstinate; unmanageable (Jd.). 3. hard, as in $’33’Q, hard water; evidently a colloq. form of $’3^’3. 3^11: or 33’3 куой-bu a small shovel, scraper; 3C'T’ куой-kha quarrel (Sch.). 3« к у от flexible but without elas- ticity ; flabby, loose, lax. kyom-pa soft and tough ; kyom-pa-nid pliancy; toughness. 3^ kyom-kyom of irregular shape, not rectilinear (Ja.). kyor qt 35’3^ kyor-kyor weak, feeble, unfortified (C&.). HpI kyol or З'Ч’ЗЯ kyolJiyol^fa kyor. Щ Kra (ta) for kra-tysugs established a Dhannas'&la (Л. 61). TJ’kra-ma far-sa n. of a kind of precious stone : “ ^з/л^лч’ q-fljw I (Rtsii. 4'1) a house built of ruby made lofty with a dome of krama garsa. 33 krag brag, signifying rock.
3е* I 41 Ml иге kraft-fa (tang-fte) standing ; й'ч or an upright posture; 2(5’4 kraft-sdod-pa to stand. Kraft-naft (tang-nang) a gallery round a house; a covered passage; evi- dently an incorrect form of 5}^’^. D^‘4 kraft-wa (tang-wa), prob, wrongly written for to make straight. •55’^ krad-hkhor (td-khor) a ring used in the exercise of archery as a butt for arrows; a mark; a target. 35'^ krad-rgyun ((ё-дуйп) a piece of long narrow leather to mend shoes with; acc. to Cs. a long narrow piece of leather to fasten the sole to the upper leather of a shoe or boot. krad-pa (£ё-ра) a shoe; a cover- ing for the feet of the lower classes of people; a leathern half-boot ; 35'^ kratf-lhan a patch for shoe. kran-ma (tan-ma), colloq. for sran-ma, peas. Цфтр krab-krab (tab-tal)==*№* dancing or stamping of the feet : (his) legs and arms moved as in dancing. According to &ag, 2P*2p is equivalent to $4’^4, flat. kram (tarn) cabbage ; дя'яеа sweet or fresh cabbage; 3^’5^ kram $kyur oab- bage-piokle; cabbage soaked in vinegar. Kri-ka-rti-ka n. of a monastery in ancient Behar which was also known by the names of Samudra Gupta and Kusumapuri (Л. 60), e\ + kri-ka la-sa w*rni a small lizard.^ There is an account of this animal being once offered as a burnt sacri- fice to the gods (7Г. d. * 214). t ifi! Kri-kri fjfffsfi, n. of a Bud- dhist king of Benares who is said to have patronized Buddha Kas'yapa. In the Chinese versiou of the Vimala-kirti-nir- des'a sutra, he is called Krpin, the kind and merciful. c\ HP kri-kha (ti-kha) the magpie; the white-breasted magpie; colloq. called kya- ka in Tibet. Kri-wa shahi-gdon n. of a place in Tibet (J. Zaft.). kri-mi (ti-mi) = ^^bya-gag 1. the grey duck (Mnon.). 2. a worm. kriya fkm; the ritualistic part of Sambhawa mysticism: (Л. 74) the krya man-tra having been performed by the six-armed deity. Kri-qoft-ba-ro n. of an indi- vidual who did some service to Atis'a during his journey to Tibet through Nepal (Л. 142). krig-krig {tig-tig) —to beat or press with the hand or feet; to make the sound tig-tig, krig-gi (tig~gi) straight: the iron arrow when quite straight being good (I). It.). krig-cags med-pa ^•5рга5’4’**Л55Я ^5'4 I not customary . or purposelessly; for nothing : Mongol tribes without adhering to custom would always be making prayers (D. fel.10). 7
42 ’Тртгр’ krin-kan (tifi-kan) a weapon like the spear; a forked spear: | (to the cost of) a spear and lance with saw-like teeth (Rtsii.). kriti-bag-sgyo (tifi-pag-gyo) glue or paste made of flour. krin-nad (tin-не9) the colic. Tjp-’i5 Krisna n. of sculptor ; an image-maker during Atis’a’s time about 1000 A.D. (A, 121). Kris-na-sa-ra the spotted antelope (Jd.); a kind of black antelope which is said to possess the heart of a Bodhisattva. The skin of this animal is used by Hindus and Buddhists alike to sit upon; the Tibetan lamas attach much sanctity to this antelope and its skin. TJ’TJ kru-kru (tu-tu) (JF.) wind-pipe >o xo (Jd.). + krv -kru tris (tu-tu ii) so a kind of yellow chintz resembling satin of great value, formerly highly prized in India and Tibet. It is called kru-ra (tu-ra) = dman$- rigs the vulgar, or the lowest class of peo- ple in the mystical language (K, g. J4 28). TJC’TJK’IIKrun-kruft sgra-can (tufig- Mlg-da-can) n. of a country (filled with the cry of storks or cranes) said to have been visited by the Buddha (K. du. F302). Krun-than the chief Chinese so minister who was resident in Tibet when Abbe Hue visited Lhasa ; an official of his class (Yig. k. 38). Probably an error for Chung fang, a title borne by certain high officials in China. krum-pa (tum-pa) broken in the edge or side or nibbled, but not entirely broken to pieces. Krums (turn) meat; in polite language it is called (sol-turn), the meat that is offered to a respected person. Kre-nag (te-nag) n. of a place in Kham. the forehead ; also dpral-pa, the n. of a place in krag-nag (te-nag) the spout of a kettle (Sch.), Т]’Ц kre-pa (te-pa) a colloq. spelling for forehead. Kre-bo (te-o) Kham. ySvi kro dha-na яЙ’иИ'Г— a fierce woman ; an amazon (Mfion.). Wl krog-krog (tog-tog) a kind of sound produced by the grinding of hard or brittle objects together: ifa’ifa'VOS “tog- tog is a sound” (fiag.); tog-tog is an ono- matopoetic word meaning a grating sound. kron (/ow) erect; standing: 5^1 the body erectly stood. kron-kron (tong-tong) stand- ing; posing still and erect: | (A. 27) “ while the two pupils were looking on, the deity was able to appear erect as if in life.” When used of persons, it means also standing on one’s knees; kneeling in an upright position (Ja.).
^•Г| 43 351 k>ofi-rtse (tong-tse) n. of a kind of round writing anciently used in China: I the characters of that time were circular letters called Tofig-tse. The word krofi-rtse seems to bo a corruption of the Chinese tang-clbien^ copper cash. Tibetans say sj-wq “ a hundred cash.” те kron-kron (ton-ton) in 7F. hang- ing; dangling. gj kla-rtsi musk : this is an incorrect spelling of the word a’J' gla-tsi. sra kl-klo ’gst, ahr, ^nW 1. a barbarian: 1 kyi-hud gla-glo dudhgroklu (Zam. 2) “ Alas, the Mlecoha, the beasts, and the Ntiga !” 2. any Musalman of India, a Hwi-hwi or Hwi-tse in China. 3. a nation without laws ; a barbarous, uncivilized race. Я’ЙТ» kla-klo-kha=*^ zafis copper (Jftfon.). kla-klo rnam$ the bar- barians (Schr.). Я’йП’Р kla-klohi kha a Musal- man’s mouth; = P‘^ kha-che “ a wide mouth- man,” ?>., a Musalman of Kashmir. kla-klohi chos (Schr.) “religion on the lips.” kla-klohi tig-ta several bitter roots growing in the sub-Himalayan regions; one is also called ^’3'54l’5 Gen- tiana cheretta (Мйоп.). kla-klohi §po§=Atf*\'Q garlic (Шоп.). kla-klohi hphel wmbr, Spremfa n. of a Turuska (Tartar) King; lit. growth of the Yavana or the HUcccha; «S’h’l kla-kluhi bye-brag tWf a tribe of Turuska ; a Tartar. klag-cor gfk clamour, noise: q loss noisy: “having made a row about.” 2FP klag-pa 1. WWFT study, reading; a teaching profes- sor, a teacher: । “has completed his vow of study” (A. K. 30), v. sfa'q klog-pa to read, peruse; klags ufecT, is pret. of Й^Ч 2. ^ГсГГС to incarnate : waiting for or expectant of one’s advent or incarnation; in Asta. “one who finds fault with”; ЯЧ1^’^,ВЧ1^= not incarnated or obtained an incar- nated state: 'Ч’ЯЯ^’^^Л I “ there cannot be transmigration from one to another state of emptiness.” (This is in reference to the eighteen states of Siinyata.) ЯЯ^ klags, v. ЙЯ klog. SIS klad j 1. “the word klad means above or up- ward” (Nag.) ; revolving round overhead (A. 155). 2. head; brain ; it is also written as g|5’q Я5same as a dot or cypher placed on the top or head of a letter to denote the abbreviation of the letter я ma, which is commonly used in writing and occa- sionally in printing. 3. first; Я\^ from the first: as to lion’s cubs, their claws are prominent from the first. ЯУ2 klad rgya membrane covering the brain ; pia mater; the bloody marrowin tho bones (Schr.); klad sgo the fontanel in the infant cranium (Schr.).
Wl 44 35'$^’ klad chufi the cerebellum; 35 klad gshuft the spinal marrow; 35’^^ klad gzer painful pricking sensation in the brain; 35'tlcw or 515'5 the thin covering of the brain. 35'3* klad-tho the top length of a Tibetan tent, Лс., the distance between its two poles. 35 klad-don lit. signifies the meaning of the text or the original work, but is gon. used as a term for the Sanskrit names or expressions whirh head almost all the religious books of Tibet. The work M.fton. makes 35 synonymous with 35'5** the amplification of the original text. 35’4 klad-pa what is uppermost ; 35'^ klad-ma wife priority, beginning, top. 3\q*44)*w’q klad-pa hgem§-pa lit. whose brains have become confounded ; to stun; to surprise; to confound; to overthrow in argument. 35'q^ klad-bzo the making of the outer side of anything: qvS| klad bzo sbug then §kab$ daft bstun-bar bya this outer covering and the flannel within must be made to fit in their size (Yig. 22). 31V3 klan-ka censure, blame; 35Л] $«rq klan-ka mi htshol-wa one not seeking brawls: ^5’ч*§5’^^‘г*'*гз^'лТ casting imputations against another is called klan-ka htshol-wa; У5’ q fit'mn’35^also fomenting a dis- pute is called klan-ka ; 35^4 = 35' j one who seeks brawls; 35t5'« or 3VWq or 35№^w^ or to censure, blame. klan-pa 1. revenge; wrong aveng- ed ; to wreak vengeance for: В‘Кч|'9)*г$ч|* q’^'jpgYq-^rqN-^-qrX^ 9) the crow revenges itself upon the owl by what is called flesh-revenge. SYS klan-bya part to be mended or to be patched. ЗрТЧ klam-pa a thick blanket; also a pagri or turban used by Tibetans when travelling: з*^м'ч**М ^55'^’^’^’ du. qj 121) klani the term for a long piece of cloth which is tied round the head. a7’’2’ klal-uw^Q^xw tegyifa-pa or g*q^c^*q b$nafi$-pa yawning; to yawn. sp* kla$ <srw, w copious, abundant; an equivalent of "w yaj, beyond, apart, as in mthah kla§ or w “w (ярря). In this case 3^ may be taken to mean a without,’ and is an equivalent of the Sanskrit w. klift-ma or gfspr, the margin of a river or lake. 3] I: klu n. of a kind of flower (7Г. my. 20). Й] II: WRT, aw, 1. the NO Indian Nagay that is, a demi-god having the human head and the body of a serpent, which is generally supposed to live in fountains, rivers, and lakes. The Lu are also believed to be the guardian of great treasures under-ground; they are able to cause rain and certain maladies, and become dangerous when angry. 2. a serpent or any snake in general. kun-tu dgah- wahi zlo$-gar the drama of Nagananda;
^Alhr W a?’ 5'। a dramatic treatise by ‘ Harsadeva (Ya-sel. 230). Д’Г5^’ klu-khaft the residence of the Lu or serpent gods. An imaginary palace supposed to exist at tho bottom of the sea or of some lake where the Naga reside : (Jig-) saw the palace of the Lu and their grove with delight. Ш’Ща^сГа kht-gjan nag-po ba-ru = the crab which is called by the Tibetans “bull-homed black Lu” (Sman. Z44)* * З’Э*1 klu-rgyal ?ПЛТГ5Т (Schr.). ’25’^5’3^ Sht-rgyal dkar-po dufi- skyoft n. of a certain Naga Raja or a serpent demi-god called the White Protector of Conch Shells: Д’З'Ч* the Lu ruler called white S'ankhapala and S’an- khadhara Bahu Papi, the deity with many arms, and others (Rtsii. M)- 5|’j«r*w«w klu-rgyal mthah-yas infinite; the king of the snakes described in Hindu mythology (fijncm.); one of the eight klu-chen, great Lu. klu-rgyal rigs-lna tho five classes among the Naga Raja qt Lu kings residing in tho fabulous world of the snakes. Д'|А Klu-$grub (Lu-dub) ntvtwt the expounder of the Madhyamika school of Buddhist philosophy. jj'^'A^ klu-ehen brgyad the eight chiefs of the Lu or Naga are ; ^ 25 HW; qv« to; WTTO; «r^cRt; klu hjog-po the class of Lu or Naga called Taksaka. S’San klu-thebs the coming forth of the Lu in summer from their retreats. This time is fixed in Tibetan almanacs for wor- shipping them: 'O db yar-sa §teA-du klu hofi-ica la klu-tkeb§ zer the coming upwards of the Lu from their retreats in summer is called Д’San klu-thebs. ЯГ^| klu-ldog the retiring of the Lu to their abodes in the nether regions is called klu-ldog^ which time is generally calculated by the Tibetan astro- logers to fall in December. 3T»wV§5 klu mthar byed ХЧЖП the chief patriarch of the Naga*, also NJAPd*, which is a name of the Garuda bird. c^q’^l 9| йа 1, n. of au indolent poison. 2. n. of a very venomous snake (Smaft. 350). Я klu dug-can poisonous snakes. klu-gdon hjoms-byed—^' 5’84’4 rgyal-pa &nug-po lit. that which destroys poison or kids Lu demons = Д’^ musk (Smau. 333), Д A^’^’t klu-bdudrdor-je n.of a medici- nal plant which is believed to have the property of healing all sorts of diseases caused by Lu or malignant spirits. klu-mdud prob. Codouopsis ovata (Ja.) also kluhi gnod-pa cures all kinds of arthritis and rheumatism (W.). klu-sdirs NTTOTjj the peaks or flanks of a mountain where snakes reside. ЙИ5 klu-nad <nuxPT, ginftil the disease caused by the Lu or leprosy.
46 P”i klu-gjia$ •тпГчЕН the abode of the Lu. *Щ'^5 klu-bod one of the disciples of Nagarjuna {Schr.). *Я’5^ klu-Ьуай HTTRtftr an epithet of N^gSrjuna and also that of one of his disciples. q klu-dwafi-gi rgyaLpo a Buddha ruling over the Lu, usually depict- ed with 4 attendant Bodhisattea {Grub, 109), Klu-hbum n. of a section of tho Sgomdft division of the monastery of Dpal-ldan НЬга$-$риЯ§ (Dai- pungnear Lhasa): । I tho Gomang sections of Daipung Monastery are the Hordong, Sam-lo aud Lubum ; n. of a treatise on a hundred thousand Naga, д’чдя'Щ'г? klu-hbiun khra-bo 1. n. of a religious work among the Bon-po, 2. 0'^ khra-bo moans “ mottled.” There are also ц 'Щ klii-hbum dkar-po, klu-hbum nag-po, Klu-hbum, originally a hooded snake, cobra di capcllo ; tho mytho- logical sense, however, is only understood in Tibet, where every child knows and believes in Lu or Nagas, &e., cobras being unknown. kla-me$ | {Deb, 4o) n. of a lama of Tibet. Д’М klu-mo a female serpent; also a serpent demoness. klu-mo mu-tig nu-sho- can n. of medicinal plant used for wounds or sores. Its flowers are of garnet colour; when they are plucked there oozes out a milkish sap which is said to possess healing power {Sman, 350), SJclu-унап n. of a medicine. klu-gzttgs the body or likeness of a snake; also a Lu in tho body of a snake; anything with the body or in the guise of a snake. 5)5'^ kluhi §kad the language of the Naga; according to some Tibetan authors this is the Nagari language of India which they identify with the Prakrit. Accord- ing to tho earliest historians of Tibet 4S kluhi shad, г>., the Naga bhtisa, was the language of the Chinese: g'<Y4*<r2|’W Rgya-nag-pa klu-la§ chad-pa$, I the Chinese having originated from tho sorpent demi-gods, speak the Naga krta, tho language of tho Lu, Д'1’!’ 3’5 nd да krta is distinguished from the Sanskrit language which is called Deva bhasd, tho language of tho gods. Naga- krta means corrupt language and Sans- krta moans refined language. kluhi grofi-khyer nTipHlft, Hin- der! the mythological city of the Naga in the nether world ruled by King S'esa. kluhi hjig-rten nrwfa the nether world or region inhabited by the Lu or Naga, Kluhi dug-bcom n. of a fabu- lous sea which lies beyond a great sandy desert. The Lu chieftain Stob$~ldan {Bala- ta n) resides there and excites dissensions among living beings {K, d, 335), Jcluhi gdefi§-ka the hood or neck of a Naga or of a serpent. * Kluhi-§de {Schr,) n. of the celebrated Buddhist sage who answered the interrogations of King Menander (of Milinda Pannha); one of the eighty Buddhist saints of the northern school. kluhi gnod-pa or kluhi $kyon, plague; a disease of unknown origin;
^'9=4° I 47 Г ( maladies supposed to be originated from the malignity of the serpent demi-gods. * Д?kluhi byafi-chub *rrjr^rfv (&ЛгГ). 2j5’g4 kluhi §brul a class of very venomous snakes. kluhi yi-ge acc. to Cs. the Chinese character; aco. to some authors the Nagari character. * 5!$’«й|*г^ klui bfe§-gnen ^nrfirsr (Schr.) n. of a Buddhist saint. ltfu-yi §kad ^пгнтчт the language of the Naga*. I it is said that (he) under- stood (it) when related in the Sanskrit or in the language of the Naga. hlu-yi hkhri-$ifi=%'&*$^ n. of a leafy creeping plant (fifnon.). klu-yi lit. the snake’s tongue; n. of a plant used in medicine. Syn. g$fio-$afi$ hkhri-qin; tfw-sans mthah-ya§; mthah-ya§ rtsa; ч ba-glafi bsrun; WS’* те-tog phra-mo (Mfion.). klu-yi the earth (ДМои.). klu-qln lit. the snake- tree ; the tree of golden bark. Syn. 5*'*^ Ьит-сащ §kye$-bu mtho; lhahi hdab; lhahi 1сид-та; sefi-ge skrod; kluhi те-tog; ge-sarmat-po; JT|** klu-skye§ (Mfion.). The names of some species of trees called ndga rrksa are the following:— tshad-ldan hdab- та; те-tog rtse; sa-srufi; kluhi rptshan; sog-le sgrib; $un-pa dri-shim; rtsa-wa mafi; ^’54 sahi dsam-bu-ka the plant Flacourtia spadia (Mnon.). gqed gsum the names of three medicines, viz., sdig-srin, shal-nag and SM*4 byan-nag (Sman. 450). oj£’ klun a valley; river; O^’ clui-klufi a river in general; ^40^* nags-klufi a river passing through wooded tracts; the name 3F’ klufi is seldom applied to small streams or rivulets. klun-rgyun a stream, current; like the flow of a river. Щ^’^Ч sgog a kind of garlic growing wild on the margins of rivers in Tibet: | wild garlic cures leprous sores and dries up the fluids in swellings (fifed.). klun-rta (in V4 nag-rtsis the art of divination) = §^’5’ rlufi-rta. klun-phyug§ cattle living in the lower table-lands of Tibet. This term is also applied to the yaks which are kept in the lower plains of Tibet: q kliin-phyugs so-gni§ yan- gyi ko-u*a rer “for (i.e., the price of) each hide of cattle of two teeth,” (f.a., above two years old) (Rtsii.). дк/wrq klufi hbab-pa the rushing of a hill torrent; the flowing of a river. klun-ma a river. klufi-tshag a yak of the valley; ri-t$hag a hill yak—a yak belonging to the higher elevations and hill-tops of Tibet (Rtsii.). Klufi-fod n. of a place in the uplands of (Digufi) situated to the north-east of Lhasa (Lofi. * 12).
48 1^1 4 klitfi-fos a kind of plant growing on the margins of rivers in Tibet, and said to be efficacious when applied to sores: kluft-sgog garlic of the valley. I: &Zh#s this term is applied 'O to the astrological results arrived at by computing one’s age in reference to that of one’s parents by consulting their horoscopes. It occurs in the Vaiduvya Karpo in expressions such as^’J)*^, pha-klufi$9 ma-klufi$, П: cultivated lands; a field: klufis-su $kye grow on cultivated soil: Dkar-mdafis-kyi Jclufis tshan-ma all fields belonging to Qkar-hdafa, + ерт Klub-pa, pf. JWQ fclubs-pa, 1. to cover the body with ornaments to put on luxuriously (Ck.) : gser leb rta tpfi dag-las legs grub-pahi sefi- khebsrab hbrifi tha-ma gsiun-dii klubs 2. to set up (a tenant). 3. n. of a tribe in Tibet (Vai, kar, 160), Klii$ bod ятптжц, Kaga-hvaya9 one of the 28 Buddhist sages mentioned in the ЛЛ V. Kitts byafi-chab итптгР?, Naga Bodht\ one of the chief disciples of Nagar- juna. His essence is supposed to have been embodied in the late Kusho Seng- chen of Tashi-lhiinpo. a« klas a rack for clothes, clothes- horse. w klog-pa to read, imp. OT^’*^4! klogs-gig also do read, pf. jpprq klags-pa or bklags, fut. ДЯ klag I or чдч] bklog, ^OT’^’S fyklag-par-bya ОТ'W §S klog-par-byed is reading; klog-par by cd-pa the act of reading, the causing to bo read; Ilfa’S klog-bya any- thing to be read; klog-tu hjug- pa to begin or cause one to read; ОТ’ч£* klog-pa po or OT'*f^ klog-mkhan a reader ; ЭТklog-grea a reading school, a school for reading; dpe-cha sogs klog-pa reading books, &c. klog- lidon to read aloud; OT'S^ klog-fyyafi f*nrr well-read, accomplished in reading, a scholar ; W<rwjc/5ii,rq klog-pa yafi klog-pa to read again. Klog-thob n. of a Bodhisattva (К, ко, *50), klofi I: or ОТ’ч klofi-pa wpHt extent; mass, bulk, body; depth, abyss. Also a wave or any undulating thing : q with opening or reverting folds or coils as in a conch shell. II: this word either alone or in combination with yafi$ is generally used to express the idea of vastness, in- finitude or immensity. It also signifies “space” as a definite expanse, being in a measure synonymous with 55A** dbyifis: Xtrjjdgk’UK*! the immensity or profound- ness of Dharma; v*iwg the expanse of matter or infinitude of pheno- mena; the depth or ampli- tude of the mind : I this spiritual being of Dorje chang dev elopes in the wide bound- less sphere of the gods into that jewel of the heavens which comprises the five illu- sive bodies of Dorje Naljor (Naro. 1), III: centre or middle ; dbus or dkyil as in dbah klofi or
aci 49 та гЪа-klofi the eddy or whirlpool caused by 3 rba or dbah, the waves; dbah-lthfi of q*F^’ rba-kloft is also used to signify rba-rlabs, a wave, billow. klofakhor a whirlpool or eddy (JWon.). + ‘Jj'r IV: kloft-du gyur-pa has the meaning of under one’s subjection or power; is equivalent to fully comprehended; over- powered. It is also used to signify per- fection in mystic arts, as Jaschke renders it “a soaring into mystic perfection.” The work explains it in the fol- lowing manner : ЧЧI “ it is also applied (to mean) what- ever has arrived at complete perfection or become concentrated into one.” Зк’Ц Klofachen n. of a celebrated lama of Tibet who was also called klon-sde a division of the Buddhist writings of the class, the introduction of which is attributed to Lo-tsava Vaira-tsana. ^5* *4 ’ “in this country of Tibet (in books) known as the great Man-nag rdsog$- pa, there are the Sems section, the section, and the Man-fag section ” (Deb. o| 3). klofi-ma dkyel 1, of great capa- city. 2. the cavity of the abdomen. Jwq klofa-pa cjfea, same as dkrugs-pa. rag n of a piaco |n Tibet; tlle ^еггУ EJoforag Ж4 klon-pa to mend, to patch shoes, &c ; afrqa cobbler, mender of shoes. P ksa in mystic language the term signifies an evil spirit. ksaya, pronounced in Tibetan as phthisis piilmonalis; but accord- ing to the Tibetan pathology grw^ifq denotes a bilious disease, prob, black jaun- dice (Jd.). The symptoms of the disease ksa-ya, as described in the medical works of Tibet, are as follows: *jg«*q*^*®rgic ’Й’а^чраьчрпг^- “the bile hav- ing permeated the body, itching is set up, the skin becomes greenish-black in colour, the hair and the eyebrows fall off, loss of strength, shrivelled flesh, and black spots on the nails, will be produced ” (Med.). № ksa-su-та a kind of precious stone resembling crystal; it is very rare in Tibet: as to Ksasura, that crystal and the genuine gtan-zil stone do not occur in Tibet except singly (Yig.). STTq dkag-wa constipation; obs- tructed bowels. Dkan I: wng, acc. to Rag. the palate, the roof of the mouth; VH the upper part of the palate ; «VK the lower part of the palate; cleft palate ; A the palatal letters; Sw!^’q]?4J an abscess in the palate; S’W^i'S any disease of the palate. STH: is sometimes used in the place of gyen, steep or up hill; S’W’T4’5 8
VF4 ST’FJ’W Dkah-thubJ-yi the residence of an ascetic; a hermitage. VP’34'V dkah-thub-dgra=VVP'W I (Ht. the ascetic’s enemy) a name of the god of love (Mfion.). VP’34’^ dkah-lhub-can=^^W non- mofi$-pa one who undergoes asceticism; a hermit; one who having renounced the worldly life has retired to solitude; an epithet of the Hindu deity Mabe s'vara. Syn. bpafi-$po$; й'^ $pu-can; V’ 5jK3 drihi-sra%'po; AgvK’WA hbyun-pohi ral-pa (Mnon.). VP’34'?Vq dkah-thub spyod-pa the practices of an ascetic or hermit; V’?4 dransron a rishi (Mnon.); VP’S4®1'4?’4 to embrace the life of an anchorite; VP’S4’ = saffron (&nan. 351) ; VIя' 5A4]««i one whose asceticism or penitence is either visible or exemplary. VP*a4’S’w Dkah-zlog tya-nui n. of a snowy mountain; it is generally applied to lli-Ьо да fa-can (Mfion.). VP’I4!’* Dkah-zlog-ma n. of the God- dess Gau-ri (Mnon.). S^’WV&'Qdkah-las che-wa very difficult; VP’W^VA free from difficulty; easy. 5T. I: dkar in compounds=VP'4 dkar-po white; grey. VP II: sincere; VP’^’S* not con- fessing one’s guilt; notexonerated; not making a clean breast of anything, VP’8 dkar-skya light grey: Vя’? ЧТ^ pale; white. VP’P^ dkar-khafi a lighted house; also a store room (& kar. 66, 178). 574 50 dkan gzar-po a steep declivity; precipice iftag. 5). Dkah, VP’4 dkah-wa or VP’® dkah-bo 1. hard, difficult; used as adj. VP’4 hard to understand; *A’§’ SV4 very hard or difficult» 2. pains, exertions, sufferings ; VP 4 *Уа 4 gain without pain or exertion; VP’4 without hardship or difficulty; difficult of access; 3 A’VP 4 tgrub dkah-wa hard to accomplish or to perfect; fig* to propitiate; 4I*VVP'4 hard to ex- press or describe difficult to find; 5'VP’4 hard work, or hard to do; VP’4^S difficulty ; VP’§S’4 ЗЗЛ4ПГФ one who accomplishes a difficult or hard task. dkah-hgrel lit. difficul- ties explained; a commentary; explana- tion of difficulties (Jd.): VP’4’*2K waja'A meanings of terms which are difficult to understand are explained in a commentary (fiag. 5). VP’4§ dkah-bcu дате ten ascetical hardships; a Buddhist scholar who has acquired such great proficiency in sacred literature as to be able to interpret the meanings of a term in ten different ways. VP‘3q t: dkah-thub <пщгг; also ufk, fk*, asceticism, also penance; an ascetic, one who is able to stand hard- ships or privations : S^’S4’^'^’^’4’^’ I «Гм’«г^чрдзсуГА’v | 5АЧ-ц-ц-«зЦ-й^А’^ | “that an ascetic’s body should be fat, that a pretty woman should sleep by herself, and that a hero should be without wound-scars—these three are things the mind does not credit” VP'S4 и: a name for the first month of the Tibetan calendar (Rtsii.).
Wl 51 dkar-khun — ^'^' window, a sky-light; a hole in the wall of a house for the entrance of light. dar-khyug anything streaked or ornamented with diverse colours. dkar-khrigs (kar-thig) white; shining; bright; glittering; brilliant. dkar-gcti 1. a kind of white clay; porcelain clay. 2. same as me-rdo flint: | white- clay is useful to expel worms and for the poison of evil spirits. dkar-rgya rose-coloured; pale pink. dkar-rgyan white ornament; the butter used in painting offerings made of barley flour or rice to the gods: cakes that are painted white and red with (coloured) butter (Rt&ti.). dkar-bcud-gsum tho triple white elixir, £.e., the cream from the milk of the female yak, ewe, and cow : “Khanda is the mix- ed milk of the female yak, ewe and cow.” L an index; register. 2. whitish; grey. 3. morally good; standing on the side of virtue; sincere; candid. dkar-dtab-chab~ or glittering white rays. • Dkar-chuft lha-khaft n. of a monastery in Tibet (/. Zrzfi.). a true friend; one who has come over to one’s side out of sincere good will; a friendly relation. Dkar-$tin cha-fam n. of a place in Kham near Ri-zco-che. (Lon. * 29). dkar-thag. the string of a bow: 5^ i (Rtsii) dkar-dro milk and curd: VJvX’Si it will make milk and curd of equal value with the above (Jig. 30). 5^’^ Dkar-ldan 4т<^ lit. the fair one ; the Goddess Gauri, the wife of S'iva. dkar-po, also dkar-mo ’Qsfb чК IJVr, 1. white; pure; fair; a qualification, talent, enlightenment; (sometimes) wise. 2. silver; dub grass; a learned man; purity: f^PH- | “ complete enlightenment is a stage of insight.” It is one of the stages of perfection of the Ilina у ana School. dkar-po chig-thub a kind of medicinal plant; also, its root, which is used to kill worms ; | it draws out poisonous matter and sub- dues worms which infest one. dkar-po rnams-par hchar-pa (&Лг.). dkar-po hbar (Sc/ir.) white lustre. Dkar-po sbab-rgyab n. of a medicinal stone (called “ white frog’s back”) (M-non.). dkar-pohi bskal-pa the enlightened age or Kdlpa. dkar-phigs used in colloq. for dkar-phibs. dkar-phibs a tower or dome built on pillars or on the roof of a house for commanding a view, generally in the Chinese style: in the great domed tower is the tall pillar with a lion’s mouth.
Wl 52 531 dkar-phyogs the light half of a month; the period from the new to the full moon; the innocent side in two contending parties ; the gods who belong to the side of virtue ; W!l*‘ dkar-phreft n. of the mythical capital of the Asura {Pag. 30). Vjvq dkar-ua ZRff white, v. ЭДП whiteness: | “through sincerity in the doctrine”; “by piety ” {Pag. 30). VlvftgS’q dkar-mi byed-pa to plead innocence, frag, explains it as ’X’er^i’^rcr to show by signs or by oath that be is not guilty. dkar-min wftm, not white; black; dark; chaos; bent; crooked. Dkar-min-bu the son of Dkar-min; the offspring of chaos: an epithet of the son of Brahma. V’P’d dkar-me—^cho$ me sacred fire; especially lamps lighted before deities: Vivd । the kind (of cloth) fit for wicks of lamps (lighted before the images of saints and deities) {Rtsii.). Dkar-med-ma {Шот) a name of the queen of the Yaksa. 51*’^ dkar-mo 1. mutton; a sheep when slaughtered; a shoulder of mutton from the right side of a slaughtered sheep {RUii.); Й mutton of sheep slaughtered by the hand (as distinguished from the meat of a dead sheep) {Jig. 9). 2. wvn- fwff, an epithet of the goddess Durga. 3. white rice. dkar-dmar light red or whitish red. dkar-rtsi, also spelt 5”!^ dkar-tse 1. lime; white-wash; white-paint. 2. a kind of coarse cotton cloth; lint: lint arrests decay- ing disease in the flesh and bone {S. kar. 3). 3. '5^r, white muslin. dkar-tsis or astrology: the sys- tem of reckoning introduced in Tibet from India is called dkar-rtsi^ {D. $el. 8). Vivfrvq dkar rtser-wa very white or fair : | a young maiden of very fair complexion on horse- back {A. 135). dkar-hdsin the female breast; teats. Syn. hdod-pahi myo$-bum; lan-tshohi ndshan-ma] fro-ma hdsin; log$-$kye$ {Шоп.), dkar-mdsod a dispensary. fire-fly {Шоп.). dkar-yol procelain {fiag. 5). dkar-gyen is explained as a trial or investigation under law. dkar-safi§ pure white; also vqv iK’frq or very white. dkar-sen-He-ua — v. 5*pwi. dkar-sob yaft-wahi hod- can— alabaster {Sman. 353). dkar-gsal fair ; white; light. dkar-g$um the three white things, viz., curd, milk and butter {А. 143). + {Lex.) the side of one’s body: Vjtf I dku is towards the small ribs just above the
VT9I 53 I hip, whether on the right or left of the body; 53^ or 53,<M't5*q to carry a thing at one’s side (Zam.); 53,£^'A to open the side; 53’1 a heavy feeling in the'side, as a symptom of pregnancy; 53’55 dku-nad apparently a disease of the kidneys (Ja.); 53’8* dku-zlum round and plump buttocks; the cavity of the abdo- men (Jd.); 5^’5^’5’53^|5,?5ч1* I for example a bell resting on its side (&ag.). 53**) dku-mne a rug to sit upon; a seat. dku-lto contrivance, stratagem; craft; trick, especially if under some pre- text one person induces another to do a thing that proves hurtful to him (Jd.); 53'^§5’q* using a stratagem. щч remaining; in excess. dku-wa stench; putrid smell: 53’ЧЛХ*^ Л4’44* Dku-wa signifies any- thing that is not of agreeable smell; V*’ the smell of that which is putrid is called dku-tca. 53’4*$*’q‘S the five kinds of dku-wa, i.e., objects with bad strong smell, are the following:—SpT4 garlic ; onion ; Chinese garlic; 1*1 the hill or Tibetan garlic ; and 3^’35 asafoetida. The use of these five are for- bidden to the Buddhist Bhiksu (K. d. ч 115). dkon 5^5*q 1. adj. rare, scarce; hard to acquire: *9’5^51 this year rain and grain are scarce; ^*^'^5**’^5’5’5^]5’q’£^q|l just now Tibetan tea is very rare; Я^Ц|’^5’5'5^|5’Х exceedingly rare in the world; ^4^5’5 | it is of a quality rarely to be met with in the world; (§W4'*^'3^V to see a person like you is nothing particularly rare; with a prattler religion is scarce (Jd.). 5^15’q^5 rarity; 5’fa‘Xx' valuable property; riches; rare things. 2. sbst., a rarity. There are said to be seven dkon or rarities. 5^es&4| dkon-mchog tst any precious object; anything very excellent or best of its kind. The oldest forms of this word are—5^]55’^41 or 5^]5 5^’*Йч| means 5^[5,Л,«йй|, the chief of rarities, the rarest being or object, the Supreme Being: 1V W Vfa’4’ “in general in this world a precious jewel difficult to procure is a rarity; that which is much rarer still than any rarity is dkon- chog.” A precious gem of the rarest kind is useful only for worldly purposes; but Buddha, his church, and creed, are of use to all living beings, both here and here- after, for increasing and ensuring then- happiness. Apart from Buddhism, the Tibetans appear to have possessed the conception of the Supreme Deity in the term Dkon-mchog. This term, 5^5’*^l, is used in Tibetan writings for each member of the Buddhist triad—Buddha, Dharma, and Sangha—separately, as also for the three collectively; in the latter case often with gsum annexed. Mr. W. W. Rockhill has condemned the use of this word by Christian missionaries to signify “ God.” But Jaschke has elaborated on the subject as follows:—“Buddhism has always sought the highest good not in anything material, but in the moral sphere, looking with indiffer- ence, and indeed with contempt, on everything merely relating to matter. It is not, however, moral perfection, or
5^’«lS«4| 54 Vfrsi&r’W the happiness attained thereby, which is understood by the ‘ most precious thing,’ but the mediator or mediators who procure that happiness for mankind, viz., Buddha (the originator of the doctrine), the doctrinal scriptures and the corporate body of priests, called dkon-mchog gsum. Now, although this triad cannot, by any means, be placed on a level with the Christian doctrine of a triune God, yet it will be •easily understood how the innate desire of man to adore and worship some- thing supernatural, together with the hierarchical tendency of the teaching class, have afterwards contributed to convert the acknowledgment of human activity for the benefit of others (for such it was undoubtedly on the part of the founder himself and his earlier followers) into a devout, and by degrees idolatrous, adora- tion of these three agents, especially as Buddha’s religious doctrine did not at all satisfy the deeper wants of the human mind, and its author himself did not know anything of a God standing apart and above this world. For, ^whatever in Buddhism is found of beings to whom divine attributes are assigned, has either been transferred from the Indian and other mythologies, and had, accordingly, been current among the people before the introduction of Buddhism, or is the result of philosophical speculation that has re- mained more or less foreign to the people at large. As, then, the original and etymological signification of the word is no longer current, and as to every Tibetan 4 Dkon-mchogy suggests the idea of some supernatural power, the existence of which he feels in his heart, and the nature and properties of which he attributes more or less to the three agents mentioned above, we are fully entitled to assign to the word Dkon-mchog also the signification of God, though the sublime conception which the Bible connects with the word, viz., that of a personal absolute Omnipotent Being, will only with the spread of the Christian religion be gradually introduced and established.” * dkon-mchog kun-bdu$fae three gems, t.e., Buddha, Dharma and Saygha collectively: lama is the essence of all the Buddhas of tho three ages massed together; tho image represents the church; the scriptures represent the heart, (>., the Dharma; and the holy relics (symbolical of the spirit of Buddha) com- plete the three goms. the service or worship of the Dkon-mchog. Dkon-mchog hbyuft- gna$ a name of the first of the nine stages of Samadhi or the medita- tions of a Bodhisattva. a Sanskrit work on the names and attributes of Buddha, in one hundred chapters, out of which forty-nine chapters were translated into Tibetan ; of these forty-nine only six are now extant in Tibet. The entire work was translated into Chinese by Jnana Gupta, A.D. 589-618. dkon-mchog ‘ gsum ftKW the three Ratna or Precious Ones. The Buddhist triad are—(1) San$-rgyas dkon- mchog Buddha most rare; (2) Dharma, called Dam-cho$ dkon-mchog, the holy Doc- trine most rare; (3) Dgc-hdun dkon-mchog
55 .•чгч body of priests most rare» Colloq. the phrase is frequently used as an exclama- tion quite in the sense of our “God knows !” dkon-mchog gsum- gyi hbans {Schr.) lit. a servant of the three gems, &>., a devout Buddhist; n. of an individual. dkon-gner a priest who is in charge of a Buddhist chapel or temple and performs the daily services to the deities contained in it. The §ku gner is also called Am-chod: the priests and image-steward and others who con- tinually officiate get the customary allow- ances (jR/sti.). Yfa*2» dkon-po от rare, scarce; dear, precious. * dkon-bu a wreath; ’T’ffiVS a flower wreath. dkor—Z^ dkor is resp. for X*, substance, wealth, riches, property: the property of the church or that of a monastic congregation ; foundation, endowment of a monastery; «1*5^ additional or occasional gifts for the support of a religious institution; <5*4* landed endowments of a monastery or religious institution. dkor-bdag lit. the owner of property. It generally signifies the spirit or demi-god who is supposed to be the custodian of the images of all Buddhist deities, scriptures, symbols; in short, of all ohurch and sacerdotal properties. In this sense the demon called Pehar rgyal-po of Sam-ye is a Dkor-bdag -or custodian of religious property. S^’X^ dkor-nor church property or general wealth: I (2). 11.) you possess accumulated wealth and church-property. 5^*4 dkor-pa a treasurer (Cs.); one in charge of the endowments and properties of a temple or monastery. 5^’3 dkor-bla от a lama who appropriates sacred property to himself (ЛГ. Г. 66). dkor-ma-hbags not misappro- priating the treasures, stores, etc.,, of the church: | do not take wine for drink nor embezzle the property of the priesthood {Kathafi. 115). dkor-mdsod is a general name for wealth or property and hence is frequently used to signify treasury; treasure-chest {Nag. 5). Dkor-rdsogs n. of a monastery in Southern Ladak, situated 16,000 feet above the sea level. + 5^3^ dkor-zas—^wspendthrift (fag. 5). dkor-rigs ftvr, w different properties belonging to a monastery. dkol-pa struck by cala- mity ; afflicted; one in suffering. * dko^thag—^'^ 1. suffering, affliction. 2. exciting disgust. dkyar any appliance for crossing snow or glaciers. Stocking boots (Sch.). The dkyar used by the Tibetans and the Sharpa Bhutias of Nepal in crossing glaciers is a light circular disk of wood about a foot in diameter, with four holes through which strings are passed to fasten
56 it to the knee. In climbing up and walk- ing down the snowy sides of mountains, these boards are attached to the soles of the felt boots and are of great assistance to the traveller, preventing tho feet from sink- ing in the soft snow. Vh dkyil 59^ or нзд the mid- dle, centre; W bottom, base ; kyil-na$ from the middle or centre; from amidst; from the bottom; the mid- dle one; the central one; од, with wide base; spacious interior; comprehensive understanding; also quick comprehension. dkyil-dkrufis 4WT, 4fwt a cross-legged posture: sitting in a cross-legged posture for mystic meditation. 5^ dkyil-hkhor чбсЪт, 1. circle; circumference; globe; disk: the disk of the face ; the full or whole face. 2. espe- cially used as the equivalent of the Sanskrit Mandala, the magic diagrams or figures formed of grain or other materials which aro “offered” to deities in Tantrik Buddhist rites. In Tantrik rites diagrams representing supposed mansions of cer- tain celestial Bodhisattva and called are traced on the ground or on paper. The respective places assigned to the different minor deities are painted in different colours in the design, and the central place in the diagram is occupied by the tutelary deity himself, to whom the rest are subordinate. 3. region, sphere; surroundings; suburb. According to the Buddhist cosmogony there are the sphere of earth, the sphere of water, the ocean, rlafi-gi-dkyil-bkhor the atmosphere, the sphere of fire ; each forming a stratum over the other. The upper stratum, that which is beyond the atmosphere, is called the sphere of fire or light. dkyil-hkhor gru-ishi-pa a quadrangle; square; a certain mysti- cal figure ; diagram or model. The ex- pression means the gods who constitute the assembly in the Vimdna or t>., superb mansion represented. is a description of the eight mansions of eight imaginary Bud- dhas (7Г. <Z. 1 72). Whoever utters the names of these Buddhas or hears the aphorisms about them is liberated from dangers caused by evil spirits, snakes, &c. By remembering and repeating them, even brigands, not to speak of kings, are said to be able to make the weapons of their enemies ineffectual against themselves. dkyil-hkhor-can any- thing that has a circular and mystical figure on it; also any Tantrik deity placed to be worshipped on the plane of his fancied celestial mansion traced on the ground. Dkyil-hkhor-ldift n. of the grand central temple of Buddha at Jjhasa, popularly known as Kinkhording. dkyil-hkhor ffsum three cycles (of offerings): (1) V the cycle of offerings for the Bon gods sprung out naturally in course of time; (2) the celestial mansion for contemplation formed in the sky (to imagine an aerial castle); (3) the mansions of gods
52-51 57 designed on the ground for placing the offerings to them (B. Nam.). dkyu rta or dkyu*icahi rta a race-horse. dkyu-pa in Ladak: to lose colour by washing; perhaps more correctly S44 <Jkyu-toa = ^4 1. to run a race; 53*w’53** dkyiisar dkyus=^\'*^ |^|*i running a race ; galloping: 5^‘5’5’^’*гч’^1*гч| “for example running a race on horseback.” 2. to wring out; to filter (Sch.). 3. to caper about (Jd.) ; 53'95’5 dkyu-byahurta a race-horse. 53**1 dfcyu-sa a race-course; the race ground (Cs.). * dkyud-pa=^S^ to forget; । an affectionate letter to prevent one being forgotten or a letter which love will not forget (Yig. k. 37). dkyu$ мгггпт 1. length; length- wise. 2. untruth; also adj. untrue; spurious (Ja.). 3. bold, insolent (Sch.). In lexicons it is synonymous with the term 45^’ gshufi, meaning “lengthwise.” In weaving, the threads that are stretched lengthwise are called 53^'44l dkyus-thag (the woof) and those that pass them crosswise are called spun-thag: ^^43^'B’45'^55'X'W 5^’^'Й’Х’^’^1 53*гч*^’*Х5ГЧ1Ж*1 (S.kar. 134) upon that stood the throne constructed of stone, having a lotus cushion, in breadth two cubits and a span, in length three running fathoms. 53*1*5”]^ dkyu$-dkar a porcelain cup of inferior quality; a common porcelain cup. 53*1’5 dkyus-ja common or inferior tea. Tea served to the public or to the congre- gation of monks in a monastery or in a religious seiwice. 53*1'^ dkyus-ma чщв common, vulgar, inferior ; й*53*гя mi-dkyus ma an ordi- nary man; one who is neither an official nor a religious man (Nag 3) : 53*1 м«г (Rtsii.) “indigo of inferior quality is valued at so much per or lb.” 53*гч^м dkyu§-btag§ a scarf of ordinary quality; ®*rg^ dkytis-bur treacle of inferior quality : 53**’S^‘^‘£4Fr^ dkyus-bur sgar tshiigs rer “ coarse treacle for each thick lump ” (Rtsii.). dkyutbnw—^fy^Q mgyogs-pa quickly, swiftly. 53*r<*5 dkyu§-tshad the dimensions of anything when measured lengthwise. 53 dkyu§-riti—^^ spacious; large; long. + 5T’ dkycl=Js^ klofi the compass, extent, bulk of anything: ^’«pS’53'4 the compass of the heavens: g’^5’53^ the stretch of sea : 53«г^=53«г*’ч spacious; of wide capacity (Nag. 5). 53*гч‘^> dkyel-po-che acc. to Sch. is the Universe; defined as рч'^ч*гч tho wide house( Lex.)- x*' еч ^yor-hbyin зж capable of being thrown down ; impelled or driven on; also capable of being felled down. dkram-ko hthug- pa—^%*г^’ч spyi-brtol che-wa 1. transgression. 2. adj. very impudent; impertinent. 9
541 58 54 I ’^*3 Bkras-ljofi§, abbr. of (Tashi jong)> u. of a district under Llnui- grub Rdsofi in Tibet. ex dki*i (ti) «ГЗЯ anything to wrap with ; a tie ; FsSi a cloth to tie round the face or cover the mouth; muffler; vb., wrapping or winding up with paper; paper-wrapping; an envelope (Yig. k. 2). I: dkri-wa (ti-гса) in old Tibetan, to conduct one’s pupil from one xtago of learning to another stage ; pf. 53^ vb. a. (of. ^Я’ч) in modern Tibetan, to wind; to wrap round about; 53'«r3 dkri- ra-po=5Ij ‘ sv§5' ono who wrap s up; to fold up clothes, etc. C\ II: 53dkri $neg$-pa Ita-bu a snare, anything to entangle with; vb., to ensnare. ex 5^ dkrig (tig) personally : is same as ^5’3^ net having come personally, can- not reply or say decidedly. ex SW* I: dkrigs ft’SR, ЯНЧ: a term tor a thousand billions. The term 53 5H ^‘3 or 53^’^ svrfbsn: or httwt is used for a still larger number, ex II: = чЗад dense; thickly- gathered : $prin-dkrig$ (flag. 5) : = gathering or condensing of clouds; alsovb. darkened, obscured, dim, diffused: 3’S)(Л. K. ii. 47) the flashing of his teeth bewildered them ; dkrigs-par hgyur-par grown dim; 53^КФ>’|5’Ф> dkrig$-par byed-pa to obscure. 53 dkris-gyur (ti^gyur) sur- rounded, encircled, encompassed : dpal~gyi$ dkris-gyur en- circled with glory, ex dkri^pa 1. to sur- round, encircle, ensnare. 2. = to lie round ; to wind up (Жоп.): kun-na§dkri§ quite ensnared in avarice (Jd-). 53dkri$-phrag n. of a large number (Nag. 5). ^’q dkru-гса (tu-wa)=\'^ dri-ma xD abomination, pollution; also dirt, filth (Lexx.). 5W4 dkrug-pa (tug-pa)=^'Q glofi- ica to disturb, to put in motion; the act of troubling, agitating, churning; to turn ; to turn a lathe. 5ip|*rq dkrugs-ра = 45pw«i b$rub$-pa ^jfker stirred up, agitated, troubled, ruffled, disturbed, confused; churned; turned (as in a lathe); confound- ed : 5£)’<r53<IlN dpe-clia dkrugs the leaves of a book are confused or mixed up together; Чфмщbag-chagt-kyi§ dkrugz fiahi sem$ a mind troubled with passion; rliifi-gis dkrug§-pahi ehti water agitated by tho wind. 5iprprcrq dkrag^pa-po a confounder: «Ц* the man who causes confusion afar off and nigh is called tug-pa^po. 5jq|N'^4] dkrugs-yig a kind of character used in Tibet which is puzzling. dkrum-pa (tum-pa) brittle; defined in Lexx. as breaking in the manner a porcelain vessel does.
I 59 ^5’^1 •Ь 4к)-е (te) the glans-penis. S?=T ^dkrog-pa (tog-pa) = dkrug- pa 1. to churn; to agitate,mingle, trouble, &c.: sho dkrog-pa churning curds (for butter). 2. to rouse, scare up; to wag, e.g., the tail (Jd.). Also = dkrogs-pa, ’*< ho-та dkrogs-pa to chum milk; acc. to Nag. is equivalent to £<4* q $nog$-pa. dkrogs-§kye$ (lit. anything pro- duced from churning) butter (Mnon.). dkrog^-pa-po = dkrogs-раг byed-mkhan one who churns. ядяргя dkrogs-ma, v. srab^-ma, the churning rod; also said to = whey (Mnon.). ?Hs dkron-b^kycd (tong-ke) of instantaneous birth; instanta- neous perception. Acc. to Lex. in meditating on a certain deity, the act of perceiving him to be a reality instan- taneously is called S? ^§5 dkrofi bskyed. dkrolAV^', pf. and fut. of hknol*. dkrol-wa-po is defined as “ one who causes music to sound or be sounded.” I: bkag in bkag Ians the lid or cover of a trunk; the sides of a Tibetan leather-trunk. Defined in Rtsii. as both the flat pieces of leather which are at the back and front on the right and left of a trunk. ЕЛ]5!] II: ; pf. of obstructed, opposed; also prohibition, obstruction, hindrance. bkag-skor med-pa=я*^’^’ without delay, as in sending any- thing ; also without let or hinderance; cFrpi]’qqj<Tpr not permissible and per- missible, not fit and fit, unbecoming and becoming. q bkag-cha byed-pa to forbid; to put a hinderance (SV?A.). tprpi’lfa bkog sdom prohibition; pro- hibiting one from passing by a road or from entering any garden or place. bkag-то kheg§-pa not to be observant; to transgress, to trespass. bkan acc. to Rdo. J+6, pf. of 5^е.-д dgan-wa ’jfbr, filled to the brim; full to the brim as in the case of a water pot; snod-bkan-ua a vessel filled up ; a bow with an arrow ready to shoot; wish fulfilled. Acc. to Ja. pf. of to fill, make full; and used in TF. instead of яч|адг<|. bkad 1. set or placed in order; arrangement: same as | адЦГ^ОТЯ’^’Я^Я’ 3’1^’ я^ ’ ак’огик’члрг qnpv 3*. -I mgo-spuhi rim-paham gral-lahan, thags- kyi snal-ma phar hgrohi du^-kyi spun hgro- tca de dan, btags tshar wahi snam-buhi spun-gyi rj<§ hbur-hbur yod-palii min la у an thags-kyi bkadzer (Nag.) the order or row (of plaits) in the hair of the head, the cross wise thread in the web of a cloth, also the ridge in the cross-wise texture of a blanket, are called the bkad of weaving. bkad-nas. having described; represented in any manner. 44]^ bkad-sa, (^ag.) 1. the place where barley, corn, &c., are parched; a bake-house, kitchen, cook’s shop (Cs.). 2. acc. to Nag. + one’s own home or residence.
60 3. open hall or shed erected on festive occasions (Ja.). bkan-pa 1. to up-root or turn up anything by applying a stick at its foot or root. 2. to bend: (ТСл#.) the body bent backwards: «W|’<r чц to stretch the arm bending it up- wards to pull anything. 3. 5'q^N’q’/4,uJE4,4’q^5^ counting up and then backwards is called yang-bkan (S. del). It is also applied to counting from right to left (Vai. kar.). 4. to put; to press; to apply Ja.): f0 press one’s foot .igaiust a wall. 5. to hold fast; to extend (Cs.). q^q’q bkab-pa, pf. of 4n|q^1q==q^q ччт, to cover; to spread over. bkab a cover; a shelter. Syn. khebs ; gyogs ; byibs (Шоп.). bkam-pa pincers or nippers : qnprq-qjq’q f0 hold ОГ cut with pincers. bkah I : (Vai. kar. 60) n. of a tribe in Tibet. чтуг II: (А. К. XXVI), wnn, primarily means simply “word” or “speech”; but being the honorific form it usually implies an order or command. When used of a sacred personage it means his advice or precepts as wrell as his autho- ritative words, e.g., the lama’s injunction ; q^4 the king’s com- mand; the order of the chief. Ш : also signifies, especially, the enunciations and pronouncements which have issued from the Buddha. They are said to be of three kinds; so «iwjsr Jq^4 has three divisions :— (1) shal-nas gsufis-pa pre- cepts delivered by the Buddha personally. (2) those conveyed through the attendant Bodhisattva and §'гйъ'ака> such as Subhuti, S'ariputra, &c., under inspiration from Buddha or by his sanction expressed or implied or re- vealed in such works as lhahi Ijon-fifi the celestial tree; Г^- bo ehe mdo the great drum sutra. The precepts under this head are sub- divided into—(1) the personal blessings (of the Buddha), also the bless- ings received from his enchanted image; (2) the blessings derived from his teaehings ; (3) tho bless- ings of the spirit. This last again is sub- divided into the following:—(1) 4^'jn s^q§qsrq the blessings of a contem- plative heart as in the work called ^*5 $e$-rab snifi-po; (2) 3”’ the grace of the spirit, as in the Mantras uttered by Noijin and other goblins; (3) ччthe blessings inherent in a truthful spirit or mind. (3) rje§-8u, gnafi-wa anything reproduced from memory by the successors of the Buddha under inspiration from him at the Buddhist convocation (J. Zaft.). Syn. lufi; fies-par bstan- pa; ne-war b$tan-pa; gdam§~pa; rje$-su b$tan-pa; rje$-sii gnafi-wa; ^’qv^q’q Не-war gnafi-pa; bkah-luH (Шоп.), ч^ч’ч^ч bkah-bkod pa to publish, pro- claim ; also publication, proclamation. q’lp’qjfl bkah-bkyon according to fiag. implies blaming; a verbal blow, repri- mand, rebuke (given by a superior) (Ja.). q^rqipi bkah bkrol (ka-tol) leave of absence.
61 з^ч^’й^'ц bkah-skor тефра=4^'^’ without delay. «FTfVpei bkah-khol, чргй-цЗ'сгцч very im- portantorder (Yig. 4): the most important will of King Sron-btsan sgam-po. This document having been dis- covered within one of the great pillars of Kinkhording temple in Lhasa is generally known by the name ц*|Ч’чр5Ч bkah-hkhor, divided into nafi- hkor domestic servants; bran-gyog ser- vants, menials; phyi-hkhor attendants ; цФЧ,чр5К,д^’ч]'Чч| those who wait for orders, attendants; official clerks; also private secretaries and personal assistants of a high official; attendants in general. bkafr-khyab a decree, manifesto, edict; a general order. ц^Ч’^л^ bkafy khrims a law, command- ment; strict justice; severe punishment: by the cruel order of the king (Jd.). q’lp’gjwq bkah, khrims-pa a lawyer; a magistrate. bkah gro§ (ka-doi) a conference, consultation ; ^ч-^’g^ makes consultation; gives advice or coun- sel; gives instructions; ч^ч* to give advice (Ja.). Ц’ТЧ’^М'Ч %ka gro^-pa (ka-doi-pa) a coun- sellor ; senator. с^Ч’сйгч bkah bgro-wa debating; considering; taking measures for: qy deliberating care- fully with the ten confidential ministers. ч^Ч'ч^’С) bkah hgrol-ica to dismiss; dissolve a meeting or a conference. ц*]Ч*£^ bkah-glegs— phyag-bris or -^4} bkah-gog a letter; an autograph: | “ great many thanks for the gracious letter with enclosures sent by the Donner according to the good customs ” (Yig. k, 12). bkah-hgyur is generally takon as a synonym for 44the instructionsand precepts of Buddha,” and means literally 4‘that which has become a command.” This term is in fact the title of the great collection of the religious Buddhist writings (mostly, but not all, translated from Sanskrit into Tibetan) known as the Kahgyur. The Kahgyur is divided into seven series of books containing several hundred treatises, and consists pro- perly of 108 volumes, though editions in 100,102, and 104 volumes are also current. bkah-rgya bcug-pa issuing of an official order; also the accumulation of gold, silver, and grain in a Government treasury. q^4’g’^ bkah rgya-ma in Hind. Pat'a-wana 1. public order, permit, missive, communication, &c. 2. цп|Ч,2’«,^’«Л|Ч’чрк’сГ’5^ (Lex.) in mysticism a secret precept; occult communication which is made only to the trusted few. i: bkah-rgyud succession or descent of the dogmatic principles of Buddha. The principal school of Tantrik Lamaism originating from Naro Pap-chen of Magadha and alleged by Milaraspa to have been introduced by7 Mar-pa Lo-tsava in Tibet in the beginning of the 11th cen- tury A.D. Its different sects or branches are the following :—^’ч^чKarma Bkah-гдуиф Dge-ldan Bkah- rgyud , ^i^’q’crqv^ Dwags-po Bkah тдуиф Bbri-gun Bkah-гдуиф Bbrug-pa Bkah-гдуиф
62 11: '^5 bkah-yi rgyud, t.e., the line or thread of the word, lc., the oral tradition of tho word of Buddha which is supposed to have been delivered through a continued chain of teachers and disciples apart from the written scriptures. (lit. the illuminator of the doctrine of Kahgyud School) a general designation of the chief lamas of the Bkah-rgyud-pa sect (Th/. к. в7\ V $kab-rgyud rnam-rgyal the Bkah rgyud* Chief Lama whom tho Mongol Chief Gushi Khan dethroned after overthrowing the power of Sde-pa Gtsafl-pa the ruler of Tsang and tf in 1643 A.D. (Lofi. 13). ^ЯЧ’|Р bkah-sgyur admonition and reprehension ; ^Я^'^'Я3^’4 to issue an order ; to admonish ; to translate the words of Buddha, &e. bkah-sgyur btafi-wa to in- struct a subordinate in a rough pointed manner, cautioning him against his faults ; to counsel against wrong practices. ляя’^я'4 bkah ^grog-pa to publish an order; to proclaim or read an order or edict. bkah bsgo 1. exhorta- tion to the deity. When any one falls ill either naturally or from the supposed malignity of an evil spirit, he goes to a lama or a Tantrik priest and begs of him for a bkah b$go—permission to invoke the deity. The lama touches the patient’s head with the consecrated sceptre called Dorje (I'tijra), with the sacred dagger called the phurbu, a string of beads, an image of a Buddha or a deity or a holy book, and repeating some charms exhorts the deity to be propitious to the patient. Those who do not actually suffer from any kind of illness also ask for such protective religious measures. 2. commandment ; precept (Jd.). bkah b§gos is pf. of аяч’чУ bkah b$go, a sentence passed. ля^’^Я^ bkah mfiags-pa^^'^w&jy to send verbal message; to give a reply. bkah-bcuy also bkah beu- pa, one who has observed the ten command- ments of Buddha. The title of Bkah-bcu is given to a Buddhist monk-scholar who has passed all preliminary examinations for a religious degree. There are two classes of ^Я4’^—those of glefi-bsrc$ and gsan-phu \ а ^Яяч§ of Tashilhunpo monas- tery is called Bkah-chen on account of his superior prestige in religious study and practice. ля^’Я^Я4 bkah gcog-pa to act against an order; to disregard an express order or command : ’**5 the order of (one’s father must not be disregarded) ^/.). ля^'л^м bkah-bco$ an abbreviation of ляя^^’^'л^-л?^ or the two great collec- tions of Buddhist writings. ля^’^яч bkah-chem$ — ^'&sw resp. for a great man’s last will; a royal testament or will: ляя’^ям'Я’^’^’^^Я^’ I in the work called Bkah-chems ka- khol-ma, etc. (J. Zafi.). + ля^’^5 bkah mchid=^^ai\ or Я^ц* $Я^ a command in reply reap., but also word от speech of a superior person. The term likewise signifies a conference, debate, &c. : what conversation did he hold? ля^*55*гсг '^’Я^®4 “pray, let the nectar of pious conversation be uttered I”
63 A’n'V^ bkah-han 1, obedient; dutiful; submissive; observant of command. 2. one’s tutelary deity is also called his bkah- nany because he carries out his protege’s behest; service; doing service (Жж). A^^ap bkah nan-pa to obey; be obedient; to disobey; an observer of orders or precepts. bkah gnan the cruel commander; acc. to Zcz. btsan-pahi sa bdag, “the mighty lord of the soil,” is said to be a pre-Buddhist deity (Jd.). A*p'oj3^q bkah gnan-pa 1. severe retri- bution from guardian deities for defects in worshipping them ; also the injury they do their devotees for impropriety in their conduct or language. 2. damnation into which both a teacher and his pupil fall for disclosure of secrets of their doctrine without authority. a’tj'v^ a^ bkah-gnan brjid a weighty command or injunction. + a>t]Va^ = ч 1. a proclaimed order : g^'Ag^^ A is also colloq. called bkar-btags. 2. one versed in drawing omens; an astrologer (Л/. K. 61). АД]Ч*^Д|^ bkah-rtag$ mark seal; precept; maxim (Cs.): (Yig. k. 27). A^4’|5 bkah-stod a subaltern; agent (Sch.) а^ч*ча bkah-thafi— A^’^ bkah-1 an order; edict (Jd.); written order ; command ; commandment; precept (Cs.). а^ч-дя bkah-tham— S5TS* phyag-dam or dam-phrug, seal; chief seal : чя received the letter containing the chief seal of the Grand Lama and enclosing a scarf with charmed knots (Yig. k. 75). qnyvyjfcTAAq bkah drag-pa phab-pa to command sharply, hastily or severely (Sch.); to issue an ultimatum. bkah-drin) resp. for drin a favour, kindness, grace, boon: through the kindness of the lama. A^XV^ bkah-dr in-can— &WA byam$-pa dan Idan-pa kind; gracious; benevolent (Mnon.). bkah-drin-che very gracious; (you arc) very kind; the usual phrase for our “ thank you,” in acknowledgment of a kindness or favour—common in letters, &c. bkah-drin-che shus-pa to say it is an act of great kindness; to acknowledge kindness; to thank. bkah-drin rjes-su dran- pa to remember a benefit or kindness received. bkah-drin snin-dpyafis to bear in mind or remember the kindness obtained of another person. bkah-drin mdsad-pa to bestow a favour; to show kindness. bkah-drin gsnm-ldan pos- sessed of or making use of the three graces or courtesies, viz.: (1) ^npA^A'A teaching of the sciences; (2) explaining the aphorisms and the Tantra \ (3) blessing and ordaining. A’ti'V^ajWa bkah-drin gsol-wa to thank ; to be grateful for favours. a^^a bkah-drufi a secretary of state. а^ч*д]5^ hkah-gdams an advice; coun- sel ; instruction from a high official. A^rnfiWA Bkah-gdams-pa 1. an adviser (Sch.). 2, the reformed Buddhist
I el school of Tibet founded by the chief disciple of Atisha. It was divided into two stages: or q»rp' tho earlier school from Bromst on to Tsongkha-pa, and л^гд^адг «]wq or the modern school, said to be identical with that now called Gelug-pa, dating from Tsongkha-pa downwards. Tho earlier Bkah-gdants-pa were distin- guished for their elaborate ritual and for their power of propitiating deities. The members of the later Bkah-gdam-pa have been remarkable for scholarship and linguistic erudition. fykah-gdams pho-brafi the palace where tho Grand Lama of Tashi- lhun-po resides. fykah-mdah a contraction for bkah-blon-dafi mdah-dpo)^ minister and general (Yig. k. 5£). bkah-hdu§ cho$-kyi rgya-mtsho a kind of ritualistic obser- vance of the lldsogs-chen sect of the Rnin-ma Buddhist School in which a parti- cular deity with his followers is depicted. л*]яч^чргл bkafy hdogs-pa to make into law; to proclaim ; a proclamation (Jd.). л»т|чя\^ bkah-hdom$ — ^'^\^(x instruction; order. bka-$dod, also written as one waiting for orders; an attendant on a superior; an aide-de-camp; one’s guardian deity is also called by this epithet: (A. IS) “he who has propitiated the lord of death to serve him as his attendant spirit.” bkah bsdu-wa collection of the doctrine (Jd.); synopsis of the scriptures at the grand Buddhist convocations; also the convocations where the precepts of Buddha were promulged. л^г^рс/ч ftkah gnafi-tra, vb., to order, command, grant, permit; an order; per- mission : I beg you wall give her as a consort to our King of Tibet (Jd.). Л’ЦЧ'чр^ Bkah-gnam^*]'1^ a district in the east of Kong-bu ; also n. of a district of Ngari Khorsum in Western Tibet. л^Ч'^цц bkah-pkeb$ a groat man’s order, л^ч'^ bkah-phrin (ka-tiri) a message. fykah-hphrin letter of command: to write or issue a letter containing instructions. Л’цч'ллч i: bkah-babs an injunction; a direction. л^ч'ллл л: bkah-bab$ the fulfilment of a commission ; also the lama or saint who i* commissioned with some high duty. When a lama at the command of his spiritual instructor fulfils what was entrusted to him, he is said to bo a bkah-babs. сгт|ч*од^’ц^ bkah-babs bditn n. of a his- torical work on later Indian Buddhism by Lama Taranatha. л’пч'чздл^ babs-bshi the four eommissioned ones (see л^ч^ллэд). Л’тр’ця bkah-bani — л^Ч’-З^ order; dip- loma: Л’гр/ля ^л^иЦфЛ’^л the object of sending the autograph letter (Rtsti.). лт]Ч,д^ bkah-bri^ resp. л^Ч’^ bkah-qog, a letter; a written authority, generally in autograph : | it is very gracious of you to favour me with your autograph and enclosure presented by the hand of the Don nyer (Yig. k. 1J).
I 65 qwpv^qr bkah-dicati==%\Q a minister {Mnon.). q^44qq’q bkah-hbab-pa the going forth of an order or edict {Sehr.). bkah-hbum the hundred thou- sand precepts; n. of a religious work. q*]4’g’q^’q bkah-blo bde-wa=^^Q bkah-blo go-wa; {Rag.) 1. at- tentive ; executing an instruction or order with attention; one who is cheerful at heart owing to his attention to 2. one who easily understands what he is ordered to do; one who appreciates his superior’s instruction. 3. speaking well; eloquent; q”]4’§f«tq^q bkah-blo mi-bde-wa, one whose expression or delivery is not good. bkah-blon or bkah-yi blon-po, the name given to the four Cabinet Ministers who assist the Gyal-tshab or Regent in the administration of the Govern- ment of Tibet during the minority of the Grand Lama of Lhasa. The four Kalbn must be laymen and are often military officers. Popularly they are styled Shape (<¥1^): bkah-blon gzims- gag the residence of a bkah-blon. ^’^^^bkah-blon driift-hkhor the official staff of a Kaldn. «vrp'g^q^ bka-bkni-bshi (particularly) the four ministers whom the 4th Mauchu Emperor K’ien-lung (in Tibetan called Lha-skyon Protected of Heaven) appointed to conduct the state affairs of Tibet. They were Ku n-dgah-bshi No-yon, Tshe-rin dican-rgyal of Gyan Ron, Thon-pa, and Rtee-drun of Po-ta-la. These four governed the country for twenty-seven years from the year of the iron-sheep {Lon. 16). т ^я^ч^ bkah-blon-gsum the three ministers who conducted the Government of Tibet from the year of the fire-horse to the middle of the year of the earth-ape. Their names were :—q^^'^ q’q bkah- blon Lum-pa-ica, ^я’д^Ч^ч bkah-blon Na-phod-pa of Ron-bu, and ^wfVgjVi^’q bkah-blon Sbyar-ra-wa. ч^я’я spiritual or intellectual heir-loom. This -is a philo- sophical term of the Rnin-ma School, meaning the descent of the bkah (Bud- dha’s word) in an unbroken succes- sion or without being kept concealed for a period. One who has received such a succession, or any scripture that has come down to him in such a manner. q’lfwSw bkah-тай thim-pa to con- tain many precepts or commands; one on whom there are instructions or commis- sions to perform. bkah gtsan-ma one whose morals are pure; one who has preserved his vows. qWjrgbrq bkah-stsol-ica, pf. steal, to speak; to say (where an honoured person is the spokesman); according to circumstances, to command, ask, beg, relate, answer, &c., especially in ancient literature, in which it is almost invariably used of Buddha and of kings speaking. bkah-tshog^^^^ bkah-lan or a reply in the way of instruction : “ pray favour me with replies on internal affairs (uninterruptedly) like the flow of the river of gold ” {Yig. k. 15.) Ф]яч£^ bkah-hdsin letter of authority or commission from Government (issued to one who is on the move or who is to io
cI71rq^-gY4l 66 qipiq| exercise some kind of power over the people) to afford facilities for travelling or tor carrying out a mission: $ commission was issued to despatch hither a man who would frame settled laws and shew energy. bkah-bshin byed-pa to do according to order; doing; ordered: ч^ч* to be obedient; a faithful servant. bkah. rab-hbyam$-pa a doc- tor of divinity among the monastic scholars of Tibet; one who has acquired the highest proficiency in the Buddhist sacred literature and is of pure morale. «Hvwq bkah-rams-pa one who has passed the highest examination in Bud- dhist met aphysics ; one who has reached the highest of the 13 classes in the l^tshan-nid grva-tshan, tho metaphysical bchdol in the great monastic establish- ments of Tibet. crqvQr^’q bkah-la rtsi-wa to give heed to or attend to an instruction or precept; to listen to any advice. bkah-lnn an order; a precept: ^q-^q-q f0 command or give orders; to issue an injunction. А’Чч НЦ bkah-tog—4ffa\ gr^a-log (ta-log) one who has given up his religious vows; a Buddhist monk turned out of his monastery for misconduct. In Kham$ he is called bkah-tog- in Middle Tibet ta-lryp а^ч'-^щ bkah*$ag the court or council- house of tha four кilon or ministers of Lhasa: !] when the warrant officer registers the document at the court of kalon he should also verify it at the Account Office (Rtsii.). А^Ч'-^д] b\ah-$og any writing of autho- rity from a superior; decree; diploma ; passportofficial paper or letter; «луч’-ХТ ёЧ* rdsun-ma a fabricated autho- rity; spurious writing or deed; bkah-qog rim $kyel to circulate a pass- port or an official order; serial letters sent one after another. а^Ч'^цо! bkah-gsal = ч»»|ч-аЦ order; official message: q^4-*|w4*-agv«<Y4 to send a message or express order one after another. а’Г)5*^-25bkahi-rfia-wo-che proclamation by the beat of drum (Yig. k. 18). bkahi cod-pan an instruction or precept to be received with perfect obedience; to value or honour an order; a command carried out with the same respect as that with which a man carries his own head-dress. bkahi mdun-blon reap. SH2* blon-po minister: my humble self bearing the title of state minister together with the circle of attendants, both lay and clerical officials, • are in good health (Yig. k. 6). bkar or ч’Ч’ч’Ц according .to’ the law; to legalize; to make it into law (Cs.); to proclaim, publish (Je.); ql’K to publish; publication: q^ for 4^'5. * 1. bkar-ica pf. of vb. V]VA to separate, put. aside, select, banish: banished from his ' place. 2. to ask any question captiously ; to make a peevish enquiry. ЧТ]ОГЗ bkal-wa, pf. of ‘ч^гч, but in IF. is the primary form of the verb meaning 1. to load *y to burden; put a load on (Cs.): to load wool: P^-q’rpcq
67 to. load a beast of burden, &c.: 0^ А’гргч to levy a tax. 2. pf. of ^‘4 to spin; spun; twisted (Naff. 5). bkal-thags a kind of stuff made of coarse goat-hair about nine inches in width: '$pr q^ I ra spu nag-lna re la bkal-thags byas-par with every five pounds of goat’s hair to weave one blanket (Rtsii.). t>kas, contraction instr, of «Т. bka$-pa=§*'P 1. crack, split, cleft. 2. pf. of ^^'4 qij-q bku-tca 1. elixir, quintessence (Os.); ‘medicinal extract. 2. with pf. q^rq to make extract of a drug by drawing out the juice (Lex.); w’qj melted butter; ^j’qxg^q to extract tho spirit of; ч bku phytifi spirit extracted ((7$.); to extract medicine by infusion. q^’4 bkug-pa pf. of drawn or pulled forward; summons (Yig. 7). q'Qfrp bkmn-pa, pf. of but pres, in W. and according to Lex. fut. bkum, pf. q^wq, to kill, to destroy; to cut off the edge ; fix a boundary to. ^’1 bkur-sti nfw, HWh iter, uft- honour, respect, homage; mark of honour; respectful reception (by asking one to sit on a seat of honour); bkur-sti mchod-ра to distinguish (a per- son) by marks of respect (Zam.); ^q’orq^v ran-la Ьккг-sti hbyun-dtis when honour is shewn to (one’s self) yourself (Jd.); bkur-§tis dregs sense of honour;. self-respect: । ?ш’ cJien.po rnamsJa bkur-stis dregs-pa yod great men have the seuse of dignity. Syn.. ^5*q mchod-pa ; 5 rim-gro ; bsnen-bkur ; ri-mor Lyas; shabs-tog; shaLs-hLrin; 4j^*q bkur-ica; ^qv<i|^ ne-trar gnas; ne-war spyod\ rjed-pa (Mnon.). I; bkiu'~ica = ti&\4 1. to pay homage or reverence; to esteem. Ж’ЗД’ q^vqS’gerq TTSfT literally ° the king honoured of many ” was the name of the first king of the world according to the Buddhist legendary account. 2. to carry; to fetch; to convey in TY being also pf. of^’4; to carry upward. to slander; to blashpheme ; not to accept as true or correct (Lig. F 4 . qjvq’v^q bkur-tcar byed-pa the act of respecting; to do honour; frq. to make reverence, to salute. bkur-tshig — ^S^'^] bstod-pahi- tshig words or expressions of honour, some of which are:—b$nag§- ho§; qg*prq’q|5 bsnag§-pa brjod- mckod-tshig\ «tfwg, mtho-war-bya\ stod-pa $mra\ ^,£HS che-brjod} mchog-gyur; ^'^phul- Lynn; &\^rmad-byun; legs-brjod; legs-smra; «qBwrq^q gzens-bstod-pa ; (pn-tu-bzafi, (Mnon.). qj^‘XN bkur hos worthy of respect; respectable. 'tfpq'q bkog-pa. pf. of я^-q. q^C’q t>kon-icay pf. of ‘tfjk’q. When «flfq bkoft is joined with В to form the compound word 3**^ it means $4^’4 threat, menace.
68 bskos to appoint; to raise to the throne. q^’4 $ko4-pa, v. ^V4 Ч'ЗП, =*JTfl 1. sbst. Л* gral or §4'4 arrangement; order or arrangement; method of Arranging; applied to mind, as in Swr*r the meaning is meditation, wfa, wrftH. 2. vb.= to build, arrange, plan, &c. of boundless or infinite design; the universe; n. of a great Bodhisattva. Vcod-pahi gtug-gtor— 4q‘arg<4 q the prince of learning; science. 4^X»w bkod-hdom$ =45fjv?Y4 bkod- ston-pa (Yig. k. 23). bkod-blta (colloq. «йрг?» bkob-lta) the plan of an undertaking; design ; plot. 3^5’^ bkod-ldan=zla-wa bcu-pcig-pa or dgun-zla hbrin- po the eleventh month of the Tibetan year, sometimes corresponding with January (Ktsii.). q’fa-q bkon-pa, pf. of *j£y4 hgon-pa. ^05 bkor-hdre seems to be a kind of goblin (Ja.). bkol-spyod n. of a torment; torture from being boiled in water or oil: byol-son bkol-spyod- kyi sdug-bsnal the sufferings of the damned through the torture of being boiled, bkol-wa occasionally pf. of ^4*4 hkhol-wa, to boil; usually indicates Q[^4*4 to bind to sendee ; to employ; snod-spyad bkol-iva a boiling vessel; Я^Я’ gyog-tu bko-wa to take into ser- vice; ^’§’4^4’4 to set aside; to keep out. bkyal-wa 1. to talk nonsense (Ja.). 2. mt|*r*4'4 to rave in speech; to talk nonsense : язч’«Н’ад| wnr, пРяяЯчПЧ, v. 34*я. bkyig-pa in the colloq. of Tsang—^0Я’4 ikhyig-pa to tie (by a rope); 4$я^ = 4$W4 bound, tied, fastened (JDkm.). qj-q bkye-wa, pf. and fut! of *35’4, but in IF. is used as the only form of tho verb=to send, despatch; to cause to come forth: ^’43 pho-па bkye despatch- ed an envoy: *5’4$ ho# $kye sent forth rays: §4*443 sprul-pa bkye caused a form to emanate: ^’35'43 $ton-nto bkye made an exhibition of. bkyed-pa, pf. to bend back; recline (vb. nt.). ЧЗУ4 Ьky on-pa = 5е*’4 rdufi-гса to beat (Ja.); 4’Г|Я*4з^4 resp. to chastise with words, to scold (Ja«). Schtr. mentions 43^*434'4 chiding. qij’q bkra-wa (ta-ica) cog. to f^, variegated; beautiful, blooming (of complexion); glossy, well- fed (of animals); 4j’^ яттВн a great painting ; 43’4V4Z^’4 a painter; 4j’4$’4’3r^ with variegated figures; paint- ings : 42),4$’К5’5ччГ^ a radiant or illuminated zone or halo: 42)’«к fwfw, variegated; with shades of colour. bkra-wahi $kad-hbyin n. of the bird called Garghongata; 9’Я^’?А'Я'^’ Й4* I (Jdnon.). ' hkra-byed^R'^ri-mo~mkhun a painter (Mnon.). bkra fin #mar parti-coloured; on a red ground.
q^| 69 bkra-lam^ne=glaring; in glare; ^4’3^ the beauty or effect produced by variegated colour^ as in a painting; the illumination of colours as set forth in a rainbow; hence splendour. ZTT]’5^J bkar-fa H^T, wt- prosperity; blessing; good luck: g00d fortune to my people ! may they .prosper ! holy-water; consecrated water or con- secrating water; 43’^K§’W auspicious bed; nuptial bed (Os.); qg’^’S’^r words of blessing; benediction; ^3’^’1 bkra-qis-kyi gso sbyofi, H^r auspi- cious fasting; зз’^гдьчй^а bkra-qissruti- wahi go-cha instruments used for insuring luck; sacrificial ceremony by which blessings are to be drawn down (Jd.); propitious ; lucky; good omens; lucky signs; ЧЗ’З^’^ЧС bkra-qis-pahi rtag§ lucky configurations or semblances; happy omens ; н^гг n. of a goddess; the goddess of glory (Ja.); misfortune; calamity ; calamity; adj. wretched; unlucky. ^З^'д^ Bkra-fis glin n. of a place in Kham§ (Lon. * 25). чд'’q «X bkra-fis brgyad-pahi mdo n. of a short sutra in K. d. * 76 which contains the names of eight Bud- dhas. Whoever recites it and meditates on the perfections acquired by the Buddhas escapes from the dangers of evil spirits and demons. Such a devotee can easily have admission into the courts of kings and address the highest authorities without let or hinderance. Remembrance of this effusion is believed to be a safe- guard against bad dreams and also mishaps or accidents in war, and in repelling offensive weapons. чз’^’^яс bkra-giz ^go-man n. of a monastery in Amdo. 43bkra-gis-can n. of an incense (Mnon.). 43Bkra-gis chos-rdson the summer seat of the Government of Bhutan where the Dharma Raja resides. It is ordinarily called Tassisudon on English maps. 43’^^'qXV^ bkra-giz brjod-pa auspicious expression; a benediction. 33bkra-gis rtags-brgyad the eight auspicious signs or emblems, vin.:— (1) эття the precious or jewelled umbrella; (2) Яфз the golden fish; (3) gw the pot of treasures; (4) W the-excellent lotus; (5) the white conch-shell with whorls turning to the right; (6) 5W 3*9$ the auspicious mark repre- sented by a curled noose emblematical of love; (7) the chief standard of victory, m?., the emblem of royalty; (8) fl^vg^vS the golden wheel. rtags-can possessed of auspicious marks: a glossy hand possessing auspicious lines will cause one to obtain both a son and wealth (K. d. 217). qj-S^K/ bkra^is dun-dkar gya^-hkhyil a conch- shell with its whorls turning to the right instead of to the left (Mnon.). Syn. dun-mchog\ |’«rg’q §kye-ua lna-pa\ дч’З’ядч’а tgyal-po hkhyu-wa (Milon.).
bkra-fa Idan auspicious; lucky. bkra-ci$-pahi rdsas ^ЧГ, яжтдг, lucky articles. Bkra-fa-pahi yi-ge n. of a kind of (mystic) writing which is consi- dered auspicious. bkra-<p$-par gyur-cig may you enjoy prosperity. bkra-<p§ byed-ma—^\'&'^''& u. of a goddess (7C. g.\ 11%). Bkra-<p$ blama 1. Tashi Lama, the name by which the Panchhen Lama of Tashilhun-po is known in India and Europe. 2. a lama priest who oificiates at a marriage ceremony in Sikkim: jitfj'q gQl-ajc.-1 [he Tashi lama will touch with tho auspicious offerings (for the gods) the head of the bride. Bkra-$is-rtse (TaJii-tse) n. of a village in the district of Stod-lufi in Tibet. Bkra-<ps-b$tsegs (Tashi'seg- pa) u. of a brother of King Sky id-Ide Rimahi mgony who settled down in ШаЬ ris in Western Tibet (Zofi. * 5). bkra-$i$ btseg^pahi indo u. of a work the reading of which produced auspicious occurrences. the eight lucky articles are—(1) mirror; (2) medicinal concretion from the brains of elephant; (3) Ц curd; (4) Di/i-gfass ; (5) the wood-apple; (6) a right-whorled couch-shell; (7) li-khri vermillion; (8) white mustard. bkra-qis rdsogs-pa completion of an auspicious work or event. 70 q^| q^^-Zr Bkra -fij lhun-po (Tashi- Ihunpo) the seat of the Panchhen Rin-po- che, the second Lama in Tibet, ordinarily called Tashi Lama, ranking noxt to the Dalai Lama of Lhasa. The grand monas- tery of this name adjoining the town of Shiga-tso in Tsang harbours 4,880 monks, presided over by the Tashi Lama. q^ bkrag (tag) Acrf Ihoft-lhofi mdafi§ yod-pa 1. dazzling brightness; lustre; *55^ mdafi§ also glitter (of jewels). 2. beautiful appearance ; high colour (of the face, skin) ; pure gloss of the skin ; <ир|*& very bright (Jd.). q>Tjq|’q bkrag-pa=^\p\fair or fine complexion. Syn. mdafa-can; htshev- u?a (Mnon.). члдо] bkrag-med=*i^or *5«гЙ5 dull appearance; bad complexion (Itffion.). q’Tjq’q bkrab-pa (tab-pa) pf. to choose or select from among many; mchog-tu bkrab exquisite choice (Lex.). bkram-pa (tam-pa), pf. a form of ‘Ч]*'4 to spread over, scatter. Syn. 55**4 dgram-pa; brdal-pa also gtor-wa; hthord-pa ; gtsug$-pa (Mnon.). qiprq bkral-wa (tal-wa) 1. pf. of ^5*4*4 (Os.) [ elucidation (of the meanings of the terms in the Sutra and the Tantra). 2. to appoint: to engage щ business. q^ bkras in the passage ; qjN here means rolled or . varnished in variegated colours.
71 bkra^-pa (te-pa) an abbreviation of according to Sch* also pf. of the verb чд'Л; for an auspicious scarf for presentation on the occasion of a visit or some ceremony or festivity. bkra$-lun(Te-lang) n. of a valley in Tibet (Deb. 44)* Bkra$-lhun (Tei-lhun) a contraction of (Tashi-lhun-po) ; also a heap or mountain of glory or auspi- cious objects. C\ CJTj'ZJ bkri-ica (ti-wd) 1. pf. of to conduct according to order, e.</., one after another. 2. for to wrap. 3. to draw; to try; to acquire; to search for. bkrid-dran (Mang) — ^'i^^ the black discipliner of the unsub- dued; the black and horrible (assumed) appearance of Manju Ghosa Bodhisattva to lead the sinner into the path, of righteous- ness and virtue: the dreaded (Bon) deity who leads or drags the subdued straight onward (7). /?.). bkri$ an abbreviation of bkra-ps. bkris-pa (ti-pd), pf. of w q-QTcnj^rq thar-pa-la fykris-pa conducted to emancipation or Nirvana. ПЦ bkru (Ju), fut.of 0^ khrus,v. чо 43 ~ 43 bkru-zin bkrn bpd- gyi $nod ЧГ=( washing bowl; to wash a vessel, plate, &c.: bkru-bya, clothes, etc.r to be washed. РТ}Ч]’Ц bkrug-pa (tug-pa) probably an ЧЭ incorrect reading of SOT'q- fykru$-pa, pf. of khrus. Bkre (teh) n. of a place in Khams, which is also called Bkre-nag tshan. Bkre-hor (te-hor) n. of a section of the Sgo-man department of the monastic school of Dapung. * qrpfq bkren-pa (ten-pa), 1. poor, indigent, hungry; 42ft a country where resources are scanty (Lex.). 2. miserly, stingy. qjft’Q bkren-po —55^’4 a beggar; desti- tute person. Syn. ^‘^5 nor-med; hphons-pa (Mnon.). 4^*^ bkres-skom, contraction of <r hungry and thirsty : this tobacco does not allay in any way either hunger or thirst: 4Tj^r leading from hunger and thirst to satiety (Jd.): । the cow’s milk removes hunger and thirst and hard breathing.” qjjsr^ bkres-nas being hungry. * bkres-pa (teh-pa) to be hungry; also hunger. In. C. res£. for “hunger”; 4^«Ч4’ч to have ravenous appetite (Sch.); g'4^’4 tho appetite or feeling of hunger; honorific term : on arriving .at the top of a barren mountain, he felt hungry and was sup- plied with food (Deb. 7). 4, bkrofis-pa resp. term for killed; dead. q^oj’q bkrol-wa (tot) pf. of hgrol-u-a vb. trs. to untie, to loosen; also in W. is the only form in use : mdud-pa bkrol-ica the knot untied.
*11 72 bpns-pa bkrol-wa set free from bondage; gorqj«rq Jdiral bkrol-ica remitted revenue or rent ; 5^**чгчцчгч dgon$-pa bkrol-ica forgiven, pardoned, &c. bkro§ (toi) — ^*^ to choose; to select; imp. bkro$-fig {Situ, 105). чцрргч fyklags-pa pf. of to have read; done reading: wishes to read or sing. Я| rka or chuhi-rka or a gutter; a small channel on the roof of a houso or at the edge of the roof for carrying off the rain small furrow conveying water from a conduit to trees or plants; furrow between the beds of a garden; hence even flower-bed. chuhi lha khafi n. of a monastery near Sam-ye. Яр rkan I: 1. marrow, pith. 2. deseent, extraction, origin: । “for example, the mule on which the Goddess Paldan Lhamo rides is called rkan gsum, on account of a so-called three-fold origin ” (its father is an ass, mother a mare but in itself it is neither of them, but a mule !). Яр’ II: 1. stuff; it is of good stuff: it is not of good stuff. 2. bundle; a collection : ST a bundle of grass: a tuft of hair: a skein of yarn. яр’ч rkan-pa resp. хт^, фз 1. foot, leg, hind leg of a quadruped: q^'^c not throwing the foot {Шоп.). 2. lower part, lower end, e.f/., of a letter: having a foot, so the nine letters are called that extend below the line wrrr% etc. {Jd.). 3. a metrical line, verse. 4. base founda- tion : rdsu-hphrul-gyi rkan- pa bshi the four feet (stages) of performing miracles. Syn. shabs\ ryyu-byed\ §5 hgro-byed\ bgrod-byed* rgyuy-byed {Mnon.). kafi-kyog bandy-legged. (Jd.) rkafi-kri {kang-ti) a piece of cloth to wrap round the legs {Sch.). rkan-bkod чт^ГГН tho manner of walking ; ^‘q’qj’qS’^ rkan-pa bkru- wafri sa tho place for washing tho feet. ^•qj-я RkanJJcra-ma = ^'&%^ bom of tho hill-rat; a name of Agastya Muni (ДГпоп.). rkafi-$kye$ n. for the Sudra caste (of India) which originated from the foot (of Brahma) {Mnon.). ^’й Rkan khra {Kaug-tha) n. of a king of Ancient India : З’Я^З’З^^’^’ЙЛ^'^ | “ like the Indian Kings, Rkan Khra, and Rab snail and others, their lineage on the mother’s side was also from apes, etc.” {J. Zan.). rkan khrab {kang-thab) iron shoes worn along with the coat of mail; that part of armour worn like boots from the foot to the knees; greaves. rkaft-khri {kang-thi — ^'^^) foot- stool {Mnon.). rkaft-hkhum (probably) having a foot contracted by disease {Lex.). rkan-hkhor bandy-legged {Sch.). rkaft-go$ = gos-lhain Tibetan boots made of felt or of coarse serge.
73 г кап-mg о the fore part of the foot. Syn. rkan-rtse (Шоп.). rkaft-mgyog§ swift-footed : *3' mlhu-rtsal rmad-du byuft-wa rkan-mgyogs rlun-dan mnam-pa gcig %pyan-draft$ invited (brought) one who was swift- footed like tho wind and possessed of miraculous powers: the secret blessing of swift-foot edness: *5* (K. dun. 73) having acquired the grace of swift-footedness. *1^5 rkafi-hgro (kang-do) t^r one who travels on foot; a vassal or subject paying his duty by serving as a messenger or porter (Cs.). rkaft-hgro§ also rkaft-bro§ 1. walking on foot. 2. domestic cattle; breeding cattle. rkaft-gdin a trumpet made of the human thigh-bone used in temples; also in travelling to keep off evil-spirits. tkaft-rgyu a foot-soldier, v. : infantry acc. to Cs. rkaft-brgya or = a centi- pede: “the name of the worm which has a hundred feet and arms ” (Шоп.). rkaft brgyad-pa a fabulous lion having eight feet. An imaginary lion of Buddhist design with eight legs, generally found in sculpture and in Tibetan mythological pictures. fljVKA rkaft-ftar the leg (Attfow.). rkaft-gcig-pa one- footed, met. a tree; the fabulous countries of the JhtSaft and Tsti-ta, the people of which are said to walk on one foot. rkaft-rje§ footstep, foot-mark; a dog; “foot-follower.” rkan gnis-pa mankind; ^’3 the chief of bipeds; an epithet of Buddha or (Шоп.): | Sans-rgyas (Buddha) is the chief of the human kind. rkaft gtub a foot ornament; a foot-bangle. rkaft-rten a foot-stool; trestle; a raised ground or stone step on which, at the time of alighting from any conveyance, the foot is placed. rkan-stegs or foot-stool. Syn. rkan-rten; V'B rkan-khri* zla-wa g.cig-pa*) shabs- steb§ (Шоп.). ^‘§^’3 rkan-$teft-bu = the star of the golden flight or a name of a fixed star (Шоп.). rkan-sten-bu = 9^ the star of higher flight (Шоп.). rkaft-than 1. on foot. 2. = ^’ a foot soldier (Шоп.). rkaft-t haft-pa a pedestrian; qc' § 45'4’4 one travelling on foot; to walk; to go on foot. rkan-mthil the sole of the foot; foot-sole. rkan-hthun metaph. for a tree, ?>., that which drinks or draws nourishment through its feet, or roots: the red tree; the devil’s tree. rkan drug-pa or the six-footed, met. for the bee. n
I 74 rkan-drug-lske$=vrsfi2^ the mango tree. rkan-gdub эдч: foot-ring; bangle-like ornament worn on the foot. rkan-hdrcn also c.g., drawn by the foot; shame; disgrace. rkan-ldan shoes ; that contains or holds the feet; also metaph. for a road, way, passage; * the lion’a-tail tree {Mnon.). *5'^ rkan-snam coarse woollen leg- gings manufactured in Tibet. jp-qjw rkn-pa btkyafis the legs stretched; ^qvqgsiN contracted legs; = to rove, wander; to disperse, separate: opr^-cjq^ ( banished from their country, by force of Karma they wandered forth and came to tho country of Tibet. rkan-pa hthen-po цт<Я lamo. rkan-pa gwm-ldan — tpvfa' he who is possessed of three legs or three regions; Vishpu; an epithet of Vais'ravaua. Syn. ’5 Byan-phycg$ bdag- po; rgyal-pohi rgyal^ дцые/е^ dpal-gtrr дмп-bdag', gter-gyi bdag; mihi chos-ldan; слгцЗц’З nal-bsos-po; hod-yan§ tsha-bo; й’Зч’ЛЩ E-lahi brgud\ ^’q nor-sbyin hdrcn-pa\ gnod~ $byin-rgyal\ nor-gyi §dag; SOT dbyig-gi char-hbcb§; 9^’5^'gk byan-phyogs-^kyofi (Mnon.). ^'^.’f^^rkan-pahi $tabs-§gyur dan- cing at the cadence of a song (dgnon.). tka^-pahi hdtt-byed the movements <jf the feet which aro described as Vl’Mfa dal-hgro§\ bul-hgros; IcJohi hgro§; hgyin-hgro§; §geg~hgros ; X'TqS^Sfa rolpahi hgros ; brjid-pahi hgro%; gom-<pig§\ ^%wgom-$tab§\ gom-rlabs, дот-pa yafi§} дот-pa hkhyor\ tan тпе/юп hgro; 3^5 myur-hgro] *й}*|*г*5 mgyogs-hgro; ^’*5 rab-hgro ; ^1’4 rgyug-pa (Jgfion.). q5 ’ £ ’ q rkan-pah i rt sa-wa=| ’ q rtin-pa the heel (Mnon.). rkafi-pahi wdshon-cha can = 0W’ 9 poultry; a fowl (of which the weapon is in its feet). rkan-phyin felt for covering tho legs. *}E/4qi rkafi-bol upper part of the foot (Jd.). rkarl bral footless; help- less; involved. ^•qqH rkan hbam a disease in the foot; swelling in the foot; also gout. rkan-hlro$ or v. rkdn-$ba$ (lit. hidden feetjzx^ a snake (Mnon.). ^e.-^ joj Rkan-ma rkan-chig n. of the part of the nether world where the Naga demi-gods reside. JfW rkafi-tnar pith; marrow: Awq|gwr»i^’qv55l by rubbing in any kind of marrow, contracted limbs may be smoothened (i.c., straightened). Syn. indans*, R’4’35 khn-wa-byed (Mnon.). Bkafi-тгд (W^4R) n. of the founder of Nyaya philosophical sect in ancient India.
T'WI rkin-dmag infantry; a foot- soldier. Syn. rkan-than rkan-pa§ tgyu; wgw ran sfobs-kyis bgrod; Jffl.’-qvq rkan far-wa; lus-kyis bthab; lu§-kyis rgol* гя^’<*^’«Х’А mtshon-chas htsho-ica; dpun-bu chun (Шоп.). fl^T rkafi-rtsa, resp. shabs rtsa, general name for shoes in Tsang. In Tibet the sole of a shoe is generally made of a kind of durable grass, hence the name flj^’S rkan rtsa, foot-grass, signifies a shoe. rkan rise the fore part of the foot. rkan-tshiigs — ^^^ or ^-q- to have a firm footing ; to take root. ^q-ггёЧ rkan mdser iron nails or spikes fastened to the boot-sole for climbing. rkan-mdse §=the As'oka tree, Jonesia asoka Roxburgh (Шоп.). fl^'A^ rkan-bshi, four-footed; quadruped; a beast; also a chair or any- thing that stands on four legs; q^q= lit. possessed of cattle; a herdsman (Шоп.). flj«v«K kan-yan agile; quick in going or walking. kan-rin i: long shanks. ii: v. the crane; acc. to some the grey species of duck (Шоп.). rkan-lam foot-path; a passage where a man can only pass but not ride. гкап-$аг-ра~^'\Щ a foot- soldier (Шоп.). rZw $in treadle of a loom. 75 ктап-gu foot-sore. «5-§an rkran-$ubs socks; stocking. кап-sor toe. rkan 1. sometimes used in the place of 2. flfl нщ the palatewhich is an obsolete form: rkan- rnthahi rnil end of tho palate or “gums at the end of the palate” : 5’fl’V ^'1*^•wi^ar'4 “the six letters t, th, d, n, r, 1, arise from the tip of the tongue and the front palate.” flfl’S4! rkan-phug the cavity of the palate: these four letters come out from partly the cavity of the palate and partly the tip of the tongue. the roof or centre of the palate: ^‘^I'SSHflfl* I these seven letters are pronounced from the centre of the tongue and the middle of the palate. flfl'W rkan-mar the butter which is mixed with barley-flour to make a paste for the food of children and infants; bar- ley paste made with water or milk is apt to choke infants, so the Tibetan mothers mix in butter (Deb. Я 10). rkarn-pa or of passion- ate desire. The latter form is generally used; it signifies «Л5 longing; greed; passionate: А bkur-sti dan rned-pa la brkam-pa a longing for honours and gain: p’«rQrq^WA§* becomes eager for cakes. rku-ica pf. fut. or Aj-qq-g, imp. 5^, to steal, rob; pres. flfAV§5 steals, robs; brku-bya an article to be stolen; brku-byahi rdsas things that may be stolen; also stolen
<|-qvq^c-q| 76 *.q» property. The six kinds of theft acc. to Buddhism are—(1) hjab-bu^ rku-u'(( to steal or take away quietly another’s property; (2) rgyt^-rku- ira to rob a thing knowing all about it beforehand ; (3) mthu$-rkn-wa to rob violently one’s property; (4) B** SVX’ to rob a thing promising to return it; (5) to steal by con- cealment; (6) to rob a thing by slandering another person (K. d. « 5}. jqvqgu-q rku-icar fyjrafi-wa to count as stealing. гкн-sanf a mind to steal, or thievish mind. rkur bcug-pa jeq^sfqj^q rku-thab$-8u gnas-pa arffoi:, the ten kinds of stealing according to Tibetan authors, viz,:—mthu$ rku-tra to rob by means of incantations; spqNsgyu thabs-kyi$ rkit-wa to rob "by producing magical illusions; 4JVWj q hhrid-jxiS rku-ica to rob one by using threat*; s gtam-pa$ rku-ica to rob by speech (by lying); to rob one by soft words; to rob by saying that ho will return the thing afterwards; q to steal by conjuring; stealing by misapproprittion or breach of trust; RwEiKj-q cheating by gentle persuasion; q stealing by (imposing upon another in tho name of) religion (Lofi. ч 15), J’S rku-bya^ same as C4 to keep secret, hide. tkun-sgyig thief’s pouch; a sort of smell wallet. - rkuu-can a thief. >• ^•q^w rkun-bcom plunder; highway robbery. rkun-thabs-su blan-zca to take away by thievish means. 5^’^ rkun-uor stolen goods. гкин-рОу fem. rkun-nio a thief, a robber. Syn. W|'4 jag-pa; gyo^may yan-lag flan; вчкч ar-pa; hjab-bu-pa; chom-rkun; WV1 gshan-dufi; irdshani$-kyi byed-po; ^4T5’^ hog-tu-rgyu ; chom-po (Mflon,), .j^-efa-q^q rkun-po§ Ь$до-гса—^'^'*Л' rkun-роъ nan byed-pa the harm done by a thief. rkun-dpon the head of a gang of wandering marauders. JV* rkun-ma one who steals; a thief; also applies occasionally to theft. 5^F*< rkun-rdsa§ stolen goods or things. Syn. rkun-nor\ Ikog-nor.) stolen property (ДГйои.). rkt>n-$run& guard; a watchman; to watch for thieves: rkun^ma srun-rgyuhi ched-du khyi-gto$ feeding dogs to guard against thieves. rkub чтз vulgar word for the anus, backside, posterior; colloq. or zkub^kyod-par to move or shake one’s hinder parts, a mode of nautch girl’s dance in India. tkub-rgyag a chair to sit upon. Jqrkub-ttegs a sitting bench; a portable rest used by coolies. jq*^ rkub-tshoi buttocks (Cs.).
77 rke-wa—^S^ rid-pa %kem- pa) lean; meagre (Cs.): rke- war hgyur-war to grow lean, thin. rked-pa, also *^S’4 ^ifs, the waist, more particularly that part where the girdle is worn; also the loins; also defined as the ends or notches of the bow which hold the string or to which the string is attached. Syn. $ke-rags yul; Ч’ч’я bar-nia; lu$-phra {Mnon.). rked-rgyun an ornament (chain) hanging from waist. rked-hchu the buttocks. rked-mdud anything twisted at the middle; knotted-waist; n. of a biscuit {Jig}. rked-nad can-tna, v. gV^Vdr94^’ a woman who has her monthly courses (Mnon.). ^•q^c/q rked-pa g yon-pa stiff, unyield- ing waist: the husband of the woman with a stiff waist will die (ЛГ. d. Я 217}. rked-pa, rgyur-wa (metaph.) to become a slave (female): 4‘q’ЯЗ' a woman whose waist has become bent like a bow becomes a maid servant (K. d. ^217). rked-pa chag (lit. broken waist) to fail in a great undertaking: «ЧО&’^'ПЯ if a fox (tries to) leap over a place where lions jump, he breaks his waist, i.e,, dies in the attempt. rked-pa phr a a slender waist. rked-hbra§=*'ъn. of a fruit used in fever (ДГлсш.). 3 V?* rked-sbom one with a large or broad waist; a corpulent person. Syn. Ido-wa che-wa; Я’^’^ gsus-poche; lto-ldir-wa; &si(§-rdse§ can; lto-гса hphyan-wa; Sjyq'laj-cj grod-pa chen-po; grod- pa §bom-po (Mnon,). rke<i-med~ma a pretty woman ; =ду^у«ХЯ, a woman with slender waist (ДГйсж). + rked-$o rked-pa the waist: Sde-mig chufi- fiu sna-man-po§ ska hi rketj-so hkhor-wa {A. 133) many little keys of different kinds surrounded his waist. rko-wa, pf. brkos, imp. W ЗЯ rkos-gig 1. to dig, dig out; to hoe 2. to engrave; turn up ; till. ^'§5rko-byed i: 1. = ®*Я a hog; also that which digs; a mattock, shovel. 2. an arrow. ii: v. byi-wa that burrow’s; a rat (Mfion.). Я**4 rko-ma a kind of small hoe for digging earth; n. of a bird called ^J’54 ko-ma (Vai. §n.), rko%-mkhan qt лХ*4’*4^ or a digger ; one who hoes. rkog-ma incorrectly for з(Я54 lkog-ma. X^’4 rkofi-pa=**\^ za-rkon ringworm; itch ((%)., rkofi-po hbras chen n. of a skin disease with large: eruptions; also eruptions {Ya-sel. 28), rkod-pa engraving; =^’4 rko- ica, to dig or to engrave (fis.). .
78 * rkon-pa net; a fowler’s net: S' 4|R- tfi- Xv V 5V4gh|4'q4 ч^я'Э-> I (flag.) to sot up a snare to catch birds is called rkouya hdtug^a. Syn. J bya-tgya; bya-rkou (Шоп.). brkam-chagti passionate; also greedy. qjN rkun-ma brkit$ char-wa stolon : brkus-tc bor-ica to abandon or throw away a thing after stealing it. brko-$pyod a gouge; an instru- ment to scoop out (Sch.); an instrument to engrave; brko-byahi sa ploughed land; Ьгко^а ’ITH dug out; brko$-phor a mould for making clay images: * I in tho time of the Lhatho- thori dynasty there fell on tho top of tho palaeo a book called Span §kon phyag-rgya and a mould for clay miniature images and brought tho commencement of the holy doctrine. brko$-ma sculpture; anything that has been engraved upon. jqp ткуад^а, also g^ $kyag-pa, dung; ordure; excrement: rkyag-})a Ыоп-гса to cause purging, v. g^ skyag. I: гЛуап <=г<, пзга Equus kyang^ or tho wild ass of Tibet and Higher Asia. It is found everywhere in Tibet in large droves, and is distinct from the wild ass of Sindh and Persia. a male kyang; a female kyang; an adult kyang; an old kyang (Cs.). JI; or rkyan-pa, also rkyan-tkyan. яя, each; single ; simple; alone: I alone cannot: мгцч dressed only in cotton cloth: will Your Honour go thus alone ? drink- ing water only, nakedbody; only one; same as i.e., a free, unemployed man, generally one that carries no burden; yi-ge rkyaA- pa a letter that forms by itself a syllabic, or one that is not briegs-pa (mounted) and without any other consonant or any vowel sign superscribed; said to bo 1, 10, 100, and the further multiples of 10; a word that has no affix denoting case, &c., also a name without any titles added to it. Syn. re-re; *$*19 geig-bu; 8rab-pa\ geer-bu. Rkyan chit n. of a lake in the south of Ladak, in tho neighbourhood of which there arc many wild asses. rkyan-thag a rOpe yiaf is lowered from the top of a mountain or from the roof of a lofty house (Yig.). 5^'4 1. rkyan-pa prose ; writing. 2. rkyan-wa = ^’Ч ткуоп-гса чкгрсн extended; spread. rkyan-hphyes an im- mensely largo number. rkyan-ma n. of an artery often referred to in mystic meditation. It is one of the three arteries denominated Srog-rtsa rin-po, and is asserted to run towards tho left side. $**54 rkyan-phyag salutation by pros- trating one’s self on the ground with the hands and feet stretched out (A. 48).
79 rkyan 1. a brass vessel like a tea- pot, with a spout; in W. “o-kyan” a milk- pot. 2. pot-belly ; paunch (Seh.) ; a vessel for water ; a vessel for wine (Ji)- SV5 rkyan-bu = hgrim-shal a'kind of vessel made of brass or silver or gold of the shape of a wine glass. три rkyal-ka—1^ vain talk; rkyal- ka byed-pa to play a practical joke on ; to make game of. rkyal-pa a sack or leather bag, frq. is poetical term for the body or tho five aggregates, i.e.y j4’q “the body is a bag of unclean thiugs” (Jd.). rkyal-wa to swim; J14’ £5*4 rkyal-rsted-pa to amuse one’s self by swimming (Ja.); colloq. u khyal-gyab khan ” a swimmer. 5^’3 rkyal-biv small bag; pouch; colloq. kyal-bu. a bag of goat skin ; g*$4 ; a bag for flour $’J4 water bag or Hindi inoshuk ; W$4 butter bag. rkyal bycd-pa the act of swimming or bathing. In the mystic language of the Brahmakayika deva $ч* Й5 rkyal-bycd or J4*Q signifies misery; or means sins; J4’4‘4V^ denotes the exhaustion of misery, the cessation of misery or its <tfp]’4 fMJfa; $4’4'V4'£)5 signifies ^Ч'^'^гч, i^-, to meditate on the exhaustion of misery signifies чя or the way to Nirvana. These are the terms believed to bo used in the language of the celestial beings who dwell in the heaven called ^4’VI* Ажшз (К. ко. 4 236). rkycn I: In Buddhist science this important term oxpresses any co-oper- ating influence which serves to shape and bring about an event as distinguished from J ryyu, its direct and obvious cause. In plain language, rgyii is the primary cause of anything, but rgyu is frequently controlled and modified by a co-ordinate influence known as rkycn. As a medical term, according to Jaschke, rkycn is differentiated from rgyu in that it indi- cates the pathological or secondary cause of disease, while the latter word denotes its primary or anthropological cause. How- ever, while assigning to rkycn the primary meaning of “cause” and “occasion” in the qualified sense of being contributory only to that which comes to pass, we have to note the apparently contradictory signification—effect, occurrence, incident, event. So we meet with 5*^’4 rkyen- tian-pa unfortunate accident; he has perished by an evil incident; Xthe adversities arising in this life; an event dis- agreeable to one’s own self; blo- bur rkycn a sudden accident ; rkycn dc-la bricn-na§ owing to that circumstance ; ^5‘чЗ‘^’Ч*Ч|Ч’5 med-pahi rkyen-la blias-tc or brten-te consider- ing the case of not being, not having ; thus stands also for a cause of disease and of death ; 4^4'j^ bgol-rkycn any circumstance от event adverse to the success of an action, any obstacle, anything opposed or hostile to the existence of another thing : mthun-rkycn a happy, favourable circum- stance ; furtherance ; assistance ; supply; mthun-rkycn bycd-pa to assist in; to help to ; ndhun-rkycn hdsom-pa altogether successful.
80 II: ясцц, чттч In Buddhist metaphysics there are four kinds of rkyen, viz., (1) rgyuhi ткеп relation of causality ; (2) ma-thag pahi гкуеп БНЯпК STOFU relation of posteriority; (3) fydag-rkyen wft- nfasrajq relation of subordination or conditionality; (4) dmigs-rkycn relation of dependence (as for instance the relation of parts to the whole and vice versa) : ЯВЯ^’^’!К^Я’Ч'^§Ь' ЯВЯ*’ Я^’§5‘А. Besides the above four there are two other subdivisions of гкуещ viz., <зит<т wi and Я7ЧЧ (Рой. 16). III: misfortune; ill-luck; calamity: $^ЭЯ’4 rkyen glog-pa to avert a misfortune: *?^ЯКс* rkycn thcg$-pa to endure misfor- tune: rkytn thub-pa to be equal to tho occassion, cope with calamity. rkyen-gyi^ postp. with gen. by reason of ; on account of ; by ; therefore; accordingly. 5^Я^Я’?Я*’ rktn-g.cig 5^ an epithet for a Pratyeka Buddha (JWon.). rkyen-chags hbyun-wa to die or to be abolished (2). qel. 11). rkyen-stogs also the contemplation of a Pratyeka Buddha and ordinary saint; a class of Buddhist devotees who meditate on T.kyen, the co-operative cause. rkyen-thub — c&\ q patience ; for- bearance (Mnon.). rkyen-pa ЧЧ barley. 41 $ rkyen-rtsi = Jft tkyen- $man a medicine that is administered for determining the co- operative cause of a disease. rkyoft-wa, pf. fut. or to stretch, extend, stretch forth (one’s hand to a person) ; put out (the tongue); spread; distend (the wings, a curtain) : shab$~gni$ brkyoft bskum ono leg stretched out, the other drawn in. Syn. fyrkyafaca; 4JW brkyafa- pa\ jjwq rkyafa-pa\ Jwi rkyofi$-pu*, Ь§нат-1са (Мйоп.). rkyoft-tse in }fr. lamp; candle (Jd.). brkyafi-tpft 1. literally “tho extending-wood,” an instrument of torture in Tibet; a wooden frame on which the extended arms and legs of the delinquent are fastened down, whilst burning pitch or sealing wax is dropped on his naked breast, which procedure is called §yq or qjf^’orq^ q or placing or stretching one on a cross (Jd.). 2. in New Testament translation adopted to signify “ cross.” qjc.4 brkyafis Ттягя prostrated (by fatigue) ; stretched out; *rr«r for tho purpose of stretching. Ikttg rm a wager: 4^5’5^ “to gain a wager in dice-playing, &c.” P*T4 lkugs-ра I. dimb; mute; p'^qj^-qvgyq kha Ikugs-par byed-pa to put- to silence; §Я^’4’* a dumb woman (Cs.). 2. sre dull, stupid (Sch.). The fol- lowing examples may belong to either. 1. or 2. Ikug&par $kyes bom idiotic or.mute:
SHI 81 *11 । if one is born a deaf- mute, one’s consciousness (soul) not being suited to work, one cannot act religiously. Syn. g smra-bcad; fiag-gi$ dbul; flag mi(dan\ ц sem§ bem-po; ^*354^ tshignams ; tshig mi-psal; bem-po Itar Ikug; Q’ mi-tmra (Idnon^). §|4| Ikog I:=4'3) pha-gi yonder. In the passage he said “from here look to yonder hill- side”: Ikog-giri^na=4'4^'^ the corner of the bill there. II: secrecy; Зр’гЗг^’я a wife kept secretly in Tibet. Where polyandry pre- vails any of the brothers who is not satis- fied with the common spouse takes to himself a wife called Kok-gi chung-ma—a concubine ((?$.). ^4|’« Ikog-ma, vulg. og-hjo( 1. gullet, oesophagus. 2. wind-pipe. 3. the throat; Ikog-mahi lha-gon the larynx (&?A.); also written Ikog-dk ar the ferret-badger (Helictis monticola). Ikog-gynr, v. lkog-na-ma (]$non.); (kog-gya byat made secret. Ikog-ghi a secret hummed song: a song sung so that others may not hear it is called Kog-lu (fiag.). Ikog-chad secret punishment. Ikog-chos byed-pa to apply one’s self to religious studies secretly. Ikog-rnan a reward given secretly; a bribe. Spl’S bkog-tu confidentially, secretly; or ^’|’5‘?vq secret; hidden; out of sight (Ja.); $in-tu (kog- gyur very secret; most confidential. Ikog-tu brkus stolen ; removed secretly; ЗрЧ’§Ж‘ч to converse secretly; a secret doctrine; to worship secretly ; ^pq’9’q4‘4 1° speak confidentially. ЯрЧ‘*^5 lkog-mdud—Ъкы^ the larynx. Ikog-hdun is described as mean- ing У*secret conversation or deliberating, so that others may not under- stand it. lkog-na-ma that which is not evident. Syn. Ikog-gyur; *£5j’*J*’Styq mfion- sum min-pa (Mfion.). lkog-nor = *\3\'Г*4 rktm-rdas, lit. secret articles; stolen property (Iffo/o). Sfa’S or 53*1’% dkrug-qifi, byed-pa misunderstanding ; difference (between two parties). n Ikog zan-za-ica to take usurious interest in secret (Sch.); $4 watch; to witness from a lurking-place. opq’wrq lkog-za§ za-гса to take food secretly. Lkog-la brafi hbyar- gyi rgyal khamt the name of a kingdom of the Asura (demons) where people have no neck, their chins being joined to the breast. Ikog-^al W dew-lap (of oxen); (код^а^сап — ^^ in general (M.^on^. $3'^1 Ikog-sog craw (of birds) (Cs.). Ikob fat, heavy, plump (Sch.). Ikol-mdud-^ larynx. 5J| ska ; this word is thus explained “ ska 12
82 351 3^1 shows the complete knowledge of the aggregation of all dharma or phenomena” (K. d. 114). This explanation also occurs in tho aphorism on the interroga- tion of tho Naga-raja Samudra (K. d. Я 175), also in (Hbum. Я W): “ $ka is the sym- bol of the law of Buddha (Buddhism) as it explains mystically that all things are not dependant; they are sup- portless, t>., have no real existence.” §ka-cig for 45'^4 a moment. §ka-cog or ka-lcog the names of two grammarians jointly written for abbreviation, Ska standing for 4’4’ 5<w and Oog for Cog-ro klu-yi rgyal-mtshan. $ka-ica thick (of fluids, cf. §la-ua); $ka-$lad consistence; density (Ja.}. §ka-rag$ ^«г:ч, nfw; ==$4^’3 also $|’*4«, in resp. lan- guage; g’*4^ a girdle : 4’*4*V£^c>-q to put on a girdle. (Sch.) a girdle with a clasp; VTX ornamental chain worn by Tibetan women on the waist. Ц’ЗДргвде/ЕряSka-rag sbzan-po ma; <qXS’ n. of a princess of the Noijin demi-gods (Mfion.). № $kag=^ kag or *|4&# wifar 1. n. of one of the 27 constellations, A$lc$d; an evil star. 2. mischief; bad luck; evil; the name of the goddess Bhogavati; a fox 5’44 lo-^kag an unlucky or bad year Д’4Я zla-$kag an evil or unlucky month 4% 44 Jiag-skag a bad day ; ^«’44 dui^kag evil hour; inauspicious time. Syn. gdefa-can lha-то; ч tea (Rtsi. and Mnon.). 44*^« $кад-тЫ$ astrology which treats of the planets and of bad omens, &c. 44’<4*4l*’ $kag-la$ $kyc§ a comet; born under the constellation of A$le§d. Syn. «54’^5’*5 mjug-phod-can; 4$4S5’ gtsug-phud-can; $brul-can ; 3f 4^’4 $kra-gfii$-pa (Mnon.). 4 §kan-wa=^Q, 4^‘Я^ 1. satisfac- tion (677/.). 2. a kind of expiatory sacrifice to make amends for a duty not performed (Ja.). $kafi-$a sods cut out (Sch.). skadl: (keh) НВП, ТГЯТ 1. voice, cry, sound. Though 45 and 3 are gene- rally used as synonymous words, yet the majority of tho grammarians of Tibet apply the former to all manner of sounds and the latter to the sounds uttered by animate things only. 2. 45 is equivalent of in some expressions such as *4’4% which mean “ thus ho said,” “ speak- ing those words,” &c., and in ^‘45, ^’4% &o., maybe traced similar significations: 45*$’4¥‘**VI what is your pleasure ? what did you say, sir? 1V4the (words) spoken what speech are they? what do they mean? (Ja.) *4*45’4 “in these words” is used before a literally quoted speech and 445after it. ^'45 also often occurs after statements meaning “ it is said” or “it is rumoured.” Other phrases are : 4*45’«’§5 don’t do that or so; 45’9’^ to give an account, to relate. 3. language : ^5’45 the Tibetan language; $*4**45 the Indian language; 4^’45*^
83 45’^1 451 in the provincial dialect; speaking human language; hbrug-^kad Idtr zer the voice of thunder rattles; a voice like the cry of an elephant; to utter painful or lamentable cries; ^’^*45 to send forth cries for pity; 45'§'5SC^ the root of a word. II: ladder =^4 $ka§-ka (Jd.). 45’^<4<4 ^kad-hgag or Ч^’^’З skad hdser- po hoarseness of the voice ((7s.). 45’5^ skad-rgyal, metaph. a donkey (Sman. 2). 45’ч|^‘ч §kad-b§gur-pa=4Vq|^' W one who has changed his language. 45'S'^ §kad-sgra che (ke’ da-che) the vul- gar expression for “fame”: he is just now very famous. 45'^ §kad-fiar rough language : 4S’tv on account of their speaking rough speech the name of that place was called fia-ra than (Fig. 65). • 45‘^ §kad-can having a voice; sound- ing. 45’^ tkad-cig ^лг, one moment; au instant. 45’^1 ’^= 4S’^Tq is described as g5’«, ‘one fifth part of the time required for the sound of the snapping of the fingers.” fkad-cig boom, n. rtwq. skad-cighdoj-ldan, v. WRf a pigeon (Mnon.). $kad-cig-pa or 45’^4’* ^PriT, instanteneous; also ephe- meral, momentary; also lightning. 4Sskad-cig-dbugz lit. that takes breath only for a moment=5”, an otter (Mnon.). 45'^1^5 $kad-cig hdod sudden flash; flash of lightning. §kad-cig glog-hod—^ lightning (Mnon.). 45‘* skad-cha qrqi, news, report, discourse, conversation, topic; Ч^ажч to converse; to have a chat. skad-gnis-pa lit. that has two kinds of voices, i.e.^ a parrot. Syn. lce-gni§-pa\ hkhyog-pohi mthii-can; tshig- hjam-ldan; hjani-ljan hdab- Idan (Mnon.). 4S’^^’9 ’5qCk q $kad-gni§ smra-uahi dwan-po one learned in science; one who has mastered (at least) two languages (Fig. k. k8). 45'*Hq skad mnen-pa of a gentle voice; soft voiced. 4Vq?^ §ка<1-Ь$пап=ф\'* an echo (returned by a rock) (Mnon.). 45’^’q|p’q §kad-snan b$gyur-ua to sing or whistle in a quavering, warbling man- ner, of birds, flute-players, &c. (Jd.): 45 a singing or playing of this kind. 45’^'q §kad snan-pa qftfw, one with a sweet voice; spoken of the cuckoo. 45’skad-snam-ma the princess of the Noijin demi-gods; cf. (Щоп.). 45'§vq %kad = to call to a person (Schtr.).
84 45’W4* №4 wdhun-par with one voice; with one accord. 45'^5 skad~dod=^S'^ an equivalent term in another language; the original from which another is translated : 45’X5* whether there are any original texts: 45Л5’^5 it is without the original text {Situ. 110). 45‘9’ql5**’ skad-kyi gdafis the character or tone of the voice: 45**15^’ I щсгслг^-qrII {Mdshan.) when the tone of one’s voice is that of a goose or dragon it betokens the possession of wealth. Л voice like that of an ass or ox indicates great troubles. $kad-gdafis dmah-wa fwK low sinking voice ; poor voice. 45’*45 $kad-hdon БГга bawling out; loud voice. 45'4 tkad-pa i: = ^'S'4N shes bya-wat called ; named {A. 120). 45'q и: 1. vh. to say, tell, relate: ^5X‘45q* that a land (of bliss) exists I heard people say. 2. interpreter; language master ; teacher {Jd.) 45’4'^ skad-pa-che qt 45^^ $kad-po-che celebrated; famed. 45’^*^ $kad-po che rumour. 45’^ Skad-hbyin singing of a bird. 45'S w2|«| skad $byafi$-pg cultivate your voice; improve the voice by exercise. 45*ft'«|<w skad ini-gsal one whose language is not intelligible; a barbarian. 45’^ skad-rifi. a voice heard at a distance; a high pitched voice. W $kad-rigs hen-po bshi the four great divisions of language—(1) §5*45 Sanskrit, the language of the gods; (2) 5-4}*^ *5'45 Pifdtsl, the language of the meat-eating people; (3) rafi-fyshin she^-pa pra-kr-ta the Prdkrta or the natural language of the people; (4) wcryrjjЛ*’*Ч'И Лра bhram-fa corrupt language {T. K.). 45'skad Jugs = 45’5ч]м §kud-rig$ dialect. 45’^ $kadJog clamour; screaming. a celestial courtezan {Alfion.). skan-tc, JK., instead of 4q ka-wa. hgor-po delay: *3^*1’ q*rw’^Y44*4*r*‘^V$c/I {Rdsa. 28) the swift not hurrying, the lingerers not finishing. $kab$ ТПС 1. time, oppor- tunity, occasion, circumstance: 4*w opportunity of seeing: 4q*,:15’q skab$ rned-pa to find an opportunity: 4q^ or4q**’4q^ now and then; sometimes. 4^’$ or 4*w with genit.=at the time of, on the occasion of, during, while, when: ^’’T4q*r$ in a moment; instantly: 4^’^ $kabs der thereafter: 4W*4* now ; here ; in this case; in this place: 4WX once for a time; each time; W4«w interval; inter-lapse of time. 2. sphere^ state, situation: fit for; adapted; suited to the occasion. 3. 4^^ also means lehu, chapter, and is synonymous with *4* &c., signifying section : 4ад ч3 tkafy bcu, the ten sections of the doctrine ; also he that has observed them {Jd.). 4. mode,
85 ^-Ц| method, way, manner, so the word seems to be used in Vai$no : | Idum-btihi skabs la-phug daft &kye$ lugs hdra-tcar the manner (nature) of the plants being similar to that of a raddish as to growth (Ja.). 4W4fy*rq %kabs gnis-pa the second chapter. 4q**^ skabs-don for the sake of leisure; also circumstance. §kabs hdi-la at this opportunity; at this time ; on this subject. Чч**3 ^ skabs phye-na wwnf fWPt to make opportunity. 4q*r^\q skabs hbyed-pa чкяч; leisure. $рс«гад*гч skabs-la babs-pa when the time came; opportunity arrived. skabs-gsum blttn-ua — ^' the drink of the gods ; ambrosia ; | pray send kind letters like the flow of the drink of the gods over the heads of the good {Yig. k. 78). skab$-gsum-gnas~ the residence of the gods; the heaven. a skabs gsum-pa i: a god; a common name for gods possessed of the knowledge of their past and future births and also of those of others. qwqjgwq и : a name of the celestial musician; ^'ЗГ*!4^ lhahi glu-mkhan (Mnon.). skabs-gsum-dwafi a name of Indra; Brgya-byin or {Шоп.). skabs-gsum mtshon-cha thunderbolt of Indra. Skam I: 4*q n. of a tribe in Tibet (Vai. kar. 160). II: a pair of tongs; pincers; an instrument for seizing anything. Syn. ^'§5 hdsin-byed*, bzufi- byed {Won.). skam-pa dry; 4*’^ skam rlon lit. dry and wet; all articles (furni- ture, chattels, clothes, utensils, &c.) and food, drink, etc., being included in the term. 4* is often used as equivalent to 4* S the dry land, hence a plain or *мрг«г§ч*гс| skam-la slebs-pa\tQ get ashore ; Ч* *4* jour- ney by land, 4**^ dry food, 4*'**1 dry meat, 4*’4* skam-skom the dry or stuffed carcass of an animal; 4W^‘5‘4*’^* 1 the dried carcasses of beasts and game and of all (others) {D. R.). skam-glog a flash of summer lightning : ’apfc-jw i “ on a great flash Of light- ning coming forth, all his attendants became very much frightened ” {A. 17). 4**л* skam-chas all goods except live- stock. 4^*44 огЗЯ’Г* com or barley flour to make gruel. Ч^'ЗЯ skam-thug gruel made of barley- flour, dry meat and raddish. 4«'^ skam-dras neat and clean {Jig. 30). 4*rq*q skam-pag dry, flour of barley. 4*’ч skam-po dry dried. 4*’4*]*< skam-phogs allowances or wages of an officer or inferior servaut in barley-flour, tea or coin, etc., but not
86 cooked food; according to Government order ; dry allowance (/. Zan.). skam-la$ $kye~u:a pro- duced or born on land. dry or meaningless words; hollow expressions meaning nothing: “one versod in talking nonsense, as if only for his mouth’s sake” (or “as if on account of his mouth’") (£«?.). $kam$-pa=.w^ bleak and barren place (Д0?ол.). skar-wa I: pf. 4^ , imp. 4\ to hang up ; to weigh; 4\ ч^Г weight; 4V^S measure; scale; 4^'q $kar-wa for 4V% 4^and points on a steel- yard for weight or measure : 4VS five points on tho steel-yard weighing two annas of silver: 4^*4^ (one $£#>*) is equal to ten hon, which is a little less than an Indian anna. tkar-ma wtfa:, НШ, a star ; a fixed star; constellation : ^ §5, ^’§5, ^5’4a™'H435 ( Vai. kar.) the stars that arc liberated and that soar on high and roam are twenty-eight in number: $kar-ma-can with stars or figures of stars on anything, a shawl, &c. Ч^'Й^’ $kar-khun ЧТНЮТ, 7RTW, «TRI a holo or small opening for the admission of light in a house; a window; same as аЧ«Ч v. Ч^й*'5)'?^ a plank or board for a window; shutters ; Ч^’Й^Л* ’зн^ЗГсПЧН lattice window; a grated window. 4Vpfc.^ skar-khofl$ the sphere of a lunar mansion; a constellation together with the minor stars which are included yrithin its sphere. 4^1 Ч^5^ tkar-nikhan an astrologer. Ч^’ЭТ §kar-lcag a rigorous enquiry ; a flogging (Ja.). Ч^’Ф skar-chu 1: literally star-water; bathing when the star Agastya (Ri-byi) appears in October, when, according to Tibetan astrologers, water becomes pure and wholesome. 4^’4 n: generally applied to dew which is said to come from the stars : §kar-tagtafi che (Jd.) to enquire rigorously; to restrict; to bind down ; to flog. Ч^'я5ч skar-mdab a shooting star; jfv34 $gron-ma a lamp; 5^’^ WT a meteor : Ч^^’ч or татш the falling or shooting of a meteor. tkar-mdahi gdofl-fiam §na or ’swprrfl one having either his face or nose glowing as a meteor; a demon ; a meteor-mouthed arrow ; n. of a fire-arm anciently used in India. One of the ancestors of Gautama Buddha, directly descended from Mahasammata, the first elected king of tho world. 4^ 'STS $kar-4pya4=z 4^'£^ skar-ttsi$ astrology; 4vST\’q=an astrologer (HJnon.). 4^‘S^ skar-phran or 4^’^ a little star. 4^51 Skar-hprefi 1. n. of a fabulous city situated at the foot of Rirab (Sumeru) mountain said to be the residence of the Asura King, Kaptha-Mali. 2. the squares in a chart of the constellations in which tho figures representing the stars are written. 3. the angular distance between two stars or planets (Ci.). II : (C$.) 1. a penning of cattle; assortment ; separation; to pen; to fold; to separate, v.
87 §kar-ma stod-phur З^ПХТ supposed to be Leonis. This star is believed to be the most steady among the stars and is therefore called the sure-star or fixed-star ; also called the crown-star. Syn. brtan-pa; rkan bu; ^*^'^'5 §nan-ldan gin-rta; | «4 §lugs~bzan skye§; gzah-yi rten; ^Ц^Щгдуи~$каг tog; *ff’5«rg gan-rgyal- bu ; gser-hphur (Mnon.). ^’5Г£Ч]skar-ma rtsag-rtsig, also a twinkling star; painting on a canopy or on a ceiling in starry design; ^*4^ those constellations through which the moon passes in her revolution round the heaven ; the constellation under which one is born; a propitious constellation ; the constellation under which one prospers or which brings fortune and good luck to one. §kar~ma htshe the injury caused by a malignant star. skar-mahi dpyod an examination or observation of the stars. §kar-mig-bu “ son of Star-eye or Skar-тгд” the eagle. A certain hermit called Skar-mig found three eggs. These he gave to a woman in distress, saying that if she broke them after seven days they would bring her happiness. Out of impatient curiosity she broke two on the third and the sixth day. These turned into lightning and the dawn. The third she broke on the seventh day, when there sprung forth a full-fledged eagle which turning round asked what she wanted of him. In reply she wished him to kill the Lu demons; and this he accordingly did. Thenceforth the eagle came to be known as the son of Skar-mig (Mfion.). skar-hdsin star-catching; making sure of a propitious constellation, e.g., for an intended journey (Jd.). ’*5 skar-hod sftfrnw the light emit- ted by a star; name of a kind of flower. $kar~yum works or treatises on the stars ; sacred works on stars and planets. skal-pa luck, chance, fortune—particularly when propitious. §kal-nan wretched; un- lucky ; unfortunate. $kal-can-ma, also called §kaLldan-ma 1. n. of a goddess ; a blessed lady. 2. =3’4’W4 §pu-la hbab- pa n. of a disease in which the hairs are affected. §kal-ldan UVFTH happy; blessed; also n. of one of the 28 ancient sages mentioned in Buddhist works. Skal-ldan qin-rta n. of a king of the solar race who is said to have brought the river Ganges to Jambu- dvipa (India) from heaven ; one of the ancestors of the Buddha S'akya-muni : “favour me with letters uninterruptedly like the course of the river Bhagirathi (Ganges)” (Yig- k- 17). $kal-ldan qifi-rtahi bu-mo v. Gaft-ga, the daughter of Bhagiratha, the river Ganges (Mfion.). skal-pa-can ИтОгч the for- tunate : are very fortunate. $kal-pa-chez=.^f^n^4 very fortunate, lucky; also powerful and rich.
88 $kal-pay mnam-pa uniformly fortunate or always lucky; fortunate : $ 'QV|m mi daft skal- pa mnam-par §kye$ НЩЧМ ннптнгттадФПГ born with fortune equal to that of a human being. $р|чгч№ skal-pa fyzang-po good fortune; яргсгМ’4 bad luck, unfortunate; the matrimonial share of tho present life; the connubial fate for which a person is predestined ; religious good luck; also the merit of the pious; very lucky; Ч*4 unfortu- nate. q skal-pa yod-pa fortunate ; Ч4’ cr^ q extra luck. w skaljiphar enlarged fortune; lucky or of increased luck. lkal~wa=z* cha НТЛ 1. portion; share; the apportioned share of hereditary wealth ; inheritance; share or portion of food ; ration; personal share: without being deprived of any of his portion. 2. the portion of good or bad fortune that falls to a man’s lot as a consequence of his former actions ; lot, fate, destiny. skal-wa chad-pa suppressed fortune; unhappy. Sfrw skal-bzafi xjhit I. prosperous; of good fortune. 2. a plant— Chrysanthemum coronarium. $kal-rin the valuation of one’s share of property; the price of one’s share in any concern (Jig.). ska§ or ^*4’^ skas-ka, also called 4м’ <Гч|: ftr, a stair; a flight of steps; ^4 order of steps; ^*r*3J* the two side-pieces of a staircase or ladder (Cs.) to place a ladder ; ицг'гздвгч ш- to come down a ladder; to climb up a ladder. $kas-$kor khra-ma the lattice, rail or fencing by the sides of stairs. skas-gdafi-Ьщ abbr. of a flight of long steps in a ladder: 5^’4‘ I to bring him (here) a seven-step ladder was necessary (Л. 91). $ka$-tshafi signifies a flight of steps (Jig-). $kas-lcb the steps of a ladder or stair; the planks of a ladder. sku ^ТЦ, ГТД, resp. for body. 1. iku may be prefixed to the names of parts of the body and even of anything belonging to a person, thus imparting to them the character of res- pectful terms. As honorific particle it can also be prefixed to nouns in general: the person or body of a great man ; g goods, stores or property of a inau of rank ; also the religious robe of a lama. Jl’gM $ku-skye$ a present (given to or re- ceived from a respected personage); virtue, happiness; g'wq image, statue; the wrapper used by a lama or a great man; the cloak used by the lamas when attending a religious service; the inner lower garment of a man of rank. Even buildings (monasteries, &c.) are honoured .by this respectful expression: to white-wash a house, &c.; rko$-$ku au engraved image; tapestry; a figure worked upon satin with silk; an image of clay ; a woven image; a stone image; a molten image; a painted image; a Basso Relievo
89 image; blugs-sku a cast image; 4^’g &ser-§ku a. golden image. 2. g or g*$ §ku-yi may be also used honorifically as a poss. meaning “his,” “her,” “yours,” &c. 3. It is further employed to express the reflective verb Idtyed-gan la skit hdeg “why are you beating yourself ?” g‘g«i §ku-skal portion or share of a respected person. g*^ $kit-skem the lean slender body of a respectable person. ^^thu-khamt a great man's person; also the state of health. g’^'^fq^ $ku-gam fio-bcar a personal interview; to approach or come before a great man personally. g'qn|3]*r<M]N sku-bgegs chags disease caused by evil spirits. О S'4’2* $ku-lna rgyal-po the five divine Buddhas symbolical of the five highest moral virtues inculcated in Buddhism. g'^ $ku-rgyu the matter or substance whereof an image is made. g'^S §ku-rgyud a scion, descendant, of a noble family. g*W $ku-bcar personal attendant of a greatman; gen. the attendant monks of the Dalai Lama (8. kar. 181); also same as g’«^'4 as in g’W^p^’q $ku-bcar mkhan- po, the domestic priest of the Dalai Lama who is also called g’5^V*|4№L g’qsvSS $ku-bcar-mo the raiment worn next to the skin (Yig.). g*w tku-ckas the chattels and other possessions of any high class person. g’^ robes; dress worn by great men or by lamas. g’^5 $ku-mched brothers and sisters: gar я| “those who are born the sons of kings are ‘kum-che,’ and the pupils of one lama are ‘kum-che’ (Lofi. * £). g‘^5 the three spiritual sons of Bromston— (1) (2) ^’g’q’^4’ gwrqq^ (3) ^q-q’qfty^; {Lon. ? £) ; these three were called the spiritual sons of Bromston. g’*fys sku^rnned^=. Ito-ras or handkerchief (Yig. k. 55). g'4!^ sku-gner keeper of images in a temple or monastery. Syn. lha-gner; ^v^-q lhahi hteho-гса (Mfiou.). g’4^ §ku-brnan i: a reflected image, v. g,Q5 or likeness (Mnon.). g'^ ii: = g*^ the health or flesh of a respectable person (Milon.). g’^ $ku-rten an image of Buddha or of a saint. It is a contraction of the three words: $ku, gsufis, thug-rten the holy image, i.e., of a Buddha or saint; the sacred books or volumes containing reli- gious precepts; and the chatty a (mchorten), the symbol of the resting of the thugs or heart. g’4gw birth (of a great man). sku-thog=g’^‘ lifetime; age; generation; g,?^'g’^=g,?I’r^’* or g’H’ g'V* former generation; also ancestor or predecessor; g'Wt^^g suc- ceeding generation; g’’tf<4’*rZ’ many gene- rations : ^’^•^q^’^’q S)^j the three incarnate beings of Tibet (i.e., the Dalai Lama, Panchen Lama an& Tirana th Lama) having come in many re-births are greatly blessed. 13
nc’ql 90 gV‘q sku drufi-pa a page; an attendant of a great man; a private secretary to a high official. g’^c. $ku-gdufi relics, remains; also lineage, descendants. g’*^ sku-hdra (kunfa) чртят, srfafa*?, 4<fvr imago; statue of Buddha or any sainted persons. Syn. ft^sku-brnan; g’^B^ sku-gztigs; gzug$^brnan $lar-gzug$; inchod-bya; ne-war hjal; fadra-war ^shefis; hdra- bbag\ de4ta\ de-hdra; de- mtshufis ; 5$ dpe; mnam; iptshufa; dehi gshi-hdsin\ rab-ta hdra \ pra-phab bshin\ legt-par lder-bzo\ SjVSp’w slar-grib-ma\ $lar-bya$ fpt/шн; tffios-po wdshufa} hdra-wa\ g'3 lta-bu\ ner-tsha^\ fieS’$naft (Mfion.). %%MQ$ku [dem-pa to ho unwell, ill; ill-health. Syn. nad-kyi$ blab; ^№4q nad phog-pa\ ^’4 na-wa ; na-tsha hbyuft-wa; [W^’Q kham$ ma-bde-wa; s hdu-гса hkhrugs-pa\ ne- war gduft-wa ; nam§ ma-bde-wa; дЧЖтчйго htshal-wa\ ^'^^nun-pa (Шоп,). g’^ skit-па a respectable person’s ago. 8’5^ $ku-bub a monkey of the langur class found near Bathang. g**S« Sku-hbum “a hundred thousand images,” commonly pronounced Kum- bum. The name of the birth place of Tsongkhapa in Amdo, situated to the east of lake Kokonor ; also the name of huge monastery built on the spot. Village and monastery both derive their names from a poplar tree, the leaves of which are said to boar miraculous impressions of a hun- dred thousand images of Buddha on them. Hue and W. W. Rockhill have given elaborate accounts of Kumbum monastery: ’ Щ4-3)- g’^' $4 3| • J- Й (Loft. 17) ho (King Mi-gicaft Phola Thaiji) erected the gilt dome of the monastery of Chambaling above Kum-bum in Amdo. g’JIS $i'u-§mad tho part of tho body below tho navel; g’^VJIS the upper and lower parts of tho body. g’^ sku-tsha a brother’s son; a nephew; called tsha-ico in colloquial language. Q^lku-tshab a representative; deputy. g’*’?S $ku during tho time of his predecessors. g’a^ sku-mtshal, rosp. for the blood (of a great man’s) body. sku-shabt lit. “your honour’s feet,” is tho correct form of the colloq. expression g'-^S meaning your honour, your lordship, your worship. It is generally pronounced as ku-sho. g’W gzem shawl wrap- per worn by lamas (Yig. k. 55). g’^*^ sku-gzug$ bde= ^5’4 health; also healthy. Syn. khamf bde; ner- htshe med; hbyufi-bshi $nom$; bro mi-htshal (l$fton.). $ku-yi bab$ daft bstun according as his health permits; according to the state of one’s health. g'S)-r^<q iku-yi zo-mdog, reap, of 4^'3’ pwN lu$-kyi-khain$ health: । just now your health is good like the condition of the gold in the Dsam-bu river.
91 tku-rags ike-rag^ also 4’ Mj*i $ka-rags, a sash (Yig. k. 55.). g*^' $ku-riA the period of a life—one’s own or another’s. g*^ sku-rim, resp. for rim-hgro, reverence, respect, and thence the common word for any set service in a temple and in general for a ceremonial act of worship, and particularly in the special sense of a solemn sacrificial ceremony. indicates the allowance granted by the Government of Lhasa for Kurim in tho different monasteries of Tibet. $ku-ru a water-wheel without a rim; such are the water-wheels of all the mills in the Himalaya (Jd.). I’SF tku-ru-kha asterisks; marks generally of the figure of a cross, + also x. The latter is common in books as an abbreviation like “ditto,” to save the repeated writing at full length of the same sentence or word or expression. Some authors spell this word as 3’^f4- jku-lus srrR, resp. for the body. sku-qa ЬЬуог-ро=^ж%ч^ corpulent; also corpulence; the ori- ginal name of Bbrom Rgyal-icahi hbyun gnas (Шит.). sku-gyegs-pa dying; death. Sku-ggen-ggen Rab the great teacher of the Bon: “ Uotf-zcr dpal was my father, I Sku ggen of Yag gs/ier am called Jlbrom” (JJbrom. Г 22). $ku-sras brgyad, the eight spiritual sons of Bon-po S'en-rab are the following(1) Mu-chos; (2) ч Sol-dr tiff tliaA-po; (3) Gto-bu bum-safa-, (4) Dptjad-bu khri-fin; (5) Lufi-hdren; (6) Bryyud kdren; (7) Koft-tsha dkar-po ; (8) Koft-Ma hphitl-bu chttH. $ku gsun-thugs, resp. for body, speech, thought, which constitute the three spheres of a man’s doings or sufferings; works in words and thoughts. g’^spj §ku-gsum Тчзгга the three personal exsistences of a Buddha, viz., ^*l*g V’ifara spiritual existence ; qVg цчТНГФЩ celestial existence, and g^’q^’g bodily existence; also miraculously emanated existence. g,flq^ sku-gseft rest and gentle exercise (of a great man) when convalescent: qw when gout was indica- ted in the form of swelling of the body and slight improvement approached, it being the time of convalescence, he went out (Ya-sel. 11). g-«ujc^ $ku-bsrufi$ or g'qsjwq §ku- bsTufis-pa ^T=RT, attendant; waiter; body-guard. skugs — Sfi wager; the stake in a game received by the winner. g^N**!’ signifies that is, anything placed in pawn: I (D. Л.) if the wager is lost he will be plunged into an ocean of grief. $kiifi-ica=to conceal in a secret place (Nag.), pf. чд*^ Ь$кийз, fut. чдь* b$kun. 1. to hide in the ground ; to bury; to inter: I have found hidden treasures and concealed wealth (nor.). 2. (А. N 53-55) to fasten down; to tie, to
92 tie on all sides (a corpse in a doubled up or twisted position before it is burnt). skufasa lurking place; biding place. $kud or g\q чптпм 1 thread, yarn, wire: to cut the thread, i.e., the tie of marriage; to divorce. the thread to sew a dress with ; Wg5 cotton thread, yarn; wgs woollen thread ; gold wire; S^'gS silver wire ; gS'^ yellow thread ; 5^’gS silk thread; ^’gS coloured thread; the frayed ends of a scam ; g\9*r an embroiderer; one that makes up a picture with threads of different colours; gS’=z needle-work on cloth; g\qspinning thread. 2. vb« pf. fut. qg, imp. g^, to smear; to besmear; to daub : ^e4'g5'q= to be smeared with oil: sf’^’J"gVq to paint a door: lK3’g\q to anoint; to apply an ointment; gV^w or threads twisted together. gS’q5ag $kud-pahi dar- gyi srin-bu silk-worm (Mnon.). tkiid-po=J chun-niahi spun zla 1. wife’s brother; brother- in-law. 2. father-in-law (Jd.). 3. in Sikkim a husband’s younger brother is also called skud-po. Fi $kun-bu is described as smyug-ma-la btag^pahi $nod a wicker-work basket; but a basket or vessel made of bamboo is called ^'3 or (^ag.). tkub W4H very low (Zez.). skum-pa, pf. ng»^,fut. imp. g34^, to contract; also to be drawn up; to be paralysed: «^’«urgwq to draw in the limbs. ^5 skur-pa slander; false witness; blasphemy; abuse: gva^qq'q same as g^'qq^q ^ to throw abuse, cast aspersion and to bear false witness; to speak im- piously of holy things : qv^V^'q,^q”,q to blaspheme by view- ing as untrue the three most precious Ones. I: $kur-wa or g^'8*rq to slander, mock, ridicule. II := q a bestowing, giving, sending; also vb. a. to bestow, give, send; v^-qgvq to furnish with power; to empower or instal; g^'=J to send intelligence; if g^ probably decorating one with the peacock’s feather (as in China). g^ q'a^w'q skur-ма hdebs-pa to hold as not existing what exists; to belittle. g^M skul-mkhan in JF. overseer (Jd.). g*r^ skul-rgyu to render service; to exact service: the son-in-law (elect), though he is not a slave by birth, must render service for three years (to the parents of tho bride). 4рГЦ skul-гса, pf. 4g% qg^‘q^’S, to excite; to exhort, admonish, enjoin: ft* to exhort a man to do a thing; to appoint: ft^'W^q-qgq-^ im- posed some work on a person: 4gq*^ being induced by his words: the (departed) soul urged on by its former deeds and sins: though I tried to bring round the gods and evil spirits by sacrifices: arousing strongly (the actors) with flutes and other instruments, sgq'q and more frequently qg^74 exhortation; admonition. qg«r«r
93 Ri also and to expostulate with, rebuke; incite. $kul-byed, v. skul-tshig a word in the horta- tive or imperative mood. $ke ^4, resp. neck; throat: «Ifr q ai^4| with one throat; unanimously : 4]XvP=^’<J|54-q aud to cut one’s throat; to behead:to seize by the throat; to worry (Sch.): to tie round the neck (an amulet); neck- lace (Schr.); ornament for the neck; a necklace: the coral neck- lace of a woman of Kham*. ike-$toft cavity of the throat (7й.), defined in Med, as ^5'^ the cavity as far down as below the larynx. ske-tse or *5^ vf^HiT, Sinapis ramosa, black mustard; mustard seeds (Jd ): it removes evil spirits and cures swellings and carbuncles (Med,). Ske-tshafi n.of an old monastery situated in the mountains behind the monastery of Sera (Deb, 13), a sash; an ornament like a sash worn round the waist. skeg n. of a constellation: $keg-la $kye$ born in the constellation of Aflesa, [The man born in the constellation of A^lesS is unfortu- nate, inasmuch as his birth is followed by the death of himself, his mother or father.] $keg-isho$ paint, rouge (for the face) (Sch,). Skefi-lufi$ n. of a place in Tibet (Deb. «I H)< $kyed-dkar same as white sash. $ked-hjig§ = da-dr и hjom$ n. of a medicinal drug (Mnon,). sked-pa=^\^ the waist: $ku skyed or $ked-$kabs the hind parts below the waist; waist-band. sked-so the waists : ^M^S^A34^^ the length of hair reaching down even to the waist (Dbroni. ? 35). ^V34 $ked-ma, v. pomegranate (MAon,), Ч34’^ $kem-nad consumption. Ця-Ч ькет-ра=^'ц adj. vb. pf. lifter, fut. or ЧЧ’^'З, imp. Ч3^ ikoms, pres. 4W 1. to make dry, lean meagre; to dry up. 2. also as adj. 4^’q skam-po dry; dried up; meagre. ^кет-ра^^'ф^'Ф^ lean, thin body (Mnon.). Skem-byed n. of a demon that causes drought; n. of a trouble (in the body of a person) caused by an evil spirit. Ч34 S'VST'’24 $kem-byed dkar-po the resin of the 8dl tree, which is burnt as an incense; same as white incense gum (Sman. bJ7.) "s^SS*34 Skem-byed-ma n. of a goddess. Skem-byed рт-2«==^'^ГчГе’ an epithet of Kumara, the younger son of Mahadeva (Mfion.). $kem$-pa v. M very thin, lean. skems-pahi $breb$-pa з?Гфж tho hunger of emaciating disease.
VolCT^ | 94 ^1 sker is sometimes written as ker. sker lebggur pony, sheep, and yak ; collectively cattle. sko-$ko the chin. $|’Л $ко-гса, pf. fut. «^Tor A^f'A^'s, to select; also to appoint, nominate, com- mission, charge; WSj’Sf’A to appoint a person to work: avs* | (K. du. *4 362) should appoint a ge-long (Buddhist monk) to arrange for lodg- ing; jwvqjw raised to the throne; without mandate; unbidden; destined; appointed to the work, t.e., destined (to be a man) in consequence of his works; ^5’appointed by my destiny; fate (Ja.). sko-tse a mixture of the leaves of various kinds of leeks pounded aud formed into balls and dried ; when used, a small portion is broken off, fried in butter, and then added to the food. This spice forms a lucrative article of commerce and is exported from Ladak to Kashmir and from Lhasa to India (Jd.). or ^4’4 a hard cover- ing ; rind; bark ; a shell: $kog$can adj., having a cover or shell (Cs.). skofi, v. kon. $kofi-ica ’jrtr, pf. a^ bfkafa, fut. imp. Sfc*, to fulfil; also sbst. ^’A’ijjk’, to fulfil a hope: F'Sfc’A to fill up what is open; to make up a deficiency: 5*T qS’p* j[k dge-wahi kha-skoft to fulfil perfectly the laws of virtue, or P’A^ also signify an appendix; supplement: will be described in the appendix below: to do a certain ceremony fully according to your vow; the ceremony to satisfy one’s guardian deity by supplementing what was wanting and making amends for the same: is an offering or forma for a deficiency: A^^X” offering of some representation of eelestial man- sions, made of coloured threads, to one’s guardian deities; a^a*^ offering to the gods and guardian deities. may your hope he fulfilled. ЯУ* = 1. sbst. v. 2. vb. pf. and fut. A$fa to dress; to clothe another person. 4A«’O5*3ka5'X^ (&ag.) signifies tho com- ing occasion of doing some difficult work. I: shorn fuATUT, thirst; resp. shal-tkom, A^c/A ^’jj’^A’q tormented by thirst; food and drink: take milk (lit. “white”) and tea for thirst: $kom~du chafi-gsot take wine for thirst (Kathafi. 115). П: the dry land (Jd.). $kom-tkyur sour beer; sour fermented liquor. ^'55 ^кот-dador thirst; Л’ЯфГ one who is very thirsty: APT цпггйад: (give) drink to the thirsty ; a§«ca*r^5=$’^5 wishing for drink ; F’Sfcw mouth drying; thirsty: i the thirsty will be freed from their thirst. $kom-na$ thirsty; imp. become thirsty; fwfuH thirsty. skom-pathe flesh of a calf that died or was killed as soon as it was born,
95 even before it could suck milk from its mother’s teat (Sman.). $kom$-pa thirsty. Syn. btun-wa hdod; chuhdo4\ kha-$kom( Mnon.). skor 1. class, order; appertain- ing to; subject; circle; body—a term often used to signify a retinue, a set of atten- dants, persons of one class ; class of official staff ; also court (Yig. k. 37); class of husband; that which concerns a husband ; class of women, about women ; ^5'^X*q of that order; with respect to that; also of that subject ; on the subject of litigation ; the paraphernalia of worship; circuit, tour : I “the Resident Amban of Tibet (started) from Lhasa on a military tour, &o.” 2. anything round, a circle; eye-ball. In JF. SV hoop of bamboo (Schtr.) ; the (circumference) of a man’s head ; the top of a house. 3. section, division, e.g., of a book, similar to chapter. 4. repetition ; to repeat (Schtr.). 5. religious circumambulation, v. Sfc*4- Syn. $de-tshan, rigs, gras, 4^ don (Mfion.). $kor-mkhan one who goes round; sft'Q one who turns a lathe; one who cir- cumambulates or walks round a sacred object. ^'^skor-bgo, (Yai. kar.) classes in 'astrology. There are eight heads or sections according to Indian astrology; according to Tibetan astrology there are fifteen heads of astrology, such as about kings, ministers, priests, sages, mystics, queens, &c. ; also about birth, growth, maidens, old persons, ill- ness, husbandry, houses, service, &c.; | about profit in trade; aygvq | profit from the com- pounding of medicines and drugs ; | interest accruing from the laying out of silver (money). $kor-rgyug$ turning the enemy; getting into his rear (Jd.). 3(Х,ад| skor-thag the cord of a lathe. 3{X’^ skor-thaft price or rate; also interest on anything in kind; in grain given as loan. ^X'^4! skor-thig a pair of compasses; МХ*^4! a sling. SjX’^ skor-pa or or a turner; also one who goes on his rounds. ^X’^ skor-wa, vb., pf., &c., fut. ч?Х, 1. to fill with ; to surround, encircle, enclose, besiege; to come again and again; to revolve: । (^. jf.) the town that was encircled (filled) with houses : 3|Х’ч^ the three men of those who were surrounding them: I the Chief of the Ya-rt$e mountains is surrounded by rugged rocks: the Ti-rtse (Tise) mountain is surrounded by glaciers: 5*^’jq'q’W^’^^X the Kyura Rgyalpo mountain is surrounded by water (Z>. U). 2. to traverse; ride round a thing. Also metaphorically in the religious sense: to preach, to propound the doctrine of Buddhism : ^”’9 to make mystic offerings (i.e., the symbo- lical offerings representing one’s accumu- lated merits) to the Tantrik deities, and to observe the ceremonies thereof. 3. 3{X’q or the reverential cere- mony of circumambulation which consists in walking round a holy object with
96 Sil one’s right side towards it. This is also called c/io$-skor Buddhist circumambulation. The Buddhist priests of Tibet perform this in contradistinction to or the ceremony of the Lon, who reverences a sacred object by walking round it keeping it to his left. The Bon ceremony is also called walking round a holy object keeping it to the left as a specification of reli- gious duties, to make salutation and cir- cumambulations. ’qX tho inner path- way for circumambulating a holy place or shrine ; *$(X the outer passage for the above object ; the middle pathway for the same ; t}kor-bye$ one "who goes round or makes a circle or traverse. Other usages of this verb are :— or to befool, delude, deceive a person ; kha skor-wa to make one alter one’s sentiments; to divert one from a plan, &c. $kor in *’4^53*4^ signifies if all were taken into account; the cir- cumstances or things available (Л. 1&2). Syn. ярбХ’ч hkhor-ica; yafi- yaft hoft-wa (Mfion,). skor-tsher on this occasion : Svgs’q | on this (present) occasion prosperity arose. 4ХХ4 in courses; in rotation, one coming after another and again going back. $kar-lam a roundabout way; the way or passage round any sacred place, temple or town for pilgrims to circumambulate it; the pathway round about a monastery used for holy proces- sions. q $kor-log-pa a wrong turn : i[X’ to walk round an object in the wrong way, keeping it to his left. $kor-$ifi a turner’s lathe or tool. $kol-wa=*^ pf. and fut. q^, to boil (vb., act., cf. я^-q): one who boils tea. $ko$-pa, v. 4 е1 sko-tca. skya 1. crop ; the produce of a year, «>., S’3M plenteous crop: 5’4’ j‘ jN’q’gE.* I this year the crop has been abundant : S’® 3 I this year the crop has been unsuccessful (lit. “ a loser ”). 2. a paddle ; also ladle. 3. wall or parti- tion, usually 4. plain, without dis- tinguishing colour, but see jfq below : 3* *1* a plain unpaiuted box: 3^* a blank book: a plain hat without riband. 8’qql skya-bag greyish colour; iron-grey colour (Jig.). S'T skya-ka—%'^ magpie; in Ld. n. of a bird (Cs.) .* Syn. bya khra-wo; *^'3’^'3Ч’Э mgron-gyi hphrin^kycl bya; ipfion~fe$-can (Mfion.). 5’3 §kya skya pale-white; grey colour. 5’jq q $kya rgyab-pa to row ; to ladle. $kya-chen a superior kind of plain scarf (for presentation) (S. kar. 179). skya-nil zinc. 3*4’^ $kya-tha-le of plain white colour. 3'3S tkya-thud a kind of plain cheese made of pounded dried milk with butter but not with sugar. 3’35 ^4 skya-thud-leb a kind of cheese- cake made of dried milk and butter. 3’3* skya-thum a kind of cake or biscuit made without sugar or treacle. skya thom-me-wa glaring white: at all times one of
g,qi 3’^ §kya-nar 4t«f^, 1. n. of a flower, Bignonia graveolens. 2. brown; buff. 5’^‘H§kya-nar khra-bo, also ftn чт^г, n. of a flower; д’^’чз]’^ 41W another species of Bigno- nia graveolens. g'^’S’S Skya-nar-gyi Ъи чте^гнч n. of a city in ancient India, Rataliputra, now supposed to bo Patna. g’^’^’w Skya-nar ldan-ma чт^гчн!, also 4TWT4<?t n. of a river in Ancient India; acc. to Bhavabhuti’s description the river flowed by or modern Narwar in Malwa нг^гч This latter name of the river occurs in Bhava- bhuti’s Malatimadhava, written early in the 8th century. U’P $kya-wa 1: 1. vb. pf. чдц b$kya§f fut. ^3 bskya, to carry; convey to a place (a quantity of stones, wood, water, &c.). 2,to change place. g’q ikya-wa II: also skya-ico чп?к, grey or whitish grey; pale-white; $*g a secular personage ; one clothed in no particular colour; a layman, from the grey colour of the coarse serge which is gene- rally worn by the lay people of Tibet: g’ when (he was still) a layman, £.<?., had not entered the sacred order (Л. 126): (Л. 126) from the time I was a layman; if’3light blue, g^’g light green; Swg light red; SK*g 4tf43( tawny; light yellow; g g rice; barley without anything to eat it with ; insipid miserable food; 4^5 whiteness; faintness; ^’g$ Sfc’ ^rfw- ИПК the city of Kapila; 4rfw- 4T^[ the residence of Kapila; the hermitage of Kapila. 3’4^ skya-ica hdsin-==wy\4 mnan-pa or a rower (МЯсш.). 97 g’S $kya- ico=V4V iN44* p- pale whitish yellow. g’S’l §куа-гсо $pyi vulgar people; the common worldly men. g*« §kya-ma hard and rough soil for cultivation: g*« (J/y.) as to soil, two kinds, the alluvial or soft and the hard or gravelly. g^YP Skya-ma na-kha n. of a vast grassy plain or common belonging to the Government of Lhasa in U (Central Tibet). gT Skya-rtsa dry grass. 3’J“ skya-rtse a layman at the top (of a row): the front left hand row of seats should have a lay- man heading it (Jig.). 3’^n skya-ris outline, sketch, draw- ing of the outlines of a picture, which is generally done with charcoal in Tibet: then outlines of this kind are necessary (Л. 108.). 3'^’ Skya-refi, also called g’«S3 ^44;, n. of the lake from which (the Yang-tse kiang) the River of the Golden Sauds takes its rise. g'^^’5’^ skya-refis mi-bo the several stages or divisions of the dawn which are—сПЧФТЧМ the copper- red dawu; дЛ^г*^ эг1чт the white dawn (the earth); the golden or yellow dawn; g’^Y’^vq the first appearance of the dawn ; g’^*r rrtarw the appearance of the middle or the yellow dawn; сГГЧТ^Ц the last (stage of the) dawn. д’«Ц skya-lan also g 5 in C. morning; twilight; dawn. g’°ta $£ya-&5=3'w^ a rudder. 3’^ Skya-scfi n. of a tree (Ja.); translation of the name Pa у du. и
98 skya-sefi-gi Ьи чпз^ the sons of Pai?<Ju; g-^-4|-gg3^4-V^’3^ tho names of Karpa, the oldest of tho 1’apdava— «•8Ц-Ч вче^-^ч « ^rrsi, гтчтачч, «<W§vg, Y^'S4!4 : ЧГЗ'4 ЙК’ч^цч'йе.' names of Yu- dhisthira—ffifeK, S*rg4'g« ч^ттзтуч, *Ц’ vpgq-e^, **>'§'9 яд ’5Щ wsrran^, ^'3’V^, ^'8«: the names of Bhima-sona—qj«fiT<T; Д “1 |;4»rs^ Klu-yi stobs-hlan, Tfhogs-las skyes \чч- §=.'3ja ЧЧ5ТЗЧ, §vg4 $' **4’ grid sgrub-kyi win, the names of Arjuna—9'*«'5!, pHW^K', ^4'9'*, ^Z^Sfun-po-med, «^vg'srgs, AggAVB. ч^-цvn Ej( g Bre-ta, gho, : йе.- the names of As'viniku- maras Sahadeva—Skyes Г *7" skyes, SJVS’TS” Lhaii-eig-skyes, 1 ц«ч g'^'Sjg-gS ^wS-»k' the names >f the wife of the five Papdava— wjtf-g-fy gjau-ц qT^raf; Mj»r« Ri-skyes-ma, «№, д\я Skyid-ma, «SW”, **’T§V§« Rigbyed $ky<s, W’le/ g’^ skya-*r white and yellow, :>., the laity and the clergy, the latter being distinguished from tho former by their yellow dress. g<^ skya-sloms occurs in tho pas- sage % JRtsii.). * 3'^* skya-lham leather boots put on by laymen. skyag-pa I: same as ^’g^ 1. human excrement; also any kind of ordure. 2. bad man, the dreg or scum of society ; secretion from the eyes; to ease nature. Syn. 4’^ dri-chcn ; Ъгип (inn); я mi-gtsafi-ma (Iflfion.). рт1 ^Ч)’Ц П: 1. = ^Ч 2. pf. fut. чдч), imp. jp) to spend, lay out, expend : expenditure or items of expenditure: gЯT skyag-tho list or account of expenses. 3. in JF. 3*4’5*’$ to slaughter, to murder 3*4’5 §kyag-po n. of a place in Tibet: the marshy plain of g*4’5. skyafi VW; SWg*’?’S reddish brown. +scT; sky an or g4!'^ ^4 plaster ; also pavement; clay-flour; mud- flour; g^’§S’<i=<¥rcr§V ч to pave; to plaster; according to Seh, to rub, polish. skyafis ashamed; in shame: 5^’$^ being ashamed (Л. ЛГ.). skyabs цуч protection, defence; help, assistance: protec- tion for the place and for the occasion: $a^-gnj'4]5^2'gcw permanent and ever- lasting protection which according to tho Buddhists can only be obtained from taking refuge in the three holies:—(1) Buddha who is the teacher is called J«w or the Refuge Master; (2) Dharma or the sacred doctrine called the real protection; (3) Sangha, tho priest- hood called gW|jq'q^ the friend for gaining protection. Refuge in these throe completely liberates же from the miseries of tho world and secui^s the state of omnis- cience for the devotee: the three formula or expressions for seeking refuge in the three holies ; (1) Я)*’ । “ I come for refuge to Buddha who is the chief of the two-footed”; (2) “J come for refuge to Dharma which separates from desires ”; (3) “I come
99 for refuge to the priesthood, the chief of all assemblies.” gw$tffa skyabs-mgon helper; protector; deliverer. The Kyapt-gon is the popular term for the Dalai Lama in Lhasa and for the Panchen Lama in Shigatse and throughout Tsang. It is also applied to other incarnate lamas by courtesy. gqN'wfjYSFl skyab§-mgon sbug original or real protector; a complementary title of the Dalai Lama: according to the spirit of the letter of command of the Protector. skyabs-mgou rtse-god lit. the Protector (residing on the) top (of Potala and the court) below: “offer, without fail annually, as before, the new year’s homage to the Grand Lama and his Court.” gwjfa $kyabs-sgron both pro- tector and enlightener. • §kyabs-bcol, §kyab§ beol-sa the place of refuge: gW^orN'S^Y^T । ex- cept the three precious ones there is no- place of refuge. gw%<q §kyabs-hjiig=^'&fi a blessing; favour; taken under protectiou: blessing attained in accoid- ance with one’s mental prayer (Yig. k. 25}. дц^'я^*д’ч §kyabs-hjug §hu-ica to ask benediction from the higher class of incarnate lamas for protection against disease, evil spirits, and other enemies, and also for a safe journey to heaven without falling into hell, &c. gw^N skyabs-gnas the place of refuge, shelter; also of persons, helper. додчрргд*^ $kyab$~gna§ rgya-chen = the great object of worship or adoration (Mtfon.). gW4 $kyab§-pa~w^ bskyabs шдхц protection; saved (Zam.). S §kyab$-bya the person who seeks refuge. gw§5 skyab§-byed pro- tection, defence (Mnon.). gq^’gY^ §kyabs byed-pa to protect, help, save. skyabs-hos щчзш worthy of protection; also gwo]^ the three protectors, i.e.^ Buddha, Dharma and Sangha. gqsrg’Mj'P skyabs-su hgro-wa or gw ^5*4 skyabs hgro-wa щпнгня to seek refuge ; a going unto or repairing to for protection. or faznupuw has been defined in the Bodhicharyavatara as fol- lows :—। “ I take refuge in the three gems.” In the same work has been substituted for it and it is found in the list of seven-fold highest modes of worship. дчк^ю skyab-sem§ gw$4?'w^wng51 the idea of seeking refuge. Skyar-phu a place in Tibet {Deb. 45). 1^=4 skyar-gog naked (in the dialect of Purang). skyar-bcag to bring into recollection, to bring back into memory anything that has been forgotten. skyar-po snipe; wood-cock (Sch.). skyar-wa=%W 5*. again and again. Syn. д^’чч’ЗЦ skyar-wahi tshig; gv^^q skyor-tshig; zlos-tshig; W
Fl 100 F’4I X^*4 gnis-g,sum zlos-pa\ zlot-gtam (Шоп.). skyar-rbab (Cs.) a kind of dropsy; a greyish rheumatic swelling. ъкуаг-то a kind of water fowl; according to Sch. a heron. The flesh of this fowl is antidote for a poison adminis- tered in Mongolia mixed with horse flesh (Sman gshnii). $’g4 duck (Cs., Sch.); bittern, but the of the is a kind of goose. jveta skyar-leb the sheldrake. skyal swimming. g^’l4 skyal-kha leaping; a boat. $kyal-gyi$ sgrot cross- ing over by swimming. skyal-chtn — У^ na-pa fish; a fisherman (Mnon.). skya$ a changing of abode or residence ; g^'^'Ej death : the great change of place that uplifts, e>., death ; to change one’s dwelling place; (cf. g‘4) to die; vb. skya$-pa, pf. 43*1, fut. 43 or 45'44-3, to transfer, and hence to depart this life. skyas-ma 1. v. 2. fern (in Sikkim). skyi 1. interest on loan; B'V' wealth accrued from interest, t.e., money-lending; according to some borrowed wealth. 2. the outward side of a skin or hide (ft.). 5 VP skyi dkar=^'^'f>yr\^ tho white fatty side of a skin (Aiy.): acc. to Cs., dressed leather; tanned leather, sometimes hide: 85’’|*зГч"1’’Л*|1 parch- meat. Skyi-khun a place in Tibet (Deb. q 34). Skyi-mkhar Iha-khaft n. of a monastery in Tsang (Deb. *4 12). g’gj* skyi-sgam a box, chest or trunk lined outside with dressed hide. skyi-b$tu>n$ anything packed or tied round with dressed hide; a skin or hide to pack with: 5Д*'£”В'Ч8ЯЧ'* dkroA- rtse skyi bstuins-ma. B’^ Skyi-nag or В В’^4 ikyi-tkyi па-да n. of a pasture laud in province Tsang. tkyi-lpags chamois wash-leather (Sch.). Ц skyi-ica I: a medicinal plant (Med.); acc. to Jd. potato. ^’3II; vb. pf. 45 bskyis, fut. 4j ftskyi, imp. 3^ skyi§, to borrow, especially money or goods (cf. 4|44’4 and Bv4 skyin-pa). B'S*’ tkyi-buft cloud: q thereupon the phantom King Kong-tso departed with tho clouds (D. /?.). B’S^ skyi-bun prob, an itching of the skin (Jd.). Вtkyi-gyha^'&^Q fear; dread (Mfion.) : skyi gyah-ica to shiver, tremble with fear (ft.); to be struck with panic. B'4! skyi $a outward and inward side of a hide (Jd.); according to Sch. the anus. I4!’4 tgyig-pa or g4!*’’4 skyig$-pa also B4!*^ ikyigt-bii vulgo. i-khug fv4Tb hicough; yex; also a sob: Я$4* “COUghing by those who eat the berry (gyer-ma)” ($ag.); g4]^’S*4j"qTq4 skyig^-bu brtseg-par to keep on sobbing.
ВСТ«М 101 F’F2’ skyin-khab in Hindi Kiftkab^ embroidery inlaid with gold and silk manufactured both in India and China. B*’^ skycfi ser eagle; vulture (Zz.). ^5^1 ikyifis occurs in the passage 44|V«W'U<E. gMrtflfa,1S4r4|-j^’ (Z>. JJ.). |stc' Skyid-grofi n.ofa well-known town in Southern Tib., near sources of the Ganduk on Nepal border, commonly called Kirong : w | having come to meditate on the mountains of Kirong between Tibet and Nepal да). BVSI skyid ght song of joy; a merry song. skyid mgo beginning of happi- ness. fy\$Skyid-clni “the river of happiness,” n. of northern tributary of the great Yeru Tsangpo or Brahmaputra River, on which tributary Lhasa is situated. 55’3^ §kyid-hes comfortable: g 5'1*1 *q fied-rnam§ skyid chcs-pa we have been comfortable (-4. 229). 55’чсто skyid-thab§ comforts ; mode of comfortable living : 5’^ wjfy’q Ъч-de bde-thabs skyid-thab$ hjam- thabs kho-na-la the son only sought for opportunities of happiness and comfort. BW' skyid-dar a silk scarf presented to the bride at the time of marriage as a token of prosperity. Skyid-lde m-ina-mgon n. of a King of Tibet: I this Kyi-de Sima-gon came into Ngari and seized the kingdom (Zorf.). skyid-sdug good and ill-luck, happiness and misery; one’s general circumstances: whatever circumstances may happen : pleasure and pain intermingled. $k у id-pa or gV2* skyd-po sbst. ^r, ’ёи happiness; adj. happy : §kyid-po hdod- na gcig-por §dod if you wish to be happy, live alone, be a celibate (Zo. 27). = §kyi ston-ne always happy ; uninterrupted happiness: BV^’^S’4 $kyid zin-zin byed-pa to be continuously happy. Skyid-fod the district including the tracts in the lower valley of the river Kyi; the central district of 5^ от V, the province of which Lhasa is the chief city. §kyi-lhan signifies $kyi-po-la hgro-icar, to be prosperous; happy (Zo.). $kyin the Tibetan ibex, Capra sakeen: khyehu clnin-$kyin-gyi ral-ka-can gser-gyi ral-gri thogs-pa gcig (D. H.) a little boy who had the horns of an ibex holding a golden sword. In Ladak the female ibex is differentiated as +$kyin-gor or B^^ $kyin- mgo a lizard (Z^.); also called *1^’ snow-frog. skyin-thafi^^'^ ser-wa hail and sleet (SM.). §kyin-pa 1. sbst. a loan ; money borrowed irrespective of interest; ч5'В^ч loan producing interest : fia-la hdi tftyin-du htshal grant me this as a loan; B^‘q’|S’q skyin-pa sprod- pa or B^ q q sky in-pa hyal-wa to pay back or return a loan ; nor-skyin a
102 S’Wf loan of money or goods ; ^’g^ gos-$kyiu a loan of clothes ; g^’q'^’q $kyin-p>a len- pa to take on credit. 2. vb. pf. чд^* bskyin to borrow. д^ч §kyin-po chiefly colloq. resp. ’’jV g^ kar-skyin a loan ;a thing borrowed; money advanced without interest (Ja.). д^’й skyin-mi acc. to Schr. a debtor. g^’^q skyin-tshab a debt; anything paid os equivalent of thing taken on loan. In C. signifies same as the pledge for loan. skyibs a place giving shelter (either in a rock, under a tree, roof or cavern) : ЭТ ^•^•gw^'q’gAKqS’Xfl i ^org’gA^ be- cause birds dwell in the hollow of an over- hanging rock, such rock known as §kyib$ is termed “bird-shelter” for the reason that it affords protection (flag.): I rag-skyibs a sheltering place under an overhanging roek or a projecting roof: q^4-gAN bkah-skyibs a covered terrace or small portico before a house : *vgq char- skyib shelter from rain. skyim dressed leather painted red or in other colours, japanned or var- nished leather. W skyil-krun (kit-tun) tho posture of sitting cross-legged serenely without moving the limbs ; g^’^SVA skyil-krufi byed-pa to take a particular kind of posture practised by ascetics in medi- tation; g^Zr^Sp^-q skyil-mo kruft-gi hdug-pa or bshugs-pa to sit in a cross-legged posture ; ^wv^gorg^* sems- dpahi sk$ il-krufi the mental concentration, or the posture of sitting perfectly still, of a Bodhisattva ; rdo-rje skyil-kruA the posture of sitting perfectly still without moving the body ; the un- changeable posture of sitting cross-legged; rdsogs-pahi skyil-krufi, the posturo of perfection, i.en of a Buddha. §kyil-wti, pf. чд bskyil-pa or cjgoi5 bskyil-to, fut. qgoTAVg fakyil-war bya or bskyil 1. to pen up, shut up; to dam up a river ; ф’д«Г4 chu $kyil-ica to bank up water ; chu rclsiA-du skyil-wa to collect water iu a pond ; chu rjift-bm* skyil-wa to collect water for a pond. When tho water collects itself into a pool or tank it is called chu hkhyil-tca: чд^ zag-med bdud-rtsihi btufi-wa intsho- Ltar bskyil the exhaust less drink of ambrosia stands collected like a sea. [2. to bend, esp. the legs when sitting on the ground after Oriental fashion ; also to bend in another’s leg by a kick from behind ; to bend the bow (Ja.)]. S'4 3^ skyil-mokruft=^^'t^ posture of sitting; it is same as ^'В'д^'З^’ rdo-rje skyil-krufi (Mnon.). skyu-gafi 1. acc. to Sch. a gulp; draught. 2. dough made of flour with tea: д (fiag.) at the time of eating pap of barley flour the dough becomes ‘formed like a hollow bowl and the name of the rounded buttery lump is kyu-gang : g’fljA’Al^’5 on a journey when eating barley flour mixed with butter and boiled tea the dough so made (Zo.). Skyu-ra-sgaft one of the six \o districts of Kham* designated under the name of The six Sgafi are the
103 1^1 following:—(1) Skyu-ra Sgaft, (2) W8j*’ Rab-Sgan, (3) Spo-hbqr SgaA, (4) 5Wf»W8]X’ Dmar-Khams Sgan, (5) *j|b- Tsha-Sgan, (6) дагХгць- Zal-mo Sgan. I: $kyu-ru a kind of medicinal fruit called g*’-^ §kyer-fun. П: §kyu-ru in Sikk. and д^’Й skyur-mo in Lhasa, signify a sour liquid or vinegar (Ja.). $kyu-ru-ra 1. n.^of a sour fruit said to cure the diseases of phlegm, bile and blood. 2. Jd. in liis Diet, says: “ In later times the word seems to have been used also for the olive, and §kyu-ru $ifty the olive tree, which in Sikkim is called kha %kyur-pohi fin У Syn. 5^9*1 rgyal-hbras; ^’§5 shi-byed ; bead lfta-pa*, lan-Uio brtan-byed; na-tshod-gnas\ dpal-ldan ; bcud-gnas \ ma-ma (Шоп.). 3*^54 skyu-riim^^S*^*^' tshod-mahi min (Nag.) 1. n. of a kind of table vege- table. 2. condiment; sauce; pickle (Os.). According to others, at least in JK, only the resp. word for §p>ag$: (Jd.) 3'^’ gvq to prepare sauce, &c.; sauce made of vinegar for meat; sauce made of vegetable or pot-herbs. B4!’4 skyug-jxi, pf. g’]” ikrugt 1. 20 to vomit, eject, e.y., blood; skyug-tc hjug-pa to cause to vomit; skyug-pa dren-pa to excite vomit- ing; M‘34!*1 fian-skyug$ vomit (it is the food of certain demons, and being boiled in it is one of the punishments of hell) (Ja.).' 2. to lose colour; to stain. g^srq skyug ne§-pa that can- not be taken or eaten. skyug-ldad rumination; chewing the cud; acc. to Sch. eructation: to chew the cud as cattle. skyug bro-u’a (kyug-to-wa) or nausea (Шоп.); also what is repulsive to taste or sight or smell; causing nausea; the disease of nausea; from disgust (to eat anything) ; 3^ '9 $kyug-bro in C. shameful; impure with regard to religion (Ja.). an emetic; a medicine causing to vomit. skyug log-pa (Sch.) to feel disgust, v. skyug bro-ua. skyugs-po — gsal-wa 1. clear; 2. n. of a bird the bill of which is of coral colour. Syn. byu-ruhi mchu-can; yul-ftan hbod\ graft-reg pho-ha (IJfton.). skyuft-гса, pf. A|^'q b$kyuft$-pa, fut. чде/ bskyuft, imp. дзд skaufts, to dimi- nish or reduce; b§kum-pa or also hbri-wa, nuft-du btan-wa ; g^ skyufts reduced; subdued: чдк.^1 b§ky lifts (Д. “he was seated on his cushion after his pride was subdued.” Acc. to Jd. in 0. §kyun-ica, to leave behind; to lay aside, e.g.y a task. ikyud-pa to forget, resp. thugs brjed $or-wa forget- fulness; acc. to Jd. to leave off: чд^’ч b^kyad-pa (Zam. 10). Acc. to Sch. to communicate; to swallow.
104 I: skyur-ica, vb. pf. and fut. bskyur to throw, to cast; to leave off; Sq rgyab-tu skyur to east behind; riUu skyur-tca, to throw at a distance: ^vq^-^rsipver IhuMzed nam-rnkhah-la fyskyur-nas having flung his mendicant’s platter towards the sky; ^«rgvq e.hu-la skyur-tca, to throw into the water. g^ skyur also implies btafi, to mix; throw; pour out; to throw away ; throw down a stone, a corpse, &e.: c^Q| fylag chafi hthufi-rgyu skyur ^shag^pa yin I have left off drinking beer. ^Vq,3^’q lud-pa skyur-ica to eject a phlegm ; to throw off a rider; to give up, abandon a work; to forsake a friend ; to abort (-4. 155.). |Vci skyur-p>a bleached; bleach- ing: like the moon bleached, or white like the moon. skyur-po acid; sour. skyur-khu 1. a sour soup ; sour juice. 2. ^’g* ran-skyur vinegar (in Sikkim “ skyur-ru” in Lahoul “skyur- ino”). g^^’ skyur-gon, aho skyur-dad, same as g*’^ skyur-fion. g^ skyur signi- fies “thrown” and gon over; hence one over-powered by wine ; a drunkard: ч one who is over- powered by wine delights in women : a tipsy man is con- temptible: if a layman is intoxicated with beer, drunken noisiness arises (Rdsa. 11). дч’Ея skyur-nom or g^’55 skyur-dad=^ necessity (by habit) to drink; passion for drinking. gvs^ skyur^an powerful ; spirited. !”i skyur-hjug-pa to leaven to turn sour; to take a sour taste; kha-skyur-po or kha-ga skyur-po olive (Ju.). skyurJum a condiment; sauce ; a sour vegetable curry. II: adj. sour, acid; more frequently 3V^ skyur-po also skyur-mo. Also sbst. sourness. 3v§5,ql^ Skyur-byed д$ит=^2№%**№ hbras-Ъи gsum the three sour medicinal fruits; also called kun daft mthun-])tthi skyur-byed gsum “the three wyrobolan which agree with all” and are:—(1) ^”5 a-ru, (2) 4’5 ba-ru, (3) 3'5 skyu-ru [Sman. &Л7). 3^‘я skyur-ma abortion; in JF. chu- skyur, Я^’З* &yaft skyur, capital punish- ment in Tibet, when the delinquent, with a weight fastened to his neck, is thrown from a reek into a river {Jd.). gvtf skyur-mo leaf of the Eld plant; Elettaria cardamomum, v. й (Muon.). $fywr-rtef==^c‘’,T$5‘4 tpn-ka pad- tha a kind of lemon {Mnon.). rskyur-гЫ chufi the smaller species of orange. skyur-rtsi chen-po n. of a kind of lemon. Syn. so-rtsi*, lcgs-hdsin\ rab-gnas me-tog; | snin-rje; gso-dgah-byed-, rnam- par-mdses (Mnon.). rag-chufi giii 11. of a plant (Mnon.). §kyus, acc. to Sch. sky us thog-pa altogether: З^З’ЗРГ4 skyus-su klog-pa to pronounce jointly, viz., two consonants without a vowel between them {Jd.)~
105 ii v-35 and $kyc-wa. 3’53 $#yM?0W=B’^ '3^ skye-bo kun wr all beings. This word is sometimes writ- ten as 3'5 skye-rgu. 55 dgu “nine,” in the word 3*53 Skye-dgu signifies many: 3' 53*M%*’4 skye-dgu marun-wa or |’53‘^’^' skye dgu-та rufi-wahi bsam-pa can wicked and vicious animals or sensate beings (7Г du. Я ^53). B*53^*4V4'4 skye-dguM bdag-po = ^^'^'^ zkar-ma ynar-ma 1. n. of the fourth constellation {Mnon.). 2. the god Brahma of the Hindus {Mnon.). 1’53^’4541'3$ Skye-dgu-hi bdag-mo, H^T- the step-mother and first gover- ness of Buddha ; also a name of the goddess Paldan Lhamo. 3*^5 skye-hgro—^'Q hgro-wa зтлд beings or moving beings; also 3'^ skye-bo human being {Mnon.). g-q^ skye-hgro yon^-kyi mdog-gsat—^^ honey {Sman. 73). B‘^ $kye-rgas, contraction of 3’4’5^’W $kye-wa dart rga-was, by birth and old age, i.e.y death» B’? $kye-sgo 1. entrance to rebirth, viz., to one of the six regions of birth: gcod-pa to prevent birth, to lock it up 2. face: g*^*«t4prq skye- sgo leg§-pa a handsome face; 3*F^’q skye- $go s han-pa an ugly face; also kha-§go skye-hbra§ leg$-pa is said for having a handsome exterior. 3’M skye-fian, lit. “a bad man,” but also a dwarf. skye-mched 1 :=544-4 wtohw the sources and places of origin of the senses. Of these there are four:—(1) wv икгд'я!^ nam mkhah mthah ya§ $kye- me bed a world as infi- nite as the sky; (2) rnam-fe$ mthah ya§ skye~mched бппнтпггг- ЦсРТ a world as formless as consciousness ; (3) $’^4-й\ч5'3*5^5 ci-yati med-pahi skye- rnchcd Mfaww a world as unlimited as void; (4) A’*^'g’^5hdu- ges-med hdu-qes-med mifi §kye-mched Н4Ч- a world where there is neither consciousness пот unconsciousness. 3’^5 n: the inner and outward organs of sense. 3'^5’^’4^ skye-mchcd mu-bshi is said to mean n. of the world. 3skye-hehi med-pa without birth or death; eternal. B'SftN skye-gna§ 1. birth-place; station or locality of a plant; also = ^’54^‘ the female generative organ. 2. oil fa the state or sphere of birth or rebirth; 5«r$4’?|’ 3'4 byol-sofi-gi skye-wa the being born as an animal; 3’4’4^ $kye-wa, bshi or B ’4!^* 4^ skye-gna§ bshi the four states or ways of being born. g ^^'s^ksrq §kye-gna§ mtshufi§-pa = *^' §4’ miH-srin brother and sister {Mnon.). ^’4 I: skye-wa pf. skyes to be born: E/orcj‘gsrq fta-la bu skyes-pa yin I have given birth to a son, or to me a son has been born. wargN mnal skyes or wer^r g’4 mnad-na§ skye-wa viviparous; bom of the womb. B sgoft $kye$ or c/wg‘4 $go skye-wa born out of an egg or oviparous; ^5’M*’3** §kye$ moisture-sprung; born out of heat and humidity; Г*гд^ rdsu$-skye§ <31(41 apparitional; born in a supernatural way like the gods who, 15
106 !'=>i it is said, spring out from lotus flowers; also tho inhabitants of the infernal re- gions; souls in that state of existence between death and rebirth which is called wX Ъаг-do; pho-skyc$ a male; a man; also ono who has done a manly work; Srgsi mo-^kyes a woman; female: 5’*jskye-ga-nahchi-wahi §dug- btfial the evils of birth—old ago, sickness and death. II: §kyc-u'a ^rrfir 1. the being born ; tho birth; also re-birth ; д’Ч’ыУ’Ч $kyc- wa mtho-wa high birth; of high birth; uoblcman; male; skye-ica dmah- wa or $kyc-dmah or 3 skye-dman of low birth; ignoble; also a woman: mi-lui thob-kyafi ^kie-ira ditian born a human being, it is true, but only a fomalo. 3^’5*Ц §kyc$-dman, in collo- quial kyer-mfln, a vulgar word for wife or woman: ft' “skyr-mcn” my woman or wifo: mir $kye-<ca bshm-pa to take or assume rebirth, existence, life. III: 1. to become; to begin to exist; to arise: ?ii morbus ullus nascatur, natus quoquesed fur (Jd.), khe-hu khros-pahi sem$-skyes-te the youth—thoughts of wrath arising (in him). 2. to grow (nasci): ^’4*чд* g‘4 valleys where com grows: ru rngo-la §kye a horn is growing on the head. 3. ^4, growing up, or grow up; thriving. 4. to grow (cresccrc) ; cher or cher-por §kye-ica to grow up; to grow tall: ras-kyan lus-kyi tshad- du skyc§-so the garment also grew to the measure in proportion to the growth of the body, i.e., rtul-phod-par §kye$-so, he grew up a valiant man; became a valiant man; to bud, germinate, sprout; in W. to accelerate tho germinating of the seed by maceration. IV: 1. v. 3’*]^ skye-gna$ in a concrete sense the reborn individual: 3’3*4 yum-gyi $kye-wa yin she is the rebirth of the mother. 2. the arising, etc 3. tho growing, etc. 3’4’J*i $kye-ica ryal=fyw $kye-pa a person. §’4$kye-wa rgyun-pcod to stop tho continuance of birth—to interrupt it. Syn. 3*1*^ brag-$pra$; gab mifi (Jf/Я.). 3’4-g-Q tkye-ica dufi-dkar gya$-hkhyil <(44U^d>igta conch- shell with its coil reverting to tho right instead of to the left (ДГЯоа.). §*4'g $kye-wa tfla wwr former birth; anterior birth; |*4,g,w,K'p §kye-wa $fia-mahi re-kha tho lines or marks in the hand or head which are supposed to represent tho symbols of ono’s acts in a former life. $kye-wa ipthun-pa is defined as rig$-ru$ geig- parikye icahni nin-ycig $kye-wa “the being bom of ono and tho same lineage or the being bom on one day.” ц-q q skye-wa dafi hjig-pa birth and death, or passing away; frequently* of thoughts, passions, &c. (the person as well as the thing in the accusative). 3 skyc-гса dran-pa remembrance of a former birth.
107 skye-wa bdun seven periods of life. skye-wa hdi-la in this my present period of life. 3*?^ skye-ldan = sems-can animated beings (4fffon.). skye-ldum a plantain (in Zayul) (Snd. Hbk.y д’Ц'Й®< skye-wa hkhrig-pa to copulate. Syn. dgah-mgitr spyod; gS chagsspyod; hdod-log spyod; «рЕ?ц*д|^г|Х dwan-po gnis sbyor; log-gyew ; ’l^’SS g& rfi-spyod; й^ЕЛгд\ mi-tshans spyod (4fzion.). skye-wa phyi-ma^^'fy9* tshe phyi-ma future birth or existence. skye-wa phra-mo — 0^^^ an animalculee; also a small grain (Д(Яо».). g’q’«|^ skye-wa gshan 5i5jrpfK a future or previous birth. З'Ч'Ячр skye-wa rig-pa inherited intel- ligence : p«%r4W«5^gEk,q’gas'^,<W’§,q’^’q khams thams-cad hbyun-wa Inar $e$-pas skye- wa rig-pa that all the elements from which we spring are known to be five is hereditary knowledge. skye-wahi cha-can a dog. Syn. rdo-rjehi mjng-ma; seft-gehi rigs; grong-gi gean-gzan (Mfion.). skye-wahi lanz-ster—** ma mother (Жло/г.). skye-wa s mtho—^'Ц skyes-pa of high birth; man. skye-was hthob or inheritance; heritage. H skye-bo 1. a general name for all living creatures: »V«r?fapr«r|’4 mi la-sogs- pa skye-bo man and other living beings. 2. people; mankind; Rsprwrg’tf hphrnl beas skye-bo infatuated men •, Skye-bo mkhas-pa gshan rnams other intellectual people; skye-bo mafi-pohi yid-du hofi-wa beloved by many; ^'VTg’^ mi-nag skye-bo lay- men (on account of the dimness of their religious knowledge); so-so skye- bo ЦЩрт the lower clergy, common monks, but also simple laymen if they are not quite without religious know- ledge; not of saintly origin; not an incarnate Lama; skye-bo tham§-chad la phan-yon useful to all ; of public utility. Syn. §’*5 skye-hgro. g’SJ’qj^’q skye-bo bkres-pa huugry per- son: skye-bo bkres-pa the people residing in that country (or continent) are (always) hungry (7f. d. 14^). g-25-^-q skye-bo Han-pa a charla- tan ; a knave : q 5Ц g’S’ skye-bo Han daii hgrogs-pa-yis, skye-bo dam-pa rlag-par byed by friendship with a bad man a holy man is spoiled {Can,). skye-bo dam-pa a good or holy man; an incarnate being. skye-bo gnas-pa итч a place of habitation. skye-bo phal-po-chehi phan-pa 4M9i|4I3 fecHj of good or use to the general public.
108 j’5 §kye-bo tshan-po-che a large number of men; a crowd; tshan-po implying a large number. I'5’0)5-sta] $kye-bo gso-thig n. of a treatise on ethics by Nagarjuna (Тан d. ^176). g-55 <i]5« ikiju-liohi fftam «J-HK, popular talk; rumour. skye-bohi tshog assem- bly ; a crowd. g’5Q’^oj^’^ ъкус-bohi tshog-can^zffi13^' m $mad-htshoft mahi gtso-mo queen of tho harlots (Al ft on.). g’5^-qgvw $kye-bo$ Ь$киг-та, v. m’opf-Й smad-htshon inahi gtso-mo (Ad ft on.). g'^^yQ skyc-bo$ dwen-pa a solitary man. g-^q^jr^’q §kye-mcd btsansa zin-pa attained to an exalted state of existence from which there is no rebirth. g’ifc** $kye-rmofts=$^'Q skye-bu rmoft^-pa a stupid man; one who is sunk in pleasures or sordid acts. g’* skye-tshc vrfererr mustard; g’^‘ skyc-tshchi hbru Klftran mustard grain. B'flJ ikye-zla (keh-da) the month or the particular phase of the moon in which one is born (Ya-sel. 11). $kye-rag$y v. for §ke-ragsy girdle. The term in Adil. book, skye- rags-kyi ra§ hdiy seems an inversion of the intended order of the words. 5’3* skye-pft = §doft rkaft ^bod a tree with a huge trunk. 851 g-^'З*^’ $kye-ser-gyi rluft the cold north wind called $kyeft-ser rluft in Adil.: by aft §kye-$er-. gyi rluft-po ma, rgyab-na Iho-ru tsaii-dan-gyi-nags mi-hgul if the north wind does not blow, the sandal trees in the south do not move. $kye-srid sa-bon^z* father (Mfton.). 34 iky eg^ keg qt kag misfortune. B4!” $kyeg$ 1. n. of a bird; chu-skyegt coot; water-hen (&Л.); ^’g*|M ri-$kycgs a large singing bird (Cs.); algo according to Sch. grouse; heath cock. 2. rgya-skyegs shell-lac (Jd.). |cq ikyeft-wa or g*N'q skyefts-pa to be ashamed; shame; bashfulness: kha $kyeft-wa or (^rg*'n shal Jcycft- tea to bo unable to reply out of shame. $kyeft-ser rluft, v. g'^'3’5* ikye-ser-gyi rluft. gEjrq»)^ tkyefti-pa med = shameless (Mfton.). $kycd and g §kye 1. growth; pro- gress; increase: ^’g1^ ishe-skyed longe- vity or increase of life: lu$ skyed growth of the body: dwaftJhaft $kyed growth of wealth and power: stob$-skyed increase of strengthi*r<r gS nus-pa skyed increase of efficacy or ability: skyedche-war bgyur- wa to grow much : gshan-gyi zla §kyed-pa$ dchi shag-skyed che his daily growth was greater than the growth of others in a month (Jd.): $-S)*r1|c/g54^ yur-wahi chit-yis shift $kyed
109 B^l hdra just as the water of the irrigation canals makes growth in the fields ; J 5* §kyed-kyis htsho-wa to nurse up; skyed- у oft shall make progress. 2. interest; profit; gain: 5^'|5 dnul-skyed profit in silver or money; ^*§5 fabru-skyed interest of corn loan ; gV^*4!^*4 skyed-du giafi-wa to lay out or to give on interest (Os.) : ^5’^*55*^5 nad-la skyed med (this) is of no use for that disease (Ja.). BsT skyed-sgo, not improbably rgyal-sgo, principal door (Ja.). |5’^ sky cd-can i : yielding interest or profit (Os.). g5'^ ii • skycd-can, v. ^Л^’З^'Э 5^’^ tsan-dan §brul-gyi §nin-po, the sandal wood called ‘snake’s heart’ (ДГйон.). |5*^ ^kyed-cig ^Vg5'$R] у ar-skyed cig let it grow up, thrive. Is’4 I: $kyed-pa vb. pf. 455 bskyed, act. to skyc-wa^ to procreate, gene- rate, and, sometimes, to bring forth ; give birth to : $a khrag lu§ hdi, bskyed-pahi pha daft ma the parents who generated this body of blood and flesh: &ans-rgya% thams-cad bskyed-pahi yab dan yum the father and mother who have begotten all the Buddhas: §5'§5 skyed- byed tree. <5-4 11:1. to produce, form, cause; and metaph. to generate (opposite to ^5’4V §5*4 m?d-par byed-pa to destroy, annihi- late), e.g., diseases, fear, roots of virtue, merit: the accumula- tion of merits or the seed or germ of virtue. Fig. *9^’3 hbras-bu retribution: tf 4’qg5’ 4^, §pro-wa bskyed- pas, de hiplia-ma-y an spro-wa cufi-zad skycs- nas joy having arisen (in him), his parents B^i also were caused a little joy : ’qj5‘X thams-cad-kyis brtson-hgrus bskycd-do they all created zeal; took great pains : 3*r4W«rqg5*^ ces bsam-pa b sky cd- na$ thus were thoughts generated (Ja). 2. §5*4 skyed-pa or |5*4 skyed-po sinfiim, father. g5*^<( $kyed-hphel 45'4^-a5-Rrq-%g5’ цвНг’Зк’ yod-pa$ med-la bu-lon $kyed-hphel thon (the rich one) who has* should give loan on interest to one who has not (Jtathaft. ’H 115). |5‘§5 skyed-byed applies to father or earth; also to a tree ; g5'§5’4 skyed byed- pa blowing : ^^5’^*^'55 ji srid rlun- ni skyed byed-pa HKrf: as the wind blows (Л. K. 2-7). g5*« $&yeJ-wa = g5'§5**< skycd-byed ma mother ; also ^ПГГ shadow; shade. g5’^4 skyed-tshal the so-called Tibetan park; artificial grove; also |5’3fa’^«i skyed-mo s tshal. g5’^w skyed-rim the kind of Tantrik meditation in which one has to imagine himself to be a god with a view ultimately to be changed into a god: rdsogt-rim, fPTOW, in which according to the Tantrik process one has to pass through five stages of development before attaining the Bodhisatva rank. $kyen ъч&ь thorn. s7vt/(?w-j9a=«54|^'4 mgyogs-pa (Йад.) 1. quick, swift : ^’g^*q khro-la skyen-pa or sdan skyen-pa swift to wrath : §5*|<q byed ^kyen-pa, 2. rash, hasty, precipitate. 3. nimble; dexterous: R^-g^q hphoft skyen-pa dexterous in shooting; a skilful archer. skyen-la colloq. C. “upwards” {Snd. Hbk. 94).
110 skyem-pa,Y<wp. to be thirsty; gw skyem§ 1. thirst. 2. drink, beverage, especially beer; also shal-$kyems or shal-skoms; $kyems hdren- pa to offer or set before an honoured person something to drink ; $kyems bahe^pa to accept of it; to take it ; Jw orsjXfarwgv4 $kyem$-la gsol-ra$ byed-pa to be permitted to drink beer in company; cpjflrpTgw gqegs-skyems a carousal on tho departure of an honoured person ; drink- offerings to a lama on his departure {Mil. I4 12a) ; gser-$kycm$ an offering of beer or wino to tho gods for tho good success of an enterprise, a journey, oto., also for recovery from illness : gser $kyem$-pa “ the offerer of golden drink ”; a Tuntrik priest who offers tho drink to the gods; among the religious dancers of Tibet the priost who offers wine to tho gods for invocation is called Gser- skyem§-pa. g»r§V* §kycm-byed-ma the God- doss Is'vari. В«'4ч §kyem-$og a kind of superior paper manufactured in tho town of Skyems in tho district of Dicag$-po\ this paper is of largo size, generally measuring two feet by six feet in size. Skyctns n. of a place in VKV5 Upper Dbag$-po. | $kycms-chan beer; $kyem§- ehu drinkable water; drinking water. Skyems-stofi rdsoft the fort of 8kyems.-$ton ; |W’t}4pr$*’ §kyems-$prag$ lan the place where the finest Daphne paper called skyems-gog is manufactured. §kyem$-tshug cup; dish {Sch.)\ gwfo $kyem$-sin small beer-cup {Jd.). $kyem$-bzafl pleasant beverage, such as good wine or savoury tea. $kyem$-gsol resp. beverage, drink: mandara- tcahi glu ya-rab$ §kyem§ gsol (the lady) Mandarava sang and offered drink to the superior (personages). § $kyer-Skya = *>sr «X4!’ 3 reddish brown {fiag.). B3^ $kycr-$kyev solitary; perfectly solitary: skyer-skyer mi dan hgul-hgul khyi lonely without men; where not even a dog stirs about. B3'F skycr-kha a kind of dye; colour; yellow’ dye; a light yellow colour. B3^ Skyer-chu n. of a river of 9'5 {Pa-rd) in Bhutan. skycr-pa tho barberry; applied to the plant and its wood from which a yellow dye is extracted; tho flower of this plant is said to be euro for diarrhoea, its fruit draws out bilious matters and its yellow bark is useful in dropsy, etc.; gvpj skycr-khanfa a confection of skyer-pa useful in eye diseases. Syn. Н’Ц’^Ч’5 khu-ica ser-po ; du§- skyes; ginser; gi-la-drii {Шоп.). g^,JW skycr-dman^^'S^ skyes-dman a woman. The former is a corruption of the latter and, sounded kyermen, is on о of the most familiar terms in tho colloquial for “wife ” or “ woman.” skyer-gift n> of a treo, Flacourtia eataphracta.
Ill gorq §kyel-gyur Ffprfn removal of articles, furniture, etc. (to another place): §kyel ehe-гса wfinr, Wptfti frequent removal or changing. gei’S^* ikyel than to accompany or to escort one from the place of starting to a distance on the way: Lka btsun-pas thag rin-por §kyel thun mdsadnas Lah tshun-pa having accompanied the party to a long distance (Л. 129) \ skyel-thuft byed-pa or ggegs-skyel byed-pa to accom- pany one to a short distance (generally with some wine for his refreshment). g«r skyel-dar, acc. to Lex. also in colloq., presentation scarf of the departing person to those that had accompanied him for a short distance. S^-4 I: $kуel-wa pf. and fut. b sky al, imp. ty^skyol 1. to carry, take away: ^*ч5*Х’догп qi-wahi ro skyel-tca to take away the body of tho dead (Cs.) : *rg®r3*| do not bring wood : bring! gor3fc' take away! 2. to send, e.y., clothes, to somebody. 3. to risk, to stake (one’s life ran-srog). 4. to use, to employ : baglan las byed-pa la sky al use an ox for work ; to de- vote one’s whole life to work, in idleness; gtor-ma glad $kycl- wa to cast away as a ransom in the tor ma sacrifice; Р’д'Ч’Ч kha §kyel-wa to kiss (Ja.); 4lXVq'Bai'q gnod-pa sky el-ка to do harm; to hurt; inflict an injury; to play one a trick; ^ч’дсч mnah §kyel-ica to swear; take an oath ; if*BQr л 1° skyel-гса to rely; depend upon; repose confidence. II: pf. and fut. чд«1 bskyel, imp. g«i §kyol L to conduct ; accompany; resp. gdan-skyel-ка; skyol-la fog conduct him hither; л^д'3* bsu-bskyal going to meet and to accom- pany ; fflegs skyal-byed-pa resp. to accompany an honoured person on departing ; to see him off. д'Ч’я skyel-ma an escort; convoy: goi’W^S skyel-mar yod he is a guide (to me): д $kyel-ma shu grant us safe conduct, dmag dan bcas pahi skyel-ma a military escort; gQrXajsrg^'q §kyel-rog$ byed-pa to escort or accompany one to a place. gsr’l §kyel-mi an escort: ^'^♦гд'згй'^г Lhasa nas sky el mi dgos rigs sfiar-rgyun Itar mi- dpon nas gton-wa bcas bgyis the Mi-dpon should arrange for the escort (sky el-mi) Qi those formerly entitled to that privilege from Lhasa. I: skyes 1. v. ska. 2. v. gS skyed. 3. д'ч skye-гса. |ЯП: also $kya$-ma or jf*’ « skyo$-ma, khyos-ma, resp. gnati-§kye§ <TF^ a present; news, tidings; hbyon-skyes=J№x д phebs-skyes a present given to or received from somebody on his arrival or going away ; skes-chan a present of beer: skyes chen a present sent with a letter, etc. (flag.) ; §ke§-khur present of cakes; §kes-lan a present made in return (Cfe.). III: birth or growth; growing or grown ; rafi§- kyes self-grown; ^’g^ shifi-skyes bom in a grove; lhan-kyes or bom together; pho-skyes male; mo-skyes female ; £^’g^ §ftags-skye§ of enchanted growth; born out of charms : ^g^’^^'g^V’
gsrpsjl 112 j shifi-$kye$ lhan-ehigskyes daft §ftag$-skyes-kyi mkhah- hgrohi tshog$-kyi§ bu-la ma-bshin-du fyrtse- war dgofts na$ dft os-grub kun stsal-shift bgegs кин пе-гсаг shi-icahi fykah-drin ipdsod, as the assemblage of khadoma fairies, who have been born in groves and born simul- taneously and are of magie birth, are medi- tating lovingly as a mother towards a son, may the grace bo granted of all manner of perfect knowledge being bestowed and of all demons being speedily soothed! §kye$-§gra can = goat (Milon.). $kye$-fie$ certain of being bom or reborn. skyct-chen a present with or as an enclosure to a letter, explained in fiag. as that which is sent as a support to a letter. $kye$-chen figrub-gnas a hermitage of holy persons. g^a^wq $kye$-chen dam-pa a holy incarnate person: Bsod-nam$ rgya-mtsho sogs §kye§-ehen dam- pa brgya-phrag mafi-po la gus-hdud daft d'id- hbul rgya-cher mdse-do “ So-nam Gya-ts’o and others made salutations and offerings in full form to many hundred holy incar- nate ones” (Zotf. *14)- $kye$-mchog ш or 4WTH 3^4 an incarnate personage; a MalMma*. g*r §kye§-mchog bshi, ^'g’W’wpN’q* the names of four great learned lamas of China, tho four incarnate ones:—(1) Ua-phu-qi, (2) Wcnwaft, (3) Cihi kyuft, (4) Khufitsi (Confucius) (Grub. ч /). $kye$-ldan = й $ mi-^pyi mankind (Mnon.). g^^t- §kes-sdofi, skyes-la $dofl in Sikkim the banana^ plantain; from Hindi ke-la and a plant: la is dropt in conversation, hence ke-la and goto# are abbreviated into “А-е-яЫ.” In tho districts of Upper Tib. and IF. ke-doft signifies a layman. $kyes-nag=*l'%ЧЯ in C. widower (Jd.). g*^ $kye$-nag stands for §kye$-bu nag-po (lit. black person) a layman = mi-nag : 9 in the country dialect of the lay people. I: skyes-pa 1. man; male person. 2.= ^^ the year-crop; produce. 3. adult; full grown. Ex. of 1. g’rcr^’gV^S skyes-pa daft bud- med men and women ; rgyal-po man; geig-po $kges-pa yin tho king alone is a man (Jd.); g^’q’^qr tkye-pa hdra-wahi bud-med, a woman resembling a man, (>., possessing masculine appearance and virtues. Syn. skye$-bupho; д^’Ц’д^ skyes- pa tgyal; §kye-wa§ mtho; й'414’ ^^5 khn-wahi bdag-nid; skyoft- byed; hzan-pho ; g'g*J Ina-syes; mi-pho; lift-ga-can (Mnon.). II: pf. of 8куе-гса=^^‘^ also growth or grown up. III: = *||W<| hbrun$-pa born. g^'q’^’w skyes-pa dar-ma full ; manhood. $kye$-pa hbru$ phyufi-wa according to some: an eunuch, one who is made so artificially. Syn. hog-med; dwafc- ponams-pa; ЦЯ’р'Ч khyimkhol; btsun-mohi khol-po; bud-med
113 §<«гччрц| dgah bral\ ral-gu-can\ ’Й’Г’Ц*’ hkhrig tni-ntis; *34*53*’ч hbras dbyufi-ua; 3%yr<i nug-rum-pa; Лч*ч5’*гЗ|* bcos-pahi ma-niH (Mnon.). *1**'%V tkye$-pahi rgyu-$kar 5РЯ- (Schf.) the particular star or constel- lation under which one is born. B«T' sb/^-sjwr the measure used by creditors in receiving back the loan of grain, etc.: Iha-spor dan lha$sran gsum bshi $kye$-§por che “ a large kye-phor contains 3 or 4 ounces in measure or weight.” %куе$-гса rgyal=%*w skyes-pa or a man or male person (Mnon.\ 5«г«Ц $kye$-phan-=.3^ a damsel, maiden. skyes-bu 5^4 man, esp. a holy man; person; B^’S*4!^’ skyes-bu gan whoso- ever; human (3Ied.); one: J*rg*®i4]’<r4$vtr §kyes-bu lag-pa brkyan-wa tsam-gyi§ as quick as one stretches out his hand (J«.); jM’Q’Vrq $kycs-bu dam-pa a saint; dad-ldan $kyes-bu the believing; the faithful. According to some Tibetan grammarians skyes-bu applies both to men and women: jpnjw3*r«ig4|R skyes-bu дай-zag dad-pa-can, gan-shig lha rnam$ mchod byed-pa, Ston-pahi bkah bshin byed-pa-stc, de ni Safa-rgyas-rnarn$-kyis b$nag$ (K. du, Г 96) that human being who is faithful, and who worships the gods (saints) and acts according to the commands of the Teachey is praised by the Buddhas. $kyet-bu $kye mchog jw- the chief among men. B^'S’S skycs-bu khu-mchog srWTH the leader of men. skye$-bu can S^wqS’B^’S dan bca^-pahi $kye$-bn a horseman; one on horseback. Syn. 5*4 ria-pa*, rta-la gshon- pa (Шоп.). $kyes-bu mchog SWl’flH a superior person; lama; also Visnu: §kyes-bu chen-po a great man or saint; an epithet of Buddha. skye$-bu — glu-fift n. of a tree supposed to grow in the land of the Naga (Жоп.). $kye$-bu nag-po, same as й**гу n. of a kind of flower (Sman. M7). $kyes-bu pho—^'^ $kye$-pa a man or male person. В R’5’^* $kye§-bu hbrift=B*T<1W R 8kye$-bu bar-wa or $kye$-bu dbus-ma the second person; personal pronoun in grammar. ikycs-buhi hkhrugs-pa wfwnr pride, self-respect. $kye8-buhi nos УИГГ, 4^4 manliness; manly self-respect or confi- dence. skyes-ma 1. fem. of skyes-pa, a female; she that has been born. 2. abride. 3. skyes-ma fem in Sikkim. B«***4fl] skyes-ma ihag as soon as born; newly bom. В^’л’ч^ ч skyes-ma thag-pa a new-born infant. Syn. btsas-ma thag-pa} V sho thuii-wa*, gshib-hihuti; hjib-hthuft*, hkhyud-hthuti} ho-mahi mgrin-pa-can (Jtfnon.): 10
SI 114 §kycs-dman in the vulg. lan- guage a woman ; = ^’« or SV^S {Mnon.). skyts-rdsons cultivation; a farm. дз skyes-gzugs gold; birth; form or horn-shape; staturo; figure (gold). SjN’Wi tky'$-rab$ «ЦсГФ a series of alleged births of an individual, or legendary history of these, and especially accounts of the different births of Buddha. $kyes-so cog ancestors: shyes tdiad thamt-cad^ tfia-rabs-kyi pha dan wt-po yan-me$ la-sog§-pa $kye$-so~chog kyan rim-par $i ste da-ita ni mifi-gi lhag tsam-du gyur father, grandfather, great- grandfather, &c., ancestors of the former generations having successively died, now nothing remains but their names. §kyo or g’G skyo-wa, rr, VTVT, W, н’чл, grief; sorrow; grieving; mourning. 5A35 §kyo-hgyed weariness dispersed: the inhabitants of the land of bliss relieved of weariness accept all your precepts {Lam-rim.). $куо-пс$=§ыч'1£ц tkyo-ica to repent; repentance {Jdhon.). + g-Jftpi tkyo-nogt quarrel; hkhrug-lon {Lex.), esp. f reviving of old feuds and dissensions. Ц’Ч skyo-wa 1. g^3‘?5’q snar-gyirisod-, pa old quarrels and feuds. 2. repentance; sorrow: j sons $kyo- wa btkyed-la ri-khro hgrim he wanders од mountain ranges to induce repentance {Lo.). skyo-bran servant; slave: q £’чр,8|,л|Ччг25 a slave for life. ^’<^1 I: $kyo-ma 1. quarrel; litigation. 2. thin gruel, gruel of rice and tea, thin paste of wheat or oatmeal: tkyo-ma-tca sh(s-pahi rgya-rnthso nub Ba-lafi-tpyod- kyi gliit hdat na§ yod the ocean called Skyoma-wa lies beyond the continent of Godaniya {K. d. 2J4). II: v. khrim-pa 1. ono convicted. 2. спрг, ^ЧчТЧ penitence; smaller transgression: tkyo-ma tna fysan one who was once convicted before on the occasion of a former dispute. skyo-ma can adj. slanderous {Cs.); tkyo-ma by cd-pa a slandering {Cs.). 2’^5 mtho-ritkyi gnat the heaven, where there is no peni- tence. Syn. dal-hd sin gnat~l>zafi, bde-hgro, bdc-lden, mtho-rit rgyal-srid, skab$~gsum gnat, tien-gi hjig-rtcn, ★grub-pahi gnat, ^‘^5 hchi-mcd, nam-mkhahi khylm, sum-rtsen, lha-yi gron, lha-yi hjig-rtcn, lha-yi yul, a semi-divine being possessed of supernatural powers {^on.). %te№tkyo med-khyab n. of Visnu's bow {Mnon.). skyo-tshag a light broth made of barley-flour with the addition of a little butter {A. 155): (^) aT4 tho-rafa-kyi dus-su skyo-tshag iser-ma {rlufi) mi skyc-tca early in the
8ЧГ¥11 115 morning (ье., at dawn) by taking barley gruel, wind is not engendered (A. 155). §&yo-ras tsho-tshogs n. of a kind of chintz (8. kar. 179). §kyo-rogs a consoler; one who consoles a person during grief: S'^’g* X^ww^'s^ the mother cannot be the consoler of her daughter’s grief, f.e., one cannot be of service to another in certain cases of sorrow. g’4^ §k go-gas to be sad; sorrowful: ran la nes- hbynn dan sk go-gas sad-sud §kye$ he felt (slight) repentance and sorrow. дяад sk go-sans to console in his grief or sorrow or repentance. дяслг*^\ sky о-sans nid freedom from fatigue. дяслг^м sky о-sans gnas a pleasure garden. §kyog-nag iron spoon or scoop. sb/o$fs 1. a spoon or ladle; also shovel. Wooden spoons for wine measure used in Tibet are called |ч^ skyogs. There are three kinds of spoons used in Tibet for measuring liquids, salt, &c.—those which are mounted with copper are the largest; those lined with silver are of middle size; those of the smallest size are tipped with gold and called gser-skyogs, golden spoons- ^‘дч^ me-$kyogs coal shovel; the copper spoon with which to measure the allowance in salt and oil for servants, etc.; З’Вч*’ s/w- skyogs melting spoon or crucible. 2. drinking cup; bowl; goblet; Ч^’Вч^ gser- skyogs S^‘^4^ dnul-skyogs, etc., gold cup, silver cup, and wooden cup are now called, 4^’S gzar-bu*, wgbpj shal-skyogs lip-cup; resp. eating or drinking-cup; the rein of a bridle; also name of tribe in Tibet (Fat. kar.). Вч^*^’ц8 skyogs Ito-hbu a snail in JF. (Ja.). §kyogs-pa I.- to turn: Вч^’4 mgrin-pa §kyogs-pa to turn the neck, i.c., look round, back; also to turn away, aside. 2. one who uses or manu- factures the coal-shovel or stone scoop, etc. Вч^’4 §kyogs-pa З^АЧ^’4 skyon hdogs- pa; <T4^TrRrf<T to find fault with. g4^'**S skyogs-nted not curved; without any curvature or crookedness. skyon Idan-ina n. of a goddess; she who protects. skyon-tca ut, шн, pf. чдкя bskyons, fut. Ъзкуащ imp. sgkq bskyons or 4g^‘-^4 bskyon^-gig^ to guard; to keep; to defend; to save; preserve (the life, the body); to support; to take care of (poor people) drin bzan-pos skyon- ка to support by benefits, favours: w thabs-kyis skyon-гса to protect by various means; to attend to: $[*’5 lhug§-dam-ghyi skyon-wa to protect by the moral force of meditation: ^4' lag-len-gyi by exercise: q igyalsr id skyon-tca to rule; govern a king- dom: chos bshin-tu bskyon- wa to protect by justice or justly: chos-skyon Ч’йя protector, defender of religion, is used for a certain individual deity or for a class of exorcists in some of the monasteries of Tibet. Under this head there are certain powerful deities who have taken on themselves the duty of defending Buddhism, against its
m не enemies. When co-erced they can even make their appearance in the person of the invoker. The Gna$-chun chos-skyon living near Lhasa is a deity of this class who is generally consulted both by the State and the people of Tibet as an oracle: bjig-rten skyon guardian of the world. There are four of these, identical with the Rgyal- ehen the four great spirit kings:— VBXTJJ Apvjk’ Yul-hkhor skyon) the protector of the country or kingdom; (чич|*тдч'$ JJphags skyes-bu); f4i£- ЧТ^ (§^ ^ qic.' Spyan mi-bzan); ($** Snani thos-sra$). 5^5^ skyon-dal assistance (in the colloquial of Br.) ; gk’ 5^ skyon-dal byed-pa to help; sky on-ma, same as brtan-ma, the God- dess of tho Earth; tgy^srid skyon a defender of the realm; same as a defender or protector of the subject or of people: gk’ skyon-byed чт^ж one who supports or protects. Skyon byed-ma, v. (ДГяои.). skyod-pa pf. and fut. bskyod ’чПягч, gyo-wa or яд*гч hgul-wa to move (trans, vb.); also to go, pass on: 5^*,’ttwr4rgV^ if the wind moves the branches. Mi-skyod-pa or mi-gyo-wa the unmoved; he whose mind is not agitated; n. of the second Dhyani Buddha. In 7F*. skyod-pa is the general respectful term for: to go; to walk. bskyod-hdod is same as hgro-hdod desirous to go or about to go: “ пап-du skyod” step in (if you please); “tan-po kyot” tread firmly! bskyod skabs-la at the time of going or coming. g^l ifS gru-skya oar (Mnon.). skyon, ^’q net-pa <14, Wf, W4^T, чап(я, WW4, <rf^j also ТЯЧ r nog-pa 1. a fault, defect: $kon gah-yaH med it has no fault whatever. The two words skyon and ^4’0 nes-pa are sometimes used together as^'jfa ne$-$kyon, but defects in inanimate things are expressed by the word skyon and never by the words nes or nef- tkyon ; slight defects in honoured persons are expressed by the words dge- skyon, which also signifies faults or sins in holy persons, that is, g^ skyon (fault) in 5<| dge or dge-hdun (clergy): q skyon ci yod ftkhrul-pa la, what harm is there in erriugP rni- skyon no harm; skyon-med no harm, no matter; skyon yon gan yan min he is without any imperfection or perfection; skyon-du mthon-tca to consider as a loss, also to find fault with. 2. bodily defect, fault, as lameness, derangement, disorder in the mixture of the humours. 3. spiritual defect, sin, vicious quality; £Y rdsun-du smra-tcahi skyon the sin of lying; gY3M’R’4* skyon-gyi ma-gos not defiled by sin : far skyon che but that is very bad (of you). 3^‘§S’q skyon byed-pa to commit a fault; skyon Span-wa to leave off a fault or quit it; й atmi-la skyon hbebs-pa hdogs-pa to charge one with a crime; to criminate; g$han-gyi skyon glcft brjod-pa to name the faults of others, to speak ill of them; to slander; to blame, criticise; gYS^’F'^V4 skyon- span kha she med-pa to do any work with application and at the same time without
117 W! i any fault or mischief to any body ; gY* not perceive a fault or defect. 5Yg skyon-skye con- ducive of sin ; sin-producing. skyon-nag thorny; mis- chievous. JpY*Y skyon-can^fyi^'Wn-Q skyon-dafi bcas-pa or skyon-ldan згг%ЖТ, faulty, defective, incorrect, sinful; guilty. skyon bco-brgad tho eighteen defects are the following:—(1) 9 gflj-q mi- sdug-pa ugliness; (2) mgo skra nan-pa bad or bristling hair; (3) dpral-wachun-wa small or narrow forehead; (4) **Kg mgo ser-skya brown hair ; (5) migser-ica yellow eyes; (6) smin-rntshams ma-hbyar-wa the eye-brows disjoined ; (7) §na leb-pa flat nose ; (8) so Ito-wa bottle-teeth; (9) ч dig-pa stammering ; (10) mig zlum-pa round eyes ; (11) ^ГфЧ’Ч mig chufawa small eyes ; (12) sgur-wa crooked or bent body ; (13) Ito-bo che-wa large or pot-belly; (14) $4'4 dpufapa rje fair thufawa small shoulders ; (15) spu-сап hairy body; (16) q the arms and legs with the feet not proportionate; (17) ч tshigs sbonv-pa large or swollen joints; (18) F^’orV* Лн'Ч^ч bad foetid smell coming out of the body and the mouth. skyon brjod-pa^^^'^ $mad- pahi tshig to slander or speak ill of others; also slander (Mnon.). skyon-du hgrafawa 4jgwr to reckon as or into sin or defect. skyon-nas smra-wa to ascribe a fault. skyon gnad med-pa without the least fault or blemish. sky on-pa, pf. чду bskyon, to put astride upon a thing (causative form of Ч^‘ч shon-pd) ; ^’^’5’or^-q mi-shig rta-la sky on-pa to cause a man to mount ; to ride on horseback; to fix something on a stick ; ^|,qw^ er£pycf to impale a man (Jd.): bon-bur skyon-te having caused him to ride a donkey (Pag. 61). skyon-med rtog ТИктяд free from disease; thinking or taking as fault- less. 5pY^5‘*|^ skyon-med gnas WRrei remaining, living, or dwelling, in a state of innocence or faultlessness : ^’^5'4V4j4|u‘q med-sky on par bshug$-pa яггн: residing without fault. PpY^4 skyon-tshig slander; also scandal. gpY*^ skyon-hdsin fpYET^'^’4 to find fault with. skyon-^es = *^’4 a learned man; a critic. Syn. kun-rig; kun-qes', kun-kyis-bkur-wa. (Mnon.) gy-^’Ч skyon $е$-ра=ф\Ц sman-раЪЧ a physician (Mnon.). |^4’4 skyon sel-wa to remove a sin ; amend or correct a fault. F4 skyob-pa grfa, xw, pf. fut. чу3, imp. $чм or to protect; to defend, preserve, eave ;. fre- quently яВчргч’огдч’Ч bjigs-pa la skyob- pa, to protect from fear or danger or destruction : чдчч’ч the protecting power; the preserving cause : чЛ*! be that gives protection to another is called q
118 SI sk yob-pa : skyob$ %by in-pa the giver of refuge or shelter. skyob-ston = дчч'ц §kyob-pa-po or дч^'ч skyobs-pa srj^t a protector. skyobs help, assistance; seldom for 3^*1 skyab§\ дч*гя skyobs-ma and 5H* $rog-skyobs in colloq., preservation of life; escape; also he that saves another’s life ; a helper (Ja.); imp. of дч’Ч $kyob-pa protect from all tho dangers. $kyob-byed 4TWU, TTSt, one who protects; a name of Balabhadra. $kyom-pa, pf. 4gw bskyom^ fut. чд* b^kyom, imp. 3** $kyoms to pour; to pour out, agitate, stir up; according to Lex. to give ; defined as chn snod chu- $kyog§-kyi$ blans-te zafa-nan-du blug^-pa lia-bu^ taking from water-pots and water- bowls and pouring into kettles (Nag.). Seldom used in colloquial language ; 3* 4 to stir the water ; to shake a vessel. sky or, same as khyor, the hollow of the hand filled : ehu-skyor a handful of water (Ja.). skyoiy hkhgog-paham gner-wa bent, contracted or crooked: $an$-skyor=§na hkhyog-pa (his) nose was bent (A. 106). * skyor-skyor again again ; repeatedly. skyor-wa, vb. pf. and fut. чдя btkyar 1. to hold up, to prop; to paste.. 2. to repeat; to recite by heart: 4|^’^ ч$е. Ъ^куагЛе .btan it was repeatedly sent: and Ззрдя’ч tshig $kyor-wa to repeat a word, like tho reciting of the Л/anf, e.e., от ma-ni pad-те hum : an old,siek, or drunken person walks being supported by another: ^v^,e,3qt’q?'q‘Q,'3^'q to prop a thing that is falling or tumbling down : Ф’ |X‘4 chu skyor-ica the pouring of water with some force as if through a pipe or the mouth of a kettle; the sprinkling of water from a pot or vessel or a scoop ; to back; to help morally or religiously or otherwise one who is in difficulty, engaged in war or litigation, &c.: 3. enclosure; fence (Ja.). 3^’3^ $kyor-$byan§ repetition from memory : having retained in his minds, ho repeated it. ^kyor-tshig^ v. gvq (Шоп.). §kyor-mo-lun n. of a village with a monastery situated to the west of Lhasa containing estate of the 8habs-pad Sre$ chun-pa skyot-wa sometimes for sky cl-ica. $Ayos-pa = 3**’4 wasted ;' spoiled; degenerated. sky os-ma, v. g* $kye§, ,^'Я skyos-ma a present made to a friend or an acquaintance at the time of his going to a distant place, or removal to some place of residence. skra (ta), resp. the hair of the head : g ’V’F’S skra dan к ha-spa the hair of the head and the beard: skra-bsgrit-wa plaited-hair or curled hair: Я’ЭТ’ЧЦ skra nag-geig a single, .tuft of
119 hair: jfS’^ skra-ni hjam rtsnb sbom phra snoms- ser mdans-can snum Ions spyod-che (he whose) hair is neither soft nor rough nor thick nor fine hut uniform and smooth, and yellowish and glossy, becomes wealthy and prosperous (Mtxhan.). 3'X’^ §kra do-ker the hair dressed and plaited together on the crown of the head; JfX* $kra do-ker can one with long flowing locks; д’З^^^’^’д skra yyen-dn hgrcn-wa Ita-bn whose hairs stand upwards as bristles; SfSfa with loose or carelessly wrorn hair; О’ a skein of silk or cotton attached to the flowing locks of Tibetan women; skra la-glan-gi spu hdra-wa hair like that of ahull; g locks of hail* of women; g*^’ thin hair (Schtr.); to comb hair ; д’^^'ч the shaving of one’s hair ; a barber; also napkin; ^rt well braided hair ; also a braid or fillet of hair, Syn. skra-tshogs; Sj^’g slar-skyc; byed-wa-can; тпдо-skyes; 3 ingo-§pn; g’^’gN spyi-bo skyes; *1^4’95 gtsng-phud; мгч ral-pa; thor- tshugs; me-tog-can; hkhyil- tca; mgo-nal; Xdo-ker; 4^5ral-pahi gden§; 35’35 zur-phud; XK'Xnj thor-cog; 53’5 dwu-lo; Ican-lo (Mnon.). skra-mkhan^^’1^'9^ §kra hdreg- inkhan a barber (Mnon.). skra-can the mane (as of a lion); hairy. $kra-can gnas TTUK lady’s bed-chamber. д’^я skra can-та a kind of hairy worm; also = 35'^5 woman (Mnom). ’ §kra-can gsod a name of Hari, who killed the demon Keci. skra дт§-ра=^or a comet (Itlnon.). 3’^5 skra-mdtid hair knot; acc. to Jd. the bow of ribands at the end of the long plaits of hair of the women in Ladak. g’^r* skra Мге$-та=^'*№фг^'Н a celestial courtezan (Mnon.). g’^^ skra-gnas n. of a species of sensitive plant. дхадч skra-hbal ?ra = g’^|*4 skra rkog- pa or gч skra tog-pa (shaving the head clean); to pull out the hair: some sent forth cries of anguish, some pulled out tho hair of their head (Jlbrom, 113). skra-nied mgo “a head without hair ”; £5 dsa-ti «nf*r nutmeg; also Jar- yninum grandiflornm (Sman. /М.)> g'^ skra-tsal false hair; a peruke. g’-S skra-rtsa clotted hair. skra-tshogs, v. g skra (Mfion,). §kra-mtshams the arrangement of the hair. + skra-zins = ^’ vanity, pride; adj. vain, very proud. g*W‘ §kra-bzan a secret or mystic word (Ulin. J). jfw’* §kra n. of a Yaksa goddess (Шоп,). skrahi khyon-nam byis-pahl lam hair parting. g^’gorq skrahi rgyal-po^9^ [dun-po a grove; a garden; n. of a vegetable. Skrahi byi-dor -v. 3’^5 skra-sa$ (IJfton.).
aw । 120 I” i $krahi rtse-mohi mthah or •3)'au the hair-end. g-^’4 skra li-u-a or tkrahi rnam-gyur curly hair; to dress the hair. jfS $£rfl-fo=SV*^'3'5| bud-med kyi-ikra woman’s hair {№non.). skra-shad hair separator; a comb. Syn. so-man, tkrahi byi- dor hair cleaner (ДГлся.). m4! khrag-po or sra-wa hard. $krag-pa {tag-pa) to be terrified, frightened, afraid of something. This word is nearly always combined with яйрг 4 hjig§-pa as in hjig$$krag-pa, to be panic-struck. J4§S'^ §krag byed-ma^fy&'^&fti ni mahi btsun-mo the wife of the sun (4fnon.). ^^’4 $kran-wa (tan-wa) <3Wnr, ; pf. §kran$ to swell; skranssofi it is swollen: ^^-^чч^Ч^^Ч'^' swollen from being suddenly struck with a stick or a stone or a sword. 5jc/^ $krafi$-hbur an abscess not yet open (5cA.); ikrans-hbur hjom$, v. 4,{f^4' ba-§pru fin, n. of a medicinal tree which removes tumours or abscess (4fnon.). skran-kyi spyan-ki, 5 $man-thar-nu n. of a medicine {Sman. 126). дмгп skrans-po a swelling; tumour (&Л.). $kran {ten) Ihan-^kren 1. tumour or any fleshy excrescence in the abdomen; a concretion under the skin or in the bowels, womb, &c. {Cs.); a swelling of the glands {Sch.). ^45 skran-nad is described as a consequence of suppressed wind {Ja.); rdo-skran 4V|fl two sorts of steatite. $krab-pa {tab-pa) to beat tho ground with one’s feet; to stamp, tread; to dance; also bro $krab-pa : yesterday’s dancing was excellent. $|4’Ч §kras-ka a ladder, v. 4K4 $kas- ka. {te-ka) ladder, which generally consists of the notched trunk of a tree {Jd.); a single ladder, i.e., a ladder with one pole; rdo $kra$ {do-te) a flight of stone steps ; rgya-skra$ a regular staircase, as in European houses ; sj’gx probably a flight of steps at the corner of a building. ^’4 $kri-ica {ti-гса) to conduct; to send (Cs.): g’^4 йл-р’<7=Ус‘‘^Ч thon-shig let him send: I asked to send him to Tibet {A. 101). + skru-wa, pf. «ЦМ bftkrus, fut. 4g h$kru, to wait {Sch.) ; to cut ; лгч’д za$-la $kru to cut meat ; g skru, ^4’дц*4 fin kru$-pa to cut wood or a tree: 4g*q bskru-ica, ^*^’5Яя*4?,д,4,^м always being smitten by pleasures {Pag. 1-35). MS’4 $krud-pa {tud-pa) = >0 to make another run away by devices. ^^’4 skrun-pa (tun-pa) = |5*4 ^kyed-pa to produce ; 4J^4 bskrun-pa, 4^*4 ^kyed- pa «пн, ftfirH, grown up: 4gygA‘5’ $4 growing crop. skrum {turn) meat; applied to the° food of the respected; generally gsol-tkrum is used in colloquial language.
121 skrcg (leg) to beat (the drum). dama-rn hkhrol^wahi don signifies the beatirg of a skull-drum (•$«£•) ^'q $krog-pa to churn; stir (with a rod): К’аг^ГЧ ho-та §krog-pa to churn milk (&ag.). §krod-pa (to-pa) ^Ц- Tsrrfcff to expel, drive out, eject: g.na$ nas-$krod to expel from a place : phyir-skrod to drive out: hgegs-$krod to eject an evil spirit. q^’q bska-tca = ^’4, astringent; also thick. ч^ч’*^ Ь$кап mdos a slight frame- work made of sticks and coloured threads as an offering to the gods in cases of sick- ness: Iho- yi-phyogs-su bskan-mdos dan bsrufi hkhor bshag place Rskan-mdo$ and amulets on the south side (Jig.). гцр’^4 bskan-rdsa$ a sacrificial cere- mony (Sehl. 360). ч^-ч^ b§kan-gso ^’ЧЧ^’^^’Ч to make copious religious ser- vices to the tutelar deities, angels, and the guardian spirits of the ten quarters (Qil. 9). 4^ b$kan$ 1. full to the brim, 2. 3«Ч<Г5*гчч^, э«*гч‘ч|3*гч пате- ра gso§-pa fill to the brim (Situ. 74). q^W b$kam “ ччя'ЭЛ'^В&’ч bskam-byahi dfo§-po "(Situ. 77). bskam§ past, dried, burnt: 44^’ by the fire (at the end of the age) the lakes dried up (Nag. 9). q^’q bskalp>a a fabulous period of time; the various ages of tho world, each of which has been presided over by its own human Buddha respectively : чч^’ч* bskal-pa chen-po the great Kalpa; 4V 44^ bar-bskal the intervening от middle Kalpa; чч*гчз^-Щ bskal-pa bzafi-po the happy or glorious period in which the Buddhas appear ; 44^’4'^'q bskal-pa fian- pa the evil Kalpa, in which no Buddhas appear (<7a.). чч'Ч'Ч'Чзч bskal-pa bzan = ч^\^ад трщ virtuous; also virtue (Mnon.). чч^’Ч’-?^ bskal-pa j^ = ^*4 rt sis-pa an accountant (Mnon.). 44^’5) bskal-me — ^i'wcft the fire which will destroy the world at the end of the present Kalpa (Nag. 9). чЧ'Ч'Чзе. bskal-bzan n. of a religious work. q^ bsku=^\'4 byug-pa, fut. 4^n bskus rubbed (Nag, 9). q^£3IW4ms mi-mt/iun- tear §bas-pa concealed; hidden (Nag. 10.). q^^l bskuni, pf. of g*<’. bskum-mkhyid the distance or measure between the thumb and the top of the forefinger draw n in; about one- half of the measure of a span: I (Rtsii.) its breadth was one finger (i.e., one inch), and length eight spans and one bskum- mkhyid. 4g*rg bskum-khru about a cubit measure with the fingers drawn in a fist. 4g*r«A^ bskum-hdom a measure of dis- tance by stretching apart the two arms (with “ fisted hands ”); a little less than a fathom’s measure. °F b$kur, sbst. sending, granting; ^чч’ч^ to bless; to grant benediction; <^•4^ (pag. 9). 17
122 qg*l v. b$kul-brdah signal to call one to his business; signal to call workmen to their respective duties. qg^’^q bskul-gshufi, one who gets Government works excuted: pf. of b§ku ftiK anointed; stained or poisoned (Nag. 9). bskon, pf. go$ b§kon-to to be dressed (Situ. b§kor surrounded: qpvjj^qJjX surrounded by followers, admirers and attendants. 6^05=4^5 bkod, pf. \Situ. 7 fa. qgq'^S b^kyan-du med = 5ЧЧГ§’**5 numberless ; immeasurable (Zam. 10 s. qgtN bskyans urf^fH protected; cherish- ed ; nursed. «15ЧЦ bskyabs protected; sjfa'qgq** protected, saved life (Situ. 7'i). + qjw b$kyam§=^W : ^ft-qg^N $)lod mi-bsk yarns the vessel has not dried. $ water dried up (Situ. 7 fa. bskyarz^flfi^' or и^'и’А’ again; again and again (Zam. 10\ qg^'sT b$kyar-bzo repairing; mend- ing of. b$kyu}' cast ouf > exhiled ; driven xo away. fakyur-du bcug-pa to causo any one to east or fling anything away. ^5*^5 btkyed-hdod growth or growing; wish to grow. «’BV bskyed-pa, ^xrrf^H, зррт, 1. a production, generation, formation» 2. jftwqjV4 sewis bskyed- pa to form one’s mind; to have a conception of; also technically means purification of the heart as in qg^’q-qg-K bskyed-pa bgyi-ho to have a conception of. qgS’Xn bskyed-vim ^qfvr^H the gra- dual development of ideas; powers of An occult nature. bskyod-na$ = $po$-nas. b$kyod-pa moved, agitated; 5’q ma bskyod-pa unagitated. qgX’q^q^ b$kyod-pa yan-ma ^njan^<n moving again and again, at paroxysm. q|5*^’q bskyod med-pa, 9]^ grans n. of an immensely great number. h^krad and phyir-b$krad=- ^q^ phyir-fyon turn out, expel (Situ. 7^) : q^^'qgS turn out a ghost or devil. *3^ b§krus, pf. of Sf’4, wqjpj food cut up (Situ. 9). ^Awn=qg5 bskyed 1. *^’^4 man-du btafi-wa to multiply. 2. qv^q^fpv4 par-du bkod-pa to print, set up in print (Nag. 9.): VT^'^yq dge-tca bskruna, 25’ WW fo 4c>y b$krun-pa.
р [Ч kha I: the second letter of the Tibetan alphabet, being the aspirate of ka. In sound it resembles the second consonant of the Sanskrit alphabet. 1. On registers it indicates the second, or number two. It is attached, often option- ally, as an additional syllable to many words, especially in the colloquial: dgon-kha the price; cha-kha a thing. 2. It implies khag, a part: FF)*^ kha-gnit-su=khag-gnis-su into two parts (divisions): F*F kha-gaft one part. The sixth part of a tafi-ka (Tib. coin) is called kha. 3. Origin, source, &c.: gser-gyi hbyuft- khufis the source of gold, gold-mine: tshica-kha salt-pit: tswa-kha pas- ture-land, a place where pastures abound. 4. Time: nihchar-kha-ru dus-gdab (Situ. 21) calculate time from the moment of sunrise; hgro-khar at the time of going; at the time when he was ready to start : Йmo hchi- khar cho$-la hdun-pa she at the time of dying became religious, &c. (Pag. 27): byon-khar when he came; at the moment of arrival: ’fc’p yoft-kha at the time of coming; sa dan-po thob-kha-ma=w^4fo'ww\ sa dan-po thob- ma-thag as soon as he attained to the first stage, <>., one moment before the attain- ment: yun rin-gi kha yun rin-gi $go nas by little and little; gradually (Jd.); in the hope of; just on the oppor- tunity; “in the nick of time.” [4 II: 1. the front side: face, mouth; also the surface or upper side. F is the ordinary word for “ mouth,” while 4^’ is the commoner term for “face.” Again, to express the surface as well as the front of any inanimate thing, F is the usual form: icicles on the face of the cliff; §kyil-kruft mdsad-nas chu-khar byon (Pag. 117) sitting in a cross-legged posture he moved on the surface of the water; ho-thug kha-la hod-zer- gyi ri-mo mthon saw reflection of rays on the surface of milk-broth (Pag. 113). 2. НТЧТ language; conversation; word: the king having become powerless at (his) wife’s word (Pag. 32). Syn. §mra-icahi sgo; *’§5 za- byed; gsnn-u'ar-byed; shat; gtam-gyi hbyun-gna$* rjod-byed*, gdon; bdud- rtsihi rten; ^5 §kad; ytam (IJnon.). |4 III: a breadth or a square of cloth, &c. In its several inflected forms F is often used as if it were a postposition governing the accusative case. These forms are M kha-na, F5 kha-гщ and F* khari and take the meaning of “on,” “ at,”
F3Q)'c’I 124 |”'0| “beside,” &c.: on the fire; on the chair; ah round. F’’’jpi’4 Мя к у el-1 ra to kiss. Р’Щ4’« kha krab-pa {kha tab-pa) to smack or cluck with the mouth. P’5Fq^*Ej fcha dkar-po = §nan- wagsall. bright: ц bkra-p§-pa. 2. auspicious; of happy omen ; agreeable ; pleasant looking; frST;4$c',,¥Il kha-dkar gt innag outside white, inside black, />., plausible. P’SS kha-dkri (kha-ti) neck-cloth, some- times worn as a protection against cold ; a kind of raw silk stuff of narrow breadth manufactured in Assam and largely im- ported into Tibet, where it is used as neck- tie and handkerchief: f Slj*4W^*4f‘Kv ^9 kha-dkri bcas hdra-ica kha-rer hbru (Rtsii.) for each breadth (of cloth), which is equal to a kha-tt\ price in barley grain. kha-lkug dumb; also of indis- tinct speech : the spleen of a goat removes the dumbness of children. kha-skad oral account; tradition ; narrative ; colloquial language. kha-skon a mouthful; completion ; appendix of a book: kha-$kon-u'a 1. to fill up a void; to make up a deficiency. 2. to fill up the mouth with water, to rinse it. F’ifc’4 kha skor-wa = 9’4 stu-wa or F’4^k 4 kha b$kor-wa to speak cunningly; to circumvent by speech. kha skyut-pan 1. sour; of an acid taste. 2. olive; olive tree (in Sikkim) (Jd.). kha-skyens shame-facedness: $’^*4’ ojcq-ElК^,4,М’|<г|слг^, ’^4^5If a man is about to give his garment to another man, and that other man having held out his hand, it is not given to him, he is ashamed— that is termed kha-§kyefi§. Ff kha-kha I: apart, separately: F’F* if (you) sit apart there will be no quarrel. Ff II: or kha-kha-mo bitter mouth; bitter taste. kha-kheb* a veil; a cover: g’ qf • мгрЛ grba-pa rer kha- khebs ra§ kha-rc (at every offering) there is a square of cloth apiece as a face cover- ing to each monk. kha-khor= tha-hkhor border, edge; also the circumference. FW kha-khyag ^ §^4 kha-theg Lyed-pa contradiction; denying one’s liability. ГВЯ’4 kha-khyag-pa^ same as kha-theg byed-pa, to deny having under- taken to do a thing; denying one’s liability. kha-khyer 1. kin-kan ; $tegs-bu any shelf or box on which birds perch; also an altar; a raised seat. 2. mthah-skor-kha the surround- ing line or circumference of anything; the surrounding edge of a cloth, &c. F’H Kha-khra (kha-tha),N. SfF'H Blokha- khra or Lo kha-brag\ also n. for certain wild tribes of the border land of Tibet, namely the Aka and Mishmi tribes of eastern Tibet and Assam (Ya-seL 38). Р'ЙЯ kha-khram (kha-lham) defined as prSj'4)tSj ^-4-fj^q cunning talk, deceitful language. ррт kha-khram-pa = 4|4 gyorgyu fyad-mkhan one who speaks cunningly so as to cheat.
125 rw Р'Н'Ч I : kha-khral (kha-the) res- pect, regard ; lit. tribute in language or in words. Р’ЕЭ'Ч II: capitation tax or poll tax. P’^SX kha-hkhor the circumference of the mouth (Ck.) ; Гkha hkhor-wa to surround. kha hkhyig-pa to bind an aui- mal’s mouth; to gag; to strangle. P'R$*w kha-hkhyoms to be agitated outwardly: rlun chen-po des rgya-mtshohi kha hkhyoms the surface of the sea was troubled by that great wind (zt. 16*). P‘4*2* kha-ga-po difficult (&?7/.). kha-ga-ma or p’^'^ kha-gan-ma the square rug that is spread over a great man's cushion or seat. P'4!^ kha-gan a quadrate, square; one sixth of the Tibetan coin called tanka, which is equivalent to one anna in India: prsp/q kha gan-ica adj. square. P^VF’g’4 kha-gaft-dgar-smra-ica to talk at random; to speak at pleasure (thoughtlessly). kha-gab cover, lid. (Sch.). P'3^kha gycn-phyogs with the face upwards (in expectation); expec- tantly, eagerly. P‘3F* kha-grafts (kha-dan) enumeration. P*5 kha-gru (kha-du) or mthah-gru the comor limit or sphere of a place, also of tho mouth. The width of the mouth of a vessel or pot, also the opening of the mouth. kha- gru yaft$-<pft dkar-hbol rtsa-med mchog that being broad in space, of white and soft appearance, and without grass, is best P’gjt; Kha-glin, mthah- hkhob yul-gi min n. of a border country. Р Щ^’Я kha glin-sgra is defined as the noise of the foe which arises in a battle-field (Mfton ). P‘^ajq khahgog-pa mute; one who can- not or does not speak; gagged (Миon,). р'Ч^'л kha hgyur-wa to change one’s words or promises. p'aSj^ q kha hgrig-pa (kha-dig) — ^'^^'^ kha hcham-pa of the same opinion or disposition. kha-hgril (kha-dil) the selvedge or loose tufts of thread on either edge of a cloth: the fringes of the tout being made with blue cotton. P'^5 kha-rgod ill or rough language; also a slanderer (Sch.). P'Sft kha-rgan privilege of old age (Jd.}. P 4^ kha-rgyan the betel-leaf which the Indians chew; literally the beautifier of the mouth. Р’5*гл kha-rgyal-wa to win a dispute : bdud rigs-kyi sems- can kha-rgyal the animate beings of the demon kind won the controversy. P'J23! kha-rgyug idle talk ; unfounded assertion (Ja.). P’^S kha-rgyud, resp. ^’^5 shal-rgyud, same as gtam-rgyud, oral tradition; also certain mystical doctrine not allowed to bo written down. P’F^ kha-sgor the shoulder bone. P’g^'3 kha sgyur-wa P’®’g^’4 kha-lo sgyur-гса to govern; to rein the mouth (of a horse); to lead, guide, influence other persons. P’F1! kha-sgrog (kha-dog) p* In this passage P'tH kha-
126 sgrog means shutting or binding up the straps of a trunk or leather box. P'^ifa kha-b$gos advice. P’g’Q kha lna-pa=^*^ sefi-ge the lion (Mnon.). P’g'fl kha $na-wa or F’g^'4 kha sfias-pa to antieipato or say something before- hand ; to speak out inconsiderately. P'^] kha-cig or p’4^ kha-gcig 1. la-la, a certain person ; P’-*pi kha$as also hgah-re, hgah-shig. 2. some (J. Zan.) : kha cig- tn phur-§grar “or as some call it a flying word”; P’W^ kha-cig na-re someone said. P*^ kha-cul or Pkha-cur Kashmir; a Kashmirian. kha-gcan clever talking, cf. P'SJ^'Q kha §byan-po eloquent; dexterous in conversation. kha-bcud^^'^ cu-gan n. of a medicinal substance (Sman. 1^9). P,q]^5 kha-gcod cover; in Ld. cork. Р’яХч kha-beolidle talk, prattle (Sch.). F’«| I : kha-chag defect in the blade (of a knife or an axe), but F ‘Jf’Mi kha- rhag $na-ral= to get the mouth damaged and nose torn ; Р’УЧ'Зkha thug-po son the edge (of a knife, &c.) has become blunt; P’Mqflfc kha log-son tho blade has become turned, re., bad ; Р'^'^Я kha mi-hdug tho sharpness is wanting; §3'F grihi-kha or grihi so (in Khainsi) the blade of a knife. F**4! II: abuse ; ill language (Jd). F'*5 kha-chad, shal-chad agree- ment, covenant; a truce; P*^ kha-chad~ *5’4^ chad-don special object or reason (Mnon). F'^ kha-char= abbreviation of P’3, Enow and rain. P'Se.^ kha-chin$ the taming or appeas- ing of wild beasts, &c., by witchcraft. РЛ kha-chu (^г*ч shal-chab) зттзт, spittle; also used colloq. for F'4$*$ kha-uahi chu snow-water. P'^'^l kha chu-phug n. of a place on the uplands of Kha-chu (Lon. *1 32). Kha-che a native of Kashmir; a Mahomcdan; a person that has the command over much; principal or impor- tant things (p kha-ehM.ca rnant$); n. of a mask in the religious plays of Tibet. F ^ g*J kha-che $kye$, kha-che mchog, v. gitr-gum (Mfon), or saffron, the produce of Kashmir. p’а'яЩ’р* kha-che hgron-khan, p’l’rp^ kha-che za-khan an inn kept by a Mussul- man at Lhasa or in Peking; р'£**Хч| Ma- che mchog чтя tho chief article, ?>., saffron, which the Tibetans obtain from Kashmir; p*^'-q'p'« kha-che ^a-kha-ma a kind of yellow flower resembling saffron which imported from Kashmir is largely grown in Tibet; p’^’-q'p’«*aXkha-che faiha-ш spor rcr hlru the cost of a spor of Kashmir ^a-kha-nw flower is a bru or barley flour (Rtsii). FFlJW kha-chcmt, resp. shal- cheins, last will, testament: pwA&l’4 kha- che ins hjog-pa to make a will; p'^w kha-chcm$ rlun-la b^kur eent (his) last mil to tho winds (Bchu). Р’Хэд kha-chos hypocrisy; religion in talk only. рллч kha-hchal idle talk, prattle; talk as in a delirium: p’Wg^ (he) prattles.
Г1| 127 kha-hcham— F kha-mthun. pwq kha heham-pa—F&QftQ kha-mthun- pa or F’S4!*4 kha thug-pa to agree upon; F’wrgfljq kha-hcham khrugs^^'%^^ residing together as husband and wife; to live harmoniously (Д/лоа.). kha hche-wa, same as F’^’q kha thal-wa, to promise ; speaking sweet words meaning nothing or evil. kha-hjam gtin-khag — ^'^^' kha-hjam gfin-nag F soft and polite in language but evil at heart. F'4^’q kha-hjal-ica to measure. F'q^’q kha hjug-pa to interfere; to meddle with; meddlesome. |4’^ kha-rje the chief of the clouds; cloud-god. Acc. to Cs. great lord, mighty personage; good luck, good for- tune; ace. to <7d. fortune, good, wealth. F’t’IS’^4! kha-rje khyu-mchog^^S'W® bsod-nams ТрШ merit, moral virtue (Шоп.). F’t’^ bsod-nams can possessed of moral merit; virtuous (Шоп.). F'O kha-rje che very powerful ; also high moral merit: ^4^’F’Iif we brother and sister were not here, would you have been powerful to-day? (A. 18). F’W’q kha nan-pa or F’*4’^’4 kha-la nan- pa to obey; F’H2* kha nan -po obedient. F’S^ kha-nun sparing of words; laconic (Sch.) : F'3^q|'qI^’ kha-nun lag-tsan, F’w’^’ is one who does not speak many words and who does not act the thief. F’^J kha-nog, v. F’^fa kha-nog. F'^3* kha-m/ham~4N™№ skad-mnam of equal, ?>., same words or opinion: if (you) eat together (you) should agree in speech. Fl^ kha-rnin old or second-hand articles. F’rifk^ kha-brhons, sems-la med-pahi kha-la mdses-po bad at heart, but very polite in expression (Nag. 10). F’ifw kha-snoms of same height; also of level surface: WF'*V^Twq they were equal in height; Bq^ bsil-ri kha-snom§-pahi khon§-skyibs-na in a sheltered corner or cleft of cool moun- tains of level surface (Ya-sel. 35.). F5 kha-ta or F'g kha-tta good advice ; lesson ; F'S'SS*4 kha-ta byed-pa от hjog-pa to give advice; not to give advice to a bad man (Jig.). kha tam-да, F*% kha-lwa, v. F’ yr*] kha-tbam-ga,^ club or staff with a skull at the top, the weapon of S'iva, also carried by ascetics; a trident ; F'B,ql kha tam-ga a Tantrik club or staff with a skull at the top, v. F ,qI kha-twam да, trident ; the Tantrik staff with three skulls piled one above another at the top, the lowest one resting on a pot. This was originally introduced into Tibet by Padma Sambhava. F'B4! kha-tig bitter; bitter taste, v. F’q i • kha-wa. F’?'^ kha-to gin is said to be same as gsal-gin, a pointed stake used for the execution of criminals (Ja.). F’fa kha-ton or F44^ kha-hdon a reading or reciting from memory with a loud voice; reading or saying by heart; F’K^'4 kha ton-du
128 $es-pa to know by heart ; kha- ton byaft-wa qfkfsicTT (цщ^ат) a clear recitation of prayer or hymns. Also explained as <*Aqv§\q to recite religious tracts from memory, without having recourse to books: “by looking at scientific works to commit to memory” (Л. 8). kha gtad-pa, same as FlfS’4 kha $prad-pa or *’E|S’q ra-sprad-pa 1. to bring together personally; to confront: ^5 qvj^fr^hgro ma-nus-par rta ran kha-gtad hdon pas (17y.) not being able to go, (he) let the horse go towards you. 2. to turn one’s face. kha-gtam, resp. shal-gtam, oral tradition. |4’q]fjqj*rq kha gtug$-pa — F'W^’^s\4 kha la ho gtng^-pa or kha-la ho byed- pa to kiss. frap>c/q kha gton-wa to injure; to abuse ; to call names. kha-btag$ anything that is put on the face, t>., presented or placed before a person for his acceptance; hence that ubiquitous article of Tibetan social inter- course, the presentation or salutation scarf. These scarves are of various descriptions. Tho longest and the best ones are presented to the great lamas, high officials, and to other personages; they carry respect ac- cording to their quality, colour and length. There are different sorts of Г4 kha- btags (silk presentation scarves)— kha-btags-la phyi- mdtod, nan-mdsod, nm-bde-ma, q^q5<4” bsod-btags, tshe-lha-mo or •Xwpsrjr&qq 3$^ a Ina-sbags brgyad-sbags, bcu-sbags, sog§ sna-tehogs yod. kha-^tan a soft thin rug that is spread on a cushion; a cover for a cushion or couch. f4kha $ten-du above ; besides; on ; upon ; at; towards : de hi kha- §tefi-du shtigs he sat upon it {Pag, 64*) kha-§ton not yet having eaten any- thing ; lit. empty mouth. p’jfowgq-q kha-§tom$ rgyab-pa is de- fined as q wq, to revile one another for no purpose. kha tbam-ga, lha-yi phyag mishan, v. kha-tam-ga. Г’ чч kha-thal=$F\'W thug-lhal or 34]’ thug rtsatn rice or barley particles. p wq kha thal-tca^F’&Q kha hche-tca to promise (C*.). kha-thi a kind of satin in variega- ted colours. Г^З4! kha-thug to the brim= Ч^Л’З4] gdon- thug : Р’ЗЯ kha-thug §коп-гса\.о fill to the brim ; f4 kha-nan the inside brim Р’З4!'4 kha thug-pa to meet in a contest, in concert with. kha-thog top or surface; upon a thing=#4T’ thog-kha on tho roof, on the upper flat. kha-thor pustules in the mouth (Sell,), Р’^З^ kha-mthun, v. kha-cham, F'*4s^'q kha-rnihim-pa=zF^№ kha-lhug- pa agreeing ujxm, unanimous ; also together with: 3’9* in concert with the men of the palace they petitioned (Pag, 275). Р'ччп kha-hthab 1. regulating of stores by equalizing their quantities : 01 ya-byed §og§ man nun hdra hdra by 'd-pa la,
129 SS41 rnift-pahi chad dan gsar ^prod-la hthab byed-pa (Rtsti.). 2. p’Wq kha hthab-pa= gynl sprod pa or vaq ачя <i dmag hthab-pa to fight; to give battle {M.fton}. kha-hthen btan-wa=^W^ Ion btan-wa to send a reply, to reply ; F’ ^*4 kha hihen-pa (to pull the mouth) to stop a beast of draught. рчХкч kha-hthor-pa=so-sor hbral-tca, gyes-pa to scatter, to sepa- rate one from another; also disordered, confused, confusion: a book, the leaves of which have become mixed up together; at the place there were a few scattered ones only {A. 23); among the beasts there are two classes: those that live secluded and those that are scattered (in abodes of men and gods). FVI kha-dag swept clean, cleared up, entirely gone: nor phyugs. thams-cad kha-dag soft his wealth and cattle have all disappeared. F’44! kha-dig or F’?4! kha-ldlg to stam- mer ; Р’^’Г’ТЧ kha-ldig-mkhan a stam- merer. F’VI’^ hha dug-can poisonous mouth; having poison in the mouth. F'^4 kha dum-pa being in concert with; having agreed. F’V1’® kha-dul-po (soft mouth) manage- able ; tractable. РЛ4! kha-dog or F'^Vl kha-mdog — *^4 mdafti colour: the hair became blue-black; Р’ХчЛчЭТМ kha- dog-gi gzugs kha-dog mthun-pa of one uniform colour: dge-§loft cho$- gos gsum kha-dog mthun-par gspl-pa he wears the three garments of a monk of uniform colour. F*4ql’|^’4 kha-dog tgyur wa to change colour; F’the colour changes (Ja.). F’44rV’F‘® kha-dog $каг-ро=\*№\ dag- byedor rtsba ku-fa the cleanser, puri- fier ; also a name for the dub grass {Mfton.). F’^4|*e^4| kha-dog ftan-pa of dis- agreeable or bad color. kha-chen-po metaph. = gser gold (Mnoft.). рЧч’О kha-dog Ita-bu or F'Vr%’4 kha- dog hdra-wa dog lta-Ъи in colour ; like its colour. F’X4!’!?’^4!’’ kha-dog $na-tshog$ variety of colours; of different hues: kha-dog sna-tshog mu-tig rab yin-no an excellent pearl is of a variety of colours {Loft. 5 2.). F’M4* kka-dog-pa small hole or narrow hole. F’X/q’wvuwti kha-dog mt hah ya^pa variegated colours. Р’Ч4! W4 kha-dog gsum-pa explained as ftft ba-glaft rmig-pahi mift a name for the tree called the ox-hoof {Mfton.). F’Sfl kha-drag mighty, haughty; FV)’q loquacious, talkative. F\*‘ kha-draft just before; straight on. F’X kha-dro in Kham* and Amdo signi- fies bkra -fi$ auspicious, of good omen or appearance. F’X’® kha dro-fy>=F'^№ kha hphro$-po agreeable, amiable, of pleasant company. kha gdaft$-pa ftrajnnr, yawning; opening the mouth; gaping; widening the mouth : kha~gdafi$ na$ having opened the mouth widely. is
130 p X4! I Г’ ’*Чв| kha~mdog, v. P'X’I kha-dog. F‘^5* kha-hdar one who speaks too fast or too loud. Г kha-hdig cork, bung, stopple. Fkha gcig- tu mthun-pa agreeing in an account. F'^A^ kha-hdcm, v. kha-ton. F’^XvSV4 kha-hdon byed-pa to reoite or mutter a charm or mantra. FA kha-rda muttering, whispering : F‘ to mutter or speak auspiciously. F к had}? da conversation, talk, pro- phecy, prediction; it also signifies cHjV4’ qjfgj fyad-pa bzafi-po good explanation or utterance : “may the doctrine (of Buddha) prosper” such was his righteous utterance (A. 146). F’^*5 kha ^rdah — ^\^ skad-cha verbal utterance: §S although he had beheld tho girl's eyes, he acted as if he had not seen her and gave no spoken sign. kha-sdams = F'$ kha-ta or gdams-kha advice. kha §dom-pa=zF'W\^n kha mnan- pa to silence ; to gag or stop the speech. i F?’4! kha-da-ga wit tho scimitar or sabre of the Hindus. kha-na ma-tho-wa, lit. FA*w Ууч kha na§ ma thon-pa, not confessed, *>., not come out of the mouth; ,чгте also a metaphysical term defined as a name for sin and moral corruption. There are two kinds, viz., (1) M^y^F* bshin-gyi kha-na ma-tho-ica sins which are committed naturally and semi- consciously; (2) bcas-pahi kha na ma tho-wa sins of overt violation of law or religion. Householders and monksin general, in keeping theso sins and failings conceal- ed, because they do not issue forth from the mouth, such are styled kha-na-ma-tho~ tea. FA** kha-na ma tho-tea mi mnah-u-a the sinless; kha na ma tho-wa med-pa without sin or moral corruption; FA'*1'^’4!^ kha- na-ma thohi gtam = V sinful or blasphemous speech. FA4!'^ kha iiag-pa=t&4'W% mun-pa nag-po darkness ; also of gloomy appear- ance ; morose; wicked (jlftfon.). FA*’ kha-nah yesterday morning. But FA*’^’4^ kha-nah-du blta§ to look inwardly: tho knowledge gained by intro- spection, which is carefully to examine how much of good or evil and virtue or vice exists in one’s own heart, causes rejec- tion (of evil) and acceptance (of good). FAS kha nad mouth disease. F'^ kha nar-can oblong. F kha-nas orally; by word of mouth; FAQ'S'S4! a cuckoo; also to cry or call like the cuckoo; FA^*'* kha-nas zer-tea to speak colloquially. F’^* kha-nih last year. of cotton cloth, etc.; that having two colours (Rtsii.). F’^fakha-nog orF*?4)kha-nog clamourous; asking often and often for a thing, etc.: the three may be classed together, (namely) defilement, importunity, and being strick- en by lightning (Rtsii.).
I 131 p*q| р*3[кХ<с kha-nor son he has erred in conversation. Р’я^'ч kha mnan-pa = F'lfa'Q kha §dom- pa to obstruct the speech; also to coerce, to silence. Р’ч kha-pa the volume marked with the letter p kha, i.e., the 2nd volume. Any- thing (hook or article) marked with the letter P kha. P*Q kha-po sometimes=P kha speech, e.g.y p'Q^q’S mild speech and polished language. P‘E?^ kha-po-che^F kha rgyag-pa or P'^'q kha mah-po talking much: 4rtsi-ge sreg-gor zer-wahi kha pho-chc a shrew called Rtsi-ge sreg-for, who was very talkative (Rdsa. 31). P’gJ^M khal-pag§ lip. P’3 kha-spu hair of the face; whiskers. P’V kha-pho boasting: Р’Ч'й kha-pho- chc one who boasts much; also boasting much. p‘йч| kha-phog verbal reproof. P’4^ kha-phor нтхчт a cup; a saucer. P’B kha-phyi the outer edge. P*Bvq kha phyin-pa=$\W$*№ gros mthun-pa unanimity in a conference; unanimous vote. P’B^'g kha-phyir #л=И’Х^ р’|ч1*г<1 pha- rol-tu kha phyogs-pa examining by appear- ances ; also to look outside (Mnon.): P'^v kha-phyir bltas kyi gc§-pa know- ing or judging things by their external appearance. P’^ kha-phyi s napkin. P’3‘4 kha phyc-wa=?'$4'4 kha rgya$-pa $facr, 1. to bloom or blossom; also well developed, full blown. 2. = ря$\ц kha hbycd-pa to yawn. p*g4p< ЛЛа-рЛуо^§=р,^‘ч5‘5<’|^ kha Ha- te ahi phyog§ the direction of one’s sight. радк.’Р kha-hphah-wa— to divulge; spread ill rumours (Jd.). P*^ kha-hphyur swi a solid mea- sure for grain like bre or hbo. p'«S|5*q kha hphrod-po, v. P’X’^ kha dro-bo. |4’q I: kha-wa fintr bitter ; P’$4 kha- tig from P’4 and bitter, i.e., of very bitter taste : Х р л ro kha-wa bitter taste; P'*^ kha-mfiar bitter and sweet; Р’Й kha-mo bitter: л^’р’Й chan kha-mo beer that is very strong or of bitter taste. рГЧ II: =«|^ gafis snow: p* 4 kha-ica duh It ar gsal the snow (was) unsullied as shells; P’^'J kha-wa skye xhv, WI snow-born or ocean- god; PЛАа-<7См = Р'ч5,^,^'ч snowball; P‘«^ kha-char snow and rain; p*w’« kha- ma char sleet; Kha-wa-can Tibet, the suowy country: 3’^ the country of snow, or snowy country; * ^p’q100 years (after) my time the snowy lakes of Tibet becoming dry; Р’Ч'з?4] a swallow, prob, snow- swallow. p*q5’^i kha-icahi rtul lumps of snow: рч5%я kha- wahiphye-ma snow dust; flakos of snow; also camphor, PX4q kha* hbab or Р’Ч’^чч kha-ica hbab snow-fall, avalanche; having the name of snow; p’«ft’X5 f^nrfh glare from the snow, snowy lustre. p*q vnvq JJha-гса Jkar-po n. of an im- portant religious institution in Khams. P’A’^4 kha-wa ri-pa=^^r4 Gah^ ljoh^-pa a Tibetan; one residing in the snowy mountains (Yig* k. 6).
132 I: kha-bad the architectural ornament of a Tibetan house formed by the projecting ends of the beams which support the roof. II: tho humidity of the air caused by snow (Ja.). P^’SS kha^war byed^^w** reg-bzafi of soft or pleasant touch {lifnon.). P’S kha-bu or P’S4’4 kha bub-pa being turned downwards: I have fallen headlong into the abyss of sin {Pag. 185). P’5* kha-byan with the faeo downwards; learned, wise. P'3'q kha bye-wa in bloom. P*9^ kha-brag {kha-tag) forked rocks ; any forked object; also as adj. S’P’Effl Lo- kha-brag, tho mountainous wild country N. E. of Bhutan inhabited by wild tribes. P S0* kha-bral (kha-tai) divorce, separation, especially of lovers or husband and wife. P’S4*’ kha-dwah eloquent: рук’Хч] kha- dican-chog able to speak powerfully, elo- quent {Nag. 11). P'S?41) kha-$brag literally tho mouth- split: Ф’РАЭ4! chu kha-dbrag a river which is divided or branched out; ***Р55Л a road which is branched into several paths; 3**^1 -qj-pthe branch of a tree which divides into several parts; ЙЧ’^’РЛЭТ PW- 7>a kha-dbrag a hoof which is bifurcated or split. p’w* Kha hbar-ma n. of a goddess {Rtsii.). In tho Hindu pan- theon Jvalamukhi (she with a burning or glowing mouth) is worshipped as the goddess of cholera. 1”’^ I Р’яд’А kha-hbu-гса, the opening of the buds of flowers. P'^'5^q kha-hbub-tu nal-ica to lie with one’s face downwards. p'*q*rq kha-hbu^-pa unblown flower, buds. P’*9\4 kha hbyed-pa—F^'Q kha-phye- wa to open a cover or pasted letter or packed article ; is also used of books. Р’^’Л kha hbri-tca {kha-$i-wa) to make loss, to diminish; to detract from (in quality). P’g* kha-sbyan eloquence; P'|*’£ kha sbyafi-po eloquent. P’5^ kha-tbyar or pgvq kha sbyar-wa the mouth of a vessel or box closed or shut up: z^-chen kha-^byar rin-chen sil-nias bkafl a covered copper vessel filled with precious things, etc. {G kah. 77). * P’jk kha-tbyor ^thig-le n. pr. {Schr. Ta. 2, 275). P’S* kha tbyor any- thing that is left after eating or has boon touched by the mouth but not eaten; P’jk q to kiss. kha-sbyor bdun-ldan t’ w Rdo-rje hehan, the Tantrik Buddha Vajradhara UWfion.). ря’Ч^ kha ma-hcham = F^'*^ kha mi- nd him discordant; р’«Н*я kha mi-hcham does not agree or live in harmony. ря’З’Ч kha nia-phye-ica an opening bud; one of the twenty-one hells in which sinners are punished, being bound with ropes. P*’9 kha-ma bye чГтч a store or repository {Lex.).
F'yk I 133 I khami-$es-pa not knowing the language. F3^ kha-mur bit (of a bridle). F^S kha-med silent; cannot reply: ад lab-па kha-med^ bton-na rgyu med if asked there is no reply; if ran- sacked, nothing to produce (from one’s pocket); F^S’gTS(the common saying is) “the dumb does not speak, the tongueless stammers.” F^ kha-то enchantment; irresistible influence. kha-dmar lit. “red mouth”; a demon or pref a ; a ghostly apparition. This word is used in astrology and the medical works of Tibet to signify an affirm- ative prediction, good or bad. When such a prediction is realized it is called p kha-dmar phogy when otherwise it is called FS^'T'7! kha-dmar tog. FT* kha-rtsaft=F'4^ kha зай yester- day forenoon : F^’^’S*41 the boy that was here yesterday forenoon (Л.) ; also the day before yesterday; FVM**4p4*y* kar*san gzah ni-ma last Sunday (Jd.). F?S kha-rtsod disputation. F* kha-tsha bitter and acrid; hot in the mouth; pungent like pepper; acc. to Jd. (a) a very acrid sort of radish; (b) aphthae thrush, a disease of the mouth incident to horses, cows, sheep, &c.; (<?) F kha-tsha rifi-fie-wa daily warm food. F^ kha-tshar 1. fringes, such as the threads at the end of a web or cloth or rug, scarf or sash. 2. minor ingredients in a medicinal mixture : having made one drug the principal ingredient, on adding thereto another drug in less quantity, it is called adding the kha-tshar. F£q kha-tshub snow-storm. F* kha-tsho boasting : F*kha tsho fin-tu che-wa a great swaggerer (Ja.). F^S kha-tshod the weighing: F^S‘q?’ kha-tshody btta-phyir tshig- gi lan smras-pa (A. 6) considering one’s expression with a view to reply to it. gan-hdra lab-yon tshod Ita-ica.) F^ kha-tshon=f*'*3*4 kha-hgrig, F4** kha-hcham qt F*'^ kha-mthnn unanimous, of one voice or opinion. Generally used with 4^54 meaning 1. as in w YWF^ WS (A. J), all unanimously and firmly agreed upon; lit. F3^ kha-tshon colour; hence to be all of one colour in the face, ?>., to be of the same opinion. 2. thag gcod-pa a final decision or resolution : (A. 15) they all resolved to forsake their kingdoms ; mthah geig-tu kha-tshon chotj dkah it is difficult to arrive at a final decision. 3. surface or width (Jd.). F*^ kha-mtshul muzzle; mouth; the lower part of the human face. F*^**rq kha htshan't-pa=ffiQ smod-pa to slander; to curse (Mnon.). kha-htshog abuse : F^4!’^’2* kha- htehog chen-po a great abuser, a reviler. F^ kha-hdsin shifts the ouckoo. F^<Y§S'4 kha-hdsin bye<$-pa to receive in a friendly spirit; to be kind; to assist (Jd.); also to govern; f*4<K’*wF4
134 sent or commissioned for governing (Dsam. 25). ’W4 kha-hdsin gsum are the fol- lowing three: sug-smel {чдг small cardamom, Convolvulus turpetthum\ $^‘5* gur-gum saffron; and Э'З’Зч pi-pi-lln long pepper (Sman. 1/50). р kha hdsum-pa to shut the mouth. P’^ kha-shan of inferior quality or of low position: p^'qwi^qgq the mis- fortune of being of low birth (Ja.). P‘§^ kha-shur water-hen (Sch.). P’3 kha-she mouth and mind: p’^’ft’ ы^елгч kha-she ml mchufa-pa hypocrisy; hypocrite ; P ^5’q kha-she med-pa un- feigned ; sincere. P’^ kha-shefi breadth, expanse, e.g., of the heavens. P’^ kha-shen~kha-hb shan~pa modest in speech; also not able to speak well. P’^ kha-she$ food, victuals (Cs.). kha zam, р &'яя kha-che zam a kind of chintz from Kashmir; also a kind of cloth or silk stuff in variegated colours : чтя* bal zam chintz from Nepal. P’**J kha-za$ food, either in general or some particular article of food : P’W’«C kha-zas la brkam-par gyur he longed for food; p’w<qfc*w kha-zas gtshaft-ma clean food, or clean in (taking food). In Sikk. khabze sweet cakes, etc. Р’^я’ч kha sum-pa- to close tho mouth or any opening. J P’^ kha-zur от P’U^ kha-sur the date fruit. p’lvq kha zer-ica loquacious. р’чр^ kha-gzar spoon or ladle. P’q^ kha-gzi or Р'Я^ kha-gze in IF. rake in gardening; in Spiti a carrier’s load; kha ze-pa a coolie (Jal).. P'W’ tshig-gi gtafi-rag good speech ; one who speaks pleasantly (lAnon.). p5’^ khahi-nin the day before yesterday. P’^ej kha-hog lit. face downward; down- cast ; P’X^j’g’qj^-q kha hog-tu bcug-pa or $5'4 chud-pa to subjugate one, or to enforce obedience upon; p’^’5*4g*r^*4 kha hog-tu bltas-te <p-wa to die falling down head-long, i.e., with the face downward. fTW kha ya lit. being one’s partner or match as to speaking, but in general partner, assistant; p’^'95’q kha-ya byed- pa to assist : pSl’wx^’jq I am not his match, not able to compete with him; with regard to things, I am not equal to the task (Ja.). p’^l kha-ytg the letter Р, a label ; a letter or writing on the cover of any parcel or letter; an inscription. p'^ kha-yel the spout (of a kettle or any other vessel): g^qS-p’gv^q’p^’QF drawing with his lips at the spout which hangs down outside the vessel (A. 23). P’^FJJ kha-yog a false charge (Jd): «’V qcvp’tSjspgA ma ne-pahikha-yog byun(C.) he was unjustly accused (Jd.); Jy unfounded accusations arise such as those coming by word of mouth and by impli- cation, though one is guiltless. р’ч]$ч( kha-gyel wide mouth: the shape of Sumeru resembled that of a vessel placed with its wide mouth upwards (i.e., like a pyramid on a point) (Ya-sel. 35). p’^pfapi kha-gyogs—F'frw kha-kheb$. cover of a vessel .or basket (G. kah* 77).
135 kha-ra in W. for T* ka-ra, sugar (Jd.) ; trough; manger (Sch.). P'^H Kha-rag n. of a place in Tibet. F’Mjn. of a celebrated lama of the Kadampa School of Buddhism. F’^ kha-ra$ neck-cloth; a towel. kha-ri or F’5 kha-ru, v. F®*’^ khal-ri. F’5’^ kha-ru black salt used medicinally (Mfton.): f^?- CT a kind of salt (procured by boiling earth impregnated with saline particles); a particular kind of salt of fetid odour (used medicinally as a tonic aperient). It is black in colour and is prepared by fusing fossil salt with a small proportion of emblic myrobalan^ the product being muriate of soda with small quantities of muriate of lime, sulphur and oxide of iron (2Л Wills.}. Kha-ru tshwa-yi§ drod skyed $bo$-pa dan sgeg dan hgyin khrog bad rluft hjoms-par byre# flatulence, accom- panied with belching, rumblings, phlegm, and wind, is overcome by the medicinal salt. Syn. ru-tsa ka ; smin-tshba ; Ы-tani fto {Mfton.}. kha-re kha $kyaft$-pa or fto tsha-wa to be ashamed. Г’Л'Ч’ч kha reg-pa to touch anything by the lips; to put one’s mouth to a thing in order to eat or drink it. F*X kha-ro taste in the mouth. F’X^I kha-rog-=P'^$H kha-btsum silent, without reply : ^‘WJi’A’frr^’F’Xqf there- fore remain silent with untingling ear ! F’X^ifv^ kha-rog sdod-cig be silent; do not speak. F’^l’4 is also freq. F’X^x^fq to remain silent. F’Xqfq kha rog-pa a kind of drug, prob, sulphate of copper. р kha-rlans ггпч vapour from tho mouth. p’fli’d’W kha-la me-hbar n. of the King of the Yi-dag or Prefa. F'**r^|’q kha-la reg-pa^metaph. zas to eat; do eat {K. g. £S). F’^'^’X^VT4 kha-la sla-te don-la dkah easily spoken but difficult in meaning. F’®4 kha-lan mouth requital; thanks- giving ; reply, especially angry reply; also requital for food received (еТй.): when disordered with evil thoughts, the food of faith is my reply (JA7.). kha-las byuft sprung forth from the mouth. Kha-lin-pa n. of a place in Tibet. kha-le, v. E'** khya-le. F‘“l4 kha-leb cover, lid. kha-lo 1. = kha-phyogi towards the mouth. 2. prow of the ship (Schr.); according to others the helm 3. acc. to Cs. and Jd. the glans- penis. kha-lo sgyur-pa or sgyur-wa 3^, u^rr, HTKfa, ; F’®’g^‘”F^ kha-lo sgyur-mkhan one who steers ; also a governor, a driver, a charioteer. See especially in narrative of early life of the Buddha in Dulwa. F’tf’q kha lo-pa=F'&\^ kha phyogs-pa UTcfa, ФВ1Т; F’^’g^’W kha phyogs sgynr-mkhan one who leads or guides; also a shadow. kha-log-pa to reply; to contra- dict : phyi-la hgro-na tshur kha log-pa walking out he returned hither.
Ml 136 kha-qa the spotted deer (<7й.); elk (Sch.). In Sikk. the common deer of the Duars is called p‘4« Р’Л^‘ГВЧ kha-<;a-yi ja-khug a tea bag made of deer-skin. Р'ЧЧ^ kha-^ags jest ; joke in IK. (Jd.). P'-q** kha-$as (sounded “kha-she”) some; colloq. in C. Р’ЗЧ”’^ kha-qugs-can or p’45’«q kha shed-can eloquent ; р'-^Ч4 kha-^ugs med-pa on€ who has nothing much to say, same as ЧУ*’414 4 ^kaj-cha lab-tgyu med-pa. рЛл kha-^ob in colloq. lies ; obscene talk; idle talk. РЛ* kha-$or breach of promise : РЛ^’ kha-qor soft the mouth has run away, denoting inconsiderate talk (Jd.). РЛ^'А kha-gol-wa rinsing the mouth; sipping water and ejecting it. IP’-q Khasya n. of a mountainous country in the north-east of India (Ta.); the Khasya Hills in Assam. Р’ЧЧЧ4 kha-gfag§~F'fSkha-rtsod using rough language; controversy, discussion, dispute; with rgyag-pa to dispute : Я Р’Ч^Ч^ 54 5 pointing his fin gers he goes to dispute (Rdsa. 17). Р’Ч-qS kha-b^ad talk, gossip. [Ч^Ч] Kha-sag ^Л4Л’а1;’ n. of a wild country on the border of Tibet (Ya-sel. 38). kha-saiiy v. PT^ kha-rtsaA. PkhasaAs explained as j|vq,p,aiiY,2i’«H|S to speak one’s mind; to tell honestly what has occurred in the mind. P’^a kha-sub a bribe : P kha-stlb byin-pa to offer a bribe. F*l P’$ Khasi n. of a wild hill tribe of India (of the Khasya Hille) (Dsam.). P‘S^ kha-sift 1. the day before yester- day. 2. also — several weeks ago; some- time back. P’^ kha-sur, v. P'B^ kha-zur. P’S( kha-so 1. abbreviation of I4 kha> mouth, and^ «о, teeth. 2. the edge, border of a thing : рЗГ'Ч^мс/?’ kha-so la bphafi-fio = flung to the border (Pag. 187) : Г^’З’Р B^WW^‘5* rdsifis-kyt kha-khycr las hjah li byas-=- S' ifdhah la $an-rgyab lined the border of the ship with iron plates (Л. 18). Р*5рг^Ъ kha-sral chuA-Au что deaf. Р’^ч kha-slob~Fft kha-ton learning by heart; primer used by children in W. ГЧ^Ч kha-gsag, v. Р’^ЧЧ kha-bsag. I4’4^ kha-gsar new, fresh. Г'4!^ kha-gsal or W message; clear language; language: p-iV<i|w«i kha obscure; not in clear terms or language. fnf&kha-gso made full by adding some- thing more to it: ^’P‘4^’ filling with the best thing and nectar in oblation (Rtsii.). P‘*W4 kha kha gsag ajwra talkative. kha bsre-wa to associate with one another, viz., in drinking and smok- ing together. kha-bjan-du turned upwards: I4kha b$lafi-pa to lie with the face uppermost. kha-b$lu$ to tempt by false hopes and promises; to deceive by sweet words. . P VI khq-hrag forked mouth or point; the bifurcated mouth or end of anything gsal-kha a intelligible mi-gsal-ua
137 [ЛЕ'Ч | 5 made of iron or wood: T'^'F’ nub-ua fift-gcig rtse-mo kha-hrag daft in the west a tree with forked top, &c. F'^4! kha-lhag remnant of a meal. khwa a raven : khwa- skad fes-pafyi rig-pa the’ science of drawing omens from the caw of a raven. khwa^krodnus-pa—^^5'^\^^ bya-khwa dej ihub-pa Iable to scare a raven—used as attribute of Bud- dha ; as long as a boy cannot drive away a magpie he is not considered ready (by his age) to get religious instructions. 5’5 khwa-ta the Tibetan magpie : 5’5^’ khica-tahi ga-yis gdon-nad sel-гсаг byed, khba-tahi $gro-yis $g rib-fin. byed the flesh of the magpie removes diseases caused by evil spirits; the feather of the magpie prevents the patient seeing apparitions, ghosts, &c.; spotted magpie or khicatakhra-u'a fuller name for the magpie. 4 khwa- dpya-tcarent or tax in kind: cho$ bshin-du khbaham dpya-hbul paid rent or tax according to religious law. Fl I: khag 1. means, resource; F4! khag-med—*№'&\ without means. рт| П: a task, charge, business, duty, responsibility; of importance: F^'B^ khag- ЛЛмг=^’Н^ hgan-khur to take charge of a thing or person, to be responsible for anything, to be surety for anyone; F4!’ *&vq khag hkhur-ica to assume charge of; ра|’Чч|<ч’ц khag hgel-wa to place in charge; q khagtheg-pa orF4]^’4 khagrgyag- pa to guarantee; become responsible: derhtsho-гса yon-ivakhag- iheg I warrant you will get something to eat there. F4!’44! khag-theg or Г*Г|ЭТ khag- khyag in G. acc. to Jd, = bail; F4’^ khag- chen important. III: that which is divided off; a class, part, division, section (of a book or place) ; ^’F4! bcu-khag the tenth part; tithe: р4Г41^1*г'ч’гИkhay gni$-laphog-sofl, I have hurt myself in two places. ^M’F4! yul-khag a province, district; g^’F4! vgyal- khag kingdom; S^’F4! dpon-khag princi- pality; Vfa'F4! dgon-khag monastic estate or authority. V^F4!^^’^У4]^4! the different divisional chiefs should make religious offerings (service) for one night (Loti. 4 17) ; §kyab$ hgro sems skyed- kyi khag kho-mo cag-rnams we who belong to the class in whom the inclination (for religion) and to seek refuge has arisen (A. 19). Fl’Sf khag-po difficult, hard; colloq, ° kd-le khag-po.” w л| ^'s^F4^this work is very hard ; the way is difficult; F4!2*’^*’ difficulties arose ; F4!’ q’^’q khag-po chc-wa to suffer from want. 2. acc. to Jd. bad, spoiled, rotten : WF4* 5 the butter has become rancid (Ja.). рК’Ч Лг/штьра = F^’B*4 khan-khyim HTH, ЗД^ТТ, Ч9ППРГ house, residence, home; a building; ^'F^ §ien-khafi, ^’F* hog-khat^ q^’F^ bar-khafi upper story, lower story or ground floor, middle story; gshun-khan means also the principal or central room. A khaft-pa is the opposite to $4’4 phug-pa, a cavern. q^'F^ bzo-khan workshop; «K’F* bafi-khan store-house, store-room; if’F^ ^go- khan entrance, vestibule; SfvF* skor-khafi or more properly skor-lam, passage running round a building or temple ; F^ fog-khan paper house or a house where 19
138 Г51 paper is kept or manufactured. In W\ the scooping form or mould used in the manufacture of paper is so called. p* tshas khaft flower bed (garden) (Jiz.). In Buddhism khaft signifies naft, inside, ml, the heart: khaA myag^gih phyir Jidsag-pa inwardly being corrupt, the pus issues or drops from him; khaft mourning house; also tho body ; Г’^’Я khaft- gla house rent; a small house; a house or room reserved for decrepit parents; khan chufi-pa an occupant of such; yaft-khaft chuft-pa such a person of tho second degree (if, during his life, his son enters into the same right) (Ja.); khaA chen a large house; q khan chen-pa one taking his abode in a great house or mansion (Budh.) ; old, weak persons belonging to Gautama’s family. Syn. «iMvr** g.na*-kJiaft \ gnas- gshi', hptg-pahi gnas; hdug-sa*, hdug-gnas; khyim\ рч khab; 5^'^ 5^4^ r/<m- g.na$; §f gab-can; phib$- hog (Itfnon.). khaft-gner ajVWps the steward of a house; the house-keeper; the person in whose charge a house is kept. khan-stefi the upper roof or terrace of a house, khan-thog or khan-pahi thog $т<5 the roof or cover of a house; the top flat of a house. khan-pa bkra-ica a painted house. khaft-pa btsan-po a consecrated house where theives or robbers cannot have access. khaft-pa ЪгШдь-ра ят’гг a masonry building; also a storeyed house. khafi-pa gyo the roof of a house : to cover a house, to roof it; khah-pa ral-shift grum- pa or bdruw-pa a delapi- dated house; a ruined edifice. khati-pahi naA theinsido of a house; a room; an apart- ment. Khaft-bu m of a fabulous country; a little house, cottage. khaA-mig a room; a cell. khaA-rtsa the foundation of a house. khaA-brtseg^ grei'fK upper house or a storied room, v. khan-pa brtsegs-pa. khaA-shabs floor; flooring of a room. khaA-shiA=khaft-pa dan shin-kha house and the cultivated fields attached to it. • (ч^-цэе, khaA-fezan residence ; mansion. In Budh, (^4^)» «Ww, ^Ьииктн monument. khan-bzo-wa wWfa mason; architect. khans-pa~*^'4 ranf-pa 1. delay. 2. distance. khad=l. «Я thag or tshar near. 2. litter barrow. 3. like, as FS' §w kliad-snam$t v. hkhod §nam$9 equal, even ; de-nia khad=^'W4 de- ma thag not distantly; instantly; as soon as ; without delay: 4bugi chad-ma khad-dn as soon as. the breathing ceases; bn ^kyes-ma khad-^ig
139 1^1 a child born just now; bphur-la khad about to fly; *5’^5 hgro-la khad about to go; Ihuft-la khad near to fall; sleb$-la khad as soon as (he) arrived; hchi-la khad^h^u about to die: nub-la khad-pahi tshe when the evening drew near; dbugs chad-la khad-pahi du§ when the ceasing of the breath approaches ; ^<T zin-la khad yod-pa la as we were j’ust about to seize him; khad-du as far as: khad-du as far as the heel (Ja.). PS’Jm khad-kyi^*^'^ dal-bu$ or^’3” rim-gyis slowly, by degrees; khad-kyis khad-kyi$ xtmi wh: by de- grees ; in slow motion. FS’4 khad-pa the same as hkhod-pa to stick fast; to be seized, stopped, impeded, v. bkhad-pa. FS’WgKq khad-par gyur-pa to be stop- ped or hindered; khad-par byed- pa to stop, hinder. F*i khan wraftxr bit; small piece (G$.). t FYS khan-da confection; a medicinal s^rup; treacle or molasses partially dried; delakhanda bcos-pa the candy made of it (Ja.). F¥4 khan-pa also khen-pa, worm- wood. (Schtr.); to add (aritli.) (Vai. kar.). khan-man modest in Lh (Ja.). pq I: khab—'X'^ pho-braft w? resp. of khaft-khyim) a great man’s residence; a castle ; court; residence of a prince; Rgyal-pohi khab ttwtx metropolis; the capital of Magadha in Buddha’s time; the modern town of Raj- gir in Behar: Rgyal- pohi khab-kyi mi-rnam$ the courtiers; the people of Rajagrha. 2. wife, spouse; F^’ khab chen-ma the first wife (who is high in rank): de-lakhab ho§-pa ma rned-nas as there was not found a wife worthy of him; А'йкМ hdi-ynis fiahikhab-tu byufi-гса rmi$- 80 I dreamt that these two would become my wives (Jd.); pq^'q^’q khab-tu bshe$-pa to take for a wife (Schtr.); ^‘R’pq'q chtifi* mar khab-pa to marry; to take one for his wife. ^qq^'fl khab btsun-ma a married lady; pq-qfef’»i khab hdsin-ma^BF'Q^'ft khyim bdag-mo ’ZVQsft housewife; tho lady of the house. |ЧЦ II: tHI a needle : khab-^pu a bristle; a needle like hair F«rg khdb- phra a small, fine needle ; f’S'g* khab-$bom a large needle; pq*^ khab-mig the eye of a needle; khab-mig-tu skud-pa hjug-pato thread a needle; kha-rtse ЧТТЦ the point of a needle. pqA4 khab-ral also rtse-ma khab-ral needle-case. pq khab-le in IF. difficult (Ja.). pq’^X khab-len-rdo ^^<4? load-stone; the metal that attracts a needle : pq*^* Ф’the load-stone draws out arrow-heads and removes diseases of the brains, bones and veins. pq*^ khab-loft wWiPff the magnet; lit. the needle-lifter. khabs n. of a disease (Ja.). рл kham 1. colour. 2. a bit; a small piece of anything. 3. the point of a reed pen. 4. appetite (Ja.).
I 140 рЯ’рЗЦ kham-kham, ser-kham kham or pale yellow: тяХ/q nidog ser kham-kham smug- mahi mdog the colour was pale-yellow, t>., the colour of a dry bamboo. kham-khum uneven, explained, as “in ridges, like a puckered skin.” kham-gaft or kham-geig a bit; W|W*|S<| a mouthful of food: 3 Л ’^5 the measure of food in each piece that can be put in tho mouth at once when eating; kham- chufi a morsel. kham-star abbreviation of kham-bu-dafi star-ga, t>., peach and walnut. knam-ldog faded colour, same as kham-log, want of appetite; nausea, aversion, dislike (Ja.). рач’ч kham-pa 1. fox coloured ; sorrel; brownish; fK’*r*><4 kham-nag dark brown: ral-pa kham-nag dark brown locks or mane. 2. porcelain-clay; china clay. 3. Tenacetum tomentosum, a very aromatic plant growing on the high moun- tains of Tibet. 4. a native of Kha ms in Eastern Tibet. * p»r25K kham-phor тпта a cup or saucer made of (burnt) clay ; a cup made of dough, usod in sacrifice as lamps (Ji.). kham-hphromi-bcad-pa h®- refers to Buddha hav- ing enjoined that a monk must not eat a fruit or cake, ete., leaving any of it. He should not take more than what he can or should eat. kham-bu apricot; peach; in Sikk. ^5 kham-buhi rtsi-gu the stone of an apricot (Ji.): ясА’Хя’рэгд Jffiah-ris kham- bu dried apricot imported from Ngari: tho peach dries tho yellow humour of the body and pro- motes the growth of hair on the head (J/*?i.); kham-Uhig the stone of an apricot or peach; ’№<’3д]the cost of a coral of the sizo of the stone of a large apricot. kham-gyag 1. lit. the Boz grun- Aliens or уаЛ-bull of Khams^ which is of a brown colour : jf jk spu-khahi rpdog ter-kham yod-pa la kham-gyag zer tho colour of the hair (of an animal) when pale yellow is called F^’ *|uwl kham-gyag. 2. cherries, morels (Ja.). kham ran-pa a horse’s bit that fits well. Fw’* kham-sa clay for making pottery. ря-чс/ kham-safc=ww: chab-safi, gein-pa, etc., resp. evacuation ; purging ; making water. F*’«K kham-ser of a slightly pale-yellow; colour resembling tho colour of dried bam- boo, v. рю'гю kham-kham. I: khams= dafis-ga appe- tite. pJW II: чтд the health, condition, physical constitution of the body; also root; a constituent or essential part; that which constitutes the nature of a thing. Used colloq. as in kusho, khye'-kyi kham^ta-sam ? “Sir, how are you ?” (Snd. Hlk?): kham$* shes-pa Spyir rafi-bthin nam tio-bo la hjug-pahi don- can yin-te rlun-gi khams she$-pahi khams de ni rlttfi rafl-gi no-bo yin.
141 | III: the six elements, earth, air, fire, water, the heavenly ether, and nam- shes or the physical substance of the mind. For the last two, arterial blood and semi- nal fluid are sometimes substituted. Also there are the eighteen elements aco. to the Buddhists, namely, the five organs of sense, together with man as (mind); the six faculties or senses dependent on these and also the six ideas produced by these six faculties. Any one of the five proper- ties or qualities of the elements observed by the organs of sense, viz., sound, tangi- bility, colour, flavour and smell, is also so called. khams Ъео-brgyad-kyi mig sog$ rten dicafi- pohi khams drug daft mig-gi rnam-par $e9-pa sogs $r ten-pa rnam-par $es~pahi khams daft gzugs-khams sogs dmigs-pa yul-gi khams- drug daft ico-brggad-do m&y be rendered. The eighteen khams or Dhatu acc. to the Buddhists are:— I .—The organs themselves: m*g eye ; V4 гпа-гса ear; sna-ica nose; Ice tongue; lus body; and yid the mind. II .—gwgs bodily form; Й sgra sound; 4 dri smell; X ro taste; X«| reg touch ; ehosy attributes. III .—The rnam-par $e$-pa Vijnana or consciousness produced by the organs of sense, &c. The Vijnana of mig, of $‘4 rna-wa, of ${*4 доа-w, of g Zee, of lus and of ^5 yid, i.e., eye, ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind. IV: empire; realm; territory; domain: зргряя yul-khams political terri- tory; empire, in a geographical sense (Ja.); rgyal-khams kingdom: rgyal-wahi khams the province or sphere of the Buddhas, also of their spiritual in- fluence : rgyal-khams hgrini- pa to roam over the kingdoms, the countries (Ja.): empire; also the earth. paw V: world: pww khams- gsum йчГш, the sensual world, viz:—(1) ^Twrg or (я^-ц5-|чл«1 Jldod-pahi khams) the phenomenal world; (2) ^44T?J; gzugs-kyi khams the world of astral forms; (3) gzugs-med khams the spiritual world, />., the world of formless spirits. VI: n. of the easternmost dis- tricts of Tibet, embracing some dozen semi-independent petty states, about half of which own allegiance to Lhasa, and the rest give joint allegiance to both China and Lhasa. Khams and §gan are the two lower regions of Tibet; these constitute what is called ^5’*^ Lod-chen or Greater Tibet. khams brtas-pa or khams-brtas byed-pa one who draws omens: theg-pa gsum-gyi khams-brtas byed-pa (J. Zan.). рячkhams chen-po—^^'§ dnul-chu mercury; quicksilver (Mfton.). khams dbafts-pa=F*w^4 khams bde-iea good health. When glass is pure dri-та med-pa and clean it is called qel-khams dicafts-pa. A clear cloudless sky Vе is said to be Nam-khams dicafts-pa} sems sgrib-pa med-pa the mind when it is free from defilement or sin.
I 142 I**!. ккатз-Ь<1е=^\ч nag meg.pa free from disease; health. Syn. $ku-gzugs bde; ner-htshe med; ne shos-tfwen; <q^’ **5 дооЯ-med; ‘^S $nun-med; nad- bu-med\ ^^'^'$^hbyuft-fahi$nom§* q*^’ A&i Iro nii-htshal (Шоп). pw^'ViiS khcnn$-faie dri-$med> g,£J’5c/ §mra-ica daft rje^eu hbrel-wa to inquire of one’s health if ho is well or happy (a complementary expression used on the occasion of meeting) (ДГЯбш.). khamt bde-гса or gzugs fab-wa good health; healthy constitution; the happy state both of the body and tho mind: Rje-btsun gyi khams-bde lags-sam is your reverence well? khyed khams fab-ham aro you well ? (Ja.) khams ldog-pa=FW^\4 khamt log-pa want of appetite; aversion, dislike; pwa kham$-rmya nausea; falling sick (Cs.). khams sna-tshogs mkhyen-pahi $tob$ the power of knowing the constitution of all sorts of bodies. Kham§ mi-nag n. of one of tho petty principalities in Kham$. khams mi-hdra-wa, hjig-rten gyi kham$ mt hdra-wa different or dissimilar worlds. khams-tshan this term is applied to the quarters in a monastery reserved for the accommodation of the monks of a particular section of people or of some special community or those coming from one particular locality. fWW kham$-sa$ rest; health; comfort (Sch.); recreation; recovery; restoration of health. khamssu gtogs-pa trfan included in the constitution. r»WS^ Шж$-$/лп==р*М‘§'ах kham$-kyi sla-fia a cooking pan made in Kham$. pw*§ khams-tle better kind of coarse serge of the pattern coming from Yar- kand; blanket manufactured in Khamj' imug sic khams sle faas rnam-pa re each piece of blanket costs, &c. pw<r)q* kham§-gsum the three worlds—heaven, earth and the nether world. Kham$-gsum hkhor* lo§ dsgyur-wa э?г1^т<’Ч'Ж a name of the KMachakra system (Шоп), khams-gxum zafa- khaft-glin n. of the temple in the grand monastery of Sam-ye (Bsam-ya$) built by one of the queens of King Khrt згой Iden btsan (Loft. 3 8). kham$-gsum$-la ma- cho gs-pa is not passionately fond of or attached to the three worlds. pwsjWtK khams gsos-par to repair broken health. Is* Khar n. of a city in W. (8. Lam). khar-bkrol чрцт (Schr. ; Lebensh. 93). khar-гкуащ n. F^kha гкуай. khar-gon steatite; soap stone; probably dkar-gon (Sch.). Khar chen-bzah the Princess of Khar-chen, one of the queens of King Khri-zroft Idyu, bisan (Lofi. 8). P^'5’5 Khar Ta-ta n.«of a city or seaport on the mouth of the Indus, Tata (& Lam).
143 1^1 Khar-pa 1. n. of a demon of Ригли w India who was killed by Krishna. 2. a compound of copper and zine; bell metal. khar-wa mgar a maker of bell-metal. P^T* khar-Ttsan—P^'^ khar-san col. yesterday forenoon. Jpvg4 khar-dsu-ra Wl; $ift-gi hbra$-bu the date fruit. J khar-sa pa-ni or kha- tar pa-na he that moves in the sky; gliding through the air; a name of Aval- okites'vara Bodhisattva; Vishnu. khar-gsel fa'jjST the trident carried by mendicants of the Tantrik School. khal 1. primarily a load or burden in general: ртфкчЛЛл/ khyer-wa to carry a burden; khal-gyi stefi-la on the top of the baggage; р*гя$)«гм khal hgel-ica to load; khal hbog^-pa to take off the burden, to unload; WP% a sheep load; ч^*ч5’рм a coolie load. 2. a set weight or measure, said to equal 301b, used for dry goods, corn, salt, tea, &c. In Tibet 1 khal = 2 bre\ hence in Sikkim and W\ per^&q “khe-chik” has come to mean 20 or a score of anything ; я^чгрх bdegt-khal a weighing score ; the weight of 20 points on the steel-yard oalled rgya-ma. 3. a caravan. F^’F Khal-kha the native name of Mongolia Proper, the country of Jenghis- khan, the Tartar Conqueror B’TP’P'wy Khal-kha khu-ral bla-braA, lit. “the sacred enclosure of Khal-kha”; the name applied to Urga in Northern Mongolia, 1^1 where the incarnation of the Taranath Lama resides. The latter is sometimes styled рср^чй'^’ч Khal-kha Rje-btsun dam-pa, the venerable holy one of Khal-kha. P«r jifa khal-khol stunned; insensible (Ja.). ^'$4 khal-cag the best sort of wool for manufacturing shawls coming from the northern solitudes of Tibet. khal-tjes = t&'^ do$-rgydb or 5 khal-ma r(a, plan sogt-kyi ryes those who conduct a caravan or follow the train of packed animals, such as pony, yaks, oxen, &c.; relay of packed animals : khams sogs thag- rin-pahi do$-rgya bkhal-rje$ the relay of beasts of burden when proceeding on a long journey to Khanin, fyc. pwkhal-pa 1. wether; castrated ram. 2. sow-thistle, Sonchas. khal-ban jug or pitcher to hold wino for 20 persons or a quantity measur- ing 20 g bre: '^|M jugs of ale each sufficient for 20 of the vulgar folk of whatever class. рч* khal-ma any draught animal or beast of burden: to drive beasts of burden to the pasture; often contracted into khal: й’рч’ч^м’^’Д the wages of both carriers and beasts of burden. Р'Ч'^ khal-ri^P^'S khal-ru or P'% kha- ri or P'5 kha-ru a measure of about 20 bushels. F^ khas for PЯм kha-уц instr, of p kha. kha^khyag^P^^ khat-ihegi or P4’i^ khag-theg$ to be witness; to give evidence.
ш Pl р*г& kha$-che = fW%m khat-blafa pro- mise. рн&'Л kha$ che-гса яГн^гт to promise; undertake: khas che-wahi dge-$lofi a Buddhist monk who has taken the vows. Syn. P*r£ khas-chc; phyogs bzufi; fle$-par mnan-bya$; ?N yofi-dag-thos; hdag-gir bya$; so-sor mnan; 4|WV< gyar dam; dam kha$ blaft$-war hos-par; dam-bcah; рм’ЗЦ khat-lcn (tfnon.). khas-brjod— SJ’SS^4 glu-Jbyafa song; singing (ДГяон.). pur^qr;^' kha-nan &caft-chuft = **W mi nam chuft a humble man. ргдад kha$-blafis = FW^ khas Jen Ч&П, ^jhb, <згчтгн promise; consent, approval; knowledge; acceptance. p*r<W4 kha$ shan-pa humble. рн’^’^’й* kha-lan rgan-khur responsi- bility. P<V^‘« kha$ len-pa or p'^’4 kha lafi- wa <sxnntfi< 1. to promise; to stand bail or security. 2. to presume; to arrogate; to accept, adopt with the mouth; to ac- knowledge, admit (Ja.). ft к hi numcrioal figure 32. Khi-Ы dsa-la n. of a city in the neighbourhood of the fabulous S'ambhala. khihu khyin or khi-chufi) a small cutting-knife. kha numerical figure 62; also for fl4* khu-wa (humour or juice or sap), as in khu khrag sogs humour, blood, &c. khu-gu uncle (Cs.). 13*4 | O4! khu-khrag tho mixture of the semen with the uterine blood by which process, according to Indian physiology, the foetus is formed (Med.). й'5 khu-tu a hut, cottage, constructed of branches of trees (Ja.). Khu-thu-chi the title of a Mongo- lian nobleman: ^Н'йЗ'В’З’Х^-ам’Хч Sog-pohi khu-thu-chihi cha$ thob obtained the robe of a Mongolian Chief. S*5«tkhu-rdul~ Л/ш-rna water-spray: the water in all its particles issued fresh from the clouds (А. 149) : nam-ipkhabi khams mi-dans-par byed-pa smug-pa dan rdu[ sogs the firma- ment of tho sky was obscured by mists and fogs. In medical works the seminal fluid of the male is called H khu and of females yi rdul. ВЧ Khu-nu the districts of Kunawar and Bissahar on the Upper Sutlej, border- ing Tibet and inhabited in the northern part by Tibetans: grapes from Kunawar. khu-rna, v. khu-rdul. H 25 Rhu-po n. of a place and also of a Lama of that place (Deb.). |5’П khu-wa=$'Q shu-wa; th, 1. fluid, liquid: ^ q^-q^ q5’B-q ihu^bzad bkrus-pahi khu- a: a the liquid (water) which has washed a mendicant’s bowl; khrus-khu dish-wash; swill (Ja.); hbras-khu rice-soup (Cs.); rice-water (Schtr?); $in-khu the sap of trees; S"B rtsa-khu the sap of plants (Cs.); **TB $a-khu broth; gravy; WR mar-khu melted butter. 2. semen virile.
Н’З | 145 .Syn. g^zla-wa; ^'^thig-le; sa- Ъоп\ stob$-ldan; dtcan- por hgro\ byafi-scms dkar-po; улга dbafa-nia;' ^'^'q khams dkar-po (Mfion,), khu-wa kun-ldan = gfЯ’ §po$-dkar fid the S&1 tree, the dried sap of which fa used as incense. Syn. sha-lahi pfl, sra- rtsi pn, §po§-dkar qift, vnchod-^byiu $po$ (Mnon,), R,£3'^ khu-wa Idan, v. thar-nu, S’^'§5 khu-гса byed—tfS&K marrow; to make a soup of; also to make an infusion or decoction of: JftV’-Т^’Э’ (Mnon.), khu-ica hbyin-pa, |*гч^ч|,й’ to emit semen. й'Ч'^’ч khu-wa ser-po—^'^ $yer-tca n. of a plant from which a kind of yellow dye is made in Tibet (Mfioni). khu-wahi bdag-md= | $kye$-pa 5^4 meton. for a male person. khu-xcahi hphow^fa the dis- charge of the semen. Й’д5’khu-uaht dwafi-po 4TT<- ХЯ a kind of mercurial medicine. khu-wahi $lob-ma Ij4i-fira= lha-ma-yin the class of demi- gods on Mount Sumeru who fight with the Lha (Mfion.). Khu-be n. of a place to the west of Lhasa. 0-S khu-wo wb uncle on the father’s side, t.e., pha-spun, father’s brother, uncle ; R’5^ khxt-dbon also khxi-tshan, .uncle and nephew: father’s brother is called A-khuor Khu-Ъо. 15’^ khu-byug cuckoo. Syn. dpyid-kyi pho-na\ nags na dgah-ica; ч hdab- mahi thig-pa; xxa-tshod gnas; «top mig-mdses; 5’^ hdod-pahi tala; gshan-gyis gsos\ fiag- snan ; dwan-snan ; gshan- la sems; hdod-pahipho-na; g’q^g,^ §kad-la Ifia-pahi dbyans\ sbran-rtsihi sgra (Mnoxi,), В khu-byug gwgs-zla — ^'^'u zla-tva bshi-pa the fourth month of the Tibetan year corresponding with the month of May (.SWl). H’S4)^4! i: khu-byug-mig eyes like those of the cuckoo; red eyes. и : = угЯ-Ло hksa n. of a tree (Мйоп.), khu-byug-rtsa n. of a medicinal herb. Н’^АЛи-шяуpurse, money-bag; colloq. for ’« khug-ma (Jd,), R’^ khu-tshur the clenched hands; fist. khu-tshur gyis htsho=^^ чМч gser bzo-ica a goldsmith ; one who makes his livelihood by the use of his fist, i.e,, hand-craft (Mnon,), khu-tshur bcins-pa to clench the fist; also to hold with the fist (Mnon,), *Rkhu-tshur bcifis fist; closed hand (Schr,; Kalac, T. 131). khu-tshur snwn-pa^^&^^'Q khu-tshur rgyab-pa to stnke with the fist or the half-closed fist (Sch,), Khu-hod bzah n. of tho mother of Bromgton, the founder of tho Lamaic hierarchy of Tibet. 20
146 15^1 B’B khu-yu hornless; having no horns; also a corruption of tho word khu-byug in colloq. Tibetan. B*^ khu-ra, snumJchur cakes or pastry fried in oil or butter {K. du. 327). О khu-lu 1. the short soft hair of the yak, also pashm wool in general. 2. In Lh. venereal disease; syphilis {Jd.). B'^ Khu-le 1. n. of a place in Tibet: KhuJe rnam-rgyal tho Lama Namgyal of Khu-le ; R Habo Gang-ri, a part of Khule. 2. In the Dzang-lun tho word is used to denote tho pan in an ordinary pair of scales on which tho weights are placed. 1^ khug or B^N khngs 1. a comer or nook; a creek, bay, gulf, inlet; O4) khug crook in a river: B^'5 khug-tu, in tho inner recess of a cavity. 2. imp. of hgug-pa drawn or attracted by; gycn-du khug called upward, i.e., to good luck or fortune; khug-thub earned, acquired. B4!’^ khug-khyog solitude; solitary place; a place with few men. khug-rta, B*T5 khug-ta or в^ВЯ’ $ dli-khug-ta the swal- low, Cuculuz melanoleueus, a kind of swallow (Os.): tho lungs of й4!'? khug-rta suppress pulmonary diseases {Med.). Syn. char-$tod*, chufi-nufi*, c spriu-la §lofi; sprin-hdegs; bzan-mo ; thub-pahi-bu; едга-здгор§; char-dgah {Mnon.). №[%khug-$na or khug-fna, fnvn, яргзп fog, mist, haze (during a calm, especially in spring time) : mentioned also as u^'qis]лр “ one of the eight varieties of causal concatenation.’* ВТ41: khug-pa turning like a zig-zag; also bending like a thread that is trimmed; oWB^P lam khug-pa the twist of a road; g'VB4!’4 skud khug-pa entwining of a thread ; 4 dus khug-pa returning to mundane existence at tho expiration of each term of life. fisp n: to find, got, earn, draw: X*' nor khugs-pa han srid it is even possible that cash may bo replenished; ^5* B4!^'4 &nid khugs-pa to get asleep: B4]^ srafi gsuni khugs it drew, i.e., weighed three ounces (Jd.): khug-pa hco-brgyad “ the eighteen turns/* i.e., returns to life in tho present kalpa. *R4Tq^Pr$’ Khug-pa Ihas-rtsi^'^'0^' Rta-nag ljgo$ Lo-isa-wa (Sohr.). khug-ma also pouch ; little bag; small sack; g'B4! rgya-khug Chineso bags made of leather; ^'B4) ske-khug ncck-bag; a bag with charmed objects or important letters hanging at the neck; a courier bag; gf’B4] glo-khug bag carried at one’s side; dnul-khug pouch for silver, a purse; ^’B^J bul-khug a pouch containing soda; d’jflpr meJcags khug-ma tinder-pouch with flint; 5'R4! nuJchug sucking bag for babies ; ^ B4! rtsamJchug a bag of barley flour; tswa-khug a salt bag; shibJchug little bag for flour; Ч^'В4! gyan-khug pouch containing auspicious articles to draw good luck. RT*’4 Khugs-pa m of a dynasty originated at a place called Khugs-pa: Vl is the n. of a historical work containing accounts of the succession, dynasty, etc., of kings narrated by Khugs-pa Thug$-rje ohenpo {Yig. 9).
147 Fl 15е khu fl I: hole, pit, hollow, cavity, originally used, only of dark holes and cavities: R*‘^* khun-nal that sleeps in a lair or hole; a snake; ^‘R^ $na- khun nostril; ^'R^ chab-khufi. a sink; R^ mchan-khuft armpit: armhole ; ^K^’R^ gtor-khun a sink; a gutter; ^’R^ mdah- khun loop-hole; a hole made by an arrow; S’R^ by-ikhun mouse-hole; ЭЯВ^ brag- khufl a cleft in a rock; bso-khun peep-hole; 5*r^ hi-khufi or ^’R^ mig-khun, ^R^ te-khuti, are used of any hole in walls, clothes, &c., caused by natural or artificial causes. II : = $Г’Ч rtsa-ica root: ^-rez^e? dehi khun nahan Bod-kyi sems-can dan Safis-rgyas- kyi bstan-pa from that root the living be- ings of Tibet and the religion of Buddha spread out, &c. (Л. 128). R^'V1!^ khuft-drogs soot of an oven or chimney (Sc/г.). R^’4 khun-p/a or R^’4 khun-po a large hole. R^’5 khun-bu=^ khun a small hole (Cs.); spu-hi khun-bu the passage of perspiration; hair-hole or cavity. R^’Q’^ khufi-bu can full of cavities or holes. C\ Khun-tsi or R^'S^ Khun phuhu tsi Confucius, the first law-giver of China and founder of Confucianism. [^^44 khufls origin, source: R^'g12* khuns-skyel the act of making over the charge of any office or store in a faithful manner without anything missing, making use in full of that bought over as a loan, &c.: choskhun dag-pas фхм and uninterpolated religious work; also pure 1551 religion : ^5'qRwVT4 tgyud-pa khufis dag- pa of pure origin or lineage. The word RWV*p khuns dag-pa is also applied to articles of the best make and quality from well-known centres of trade: hdir yod rmons-mi-rnams nas khuns-skyel thub-pahi snun-shu hbul the benighted people of that place petitioned stating the real state (of affairs). khuns-thub pure and real, original; R^’^5 khuns-me# or R«Rq khuns-fian-p/a having no good origin, f.c., mean, inferior: ^*tre^ gtam-khufls histori- cal or traditional source; record; document: gtam khnfi s-canyin the source of that speech is divine, If asked what is the nature of meditation, it is the secret source of being able to abandon imaginative thoughts (rnam-ttog) together with their seed (Lam. ti., 1/3). R^V* khuns-ma^^$'*№'^\ 4 dnos-nas yod-pa original and really existing or V4’4 §pus dag-po, of excellent quality, same aS some of pure descent had reasons arising from genuine grounds. khufis-btsun well-founded; genuine; of undefiled origin: Ч^^е/^е; as described in what- ever Bon texts that have a genuine origin. RS khud coat-lap or any makeshift cloth; wrapper: M^’S'RS’^’V^’R^ go^-kyi khud-du dril te khur carried wrapped in the flap of his coat; R5'^ khud-du aside, apart; secretly; khud-du hjog-pa to put; lay aside: RS‘^5”’4khud-du byas-pa to have shown one’s authority over a thing which belongs to many.
13^)51 148 khud-pa pocket, pouch {Sch.): rdsa$ or skyel-rdsofis any- thing sent; a dowry; an article presented. R5'* khud-ma side ; edge (Cs.). R\3 khud-ze for BS,QrqPS khud-la gzad hold forth the lap of your coat! khun-ti or khyen-ti is stated to be used in Pur. for he or she (Ja.). |3khun-pa эгзгн the uttering of any inarticulate sound; cooing; moaning; the rattling of wheels; rumbling of the bowels ; to grunt (Jd.) ;. to groan {Sch.). 15^'5 Khum-bu n. of a place in the confines of Tibet and Nepal {S. kar. 77). й«(”) khum{$) crooked (Jd.). khum$-lag= §kyes-lag, XV don b§gyur-yiu diminished; changed: if your faith be diminished (Л. 85). 15^ khur or khur-po НП burden; load for men : the father’s burden having fallen on the son {Pag. 23): ^4] one that lives by carrying loads (Ja.): khur-fin wooden pole over the neck from the ends of which loads are carried; a milkmaid’s yoke-pole is called RV^ khur-hdsiu: В^'В^’З khur- khur-po he who carries the bodily existence is Pun-gala; a corporeal being; B^’3*1’^4 khur-gyis dub-pa one worn out by carrying loads; В^’З^’Х^’4 khur-gyi§ non- pa one drooping under a burden or load, also pressed down by responsibilities and suffer- ings : were pressed down by the weight of many miseries; R*‘S| khur-gla the wage for carrying a load : khur-rnan. id. khur Ici-ica heavy load or respon- sibility : being old, heavy burdens and death wore them out {Lam-rim. 7k). Rvq^q khur-brnan-pa^^'Q &yar-wa TO (from vrfk) to borrow; to take loan of. khur-thag=fi^khur- yofis hdren-thag or hphyah-thag tho rope used in suspending loads from the ends of a yoke-like pole; rope to carry loads. hdegs-byed giving over a charge or responsibility or load. R^,{i khur hdren-pa НтТтж one who carries or draws a load; one who takes charge of. Rvq’ khur-pa and R^’^ khur-mi a load-carrier; a coolie. R*’*Sp4’4 khur hphrog-pa НПТП the depriving of one’s charge; the robbing of one’s load. B^’q khur-ica, v. RV&< khur-Miot. khur-bor-гса wnp|'d*l К he wrho has laid down the burden, charge or res- ponsibility. In Buddhism RVWv4 khur- bor-wa orB^‘5’^’4 khur-po bor-wa, one who has laid down the five aggregates {skan- dha), i.e., he who will not have again to take corporeal existence; one of the perfec- tions of a S'ravaka. Rvg^rq khur blah-pa to take over charge: hbrel bfad kyi khur blafi$-pas having undertaken the task of expounding {Situ. 2). В*’я*(*9 khur-mah{$) or RV*K’q khur- mafi-pa, RV&s khur-tshod fnfax, dandelion, or the ? ba-glah lee) ox- tongue (as it is called in Tibet), used as a pot-herb and medicinal plant, a kind of
149 I I5°i I edible herb: dandelion is -useful in fever and brown phlegm. Syn. R^A khttr-tshad ba-glafi {се (Шоп,). khur-tshos or mkhur-tshos ; ЗПТ^Г the cheek, the ruddy part of the face below the eyes. Sy n. 0^’4 khur-гса. |§vA'q khur-bzod-pa нпмн one who is able to carry a load, who has patience to carry a burden or responsibility. khur-la nii-hjigs-=wtf$ sa- yshi the earth (Шоп.). R*A khur-len the charge of : the resi- dent officer in the Jong about this date of the month and year took over charge of the Jong (district). khur-bsam che-ica one having a sense of responsibility : §5’FA1KRv general instruction for the necessity of a sense of responsibilities in an office. № khul 1. jurisdiction ; province ; domain; district: Gshis-rtse-khul within the jurisdiction or province of Shi- ga-tse: Lha-sahi khul all the places belonging to or within the town jurisdiction of Lhasa: ^R^a^ dehi khul la hdug is subject to him (Jd.). 2. also manner, state, or circumstance: if you do not know, act the manner of knowing: if (you) have (it not), act as if you had: I have been doing a little business in buying and reselling from one party to another. 3. a ravine (in JTunaioar). 4. the soft down of furs (Sch.). 5. R<W khul-wial small basket for wool. 6. very soft wool of Tibetan goat which grows next to skin, and also called R‘R khu-lu or AW# lal-hjam : R^’g'^ khul Sgye-mo made of the softest goat-hair or yak-hair : R^’B^ khul~phyifi felt made of the softest wool of goat or yak. Syn. mfiah-shabs; w* A mfiah- hog (Шоп.). R^’* khul-та the bottom or tho side of a thing (Cs.). R^’lr khul-rise — У-за ha-can or A 5 <jn- tu to a great measure, lit. from the bot- tom to the top; hence entirely, greatly (Yig- Ц). R^’I'S khul-rtsid an abbreviation of the words R’$ khu-lu and 15 rtsid. khe numeral ninety-two (92). P’B khe-khye or khe-ma 1. profit, gain ; khe-spogs ditto ; khe tshon byed-pa to trade; to traffic; to bargain ; gain ; advan- tage obtained by experience. 2. tetter; herpes; ringworm (eruption on the skin) (Sch,). j*A Khe-gad n. of a place, the birth- place of 4 Lo-tsa-wa Bkhor- lo grags-pa (Lofi. -3 30). JLhe gan-risen. of a monastery in China erected by the Chinese Minister Ka-thi-shee (Yig.). q khe sgrub-pa to make profit, to gain : q khe brgyab-pa to make a good bargain (Sch.). khe-can with profit; profitable. khe-nen profit and loss; risk; also good and evil, i.e.y yag and ne§. ^’4 klte-pa in Amdo = 4 tshofi-pa tradesman ; dealer; one who makes profit
| 150 Ч [ by selling or in business; t$hoft- hdn§ к he-pa trader; middleman. Khe brag-mdo n. of a place in Kong-po, whore tho eighth incarnate Kar- тара Lama was horn. khe-тсф unprofitable. khe-ru hgro-wa to fall in price. Klie-le mon n. of a place in Mongolia (Yig.). w^’Zi khe-$leb$ chen-po very profita- ble yielding good income. <4^34 Khe-gsnm n. of a place in Tibet (8. Aar.). kheg$, v. I4 kha. jfcapra i: khegs-pa to obstruct; close: (tho medicine) will certainly obstruct the passage of tho womb. п: = ^'ч tj тип-pa spyi a general name for darkness, gloom or obscurity (Шоп.). khefa-gtam boastful words or language. Syn. dregs-tsig; «/К fia-ro (Шоп.). khefis-ldan bu-mo dar-ma a youthful maiden (Шоп.). khefi§-pa VWT, 1. pride, haughtiness, arrogance. 2. pf. of hkhefi§-pa to fill; become replete with, 3. puffed up, haughty, arrogant: khefis-pa-can one who boasts; braggadacio. Syn. refi$-pa\ X4!”’4 dregs-pa; fia-rgyal (Шоп.). khen-hdra a kind of cotton cloth. F>¥4 khen-pa 1. wormwood (Schtr.). 2. to lean; to repose on (erroneously for d|^-q bkhan-pa) (Sch.). kheb$ *p4T a cover, lid, coverlet: apqr an enclosure round the sacri- ficial ground ; kheb$-kyi dra-tca srra a not (generally of iron) to cover any- thing ; pafi-khebs a cover for the lap; apron ; napkin ; 5f F4** sga-khebs a cover for the saddle ; cog-rtse khebs a tablo cloth; ehar-khebs a rain cloak: thod-khebs& cap;hood; gdufi-khebs a certain beam or board abovo tho capital of a pillar ; 4V’ ^44 gdofi-khebs, veil; cloth to cover the face ; mdun-khebs in W. apron. khebs-hgab-pa to place a cover- ing (over a thing); to cover. pwwq khebs san-гса to tako the cover- ing off. gyogs-pa cover- ed, veiled; khebt-ma covering (Cs.). khem, v. 0* khyem. kher-rkyan alone; solitary: there was only one man, a solitary man. kher rgyag-pa to defraud; to usurp (Soli?). psrlf Khel-sgo n. of a district, also that of a mountain: Khcl- sgo ri-la sdog rgyu-khyod. khel-ua 1. to load upon;=яр«гч hkhcl-wa (Ja.). 2. rely upon; depend on; gf'j^rq bio khyel-wa, sftv'Q bio e/ies-wa to have confidence in ; brten khei>- ua to be sure; to be certain; to be certain of anything; absolutely certain : Sfc’«J5^Q| de-riil yofi, brtan-khel-yin (his) coming to-day is absolutely certain.
iM^ii 151 kites-nin the day before yes- terday (Sch.). khes-pa 1. to hit (tho right thing) : gnad-la khcs-pa to strike the vital parts; to hit mortally» 2. one who makes profit or bargain by selling; a petty dealer, trader. kho I: numeral 122. p kho II: the usual word for the pers. pron., 3rd pers., meaning he, she, or it. Although not an honorific term, it occurs in many authors in referring to both com- mon personages and respected persons, es- pecially in Milarapa and even in much earlier works where kho often refers to kings and lamas. However ffc’ khofi is the proper honorific term of the 3rd pers. pron. In certain districts and in some popular writings Я mo is used instead of kho for “ she,” but it is considered a vulgar and illiterate usage. Tho plural takes «*4 or e. P*4! kho-сад, they, them; also kho-tshO) commoner in W. In C. kho-rang is the popular form for “he ” or “ she,” $c. kho-ti tea-kettle, prob. Chinese (./«.). kho-thag gcod-pa to acquiesce in ; hope for; be resigned to: (Pag. 45) hearing the account of her son having usurped the kingdom, JJphrcfi- can acquiesced in it. The word sems often precedes this phrase. Kho-mthin lha-khan n. of a monastery in Lhobrag, South Tibet» [6’3) kho-na 1. only, solely, exclusive- ly. 2. just, exactly, the very: sdigpa kho-na sin only; dge-гса kho- na piety alone: ^kad-cig kho-na only for a moment; hdod kho- na s brcl-wa to be separated even from desire: as he intended only the welfare of beings: (Pag. 134) it will be the fault only of one’s own doing: that is just what has been wished for by the king (Ja.)'. ]П8^ as before: the very same (man) : just like a worm : by the very same process: dc-kho-na the state of being that; true state; real state; truth ; reality; opposed to what is illusory or fallacious; essential nature; the real nature of the human soul as being one and the same with the supreme spirit pervading the universe; (in philosophy) truth, reality, a true principle. Syn. 5^ $a-§tag; hbah-shig (Milon.). [6’4 kho-сад or khon is ho they. Kho-po a tribal name in Tibet: «Гч Rag-le la kho-po daft kho dbra gnis, the Rag-le tribe is divided into two—pq Kho-po and Kho-dbra. kho-wo I ; myself ; kho-гсо cag=*\* we : bdi-la kho-wos fio-mtshar gyur this pro- duced admiration in me : ifq’^q for this system my enthusiasm increased. In the term kho-гсо would seem to mean “himself”— the soul of man himself. Kho-bom the early Tibetan name for Khatmandu, the capital of Nepal, In East Tibet Khatmandu is still called Yam-bu.
152 р^Л//с-ма=р^ khom knapsack; wallet p£'31 kho-mo I; wo (feminine)» kho-gyu the thrashing process, which is done by driving a number of oxen fastened together round a pole that stands in the middle of the thrashing floor. pA i: kho-ra is evidently a corruption of kho-rafi, mi kho-ra ran- gi of the man himself (flag.). и : (Ck.) also *p£v^ khor-sa circum- ference; circumjacent space. pS’Vpfc’’^ kho-ra khor-унд 1. space; also fence; any surrounding wall (Ja.); also a ditch filled with water or moat round a city or a fort. 2. kun-na$ нн’ЯгГ: from everywhere, from all directions ; р^р^’$Я’5 kho-ra khor yug-tn in a circle; in circumference (frequently in measuring) also roundabout, all round, c.^., to en- compass : p^ЛК5 in the whole circuit, roundabout (Jd.) : extending over half a yojana or two miles all round. pA kho-rc 1. in Khams an expression of displeasure or anger towards a man : w Кчщя-годе Oh friend! is the opposite of pA kho-rc. 2 one of the early kings of Tibet, son of King Lde-cug mgon. kho-la che-u'a 1. a large space (Sc7h). 2. dough made of rtsam-pa (barley flour) and beer. P’QI4] kho-lag^^^ sku-his limbs, the entire body : kho-lag yans-pa fully developed body or prominent limbs ; his person being well-developed, was large and glowed with grace and brightness ; g'^* q-erp-^nj anything that is large all over is called kho-lag che-ica. Also a gene- rally well-developed shape is called kho- lag che-wa. kho-lag rdsogs^Q^’^'Q tsho dar-ка youthfulness; full youth (ДГЙап.). р5ч] khog, freq, for pfc‘4 khoft-pa 1. the interior, inside. 2. for khogs or hkhogs. 3. also for hgegs-pa; <pfo| qa-khog the carcass of an animal for moat : p^j khog hdsud khog-pa ph у cd dan lhu-gzug$ sogs (Jig.) the entire body and one half of the carcass and the parts of tho animal (slain). pfa] khog-gcofi. chronic disease in the stomach or internal parts of tho body. pfr|4S khog-chud for pfc‘^45 khofi-du- chud. khog-pa 1. inside; the stomach: ц1е digestion of food in the stomach. 2 the trunk of tho body, con- taining the heart, lungs, liver, &c. : p^l rus $bal gyi khog tho interior of the body of a tortoise. khog-ma also rdsa-khog pot; earthen vessel generally used in Tibet for cooking rice, meat, broth, &c. ; ^’p^l rdo-khog a stone vessel or pot used in Kham* for cooking purposes; p^)'^ khog- chen large earthen or stone vessels for cooking the food of a large number. pfaj-ujMi khog-yafa or pfapr^'q khog-pa che-wa capacious or large interior (Ya-sel. 4S) : p^l^’ khog-$in the core of a tree; heart-wood. pw]*4pi]5H khog-$uy& a groan ; a sigh. khogt-pa 1. imp. of kgg-opa, stop
pfc-| 153 that goat from eating the flowers. 2. to cough (Ja.). pfc I: khofi an honorific equivalent of P kha, he, she: kkofi-gi thugs- la in his thoughts; khoft- gi $ku-mdun-du in his presence ; rgyal-po khofi-rafi yin dgofis- nas tho king supposing that he himself was meant. Plural ffe'* khoH-tsho they, them. ph’q khon-pa the interior of anything; the inside; also as adv. in the forms khon- du, khoft-na, inside, within; also postp. khon-nay into, within ; khofi-nas out of. Certain phrases occur: to be anxious, to bear in mind, be impressed; to repeat from memory; to collect in the mind; to impress on the memory; to learn (by heart); not to appreciate (Jlbum. 239 to 2J/9) ; ffc’ not that it was not understood or appreciated (Hbum. 239 to 2J/9): khoft-nas $nift phufi-гса liar as if their hearts had burst out; khofi-nas sdafi-wa wfa to be angry or indignant; khofi-nas pyyuft— nah-na$ phyufi, was taken out; khon-pahi drod-la phan it helps the internal heat, i.e., digestion. khofi-hkhrug uneasiness; sorrow; anxiety. j’fc jg khoft-khro (kofi-tho) or khofi khro-wa the state of becoming angry; passion; also inward wrath, malice; ffc’gkhon-khro-can ъфЬ bitter; angry ; malicious: g even all the good that was done, by one angry outburst may be destroyed ; khon-khro §poft-wa to put away or subdue anger; jfc’g’rq khon- khro za-wa to conceive anger, take dislike; to be indignant; khofi- khrohi rnam hgyur med-pa free from the state of passion or anger {Pag. 130.). khon-gaft full inside ; solid. Syn. tskod-yod\ khog-chud (Шоп.). khoft-§mn 1. the secret heart; the intention or design. 2. pith; core; the pith or inner wood of a tree (ДГ&ш.). + khofl-snom==^\yid-shum- pa of even temper. jfc’W khon-mar butter used in making cake-like offerings to the gods. -q khon-$man ser-po the yellow medicine from the intestines, i.e., bile or gall (Sman. 66). khon-tsil suet. hkhon-hdsin = ]&d$ khofi-kkro anger; vindictiveness (ДГЯоп.). khofi-sen secret holes iu rocks. khoft-gseb the hollow (of a tree); the inner recess: in ancient times the wife of Gautama the sage, Shol-med-ma by name, being very pretty and fascinating, was concealed in the hollow of a tree (Шоп.). khofis the middle; the innermost; pwg or in the midst: khonssu htshud-pa to go into the midst; to under- stand; byed-sgo che phra zom-lu$ med-pahi khons hgros yon-wa the more and less im- portant works, not leaving out the simpler ones, should be well studied. Ндго-гса rigs drug rtsis pahi skabs-su klu-ni dud-hgrohi khons-su hdus when reckoning the six kinds of animated beings, include the Naga among the beasts; V Ser-ling, Zang-ling, 21
154 etc., are included in the continent of Dzam-ling: (this) is contained, t.c., included in, that (Jd.): bsil-ri kha snam$- vahi khofts-skyibs na in the protected cleft of tho cool mountain whore the snow is levelled (Ya-sel. 35). рЦ^ГЧ khon$-pa Wl 1» highly injurious; violent ; cruel ; rough. 2. adv. crooked: khoft$ cha-hdug it is bent, curved, warped. khofts-ril crippled. (Jd.). khod=&* fto$ 1. the external appearance ; outward look ; surface : |p<*’ «*’p5‘ sa khod-snom$-pa land of even sur- face; plains : ’Shoven and regular teeth: las-ka la khod- snoms-po gyi$ in doing a work (business) bo of even temper: shal-tca daft tshon fyaft-rgyu-la khod-snoms-po gyi$ in plastering and in painting make the surface even: mi maft-pohi bzah btuft-la khod $hom$-po gyis in giving food and drink to many people make the distribution uniform: ,c^’p^'$W24 Srab hthug khod-snoms-po fine and thick levelled into one. 2. v. ^5'4 hkhod-pa and h god-pa. an average number (Ya- sel. 35). I: khon sbst. anger; grudge; resentment; enmity: fakhon hdsin-pa or fa’^E^ khon-du fads in-pa to feel rancour, hatred ; fa’«SV<i khon bzod-pa forbear, endure, forgive; fa*?!4!’?khon gug-te sdad-pa lit. to sit waiting out of vindictiveness to take revenge upon; fa’4Q4 khon-hbar in TP. gting ; the burning of anger or hatred in the soul (Ja.); getting more and more spiteful. II: a technical term in Tibet and Chinese astrology applying to one of the eight mystical signs or parkha Qi divination; fa'« one whose lot is cast in this division. pq khob fat; heavy; clumsy (&Л.). fa’jgq khob-khrob the sound caused by the tapping of one thing upon another. ря khom wallet; leather trunk; felt or hide bag: qptoprfai* gzigs-khoms a groat man’s trunk: ря'чЧз] khom-hbog a bag usually made of leather for carrying apparel and other articles on a journey. рл’ч khom-pa 1. to have leisure, time to do a thing. 2. to be enabled to do a thing by the absence of ex- ternal impediments (Schtr.): fartrfa khom- pa min I have no time; I cannot do it now; tfod mi khom no leisure to stay ; fta khom I am versed in ; $’fa mi khom not practised; ft’farcrq mi khom-pa btgyad : the eight obstacles to happiness caused by the rebirth in places or situations unfavourable to one’s conversion to Buddhism. Such re-births aro>— л sems-can dmyal-wa as hell beings; dud-hgro as beasts, reptiles, flies, etc.; $’54* yi-dbags я<т ghosts ; lha tshe-rift-po the gods who enjoy very long life; w Rfar$ rpthah hkhob-mi the bor- der (wild) people; dwan-po ma- tshan-wa those who are defective in the faculties of the mind or of the body; log-par На-каТФЧКфЪ following fake or heretical doctrines or theories; de-bshin g$eg-pa rnams ma byuft-wa dVRdM the
155 place- where the Tathagata hasmot (yet) made his appearance. khor-mo yug incessantly; continually (&Л.), v. khor-yug. khor-mor §pyod-pa continual and uninterrupted suffering (in the hell) : 35’л^‘Р*1 when born in hell, being sub- jected to torments in the miseries of heat and cold, the performance of religion is impracticable. khor-zug an obsolete form of (ЯЧ’ЯН khor-yug, also ne-hkhor trfk- khor-yug 1. ne-hkor; kun-nas the horizon; the outmost limit; tho outer line or cir- cumference ; "fa5 at all times, day aud night. 2. kept them, without sleep at all times, day and: night (Yig) : khor-yug chen-po acc. to the Buddhists, the. out er wall of the world ; the greater horizon from the top of Sumeru. • khor-sa=- pл kho-ra. px khol or f&i’S khol-bu abridgment; epitome ; pXkhol-du phyun-wa abridged (Os.). khol-mchu the mouth of a bellows. khol-du^^'1^ zur-du in a cor- ner; marginally. 1^01’4 khol-pa boiled (Os.); boiling; bubbling (Sc/г.). pbj’A gyog~po a servant; khol-bran a slave; ^^^^khol-por rjes-su bzuh-ica to take; to hire for a servant: hjig-rten 1. sri&pahi khol the world is a servant of the evolving principle. par# khol-mo a maid-servant; a female slave; khol-po sgog-skyahi khur-po-can name of kind of vegetable medicine applied to wounds and sores, &c. (Sman. 350). khol-bu a bit; a small piece. p*TA khol-ma = skar-khun a window; a hole in the wall or roof of a house to serve the purpose of a window or sky-light ; acc. to Sch. an outlet for the smoke in a roof. 2. anything boiled: j&rw ja daft chu sogs bskol-pahi khol-ma tea or water that has been boiled: dmyal- icahi khro-chu khol-ma the boiling or mol- ten matter of hell: ho-thug khol-ma boiling gruel. рч’Й: khol-mo 1. лрЧ'Ц’Й gyog-mo maid servant. 2. a coarse sort of blanket usually given to slaves in C. (Schtr.). 3. mowed corn; a swath (Ja.), 4. among tho herdsmen called Dog-pa, a bellows made of an entire goat skin. khos-rgyud, mis-spelt for a slave family or mean extraction: mag-pa lo-gsum khos rgyud min-kyaft skul-rgyud yin though the son-in-law (elect) is not a slave (by birth) yet he should bo made to servo (the bride’s parents) for three years. p^r khos imp. of ga§-pa to split: dgra-bohi mgo khos fig split the head of the enemy. B’V? khya-hi-tse the running hand- writing of the Chinese. khya-le or F'^kha-lc as much as fills the hollow of the hand; handful,e.g., of water (Cs.).
156 05'^1 ШТ5* I ОТ4 I: khy ад-ра, seldom 0^*4 khyag$-pa 1. frozen. 2. tho frost; ice ; go] khyag thog-khar on the ice ; ^BT hkhyag-pahi Bod-yul, Tibet, the country of frost ; В'Т^'Ц^khyag-la $byar so^j it has stuck fast by freezing : ВТв’^Г^ khyag-shu ko-ko ace. to Jd. in Tsang, mud caused by a thaw; snow- water ; ВЧЖ^ khyag sran-can hardened by frost; ’3* khyag-rum or 04‘Xw khyag- rom ico ; pieces of ice ; floating blocks of ice. В’ГЧ II: to undertake ; to be surety for: bdi kkyod-khur khyag-gam mi kkyag can you undertake to do this or not : B4! §Vq to stand as security for a loan, etc. khyad 1. difference, distinction : ^’45^gaft btan-na khyed-med it is no matter which you give me; **5^’3 V4' S^'BS’^5 fia daH p hr ad-pa dan khyad-med it is quite the same as if they came to myself; sems-la khyed-byufi a difference of opinion arose (Jd.). 2. something excellent; superior; 05<i greatly exalted; чГ05 b^o-khyad an excel- lent work of art; чд«иг«й*05*®к b$grub$- pahi khyad-yofi there will be some ad- vantage in accomplishing it; 05’^ khyad- nor tho principal or chief wealth ; 05’X5 khy ad-don the principal sense or reason; advantage. 3. is added to an adj. to express the notion derivable from any quality: thick; X**05’ thickness; wci wide; ^^'05 width; accus- tomed ; ^W|j5 a habit or custom. 05’05 khyad-khyud) said to be 3^’5' n. of a number (Ya-sel. 57). 05’^n khyad-chos superior or excellent doctrine; a good religious discourse, hence those who possess special qualification for miracles are called 4WW*05 “in sublimity superior to others.” 05’^ khуad-da = 05*4V^ khyad-par-du or bye-brag-tu especially, particular- ly ; also superior and excellent; khyad-du gsad-pa to contradict; also to do the contrary (out of pride or vanity); to despise: v j<r5^«’5W*4-B5-^^5 fa-rgyal dtcaft-gis dmah-la khyad-du gsad from pride he speaks ironically to the lowly. B5’q^ khyad-par=khyad-dn 1. difference, distinction: /ta dan khyod dni$ khyad-par che between you and I there is a great difference; ^’5^’ de daft khyad-par ma mchis-pahi rten an image not differing from this ; ^’05*^min-gi khyad-par yin it is (only) a difference of name. 2. sort, kind : ^9^’9^’05*hbras-buhi khyad-par kun all sorts of fruit ; B5’4V^ ri-dbags-kyi khyad-par shig a par- ticular kind of game; ^'3’05*^ yul-gyi khyed-par a particular place or province. 05’W«fl]5’<i khyad-par bkod-pa, rgyal-pohi pho-braft an edifice of special design ; palace of superb make. 05*qv3 khyad-par-gyi hclM-wa that which binds particularly, i.en worldliness. B5'qv^ khyad-par-can special; specially good; superior, excellent, capital: B5‘qv*5‘ khyad-par can-gyi mdsad-pa dhis the two special achievements or exploits (Yig.): bla-ma khy ad-par- can cig an excellent spiritual teacher. 05’^*^ khyad-par-du^ adv. particularly, chiefly, especially: 05*<к*5яич]*г«1 khyad- par-du hphags-pa particularly eminent, noble; 05*^^*Mv§5 khyad-par-du sod- par bycd he scorns, despises, ridicules, vilifies.
157 БЧ’Ч| BVq*’*R* khyad-par £«a$:=5A*$q’ga^q‘ the Bodhi or Piped tree {Mnou.). |3S'4^'5’w Khyad-par lo-ma excellent leaf; (Ътш n. of an individual {А. Д.). khyad tshar-can^^^^’Ho mtshar-can wonderful; curious; strange. SS'4!^ khyad-gshi the superior basis. A superior basis is alone possessed of khyad-chos, i.e., virtues which cannot be found elsewhere. The god Brahma is called K/iyad-gshi tshans-pa, the god of excellent basis, for Brahm& is possessed of superior moral merits, resplendence, and longevity, khyab-pa=tp'4 rgyas-pa srrfxFI, 5ГГЯ, ’Жчг 1. to fill, penetrate; also to embrace, estimate, comprise: ядя’ч*ясг сягдч’Р hbruin-pa maH-pos khyab-pa full of, or quite covered with, pustules; яд «г mkhris-pas khyab-pa filled, impreg- nated with bile; unnumbered immeasurable kalpas ago; beyond what the mind is able to estimate. In grammar: capable of being joined to any word, inclu- sive of all; a khyab-che-wa comprehen- sive ; everywhere and nowhere; to be met everywhere; used also in the way of censure (Ja.). ^^^’^-gq-q-Sj-^q^’ the wisdom of Buddha encompasses the bounds of heaven; the domain of knowledge is commensurate with the very extremity of the heavens. 2. gq‘^’4 khyab soil-tea all-sufficing; all- covering. QA’* khab-cha=^'^ bya-wa duty, gene- ral business (of a man); work: lugs zuH-gi khyab-cha Ihos med-du mcis am executing without relaxation the general duties of both parts of life {i.e., the spiritual and temporal) {Yig. Ш.). Khyab-hjug fw the All-per- vading One, i.e., Vishnu. His several names are:—S^’qS ^qqq ^’^^-^ Dgah-tcahi duan-po the Lord of Pleasures, Govinda; Thig-le drug- pa hgro-tcahi tog; guhi lto-can sred med-bu; Gyo-med glaH-rdsi skra-can gsod the immovable Gopala—the killer of Kes’i; 9’S}’^q| q’^q«,’25’q^ Mi-yi theg-pa dpah-bo brgyud, Re-dwaH dpal- gyi behus rntshan the sign S'rivatsa on the breast of Vishnu; qVwS’^-q’KqrVK’l^ Padmahi lte-гса hog duaH skyes; Dpal-gyi lag-pa gytiH drtiH can; Dbyig-gi lto-гса nabs-so §kyes; §k’A’Aj’A’ ^qorg’q^q] Sbyor-tca brgya-pa dpal-gyi bdag; *g4)’q*qyq'9y^ Bjttg-pa bcu-pa mihu thuH TTH«T the dwarf; he of the ten incarna- tions; 3[я’$|5$яGom gsum gnau dafl §tob§-ldan b$lu; ярч’^А’^агяаЦ’ Mkhah Idin rgyal-Tntshan hkhor-lo phyag ; Zla-zcahi sniH-po pad-dkar mig the lotus-eyed; Vishnu; Mahdsag daH ni nca gshu-can; tshogs gzugs can khyu-witshog Ito. WA’qj’ q*^’q5Dgah-wa brgya-pa rnthon~pohi lha; Sbyin-skyes dgra- bo gos-ser-can; Me-tog lto-гса mkhar-tcahi dgra; Mi-yi sen-ge Khyab hjug-go Vishnu or Nrisimba. gq’^^q'^t’q Khyab-hjug rkaft-pa — river Ganges.
158 Вв'яБч1’В* khyab-hjug ^Aycs=^'M'3a,'S’ ^А'ц t san-dan $brul-gyi §пгп-ро the fragrant sandal wood tree. Snakes generally coil round its branches; images made of it fetch very high prices. Khyab-hjug dgah-ma—^P' khyab-hjug chufi-nia Vishnu’s lover or wife. ВА'%ч)‘$а-*< khyab-hjug chuft-ma fwr Visnu's wife. Her different names are:—ч^’згз^ Padnia-can, WW?t; 9V Bphrog-bycd yum, SW# Dpal-mo, Bq <Ч4Г5ЧЧKhyab-hjug dgah-ma. B4'*VTVPr4^’4lV‘ khyab-hjuy drcg^-pahi §man-eheu aconite (6’?шп. 97). SA'^VT4)^ Khyab-hjug gna§ a place of pilgrimage in Gaya, the temple where there is a footprint of Vishpu. ВАЧ^-чр^'ч khyab-hjug gnon-pa=^ §pan-gyau lit. tho ornament of grass or S’^’?4! tfon-gyi те-tog, an autumnal flower (^Taon.). IJA’Agm’A^’A Khyab-hjug bshou-pa the golden eagle on which Vishpu rides: @A’ *5)’^* tho different names of Garuda, the conveyor of Vishpu—g’^r i’5 Skya-ren§ пи-bo the younger brother of the dawn; Hod srufi§ §kye$ ^ni^q ; Mkhah hgrofi dwaft phyug, 2T*W§5 Klu-inthar bycd WTFW; Qscr-gyi hdab can КRdo- rjchi rnchu, я^А'лчрГ$А’<| JJdab-chag^ sen-ge $3’^*3 hlto hgro-za, ^aa^a’^ Re-dban fin- rta, Rnam dul-§kye$, ^'fo^Skar niig-bu, Dug-hjoms Idan, bdul-$kyc§, Hdab-chag§ rgyal- po, я^а'^а* Mkhah-ldin (Mfion.). |jq’A^n]'a|5A Khyab-hjug gzer or B^VT^ khyab-hjug nad, also ^’5*^ Ra-hu le ne, BW| epilepsy, which is supposed to be tent or caused by the planets or the Hindu deity Vishpu. B4'4!^ khyab-gdal spread out slowly and uniformly in all directions; to absorb all, as does Qunyata; voidity : |угЗ(’^г«ГЯлУ ^«^•(Ч-ША-|зч-ч]5Ч’§-дч^а|-ч^-^ (fag.). BA'A^q khyab-bdag fHl tho all-per- vading lord. Bq qX5 khyab-hdod wishing everything. B^V* kkyab-brdal-^F^ khyab-gdal all absorbing; all-encompassing: ^пай-wa dkar-pohikhyab- fyrdal du-sptd widely diffused like the sunlight. BA'aa'aSJ a khyab-par hgro-tca to move, covering everything in the way. дч’ЧА’чТ^'ч khyab-par hdsin-pa frefa: to envelope. khyab-byed^^ ru-rta 1. n. of a vegetable drug. 2. met. the eye. 3. met. the sun. gw khyam§ 1. yard, courtyard; gallery (Cs.);=^'^ sraft-ga the hall of a house; impluvium; (khyains is termed sgo- ra in a poor house). 2. open; uncovered place in the upper stories of a house where people sit for airing or to enjoy light, air and sun. ^4I yul-hhor hdi-na skyes- bu ji-§ned yod-pa tham§-cad hkhor-gi khyatns sa hdu$-$ig bring to the courtyard all the people as many as there are in this country to be my followers (K. d. 210 to * BW’?S khyams-stod upper courtyard; B^’35 khyamwmad the lower courtyard.
159 6'Sf Bi B<q khyam$-pa, khyctr-wa ог‘0*гч khyal-pa, v. hkhyam^-pa, &c. B**’’' khyams-ra open space before a house or on the roof of a house used for airing, walking, or sitting ; also play- ground. C\ khyi, in Tsang pronounced as kyi or kih, hound, dog; 0’^ khyi-mo a bitch; the dog will bite; khyi bos-nas ma-brdun “after calling a dog, do not beat him” is a Tibetan common saying to oxplain that it is not proper to beat or insult an invited person even if he be a bad person. Acc. to Sch. khyi-rkan gnis a bastard dog, a our; prob, an inferior breed is meant. 0* khyi-yi lee-yi$ rma rnams hdrubs-par byed the tongue of the dog causes wounds to heal; khyi-yi rlig-pas bu ro hbyin the testes of a dog draw out the dead child (from tho womb) ; khyi-yi klad-pas hgrib mig-la phau the brains of a dog are useful for the cataract of the eye; dog’s blood removes leprosy : B’^4a dog’s flesh dries up water, tu?., heals dropsy; khyi-yi spu gshob Ihog skrans gnon the burnt hair of a dog absorbs swollen ulcers ; B*^ 3^’ khyi-yi drun-gyis gdou hjom skrans-pa shi the excrement of the dog subdues evil spirits in one’s body and soothes swellings; khyi-thug ehn-yis kha-yi rul-rdol geod the urine of a dog is a cure for ulcers in the gums (Sman.) \ khyi-yi spyod-pa the habits of the dog des- cribed by Ufasuraksa are as follows: w ^*>5’4 тай-du zad-pa voraciousness, cuft-zad chog contentment with a small quantity, legs-par gnid-log always sleeping, rnyur-xcar sad easily wakeful, dpal-la intrepidity, $nin-ne faithfulness, brtan-pa firmness. khyi-ndl rgyug-lhoft is a common saying, to cause a sleeping dog to get up by poking him with a stick, t>., to rouse to action one who is silent. Syn. '* rdo-rjehi mjug-ma; gso-byed ; яХ/WK hdod-dwaft; Xojn seft-gehi rig§; skye-icahi eha-can ; rdsi gsaft-wa ; groft-gi gean-gzan ; -*j'0 ^a-khyi (Mnon.). C\ B’SF Khyi-kluft n. of a place and valley in Tibet. khyi dkar duft-gi thag-pa-ean n. of a vegetable pos- sessing medicinal properties for healing wounds and sores (Sman. 350). 0’45 khyi-skad the barking of a dog. B’F^ khyi-khan dog kennel. 0*3 i: khyi-gu in 7F., bud (of leaves and branches, not of blossoms); the eye (of a plant). 0’3 и: a puppy; a dog. cs ITO Kyi-kyo n. of a place, also of a fabulous country to the east of Asia, prob. Kamsohatka (J. Zaft.). B'^’E Khyi-$ton.jo-ye n. of a Buddhist teacher of Tibet. B’S* khyi-dam lit. dog’s seal; a mark burnt in; stigma. 0’V1 khyi-dug the poison of hydro- phobia (Sch.). 0**^5*q khyi mdud-pa pairing of dogs. B’w€^ kyi-pal jor in JF., Blvtum virgaiamt
ieo $'^khyi-pul a dog kennel; dog-house (Ja.) g'g^ khyi-spyan (khib-juug) a jackal. g*g khyi-bru a vicious, biting dog (Sch.)" khyi-ra-pa = rfion-pa, 1. a huntsman; one who kills wild animals by chasing them with dogs, &c. 2. Ktraia a tribo iu Nepal who live by hunting. B’S^ khyi-sbrafi a flea; lit. dog’s fly. *В‘Й khyi-mo bitch or female dog: “ the woman having transmigrated into a red bitch” (Mil.). B’tfc khyi-myoft a rabid dog ; also canine madness; hydrophobia. B’^A khyi-tshah a dog-house. khyi-htshed tho baker or seller of parched rice, millet, &c. C\ *15^ khyihu-ka the remainder of anything cut or chopped off. B^’B^ khyihuhi-khyihu, g S4! khyi- pjiniffory-khigu, puppy; pup: Bl5’B^’ 52^44*^4’^ khyi-hu-hi-khyihu dbyun-tcahi tshul-du in the man- ner of a puppy being brought forth. g'^ khyi-ra chasing, hunting, espe- cially of a single huntsman, not of a party; in JF. khyi-ra la ca-fe, to go hunt- ing: g’^'awpr^ khyi-ra la chag§-can one who is fond of huntiog; sportsman. ©\ В-ч-чН khyi-la tra-ri^fa'^ seH Idan the tree Acacia catechu; also Terra japonica. B’^ khyi-gig a flea. khyi-gtn a tree-drug which cures diseases of the lungs and the eye. It also expectorative (Med.). khyiw-rgyab-pa the bite of a dog: B*^^4'^ khyiso tab-fe the dog will bite—Ladak dialect. I34] khyig, v. 43^ hkhyig-pa. e\ ISS khyid breadth of tho hand with the thumb extended to form a span. C\ khyim 1. rosp. khab WPTR a home, residence, dwelling-place: khyim-na at home; ty^khyim-du at home, in tho house; khyim-bdag riu- po-che the ideal householder (of tho Buddhists). 2. vrfa the signs of zodiac; khyim-bcu-gnis the twelve signs of the zodiac; or gw§4p^ 4 khyim-gyi hkhor-lo the zodiac ; ^4, W lug the ram; g|^ glan the bull; ftVb hkhrig-pa (husband and wife in union) the twins; w, kar-ka- ia the crab; far, sen-ge the lion ; 4R7T, 9’bu-mo the virgin ; 4е* sraA the balance ; $dig-pa the scor- pion; ^3 gshu (or bow) tho archer; ehu-srin the sea-monster (capri- corn) ; gw, bum-pa water-pot; water- bearer ; and Ъ Ha fish. Besides these there are mentioned twenty-four minor signs of the zodiac such as зтни, mihu than the dwarf ; 'srqgw, ne- tcahi bum-pa, ЧК4)* hbrin-gar, &c., which raise the list of the signs to thirty-six (K. g. SI29). Acc. to Jd. there is more- over a division into twenty-seven lower mansions much in use, v. ^’4* rgyu- $kar. 3. double hours ; the time of two hours; the time of the passing of a sign of the zodiac through the meridian (Ja.).
В’Ф I 161 4. halo or circle round the sun or moon (<7s.). 5. symbolic numeral 21 (Ji.). B^’B”khyim-stcyes tzw domesticated; indigenous. В^'3Ц’4 khyim skyon-wa to have a household; to gain a livelihood (Jiz.); to stick to home and look after it. B*’^ skyes- pa hbrus-phyitn-wa an eunuch; also a domestic slave; one belonging or related to a family. Вя’3 khyim-gyi kun-dgah ra- skyed-tshal a grove or garden attached to a house (M?w.). khyim-gyi gtor-za chuhi bya-gag a grey species of duck (Jfnon.). B^'S’S4!'^ khyim-дуг dag-ra, фкк dans- ra yard, courtyard. The Vf* dag-ra of a temple or tomb is called hkhor-sa or ne-hkhor. В^З’^’З khyim-gyi nor-bu (lit. the gem of the house)§gron-med or §5 mtshan-mohi §nan byed and hbar-wahi ral-pa a lamp, light (Mnon.). khyim-gyi gyab§ НТЙ veran- dah or portico. B^’3J'N‘^*< khyim-gyi sa tsis household; house-keeping; farming. B*’5 khyim-na a whale; a fish of the size of a house ; a mythological fish (&7г.). В*’У«й'Ч^ khyim-ne-wahi rin-po-che the perfect ideal of a lay subject of a king and second only to the B^W khyim-bdag rin-po che. В^’чл khyim-thab or B^44N khyim- thabs husband; frequently also wife; B*’ khyimthab-la slon-wa to give in marriage ; to give away a woman for a wife; B^’44^ khyim thab-mo wife; house- wife ((7s.) ; B* wvfHWT a devoted wife: let you and me be married. Syn. ВЧГЧ khyo-gug\ bzan-tsho, bzah-tshan (Mnon.). B^S^’B^ ^ khyim dan khyim-na house to house; each in his house. B«’^ khyim-du nal—^w&WQ bya-mchil- pa the swallow (тИлоп.). B^VI khyim-bdag a house- holder ; a master of the house; husband; owner of a house; a citizen. Very freq, in the older writings V3! the house-holder class is like a great Sala tree. khyim-bdag drag-tptl can a rough uncultured householder. khyim-bdag dpal-§byin, n. of a householder who was devo- ted to Buddha (К. ко. * J55). khyim-bdag-mo a house-wife; also a female householder. Syn. brtul shugs-ma; khyim hdsin-ma; khab-hdsin-ma; rigs §kyon-ma; rigs-kyi- ma; В*ГЛ5ДГЯ khyim-bdag-ma (Mnon.). khyim-ldan, v. rtsan§-pa a lizard (Mnon.). khyim-nas byun-wa — ^'^ theg-chcn byan-chnb lion- gin-gi lo-ma a leaf of the Bodhi-tree (ЛГ. d. khyini-gna^ bram-zehi rig§-bshi-yi gcig la- khyim gnas acc. to Brahma^ical religion, the worldly life, a house-holder’s life (Ydsel.) 55). 22
162 B^i дя'ч khyim-pa layman; married man : g»rqr2£4pr«j’|Vq khyim-pahi phyogs-su ibyin-pa to give away to a layman : phyis khyim-pahi tshul can-gyi rnal-hbyor-pa a devout man or yogi who lives outwardly in tho manner of a layman. 0*rq^5’q‘^ khyim-pahi spod-pa can ho who betakes to the life of yogi; 54! gshon-nu gdun-drug an epithet of Kumara Shadanana (Mnon.) : do not revert to the life of a layman (Mnon.). g*i'q ^ q5khyim-pa riag-pahi dpyad the science of discerning tho fit place for tho residence (of a householder). gwqvoi^q khyim-par gnas-pa 77^, 4W one that abides in his house; ono living in his house; a worldly man; ho who lives as a layman. 0^’34 khyim-phub living in divided families (7Г. d. я 75). 0^’3 khyim-bya (khyim-cha) grajs, fWH domestic fowl ; eock; hen; poultry. Syn. ’ЯЗЯ'$5 zan^-kyi gtsug-phud; 5 mya-nan-nied; znn-gl rags sgrogs*, iho-ran§ skad; ^5 mishan-mo skad; bde-leg^chn; yons-zlnm mig; 5Ф’§5 dgah- byed; ^№§\hphel-byed; nor- buhi mgr in-can; hod-kyisde; 2’зкд’ sna-гсаг sgra-sgrogs; zans-zi- can; q^N’q5'4|^4]'^5 pags-pahi gistig phud; mishan-mo rig; rkan-pahi mishan-cha can (filfion.). '<3 khyim-bya mishal-lu a very large species of fowl which is also called If 5The bile of this bird is believed to be a cure for poison. 0*<’5$’§5’q khyim-byahi %pyod-pa the four habits of the cook acc. to Masuraksi §1 are the following:—iho-rans Idan dan crowing before dawn ; hihab-pa dan-ldan always fighting; gnen-la kha-zas snom§-par bycd dividing food equally with his friond; mola rab-gnon ne-icar spyod always keeping tho hen under control and chucking her. 0*r^ khyini-tshan a family; a house- hold. (дяяХад khyim-mihes a neighbour; 0*** яХяkhyim-mishc^ du^-pa btan- fabrel nearness of residence; neighbour- hood so near that the smoke from tho fire- place of ono house mixes up with that of another; 0^’^N’q khyim-mishe§-pa a male neighbour; khyim-mtshes-ma a fomalo neighbour. §^’^4 khyim-shag a zodiacal day. 0Я Д khyim-zla a zodiacal month. gsrq ^c/q khyim-la hon-гса, gion- tea to got married, to be given in mar- riage on tho female part (/a.). jjjrer^-q khyim-la s hen-pa a lover of home ; ono attached to his homo ; home- sick. khyim-sun hbyin-pa 3^r- vituperating or blaming the secular state or a domestic abode. 0*гй khyim-so homesick. khyim so-sor bsgo-wa gi^r- ono who creates dissensions in a family. khyim-gsar-ma^Qy** bag-ma or lag-hdsin-ma^ also Ihan-cig §pyod-ma a bride ; wife (Mnon.). 1^, kyu flock ; herd: ЧЧЛ’В khyu a flock of sheep; rtahi khyu a herd of horses; {pwg-gi khyu a herd of cattle; 5^‘B byahi khyu or i$hog§ a
163 flock of birds. khyu gsags-pa to collect or gather in flocks (Sch,); khyu skyons~wa to keep; tend a flock or herd; company; band; gang; troop: mi-khyu a company of men (Os.); S’«’B bu-mo-khyu a bevy of girls; dmag-khyu a troop of soldiers. khyu-nas hbud-pa to exclude from the flock or company; khyu sna hdren-pa to go before; to take the lead of a troop or of a flock; Bya ser-po khyu-rc hgrogs man-po yellow birds; many companions in each flock (A, 34). khyu-mchog 1. chief; king; the bull; Vishnu. 2. zla-wa gsum-pa the third month of the Tibetan year generally corresponding with April. Syn. dpyid-tha chun nag-pa; §bran-zla; myos- byed; dri-shini ldan\ «Ksp5* yid- srab§; hdod-hdus} min- bzugs; hbrug-zla\ zla-wa gsum-pa, the third month of the Tib. year {Rtsii.), khyu-mchog bgrod-pa=S’ bya-mchil pa a kind of swal- low (l^non.). khyu-mchog rgyal-mtshan = dwaan-phyag chen-po n. of Mahadeva (Mnon). khyu-mchog can = $^ffiQ zla- wa brgyad-pa or §ton-zla hbrin-po the eighth month of the Tibetan year corresponding with November (Rtsii.). ц-я^-я^’ч khyu-mcog mtshan-pa 1. ^4!^ one with the marks or signs of a bull or ono who carries the bull ensign. 2. n. of a drug called (the plant Jastica genderussd), which is used for purifying the blood. B’jpi khyu Ito-wa with a belly resembling that of a bull. 0*^’4 khyu hdus-pa collected in a herd or flock; also heap, multitude; an aggregate. khyu-ldan, v. tsha-wa len Гч^, the tamarisk (M.non.). khyu-byug erroneously used for so R’g4] khu-byug, n. of a large bird of sweet note, which, according to the Tibetans, migrates in summer to cooler regions and in cold ’weather returns to the warmer zones. In Jd. В’ЗЧ’^О probably signifies the note of the black Indian cuckoo. IS4! khyug, v. hkhyug-pa, so ЭТ'З4! khytig-hhijug Й’5Г*\ОТ|5Л1'§5 glog-gi hod khyug-khyug byed a zig-zag flash of lightning. B4!’^ khyug tsam = ^'i^ tig-tsam or $4* or SJA’&i srib-tsam a little; a little while. Б* I: khyun herd, multitude. SO IB* II: (Sch. also khyun-mo) the garuda SO bird, mythical chief of the feathered race; the golden eagle: B*’!4] khyun-skyug a kind of gem said to have been brought from the Sumcru mountain by Garuda and vomited by him: ч1яя*ч5’яМд) khyuA-skyug dug sogs nad kun hjoms-pahi mchog, the khyun-skyug (the eagle’s vomit) is the chief remedy against the effects of poisonous drugs: В^’Ч’^’ khyud-gi sen-mos klu nad hjoms the toe of an eagle is used as an antidote for leprosy. *$] <£• khyun phrug $kyug-pahi bdw} rtsi- chag pahi kha-chu the watery substance vomited by locusts; a mystical expression (ПНЯ, 4).
0C'W 164 i: khyun $fion-skye$ 1. тщггта the first-born of heaven; the one that was born before garuda; an epithet of Aruna, the charioteer of the sun. 2. == 3’^’ skya-ren dawn. 3. khyun $og-can the early morning which advances with the wings of an eagle ; a name of Vaj тара щ Bodh isattva. ii : ni-mahi kha lo-pa the charioteer of the sun (Мпон.). khyufi-thur ean = ^*^ go-cha or go-khrab coat of mail (Mnon.). B^ khyufi-sder claws of an eagle (Med.; Cs.); (Garutja-claw) the n.of amedi- cinal root: khyufi-$dcr dkar- mo tho white species of this vegetable drug, so called on account of its resemblance to the claw of an eagle: khyuA- $der smug-po the dark brown species of the root, in appearance like the claws of an eagle. Both these roots are used to neutralize snake poison, &e. B^*^ khyun-po many collected or assem- bled together. (BOSS'S khyun-dpyad a small round basket of reed (Cs.). Khyuft-rtse dgonpa monas- tery5 in the valley of Panam in Tsang. |$еА<ч khyun-ril is said to be a largo? cylindrical basket, the same as kun-dum in Ld.y v. ^'4 rkon-pa. khyud-pa xrfvjeR to worship, adore. BS* khyud-mo 1. rta-cha$ the >o equipments of a horse. 2. rim of vessel (Sch.), khyur-po=^l'Q ril-po or ^*3 sgan-po entire; full. BvSV” khyur mid-pa to swallow; to eat the food without chewing, in the manner of birds, snakes and fish: BK^5* khyur mid-du sofi-ste suffering himself to bo swallowed. khyu$ wall side (in Tsang) ? (Jd.). khye-pa яит wide. khye-Ьоу 3’* bu-tsha children. B'« khye-ma n. of a disease (Jled.; Ja.). Bs 1 : khyed n. of a tribe in Tibet (Vai. kar. 150). BS П: pers. pron. thou, you ; is the ordinary resp. form of jjv* khyed-cag, plur. of Й5 khyed) is generally used in addressing lamas, but seldom in addressing superiors, such as parents, uncles, and brothers; is used to those senior in age, and sometimes contemptuously. khyed-ran is common colloquially for khyed; you or you all: dge-tshul khyed gnis you two novice monks; it will be as you (all) think. B^ khyen-te in Purang he; she + = khebs cover. khem a shovel: to shovel away; to cast out with a shovel; khyem-gyi hddb-ma the blade of a shovel (Jd.): khyem- gyi-yu-wa the handle of a shovel (Cs,); gru-khyem> $'Й* chu-khyem oar; in TF. §Ч]М’й* Icags khyem iron spade; й*Й*
ЙЯ1 165 ем me-khyem fire-shovel; гса-khyem а scoop; khyern-bu a spoon (C-s.). khyehu also НТ<1<=СФ, finj 1. a boy; an infant child. 2. a youth, esp. in Dzang-lun. ЙУГ» khyehu gsar-du kha hbus-pa the tender shoots of leaves (ДГЯо«.). khyehu mthon-pa, khyehu bye-wa the delivery of a child; child-birth. In Kahgyur and Tangyur khyehu rntsas-pa=^^^ bu skyes-pa the birth of a male child. Svje khyer-rkyan one who is specially authorised or responsible to make payment or receive deposits in money or in kind in a Jong ordistrict: уой-sgos che phrahi rigs Rdson-sdod khyer-rkyan nas b$du-wa all proceeds (collections) large or small should be collected by the officer resident in the Jong (Rtsii.). khyel bshug^-pa n. of a posture in yoga\ a mode of sitting: hdug-§taft§ kyi mift or TT?4!’^’^4)’4 rtsog- tsog pur hdug-pa (Mnon.). [5 khyo or [J’3 khyo-bo a husband; j5’ khyo byed-pa to act as a husband; also to take a wife: khyod-ftahi khyo mi byed- na if you do not marry me (Jd.). khyo-ga husband; also emphatically man, as ^’S’^'T^’jJ’4]’^ §kyes-bu fia Hor-pa khyo-ga yin, I, a Tartar, am a man (as distinguished from effeminate people). Й’ТЗ khyo-ga-po a hero. khyo hdam-ma-=.^* bag-ma a bride. 5’5 khyo-pho husband: 5S'§’5’5 ^’Vl' ^’9 khyod-kyi khyo-pho de che-shig Ita-bu what like is your husband (Snin.). Вkhyo-raed-pa, чпш, a widow. 5’^ khyo-re to stand erect, upright (Yig. 51). S’*?4! khyo-^ug husband and wife; a married couple; same as w# bzah-tsho or чяч'й bzah-mi (Lig. F J). J’^4!'4]^ khyo-sug gna$ ггпгс the place where a married couple pass their honey- moon. B4!'^ khyog-thon (abbr. of S’4! khyo- ga and Ifc thoti) in IF. a young man; a youth (Jd.). B4!'2* khyog-po crooked; curved; bent (0s.); also cunning (Ja.). J4]*? khyogt, Зад’ри phebs-byams 1. a sedan chair, palankeen; also a scaffold (Cs.). 2. litter, bier (Jd.). *54!^ khyogs a swing (Schr.; Kdlac. T. 146). g4!*^ khyogs-pa~^'Q theg-pa a vehicle or conveyance. skyoft, or khon-rca, in colloq. VfB* nin-khyon, one day’s entertainment. ^hyod Регз* Pron-> 2nd pers., thou, you—is the ordinary form of address to inferiors or to equals: gvl khyod-kyi your, thine; gS'*4]'4) khyod cag-gi your, of you all: gS’^ khyod-tsho or gv^^ khyod- rnams you, ye: gS’^ khyod-гай thou, you, yourself—very common in the celloq. of C. in place of the simple khyod. SS’^4!4 khyod-tpigs a pair; pair- ing, v. B’ (J4! khyo-qug.
В3! I 166 HI khyon, wiuci, гйл the measure or dimensions, area, extent, size; width; circumference; height: this term can be applied to things material or immaterial; fe$-byahi khyon-kun the whole extent of learning or knowledge; the extent of the void space or sky. S^'lj'q khyon-sgril altogether; all taken together: $don-ra$ khyon-sgril go$ snams cotton cloth for wicks all together (Rtsii.). khyon-che-wa fwW, broad; very widely spread. B^’?^ khyon-^dom all together; sum total; contents; acc. to Cs. narrow extent. khyon-nas thoroughly; ^Я’^ an out-and-out sinner; not at all (Jd.). kyom-khyom oblique; awry; irregularly shaped. 13^ I: to move totteringly; to stum- ble ; be dizzy; defined in a native author аз “ mov- ing as if one went with a hungry belly and without strength”; qjkq’jj* to walk as an old or drunken person; tshad-pas na-na§ kha khyor speaking irregularly as in a feverish delirium; ^'Я’^'Й^'4 fin-gisnod khyor-wa bobbing as a wooden vessel. II: as much as fills the hollow of the hand; В^’А'Я^ khyor-wo gan a handful (of anything); khyor-wa do two handsful. khyol-wa, v. hkhyol-wa, to be brought or carried or khyos-ma. |5 I: khra (tha) 1. a cheat. 2. a kind of hawk or falcon; sparrow-hawk used for hunting: khra- yi zgo-nag sa-bon hdsag-pa bsrun the egg of the hawk is curative of the disease of involuntary discharge of the semen ; 0’^* the feathers from a hawk’s tail remove female diseases; Д'^’д^’З^’Э^’ ^Я'*§’яЗЯ^ khra-yi brun-gyis skrans-pa rnag-tu hgiigs tho excrcmont of tho hawk prevents accumulation of pus in a boil; НЙ«Т«|рч-^<1§е.-ця-ч]^^4А a hawk’s eyo overcomes all demons that produce apoplexy. Syn. hdab-chags dan~ma; ri-bofi-za; S’H bya-khra\ Я^ 4 &У°- и-а'(Ц[поп.). II: n. of a tribo in Tibet (Vat. kar. 160). III: 1. a lie, falsehood; also a liar. 2. n. of a Naga Raja (snake king). |5 IV: or Йkhra-ma (tha-ma) a letter; B4‘H tkyes-khra a letter with a present. НЙ khra-khra (tha-tha) = ff% khra~wo- party-colour (Nag. 10). ЙВkhra khro-can (tha-tho-ean) defined as a passionate or wrathful individual. H’Sj khra-rgyu variegated colour: g** ЧЯ'^5 snum fag iked lha$ la dkar-po khra rgyu dgo§ fin. khra-brgyan variegating an ornament (amulot or bracelet, &c.) with precious stones. Н’ВЯ’Н khra-sgrigs (tha-dig) ^q]^’q khra-rim bshin sgrig^-pa arranging in variegated colours with rows of tur- quoise, corals, pearls, &c. 0*^'5 Iflvra-vna-ke-ru n. of a place near Ron in Tibet.
0’25'J 167 041 й*ч khra-pa a falconer. khra-bo (tha-o) fMr, ЗПШ, Я^Г, згзх: 1. many coloured, with one predominating colour as in chintz; party- coloured, as in the case of cattle and wild animals, such as a tiger or leopard, and in birds. In dkar-khra, the white (dkar) is supposed to predominate. In dmar-khra, red predominates. In the common saying stag-gi khra-bo ph у i-la yod, nii-yi khra-bo nan-la yod, the tiger is party- coloured externally, but man is so inter- nally—the meaning, of course, is that it is difficult to know a man even by the traits of his mind. 2. Acc. to Jd. a distinction is to be drawn between khra-wo and khra-гса, the first signifying only two-coloured or piebald, and the second party or many-coloured. We have not found this distinction our- selves. The significations of the various compounds of Й khra have all a reference to the peculiar effect produced on the eye by the blending of two or more colours together, especially when seen from a distance ; so khra cem-me is said of a rainbow, tinted meteor, etc.; рта khra lam-пге or 0khra lham-me of a similar phenomenon ; 0khra chem-chcm of a flight of birds: Щ’^'^’йkhra cham- se khra chem-me or khra chem-se in C. chem khra $prin-fie in Ld. Such compounds have also assumed the character of an adverb, as in 0’^Л khra- me-re, together; altogether. khra-ma 1. a register, index. 2. a judicial decree. 3. a kind of grain, *9 hbru 4. acc. to Vai. mgyogs-nas a kind of barley grain, growing and ripening rapidly within 60 days, v. 4^’0* gyo-khram. khra-niagni$ sgrom in jewel- lery or lacquer work when there is a variegating with two colours. 0’** khra-niar a kind of biscuit made in twisted cross ribs and painted red. These are given only to Government officials at state dinners in Tibet. 0’3" khra-rfsc a kind of biscuit or pastry made in the shape of a grating. 0'^ khra-zur a species of eagle (Sch.). 0’3 khra-zla (tha-da)=^'d\tyr4 zla-ica gnis-pa or dpyid-zla hbnn-po the second Tibetan month corresponding with March (Rtsii.). 0’^ khra-rin a striped long scarf. This is also called bkra-fis khra-rin, the auspicious long striped scarf which is generally attached to flag poles:—lhag-par pho-brafi rtse-na$ khra- rin dan dar-phan dun dan rol-mo sogs §bro, moreover they exhibited from the top of the palace long scarves and pendant silk and played on trumpets and cymbals, &c. khra qig-qig in dazzling array (J. Zan.). khra-sems fcs n. of a bird (2Г. ко. 3). khrag (thag) sku-nitshal, resp. blood: ^‘0^ pan-khrag blood of child-bed. ^‘04 shan- khrag or vulgarly ^’0Я dsan-khrag signifies blood of the menses; gshuft-khrag healthy and nourishing blood (Cs.)', ^0*4 nad-kltrag bad or diseased blood. In Sikkim khrag is pronounced khyak. 0*4’^5 khrag-gcod n. of a medi- cinal herb which stops bleeding (Л/ed.):
168 04]-q^l| I to stop bleeding; cessation of bleeding: in IF. I feel my blood throbbing, e.g., from ascending a steep hill. flowing of the blood, generally applied to men- struation ; B4!’*4!'4 clotted blood; gore (Ck.). Syn. rma-skycs; fur hgyvr~bycd\ ga-yi sa-bcm; 8^ rntshan-bsnun $kye$\ ’Bqql^ khyab- gnas\ mi-lhun\ lus^kycs*, Si’ WRqq'q rnia-las hbab-pa {Шоп.). ВЯМ* ккгад-зкепц tpaft-rtsi n. of a vegetable medicine very useful in stopping bleeding (Swan. 86). 04|-R4] khrag-khrig {thag-thig) f^pt also 1. one hundred thousand million, or an indefinitely large number (Ce.); this number has twelve figures; gq'gq|'^'q khrag-khrig chen-po this has thirteen figures, cf. dkrigs* pa. 2. in vulgar language В’Гй1’! khrag- khrig is expressed as В'Ч’В'^ khra-gi khri-gi and means moving and oscillating about: de-na$ rdsih§ chen-po khrag-khrig team yan med- par then (in) a large ship which did not even roll. ЕЯ' В ЧГ^С/Ч khrag-khrig §nan-wa=B4!' ynig-rgyu a mirage; an optical illusion {Mnon.). B^I'B4) khrag khrug {thag-thug) all in disorder; promiscuous state; like a troop of fighting men, or like the loose leaves of a book when out of order {Zam.). khrag-hkhrugs agitation; flut- ter ; orgasm of the blood {Sch.). khrag-khrog {thag-thog), v. ВТ khrag-khrug. йч|Лйч1^ khrag-ge khrug-ge {thag-ge thug-ge) when two men do not agree with each oher, there is said to be thag-ge thug-ge among them—a falling-out, dis- agreement. BT^ khrag-rgyun the run- ning of the blood in the veins; circulation. BT**!^’? khrag chag$-rta a blood bred horse, i.e., a real horse, opposed to a metaphysical ono {Mil.). BTq3^ khrag-hthuft 1. a class of terri- fying deities of the Bon and Tantrik Schools. 2. gV' skyu-ru-ra Myrobalaum emblica {Sman. 30b). ВТ *3^*5 khrag hthufi-hbu the worm that drinks blood. khrag-hthuti erin-bu a leech {Шоп.). BT?4 khrag-ldah wnr tiger; tpft-dniar ram gqer n. of a red tree; tho red pine called ; a species of mahogony {Шоп.). BT^'* khrag-ldan ma described as SV ^V3’*^ V3JV4 a woman at her monthly period {Mnon.). дч]'EKj-q khrag-por skye-гса a botanical term applied to the leaves of plants (Vai. sH.). 04] 4qq khrag-hbab—tf^'b chu-bo si-ta a name of the river Sita {Шоп.). BT^ khrag-ro clotted blood. BT^q khrag-lift a clot of blood. khrag-^as che-wa plethoric {Med.; Ja.). ВЯЛ* khrag-$or hemorrhage; bloody- flux {Med.; Jd.). ВТ44!4 khrag-bqal flooding after child- birth ; profuse mensturation: 3 ^Y^V4^’qc/ 04]’€Hjq’4]T^ it stops the flooding and internal spasms in the blood discharge of a healthy woman: MJ rag=^khrag.
169 й-ад । khrafl. (thang)> v. *04 rnkhran. 0S’q hrad-pa (the-pa) stretched out: BS'^’^S’4 khrad-por §dod-pa to sit with the legs stretched out (Ja.). khrab (thab) чйгаптате: shield; buckler; coat of mail. The coat of mail used in Tibet and Bhutan is generally made of iron rings or thin disks resembling the scales of a fish netted together. Two kinds of khrab are known in Tibet; one is called вч’$4’Э||дц, which is made of iron rings or scales; that made of thin plates or iron foils. There are accounts of coats of mail made of silver and gold for the use of kings. The common quilted cloth armour used in Mongolia and China is called 04’W0q, In Mongolia it is called dasa. 04’04 khrab-khrab (thab-thab) a weeper; one that sheds tears on every occasion (&Л.). 04,*f43i khrab-mkhan one who makes or wears armour. 04’khrab-can scaled; scaly ; wearing a coat of mail. khrab-byafi gu scales or iron foils used in a coat of mail (Rtsii.). 04 55*^ ^4 khab-byin lu§ kheb a coat of mail for covering the whole body (Rtsii.). khram (tham)^ g* phra-ma a false word; wrfe a cunning man. khram-kha (tham-kha) 1. S’S^STB^'f’^4|’0’0 Iha-hdre bye-brag-gi khro-wahi kha-dog khra-khra (tha-tha) spotted and “party-coloured appearance of the wrathful demi-gods the Lhan-de (Nag.). 2. chart used in witchcraft or necromancy: lha hdrchi rtsis- kyi min, B*’F’*T44N khram-kha la bab§ is explained: жчthe signor mark of one’s ruin having been incident on the chart (of fate). 3. cross marks or lines cut into a piece of wood so as to cross one another as an ornament: khram-khahi-qin a club-like implement, carved with lines, representing the attributes of a god and containing squares with mystic figures in them which serve as a means to make attempts of witchcraft to injure a person ineffectual; WB* nag-khram a notch №) B*'B* khram-khrum fragments; baked fragments: ^4]’«гск’4^4’<^*а \ 05Г0я’4|Елг^,ч^рч (raw) brick containing prints or engravings thereon when burnt are said to be baked fragments. 0*’^ khram-ldan зття a tiger. khram-pa (tham-pa) = ^'^ vjr, 1. a liar; a swindler; artful person: ST 4^’§5’44'0*'4 byed-pahi for seducing or deceiving: khram sems-can lying; mendacious (Cs.). 2. lively, brisk, quick, like boys, kids, &e. (the contrary of gfa’4 glen-pa. slow, indolent, apathetic): khram-pa che in JF. a wish of god-speed addressed to oue going on a journey, such as Good success I May all go well! 3. modest; attentive to the wishes of others (Ja.). 0**4'4JT5 gcod lit. means to get out of mishaps caused by the evil machinations of enemies; to make the evil-charms of enemies ineffectual. 0*‘§5 khram-byed., v. gyo-can or **§5 phra-ma byed\ Ice gnis-pa double-tongued or double-dealer (Mfion.). 0**^4’ khram-ginpr 0**’§’0*’^4' khrims- kyi khram-qin a board on which the body 23
170 of a culprit is stretched to flog him on tho back (7Cay.). khral (that) 1. tax; tribute; duty; forced service. 2. punish- ment ; chastisement for sins; visitations: gry-qwprq khral bkal-wa to levy taxes : Й'Ч dnul-khral tax to be paid in money: hbru-khral tribute paid in corn: til-фпаг khral tax to be paid in red sesamum. Syn. 53 £5^ sdud-pa\ ч]^’й'4 gyar-khraly qo-garn; khral- rigs (Mnon.). khral rgyug-pa to perform forced sendee (Rtsii.). q khral-hjal-wa or khral skor-ua to pay taxes or customs duty. Syn. khral hbttl-wa; 53 dpya hjal-гга; й^‘§5’^ hhral sprod-pa (Mnon.). khral sdtt-wa to collect taxes; pf. khral-bsdus, pf. дчгч;« khral- b§dus fshar, fut. khral-b$du tcar- by a. khral-gsir levying of a new tax: £^***5 ur•йкчг^ч|*25- by levying fresh taxes to oppress tho tenants. ртй^ khral-khrug n. of a very large number (Ya-sd.). fprg'4 khral-khrulis defined as applied to any broken things, such as furniture or utensils. I: khri (tin), g’B*l khri-khrag, Й’З^ khri-gratis for number: ten thousand; a myriad: khri bye-tea ton millions. c\ [£) II: seat, chair, throne, couch; also frame, sawing jack, trestle; J’B an European chair; khrihu 1. a bedstead or stool; a small chair or table; §,<4'qK*q khri-la bsko-wa to raise to the throno; to place on the chair; §,QJ*q^5’q khri-la hkhod-pa to preside; to occupy the chair; sen-ge khri throne; a chair borno (in relief) by a carved lion for rulers and incarnate lamas; gser-khri golden scat or chair; seat for royalty; §fias-khri a contrivance to serve the purpose of a pillow; chos-khri a professoral chair; pulpit; reading desk; table for books; schooltablo; nal-khri resp. gzims-khri bedstead. 2. tho upper pedestal of a chaltya or Buddhist votive tomb. Syn. 3*rg nal-khri-9 tgyun-khri\ hdug-khri. khri rkan сан a seat fur- nished with legs; a bedstead. § p khri-kha^fi1*’f4 khrihi kha or khrihi $ten on the chair: khri kha- on the chair or seat (A. 57), khri-cheu a great chair; a title of the abbot of Galdan monastery. * I Khri-chen tfag- dwan ipchog-ldan 55’^554C> ^^1 Drin- can fiag-dwan inchog-ldan (Schr, 17 A). ♦ Khri-chen fiag-dwat $iian-grag$ n. pr. (Schr,). * ‘ Khri-chen Blo- bzafi bstan-pahi bio* bzaii in-ma hi shab§ (Schr.). fl'5^ khri-snan n. of a Buddhist physician of Lhasa; ^ 3*5^ the son of the celebrated physi- cian named Dun-gi thor-can.(Yu thog-pa) (Gyn. 33). khri snan sa-le skin of the black antelope; a devotee sitting
§Ч|'ЙЧ|| !71 on it remembers the vows as well the duties of a Bodhisattva ; spreading a skin of black antelope for a seat (Л. 11.). ichri §tan chen-po a large conch or bed ; khri-stan mthon-po a high couch or bed (forbidden to the devout). khri-gdiigs the sun. * khri-ldan sen-gehi mdsod (Schr.; Ta. 2, Ц). khri-phycd dan gnis two thousand and half ; ni-khri twenty thousand. khri-hphan the height of a chair; a high chair (Gs.); also the official rank. bison-khan a prison; jail (IQnon.) ; also R’^ khri-mun a prison; dungeon. RV> khri-hur n- of a bird (Ya-sel. 7). 0’^’4 khri le-wa fear, in G. (Ja.). i: khri-qift or R^ khrihu a chair. R’^' и: (thi-s'ing) a creeping plant; a creeper. Khri-sroft Ide-btsan the celeberated King of Tibet who formally introduced Buddhist monarchism into Tibet, erected the great monastery of Sam-ye, and caused numerous Buddhist sacred books to be translated into Tibetan. khrihi rkan-pa chos-pa чт<^- a bed furnished with legs or sup- ports ; fig. to discipline the mind so that religion may take hold of it. khrihi rkan-rtcn sfaur^i the legs of a chair. ЙчГЙч1 khrig-khrig (thig-thig) 1. proper, suitable; not less nor more : R4!’ Khrig-khrig bsgrtgs-son it has suited well; it fits exactly. 2. quivering, as of the body with cold, or chattering of the teeth. 3. v. R^’Rq khrib-khrib. Сч khrigs (thig) gral khrigs- pa 1. arranged in proper order or row with- out deviation from the right course or line: khrigs chags-sn bkod-pa seated or arranged in proper order where men, women, the old and the young, the great and the low, all are put in their respective order; 2. also in reference to a priest conducting a religious service, his demeanour when he does not look this side or that side but is intent on his duties and ceremonial observances; he is then said to be khrigs chags-su bkod-pa. kharigs-se plentiful, abundant; thorough ; khrigs-se gan quite well ; khrigs-se byed-pa to treat; to entertain plentifully (Sch.). I: khrid (thi) instruction, tutelage; yon-tan khrid-pa instruction, teaching ; RS’^i^4 khrid hdebs-pa to give instruction ; to instruct: khri$-pa§ chog I am willing to give instruction ; you may have lessons with me (Jd.). khrid zab-po thorough instruction; Sj§lu-khrid instruction to an evil purpose; seduction; khrid b gad-pa to give instruction; to make admonitory speeches. C\ HS II: or 3^ row; order; serial order or arrangement : in the same manner there are four stages in the way to saintly perfection (Lam-rim, fr).
051 172 1^5 И! : pf. of khrid-phrug (thi-thug) scholar ; pupil (Jd.). khrib-khrib (thib-thib) ^^’3 n. of a large numbor (Ya-sel.). C\ khrims (thim), тлям, ^TU, law or right in general ; the laws of a state ; any particular law. There are two kinds of laws— khrim-la chos-khrims dan rgyal-khrhns gnis god state law and spiritual or reli- gious law. The proverb says: Э’ЯЗ*'3s Kyyal- khrbns gxcr-gyi gnah ftf, chos-khrbns dar- дуг mdiid-pa lta-Ъи yin the state law is a golden yoke, but the religious law is like a silken knot: 'З'Ч^’^^Т'В^'^ for laws they pass decrees, statutes : ‘or khrbns-la gnas-pa to be subject to law : holy personages and the incarnate race are also subject to law. Syn. for laws of state:—Ч4!” lugs ; hjig-rten khrinis-, yuZ-. chos; Д*** khrbn$; khrims-htg$ (Mnon.). khrims-khan court or place of justice. Syn. q khrims-rnahi khan-pa ; sgra-ldan can\ DwJ'vq khrim&Jcyi ra-wa ;Vrg4T*’ dril-sgrog-sa, (Mnon.). khrbns-kyi kha lo-pa, Blon-po a minister; a legal officer (ДЬ7оп.), khrbns bsgrags-pa, v. 0^4* bkah-btags, a proclamation or prcu claimed order. khrims-gcod^^^^^S nes-pti gcod to inflict punishment (Mnon.). gw4e«i|N khrims-hjagi = khrbns kyi don bshin ace. to the meaning or spirit of the law (Nag.). 4 khrbns la §kyal-tca to deliver up to justice. |5^ khrii (I hi), v. khrii. |5^ к hr is (thi), pK‘^’1*’’4 khrii hjogs- pa peace, v. hjug$-pa. khru (thu) fi’« khru-ma one- fourth of a hdom or fathom; a cubit; rtsc-khru or the measure of eighteen inches, from tho elbow to the extremity of the middle finger: khru-gan rtsam about the measure of 15 inches from the elbow to tho fisted middle finger is called bskum-khru, qt cubit measure ; (9’WP к hr и hjal-tca to measure with a cubit measure (Cs.). H’=J khru-wa (thu-wa), sometimes for 45*4°hkhru-wa, to wash. ч» Й'Ч]з^ khru-gzar a kind of stew-pan (SM.). khru-slog or khru-rlog tilling the ground; ace. to Seh. a pit filled with corn : khru-$log-pa dig- ging ; breaking up the soil; gardening. khrufi-khrun (thung-thung) so "Э яте crane, grus cinerea; also the stork: khrun-khrun rus-pas chu-hgags sol the bones of the crane remove the stoppage of urine. When milk mixed with water is given to a crane it will drink the milk, leaving the water in the basin. The reason of this, according to K. d.\ 110, is that as soon as the bill of the crane touches the milk it turns into curds, which are eaten up, leaving the water in the basin.
03j I 173 I Syn. mgrin-pa rab-rift; й*Г mig $man mjug-ma; ДУ* krun-ca (Mnon.). |gc/|5c/4Ew khrun-khrufi hjoms—^^ 8)’g dbafi-phyug-gi bit ckufi-ba gshon-nu gdon-drug a name of Kumarathe second son of Is'vara (Mnon,). IS54 khrtuj pa, Q*t|554 lus khrud-pa to wash; cleanse out dirt or filth from the body (Rag.). p^ khrun (than) ufhrnu height; X0 . length; extension (Cs.): khrun phafi srid height and breadth (equal). kh rn m-kh rum (thu m- th am) 40 40 (Sch.) : 9S’q khrum-khrum byed-pa or khrum-khrum brdun-tca to pound in a mortar. RWJ khrums (thum) n. of a 40 constellation: ^^5 khrums-$tod the name of the 24th constellation, Syn. bya-mchu; # ?ihi Iha- mo; W’*1 gna§-ma; Ьа-ghn rkan (Mnon.). ^’?S’3yq khrums-stod-kyi na-ica 4Tx£- the full moon of the month of 4^, July. khrnm$-$mad the name of the 25th constellation, ; acc. to Hindu astronomy the 26th lunar mansion, figured by a conch, and comprehending two stars, of which one is Andromeda. Syn. zehu ; ^'Ч'яЭс, ^brul-hchin (Mnon.), £*<^'3 khrum-zla (thum da), v. 3'q’q3S’q zla-ba brgyad-pa ^йнт^, the eighth month of the Tibetan year. Syn. hbugs-pa ; Sbya-mchu ; nor-ldun; khyu-mchog can; q qik. ^'£Uc/ ba-lan rkafi-bzan; *w sprin- bzan; ^’4 len-pa; byahi zla-wa; §ton-zla hbrin-po (Mnon.), khrul (thul), khrul gton- wa to let fall; to drop (several things at intervals) ; mchi-ma khrul bshcd to shed tears : 3’^ zla-khrul in W. iutercalary month (Jd.), khrul-po in C. 1. cheerful; 40 merry. 2. fornicator (Jd.). khrul-ma 1. in W. crooked 40 crank, handle (Jd). 2. a whore. 3. P' ger* khu-wa khrul-ma rice-water or water in which millet is washed. khrus (thus) WTUcT, яй bath; washing ; ablution. khru§-kyi btul-shugs can = dran-srofi a Rsi or sage who observes the vow of ablution : khru$ byed-pahi Itun-byed faults committed while bath- ing : having bathed put on clean clothes and take milk, curds and butter (Lon, ^\32). Syn. kun-tu rgyu; dkah- thub-can; fiag b§dams-pa; 4 dge-war slofi-ica ; non-mons thul; ^qc. q*^<4 dban-po thul; §mra-ba cad- pa; gtan-bar gna§-pa; 95'4 tshan-par spyod-pa; *],q rig- byed klog-pa (Mnon.), & ST kkru§-kyi rtsa, $'-*] ku-ga the grass Ku-ga (Mnon.). khrus-kyi rdsin к hr us rgyab-sahi rdsin a bathing tank. g*T0 khru§-khu water for bathing (Jd.), g$rpq'q|^’q khrus-khah brtsegs-pa the making of a bath or bathing place.
I 174 [ B’T’W khrus-mkhan one who bathes ; he that has bathed. khru-chal washing materials, soda, soap, etc. khrus-chu bathing water; water consecrated by a deity being washed in it. khru$-dar scraf or good linen towel for the toilet; scarf of silk used in washing the images of deities (Rtsii.). Syn. bum-dar\ sor khru$ btags-ri (IjUon.)^ khru$-$der basin; washing bowl. khrtts-pa ((hu$-pa) qfKSeHb чга washed; also washing. Syn. 5^'5 khru$-bya; fikhrud; {9'4 khni-wa (Mnon.). khrus-buni washing pot or jug. khru^-ma khrud-ma washings of rice or any other millet; also the rem- nant of water in which rice, &c., is boiled. khru$-rdsa$ articles of washing or to wash with such as soap, ete. Syn. Idag-chal; khrus-rtsi*, VT§5 dag-Lyed (MHon.). khrus-gshofl bathing tub; basin used for a bath. Щ’ЗД khrus-ras a towel; a bathing towel. khruz-gfcr bathing water. Ace. to Jd. this word (in La dak) relates to a certain medical procedure or method of curing. ргдШ khru$-gsol-wa resp. for E^'§5’4 khru§-bycd-pa, i.e., when applied to bathing places used by divine beings and great men: g*r§V°’ lha-mi khaft-pa sogs la khrus byea-pa “gods or men taking a bath in their abodes and so forth/’ to administer a bath to another, especially as a religious ceremony, consisting in sprinkling with water. khre (the) millet: 4$*r§5, w§5 millet, being both heavy and chilling, causes 'wounds to swell, but bones which have been dislocated or fractured it causes to unite. khre-rgod wild millet; wild Й stops diarrhoea and removes the poison. §'£ khre-tse Chinese vermicelli (Jd.). khreg^-pa (theg-pa), v. mkhrcg§-pa. khrem-gner, v. chu-gncr (Mnon.). khrd-po shameful. -*4 khrems-pa (them-pa) 1. irriga- tion; also to water gardens and cultiva- tions ; to sprinkle water. 2. n. of a book: byan-khog khrem^-kyi lufirin-chcn hod hphro-ica (Sorig. 81). khrcl (thel) resp. 3^’0^ thugs- khrcli. fqqija kind of millet. 2. 44^41 shame; diffidence ; bashfulness ; modesty. 3. piety acc. to Ja., especially in IF 4. in C. disgust; aversion. 0^'45 khrel-gad a scornful laughter. В°г^ khrel-can possessed of shame; 4^ khrel-can bashful (Cs.); also earnest, conscientious. khrel-lto$ pusilanimous ; shame- faced. khrel-gdoil (lit. a face capa- ble of shame) a bashful face. khrel-hdod-can in W. ready to shame others. fKtft khrel-ldan, v. fio-tsha $es- pa qroMfari modest.
0” I 175 Н'ТЦ to be ashamed; to provoke shame: gq-ц&\khrel-wadan no-tsha-wa me$ he has no shame or modesty. khrel-mcd-pa^ ^'^y^khrel-med- та immodest, shameless. jgai khrel-yod modesty ; chas- tity ; decency ; 0^’*Ч5 4 l-yod-pa to be chaste: khrel yod-par byed- pa to behave chastely, with modesty. khre§ or (the) 0*r3 khres-po, (the-po) a load, burden: mikhres chun- can a man with a small load (A, 10), g^-q-^q^c.-^N kre§-po dehi nan-nas from within that package: Я9* gshun-don-gyi bsans $in khres phed half a bundle (or load) of fire-wood for the use of government (Rtsiii), Syn. khur-pa* khur hdren- pa; tgyab-kyis theg-pa; ft*’ ЗГ*ч khur stsa-pa (Mnoui), khres-khrc§ (the-thc) unable to sit erect; falling down : mi-gag khres- khre$ na-wa gzigs nas sman-pa la cis phau dris-pas (A, 44) seeing a man very ill so as to be unable to sit erect, he asked the physician what would be of use. khra (tho) a kind of bronzo, of about samo quality and worth as bell- metal hkhar-u-u), but inferior to li. The kind of bronze called khro-nag or dark bronze is also called Ichags к hr о on account of the predominance of iron in the compound. The kind called fTST1 khro-dkar, white bronze, has more zine and •ЗД’рГ zans-khro has more of copper in it than iron. The dark-bronze is largely manufactured in China; the white-bronze is much prized by the Tibetans. Huge bronze caldrons used in the great monas- teries of Tibet for boiling tea are made of the white bronze; tshog§-khro large bronzo caldrons used in cooking tea, &c., for the use of the congregation in the mon- asteries of Tibet: khro-nag gzcr-srin dan dug-nad hjoins dark bronze dissipates worm-spasms and poisonous complaints. 0’5^ khro-rgyan ornaments made of bronze, khrohi khug-til bronze pot to boil tea. щЧ khro-chu 1. liquid or melted bronze; acc. to some author melted iron before it is cast. 2. n. for 5^’$ dnul-chu quicksilver; (a mystic) term (Min,), khro-chu §dom-pa to fill up joints, grooves, &c., with melted bronze; to solder. 0 hjoms-pa to suppress anger or wrath: ganshig b$grim$-te khro hjoms-pa, de-ni hdi-din gshan-du bde (Spyod.) he who can subdue his anger will be happy here and hereafter. йЧ*^ khro-nams-^t&'^ls rnam-brjid or rfiam-hjigs or rnom-brjid to sit in an angry mood (Mnon.), khro-gner wrinkles on tho face and forehead expressive of wrath, indignation, anger; also indignant. khro-gner-can she whose face is wrinkled with anger; also frown- ing. * khro-gner can-ma (Schr, 36 Ci). g^v^ci khro-gftcr med-pa free from frowning or anger.
Й’Я й<11 й 4^ khro-gner gzi-brjid ldan-pa} -q’V1! $u-daj n. of a medicinal root [Sman. 102). 0q khro-pa in JF. for 0 khro. д q khro-gt um-po furious with rage. й-q khro-wa^ (tho-wa) 4£‘« brtse-wa тру, wfcrr sbst. anger, wrath ; also adj. angry, wrathful: khon-khro- wa smouldering wrath: khro-wa bzod-pa subduing or abstaining from anger: 0 4 '4^'4 khro-wa b^od-pa nc$ bcom-pa $ltir-yaft $kye-war mi-hgyur-ro anger having been subdued and inwardly suppressed, it will not grow again (It. d. * 68) : 0‘4^‘ -9| § tin chief remedy for the poison of anger в forbearance (7Г. d. * 68) : 53\4W*’«5’ if tho wrathful mind be onee subdued it is tantamount to subduing all the enemies ono has. or 0'4^* to be or to grow angry (Cs.) ; though angry, to be as if not angry ; 0 ’4*rg’4 angry looks ; to look back with anger (Mnon.). Й'Ця Ithro-wa-пш жЬ?*тт n. of a goddess. khro-wo itho-wo) ^tvt, an angry spirit; a god or Bodhisattva in his assumed wrathful mood or manifestation. * khro-WO khamt-gsum rnam-rgyal tprul-tyad ЖПТ- (Schr.; Ta. 2, 276). 0'S^q khro-wo chen-po an appellation of MahSkala, the Lord of Death—the terrific god or guardian of Buddhism. *0‘^^я^ khra-wo rta-mgrin ЖТ^- (Schr. 71 C.). * 0'^5 ^4^'5 i khro-wo $tob$-po-che (Schr. 73 B.). ♦ p ^4^\£ ч0<Ц'4 khro-wo bdud-rt$i hkhyil-pa ЖПтг«гнг<гй (Schr.; Ta. 2, 103). *0’^'ЯЧ5’5’4 khro-wo hdod-rgyal (Schr. 72 A.). * 0’25 khro-wo rdo-rje sa-hog (Schr. 7k B,). * khro-wo dbyug-pa sfion- po nWw (Schr.; Ta. 2, 161). *0'2$9 q^’4 khro-wo mi-gyo-pa WTWT^T (Schr. 58 C.). * khro-wo ^ne-wa btseg^- pi (Schr. 58 Л.). khro-ico gtsng-tor hkhor-bsgyur (Schr.). khro-wo gshan-gyiz mi-thub-pa (Schr. 71 A.). *p’25’qj^aj'gaj^5 'khro-wa ggin-rje-gged (Schr. 71 B.). 0 §5 khro-byed Vtw, frightful. 0'§V* khro byed-nia 1. a name of the goddess Paldan Lhamo. 2. ojgsrXi bud-med gtum-mo a fearful woman (Mnon.). 0 'Й4] mig-gi тпат-hgyur or ^4фйч| §dafi-mig an expres- sion of the eye; angry eyes (Mnon.). 0 Й khro-пю a female terrific deity or spirit. 0'Й^ khro-mon prison (Sch.). khrog (thog) in 0^'454 4 khrog brgyab-pa to drink hastily; to gulp down : 0<q £4 4*ShT0«q khrog chiifi-pa yis khrag-gor-gcod-pahi-mchog. Thog- chung is beht for stopping bleeding.
04'041 177 й*'5|| khrog-khrog (thog-thog) 1. one who speaks irrelevantly and is not steady in his acts or words. Described as q’i^-q’p’^’^ c^'q’ acc. to Jd. in JF. the sound caused by something falling heavily on the ground. Й*Г4** khrog-chun an herb with leaves resembling a saw in shape. M4!’ khrog-po botanical term, used of leaves standing round the stem scattered or alternately. khrog-sman the raw unpre- pared substance of a medicine (Sch.): ЯУ B^l sman-khrog is defined as sman-ma brduns-pa §na-tshog$-la, the unpulverized ingredients of a medicine. khroft-fie (thong-he} upright, straight, erect (Jd.). khrofi-po close-fisted, stingy (JS.). R5’ khrod (thod) crowd, assemblage, mass, multitude ; mi-khrod a troop; crowd of men ; ^’B5 ri-khrod a range of mountain peaks; Г05 rtsa-khrod a heap, stack, rick (of hay); V^’B^ nag§-khrod a dense forest; $<YB5 mun-khrod thick dark- ness ; dur-khrod a cemetery ; B5'^ in the crowd; ^'B5=also a hermit. khron (thon) claw: B^ khron kyis тко-icahi sdc the class of galli- naceous birds (S.g.; Jd.). khron-pa (thon-pa), ^4, 3rrfa, well; spring : B^’S khron- pahi chu well-water; also called don-chu; B^'S khron-Ъщ a little well: §\q^vq khron-pahi shih-po B^w ^’4 hron-pa$ run-ica water in a well that has been made fit (by the priest- hood) for drink. B^’9 khron-bu 1. a medicinal root; a vegetable purgative. 2 ’***‘cjvje/ kJiron-bus hjam-por $byon-byed grogs-kyi mchog thron-bu acts as a gentle purgative. R« khrom (thorn) a market place; a bazar; crowd of people ; multitude of per- sons ; B*1’^ khrom-chcn a great crowd; tshogs-pahi khrom-rnams the assembled crowd; pho-khrom mul- titude of men; J^'B^ rgydl-Khrom a royal gathering: acc. to Cs. B^yq khrom- chen-po, chief market-placo, also principal street: b^’^X q khrom-$kor-wa to wander about the market; to ramble through as if in a market; gsan-snags khrom-du klog secret spells (magic formulas) are read in the market. khrom-skor-ma harlot; strumpet; street woman (Cs.). B*1'^4]‘^5 khrom-thog chod a person well dressed, well equipped, and possessed of personal accomplishments; one above the crowd ; above his fellows. Khrom-pa 1. n. of a province in Tibet; B^’qq khrom-po-pa, an inhabi- tant of Khrom (Thom). 2. a market vendor. ^*5^ khrom-dpon officer who is charged with the supervision of a market. khrom-me * sparkling ; glittering: zil p-akhrom-pie sparkling dew 24
178 di’np. js^'V^ ^’I^S'4’4 Mrow dmar nag hkhyil-wa a motloy crowd; a throng, black and rod intermingled. khroni-tshogs (thom-tsho) tho gathering of buyers and sellers, &c., in a market : $a-khrom the section of the market where meat is sold; meat market; VTg* dpe-khrom book market; УД* rta- khrom the section where ponies and horses are sold. khroms, v. *5^'4 hgrcm-pa. khrol (thol), v. hkhrol-wa and яЗргд hgrol-ica 1. a sound (Ja.). 2. ЧртеТте loosening ; unfastening ; that which is unfastened. by wgo- khrol is meant the separating of meat from tire bones by tho sheep’s head having been boiled well. ^’Д*1 пай khrol the con- tents of a slaughtered animal, including the stomach, entrails, lungs, liver, spleen, &c. The expression гай-gi пай-khrol phyi-la-ston-pa means “ one’s own blunders exposed to outward show” : khrol-gyis son (the ring) slid sounding (across tho azure floor). khrol-khrol (thol-thol) — ^^ khrol-po bright, shining; khrol-khrol mig khrol-k khrol-k Ita-wa to stare at. Д^Л^ khrol-doh is said to denote a large hand-bell. Ж khrol-cha release (as of monks from a religious service or of sohool-boys from class work; ace. to Sch, the act of forgiving ; pardon. j. khrol-po (thol-po) 1. cheerful, merry; sparkling, glittering, dazzling. 2. fornicator. ц. j sparkling : ^’Д'Ч’З hod khrol-po brightness (on water when the sun shines upon it). 2. acc. to Jd. in IF. distinct; intelligible. Д'Ч’я khrol-ma, nas-tehags a seive for cleansing and sifting barley, grain, etc. khrol-mo in IF. brittle, fragile; opposite to mnon-poy tough. khrol tshogs a siovo (Cs.); fags t shags iron sieve. д*гЙ khrol-log—ДЯ’ЁН khrog-khrog in W. of. hkhrol-ica. ; also 1. kettle. 2. a sound. |^5ГЦ khros-pa thugs khros- pa те, enraged; wrath-seeming; appearance of wrath : phyag-na rdo-rje gin-tu khro$-pahi tshul bstau-])a Chagna Dorje in a very wrathful form manifested himself : khro^-pahi gar dance in wrathful mood. khros-ma (thoi-ma) or Д’* khro-ma the wrathful female deity or Rudrdnl; such female divinities as outwardly show themselves to be of terrific and frightful aspect. khros-tshig angry words. Syn. rnan-hphyar or sun- hbyin (Mnon.). mkhan an affix which, annexed to substantives and verbal roots, answers in oolloq. very much the same purposes as the Hindustani appendix tea la; sa- mkhan one who has to do with the soil; lam-mkhan one who knows the way, a guide; fih-inkhan a
179 worker in wood, carpenter, joiner, &c. Affixed to a verbal root, signifies he who perforins an action, whether only just now or habitually; yon-mkhan oomer; hgro-mkhan the goer; one who moves; bri-mkhan the writer, one who has written it; «q*«^ an- mkhan (in Sikkim) one who speaks false- hoods, a liar; $e$-mkhan he who knows; b$tan-mkhan the shower, explainer ; *44^*4^ hdvgs-mkhan one who is binding, fastening; also with an objec- tive case, fiahi bu-mo hdotf- mkhan, such as are desiring my daughter; bsad-mkhan the man who is killed or who kills; a murderer. In colloq. lan- guage mkhan seems to have entirely dis- placed the termination ч pa, signifying in general the agent: gdun- ma kh у er-mkhan gyi mi the men carrying the beam. Contrary to its original signi- fication, it is even used to form the relative: the sheep which was killed. ’^5 mkhan-rgyud-=^ Bli-chen dan mkhan-pohi rgyud the lineal spiritual descendants of Bla-chen and Mkhan-po, those through whom the vows formulated by them are handed down (ВД- I: mkhan-pa ferns of two species. The one growing in Tibet is called WV’F mkhan-dkar, or the white fern; the other species belonging to the Cis-Himalaya is called mkhan-nag, black fern: mkhan-pa is deemed useful in healing fresh eut wounds; it is also applied to swellings. зцруц II: incense ; frankincense : the various kinds of incense in which the scent of such as khan-pa, Bain, etc., predomi- nates (Rtsii.). mkhan-po, a professor employed to teach; the head of a monastery. In Tibet the head of a parti- cular college attached to a monastery, high priests who give vows to the junior or inferior lamas, and professors of sacred literature, are called mkhan-po; also learn- ed men, who as such are endowed with the mkhan-rgyud or spiritual gifts or descended heritage from their spiritual ancestors, are called mkhan-po. Again, learned men such as are sent to China as representatives of the Grand Hierarch ате also styled mkhan-po. Besides these, those who serve the Grand Lama as his domestic chaplains, teachers or advisers, such as Sku-bcar Mkhan-po Khau-po, who sits in company of the Grand Lama; gzim-dpon mkhan-po the chamber- lain khan-po; mchod-dpon mkhan-po the domestic chaplain; ^W^qy *f^’q gsol-dpon-mkhan-po the steward in charge of the Grand Lama’s tea and food; *1 mkhan-sde phyi-ka outside khan- po—those that enjoy this distinction but partially. Other designations of this kind are § Mkhan-po la rnam-pa bshiste:—(1) <Rq’^5 mkhan-po chos-kyis sdud-la zan-zin- gi$ та-yin pahan-yod the professor who conveys to his pupil instruction, not wealth; (2) zafi-zin- gis sdud-la, cho§-kyis та-yin pahan yod the professor who gives riches but not religi- ous instructions; (3) ^’qgv^q^q’ ^q‘wprsjvq‘^5 mkhan-po chos-kyis sdud- cin zan-ziil-gis sdud-pa у an yod the professor who gives both wealth and religious instruc- tion to his pupil; (4) ^yq^^-jq^Y
180 Sl^l й mkhan-po cho^-kyis kyafi mi-sditd-chfn zan-zin-gis kyan mi sdud- pa yod the professor who neither imparts in traction nor wealth. W9 mkhan-bu pupil, scholar (Jd.). mkhan-mo mistress, intructress (CsJ. mkhan-rab$ the succession of khan-po or abbots in a great monastery. mkhan-rim$ the respective prospects of being elected abbot as depend- ing on the different ranks of the expectant candidates; the order of the succession of abbots. mkhan-^ob for mkhau-po dan §lob-ma the professor and his pupil; also (according to some) mkhan-po dan $lob-dpon the pro- fessor and the teacher: bla-ma mkhan-slob-kyi bkah the words or commands of the lama, abbot and teachers. mkhah щ the heaven ; the sky; generally nam-mkhah. mkhah-klofi, ^I5q mkhah- khyab, mkhah-dbyin§ the whole rompass or extent of the heavens (C*.\ wjq mkhah-skyc$ heaven-born; a name for the year Fire-tiger of the Tibetan calendar (Mnon.), mkhah-khyab that which encompasses space or the sky: •jq-^’^’ч^ mkhah-khyab tin-m hdJn Wth^t- ГЧ131 the all-comprehending (all ; b<orbingl meditation; n. of a Samadhi. mkhah khyim-can lie whose abode is in the sky; the sun. ♦jfoprX mkhah-mkhah ro [Schr; Kalac. T. 46). я^ч mkhah-gos can clouds (MM). ярч'чЗ} mkhah-hgro (kha-rfo) lit. “the sky-goer ” ; a god; a bird; arrow. Syn. lha-rnams; ч^глчщ hdab ch ays ; 5 by a; mdah ; bya-khyun ; da-ki-ni\ gtso-mo (Mfion.). яртч^’л mkhah-hgro—ma a class, mainly of female sprites, akin to our witches, but not necessarily ugly or deformed. There are two kinds of khadoma :—those still in the world and those that have passed out of the world or are about to pass away from it. Of the latter or those called ye-fes kyi mkhah hgro-ma> goddessoss of wisdom, they are five kinds, viz., Buddha Ddkini, Vajra Ddkim, llatna Ddkini, Pad- ma Dakitfl, and Karma Ddkinl. Of these Rdor-je Phag-mo, Sen ydon-ma, &c., have each a hundred thousand dakinl followers. They are said to bo possessed of superna- tural powers and resemble fairies in their attributes. Among the worldly Ddkini there are two classes, those belonging to the pantheon of the Brahmaps and those devoted to the cause of Buddhism. In Tibet we read of Tshe-rifi mched- Ina, the five long-lived sisters: Bsian-ma bcu-gni§ the twelve nymph siders who undertook to guard Buddhism, &c. Syn. hgro-zcahi sgron-me; §5’ чя£ srid-pahi $gron-me, the lamp of the world, the light of the universe (ДГЯоп.). я^ч*ч5’|ч mkhah-hgro skyes born of those that move in the sky. mkhah-hbro brcla-yig ^ччЗрч^БЦ a form of Deva nagari character used by the Rnin-ma sect in their mystical writings. ярч’чЗглщс/Аl^khak-hgro gsan-гса ye-$es n. of a deified lady, who was, in her
181 former existence, the wife of a king called (Ratna Dasa) She is adored in Tibet as the goddess of mystical learning. Щ rnkhah-hgrohi rgyal-po= bya-gtsug phud- can the golden bird (eagle) with a crest: 4’IP‘ the crest of this bird is in colour resplendent as lapis lazuli, and its wings are said to be chequered all over. w^q-q^q^qq-^q j: rnkhah-hgrohi daan- phyug ^7T, sftHvrfbl the lord of the sky. ^q-q^q^qq-^ n: = fzra ; gq^vq khyab- hjttgNishipi (Mnon.). mkhah-rnnam like the heavens; infinite: mkhah rnnam-pa a name of Buddha (Mnon.). rnkhah-rten the firmament; sky supporting ; a sort of ornament. rnkhah-ldin met. the eagle, the bird that soars on high. rnkhah-ldin dkar-po TS a general name for the swan species (Mnon.). Npq-^q-joi»^ rnkhah-ldin ryyal-mtshan, • gq'ЧЧ khyab-hjug Visnu (Mnon.). ^q-^q- ^qq • q rnkhah-ldifi d wan-po = g khyun the king of birds (Yig. k. 29). «jqq^q-qp^-q rnkhah-ldin (tfog-ра, v. w mar-gad n. of a green gem (Mnon.). rnkhah-spyod ^1^4, !• that which has attained to the sky, a gandharva (celestial musi- cian). 2. celestial enjoyment; residing in heaven: «pq’g^^^’W’^-qq-q^-q’wpq- rnkhah-spyod du las ma-§pafi$par bgrod-pa rnkhah-spyod kyi dfios-grub the blessing of entering into a heavenly exis- tence without losing one’s present form: ^‘§5gone to the state of beati- tude, i.e., to heaven. «pq-g^-q mkhah spyod-pa n. of Avalokitesvara Bodhisattva. «pq*gYVK‘# rnkhah-spyod dwan-mo an epithet of the goddess Dorje Phag-mo and of the abbess of the Yamdok Samding monastery: t^qN’q^' before the precious lotus feet of the venerable one who has attained the heavens (Yig. k. 20). ^q-^gqj mkhah-dbyug lit. sky- sticks ; a bedstead. rnkhah-mig (Schr.; Kal e. T.48). ыр-q mkhah-yisne-ma = rgyal- rntshtn the sacred ensign (Mnon.). ^q-X«rq rnkhah rol-pa divine musician ; that plays or moves merrily in the sky. ^q-or^ 1. rnkhah-la rgyu that moves in tho sky. 2. S bya a bird (Mnon.): «pq-or^-q rnkha-la rgyu-u'a to wander or move in the sky : flf^ar^’qq'S)' the Preta that moves in the sky: ^q’q|-ajq-q rnkhah-la Idin-wa to soar in the air. 3. ether, as the fifth element 4. symbolical numbers; cypher, naught. wpq-q^E.' rnkhah-gsan-=Y&'*^*\ mo-mtshan the female sex (Mnon.). rnkhahi gos -can ^TcR^i cover or dress of the sky ; the night; rnkhahi rgyal-rntshan the sky- ensign; Nf^-qqprq rnkhahi pag§-pa = faG space; xhe void sphere ; the skin or cover of the sky, i.e.) darkness, gloom ; q rnkhahi gem of heaven ; the suu, moon, star. ^q-^-q rnkhahi zil-ba — iog (Шоп.).
182 фЧ'51 | mkhar a castle, a nobleman’s seat or mansion ; manor house; freq, a citadel; fort: mkhar-dpon governor of a castle; commander of a fortress. Mkhar-kha n. of a place situated, to the north of Gyan-tse in Tsang; the birthplace of Grub-chcn Gtsafi. $myon He-rti-ka, oue of the celebrated Buddhist Tantrik saints of Tsang. mkhar rgyahi-khal contains 7G8 Dbus sho=J>±0 mgyur-sho. «pvt mkhar-rna a drum; (according to some) a minstrel. YP Mkhar-chcn brag-dkar n. of 0110 of the 37 sacred places of the Bon <G. Bon. 3$). Mkhar-chcn rdson n. of a fort near Tengri Nor. wpva^-q^ Mkhar-chcn bzih ^'4'^4’ one of the wives of Padma Sambhava {Lon. я 8). mkhar-nag-gi khal on the Tibetan steel-yard mkhar-nag gan of gold weights 38 sho of Dbu§ plus 8 $kar of gold. mkhar-nal that sleeps on space ; a general name for gods and birds. Mkhar-rta, n. of a place on the confines of Tibet and Nepal (5. kar. 77). Mkhar-ltag an abbreviation of Mkar-rtsc dan Ltag-rtsc rdson, the forts of Mkhar-rtsc &n&Ltag-rtse. Mkhar-thog n. of Tibet. mkhar-rdo (№) n. of a medicine; a metalic substance in large grains; a sort of pyrites. mkhar-sder* w, a plate or dish made of boll-metal. apvq mkhar-ica I: bell- mctal. II: (also яр^-q hkhar-ua) in B. and C. staff, stick: mkhar- gsil a staff of the Buddhist mendicant priests, the upper part of which is hung with jingling rings (Jd.): phyag- mkhar resp. for *pvq mkhar-wa. w^vq^gj mkhar-bahi dgra, sfarfc enemy of Kan£a an epithet of Ftinu (Mnon.). Mkhar-rtsc n. of a Rdsofi, or fort in Phan-yul in Tibet. Mkhar-zam Lha-khan rdson n. of a fort and town in Tibet. mkhar-bzo-tra зшзгтк, a maker of articles of bell-metal. 'qjc. mkhar-ruhi spor gan one $por of Mkhar-ru measure is equal to one silver sran. mkhar^srun the guard or garrison of a fortress (C?.)< mkhar-gsil metal cymbal. mkhal-mdog kidney-coloured; dark red (Cs.). mkhal-mahi nad disease of the kidneys. rnkhal-wa I: the kidneys: mkhel-ma дай yin tsha-gran mis pa unthun dan. rnkhal-nad Igan-wa rked-pahi nad-la phan the kidney (of cattle, etc. taken as food) equalizes the temperature, and is beneficial in kidney disease and also for ailments of the bladder and groin. II: gaid to be kind of fruit of two species used in kidney disease.
I 183 mkhas-gritb mkha$- pa dan grub-pa} a Buddhist scholar who being learned has attained perfection. *^^q’| Mkhas-grub rjc=^'^^ Q^yqarqaq Mkhas-grub Dge-legs dpal-bzan one of the chief disciples of Tson-khapa. mkhas-mchog a profound scholar; eminent among the learned. *ip$rq^ mkhas-brtan 4R steady and wise; of reliable knowledge «p^’q'q’lyq mkhas-po brten-f)a. mkhas-pa nfccf, f^TPL 4^, ys, wise, learned, sagacious: g^q^p^’q sman-pa vnkha$-pa skilful physician: cho$-la mkhas-pa versed in religion: ^’«•gk’q’or^f^’q efficient in managing pupils. Syn. 95’4 bya-wa; rig-ldan; rnam-gsal; ^’q’^ rig-pa-can; blo-ldan ; skyon-fes; yon- ian-ges; grafis-can; mdsan§- pa; ^’СЛГ’,М snan-fiag-mkhan; fas-rab-can; dam-pa; ^j’q^yqrq rig-pahi dpah-po; 3fq’^ go-wa-can; кгт-rig; brtan-po; $w^*rq sem§ ge$-pa; thos-ldan; spyod-ldan; ii*<'q*y^ rnam-par-dbans; rin- du mthon-ica; HJ^^’q’Mq’q grags-pa thob-pa; дщч’ЧЯ’аГ gsal-wahi sgo; dus-yig- can; kun-$a$; cyq^qq’q dran-pahi dwan-po; §fw blo-bzan; blo-gro$; 5^ mig-ldan; ^’J^'q^'q kun-gyis bkur-wa. (Mfion.) wpurqmkha^-pa-can ГНПЧ wise; learned; skilful; experienced ; prudent; shrewd. K^srqnnkhas~pa Ita-bu like a dexterous man; appearing skilful. «f4^ q-g5’q mkhas-pa smad-pa 4?^4 of inferior attainments. w^-q-q^’^ mkhas-pa bshiu byed shew- ing as one skilful, but not really so. mkha$-pahi mgul rgyan n. of a commentary on Tibetan grammar called mkhas-pahi mgul-rgyan by Si-tic Chos-kyi hbyun-gnas. mkha$-pahi dgah-ston jorqS ’$«’$4)” ’ n. of a commentary on Tibetan orthogra- phy (Sum-rtag) by Blo-gros rgyal-po Qi Zur-mkhar. rnkha^-pahi гдуапЪ'^Ц'лф*^ n. of a grammatical wrork by Karma Rab-rgya§ of Ho-phug. mkhas-pahi rafi-bshin can possessed of the nature of the learned; naturally wise or skilful. mkhas-pahi rigs of the learned class: mkhas-pahi rig§ las skyes born of the race of Daksa, jfwrq^’gjirq mkhas-par rlom-pa mkhas-rlom^) ufecRPT, conceited person; a pedant. mkha$-pa$ dregs pedantic: q^’X4!^’4’^ among the cultured there is much pedantry in learn- ing. ирч'ч mkhas-po or *if*rq .mkhas-pa a learned man; stion-gyi rnkhas-po rnams learned men of former times. rnkhas-blun wise and foolish; wisdom and folly. bud-med blo-ldan ma a noble, learned woman (ДИо;п).
184 mkhas-btsun learned and righ- teous; mkhafajtsun fain learned; conscientious and good. mkhas-god most skilful or dexterous. W4 mkhun-pa (Sch.)} v. khun* pa. nMur-wa the chocks: a little fleshiness in the chocks forebodes wealth (JZZ.): mkhur-tshos, v. 0^’^ khur-hhos, chocks: her very ruddy cheeks glow like the rising sun. ач^’Л w.kho-wa necessary; desirable ; also vb. to want: J don’t want it. mkho-tcahi yo-byad indis- pensable things; necessary articles; Не-war mkho-wa or ner-mkho requisites, wants, desiderata; most neces- sary things: according as was wanted before; as heretofore. rykho-byed, colloq. kho-du\ necessary things; what may be needed: khyo-la kho-ehe yb-pc rik di dir nyo nia chok the kind which you wanted cannot be bought here. rnkho$-phah acc. to Nag. signifies a fancy for a thing; a liking for; also to wish, want something. rnkhyid-gan the measure with the fist made with thumb extended, about six inches: (its) length when folded is one mkhyid {Yig. k.). mkhyud-pa, v. i: hkhyud- 40 pa to keep, to hold, to retain; dpe mkhy ud-pa, dpe rnkhyud-ean unwillingness to lend books (Cs.); dpe-mkhyud byed-pa to be unwilling to lend books. rukh у ud-spy ad 1. a sort of bag or vessel for carrying medicine. 2. sorcery, witchcraft (Sch.): Л a little instruction or various subjects like the alms-bag of the saint Phadam-pa (which contained different medicines). *0SV-’4 mkhyud $py(id-pa = ^^ ^man-pa a medicine man; a physician (ДГло/л). v. rnkhycn-pa. I В 4 rje faun-gyis thugs inkhyen-gyi fags-pa lags-sam Has your reverence seen by your prophetic sight ? §ku-mkhycn form of abject entreaty: I appeal to your honour’s wis- dom; to your honour’s sacred words; to your honour’s heart; you know full well; you will understand : О Lama, thou knowest all! of your wis- dom permit to be done ! wkhycn-wkhan very learned: profound like tho ocean in every (department of) religion. wikhycn-rgya-can possessed of much understanding; very learned: ye-mkhycn — *&i*fy*\ ntfion mkhycn pos- sessed of prophetic knowledge; fore-know- ledge; thiigs-mkhycn knowledge of a higher kind; prophetic sight. mkhycn-pa resp. for ^*4 rig-pa, go-tea 1. to know; also knowledge; '#fy%4thams-cadmk/iyen- pa all-knowing. 2 rnam-fes = ^•5^ rnam-mkhyen fbr, such terms though applicable to Buddha are now applied to the Grand Lamas of Tibet out of courtesy or for the purpose of flattering
185 them: whose know- ledge has no hound (Lam-rim.) ; superior wisdom; ‘<й’ЗцФЯ attain- ments ; accomplishments of a high order; perceived, found out, dis- covered; л«яч’5<1|чк«фуч*1 perceived the sentiments to be pure. mkhyen-dpyod yafa-pa wide and critical knowledge; wide discri- minating wisdom. mkhyen-spyan yans-pa (with) broad views and wisdom; wide prophetic vision or sight. mkhyen-brtse omniscient mercy. mkh yen-gzigs supernatural perception; attributes of a high incarnate lama or a Bodhisattva, mkhyen-rab the wise; also $c$-rab wisdom. mkhyen-fin-fiatn—^^ mkhyen-nam did you understand it ? mkhyen psum:—pshi-fe$, жгад, or the knowledge of the subject; basic knowledge: wr-SjR lam-fes knowledge of the way (to Nirvana); know- ing the way. rnam-mkhyen = ^^' rnam-par fes faurn cognition of all things. mkhrafi-pa (thang-pa) acc. to Jd. is the fourth stage of the development of the foetus. ткЬгап-ро=$^'Ц hran-pa or sra-war hgyur-ua a robust, hard and sound constitution: 4«r3**3|5’*‘4’e|’*43*;Z* in the great strength of his body there is sound health (Nag). The soundness of one’s constitution is ascertained by examining the urine deposited in a bottle; when it is natural the physician declares nikhran-hdiig, or colloquially hran-gin hdug, it (the constitution) is sound, &o. mkhran-wa (t han-ica) y or *0=^ mkhrafi§ also khran hard; solid; com- pact; ’^5 sra-mkhran-can hgyur med firm; hearty; sound; of a robust constitution (Jd.). c\ mkhrig-ma (thig-ma) the wrist of the hand (Jd.); the part of the hand which (in women) is adorned with bangles. It is also called ’*«/4 nor-bu chin-ica, the part where jewels are bound. c\ mkhrigs-pa (thig-pa) some- times for mkhrig-ma. mkhri§-nad bilious disease, ex ' mkhris-pa (thi-pa) fbw 1. the vesicle of the gall; the gall-bladder, as part of the intestines. 2. generally the bile itself; the bilious fluid: «§*г<г^£чргч|*г<г ^ЧГ'Ч’Ь^ mkhris-pa $na-tshogs b$dus-pa rma (fan dug mkhrii mig-la phan a mixture of the biles of different auimals is useful for sores; and the bile of poisonous animals is useful for eye-disease: «g*rq$' the four animal biles that are used in medicine:—(1) dom-mkhri$ bear’s bile; (2) ri-bon mkhris-pa hare’s bile; (3) hphyi-wafai mkhri^-pa marmot’s bile; (4) 3’^0M na- mkhris fish bile (Sinan. 175). rnkhris-pa~can splenetic; a short-tempered person. mkhris-ma acc. to = hkhri§. mkhris-tshad bilious fever; 3V «3*1 gra^-mkhris a feverish chill. «§«Л«« mkhri§-ritn$ applied to a fever in which the liver is conjested. as
186 ofwi’q | tfJJuVs-fas e7/c, й’огл|д*ГЧЧ’^’ one in whose constitution the bilious diseases predominate. inkhregs-pa (thcg-pd) SiBtx, hard; that cannot be broken; cannot be divided ; also fearless; and acc. to Jd. rngo mhhregs-ean obstinate, stiffnecked, stubborn. Syn. 5'4 sra-ica; mi-$fg$', mi-hjig\ $’B5 wi-phyed (Mnon.). hkhan-ica, senis mi-dgah-ua lta-hu 1. to hurt at heart or offend, also to irritate. 2. vindictiveness: gS-raj npv^qq khyod la hkhan- tshig cig-kyan hdug-pas (Hbrom. 51) you use all manner of vindictive words. 3. bickering, quarrelling; many quar- rels: dpon slob re hkhan- hbynn there arose mutual differences bet- ween masters and scholars. re hkhan byed-pri to make mischief (Jf/7.). Црр’Ц hkhad-pa, especially in IF. 1. to sit; to sit firm: f^q-ej^q to sit on the back of a camel. 2. to remain sitting ; to stick fast; to be stopped; kept back (Jd); ^qa^ajorq to got entangled with the foot so as to fall: the door sticks. hkham-pa — ^^'^ brgyal-tca to sink or fall down senseless; to faint away; to swoon. 2. to take into one’s mouth (&//.). hkhar-=.^4 sfien-pa or м]«'ч «hags-jui desire; passion; attachment hkhar-sgon white pebbles called dhar gon in medical works: &yas-gyon ynis-su hkhar-sgoft dan sran-ma on both his right and left there were white pebbles and peas. I: 1. hkhar-wa a walking stick, staff, clutcheon: &’-^‘Spr^'q,#Tj*rq- met (a man) who carried a stick of chu-qin (water-tree) (Л. 131). 2. bell-metal: tho nist (sulphate) of bronze, or of gong-metal, removes eye disease, ^vq i8 a compound of boll-mctal with copper, &c.; ^vq$'$ hkhar-icahi chu molten, liquid bronze; hkhar-tcahi ine-lon a metallic mirror. Qpvq II. vb. to adhere to; to stick to. hkhar-rfaot J'£ rgya-rna 1. gong used in Tibet and China to call people to their work or lamas to religious service. 2. a drum of bcll-metal, large bell-metal disk, producing when struck loud sound like that of a bell. hkhar-gshofi dish of boll-metal. hkhar~zans a metallic kettle. hkhar-gsil tho staff carried by mendicant priests having a chait у a fixed on its top ond, from which hang down sixteen rings: (A. 23) they all grasped beautiful mendi- cant’s staves. hkhar-gsil-gyi-mdo (K. d. <4. J$5) a tractate on tho merit accruing from the use of the mendicant’s staff. Qfni hkhal when spinning the thread stretched across is called hkhal, and that lengthwise is called sgrhn; sometimes this word is spolt as hkhel (Dag-yig.). Q.p^I’4 hkhal-wa 1. to spin:* lai hkhel-wa to-spin wool. 2 in W. to send; to forward things.
I 187 hkhii-hkhrig or ярс/ч hkhaft-wa denotes certain passions that disturb the tranquility of the mind, such as malignity and covetousness; acc. to Cfc. to emulate, contemn, hate; also to long for; acc. to Sch. pride (Jd.). * hkhu-tca я^*ч hgran-pa= to vie with, contend; also wrath- fully rebelling : she sdan-du- han don-la rgyun-du gnod-pahi sems he han-pa the real signification is always to harbour thoughts of doing mischief. Acc. to Jd. to offend, insult, injure; also injury. яд-А^-адгтА hkhu-wahi bsam-pa^^^ log-lta a false creed ; heresy (M«on.). hkhun-pa 1. groan; a deep sigh, from suffering or disease. 2. on account of fullness of the stomach, beasts such as cows and buffaloes make this hollow sound at the time of chewing the cud: ящ* g-pc/crjSK^ hkhun-sgra khan-pa khens he filled the house with groanings: i4-q]uw]-n^x)^ $(ian wahi dgra-la gyag Itar hkhun he groans (or grunts) like a yak against a fierce enemy (Jd.). hkhum-pa, pf. khams (cf. 4 skum-pd\ 3^'4 thos-pa to comprehend; to shrink ; yan-lag hkhums- pa to be contracted of the limbs ; rkan-lag hkhums-pa contracted hands and feet : yur-ra raft-bshin hkhznn by cd yin the ditch will get narrower of itself (Ja.). hkums-pa 1. shrunk, shriveled, contracted ; fig. reduced ; restricted; deprived of power: gf'^wq bio hkhums-pa a contracted mind; an easily frightened heart; one who is much afraid of (Af/j.) : acc. to Sch. to practise; to impress on the mind. hkhur-du thogs-te taking up in order to carry; taking on one’s back; lag-par khur-byes in W. to hold in one’s hand (Jd.) ; ^«гвгяцч'А sems-la hkhttr-wa to bear in mind ; ядя'чч) hkhur-thag girth or rope; strap for carrying. W’A hkhur-ica sbst. pastry; vb. to carry, as in R^RVtrq khur hkhur-ica- one who carries a burden; hkhur- byed, я^^’Ч hkhur bshin-pa carrying: s^aj’qvQRVA mi-theg-par hkhur-wa to carry very heavy loads; to carry what one is not able to carry. Khur-gog^ bring it 1 Khur- song, take it away! hklmr-tshos, v. khur-tshos. hkhnr-ra=^'*$^ smun-hkhur bread or pastry baked with or in oil (flag.). W’A hkhul-wa acc. to Nag. to subdue; to subject one by argument and language to service ; acc. to Cs. to be uneasy about; Д®гяцзга khral hkhul-zva acc. to Jd. perh. to force a tax, a rate, on a person. hkhegs-pa^ pf. of яч|ч|^ hgegs^ to hinder, stop, shut off, debar: ji-ltar bkag run-та hkhegs- pas although they prohibited, in whatever way, he was not stopped : net-skyon hkhegs-pa-po one who has stopped evils and dangers : hkheqs-byed one who stops. ’
188 ®fa| hkhens-pa, pf. khefi^ to be replete ; to be full: was filled with blood; blo-gros ma khefis-te his mind not being satiated (Л.). Q^q’CI hkheb-ра, pf. kheb§, to cover; to spread over; yons-su khebs- te being covered all over; kha tham^cad khebs-te being covered over the whole face; to overshadow (Jd.). oj^Tl'q hkhcl-wa, hgd-ica, pf. khcl, q y(iefi hkhel^ra, to put on ; to pack on; to load : ^’‘Sfaj-^orq bcu thogkhcl- tea when tho ten storeys shall have been put on (erected). qp’q hkho-wa (cog. to mkho- tea) to wish; to want; to think useful, ser- viceable, necessary; to have occasion for: it will be of use; he will be able to make use of it : ap-wft’wp will it bo useful or not, or in W. hkho-ee med, I do not want it; I do not like it. ^«£5 fit for use; useful (Jd.). I: hkhogs-pa very infirm from old age; decrepit; decayed. Gen. signifies rgan or rgyas-hkhogs worn out by age: tfio-khog, sfya- khog complexion blue or pale from old age. II: VT4, migration; wandering; fig. worldly existence. III : = g^’q gio hgog-pa to cough (Mnon.). hkhon-wa (cf. sfc-q $gon-wa) to draw in one’s limbs; to sit in a cowering position; to squat; to hide one’s self; V*’ dpah hkhofi-ica to be discouraged, disheartened (Jd.). 4ps hkhod, fut. of khod 1. surface; superficies ; $ahi hkhod snom-pa to remove inequalities of tho surface; to level; to plane; hkhod §nom$-pa levelled; made even; plain; frequently bar-gyi khod-snoms gaps were filled up, t>., distinctions of rank, wealth, &c., were done away with. 2. a mill stone; «гяр^ya-hkhod the upper stone; ma-hkhod tho nether stone (Ja.). hkhod-pa=J^4 sdod-pa to sit down; to sit; also to live, to dwell; to be set down; to bo put : rgyal srid-la hkhod- pa raised to the throne; ^‘^’^’q settled at a place ; apr^j^’q seated in rank or order; stefi-tu hkhod-pa placed above ; K^xj^’q placed under. Ufa I: J$khon n. of an ancient family in Tibet : Sa^kya hkhon- gyi rigs, Sa-$kya (hierarchs) belonged to the race of Hkhon (&ag.). Qjfa II:=W4 she-hkhon malice; dispute; war; spite (fiag.); hkhon- na§ from the state of dispute or war; hkhon-ned-par honestly, without evil intentions ; also without quarrel or dispute; hkhon sugs-pa to be spiteful or quarrelsome. *pVq hkhon-pa, also hkhon-yod- pa to bear a grudge or ill-will against a person; to be dissatisfied with a thing; also to be malicious, spiteful. hkhon-po discord; dissension (Jd.).
Cf5q5l| 189 hkhol^ bya-icahi hkholt the sphere of one’s doing or work (Zaur); also = jyrci khyab-pa. Acc. to Jd. to be startled, agitated, alarmed. hkhobs^ag not fitting to a place ; become larger or smaller: hkhyag$-nas hkhdb^ag cher-chcr son being frozen it does not fit, it having grown larger (Асф.). + hkhob-ua — ^^ fan-pa bad; wicked; low; barbarous; rough; rude; w ярч wdhah hkhob border; also border coun- try ; yan-hkhob distant border land. I: hkhor an attendant who is inferior to a friend in rank and superior to a servant : <^’3’^Ая^лГЗс;У‘’ even if he be allowed to be among the attendants. ^II: 1. for hkhor-lo a wheel; Д’яря me-hkhor the fire-wheel ; chu- hkhor a mill or wheel turned by water; gf/ярХ Rlun-hkhor wheel turned by wind; qqj-qpSX lag-hkhor a wheel turned by the hand; a millstone. 2. circle; circumfer- ence ; the persons or objects encircling; that which surrounds (a certain point or place): g'qIte-u'a dan dehi hkhor- rnams the navel and the circumjacent parts ; de khor-la thereabouts. ne-hkhor retinue, attendants; also waiters : hkhor daft bcas-pa (qqfXTTK) with the attendants or suite; hkhor dgra-bcom-pas sur- rounded by the retinue of Arhats: hkhor-du b$dus-po gathered round as his retinue; also frequently the train of thoughts, reminiscences, &c., which the soul, when passing into a new body, cannot take along with it (Ja.). hkhor wfcT (Schr.; Kdlac. T. 22). hkhor kun-tu grays, Hq- resounding in every company. hkhor-kha, zla-ua dan shag hkhor-гса la return or each rota- tion (of a month, day, or year): пшп-wahi rigs la hkhor-khahi lhag hkhyil yon-gi hdug- pa those articles which are found in excess at the termination of the period should be sent round (Rtsii.). hkhor-mkhan one who turns a wheel; a wheel that is turned; those who come and go with somebody. hkhor-gyi dkyil-hkhir the circle of attendants. hkhor-gyi skc-wa, qfrsrq dependants. hkhor-gyi sk>bo (Schr.; Kalac. T. 21). qffc'B’Rgwj hkhor-gyi hkhyams court- yard ; an open space near a temple or a residential hou^e where people assemble to witness a spectacle; also the passage round a temple or monastery for devotees to walk round for religious merit. Rftfvg'hkhor-gyi gtso-bo the chief of the attendants or followers. hkhor-geig one attendant ; hkhor-rnam§ domestics ; house- hold servants ; ®lo-hkhor a cycle of years : йгяря'^’фм lo-hkhor bcu-gnis or drug-bcu a cycle of twelve or sixty years. яря’^ hkhor-пап faqR the first of the seven musical notes. hkhor-to n. of a tribe in Tibet (Vai. kar. 190).
Gpf\-q| 190 fjgohi them- pa steps at tho threshold or at the entrance of a house. qffchkhor-du b$du§ to enlist; to recruit; to take as one’s followers. 3^4^' A Bodhi- sattva taking animated beings as his fol- lowers works for their good; or a Bodhi- sattvaAi^Nin^ brought animated beings into his followers, does work for the cause of men : ApVA^WA^<q hkhor-hdus-pa hdug all the attendants had collected together. Apvq hkhor-pa or Ap№3 hkhor-po male attendant. * Apfr;'«W| Й hkhor phag-mo (Schr., 5J Л.) hkhor-wa I: to turn round; to circumambulate, to walk all round; also to elapse, to be completed. 2. to be formed, perfected: (ЭТ‘^'Apfc’Athe frost has formed ; dew has arisen. R^VA II: the world ; rotatory exis- tence; the round of transmigration within the six classes of beings: Aj^-q-erg-^prgM hkhor-wa la skyo-fas skyes to repent at having come into transmigratory existence. Syn. w’Rnj та-rig*, тппон-chags} srid-pa ; hjig-rten ; ^’5(5 yan- srid; gshi hdsin-pa; gtsug-lag dan-po\ thun-mon chos\ ^•qgei’Agc’O)^ §dug-bsnal hbyun-nas ; Ap<q hkhor-tea (Mnon,). Rpfc'q'RpvSfc hkhor-wa hkhor-mor to transmigrate in the world (Pag. 291). Rpfc*q R&q hkhor-wa hjig сПГРГН the breaker or destroyer of transmigratory existence; the name of a former Tatha- gata. * -Sytf hkhor-wa dan-ldan chcn-po (Schr.; Kalac T. l^o). hkhor-wa doMprug=Aw д^А^^А^'А’аГ^the pass- ing of all animals to be followers of the thousand past Buddhas. RpVqWjjar^ hkhor-wa la$ §grot- mkhan oue who has been liberated from transmigratory existence ; also one who liberates another from that state. R^’qR'gw hkhor-wahi khyim=^tt& 9^' btsun -mohipho-bran the residence of a queen (Mnon.). AjSX’qR 55 hkhor-wahi dgra the enemy of the world, Mara. r^vpr hkhor-wahi rgya-ndsko the ocean of worldly existence : the Vikalpana (the wrong impression); thrown into the ocean of worldly business (Grub. S7G). RpVAR'RJR'q hkhor-wahi hchin-wa the en- tanglements or ties of tho world: ApVAR’ RjqqVjEj the strong fastenings to this world arc the cause of the suffering in hell of all animated nature (К. * 1Ц\ A{^R’qR^5’q^ hkhor-wahi $dttg-btfxal the miseries of the worldly existence. aj^var g « hkhor-wahi hdod-lha dgah-rab dban-phyvg Cupid, the god of Love (Mfion.). а^а’а^’а^л hkhor-wahi tyson-ra the prison-hcuse of worldly existence, Rpfc’AR’W hkhor-wahi lam -tho path of transmigratory existence. RftfR’AR’Rpfc hkhor-war hkhor to come in and go out of this world very often. Aj£vqvAp?4‘q’q hkhor-war hkhor-wa-po one who transmigrates. R^vq^ AQ^ hkhor-war hkhyams wandering purposelessly in this world/
191 ’’Sj | hkhor-та tshags without interruption. hkhor man-can gin ka-dam-pa «14*4 the tree Cadamba (Mnon.). \hkhor-med, chad-mcd unin- terrupted : «П|Ч bkah drin hkhor- mcd uninterrupted mercy (У{^. 42) ♦ RpX’^ij hkhor-shag the date of return; the term or period for which leave is granted to monks or soldiers at the expira- tion of which they are bound to return to duty. hkhor-zug, v. ‘Ч^Х’^*| hkhor-у и g. hkhor-yug, the horizon; the wall surrounding a city or fort; ram- part: ^^'44’5 hkhor-yug-tu or hkhor-mo yug-tu within the limits of the horizon; everywhere; at all times. *hkhor-yug (Schr.; Kalac. T. 12). uffr/quA hkhor-gyah latch. hkhor-gyog ufbnr, attendants and servants, companions and domestics: mdun-hkhor waiting servant; valet de chambrc, ^’^X nah- hkhor household servants; domestics: *j*X gtso-hkhor master and servant: 5^' *j^X dpon-hkhor the chief and his servant; ^’^X $ton-hkhor the teacher and his pupils; 5^'*j*X druft-hkhor a secretary or clerk; phyi-hkhor servants outside the domestics. * hkhor ral-gcig-ma (Schr. 53 B.). hkhor-legs-pa good atten- dants. <грХ’^ I: hkhor-lo and other weapons of war included in the following list of weapons or mtshon cha:— gyul-du hdsin-pa-) tho-vca\ ^'^Srdtin- bycd] hdsom-byed} dbytig-pa-, leags-bcins; dbyig-pa; w hphan-mdun} gan-lafi\ gsor-mdun; tsa-kra hkhor-lo (Mnon.). II: 1. an orb, circle, disk; a wheel: § ’дц,- J ЧТГЗЖ the symbol of entering into the great circle. 2. the round of life; orb or state of existence; srid-pahi hkhor- lo the chart or cycle of existence: lha clan mi rnams-kyi hkhor-lo bshi the four states of existence of gods and men:—(1) mthun-pahi yul-du gna$-pa residence in a place where there is agree- ment or which is agreeable; (2) $kye$-bu dam-pa la brten-pa Hcfpw- ’sru to take refuge with or shelter under good men; (3) bdag ned-kyi yan-dag-pahi won-lam Ч1Ж: srfwTH perfect determination of one’s self; (4) sfion yan-bsod-nam§ byas-pa sw moral merit acquired in a former existence: «фбХ’йгз^ (1) hkhor-lo can one who is possessed of a disk; (2) gpi shrill a snake (Mnon.); (3) v. bya nnr-wa (Mnon.). hkhor-lo b§gyur, hkhor-lo^gyur an Universal Emperor. Syn. ma-lu§ rgyal-po ; rgyal-кип hdud* lhag-pahi dican-phyng; sa-kuh dicoll; yan-dag rgyal-po; *4^ ^ mi-yi lha; gnam^kos (ЩИон.).
Rpvafa-gvjprg-q^-S hkhor-lo$ tgyur rgyal-gyi ty sun-mo the wife of the "Universal Emperor. Syn. nri-yi lha-то- bud-med rin-chen; gnam b$ko§- ma; Lhag-pahi dwan-phyug ma; hjig-rten btsun-mo. {Mnon.) hkhor-lo hjom$, v. di-dru hjom§ vegetable medicine lor ringworm. Mkhor-lo dan Idafipahi- ri n. of a fabulous mountain situated beyond tho great ocean whore the horizon touches the earth. At its centre it has an impenetrable golden hill called Vajra nabhi parvata. It is filled with fruit trees in consequence of which thoro aro innumerable species of monkey living there (7f. d. 282). *rpr| hkhor-lo dan hkhor-lo chen-po lhahi те-tog (7Г. d. & 368) n. of a celestial flower; idem 5^’3 tsa-kra dan tsa-kra chen-po. (7f. d. 156.) hkhor-lo dri-med n. of flower. hkhor-lo дх1оп~чъ\ Ц phag-pa, ^Ж, ЖЖТ a pig; ono with a circular muzzle. hkhor-lo hdab-brgya ^ж- КПЧЯ n. of a flower. Rj^R-afR^ hkhor-lo hdra=\^'^\ don-ga. Syn. rgyal-pohi fin; sor-ma gshi-pa; Йгэгцзч lo-ma bzan {Mnon.). R^R-HfR^q hkhor-lo hdra-ica жТжж: like a circle; resembling a wheel. Rp^R’iS’^wq hkhor-lo $doma-pa n. of Buddhist Tantrik deity. 192 в.р5*.'3('5Ч=.'|р hkhor-lo фсап-tgyur ч ^в| n. of a Bou teacher (G. Bon. 1). hkhor-lo hLyed-pa one who can penetrate into tho designs or machinations of others. hkhor-lo rtsihs-$ton the fabulous washing wTheol wdiich is possessed of one thousand radiating spokes: g«r <*i q^-g’4pR'5 in the presence of the king w as the golden w’heel with one thousand radiating ribs; £ачАЛ,«г<мг|(Л* ’^TR^-q'Qi on each spoke, wdiere it touched tho felloe, there was placed a dainty dish; from the wheel was brought before him whatovorho wished; that which he did not like turned away from him {Л. 2). hkhor-lo gyo n. of a flow’er. Rfev^R'^c/ hkhor-lohi rkafl round foot; elephant; R^'Qglan-po (Mfion.). hkhor-lohi rngon-])o tho lord or chief of all: wrr r^r’ before the feet of Kalyanamilra who is the paramount lord possessing the grace of the noble, wise, and good, whose kindness is unequalled. 4p?R-26R-w§^ hkhor-lohi mgrin as met.= rna-mon tho camel. {Mnon.) RpSv^RWR hkhor-lohi mt hah Hifa the circumference of a circle. Rpfc-aiR'^rq’^ hkhor-lohi rnam-pa can, described as ^’5) a scent called “ tiger’s-claw's.” яра^аЯ^'ч^ hkhor-lohi yan-lag=^‘^ fan-pa tpyihi min ЖЖТ^, a general term for the goose species {Mnon.).
^p5cq-q । 193 e.^| I; hkkor-lohl lug = g'^«r? pu- $el tse amber. Syn. S'** bya-za$; ha-yi hkhor- pa ; lu$~nan mig (Mnon.). ii gdags an umbrella. Syn. ehar-tfcyob', tsha-wa §grib ; ^S’5^ tshad-ikyob (Mnon.). hkhor-lo$ hgro-wa, §‘9Я $ift-rta $pyi-daft bye-brag wheeled; carriage or vehicle (Mnon.). hkhor-lo$ sgyur, v. K«|’W reg-bzafi (Mnon.). hkhor-lo§ hisho, v. rdsa- mkhan, a potter; one who lives by turning the (potter’s) wheel (Mfton.). RpSK’M hkhor-sa ч<(ч<И-ч^1ФТ the path for circumambulation round a sacred build- ing or other object; the positions of attendant demi-gods of a principal deity round his mansion. khor-hgsum man, horse and cow: V^’S'4, alight- ing from his horse, he presented the three objects, viz., a servant, a horse, and a cow to him (A. 7). hkhor-gsum rnam-par dag-pa the alms-giver, alms-giving, and the receiver of alms, when those three are of pure motives. hkhol-wa, pf. «йрч bkhol, imp. рч khol 1. to make a person a slave; to bind as a servant; to cause to serve one. bran-khol or ^'2i khol-po a slave; bkol- tpyod-kyi sdug-bsftal the miseries of servi- tude ; gshan-dag-gi^ dwan-med-par ikol-wa to be enslaved by others, without ability to help oneself. 2. acc. to Cs. to save; to spare; to enjoy with moderation. 3. ace. to Sch. to become insensible; to be asleep; to get benumbed in reference to the limbs. In Med. 4. to boil (with pf. рч khol): to make one boil; place for boiling (Jd.). Rjtfurjq-q hkholihub-pa explained in raft- gis b$go-wahi nag la nan-cin las gaft b$kul-wa ihams-ead ^grub-par by cd, sems kyaft hgytir- ica-med nd bran gyog-tu hkhol-thub-pa yin, de-ltar ma-byuft-na bran gyog-tu gyur-kyaft hkhol mi thub-pa red (&ag.) extracting voluntary service, i.e., if a servant obediently gives effect to the wishes of his master, otherwise, although the servant maybe in his service, he has not rendered service. яр&гя hkhor-та a female attendant (CS.). яр^гЙ hkhol-пю maid-servant. hkho$ or ’H hkhos-ka worth, value, importance ; also necessity: hkho$-can important; mighty; of great influence; hkho$-nwd uninfluential; hkhos-su phab-pa to draw as a blister or poultice; dnos-podgah tshaft eig yod kyaft tnod-kyi hkhos-kaham (A. 1J/2) although there have existed some articles pretty complete, there was necessity for a vessel to receive (deserve) them; hkho$-ka ehun-tva of less necessity; яр«г$с.ч hkhos ckuft-wa=W’^^^^ las- bya-war ehuft-ba less active or less energetic (Mfton.). яркч|^ hkho$ ho$ babs, don daft bstun suited to one’s intention or object; fitness; suitability. hkho$-dpag according to the measure of one’s ability. 26
I 194 hkhos-sii pheb$-pa qVT4 logs-su bshag-pa to put in opposition. hkhyags-pa xfU, ftH, firfsTK vb. intrans. 1. to freeze either into ice or hard ; to coagulate, crystaliso: the water will be freezing; tho soda has congealed on the salt-lake, lu Sikkim khyek or MeA*=ioe. 2. to feel cold, become numbed: hkhyags- hbyufi they felt cold (ДГЯо-а.). hkyag$-rum or ядчцгзд hkhyags ram au ice-slip; also ice in blocks. ЯВЛ’0 hkhyam-kyi a stray dog. I: hkhyams-pa fig. to rove, wander: being completely deluded by desire, they rove tho world as a wheel (2Г. d. * 380}: hkhor-гсаг hkhyamt-2>a dan or lac-dor hkhyam§-pa to rove (in the world or in tho interval between death and regeneration) for no purpose. II: don-med- du hgro-ica Hfare-wru, ^5, fw<; pf. hkhy amt-par gyur 1. to ramble about; to wander purposelessly; to wander in a strange country. At certain seasons many monks wander about Tibet, Mongolia and China, ride Hue. frww, n«w«(ywrcf rnam-par hkhyams-pa, to wander about continually; to move about unceasingly: hkhyam-du hjug-pa to cause to ramble or rove about; to become strayed, lost; wandering; vagrant; erroneous; erring; $’R|5$rq chu hkhyam-pa inundation; flood. hkhyams-po 1. erroneous; a vagabond. 2. n. of a disease. hkhyar-ica to err, to go astray, to deviate from the right path: ft’ ^B^ mi-hkhyar erring or blundering man; В‘ЯВ^ khyi hkhyac a stray dog; yi-ge hkhyar-tca-po ono who makes mistakes in writing (a letter, &c.); Rjjvsrqjqj do not err in conversation, ono should bo afraid of making mistakes, of going astray; dpe hkhyar-po a defective simile (Ja.). ОДЧ’Ч hkhyal-u'a—^*-^'^ hchal-ica irrelevant: £Л]'с*в'*га speaking unconnec- tedly. hkhyal-tshig irrelevant speech; speaking nonsense: if one speak mis- leading words which cause the youthful not to go straight, it infringes the law (or justice). e\ hkhyi-ua, acc. to Sch. ^B^’4 hkhyil-ica. c\ *4 hkhyig-pa, to bind; to take prisoner. also in (Л, to strangle; suffocate; *4thag-pas hkhyig~pa-i)o one who binds with a rope. Syn. hchin-ica*, $dom; hdogtj ffdags; о&гц bcifi-wa* bkyig-pa. hkhyigt-pa, pf. bkyigt, bound. C\ * hkyid-pa^=hbyin-pa to draw out; strain; also to roll, revolve: mig-hkhyid-pa to turn orroll one’s eyes: hkhor-гсаг hkhyid-pahi rgyuhigtso- bo ni ji-ltar §»afi-tcahi dnot-po hdi dag la the chief of the causes of revolving in the
195 world lies in how one appears outwardly (Lam. ti, 36). e\ hkhyim~par=%°^*W chu hkhor- tea to whirl (as of water) (Mnon.). e\ 0^5151'4 hkhyim$-pa qfwi, described as ni-ma dan zla-wa sogs la hod sgor-sgor-du hkhyims-pa, to be encircled with a halo, like the sun and moon; hog-hkhyim$ nimbus; halo: W’KYRjyrc hjah-hod hkhyims a rainbow encircling (him) : na-bun or smug-pa khyims dud-pa hkhyims fog, mist, or smoke enveloped him (Ja.). C\ hkhyir-wa to turn round: 4 dbu-la gdtigs bskor-wahi hkhyir-pa (fiag.) to turn a parasol round in a circle over the head. e\ hkhyil-wa vb. intrans. to wind ; to twist; to whirl round; §kra hair (Mnon.): ehu-ran fug$-kyi§ hkhyil-wa water of itself whirls round, i.e., turns into a whirlpool; duft-dkar gyas- bkhyil gyon-hkhyil a white shell wound to the right or wound to the left; |pr*j^rq sbrul hkhyil-wa to coil up like a snake; to being wound in the manner of a snake : chu chen-po hkhyil hdug much water has accumulated surrounding a place or inside a place forming itself in a whirlpool; V’ hod-du bkhyil-shifi as if wreathed with light; У na gscr mig hkhyil-wa yod the fish was revolving its golden eyes: mi man-po de-ru hkhyil- war gyur-te there many people having cjjowded together or assembled together: although there was no swirl in the waters they dug deeply into the ground. Syn. hkhor-гса} hjug-pa (Milon.). hkhyil-wa brgya злптт one hundred coils: hkhyil-sdan anything that is possessed of coils; wound together. hkhyil-ba ean = *\$*\ rna-rgyan an earring. Syn. rna-ba mdses-byed} ^0^ rna-war hkhyil} §nan-rgyan 4ffahiT (Mnon.). *0^ hkhyis-pa* v. hkhyid-pa. to evolve. hkhyu-wa or hkhyuspia — о №< kyog-po 1. bent; not straight (Nag ). 2. pf. hkhyus run aavay. Syn. yo-ica-, bros-pa (Mfion.). hkhyug-pa pf. /34] khytig to run, move swiftly; said to imply ^myur-wahi-don^hs meaning of rapidity; hkhyug-po runner. sf<T404Tq glog- hkhyug-pa rapid motion of lightning: glog liar hkhyug-pa to run or move rapidly like the flash of lightning: hkhyug-po hkhyu-pa to run away swiftly : hkhyug-tsam in or about a moment or in a flash : g’*|g<i]’&rawq sku hkhyug-tsam phebs-payem honour has come for a rapid visit: khyed-ran de-rin hkhyug-tsam phebs rogs will you come here to-day just for a trice : hkhyug-tsam gzigs see for aboiit an instant: sems hkhyug the mind travels quickly. khra khyug- pa to gleam; to twinkle’ with light; to shine in various colours : (Lam. ti. 35.) the mind moves
^1 196 (restless) with suffering ; АЗЧЛ’’ glit- tering in yellow lustre; to glitter ; to shine (of the rainbow). 454’^4 hkhyug-yig running hand; current handwriting. hkhyug-$ar-can in JF. hasty; hurrying ; careloss. hkhyud-hihuft^^^^'4 skyes- ma t hag-pa as soon as born (ДГлон.). hkhyud na$ Idoft-wahi та ntn one that becomes an hermaphrodite after being embraced. I: hkhyud-pa Wlfe- 1. to embrace; embraced : mgul-nas hkhyud-pa to clasp round the neck; to hug ; to encompass by spanning. 2. to glide in or into (as serpents) : q mftal-du hkhyug-pa entering of the soul into new conception. 3. to be able : lan-war mi hkhyud unable to rise (from bod). The word is also illustrated as rtsig-pa la rten nas hgro-wa lta-buy to move supporting himself on a wall, &c. П: =qBql'q hkhrig-pa sexual embrace (4f>?on.). W2* hkhyur-wa or *5* hkhyur, fut. ><5 of tekyw\ to be separated ; divorced (Cs.): to stop ; to put an end to. Acc. to Ja., to be deserted: ^vq*r^*^rq^ being separated, be was, so to speak, bereft. eS^ hkhyus, v. *5’4 hkhyu-wa. hkhyeft-wa to be filled up, v. ^q hgen$-pa. hkhyed-pa 1. to be sufficient, to suffice, to be enough; to hold out ; colloq. this is enough: there is not enough. 2. in C. to gain (a law suit); to be acquitted (Ja.). 3. phyir khyed-pa to bow without uncovering one’s head, as a less humble way of saluting (Ja.). hkhyer-wa to carry away, to take away ; sometimes, to bring: chu-yii hkhyer carried away by water ; le-los hkhyer to be over- come, carried away by idleness. Ide-mig khyer tako the key ; khye.r-qog bring; khyer soft carry off, take away; akin to the le-аи and le-jao of Hindustani. hkhyer-so 1. bearing ; appearance; demeanour; neatness. 2. colloq. advantage; superiority ; pleasant- ness. hkhyel-wa Ld. to hit, to strike. hkhyog-hkhyog bent, crooked {Nag.). 4S4'Q? 1 hkhyog-hgro=4\**'%\'Q gzah Spen-pa the planet Saturn or g&9- snon ; he in blue robe {Mfton.). 2. = hbab-ehu a stream ; waterfall {Mfton.); sbrul hkhyog-hgro the snake because it creeps in a bent course {Mnon.). *54’^ hkhyog-can or hkhyog- hkhyog tortuous. q54*^’q hkhyog ston-pa to fly into a passion (&?Л.). *i§44 hkhyog-pa, pf. $4 khyag, imp. 54 khyog 1. to lift; lift up. 2. to carry; tob ring : gsol-ja khyog bring in the tea ((?.).
197 hkhyog-po or ЙЙЧ’З khyog-po crooked; bent: khyog-pohi ri-mo a crooked figure; a curve, flourish, crescent, &c. : has phar hkhog- ishun-hkhyog the fish writhing hither and thither. hkhyog-pahi sa-bon crooked seeds. ‘ФТЗ hkhyog-po—^’25’$Ц’Ч draft-po min- pa •nr, not upright; not straight, /.e., crooked. *5*1'25$’hkhyog-pohi mthu-can the bent-bill; a toucan. *5*1’25$^ hkhyog-pohi po-son cha, chaft-rtsi a kind of churn or mixer to make wine with. Syn. 4*'S**^ goft-bu can ; gser- gyi lag*, dbugs-hbyin qift\ сЛай-р'й; lag-pahi tshofi- das; 5^’§5 myot-byed. hkhyog-pohi tshig—^^’^^h^ tshig-gi gt aft-rag rough language ; not straightforward {Mfton.). hkhyog-dpyaft a lath or pole for carrying burdens {Sch.). q5zTS'4 hkhyog-gral—1^^ draft-lam straight road {Mfton.}. *5^1 w hkhyog-hbar blaze or flame {Шоп.). hkhyog-med—^'^ draft-po or if*’ ч .sroft-pa straight {Mfton.). *3*T<W|S hkhyog-bqad a crooked, out-of- the-way construction or explanation. hkhyogs or [J4)** hkhyogs, ях a palanquin ; sedan chair ; litter. hkhyoft-wa or hkhyons J*’ лд** skyoft-wa daft $kyoft§- pahi don-daft mtshufts to observe: nin-hkhyotif, ч я dgon-pa la sbyin-bdag-gis ni-magcig- gi bsnen-bkur shu-гса 1. to observe a day’s religious service in a monastery. 2. acc. to Jd. and Ramsay khyong in Ladak signifies to bring. ^[3^*^ hkhyom-pa <тя^г, fluid hence fig. giddy or giddiness; also to reel; to be giddy: $si hkhyom hkhyom tgyug dizzy with intoxication: 'Xfapr <Jw’5*’*J*’^*’*5*] yaft fift sog# hkhyog daft hkhy or-shift hkhyog the trees being moved (by the wind) were bent {Nag.) ; so the words hkhyom and *5*1 hkhyog are some- what similar to each other. khyoin- khyom do-гса in C. to reel, stagger : **‘$T chan-gi hkhyom-pa hdug he is staggering under the influence of beer; mtsho-hkhyom dizziness ; vertigo : lug-glad mgo-hkhor hkhyom-pa gso the brain of a sheep (taken as food) cures reeling or dizziness of the head {Med.). hkhyor-ua to be un- steady ; to miss, fail; not to hit {Cs.); to reel, stagger, from intoxication; to warp (of wood or wooden vessels) : in walking his steps reeled {Rdsa.). hkhyol-pa, pf. *5*4 hkhyol, cf. skyel-wa, to be carried; to be brought; to arrive at, come to, reach : qprlfc on reaching the end, it was left (unfinished). hkhyos-pa — ^ч ч hphyo$-pa {Sch.). hkhyo$-ma, same as $kya$-ma, a present, gift.
198 hkhra*ica (tha-wa), vb», pf. probably qg^ hkhras^ to lean to; to incline towards ((?$.). яд’*: hkhra-sa a support to lean against; a prop; tho back (of a chair): яд’^^*яд^ hkhra-sar /jkhra$=^^45Vq rten-la brten- pa firm in support (i^a^.). hkhrafa (than) <sTC: hard ; яд^-q hkhrans-wa, Ъкгап-гса adj. hard. hkhrad-pa (thad-pa), in colloq. Tib. to expel; turn out: bg> g$ hkhrad byed to expel the devil (from one's body). hkhrab-pa {thab-pa\ ЧЧ; pf. чдр bkrahox $кгаЪ-ра, 1. to strike; to beat (in regular strokes, as in swimming and rowing); to thrust, stamp, tread heavily; g^gqqJro hkhrab-pa to daneo in that manner. 2. towinnow; tofan. 3. to blink, twinkle, wink with the eyes. 4. to jest; to joke; to crack jokes. 5. to leap, jump (Sch)*, jump for joy (Schr.). G. to scoop out; to bail out (Sch.). 7. to fight; to combat in C. and ТГ. (Ja.). hkhral-hkhrul (thal-thut) — g^rar^*1^ khral-le khrul-le (tha-le thn-le) confused; dazed; confounded; also as adv. Ц * Зя ’ also applied to one who is confused in his ideas and speaks unconnected ly and ravingly, and being unable to sit moves up and down and cannot even preserve his own goods. hkhras (the) = seni$- chags $dod-pa hopeful; also attached. e\ hkhri (thi) reduction; discount. hkhri-rkafi \pr, said to be=J'’’ rgyal-mtshan, the Buddhist flag of victory. я§’||4 hkhri-sgrub payment of stipulated revenue or dues : д*гяя’5’йЦ'ХИ]« khral-ham bu-lon soggy ^•(arqq^'Q’^’Qg’q ran-gi wigo-ta bab$-p)a-m hkhri-tca liabilities on account of rent or debt, &c. ^[5’4 hkhri-гса, pf. я^ hkhri$y ef. ЯД’ Ц dkri-wa cognate. 1. to wind; compress; entangle ; hold fast: jyrqq'^g-q khyim tkab-kyihkhri-гса conjugal embrace; яд^с. hkhri-gin or hkhril-gin a creeper ; a creeping plant: g^Agq^’^^’qg-q to be tied by taxes and entangled in debt. 2.= soprq сЛлде-ря mostly as a sbst. thrall ; attachment, but as vb. also: ran don-gyi hkhrisya to be attached to one’s interest or advantage; bu- med-kyi to wife and children: яд’Ч’^ shen-pa- dan hbrel-thag chad fondness; attachment, ^'ядад shen-hkhris passionate attachment. hkhri-hbab assessment of revenue or S'‘^’^^’Ч^'З’яд'Ячч rtsa-chu gin gsum-gyi hkhri-hbaby levy for the three—grass, water, wood (to be supplied to privileged travellers or officials) (Rtsii.). /^Лп-ргй=яд,ч’^ hkhril-gin Mafa a creeping plant. Syn. w*|5'MTq yal-gahi ral-pa. яд’-^я’яХ^hkhri-gin mehog-ldan, qjac/cj'^q|-5| &E. n. of a kind of tree. Syn. pri-yan ku; 't^bud- med min-can; $na-tshog§ $de; яде; hbyun-pohi me~tog*f sa-fa hyag-htshadl (1£пон.}.
199 hkhri-^in thog$-med ^’5^’ a name for the Sal tree. Syn. sa-lahi lfon-pa; $a-fahi fin; sra-risi fin ^.4 ЗГГ, (ДГлоп.). * Ф|’Ч hkhrig-pa 1. fH^T (Sohr.). 2. &ni$ mystic number signifying “two” (Rtsii.). 3. vb. to cohere; to stick together, become thick, intermingled: <Tfi5T£^q| gnam-hkhrig the sky is thick: hod-zer dan hjah-hod hkhrig-pa beams of light and rainbow hues intermingled: hkhrig gyur-pa^ ^K/|$4|'^v<<§4pr4 to become adherent being intimately mixed up with the saffron of mercy. 4/coitus; sexual intercourse: <lg«|q-g5"4 to perform such. ^kad— Д'ВЧ'^Ч1 hkhrig-tshig amorous speech; obscene language; Rp^l'scR hkhrig-thab§ amorous dalliance; hkhrig hdod-ma a voluptuous woman. 5. finFTTrfa the twins in the Zodiac. Syn. of No. 4. dwan-po gni$-$byor groft-pahi cho$; nt-sufa; lag-b$dam$; *X5'q‘95 hdod- pa spyod; fyos-pa; * fe-§byor; mi tshans spyod; gsan-spyod; ne-reg; S4!4 rmofts; gk’4 sbyor-wa; kun-tbyor; g’4‘gs $kye-wa spyod; S^'^^'lfcdgah mgur-spyod; V»|V«r X«( dgah-гса rol; R05’4 hkhyud-pa; chagt-spyod; R^V^SS hdod-fog spyod; log-gyem (ilfton.). hkhrig-pa daft Idan- par smra-wa н^*ГГНТЧ< speaking of copulation or of sexual union. Rg^’R’Rc^-q hkhrig-ра hbyin-pa to talk smut. ЧЙЧ^15 hkhrig-pa sbed n. for the crow (Mnon.). RflR| hkhrig-pahi cho§ rten-pa to be given up to voluptuousness. hkhrig-pahi bsam-gtan Wd} or bud-med hdod-ldan ma a voluptuous or licentious woman (Mnon.). hkhrig-sbadv. hkhrig-pa sbed. c\ hkhrig-та or *B*l*r« hkhrigs- ma9 lag-pahi the wrist (of the hand). R|§ 4|K4 hkhrig§-pa collected or assembled together, of sprin (clouds). hkhrig-pa (thid-pa) pf. fi5 khridy pf. *51 bkri nqfn, to lead; to conduct; bring to a place; especially used in connection with animals and children, also of leading an army: bu- tsha hkhrid by и ft led out their children. c\ hkhrims (thim), hjig§ skrag (Nag.) terror, panic, fear: hbrcd-na§ hkhrims (Lex.; Jd.). C\ hkhril-ua {thil-гоа) ^й’4 hkhri- ica to wind, coil round (of serpents) ; draw close; embrace closely; to clasp round; ^RWK^hkhril-mkhan an embracer; hkhril-ldan a plant furnished with tendrils or claspers; kha hkhril-wa in W. to speak imperfectly like children ; to lisp, to stammer. hkhril-ldem fig. very hand- some and young; ^Й^ hkhril union. Idem waving; moving. hkhril-$ift*=$'3\^ hkhri-gift a climbing plant, a creeper.
Ф«| 200 hkhri# (thi) K*?tq near, neighbouring bank, shore, coast; also postp. *jg**’S and close to; very near; against: sbrel zla-wa med-pa rnan^-kyaft srid-$kyoftdehi hkhrt$-8u min-pa zla yod ma gtogs ran-nid gcig-por gshuft-ta§ mi byed one should not singly (venture) to do Government work unless assisted by a colleague under the king (D. qel. 1%). Syn. *2]* hgram\ risar\ V4 druft (Mfton.). khhri* hdsin, ra-gan^ brass. $khru-u:a (thu-wa) = *H5'4 чэ hkhrud-pa to wash; to bathe: *0^’4*|’q hkhrur hjug-pa Mnrfa causing to be washed. hkhru-ка gcod-pa stoppage of looseness or diarrhoea. hkhru-gshi 1. diarrhoea. 2. hkhru-ibywft> *3’^5 khru-nad^ *3’3*1 hkhru-skyug fa HIT diarrhoea with vomiting. hkhrug (Schr.; Kahc. T. 12^. *0*1 hkhrug-go^^'* go-cha or ^'04 go-hhrab war -dress; coat of mail (Mnon.). *0*Г£Гч hhhrug-lfta-pa tho drumming to battle; stated (Mfton.) to mean also -qgc/q5 g'^5 the clamour which arises on the battle-field. cqgqfq I: hkhrug-pa (thug-pa) ^ЧГГН, so fbnu, Kwrg, hi? fht, 1. vb. pf. *0*КЧ hkhrugs-pa, cf. 5ЭТ 4 dkrug-pa, 53J*T«i bkrug-pa to be in commotion ; commotion ; to be disturbed; to be panic-stricken: *0 *§* ч hkhrug-par mi-hgyur-wa и wrfh will not become angry; get disordered: *0*T5’q5*l rtsa thamt-cad hkhrug-tu bcug it made all his veins disordered (blood to boil). 2. to be angry; also to quarrel, fight, contend: ^*^*'*0*1^ dc-gnis bkhrug-na$ tho two quarrelling. Also as sbst. fight, disruption, row: *§*)’ЧЛ* hkhrug-pa $or disorder arose; quarrel took place. *0 ч to show fight; to take up arms; to rebel: *H*rq’95,q^’Vr$ in times of war: 5**1 *0*1 dmag-hkhrug^^^'^^hthab- hkhrug war. й*0*|*гч Mi hkhrug-pa a name of Buddha, who does not become agitated or ruffled at heart. hkhrug-pah i sa-gsh i = ’3’ ‘gy и I-gyi sa-gshi or 5»w|,q)*1^ фпау-gi, sa-gshi battle-field (4fnon.). *0*1'5^ hkhrug-dpon = \^^ , dmag dpon general; commanding in war. *0*1’^ hkhrug-loft=%t&№ $kyo-ftog$ 1. contest, strife. 2. gyul-tprod pa or 5**1 'WQ dmag-hthab-pa (Mfton.). hkhrugs (thug) defined as quaking, trembling, shak- ing (Mfton.): *0 hkhrugs-mkhan in JF. having small cracks, flaws, of potter's ware (Jd.): *0*|^’Q hkhrttg$-pa= ^’3 $dan-ua also khon-nas ldaft-гса g»f4<T, Wlq, Trfw<r was stirred up, agitated, confused, also rage, anger; greatly angry; passionate. *0*|*’^5 hkhrugt-tshad fever caused by overwork and fatigue. *0*)*’^ hkhrug-lon <t^r war, fight: *0*1'^* hkhrug-lai work of dispute; quarrel. hkhruft-wa (thuft-ica) or *0*4г<1 -4 hkhruft$-pa resp. for tkye-wa згга,
201 1. to be bom: g'*04’4 sku-hkhruA- wa= g'4^wv4 §ku bltams-pa to be born; also the birth of a great man, prince or lama : (ikhriin§-rab$~%4'4W §kyes-rabs ^nw birth stories or legends connected with one’s birth. 2. to arise; come from: ч5’^*| words as they may just arise in the mind of yourself; WW tin-ne-hdsin hkhrun$-pa§ meditation arising: $nin- rje thugs-la hkhrun$-pa compassion arose in his mind. 3. to come up, shoot, sprout, grow (of seeds and plants) (Ja.). hkhruns-rabs gsol hdeb§ reverence shown to a great lama or saint by enumerating the names of his supposed successive embodiments. hkhrud-pa (thud-pa) ши, pf. >o *|5*< hkhrify fut. чд bkru, to wash; to cleanse; to bathe; to wash off: 54V*’ *PS'4^’§5 dri-та hkhrud-par byed the dirt of clothes should bo washed out: nad-la in ill- ness, by giving purgatives, one may be cleansed: cause to be washed. № hkhrud-ma the washings of plates and dishes after dinner, which are given to pigs, dogs, &c. hkhrun-chod (thun-chod)= don dag thag-chod finally decid- ing or determining any matter (J. Zaft.: dmag-dan kha-mchu lta-Ъи thag-chod to decide upon a war or a law suit. hkhrun mtho-wa—wzctifa x3 phah mtho-wa of high rank. + khrun-rin\—^^'^Q dkyus- su rin-wa lengthwise; in length. : hkhrul (thul) or *Н^‘Ч hkrul-pa fWJ, 1. sbst. mistake; frenzy; madness; error; illusion; also adj. mistaken; deranged; deluded: mis- takes are not profitable; *5’4’413^’4 hgro- wa hkhrul-pa the deluded beings (of this world); *^’4 hkhrul-wa to be mistaken; to be deceived: ’*^*j ran- snan hkhrul-par hdug I have mistaken ; it was a deception of the senses; snan hkhrul-hain hkhrul-snan illusion; delusion : hkhrul-snan can delusive; erring: as a syn. of ^*’4 nor- wa: '^’4 hhyod-cag hkhrul- p>ahi hjig-sten pa ye deluded children of the world! 2. to be insane, deranged, byn. of smo§-pa hkhrul-so occa- sion for making mistake; wrong way; peril. II: (thul) in the words mig-hkhrul is a little different from *3*4 hphvul; it applies to moral or intellectual mistakes as distinct from external blun- ders. In the same manner it differs from the word ^’4 nor-wa or nor hkhrul. ^*’4 пог-гса applies to external or phenomenal blunders: if the inner heart does not err, one’s doings in the outside world will also not be wrong; ignorance: та-rig hkhrul-wahi dwafi-gi$ hkhor-war hkhyams by the influ- ence of unrighteous errors (we) wander in the cycles of existence. hkhrul-hkhor machine; contrivance; artifice. Acc. to Cs. this is same as *5jer*jfc hphrul-hkhor. * *g4’*jfc hkhrul-hkhor (Schr.; Kalac. T. 12 a.). *j5«r*f6k,j|« hkhrl-hkor-mkhyim, v. 4?*j’ l4^ btson-khan, a prison-house (Mfton.). 27
202 hkhrul-hkhor mkhan a juggler. Jlkhrul-dgah (wrongly for hphrul-dgah) <ияпг TW: n. of a celestial mansion. hkhrul-snan, v. я^Г^я’А hkhrul wahi $nan-wa, illusive vision or exhibition. Syn. ядч’чч hkhrul-wahi sem$; Ч$г ^я*«|«\ hkhrul-pahi yid (Mnon.). я^ч’^'54 hkhrul byed-ma SS^S’^V54^ a woman that decoys others. R5GT&5 hkhrul-med, v. nor-med or hchug-med, unmistakeably; without mistake. *5'^’1 hkhrul-shig, чч'д-«чя- ч|е.’зч] §ton-nid rtog$-pahi bla-ma ham gah- zag a lama or any person who meditates on the theory of emptiness (i.e., tho voidity of all nature). Я{5ч *чХ hkhrul-gshi cause or basis of error; fundamental mistake. It is usually illustrated thus : If one mistakes a fine rope for a snake, the rope is the basis or cause of mistake, and я^ч^ hkhrul-^es is the idoa or notion of a snake convoyed to the mind by the sight of the торе: чч]сг thag-pa mthon-na$ $brul-hjin-gyi $es-pa skyes-pa ni hkhrul-^es yin-te, de-bshin-du bdag-cag та-rig hkhor- wahi sem$-ean rnams mi-bden-pa bden-par bzun,mi-rtag-pa la rtag-pa bzuft, $dug-b$nal~ wa la bde-war bzun-ste hkhrul-was hkhor- wa hdi yin in the same manner we animated beings, deluded by Avidyd, mistake falsehood for truth, the transient for the permanent, misery for happiness; hence this transmigratory existence. hkhrul-ya$ (3)^) a very large number. ящч]ч hkhreg$=^Q era-и а very stiff or hard. hkhrcn-pa (then-pa) then- pa desire; passion; to wish; to long for: 1. za$-§kom hkhran-pa to wish for food and drink. 2. to look upon with, envy; jealousy (Jd.). яр‘A hkhro-wa pf. khro§ to be angry. яр*Ч’Д hkhrol-wa ((hol-wa), pf and fut. Sifa dkrol, imp. X4 khrol 1. to cause to sound; to make a noise; play: rol-ma hkhrol-wa to play on a musical instrument; dril-Ъи hkhrol-wa to ring a bell. 2. vb. intrans. to sound; resound: F'WSifa the avalanche resounded; ^Чк.’ядч|*5|г rgya-lon khrog-gin a rumbling in the bowels (Medd); ifqp4| §bo-hkhrog in the belly : ядд|*(дч) hkhrog-khrog roaring; rushing; buzzing (Jd.). я0в1^ hkhrogs dislocated: the old woman yet wishes to walk, though her knee has been dislocated (Rdsa. 17.).
I : да is the third letter of the Tibetan alphabet corresponding with Sanskrit if. It is pronounced as soft к when alone or when placed without a prefix at the beginning of a word or syllable. When used as a final letter it sounds as к or is often barely pronounced. If a prefix precede or if it carry a surmount- ing letter, it sounds as a hard g. When used to represent a numerical figure it signifies tbe third, i.e., the ordinal HI, and as such is generally used in marking volumes of books, &o. да is sometimes used as an affixed particle of a word to complete it, as in W4] yal-ga, the branch of a tree. Ilf in mystical language signifies born of a goat; also a he-goat : bsan skad-la ra-$kye§ yin {K. g. f4, 28). 4] III: I. in mystic Buddhism да means the hidden entity or the essence of Buddha : that which is styled да being the hidden essence of the Tathagata, it may be said that all sensate beings have the nature of Buddha (JT. my. 207). 2. as to да it moves and it is also motionless : “the cause is да, the real nature or origin of sound” (Bbrom. 88). Again we read definitions of this sort: 4’$’ “that which belongs to no place anywhere is да” {Hbrom. 88). W ga-khral (ga-thal) tax, duty (on cattle, butter, &c.) (Ja.). да-да a title of honour in W. 4|’4|’cd^J да-да tshil tickling : to tickle: II in ancient time sixteen monks tickled one monk and from the excessive laugtber he involuntarily sent forth, the mystic wind passing upwards inside him, his end came ” {K. du. г, 228). Ga-ge-mo I. n. of a certain place in Tibet. 2. chege-mo, such a one; such a thing; such and such (Cs.). 4|'^ Ga-gon 1. one of the two merchants whom Buddha met imme- diately after his six years’ asceticism under the Bodhi tree. 2. Ga-gon-gyi rgyal-po the king of a country in Southern India. 3. a melon (acc. Cs., Lex., cucumber; others; barley) {Jd.). C\ ga-hgrig {ga-dig) a saddle; SfiH Sga-sgrig equipment of a riding horse. ga-cen or ga-chen some or a good many; good deal (Jd). 4]ga-chad involuntarily; without cause, e.g., to weep {Med., Ja.).
204 да chad-pa fatigued; very tired; StW’PY4, WW4 giving np in despair; being quite exhausted (2). «HS ga-snod WMifsy cummin seed, Nigella Indica. ± ^TTHT or £7^- tahi$de tshan a kind of Indian handwriting, evidently referring to the Gatha or Kaithi character, in which the original idagadhi used to be written. The Tibetan Ч да is ordinarily pronounced as 7f, hence ka-ta, or kaithi. tTS ga-da a club; a mace. 4’^ да-dur an astringent medicinal root: it removes remit- tent fever, diseases of the lungs and of the bowels. gwa-dor also go-dor the tender growthof fresh horn in the three animals, rhinoceros, stag, and antelope: gwa-dor gsum-gyi$ rnag dan chu- v r skem tho three да dor dry up pus and yellowish discharges: tho growth of a new branch on a stag’s horn Ч]'Ч« ga-hdras gan-hdra§ (colloq. “gdnde”) how? of what kind? what sort ? ga-na (ka-nd) gan-na where? 4ga-na-wa and geifi-na- wet, the same as a sbst., the whereabouts of a person, his place of residence : v he went here where tho king was. ga-na med (in IT.) absolutely ; at all events: it must be T91 sent by all means: I I shall give it back at all events (Ja.L + Ga-na pa-ti тгччТа SpV Lha-chen Tshogs-fydag-gi min the name of the great God, called the Lord of the Multitude (Snag.). Ga-ica ta-wa ri-ni rsTnfvfa small cardamom]. Also the n. of a flower (K. kon. % 4). да-bur 1: 1. n. of several plants, probably Gentiana cherayta^ Curcuma y Zerumbetf &o. 2. f is a kind of stone like (jtfin. 4). II: tfk, camphor ; $el да-bur crystal-like camphor; man да-bur camphor resembling yak’s lard in appearance; да-bur tsha-wa tgyas-pa thog-hbab gcod camphor, where the fever has increased, cures by lowering its height; rnin-shin shan-pahi tsha-wa rtsa-nad gcod it also cures long-standing fever and disease of the fundament; да-bur ti-lo$ glo-rim$ tshad-pa sei the kind of camphor called Tilo cures inflamation of the lungs and fever. Syn. p'qS’j’w kha-icahi phye-ma ; hod-dkar-can ; nu^-ldau; «КЗ?*’® §prin-gyi snin-po zla-wahi thal-; wa ; X5’<|’W rohi-ge-sar ; qifi-gi $n'n-po (JUnon.). да-bur nag-po defined as «w|’ g^-ij-q-q^qi^-qq-qarq phag-brun те-la bsregs- pahi thal-ica. 1. the ashes of the burnt dung of pigs. 2. a secret name (№in. 4). да-bur hdsin-pa meton. zla-wa the moon. ga-bra {ga-tah) n. of a medicine; a twig; also the fresh shoot on a tree:
та 205 Ч|Л| ga-bra rlun-tshad rims-nad sel-icar byed (this medicine) removes the epidemic fevers and the heat induced by rlun (wind). t 9a~mn from ^he Sans. ЧЧ go;in mystical language go or go away ! (к g. F 27). да-mo byi-la n. of a species of wild cat: Я the ga- me byi-la catches little birds by lying in wait (Rdsa.). qj’&i ga4sam=£'fa ji-tsam how much; how many ; how long; interr, and correl., as much as, e.g., as much as you like. ga-btson (in TF.) an irruption of the skin (Ja.). ga-tshod how much; colloq. “ rin di ka tso” what is the price; how much ? In Sikkim gong-di ka-dzd-mo ? (Snd. Hbk.). ’Г'Н'5 ga-dsan-ta a precious stone used in curing infectious fevers and other diseases, also to relieve one from the influence of malignant spirits. 4|’(^ ga-sha = ga-gshah or Я’4! </a-fa, more properly the last word, /.<?., ga-^a signifies bshad-gad a laughter, jest, joko: they jest and play: he is nof jn good humour, or in good spirits, to-day (Ja.) ; also “to-day there is no fun.” ga-zug (in Jfr.) how, interr, and correl (Ja.). Ч]’Ч|^ ga-gzi squinting (in IF.). gahu an amulet ; a brooch containing charms (v. Я* </«w). Syn. p'3^ kha-sbyur (Mfion.). kha-sbyar charm box the lids of a which are joined edge to edge: О Mi-wang (0 king), thy residence is very solitary and so beautiful, as if the heaven and the earth kiss each other there, like the lids of an amulet (Hbrom. 89). 4J5-0) gahu-le account book; list (of cases, also of cash and balance); also a short note kept on the margin: iogs-su in a separate place that is not in the body of a book, but on the foot or margin or corner, i.e.) 35’zur-du, of a book or note- book : ’^«1 since the date of the month, etc., of taking over charge of the Rdson (District office) as many criminal eases as may be, and the receipts large and small all bound together should be kept in the registration book (Rtsii.; G. Sndg.). 4- Ga-ya gau-rihi mdo a Sutra delivered by the Buddha on the mountain of Gaya Gauri. ga-yig чзч the letter ч g. f (/«-’•« kha- tan du lahi rtsa-wa excel- lent rice; the root of a kind of plant: -by taking a confection made of equal quantities of the root of Garka Tandula rta-dri, sesame, barley and treacle, one becomes youthful (K. g. * 45). 4]’^ ga-riy for dgah-ri^ 4’^ ga~ sha (in JF.) dejected : I am in low spirits (Ja.).
4^1 206 ^51 ga-ru in colloquial 4^ gafi-du whither ; which way; to which place; where ? 1 =S^ khyuft the fabulous chief of the feathered race, ga-re 1. in Lhasa very com. colloq. form for “what,” sounded bare. 2. where, whence: 9a~ re hdi-hdra a-kyaft ran-drag byun whence comes this oppression, over-powering (Rdsa.10). 4’K Ga-ro «(’’M s?v4^'44 n. of a place in India; the Garo hills (()sam. 28). 4|’Q1 ga-la 1. Э’Т whither: огчЙ дк л Эи нипти Эи W3 with the palms of the hands joined he bowed in tho direction where the Vic- torious Ono was. ji-la for what; owing to what: to what does this serve ? of what use is this ? where are (you or they) going ? 1 ga-la go-U-ka n.ofan insect which subsists, it is said, by inhaling the air only (7f. d. * 4’$ ga-le iph slowly, softly, gently. To a departing guest one says : oj etsta “ ka-le pcyp ” go gently. To the host you answer: ‘‘ка-le sAw” stay quietly, remain in peace ! ga-le fog come slowly or gently : it is a common saying (in Tibet) that by walking slowly and slowly the ass can travel all round China. 4’^4 ga-log (in JF.) squinting. I: ga-$a laughter: gad- mo bgad, да-far bcug to cause laughter. ДГ4Г1Р’| ga-$a-$grog loud laughter; ga-$a sgrog-cin glu-gar rol-mo hbul loudly laughing they danced, sang, and made music {A. 11). *T]’^II: n. of a place in Upper Tibet (A. 20). III: v. gasha a raiment used by Tantrik priests. IV: a string of beads; a necklace; a string of human skulls or bone-bits worn by Tantrik Lamas : blood drops from her mouth, a string of human heads hangs down from her neck, to thee be my praise who hast subdued the intolerable pride and arrogance of tho host of demons (Choi-g.). 4’4^ ga-$ar 1. defined in these passages; phyog^-geig dpun- pa la; phyog^-geig mtehan-hog la\ gshu-d geig да- kar far gyon-pa (A. 135). Girth or rope hung across tho breast and the shoulder in order to draw or carry any- thing ; also a dog harness; a shoulder-belt worn as a badge of dignity by constables and tho like officers. 2. §gom-thag, the cord worn round the shoulder and the waist at the time of meditation. -^=4rq да-far dan gfam-thab^-kyi mdses-pa (Z>. Л.) Looking nice (on account) of (his) ga-far and petticoat. 4]’^ ^a-ja$=P’4|M kha-fa$ some; part; a few, com. in colloq. ga-ged 1. prob. 4^5 gan-ged uncertain ; not definitely known. 2. an approximate but uncertain direction, region or quarter : it is at a
4'^1 207 Т1 certain place; it is somewhere: without explaining minutely (i.e., the particulars), he pro- ceeded instantly somewhere (Л. 135). 4|’^ ga-<;el glass beads; glass pearls (Sch.). 4] Ga n. of a Dakini, a goddess (K. g. Г, 179). 4]’q gtca-pa the white mark or patch И on the forehead of the kyan (the wild ass of Tibet). gag 1. silver in bars, ingots, small pieces, &c., uncoined (in IK). 2. wad; wadding (for loading muskets) (Jd.). 4J4|’4 lhog-pa qt *44’^4 gag-lhog is a swelling in the throat; a quinsy: nad mi dan dud-hgrohi ske-dan mgr in-pa-la §kran-nas rnag thon-te drag- yod is a malady of men and animals in which the neck and throat become swollen, but matter issuing forth, it is eased; death occurs from obstruction. Wyfspyir gag-lhog-cc^ min so-sor bgad-kyan no-wo gnan-nad du-gcig rim$-nad- kyi gra§ though the disease in general is differently expressed by the names gag and Ihog, its real nature is but one among pestilential diseases and it belongs to the class of (ftxH-^x) fatal fevers. gag-tshe^#^ bya-gag a water fowl {Cs.). gags obstructed. чр-чцс- I: gan-ga-chuA a kind of flower which resembles a chorten (chaitya) in shape, growing in the sandy crevices of rocks in Tibet. It is used as an antidote against poison and also diarrhoea, *1^’ gyah-gseb bye-mahi log %-la skye ga chufi- gan-ga chun-gis dug dan tsha-hkhrti gcod. Qanga the river Ganges ; Gan-gdhi Lha-mo ’T^T- the goddess of the river Gaqga. Its different names are :—Yan- lag brgyan-ldan^ ^’ilyaq ]lchi-mcd chab, Nam-mkhahi chu-bo, Drag-pohi thod, Dsa-uuhi bu-mo (згттж^), Rgyun-gsum-pa, ^43*’ ^5 Lam-gsum hgro, gjq’^fr^qq Glan-chen kha-hbab (*it^ft), Hjigs-sde ma, Khyab-hjug rkan-pa, Chu-byin-ma, Skalddan fin- rtahi bu-mo (HnrWft), Lha-yi chu-bo {Mnon.). i: gan-ga hdsin an epi- thet of S’iva. He who holds Gaq-ga on his head, i.c., from whose head the Ganges flows: mtho-ris-kyi gnas tham§-cad b^kal-pahi me§ bsrcg§-pahi skabs-su Lha-mo Gan-ga lhuft~nas byun-wa- na nam-mkhah la ral-pa bkyans-na§ ral-pahi sten-du bzun-wa§-80 when all the celes- tial regions were burnt by the fire of the Kalpa, Gaqga as goddess appeared on this earth having fallen from heaven. Her locks were spread out in the sky and held up aloft by S'iva (for which he is called Gangadhara, the holder of Ganga) {Mnon.), ii: rgya-mtsho chen- po the great ooean which holds the entire discharge of Gaqga {Mnon.). 4|f gan what, which. *1^’8)gafi-gi-du§ when; at which time.
208 gan-gi-phyir ччгггь for which; for the sake or reason of which, gaA-nid whichever; what- ever. gaA-hthad— g^A-hgrigs what (you) like; also what suits you ? even if any accident happened to life there, to us no hardship occurring, we can do whatever suits us, so one Txo-wo expressed himself (Hbrom. 136). ^’V4 gan-dag 3i^r some; Ч]^ЛЧ1АВ’' gaA-dag-gi phyir for whom or what; for the sake of whom or what. gaA-dag-nid whichever. gan-dag-hdir snfar, those two who are here; all those here; whoever present. g<&-du дгч, where ? where. iqc^RE.* gan-diihan at whatever time; wherever; seldom; where. gan dran-dran-du b^ad. brdsun fyad-pa to speak at random; to say what occurs in the mind; to speak falsehood. gaA-hdra znprt how, like what: gaA-hdra mihoA what have you seen ? gaA-na^tt where? gaA-rnam$-kyi ifar of what; pertaining to what ? gan-nigo (in C.) bowl of a tobacco-pipe; gan-mjug mouth- piece or tip of it. gan-por in a lump, mass. 1: khens-pa ^5 to fill; to make full; filled up; also piled up: 0]^-qW4^*rci gan-icaham brisegs- pa piled up or made full. < Syn. tshan-can; khefis; byur-bu} phyur-bu (Mnon.). Ш1: JW finished; comple- ted; lun-chu$ gaA-wa a valley, filled with water: “tho moon as full fish in the fullness of the crescent. gaA-wa med-pa in- complete. * wZj gan-ica bzaA-po (Schr,; Ta. 2, 1ST) completely happy or gentle; also n. of a serpent demon. * q gaA-wahi zla-wa (Schr.; Bulk 18^8, 298); lit. the full moon; n. of a Bodhisattava. gan-bu wft, wft fresh shoots of leaves; a pod or sheath; also cluster of buds. Acc. to Sch. flower bud: hbru gaA-bu-can grains which have husks such as wheat, sesamum, &c.: ^’^’3'4^’ enveloping himself in a veil of rays; wrapping himself in a sheath of light. ^’§5 gan-byed гщ ^rctfir whatever he does, has been doing, is doing. gan-mo$ <ггит 1. various; different sorts. 2. gan-hdod whatever is wished for. gaA-tsam a small quantity; not a considerable quantity. gan-isug-yin = yan-nas- yin or gan-na $dod mkhan- yin; khyed gaA-tsug- yin gar-hgro dri-pa$ he asked whence are you; whither are you going (A. 131). ддп-Мд which.
209 SC'SSI п^-qgyq дай-she bstan-pa 4 <зч^х(: which has been explained, shewn. I: (^®r**| shat-zag) tobacco- pipe, not the hukka, but a long straight sort, similar to the European smoking pipe, generally made of metal. gan-zag II: 1. 3^, 3^, 1 ijwfa that which becomes full and then undergoes decay (Sam.) ; an animated being; a corporeal being that is subject to decay and destruction. 2 man, as an intellectual being; a person: gaA- zag gshan-gyi$ brda sprad-pa$ another person describing it to you (opposite to what we know by our own perception and observation), hence a philosophical term for “ self ” : learned or lettered men; men of science, especially in relation to religion: men who postpone religion, not troubling themselves about it: the prince of tho reverend (band of) persons, i.e,y Buddha: ^*|’§’^’3'ЯС’'Я4Т1 inferior heretical people: gan-zag phal-pa or ч tha-malrpa) common or vulgar people (J«.). дай-zag bshi the four kinds of human beings or higher beings are—(1) QTW.; mun- khrod na$ пшп-khrod du hgro-wa that go on from darkness to darkness; (2) «flfh: 4<TW.; nmn-khrod na$ $пай-гсаг hgro-wa that go from darkness unto light; (3) nas mun-khrod du hgro-ica that go again from light into darkness; (4) §пай-гса\ па§ ъпай-war hgro-гса. that advance from light to a greater en- lightenment. The term gan-zag has sixteen different synonyms:—SV4 bdag* 3*| sroy; §w^8tms-ean; g'4 skye- ua; gso-ira; g^'S skyes-bu ; ped' bdag; pptas §kyc$; ЧТЯД, man; byed-pa-po\ byed-du hjug-pa-po} tshor-гса-ро; 4’4 ps-pa-po; sdfc/q’Sj nithon-u’a-po; za- wa-po\ ъ1ой-и:а-ро (Mnon.). The«e are all applied to signify an animate being. There are two kinds of *|*’**I, ordinary and extraordinary; the ordinary *]с/.эд| literally means that which is subject to decay, from *|^ дай> what, and zagt decay. Tho Buddhist meaning is as follows:— (1) ^’q^’q^'q^’-sq гай-rgyud plig-pa поп-пюй§ kyis дай shin yon-tan dan dge-tcahi rigs gsog mi-thub-par zag hgro-wassems-can phal-wahi дай-zag one’s own nature being filled (*!*’ дай) with sin he cannot acquire and retain virtue, which **J zag leaks out or decays, therefore an ordinary living being is called дай-zag \ (2) WNE4*rgN'«r|K/<3*i| ran-rgyud dge-гса dan bzaft-pohi yon-tan thams-cad-kyis дай-shin non-mons-kyi skyon thams-cad zag hgro-was 8айь-тдуа$ дай-zag Buddha is *]*’3q because his nature is full of all virtues or merits and sin has been thrown out of it or has altogether been destroyed; (3) gE.’q^^^’q^-g^q’^- g^'g’^q^’gE.-q^W^q^’^^q^’^'c^q-q^^q' Л’ q- ^r;- oj-q- <4* *T $4]’ 4]E? jq when one’s own nature retains whatever virtue it possessed undeteriorated and whatever faults there was in it have been thrown out from exertion, one has entered 28
I 210 either the Nah А у ana or Hina у ana path. Persons in such a stage, whatever doertine or theory they may hold for salvation, belong indeed of the Mahay Ana. In gafi-zag of tho ordinary kind his vorjr nature is 4** gafi, i.e., filled with deeds (Z<z$), sin, suffering, and misery; moreover, all virtue and talents having become exhausted, t.c., **1 zag, his animated being becomes what is called Pudgal. In tho strict sense of tho word, a Buddha is also a Pudgala, though of tho extraordinary kind, ho on the con- trary being full of virtues and talents and all defects, sins, &c,, being exhausted in him. Tho following are the twenty gafi- zag (Pudgala) of the Qravaka School:—(1) rgyun-du shugs-pa ono having entered the regular course performs Samadhi (deep meditation); (2) AS]q dollar Ihogs- na srid-pa lav bdun-pa after having thus spiritually cultured the mind he has to pass into seven births in tho world ; (3) rigs-nas rigs-su skye-wa after the second stage, his birth is ensured in his own state, m., if he is a god he is reborn as a god, if man hois reborn as a man, but he never goes to any lower stage of birth ; (4) lan- gcig phyir hofi-ica (as such) lie has only once to come to this world for doing good; (5) bar-chad geig-pa he has only one interruption before full fruition; (6) nprmrfff; В*'**phyir ini- hofi -iva he will not come again to this existence ; (7) wfxf^rf bar-ma-dor yons-su mya- Han las hdah-ica he will attain to Nirvana not from this life but from the interme- diate state or Bardo ; (8) mfion-par hdu-Ъуефра dafi bcas-pas yofis-su mya-fian las bdah-wa he escapes from misery save that a vestige of the Skandha still remains; (9) 5mfion-du hdu-byed par med- par yofis-su mya-fian las hdah-wa he attains to Nirvana, the Skandha being utterly destroyed, i.e., without the least vestige remaining ; (10) gofi-du hpho-ica he will in his spiritual progress reach up to the Akanistha heavens; (11) чггцнт^; lus-kyi mfion sum-du byed-pa he will obtain the body of supreme intelligence or knowledge; (12) dadpahi rjes-su hbrafi-wa ho will here have completely subdued tho senses or passions; (13) W- chos-kyi rjes-su hbrafi-wa all his intellectual and moral faculties become so as to bo directed effectually to all good works; (14) <fc- ЯТК; Ihofi-ivas thob-pa having heretical views or having insight into religion ; (15) wzrpnpff; q^$<4’q dus-kyi rnam-par grol-wa getting salvation in time ; (16) getting salvation not in proper time; (17) «я $ чг q gnis-kahi cha-las rnam-par grol- wa getting salvation in time as well as without ref erenee to time; (18) f^nqV; skyet- nas yofis-su mya-fian las hdah-wa entering into the state of Nirvana immediately after one’s birth; (19) ges-rab kyis rnam-par grol-wa fully delivered by means of absolute or transe- cendental knowledge; (20) I delivered by means of faith. дргч gafi-ya a very large figure o? number (Ya-sel. i>£).
211 чр-'^l в]с.-ик.’ gafi-yaft whosoever; whatever ; any one. gaft-la grs( where ; in whom. qp’JSi gaft-lo an empty pod, freed from the kernels (in JK) (Ja.). gaft-gar ^'^’«ч’ччя’ч anything that occurs (in the mind); what is thought; a thought. gaft-su dag whichever of those. 1. glacier; glacier-ice. 2. snow (usually kha). 3. the sclerotic of the eye (&*Л.). gaftt-rgyud a chain of snowy mountains. *т]елг^ дан s-can 1. one of the native names of Tibet. 2. abounding in snow; snowy; full of glaciers: Gafts-can-las bbyun-wahi chu the water issuing from a glacier: Gafts-can-gyi $kad the language of Tibet. Gafts-can mkhas- pahi gisug-rgyan a complementary name of Tsongkha-pa, the great Buddhist reformer of Tibet whose religious name was wgjflprq Byyal-ica Bto-bzaft grags-pa; his other names were :—tRje rin-po che; Bje Tsoft-kha-pa; Gafi$-can cin-rta; Car Tsoft-kha-pa; wrsiSfa-g-a ffjam mgon blama. Gaft-can mgon-po or (P’W Spyan-ras gzigs the patron saint of Tibet, Avalokites'vara, also styled :— ^•5^25 Hjig-rten mgon-po; Thug$-rje chen-po; Hgro-wahi mgon-po. д]ьлг-5У Gafa-can rgyal-po King of Tibet; and in books occasionally applied to the Dalai Lamas of Lhasa. Gaft$-can rgyal-pohi isti-gnas as also cho$-hkhor dpal-gyi Lha-sa used to designate Lhasa, the capital of Tibet (Yig. k. 31). д]елг^-^-ц gafts-can chen-po sometimes applied to mountainous region covered with eternal snow extending from Ladak to the Kailas range. Also the name of a fabulous mountainous region the chief peak of which is said to be about 1,500 miles round and filled with Yaks a, Raksa and other demi-gods. Gaft$-chen any great range of snowy mountains or a great glacier; n. of a village at the south-western foot of theKanchenjunga mountain. (Kanchenjunga in Sikkim) lit. the five great repositories of snow. Gaft$-chen Cho§-rgyal the Grand Lama of Tibet; also the name of a guardian deity of Buddhism in Tibet; a name of Yama, the Lord of Death, who is worshipped in Tibet under the name of Dam-chen Cho§-rgyal. Gans-ljofts yul=-^S Rod Tibet. Syn. gafts-can shift; gaft§ ri ra-wahi skor-tcahi shift-khams; gaft§-can sa- lhahi §)nan-ljoft§ (Mnon. and Yig. k.). gafts-hbab avalanche; it snows. sjwgpi gaft§-sbal, also called dkyil-hkhor *T|VT, the snow lizard with circular marks on its skin resembling the common Indian lizard (Lex.); a frog of fabulous origin: the male frog is said to live on the top of the snowy mountains and the female frog in the abyss of the deep gorge below the mountain; when the sun passes over tho tropic of cancer (karkata or crab), tho male frog descends to the foot of tho mountain and the femalo frog ascends there to meet him midway. Before
*rprtfT|| 212 VY* | meeting each other tho male frog remains more powerful; but after they have united, the female becomes the stronger of the two (timan.). i; gan^-ri frnOlft snowy mountain or snow-mountains—a com- mon designation for many of tho great ranges in Tibet ; gafis-ni-$u the twenty principal mountains of Tibet:—(1) Thufilha, (2) Ь Ti-sc ^Iiaila^a), (3) Jlah-rykhar, (4) Bu-le, (5) д7аг-эдо, (6) Pho-la, (7) «рЯ’Я Hfrkhah- r , '8j £ Jo-mo kha-rag, (9) Rdo- i lOj Gan-bzafi, (11) fr’J* Rtse- T'lum, 12) Laphyi, (13) ЗЛс? Tshe-rift, (14) §na-nam, <J5) 5’8 Te-$gro, (16) JJod-dc gufi-rgyal, (17) WKty'W *5 Yar-lha gam-po, Ц8) Gsal-rje, (19) На-bo gafa-bzati, (20) p^a.ri a lahi-gan§ (Kathafi. % 1I: f it-dag dkar-po n. of a vegetable drug (ДГЛон.,. gans-^rag = *|wgS gan§-hphred along or across tho glacier. gafis-srul an avalanche; a slip m the snowy side of a mountain ; a snow- '’ip- q]K.5Tj|q] gans-thig n. of a stone or mineral substance resembling stone; it is said to be a cure for fever that is produced from the liver. Gan§-pa ge-hu tho name of a celebrated lama and philosopher of the Kadampa School of Tibet. =4Vg’* gaii-ji-ra lit. posessed of trea- sure or rndcod-ldan; an ornamental pinnacle on a temple, house or chorten constructed after the proscribed model given in Buddhist hooks. This is a Sanskrt word though sometimes Tibctau- ized, being written as hgan-hji-ro. gad as in gscr-gad 1. pure, genuine, unalloyed. 2. a rock. C\ a rock cavern; a place of shelter under the cloft or nook of a rock: kept tho bars of silver in tho nook of a rocky hill. TCP gad-kha W- wide, broad; breadth; with breadth. gad-mo, TTW a laughing; laughter: gad-mo dgod utters a laugh; *|VM’«W|Vgcz ga$-mo-bgad byufi I have laughed ; gad-mo bgad-sofi ho has laughed. gad-mo rgod to laugh; g^* gad-mo $or- byufi laughter sprang forth; gad-mo gor-sofi idem; gad- mot hdeb$-pa to laugh at a person ; hjig rten-pahi gad-mo laughtor of worldly-minded people : this is to mo an object of laughtor; it is ridicu- lous to me (Ja.). gad-rgyan^-ean Й bsdig$-pahi gad-mo (^Ш Ла Ла) loud laughter; $dig-pahi gad-mo (fvP? hila) coquettish laugh; dgyes-pahi-gad-mo (T% he-he) laugh of merriment or rejoicing; zil-gyi$ gnon-pahi gyad- mo vt a laughter of triumph; khro-icohi bshad-pa brgyad the eight laughs of indignation and wrath, &c. gad-kgyal the walls of conglo- merate rock through which mountain- torrents have cut their way.
213 Wl rjad-snigs dust; refuses; swept- out: phyays-mas yad-sniy^ phyagt sweep with a broom the dust, refuse, etc. cqS V gad-dar sweeping, cleansing; gad-dar-byed-pa cleansing; sweeping well a place; keeping it clean. Syn. phyag-dar; byi-dor*, ЯУ 5^ ga&clar\ gtsan-war-byed *, ДЧСЛ4 rdul-hphafa (ДМоп.). Gad-mdah-la n. of a moun- tain ; the lowlands at the foot of a Gad. gad mdal-la tshun this side of the mountain called Gad-dala. Я5’4 i: gad-pa or Я5‘*^ gad-mkhan a sweeper; a cleanser; ЗЯ‘^’§5*^, Я5* the class (of menial servants) requiring wages (such as) sweepers, dusters and water carriers. Я5’Я^'^ any place or object well dusted or cleansed. Я5‘ч n: 1. a precipitous cliff of conglomerate such as often walls in the mountain rivers: 2. wide crack in a con- glomerate rock. Я5’ЗЯ gad-phug a cavern or cleft in a conglomerate rock: ЯЗ^’Я^’^Я' ЗЯ’^Я’ё’^ЗЯ^ gshttfi-gis stag-dkar-gyi gad phug-tu shag-Ina bshug§ meanwhile they halted for five days in the rocky cavern of Stag-dkar. gan=rtsar near: А^'Я^ ded‘dpon dehi gan-du son-ste dris- pa going near to the chief of the merchants (caravan), he asked. Я^ gan (=Яя gam in C.) signifying nearness, proximity; is used in such connection as Я^ to, towards, up to: «^‘Я^’ЛЯ come up to me; be went unto the king ; he wont towards the house; he came from the king; ХЯ'^Ж^ in ТГ. close by the brook; c^ur gan-du in W. hard by the water; ^’Я^ rir gan-pa one living close to a mountain or hill. дам-kyal or Я3» дап-гкуаЦ ЧсИ supine; lying on the back with the face upward: Я^’З^ЛЭ'4’4 to lie in that position: Я^’З4'^З'4'4 to fall on the back. hgan-rgya, vulg. Я^’5 gam-rgya, a written contract ; an agreement (Cs.). Я¥5* gan-dar, a silk handkerchief offered as a present in exchanging compli- ments on meeting (Sch.). gan-dha bha-dra a kiud of drug used in liver derangement. J Я^Л’^'йЯ^ gan-dha rihi sfiags тгетч!- ЯпИ a Buddhist mantra or charm which has the power of enabling one to move in space. gan-dho-la, the temple of fragrance; hall of worship built after the model of a chatty a with many doors. It is generally attached to a great monastery. In Tibetan it is called Х’Я^'!4^ Dri gtzan-khan, the name being applied to the particular chapel where the image of Buddha is placed. The great temple of Buddha at Gaya was called Maha gandhola Caitya. Phyi gan- dho-la nafi-du lha-khan byas-pa its inside was a god’s house or chapel and the outside a gandhola. gan-dhi a mineral sub- stance used as a cure for leprosy.
214 Ч|£Г&| । + gan-tahi-tog or gan-thi par-na a medicinal plant. t V? gan-ti a piece of thick plank measuring about G feet by 12 inches either of white sandal wood or of deodar, which when struck with a hammer or another piece of thick hard wood, produces a kind of ringing sound which is heard from a great distance. It is used on special occasions to summon the monks of a monastery to attend any special religious service, &c. gan-gyog or gan-ti the- hu vft? the rod or hammer with which the ghanti (wooden gong) is struck or beaten. J ganda-pa si (mystic) avarice; greed for gain (K. g. p £6). gan-di iu books the gong or bell to call monks to monastic services. gan-mdsod= 5 bafi-mdso# store-room, storo-houso. gab-khufi, defined as pns-mohi rgyab-kyi ^gyid-khufi, the cavities behind tho knee bones. gab-igra a belch (in W.) (Ja.). 4 gab-pa to hide; to conceal one’s self: Rgyal-wahi hbyuft-gnas hdi yon- tan tham^-cad gab-nas mi ston-par gdah- teas» This Rgyal-wahi hbyuft-gna$ having concealed all his talents does not exhibit them (Jlbrom. I4 2). Syn. «ta’o yib-pa\ $Ьаз-ра; *|Ччргч gyog$-pa; «VaiKvcvg’q mi mfion-par by a* ica (Jgnofli). gab-phyiin n. of a religious treatise on the occult doctrine of Bud- dhism. чр’Я gab-tse^ ZJ]^’S‘ gab-rtse or gab-tshe a plan or table of points for computing the figures of divination in magical computations. In this connec- tion, sa-la gna$ pahi sa-bdag-gi rtsi$ refers to calculating tho identity and deeds of mischief done by a local “god of tho soil.” Again Wjpr refers to astrological calculations worked with the gab-tse. is a mystio chart used for bodily prognostics ; one for the speech; one for the heart; In the general term gab-tse are included many particular significations, that for the soil, that for the sky, that for the intermediate space, etc. gab-tshad slow, insiduous fever; according to Sch. a hectic, con- sumptive fever. ЦрГсоЧ] gab-tshig riddle; also mystical words or expressions used in magic to stupify one’s enemies without killing them. Also the 1G ornamental mystical allusions employed to excite laughter in a play, etc., and to convey hidden meanings in an assembly, ete. The names of these are as follows:— kun-tu tshogs pahi gab-tshig* de-bshin-du $lu byed-kyi rim-pa daft bral-wahi gab-tshig; WflfcrQ’flp’Sq rab-bcom-gyi gab-tshig; mthzin gzug$-kyi gab-tshig;
215 4*1 rtsub-mohi gab-tshig; «jq-Xa] grafa-kyi gab-tshig \ rab btags-kyi gab-tshig-, min-du hdus-pahi gab-tshig; |q*q5’fl|q^ff| §grib-pahi gab-tshig; *3^<й’|рч]«гЗд| mthun- jpaA? sgrahi gab-tshig; йелг<|5’ч]л*ЗЦ rmons- pahi gab-tshig; yon$ phrog§-kyi gab-tshig; gcig b$grib$-kyi gab-tshig; ^Vr’T4B4’re^’4lrr^4l gni$-ka tegrib$-pahi gab-tshig; *^’^4 yofi$ hdre$-kyi gab-tshig, <q«T$«| gab-yig 1. in the medicinal works of Tibet the names of certain drugs and medicines are written in words which are not ordinarily understood, having secret meanings assigned to them. 2. in figura- tive language, meanings of names and words which are not ordinarily understood. Such are called gab-miti, i.e., secret names. ^4’*? gab-sa $ba$-sa or yib-sa hiding-place ; place of concealment : came bringing much gold with us, but we were without a hiding-place or a place to go to (Л. 120). Ч|Я gam near, v. gan. Syn. gam-yo; drun; ne- hkhor {HJAon.). gam-gum a number, grafa-g.nas {Ya-sel. 57). gam-span? panels or little boards beneath the cornice of a roof, often filled np with paintings (Ja.). Ф 9 gam-bu-ra, erf^TT in W. a citron; lemon (Ja.). gam-hbrog a dairy in the neighbourhood of one’s residence. Gam* hbrog rgyaA hgrog bzaft-wa rtsa-yi dge Near and distant dairy farms become thriving through the abundance of pas- tures {Jig.). gam-hdsin abbr. of ganrgya daft hdsin, a receipt, acknowledg- ment ; the letter of transfer, exchange, &c., for buying and selling or transaction of money business, &c.: q^q-^q^xg^’^ gam-hdsin byed-pa hdod sbyargyi bkod-pa go-brdah hphrod fie$ certainly, the receipt and the deed of agreement should be satisfactorily ex- plained (B/sii ). + gam-yo («ргч]^ч| gam-gyog) — ne-hkhor attendant. 4]^ gahu fl’jz 1. a little box or case; when containing a talisman or amulet, it is worn suspended round the neck. I: gar or «jvg gar-bro итч, игг, UK dance; acting in a dramatic play; gesticulation ; gar-icas tbkor surrounded by dancing girls or actors ; gar-byed-pa to dance; rtsed-mo byed-pa to sing; to dance and play; gar-zas the food given to performers; gar hkhrab-mkhan gyi zas-la for the food of those who perform dancing ; gar-la dgah-гса <TT^fsw very fond of dancing; як’вгч? gar-la blta attending a dance; witnessing a performance. gar-gyi liad-mo danc- ing entertainment or amusement. ^’5 gar-gyi dwaA-po = grub-chen or inal-bbyor-pa
4N 216 cJitn-po fig. a yogi or ascetic engaged in meditation : §р*Я sku-inchog gar-gyi dicafi-po mdse$ brjij tiomj-pifi your holiness the lord of the dancers (peacock), equal in beauty and splendour (Fig. k. 28). Я^§’Я^’^ gar-gyi #$о-&о=ЗГЯ*,9'*Т,^г’ gju-gar-gyi i&khan-po or Я^’^ gtso-bo teacher or director of a dance or danc- ing performance (Alfion.). III : or Я’5 gci-rtiy or Я5^ даМщ whither; where; gar-yafi anywhere: fljvujc’g’q gar-yaft $kye-wa growing any- where: Я^<ил ц gar-yaft mi hgro-wa to go nowhere. Я*’й5 gar-mc$ in IF. at all events; by all moans; Яga-na-mc# or gar-bab at random; haphazard (SeA.). Я^’ЯМ gar-mkhan or bro-mkhan 5fW dancer 1. a dancer, performer, e.g.y oven a Buddha or any saint dances when displaying miracles. 2. name of a god, acc. to Sch. S'iva (Ja.). gar-inkhau-ma — 1^^ gar-ma г^, dancing girl. Tho thirteen modulations of voice or musical notes: (1) Я^'* gar-ma ; (2) rol-rtsed-ma пт^п;; (3) « dal-ma ; (4) 5^** myur-ma ; (5) bar-ma ’TWH; (6) ^Я’КЯ tshig-rdeg (7) 3'4** bya-icahi-du^ WH; (8) bya-wahi tshad Ч5ЧН ; (9) 5‘54 ta-tea (<nq) reality; (10) o-gha (wfa) flow ; (11) gha-ni compact; (12) la-ya (^ru) absorption; adherence ; (13) zd-mya (w) equality. flp-qwi gar-cham the frantic dance of the lamas of Tibet which is chiefly observed by the Rnifi-ma schools of Tibet. It is of two kinds phur-pahi rtsa hcham the dance of tho enchanted club, and ^§4' hkhrub-hcham the dance of the lamas at the time of offering sacrifice. gar-^tabi dancing gesture or motion. Я*’* gar-pa a dancer; also a dance. , II: the encampment of an army; a camp. Я^'З4 gar-rgyab encampment; Я*’2Ч‘Ч gar-rgyab-pa to encamp; also for Я^’З4 gaft-rgyab, rdo-mdab sog$ gar-rgyab fling at him stone or arrow, etc., whatever (you can) (ДЬгот. f4 6’). + я^’^Я 0бгг-с?<7=Яс/^Я gan-shig, which one; whichever one. Gar gdofi-btsau the famous general of King Sron-fysan sgarn- pO) who visited the capital of China and induced Emperor Taitsung to give one of the princesses imperial in marraigo to his sovereign, about 630 A.D. gar-rdeb chus-khyer gar-rdeb-sog$-la lands, fields, houses, &c., that have been devastated by a river by the over-flowing of its banks, &e. (Rtsii,). 4M4I gar-nag name of a medicine. I: gar-po in colloq. language the word dkar-po is pronouned as Я^'5 gar-po and also written as such. It is usual to pronounce <$kar-po as Я^ ц gar-po in the vulgar language (Grub, ч 2).
217 II: also '’JvS gar-mo^ thick; dense; condensed; not fluid. 1. gar-wa чцч bska-wa astringent. 2. strong; qvac; gar-chaft strong beer (Ja.). Gar btsan hphags-pa name of a monastery and also of a deity in Tibet {Jig. 3.). t gar-dsa or bi gar-dsa, лм, n. of a tree or kind of wood pn {К. ко. % 3). TO gar-sha the native name of the district called La-hul or La-hol by the Hindus (Ja.). gar-log acc. to the Tibetans rapacious mountain tribes belonging to the far north-east of Tibet. 4* ’^5 those styled in the Tibetan tongue Gar-log are described in the Li-s'i Gur-khang as Turushka. The Gar log were a different people from the Mgo-log. Р$’Зрг2п*Ц Gar-log gi rgyal-p>o la ska-lus btan-was cho^-phyir srog-kyan btoft-icahi rgyal-po yin. In Atis'a’s biography it is mentioned that the King of the Gar-log iu the first part of the 11th century, A.D., came from the Indian side and made the King of Tibet a captive when he was there on a visit to Purang. Probably they were the earliest Mohamedan invaders of Kashmir. gar-$a the muscles of tho thumb (.W.) (Ja.). + I: gal—W nan pressing; gal-gyi$ pressingly, urgently. П: importance «рг^’Ч^’ч gal-du h(ktfi-pa to consider of importance; to esteem. Syn. gnad', mdo (M.fion.'). 4J4I III: 1. constraint; compulsion: fta-la gal-juft in С. “I have been compelled’’ (Ja.). 2. trap; snare: in colloq. gal hdsug-pa to set a snare (Ja.). IV: v. *p‘Q|’a( gan la-la. gal-hgag=important; д]^ цч|п|-йч very important. gal-chuft unimportant; insignifi- cant ; undervalued; slighted. fljorl q gal-che-wa very important: of the two, this life and the future, the latter is of greater importance: 4 it is of greater importance to acquire accomplishments than to go roving about without purpose : q important moral precepts. Syn. gna<l-che-wa; rtsa- che-iia; M ’^’4 khag-chc-wa] gtso- che-ica {Affton.). чрг^ gal-te conj. if; in case of; implies a conditional possibility. It is placed as the first word in a conditional sentence while na, its complement, stands after the verb at the end; together they signify “ if У 4^’5, however, is sometimes omitted, still meaning “ if.” In colloq. expression gal-te is seldom used; but “ gal-shi” is a common substitute: if you wish to enjoy all happiness, you must entirely leave off all desire: 29
qjcy'SlX | 218 q)-^| qg-q, q if you wish at all times to live in friendship (with the three Holies), you should avoid the three dangers, viz. of looking at your loving wife, thinking of profit, and of confiding in an envoy. gal-mdo^-^gal-hgag or W^4!21! gnad-hgag 1. really, essentially of importance. 2. n. of a disease (J/Ы.). gal-po probably same as Я*4 gal. the important, indispens- able master of the house (family). sprq gai-ua to force, to press some thing on a person: indoor con- finement is forced on men (Ja.). gal-war byed-pa «QfWVq brtson btan-wa to be assiduous. gal-fyzuft (Jit. got hold of the important thing), renunciation. gal-ro in ГГ. refuse; rnbbi>h. ga$, v. адргч hga$-pa. gi I. numeral for 33, v. affix instead of 5 kyi after and for signification v. 5 kyi. gi-gtt the vowel sign04 for i. f^=5|3^ gi-gu-fa, having a white speck in the eye; wall-eyed (of horses) (/ScA.). gi-lji-big or ko-tsi-Ыд tanued skin of a kind of deer obtained from Mongolia and China (Jig-)- Gu-ne-ru n. of an Indian yog ini or female aseetie (K. dun. 38). Ч|-(ЦЕ- gi-wan and also gi-haft W, a yellow pigment, an anthelminthic medicine; n. of a concretion in the entrails of some animals, used for medicine. Aee. to the medical works of Tibet this concretion is formed in the liver of certain animals and seldom in men, and it resembles in appearance and size the boiled yolk of a hen’s egg. There are also smaller ones. Лее. to some lexicographers this concretion is formed in two or three strata or folds. The best quality of gi-ican is that which is obtained from an elephant, and those obtained from the ox called gorocanZ are of second quality. A kind of gi-ican is also obtained from minerals and clay, and is of reddish-yellow colour. All these are supposed to bo possessed of wonderful healing power. (7Г. g. 308). Gi-wan mixed wdth honey, if applied to both the eyes as a medieino, will give one such a clear vision, enabling one to see all the treasures which are in tho earth. GYri bkan-dha n. of a mountainous country: Gi-ri bhan-dhahi yul-gyi nithahi ri khon§-su kla-klohi rigs mi-hdra-wa beu yod-par rgya-gar-pa dag-la grag^in it being known to tho Indians that in the mountains skirting the country of Giribandha there are ten different La-lo tribes (Dsatn.). gi-lifi a strong-bodied horse (Sch.). gi-lin a fabulous animal.
219 та as an accom- Gt-fan rgya n. of a tribe in Tibet. gin probably a little drum, or the beating of it paniment in dancing (<7Й.). gim ЛЧ gra$-shig n. of a soft (К. my. gir-mo, Ld., the Indian rupee; in G. it is called gor-mo or s gor-mo, gi$ instead of kyis after a final «I or $gra-§nan-gyi musical tone. gu 1. numerical for 63 = ^ hu. 2. sign of diminutives, e.g., 0*g khyi-gu a puppy ; little dog. 3. extension; extent; room; space; gna§ sa gu-dog, З^’З'Хз М-ра gu-dog, Vl lam gu-dog, gu-dog-po narrow-minded; a narrow place, valley or road ; ’[’‘wq gu-yan$-pa spacious; roomy; wide ; g,(*iA<r Ч gu yan$-pa hdug there is much room here. qjWq ди dog§-po med-pa spacious; capacious: sra’g’uiMrq sa-cha gu yans-pa a spacious, wido place: sdod-sa gu yifa-pa a commodious residence: sems gu-yans-pa a broad, generous heart. 9’94 gu-gu^a enamelled plates, cups, &c.; generally enamels on copper. f 9’9^ g^-gul or gug-gui, ^чн, ^4^4, a costly incense, one kind of which is white, another black. It is used in medicine and its smell drives away evil spirits. Syn. bum-mkhan; ^‘^9* hdre- hjigs\ ^^'^nal-mo hdra (Mnon.). i ЗЗ^5^ gu-gul-pn Amyris galloca the plant from which the incense is obtained. qj-qj Gu-ge n. of a province in the West of Tibet. Also n of a section and school in the Sera monastery. The people of the province of 3'^1 Gu-ge are called ч]’ч)'ч Go-ge-pa. TFi Git-fan also called Go-tan^ the elder grandson of Khany who invited Sakya Papdita to Mongolia in order to introduce Buddhism there. gu-ti in IF. deaf (Jd.). c\ 19’^’5 Gu-na mi-tra a Buddhist monk about whom mention is made in the Phar-phyin section of the sacred books of Tibet. 9'1^ gu-zul (for ral-gu zul- ma) hair-pendants of precious stones of women in Tibet: taking off her hair-ornaments, she offered them (A. 102.). 9’^ gn-yar in IF. slowly ; gently; without noise (Sch.). 9’^ gu-yii quick-silver. чуКЙ] Gu-yog 1. byahi rgyal-po shigyi. of a king of birds (К. my. 18). 2. n. of the second son of Jengis Khan, who ruled over Eastern Mongolia. t 99 gu-ru spiritual teacher; a teacher ; father-confessor; Щ’я Ъ1а-та^ apr Vfy $lob-dpon. Often in Milarapa.
I 220 3F'I Gu-ru ndshan-lprgyad the oight manifestations of tho Great Teacher; also the eight names of Padma Sambhava. gu-rug 1. in Ld. a colt or foal of an ass (Jd.). 2. n. of a celebrated lama who was tutor to Log Ce§-rab. ди-1ай n. of a deity propitiated by mothers (in Tibet) for the well-being of their children. According to some this deity blesses mothers with children. 4J-W- ди-Ий 1. pure gold picked out from a mine. 2. also spelt 3’8^’ gold embroidered cloth or silk: 3’Я5/’Г^*1* having presented a reli- gious garment of embroidered silk (to him). gu-le in W. for Я gaJe slowly; softly; gently. Gu-$ri said to be a corrupt form of the Chinese title of Kaufiri, as hick is conferred on Buddhist monks and religious men, but it is evidently tho corruption of the Sanskrit title of gau- the lord of religion or guna-fri: in Tibetan yon-tau-dpal, tho blessed, learned or talented one. In Mongolian Kau-qri signifies a Pandit or a learned man. З’^^Г^ Gu^ri sog-po Gus'ri the Mon- golian, in Tib. called 3*5 'Sirj'Ji Gu-sri bstan-hdJnehog-rgyal, the D sung a- rian Chief, who conquered Tibet and esta- blished the supremacy of the Dalai Lama in 1643 A.D. over all Tibet; also an (Eleuth Mongolian who belonged to Gus’ri’s banners. TS gusu occurs in (Vai. kar.) a garment, dress (Jd.). gug-gu, bgan an oblation cup: (MH>n b^an-ni Hor-gyi Ий la§ lod this name is now applied to enamelled cups made in China (Jig.). t ЗТЗ'4 v. 3’3^ gtt-guh ’Ц gug-pa 1. 35*q dud-pa, 3«Tj-q dad-pa^ дид-ра ’ялг-итг bent as in reverence, to bend in salutation : 3Tq^ gug-bca$ with humility, humbleness, modesty. 2. In IV. to rub or scratch gently ; to tickle. ЗТЗ4! gug-gug bend low: ЗТЗ^И^З^ЗТ^ mgoJut gag-gug gsum- gyis phyag-bya$ he saluted thrico, bending low his head and body. ЗЯЛ4 gag-gc-wa bent; bent down- wards (of leaves) (Vai. §й.)> v. 3Tq gug-pa. gug-sran weight of gold according to tho standard formerly used in tho province of 3'^1 Gu-ge, a Sran or ounce of 3**1 Gu-ge : having presented gold of tho weight of 300 ounces (of Gu-ge) (Л. 79). I: вий an imperial title, belong- ing to the second class of nobility in China; it is second only to tho distinction of Wang or Princo, and is very much prized in Tibet. The recipient wears a ruby button and three plumes of the peacock. 4JS- II: ftfrPX variously applied (1) to a species of leopard-cat found in Tibet.
’F’l 221 •which is smaller than the Himalayan leo- pard, and (2) to the broad-headed tiger of Central Asia, kharakula of the Mongols, which lives in the forests of the Amur and of North-Western China. The flesh of latter is used in paralysis, and also as an antidote against evil spirits. HI: the middle ; central; also generally the meridian; noon; midday; as well as, less frequently, midnight ; 3^ nin-gun midday; noon; mid- night. З^'Ч gun-la in the middle : ^5'5'3^ stod-kyi gun-паз thou taken er come ont of the middle of Upper Tibet. 3^3 gun-du byed-pa to divide through middle ; to dissect anatomically; dwyar-ggi gun-la in tho middle of summer ; nam-gyi gun-la at the midnight hour; the middle watch of night. Gufi-rgyal n. of one of the early kings of Tibet (Yig.). 3^’^ gun-ja midday tea ; also the reli- gious service conducted in a Buddhist monastery at midday when tea is served to the congregated monks. 3*'4f^i gun-gni$ the two middle times, midday and midnight. Gufi-than lit. central plain, n. of a part of Ngari Khorsum; n. of a monastery in Ngari. district of Grungthang in western Tsang, the birth-place of Nag- tsho Lo-tsa-ua Tshul-khrims rgyal-wa, who brought Atis'a to Tibet. Gun-than Bjam-dbyans n. of an incarnate Lama of Amdo, who th became the high priest of Tashi Gomafi monastery of Amdo and erected a lofty chorten-temple 360 feet high; and founded a monastery with a library containing 20,000 block-print volumes. Gun-thafi Rtsahi ко ron the birth-place of Milaraspa the poet and saint. 3^'4 gun-pa —hbrin-po ньцн tha second of three brothers; the middle one. Зс/чад’Ц gun hbab-pa to take rest at noon on a journey; 3^3*1 gun-tshig§ dinner (Sch.). З^'^С4! gufi-hdsug f^T also gang-mo, the middle finger. 3^’3*’^ Gun-ri gufi-btsan the son and successor of King Khri- sron Idehu-tysan who reigned in Tibet about 733 A.D. guft-la phug or gun dmar-la phug carrot. guft-safis la hgro-wa to take a walk about midday, also generally to take a walk 3^'^ gun-ion at noon. 3s gud 1. slope; declivity (Cs.). 2. separation; solitude; seclusion (Sch.). 35’3 = logs suham §ger-du aside; apart: 35again Jobo spoke to Phyag-dar §t on-pa while alone in a solitary place (A. 5). 35’3’q^’4 gud-du hbor-ica 1. to place aslant or to one side ; З^’З'М4^4 gud-du gegs-pa to separate (Ja.), disperse. 2. to buy dear, at a loss ; synonymous with 3^S gun-god', in Lad. heavy or thick of hearing; gud-nag quite deaf; deaf as a post. 3. gud-du hjug-pa — log§-su bshag-pa or
222 shan-du bcug-pa to humiliate; deprecate; to place in a false or inferior position. 5Л4 gad-pa = ^\Q hgud-pa. JS'5 gud-po dear; expensive, v. r gud-po. gun loss'; damage: fia-la gun-phog in JK., I have suffered loss (prop, damage has сото to me) (Ja.). to make up a loss : льл’огд; in all other places, on the other hand, they out of pride almost daily tried to replenish their loss (BLrom. Г JJ). З3^ gun-dum a bottle-shaped or cylindrical basket for fruit in Ld. (per- haps akin to гкон-pa) (Ja.). дин-ро in Ld. expensive; dear. 3^‘§ or § having died or bemi dead: de-na$ pun nii-rin tear Bram-i( gum-$te then, not long after, tho Brahma^ having died (Hbrom. 162). 3*’4 gum-pa, v. 4g*rq hgum-pa. gar TOZV, WC, a tent ; also a house made of hay or straw or grass ; dicu-gur a sleeping tent; ^oprg^ fyshugs-gur a tent used by a great man for his residence; д^'^'Ч gar- yol the ceiling of a tent; gvpqN gur-kheb$ the cover or canopy ; ras-gur tent of cotton cloth; rgyal-gur royal pavilion; dmag-gur a military tent; gv$tf4| gur- nchog a magnificent tent ; gvs*] gur-tkag tent robes; g*^ gur-ber in JK., or gur-qin, the tent poles ; д^’3ч| gur-thog the upper covering or outer-fly of a tent; «Y thdb-gur hearth-tent; that which is used as a kitchen; З^’З'-^З gur-gyi qarn-bu tho outer canopy-like cover of a tent; the upper part of a double tent f g*’^ gur- phur tho pegs or pins used for pitching a tent • g^’^X* gur-gthol tho walls of a tent; 4]Vg]5 gur-glad tho top or crown of a tent; the passage for the smoko out of a tent; gur-hgram lattice in the side of a tent ; gvg* gur-lcam stakes supporting the roof of a tent {Sch.}. gur-khan the imaginary pavilion or mansion of tho gods, which is formed in tho sky, canopied by rain-bows, walled by rays of light, supported by diamond posts and carpctted with variegated clouds, for the uso of tho gods when they come to witness religious entertainments or performances of tho pious on this earth. Gur-gyi mgon-po a divinity of tho Sakya-pa School. 3^54 Gur-drag n. of a Buddhist deity of tho Sakya-pa School. 3M4! gar-nag those of tho black tent, or tho Black-tent Mongols; g^’VP gar- dkar tho Whito-tont tribes of Mongolia; Я*5’3* gcod-gur tho tent used by itiner- ant mendicants or Shamans. ^vq’jg’^q gur-pa grba-ishan a Buddhist congregation at 3^'3 Gyan-tse. gvo;^ gur-lpags a perforated skin; a hide full of holes (Sch.). gv^ gur-ser the tribe of the Mongols who used to live in yellow tents. The Taranatha Lama of Urga (Tab Khureh) in Mongolia still uses the yellow tent. 3^’3* gur-gum or 3^’3^ gur-kum 5^4, жчЬхэт saffron, crocus, marigold,
223 calendula, and similar yellow flowers {Ja.): gar-gum mchin-nad kun sei rtsa kha §dom saffron cures liver-disorders and contracts the surface of the bowels (Rtsii.). There are three kinds of saffron known to the Tibetans ; Bal-po gur-gum the saffron of Nepal; kha-che gur-gum the Kashmir saffron, which is the best, and or If’*’*!, that is brought from distant regions (Spice-islands). Syn. tshiin byed dinar; 45cr hdab brgya-wa; rdsin drun §kye§; те-tog don-can ; kun-nas hkhums*, me-tog ni-ma\ phra-ma-eair, kha- chc-§kye§ ;VV* dri-shim ; lus-dmar\ niehi rtse-mo ; bdc-byed] hthufi-byed\ ^^’^mchog-ldan} V^’q’q^yq dpah-po brtan-pa (Mnon:). gur-gur in Ld. a small ehurn used for preparing tea. (Jd.) gur-tig a kind of drug used for healing or drawing sores, &c.; ^’34[g*r^?V4 rma gas rtsa tshad mkhris nad-sel it inflames sores, cures bilious fever. gnl-gula quaking; shaken as if by a strong wind : khro-bohi §tan-stab§ mdsad-pa$ yul ehen-po geig gul-gulbyun §kad It is said that because they assumed the attitude of a wrathful deity, a great eountry trembled (as if by an earth- quake) . gul-nag, lit. the black д’дч gu-gul or gug-gul nag-po, n. of a medicine. (ju§-pa ’Г5Т, HW, ^T<T, яЬл fftw, ччтТя, ич, нтя, sbst. humility, respect, reverence, devotion; also adj. respectful, devout; very common in the phrase gus-ptas pthyag htshal-lo, saluted with reverence ; «’g^’q ma-gus-pa unsub- missive, undevout; gus-pa dan Ьса§-ра respectfully; with dignity and honour*; gu§-par hgyur-ua to be respectful; to humble one-self (Cs.) I offer salu- tation reverentially with the three—my heart, speech and body : gq’q’^^q^-q^- gus-pa chen-pos bsten-par byin-gyi^-rlobs may the blessing be granted to maintain the greatest devotion, gq*qv qg^’q gus-par bsg rim-pa to behave with respect ; g*rqv^ gus-p>ar йап туччт to serve or attend respectfully; to listen with respect ; g*rqvg\q to regard. gu$-po in C. and TF. expensive, costly, dear, v. g5*5 gud-po or $5’^ rgud-po. gu§-so becomes very dear; respects; worships. ge num. for 93. ge-wa is an auxiliary particle signifying did (emphatically): mche-wa^ bran kha non, ma-sohi mche-wa§ dpral-wa na yar-la lhag ge-ica by the upper tusk he pressed on his breast, by his lower tusk he opened asunder up to tho forehead (Rbrom. 139). Ge-ra n. of a country : Ge-rahi rgyal-po she$- pahan byun-hdug also there was one, called the King of Ge-ra (K. du. ч 281).
224. Gy.??? lha-pa name of a Tibetan chief, said to have descended from the royal lino of kings, ?.t., from Sron-bisan sgam-po, and belonging to a place called Ge-ra lha situated to the east of Lhasa on the Yarn Tsang-po beyond Chothaug. gt-fa a kerchief for the head hanging down behind from the shoulders. I: ge-sar saffron, the corolla of a flower. There are three kinds of ge-sar viz:—ua-ga g(-4ir pus-pa ge-sar and pad-ma ge-sar трихит (Л/7Й.). Aec. to Cs. is a flower ; it is said to grow in Nopal and is called %)ad-ma ge-sar ; acc. to Sch. pistil, but like zc-hbru it sig- nifies undoubtedly the organs of fructifi- cation in general. II: Ge-sar n. of a powerful king ruling in Shensi in China, who on account of his martial valour was deified and raised to the }>osition of the God of War. There are various accounts of him. The people of Kham in Tibet own him for their national war-god, while the Mongolians say that Ge-sar was a king of Mongolia. According to some authors, he lived in the 7th century A.D. According to the collection of heroic songs called the Rgyal-drun* King Ge-sar lived in the 8th century A.D. His origin is, however, lost in myth. ge-sar-gyi sgrun stories from the works called Aznc/ and Jang} also extracts from the fabulous history of Ge-sar. ge-sar-can the lotus flower; the filament of a lotus. ge-sar dmar-po^ 5)glu-ipfi, Naga Vrksa (Ж//.). ’Г’? gc-hya^ gna§ a secret abode— used as gsafi-ska# (a mystic word) in tho Tantra (K. g. 215). geg$ = gag$ fqrar, hindrance; stoppage; obstacle: geg$-ehags’—^'&S bar-chad interruption by an accident; danger; to remove doubts and hindrances {Mil.); ^4 a malignant spirit causing mischief or impediments; 4 to hinder effectually religious doings; four obs- tacles to the attainment of Buddhabood: tfq-QSj thob-pahi grogs hgroham geg§-su hgro will you help me or hinder mo in obtaining; hgrub-pahi gegs impediment to the attainment of perfection. gel-pa tho trunk of a tree with a spiral top: 3^ q gel-wa fin phufi flam rtsa-ua $bom finrtsf-mo rgyas-pa the term gehca is when the stem or thick roots of a tree grow into a branching top. gel-fin a log; a post. Gain-dar-pa n. of a king of birds. (IT. my. % 18). 3] I: go 1. numerical sign for 123. 2. abbr. for dgu-bcu in the nineties; go-geig 91; also go-gni§ 92, etc. II: = in mystio language khyu-mchog the chief of a herd or company {К. g. I4, 28).
225 ^•*1 4J III : 1. place; room; space (prob.= ; in this sense it is usedin mtshams med-par, without intermediate space, t.e., close together, continuous: hbra sna-tshogs go mtsham$ med-par §kye$ grain of every kind grew densely, luxuriantly: 4 go-m&hams med-par gafi-wa closely filled. An important compound of go is found in go-chod, the space is cut off, or filled, m?., the matter is done with, settled; satis- faction has been made ; colloq. also I have got enough ; I am full: des rgyal-wahi go-mi chod-pa by this the victory has not yet been fully decided: thot-bsam §gom gsum- gyi go-chod there is intermission of hear- ing; thinking; meditation: q5’^*1 khycd-la go-mi-chod pahi chos doc- trine not satisfactory to you : g^qx'|S|N' 9'^5 bu-tshab Ha §pyugs ci-phyir go- mi-chod why should it not be sufficient that I be banished instead of my son? 2. place, position, rank, condition of life: pha-yi gor in the place of his father; go-nas according to; in proportion to (Ja.): rga§-na when rank and dignity are grown old and gone; when the position in life has been lost: 3] that is my place; my business. 3. a way, a space, in the more general sense: tprin-gyi go-war phyc- na$ hoH$ have come parting the clouds: вч’т*^a-mahi go na at the place of my mother; with my mother (Ja.). ^’^|’q go ldog-pa to change place, especially to turn to the contrary (Sch,); ^5 nad-go the seat of disease (Sell,). go-§kab§ ^ГРГ, ягднл, interval; leisure; space; opportunity ; in the meanwhile: qvfl^w £$] T^rVTq V'^q^q-^qq’^’ occasionally with companion words go-§kab§ signifies slowly, at leisure, or in power ; just at the time: q^qKq^qS^q^S b de-war bsdad-pahi go skab$-med there is no chance of my sitting at ease: dc-phyir b dag-la go- §kab§ stsal-du gsol (A. 16) therefore I pray for leave to avail myself of this oppor- tunity. go-^kal the share or portion due to a person in accordance to his rank (Ja.). go-khan, ^**q*pq*q go-chahi khafi- pa arsenal (Schtr.). Sfjgq 0o-JMroJ:=^’*V'|9r’ go-cha dan krab coat of mail with helmet; armour, v. go-cha. ^'^•q go-gyon-pa, go-cha gyon- pa to wear a coat of mail, etc.; to put on war dress. Syn. gO-bgOS ; ^4Tq gyul gyi cha§ shugs-pa; uro^’q^ ya-lad bgos (Mnon.). ’fjipf go-gral or go-gra$ rank; dig- nity (Cs.). 4]’q^’q go-bgo$ pa the act of equipping or arraying :=^’«‘g^q go-cha gyon-pa to equip with armour; put on harness, v. go-cha. go-ca, v. go-cha. go-cha ЧН, W, UslTV, fWfai, armour; harness; gear; implements; tools; go-cha the implement of good luck; an amulet. Syn. ya-lad, *^'Jq; mtshon- tikyob; 1ч$-$куоЬ*, lu$-sruH', lchags-go$', shub-can; 30
226 4j-q| dra-wa can', ^S4]^ hkhrug-go$; ctffq lcag§-kyi bgo-ira; ^khrab; £fa] rniog*, mgo skyob; fcsj’g rmog-shu; §^’9 Icogsshtt; £hT3^ rmog-thur; gc/gvSJ, khyun-thur cw\ Зрдч go-khrab (Шоп.). ^*’3Yq go-cha g yon-pa, v. ^’^,q go gyon-pi or go bgo$~pa. go-cha d in beat (Schr.; Katie. T. 139) with a ball. a4! §v« go-chahi Skrag byed-ma. {22 B.) (Schr.) ♦ go-chahi B^kyad-byed-ma. (Sdir.) (22 C.) * SfaS-j-aSaj go-chahi Rta-me hog. (Schr.) (21 A.) go-chahi Rdo-rje ni-ma. (Srhr.) (20 C.) go-chahi Rdo-rje scm$- dpah. (19 B.) go-chahi Rnam-tnafi. (19 C.) ♦ go-chahi Pad-ma gir- dican. (S'dir.) (20 A.) * ^’ЗЕа £ГЕлг§^я? go-chahi Rmo^-byed-ma. {Schr.) (22 A.) ♦^•*5’^1’^ go-chahi Tsan-di ka. (Schr.) {23 A.) * go-chahi Gfin-rje-ma. (Schr?) (21 C.) * gt-chhi Пс-ru-ka nag-po. (Schr.) (20 B.) go-chod-po —phan-thog-po useful; serviceable. qiwwto don gan-byed kyan b§grub-nuspaham mtharphyin-j)ahi mi- ll go-chod-po zer the term go-chod-po is applied to a man who is successful or who accomplishes any business or duty suc- cessfully: mi-hdi go chotf-dam will this man be of service ? (A. 127). go-^nod cummin seed (Zam. 24). J go-da гса-ri the Godavari river. $4’5V44l ^5 thug$-kyi gna$ brkyad kyi-geig, be-tahi yul- gyi [ho-thag tie sar-yod, ho-mahi chu-mig sog$ gna$-ya mtshan-can тай Godavari, one of the holy rivers of Southern India, a place on its bank near Vidharva where there is spirit- symbol of Buddha. It contains a milky spring (Dsam. 36). + Л go-dam ba n. of a drug Syn. yafis-pci can; ri-mo can; «rgp’^4 ba-glaH mig\ inchog $byin-ma; dbafi-po bkra-wa*} ^'*5 kam-ka chen-po (Шоп.). go-bde-wa simple; easy; that which is easily understood: go-bde-гса la bsam-na$ dpcr-bjod na he uttered an example with a view to make it easily understood (Situ. 101). + go-hdun, defined as Йл,£4 tna-tshogs-sam gafi mo$-pa what you like of different kinds. go-hdris khycr-wa^^yv&fyx to be friendly; intimate (A. 145). * go-da ^7Чй«г55 Go-da hphel-byed n. pr. (Schr.) (Ta. 2, 82). if-w ро-ЛрЛаЯ=^Г^*« rank; place; position : may the blessing be accorded me to gain the rank of an omniscient Buddha (№l-)> Sfq go-wa to understand; to perceive mentally: daH-po pan-ti-ta kun-gyi go wa bynft first of all it was understood by all the Bandits.
*1*1 227 go-ica a learned, clear- headed person; wise men. go-fyo or S’^f’4 by a-go-bo a kind of vulture: w-jpig-qv', (jo-uohl g re-was <pi-ma shu-iva daft, ma-shu-wahi rig$-rnam§ hju-war byed the larynx of the vulture causes indiges- tible meat and different kinds of food which are not digested, to become digested (§man.). ^‘§5 go-byed acc. to Jd. is a quality of the air. yo-fydog (go-acg)^^ go-log misunderstand ; misapprehend; to attach a wrong meaning (Situ. 110). t ^’4 go-yu (Beng. Ipn) areca nut: areca nut is the best essence for the tee‘h and cures kidney disease (§man.). + go-ra—^&^btson-ra jail; prison. go-rim order, arrangement: have arranged it so as to agree with the order of things, etc. (Situ. 101). + <70-n?=^’« rdsogs-pa perfected; finished ; completed. ♦ go-re Zon=^4]’419^’CJ mnag gshug-pa or ran-dwaft med-pa spontaneously ; as a matter of course; without power to exert ono’s self in any matter; necessarily (K. du. p 175). Wf<4 go-la, rgga- nag gi sra-rtsihi rgyu-se gift-gI khu-wa 1. a kind of gum, prob, acacia imported to Tibet from China; ashes which have burnt with- out ignition. 2. lime of burnt shell or cowries. 3. the areca nut brought from the sub-Himalayan district or from India is called $man go-la, i.e., the globular medicine; rgya-gar go-yu the Indian areca nut, or Зц’Ч'Ч, areca nut from the sub-Himalaya; these two are called ^nan-go-la (SmanT). go-lahi-rlan the wind which, acc. to Tibetan astronomers, keeps the sun and the stars moving in space : phebs-tshog§ kyan Go-lahi rlun-hgrosltar hgog-med-du shu your letters should also be without let or hindrance, like the wind which keeps the heavenly bodies always in motion (Yig. k. 87). go-le=.^\ga-le or dal-po slowly. go-sa, n. of a town in the way to Udyana, prob, in Ancient Kabul (S. Lam. 17.). go-log the reverse; opposite to what was; back again ; also for go-su log-pa degraded; position changed as in the case of a superior officer subordinated, or an inferior officer promoted to a higher posi- tion :—dpon-po gyog master made a subordinate or servant, or ggog-po dpon, a servant raised to the position of a master; ^q^g^q-q ^^-q^ 4’^’S phan-par 8mra$-pa la gnod-par go-wa Ita-bu to take a useful advice as intended for mischief; also opposed to charity or misunderstand charity; ^’jgwr reversing, misinterpreting character or morality; 4^5’q’%*5^ bzod-pa go-log* brtson-hgnis go-log to misunder- stand one’s forbearance or industry; «ж performance of the wrong Dhyana-, perverse or distorted knowledge or wisdom; ^'1snifi-rje go-log tired of showing sympathy or compassion; byams-pa go-log tired of loving.
228 ^4*51 or rank; office; dignity: g ^О’14 bh-пш mkhan-po rgyal-blon sogs-kyi go-sa Ita-bu-la like unto the position of the lama*, professors, officers, etc. 4 qjyfl gau-ta-ma — ^*)** Gohu-ta-ma n. of a family in Ancient India (Л7. du, 5 133); n. of Buddha S'akyamuni. ^4j gog in IF. for ^’25 gofi-po a lump. чо| gog-thal ashes; burnt fragments. ^q gog-pa 1. to crawl. 2. to crumble off; to scale off (of the plaster of a wall) ^ZJ #o0-po==^4]'w§c;q ^hig-ral byun-wa or nam^-chag byufi-wa dilapi- dated ; damaged; in ruins; worn out : SfF*'^4fq a temple in ruins: a chorten in ruins: there are some who even die worn out when they crawl about (as little children) (Khrid. 13). *^TQ’I4T^V2N go-bzlog lhan-skyes (Schr.) (30 A.). go-lihi ri-mo ггг^<тг (Kaiас, I. 5$ 58) a circle; circular. gon 1. price; value; also ^’чс. gofi- thafi gon-tshad; nor-rdsas kyi rm gon-gi (shad the price or valuation of things or property : Sjk’ 555’^ gon dpyad-pa to apprize; to fix a price: 3fc‘qjq’q gon brgyab-pa or ^'g4|’q gofi sgrig-pa id. In Sikkim : “ di gon ka dz6 mo" what is the price of it ? (Snd. НЬк.) 2.=^ tfeft or g^ 8non or K4] * thag-ma also as klad the above; in space as well as in time (in Jl7kuw§, e.g., it is used as a sbst. signifying elevated, alpine pasture grounds). go ft dan mt him, gon-dan hdra-war, goft-bshin, gon-mtshun$ as above (men- tioned) ; like the above or aforesaid similar to the above. gon-hkhod stated above; ^S*a gofi-du yod-pa existing above; 4^’ gofi-dtt gsal war, set forth or elu- cidated above; gofi-gi the former; tho above; gon-gi de rnams those preceding; jfa’q gon-gi sites $mo$- pa the above statement that; goii Bod-kyi rgyal-po the ancient or former Tibetan kings; gon- gi fyad-pa It ar as has been stated above; доп-du over it; above; gofi-du hphags-pa taken upwards; gone upwards; improved; progressed; ^’35 доп-du phud placed in a position of dignity; kept on the top; gon-du hpho-ua, spiritually developed, lit. gone upwards; gofi-du $byor- wa ready; gon-du mos-pa the above mentioned; gofi-na on it; above; gofi-na$ from above; goft-nas gofi-du more and more; higher and higher. 3jk q gofi-pa wfa very much (Lex.); one above; the senior (one) = ?3jk*^ §go доп-du over tho door; yab-kyi goft-du hda$ died before his father; dehi gon-du before that or that time; ma-tshogs gofi-du before they assembled or congregated together. Goft-gkar-rdsofi, n. of a fort and town on the Tsang-po, where con- victs are generally sent for punishment. It is situated S -E. of Lhasa, in the district of Mal-gro. Gofi khri-bdal, hod-hbar n. of a Bon saint believed to exist in astral
229 form in the north-west quarter. (6r. Bon. Z), ^‘3 = gon-bu MWT a meeting; assembly; fame; renown; glo- bular. gon-phud-pa=^'*№\4 goA-du phud-pa to lift up; to ride up. Srjk'Scw gofi-pheb$, от gon-gi bkah-phebsy the instructions from higher authorities; also those arrived or received earlier. Зр’ч gon-wa in Ж. collar: gon-wa na§ hdsin-pa to seize by the collar. ^’5 gofi-bu 1. fa*?, ufw, <fn, HT<t a globular mass, lump, heap; gon-bu-can clot; clotty; in lump; in heaps; gon-bu so-so sfaagT, catarrh or cold; gon-bur-by as made into globular mass or lump. 2. agglomeration of atoms dri ro reg gzugs bshi-§te rdul-rdsa$ brgyadhdus gon-u-a yin acc. to the Buddhist metaphysical con- ception that which produces the sensation of smell, taste, touch and sight is formed of the following eight atoms:—(1) rdulphra-rab, (2) rdul-phran, (3) leags-rdul, (4) chu-rdul, (5) ri-boft-rdul, (6) ^’^4 lug-rdul, (7) 5Ц' ^ч glaA-rdul, (8) ni-mahi hod-zer-gyi rdul (Sorig. 7.) gon-ma 'sufk, superior; the former; the first-named; gofi-ma-che or gon-ma chen-po the most high; Rgya-nag gon- ma the Emperor of China; gofi- ma-rnam§ the gods and superior beings. gon-ma che drug, the six superior things of the 3^’3 Bon-po are the follow- ing :—gsan-wa hdus-pa mysti- cism; sti-ghar*, mi-lus bsam legs ; yi-fe§ $nin-po; §nan-wa mdog-can. Gon-ma Chen-lun rgyal- po the Tibetan name of the fourth Man- chu Emperor Kyun-lun is Lha- skyon rgyal-po, the king protected by the gods. He became very powerful, was devoted to Buddhism, invited the Pan-cheu Bin-po-che called Tashi Lama Pal-dan Ye-s'o (friend of the first Governor General of India, Mr. Warren Hastings). He erected many temples and chaityas, and his life was a record of miracles. He reigned upwards of sixty years. gon-ma mchod-yon the Dalai Lama being the spiritual lord and the Emperor of China being the temporal lord: gon-ma mchon-yon-gyi thugs-rjer hdir-yan htsho- kham§ bde-shin hphrin-las sltabs-hdegs la Ihod-med-du mchi§ by the grace of the Grand Lama and the Emperor (of China) here too I being in good health have been in the discharge of public service without relaxation (Yig. k. 18). gon-ma bshin = %*№'*$fi snon-ma bshin as before; as the above men- tioned ; like the aforesaid; as the previous one. gon-mohi gon-ma a superior’s superior; also more and more; more in future.
230 Sjk’# i. gon-mo the upper one; ^’q^’ lag-pahi gon-mo tho middle finger. 2. tho white grouse, but applied to various birds in Tibet of tho Tctraonidee family : lha-bya gofi-mo is the Crossoptilon Tibetanum, and gong-gyag the Ithaginis geojfryoi, etc. (Snd. Hbk. pp. 170-1). ч byihu co-ka gut's kyis gofi-mo la smras-pa tho two little Сока birds said to tho grouse (Rdsa.). 3ffi’-q8ta‘X’$’ gofi- mohi $a-yis ro-tsa chu-ser mo-nad sei the flesh of the grouso stimulates tho sexual desire and also cures discharge of whites: gofi-mohi mjug sgrohi mo-nad sei tho feathers of the grouso cure female diseases: gofi-mohi $go-fia§ me-lhahi gdon-nad gso the eggs of the grouso cure illness caused by tho demons of the fire-god. Sjk'Srjpq gon-mo sreg a pheasant, Phasi- aniis decollates. ^’8 gofi-shu=Jfc*i$ gofi-du she 1. as stated or prayed above. 2. a paper lantern (Jiz.); in colloq. Tibetan “ gam-shu” a lantern. г7оЯ-Лог7=^ ^ Itag-hog upper and lower; gshi-gofi folio; gofi-ske gshogs a title of honour, signifying his highness, excellence, etc. Sjk’Xor^ gofi-rol-du=t£'^'^$fia-rol-du or ^’4 snon-la, before, prior to: ^'Xq’^beforo the war took place. gofi-la above. gofi-sa one in supreme autho- rity or position; the sovereign. ^Vw^yq gofi-sa yas ph yin-pa ya-rabs gofi-ma those superior persons gone before; persons in superior or more exalted stations. 45 god loss; damage; god hgyer-tca to suffer loss; loss of money and property; Sfrf’ god-kha, norphyugs la nad sna-tshogs byufi-nas fi-wa loss in property or in cattlo by disease and othor accidents : sgom §grub ci-byas kyafi god-med there was no loss whatever whether he performed meditation or propitiation. ^5’* god-ma^&y^ hjig-pa W, чщ; fear, loss. gon the common gourd; pump- kin in ТГ. (Jd.). gon-pa (3^’q) to put on clothes, shoes, etc.; ^'q*Vq^ gon-pa hdra-ica re-re tho cost of a sot of anything to wear (Rtsii.); Q to put a cap on the head. 2. coat, clothing (Sch.). gon-snam (3’^) serge or broad- cloth for making robes, etc. (Rtsii.). gon-phyifi felt used for wearing. Чф gon-lham=&ty* gyon-lham shoes to put on. gob-non (spelling uncertain) in 7K. to tease; vex; irritate (Ja}. Зрт gom-pa tn<, 4^, жн apace; stop: *j*’*?fa rkafi-hgros to make a step; Sprq^vqgom-pa bor-tca topace: gom-pa bdun Ъог-гса to make seven steps (as a ceremony, which may also be counted equivalent to a religious pilgrimage, the actual perform- ance of which is not possible). ^•q gom-pahi stabs any peculiar manner of stepping whether in proces- sion or in dancing.
Sffwsq 231 gom-hgros walking in step like soldiers or a procession: hgro-na gom-hgro$ hkhyor in walking he missed the measure of the paces* gom-§tans the manner of pacing; walking in measured step. gom-gsum Тччт< three paces ; fig. the heavens, earth and the nether region. q gom-gsum-pa one with three steps. gom-gsum gnon, 04kyab- hjug a name of Vishnu when he deceived Bali in his Bdmana or Dwarf incarnation (Mnon.). gom$-pa 1. wnqTH one prac- tised in any work; skilled; wont; Jfa’ q-«r3jwq practising or practised in the art of reading ; ^jwq*^ goms-pa-can ^<?t one who is skilled or practised in any art, Sffwq’vgs'4 goms-par byed-pa one who is skilled or accustomed ; gom§-par bya$-pa one who has practised or studied. gor or ркупд§-дог=2^^\ nor-nad murrain (A. 103}. gor-btt 1. quadrangle. 2. wisdom. ЧЧ’я дот-ma ^'<4’^’*rs*rq rdo-la she-sa bya$-pa a term of respect for stone, or a general name for stone (Cs.); large and small pebbles ; stones ; rubble ; boulder stones (Sch.). gor-ma chag—^fc'W^wq gor-ma bkum-pa, the-tshom med or nes-pa certain; sure; indubitable: de-hbyu^ca gor-ma mchag-go his coming is quite cer- tain. + ^КЙ gor-mo—\ rdo, sdafi-wahi sem$-la yanhjug gor- mo is also applied to signify an irritable or angry temper. i ^'^'*4 gor-fi-$a, a kind of sandal wood. ^’q gol-ica, v. hgol-ica. доз w, ЧП*Г, sffa, uft- cover ; dress ; garment. The common word for coat or clothing; there are seven kinds of stuffs for priests, &c.: bal-go$ woollen cloth ; ga-nahi gos cloth of flax; zar- mahi доз linen; du-khu lahi доз silk cloth; wq^rgras-bal-gyi доз cotton cloth; 'fp^qS'qfk ко tam-pahi доз jute cloth; ni-hog-gi gos European cloth, &c. доз-kyi rgyuhi fybyun-khtins b§tau-pa enumeration of the materials for cloth:— jfa’S srin-bu silk-worm ; g,Y/qql*rq'^ZIlN гл lag dan ri-dbag§-kyi spu-dan pags-pa §na-tshogs various hairs and skins of sheep, goats and wild animals; bark or fibres ; fruits; zar-ma sogs fibres, etc.; ЭДЖ газ-bal sogs wool, cotton, etc.; du-khu-lahi mi ft silk cloth, satin, etc. ; gos-gsar new cloth; dri-med clean cloth ; ^’^’Й gos-so-mo new or fresh cloth; dri-та can dirty cloth ; ^•|c*q доз rnin-pa old, worn out clothes; aS*q zad-pa or hrul-po rags or ragged dress ; §tod-gos upper garment of Buddhist monks ; 3’^ bla-go$=^'^ §nam-§byar the sacred rai- ment containing thirty-two patches; §tod-gyog$ upper cover ; smad-gyogs or 85’^ $mad-go$ lower gar- ment; qy$’2r*| ban-tsa-li-ka an apron of five colours; hdoms-dkri$ folds round loins like the dhuti of the Hindus;
232 i^3j| SiS’Sl]*1 §mad-dkri§ the back folds of dhuti\ smad-fam under cloth or garment; or the petticoat-like clothes worn by the Tibetan monks; rgyan-go$ fine dressing clothes; rgyim-go$ an every- day coat (Jd.) ; cho$-go§ clerical garb or garment ; pho-go$ male dress ; Ыа-до§ an upper garment, a kind of toga ; mo-go$ a woman’s gown ; gzab-go§ holiday or gala clothes ; go§ gу on-pa to put on dress ; go§ hbud-pa to take off dress ; go§ brje-wa to change dress or clothes; ^N'q^^’q go$ brtscg$-pa to put one garment over tho other ; ^prq^’q g°§ bteg-pa to tuck up, by drawing the front skirts under the girdle ; ^pr^q’q go$ Idab- pu to lay or fold a coat together. gos-kyi kkyim (rrts) a tent; a diseased man’s wardrobe ; go$-kyi gar a bamboo or bar to hang or keep the dress ; gos- kyii chog qes-pa one who has enough of clothes ; go^-kyi pdan-fin a rope or string to hang clothes. go$-dkar white dress; go$-dkar can ono dressed in white; the Goddess Sarasvati. ^’§5 r7O5-?^tZ yarn or silk thread. Sprp’qj’wq go^-kha brgya-tham-pa one hundred breadth-measure of blankets. go§ khum$-pa ^Ker«q^’»r§E/q a cloth folded as to look like waves or winkles. ^’3^ go^-gur a tent of cloth or satin; 9ЛТ* phyin-gur a tent of felt ; g §bra or re-gur tent of yak-hair blanket or felt. go§ hgyed-pa the folds in the garment of a monk; one who folds clothes. go$-grum a square rug made of Chinese satin. go§-$gab skirt or flap of a coat or robo. go$-$gam box ; chest or press for clothes; wardrobe. go$-$fton-can 1. one dressed in a blue dross; the-sky. 2. 3*4’^ 4^qIChag-na Dorje Bodisattva^ %tob§-bzaft, ww the brother of Krishpa said to bean acatdra of Vishpu. 3. gzah §pcn-pa the planet Saturn. go§-cau a kind of sandal. go§-can 1. 4^il(Schr.; Lebensb. 86) a tablet; a piece of cloth. 2. go$-cau tsan-dkar qfc<hT satin. go$-chen silk fabrics; Chinese satin, of which the different kinds known in Tibet are:—hor-go^ thon-thi^ nor-bu chab bdun-ma, mdsod-go^ $kyin-khab (Kineob) em- broidered satin; ju§, rgyan bshi-ma, rgyan drug-nia, hbrug ri$-ma, fybrug brgya-ma. go^chen-po = du-ku lahi ra$ silk-cloth (Mnon.). go^-mchog the finest satin or silk-cloth. Syn. ^N’q^q go$-bzan\ kun- dgahi go§; srub$-med go$ (Mrlon.). go§-no ntujqw a purchased dross; a cloth fit to be purchased. go§-rnin=i^^^go$ rnin-pa or bem-po in Ld. dialect, an old coat or dress. Syn. zad-po\ ^’2» hrul-po*, q dug-pa (Mnon.). Sfprq|^ gos-brftan a mendi- cant who puts on a ragged garment; a ragged dress.
233 gos-thnft trousers. 3]*гячч gos-mthah skirt of dress orrobo. gos dug-pa old cloth ; ragged cloth; torn cloth; go§ dri-ша- can dirty clothes; go$ dri-wed clean cloth. 3j*T4^q gos-hdug or 4’^ chu-gos bath- ing cloth. 1. gos-pa fHH, pf. of bgo-wa, to apply on; to paste or rub. 2. a liniment. gos-phyed phu-luft sleeveless robe or garment (in Sikk.). Sfcrg gos-phra fine-silk ; muslin. ^’§5 gos-byed sfdufa gain; accept- ance ; performance; honour. gos-bral *nr, naked ; with- out dress or cover for the body. gos sbyed-pa one concealing his mendicant’s clothes. gos-min a roof; veil; film over the eyes; multitude. gos-med fWfw a devotee who has cut off worldly ties. gos-dmar sde classes of Buddhists who are dressed in red. gos-team satin. gos-btsems nes-pa, = badly-sewn clothes. gos-shig-pa ’erfn^n a wave, a plait or fold in a garment. gos zad-po worn-out clothes. go$-za$-kyi htshos-ma rfz- a female mendicant clothed in suit- able dress; one who lives doing nothing more than eating and dressing. gos-zegs worn out clothes; old olothes (Rtsii, 5). gos-yug piece or cloth or satin, enough for making a robe. gos-lag colloq. (in Sikk.) “ ko-lak) ” a coat; dress; clothes. gos-ser can, uhrpan; a name of Vishpu, one covered with a yellow cloth. go§-lhod-pa to let go a robe which has been grasped : gos- nas hjus-par thon zer slu-rin sprod-zer sran- gsum sprad-de go$ Ihod sgo-bcad one said: “see you are held fast by your clothes ; ” and he said: fix a price for the ensnare- ment; ” and three srang being allotted, the cloth was let go and the door shut. (G, Sndg,), go§-po or q gyos-po Ш father-in-law; W’cjjJ wqgos-p>os bsrufts- pa protected by one’s father-in- law. gya num. used in the abbreviated form, in the place of Wfi'Sbrgyad-cu 80; 3’^1 gya-gtig 81; З'4^ gya-gnis 82; З'4!^ gya-gsum 83; З’ч^ gya-fyihi 84; 3 g <7У«-/л«85; 3 VI gya-drug 86; 3 ^ gya- bdun 87; 3’q35 gya-brgyad 88; 3'53 gya- dgu 89. 3'i дуа-дуи=*№^ gyon-can w5 dissimulation; crookedness; intrigue; secret machinations: q*T de-nid gya-gyu med-pahi rnam-pa yin-pas he was a person absolutely free from deceitful intentions. a’d^’3’5’^34 gnodsems daft $fa-wahi gya- gyu sogs malice and beguiling intrigues, eto. 31
3’^1 234 3 S дуа-ду'л-сап crafty, deceitful, fraudulent. 3’S'SV4 gya-gyu byed-pa to intrigue ; to plot. 3’g^?ff gya-gyur hgro that which goes not in the direct way; a frog; smoke ; a snake; a river: gya-gyur hgro- wa serpentine-motion; to move cir- cuitously. gya-ma gyu (meandering of rivers, &c.) quiet; calm; gently flowing along (Ja.). Of a man: cautious; scheming so that ono does not know what to think of him. Э'И gya-fiet marvellous; inexplica- ble, of men, occurrences, &c. 3 gya-tho=\'$\ rna-rgyan ornament for the ear; an ear-ring. 3<ZS дУа^° a breast plate. * дуа-под $паЯ beau- tiful ; of nice appearance. gya-nom $nan-wa n. of a celestial mansion, the residence of the gods. * дуа пот-pa 9 phun-sum tshogs-pa dwah-thatiche-wa one in abundance; in plenty ; possessed of wealth and power. an gya-pa or 3q gya-wa=>?F&'4' Яат$-ра WB spoiled; degenerated. Acc. to Cs. deformed; disfigured ; having lost his or her former beauty. 3*^^ gya-tsom or З’У* gya-rtsam (to become dry ?) acc. to Cs. • haste; hurry; rashness. 351 + 3’^ gya-tshom9Wttl; ma brtags-pa momentary; unstable; without deliberation; consideration: gya tshom-du hgro-war mi-byaho should not go all on a sudden, without delibera- tion. gya-tshom-can 1. a bard of the Magadha tribe. 2. ono in doubt. 33 дуад-ра=ъф\'иЬг1ад-ра destroyed; ruined; acc. to Cs.diminished, v. ч Ъдуад-ра. дуаЯ or §*' дуг Я clay stamped into moulds, and frequently usod as build- ing material in Spiti, Ladak and other parts of Tibet; 3^'^ дуаЯ-tkor earthen wall round an estate or village; З^’Й* дуаЯ-sgrom pis£ mould. 3е*’дуаЯ-tse pise terrace; wall of dry earth in Ladak. 3^ дуаЯ-га cattle-yards constructed of clay or mud. дуаЯ-rim pise layer or one layer of pise, i>., as much as is stamped in at a time, about one ell in height; this fre- quently serves for a measure of the depth of the snow (Jd.). 3^’Хч gyafi-rh fresco or wall painting; phug-pahi дуаЯ-ris sogs- la in the frescoes, &c., of the caves (Ya- scl. 45). 2JS $Уа- a tampion; a man of great physical strength; an athlete: S’ ^‘3^’$ЧАЭД da duti gyad-kyi rtsal hgran let us compete once more in athletic dex- terity. 35*3’*EvjW gyad-kyi hdsin the mode of seizing in wrestling; |35’3’$*р< gyad-kyi $ид$&$ prowess or strength of a champion.
235 gyad-rdo 1. giant stone; a quoit. 2. n. of a tribe in Tibet. gyad дуий-ро (Schr.; Lebensh. 98) n. of a bar- barous tribe. gyam a shelter; a recess in a rock, large and wide but not deep; SVTS* brag- gyam a shelter under a rock: *15'3* gyam a grotto beneath a conglomerate rock; a shelter in the steep side of a rock; phoft-gyam or pha-boft gyam a shelter under a beetling rock (Ja.); 3^’q gyam-bu a little cover or shelter (C$.). gyar-gyofl, probably 3VP gyod-kha god-pa, loss, damage (Ja.). gyi for 3) gt, after <5, ”, \ ®<, v. 9 kyi. §iF Gyi-glifi Kulti, n. of a place. 3'F' Gyi-ljaft n. of a place in Tibet. Gyi-than n. of a place and also of a tribe in E. Tibet: in the middle (country) are the two, viz., Ro-hje and Rag-$i*, §mad-na Uli-nag Gi-than gni$ in the lower country are Uli-nag and Gyi-than (Yig.). gyi-na-wa 1. coarse; poor; miserable, of food, clothes, &c.: a miserable, starving life. 2. unsteady; fickle (Sch.). gyi hphyo, in V/ gcam-ya$ bgrafi-ya$ gyi-hpho dan, n. of a number inconceivably large (Ya-sel. 57). gyi-nah% дуай — ^'ЧЦ'Ц $nom la$-pa, or la§-ka chcr-ma thub-pa, state of inactivity, idleness: log cho$ tham$-cad gyi-nahi gyan la b^kyur threw all heretical doctrines into the abyss of inaction. (A. 158.) g-Sk gyi-liti name of a good breed of horses from Amdo where there are twelve different breeds, §’5^ gyi-lin and gnam-sa being the best among them gyi-Ий chu-rta $йоп- po = K№'§ quick-silver (Sman. 118). 3’«fc’ gyi-Ий chu-rta dkar-po— q hdsin-pa dkar-po n. of a mineral medicine, probably mercury. (Sman. M7.) Эч gyig caoutchouc; India rubber. gyig-$ift or ЗТ1&’ gyig-sdoti caoutchouc tree (Sikk.). Gyin n. of a deity, prob. Kin-к an. gyin-mo in W. gently sloping; gradually descending or subsiding. 9У™> V. 5^’ kyin. gyuuAag amalgam; 3*'«^- to gild in the fire. (Schtr.) Gyim-дий Rin-chen $pun$-pa n. of an astrological work. ga-Sjc gyim-fifi, Хч'Й rol-mo music, cymbal. gyls 1. instead of 5^ kyi$, after tho letters na, та, га, «I la. 2. imp. of ^35’4 bgyid-pa, work honestly;
236 •du behave well; do (so); drafi-pur- gyi$ do it straight: ’K^‘4 Ql/ii-pg, JX do or let him do. * S’4 Ькиг-ica to honour; to esteem. 5е*дуиЛ-ro, v. gyoft-ra. gynr imp. and pf. of gyur-du gyur-i chug. gyur-na wufreRT if it so hap- pened; if it became so. jvqS'^'q gyur-pahi rnam-pa ufwnr anything changeable; subject to change. 3’3 gye-gu gw crookedness; curve; hunch; hump; crooked back; З’З^’З^ gye-gur gynr-pa double hump-back; met. a Bactrian camel. 3’^ Gye-gor n. of a Bon-po deity. Gye-re n. of place on the Tsang-po, to the south-east of Lhasa: 3’^’4Gye-re Lha-pa n. of a very old noble family of Tibet. 5,c' vi/efl< v- sb май. 3S'a gyed-pa, v. *35’4 hgyed-pa. ^p\\gyen-du up; upward; uphill :3V gyen-du-hgro ’згцгн, ^[ЧсГИ going or flowing upwards; climb up ; 3V 3’X gyen-gyi-dri fragrance; sweet scent; fragrant; 3V^’4£’*q gyen-du ^Ца- = у ar Ita-ica to look upwards. gyen-rgyu 3^S’9,4I gyen-rgyuhi bu-ga (P’S^ ? kha-dafi-$na) the mouth and the nose through which the wind passes upwards or downwards; gvj*’*3 gyen- rgyuhi ndhu n. of a disease (Med.). дуеп~тдуи that runs up- wards ; fire; names of the five vital (xpqr- дтд) winds in tho human body. to gallop uphill; to pass upwards; to climb up. 3V*5 gyen-ehad in W. (opp. to *v *5 man-chad) 1. the upper part of a coun- try; 5’^T3^’aS Pu-rig Gyen-chad, the Upper Purig (JS.) 2 an ascent. avv№q gyen-du hdcg$-pa to lift high; to praise. gycn-du hdren drawing upwards; also marriage. SV^l^ gyen-du brd$i$-pa to turn up; to cock (a hat or cap). gV^’V*41 gyen-du lus-pa to keep above (water). ’SV^4! Gyen-mig f4W the second of the seven lower regions under the earth. з^ч^’25 gzar-po a steep ascent. gV^S4!^ gyen-fydog-pa to vomit. gV^’y^ gyen-la drafi-po in W\ perpendicular; vertical. 3^ дуегу v. S5^‘4 dgyer-ua. 3*’4^я gyer-tegom the kind of medita- tion practised by the Bon-po. gyer-lin 5 rta a high breed horse, or pony. З*’ gye^ — ^^ 80-sor, v. ^3’4 hgye-ica. 4 3^’^ gyes-brjes <s<?r raised up; mag- nanimous ; noble. g*i’4 gye^-pa to analyse, resolve, separate; to split asunder. 9*^^ gyo-dum=z*[^ ka-ra щфс, 1. rngar. 2. potsherd. 3. brick tile (Seh.).
S^| 237 3# дуо-то 1. gravel; grit. 2. potsherd. 3. = 3’П дуе-тдо clay vessel. Ч|Я|’Ц gyog-pci crooked; curved: ^*33 rkafi-gyog bent or crooked leg. 33*3 50/0/7-po left-handed; awkward (&A.). 33^ 9У°93 for 39У°№ cannon; a large gun. 3C’ gyon -want; need; indigence : 3*’ gyon hkhur-ica to be reduced to want. 3^’^ gyoft-po dkah-ica crooked; rough; hard to under- stand; Г 3^*3 kha gyon-po hard-mouthed (?>., pulling at the reins); 3^’3 sem§ gyon-po harsh; resembling a horn or hide that can hardly be made soft ; ш gyon-po a crooked man; an obstinate man (A. 13i) ; ^З'ЗГ^’З $kad gyon-po imperfect language ; ^3’3Ц’3 tshig gyon-po impolite words; 52ГЗЦ‘ dgna У У on a hard, cruel, dangerous enemy. 3^’q дуоп-гса ; F’3^ kha gyoft- che very rude; impudent (Ja.). 3*’5’4 gyon-ru-ica rough. + sa-shag a film of dirt, formed of dust and other substances, on the surface of water; scum. SF'< gyofi-ro dried body; a mummy (Sch.). 3S tfW, v- bgyod-pa. SS'P gyod-kha remorse; quarrel ; law-suit. 35'3^ gyod-gshi^^^Z'^ hkhrug- pahi rtsa-wa the basis or grounds of a quarrel or fight: 35’3^ the last is the ground of contention between lust and passion. gyon-pa qfcfwH, xrfkfrn, to put on ; to dress; to wear : з\ч $4Г«г gyon-pa lu^-la gyon-pahi go$ putting on the garment that one wears : 3^| yyon-rgya materials for clothing. 3ЧЗ gnab§-pa or na-bzah w the garment or dress to be worn. $У°1 green shoots of leaves or twigs ; 3*r5 gyol-po a blue- necked jay. •ь 3^'^ 1 : gyos-рю wife’s father; father-in-law : 4ZJX- lf^<f protected by the father-in-law*. 3N’^ gyo$-mo mother-in-law; the matron of a family; also any old lady of a family: 3^’g3 gyos-zgyug parents-in-law. 5J gra (da) one of the six early tribes of Tibet: *£Г§’$*г §3bod-mi mched-pa se-rniu Idon st on daft gra hbru-§te ru^-drug zer, the six tribes :— Jlbru, Gra, Ston, Ldon, Rmu and fie (ori- ginated from) the five Tibetan brothers (bearing the same names) (<7. ZaH.). gra-rgyas thick and abundant (as of the mane on the neck of the lion, horse etc.) : sho-grod bkal-dafi gcan-gzan gra-rgya$ hdra (the land is well-preserved) as curds carried in a sheep’s paunch or like the thickly-grown mano of wild animals (youth in good circumstance is also so described) : kho gra-rgya§-po hdug he is very bright and cheerful (Jig-).
Wl 238 HTSg gra-bgrig to make proper pre- paration or arrangement or equipment for any business, &c. Н]1|ЧГ£’ <7r^ sgrig-pv everything put in order; also looking neat and clean. g-fcajq-q gra-chag$-po 1. nice and smooth or glossy; very fine; fit and out- wardly appearing nice. 2. appropriate; elegant; looking well (Л. 126). 3'4^ gra-dol abbr. of tho two names of places called Lho-gra (Lho-da) andNang- dol (Rtsii. 25). g*?w gra~$dcbs proper order, arrange- ment ; also mi-maft kha-§debb uniform deposition : the arrangement in the front and of the right and left sides (Rtsii.). gra-pad 1. n. of a great Lama who is said to have unearthed many Buddhist religious and medical works. 2. a net before tho window to prevent passers-by from looking into the room. 3. carvings inwrood; gro sog& gra pad kyi gin phug rig* films and holknved pieces of wood with carvings, etc. (Rtsii.). gra-phub, g Vsgra-daft phub the bristles of barley grain and its chaff: cs 5]’^ Gra-phyi (tfa-chyi) and g'^‘ Gra- nan (da-naft) are names of twFo villages in Lho-kha (Rtsii.). Gra phyi tshoft-hdu$ n. of a great mart of trade in Lho-kha during the 11th century A.D. (A. 90). W4 gra-sbug^ also called tgya-nag gi §bug-cha, a musical instrument of Chinese make, perhaps the cymbal: g’Sg’fc'K'K gra-sbug cha-re-re the cymbal each pair (Rtsii.). 5]’Я gra-ma (ta-ma) ftirft, 1. awm, beard, bristle, the ears of cereals and wild grasses have: “when the fruits of wheat and barley spring forth, to those w’hich сото in points like tho Poa grass, tho namo of bearded grain is given?’ Tho term hbru gra-ma-can, bearded, awned plants, is opp. to bbru gaft bu-сащ leguminous plants. 2. trellis-work, lattice. 3. a tree or shrub, probably tho Tibetan furze, Caragana versicolor. gra-ma uanis gra-zur mi maft gruA-po rnam-dag ni in tho (irregular cornered) cell many learned and holy men lived (Jig. 36). д*к^ Gra-ma che n. of a king of ancient timo ; mi-la§ §kal-ldan gra-ma che among mon tho blosscd Gra- ma-che (Tfy.). д’З’ч gra-zur (tfa-zur) nfe the corner or junction of sides also called grwa. g’^gsra gra lcg§-pa (ta leg-pa) or g'*‘ gra ma-leg$-pa the hairs of wild animals such as tiger or leopard, &c., when thick and glossy aro called gra-leg§-pa. 5] I: grwa (ta) 1. angle ; corner; side Grwa is quarter or direction 2. lap; lappet; extremity; 4pr §’3 gos-kyi-grwa coat-tail : Lo-tsa-wa$ cho$-go$ kyi grwa-na§ bzuft-ste bfum$-pa$ kyaft ma-gnan though the Lo-tsa-wa wept seizing the lappet of his garment, yet he (Atis'a) would not bestow it.
239 №l| II: a school; Д3’5| klog-grwa a read- ing school (Cs.) ; $gom-grwa a school for meditation; E3^'5| sftag$-grwa a school for mystical Buddhism (Cs.); hdul- grwa a training school; seminary; JH’SJ $man-grica a medical school; rtsi§- gnea a school where mathematics is taught; «>3’^ yig-grtca a writing school (Cs.). Я/Г* grwa-khan vuh 1. top- house; a dome. 2. school-house, some- times also monk’s residence. Sj'H^ grica-grans (la-dan) the number of candidtae monks in a monastery. grwa-thaft (da-than) corner or nook in a plain. Tq grwa-pa(ia-pa) 1. a school hoy ; a scholar; disciple. 2. generally a monk- pupil or novice belonging to a monastery. grica-dpon schoolmaster; chief la- pa or monk. ST|3 grwa-phrug a little boy who reads, gj'ak* grwa-tshaft (ta-tshafi) school where monks are instructed in sacred literature ; a section in a great monastery, where the monks belonging to one parti- cular school of studies live together. grica-tshogs (ta-tshog) a congre- gation or convention of monks. grwa-bshir (ta-shor) ^git^S in the four corners: the real meaning accord- ing to Tibetan authors is чд«п<$3, on the four sides of a house. STS* дггса-zur a corner room or monk’s cell" grwa-sa (la-sa) a monastery; S|’4r^’Ei grwa-sa chen-po (la-sa chen-po) great departmental school attached to large monastery; ' Vi wdshan-nid grica-sa shig a school where the Buddhist metaphysics is taught. grwa-ti plate; dish in Ld. (Jd.). 33’?^' grag-stoft echo; described as 53' brag-cha Ita-bu ston-ntd kyi sgra, a name for anything of empty sound as an echo from a rock: skye-me$ gray- st on tshig-gi na-ro sgrogs an echo without any real existence proclaims a loud cry of words (A. 14); la shes bya-tva grag-stoft snan-pahi glu-dbyafis a low noiseless refrain is called lo (A. 146): «to, khyed-kyi grag-ston bsgrags-pa yi§ ; kho-bohi blo-gro§ ga$-war bya§ the echoes (or reverberations) of the sounds you sent forth have split my senses (llbrom. F10). grag-pa or 33^q grags-pa l.= sgra hbyind-pa hr the tone; pitch of a sound or voice. 2. fame ; noise; rumour; talk. 3. the principal or most distinguished amongst several persons (Jd.). 4. occasionally=^33q- ffrag$ fw hope; contempt. i : grags-pa 1. acc. to Jd. to bind or fasten up a load; so also in the colloq. 2. pf. of *33'4 hgrag-pa. II: зга, 4rfwrT, ^fn, WTWT, НЛ, WTH glory; also fame, reputation, character by report; дз^'чх^’ц notoriety; ill name; bad repute; rumour; report: the report of it spread, was circulated (in most cases it signifies good name, renown): §y<rsS’33*r §nan-pa daft grags-pas sahi $left tham$-cad khyab-pa the whole earth was filled with his fame and renown; ^’33* snan-grag$ reputation.
| 240 5F4J ^^'^grags-ean 1. famous; renowned; beautiful; splendid ; glorious; proud ; haughty; grag$ chcn ЯТ7WT:; of great fame; celebrated; renowned; well known. 2. HTzhTTS a merchant; V’F4 grag$-$uan dkir-wa good name; pure fame; reputation; grags-hdod-can ambitious; desirous of gaining glory, of being famous; grags-ldan ono who is celebrated or possessed of fame: stian-pahi grag$-pa$ phyogs-rnams kun-tu pjrogs (his) fame spread in all quarters (everywhere). * Grag$-pa rgyal-mtshan {Schr.; Td. JI), lit. banner of glory; n. of a governor of Tibet. 3]Ч]Ч’сг-53| $ftan- grags-ean ЯсгЬт, srrfecT illustrious; renowned; of groat renown; of celebrity, fame, glory; greedy of gain and fame. grag$-pa thob-pa = mkhas-pa, a learned man. * Grags-pa hod-zer n. pr. {Schr.). * Grags-pahl bge$-gnen n. pr. {Schr.; Td. 2, 205). Grag$-byin one of tho devoted attendants of tho Buddha: grag$-ma Paldan Lhamo, also called 5Ч<2Г^’Й Dpal lha-mo, i.e., Cri-Deti. 3^ Grags mu-khyud n. of a legendary king, tho sphere or circle of whose fame was very wide. Grays hdsin-ma (dag-dsin-ma) the wife of the Buddha S'akya- muni. Grags-yas 1. fwTPf of world- wide fame; of boundless celebrity. 2. n. of a number. 3. n. of a district in Khams. qjc’q grange a {laug-tca), also 3F^ adj. cold, cool; colloq. partakes of the na- ture of a verb in such phrases as SF*j graft-gi hdug, he fools cold; yraft-fto it is cold. In such phrases, however, it is common to insert tho word nam, the sky, c.g. (eolloq.) nam tang-mo re, tho sky is cold, i.e., “it is cold”; 3F{Tq graft-sky ob ггдчщ protection from cold; warm woollen clothos: SF44FX’4’^ 9^'S gran-tca daft dro-ica shes-byahi by a the bird called tho cold and warmth; this fabu- lous bird is a native of the forest called in Tibetan Sgrib-pa sfton-pahi nags, the primeval shady forest; its sight relievos ono from the effects of cold or boat: 3Fqthe cold will bo changed into warmth; HFwaP^ frozen or congealed by cold; Sp it will grow cold. Syn. §^’2^ lhag$-graft.; hkhyags; lhags-pa; 4?ta’4 bsil-wa; bscr-ua; gran-reg*, SF^S graft-ftad {Mnon.). 5jCq-i^ graft-гса sei wfafrrt warm; where there is no cold to remove. SF^’V* gran-uahi dus fafin, the cold season. HF4^V> graft-wahi-nad s?fav?lcf the oold fit of the aguo; $«‘8 grum-pu gout ; rheumatism; arthritic pain; HF^ graft-dro cold and warmth, temperature; graft-gum byed-pa to shiver with cold. graft-wahignas a cool place. 3F2F’ gran-kluft lit. cold valley; n. of a large village under Kamba Jong on the other side of the Kangchen Junga mountain.
241 Sprsajl SRI grati-dmyal btgyad the eight cold hells, v. dmyal-ica. g^’g^ grati-gshi disease induced by cold, gen. dispepsia. gp’K<| 3 brati-reg pho-na-Q^'^ bya- skyuti-ka the jack-daw (Mnon.). g^’g^ grati-rluti тга a disease allied to rheumatism, also cold in the stomach. gratis (dang) Шг number; дслт^я^ a multiplied number, many times; innumerable; g^N’u’wl^’ gratis ma-mchis-par having no number or without number; numberless ; g^’ gratis hdebs-pa or rtsis-pa to count; also an accountant; gratis-brdt symbolical numerals of certain nouns, which in some books are used instead of the usual numerals, for instance ftg mig, the eye for ° two” (Cs.) 1. f^T^= sign. 2. тпн? astrologer. gw5’$»rg^ gratis-kyi rnam-gratis arithmetical enumeration; enumeration of the numbers used in the sacred books of Tibet as compiled from the work called (^S’MF®1) mdsod-hgrel are:—(1) g^g gcig one; (2) 4$ fychu 10; (3) brgya 100; (4) stoti 1000; (5) § khri 10,000; (6) hbum 100,000; (7) sa-ya 1,000,000; (8) 3’ A bye-wa 10,000,000 ; (9) duti-phyur 100,000,000; (10) ther-hbum 1,000,000,000 ; (11) ther-hbum chen-po 10,000,000,000; (12) Hg’§g khragkhrig 100,000,000,000; (13) khrag-khrig chen-po, 1,000,000,000,000; (14) М’адя rab-bkram 10,000,000,000,000; (15) rab- Ъкгат chen-po 100,000,000,000,000; (16) g$»w gtams 1,000,000,000,000,000; (17) glams chen-po 10,000,000,000,000,000 ; (18) «S^g dkrigs 100,000,000,000,000,000; (19) 5?jg^4* dkrigs chen-po 1,000,000,000,000,000,000. Next, the following are progressive numbers increasing by multiples of ten up to 60 figures: 20, й-gsg mi-hkhrug; 21, S’^g-^’q mi-hkhrиg-chen-po; 22, khyad hbyin; 23, khyad-hbyiu chen-po; 24, spati-rten; 25, spati-rten chen-po; 26, ded-hdren; 27, ded-hdren-chen-po; 28, w^mthah-snati; 29, w^’^’q mthah- snati chen-po; 30, ^g^ tf/yw-n/ys; 31, ^g*r^-q rgyu-rigs chen-po; 32, hod-mdses; 33, hod-nidses chen- po; 34, V^’q dicati-po; 35, dwan-po chen-po; 36, ^д*гяд^ legs-hbyin; 37, ^g*34gy&Yq legs-hbyin chen-po; 38, $g*T43j rtogs-hgro; 39, ^gN’A^j’^’q rtogs- hgro chen-po; 40, hbyiti-rdul; 41, hbyiti-rdul chen-po; 42, J'^g^ tgya-rtags; 43, rgya-rtags chen- po; 44, stobs-hkhor; 45, ^’3 stobs-hkhor chcn-po; 46, brdah-^es; 47, brdah-ges chen- po ; 48, rnam-hbyuti; 49, 5 rnam-hbyuti chen-po ; 50, S^w^g stob§- mig; 51, s)g^q stobs-mig chen-po. Up to this number there are Sanskrit equivalents; from 53 to 60 there are no Sanskrt equivalents, the Tibetans having introduced new names to replace lost originals. 53, byams-pa; 54, gfriq'cr^ q byams-pa chen-po; 56, snin- rje; 56, stiin-rje chen-po; 57, 5дч’А dgah-wa; 58, 5g<v«r^*3 dgah-wa chen-po ; 59, btati-snoms ; 60, btati-snoms chen-po. These sixty numbers are used in astronomical and astrological calculations. gratis-can НТЛТО 1. a countless number. 2. mkhas-pa or ^’4'^ rig- 32
242 pa-can qfngcT an intelligent man; a learned man (Jgnon.). grafts-can-pa КЩ7 the oldest of the atheistic philosophical sects of the Brahmans, called Safikhya. grafis-bcas 1. the dawn, or the goddess of the dawn. 2. lit. “ together with the number.” grafis-hbyam$ 'W^TT num- berless; countless. gjww* grafa mafi-cha (4?JPW, repeated four times] S. gjw*^ grafts-med 1» countless; numberless. 2. a crawling; PiRlTUT white leprosy: grafis-med kyi khyad-par the distinction of being countless, numberless; grafts- tned-can ЧХЧ supremo. grans-med geig (the num- berless one). In tho work called Manju pri- mula Tantra (ч^г^огу^) the following numbers are said to have been in use in Ancient India among the laity for worldly purposes:—From 1 to 10, t.e., geig to thcr-hbum, and 11, -fl’t4] f u-rftog; 12, mchog-nal] 13, g’^g^ skya-hphyis; 14, byc-ma; 15, nub-nub' 16, mtsho-yas ; 17, tdabs-phyor; 18, Г rdsi,—all those being each a multiple of another by ten. In the work called phal-po-che the numbers vary after the eighth, i.en Ъуе-гса; such as pS’PS khod-khod, thad-dgu, Й^ГЙ4! khrig-khrig, 4WW thams-thams and so on up to 128 places, increasing by multiples of one hundred. In the Lalita Vistara there are thirty-two numbers, also increasing in multiples of a hundred. ЗИГ’РЦ grans-g$er to enumerate; count the number one by one. д;мгд-^ grafis-whgro ^rwt goes into numbers; is counted: gjwg-cj^q grafis-su bcug-pa, put into numbers • count- ed: grafi$-su yaft йжгяТч even in number. grab-rgyab pride; boasting (&Л.). I: grabs gfom-byed; gj’f|4 gra-$grig 1. preparation; arrangement; measures; contrivance; gjw^S’4 to make preparation for; to prepare to go: just as prepara- tions were being made for slaughtering them (Jf>7). 2. defined as u signifies the certainty about the time of immediate action”: ’Ч^’дрм^Ч yoft-grabs fydugrw&s on the point of coming, or am just coming; qyvgjrwcprgc/ $rdufi- grabs byas-byuft was . about to beat or strike; ^g]W5*r§^ fi-grabs byas-byun was almost dying or dead; «Щ\дрч’дл*’3^‘ gsad-grabs lyas-byuft, was about to kill: Хч д;сцг5Ц was about to get or gain; g]W»H is about to slip or run away; gjq^'^S is about to finish; on mutual agreement. 3. delibera- tion: they were deli- berating about me (in 7Г.). II.- place or object of reflection, thought, etc.: 5 grabs- yul Ita Ьщ дрЦ'3*1 grabs-gyis> §ton- mo lta-bu. gram (dam) 1. еЛ« nan-gi rdo a kind of stone found in water (flag). 2. grandpa s^amp; marsh; fen (Lex.). 3, яд|5ГЙ bgrem-pa (Mill.).
243 5pl| g*rq-|wg Gram-pa kham-bti one of the places of pilgrimage of the Bon (6?. Ban. 38). gram-sa stony. *|pj gral (dal) hphrefi-wa rff^rr row, range series; also a rope, cord; WT^rn, wrf%, class, stratum. gral-mgo от g4,g,?g’*i gral-gyi thog-ma the upper end of a row; the uppermost place ; the seat at the head of a table; gwg4 gya$-gral the right hand row; *|^’g4 gyon-gral the left hand row; ft]Kg4 tshags gral 1. the order or file of monks in a religious congregation; 3J’«i w many novices sitting in rows without being awry; дч bshug$-gral the order of seats, also the order or row in which lamas and chiefs, high and low, sit according to their posi- tion or rank in any public or social gather- ing; row of religious symbols; ^5’ row of offerings for- the gods or offer- ings placed in one or more rows ; the order or row in which the images axe placed in a temple; $*g4 row or order in which men are seated; д®Г*15* house-talk (Jd.) ; the row of supplicants waiting for benediction: when you are sitting with your brethren (fellow-believers) in one row. g4*|g gral-tgrig or д4*з’Ц*Г* gral-du sgrig-pa to arrange in order, dispose in rows. SprSto gral-tshe$=Х<дад tshe$-gran$ date; a consecutive date. i: gral-rimqfa line; row; file in which monks sit in any religious service or congregation: rgan-gshan gral-rim the order in which the young and old sit; the right of seniority ; the religious services of the per- fected saints according to the order of seniority (Zam.). Syn. д4*з;дд*г* gral-du $grigt-pa; ^'3 5** tshar-du dnar; ; $’3 ^5 ht-gu rgyud', gg'**]*rcpfj5 khrig chags bkod (Mnon.). д®г^я ii: (dal-rim) acc. to Jd. claim ; title. gq-jk’q gral $куой-ыаф&ц a shadow. gral-pa a beer-house customer (Ja). gpraq gral-ma a small beam; rafter (Cs); дч’д’дагдя gral-bu gral-phyam roof- laths ; sticks which are laid close together and covered with earth (Jd.). gra$ class, order, series; rank, dignity; tribe (Cs.). gra§-pa 1. to bind, for V**4 dras- pa. 2. (Bengali) wooden beams or rails. c\ 5J &>'* (dt) TO, a knife, wea- pon ; Wyr sabre. Different kinds of weapons :—$*g chu-gri^ g’3* gri-thun, *4’ 9^'3 rai-grlhi bxiy д‘д*Г gri-gug, g’^Jg'2* grl hkhyogrpoy dgra-sta, f$ta-ri, fg tfa-gri, ral-grihi hkhrul- hkhar^ gri-$gur> 4'** sa-raft. Syn. ^aft-lafi] *5^’* brdeg-cha^ ^*’$’*1^5 gcod\ qg’jf* lag-skyoft ; g’A’ zla-ica hdsum-byed; gyul- du hdsin\ mtshon-chahi gshi \ $4’ §5 sgrol-byed\ 5*4’3’§^3 dpal-gyi tfM-po; gcod-byed} g^a-ma-ka (Mfion.). STF gri-kha the edge of a knife.
та 244 khug-cig niche; corner (A. 57): ^ <1 у an Rdo-rje gdan-gyi gri-gu na bu$-med cig again a woman in a niohe of the temple, &e., at VajrSsana. gri-gu <?Л«Й small knifo. gri-gug a short erooked sword» gj’qprerf^Ei Gri gum-btsan-po one of the anoiout kings of Tibet, son of Srib-khri- tyean, who was assassinated with a knife. 9]*^ gri-non ^4 n. of a disease. 3 S ’I4l9l'Mel't,,^"9 fffi Ъуа gag-gi g^og- pa Ita-bu чуЛ’- a knifo of tho shape of the wings of a cock. gri bya rog-gi mchu wn- a knife of the shape of tho crow’s bill. gri-mag, v. §4’4 grib-ma. zj'^^gri-dtnar (lit. the red knife) knife of superior quality manufactured in Tibet. grihi-so sharp edge of a knife. grihi tse-mo чгачч the point of a scimitar or sword. 9ft grihu a small knifo. 9f-q gri-^a explained as gM'Q’^vsrgj’er skye§-pa dar-ma gri-la gi-wahi $a9 flesh of an adult man who has been killed with a sword (this flesh being used in sorcery). §V£a4'4 grir rnam-pa or 9J^’ ЧХ54 grir gwd-pa or gvqgsrq grir hgum~pa to kill (or being killed) with a knife. 5]^’^ grin-pa (din-pa) prob. tgrin- po skilful; clever (Jit). c\ grib (dib) shade ; defilement; stain or spot; filth; contamination, mostly in a religious sense: §4’^4 grib-yofi con- tamination, pollution will arise: X*gj4 ro- grib defilement by or from a corpse; §4’ita grib-sel the removal of defilement; also one in whom there is no defilement; n. of a Buddha. za^-grib unclean food or pollution of food; ^4’§4 dirty clothes, or defilement in clothes; ^4'§4 yug$- grib or pollution of widowhood; 4q* §4 or the defilement that is brought by different people assembled in a marriage; 5W§4 dmar-grib or pollution of blood or anything slaiu red-handed; 5*’3|4 pollution by the breach of a vow; unchastity ; 3ч defilement by quarrel or fight; defilement in slaughter pertaining to butchers, or defilement from murdor; 9F defilement caused by oath or by the barbarous custom of killing animals and swearing over their blood (prevailing among the Kham-pa tribes); ^*§4 defile- ment from incest. grib-kyiphu shady valley, gene- rally on the north side of a mountain range (cf. mfy); §4'1^|4 grib-phyog§ the shady side of a hill or mountain, the side not exposed to the sun. §4'^4 grib-khru$ the washing of defile- ment. 9]4*г^ grib-can stubborn; refractory №) §4*h^i grib-mdo$ offerings made to Bon deities for removing some defilement. 9]4*qpfa grib-gnon 1. WTOi, OTT sha- dow, or 2. 4&f4S'9jq btsog-pahi grib defile- ment from unclean things, filth, night-soil, &o.: ^4 cho$-grwar grul-bum grib-gnon bsrufis in a religious school there should be protection against defilement from harpies (Zam. 2.).
245 1 S|tr4)XV2}'‘’|X^ grib-gnon gyi gdon a demon that defiles and poisons food; a harpy. gjA’w grtb-ma shade; shadow; 5^5’3^' grib-daft grib-mahi grol (Zam. %) ^Tur; qin-gi grib-ma the shadow of a tree. gcra Grib-ma §non-pohi nags forest of the dark-blue shade in the fabu- lous northern continent of Uttara Kuru. gjq’m'w grib-mahi lam the milky-way; also a path by the shady side of a mountain or in the valley. grib-mahi lus ^ТШ^, the shadowy body, i.e.y body of defilements. ijcrita the removing of pollution or defilement of any symbol, image, sacred books, or offerings by religious rites. $q*grib-so the quickly vanishing, at sunset, of the shadows of trees, &c.; hanging down, also lengthening of shadows before they vanish in the shade of night; qqqrq long projection of shadows. i;q'5j^ grib-sruft guarding against defile- ment. gjq-q^qq grib-bsafis cleansed or purified of defilement; purification of defilement. 9|q’^|*< grib-lhags cool shade (Sch.). Cs Ч|£ГЧ grim-pa to hasten ; to hurry (&Л.). grim-tsc, acc. to Jd. a pair of scissors (in Sikkim sounded “kyimtse”). C\ ЧртЧ g rims-pa, clever; skilful; dexterous; also careful; on the alert; rig-pa grims-pa to be careful; on the alert: grwa-sa grimt-fig be attentive in the monastic school: on a hill range take care! e\ gril (dil) (cf. ч^ргч hgril-гса) a roll; gog-gril rolled paper; a paper roll: kept rolled up in paper: gos-gril a roll of satin or cloth; a garment folded up (Cs.). Iprp'gVq gril-kha byed-pa to make up a parcel. (Sch.) I: gru 1. a figure, corner, tip, any- thing with length and breadth; 5'4^ gru- bshi a figure with four corners, gen. a square; yul-gru a country with certain dimensions, t.e., the division of a country in provinces or districts. 2. lustre; gru-dmar a reddish lustre from precious stones. 3. a district of Tibet lying to the east and north of Dbus (^•). 2J II: svb, ига, xftu, щч general term for boat, raft, vessel; also gru-fan a boat, ferry. Syn. rtags gsum-pa; $’«1^ gru-yi rab; sgrol-war byed; pha-mthar sgrol; scft-ge-can; rta-mgo-can; chuhi-fifi-rta (Mnon.). STST' gru-dkar (tfu-kar) a kind of turquoise. 5'5 gru-skya that which falling on water strikes it; an oar (Д(Яом.). Syn. skyod-bycd; qjerq^’^'j bsgral-wahi firl-rta. 5’F gru-kha or 5’^T’ gru fan-kha or 5'^'” gru btaft-sa landing place on the side of a river, etc.; a ferry. See maps in Survey Report of A. K.’s journey. J’S4! gru-khug the keel of a slip. 5*^^ gru-mkhan navigator; a ferry man.
П1 246 5*^1 Gru-да 1. clew; hank. 2. n. of a country. 3. stone or paint of whitish- blue colour. 5Jgru-gu 1. a thread-ball; yarn in round ball. 2. IJtshon-gyi gru- gu n. of a village in Tibet (Jty.). 5’3'5Л Gru-gu Rgya-ra n. of a village in Kham {Lon. 27). 5’8 gru-gla passage money at a ferry; a boatman’s fee. $•54,™ •char 1. rains; rainy season: ^^g^gq-q^-^n^-qS-a^ yul-gru kun-la khyab-par hbcbs-pahi char rains that fall over the whole country and produce a good harvest. 2. a fine, fertile rain {Sch.). QcU gru-ma {(ju-ma) angle; corner; convex or concave; also edge, border, brim. {Cs.). gru-chod or 5*’^ grub-zin corner; angle. gru-gsum a triangle; 5*^ gru-bshi a square; gru-draft a right angle; gru-yon or 3’®l$®i gru-gyel obli- que angled. 5’4^ gru-bshi n. of a stone: gru^his ]tlad-pa gso shin- chu-ser hdcn the stone called Grub-bshi heals the brain and draws out pus. 5’^ gru-hdren defined as 5’^’ gru nafi-du hjug-pahi §kyc- bohi mifi, person conveyed in a boat. Peo- ple who journey by boat are:— guest; merchant, trader; $‘®r3fa boat passengers. gp gru-pa ferryman. 5’5 gru-gzins ship {Jd.). + 5’^ gru-btMQ' boatman’s fee; 5’ qi^’q gru btsas-pa^'^^'^’^^ chu-la khral $dud-pa-po fol collector of a ferry. 5’4®]^ gru-tshng^ gru-gtoft-sa a ferry or ghat*, de nas Se-dmar gyi-gru- tshug$-la byon-nas, then he arrived at the ferry of Se-dmar {A. 91). gru-tshum$-pa—F‘&W4 or Г ifrq to sit silent, without speaking. 5’^ gru-hdsin 1. n. of a mountain in the south of India; also the residence of Avalokites'vara on the small island of Puto off Shanghai; n. of tho residence of the Grand Lama. at Lhasa. 2. an harbour. 5’$,иЦ’®1®| gru-yi yan-lag—Ч^ gru-skya an oar (ДГмол.). gru-yi gru-fan a ship (4frfon.). 5 gru-yi g$og-pa=4£% gru-skya oar; the wings of a boat {Шоп.). Syn. gruhi yan-lag; gyob-byc\ g*q skya-ua {Шоп.). 5 'Sta’jpi gru-yis sgrol a navigator. j’W^’q gru-las hdas-pa one who has made a voyage. 5’^ gru-fan=^’«I’Ml gru-yi rab a ship; S gru-fan kha—^'*^'1^ gruil-gian sa starting or landing place of a ferry; 5’ -ЧУ4 gru fan-pa ferryman; 5’®»’ЧУ4 gru- la shon-pa to go on a ferry-boat. gru-mo {du-то) the elbow; gre-mOy 3’^ ku-niy учх the elbow, or *ГЧГ^ ka-au-ni ^q^&^-q-qvqSlag- pahi-tshigs-pa bar-pahi rtse-tog the top- most piece of the middle joint of the arm: 5’3fafr^»r*rqi*.’q gru-mor kha tvam-ka hold- ing a trident in the hollow of his elbow. 0R| q5’5’# lag-pahi gru-mo is defined as ne- tcahi dp^Pa \ 5’^’B4 the hollow of the
247 I elbow joint: Ч’Т'Й’З'Я lag-pahi gru-mo re jo-wohi pu$-mohi sten-na bshag resting each elbow on the knees of the lord (A. 135). grug-pa to break into small pieces; to crumble; to bruise; gjspq^g^ grug-pahi hbras bruised rice (&?Л.); grugs-bu something broken. I: gruft-po (duft-po) = 5^*4 gruft- tea, §byaft-po, rig-pa grim§- pa 1. very intelligent^* clever ; wise ; prudent. 2. meek; mild; gentle (Cs.). II : the corn seed that is not rotten (Jig-)* 3^4 grub I: (dub) pronounced rub, in the upper Himalaya’s and Shar-Khombu, signifying in Ld. all: jq’Sflk’ grub-fi-$oft all are dead (Ja.). JRub-te: altogether, jointly. SJH II: fax; ^q*q byed-pa-po dno§-su med-par rafi-raft gis grub-pa anything accomplished or done by itself without any agent. gjq$$«q grub-mchog=^^ a great saint; gjq’sjX*]* я grub-meh од-ma faxNXT a female saint. 5=гХл grub-thob, fasj a saint, occurs in the following passage of (Zam. 2): —5J4 зргЪг grub-thob rim-gro gral-rim t>shin grub-brnes one who has gained perfection. yrw*i: grub-rpthah 1. faxFH, established conclusion; opinion; theory (Zm): there being no conformity of doctrinal principles between the Brahmans and the Buddhists. jp'W ii ihar-pahi blo-gros resolution for liberation from miseries; determination for obtaining .Nirvana (Mnon.). ^’41 grub-pa 1:1. fax, faxr, та, w- ifa, 13H, ’Ехз*; pf. of *3^ to accom- plish 2. grub-par byed hzug fax^f a saint: ^wq^’q grub-pas biag^-pa far! accomplished by a saint; gjq'q^rq^-q taught or preached by a saint; grub-par gyur-cig be it ready, complete, perfect. II: ^’q zin-pa fa^X, fafa exist- ing ; success; *'$4’q ma grub-pa not exist- ing (Jd.): grub-pa daft bde-wa Ufa the happiness arising from yoga or union with the supreme spirit (in Brah- manism) and with the eternal Cunyata or void in Buddhism : grub-pa lus, the formed body, either the frame, the struc- ture, the body, or more prob, an abbre- viation of the body that is made of the five skandha (aggregates); grub-pahi don-can what is neces- sary in the charms of necromancy for pro- pitiation ; mustard. ^q-qS^qq^uj grub-pahi du'an-phyug=^^' grub-chen great saint (Yig. k. 11). Grub-pahi raft- byon §pyan-ra§ gzig§ the saint originated or existing by himself; the self-formed Avalokites'vara; Ihun-grub or зрт Ihun-gyi grub-pa self-origi- nated or self-formed: ^’$4 Don-grub or ^yqa^r^gjq'q Don tham§-cadgrub-pa H’XTU- fax a name of the Buddha, iu whom there is the fulfilment of every purpose; also the name of a magic spell or formula. grum-pa the Tibetan badger: rluft sems hdsin-pa phyi-ba-dgft grum-pat kyaft- gsuft he said both the badger and the marmot know how to suspend animation
5**1 248 Uf and rlung—a reflection upon the the prac- tices of Tibetan ascetics or nal-jor (A. 70): grum-pahi rgyu ma $rgyu-gzer hjom§ tho intestines of the badger overcome colic. grum-po a maimed person ; a cripple. grum-bu (Jum-bu) qt Л5 gruni- naj also called Xя trem, gout or rheumatism. f«-<7rwm, acc. to Jd. Vf5?54 dreg-grum podagra; a feeling of lameness in the limbs; ru§-grum gout affecting the bones ; tsa-grum rheumatic pain in the muscles. $ 5* chu-grum, 5я’VI* grum-dkar, ’^4 grum-nag seem to bo varieties of small-pox. grid-bum (Jid-bunt) a class of vampire-ghouls feed- ing in cemetories; $*rg*r* grul-bum-ma ^ГЧП41> females of the above. n. of a medi- cinal drug ; an esculent root, Arum cam- pa nulatum (a cure for piles). Syn. rtsub-mo*, 4’4^ ga-gon\ «v-ip arfa-hjoms that which cures piles: bra-bo rgod; *^5* SVI!*'2! hded- byej spofi-po (Mnon.). grul-bum zh- wahi nu sho-can are the following three:— Я VI klu-dug nag), ^^gzah-dug (VI* dkar), gnan-dug (F) kha (Sman. 350). gru$-po (du-po) a yak only two or three years old (Ja.). 5) Gre (deh) the eleventh of the twenty-seven constellations mentioned in works on astronomy. Syn. mtsho-tkyet; tta-chu; ht8ho-$kye$ (IJfton,). STS” gre-$kye$ bom in the constellation of gre-ga a sheet of paper (Jd.). 5)’^ Gre-sna n. of a place in the pro- vince of Kofi-po in Central Tibet. дге-гса (de-?ca) = wjff'cj mgrin-pa or £4 glo-yu ^37, что the fore part of the neck, the throat, both wind-pipe and the gullet; voice: 3|’«rq^’35 gre-tca fede-mo a good voice; gre-tca gag$-pa obstruction in the throat; hoarseness; 5’ 4’S*'4 gre-wa, d<ir-wa a stertorous voice ; gre-bwd btafi-byed in IF. to hawk; to hem; to clear the throat (Jd.). a species of demons; gre-mo female demons of this kind. gre-mag vulg. for 3]я gra-ma awn of barley or of Poa grass. Sl’Sspg gre-mog hbu in IF. ant; emmot (Jd.). gren occurs in Йgren-gyi don-du bcifi$-pahi ri*mo can. (Jig. 32). ?|¥*| gren-tshag plaited wicker- work in straight rows. I : grehu, or drehu, a young bear : co-ro$ grehu-geig phul-was Cho-ro having presented a young bear (A. 63). 4]^ II: ЯПТ pea, peas; sran grehu a kind of pea growing in the Sub-Himalayas.
4J5TS|| 249 gre§- ma 1. the flashing light- ning (Se/rtr.). 2. dres-ma a kind of plant: д*г*я49™s- mahi ge-sar srin-gsod glan-thab$ hjoms the pistil of dre$ma kills worms and overcomes the diseases called glan-thabs. gro ’FhjH wheat; 5’^ gro-skam dry wheat. gro-ga (do-да) or?’p gro-kha^4*, or fin-§tag pahi pags-pa, white birch bark used for writing charms on; also acc. to Jd. used for ornamenting bows: q-Ol • £4]Ц • • gN wrote these mantras on white cloth or paper or leaves of the palmyra or the bark of the birch which grew in their country (Suran.). 5Л** gro-don the winter granary of wheat in Tibet; an under-ground cell where wheat is kept during the winter. 5*^ gro-tshag sieve for sifting wheat. дго-гса or 3j’Si gro-mo reddish grey. й’О-Js/uw^WH^i the twenty- second or tw’enty-third constellation in the astronomical works of Tibet and India. Syn. hphrog-byed; bon-po\ W^bya-ibo (Mnon.). ?‘q^’3'3’q Gro-bshin gyi na-wa the full moon in tho month of July- August. ?’^V3’a’q Gro-bshin-gyi zla-tca or zla-ica bdun-pa the month of Qrarana. gro-bshin-byed (do-shin-ch6) hole under the ground where wheat is kept in winter (Л. K.). gro-yos (do-yo) parched ivheat or corn. gro-ril ball of dough, or lump made of moistened wheat flour. Sj’Sfaj gro-sog (do-soy) stalks of wheat, wheat-straw. gro-ma (do-та) 1. the sweet potato of Tibet. 2. name of a herb (Vai-sn.) [the grass Seirpus Kysoor^S. 5'5 rgya-gro or rgyahi gro-ma the potato introduced from India : the potato being sweet is cooling and stops diarrhoea. Gro-ma lun n. of a place in the north of Tibet (Ka-thafi. 168). Gro-tuft n. of a village in the province of Lho-kha. gro-lo-ma (do-lo-ma) go$- chen a kind of satin; silk stuff. Gro-sa village in the district of Phenyul. Gro-ho (do-ho) phyag- rgya rnam$-so a mystical word used in the Mahdmudra Tantrik rites (K. g. £15). grog-та or grog- mo (dog-mo) fhxfteRi, ant; emmet. Syn. 5fa’3№< srin phran-ma; rgyv- pgyu-ra; д^йг-rjehi-bn (Mnon.). grog-iked waist of the ant; also narrow as that is. grog-mkhar ant-hill. Syn. brgya-byin $pyi-ico; nor-ldan brtsegs; grog- mahi-tshhH; grog-mahi mkhor (Mnon.). 1. w a deep ravine in which a torrent flows; the sides of such 33
250 ravines are termed gad-pa, %'З^ цч дч cri qj^crmE/jK chu chcn-pos brus-nas byuft-wahi grog-poham, gad-pa yaft-zcr, that which is caused by the erosion of great waters is also styled grogs-po or gad-pa, 5Я’Я to grog-sbuy v. ЗИ*4 grog-nia, ant (Nag. 52). 5Я’^ grog-tshah-==2№\grog-muhi tshan ant-hill. I: grog-shin or ^Я’^’ cultiva- tion in uneven narrow ground away from villages or gen in wild places where cattle are pastured. II: Я’5Е. ч|1^ 5[е.м ^ ?>ч rma- dan gzer $krafis chu sri-sel n. of a medicine which cures obstruction of tho urine; a kind of moss growing on the sides of chorten, and old walls, etc. ^ЯЯ^’ grog-gyan lateral gully on hill-side: ?Я*$ grog-chu, brook; rivulet, v. grog-po. ?Я’Я3* grog-gzar a torrent pouring down a ravine. ^с§гт, vr< a friend, companion, fellow- labourer, assistant; paramour, also hus- band ; kha-grogs a seoming friend; a friend in words; a false friend; ?Я^ rtin-grogs or ^’5я^ sn*n-grogs true friend, bosom friend, associate, com- panion, comrade, fellow; ^Я^’Й grogs-khye playmate or play-fellow; 53*’?ЯЧ dpun- grogs, fellow combatants comrades; ^Я ?Я^ hdug-grogs or ч^Я^’^Я4 bshugs-grogs fellow-lodger; dgah-grogs, ЯИ^Я^ gtan-grogs spouse; husband ; wife; ^^bdod-grogs or^Y^4!” hdod-rogs sweet- heart ; ^ёя’^Я44 mdsah-grogs a -lover; Я^‘ gzim-grogs bed-fellow (not only con- cubine); ^Я'ЗН4 dmag-grogs ally, confe- derate (in war) ;W‘3jopilas-grogs colleague; journeyman; under-workman; ^Я'МЯ*^ tshig-grogs an auxiliary word. [N.-B.—In pop. works and colloq. language the word ^Я^ sounded ro or год is combined with verbs in tho imp. To givo a polite turn to any request; ° nang-ro-nang ” please givo; “ton-rog-naug ” “mil you kindly show,” etc. ^Я**’1^ grog$-fian a bad friend. ?Я*’М grogs~dan help or assis- tance. grogs-hdris mutual friend- ship, 5Я*гЗ grogs-po (tog-po) fpsn, fra, та friend; ally. i : grogs-byed-pa to be friend; to make friendship; to assist; to be friends. Й to cultivate friendship, to be mutual friends. : татд, та assistance; aiding. 5Я^’§5’4 grogs-byed-pa is synonymous with rogs-ram; in writing some- times $don§-grogs is also used. 5Я^'Й grogs-.mo a female friend; also a mistress. Syn. zla-mo*, inflam-ma; pho па-mo*, kun-spyod mtshuns-mahphrin §kyel-ma (Mnon.). grog$-bzan or grogs* bzah-po friendship, also sweetheart. I: groii or grons pf. of to die; grnn-hjug resurrection bringing life to a dead body, translating
251 the soul from one body to another: 45 5' ’ чч ’ ? Y 3’ 5^ ’ Ч4! ’ gjq^-5jE. having done service to religion, and living beings he is said to have four times performed the noble work of transla- ting a soul from one body to another (J, Zan.). II: 1» ЧТИ, an inhabited place; a village; hamlet; also house; brgya- gron a place of a hundred; ston-gron thousand houses or households (Jd.); gron-la-hgro going or gone to the village : gron-gsum mthar-byed he who has destroyed the three habitable spheres, the god S'iva. gron-khycr (don-khyer) gx, ПИК, НТ a town or city; a place which is surrounded by a wall, originally a palace. That is called a country or у til where there are 100 lakhs of households, a place where there are 100,000 households is called yul-hkhor or province. In a city groft-khycr) which is gen. fortified there should be at least 10,000 households; a town with population less than 800 is called a grofi in Sans. чти. Syn. pho-bran hkhor; mi-gron\ gron-khyim\ lu$- can-gna^; dmans-hdul-gnas; mur-ga-ti\^^sa-b§kos; §pyod-pahi phur-bu; hjigs- med~gna$; mi-b§kyod-gna§; §5 sruh-bycd; skyon-bycd (Milon.). Gron-khycr dgra nxrfx the enemy of tho city, S'iva. Gron-khycr hjig Indra. gron-khycr gyi bdag-po or yU^hkhor dwan sheriff, also the chief of a city; also rgyal-phran a petty Raja (Milon.). ^F^’gS Gron-khycr vpyod met. for a crow. * groh-khyer dpal-yon- can (Schr.; Ta. 2, 166). gron-khycr тс-tog (&Zir.) lit. the city of flowers ; it is the same as Patalipuira or Patna. gron-gi gcan-gzan met. for dog (Mnon.). gron-gi brjod-pa nbc pro- vincialism ; country or rural language; gron-gi nc-hkhor 4T<rt44W the suburbs: gfc‘<i[w3i gron-gi hthab-тпо feuds and quarrels (among villagers). Gron-gi bdag хлнтГчч, the headman of a village. grofi dra-iva-can (5^* gron-mthah la-dra-wa b§kor- tea) a town surrounded with fortifications; gron-gi dra-wa ’ччг a circle or circuit of a village; fortification round a city: gfc’Sjgron-gi hphren Idan- the village flower-woman : Gron-gi giso-wo the -chief man in a town or village; a headman. gron-gran§ the number of houses in a village or town. SjE/sjXqj gron-mchog chief city; also scene; sphere. groft-btficn a §S‘q’ a lama who performs meditations or asceticism remaining inside a village or town; dben- na mibsten-pahi gron i^ncn dar-tca dafi one not performing the practice of asceticism by going to any solitude (Ta-scl. 21).,
^1 252 groft-gtam country speech or language. 3^4*51 gron-pahi gtso-bo the headman of a village or city. gron-rdal— groft-brdal 3R- 4^, farnr a large town (which is not enclosed by a wall) together with its suburbs. groft-sdchiphra-ma mkhan = dkrugs-$in bycd-ipkhan one who causes or excites brawls, feuds, etc., among village people or com- munities. groft-pa a villager; one holding a house; a tenant. groft-pahi cho§ = ^'^xjgoj q pho- hkhrig-pa sexual union {Affton.). groft-pahi cho§ kyi§- та ga$-pa = ^ V^SS’4 bn-то pho-daft ma phrad-pa virgin purity ; a maiden not touched by a malo (8man 289). 5*5^ gron-dpon TTTWt, 3^, 4VF- ЯТН the chief of a town or village. 5^’4 gron-ira (dong-tea) in C. aec. to Jd. used for 2^’4 grafi-ira: cold. gron-war the middle of a village or hamlet. groft-$pan$ one who is liberated or has abandoned the life of a layman or householder. groft-tshig чгтщ provincialism: -^ц|?)n-wgron-tshig gis-ma §la-dpar = gron-$kad kyi$-ma-hdre$ par not mixed up with provincialisms. gron-tsho large village; town; several hamlets taken together. Gron-rntsho mer-mo n. of a village in the district of w E in Lhokha: E lab-kyi hdab Graft rptsho mer-mo (Lon. > 30). groft-gshi an estate ; farm (S/7/.). gron-yul country place (Jd.). Ф groft* (dofig), v. re^p. f0 die; is resp. for natural death. ?5’« grod-pa or gsu$-pa belly; generally tho paunch of ruminating animals; in colhq. language it is sometimes applied to the stomach or 4’4 pho-ica: mar-grod butter kept in the dried paunch of a sheep. grod-ibom (doi-bom) a large belly; also the dried paunch of a bullock to keep oil. gron-can (don-can) disadvan- tageous ; injurious. gron-che very noxious (Jd.); gron-medharmless; innoxious (Lex.). ^ч I: gron-pa (don-pa) explained as hgro-$go chen-po, much expen- diture ; expensive; also to expend, squan- der : bod-kyi mi nor man-po gron-pa dan having squandered much wealth and men of Tibet: §nag-$og gron-pa (Nag.) waste or expenditure of much paper and ink. II: explained by SV*<VWT4?V mi-tshan eheham bzod-cheham bsran che-wa, applied to a great or illustrious family, to one who is very patient or for- bearing, a thing that is very durable and hard. дгоп-$аз hgro-sgo item of expenditure; also the account of the dis- tribution and lending of grain.
253 ail Grom-pa rgyaft (tom~pa- gyang) n. of a place in Tsang which con- tained one of the twelve temples said to have been erected by King Sron-btsan sgam-po (Ya~sel. frl). grol (dol) (Schr,; Kalac. T. 5) release; deliverance. Grol-nin (dol-nin) the day when the annual assembly of the lamas dissolve. Grol-$ton (do I-tori) a festival on the day when lamas relax after the term of the special devotions is over. grol-hdod wishing to be emancipated or set free from transmigra- tory existence and misery, etc.; abbrevia- tion of hkhor-ica dafi-$dng-b§fial §og§-las grol-гсаг hdod-pa. grol-ка (dol-ка) pf. of ‘фч hgrol-wa; also sbst. fh'.WVU, HR, deliverance; deliverance from worldly existence. grol-ica can 1. relating to emancipation ; deliverance. 2. sbst,. pearl: рт that has been delivered from the oyster. Syn. пт-tig} ^4* na-lc $am (Mfon.). Grol-buhi lha-tna the five demigods or, perhaps, Naga demi-gods. Grol-mcd hjoms the killer of Namuci; an epithet of Indra. I: gro§ = mol-wa 1. advice; counsel. 2. = ^?« gtani speech; talk;' fykah-gros conference; com- mittee. II: acc. to Us. care, heed, caution. 5^gros-grogs (doi-dog) a consult- ing friend; anyone consulted with. 5^’^ gros-can careful; cautious. + gro$-gcam 1 consultation. 2. = $^-g5’q gros byed-pa to consult. gros mthun-par unanimously; by unanimous decree. gro$ hdri-sa (doi-di-sri) the place where advice may be asked; an oracle. gro§ hdebs-pa giving advice. gro§ hdri-wa to ask (a person’s) advice ; to consult (with one). gros-pa (doi-pa) adviser; coun- sellor; senator; also advice ; gro§ byas-pa (doi-je-pa) to have consulted; consultation; conference; ’q gro§ byed-pa (doi-je-pa) F’quTVK to con- sider ; to deliberate; to resolve; decide after consderation, deliberation, etc. Gros-mi (doi-mi) consulting man; an adviser; sometimes in Sikkim the headman of a village. gros-med without asking or con- sulting anybody; self-sufficient; careless ; heedless. gro$-tshod (doi-tshoi) the real points or object of a conference: gro$-tshod hdsin-dan ya-rabs §pyod-pa to catch the leading and salient points in a conference (/?</.). gro§-ya (doi-ya) a secretary ; a councillor. Щ gla wages; pay; fee or remuneration for any work done: dgc-slon brgya-rtsa brgyad-kyi htsho-гса gla-nas §byar the maintenance of one hundred and eight monks was met from the fees (he received) (A. 61).
254 gla-tca the musk deer, Moschus mosehiferus^ of which there are three varieties or perhaps even species in Tibet. Another species occurs in Amdo : Moschu§ Sifaniens; gla-rnahi pag§ > V q^-qsprq gfa-ica dafi rna-icahi pags-pa the skin of tho Nao antelope and the musk- deer. Syn. dri-bzan dican-po; gla-rtsi can; sa-lu$; rlun~ bsreg (Mnonf). gla-gor sho-^a n. of a fruit. Щ’дмгч gla blaf^-pa has taken or received his wages for work. gfa-sgafi n. of a med- cinal herb ; Суper us rotundas: ПТЛТ the root of Cyperns jurlinivs. g|*^ gla-rnan, abbr. of gla-dan rfian-pa, wages and remuneration. ap gla-pa or 51’5 gla-po or Д’З gla-Ъи one who works on wages; a servant em- ployed on a fixed salary; also a day- labourer or hired workman; gyog- gla фя service money; salary. aj’^ gla-phor a kind of tree the wood of which is good in turning and for making plates and cups. Я’I4! gla-phrug the young one of a musk-deer. Я’й gla-ш a servant; a hired workman. gf# gla-mo 1. a hired female servant. 2. musk-doe: д'ця gla-icahi ног-bn § §brul-sog$ dug-srun byed the jewel of the musk deer (the musk- pod) is a protection against snake poison, etc. Щ*!” gla-rtsi Ж, ^Prrfh, musk: glo-rtsi gro-yi tshig-ma hdra musk is like burnt-wheat grains: the musk that is slightly soft, tough besides being of strong scent, is good : Д musk eradicates snake-poison, kidney disease, plague. Syn. ri-dbag§ Ite-wa; §brul-$krag byed; myo^-pahi rptshan-ma; dri-yi thod; dri-yi go§-can; ri-dcag§ clan; ri-dbag$ rlsi; SI’^'^'9 gla-wahi nor- bn (Mfion.). Gla-risihi те-tog n. of a flower, the Pedicularis megalantha. SJ’W gfa-tto fo°d and wages. arc glag or S’S4! bya-glag a bird des- cribed as resembling an eagle, but smaller than the vulture and larger than the hawk, of blackish chocolate colour; carries away kids and lambs. This bird is numerous in Mongolia, Central Tibet and Kham. Pro- bably the lammergayor. glag-khra-mo a spotted species of eagle. glag-pa — ^'^ liag-pa upper or back part or side : w^z Itay- pa the crown or upper part of the head. Defined as the upper back part or blunt side of a knife or axe. §]Ч|’Ц’О!Л Glag-pa lam n. of a place in Tibet (Deb.). ajT1 glags W3KC opportunity, occa- sion, possibility: glags htshol- tca to seek for an opportunity: glagt rned-par hdug now the favourable time seems to have come; esp. opportunity of doing harm to another,
SFI 255 of getting a hold on him (Ja): &lag§ hned-par ml hgyur he will not get an opportunity to do you harm. intolerable; insupportable: there is no possibility of helping him; he is incurable (Jd) : not able to do injury or some interruption to one’s actions. glags-pa to go; be going; to proceed ; to be on the point of. I: Gian n. of a place in Tibet. Эр’ II: ^4, 1. ox; bullock. 2. one of the signs of the Zodiac, the Bull: SF4 glan-gi mkhri§-pa§ §byar-dug mig-la phog- par phan the bile of the ox is useful when contagious poison strikes upon the eye: the spleen of the ox is useful in sores and poisons: g^'3) the kidney of the ox re- moves kidney diseases: the blood of the ox (with food) draws out blood poison. Syn. hgro-bycd} ^§5 hdren- bycd\ stobs-ldan; wq bzan-po; S’ khyu-mchog (Mnon.). III: also called e|ivgf? gzer-glan, colic, gripes, spasms in the stomach and similar affections (Jd.). g|£/wi glafi-thab§~%№\ glo-bur 1. sudden; suddenly: was suddenly defeated by the enemy. 2. n. of a disease, prob, hysterical fit. Я^В* glan-khyim Utjp: a shed or fold where cows are kept; an orna- mented gateway. gjE/g’A&q glafi-khyu rnchhog a bull; ox. gjaft-khyu-ua a bull kept for breeding purpose. Я^’Я5 glan-glad 1. the brains of the bullock or ox. 2. in Tsang=soap. glan-rgod a wild ox. This term is applied in Tibet to the buffalo (in Tib. mah-he). aF’&i glan-chen = glan-po-che ?T5T, яти, w<n^, xfhs, жж, WC, XH, W the elephant; elephant in rut: the skin of the elephant is useful in black small- pox : ^5-Эе/ glan-po rjcs-зи mthuu-pahi rdtsag so-sohi min, i.e.y the names of various apparatus necessary for an elephant are the following:—gram жт; grini-ga-ma glan- pohi rgyan; bdogs-pahi ка-гга ; a-la-na; ’Яг^пя the post to which an elephant is tied; lcag$-kyu the conductor’s hook; ^fnrjwtorq mchil- wa; bri-ksa ka-kza ba-ra-ta ^W-’W’C^or glan-po hi t hag-pa. hak-ko gdsa-dsa ^iu95i= hbod-pa shis-hdug (Mnon.). Syn. so-ldan; so-gni$; lag-ldan; gni$-hthun ; niafi- po hthufi ; myos Ьгмп-сап; 5ЯЧ падз-tshal dgah\ mche-ica $tob$-ldan; sa-lud nal; ihig- le can ; hkhor-lohi rkafi; dsa-la ka; niyo$~rnnl can; 5®4! dbyug-pahi rna-can; rnchotf- rten byed\ §tob$-ldan. glan-chen thal-dkar *the white elephant, or one having a white fore- head ; the chief of the elephants ($ag.): the bile of the elephant cures emaciation caused by poison, etc.: the flesh of
25(> elephant (taken as food) cures the diseases attributed to devils (in JF-). 8^ glaft-ehen rfsi the secretion of the elephant; also elephant- ппьк. Syn. gi-tcan (in magic) or mystic term (Min J). Qian rnjifi-yon a name of Prince Sad-na Ig§-mjifi yon, son of King Khri-sron Idehu-btsan. He was so called on account of his prowess: ^tc/q^org'^qq* mjin-ра yon-la §ku~ dican che-tca§ glafi-mjin yon-du grays. a^’V glan-to the Indian bull (Ло$ taunts Indi' u*). gq-чс Qlan*lhafi n. of a plain to the eact of Lham. Я^'ЗЯ glan-thug or glan-hog can a bull (not castrated): glan-lhug rica-co? mgo-ehag-la phan the horn of mi castrated bull is useful in the fracture of the head: glan-lhttg nag rica-ro$ mdsc-la phan-par-byed the horn of a black uncastrated bull is used in leprosy: Я^'Я* y^q-^J^q^-y-q-^q glafi-gi rtca-gshob mchin- pa hi Isha-ica-sel the ashes of a burnt bull’s horn taken internally cures inflamation of the liver. Glan-dar-ma 1. a youthful ox. 2. n. of the King of Tibet who persecuted the Buddhists in the ninth century A.D. Яс'я^5 glan-hded—^'^^ thon-mkhan the husbandman, a rustic. gq-q-^q* glan^ю-skyofi = gl:iil-rd$i ^Ttrra a cow-herd; one who tends or looks after cows (Mnon.). glan-])o-rnchog the chief of the elephants, lit. a scent-elephant. Syn. glan-pohi rgyal-po*, spo§-kyi glan-po; g’Sh*ftjrq * khyu- yi mgon-po ; B’^,qVIkhyu-yi fydag-po ; ч*Г ’П’ч thal-kar ; mche-atc drug-[dan; ^^•qgq-^qq’Ej gni$-hthun dtcaft-po (Mfion.). g]q-q-<q^'q ghn-po glum-po-ft^'ty^ glafi-po nt yon-pa a wild, mad elephant (Mnon.). gc/q ч^-q^^qj^-q glan-po hdod-pas dreg$- pa—^'^S glan-po rgod wild elephant; an elephant turned wild and mad for union with a she-elephant. Svn. chag$-pa§ myo$-pa*, ^Я^'З^'Я1^ VP’q Iwgs-kyus gdul-dkah-wa ; qp5 q\Mj gyo-wa-can.; gq’q’qft glaH-po rgod\ gq-q-*q‘?№‘^N’q glan-po chan-gi$ myo$-pa; gq-q-q^-q glan-po gfttm-po; chan-gts dregs-pa*, g.lan-fyzi\ 2P PYq ylan-po smyon-pa. Glan-po §nahi glin-smad n. of a place within the district of Shiga-tse in Tsang. Glan-po fofis n. of a place (in Tib.); also one which was situated near the ancient city of Kapilavastu. gq’q^’prafq glan-pohi kha-loya^^'Z gM-rdfd conductor of an elephant (Mnon.). gjE/qo/jQrq glifi-pohi гдуа1-ро=^'Ъ'*№*\ plafl-po-mchog (M^on.). Glan-pohi $lob$, tfwi n. of a very powerful giant-like king; §pan.-rten man-hdsin glan-pohi $tob$ (Ya-sel. 57). ghn-pohi-gna$sz Я^ ’ч ‘ glan-po-chehi gna§ the stable where ele- phants are kept (Mfion.)* Яс glaii-phran^S^ glafi-phrug a young elephant (Mixon.). Я^9^ glaH-bre$ ox-manger; Я^‘ q5’3*r gktfi-pohi bre§ elephant-stall. glaft-nia 1. a medicinal plant: Я^‘ яч’Й gian-ma euros fever and
3F^| 257 female diseases. 2. a large kind of alpine willow. Д^’Й glan-mo or lag-ldan-ma she- elephant: дсЙ^-адthe milk of a she-elephant is very sustaining: Д*'Й5’ the skin of a she- elephant cures female disease and fever. g/ал-^шг a stallion ox: with the warm blood of a living stal- lion ox the circulation of poison in the blood can be neutralized. i: glan-rdsi a cow-keeper; a chief herdsman. gp’g* ii: *fhrra the keeper of an ele- phant ; keeper of cows; Krishpa. Syn. glan-pohi kha-lo-pa; gjE.’q’jq- glan-po §kyon {Mnon,), glan-gyag dri-ldan 1. 5)’^ gi-wan the musk-like, scented secretion in the brains or in the stomach of an elephant. dom-mkhri$ bear’s bile (Sman, 353), Glan-ri lufi-bstan n. of a Sfitra in the Kahgyur, said to have been delivered by Buddha when on a visit to Li-yul. g|^’5 glan-ru a bullock’s horn; also a large forked stick used by the Tibetan soldiers to rest the musket on when firing. Д^'^’^^’Й’Й Glan-lufi gnas-khra-пю n. of a place in Kham. дЫ-ma-fifi or я^й’-^q’ mdso-mo-^in a kind of tree grow- ing largely in Tibet, the leaves of which are burnt as incense mystical term) (Min,), glan-fu a kind of sore-hoof. Glan$-khan^-pa n. of a learned lama come from a place called Glan-kham^ who was invited by King Khri-srofi, Idehu-btsan to his capital on account of the fame of his learning. glad or glad-pa the head; brains; cf. 21S klad; Д5‘*< glad-la on the top, on the head; also used as postposition in the sense of over, close over: chuhi glad-la close above the river or water. SIS'S glad-rgya—^S^'^ glad-pahi rtsa the veins of the brain. SJS'4 glad-pa generally written as afi'4 klad-pa {Sch,), cf. lhad or S|5’4 $lad-pa, glan-pa also Sr’4 glon-pa 1. to patch up; to mend: ^s*q= lhan glan-pa to sew up or patch up torn clothes, etc. {fiag?); gjysjcq to sew on a patch. 2. to return; lan an answer to reply; rejoin {Lex.), 3. colloquial for ЯН'Ч gLn-pa, glan-glen, v. glen-pa dumb. glam-pa or^S'^OT ^ §nam-bu hthug-po a kind of thick blanket. glal-wa 1. to yawn or gape: dor-hgyin wahibrdah a relaxation of the body by stretching the limbs and yawning. 2. a terrific attitude or posture of sitting: sen-ge tnam-bsgyifis—^'^ft!3!^ sefi-ge glal-гса a lion’s attitude on his vanquished foe is called glal-wa, gla§ htsho-wa one who subsists on salary or wages. I: glin gw a kind of sacred grass. СЧ II: 1. ffa, icf island; isolated place; limb or part of the globe; divi- sion of lands, large or small; continent, in 34
258 fabulous Indian sense: §5 gliA gshan-na$ $kye$-pa tshul-bycd- mi hdra-wa : being of other continents they are of a different manner of birth. lj£’ III: a large monastery; a monas- tery isolated in its greatness and separate from other jurisdiction* gliA-chen bcu-gni$ tho tw elvo continents according to Bon cosmo- graphy are the following(1) V’4?fK argjE/ (-^) GyuA-dfuA bkod-pabi-gliA; (2) («]«ro) Qgah-ldan lha-yi gliA ; (3) (qf^) Bdul-Ьа khrimg- kyi gliA ; (4) (flFw) hdul SAags-kyi glin; (5) ^V^^-q-gq- $) Tsad-med bya-wa gliA; (6) 8byin-pa mthah-ya$ gliA; (7) й’чрЧ* qwqsvgj* Mt-дуо bsam-gtan glin; (8> («рч) Dge-rgyas yon-tan gliA; (9) (^1) Tshad-nicd byams-pahi glin; (10) S Яц (B^’) Gnod-gbyin nor-gyi glin;' (11) gt’ (epw) Yon-tan rgyag-pahi glifi ; (12) Rin-chcn spiing-pahi glin ; or (55«) Jjol-пю glin (G. Bon. 5). The seventeen sub-continents attached to the twelve continents are the follow- ing:—(1) Rgyal-rigg rgyal-sa hdsin-pahi glin ; (2) Rjehu bkod-pahi glin; (3) DraA-sroA bgro-bdul-glin; (4) Mya-Aan metf-pahi glin; (5) Bram-ze gtsaA-wahi gliA; (6) Bram-ze ha$-mo gliA; (7) Bbri-mig mtsho-yi gliA; (8) 4Xprq$-gj^ IBnags-rigg gdol-wahi gliA; (9) Stob-chen gyad-kyi glin; (10) wq*^5-jc- A-ba-da-rahi glin; (11) ^5 4 «Wgjq* Hgro-tca hdul-wahi glin J (12) $ VVWqo. g|q' Khri dflA hthab-pahi 31 gliA; (13) Rgya-lag hod-mahi gliA; (14) Rgyal-tno mo-khro$ gliA; (15) Igkhab-hgro tni- rkun glin ; (16) ^w^SVgjq* Miham ci-yi glin; (17) ^‘3Lha-klaman-dha Sprehti gliA (6r. Bon. 6). QUA-ka a garden or pleasure grove. S*’4 gliA-Aan dispute; quarrel. Glin-dkar t'dsoA n. of a district in Tibet. gliA-dar u. of a kind of cloud. « glin-ldan-?naf iptsho a lake whioh contains islands. Оч fflin~bu дц, \jf5prer a reed-pipe; a musical reed; flageolet; the common musical instrument of herdsmen, and con- sists of two pipes joined together; phred-glin flute; piocolo-flute, mostly of metal; dge-g^h generally written 5’^’ a larger musical instru- ment like a hautboy, used in sacred cere- monies ; ^’Д^’ rkan-gtin trumpet made of the human femoral bone. 8|^’« gliA-та the margin of a lake or river. Glin-yag^-pa n. of the chief preist of Galdan who was born at GliA~yag$. gliA-log revolution; internal d’ssension: there arose much civil disturbance there in Dikhun, t.e., among the members of the Jlbri-khuA monastery. SJ glu *?hf, ifa, «w, Ш song ; ditty; also a tune; accompaniments of musical performance, etc.; bba-ra-ta, HXcT; gar-dag an actor; a stage-player; fkaA*
259 5'11 pahi ttabs-sgyur falling pf the feet at the musio or cadence of the song; gar-gyi gtso-bo stage-master; £’4 rfta-pa the drummer; brduft-гоа drum- heater ; pheb rdob-pa, thal-mo rdob the clapper; gtin-bu tea trombone blower; glifi-bu mkhan the flute-player; pt-wail guitar, violin; pi-wan-mkhan the violin player; gj’fl glu-wa the singer; gar-rnkhan dancer; hgyur-bag-mkhan one who shows various appearances in different dresses, such as the clown, etc. (ДИо«.). 8Г1 glu-sgra time in singing, 134е-’ glu-chufl a little song; ditty. gfawcm ien-pa tp sing ц sweet song. glu-dbyan§ sjnging ; ST glu-dbyant-kyi fies-pa- bdun the seven kinds of harmonical pitch or measures of the compass of the musical tones. These are:—bar-ma HWH, drafaroft ЧГЧН, sa-hdsin nrenx, drug-ldan g'^ lfia-pa blo-gsal hkhor-nan f^T4T<. Then, too, there are various definitions of songs and modes of sing- ing. Such are: rgyud-daft mgrin-la§ &kye$-pqhj dbyqfa, Apv hkhor-nan glan-pohi $gra tta- buy khyu-mqhog bq-plgfi $kad-kyi d?d-hdsip gkyeg-ni ra-yi gkya<], drug-gkyeg tnwi-byahi gka<$-ltar ggrogg, ччл ’Б^'Я’ч^ bar-та khruA-khrufl ggra- ggrogg Win, §|4]W5bla-gsal rta- gkad Ita-bur hither, Й’ЗТ о g gX jfi(i,pa fye.top.tdfiy (fug.su, khu- ЬУУУ Wregg^q ^^uho tV^'S«’4Va4-4'?!, ? чч яч rtzed-mo rlom-parhlafawa- a«i tn, Ina-pa dan-ni bar-mahi cfbyafy VK’S’VT S’ dpah-po drag-po no-mtshar-du,, drug-$kye§ khyu- mchog de-b shin-no §c; £5’X’«rgwq^'3 sa hdsin-pa dafl hkhor-nan dbyafa) shin-rjehi ro-la blafis-par by a w8’ hihal- mo hjigs-dan bcas-pa-la, blo-gsal dbyao^ni bM^aho. glu-dbyan$ kyi khan-pa a stage; a place where sing- ing is done. 3]ЛЭ^’^Г’^ gin dbyan$-mkhan a singer; one who sings or instructs in singing. Syn. Д’вЦ’ч glu len-pa, glu-mkhqn (Mnon.). glu-re$ alternate songs. д1и-1еп-та=$*ф^ы gfa mkhan- ma a songstress. gia^ a thing given ap a rapsom ; <э ; ' 5Ч’5|’а5 a ransom for life: khohi glud-du lug brgya-gsod slaughter a hundred sheep as a random for him, glud-lg btqn to гагшрщ q scape-goat. glud-tshab the ransom offered to some malignant spirit, consisting of one’s effigy made of barley or wheat-rstraw, and its interior filled with grain, edibles, cloth, medicines, and precious articles such as gold, silver or coins, and then thrown in the direction from which the evil spirit is supposed to have come. There are several varieties of this kind of ceremony. glum or §baft-glum fresh fermented rice, faarlpy, or wheat, i^sed instead of malt in brewing beer.
Я! 260 3^1 chan btsos phab btab b$nal-na$ lafi$-pa chafi- gi glum-mam $bafi glum yan-zer. §] Qle a small uncultivated island; also a grove; same as tshal огД^ glift-ka. gle hdam$-ma 1. one having tho disease in which urine and foecal mat- ter pass together, t.e., by the rectum (K. du. S J/13). = mt s han-med ma-nifi a hermaphrodite; having neither tho sign of male nor of female. -s gleg$ table; plate; board; any flat piece: $Г’Д’|,гчЮТ tgo-glegt gshug-go there was a door panel placed. glegs-chab a buckle, clasp or ring attached to the thong. 5}чргчч| gleg$-thag a thong, &o., fastened round a book. 8I4*VW gleg^am 5^», gfa a volume ; a book; leaves placed between flat boards. SHIP'S glcg^bu 1. a label; explained as cho$-go$ la glin-glin grti-bshi bead-pahi gra bkag-pa, a square or rectangular piece of cloth or paper put as label containing the name of books, chapters, pages, etc. (2&zy.). 2. a tablet. 3. bkahi-glegs-bu or ^4 fykah-qog a diploma; «Ч’З’ДЯ^’в copper plate or tablet. glcgs-ma, v. Д*|*1 gleg$. щчцгЗ*’ glegs-pfi the wooden boards which in a Tibetan book supply the binding. Л gleft-wa or Д w«i glefa-pa ^5 to say, converse, relate, describe: gtam-du gten-ica or gsufi gleft-wa to relate a story: oiw lam-la ma-thar she$ glen$-na$ as the word was sent, the road is not passable! Ч^Д^Л’^4!’ 3|*гдл1 I have mado this speech: Ч^Г the rumour spreading from one to another, until it came before the lady. §5*^ cho$-kyi sgrog-glefi byed-pa to preach religious discourses; $^’3^ gro$-gleft coun- cil ; consultation. glefi-wa-po or glefi-mo rnkhan a story-teller. fi***S« Qlefi-hbum a hundred thousand stories; tho title of a book in the Hdul-wa division of the Kahgyur or Tibetan Bud- dhist scriptures, which contains different stories on the behaviour of devotees, monks, nuns, &c , who adopted the Buddhist faith, and who violated the rules of monastic discipline laid down by Buddha. glen-mo or Idb-glefi glefi-^rjod ЧПГТ, ^rrfrwY, Tnrf, wm talk; conversation; story; account. Д*’Ч^ glen-gshi or Д^’ЧДЗД^ gleA btlafa- pa any subject; primary cause: glefi-gshi hdi-la wftpj in this narration. 1. narration. 2. the subject of a discourse (Cs.). 3. table of contents; index. 4. place, scene of a con- versation or discourse. &кп-1кидь abbr. of 5^'q glen-pa dafi-lkugs-pa^ very stupid and idiotic: glen-lkugs ikol tpyod-kyi sdug-t^fial the misery of being stupid, of dumbness and servitude. glen-pa ЗМ, зге, ЯГЯ, stupid, foolish, ignorant; a thick-headed fool; an idiot: more stupid than a brute: fools that you are each of you: Д^’ЧЗ’^Ч’^ mud- dled ones.
। 261 I Syn. ^’4 Idar-wa; glan-glen; Й’ mi gsal-wa; Ito-hgefis; atM’fl le-lo-wa; ч’^ tha-qal (Mfion.). 3j«rq gleb-pa, pf. gj<w glebs, to make flat, plain (Cs.); leb-mor-gleb make flat, -4 +• 3}^^ Ц gleb$-pa,fWn to trample; to tread down; to press down by the feet ($'</’)• —4 aprs glem-pa to press, squeeze; to crush, squash (Ja.). Щ gio or gf Ido, in Ld. resp. gshog$, 1, the side,eep. of the body: Jprwq glo$~phab-pa to lie down on one’s side. 2. a cough. glo-dkar or *Ик’ч| hthofi-ka 4R|^3 a small window in (the side of) a house to let in light. Щ’4*TJ Glo-bkra n. of a country in Tibet \Jig^ gp^piprq glo-lkog$-pa to cough; to clear the throat. Д*4^ glo-dkar or skar-khun a small door or window. STF glo-kha n. of a colour like the blood of the lungs; pale-red. STR4! glo-khttg a small money-bag attached to the sash or girdle of a Tibetan. gio hgogs-pa^^'^^'^ ОГ gf 3^4 gio rgyag-pa to cough; to feel stifled (Mnon.). gp3]w glo-hgrams n. of a disease. STS** glo-tgya$ a disease of the lungs; asthma. glo-gcoft a disease of the lungs which increases during the night. 8^’ glo-don wind-pipe (Cs.). glo-rdog=3№ glo-bur sudden (^й<7-)- glo-rdol—*F\ K^rnag-rdol excessive expectoration. O* glo-spir n. of a kind of shield: 5'4’ afiKV'^'SM'av5^ kul-dkor phub-ni rab-la sho-lna-ste, glo-spir sho-re phub-skor sho-phyed y in the best Kul- dkar shield costs five sho and that of Gio- §pir costs a sho for each disk on it (Jig.). gf’S*! glo-phug place where things are kept—either in a wall or a corner of a house, &c.: that boy kept the gold in a niche. afa glo-wa the lungs ; 3'4 9'§' gto-wa bu-lfla the five anterior lobes of the lungs; sf’q glo-wa ma Ina the five posterior lobes of the lungs. glo-bur sudden; adv. Я ’9*'^glo-bur-du suddenly; all on a sudden ; instantaneously : ^oj qgej glo-bur-du mi-mafi-po ^i-zoahi §dug-b$fialt}iQ misery or calamity of many men dying suddenly. 4 glo-bur-du hons-pa one who has come all on a sudden; glo-bur-zcahi don the signification of suddenness. gf’SVjai Ef Glo-bur rgyal-po a name of the King of Tibet about 900 years ago. glo-bur-nad a disease that arises suddenly. gio bur-гоа suddenness. 8T^ glo-hbzvr яитя a projection ; uprising : hbur-du sdod-pa to rise up into sitting posture. glo-§bub wind-pipe. gloJa-wa convulsions of the lungs; cough.
262 fflog fm nfHi ’rfc’ft, <тжт- ftrarr, ^гРт, чфят, 4jwM, w lightning ; flash of lightning; tprin-phan-tshun hthab pa las byuft~wa that produced from tho con- cussion or collision of clouds. The names of different kinds of lightning are men- tioned in tho Kah-gyurx—glog gzi-btiid~can the lightning with flash ; gfo’ g4) glog-stug hoi the lightning of dense lustre, sheet-lightning; gk>g- rpdses phrefi-can tho lightning of beautiful strings or zig-zags, &c. (Л7. g. *, 115). The lightning that oomes from the south is called skad-btgya-p^ that of a hundred rattles; that coming from tho west is called hod-nams-pa, that of fading lustre; that which comes from tho north is called ^гЗ’Ч^Ч’в rgyun-gyi fyfag- po, lord of streaming flashes (K. g. 3%). Syn. Чч1’ц’ч5’4 hjug-pa hrgya~pi\ 3^ gshi-snou $kycs; 8^'3$prin-gyi lcug~nia ; gser-hod can ; ^'5J lus- phra; bde-hthuft; skad-cig hod; skad-cig gsal-wa (J£fton.\ 84'^5 g.hg-ldan full of light- ning ; flashed cloud. SF’SP’ GMbdhaft n. of a place in Tibet proper and also in Kham. Gloft-thaft tgron-mahi lha-khaft n. of a monastery and temple in Kham. Й44 glog-pa rm silver. glog-pahi-nad n. of a disease mentioned in grammar, but not found in the medical works. Ace. to Ja. 84’^5 is another name of the disease called Ij4)'4 lhog-pa— cancer. ajs’q glod-pa^^l^lhod-pa to relax; to loosen ч^мгч*^ fydn$-pa-glod= ч^здгч’ b$dams-pa-glod slacken binding; to relax the mind, be at ease; 8S’4* glod-ki тдуип-du bshugs you may stay here always with easy mind; ma-Qzuft wa-glod-par without any regard to taking or giving. glon-pa or glan-pa 1. to return an answer ; to reply. 2. to patch, mend. * glos-pa or Йкжч pwortf-pa stupidity; ignorance. Ji’wa glos-phab-pa to Ho on one side or on the side : to lie on the side like an ox lying down. ^Ч]Ч]’Ц dgag-pa, fut. of *$|4M'4 to hinder. ^qjqj q-^'qq-q dgag-pa daft bral-wa^S^^ dgag-pa nwd-pa open; with- out let or hinderance ; unobstructed. W'3 dgag-phye, v. WS&’Sft dgag-flye bycd. dgag-dbye^'Wft dgag-phye wfci stopped; obstructed. 544'59'Ss dgffg-dbya byed жиж one who stops or obstructed VW ’^4 dgag~teh*g or VW чЗ’Зч dgagpahi tshig и word of prohibition; objection. V^*VTV^ dgan-dkah-wa, khefts- dkah-гса hard to fill up. dgaft~war fut. of *^W4 ligefts- wat to fill; fill up. V’F' S}*] dgan-blug a ladle to pour butter in sacrificial fire. YqKzqp’s dgaft-gzar wnft sacrificial spoon or ladle: bbyin-sreg blags byed^kyi gzar^bu daft skyog Ita-bu there are two kinds of spoons in homa
263 TO sacrificial fire, one is large called Dgaft- gsar, and the other smaller blug-gsar, which is used to pour butter on fire. Dgan-gzar gin n. of a tree, the tree resembling tiger’s feet. Syn. *8|'^‘4 $tag-gi гкаИ-ра ; 'V* tshcr-ma shim; sa-htsho; tshig mail {Mnon.}. 5Ч|с/д’л dgan^h-wa full to the brim; replete: *nod*du khefi$-ma khen$. VF* dgah-pay fut. of hgcb$-pa. dgab-bya garment; dress {Mnon.). dgah-wa h<h, и^н, №b ^VT, WWS, Wfc, wr, ЯНГ, xfa, яЙн, н^гГч, хне, x^, 1. delight; happiness ; joy. 2. vb. neut. to rejoice ; vqx«r%q to be pleased ; VP’<r»r to be displeased; also to make glad: ‘Vp was displeased: V’JM” rejoicing greatly. Syn. «*3’4 mgu-tca; ran$-pa; tpro-wa; ^V5*V44 gin-tu dgah; уan-dag dgah, yid-rafi; q dgycs- pa ; mne$-pa ; tshim-pa ; ^’3S bde-skyid; $5’4^ yid-bdt; 8ems ^num-pa ; rab-rdgah; hdso- iter-wa {Mnon.). dgah-rky aft (Sjw^v4) n. of a large numerical figure {Ya-sel, 75). S^'fytdgah-skyes very pleased; glad. 5ч1ч'’3’В'ч,д|^я dgah-ikya zul-gsum the abbreviation of the names of the three places situated to the west of Lhasa, vi^., Dgah-wa-gdoft, g*Skyo- mo-luft and Zul-po^ in each of which there is a monastery. «pp’Spqn dgah-grogs lover; spouse; wife ; an intimate friend {Mfion.). W'53 dyah-dgu intercourse; asso- ciation; merriment; dgah-dgur spyod-pa to perform conjugal rites; also to indulge in sexual enjoyment. Dgah-can gyi-mdo^ the Su- tra, of ^чр’Ч’-Ц Dgah-геа-сап in (2Г. d, °( 4&Z), which contains 4$ srog gcod-pahi ne$-dmig§ bcu (10); ^’^’0’ ч5’^5$чргч$ rdsun-da $mra-wahi ne$-dmig$ bcu (10); chaft hthun-zcahi nes-dmigs sum-bcu so-lfta (35); ma-byin-par len-pahi ni$-dmig$ bcu (10); ^4] log-par дуст-pahi nes-dmigs bcu (10). dgah-$ton W, festival. Syn. «^5’4 mchod-pa\ dupion; tgod; ner-dgah {J^fton,). dgah-ston-^kyes producing mirth. dgah-^ton sbyiu an astro- loger ; water. dgah-bde, colloq. “ gan-de, M joy and happiness, dgah-dar or dgah- ivahi kha-gtags a scarf presented for pleas- ing or consoling; a scarf of congratulation. 54l4’4lXc* Dgah-gdoft n. of a monastery near Dapung which has an oracle and a divinity called Ga-dong Ohokyong, whose duty it is to cause rain during a drought. I: Dgah-ldan Ga-dan) gft<f a paradise of the Buddhists; the residence of those sainted beings who enjoy beati- tude, which is the peculiar privilege of the Mahayana Buddhists. It is presided
। 264 5WI over by the coming Buddha, now tho Bodhisattva Maitreya. The gods residing in it are said to live 4,000 years, the duration of a day of which is equal to 400 human years; and the length of one’s body is a furlong (Sorig.). qjar <V4’5' owing to Lord Maitreyas’ spiritual and temporal rule the celestial people are possessed of the joy of a righteous life. II: (pronouncnd Gandan) the great monastery of G4ndan situated 35 miles N.E. of Lhasa, which was founded by the Buddhist reformer Tsong-kha-pa. It contains twenty-six divisions or wards for tho residence of monks. Grva-sa Dgah-ldan the quarters for the re idence of the monks of Gandan are divided into two sections 1. called grva-tshafi go fi В ya fi-rtse which has the following divisions or khatns- tshau \—(\) Har-gdofi- (2) qw^T Bsani-glo*, (3) щ’4 Kre-tp>\ (4) T$ha- pa; (5) Gser-khafi; (6) Rdo- ray (7) Klu-hbumy (8) Brag-niy (9) ; (10) JTKc/ Rgyal-rofiy (11) Go-wa ; (12) ^’3 Kofi-po; (13) ]£nah-ri$ (Lofi. 14). 2. called gyvi-tshafi hog Car-rtse, which has the following divisions or khams-tshan;—(1) ^'f4^ Rdo-khafi*, (2) Pho-khafi у (3) £ho-pa; (4) З4!'^ tfag-re; (5) X^Co-ne; (6) Tte-$o; (7) Zufi-chu; (8) ^а|*Ц Sog-po; (9) Rta-hon ; (10) wwXq Mnah-ri$ ; (11) *'4 Cha-pay (12) З^*2* ~Rafi-po\ (13) Gufi-rn (Lofi. 14). The name Gandan is generally fixed before the names of monasteries and institutions which belong to the Dgah-ldan-pa qt Gelug-pa sect. Qgah-ldan Khafi-gsar L formerly the residence of King Bpon-po Mi-l)wafi : Dpon-po dicafi-gi pho-brafi near Lhasa (Lofi. % 18). 2. the residence of King %)gah-ldan Tshe-wafi is situated to tho back of the royal monastery of Tsho-mo-glifi in Lhasa: 5qCl'5)-51gK.-^^^^'»,§q,5|’jq‘«4,^5 (Rtsii.). Dgah-ldan khri-pa tho lineal successor of Tsong-kha-pa in the ecclesias- tical throne of the great monastery of Gandan. Ho is tho chief of the ordinary non-in cam ate lamas and occupies tho third place in the hierarchical precedence of Tibet. Dgah-ldan chos-hkhor glifi n. of a monastery in Higher Tibet. It is a very common name by which several monasteries are designated. Dgah-ldan Phun-tshog$ glifi the monastery of Phunts'o Ling situa- ted to the west of Tashi-lhunpo in Tsang. It contains a large number of block-prints and religious works. It was (formerly) Lama Taranatha’s monastery. Gtsafi Bkra-<p$-lhun-pohi nub-la yod, Jo-nafi tha-rha-nha thahi dgon-pa yin, jf4ra**3qPr ^•§q^'5<c.'2i,355 $ku-gsug thug$-rten dan, cho$-kyi phar nuifi-pa yod. Dgah-ldan pho-brafi also called Sde-pa gshufi the Govern- ment-house in Lhasa, also the Government of Lhasa (fifew. 14)* V’H’is dgih-spyod НЗГЧТОГ entertain- ment ; merriment; also good behaviour.
265 dgah-^pro-can 'wj^cT: possessed of cheerfulness and enthusiasm» yipvcr^gQrq dgah-wa hkhyil-wa 1- the all-good; that exists by itself; the em- blem of purity; purity typified. 2. n. of a gem. 3. the king’s palace. Syn. gyufi-drufi; t g у al-pohi pho-bran {Mnon,), jq Dgah-wa brga-pa (Е^Ч'Т5!'^) one of the names of Vishnu; one of a hundred joys {Milon.). dgah-wa-can здтгд cheerful; merry. Syn. dgah-гса myofi= hkhrigpa or khyim-pahi cho$, sexual enjoyment {Milon.). dgah-wa dman-pa sordid pleasure; one delighting in sexual plea- sures ; met. a cock. dgah-wa bshitfa four pleasures or delights are the following:—(1) wf4]* * lkog-та mi-bde glu-la dgah; (2) dman$-rig§ stan-mtho la dgah; (3) dbul-po gton-la dgah; (4) shin-rgan-po gshin-nn-ma-la dgah {Can,}, Dgah-wa hod-hphro n. of Atis'a’s residence at Nye-thang near Lhasa: € 1 J9-boh i gzim§ ch un Dgah-wa hod-hph ro slws-pihi glin (Л. 9S). yi]4*qS‘q]a|*rq n: Dgah-wahi grag$-pa ТГЧ- the Brahmaua at whose request the Kashmirian poet Kshemendra wrote Ava- • dana Kalpalata and several other Sanskrit poems. ♦«^•«й-щпргч n: (Sohr.; Bull. 184, Ш). ^ч’ч5-д'ч| dgah-wahi lm-да the female organ. i; dgah-wahi dwan-po khyab-hjag a name of Virhnu {Milon.}, Dgah-wahi tshal—^'^^&A rgyal-pohi skyed-tshal royal gardens ; also the celestial gardens. Dgah-wahi bshin yul- Ijofw) n. of a place; ggar-phyogs the Orient, the East {K, d. \ 267). dgah-zcahi ro sexual enjoyment.. * dgah-wahi Ь$е§-дмеп fq^ {Schr.}, dgah-wahi sa-gshi the female organ. Syn mo-rtags ; Й mo-mtshan {Mnon.), dgah-wahi slad fwra for the sake of pleasure. dgah-war byed^^'&W dgah- grogs or rndsah-grogs or kyoh-bo a friend; sweetheart; a hubsand {Mnon.). dgah-tca$ bcin§ love- bound ; bond of love. i: dgah-wo {Schr.; Ta. d9). Dg'(h-bycd‘ TTH, gf<K Rama, the hero of the epic Ramayana; n. of a cloud. dgah-byed ^han-pa n, pr. {Schr.; Ta. 2 102), dear to or fond of Nanda (the delightful). Dgah bycd Dgra-^ta-can лизття the third accepted incarnation of Vishnu; his other names are—^в’^« 35
VFW 266 «fl | Dpah-po dsa-ma; Ag-nihi sra$ ; $q*>Dican-chcn ; joiqsR'gN Rtul-bzan $kye§; Mtshon-eha mkhan ; §5'1^ Srid-sgrub ; Lu$-$kye$; ^S’SS Qcod- ]yed; Rdul-can-mahi bu ; |n Nan-spon §kye$ ; «**45 Pha-lad; W’<q*5|’ 74r9S Aga-ni dgah-bycd (Milon.). 5^’55'dgah-bycd fin «jif^r the tree called 5’3^’^ Spyi-shur fin. Syn. &dun byed; lu§ ilan; ku-ni; hod-ldan; hkhyog-po (Milon.). dgah-hbyam§ SH^t she who is full of enjoyment; a number. Dgah-ma xfh, W, W, wfnai tho beautiful; a name of Rati, the wife of ^upid; Dgah-mahi bdagtfaqfa the husband of Rati. dgih-mo sftfa good; lovely. 5R|V<*R dgah-tshafv=^% yag-po^ bzin-po and leg§-pa good; fino; handsome : ^1 ^5’3* among them there was one article which was very pretty (A. 14). V^Fdgah-t shad-pa = to be sufficiently pleased (Khrid. 32). dgah bshi-pa : possess- ed of the four joys—piety, wealth, men and lands: **-^ft ^^w’qR'vqR-q^q cho$ nor mi sa-bshi hdsom-pahi dgah bshi-pa, dgah-ya^ boundless joy or pleasure. dgah-yi §kye-uar fussier bum or grown out of joy or enjoyment. g Dgah-rab Rdo-rje n. of a celebrated Lama of the Rdsog-chen sect of the Rnin-ma School (Grub. F 13). Dgah-rab dicaA-phyug the Lord of Love, Cupid. 5*|R'Xr<j dgah-rin$ met. for tho hog [u long in copulation ”; a dog]& dgar 1. n. of a place; n. of a district in Tibet. 2.=V44’4R dgah-war 5^ гаЯ-/уаг at pleasure, ad libitum; frq. chi-dgar what is your pleasure; according to Jd, why? dgar-гоа ’S’Wfzw to separate; confine; place apart (men, cattle, goods): 5R]R*5R’§R)N dgar-byahi phugs cattle to bo penned in a fold (Cs). gna$- na$ dgur-wa to banish from a place; to exile; dgar-ivahi don-du in special sense; in particular (Sch.). In TJr. “gar-tc bor-cc” to set apart, exclude, shut out; to lock up, shut up; to lay up or by; to preserve (Л.); Dgar-rgya co-ce to store up. 5<t|4|'q dg«l-wa, fut. of hgcl-wa. 54j*rsi dga$-pa9 v. hga^-pa\ «К’2*]' ser-ga dga$-p>a to have cracks or be cracked. L nine; 53’4 dgu-fau qt 5$’ qywq dgu-bcu tham-pa ninety. 2. as met. = many: dgu$-thab$ gsagt gathered by many efforts, with great diffi- culty. 3. also sign of plural: §’53 kham§-gsum §kyc-dgu the people of tho three worlds: ft this man says many things he knows not. ft -^’sgone who know’s every- thing; 3^’53 or many talks; many things to say; Skye-dguhi bdag-po ssrnjfa the lord of all living beings; §kye-dguhi bdag-mo wrqfH, the name of the step-mother who nursed Gautama Buddha; ^5’5$ those that are; the existing many or beings; the goods that one has; property; the many good
5^1 267 ST4 tod brave ; also 4 lu^-hdod dgur tgyur-wa to be changed,- trans- formed ad libitum; M’53fian-ggit thub- pa one who can suppress the wicked; also to overcome every evil: ud-byed dgu-bycd mi-yoft dgu-yon, according to <7s., Ja., if you do many things which ought not to be done, many things will take place which ought not to take place ; 35not count- ing upon death among things to be thought of; 53'Й dgu-khri the chair or conveyance for the many, i.e., for the dead; litter ; bier (Ja). 53’Яdgu- glin &cu-gni$ the twelve continents inhabited by living beings. Here dgu would seem to act as mere plural sign. S3dgu-gtor offerings made to evil spirits on the 29th day of the last month of the Tibetan calender in the monasteries of Tibet. 53*3^ dgu-thub able to subdue the many; one full of resources; tho all- conquering one. 53’q dgu-pa the ninth; having, com- prising, measuring nine, c.g., H’53’q khru dgu-pa, measuring nine cubits (in length, height, etc.); 53*5 dgu-po skh the ninth, the nine, those nine; °Ц’53 lan-dgu nine times. 55*1^4 dgu-phriigs or 53^q4 dgu-$deb$ a stage of meditation which is dependent upon the regulation of the breath ; rlun sgom-pahi du^-su dafi- po. The first stage in the regulation of the breath in the art of meditative con- centration. S3’q dgu-wa 1. vb. to bend; to make crooked. 2. sbst. the act of bending, stooping, bowing; inflection. 3. adj. bent; stooping. 53’1^ dgu-rtseg§ n. of a yellow flower (Св.). 53’^1^ dgu-tshigs or 53’^3%r§’^ dgu- tshigs §kya-mo the milky-way constella- tion. Syn. паиг-rnkhahi §kye- rag$} gnod-§byin kha-rlafi% (Mnon.). 53'^’Яс;£^ dgu-zi gltn-po §na n. of the enchanted sword of Gri-gum btsan-po; one of the early kings of Tibet who was assa- sinated (Yig. 58). 53’ЛЙК‘* Dgu-gzhun n. of a place in Tibet (Rtsii. 70). W4 dgug-pa, v. °33’Ч hgug-pa. 53«J|'g5’ dgug-byafi, urgent call; 533’353 dgug-gshug=^4^№ dgug-<pig§ id. dgun vfa generally applied to nfidnight, but at times to noon as well. Sometimes is made equivalent to 3^' but properly speaking 53^’ signifies sublimity, loftiness and also profundity; and 3^* gun signifies tho middle part, centre. ^Y53e’^V53e' is sometimes writ- ten as ^’З^УЗ^’ I The direct sense occurs in ri mthon-pv dgufi-la $negs-pa9 a high mountain rising aloft; 53^,fi^,^^r55,5a^'?i=^5^^’53c‘' at noon, the middle of the day ($ag.). 53^’ ГЗ dgufi-khag division of time. 53^’”^ dgtift-mkhah midnight sky, 53^**^ dgufl-char=*K4 char-pa rain (Muon,). 53^’?^' dgufi-snift a year; a year of one’s life. 53^3 dguft-thig the meridian line ; 53^* dgtin thig-gi tfkyil-hkhor the meridian circle.
268 5^1 53c'3 dguft-du or 53*’’Я^Я**’4 dguft-la gpgs-pa gone to heaven, i.e., dead. 53*’435 dgun-fydun seven nights; a week. 53*X‘iq dgufi-do-nub this evening ; to- night. dgitft seated steadily without moving or leaning on any side; raised to the sky. 53**^ dgufi-nio the early night; evening; the time from 4 p.m. to 7 p.m. 53*'^Я dgufi-shag a day’s halt; halt. 53**^Л^-q dgufi-la reg-pa touching, the sky; the meridian. 53*'^ dgun-lo the age of a respectable or high personage ; ^tcu shab§- kyi dgun-lo what is your honour’s age ? 53*’a*’*^V4 dguft-lo rnthon-pa^^'^ rgan- pi an elderly person, 61 to 72 joars old (Mnon.). 5дс*Я$Ч dgufi-g$ b or 53*’5Z^ dgufi- dkyil tho middle of the sky. Vxl^j $Vun fafirc; 53V3 dgun-ka tho winter. *53^’3’3^’^ dgun-gyi rgyal-mo {Schr.; C.). 53*\§Я dgun-ni [dog the winter sol- stice : 53О’?Я’^Я dgun-ni [dog-gi thig or khor-thig the line of the winter solstice; the tropic of Capricorn. 53V?5 dgun-stod the first part of winter. 5^-qgeH dgun-hbrum winter grapes. 535'85 dgun-smad firfiiT the after part of the winter season ; 53V?5T3*rW dgun- §fnd kha dus heinanta time of snow in the beginning winter; 535’Я5,Я*’3^ time of cold, about the end of the winter {Rtsii.). 535 ^Я^ dgun-txhig$=^*\^ (dgun-du§) winter time. 535’3 dgun-zla the mid-winter months, g q qj'q zfa-tca bcu-pa, 3*^Я^ЯЧ zla-ica Ьеи-geig-pa, Д’Ч’Ч'Д^’ч zla-wa bcu-gni$-pa. 535‘3'4’^*’ dgun-zla tha-chuft нгч. the month of January-February. 53VJ’*9*’® dgun-zla hbrin-po De- cember-J anuary. 535'3'^dfun-zta ra-wa нпр?Н Janu- ary; lit. tho beginning of tho year, i.e., November-December. 535dgun-sa ТГН winter residence. S3*’4 dgum-pay fut. of *3*гч hgum- pa. 53* I: dgar crooked : 59^’53* 4 dbyib^dgur tra of crooked stature: £Я*Г3*’3**’3*Г53*’*ГСЯ*< sem$-kyi$ tshugt- kyan li($-kyi$ dgur-ma tshugs although the mind may bend, yet do not let your body bend (Rdsa.): ^*’^Я rgur-shig stoop down! 5^'5 $gur-te writhing (with pain); to bend; to submit; to humble one’s self; ^Я^’53^ & crooked-back; '53* drawn bent hands. Syn. rgur; §gur (Mnon.). S^II: many; all; '^5 ^q^-iAK hkhor-kyi dkyil-hkhor yod^ dgur yafi yod dgur signifies ^5'4'^ yod-pa kun all or all of those existing. 53*’^? dgur-hgro a snake; one of a stooping gait. 534’^ dgur-po anything crooked; a crooked man; sgur-po hump-backed ; 53^ dgur-mo a crooked woman. ^’4 I: dge-wa ^^тог, jot, 5ц:, fw, HTtJ, if, happiness, welfare, virtue; also adj. happy, propitious, virtuous: S3
269 5^3) । dge-wahi sems a virtuous mind; WVl’q* las dge-wa mi-dge-wa virtuous and evil actions; dge-wahi rtsa- wa fundamental virtues: 3^’9'Vfa some mighty act of virtue should be performed (Л. 65); dge-rtsa skyed-pa to conceive the idea of a meritorious act. There are two kinds of dge-wa, zag-bcas kyi dgc-wa and zag-med-kyi dge-wa; the former, called or M-«$, belongs to the world of desires and is sub- ject to decay; tho latter is undestructible, consisting of the enduring works of piety performed by saints belonging to the khams gon-та superior states of exist- ence. There are two other kinds of dge-wa, viz.:—hdus-byas-kyi dge-wa and hdus-ma bya$-kyi dge- wa, the former consists of works done for gain or happiness in this world; hdtin-dii byas-pahi dge-wa consists in paying reverence to and worshipping the Tathagata and the incarnate saints. may mean fasting, abstinence, as in ’the phrase dge-wa sruft-wa, to fast, to abstain from food. Also alms, charity; that which is done as a religious work. gi dge gson dge benevolences bestowed or given in one’s life time when dying; 5 dge-wa hdod-par byed ijwrerfh wishes for prosperity; у aft dge-wa la hjig-rten-pahi dge-wa daft, hjig-rten-las hdas-pahi dge-wa yod. Dge-гса are of two kinds—the worldly religious works, and the same for spiritual cul- tures ; the former consists in phar- $es-pa, appreciating or regarding one’s father or knowing him as such; mar^es-pa knowing the mother, i.e., to be grateful to her; to regard as one’s mother; dge-sbyoft-dufe$-pa to venerate or revere one as a member of the Buddhist church; bram-zer $es-pa to respect or pay homage to a Brahmap; rigs-kyi naft-na rgan-pa la rim-gro byed-pa to pay respect to the elders of a family; sbyin-pa gtoft-wa to give alms in chanty; dge-beu the observance of the ten virtuous acts; 53’5^’ hdii-qes dgu-dan the nine Samskara ; dran-pa bcii the ten remembrances. dge-skyes sfw charm; good appearance; n. of a goddess. skyon phran- bu skyon cuft-zad slightly defec- tive ; a little fault. S’Tg** dge-skyos or dge-bskyos, a supervisor or director of monks in a monastery. A sort of pro- vost-sergeant in the larger monasteries who keeps strict order and punishes trans- gressors. He is also called wq Chos- hkhrims-pa in some monasteries. Rockhill calls this officer at Kumbum the Ge-kor. Syn. 3 tse-rgod (Mnon.). Dge-rgan I: surety ; moral bail; a monk that is made answerable for the moral conduct of another who is placed under his care (Jd.). П; lit. an old man of the religious order. dge-hdun rgan-pa ordinarily signifies a school- master, tutor: <&»| both the spiritual teacher and worldly teacher. Dge-rgyas n. of a celestial region (B. ch. 6); ono of the Rupa-dhatu or worlds of form.
^•rorq | 270 Dge-rgya$ bye-та glifi n. of a monastery near Sam-ye founded by .Hirotf-sa, wife of King Khri-soft dhu* bl san. W-uvz—novice monk. 5$|’qj dge-bcu — ^Q'^ dgc-wa-bcu tho ten virtues, which are as follows:—(1) sT4!’®’ srog mi-gcod-pa, (2) « ч tna- byin-par mi-len-pa, (3) (shafts- par tpyod-pa, (4) bdon-par $mra- tea, (5) ЗчрыгЕкчр tshig hjam-por smra- wa, (G) ftag nii-hchal-wa, (7) д' q phra-ma mi-byed-pa} (8) q-^-«r&'3vq gshan-gyi nor-li ham-pa nii- byed-pa, (9) <W4’4]X\q* gshan- lignod-pahi sem$ mi-b$kyed-pi, (10) q^’q у aft-da g-pahi Ita-wa. Those arc : not taking life; not to take what is not given; to observe purity of morals; to speak the truth; to speak gently, politely; not to break a promise; not to speak slander; not to covet another’s property; not to do mischief or think of doing injury to others; to regard the purest doctrine. ’Лф dge-chu sacred water. $4*’ Dgc-chuft one of the celestial regions. dgc-chc med-pa don-dag chen-po med-pa without some im- portant object or business: if there be nothing very important to be done quickly, work accord- ing to circumstance (D. gel. 7). Dge-b^nen Buddhist devotee with only eight vows to observe. ])ge-b$nen Chot-hphel the original name of "fY J4'q$ JJbrotn-teon Rgyat-wahi hbyaft-gna$ the founder of the Buddhist hierarchy of Tibet {Grub. Я 5)* J)ge-b$nen-ma ^trrfw a female Buddhist devotee. * Dge^tnen dharma=£wfo cho§- tkyob {Schr.). dge-ktou rkycn-gsaft, ‘Й dge-bton rkyen gsan- gi mthun-hgyur leg$-$pel bya-rgyu rnam$~ khyed-raft la bkod-mtiags $fion yon-ltar. dge-ltat propitious prognostic. dgc-hthud— dge-wa hthud-pa an uninterrupted payment of allowances or endowments attached to religious offices or institutions; a connected series of pious actions or works; also the performance of some religious observances by several persons one following another: drun-hkhor-du yun-rift b$dad-pa htsho-war dge-hthudbabt daft the estimated permanent allowances to the Drun-hkhor (civil em- ployes) for food and lodging {D. gel. £). Dge-druft lha-khaft n. of a monastery in Tsang. dge-bdiin, the third com- ponent of the Buddhist triad or Vfa’ may bo rendered as “the priest- hood,” “ the assemblage,” or “the church.” •The term dge-hdun is composed of two words, S<| dge and hdun; hdun means hdod-pa desire: dge-wa~daft thar-pa tgrub-par hdod-pat na dge-bdun he is dge-hdun who longs for piety and emancipation: dge-hdun btsun^pa rnamt bsan-du gtol I beg the venerable body of monks would hear me. In this sentence dge-hdun has
271 ^•q-цс-1 the general meaning of an assembly of religious folk. There are in particular two kinds of dge-hdun*. so-sor skyebohi dge-hdun the ordinary clergy, and hphag$-pahi dge-hduu the sainted clergy. Four indivi- duals of the former class collectively, when they assemble together, form what is called Saggha-ratua dge- hdun dkon-mchog. An individual of the latter class, t>., the sainted clergy, may singly form the Saygha-ratna. The Saygha of the Mahayana School differed from that of the Hinayana School. In the Abhisatnaya of Maitreya, twenty classes of Saqgha are enumerated as belonging to the Hinayana School. The S'ravaka, Pra- tyeka Buddha, Bodhisattva and the Dhar- rnapala, who protect Buddhism, are also included in the Saygha-ratna. ^’4 rag-lu§-pa wjnftw be- longing or subject to the church ; dge-hdun-la ruii-wa suitable for the use of the clergy. dge-hdun skyes=^'^ ri-fo 1. n. of a medicinal plant; gab-nun (Min) mystic. 2. n. of a lama. dge-hdun-gyi du$ belonging to the months following autumn when the lamas perform religious medita- tions, &o. dge-hdun-gyi $de the clerical order or class of the clergy. dge-hdun-gyi dben byed- pa one who produces differences or disunion among the clergy ; to produce such disunion. Sge-hdun Rgya-mtsho n. of the Dalai Lama who died in 1851. Dge-hdun grub-pa the founder of the hierarchy of the Dalai Lama. dge-hdun bsdu-icah- phyir for the purpose of assembling tho clergy. dge-hdun phal-chen-pa the clergy of the Mahasanghika School. dge-hdun hphel n. of a Buddhist saint; pr. (Schr.; Ta. 278). *5«T^**W Dge-hdun hban§ n. pr. (Seh.; Ta. 2,127). *dge-hdun bsrun-wa tfw- n. of a Buddhist sage pr. (Sehr.; Ta. 2, 104). dge-ldan — ^Q'bfi dge-wa can possessed of virtue or of piety; pious. Dge-ldan-pa a name of the Vl’ Dge-lugs-pa sect of Lamas founded by Tsong-kha-pa. 5^95 dge-§pyod religious acts; acc. to the Bon-po 5^1'95 dge-§pyod consists in erect- ing tombs, images, caitya, painting of holy personages and printing of the sacred texts, making moulds of images of gods and saints, uttering nuintras and, generally, acquiring moral merits. dge-phrug pupil-monk; young boy trained as a novice monk. ^•q-gk’ dge-wa sbyon or dge-sbyon a religious ascetic. In this term are included all those who have taken the vows of renouncement, i.e., mjpqt; so both dge-tshul and dge-$loft are within its signification; in the Southern School only the dge-slon, i.e., the Bhikshu, can have claim to this title provided they live in conformity with the rules of the Vinaya, The qualifications of a dge-$byofi
vr^'4 I 272 are the following:—dul-pa cia& moral discipline; ^’^*rq^’ cafi (p$-p<L daft wisdom; $c/Ej txhul-khrim$ kyi phufi-po yofi$-su dag-pfr (hft purity of morals; йе hdsin-la hjug-pa $e$-pa knowing to реГ* form Samddhi or meditation. q q dge-wa $byom-pay explained S4] q gudge-wa bya§.pd don-me^-par gshan-la ^grog-pri, to trumpet or advertize one’s acts of charity ; gwq dge-wa mi-$byom$-pa Mfnwa^^QT4! to do virtue secretly, t>., without any fuss or trumpeting or advert izement. dge-tcahi dag-nid щтц for- tune; good luck. a place of piety; a pious man. V)qX’VK’2i dge-wahi dban-po, q Wf5*ra §nan-fiag mfon-brjocZ §deb-$byor gsttm-la rnkhas-pa one versed in poetry, Abhidhana, and in rhetoiic like the great poet Kshemendra of Kashmir. dge-wahi rtsa-iea tekritu-pahi b^kyed-pa one who has done some religious acts. 5<|'qrw dge-wahi la§ good actions. dge-wahi bfe§~ gnen mgu-war bya-ica ^лг(ихпт^гГ paying reverence, &c., to please a Kalya~ namitra (a Buddhist monk-scholar). dge-war gyur-cig good luck to you. 5^’9^ dge-bral devoid of vir- tue or piety. Dgc-sbyon ehcna-po an epithet of Buddha; 'fvqTtra dfJe~ sbyon It ar bcos-pa in the manner of a religious ascetic. ^ 3Сч ^1г”4 Я^ 4 dge-$byofi-du kha^-helw- wa ’ЧЯЧ-яГёПТ one who has avowed to betako to the life of a dge-$byoft or Cramana. dge-$byon byed-pa ,чнлг-^тк^т the performance of asceticism in the manner of a Buddhist Cramana: dge-§byoft byed-pahi eho$-bshi ’WiRiTwr ч’ят:, the four duties of a true Craw ana, w’hieh are as follows:—(1) ggehafi-slar mi-g$e war bya WTWEfl do not curse others though you have been abused by thorn; (2) khros-kyafi tlar-ma khro-war-bya do not be angry with others though you have been enraged by them; (3) чк5 mtzhati-brus kyan $lar-mi bru-war-bya do not commit injury to others though you have been injured by them; (4) ^«j’qvs brdeg- kyafi $lar mi-brdeg-p>ar bya sferarf^- cT^TH do not beat others though you have been beaten by them. ^•|k’W’S)^qv dge-sbyon ma-yiu-par VW not being а V| bge-$byor §5’q eho$ dge- la$ byed-pa one who has attained to a stage of holiness by religious devotion and works: q^’X mtshan-dus dge-$byor-gyi i*gyun-la cun-zad gna^-pahi tshe at night when he was absorbed in the state of pious devotion (Ya-sel. 11). dge-mar=z^^bt^un-ma 1. a Bud- dhist nun. 2, JnfvT peace. Dge-tshul яячпе generally a novice-monk; the first stage of a monk after he has taken the vow of Pratrajya or renunciation, when he has to observe-
273 thirty-d x vows before he is qualified to be ordained as a Dge-slon; as long as he is not admitted into the latter order he will continue as a Qamanera though even to eighty years old. Dge-tshul-ma a nun young or old that has not yet taken the vows of ordination belonging to the order of Bhiksuni. dge-mtshan giW^r^r, lucky omen ; also entertainment, amuse- ment or amusing; dgc-mtshan- can bearing lucky marks. Dge-gshon a young student who is studying under a tutor called dge- tgyan, who is responsible for his education, behaviour and moral training. He is required to attend, when necessary, his monk-tutor as a servant. When he is very young he is called dge-phrug, Dge-gyog boy or youth attend- ing upon a monk and who works with a view himself to enter the holy order. When he has passedthe prescribed examin- ations for admission, he gets the position of a Dge-gshon. Dge-lugs-pa. Tsong-kha-pa founded the monastery of Dgah-ldan rnam-par rgyal-wahi glin, situated on the hill called eiqqj-X’M-i ЦЬгод- ri-bo che, and resided there during the last part of his life. His school was called chot-rje Dgah-ldan-pahi lugs and vulgarly Dgah- Idan-pahi-lugs or Dgah-ldan lugs-pa, which term has assumed the form c^-^qprq Dge-lugs-pa {Grub. 5 1). Ц; £)ge-lugs-pa one belonging to the sect of Dgai-ldan-pa founded by Tsong-kha-pa. V) dge-legs or dge-гса wfl IJH, piety; good and auspicious action. Syn. bde-legs\ shi-wa; 5^’^ myan-hdas', K'Sfk* re-skon', gnam- bskros; Snon-bsags-mthu; P’l kha-rje; rab-bsnags; skal- wahiphuT, bsnags-hos; gid bshin-hgntb', bde-ivahi hbyun-gnas', rab-shi\ legs-ldan9, hun-tshogs {Mnon.). dge-legs-ean blessed; glorious. Dge-legs dpal-bzafi= Mkhas-grub rje {Schr.; Org. 105, 5). *5<| Dge-legs b^es-ghen {Sehr.; Ta. 2, 211) a good coun- sellor ; a pious Buddhist monk. Vl’-^ dge-fis^^9, ^'q^q-^’q dge-гса dan ps-pa piety and blessedness. Dge-bfes a con- traction of ^^'^^'^^dge-wahibges-gnen, a Buddhist gelong who has mastered meta- physics and the important branches of sacred literature. Monks, also, who have got the titles of Rab-hbyanis-pa, Rdo-rams-pa, &c., are by courtesy addressed with the title of V) Dge-b^es ; others who lead a pure life and are possessed of learning and good charac- ter are also generally addressed as Dge-byes, i.e., Dge-wahi b$es~ gnen. i: dge-sruft WW n. pr. {Sehr.^Ta. 2, 219). * и: {Sehr.; Bull. 1848, 292). 36
274 Dgc-glofl a Bud- dhist monk who after finishing his proba- tionary period in a monastery has been ordained into tho highest order. He has to observe 253 vows. among gelong there are two classes : para mdrtha Bhiksu and Sanwrti Bhiksu. The following seven, i.e., Buddha and Bodhisattva, Pratyeka Buddha, Arhats, such saints as on account of their pious acts will not be born again or will be born only once, thoso wrho have attained to the stage of Srotdpanna, i.e., gone on the path of Nirvdna, belong to the higher class or Paramartha Bhiksu. These or some of these while even they reside in human habitation, being possessed of divine knowledge and wisdom, continue in the class of Paramartha Bhiksu. Ordinary gelong or Bhiksu, such as wear tho yellow garments, have shaven their heads and betaken to tho life of Pravrajya or renunciation of all worldly concerns, and observe the vow belonging to the order, are called Safnrrti Bhiksu. dge-slo^-du mi-run-tca, dge-$lon ma-yin-pa ono unworthy the position of a gelong. Dge-$lon-ma firwt an ordained nun ; she has 364 vows or restrictions to observe; dge-$lon-ma sun- ph у и fi-tea one who finds fault with or slanders a Buddhist nun. dge-§lon-fin acc. to Ja. is a provincial name for the (Cedrus deodara) Deodar tree. Dge-slob-ma a pupil monk; one who is preparing himself for t>eing admitted into the higher order. 5^1 • cjgeft.-l(i, more properly ’Seflc- '5* tfgafi-la on; upon; in; at (in Ts., Ja.). dger-ica=^'4 gyo-wa to parch or fry (food); to fry pastry. dgcr~hbad—*fttW*A\ dge-wa la- hlad to exert one’s self in acts of piety; a pious man. dgyes-pa or mne$-pa or vyvn dguh-wa delighted, pleased or cheered. Dge$-pa Rdo-rje, also written as Dgye$-pa Rdo-rje, name of the Tantrik deity Пе-vajra: rnal-hbyor- gyi dicafi-phyug dgc§-pa Rdo-rje shal-gzig^- pa he saw (miraculously) the faee of the deity I>ge$-pa Rdo-rje, tho Chief of the Nabjor (J. 28). dgo-wa a species of antelope living on high mountains, Procapra pieti- caudata (Hodgson); eolloq. “go-d ” Mongol; gura. dgo-tca-ma, female of the above (Cs.): dgo-wohi rba-hi hkhru^wa ffcod tho horn of the до-d taken as medicine cures diarrhoea. + ^’^'q dgog-du phy in-pa 1. ДЩ- to become aged, 2. acc. Be#. 4 Ikog-tu phyin-pa. Syn. 3j*r« rgas-pa {Mnon.). dgog-pa abstraction: dgog-pahi §nom$-hjug ces-pa sat perfectly abstracted, being absorbed in meditation on the emptiness of all worldly things. dgon-rgyu Ha opinion. dgofi-mo or dgofi$-mo нЬч the evening; the junction of
I 275 [ the day and the night; S/Y’faphyi- dro nin-mohi mt hah the evening which is the end of the day (Rtsii.) ; evening tea ; 5^’^4 dgoti-shog evening and morning. dgoti$-$kor leave in general; also leave (from a superior official); suing some- body in a court to do him harm. адресу q dgoti$-hgal med-pa^^^' g'q^yq thugs khro-wa mcd-pa without incurring displeasure, or displeasing. dgoti$-bead judgment; deci- sion on any case or law-suit. dgotis-pa 1: 1. vb. to think, reflect, meditate, consider: 2. sbst. the act of thinking, reflection, cogitation. thug$-dgofa=^^\ wish, consideration; mnam-pa nid la dgoti$-pa to take one as his equal or as a match for him; ^r^yor^wq to think of or at other times; ч]Я’.м|’ч|^у q-^fjE^rq to think of another person; *py«r^jwq to reflect on some other object or business; ^ffwq’jgorq dgoti§-pa khrel- wa resp. khon-khro zq-wa to become angry; to take offence ; bkah-las nam-yan mi hdah-shin dgoti$-pa khrcl-wa never to be disobedient and to be angry (Ya-sel. 16): dgotis-phyogs ma-log- na if his opinion does not change. ^(|КЗГЦ II: Ywsvb. to purpose, intend; usually with termin. of the inf. ^4wqv<$w3 intended to fight. dgoti$ phyogt-ri to be partial; to act with partiality. dgons-mo—tfa'ti dgoi-mo night. ^Едгцд<ч dgotis-hbrel com- mentary. dgotis-shu to ask for leave or permission to do any thing. е^елгяч dgoti$-zab serious consideration; as very important. I: dgod-par pr. tense, v^PT, VHU to laugh; laughter. S-^/Я II; a jest; joke (&/>.); of. qsjyq bgad-pa; bde-wa la dgod-kyin hdug laughing, being in happiness ; g^i-mo dgod- kyin hdug laughing a loud laughter. dgod-yas (5]ЗД gratis) W n. of a very large number. dgod-ra “ T V^’ dgod-ra-la hkhor rnams ma htsham- par rtsod-cin (Yig. %8). +vfav dgon-dun chu-med-pahi sa-phy ogs a desert; a desolate wilderness where there is no water. dgon-pa (pr. “дот-pa”) or dgon W, qn5HTT, sist 1. wilderness; soli- taryplace, waved-leaf fig-tree. Hence 2. a vihara; a monastery, a hermitage, so called on account of its original situation in earlier times in lonely places abounding in Bodhi trees. A дот-pa should be situated at least a thousand yards distant from a village or town (K. du. <*, 30k). Later on these hermitages became converted into monasteries. Monasteries in later times assumed the size of large castles and collections of dwelling houses. Syn. ehos-kyi hdun-sa chos-kyi tshon-brdal-) klog- grbahi-gnas; mkhas-pahi
276 kbyun-gna^, cho^-kyi phur-bu; hdul-wahi-gna^ (Mnon,). 5^'qq dgon-pa-pa wn?®4> one residing in the wilderness, or in a hermitage or g'bmpa; gfcon-pa-им a female of tho above. 5^>ЧЙ dgon-gshi landed endowments of a monastery; an estate belonging to a monastery for the support of its monks. dgol (prob, for S?’! dgrol) 5f $na-re b$du$ kyafi $na-re dgol when some are collected, others disperse. dgo$-nes urgent necessity; urgently needed. dgo$-eha necessary objects; in- dispensablos. 1, dgos-hdo# necessary expenses; what is wished for as very necessary (Cs.). 2. wishes and wants: dgo$-hdod hbyun-wahi dpil a treasure out of which all wishes aud wants are met. ^’4 I: dgos-pa (goi-pa) vutspf, implies necessity and what is due or desired; to be necessary; to bo obliged or compelled; to want; to stand in need of; also where we use ‘ ought’ dgos is generally u^ed added to the verbal root, e.g., must cat: na-la dgos I want ; I stand in need of : ^'^'5’5^ ei-shig-tu dgos for what purpose did he want them ? bshens-ma~dgo§ he was not obliged to erect. In commanding, the word is used to paraphrase tho imperative of a verb: Kq’qv^N hon-war gdo$ eome! f'z., you must eome. In entreating, the respectful term is chosen: *3^’5^ hbyoii- dgos should practise good works: ^farq^ na-la gyu dgo$-pa med I have no use for the turquoise, I do not want it. и : necessary; due ; needful; useful; med-kyat dgo$- pi hi khral b$dud a tax necessary to be paid; unrelentingly exacted: «m’er^^qS’ the portion due to you: for what purpose? ^Kq^czq? being of little use; dgos-pa-med not neces- sary : dgos-pa-yin it is requisite; S’^prq mi-dgo$-pa useless; unnecessary; mi-dgos-pahi phra-men perni- cious witch-craft; ‘^’qgq’g dgo$-pahi b^lib-bya useful doctrines; 5^’95 dgo$- byed useful: don-dgo$-byed ci-hdagwhoi is there in it of useful con- tents. 53‘53 agye-dgye = ^'^'ffi4'^'^'^ mgo- rgyab-phyogs-su dgye-wa to bend the head backwards. -s dgye-wa to bend; to be curving or crooked; 53^’53'a dbyibs dgye-wa stooping ; cringing; writhing : «’^5 JA'gqj*’’ S34 ma-^dod rgydb p)hyog$-8u dgye-wa don’t wait, turn and go away: 53’53A^’gc/ *dgye-dgye-wahi braft-ma-$ton do not stretch or heave up the breast by bending or stooping backwards. 53*’53*’2'STC^'4 dgur dgur-gyi phyag htshal salutation by bending the head low. 53dgye-wo a bent man. "s ssvq dgycr-waox g|’53*’4 gludgyer- wa for gl'^yq glu len-pa to sing, chant; an expression of the Bon-po. 554’q dgyel-wa ox g^’4 §gyel-wa to fall down, tumble down. dgye$-pa (ge~pa) (elegant term) 50|q'q dgah-wa ff’US 1. to rejoice; to be
451 277 I glad; also cheerfulness: S^pvSS*’4 thugs- dgpe§-pathe heart cheered: rje-btsun Bla-ma dgyes-pahi hdsum-dkar-can the reverend lama smiled with cheerfulness. 2. to be pleased to; to choose: the Lord in walking is pleased, ?>., likes to walk. ^’53^ mi-dgyes-te sorrowful, sad, dis- comfited, dejected; angry, indignant. ’it Dgyes-pa Rdo-rje the Tantrik god called He Vajra; his other names are:—Dpal-ldan khrag hthun he-ra-ka; SSSX'it Dpyid Rdo-rje; Rdo-rje gri-gug; Xer^’^ Rol-pahi Rdo-rje; ЗГ^'1 Kye Rdo-rje (Mnon.). dgyes-pahi rdo-rje. rgyan-kyi §nin-po (Schr.; Td. 2, 192, 275) n. of a Tantra work. dgyes-shal cheerful countenance: туиг-гсаг dgycs shal dno§-mjal shu chog-pa may soon be permitted to have an interview ; may meet or see your cheerful countenance soon. dgyes-su hjug-pa to bend; to double down (Sc7l), v. dge-ica. 551 dgra (da) also S3’X dgra-wo ftg, enemy; foe; hchi-dgra mortal enemy; ЧГ5Э sdah-wahi-dgra the hating enemy, opp. byams-pahi-дпеП) the loving friend; da-dgra or da-ltahi dgra present enemy; g’^2J sfia-dgra former enemy; B’SHJ phyi-dgra a future foe; more properly the outer enemy, i.e.y an ordinary enemy, not the inner foe; also a foreign enemy. Syn. ^'§5 sdafi-bycd; hkh^n- hdsin; b$es mi-byed; mdsah bra I; mdsah-mcd; pha-rol-po; phyir-rgol; phas-kyi rgol tva; dgra-zla; hgran-zla; ^’§5 hkhu-byed (Mnon.). dgra-khan an enemy’s house or camp. dgra-gafc=A’^ wa-gam WIM; a dome, a turret built on the top of a castle. Dgra-fian bad or ungene- rous enemy; a name of the king of the Kaurava, son of Lhrtarastra. Dgra-bcom-pa dgra-Ьсот tshar-wa one who has subdued his enemy; one who has subdued his inner enemy (that brings on sufferings) and by practising religion becomes an Arhat of the Mahayana School. The Arhat of the Mahayana School is he who has attained to the first stage of Bodhisattva perfections. An Arhat of the Tantrik School is one who has attained to the fourth order in the five orders of the Tantrik • School, i.e., rdsogs rim-gyi rim-pa bshi-pa. Dgra-bcom-pa gsod-pa killing of an Arhat or Buddhist saint. dgra-chas the equipments of war; weapons; arms. dgra-hjoms one who has subdued his enemy; subduing the enemy. dgra hjoms-pa killer or subduer of one’s enemy. * dgra-nams (Schr.; Ka- lac. T. 110) destruction of the enemy. dgra nams-par gyur-cig (let the enemy be destroyed or in- juriously dealt with).
278 531'^ dgra-bo (da-o) enemy: “<4^4**ST ^•ууапиЕг, ^’^52] sw-svs^, ад-й-дк^у^'^ to whatever enemy one does good with an unruffled mind, even to him all tho enemies also will show reverence. S31'$ dgra-lha the war-god. 53 dgra-lha dpafi-bstod hymns to the war-god; religious sendee for tho war-god. 52Г? dgra-^ia xroj an axo tho blado of which is semi-circular; a sector-like disk ; a weapon of war. Syn. ?$ta-re ; 52Г? dgra-$ta; tho-wa (Mfion.). 52Tf’^ dgra-^t'i-can frightful. dgra-^ta-wa one who holds the axe (such as Paras'ur&ma). УЗГУТ4 dgra-dag-pa fH^JTcK giving pains; taking vengeance on an enemy. 52J'X°< dgra-rdd (Rtsii. 51.). dgra hdul-wa to sub- due an enemy. dgra-wo gdun-wa JrsFflU, f^4- ’НЧ one who has destroyed his enemy; lit. foe-paining. 53Г§УЧ dgra-byed-pa, dgra [dafi- wa, laft-wa to act in a hostile manner. 55’^ dgra-zon always on guard; careful. S3T3 dgra-zla (53'^ 3 ^ dgra-bohi zla bo) rival; opponent; adversary. dgra-yi khyim (Schr.; Kalac. T. 187) the enemy’s house. yU'WjoTA dgra-la$ rgyal-wa ftraifk, triumphant over an enemy. 53dgoa-$ag$ a substitute in cattle supplied for killing another’s horse, yak or sheep, etc.: if you cannot give a substitute do not call Die by my name. $gra $lon-wa to search for one’s enemy. dgra-gsod dpah-wo dkar-po — ^'^ да-bur <5x camphor (Sman. 107). dgrad-рт. (da-pa) spread. УД dgrwi-zla (dan-da) = 53 3 dgra-bo or dgra-zli enemy; adversary; rival; foe (ДГио».). 53яч dgram-pa (dam-pa) fut. of hgrem-pa me-iog dgram-pa W4- flowers to be strewn; 53*** dgram$ that which is to be arranged or sot out. dgrar scm$-pa hdsin-pa to look upon ono as an enemy. dgrofi-pa resp. of ^*4 fi-wa to die; da dgrofi-gin hdug now ho is dying. Мкч dgrol-wa, fut. of hgrol-wa to set free; also free-will; ггёыгчуф! bcin^dgrol a knot or tio loosened. bgag-pa pf. tense of hgegs-pa, bgag^-su gyur-pahi (cha bshag-pa) rag lu$-pa settled or decided upon obstructing or hindering, opposing, etc.; fam-sogs bgags-pa sfaw obstructed the road. bgad-pa to laugh; a laugh; ч^уЙ*ч^уц bgad-mu bgad-pa id. cf. dgod; bzhad-gad ^nr^vrfn a smile; laughter. bgam-pa to eat; to gobble; to throw into the mouth. It bgegs ^ч|ч gegs a demon. ^‘чР’><|ГЛ’ЗЦц'ф*г315 bgegs-la
I 279 ^№4 gaft-zag daft-gaft zag-ma yin-pa giiis-yod the bgegs are of two classes, those mortal and those spirit-like; these cause hinderance, obstruction. bgegs-kyi rgyal- po vi-na-уа-ка, Ganes'a, the remover of obstacles, the leader of the Qana—class of demons. II: fra hinderance; obstacle; bgegs-kyi rgyal-po is the chief of the evil spirits who are of 80,000 different kinds. Some cause heavy rains, hail storms, etc., to injure the crops; some bring on famine and so on. bgegs-kyi bdag-mo a goddess. bgegs bag-pa s]X5’4^ gnod-pahi hdre§ $g rib-pa-la bdi-lo bgegs bag-pa min-na ehuft-wahi hjam-pa tsam- hdug-ruft (Rtsii.), bgegs byed-pa sfwre, fiwnc that which causes obstruction; to cause obstruction. bgegs sel-wa; skyonsel- wa to remove obstruction, calamity, disease, epidemic, &c.: nan-lam shags-miyoft-wahiched-du bgegs- sel performed some religious ceremonies that no mishap may occur on the way, etc. (Rtsii. 65). Ьдо-skal so-sohi-eha нтзт, <пп< VcTO portion ; a kinsman or claimant. 1. iXB’WiJ’ctffjX'aj the portion or lot on account of one’s former acts; also share, lot. 2. the doctrine of strict retribution. bgo-skal-la sbyod-pa nan-gis gaft-thob pahi- ikal-ua de~la $pyod-pa) ^RTK-^rarf to enjoy one’s own share. I: Ъдо-wa w clothes ; clothing; bgo-wa daft bzah-wa food and clothes (Ja.). qSj’A II: 1. to put on clothes, pf. imp. bgo$; lham-rtag-tu bgos always wear shoes. 2. suhst. apparel, etc. : bgo-tea nan-pa III: fut. of bgod-pa. bgo-bya dividend; the number or quantity to be divided. b Ьа-gam also the parapet on the roof of a house; a square turret от castellated room on the top of a castle : $4’^’ “ it is applied to a building four-cornered in shape with an edge of crockets on the top.” bgo-bqa—bgo-bgah or «йрЧ4* bgo-skal, fffWTT, bgo-bgah byed-pa to distri- bute, allot, apportion. Often also qSjv4 bgod-pa, fut. pf. bgo$ WV, to divide; nor-bgo-wa to divide property; to divide in ciphering а 5ЗД grafts number; to distribute into shares; among people. A^'q-q bgod-pa-po the divider; bgod-byed divisor. bgod-ya$ 1. protection. 2. n. of a number (8. Lea.). bgod-ra apportionment ; share : naft-zan gtan §dod rnam§-la $%om§-brdad yeft-yoft-wahi bgod-ra byed divide every-
280 thing (that is left over) equally among the permanent residents of the family, &e. (Rtsii. 61). bgom-bya хщ way; road. bgom$-pa ^r^f, nth, also «tfprq b gom-pa, to walk, to step, to stride, to pace : stepped over the threshold, ч^яч^ч to pace; to walk slowly, q^ bgor, supine of bgo-wa. q^4 ^gor-wa or hgor-wa (CsT)', qiw^43fjX lani-du hgor to linger or loiter in the way; delay. qqjE^’q Ьдуап$-ра, v. Jc4 rgyon-гса. bgyid-pa, pf. «дц bgyi$, fut. bgyi, imp. SN gyi$. Is elegant form of TOT: 1. to do; to act; to perform. 2. to make; to manufacture: the images regarding which there had been said, ‘make them,’ i>., the bespoken, ordered images (Ja.). wqjfrq to do a work; q^4^Y^‘4gX according to order, it will be done; to act the disciple ; to be a disciple. й'о|’«т]^чч§^ J have hurt the man; I have done him harm; make, bring it about, that a child bo (bom) : д*г2|ч] rgyal-po та-nor gyi§ gig see that you do not let tho prince escape; ^ч§ч the so-called (Ja.). 43N Ъдуч 2^, a deed, act. ^yer-wa, past, of hgyer- era, ч*гХч] ejaculating ; chanting : 4|Nq’g4j*rg'?4^Yqv accordingly in the chanting of the Mantra, there was some mistake (Л- 66). nqpv bgraii to number; figure. bgrafi-rtogs n. of a very great number (Ya-seL 57). qjp.4jq bgrafl-hphyes n. of a great num- ber; чдсч^м bgrafi hphyo$ n. of a great number occurring in the passage Ч^ч^м* ч^ч^цчч^цч bgrafi-gphyot bgran-hphye$- la b$gre$-pa (Ya-sel. 57). kgrafi-bphrefi WnHMT, 9ПГНКЙГ rosary-beads. qgc/q bgrafi-wa *rfw to number, count, calculate: hphraft-wa bgrafi-wa bya should count the beads of his rosary. b graft-wa у aft трципНч even counting. bgraft-bya what may be numbered; numberable—years, time. bgraft-yal low; n. of a great number (S. Lex.). q^x^fa’ bgraft-yol 4^4 that cannot be measured: чадч^м bgraft- yol gni$ dan mi-mjal gni$ (Ya-sel. 57). qjwq bgrafy-pa Д capable of being counted. чд^цч’^ч^ч bgrafi$-pa la hda^-pa 7П5- that is past counting. гЯК’Ч bgra$-pa=Y gdafts-pa to open wide ; й^ч^ч mig-Ъgrad-pa to stare ; to goggle ; kha-bgrad-pa to gape; rkafi-pa bgrad-pa to part the legs wide; to straddle. 2. to scratch (Sch.), spelt more correctly hbrad-pa (Jd.). bgram-pa W separated; anxious. qf]«rq bgril-wa to fall down; to drop down: spt/arqljai fell into the abyss {Situ. 74).
281 bgrun-wa or £(/nd?$, = ^W dbafis-su bcug-pa to strain; to depu- rate ; Ц chu-yi rfiog-ma dvafis-su bcug-pa to strain the impurities out of water. bgrud-pa, pf. bgrus, fut. to clear of husks; to shell; Q5^' bgru$-pahi hbras husked rice. -s qgj’q bgre-wa resp. ч r gas-pa or *3*1 bgreSy old; grown in age. Syn. ’^’4ргч па-so rga§-pa old; sqj^rq bgre$-po; JjV2! rgad-po or ^'5 rgau-po (Mnon.). 4HF’ bgreft occasionally for 1. ^’4 sgefi-wa; 2. чдс’ч bgrafi-iva. bgrcn-phrefi отчит^т a rosary to count the names of saints, Buddhas, &c. чз;уч bgren-pa (den-pa), v. ч?]уч £#ген- pa (Sch.), bgro (do) ЗлЪг a song. s3j‘gj^4 bgro-glcn~pa=gros-byed- pa to argue, discuss: khon-gi grbc-pa mkhas-shig lha-rje-la bgro-gleg byed-du by un-st e one of his learned scholars having come to confer with Lharje (Deb. 8). ЧУ’П bgro-wa (do-ica) (pf. bgro$), resp. bkah-gro$ with 8)^*4 glen-a: a 1. to argue, discuss, confer with, consider: she§ phan-tshun-du bgros- na§ thus mutually discussing; ji-ltar-bya shes bgro§-na$ deliberat- ing what they should do. 2. to resolve, decide. Ьдго-wahi khan-pa — I4*’4 glu-dbyan$-kyi khan-pa the stage; a music booth. ^5^ 4 bgrofi-wa (dofi-wa)^^*^ bgran- wa to count (<7a.). °?S bgrod (doi) 1. progress; gait (Schr.; Kalac. T 25); going. 2. it also signifiesthe number 2 (Rtsii.). чфуу^’ч bgrod-dkah-ica difficult progress; difficult to pass; bgrod-dkah- wahi guas a wilderness; a place or desert which is difficult to traverse; q$S’ УЛ^ч^я bgrod-dkah-wahi lam a difficult passage; an inaccessible path. а^'Я <rrfir, 1. to walk; to get over; wander: ч^уогы^ bgrod-la-phan is useful in getting along. ‘ЧЯ’л^уч lam- bg rod-pa to travel over; to get through : ф'Q?yqvy»|4’q chu-bgrod-par dkah-wa a river difficult to cross. 2. declination ; ; ni-ma Iho-bgrod the sun’s going to the south; the sun’s south declination ; byan-bgrot} the sun’s north declina- tion ; 45y^r<ify*i bgrod-du§ gni§ both declinations; 9У^У^’ч5уч bud-med-la bgrod-pa to lie with a woman (Cs.). bgrod-bya (doi-ja) WM a road in general; met. a woman (Mnon.). bgrod-ya$ walking; a mover (Lex.). bgrod-lam 1. a road; passage. 2. met. the female organ (M^on.). bgros (doi) = bkah-gro$ con- ference, consultation (Situ. 75); bgro^an bya§ made conspiracy; hold- ing unlawful conference: у ail san-niu khon-gnis kyi$ bgros-йап byas-pas (Rdsa. 14) again yesterday both of them held evil confer- ence. wgar the work or craft of a smith; gser-mgar goldsmith. 37
^\’CJ I 282 ЭД тпдаг-khan or rngar-sa smith}'. Mgar-khri sgra-dsi thun\ и. of a celebrated minister of Tibet. mg ir-tpyod (gar-choi) the practice or craft of a smith. mgar-wa ^hwnc, Sirr, чгц^ктх blacksmith; one of low caste. Syn. ?4j4’ql q kags-bzo-pa ; g^'w^vq leag^w.gar wa\ mtshon-cha- mkhan ; ^'л’^ rdeg-cha-Ynkhan \Д1поп.). ^Д]4^'Д)34q Mgar-rtsan gnah Idom-ba n. of the celebrated minister Gar of Tibet, who was sent to China to negotiate for the marriage of the daughter of emperor Than Tai-tsung with his master king Sroil-btsan $gam-po. ЯЧрГЛ mgal-wa jaw; jaw-bone; «г«Др1 ya-mgal the upper jaw-bone; *дрГ4 mgal- wa or ini-rngil the lower jaw-bone. In colloq. both jaws together are called ** w'qJ yu-b mi-le. ыдрг®Д| mgal-chag a broken jaw-bone; *Дргд5 mgal-bud a dislocated jaw-bone. «дрг^* mgal-dum a large piece of wood split or cut, or half burnt. mgal-pa or *дрг<г hg d-p / a billet of wood. ядргй mgal-w> fire-brand; torch consisting of long chips of wood. unjoi’^'q^fk-q mgal-ny bskor-ica to whirl round a fire-brand. mgal-mchi hkhor-lo a circle of light produced by whirling round a fire- brand. (j3 (Schr.; Kalac. T. 3). L satisfied]^. mgu-wa mw?H, 1. to rejoice; to be glad, joyful, content; *3'^* mgu-nqs delighted: *3’4$’ mgiL-wahi Ian ma-byufi did not receive a gratifying or satisfactory answer. 2. to exhilarate; to gladden; to make content. S4^’S34 dgah-dgtt-u'ci, «sC.’q dgah-dgu ran-wa, *q’q’S'4 mgu-wa bya-wa ’tfnrawr are frq. intensive forms to express joy or exultation in the older classics. Syn. VT*’4 (fgah-wa (Mnon.). mgur 1.==*3’4*ч rygu-war. 2. W throat; neck; that which eomes out of the *5^ юдиг is called a *5^ я mgur-ma, a song: t'q^’^*^ *5^ rje-btsun mi-lahi mgur tho venerable Hila’s songs. 3. voice; *5*’^ 4 mgur-snan-pa, sweet voice; harmo- nious voice. 4. song, air, melody; hence a religious song. Used as honorific form for Я, especially in Milarapa, each of tho doctrinal ditties in that work being preceded by the words he uttered this song. mgur-chu, mchod rten-gyi bum-gdan tho pedestal on which the cupola of a chaitya rests. *3^ *1^** q mgur-du gsunt-pa anything sung or put into verse. * 3*Лв mgur mgul-rgyan ornament worn round the neck (Mfton.). rngur-hbum the hundred thou- sand sacred songs; name of one of Mila- ra§pa’s two great works, which are both interwoven with numerous religious songs. * 3^’4 wigur-sho or й’4 se-wa 24; of the weight of 24 rattee; a weight equal to 7j (§kar-ina
283 mgur-bsal-wa 1. to deliver a song with emphasis. 2. to clear the throat; to hawk; to hem (Ja.). * 3^ тдит-lha a god of hunting with the Mongol Shamans (&Л.). mgur-lha mched-bshi the four brothers (sylvan gods) from whom the four great tribes of Tibet are said to have originated. зге, irtar, neck; throat; resp. for mgrin-pa\ nig и I-du hdogs-pa to tie, fasten on the neck, e.g., magic objects; ran-gi mgi<l-pa gcod-pa to cut one’s own throat; to commit sui- cide, suicidal; «g^rq’^r^g^q ^gui-pa nu§ hkhyud-рл to fall on a person’s neck; to embrace; sjgera'^VA^’q or to seine by the throat. Syn.”^ §ke; ^J^q mgrin-pw; ядя mgur; mgo-rten ; rngo-hdsin ; resp. frq)5j$rq ri-mo gsum-pa; dun- hdrahi mgrin ; g*rqqwjor^ lum-pahi mgul- can (Mnon.). mgul-glu, resp. Д glu, ^<5д,я?г Tshan§-dbyans rgya mtshohi mgul-glu, n. of a work of the second Dalai Lama T4ian-dbyan§ rgya-mtsho. mgul-rgyan neck- lace ; a neck ornament. Syn. mgrin-pihi rgyan, <3 mgur-na spa; skehi-rgyan; *4д°г q5’j^ njgiil-pihi-rgyan (Mnon.). mgul-snon = mgrin-snon 1. he with a blue neck. 2. a peacock. '^y|Vq mgul-chin dkar-pa a white neck-cloth. tngul-chun a small amulet wo:n on the neck* mgal-dar or dpah-dur 1. a silk scarf tied round the neck as a badge of honour. 2. the shoulder of a moun- tain ; gyon-mgid na on the left slope (Ja.). mgul-gdub ^4 the neck- bangle or necklace worn by the Indians. *^4’<YS mgul-nad disease of the throat. wprqrhj^ mgul-pahi-rgyan^9^'^ mgul- rgyan or mgrin-pahi rgyan (Mnon.). емдчЛя nigiil-rih a long neck. nigehu same as mgohu, v. w/70. I: mgo ftn?., the head: mgo-hjog-pas lus-q '8 by the movement of the head the body is known; mgo-la mc-hbar-wd [ta-bu as if glowing with fire on his head. mgo- rus жчтчГ the hoad-bone; frontal bone; myo lon-bu Ita-bu a head like that of an ass: H'|p'^5 wgO’Sgyur slog-slog bsdad-hdug he sat (at times) bending his head (Rdsa.). 1. summit, height, top: tOpg were covered with snow. 2. first place; principal part; ^‘§5‘q mgo-byed-pa to lead; to command ; to be at tho head of; 55‘flt^q dicu-mdsad-pa to inspect, look after, superintend, control: g«^xr|-^-5<4]-g5*q4'^’Wq bu-mo shig-gis mgo-byed-pahi mi-man-po a number of (labouring) people were superintended by a girl (tho farmer’s daughter) (Jii.). 3. beginning: gros-mgo the begin- ning of a consultation. ^g^ q nigo- hdsug-pa to begin: bod sdug-pahi mgo-hdsug that was the beginning of the misfortunes of Tibet;
5^| 284 brtun-gyi ^kgid-mgo d<-mi$ txhugs with this my constant good fortune commenced; lo-rngo h at the beginning of the year; mgo-na$ from the beginning. 4. in grammar a super'Cribed s, et?; л] ra-wtgohi kt; *i к with r superscribed; de-rnam$ bas-phul sa-rngohi k'lho these are the words beginning with ч «л] к (Jaty III: n. of a constellation (the oth^ consisting of stars resembling the head of an antelope. Syn. ri-dbag$-ingo\ m(jo-$kycs; $mal-po\ 8 zh-$kye$ 5JS мдо-ккн! the brain. «¥•5^ mgo-dkgH colloq. crown of the head; vertex. mgo-$kor imposture, deceit: 5 bdud-kyi mgo-skor d^ fat- ini-hdod I detest these diabolical tricks pA. . njgo-skor-u’tt to cheat, swindle, confuse; mi-mgo ma-$kor do not cheat people. *^’55'4 nigo dgu-tra=^*<b dgur-wa-=. q dgu-ua. mgo-skya a gray head; n gn-sky(t-((tn a gray-headed pers3n. mgo-§kye^ v. mgo hi. mgo-§kyc§ dkar-ira=^'4 rggaii-pti or rgyi§-pa an old man; gray hairs (Mnon.)". 5mgo-$kyon or rpgo-hdren a protector; patron. mgo-$kyob-=W*\ r mog a helmet. ^ 0 vngo-khra (go-tha) scald-head. mgo-mkhregz-ctin (go-theg- ehen} obstinate, pertinacious, stubborn, esp. in buying and bartering; selfish; bargain- ing; haggling. mgo-rgyan 1. head ornament 2. n. of a place in Tibet. мдо-lji yog-pt *p5s3uft a heavy head. mgo-ilal hair of the head. rngo-nog bewildered, confused; troublesome: da-re^-kyi bytt-wu hdi-mgo nog work at these times is very troublesome (tydsa. 26). mgo-mnam-gsum the three things of simultaneous occurrence; they are :—(1) hchi-wa dran- pt rgyud-l:t $ky $-p t the thought of death arising in the mind ; (2) & tshi-hdi blo$-thon$-w(t renouncing of worldly affairs; (3) chos-bytd-pa to practise religion. The contrary of the three are the following:—(!) mi-hchi-$“tam-pa the thought that one will not die ; (2) 2'4^ tuhe-hdi-bi hthams-pa to remain attached to worldly affairs; (3) §dig-pa byed-pt com- mission of sin (Lo. 1/5). rngo-b^nttn stiff- neck. mgo-btugs shu-ica to seek protection under one who is superior to himself; to seek refuge under such. mgo-rtug-chod-jyi one who can give decided advice. 5^ mgo-rtan that on which the head rests, i.e.y the throat or mgo-hdsin that holds the head; the neck (Mnon.). mgo-stofi a giddy-headed man; an idiot; one who cannot think for himself.
285 *4 З4! = hdra-hdra an equal, a match, a rival. яЗуУ^ mgo-thod top or crown of the head; on the summit. я^*У^*ч nigo-thon-pa one who by his own ability can direct others. я^рУя'ч mgo-hthom-pa confounded. ^0-Affo»-jt>7=^^'§V4 mgo- hdren byed-pa to favour, preserve, make safe: 5*1 Ч all the properties of four Upasakas he caused to be kept secure (Л. 22). я^Л тдо-па headache. mgo-nan, У*ГЯ thog-ma ЭДН first, foremost. я^’^ч] mgo-ibug the head together with the moat of a slain goat, sheep or yak, &c. я^'ц mgo-wa f>T<: the head. [я^'У w^o-6o = UJ<'qq1^^4] yan~hg mehog the chief of the limbs of the body (Шоп.) : Я^’У Й S) 5qc.’W*R§4 he who has a round head resembling an umbrella becomes a lord of men. я^У mgo-wo spyi-ther-wa a bald- head. jq-^qg^ xngo mi-b§gyur и srh'Hl^ does not change his residence or head- quarters. «tffЗгчрУч] mgo-mo-gyog head-cover. я^я'чя’«fyq mgo-smos-pa§ до-гса=§^ *5’ чр ч citn-zad fab-pa tsam~kyis до- ма to easily perceive the meaning from a slight movement of the head. я^'Уч, mgo-tsog round protuberant head: on the heads of whatsoever things that may be round. я^чй^ mgo-hdsin fipftftfx the head of an office, or work-leader. ^4g4j-q mgo-hdsug-pa to begin (a work or subject, etc.). Я’Зга’А mgo-zla-wa Hnrfrn?., яМзйч November-December of Indian calendar. The eleventh month of the Tibetan calendar. я^'^я mgo-zlum (go-dttm) or я^Л4! mgo- reg ^чзч, sra Ши, qfwK shaven head, also round bald-head; a Buddhist monk; mgo-zlum-gnas a place where the shaven heads reside ; a monastery; я^’дя'ч mgo-zlum-pa a shaven head ; a monk. ЯЯ(§Я’ЯЯ^Ч| mgo-zlum lam-nag— $gra-g.can тг? the sounding planet; a comet (Шоп.). ^4* mgohn-chun with a small or no h^ad; the running-hand character of Tibet, яч[ч]П)Ч|ч тдо-дуод-ра=Ц^'Ц bsfas-ptt or я^-^Х wigo-skor to cheat, deceive; я^р ч]й?ч|'я^^Х'3‘чд*05 wgo-gyog mgo-skor-gyt bslu-khrid to rob one by deception or cheating. я^ч| W0o-r/q7=«^34|'4jqj g^'q mgo-gug gug byed-pa to bend the head; to bow down the head: ja-wur hdren-pahi nt go-rug byed-pa he made obeisance presenting tea and treacle. я^р$с.ч5 mgo-lin-can $in a tree ; = ячуч55'ч mg о hdan-pa shaking the head as a signal or from illness. я^Лч| tngo-reg or яч(дч]^ tngo-bregs Bud- dhist monk. mgo-lhag phyed-pa огя5р|яя’ §5’q mgo-SHom§ byed-pa to make all equal; not to make any invidious distinction bet- ween parties; to deal evenly: чяя'«5'я^'^ч|‘ §5’qv^'^N thams-cad mgo Ihag-phyed-par- gyis she§ thus commanded, all behave fairly among yourselves (A. 115). S mgon-dkar yid- bshin nor-bu (Schr.; 77 A.).
mgon-po according to some grammarians the word mgon is an abbreviation of tho words mgo-hdrcn hdre being eliminated), signifying итц protector, patron, principal, master, lord, tutelary god; so the word is applicable to Buddha, saints, and also ordinarily to any protectors and benefactors in general. When »tfp\-q occurs as a proper name it denotes either Buddha or Aval okites'vara or MahAdova. Among the mgon-po are also classed Gaues'a, the Dikpala or guardians of the world and of Buddhism, besides many other spirits who are repre- sented as possessing four, six, and some- times eight anus. This class of gods is also numerous in both tho Tantrik and Bon pantheon. mgon-po shal-bshi phyag bco-brgyad the Lord with four faces and eighteen arms. Sambhara (q^'5iXq|) of tho Bon-po has throe faces and six arms. In Buddhist India there wore worshipped three Natha ИПТ, or 3 mgon-po, viz.:—(1) JJbab- S^gS mgon-po the spirit invoked to ins- pire one by entering one’s body ; (2) Nag-po mgon-po \\\c black-spirit; (3) q Bram-z:> mgon-po the Brahma natha, i.e., Brahma na’s spirit (7Г. dun. 50), Mgon-po gri-gug n. pr. .Schr.). ^•q^^’gqq^q тдзп-ра rta-nag can ph gag bshi-pa (Schr.). ♦ Mgon-pa $tag-shon (Schr.; 87 J.). 54^-q Mgon-po Spyan-ra^ gzigs=Hphag$-pa Spyaii- ra§ the patron Lord Ava- lokites'vara (Mnon.). * Mgon-po phyag-drng-pa (Schr.). * «tffo-Ercpq’q^’q Mgon-po phyag-bshi-pa (Schr.; 81 C.). * w^-Er^ Mgon-po Вей (Sehr.; 85 C.). * Mgon-po brani-gzug$ n. pr. (Schr.). * Mgon po mi-pham-pa wfaRt- htu (Schr.; Ta.' 2, 111) [invincible Lord] S. Mgon-po hod-dpag med чНщггн lit. immeasurable light; an. of tho 4th Dhyani-Buddha. * Mgon-po shal-gcig (Schr.). * 54^ q Mgon-po shal-bshi (Schr.). ♦ Mgon-po legs-ldau (Schr.; (Org. m. 110, 20). mgoii-mans many patrons or defenders of religions; many small pyra- midal sacred erections (Cs.). mgon-nwd unprotected, helpless; Mgon-mcd za$-$byin wnnr-fqi^< n. of a certain house-holder who accommodated Buddha in tho Jota- vana grovo of S'ravasti. He was the chief house-holder devotee of Buddha. Мдоп-Шип phyahi gron-khyer n. of a city in the paradise of the Bon-po. wigyogs-hgro horso, wind. Syn. 5^' rlun; 5 rta (Mnon.). mayogs-hgrohi brim, met. for rta-yi &rn$, horso-dung (Sman. 186). ^351^ mgyog§-pa fas, 5ТПИ, cjuf adj. and adv. rapid, swift, quick; speedily: < q ^5jr рад • by quickly going the horso and the elephant become prostrate; by slowly walking the donkey travels round a kingdom. In modem works and colloq. as adj. and as the adv. are the commoner forms.
287 I mgyogs-pa dri-ldan, ^in-kun assafoetida (Sman 109). мдчцгчя mgyogs-por quickly, speedily, soon. mgyogs-lam a straight, short way ; rkyan-mgyogs, v. rkaft, a short-cut; su-mgyogs a race; a running-match (Jd.). e\ w^nn-<S/h/^ = 3'53A^ №" dbyans song; music (Mnon.). mgrin-sfton Mahadeva; he with a blue neck; tho peacock- When the ocean was churned by the gods and the A suras, there came out the sun and moon and then Laksmi the goddess of wealth and fortune, and afterwards nectar was the result. Lastly came forth a pot of poison which would have destroyed the world. The God Mahadeva out of compassion for all living beings of tho world, himself drank the potion, in conse- quence of which his neck turned blue. Syn. Lha-dwaft-phyug; r ma-by a (Mnon.). mgr in geig-tu with one voice ; unanimously. Mgrin-bcu a name of Havana, King of Ceylon and the son of Pulasta. mgrin-bcuhi dgra-bo, */« (5 Rgyal-po Ramana, King Rama (Mftoni). mgrin thun-wa a short neck, throat, or voice. mgrin-ldan, <H<tw the cuckoo or Indian koel. Syn. H’34! khn-byug. e\ mgrin-pa (din-pa) яп^т, faftfw, the neck; mgrin rin-wa a long neck. Syn. дге-гса; ™gur; mgul- pa; mgo-rten; mgo-hdsin*, Я( §ke; ^*3r4]5j«-q ri-mo gswm-pa; dun-hdrahi mgrin; bwn-pahi mgul-can the last three are used in polite language (Mnon.). д)’Ц gre-ua is a corrupt form of the Sanskrt word ятЫт grlvd (Li<p). m grin-pa-can peaked mountain. mgrin-pa btegs raised head (as if out of panic or alarm). mg rm-pa rab-rin = khrun-khrun the stork (Mnon.). яд^чя* mgrin-pahi rg у an = mgul rgyan or^’^’J^ §kye-yi rgyan neck- lace (Mnon.). mgrin-pahi sgra voice. mgrin-pahi phyogs, srj the mouth [the collar-bone] 5. ыдз>'чя*$г mgrin-pahi rtsa the root or base of the neck. яд^-сй'^сг mgrin-pahi rluft breath. mgrin-dmar red-throat; n. of a bird. mgrin-mdsez a hand- some neck; Mgrin-bzan n. of the friend and general of Rama in his exile. лдуцзЕ; mgrin-bzaft one with a loud, clear voice. * rpgrin-bzan-ma (Schr.; 92 Д,). mgrin-bzan btsun-mo 1. n. of a goddess. 2. = gi-wan n, of concretion found in the brains of elephants or stomach of oows (Sman. 94); a bright yellow pigment. V!l*r4Ts Mgrin-$non zla-wahi rtog$-brjod n. of a Tibetan romance con- taining 133 block-print leaves, composed
288 by Lama Blo-bzaft B§tan-pahi rgyal-mtshan of Tbhor-phu in Tibet. I: mgr on (don) is also sometimes wrongly spelt as hdron wfhfa, feast, treat, banquet, entertainment, resp. §ku-mgron; $ku-gron hbnl-wa to entertain; rngron- 11 h*>od~pa, resp. « mgron-da spyan-hdren-pa to invite to an (ntertainment; to regale, treat (7Г. du. fl, ,<?7). II: in Buddhism signifies object <t invocation; and any person ’nvokod is called mgron-pa. The latter aro of lour classes:—(1) 5^**? 5 dkon- ny hog srid shuhi mgr on the holy ones form the object of invocation in the world. The holy ones are:—Buddha, Dharma, Sangha, one’s lama (Guru) and one’s tutelary deity : (2) mgon-po yon-tan-gyi mgron, the Nat Jia who are a class of fearful deities, the celestial Dakmi, the Dharmapdla and the guardian gods of Buddhism; ^3) . VI r>g$-drug $nin-rjfhi rngron the six classes of animate beings such as human beings, gods, demons, the animal kingdom, the Preta or ghosts, and the hell-beings ; (4) ydon-bgegs im-chags-kyi mgron; here the invoked are 3G0 demons adled Gdon and 80,000, evil spirits called Bgeg$. These do mischief to all living beings on account of their own misdeeds of a former existence. It is necessary to invoke such and to appease them by offerings. According to the Bon- po there are chiefly two kinds of mgron, is., objects of invocation:—(1) a person or deity invoked for worship; (2) a person invoked out of compassion (D.R.). mgron-khafi a house for the accommodation and temporary board of guests, strangers, &c. mgron-gyi hphrin-skyel by a; 5’ Jf’’) by a $kya-ka the mag-pie (ДГлоп.). mgron-gher or mgron-bu hbod-pa to invite or call a guest; mgron-bu gntr-wa lit. the receiver of guests; an officer whose duty it is to introduce others to the king or to the great lamas of Tibet. He is also called yar-gsal shu-mkhan, he who communicates the wishes or mandates of a superior person to an applicant. n mgron-du hgro-гса to go to an entertainment; ’^$5 a feast; a tea party ; a treat with beer or wine. mgron-po wfafa, ono newly come ; a guost. Syn. gsar-du hofi-гса; Д glo-bur hofl~wa; mgron-du hon-ica (Jt[non.). mgron-po bo$-pa to call or invite a person. mgron-bu thal-ica name of a medicinal drug which is alleged to stop bleeding; it is useful in fracture and sores. hgag 1. obstruction; stoppage; yid-hgag 'want of appetite; «fa4*!4! gein-hgag also c<q]4l hgag strangury. 2. a place or spot that has to be passed by all that proceed to a certain point: zam-pahi hgag-tu hgug-na rku-ma hdsin-thub a thief may be arrested if you be on the look-out for him in the passage of a bridge; ’W’jAopi the place on Pal-hbar mountain where there is a narrow passage ; аГзд1<1 tgo-hgag the door of the house because through it
289 all that enter or leave have to pass; p-Rqq kha-hgag the month, through which everything must pass that is eaten; fig. wwg'q^'Rqq thar-lam-gyi gnad-hgag the main point for salvation. Rqq,q$q*5’^'arq hgag-gcig-tu dril-wa to unite; to be concen- trated in one point (<7a.). Rqq^R hgag-skyor anything like a fencing that is put round a field or garden or a house to stop ingress from outside. Rqq’4 hgag-pay or bgags 1. pf. form of RR|qM’q hgegs-pa to stop, to cease; to be at a stand-still; mostly in the perfect form: p’Rqqq the appetite is gone; the passions having been suppressed. 2. door-keeper, v. ^’Rqq sgo-hgag. Rqq’q‘^5 hgag-pa, med free, unobstructed; the sky; also voidity or that which is in a simple or uncompounded state. Rqs hgafiy v. rgan. RqR’(q) hgan (po) the burden of an office, business, commission. oqwr^ hgans-chen also RqR’^ hgan- ehen important; very valuable; q^'Rq^sr gdin hgans-chen rnam$ bkol bdc daft fio-nor medy q^TRqc^* hgans-chen rnams important or chief places of pilgrimage, &c.; i^’Rqw very sacred symbols; gv^q'Rqw^ valuable things; important meaning or object. Syn. rtsa che-wa; drag-pa; ^q'5 yag-po (Mnon.). hgans-mthun equal; phal-cher rnthun in thorough agreement; in harmony: ^sKq^q^’S’S^ Iho-glin-gsum gcig-tiibyas-pahi t shad-daft yaft hgafts-mthitn (it was about) equal to the area which the three southern places together occupy (Ya-sel. 19). hgans-pa difficult, troublesome (&7?.). Rq^'R^R’q hgan-hkhur-wa to stand secu- rity for; to guarantee; to take respon- sibility on one’s self; Rq^gvcj hgan- b§kyur-wa to impose responsibility. hgan-dkri$ (gan-ti) making over charge ; making responsible. Rqyg hgan-rgya—^fi^ gan-rgya agree- ment, covenant. Rqy-5<*i hgan-can responsible. RqySq’q hgan-theg-pa to undertake any- thing; to take charge of: RR ^A'^q ’ ^•^•gq’Rq^^q when self-interest is con- cerned even the donkey understands his duty. hgam-pa to cram into the mouth, especially of dry edibles; |’Rq^*qq ph ye hgam-pa-po an eater of flour (Situ. 54). h gal-ка = nd-rnthun-pa to contradict; to disagree; to mistake; Rq^'gR’q hgal-spon-и'а^^Ц'Ц^'ъ hg al-ка §pofi-ica not to make mistake; to avoid errors ; Rq^'^S hgal-med without mistake. ^7Z-sZrt = Rq^R'5qN hgul-icahi grogs or mi-mthiin-pahi grogs an enemy : Rqarg'^ having joined with such of the enemy as were not in agreement with one another (Khrid. 116). hga^-pa to split, to crack, to burst apart. hgud-pa, v. gud-pa. RqjqN'a hgugs-pa to summon; bring back; Rgqwci hgug§-pa-po one who is called to ; a waiter (Situ. 8Y). 38
СЛ]5Г£| | 290 ’Ц Jgum-pa to die (of natural death, of disease): s^c.'«r*i ** at that time most of those of tin1 attendants of the Lo-tsa-ica who were smitten with fever died (A. 65). f^qprq hgul-ica to move, quake, shake; чгчрЧ sa-gyo = *isa-hgul earth- quake; hgul-ira po or ^^'§5 hgul- byed shaker; fut. hgul-bshm^*^' 3% hgul-gyhi. hgur-sho, same as mgur-dio ^q^'arwjjq-^qj^q] tam-ka brgyad-la mgur- dio-gcig, one Mgur-sho is equal to eight tan-ka. ^^*§5 hg д-Ьу<=^’Ъ khyo-wo or mdsah-grog§ husband (Mnon.). hgem^-pa-^&W'Q hjom§- pa to confound; to subdue 4 wgo hgem$-pa-po one who confounds or bewilders. hgrms-ptr byed-pa repeatedly bites; ace. to Cs. another form for hgum-pa to kill, to destroy (*Sz//.); kl id-pt hgon^-pa to sur- prise ; to over-throw an argument by reason; mgo-g>m<$ stupid (&7/.). hgegs-pa to hinder, obstruct, keep back or in; fut. 5<r|q]N dgigs, pf. bkay. dgag pa-la med-dgag dan та-yin dgag gnis-yod yin-min Ita- bu- preventing what is and what is not, etc., in Buddhist metaphysics hgens-pa, pf. bkan, flit. dgan, imp. j^* hhon, to fill up; also to satiate. hgJ)S-pa, pf. bkab, fut, 44]q bgab, imp. khoby to cover up; to put on; to conceal. = hgyel-wa, pf. ЪкаЦ fut. S4)*1 dgaly imp. khol: 1. to load; to lay on a burden; Ерг^чргч khral hgel-ica to impose tax or rent; to commis- sion ; to charge with; to make, appoint, constitute; to put; to place cn or over: 'Я£гт]о( q- gdun-ma bkalnca abeam placed over it; to set or put on, e.r/., a pot; to hang up; go$ hgcl-gdan a stand to hang clothes on; fig. ^•qv^'qr held-war nu^-pahi thog-hgel dgo§ one must set on it tho roof of being able to die, a>., one must crown the whole edifice of life by being free from fear of death (Ja.); to impose a fine; to give punishment. 44prqq hgel-brel old ; hgel- brel na-ldan the old, aged. hgcl-gyag=рч’ч|<чч) khal-gyag laden yaks. hgel-lug§ the method of im- posing fine or punishment. hges-pi, pf. fut. dga§, imp. khos, to split, eleave, divide; q^-^q- bkas-^in (Ler.) cleft or chopped wood; dam-bur dge$-pa to divide into pieces; to cut up or open. hgo, same as *4 origin, source; snj’sT 1. foremost; in front; dmag- hgo commander of an army; mkhar* hgo or rdson-hgo commander of a fort, of a district: cko$-kyi hgo sans-rgyas-la thug the origin of Dharma (Buddhism) is traced to Buddha ; the source of a river is traced to the snows. 2. beginning; the first: hgor in the beginning; *Kq4’^4 ser-.wahi hgor the beginning of the hail. Syn. S’)'* thog-ma; V- Ei dan-po \ rtsa-u’a (Mnon.).
г 291 fa go ltab-pa apricots ? А<70-плп=Хч]я thog-ma beginning; first. hgo-sncnn broad-cloth; also the superior kind of blanket. ^*q hgo-pa the headman of a village. frgro-dpon rector, director, head- master, principal. hgo-phib ^'^figa-sub a cover; also a canopy or dome over a temple or tomb. llgo-wahi Iha-lna the five superior demi-gods, which are the follow- ing: (1) ^'^^^^mo-lhahamshan-iha, (2) srog-lha, (3)^'%dgra-lhay (4) 5'typho- Iha, (5) фГф yul-lha. These are the insepa- rable companions of humanity, and rejoice when wo do good actions and become sorry when we sin. There are several treatises on the rites to propitiate them. «ta hgo-pher=tf'&pi go chod-pa useful: from early years, i.en from boyhood, he has been useful. hgo-ica pf. or hgos, cf. bsgo-wa 1. to stain; to lose colour; to dirty, sully one’s self. 2. UVX to infect with a disease; hgo-wahi nady hgo-wahi rims a contagious or epidemic disease, a plague; or 'Yl an infectious disease; also a contagious disease. hgo-ma beginning, origin, source. h go-mi headman. hgog-ku prob, derived from the Chinese, signifying the goddess of the ele- ments. Acc. to tho Chinese the funda- mental elements are tree, fire, earth, iron, and water. Each of these is presided over by a goddess. to arrange; bkog, fut. 1. to take tear away, hgog-pa Ц I: hgog-pa faffs, ufN, ^ar- ХПЯ, ЯТТО, sfaw, V. q^'^qX^q bar-dll bcod-pa, чч^-q hgegs-pa. 0,^4] 4 II: = 4^ q hjog-pa fafk, to keep; to place ; a deposit; pledge. III: pf. q^«q dgog, imp. khog away forcibly ; to snatch, pull out; ^’q’^oj’q rtsa-ica to pull up the root; ^‘4'3 hgog-pa-po one who takes or draws out. 2. to take off a cover, a lid, a pot from the fire, in IF. (Ja.). ячрчрчЛ Ilgog-pa-ri the hill on which tho monastery of Gahdan is situated : ^PT H<jog- pa ri-nas Rje bla-mas dgah-Ukm-gyi dun gter-na§ bton (J. Zan.). 4^4l’§5’q bgog-spyod-pa sems-kyi rnam-rtog hgog-pa to stop the arising of imaginations or fancies in the mind. hgog-byed discipline, and from hgag-pa, there arise 1. shi- wa arrfo peace; 2. gya-nom-pa = &f p/iun-sum tshog§-pa srfnrfca per- fected state; 3. fcsrq^gcq fies-pir hbyun- tea fniunr firm conviction. : hgog§ — q^ q bkag-pa (Mnon.). II: ЧЩЦ, passing over; transit; crossing; getting over. ч hgeg§-pa to prevent; to avert unfortunate events, as danger, fatal consequences; to suppress the symptoms of a disease by medicine; to drive back or away; to expel, e.g.^ spirits,
292 ghosts; to repel people that are trying to land : bdud rnam-pa tna-yis hgog-ste it having been averted by tho five kinds of demons (D.Ti.). hgon-po rdo, or ьт-bu, a kind of stone of liver colour, believed to be sacred to the GodDam-ohen who rides on a goat—the peculiarity of this stone being that it breaks in cube-like pieces (Sman. 40£). ^C’q h gon-tea hdah-wa or fiS smad-pt Гчяж to bewitch, enchant; also topass over, get the better of: Qtfc/qvjN hdi-h su-yi$ bgofi-war nu$ who can overpower this, i.e., who can enchant him; hgofis-nas having crossed, passed over. rirq'Ei hgon-wa po or hgofi-po an enchanter; hgon-wa mo an en- chantress, a sorceress. hgoft-bo a class of demons which bring disease on men and cattle. hgod-pa, pf. ^5 bkody fut. 5^5 dgod, imp. khod^ of. ’« к hod-pa *?TTO, 1. to design ; to project; to plan (Sch,). *2. to found; to establish; to lay out (a town); to build (a house); to manufacture; to form; to frame. 3. to put; to fix ; to transfer into a certain state or condition ; q places in a state of happiness; m ЙЖ puts into the way of salva- tion ; $an$-rgya$-kyi л '-la h god-pa establishes in the realm of Buddhahood. 4. to set or place in order : qqj^ q ^ gral-phyam bgod-pa hdra, as the rafters of a roof are placed side by side Gs’//.) mthar dgod-po to add, I lace at the end ( Vai-kar.); «flfs qv^=4rq bkod-par mdses-pa beautiful as to arrange- ment ; nicely ordered; brgyan dgod-pa to arrange ornaments (tastefully); to decorate, adorn ; to construct or adjust grammatical forms, sentences (Zam.). 5. to set down in writing; $ yi- де-la hgod-pa to record; mifl ka-wa-h hgod-pa to write name on a column; to compose, draw up, write a narrative, etc. Frequently to mention; to insert in a writing; to publish ; to make known. 6. to rule; to govern (Sch.)\ -q^-qS-jq 5 byol-son bkod-pahi rgyal- pa yin he is king over all subjugated ani- mals (Jd.). The participle pf. bkod- pa is also sbst.: (1) ground-plan ; outline of a building ; delineation; sketch ; shinbkod map; design; (2) form, shape, figure (Sch.); sample; copy ; even of one’s own body, e.g., whore a person multiplies himself by magic virtue 4 §prul-wa; (3) building; edifice; structure: bkod-pa mdse§ the structure is beautiful; (4) frame; form; q^S’q’^N bkod-pa lu$ the structure of the body: flahi bkod-pa nam-mkhahi ran-bshin my form of an ctherial nature. hgom-pa 1. to tread: 3 ^rq & bl i-ma $lob-dpon sogs-kyi grib-mi daft, bshug^-gdan na-bzah sog$ dan z ijrtun-sogs hgom-na fie$-pa-chc treading on the shadows of lamas, teachers, &c., also on their chairs, seats or clothes, or objects of food and drink, is sinful. 2. ace. to Л’ = ч hgem-pay ^’4 hgum-pa to pass over; ^‘4 hgom-pa = hgro-гса to go ; going (by passing) ; ^Un- na$ hgom sheippas^fyw*^ q to pass over a thing; leap over it. op|-q hgom-yug-pa = hphar-hgom tshur-hgom byed-pa to cross
293 ^•q| or pass over from one side to another (JChrid.): ’^A$| walks pacing with the feet. hgor 1. in the beginning; at the top or head of a row or order: $a3^ at the source of a river. 2. supine of ^'4 hgo-wa. hgor-tra=lfa]4'ti thogs-pa тгп: to tarry, linger, loiter: w^ASfjAq lam da hgor-wa to linger on the way. Syn. 4 gul-ica. яч[а<^ hgor-gshi delay; hgor-gshi med-pa without delay. оЛргз hgol-wa pf. gol 1. to part, to separate; vb. n. hgol- и-ahi gnas a hermitage; hgol-po hermit, recluse. 2. to deviate; err; go astray. hgol-sa 1. the place where two roads separate so as to create doubt in the mind regarding the right path. 2. error; mistake. Bgos n. of a monastery, Ta., also n. of a tribe and of a minister of Tibet: ^ >^a^n Blon-chen hgo§-kyis shat-chc dgah gsam-da bead (Ya-sel. 4). «tfprq hgo^-pa 1. v. ^’4 hgo-icax ^A^K^fc hgo-icahi a ad hgo$-yofi it will catch contagion. 2. f^rfacT a liniment; a medicine to be rubbed on; fem anointed, besmeared. * jEZf/os GMon-nu dpal n. pr. (Schr.; Ta. 60). ^’4 hgyag-pa, cf. 34! q skyag-pay to be sold, spent, expended (€V). hgyan-ica, pf. *3^ hgyaf^\ to be delayed, deferred, postponed; farthest: В^З5^ phylr hgyan-na if one defers it; 3r яд^-q^ not many years shall have passed; ^ajcsi a long time after. hgyans-'med without delay (Yig. k. 26). hgy ins-pa an appearance of greatness or of pride. hgyin-wa 1. to assume air or appearance of greatness; to sit lifting up the body in the manner of a lion. 2. to look haughtily ; to look down upon; to slight a person; ^aa^e/q mi-la hgyifi-wa also of things, to despise, contemn, neglect them. ^kN'SjAgq q seems to be an intensified form, meaning to scorn loftily ; to look down on as from a summit. hgyin-bag attitude; posture; gesture; also manner in reference to. gzags form, or dbyibs, appear- ance. я§е^А/я\ hgyifi-hkhar a staff consecrated to a fearful deity, or having on its top a head with wide yawning mouth or in some fearful attitude. hgyins-pa, v. *3^’4 hgyifi-ica. hgyim-pa the circum- ference. 0^*4 hgyu-wa, pf. bgyu$, to move quickly to and fro, e.g., as lightning, the quivering air in a mirage, the motion and versatility of the mind, &c. Ь9Уиг^са Pf- gyur-to or §=4'4 gyur-pa, imp. gyur-cig, cf. ^gynr-ica 1. to become; to grow, increase, ohange: -9e~ $lon-du hgyur-wa to become a monk; 3^
294 *3^1 rgyal-por hgyur-wa to become a king; g$r wqg’VQ §bruin-nnr hgyur-wa to get with child; bdan-du hgyur to reach tho number of seven: ‘^5 khyod-pa$ hr да hgyur-pa$ lhag-par bzan-wa yod there are those which grow a hundred times better than you ; gsum hgyur Ita-bur three times as much; V4]^ da gni$-hgyur txam-shig one twice as large as that; *g*‘MS a changing voice. 2. sbst. change, alteration, revolu- tion, vicissitude: du bshihi hgyur-wa$ through the change of tho fourth season; *g*>q hgyur-brten b$hag-pa to pay money in hand as an earnest that the bargain is not to bo re- tracted. hgyur-du nitd-pa^fcA unchangeable, invariable : ndhu-stob$ nad med- pa , gzi-rjid уой§-зи hgyur-wa the total decay of strength, health and esteem (in old age); bdag-gi ma-gyur ma-ilam$-pa my mind has not been altered nor weakened; SV q dad-pa hdi-las ma-hgyur- cig do not depart from this belief. ^Vq hgyur-du yod-pa changeable, variable : W’S'Qg^’q pho-mo hgyur-pa male changing into female and vice versa ; *lw^gvq to change the mind ; Ч5 q^ ^gvq to become; begin to exist; to gain possession : ^•qv^gvqSthese acts of having become indifferent to life; can mi smra-war gyur-to he became speech- less. 3. *§^’4 hgyur* tea annexed to an infi- nitive may denote either the perfect or the future tense, the context deciding in every instance how it is to be understood: «j•^o]-gq'ivSV^'4^ sii-shig rgyal-srid byed- par hgyur who shall have the Government ? who shall rule ? J* ачwde rgyal-por hg у ur-war ges-so they’ knew that this man would become king. ya-rntshan-du hgyur-tea to be surprised, astonished; gnas-su hgyur-wa to come to a place; to arrive at: ^V^S^' js'^g’vq hdod-pahi dfio$-grub-tu, hgyur-wa to be endowed with the perfect gift of wishing, viz., of having every wish fulfil- led; ^^*4V^g4‘q to become moving; to begin to move. 4. to be translated; ®V^' to be translated into Tibetan; q^^g^ bkah-hgyur the translated word; ^gvgq' hgyur-byun was translated. hgyur-wahi-cho§ changeable (and therefore perishable) things (Cs.). ♦^gvnv^g^ hgytir-war hgyur (SWzr.; Kalac. T, 89) it will become. ^g^’§5 hgyur-byed a changer ; one who brings about changes. ^g^5 hgyur-med unchangeable; infallible. hgyur-tshiy the translated words; according to some authors words that have been translated into another language: rgyud ran-gi hgyur-tshig dno§-gnas-su hjog keep the original terms of the Tantra intact with their translation (Ya- sel. 38). bye=%\ hod light; a whip. *s ^3^ hgye-wa, pf. and imp. gyes, 1. to be dispersed; to bo divided, e.g., a river that is divided into several branches; rnam-pa gni^-su (a ray of light) divided into two parts; to separate; to part: bem-rig hgyes-dus when body and soul part from each other. 2. to issue, proceed, spread, branch from: they have proceeded from those (their ancestors).
295 *341 —ч ед hgyeg = gnad the sense; the real meaning; essence: Bon thams-cad-kyi hgyeg- man-nag-la thug-pas the essence of all the Bon meets in tho Man-nag. Hgyed 1. n. of a district in north Tsang: Gtsan- gi Ru gnis-ni Ru lag Oaft hgyed (Lon. * 6). 2. alms in money or eatable things; bgytd gton-pa to distribute alms. This expression is defined by Tibetan writer as to bestow silver and the like in an assem- bly, distributing to each man. hgyed-stobs athletic feat; exercise of arms. едч hgyed-ра, pf. ^3^, bg yes fut. bkye 1. to divide (trs.), to scatter, disperse; hod- zer hgyed-pa to diffuse rays of light: ^'q* *3S $prul-pa-hgyed sends forth an emana- tion; pho-па hgyed-pa to send a messenger; to dismiss; an assembly. 2. to institute, set going ; wSr^’q to start a combat; to fight a battle; qj^QTG^’q’q one who gives battle; hgyed- pahi tshe in the dispute. 3. to give an entertainment, banquet; to hold a feast. hgyed-ina=%'&№ phra, теп-pa n. of a goddess—one that brings on divi- sion, dissension, or disunion. hgyer-wa or 1^'4 spoft-wa to drop or let fall; to throw down; to quit, abandon, throw away (Sch.). hyyel-iua to fall; to tumble down : gan-rkyal hgyel fell on his back, face upwards; sa-la-hgyel tumbled on the ground; rlun-soys-kyi hgyel-ка to be thrown by the *35^1 wind, &e.; gq’qv^^q stricken down by illness so as to be unable to walk; he fell by stumbling on a stone; then I, fainting away, fell to the ground. 05^4’4 h у yes-pa, another form of ^3’q hyyc-ica phan-tshun so-sor hgges-pa, to separate asunder or between two partie*. hyyoy-thel^-QW l(t§-dam seal; properties under seal (Rtsii.). цутр hgyoy-pa to ascend ; ЗУ^ЗТ^ gyen-dn hgyog-pa-po one who climbs up (Situ. cft<T, f^sifaHTT to repent; to grieve for. 1. lament, relent, not only for bad, but also for good actions, when the latter are attended with disadvantage. 2. sbst. regret: hgyod-pa bskyed-pa regret arises at last; 35'^ J Vе* na hgyod- pa bskyed-pa I felt regret; na hgyod-pahi sems med-par khyod-l't sb у in-110 I gave it to you readily without regret. hgyod-pa rnam-gsum tho three kinds of regret are illustrated as follows:—(1) not being able to defeat an enemy out of one’s country, or to be sorry for an occasional defeat after one has behaved himself as a hero ; (2) to be sorry, when out on a journey, at not being properly equip- ped with provisions, etc; to be sorry on inviting an im- portant person when there is no proper
j £96 WI arrangement for his entertainment or re- ception ; (3) 5 Я*]*rg*r*ito be sorry for not having fed one’s horse when on a journey; also 5' to be sorry when the horse dies, one has to cairy the saddle on one’s own back; (4) ‘q3S to be sorry in old age for not having done religious works as a youth ; (5) “when that Devil the lord of death has come, he repents.” ^35 ^4’^ hgyod-pahi dri-та regret after a gift has been made ; ^5 hgyod-med ^нтч without regret or repentance. hgyod-rmo-wa to cause repent- ance ; to make one suffer, feel, or pay for a thiug: hnoft-hgyod repentance proceeds from consciousness of guilt (Jd). hgyod-t shafts byed-pa to apo- logise : to accept an apology. q3Shgyod zin-pa having repeuted. bgyod-bqags confession and repentance. 5)^54 hgrags-gra^ or grags-hgrags very bright. I: hgrags-pa (dag-pa), pi. grags 1. to sound forth ; to utter a cry or sound, of men, animals, thunder, &c.; to shout: if it should be shouted into his ear. 2. to be famous ; to be called; she$-grag$ so it is called ; so he was called; by this name he goes; under that name he is known. II: hgrags-pa to bind, v. gpjKq grags-pa. ЧЗР'П hgran-wa (dang-wa) 1. to number; to count, v. bgraft-гса. 2. to satisfy with food; to satiate; hgrans-rjes after having eaten one’s fill; •q-q-q^wft’^MT^ not yet having enough of deer killing. hgrafts (dang) fully fed; eaten to tho full extent; filled up. hgrafts-pa^^Q grod-pa hgefts or gsus-pa hgefts bellyful, stomaehful; Ito-wa hgefts eaten to one’s fill; also ftoms-pa eaten to satiety ; with t shim-pa satiated; chog-pa contented (Affton.). hgrad-pa or «JSJS4 byred-pa (depd) to spread; to enter. hgran (den), v. hgran-pa wb challenged; invoked. q3A’3’X’^5 hgran-gyi do-mcd=^\*i^ bgran-ya med without a rival; matchless ; unequalled (applied to things). Syn. '3’X’iHhgran-дуг’ do-zla med- pa; hgran-zla med-pa (QLfton.). a^-jq-q hgran thub-pa=*4№W4 hgran nus-pa or hgran bzod-pa to suffer rivalry; to stand rivalry. hgran-du hjug-pa 1. to place in opposition; to enter into competition. 2. in a general sense, to defend one’s self; to make resistance (Rdsa.). + X hgran-do=^^^ hgran-zla. hgran-pa (den-pa) sfaipr, 3V4 (1) to vie with, contend with ; to strive (for victory); ^5^’5 phyug-khyad rnam-thos eras-da ft hgran-te to cope even with Vais'ravapa as to riches: №od-par hgran let us vie with one another in uttering praise; let us now draw a parallel between (these two).
R4J5I | 297 сф|’Д| ядр^я) hgran-tshig words of conten- tion, bickering. яд^'^ hgran zla (den-da) 1. rival, com- petitor. 2. equal match; wa unrivalled; matchless. Syn. hgran-ya\ ^’З’Х'З hgran- gyi do-zla ; я^-”^ hgran-do rival; match. hgran-sems 1. contention; emulation. 2. jealousy. 3. quarrelsome temper; spirit of controversy; яд^адг to stop ; put an end to contention, rivalry. hgram (dam) bank; shore ; side ; neighbourhood, as the foot of the wall; ф’^’ядя ehu-yi hgram river- side or bank; *^’яяр4 me-yi hgram fire-side; dgon-pahi hgram neighbourhood of a monastery; arofi-pahi hgram vicinity of a village; Я2]^ lam-gyi hgram roadside: the river fills the valley, a stone on its bank does not remain dry (a proverb). Often used as a postp. with or without du or la annexed : чря’цЗ’ядрг^ at the brink of the precipice; $яязря at the lake; close to the lake; ядрг^ is also used as adv. meaning near; close by. ^5^53^ hgran-dkyus—я^^’ч hgram-pa. ядрг&|м hg^am-fiogs <?Нг, нг a bathing- place ; a shore. qqprjqj hgram-khag a slap on the face; a box on the ear. hgram-pa T3, cheek (cf. RK&N klmr-tshot) «l^q^qprq^^j'q lag-pa hgram-pa la rten-pa to lay one’s hand on the cheek; as vb. to proclaim, publish. яд]Я'25 hgram-po one living or residing in the neighbourhood; one pos- sessing crushing teeth; a demon. ядргя]^ hgram-g$hi foundation; basis; яяргя^я^ур hgram-gshi hdin-wa to lay a foundation. ядя’5)я| hgram-yig edict, proclamation, publication; &>- rgyus gnas-tshul-gyiyi-ge hgram-pa to pub- lish accounts of biography or history, &c. hgram-ru$ cheek-bone; jaw-bone. hgram-g^og the hinder part of the jaw-bone (Sch.). я^я’^ hgram-so acc. to Jd. cheek-tooth ; molar-tooth ; grinder. hgrams-pa to spread over; те-tog sogs hgrams-pa-po one who spreads or scatters flowers, etc.: я^з}•^•orqgj^-q this will be spread over the man; *rqx^pwq to spread on the ground; ^q^^’^pgpwrq phyogs-phyogs-su hgrams- pa to scatter to the different quarters; qpr 'аг^ язрт^ q lu$-la nad hgrams-pa to infect the body with disease. ядр«г^5 hgram-tshad over-mastering fever. ядргя^ hgra$-hgrii§= gya-gyu; fsT’Sj serpentine, crooked, bent. hgra$-pa (de-pa) phan-tshtin mi-mthun-pa 1. disagreement; difference between two parties. 2. f^fb, ft’CW to hate; to bear ill-will; to have spite against. hgrig-hgrig (dig-dig) 1. arranged properly; fshig hgrig-hgrig-pa to arrange words properly. 2. gelatine; jelly of meat (Jd.). c\ hgrig-pa (cf. $grig-pa) to suit, agree, correspond; to be right; gw яд}яр $tab$ hgrig-pa suitable occasion; ^’яд*гя|]яр rtcn-hbrcl hgrig-pa good or 39
298 auspicious coincidence; du$- tuhod hgrig-pa the time suits; Spfxgjflpj gral hgrig-pa to тако о very thing ready; Г4 kha hgrig-pa unanimity in deposi- tion ; all of one expression or speech; * blo-scm§ hgrig-pa to agree in opinion; f4 kha-mchu hgrig-pa compromise in a law-suit or case (civil or in criminal). hgrib-pa 1. ^if^rto grow dim; to get dark (Csi} (cf. ^grib-pa). 2. wqnj loss; diminution; also to grow less; to decrease, to be diminished, to decay; mi-hgrib mi-lud-pa neither to grow less nor to flow over; hphel-wa is opposed to «зр ч hgrib-pa; b$kal-pa mar-hgrib-pa the kalpa (period) diminishes. c\ hgrim, v. hgrim-pa in lag-hgrim lag-hgrim gyi$ brgyu$-pas, passing from hand to hand. hgrim-hgrul communication; also travellers, either merchants or pil- grims: Rdo-rje gdan-du sog-pohi hgrim-hgrul eha4 the communication of tho Tartars with Dorje- dan (Gaya) was interrupted (Л. 19). ОДЯ’Ч hgrim-pa 1. sometimes for hbrim-px. 2. pf. hgritnt to march about, perambulate; to rove or stroll about; walk round; rgyal- kham$ hgrim-pa to rove over the countries; ri-khred hgrim pa to wander on a mountain range; chu-dafi lun-la у an hgrim na$ bgro-wa to go about crossing rivers and valleys, &e. hgrim-mod doing or accomplish- ing any work: la-la ni la$-kt/i dwafi-gh mfial-tgo gshan-yafi hgrim-mod- ki$ mthar bde some in consequence of la$ (i.e. karma) entered the womb, others having accomplished good deeds, were happy enough to escape (here (Ubrom. p, 2^). e\ bgrim^ ((A'w) or ядтгц hgrim§- pa W4, inferiority; inequa- lity or also less in quantity or quality; rig-pa hgrim$-pa failing in intellect; growing foolish. c\ hgril-wa (dil-icd), pf. gril (cf. $gril-wa) 1. to be twisted or wrapped round, for *04 AMriZ (Sch.), to be collected, concentrated; to flock or crowed together; kun hgril-na^ all in a heap; all together. 2. to be turned, rounded, made circular or cylin- drical, e.g., a stick (Jd.). 3. to fall, drop down. СЧ 45] ^4 hgri$ (di), v. hdri$; hgris-ma thag-tu §nin- gtain mi-b^ad-cin immediatly after acquaint tance not expressing one’s heart’s words, (i.e., revealing one’s secret) (Jig.). hgru-wa, (</u-?ca) pf. 5^ gru$ 1. to bestow pains upon a thing ; ц ц q to take pains in studying. 2. n. of a tribe in Tibet: dbrah-hgru Idom-gsum Iga-da^. bshi (Jig.). 45^’4 hgrub-pa (dub-pa) pf. $4 grub (Situ. 69) to be accomplished without any perceptible agent; to be made ready; to be finished; wqgvX hgrub-par hgyur- ro will be finished: hgrub-par gyur-cig let it be finished or performed ; 4^4’or will be finished, per- formed ; 4 hgrub-pa mi-srid it can-i not be accomplished or done; ma*
299 I grub-par before accomplished or per- formed: let those deeds not yet effected be accomplished. ЦУЗКЗ4* *4 Ihun-gyis grub-pa spontaneously grown or produced, z.c., in a supernatural way : ^5^hgrub-par fog may it be accomplished! 1: hgrub-sbyor or hgrdb-pa dan $byor-wa anything accom- plished and perfected (as a reward). и: is an expression occurring in almanacks relative to the proving true of certain astrological prognostics of good luck; similar to, but not identical with, rten-hbrel. hgrum-pa (dum-pa), pf. 5^ grum (cf. grum-pa), to pinch or nip off (the point of a thing); to cut off; to prime, lop, clip the wings (Ja.). hgrul-pa (dul-pa) = l.im-gyi mgron-po a traveller, passenger; also a pilgrim: §Bod-la da-lo sog- po hgrul-pa mafl-po §lebs-byufi, hgyed maft-ja yag-po byun this year many Mongol pilgrims have come to Tibet; there were liberal alms-doles, and tea for many. Qqprq hgrul-ica 1. to walk; to pass; to travel hgrul-war byed-pa to cause to go; to send off, despatch, a messenger; hgrul-wa po a walker, post, traveller, pedestrian ; sbst. hgrul passage; the possibility of passing: Gnah-nan-gi hgrul chad- pas the passage from Nyanang being stopped (by snow). 2. fig. to walk; to live, act, or behave. 3. to pass as good; to be current (of coins). hgrul-shud passage, communi- cation. + hgrus-hgog=^T^^ brison- hgrns assiduity, industry. hgrus-pa (dui-pa) 1. pf. *5**1 hgru-ica. 2. sbst. zeal, enthusiasm, dili- gence, endeavour; more frequently brtson-hgrus (Jd.) hgre-wa (de-wd) (^Р^’З rigs Ita- bu) щгга to roll one’s self; sa-la hgre-ica to roll on tho ground; hgre- Idog or hgre-log byed-pa to roll on the ground from pain or despair, &e.; also of horses, &c. QqJ’gfafifayq hgre ldog-ldog-pa to roll on the ground from pain, etc.; to wallow: rta-sogs pkar-tskur hgre-log rgyab-pa the horses, etc., roll hither and thither; ’^1 §5 '*^1 sdag-bsnal mi-bzod-pa§ hgre Ijlog-Idog byed-kyin hdug unable to bear pain they were rolling (on the ground) (Khrid. 39). hgrefi-wa (den-tea) (cf. 5^’4 Sgrefi-wa) to stand: standing at the mouth of the pit ; dnan$-pa liar hgrefi-war hgyur they started up as if afrightod. mi-hgreti gsum three lengths of a man (Jd.). *5^’3 hgrefi-bu (den-bu)^ also hgrefi- po, sign of the vowel “e.” hgrem-pa, pf. здя bkram, fut. S3* dgram, imp. khroms 1. to spread (as of grain, for drying), or q hgrems-pa (dem-pa) (ф'^’З chu Ita-bu) to sprinkle (water). 2. to put or lay down in order, e.g.^ beams, &c.; to spread out; to display; to scatter; to draw (a curtain). * hgrel-chun don-gsalTpZ- ян n. pr. (Sehr.; Td. 2, 200).
^«1’41 300 £^а|'Л| hgrel-pa htshol-pa ^nfhfiT to beg, supplicate. 2. to put in, arrange ; ^qj-^Rgprq tshig-don hgrel-pa the arranging or paraphrasing the mean- ings of words. 3. to explain, comment upon. * hgrcl-fyad {Schr.) * 3]*гч hgrcs-pa 6 z-officer; late officer. * *$’§!*• Hgro-glin 'srfw n. pr. (Schr.; Td. 2, 222), n. of a country (prob. Tamil); of a lexicographer [prob. hgro-sgo = *5 'Як/q hgro-soft-ica expenditure, cost; anything expended. *5 i: llgro-ldift n. of a country in the south of India, t’.c., Dravira. и: {Schr.; Ta. 2, 27). ’4 hgro-u'a, pf. imp. sort, but negative form of imp. ma-bgro 1. to go, in all its significations, re., to go away, proceed to, walk, &c. 2. sbst. a living creature; that which moves; *3j‘q the six classes of living things. 3. to live; be Eving; move; exist; to bo. Syn. ^‘4 rgyn-ica ; <*5'q hdofi-wa {Шои.'у hgro-wa po — 0^ IS hgro-byed one who goes; goer; walker; traveller ; passen- ger ; pres. hgro-bshin hdtig — hgro-gin hdug proceeding ; going; fut. ^5’q^^g^ hgro-icar hgyur. *5'qhgro-ica rigs-drug the six kinds of moving beings:—(1) lha the gods; (2) Sp lha-ma yin the de- mons ; (3) HTJEEF humanity; (4) ^’*5 dud-hgro fusthfi beasts, etc.; (5) yi- dbags the ghosts; (6) dmyal-wa hell-beings. hgro-icahi тпдоп-ро an epithet of Avalokitesvara; Syan-ras ffzigs a name of Buddha, of Vishnu (Шоп.). hgro-myofis = hgro-пой previously visited. hgro-las bgro-$a§ chc or hgro-nen chc, adv. very pro- bably; in all probability ; also alone is used: gso-tca rig-pa hdi bod-па $man mcg- pas nub-nas bgro-las chc tho science of healing, there being no medieine in Tibet, may in all probability disappear {A. 35). QBjqprq hgrogs-pa to associate with; to keep company; to be in the company of; to accompany : V^'S4! dma-pa dga-dafi hgrogs-par, bcun try to associate with the holy ones. hgrogs-pa-po or hgrogs-par byed associate; one who accom- panies, goes together. Syn. rjcs-chags; yofts- $byor*t yaft-dag hgrogs {Шоп.). hgro-lugs (custom) manner. hgron-bu *45* ncho-lohi sa-bon cowries; dice {Шоп.). **5'* hgro-ma {Schr.; Kdldc. T. 119). *^'qjq94 hgro bzan-nia {Schr.; 92 A.). hgro-byed=z^'% glan-po an ele- phant {Шоп.). I: hgrol-ica, pf. «ipr ЬкгоЦ fut. dgrol, to unravel; to make loose; to set free ; to unfasten ; don- du rndud-pa hgrol-wa to cut the knot; 4’q hgrol-ica po or hgrol-bycd one who unravels, loosens; ’^<q hgrol- gyin hdug is being set free ; ^Trqv*^ hgrol-war hgyur will be set free.
301 II: to escape, be liberated, be released from. The pf. here is grol. Generally used in the distinctive Bud- dhist sense of escape from the necessity of living, re-birth, etc. hgros mi-rta sog§- kyi hgro-lags gait; manner of walking of men, horses, etc.: ni-gzlah §kar la чЗрг<^5 ran-hgro§ rhm-hgro§ gnis re-yod those that are self- moving, such as sun, moon and planets, etc., and those that are moved; those whose manner of walking is like the goose or the parrot are respected by all; ajwgv glaft-chen sen-ge khyu-mchog hgro$-ldan mis, lon$-spyod mafi-pohi bdag-po byed-par hdod those that walk in the manner of elephant, lion or bull become rich and wish to be master of many people; whosoever walks in the manner of dog, pig and donkey gains unhappiness (ЛЛ*.). rga-ita, pf. rgas srt 1. to be old, aged; also sbst. old age. 2. to go down; to set (of the sun, etc.) (Ja.). rga-ican krad-kyi bat, flitter- mouse (Ja.). rga-lo (Schr.; Ta 252). rga-qi old age and death; rga-qis gzir-tca to suffer under the infirmities of old age. 4P’ rgan, also hgaft-gzer-ma hedge-hog, the second term designating two species: Erinaceus auritus and Eidnaceus anutrensis, the latter found in Kokonur district. rga£-pa=resp. rgan-pa old; aged. r^aJ-2?o=^^’4 tga$-pa also = bgres-po an old man; a man gray with age. Syn. lan-tsho yol*, na- tshod yol; lo-mafi кhur-ldan; dicon-po na/n§ ; hkhogs-pa; mgo-$kye§ dkar-wa ; q^’q$*qR<r bshi-pahi gnas-skabs; gAitf'4 §ku-na $min-pa ; dgun-lo mthon-po; rgan-pa (Mnon.). r gad-mo an old woman. rgan-rgon rgad-po rgad-po) old man and old woman. rgan-pa Wtf, НЙч: an elder; senior. In Tibetan astrology a person aged between 60 and 72 is called rgan-po 1. an old man ; elder. 2. the headman of a village. rgan-pohi thig> до-гса vul- ture; also met. for rainbow (Mnon.). rgan-pohi thig-le met. an old man’s son. rgan-pohi las tho work of an elderly man. rgan-mo an old woman; one infirm and worn out. rgan-shugs those that are grown old; elderly people. rgan-rabs wn the venerable, aged. rgan-rim$ ^T*ri of the older class. ^’or^’q rgan-la iiam-pa to listen to the advice of the old. rganson жтмщ has become old.
^1 302 Spl rgal тгрц, rab a ford; $chu-rgal the ford in a rivor: rgal dkah-wa difficult to ford or to cross. Q rg^l-pa or rgal-ica pf. and fut. brgal) imp. rgol, to ford (a river); to travel through; to pass over; to surmount a pass: ^’5 rgya-mtJio la gru-gzifis-kyi r gal-te after having crossed the sea in a ship; la brgctl- wahi byaft fios the north side (face) of the mountain-pass that has been crossed. rgal-hhigt VSHTU, the joints of tho back; hip-joint; according to Sch, rgal-t8higs = tf№>4\4 $gal- tshigs the spine. 4^4] rgal-cig a lizard; §}'*< bla-ma r gal-cig tho chameleon. 4|^ r<7^==^*4 rga-wa old, ripe. rga^-ka old ago. 4)^’4 r^-/?a = ^5’3 rgad-po зттпп, srhi aged, old; exhausted; infirm ; sbst. an old man. rga§-pay $so-wa an elixir (which has the property of giving tho appearance of youth in old ago); ч$5 Sfc bcitd-leugyi $kor (Mrg. 90), ^‘35 rga^-bycd «TKTfTcr that makes one look old and haggard. Sj^’35’^ rga$ by cd-та a woman whose company makes a youth look old. 3)4^5 тда^-mcd foAx that never grows old, a name of the celestial beings. 4] rgu=*Q-dgu many; 53’S4 dgu-thub one able to overcome many. «Г rgu-drus a mixture of many ingre- dients healing sores, joining veins and removing pains in the intestines, as in rgu~dru$ rma- hdrub rtsa-mthud rgyu-gzcr bjom$ (Med.). rgud-pa 1. disadvantage; trouble. 2. to dec- line, to sink, grow frail: g4!rga$-pa daft na- ica dan mya-nan dan $dug-b§nal gyi$ lu$- rgud-pa (his) body and mind bocomo deteriorated from misery, sorrow, disease and age; 5^’$5 dar-rgud rise and decline. $5’3 tgud-po, v. 55'3 gud-po. $5’^ rgud-niun=^dbul- phofa-kyi шип-pa a destitute person; des- titute. 4j^j rgun-hbrum NO grapes; $5'5^ rgun-dkar the white spe- cies of grape: rgun-hbrum glo-uad selsltiA tshad-pa sbyofi the grape removes diseases of tho lungs and cures fever. rgitn-skems wine or drink made from grapes. $T^5 rgun-rgod wild grapes; according to Jd. raisins in JP. rgur-po or ^’3 sgur-po grit so hunchback; ono bent by age, v. 55* rgur-re rgur-rgur bya$-na$ $dad-pa sit downcast, bending the head downwards. 4) rgo, sometimes for §go. г0<мса=53fq dgo-tca a species of antelope Procapra picticaudata v. Jd. dgoft-nio in older writings tho evening. 4]^ rgod 1. adj. wild; g'3f5 a vulture; a bird of prey; ^'^5. wild goat; чо|*^5 wild boar; ^4’^5=a wild yak. 2. ^'^'8.
<iY4 303 31 mi-rgod lta-Ьи like a wild man; a savage; a robber; a ruffian; mi-rgod byed-pa to rob (usually named together with murdering and lying). rgod skam-ma a barren mare. Г god-pa 1. to laugh. 2. = gyefi-wa to grow weak, languid, or in- dolent. + rgod bag-can, described as yon-tan med-cin sems dwan rntho-гса 1. a vain person pretend- ing to be great and powerful, but devoid oE wisdom. 2.=^sems rnam- par mi-ski-wa the disturbed state of the mind (7Г. d. * 355). 3. weak; languid (Ja.). Г god-by cd laughing; laugh- ter. 3ft**4 rgod-та a mare. rgod-тд skyes 1. a name of the physician of the gods. 2. born of the mare. One of the wives of the God of the Sun who, unable to bear the glare of his rays, ran away in the guise of a mare to the northern continent, Uttara Kuru. The sun followed there, and caused her to give birth to the celestial twins called As'vini kumara. rgod-mahi tshogs a herd of mares. rgod-yas a numerical figure. Jfer rgol, v. rgol-гса. rgol-phyi rgol a posture of witch- craft against evil spirits: q-fjw rgol phyi-pgol gyi-gdan fyams {A. 33) prepared the seat for a defiant attitude to suppress evil spirits. tso4-pa зк, pf. and fut. fyrgol, to dispute, combat, fight, make controversy; 9)*v3f«rq to hold discussion, verbal disputation; 53^’ to fight by means of troops and powers ; rgol-icahi, shu-don a challenge; a speech provoking a quarrel; a quarrel or contest begun by the counter party (Sch.); w3ffor*l an adver- sary, opponent; g’^M sfia-rgol the plaintiff in a law suit, but generally signi- fies an aggressor, assailant; B’3faphyi-rgol defendant; ’^5'q phyir- rgol-wahi gnod-pa is an external danger against which every one tries to protect himself and chiefly by charms and witch- craft ; g*3jq sfia-rgol and phyi-rgol are also said to signify such students as hold religious controversies with one another. g‘?f4 sna-rgol is the party putting the questions; B’^ phyi-rgol is the party answering the questions. SfarSSq] rgol-tshig threatening words. Syn. g’^q spyo-tshig\ ^^'^.isdigs^ tshig (Mfion). I: rgya hvt seal, stamp, token, mark, sign; rgya-hdebs-pa to seal; to stamp: Jrgya gcog-pa to break or open a seal; ri- rgya lun-rgya bshug-pa to seal up hills and valleys, i.e., to protect the living beings inhabiting them from being harmed by huntsmen or fishermen; an annual reli- gious performance of tho Dalai Lama, consisting in a variety of spells and incantations for the safety of animals. Syn. H’S thehu^tse ; phyag-dam ; dam-phrug (BJinoft.)* §11: animal of the deer dass, in appearance like the Nilgai, possibly the saiga-antelope.
si 304 З'ТЧ III: мтег, W a net, a trap; У J na-rgya a fishing net; 9’2 bya-rgya a fowling net; ri-dwagt kyi rgya a net or trap to catch birds or wild animals. IY: 1. extent; size: rgyahi tshad-nichi-tsam how much was its extent ? 2 Sq4 5*^q rgya dpag-tu nwd-pa immeasurable in extent. 2. hrh a namo for India but sometimes for China, which are both vast countries; also full- ness, complete state, or perfection. 4^’2^4^qq rgya rim-pa bduu-rgya$ btab- pa there are seven kinds of mark used in dividing a volume ; they are the fol- lowing:—(1) 9|'j tshig-hbru nri-bkhrugs tshig-gi rgya the sign or mark for distinguishing one verse from another, so that the verses may not be confused ; (2) tshig-rkaft mi- hkhrug$-pa gad-kyi rgya the marks or stops used at the end of a sentence or the line of a verse ; (3) fshig-don mi-hkhrug$-pa lehuhi rgya to mark the chapters: (4) р-7о- ka mi-hkhrug$-pa bam-pohi rgya the marks so that the lines may not be earned from one chapter to another; (5) q'q^-q5,5jE4^’5*2 bam-po mi-hkhrugs-pa bam- pohi grafa-kyi rgya marks to shew the number of parts in each volume ; (G) wdhah mi-hchal-wa $ne thig-gi rgya the marks to shew the end of book, part or chapter; (7) 2 glegs-bam mi- hkhrugs pa gdoft-yig gam tpyan-khyer-gyi rgya the serial number used in marking the volumes of a collection. 2 5я tgya-gram (gya-tam) a cross; the Svastika sign; rdo-rje tgya-gram a cross made of two Vajra, one placed upon another crosswise. 2 MS Гдуа-skad Indian or Chinese lan- guage. 2’MM rgya-$ka$ a staircase, ef. ^'"1 skas-ka, 2’3qiN tgya-ikycgt lac; a kind of rosin; 2’S11^rgya-$kyeg$ kyi rnam-hgyur sth; a sort of lac of the colour of Jtfanjistha, 2ВЯ^^Г tgya-^kyeg gift ^rtw, HHT a kind of tree the twigs of which are used to clean the teeth. 2*<Цр<,<1 rgya bskum-pa to contract; to diminish in extent. 2* W rgya-dkar large orb ; disk : 2 ni-zlahi rgya-dkar gar tho bright orbs of the sun and the moon appear (/«•)• 3ЧВ*^ rgya bskyed-pa to widen, enlarge, extend, augment. j’fwq rgya khams-pa the Khampa tribes residing on the confines of China and Tibet. 2’S rgya-khyi a Chinese lap-dog. 2 S\ rgya-khyou or 2’ЧКСИ rgya bam khyon, v. 2 rgya, S'^ Ztyya-f/ar said to stand for Rgya-dkar, because dkar becomes gar when joined to the word 2 rgya W; Tibetan n. for India, the extensive country where the people dress in white. The different names for India are—(I) Ilphags-yul Arya des'a; (2) адчрг JJphags-hkhrufit birth (place) of the Holy ones; (3) Bsod-nams sa-gshi Pnnya-bhu-mi for Magadha; (4) Sahi sniH-po
305 * 5 Rgya~gar phyag-na (Schr.; Та. 0, ^49). 5 3я tgya-gratn> v- S rgya-kram. З’НН rgya-grol^Wb set free, liberated» rgya bgyab-pa or S’1^4’4 rgya- btab-pa to lay a net or trap» SI**' tgya-tgyu~r<h met. for grog-ma the ant (JKnon.). 3’lT rg&a-$go a gate; a principal door or entrance. ST rgya-tgyur met. an ant (Mnon.). rgya-caft ч tke-ragt tbub-can ab btab-pa narrow, long money-bag made of net and securely joined to the sash» rgya-lcog Chinese table. j-ss rgya-chad partiality; invidious distinction. 5 rgya che-гса or 3*1’^‘4 gthul che-iva greats large, copious, diffused; tton-pa rga chc-ica a great master or teacher. Rgya-cher rol-pa Tibetan edition of the Lalitavistara. yl’etw rgya-che lam одтщ=§’«!»< rgya- lam main road. rgya-chen-po= §‘^’4 rgya che-wa large, copious, wide; sa-cha tgya-chen-po an extensive country or large place; Semt rgya-chen-po a generous broad heart; '^'^chot rgya- chen-po a voluminous religious work; reli- gious observances on a large scale. rgya-cher bsnagt-pa fwW copious or abundant description. 1^1 rgya-jog or 3’^ tgya-hjoga a long table ; a bench. J*1^ rgya-rtagt 1. mark, sign, signature, stamp. 2. (5^ grant) n. of a numeral. S’?’1 Tgya-tam the Indian rupee. S’&i tgya-thel a kind of seal or stamp. rgya-mthofit lit. wide view; a platform or open pavilion on the top of a house. Rgya-mdah n. of a district in upper Kong-po (Yig. k. 25). 3*^ rgya-hdre or rgyam-hdre a quarrel. g'V’l Rgya-wig China, i.e., the great and extensive country where people dress in black. J’apw Bgya-rnams or Rgya-mi- rnams the Chinese people. rgya-sna nc in mystic language copulation gab-tshiу (Ion- ia hkhrig-pa). 3’sfa tgya-tpot НЖ: the Chinese iucense stick or Jbss-stick. 3W tgya-phugt a full covering. Sq rgya-wa=zW№ рЬап-ра^ццц'ч^ц bsam-pa, hbad-pa to be useful and of service; to exert one’s self: ^мг saflt-rgyas-kyi bstan-pa la rgya-wa yin- pat (A. 133) he was of great service to the religion of Buddha. 3 rgya-wo the beard; colloq. “ gyan.” 3 тдуа-bod or Rgya-nag-dafi Bod China and Tibet. also Ulterior or Chinese Tibet. 3'1^’ЯЗ rgya-byin gshu rain- bow. 3 *1 rgya-ma a steel-yard. In Amdo the term 3 rgya-rma signifies secondary syphilis. rgya-men те-tog a flower used as medicine: the flower Gy amen metog is useful in diseased blood and in pains in the shoulders. j'M rgya-mo a net; also a Chinese woman. 40
306 Wl З’й4! rgya-s»iug of the colour of the liver; purple. Acc. to Ja. violet colour. rgya-rtsang a kind of lizard (Sman 322). J rgya-rtsi sa-r/si) a Chines© varnish: rgya-rtsig rma-tpt hbrag-gkron rfio-h phan Chinese var- nish cures sores, wounds, skin-inuption, it eh, etc. Rgya-brtsoii hgrus 8cfi-ge n. of the learned Tibetan Lo-tsd-ica who twice visited Vikramas'ila in Magadha with a view to take Atis'a to Tibet. 5’* rgya-tshba^fyCQy*^'^ fin-tu lan- tshba-ica sal-amoniac. Syn. ”1’5’5 ka-po-ta; lehe-hbigg (4[fion.). rgya-tshos vermilion. J’w* rgya-mt*ho 1. the ocean; the sea. 2. dropsy. 3. it also signi- fies tho number four: j mkhag-pa legg-bgad kyig mi-fiomg, rgya-mtsho chu-yig fiomg-pa med no amount of elegant sayings or writ- ings is adequate for the learned; no quantity of water is sufficient for the ocean. J’** is a common personal name in Tibet. Syn. chu-gter; chu-dag\ ^’3 ch и bi phufi-po; rin-che.n hbyufi-gva$\ zla-icag hphel; З'сЛ' 5^1^ zla-wahi grogs*, ыК'Ч’Э'я^ pha-rol mi- mfion; tgil-dkah-wa*, chu-srin hbyufi-gnag; chu-srin kdag ; chuhi srin-pohi gron- che ; sin-dhuhi bdag-po; У aft gha-hdsin ; rt'-yi hod-can ; X’ ro Idan-ma ; sa-mchod ma ; dug-can gnas ; nal-hgrohi fiter; dal-hbab mdsod; chu- stei; chu-srin rgyal-mtshan can ; zla-ziahi ma-ma. 3’^1 5**^ V)4 rgya-mtsho dgah the moon; Jrgya-mtshohi zla reflection of the moon in the ocean; q’ciw ^5’3’525 rgya-mtsho pa-ham mchod-gyi dpyad a seaman or anything belonging to the sea. • Rrgya-mtsho sbag-pa Samu- dra Gupta; n. of ancient monas- tery found buried under sand by King DharmapSla, near site of which was found- ed the monastery of Vikramas'ila. + rgya-mtshohi mchifi=$' rgya-mtshohi mjins orifc’SZfa dkyil the vast expanse of the sea. rgya-rntshohi duA-phrefi^ tsha-la billows ; waves of the sea; also borax (Sman. 166). Rgya-mtshohi rdo-гса n. of a medicine. rgya-rntshohi wu-гса, v. SS’4 rgya-mchohi dbu-ua a kind of medicine [(1) sea-foam, (2) cuttle-fish boneJS. rgya-^shiin IF. is stated to be a kind of gtor-ma offering to demons and demi-gods as a substitute for animal sacrifice (Jd.). rgya-gzeb acc. Sch. a large net; a largo rake used in reaping. 5'^ гдуа-уап = у^'ъ дуей-гса laziness; remissness: rnam-kun rgya- yan dug during the time I am found negli- gent (of religious duties) (Yig. k. 22). + 5’5)*^ rgya-yi-hbur engravings on a seal; rgya-yi hbur^^^^^ dam-phrug gi ri-mo the raised figures or inscriptions on a seal; phyag-rgya in mystic rites the symbolical gestures of the hand or the fingers, to express cer- tain charms and language. 5’^ rgya-yul the country of India or China.
307 J’X Tgya-ri painted figures, etc.; a portion of meat (Jd.). It also denotes a measure = half dam or one fourth of Ihu. J’Xq rgya-rog—wy'fa aga-tsom beard. S'44 rgya-lab talk, gossip. j4aw rgya-lam high road, main way. rgya-qug the juniper tree; a species of fir from China and the Hima- layas; a species of jujube rgya-gar-dan ron- gi <P<g~Pa hbras-bu ehun-chun yod-pm shig (Khrid. 33); rgya-^ug-gi hbru giw, w jujube, fruit. Syn. bya-rgod sen-mo; *3^’3 hbras-zlum-can; VW'S** ddal-skycs; sa-stobs (M-fton.). tgy^^g hkhyil (Э’-^Я'Я'^ rgya-tpig-gi §doft-po bzaft-po) a species of juniper. rgya-$ub$ or pi($-f ub§ light trousers worn by the Chinese. J’-^Я rgya-tpg Chinese paper. З’Л” r^ya-ps=5'^ rgya-tshos vermi- lion. rgya-ser 1. gap, cleft, fissure chasm in rocks, glaciers, &c. 2. a dog with yellow spots about the nose. 3. J’^’q a Russian. rgya-sog or 5’^Яrgya-sog-le 1. a saw imported from ludia or China. 2. a Tartar of Turkistan. rgya-sran a wide opening or passage; a street; a balance. J’5^ rgya-sran дгая (*3 hbru) a kind of pulse ; gram. rgyag-pa another form for ч rgyab-pa, used esp. iu (7., to throw, cast, fling; ^‘jq’q mdah rgyag-pa to shoot arrows ; 5Я^'Ч'^Я’2Я’П dgon-pa shig rgyag- pa to found a monastery. Has, in general, all the significations of ^q*rq. I • rgyags-pa provisions, victuals, food; htsho-tcahi tgycigs provisions for living; «WjqN lam- rgyags provisions fora journey; 'gq** dgun-rgyags provisions for the winter; rgyags-zoft merchandise to buy or barter victuals with. II: <4, HTsi; ХЯ”’4 dregs- pa arrogance, pride. Adj. arrogant and inebriated. There are eight kinds of jq*rq rgyags-pa :—(1) Xqsrqsq’WjqN’q rigsbzaft- wa§ rgyags-pa pride of high birth; (2) qiq^’ gq^-q gzugs-kyis rgyags-p>a pride of appear- ance ; (3) QK‘^r jqq*q laft-tshos rgyags-pa pride of youth; (4) jqN’q nad med- pas rgyags-p't pride of freedom from sick- ness; (5) Х^'З^'ЭЯ^ q nor-gyis rgyags-p>a pride of wealth; (6) ^qq*^*q^’jq^’q dwan yod-pas rgyags-pa pride of power; (7) Xq’^srqsTjjqq’q bzo-rig $es-pas rg у gas-pa pride of teohnical knowledge ; (8) q^’jqN’q maft-du thos-pa§ rgyags-pa pride of versatile perception. jqvq<4'5q4’|3j rgyags-pahi fat, stout (Sch.); also mighty, proud. cjj£’ rgyan^^' rgyafi 1. wall, distance. rgyan-grags the distance of about two miles; the reach of hearing. rgyan-mehoft bt aft-gin moving forward by long leaps. j^-q rgyan thun-wa near; ^Я'^’ mig-rgyaft distance of sight, i.e., the distance from which a man may be well distinguished. rgyan-du lus-pa lingering behind (Sch.). jc^-^q'q rgyan-nas phog-pa ear shot; hit from a distance. dgah-ston powerful, 2.
3е’41 308 З3»! rgyafi-pa, used for Ъгкуап- ra, stretched: rgyafi-na$ b*hag- pa they laid him down stretched out Ja ). jE/вц'сг Rgyan phan-pa or rgyan phrn-pa a sect of Hindu philosophers who were scorned by the Buddhists and called atheists ; lit. the cast out by the world, t>., the despised of tho people, the Lokayata sect of Ancient India. rgyan-та distance ; great way off; rgyan-ina-na§ at a distance; from afar. rgyafi-ma-na$ grag$- pa the-ica famous, celebrated ; heard from afar. Very common in older as well as in modern works. rgyafi-mig ini-ntthon- ink han short-sighted. Rgyan J ordinary pronunciation ef Rgya?-rtse,ihe chief town in the district of Nyang in Southern Tsang. rgyan-t*ha$ not far from. jcAc?q rgyan-rin-po far, remote ; Зц ic/q q rgyan rin-po-na$ len-pa taken or brought from a great distance. rgyan-rin-ica VTia decaying; procrastinating. O rgyan b*rin$-pa lengthened to a great distance. rgyafa adv. far; Tgyan$ bkyed-dc moving far away, e.g.^ in order to increase one’s distance from an unplea- sant neighbour at table (Ja.). rgyans-te arriving as in haste: gel- gyi hkhar-ica-Mg thog$-na$ khofi-gi rt*ar rgyan-tc by an carrying a crystal staff he arrived near him (A. 138.). jcatSjc/ rgyan-gin, also wrongly written as rkyan-gin= •£’сг|$г^,й§ku-than rf-mo bri-rgyuhi ra$-&shi rgyon-wahi gift sogs daft nri-sog rgyan^-wa 1. castle. 2. the board on which the body of a culprit is stretched for flogging ; thoboard or canvas on which cloth or pasteboard is placed for making a picture. I: rgyan,, colloq. rgyan-cha 'WWM, ornament, decor- ation; rgyan-gyi$ brgyan-pa decked with ornaments; dtcu-rgyan the ornament of the head; a diadem; sems-kyi rgyan a blessing; an ornament of the heart: %’^‘5’3^ ornament of the body equals mental talents; the miseries of the body are not equal to anxiety of the mind (Cc. 13). Syn. cha$-> leg$-byed\ mdset-byas*, JYS4 rgyan-byed; dkod- pa\ $pra§ {Mnon.). И : $kug§ 1. a stake or pledge at play. 2. lot; $<¥3^* rgyan-rgyab-pa, to cast lots—without religious ceremonies. rgyan mkhan-po (Schr.; Td %, 187) one versed in rhetoric. 3¥*3Vq rgyan hgyed-pa to lay a wager. 3¥*^ rgyan-mchog earring. JjYV4*1' rgyan-du hchar it proves a blessing for tho heart; a moral advantage. rgyan-drug the six kinds of ornaments used by the Aryan people of India. rgyan-hdogs-pa to adorn one’s self. 3¥^V°^ rgyan nehii le-can ornament made in the shape of a weasel’s head. 3¥q гдуап-ра~ъ№№ bshag-pa nfea adorned, bejewelled.
309 Г* I 2^4 rgyan-ро throwing dice; also rgyan bshag-mkhan qy№ who joins in a wager; gambler. rgyau-pa byed-pa to lay a wager. rgyan dor-wa or bshag-pa a dice-rogue; a gamester; one who throws dice. 2VS^ rgyan-phran commonly or slightly ornamented. rgyan-bya^ v. rgyan. 2 VS'4!” rgyan zla-gam a semi- circular necklace. rgyab re, Тота 1. the back of tho body ; the back part of anything; 2q rgyab-kyi phyogs behind ; rgyab-kyis phyogs-par byed-pa to put to flight ; rgyab-khal a burden carried on the back; 2Л’3^ rgyab gur- po haunch-back; rgyabsnas a cushion or pad for the back. 2. a load; wjr a load or pack of wool; ’4^ three mule-loads. 5q5 rgaab-tu rgyab-na, and 2qQi rgyab-la are in common use both as adverbs and as postp., in the latter form governing the genit. ease, signifying afterwards or after, behind, at the back, etc. : 2q’q’^ql rgyab-la rgyug run behind; they lay down behind him; 2q after building the roof of the monastery. 2ч’5’Ч^ rgyab-tu shon mounts on the back. $4^ rgyab-rten vrsu a back-support; something to lean against; a safe retreat; prop, support. rgyab r ten-pa to lean one’s back against; to lean or rest on; to rely upon, confide in. rgyab-rten byed-pa to make a support ; to back. 2CJ’^4 rgyab $ton-pa to turn one s back; to turn round. 24’*Pfa rgyab-gnon confirmation. rgyab-pa^ pf. and fut. ^2q brgyab, imp. gb rgyoby to throw, to fling; to hit, to beat, to strike ; ^'2q q rdo-rgyab- pa to throw or pelt stones at; 2q q rgyab-pa to put wood (on fire, &c.); ^2q q ho-rgyab-pa to kiss ; phyugs-nags seb-turgyab-pa to let tho cattle run into the thickets, q|4q’2q bztog-pa rgyab-pa^ also btab-pta to clap; ^'2^ ho-ma-rgyab-pa to pour or mix milk; ^’2qq tshba-rgyab to salt (a curry or meat). 2q KT*>q rgyab phyogs-pa to turn one’s back to a person or thing; to leave it behind; to be indifferent. rgyab byed-pa to protect; to back. rgyab-huoly 2q^ rgyab-rten cushiou for the back. jq rgyab-dmag^^'S^ rjes-dmag re-inforccment; reseive. 2q^^ rgyab-rtsis intend to make; hint. 2A rgyab-rdsi one standing behind working people in order to watch and superintend them. 2^’q!5c> rgyab-gshun the spine, the backbone. rgyab-ya^ grans %VT (or a number. S4'^' rgyab-rin i’lire the long-back; met. a fish or a snake. rgyab-log byed-pa to turn one’s back ; to rebel; revolt. rgyab-log§ the back; back part; the reverse of a thing. rgyam~tshba — § rgya-tshba a kind of rock-salt (brought from Sind) used in medicine.
Saif 310 I: rgyal skar-ma) хрцт the eighth constellation in the Hindu and Buddhist astronomy. Syn. lha-ld im-ma; sbyor Idan-ma; t skim-bye d- ma ; grnb-pa-ma ; S'4 ^5 tgyal-smad (AJfon,). И: 1. w. 2. the five penalties for theft. j jj-. (U30(j oniy in compounds) royal, victorious; also great, chief. Rgyal-кии hdud=^<fa'^ prgorEj ljkhor-lo§ $gyiir-icahi rgyal-po a Chakra varti Raj& ^ДДОоп.). Rgyal-dkah invincible ; the unconquerable. Й rgyal-gyi mtshan-nio a December night; Tgy^-gyi *la- wa the month of December; §N'yq rgyal-gyi na-wa ^fviRT the full-moon day of December-January. rgyal-khaft = 4^’35 Sqc; rgyal- pohi pho-bran the king’s residence; palace. Syn. rgyal-pohi khab*, bso$-nams khafi-pa (Mfion.). jorpcr^’Ei rgyal-khab chen-po the main government; imperial government (Fty. k. 18). jargfciN rgyal-khrims = ^'tt’$w rgyal- pohi khrims court law; the king’s law : JT the law is a golden yoke. rgyal-mkhan-po 4fcn (Schr.; Ta. 230) learned. rgyal-rgyud royal family or line- age. j'M’t rgyal-rna drum of victory: rgyal-rfia rab- hbyams shin kun-khyab par-bsgrag$ the drum of victory diffusing far and wide proclaims your fame all over the world (Kg- k.). Rgyal-chcn zde-hslii^^'"^*^ Rgyal-chcn bshi ^тряттЧТ^т, snfw; they are : (1) Yul-hkhor sruil (2) Rphags skyes-po (3) Spyan mi-bzan (4) Rnam~tho§ eras rgyal-mchog fsnrax, n. p. (Schr.; Td. 2, 3) victorious; subduer. ♦ Rgyal-mchog rin-chen (Schr.; 27 A.). rgyal-hdab зпппс n. of a tree [a lotus]S. * Rgyal-sde dkar-chnfi si?j- (Schr.; Ta. 2, 212). I: rgyal-po W king» chieftain, ruler; rgyal-por feko-wa to inaugurate a king; to raise (him) to the throne : the king is honoured in his own country, the h arned is everywhere respected; the ruling deity of Do-thang: I do not wish to be king : if I do not attain royalty. Syn. sa-$kyon; sa-gshi Skyon; sa-bsrufi; sa-bdag; jjk'S sa-spyod\ sa-dwafi; dpufi-pa skyes; lag-las skyes; rnam-par skyes; hgro-tcahi dwan; skyed-guhi bdag-po; t mi-rje; mi-bdaej; mihi dwan-phyug; 'ntihi dicafi-po; mihi hdren- pa; guam-gyi rgyal-po; §5 hjigs-sel byed; dmah-skyob; Yic/q^ spyi-wor dican-bskur; ini-yi mgon-po; sa-hdsin; sa- htsho;^'*^^ sahi dwan-phyug (HfnoH.).
311 4jeiW^| gq*q и : that which is excellent; something superior in its kind; З'Ч'ч tin-nc-hzdsin rgyal-po Samadhi-raja, the excellent work on meditation. gq-qAj^'q’^A^w rgyal-po hkhun-pa gro§ dkar-po ehig-thub n. of a medicinal root (Sman. 10k). gq’q'ogq-q rgyal-po hkhyil-wa 1. a medicine. 2. ttsttw, тгзЩ? a kind of precious stone said to be brought from Viratdes'a; a royal fillet. Syn. mu*mcn (Mnon.). gq'q-£?<q<rt^q rgyal-po nes-par ht sho- wn supported by the king. ^orq-^ rgyal-po-сап royal; kingly. gq’Hi’^f^N rgyal-po hjoms КГ5Щ one who has killed the king; regicide. gq'q’g^’q rgyal-po smug-po—Я gla-rtsi musk (Sman. 333). gq-q’sj^ gS| rgyal-po mtshon-byed the cock. gq'q-q^ rgyal-po bshin=^'u'3^<^ rgyal-pa nan-ltar чгьтзд in the manner of a king; right royally. gorq’qQ^'q rgyal-po bshug§-pa xrsrgr^f the race of kings. gqqw^q Rgyal-po zas-gtsan King S'uddhodana; чТ* bcom-ldan hda§-kyi yab the father of S'akya-muni. Rgyal-po gyn-sdoA gser hgo n. of a medicinal plant (Sman. 77) [the plant Justicia Janderussd}S. gq’q’^’w*^ Rgyal-po Ra-ma-na King Rama-chandra of the Ramaya^a. Syn. ^3’5 Ra-gliiihi-bu; Dkah- thub-can\ ^fq'qsq Tshul-bzan ; Dg^h- byed\ чЙклгд^ Hphons-skyen , Cin-rta bcu-pahi sras; Mgrin bcuhi-dgra-wo\ Si-tahi bdag-po; gq'gq-q Hzam-glin rgyal-po; Q dgah byed-bzan-po; Pho-brad, mi-tog can (Mnon). gq qXq'^q Rgyal-po rab-snan described as n. of a king who was born on the day Buddha was bom. gq’q’-fpvq Rgyal-po qa-ra-wa явд= ; q^’^’g^q^gq^vW^'^- gq'q’tq^q'q'g^-qj^qi Rgyal-po gsad-wa spyan-gcig—^'\w^\'Q fan-dril dmar-po n. of a medicine (Sman. 22 k)- gq-q^'g’q^wq rgyal-pohi §ku-bsrun§-pa a king’s body-guard. Syn. q’W’^jsrq bsrun-mihi tshogs-pa; g’qsjq^-q bsruds-pa; ba-trahi §de; bsruns-wa (Mnon.). gq qrg^q rgyal-pohi §kyed-tshal=^’ q5’^q rgyal-pohi tshal or dgah- icahi tshal royal gardens; park (Mfion.). gq-q^-g^'^ rgyal-pohi dkyes-bii — ^'^'Si rgyal-pohi mi personage of the king’s family; an official. gq-q^q rgyal-pohi khab the king’s residence ; palace; capital Rajagir in Magadha. Syn. khyad-par bkod-pa; ^q’ q'^ hphel-ua-can; bkra-<p§ can; q^^Wf^'q bsod-nams khan-pa; kun-nas bzan\ ba-gam-can; sa-bdag khyim; gyun-drun hkhyil-wa; rgyal-khah', rgyal-pohi pho-bran ; gq'q^’q^ rgyal- pohi bsti-gnas (Mnon.). gq’q5*pw rgyal-pohi khams = ^’lp\ rgyal-srid kingdom. gq’q^qpi rgyal-pohi rtag§ the signs of royalty, such as the umbrella, the chowry, etc.; royal paraphernalia.
312 $arq| 5^ rgyai-pohi rgyai- sras the son of a king; a prince; a scion of the royal family ; a royal descendant. rgyal-pohi dp у ad gf^T, present; tribute (to a king). rgyal-pohi myu-gu the son of a king ; a prince. + д'ч Е&'дч rgyal-pohi = btsun-mohi §dod-sa the queen’s apartments in a palace, also her attendants. Syn. tysun-mohi hkhor; ^’9^’ pho-bran hkhor (ДГлог?.). jq’Zhnijwa rgyal-po$ bkrab$-pa~^t№ rgyal-po$ hdam$-pa chosen, selected gain and loss; win by the king. rgyal-pham victory and defeat; wining and losing. 5^'9^ rgyal-phran (gy al-than), a petty king; a feudatory prince. Syn. rgyal-rigs cha-^as; oprqjtfvViq’ yul-hkhor-dwafi; yul-gyi bd'ig-po; groft-khyer-rje; $de-dpon\ sa-yi tihg- le hdsin; kham$-kyi rgyal-po (Mnon.). • rgyal-ica sni, v. neut. 1. to be victorious; to win; to conquer; to subdue ; to overpower ; nag-pohi 2)hyog$-la$ rgyal-wa to be victorious over the powers of sin, i.e., the side of darkness; q gyul'las rgyal-wa to be vic- torious in battle; 4 tshod Ita- wa 11$ rgyal-wa to pass an examination successfully; TS’4’Wjprq rtsod-pa-la rgyal- wa to win a contest. 2. the number twenty-four. ij. j. the act of conquer- ing; victory. 2. the conquering party or person; he that prevails; the conqueror (opp. to pham-pa, the vanquished). ГП III: fspf, WWH 1. the con- queror, most high, i>., the Buddha. 2. the earliest known Buddha, Adi-Buddha ; the conqueror of passions. IV: adj. victorious; superior; eminent; excellent: rnam-par rgyal-wa hi khail-bsan the man- sion completely excellent. rgyal-wa can, n. p. (Schr.; Bull. 1848, 2S8). * gq’qrgyal-wa vnehog-gi $kyed-iruha$ (Schr.; Kalac. T. 21). Rgyal-wa gni$-pa the second Buddha of this age; an epithet which once belonged to NSgarjuna, now given to Tsong khapa, i.e., tRje-rin-po- che, jTq’qfttr vfrvqjj rgyal-ica gni§-pahi fatan-pahi rgyal-mtshau srid-rtser b$grefi$, he uplifted in the king- dom the banner of the creed of the second Buddha (Tsong-khapa) (Yig. k. 22). * rgyal-wa tshitl-khrim§ one of the four great Teachers of the Bon religion (G. Bon. 35). Rgyal-ica tshe-dpag-med (Schr.*, 29 A.) n. of a Dhyani-Buddha. * З^’^З’З4’4 Rgyal-wa qhakya thitb-ра, 5’5 5 ta-tya-thha mu-ni (Schr. ; 33 Л). Rgyal-wa Rin-gyo-che the “most precious Jina” is the ordinary title in Tibet of the Grand Lama of Lhasa— the Dalai Lama. Rgyal-wahi cod-pan n. of a famous king of Kashmir who reign- ed about the seventh century A-D. Rgyal-wahi Ь§1а^-ра^^^ saw rgya^-kyi b§fan^pa the reli- gion of Buddha ; Buddhism (Yig. k. 10).
rgyal wahi thugs-sras f^T- ЧН: the spiritual son of Buddha. jorqq’g^ rgyal-wahi spyan = ^^\'&' 5*4 lug-mig те-tog a flower resembling in appearance the eye of a Buddha and used in medicine (8man. 421), Jiarqq^qvq Rgyal-wahi dwan-pv the chief Buddha; also an occasional appel- lation of the Grand Lama of Lhasa: the Gyal-wai Wang-po is the great seer and one who knows all things (Yig. к. 1). * jq’q^qq’EjA’gfSfa rgyal-wahi dwan- pohi blo-gros (Schr,; Bull, 1848> 94) one whose mind is devoted to the Lord Buddha. goi qo/^’sj rgyal-wahi myu-gu, v. rgyal-was f^pn^ [a nascent Buddha.]#. jorq^'gor^q rgyal-wahi rgyal-tshab— Rgyal-warin-po chchi sku-tshab the Regent of Tibet who administers the country during the minority of the Dalai Lama; now called Rgyal-tshab Rin-po che or Bod-Rgyal-po (Po-gye po.). g^’qS’^q rgyal-wahi tshab the vice-regent of Buddha; a name of Maitreya Bodhi- sattva. rgyal-wahi gshi fspuw: by (in- ch ub sems-dpah or Bodhisattva, Rgyal-wahi hod зтянт, ftpr- the glory of Buddha; name of a Bodhisattva, 4jQl*q5'^ rgyal-wahi sras~ L'gyal- ua ; Bodhisattva, a Buddhist monk; an ordained Bhiksu. *jorqrv^j rgyal-wahi lha (Schr.; Ta. 2, 146), * epTAKVF rgyal-war dfcah (Schr,; Katie. T, 22) one of the ten stages of perfection or 313 5^5' rgyal-bu the son of a king; a prince ; J4’§5 rgyal-bu rgyal- bycd n. of a prince in Kos'ala in Buddha’s time. Syn. q^-^^r^q^- bsod-nams stobs; zil-gnon-bu; tgyal- rigs thig-le ; ’*4^* rgyal-pohi gdun; rggal-sras; wor- hdsin bdag-pohi sras\ rgyal-pohi 'myu-gu (Mnon,), Rgyal bycd-ma n. of a goddess. jotRgyal-byed-tshal u. of the grove which was purchased by Anath- pindada a merchant of S'ravasti and where the Buddha resided for a long time. * Rgyal-dwah Ifta-pa chen- po = kun-gzigs bti- bzan rgya-mtihohi shabs (Schr.; 16 A). gq'^qq-q^ Rgyal-dwan padma=-'®№ sahs-rgyas ghis-pa or ^ 5^ ^’5’* Slob-dpon Rin-po-cbe an epithet of the saint Padma Sambhava given him by the Rhin-ma sects (Yig. k. 27), rgyal-blon the king and his minister, also the state minister. rgyal-то the queen; wife of the king. Rgyal-то ka-ra sman) a a coarse sugar used in medicine. jorSrXc* Rgyal-mo-ron — ^'^ Rgyal- ron n. of a country on the confines of S. E. Tibet (Situ. 56). j'arZK’q]'^ rgyal-mohi ga-gon n. of a place. jor^q rgyal-tshab ^KTaT 1. the Desi (Bde-srid) or regent of Tibet. 2. the would-be successor of a king; crown prince. i: rgyal-mtshan 1. the armorial flag or banner of 41
314 victory of Buddhism; is tho orthodox standard of the Buddhist. 2. used as a personal name of Bodhisattvas and indivi- duals such as:—Sc^^wq'^nt^qS-gTw^ В у ah- hub stm$-pa mi brp'd-pahi rgyal- ndshan, S^qvg'q’w^ Rtogs-pahi rgyab mtshan, Yoh^su r*og$-pa daft, bral-icahi rgyal-mtshan. 3. 25 phod-wain Tho Gyal-tshan or Bud- dhist banner is seen as a kind of decoration of cloth in various colours and of cylindrical shape erected upon a flagstaff or carried on a pole. If is also made in brass and wood. In Tibetan Buddhism the following are the 3*r**^ rgyal-mtshan, to combat with the powers of evil:—(1) tshul- khrtms-kyi rgyal-mtshan, (2) ^’^‘^‘З’З4* tin-fie-hdsin-gyi tgyal-mtshan, (3j ys-rab-kyi rgyal-mtshan, (4) yc.-$e$-ky; rgyal-mtshan, (5) rnam-par grobwah* rgyal-mtshan, (G) tfitfbrjo dien-pohi rgyal-mtshan, (7) я cr^-qi^or^’ $tofbpa-nid-daft mtshan-ina med-pahi $mon-pa mrd-pahi rgyal-mtshan, thahs-ky. rgyal-mtshau, (9) ^4'^ £\q V5fa'£yqv’ sams-ean mt d-pa-dan srog med-pa-dafl gan-zag nud-jyahi rgyal-mtshau, (10) ^•^^g'5rqv^E4’q ^•^5'q^ Wg'q^' догчч’д'ч'я^ rten-cin hdrtl-par hbyufi-ica khofi-du chud-pas mthar Ita-bu dafi. bra I-icahi rgyal-mtshan, (11) 5'с^'3*ГРЗ^ ran-gi scm$-gisem$ yofis- su dag-pas sans-rgyas-kyi byin-gyi§ brlab$. qjopr rgyal-mtshan grag§ чТ^ПН fame; ornament. rgyabmtshan-ma (Schr.; 99 B) ensign of good fortune. ♦ rgyal-mtshan sefi-ge ^JT- (Schr.; Org. m. Ill, 2$). 5*1’3 rgyabzla нтя the month of December. 5*1 ачм rgyal-rab$ genealogy of kings. Rgyal-rabs Bon-gyt hbyrn-gnas n. of a work on the origin of the Bon religion. 5*r^*pi rgyal-rigs the military caste of India; royal race; tho race of a king. Лч|Ц'|| N rgyal-rigs skyes born of the military caste, also of the royal family; resident of Magadha. rgyal-rigs eha-ga^^'^ tgyal-phran a petty king; a vassal or feu- datory prince (Mon.). rgyal-rigs thig-le = ^r^ rgyal-bu tho son of a king; a prince. jq-Rqprtf rgyal rigs-то a lady of the military caste of India. rgyal-roft, v. rgyal-mo-roft. rgyal-sa capital seat of Govern* ment, royal place ; the place or position of a king. rgyal-sra$=*prgyal-pohi sras the son of a king or prince. *5^ 4-^*1 rgyal-b^es D- Pr- (Schr.; Was. 55). 5*C5J5 rgyal-srid KW, a kingdom ; empire; state. rgyalsrid rgyas-pa empire. '^’4^ rgyal-srid Rin-chen sna- bdun the seven different precious articles of royalty, viz:—hkhor-lo the wheel; ^’9 nor-bu gem ; btsun- mo, queen; SH2* blon-po minis- ter; g|*’2i gian-po elephant; rta- mchog spirited horse; khyim- bdag house-holder; dmagpon rin-po chc commander” inichief,
315 rgyal-srid srufi-wa to defend a state against enemies. 5*4’^ r^as-A^Z=5*4*44*4^«\*4^*4^’4 rgyas-par bgad-pahi hgrel-pa comprehen- sive commentary: 5*4*54 ’ 5^ ’9’q V*l ’45* an elaborate commentary on the texts of Sum-cu-pa and Rtags hjug-pa {Situ. 137). Syn. 4^’4 hphel-wa; F^’4 rdsogs-gia; ^4* 4 gan-wa ; p*§*4 kka-lye-wa; @4’4 khyab- pa; ^’4 che-wa; ^’4 tshim-pa (Mnon.). 4^4’4 I: wth n. of a great sage of Ancient India, the reputed author of the Mahabharata; 54’^4-54’4 Dran-sron rgya§- pa srrwft the sage Vyasa. gsrq II: (prop. pf. to 5’4 rgya-wa) 1. vb. to increase in bulk or quantity; to augment; to spread: 4’S)'$’^’54 la-yi nu- Itar rgya$ swells like a cow’s dug; 4^’ 4*54’2|v bstan-pa rgyas-$in the doctrine (of Buddha) spreading; to grow,develope. 2. adj. extensive, large, ample, wide, mani- fold, numerous, copious, complete, full; 3’4’54’4 zla-ica rgyas-pa full moon ; the adverbial form is frequent: 54*44'^5'5 rgyas-par hdo^-na if you wish to know it fully. 54’44*55’4 rgya§-par byed-pa 1. to make bigger; to augment; to increase. 2. to describe, narrate, state at large. 54'44’4-55'4 rgyas-par b^ ad-pa elucidation; full explanation; AV5^’4V 55’4 don rgyas-par byed-pa to be very use- ful ; to exert a beneficial influence. 54'55 rgya$-byed нтта the land of plenty; a name of India. 5*4’§5’^g^*q5'qfl|'q rgyas-byed hbyun-pohi lag-pa—1^'^ dwafi-lag n. of a medicinal plant growing below the limit of snow in the Himalayas and resembling the human hand in appearance (Sman. 416). ii 54’55’^ Rgyas-byed-та UKcft n. of a goddess—Cornocopia, the goddess of plenty. *5*V-^4- rgyas-qin gft (Schr. ; Kalac. T. 110) thriving. I • rgyu a kind of blanket. II: 1. matter; substance; material; ^’4 rgyu-wa superior quality: rgyu- gtsan any stuff, wool or cotton, &c., when cleansed and washed for making cloth; also pure origin, rgyu-$gog n. of a medical drug; wild garlic. chafi-rgyu ingredients for making beer: ^’5’|’4,444|4’ 44‘4'5Ц rgya dge-wa bsags-pa$ thob-pa yin the substance has been obtained by means of accumulated merits : ** «1’5^4’^*5^’ fta-la dgos-rgyu chu ft I have few wants. 4f’bzo- rgyu material to make or manufacture any- thing with ; *’^5 za-rgyn-med nothing to eat: da-liar rgyu-shig snan-no an opportunity will presently offer itself (Ja.). 2. In JK arrangement; preparation. In a special sense material; stuff for weav- ing; warp; chain (Jd.). g 111:^1. cause, namely, the primary cause as distinguished from 5^ the second- ary or co-operatiug cause; the direct cause for any event; also reason, motive, main condition: $‘Mmya- nan las hdas-pahi rgyur-hrgyur it becomes the cause of passing out of misery, i.e., Nirvana; nan-son rgyu-ru hgro, ^4 rgyns with genit. by reason of; on account of ; in virtue of; in consequence of; ?5’^4 eihi rgyus, why: ^’^5Л rgyu med-du rgyu med-par without any actual cause; spontaneously; without sufficient reason; without good cause; V rgyu-dan rkycn primary and secondary
316 cause, which sometimes coincides with ‘ cause and effect’; rgyu-dift rkyeu-dehi phyir, dehi rgyu, d hi rkyen-gyis, dehi rgyu-rkyen therefore ; on that accouut. $ fic-icahi rgyu iu medicine tho three anthropological causes or conditions of diseases ; the three 4 humours/ wind, bile, and phlegm ; rin-tcahi rgyu tho ultimate cause of diseases and of every evil, viz., ignorance ; q nm rig-pa, sAt/ (7 byed-rgyu tho creative < iuso ; hphel-icahi гдуц-ni Ite- <ca the efficient cause of growth is the navel-string; ^'§5’4 rgyu byed-pa to be tho principal cause of; to lie at the bottom of a matter; rgyu §kyed-pa to lay the foundation of. There are six kinds of rgyu-drugbyed- ahi rgyu, lian-eig hhyun- <rahi rgyu ? rnam-$miit-gyi rgyu, mhshuvs-par Idan-pahi rgyu, kun-tu hgro-wthi rgyu, 3 bk l-n.h m kyi rgyu. 2. attached to a verbal ro >t rgyu often indicates tho supin and, coll* quiiVly, the infinitive ; wishes to gs. Also forms a iutur1 tense when connecting the root with th k cuxil. verb. will eat: ^^e.* tho e that will come to me; when thegovcri ment was to bo entrust» 1 to him; 5 liors°s as pro ii it to be had (Jd.); dkou-rgyu no d th it i. not a very precious thing; there is nothin/particular in that; Wq^ gshan-p 'S I'gprgyu med he is not more beautiful than others; 7 a-n *>'ian rgyu-med that is not to be won- dered at. rgyu-rky n reason ; cause ; acc. to Jd. connection : rgyu-rky a bshad-du gw I please explain to me the connection. rgyu-cha colloq. that which belongs to a thing; appurte- nance ; necessary implement, &c.; also pro- perty. ^'^9* rgyu-hbrus cause and effect or consequence; gen. in a moral sense; actions and their fruits (W$las-kyi rgyu-hbra§) ; h$ rgyu hbra$- kyi-eho$ the doctrine treating on this subject ; tho doctrine of retribution ; the principal dogma of Buddhism; lt$-rgyu hbra,$ la-yid ches-pa to believe in tho doctrine of retribution. 4?^ “the moving stars ” The constellations through which the moon passes in her revolution round tho heavens are called rgyu-$kar lha-mo ni-gu rtsa-brgyad, the twenty-eight goddesses, moving-stars, be- lieved to be the daughters of the four guardian-k:ngs of the world. Tho cons- tellations are thus named:—(1) A$nnt (^^dbyug-gu)-, (2) Bharani- (3) Ba* Krttiki the Pleiades; (4) liohini (Sir be-rdse) ; (5) Mrg tsiras (^’5 smalg o); (6) Ardrd, ; (7) A^’^ Punarvastt; (8) 5^ Pu?yd rgyal-$tod=W* nvm- so)-, (ty Я4! (ч tea); (10) Mayhd (5 ч rta-pa) or $ rta-ehen with Kcgulus bright star; (11) 9] Ptirraphalguni or rtahu or 5'^ rta-ehun-, (12) Waraphat- gani or R khra; (13) & Ilasra or S'* by t-ma ; (14) VI4 Citra (or S$ byahu with Spica); (10) Scati, (16) Viqakhfi, (17) Anura iha or lag-sor*, (18) Jyesthdy or lde-hu (with Antares); (19) Mula, or §44 srog-pa\ (20) Pared asadha ; (21) u'tard asadha or phul; (22) 5’^^ Abhijit; (23) Cravana gnis; (24) Bhatia da or ЗЦЛ mon-dre\ (25) 9J
317 Qalatisa or Й S9r09> (26) Purra- bhadrapada or (27) И««1Й5 utlarabJiadra- pada; (28) V4'® Rcvati or ?<?-««. rgyu-skar dus (Sch.; Kalac. T. 48). |’4MT|35 rgyu-skar mu-khyud the moon which is surrounded by the constellations. Rgyu-skar man-po ri n. of a mountain; the fabulous north polar moun- tain (JT. d. 4 J4^). rgyu-skar lam the milky-way ; *Tg=(-usi the starry path. rgyii-gan for what reason. 1'^ rgyu-ne§ the certain or real cause. rgyu-mnah^^9^ rgyu-mtshan cause; reason. гдуи-сап=^ф\ one who knows about a thing; well-informed. rgyu-mthun cause sufficient to produce observed effect. rgyu-ldan 1. [a cave]8. a hill, also a fountain; a lich man. 2. = 4p*j. rgyu-nad disease of tho bowels. Symptoms are ~rgyu-khrol causing much sound in the stomach; rgyu- hkhril causing much griping in the stomach; ^3^ T(jyu^hgyihs where the stomach or the intestines remain swollen and stiff with wind, etc.; rgyn- hgags obstruction of the bowels; aching or pains in the stomach. rgyu-spun the threads stretched lengthwise and crosswise to make cloth. rgyu-wa to go, walk, move, wander, range; chu-lu rgyu-wahi hdab-cags birds frequent- ing the water; kun-tu rgyu-ica to wander from place to place. This verb is generally used instead of in Sikkim. rgyu-wa med-pa that does not move; motionless, still. j-qq-q^or^^ rgyu-uahi btul-shug$ *3X3a the vow of walking. ^’§5 тдуи-bycd TK feet; that which moves. 1H rgyin met. the cloud. vgyu-sbyor-ica sbyin-bdag an alms-giver; the maker of a gift. rgyu-та entrails; intestines; bowels, more especially the small intes- tines ; rgyu hkhrogpt the croak- ing of the bowels; tyy^O^g the envelope of the lower intestines; f5 rgyu-stod the upper bowels. Colloq. rgyu-та is also a term for “ sausages.” (6?. Sndg.), rgyu med-pa without cause; evidence devoid of tradesman a) or charac- teristic. Syn. rgyu-yis st on; mtshan-nid Iral (Mnon.). rgyu-mtshan thfarf 1. cause; concatenation of events; circumstances; rgyu-mtshan hdri-ua to ask after the cause: fiahi nan-nos phye khycr-wahi rgyu-mtshan god tell me the circumstances of your fetching the flour from my house 2. зштч token, sign, characteristic, proof, evidence; ^^^hdug-pahi rgyu-mtshan as an evidence of being (Ja.). rgyu-mtshan rig 3nxfw: rela- ting to proof or cause or reason. rgyu-gwr colic; [dysentery] 8. ^•^•qq^ q-QT^Y^V she bga-uahi nad- ni rhns-tshad spyi dan hdra-ua lj, gnan- na<j la bab§-na rgyu gzer shc-paho, no-uo
318 tho has tho inchin-tshad thuMu bahs-pa la gnan-nad eh user mkhris-tshad b$iafi-wa yi$ rgyu-ma gzershift hkhrusca$ rgyu-gzer yin, de-li dou-hkhru-snod hkhru $tob$-chen dan, ^^rgyu-gzer ГДО«- hkhor ^’q]Sfa rgyu-hkhrol rgyu-lkugs. We read of, also, чг?л ч)^м rgyu-gzer gcog-pahi tho-ica gsum the thrco hammers to break the nails of colie. rgyuhi rgyun ^rrxwtm stream of causo. rgyuhi byed that become a causo; excuse. rgyuhi gtso-bo chief or primary cause. rgyuhi rig tho science of reasoning. rgyu у in-dag-par bead- pa that has fully stopped or terminated the cause ; the consequence. rgyu-yi$ khyttd-par tho chief cause; the agent. rgyu-rig cen-po ($*3 grafts) a number. rgyu-la hLrts-bu btsags srraffa^n to attach a fruit to causo. rgyu-las byufi produced or originated from cause. rgyu-lu$-kyi hbyun-wa,= ^oprfiw gzugs-khams the body; form. rgyu-sa = (w l.im) road, passage. J’SF’ rgyusran track, pas-age, road: btsan-gyi rgyusran the road that is frequented by a Btsan (demon). кУУш11: rpg a string; chain ; that which joins things together; a connection, whether physical or mental; ^5 chain of hills. II: НпЗ Tantrik treatise; ritual book for coercing deities and for other magical ceremonies. One of tho largo divisions of the Kah-gyur is styled ^5 because it contains innumerable magical treatises. Thore are said to be four classes of Tantras, namely, (1) (2) SS'^, (3) (4) In the Tan-gyur the collection of Tantras is named 5^ rgyud-pa I: vb. to tie, fasten, connect together. 3^’4n : religious teacher; especially a teacher of mysticism. 55-4ni : extraction ; lineage ; belong- ing to a family or race; family. Syn. Ьгдущ1-ра\ 5'^5 r^- hkhrid; rigs-hbyun; rigs- rgyud', sa-boii la$-byun*, gdun-rgyud\ ru$-rgyud', cho- hbrafr, **ftfa-iie; §nag-las-§kyes; rigs (Mfion.). rgyud-pa gsum the throe kinds of lineage are:—(1) gdun-rgyud family ; descent; personal; (2) §*^5 sku- rgyud descent (of the spirit in emanations, etc., as in the case of incarnato lamas); (3) $lob-rgyud spiiitual descent (ministerial succession by disciples). rgyun continuity ; rgyuu-du always; at all times; continually. ^*0 rgyun khri settled seat or throne ; 41 S Й du$-rgyun sa- gnas geig-t и bjog-pahi khri tho chair which always remains in ono place. rgyun-khyofis always to protect. rgyun-gyi myu-gu = ^^ char- zil rain-drops or dews (Mnon.). i rgyun-bab tsha^9*'^ char-drag heavy rain (Mnon.). rgyun-gtau = *fr^\ dus-rgyun at all times; the stream of time:
31 319 51! israpra real business; transactions of a public character must always be reliable (D. jeZ. 7). rgyus-pa sinews; tendons. rgyo falFb (a colloq. and obscene term) sexual union; copulation. 5’4 rgyo-ica, pf. 45 ч brgyo$^ fut. 45 rgyo, imp. tgyo^ to have sexual inter- course ; acc. to Cs. to deflower, ravish. 5^ tgyogs inergyogs rdo-rgyog$ gun; missile. ’Ц pf. brgyafiSy fut. brgyan, seems to be a secondary form of 5^’4 rkyon-wa, to extend, stretch, spread forth, distend. 5^’q rgуor-tca HTTU to kill. lga this word is seldom used, its modern form being Ц sga. 1. ginger fresh or dried; gfgfi Iga-rlon fresh ginger. In medical works both Iga and sj $ga are used to imply ’ЙЯ tga-smug, the brown ginger. 2. ru$-kyi mifi n. of a tribe; dbrah-hgru Ido^gsum Iga-dan bshi the four tribes were J)brahy lignin &don and Lga. Iga pho-che=*p'* rgyam-tshba a mystical word; oxido of mercury; also signifies sman-sga, medicinal ginger. Igafi-ne marble white. §kya lgan-ne is stated to mean perfectly white (Jd.). lgan-pa or Igan-phug acc. to Jd. the urinary bladder (IfeJ). Syn. <’*< chu-so\ Igafi-bu (Mfion.). I gan-pa relating to the bladder (Zez.)- lgaft-Ьи urinary bladder; same as §|4'ц lgaft-pa\ acc. to Jd. husk, pod, shell. ^4’gq lgan4nig—\$^\ dri-ehuhi §nod the bladder (Sman.). lgahu-g$er=%lfa §ga-rlon fresh ginger. о]«ч’*г»НгЙ Lgar-ma mes-po patriarch of the tribe of Lgar-ma; a tribal name: gi’varAN’KHfa Iga-yi Igar-ma me$-po thob the tribe of Lga obtained the name of Lgar- ma mespo. Igo a common kind of fungus like the lycoperdon or puff-ball. ’<* Igyam-tslvca, sman-ga 1. gin- ger, v. lga pho-ehe. 2. acc. to Jd. a kind of rock salt. = lga wdhb isfc 1. ginger. 2. saddle, resp. ckib-sga, a saddle for a horse; bstad- pa to lay the saddle on; to saddle; 4)^’9)^ gyag-gi §ga a saddle for a yak. Sj’g §ga-skya ginger: |дч]‘4|ут]’4^ sga-skyas bad-rluft sel-shifi khrag- hkhyag hju ginger removes phlegm and wind and liquifies the blood. sga-khebs saddlecloth; the leather cover or coating of a saddle. ЗТЯГ §ga~glo saddle girth. arifa’4 sga-sgron-pa described in Hlrom, as meaning: to saddle a horse. Sga-iig nag-po the flower of a bitter species of ginger: §ga-tig nag-pot фпи rdsin chu-ser hdren the flower of Sgatie used as a medicine draws out the yellow water of dropsy.
320 Ч=>^| sga-thag ropes or straps used, in adjusting a saddle. «Р 1- a young horse just fit for the saddle. 2. (also 4) 4 )1^ gyag thod-pa dkat-po la sgv-pa zer a yak with a white forehead is called sgi-pa (Rteii-}* §f^^’ ъда-phoft bat; flitter-mouse ^ch.). О Я sgi-SMug* also written §R'3| $mug- $ga, brown ginger. |f<* sga-tsha the flower of ginger plant: iKAStf $ga-tsha$ drod- $kyed rul-gcod chaser hdreu ginger flower (used) as a stimulant, cures sores and draws out pus. 4’<* sga-tsha pungent ginger. sgi-Jag frame of the saddle; sad- dle-bow; saddle-tree (Cs.). sgastr turmeric; yellow ginger; a spice used in cooking meat for tho table. straps for fastening the travelling-baggage to the saddle, cf. ^a-^tag. Sgag-thun n. of a small silk searf used in religious services in Tibet: Si4! V, 5iV^ * dican-ldan ma- dan^gig-thun^ srid bde-ma \S. kar. 17У). $j*rq sgag-pa to ravish; to copulate; to embrace in sexual union. $gan 1. a hilUspur ; the ridge or top of a hill : Sjvoi q^fl] cog-Mii tgan-li shag keep on the top of the table. 2. time; occasion : W’flW §5'qS'jjc/ san ia$-ka byed-ptahi §gan to-morrow at the time of doing work; SV?1 ^Va lto-za-wahi §gan just now while taking food. 3. chu-sgan a blister caused by manual work, by long marches, &c., cf. bsgan. Syn. ndho-wa (Mnon.). SFF $0an-Mrt==§j^|^ sgafi-khul 1. a hill-spur : the (village) is situated on a mountain spur. 2. full, entire: 3 Д] ’ • fl)$flj • srog-chags geig bsad-kyan $ dig-pa tgaft- kha re so-sor у oft even if (you) kill one living being there will be the full (amount of) sin in each separate case. $gan-khul ace. to Jd. same as ^gan-kha. sgafi-gi-lift a species of par- tridge. Ei $gafi mthon-po a high hill. 11^’4 $gaft-way pf. b^gans, fut. b$gan, to grow or become full (Cs.): bud-med na so-sgan a full grown woman; marriageable girl. sgan-bu full quantity; entire pieee: g’Mrqvwgv^ has not his pride been entirely broken-down within (J. П). §gifl-g<;on ,5?ra-fsf44iM ele- vations and depressions on a hillside. vgins gfan I. bank or elevat- ed place on tho margin of a river. 2. n. of districts in S.E. Tibet. a class of demon; a ghost that remains concealed: • <нг цсг §nag$-hchan lug$-dan inthun-pa$ sgab-hdre bskrad if the Tantrik priest properly performs exorcism, the ghosts are scared away. 51'ч п sgab-pa 1. secondary form of hgeb$-pa> to cover ; covering: ^’wepor^qq bya-ma§ bu-la sgab-pa the covering of a young bird by its mother. 2. go$- $gab skirt or lap of a coat; $gab-thuH a short skirt.
321 И ч|Я $дмп box, trunk? chest; also the testes: sgam- $go man a chest of drawers; lcags~ sgam an iron-chest; ko-sgam a leather trunk; X’apr ro-gams or spmr-sgam a coffin. Syn. a* sgrom; jfS snod; «^5 mdsod; sgrom-bu', ^=>*4 ban-pa ; thab-sgrom. ga*^gam-chan a small box. $gam-pa=WQ zab-pa infh: deep; profound ; mi sgam-pa — ч mi zab-pa shallow ; not deep. SprQ sgam-po, adj. full or fully accom- plished; one who is deep: gq'Ei’^q^’Spr 3 Rgyal-po Sron-btsan sgam-po, King Sron- btsan who was Sgam-po, i.e.., fully accom- plished. Acc. to Sch. prudent, quiet: 4 bio sgam-pa=^\^^^'^^ thugs gin-tu sgam-po he (the prince) was very profound. §j^ ЭДяг, defined as gv^’Ei -gq aprq^q gur man-po phub-nas bsdad-pa, pitching many tents (at a place); camp ; encamp- ment ; a military encampment; SjV to encamp ; to pitch a camp. SfVjjq Sgar-snan respectable men. sgar-min (q^’g bso-sgra) watch-word; parole (Jd.). sgal a load that is carried on the hack; load of a beast of burden ; rta- $gal a horse-load ; 3еqin-rtahi sgal cart-load; waggon-load. sgal-rta pack-horse. sgal-phyugs beast of burden. gq’wcq $gal hphan-гса to throw a load off; sgal hbogs-pa to take out a load; sgal bsran-wa to adjust or balance a load. дч’ч sgal-pa 1. the back of man or beast of burden; rgyab-la hkkur-nas hgro-tca = ^‘4W^\vp^ sgal-pa la hkhur-te hgro the carrying a thing on one’s back. 2. the small of the back ; $4’ ^q^ sgal-hdabs the lumber region. 3. croup; crupper. зргч sgal-wa to carry a load (on one’s back) or to cause a load to be carried on the back of a beast of burden ; ’^’q sgal hgel-wa to put on a load. sgal-rma a sore on an animal’s back caused by the load. gq-Sopj sgal-tshigs the spine in general; the backbone of a boast of burden. sgal-tshigs ni-^u rtsa brgyad the twenty-eight joints in the backbone; S'Stgei’Sspj mi-yi sgal-tshigs the joints in the human spinal column. sgal-tshigs ni-fu rtsa- bshi there are twenty-four joints in the backbone of a beast of burden. ^QT&jjq-jjE/q sgal-tshigs sran-ira a beast of burden of which the backbone is straight, i.e., not bent by work. SV# sgir-mo gvgv sgor-sgor ЗЛ? round; orb-like; globular. Ц sgu, adj. bent; $gu-steg$ 1. a foot-stool. 2. acc. to Sch. elbow ; angle. g sgu-rdo sling-string, explained as hur-rdo hphan byed-kyi thag-pa the string that is coiled round a stone for flinging it; a sling. g f’l4 Sgu-phyogt (f f’l*’ igye-phyo(j$) = mdun-la khyog-pa bent- forward: w- phyog ^gu-phyogs ges-pa $in-tu gees those that are bent forward and bent round were valuable ? (Jig-). 42
322 hur-rdo a sling. $gug-l>a чнЫ (in Pali чГгш) to wait, pf. b?gngf, fut. чцау bgug, imp. sgiigs (or tgugg fig}; й mi yon-rgyu sgug b$daj-pat to wait for a man’s arrival; ‘</<§5 §gug- par bi I ono who waifs for; or 5 §gug- 7 a po a waiter; q lam-na sg'tg-pa to wait on tho road; q 'igdu hjug- pa to cause to lio in wait (for a person ; to cau^o tn way-lay. $guii in Z7. clap ; crack ; crash ; report (of a gun) ija.i. sgtrl-po, acc. to Sch. father-in- law; $g»d-mo mother-in-law. sgum-md/Л, acc. to Schr. tho butt-end of a gun; gun-stock. sgary v. ST <?9">'- 5jT jq gur-rgyab a bunt-back. §дкг-ро ^ni^benf; crooked back. Syn. ^‘*5*1 sgur-hkhyog; § sgu (Mnon.). sgur-ica, wtu, to become afraid. §gul-$kyod Фн agitation. sgul-ica, pf. b$gtj fut. b$gul (cf. ядпгч hgul-tca) to move, agitate, put in motion: tgyud-kyan ma-sgul-to he could not even move the bow-string : 5 lag-pas rdo bsgal-to with his hand he shook the rock. w sg^-khuny O*' ^go-chan a small door; a window. Wg ^TTW grace, charm in the person. 5^ o sgeg-pa fWTH, TH, 1. tho grace or charm of youth: $gcg- pa is the fascination arising at the appear- ance of a body of beautiful shape. 2. sensual enjoyment; flirtation. 3. acc. to Ct. to brag, boast; airs of coquetish girls (Jd. I. Syn. ^*‘4 rol-pa; hjo-wa (Mnon.). g Sg'g-pahi Rdo-rje ^^r^T n. of a Buddhist sage of Ancient India who visited Udyana (Ancient Cabul) and spread Buddhism there. Sgig-ma n. of the goddess of beauty. $geg-mo MT^JT a dancing- girl ; a charming damsel. sgeg-rd* 7$ perfumery, pomades, &c., articles which (according to Buddh- ism) are incentives to sensual pleasures. $gen-li or 5^’^ dgen-la, acc. to Jd. on; upon ; perhaps a wrong spelling of the word 5$^* sgan. hu 1- diminutive of $ $ga, ginger. 2. v. ifa'4 1: sgog-pa (7Г. g. * 46). sgehu-ehun чПЗН garlic. sg hu-gtpr тф ginger. sger private; semi-independent; $9 'r-du specially ; privately. ^’5 §ger-rta a horse for the use of a private party, not for a public officer. tgcr-don one’s own interest, pri- vate or special reason or object: ч'Д]sger gshan med du-wa gnam- Min neither private nor public (but an in- dependent family) sending forth smoko from house-fire. ipvq sgcr-pa a private land-holder; ^3^* gshun-khral chen-po med-par ran-la
323 *11 miser у an yod-pa las khral-bsdu$ na$ za b§dad-khan a land-holder who without paying a largo tax to Government enjoys an estate is called sgcr-pa, also one who holds land fee-simple; $ger-lha or $gcr-gyi mchod-pahi lha, a special deity, i.e., a deity specially adored by a class of people or by an individual or by a particular family; §ger-khag somi-independont estate. $gcr-gyog private seiwant, also one who does his own work; servant or employe of an independent party or estate which has no connection with the Govern- ment. sger-lo, ran-sger gyi shifl lo-tog the produce of a private estate. tif $()o яаНтк, trg a door; au entrance or doorway; the aperture itself as well as the wood-work of tho door; sgo bcad-pa or FVT’T4 sgo dgag-pa to shut or close a door; FB’q §go phye-wa or F^IS’4 sgo byed-pa to open a door; F*VTq sgo hj ид-рю to put in a door; to hang a door ; F§(J° Tgyab- pa to shut a door; sgo gtan-pa acc. to Sch. to lock up, to bolt, to bar; Fbkum-p>a or^g^ bskum, acc. to Cs. resp. to shut (a door); F4^'4 sgo bditfi-ua to knock or rap at the door; jF rgya-sgo large, or the principal, door or entrance ; F the gate or gate-way ; Вphyi-sgo the outer door; 44’F barsgo the middle door; ^’F nafi-sgo the inner door; gsan-§go the secret or private door; mdsod-sgo the door to the store-room; gnam- sgo an aperture in the roof for light; sky- light; g^’F stensgo the upper door; Xflj’F hog-sgo the lower or under door; ^ST^’F Г| mehod-klan. sgo the chapel-door; thab-tshan sgo kitchen door; gner- tshan §go the store-house door; chab-khan §go the bathroom door. In Sikkim gom —door. П: often §go-mo, the admission to, the medium or means of, the passage of, knowledge or learning and, as such, the science itself, &c.; <^'5 F^ chos-kyi sgo-mo the service of Dharma (religion); rtsis-kyi § go-mo the science of arithmetic or numbers; sman-kyi sgo-mo science of medicine: F4 Sgrol-mahi sgo-nas gyul-mdos gton in the religious service of Dolma—the vidos for victory (in war) should be offered: rgyas kyi bstan-pa la hjug-pahi sgo dam-pa §kyabs-su hgro-wa as a door for entering the religion of Buddha, it is necessary to take refuge in the holy ones: «У'Ч'ЧТ theg-chen-la hjug-pahi sgo byan-chub-kyi sem§ for entering the Greater Vehicle doctrine the means is a saintly heart (the purified heart of & Bodhi- sattva) ; yon-tan hbyun ivahi sgo brtson-hgrus the means of acquiring learning is diligence and indus- try; ’йглч]-5)5’4 nes-pahbynn wahi-sgo Ic-lo lag-med-pa being idle and immodest forms a way to tho springing up of vice. F3VQSj §go kun-gro in every way. F’F^' §go-$kyofi porter; door- guard. FF^ tgo-skyor, v. F’B sgo-spe. Fr^' sgo-khaft or F^’ §go-$tcfi fasaH tho entrance into a house; vestibule ; porch ; portal; also a small house on the gate.
5Г15С’| 324 SI tgo-khufi opening of the door; an apperture in a door; эдо- khan §ten-gi gsil-khan the verandah room on the porch of a house. О tgo-khyi watch-dog. $go-hkhor hinge of a door or gate; the pivot on which the door turns. Fa4lM a small beam used to bar or bolt a door. 51 ’ядем tgo-hgram the space near the door. BTgn tgo-rgyab the space behind the door or within the door. 0*1* $go-gkg$ тгчи the board or plank of a door; the lintel; frame work on the four sides of a door [a bier, the bed on which a dead body is carried] 5. *K §go-fia eggs, spawn; $go- fa-can egg; producing or possessing or having spawn. tgo-fahi mdsod the testi- cles. $go-lcag$ сггаФ the lock of a door. йрЁ’ч $go-chor, v. if В 8go-$pe. sgo-tnod=^’^S §go-$nod cummin seed. Vjo btfian n. of a Bon deity who has eighteen hands and holds eighteen different weapons of war, which are as follows:—(1) bteg pahi widah an arrow for shooting; (2) hbugs pahi rndufi a spear to pierce with; (3) <«|Хч|’<й’у'К gcog pahi tfa-re an axe to split with; (4) gcod-pahi gra- tia a chopper to cut off; (5) fcthub-pahi ral-gri a sword to cut into pieces ; (6) btiim-pahi chu-gri a dagger to pierce through; (7) hchog-pahi tho-luni a cannon ball for battering in; (8) hbugt-pahi gsor-chen a pin to bore through ; (9) *^ч| a) hbral-wuhi sog-le the saw to separato or cut asunder; (10) dgra-icohi tpn-gri a razor-knife to cut the enemy; (11) fakor-wahihkhor- lo a disk to whirl round; (12) tgyur-wahi ya-lad an armour to ward off; (13) ^ чч|,ч|Х5'о5 ’г|ц $ nam-thag gcod-pahi ka-ma-li a sword to cut off ; (14) sreg-pahi gtar-to; (15) hchifi-wahi Icagt-sgrog iron chain to bind with; (16) dpal-zcr-gyi chu- khol boiling water; (17) hod- zer-gyi me dpufi a heap of glowing fire; (18) drag-rtsal gyi thog-mdab a thunder-bolt for chivalrous exercises. tgo-gtan a bar or bolt of a door; Й tgo-them threshhold; also the head- piece of a door. if 5^ tgo-dar the scarf that is attached to the door at the time of a marriage in Sikkim. t go-deb enumeration of persons; the counting of persons of a village or town, &c. tgo-gdan zufi-ean a circular disk with string attached to it that is put on each side of the door to open it by the hand. tgo-hgrig door-frame; window frame. Sitgo-ldati each side of the door. 5go-nag the dark door, t>., the door of the dark room where a dead body is kept before disposal (D. {el. 8). tgo-rnam a single board, >>., of the floor.
sfa I 325 5)-Ч|^| Fq sgo-pa or F5^ $go-dpo n or F^*! S'/o-W/'Z 1. the door-keeper, porter; 2. also the headman of the village. Syn. F^’ sgo-srufi \ F’B^’ § go-sky on] «С О chab-§go-wa ; F'F^'4tgo-yi mel- tshc-mkhan (Mnon.). F’S^ §go-pur fore-skin ; prepuce. F2* едо-jw also outward looks; stature; bodily appearance(Ja.); J'F$kye- §go the face; couutenance; g’F“H4 §kye sgo-l *дз a beautiful face; <^’F shan-sgo an ugly face. Fa*’ sgo-spafi 1. lintel. 2. F^ to’a*’^’ tgo-yi them-pa span-pahi rnal-hbyor-pa у an-yod there are even yogi who have only left the lintel and thres- hold of their home (and no more). Fa ^go-spe a projection of the roof of a house above the principal door of a house, under which one can sit or sleep, or where servants wait: *^4* ^U’^’Fa^’ do-nub bi-kra-mahi sgo-spehi hog-tu nol (Л. 130) to-night sleep under the portico of Vikramas'ila. Syn. F’3* sgo-skyar*, F’*** $go-mchor] F495 $go-hbyar (Mnon.). F** §go-phar, F^*’**’2* sgo-rim man-po tho name for a series of doors. Fw §go-hphar ^чтз-хрг, v. Fah** §go- gteg$ [the junction of the leaves of a door]& Fq tgo-wa pf. ч? b$go also ^F*1 to say; to speak, mostly to bid; to order (used in old works, now become obsolete). Fq95 9go-hbyar, v. FB tgo-spe. FQ35 9go-hbyed a kind of grass used as a medicine in eye-disease (Sman. 353). F* tgo-ma 1. panel or square of a door; the fold of a folding door. 2.=*lV*‘Jq’4w gior-rgyab §kab§-kyi $gO-srufi-gi lha, the deity who guards the door on the occasion of offering forma*, $prul-pa ye-$es kyi $go-ma bshihi min the names of the four miraculous divi- nities (of the Bon-po) :—(1) Stag-gdon dkar-mo leags-kyu banda-hdsin; (2) Phag- gdon ser-mo shag-pa, (3) ц jfa, Sen-gdon dmar-po leag$-$gro; (4) $brul-gdon liafi khu dril-bu. F* §go-mo (1) a large door: a gate ; castle-gate ; town-gate; (2) the beginning: ttsi^kyi §go-mo the beginning of a new epoch. F*^ sgo-tsam a little (Sch.). Fs* sgo-rfsa—^sgohirtsa-wa at the door ; F** near or at the door. sgo-rrrtshani$ door-j unction; also the chink left between a door-post and the door, when the latter does not perfectly fit. F^’Fn §go-hi Icog raised place or stools placed on either side of a door [a place where four roads meet]& tgohi them-pa the threshold. mel-t^he inkhan,n. Fq sgo-yig 1. inscription. 2. lam- poon ; label on the door; sign-board. 3. a magisterial advertisement fastened at the door. F*'q 8go srun-wa a door-keeper; a door-guard. F® $go-lo 1. body. 2. face (Jd.). F’^S $go $go-la b$ad* pa an inscription on the door; a sign- board. Fz4^w $go-gsum the three media, i.e., of body (4W speech (flag), and the mind (®)5 yi£\
326 $до ^srun-ica — ^'^'^ §до ra-ica a door-keeper. W s^°r %'W4$kya-sgog white garlic used in medicine; Allium niral J(icqm\ $4$go<J-§non a blue species of garlic, very common in the Himalayas, perh. Allium rnbcllum (Ja.); 34]sgog- geig-ma a garlic grown on a single root; S4]’4§V4RJ*< sgog-bcud gsum throe epochs of garlic "which have throe different proper- ties :—(1) tsuft-dmar rod onion ; (2) ST4] Э tgog-skya tho common white garlic; i3) of4]'^ sgog-tfon the blue species of garlic. F4!^ sgog-tin mortar; Г4!’4!^ Vjog- gtu)i pc-tl<* for bruising leek [Jd.'}. or m4)’^4! $g°g-L'dog a number of garlic roots bunched in one. I • ^g°g-la garlic; leek ; allium ; ^'Sj4! ri-^gog Allium spharo- eeph a species of garlic growing wild in tho hills of Tibet. Syn. 5^X5 к n-dm ; ro-ldan \ gun dsun\ §nchu; sgchu; lha-min khrag; kla-klohi spos \Mnon.). II: acc. to Cs. pf. b$gag§, fut. ^S;4] b§grg, to make one swear; Г4]’2* sgog-gio one that makes a person swear (Ja.). sgog-gsil a single garlic root or seed. I: sgoh also §gon-na an egg. In Sikkim “ sgon-do” (Snd. Hbk.). II: n. of a country, prob. Kon-po. tgo-fia- la§ skyes-pa bom of or produced from an egg. $gon-$pri the white of an egg or more properly the thin film "which wraps the contents of an egg. sgon thog-pa n. of a plant. эдоЯ-ггя, pf. bsgoii^ fut. bsgon, imp. 5JX (^) sgofi (g) or ^r^4) $go fiz- gig fq^ssr 1. to make in tea balls to eat; to mako round balls of dough (Cs.). 2. to hide; to conceal (a thing) (Sch.). 3, §gon$-paham §gor-mo a laughing speech or exclamation. §god-ya§ n. of a numeral *w’ (Ya-scl). §gob-$gob unablo; deficient; wanting in strength (Sch.). ^<54 sgom, see SI*’4 $gom-pa. 5j* sgom-chcn 1. a Buddhist ascetic "who remains absorbed in deep meditation. 2. species of fieldmouse, Lagomys Ladins, so called from its hybemating disposition. See Hooker’s Himalayan Journals. scm$-la bsam-lug$ nes-pa or nor-гса, to blunder in meditation. sgom-thag moditating- cord; a long piece of cloth about four inches wdde which is worn by the Yogi when he sits in meditation; it is stretched round the nock affcl under tho knees while sitting. About the 10th and 11th centuries A.D. Buddhist ascetics used to woar it in tho manner the sacred thread is worn by the Brahmans, passing round the right shoul- der to tho side below tho arm-pit: a W’441’^V ч let a large $gom-thag pass from the shoulders over the bosom (A. 11). Acc. to Jd. a cord or rope is slung round the body in order
327 to facilitate the effort of maintaining an erect and immoveable posture during medi- tation, which expedient of course is scorned by the more rigid devotees. Sgom-sde n. of a section of the school of monks called Scr-byas grba-tshan of Tibet (Lon. *16). §gom-pa нгцит, vb. pres. sgom§-gyin, or §goin-bshin, pf. sgww b$gom§, fut. bsgom, imp. sgom or g*4*4 $gom$, resp. ЗТ4'^4 thugs-sgom 1. originally to fancy, imagine; now to meditate, contemplate systematically (c. accus. and dat.); to have ; to entertain ; to re-produce (in one’s mind), with the accus. termin. or with double accus. 2. sbst. $gom-pa, has eome to signify systematic meditation of the Buddhist saint. Four degrees of this meditation are to be distinguished, viz., Ita-ica contem- plation ; §gom-pa meditation, properly so called (which requires gsal-dan mi-rtogs ma-gyen§ gsum, i.e., that it be so performed in a clear and decided manner without suffering one’s self to be disturbed or distracted by anything); the third degree spyod-pa consumma- tion ; and hbras-bu fruition. sgom-papo=&'&\ sgom-bycd, i.e., sgom-mkhan an ascetic who medi- tates. §gom-pa t shaft the term used in Amdo to signify sgom-ehen, a Bud- dhist ascetic who meditates, &c. sgom-bya and sgom-rten the object of meditation. §gom-hbrog 1. the wilderness or solitude where hermits dwell for medi- tation. 2. holly in Sikkim (Jd.) ? §gom yan-lag a branch or form of ascetical meditation [lit. burn- ing the limbs; it is a kind of penanc? in which the whole body is exposed to four heaps of fire in four quarters and to the sun on the head]®. sgom-lam the practice of ascetical meditation, also gKg’ow sgom-gyi lam, the way to Nirvana by means of meditation: from the second stage of perfection freo from defilement he entered on the practice of meditation. sgom-gin, the stick on which the ascetic fixes his gaze while engaging himself in meditation. sgom-gsum three kinds of sgom-pa or mystical meditation, viz.:—(1) meditation performed in the three, four or six periods into which a day may he divided for that purpose 3YKwЛ c^'q-S^-qu, g^wg’q’qgkqX thun-$gom-ni, las daft-po dus gnen-po phar hdebs-kyi dran-pa yin-pas, thun-tshamsphyc- la bsgom-paho; (2) s^-q^ ftafi-sgom-ni, myon-tshur hdcb$-kyi dran-pa yin-pas, hgro-hdug za-nal las spyod ci-byas-kyan hbral med-du fian-gi$ gnas-so, gw ’ aj' $ • um • q’ QI • • ЕЛ ♦ qjw к.' Ц* $gom-ni ci-yan med-pa la nan-dan, nan-gi$ пап-thag bsrift-bsren ; (3) Д ff klon-sgom ni, nan-sems mu-thag chod-pas, bsgom bya- §gom-byed-kyi bio-dan Iral-icaho. sgoms ($’^'H lha Ita-bu) a deity thought of for propitiation. sgor a spindle in a turning-lathe gK'gX §gor~sgor round. $gor-sgor hkhyil forming into an eddy or whirlpool (fiag. 12).
S<Vq| 328 qvq $gor-ira J. pf. and fut. b?gar to boil down ; to condense by boiling, c.//., Im-ram sugar. 2. to turn on a lathe (Jd.). F^‘^5 tgor-wfd without interruption or break: rimmed lam-hgro) to go ou a journey without break, i.e., with- out having to turn back. $gor-mo, v. 1. $gon$. 2. a ball, globe ; also a disk; hence an Indian rupee is called phyi-glin $gor-mo ; Ьи-ram $gor-mo a ball of treacle ; Зр^Я tgor-thig a pair of compasses ; ftv ^Я S 4 $g<>r-thig phye-wa or 55’Я phyed-ka semi-circular (Cs. ; SJitr.). = or lhag-par, specially, particularly, chiefly, &c.; in com- pounds and as adverb: private, separate, distinct; also as opposed to g Spyi^ e.g., 1’Я^Я^ $pyi-pdug$ a parasol for several persons; awning ; shelter; К^'Я^Я4 $до$- gdug$ a parasol for one person; Jnsgo$- $kal share of a single person ; individual lot. Sgos-khur °) 5Я^1Я n. of a yi-dwag or preta. Sj’va $go$-pa to ehoose ; to find the right thing (Sch.). tgo$-*u or %go$ adv.— khyad-par du or sgtr-du (opposite to tpyir), particularly, especially. sgo^-kyi dpon a subaltern officer (CM: £ $go$-su bkah- gdams-kyi bstau-pa rin-po che particularly the precious doctrine of the Bkah-gdani-pa School (A. 12J). -\ 3 s<ji)ig-<ju or sgyihu a bag, purse: |я'$sgyig-gu chad pohi dwah-du son-na§ our purse being in the way of breaking, i.e., at low ebb; 5^’5 Я dhul-sgyig purse to keep silver pieces. C\ tgyin-wa, pf. bsgyini, fut. 4gr bgyin. 1. to yawn, gape. Syn. 3^*4 hgyift-ica; SI’4*4 glal-rca (Шоп.). C\ !• the hollow of the knee; bend of the knee; or j|5‘q $gyid-pa knee- joint; $ggid-pa geod-pa, to lame the knee-joint; hamstring (a horse). 2. the calf (of the leg). e\ &jyid-$gyur idleness; langour : Лз'4'Я^Я‘§5,ц5Ь ^^’§5‘qЛ (fiag.) S5 3^ tgyid-tgyur is the vicious indolence of beginning a new work before ho has finished tho one he has in hand. g5’J^’q tgyid $kyur-pa acute pain in the knee and leg, e.g., of a woman with child. US'S4’ sgyid-khun the hollow of the knee. gS’S4 sgyid-khyol one lame in his legs (^.). 15’^й4» tgyid-hkhril (lit. raised knee, that is, squattingand doing nothing) langour; laziness. Syn. g5*F54*’ $gyid-$HO)n$*, 15’^Я tyyid- Ing; *<Я>Г4 гтидь-ра*, hjas-pfa (Шоп.). 15’9 $gyid-bu, also g5’S sgyed-bu a hearth, fire-place, consisting of three stones on which the kettle is placed; $Я4’ 55 Icags-sgyid iron trevet, tripod, cf. §5’3 $gyed-po. g5’Wq $gyid-lug-pa ’Wii slothful; idle Cs. and Lex. ^5’Q^'4 yid shum-pa prostrate with fatigue or mental lassitude.
329 g sgyir-rkan, агя^огЕ^с/сйяччхг^ the fringe that is attached to the border of robes or of tents, &c. = gyo-sgyu craft; decep- tion ; pretext, g $gyu-ean artful; crafty; cunning (Cs.). ЗрЗ'Ч sgyu-hphntl НКГТ magical decep- tion ; sgyu-hphnil-ma *шгг the name of Gautama, Buddha’s mother. g^ sgyu-ma ЗГГЗТ illusion; fancy; impo-ition whether natural or intentional; sgyu-ma mkhan a juggler; g'^’<^ §gyu-m;i-c m an imposter ; one who plays deception; gsgyu-ma lta-Ьи ЧРЙЧН like illusion ; illusive; g’«* ’A §gyu-ma ^prul-гса to exhibit a false show (Cs.): nas пап-гса t ha ms-cad sgyu-mar ges I know that all phenomena are only illusion*, g**^ sgyu-ma byed-pa one dexterous in magical show; a magician ; g'sr^ q sgyu-ma med-pa free from guile; guileless; sgyu-mahi nor illusive riches, hence general wealth: g* the mind is not sa- tisfied with the illusive wealth, though accumulated by desire it remains behind, and though acquired by yourself it is enjoyed by others. sgyu-mahi dpe-bcu-gnis the twelve expressions illustrative of illu- sion:—(1) g’^’S sgyu-ma ita-bu; (2) О chu-zfa the image of the moon in water; (3) mig-у or scenes that appear in a vision; (4) smig-rgyu mirage; (5) й* rmi-lam dream; (6) sgra-brnan, echo; (7) dri-zahi gron-khycr castle in the air; (8) mig-hphrul; (9) duafi-pohi gshu rain-bow; (10) SI *4 glog lightning; (11) chu-bur bub- ble; (12) me-lon-gi gzug§-brnan lta-Ьи reflection or reflected image in a mirror. gsgyu-rtsal art, skill, dexterity: sgyu-rtsal gnas-kyan dran-por rgyur though dexterous (artful) he was sincere. There are 61 arts, of which 30 are distributed in handicrafts, 18 in music, 7 in singing, 9 in dancing. g’#4’^ sgyu-rtsal sa^^w^S^ rgyal- pohi skyed-tshal the royal gardens whero in ancient time kings used to try feats of arms, etc. (Mnon.). g’^ sgyit-lus 1. the immaterial body of the soul while in the Bardo. 2. the animal and human body in general, inasmuch as it is only an apparent body ; a phantom, when considered from a higher philosophical point of view. g4]-sf sgyttg-mo =ант, чч mother-in-law; ^^g^ mnah-sgyu both daughter-in-lawaud mother-in-law: g«r3w sgyug-mo$ bsruns-pa watched by one’s mother-in-law. g^'^5 sgyur-bkod strong advice. gVq pf. and fut. fysgyur, trans, form of Jigyur-wa. 1. to transform, alter, change (colour, one’s mind); to correct; to translate; to rovise. 2. to cast aside; to dissuade, divert; to turn; to cause to turn; hkhor-lo sgyur-u'a or skor-ica to turn a wheel; ^Yg^ shad sgyur-wa to тагу or modulate the voice, also to hum a tune; to sing or whistle. 3. to govern, steer, control: rtahi-kha srab-kyis §gyur a horse’s mouth by a bridle; wp-gp hdod- 43
330 SI r/wps nan-pa^ kha-tgyur he is governed by evil passions; r^’Sp’ci kha-lo tgyur-wa to govern ; also a driver; kha-lo <pn-rta §gyur-ica to drive a carriage; dwan §gyur-wa to have command, control of; to dominate; to command. эдус (tfisnod), a vessel [a sack ; a Cathcrn bottleJS. $gy*--$gi<r crooked (SJi). W!/<d-Wyi( $gyur-ica bent forward and hump-backed. 1. hump-back; aec. to Ja. 2. on^ of tho lower classes of officials or noblemen. §§ду?-мо khug-pa, 1. sbst. a small pouch; MTg ras-sgyc a bag of cotton stuff. 2. adj. quiet, gentle (in Spiti) [Ja.). tgyehu a small bag. ?fjy{Jp° 4^ a small fire-place; hearth-stone. IS’S sgycJLu a make-shift fire-place. ’C| §gyen-pa to be on the move. |prq $yycZ-tctf, pf. and fut. Ь$дусЦ transit, form of ядогч hgyel-wa, to throw down; to over-turn; to lay or put down (a bottle, a book); to thwart (the charm of an enemy); to kill (hordes) (Jd.). Iff $gyog§ згг, a warlike engine to shoot darts or to fling stones with; mortar; cannon: §9yogs~kyi hphr и I-hkhor id; X ^9У0У^ rdo stone flung from such a machine. mc-sgyogs and rdo-sgyogs— cannon: mc-^gyogt now called A4 dob in Tibet; Tdo-sgyogt a stone- thrower is used in Bhutan. * sgyoys-mdah uft (Schr.; Ka- lac. T. 128) catapult. gh’q $gyofi-tca, pf. bsgyons, fut. QIC‘’ b§gyofi, perh. origin ally§gon- tca to hide. 1. to fill; to stuff (a sausage). 2. colloq. iu IF. to put into (the pocket): 8ГЗЛ’В**’4 gh-phyir sgon-wa to return the wages due to another person (Sc/л). tj §gra (<ta) <$K, RtW;, hr, sfaufa, 1. sound, noise, voice: $gra-!a zin-paht §gra-dafi ma-zin-pahi §gra-gni§ yod there are two kinds of sound, viz:—zin-pahi §gra, i.e., sound that can be caught or heard and understood; ma-zin-pahi $gra which cannot be heaid or understood; indistinct sound ; miil-sgra a mere word. 2. word, syllable. 3. a language. OS §gra-§kad sound ; voice; famo; 5}’ 4S $gra-$kad $nan-p:i sounding; sono- rous. g-qgE/q $gra b$kyun-tca one who speaks few words. Я q3 4 sgm brya-pa — ^^ hbrug thunder. * 8 qSyra-bsgyur mar-pa lots tsha=**4i Mar-pa the translator and lo- ts a-wa, %gra ^grags-pa (da-dag-pa) ^q;- the sound returned by the target when the arrow hits it. $gra sgrog-par bycd (da-dog- par cch) VHM ono who proclaims much; a great self-advertiser. tri4!** sgr<t-$g>*og$ жя, тичг, 1. the famous. 2. n. of tho king of Lafikd (Ceylon) with whom Rama waged war, described in the epic of Bamayan by Valmiki.
TO! 331 sgra-sgrogpa (da-dog-pa) to produce sounds, noises, etc. sgra nes-par sbyor-tca—^' < tshig-gi sgra (lag-par sbyor- wa fMn? the correct formation of words. Sgra-gcan 1. . n. of an As»ra demon, who fought with । the gods and drank nectar obtained by churning the ocean. 2. fabulous ; planet of Chinese and Brahminical astro- j logy which exercises malignant influences on the destinies of mankind; specially known by being at enmity with the sun ( and the moon, on whom it is continually wreaking vengeance. Eclipses are caused £ by Sgra-gcan swallowing the sun or moon. « His different names are the following:— , Bsod-nams Idan ; Mun-pa can; Mtho-ris snan-byed; 4*5’ Bzahi rna-ica ; Mgo-zlum; Lam-nag; Zla-icahi dgra} Sen-ge mohi bit} Zla-wa hjoms; fie-tcar hphar-hgro ; -fl’* Qa-za; Sprin-las rnam-rgyal; Bra-iie skyes; Khams-gsuni rnam-rgyal (Mnon.). Sgra-gcan-hdsin the only son of Gautama Buddha who, accord- ing to tho southern Buddhists, was born on the day Siddhartha left the world. According to the northern Buddhists ho was conceived in the womb of his mother Yasodhara long before the renunciation took place, and saw light six years after, on the day when Buddha finished his six years asceticism, on the bank of the river Nairanjana; he was so named being born on the day when there was an eclipse. *3Sgra-gcan hdsin b$e$- gnen (Schr.; Ta. 2-2b9) [friend of Rahula]®. l sgra-gcan lus hjoms <i?- tho god who subdued Rahu, tho demon, by cutting him into two. sgra-ehe far-famed, ronowned; S* sgra-chcn great; sound; sgra chen-po high loud sound; д’Зл’дрргч sgra-cher grags-pa well-known, famous; nan-pa to hear; to hear sound; sgra nams-pa sinking voice; low sound; sgra-snan a well-sounding, agreeable voice; a guitar; sgra-brnan (9Я’А brag-cha) an echo. Sgra-tog sound made by tho tongue striking on the roof of the mouth: when I happened not to see him he by striking the roof of the mouth with his tongue signi- fied the relish of meat, &c. (Bbrom. 118). STS4!*4 sgra dag-pa pure; clear-voiced. sgra-don meaning of a word. Sgra drag-po sound made by a sudden blow. sgra-ldan 1. noisy. 2. ($*Хч] bya- rog) wtuT, 4N met. a crow. 8Sgra-ldar sounding ; sonorous. * ST2* sgra-wa НТЧТ (Schr.) [speech]®. syra-hbyin-pa xrafifa ^fh; 45* skad hdon-pa to resound, groan, cry loudly. sgra-byun lo [resounded]®. t!'§S sgra-byed sound-maker; sgra byed-do makes sound. sgra-dbyans pleasing tone; harmony; euphony (Л. k. 111-8). Sgra-dbyans rgyal-po (Schr.; (46 B.). Sgra dbyafis Iha-mo the Goddess Svarasvati.
0^4 332 S\n. Lha-mo dbyan$-can- ma*9 Dbyan$-Cfin-ma; Tshans-sras-vio; 5^’^ ^ Mtsho-byun Iha- mo; <^na4‘5|n’S Tdian-tcahi зга$-то; fiag-dwan lha-)no (Mfion.). О*' $9ra $byor-ma a coalition or connection of letters. Я Sgra-im-$nan of disagreeable voice. According to the fabulous geo- graphy of tho Buddhists the northern continent which is said to be square in shape, and where a language is spoken not intelligible to the people of India. soundless; voiceless. sgra-med Sprin a cloud without thunder. $gra-tsam only a voice. 5f<*5 $gra-tshad (S'V^S* sgra-daft tshad-ma) grammar and logic. 8’^ sgra-hdsin^^'Q rnawa that catches the sound; the ear. g^'g’4]^ sgrahi $kye-gna$ npj the origin or root of a word. Sgrahi-rgyan metaphor in rhetoric. sgrahi sne-ma tender tones and half tones, &c.; also the name of a book ($"!!') g $gra hod-zrr gsum tho three rays of sound which are incident on the soul in the Bardo: g’Shr^wr^ $gra-yi$ dnafis-so; hod-kyis hjig$-so; SKS4!’^ zer-gyi§ sgrag-go. Я ? sgra-yi $de (Schr.; Kalac. T. 124) [soldiers of the adversary]#. sgra-yi-gna$~ Y4 rna-wa the ear. S’^4!’4 sgra-rig-pa ^^5^, the science of words; grammar [one versed in lexicography]#. g’ftrsjpwq §gra-la mkha$-pa one versed in the science of words; a gram- marian. 5j Sgra-sen rig-pahi fylo- gro§ = Bjam-dpal dbyant a Boddhisattva and God of Learn- ing of the northern Buddhists. Я'4!^ §gra-gsal articulate; intel- ligible. $grag$ L together with; jointly. 2. n. of a place in Tibet. Sgrag$-kyi dar-phug n. of a sanctuary situated in a roek-cavern of Tibot (Deb. Я 44)- ЯЯ^’5Sgrags-kyi Yan-rdsoft dis- trict in Lho-brag in 8. Tibot. nj’£ ’CJ §gran-wa (dang-wa) pf. чде^ b§grafi§, fut. чдс.' b^gran9 imp. g^‘ sgrofi 1. to enumerate; to reckon up separately. 2. to upbraid; to reproach. $gral-ica (dal-ica) 1. to cut into small pieces, viz., the picture of an enemy whom one wishes to destroy (<7л.). 2. ^qsrwgnrq chu-sogs las $gral-wa to pass over or travel upon a river or sea. $gra$ mron-par go-war byed by voice or sound he causes to be understood. If4! tgrig (dig) or gral ^grig-pa well arranged; good arrangement; v. sgrol. Сч ^grig-pa. pf. ^I4!^ bsgrig^ fut. ^B4! bsgrig, imp. $4 $grig or S4!3^ Sgrtg$ ^’B4!’^ gral-du ^grig-pa, to arrange in order or row; to lay or put in Oider; to arrange, adjust; to put or fit together; to join (the separate parts); $grig$-par byed-pa to compile (books); to stitch close (books, &c.); covers.
333 in ^5 sgrig-lad defect in fixing gems on ornaments: even though there was some defect in fixing a sapphire (Rtsii. and Tty. 17). 34],Qw sgrig-lam arrangement according to usage; custom: sgrig-lain thig son-tea there was a custom. Sgrigs, imp. of Ц*)*4 sgrig-pa. cs ___ sgrin-po (din-po) skilful, clever, prudent, expert. Syn. Ц mkhas-pa*, spyan-po (Mnon.). cs sgrib (dib), ni-zla sgra-can-gyi sgrib-pa, to eclipse ; to cover over, v. i: sgrib-pa. jjcrawj sgrib-chag, ^’лч|'Ч dus-rgyioi-gyi rt si-las tnar-hgrib tin chag-pa reduction; anything below the average calculation ; also discount. dbye-wa dis- tinction between the two defilements. cs ЦЧ’Ц 1: sgrib-pa 1. sbst. sin; mental and moral defilement; the state of being obscured, darkened; obscuration. 2. чвг^г, [a roof, cover] 8. та-rig pahi sgo-fiahi sbugs-kyi sgrib-pa hidden inside the egg of ignorance. CS II: 1. vb. pf. bsgribs, fut. bsgrib, imp. sgrib s) to obscure; to cover; to darken, defile: ni-rnahi hod-zer bsgrib-nas the light of the sun being obscured : sprin- pas ni-ma sgrib-pa the sun is covered by the clouds. 2. yofts-su bsgribs qftwHUt utterly obscured or covered, cs III: adj. dark; sbst. darkness; sinner. I4 q‘c? sgrib-pa Ira the five kinds of moral obscurations are tho following:—(1) wj'ljч Ц las-kyi sgrib-pa, or S B4’4 hdod-srid-kyi sgrib-pa defilements or sins of passionate desires; (2) gnod-sems-kyi sgrib-pa sins of an evil heart, i.e., of the wish to do evil to others; (3) rmugs-rgod-kyi sgrib sins of laziness and indolence ; (4) gnid- kyi sgrib-pa sins of sleep; (5) the-tshorn gyi sgrib-pa sins of doubt. sgrib-pa gnis qt Jsgrib-giiis the two kinds of moral and mental obsou- ations are:—(1) defilement of misery that caused by habits, etc.; the sin produced from the objects of cognition ; aco. to the ifahayana doctrine these two sins vanish as soon as one has attained to the eight stage of Bodhisattva perfec- tion ; acc. to the Binayana these remain even when one has become an Arhat. Ace. to the Bon religion, sins which bring sufferings encompass the living beings of the three worlds, sins that appertain to knowledge only affect such saints, Gyun-druA sems-pa and $W«i Big-hdsin sems-pa, as belong to the tenth stage only. Sgrib-pa sgrib-pa rnam-stl n. of a Bodhisattva. Sgrib-<pft (dib-qing) invisible by the power of charms or by certain articles of influence on men and devils: khwa-tahi sgro-yis sgrib-qin byed made invisible by the feathers of a mag- pie. sgrim-pa (dim-pa), pf. bsgrims (dim), fut. bsgrim, imp. (ч) sgrim (s).
334 1. to hold fast; to force or twist together; to endeavour; (ft.) to squeeze in, crowd in; (Sdt.) to bo confused: l}’V;^Tc,’5l*rq blo-dan rig-pa ^grim-pa to bo careful both in mind and intelligence, that is, not to forgot any important point or say a foolish word in conducting a case ; to bring all the intelligence into play; skud-pa $grbn-pa to twist tho tliroads together that they may become a compart plait. $gril-kha a piece rolled together : ^5'45 ^ kha iii-fu rtsa-geig rod-pahi sgril a roll containing twenty- one pieces Сч nj^l’4 sgril-ira, pf. and fut. bpjril (cf. hsgrtl-wa and *§<4’4 hkhril-u:a). to make a roll of; to roll, wrap up; to wdnd into a spool; thag- pa dan gog-bu sgrii-mkhan he who rolls up ropes or paper ; ril-bur figril-wa to roll or form into a pill; '§pV4‘ gan Iho&pa $gril-wa to roll up tightly what has got slack. $gri$-$khrim§ rules or regu- lations of admission; Ч ?gris bcug- pa to admit; to introduce. 4 ^rug-pa (ditg-p /) = ^'q bthu-wa, pf. чдпргц bsyrugs-pa, fut. b^grug, imp. fjq sgrug or $grng$ to collect, gather, pluck, pick up, e.g., wood, nuts, vermin, <^c.: fifi-sgrug=fy'^ Q' gin hthu- wa * ffn cig $grug$- dan gsun-na$ having requested that some wood should bo collected. I: Sgruii (dung) n. of a Tibetan king of the Ben period. F’ и : oi sgruns, described as §non*ggi lo-rgyu$ V'4I bden-rdsun §na-tshog$, various anecdotes, true and false, of former times; Sgrun-mkhan one who narrates fables or stories (ft.) : ‘^5 sgrun-rgyu<$ the stories or fables that have come down to us; g^‘ §grun hcha$-pa to relate fables, stories, &c. ; §grufi-gtamlegends; tales of ancient time. sgrufi-lchhi gnam-bon the heavenly or celestial Bon-po teachers who flourished before the time of King Di-gum bisan-po and his successors in tho mytho- logical period. 3^’4 ^jrun-pa a relater of legends. ftgrun-ica=4^sgrufi bgad* mkhan 1. one who relates fables or stories. 2. vb. pf. bpjruns, fut. bsgrun, to mix; tomvent; to feign (ft.); З^’ВД^эдп/n- bab$ the inspired story-tellers of Tibet, whoso profession it is to narrate fables for a living; ho puts a square cap on his head and goes on telling stories without pause. + igrun-pa (dun-pa), pf. and fut. чй^ Ь$днт I. to resound; to reply in tho same tone; to rival. 2. to compare; to emulate, vic, contend with (ft.). Syn. hgran-pa (Mnon.). $grub-pa, vb. pf. sgqq bsgrubs, fut. b^grub, imp. sgrub (cf. hgrub-pa) to com- plete, finish, perform, carry out, accom- plish ; to achieve, manufacture, attain to; X^*|q’Q don §grub-pa to attain to one’s aim; to obtain a blessing, a boon; tshc-hdihi don sgrub-pa to care for the wants of this life; to accomplish the ends of this life; rgyags-phye ^grub- pa to procure flour as provision for a jour- ney ; nor ^grub-pa togain riches;
335 also to furnish with, to supply; ^'S^a lha ^grub-pa to propitiate a god. Acc. to Jd. SfSJ4*4 lha §grub-pa implies, in accor- dance with Bramanie-Buddhist theology, not so much the making of a deity propi- tious to man, as rendering a god subject to human power, forcing him to perform the will of man. Whilst the conatus, the labouring in this arduous undertaking is often called §grub-pa, the arriving at the wished-for end is designated hg rub-pa. sgrub dkah-wa very difficult to propitiate, to perform, to exe- cute. ^grub-khan the house or place where one sits to meditate or propitate a deity, or where the rites and ceremonies are observed for the same. S'lrub-mkhan нтнзг one who propitiates; a propitiator. ЦЧ’щ §grub-gla=s^№\ sg rub-у on remu- neration for propitiating (Л/яои.). sgrub-hchag building or making and dismantling or destroying; the term is defined in w3; gsar-wa sgrub-rgyu dan rnin-pa nas mar- hchag rgyu constructing a new one and breaking down the old one. sgrub-rtags token; proofs of the attainment of perfection in accomplished saints. $grub~thab$ НЩН, Hire the method of effecting the propitiation of a deity, of obliging a god to make his appearance. There are two kinds of tgrub-ihabs : shi-wahi §grub-thab$ daft khro-wahi §grub- ihabt gni§ the propitiation or co-ercion of gods in their mild aspect, and of those of wrathful aspect. * gq’wrg’s# sgrub-thabt rgya-mtsho Finn Hire (Behr.; Td. 2, 330) the ocean of coercion. sgrub-dan sun-hbyiu pro- pitiating and discomfitting. tgrub-nus НТЧЧиЗ the power to perform or propitiate. Sgrub-pa dkah-brgyad the eight gods who according to the|^ Rnin- nia sect of Tibet are difficult to propitiate. They are the following:—WHjam- dpal §ки, Pad-ma gsun, Yan-dag thugs, Bdud-rtsi yon- tan, Phur-pa hphrin-la§ hjig-rten hdas-pahi §de-lna, я‘3г Ma-то rbod-gtofl, ]}mod-pa drag-snags, Hjig- rten mchod-bstod {Grub, p 11). igrub-par byed-pa to cause ecstasy in meditation. §grub-po mehog highest stage of consummation. sgrub-bya НТЩ anything to be propitiated; a god. There are two kinds of deities, male and female, who having in view tho good of all living beings do many kind services when invoked; they are manifested in aspects, calm and peace- ful, or terrific and wrathful. For instance, the Goddess Dolma when she is propitiated is a mild deity and is called ^'3rg4‘3 lha-mo tgrub-bya, i.e., the goddess to be propitia- ted ; the man who propitiates being called tprq q §grub-pa-po, and the manner of ex- horting her is called sgom-tshuT, the propitiatory rites are called $grub- thab$. gn^s'gS'^ $grub-par byed-pa in- cludes the persons who observe the rites, who meditates on her and officiates at the service. When the goddess has been pro- pitiated, i.e., b§grub$, she-appears
336 ГГ1 before the devotee and grants him hia prayers or wishes. §5 sgrub-byed 1. ho that accomplishes the propitiation or coercion. 2. a kind of bile. 'M Sgrub-ran or Sq sg rub-tian cannot easily be propitiated or accom- plished. sgrub-le 54^V'gqdicafale dan sgrub-l?. g4'4!^^ Sgrub-gqen a deity of tho Bon to ho propitiated; the Bon doctrine (<72.). gq‘S'4 sgrub $li-ira easy to per- form, or oasy of accomplishment. sgre-гса (de-ica) 1. uncovered: chos-kyi glegs-bam sgre-wa la bshag mi-run a sacred volume should not bo kept uncovered. 2. adj. gen. + sgre-bo bare; naked; у'Й tgre-то, S7 = « sa- khod mi-snoms-pa or sa gc'r-bu bare uneven ground. 3. vb. pf. and fut. bsgre to repeat; to put or place in order; to put together; to collate. sgreg-pa (deg-pa) vb. pf. sgregs, sbst. to belch; also sbst. eructation. Syn. gsud-pa or gsus-pa gyen-bzlog eructation that rises upwards. —Ч sgren-sgren firm and well-fixed: Itag-rtsa sgrefa sgren гей med-pa hdis-lcn. |J К’Ц sgren-wa (deng-tea) = gyen-du slan-wa vb. pf. b$gren$, fut. bsgren, imp. sgren or ||ЗД syrens, cf. hgren-pa 1. to lift, heist or rise up: fix or erect the house-flags and the sacred standard. 2. to stretch out. sgren-mo (den-mo) nu; gos-med geer-bu naked; without cover; destitute; bleak. |<Й'ч]^л sgren-mo gsum (den-mo sum) the throe den mo according to a Tibetan saying aro tho following :—(1) ^5’8УЙ § klun-ni chu-med sgren-mo $te a valley is bloak whon it is without water; (2) yul-hkhor mgron- med sgren-mo a country without a protect- ing deity is destitute; (3) «трг^’йс/гГсф ^5’3^’, Йgal-te min-po-bcu yod-kyan, khyo-med bud-med sgren-moho that woman who is without husband though she may have got ten brothers is den mo, i.e., destitute. —4 nj^I’Ц sgres-pa (deh-pa) n. of a numeral figure used in Buddhist astrology: (Ya-sel. 57). sgro 1. a large feather, esp. quill-fea- ther, used for an ornament of arrows, as a charm, etc.: 5f^ sgro-ldan feathered race; a general паше for birds as being possessed of feathers; also an arrow. 2. sgro-гса to elevate, exalt, increase (C«.); to exagger- ate (Ja.). 3. sack; bag; thal-sgro a sack full of ashes (Jii.), n. f‘4 sgro-ua. sgro-rkan (do-kang) a species of tall fir; tho feather-fir. |j sgro-skur (do-кйг) is an abbrevia- tion of the expression; gvqsgro hdogs-pa dan skur-pa hdebs- pa decorating with feathers and casting abuse, i.e., exaggeration and depreciation: na-ni sgro-skur med-
ni 337 mi pahi dge-slon yin I am a monk (Bhilsu) who neither flatters nor spoaks ill of ethers. MlS*1 sgro-khyim (do-khirn) Fl3*rw,c^’Q,‘ (Jig. 32). |j’4] §gro-ga (do-ga) 1. the little bubbles in sparkling beverages. 2. the ropes used to pack cloth ; cord, fetter; §Я^'В Icugs- tgro iron fetters; Icags- §gro fag-pa sbrel-nas the hands chained together; lham-sgro shoe-strap; lace ; latchet. B'3 sgw-gu (do-ди) string; strap for binding, fastening, strapping : jf3« sgко- да r ten-pa the steel point or Lade of an arrow to which a feather is attached. sgro fytags-pa WTXKT vb. to make a false show; to pretend much; sbst. vanity; presumption : (Latn-ti. 42) imagiuary thoughts are possessed of the nature of vain and unreal assertion. * $gro-hdogs (do-dog) doubts ; If ^Я^’Я^ sgro-hdogs good free from doubts: g ’qj^q-q|-by the (upadetpi) precepts of the holy Lama his doubts were dissolved (-4. 77). ъдко-hdogs ma-chod his doubts were not cleared (A. 27). ОЯ sgro-phitg n. of a place in Tibet. n. of a celebrated Nying-ma Lama who lived in Dophug: В М’ЗЯ'^^Я^’^Я*’the temple of Du-ton was built at Do-phug (Deb. Я 6). I: ъдко-wa (do-ка) a loather or hide bag for keeping barley-flour, peas, eto. Those that are carried on horseback are called $ g rta-sgro; small leather bags are called °1Я‘5 fag-sgro hand-bag; Я^’К gsan-sgro or the mystic bag is a term for the scrotum. Syn. sgye-mo*, sgyehu', СЯ^’^Ч tshugs-snod*, phad-tshe (Mnon.). Ц’Ч II: sbst. 1. acc. to Jrai-sn. and Sch. the bark of a species of willow. 2. in C. Tib. the penis. III: vb. pf. bsgros, fut. bsgro, imp. M to debate, discuss, chatter freely. sgro-mdons (dom-dong) a pea- cock’s plumes or feathers (Bbrom. Г11) ; a Chinese decoration used to adorn the hat worn by the chiefs and noblemen of Tibet, China, &c. sgrog (dog) strap, as in ^‘8Я Iharii- sgrog (lhani-dog); shoe-strap ; ЗЯ^’ВЯ faags- §grog iron fetters or chain; c jfЯ brgyan§-$in-la sgrog. ЭЯ'Я^ sgrog-gdan (dog-dan) the trian- gular patch generally made up of satin on the ^’ЯМ pan-gdan, i.e., the bibu which covers the front of a woman’s petticoat. КЯ'Я^4 sgrog-gdub (dog-dub) a bangle made of cord or straps also of jade. sgrog-pa (dog-pa) ж, ТЙсГ, ХГЧ, pf. ЧЦТ1’ bsgrags, fut. чдя bsgrag, imp. ЦЯ §gr«g or ^Я^ sgrags to call, shout forth ; to publish, proclaim, declare; $grog-pa po a declaimer, preacher; Я^' F*Vq gsun sgrog-pa to read the sacred words. Used in Mil., also, of birds sending forth their cries, sgrogs-pahm gsal-wa ^ |Я^ q chos sgrogs-pa or chos-kyi sgrogs-glen mdsad-pa to preach; ^Г^Я*ГЧ dril sgregs- pa to publish by ringing a bell. sgrog-ril (dog-rit) button, round button; ^Я’^’МЯ’4 sgrog-ril sgrog-pa to button up (Sch.). 44
338 4 sgrog ru$-pa (dog-rni-pa) [a shelter for swans]». jpijsr^ $grogt-ldaii a river. f’FVS* $grog$-shum (ddg-shtim) scream. $g rod-pa (doi-pa) another form of hgrod-pa as in B phyi-la sgrod-pa to go outside; not much used. $gron-b$kal (don-kal) the en- lightened age, opp. to niun-b$kal or the dark age. $gron-eha$ the articles such as butter, oil, &c., for lighting lamps in a chapel during the eight holy days in a month. tgron-te=m'$ phul-ie having offer- ed : having offered to the Trirat na (the three precious ones) a wick (Rtsii. 32). sgron-deb the list of people able to give lamps in a town or on a large estate. sgron-dreg§ lamp-black. IKI: * * 4 $gr on-pa, vb., pf. and fut. bsgron 1. to cover; to lay over, adorn, decorate; to light; to kindle. 2. n. of a kind of arrow which shoots like a meteor. I: $gron-ma (don-та) light, lamp, lantern, torch. The word sgron is used to various persons as a title of honour; gser-snan sgron is intended for royalty; shal-gser sgron the golden enlightener, term of address to great lamas; na-bzah sgron is applied to the dress of royalty; gsol-wa sgron to the food served to a prince ; gsoi-ja sgron to his tea. II: (Schr.; Bull. 18i8 291). [light]». Sgron-та drug the six lamps used to signify the six religious discourses of Panchen Naropa generally called Na-ro chos-drug. sgron-me 'зздп a burning lamp; prop, a lamp as religious offering: though a lamp bo in his hand, the blind will not see the way (Ce. don. 16). rin-ehen sgron-me the precious light; name of a book. Syn. mtshan-mohi snan- byed; snum-la hgah\ В^'2'Х^’З khyim-gyi nor-bu\ g*’* snwn-za; w«&'W 4'^ hbar-wahi ral-pa can ; snafi-gsal; mar-те (Affton.). $gron-me-gift, v. sgron-gin. Sfa'^lVl4 §gron gshi-kha n. of a large estate in the district of Lhun-tsc in Tibet. sgron-gin or Sgron inc-gin tho yew-leaf fir, Pinas picea; in Sikkim Finns Ion gifolia is so called. sgron-gin removes mucous, wind, and cold in tho stomach. sgrob (dob) haughtiness, arrogance, pride. sgrob che-wa=WW&Q nams che-wa, one with great airs; bumptious, preten- tious person: (D gel. 7) Some Jong- pons are as over-bearing, as if the whole country belonged to their circuit. sgrob-chen and sometimes tgrom-chen are provincial words used to signify pretentiousness or self-assumption; sgro сЬе-гса=ъ%~$№'Ц brdsu byas-pa pompous : (flag. 18) mi dob-chen and dom-
3*1 339 chen etc. signify pretentiousness in pro- vincial language. ^51 sgrom (dom) fqschij, qssr a trunk or portmanteau; a box the inside of which is made of wood or wicker work and the out- side lined with leather; a large leather box. may be regarded as the Pali form of Sanskrit a seat, an altar]-S'. mcho-sgrom a chest to keep articles of religious service; thab-sgrom a box to keep utensils, plates, &e., for cooking, generally covered with tanned tiger skin. Syn. §gam, S $grom-bu a small box; smyug-sgrom^*^# gsheb-ma a chest made of wicker work. 1^*5^ Sgrol-dkar and jprgq* sgrol-ljan 1. are known as tho White and Green manifestations of the Goddess Dolma or Tara, the two wives of King Sron-Btsan Sgam-po, being deified and worshipped as their incarnations. 2. names of females of frequent occurrence in Tibet. Sgrol-dkar кин blo-ma, |pr Sgrol-ma kun-rgyal-ma, ’«rjef Sgrol-ma rgyal-bzan-ma are other different manifestations of the Goddess Dolma. $grol-ica, pf. and fut. qjpi bsgral 1. to save, rescue, deliver; to set free; to liberate; w|prq to save from the water, from misery, fear, and from transmigratory existence: sgrol-waht uad-dpon du hgyur he becomes a guide to salvation. 2. to transport, carry; to cross (a river) by boat or ferry: ^pvq’qjj'arqS'^* hkhor-wa bsgral-wahi gru-gzins yin it is a boat that will carry you over the river of transmigration. 3. to remove, expel, drive away : •^•q-orqgoi hdre- rnams phyihi rgya-mtsho chen-po la bsgral, the demons were banished to the uttermost parts of the sea; bdud sgrol- wa to expel the devil. Iprq-q sgrol-wa-po nrrer. the deliverer, met. for saviour. * gq-q^’YK*^ sgrol-wahi dwan-phyug (Schr, ; Bull, 1898, 295) the Lord of final deliverance. sgrol-byed a deliverer; met. for a boat, ship. sgrol-ma (Dol-та) hrt, urfvJt the Goddess Dolma, she that saves from trans- migratory existence; one of the most popular deities in Tibet, and of whom there are supposed to be many sprul-ku or branch emanations. Some Sgrol-ma kyil- hkhor exhibit twenty-one different mani- festations of the goddess. The several appellations of ipr* Sgrol-ma are:— Om-mdsad; Bgyal-yum; Mchog-gi ma; ’gq Myur-skyob; yqq’Sj^’S Bjig-rten; Dwan sras-mo; Zfcsrgq Shi-ma phon^-skob; оИргдуя Legs- byin ma; W Chos-kyi dpal-mo (Mnon.). IpiSgrol-ma ku-ru kullc one of the twenty-one manifestations of the God- dess Dolma (1C g. 266), Sgrol-ma chc н^тегги Maha Tara or the great Goddess Dolma. * |piSgrol-ma nin-shi mtshan-khro (Schr,; h5 A) “ Dolma, mild by day and wrathful by night.” * gor^R-gy^ Sgrol-ma nor-^byin-ma (Schr.; кб B) Dolma, tho wealth-giver. Sgrol-ma dpal-chcn тхт- HVT’ft Dolma, the most glorious. Sgrol-ma dmar-mo sa-lugs) (Schr,; h-6 A) the Bed Dolma.
340 Sgrol-ma shi-ma ?nfk3nfa«?t 1* >inia in her mild aspect. * Sgrol-ma yid-bshin nor-hu {S‘‘hr.; 4^ C) Dolma rhe wish giving gem. Sgrol-ma ser-mo (J/6 C.\ * $j*(wgcrsciN'qjSgrol-mahi sgrttb- thahs brya-rtza нткпп^гцгп? (Ta 2, 156) n. of a book consisting of one hundied stanzas c omposed for propitiating the God- dess Dolma. Sgrol-ger abbreviation of tho expressions sgrol-ma hdon-rgyu- and tys-rab snin-po. sgros (dot) manner ; method ; way ; byri-sgros manner of explaining ; pfam-sgros way of speaking (Cs.) ; bla-ma rnams-kyi gsun- §gros conference of tho lamas; g<i|*rq^ sgrog$ bfad-sgros the method of instruction wh’ch is to be proclaimed {Sth.}, mditi-p/ros is same ns mdm- btyri<j*-pa, *O**’^’*’5^ mchu-xgros bim-ha It it, his grai'eful lip was like the fruit called Bind a. 1. edge, brim, lip (Cs.). 2. star, also a mark from a wound (<SWn). q3iVq b г да d-pa =3^^ bgad-pa to smile ; smile on. brgal, pf. of Зргл n al-tra '°Ц brgal-l> iiy controversy, disputation. brgal dkah-wa the ocean (that which is difficult to cross) (Mnon.). brg d-pa [enjoined; asked; censured] *S. W4’q brgol-wa to disagree; to act in opposition ; to be disposed to contrariety. brgya UH one hundred; brgya-mrhod a hecatomb of 100 lamps; one hundred offerings ; brgya-ston ПИ one hundred thousand; bygya tham-pa full one hundred ; brgyi-aod = qi remuneration to one hundred monks for conducting a religious service; S &c.> remuneration in silver, grain, etc., for conducting the religious service of one hundred offerings; brgyu-hdins about a hundred; nearly one hundred. q5’q brgya-pi uf?ni, ЩсЩЦр cen- tenarian ; one of a hundred years of age. 45 brgya-po consisting of one hun- dred. brgya-phr tg 1ПГ tho hundred; a century ; phran-tehegs brgya-phrag mi-pham mgon (Л. 21). qj'qw brgya-bam anything kept in groups of one hundred; 4^’4 (Zam. 4). q3 9*^ Br<j.ya-byiu 1. n. of a medicinal root; 3е-’ dug-то nun a mystic word or Ч4’5^ (Min. 3). 2. i(<ray ono xvho has performed ono hundred yajna (sacrifices); an epithet of Indra. Acc. to Buddhist mythology there are two Indras, the senior Indra rules over tho gods, the junior, riding on the great elephant called Airavata,keeps guard over the celestial regions, having in his imme- diate charge the quarters of tho East. brgya-byin §kye§ wst Indra’s son ; born of Indra. brgya-byin gron the residence of Indra; the celestial metropolis. Svn. hchi-wa med-ldm; Ita-na sdug; 8iim-cu rtsi-jpum \ pc/яз:; khan-bzan гпат-раг rgyal- tca; rnam-par rgyal-bycd pho-1 ran (Mnon.).
341 Ag’|<Vgbrgya-byin spyi-ico=^’^ grog-mkhar ant-hill ; also ant’d foot. Aj’B^’lp brgya-byin spros ; WMyra- balan arjana the delight of Indra. Aя Brgya-byin mv = Ag’Q^A^^ Brgya-byin btsun-mo the celestial queen; the wife of Indra. Her different names are :—*>S’SAA’Й Hehi-med dwan- mo; ^va^# Lhahi btsnn-mo; Lrgs-brjod ma; ^АА’5<уя Dwan-ehen ma; Pu-lohi sras-mo: ; А^чцгя Bde- sogs ma {Mnon.). brgya-byin gshu 1- the bow of Indra, />., rainbow. 2. a kind of medicinal fruit. Brgya-byin Lha-yi bwan-pohi min the different names of Indra:—Mtho-ris hdrm-pa; Mfho-ri§ rgyal; Lha-yi rgyal- po ; Jljcr-hjig$; Lhahi-rna- can ; Qtsan-byed mgon-po; Rdo-rje-can; Stobs-ld tn dgra-wo; Lha-yi bdig; Hehi-med rgyal-po; Legs-bris gtso; I5S Grags-pahi mti-khyud; 4 Mchod-§byin brgya-pa; А^чргч^Ч Bde-sogs bdag; ^5ЧС>* Lha-dwan ; A L 'gs-skyob ; ^AK^'VK- Skabs-фтт divan; Rg m-l i nan ; -^’qT^^ Ois-brjod nan ; 5*q^*q Gnas-kyt bdag-po ; Sprin-la fdion ; А^-угцгААч Bzod-dkas runs ; A^’A^W a5\ Bshen-bsncms bzod; Char-hbebs gron-hjoms; Grol-byrd hjonis; Pu-lo ina-dgra; AjA’q’A^ Gan-po hbod; Ha-rihi rla-chan; §min-pa gsod; Tshig- mdahi mgon-po; *Ц’|аMig-sfon-can; Kohn qi-ka {Mnon.). Ag brgya-hdsin spnjfa that contains or holds one hundred objects, etc. Ag о^’Ч^Я’А brgya-la§ hdam-pa Ajwcr ^$rci brgya-tham-pa las gcig-hdam- pa. Brgy^g brhan n. of a Bon god who is also called ^’A^Aq Lha-bsans. brgyags victuals; provi- sion, as in mtshas-brgyagS) w AJ^4 lam-brgyags provision for the journey. brgyan-wa pf. Ag^ brgyanSy fut. brgyan, imp. gA^ rgyohs or §a^*-^4] rgyons-giy 1. to extend, stretch out, set out or arrange ; А ^А чдр ngc/q ko-wa dan thag-pa brgyan-wa to stretch hide and rope ; snod rgyan-iea to set out a vessel; «^‘st’AgA’q mchod-me brgyan-wa to put in array lamps as offerings. 2. to call a person from a distance. brgyad eight. Symbolic Syn. aj^ bkra-tps; lha; JJ blit; nor; a]^a*t-6^ gdevs-can; srid-pa ; Ito; hyro {Rtsii.). + Ag\A^a] brgyad-bkag = ^^ ^\^ bkah bkyon-pa fhv? rebuke ; reproof; reflection on one’s conduct or act. Ag'VA’jpq brgyad-bkug or njS’^gS’§kitd- pn brgyad-sgril thread in eight-fold twists. brgyad-bcu eighty. Bryyad-ehan n. of a kind of tea which is of inferior quality, largely con- sumed by Tibetans in general. A§\^A*q Brgyad-^ton-pa one of the abridged sacred scriptures of tho northern Buddhists containing 8,000 s'lokas. Brgyad-slon the festival on the eighth lunar day of the month. Ag^q brgyad-pa 1. the eighth. 2. <^VA^*4 tshar bcad-pa he who finishes or puts an end to; the destroyer.
342 ^F’l eight; excess which orna- wyog- down down brgyad-po consisting of the eight. q35’^H brgyad-lhag lit. eight in (of one hundred); fas a rosary consists of one hundred and eight heads. brgytin-pa (gyen) vb. to adorn, decorate; to provide with : rin-chcn rgyan-gyi§ ^rgyan-pa adorned with precious ments, cf. rgyan; sbst. brgyal-wa = $*|’^*r§5*q ches byed-pa 1. to fall senseless ; to lie senseless ; to sink unconscious ; to faint. 2. to howl, of a fox (Sch.) ; ho brgyal-te fainting with fatigue; лд'агЯчрл brgyal bog-pa laid pros- trate and unconscious: tham§-ead brgyal bog-pa bshiti all as if pros- trate and senseless (Л. 76). brgya$-=^'^ lhan-rgya$ together with. brgyngs, pf- of ^*Tq vr^fa, vnn used as sbst. a race ; also running a race. brgyuns-pa the marrow in the back-bone (Cs.). brgyud, cf. ^5 rgyud q<«j<, 4^1 ^‘ql^4l‘5’q|5’q cig-na§ geig- turgbyud-pa descent from one to ano- ther. 1. family, lineage, ancestors, off- spring. 2. race, people, nation : bod-kyi mi-brgyud the Tibetan nation, people. rig^-brgyud relations; gdun-brgyud descendants; bla- brgyud the succession or line of Lamas. 3. Tantras and mystic manuals, v. ^5 ; chos-kyi religious arguments and deductions. brgyud-brgyugs a continuous succession (Sch.). brgyud-сап possessed of descen- dants; fruitful. q^5’q brgyud-pa 1. belonging to a race or family. 2. v. ^5 rgyud and ^5‘q rgyud pa. q^Vq ^'q’§ brgyud-pa ruam-pa Zwatheie were five different schismatic successions among tho Buddhists iu Ancient India; they were tho following:—(1) frdul-wahi rgyud or the generation observing moral discipline; (2) ^5 gsan-§nag$-kyi rgyud or the mystical succession ; (3) rgya- chen spyod-rgyud or tho succession of abundant performance*; (4) zab-mo Ita-rgijud [tho profound succession]^.; (5) §nin-op don- rgyud or tho Occult race (Orub. 5 6). brgyud hphcl-tva to increase the race or progeny; to multiply; to increase the family. 4^5’* in/yiof-ma 1. one belonging to a family; a scion ; one well acquainted with the secrets, well informed; acc. to Cs.— brgyud-can. 2. in W. fruitful; fertile. 3. brgyud-та rgyab-pa to perpetuate family lincago; brgyud-hdsin ццчъ heir; successor. &УУи&~Уа$ fe’K n. of a numerical figure (Ya-sel. 56). qyrq brgyus-pa ufan to make a string of; to stitch together. v. and ^4q ^gog-pa. bsgan or sgan = dnos-gshi point of time; moment; instant; conjunc- ture : lo-gsar bsgan-gi Ihags- pa a chilling gale on the opening of the
343 new year; the proper time for doing a thing; яд'ЧА the time for writing; the time of eating. bsgans-pa to form into; ^‘5’ gon-bu bsgans made a ball of; 4^4’5* gcig-tu bsgons collects into one. isgar, pf. of ^4 bsgugs-pa pf. of §^’q sgug-pa to wait (for one’s arrival or return). ^5^ bsgal-bskyod tremulous; to shake and tremble: q|V§S the living beings move, stand and tremble (Khrid. J±7). q^oj’q bsgulpa sr^=4 to shake, trem- ble, quake, quiver Gen. 4 bsgo-гса 1. to direct, instruct, v. sgo-гса. 2. to rub with; to apply on snum bsgos-pa; to stain, anoint; to infect with disease; «liprq bsgos- pa pf. of 4^q to command, order; also bkah bsgos-pa to give directions; issue commands; also the coercive bidding of the mystic exorcist towards an evil spirit. bag-chags bsgos-pa defiled with moral impurity (Nag. 19). Syn. khas-blans byed\ dul-wa hdsin; tshig brtan-pa; 3V4 bsgo-wa nan-pa; dwan-du gyur; 4^j'q bsnen-pa; ^'3 shi-wa; ^’4 dul-ica; ^,£* ner shi-wa (Mnon.). bsgo-wa bcag-pa to disobey; to disregard directions. bsgo-wa rna-la gzon-pa~ ^yq bsgo-wa mi-nan-pa not listening to instructions or directions. i: bsgo-wa rnam-pa gsum the three religious instructions or directions:— 1- instructions issued by the church. 2. those issued by a section of the church. 3. directions emanating from the senior member of the holy order. (и): 1. the order of the principal of a college or the superior of a monastery. 2. the command of the Khanpo (abbot). 3. dge-hdungyis bsgo-wa. qSfq^'q-q^ ш: J, tho vows of the holy order. 2. vows of ordinary men. 3. vows for individual emancipation in the ordinary way (K. du. !$). q^pq-q^y^q bsgo-wa bshin nan-pa or rje-su hjug-pa to follow, do as directed. [One who acts as directed]/?. o^q-ofsT^-q bsgo-wa la mi-nan-pa breach of religious discipline; W- not to act according to instruction. bsgom-pa нга contemplation; = 3fwq goms-pa; bsgom-pa and goms-pa in their application to road have one and same meaning. bsgom-skyes нт^зт, pro- duced from contemplation, also reflection; q^’q'g^q bsgom-pa byun-wa sprung from contemplation; qijkq or^ q bsgom-pa la dgah-wa delighting in contem- plation. bsgoms-pa^ pf. of |*rq sgom-pa. c\ bsgyins-pa = hgyin-wa 1. fesjur, to yawn. 2. =^’q sbo-wa. qgvn I: bsgyur-гоа^ another form of sgyur-wa to change; Гг^чГ£,|^’л kha-dog bsgur-ba changing colour; to change clothes; to change the cover (like a snake);
q§vq| 344 qp/ to translate ; J rgya-gar na$ ehos bsgyur-ica to translate books brought from India; tshig-bsgynr to translate words; X^'q|p don-bsgyar to alter the meaning; 4S*q|p thad-bsgyur to change tire direction; ^forqsp hchol-b$gyur, Q^’qsp lus-bsgyur to change one's body (mira- culously) ; йс/4|р min-b$gyiir to change one’s name; ^X4! 4g^ mdog-^gynr to change the complexion or colour; a**'q|p spus-bgpir to change the quality ; bshos-bsgyttr^ Ac., to change one’s intention; phyt-n /л b$gyur to invert tho object; ehos-ltig§ bsgyttr con- version ; 4Vq|P 'd-bsgyur to change the language. Il’^fir^ to multiply, increase. Syn. bsmm; qg*rq bsgres-рн; a^’q Spel-wa\ spta’q gsil-ira (Mnon.). b$gyu§-pa muscle. W Bsgrag-phren (dag-thtng) n. of a Jong in Tibet. W b$grag$ (dag) (Ssr^J’^vq eho$ klog-Wrir-wa) fwH proclaimed; read or recited loudly» cjfjoj^rcj bsgrags-pa sung; diffused. ^F4 bsgraft-pa 1. to enumerate, count up (Cs.). 2. to causo to grow cold. bsgrad-pa = ^\4 bgrad-pa to open wide; mig bgrad-pa to stare; 4315’q rkan-pa bgrad-pa to part the legs wide; to straddle. зд'Ч bsgral [crossed ; passable] & bsgral-wa to pass; cross over. qg^-q^’^c.^ bsgr l-icahi ^in-rta a boat, also— J’| дгн-skya an oar of a boat (»4 qg^’3 bsgral-bya met. a boat, q^'^^ b$gral-yas w. a numerical figure used in Buddhist astrology, cs ksgrifjs (dig) ’ten, ipq, чгРча put in order, arranged, arrayed ; b$grigi-p<t vfaa formed into string. bsgribs-pa (dib-pa), pf. of gq $gris f^ToTeri, ifturfijcT, ’ohRh covered. q|q^qq-gc^'^^-q bsgribs-pahi lun-du mi-$ton-pa to abstain from obscure predictions: q-^E.-$rq^: d0 nof prophesy or predict what is not known either to be good or bad. C\ (dim-pa) (§^’q $pra$-pa) c’5№J5^*S^,q byas-pu^ v. ъдгип-ра, rig-pa b$grim$-pa perver- ted skill ; also chaotic acquirements ; con- fused information. b$grun-pa, akin to hgran ХЭ to rival, vio with; to reply to: q|<Y й brgrin hgran- zla byed mi-nu$-pa cannot compete or be a match for. ^^«===q^ll^*q btsugs-pta, rgyal-mtshan Ita-bn up-lifted; hoisted. b^gren^ (d^g)^ pf- of $greny imp. Sgrens-yig., b$grefis-byahi rgyal-mtshan^ a flag that is to be hoisted (Situ. 77). bsgres (de) (q|j bsgre) old, aged; skn-bsgret, de-igras niu-yal bsgres (Ya-sel.). 59’^’ dbu- chos bsgre$ rim aged respectable lamas. ql^’q bsgres-pa changed. q]]MW bsgres-yas a numerical figure used in Buddhist astrology.
г; На I: is the fourth consonant of the Tibetan alphabet. It corresponds to the Sanskrit letter and sounds like ng in the English word “song.” As a final the pronunciation is therefore easy enough; but in its frequent occurrence as an initial letter the difficulty of sounding it properly comes in. As an initial must be pro- nounced as a nasal g. To acquire the sound, first say un-ga; and then, dropping the u, try to say the nga. II: 1. it represents the numerical figure 4. 2. stands for in the conse- cutive numbers 51; c-qf^ 52; 53 54; *g55; c-VI 56; 57; 58; 59. ГШ: in mystical Buddhism is sym- bolical of the dissolution of all Samskara (combinations either phenomenal or mate- rial). “the term ** is the sign of the synthesis of all matters which phenomenally exist in a compounded state” (К. my, ”1 207). g- * 1$) “ is symbolical of the state where there is no cohesion; it explains that all that are without adherence (attachment) will be liberated.” IV: pers. pron., first person, singular I : old man that I am; V’I “I with SroH-btum $gam-po”\ Spr*' I the Eama. *5 or-^’”) my, mine: my charming (wife), t>., dearest ; it is mine; soul of me a man; ^5’4^ this my; my venerable master. Colloq. the common form for nga is Ha-raH “I.” Ha kho-na I myself; I alone. ^5 na-ned, WV, I myself. Syn. kho-wo. na-eag, Ha-tsho, na-rnams, are the several plurals of signifying we. na§ for Ha-yis by me, v. na. Ha-rgyal WU, <4, НТЯ, WK (lit. “I, the chief”), i>., pride, arrogance: I “ on the height of pride the water of merit does not accumulate”; to be proud. *’5«r to break (another’s) pride; to humble ; rt*§«’45x’j«(=the pride of asser- tion of self; lit. the pride of reflecting “I am.” Syn. rgyagv, hphyar^gyen-§n,em^} mfion- pahi Ha-rgyal \ ^'^fta-ldan (MHon.). Ha-rgyal-can wf^THTpr^, ; proud, boastful; rivalling. Syn. Ha-rgyal-ldan, dregs-ldan (MHon.). suprome pride. Na-phod n. of a district in the province of Kong-po (LoH. % 16). 45
c-q| 346 c-X| = ya na-wa 1. bad ; dangerous ; fearful. 2: rarely for bad; V*’** a bad smell. **^5 fta-med чгчк lit. without self; without vanity; not thinking of one’s self or self-interest. fta-men chos-po (he who is personified by worldlincss), the name by which Mara, tho lord of worldliness of the Buddhists, is known to the Bon (В. Nam.). fta-nur a species of duck, v. ftur-pa, peril. Anas casarca. fta-$i, lit. I dio ; cry of fear with wonder ; evidently a Bengali expression of wonder—44 hR or vr яТк I die, alas! I die,” which Atis'a introduced in Tibetan— (Л. 107) (4Oh, I die from wonder! yet there are wonderful stories in India (to be told).” E’lf fta-mo for the camel: khur-wa fair skyer drafts $in fta-mo mgyag the camel, grunting with loads, travels quickly (Jig. 22). fta-htshen self-sufficient or self- sufficiency; pride; egotism (A. 90). fta-yir med WKTS want of self- ishness: ^•^V4^,q=q54]-3|^4^ q 0Г 4S41,5’^*4 the cognition of personality which may be styled the self or 474. fta-ra 1. noise; sound. 2. cold air : I am not afraid of the air of the glaciers (Mil.). 1: na-ra-can 1. loud, noisy, roaring. 2. a crier, brawler, noisy fellow, n: rarified; cold. Na-ra than n. of a place in Tibet: { (Jig. 65) when the lid of the copper-coffin was opened, there came out from it the cry fta-ra-ra; hence the name of that place became known as fia-ra-than. ftar ra-ra expression of extreme pain and suffering. E'5 &-™ n. of a place in Ancient Tibet, which Hod, one of the four sons of King Se-sbreg-pa, had chosen for his residence (Deb. % 19). td^fta-ro, 1. a loud, deep voice; a cry; the pitch of the voice loud and low. 2. = tisarga, i.e., I. 55^' 3rcq-gS’W^ 59ВД| at tho end of the five short vowels, there being the visarga dots (they should be regarded as a) vowel (Гл-se/. 47). 3. the roaring sound of the lion or tho tiger: I the tiger’s growl issuing forth, the monkey drops down from the top of the a tree ; 4Vthey pro- claimed, shouting at the top of their voice ; ^qj-qS-E/X voices foreboding mischief ; to raise woeful cries. E.’X^'q fta-ro sgrog-pa 1. to roar; to rage. 2. the circlet used on tho top of a letter to signify « turns into % and » before words beginning with any of these. b’X-gaj-q fta-ro byin-pa WTW^, crying; bewailing; to cry or bewail loudly on account of pain or grief. &a-la nu also fia-las wu KWTcrr n. of a mythological king who rulod as a Chakravarti-raja over heaven and earth and shared the celestial throne with six successive Indras. N. of an ancestor of Gautama Buddha : 5^’W5’^’l3r5’4№*rcr the child having
W|| 347 Eqpyqc-^l cried “give me suck,” was called &a-la-nu (Pag. Ik). йад 4iw, ЗПГ1, W, Hroft, speech; talk ; word; sins com- mitted with the tongue (in words); polite speech ; gentle words; чяшЧн or silence, observed as a monastic duty or religious exercise; the vow of not speaking, £<?., of keeping silence for a definite time. Syn. tshig*, sgra-bjod-pa; 55^’M dbyan§-can; gtam; 5’^4 lo- rgyus*, $kad-smra-wa (Mnon.). nag-$kye§ born or pro- duced from speech. мгядч nag-hkhyal WTQ, delirium; unconnected speech; foolish talk; ravings (&ag*). w)*3)’Nag-gi rgyal-po н^П?Гч; the Bodhisattva Manju-s'ri ghosha, who is belioved by Buddhists to be the god of speech; nag-gi-rgyan a figure of rhetoric or speech ; gen. amplica- tion of an idea by the use of apt expressions; the symbolic speech or mode of expression by the configuration of the fingers; this is described as mystical language in which expression by signs, i.e., with the confi- guration of the fingers, forms the prin- cipal feature; the lord of speech—Jam-yang or Man-ju-s'ri ghosha: salutation to Jampai-yang, the prince of speech (Situ. 3); ftag-gi dbul one poor in speech; a dumb person, v. v lkug-pa (Mnon.). nag-hgro§ manner of speaking or uttering words (Cs.). fiag rgya§-pa too much talking; full and detailed discussion. nag-rgyun a discourse; also oral tradition, not recorded history. nag-hchal^^^^ irregular or senseless speech. Syn. hchal-tshig*, cha- med gtam\ klag-сог*, ОД'Хч bab-col*, mu-cor (Mnon.). nag-snan l. = as met. the cuckoo. 2. pleasant voice or sweet language; one who speaks in sweet language. ^’*45^ nag-gtam verbal message; also oral tradition. nag-bsdams-pa ПЗН, чт^- flipf one who has controlled his speech or tongue. nag-hdab or nag-gi hdab-ma (lit. the leaf of speech) the organ of tasting; the tongue, v. | lee : (Mnon.). nag-hdon-pa to express in words; to cry ; to speak. nag-ldan elo- quent ; possessed of (the power of) speaking. nag-byed ; the speaker. MipYK’ nag-dwan a title of learning given to some of the Grand Lamas of Tibet. Is also the first name of the present or 14th Dalai Lama of Lhasa. fiag-dwan Ye-fesrgya- mtsho the Lama wTho with the help of Lhabzan, King of tho country round lake Kbkonor, conducted the Government of Tibet for thirteen years (Loft. % 16). Nag-dwan lha-mo the goddess of speech; an epithet of Sarasvati {Mnon.).
«'I 348 fag-ibyor arrangement of speech (Cs,). ’* fag-та ТПТТ the speech itself. qnj-$r^c’q fag-nwtshan-ica — ^'Ц $Щ1. one of imperfect or defective speech; a stupid person. 2. indistinct speech. fag-mi-ldan a dumb person; also one who cannot express himself in clear language. Syn. g4) 4 lkug-pa\ tJiig-mi- gsal\ 8em$-bem-po (Мои.). ^'^5 fag-med SHlftr meditation; a state in which there is no use of speech. «T^q fag-tshab representation in writ- ing : (he principal points in a representation or petition. сч|я^с*4 fag-mt shuns of uniform aud consistent speech, t.e., where there is no contradiction, redundancy, or irrele- vancy. fag-yid the speech and tho heart. cnj’W^q fag-lam shu-wa to apply, or pray to, verbally. СЧ]-П|^С fag-gpy in vulg. Г’’4)-2)^ or in Sikk. cross-examination ; also deposition of tho plaintiff and defendant in the presence of each other. fag-for committing to words; a promise. fag-gsal clear speech or lucid language. &ag lha-то the Goddess of Speech. I: ляп=35’ or 5S5N faqjr L tho nature, being, idiosyncracy; the very essence of any person or thing. 2. sphere; province; domain: j5c/q5’535^ the essentiality of vacuity (Q&nyata) : the sphere of tho void space: — 535*4 the natural constitution of the mind: in a cheerful state of the mind (Thgr.) ; the very essence of vacuity itself (Glr.): §п]*4 Ч to enter into the state of deep meditation: ^^5| continue in that state of mind which is free from attachment, etc.: 5]w to die of fear or panic. СК’ II: character ; disposition: ^’4 or a naturally bad disposition; qc’^-q^ Q a naturally good disposition (Sch.; Jd.). nafi-gi# adv. spontaneously; naturally; also, acc. to Jd. and Schr., slowly, gradually, gently. сл*-5^ nan-can natural capacity: ainnwt one who is naturally capa- ble of renouncing or giving up; able to abandon, is generally used like c.c-qnj Ч5 fan-bag-yod naturally modest: tq-qnjBJvS‘5f^’<5jTHw4 his moral character in regard to his natural modesty (A. 53). fan nia-thufi do not be short- tempered : | when I had said to the kha-do-ma u pray be not short-tempered” (Hbrom. 93). fan-tshul natural disposition or temperament; cr^qu/q 1. goed con- duct; a naturally good disposition. 2. n. of a Buddhist sage and author of Ancient India, included in the list of twenty-three sages (Jf.K.). елЛс’ fan-rin or ct ^ Rq-q forbearing; long-suffering; of cool nature: ceAc’i §5’5^1 in accomplishing import- ant business one should work with great patience.
349 гх’Ч nan-pa tho male goose. nail-rkan ts^t that which waddles. nan-^kya WHfiT grey teal of Tibet. Syn. pad-zlinn mgrin. nan-sgro the quill of the goose. nan-nur the ruddy goose, realy Tadorna rutila, the sheldrake. nan-pa gser-ldan 1. the yellow or golden goose. 2. । he said “fetch the horse called Nan-pa gser-ldan” (Yig.). Zj nan-pahi rgyal-po the “king- goose ” and flamingo; also the plant Jas mi num zambac. сд’сй^ч|Я Nan-pahi-nags a mythologi- cal grove called the swan’s grove (as) situ- ated beyond the Cuckoo’s hill on this side of the ocean. It is filled with numberless flocks of ducks, geese and swans, with bills of coral, ruby, sapphire, and other precious stones. The lakes in that grove are filled with lotuses of the colour of glittering gold; and the grove extends over ten thousand miles (IT. d. \ 272). cc/qcv&qq nan-pahi tshog§ a flock of wild geese. fiati-mo a goose. I: fad nice smell; aroma frag- rance: the fragrancy, the aroma evaporates; aromatic herbs. Syn. Ьзип; 3^x5 bsuft-fad {Mnon.). II: acc. to Jd. cog. to air; the rising of an aromatic breeze; also vapour; vapour from the mouth; also snowy vapour; aqueous vapour. ^1 *5’*^ fad-can fragrant; also acc. to Jd. 1. fresh, cool. 2. rough, impetuous. nad-bzan good smell: let the breeze of your letters laden with the aroma of camphor come again and again to me, ?>., pray write me often. fan evil; mischief; misfortune; defilement: it has done great mischief ; esp. harm done by sorcery and witchcraft; to revile (a person). fian-hgro I: going or about to go to the undesirable state, i.e.^ the state of the damned, comprising those in hell and those wandering about in distor- ted forms. II: 1. one who follows the dictates of his wife and is led by the nose by her in all his works. 2. dis- simulation. Ill : lightning. nan-dgu. all kinds of evil or mischief. fan-$kye§ of low birth; also ЯрГЯ lit. anything produced from the soil and manure; the planet Mars. Mnan-rgyu-can one who does mis- chief, speaks ill of others; one that does not speak evil of anybody (A. 139). fan-non WT<, sordid, vile, mean, pitiful: or g'So|’4^’q to be satisfied with anything be it ever so little or poor; unambitious. fian-rned WiWX 1. scabby; itchy. 2. unchaste; libidinous.
raj-sjcjsq 350 Han-thab§=^ * phra-ma or fl^q khram-pa ^ц, vile language; mean, vulgar conversation; abuse. Han-hdebs-pa to curse, exe- crate; to curse by means of witchcraft; cf. *4 nan-na-wa the bad. i: Han-pa gi, W, bad; miserable; poor; wicked; ugly; also a scoundrel, slanderer, rogue; tho vile, vulgar, low, mean. Ч’4 и: 1. excrement; ordure; manure: by the USO of manure tho soil becomes very fertile. Syn. mi-gtsaH-ma; g4]'^ skyag-pa (Mnon.), nan-pa brjod-pa Iн to blaspheme. nan-pa gnah-rens a stiff- necked villain (Rtsii, 13), c^*q Han-pa dpun-$sdeb§ conspi- rators; ovil-minded men who intrigue, form a league to do mischief to others. fian-spoH or Paras'u Rama; ^0^5$ the son of Rdul-can-nn (Mnon.); an epithet of S'ukra and also of the planet Venus (qavq ). + nan-bu in earlier Tibetan the word M’9 was used in the place of the modern expression g3» or my humble or little self. Han bya-wa reproached; deceived; cheated. Ham-smra WTH, notoriety; bad reputation; disgrace. nan-bzo$ nia-bya$-pa 'W’UTT- ?icf not reclaimed; made useless. 4'^ Han-дуо— or дя hypocrisy (MHoni) ; (or 1. a hypocrite; a fox. 2. of a low caste. ^•^слг$г also ьеЛмгя procrasti- nating, delaying ; always throwing a duty or anything to a distance. nan-rog^^9^^ nan-riled. Han-lam^^^ ^ 1. bad habit, indulgence in any kind of work, behaviour, or eating, of a degrading nature. 2. n. of a place in Tibet (Deb, % 2). Han-^i ^rq^<j death from starva- tion or from an accident or epidemic or plague, etc.; any person or animal that has died from starvation. Hansel that which removes tho defilement and purifies: 1 Han-sel is a term for water and also for tufts of ku$a and dub grass (Mnon.), wfXfc’ Han-son wvm those actually gone to damnation. Han-gso to feed and foster per- sons or animals that have suffered from starvation. ^’^/fcrn-^rwZlow and destitute; delapi- dated ; decomposed : й| u (agricultural) tenants who have become scattered and destitute” (Rtsii.), nam~dkar grey colour; not very white. nam-grog—^^ deep ravines with precipitous eroded banks, which are impassable and inhospitable in aspect. Ace. to Cs, a torrent; ace. to Sch. the bank of a river grown ridgy and steep by having been gradually washed out by currents. wSfr&j’cl Ham-grog chen-po nvrw a poetic name of Tibet which is called the country of deep ravines.
«ГЧ/ 351 КЯ’Ц fiam-pa 1. arrogance. 2. Ш a ravine. nam-mthon-can зтРзга? a proud, bumptious person; one who assumes the appearance of greatness. nam-dur-can given to gluttony and drinking (Ja.). fiam-rin n. of a district in Upper Tsang with a fort and monastery subject to Tashi-lhunpo. пат-ru n. of a disease (Med.). fiam-fin n. of a snake-demi- god of the nether regions. as a matter of course; by one’s own force (of nature) or accord. fiam-tpd 1. = upper and lower: ^**£5 thence spreading over inundated the upper and lower parts (of the country) (Л. 92). 2. n. of a place in Lhokha—the south- eastern district of the province of U (Lon. * 5); *’*^5’25 the lower part of (Deb. % 19). nar 1. fore side; front side; front surface ; forepart, esp. of the leg, the shin-bone, also knuckle; forearm; lower part of the leg; acc. to Jd. an appellation for both. 2. tennin. of ‘ to one’s self ’; pride; selfishness; self- interest 3. to set on or against; to instigate. cA’45 fair-skad the sound of the roaring of lions, etc. ьъ'^'Япаг-паг-ро hoarse, husky, wheez- ing, e.g.y in old age (Thgy.); ^’85 йаг- glud hoarseness and phlegm (Med.); gre-wa nar-wa a hoarse throat (Med.;</«.) ; WWJ a hoarse groaning. nar-snabs mucus of the nose. nar-pa stalk of plants (Л/erf.). Kvq nar-wa 1. strength; vigour; hard- ness (of steel); gri-sogs- kyi nar-hjam-po the hard or soft temper of (the metal of) knife; etc. 2. cold; frost; cold wind (Mil.) ; (cf. *’*) to steel; to temper. nar-can 1. strong; vigorous. 2. ductile; id., strong- minded; weak; soft. ЕЛ’ч nar-po grim; strong; ferocious, (of beasts) (Jd.). ^’95 nar-blud sbst. 1. valour and strength: the valour of a hero is indicated in his face (physiognomy). 2. vb. wg5’4 or да’ч^'ч to temper and sharpen a steel-weapon or instrument. nar-hbol strong in quality; the red colour of tea is its strength. cA’fl nar-ma 1. irritable, passionate, impetuous (Sch.). 2. strong, powerful, e.#., a powerful protection (Mil., Jd.). v. I nal-wa w, WT4TH fatigue; weari- ness; resp. also ^мгс.01 rjfblH; З4!*’ *4’4 or *фч*ч tired mentally; f^rrnT, to be fatigued, wearied; prostrate with exercise of the body. Syn. t han-chad-pa; ^4*4 dub-pa; fial-dub~pa (Mnon.). nal-тксп-ра (^ nad) fwra a kind of disease. [1. a kind of white lep- rosy. 2. weariness, languor] 8.
с‘| 352 ад’*^‘ч fail chad-pa to be prostrate by fatigue. мгцрр nal-hjug-pa vb. a. to tire ; to cause to be weary. ад’§л]ц fial-%tegt i: a rest; a sort of wooden crutch to support a load on the back while resting in a standing posture. ад’^чщп: or ад'^Т* a bench or seat inviting repose. Syn. ’4 b$ti-wa; ^5’4 $dod-pa (Mfam.). ад’^зч fad-dub-pa intensive form of ад ч, to be very tired. fail-phon fatigued; become tired. ад^ nal-med wprrfi not wearied; un- tired ; untiring. ад’Я^ fail-htsho refreshment. адч^’ч fW-0$o-walit.to cure weariness; to take rest: favrn, favrn, faxfh rest, resting. адftal-gso$ W met. for an ascetic. c\ , fa num. fig. 34. пи 1. num. fig. 64. 2. v. ^*4 nuwa. 5’^ fai-wa to cry; to weep; pf. 5S resp. tears that have been shed (Dzl.); weeping without cause; hysterical weeping (Med.) ; fiu-tca-po a weeper; fiu-mkhan id. 6’^5 nu-hdod wishing to cry; going to weep. nu-bro was about to cry or weep. nuh-bod 1. bewailing; crying or weeping loudly. 2. n. of a hell: the hell greater in suffering than ' Raurav a. fai-rdsi W\ sbst. a loud crying; bawling out ; lamenting (Ja.). 5’5 fai-ru teal. nu-ru hjug-pa to cause to weep. nu-$ur-can acc. to Sch. a child that is continually crying. fiud-mo a sob (Cs.; Schr.). ^’4 fiug-pa=^Q to grunt; to snore; to pur. ^‘Я’^ niir-sgra-can that which grunts; a pig; a yak. $5^’4 fair-pa duck, esp. tho red wild duck, Anas nyroca. Syn. yn-rtahi-lu$; hkhor-lo-can; gnil-gms-spyo# * mt8han-mo-hbral\ hdod- pa-ldan; $4 co-ка; hdab- chags gwr-ldan (Mnon.). nur-pa chen-po 1. sheldrake. 2. n. of a colobrated Lama of Tibet men- tioned in the Mfion (Deb.). fair-wa to grunt (of pigs and yaks). fiur-ka as red as fire; fiery-red (Ja.). ^8*4 fiur-smrig ЖТГЧ is described as reddish yellow; saff- ron-colour. nur-smrig go$ the robe of an ordained monk which ought to be, but is not often so in Tibet, of orange-colour; he who wears the reddish-yellow; a Buddhist mendicant dressed in reddish- yollow clothes. q fiur-smrig chen-po^^^^fy1* a great Buddhist monk; a monk who is great on account of bis orange robe.
Ь'1 353 £ йе mim. fig. 94. £5 ned 4V pers. pion, first person, sing, in C. for S I; my or mine; £54»» § our. £^5 ned-nid—^S^’^, I myself ; we ourselves. ^*4^^ ned-gnis we two; fefSY we three brothers. ^YV^ ned-rnam^ ^Y^ ^Y4 ^Y54 are variously used for the plural of £5 to signify we. ^Y^’ ned-гай I, or I myself. ^’рлч| Tfes-kha-rag n. of place in Tibet (Deb. 4 25). йе$-ра fwi, ffesfa», certain, true, sure, firm; also truth, reality, certainty: J ask you to communicate to me something cer- tain, i.e,, authentic news: ^’«rfe< death is certain (JS.); Jw^’^'ferq rtsis hphro la nes-pa to be sure of a mathematical cal- culation, i.e.y to hold it as a certain result. Syn. bden-pa} mi-bslu-iva} rdsun-po ma-yin-pa (Mnon,). £«V|yj ne$-khyab qjE? q the proportion of space inside a country to that which is outside, whether large or small; that which is fully encompassed or covered over by another object is called khyab-byed, ferSJq ne$-grol (ne-dol) fer <w$q, «>., Rj^qv^Y^’l^’sgq’q^q | liberation from the transmigratory exist- ence, disease, and suffering. nes-hgro transmigration; few* differ Y4’ I return to another state of existence after death, either to hell or heaven, or to any non- earthly place. fcsrgq nes-rgyal~^'W<^ cer- tain victory ; triumph. S^'^YjFY3^’'4^ triumph over enemies, the devil and misery, is described as nes rgyal. fies-sgra a real sound; few q-ferqrg-ferq any sound that has made an impression in the mind. ferjpqq nes-sgrogs emphasis ; any proclamation; reading letters or sacred writings loudly that there may not be any mistake about them. fer^V*^ fie§-cher-med it is not quite sure; I do not know for certain. fev^cj’P nes-hjugs-pa assurance ; to assure; feipsrq’fer%4’4 to enter on good and bad actions. nes-hjoms fully subduing an enemy, the devil, etc. £^15 nes-brjod a true and authorita- tive expression ; fe*’«iltY§'^4'§5 the Rig Veda; true sayings or revel- ations. fer$« nes-nam the certain fall or degen- eration. fer?q ne§-thdb fnsr the real or certain gain; it is explained thus: ^«UK’XKlIwfer nes-par-thob is the gaining of wealth, honour, or sainthood, Buddha- hood, the stages to it, &c. ferYq ties-dag ftwH: . = fer<K‘YJ| puri- fication ; cleansing; IfaVY* 54’4 sure cleansing of faults, defilements, stains, sins, etc. fevX5 nes-don ^tara;=fe*'45,^5 or XY V<’4 certain and true meaning or import ; also immediate or absolute knowledge of the truth. 46
354 iks-gdun ^чцф — CK'qj^-q any tiling that gives sure pain : gq’q^or misery and sufferings which like fire and rays of the sun burn with certainty. = or hdra-Ъа similar things; also similarity in U ings (Жоп.). £*rq nes-pa-can real; actual. neg-pa nid-du in reality; truly ; in truth; really. ius-pahi phnn-po = ^’ц'шг^ all things perceivable and realisable : VM gvq sw^’qiprq’^ I for example, rupa- skandha signifies all that has been transmu- ted into bodily form collected together. n^-par <?и adv. certainly ; surdy; really ; to be sure. Syn. ^<*r*«q’q gor-rna chag-pa {Mnon^. neg-par kuii-sbyin ’WT^T^ re- moval ; чяя giving in charity to all living beings; or consists in giving over one’s properties to others. ^N’qvg'q ncs-par skye-wa sure produce or infallible results; for instance qsjwwfy' 5^'^-qvg'q from stud}' knowledge is the sure result; q|wq’Wj^iprq from medi- tation true thought (enlightenment) is produced; from the poyvor of resolute will, birth in a happier state is ensured; by force of Ms (i.e. of Каппа) one is born in the transmigratory state; from cause fruit is evolved. £*rq\^4q n?s-par dgah-wa perfect satisfaction; to be really pleased. nes-par hgugg the act of bringing under one’s own sure pos- session or power any wished-for property or person by the exercise of occult powers. £*rqv4§vq neg-par hgyur-wa^w^wq fkUTH the future; that will be; that is destined to come. ^•q^Mfq neg-par hgro-wa to go to certainty, t.c., to Nirvana or emanci- pation from the sufferings of the world. ^•q^'j^rq neg-par rgyal-wa to be com- pletely victorious; to bring a certain thing or person under one’s command or control. ^qvqaprq fag-par brgal-wa,=WKfy(4 one who has arrived at a sure conclusion; one who has attained to an absolute state; one who has been saved or emancipated. neg-par-gcod-pa lit. to cut sure; to make certain; w<c(WTO something that will certainly happen; fag- par-chod to prevent the occurrence of omi- nous events by means of mystical charms. neg-par-hjug-pa to establish firmly. neg-pi r rnnan-byag = ^' q anything promised; an undertaking (Mnon.). fag-par rtogg-pa or 51’?4!4 true investigation ; same as to arrive at the truth of a tiling or in a wider sense to reflect on the true signification or import of a word or expression, as to whether the right con- clusion has been arrived at, etc. fc^q^q^q fas-par brtan-pa certainty; the state free from sin; the state of reality. ^N-q^q^q fag-par bgtan-pa estab- lished religion or doctrine. neg-par gnod-mdsad lit. one who really does mischief; an epithet of a deity of wrathful mien.
^'qvcj^-q| 355 Bf- й»ГЧЧ Ч^га ч fus-par brnagi-pa^^M^' to be convinced of a thing or occurrence; conviction. ^’q<g^-q fies-par spans-pa perfect renunciation. £*rqv§5’q nes-par byed-pa to fix, settle, establish ; to make certain. fcsrqv^'q nes-par hbyin-pa to be evolved; to draw or pull out. £*TqV^’«ИГЧ;^ iHffspzH ; = pX’q’Wit^r q^Rg^wq^f based upon the certain libera- tion from transmigratory existence ; acc. to Sehtr. deliverance from the round of trans- migration. HTf3j4T: the four distinct orders agreeing with the analytical stages of saintly perfection are:—(1) ЭДТПсЩ process of moral development; (2) the climax, Ac., reaching the crown- ing stage; (3) «й^ perfect patience; (4) «rtwnr- tho highest worldly good. |k ne§-p)ar-sbyor per- manently-engaged or fully-employed. £*rqv^*q ne$-par-hdsin-pa КЧ holding firmly ; to be convinced. nes-par-bzun lit. held fast; brought under discipline. nes-par legs-pa fcwj really blessed and good; deliverance from transmigratory existence; summum bonum. S^rqv^wq fie$-par sem$-pa to make up the mind; to form a resolution ; fcsrqv §wq’§5 to ascertain. ne$-po the certain, fixed; the inevitable. fie$-spel or fc^’qvjjoi snfhr real progress; ^pr^V^’q^’q’^’g'q advance- ment or spread of family and religion. a^xqq nes-hbab a veritable event. nes-hbyan, one of the three principal ways to Nirvana that are called It is described as c^vq’ei'З'йЦ,^rSiv’3q I repentance caused by disgust at worldly matters. Having inquired the whole of what would happen to all living beings, a strong aversion to matters worldly arose. nes-med 1. n. of a numhr. 2. uncertain; undefined; homeless. ncs-smod curse. nes-tshig faqm lit. real term ; real signification; real meaning. nes-tshogs many; a multi- tude. fies-^cs skyes birth of faith, also the growth of the knowledge of reality in the mind; full faith in the doctrine of retribution (Karma Mid Phal nes-gsal elucidation. Nes-yam-tpin n. of a place in Tibet (Deb. 4 25). no I: num. fig. 124. II: ^<3, resp. face; counte- nance ; air; look; the original. when (she, my mother) shall have seen my face; you must watch the looks of your elder brothers. 3f no-kro (iio-io) n. of a capitation tax (Yig.) ; lit. tax on the face, i.e., head-tax. q no-dkar-po a cheerful face. ^qgS’q no-bskyod-рл to go or move per- sonally. no-lkoej adj. public and private; open and secret.
356 no-khr.tl poll-tax. no-grans individual number; enumeration of individual things. no-chc personal appreciation; recog- nition of one’s sendee or kindness: 5’^' | (Л. 103) the Lo-tsa-wa (on the ground of) haviug undergone immeasure- ablc hardships, prayed for the acceptance of his request, but it was not acceded to. no-chc n (lit. tho great self) a man of influence; §5’q to intercede (only men of higher position being able to inter- cede) ; й oi’cf q f0 soot a great man to intercede; to seek intervention. master and his servant. no-stod praise to the face of a person; open flattery. fto-thog true ; genuine ; really. no-thon-pa=*£%one in rank or position; to rise to dignity. + fHSyq no-mthon-pa=*fify* earnestly; pressingly; with persistence. 1. “black-face”; to sit with a gloomy face: to grow sorrowful; to turn dark with fright, pain, otc. 2. n. of an Asura; frowning or becoming gloomy with sorrow. 3. n. of one of the 28 “curious religious sects” of Ancient India, followers of which used to paint their faces black (Jf. Г.). no-gnon-wa to be ashamed; un- able to show one’s face for shame. no-sprod-pa to indentify; to point out; acc. to Ja. to lay open the features; to show the nature of a thing; to explain. fio-bo HK, essence; substance; intrinsic nature; 5м in itself; acc. to its own nature ; by nature; naturally. Syn. dno^-po; ran-bshin ; ran-gjug$\ ^^‘^5 no-bo-rid (Mnon.). fio-bo-nid, v. W§'f5^ temperament; acc. to JPas. character. fo hbab-pa to be dejected; adj. discouraged; downcast; in JK. bashful. f « fio-ma the original, v. f й jflfq no mi-rtag-pa unsteady; change- able ; one who is vacillating; one who has no personality (Yig?). ^-q fa mi-chod-pa — ^ or *14'^ ono who listens to or does a thing to please another which he would not otherwise have done; to be unable to refuse or oppose. 2Гй’-2]м*ч fio-mi-qe$-pa not knowing or recognizing; unknown; incognito. no-mig in JY. boldness ; or bold; courageous; daring (Ja.). 2f’£)Y3pj]’*>5 no-med [код-med acc. to Cs. acting in the same manner in public as in private life; ingenuous. no-tsha ^TWT, x2!, TOT shame; blushing of the face : f pf, blushed ; felt shame; УЧ4! 4 to put to shame. Syn. 5*15 shum-byed;*^^ mig-dmah; fio-dmah; r&tmX4! hdsem-mdog; bag-yod\ bag-ldan; no-tsha-^es* khrel-yod\ khrel-ldan; no-tshahi tshul-can (Mnon.). no-tsha-can one who has shame; is bashful. q no tsha-гса or to feel shame; blush.
357 £^•£5 fio-isha-med or shame- less ; immodest; impudent. Syn. log-par-spobs; spyi-brtol-can\ dpral-mgo-stug- po J gdon-chen-can \ ч htsher- trained, skyens-wa-med; *4 mu-cor tshugs-med\ no-mi- bsrun; *4X^5 gnon-med (Mnon.). еГ^ц no-tshab — ^’^ §ku-tshab a repre- sentative ; a proxy (Yig. k. 53). no-mtshar wonder wondering; wonderful; famaze- ment ; exciting curiosity; to he curious ; to wonder. йо-Г&ии rgyab-pa to disguise; to put under a false garb; also to garble. no-gyog or Ч^4! master (himself) and servant. ^4 fio-ru or in the face; in the face of; before the eyes. noJog-mkhan a rebel, muti- neer ; seditious ; faithless; rebel- lious. fafaj-q ’« to turn the face against; to revolt; to rebel against; to oppose. по-$и$ a copy from tho original. q no-^es-pa to know a person or thing; to recognize an acquain- tance. f Я no-so joy; sometimes for a high title or dignity: j ou will have great joy; he will obtain high dignity; l^-qfXi^-q t0 make presents or give alms to another to his full satisfaction. no-srufa 1. regard to the opinion of others; an aiming at applause. 2. body- guard : na-la dpon-med gyog-med no-bsrun-med I have no master, no servant, none to guard me (Л. 7). no-bso mthon-po a high title or position; one in exalted position. efq^cj-q no-bsod bya-wa to praise one to the face ; to flatter; to eulogise. Nog n. of a place in Tibet where the monastery of Shong was founded by Lama Ces-rah-rnchog of Myur (Deb. Я 4)- nogs ahc the bank of a river or lake; ф’&щ a place on the bank of a river where people crossing it; land. Acc. to Jd. mountain side; slope; ghaut. Syn. hgram. £qpr$q nog$-thob n. of a number (Ya-sel. 57). Йот 1. n. of a place m Tibet «4 30). 2. satisfaction: g^ qI indeed accomplished something very satisfactory (A.152). & q пот-pa, pf. fPrpr. &W’ g’9 to satisfy one’s self with gain; to be contented: I am not satisfied; to drink one’s fill. fto nom$-pa sbst. 1. content- ment ; satisfaction. 2. oblation for quenching the thirst of the Yidag. 3. a hermit; a recluse in the wilderness who enjoys contentment; fw^’^’q iusatiable: : HTfa his thirst will be quenched; his desire will be fulfilled. Syn. tshim-})a} chog-pa; yons-bsran; lag-pa-hgebt (Mnon.). Nor 1. v. under ffo. 2. n. of a monastery of the Sa-skya-pa School; n. of a district in Tibet.
358 поз ФЗ 1. side; margin; edge; surface; front side; lho-no§ southern side or slope ; 25цч|$д| one side. 2. = ^' in the state of: I while in tho state of being happy ; while prosperous; the surface of a mirror; W’Bfq the surface of the earth. 3. basis or foundation. 25ч’^5 personally. nos-hbyor rtags 1. a receipt or sign of having received a tiling. 2. original sign or signification. nos-zin-pa=^^^ vb. 1. to be selfish. 2. = 2^’5^ self interested: therefore, clear of self interest, confess your faults (Rdsa. 15). 25ч ujc.n nos-ya ns breadth. nos-^us a copy from the original. 25ч’q nos-sti openly; publicly ; plainly. dnag$-$/ian = ^v. §5' poetry; a poem. dnan-U'% pf. ^tFh<T, to be out of breath; to pant; to feel oppressed’ (.g., when plunged into cold water, but especially when frightened and terrified. 2. to bo frightened; to fear; to be afraid of: thus being affrighted. dnan$-skrag WHIT hi colloq. great fear; panic. Syn. j*U§-§krag$. dnans-pa 1. foar he became frightened. Often ploonastieally joined with or or with both. 2.=Х’5^ pure; clean. dnan-hthen-pa misappro- priation ; not returning things taken away from another. 5^1 5е* dnar or 1. nectar; some- times used for sweet; sweet taste. 2. to put in order ; to arrange properly. dnad-ino^^S^ nitd-mo (Sch.). 5^ dnill silver ; money. Tho kind of silver called is imported into Tibet from Khorasan. The silver current in Tibet consists of ingots, Indian rupees, and a thin native coin, tho chb-tang or taug-ka. dnal-skam uniXH oxide of mer- cury. dnul-$kud silver-wire. dnul-skycd silver-belt. dnul-kha silver mine; silver vein; to work a silver mine. dnul-khug or money-bag; purse for silver coins. dnul-hgag a silver cup or silver slate. dnul-rkyau goblet made of silver: 1 silver goblet for beer and silver cup for arrack (Jig.). dnul-chu 4T«, quick- silver. Syn. hded-byed; hphrog- byed\ sa-bou; йц'&сс wcs-hchin*, §S dnul-byed\ dag-pahi^khaws\ pw^-q khams-chen-po^ mtthal- skyes \ ^\'&\Tgyug-byed (№nou.). dnul-tig one of the six kinds of bitters which are, viz:—5^' 5* H stated to possess wonderful healing virtues.
359 dnul-rta-mig-ma silver ingots in the shape of a horse-hoof, weighing about 165 tolas or rupees imported into Tibet from China. 5^4’dnul-dam wino-cup made of silver. dnul dul-ma silver-ink {Sch.). 5^*^ dnul-rdo hoomatite ore of iron ; this term is also applied to a kind of stone on which silver is tested. dnul-phoг wooden cup mounted with silver used by the higher classes in Tibet for drinking tea. dnul-rmig bar or ingot of silver. dnul-tshags silver-work on cop- per, brass, or iron; plating of silver on articles made of those metals. dnul-bzo silversmith. dntd-ho-kha-ma the purest silver imported into Tibet from China. 5^ 5 dntd-li ono tenth of the measure called "fa hon. dntil-sran an ounce of silver; used as an equivalent of current money in Tibet, = to one Chinese tael, dno 1. edge; also = ^’^^l^ shore; bank. 2.=§Г^’Я the edge of a knife; I “ edge of whip-cord” ; lash of a whip (Ja.). 3. = ^^ handle of a knife {Gs.). dnom-pa=brightness splendour. shining; bright (Cs.); dnom-chc very bright, cf. dnos (in Gram.) 1. original; reality; real; very self; reali- ty and illusion; the real Buddha; the real god (not the image); is equivalent to ^3*1 real; reality. 2. proper; genuine ;true; positive (opp. to negative); personal; personally present. 3. chief, principal; in bodily form, e.g., to appear bodily: *I even though the letter я is not actually written there. dnos-§hyes personal present: one roll of fine serge, as specified in the letter, sent as a personal present has with- out damage arrived (Tty. k.). dnos-grub {noi-dub) fafx 1. the accomplishment or acquisition of the real thing sought for; gen. perfection or excel- lence ; anything superior; acc. to Jd. honour, richos, talents, and esp. wisdom, higher knowledge, and spiritual power, as far as they are not Acquired by ordinary study and exercise, but have sprung from within spontaneously or in consequence of long and continued contemplation. In Buddhism seems to denote con- summation of worldly as well as spiri- tual objects. Temporal acquirements are called general or ordinary consummation (in reference to material objects); tho other is called the supreme consummation, which is the attainment of Buddhahood, i.e., Nirvana. The following are the eight ordinary dnos-grub or а6 enumerated in the sacred books of the Northern Bud- dhists :—(1) wg3'<^f«rs[q the enchanted sword made so by some mystical religions process; for instance, if any one touching it wishes to acquire any object, merit, power, etc., he gets it; (2) efficacy of magical pills; by some reli- gious charms medicated pills are made to possess wonderful healing properties; by
5*^1 360 5*^1 their use one may become healthy and fine looking ; (3) a medi- cine for the eye by the use of which one is able to see things in an occult manner ; (4) the power of walking miraculously and swiftly, generally by the efficacy of some enchanted loaf or leaves; (5) the magical elixir by using which an old man of eighty may look like a young man of twenty; (6) *4^' the occult process of miracu- lously vanishing bodily into the state of the gods; (7) «bjjq qq ^Skgq the power of miraculously disappearing from an assem- bly, etc., without being seen by anybody; (8) the power of passing through a wall, mountain, or earthly bar- rier, without any difficulty. or §5*4 $bed-pa lean (in body); thin; emaciated. dno^hjug the matter or the subject of a work {Tta-tika.). dno^-rned real or substantial gain; also obtaining one’s object; anxious; thoughtful. dno$-dod the original text; the principal part of a work. dnos-po 1. property in gold or silver; substance; belongings; goods; furniture; utensils; article; position: q^^q’V^’V^1 I have given cash, lit. red cash or gold: g Q got q5 * * q ‘ flje.' ’ gfl] * § * Э| (Л. 50) the Lord (Atis'a) does not touch (receive) with his hand any article connec- ted with (?>., belonging to) woman. qimmaterial, unreal; also worthless, poor, hollow; ^Vq«^ experience; made mate- rial, substantial; object or matter of rejoicing. 2. occurrence, events, action 3. in Buddhism-subject matters; properties; virtue: ^Srcrorq^w^g% I have compiled subject- matters classifying them under four, nine or twenty-nine heads, that is Sutranta, wherein I have explained religious matters (7Г. d. « 7J). «^irq^qq $grub-pa to bring a thing about; to set it on foot or a-going; as a philosophical term, substance, matter; Q the belief in the reality of the existence of matter, holding it as simple and absolute. In Buddhist ontology there are eight kinds of 5?b'q or states:—(1) wisdom; (2) knowledge of the ways and means; (3) H’TOUT omniscience; (4) the contemplation of (the possibility of) bringing all things into per- fection; (5) reaching the climax; the state of attaining to the highest point of moral excellence; (G) ««vjvq attain- ment to finality, t>., emancipation; (7) 4S | to attain to the perfected state of enlighten- ment in an instant; (8) ^’3’8 the supreme, spiritual existence. S^uq ^qN dni$-po mtshuns, v. dnos-po gs/ii, abbr. of g^&rZrq^ the four articles of merit. orginal; natural; natural productions (Cs.). tfnos-min 1. the proper or real name of a thing. 2. the noun substantive. dno$-med ^kq’^-q unreal ; that was never born nor existed: ^q-q‘^5’q (AL JL) all objects are unsubstantial, immaterial, not existing (Cs. and JFhs.).
361 dnos-gtsan lit. pure in sub- stance ; originally # pure; of the first or superior quality. dnos-hdsin identification; also holding as one’s own; possession of worldly objects: ^Я’^'З’ SW SW ^Я’5’ to hold as real and belonging to one’s self things worldly which are unreal and therefore nobody’s. dnos-gshi w, the basis of a thing; the thing itself. dno§-$ugs abbr. of and honest beHef in a doctrine and also apparent belief in it. dnox-su in actual substance. 5^’SjA dno§-slob direct or personal dis- ciple—Ananda was the personal disciple of Buddha. 5|Р1|’Ч mnag-pa, pf. to com- mission, charge, send, delegate, i.e., a messenger, commissary, etc. «ед|’Я5Я mnag-gshug also a messenger, emissary, servant, slave. Syn. Я^Яq g.yog-po; SOro (Mnon,). innags-pa-can a messen- ger ; envoy. mftag§-bya-byed one executing a mission; a commissioner. mftan хглт a curse; а necromantic injury; enumeration of curses (Cs.). mnan-pa to curse; to execrate. mfiah resp. for might, dominion, sway, power; to govern, to rule; w^*rq to obtain power; mnah-sgyiir-wa to have mastered a thing; to understand thoroughly. *wq|«rq mnah Ьгпе§-ра=\^№ч to get authority, power, etc.; to be authoriz- ed, v. (Mnon.). дел'чц/ mnah-than power, might. Syn. ч^Я^’24 bsags-rgyab\ ^’А^Я^ snon- bsags; lhas-btan-pa; bgo-skal', §non-bya§-, snon-gyi-hs* Agq lhas-bskyob; Я^’4^ gnam-bskyos; cha§-bskyos ; skal-ldan ; ^AA'^v dican-than (Mnon.). ле.ч‘че.4^ mnah-than-can powerful; one in power. лсач^я mnah-bdag fsu, lord; owner; master; sovereign; an epithet of Buddha (Jf.K). якА'А^Я'^ Mnah-bdag kho-re n. of a certain early king of Tibet (Lon. 7). Mnah-bdag Khr Ra or Kalpaeban, the famous king of Tibet who greatly patronized Buddhism and also extended the limits of his dominions to the borders of China proper. Under his orders Buddhist works were translated from Sanskrit into Tibetan. He reigned about the end of the 9th century A.D. (Reb. Я 41). Mnah-bdag-nan n. a ruler of the province of Nyang; also ^а’За^я'Я’5^ that of a Buddhist saint (J. Zan.). лцч’А^Я Mnah-bdag JBod4de n. of a king of Tibet (Lon. % 7). Mnah-bdag Lha-Ide, “the son of King Kho-re of Tibet” (Lofi. 9). mfiah Idan-ma W’riTWt a mis- tress, sweetheart, a secret wife. яеа’а mnah-wa 1. vb. to own; to possess; also sometimes resp. for ^5'a to be; to have: ^’ЕГ’Ч’^’Я^ the king having three sons: I your 47
3g2 majesty is not unwell. 2. adj. (partic.) being owned by ; belonging to. 3. having, owning, or being in possession of (Ja.). ясллас^ mfah-hbans=H^'^w 5^ a subordinate; a tenant; a subject. я^'я£^ tnnah-mdsad ftu lord, master; яг;ч*яё\ч — vb. to lord, rule over; also to own. mnah-hdsin-ma she who has assumed power; she who controls her husband. яед-ъч^ mnah-sliab^^^0-1^^. яеаЛ^ mfiah-hog ясач^гч subject; subjection; abo under the power of; within tho jurisdiction or dominion of (Situ. 1). яеа'Ч^ JLIah-ris 1, = ^ад or W W 2. u. of the westernmost province of Tibet now known as Xgari Khorsum. It formerly consisted of three dis- tricts, Purang, Sliangshung, Man-yul, which were apportioned to the three princes of the royal family of Tibet, vrn., | ^цогд-яч^ and Prom this circumstance the province camo to be known by the name of ilnah-ris {A, 6d). Out of those three districts, Purang, Guge (Shangshunl, aud Man-yul, were afterwards formed, when the province of яелЛц’ч^а’^я became an important part of Tibet. They are poetically described :— Purang surrounded by snowy mountains; Guge surrounded by rocky cliffs; я^тя^и)*гсц(Х Man-yul filled with lakes. The whole coun- try round the sources, and tho upper courses of the Indus and the Sutlej, together with some of tho more western parts is now called (яЕА^-чрА’^Я) Ngari Khor- sum. It also includes Budok. mnah-ri$ kham-bu apricots from Baltistan and Nga-ri. Й Mnah-ri$ Stag-то n. of a celebrated lama of яеаЛц JAnah-ri$. яеа’Ялгл, mnah-ri^-ga a kind of apricot grown in я^-^^-q mnah-gwl-u'a L to be installed in power; to be nominated or appointed to a dignity or position. 2. to praise; яед-д^огч to wish auspicious success; to congratulate. ewcA'^Wq, v. Vr<^Trql mnar-wa^*^'^ sweet; delicious; яс.^,д|^я'^-д|5|я mnar-gwm dkar-gsum the three streets and the three whites:—5'^ bu-ram mo- lasses ; sbran-rt&i honey; and lye-maka-ra sugar (the three whites being milk, curds and butter). ^fial зги, resp. ящ, tho uterus; tho womb; also the side of the breast, whence Buddhas are generally bom lost they be contaminated by the impurities of the womb. ямг^ mfhl-$kyes all animals that arc bom of tho womb. яелг^огч mfal-grot-wi я^Г, child-delivery; child-birth; to be bom. яадгЦч mfal-xgrtb contamination of the womb or pollution caused from child- birth. яслг^зд mnal-chags or чри:- WT, ’чпиатаг 1. conception; the for- mation in the womb. 2. the foetus or embryo. яедг^др mnal-hjug-pa or TTHTWTpfl entering the womb (relative to a Buddha); his . incarnating himself ; his assuming corporeaLframe.
3^-Ц| 363 mhal-thur a spoon used in mid- wifery for extracting a dead child. mnal-hdsin-pa or to conceive; te he big with child. rghal-nad mcenorrhagia; disease of the womb. wq nM-wa^^bad offensive smell from the mouth. mhal-rlugppa ^ГНЧТсТН abor- tion ; to force delivery or cause abortion. mhon-pa i: manifesta- tion (this occurs in the works of the Tirthikad) ; conspicuous; visible; evident; manifest; clear; to become manifest; to be verified, proved; as a vb. to bo evident; to appear clearly: that which is true is evident, 5it5j-q и: —the Ж- dharmwa Pitaka; the metaphysical— part of the Buddhist scriptures. At the beginning of the Ahhidharrna of the A^/- hayana School a salutation is made to Bodhisattva Jam-pal. mnon-khyab encom- passing fully; covering all. Mhon-dgah 1. n. of a mytho- logical garden and also world : “in the east there exists the World of Joy ” (J. Zah.). 2. n. of a section of Oar-rtee theological school in the monastery of Gahdan (Loh. * 12). 3. n- of a mer- chant’s son who was devoted to Buddha. mnen-dgohs deliber- ation ; design; premeditated plan. rahon-hgro-iva a pioneer; vb. to proceed; to go away. mhon-bcos killed, slain, destroyed. mron-brjod clear explanation of terms; one of the four parts of the science of words (?1®<ТФ5ГГ); a dictionary which is in two parts: (1) in which one meaning is conveyed by several terms. (2) in which by one word several meanings are expressed. mhon-nid the state of being manifest; manifestation. mhon-rtags proof; argument; sign or token of the truth of a thing. mnod-rtogs or НКЦ practice, culture. 1. those that by their power of discrimination have fully anl clearly comprehended the doctrine of the Gravaka School. 2. tho e that have fully and clearly comprehended the doctrine of the Pratyckya-Baddha School. 3. q5'3qq*£y q^^N'W^JN | НШ Л cf-W- those that have fully aud clearly comprehended the vehicle or у ana of the Tatha-gita. 4. those that have not been able to rightly comprehend any particular doctrine. 5. | ^тгт^г those who have not entered any of the schools. тпоп-тМо^кг^Ц; comprises a god or a human being, heaven; those of exalted birth or state. mhon-du gyur-pa one of the ten stages of Bodhisattva per- fection, to be made manifest. It is explained the state in which the tattva (reality) is manifest.
364 mfion-du ldafi-wa or чзд ч дай, getting пр (from one’s seat out of respect to another person); removal from a place; going away. ^^•gqprq mnon-du phyog§-pa lit. going to the front; moving forward ; proceeding. *^V^’S** mfion-du-bya$ made manifest. mnon-du hbyin-pi to disclose, reveal; to make known (one’s wishes). mnon-du-hon advent, arrival, coming in. mnon-hdod, to wish for; earnest desire. mnon-no n? is made known or evident. mnon-pa-pa a student of Abhi- dharnia ; one versed in that part of tho Buddhist scriptures. *£\qr^'jq mnon-pahi na-rgyal self-respect; pride. mnon-par adv. manifestly, openly; evidently; entirely • highly; greatly; very; one who has leisure or opportunity to do an act of piety or a self-sacrifice; an ascetic; one w’ho remains in an un- coveied spot to practise religious austerity. mnon-par b§kу< d, v. remembrance; any thought dawning in the mind (Mnon.). mnon-par khyab-pa to cover or encompass well; w’c 11-accom- plished. mnon-par-khro sbst. wrath ; terrible mien. ^’qv^qv^q* — s^qvgq ^rfiiTWIT to be rendered propitious ; fcKpvgvq become manifest, clear ; fhvh нтзит to disappear, vanish from the sight. 5i2^ q^'^qpride. mfion-par rgyug-pa wfH- to follow with speed; to run after. ^Jj'qvgq mfion-par sgrub well- finished ; well-accomplished. 5^ q^ mfion-par fe$-myan wfafr- Hfn enjoyment. mnon-par chag^ v. 1. the transmigratory existence (Mnon.). 2. fondness ; attachment; the state of being very much attached. ^q^dWT^-q^q mfam-par chal-du bk ram-pa to spread over ; diffused. a£\qv^X^q mfion-par chod-pa 43, honour; to make reverence to a kind friend or to a noble or venerable person. ^•q^’qfS mnon-par brjod, WWH, wfa- зтиггт, wfwm? full expression; elu- cidation. q<qM^q m^on-par btud-pay to pay homage; to bow down out of respect. 542^ q^ |4]^'Q mnon-par rtogs-pa wfafn- wfWHU 1. right discernment; right knowledge ; a clear comprehension ; qvfsprqv/^vq one possessed of right judgment and discernment; *^qv|o]*r qSwW^’q, one wdio has been purified and perfected by the thorough exercise of right judgment. 2. a hymn-like diseription (of a deity). 5^2^q^q^q5 qjqprq enlight- ening fame. »£5fqv»flfq mnon-par mtho-wa, exalted; become sublime. mnon-par drafts, one who has been conducted to the path of deliverenee—from the sufferings of trans- migratory existence.
365 «tSj-qva.'J/ls mflon-par hdu-byed, 1. sublime associations, ideas, views. 2. possessing origination, continuance and extinction: WfaH wu: objects are not pro- duced, they are without origination or extinction (J/.F.). aSY^’^V4 mnon-par hdud-pa bowing; bending reverentially. mnon-par hdul hos-pa fit to be brought under religious discipline. mnon-par hdon-pa drawing out; bring out; exposing; drag- ging out. Abhidharma- pitaktp one of the three classes of Buddhist sacred writings, v. mfon-par witchcraft; mystical measures for the suppression of an enemy. mfion-par spro-wa, enthusiasm; zeal for any work. mnon-par-phyog§= mnon-par hphag$~pa Q’W) чрггрт gone or come out of trans- migratory existence. mnon-par byan-chub^ highest state of a Bodhisattva; on the brink of the position of a Buddha. mnon-par dican-ikur-wa the initiation of a monk into the order of gelong or Bhiksu. ^2^’q^-g^ mfion-par-sbyor, wfi(- full application of meanings, words and expressions in reference to religion. occurs (in Tirthika works) in the sense of manifestation. mnon-par hbyun-wa (ЯрЧ’ Я74*1) wftfnw41’ perfect renunciation; escape from worldly existence with the resolution to go to Nirvana. s^Y4^'4?^ mnon-par brtson-pa assi- duity, industry. mnon-mtshan an evi- dent sign. mnon-pa mtshan-nid-pa (cRsr) he who has clearly realized the true state of things has become Mnon-pa. mnon-par-hdsin^ attachment; passionate love. «^•qv^qj^q mnon-par rdsog^a com- plete fulfilment; perfection in all accom- plishments, virtues, etc.; j^-q fully enlightened; q^ g-qj^-qv^E.’jq the attainment of perfect enlightenment, /.c., the state of Buddha. mnon-par rab-tu hphyan hangs down straightly or sus- pends (some ornamental fringes or silk cloth). mnon-par rig-paham snan-ica cognition; knowing of. ^Y4^*’ 4 mnon-par ges-pa pre- science ; resp. fl^Yq^apY4 mnon-par mkhan- pa certain gifts of supernatural perception, of which six kinds are enu- merated: (1) qj ^Y^ seeing anything clearly as if with divine sight. By the exercise of this power one can see (realize) the sufferings of all kinds of living beings; (2) divine hearing in a perfect man- ner. By the exercise of this knowledge one can hear the sound of g'^'5? (the smallest insect) and understand the different langua- ges articulate and inarticulate of all living beings; (3) knowledge of another’s heart; ^ qq-^Y^ q^Y^W^’^^Y^ knowing of another’s thoughts; serial
366 knowledge of tho heart; (4) г^ч^-д-ч^кча qgfi fafs ТПЩ knowledge of the four forms of miracle. By the exercise of this knowledge one knows the events of his former and future states of existence, and also the circumstances of his death and birth. By the exercise of one’s miraculous knowledge it is possible to move one’s body without being seen; (5) the power of remembering the acts of one's former existence or life; (G) q know- ledge of the destruction of the passions. By tho exercise of the knowledge of (>*| zig and zal) decay and destruction, one can quickly attain to the state of the omnis- cient by purifying himself of all impurities of the heart. By the exercise of tho power of knowing all living beings one can perceive as well tho stages of their moral perfection or culture. XSfasT tllO pOS- sessor of tho six kinds of fore-knowledge; an epithet of Buddha (JT. K). s^-q^q qr-?|N‘q mnon-par <p'$-pahi $ §- pa fore-knowledge. aK^-q^5^ mnon-par-sem$ Samadhi; contemplation; reflection. mnon-par-sel coagula- ted ; congealed. mnon-par-son involv- ed ; fully occupied; engrossed. mnon-par lhag-pa a new-comer; new arrival; one just come. mnon-phyogs^F’^'^ in colloq. 1. towards; forward; straightahead. 2. moving towards; g*«r«r skye-wa la mnon-dit phyogs-pa proceeding to birth ; яВ-q oi ^•^•g'qj^-q rushing on to death; «w’q moving towards the attainment of Buddha- hood. ipnon-phyng$-te having gone on; proceeded. mnon-phra dissimulation. ^Syg^-q byed-pa to be mani- fest; to make public; to make clear or manifest to one’s self. mnon-she-n application; devotion. mnon-rlom$ wfaiPTH having tho mind directed towards; longing-for. mnon-$e$ foro-knowledge. mnon-$e$-ean 1. v. S’g'T the mag-pie. 2. ono possessed of fore-knowledge ; one who can read the mind of others. *^Y$W mnon-snm Ясгге open, public, manifest; cognizable by the senses. Syn. *^Y^ mnon-du; dwofi- pohi-yv.l (Mnon.). mnon sum-da 1. manifestly; adv. openly, publicly. 2. ^^'^—dnos-sv, e.g., bodily, personally; by one’s own personal experience; «£y^w’ Yg^ mnon-sum- du skyes ^firsR really bom, not of imaginary birth ; proper to place under moral discipline; one fit to be brought under religious control. 5<25i'^Yq mnon-sum phyogs-min- pa чтгедч not forward; unable to succeed; turned back; failed; unsuccessful in an enterprise. mnon-sum min-pa be- yond the range of sight; imperceptible ; unknown; unintelligible. lucid, clear, evident; making known; manifesting, v. nKYq*’4w-
£‘l 367 £’^”41 5 rna tambour; a drum used in battle; a large military drum beaten at one end; drum; kettle-drum hkhar-rna, v. hkhar; rdsa-rfia a drum made of earthenware; rgyal- rna the drum of victory; bag- rna drum at a wedding: khrim$-kyi rna-bo-ch e brduns-tc having beaten the large drum for the Government edicts. tVP rna-dkar or a white hairy tail; a fan of the white yak-tail or the choicry. t’wpaj rfia-mkhan mower; reaper. rna-khri (fa-thi) a stool on which the larger drums are set for being beaten. rna-sgra (fa-da) 1. нгц sound, of the drum. 2 an epithet of Buddha Amogha Siddha; n. of a forest situated on the mountains Sprin-dkar rgyu-wa in the fabulous conti- nent of Uttara Kuru. £*£4] rna-rfog abbr. of £’*^’£*4, the tail and the crest-hair (mane) of a yak, horse or mule: to all their tails and manes scarves of five different colours were attached (A. 11$). rna-lcags a drum-rod; gen. a bent rod used as a drum-stick. rfia-chun 1. a small drum. 2. a small camel; a young camel. £*V^ rna-dar a scarf tied to a drum. £‘q rna-pa a drummer. rna-dpon chief drummer. rfia-lpag§ drum-skin. £’Zq rna-wa, vb. pf* brna$, fut. brnar imp* rnos, to mow, to reap, to cut with the sickle; sbst. the seeding of corn, barley, wheat or paddy; btsas- ma brnas-pa the reaped com. rna-гео che snrhifk fame; also large drum; a drum announcing fame. a Sutra in the Kahgyur of a metaphysical nature (K. d. i 11$). Rna-bon 1. n. of an Indian sage who is said to have flourished a thou- sand years before Buddha. 2. n. for camel in IF. £*9^ rna-bran n. of an animal: his food was the fresh meat of fia-bran (Sman. 212). C’Sg*1] rna-dbyug drum-stick. rna-sbug drum and cymbal. rna-ma 3^ the tail; the hairy tail of a beast; rna-ma rgygs-pa byed puffing out the tail. a kind of drum. rna-mon or Е‘Й rna-то w, the camel; rnc-hu a young camel; the smaller species of camel: hearing the news of his having gone to a distant country, he became greatly grieved, as if he had lost his camel or mule {llbrom. 113). rha-mo nud-kay a srinbu, i.e., worm with a black head. In whatever place the worm was found on its back, that place suffered from visitations of various kinds of calamities, such as war, famine, disease, devastations and des- tructions (К. ко. * 237). £’3^ rna-thcr serge cloth made of camel’s hair. rna-^zo-гса a drum-щакег.
*51 368 &ГЦ | 2'354 тпа-zlum (na-dum) WTH^f kind of drum played at Indian concerts. rfia-zor n. of a demi-god. £'3*^ rna-zlum-can species of flower [a kind of drum; the resin of Boswellia thurifera\S. £'4 rna-yu handle of a kettle-drum which is supported by a stick sometimes fixed on the grouud hut generally held by the hand. Rna-yab щнч, 1. lit. “ the father of tails/’ i.e., a yak’s tail, used for fanning and sometimes for dusting. 2. n. of a fabulous continent said to exist to the north of Jambudvipa. a term for horses in general; lit. that has the yak’s tail (Mfton.). Syn. &yog-byed\ bun- pa §krod-byed (Mnon.). rna-gyog a military drum. £ rna-rin long tail. rna-fin the wooden body of a drum; also the wooden support. rfia-fon kettle-drum; music (Sch.). rna-gsafi§ or a loud beat or roll of the kettle-drum (Seh.). rfiad q^r«K’*V i^i’q^E. rnan-bgran enumerating another’s faults: wg-«i like enumerating tho sins or misdoings of a family, i.e., from father to son (Yig. k.). rnan-can or rnan-chen jrftu, jeering; disdain : nan-pas rnan-can byed-duhaft hon) the evil hearted also came to scoff at him (Jdbrom. 37). Syn. t»5*rq briias-pa ; *’|5S tsho-khyad or khyod-tsho (Mnon.). Ц'Че sbst. r^an-ра—remunera- tion for a service done; reward; fee; hire; wages; vb. pf. to pay hire to: or to pay wages or remunera- tion ; sometimes to bribe; to corrupt. ii: acc. to Ja. a kind of sacrifice in C. Tibet. i^jjvq rnan-hphyar-wa to insult, de- fame. £CT4 rfiab-pa 1. to be hungry: ^5^’ £q*q bkrez rnab-pa to be greedy; to have a craving appetite; aco. Ja. 2. cf. to crave; to desiro earnestly. 3. in W. colloq. for £3, to mow. tq-^'a rnab tsha-гса oppressive: oven if the laws (of govern- ment) be oppressive. rnabs-rba—^Q'^ a surgical instrument, made of horn, for drawing out blood by suction. rnam-rfiam 1. threateningly. 2. with dazzling splendour; anything tidy and very fine. rnam-can 1. adj. rageful; avarici- ous ; covetous ; raging; gluttonous ; ravenous. rnam-brjid 1, expression or ap- pearance of wrath. 2. = £Я rnom-brjid splendour; magnificence (Ja.). Syn. rnam-hjiys*, khro- nams (Mnon.). «ОТ rnam-pa 1. to rage at; to be furious; to devastate; tfl’qSx'K a voice of terror. 2. to breathe violently; to pant for ; to desire ardently ; sroggcod-pa-la rnam-pa to be blood-thirsty; ravenously (devouring).
369 t4l Rnam-pa phag-mgo n. of a deity with the head of a wild boar. rnam-po-che very frightful. rnam-gsa$ the occupying of one’s body by a god or spirit according to Bon-po notions; a woman when inspired riding on any demon is called ’ртй. гпам$=^^ height or depth; аункд in height or depth ; (Fir/.) the depth at the middle of the waters wras 800,000 yojana. twq wonder, surprize; pathos in music. rham§-chc, vory diffi- cult ; causing much hardship. rna$ (адз)^гчч4, v. §na§, pil- low ; a bolster. rfia$-hbol a stuffed cushion; a football. £ rn«=^T£ zug-rnii pain. Г4 Rnu-chu, colloq. forC^(Lon. * 5). rnu-ma or mig-§kyag rheum in the eye. -5^*^ rmib-pa^^'^^'Q nan-du hdit$-pa or ^^hjiig-pa, pf. brnub$ or W rnub§> fut. чдл brnub, imp. rflub§ to draw in ; 4 dbugs rnub-pa to inhale; to breathe in. rfiul or rnul-chu Гзиггж SO perspiration; sweat; rfad-bdon-pa to cause to sweat or prespire. Syn. chad-skyes; lu^-chu} lu$-hbab\ qprejM lllS-rniil (Mnon.). Rnul-chu, n. of a river in Kham. It is formed by the joining of the rivers 5<5ГЙ‘£С$ Rgyal-то rnul-chu of Kham and Rdsa-khog Nag-chи of Sze-chuan. gars rnid-ua, vb. pf. brmil, to sweat, perspire. gar [belonging to the arm- pit] 8. rfal-gzan-gyi gzan Лтжт. rneftti or 1« a little drum. 2. '3 rna-nton-gi phru-gu a small camel; a young camel. rno skin disease causing painful itching which is contagious and affects dogs, sheep, and goats. q rno-t hog-pa to be capable : внщ Sir, I can do (it); incap- able or not able. ГЧ rno-wa to be able (Cs.) ; not able; not competent; incapable. rno-lag-can 1. a disease of the skin with painful itching. 2. acc. Cs.~ rfto-yas n. of a number (8. Lex.). rno-len-pa to roast; to fry (8сЛ.), v. £5’4 rfiod-pa. I: rfiog or 1^1*^ rnog-ma—l^ zc- rnog 1. the mane; rta-rnog mane of the horse, &c. 2. acc. Lex! the hunch or hump of an animal. 3. acc. Cs. drehu-rnog a kind of stuffed seat ; mattress; a thick-haired carpet (Sch.). ^1 II: n. of a tribe in Tibet to which belonged the celebrated Lo-tsa-ica Lama Rnog Blo-ldan Ce$-rab (Lofi. * 9). I’W rnog-can or rfiog-ldan having a mane. ‘йртадщ rnog§-chags a beast that has a mane. 48
370 St3! I rnod-pa, pf. drnos, fut.^S brftod.) acc. to Cs. and Jd, brno, imp. t5 rnod or rno§, 1. to parch (barley, wheat, or rice); to bruise ; to roast; to fry, e.g., meat iu a pan. 2. acc. to Cs. to deceive. £4’4 rnob-pa in Ld. to bo ablo, v. 't'Q rno-tca. '^5 rnon^brjid (cf. t*^) splendour; stateliness; majesty; rAom-bag- can grand; majestic ; terrible. rnom-po bright; brilliant; majestic; shining. Rnol-Bon the earliest stage of the Bon religion of Tibet known by the name of or Stastika, which flourished before the second century B.C.; said to have been introduced in Tibet during the reign of tho seventh descendant of King (J. Zan.), rnos-khyer ono who has caught the skin disease called ? rno. Ina 4^ five:g‘*4 Ina-ga or g’^ all the five; each of the fivo; g'^g Ina-rgya WUH five hundred ; g'^ Ina-bcu fifty; g’45-V4|^aj-q хгзпГГ^ tho fifty- first: g’* Ina-cha WTRT, the fifth part or share. g**^5 Ifta-mchod lit. the five offerings; but tho term signifies the religious service with illumination on the anniversary of the birth of Tsong-khapa, the great Buddhist reformer of Tibet, which generally falls in the month of November, i>., about the 25th of the 9th Tibetan month. It is obser- ved in every house in Tibot. Ifta-ston WWM five thousand. g Ina-ston the fifth festive ceremony generally observed. g'** Ina-iham a Buddhist monk who does not possess any knowledge of the ritual and the contemplative practice of Buddhism. g’4\ Ina-bdo, Ina-bdo Snigs-nia ma-run§ tshe (Jlbrom. 25). gVI Ina-drug-hgro in Tibet when one borrows grain he has, as a rule, to give back one measure more for every five measures he had taken. This is called the payment—six for fivo measures of agri- cultural loan. g LAa-ldau qtfra n. of a city in ancient Kho-ten known in Tibet under the namo of Li-yul. g’S'wcj ]jfta-$de bzan-po the five early disciples of Buddha:—Kaupdiyya, Afva- jit, Vaspa, Mahanamfcn, and Bhadrika, who first received his teachings (Ун/.). + g’^ [iia-pa 1. the fifth ; WbV tho fifth day after tho full or new moon, Ж. 2. n. of a tribe in Tibet. 3. a name for a Buddhist monk’s raiment. 4. the fifth path: wg^qj-^’Xk* theten have gone before on the fifth path (Tig.). g’^5 Ina-pa fil'd wtt the fifth state, t.e„ death. g'4 lna-ро w tho five. Ina-pahi-don-^'^^^'^ the fivo sciences. g^S's^c^'^ n. of a singing bird, v. Ina pahi-lam=°&'Q the way to the fifth state, i.e., death. g’4 Ina-ica a flash (of lightning). g’t^ Iffia-rtsen ufwr or a game played with five dice; 3^x n. of the Yaksha who is custodian of wealth; one of the eight generals of Vais’ravapa (Fit/.).
5'1 371 g‘^| • lfia-tsftigg=&W4 anhi w: 1. the third watch (of night or day). 2. «45-jor3'4]wg'4|,g*i'g’^«]N Эч n. of a son of Prasenajit, King of Kos'ala (Л Zaft.). 3. w^’4'q'g5,^4|*i g the five joints of the five limbs. g-R«] one who is versed in the five sciences; a learned man; a scholar. WRTCfalso 1. ancient name of a province in the north-west part of India, one of the 36 sacred places of the Buddhists (JT. F.). 2. five times. 3. f0 be bom, m?., assumption of the five (skandha) aggregates;body. gna before; soon; early—refer- ring mostly to time not place: deliverance takes place much too soon: I was the fore- most, the first, (earliest) to cross the thres- hold (Glr.); ^gV’q^’BV’^ the first, intermediate, and the last propagation of the (Buddhist) doctrine (G7r.). g^orgV^ и the ordinary adverbial form; gen. g is used with postpositions or in compounds: g’^p gna-mkho the olden time; g’g sna-sna very early; g’^*i in bygone times. g’^’ sna-gun, abb. of g*X’5^'3S morning and noon. g’^fc gna-gon 1. adv. before; previously; at first; a little while ago; just now (JZi’Z.); g’^’V* formerly ; g’^jc/wq your late father (GZr.); the earlier Tibetan kings (Glr.; Jd.). gna-dgong morning and evening (Sch.), gna-rgol in a religious disputation, he who first begins the dis- cussion ; a plaintiff in a case. g’g gna-sno v. g’ §no, vegetables ; greens (Ja.), g’*5 gnon-chad former- ly ; hitherto; till now; up to this time. g’^ 1. earlier date. 2. the indistinctness : inelligibility of the writing on blue paper with blue ink is here alluded to (Rtsii.). g’V*4 sna-rtog early crop; the first-fruit of the harvest. g’?^ gna-rtifi-du earlier or later; not at the same time. g’5^ gfia-ltag foreboding; prognostic; presage. g’^4] gfia-ihog early; in the forenoon. g’X gna-dro ЯТсК, early morning: g’V^’^ sna-dro hdul-wa to tame the mind in the morning lest evil may enter it later. g’^ gna-na before, previously, betimes. g’^’B’^3^'^Vq gfia-nur phyi-hgyang wied-pa early in the morning, not late in the day; without delay. g’4 gna-pa 1. vb. pf. g^ to be the first; to come first; to be beforehand. 2. adj. ancient; belonging or referring to former ages; J’VT^I’S'^’g'4 an ancient king of China. g’B gna-phyi, abbr. of early and late; ’ЯТН not early not late; that has no beginning or end. g’B’^ gna-phyi rgol, abbr. of тпа-rgol danphyi-rgol the plaintiff and defendant in a law-suit. g’5pi sfia-phrog early or first work ; the earlier position of a work.
5’^1 372 5¥Ч g'4 = or STTcf: dawn; very early in the morning: qq'gqv to-morrow early morning. g’« §f.a-ma ят^1, ятзг the former; the first-named; the earlier one; anterior in time and place; the first; the foremost in a ’ series ; g’^q^ as before; аз the one gone before ; as the earlier one; g'*$'^4 in early times. g'& $na-mo earlier ; bygone; g‘35'^« long before ; from former time. g'* $na-za breakfast; the morning food; food taken early in the morning. g’Kq $na-rol of old time; past ages; g’X«ibefore; in time past; gone before. g‘*W|^ in Tsang a return visit or entertainment. g’-Ч sna-p==5'3j5 g*5 straps for binding things to a saddle; В‘**1 the straps which go round tho hind part, and called g’-q'^yjsi 5е1 (Lhaino b$tod-pa). g’-^N $па-$а$ very early. g’-^sr^q hdren-pa the accen- ting of tho first syllable. g sna-snr ^74 1. before; in the first place; first of all; at first. 2. anciently; in olden times. Syn. £* §nar; & $non-du; g*« $na-ma (Mr on.). Ipj’s tfa-har a kind of tea. also g«KS pf. fut. qgqj, imp* S^og, to praise, commend, extol; to recommend: ^‘qvgqpi it is recommended to go; «^qg^'q praising; singing praise; qgqprq'5 a praiser, com- mender (Os.); qgqprqvKq‘q worthy of praise; praised; also n. of Buddha’s horce; qg^’4!^ thanksgiving. 1. praise; encomium (Ck). 2. Hn? magical formula consisting mostly of strings of Sanskrt syllables in the recital of which perfect accuracy is re- quired. These are used in invoking and coercing deities and demons, and are the equivalents of the famous mantras and dharani of Sanskrt Buddhism; $fiag$-§grub-pa, g*|<rg<arq tfags-spel-wa, to recite mantras; to pronounce charms or incantations; gqj^‘3'^’4 НпЗГЩН the mysti- cal or Tantrik doctrine of tho Buddhists, v. theg-pa; g^’^VTSS vfin clarified butter (used in the sacrificial fire); g^’S’ gS*4 §nags-kyi spyod-pa mysticism; the practice of the mystic cult. gqprRttz §nag$-hchaft one who ministers charms, a professor of mysticism; gq|«’w/q or to carry dharani charms about one’s self. gqprqy q $ag§-btu-wa extracts of mantra or charms. gq^rl^q]^ $fiag§-§dc-gsum ace. to the Buddhist as well as the Bon-po=gfljq the external or ritualistic science. 1. the external spells by which a god or goddess is propitiated or brought under one’s power so as to obey the wishes; the secret charms by tho efficacy of which a Tantrik Bodhisattva cither in his wrathful manifestation or in his milder form is propitiated. By dint of charms, he mysteriously unites with a female who having acquired similar perfections and merits like himself, is thus prepared spiritually for such a union. Both having attained to the same degree of spiritual culture and sitting in each others embrace vanish, it is believed, into the state of Nirvana. This practice is called *^’54
gE«| 373 rnkhah-spyod. 2. secret written charms; ^*rg«pi гПхЛяй? charms which contain efficacious significations and are capable of ovor-po wering or coercing spirits. These charms are generally inscribed on cloth, paper, or wooden boards. 3. v. spells. $пад$-ра нгНзл one versed in the Tantra cult of the Buddhists; one who practices mysticism. Syn. nus-pa-can; & rntbii-bo- che ; gspixat tpags-hchan; qxffo’q bsrun- hkhor-pa, ^’q^ bstan-bdag\ hjoms-byed\ rdo-rie-hdsin; £*Ч^’Ц snags-che n (Mkon.). sfags-bon for and *Ц’ц2?оя- /><>• g«J*T«i^ Wjw1^ §nay'8-btsun mar-gyi rkyal-pa-can n. of an ointment for wounds and sores (Sman. 350.), snag§-rig§ згт^и Brahma^. g=” 5/?tz??s=Sc'^, v. 5^ gwg<q snans-skrag^^^'ffi panic; sudden fear. g^*r§S $fans-byed ulw very fearful, terrific; panic stricken. $fan for g or gX siion, £^'*5 former- ly ; before; previously, opp. to now: W’rf g^T^ Charka was sent previously or at first. Sxan-bu a medicinal herb. tfar gwra, adv. of time, used for g'S $da-nt, before; beforehand; previ- ously ; formerly ; at first; from before; gv^’q what has not existed before; an innovation; gVJi'c^q what was not done before; gvak^ to got up first; one who has risen first or early; to have or avail of a former arrange- ment or system ; g^*3old or early records; the writings of antiquity; q the former; first mentioned; gv or g^wgr than,before: “ the prince was superior even to those who preceded him, t.c., even he excelled his predecessors.” Although g* occurs almost exclusively as a temporal adv., it is used in the sense of a local postp. in the hono- rific expression before his eyes, in his presence. g^’g^ sfiar-skyes^w'Z; an elder brother. srar-khyun Itar or as usual; in the ordinary course; as formerly. srar-khrims (nar4him) early laws; previous punishment or conviction. £^ЛЗ * snar4ikhyur=gw^a\ former custom or usage. snar-rgya$ early diffusion or earlier propagation. snar-hjags given as before; as before. snar-rjcs-can ono who follows or acts according to precedents; qqprjfei sna-mahi lam4ug$-srol the old or former customs. snar-rtogs — sna-ma- nas rtogs premeditated; thought of before; anything done after much consideration. £K^4 $nar-lfar as before. g^'^* Snar-hthun anything that is to be drunk first; an early drink. srar-draf<$ (Ptfon-hdren- pa) formerly invited. s£ar-gnod aggression; doing mischief without provocation. g*’* snar-ma sharp, intelligent, quick of apprehension.
374 snar-med-riied gaining or acquiring what one was without before; E^S’*|W‘ F’l** innovation ; new introduc- tion; what did not exist before (in the usage, custom or institu- tions), but has beon introduced. sftar-tshim early satis- faction ; previous contentment. E*’q^ §nar-bshin as before, as usual. $na$ resp. dbu-sna§ pillow; cushion; bolster: ^’SV2^’tj’44l'q using their things as a pillow; EM’?^ or E^’^ pillow; a cushion for the back ; E*r a couch of pillows. E^’q $fia$-pa, v. E’q- adv. of time; in colloq. signi- '"O fying previously; first; ago. gX-q $fiur-wa to snore (cf. 5^’4 also snehu the kind of pulse or peas growing in the Sub-Himalayan regions called v. grehu. I: §no or Fv^ $fio-dbag$ (^'§« zansre§). gll: a root signifying green; as sbst. plant, herb, green vegetable; Fjfa $no- skyen early growth; when it is verdant. FS silo-sky a pale-green. g’B §no-khra painting on a blue body in variegated colours. F"S| $no-§ga officinal herb; green ginger: the pungency of green ginger removes headache and congested liver (Sman.). Fg^’ sno-Уап bluish-green. 8’5'4 Sfio-tog unripe fruits; green fruits. §fio-dreg$ mire or bluish-green mud. F^4! $fio-nag blue-black; deep-blue. F’J? sno-$ne ornaments made of coloured glass-beads. Fih rfo-tprin^WW (mystic expres- sion) (Jfin.). I : gno-wa Cs. also FS'q tftod-pa, pf. 4£^ b$nos, fut. «Е imp. E*’ sno§ to become green; F® sfio-bo green ; verdant. II: S«|'4 trfbrnr, WR 1. to bless; to pronounce benediction. 2. to design; to intend: ч/ч-ч^сй’4?» г Ь$йо$ pahi gyu the turquoise intended for me. F^ $fio-$man a medicinal herb. F^ §no-rt^a green grass, as distin- guished from JJ’SJ, whitish-green shoots of grass. F^5 $fio-tshod vegetables ; herbs. F^q §no-rdsab n. of a colour or paint. F«« sfio-ya§ n. of a number. F# §no-Io green leaf; the leaf of a plant (Cs.): F^4*vq sfio-to hchar-wa 1. to sprout. 2. “to become notorious.” F^hmi $no-bsan§ pale or rather Greenish blue ; Fw^'* S^o bsans-ma ЖГНТ the goddess Paldan Lhamo; the sky. Fqnw^n §iMsan$-his pale- blue body. |£Д| 4 §fiog-pa, prob.pf. ч^ЭД btfiogs, fut. 4g<| b$nog, imp. F^ snogs, to vex; to annoy; to cause petty irritation; to disturb from rest. §non JTT, 5Й, wife former; for- merly; before; previously; $non^ ^s-гдуаз wrfeg< the earliest Buddha:
375 snon-gyi rtfyal-tfashiigs- bshugs-pa when the first Buddha was still living; gV3’^,fl$ §non- gyi-hchar-gshi former matter or subject; gVg’£,‘4] anon-gyi cho-ga the preli- minary ceremonies or rites; gy §non- gyi-mthah Ч.ЧТМ, the end of a preceding one; §non-gyi mu former boundary or limit; the starting point; gVB’ §non-gyi dus-sam-ishe or 3XT former or olden times. This word has more commonly the temporal signification, whilst g^,(4 refers most frequently to place and position. йУдч §non-skycs the first-born; bom before; the first-born of Brahma; a Brahmap; an elder brother. §non-kyi rabs 1. jw; ancient history; legends. 2. former gene- ration. g^5 $non-hgro чтил one going before; precursor: §non-du hgro, Fai’^’F4l’V4 §non-du stsogs-pa трйиТтг the preamble or the introduction of a work. Syn. gnah-bo (Mnon.). gV^ snon-chad in former times; an- ciently: snon-med ma-yin §non-chad ma-grag^-pa not that it did not exist before, but it was not known formerly. %non-hjug anything fixed to the fore; a prefix; a prefixed letter. gY^ sfion-du or gY^ §non-la, adv. and postp. before; formerly; at the head; in advance; in front of. Of the various forms of cognate meaning, this is the most usual and regular; snon-du to go before; precede; tfion~du hjug-pa to put or place before; F^’^’q §fon-du hdren-pa ywv one drawing before, leading; a guide; Fi'^’£,Pi*r4 snon- du gnas-pa placed or located in front; exist- ing from before; gY^’S^ snon-du-bya$ promoted; remunerated; honoured; visited; FY^‘9^*1 snon-du byas- being respected; FV^’^T4 snon-du bshag-pa = placed before. Fv^ $non-du ЗТГ ancient time; olden times; of yore. Fy^ snon-dran recollecting the events of former times; I^^’Fy^YS’4!^ rje^ yon snon-dran-gyi gtam stories of olden times (which have) come down. Fy^ §non-na§ from a former time. gY^ snon-po or §fion-mo 1. v. g sno яЫт blue. 2. stale; old. = the blue sky, the nature of which is blue as of old; Fy^§s §fion-por-hgyur (^’ $,£^) to go out of use; become old and useless. FY^I §non-phyug rich from the beginn- ing ; rich at first; formerly rich. §non phyug-par gywr was formerly rich. FYS Snon-bu a vegetable; n. of a medi- cinal plant, Delphinium Cashmirianum: Fy snon-bus chaser nad-rnam§ hjam-por §byon. FYg^ fRT history; ancient account: gYg^ snon- byunwa anything happened before; early events; gone before. FY§^ $non-bya§ frfa, НТО destiny; fate. gYR^ Snon-hbum n. of a botanical work; ‘ the hundred thousand vegetables ’ (Cs.). gyg^N §non-§byan$ culture of a former birth; early development;
376 $non-$byan$-kyi $ид§ by dint of culture in a previous existence (Yig. 7). g<V* gnon-ma 1. srr^tH, the former (when two persons or things are spoken of); $Hon-ma rnam§ tho former (per- sons or things). 2. beginning; 4 a beginning to build temples was mado at Lhasa. Syn. g’« й’»ю; Уя'^ thog-ma; 5^’5 dan-po; hgo-та; Я^ч‘ч gnah-ica (Mnon,). g*i’Й $fion-mo tho first; a vegetable. $поп-»ю chab-hdran (lit. the vegetable which draws out water). 1. n. of a medicinal plant which is largely used in dropsy. It grows on tho plains as well as in the elofts of rocks in Tibet. 2. ЯОЯ * (F’iH), ЗЛТ' ЙЯ Ч’Я^^Я (MOL 4). ^non-dmar-can 1. bluo and red ; purple. 2. an epithet of S'iva. gX$non-tshc olden times. $non-bshin as formerly. №[ merits of former existence (M. V.). $non-rab§ 5ТТЛТ ancient history; former generation; gV’^’SHS*1 $non-rab§- kyi gtam traditions of antiquity. gX'X'q s&w-ro7=g*Xq §na-rol by-gone time or period. previously stated; explained before or said before. $non-la§ fWfa, fafa, <3, «НП for- mer actions; an accident; an event over which one has no control; from before. $non -bsags-mthu power due to merits formerly acquired» v. яТ^'Я^ or 5Я‘^Я*4- 1. virtue; piety. 2. paradise. (&?i.). qg’q bnia-wa to reap. ЧЕbrfa)-ya$ n. of a number. PE^ brnad l. = 3^ 2. ^g5’<i na$ bsnod-pa to crop barley. 3. ^5*ч to tempt (Situ. 77). ^.5'q brfiad-pa to seduce deceitfully (a woman or man) (Sch.) ; also to draw out; to distill; to extract the juices of. 4£5’4 brnad-wa, v. £’ч. + ЧЕ^ ’ 4 brnan-pa = ^5’4 rnchod-pa xpFf to honour; to worship. чдчч brnab-pa 1. ace. to Sch.~Q£*\4* (2) acc. to Lex, or №4 brnams—0^^'^ passionate (Situ, 99.). brnah crops ; harvest fit for tho sickle (Situ. 77). brna$ reaped; reaped the harvest (Situ. 75). W brfta$-pa tempted, entrapped. brftub, pres. 59Я*4’Ч£Ч dbugs-hrfiub, brnubs, past du-wa brnubs (Situ, 75) ; «НЧ'sA’Jfi brnub-byahi §man medicine to be inhaled. brnub§ drawn in (breath or water); drunk. 4£<ч brnul pf. of £4*4 rnul-wa. ЧЕ brfiog-pa to point out anothors’ fault; seek out faults; also to search out a lost article. ^ESj brfiod 1. pf. brftod-byahi na$ barley to be cropped (Situ. 77). 2. Si’s to seduce, deceive: 95budmed- brnod-pa to seduco a woman (Situ. 75). brnon dividing (discovery) pf. ri-dbag$ brnon-to hunted a wild animal (Situ, 77).
377 brnon-pa, vb. pf. and fut. brfion 1. to pursue wild beasts; to hunt; to seduce bud-med, esp. to sensual indulgence (Ja.): rnon-pa §ri-dbag§-la brfion a huntsman chases a wild animal. 2. sbst. чгп*, fowler; huntsman ; nrnfe hunting; rfton-pa-mo a hunting woman; a huntress (Cs.): ri-dbags brnon- to have been hunting game. b$nag$-ldan n. of Gautama’s horse on which he left his home. Ь§пад$-ра = 1. praise, eulogy; uftfiiE, praised - sgsjsr 5*1 h$nag$-hos praise-worthy. 2. description. qg»4 q bsnal-ira to be faint or exhausted (Cs.), v. $dug-b$nal. q2^’q b§fia$-pa to place the head or body upon a cushion; to recline. qFq bsfio-wa 1. ufwTH the end v. Fq §fio-wa. 2. a blessing, bdag-gshan gyi don-du cf. F‘q $fio-wa. 3. mouldy; rotten (<7s.). q|faprci bsnogs-pa='^’q, pf.bsnag, imp. §nog§“<pg (Situ. 75). qgN’4 bsnos-pa resolution: cigN'4¥* q|P’q b$fios-pa§ bsgyur-wa uf^TTHWr 1. to make a firm resolve to go the way of Nirvana or to do any act of piety. 2. final consequences of Budhhistic enlighten- ment, viz., showering of blessings on the afflicted. Compare— Яф 4^0'4 I itfWSrajH: Нп ЗТ7ГЦ (Bodhi) ° Let whatever sufferings the world has, come to me! may the merits of the Bodhi- sattvas make the world happy! ” 49
5 5 c a, the fifth letter of tho Tibetan alphabet, corresponding in pronunciation to the Sanskrit 4 or to English ch in the word “child.” Ace. to Tibetan gramma- rians, the Sanskrit is equivalent to the seventeenth letter of tho Tibetan alphabet. Thus Tibetans write the Sanskrit word (moon) as tsan-dra and not as ^5 can-dra. Ъ 1. as num. fig. 5. 2. 3 ea = g ka excrement; alvine discharges : to discharge excrements (Ja.). 3'^ ca-cir bark (in Ld.) (Ja.). Ъca-cu$ warpod ; distorted ; а\лту (ScA). 3 <> C'l-co = & (^sT, clamour, noise, cry; tho noise pro- duced by many people talking with one another. 2.exclama- tion of joy: now do not mako such a noise ! (AHI.) Ki-li kt-la, noise of laughter. 3. chirping, twitter (of birds). s’X’lpIN ca-co-$grog§ 1. expression of love in birds; a low or pleasing tone. 2.= 3qT^ WTh pigeon. ca-co-can shouting, bawling; talkative, loquacious (Jd.). fc’X ca-co-chc ЗЯ a Ьд-bel; con- fused noise (as in a market) (Д7//7-)- ca-co nied-pa free from noise or chatter; witho^^ fuss; an attribute of Buddha (ЛЛ F.); one of the eighteen independent conditions of Bud- dhahood (Uh. sect. LXXIX). vi 2^ disagreement; not in accordance with. ca-ra nia-ra raving; adj. irre- levant : [ he is speak- ing irrelevant things, talking unconnec- tedly.. ca-ra-ra the noiso produced by the falling of rain in high wind. <5ca-ri in JF. a bug (Ja.). 5’^ са-ге = ъ\ car continually; always (Jd.). ca-re ъа*ге drippingly; little and little (A. 52.). ca-le irregular: (A. 107) has not your conduct become irregular and slack ? <54] сад termination of plur. of pers. pron. as in we, you, p’*4) they. ЗДГД* chag-krum 1. sbst. broken pieces (of glass or any brittle thing). 2. cartilage; gristle; snahi cag-кгит bridge of the nose (Jd.). cag-dkar=w\’^ in W. quartz (Jd.). sqpqj cag-ga care; vb. to take care of; acc. to Jd. in colloq. careful, orderly, regular, tidy.
379 W j 5Ч|’5Ч| сад-сад crunching sound in eating: do not crunch so ! cag-cer-re closely pressed or crowded in standing or sitting (in Zd.) (Ja.). 54]’га (Nag.). 34]’^ rag-rdo, v. in W. can contraction of anything, whatever, everything: he did not say anything whatever; to say nothing. 5^’^ can-tehu also a kind of small drum; a hand drum. Those used by tho Tantriks ате made of a human skull; beating a hand-drum (A. 32). wise, prudent; knowing everything. canoes one who knows all about (a subject) ; wise, well- informed, good; one not knowing anything ; block- head, simpleton not well informed ]&; did not see anything : I I have never seen a friend who was inti- mate with you (Rdsa. 13). can-srid what; what is it? cafi§-po clever, skilful. can an affix signifying having, possessing, being provided with, corre- sponding to the English adj. termina- tions—ous,—у,—ly,—ful: thorny. Sometimes also=like, or ish : Bon- like ; you or one like you ; a Hindu, Hinduish. having or being possessed of merit, qualifications; faulty, with faults; having sharp thorns ; having a lion’s head. It is sometimes affixed to verbs: doer; worker; sometimes signifies belonging to: ^5’^ Tibetan, European. In C. is plso used for the possessive pron. my, his or her. 5^0! can-cil W. the green shell of a walnut (Jd.). ean-cc, in colloq. 1. tea-cup (made either of wood or of china (Nag.). 2. a small bowl or dish (Sch.). 3. continually (Cs.). + сап-du postp. c. accus. to; with: I do not go to him; na-caii du with me, in my possession. Gan-bshi rgyal-po believed to be an incarnation of Padma Sambhava or Guru rin-po-che. S VM'211 saves one from enemies, evil spirits and Rudra (Lh. kar. 35). + 34’34 cab-cab patting or clapping with the hands to express approbation. | als0 bowing to and patting Rnog (Bbrom. 116). 5T5q cab-cob 1. the sound of tasting. 2. nonsense : wXs’Q’A | to talk nonsense. 551 earn 1. slow (Cs.). 2. quietly, without any noise or fuss; or to place quietly; in Sikk. w keep silent or sit still. 3. in W. acc. to Jd. whole, unimpaired: the whole store of hay is still left. 4. glistening, ghttering cf. (Ja.).
wrqyaq 380 ЗЯ'Ц’у cam-pa ta-lo in Tsang, the mallow (Ja.). cam-pod in Ld. a bunch of flow- ers, sprigs, etc., a handful of ears of corn Ju.). car 1. (Lex.) ; ace. to Cs. * continually, always; with numerals; Я^4!' at tho same time, opp. to one after the other, successively (viz., doing or suffering a thing, sleeping, dying, etc.). 2. at once, on a sudden, opp. to gradually ; g'^ all tho five together. car-mar always, continually (M). car-ra$=^A«^‘^asmall apron to cover the privy parts. rar-re, v. car. 5^1 cal or noise (Cs.); «^‘54 rumour, (false) report. or idle talk, nonsense (Ja.). ca$-cu$ 1. dis- torted ; to be obstinately perverse; twisted; awry. 2. acc. to Sch. — I: num. fig. 35. $ II: fa{, зге 1. gen, used in books though not commonly in colloq.: what ? of what? or why, for what, for what object ? 35'AY^ in whose interest, for what purpose? or 35‘S|S why ? this wherefore ? why this? “if so it is asked.” what sort of fruit; the fruit of what ? 35’^ what kind of mountain, hill; 5 also like an adj., is placed after the word to which it belongs: ow for what reason; on what account ? 2. why ? wherefore? J “why should not that suffice me”? why do you not procure ; I I (you) considered, why would not that be a good thing? if that happened, why should it not be desirable ? 3. in conjunction with other words S signifies how ? 4. inst. of a note of Jntcrogation, e.g., in: $‘ W for <Ч^«, I “ do you allow (me) to come ” ? (Jd.) In the colloq. of C. S ci is almost invariably re-placed by дай both in the sense of “ what ” and “ which ” ; whereas, properly means “ which ” only, and $ means “what.” $ III: correlatively which, what; whatsoever; everything. $ as a corre- lative ought properly always to be written £; yet not even in decidedly correlative sentences is this strictly observed : $‘§Y I whatever I may do ; whatever we may bo bidden to do, wo shall obediently perform. also as quickly as possible; also $ may = at any rate: he must be invited here at all events (Jd.). ci-да what ? colloq. whatever one may wish; at pleasure; ad libitum. what is it? З’ЧЦ =3'^ in what manner, how ? ci-bgyi a servant, valet; one who does what he is ordered to do. whatever is good: fTr4W*Y^,&Y3’^‘S'3 I from all sides, whatever is good is accredited (accounted) to you (A 133). ci-cog what or whatever is. S ci-brjod what has been stated or told. ci-shig whatever; something; any- thing : for what purpose it is wantci
381 3*11 3’15 ci-sfted, v. Is sned. 3'^ ci-ltar like what ? 3’^v “he related how it happened.” 3'§ ci-§te but if; if however. 3’? ci-§to what does it matter ? 3 VJ ci-drag what to do; what is to bo done; what is the matter? 3*4^’ч ci-bde ba ft’ 1. what is well, good; what pleases; as it pleases them; as they like. 2. name of a section of Tantrik Buddhists in the monastery of Vikramas'ila during Atis'a’s time. ci-hdod-pa Ф2ШГ whatever one wishes; as much as desired; whatever (they) wish; З чХ^сгр^ ^п ч to get according to what one wishes [an attribute of a Bodhis- attva (ЛЛ K.)]. 3 ci-hdra-гса like what ? simi- lar to what ? 3 what have you seen ? 3'g‘^<§5 ci-smra bar-byed ft ft^^i^ what is there to fay ? 3 ci-tsam how much. 3'<*| ci-tsug how ? in what manner ? 3’54^ ci-mtshan of what sex ? З’^'Л^'ц ci-shcs b$tan-pa whatever has been demonstrated. 3*^ ci-zcr what does he say ? 3'l^ c^4| ci-zar brtag-pahi tshig the interrogative expression ci-zar (ft З’фт) is used to signify:—co-hdri\ hgog-tshig\ ^^^'^Shgal-u'a-brjod; hog-kn-pa\ ^^^sad- rndah (Mfton.). cihan = 3'^ (Situ. 125). 3 ci-yan = $z‘ ft^4 whatever; any- thing ; 3we/5Vnot able to do anything. З’«кг^ч| ci-yan med-pa ^ft^w nothing whatever; not any; one who has got nothing. 3wc. ci-yaft med-pahi §kye- mchcd %lft^wfw [lit. realm of nothing- ness ; one of the eight kinds of Vimoksa—> salvation. Tho sixth stage in which one perceives nothing. Comp. Maha-p. 30]& ci-у aft ruft-гса whatever is permissible, suitable. 3 й’-уш = 3'А] ci-да what ? 3 ^ ci yod what has happened ? З’Клргя ci-rigs-pa, adj. adv. 3‘ L in some measure; to a certain degree ; in part; partly. 2. of every sort. 3'$ ci-rtt whither: З’^'^’Ч, q | to go without looking at any- thing. 3^ ci-ia 5ГЗГ why ? wherefore ? 3 «гЗ 'Ч why? for what? 3 ч | gone without being obstructed; 3‘oruic; for whatever; З’ог^дкп why is this ? whence ? З’ога дгфК from what ? 3'^ w3 after whatever has been done. * 3^ cir, 3 $ ci-ru, tennin. of 3 1. where to, etc. 2. with ; everywhere; in every direction ; for any purpose ; by all means; with a negative=nowhere. 3vsV$R] сгг-?ш-г/о^:=3,^,й why not consider the matter or subject. 3n cis instr, of 3 by what ? where- by ; 3*v^5'3*w^g^ by what am I to believe it ? what shall make me believe it? whereby can I know it to be true? 3*r$R’«VgRp ho is not to be frightened by anything. 3«tjjc: and used as adv.: by all means, at any rate: 3*r$^R3H if* yon wish to go by all moans, at all hazards; ^’3*ГЗ^йчц now nothing will help or be of any use ; 3*4’3^’ I beg of you at least to accept it; 3*rg«vg(«w teach it to me at any rate I (Jd.).
382 ci-rgod wild millet. * ei-cer = wWf'er g-«>5 «i without hair on the head ; bald head. C\ ^C\ * ’S’<54 се-сЛг6==»«К’^ exhaustive; brought to perfection; to the farthest limit. ci-rite a kind of millet; a species of grain eaten by the poor. ci-tse. ^4] cig modified form of Я?4! one, and changing to after vowels or after \ or °i. 1. a; a few; a little; some: qq* 5^5having bought a sheep, they led it inside; some five people. 2. when affixed to verbs it is a sign of the imperative mood. ijS^4] wait a little while! 4W|fr’^4l show the path! cig-car or 1- together; with one accord: 1 h0 left off his crown and sceptre together (Zaw.l. 2. quickly. cig-car s/^s^^V4)^4]^ once; equally; 4*^0] 3*14^ once; all at once. S4! <dg-$o$ or vk the other; the latter; some ether. I : = or a geruudial particle, the initial letter of which is changed acc. to the rules obtaining for $«4; corresponds to the English participle ‘ tug1 and is used in sentences beginning with “ when,” a after,” “ as,” and is affixed to verbal roots and adjectives; in the latter case including the auxiliary verb to be : mostly concludes minor clauses and interposed participial sentences, never ending main clauses: the other girl climbing up the tree picked the flower: having hid themselves after running away; frq. also when co-ordinate ideas are in English connected by ‘and’ or ‘but’: •^ck-gqj q'^Ck-q| eating flesh and drink- ing blood; 1 tall and well shaped; । heat is hurtful, (but) cold is beneficial. It is also used like the ablative of the gerund in Latin: we live by fishing (Ja.). Cin-ci-U a creeping plant (in Tsang). Cihu-ri n. of a female demon (Ji/.). с» 1. num. fig. G5. 2. inst. of used in compound numerals for tho tens, when the preceding numeral ends with a consonant: §4|’§, 4^’5, sgVS. Cu-gan (^) 1- bamboo- manna ; substance secreted in the joints of bamboos and used in medicine both in India and Tibet. 2. kind of lime used in medicine (Cs.): Л си-gang breaks sores and cures inflammation of the lungs. cu-liy co-li 1. in IF. a fresh apricot (Jd.). 2. dried apricots. 3. a sort of wild-growing vegetable in Sikk. In IF. the pulp of apricots boiled down to a conserve and formed into cakes (Ja.). cug-citgb v. ^p4! (Sch.), Cun 1. in C. gourd; pumpkin. 2. n. of a place. З.^З^4) a little: 5’135’5^ q you are a little too late now; 5^' a little slanting (Ja.). cuft-shigy v. 5^’*5 cun-zad a little. 6^44 cun-shog a little (piece), a trifle.
I 383 cufi-zad a little; slight, trifling; a little while: Uot at all able; §^‘3S’|9'A a little angry: a little smiling; even for the sake of a trifle: I shall see whether it will help a little; wait a little, a while; a little unwell; my self-respect is (made) small. $c/JYq an epithet of a Nagaraja (M. K) cun-zad-tsam some little. сип-hgag a brass plate or dish (2Ий‘.). cun-sho or a medicinal white stone alleged to cure diarrhoea №). cur eolloq. without leaving any remnant; to devour it all up. t cur-ni (^ч'Й or 3’w or 1. powder; in the work called Li-gur it is stated to have been derived from the dia- lect of Shan-shun, but it is evidently Sanskrt. 2. meal, flour (occurring only in medical writings) (eTa.). 3 ce> num. fig. 95. cc-can, v. се-na its other grammatical forms: inst. of ^’g’A ‘if one says so, asks, so/ etc. ce-spyan —1'^* used for 0*§^ frrr, ЮТТЗГ jackal; fox. ce-spyan га, S’j^vShrXvypr | the horn of the (fabulous) jackal; is a protection against cattle disease; n. of a precious stone. cc-tsc also JT. V.) a kind of millet, Paspalum serobi- cuhtunu cc-tse-rgod— wild millet (Jf. K). cchu a reed for sucking up beer. It is called 34^ tsug-li in Sikk. ceho, f^r certain. cc-rc or staring (fixed-eyes): (he was) looking at it with fixed eyes (fVr/y.); 3’K’erg*«i ce-re-la tta- wa looking with fixed stare: •<q'5r<<fc-cK he paced forward with his eyes staring and open without seeing (it) (Л. 73). cen-ke (2j'544’5^) a kind of long knife with thin but broad blade: аЯ-^’п)-&гогяд-ро| for a Cen-ke about a little less than an arm’s length the price is one khal of grain (Rtsii.). ccm-tse scissors (Ja.). Cer-bu n. of a place in Tibet (B. ch. 4). eer-re = 3‘K ce-rc. 3*1 ccs (its other grammatical forms: ^) so, thus; cc§ is generally used after % S, A, as in I, the so- named; thus existing; Xa'Sn so gaining; in ancient literature is regu- larly placed after words or thoughts that are literally quoted, and so continuing the sentence; the quotation itself is generally preceded by or In later literature and the introductory words are often omitted; in eolloq. language always. Inst, of or so he said, thus he spoke, so has been said or spoken,
*! 384 &]'S| во it is said; often only is used and in like manner for this word, this speech: “ these and similar words.” Зм'3'ц ce$-bya-tca or the so-called, frq. after names; rarely for 5 co num. fig. 125. T’qj Co-да also written S‘<Il = qV’Tl in colloq. a small singing bird; the lark: the larynx of Co-да removes hoarse voice. X co-да, klad-^nan — ^^^ (mystic expression) {Min. J). T’qjN со-gras (co-teh) a colt one year old, when Tibetans clip its mane and tail for the first time. 3co-fo a tuft of hair on the head ; hair plaited and diossed on tho crown of the head: XXXsj §S’4 to make the hair of a sorcerer’s head into ?4'Xg] it (the hair) is gathered into a tuft. co-rf»r=yi^. + 3’0=^ co-hdri-ica, 1. to blame, reproach, scoff at; to vie with. In 7Г. du. this term is described as signi- fying to be jealous of, and as equivalent of acc. to Nag. X's^ v. S'^vq what does he say. 2. to deceive, to cheat {Nag.). 3 Co-ni n. of a district in Amdo. со-re same as X’K’X, the cor-cor sound produced by straining fermented beer {Nag.). co-le-wa=Yi\'^ or чА’ЗЧ a little; Х’^Хя=ХЛХя somewhat; rather: £q-$q-$wq5*q3jq’q’«r^*q’X’$ | in his instruction of the Bodhisattva he was somewhat culpable {A. 52). ^4] cog 1. all ; also a plural sign; ace. to Schr. all (people): ^V^'X*1] all that exists: all that has been heard; яЗк'ВС Хч] all that lias been seen; «ЦЛ’Х’! those that exist; flJ&rS'X*! those that are valuable. 2. cog-cig сяг= altogether: the BuddhaS of tho three ages all assem- bled together {Ya-scl. 28). ЗЧр^Ч^’Ц cog-cog-pa in W. grasshop- per; cricket {Ja.). 34]’Ц cog-pa to have leisure: if you have leisure you should come ; ^Лс/Х$| q-^5 to-day I have no leisure. 5ч|-д Cog-bu a small square tent to accommodate only ono person used by anchorites of Tibet when they retire to solitary places for practising religious austerities. X«xj’g'<i сод-Ьи-ра 1. one who lives in a lonely mountain cavern or in a small tent that accommodates but one man. 2. sitting and not lying down; one of the twelve ascetic practices] S'. X«|adv. cog-bur the manner of sitting up at night awake {fiag.). cog-tse is a corruption of the Chinese word meaning a small din- ing table. It has been Tibetanized in X^f qt^*i or X«qX, Хч)Х-«ч)'^я I
Ml 385 4]23j-4]3djl (Jig.) (a small) table the legs of which resemble those of a pig is here indicated ; Х%ч|^'«Ьт]е/я a table just suitable for one man to sit at. Cog-ro n. of a place in the dis- trict of Tsaft-dkar in E. Tibet. Тдр’л cog-la-ma a mineral substance used for medicinal purposes. con, in colloq. 1. a musical instrument (Zcz.); a bell (Schtr). 2. acc. to Jd. a precipice: Xc/orgvq to push down a precipice in order to kill (a man). 3. v. дсоЯ. cofi-ci small howl or dish (Sch.); v. соЯ-соЯ j*agged, indented, ser- rated (Ja.). Xc/q con-wa (^З^Хк/ч Ян-hbod con-wa) to raise wailings, loud lamentations (at funerals); cf. дсоЯ-skad. tex соЯ-пю in colloq. for соЯ-shi—^^ tunsho utn the Soma plant said to be useful in diarrhoea, in phlegm and fever; X^5’$ juice or water of the soma plant. соп-гоЯ, perh. = Xc/Xc/, Xe/Xc; a kind of thistle. XvX\ cor-cor an onomatopoetic word expressive of effervescing; beer is describ- ed in fermenting as making the sound ‘cor- cor’: ^,д,Х^Х^К<^г®*чр| (Nag.) after the sound XkX^ of fermenting beer has ceased, it must be strained. or adj. hang- ing ordangling: oj®i^^3zl|^qJ'Ei’^,£i‘X®r^' that country many black rocky hills overhang (Hbrom. 117). col-le-wa, v. or дХ'У’Х adj. lying irregularly or promiscuously (ДГяоп.). cod-pan, 1. tiara, diadem, crown worn by kings. 2. the crest of gallinaceous birds. Syn. dbn-rgyan, dpun- rgyan* zla-wa-can; rtse- gsum bgo-rgyan\ rtse-bran (Mnon.). Х5 Ч(8 ^к^|°гЗ <<ч] literally, handsomely-crested bird ; n. of a king of birds nam-mkhah-lditi) (>. K). cor-gan or a mouthful; a gulp. col-chuft childish prattle or babbling. q gcags-pa (A.K. I, &J) 1- to ap- prehend ; to grasp (with the understand- ing) ; to impress, gen. with ^S’®1 on the mind; well-impressed; impres- sive ; Щ J to give a very thorough instruction ; | to lay emphasis on. 2. relative to persons it may be synon. with лчргч, to love. дсаЯ-ро clever; lively, sprightly; in )F. also attentive to; regardful of ; clever and sagacious; sbst. sagacity, cleverness; clever words; clever speech (Cs.). v. ®]Х^ч gcod-po=^$p cut into pieces (Mnon.). gcan-gzan carnivorous animal; beast of prey; the cat and the 50
Ч]г5ГЦ | 386 "iHS I dng not being included in the term; 41^ the lowest of the boasts of prey; Я^’Я^’ЁГ4 ferocious, wild animals (Mnon.); ч^Л literally signifies a warrior-beast. * inade:¥^'SA^ made a conference; talked over 4]&£T4n: = 5wq/,уатя-ра loyal and 1.‘ving : ^Я’Я^^^' *<Kj the frutra for expressing loving words t > the miraculous king Kong-tse (I). It.). * 45JT§ pam-ba adj. artificial, not natural; artificial expression of feeling; insincere demonstration: Ягк5*’^Я’1Гл> speaking words of outward regard. Also humbleness, servility, flattery : Я^’^’^Я, a servile speech Я**'3‘ч an obsequious, insincere person. ^ат-уа$ ц. of a number. 4pvq gcar-ica ace. to Sch. cut out; put out; knocked out; cf. 4^’4 [Jd.). gcal-ica to spread, display;lay out, c.rp, precious stones, jewels, on a table, on the ground (Ja.) ; gcaldu Ъкгат-ра having laid out. gei-wa ЧНТ4 1. vb. v. Я^5'а to discharge urine; to make water. 2. Я^‘ Я^’лч one who is making water. 3. Я^‘ urine to be discharged. grig ЧФ 1. the number one; Я^Я'Щ^* one only; one and the same; Я^Я’5 at the same time; at one time; V*’ $Я^’ or ^’Я^И once; one day. 2. one only: адя^Я my only father or Я^Я, the only mother, tho mother of several brothers or sisters but idiomati- cally the common wife of several brothers; my only beloved mother : the venerable mother Lab- dron\ я^Я'^’Я^Я or Я^Я'^’ЯН etc., one another, each other; Я^Я’4 different (Ja.). Я^Я’Я grig-ка single, only, opp. to several. Я^Я’^ grig-<ar or Я^Я *^ alone, v. Я^Я’^Я '(j certain; some one (Jd.). Я^Я'Я^Я grig-grig 1. one at a time; separately; alone. 2. of the same kind; not different. 3. adv. by one’s self; only; solely. Я^Я ^Я grig-gcog <4*4 КФ one principal; the leader; ring-loader. Я^Я'^Я grig-chog all-sufficient (Ja.). Я^Я’^ &rig-rj($ (°w) a passage (for ono man to pass); lit. fit for one foot only. Я^Я’^5 grig-nid WT, 17^ friendship; state of unity; the state of being ono; one- ness ; unity. Я^Я’5 gnyJa ЧФФ 1. together with; into one; into ono body; Я^Я’5'§'4 to unite; to collect into one. 2. at once; wholly; altogether. 3. only, solely; я'И'О2^ be turned into one uniform state; я'И'^^ to be intent on one object; one object for certain; Я^Я'5’Ц^tntrsf fwtaaj, having agglomerated, abbreviated; Я^Я’5Х^^4 цфЪ^Л having come together; being united ; Я^Я’5ялтл having joined or being united together; Я^ЯУ the holding together or to hold together; ^Я^’Я^Я'З in one direction; in a
387 certain direction; Чч’ч1^ч1'5 in a certain place; $5’4$% 5 in one vessel; in, one house. gcig-ta mdses-pa 1. lit. one who can perfectly please. 2. n. of a Bodhisattva (21. T.). srfagpr all existing together ; in one place. q&if^wq geig-tu sems-pa 1. to be all attention (to any subject or person); to pay homage; to bo respectful. 2. 55’3^' ^E/ojyq| or qj^’q (0 be possessed of faith and respect (Mnon.). ч]^ч|’яХч geig-hthob 1. expectant (that he will get something). 2. an actor; a bard. grig-dii) acc. to Jd. unity and plu- rality; not having these qualities (Was.). geig-nas geig-tu чхщкт чк- «Ч$П from ono to another; in succession; flnfTH lineal descent or lineal descendant; one unbroken line of succession; чрчкчт, become one or united by succession; geig-nas geig-tu bsdu-wa to accumulate for each other; geig-nas rtogs-pa one who deliberates with undivided attention ; geig-nas geig-tu shen-pa successive thoughts combining together. g cig-pa 1. the first. 2. of one kind, not different or manifold; different. ЧЙ’9 geig-pn 1. да alone, single, only; to be able to cope alone with a thousand men; for- saken, abandoned; to be left alone; the only son. 2. bare, naked, single; in vulg. Syn. re-re \ rkyan-rkyan*, gf ^5 zla-med, уа-дуа! (Mnon). q^qj-g^a^q geig-pu dben-pa— I Ч^тТзнГГгг*?ПТ<гаг residing alone in retire- ment ; one of the conditions of yoga (21. V.). geig-pu a woman with' out any husband, or living alone. etg-po 1. alone : jGrcr^^'gN’q’ I “ the king alone is a man (one posses- sed of manliness).n 2. being one, or the one: one son of two mothers, viz., claimed by two. 3. the one (Jd.). 4]^'Srq Gcig-po-pa n. of a solitary mountain said to be one hundred yojana long and 600 yojana high; from which a great river (tho Tsang-po) issuing flows eastward towards the ocean (JJ. d. ^268). gctgJgas only. geig-min except one. geig-tshig the singular number (Situ. 119). ’^q ^ q gcig-la geig med-pa аттнтч mutual non-existence; absence of one thing in relation to another thing—a technical term of the Nyaya philosophy. gcig-las hphros-pahi- lun n. of a religious work. gcig-$o§ the only one; the other, when speaking of two. geid-pa^ also ^’4 pf. fl)^J fut. 4$, imp. to make water ; to piss. ^’^5 gein-nad disease of the urine, prob, spermatorrhoea. gein-wa WN 1. urine; or to make water. 2. tight, firm, ux^bakon.
’iHl 388 Ч]Ц| Syn. dri-chu\ rgyun-hbab\ rab-hdsag (Iff non.). <т]Зу-^Х gctn-gor involuntary discharge of urine. gcin-hgay retention of urine [Med.). gjdn-sne prob, gonorrhoea; also a disease of the kidneys in which urine is frequently and involuntarily discharged. diabetes. 4^’^’ grin-man, making water again and again. gcin sri-ica pain or smarting in discharging urine. 1* = ^ clyster-pipe ; 4^*W dyster (Nag.). get I-tea to spoil; to destroy (Л>Л.). W gcu~gal— V4!4(adj. and sbst.) importance; important. 4^ = cu-ti. gcu-don screw-box. = 1. to squeeze; to strain; to whirl ; turn round like the twisting of a screw: B’^4’48'4’^4’3**I (J. 131), he made a twist with his eyes. 2. to punish by striking; to correct. 3. = f 'Sv. 4§5’q; 45'4* in IF. 45^*5 screw. 45 or | (Cs.). Vcug difference, discord. 454gcug-rwd—ъ^ц without differ- ence ; harmony (Дяу.). gcug^-pa wnr planted, culti- vated, acquired or gained ; *гёЯ’4$41Г<1 cultivated friendship; ^’454^’^ to sow or create discord, dissension : jfyq’Wjfy*<R* | “ from hatred to hatred, or hatred increased more and more”; 41 to improve friendship; to become more and more friendly; to increase inti- macy : ^-qvg^’q| “ from disagreement to disagreement, or the mis- understanding became more and more intense still.” 5. = ^q firm: ^Vet'454*r41 to be firm in tho mind, m?., <^V454*rq. + 4S*’2’’ gcin\-po—VNSiN^ a younger brother (Nagd). gcud-pa, pf. 45*, fut. 45 or J, to turn; to turn round; to twist; to twine; to plait; to braid. 455'^* gcud-bor 1. adj. is explained in (KTa<7.) W^-n§54’5t',3’35’H4l “doing work with zeal and earnestness and also obediently.” 2. 455**’4^*'4 acc. to Sch. to forsake ; to cast out; to reject. w gcun-pa—0^^ to reprove (one’s servants, &c.); to subdue, tame (an animal) (flag.); 4§*’^’4§^ to beat or press a thing until it is soft. 1. pf. of hjur-tca (Nag.) | shuns the long narrow passage in the confines of the Bar-do. 2. a coarse sort of vermicelli. 45*‘q gcu$~pa to interfere; to meddle with (fiag.) : °<ч| id. 45*'3 gcus-Ън anything that is screwed in ; what has got jammed in. 4|£q gce-ica, to esteem; to hold dear; to love (Sch.). + &een ог 4^’й or q $й»<- skyes-pa wipr, resp. for spun-chc-u-a, 1. an elder brother (fiag.) :
389 Ч%1 I then ho came to invite the three elder brothers. 2. acc. to Zam. first-born. 4% grehu, acc. to Jd. 1. clystcr- pipe=J$, a flageolet; a kind of musical pipe with many holes in it. goer anything naked, i.e., bare and uncovered; a covering for the bod; ; raiment. gcer-sgrib lit. that which covers the nakedness of the body; met. clothes or dress. gcer-tca, v. gcer-bu W* 1. naked; to make naked; to strip off. 2. = 5c' q or alone, soli- tary, without a companion, single. gcer-bu-pa a naked per- son ; n. of a sect of homeless mendicants; of the Jaina sect of India; also a Hindu sanydsi. r-bu gncn-gyi bit fHf ^i- n. of the founder of the Jaina heretical school, one of the six Tirthika teachers of Buddha’s time (Jf. K.). gcer-bu-ma a naked woman; the Goddess Kali. Gcer-bu lag-rdum (*^V4) n. of a mischievous armless demi-god. qS^'35 gcer-mo or a woman who walks naked. gces-gces-pa = gwrtfgwrci’ to show more and more affection for one; to love very much. gce$-btu$ choice extracts, &o. (Cs.)- 4|&T4 I: gces-pa 1. 9^ dear; be- loved: a man dear to us; our beloved; our darling child: 4 ’^1 the dearest thing in this world is one’s own life. 2. Also preci- ous ; very important; useful: *|’g the five very important letters; *] one’s life is most precious in this world; it is of importance to know. II: eager; diligent. gces-par bya-wa to esteem; to regard with affection. gces-$pre$ (ce-teh^ esteem; to hold dear; to love; to esteem; also to exert one’s self; exerted one’s self; made exertion : (Hbrom. f4 2) without fore-knowledge it is difficult for one to exert himself with assiduity to counteract a former life. gcog-pa, pf. b^ag, imp. or to break ; to break into pieces; to burst asunder; to cleave; to split, blast; to violate (a promise, a vow, a law, etc.); to break out from: the rope having been broken. gcog-rtsis reduced account; reduction, discount. geon 1. a chronic disease; If’pfc’ chronic bronchitis; chronic cough. 2. a defile; a rocky defile. gcon-$kad 1. a low fine musical note or voice. 2. cry of sorrow, lampnfa- tions, wailing (Nag.). Syn. ^'^cho-fie; ye-gc bral; та-la; ner-skad\ zer-zer skad; ^5’^ faitf-mo (Mnon.).
4]XE-q | 390 gcon-chen nad-dnig the six chief chronic diseases: (1) dyspep- sia; (2) Stf; (3) gw; (4) (5) SO dropsy in the chest or in the pericar- dium; (6) phthisis (JZ. </u.). qTrq gcon-ica J. pf. to ex- cavate, wash out, undermine through the action of water : have not been undermined (by water). 2. to get faint, languid, wearied in mind (Ja.). geon-med without illness. gcon-M, v. gcon-ron is described in (XT^.): an impassable narrow defile. ^YV^ gtod-rtogs (3^) n. of a number; ono versed in that chapter of arithmetic which treats of dividend. 4]3S’« gcod-pay pf. bead, fut. goad, imp. or chod 5»? (Mnon,) to cut, to cut asunder (pw^ into small bits); to cut off, chop off (the hands); to cut down, to fell (trees); to cut out (the tongue); to rend asunder; to break (a thread, a rope, chain, fetter). This verb has a very varied metaphorical use, and is especially employed to denote that the course of anything has been stopped or “ cut off?’ Thus it can signify to cure (a disease); to suppress (a passion); to stop a road ; to wake up from sleep; ifa^Y4 to kill, to murder, to stop life, to obviate, prevent, avert; to avoid; to lock (the door); to throw obstacles in a person’s way; to hinder, impede; frq. 34*’^4*Y4’^Y4 these life-endangering beings; to stop, to make a pause (in reading); to judge, condemn. Again wo have to follow after; to search into; to investigate. ^Y&S gcod-byed teeth; fiRT knife; hand; the king ; executioner. Syn. mchc-ica\ S| gri\ lag-pa (Mnon.), geod-hbreg-pa to make a brief abstract of tho grounds of any com- plaint or application made to a court of justice: । (D. fel 7) it is of much importance previously to make some sort of abridg- ment; capital punishment in which the culprit is either maimed by cutting’ off his limbs or is beheaded. gcod-mtshams the limit or point to be cut for a defined boundary of disputed land; an agreement or definite treaty. gcod-lug$ Tantrik or mystical system of Buddhism. ^Y^W^Y4^ gcod-lugs bdud-bshi the four chief evil spirits according to the Tantras are:—(1) | devil that can be stopped or averted; (2) devil that comes unhindered or cannot be stopped ; (3) I devil of en- joyment and mirth; (4) I devil of arrogance and pride. gcom for чХ« bcom that which is over-powering; haughtiness, arrogance. + gcom-skgufi§ terror-stricken. gcor-wa to spread, scatter, dis- perse (Cs.). 4^’3 gcor-zla, З «pfv (Ya-scl,), 4i54| bcag or wq q? v. an(l 1. cut, ground or divided;
391 to split wood; to break stone. 2. «ГЧ««]Ч to cultivate; till ground (Situ. 77). bcag-thag taking care of (one’s body, property, chattels, &c.): | accord- . ing to (my) verbal direction take care (of the articles, &c.) without mistake. bcags, pf. of W|'q, subdued, discip- lined, down-trodden: trod- den on by his feet, t’.e., brought under discipline {Situ. 75). q$Cq bean-pa, pf. beans, fut. of hchan 1. to hold: held or carried in the hand {Situ. 77). 2. acc. to Sch. adj. comprising, comprehensive extensive; comprising much; rosp. to apply one’s self; to bestow pains upon, q5^ bead in cUt or put to metre; poetry. «WV4 in IF. a whole that has been cut into, or a piece cut off (Ja.). q$^q*^ bca^brdar critical examination ; cutting and rubbing (a thing) for testing. bcad-ldan a kind of Chinese satin. qs^q bead-pa,pi. of 4^5’4 gcod~pa,io cut; to separate ; to decide; to distinguish, discriminate; to close (a road): {Л. K. 1-48) having rent or pierced, cut, separated, decided, distinguished, etc. investigate. having cut. 4«V qS’p’^Tq’^qwq one of the disciplinary duties of a Buddhist monk; lit. rejecting or getting rid of what is blamable. bcad-po in W. something old, torn, worn out (Ja.). q$V49 bcad-hphro^^S^ too few or too many (q*5 and JH) faults in writing or printing. q«S‘5 bcad-bya what is to be cut (off); anything to be killed or slain. bcad-mtsha)ns—^\also rules or laws, especially for monks in monasteries; decision, settle- ment, agreement. q$5’^4 bead-lhug, abbr. of ^]'q, poetry and prose. q34N ЪеаЪ§ made secret, con- cealed; salutation in secret; concealed or hidden fault {Situ. 75); *A’qsqjH=^E;qpr^ q Or self conceal- ed {flag.). Syn. gsan-wa; sbas-pa {Mnon.). Ъеапг-Ъсот trivial things; medley; hodge-podge {Sch.). q3Q/Q^4| bcah-hgrig full equipment: full equipment of horse, saddle, and retinue in full array. Wlj bcah-sga ijfc dried ginger. bcah-hphran, declivity; pre- cipice (&7^.). qSQ/q bcah-wa, v. *'%sbst. a drinking or drink. wq’§5’Q bcah-геа byed-pa to give notice: I ho arrived for the purpose of giving notice or informa- tion {Yig. 23)- bcah-yig letter of notice, official notice; regulation for public guidance.
qsvqj 392 q$\’q I: bcar-wa 1. sbst.=^‘4 near; adj. intimate: (Rttea. 13) I have not seen a more intimate friend than you. 2. vb. to interview; g’wXflp to be permitted to interview (a great man). II: 1. acc. to Jd, WPsukn, to squeeze, to press (in a press); to crowd, to throng. 2. to pull or force from; to wrest (Cs.). 3. acc. to Sch. to prop sideways. W‘q5«|«r<i bear bshtigs-pa to have a per- manent residence. bcal-tra, pres. pf. of wo to weigh; to pay; pay back; estimated wealth; Sf'S’Wi measured in a brt {Situ 75). WV bcal-lufi = gyog-po a waiter for orders; a servant (Jflnon.). 45N bca$ and wo also wr^ bca$*te ЪЪ, nif a word used as a conjunc- tion and as adj. It is annexed to nouns by means of the conjunction signify- ing together with, connected with, having, possessing, containing a thing: «j^’Wti together with the attendants, with retinue or suite; frq. ^ 4^’51 surrounded by (ten) virgins together with the Tibetan ambassadors: ^'51 with his wife and son; with; having his clothes on ; V } with a smiling face; subject to avarice; infatuated, fascinated. When the form is w$ bca§- s*u, the construction is adverbial, and the words introduced with it are to be taken adverbially as qualifying the proximate verb., e.g., the girl poured butter on the fire with her 4]Wq| spoon. It is also used as a kind of plural; also like meaning “ etc.,” or “ and such like.” So, too, wo read | provisions and other necessaries are sent. be pa hi khrimi Buddhist canon; religious regulations. bca$-ran Я^Тя 1. notification, information. 2. transgression: w^ 'W<j} ^3} 1 In bcas-raii, fyeas is law or rule laid down by Buddha and гаЯ is ran-bzin-gyi ne$-pa, natural corruption, hence it signifies transgression caused by violating the law of Buddha. q^’q 1. bcift-wa and are parts of йь-q hchin-ba srj, to bind. 2. sbst. bond, fetters (whether of a material, moral, or magical nature) tied with rope (Situ. 75). bcin$-thag=^4'4 shags-pa ЧТИ string or rope to bind with; fetter. bcins-pa grol-ba lit. to untie what is bound; liberation; emancipation. bcin, v. bcib^ pf- of signifying to mount or ride on a horse; rode on a horse (Situ. 75). q^vq bcir-wa> v. * q^oj-q bcil-ba, pf. of ^’4 (Rdo. 46) to abandon, give up; to bring under subjection: (llbrom. r 36) he brought himself under control by abandon- ing, at least to a certain extent, the passions of the five senses.
393 q^l bcu or qywq ten; чу$Н a decade; the tenth; чуч’^’ч the first ten (of a series); чуч the tenth; чур tithe levied as duty, honce customs-duty; 4y§s ten-fold; чурч|<^yq to tithe; to take a tenth. Syn. ^ч^ §tobs; sor-mo; phyogs\ hjug-pa; 0’9 khro-wo; 4§^q hbyor-pa (Rtsl.). чучд^ц^рсл! Bcu-brgyad bkar-khons n. of one of the state treasmies of Tibet. чуя^Я bcu-gcig eleven. Met. Syn. 4^’gs bdc-bycd\ 4^4§v bdc- hbyun; 5че/|<г| dwan-phyug; VI drag; bycd-pa (Rtsi.). чуя^Я’^4 Bcu-gcig-shal the eleven- faced deity—a name for the Bodhisattva Avalo-kites'vara. qysf^N fyea-gnis ^№1 twelve. Met. Syn. йе-wirt; rtcn-hbrel; khyim (Rtsi.). чу5ч*4 bcu-thcb§ tenfold; also a group or a batch of ten. чу%Я bcu-dntg sixteen. Met. Syn. *V4Vq mi-bdag, rgyal-po {Rtsi.). чу^Т* ^cu-drug-cha 1. one sixteenth portion. 2. = 3v*n the lunar crescent— each of which is one sixteenth of the full moon. чу^Я’Ч^Я^ bcu-drug bdag-po 1. the full moon; чу^ ч^-q5’53ч’4^ I the disk of the full moon: § 1 his healthy person shone like the spotless disk of the full moon (Yig.). 2. EnMic myrobalan. >• Syn. sgra-mkhan; g^p^ sgra- mkhas] й’Ч^ дч mc-bshi-skyes; <wq-^ hbar-wa-ldan; ^§na-fshogsgtsug- can ; ni-mahi-rigs skyes ; 5ч mtho-ris-thob; ^Я’§5’Ч5Я rig-bycd-bdag, also lha-yi Ыа-та ; Iha- yi slob-dpon (Mnon.). чуЯ^’^Я bcu-gni§ mig-ldan an epi- thet of Kumara or Sadanana, the youngest son of Mahadeva. чу^Я’Ч^'Ч^а’я’* maiden of sixteen. чу^Я*5^^ hcu-drug hod-ldan a name of the planet Venus. чу^ЕЦ bcu-dpon a corporal over ten soldiers. чуbcu-phog an allowance every ten days (given to every monk) in the state monasteries of Tibet. bcu-iva — ^'Ц. чуч^ bcu-ban a mug for keeping wine or beer enough for ten persons. чуч^ bcu-bshi fourteen. Met. Syn. §5 srid; ^5 yid; ma-nu\ ^cd-bu (Rtsi.). чуч^’^ ben-bski §ton a festi- val kept on the 14th day, i.e., before the full or new moon. чу*р| bcu-gal=^\’лрг^’ч important; q4*0| Qrg qq] qyq]^4I51 (Rdsa. 21). чу^*^ bcu-gsum thirteen. Met. Syn. hdod~pa\ lus- med; myos-bycd\ rim\ §na~tshogs (Rtsi.). frrfw thrown or having poured into. bcug-ра, pf. of with, also, the special meanings of; to meddle ; to interfere : ^ЭЛуч’^’Ч^ чуЧyou have no business to interfere in my affairs (Rdsa.). Gl
^1 394 bcud кя, 1. sap, juice, mois- ture. 2. =^’3 or essence: the essence of tho earth or soil, by which the produce of tho field, medicinal plants and precious metals and stones, &c., are said by Tibetans to be produced ; therefore this essence is the natural fecundity of the soil and is not tho same as moisture or manure; tho food nutriment which sustains life and also by which living beings thrive and grow; tho fructifying effect of tho moon on tho vegetable world which is compared to tho nectar of tho gods. 3. invigorating cordial; quintessence. bcud-kyi-ma, v. organ of taste; tho tongue, lit. tho mother of all taste. beud-$kye$ th agreeable taste. />Ki-prz = 5'^ VPWf Emblic myrobalan. bnid-lna 1пап-ра~§^'Ц tho bee ; a kind of poisonous insects. ^§5’^ bcud-can nutritious; not nutritious; also insipid. bcud brtul-shug^^^ that takes or holds tho elixir or essence (lino л.). bcud Idan-che the nethor world. bcud phra-mo lit. of mild taste; sweet. bcud-mo-ldin possessed of the essence; sweet, juicy, succulent. bcud smin-pa ripe; ripeness. bcud hdsin-ma=*RR'§ a cata- ract; cascade {Mnon.). bcud-len or ХНТДН tho art of extracting essences for prolonging health and longevity, such essences as being of different kinds, viz.:— the elixir of meditation; the elixir drawn from flowers, #>., honey ; tho elixir drawn from pebbles, &c. Animate beings aro meta- phorically called ^5 and this world ^41 is called the receptacle of life; animated nature. bcud-ten grub [a class of demi-gods1/?. UTTRH, хнгаи mer- curial preparation for making an elixir of life. bcum-pa=QQH4 also L to become contracted; contraction § | the east and west (sides) of the ship having contracted {A. 18). 2. pf. tense of 3. acc. to Sch. to use artifices; to chicane. bcur-pa 1. to be flattened down {Sch.). 2. colloq. to bar, obstruct block up by snow; obstructing a road; cf. (Ja.) {Situ. 77). гфГЧ bcus-pa, pf. of ^5*4 1. to draw out water; to irrigate. 2. to distil {Situ. 75). q^'q bcer-гса 1. to heap or pile up; to collect in one place: {A. 37) many volumes of Mantras having been collected by many Khado-ma. 2. to glare at: । having looked closely at them, he spake thus. 3. colloq. = 3^’4 to squeeze; to press.
q£| 395 qT bco for ч§ in, «S-g 15, and чГ 455 18. qX'dgS bco~brgyad eighteen. Syn. ncs; skyon* ряя khams (Rtsi.). 4?‘g bco-lna fifteen. Met. Syn. tshcs*, nin\ shag (Rtsi.). Bco-lna mchod-pa the religions service that is observed on the fifteenth of the first Tibetan month (February-March) at Lhasa when the Kinkhording, the grand templo of Buddha, is illuminated. ЛЗ’Ц bco-pa a colt one year old. qT’q Ъсо-гса pf. and imp. prop, root of the fut. tense of but in IF. the usual word for to make, perform; to prepare, manufacture, construct. It is employed in all kinds of phrases (-Ta.). bcog-pa to reduce, cut down: “every month makes it less by ten” (Rtsii.); the account or calculation of reduction (of pay, allow- ances, &e.). q&l bcom НП success; victory; triumph. qlfcrqgwq bcom-b§kyuns-pa to speak in . low voice or to keep silent (out of fright); robbery and acts of violenco. bcom-ldan victorious, blessed, triumphant (over enemies). Bcom-ldan hdas the vic- torious one who, having subdued the host of Mara, has passed away from misery; epithet attached specially to the Buddha S'akyamuni, acc. to Sch. ‘the victoriously- consummated? the blessed Jina, the conquerer of his (moral enemies). Bcom-ldan ral-gri n. of a fancied Buddha. чТяч bcom-pa, pf. of hjoms-pa faVH, VTH, conquered, subdued, killed. Also broken down, dispersed; FSw fully subdued (A. K. 1-2). sTsrgfl Bcom-rlag я ST I n. of an an- cient city of India near Agra in the early times of Buddhism. sTw bcoms, pf. fut. (Rtsii. i6). 45^1 bcol-dam taking care of things entrusted to one’s charge; «w|Wo or bcol-wa pf. and fut. of чХч-я bcol-ma a thing committed to a person’s charge ; a trust. bcol bshog-pa to entrust a thing to another’s charge; [ to settle about the trust; to entrust a thing to a person’s charge (with an understand- ing) ; Ц354 bcos or artificial. bcos-thab§ 1. the method of cur- ing. 2. doing a thing for the sake of appearances, or for form’s sake; performing a show work: changing or modify- ing it radically, he published the artificial one (A. K. 7 J/). 3. made or contrived by art; artless; unaffected ; genuine. bcos-thab§-mcd no means of cure (disease) or mending matters.
q&ftl | 396 bcos-pa JteiTK to refine ; vfa to cure, remedy; healing or mending; SifaR artificial, affected, feigned; mixed up: ]10 cannot he cured even by the wisest. bcos-pahi-nags an artificial grove attached to one’s residence. Syn. |5’35^’^qi $kycd-mo$ tshal or BM3’^ khyim-gyi-tshal (Mnon.). bcos-pahi ma-nifi ono who is artificially made a eunuch. Syn. ^ ^S’4 hog-mcd-pa; skyc§-pa hlrusi)hun~ica (Mnon.). qtsrgrMi ^cos-luhi-ras a coloured cloth (W). bco$-ma sbst. and adj. anything artificial; anything ficticious, alloyed (metal or thing), counterfeit, mock, sham, not genuine. bcos ma-byed-pa a section of the Tantrik school wliich prac- tises mysticism. Zc?, in Ld. for |’4, excrement, dung, (of cattle) (Jd.). g’o] lca-sga = w^ white ginger, v. $. lca-wa 1. a sort of carrot (Cs.). 2. a garment made of wool or felt: fdt cures watery discharges, kidney disease, and cold in the loins (Med.). ^’4] (cig 1. whip, rod, switch, stick: even a good horse requires a whip; to get work done, urging on is necessary; 5 g^l horse-whip; gj^’g^ ox-whip; C’g4) stick to beat a kettle-drum; g4!’^ willow-twig; osierswitch; S g4! a cane or bamboo whip; sharp words for reproof, rebuke. 2. stroke, blow, cut; ^’g4! a blow on the head; a smack on the cheek (Cs.); Wg4 slap on the face. 3. forepart of a coat of mail (Sch.). 4. a kind of daphne paper, v. Vg4’q g^ kag-rdo in IF. flint; flint-stone; gspg^i whip-cord (Jd.). kag-lcig n. of a number: g4)’!4)* । (Ya-sel. 56). lcag-thog§—°^4 lit. one who carries a whip (in hand) (Mnon.); yak- herd ; also shepherd. g«T^4 kag-sil, occurs in + g^l’cjs chab- тпдо can-gyi §ke-rag$ is described as a girdle made of plaited wire and interlaced scales resembling a chain. gaj'Rgc/ kag-hbren = %y'^ lash of whip. g^’^ Icag-tshan or S'g4! a whip in general; a horse-whip. g4!’^ Icag-yii tho handle of a whip. I: Lcags n. of a place eight miles to the south-east of Tashi-lhunpo in Tsang. II: W, 1. iron; one who digs out iron; J'g4!^ Chinese iron ; 5’g*p< steol; an inferior sort of iron ; SrgsjN a finer and ductile sort of iron; acc. to Cs. steel. 2. any iron instrument or tool, esp. lock (of doors), fetter, shackle: | having locked every door; gT* a thunderbolt; also a flash of lighting just striking an object; d’gspi a steel to strike fire with; a tinder-pouch. kags-kyi hkhrvl-hkhor 1. an enchanted iron-horse; the magie
397 iron-horse, i.e.f a name said to be given to the railways of India hy the Tibetans. g^’3‘^'5 leags-kyi gar-bn iron-ball. leags-kyi tho-lam tulips a lump of iron; a hammer. a fabulous moun- tain which extends eastward over a dis- tance of 12,000 miles from the ocean and is filled with iron ore and iron-dust (K. </. зц). gqpr^q^ Icag^kyi-btsah rust; g^’S’ rust or oxide of iron is useful in liver disease. kags-kyi tsha-tsha red-hot particles of iron flying under the smith’s hammer. g^M’^ Icags-kyi tshogs rust of iron, scoria. kags-kyi gshons-rin srtftnrr iron vessel; iren-tray or bowl. gq]*T-*pr№)’q^ kags-gal ma-li-ban the wood of iron bristles; n. of one of the subdivisions of hell (Jf. F.). Icags-kyi sikkhrol iron bells or rings tied to the necks of donkeys and mules, cte. g^'3 lcag§-kyu 4’^ 1. iron pin to guide and punish elephants ; fish-hook : kags-kyus gdul dkah-ua an elephant that is difficult to tame or manage with the iron-pin. 2. n. of an officinal plant used to allay the effect of poison. kag§-kyus §gyur~thabs an elephant-driver, also the art of disciplining elephants. lcag§-dka>r tin; tinned iron- plate. g^*r^ Icags-skam iron pincers. kags-skud iron-wire ; a thin wire made of steel. g^’F Icags-kha iron colour or iron-grey. g^'B kags-khn iron wash: ^4 iron-wash (water contain- ing oxidized iron) removes inflammation of the liver, and eye-abscess (Л/Ы.). leags-khyem a spade. gqjsrgoi Icags-khrol an iron caldron. gqprswp; Icags-mgar^w^q mgar-wa ironsmith; smith. gqprwg kags-mgu or g^S’5^ an iron pot. gqpra^f lcags-mgo—^\^''^\ kags-skyog iron laddie. g^’ifc kags-sgor iron pan. g^’IS kags-sgyid trevet; tripod. gqpr^fw kags-sgrog-ma iron-chain, shacklo; n. of a Tibetan work printed at Narthang. g4]W|pi Icags-sgrol an iron pan; steel pan. gqjsr^Xs] kags-mchog or gspr^fli’S^Kq’ | (Mnon.) l.=gold. 2. iron of superior quality that came from Orissa. It is said that swords made of this metal were so sharp and hard that an elephant could be cut into pieces with them. The finest and hardest iron called mi-tshe-ri used to be obtained from the country of Lag- mana. g^|q)^ kag§~snigs— g^V) iron slag or dross of iron (Mnon?). Icags-tig n. of a species of gen- tian, v. И5: Gen- tian removes intermittent fever and also sores (Med,).
398 kags-lhum^l^^ an iron ladle; any cooking utensil of iron such as a boiler or a saucepan. kags-dreg medicinal prepara- tion of iron for weak and painful eyes : lcag$-rndah 17ЧЩ an iron arrow; an iron or steel probe; steel- pointed arrow; steel arrow. lcay$-mdah $дга-сап=ф№ kag§ sbub§-can a kind of steel- tippod arrow from which when flung a whizzing sound came forth (ДЫол.). kag§-rdo^=?!\^ 1. flint-stones: 2. iron-stone or iron-orc. lcag§-thag dross and slime of the intestines. &a0$4W=g<’]^’|<v kags-thal cxidc of iron obtained, red-hot iron being repeatedly dipped in the urine of cows, фс.: iron-ash is tho best remedy for liver disease, poison and dropsy. -qjqi icags-ldel) abbr. of $go-lcag§ dan kle-mig door-lock and key. 3^’3 Lcag$-$pu n. of a place in Tibet, g^q-q^ Lcags-hphcl n. of a district of Tibet to the north-east of Kashmir (Lam. 19), lcags-sbug$ a match-lock made (formerly) in India. g^pr^^ leags-dmar copper. Icagwnag tinder-case. Icags-shol n. of a weapon. kags-gzar an iron spoon. gqjqqlfq kagS-bzo-pa—9*^ 4 iron- smith, black-smith (Mnon,), g^K^^ lcag$-gya rust. lcag$-ra n. of a place on tho confines of Tibet and China; a wall round a house, an estate, or a town. kags-ri (g*) srvk, ят^тт a strong wall. g<J|*r-«ft kag$-$an iron-hoop; hasp; cramp-iron. ggprSq Icags-sol powdered coal: Хгч й**] 1 powder of mineral coal (called in Hindi Surma) is used as a cure for tho eyes. g<jprq*f kag$-bsro smoothing iron (ScA.). g^-gc? kag$-$lafi a large iron pan for roasting or kiln-drying corn (Ja.). Lcan-^kya 1. n. of a place in the province of Kham. 2. grey or pale white. kan-$kya §tag-sgam a sort of trunk first made under the direction of Cafi-skya Lama, with tanned tiger skin. Lcan-§kya Itol-pahi rdo- rje n. of a celebrated lama bom at Can-^kya in Kham and who became the chief-priest of the lamaic section of the Chinese Buddhists of Peking during tho reign of Emperor Kyenlung, about 1770 A.D. lean-icon = (Cs.) a craggy place; broken eroded country. Lcan-phyihi nan n. of a place in Tibet visited by Atis'a in the beginning of the eleventh century A.D. Ican-ma 1. willow, Salix rimi- nalis. 2. a general namo for trees that are planted in the vicinity of villages; the ratan, Calamus roiang.
399 I’d I Lcail-ma braj n. of a place iu upper Tibet. Lcan-rlsags n. of a place near Nam-qod in Tibet. g^ lcan-ra=^'%Q leansreb a grove of willows, poplar and other trees. Lean-ra rdsoii n. of a district in Tibet. Ican-rlom a flat basket made of willow twigs. g*^’^ leagspn willow tree ; willow wood. lean-qos the red willow (Sch.). leansil coolness, shade under willow-trees. F’^75 Lcan-lun pan-di~ta a celebrated lama-author of Mongolia. gc/5 lean-lo 1. willow leaves. 2. braided hair; a eurl; lock of hair; sjzr eoiled hair, long plait of hair. Syn. §kra rin-po; dbu-lo (Mnon.). ^е/йт-з^ Lcan-lo-can 1. the abode of Kuvera or Vais'ravana. 2. n. of a village near Gyan-tse in Tsang. 3. n. of a place in Ancient India, also of another on the fabulous Sumern. lcan-$e§= the finest breed of horse in Tibet. frim 1. a lady, a nobleman’s wife; a princess or lady of rank; g*’4*’ young unmarried lady of noble rank. 2.= acc. to Jd. lath, polo, rafter, spar of a roof. gsr^lj^ leam-dkris wrinkled; n. of an ornament. leam-dkri^can possessed of wrinkles. g**’^ fco2-rfraZ== brother and sister. Ь leam^pa— g^'g^ 1. n. of an officinal herb used for healing wounds: g*’ | Lcam-pa removes obstruction of urine, thirst, and diarrhoea. 2. gentle ; polished; mild and humble (A. 134). lcam-po tipright; in erect position g* £Xadv. (A. 33) he walked iu an upright posture without bending the body. Lcamsne 1. n. of a celebrated lady of Tibet who received Atis'a with much hospitality (A. 5). 2. bright, glit- tering. g^’fl lcam me-wa shining, dazzling, variegated (Jd.). gn*# Icam-mo, an abbr. of g* and srin-mo; acc. to some a sister. Lcam-legs sniin n. of a ы|чч-с^-я or Dakinl; I $1^1 Rgyal-po Indra bodhi, team-leg King Indra Bodhi and the Lady Lcgmin (A. 40). C\ let'-wa ipr adj. heavy, substantial, weighty: khye- kyi §kyes-dan bkah-stsal [ci ка-dcs in con- sequence of your weighty presents and requests; a heavy deadly sin: *1^’1 J, light and heavy, г.е,, gravity or weight. 2. dung, osp. of cattle; ^'g cowdung; lei-tca skam-po dried dung of cattle, &c.; 1’^ Ici-rlon frosh dung or droppings of cattle;
| 400 t I heap of cow-dung (dung in general). Lei-mdah n. of a place in Tibet; | bridge at that place. Icig-leig slightly moving: Qi | moving as little worms and insects do, like grain, &c., in fermentation. Icid, sometimes written for heavy. lcib§ 1. gloves (Sch.); pot- cloth (to take or lift up pots from fire) j or eye-lids that pro- tect the eyes; stye in the eye; Ъ fish-gills, 2. ace. to Jd. contrivances to facilitate the handling of different objects, as tho handles of pots and vessels ; tho handles, loops, etc., of knives, scissors, pincers, and other tools. 3. a shield: VI the arrow of illusive thoughts haring been flung, a white scarf camo forth as a shield of protection. lcu-wa> v. g4]^oi leug-mdal creeping plant (Жол.). I4!'4 leug-pa ишт a supple branch; fbo tender twig or the bend of a twig; S'TStf leug-phran twigs of a plant or creeper. leug-ma a root-shoot of a willow or of a poplar-tree; a rod, switch ; to bud repeatedly (C«.). leugs soft, pliable, not hard or tough: I (Mbrom. F 30) the king being susceptible, was seized with red fever. lcun-ka= $kyun-ka colloq. jackdaw. [cuft-mo thimble (Jd.). lend-pa, v. [cum or a plant, the stalks of which are used as a purgative (<7s.); the root of cures poison, fever, uterus fever, and phlegm, &e. [rum-dkar a white species of tho above plant. Ice fsr^T, wn, WH the tongue; Zrr rkyan-ica to put forth, to stretch out the tongue. Also met. a tonguo: SJ the tongue or blade of a knife; a tongue or flash of lightning ; tongue of fire; Icc-kyigs the frenum of the tongue (Cs.). Syn. ro-hdJn ; X*^ ro-ge§; X’^c/q ro-myan-wa ; bdud-rtshi-hdsag; bcud-kyi-ma; nag-gi hdab- ma; g’qS’qwgqpi §mra-bahi bab$~$teg$; ljag§; §mra-bycd (Mnon.). ^•q3q Lee brgya-pa lit. he with a hun- dred tongues—epithet of Varuna, the god of the sea; tho sea, the waves being so many tongues, &c. (Mnon.). Ice b$gril-wa vwfcm to stretch out or wag tho tongue, to grasp or twist it round a thing as the cow does. lee-chun ^ufWT uvula: 1*^' inflammation of the uvula. 1 sftvq lee gni$-pa 1. lit. the two- tongued, t.e., snake or parrot. 2. double- tongued, deceitful; lce-$ni$ byed-pa to be. double-tongued; to have double dealings.
401 lee snift-med met. a thunder-bolt (Шоп.). lee-thcb or a fleshy exerescence below the to ague (Cs.). Ice-ide a nimblo tongue; a babbler. Ice phuft-§te zas-mi-za not eating food by licking (a prohibition to monks). lee A6ar-wa=WW burning flame(Шоп.). lce-Abig$ = $'* rgya-tshva sal- ammoniac (Шоп.). ^**9^ Ice-hbur eruption on the tongue. Ice-mcd (й^чч) lit. without tongue ; a frog (which is supposed to have no tongue). Ice niya^-tsliba alum. tec~rtsa or^$T*i Icthi rtsa-ica fasn- the root of the tongue : Ice- rtsa can a letter pronounced from the root of the tongue; the guttu- rals, viz., % I4, % S % % 84; the visarga before И and I4, and also r, and Zr, are called the tip of the tongue : a letter sounded from the tip of the tongue. lec-rtse gyo-tca 1. to loll out the tongue and move it too and fro. 2. fig. the fickle or changeable one. 3. an epithet of the goddess of fortune. Ice-gshuft the middle of the tongue; V'W Ice-bshar a tongue-scraper. l$ehi §kye-mchcd the organ of taste (Jf. F.). leeg a • coat of mail for horse (&?//.). lceb-pa 1. to kill one’s self; to commit suicide : 9^ I “ if, for even that, you kill yourself ” (Hbrom. 12//) committed suicide. 2. used of insects that fly into the flame. ^4] leog (r^'&) 1. a pot; щН1 the arched roof of a house, a turret on a house-top, a pinnacle. 2. n. of an aquatic plant, Trapa bispinosa. m lcog-ga the swallow, but, accord- ing to some authors, the lark. Ipn t* Icog-rtse, resp. a small very low table on which food and drink are served in Tibet; a cover for such a table, table-cloth; J’^| Chinese or European table; ‘fore-table,’ one before an image of Buddha or of some deity for placing offerings on. Lcog-rtsc-la n. of a mountain in Tibet the top of which is flat like a table. leog-ras piece of cloth put over iron helmet worn in war-dance in Tibet. Lcog-la. brag-khun n. of a rock-cavern on Chogla pass in Tibet. lcogs-pa or I: 1. to bo agi- tated, shaken; to tremble. 2. a flower shaking, waving its head (Ja.). II: 1. vb. to be able: if (he) is not able (to do that); § as much as possible; to the utmost (Ja.). 2. adj. able; | feeble (in strength) failing in strength, weak; ignorant, poor in intelligence. a frog in its firDt stage of development; a tadpole (Ja.). = undulating; an un-even place.
Ж cha I: the letter « cha, which is the aspirated resembling tho Sanskrit in pronunciation, though acc. to Tib. Gram. $=<* tsha. As num. fig. = 6; *'4 cha-pa tho volume marked with * signifying the sixth volume. S II: 1. a part or fraction; hip share, portion, anything divided; opp. to the whole; thus, 55’* one-half, one- third, 4^’* one-fourth, and so on ; 44’* one hundredth part; 8|’* ono thousandth part; one-third of the treasury (or its contents); 555* thore being still wanting a portion of as much gold as would about equal his head (6?Zr.); 5*'§’*’?5 the flrot portion of tho night; the second, tho last half of the night. Ьятс-гса to put together two parts; one’s own share. 5^'4Vg'q5'* the following day’s first part, ft?., the following morning ;K* (lit. part of the earth) a piece of land; territory; country in general. = a pair; a pair of boots; 55’*’4l^ql a pair of shoes. *’$*|’4 to pair, to match, to couple, to arrange in pairs or propor- tionately; *’**35'4 proportionate, similar. not forming a pair or match; unfit, improper, discordant. 4'$'*’*<’ ^5 not obeying; will not do; is out of place (Ta. 110, 11; Ja.). Й III: J. news, intelligence, word, sound ; 45’* topic; Я5*г*’^’Ч ask news; 5^'* echo returned from a rock, g. prospect, auspices: дя'* prospects re-. garding the household; 5^‘* prospects or expectations as to one’s enemies. things ; ^»rg*r* a complete suit of clothes for a person; 35* ornaments or articles of adornment; 54^’* necessary things, requi- sites; *^Y* weapons; ^’]* articles of writing, deeds, documents; w* cloth; чч] л implements, utensils, &c. & IV: 1. a sixteenth part of tho month (Bull. 181/8, 295). 2. W a particle (Kdlac. T. 7). *’5”l^ Cha-gkar n. of a district in Lho-^ kha, in Tibet. *’5’т1*'’2(*г Cha-dkarsraft n. of tho junction of several public roads in Chakar, Cha-dkar-du Cha-dkar sran-gi bal in Chakar the wool (sold at) Chakar cross-roads. *'55 cha-rkyen share of destiny, of fate (&-Л.). Ж’Ч| cha-да (^V* or hem, edge, border; ^М’5)’*4=3рг5-»гач the border or edge of a robe. *4^44’4=*4-4544, (?fcr g*5) to put a fringe to a robe, to hem, to turn in (the edge of cloth). *4’H cha-ga^ ma a dress with linings on the edge of the sleeve, etc. (the price) for each blue male robe with turned*’ back borders. *4^5*4 robe with plain edge. cha-ga-pa locust; also a grass- hopper: the head of a grasshopper applied on the sting of ц hornet (^5'9^’й) removes its poison.
403 cha-grum a square rug. cha-hgrig a complete set or suit of any furniture or clothes. * cha-mkhan fortune-teller, sooth- sayer (ScA.). cha-can consisting of a pair, forming a pair. cha-cho a thing homogeneous; matched (Sch.). cha-hjog-pa to stick to, adhere to any work; to come to a conclusion on any matter; to arrive at a definite settle- ment. cha-nams wrfhr, чГгПлТ impair- ed, degenerated, fallen down, grown worse. cha-gni§ two parts; WJ both or a pair; eolloq. two pairs. Ч cha-gni$ src-wa to mix or mingle two equal parts. cha-$nom$ qt equal parts (without difference in size, number or quantity); *Or in part, in some measure; or partly, not equal, differing a little ; even if one knows but a little (Jd.); being complete in every part, entire, integral (Sck.); adj. even. cha-gter the moon, that which shines in crescent parts. «Л cha-dc ior cha yod-pu-de. cha-bdag skyes, v. ж chan wino. cha-hdra tsam, v. cha~§nom§. cha-ldan НПГ possessed of some share; fortunate. cha-phra a miser. db’4l : cha-гоа — or q vb. to adorn, bedeck, wear (5. Lex.). + Л II: — яжг*т to go away, to start, to leave (a place): §lebs-tu cha- tcahi tshe when they were on the point of arriving; to go, going (A. 138) . **3 cha-bu ornament worn in the ears. cha-byed 4^1 1. dress, clothing; й shabbily dressed; poorly elad; ragged: he was (in this manner) dressed. 2. implement, instru- ment (e.g.., a musical instrument, a surgical instrument) also external appear- ance of animals (Ja.). cha-ma-mchi$ (it has no equal, not another like it to form a pair) match- less (L.R.). cha-ma mthun-pa, v. cha-ma hdra-wa, v. ®’|w. cha-med-pa to be companicnless; to be left alone ; to be without an equal. cha-mcd-gtam = ^4*w nonsense ; irrelevant speech (Mnon.). cha-tse is said to be a Chinese wordjsf4’^ kha-tfen or tshig-sten. «‘to cha-tsam, v. cha-snom§. cha-tshan complete in all its parts; complete suit of ornament, dress, &c. «’^5 cha-tshad, v. chag-tshad. cha-tshan species, division, class (Schl). cha-tshog§ (Sp^) n. of a large number. cha-mdses symmetrical. cha-hdsin-pof 1. to select from among many ; to pick one out of a num- ber (for identification). 2.=К»ч Й a pair of cymbals.
404 «4]-g-q| cha-rdsog*, v. (Jia-$nom$. *-q^’q cha-bskag-pa to rely or depond upm, to confide in; sbst. trust, confidence: if that information is reliable. To adhere, cling to ; to follow, obey (laws): «Wjpr§,q’qror*’q44| they adheie to the w<*rds of Buddha; J4xrv q^erarq^i’q to obey the king’s commands. ch'i-yi rtse = ^‘ f sublime. cha-ra also mon cha-ra Hima- layan oak with pointed, over-groen leaves, a tre о inferior to the English oak; *’v2j$ the stunted or dwarf species of oak. 35’^ сЛа-п = *’2> or a coarse blan- ket made of yak’s hair (Jd.). 35’^’^ cha-ri-si 3,<J1 a steel-yard. 35’^ cha-ru a peg to which to fix tho ropes of a tent. 35’cha-lag — ^^ implements re- quired for carrying on business. 35’^ cha-lafi or $bub-chal pair of cymbals. З5’од cha-lam^^'W some; for the most part; rather. cha-lt\ v. * cha-ri. cha-lu, v. cha-ri. 35’^ cha-lug§ Ът (А. К. I, 38) appearance, clothing, costume; colloq. artificial badge or mark of distinction. cha-lugs fian-pa dis- figured у of bad dr ess. cha-lugs mdses-pa finely dressed; elegant manner of dressing. 35’*^|^ chains ’WR, W4, shape; part, portion, share; ^*5’*’^ a part of the body, a limb; also shape of the body. cha-$a§ паи-ра = ^'^^ц slightly bad; also of bad shape or parts. cha-qas mche-gtsig (^) ^5^1’- ЗТ53 hill; heaved-up portion of the earth. *-jpr<5prpq cha-$a$ hphrog-pa a sharer. cha-$a$-bycd particles. cha-$a$ $Ьуай-ра = у^\ (^'^' gold. сЛа-$го/==$^'$рч lugs-srol custom, usage. «•qmprq cha-ksags-pa lit. marry parts or particles accumulated together 5q R5-aq ^’| * qN4|^q). 1. a term signify- ing the earth ; a mountain. 2. the capital of tho fabulous S'ambhala. 35Cha-har Chahar, n. of a Mongol tribo. 354| chag 1. gram or other grain for horses, &c. the bag containing grain which is tied to tho mouth of a horse or donkoy from which it eats. trough, manger, crib (Jd.). 2. the fourth finger (Med.). 3. rosp. for shoe, also for = incorrectly for ЭТ’ tow signifying welcome (Jd.). 5. prob, for the breadth of a fist. 35Ч]’Т|Л chag-кгит piece, fragment; chag-krum la son it has gone to pieces (Jd.). ёБЧ]'^ chag-$kya-ica (Sch.) having only one purpose, pursuing but one aim; un- remitting, indefatigable. chag-khon$=ti^*'ty a basket for measuring grain.
405 1 chag-chag colloq. anything ^Л’Я’*4’*4 broken dish or plate. chag-chad rent, break, rupture *44’^4^ chag-ga chog-ge for 34’4’§4,’l things mixed up or thrown together. *4'J4'q chag-rgyag-pa to doubt (Sch.). I: chag-chag 1. with or to sprinkle: having swept and sprinkled the inside of the house. *4**4 ^4^*^ 454 4 well bathed or washed, also to cleanse a house or road with water. 2. *4’*4'45q 4 to starch, to stiffen (Sch.). 3. in JF. to tread, to trample, e.g., the narrow path or furrows between garden beds. 4. to clap the hands (Jd.). broken. *4^ (Sch.). *4Л* chag-dum fragment, scrap, bit. chag-hdin doubtful, incre- dible {Sch.). гьчрц chag-pa 1. a large bunch of flowers, ears of corn, etc. 2. pf. of я*4’ч broken; я*4^ and esp. adv. к*4«гск also *4’^54 uninterrupted, unremitting, (Jd.); ^’«’*4’4^ rgyan ma-chag-par without interruption ; without breaking the conti- nuity or course; 4*г*4*&5 without a crack, flaw, or chink. 3. **4’q, v. ^*44 и: *4 ^c* wooden splint for a broken limb (W.) (Ja.). Syn. ^44 shig-pa; RXX‘4 hthor-ica (Mnon.). * 4'5 chag-po a broken vessel, pot, etc.; ^’*4*5 a broken dosser or pannier (Jd.). * 4 ^S chag-phad the bag containing grain tied to the mouth of a hoi so from which it eats. f * 4’3«w chag-pheb^ for 34 welcome. * 4’3 chag-Ъй diminutive of *4 q a little bunch. *4’5* chag-brom in W. colloq. “chak- rum” ice. * 4’35 chag-mo bunch ; ^3^'3’*4’35 a fruit growing in clusters, like the grapes of the vine, the berries of the elder (IF.) (J2.). chag-tse a small grain, e.g., of ground grits; *4’ЗГг^ grauulous (W.) (Jd.). * 4*^’«i chag-tshan-pa— WTfi’Q or a cook chag-tshad or *(Sch.) the right measure; ^4’§^'*4dug-tfer chag- tshad a sufficient quantity of poison admi- nistered to a person (Med.; Jd.). * 4’4^a Chag-gshoft* v. *4 chag. Chag-lo n. of a celebrated lama of Tibet. it was asserted that Chag Lo-tsa-wa had been into the middle of the lake (Ya-scl. 33). * 4’^’ chag-gin, v. *4'^ chag-pa. жчргч I: chag^-pa 1. to be fond of, to be attached to, to love; 5’35’«i’«4^q to love a girl; g^’P5C’^^,4^4,*4^,q §kycs-pa daft na-chuft gcig chags-pa the mutual affection between a man and a maiden; S)vQr*l4N 3’35^w my dearly beloved daughters (Pth.). 2. to cling to, e.g., ^V’5f4’*r*4«rq lu$- daft srog-la chags-pa to body and to lifo; to one’s home, to one’s native country; often to suffer one’s self to be enticed by a thing, to indulge in; *4*rciv allowing neither desire nor fear to have any influence upon him- self (S. Lam., also Ja.). ачрт II: vb. 1. to be begotten, produced; *r*4^ not produced in the usWU way of propagation, but rdsu^-tc §kyc§-pa, or lhun-gyi§
406 grub-pa (Pth.); frq. to be pro- duced. in the womb, ns the foetus is; hence in co mpounds=animal; bird ; g^og-chag^ winged animal; 8rog-chag§ living being. 2. to arise, spring up, originate, come forth; to come to light, to appear: the growth or founding of (towns, monas- teries, institutions, etc.) on the earth; «г qy^aqprq tho causing of nutrition in food; the accumulation or growth of fortune to a person; Зя'огры’д’ллцгдс; apricots had sprung forth on tho tree ; wj’ to booome a cleric; яч genesis, history of tho beginning esp. of the world; «чцгф! manner of being pro- duced, peopled: я^р’*Мя-| I saw six largo pinnacles appearing in the sky. III: 1. ЯЩ1, ^тпг, Щ ЗПНЦЛГ) Wiufw sbst. love, lust, passion for, affection, attachment: chag$-pa $kye§-80 he fell in love (Dzl.); chag$-pa §pyod-pa=^^'4dfr\'4 hkhrig-g>a $pyod-pa to copulate: «чргч г^я^кч^ if tboro is no attachment, there cannot be any transmigratory existence (2).Ii.). 2. greed for gain, acquisitiveness. я^5the mind runs aftor the objects of desire. 3. formation, congela- tion, agglutination; ico formed on water; fawini without any covering, formation of film. «чргчя^^ргп chag$-pahi b§kal-pa the age when worlds are formed. chag$-$kyod byed-pa the act of affecting or agitating the heart or producing sensation of pleasure in it. qq chags-hkhri TTWcU fig. the creeping plant of love which entwines. лдцга chag^go extenuation of fault; shield the faulty and to put a patch or lid over tho place (hollow). chags-can, prov. кит, 1. time in music. 2. passionate, lustful. chag^-chen-ma a musical air; a wife; a young woman. &дргя£яц chag$-hjom§ ono who has sub- dued his passions, a general epithet of Buddha (ДГЯол.). chags-gtam amorous conversa- tion. Syn. hkhrig-tshig; м|М‘Зч| chag§- tshig* яХ^'4!^ hdod-gtam (Шоп.). q chag$-rtag$-pa to remain for a long time at one place. chags-ldan-nia a lustful woman. chags-sdaft passion for; pas- sionate attachment. wprqcvchagt-pahi rgyal-mtshan the male organ or penis. abtTprq£’0]XV3V* chag$-pahi gdon-can-ma = a lustful woman (Шоп.). *<44’qv§vq chag^-par hgyur-pa wnhl lovely, fascinating, charming. chag$-pa$ myo$-pa=*X^w hdod-pa§ dreg^-pa intoxicated with love or desire for any object (Шоп.). **|*r|5 chag§-8pyod=°^^ copulation; fornication. chag§-bya iffa an object of attachment; that which has been affected with love. chag$-byed or йя an epithet of the moon (Mnon.). * chags-bral itcKHT without attachment (Kalac. T. 3).
«г | 407 chag§-bral-can рпрт one who is free from passion or attachment. aw|*r3«| chags-tshig = chags-gtam or hdod-gtam amorous conversa- tion ; talk of love. chags-shcn hankering after wealth or worldly objects. *^**5 chag^-zad passionless, attachment exhausted. ЗБК, chan ’QXT, 4^5 fermented liquor, whether beer or wine. different sorts of beer or wine:— beer from com; barley-brewed ale; white rice beer; treaole- beer; wine of honey, pulse, mead; wino of certain flowers such as the of Magadha; wine from certain barks of trees such as cinnamon; fermented juice of certain trees; beer of bones; pro- posal-wine, i>., wine sent as a present to negotiate for the marriage of a girl; medicinal wine; rgun-chan wine from grapes; wine of whey or curds; present of wine sent for the reception of a guest or friend or an official; arrack or spirit. Syn. yons-hbab} а’чуч дч cha- bdag-skyer, Yir# dpah-mo; Iha- min nin-khu; Jww $tobs-bzan; dgah- ma; bgol-ldan mnc§; ^‘§5 myo$- byed 5 V1!4 §5 dgah-byed\ myo^-hgyur; dri-mchog\ dri-rab\ §po$-nad-ldan; chu-ma; b$ol-ma; mchog-ldan-ma; ca-co byed\ yons-sn thob$; gnod- tbyin chafi; lia-ld (Milon.). JpJjN c han-skyog$ goblet for wine ; also ladle to help wine. az'fK chan-khafi pot-house, tavern, place where wine and beer are sold. + «c/g'R&q chah khyu-htshog^ to beat with the clenched hand or fist. ЛЕ/Sj^'g chaft-gi nift-khu = *F% or У’Ц spirit; essence of nectar. 4 3V1 chan-gi phya-dar the place where boiled barley, rice, etc., after being mixed with yeast, is spread for fermenta- tion. chaft-gi$ gyefa-pa to be drunk. «vjpi chan-gral the order or row of seats at a carnival. chaft-hgag — *^'%\ chafi-snod vessel for keeping wine, chan-тдуи the substance of which beer or wine is made. chan-chuft in colloq. = some few, also miscellaneous; ace. to Sch, a little. •*c*3*r^ chah-chem-can an intoxicated person. chafi-nams^rnet, thog (Mnon.), chan-?nin~&z'$fi chan-rgan in Sikk. old beer or wine. bchan-b^nal intoxicated. *^54 chan-tig vessel for measuring wine. + chan-thub a drinking being, i,e.) one subject to decay and destruction. chan-dad-can a drunkard, tipp- ler : V’ | й^аигй пруч । || a husband of intemperate habits and an immoral wife can have no harmony if they dwell together in one home.
fc-q^rq | 408 1 chaft-dod silver or other articles with which wine or beer is exchanged. chaft-dreg$ or chan- ge dregs-pa=*^'^'*fa'4 chan-gis myo$-pa intoxication (Mnon.). chaft-hdon— chaft-$uod wine- glass or cup (in Sikk.). * c.-4j^ chaft-gna$ or a place of drinking; grog-shop. chaft-pa $toft-ica erroneously written for чьс.‘ч ^c.’q hchaft-pa $toft-pa рта- lit. open fist, or an empty hand; fig. nothing to give in charity to tho poor. chaft-spagt dough of barley soaked in beer. chan-phud the first distillation of wine—the best beer or wine. chaft-phog allowance in boor. chaft-bii) described in | the dough of barley-flour squeezed or pressed within the hand and coming out between the fingers is given to the ghosts. Syn. fdoq-pa; *c.*rq chaft$-pa (Mfton.). * e.*w chaft-ma, v. sc/r^e.-^ (Mfton.) a woman selling wino. chaft-mal grog-shop, tavern. chaft-rtsi dry barm, lees, yeast (of beer). ал-^Е.* chaft-tshaft grog-shop; come or coming from a grog-shop. Syn. chaft-mal; chaft-khaft (Mfton.). chaft-tshaft la$ hoft-wa a drunkard; one who is just coming out of a grog-shop. аьЕ.-^Е.-ем chaft-htshoft-ma barmaid. Syn. myo$-byed-htshoft; chaft-ma; chaft-bycd-ma (Mfton.). chaft-htshoft-mahi khaft-pa lit. wine-selling woman’s house. £E.*«i chaft-zas roast meat taken at the time of drinking. chaft-bzuft for closed hand, fist. chaft-gyo$ or umhik parched rice, barley, &c., taken with wine. chaft-ra wronr, abbr. of and wmj, beer and arrack; a drinking party. * ^’*1 chaft-sa 1. a beer-house. 2. beer carousal: 25'§^q to give or arrange for a great beer-drinking party. chafts-pa^ n. *^‘3 chaft-bu. I: chad time; in after time, henceforth; formerly, heretofore. II: 1. special promise, agreement or engagement; *^’яд<ч special presenta- tion, special request, compliments at the commencement of a letter, oral, verbal engagement; pledge of faith by the hand (</«.). 2. in compounds for punishment; corporeal punishment. chad-don or a promise, con- tract ; to give a promise, make a contract; to agree about giving; to keep, fulfil, a promise. chad-mdo or the purport or the main object; a promise or contract. I: chad-pa WHTU, 1. to open, to separate, liberate; to give out. 2. to promise, bind one’s self. •
409 ад| Syn. 5V* phyed-ma\ dbye-ica (Шоп.). II: sbst reap, «^’*5 fnw, punishment; corporeal punishment; fig. punishment with the rod. king’s punishment, t.e., punishment that the law inflicts on any person, punished with fatigue, worn out. chad-pa-can^^^'^ a con- vict ; one who has been convicted of an offence. chad-paht tshar- gcad-pa or to convict, to sentence, to punish. Syn. 5S4) q dfyyug-pa. III: vb. to be descended from; to be born of or with; gen. with or chad-pa phog-pa to award punishment, to punish in any way. a^'qM'qas'q chad-pa§ bead-pa to be visited with punishment. chad-po 1. rent, tom, worn-out, ragged, tattered (Ja.). 2. a limited time, a term (&?Л.). chad-yig a written contract: *5’ id. (G7r.; Jd.). chad-lu$-pa not to obtain the things hoped for, to be disappointed (&?Л.). chadso or 1. a limi- ted time, a term. 2. a time-purchase (Sch^. 3. an agreement (Ta.; Ja.). chan I: a mar- ginal note or foot-note to explain the meaning of a term or expression in the text. cE3j II: sop, mash, pulp, etc.; rice-pap ; barley-pap (Jd.). chan-gri= htshem-gri (lit. a tailor’s knife); a pair of scissors. жуч cdan-pa=42*rij scissors, shears : (7Г. d. я 106) the hair of a gelong should not be cropped with scissors. ЖЛ I: chab [resp. and eleg. for chit] water, in any form; but never used like chu to signify a river. scented water, or B’*q water which at the beginning and close of religious meetings in the larger mouasteries is passed round, and of which every one present takes a few drops on his tongue, as a symbol of purification in the place of full ablutions. tears; spittle; urine. II: power, dominion, sway; under one’s sway: to bring or collect under one’s power or sway. chab-rkyan brass can, brass tea- pot with a long spout for pouring out tea (Ja.). «ч’д chab-skya—^^ dar-wa whey. chab-khun urinal, a privy. chab-sgo door; w^q chab-sgo-wa— door keeper. chab-gtor—^13^^ chu-gtor НФЯ oblations to the dead; water religiously offered to quench the thirst of Yidag or Preta in the | waffl Chab-nag n. of a monastery in Kong-po in Eastern Tib. chab-brom ice (Ja.). (?ЛаМЗаЯ5 = с^^'|,1^ Я^П a servant; a subject; one owing allegiance. chab-blug 1. a spittle pot. 2. acc. to Jd. a vessel for rinsing one’s mouth with water. 53
«ГЯ| 410 аутл chab-ma lid, valve; *4'1" chab-rtse or «гЗ chab-tse buckle, clasp. chab-mig—§ йл] a fountain, spring. wj’ chab-rtshe, n. w chab-ma, chab-tshod (Lit. water-measure for time) a watch, a clock. wsjjc] chab-gshug a bath; also the ba- thing festival of the Tibetans in August and September. chab-hog-gm a vassal, a subject; X<r| q a vassal king, feudal chief. chab-ril the vessel of consecrated water passed to monks of a congregation before dispersing. жщЯ'Ч'Ц chab-ril-pa one who passes through water, v. *4’^4 «q*c?72^-ro/?? = 4’q5^'q ice, frozen water. dEtr-Jfaj eleg. for an official letter, a diploma, etc. chab-ser eleg. for фmatter, pus. + chab-srid = ’ § 5 rg у a l-srid- dominiou, kingdom, territory. atqapqv chab-gwn urine; to make water. q chab gsil-wa to discharge urine, make water (flag.)- chubs cig = ^^ or together with, all together. chain headlong, full length; also, completely, utterly. always, conti- nually; pouring continually. ЖЯ ’ Ц cham-pa vfaMru a cold or catarrh; §’** gre-cham bronchial catarrh; Jaw catarrh in the lungs; sna-cham nose cold (cold in the head) ; influenza. chams-bshag = W'tr\4\y j to be jn a tranquil state; eolloq. to keep quiet (Л. 119) those who did not assent keeping quiet: it was effected according to tho precepts of the lord (Atis'a). char or char-pa З'ЧТ жтег rain. Syn. ЦSprin-hcud; $braft-char; chuhi-sa-bon; Sprin-gyi те-tog; ^^'^mkhah-las-bab; lliin-gi hbra§-bu*9 rgyun-bab; dgufi-char; gru-char; to-tog- gnen (Mnon.). char-$kyib a shelter, pent roof, protection from rain. char-$hye$ згчн lit. rain-born; met. a frog. avgh char-$kyob 1. protection against rain, also opp. to tshad-tfeyob protec- tion against heat (of the sun). 2. = ^^4 an umbrella (ДГиол.). char-skyor undecided (cases or disputes). char-kheb§ cover or dress for pro- tection against rain, rain- el oak. char-gyan, (Ya-wl. 33). char-gyi zeg§-ma=.^'^t char-dgah lit. that delights in rains, H^'5 {Шоп.). char^rgyun ЯФ? incessant rain. char-can l.=*v^. 2. custom, usage (7F.). 3. n. of a, hero (Baladeva) (Lez.).
411 *А’Ч§чр char-bcug-pa ; §V^' ЧЧ’4 made to be done or worked out. char-che§ for *A’<i '^*3. лА'^чргч char gtogs-pa, v. *>, included in the division of; = or gqpr *A'I^ char-$ton met. the swallow. ckar-du$ the rainy season. ла'^'Ч char-drag-pa lit. heavy rain; the month of heavy rains, corre- sponding with July. Syn. з*}елг^к/ yon-lhufi; ^•qq*<£ rgynn bab-tsha (Jfnon.). char-rdul—^'^. char-klan, rainy ; in the summer season are rain- clouds (jMfton.). char-§na rluft-khrid an idiomatic expression signifying guided; lit. as wind leads the rain. char-pa у v. char-sprin rain-cloud; Ц cloud containing rain. char-phob§ зпчгт to cause rain. «АЧОД*«р»га char-hbab mkha$-pa gen. a Tantrik lama; lit. one who is skilled in bringing down rain (by the efficacy of his charms). лА’чЗад char-hbeb§ or ^rv^i, fafTT that causes rain; rain-cloud. sa/aSwSiax&w char-hbeb§ groft-hjoms an epithet of Indra (Mnon.). char-med thon-pa— drought, rainlessness. char-shod good and beneficial rain: я^ЪА^’о^кчА’цад this year rain has copiously fallen. <зьа'^5'a^jsqN char-shod che-stabs (idio- matic phrase) a matter of great impor- tance. «A'^q char-zil rain drop, rain particles or drops. Syn. char-rdul; chu-yi zegs-ma; rgyun-gyi myu-gu\ 4’$’ 5a chn-yi-zer; 4’^ chu-rdul* char-gyi zeg§-ma (Mnon.). * жа'с^эа-дЗзд’Ц char-bzan hbeb$-p)a n. pr. (Td. %, Ш). char-gyogs = «А’^ад house; cover or dress for protection against rain. «А*оЦ char-ten the coping or water-tile of a wall (Cs.). chai resp. belly, abdomen (Cs.). chal-chal the sound of falling oars. а&'зг&з! chal-chil wavering, fluctuating (Sch.). chal-choly v. «Двгч&ц or chal-du bkrams-pa scattered, strewn over, fully spread, wide- spread. аьсц’ЯА’П^'Ч Ч chal-mar brdal-гса (vb. a.) to spread equally, uniformly. cha§ 1. thing; tool; requisite, etc.: things to be givon to a bride as dowry; iron tools or uten- sils; food; military stores, requisites for war; provisions; tools, instrument. 2. dress, garment; man’s dress. 3. in a more general sense: appearance, form, shape: 95'^5’ appearing in the guise of a woman;
412 ho puts on a Tartar dress; he has assumed a girl’s dross; dis- guised himself as a girl. chas-ka or one’s pro- perty, resources, requisites; all that one possesses or requires for his use. ^•gVq chas~$gyur-wa to put on, to as- sume another’s dress. chas-chod 44W, wfws, v. brh $-pa. chas-pa [originally tho pf. of «’A but always used as a separate vb.] 1. to set forth, depart: «^5^’qq as it is necessary to depart (Thgy.); they set out for Tibet (Glr.); they departed together (Dzl.); to send away, dispatch. 2. to prepare for, set about, to start; qp5vqv«*i they started killing; ‘tyqwq'w having made arrange- ments to depart (Dzl.): ‘ now we will return ’ they said, and they made preparations (Dzl.; Ja.) chas-bzo — ^'^ a full suit of clothes (for the body). c& chi num. fig. 36. chi-да in W. wallet, knap-sack (Jd.'). chi-li-li onomatopoetic word for snuffing up scent by the nose; (Cs.) snuffing sweet odours that are borne ; 3| $ the perfumes of flowers are perceptible (Mil. ; Jd.). chig used for ч$ч) as the first part -of compound numbers:—lOjSflj’qj 100; 3E4j 1,000 ; S a myriad, etc. chig-rkyan acc. to Schtr. sepa- rate, single, one alone. chig-rgyu nig-gpun a kind of blanket in the weaving of which one longitudinal thread is crossed by two. S^-jq-q chig-thub-pa 1. to be able to do a thing alono. 2. n. of a plant used in medi- cine (Ja.). chig-dril rolled, wrapped, packed up in one parcel or bundle (Sch.). chig-lab byed-pa to talk to one’s self, to hold a soliloquy (Schtr.), chig-^ad one stroke, or stop: XV -qYSI at the close of each line of a verso (forming a sentence), put one stroke, Ле., full stop (Situ.). chins, v. *$*’4 that which binds. Swg tho five binding things:—(1) khog-dbug stofi-'hun-gyi chins; (2) bbyed-kyichins; (3) hbrel- pa hbru-hgrcl-gyi chins; (4) bstus don-gyi chins; (5) ’«Ц lag-ten man-nag-gi chifis (Sman.). chid-pa, v. chib-pa 1. B4’q ^гтя encom- passing, covering all. 2. ace. to Sch. equal, uniform, suitable. IciN chibs or fan resp. term for 5 rta a horse; generally a riding horse ; a saddle horse ; riding on a horse, to get on horse-back; to dis- mount: (С.) I beg you to dismount; I give it you for a riding horse (Jd.). chibs-bskyod gnan-wa (lit. to ride on a horse) = <*wqgvqj^'q f0 start for a journey, to go to a place. chibs-kha hkhrid-pats&wpr to lead a horse by the bridle (Sch.).
413 Sq^’P’^q chib$-kha thub-pa to have the command of the biidle; fig. to be expert in ruling. chib§-$ga resp. for saddle. Chib$-lna-ldan also called g^’ the horse on which Grautama Buddha used to ride. Bq^-gs] chib§-lcag resp. a whip. chib-cha§ a horse’s furniture, harness; (Cs.) the equipments of a horse. chibs-chen a charger; the best horse in the stable. chib$-rta a riding horse of a great man. chib$-thur horse’s head-piece. &Ж52Ц chib$-dpon chief groom. f chir from the Hindi chintz. T* chil-§grog, n. $chu-gner. I: chu num. fig. 66. II: <3^, W4:, crt:, &c. 1. water, the universal and common term in all senses. 2. a river ; the general term. Syn. gtufabya*, gtufabyed*, sgo-kun-hgro*, sprin-gyi me-tog ; B^'3’455 §prin~gyi-bcud; dag- byed*, tian-sei*, hbru-phan ; IKS’ 3 §prin-gyi myu-gu; 3* ^5 thur-bgrod; 3V*? kwn-hgro (Mnon.). chu-khn a river is a term often occuring in books, but rarely in con- versation. VT**^*]*^the names of various rivers both real and mythical which occur in the sacred books of Tibet and according to Buddhistic geography :—(1) zab-inohi chu, (2) rab-tu dafi-tcahi chu, (3) *|&.’q$’$ gtsati-wahi chu, (4) ho-mahi chu, (5) ^V*3^'$ rgyun-hbrutyi chu, (6) zla-wa rgyu-wa, (7) bo-thug-gi hdam, (8) дрч SI chu, (9) tiati-tiur-gyi$ gati-wa, (10) ^’^VS’ipS*»’4 tian-pa kun-tu sgra hbyin-pa,(ll)S^^^dbyan$ §ilan-pa, (12) ^якчЗул sem§ hgro-wa, (13) ‘ллл л hu- ru-ruhi-$gra§ hbab-pa, (14) §q*rag*/q rlab$ hbyun-tca, (15) л^’Л^’ф bdc-uahi chu, (16) q ka-dam-pa hkhod-pa-nid, (17) nor-buhi mchu-can rnam§-kyi§ hdsin-pa, (18) chu-srin kurma man-wa-nid, (19) na ro-hi hkhor-wa, (20) ^rgFjk^q ru§- $bal-gyi§ дай-иа, (21) chu- srin na-kras b^kor-wa, (22) ww yid bdc-war hbab-pa, (23) dbu- icahi phreti-wa, (24) *^'5'5*1*^v§vq5rab- tu dgah-war gyitr-pahi chut (25) rlun. mtshun$-pa, (26) char dan char-gyi rje§-su hbyufi-wahi chu-ktun, (27)ЛЭ^’^*3 Dbyans- can-gyi mdog-tu hbab-pa, (28) dus- su hbab-pa, (29) rin-pa, (30) rtsc-niohi nafi, (31) gser-gyi chu, (32) dnul-дуг rndog, (33) q mu-tig-gi bye-ma tdan-pa, (34) q ri- bo-ta rgyu-wa, (35) tjv*i**’q$pm hkhor-wa, (36) tnu-sa-ra gal-pa rgyan-du bya^-pa, (37) $^E/^c/^yq vi- dru-mahi gin daft Idan-pa, (38) sBS’ST * dpyid dgah-wa, (39) l^q^ ^-qiV^qq’q dbyar-&prin rab-tu dafi-u?ahi chu hbab-pa, (40) Г* rtse-mo la hjug-par dgah-wa, (41) да fa yod-pa, (42) S’9’’ q*r&’^4]*q пг-wa gar-icar gyur-pas nn reg-pa, (43) myur-wahi chu, (44) ’5’л^гч rlab^-rab-tu hjug-pa, (45) 5’л a-tu pa, (46) <’^’5‘^Л’Л tsu-lun-da bbab-pa, (47) Vdrihi-chn, (48) V‘ qg^ q ke-ta-kahi-dri§ b$gos-pa, (49) 5^*5*|*’ л <75yar dgah-wa, (50) dhun-dhu ma-rd, (51) ^ffc’VB'vq nc-hkhor-na khyab-pa, (52) tned-pa
414 hbah-pa, (53) rgyab-na$ klufi kun-tu-gan rab-tu hbab-pa^ (54) SW$*$ dmah-tcahi chu, (55) dgah-wa$ hjug-pa, (56) tfion-gyi du-wabi $tob$, (57) sprin- gy^ hgroz* dri-zahi dbyafa- can, (59) rfiahi sgrafyi dbyan§- can, (60) §kad-kyi d§yan$-can, (61) g-SVa'3^25» qvvqvA klu-yibu-mo mfion- par 'dgah-tca, (62) rig-pa hdsin-pa rtse-dgah tca$ gna$-pa (Ii. d. Ш). chu-fclufi $kyf$, n. of a tree called sruwft [Scsbanta JEgyp- ti(ica~\S. chu-klufi mgon the lord of rivers. chu-klufi-can a place which is intersected by streams, or where there are many rivulets. chu-klufl dag-pa н^гпг lit. purified by bathing in a river; a Tirthika. chu-klufi-bdag «fleyifn the lord of rivers; the oeean. chu- klun-dmar itni the red river, i.e., the river Sone. chujtlun-misho tho wide expanse of the heaven; an imaginary lake in heaven; tho soa. 3'5^* chu-кЫ the main, deeper channel of a river, v. klofi. <1*5^ chu-dkyil the middle of a river. $‘5^ chu-rgyal a leather bag for water, a moshug (Cs.). $‘45 chu-$kad the voice of water, the sound of rushing water. chu b§kol-pa boiled water, boil- ing water. chu-$kor ог^’^’Ф*^ rafi-thag chu- jkor water-mill, i.e., self-grinding mill. $’jj chu-§kya=*^ whey. chu-skyar a species of water fowl—the spoon bill. Syn. naJibig§-byed; 5^’§5 rgyal-bycd; rkafi-geig-pa; gafa-sbal; mdsah-mo; chu-can (Won.). chu-$kyur 1. the bittern. 2. also n. of a plant. 3. acidulous mineral waters. 4. vinegar (Jd.). chu-skyes зт^г5т, 1. lit. tho water-bom, the lotus. 2. the moon, the planets Neptune and Venus. £’jj*TW> chu-§kyc§ dkar the white lotus. chu-$kyc$ §non-po the bluo lotus. chu-$kye$ mnal гщ^грт, ^t; = tho great Brahma. chu-$kyc$-can fnirfsnV pond where lotuses grow. chu-$kyc$-bdag the lord of tho lotus, the sun. chu-§kyc$ rtsa-ica tho white tuberous root of the lotus. $’^5 chu-skyod tffar met. tho neek. chu-khug a creek; bay, gulf. \chu-khur-tu hdsin [1. “that which holds clouds,” i.e., the sky. 2. “having clouds for a vehicle,” an epithet of Indra] 8. chu-hkhur, met. sprin-pa cloud. chxi-kheb$=^'frw cloak worn for protection against rain. ehu-khol$'$F\. [1. boiled water, 2. the Hilsa or sable fish]S. chu-hkhor «Тчггги, кин a whirlpool, an eddy. [“ a water-goer/* t.c.j, a heron or a leech]8.
415 Syn. klon-hkhor; *0*^ hkhyim- pa; ? зед-шяЛг Ite; chu-yi hkhor-lo tf^Qhkhor-chu (Mfton.). $•^*4 chu-hkhor-гса the turning of a water-mill. chn-hkhyag§ ice, frozen water. Syn. bhab-rom; яд*|’ч gkhyag-pa. chu-hkhyil puddle, pool. chu hkhyogs-pa any tortuous or meandering river. cJm-hkhri-<pft = &'%'%fl^ a wave. chu-mkhri§ srafqw water and bile [“the bile of water,” i.e. fire]£. ^'^(5^1 сЛм-ЛЛЛг«0=^’Д’$чч a wave; ruffle on the surface of water. chu-дай full of water. О chu-gri a small knife; acc. to Schr. razor. chu-grog aco.'to Sch. 1. rivulet, brook. 2. dish-water, rinsings (Ja.). chu-glan nag-po or — rwa-co-can §dig-pa rica-co (Sman. 108). $‘a^’ chu-glin Bfern any islet in a river. chu mgrin-can=#?fa sraw said to be the crocodile. chu-mgo source or head of a river, a feeding spring. chu hgag§-pa stoppage or retention of urine. Chu-hgo rta-rifl one of the thirty-seven holy places of the Bon (G. Bon. 38). 4’5^ chu-rgyan the ornament of the water, i.e., the lotus flower. chu-rgyun ЯТГТ the cutrent or flow of a river. 3*^ chu-rgyu$ sinews, ligaments and nerves; gland. О*'* chu-sgan a blister. chu-sgoft the water-egg, po. for the moon which (mythologically) sprung out of the great ocean. О chu-sgra the murmur of a stream. chu bsgyiir-ica — ^'^^^ the change of the course of a river. chu-nan hm-bshugs=$fa‘ tycrgc/q srol nan-pa byun-гса (idiomatic expression) the introduction of a bad custom; following a bad usage. chu-fogs bank of a river or lake; «rXerSqN the opposite side or bank, called also q*’4 and this side of the river; sandy bank; sandy plain on the side or margin of a river. chu-rnams — ffi%i$fl4 a wave (<zkm.). chu-bcu$=^* lan-tsh&a table-salt. chu-lcag water streaming down from rock [the tree Barringtonia acutangiila^S. chu-chag grain or grass, &c., given to cattle mixed with water. chu-chu=^'§ rhubarb; its root is used as dye and laxative in Tibet. chu chuft-du (^‘?V3'^'4) the sixth month of the Tibetan calendar, i.e., July. chu chuft-nhi la (X^’5) precious stone, a gem of fabulous properties like containing the essence of water, the finest pebble or crystal. chu-nal also ^’?4| wram a tank. chu-пий, v. ЯЯ’? WHT the swallow.
416 * O4'4 chu-nul~wa=m’4 or 4*4^ chu-gner wavelets or ripples in water. Syn. mtshar-gyo*, chib tgrog; khrem-gner ; {fabt- kyi rbmo (Шоп.). ^'9фгц Chu-тппат-ра n. of a fabulous sea situated beyond the ocean called Я чТя; lit. (cure against snake-poison) (7Г. d. \335). chu rnog-ma-can turbid or muddy water. Syn. ldam-Ьн; mi-dafit; Ifa’ * rnog-ma-can ; hdam-rd*ab\ hbyin-bycd\ hjim-pa (Mfton.). chu-$nift 1. a precious stone; be- lieved to possess fabulous properties such as the power of keeping off fire, and the effects of thunder and lightning. 2. salt. chu-gtift than-tea shallow water. Syn. gtifi gshal-nut; sa le-wa\ ftwq mi zab-pa (Шоп.). chu-gtin zab-pa deep water. Syn. gtifbmcd; zab ; V4* gtifbdpag-($kah ; hog-gshi- mi rig; rab-med (Щгоп.). • $4^ chu-gtcr ocean; also symb. the number four (Я/sr.). chu-gter mu-khyutf wfwfn an island. * chu-gtcr-zur a creek of the sea (Kdlac. T. 135). Chu rta-mo n. of a medicinal plant called 4 $tag-$a (Sman. 258). chu §tefl-§byin the water** lily. chu-stotf the month of July. Ф’1КЗКЭ’4 chu-stod-kyis na-wa the full moon of July. chu-§tod $kar-nia tho constel- lation brc-chu lha Idan-tna gf’if; ’З’Йгчтг (Rtsi.). chu-M-skyc$ TO the planot Mars. chu-thag§ wator-mill. chu-thig drop of water, water-drop. S’lfaprci chu thogs-pa to bathe in water. chu-rpthah or the broad side or bank of a river. chu-mthofiv^^^^ nam-rnkhah. chH-hthor=w particles of water. chu-hthor-gtam speaking and spitting together. 4’a?X’q chu-hthor-wa to sprinkle. Syn. chur-$grog§\ chur- bJug; chuhi hdab-chag$. chu-dafi sheH-du Idan-pa a long wide river. chu-dar a small prayer-flag stuck on the bank of a river, in order to avert inundations (cTiz.). chzi-dug acc. to Sch. hemlock. chu-bdag or the god of water (Шоп.) ; also a fox. ф ски-Мад-$куе§~&*>'^ч alcohol (Шоп.). chu-dro hjani tepid water, slightly warm water.
е’К3)! 417 chu-dron or 4’Xv** chu dron-ша Т5Чгк* hot or warm water. clm-mdah a jet of water. chu-mdo confluence of rivers. 4^5 chu-hdodt=%ww skom§-pa or I4’ Sfw kha-skoms (Mnon.) thirst; also thirsty. chu-hdrcn lit. that draws water; a cloud. chu-rdugs khycr water-fright; cattle being confounded by fright while crossing a river. chu-rduly v. «А particles of water or rain drops (Mnon.). chu-rdo rounded pebbles found in brooks; a kind of crystal. cool crystal (used for spectacles) Эач’йд1’л1^’^^). chu-ldur ($5’ST*) flour and water mixed up together as the food of horses. S’fc* chu-nift years ago. chu-rnag matter, pus (Sch}. ОЯ chu-phug a cavern in a rock at the head of a river or brook. chu-phyag-pa (lit. one who sweeps over water), i.e., a ferry-man (Jd}. chu-phran a little river, a brook. chu hphrad-pa a rud- der, or a largo oar used as such. $ 4 chu-ica a large gland of which there are sixteen acc. to Tibetan anatomy (Ja.). a contraction of the sinews (Cs.). chu-ban jug; water-pot. Syn. $’jf* chu-§no$\ ST chu-rdsa'y^Q nor-bu-can; if§no$-po chc; chu- lum (Mnon.). chu-wal water- moss. chu-bun white paint for the face (Sch}. chu-buin = ^^ chu-ban. ^’9^ chu-burchuhi Ibu-wa ^TC (Mnon.) 1. bubbles of water, also froth. 2. watery eruptions on the skin, vcscicles, blister, occasioned by a burn. 3. acc. to Jd. boil, ulcer, abscess. Chn-bur-can n. of one of the cold hells. 2. acc. to Schir. the eye. chu-wo 1. river : $ like the streams of the four great rivers (let your letters) flow towards me (Yig. k. 13). 2. also signi- fies the number four (Rtsi.). ehu-bo chen-po Ina the five great rivers of the continent of Godaniya Ba-lan-spyod),, which acc. to Buddhist cosmogony are the following:— (1) (2) (3) (4) fc’ws (5) Tbe seventeen great rivers of the con- tinent of Purva Videha (^’^гяб^ргч) are:—(1) (2) Sfta шге-dd, (3) (4) S)5’^ Khihi-chu, (5) (А) (?) д(8) Й’агярЗк'ч, (9) (10) (11) Vq’ST’q, (12) (13) Draft sroft dgah-wa sfton hbab- pa , (14) wq (these flow down from the mountain called Rma- lyahi ishogs-kyi ri in Purva Videha), (15) yujsjsrq Rica gsum-pa, (16) Ca-co-pa, (17) Rdo-wa hgrim-pa (7Г. d. \ 337). chu-bo hdra-'tca} chu- bohi sta-sur chu-bohi hdoms ? ^^9^ tbe river Ganges. 64
418 Chu-bo Ya-mu-na the different names of the river Yamun£: mahi bu-mo, 4^5*Gdufi. bycd-ma, ^*ч5‘ jjvZj Shi-icahi srin-mo, Rtsod-can, Д; Ka-lindahi bu-mo, Gqin-rjehi srin-mo $*5л«ГЙ5 Chu-bo rab-med the great unfordable river of hell. $3 Chu-bo ri n. of a monastery situa- ted 32 m. S. W. of Lhasa on the top of a hill opposite the iron bridge over the Yerii Tsang-po. It is also called g^' eh'$*25’4 Lcags-zam Chu-bo-ri. Chu-bo St-td the river Sitft = the great Tsang-po of Tibet: ч Brgyar-gycs, Shags-grol, T>puft-pas by in, sKS4’* Srid-sgrub-ma Rtags-tu hbab, Д^'^чч Khrag- hbab, ^В^ЛН’4 Dbyig-gi khu-wa, Lag-pahi chu-bo. Chu-bo Sin-dhu different names of the river Sindhu (Indus): Rtsed-hjohi chu-bo, Snon-gyi gan- gd (*£ЙП^т), Z/a-wa skyes, Ri-bohi bu-mo, Mafi-po by in, Re-ba chu-bo. chu-dbus — Q1^^ cha-gJiuft the central course or main stream of a river. * chu-dbus-pa Pali: Majjhantiko (Ta. 2, 9). $'*чч chu-hbab ppretcn: a hill-torrent; $WJ chu-hbab sgra the sound of a torrent. О chu-bya water-fowl, water-bird ; 5’^ chuhi bya-gag the grey duck. ohu-hbyun grans) a number (Ya-sel. 57). chu-hbycd said to be the swan (Д R-). chu brug-pa ^1 vA over-flowing of a river; any inundation (Zam. 5). 0*4 chu-lbag, v. bubbles. £1^ chu-sbur aoo. to Sch. 1. drifted wood and tho like; thin pieces of wood, chips, chaff, etc., floating on the water. 2. water-beetle (Jd.). O'4 chu-sbrid a harmless water-snake said to abound in the hotsprings of Tibet. ф’^с/ш-$4у|’?*==?гччт offerings of water to the yi-dag. chu-ma 1. a water-carrier, । classes of men such as sweepers and water-carriers, &c., to whom allowances should be paid (Rtsii.). 2, cultivation which requires irrigation. chu-ma-rtsi a water-plant: | chu-ma rtsi cures or dries pus and serum. $ chu-mig srerrg 1. spring, fountain. 2. n. of a vein. [3. an aquatie plant, Commelina salicijblia\S. $ chu-dmar-po a sea of red water where the N&ga people and the Asura fight together every day after taking their food (K. d. 331f). * chu-smad $kar-ma the constel- lations of are the following:— phnl) $na-tshog, tha-ldan^ ma (Rtsi.). chu-rtsam water with flour; gen. the grain mixed with water that is given’to horses. chu-tshags 1. a strainer, sieve. 2. n. of a demi-god of the nether world. ф’^ргЗм’^’Ч chu-tshags kyis гиб- ка 4fTUT<3v3i; a monk permitted to use filtered water, i.e., fit to use filtered water,
419 3. clm-tshajs gru-psum ’«гшг triangular filtering sieve [a leather water-bag] S. 4'^ chu-tshan any hot-spring, large numbers of which occur everywhere in Tibet. 4’^’3^*’ chu-tshub skya-rcfi, (M.). 4’<$ chu-tshica salt from water. 4’^5 chu-tshod lit. the measure of time by a water-clock ; the Indian hour, one-fifth of a B*4 or 24 minutes. 4’^5’*^’^ chu-tshod hkhor-lo ; 1. the clepsydra or water-clock of Ancient India. 2. now=clock in general or watch. 4’Q^ chu-hdsiu 1. мл the female organ. 2. srwc, wfa cloud. In Mnor. we read I it is so called because of its holding the particles of water that rise from the ocean. Syn. of 2. ?Нч sprin-pa* nam-mkhahi glafi-po; tsha-zer- hjoms ; mkhah-gos-can (Mfion.). 4T chu-§dsa earthen water-jar. chu-shefi. area; 4= S3*4’ dkyus-rin-thufi*, kha-shefi superficial area of a globe or circle. chu-shen hgab-pa ufbuiT acc. to Schtr. proportionate, symmetrical; acc. to others, beautiful, stately. chu-shcfi wthah circum- ference. chu-bzom a covered bucket for carrying water. chu'rtni sfentai water-tub (Jd.). 4’3 chu-zla q>t 4^’3 chuhi-zla 1. the image of the moon in water, reputed to be a deception of the senses by witch- craft. 2. the water-month, the first month (Ja.). 4'Я3’' chu-gzar a large ladle (Cs.). 4^'g'^^ chuhi-§kyc-gnas (4’ water insects, worms, etc. (may also mean “fire”). chiihi-hkhril-qin creeping plants growing in water. 45’^gq . chiihi-hkhrul-hkhor=4’^ mirage (Mnon.). 45’^5'^ chuhi gad-mo —chuhi Ibu- wa 1. cuttle-fish bone, considered as tho petrified foam of the sea. 2. water-bubbles] 8. chuhi-sgur hkhyog a pig. 4^’5’B^ chuhi na-phyis shell; also a snail. 4^'Vq chuhi dra-wa (4’^’q) [the j’ujube-tree]#. 4^'XC/ chuhi-don=§[з^эп?! a well, spring or pool]#. 43'4Vr*^ chuhi hdab-chags water-fowl v. 4’^'4. 4^’4 chuhi-rdo-ica (4’V^’K) [n. of a plant]#. chuhi hdre-log—^^lf^ waves (HJnon.). $5’5чог^ chuhi dpal-yon (4’3) flow and ebb-tide. 4^ chuhi-rtsu'a watermoss; (<1V)) the rush. 4^’^’54 chuhi^shal-ta-pa 4P?li^rfw a woman who supplies water to a lady. 4?’^ chuhi-^shi жгод a lake; a place filled with fresh water.
420 chuhi zeg^-ma particles of water; spray. Syn. chu-hthor; nar-ww; Sv* chuhi zer-ma ; chu-zil, chu- thig ; dbah rlab§-$kye§ (Mfton.). chuhi gjug^-brnan^^’^ smij-rgyu) mirage. йгя chuhi lo-ma (4^’*<) ripples in water. chuhi $in-rta (5’^) дтрхц met. a boat, ship. chuhi sa-bon, v. *^4 ф'ЗДч chit-hob§ watcr-ditch (Sch.). chu-yi hkhor-lo whirlpool, v. klon-hkhor qt chu-yi snags-pa, a shell ; met. a monkey. chu-yi $nin-po l. = $5)K salt (Milon.). 2. n. of tank filled with lotus flowers. $ S’q-q chu-yi thub-pa or $’^'Sqc/£* ;5ПТ^Г the god of water; also animals living in water. However, in Tibetan mythology there is no general god of water. Irriga- tion streams and channels are under tho protcciou of a special deity and tho va- rious large rivers have each a protecting river-god respectively; but if au universal is over mentioned in books, it must be a mere phrase of tho author’s fancy. ^•S)-bp;-q chu-yiphun-pO, ^Tpwfai ; = 5 ^’5 tho ocean. chu-yi tsher-ma the lotus plant, flower, etc. $ qgsj'YT' chu-yi hdsum-dkar=$^^ froth of water, also bubble. chu-yi zegs-ldan that which contains particles of water; rain or cloud. chu-yi zcg§-tna, v. w^or. chu-yi ЪоФ-phrug $non-po = 5^’$ quick-silver. $ $ X chu-yi-ro salt. chu-yi lafi-tsho wu the lotus. chu-yi trin-pohi gron-che the great city of sea monsters, i.e., the ocean (Mnon.). $'*^chu-rag$ dam, dyke(Ja.); same as chu-lofi (Mnon.). chu-ri (lit. water-hill) a billow. $chu-rug n. of a medicinal root: цж;3 chu-rug will remove inflammation in tho bones. 0е™ chu-rlab^ v. wave, billow. ф-WRg^-q chu-la^ fybyun-wa er<hrr: a Icoch. 4*® chudo n. of an aquatic edible plant. chu-log floods (J2.). chu-lon dam, dyke. * chu-lou-gyi thub-pa bdun (Ta. 2, 71) the seven rulers over irrigation channels and the watering of crops. chu-gin V^r, 1. the plantain. 2. acc. to Jd. drift-wood. [3. also the rat an plant] S. Syn. rfsa-yi snin-po; rgyun-rnan^-hdain; nad-kyi hbra^-cau; hchi-hbra§-can ; 31 glan-pohi leug-nia; mdsod-lus ; Зрч'А grol-wa*, gin-hdsin (Mnon.). ’5 chu-qifi, dkar-po С^геттг^гг, white aconite, Aconiium fcrox].S. Syn. gshon-nu can ; Io- nia kha (Mnon.).
421 §chu-giH gi mkhar-wa a stick made of chugin plant (Jlbrom, 160). chit-gin brla-can-ma lit a woman whose loins resemble tho plantain plant, i.e,, a harlot, prostitute (Ya-scl. 5 J) 4’^ Chu-gur n. of a district in Tibet. (Rtsii.). Chu-gur-rdson the Jong or fort of Chu-gur near Lhasa. chu-gul channel or drain for water [little drops of water adhering to a vessel after it has been emptied^. chu-gcl crystal. [^Р5ЖгНН|щ tho “moon-stone” described by Sanskrit poets as having the power of emitting water at the sight of the moon] 5. chu-gcl dican-gl dkyil hkhor—tho crystal disk, i.e., the moon (Yig. k, 30). ^’^’^qq’Ei chu-gcl dicail-po — 3’4 tho moon: । while the light of your good works has been increas- ing in brightness, your health has become resplendent as the lord of the crystal disk (Yig. k, 85), $*^‘5^ chu-gcl shun-ma lit. melted crystal; met. the moon (Yig. k, 18). chu-ggoil a ravine containing water (Jd.). chu-ser matter, pus. chu-so 1. the bladder. 2. the external and internal urinary organs (Ja.), * 4'54* chu-sraii 1%нт; chu- trail gsum (Kalac. T, 63), Chu-srin Ke-kc-ru n. of a croeodile; also that of a place in Ancient India (A. 30), Chu-srin rgyal-mtshan n. of a king whose royal standard was a crocodile; an epithet of Cupid. Syn. chu-gtcr (Mnou.). chu-srin chen-po or Ф’5И-*П1 chu-srin ga-kra чгг?, mythological monster-fish with body like a hill, and furnished with eighteen heads (K. d, 5 83), chu-srin-bdag said to be = 5 ^ the sea. $ Chu-srin rdo-rje ri- tnohi bran-mo a goddess who rules over the forest of Kong-po and is believed to pos- sess the power of stopping at will the course of the great river Yeru Tsang-po. S’sK’V'Si chu-srin tder-mo medicinal herb useful in leprosy. chu-srin byis-pa-gsod a river-crocodile which carries away and eats children (K, d. * 3J), chu-srin hdsindchri a throne supported on carved crocodiles. $'§4 chu srib gonorrhoea. $’^4 chu-srub—chu-dkrug-pa convulsed state of a lake by wind; ruffling or churning of the waters. $'§4 chu-srd— ’^’4 the ocean. ф’С4* chu-srol dried-up bod of river. chu-lhag a kind of tree. Syn. Я’aIwi ; ri-hjomt ^’4’^4* ra-wa gift (Mnon.). ф-^5 ^^'4 chu-lhahi shags-pa 47 ar, иттг- ЧП1 the snake-noose—the weapon of the god of water. chu lhahi-gifi W an Indian tree, the tree Cratcwa roxburghii.
£Ч][ 422 $3)1 chug, imp. of 4*44 hjug-pa; ’1^’ ho said: admit tho elder brother into the priesthood! {Hbrorn. 36). 1. chuA or ^’4 chufi-ica tTX> little, small, young, junior, inferior; when he was very young; S'^'Q or (his) younger brother S'rigarbha also having entered the Buddhist order; the younger or youngest son; young in years; «ч-ы $c-q the junior father, i.e., the second joint-hu<band of one’s mother; from infancy; an early friend, a friend of younger days. Sometimes in- cludes vb. to be, as in be not small in courage I Syn. nun-ua; niin-$a$-tsam; tshotf-tsaw, chiin- fiu; Qphra; 3^ phra-nw, bag-tsam; Зчргя z^gs-ma ; Н*я yr-ma; яЗХ’я hthor-ma {Milon.). chun-gri=^$F a small knifo. * chun-fat small, little {Kalac. T. 1^1). rhun-Aun a very little part; W^’^\( Ft/;.) one thousandth part is called $ton chuft-ftun. ch un-ckunvery small, little. chufi-che$-pi a little more, yet still small in quantity. chnn-hjug a kind of tea {Rtsii.). chun-nun, v. khug-rta. $^'§S chuft-byed ^fsrrs slender [also fireJS. 54 ckun-ma wife, consort, partner; to take a wife, to marry; W*4’4^W'5S’q to be made a man’s wife, to bo married; to abandon an adulterous wife {(je. 1). chuA-mahi $pun-zla brothers of one’s wife {Mnon.). £^’->5 chun-zad^^'^S a little. chun-nus-grol я w?^) to gain salvation with little asceticsm; a state which precedes sainthood. chun-lag a lamb. C/iiifi-luft n. of a place in Tibet- £^4 = mutton. chufi-$o$ tho smallest or the youngest. chunsug the limbs of a kid. chud-pa srfbrj = ‘44|‘q to get into, to enter, to put into, insert, etc.; З4!^* resp. to impress on one’s' mind; to comprehend or got into the mind fully; ^qT54S‘q to subject, to put under. ^’я’прЦ chud-)w-g8on = &\W^&\ not ex- hausted, exhaustless {flag.). c/iU mi-za-wa or 45’^’ч^‘я inex- haustible, unwasteablo; to be successful. ^’я^я я chudhdsah-геа—to be fruit- less or unsuccessful (in any work or action). $5’4|5ayq chud-gzon-pa to waste, make away with, to squander; q child- zod-pa to be wasted, become barren: when it had been consumed^ they went quite away. chun occurs in one that is watering or taking caro of fields, ^’£5 gardens, meadows (Ja.). Chun-gyi brag-dmar one of the thirty-seven holy places of the Bon (67. Bon. 37).
423 *1 chun-pa 1. to bunch or bundle together. 2. in Ж. the common designa’ tion of one that takes care of fields. ^'5 chttn-po ’TTWT 1- bunch, bundle; 5^’3’a bundle of silk scarves; a skien of silk. 2. a collection, pile, heap. 3. tuft, tassel, as ornament, etc. ^'5’^ chun-po-can wreathed. chun-hphyan-iva to wear a wreath or garland of flowers. chub-pa accomplished, perfected as in a Bodhi- sattva is to be perfected in all matters. chum rice (in Sikk.). chum-pa uVd; =^^'4 khrcin-pa to be frightened, also to shrink; to crouch with fear. 2. = animals living on the surface of water; also a kind of cuttle-fish called Pilha (^’^) supposed to move on the surface of water and to pull down men and cattle when they swim. chur termin. of $ ; to be drowned. chur-sgrogs or n. of a kind of water-fowl. chur-hdrcs — ^ buffalo (W*.). chur-wa qt a kind of cheese or curd extracted from milk after boiling and evaporation: srvta chur-ra gives strength and increases the seminal energy. chur-mi lhun~ffi§F a magic tree (Д6Ы.). Chur-lhun чта^гчг n. of a sage, the expounder of the Yoga philosophy. chu$ instr, of $; to gild, to overspread with liquid gold or silver. chus-hjig-pa des- truction or devastation from water. chus-bran-pa, to slightly wet or moisten with water. chu§ mi-nams-pa thunder-bolt, v. (Шоп.). chus-mi-htshiib met. fish (Шоп.), chc 1. num. fig 96. 2. v. ^’4 great. che-ka acc. to Sch. chiefly; the plurality. che-khyad size, greatness. che-ge a garland, wreath. * che-ge-mo (in Beng.) 1. such a one, such a person: in such and such a year; such as you are; let such a one protect (me or him). 2.=ц]с^гЧ'9 a term for ani- mated beings in general. ^’53 che-dgn the upper classes or races; S3 in ^'53 che-dgu signifies many and chc the upper races: all the upper classes of Nepal possess horses, chariots and elephants (A. 148). che-rgyu=%>'4 che-ica. che^gynd the descendants of the eldest son. che-chufi НФ?! 1. joint wife. 2. great and small; the dimensions or size. chc-che for chcn-po chcn-po; first leave off the most serious moral faults (Веки 40). che-cher rgan-pa qtfatf, ЧТ^ГсГ growing older, becoming того and more an old man; che-cher rgaii-mo nrfsrar growing older, becoming more and more an old woman.
424 fcy che-mchog ятт; chief and great. che-brjod^^S^ btfod-tshig or «Л’чfykur-tshig words of praise, eulogy (4Won.). che-thabs arrogance, haughtiness; & $dc-pahi chc-thab§ the arrogance of the Pepa (chief of a tribe or place). che-thabs-can proud, arrogant, haughty. chc-don for chad-don a missive to an inferior, an edict (Ju.). In a letter the word che d-d on expresses some special wish or object. che-fedon the coming to full age, attaining the age of majority. che-dpan-po witness in chief. che-wa wfanrn, wr 1. often in compounds che : great, large, powerful. alone often=very. In con- versation ^'5 chen-po is tho usual form and in Ladak Ц’Й chen-mo both in books and in talk. 2. sometimes used as a vb. with perf. his piety is much greater than before (PSQ. che-btsan majesty, greatness in rank and power : * (Khrid.) greatness and fame being transient. che-she a female adorned with jewel- lery (K, d. q 326). + chc-gshi=\^^ dpan-po a wit- ness. ^'3^'4 che-bshag chun-$kyur-wa to keep everything in proper order, e,g., placing larger or smaller things in their respective order. i'K che-re with ffn to stare at, to look with fixed eyes (Bbrom. 105), or [sufficient, excessive, noble]S.: having perceived a sufficient meaning he obtained content- ment. che-Wn 1. grown up, adult (Ja.). 2. many, much : qgM I if collected largely from the actions of the teacher (J, Zafi.). the great- est, greater than all others, chief (Mnon.). chcd or ched-du Prfnn, 1. postp. for, for the purpose of, with a view to, for the sake of, because of, on account of; * ^5 given for, made a gift on account of ; 4 to be done on account of; it is in order to see. 2. adv. on purpose, expressly. Syn. don-du; 4^ 4 don-la ; phyir-du*, ^^^ched-gner (Mnon,). + ched-hgah — ^'^^ some, a good number of. ц ehed chen-po a special thing, an important business. ched-ehcr more and more ; to increase: gnid-daft rnnig^-pa lached-chcr ma-bya$ par buhi rje$-su ehugs-so (Jlbrom. Г 20) without indulging more and more in sleep and laziness, he followed the example of my son. Ched brjod-pahi $de a class of Buddhist scriptures which includes four divisions (1) (2) (3) *4pT45S, (4) Ц'чК chetf-pfer, v. *5-
Ml 425 1^1 ched-du brjod-pahi tshoms this expression is described as:— ^’H?qgK^^-q^'^q|q]Kq (fc d. q 327, 400) the compilation of the substance of the Doctrine, and arranging it in verses. ched-don=&'\^ special significa- tion, etc. Ц’4 ched-pa—ffw Ж to spread over. ^•§вГЧ cheg-spel-wa (^wpr^’q) to send any special message ched-so—^^ great object, special reason: ®’<’4’^5^ (Л. 84) again the Lo-tsa-wa having a special reason for the first (course). chen-po h^t, Tf*, great, large, chief; ^’^’3 a great man; 5}’яa great lama. Sometimes Й; a huge jar containing magic spells. ^’4*’ chen-chun first wife and second wife (JS.). chen-snan magnifier; seeing a thing larger than its real size. chen-po hgyur-wa to become great, to increase, to grow up. chen-po Ina lit. the five greats, tz., void space. In Buddhism, the sky is so called as having the five attributes of greatness, viz.:—it is immaterial, limitless, eternal, £’*§vq unchangeable, S’tfi’q undestructible. chem or chem-chem rattling sound like thunder; also any loud noise expressive of anger. Also ^q to thunder forth: he made a thundering noise (D.jR.). chems compounds: P’^ or resp. farewell exhortation ; last will, testament; дк«гр’iw*Eq|’q to deposit a testamentary disposal for a son №}• chem-chem n.’of a number (Ya- sel. 56). &M’$'q chem me-wa stillness, silence (Cs1.); a^av^’q (Sch.) to sit still without speaking (Ja}. chems-pa (^’^) to inform, to deliver a message. ’Ц chel-pa defined as or S4'q able by one’s own power or might (fiag.26). chee 1. instr of X 2. pf. of ^*4 as adv. P’W’4’^’5 as the food is very bad (Ja} ; ata’lfrq’ very prudent or clever (Sch}; vq^gv? it spread very much (Jd} ; it becomes exceedingly valuable or scarce (Situ. 55). В^ччдчр? ches-mgyogs, v. ches- myur very quick, speedy. ^’^’q che§-rgas-pa, or old, worn out. 3sr|’q che^-lci-wa *jXcT< very heavy. Зя’фчД ches chufi-wa much less. ^’^•q che§ che-wa (^'^) very much; supreme, the greatest or highest. а^ччХч] chcs-mchog the supreme. SUr^’q ches-ne-ua very attached; very intimate. ateca^-q ches-hthuft-xca to drink much. W®&rq chez sdom-pa to preserve one’s vows very carefully. 3<q ches-pa 1. pf. of to be great, to increase: the army having 55
Jl 426 become great; being very power- ful. 2. to believe, but only when pre- ceded by ^5 (’resp. З4!^) • does not believe. che$-man or S«r«V4 яуах, rather large or too many. che$-myur f^4UX very quick, rapid. i^-q^-q chc$-b$hon-pa very youthful; also жрте very young or youngest. che$-lhag-pa ^ftre^X in much excess; a great deal in excess. 5 (ho 1. num. fig. 126. 2. substantial, of meaning ; meaningless, for nothing, no object, in vain; an empty-headed man. cho-ga fafa, f^PT, ntfd 1. the way or method of doing a thing, of sol- ving an arithmetical problem, of coring maladies, esp. used in magical performan- ces. 2. prescribed rites and observances (in religious services, etc., observant of rites). 3. specially, any magical rite. 4. чп^тх behaviour; of good character, pos- sessed of good morals; VT^TX- 1443 of bad morals, fallen. or the ten kinds of religious rites observed by the Buddhists of Tibet are:—(1) «IV rites of magical circles and figures painted on the ground and also on paper; (2) rites of mystical initiation and religious service; (3) SY rites of consecration; (4) 2 q che-hdas ro-sreg-gi cho-ga funeral rites and ceremonies; (5) Iho-^go $byon§-kyi cho-ga the art of sleight of hand, etc.; (6) rites for propitiation (of a deity or spirit); (7) rites for forma offerings to a deity; (8) *’4 tho art of making casts of miniature images; (9) ‘^’4 offering of sacrificial fire and also of water to the manes of the dead; (10) rites to secure a happy and long life. cho-gahl nan-tskul can *qrqrx3?ta one naturally of good behavior. M’S cho-fic or is explained as ($4' $’4?vq) shedding of tears (^on.), lamen- tation, wailing, esp. lamentations for the dead, dirge; WTWX throwing up lamentations. cho-ne-dir loud lamentations (2).Л.). cho-hphrul vrfavnu, mira- cles. ^’^^^^cho-hpltrul-gsum three kinds of miracles performed by the Buddha:—(1) rdsu-hphrul-gyi cho-hphrul magical and miraculous exhi- bitions; (2) kun-tu krjod- pahi cho-hphrul miraculous exhibition by speech; (3) rjc^-su b$tan-pihi cho-hphrul VPU miraculous effects of teaching the doctrine. We read also of miraculous thoughts. cho-hphrul mchod-pa religi- ous service to commemorate the miracu- lous exhibitions of Buddha. Ж’Л cho-ка to set on or incite; ££'« to set the dog at any one repeatedly (C5.). I’wrjjX chos-bab$ ^kor^^^r^m reve- nue, income; the earnings pr income from the state of Sikkim. 4- cho-hbran (^5 or (Hdfton.) family; extraction j especially
427 ^1 the maternal relations, the mother’s family or lineage. cho-ma n. of a number (Ya-sel. 56). cho-rig§ father’s lineage, descent by the father’s side. cho-ris can descent, extrac- tion; from the beginning or always of honourable descent. cho-lo 1. a shrub from the dried leaves of which a yellow dye is prepared for the clothes of the lower classes. 2. ЧЧ, EFT gambling dice; cho-lo inkhan a dice-player (Cs.); Я’Ягд'Ч’Ч cho-lo rgyal-lo he excels in dice- throwing. cho-lo rtse-u-a to play at dice. л cho-lo-ris diagram; a stamped mark or figure on a dice. cho-lohi-skugs-pa to lay a wager in gambling and to exhort your side to win. cho-los ihul-lo one who has been defeated, i.e., has lost in dice-play. cho-lohisa-bon^'J&.Q hgron-bu (Mnon.) a kind of shell; the cowrie used as a coin in India and also as a substitute for dice. chog, see HI below: it is gene- rally used as a permissive particle after a verb: you can go; 'fc* you may come; may be permitted to he done. chog-pa I: adorned, ornamented (Lex.). II: чщНк to suffice, to be suffi- cient: ^V^’’’pv&i|that is sufficient for us; they had about enough of those horses; this is not sufficient. Adv. sufficiently; ЗЦ-ц^-^’ц to give sufficiently; it being sufficient (for the present) that I have come; there was enough for all; to deem a thing sufficient; to be contented or satisfied with it. III: to be permitted, to be allowable. In books gen. with the instru- mental participle: drinking beer is not allowed; it will be permitted to come back (Mil.). In colloq. is annexed direct to the verbal root: talking loudly is not allowable; you may go inside, or into the house. ц chog-pa med-pa appetite or 5c‘*q|’^'c>) good appetite (Mnon.). chog-^es-pa content- ment ; to be contented or satisfied with. chon or transparent variega- ted half-precious stone brought from India to Ld. and considered less valuable than (cat’s eye),perh. cornelian or sardonyx (Jd.). chod 1. a decision. 2. a parti- tion wall; З^дч;’q to construct a partition wall (ScA.). 3. v. chod-pal: 1. to be cut off; to be separated by a long interval; both approach- es being cut off or obstructed by snow; 1 a diamond that cannot be cut to pieces; an epithet of a firm unbend- ing king. 2. to be decided, settled, fixed; the value (of the stone)
428 &q cannot be fixed, though one should attempt toappraize it, t.e., it is priceless, invaluable (Jd.). &S’4n : (^q) яущгчг, to cover □vor, put into shade; also a shade, cover. chod-so bdog-pa=J*'**J^\Q also to promise, to undertake to do a thing: W‘*5 (Л. Si) he indeed bore in mind that he had made a promise to the Sthavira the chief teacher. chon in W. 1. useless, to no pur- pose ; the payment has been use- less; thrown away; gen. adv. ЭЦ’* gratui- tously, in vain, for nothing. 2. tent; tent-rope; tent-peg (Jd.). chom or robbery; b*vj*ri»r to live by robbery; a fearful rattling sound (resembling that of a thunder or a cannon), gen. made by robbers when invading a village or house to frighten the inmates out. &ГЧ chom-pa to be finished, accom- plished, in W. (Jd.). chom-po or ^мг25 chom$-po a robber; Xw’STjY* robber and thief, gen. fear robbers and thieves. chol 1. inconstant (Cs.); fickle spring-weather (Jd,). 2. for in com- pounds, a dice made of bone; Хч a wooden dice; ^5*^ a shell used in the place of a dice. chol-kha 1. a country, province: 53^| O' and Tsang were the countries of holy religion ; Й5*^ч‘р Mdo-stod, the province abounding with population ; imad, the province of horses; £erfr4|$5r 5 presented the three provinces (Lofi. 13). 2. acc. to Sch. a hole made by a blow; a nest. $4’Qf’q (hol-hgro-ica or ^'3'^5 chol-gyi hgro—tyw^'** or to be decayed, become degenerate (A. 70). chol-zafi$ (*ч У4)) 1. bed- pan; also a vessel to contain washings, &o.; impure-water. 2. ace. to Sch. a shallow shore. $51 cho$ 1. religious doctrine; religion; more especially the doctrine of Buddha. Generally speaking, cho$, i.e., dharma, consists of all phenomena, all matter, and all knowledge of things worldly as well as spiritual. It includes •^^ 3 all that can be known, Ч¥Гв all that is cognizable by the senses, ^5'4 all that exists, basis and material. 2. a particular doctrine, tenet, or precept; an esoteric doctrine, a mystical doctrine; for QSsublime or excellent religion; the eight worldly doctrines or principles, viz.gain, profit; loss; fame, reputation; bad name, notoriety; q scandal, slander; ЯХШ praise ; м<$г happiness; misery or unhappiness. 3. system of morality, ethics (faith, exercise of religion). 4. any way, manner, method; a custom, usage. 5. is sometimes used to signify a thing, substance, property. The word is also explained as чХя Choi consists in plac- ing under discipline a mind already formed. Choi or the religion of Buddha is again
429 M’5I’C>4II divided into two classes which are of scrip- tural and contemplative nature. The scriptural chos is collected in the three sde-snod or pitaka, viz.:—the Vinaya, the Sutra and the Abhidharma, The medi- tative chos consists of the three trainings viz.:—moral discipline, meditation and Prajna or the absolute knowledge of all things, The first three are studied and the last three are practised. The chos for the purification of sins have been also subdivided as follows:—(1) ^’B^’B^lthe six transcendental moral virtues; (2) f flJV the eighteen metaphysical voidities; (3) the four remembran- ces ; (4) the four renun- ciations ; (5) t^|Qr2'JF|C?q rdsu-hphrul-gyi rkafi-pa bshi the four bases for magical transformations; (6) Y^’g the five powers; (7) ?wg five fortitudes ; (8) the seve> Bodhyanga or attributes of Bodhisattva; (9) ‘wiprq'i-w u^'qvjj’q^ the eight subdivisions of the noble paths; (10) the thirty-seven northern paths of ascetism. chos-kyi-sku the spiritual form or the existence (of a Buddha). chos-kyi skye-mched 1. religious capacity, spiritual develop- ment. [2. the mind]S. chos-kyi khyu-kchog hbroft Й) (B^W'^I tyg-ядл’) following a leader. chos-kyi hkyor-lo comprises three:—(1) (Y^r^), (2) ^^’qv^q^g^qS^K^ ^S), (3) The three are explained as the original, the amplified and the abridged yum * Chos-kyi grags-pa n. of a Buddhist philosopher {Bull, 18^8, 287), Chos-kyi rgyal-mtshan n. of a Buddhist philosopher and author. chos-kyi-sgra the loud recitation of religious formulae, or singing of hymns; preaching of a sermon. chos-kyi tian, v. chos- kyi dbyifa. ’^^5 chos-kyi chos-nid the natural properties of matter, such as me-gycn-du hbar-wa the property of fire to run up; that of water to run down. Xstt) ^к/gwq chos-kyi gtih slebs-pa=^' ^Y^V^’Y^'q reflecting on the virtues of matter and phenomena. chos-kyi bston-pa wfef recita- tion of the scripture; remembrance thereof. chos-kyi hdun-sa a monastery or convent. chos-kyi rnam-grans Чщгл enumeration of scriptures. chos-kyi hphons-par hgyur-wa to become irreligious, sacrilegious. chos-kyi bar-du gcod-pa to obstruct the course of nature. ^'5'3 Chos-kyi-bu a name of Yudhisthira the eldest of the five Papdava brothers» chos-kyi dtcan-phyug described as wr sans-rgys Spyihi- mtshan (Mnon,) an epithet applicable to the Buddhas in general.
430 cho§-kyi dbyint the sphere or purview of religion; ^N'jjN'q ^?) 5?4[-щзчгн [versed in the element of law or religion]#. cho$-kyi rtsa-hkhor met. the heart (Jfnon.). cho$-kyi rtsa-ica the root or the fundam mtal principles of reli- gion. chos-kyi tshon-brdal met. a monastery (djnon.). * chos-kyi t^hon-dpon ^Ht- a divine; a priest; one whose profes- sion is religion [Ta. 3y 53). X^J’q^yq(hos-kyi bshon-pa-can чНь the conveyance of cho§ or dharma, [“ono whjse vehicle is dharma personified as the bull/’ Ae., S'iva]#. cho^kad book language. chos-$kyon ’^gr^r 1. the protector or defender of Buddhism; йуЙ the great guardian of Buddhism ; the equivalent of or Pe-har. 2. name sometimes given to the four Dik- rajas or guardian kings of Buddhism ; Wife. offerings for the guardian spirits of the doctrine. 3. popu- lar astrologers, votaries of Pe-har at Lhasa. Cho^kyon drcy§-pa Icam-srin (Org. m. 113, 33) a terrific female guardian deity. ♦ Wgq*i chos-§kyobs n. pr. (Ta. 2, 397); n. of an Indian Buddhist who taught Buddhism in China. W§ chos-khri book-shelves or table to keep sacred books upon; also the chair on which the priest sits while delivering a religious sermon; acc. to Jd. reading- desk, pulpit. Wgw chos-krims religious or monastic discipline; chos-khrim§- pa one who enforces discipline in a monastery. cho^hkhor prayer-wheel. Cho$-hkhor rgyal n. of the place where the first Dalai Lama was born, and where there is a large monas- tery which is generally visited once by the successive Grand Lamas of Lhasa. (Jho$-hkhor-$gaft n. of a place in Tibet. Xn Chw-hkhor-gnas n. of a plaoe in Tibet. cho$-go$ the religious robe worn by a Buddhist monk. W’^*3’84* cho§-go§-kyt $grog-ma strings or bands for fastening a religious robe, [a basket for containing religious robes]#. cho§-go$-kyi §aod a pocket in the upper garment of a monk ; f cho$~go$-kyi gtur-bu tho bag in which a monk puts robes. W^Kjwqvq^fq cho$-go§ zlum-por bgo- tca one dressed iu a petti- coat like robe; also to put ou a such robe. W^j cho$-gnca a school for reli- gious instruction, generally a class in a monastic institution where religious discus- sions are held. The school at Tashi-lhun- po is called grub-pahi cho§-grica, the school of religious attainments. ♦ WnpijN cho$-grag§ (3 C). W$pi chos-rgyal or 1. a king who rules acc. to Buddhist laws. 2. n. of the lord of death 3. also applied to a great personage by courtesy, and is a general epithet of Buddhas (№non.). Chos-rgyal-§kye$ a name of Yudhisthira, the eldest Pa^dava; also that of Ajata-s'atru, the son of king Bimbisara.
431 * Chos-rgyal-gyi sgrub yum-bcag (Org. ш. 113, 33; Pallasiix, vii, 4. П>). * ^rw^’gq Cho^-rgyal nafi-sgrub (SO BY * Cho$-rgyal phyi-sgrub (80 AY * Chos-rgyal yab-rkyan (Org. w?. 113, 31fY * 3hr Cho^rgyal g$an-$grub (80 CY cho§-rgyug$ lessons, or tasks im- posed by a teacher on his pupil. ^^*^5 chos-rgyud religious instructions descending to pupils and their sub-pupils, &c.; religious tradition, also creed; those embracing the reli- gious traditions of his reverence; one confessing ancestral religion. chos-rgyud hdsin-pa (Ta. £?, 233). * Chos-rgyun-gyi tin-ne hdsin (Ta. 2, Hi). cho§-can pious, devout. cho§-can-rin met. a donkey (Mnon.). cho$-bca$-ma met. a bride. Syn. khyini-gsar-ma} kyo-hdam-nia (Mnon.). chos-chas the requirements of a religious service ; also religious dress. * ^q-гч^Д] Chos-mchog n. pr. (Td. 2, 223); a logician, author of Nyayabindu tika. cho$ hchad-pa to explain or set forth religion; to teach religion; MW cho§-kyi $grog-g.len rndsad- pa to demonstrate or expound the doctrine; place where sermons are delivered; to hear religious dis- courses; ^*9’3 to ask religious instruc- tion ; to act or live religiously or practice religion. chos-hchon-p'i Lord of the faith, viz., 1. Buddha. 2. a title of honour given to distinguished scholars. 3. Tibetan exorcists who are believed to be coerced by a god or demi-god who has been invoked for the purpose of inspiring them. chos-rje nag-dkar the black and the white (Buddhist) exorcists. chos-nid= 1. quality, nature. 2. existence, entity. cho^-nidkyis rhed-pa ц^гп- srrfa^rfJnr one who has acquired a reli- gious disposition; also religiousness. cho$-nid kyis hi hob-pa id. 3$r^34 gq’q q chos-snam sgrub-pa po=^’ ’^’g4^ one who, having acquired great proficiency in sacred literature, has become protected by mystic arts. * chos-rtol (Td. 1,216). chos-tfegs—'&W^ cho§-khri. chos-§ton an entertainment given in honour of a saint. cho^-thams-cad matter; all things; phenomena. W?q chos-thob one who has become religious; a convert to Buddhism. cho^-rnthun or in con- formity with religion, in harmony with Buddhism. chos-dar-ica to propagate Bud- dhism ; also the place where Buddhism was introduced.
&Г^|-Ц| 432 1 Хчгулгл cho$-dran$-pa 1. righteous in reference to the laws of Buddhism 2. justice, righteousness. cho^-drug the six tenets of Buddhism. ^45' cho^drcd £*Гв»ЛгИ‘ч one who is disgusted with Buddhism, t>., has no faith in that religion. cho$-don-du gner-wa—Ъц' ^rf^i to be devout. Cho$-hdod the son of Cupid. cho$-hdod-pa to be fond of religion; to delight in Buddhism. cho^ldan or^V’Sft’4 one who is devout. Cho^ldan $hifi-kham$ gen. used to signify Tibet the precious majesty of the religious kingdom (Buddhist realm) (Yig. k. 59). * Chos-ldan rab-hbyory (Ta. 2, 90). cho$-§de a certain term for Bud- dhist monasteries in Tibet, where studies are not altogether neglected. Wlf 3^*25 chos-sde chcn-po the grand religious insti- tution or monastery (Yig. k. 66). cho$-rnam$ gaft-dag 5 : n. of a kind of contemplation; and a literal translation of the first part of the Sanskrit formula ye dharma hetu, &c. cho$-$nan-bahi $go the door or entrance to Buddhism, [the initiatory light of religion]8. cho$-pa a monk. chos-spun a brotherhood formed by two devotees who before starting on a pilgrimage are blessed by a priest who casts lots on the occasion. ♦ Chos-hphel^fai* n. pr. (Td. 2,105). cho$-blon a Buddhist minister, a minister well disposed towards Buddhism. * Chos-hbafa n. pr. (Ta. 127). cho§-hbyuft works on the origin, growth, and development, of Buddhism. * Cho$-hbyuft-byin n. pr. (Ta. 2, 219). * Cho$-hbyun shi-tra irrf’rr n. pr. (Ta. 2, 252). cho§-$byin, 4 chos-kyi $byin~ pa religious gift, religious charity. chos-ma a Buddhist nun. ch o$-mi-hgyur-wa nid (f^' Vi) that the nature of things is unalterable. cho-min мнтрйж un-Bud- dhistic, irreligious. cho$-min ъруо£-ра=&х*^' any practice opposed to Bud- dhism. chos-med the un- civilised; a name for a Candela, the lowest class of men in India. cho$-myon religious frenzy, mad with religion; a religious bigot. cho$-$mra-wa to preach Buddhism ; to deliver a sermon. chos-ishoH-wa to trade in religion. Chos-rdsoti n. of a monastery and of a fort in Nye-thang, near Lhasa. * Cho^-bshi-wahi dbyafa n. pr. (Td. 2y 213).
433 s&t||. cho§-gshi endowment for the feupport of a religious institution. ‘4^ chos-shog priest-craft (Ja.). cho^-bzan 1.=&2TW ярите good custom. 2. Buddhism; piety; pious. (3) и. of an individual; a compli- mentary address for monks. * S^wq^q Cho$-bzan bskal-pa 4»^ (Kalac. T. 14) age of good fortune; tho lucky age in which Buddhas appear. * Cho§-bzan sprin, or Sad- dharma meg ha (Ta. £, 277}. [one of the ten bhtimis от stages of perfection]8. chos-tiigs 1. ^tfa, usage. 2. a denomination, sect. Xq-^-qv^ cho§ ge$-par hdod inquiring after religious matter, wishing to know of religion. cho$-sems religious temper, piety. i^-pc/g cho$-scm§ khan-bii=^'^\ a mountain hermitage; a cave used by Buddhist recluses for meditation. cho§-sems-can inclined to reli- gion, pious. 5 chos-srid chos-kyi-srid ^Нпт^) religious government: hban$-rnams cho$-srid kyis- §kyoft the subjects weie protected (governed) by religious government (Yig. k. 27}. mchan-gna$ occurs in ho-па mchafi-gnas gig shu zcr-ro (A. 95}. ЯЗБ^’Ц mchad-pa 1. tomb, sepul- chre. 2. ws\qvgq greatness; also the magical power of increasing one’s size at will. 3. acc. to Jd. swrfbt killed, slain; but entire, perfect. mchan 1. a footnote, v. 2. jre the side of the breast; *^’§'5 bosom- child, darling; bosom-wife; mchan-da hjug-pa to put into one’s bosom. chan-khug = H&\'^‘ arm- pit. Syn. mchan-hog; mchan- shal§ (Mnon.). ^^‘^mchan-bu 1. note, annotation, foot- note in a book; 8)‘*|5**i*yg words or lines written or printed in smaller character than the original and inserted in the (main-work). 2. a helper, an apprentice (Jd.}. 3. v. «**4 mchan-shabs, v. mchan-hog, v. mchi-ioa 1. eleg. for to come, to go, to appear: g\q^yqv«S^ I shall come later; gq^та go under tho pro- tection of, take refuge: I will obey (as a subject, servant) (ЛА7.); yes sir, it will be or it will do. 2. to say, in the phrase thus he said. (Jd.). 3. v. mehi-ma re<p. $ tears; ^q’S to shed tears; g*rq mchi-ma skyem-pa to dry tears; to wipe away tears; fl&wq^q to be choked with tears, acc. to Sch. to sob violently. ^%<ito shed tears ; яЗ'w?q|-q tear drops; or to cry, to shed tears. mchig (^^) stone for grinding spice, ote. mchig-gu 1. a small mortar, a mortar. 2. a pestle. 3. the nether mill- stone. mchig §kor~wa to grind (Sch.). chig-ma the runner or upper mill-stone (Sch.). 56
434 mchin-bu 1. glas8 orna. ments trinkets, v. ^-g. 2. n. of a piaCo in Tibet. 3. a precious stone. Syn. of 3. nor-bu indse$-hzaft rol-po; rin-chen hgyur-bycd (Mnon.). mchid or q'qv*^ 1. rosp. talk, dis- course, speech (of an honoured person). 2. letter: q^yF4’4'*^ I “pray let your letters come to me uninterruptedly like the flow of the divine river (Ganges)” (Yig. k.). mchin-pa (resp. acc. to Lex,). 1. aec. to Ja. the liver. 2. n. of a fruit called «ЗучД'-*,. •^4 mchin-dri or the midriff or diaphragm. mehin-nad liver disease. mchin-nan lit. liver-pressing, i.e., keeping tho liver in order. to breakfast. It is believed that taking food early in the morning keeps the liver in good order. rnchin-tshad liver-fever; iron-mixture cures eye-dis- ease and congested liver (Mcdi). Mchim$ n. of a village near the great monastery of Sam-ye; n. of a tribal family, Mchimt-bzah princess of Mrhims who was married to king Khri- sron Idehu btsau. *гч'д mchil-khra the sparrow-hawk. wchil-mgo a fabulous stone, re- sembling a sparrow’s head, supposed to possess marvellous qualities (Ja.). Я&ГЧ I 4. Ц I : mchil-pa 1== lcag§-kyu an iron hook; described as gK^’^yq?^ (Mnon.) the thing which makes the elephant obey his conductor. 2. fishing hook; to fish with a hook. II: tho common sparrow. Syn. ner-chag$; khyim- du-nal*, khyu-mchog t>grod-pcr, jq’qj rgyab-bkra*, mgrin-sfion (Mnon.). mchil-ma (resp. spittle. Syn. kha-chu; (Mnon.). wE'W'Wq mchil-mahi thal-wa particles of saliva : rgyal- srid mchil-mahi thal-wa bshin-du $pafi$ he threw off his kingdom in tho manner one throws out spittle (Л. 11). mchil-mabi-$nod resp. (^’^5) "ФггГФ, spittoon, spitting-box. mchil-lud or mucous. mehil-lham shoo, boot: to lose both the shoes; ghoe-maker, cobbler, seller of boots; ^’^‘^,£Jthe leg of a boot (Cs.): he pre-, sented him with five pieces of Karsapana and a pair of shoes (Yig.). I: mchi^-pa pf. of «В’п u^fT, eleg. to be, to be there, to exist: how much was there, how many were there ? (Cs.). whoeyer has the holy doctrine. wUfq II: pf. of to come; having pome from afar.
435 4, mchis-Ьгап (lit. a house where one exists, resides) 1. a housewife, partner. 2. eleg. dwelling, abode, domi- cile; also when speaking of one’s own dwelhng: ^'Э| my humble resi- dence, cf. ^’3^’ palace, Щ'д*’ lama’s residence. Syn. chun-ma; bag-ma; S«' *74'35 fo/iw b dag-mo (Milon.). mchi$-mal bed, bedstead (Cs.). mchu I: gug, xrte 1. the lips; the upper lip; the lower lip. 2. beak or bill of a bird, also called in Sikk.: there were two, tho bird called the long-beaked and the Ting-ting-ma” (Bdsa.). going off, carrying something in the bill. the lips were red like the Bimba fruit. mcJiu-rkan-dmar lit. red bill and feot = ^'^'j'4*q a gander (Mnon.). mchu-can possessed of fine lips; mchu-rdo beak, the bill of a bird; mchu-non-pa pointed beak; ^’^5 mchii-nwd one whose lips are very small, one who has no lips. mchn- shcn ; = SS5 dkyud and F'^*’ length and breadth. Syn. mchu-sgro$\ эдго$- dmar\ so-yi-g.yog§\ so- §kyob$\ so-sgrib; so-go§ (Milon.). «I II: constellation called Magha in Sanskrt; one of the lunar mansions, v. Syn. pha-me lha-§kyes} §^,СЛГ *ГЦ $nan-ilag-mkhan; rta-chen ; ma- gha (Milon.) ; also tshigs brgyahi dwan-po\ bcu-drug hod- Idan (Mnon.). Mchti-sde-lna n. of a chapter in the Mdo series of Buddhist sacred books. + meh и-rin —dkyus-su riil-po long, lengthwise. mchu-rin$ (QW‘^’ hkhrun-riH) 1. В’3’<}5 (Mnon.) the long-beaked-bird, the hoopoe, the crane. 2. ^‘^5 the wild boar; long-snout. 3. acc. to Jd. mosquito. mchu-la§ skyes н'цпп born under the constellation of Magha. mchum-po (&‘?*4) pearl; also string of pearls. mchc-wa tooth, generally canine tooth, the eye-tooth, fang; elephant’s tusk. mche-gtsigs-pa in W. to show one’s teeth, to grin; the class of tusked animals, viz., the carnivora and the tusked pachydermata. mchc-sder mchc-wa dan sder-mo teeth and claws of wild animals. Mche-wa geig-pa a name of Ga^apati, the son of the goddess Uma. mche-wa Idad-byed-pa to chew the cud, ruminate. mche-wa §ton-ldan (y®tj*4’q) fish, said to possess one thousand teeth (Milon.). mche-wa §tob^-ldan=^^^ an elephant. mche-u’a drug-ldan n. of the king of elephants on whom Indra rides. * Mehc-wahi-sde n. pr. (Td. Ш).
436 ^51 inched sku-mched, я2><^я mched-lc'im) resp. for brother, also for bister; «*5^ two brothers; яа^-q^ four princesses, sifters; his brother, in reference to a king, prince, etc., esp. of gods; four divine bro- thers ; or clerical brothers, politely addressed as brother, where many clerical brothers assemble ; ^5q betrothed brothers, religious brothers (^4'3^ cho$- tpun); an intimate friend. the race that originated from the five early patri- archs of Tib4. 'q^ four brothers called:—Mgur-lha*. (J) Gnen> (2) S?i Dmu, (3) 2 Glu, (4) * Tsha. rnchid-zla — R*ifapun-za' brothers; also brother and sister. inchcd-pa : to spread, gain ground; to increase, mul- tiply ; the word q is seldom used except of fire, plague, etc. : a8 the fire of voluptuousness spread or increased within me; as one kindles one light by another ; pcig-glen gm§- glen rim-pi$ mched-de as (the news) spread more and more pacing from one to another, ^'^\>kye-mchrd, v. 5 $kye pkges-pahi niched. mched che min-pa very widely spread, very largely. ^g**q ’ * *£5 ’ qS’wuc^-** ЬЪгит-pa yan mched-che min-pahi yan lei $ua-tshogs (Ya-sel. 27) also several cases of small-pox of virulent and light (types) were very widely spread. Syn. |5q 4 khyab-pa ; JN’R rgya^-pa ; V ^*q che-ru soft-ica; «v^’R^fq man-du hgro- wa; 3 q $kye-wa; hphel-xua\ hgrim-pa (Mnon.). 5^4] | л&х’ч mcher-pa (also spelt tffcq) ace. to Jd. the mult, spleen. mchel a support, help: the hand stretched to rescue (A. K. Ill, 21). ЯМ^| inchog ^чг, чгхп, 44, яцрт, <3W, ^Г«, 444, ЯТТЧ the best, the most, the most excellent of its kind; tho greatest rarity, the Deity; v. also under Vfa—tpn-tu mehog the very excellent or superior, sublime, exal- ted; Cho$-mchog ^iffax n. of a Buddhist philosopher who wrote the 55П1- Я ‘ mchog-gi inchog=w3’ ^q, д'ыгд’* the most excellent, the best of the best, superior of the superior ; §kyc§-bu inchog the chief of great beings, also Buddha; the greatest of men, a king, also Buddha: the chief of the bi-peds, i.e., of men, any Buddha. J am the highest in this world (says Buddha immediately after his birth), chief of the fundamental doc- trine. цуч Potala is the chief of (holy) places. excellent taste or flavour, delicious. most learned men: thou best of men. the great and the low; the nobles and the com- mons; the great and the vul- gar. As adv. ^^'5 чдезм very, most (used with verbs). Syn. <)<?’*5 gtso-ico; chc-fo$; che$ che-wa; ^'§q* phul-byun\ chen- po ; rt$e-mo; ^q rab; JZrz-na med; gya-nom-pa; dpon; gon-ma; dan-po*, phud-du-b$kur ; t rtse-mor-son ; ieg$-pa; jey$ gna$; «клч yah-rab; goft-mafi
я2Гч]'|т:’ | 437 goft-ma* % dpah-bo; *c/i|srq can $es-pa (Шоп.). mchog-skyoh the chief protec- tor. mchog-gi rgyan the chief ornament; pure-born; a holy lady (D.jR.). mchog-gi Icug-ma the princi- pal of the women in a family (Шоп.). mchog-gi-bdag the lord of the best; the principal among the nobles or lamas. wXflj S4 mchog-gi rgyal-mtshan n. of a gem, v. the eight aus- picious objects. Mchog-gi dan-pohi Sans-rgya$ the Supreme Adi-Buddha, v. Dus-kyi hkhor-lohi mtshan. mchog-gi bdud-rtsi ’Ч’ЗН- нп; the best elixir; n. of a medicine. «Хч]'9| mchog-gi-ma the chief mother; epithet of the goddess Dolma (Шоп.). mchog-dgah or *^’5 V*!4 4 snftei great joy, ecstasy. «йчгуя mchog-nal n. of a number (Ya-sel. 56). mchog-tu-bkrab^ vsrq the chosen. mchog-tu hgro-wa to become great or attain to the position of the great, to be elevated to an exalted position. mchog-tu yyur-pa, id. mchog-tu ryyan-pa to be very well-dressed. mchog-tu phitn-sum tshog$-pa to become very prosperous. ♦ §*<£• 544’^5 mchog-tu tsha-wahi dpah-bo (Kalac. Ta. 2, 162). mchog-tu mdxes-pa very handsome, lustrous. mchog-tu yid-bthad ЧХИ- exquisite, very pleasant. mchog-tu rin-гса very remote, fl&q’g’wrq mchog-tu bsam-pa well- thought of. bchog-bdag met. tho earth. mchog-bde met. a fish. mchog-hdod met. the sun. mchog-ldan 1. n. of a great number. 2. saffron (Mnon.). mchog-sbyin 1. ад, the god of water. 2. t(T« quick-silver. mchog-$byin phyag-rgya a gesture made in practicing magic, in con- juring up or exorcising ghosts. §^ач mchog-§byin-ma~(^’ w) n. of a medicine (Mnon.). mchog-$byor-ica to unite the principal ones, also to mix up (he chief ingredients of medicines. яХп]mchog-zufi, the model pair; the two most excellent amongst Buddha’s dis- ciples, S'ari-putra and Maudgalyayana. mchog-hod or ^^’§5 mchog-srid gT’Tfa n. of the celebrated Sanskrt gram- marian who wrote during the reign of king Vikramaditya. mchog-ya$ (5^) n. of a great number. 54^зисЛоу-{5с$==^лч vf?f wisdom. ♦tibsjibw mehog-sems 1. = a saint, purified soul, 2. ад; the god of water, also called Mchog-sridy ^ПсЦПРТ, crwfa; I. n. of a great Buddhist sage who first com- posed the Pali grammar. 2. one of the nine sages who adorned the court of king Vikramaditya.
438 mchog-g.surn = the most precious ones: ^vuK-gc/fwsrn^ here I am in good health by the grace of the throe chief ones (Triratna) {Yig. k. 15). chon n. of a gem •which is believed to have tho property of curing paralysis. atifc’q Tnchofi-wa щрт; pf. to leap up, to jump (into tho water, etc.), also to bathe in water: when the fox jumps hi tho place where lions leap, he breaks his waist; having leapt into the water. Syn. fygcn$-pa; ч^огц fyrgal-wa {МпопУ. mchod-pa (vb.) ^ТТПРП, VSFHj нптят 1. to honour, to worship, to revere, respect; to receive with honour. ^S’^S’q formal worshipping, i.e., to honour saints or deities by offering articles of food, flowers, perfumes, etc.; to honour Buddha, Bodhisattvas, etc., in faith by meditating on their virtues. «tf^q^irqsr^S^q mchod-раг ho$-pa$ mchod-pa because worthy of being honoured; (he) is honoured. 2. sbst. offering, oblation, libation; q ^oj q to make offerings; Ag*rq tn bring an offering of music; carrying along with them all sorts of offerings; the ten kinds of offerings; offerings or libations to the gods; offerings made to the lamas iu order to honour them; an offering consisting of grain; offering presented on pro- scribed occasions; daily or usual offering or religious service. festivity, festive entertainment {Mnon.). mchod-koft small oil-burners generally made of bell-metal, brass, copper, silver or gold. mchod-khri the chair or seat of the priest performing any religious service. Also ^5 trestle, tablo, altar or frame for placing offerings v. Ja. mchod-khaft a chapel. mchod-lcog a table or altar on which tho offerings are put. 54X5**^ mchod-cha$ utensils necessary in making offerings. mchod-mchog a grand religious sendee; chief or principal ser- vice [u. of Indra] 8. mchod-brjod the invocations, praisos, &c., of the deities and saints wor- shipped. mehod-rten, vai, wj lit. means “receptacle of offerings/’ but is tho com- mon term for a chaitya; in Tibet this takes the shape of small and tall masonry monu- ments of settled form crowned with tho^'3 (emblem of the sun and moon) and gener- ally having in some cavity inside the ashes of a saint or other relics. mehod-rten-gyi hkhor-sa the walk or passage round a chorten for devotional circumambula- tion. Mchod-rtcn-qifi^lZb lit. the tree which grows on the (brick) chaitya; or which is venerated on account of Buddha having attained to tho state of Buddha under its shadow; С. the Bodhi or pipal tree. mehod-rten-byed met. an elephant {Mnon.).
439 mchod-$teg$ offering-table, altar. mchod-stod an offering with a hymn of praise (Sch.). mchod-ston an entertainment, as a sort of libation, given to the priests. mchod-ldan ^e& the sun (Mnon.). mcJtod-ldan^ma an epithet of Um. (ДГЯол.). ^5’^’ mchod-$don~&i&\ mchod-rtcn 1. zife, zjqMig’ a stick [a sacrificial post]#. 2. offering-lamp (Sch.). 3. the wick of such a lamp (Ja.). mchod-§don-can a kind of water-fowl (Mnon.). mchod-sdon chen-po °J the great offering trunk or Bodhi tree. seated unmoved for a hund- red Kalpa, as the worshipful Bodhi tree : by the good merits of all religious beings. (Yig. k. 20). mcho$-g.na$ 1. objects to which offerings are made. the objects to which veneration is shown comprise two: persons and symbols; the persons are the assembly, Buddha, and the lamas; the symbols aro images, the receptacles of what has been said, relics, and such like. 2. the officiating priest, the sacrificator, w^q-q mchod-pa-po a sacrifice!, ono who gives an offering. mchod-pahi-$prin (яХу [“ a cloud of worship” described in the Bodhi. II, to be a magnificent mode of worship in which incenses, lamps, garlands of flowers, etc., are profusely used]S. mchod-pahi-tshigz the Gaiha or verses reci- ted at a religious service. mchod-par-byed wor- shipping, paying reverence. mchod-par ho$-pa or worthy of veneration, wor- shipful ; they are three such, viz.:—(1) 5^ Ч1ГФЩ the teacher or spiritual guide; (2) ^’2? ^хгпцп! the high priest; (3) those who are elders or superiors. mchod-phyir-thogs zr^fafta, the sacred raiment made of silk or a square satin scarf which is held in the hand while making any offerings to a deity; also an image or figure of a deity. mchod-bya object of worship. ^5’95 mchod-bycd— offerings, libations. mchod-hbul the offerings in a sacrifice (Cs.). ^5’1^ mchod-$byin ztst, ЖЗ, zfspt a religious service where sacrifices of small figures are made. the five Yajna (sacrifices) are:—(1) ^*rq5’wXv tshah§~pahi mchod-byin klog hdon-pa the Brahma Yajna, which consists of recitation of the Vedas; (2) ^5’^5’1^— 1^'9 lhahi mchod-sbyin—§byin-sreg-byed the Deva Yajna, consisting of burnt offer- ings to the gods; (3) mihi mchod-§byin mgron-hofl ipchod the human Yajna consisting of hospitality to those present; (4) 95 pha-mes ipchofabyin mtshu nJ shim-bye d the Yajna for ancestors consists in giving them (their souls) satisfaction; (5) hbyufi-pohi mchod^byin gtorJnaho, В hut a Yajna, consists in
making torma offerings of cakes to the ghosts, Syn, |Y5j«| sbyinsreg-, ^Y^Y4 rgyud Ыип-ра\ rntho-ri$ don\ a-dhara (Mnon.). ^YIyS'^I'SS mchod-$byin-gyi rig-bycd tho Yajur Veda of theBrahmaps. R^Y^Y^ mchod-$byin-can an epithet of Indra. яХ^^Хям i$chod-$byin-hjom$ ono who destroys a sacrifice; a Yavana> Mahomcdan [an epithet of S'iva аз destroyer of Dak^a’s sacrifice]S. *^Y1Y^^ inchod-$bgin hdsin — ^S^'^' mchod-$byin-gyi la$ bycd-tnkhan priests who recite tho ritual at a sacrificial offering. *^Y1YW^ mchod-$byin <Jgra-wo=ty'w an Astir a, a demon. *Xy$V*XY* mchod-sbyiu hdon-marf&fr mot. mother. ^YlY’W rnchoj-^byin tho house or place whore Yajna sacrifices are performed. ^Y^’K mchod-sbyin §pos- dkar lit. white incense, tho resin of tho Sal tree (Mfion.). ipchod-sbyin-spyod the perfor- mance of Yajna. ^YSV^4!** Ynchod-$byin-phyug§ gen. tho object that is sacrificed in a Yajna. *^Y|Y5*i irwhod-$byin-bya§ one who performs a Yajna sacrifice. *<XY|jY95mchod-§byin byed-du hjug-pa to make ono perform a Yajna sacrifice. inchod-$byin-§byar=^TTT the self. mchod-$byin-lhag nectar. 440 яХ\й mchod-me offering of lighted lamps in honour of a deity. rnchod-rdsa§ jrt, V4 the arti- cles of Yajiia, particularly clarified butter, t.e., articles of religious sendee (*X\*n or sacrificial utensils), re- quisites for festive processions in honour of a doity. яХ^ям mchod-<;om$ or яХ^-с^яя tho arrangements for a religious service and the placing of tho offerings on the table before tho deity to bo worshipped. яХ^^ч] mchod-tshig (^Y^4! or words of praise to a deity or saint. яХ^Хя mchod-hos 1. met. tho sun (Mnon.). 2. worthy of worship, worship- ful. яХ^Хя'^я a sanctuary or Gandhagrha dri gtean-khan) or Vihara (Mnon.). яХ\Зц wtchod-yon remuneration to a priest or lama performing any religious service. Syn. ^‘^p7c-r<77; qorqSfa bshal-gsil\ I4' q-q*rq kha fyal-wa; yon~chab\ hthor-thun (Mnon.). яХ^’^д] mchod-gyog one who serves in a religious or sacrificial service. яХ^’Х mchod-ro remnants of offerings consisting of cakes, etc., that have already been presented to a deity. mchor-po sometimes also hphyor-po 1. pretty, handsome, neat, ele- gant ; ^‘яХ^’ц a handsome man; gY^Y*Sv3i a pretty woman, osp. a smart gaily-dressed female. 2. in JY. also vain, conceited( Ja.). he hag constitutional walk; in colloq. is called ^4’^ Ito hju-wa constitu- tional walk for the digestion of food; in
441 eleg. language of the lamas it is called rhtn-san§ hgro-chcd “a walk for clearing the wind.” *r । to play, to walk, and to move about, not lying down (Л. 14). hchag-can in eolloq. -trodden, stamped; solid, firm, eompact. hchag-pa I: pf. ®*| or 1. to break, be broken ; ^’*4’4 a broken vessel; fig. 4’jor®4’4 humiliation, breaking one’s pride; the opportunity of going there has been cut off; w®*]’4 lam-chag-pa a beaten, practi- cable road. 2. to abate, beat down from the price: thero being no room for either asking or abating (Ja.). II: also «4^, pf. fut. 1. to tread, to walk, to move, esp. when speaking respectfully or formally: the place where my ancestors did walk; follow me on my walk (Ja.); ^*4’5 or я*4’д’яЗГ4 to take a walk. я*4’^ hchag-sa ((Ц«игя«|’^rg’g5) a place for walking in ; to take a constitutional walk within a limited dis- tance. **4’4^35 hchag-par-byed takes constitutional walk after dinner; also the place for this purpose. R<4’^S’g4’q hchag-sahi bug-pa an. artifi- cial cavern where a recluse takes rest or retires. 444^*4 1. confession: $4’q’ §dig-pa hchags-so I have confessed my sins. 2. v. я*4'4. 3. sometimes for ^4’4 hcheg-pa (Ja.). hchan-wa=.4 hdsin-pa^ pf. 43^, imp. or 1. to hold, to take hold of, to keep, to bear; also possession; Чпзя, vft; «(4'§’**4‘4 to hold in the hand; Werwn to bear in the mind, also to retain in the memory: ^'3*Г4^Г4$’|3’^’ zan-gyi$ gso$- pahi khyi-rgan gyis> nam-shig ran-la hchaft- wa mthon one night I beheld the old dog which I had fostered with food laying hold on my own self. 544’2}dwafi- po rdo-rje hchan-bibt lha the god Vajra- dhara—n. of the ideal Buddha of the Gelugpa school acc. to the Tantrik sec- tion of it. tshul- khrims chen-po hchaft-bahi mchog a very good character is the chief of posses- sions. 2. to carry, to wear, to carry about with one, e.g., amulets, etc. 3. to have, to assume, e.g., the body of a god- dess, of a JRaksasl (Ja.). 4. to bite or bark at. hchan-zufis handle, crook of a stick. R«wq hchans-pa in W. a (closed) hand- ful, t.e., of dough; **wrg a clod (of clay), a snow-ball, etc., formed in the hand (Ja.). I: hchad-pa 1. pf. *5 vb. n. to 4^5’4; like ^5'4 to be cut into pieces, to be cut off, to decay, to separate or break asunder: *4’4cut like a rope. 2. to cease, end, stop: 5S4^*q*S ^4 he is stopping for breath; to die away, to become extinct (of a family, a generation); to be consumed (of provi- sions, of bodily strength) (Ja.). II: pf. and fut. 445, imp. HUW, precnx to explain; explanation, explaining: it is now explained; he is explaining tho doctrine; give heed, and I will explain it to you; **5’4VR§^ 57
442 to listen to an explanation (Sch).; to teach tho transitoriness of existence (Sch,), hchad-mkha§-pa^^^' or w ячяя- oue skilful in explaining a thing; ako a clever description. In Bon terminolgy я*\ч = а convincing explanation, where there is no room for doubt. hchal-hdodfift^r desire for explanation of any discourse. ОД>^’Ц III ; = dead-home, a shed whore tho c >rpso к kept. ♦ь ^ЗЕД’Ч hchab-pa pf. Я*АЗ, fut. SSS, imp. sbed-pa to conceal, to keep secret. ft candid mind, open-heartedness (cog. to W4). The word is ako explained as яе. yan-gi skyou mi-mfion-par bya-wa not to make evident one’s fault, to hide it. I: hcha»i-pa=*W4 (pf. Zez.\ also adj. and sbst., to accord, to agree, agreeing, agreement: 33 sri-I'i )m-hcham-pa§ as they did not agree about the government. hchaw-byed-pa to make agree, to reconcile ; p-Rwq to agree upon, to concert: щЧч prwa^ the officers having disagreed (Pth,). ОДЛ'Ц II: «ргчадз ггйн to daneo; also a dancer : й’ялз’а khro-hchatn- pa who dances in frantic leaps wearing a frightful mask ; a dramatic от stage dance (Ja.), яхзз hcham-po or 1. a dancer. 2. harmony, concord : q the king sat between the two parties to reconcile them to each other (Yi$. k. 52). <«356^ hcham-dpon director of a danoe, a stage-niastcr. hcham-yig a book on dancing, яхяз hcham§ a dance, daneing. hchah in Zrf., a cup-board (Ja.). ОДД/Ч I: hchah-ica 1, pf. ч^з rare- ly ; 4X3 fut. bcah imp. cho§ to draw up, prepare, construct, adjust. Wwq gnas hchah-ica to prepare a place, or abode ; to settle, wwq mal hchah-wa to pre- pare a bed ; dmag-gar hchah- tea to pitch a camp; ij'iripvwvq $kyil- krun hchah-na to adjust in cross-legged posture; Мптж hchah-ica encamp, to establish a court of justice; rgyal-khrims hchalj-wa to draw up a law, to give laws. 2. with S3 dam to make a vow, to promise, assert; frq. y^damhehah-tea to promise by oath; blo-gtad hchah-wa to place confidence in. 3. with shen- pa or *ч|3’Ч chag§-pa to be attached to. II: to snap at, mangle; gcig-la geig hchah-shin za-wa to maul and devour ono another; pfi-hchathwa to gnaw at a piece of wood (Jd). wgfsrq hchah-rlmn-pa — FW* Spgprq kha-la za-rgyu la rlom-pa one very fond of munching ; a greedy person. hchar rising, appearance (as of the sun). wq ‘Qchar-ka n. of an atten- dant of Buddha, who became a Bhikzu. wvjw hchar-ikyein^ Ыс^дтоъ Ita-bu) habit. Rxvq hchar-ga the rising, the appear* ance,
QcbVCI I 443 hehar-sgo thought, idea, concep- tion ; scms-can so-so hi snan-icahi hchar-sgo las from, the thoughts that dawn (in the mind) of different animated beings (Ya-sel. 1$). Hchar-§tcn§-pa n. of a celebra- ted Lama of Cbarteng {Deb. Я 44). ОДЛ’Ч hchar-ica (pf. 'А) to arise, to start up, become visible, to shine: 'fathe six objects of perception free from fascination continually arise. to cause an image to be reflected (in water); 'fa'0!’ чаьч’А (thoughts; dawning or rising in the mind; (they) appear as friends; it turned into an ornament, /.<?., a blessing. hchal wur random talk or speech: '^W«.3j| as this is meaningless talk, let us, every one of us, now go. я&огчЗь'Ч hchal-hchol or con_ fused, pell-mell. hchal-giam meaningless talk; meaningless talk where nothing practical comes out; to rave, talk nonsense. I: hchal-pa a kind of supernatural wisdom; wrqS^XA mischievous wisdom or knowledge; *wq<Vj|w bad morals; immoral. W II: or адч’ч hchal-po lecher, fornicator; hchal-pa rnam§- kyi tshig obscene language (Ja.). ОДДГЧ hchal-ica 1. to lose one’s wits, to be confused, to be in disorder, ^q’q* to break moral discipline; to make confusion of the doctrine. 2. to hesitate, fluctuate in mind, be irresolute. 3. to fornicate, to commit adultery; a woman that has lost her purity; a whore, harlot (Ja.). wr# hchal-mo a whore (Ja.). hchal-tshig=^ ‘яж'Ч delirium, vain talk. * hchi death (Kalae. T. 109). c\ sling, string- weapon. яаь-р hchl-kha the point of death, just when dying; at the time of dying; u. of a religious work, which if read to a dying person his soul will not wander in the Bardo (the state between death and re-birth). hchi-rtags sign of death. Hchi-rtags, rntshan- ina ran-grol another work which is read when the sign of approaching death is perceived. It i^ read in order to hasten death so that after death the deceased may go to some ascertained place in the next world. ^’4 hchi-Uas, forebodings of death increasing the signs of the sun’s death (by the approach of the eclipse) (Ya-scl. 51). Hchi-bdag=^\l ЧН, Yama, the lord of death. hchi-nad a fatal disease. hchi-hpho or а BW, termination of worldly concerns, death. hchi-hpho-wa^H^'^ to change one’s place of existence, to transmigrate. hchi hpho-)ned=fya&*F\ not subject to change, without birth and death.
444 eS-q | Q.B’4 hhci-ut, ПТЯТ, w<5, VflWT, zmrr; нгдя, цЯж, vr vb. to die: ждч1К ran-hchiho I will seek death; чВ*л£Ц he is about to die; water causing death; чВ'чч‘лч’чрр^ appertaining to death, relating to death. Syn. lna-wahi gna$-$kab$; iu$ shig-pa; du^-kyi cho$- nu7; ^'Ч'чВч] §k'il-hjig ; <^5 t*he-hgro\ ч^’чч’ »m blta-wahi mthah; til-beat khyor-chu sbyin-pahi yul; ^ч^ч tshe- hdah; tahe-hpho; ч$’ч2$ hchi-hpho (Мйон.). чВ’л’й^ hchi-wa-mcd, WHC immortal, v. чВ*£)<^ чВ'л’ч^’^'ЧЛ hchi-wa la$-rgyal-tca, ipj- ^zj ho who has conquered death; an epi- thet of Buddha. ^B’q’qgq hchi-ica-b$lu-iea, to decieve death, to ransom the life of a dying man. *Bhehi-med, WHT, жня, wfre 1. emancipation, immortality. 2. mot. the raven which is famous for longevity. чВ hehi-med dgab-гса, n. of a religious work (Ya-scl. 60). яВ'^5‘t hchi-med-rna, or C’^ ^lit. celestial drum; n. of a Buddhist work (Yig. k. 20). чВ*А\лч Hchi-med-chab—$*^’Д|К.a name of the river Ganges (Mnon.). чВ’^дХ^йц hehi-med mchod-yon, an epithet of the river Ganges (Yasel. 76). чВ’^^’^'^с.* hehi-med, tyon-qin^^*^ the celestial wishing-tree: g’^’ чВ'^5^-^ may your health remain as steady as the celestial wishing-tree (Yig. k. 35). hchi-med bdud-rtsi the immortal elixir of life, Ganges water: ч^ч* pray let your letters, communication, &c., flow like the deathless elixir— the stream of the Ganges (17y. k. 12). чВ-^5'д*Й hehi-med bu-mo a goddess. цВ*^**^ hchi-med-mdsod, чнкчйч n. of a Sanskrt Dictionary composed by Amara Simha. чВ-^Лч*д hehi-med ril-bu lit. life- pill ; the life-giving pills. The abbess of Samding monastery and other sacred per- sonages have such pills at their disposal. чВhehi-med dtvan-mo, the queen of the immortals; a name of the wife of Indra. ♦ чВ £5hehi-med 8en-ge, WHXf&v (Bull. 1898, 296). hchig-pa 1. =^'3 fiiw a pestle. 2. said to^^^^VV^4’ to hold as holy that which is not Dharma (Bud- dhism) (K. d. 355). чВч'а^ч;^ hehin-b$grig$ an agreement. чВк.q hehin-nen-pa to become connected or related by marriage: in Bengal I entered into marriage rela- tions (A. Ilf). чВе/ч hehift-pa bond, binding. I: hchin-wa <far, wnf, (pf. чВс.4 fut. imp. or чВ«) to bind, tie up, make fast to exorcise. c&rq II: sbot. any binding-material. 1. ribbon; necklace, neck-cloth, neckerchief. 2. cord, fastenings, fotter, shackle: «1ч-^чВ^Ц'^ч the fetters of Karma, also fig. for magic curse, anathema. 3. used in colloq. for cramp or convulsions. Syn. btyig-pa; hkhyig-pa; bcin-wa; pf. *Bw<i hchife-ра^Ч^'Ц
445 o£-oiq| bkyigg-pa; ЦВ’1*ГЧ hkhyig$~pa; чЗс.*Г« bcifig- pa, signifying 4^wq bdamg-pa (jffion.). hchi^byed=^ rne or *|’ЧЯ Г^- thag {Mnon.). hvhin-bycd-ma a general term for women. 4k‘4'^‘*i hchifi-wa tbyin-nia a hand- some woman; maiden. ййс/ц«ч JJchift-war n. of a village in 54, in Tibet {Rtsii.), hchtfi-zab=^'W or 25’^ klon- zab depth, profundity (Tty.). qfe’g hchtft-bu trinket; glass-bangle for feet hchift-buhi §no$ a glass vessel. hchib-pam aSq^’q, pf. q$q4, fut. q?4, imp. resp. to mount a horse or carriage ; й’Я’Лт to ride, to mount a horse. Echim$-phug n. of a holy place with a small temple near Sam-ye. hchtmg-pa to be full, to get full (Sch}. hchir-wa evidently a form of 3<4 cir-гса to press, to squeeze. 4^q has pf. fut. spS to press, to wring, &c.; 4$V4 and ^'4 being mere cor- ruptions of the foregoing, though Jd, has them. hchil-pa sometimes stands by mistake for mchil-paz a sparrow. I: hchu-wa acc. to Jd. 1. vb. n. to bo twisted, distorted, pf. 4”. 2. sbst. curvature, crookedness, distortion. 3. adj. as 4”’4 crooked; P'4” the mouth distorted. II: pf. 4$4, fut. % imp. ^4 1. to scoop up or ladle water ; $‘^ ^4*4’4 to draw water from a spring; water- bucket. 2. to irrigate, to water. hchug said to44’4*4 phyin-ua§ $leb$-pa la having reached; arrived at (Ity.). 4*4^5 hchiig-med—^^^^^ nor- hkhrul med-pa without mistake {Rtsii.) ; 4^1'sure necessaries; unmistake- able wants. hchiin or 4Y4 under one’s control, hence. 1. to be tamed, subdued, made to yield; ^q4’§4*4^ retained by force; 44’ §4’ 4^'q subdued or overpowered by hard work; entangled in viciou# indulgences {Sch.). hchum-pa 1. to wish, to long for. 2. sbst.«=^V5f ser-$na coveteousness {Шоп.). gyog-po awkward, acc. to Sch. also left-handed; acc. to Cs. curved, crooked. hche-гоа (pf. 4$м, fut. 4S, imp. to attest, to promise p4’^’4 resp. ^4’§4’ «£*4 id. ч&Ч’ч I: heheg-pa related to wpra (pf. 4^ч]4, fut. 4^, imp. Л4! V>g) 1. to cut in twain, cleave, split; to split wood; to cut with a saw (Cs.). 2. to confess, to acknowledge (<7a.). 3. to be afraid of. ho herns-pa pf. 4^*4, fut. 4?я to chew {Med.; Jd.). hchcr-pa (^’fl”) the spleen. fachel-wa or я^4’4г=^*4 or desire, wish; acc. to Jd. and Cs. to believe, to give credence to.
446 hchc^pa sometimes spelt as happy advent. Ч^Ч]'4 hchog-pa to smite ; acc. to Sch. a wall. RlbO| #г| hchog-thog the sound of a falling article or thing. hchon-ica or чХелгч=ч*е/ч qr^R, у?п?ц to bo holding, keep fast. + hchob$-fig=4ffc.Qmade secret. Q&W3 = vb. n. to + чХч'^ hchor-nciH^^'^ ччЛц’ёГ ^opr qj^-^чХч'^ ч^ц] (Rdsa.Y чХч'ц hchor-po occasionally for ЧМЧ’П hchor-wa I: vb. n. pf. 1. to escape, flee or steal away; also to flow out, ooze; j’jgsfч^ч’ч the blood exuding ; чХч without splendour, lustreless; ^ч’чХч the money has fled ; |&гчХч the vow is dissipated; ^,'Ч‘чХч,ч to be consumed by fire ; ф’Ч’чХч’Я to be carried away by water. 2, to сото out, to break forth, frq. of fire; hkhrug-pa-^or a quarrel, a war broke out, also of water breaking through an embankment. 3. to go over, to pass, be transferred. ЦМЧ'П II: vb. a., pf. fut. to pursue, chase, go after; hares by means of nets; f чХкч to fish; a seducer; a swaggerer (Sc//,). ЧЙЧ’П hchol-wa I: 1. adj. topsy- turvy, upside-down. 2. to mistake or deviate from an order; чХвгчч’Э*^ to put into disorder, to confuse, to confound. 8. pf. to entrust, lay upon, to com- mit a thing to another’s charge; to make, appoint; they appointed him king; they made the queen tend the horses; ho may Ъэ employed as a scullion; Л чХ^га to make ono powerless, to compel authority ; manager. «шчХога or (rc<p. ^Y^ чХчгр) to commission one with an affair or transaction; I ban-so yal dehi lha* srun rnams-la phrin-bcol mdsad-do he en- trusted the sepulchre to the tutelary gods of the country. 4. to be thrown together confusedly, c.^/., of the loose leaves of a book: virtue and vice arc intermixed. 5. to rave, to be delirious, to talk eonfusHllj’ whilst heavy with sleep (Ja.). чХчгя h('hol*ma> acc. to Cs. 1. a thing committed to another’s care. 2. a sly, crafty woman. 3. acc. to Sch. a dissolute woman (Ja.). *<$T4 I : hchos-jM—z&WQ; 1. pf. or fut. чХ*, imp. supine to make, make ready, prepare; to cons- truct, build, etc.: 4X^’$w am I to build ? ^я’ччрЧ'чХ^гч to make ropes out of dres- ш grass, prop, to make ropes out of it. 4]3q 4X^’q to dross, to train one’s self up (Sch.); ^ч^чХ^ч to renew, renovate, repair (Sch.); |Ч*сг^Ч'чХ§гч to retouch, amend, correct, improve. $ч*чХад hypocrisy, a mere outward porformauco of religious rites and observances : чХц'я tshul-hchos nia-byas §pyod-pa to live with- out hypocrisy. hypocrite. чХц'ц or qXsrq acc. to Cs. an established rule or canon (Ju.). Ч^’Ч II: htsho^-pa 1. adj. dis- orderly, dissolute, immoral. 2. sbst. dis- orderly conduct, dissoluteness: чХссг jf’ftpr SY’4 committing various acts of immorality.
& E ja I: this the seventh letter of the Tibetan alphabet, according to the gram- marians of Tibet, was not borrowed from India, its equivalent being unknown in any of the Indian languages of the seventh century, A. D., when the Tibetan written language was shaped by Thon-mi Sambhota, In sound it corresponds with the English J, but as an initial it is pronounced in C. as Jh. However when it is surmounted by any letter or has a prefix preceding it, as in the words t rje and rnjal, it then resumes the sound of a pure J. E П: 1. tea ; word derived from the Chinese t?a, signifying tea. The resp. form for ja is gsol-ja. ja-ko a hide bag for packing tea (Л/ш.). *’53 *4 ja-dkrug a twirling stick, the tea churning-piston. ja-kha of tho colour of tea ; n. of a Chinese scarf of brick-red colour. ja-khug a vessel or bag in which tea is kept. ja-khra a large tea-pot made of copper, silver, &c., for serving tea to the congregation of monks at a religious service. ^*5q ja-rgyab lit. “after tea.” In Tibet and Sikkim table-talk commences after tea has been served. ja-mchod libation of tea. ja-hthaj or ja-btag tea- grinder (in Tibet powdered tea is put in boiled water); grinding stone, used for kitchen purposes. ja-dpon ow who is in charge of tea-drinking meetings; head tea-cook. ja-phud the first preparation of tea which is sometimes offered to the gods ; first quality of tea. ja-hbin tea-pot, tea-kettle. This word, sounded cham-bing, is the common term used in C. ja-§byor a mixture of tea with butter and salt (Rtsii.). ja-ma tea-maker, tea-cook, a cook who prepares tea and gruel, &e. (ТШи.). r&ipi ja-tshags a sieve to strain tea (Rtsii.). t’«В Ja-ya-ju n. of a kind of tea (Rtsii.). s Ja-yu another kind of tea (Rtsii^. . £ga-ril in JK. ace. to Jd. grinding- stone ; also a skull. ja-lag-gni§ an abbr. of and МЧ one who prepares tea and another who serves it (Rtsii.). ja-lan the handle straps of a leathern-trunk. • ja-qin tea plant. In Tibet the tea- plant is styled *.<?., the plant which cures Indian or Chinese diseases, as being an antidote against malarial fever. ja-sanplain decoction of tea: get plain tea with its acces- sories! (Rtsii.).
Е'У- | 448 ^•Ч]| *’’Ц* ja-sigs used in Jo-Ъо ja-sigs ji-^ned-dad (J, ZaA.). *’3^ ja-sun time when tea is served. к ’Эд ja sun-can acc. to Sch. a oup of tea; as much as a oup of tea. ja-ser yellow tea exported from Amdo into Eastern Tibet. fycod-mdog or dmar-ser yellowish-red, acc. to Ja. ja-hod is yellow-red. ЕЧ] jag robbing, robbery; j4| <i jag rgyag-pa to commit robbery. tnj q jag-pa one who terrifies by shouts and gestures; a robber, й q*'3}*rvS^ it is a lurking place of husband- men who rob, or who aro robbers (J/t?.). In this passage might be almost a verb “ to rob.” jag-dpon captain of a gang of robbers; a brigand chief. Jal n. of a place in Tibet; 3 Jal-gyi-phu the uplands of Jal (Deb. «П 47). ji I: 1. num. fig 37. 2. the cor- relative form of the pron. 3 ci what. II: в used in expressions illustrating examples, comparison, measurement, dimensions, also extent of time. and % are of same signification; but Tibetan grammarians discriminate their use as follows i’lfa | I in making comparisons and measurement use yi, in the case of direct significations use ci. jiskad what, what- ever, relative to words spoken: W whatever I may have said; B’flV gq q’q^ ггздт doing in accordance with what one has said. 4- E’^] ji-ga = £,54l'q when examined or searched into: ji-ga $kye$-bu de fio-intshar byed-pa yin-nam (K. d. & 4) if looked into, is not that person really wonderful ? ^'§*,q jisnam-pa equal to what ? ji-$ned, = 8 i* сгттес, faun: 1. as much as; as great as. 2. whatever is or may bo possible. 3. just about (so much). or what is, or as much as is (Dag. 8). ji-lta or 1. W, how, of what kind, of what nature. 2. sbst. quality, nature, condition (Cs.); B’g— WH then. ji-ltar^ цяп adv. as, in what manner; j&ri ^'qq^y^ acc. to what he has said; in as much .as, in the measure of. V* in the proportion as ono shall bo contented. ji-lta-Ьи such as, like as. ji-ltar de how to be taken ? E}’* qsjWA b what manner should I convey requests to the lama? ji- ltar hbyor-pa uvnfrir acc. to the measure of one’s means or attainments, t ji-ltar у for example, thus. ji-§te is said to = 3*g’^ V* ci-$ta de- na$ so and so. It also is a conjunc- tion meaning but if, nevertheless. = or ji-ltar also *4*^ as for instance; henceforth. = as much as possible ; to the utmost, to the best of one’s ability, as far as it lies in one’s power. ji-r/ia-run—^'9^exclama- tory phrase akin to S’* or alas!
449 £'£*4 how, like what ? in what manner ? ^•orXk’ (A 128) “ how the merciful ones, the refuge (of the helpless), have passed away! i’&< ji-tsam how much ? as soon as, when; how many have been got ? ^ftji-shig ^4 seldom. -bshin how, like what ? ?ji-bshin-du accordingly. +1 1. in accordance with, conformity with. 2. whatever is fit, is becoming (Dag. 8). ^Sji-srid 4Т4Ц as long as; £’5jVq*’ all the life long; as long as one lives. jin the Chinese term for Buddhism which in Tibetan is in Sanskrt E ju num. fig. G7. denotes a drawing of lots by threads of different colours, whence a class of Bon-po is called З’^’В’^Г^ (Ja.). ju-2>o a globular stone used for grinding 8р1сов=*’^1 (Jd.); acc. to Mnon. 4J5^, a pestle. ju-ru-ja a kind of tea {Rtsii.}. 1’-^ ju-$e$ a kind of satin. Jan-wan n. of a celebrated Tibetan chief under whose orders the sacred series of works called Kahgyur and Tangyur were engraved on wooden blocks at Lhasa {Lon. % 17). a kind of tea {Rtsii.). jus strategy (Jd.). jus mkhas-po^ww&fWQ one skilful in means, one full of resources. t’N’Qlqq i: one who has conquered his enemies; a Bud- dhist saint of the Hinayana School. Syn. WTJ’VJ'4 Mhab-rtsod-гдуаЦ gyul-legs-pa; dgra-bcom-pa; dgra-las-rgyal {Mnon.). л: 1. acc. to Sch. possessed of good manners, of propriety of conduct; decent, agreeable; B^’4^ sincere. 2. acc. to Cs. clever, skilled, able, experienced; ^ц-qj’warmskilful in agriculture; dextrous in military matters. B**’** jtts-ma a sort of silk stuff {Cs.). 1. num. fig. 97. 2. a particle, used for expressing the comparative degree of an adj. or adv., and esp. a gradual grow- ing or increase, often with termin. case or oi; ё-fc-E-grew larger and larger: many stream- lets increased in size becoming larger and larger {Behn. 50). (they) go on increasing in number; it has become more evident; going nearer and nearer; higher and higher; £to grow better and better. 3. progress: {Suran. 5) whatever progress you observe in the advance of the doctrine in this place (association). 4. acc. to Lex. 5$^ sound, voice {Ja.). 5. acc. to Schtr. a hortative particle, often connected with a vocative. ^ I4 je-kha a deed. je-khyod acc. to Sch. now you, you first. jc-dan-po the very first. = thinner and thinner or finer and finer. 58
450 siEarq| Z^'Qjc-dbul-ica^^to grow p »orer, become more and more destitute. £ == a little while, some- time. growing longer and longer. tc’ Jr«=l. 5^’5 dan-po or TO, Wfe the first or earl io t. 2. Vt4 -nund, voice. jo 1. num. fig. 127 = or jo-jo tetcpbjtcU elder brother {Dag. 8) ; = w £ in (7. and in Sikk. Syn. 3’^ phu-bo^ snoH-sZrye.s, ?V thob-nia §kycs, ncs-hdsin, 3’® thu-bo, gecn-po (MnonX jo-gdan=^’^’the seat or head-quarters of the Jo-nang-pa sect of Buddhism in Tibet. Jo-nan or ГЗг^с? n. of a plaeo with a lofty Chortcn and a convent sb uated about 100 miles to the N.W. of Tashilhun- po; the place where Pliyogs-las Rnam-rgyal tho founder of tho Jonang-pa sect was born, and whence tho name Jonang-pa was derived. e-3>-ico also lord, master, noble, venerable; also one of tho nobility. Syn. ^’5 gtso-u-o; mgon-po; mgon-hdren {Mnon.). Jo-гсо Ja-ma-li n. of an image of Buddha in Yambu the ancient capital of Nepal. t Jo-ico rje (lit. the noble lord) the Tibetan title of Atis'a. £Jo-ico phyin dkar-wa n. of a demi-god {Rtsii). * Jo-wohi lugs-kyi rta- mgrin {56c) tho deity Hayagriwa aec. to the system of Jo-tco. jo-mo 1. win the female head of a household, a woman that governs as mistress of her own servants. 2. a clois- tress, nun. ГЙ'ргэд Jo-mo kha-nag snowy moun- tain in S. Tibet towards Bhotan. Jo-mo gan§-dkar lit. the lady of the white snows, a Tibetan name for Mount Everest. Jo-mo lha-ri tho snowy mountain between Tibet and Bhotan ordinarily called Chumalari. ^’3” jo-rtsi varnish for wooden furni- ture. gscr-gog lustrous gold- leaf for painting purposes. Jo-rdson or Е’йТс/ Jo-mo rdson n. of a fort and district in Tibet (Rtsii.). * £’ W'FVI* Jo-lug^ ^grol-dkar {2A.) JIEQI’CJ mjal-wa resp. for ; imp. mjol 1. to meet; to interview, obtain access to an honoured person, to wait on, to pay one’s respects tea person: utfrc^-WTR&artf I will pay a visit to my father; phyi§ my ar-du mjal-du yon I shall take the liberty of soon coming back; WRVjq to ask for an audience; w^’S’q^q cannot get in, can- not obtain admittance; R|5$T5^-q'they exchanged many compli- ments and expressions of joy; to visit a sanctuary or a holy place; to go on a pilgrimage; a pilgrim. 2. ^•qS-wq-q go-itahi mjal-ica 5П to under- stand, comprehend; 4 to understand the meaning.
451 жвгр mjal-kha audience, access to a great man’s presence, admittance; WTF' ^5^*q or to give audience, grant interview; to have an inter- view with; to meet. mjal-rten a present made at an interview with a great man. mjal-dar the scarf that is presented on the occasion of an interview. W^’q mjal-sna-pa an introducer, master of ceremonies (Cs). mjal-phyag salutation. wjal-man a visit paid by many together, a grand reception (<7s.). ^4*3 mjal-shu a prayer made on the occasion of an interview or meeting. ЯЕ-К’Ч mjin-pa — 1. the neck (Day. S). 2.meadow (Schtr.). mjin-bsnol explained as among birds or animals, for instance one hugging or embracing the neck of another to pick or tickle each other with the teeth ; let the four corners be made beauteous with peacocks crossing each other’s necks (A. £)* mjins-zab, v. klon-zab. «В4! mjug the back, the tail; what is behind, the hinder part, of anything, resp. posteriors, backside, tail (Dag. 8). colloq. to turn one’s back (on another). With regard to time=the end : at the end of the eighth month; *^’«1 or as adv. and postp. are colloquially in common use to signify: at the end of, at last, behind, after, with genit. of the verbal root; also вч^' ^5^=the last, the last one. nyug-sgro lower or inferior part, underpart, buttocks; tail-feather (Snin.). wgug §gro-can=$i% peacock. mptg b§no-wa to make a prayer after having done some act of merit. mjug-bsnos (^v^-q-q^ mthar phy in-pa hsnad) Pnw gone to the extremity; attaining thoroughness in any subject. rpjxig-do the bone ef the tail: the sheep’s tail-end ernes kidney, pains in the waist and disease caused by rlun. rpjug-rdum-^ with short tail, tail cut off; an ill-conditioned im- provident person who at the end dis- appoints or behaves ungratefully. mjugphod^can^^'9^^ a comet (Mnon.). ^B4!mjug-ma or ^*T*i hjwj-ma чгшнд the tail, the posterior that hangs down; sgril-ica to wag the tail; fig. the further progress and final issue of an affair; the conse- quences ; вчк.-t]the last. Syn. rna-rna; shu-gu (Mnon.). * wjug-rins or Du- tc a mjug-rins ^g comet (Kalac. T, 49). «VIone of the nine planets of Hindu Astronomy. rnje tflW the penis (Dag. 8) ; in the Tantras it is called ’ or erection of the penis; the glans penis; mje-rlig the penis and the testicles. *£*$qN the membraneous covering or the sheath of the penis (Jd.).
452 ®Eq-q| Syn. 5’5^ pho-rtagt; pho-dwan. (Mnon.). Ц mjed-pa suffering, endur- ing, bearing patiently; ace. to Cs. obnox- ious; prop, free; gen. acc. to Buddhist ideas the world, the universe. lyag-papLt^jags (Cs.)\ acc. to Sch. to establish, settle, fix, found; hence prob, and khris-bjagS) prob. я^чцгХс; time of prosperity, of peace, of rest ; a time without distur- bances, war, epidemic, etc. (Jd.). hjag-$ky(i> v. я**]я. hjag-gdan a seat made of the grass called я*ч|‘»<; a cotton-rug with its edges turned up with red cloth. я^я hjag-ma 1. a fragrant grass, Andropogon mu mat us. 2. асе. to Sch. a coarse and thick grass of inferior quality used in roofing huts. 3. a blade (of grass); stalk (of corn); on every blade of grass; ^’^’я^я-^’^ч) a bundle of blades of Ku$a grass. я^$5 ace. to Sch. horse-tail, pewter grass, Bgiiisctuni (Jd.). я^яя’^* aho called g the roots of this grass. In Tsang яя*]я is called (В*, я^]Я being eolloq. a word of CL; in Tsang we hcar^’^’S’ sa-shin phru-rlog byed-rgynhi khyem a shovel with which soil is over- turned (Rtsii.). hjags n. under я^ч 1,=^я| as remember, keep in mind : pray bear in the ocean of your mind that we may meet before long (Yig.k. 26). 2. clay or mud (Dag. 8). я^д]*гч hjags-pa in C. to give, to make a present, to formally present (Georg? s Alphabeium Tibetamun). the time of happiness or prosperity. ОДК’ lljaA place in N. W. Tibet which once formed the kingdom of Bjan (J. ZafL). я^я-д-^яря Bjan-gyi rgyan-mkhar one of the thirty-seven holy places of the Bon • (G. Bon. 38). ОДЦ’Ч hjfin-ica to devour, swallow (Sch.). я^с^-о^ля’ Bjan-tsha Lha-dican the son of king* Khri Idc- gtsug-brlan betrothed to tho sister of the Emperor Jun, Jun the fifth of the Tang dynasty. Ho died before his would-be spouse could reach Tibet. His father, however, married her as she would not go back to China without becoming a queen. яяяhjafi-so=4sa-wdsham$. lljans-shabs n. of a place in Kham (Lon. a, 12). я^адгзгад Bjan$-sa-lham n. of a place in Kham (Lon. >, 12). hjan-po a consort; properly яц-W=husband, and —wife. ЯВД'«фА hjab-gdan a soft rug made of wool (Rtsii.). ОДЦ’Ц hjab-pa pf. prob, fut., to sneak, slink, creep privily; to lie in wait, in ambush; Х*вгявд’<1 to make an attempt on a person’s life. я^сг^’Р A/aZ>-Ju-?nz=*i№ rkun-po or МЯ rkun-ma (Mnon.) a thief; явд’д^гзг to steal clandestinely. яад*? hjab-ise a pair of scissors, nippers, teezers. я«-|"р hjab-tse-kha a kind of rug made of <;яя $б7ег-тл
453 hjam-pa tender, soft, lovely, charming. Syn. ^’ci mnen-pa, hbol-wa (Mnon.). hjam-kh$ ЧЕХ, straight. qew-яч^ JJjarn-mgon е^етчт ; v. ^»r«pq. Bjam-тпдоп chos-kyi rgyal-po the complimentary title by which Tsong-khapa is addressed in Tibet: -gq’qqto the lotus feet of the king of the Doctrine, Jam-pal. Bjam-mgon bstan- pahi srog-^in Jam-gon the life-tree of the Doctrine. hjam-mgoa bl a-ma an ad- dress of politeness to the hierarchs of the S'akya school. hjam-ju§=^'^ a rkyan-jus a kind of silk scarf or satin. hjam-hjam polite words: ^Vq* СК5Г^Я,3“polite language should be used even towards the meanest person.” Also, in C. softly, gently. hjam-ljan hdab-ldan a parrot or the bird with light green plumage i Mfion.). hjam днеп-та a woman of fascinating speech. hjam-thabs gentle means, milder measures. | Bjam-pahi rdo-rje n. of a deity; a Bodhisattva. * qwqS'53^ Bjam-pahi-dbyans Maitri (firg. m. 113, 35). hjam-pahi rigs E^^TT^tu humbler classes (opp. to Z^Qrtsub-pa), soft, tender, smooth, mild, e.g., of cloth, hair; a meadow, a plain without stones or rocks, of fruit, the air, the character of a person, a person’s way of speaking. wrq hjam-po 1. soft, gentle, not rough or cross; gyon-po-ma yin-p>a not stiff. 2. тгад, mild ; alum. ^W^'^hjam-pos-leniG draw out infor- mation or any secret from another by using fascinating or smooth language. ^*rqvg hjam-por-$mra speak softly, gently. Bjam-dpal E^rvl n. of the third JDhyani Bodhisattva, who is regarded as the deputy of the third Dhyani Buddha, Dzin-sten Jung-do. Is popular throughout Nepal and Tibet. His several names are:—E^Vt4 the soft-voiced; Ces-rab-kyi- lha the god of wisdom; Brtaii-pahi hkhor-lo*, wgj Ral-gri- can; Zur-phud Ina-pa; Blo-yi-gter Nag-gi die an-ph у- Sen-ge-rtsen; Smra- wahi rgyal-po ; Smra-ivahi-lha; jTifc Ye-tys melon; $ ’^E’g Ye-ges-sku\^’M* Ces-rab hkhor-lo ;-^е‘мг^ Qes-rab-sku ; Rdo-rje rnon-po ; ^ Syg'srq Nag-gi rgyal-po {Mnon.). Q^qq^E'q E^Hhfrsrx the residence or sphere in the heavens of Jam-pal. * Bjam-dpal-grags E^JeV (Bull. 1848, 295). Bjam-dpal rgya-mtsho n. of the eighth Dalai Lama of Lhasa who died in the year 1805, aged 46. From the birth of Tsong-khapa to the 20th year of the Dalai Lama Bjam-dpal rgya- mtsho 420 years elapsed (Lon. 16). ♦ g JBjam-dpal rfia-$gra W1?!- n. of a Buddha (Td. 2, 279).
454 q Bjam-dpal $nin-po the name under which Tsong-khapais now belioved to be known in tho Tusita regions. n. of a Buddhist religious hook giving description of the region where dwells Man-jus'ri or Jam-pal. * Bjam-dpal ffshon- nur gyur-pa a manifestation of Jam-pal. * Tljam-dpal bfr$-gnen, Tljam-dbyan* *ши)ч v. VH called also tho principal Bodhisattva among the eight spiritual sons of tho Buddha. * Hjam-dbyaiis dkar-po a white image or manifestation of Jam- pal. A yellow ditto 11 jam-dfyyan§ dmar-ser. * Jljam-dbyans smra-sen srl'-P’* Wa-ghi gta-ra Lord of speech. lljam-hbrasn. of medicinal fruit reputed usefid in diseases of tho kidney {Med?); hjam-hbras dbyp-pa, v. (Jfnon.), a medicinal fruit, [the tree Pon- gamia glabrd]S. hjam-ma l.=t‘R^ resp. for 3*)’4 gruel, broth. 2. goddess of fortune. ‘Й hjam-mo post-stage (&Ж.). ^5г|* hjam-rtsi a purging clyster; a mild purgative medicine. hjam-yas n. of a number {Ya- sei. 57). hjam-bslus mgo-skor-wa to deceive by sweet and fascinating language. hjah or rainbow; also tho colours of the rainbow; w&fwq hjah-tshon у al- tea the vanishing of the rainbow; W^5 hjah-hod light or splendour of the rain- bow ; the body of a saint vanishing in tho rainbow or in tho manner of the colours of tho rainbow. Syn. 5«K’qcv5i^ dwan-pohi mtshon; 4g’ В^З brgya-byin gshu; rlun- gi rgyal-tshap; rlun-gi bah, 8^’5Г rlun-gi hbra$-bu; ^S’S’q hod Ina-pa ; gshah-tshon ; hjah-ris; rgan-pohi thig; Iha-rgyal mtshon-cha ; so^-ka bshad; dtcan-gshw, lha-yi tshan-ri§; dicah-pohi (jin-lal {Milon.). ОДО/Е} hjah-wa 1. also aec. to Seh. lame, gen. ^’3; hjah-tfar byed-pa to make lame, to lame. 2. to bespeak, to concert, to confederate {Seh.) QEQ/£| hjah -ma laces or needle-work representing the colours of the rainbow; generally Chinese shoes are made with such laces. hjah-sa or edict, diploma, a permit {Cs?); said to be a Chinese word Tibetanized. hjah-ris, n. ^^.hjah. hjah-sa, faithful ser- vant of the king. hjar-wa acc. to <X=W’q to stick together, to cohere. hjal-wa, pf. 4S*I, fut. imp. {Rdo. jfi) 1. to weigh. (a pair of) scales for weighing. 2. to measure : to measure • the length. 3. to appraise, to taS J to weigh
455 in one’s mind, to ponder; more fully expressed by blos-gshal-ica (hppt, to understand. 4. to pay; pay back, repay; to pay a debt; skyin-pahg'aI-tea to repay a loan; to pay rent or tax, esp. with ; or to retaliate, return, repay, return evil for good; also in tho way of a fine or punish- ment. In the Tibetan penal code 0’^ khri-hjal, i.e., payment in ten thousand fold is nccc-sary for making good the loss of sacred life or objects; а^а§чвд in. eighty-fold for the property of the clergy; nine-fold is compensation for the property of ordinary men. the articles or essentials of payment in purchase or of exchange in barter. hjal-kha the act or business of mea- suring ; fHar measured. hjal-tcar-byed=>^\^§S or fWlR’ paying in price; hjal- was ятц dry or liquid measurement or weighmeut. hjal-byed = 4 adhakas ; a measure; a measure of capacity. 0Д5ГЦ hjas-pa, v. §5'3^4 (Mnon.), •<Д’П hji-гса 1. or a flea, also g‘A Iji-ica. 2. acc. to Cfe. = ^’A. 3. soft, smooth. 4. acc. to Sch. disgusting, nasty, e.g., of a filthy smell. I: hjig-rten — 0^'** HHR 1. the transmigratory existence (Mnon.); or passed out of the world. 2. symbolically the number three (Rtsi.). receptacle of all that is perishable. 1. the external world, the universe,; ^Г^‘3‘^ the god of the world (who is also subject to death) ; ^4* hjig-rten las hdas-pa one that has escaped from this world, emancipated, blessed; hjig-rten-gsum the three divisions of the world: earth, the heavens and hades; ^|‘^’3*9’qhjig-rten- gyi bya-wa worldly things or affairs; ^{4* hjig-rtcn-la dgos-pahi bslab-bya useful maxims of life, moral rules; ^’^'3 the eight worldly objects:—(a) rned-pa gain; (6) ж rned-pa loss; (c) fame ; (d) й’^’А notoriety or ill-fame; (e) fft’A fa-41 slanderer scan- dal ; (/) Af^A ssfar praise; (g) a^a happiness; (h) ?«q*Ag*i sdug-bsnal misery. the five temporal acts of a Buddha:—Conception in the mother’s womb, birth, youthful achieve- ments, marriage, and reigning over the kingdom. the five works leading to the passing out of the world of a Buddha: (a) ^A'§* (чтет) renunciation; (b) 7ЧЯ’А'§5’А (U4^jy) asceticism; (0) chos- hkhor bskor-ica (^Й^ТЯТЙ^) turning the wheel of Law, i.e., preaching religion; (d) cho-hphrul ston- cin bdud btul-гса subduing tho devil (Mara) by exhibiting religious miracles; (e) J^’A the attainment of Nirvana. 2. world, as a more general term: a^a* bde-ica-can gyi hjig-rten the Sukhavati or the world of bliss. There are two kinds of worlds:—(a) я'^'ач’яВа]the impure or defiled world, i.e., the world of sin ; (b) V4A44&J] the sanctified world, i.e., the world of purity. Most Buddhists include our world, in the Madag-pahi Hjig-rten. The fol- lowing five include the pure worlds' or Dag-pahi hjig-rten: (a) A^AVApjflprA’A^'
| 456 gthe worlds which have been sanc- tified by the presence of the seven Sugata Buddhas or the happily-passed-away Bud- dhas ; (6) the worlds presided over by the Buddhas of the ten quarters and the five Dhyani Buddhas; (e) the world of beati- tude called «KVvyvq or (rf) the world called pad пш- can ; (e) De-wa-chan or the World of Bliss of the Northern Buddhists (Sor?y.). Our present world is divided into two:— ya) Phyi-$nod-kyi hjig-rten the physical or inorganic world, (6) the living or animated world. qBo]hjig-rten-kham$ the world. Syn. wfy^a-rten ; 4f\^\beud-kyi'$vod\ gna$-rten; rati-$kyed\ sa-bon (Mnon.). rBoj hjig-rten-kham$ kyi eha-$a§ part of the world. * *^1 Bjig-rten rnkhah-hgro n. of a nymph. hjig-rten mkh yen-pa <r^- the knower of the world, t>., of all that happens in the world. hjig-rten-khrim§=^'$*w rgyal-khrim$ the laws or institutes for governing (Mnon.). ^43’^ hjig-rten-gyi gtani worldly saying, common saying, proverb. Я^Г^'3'Ч5 hjig-rten-gyi thad worldliness; in the direction of worldliness, or usage, custom, etc. bjig-rten-gyi bar in the world a dark space, n. of a hell. Bjig-rten-gyi gtso-bo the lord of the universe (M. V.). ^ofi^-g^q bjig-rten-gyi tshul worldly manner, according to custom, or usage. qtfl]’q Bjig-rten mgon-po the patron or protector of the world; an epithet of the Bodhisattva Avalokites'vara ; also n. of the Buddha. hjig-rten hjig-pa the destruction of the world. an aversion to the con- cerns of this world, being tho outcome of adherence to the Doctrine. hjig-rlen-hdul spyihi-mtshan) one who has conquered the world—a general epi- thet of Buddha (Mfton.). hjig-rten-pa a worldly man, a layman. bjig-rten dpan-po=\^ also tnuxuraf the sun, the witness of the world. hjig-rten pha-rol the next world. §5'q Bjig-rten byed-po the maker of the universe, an epithet of Mahes'vara (Situ. 8). Bjig-rten byed-po = ^^^'^ Iha-tshan$-pa a name of Brahma (Mnon.). Bjig-rten dwan-phyug VC a name of Avalokites'vara (Mnon.). * Bjig-rten du'an- phyug yi-ge bdun the seven letters symbo- lical of Avalokites'vara (A. 2b)- hjig-rten-mig=P^** : the sun as the eye of the world (Mnon.); n. of a Rishi, the founder of Lokayata sect of Indian atheists (Grub. ”| 5). Bjig-rten me$-po the ancestor of the world; an epithet of Brahma (Mnon.). * bjig-rten zla-wa^^^ (Ka- lae. T, 7b).
457 ^Ч]’Ц| ** Hjig-rten las hda^-ma а n. of the queen of the Noi-Jin demons (K. g. S 130). hjig-rten $in rta-ma^WQ hbab-chu a hill torrent (Л/йоя.). ^Ч|’Ц I: hjig-pa=^ia\a break- ing down, destruction, ruin. аЦ'ц II: 1. vb, act. pf. fut. imp. 46.) to destroy, to devastate, to devour, to abolish, to do away with, dissolve (an enchantment). 2. vb. n. pf. or shig to be lost; undermined ; to decay, perish : 5*9 (earthly good) may be easily lost again; ч to restore repair. 3. to suck, draw out moisture (&Л.), v. &r<i. hjig-pa-can frail, perishable (Cs.); imperishable. hjig-pahi bskal-pa 4^^ the period of dissolution of the universe. hjig-pahi nan-can subject to destruction. R&fqKjj-q hjig-par Ita-ica appre- hensive of danger, fearful. hjig-tshogs lit. collection of the destmctibles, t.e., the worldly things; iftaw terrible. c&^qj^-oigiq hjig-tshogs-la Ita-wa the doctrine of regarding everything as des- tructible; described as one of the five schools of philosophy that aimed at freedom from misery, holding that worldly existence is comprised of five miseries; the doctrines opposed to it were:—(1) (2) wg; (3) ^* •«Xspfei; (4) ; (5) <S*T?- [The Sanskrt equivalents may be thus rendered:—(1) regarding the body as permanent; (2) ponder- ing on death ; (3) fwnqjs false concep- tion, i.e.y denial of future existence ; (4) hesitation or doubt about truths; (5) doubt about rules of conduct] £ ba-ru-ra a medicinal fruit. hjigs-pa I: vb. to fear, be afraid, be terrified. Frq. both in old and recent lit., also common in colloq. In books occurs with the instrumental case of the object: fearing those who were able to destroy the city; but in later writings and in colloq. takes because her anger was arising, he became afraid of the goddess (JZiY.) : I am afraid of you, thus he said. The form of the supine seems to be not and is in common use: as it was proper to fear the poisonous snakes in the trench, they filled it (with water) (G. Sndg.). Intensive forms of this verb are very frq. in early lit., being combined with either or or with both; esp. common in the Kah-gyur treatises: grew afraid; was sore affrighted. II : sbst. fear, apprehension, dread. Often with genit. case: rgyal-pohi hjigs-pa standing in fear of the king; JЧ5|П|-в&1ргсгд«чbecause free from fear of robbery, I am happy; when having no appre- hension of expenditure, he felt happy- Syn. skrag-pa*, AT*’4 dog$-pa‘, 5W dnafa-pa\ skyi-gyab} 5’^ skyi-bun ; bag-isha-wa (Mnon.)* * hjig§-§kyobs 45 chuhi... sen-gehi...^'^ .glaA-P0**^ 59
458 chad-pahi... kluhi... rnkhah-grohi.. mi~rgod*kyi... (Schr.). hjig$-§krag fear, panic; also a terrible object: he has be- come frightened. «гёчцгярц hjig^mkhan ono who is fright- ened. R&prqsN hjig§-bca§ W, nta with fear, possessed of fear. hjigs-bca^Jani a bad, unsafe road чВа]«г£5гч hjig$-chum-pay v. * hjigs^ter (Kalac T. 152) [inspiring fear, causing danger] bjigs-sdafi W^x fierce, terrible; also a term for wine. lljigs^dc hMK Wi^fi terrible, a name of the second Paydava, also Bhishma. hjig$-$na§ 1. lit. a fearful place; a cemetery, where dead bodies are left or disposed of. 2. = ^q fbn wealth, prosperity. Syn. dur-khrod; ro-yi-gas {Mnon.). hjig$-pa~can 1. fearful, timo- rous. 2. dreadful, frightful (Cs.). hjig^pa bcu-pa = *^ ma-he a buffalo. hjigs*pa~med WHU fearless. hjig$-pa sel-byed the remo- ver of all fears; a kind or ruler; also=5^'я a Jina, who removes all fears. Syn. mihi mgon-po; sa-bshi skyon (Mnon.). hjig%-par-hyyur becomes frightened; hjig&par byedwpZ- fw frightened. hjig^byed^kyes bom of Bhishma. * Ejig-bye# b^du^pa (Schr.). Hjigs-byed-rna 1. n. of a princess of the Yaksa or Noijin demi-gods. (K. g. 5, 130). 2.=^‘^qw the way to sin (Mnon.). propitiating eight fearful gob- lins (Schr.). (q) hjtg$~rnfi-(tca) wfrt, sfaw, жЪтгш, fearful, loath- some ; one of tho names of the second son Рац^и Raja. hjig^sa dangerous quarters or place. hjig$-sa-chc a placo where there is much occasion for being afraid. hjigs-su rufi-wa~ma xhrfl, ftw, •. n. of a goddess of fearful mien. Q.EK’ I: hjin a mineral substance applied on old sores. Rte’ II: seems to mean the midst, as well as the expanse, the whole bulk; g rgya-mtsho-ye hjifi the whole sur- face of tho sea; lu$-hjam hjag-po mtsho hjin-hjug the smooth- bodied Takshaka (snake) enters into the midst of the lake. rIc’r hjin-pa also «^’4 neck, resp. hjin-kyog a wry neck (Cs.); the nape of the neck (Jd.); the back part of the neck (Cs.); (lit. sunk-neck) a short-neck (in a man). hjin^ hi®, ячт th© center, the pith or 53”, the depths of the sea; the centre of ocean (Dag. 8).
459 Q.E-3 t| | hjib-hthun lit. that drinks as soon as it is Ьогп=|’Я',г*‘’Гс< §kge$~ina thag-pa an infant just born. оДц’Ч I; hjib-pa or pf. also fut. or^A to suck, e.g., of a baby; to suck with the lips {Dag. 8). fi«]'^q^ to suck blood; also to blister. с&гч и : or cf. ^‘q to relish, also to taste. hjib-rtsi acc. to Cs. a syrup, a medicinal plant. hjib-rtsi chen-po n. of a medi- cinal plant; it is said of it: it cures inflamma- tion of the liver and the teeth and diseases of the mouth. qhrq hjim-pa mud, clay, also muddy water (ДГЯоп.). § mud image or statue. hjm-$kon a small cup of olay; a crucible (Cs.). a figure formed of clay. hjhn-las-pa one of the four classes of the rural people who make mud houses; those who work in mud, cultiva- tors of the soil {Ya-sel. 55). Utorq hjil-ica 1. to shed blood. 2. pf. boil, fut. tо expel, eject, remove, turn off. phyir hjil-wa to banish out (noxious animals, vices, etc.). + ]Ijil-na-gan river mentioned in early history of India {К. my. p 198). hjil-li —^^khrihii-qin a chair, wooden stool; alhjah-ris colours of the rainbow : rdsins-kyi kha khyer-las hjil-li byas-nas (A. 18^ a seat was furnished him by his being carried on the deck of a vessel. Q|'q I: hju-ica vb. 1. pf. to seize, grasp, lay hold of, with {Dag. 8): dpral-wahi mdah-la hju-wa grasping the arrow (that was) sticking in his forehead; taking firmly hold of each other ; <чд|'Ч^ я^-q to grasp by the hand {Jd.). 2. pf. fut. to melt, to digest; ^N’%‘q to digest the food; 4’8|’q easily digestible; 4’Wq difficult for digestion; RWqv’SW^V^’^^’q^'q*^ whatever has been eaten, drunk, or tasted with perfect ease (pleasure) becomes well digested. II: 1. digestion; hju-wa- la-sgo the digestion is in order, is easy {Itfedj; the digestive power is weak {Med.; Ja.). 2. = яВ^ a flea (&?Л.). I: hjug, slabs to plant, fix, pitch;hjug-bde-tca^^'^^ stabs- bde-wa easy to plant or to fix. Ч4!’4^’^’4 hjug-hkhrun ehod-pa to make the last settlement, settle a thing once for all. Ч4!’4^*4 hjug-brgya-pa=^^\ glog тгда lightning; banks, margin. hjag-nogs, ufa n. of Vishnu ; a ford, where one may cross a river, also the margin of a river. Ч4!’^4! bjug-ldog obstacles. Ч4!'^ hjug-§dud for Ч4!’^ in- sertion, also conclusion in a syllogism. I: hjug-pa pf. and imp. shugs 1. to go into, to enter ; ^’V^'4^4!’4 to enter into the water; J’^vagspq to start on the sea; QW^'44rq to set out, start, to proceed on a journey. Gren. Ч4!’4 is used with the termin. case, but sometimes it occurs with «I: by the blessing of
460 *^1 the reverend lamas I have entered the mountains [Mil. I4 278) ; q and when they had emerged from the first stage of Sam- tan abstraction (»>., dhydiia), they entered into the second stage (J)zl.). In this passage, we find the ter min. case employ- ed : W”Л when I feel cold, I enter into the fold of the very Void (Mil. *192). to betake to pious works; works that are a consequence of having really entered upon the praetieA of virtue, positive good works; осодч to turn to religion, to be converted ; Ч4)41 hjan-pa shig-la hjug-pato adopt a certain religion, a certain doctrine. 2. almost analogous to 1. is another eommon signi- fication : to begin, to set about. Hero the vb. is always eoupled to the participle by *4 : to begin to think upon; 4 to begin showing ; 4 having started entirely exterminating one another {Ja.). II: = 5^*4 sbst. the going into, the entering; the beginning; the first stage of a disease {Mng.); also can signify : ТОП the incarnation of a deity. Ч4!4^ Bjug-pa-Ъси the ten incarnations of the Supreme Being z Vishnu), viz., $ the Fish; Tortoise; the Pig; ^fnvtho Man-lion; зтни the Dwarf; Krishna or lather his elder brother Balarama; ЧТЩПТ Paras'u Kama; Eamaeandra; Ntarjsj Buddha; Kin-ghi rtse Kalki. Ш; (Perh- a^so Lex.)^ fut. (Rdo. 46), imp. vb. 1. to put into, insert; to infuse, inject; to fix. йto convert a man, to induce him to adopt a certain religion. 2. to appoint, constitute ; also to mani- fest, place out, settle. 3. to command, induce. 4. to permit, allow, suffer. In last two senses with termin. case of root of verb. q hjug-pa-geig — ^^ ‘^<4 of one opinion, of the same party; ; J’l”' (Mnon.). Ч4!^ hjug-pahi-gna$ met. house, residence (Mnon.). 4*1 q^q hjug-par hdod-pa to wish to take up any work. ^^qvg^q hjug-par-byed-pa to under- take. ЧЯ’З hjug-bya 1. road. 2. dwelling. Ч4! hjug-rins (for mjug- ring %3 comet. + hjitti8-pa=fo'%'%'Q 1. ava- rice ; avaricious {Dag. 8). 2. ^4^ a miser; hjufa-pa-can avaricious. + hjud-pa and more frq. a secondary form of 4*14 cf- $S‘q, 45q- + hjiid-mthiin-ina or 4T4V*1 = Jifwi a prostitute, harlot. (Daj. 8); hjud-mthun byed-pa to play the harlot. 4^*4* Hjun-hgar a tribe of Eleuth Mongols who invaded Tibet and destroyed monasteries circa 1645 {Lon. ^12}. 0,^’Ц hjun-pa pf. bean, fut. gfdnin (ef. Q^bshun, 9^ shun) aec. to Cs.,to subdue, make tame; to make confess; to make soft, to soften, to punish (by words or blows); to convert, one who can tame by certain means or strategy. 4*'BS hjum-khyad= ^•^^•qw'40|'q to diminish, to become less {Rtsii.).
461 hjum-pa or pf. я&н bjum, fut. imp. $*, prop, to cause to shudder, but is frq. as neut. vb. to contract; contraction of the muscles, shrinking (Sch.). Hjur-дедъ n. of a kind of Yi- dag whose throat is so contracted that a drop of water can hardly pass through it to quench his ever-burning thirst. hjur-gyis suddenly, all at once: ua-bzahi phag-na tshur dnul-gyi man-dal khrti gan-pa shig hjur-gyis bton. from the pocket of his robe he suddenly drew forth a silver mandal tray one cubit square (Bbrom. I4). 4^ hjur-ica (pf. q.v.) 1. to draw tight; to be entangled; wrinkled, as the skin is in old age; hjur-mig a wire-drawing hole or vice. 2. = QK^’q to evade, to shun, to go out of the way; ^’**5 unavoidable (Ja.). hjur-bu the act of busying one’s self in worldly concerns and thereby re- maining tied to them, КЗ, (Lo. 40). hju§ seized, held by the hand, v. 4q. hje sometimes written for •+> Ц hgebs-pa or well sounding, beautiful, handsome; also of sweet sounds; harmony, euphony (Ja.). re& ci hjem-pa also or 1. dexterity, cleverness. 2. skilled, clever. Bjer-hjig$ an epithet of Indra (ЛГпоя.). оЮп hjo-wa sgeg-pa mtw fascinating, charming, seductive. Ju'd hjo-bgam phyo^-pa=or я&гч playful, coquettish. hjo-sgeg: 1. beauty, charm (Yig- 50). 2. a coquettish, alluring posture; the harlot places herself alluringly (Jd.). hjo ster-wa — S^'^ giving delight, charming (Mnon.). оК’Л II: pf. fut. imp. to milk; to milk a yak- cow. Я^ЧЙ’Ч hdod-hjohi-Ьа 3innhl a cow yielding all desires; a cow that gives milk at pleasure. hjo-mkhan one who milks a cow; also hjo-wa-po. hjo-wa-mo a milkmaid. яГя hjo-ma a mil ch-cow. Syn. Ч'Й ba-mo; hbab-byed; yons-hjom (Mnon.). яЕ’-q hjo-qa and -qhjo-$a-ka chen-po are celestial flowers.lhahi meJog flowers of the gods (K. d. 156). hjog-pa I: ^n^r, ; pf. ^4, fut. imp. : 1. to put, place, make a place for, settle; to assign: (A* $5) if you can employ me I must do the work of an attendant. to set one a task, to employ one in a certain service; q to set up some person as false witnesses; to boar in mind; to leave behind, to leave out, to put by, to lay aside. treasure and articles were not put by. one who hoards up wealth. 2. to leave, to leave behind; an impression; to leave one’s own country; so that it is not loft to povferty; to leave offspring behind, to propagate the species (Ja.).
^]'С| | 462 II: pf. fut. Я^% imp. to cut, to hew, to square (a pen, timber, etc.), to carve, to chip (a thin piece of wood, eto.) (Ja.). R&jfEj Ндод-ро^ъуЪ m n. of a species of Naga or Lu. <rgfwr Taxila, n. of an ancient city in the Panjab which was visited by Alexander the Great. Klu-rgyal dgah-Ъо IJjog-po Naga-raja Nanda Takshaka. hjog-byed n. of a bitter medi- cinal plant. hjofi. Icon tadpole. 2. a hoe, pick-axe: frjoft-chcn, a large hoe, also pick-axe: the hammer and hoe are both of the devil (D.I?.). 3. of egg-form *TS) (Dag. 8). oXr2f hjon-po also hjon-hjofi oblong, longish, oval, elliptical, cylindric, bottle- shaped, etc.; also applied to stature: tall; oblong shaped, in relation to leaves, cones of firs, etc.; # * slips; leaves split into narrow slips. (Jrai. §n.); an oval form (Ja.). a small low table (used as dining table for a single person in Tibet). hjon-dmar—*^ copper (7Г. du. 19). * afcw hjoni* ЯП broken (Kalae. T. 144). hjo ms-pa, pf. or чЖяя also of fut. Я^я (Rdo. 46), imp. 1. W, VTH, t^Arnpr, qftn to conquer, subdue, put down, sup- press ; to root out a disease ; emKwo to defeat in a war; blo-mun hjom§-pa to keep down or suppress a wicked person; to be quite overpowered by lust; the following overpowering (charm); will be killed, des- troyed; чТя’Й an exclamation: I am done for I (Ja.). 2. to oppress, tyrannize over, plunder: as they were on the point of plundering him. аЦ who were oppressed by the king were delivered. From this verb is derived the well-known appellation of Buddha, mean- ing “he who, possessed of victory, has passed beyond.” i: hjom§-byed 1. a charm, a magical formula. 2. an exorcist who suppresses the vanquisher. Syn. ndhu-bo-che; rdo- rje hdsin-pa (Mnon.). * и: the conqueror; con- querable (Kalac. T. 153). *Ewr§Y5 JJjom$-bycd-bu the eldest of the five Papdava brothers (Mnon.). hjor—rffc 1. hoe, grubbing hoe, mattock, pick-axe; ^'^Я^ the iron of a mattock (Cs.). 2. the supine of as in hjor-gyi$ rko-tca to turn up with the hoe; ^‘5 a small hoe. ^'3 hjor-po a large mattock, spade ; hjor-yzi the handle of the hoe. ^Xoi’q I: hjol-wa 1. to hang" down, go$ tta-bu as of a robe, grament. 2. occurs for hbyol-wa to turn .aside, to make way.
463 П II: a sbst. acc. to Cs.—^' в^®< hjol-hjol or fl]^4'A gshol-wa train, trail, retinue; hjol-gos or hjol-ber a linen cloth, a robe or garment with a train; hjobcan having a train; qw^q54lq*g4’^ put on the protecting robes of listening, reflection, meditation {Mil. 92). r&ta&i hjol-hjol hanging belly or paunch Jd.\ Кдч like a flowing robe touching the ground while walking) {Dag. 8). hjol-le hanging; cf. or ^5'4’ аЁогй hanging-belly, paunch. Бjol-mo 1. a singing bird of very sweet note, said to be abundant in the juniper groves near Lhasa and in Lhokha: hjol- mohi grc-wa$ tshan$-pahi dbyan§ lia-bu $kyed from the throat of the Jol-mo comes out a voice-like that of Brahma. In Snd. Hbk. mention is made of two species of Jol-mo: gaid to be a species of blackbird identical with Merula ruficollis, aud a middle-sized piebald bird described as white in colour with yellow markings and with a daub of red behind each ear. Met. Syn. Ina-icahi dbyafa- §nan; gre-hgyur-mkhan ; 3^5 dus-tshigs kun-hgro {Mnon.). store-room {Ja}. 1V4 rjid-pa acc. to Cs. lean; gen. 4a. rjib-las in IF. = service done in socage ; compulsory service in the fields, on roads etc. {Ja}. 6,^’4 rjud-pa—^^rgud-pa \> .49 trouble, danger, disadvantage {Dag. 8). t wiw, яя lord, master, superior, chief; his lordship, his majesty; a title of rulers and chiefs. In Tibet this title is also applied to ministers and to officials up to the rank of Mdah-dpon (general) if ap- pointed from among the hereditary nobles of the land. ^’3'1 yul-gyi rje mdsad-nas having acted the part of a sovereign of the country. t'B'SRje Khri sgra §pufis-can one of the kings of Tibet {Yig} ; Rje khri-thog the reigning king (of Tibet). Rje Dge-hdun-grub Gedun- dub, the famous Lama of Lhasa who founded the monastery of Tashi-lhunpo in Tsang, and who was one of the most distinguished disciples of Tsongkhapa. Note: the title of Dalai Lama was not assumed until 200 years later. rje-nar sqp the loin; but acc. to Jd. the lower part of the leg. * Rje Ican^kya robpahi rdo-rje or Lcan-§kya rob pahi rdo-rjihi-shab§ {18B), v. Rolpahi Rdorje. ^5 rje-nid 4^ your lordship, rever- ence. Rje-thog-rtsan n. of a king of Tibet {Yig}. rje-ua, pf. ч^м, fut. imp. ч^ qfKWH to change, barter, to give or take in exchange: я^’5д*ч|<гч^ it may be changed for these; to shift, pass on; articles of barter. w, 1- lord, master, ruler, king: be
464 <5'^1 became sovereign of Tibet; й*В sa-yi bdag-po mi-yi rje the lord of the soil, ruler of the people; B’^’V^ master and servant; B'p^ master and slave; B'S} king and minister; rje-ci hgs sir, what for, why ? 2. a title of honour for dreaded persons or deities. Syn. gtso-bo; dmag-hdren ; mgo-dponJfA\^dpon-mgo {Шон.\ rje-hbans the king aud his subjects. acc. f0 CSt a lady of rank ; B’*'4^‘ young lady. I й rje-mo mistress, lady. rje-btsun reverend, wor- shipful. This title is applied to saints, hermits, learned lamas, е.д.у to Milaraspa, the author aud peripatetic teacher. * Rje-btsun dam-pa blo-bzan bstan-pahi rgyal-mtshan Schr. * rjc-btsiin-dpal honourable sir I {Bull. 1838, 301) Schr. * Bjc-btsan byams-pa or§w q your beneficient reverence ! 1 A.) Schr. 1*^'* rjt-btsun-ma lady who has entered the order of ge-long-ma. Ap- plied also to any very charitable от devout woman. to the feet of the venerable lady who in her devotion to the cause of religion and in beneficence is unrivalled {Yig. k. 13). * Rje-btsun-ma kd-pa-li td-ra {53 A.) Rje- btsun-ma hphags-ma sgrol-ma W nW titles of the goddess Dolma {Ta. 2, 151). rje-rigs the caste of the nobility; the caste of the smaller lords, ?>., gentlemen. Syn. brfa-byun (sprung from the loins); brla-skyes (loin-bom); sa-reg^ ВУ^** rjehu-rigs {Шоп.). ВRje Rin-po-che the epithet by which Tsong-khapa is commonly known in Tibet. His real name was Spprq in Sans. rjehu-rigSy v. В’^Я^ tje-rig$. B’4 rje-sa^^'v deference, respect; §5'4 to show respect, to pay ond*s respect. th ^5*^ ijed-pa 'таит, pf. and fut. ^BS brjed 1. to honour, reverence ; qBS to honour and worship; vener- able, worthy of honour. 2. to for- get ; ^Bv^'R^p brjed-du hjug-pa to make forget, to cause to forget: стрглВ^Л having gradually forgotten my native land {Hfil.). rjed-na$-c,an ace. to Lex. con- sulted ; by Jd. Hf4wfa; forgetful, oblivious; Cs. gives instead of it BS‘^’^. Bs ‘3 rjed-chu draught of oblivion, water of forgetfulness. Bv? rjed-tho list of notes, memorandum, journal, note-book, etc. BS’K rjed-rdo prob, memorial stone (Ja.). tS’9c'‘ rjed-byaft specification or list of goods, luggage, etc., which the Tibetans mark with letters of the alphabet. BS’lS Tjed-byed or BtV§\S'4lA<Ji 1. a demon that takes away the power of memory. 2. epilepsy. Bs'^ rjed-zas the meal of forgetfulness {0s.); any food that produces oblivion.
465 <5Г#Т| | 4 rjen-pa «пт, 1. stark, bare, naked; bare-footed, unshod; to go bare-footed; gdoft-rjcn-du §dod-pa to sit with unveiled face; with uncovered head; rgyab-rjen-pa naked back- side; to strip perfectly; 5W quite naked (&?A.); ^3’^’4 ral-gri rjen- pa a naked sword; the bare ground, an uncovered ground; un- disguised, obvious to the understanding, manifest. 2. raw, not roasted or cooked; red raw meat; butter not melted; raw barley, not parched; also the meal of it; 9*1^ buck-wheat meal (Se/i.). 3. unripe (chiefly from Ja.). r/ewraw; -*T^i 1. raw meat. 2.= <4^a naked person {Dag. 8). Syn. деет-Ъи; ткуап-ра; ^’^5 sgrtb-med; gyogs-med {Mfion.). rjen-btagz raw barley or peas ground, without being first parched. rjen-phye unparched barley, pea, or wheat flour {Rtsii.). rjen-rigz victuals that may be eaten raw (Cs.). I rjen-zat uncooked meal or victuals. has primarily the significa- tion of a mark left, an imprint made on the ground; and this meaning is more exactly expressed in such terms as rkafi-rjes, a foot-mark, the trace of one’s foot and the impression or mark left of one’s hand, hence fig. an action or deed. 2. However, from this the primary sense of there is derived the second and more ‘ordinary signification of the word, m., that which comes after, that which follows, the consequence. Hence we obtain the . most common usage of all, namely its use as an adv., signifying after, afterwards; and the postp. or simply meaning after, behind, &c. to follow ; Xie/ pursued after the stag. Also, conjunction there- fore, consequently. 3. the hinder-parts, v. Pth. 270, line 6. rjes-khugs-pa to recall or find out afterwards. 1^’05 rje^khrid certainty, sureness. to recover, to re-acquire, v. {Situ. 110). rje$-dnos real. rjes-gcod=$ knife {Mnon.). ^•<4X5*4 rJ'S-eod-pa 1. acc. to Seh. to destroy, blot out, efface a track or trace; in Med. to eradicate the trace of a disease, to cure thoroughly. 2. to separ- ate, disjoin. 3. In IK. acc. to Jd. to fol- low a trace or track, to find or t о come upon the track. rjes-ehags attachment, attached; compassion. Syn. rfa-su-brtse \ ?пй- rje. hgrogs-pa {Mfion.). rjes-chags-skye^^'^ or eulogy, praise {Mnon.). rjes-hjug 1. a final consonant. the ten finals, i.e., % 5, S % S % S which are affixed to others to form a syllable or word. 2. adj. following, subsequent; all the following generations. Tjes-brjod imitative words; a copy; also postscript, anything said or written afterwards; an after- expression. rje$-$neg$-pa to follow after (in Sikk.). rje$-thog=^'4 afterwards. 60
46G t^’A’q 1. cessation of meditationto take food, but no more of it than is absolutely necessary for preservation of life. 2. wgwn profit, gain. 3. to find tho track. rje$-Ynthun-pa wg^nj (А, 7Г. III. 38} to make similar, to adjust after- wards. rjes-dran wggif?r remembrance, recollection. 4]^* rje$-gnan ^д^т, wgnfa, FHfa, permission, leave, consent. rje$-pa, v. ^'q rje-tea. rje$-dpag 1. ^дщи conjecture, guessing or guess. 2. consideration, deliberation. 3. aec. to Was. a syllogism consisting of three propositions. rjes-hbran vgjffi a follower, an adherent. rje$-ma 1. ^gt last, final; the final one. 2. sometimes for rje$. 3. tho hinder part ((/<?.). Syn. Й phyi-ma*, Ttift-ma ; § phyi-$o$; g$am-ma ; wjug-ma ; l^'^^Srj^-su-bgyid} t*rg'gA tje$-8u $grub {Milon.). rjc$-med without leaving any traces, trackless; to destroy without trace being left. 1^'4^ rje$-hdsin acquirements; accom- plishments : rje$-hdsin rig-pahi yan-rtse-hdi nam-yafi. mi-nani§ these acquirements—’the summit m bonuni of knowledge—can never fade. rje^zun чд<1^ the taking or receiving at last; a favour or kindness done (А. К. XXX. 3). rjc^cs ^gw, ^g^fn knows ledge; knowing after. |Xg rje$-su adv. afterwards, t*rg’S[«i ndhun- par-$kyc$, v. rje$-$kye$, wg^T a younger brother; also a deed, aet. tje$-su khyod sfaur a statue, representation; a figure representing some person or deity. Вя’дчдчрГА rje$~su~hgug$-pa to recall;to summon; to ordor to do according to one’s instructions. rje$-su-bgrod gone behind, followed. 1^д’<ч rjes-suhgro-wa ^*44 to follow', go behind; to imitate. rje$-su h$grub-pa lit. doing after an ordor; following, obeying. rjes-su geo d—met. a knife {Mnon.). rje$-8u ehag$^^^^ WHTNT attachment; attached, fond of; with love or fondness; also дЯтг with motion, or force. |м*дч^« rjes-su-hjigs—W^yQ bgyod-pa a repentance {Milon.). g^'g^VT4 rje$-8u hjug-pa wgurfx or ^gmfbPl, wgM^r imitation; imitator; follower. t^’gT4!^rjc$-8u rtog$-par bya ^g- FnPT should ponder on, consider, reflect upon. ^’g q^’q rje$-su b$tan-p(i wgajHMr orders, ruling instruction; or S^ g* precepts, instructions left (Mnon.); in colloq. mgo-hdren byed-pa to instruct a disciple in spiritual learn- ing ; also to protect, patronise. i^N'g’Vji ty'es-su-thos'q^pi hearing after- wards, anything heard after. |*rg’^ q rje$-su mihun-pa wg^tH, ’’W regular, harmonious; faith. twrg’aj^qS’&r VI six regular virtues:—(1) wg^frfawf^ resignation
467 ^51 to natural consequences; (2) ^^4 character; (3) disposition to view a thing properly ; (4) w* *jdT4 remorse; (5) *35’q hgyod- pa sorrow for good as well as bad acts; (6) t^’<PXS’q ries-su hdod-pa right ambition. r/^-sw dran-pa^l^'V\ subjects of recollection, which are six:—(1) ysr^nryj’q ^rgsjfd the remembrance of the Buddha; (2) £*rt*r*J’^'q tpwhjMJfa the remembrance of the Dharma; (3) 5^|* the remembrance of the Sangha* (4)^§яф’*г^1 ЛЫт- the rememberance of reh’gious duty; (5) arrw^fa the recol- lection of renunciation; (6) ^’t^’^’^’q the remembrance of the gods. rjes-su-ldan practised, habituated. rjes-su gnan-wa, v. t^’^’^’q rjes-su b§tan-pa to propound; to grant religious instruction. rje$-su-dpag or to weigh, to deliberate upon. I’srgipS*4 rjes-su spyod-pa^^'^’^'^ or (Mnon.) to perform or practise. ^rg^jpfq rjcs-su-hphrog-pa to deprive, to plunder, to rob, to snatch. rjes-su byed-pa^ rjes- su hgyur-гса to do like another, to imitate; imitation. ^’g'^g^'q rjes-su hbyun-wa feel- ing, thinking. * hbrafi-ica going after ; usage, custom (Dull. 18J/8Z 291). t^’g’^-q rjes-su hbrafi-wa to follow. t^'^’^gq-q rje§-su hbr&t-wa чгйат to adore, to worship. g^rg’sV^'q rjes-su mi-mthun-pa discordant, in contradistinction to another. rje$su brtse-геа to pity;to favour out of compassion (Mnon.). gsrg-£«rq rje§-su tshol-ica чрч'чШ searching after; ’«RprfS imploring help, favour, etc. rjes-su-htsho Ш being supported or backed by another, main- tained or favoured with sustenance. rjes-su-shugz involved with. rjes-su mi-hdsin-pa not re- taining ; not retentive. Syn. mi-hdsin, de-nan- hgal (Mnon.). g*rg’^*q rjes-su hdsin-pa 1. ^^TT^to follow (one in reading or in making a speech, etc.); to welcome or receive kindly. 2. to believe ; to have the impression of, to retain. Syn. »£^j’q^’qgs mnon-par-bskyed (Mnon.). |$rg SJ^’q rjes-su yi-ran-wa to rejoice in ecstasy. tN’^’q^jS'q rjes-su bgad-pa to explain; explanation, description. tsrgiprq rjes-su slob-pa ^gfir^r teach- ing according to another’s system. pf. and fut. to say, to recite (5^’5 from a book); pronounce, utter, c.0., a charm or magic formula; to annouce, promulgate (£« a religious doctrine); to enumerate, set forth, or the good or bad qualities, actions etc.; to treat of a subject in writing. 5r>V=^‘£’l5 (fii-brjid, V^’qlS dpal-brjid glory, halo, splendour, lustre; brjid-kyis brjid shines with still greater brightness.
468 — 1ия- tr )us, refulgent; very able and accom- plished. q£5‘«*]*rq brjid-chags-pa — ^’л^’Ч'Ц or Dag. 8*. brjid-non bringing another under one’s power by the spell of speech, learning, or force of character; subduing one by will-power or by tho fascination of one’s charms, &c. yoH- $dud brjid-non ehe-gin Btsii.). а^-я brjid-pa to shine, glitter. Л15 • q 5 4^ N b rjid-p7h i-hg ro$ = Л’ R^‘ walking with a darning gait Mnon.). qt brje sbst. change, barter. ЦВ‘Ч brp-wa to be absorbed in thought; q| 4 behaviour after the man- ner of a Bodhisattva whose self is lost in the thought of the well-being of others. As a vb. '£vq£'q to change, tran>fer, barter property. <j|’25 brje-bo a making up, a compens- ation by barter; qt S’gV4 to exchange, to give an equal measure in bartering, e.g., of salt for barley, &c. brjc-mtsham$ taking over office, when a new officer tak^s charge of a post from an old officer 41S brjed=^\^ b$kud-pa oblivion. c|5'rqR‘RTq brjed-fia-wahi htshe-ica tho danger of forgetting. qg^’wq brjed-na$-pa gfqwfa one whose recollection (memory) has been robbed. In ^wer ftxyq-“it signifies that which has been forgotten in reference to a religious discourse” (K. d. R 355). stV? brjed-tho memorandum. Syn. V dran-tho\ brjed-byafi (Mnon.). $rje<l-tho-fyags-pa to keep a memorandum ; «‘«J^q^vTrflfcq to keep note with a view not to forget a thing: Г5 Z 4$^ the lord (Ati/a), being pleased with the won- derful account, took a note of it (A. 60). irjed-pa wyqfa to forget. Stated by lamas to be the correct spelling of tVq rjed-pa. qtVq’^S'q b rjed-pa med-pa without forgetfulness, oblivion. S btjed-sprod prob, mis-spelt for brjid-sprod to give or make over charge of an office or duty. 4^5 §5 brjed-bye(j WW forgetfulness (Zant. 11). fyrjed-byed-kyi gdon demon who brings in forgetfulness (21 fig. 77, 79). brjed $byan-wa to recall to the mind what has been forgotten and to retain it by exercise. q|*rq brje$-pa pf. of ч| ч q.v. ^5 (faufcfl Kdlac. T, 101) speech,clear expression; a phrase, utterance. qlS’S^'^'q vb. to be inex- pressible. one cannot mention or enumerate each by its name: brjod-kyi$ mi-lan-icahi phyir nd-bkod I do not write it down, because it is impossible to relate everything (Ja.). ql^NN’^zq brjod-iiams-tshig = ^ч|’цз^25' tshig bzafi-po med-pa bad language, vulgar speech. 4l5’^’^5*q brjod-du med-pa ямрЮГЩ 1. indescribable, inexpressible, ineffable;
469 F’l 4 qfbrn record- ing what is unspeakable. 2. (Ззд) u. of a number. brjod-do ^^said, described. q brjed-bde-wa agreeable speech; also one able to speak with facility. brjod-hdod acc. to Schtr. a mere supposition. q^qS}^ brjod-pa-yin it is said, related, v. q rjod-pa. brjod-par hdod-pa wishing to speak; also ftw to desire to talk of one’s own self, conceit. qt^qvyq brjod-par bya-wa fit to be spoken ; ^l^'qvg^q brjod-par byed-pa to speak; sbst. a speaker. 4eV5 brjod-bya=X*\ don meaning; 4T^i, W, an expression, anything said ; an attribute (Zam. 11). *0-5’3’^ brjod-bya-can=Xfi‘^ don-can possessed of meaning; explainable. brjod-bya-ldan зттф, met. a child. brjod-bya - bral = that cannot be said, or described. brjod-byahi-rtags sign of expression; srajiK begging back. brjod-byahi-rab, яфз- fit to be proclaimed, praiseworthy. qX^'^*q^’q brjod-mi bde-ica one who is not able to speak well. brjod-med 1. the unspeakable, the transcendental. 2. a speech not ear- nestly meant; empty words, mere talk. 3. n. of a very large number. dpag-thag-gfii§ daft brjod-med-gnis (Ya~sel. 57). q£^W or WW good speech, also a good speaker; good delivery (lljnon.). synonymy, explanation of words; imagery. «X^q^ praise, eulogy; acc. to Sch. invocation of a deity. complimentary expres- sion, adulation. acc. to Schtr. preface, introduction; acc. to Jd. in 0. to approve, commend, sanction; acc. to Was. the title of a book called class of gatha delivered by Buddha out of j°y- brjod-ya^ (3^^) n. of a large number. Ijag-ma fine satin generally spread on cushions used by the great of Tibet. Ljag-mo glin-ga n. of a state grove in Tibet (Rtsii.). tia№ resp. f°r g Ice fsnrr, тнггт the tougue; liags-kyis chab-hdor-wa to spit, to spit out; g^N'aq ljag§-chab spittle, saliva; g3*r*S3^ Ijags- dbugs breath. g3^ljag§~kyi dwan- po the organ of taste, the tongue. Syn. ro-hdsin\ g Ice (Mnon). gsprq|<yq ljag$-bnem-pa=^w^V4 $nags- bzlas-pa to ejaculate charms or mantras. Ljafi also spelt, g^N a place one day’s journey to the west of Lhasa. gc/q^q’^-q Ljan-bkra-fis dgon-pa n. of an ancient monastery in Jang (Deb. frO). g^’3 ljan-gu green (light). g^'E ljan-ja also called g^'E'q'X ljan-ja- pa-ri green tea, exported from the Chinese district of Kang-tse Rapak situated on the confines of Tibet (Rtsii.). g^'^5* tjafi-dun in W. acc. to Jd. solid, not hollow; it also prob, signifies, bar- silver, silver beaten.
470 gr3 Ifan-skya greenish-white. g^’S Ijaft-khu also spelt g^'3 Ijan^ja vftcT, W green (Dag. 8). g^'H Ijan-khra party-coloured on a green base ; different colours on green back ground. gM4! Ijan-nag blackish- green. g^’S*^ IJan-dnwr greenish-red. g^^ IJafi-ser greenish-yellow. adj. 1. green, not ripe. 2. green corn in the first stage of its growth, green leaves of barley and oats. 3. silver-plate, pure silver : S^ S’g^’4 ^ «IS’ dnul-gyi IJan-pa de-rnam$ gad-$kyib$ pg-tu §ba§ they concealed the plates of silver in certain crevices of the cliff (Л. 121 к Syn. * wa-smm-jw; g’*K4 $no-san$'> fie$-$grib ij^non.). g^'S Ijan-bu tho seedlings of rico, when they grow a foot high and are fit to bo transplanted; greenness, verdure (grass, foliage, shrubs); ai’g«vq a green leaf, also having a green leaf. g^ Ijan-bu. gc/Й Ljan-mo a district in Lithang beyond Kham. e\ lian-ljin defilement, filth, dirt, dust, sweepings: 4«p«]*r^’*’g^ f°r washing off by conse- crated water the defilement and the mucus- of lust (D.-R.). ijab in jf. flat, plain, even (Jd}. Ijdb-ljab a large number, ©s g sbst. hit heaviness- yi-tin heavy, depressed, as if pressed with a stone: gtonpa’s mind having become depressed, he said to the lord (-4.115). |’4 IJi-ica or adj. 1. нт(т, heavy, weighty. 2. a flea. g'^5 Iji-nied light, not heavy. Ijid-gntm also gV^fa Ijid-noii oppressive. Ijid-can heavy; ljid-che-wa very heavy. 1^5 ^ Ifid-pa heaviness, weight: «I^VS^gS*4gwr-daft ljid-ра nam§- pa-dgo§ it must be weighed up with gold (Ja.). de-dafi Ijid fiams-pa of equal weight, equal in weight: lu$-tham$~cad-kyi Ipd-phab he eat down with the whole weight of his body (CZs.) ; Ijid-ci-tsam what is ^the weight of. ljur prob, for g*' Idur. *4 ljen-pa to enter, to penetrate; blo-la ljen-pa to be perceived, under- stood; ^'g^ tshou-ljen a dyo or colour penetrating and remaining fixed in cloth, ete. (Ja.). g^’^ mdah-doft- gi dar a scarf that is used to cover a quiver; Ijofi-dar rerhbru bre (3) of corn for each scarf (Rtsii.). Ijons l. = «j^4- a cultivated valley; or §man-ljon$ a valley of medicinal herbs. 2. a province or district; gw&fEi ljon§-chen-po a large country; Kha-va-can-gyi Ifofa the snowy provinces. mu-gehi Ijofis starving country, a poor country where food is scarce.
471 woody district, Ijofa-mi rnam§ provincial people. g^’ST ^,£J Ijons-su тдуи-ica to rove about: slob-dpon (ke-ta-ri ljon$- rgyur byon-pa§ when the teacher Jetari was roaming in the district £<?., at a place round about his monastery after the summer recess (Snin). gk* ^’4 ljon$-rgyur-w(i the time at the end of the summer confinement in the monas- tery when monks are allowed holiday to roam about in the country. ljon$-psum 1. *q*r35’gMi Iho-nub mt$ham§-na §bas-yitl JB bras-mo ljon$ on the south-western con- fines (of C. Tib.) is the hidden country of Bbra$-mo-ljons (Demojong or Sikkim). 2. nub-byaA mtshamt-na $bas-yul SLkhan-po-tfofa on the north-west boundary (of C. Tib.) is the hidden country of firs. 3. byan-$ar ndshanis- nas $ba$-yul Lun-psum-ljofi$ on the north- east boundary (of C. Tib.) is the hidden country of the three valleys. (KatkaA, 168), Note:—Hue’s San-chuau, Цоп-ра an immortal paradise, or country of the gods. g\q5*vq^ a sublime forest. Ijon-tpn- ?нг, a tree; a magic tree in Dewachan. Syn. gy<r^’ Ijon-pa-fin ; yal-gal- can ; hdab-ldan ; *j*’*3*’ ткап-hthun; rkan-pa^-hthuA; rlan- la§-skye$; chur-mi-lhtm ; rtsc-mo-can; mgo-ldin-can ; yal-ga-hdsin; hdab-ma-cau; ^’5'^ phun-po-can; bgro-hgog; ’^5 hgro* med; §ten-§kye§; ^’3^ sa-skyes; yal-ga-hhrel (№non.). Ljon-pa-lnn n. of a district in Kong-po in South-Eastern Tibet. g^-q ^ q ljon-pa ser-po^QZ'^' «the deodara tree. Ijon-tpn rtsa-chas a branch- ing magic tree (JttAoni).
Na I: the eighth letter of the Tibe- tan alphabet corresponds in sound to the Sanskrit я. The sound of this letter, when followed by w, may be heard in English in such words as neuter, new, &c. II: in general Buddhism this letter signifies wisdom, knowledge (7Г. му. *]207); in Tantrikism: na is tho symbol of passive existence; being free from action it leads to Nirrtina (7Г. ди. 4 4'2h III; symb. num. for eight. na-ner n. of a number I (Ya-sel 57). IV: hSt, W the general term for a fish; means also the egg-born, the fixed; the king’s table fish; ^5*4 an eel (Cs.). Syn. sfc'g** $до%-$куе$, niig mi-hcUum-pa, hgro-tdan^ rnam- hphyoy $na-tshog$ tgyuy gscr-gyi mig-can, chu$ mi- htshub, chur-nal, rgyab-rin (%fon.). УЗ na-kyuy described as 9'яТучя joprg na hdsin-pahi lcag^-куи^ iron hook for catching fish. Syn. ua*hbig$, wy-Acfefo, 3 lcag§-kyu (Mnon.). na-rkyal the bladder of a fish (Cs.). na-tfeyog^fi'9^gills (Min.). УН na-khra probablyPandion haliaeius, the osprey; but in JP". is the n. given to Polioaetu-s humilie, Hodgson, also of Polioa'etus ichthyaetus; two species of grey fishing eagle. na-khrab-can carp; УВ4'^ na- khrab chen sturgeon (Sch.). na-dgra dkar-mo^^1^^^ dkar-ka ma a species of white crane, a fish- eating bird (Rtsii.), У J йа-гдуа ЧЖ a fishing net. na nt-ma dgah lit. sun- loving fish, t>., that basks in the sun. Syn. tshog§-kyi srad-bu, X4 dot (Mnon.). ygq na-rgyab coping, covering of the top of a wall; acc. to Jii. earth heaped up (like the back of a fish) on the top of the outer Avails of a house. йа-vjon fish-spawn, roe of fish. } iia-lcibs 1. mother-o'pearl, a kind of oyster. 2. fish-gills (Cs.). 3. n. of a medicinal root: чЯ йа- lcib$ mc^tshig chu-^kyem htsho the root of na-cib heals scalds and blisters. na-lcib$ kyi §min-hgyu head ornaments made of mother-o’pearl used by women of rank in Kham. na-tcib§ khog-par $minpa may be taken to indicate S’?4! the pearl. y|wq *fa]'4|^r|jN na-lcib$ pa-phog nam- skyc$ lit. the sky-born pearl-seed. Acc. to the common belief, drops of rain falling in the mouth of river-mussels become converted into pearls.
473 ‘И уАч na-dol fishing-net. уХ^'Ц na do I-pa a fisherman; such as those living on the southern shores of Yamdok Tsho. Syn. fayal-chen^ учак* ha-hchin, dra-ica hdain, yS|^4^q na-yis htsho- wa (ДГиоя.). уЧ” na-do$ a load of fish. УВ” na-phyi$ xjf^i mother-of-pearl; an oyster shell; it is believed that any food or drink kept in a vessel of mother-of-pearl never becomes poisonous. y^^ na-hbigz fishing hook; y^^'§5 v. a kind of wild duck (ЛКои). ySyiyq па-mid chen-po u. of a sea-monster; I taking the form of the sea-monster called fta-mid, he obstructed our passage, ygfr he said:—“ we also saw the fia-rlon mid chen-po” (A. 16). па-mo a female fish. уЙч’^ч na-mohi У^ na-tsher fish-bones (Sch.). У3^ na-zan 1. n. of an aquatic monster, perhaps the crocodile. 2. an aquatic bird, a fish-eater. y^Pfa na-g^og the fin of a fish (Cs.). У^*| na-sag fish-scale. y*fa| nasog the saw-like fringe on the back of a fish. V: acc. to Jd. 1. tendon, sinew. 2. in colloq. mark left by a blow, a weal; in Ж. УЧЗД the blow has left a weal. 3. acc. to Sch. a lock, уч^ the four muscles, viz., those of the arms and the calves of the leg. У$ na-chu tendon, sinew; perh. also a large nerve in the ГЧ nape of the neck. У2^ па-log a contrac- tion or wasting of the sinews (Mnon). q-fenft the day of the full moon ; y^ a day in the increasing phase of the moon; ^'Ч^’У^рч on the sixth day of the moon; У*|Ч* na-gan the full moon; у^ч’Р full moon; filled with fish; yj^ na- rgyas (j|’4 zla-wa) the full phase of the moon; У?^ nation a festival observed on a full-moon day. У IS* na-khrar a kind of brick tea. УН fia-khri p. n. the youngest son of king Digum-tsanpo. У Я na-ga or yq nag a steel-yard. У2? па-Ъо body, figure (Sch?). na-ma I: acc. to Sch. mistress of the house, house-wife; hearer of a lama, without being a regular disciple (Jd.). na-ma pho-mo rnams hearers, male and female. II: 1. in the colloq. of C. a woman; the word occurs in the Gurhum of Mila-ra$-pa where it applies to a lady who helped the saint. 2. iu Amdo colloq. the vagina. fia-mo gan& n. of a snowy mountain in Tibet to the north of Palpa in Nepal. na bziin-ma=w\'^ a bride. Syn. V/213'^чdan-pohi rdul can- rna; 0'^’4 khyo hdam-pa (Mnon). na-ra care; yv§\q to take care of, to provide for a person, to keep a thing safe; cf. ^'F. 61
I 474 F | ha-ra no-re weak, fragile, frail. Ra-ri n. of a place situated to the north-east of Tashi-lhunpo. 31Л na-lhog n. of a disease. hwa-sul, defined in sems-can gah-run-gi rkah- pahi nica-yi sul the muscular ridges of the logs of any living creature. ^4] nag 1. v. 3’^, 3^’^’ one measure on the steel-yard=4 sran and 1 M^r=four and onevfourth ounces. 2.=3qT*< 3. also З4!4! or ЗЯ'ЙЯ notch, indenture; ЗЯЯ having multifold leaves, like those of caraway (Jd.; Vai-th); ЗЯ’T’M not cleft, .not indented. 4. of wool, ЗЯ’5’^4 hdren-pa to draw out into threads, to spin (JL7.; Jd.). w hag-rkyan obstinately; 45K/q = sr^q^q^’q to send anything obs- tinately, not listening to any one. З’Г’УЧ nag-§kyag=^’\ in Sikk. dialect: д]^^ск дч^а|’ч^Эч1’да1^'5^ should only press the application to be permitted to send the Nan-chan (proposal-wine for marriage). hag-gcig=-fi'*\ alone, the only: the only refuge is (in) Qkon-mchog gtso (Hbrom. p 38): only Buddha (Jd.). ЗЧ’Я hag-ma single; З'З4!’51 ^pu hag-ma or 3'УГ* a single hair. yq-Bq] nag-hig filth, dirt (Sch.). Ж hgg-nug^^^ various, of different kinds. ^a9^°9 Ь not clear, turbid; jnixed with foul matter (as water m&ed with mud). 2. confusedly, speaking irrelevantly ; also contradicting one state- ment by another. nag-thag thread, chain (of gold or iron), cord for stringing turquoises (Jd.). З4!’*^ nag-mthil scale of a steel-yard. 34’^ nag-rdo the weight of a steel-yard. З’Г^* nag-qin the beam of a steel-yard. nag-pa notch, indenture=§’34l notch or hole in tho nose, or a notched noso (Shin). * hag-phran=&^ зре an ar- row ; acc. to Cs. a beam, a pole. nag-mo acc. to Sch. a woman. Rag-re 1. n. of a place in Kham (Loh. > 9). 2. single. Rag-ron n. of a small principality ruled by a petty king in Kham. З4!*^ Rag-lc n. of a place in Tibet. Rah the district of Tsang of which Gyang-tso is the chief city. It is sometimes spelt Myan signifying tasteful, sweet (on account of its water). So in ЛП1. 36: met with the lama in the mountains of upper Nyang. 3^*5* nah-grum the square carpet-rug manufactured in the district of Rah. 3^’4 Rah-chu the tributary of the Yeru Tsang-po which, rising from the moun- tains in the district of Phagri, flows N.N.W. and falls into the Tsang-po near Shiga-tse. З^’^’З’й nah-chu $kya-mo a feeder of tho Rah-chu. 3^5 nan-sto# upper ftang containing the town of Gyang-tse.
475 3^'3 i: Saii-po n. of a place in Tibet visited by Atis'a: he also visited San-po (A. 27). 3^’3 n: n. of a district in the pro- vince of Kong-po. nan-rtsi brag a kind of yellow fibrous root largely exported from Tibet to China : ^’£’ЭЧГУГГ^’Ч9 a nag “ weight of nan-t si-brag is so much a piece, &c.” {Rtsii.). Safi-ro b$am-po mkhar a small town in Tsang: on tho top of the hill of Sfan-ro bgam-po mkhar (Yig). Sian- ron n. of a battle-field where the people of Tibet fought with one of their kings (Yig). nan-ka or 3^ nan-де in Sp. a cur- rant (Jd.). nan-non=^w^ espionage. ^’4 nan-pa ш, 1. imp.jfa to hear, to give ear to, to listen; sbst. hearing or a hearer hears or does hear. the ear. W- have heard. to attend to the religious instructions of the teacher; *4 or to listen to the word (of the teacher); to obey; fo obey the commands or or- ders, to yield; listen to my words as I speak. or F’or^-s^ one who is obedient; one who is disobedient. 2. to be able: яЦ’я’Зуад not being able to walk (on account of illness); in W\ yes, I shall be able. In this sense is used also as a formative, added to the root of a verb, signifying capability, possibility, &c. the river is fordable. nan-thos-pa lit. one who hearing the Dharma under- stands it; a follower of the Hinayana school. Syn. thub-dican gsun- §kyes\ thos grog-pa; theg-chun skyes-Ьи; 4|or§«r]qbrtiil-shugs dican*, sbyans-pahi yon- tan la gnas-pa (Mnon.). nan-thos kyi sa-bdun the seven stages of perfection acc. to the S'ravaka school: (1) - <rpjfa; the white illu- minated stage; (2) the exalted stage of noble birth; (3) ; the stage through sight; (4) cT^- the fine or subtle stage; (5) the stage which is free from passions (desires, etc.); (6) the finished or perfected stage; (7) ; the eighth stage. nan-thos bcu-drug the sixteen chief disciples of S'akya-muni, t.c., the or Sthavira of the S'ravaka school. nan-tho§-ma a female hearer of the Hinayana school. nan-hdod-pa—^'Q UW respectful, respectful service. nan-rna messenger, envoy, am- bassador. Syn. pho-na\ gtam skye't (Mnon.). nan-rna-pa ^4^ to overhear; an overhearer. nan-pa-mo a female listener. San-po the birth place of a celebra- ted Lama called Qakya rgyal- mtshan {Lon. a 10). fiain locust; also aco. to Jd. a cricket.
476 nam-fia or despair anxiety, dread, fear (of a thing); цч to be delivered from anxiety. Э5гс/ч ?7™-лл-?са = Vl**’4 W*, sbst. danger, fear, anxiety; also adj. anxious, fearful; vb. n. to be alarmed, to be in great anxiety: | so it is, in that pernicious sphere where the cycle of anxious eares prevails (J. Zan.). ч‘3«cq less risky, beset with danger. nam-fia med iutrepid, fearless. Syn. §nin-8tob$-can, hjiqs-mcd, ?A4itob$-can (Mnon.\ 354^=4* nam-chun weak, feeble. nam-chun dican-po met. a fly, a bee. ч num thag-pa Wtm to be stricken, exhausted. 3«’^* nam-$nan WTHTO a sudden flash ; also a hint. ЗЯ’сй’ою nam-pahi — a bad dangerous road (Mnon.). nam-yo$ iu Sikk. locust. = the Tib. * or *^4 or resp. W3«4 1. thought, apprehension of ideas : §***’ to comprehend, to acquire the meaning or import of a thing; to commit reli- gious instructions to memory and to comprehend their meaning. 2. the soul, mind, spirit, as an entity: companions of tho soul when in retirement (Mil.); wine of the soul, t.e., religious knowledge (Mil.); 3*4’ J nams-skye or a thought springing up in the mind. 3. manner, extent, degree, condi- tion, state; з*ч’§ to try, to put to test, 6.</., one’s strength; 34^ 344454 to try the degree of a person’s devotion or spiritual progress (Mil.); 0*’ 3**1 pleasing, agreeable manner of speak- ing; §5‘3W pleasing manner of doing or dealing ; З^ч’^гч nam§ dgah-wa pleasant, delightful, agreeable, charming: in the most delightful grove (A. 16). 3*^‘S3 namt-dgu, v. з*чллч nam§-thab§. 3*4’Rg^ nam§-hgyur handsome, elegant, to be elegant, comfortable. 3**'|5 nam§ rgyud=pw, intellectually skilled, well-versed. 3*ч*$с/ nam§-chun 1. humble; faint, weak. 2. = 9^’4 bufi-wa a bee. 3«ч^’5 nam$ chen-po pride. 3wq$4§5'4 nam$-brta$ byed-pa to strengthen, restore : з*ч’4$ч he recovered, grew well, got up again (Ja.). 3**’^4^’9S’q nam§-rtog$ byed-pa to in- quire fully into any subject. 3*Ч’^’«|ЧЧ nam$ $ton-gsal, v. *|Wq, 344'^4 nam$-$tob$ strength. 3W44f4 nam$ thag-pa, v. 3*’Ч*ГЧ suffer- ing, tormented, exhausted : з^ч’ч^ чц с. < the cry of suffering, doleful cries; 3W’ bewailing under agony, to utter cries of suffering. 344444 nam$-thab$, 3**’53 appearance, colour, figure (Jd.). 3544'5^’4 nam$-dan-wa bright appearance. З^чц^’ч nam$ fyde-wa 4ГЯТ happy, com- fortable. 9544 я^ч nam$-hdi(§ met. ifa the male organ. 3*44nam$-pa 1. f^mi, faua, f^re, vfa injured, hurt, spoiled, damaged, impaired, imperfect, *'3**^ uncorruptcd, un- touched, not weakened. 2. defiled, pol- luted. to grow weak, become
477 deteriorated, to degenerate. 3. sbst. de- generation : the three deteriora- tions or impairments:—(1) depravity of morals ; (2) vicious principle*; (3) mistaken religious observances, rites, &c. (K. d. 52), R‘ q VI nams-pa-drug the six kinds of dege- neration;—degeneration in one’s self; (2) the fall of others; (3) gq’$wq degeneration in reli- gion; (4) bad or deteriorated- morals; (5; gX'q’^wq spyod-pa nam&pa bad behaviour; (6) bad habits, living. Be^id^s these qualities are others with which the word ч is joined:— 4^4*q*ywq5 -$wq, fyqinni, Vjq^wq, frjwrq shortened life; of impaired health; of impaired talents, loss of ability; V^*5’$wq impaired faculties; q§53wq degenerated vitality; ^rq^wq loss of energy, depreciation of ability, of efficacy, &c. nams-pa med-pa not damaged, unimpaired, uninjured, indis- tructible. ^wqSw^' nams-pahi <ma-nln impotent, useless. ^ц-qvg nam§-par bya WWt to be languid or weary; to despond. naws-par byed-pa i?hrfh; = '%^‘q hams-su hjug-pa. nams-po injury, damage. hams dpyod-pa to investigate ; examine minutely. nams-byed that which da- mages. $3W цд ч ham$ hbru-wa to irritate, vex, provoke. ^^•^q^-q hams mi-bde-uw — F^'^'^^ bad health, unwell, ill. Syn. hdu-ка hkhrug&pa; nad-pa; na-tsha byun-ica; q na-wa (Mnon.), hams-shib-kyi$ §bug-don nes-byun-wa by minute inquiry to ascertain the real state of things or secret of any matter. nams-med Эд’тгрт undamaged, that cannot be spoiled; also strengthless. nams-dmas=t\^ ^'^'Zi dmah-ru son-wa degenerated. nams-myon experience; but acc. to Ja. enjoyment, delight. ^-qS^w^V tshor-bahi nams-myon experience acquired through the medium of the senses. 3^'slS'4 nam§ smad-pa id. hams-rtsal skill; dexterity. ^wa^-q nams mtshar-wa wonderful, most beautiful. hams bshag-pa is said to be = ^•q-’yq^’q^l’q dran-pa ne-war bshag-pa. ywrfcj^q hams yod-pa to be in possession of. ’вЦ nams-leu a memorial verse, a rhyme or verse for retaining things in memory (Mil.; Ja.). $wfyq nams leu-pa 1. v. nan-non 2. to take the measure of, the dimensions of, to survey (in respect of land); inquiring into the state of any object, &c., to explore; to take an inventory, to ascertain or com- pute the state of any property. nam$-su myon-wa to suffer, undergo, experience. to injure, spoil, render useless. ^•3«ч nahi tshir ЯГЧ a large fish. nar 1. v. ha-ra. 2. acc. to Cs, oblong; nar~nar oblong. nar-ner яд n. of an immensely large number.
478 Rar-du li-kha-ra n. of a place lying between India and Tibet {Yig). З^'фл' nar-gdon^^'*^’ in IF. shin, shin-bone (Ja.). 3vu Наг-та particles of water, spray {Mnon.). 9^’4 nal-wa imp. not. to lie down, to sleep: nal-du son he has gone to sleep; mal-tifi la on the bed ; nal hdug-go he slept. Sometimes: to go to sleep ; nal-war hdod wishing to sleep. y*rg nal-khri=.mal-khri a bed- stead, couch, sofa. nal-go§ counterpane, quilt, blan- ket (ScA.). 3^5 nal-hgro^^Qa river, stream. учч^'ф3; nal-hgrohi gter receptacle of rivers the sea wherein all the rivers flow {Mnon.). nal-thag bands or ropes stretch- ed to sleep upon. 3^’5 nal-po чтят 1. a village. 2. coi- tion ; 3'4’^’IS'4 nal-po byed-pa to practise cohabitation. 3^'q nal-ba bastard, whore-son. З'Ч'М^’ nal-§lon 1. [understanding, intelleet]& 2. я^т wisdom, spiri- tual knowledge {Mnoni). З^и nal~$a—*w‘u or alsOj^l^u’u board to sleep on, a bed to sleep upon, a sleeping place. ni 1. num. fig. 38. 2. num. used inst. of фи gnis in compounds : twc> hundred; ni-khri twenty thousand, etc. 3. forV*4 tho sun. *V|u ni-ikye$ УП5РГ, ЖИЯК, a Brahmaija, son of the sun. Si-khud a lake in Nepal (Ja.). B ni-khyim 4TW, згппсп a travel- ler, a son-in-law; also halo or circle round tho sun. "У 0 ni-khri {nt-thi) the title of a book; the Prajna-Paramita containing 20,000 s'lokas. VVF ni-dgah=%w Icam-pa a mystical term {Min. 4"1; a flower. ili-dkyil di"k of the sun {Sch.). VSF’ ni-днп noon, midday. У * ni-cha the suuny parts or flanks of a hill or mountain. V?3) ni-$ton the lotus flower; the tree Terminalia arjuna. VXu ni-dro$ morning time, from 8 a.m. to 10 a.m., when the sun is warm and pleasant. ni-ldog tho solstice; dgun ni-ldog the winter solstice; dbyar ni-ldog the summer solstice. Vi4 ni-nub sunset. ni-ma 1. Wir, W^T, the sun: the sun is rising; V*’4!2' the sun has risen, shines; ^*u’4ju or the sun is setting or sets; ’y®r5q’^*q^ until sunset {Sch.). 2.=H^ nin-mo the day: у к two days every day. Syn. tsha-zer; §na-tshogs fin-rta; ^*1^1 U’Q mi-sbyin skyes-pa; <1^ pad-mahi gnen; du^-kyi bdag-po] mun-pahi dgra; ’)ч1 hjig-rten miy, dus-la dgah', hgro-bahi sgron-me ; Ъеи- gn^bdag; ^'^'^^lo-yigin-rta; 4№*\^ки- dgra; snd-pahi §gron^me;
479 ])'5rq=rZq nin-mor byed; §nan-byed; ^5’B5 hod-byed; nam-mkhahi nor; rta-ljah; ч)эгч^ч] gzah-bdag; w hod §ton-hbar; *5'^ hod-ldan; mun-sel; nin-mohi nor; hod-gzu,gs; hod-hdren; nin- mohi bbyin; bvrub-byed; bod gtsan; ^V^S'S^'SS hod-hgro rgya$-byed; ачрч'^5 mkhah-hgro; rnam-sgyur hgro~lu$; ч|чч|'Ч?'^ gsal-bahi nor; tsha-ldan; nes-sreg; ^5’hv^ hod- zer Idan; hod-kyi rgyun ; ^^’^’§5 phyog$-$nah byed; ^^5'§S gdun-byed; <*'§5 tsha-byed; ^^’^‘§5 rnam-snan byed; SV mim-hjonis; lus-skyob; ^^‘gN’ hdam-^kyts mtshan; mchod- Idan; ^Va ^V*4 bdun-gyi bdun-pa; §51^’ phyogs-bdag; ^^'^Smchog-hdod; ^44 char-hbebs; ^V§5 hdsin-byed; S5 snan-bahi mu-khyud; snan-ldan; *И*Ч11Ч|^ mig-gzug^; rnam-gsal byed; ^S'^SS hod-hgyed; b^ten-bya; bdud-la$ rgyal; ina-zkim§; 4*4'§S bphrog-byed; t'V4 rtsen-pa; §51^* phyog$-dgod byed; gtum- pahi hod; hod-kyi §kra-ean ; $ sna-tshogs hod; snan-bahi indsod; nor-gyi mdsod; rgyu-wahi brtul-shugs; gzah- b$e§; mchod-hos; ^5’3'X^’^ hod-kyi nor-can; ^Я’4 pad-mahi lag-pa; 5^'5’ rtag-tu hehar; ^’§5’^^* rig-byed hbyufi; la§ $na-tshog§; 0q’§S khyab-byed; nad-med; ^’§5 hthun- byed; hod-kyi hphren-ean; nug-gzug^; hod-^nan; ^5'?^’ hod $ton hdsin-pa; khri-can; «й'ргЧ’ч lon-bahi kha lo-pa; lam-^ton; stid-byed; -^^’5'^ qin-rta mtho; SS4!’ ^*S*q dbyig-gi khu-wa; zlum-po hdsin; du§-kyi lryed-po; Й4] nam-rnkhahi mig; hjig-rten dwan-po; hod phnn-po; г?5’^'чЦч|^' hoh-zer gzugs-man; nam- mkhahi tog; phyogs-kyi ma- khyud; ^M’q5’5 tshan-giahi rta; nam-mkhahi thig-le; §na- tshogs hod; 5‘4^'4 rta bdun-pa (Mnonl), ni-ma gafi-$ar sun-flower, Hetianthus, V|4 ffii-ma dgah 1. a name of Катца, the king of Anga, 2. n. of a medicinal plant. ni-ma §na-dro early morning. ni-ma bcu-gnis twelve demi- gods who acc. to Chinese astronomy re- present 12 divisions of the day (as of other periods) and are therefore called they are §’4 byi-wa (mouse), glah (ox), g4! stag (tiger), yos (hare), hhrug (dragon), sbrul (serpent), 5 rta (horse), lug (sheep) j}0* §prel (monkey), & bya (bird), В khyi (dog), phag (pig). V”’4C*’ $i-ana thail n. of a place situated to the west of Lhasa (Loh, 3 4)- $i-ma Idan-pahi ri n. of a mythological mountain believed to be situated 5,000 yojana beyond the Southern Ocean (K, d. S75), ni-ma nag-chen and are the names of two (Sa-bdag) demi-gods. ni-ma phyi-dro итп₽, afternoon. ni-ma phyi-ma a future day. ni-ma phyed-lhag lit. more than one half of the sun, i.e., from early morning to the afternoon. Ri-ma §bas W&UK one of the successors of Buddha in the Buddhist hierarchy of India. ni-ma bzah-po a good or auspicious day.
480 У«-jj^-q ni-ma $ar-wa sunrise. •^'•gc.'q^ ni-tna lho-Ъуап bgrod the course of the sun to tho south and to the north (of tho equator). У^ч'р'5-q ni-niahi kha lo-pa the chario- teers of the sun are:—$kya-ren$, 3’ bla-med, hod-srufi, khyun-$non $kye$ (Mnon.). ni-mahi khor-yug the sur- roundings of the sun. ni-mahi hkhor the attendants of the sun ; they are:—gnas~byed, dbyug-pa can, dmar-ser. 54 QQ54^ q n\-nui hkhyim$-pa the circumference of tho sun. ni-mahi guft 4WT₽ when the sun is at the meridian, midday, noon. ymsjVfK/ ni-mahi gur-khan tho sun’s pavilion, tho halo of five different colours which surrounds the sun; ni-mahi l_din-khan the floating castle of the sun ; *У*^‘В* the sun-sphere. У’^S ni-mahi rgyud tho des- cendants of the sun. Уni-mahi ghen rela- tive of tho sun, epithet of S'akya-muni. y’«S’^q^ ni-mahi rta-bduu the seven horses of the sun are tho following:—tip yidmgyogs,*^'^ mdog (па- ра, $4 thig-le can, ^‘^£5 ius-brjod, gin-tu rgyal-mtshan, ri-wo hjoms. To these are occasionally added four others:—rtsen-pahi hod, V*’ nam-mkhahi gru Я^'З 53^ gser~gyi dbyans, У’яя’^с^АягЗ^дсг ni-mahi $in-rta ral-grihi ph ren (Mnon,). у545'а|^р< ni-mahi gdugs lit. the um- brella of the sun, i.e., the day (Zam. 13). у 54^ 5454 ffi-mahi mdah an epithet of the god of love. ni-mahi dpal в. of a Buddhist author of ancient India. ni-mahi bu spen-pa the son of the sun, the planet Saturn. у-545'д Й ni-mahi Ьи-mo the daughter of the sun, a name of the river Yamuna or Pakshu (Mnon.). У »й^4УЙ ni-mahi btsun-mo the wives of the sun-god are:—Rgyal-mo, Legt-hdod, Rdul-bzan, Bod $куе$-та, Gfin-rje ka-lin-dl, ^’5 Nam-gru, Ma-пи $byin $kyed, Skrag byed-ma (Mfion.). y^S’qji^^ q^ \ni-mahi gzug^-irnan the reflected image of the sun. У ‘«A ^5 ni-mahi hod the following are the names of the sun’s rays:—^5***q« ^’4 hod-chag$ $nan-wa ; nam-mkhah hjal; ^^’§5 gduft-byed; tsha-zer; ф ^5 chu-hthun hod} mtshan-mo hjoms} hod-kyi char} Qq^ q kun $nan hbar-pa (Mnon.). y $4$ SyjJ|X ni-mahi hod-skor the circle of light round the sun. ni-mahi hod mnam n. of a flower (K. gu. ’’I Ц6). y-w^*^ ni-mnhi hod-zer the rays of tho sun, sunbeam. у-54$Лпрг|ч ni-mahi rigs-skye$=y^' ni-mahi rigs-hkhruiis born of the race of the sun; occurs as a name of Buddha Sakya Simha. У’54?*^ ni-mahi ru$ the race of the sun, a section of the warrior caste of India claiming descent from the sun. У'54яni-mahi lus 1. the body of the sun; 2. copper. У'я?ni-mahilha-mo ^EEjrupt the wife of the sun-god. y-»w-q^ ni-mas bshad met. a lotus (Шои.).
Hl 481 И51 ni-myur evening, a little before dusk; the hour of sunset. yM ni-tshe acc. to Sch. 1. the time or duration of one day, a very short time. 2. acc. to Lex. direction ; sphere, country. •yx-q nt tshe-wa 1. ephemeral, single, simple. 2. n. of a class of infernal beings. 3. very small, minute (Grub. ч £); culm (Lam-ti.). 4. animals that do not live more than a day, very short- lived animate beings. ni-tskod a sun-dial; also a wheel to ascertain time, a watch. ni zer-gyi rd til the dust seen flying in the rays of the sun coming through apertures of a window; a mote floating in a sunbeam. *УЯ lit- sun and moon; but is the term designating the topmost ornament of a chorten, which takes the form of a ball superimposed on a crescent. This nyi-da ornament is ah о placed above the gyal- tshan or Buddhist trophy of victory. iu-sla dwan-po n. of a Dakin! [Lon. * 9). “У^4! ni-hog lit. below the sun; the western limit; У^'9|’^*|одч $i-hog- (ji rgyal-kham$ Aparantaka the western continent or kingdom. ni-hog-gi gc§ or dress of the ancient people from Bactria. ni-hod the rays of the sun, sunbeam, light of the sun. *У ni^yol a screen, awning. V4! ni~<pi fresh meat. “У^ nt-f«r=g'X zna-dro sunrise, early morning. nt-f« (inst. of V*’}) twen- ty ; the twenty; ‘У^’З* about twenty; <У41ТЧ^1 twenty-one ; alone sometimes signifies twenty-one. In Sikk. and B. and C. Tib. *У‘(Г^’Ч$Ч1 or is used to denote twenty-one. In the same manner the use of the abbre- viated form or Гfor *y,$’)v or *У*(ГЗ"*й^ is common, and so on. c\ nig-nty in W. loose, slack, lax, not tight or tense (Ja.). nifi-khuws 1. the juice, essence of any substance, the pith or snin (heart, soul ) q. v. 2. spirit (of wine) ЗП- vhK; [yeast, the froth of the liquor]8. nin-sgo-phugs the private or inner (hidden) door of a castle or palace: I while residing with the king, he fastened the secret door of the palace from within so that it was not to be opened (Hbroni. 162). V*’? nin-to acc. to Sch. sure, trust- worthy. + ^e.nin-gtor:=£4'4\ certain, sure. nin-$prul acc. to Jd. an emana- tion or incarnation, yan-sprul an emanation of an incarnate being. nin-mtshams sbyor-wa nfa- fu^rfa to be reborn, to be transmigra- ted in regular routine; the re-appearing of the soul after death in one of the four forms of birth, i.e., the linking of the limits of existence. nin-lag 1. minor or second- ary members of the body, such as the fore- head, nose, chin, fingers, ear, eyes, ete. The or limbs of the body called are the head, arms, legs, &c. 2. a division, section, part, subdivision. N.B.—Sumpa 62
^41 482 includes tho following in the *^c/«ai4; *4 9S I ca, jn, «с/ &c. Acc. to Jd. members of a second order, parts of the i.e.t of the limbs. VMq a pupil’s pupil: (J, Jfy.) the two Rin-slob depending on tho ten (uf., being supported by them). e> *l'n-fa one's own flosh; the ex- pression hi tho older form of Tibetan signifies ono eat- ing his own fiesh, t.c., ruining himself. nid 1. self, same, opp. to other persons; gVi your (honour’s) self: ^s=c'^' I mysolf; tho mother herself ; $ЛЛ’З4 this man is you (yourself), О king! (Jd.). 2. tho very, just, etc.: just where I am working; dehid ггт nid-na close by, at tho very spot; at the very moment; ^S'S'^S that which is honourable in itself. 3. when added to adjectives it denotes abstract nouns, as in English the terminations:—ness,—ship,— ty,—cy,—у, otc., but it is chiefly limited to the language of philosophical writings (Ja}. 4. in tho more recent literature it is used resp. for SS khyod thou, you; thy, your; you, in IF. 5. = p^ only only the numeral g; the letter za (*) alone. uf, nid-hgrul a very low caste. nin-mo f<H, <K, KTTftvr, VS- the day; the time lighted or illuminated by the sun. hdi-na mdans-hbar dany gsal- war snan-daii snan-ldan-dan^ tnun-sel pod-ma bshad-pahi-du$ (Rtsii.). fiin-dkar a white, a lucky day (Sch.). nin-skar the star that is visible during the day time: % an agroeablo friend is like the day- star (Hbrom. 55). ^Yg^’ nin-§kyon tho observance of a fast, rito, etc., for one day. nin~hkhyon§ for one day, one whole day : 500 various and wonderful offerings as the allowance for one full day (Rtsii.). *^Y'4lcr nin-gan all the day long, during the whole day; nin-gun noon;^'5 a day’s hire. fy'3‘^*'3 nin-gyi rin-la during the day time. nin-cig one day, onco ; VT^T'Ay^ daily; during the day time, by the day light; on that day; the following day, on tho following day; tho 15th day, on the 15th day; a person who brings to light the faith. *fa’*** nin-cha$=^'&'^Q'i}S nin-rehi dgos-spyad tho requirements of every day ; daily necessities (Rtsii.). nin-ltar chos-cha§ the daily needs for religious services. ^YW4*’B5 nin~rnthar-b$ed f^rrwrar ;=$Yq тип-pa darkness (Mnon}, n. nin-mohi §go-na. ninJhun-§kab§, ni~ ma thun-du$ the period of short days; when the day becomes short. Vi’q^ nin-par during the day-time, v. Pth. 268 £, line b.
Мм 483 FT41 nin-phyed 1. midday, noon. 2. half a day, i.e., six hours. ^V§5 nin-byed 1. the sun—the maker of the day. 2. mtshal vermilion (Smart. 355). 3. saffron. nin-bral without day, day- less. nin-§brel the accumulated works of several days (Bfsit.). fan-med mtshan-med with- out interruption during day and night, continually. fan-mohi-§go the opening of the day, day-break ; ; the egg of the day, dawn [the egg or embryo whence day proceeds; hence darkness]8. ‘fa’SS’w* the noon, the highest limit or climax of tho day; ferurfa, the lord of the day, the 6un;^V^5’^’«i the sun, that brings on the day; f^r- the gem of the day, the sun; the planet Saturn, the son of the sun. nin-mtshan day and night. nin-mtshan mnam-pa the time of the equinox ; when the sun passes over the meri- dian not causing increase or decrease (in the hours of the day). Described as when there is neither increase or decrease but the sun passes direct (over the head) (Rtsii.). *^4 fan-shag 1. day; ^’^4'49* three days. 2. every day. 3. as a symbol num. 15. *^Y^4’^4^’4^4 fan-shag phrugs-gcig a day of twenty-four hours; 84*г«г«Ц,сй’вгХяг 5’^ (A. 74). nm-ran=K^M day-break, morn- ing twilight (Schtr.). nin-rin-skab^ the time when tho days become long. *^44^ nin-re-fyshin every day, daily. nin-hm a day’s journey, daily march. fan-gad mtshan-gad,—^ without interruption, day and night (A. 150). nil-byed-pa or also V1 nil-к byed-pa^ to trickle down, fall in drops (of tears, etc.): ^4^’ (Brom. 251) Legs-pahi ges-rab rose up and tear-drops like peas trickled down. 1. instr, of У 2. in compounds for 4°^ as in two hundred, two thousand, double. fas-rgyu chig-pa serge cloth in which two threads cross, one stretched lengthwise (Rtsii.). fas-bltahi mi one who looks to the interests both of the State and of the Church; also one who serves two masters (D. gel. 5). $ nu num. fig. 68. $*^1^ span-hb n- a kind of worm (Rtsii.). nu-ti a pear (Ld.). nug fatg-pa to stand out, to project. 34’$** nug-rum lit. the testes cut out; 34Л* or 34'$*’q=B*’q43*T;’4 eunuch, one whose testes have been extracted (Mnon.). Slug-pa I: n. of a. place m tha province of Tsang.
Fl'41 484 З4!’4 II: 1. to besmear, to rub gently ; "Й’ГЗЯ’З $po§nug-pa to rub per- fume ; acc. to Sch. to stroke, to caress. 2. to touch; feel for. 3. to protrude, stretch out: to stretch one’s head out of water ; to look or peep out, to take a peep at. 3*|’f nug-rlM те-tog Carthusian pink (Ja.). 3c’q nun-ica not many, little, a few; minor ; a very little quantity, a little. 3*^ hun-$kyon slight defect. З^Ъ пип-пи less, little, small: З^Ъ'Й q speaks little. Syn. ^‘4 chun-ira, hun-du (Mnon.). nun-ma turnip, turnip soup; 3^ w^-aj-w turnip leaf, a fragrant gum resin; Зц’^ nun-rlon fresh turnip. 3^ nun-rww, v. 3*1 nvg-rum. F’q nul-ica to wander or rove about, to step gently or steal through, to creep. 34a detective ; ^'3^ a spy. he 1. num. fig. 98. 2. for near. nc-$br = ?<W thog-skor those about (us), retinue, v. ^3^ ne-^kyon fault of partiality (c.y., in a Jongpon district chief or judge). \ lit. the inclining to one side. he-mkhon~^^' (Cs.). ne-hkhor ннж, ЧГТГ^П, 1. an attendant, one near or in waiting; relations, kindred, neighbour. 2. n. of one of the hell>. 3. neighbourhood: '^jfc-g-^rg’q a beggar belonging to bis neighbourhood. 4. (Upali) the disciple of Buddha who narrated the Vinaya pitaka. Re-hkhor-gyi mig n. of a great ocean lying between the continents of Godfcniya and Uttara Kuru (A\ d. 330). ne-dgah a king of the Naga. ne-b§gyur trouble, mis- fortune. he-grogs fellow creature, neigh- bour ((?«.). 5'4 ne-ghe a tribal name in Tibet, one of the three:—^4l'q shvg-pa^ ne-ghe (Yig}. ne-char 1. at present or very shortly: (Yig. k. 29). the governor Rampa with hi я officer? and chiefs will come very shortly. 2. at the close of. ne-eho$ FHU, time; usage ; neighbour; near. ne-ti a pear (Schtr.), v. 3’5 Hu-ti. ne-d^g relations ((?«.). 5’^ ne-du ^rrfa, kindred, relations : 5 (he । is certainly fit to be among the kinsmen. ne-du$ now-a-days. ^’^54 ne-hdih one’s own people, friends or admirers. ^‘4^” he-дпаз 1. the male organ. 2. disciple: $5’5’ I shall be your attendant, or I wish to become your disciple ; I am bec3niing a follower. ne-tshan relative, kinsman. ne-tshal or 5’^’^ an arti- ficial grove, garden.
485 I Vq + ne-rig-pa l. = *j9*]‘q hkhrig-pa (Mnon.) copulation. 2. = H*rg\q khru§- byed-pa to wash. ne-rigs near relation. fy^ne-wa 1. НчЫ-^ГТ, vb. to be near, to approach: when he was near dying; 3 q V4*1 (when she was) near the completion of the months, i.e.^ the time of giving birth to a child (Jd.) ; when the time of the teacher’s return drew near; being not near having done; when he was near arriving at the place. 2. also as an adj.= near: the neigh- bour is nearer than a kind man living far off; H|’q-^-yq5-w at a place near the pillar; near. frq. in colloq. neighbouring hill, standing near, being closely connected with by consanguinity; yq^sw those who are near, near relations ; the five worst sins and those coming nearest to them. 3. as an adv. the form is generally ne- war almost, near, nearly: when they had come near. Sometimes the form is as in these seven days being almost ended. 4. as a postp. it requires to connect it with the word it governs : q when he came near to the house he heard music and dancing; ^v^qvcw* it came near to the time of going. ne-wahi dgah-byed-ma= ’Pfa’l3»3$ n. of the queen of the Noi- jin or Yaksa demi-gods. ne-wahi rna-rgyan ear-ornaments beside the ear-ring. У«й’59ад ne-wahi dbyans musi- cal airs, musical notes to help in singing. ^qS’sraq ne-icahi ma-ma VTsfr 1. a foster- mother, a wet-nurse. 2. ^чнтнт step- mother. t ne-wahi tsa-tshan dho-ha hortative expression used in exorcism. ne-wahi skyed-tshal 'нхган a grove. ne-wahi ri-mo can = ^’^ (Mnon.) n. of a medicinal plant, [the plants Sahinia ciwnlluta^ and Croton polyandra^S. ^•q?-^’^-q^ ne-wahi rin-chen bdun the seven secondary adjuncts of royalty:— (1) shoes, (2) ч«|*гч skin-rug, (3) dress, (4) w couch, (5) grove, (6) Q* house, (7) sword. ne-wahi sa table-land, plateau, plains on or by the side of a hill. ne-wahi 8ar-gyu=*ty\ bsnen become intimate, near. ^q5*5jsr^’q^ ne-wahi sras-ehen brgyad the eight chief spiritual sons of the Buddha described under that title are said to be :—(1) ; ‘W ; (2) mrfni; (3) (4) (5) ; |q q-^T?ta; (6) WT^nnTH; ; (7) 3W; (8) ne-war bkod ’зчяпл appro- priate arrangement, good design. ^•qvwjtfq ne-war mkho-wa 1. of urgent necessity. 2.=^*^ rapid increase or growth; it increases rapidly. ne-war hkhyud ^qrfn^ devo- tee. ne-war gus ’sqfSrqq; lit. humbly near; the Upanishad or Vedic literature treating of Brahma.
486 ^’qv^qq tie-war dgofi% ^sq^rq tale, story, romance. ^•qvq^q-q tie-war brgal-wa чг|нжч, (’sq- ЖН) to pass over. ^q4’лчрго ne-icar ehag§-pa <ЗЦХПГ, qvq 1. eclipse. 2. quarrel. tie-war tMm-tshog§ ^йГТЧ contentment. ^•qv«X<\‘q tie-war rnchod-pa to honour, respect. yq^’^q tie-war mjal or incorrectly v. Sf-*j $£u-fa 1. health (ДЬгоя.); = sku-hdra, ’ЗЧЯРТ, qcl, 2. image, likeness (jUwon). ^•qv^Ioj q tie-war hjog-pa lit. to stand near; to worship, to wait upon. ^•qvq|^q ne-war b$nen-pa <sqifaT ser- vice ; to attend or take care of. ^’qVj^q’q ne-war rtog^-pa ^qq^t^q to inquire into; investigation. ^q^q^’q tie-war brteu-pa <sq^q*f en- joying, serving, honouring. ^q^q^ tie-war bsfan <sqqq advice, counsel. yqvq^’4 tie-war b§tan-pa to command, instruct (ДЫоп.). tie-war gdun^one attacked with disease. }-qv^q tie-war hdug-pa <3qtqg to fast on the prescribed days. ^qv<i]$q’q tie-war nan-wa = 4^'^’. пе-гсаг adulation, also flattery; tie-war spyod ^qr- K*n supplication. $*qvq]^’q to be near, in attendance (ДГиоя.). ^‘qv|\q ne-war §pyod-pa ^qWT to enjoy. ^qvqaj tic-war phan put to-» gether, constructed, produced. ^’qvqy^q^ tie-war phan-hdog$ ^qg^jW is fit for, suits. $'qvw<^ tie-war hphar-hgro^'^ the demon who causes the eclipse of the sun (ДГиоп.). tie-war-byed—^Ц ^qrfqr ser- vice, veneration. ^*q<|X tie-war §byor ^qqq friendship, harmony; ^qvgvn^q-q ^q^?K fulfil- ment, completion, conclusion. tie-war mi-rig =^'qv$H<5 or рм’й’вЦ. ^•qvV^ tie-war dmigs ^q^r«nr prop, support. ^wqVTq ne-war bshag-pa to make use of, to employ; ^q'^qvq^q ппдтагя ear- nest meditation, v. ^yq’^*qvqv4; wsrj<r <ч5^Yq5-^^^-qvqv’rq to apply to Bud- dha the notion of rareness. ^q^’^ tie-war ski ’^ЧИЯ relief; it is also applied in reference to £ and q^\q, to signify putting out, and for- bearance {Mnon.). ^‘qv^’q tie-war len-pa i: ^'qv^ qS ^q' «‘g the fivo tipadana or vija or fundamen- tal skandha are:—(1) ; (2) ^vqq^q-q; (3) 4^TTWq; (4) (5) ^ qv^-q^q-q. The Sanskrit equivalents may be ren- dered as follows:— [(1) Form-group; (2) sensation-group ; (3) names or idea-group, i.e., verbal asso- ciation. (4) predisposition-group; (5) knowledge-groupjjS, ^•q^-^-q и: to seine eagerly, to strive for earnestly, to aspire to; also ^•qv§4]’qv|vq tie-war ereg-par-byed-pa ^qqrv [to set fire to, to burn]#.
I 487 VS1*’ ne-dban ^4^ a name of Vishnu. ^’*34 ne-hbrcl connection, kindred, relations. ne-tshij a secondary word which limits the idea contained in the principal word. nc-tshe-wa provincial. ne-tsh?hi san§-rgyas ЯЙФ- Pratyeka Buddha. fa nehu small fish: AVT^’S’^'V1)'4, fa’ an impure man like my- self will be a small fish cast out on dry land. ^’4 ne-sho partiality. 2. mishap. + 1: ne-sho те<$-ра~^'^&\Ц nes-$kyon med-pa without defect, without mishap: ne-sho med- par §leb§-pa legs it is well that you have arrived without any accident (A. 12). л: filled, complete; without damage. ne-shos or without disease; healthy (Mnon.). nc-s?ins=Q'9q| ч hkhrig-pa copula- tion (Mnon.). + fa‘§ nehu-gyi—^Y\^ bcud-chor. ne-gyog bya-war hod- pa-lna the five persons that are worthy of being served are: (l) и father, (2) я mother, (3) «p^’q teacher, (4) spiritual guide, (5) ^5’4 a sick man. ne-rin 1. near and far. ^’A'^a- near and distant relations. 2. distance: how far is it from here to the gate ? 3. partial: tho king is very partial. impartial. яе-4гт=:чч]’^‘А5’ад close or shorter road. near, in the neighbourhood (Mnon.). ne-qin n. of a tree, the root of which is used in medicine. Syn. dran-sron bqad\ hjigs-nwd hdab; 5АА’5гёьч| dwan- mchog* mchog-ldan \ mehog-rgyal-ma; £'A'Ag‘A rtsa-wa brgya- wa; 5’^’bu-man* srid-sgrub-bu (Mnon). MS’4 nen-byed-pa to glance at an object by lifting up the head a little : 5’3^’ is it a child of the gods who has come and who has been obtained by just glancing at the door of the palace ? (Bbroni. 123). ned-pa — *fy\Q mned-pa. nen чгт^н, чГЬаш 1. perhaps=sick- ness, thinness (A. K. Ill, 20). ^A’AS’fa nrermf. 2. sbst. a relative, kinsman. 3. danger, liability, risk. This meaning is probably derived from 3^ nan which in C. is invariably pronounced nen and which signifies: capability, chance, etc. Like 3^ also, it is annexed to verbal roots : *ф«1’ AVQ^j’fa’4]^ dmy al-war hgro-nen gdah there is a danger of going to hell; c^’qfvfa'^ srog-gi bar-chad-du hgro-wahi nen-yod there is the danger of risking one’s life. fa'^ nen-kor seems to=^’^'q thag ne- ica near (Nag.). fa’^ nen-skor-^’rffa gnen a relative ; fa‘ ijvVl nen-skor shig he is a relative, kins- man. fa’p'^'fo nen-kha ehe-tsam may become dangerous, full of danger ; fa nen-ean dangerous ; fa'^'q55’q nen-snar b§kyod-pa continually moving towards danger ; fa’ nen-pahi 1ат=°№'^ц lam nan-pa a dangerous road, a road which leads to anger (МпопЗр
488 Нч iien-ра 1. = ^<1Г,‘,1 neg-thag, v. nag-ma. 2. an enemy. 3. to be pained, pinched, pressed hard, e.g., by hunger; to labour, to drudge, v. чч- ban. пег 1. ne-war. 2. used in lieu of *V$ in counting numerals from 20 to 30. 3.=5’4 mya-nan affliction, pain. ^'4S ner-^ad—^ffc'^ gy>n-§kad suffer- ing, cry of suffering. ner-bjcyod ’sqqfM suitability. ^’ЧЦ ner-b^krun ^qqfvf, said to = ^$5 self. ner-hkhod WTH3 near. ner-dgah delight. rier-dgu 29; also the 29th day of each month when offerings are made to the demons. ner-b^gynr <yqqq unlucky acci- dent. ner-snogz theme, ta^k (Seh.Y ner-ner=fc'$ in IF. dregs, sedi- ment (Jd.). inr-$»|/o<2 ^qqrv offerings; q^t- qqiX or the five kinds of offerings to be made to the gods in worshipping them:— Л; ^’94 дщ flowers; (2) V4 incense; (3) lamps; (4) X ipq odours; (5) eatables, cakes (Ya-sel. 53). ner-byun origination. nrr-bycd met. a tree. fier-sba?—} 4Vgpq ^q^H the Buddhist priest who was spiritual guide to As'oka. ner-tshad <?qqq, <sq<nr, fqcq personal danger (Jftfion.). ner- tshad-nuyd=y\&\4 nad-tned-pa or q^|w hbyun-fyhi $noni$ without danger to health (Mm)- ner-t8had=^\ $ku-hdra, v. 4V«W ne-war mjal. ^v^q ner-8hi-wa 1. 4^q q^VW4 b$go- wa bshin nan-pa to listen to an instruction or direction. 2. ^’ЧЧ’Х’Ч ^qijH allevia- tion, pacification. пег 1еп-ра=У^^^ or the cause of a cause, tho original cause (Jd.). ^•4 ner-pa 1. acc. to Seh. to tan, dress, make soft. 2. aco. to Jd. in IF. to snarl, growl. 3. to tarry, stay, linger. ner-ma in IF. for red pepper (Jd.). nel~wa to fall ill; become sick (Sch.). ne$-pa I: qtq, wqrrq, WHjq 1. sbst. any evil or misfortune or injurious occurrence: 4 all thing* noxious are massing together upon his body; a year of calamities, bad harvest; when the harvest had been bad; also W the three humours of the body, viz: qrn §4’ wind; fqvr bile; ^qj phlegm. 2. moral fault, offence, crime ; ^rci5• the failings of immoral acts; cq’Sj'^-q guilt of speech and bad action; ^•q’^-q in reference to the body,=to commit a fault, a crime, to sin; but the word used for “sin” in the AT. Testament and in the Christian sense is not ^гч but lit. wages of faults, i.e., retribution, punishment.
| 489 ^*'*5 crime, also fine. nes-ltun a moral slip, trespass: he has met with a moral fall (JffZ.). hc§-pa kha§ mi-len not to confess fault or guilt. К’’’ II : vb. to commit an offence: hdi§-ci nes-te bzufi for com- mitting what offence has he been seized; gvsrgyq*^^ §nar ma-sbran-pa nes-so not reporting earlier, you did wrong; q you have committed a fault by covering it; if harm is done to me; q’S*’З4! khyed-ci ncs-pa §mro$- fig tell me what has befallen you; й she out of her senses; what is the matter (with her) ? *r^<rq5’ *?'q innocent beings; he came out again unhurt. The commoner verbal usage is with §5’q annexed. Thus, in their N. Testament translation, the Mora- vian missionaries invariably use ^ q §5’q in the sense of to trespass, commit a fault. Syn. nons-pa; sky on-can ; ^N'q^’ nes-bzun ; sdom-hchin ; 0W khrims-gcod-yul; йУе/сгй^ rnthoh- wa med (Mnon.). ^rq-JprEt nes-pa sbom-po ЖТДЩ a great sin, serious fault. ne$-par gnan-byas, v. Г** 5)^ has been promised (Mnon.). ne§-dpyad snar-spyod conti- nually committing mischief or trespasses. ^*rg5 hes-ypyad bad habit, im- moral conduct. ^•9” ncs-bya§ a wicked action. ^rq‘§5'qS'-4'qprq ne§-pa byed-pahi fo- gam-pa a tyrant; oppressive tax-gatherer or ruler. ^г^йд^ nes-dmigs reproach; punishment for faults : jj«'3' considering the punishments of lay life to be great, г.с., ever increasing (Л. 11). In C. “nye- mig ” is a term for punishment, penalty. no 1. num. fig. 128. 2. carrot (Cs.). no-ti pear in Ld. (Jd.). no-tca, pf. and imp. to buy, to obtain by payment; a “buyer,” of the bride at a Ladak wedding; a buyer: whether any or many wants arise he buys, Z.e., a constant customer; account, bill; anything bought, commodity to be bought; buying and selling, commerce, traffic; to trade; «0- icahi died for buying. no-to inferior animals which can- not carry burdens : stupid mule- colts and mules of the worst sort whether adult or small are said to be “ little ho-to'’ hog-pa or IK* soiled, dirtied, made unclean, e.g.^ of victuals; $’1K* muddy or foul water. '^‘q hog-hog-pa confused, mixed up. ^|N-gc- nogs-byin (Sch.). too soft; ^K -K nog-non soft, maudlin, weak. fas nog-can in W. for fondling anything (Ja.). hod-pa = w WS food. 1. misery, trouble, distress, any misfortune. 2. vb. to be troubled, in misery: «wlftmoles- ted by the heat; to get 63
490 =^1 into trouble, to be distressed; had you not any trouble? prob, you had no troubles. 3. often has the technical meaning of misery as the result of ignorant clinging to existence and the world, and therefore, in the Buddhist sense, the misery of sin: this does net avail for being deli- vered from such a misery; free from troubles, perhaps also sinless: the sinner buys tho flesh of fish (Ja.). non-nion$-pahi sa acc. to Buddhism d. « 655.) the ten smaller causes of moral misery are:—0'4 wrath, spite, ostentation, show, adherence to what is contrary to Buddhism, | illusion, Я^ deception, дяЛя jealousy, envy, covetousness, q’gn pride, arrogance. non-mon-pahi sa-chen heu tho ten greater causes of moral or mental misery:—want of faith; hgyod-pa repentance or regret; bartering, also vacillating; optc^rq inattention or changing tho mind; confusion or mental derange- meat; %«г§5,ч practising actions inaecordant with custom; Й*Г4 irreverence ; laughing aloud; q ignorance; чя’^’ч immodesty. поп-топ^ med-pa free from pain or misery. ЗЦ*йслгЗд| Hon-mons tshig=оГЗй’йч] words of idleness (Mnon.). ^q’^l nob-nob weak, feeble-minded (Sch.). ^4 nor l.=? w. 2. a rectangle (C«_), yH no J, imp. of ^4’4 ^51 nog pf. of a man who has been bought, a slave (Cs.). TOP* gnags n. of a place in Tibet (Deb. Я 2). рпап I: 1. n. of a place in Tibet (Deb. Я 2). 2. very powerful and at the same time fearful. TO II: 1. a pestilential disease, epidemic, infectious sickness, plague; ы^с/^дзгд-то leprosy and small pox are pestilential diseases. The following dkeases are mentioned under the term of Я?^ pestilence (Sman. 108): Я^’ЗЯ* gzer- thug, ^Я'З’^Я^З4 nag-po tgyug-hgyel, 2V Я^ klad-gzer, hdsum kha-rtseg, ^С^’^'ЯЛЗ hdsum Itag-dgye, nba-log or ЗУ^Я byin-log, pho-ghn, rna-rtsa phu§-hdcb§, fiam-ru, gnan-srin, gnan-nad rkun-po, ЯЗТ^З^ gnan-hbra^ ЯИ*9^ gnan-hbur, §Я’ 4 lhog-pa, ЯЯ’4 gag-pa. The four reme- dies proscribed in Tib. medical works for gnan called ЯЭ^’Я^ plague killers :— 84'5 or lagerstra>mia, ч^’^я arsenic, -^ЛЯ and g| ^ musk (§man. l±50). 2. a class of mischievous demi-gods (^’Ч^Я), also called ЯЗУЙ the parti-colourcd дпап, ЯЗУ^' the green gnany and Я^’йЦЯ'ч. Ш: a species of wild sheep, not the Ovis ammon but the Ovis Uodg- soni. Its range is throughout Tibet, but never in the Sikkim-Himalaya. In tho Kuen-liin and Altan Tag ranges, both this species and the true Ovis ammon occur. ЯИ*ч*ч gnan-thab-pa certain medicinal roots so called on account of their curative virtues in plague, namely:—£Я’-^ ^Я’^ ^Я^’?1 Icag&tyu (Mirf. 2).
491 «г|^’c^orq gnan hdul-pa root of a plant used in the disease called Gnan-gzer tsha- tea of which high fever and severe aching in the body are chief characteristics* gnan-pa or w 1. cruel, fierce, severe: the Bon religion is cruel and Buddhism is uohle (Gyal. S.). deities of terror; pjw *1^’4 severe justice, cruel laws; Ч5УЧ rigid vow, a solemn oath. 2. wild, rugged, precipitous: a rugged country. ^2)0/4 gnab-wa (in composition, often only) 1. neck, nape: the neck is contracted or shortened. 2.=^’^ partizan, one backing a side. gnah-ko hide or leather of a beast’s neck. gnah-khob§ screen to protect the neck attached to a helmet. Qnah-khri Btsan-po the first king of Tibet who was carried in a sedan- chair and was therefore called the “ neck- chaired.” gnah-gori du mi-snol, = gnah-rgyab in C. castellations, parapet. Qnah-nan, a village on the con- fines of Tibet and Nepal, but belonging to the former. + «]yvq gnah-po a witness, one that gives evidence; to vouch for, to be surety for: he became surety for the loan. gnah-rtse the cervical vertebra with its projecting process (Ja.). gnah-tshigs spinal joints. чрчЛад gnah-rens stiff-necked, obsti- nate: (Bdsa. 28) Ser-smug, thou obstinate wretch, listen to this my word. gnah-rens- can stiff-necked, obstinate. gnah-gin gu yoke (for oxen); Gnah^in hclsin one of the seven fabulous mountains of Buddhist cosmo- gony so called on account of its standing out like the yoke of oxen. Gnal n. of a place in Tibet; anative of Gnal;Gnal-pa grba-tshan the section of Daipung monas- tery where monks from Gnal are admitted (Lon. * 3). C\ ^ш-уа=чр)«’’т| both. 4^^ gni-zer sometimes for*V^ suu- beam (Lex.). 4H5 gnig-tu = into one, aimed at one, having only one obj ect in view; but seems to= the two loved as one. sleep; to fall asleep: I am sleepless; sleep has not come, I cannot find sleep; one uninter- rupted portion of sleep; he fell into a sound sleep; light sleep, a slumber. gnid-kyi log- pa 44<$U4H to fall asleep, to sleep: who is free from misery will sleep happily; (S. phren. 288) he who has attained to the stage of Sbyor-lam will not fall asleep. sleepy, drowsy; sleep interrupted, roused from slumber. has gone to sleep.
^ocq| 492 Syn. gnid-bro; 4]H4AS ffnid- hir>d-, 4iV> <'№'£’ r ib-tu hthibt-pa; «V mnal; gzim-, Q4) « gnid khug-pa; ?ч|Ч'й rmong- grogs-po; йч]я^"я'а mxg hdsutnpa \Mnon.). gnid-hdod wishing to sleep. gnid-rdol somnambulism. ’* ’3*^ gnid ma-byun~wa wakefulness, sleeplessness. Syn. *ftV**S gnid~med-, gnid- ma-khug; gnid chaj-pa-, gnid-yar-ica {Mnon.). gnid-mo цдя asleep, in sleep. gnid-rmug$ cbiz?d, stupid with sleep: cM 54l‘5 q?3i‘q3’4’ (Hbrom. I4 Id) leaving off sleepi- ness and indolence, (you) should be always industrious. qlV4RJvq gntd gyur-pa to be overcome by sleepiness. sfy’V’W gnid-lam—U'w rmi-lam dream. gmd-log hdod-pa to desire sleep, to be sleepy. ^5gnid-sa bed, place of sleep. Syn. ^’*1 nal-sa\ malstan} *«*« mal-xa {Mnon.). sinrfta, awakened, to awake; smj to become awake. 4||oi’q gnil-wa to be dessicated, to crumble away; to thaw. gnis f% 1. two: jJVS^*5, we two shall marry each other ; either of us: В час* । which is the better of the two reli- gions, Brahmanism or Buddhism? 9*’^ a Brahman couple (man and wife). 2. both: both Maitreya and the lord (Atis'a); both you and I. ЯУ4’”! gnis-ka Wl the two, both: the meaning of both; the interests of both parties; gnis- gnis two each. gni^kyi gnis sprad-pa placed in two and two (in pairs). gnis-skye* fe*r, ftwfa, the “ twice-born,” i.e., a Brahman ; used, also, of birds in general, and of human* teeth. = gni^ka both. gni^dyahi khyim met. for the female organ. 4^,q^S gni$-br(jyud—^4 copper. gn&cha half. gni$-gni$ $pyod said to be either the curlew or lapwing. gni$-gni$ zufi pairing, also male and female living together. gni^hthun ftq met. for ele- phant ; the king of elephants, zjf^gni$-ldabtwo-fold, double, twice. gni$-ldan f^K, twice; also the second age, the age according to Brahmanical astrology in which two mea- sures of virtue were left to humanity. gni$-ldan-du$ the se- cond age of the present Kalpa. gni^pa ^гт, 1. the second. 2. having two, possessed of two, e.g., mgo gnit-pa having two heads, the two-headed; lee gni$-pa double- tongued; all the second ones; the second only. gnis-po W both, the two. gnis-med gsuH-pa an epithet of .Buddha. ч
I 493 a propounder of the non-dualist doctrine ; epithet of Buddha. gnis-hdsin holding to two; doubt, unsteadiness, wavering. of^r^’orq gni^hdsin lta-wa to look upon two things as differing, to think them different. gnis-gad the strokes put after a complete sentence (Situ.). gnis-su med-pa vfccffa 1. matchless; identical: ’$’^51 the king and I are not two indubitably, are the same. 2. u. of the Tantrik work of S'ri Kala-chakra ««o».). gni§-g§um zlos-pa—^J^ skyor-tshig or skyar-wahi tshig repetition (Mnon.). 4]J4)-W gnug-ma acc. to Cs. 1. natural, opp. to qX^ « bcos-ma artificial, hence (Sch.) 5^** dnos-ma. 2. innate, peculiar; peculiar mind; ^З4!’ я? 'Ът gnug-mahi innate wisdom; 4l3ql<^’XdS innate signification or worth; «лХя*ч|5«|’»<5'са’=^я^ та-Ьео§ gnug- mahi nan-du hdre$ dissolved into the un- created primordial existence (Jd.). gnun-dkar rape seed. gnul-wa-W^ nul-гса. gne-wa to woo, court. gneho=% ‘5 smye^bo a wooer, cour- tier (Jd.). gne-ma nan-khroty, the coiled intestine (Zam.), the twisted part of the colon or great gut (Jd.). gnen «mm, resp. gku-gnen kinsman, relation; beloved relation; to love one’s relations; mother-in-law by relation; as a degree of relationship; '’iHSV4 pnen byed-pa to marry, to become related by marriage; friends and relations; attachment towards friends quivers like water, &c. (Lo. %); pha-gnen relations on father’s side; ma-gnen relations on mother’s side; bges- gnen spiritual friend, generally a lama scholar who is versed in the Buddhist metaphysics. gnin-po helper, friend, assistant, esp. spiritually; | bless, that it may become a good spiritual help without looking upon a spiritual adviser; ^’^erqS’^’Zi the spiritual discipliner of Tibet (Avalokite- s'vara) ; (applied to things) remedy, means, expedient, antidote; assistants in curing maladies (e.g., medi- cine, diet, etc.); dehi gnen-por as a remedy for; §grub-pahi thabs mi-ges-pahi gnen-por as a remedy for helplessness in acquiring a certain object, i.e., direction or instruction how to obtain it (Jd.). Syn. mthun-phyogv, yid-bcug§; mdsah-bcugs; 3^ zun ; hkhor-med; yid mthun-pa; mdsah-bge$\ grogs-po *, q’H'q^Mi mdsah-was bcin$; §f'Vq blo-ne-wa ; ran-phyogs (M^on.). gnen-can used in polite lan- guage for gnen. gnen ne^ca or gnen ne-mo near relations, cousins. gnen ne-hbrel, v. relatives by blood or marriage connection.
^•Ч| 494 Ч|^| 0]^-^ gnen-lshan, яИ §5 gnen-srid аге words signifying relatives. gnen-hdab^ n. gnen. gnen-hdun 1. relatives; pha-yan та-yin gnen-hdim min neither father nor relations. 2. acc. to &Л. concord, harmony, amongst kins- men : gnen-hdun zid-pa yin tho harmony ceased. gnen-pa ^rfa kinsman: 4^’4 gnen-pa$ b$run-wa pre- served or protected by (his) kinsman. Syn. 4^’4^ gnen-ggin\ gnan- hdab\ $nag-gi gnen; ne- hbrcl; md^ah-bges; rt$a-lag; rig$-ru$ gcig-pa; cho-hbran mtshun$-pa; У^пе-du (Mnon.). gnen-po srfavr, sfarng ad- versary, antagonist; adverse, in opposition. gnen-po cho$-dbyin$ gnen-por gar (Hbrom. F 33). pfien byed-pa marriage. ^en hbrel-wa to be related, connected by marriage or friendship. ЯН? gnen-zla consort; companion by marriage: as ye (Tibetans) may enter into connubial con- nexion with ns (Chinese). ,*rlV&** gnen-zla ma-rned-kyi§ a match not being available; Hkkyod-dan ghen- zh min you are not a consort fit for me; aho not related to you. gnen-yig friendly letter. gnen rin-po Aidant relation. gnen-ggin, v. gnen. gnen-bgesrelatives and friends: khyod-li gnen-med bge§-kyan-med you have neither relations nor friends. 4^ gner 1. meaning, occasion : ’^5 dehi-gner d-yod what was the meaning of that (A. 33). gner-ka or gner-kha atten- tion, care; Ч)^‘'ТВ5 gner-ka byed~\\*e§\ do-dam byed take care (of a thing, property or person), to supervise, to pay attention to: khyod-raH gner-ka byed lo-gyi$ would you take care (or take charge of) (A. 115); when I am free from the attentions of village officials I am happy (Mil.). t4^7T415S’q gner-ka glad-pa to commit a thing to a person’s charge, to put a per- son in trust of. gner-du gtad-pa==^’Qy\4 bio glad-pa to entrust, confide in. gner-pa WU£i<t a store-keeper; farm-steward: (Gul.) he was the steward, wise in protecting agriculture and its surroundings and knowing how to collect and to keep accounts. dkon- gner keeper of precious (religious) objects; §ku-gner temple-minder; the steward of a monastery; gshi-gner manager of an estate or farm; khan-gner one in whose charge a house or house properties are left, house- keeper : having arrived at Dingri, they asked the house- keeper ; §lob gner a student: §lob-gner gan-du bgyi§ where did you study. 455’4^ gtad-gner to entrust a thing. mgron-gner (lit, receiver
| 495 ЭД of guests but) practically a general mana- ger or secretary under a king, minister, or landlord. Syn. mig-gi ehos-can; ^’£H|*q Ide mig-pa; nan-gi gru-hdsin; 4$^ §ku-gner or a keeper of images of gods, &c. (ДГЯоп.). gner-ica or ^Vg\q gner byed-pa to tend, to take care of, to provide for; to seek for; to procure, to acquire. X^’ ф’Ч don gner-wa to earn money, to take interest on money; don-du gner- ua to provide for, to strive to procure; Х^Л’4!^ 4 people who desire to have property; X^’4!^ don-gner exertion, effort, zeal; ХУ4!^’^’^’Vfa don-gner chen-po dgos great exertions are necessary; |V^,4I>’ investigating both the pri- mary and secondary causes; don- gner etm zealous, pains-taking. «ЧК» gner-ma wrinkles (of the face), a fold of the skin; gner- ma dans defined wrinkles; with many wrinkles; the wrinkles have become settled or rigid, vb. 4^’4 gner-pa to wrinkle; sna-^on gner-wa to knit the brows, to frown. p'4!^ a frown, a severe, angry look; khro-gner can with frowning looks; the goddess Dolma in her terrific, frowning manifestation is called Sgrol-ma Khro-gner-ean oj^-jr^wq gner-ma khums-pa^ X^’^’5q’ the object not fulfilled (Л. 65). gner-ma can wrinkled. gner-mahi gdon lit. the wrinkled-faced; met. a monkey. gner-tshan store or store-room; house where provisions are stored up: 4|^’^’4|?k‘§5 gner-tshan gton-byed issuing of articles from the stores; one who issues such. gnel-wa=zW^ nal-wa W fa- tigue, also ’ifT’fr tired, to get tired; acc. to some authors, the proper spelling is mnel-wa. gnog-pa to desire, wish earn- estly (Cs.), v. snog-pa (Jd.). ^5 gnod strength, durability, stout- ness; gnod-ean strong; gnod-ehun or gnod-med weak; lus gnod-cJvun a weakly^body or feeble constitution (Ja.). gnod-ka^*^ hkhos-ka im- portance, worth. 41^*1’^’= 1. unimpor- tant, worthless. 2. generous or charitable, n. of a tribe in Tibet (Lon. 23). mnan boat, skiff, wherry. ^'q mnan-pa boatman, ferry-man. «^q’y^'X454 a fish-skin (Sman. 350). ^’^5 mnan-yod n. of a city in Kos'ala where Buddha resided for many years. Occasionally occurs errone- ously for 3^’q to hear. mned-pa pf. and imp. fut. 1. to rub, between tho hands or feet, e.g.) ears of corn. 2. to tan, curry, dress; X q to tan skin. 3. to coax (C#.). mnam hh, UHI43 similar, equal, like (Щоп.).
496 Syn. hdra-wa or ffg Ita-bu also de-lta, de mtshuns. «3»r^w|4 mnam-dkar; *3*5** mnam-$kye$ colleague, brethren in the same work or profession. mnam-hgyur bkal-pa the age or Kal-pa next to terminate (D.R.). *3»r«Is] ыщт, HHifW contemplation, preserving the equanimity of the mind. *3*’^S тпат-пи}=ф'&\ phyam-chad книг, ^нтчат impartiality, evenness, equ- ality; justice, mnam-nid ye- $es the knowledge to be acquired by con- templation, by Samddhi. «3«’«3« тпат-тппат hhhh level, very even; smooth. *3*’^ mnam-du 1. together, in com- pany with. mnam-du hgro-ica going together. 2. in Mnon. wnbf yearly, annually. язя’^^л^ц mnam-ldan b$kal-pa the Kalpa that is continuing (D.7?.). mnam-gna$ residing to- gether; also of equal position. *3*‘q mnam-pa, КН, HHtfvu 1. like, alike, equal, same: mham-po yod they are alike, equal, not differing; lha-dan mnam-pa yod they are like unto the gods. «з*сч zlum-po mnam-pa roundish; rigs mnam-pa of equal birth, rank; ^гыз^ ч dus mnam-pa contemporary, simultaneous; «3*w*gV£i to become equal, to be equal. 2. even, level, flat; *з«гч mnam- pa flat like the palm of the hand. mnam-pa brjod-pa to invite impartially. * 3*,q ^q mnam-pa med-pa uneven; unequally. * 3*rqvalb4|’q mnam-par hjog-pa wrfu to adjust for contemplation. * 3N'qVQ^|’q mnam-par bshag-po wrfTH, uftrfru, to compose the mind to perfect rest for meditation. ^3$rqv§vq mnam-par byed-pa to make even or level, to equalize; to divide equally; sems mnam-po im- perturbability, evenness of mind; not to be affected by kindness or by the reverse. ft'«3*rq mi-mnam-pa unequal, uneven. ^3«’д^ mnam-bral ip® unequalled, matchless. *3*^5 mnam-med, v. «<3«‘дч mnam-bral. «З^ ЯВ^* mnam-gzun топчи lit. receiv- ing equally; finishing. mne-wa or *^'fl^'q mne bshin-pa qfblVf to tan, to rub ; **)’^*S^ tanned, rubbed; ‘^’3 will tan or rub, v. mne$pa. «Vя®* rnne-hbol cushion, a pillow. 1. mnen-pa resp. 3*)phyag mnen-pa f^P4 flexible, pliable, supple, soft. 2.=*fa’2t mnen-po tender, soft. mnen-lcug soft and pliant or flexible. mnen mnel-wa to make soft by tanning (Sch.). mnen-mnes g^in-pa to caress, to fondle (&Л.). w^q^sgvq mnen-par hgyur-wa to become soft. «^•q^’g^-q mnen-par byed-pa to make soft, smooth, flexible. mnel-wa—M-wa or thaft chad-pa to be tired, fatigued.
497 mne§ smoothened; made soft (like leather). mne$-pa resp. for same as 53^’M dg yes-pa to be glad, to take delight in; also pleased, delighted: §pA’ bla niahi thugs mnes-pa the lama’s heart was delighted. mnes-par byed-pa to make glad, to give pleasure. *^*’*§S mnes-byed HM<H, мпттцит ador- ation, paying respect. rnnes-gqin loving, affectionate (-4. K. 1-10). «]5frq g$m-pa=^^'^l §niH-$dug be- loved. Acc. to Sch. to love much; to be rejoiced at, <4^*mno fond; mno mno-can in W. fondling, petting (^'9<ч) a child (Ja.). ^’4 Rna-wa n. of a place in Tibet. (Deb. *| 11). ^’*5} rna-U> or sna-lo several wild- growing species of Polygonum (Jd.). ex rnan-rniH worn-out clothes, rags (Cs.). rnan-wa= *иуагд b^al-wa to rinse; in W. to suffer from diarrhoea. rnan-nad diarrhoea; ?* ^nan-pa or ’« rnan-ma diarrhoetic stool (Jd.). rnan=fl]3^ gnan the Tibetan argali (Ovis ammon). 5«Г|ч'ч rnab-rnab-pa to seize or snatch together (Sch.). Ц snabs-pa stretching out the hand to catch ; «I«fa khyehu yi lag-pa uw-la rnabs-pa yi$ holding out the hands of a child to the fire. rnas sometimes used for brnas-pa. rnas-byed-pa to scorn, to look down on with contempt. rni STM net, snare or trap for capturing wild animals or birds. Ч rni hdsug-pa to lay snares; phur- rni mouse-trap consisting of a flat stone supported by a little stick or pin phur-pa). Syn. I’*4] rni-thag\ ri-dbags rgya; ri-dbags hdsin; ri-dbags dra-wa; dra-ica-can; nan-pahi hkhrul- hkhor bya-dan ri-dbags hchin-byed (Шоп.). V4ql rni-thag^ v. 1 rni. СЧ rnin, v. 5^ rnin-pa. ex rnin-pa sra, 3U4 1. old, ancient (of things, i.e.^ clothes). 2. muddy. gsar-rnin new and old; snar-gyi yi-ge rnin-gia rnams the ancient records; brda-hin the ancient orthography; *5’1*’ lo-rnin = V$[*’ na-nin last year (JFls.); drafi-sron rnin-pa the old rishi or sage. Syn. ^’4 rgan-po; thar-po; S^on-skyes\ * $non-dus-ma\ уипгьп-та} 1*’* rnin-ma, 54** thog-ma\ тда%-ра'') chos rga$-pa (Мйоп.). lE/q rnin-wa vb., pf. *1*^ brnihs to age, wax old; gos-brnin§ worn, clothes; lham-brnihs old shoes; rnin-war hgyur-wa, rnin-war byed-pa to wear out in a short time (Jd.). 1*** Rnin-ma 1. general term for the various unreformed red-cap sects of Buddhism in Tibet. 2. particular name for one of the oldest of these same sects. 64
498 3.=V’4 rniH-pa, rnin*ma de-la rab-gna$ край mdsag he also consecrated that old one (Л. 9J); 5Е/»й*с|^*ч]5«г rnifi-mahi gter-gshrin the religious works which, it is said, were un- earthed by Gter-§ton~pa belonging to the Nying-ma school of Tibet. rnin*tshad old fever; chronic disease. rnifi-hrui worn-out, old and rotten (things). rnins-pa—^WQ refi$-pa ’ЖгЫг worn out; delapidatcd ; cast off. rnid-pa pf. ^5 «ЦК brni% fut. «fys gnid. 1. to fade. 2. to grieve (vb. nJ \Sch.Y C\ uf, rhil or §ntl gen. as so* rnil the gums. ^<4’4 rnil-u'a, v. snil*wa. rnis-pa^^'Q §nin$*pa pf. iftw to be worn out, become old, faded. ?S'4I : rfied-pa 1. vb., pf. ч|5 brned or drncs fut. brned. W, nfK’Tcl, to find, discover, acquire, meet with, get: de-ni gafi-na$ rned where did you get that ? rned~du mi run-no it must be procured by all means; ma rned-pa not finding; ISA zas-dan §kom-ma rned-de having not found anything to eat or to drink; 5‘V * q da-ni re*wa brned-do now that my hopes are fulfilled; gri rned- pus as he found a knife (from Ja.). -v. II: sbst. profit, - gain, ’ property, goods rned-pa маЯ-ро rned* pa to gain much profit: (R. d. 4 36) by exerting himself for gain and honour a gelong will be ruined; these riches and honours are the causes of in- terruption to all works of piety: q bdag riied-ра daft ldan*na mi-dgah if I am possessed of earnings, he is aggrieved. rned $du-wa collecting of riches; rned phrOg-pa to take booty, to plunder (Sch.). rned-rlom pride of wealth or gain: rSp<’ (Khrid. 125). rned dkah-wa^B; difficult to find, rare. The five hardly obtainable things are (seo IC d. ч J/75):— (1) the human body which is slowly prepared; (2) Я gla (Mfion.) wages, remuneration for work done, rent; (3) w^rj*rarv^ faith in Buddha; (4) the conception of saintly ideas, i.e., the enlightened heart of a Bodhisattva; (5) the appearance of a Buddha. rned*bkur=fathob-nor riches and honour. rned-hdod—^y9^ hdotBchags inclination for gain (ДГлоя.). Пч гпо£-7>д (cf. q nog* pa) vb., pf. brnogs, fut. qp| brnog to troublo, to stir up (Cs.); also adj. thick, turbid ; chu rnog-pa muddy or dirty - water. 'I^l'q*^ rnog*pa can : l.=sjpf«^ $kyon*can faulty. 2. dirty, turbid, troubled rnog-nia can, miry, muddy. rnogi'-pa, dirt, scum,- stain; rnogt-pa-med stainless, clear,- purified, washed; *>5
499 ehu-rnog med^^^i^'4 chu tsan-aca pure, water (fllnon.). T^’^s rnogS'tshad n. of a disease •J1 rnoH=‘^i gal ЗПЖ trap, snare. ft'q rnon-wa pf. brnofa fut. ч|к' brnofi, imp-.T^ 1. to ensnare, trap (Cs.). 2.=Jf ’4 rkyan-pa stfwa to stretch out., $йл-пап=*ЧУ*'^’ gnah-nafi. ^яд-/Ь = 5'<? rna-lo. П4 snag-pa col. for^4!'4 sneg-pa. dbyans music, har- mony (Jd.). l.==^r rgyu-rkyen” reason; ^^4\$nad4ned-par without reason, pre- tence or provocation : (A. 62) the reason of Atis'a/з undertaking to proceed to Tibet was the welfare of animate beings, 2. snad hdog$-pa=ffi4£\fy\Q skyon brjod byed-pa $kyon-med-par skyon btags-pa to impute fault where there is none, malicious accusation or imputation; 55’ЧТЧ snad hdsug-pa to bring an action against, to prosecute; §5’§5'^ snad byed-pa (with a dat.) to use a pretence or pretext. ^\Q‘$nad-pa pf. and fut., ^§5 bsnad, imp. 55 §nod to relate,.to report; ^’^’$5’4 lo-rgyu$ ^nad-pa to relate a story; ₽’W 55‘4 rmi-lam §nad-pa to relate a dream; snad-pa to state, inform, give notice; to rehearse. snad-mej shad-dkris impu- tation, without cause.; false charge. snan w, vhr, resp. for V4 гпачса the ear: 'rgyal-pohi- snan-du thos it came to the king’s hearing. snan-khun the ear-hole, hearing. snan-gyi gon-rgyan ^iw, ornament worn on the tip or up- per lap of the ear; 5555 snan^rgyan an ear-ring ; rna-rgyan ear- ornament. §nan sgrogs-ma — ^&S1^ bud-med blo-ldan-ma (Mnon.) a noble and generous lady. snan-nag lit. speech which is agreeable to the ear. 1. poetry as one of the four divisions of the science of words. 2.=^^ pa-asns тж the planet Venus. snan-nag mkJianA.'^^ a des- criber, poet. 2. a learned man (Mnon.). snan-ftag mkhan-po the planet Venus; the spiritual guide of the Asura demi-gods. Syn. gzah-pa §ans; nan spon-bu; lha-min bla-ma (Mnon.)'. ^nan-nag., mkhas-dican chief poet; a complimentary address to the learned., $nan-fiag ro-ldan^^'^'1*^ lit. a humorous expression; but includes 5ч|*чг<1)5я a religious discourse, Rvr2fc’g soft language w sweet words conciliatory mild expressions; w plea- ant words «fapr«Mj5 moral sayings (Mnon.). snan-grags fame, reputation. snanjijeg^ polite, and gentle {Yig- *). §nan-brjod* W graphic descrip- tion;
500 $nan-gtod-pa to give ear to: 5 kye rgyal- po chen-po bdag-gi tshig hdi-la §nan gtod-cig О great king, do lend your ears to my bpeech (Hbrom. 136), 8nan-nan also called Mnah- nan n. of a district in N. Western Tibet. ?¥« $nan-pa 1. like grag^-pti mi:, ’irfwIT fame, renown, glory, praise: • s§vyour fame has spread in the ten quarters, t.e., all over the world; dJii $nan-pa rgyafi-nat tho$ his praises are heard far aud wide; ce$ dehi $nan-pa brjod-cin thus speaking praisingly of him; ces-pahi snan-pa-la rten- na$ relying on a rumour of this purport; ce* ^nan-pa daft grags-pa chen-po byun so his praise and great fame arose; dehi$han-du to his praise, or to his hearing. 2. adj. well- souuding, sweet to hear; $mra-wa sweet expresion, sweet and polite language; ^nan-par hyedf&jftiK that does pleasant things; qv^’^ $nan-pahi dpe-can n. of a warb- ling bird, v. я]’вг<к’*] ka-ta pin-ka (Mfton.). a monk having a well- bounding voice; tJdg ^nan-par with pleasant words; $nan-$kad melodious language. 3. vb. to praise, extol, glorify. = gor ma-chag without interruption (Lex.). S’^’q mi-$nan-pa 1. discordant, gra- ting ; $kad-ni mi-$nan-pa zer- cf a to utter discordant cries; (Jd.). 2. offen- sive, insulting: gan-shig b dag-la rtsod-cin mi-snan brjod he who in a dispute says to me insulting words. q mi-§nan-par zer-wa daft-du len-pa to put up with offen- sive remarks. q]^4q gtam $nan-pa 1. good joyful news, glad tidings; gtam-snan bye^-pa to bring glad tidings. 2. pleas- ingconversation (Cs.) ; = v. gragt] ъпаи-гдуиб^Чф^ bkah-rgyud oral instructions of lamas. SVS 8 q $nan-phra shu-wa to slander, to backbite. $nan-hphrin 1. good tiding, gospel. 2. n. of a bird which lives very long (Mnon.). tnan-tehig MiH, snan tshig-gi rig-bye# the third Veda of the Hindus. Vhan-tshig byun МГЧ5Т grown out of the Sania-Vcda. SY3 $nan-shu petition, memorial; §^’8’ $nan-shu hbul-wa topresent a petition. tnan-$al the flap of the ear. ^•op^^qN'q $nan-gt>an hbeb$-pa, WHISHT invitation; to invite, to call attention to. snan-srab—Wft’^’4 nan-dad che- tca credulous: rjehi $nan-srab the king’s credulity (Gyal. 2). q §nan-lhon-ica to make dear. ^’Ц $nab-pa to smack with the lips (Sch.). §nam-pa 1. vb. to think, consider, imagine: we thought we should give up the jewels; na~lceb dgo$-$nam-na§ thinking I should commit suicide; yon- tan dan Idan-par $nam-ste considering him to be possessed of talents. 2. sbst. thought, sense, mind, sensation: chos byas-na snam-pa у ой-gin gdah we have thoughts of practising religion; hjigs-so $nam-pa yo^
501 re-§kan I am far from any thought of fear; though one may imagine that it will help; ЗЯ’4 tkyug-pa, brduft$-dkri$ wam-byed there arises a feeling like that of nausea, like that of being beaten, of being (tightly) wrapt up (Jd.). W«l-ya$ (^^’W*) n. of a number; V' I (Ya-sel. 57) . у $m, v. rm. *ni-$teil=W* gnah neck; nape of neck. V2* $т-ро=^'ч wifi-po the heart. 5’3* §hi-phulcorn of luxuriant growth; abundant harvest. §'4 §ni-wa 1. a dwarf. 2. softness. 3. n. of a plant. sni-wo adj. gentle, soft, de- licate, tender. 5* $ni-ma for sne-ma (Ja.). Sni-faft ka tya or Sni-$aft gur-rta name of mountains in Nepal (Jd.). wig$-du$ or §*|*r*3snigs- mahi du$ or 4FfW the degenerate age, or the age of sin. §nig$ byed-ma acc. to the Bon n. of the god of air (D.R.). c\ wigs-pa degenerated, grown worse, v. snigs-ma. 5’^'^ snigs-ma ЖЧТД, f^rqru, 1. a whet-stone. 2. impurity in food, poison or defilement in food; impure sediment; mar gyi §nigs-ma impurities in butter; to se- parate the clear (fluid) from the sediment; snigs-nia thams-ead sel- wa to clear out all the impurities. shift wigs-та a yellowish sprout growing up on land. 3. Здргл tshig^-ma a member between two joints. $mg$-m(dna-ni the five impuri- ties are:—(1) Wig: ws; hgrib-pa the decrease of the duration of life; (2) л perversity in thoughts, religious disbeliefs, &c. 3. the five poisons; (4) ЧМ-ЧГЧГП1; VF* difficulty to convert ; (5) ^4 rtsod-ldan degenerate ages or times. e\ $nift гпг., 1. the heart, both met. and physically: snift-hdar shift-hgul the heart throbs with fear; bdag-gi lu^kyi §nift-ltar gees as dear to me as my own heart. 2. the disposition. win-dgah-гса or win bdc-wa glad- ness, cheerfulness; win-dan mig hphrog-pa to transport, to ravish (Sch.). 3. courage; яbe not afraid! gdon gyi% b$lus the heart is infatuated by a demon. §nin-na§ (i) heartily, zealously, earnestly, e.g., look- ing for or to a thing; with all one’s heart, most earnestly, devoutly, e.g., to say one’s prayer; (ii) actually, really: khon $nin-na mi-hbyin-pa yin really he does not sink. 3. for 5^, win hgem§-pa etupified, confounded, depressed (D.R7). Syn. of No. 1. thugs ; fa- yimchog* 3for§’3”4j54 cho&kyi rtsa-hkhor \ 5W'3V95 kun-skyed byed\ srpg-gi gnas\ ^w’S’pc.-q wms-kyi khaft-pa; rnam-fe§ rten (Mnon.).
502 Iе? I §rM-kha the heart.; ^-рж, $nin-khar on the heart, at heart.. $nifi-kham$ the heart; acc. to Sch. courage. jneH-*Aw=V’R nin-khu. §*’4 tfM-ga the breast: j*r q-q^qVR* $nin-gar $pu-man $kye$-pa bde- war litsho he will live to be happy on whose breast grows much hair {Mi.). ^c.*5«|4-q inifi dgah-wa heart’s content, joy, cheerfulness. tfiift-grogt ,<W. a sym- pathizing friend, a bosom friend. §*’«1 $nin-can courageous, spirited, bold. $*’£<гч $nin rtsc$-pa, v. ^‘t'4 rje-wa Mi mcrey, compassion. $nin-chu bshug in IF. afflicted with dropsy in the pericardium {Jd.}. ^‘1 tfiin-rje .WB4jp kind- ness, mercy, compassion: Jhr^-jirq to meditate with pity for all men. £ $п«Я- re rje, occurs khyod Bod- rnam$ §nin-rc-rjc I pity you ye Tibetans {A. 65). Syn. 3^’t thugs rje; btse tea; rje§ chags; rjes-su btse {Mnon.). sniii rje $kad>lamentation ; cry of compassion. $nifi-rje-can ®xmg merciful, kind hearted; a merciful person. Sntn rje chen po, Snin rjchi lha, are names of Avalokitcs'- vara. V't fnen rje chen po pad dkar n., of a sutra in the Kah gyur, vol. *, Mdo section. snin-rje brat^^'l^Qsnifrrjt med-pa . devoid of mercy or com- passion, merciless, cruet The, following ten acc. to Buddhism are included in the category of those, who are called rhin-rje-bral*.—«мргч butchers; в*чр1'яЗ>я‘Ч sellers of ducks; «яг^’ч sellers- of pigs or pork; уч fishermen; hunters; S’q bird-catehers; цр(Ч,|ч’т|‘зг5,ч^с.,«^ drivers of donkeys and other boasts of burden who, lading them heavily beat them; J^'4 robbers and way-layers; murderers; slayers of oxen, etc. {K. du. <M). tftin-rje mo 1. compassionate: you are compassion personified. Aoo. to Jd. in yOU are much to be pitied. 2. colloq. dearest, most beloved, aipiable, charming. $nift nc-wa l.=w^S rpdsq-bo, ne-wo, friendly, amicable, loving, affectionate. Figurative expression for it is иЦ’З'Эа'яд yid-kyi zehu hbru (Yig.k. 1). 2. dear and near relatives. 3. ЖЧТФТ money. ^?чч snin-stobs мм, fMMM; usfa fortitude; character; courage, spirit, virtue: «рм,^Еч,я^маг^магч'д:ч‘|Е.,^ччм'^‘Ч| а)-3|,^с.,^ч,с.^,чя,^ч‘^*й'я?5*л fortitude and enlightenment increasing in the wise and learned ; they go not after evil deeds and indolence {Ld.; Glr.). $nin-$tob$ can Mrf«R>, fear- less ; possessed of fortitude, moral courage. Syn. dpah-po; natn-^a med; дя’Ч’^мс.я shum-pa $tob$-chcH; pya-rol gnon {Mnon.). $nin-$tob$-che qlWVi' WHW great soul, one of great fortitude. ^’45* $nin?pfaw confidential speaking a secret: gyi sems-la shog Pu^‘ а^аУ your mind talk which is confidential; $nifi-gtam the secret
503 speech of kindness or of love; phan-pahi §nifi~gtam useful admonition. §nin-$tobs gter ;=$** intrepid, one whose heart is stored with cottfage (-4. К. 1, 18). $nin-du $dug-pa or charming, handsome; gzug$ mdse§-pa very handsome per- son, charming (ДГпо«,); in JF. liked, be- loved, darling, favourite; $nift-$dug shig-hdug he is a general fa- vourite; ^nin ma-sdug riot hand- some, not charming; acc. to Jd. bad people. $nifi-bdom ornamental equipments of a riding horse, generally what is put on its breast (Rtsii.). $nifi hdod-pa to wish, to desire, to * long for; za-snin hdod-pa to long to eat, to bo craving for food; *Vi'q ardently wishing to go. §nin-sdug a beloved one; a sweet- heart (fiag. 29). $nin-rtad 1.==^‘<уч snin. na-tta disease of the heart, but not often 'any physical disorder; heart-sickness; grief on account of injury suffered from others. 2. defined as ^'q’^q sems-la nag po shag-pa vindictiveness, to keep a grudge at heart: 5 mya-^an sem$-hkhrug% yi mi-bde shin Ito-chdg gnid- chag she-sdah drag-рдь $nin-nad §kyed. Smfi-nad is caused by fits of anger, sleeplessness, starvation,* despair arid men- tal derangement from troubles, etc. The disease is of seven kinds:—(1) dropsy of the heart, (2)^^, (3) (4)^'яЗчч, (5)^-*i, (6) (7) (Мпд. 3UY I: snifi-po, «it, ’TH the pith, essence, heart; snift-po та-yin pa mod-par ggur far from being useless; useful. 45’5’?^' skad-kyi snifi-po the substance of a speech; chos-kyi §nifi-po the essential part or purport of a work or the main substance of a doctrine; ^•q doti-snifi hbyin-pa to draw out a summary, the sum and substance (of a writing): bein^-cad thams-cad sans-rgуkyi §nin po can yin-na if all living beings have'the pith and essence of, m?., partake of the nature of, -Buddha; de-bshin b (pgs-pahi $nin-po the spirit of Tathagata; byan*chub siiin- po; the spirit of the Bodhisattva, i.e., Buddhahood. СчГ^’§с;®’я5'4’4 ^Vog-gi §nin- po hbul-ica to offer one’s heart’s blood, to pledge one’s own life. The five chief essences or snin-po of food are:—salt, ^’1*4 fruits, treacle, honey, red sesame (Rtsii.). 1. ’HT’I flcwcr. 2. фи the thunder-bolt. 3. ' a heap, a plough. 4. a kin d of precious stone, sapphire. ^vq rijgqjN'q §nin po mkhregs ра=^^ $nift pohi gshi the earth, that holds everything, all substances. snin re rye pity; to be pitied: hdi rham$ $nin re rje these people are indeed much to be pitied. As an adj. sems-can snift re rje the poor creatures (Jd.); the pitiable sinners. $nin pb can Т^чт^, sub- stantial ; also courageous.
504 V’S’i gnin-po die йнчй ge|W«w»rgf j'i^Ei finfl chen-po bya$- tpn thug$-sem$ mi-$dug-par §sam~tyo rgya then-po) noble-hearted, intrepid, adven- turous, enterprizing : V>£* 5 0, noble-hearted (sire) you have been required to do husbandry bending on your chest {A. 127). $nin po inchog ЧНП5Я n. of a number. $nin-po theg-pahi yan- rtse n. of tho chief works of the Anuttara my&tics of Tibet and of Ancient India. $nin-po [dan та нтш) an article that is possessed of some real pro- perties, or of intrinsic value. $nin~po b$du-wa япЛчгс n. of a work composed by Atis'a (A. 66). ^c/Zr&Vq $nin po med pa 1. чтян, , worthless, null, void, false, hollow. 2. n. of чтан the third Pagdava, the hero of the Mahabharata {Mnon.). ^с/ЕгЗ$nin-po so 8or (^’5^’V’I* tsan- dan dkar) цЪщп, white species of sandal wood; a yellow gem, a topaz. ^c/aQ’pc/q $nin-pohi khan pa^^'^S a recluse’s cell or hermitage in the midst of a group of hills {Mnon.). tnin-pohi dben-pa void, worthless; sbst. solitude. hfrab dri agreeable scent {Mnon.). §mn rtsa heart-vein; the veins connected with the heart. smn rtse the tip or apex of the heart; the focus of attention, i.e., when all attention is concentrated. snin brise Idan, shin rje can loving, affectionate {Mnon.). snin tshim gratification, satisfac- tion, consolation; also pleasure felt at the discomfiture or death of an enemy or ad- versary $mn tshim hdebtpa to show such pleasure; also vb. re tshim-pa to gratify or console; to become gratified. 5^’*ч $nin tshil the fat about the heart (съ.). ^*4*4 wifi shot n. of a fruit which in appearance is like the heart {Rtsii.). + §t’qX*r5 (rq wifi bshot te $тга-гса?= gtam dafi gsah gtam $nira wa to speak out a secret or re- veal a confidential thing. Snifi-ri n. of monastery in Tibet. wifi 1. assiduity, firmness of mind, perseverance. 2. courage. Win rluft anger, indignation. 2. low spirit?, melancholy (Sch.). '3^ become indignant. khugt ЯЖН upon the breast. tninJa nal=^S^^ lit. that lies down ou the mind; a name of Kama, the Indian Cupid {MftonX ^’eiwci tnin-la hbab-pa 1. fully comprehending, appreciating. 2. nectar. c\ tnid-pa prob. IS'q rnid-pa {Jd.). Wid-mo younger sister of a woman’s husband. Syn. khyo-gahi пи то; bdag-pohi srin mo {Mnon.). $nin-pa,fy\% tnin-po,^’^ tnin-te 5 tni~wo. jntm-pcJ or^>c* sntithpo^ ччгЙ thal-mo чг^г two handsful; a measure
505 >511 for liquids, as well as for flour, grain and the like, as much as may be taken up by both hands placed together: jo^wos hgron- bu §ntm-pa gan bsnams-te byon (A, 69) the lord carrying both hands full of cowries arrived. C\ mdses pa beautiful, handsome (fiag. 29). $пИ=уц rnily tfie mahi phuft po a bunch of ears of corn (Aa^. £9). ex $nil-wa or rnil-ica pf. and fut. bsnil (cf. gnil-wa) 1. to push or throw down, to break down, to destroy (houses, rocks, eto.); phye-mar snil-wa to reduce to powder (Sch.). 2. phyir snil wa to expel, banish, exile (Sch,) (from Jd.). $пид-ра also smyug-pa, pf. bnugsy fut. b§nug to dip in, to immerse (Ja.). Л snug-ma more frq. smyug- ina reed, rush, bulrush. 3 snug-gu reed-pen; snug bzo wicker-work. $nug hdsin lit. one holding the reed-pen, a writer. snug hdsin dwan po a chief clerk in Tibet; 4)'o(’5f»^'q 0I1G versed in writing: S4Q,^‘ to the chief writer who is well versed in the art of writing which was introduced by the noble Thu-mi (TV#. k. №). J4!’^ §nug-rum n. of a place in Tibet (Lon. * 3). • f4’^' snug fin bamboo; snug-si dark yellow-colour; ^*1 broad-cloth of dark yellow colour (Rtsii,). snugs duration, continuity, time (Cs\ $nugs-chen continual (&ag. #9); snugs-srifis yun-tshad pro- tracted, lengthened out (Ja.). jp4’gq $nug$-$brul a species of lizard (Sch.). " + swigs in a long time. snugs-srin lengthened or continual. snun=^ resp. for disease, ill- ness, sickness: btsun pahi sku la snun mi mnah ham your honour I suppose is not unwell ? Snun-гса I: vb., pf. bsnuiis. fut. bsnun 1. to make less, to reduce, to diminish; aco. to Sch. to disparage. 2. to be ill, sick, indisposed; й people that are disagreeable, annoying to others (Jd.). П: sbst. the state of being ill; illness, indisposition. snun bu awl, pricker, punch. Syn. Ttse rno; ко wa hbigs by cd (Mnon.). snun gshi—SR^ 1- illness, disease. 2. banishment; to expel, eject. ^3j $nun illness, disease, sickness: Э’4 ta snun gyis bzuii ho was taken ill. Acc. to Jd. dri-гса or snun gsol-wa are expressions of inquiry after a person’s health. na-dri shu-wa or snun-dri shu-wa to wait on, to pay one’s respects (Ja.). 65
506 яйг/n dban$-pa wrcru cured from a disease, recovered from an illness, convalescent. Syn. nad san$-pa; nad gsos pa\ q5q q nad kyis btan wa\ YVwSprq nad la$ grol ica*, ^‘W4vq na$ la$ thar wa (Mnon.). |£Y4 tfiun-pa 1. pf. and fut. bsnun to bo ill, to labour under a disease. 2.= W4 nad pa, ^y^i^nad phog pa, nam$ nia bde wa, bdu wa khrugs pi, kyam$ ma bde wa. ^Y^S $nim med free from illness. + snun rmed illness, Й5 rm?d=%F dri-wa) to inquire, to inquire after one's health: E’^'^ySS jo bo la shun rmed, ^'45^5’^ (Л. 75) thus in- quiring if the lord was well. sne-ma=$H or wrt, HWCt 1. ears of corn. 2. q hbruhi dog-pa corn forming ears (v. Ijan pa). I’VTs sne dkar diseased ears of corn;^’ $ne mgo^'H §ne ma ears of corn. ^’чег Sne-than, also written mne$ than, n. of a village situated about ten miles S.W. of Lhasa city. It was at Sethang that the celebrated Atis'a spent his last days and died. Sne-than glin-ga the large grove in neighbourhood of the monastery where Atis'a resided. It contains the chorten or chait where his remains were interred. Sne-mdo n. of a village in Tibet (Deb. №). Sne-phu n. of a small town in Tibet. Sne-hphren n. of a large grove in Tibet (Rtsii.). $ne hbol—£*\,Q^ pillow or cushion to rest the head upon (Nag. 29). -5^ $пе-та mig-can ears of com which have just got or formed grains. now the ears of wheat have got grains. §ne-ma lu$-tceb$ the tree Pongamia glabra, used medicin- ally (Mnon.). She-то n. of a district situated between tl and Tsang (Rtsii.). She-то Hphran-rdson n. of a fort situated on a precipice in She-mo (Rtsii). §ne-mahi phufi-po WYt a bunoh formed of ears of corn. *s $negs straight or stretched out (Jd.): lag pas §neg$ with the hand stretched out. "S ^54’Ц shegs-pa pf. bsnegs pa fut. ч|ч| b§neg imp. snogs 1. e. accus. to hasten or run after, to pursue; frq. also with ryes паз, ihrg rje$ sh, bshin-du, phyi bshin-du. *5raii hgro sa snogs hasten towards your destination; tu hdon pa or snegs su hdon wa to walk hastily, to make haste or speed (Jd.). 2. to overtake ; ’5Г5<ад sneg ma nu$-pa$ not being able to reach. 3. c. dat. to hasten (to some place) £5’Й'ог^ Itad-mo la sneg hasten to the play; nam la sneg hastening up to heaven (as a flame). 4. to strive or struggle for, to aspire to; nr la sneg to aspire to riches; sde chen la sneg to aspire to the increase of territory; shin khams bzan ta sneg to aspire to the region of eternal bliss. sneg-ma a pursue^ (from Jd.),
507 shen-гса 1. to stretch. 2. also snens-pa to fear (pf. bsnens, fut. resp. rgyal pos ma shens <pg do not be afraid of the king (Ja.). -s §hed 1. the crupper attached to a saddle. 2. iu ^\%'$ji-§hed lta-bu hdi-shcd-cig or de $hed-cig so much, so many, frq. used for how many: so many excellent qualities has he. ^’$5 or how much, how many? 3. after numbers: about, near: §ton-shed about or near a thousand; ston-ji shed about a thousand also: how many thousands? (ей.). ^S'q §ned-pa is mistake forX^’q rned-pa WH, to gain, profit, acquire: 4'3'Y*Yq §ned-pa bla na med-pa чПнЬ- the very highest gain or supremest state. *4. snen-pa or snen-ma, acc. to Cs. 1. to come, go near, approach. 2. to gain, to procure. $nems-ehun 1. unpretentious, humble, affable. 2. sbst. poor, indigent. *s snem$-pa 1. vb. pf. 4|w bsnems to be proud or arrogant, to boast; ад nargyal §nems-pas being swollen or puffed up with pride ; mthu rtsal §nemspa§ proud of one’s strength. 2. sbst. 4Й; Хя^'4 dregs-pa pride, haughtiness; §hem$-pa-ean full of pride, proud. I55 shes, v. §ne-wa. §has-la §ne§ (Nag. 29) reclined your head on the pillow; *|*гя5ц she§-hbol pillow. sho-гса sometimes for B‘4 smyo-гса. §nogs-pa or 4$q’4 b snog-pa (flag. 29) 1. secondary form of "H4 §neg-pa tesp. when signifying to wish earnestly, to crave for or implore; abo F'I’P’’4 kha §nog§ pa id. <ЦЧ]’с,*гФ’§'ч1’гч lag-pas ehn snogs-pa to ask for water stretching out the hand. 2. = rjes-su §nog following; yar-shog mar-shog went up and down; now gone towards the uplands, then towards the lowlands. snons-pa=^\'4 to apply (an ointment). snoJ=3j'$5 go-shod caraway. Ys’4 I: shod pa pf, 4^5 bsnod 4$^ bsnos, fut. 4^5 b$nod 1. to draw out and twist, as in spinning (Ja.). 2. acc. to Cs. to tell, relate. 3. $5'4 shad pa. 1^’4 II: to feed, to give to eat and to drink: <‘W$Y&^4$T4 ho-mas snodeih stobs pa fed and strengthened with milk. vyq I: shon-pa 1. pf. and fut. 4$^ b$hon to deny, disavow (dishonestly); 4$V§Yq btfion byed pa to assert falsely. ^’4 II:=ifo‘4 smyon-pa. $5’^^ shon mohs — b^'u ; S^ir^’Y^Y (flag. 29). 4 §nob-pa pf. 4^4^ bsnobSy fut. 4^q bshoby imp. $ад snobs 1. to stretch forth; 4’$4^ lag pa snobs stretched out the hand (&ag. 29). What is given as food is always placed in the instr, case, while the animal or person fed takes the dative : 4<^,Й’«|^- the queen was fed with turnips and radishes (Ld.; Glr.). 2. to roach by stretching one’s self out; to arrive at. i: shorn or $ад'ад snom§-la§ Яй?ПН, indolence, unconcern, esp. religious indifference.
508 if* п: or hdra hdr* khotf §nom$ pa vary similar. Vjt4 §noni-pa or $nom$-pa cp^r; or ч)5^ 1. weariness, lassitude, lazi- ness, idleness; lus-snonq lei- tra-yin one is exhausted and dull; §wor $nom-h nul-wa to bo tired and ex- hausted. 2. impartial, to treat impartially, i.e., in equal terms §« ^«1 (Pty.) ; **4F’4*’ W° ^°»4 impar- tial. ’^ifq $nom-par hjug-pa, drug- pa tho six Samapanna sages are:—(1) US 3 3 ^ 35 ljan$ Wl/odkyi bu Lhag tpyod; (2) g ST4 Sgyu rtsal $e$ kyi bu Rinphur; (3) tgyu Lrg$ bzans; (4) bram zehi khyihu Rgyal \ ^o) dran sron ma §cin$pa', (6) Itert rgya$ hod srtin ra1 pa can. snom-po—$nom-pohi la$ (Nag. 29). snom§ for нн; Йш?- d’t med without an equal. §noms-pa vb., pf. b$nom$, fut. bsnom 1. to make even, to level; я’«г§яя’ч м-h $noni3-pa to level (with the ground), to demolish. 2. to equalize (different things), to arrange uniformly: za$ §nom$-pa to arrange (uniform- ly) one’s meals, i.e., not cold and warm promiscuously; I wish to be treated fairly on a par with all others; F’4’$wq kha-la $nom§- pa to regulate (a matter), to manage or direct (a business) justly, uniformly. snoms-pa ^нгг; ^’q dub-pa fatigue, exhaustion. tnoms-po equal, even, uniform (i.e., in every part equally thick) (Ja.). §nom$ par hjug pa umuffl evenness or calmness of mind, equanimity. The nine Samapatti are as follows:—(1) я мйщ! sfHriTrmH жад <ПЯТЖНзГГ»П{ VPPriWHW <;сЧГФЬ favrfal Having com- pletely passel tho form-group and crossed the aggregate of passions and not think- ing of the varieties, he remains realising in his mind tho infinite expanse of the sky, viz., that tho sky is limitless. (2) нйх[ sMhw wpph Ирл- । Having com- pletely passed tho infinite expanse of sky, ho remains realising in his mind tho infi- nite ox tent of knowledge, viz, that know- ledge is unbounded. (3) M нйд! faUTHl- ящ ниШ nrfa йаддащ I Having thoroughly passed the boundless extent of knowledge, he remains realising in his mind the realm of nothing- ness, viz., that there is nothing. (4) H НЯЙЖЩ HMei! KHreSj fawfa I Having thoroughly passed tho realm of nothingness, he remains realising in his mind the region of consci- ous-nonconsciousnoss [Jf. F.]. In Tibetan we find the^e four thus expressed:—(1) (2) UK-yq- ’ g ’яэ । (3) ч «ад*|чиЗ^«гцк/^лГ 5 wv j’*$v I (4) ^*’q,qw«S‘V^’WK/
509 -»£«V £:«prq^s*ri’> • «№«* I The other five are:—(5) qrfW’HHHnrfni (6) Ч’РЛЗ J ^^rg^Tvrwrnrfn । (7) t»g«vq-3f q’«3^'4l htpihwtot। (8) jfi-^WXKXgqj q J w<nfTW4f’> I (9) Зс-‘ч *)5' q? |W44Agq q| 4JTW^ wrnrffl | §aWQW§5*q $по)н$ h§ byed pa to be lazy, indolent, indifferent. snoms la$ can W^n*., adj. a lazy and idle person ; an ab. ent-minded person. WA5 one who h not lazy or indolent. Syn. l?.4o-can; §‘^*A gyi-na wa; gfofi-$nom$-can; 3 ’4S‘^ bio chud zo§ (Mnon.). $nol-wa pf. and fut. а§ч bnal (cf. ?«ГА nal wa) to lay anything down; to bed a person, to assign him couch or bed; SJ'3’ w^’|q*A phru gu ma I du snol wa to lay a child on its bed; ^’^’q^qq nal du bshag pa to lay or put down; me nal wa to put the fire to bed, t.c., to ecrape it together and cover it with ashes; S'^'a $pu §nol-wa lit. to smooth down the hair, fig. to abate one's anger by the touch, i.e., as if to pat a oat or dog; Av§5 hi§ nag yid kyi she $dafi shi war by cd ($ag< S9) to pacify anger physically, by words and by the heart. brna-wa pf. Ajq brnas 1.=^'4 gyar-wa to borrow (Nag. 30). 2. = *Ta no- wa to buy, to take on lease (&ag. 30). 3. to seize (by force), to usurp (Sch.). A^'M brna$-pa purchased, bought, borrowed. qj*r aqq brnas thab$ arrangement to borrow, to take loan of; bshan-la$ brnas borrowed from others; q^’AS’Ajq brfian- pohi brnas interest for a loan, rent for a thing borrowed (Sch.). z^C’q ir/?«7z-wa=4g’q hkhru-wa. brnad-pa for A^5'q bsnad-pa. 6flfl^a=4]«ivq to borrow: AJY brnan pohi gos borrowed dress. Acc. to Cs. a garment marked with the figures of the rainbow, also fig. bor- rowed, reflected. gzugs brnan or ^•q^ $nan brnan sfafeW a reflected im- age, frq. also image, picture in general; even a little statue. rmi lam-gyi gzugs brnan vision, visionary im- age. §gra brnan returned sound, i.e., echo, mgo brnan a mask, a fearful apparition. g^’Aj^ phyag brnan servant (Cs.). kha-mchu hdsugs to begin a case or lawsuit. brnabs-pa diligence, painstak- ing; to take pains (&Л.). I: brnas-pa, v. Aj’q brna-wa. II: wh?) TOT con- tempt ; also to despise, contemn, c. dat., frq. ma brnas fig do not despise; Aj<rq§\q brnas pa byed pa to treat con- temptuously; qj^*q^« brnas-bco$ contempt, scorn. Aj^'Arg^'^q^q brnas pahi khyad du bsodp'i ТОН, ЧсППМ disrespectfulness, contempt. brnas-par byed one who is not respectful; one devoid of love and regard. Syn. dad med; ma mo$ pa; 3$rcr^ gu$ pa shan; dad hdun bral (Hdnon.), brnas $mad scorn and slander. brna$-se (А^я brnas contempt slightly) adv. disrespectfully, slightingly
Ч<*ГМ| 510 84 A-me$ byan- chub lei у an brna§-se bya$-pa§, Ames even had behaved disrespectfully to the Bodhi- sattva (A. 94). brnins 1. pf. of rnin-wa. 2. adj. old, worn-out. “4 q^’4 brnes ра=Ф£\% bdud rtsi or mfiah briic§ 1. nectar, ambrosia, the food of the gods. 2. ятн vb. pf. of ^5*q rned pa got, received. brnon§ explained as qS’p’oi’Wx^ q sems la medpahi kha la mdse§- pa one promising but not meaning to keep his word; polite in speech but different at heart (flag. 30), i.e., ono suiting himself to or framing his speech according to tho circumstances of tho moment; and hence, doubtloss, comes tho definition by Sch., convenient, suitable. bsnad pf. of bqad pa 1. stated, or related to others; rgyu mtshan la b§nad having stated the reasons (Situ. 7). 2. Я^‘ч5\ 4gshan brnadpa~to have oppressed tho weak. b§nad-pa (3F«) n. of a high number. b$nams-pa pf. of ертч reconciled, q made even, level (Stfw. 75). 2^*1 bsnal pf. of Ipt §nol; ^Y<4’q|Qi hphred la b$nol, sq’q^ than bsnal, *wq$p mar sar bsnal (Situ. 73). b$nal-yas n. of a numerical figure. bsnigs-pa 1. to return, restore, deliver up (Cs.). 2. sediment (Jd.). q^q]^*q b$higs ра—^'Ц rnin-pa or ^‘4 nams-pa stale, old, less efficacious;^’^' q^4 lyun bzed bsnigs an old alms-bowl, SY§4N'q^spj byin rlabs b$nigs a benediction less efficacious (Nag. 30). c\ bf, bsnil-wa pf. of to throw down, destroy ; squander : X'q^oi ri b§nil (Situ. 75) the hills were thrown down. hclod rgu hbad rned char du b§nil tea to squander wealth earned without exertion (T7y. k. 2). b§nil §bud pa ияг? to waste amassed wealth. b$nug-pa pf. bsnugs to beeome full (Sch.)*, З’Я^'^Я $kyu gan b§nug a full draught; ^w^q^qp? dmar khu b§nug$ (Situ 75), filled up with red fluid (i.e., blood). #$^§=3^’^ slightly laid up (fiag. 30) ; wfa; made less, be- littled, yobyadb§nufi§ (Situ.75). + 3j b§nun form of Ъ$пип=*№ na tea to be ill, laid up; Ь§пгт to or ч^Я'Я^’^ btfiug gshi§ b§nun ill of or laid up with an illness (Situ. 75). b$nul~wa to bo rubbed (&ag. 30), also to wash. b$neg$-pa pf. of *^Я‘Ч §ncg-pa ^•^•qqq’q^prq (his) position and dignity raised. •s b$nens-pa=qt<iprq hjig$-pa НЦ fear, also to be afraid of 1Пг bsnens—mi-hjig§-pa not to be afraid guas su b§nens (Situ. 75). q^q^-qoi b§nefi§ bral fearless, intrepid, =YK*q dpah-po hero. Syn. мт na med*, shum pa mi man; snin stob§ can (Mnon.). . . -4 hsnen-рй =4§Vq hften-pa or bsgrub ^«ГЧ^'^'Ч ^адо-гга bshin
511 nan-pa to serve as directed, as prescribed (Mnon.). 1. to approach, to come near, c. dat. also drun du, Р kho-wohi drun-du bsnen-cig come to me; q as with every step we come nearer to our death; to join, to stick to a person. 2. ¥Г5РТ, ^rr, to propitiate a deity, to soothe or satisfy him. 3. to accept, to receive, admit; yi-dam lha-yi bsnen-pa Man ejaculated many mantras of his tute- lary deity. ^’^35 i: b^nen-bkur, qg^JN’q bsnags-pa з^чг, ^TVT reverence, veneration, respect; ^V^vg^q bsnan bkur by r d-pa to pay one’s respect, esp. to the priesthood by various services. n: tjwtrht; ^^^q shabs-tog shu$-pa to worship, to do religi- ous service, dge-hdun la bsnen-bkur shus (Nag. 30) venerated the clergy; also asked permission of the clergy to do somo religious service. Ьзпеп bkur gnas worthy of worship, veneration, adoration. b$nen bsgrub gsun-bsnen service and worship. b$ncn gna§ fast- ing, also ono who fasts (as a religious duty). b§nen-gnas srufi-pa to ob- serve fasting as a religious duty, absti- nence ; to fast, to abstain from food. fl^yqs’^'q bnen-par dkah-wa hard to propitiate. q|aj’qv?aprq bsnen par rdsog§ pa <34- ФЧ5 to be ordained, consecrated. bsneh bsrin = fy^' he rin. -к bsnems — ^'na-rgyal che- wa ФТ very proud, great pride, haughtiness; tshan§-par b§nem$ (Situ. 75). bsher-гса to make grimaces or gesticulations (Cs.). bsner-ma wrinkles ; CJ> gdon-gi dpral-wa sogs-kyi b§ner wrinkles of the forehead, or of the cheeks, etc. (fiag. 30). bshel-гса resp. of brjed to forget; thugs mi-bsnel-war not forgetting, not forgetful; bsnel med not forgetting, not minding; (fiag. 30) shel-gso-wa to remind, to put one in mind of a thing. q bsnel-wa med-pa nrf^r ^f4<n there is no oblivion; or ♦nfcr there is no gladness. forgetfulness. 6si?0ys:= dbans po med pa not clear, not sparkling; ehu- bsnogs turbid, dirty water (Situ. 75). q^5*q bshod-pa to give to one another: spag^-gi $kyu-gan zas- bsnod (Nag. 3). bsnon = mi srid pa, gshan-la Ь^поп-to (Situ. 75). b^non-tol—^ffi^ bsnon-can (Zam. 10). b§non~dor=Qffi**i b^non-can {^ag. SO). bsnon-med untrue or false: sbzigs-hbyar b^non-med ci yin la (D. $el. 7). zqfvq b§nor-wa to sort, sift, divide : nas-sogs lag-pas mar b§nor separates the butter from the barley, etc., with his hands ($ag. 30).
5 ta I: is the ninth letter of the Tibetan alphabet corresponding to the Sanskrit letter a; it has practically the pronunciation of an English t. II: 1. as a num. fig. it represents 9. 2. in Budh.: (a) ta zhes-pa ni chos thams-cad-kyi $go-$te the letter called 5 is a door of admission to all things (Bum. Я 283) ; (b) ta-ni tha-snad med- pahi syo, brjod-pa med-pas thams-cad grol, 5 is a symbol of that which is free from grammatical rules or pedantry; without being uttered it liberates all (K. g. №). ylj ta-sde the four letters classed under 5, viz., % ’, 5, 5’^4 ta-yig ггпт the letter 5. ST* ta ka-ri (Hindi) scales for weighing (in Ld.) (Jd.). Ta-ku in W. 1. n. of a place and fort in N. China. 2. stick with a hook ; a hooked-cane; a crutch. 3. crook- ed, contracted, crippled (Ja.). ta-gar гппс n. of a flower; also of a city in ancient India. 5’^ ta-gir in W. bread; esp. the flat bread-cakes of India (Ja.). ta-ja a kind of Chinese tea import- ed into Tibet (fttstt.). to-Ъад, in ЛГ. cwj tha-bag, in Tsang a plate; ta-bag $kor-$kor a soup plate, a round deep plate (Jd.). 7s* ta-ber in IF. a fence of boards or laths (Ja.). * ta-ma la «ЯМ, ffPJ^TK n. of tree with a very dark bark and white blossoms, Xanthochymuz pictortus ; also the small tree Vitcx negundo. Syn. VK-ehw фсай-pohi chaft ; ^'3 nag-po phun-po', mun-pa hdsin\ mteho-can', 5^’3 ^ ^аЯ-ро can; mtsho-mchog (Mnon.). ta-ma-lahi lo-ma lit. the leaf of Tamala tree, acc. to Lex. with flowers supposed to be very accept- able to gods as offerings from their devotees (Bum. 17). 5**5’ta-mahi bead or ta-ma-lahi bead tho juice or elixir extracted from the fruit of Tamila. Га-sip for ttag^zig Persia, Ae., the country of the Tajik people. to-zufi a flower. Jj’UW ta-yas a number in Bud- dhist astrology. * Ta-ra nd-tha гпчтята n. of one of the historiographers of Tibet whose “Rite of Indian Buddhism ” has been translated into German. He
5^1 513 5’^1 was known by tho name of or t 14 Taranatha of tho Jonang sect; his religious name was Kun- dgah $nin-po. He is supposed to be still undergoing re-births in the person of each successive chief of the lamas of the Mongols who resides in great state at Urga on the Siberian border. 1 5 ta-ra ni ёПзЛ a kind of flower (7f. ко. ’I 4); a species of rose, Rosa glandulifera (K. d. 4 126). ta-ru-ka or more properly tu-ru-ka Turkistan: 'Spr qzer geig-gis mthah Ta-ru kahi pho-bran-la phog-pa$ (A. 19) one of the rays at length having fallen on the palace of Turkistan. la-re, v. К re. la-la нтчГ the palmyra tree, Borassus flabelliformis : «Н Ta-la-qin bcad-na §lar skye-wa та-yin if the palmyra tree be cut it does not grow again (К. my. 228). ta la-la = sgron- me lamp, lantern; a meteor. la la-lahi mdo n. of a Sulra in the Kah- gy^r- yq^^q-^ ta-lahi rkan-pa can lit. one with palm legs, t.e., legs erect, i.e., a human being (Mtfon.). 5’qrjar5 ta-lahi rgyal-po v. be ta-fin the cane, Calamus rotung; also acc. to some authors: (nrfKw) the cocoanut tree, “ so called because of its being tall and majestic like the palm and more graceful than it” (Itfnon.). ta-lahi hdab palm leaf. Ц(Ч ta-lahi myu-guham yal- ga branch or stalk of the palm. Ta-le bh-ma the name by which the Grand Lama of Lhasa is known in Mongolia and China. His Tibetan designation is 3 Rg yal-ica Rin-po- che which seems to be sounded throughout Tibet as “ Gye-wa Rimpoche.” The Mongol term, really spelt Dalai Lama, signifies “ ocean lama.” la-si gi-sa a kind of satin (Jiff.). ta-hun red Chinese satin (Jig.). Б’^ГЯ Ta-bo-than. of a large and lofty chorten at Ribo rtse-lna in W. China. Dur- ing the days of Buddha Kas'yapa a certain king named As'vaka is said with the help of the demons to have erected in one night 84,000 caitya which all contained relics of past Buddhas. One of these is said to have been located at Tabotha near Ribo rlse-lna. Td-min (in Chinese § 1a great, min n. of a family) the great Ming dynasty overthrown in 1643 A.D. by Shnnte, the founder of the reigning Man- chu dynasty of China. J’Sk’^q-Hrjq-q Td-min gyun-lo rgyal-po Emperor Ynnglo of the Ming dynasty who greatly encoura- ged lamaism and sent an invitation to Tsong-khapa to visit China. Id-tshwa also ta-tshwan are two kinds of Chinese tea greatly used in Tibet. ta-li ka n. of a goddess ; a mystic word for a ddkint. Talika is a kha-do-ma fairy (K. g. p 28). 66
514 ^1 R’Qft’ijrq Ta-lahi phren-wa n. of a fabulous mountain situated five thousand yojana beyond the southern ocean. (Rt * 275). t m’3' Tak-sa $i-la а^Тзшт; the capital of the Panjab in ancient India, visited by Alexander the Great; the Taxila of the Greeks. The name Taksha^i-la frequently occurs in K, d. **j. ЯГЯ in W. the imitative sound of knocking. there is a knock (Jd.). tail through, v. and ^'[tcn (Jd.). tan-кип root used to allay in- flammation of tho heart and fever : 5^ UV t tat wr;=^V dehi-dus or du§-$byor at that time; the occasion; a sequence of happy moments; acc. to Jd. the present moment. tan-dur Ld., a hard cake or bread, resembling biscuit or rusk (Jd.). tab-tab-por 1. KqVH sud- denly : ho tap- ped so as not to speak suddenly. 2. v. tob-tob. tar-tar in Ld., smooth or oven under pressure (as wrinkles or folds in cloth, paper, etc., are removed). ^ar~^u (B3* 4 smin-pa) teu-ka ? tal-pa or tal-ma acc. to Cs. a moment. 5®rm tal-par or tal-niar 1. instantly, immediately, quickly : tal-par son go quickly, without delay; spyan-$nar tal-gyi byon went before him quickly. 2. acc. to Sch. com- pletely, quite, thorough; tal- par gcod-pa to cut quite through; tfjoprq tal-mar hbig$-pa also tai hbig§-pa to bore through, to perforate. tal-wa a tool with holes in it used by nailers (Sch?). ti 1. represents num. fig. 39. 2. not originally Tibetan, designating water; has found its way into Ld. in P'5 kha-ti saliva (water of the mouth) and $na-ti water from the nose.,3. v. g §pyi Jd. ^’^TJ ti-ka used for ti-ka (^Wr) explanation, commentary. t ^rf^rT a bird, said to be the Indian mynah. ti-$ga chopped meat (in Sikk.). ti-ti bha fnfw n. of an insect, cochineal (K. d. *462). ti-trig (5$ byihu), the francoline partridge, a small bird (Rtsii.). ti-thug (acc. to Sch. $ti- thug) bad, mean, silly (Cs.); obstinate, stubborn (Schtr.}. ti-nag heath-cock (Sch.). t h* ti-pu-ri Pppft the modern Tippera in East Bengal; (he) was a king of the country of Tipuri in the eastern quarter (K. dun. 13), ^ ^ti-phu pigeon; aec. to Sch. ti-phu mjug-rin the long-tailed pheasant. / 5 n. of a giant sea-fish: t’gv
515 jusf as the fish called the Tibyi liking to see light or rays does not sink below {К. my. I4 357). t hr* ti-mu-sa n. of a plant (prob. fafa4 Benincasa eerifera): ti-mu-sa-yi§ hkhru-wa geod-par byed the plant Timusa (used medicinally) stops diarrhoea. 4^ ti-tsa 1. a mineral drug; B'^’ ti-tsa dkar-pohi dud- pas mig-la phan the smoke of white Ti-tsa is useful for the eyes. 2. (acc. to Sch. = 6’^ tu-tsha) an anvil. Ti-rtse or B*§ Ti-se n. of a three- peaked mountain (fabulously described in Buddhist works) lying north of the Himalayas near Manasarowar lake. Be- yond its northern flanks is the residence of Virudhaka the guardian king of the West. the mountain called Ti- rtso five hundred yojana long is situated at a distance from and on the north of the Himavat mountains {K. d. 287). Under the name there is a long account in Milaraspa’s Gurbum of a contest between a Bon priest and the author for jurisdiction over the mountain. In modern days Tise or Kailas is still an object of pilgrimage; and four monasteries stand on its flanks. During the past 100 years only two Europeans have reached the neighbourhood of this famous moun- tain; Moorcroft in 1812, and Lieut. Straehey in 1846. Its height in the main peak is about 22,300 ft. above sea-level. ti-tsha 1. same as B’£, of which there seem to be two kinds, the white and the yellow: B’**{Jilfig.) the yellow titsha absorbs sores and cures eye disease. 2. a musical instrument, constructed of metal {Sch.). ’^| ti-rug the Indian rupee (in Sikk.). ii-la sesamum. + Ti-la-ka na-tha n. of a Brahmanical sanctuary of Mahadeva near Nahri. ^’^’4 Ti lo-pa or B §'4 Til-li-pa fwtq n. of an Indian Buddhist sage born in Chittagong, East Bengal, in the beginning of the 10th century A.D. His religious name was Prajna bhadra (in Tib. Ces-rab bzan-po). He was called Tillipa or Tilopa by the Tibetans, on account of his having done the work of thrashing sesamum for oil. 5’^3’зр*#г^’Ец BQJ'qy {К. dun. 31). tig 1. a fluid measure, five g skyogs or five dkar-tshad make one tig {Rtsii.). B^T4)^' tig-gan one tig measure. 2. in Sikk. the great hornet {Ja.). 3. to be sure; ^'B4! really, in fact, surely. t h? tig-ta Ятттн-fh^i, f4x- 1. the stalks of a bitterplant Gentiana chiretta growing in the Himalayas, largely used as an antidote against fever and liver complaints: g'B^S’B^'WB^’WS B4]’^’4’ {Min.) there are three species of chiretta, Indian tigta^ Tibetan tigta, and Nepal tigta; it cures all kinds of bilious fever. 2. n. of several trees and plants, viz., Tricho- santhes disiea^ Agathotes chirayta, Termi- nalia catappa^ the last growing in Tibet.
516 or steady, useful: p•в,*,й$,5«ГЗ’й’чМчга having not got an intelligent steady man (A, 123)» tig-nwn (in Ld. fa’fr) ribands wound round the felt gaiters that cover the lower part of the logs (Ja.). tig-tsha=^'% ti-tsa. tin or yon chab-kyi tin 1. cups made of silver, boll-metal, brass, or copper to hold oblation water which are placed before tho images of deities in Buddlust chapcis. 2. tho sound of metal. 3. a note of cadence introductory to a song, etc. £ *5?ЖЧ* a repellent smiio of tho Jo-bo having been signified by the sound of a ting. tin-vcJidsin wfa, acc. to Жив. HHrafa, inten^o contemplation, profound meditation, perfect absorption of thought into the object of meditation, (cf. and нт?*п) to be absorbed in deep and devout meditation; tin-ne-hdJn hkhruns devout meditation took place ; ako meton. tho faculty, the power of meditating (Jd.). tin ne-hd$in-gyi dkyil- hkhor the mystic circle which is de cribcd on tho place one occupies when nu dieting; a circle of meditation. tin ne-Jddn-gyi rgyal-po HHlfiTOsr n. of a Mahayana Sutra con- tained in the Kahgj ur, dddo section, marked iti-pa. ti% ne-hdsin-gyi zas- kyis idsho-bca living on the food of con- templ^ion: q^w^qv^ ?ц£*ч^зД5- W*'*! he being happily not attached to anything, the mind being at peace by tasting the food of contemplation during great periods of time (K. d. & 362). ^'£4^53 tin ne-hdsin dgu the nine meditations of a Bodhisattva, are:—(1) ’wpi complete coming forth of jewels; (2) ^rfprer, well- ostablidied; (3)WW; 5^ a unagitated; (4) Uot liable to return; (5) mrarc; yfftabode or mine of jewels; (6) brillianco like sunshine; (7) ^’RW^’jq’q successful in effecting all objects; (8) ТГтчгжЬ?, light of knowledge; (9) яягчд S’^’3 'фладц me- ditation attained in prosenco of the future Buddha. tin-fie-hdsin rnam-gsitm the three kinds of acc. to Bon rules are' 1) ^05’3 K* ; (2) 35 ; (3) q a* (D.R.). cs , c\ tin-rjin a n. given to several species of shrew in Sikkim. tin-ti lift acc. to Jd. a snipe (Zrl). C\ 0* tin-tin 1. is an auxiliary (^«Г SivO to another word to intensify its mean- ing (фн’55$5'А to emphasise it); W?*’?** nag tiii-tiH intensely black, jet black. 2. acc. to Jd. clean, well-swept (Ld.; Ts.). pZ'fa'cH tindin-ma n. of a small bird: I there were two small birds, one called inchu-rin* ma (the long-beak) and another tiii-tin-mat
517 tiii-gag or 1. a kind of cymbal. 2. little bell moved by the wind (Seh.). + tin-tii a tree, prob, the tainarmd (К. ко. 5). t 5=’S”! tin-du ka n. of one of two trees Diospyros embryopteris or Diospyros glutiuosa; a Karsa is said to= the weight of the Tinduka fruit. Hb-ril resp. §4 in W,<= tea-pot; copper tea-pot; an earthen tea-pot (Jd.). fim-pi goatV leather, kid-leather from India, dyed green or blue (Ja.). 5 tim-bi ca hor^e imported into Tibet from India. 4 tim-bi (Ts.) funnel. f ^^*^5 Tir-hu-ta modern Tirhut: 0}Q(• uiE^-q-^ Й• ЗУ q5• at not long di tance from Yang-pa- chan towards the ea^t is the country called Tirhufa (Dsam.). til fw set annum; ^45^ f ti- nker white *o amum; ^4 til-nay black sesamum; til-gyi phye powdered sesamum ; til snig§-ma mixed sesamum; a so nn inferior quality of eesa- nium; td-brdu- ? thrashed or beaten so.-amum [also a sesamum- grinder]S. 5*rw til-mar НчТ sesame oil, seed-oil. til SCT-Cun fxm, 3?t% n. of a medicine; tho plant Cassia (data or Cardiospermum halicacabum (ЖЯоп.). § tu 1. num. fig. 68. 2. an affix de- noting the terminative case, generally used to express direction to, as represented by the English “into” or “unto;” it is joined to the final consonants % % and ч, as in thog-tu; mjug-tu; rgyab-tu\ gseb-tu\ also after what is called SVI da.drag as in the words:— kund-tu\ «гКв15’§ pha rold-tu* thard-tuy cf. da, $ rw, 5 su. tu-ru-ka the Turks, sometimes used historically as a general term for Mahomedans. tu-tsay v. ti-tsa. tug-yis suddenly; аз if by surprise : 4« I sud- denly met him on the way to the forest land (D.R.). tug-r in or dug-chum prob, jsgqpta tug-chem (Cs.) noise of a wooden rattle; also of the trotting of horses heard in the dbtanec (Sch.). 5^ 5*4 tub-tug either, or: whether I be able (to do it) or not (Lex. and Sch). tur-chuv hardly any, nothing definite, little elearly : sems-la re-dogs tur-chun yod in his mind he entertained hardly any hope or fear (D.R.). 1 5^*5^ tur-tur<то 1. quickly, with ha?te, swiftly: twr-tur byed-pa— la$ myur-du byed-pa to do work quickly (Жоп.). 2. also defined as jjE/q’Qr^^’g'^w appearing white spotted or red-spotten (to the mind or in vision).
518 5’^1И tur phog-pa^^^Q Ihon- phog-pa от ^'.a^qsrq slightly affected. tur-wa in W. Tib. to darn (stock- ings) (Ja.). 5^ tur-men (Chinese) one at a time in order or in a row. tur-re clear, distinct; cog. to ЧЙ wal-le: it is clear to my mind; 5^'^' tur-re bzufi prob, watch it ! have a sharp eye upon it! (Jd.). jn take care le<t an emo- tion of anger arises in your mind! prob, he awakes, stirs, is evidently roused; tur-re-wa adj. (or abstract noun) : rjcd-ycn nwd-par tur-re-wa clear, firm with regard to per- ceptions, opinions, etc., without omissions or digression (Ja.)* i 5'S^ Tur-ya Bha-wa-ni n. of image of Ary a Tara in a temple situated on tho bank of Godavari, and famed for its sanctity througout India (Dsani.). Сч tul dri-сап (prob. nil dri-сап) putrid, of offensive smell. ^2^1 П = dgod-pa to laugh (mystic) (7Г. gu. p 26). tc wr 1. num. fig. 99. 2. an affix denoting the gerund, and used after the final letters \ ч, ; in subordinate sen- tences may be conveniently rendered by : when, after, as, etc.; and also used as a finite tense and in that case followed by *^4 or or sometimes without any auxi- liary. May bo also denominated a con- tinuative particle. n. of a place in Upper Tibet. ft b leg$.par W, wfaHi^r 1. excellent, noble, intense, strong. 2. aec. to Sch. very, really, actually: ^‘4*VTq te-wor drag-pa S really good (adviser). Syn. V1’4 dam-pa, 5*4 sra-tca, 5fl'q drag-pa, tshab che-tca (Mnon.). te-wor acc. to Sch. constantly, continually. tc-lo n. of a bird : 5’®^*J]VWJ*'VT the brains of the Telo cures (the effect) of poison applied and heart disease. Tc-se 1. n. of a domi-god of the nether regions: the son of These king of the Sadag demons. 2. v. П. tehu (L<1. Glr.) (Seidl f. 25. b.); tehu ser-po (Mil. 59, 4 of Jd. edition); § tchu gin-khri acc. to Sch. a square tabic. to pack up, put up; to put in or into: put into your breast-pocket. tel-pa acc. to Cs. an instrument for- burning; a burning instru- ment made of iron. *4| Tai lin-да the modern Telin- gana, tho birth place of the Buddhist sage and author Dignaga: w there is Tailinga the birth- place of S'ri Dignaga (Dsam.). % to 1. num. for 129. 2. (styled Fl”* ^4) an affix added to certain verbs when they terminate a sentence.
^•StE-olc'i 519 3’«l| % % io-to lin-UH W. an ad- verb denoting a swinging motion (Ja.). tog ^3, to, wnr the top of anything, a top ornament; esp. the but- ton on the cap of the Tibetan and Chinese dignitaries, as a mark of distinction; VI* tog*dkar the name by which Gautama Buddha was known in the Tusita heaven before his last incarnation. J*r rgyal-mtshan-gyi tog the top-point of a banner; shba-mohi tog the point of a helmet or Chinese cap. In medical works V4! tog signifies or essence, pith. the point of a spear. ^N‘X^=now, at present (in ZJ.) (Ja.). wicker work vessel for grain, lo-ka ni (Mnon.). tog-§gra or Wfl any cracking or snapping sound. tog-can a pillar with a capital. 54^* tog-til a bump or swelling from a knock on the head (Ja.) tog-tse (also called or Э'я^) hoe,mattock; tog-lcags the iron of the hoe. ‘^cjjprq tog.tse brkox-po one who digs soil with a hoe. tog-tee htsho-wa one who lives by hoeing. tog-yu the handle of a hoe. ton-toft byed-pa to per- forate ; also to produce a whirling noise with a whip. ^4’^ tob-chi, more properly thob- <?a, a button. tob-tob smra-wa to talk confusedly (Sch.). tohu-lo the polecat. tol-wa 1. to arrive at, to reach : he did not arrive and is not coming. v. arrived: 5 (Yig) in one watch of the night he arrived at Chorten rnam-dag (the Chaitya of purity) in the forest of Dkah-thub («л., Nirvana). Sch.quotes ?/4'^S4,)=^QI J) tra (5 я! srag) Hitz an ape. tram-pa 1. hard, tough, stiff : tough meat; hard bone; Х'У* rtsa-tram tough muscle. 2. acc. to Ja. tram-dkar, tram-nag are different species of gout. gzitgs-can possess- ing form or body, anything that has form, a living being (mystic) (K. gu. F 179). tri-ked £’^5 ti-ked. tri-gia ti=§’4 ehu-гоа a prayer, a petition (mystic) (ЛГ. gu. P 26). Pu~Th f^T^t the three cities, name of a part of Lan-ka (modern Ceylon) ; three strong cities of gold, silver, and iron, in the sky, air, and earth, built by Maya for a celebrated Asura, and burnt by S'iva (Dus-ye. 40). Cs §’4 tri-wa taking up; any object that may be accomplished by reli- gious acts. Сч tri-та a kind of bee the sting of which is very painful. It is said in Sikkim that an ox dies if he has received
520 455*1 The the sub- a a the sting of this bee seven times, honey of this bee is claimed by Kaja of Sikkim as a due from his jects. the princess is now living, having taken the body of the bee called Tre-ma {Khrid). tri-mer n. of a sweet-scented flower (7Г. du. S 319). СЧ ; 9’5^ tri-qi ku-nai L = three reasons or signs. 2. n. of a holy place in Persia {Du$-ye. 39). tri-^u-la trident. 5V’? tre-tre-ha (by the context) dangerous disease of the stomach or serious symptom of it {Jd.). tre-wa-can coloured {Sch.). tre-sam in ЙУЗ’* WS'^’ tre$-sam sman phye-ma gshan phye-mahi mift (Lif.); tre-sam is a medicine in the shape of a powder. tre-med dun-mdses n. of a king of Tibet of the Bon period (r-w. Tre-qod gans-kyi ra-wa n. of a place in Kham, the birthplace of the seventh head of the Karma-pa sect {Lon. * 20). Iron 1. Я<чГв’л1Т’^'^жчаГ«’М**в’' (-S'- du. e 399) a monastic official; in old days an assis- tant superintendent of a Buddhist monas- tery whose position resembled that of the modern dge-skos {q.v.). 2. diligence, indus- try {Cs.); to be diligent, to exert one’s self. Ч]Я'^С’ gtag-gtoft {Lex. w. e.) gtag-gton-wa to disperse {Sch.). gtag-pa any species of white- flowering rhododendron, all of which kind are held by Tibetans to be of the male sex. 454 ’« gtag-ma red-flow ering rhododendrons, which are considered to be female shrubs. gtaft-rag thank, thanksgiv- ing, and prob, also thank-offering, esp. rendering thanks to a deity; 45^4‘9S’<* or to render thanks {Jd.). (v- $0$-Ра} 1* the direction of, towards: 4^№Qr^45V^'¥’ gyon-gral du glad phyin-nas going towards the left end of the row. 2. = *^’л to press, urge, v. 4?S’4 also 45S’4. 3. sbst. steadiness, firmness; 455‘4'^5 it has no hold, no firmness ; 45S,*\q*<4'4 to vacil- late, to waver, to be unsteady. 455‘4 glad-pa unfqH; phul-wa to be made over, entrusted to. In Buddhism there are four kinds of 45V4 gtad-pa :—(1) ; (2) ; (3) Ц4’ W^45S; (4) 3W’$4 * ^*4*'455 {Lo. U). 4554wcr^ gtad-rabs bdun the first seven (Buddhist) hierarehs in succession to Gautama Buddha. Maha-k&-s'yapa is said to have succeeded Gautama. Kas'yapa entrusted the headship of the order to An- anda; Sanavastri succeeded Ananda; Arya Upagupta followed Sanavastri, who in his turn gave the charge to Arya Krishna. Dhitika succeeded Krishna and before his death appointed Arya Sudar- s'ana to the Buddhist headship. Note.—This order of succession is part- ly founded on Brahmanic tradition; and Buddhaghosha gives a different series. gtad-so a refuge, resource; also store of provisions; 45V^’44’4 prob. 4?V 4^4*г<Ц4’л to keep a store of food.
4j^| 521 4)5*11 gtan I: a husband, a consort: 'WS' (Zo. 28). II: 1. order, system. 2. put in order, arranged, reduced to a system. (M. 726). *45^'13 tfan-khra, agreement, stipulation, convention; also order or decision passed; a decree ; Ч^'В’ important decrees (Z>. gel. 7). gtan-khrim§ established law. gtan-hkhel perfectly certain, quite sure. ^ИЗ gtan-gyi constant, continual. ‘ЧИЭ’^” gian-gyi grogs husband, a friend or partner for life (Жгоп.). ч^’дчч^вгч gtan-glen hkhel-wa—^'^4 to adhere reso- lutely or come to a decision on work or business ; to work steadily. ran-sems gfan-pa in a mystic sense : to re- gulate, to fashion, to train, to set right. ^<zn-A/zz^=^’^'4|^’4 perma- nent, enduring, perpetually abiding (Rtsii,). ’^’q gtan dii-tva — ^^ ч^’ч to be or to make continual (Mnon.). As an adj. ^ieSTpvT<?i complete; <45^ gtan-du always, continually, for ever.; living or residing continually. flj5^®TW4 gtan-la phab-pa Я^ПЦД to decide a question. gtan-pa Siqre door-bar. gtan-phan only, alone; absolute; absolutely. gtan-phebs рп&ц explained by jg^g^l^^vq' published after being -thoroughly revised or completely got ready. flj^’or^wq gtan-la-hbebs-pa to put any matter into writing; to publish after the composition has been corrected ; also to fix, to arrange. gtan-med perishable; without duration or continua- tion. gtan-tshigs ( 1. an expression of fixed meaning. 2. rtags}. rgyu-mtshan not deviating from what has been first settled. 3. ЭДчЛт, яящ, янтт proof, demonstated conclusion. gtan-tshigs med-par smra-wa to argue illogically; also irra- tional exposition. or Йч ^тттпт, чтят, ЯТттт, ’эггапт, f^r^T 1. speech, conver- sation, talk. 2. news, tidings, intelli- gence, account of anything; also report, rumour: when the king heard the report that it had been given; thag-rift-gi gtam ac- counts of bygone events; as I have learned, have been told (Jiz.); 45^'8 c‘’q gtam glen-wa or gtam- du glen-гса to converse, to discourse; he gave an account of how it happened. ч|5Н|вгч gtam skyel- hphrin §kyel-iva to send a message; also a messenger. Д]55Г^чр1 gtam-hgal= skad- cha mi rtan-pa discrepancy in speech, con- tradictory language or talk. *Ч5Я’^5 gtam-тдуud oral tradi- dition, legend: the legend of him; the boy said, has it been described in history ? (Bbrom. 5b\ gtam-nan evil report. 45^^ gtam-can зпзг, япш met. the crow. 67
45^1 522 *15*4gtam-snan ядхзтат, *rvj<i^ni ele- gant saying; pleasant conversation. «К«г^*гл ^am htlres-pa mixed- up stories, garbled accounts. I: gtam-pa the face. 11: pf-T?**1’4 1.=^^ to fill up, to make full: §pu gri gt a ms- pa quite full of razors; acc. to Jd. is frq. spelt Qgwq. 2. дги to appoint, to com- mission (Ja.): it is not proper ^not safe) to take charge of pro- perty. 3. to be surety for or security (K. dtt. 5 200). я|55г^ ptam-dp<' proverb, coihmon say- ing, maxim. q5«-qgq-q f0 declare, to proclaim. to make inquiry. ogsrupfo gtam-gshon <ПЛ[ strong or em- phatic (speech). •«[-qnprq gtam-ggags-pa to make con- fession : T** ’5’^’ -c^^-ckw these two by avoiding the question of mischief appeared to make confesssion by the fact (Rdsa. 16). gfah-ma a pawn, pledge; 45я’ to pawn, to give as a pledge (Cs.); mi gtah ma a hostage (Cs.). gtar-wa or «I5*T§5'q has been described as (Ya-sel. 9) to bleeder to blister human beings, animals, &c., in the way of medical treatment, or = to let out blood from a vein. Colloq. to bleed. <F> gti-khe a kind of louse (5(?/|.). ^•| gti-thug = $3R ti-thiig acc. to Sch. insane, mad. r$-4 gti-ica to question, to speak. I: gti-mug gloom, mental darkness, ignorance, stupidity. Seems to be also used in the physical sense of stupour or comatoseness: I * at night I fell into profound coma. In a special sense it is a sub- division of the lowest of the three quali- ties of humanity, viz:—TO, virtue, passion and ignorance. is symbolized by a pig in the Bhatacakra or (cycle of existence) and is placed at its centre along with the ser- pent and cock which are typical of anger and lust. Отт-КТ? he who is entirely free from gti-mug; Khratr stolid indifference, also stupidity. II: (as stated above) met. a pig (in mysticism) also as the snout of a hog (21ng. IT). ptig§-pa to trickle down, to fall in drops, to drip. 4]^- gtin bottom ; depth or wta: deep bottom of a river; in a man, great depth ; with regard to the declivity, great depth. rgya-mtshohi gtin-dkrugs he turned up the bottom of the sea; to sink to the bottom; it is very deep; ’^,£J deep; ч not deep, shak low; g’^’^it is deeper than the sea; a deep abyss; <5* a deep river. gtin-nas from the bottom (of the heart);
45^1 523 4j§3j| ЧЯ white above, and black beneath; Я^’^ profound (fig. with regard to tho mind), considerate ; reserved, difficult to fathom; shallow, superficial. gtin-don len-pa to sound the heart or to know a secret design. glin drons-pu fathomed, pene- trated, ascertained. Я^’К giin-rdo a stone or piece of lead fastened to a rope, and used as a plummet, or an anchor; also a heavy weight as a means for drowning delin- quents. Я?=^ gtift-§dib socket; Эя’^'Я^’^ mig*kyafi gtin-la §dib his eyes also sunk in the sockets {Rtsii.). Gtih-zkyes n. of a district of Tibet immediately .to the north of the Kanglachen pass. It is known under the name of Tin-kye-Jong or Я^’Я^’В^’ ; also we hear Я^’В^'4 Glin §kyes-pa a native of Ting-kye. Я^5ЧЯ’5ЯГЧ giin-dpag dkah-ica unfathomable, difficult to dive to the bottom of ; hard to get at the bottom of one’s heart (ДЫоп.). Я^'4 gtin phyin-pa=<№fy№ to examine or fathom thoroughly; mthar phyin-pa g°mg to the bottom; probing the mind ; also a perfect saint. Я?^’Я^*^ gtin gshal-nus fathomable; shallow water {Mnon.). Я^’лч gtin-zab or Я^’^ лнк the deep recesses (of the mind). gtib-pa or я54^*4 gtibs-p^ to bo gathering (of clouds) ; 4 thick clouds gathering; ^Я^К^Н'^'Я?4 bdug- spbs sprin-bshin gtib incense passes along like clouds; Я^4 darkness envelopes. ^ад’^я gtib^hog^ occurs in khrims-pahi gtibs-hog nan-na§ phyir-la leur-gyis phyun (D.R.) outside the subterranean obscurities of lawyers, entanglements are removed. gtim-pa, v. fo’q thhn-pa. drunkenness; also intoxicated, drunk. TO’4 giug-pa pf. also TOP щи, cognate to ЗЯ’а 1’ to reach, to meet with, to fall down to; to touch, to join. «)*5Я'31Я^‘Я^’Я5Я^^ putting or pressing (his forehead) against the breast of the image (of his tutelary god) ; ^Я’ ^чм'Ч’^3«гя5Я’чог only ^'Я5Я‘Ч shals gtug-pa to touch as suppliant a person’s feet (or the skirt of his robe), to cast one’s self at another’s feet. 2. acc. to Sch. to sue, to bring an action against a person. Я^Я'З^’4’ gtug-sbyans-pa to supplicate or pray (touching tho feet of the king) • ч*г й Y q$ ‘ ’ я^’Я5Я’В V ’ {D. $el. 7). TO fwr, a pestle; also a stone ball or club; the nether mill-stone; acc. to Sch. pestle. Я5^*й^ excavation in a piece of rock or stone to servo for a mortar whero grain is pounded with a pestle ; Я^’Э^'У^ to pound with a pestle. Я5*Г^ gtun-po a mortar {Cs.); Я5^'5 gtun-bu pestle; Я5^ gtun-hos 3W a mallet, a knocker. Я5^5’ giitn-qin a pestle made of wood to pound Indian corn or paddy (used in Sikkim).
521 Ч]^| gtub-pa pf. 454*’q(4f«o#.) 1- to cut to pieces, to cut up; to chop; to mince; 454’55 a chopper (Sch.). 2. = 4§crq to be able: shall you really be able to come hack. to be unable, to be unwilling, to have no mind (to do a thing) (Ja.). 45*Л4 giutn-drag one who is fierce, powerful. 45*‘VI met. for a bear. 45*’q #гш-ра=4Ч’згч 1. the Hinduized savage people or wild tribes of the lauds S. of Tibet. 2. fierce, furious. 3. sbst. ferocity, rage; ja‘^’45*^’ injurious wrath, merciless; 4^4’^' 45^’4$*3) gdug-cifi. gtum-pahi klu a Naga in a deadly rage ; 45*rq*’l!*S4’q to roar furi- ously ; 0'45*'q furious with rage; 45*’^*’ $5’4 obstinate and wild; 45*’^ or 45*3^ cruel, fierce (Ja.). 45**43Л5 gtum-pahi hod the sun, v.*y* ni-ma. 45*'q gtum-pa for 4554'q or ^*‘4 to veil, to cover; to wap up, e.g.y tho head (Ja.). gtum-po 1: 1. fierce; sbst. лтл, ГГЖ an Asura ; an un- civilized Hindu tribe generally residing in the suburbs of a town. 2. v. t Mnon.). 3. a fierce-looking short-nosed man. Ч|§Л’2ТП: often 45*'^ gtum-mo, in the more developed mysticism, the special internal heat which arises after protracted meditation when such medita- tion has been accompanied by the peculiar technical inner absorption of the breath. Milaraspa speaks of “ the blessed warmth of the gtum-mo.” 45*’*’t Gtum-po rje n. of a fierce Bon deity (D.R.). gtum-po nag-po^^^^tf (Sman. 125) the black species of aconite or wolf’s bane. 4§№гад^ gtum-po hbar the arising of warmth in meditation. The veins, viz., ^ *, and 5S'* are symbolically re- presented by (W‘4S)> the second half of an w a, hence (вч,-#]5,4§*,ц) the three- veins meditation-warmth {Mil.; Jd.). 4§«’2i*w^’ Qtum-po rab-§nan n. of a king of ancient India (Yig.). 45*** gtum-ma an epithet of the goddess Durga. 45**^ gtum-mo Mtwr 1. a fierce or violent woman, a female of the Canddla tribe, etc. 2. as an adj. violent, fearful; 5^’45*'^ rlufigtum- mo a violent wind, a hurricane. 3. mystic heat. 45**3$** gtum-mo ma-ma wfK«KT Paldan Lha-mo, a fierce goddess. 45*’3$v«> gtum-mohi cha stick, club. 45^^* gtum~sras also 45**4** n. of a female deity of the Bon (D.R.). + gtur-bu 1. ***^*’^4*, 5*45 a Buddhist monk’s religious wrapper. 2. bag, sack, wallet (Cs.). gtul-гса to grind, to pulverize (colours, medicinal substances, etc.); cf. чрч gte-pa, 4’?% 4^** in C. acc. to Lex. 4^c/q pawn, pledge, bail (acc. to Sch. a present). •4^ gter fafv, (нуги, 1. treasure, store-place ; <5'4^ the repository of water, the ocean. In the Rnin-ma-pa School of Tibet there are Buddhist scriptures (generally spurious) called 45^'*, the
^ТЧ 525 authorship of which is attributed to gods and holy lamas, also called ; others said to have been mysteriously discovered or composed by learned lamas of that school are called There are different classes of treasures such as the treasures of learn- ing of which again are eight:—(1) qt\q' treasure of learning always present in the memory and which cannot be forgotten; (2) the treasure of learning which develops the mind; (3) f^qS’^ efc.) the treasure for medi- tation and reflection: (4) (?*<* etc.) the treasure of learning to be retained in the mind as having been heard or understood, sometimes in the form of a formula ; (5) the treasure of fortitude; (6) dam- pahi chos yons-sa srun-icas, etc.) the treasure of secret learning or scrip- tural knowledge; (7) etc.) the treasure of a Bodhisattva s saintly heart, />., of unflagging faith in the three Holies; (8) ip-qS ^ q*i mi-skye-wahi ekos-ia bzod-pa thob-pas, etc.) the treasure of perfection, etc. (7Г. d. F 325). «I^’F gter-kha a mineral vein, mine : to find a mine (of precious metals or stones). gter dgu the nine oceans which are repositories of treasures according to the Bon are:—(1) q^’*the ocean of lotus or the repository of countless preci- ous things, gems, pearls, etc.; (2) the ocean of shells or mines of fossil, etc.; (3) ocean or mine of pre- cious things larger than (4) ocean filled with crocodiles and other sea-monsters; (5) ocean filled with turtles, etc., and other sea- monsters; (G) 5'^; (7) ; (8) (9) ’Ms gter-chen 1. a great store of hidden wealth, hidden books, etc. 2. НТГФЯ n. of an immensely large number. yter chen-pohi bum-pa n. of one of the eight auspicious symbols of the Northern Buddhists,—the pot of treasure, i.e., the wishing-pot which yields whatever precious object is sought. 4]^ gtcr-ston a discoverer of hidden treasures, generally of sacred books which are supposed often to be kept concealed under rocks and ground for fear of being destroyed by heretics and unbelievers. Learued lamas are deemed to be expert gter-st on. gter-blta. ges-pa one who knows or can tell where treasures are hidden or where they can be found. ч^’Ч^Ч gter-bdag wfau a wealthy man; n. of the god of wealth, Kuvera, in Tibetan called (ДИоя.). gter-gnas the place where a con- cealed treasure is unearthed. Acc. to the Rnin-ma school, Buddhist sacred books have been uneaidhed in the following places in Tibet:—(1) Glo-bo dge-ka\ (2) Spu-rna rdsa-ri; (3) &on- than-sgrol-ma ; (4) 4]^ ^%’^’\Gyu-phu rdsa- Ihun; (5) Byams-pa $prin; (G) ByaA-gter gter-phran; (7) Hbum-than rtsi-lun; (8) 94! Snin-drun gan$-brag; (9) 4|^'4]^^ Gtsan-gl ri-bo che* (10) ФТ«рзг Bal-yul e-yig gtsug-lag
I 526 ^-q I khan} (11) %’FLho-kha} (12) 4^'4’S*^ Gtsan-gi ni-mt shams; (13) ЗЦTr$l*<’*** Hlon- kha bum-than} (14) Dge-rgya§ ha^-po ri} (15) Sha-yi lha-khan bi-ma; (16) (17) Mchim^phu kho^mtlM; (18) Sr in-то $par-rje$ kho- inthin} (19) gc; Сгопыса rgyan ; (20) Pad-та $el-phug} (21) 4¥<Ж Gnam-$ka$ mkhar-chu; (22) JW<44*g4 Zah$-yag brag} (23) 4W44'g4’3i Gan^-par phug-mo}{21) чргяд^Е; Gy ah-ma spa-yon} (25) Rdo-bod mtshams} (26) Lho-monphyog$} (27) Dbushalgser-khan ; (28) ^44^JJu-yug gyag-sde; (29) Mon-kha spa-gro; (30) ^ ^'Kllu^an rdo} (31) e< Khams-kyi arm-mo rdsofl; (32) yiprq^c/q^ Dicags-po tdan-labrag; (33) ^'F‘O4 №on- kha chu-phug} (34) *=И^*‘^’д4 JJbrm- than ko-ro brag} (35) ^ig«|^4| Qd-gyi brag-phug; (Зб') §4’<$qw^' Stag-tshan zab-lufi; (37) Bsam-yas mtahams-phu} (38) Yum-bu la sgan} (39) 4^4^4’if Qa-hug §tag-sgo; (40) M.chod-rten dkar-po; (41) 4^’ Gya$~ru gtsafi-hgram} (42) l4^* Rtsi$-kyi lha-khan; (43) ^’3’9’S Kon-po bu-eha; (44) ^‘3Kon-po phyin-lun} (45) a-ww# Jde-hbar mtaho} (46) 3*’^*’ Lho-kon byaft-kob} (47) 55^3’94 dpyal-gyi brag; (48) Khyun-tshan brag} (49) p^4*34 Kha-rag phug (Bkah- than.y 159). 4?кчдк;д'ч gter-bsrun sba-wa to keep concealed a disease, one’s learning, cove- ted treasures, etc: 3’^’1’=r in the manner of one who keeps his goitre concealed (Л. 15). 4^’чдсг gter-barun lit. one who guards treasures; local deities, such as Shibdag and Lu, who are supposed to be the custo- dians of hidden treasures, mines, etc. 9$° or a magic ceremony for the purpose of averting misfortunes. gto-rgyal ye-mkhyen the supremo Bon deity resembling in his attributes ^'й'^5 or Dipamkara Buddha in the Buddhist series (D.li.). gto-ba dotf-dc= Thug$-rje bzun-na§ taking compassion or having mercy upon (D.12.). ’*^*1 Gto-bu buni-safi§ a disciple of Bon S'on-rab and tho analogue of Ananda. 4|^S’q»qq’g« gtohi fckah-sgromn. of a Bon work. Ч£Ч]Ч gtog-pa 1. liko to grab, pluck, gather, tear out. 2. v. gtogs-pa тайга (чаЫя) 1. to assign, classify. 2. to belong to, apper- tain to ; belonging to: you belong to the royal blood or family; 4w am I not included in them? belonging to Dsam-buhi-glin (Jambudvipa). as adv. not included, except, besides. gtoghdod-pa acc. to Sch. to love, to like, to widi. gtoft-djo$\mchod-cha§ arti- cles necessary for religious observances {RtsH.). 4?^ gfon^go allowances in money or in kind for religious observances (jR/su.) ; Лч gton-deb a register for such, etc. gton-phod generosity; 45^5’*^ one who is able to give; liberal; ’ bounteous. . gfon-u-a pf. fut. 45*’, imp. 1. to send, to let go, to permit to go, to dismiss : ’«4’5^4?** why should we let you go ? do not let
527 ! him go. 2. to let in, to admit; admit through the door ; ^‘^’55^* let in, to permit to enter. 3. to let have, to give: having given blue cotton for the fringes of the tent; to administer medicine; 5?*’35 the manner of dispensing, or giving away of medicine. ^’q^^q^q^-q^^ by generosity or friendship the number of friends increases. ёЦтитЫ one who is able or has the heart to give awav (many things, &c.) in chari- ty ; 5^’*^ liberality, bounty; 3^’яг 5?цto give a person to religion, />., to destine him for the priesthood (Ja.). In JK. 5^’4 is the common term for the verb to give; the pf. form btan being used as pres, tense. 4. to give up, aban- don, forsake, leave. gfon-lugs the manner of distri- buting, of giving away; also of forgiving. I: gfod-pa=^4 pf. 455 or *155, fut. 555, imp. 5?5 or 1. to deliver up, hand over, to commit to another, to bestow, confer : 5’ra5^QrSqc‘555’qto confer import- ant offices on the priesthood ; 5$5^5$5,'4’ 555‘q to communicate one’s feelings to one another. 2. to lean against or upon, to press on, to put against. 3. to direct, to turn: to turn one’s face towards a’ person, to take refuge or seek protection under some one; S^gq-?r«t|^'q to point at a person with the finger, also in the way of threat; the door points south, towards Nepal; <5?5*q to take aim, to aim at; ^q^qq-Hr 555’4 to listen to, to give a person a hear- ing ; 35* 5?5’q to confide in a person. ^5* ^ ^ 555^’5^5^'q^ turning after'a ray of light, following it with the eye (chiefly from Ja.). 34-^-^555‘q to submit to the king’s authority. to place a horse in pasture. gtom-pa to talk, to speak (Sch.). gtom$-pa filled up, full, for qjwcr) 5]5W£| (Sch.). gtor-zca^^'v bkram-pa cf. tffc’q hthor-wa 1. to scat- ter, strew, spread over (Mnon.): ^’?5'5|n* 5?^’X strewed flowers; he that threw earth.upon mo; $rq’5^<q to scatter on the ground. 2. to cast, throw (books into the water, a ring into the air); to throw out, e.g.y spittle into a person’s ear for healing purposes (^5’q); to cause to circulate the chyle through every part of the body; to waste, to dissipate (occasion- ally with the the accus. of the vessel containing the substance thrown out): S’^5^ a cow emptying its udder by dis- charging the milk. 3. acc. to Sch. srub gtor-wa to rend, to tear to pieces (Jd.). gfor-ma <1% sacrificial objects, i.e.у that which is strewn or scattered or given away. The gtor-ma offering may consist of 5^кд cakes (not cooked or baked) made of rice, barley flour, wheat, &c., and offered as an appeasing gift to gods, saints, evil-spirits, Naga demi- gods, &c., to avert dangers to the living and to guard against visitations of epide- mics, plague, drought, famine, &c. Gener- ally the torma is shaped into a conical form, the stuff of which it is made being cemented together with butter into a firm consistency. It is an essential that, after dedication, the thing offered shall be burnt or -oast away. W. W. Rockhill in his “Land of the Lamas” gives an excellent account of one kind of torma Offering (pp. 113, 114).- 59w$^« to
528 offer a forma; gt&r-ma b$fio-wa to devote something for it. offer- ings made to a deity that it may give any- thing asked for ; usual or custo- mary offerings ; ghid-gtor offerings made to ransom a life; offerings made to avert the dangers caused by an evil spirit; oblation of water offerings made to the manes of the dead, t>., to Prcta. Other terms are 3 bzlog- gtor, bsruft-mahi gtor. all being offerings made to the guardian deities; these offerings are made of various designs and colours to suit the supposed fancy of the deities to be conciliated. epjX’jq gtor-rgyab offerings of pyra- midal shape and painted in red and white colours as if flames of fire were inscribed on them, and whieh are often burnt inside a human skull. gtor-rgyu the ingredients of whieh a forma offering is made. gtor-stegz trays and table* on which the forma offerings are placed. gtor-dar scarves placed over offerings at the time of presenting them to the gods, &c. gtor-gdan (in certain Tantrik rites) the grain placed on the ground, on whieh the offerings are put. gtor-nia rgya$ ТГЗН one that delights in forma or, rather, in the offering when cast away, ?>., the the crow. gtor-ma bshes-na§ tfcjt having accepted the offerings. gtor-ma za met. the crow. gtor-ma zan acc. to Jd. oblation of the remnants of a meal to creatures of every description. gtor-rtsam barley-flour for mak- ing forma offerings. gtor-bzlog offerings to gods and spirits for avciting epidemics, etc. gtor gso§ cakes of the size of the thumb offered to gods and demons morning and noon. gtol ЯТК a division of time. «qjorq gtol-wa acc. to Sch. to perfo- rate, pierce; to discover, disclose, v. 5^’4 gtol-bral, J ' * bzah-rgyu ma-rned ci-bya gtol bral-tshe at the time when we were without re- source having nothing to eat (Jig.). «1^5 gtol-med==*'&\ ^’*5 or unknown, a stranger; also strange; one without any knowledge of a place or thing; acc. to (Jd.) not known, dubious; one who does not know yet whether will come a boy or a girl; $3^* 4?^ ^5 not knowing what to do; «|VW«i<v not knowing where she had gone : I am without knowledge of it. giZe, dimension : the belly of the yidag (Prcta) equals the size of a mountain; ^,3|,ч1<гВ,ч homage or reli- gious observances of great magnitude. blag-pa. v. ought to be tied) an ornament to be worn.
( 529 | Ц btag$-pa 1. v. <^|KQ bound, tied, as in g’q^M'q bound or chained the dog; ornament worn; p'q^^’q anything bound to the face or placed in front of any one for acceptance. 2. ground, crushed; reduced to fine powder, to flour; medicine pul- verized. btang. pf. of and used in W. instead of the latter. btafi-tfioms equanimity; even treatment of all things. 1. S’q3|, is a word signifying impartial and equal treatment of friend or foe, t>., to abstain from anger or affection for friends and relations, equal treatment to all living beings without either attach- ment or hatred. 2. acc. to Jd. perfect apathy 3. acc. to Sch. perfect impartia- lity. btan-§nom$ can in- different, indolent, apathetic person. Syn. le-to can, tfioms- la$ can (Mfion.). a species of flower; ako n. of a mythical mountain. qjq-q^'l^Bi chen-po a larger species of Muchilinda flower. btafl-t/as (Hl^) n. of a number (Fa-seZ. 56). ad-pa=н made over, entrusted, presented to. 454 fyab ^T? xtfaa sewn (Zam. 8). btab-pa pf. of Ф]’4 btig-pa pf. acc. to Cs. to drop, to let fall in drops. to drop medicine in the ears, v. ^qj-q. *^‘q btift-wa 1. v. Min-ica. 2. 4(WK spread, anything spread (Zam. 8), W; q^,cJ to spread a rug. ^'3 btu-гса, v. 43’q hthu-wa. sgqp Mug-gia, v. '^gtug-pa. q^-q btufi-wa 1. pf. of htkun- wa to drink. 2. urn; (Zam. 8) xfta, qq drink, anything for drinking. btun-hdod= ,q ikom^pa thirsty (МЯо?г.). •Ь btuns-pa killed. htun-snod drinking glass. btad-pa subdued, v. q5V^ bti^nas wu, tpns, having bowed, paid reverence; adv. reve- rentially. q§S’^ btud-mar in rapid or close succession (Jd.). q^q btub 1. fit, becoming; conve- nient, practicable: ^’Xerq’^fV4 q§q (Л. 33) it is proper not to have con- troversy with outsiders (unbelievers). wqgq-Ei btub-po it is not convenient. btub§-pa f$*T, cut into pieces, v. ^5^ gtub-pa. btum-pa pf. of ^5,rq to wrap round, to envelope; hence in W. to shut (a book). qgwtfqj fyum-phog acc. to Jd. bunch or knot produced by money and the like being tied up in the girdle. qg'srq gtul-wa pf. of ^’4 hdul- wa, also to subdue an enemy, to vanquish the devil. btusd)a l.=q5^’q <3fHr extracted, quoted. 2. «V1*™ or 68
530 511 fifaa; 3. Q^-Чот^^ ч abbre- viated, concise, taken in short, in few words (4Mon.). q^-q^S^'q bteg-btcg byed-pa to haul upwards : <wh^'3c/3n, Vk Vjvg^qw ’jTtjrsg-q?*] q?4’3*(Bbrom. 125). tycg-pa, v. ^M*'q; also used in the common saying:—g’3r “when the father main- tains the son, a tiger is produced, when the mother the daugther a drudge appears.” 4VV'4 bton-pa v. hdon-pa. rta or, occasionally, 5’9 rta-po T3, Tf<, cFT a horse; the feminine form for which is usually a mare. 5’^rq to break in or train a horse ; 5'^4 4 to gallop, to race; 5‘QJ'^'q to ride on horseback. Horses arc largely bred in Tibet, several of the Dog-pa tribes north of Lhasa devoting themselves exclusively to roar- ing horses. Both Shigatse and Gyaugtse are famous horse-markets, and from the latter place numbers are imported into Nepal and Sikkim. the blood from the horse’s palate cures sores ; the kidney of the liorso removes kidney disease; pfagw the bile of the horse is useful for sores ; 5'^’4K4MfV?'<i the larynx of the horse improves the voice ; urinary bladder of the horse is use- ful for scalds and burns ; 5’^ ^-gN’s-gqj horse-fat dissipates itching and eruptions on the skin. Syn. rnchod-$byin phyugs; S dpal-gyi bu * jqrjyab-hdsin ; f r,]a-yab tyjug-ma-can ; 8^4’^’ 5 rlui -gi pi1-rta; rlun-las skyes; sin-dhu §kge§; mgyogs- hgro; hdren-bycn; rmiej-jw- can; gf-qpw tyo-gsal; Ч'4’^* ikal-ldan ; *5 myur-hgro; rnam-par gnon; rgya-mtsho $kyc§; 5*4^ rtag-tu za; t^'^r^og-ma-can (Igfion.). rta-ka or 5^4=^^^ rmig-lcags lit. hoof-iron, horse-shoe. 5*5'q r/a rkya-pa or 5‘j'q one skilled in horsemanship. 5'J^ rta-$kyin lit. “the horse ibex”; is a curious large heavy animal peculiar to Tibet, but straying also into North Assam, the Budorcas taxicolor, known to sportmen as the takin. Two species are recorded, one found by Рёге David in the ranges of Aloupin on the Chinese border, the other occurring in the mountains of the Mishmi and Abor territory. 5^34* rta-b$krag$ a clattering train of horsemen. 5’M rta-gO) ^'gq’a^q- coat of mail for a horse; the horse-: equipment for generals (Rtsii.). 54^ rta-gal saddle-bag. 5’HP< rta-gral, a number of horses kept in a row, prop, cavalry in martial array. 54* rta-gra$=^ rta-ra stable. 5 *45 rta-bgad a horse-laugh; 5’г4\$*’ ^q*rq to set up a horse-laugh (Schi). 5rta-rngo a horse’s head. 5'^'^= 5’4^ gru-tpin boat (Mnon.). 5*«§Jj’ Rta-mgrin, (Tamdin) n. of deity with a man’s body but having the head of a horse and which neighs fear- fully to frighten beings who are mischie- vous to Buddhism. The Hindu analogue of Tamdin is Hayagriwa, and shrines to this deity are not uncommon at the present day in Assam. 5'4 rta-sga or 5^*4 saddle; 5*44^* or 5'44^v*4§jq the equipments of a riding horse {Rtsii.).
531 5^1 я* I rta-sgam a large trunk or chest generally carried on horseback. 5ria-sgo the entrance for a horse or pony, a gate-way. 5 rta-sgyel gen. connected with the slaughtering of men and killing of horses. ria b$nags Ulan bzah-po n. of the horse on which Buddha used to ride when he was still a prince. 5’^ ria-can, n. of a class of Brahmans (Mnon,). rta-Uag horse-whip; whip in general. 5’*^ rta-chag dry fodder or provender given to horses, such as peas, corn, oats. rta-chas=^’§5 equip- ments of a riding horse, including the cloth that is wrapped round its breast. rta-chun, 9 gre a constellation (Rtsii,). З’а&ч] rta-mchog “the best horse,” the ideal horse which makes its possessor a wealthy man; the mytholo- gical horse of Indra, a sort of Pegasus which partakes of divine properties. He is called Balahaka the prince of horses or in Tibetan Syn. can ges-p)a*, legs- hgro; rlun-gi д$од-ра-сап; rliin-las-iggyal*, rnam-par- dul-, rigs-ldatr,' gyi~lin'> rlun-rta the horse of fortune or good luck (Milon,). Rta-mchog kha-hbab lit. (i the. down-flowing mouth of the best horse.” This is the appellation of the Yeru Tsang-po or Brahmaputra during the earlier portion of its course in Western Tibet. Throughout Ngari it is known as Tamjo Kha-bab. The river is supposed to issue from a rock shaped like a horse’s mouth, but in reality rises in a swamp in a mountain-locked valley 12 miles cast of Gur-lha in West Purang. rta-ljan a grey- green horse or a horse the colour of which is grey-green like a leaf. ^^5'^ rta gdon-me a great submarine Are which is believed to exist in the southern limits of the great ocean: 5rta-gdon med-dm dus-mthahi rlun lta-Ьи (devastating) like the submarine fire and the wind at the end of time (Rtsii.). Ria-bdag brgad an epithet of the god of wealth (Rtsii.). rta bdun-pa ^нп§| an epithet of the sun, whose chariot is said to be drawn by seven horses; also n. of Varuna the god of the oceans (Mnon.), 5'^ Rta-nag (Tanag) n. of a district in Tibet situated a few miles to the north of Tashi-lhunpo iu Tsang. 5VT4R’r<,l Ria-nag gna$-ga n. of a vil- lage in Tanag; n. of a town in Tanag with a monastery called Rin- er hen d sc. rta-gnas a stable. Syn. 5’Г^‘ ria-khan; rngyogs-hgrohi gnas (Mnon,), rta-rna the horse’s-ear, one having the ears of a horse. 5’^*^ Rta-^na ri one of the seven golden mountains of Buddhist mythology, so called from its shape being like tho nose of a horse. rta-pa a horseman, a rider; infantry and cavahy (Ya-sel. 65), The terms signifying a horseman are: 5'^, '§kycs- Ьгс-сап, (Mnon,).
532 5'35<l ?‘qVfa rta-pa rta-shon in Ld. a balanc- ing board, soe-saw {Jd\ $ rta-pahi dpun cavalry (Cs.). rta-lpags a horse’s skin; n. of a medicinal herb, 5rta-pho thal-dkar a stallion of ash-colour (7Г. du. \ 18). ria-phrug foal, the young of the horso. Syn. 3'5 thti-ru ; rte-hn ; $’$’3 fta-yi bu; 5 3^ fte-thur; 5’3^ rta-phran (Mfion.). $W4 rta-bab$ <т}ях 1. a raised place or large stone generally kept at the entrance of a house or monastery or temple for alighting from a horse. 2. the pediment of a large door-way; acc. to Jd. the arch of a gate-way. 5'^ rta-bcl a horse’s forelock. 5 rta-bre$ a stable; manger. rta Jon is described as lag-pahi naft-phyog rba hdra-wa dri fian-pa nasty filth, such as that which occurs in fissures inside the hand. rta bon-pa a mare. Rta-dfyyafa a celebrated Buddhist sage who was converted to Buddhism, better known by the name of Viracharya for his heroic devotion to tho cause of that faith. He wrote an epistle to king Kaniska, also a commentary on the Sutranta. ql У‘^1, nj^At first (in the first part of his life) he was a . learned Tirthika Pandit, afterwards he was converted to Buddhism, when being called Acharya Vira he greatly furthered the cause of Buddhism. Acharya As'va Ghosha wrote a commentary on the (Buddhist scriptural) workc ailed Dran-pa nergshag (D. yd. 12). rta-sbafa horse-dung ; 5'SM’S horse-dung (strained) re- moves worms and bilious vomiting. $5*^ rta-dmag cavalry. rta-rmig 1. a horse’s hoof; * or 5,йч1‘ч13ч1^ silver ingots prepared in the shape of a horse-hoof, weighing variously from 125 to 156 rupees-weight. 2. a plant the leaves of which resemble the horse’s hoof; . [jthe egg-plant Solanum melon- gena'yS. rta-rdsiy or 5one that tends horses; a groom. tV’ also all the ascetics mentioned above and below with the horse-minder (A-119). 5'4|^‘ rsa-gtsafi the pure horse necessary for the sacrificial purposes of the Vedic Brabmapas: the Brahmapical sacrifice of the horse accord- ing to the Vedic rites. 5*3^ rta-shun a good horse. rta-bzafi leag-bshin (lit. as a whip is necessary to keep even a good horse in order) is said to be a common saying in Tibet for one person sending his remembrances to another. 5‘<>* rta-zam lit. horse bridge, has a double meaning : first, a government post- station on the main roadway from provin- cial centres to Lhasa, the place where horses, &c., are changed; secondly, it is applied to the post-rider or government messenger himself. The best known tazam, or tajam as the word is often heard, are those situated on the great .postal track which stretches fromLeh, vifi Gartok and the north bank of the Tsang-po, to Shiga-tse and Lhasa. The proper term for the post-rider himself is ; however usage has contracted it into 5'зя.
533 ms । $5'3 rtahi-burtahi nin- lam wpfk a day’s journey on horse back. rtahi hu-lag a compulsory service for the supply of oxen, mules, and 'horses. rtahi ra-ica an enclo- sure for horses, a stable. 5*^ Rta-hon n. of a monastic club for discussing metaphysical topics in the monasteries of Daipung, Sera and Gahdan (Lon. >14)- 5rta-yi mjug-ma (lit. the horse’s tail) n. of a medicinal plant. Syn. gyo Idan-ma; zla- icahi Io-та; hdur-qyed $kyes\ <W yal-gahi me-tog; mthon-po ma; ^5^ hgro-ldan; lon-bohi me-tog (Mfion.). Rta^lahi kon n. of a mythologi- cal race in ancient India (Yig.). 5'-^ rta-ga 1. horse-flesh. 2. the oblique abdominal muscles of the hips. 5'^5 rta-qtid curry-comb (Sch.). rta-sre a pie-bald horse. [‘ Having pie-bald horses’; an epithet of Marut or the wind-godj& rta-gsar a new horse, a horse not yet broken in or dressed (Schtr.); a colt three years old newly broken and saddled. rta-gscb a stallion: the dung of a stallion of blue colour is a preventive of hydro- phobia. rta-gsod—^'^ ka-ra Ш-rathe oleander, Nerium odortim (Mfion.). rtag-pa also f^ar, fKf% 1. continuous, enduring, lasting, eternal. 2. perpetuity, duration to all futurity (a quality which, according to Buddhist views, can be ascribed only to absolute emptiness—Qunyata) : ц the chief of all permanent things is voidity. й ^‘4 imper- manent, not durable, perishable: that, too, is subject to the law of perishableness; (“ tak-pa re- shi ”) is the common colloq. expression in C. for always, constantly (Snd. Ilbk.). Syn. q brtan-pa; Ч ther-zug- pa; gtan du-wa; rati- fy shin gna§; mi hgyur-wa; gyuti-druft; mi-gshig; й'дрЧ mi-gyo; ’**5 gyo-med; gshon-me (liltion.). эд’rtag-hkhrus che always washed = assiduity. rtag-chad lasting and transitory; an abbr. of the theory of eternal existence or annihilation: you have avoided the false doctrine of perpetual existence (Jdbrom. I4 £9). rtag-$noms-la adv. uniformly, equally. 5^’5 rtag-tu always, continually, perpetually: 5^'5’ at all times do I seek refuge in my lama (Buddha). rtag-tu khol a slave, per- petual servant: a servant of a resourceful minister (Hbrom. 152). W’S’W rtag-tu dgah always cheerful ever happy; an epithet of Mahadeva. 54]*6'^ Rtag-tu tiu 1. n. of a Buddhist saint who used to weep when observing the miseries of mundane existence. He devoted all that he possessed to others and by his religious ascetism and study of the Prajnti-paramita he attained to the position of a Boddhisattva (Jlbum. 501). 2. n. of a medicinal flower on which dew is formed at all times on
?ТП51 534 account of which it is said to be always in tears. It grows on high altitudes in Tsari the most easterly district of Central Tibet. W5*3*5 rtag-tu spyod чтчзг met. the fire, which is always at work. rtag-tu-ica eternal, perpetual; also acc. to Cs. perpetuity, eternity. 5^‘5’чод rtag-tu hbab .a name of the river Sit&, tho river of continual flow (ДГлсш.). rtag-tu hbyuft of eternal or perpetual growth. 5^5’1^ rtag-tu §bym perpetually giving or yielding. Prafteptf always assiduous, ever-applying. W5'3 rtag-tu za lit. that eats at all times, met. a horse. 5T6’'4C'’^’?VW rtag-tu tan-tsho Idan-ma she who is at all times youthful, an epithet of Draupadi tho common wife of the P^udava brothers. rtag-lta = ¥*\ ^%Q the doctrine of the immortality of the soul and of all things. rtag-bde byed (lit. happy at all times) an epithet of Vais'ravana the god of wealth (ДГпши). Rtag-sdod land-steward or over- seer. the resident manager of the estate of Lha-gsel in Tibet (Rtsii.). qq rtag-pa ther-zug §mra- bahi lia-ica the doctrine of a Brahmai?ical sect in Ancient India: qj (they) did not believe in the great unchangeable and eternal principle (Theg. 33 to 39). q rtag-pa don mtshon- pahi lta-гса the doctrine or view as to the eternity of matter and its attributes (Theg. 33 to 39). rtag-par FTT adv. always. rtag-par hdsin-pa to look upon what is transitory as lasting, and henee to be worldly-minded, a worldling; steady in lying down, i>., to be continually at rest. 5^ 5 rtug-po adj. lasting, durable, re- liable. rtag-ma fmV eternity personified, the eternal goddess; an epithet of DurgS. Rtag-myo§ an epithet of tho god of love. rtag hdsin-can^^^'^^^^ ho who holds that things are permanent. 5^’V4 ttag shi-pa is an epithet of Avalokitesvara Bodhisattva and S'iva. rtag-res hkhor 1. ИН7ЧС constantly recurring. 2. acc. to (&7u) constant change. rtag8 1. fa*, fw resp. ЗЧЛ4!*1 sign, manual, badge, token, mark, characteristic, prognostic, &c. W’ good sign or token; evil mark or bad sign; auspicious sign or mark; or the eight auspicious symbols or objects, v. We have in the sign of being or not being, sufficiency or insufficiency, &c. §kyc-hchihi rtags the signs of birth and death; to make a mark; tho badge or distinction of monk- hood ; one having tho marks of an ecclesiastic ; *£5fproof, clear evidence ; on what evidence have they seized him ? a proof is necessary: there is even no evidence or mark. $4*^ wfacf, fafaa having a mark upon it or marked, stained; also ominous. a harlot (Mnon.). 2.=*<^’* fa^
535 gender; the organ of generation; rtag^mcd hermaphrodite. male organ; female organ. rtags-hjug the description of the distinction of the sexes; ^’S’4 i^i, id.j a grammatical treatise on the same (by Thon-mi Sam- bhota). 5*]^ denotes also marks of gram- matical distinction, such as terminations etc.: using such marks, making grammatical distinctions. rtag$-thug§ intimate connection. rtags dam-phrug sign and seal {Yig. k. 2). $a]*ra]5j54 rtag§-gsum met. an oar (<&w.). rtab-pa acc. tot7a. = §qq or =5gq^*q to be in a hurry, to be confused, fright- ened, in a state of alarm (acc. to Zam. = 9Y4). ^q’^q’P rtab rtab^po—^^^^ con- fused, confounded with fear, perplexed : hkhor- rnam$ rtab-rtab-por gyur-te tham§-cad-kyis bzfog all the attendants becoming panic- struck turned back {Khrid. 1^0); ?q'?q having become quite startled and confounded. ^q'^q^ rtab-rtab-la also $q’jfq‘*i adv. helter-skelter, pell-mell; also in haste, ^q^q- id. ^q ^‘q^-qK^q^q’Hiv § it is not proper while perplexed or confused to come to a legal decision without minute investigation {Rdsa, 16). rtas-pa, v. 45'q brta-wa. ttas ytsan-дг mchod- sbyin the Vedic sacrificial cere- mony in which horse’s flesh is used for entertaining the invoked deities. rlig-gi in Tsang lm%%rtehu foal, colt. c\ rtift what is behind or after (with regard to space, but more particularly to time). rtin-du, rtin-nay rtin- la, adv. and postp. afterwards, after: qf^'XS rtift-du bcos-so they were made afterwards; byon-rtin la after their appearance; byun-rtin after he has come; ^'5^ de rtifi-la after that. rtin-bskul earnest entreaty of exhortation {Sorig. 13£). rtifi-lcags a spur; ^’gqprgqq rtin-lcags rgyab-pa to spur, to prick with the spur. 5^4*1 rtin-hjug remaining part, re- mainder. rtift-pa 1. the end, extremity, lowest part, e.g., of a stick; gen. the heel of the foot {Mnon.). 2. В phyi latter. ^c/qoi rtin-bal hair of the foot of goat, sheep, etc. stin-ma adj. and sbst. latter, the last; gtam-gyi rtifi-ma yin it is the end of a speech, conversation or discourse, this is my last and farewell- speech; rtin-ma ni-ma the fol- lowing day. Syn. phyi-ma\ rjcs-ma\ tje$-su bgyid\ rjes-su §grub; ggam-ma; mjug-maphyi- fo§ {Mfion.). I qq rtib-pa pf. q$q^ brtib^ fut. q brtib, imp. rtib or ?q^ rtibs to break or pull down (cf. rdib-pa); in Sikk, to beat or thrash thoroughly. Л’а rtug-pa, й’«qfc’w вгет 1. human excrement; or *51* rtug-§kem dry
F-qf 536 excrement. 2. in C. wind, flatulency. 3. or 54, rtug, v. under П rtuft-wa pf. fut. 4$*’ also to make less, to shorten, to contract, e.g., a rope, a dress: ЧУ^’Ч’Ч^м his neck is contracted (Ja.). rtun у. <45^ gtun; rtun-ril a trituration-bowl (&Л.). rtun-pa diligence; q rtun- pahi $kyed~pa to be diligent (Zam); cf. ^4 rtul-po or ^5 blunt, dull, stupid; a blunt weapon (Cs.); VK’5* blundering; 5'^ blo-rtul weak intellect. rtul phod-pa ХГСТЖН, ofwr, bold, intrepid; also sbst. courage. jq'WgN Rtul-fyiaft $kye§=^&\*fc$ the son of Rtul-can-ma, ono of the ten incarnations of Vishnu; a name of W3- ктн; rtc-thur^^ foal, colt; *9^4 to bring forth a colt, to foal (Cs.). rten 1. ш, ww, S’*, wnra a hold, support, esp. in com- pounds : *| the plinth or base of a pillar (Cs.); or a footstool (Cs.) 2. WfWTS in Gram, the case which denotes the place of a thing or person, the locative. 3. зрск that which holds, con- tains, or supports a thing: • lit. the holder or receptacle of a person himself, ?>., an image of a deity, of a Buddha or Bodhisattva} letters, writ- ings, holders of the doctrine, gen. consist- ing in a volume of the holy writings. 8^*^ thug$-rten “ the holder of the heart or mind” as manifest in a holy person. The term is often applied to the foregoing three. gdufi-rten recep- tacle for the bones or relics of a saint; mchod-rten a holder ot depository for oblations, a chaitya; rig-pahi rten receptacle of the soul, г.е., the body (Schtr^\ the houseless, bodi- less soul: tshe- srog sem$-kyi rten the heart is the seat of life and of the soul. Similarly is often a term for a temple or shrine: the deity in a shrine; again we have 8’^ shu-rten resp. phyag-rten a present, gift, offering, t>., “ the holder or support of a request.” rten-khebs the cover for religious offerings. ^’B a chapel or cabinet to hold images with accommo- dation for keeping offerings before them and for religious books (Rtsii.). rten- ein hbrcl-war hbyun §nifi-pohi-cho g.ahl- gzurig n. of a dharani expressing the essence of the doctrine of relative existence or origina- tion (K. gu. ч 288). rten'-chas things, articles. rten-pa 1. vb., pf. and fut. imp. to keep, to hold, to adhere to, to lean on; ^vq«r^-q to lean on a staff; to keep or hold against a pillar; 4^*q* «igprq^r^ to keep the hand on one’s cheeks, to lean one’s head on one’s hand in meditating; fig. to depend or rely on ; ^yq^ g-w the priest to whom one holds; ^•of-^-q to keep to the fat, i.e., to eat much fat; to be given to sensuality. A frequent form of the vb. is rten-nas: following, depending on your orders; *5* relying on my strength; hence is frq. used for in conse- quence of, with respect to,concerning, etc.:
^4^1 537 in consequence of that event; 4q’SS'qi’^VV4 in connection with a noble object; Iho-phyogt la rten-nas to be situated towards the south; '^rflj^qprq to look after or pursue with one’s eye a ray of light. 2. sbst. that which holds, keeps up; these are the supports of king; ‘the doctrine of the hold- giving bones’ t>., osteology. 3. adj. attached to, faithful (Jd.). rt( n-pahi rkyen dependent cause; ^‘$’«1 <A’J^|yT4’q the dependent cause of 'the formation of) ice is water. rten-hbrel is said to be a contrac- tion of ’^g^rq^j^q rten-par hbrel-war hgyur-wa 1. it is best defined not as causal concatenation but as the inter-dependent causes which have origin- ted matter and all phenomena. These mutually contributory causes, however, according to Buddhist theory, properly centre in or spring forth from avidyd (Tib. or the ignorant belief that all which seems to us to exist does so exist when it is really non-existent. 2. omen; circumstances combining to found a judgment or prognostic; diagnosis. Milaragpa says of rten-hbrel: дкчр^^'З' understanding rten- hbrel to be the whole doctrine of transmi- gration in general. However, he deviates from tho purer philosophy by averring that the co-operating cause at work in ^ten-bbrt I is produced by tho deep myste- ries of and (Mil. ^,59). The doctrine involved in rten-hbrel is fully dealt with in Tsong-khapa’s great work, the Lam-rim ehen-mo. He sums up the argument thus: 1 i.^qV5| *4' II The certitude that all theso things are in their very essence void and yet that from the one its fruit the other springs forth, the two uninterup- tedly hither or thither mutually assisting each other—what can be more wonderful than this, and what has arisen more stupendous than it! ^’Rg<rg'^pv4 rten-hbrel-gyi hkhor-lo the wheel illustrating the process of the working of successive exis- tences and helpful in meditating on them and in methods for getting rid of their influences, etc. In the tractate rten-hbrel gyi-hhor-lo mi hdra-гса Ъео-brgyad (A. 35) there are eighteen different descriptions of the wheel illustrating the cycle of Pratitya samut- pada> the earliest one having been designed by N^garjuna as contained in Tan. d. 32. In it are contained indications of hu- man destiny, luck, happiness and misery, which are drawn up in set formulas. the Sutra describing the relative existences and the distinctive features contained in them (K. d. *ч 203). In it are described the science of divination, the art of drawing omens from different occurrences and signs. ^•^orq^R rten-hbrel bsgom=4^w^ an epithet for a Pratyeka Buddha (М&ш.). rten-hbrel rtogs-pa to in- vestigate significant or ominous incidents and draw inferences therefrom; to know such, or one who knows them (e.g., a physician when treating a patient must try to find out the auspices). good auspices ; bad omens. 69
538 5^1 rten-hbrel yan-lag bcu gnis tho twelve inter-dependent. con- tributories to the ori gnat ion of all pheno- mena. Or, more fully:—Tho twelve inter-dependent elements which together contribute to the production of all pheno- mena ; the twelve, however, being theore- tically not simultaneous in origination but occurring in a certain sequence ; each indeed being dependent on its predecessor, though not exactly evolved from it, because by a process of re-action the pre- decessor is also dependent for manifesta- tion on its successor. Thus, while the succeeding contributories may be said to bo evolved in a measure from the preceding ones, there is a mutual dependence which makes all the twelve co-ordinate also. The twelve inter-dependent originations in the Pratitya Samutpada are:—(1) * ignorance ; (2) associa- tion er impressions; (3) con- sciousness; (4) Sk’sppqq name and form; (5) д’яЦ §kye-mched wwf the six sense-organs; (6) Кчр contact; (7) ^•q i^<rr feeling; (8) sred-pa 5JVq .desire or hankering after; (9) sensual enthralment; (10) §\q srid-pa НЧ procreation; (11) j'q skye-wa, birth; (12) 3 5ПТНТЧГ old age and death. rten-ma prop, support, pillar. rten tynan-pa subordinate; of lower position or order, junior; a ge-tshul is subordinate to a ge-long, a ge-nyen is inferior to a ge-tshul or Cramanera: he being inferior in rank, lc., in the religious order, he did not make salutation with his body (Л. 56). rten-gshi 1. basis, foundation 2,=Г^'В*4residence, home (Жоп.). 5^4^ rten-g.na^ id. 54 I'toj 1. in rtog-khan zrrar a room dr place of amusement on the top of a house or building. 2. for tog. 5<p I: rtog-pa гпй, чгаш sbst. 1. consideration, deliberation, reflection; q rtog-pa $kye-ica or ^‘q’ni'a^qq to reflect on a thing, to indulge in musings. 2. scruple, hesitation: rtog-pa §ky* $-te to grow doubtful, hesitating. II- vb., pf. w or imp. or to consider, exa- mine, search into, muse. upon=4^^ or «Vq^-q (Шоп.): though ono meditates (upon the soul), one can- not understand. To trouble one’s head about a thing is considered a fault much to be guarded against, and the more so, as religious faith as well as meditation require the mind to be strictly free from distraction, and especially in meditation to be concentrated on a single object only : contemplation without any disturbing reflections. '^rtog-ge the act of arguing, rea- soning; dialectics (Cs.) \ rtog ge-pa an arguer, disputer, reasoner (Cs.); rtog-gehi $pyod-yul ma- yin-pa not being the object of controversy or arguing. ^Гч-^едвгч rtog-pa daft bral-wa ftu without imagination, free from во-, phistication. rtog-pahi dgra n. of a tree. Syn. rgyal-byet} fiti, О *‘5$ ehu-khifl $kye§ (Ш#п.). ^q^*§S,q r^/7-P^ •Ъуёф-ра :f° fancy, to imagine.
539 rtog-dpyodszWW*^ or (Mnon.) fsr^TT consideration; examina- tion, trial: without examination or reflection (Л. 7Г. 1-36). ^’SSV4!^’4 to identify, to discern to recognize as, e.g., it is ascertain- ed to be bile, to be caused by bile. to identify as being different (Ja.). ^5 rtog-med simple, unsophi- sticated; also simplicity; singleness of heart. it should not be interfered with; he does not meddle with that (Jai). ^1'^5 rtog-med logics— mistakes caused by wrong or false con- clusions, such as while passing in a boat to maintain that the trees and houses on the bank of a river are moving; in the same manner holding that all phenomena are permenant, &c. (Zozl. ^15). rtogs dkah-icahi gna§~ a very inaccessible and fear- ful place. rtogs-hgro nfa a number ; a great number. rtog§-brjod or lit. discriminative speech, the utter- ance of what is fully grasped; a common designation for the recital of the events of an ideal life, full of instructive lessons. rtogs-brjod brgya-pa n. of a work contained in the Kah-gyur (7Г. d. ^). rtogs-brjod rin-po-che dpag-bsam khri-gin <<n the great work of the Kashmirian poet Kshemendra on the deeds of tho Buddha, in 108 chapters, translated into metrical Tibetan by Shon-ton Lo-tsa-wa^ and form- ing the 93rd volume of the Tangyur collection. brjed- thohi deb-yig a memorandum book (Rtsii.). rtogs-hdod can desirous of knowiug or learning; inquisitive (Ja.). rtog^dan = a sage, a general term to signify such. rtogs-pa I: ftfu, ШЯ, HHU,. irfa sbst. thorough percep- tion, infallible knowledge. It is stated that ordinary mortals are incapable of cogitating on the merits and qualities of Buddhas and Bodhisattvas. The true Rtogs-pa cannot be acquired in the first instance, the (meaning of a thing) first must be understood (^’^V4) and that may lead to the acquirement of knowledge by лдл’ч fir^T study; then comes reflection or meditation, and last of all is Rtog^-pa the full comprehension. Thus we can define as : 1. the true perception of all things in general, which leads to the attainment of the so-so skychi-sa stage of ordinary perfection. 2. a true metaphysical development leading the way to what is called that is, to Nirvana. This last is called or fsreHU, the clear understanding or perception, the same as or meta- physical voidity or nothingness., Syn. khon-du chud-pa ; mkhas-pa; go-wa; Wq idags-pa; byaft-wa fays. II: vb. to perceive, to know; to understand : S554’* they did not understand; though they inquired into it; to obtain information; to convince one’s-self of a thing; to teach, demonstrate, to convince a person. «’Jpiprq stupid, ignorant; igno- rance. self-knowledge.
540 rtogs-рч hkhrufa-pa the growth of ideas, thought, fq* qq• 'q^X rtog^-pa chen- po yons-su rgyu$-pahi rndo a metaphysical work in the Kah-gyur (Mdo. 41$); ^rjsrq^iq^ rtog§-pahi gter or *X’*^’4W another work in the Kah-gyur (Mdo. 325). rtcg^spyod theory and practice. rtog$-$pod byed-pa to know and to practise; rtog$-$pyod la njkhas-pa theoretically aud practically reli- gious. rtog$-shib thorough inquiry; investigation of minute details. rtog$-ya$ (5^) HHHT n. of a numerical figure. rtog$-§la easily comprehended, or easy to understand. rtod-pa=^ or ’ЭТ (ДГйои.) 1. vb. to fasten, to secure, tether (v. ); to drive iu a stake or peg (Ja.). 2. shst.=?pS^ a stake in the ground for fastening a horse, a boat, etc.; a peg in a wall for hanging up things; id. ^•4 rton-pa (4^pfq or WtjJWH, яЭпнч to place confidence in a person, to rely on, to adhere to, to act in accord- ance with. In connection with the mean- ing of rton-pa common sayings prevail among the learned of Tibet:—(1) ^5'5 rely on the import of words, do not depend on their literal signification ; (2) do not depend on the personality of a teacher but rely on his doctrine; (3) огй Xtf’eirely on ascertained state- ments not on those quoted from memory; (4) rely on absolute knowledge, not on mere perception. • ^1 Syn. rton-pa; Ыо b$tad-pa; yid che$-ya; tJe& su hbraft (Mfion.). rtol in acc. to Schr. the pith or marrow of a doctrine; to know thoroughly (Schr?). rtol-mo a cross back to the yak by breeding an animal three-parts of Indian parentage with a pure-bred yak. rtol-wa pf. L to bore, to pierce, to perforate. 2. to be present in от at; to reach: *’|*г4 (Л. 74) there was a manuscript which being left in Man-yul could not reach Tibet be extant there). rtol ma-rtol arrived or not arrived; 4 мг ^**4^4 acc. to Schr. mftwicm’ the coral- tree Erythrina Indica; also a tree of paradise. ^**3)* prescience, intuitive knowledge, knowing without being taught: it is said he knew intuitively many religious doctrines (J. Zaft.). lia 1. v. under gA Itar. 2. v. Jd. in loco. Ita-wa I: vb. pf. qg*, fut. 4g, imp. g* or 4g resp. 1. to look, take a look at, espy, g’4 implies a special visual act, whereas is the general power or habit of seeing, beholding, etc. : $'^*4^*qgN’q*iwhen you have seen what it is like; I । the wife, having taken the boy and looked at him, because he was a fine comely child, greatly rejoiced (Dzl.); though you look (for it), you do not see it (Mil.); the imp. look! in C. is often both written and spoken and we even hear “to-tang” with the same meaning.
541 4 pleasing when looked upon; also name of the chief city of Indra on 4ie top of Mount Sumeru; g'S go there and look (at it)! to gaze all round; 1° look up and down; B'a4i or to look back. Colloq. in the sense of to look at Ita-wa is usually prece- ded by йд| the eye : looking at it. 2. to look for, to search for; in this sense common in Ж., е.д.> *«w’уч’Ч’Яч' the horse has not come, go and look for it. 3. t о view mentally, to consider, look into; also to examine, investigate: чм'«гч^м^ if I did not examine it; to feel a person's pulse; «ц'^гчуч to consider if it will be useful. $^ч? let us see who is greater or taller; ^Ч’ХК’Ч^ we shall see that after- wards; to examine or search into minutely; ^S‘g‘4 is the expression most in use for to examine, to test, to try; let us see how many there are; to investigate closely. 4. a fourth and not unimportant usage of ^4 is to express a stage in mystic meditation wherein it means to be in the first or con- templative stage, during which one must be especially oblivious to all sounds and to all that is occurring around one, the sight and that limited to a single object being the only sense in action : 0^*45 ч there must not be attention to even so much as the bark of a dog or the chirp of a spar- row ; if there is hearing, there is no con- templation (Jft7. 'И). II: sbst. 1. a look, the act of look- ing. 2. contemplation (mystical). 3. opinion, doctrine, theory, philosophical system, school, the theory of. perpetual existence or duration (of worldly things). ^qvar4=awja false opinion or heretical view (<Za.). ^’Ч’чуч Ita-wa ftan-pa jealous sight, spiteful or mischievous sight. g’4’$m lla-wa nams-pa of heretical views . $з ч5 tta-uahi rtul shugs-ma having obscured vision or heretical views. ^*чкй lta-wa§ mi-fioms not satisfied with a glance, wishing to look at it more; hencea very hand- some shape от person (Жлоп.). to-irajrAo/z-wZ-f^the sight of which is never enough, met. a very handsome person (Mfion.). Ita-byed met. the eye (Milon.). Ita-log or false statement; false doctrine, heresy; acc. to Jd. any irreligious impulses of the mind, perverse and sinful thoughts. g'S lta-Ъи i: V, may be described as an adj., though often used in the manner of a postp. instead of and It is generally conjoined with the substantive vb. with the signification of to be like, to be as (another), to be equal to : ч^чч^ч ^ч5§<ум< I my- self am not like Chenrezig with many hands, or I have not myself many hands like Chenrezig; one as wise as three village-elders («>., the village council); you have a voice like that of a companion giving advice; he became (to him) like a father; чЗ’Р^’д^ч-^^ having eye-lashes like those of a cow (Stg). tta-Ьи и : = gzugs-brnan or g‘4 %ku-hdra a likeness, reflected image, image (MAon.). g’S in : v. §‘-1 $ku-$a (MAon.). ltanul-pa a spy, scout; to spy, to explore, v. 5^'4 nul-wa.
542 I tta-§tan§ 1. a glance or aspect, look; a mild look or counte- nance (Cs.); an angry or fierce look (Cs.). 2. the magical and powerful look employed by Tantrik experts in ordor to control or subdue demons; to east such a magical magnetizing look. In the narratives ascribed to Mila- raspa, frequent mention is made of his exorcising this power. ’Ц Itag-pa 1. describe 1 as jn* the projecting parts at the back of tho crown of tho head. 2> the back part of the neck, the nape. 3. tho upper or back part of any thing; ST^l’4 tho back of a knife; tho back of a house; a the back of an axe; ^'0 [tag-spu neck-hair; mane of the horse, or that of the lion. [taj-kcr the bones of the neck. “the curved bones below the napo of tho nock.” Itaj-sjo tho back-door of a house- As the cottages in a Tibetan village mostly stand on hill-side, tho back-door is also the upper door. + tfag-sgre or an- terior or posterior; upper and lower. Itag-gcod or ^*05 1- decapita- tion. 2. acc. to Sch. changeable, fickle, inconstant. Itag-mdad the hole in the occi- put, tho connexion of tho brain with the spinal marrow (Jd.). ttag-sprod byed-pa, to trans- pose ; to put in alternation : to administer medicines alternately* or one after another. tho hand-drum made of pieces of skull put in alternation ; it is described as bringing the necks together opposite each other. Uag-hbig (Jig.) the piercing right through from tho breast to the back of tho neck. Itag-ma what is uppermost, е,д.^ words written over other words. Itag-rtsa^tfi the back; Itag-rtsa §grefi-$gren the back stiff and unbending (Rdsa. 29). Raft 1. a bale of goods carried on one side of a boast of burden, half a load; two bales, or a whole load. 2. also = in IK. adv. through, quite through: ono sees from tho outside into the interior; bore through; be is passing through, he does not make a stay hero (Ja.). givepi Raft-phul occurs in (D. R. 300). Uaft^pyad-pa explained as to minutely examine ; whe- ther a thing is good or bad, etc. (Yig. 16), Rad-mo гггчг, гггФТ, a bight, scene, spectacle; exhibition, musical entertainment; to go to an entertainment, to some amuse- ment ; do not remem- ber or recall the scenes of a country life. $5’^ Itad-mo che great display, entertainment: tho father said, what is the cause of this grand display and prodigy ? (df/Л). ltad-то khan a play-house, ex- hibition, stage, etc.; ltad-то inkhan or a show-man, actor, mimic, etc. ltad-mo lta-гса to look at a scene, to witness a play or scene: Rad-mo Ra-wahi sa a place where there is something to be seen for amuse- ment; a theatre; Rad-mo-pa a spec- tator, a visitor : Rad-mo la
543 I htshogs they came together to (a sight); an entertainment; ^'йя’^’я^ Itad-mohi 4ge-mtshan innocent amusement, entertain- ment. Uad-mo sna-tshogs different kinds of amusements and entertainments, as:—gq* 5 ’ а&я ’ яду q elephant fighting; SS^’S’^’^^gyq a tournament; ^’«rwq to scuffle; ^е/я£д] climbing up ; ^aterq’wrci bulbul fight; Я’^гчдуч buffalo fight; д*п^я’я&сч to jump from upon the shoulder of one person to that of another person; exhibiting the summits of the royal standards and the supreme power; a review of troops (Л; du, S 501), + т-Pf Itan-pa — ^^ ^TT, ЗтГ joined together. Itab-pa pf. ч^чя, fut. imp. to fold or gather up; to lay or put together; J^’^’q to fold single ; to fold double, |4'§5'q Ttab-byed-pa to fold up; «|$я* to fold or bend together three-fold (c.^., a corpse previous to cremation or anything else). ltab-ma a fold, crease, plait (Cs.); clasp-knife. ^’Я’^^яя’^ llab-ma dgn-rtsig§ can one with nine folds piled one upon another, i.e., nine-thick (Sorig. 119). ^я’^я Itam-ltem immaterial, ephemeral, unsubstantial, toy-like; the meaning may be conveyed by the words or col. and Dge §byor ltam4tem tham&cad ma-rig-pahi rkyen-gyi§ hdu-byed yin-te (A. 51) Oh, Cramana, all those immaterial toy-like things are brought together (made pheno? menal) by means of ignorance. ltam$-pa pf. ч|’яя3 fut. 1. to be full, also 2, vrrf<f resp. to be born; д^^ч^'^я^я^я skyed- pahi yab-dan bltam§ pahi yum the father by whom one is begotten, and the mother by whom one is born (Ja.). liar or tta-la and sometimes simply g It a, words akin to but more directly used as postp. governing accus.; and the first two, also, as adv.—like, as, after the manner of; ^|я^ц’5’Я’Х«г 5’^*q-^T^’q made like as the work Prajnaparamita; ^я having heard so, being told so; ЭТ' §5’q’^v§5’q making a gesture like mak- ing salutation; Я’А^’^Я’^’дч’^’Я’-у#- ВМЯ the demi-god of the place was carry- ing a fungus as a shield; lonely as a rhinocerus; зк?^’^’§чя’§чя undulating like a steppe. ^’^=thus,- as follows; or like that, in that way. Colloq. я^ or я^’ч are generally substituted for etc.: be is doing so. Itar-ltar or the early stage of the embryo while it is being formed in the womb. lias I: for ^я see; also ^я’<£я or $я'Э^ has seen. Should be ^я. И: or ё'^я (similar to ^я), ртЯпг omen, prognostic, but generally used for a bad omen; ^я*<ря§с.’ч accident, a danger befallen ; ВРя^’Ч^^я miraculous sign, prodigy, a miracle; ОД'^Я'УЯ'^я a propitious omen; rmi-ltas bzan- po a good sign in a dream ^’^я a favour- able omen Ч'^я or :^Я’ЧЗ| a bad sign; §Я’$Г ^qfq the science of drawing omens,
544 >Ч| $w q lta$*pa a diviner, astro- loger. Itas-su bbyuft-wa meeting with an accident. [ti-ri pitcher (Sch.). еч Itig-thun in C, a person of small stature, perh. a corruption of ite-thuft (Jd.). ltib-pa to fall through (Sch}. c\ Itir wfayJ full; g*3** *1*4 ltir-gyi$ gaft-wa full to the brim. ijvq [tir-wa, v. ldir-wa. ЭЦ’ Ituft fut. and pf. of ^’4 Ihuft- wa to fall, to fall down: having fallen from the tree; Oven what is high will even- tually fall down: ^’g^’ a moral fall, a sinful deed. Ituft-byed a transgres- sion, crime; fallen into dam- nation ; g*’*X5 wishing to fall, .to sin; alsp apt to fall. Itun-wa wnrfn, цтспг, Prafa sbst. fall esp. moral fall; stained with sin; g^n'n-qqN’q confession of sin; ltuft-wa ma-hdre$-pa Xjmrcnf&T^n not mixed with sin; jmr ltuft-wa las Ыаписа чтргагжтя to raise up from a slip into sin. g*/4V*5*' «Й’^*4 It и ft-war hgyur-bahi chos acts or doc- trines which cause falling into sin; un- righteous actions or unscrupulous prin- ciples ; g^‘^5 ttufi-med *pn<rfvr sinless. -4 Ite-wa or lte-ра ^rfa, 1. navel ^гпнтбт; musk-pod of musk-deer: p’w ww <^\qK Ite-wa, la m ned byed-na, kha-zas bzah-war hdod-paho (K. gu. 50) if the navel be rubbed, there will be desire to eat food, zab-zlum gyas hkyyil don-grub bzaft a navel, deep, round, or coiled to the right, is a good sign of success (JJ,). 2. navel-string, umbilical cord: Ite-wa gcod-pa to cut the umbilical cord; sq-^q^q khoft-faft gi Ite-wa guft-thaft du bcaj-pa his navel string was out at Guft- thaft, i.e., ho was born there. 3. fig.=the middle of a thing or centre; the centre of a circle or disk. mu-khyuj gsum-gyi Ite-war in the middle of three concentric circles or disks; the navel or axle-tree of a water-wheel; the navel of the earth, i.e., Gayft in Magadha. ^‘4’5*1 Ite-wa skyes Hrfasran, nifSnn born from the navel is met. for 9 a raven; also an epithet of Brahmft (Affton.). Ue-wa hkhyil n. of a medicine. ^•q-qor^ Ite-wa bal-ean (lit. in whose navel there is a store of wool) met. the spider (Mfton.). ite-wa gshuft-rafi the central place of government in Tibet, i.e., Lhasa. jjTfl’W fye-wa bzaft one of the names of Mount Tise in Ngari (Igfton.). ite-le prob, the polecat. [teft-ka 1. acc. to Ja. v. Itaft. 2.=^’J* n. of a Buddha. 3. f<wr pool, pond. 4. n. of a disciple of Buddha. ^4 Iteb pocket in the fold of garment: na-bzahi tteb-tu beug- (Л. 72) putting (the gold) in the pocket of his robes he went on.
545 | ^чч lteb-pa (cog. to j?4'4) to double down, to turn in; л?ч |ч ч to turn in the edge, cf. fne-mo. Item-rgyaft whim, caprice. 5^’4 ltem-ра the state of being full, a vessel full of water ; full, over flowing; ^54*23 ltem-po full; Item-Item so full that it runs over (Ja.). Ito 1. wa food, victuals; ^’wq Ito bzah-ica to eat; also to gain one’s liv- ing; Ito-yafi ma-zos he did not eat his meal, i.e., anything. ^f7“ la Ito-st er feed the sheep; Ito gyo- wa to prepare food; lto-no srog- tshoft he risks his life in order to procure food; a gla-bto wages and food; Ito-gos or ifjsi Ito-rgyab food and clothes; SfS4 B^ rgyab-skyid food, clothes and comfort; lto~chufty lto~ran acc. to Sch. a person temperate in eating, g' Ito hdun-can an epicure, parasite (Ja.). 2. goat’s-beard {Tragopogon) used as a kitchen vegetable. cS'-flc/q^rq Ito-kluft fyfab-pa v. Ito-loft bdab-pa. ffVI* Ito-dkar white-belly; an epithet of Rnam-sras or Kuvera. Ito-skur chod-po btab-pa to greatly slander, spread scandal (DJ?.) lto-§kur chod-pu btab-pa s id. lto-hgefis = $%4 glen-pa a fool, an imbecile (ДГпоп.); jTq’^Mrq lto-wa hgefts-pa full-stomach; ^q'^q^r satiated with food (jMftow.). [to-hgro 1. met. a snake. 2. symb. num. 8. Ito hgro-dgra an eagle; an epithet of the conveyer of Vishnu {Mnon.). = {Yasel. 36) зяп, belly, stomach; lto-ua mtshufts- pa of equal stomach or having , a belly of similar size; met. brother. Ito-can—*^ or g*?3! an arrow {Mftonl). Ito-chas provisions. Ito che-wa—^S^ za phod-pa a large belly, voracious. Syn. gsus-poche; g'q’R^ q Ito- wa hphyaft-wa\ Ito ldir-wa\ *|V 8* rked-sbom:, gsus-rdsift-can {Mnon.). Ito-wa Idir globular, bulbous; *4^’ S^’q’^q^ gser-gyi bum-pa Ito-ica Idir a golden pot with a huge bulb {Hbrom. 9). ^’gw’q Ito §num-pa rice-cakes with but- ter or any oily substance. Ito-hphye nilKU, a snake, a reptile that creeps. Ito-hphye chen-po HTtKTT a python; also described as ^'q^'V’c/^q^ demi-god, or huge god of the soil of the serpent-kind. Ito-sbos wittk a swollen belly. Ito-yus can conceited, selfish person. Ito-ras handkerchief, napkin. llo-lan tsa or thick cotton cloth used in India for spreading on the floor; evidently a corruption of the Hindi word = lto-kluny «J-q^^-^^’q^q’^-q^ hu-bu hphogS-SU btsun-mo tto-kluft btdb gsun-was (D.R.). Itogs-hdre a demon {Sch.); prob, the same as hdre-ltags. 70
| 546 ltog$~pa 1. hunger: ltog$-pahi gzir тпяпкрн suffer- ing from hunger; |Tq)*l|ql Itogi-phyng hunger, /.<?., poverty and wealth. 2. vb. to be hungry : I am hungry (Cs.). cfrjq-q-^-q to suffer a person to be hungry, to starve. 3. aec. to Sch. to regret: do not always lie down in regret! ^|4’qvqj«J4’q resp. to be full of regret (P). 4. adj. hungry: sem§-can Itog^pa rnam$ the hungry animals; ^prm^vq ltog$-par htyur-wa to grow hungry. 3j Itogs-gri starvation. In colloq% hunger: ‘ijv^-q-QW Ла7- dag ltog$-gri ham hkhyag-grir hdd-wa ham are these going to die from hunger or cold ? Itofi-ka the groove at the lower end of an arrow to fit it on the bow-string. It oh-да 1. notch, incision, indenta- tion; mdah-ltoh the notch in an anow. 2. a depression ; ri-ltoft de- pression in a ridge of mountains; ki- lt on the indentation of a mountain-pass JdX Itofa summit (Jd.} f’r) It о fa-pa a dunce, an unlet- tered person. £q'£N ltob-cha$ (^*«0 food, provisions, etc. (in Sikk.). llob§ v. tdob§; in *jKXfa|*r|q« Л 104). ltoms-ра—^’^ or (A. 104) the twenty-one objects desired by the Lord . Atis'a). ttor a bastard- sra§-ltor a bastard prince (Jd.). ^v^N’q [tor shugs-pa to be in the womb being illegitimately conceived; bastard conception: (K. du. 5 261) from the time the child was conceived in the womb her illness was alleviated. rtol=Jfa rtol a calf bred by a yak-bull on а or female cross of a yak and oow- (Rtsii.). attendants. Qpfcq^N together with attendants (Yig.). 2. v. ^4. 3.=^ (Sch.). *{У$ГЦ ItoS’pa vb. to attend to; to look at, on, or to. Is akin to and always governs the dative «Ц khyod-dc la [to$ mi-dgo$-pa shig-yin you need not attend to that; de-la lto§-na if I look at or consider this taking it for example; without looking at each, take one. lto$-$pag$ meat and rice cooked together (Sikk.). ^•^5 lto$-med ярикн, continual, without interruption, in a con- tinual stream or flow. §fa is defined thus: f^rs'4Л?5’сг^' V^prq* (Ubum, 283). ner-b§ftog^ or tfon-du hgrig-pa preparation, early arrangement. If $ta-gon byed-pa to make prepara- tion, to make arrangement for a person’s reception : having decided what course to follow, when he was preparing to sleep (A-67) ; ^ q5-|p-?^-ftrq^N rose Up f0 make preparations for food (Ulil.). sta-gri pick-axe, v. $ta-re (Шоп.).
ГЧ1 547 sta-rnon sde-rnon occurs in the passage :—bdud-kyi $ta- rnon sde-rnon ggi§ (DJ?.). $ta-bon occurs in the passage: de-na§ §nin-po §ia-bon la gna$-pa ni rdsas- kyi $ta-bon tshig-bfad kyi-bon (D.R.). ^a-swr=5^**4 dpyi-mgo ^tfir, hip, hip-bone,e.g.y as the seat of strength: tfa-zur yan-chad from the hip upwards (Ja.). §ta-re = §'=g frequently f ; sfg^rr axe, hatchet. $4] stag аощ the Bengal tiger, which is not, however, ’ found in Tibet. In tho far S. E. districts tho thick-furred Chineso variety of tiger is said to be occa- sionally met with; but iu general, to Tibe- tans, the tiger is only an animal of legend and literature, though actual tiger-skins are imported into the country. §4’SJ4 a tiger cub; f4’^ a tigress; g4‘^’ a tiger’s den; ?4*^* the stripes on a tiger’s skin; §4'§|a tiger’s tooth overcomes toothache; £4’4’3'^*’£'R44^5 stag-gi §pu-yi$ sna-khrag gcod tiger’s hair inhaled as smoke stops bleeding from the nose; and cures all pains in the body and the head; £4’^T tiger’s-bone softens disease of the bones (perhaps caries). Syn. Vi* dri-snom; rnags-kyi fican; ^'§5 htshe-byed \ brtnl-phod; ftar-$kad-can; 4^’4^’H’^ gcan- gzan-khra-bo; lus-bkra (Mfton.). £4*VF stag-dkar lit. white tiger; n. of a demi-god belonging to the JJw or Naga class and which is believed to be striped. ^4'0'5 stag-khra-po = %'^phye-ma leb khra-po a marbled or striped butterfly (Mift. 4). £4’4’^‘^ stag-gi rkaft-pa=S^'^^K‘ n. of a tree or plant. Syn. tshlgs-maft (Mnon.), • ?4’5’^‘^ stag-gi sen-то W lit. the tiger’s nail; n. of a sweet-scented plant. Syn. ^4’g^ lag-skyes; sbrul- gyi mtshon-cha \ hkhor-lohi rnam-pa can (Mnon.). st a j-gras occurs in the passage £4’Зрг^’4ц’Х‘(Rtsii.). £4,<SN §t'ig-chas articles carried by travellers such as tinder-casc, smoking im- plements, weapons, etc. (in striped skin bags). £4’^ stag-ldan the plant Solamtm jacquini (K. d. 1X1 £14). £4'4C’ stag-don —quiver. £4’\^’ 4^4’^qq a quiver for arrows lined with leopard’s skin (Rtsii.). £4£ Stagsde n. of a place in Tibet: V£4’£ ’4*Цto the west are two places called Tag-de and Zig-phan. £4'^ §tag-rna n. of the son of Tri-S'anku king of the Sudra class who by the force of his logic had induced a ricli Brahman to give his daughter in marriage to his son Sardulakarua. ^’4 §tag-pa the birch-tree; a large species occurs in Tibet, £4'^ $tag-(}uu birch bark. Syn. 5’4 gro-ga; 4^4**^4* gdugs-khyebs; 44^'4 pags-gya can ; w'4^'44 yi-gehi fishi; re-khahi bdab\ (pin-pa hjanr, gj4^’*r^ sgmg^-pa ntnen (Mfton.).
I 548 I f4! stag hbroS’pahi-sfiags the eharm to make a tiger run away, чтений (/Г ди, « 52). 54 ag-ma n. of a medicinal plant: ^4Stag-tse rdsofi n. of an ancient fort situated to the east of Lhasa: 3the walled fortress of Stag-rtse was the earliest fortress of Tibet (<7. Zafi,). Stag-tshan (lit. the tiger’s den); a place in Tibet well known for being the birth place of 1H £ q Stag-tshaft Lo tsd-ua. ^5 Stag-tshafi Ra-wa $tod n. of a well-known hermitage situated in the mountains to the west of Lhasa (Zatf. > 5). ^rj-^orq Stag tshal-wa (lit. tiger’s-grove) n.of a place in Tsang: (Л-65) think- ing that tho Jo-wo (Atis'a) should under any circumstance be brought to Tibet, the Lo-tsa-wa of Stag-tshal in Tsang, etc. Stag-g&g (^S4! sa-fylag) lit. “tiger-leopard.” 1. n. of a demi-god residing in the nether world. 2. a cor- ruption of the name Tajik by which Persia and the Persians are known to the Tibetans. ttag-ras a kind of chintz with stripes resembling those of a tiger. Stag-ri gnan-gzigs n. of an early king of Tibet (J. Zan,), ^1 Stag-rus n. of a clan or tribe in Tibet. Stag-luft n. of a district situated to the north of Tsang (Lon, *5). Stag-ga a herb growing in pasture land with leaves resembling those of the pea. &a9-$ar °- full grown youth. stag-lha me-hbar lit. the tiger- god of burning fire, the chief Bon god who resembles the Buddhist deity his attributes. there are three kinds of this stone, viz., the black, golden, and silver zil; Also = camphor. also manner, style, posture: manner of walking, gait: from the bank of the river he (with eyes fixed on a certain person as if to kill him) assumed the manner and posture of a wrathful deity. tta4~pa pf- and fut. QfS’ imp. to load, to put on, to lay on; to saddle a horse. Stan resp. a seat, mat, anything to sit upon ; to get up from a seat; to spread a rug or mat on the ground; to lay a mat on; a chair, also a rug or carpet spread on a bedstead; resp. a cushion or carpet to sit or lie upon; seat on the ground: ^'S'§ Stan rnam-pa Ifiahi stefl-du Hdug-par mi bya $te (a monk) should not sit upon the five seats intended for honourable persons. gvM14 stan-phrol occurs in M- -Ш)- In the following passage the sense is fairly clear: •r^-qq^qrg^g^ and seat of state. Stab 1. v. $q rtab, 2. acc. to Sch, to suffer; to tolerate; to yield.
| 549 | Stab-ka n. of a place io Tibet. Stab-ka-pa a native of that place or district (Do A. * 3). . $fab-sefi the sap of a tree; Stab-sen causes broken bones to join, and removes rheumatism. I: stabs compliments: уадчдч'ч stabs-hbul-tca to present compliments (Yig. k. 47). II: (cog. to also synonymous with 1. mode, manner, way, measure; sfc ЯЗГЧ to walk in the manner of a lion; 'gw manner of dancing^ v. 2. opportunity, manner of walking ; an opportunity for going; has- tily, speedily ; Yfa'g4** scarcity, dearth. Stabs may be used as a formative, convert- ing the adj. into its related substantive. Stabs-khri bzun-mon kheft n. of a king of Tibet (TY7.). $tab$-bder—^'*^ zlum-bder\№st compliments, felicitations. g* Star for g*^ sta-re q. v. Star-ka or g<% g^T 1. the tree Diospyros embryopt er is or (jtutinosay tho fruit of this tree. 2. a Karsa, a weight=the weight of the dry Tinduka fruit: to be in weight a Tinduka fruit. 2. acc. to authors the black species of walnut, g*’4!^** star- gahi-^in the walnut tree; §tar- skogs nut-shell; g^’^’ star-sdoft walnut tree. star-ica pf. and fut. imp. 1. to file on a string, e.g., pearls; to tie, fasten to; g^’^id. 2. to clean, to polish. 3. (Sch.) to ornament. Star-bu or g^'§^ the berries of Hippophae rhamnoides, a shrub very frequent in Tibet, esp. near river- beds in the Indus and Sutlej districts of W. Tib. Syn. sprin-gyi rba-can; me tdan-ma ; Ч’ч’ч1’3^ yul-ga skyur (Mfion.). ^’4 sti-гса pf. bstis^ fut. 4$ bsti, imp. stis 1. to rest, to repose, to refresh one’s self ; a resting place. 2. to honour; sbst. respect, reverence, honour; g’g^’SV* to honour a person, to show a person honour. C\ service. C\ stifi-wa pf. 4g^ bstiAs, fut. Ag*’ imp. g^M to rebuke, scold, abuse. ex Stib-pa or to offer (sacrifice) (Jd.). stim-pa, pf. bstirns, fut. 4gw bstini, imp. stints, prop. vb. causative f0 to enter, to penetrate, per- vade, to be absorbed in : thugs chos-nid-kyi kloA-du stint the soul is absorbed in the expanse of the spirit (*^5). Stu the vulgar torm for a woman’s private parts. stag-pa or g**]^’4 1. ordure, excrement. 2. thickness, deusity. 3. a wind, flatulence. §^^о=з<1]'25 thick, opaque, solid, dense. vnrg«]*< really or solidly noble, an epithet of Buddha.
I 550 ^E-1 flog-min the highest of the Buddhist heavens. $tud-pa pf. and fut. to repeat, to reiterate, to give, offer repeatedly (medicine, food, etc.): if it is repeated; repeated sneezing ensues; to be always ill (Sch.) ; cf. (from Jd.). gV stun-pa pf. and fut. to agree; to he accordant with. stun-gin an iron-club. $tub-pa 1. in Ld. for sgQ’a tyub-pa [Jd.). 2. same as tfub&pa to cut into pieces (4 qaJta-bu like moat). jS $te (т£г) an affix for the gerund, inst. of after % and vowels, v. As $ contains the copula it may be added also to other words than verbs, e.g., khyod-rig§ che-shiil mtho-iva §te as vou are of high and noble extraction; like it is also used for namely, to wit, videlicet (viz.), that is to say, esp. before translations of foreign words and names. After an enumeration of several things it serves to point back, or to comprise: 3, % **1» Л the six letters <% *, ete. Xthe three signs as 0,1, and e. as to tho being now, in seven days, i.e., in seven days from to-day (Dzl.) (from Jd). As a gernndial affix ? or is most coiTectly annexed to the present tense only, while forms the perf. or pluperf. gerund. $1е-ро = $Ъ stchu an axe with its blade athwart the handle used by Indian and Tibetan carpenters; § $te-ltag the back of the axe; ste-yu its handle; ste-kha its edge. stc-bshog gton-wa to smooth, to hew with the axe (7aj. Stcgs I: a bridge over narrow gaps or along precipitous paths, torrents, &c.; fig. the saints or sages by whose agency men are led out of this world to Nirvana: those lamas have spiritually descend- ed by tho connecting bridge of those who have gained sainthood (A. 1/2). II: also sbst. a rest, support, upholder, shelf, etc.; book-stand, bookshelf; a board, stool, bench, to sit on (Csl); «134a board to place things on (Cs.); or gsol-stegs dining table (Schtr.); stool, portable resting stick for sitting on. a candle-stick. $teg$-bu 1. a turret where spar- rows make their nests. 2. ^teg^bn ya-tha occurs in ; in thesame work §4^*3’4 8teg$-bi( ma-tha occurs in §4^’ (D.R.). eft ^4, ^5* that which в above, tho upper part, top, surface: $ten-gi uam-mkhah the heavens above; §^14” the zenith; §*’*4 above and below; the demons of the upper and nether regions; §^’3)’^4’^ - the upper world; the heavens; an epithet of Vishnu; $teft-§kye$, lit. that grows upwards; met. a tree. (Milon.); $/en-§Ay0& a canopy; upper story of a house, garret; upper cover, cover. In Gram. §*’44 and *«]'44 a surmounting and subjoined letter respec- tively (Yig. к. 1). §*4^’ sten-hthun lit. that drinks or draws nourishment from above; fig. the
К41 551 fr/ water-lily. g^ the white species of water-lily. stcn-du and sten-na adv.=up- wards, etc.; and as postp.: above, on the surface, upon; also besides, in addition to. Sten-du hdren ’У^Ч^ drawn upwards, promoted; also thrown upwards. sten-du hdseg-pa ^4 to ascend, ascending, climbing; sten-nas down from. steft-hphiir dicafi-po an epi- thet of the god Mahadeva (Mnon.). the moon (Mnon.). §tcn-hbar~w*\^ than-pa drought, want of rain (Mnon.). sten-gyogs=^'^ the upper garment of a religious mendi- cant; also=shogs~ma the upper covering. sten-pa, pf. and fut. imp. 1. to keep close to, to adhere to, to retain to depend upon; akin to ^’4 but c. accus.: q to adhere to a learned lama; ’^4 cho§ dam-pahi khoti $man §ten shig keep to the internal medicine of the holy doctrine. 2. to side with ; partake of; serve; sten-byed- pa or to serve reverentially or respectfully (Mnon.). pm stem-pa, pf. and fut. seems to occur in popular Hterature and in colloq. with the sense of—to shut or fasten (a door), to block it with a beam or bar. stems curse, cf. S5 byad. (?) stehu ka-ma w a kind of missile, stehu-stcig тля a searp arrow, v. ste-po. Ster-ica, pf. and fut. 1. to grant, to give, to bestow: gave remuneration or much bakshish; ’<!48’§xs to grant to come indoors. 2. in IF. in a special sense: to give (^*$'H) to eat or to drink, to feed (animals, infants) (Jd.). Ster-гса is the common colloq. for to give in C. Tib. just as in W. is always used. ster-dug hjug-pa to make orcause one to give; §^‘*45 willing or wishing to give; for the purpose of giving, bestowing. ster-sgo 1. aid, contribution; al- lowance, expenditure. 2. dowry, presents made by parent to daughter on giving her away in marriage. * Stes-dban ways, or means, good manners. by the power of fate (Schtri). stes force, motion (A. K. 1-48). Sto n. of a tribe in Tibet (Jig.). sto-thag a rope (Sch.). ?sto-ra W\ a circle of dancers (Jd.). ^'4 sto-гса most frq. in colloq. phrase; ( = it does not matter, it makes no difference, it is all the same. it does not matter if they die; what does it matter if they die ? (Jd.). Ston I: n. of a tribe in Tibet (J. Zan J II: 1. or a thousand; j^-cjg'4 the Mahayana scriptures composing a hundred thousand s'loka. 4 the three thousands/ viz., (a) (b) (<?) 2. a fine for manslaughter to be paid
552 in money or in goods to the relatives of the person killed; '^’B5’q to propor- tion this fine to the rank of the man killed (Ja). stoft-dpon a commander over a thousand soldiers: “ now-a-days he is called Mdah-dpon.” seft-gehi rtsal-ni dgu-daft rab-ldan shin blo-ldan hphrul-che khe-nen rig-jya daft, go-bsra rptshou-rno dpah rta- ipgyog$-pahi, mi-de hjig-rten hdi-na $toft dpon yin that man is a commander over a thousand men in this world who, riding on a swift charger, has a sharp weapon and a coat of mail; he possesses the nine adroitnesses of the lion, is very intellectual and miraculously skilful as well as noble. Stoft-khun n. of an ancient king of China the fame of whose wealth was known in India even in Atis'a’s time. JVI* r$ya- nag stoft-khuft rgyal-pohi loft$-$pyod dan hdra-ica yod gsuft they say his wealth was like that of Tong-khung Emperor of China (Л. 26). hkhor-lo 1. a wheel with a thousand spokes (of fabulous properties). 2. n. of an incarnate Lama of the monastery of Ston-hkhor near Koko Nor in Amdo. §toft-khyab nag-mo = n. of a wrathful Bon deity. stoft-eha Z3?*T empty, vacant. ^'3^ Ston-thun 1. n. of a mythological king. 2. a number (Ya-sei. 60). ^£’4 ston-pa Z£S, я$г, empty, void, hollow; clear, blank ; barren, with- out substance: the room is empty; ядя* secret incantations having been recited by the saint, as the small-pox was subdued, the pustules were removed and the body of the girl became clear. a desert plain; blank paper; a rocky deseit; a desolate valley; a man without any thing to carry; an empty house; a desert place with mountains only; mi empty vessel; the void space (sty)- Syn. g£og-gsob\ yanta fyrla; §iiin-po ined; frbrai busstofi (Mfton.). $toft-pa la reg-pa=^\\ no- thing (mystic) (А. да. p 28). ^toft-pa fiid^^M Z3?W, emptiness, the void, vacuity; non- existence, unreality, the false or illusory nature of all things or existence. Of this we read: it signifies that no object in this world is absolute, i.e., simple in its nature. In Budh. metaphysics there are described eighteen kinds of Qunyata or voidness :—(1) ^*^’q‘ (2) B'?VM5 (3) Bv’^’MS (4) zj-тат zsRm; (5) MS (6) qwi- 3J?W; (7) (8) ^’MS (9)wk* Ц0) (Ц) (12) (13) (14) ^FWzaFSHT; (15) . ^-^oiN’q fq'MS ; 16) s^'^vq-^Vi WcngaiHT; (17) Ц8)
I 553 I stofi-byed expenses, expenditure, or called *wg<i| ab-phrug in Khams and in $ag-rofi, a general commanding one thousand soldiers. $tofi-zad la tshe-skyel-ica to sqander, waste one’s life. §tofi-zil or also called W Corydalis meifolia (Ja.) it subdues infectious fevers, etc. ^с/ц|^сл1 Stofl-g$ofts n. of a place in lower Takpo or Dways-sman (Vl**’^) (Rtsii.). stoftsob hollow like chaff, very worthless; bloated; sponge-like. $tofts-grogs 1. adj. help, co- operation, assistance (Mnon.): though he visited a place where there were no men, yet he was be-friended by gods and Nag as (D.R.). 2. sbst. a companion, a helper: ^'*£5* is a companion of those who act religiously (Mil. F- 262). ston$-pa 1. pf. fut. to accompany: I die without anything accompanying me. 2. to make empty; to be empty, to become waste or desolate: 'V, your own place becoming desolate; to have become nearly empty; was almost spent or exhausted; q^F^'X ruins forsaken by men; ^^’4 to level with the ground, to raze, to demolish entirely [from (J#.).] $ton$~bskal or the period during which no Buddha appears; a state of unhappiness-or q, v. рЯ’ч khom-pa. stod hw the upper, higher, fore, foimer part (of a thing): S ‘?5 resp. the upper part of the body; the first portion of the night. stoLskor or a waist- coat. stod-khun §de-lna the five sub- districts in the district of Toi-lung (Deb. ^21). stod-khog or ^5’5 the upper part of the carcase (Sell}. stod-khebs a sort of frill or ruffle of the lamas. stod-gos over-coat, upper gar- ment. stod-hgag doublet woru by lamas without sleeves. Stod Mnah-ris skor- gsum three districts in W. or upper Tibet. * stod-za catechu, the resin of Acacia catechu (Tib. sen-lden). stod-thufi a short coat. §tod-phyogs the region about the Kailas mountains, in W. or upper Tibet. stod-hbrel n. of a commentary written iu upper West Tibet. §tot-phur=wfi4 the polar star. stod-smad the upper and the lower pait (of anything); also the dimensions; $tod-gyogs lit. cover- ing the upper parts, but is explained as meaning XojVF'fj*V9 (to He) as if tho face were joined to one’s lower parts; also as the lid fits to the lower part of a box. stod-ra (for ?5*Ц) flattering language or speech (Sikk.); cotton cloth imported into Tibet from the direction of Ladak (Rtsii.). Т’З’Й Stod-lun phu-rtsa gye-mo district N. W. of Lhasa where is the monastery of Tshor-phug, chief seat of the Kannapa sect (Lon. * £). 71
554 Stod-lufi, Ma-ni Idan- §kyog n. of a place in То-lung {Rtsii.). Stod-lun Tshal-bde a sub- district of Тб-lung of Which tho chief town is Bde-ehen Jong. Stod-luA Mtsho-^mad part of To-lung: at the time of visiting Stod-lun Mtsho-smad {Л, 27). tfod-le* 1. a jacket. 2. the upper or higher pait of a country. §tod-gscr gold fiom upper Tibet. Stod-horStod-sog the Tar- tars of Bokhara and Khoten {Lofi. 12). §tod-pa 1. vb., pf. and fut. to praise, commend, laud; WWW praising of one’s eelf; a self- admirer, self-flatterer; to extol, to glorify (men, gods, etc.), frq. to glorify and praise; praise; mystic words of praise. 2. sbst. tpn praise, eulogy, compliments; complimen- tary phrases, e.g., in letters. iV.2>.—By native writers and teachers the verb in its simplest foim is held to be not <S‘q. ttod-glu hymn of praise. fVq^‘§Vq stod-par byed-pa to praise, to extol; laudable, commendable, worthy of praise. §tod-dbyans the voice of praise. §ton or 1. the autumn: may he live to see a hundred autumns ! s'arata the arrow-gift was formerly the name of autumn tho fruitful season when joy sprang forth {Rtsii.). ston-gyi me-tog the flowers of autumn. tfon-ka zpyod met. the swallow (lit. that pairs in autumn). Syn. ba-mo byehu {Mnon.). fa'P $ton-kha=fyi*\ §ton-ka. §ton-t/iog=^'^ harvest, autumnal crop: ^Y^ iJ'^to gather in the harvest. the instalment of taxes in gold, silver or grain, payable in autumn just after the harvest time in Tibet {Rtsii.). $ton-zla tha-chuA ^rrfb^i the month from the middle of October to the middle of November. §ton-zla hbrin-po from the middlo of September to the middle of October. $ton-zla ra-wa from the middle of August to tho middle of September. Ston-tjafi n. of a district in Tibet containing the monastery of {Ston-Ljafi Bkra-fi$ dgon). ^’4 I: on-pa pf. and fut. 1. to show, indicate. A vb. much used in ordinary talk as well as in books; the person shown anything taking the dat. c. and the object he is shown standing in the accus., e.g., (or please shew me the way to Tashi-lhunpo ; they shewed tho robber captain the provisions which they had. Occurs often with only the proximate object: if it can be pointed out it shall be destroyed ; W 5* Buddha will shew the path of emancipation. 2. to show, exhibit, display: mira-. plos suph as that should be shewn;
555 there was no limit to human life; (2) $Wqg*i pantomime and frolics were dis- played; §5 q the bravery which you have shewn is exhila- rating to me (Ta. 21.13}. Z. to teach, instruct, explain : having taught the girl the doctrine, faith was horn in her; ^M’qrqgq’^’qgY^ neces- sary precepts having been imparted» From this signification of the verb is derived the important sbst. meaning that which has been taught, and, hence, reli- gious tenets and doctrine, and so the Buddhist religion itself in its doctrinal aspect. 4. to exemplify by overt action, to shew faith; to cause to undergo; to inflict: having visited misfortunes on the man. К4 Л: sbst. srii<n, a teacher, esp. a religious teacher, commonly the founder or promulgator of a particular doctrine. Buddha is called *q, the teacher of Bud- dhism, and is the or tea- cher of the Bon tenets. ^’4‘4IV>4I‘3’^5'4 I the Teacher is without an equal, he alone has said the word and what-he has Eaid is certain (K. du.\19T}. ^’^’q^-q $tOn- 2>aht. tetania tho religion of the teacher (Buddhism). The ten teachers of the Bon located in the ten quarters are said to bo the. following:—(1) (2) ; (3) ; (4) ; (5) q (6) ^•q-gq-q*q^W^-^*?5 ; (7) (8) ^q^'q^'^; (9) ^'q’^,|3q' ; (10) (G. Bon. 1). The succession of teachers of the Bon are the following :—(1) appeared in this world when appeared in this world when men lived a hundred thousand years; (3) came into this world when men lived ten thousand years; (4) q'^ appeared in this world when tho duration of human life was five hundred years; (5) came to this world in the ’ present Kalpa when the duration of life is one hundred years. The first attendants of the' great Bon teacher, were the follow- ing :—(1) ; (2) ; (3) (4) gvS ; (5) £'5^’9'^;’ (6) §4^; (7) VT*’ (D.jR.). ston-mun one belonging to tho school of Hoshang Mahayana, the doctrine of absolute inaction. §ton-mo *ггат, festivity, feast, banquet, entertainment: §ton-mo hgyed-pa to distribute the dishes in a feast; S*,c^'3'?5i'R3S’q to distribute the viands of the table to the common people (JZe7.); st on-то hdren-pa to serve a feast; festive entertainment, jubilee; a feast or treat to one’s ears; a religious feast, or feast of charity to the poor (including monks); a periodical feast; feast given at the name-giving ceremony of a child; a feast after settling some important business (Cs.}. §tob-pa <пт pf. 4fq (acc. to C$. pf. and fut. *$q) imp. acc. to Jd to put into another’s mouth, esp. food, to feed; also applied to a mare that shows the grass to her foal; WjHw to press a person to accept a dish, etc. In a more general sense: rising to offer one’s own scat, to make a donation;
556 also to provide a person with every thing within one’s power. gtobf or wsr, «w, Wsr., ufa 1. the semen. 2. strength, vigour, force, prowess, fortitude. powerful; ^am bodily vigour, physical strength; mental strength, more properly moral strength; digestive power. ?x*r^ is a post. p. by means of, through. fwg stob$-(na the five forces: (V SVq^*?q** ’яхт the force of faith; (2^ ^tesx^r force of energy; (3; 5Aq^‘?qN qjfaxsr force of recollection; (4) HHrfxx^T force of contem- plation; (5) force of wisdom. The five ace. to the Bon are :—(1) ^ч’А'^'2Й'1?аэд strength of love; (2) $strength of know- ledge; (3) strength of peace; (4) strength of charity; (o) strength of generosity. ^A*rq§ stobs-fyu a Buddha is he who is possessed of the ten kinds of strength enumerated in the sacred books, viz:—(1) awaq^ wnrqxxr the power of reflection; (2) ^<ач»г^ая power of concentration; (3) |X av sfaqf^xxi power of acquisition ; (4) shttxxt or ^txxxt power of wis- dom; (5) xJwptx^t power of resolute prayer; (6) дтххчт power of creed; (7) g\qMqN ^frxxi power of accomplishment or bringing to pass; (8^ power of changing shape; (9) power of enlightenment; (10) power of setting the wheel of religion in motion. Again we meet with А^’А]-?|Арг aS^astaj or the ten moral virtues of a Tathagata; these are the following:—(1) force of the knowledge of what is possible and impossible; (2) w§x*’q^Bv™RHq5* force of the knowledge of the consequences of actions; (3) Xw-q-jr xrxrfx^ftrarxx^ force of the knowledge of the different disposi- tions of men; (4) FW^o|*r^’qS£A4 итятхтдцтхх^ force of the knowledge of different elements; (5) *г$усй^Ац force of the knowledge of the higher or lower mental powers of men; (6) q3'jfcw nixmfHSifxqqinxxxi force of the knowledge of the progress that leads everywhere ; (7) KtuTTxf^Hfaw- XTTOTX ^TXXXT force of the knowledge of all which concerns the origin of miseries of every kind and which will lead to equanimity, mystic medita- tion, complete emancipation and dhyana; (8) зхргхшти- qjfa^Txxxr force of the knowledge of remembering afterwards former abodes; (9) ^A^T4’^’^4*’ force of the knowledge of birth and death; (10) q^'Wixq- force of the knowledge of the destruction of afflictions. ^AK^j£q^ stobs~kun stabs n. of number (Yasel. 57). jSqM'qg^-q stobs-bskyed-pa ххпхтя the special qualities which Bodhisattvas only can acquire:—(1) ^aS^h-aj^a dran* pahi stabs bskyed-pa xjfxxxnxrx memory; (2) §ГЛК!1 blo-gros kyi HfcTWXR intelli- gence; (3) fWKWnjm discrimina- tion ; (4) 2f^’^-q5 xr^TTWTXR shame; (5)
557 Wl faith; (6) ^Ш- W virtue; (7) physical grace ; (8) self-confidence; (9) the recitation of reli- gious charms; (10) lofi^pyod kyi delightfulness; (11) bodily grace; (12) mental powers; (13) Ё^^’З magical know- ledge; (14) religion; (15) vanquishing evil spirits; (16) WW’3’|q^q55‘4 nan-tan-gyi §fob$ b§kyed-pa assiduity (K, d, Ъ 353), $tob§-b§kyed gsum three producers of bodily vigour: (can,) bath- ing, milk, the meat of the duck—these three quickly produce strength. Stob$-chun a n.* of the’son of king Bimbisara (J, ZafL), §tob$-chen a rammer, pile- driver. Stob^hjig (D, Л.) an epithet of Shin-je the lord of death, acc. to the Bon cult. [Indra, the slayer of Hala]S. stob^ldan — ^Щ ДчПЩ, swsr, T? very powerful; also жтгам an an epithet of Vishnu, Asura or demon. tfobs-tdan Ь$пет$ьп epithet of Кйта (Mfton,), Stob$ ldan-bu the son of Bali. §tob3-ldan-ma a power- ful woman, an amazon. jfcwcr^ $tob&po che HTTW title of a dharanl for causing rain during a drought (K. gu, * 474)* $tob§ maft-po=YN&. iron; = ^’5, with syn. (Mnon.). $tob$-mig n. of a number (Ya-sel, 56) ; я^тжжт another number. j^rw Stobs-bzaft 1. WW n. of the elder brother of Krishna. 2.=41^ spirit, alcohol (Mnon,), Jww* §bob§ bzan-ma fwr n. of a medicinal plant (Mnon,), Stobs-las ят^я courage, intrepi- dity. stor-wa— also to go astray, to be lost ; 5'?^ a child has been lost; lu$~din srog$ stor-ua to lose one’s life; to lose one’s senses; it cannot be lost; SVa,4T?*‘4 to lose an article; 5’ч‘95‘to be misguided, lose one’s character: ’^'ч (Л, 9) when he was losing most cer- tainly the good luck of emancipation; stor-гса rned-pa § $in-tu rgya&par hgyur (Jlbrom. 57) having regained the (thing) lost he will be very pleased. + $tor-khun 1. a mirage. 2. defined as VP or a ditch where all impurities are deposited; also a gutter or drain. tb brta-wa fut. jnwsa pf. to grow wide, expand; be copious, abun- dant. id.; ei§v<rw big with repentance; inflated with passion. q^-Ц brtag-pa examined, v. careful or minute inquiry or investigation, exami- nation ; ii’wqyq’4 examination of dreams; skilful in testing preci- ous stones (Ja.).
558 Mag-pa shut-pa to make in- quiry, invosigatition q^-ur^ btag-yas (SJ***) n. of a number. 555 Mag-dpyad= ^555 examina- tion, careful weighing of all the details of a case, deliberation: 5*4’555 ^^’=^’*215 {Rdsa. Id) if anything bo done without deliberation, ono repents at tho end. Mabrtoyt-pa ртзч 1. dextrous, skilful. 2, fioklo, lightning. Maj a kind of formal curse, which consists in hiding the effigy and name of an enemy in the ground and imploring some deity to kill him: ^?5’ *VT4 to perform that ceremony iJd.\ = gh Ъиг-wa 1. new, recent; sudden. 2. hasto, speed, {Sch.). q$a^orq Man khel-гса to be sure or certain of. vb: steadfast, quiet, steady. q^’4l . Man-pa or 3 ^IT^, irr, irw, Pnu 1. adj. and abstract noun: firm, steadfast, safe. 2. firmness; to last, hold out, abide, continue; q^’q-^q q acquire firmness and durability; ^’ЧКЯ§к«Цо become firm. ч5УЗ’д5 Man gyi $kyid a continued or abiding happiness; 5£^'453i firm strength, their strength is holding out; to watch, keep, preserve carefully; qjY^’-^ ho knew his word to bo inviol- able; because he firmly kept his word; eternal welfare, everlasting happiness; 55'4q59i'q firmfaith (Ja.). Syn. ^5’^ hbaj-pa; gna§-pa qjsjq-q bcug^pa] mi gyo-wa (fijnon.). II or the earth; В tho physical or material world. III: the fixed star, polar star. Syn. of III: Я’М*' gscr-phur* §tod-phur\ rkafi rteft-bu; snan-ldan $ifi-rta; lugt-bsaA $ky gzah-yi rtan ; ’^4 tgyu- $kar tog; gan rgyal-bu {Шоп.). £J5VcrtJli;’ brfan-pa bzun an epithet of the Asttra lha-min). brtan-pahi cho$ tho enduring religion, f.c., Buddhism. Man-par byas-pa ; fiimly rooted or established. Man-po^*^^ {Шоп.); Man-pohi dreg-pa (mystic); for rdo-dreg§. {Hing. 11). «35Yq^’§5 Man-par bycd causes to be established ; the cstablisher. q53i’§5‘J4 Man byed-ma the goddess of earth; Йthe goddess of the earth who is thoroughly steadfast {D.R.). q^*<£orq Man htshol-гса in if you seek reliability, search for the daughter of a good father. ф q^'syai Man-shal a complimentary address or title of respect to good and honourable man. Man-дуо the animate and inanimate world; <|^‘^^5‘5 gyo signifies animated nature. Man-ma—1. the aggregate of stability {A. IT. 1-28). 2, v.
559 brtabs-pa 2.= Riqsrq to bo afraid of, to apprehend: ^’4’ 4-454^ feared sin {Situ. 75). fertas-pa 1.=^'чд5*ч yar bskyed- pa grown up, anything full blown. 2. to be delighted: (^/7* ^0 I received the note containing the particulars you havo sent together w’ith enclosure of silk scraf, and have been greatly pleased. ’Я4 brhtn-pa=Af-\'4 ^rarfq^ assi- duity, assiduous. 45^ ne§-pa = Ч^$я’5члс/ч1 rash and self-sufficient; brtun-nc§ hjug-pa to be self-confident. brtum-pa чхтжн power, prowess. brtul pf. and fut. of ^’4 {Rdo- rin. 45). + q^q-q brtul-pa or 454'4’4=^4 or Wfl ^5 mild, 'gentle. • 454’55 brtul-phod or 454-55 4=5^4-q^’ ?4*^ 1. a hero, champion; 454-5574' abode oE a hero, a tiger’s den. 2. (^4’ ЙХ) to subdue an enemy in battle. brtul-wa~y^K§*:4 ne-war sbyor^ гса or VqKf4'q 1* to conquer. 2. deport- ment, behaviour {Cs.). 3. diligence, painstaking {Sch.). 454-я brtiil-ma or 454’^ = 14^15 [not bluntedJS. 454-яч д heaven. 454'^я brtul-shugs ян, qf^C, ffawY qfa, qyrqcq 1. vow; aco. to Cs. manner, way of acting. 2. acc, to Sch. exercise of penance; 454’^t5’q or 4545^’^5 to perform such exercises, to do penance. 3. penitent, 454*541^-^ brhil-shugs qfa, an ascetic; one who is penitent; a maker of penance; a sage. Syn. 55’^’ dran-sron; kun-tu rgyu ; q dkah-thub §pyod-pa; чч]' nag b§dam§-pa; gtsan- war gnas-pa {Mnon.). 454’341^’544’ brtul-shiig$ dwan=ffilfa qrq^i any novice monk or disciple of the Hi nay ana school. 454’34]^ brtul-shugs-ma = jj*'4VT# or B*’454p a house-wife {Mnon.). 4^-q brtcn-pa fqqq, v. £r^/=$4|’4 phug-pa a cavern {Mnon.). 4g blta fut. of g’4 we will see, let us see; also sbst. a view, prospect. qg-<YIKq-q blta-na §ditg^pa pleasant to look upon, n. of the city of Indra. 4g‘44’^5 blta-wafai ehed for seeing. qg-4$W4 bUa-wahi rnthah limit of sight; mot. death. Syn. ча&*4 hchi-wa; '^5^ tshe-hdah; 3>’ч5 tshe-hpho ; ч^ ч5 hchi*hpho {Mnon.). 4g’9, blta-bya qmq visible. ЪМаЪз pf. Of g4'4, ^-4gq^q {Situ. 75). bltam$-pa pf. of g«'4=4^4K4 hkhrun§-pa. Syn. дя’ч $kye$-pa \ 4^4*4 btsah-wa; 4^^-q $tsa§-pa {Mnon.). pf* °f lta-гса. blta$-na$ concerning, regarding, as to; used as a postp. with 4
q^rq| 560 q^'X|| btfaft-wa, v. $toft$~pa. ksta<J—^ dog or 'И*’ surface; direction: 4&rK-ge]W4-AjS on tho side of a cool hill (Ya-sel. 38). b$tan, demonstration, expli- cation (Zam. 10). + fetan $kah-ica hard to expli- cate ттгж) a religious work or doctrine. tetan-hgyur a miscellaneous collection of literary works, both sacred and general, consisting of 225 volumes. Very few of tho Tangyur troatisos belong to Tibetan authorship; they are mostly translations into Tibetan from Chinese and Sanskrit texts. A fino copy of this collec- tion is stored at the India office. tetan-rgya$ glifi a monastery presided over by one of the four incarnate lamas of Lhasa from among whom by turn the Rgyal-tshab, i.e.* the Regent of the Dalai Lama, is selected. The monastery stands in the northern quarter of Lhasa within the walls of the city; and the title by which tho lama of Tan-gye-ling is known in Tibot is & Bde-mo Rin- po-che. q^qT^ tefan-bco§ та, >TRR a religious commentary. q^jqT^’QJNAgrq'^ b$tan-bco$ la$ hbynfi- wa rnamt suwfa works relating to the S'astras: (1) don-nwd-kyi bstan-bco$; (2) don-log-gi bstan-Ъсог, (3) don-dafi tdan-pahi b$tan-bco§; (4) tho^-pa Ihur-len-pahi bstan-bco^; (5) 4 rt sod-pa Ihur-len pahi b$tan-bcos; (6) sgrub-pa lhar-len-pahi btfan-bfo$; (7) qp^K/qi^rq?' д^-qlfa fian-gyo dan hbrel-icahi bstan-bco$; (8) fatse bral-gyi btfan-bco§; (9) gdug-Wal $pon- bycd-kyi b$tan-bco$. btfan-pa ЖПЯИ 1. doctrinal toacliing in general. 2. a single doctrine or a system of doctrines, «мгsan$- rgya$-kyi b$tan-pa the doctrine or religion of Buddha; $4^ thub-b$tan for фгч5*яц*<| thub-pahi b$tan-pa id.; 4-*^ ; 8*^ чп-пг; (Intr. J. v. explanation of the real state (of the body of illusion). btfan-pahi tgron-me the lamp of religion, a spiritual guide, a compli- mentary title for a learned lama (Yig. k. 30), btfan-pahi mnah-bdag the lord of religion. VW to the feet of his holiness Qri JVarota—the matchless lord of the profound mystic doctrines (Yig. k. 10). ’ чГнчгсЦ.* to make intelligible, to elucidate. seems to be a name given to certain female subterranean spirits living in mountainous districts. One such, in the expanded history of Gautama, under the title of ’^5’ hdsain-bu-g.lifi-sog$ dwaft-chen gser-gyi tshan-mahi lha-mo, was, after his victory over Mara the devil, cited as a witness to his exploits. In both Milaraspa and Padma Tang-yig, we read of “ the twelve btfan-ma ” Eaid to haunt the upper peaks of Mount Everest. Padma Sambhava cons- tituted them protectors of the Doctrine in that region. Milaraspa speaks also of a or mistress of the twelve bstan-ma whom he describes as a khadoma able to raise mirages before worldly eyes. (v.
| 561 । MU. F, 262). In Rtsii. mention is made of: bstad-mahi gsol-mchod the food offerings for the guardian deity of the monastery of *3^*8^ hbra§-§puns (Dai- pung) called ^‘л. b§tan-rtsis a chronology; dates relative to the year of Buddha’s death ; a follower of Buddhism, a Buddhist; an adherent of a doctrine ; colloq. a destroyer of the doctrine, an obnoxious person. b§tan-ya§ n. of a number. bstan-srufi 1. guardian of the doctrine. 2. a guardian in general. b§tab§-pa=%*iq q^q^*q । gifts having been freely dispensed, food was set forth (Situ. 75). l.to sweep, clean, cleanse ; also adj. nice and elegant. 2. to appreciate; to be aware of (Lif.); t>$tar cheg-pa^pwQ'fy’ty'Q to be able to comprehend, appreciate (Yig„ k. 45). to take rest. bsti-khaft private house, sanctum. + feti-gnas 1. the place of origin, source. Under this term are said to fall: residence; home; lama’s residence; 5’3^’ palace; Vihara or monastery; JflVFvvq Агата grove or park where religious ser- mons are given; 5^’% hermitage, sanctuary, retreat of 2. essence. + q| -q^- respect; bowing, physically shewing respect, (Ya- sel. 3!f). b$ti-mt shuns a fellow religious student. q|c/$4] b st in-1 shig or qfcx$<i| b$tifi$- tshig satire, irony; also reflecting upon conduct in polite language; censure concealed under sweet language. Syn. hphya-tshig; tshig-gis b$tin§ (Situ. 75). c\ b§tir supine of sti-ua. + ^\'$^bstir-med=l. one of the infernal regions, the hell of endless torments. 2. acc. to Jd. restlessness. q|-q bstu-гса to bring together discordant elements; to collect in one heap things unlike one another. The four entities which may be so drawn together qgqS-^’q q^ are:—(1) ; (2) «Kg л fsRjcuf^ar; (3) X^’SS*4 don-la spyod-pa WRT ; (4) WR. bstugs-pa to make lower, to lower (Sch.). bstuiis pf. 3^’4, (Situ. 75). v. b$tun-pa to be compared; w he by skilful compari- son imposed on them (A. 127); W'S^ q^ were compared as to size and height and depth (Yig. к. 1). to attend, wait upon, respectfully, to serve ; qujqrafa lit. being ranged quite closely together, quite huddled together; also sticking most closely (A. K. 111-3). П
562 faten-kdod (pia$ the object or person on which one wishes to rely. bsten^pa 1. pf. of tfen-pa. 2. sbst. wsr, vb. v. confidence ; = qTv4 6rton-pa (Ja.). b$ten*bya one to be served, waited upon. £sten-Aos ita fit to be respected or served. t^tod-pa 1. (^vq to tether cattle such as horses, sheep, goats, etc. j’WI’WAjS to tether with a string (Situ. 75). 2. eulogium, expres- sion of praise, v. JfS’4 stoibpa. b$tod-ra§ bye&pe prob. *4Kg- §S‘q, to praise, to compliment; in colloq.=or being greatly praised by the learned, noble, and good (A. 126).
Я I: tha the tenth letter of the Tibe- tan alphabet and the second consonant of the dental class. It is the aspirated form of 5 ta; and in English its sound might be found in the word “ Thames.” 1. num. fig. IQ. 2. every thing, all, total (Sck). ЯII: defined as signify- ing foolishness and mental darkness. Я III: In Budh. * tha is the entrance to the cognition of all things, of matter and phenomena: (a) it demonstrates that all things are phenomenal (K. d. 114); (6) it is. sym- bolio of the instability of all things (ДЬит. <4, Ш). tha-ko n. of a fruit, a species of walnut. Г”г^> {Sam. k. 179). tha-skar 1. n. of a con? stellation represented in Buddhist astro- nomy by a. woman on horseback. 2. n. of the goddess presiding over that constel- lation. Syn. S’SJV* rta ldan-ma\ Jbgu- pu gcig-pa; gwu-wahi bu-mo (Rtsi.). tha-skar-gyi bu-gnis УЯЖЧ the two sons of Agvint who are divine physicians. r^’5j’3’q tha-skar-gyi sla-wa the month of Alvina (October). МГЗГЗ tha-skar-gyi na wrf^R the full moon in the month of Agdna. Я’ргс tha-khab a large needle (in Lh.) (Ja.). Я’^’3j tha-ga-na occurs in the work a com- mentary on the description of the names of Tha-ga-na and other, terms of mysticism (Deb. % 27). Я’^’^ tha-ga-pa <F?pru, crwj'wf^ 1. a weaver, one of. the weaving caste in India. 2. in Tib. a term for the ' lowest class (^|^’4) of people. tha-gv=J$4 shi-wa 4^1 peaceful; mild aspect. thargu vulg. Э'д thi-gu a wreath, a short cord or rope; twine for making garlands ; a chain or fetter. tha-guhi lto-сап an epithet of Vishnu on whose belly hang garlands (Mnon.). tha-gu§ Id under the weight of chains; bound by fetters or ropes : V a. man of wicked nature Kes under the weight of the chain of fraud (Khrid. 9). • Я’^ tha-gru acc. to Jd. origi- nally rgya-khyon 1. large- ness, spaciousness; abundance, plenty. 2. acc. to Jd. extent, width, breadth: ^’9’SV4 Mdsam-bu glin-gi tha-gru, kun-la in the whole extent of Jambudvlpa (G/r.).
564 Tdj| Ч'^'^'Ч tha-gru che-ua—^w^ or j’^4 very wide, spacious; extensive. ч ^ цслгч tha-gru yans-pa very spacious, abundant (Шоп.). tha-rgyod obtuse, rounded off (Schf. tha-cad qt 4**5 tha-chad w, sfmsre, base, sordid, vile (Cer. 5)7 Syn. чая tha-ram \ ч’-^щ tha-$al\ nan-pa \ w tha-та (Шоп.). tha-chuft 1. the last month of a season, чdpyid-zla tha-chun the last month of spring, opp. to ra- wa the first month. 2. the youngest of three or more sons : 8^5Ч*’чthe youngest or last two of the nine brothers. $T^ tha-snad 1, = ч^'У lag-pa mfa the hand. 2. seems to be used of a word when employed in some peculiar sense rather than in its strictly etymological meaning; for example, as a proper name. A derived or compounded word can only be called a tha-snad when the idea it expresses does not clearly appear on analysis; ч?\У^ч understanding the sense. 3. designation; metaphor; phrase; *Кч'§5 shes tha-snad-du grags-so so it is said to be styled, conditional truth (Ja.). 4. behaviour, practice, deal- ing, business; pecuniary transaction. 4‘55’q tha-snad-pa WW one who plays at dice; gaining at dice; one who lays stakes at play. tha-snad geig-pa 1. of the same nomenclature. 2. n. of a school of doctrine. 4’555^ tha-snad dbye a writer. tha-thor^^Sf^ thar-ther a few here and there: htshe-fiA §pen-pa tha-thor yod-pa shig there were a few scattered bristles of htshe- fifi (Rdsa. 18). tha-dad-pa=zH'£^ q ma-hdres-pa faa, wafaa distinction, separa- ted, not mixed up together, ч ^*g tha-dad Ina the five kinds of distinctions are :— (1) fa,£r4'*fi difference in the teachers (founders) of religions; (2) *<455 differ- ence in the doctrines taught by them; (3) ’^’4’55 dge-hdun tha-dad difference in the classes of monks; (4) la$ tha- dad difference or varieties in works; (5) w 455 lam tha-dad difference in the ways, different methods or ways of reaching the goal (K. du. 88). 4’W3T**M’W the different sages or schools of sages (Yig. 3). tha-dad bya-wa ci-yin нрпжгтцц what are the various doings or causes ? tha-dad-du separately, variously, apart: ^rrf^r one of the eighteen ч unmixod theories of Buddha (M.V.). tha-dad-du dbye-na if differentiated? also: syntheti- cally, differentially. 45V^’44’q tha-dad- du mi hjug-pa=*\4^'^K4 not differing, not being different, not admitting of differentiation. 4’W5i^ v. 4V$ thar-nu. tha-na 1. polite inquiry at any time regarding a Buddhist monk’s com- forts while he is taking any meal, etc. This forms a part of the training in manners given to monks. 2. even, so far as, up to: чeven having thought that (one) was laughing at. ч
565 even above the smallest insect, s.e., above the ants. 44*| tha-pag^ v. *^5q*| thar-dpag. tha-pi thu-pi confusion, dis- order (Sch,), ягад 1. rigid, hard, compact, firm (J, Zan.). 2.=5*4 thu-wa bad (Mil.). 3.=^’^’ . anger. tha-ba Han-pa liar or flftar one of the stages of yoga (v. 4’3 tha-Ъе a medicinal plant Ter- minalia tomentosa. 4’*«Ц tha-hban cast-off clothes; rags thrown out; from the heap of cast-off rags at the entrance of a house (Pag. 180). tha-ma 1. W’fra», ЧТ®и, VTC, Wi vile, inferior, poor, humble. 2. = t*r w or wn the last, lowest, uttermost; 5’4’»r the lowest class of male is he who is rich in wealth (Jlbrom. 51); the last of several things, with respect to number, time, or rank: the meanest of the carnivorous animals; рД*ч’5г^’*дч the end of every meeting is parting; gnen-gyi tha-ma$ bskor he sees his relations for the last time around him; «гя za$-kyi tha-ma za he eats for the last time (Ja.). ч ^'4 tha-ma-la 1. adv. finally, at last. 2. postp.: at the end of, after=t^4 w tha-mar to the utmost, at the end, lastly; 4W5<|’q tha-mar dge-wa 4fiwnr piety, auspiciousness: В5у^4w^*| yon-tan tha-mar hdug lastly, there was talent (Jlbrom. 51). tha-ma las ww- at the least, at all events, in any case. З’Я’Р tha-ma-kha tobacco: q2 $5| Мс/ц'у§е; J in ancient time about one* hundred years after the Nirvana of Bud- dha, this evil drug called Thamakha appeared (Chu-bzaH. 4|, 1$). Mention is also made of tobacco in the writings of Macig Lab-don dated the 12th century A.D. tha-ma-ga also 4^*| tha-mag 1. is a Mongolian word= Tib. ^Wphyag-dam the official seal, or a warrant containing it; also tablet with the seal of authority : W* 1 the governor Grags-dar having received the warrant of official command from the Emperor Se-chen (Khublai-khan) (J. ZaH.). 2. in W. tobacco. tha-mal-pa ordinary, mean, coarse, vulgar, common, general, usual: 4’W4V^4|-4 to live like the vulgar ; 4M<wfy that is no usual thing, no com- mon or ordinary thing (Jd,). Sl’a>4| or F'*5' vow, promise, solemn word: 5r*pta*g<Y34 forget not, forget not, reflect on your former vows! g^'3'4 ^*j' *|Win thinking closely on thy former rigid vows; In the common saying F'VH'4kha-dpe la tha dqm-tshig the words tha dam-tshig signify solemn vow. tha-ra tho-re in W. wide asunder, wide; 4,«сУЛ,ч^*р tha-ra tho-re bshag-pa to scatter, to throw loosely about
566 4, ^’^Я tha-ram 1. vile, mean: ujj|^«fl-ficq|l<q-q 1 he prayed to Gf en-rab that the vile ones should be laid under chains (Bon). 2: a medicinal herb in ZA., Ptantago major (Ja.) tha-ram hkhru-wa good-par byed the herb t haram stops diarrhoea. 3. the breadth of a plain (&Л.). gtam&pa adj. full. 3 ^tha-ru the utmost limit (Schf.). tha-Ion in IP*, a sort of red cloth ST**P1 tha^al Ггаз, w> Mftra 1. modest, lowly; base, ugly. 2. a mischie- vous person, one who is inferior, cruel, and mischief-making: 4 3'q a ^а^г^аЗ’^^а^ (Ya-sel. 11) now-a-days the incarnations of great and sanctified souls do not make show of great- ness but live in modest, and humble man- ner. §kye$J)u tha-fid nid, a n’er-do-weeL £J^| I: Thag 1. n. of a place in Tibet: Sj-g-U^^ui'Sl'gq’q’w^q?^ at the time he was engaged in the acquirement of per- fection at Rgya-bo in Thag (Deb. 5). 2. for 43* the palato. A^pi thag-h gram= hgram-so fsps the human palate; swelling of the tongue/ II: distance: thag ci-tsam how far; * 4ql ma-thag only now, just now, gen. with a verbal root: § A^wf^'A he that has arrived just now (Glr.); gvq-q^-sr (the passages) that have been ex- plained just now; as an adv. gen. ma thag-tu or only ’<’*’! ma-thag frq., e.g., аз soon as he had heard; de-та thag-tu immediately (from Ja.). thag по-war qt thag>ne*m/o fw? near; proximity;; do. not be familiar, keep .at a distance. 2JS thag ne-sar $dad sit near, in the vicinity. Syn. пеДод;. ne-hkhor; drufi-na-mo; $ gio; ХЧ/5Х tho-hkhor (Mnon.). *4’^ thag-ran fibre from the bark, of plants or trees, &c., v. ran-ma. thag-rin ^3; distance; distant:’ thag-rih-po ma-byed do not make it distant; a neighbour is a hundred times better than a relation residing at. a distance. v.^'a. Syn. *3^ hgyafal rgya&rin; а^ч b$kal; ^‘^'A chcs^riArtca (Mnon.). thag-rin-po от thag rin-mo far distant, a great distance; sa-thag rin a far or remote country. thag rin-po na§ from afar, from a distance. 44l'q1^5’q thag gcod-pa vb. a. (*4'X5’A thag chod-pa or ^'*5’4 thag-chad-pa vb. n. or passive) 1. to cut the cord, sever, discon- nect; to abandon: a1?)’)’^V'^’441’A*S’a*v A* bdag nc-du dan hbrel-thag bcad-pa$ bde I am glad at having severed the connection with my family; a5A’«t«5 the hope of going has been given up. Acc. to. S.chir. K-mpqX’V4 ho-thag. gcod-pa^to wean (a child); blo-thag ehod deliberation is cut off, the matter is decided or resolved upon. 2. to decide, resolve, determine : jq qqTjc/AV^’AyYA it was determined to murder the king; A'^ if you both positively refuse to give me a wife. to be sure, to decide, be certain: ?wiWpwV1 as it is quite certain that he has died; ^5’**f*S yod thag-chod
567 I there are certainly: chos dar hofi. thag-chod it is quite certain that religion will spread; being immovable in contemplation. thag bead-pa is same as Ч* {чин decided, finished. €^,3ч|н,^,«гй‘ fia-ni phyogs de-la mi-thig thag- ehod zer (Rdsa. W). Syn. ЧЗя’д bzlas-pa; phyan-chad (Mfion.). thag-chod certainty; surety, evi- dence: but one should know for certain, one must be sure of it you, the ascetio (yoyZ), 'firm in meditation (Ja.). ф*| thag-thag the noise made by the fingers on a door, etc., an onomotopetic word; ^«r44pq]§vq to knock on or at the door. thag-pa or ччч| 1. до a creeping plant, root 2. ^5 a rope, cord; w 4<q bal-thag .rope made of wool; rtsid- thag rope of the long hair of the Yak; tfsa-thag or Wapfl] phon-thag rope of grass ; kags-thag iron-chain, wire- rope ; wvif ra§-thag cotton-rope, bandage (Jd.). чч|’йч| thag-mig mesh of a net (&A.); thag-zo rope-work; rope maker’s work; чч|'Щ*д«гяЗк/л thag-khra sbrul-mthOn-wa lit. mistaking a spotted string for a snake; fig. to be helpless, to be very afraid of. 4qw to be attached or tied by a rope (Jt. X*1-16). we shall watch, defend- ing you in all sincerity (Suran. 124). ч<т|-сгч]*|я thag-pa gsum fig. the three fet- ters : (1) Йч|$мгч$*^*ччр1§вг to preserve an undisturbed or undeviated memory; (2) for a long time to remain Я^' unagitated and without expressing pain; (3) to sit still for a long time unmoved (Bon). 44]'gj thag-gru—XQ tha-gru. ччрчр^ thag-hgyans — thag-rin distant, remote; also late. *гч]^’чч[’ядслг important cases of long-suffering patients coming frbm a distance (D. jeZ. 11). thag-ma^w^ hjam-pa or 4])^q gncn-pa soft or fine (of cloth, woollens, etc.); of the two kinds of grey (woollens) of fine texture (Jig.). 44|’wXq Thag-bzan rig an epithet of the lord of the Asura or 'fy demi-gods. S|4p4 thugs texture, web. ччрг$'| thags-kyi rgyu any stuff with which to weave, warp. ччрг|5 thagg-khri чти weaver’s loom. чч]*гя|^ thags-mkhan «Р'ЗЯга 1. the spider, a weaver. 2. XV4«qq tsher hthag a fence of thorny plants (Mnon.). яч|М'я^’чд ihagg-mkhan hbu lit. the weav- ing insect; a spider. чч^-^-д thag-sgru bu or 5*3 gru-gu balls of thread or yam to weave with. ччргХчр! thags-thogs impediments (Cs.). 44|<T444)-q thagg hthag-pa 1. to weave. 2.=44]4,4<i«|,wp^ thags hthag-mkhan a weaver. ччцг^звгя thags §nal-ma thread or yam. ччргд^ thagwpun WX thread stretched cross-wise in weaving. 44pvg3f§5’q thag§*bran byed-pa to begin the warp (Ja.). ччщл thags-ra weaver’s yard. + ччцгч^ thags-run^^wi tyags-pa attached, tied, bound, fastened.
568 ЧЕ' | than 1: = Ч5’^Ч skad-cig а moment, an instant; чс/*|$ч| thafi-gcig one moment, a very short time; чс/ччрчд^ч momentary; ^'чч* t$hig-thaft one moment; ч^чс.- fyhi-thaft four mo- ments; чс?£я ihan-tsam—4£\&* or a little while. II: 1. a plain, steppe ; but the Tibetan plain is never level and always of a basin-like or hollowed configuration. Bp’ чч* gram-thaft a fenny or swampy plain (C^.). Э^чч’ $pan-than a green grassy plain, meadow; ^’чсг rtsa-than steppe; З^чс/ Byah-than the northern steppes of Tibet, commonly called the Jang-thang. §'чг bye-than sandy plain or desert. Кч’чсг hol- than ground covered with clover, pasture ground, grassy plain, (Jd.) ;-*РГч*’ $ag-thaft a gravelly plain. 2. when used with the word than signifies price, value. It is also used plcon. К^-чсг id. Х^чсг^ rin- thaft-can dear, precious; Ч^чс; yon-thaft in W. income, profit; in C. = the measure of anything. Ч’чь- to-1 haft the measure of produce, i.e.., grain; also yearly tribute; й5 че.’ч]?5’ч lo-than gcod-pa to fix yearly tribute; rza-than (a person’s) measure of food taken at each meal; capability of eating. 3. clear, serene: ^я’чч’ nam-than a cloudless sky, fine weather; ччр’ч^* bkah- than clear order or command ; чк?8)ч| thaft- yig plain or clear decree or order. ч^я*чс;8|ч| pad-ma than-yig is the abridged collection of legends about Padma Sambhava. 4. чч- thaft in signifies potion, plain decoction, or mixture to be drunk after a medicinal pill has been taken; * чс? ja-tha ft plain tea. ^’чч* rkan-than on foot (<7Й.). чч’Ч] thaft-ka or чч*ч| th aft-да 1. a plain, a flat field, alluvial plain. 2. resp. ^ччч* shal-thaft a portrait, a painting ; чч'д thaft- 4E-*| $ku or д’чч* sku-thaft a picture or represen- tation of a deity on cloth or paper. 445^ than-dkar 1. white-tailed eagle (Sch.). 2. a greyhound. 4^’5 Thaft-$kya (lit. white plain), a locality near Lhasa; Ч*^'чч’у^’Ч’^г to tho west of Lhasa in that place there was a monas- tery called Than^kya dgon-pa (Deb. % 18). чс/дп] thaft-khrag cedar used medicinally (Med?). чччч| than-rag colloq. of чч*|дч] thaft- khrag. чс/чд thaft-hbru ceder nuts (Sch.). ч^’^ч* than-khrun 1. bastard (Sch.). 2.= чч*$ thaft-chu. • * чч'дя than khrom v^fk=44*§w thaft- phrom a medicinal herb of white and black species; bears the thorn-apple used for intestinal worms. чч'^ thaft-chu gum. Syn. VW SffN dpal-go§ (Mnon.); ^4 tshi- wa (Med.). чч-$ч^ч*а Thaft-chuft gtsaft-po n. of a river passing by Thang Chung in Tibet (Deb. % <%)♦ чч-дч- thaft-braft lit. a place in a plain, an encampment on a ‘plain: $ч*Й 5-Чч-дчч^*гчач]и at night he stayed encamping in a (dried) water-course (A. UY 44**r»rJ^ Thaft-ma me-sgron an epithet of a deity of the Bon pantheon resembling Maitreyain his attributes: цзеч’^-чьчч,й'^’3’^’чХ-ч2^Эс‘’ between the chief great teacher Kunzang and Thaft-ma me-sgron there arose eighteen (B. grub. 1). ччяч than-mar (lit. tree-butter or oil) a balsam ; acc. to Cs. tar. ч^* thaft-tshwa salt obtained from a dry place, quarried salt: чч^’^4^4^’4’ 5S rock-salt (collected from dry places)
569 *51 soothes evil-spirits and produces the three evils—phlegm, bile and wind (Med.). 4^4^14 thafi-gshal—^'^w thafi-hjal survey; map or plan of a place (ffrsu.). 4*<4^ thafi-gshi=Jfy^' price, market- price ; reduction of the cost price: the market price abates (Jd.). thafi-po enduring, able to stand fatigue; able and hardy, strong, tense; fig. tight, firm, also tenseness: 4|3<Ч*гц’4* ihafi-fiam are you strong? than gcod-pa to tire, fatigue. **5*ч thafi chad-pa or thafi chod- pa fatigue ; to be fatigued, tired, wearied. Syn. fial-wa\ yrq dub-pa non-mofi$-pa (Mnon.). чсл4|’ч[^4 thafi-fa gcod-pa to strain, to stretch : exert yourself on the side of virtue (D.Z?.). 4*§5 thafi-lhod tight and loose; the fit of clothing. 4='*^5'^5’q thafi-lhod med-pa neither strict nor mild or relaxed. ^*** (D. gel. 11) as to arriving at detail, making the investi- gations without relaxation or strictness. 4*3 Thafi-ju n. of one the emperors of China of the great T’an dynasty. Than-the juft emperor T’aijung whose daughter was married to king Srofibtsan $gam-po about the year 633 A. D. 4*3* thafi-thufi^^'4* inferior, unim- portant ; included in the inferior class of artizans (Rtsii.). ч*^ thafi-du 1. in the opinion of ; 5**5* 54j^4^5’3*q-q$'4*^ although little reliable hope remained, yet in the opinion of some (J, Zaft.). 2. for 4*S}4|‘5 thafi- y'g-tu. + 4*4 thafi-la^^^'^ bkram-pa spread over. че.’3* thafi-qifi fir, pine; deodar tree. Syn. ^554^5 bcud-hdsin; 4*$’-^* thafi- chu-gifi; ljon-pa ser-po; 4]W^e. gsom*gifi (l}[fion.). Thafi-sag n. of a district in Phanyul, W. N. W. of Lhasa (Lofi. * 11). thafi-thafi strained to utmost: 4'4* че. qa-thafi-thafi to the utmost of one’s muscles. thad 1. aside, in one direction. $4* 5p4'4V445*54 leaving aside body and soul, e.g., sacrificing his body and soul (for the sake of his religion). ^*$*45'§ situated on the direct west of it (A. 65); ^•45'5^5 cut off from the flesh only. 2. in C. entire, whole, untouched (Ja.).. 454 thad-ka 1. the direction, straight forward. §*5**<4V'45’’4'4W$5^ upward and downward, and in every direction; §* Кч|,Ч54’ч straight upward and downward: from the direction where Atis'a resided were noises and voices in the distance (A. 27) ; • 45 *p3j go straight on, in the direction of that which moves or walks horizontally, i.e., • 454^ч£ч]'^5'§4Л^ thad-kahi hjig-rten-gyi khamt the animal kingdom; one of the twenty-four regions of the world (M.V.). 454^ thad-kar each for himself (Glr.) (Ja.). 45*3 thaj-kya or 454*4 thad-kar la 1. straight on; just so, iu eolloq. 2. = ^43 de-hdra like that, so. 45*5*3 thad-dgu n. of a number (Ya-sel. 56). 73
^1 570 tha^-chi towards, in straight direc- чоп; over against, in presence of; exactly in the direction of a thing. thad-dran straight, not bent or < .nkcd: two doors directly opposite to obq another illumined the inside spaco (Jig.). thad dran-na directly ahead. thad-do the remnant of the car- use of a sheep killed. 5]^ thamd abbr. of tham$-cad vhole, all. Spj than — ^ a reply (csp. in the dialect >f Upper Tibet'» ; чучдч than Ь§киг=-°&\ q^-q fan-bskur-ica to cend a reply : again having gone there) and come down back, he could not ^end a reply (A. 15). than-kor or than-§kor—^'^\ flnw a vassal or feudatory chief; ac . 11 S'*h, Furrounding country. than-thun a little (Sch.). = rain- hssness, drought, want of rain; also omi- nous : if the king (Cikravartti-raja\ feels thirsty, drought comes into this world (A. 26). Syn. 4|V,r3’fi^<’l*1’4 g.nam-gyi hjig§-})a \ W3 дпмп-gyi $kyon ; char- m'd sfcn-hbar\ tsha-icas-m n ; qgS mu-де fakyed*, shod-kyi b'icgx} gnam-gyi ncr-htsh' ; gnam-dmag (Mfion.). than-bya lit. the bird of drought, .<., of ominous appearance and cry, de- fined as ’^’3 the owl and other monster birds the cry of )f which prognosticates evil. $J£J thab or itflA me-thab 1. resp. gsol-thab fire-place, hearth; gqpm leags-thab iron-stove; thab-$or the hearth is running over, i.e., the food placed on it rims over in boiling; Ito* thab a hearth to cook food; § sbyin sreg gi thab an oven to burn sacrificial offerings; чл’Вthe burnt clay of a hearth purges intestinal worms (Med.). thab-ka or w? tkab-kha health, fire-place; thab-ka tsam-yod how many fire-places, i.e., house- holds, are there? (Jd?). eqfrql^-qq then the female Band£ pre- pared a health for cooking food for the lord (Atis'a) (A. 103). Syn. thab-sgy’#', 15'9 Sgyid-bw, gyo^-thab; me-thab; gyo$ s a (Mfton.). thabka-ica or W’F,q thab kha-pa — ma-chen a cook. Syn. lag-bde ; hdren-thafi ; ди)-^q q chag-tshafi-ica; za^-gner; ^za^-hyed] htshed-byed-ma\ zaa-ma; gyo^-ma ; thab ka-p>a; gyo?-dpoa; lag-bdehi dpon-po (Mnon.). eq’fwj thab-khaj different kinds of health : qq-p^q-ZJ-^^q-ei there were many kinds of hearths (Rtsii.). qq-pf thab-kha^ kitchon, cook- honse= thab-ishan. Syn. tshai\-bah \ ^STf4^’ bsro-khan ; gyo^-khan; htshod-pahi; gno$\ gsol-khaft (Mnon.). thdb-khro a cauldron dr large bell- metal vessel to cook food, tea etc. thab-$gyid=W*\ 'thab-ka hearth, a cooking tripod. sq'|j« thab-yfrom a chest or basket wherein cook’s utensils, etc., are kept
t]iag gdan-cha cooking furniture, utensils, etc. чсгчу thab-bsii receiving a great man by waiting on the way he comes with cooking appliances, etc., to serve him with warm tea and cooked food. thab-lha the deity presiding over the health. If milk or broth boil over, he must be appeased by casting butter in the fire; and, often, by more elaborate ceremonial, sometimes even by digging up the hearth. ад Thab-lha se-gar n. of a hearth-god. ад ад thab-thdb flapping noise: ^ ч’ад’ go д-ра thab-ihab lan-gsum bya§ its wings thrice flapped (Rdsa. 17). thab-thib (^ад) n. of a large number. SPW thab§ 'зчги, uU, 1. opportunity, chance, possibility: or ^огадчргд*' I had no opportunity of seeing or going; iu if you offer no chance, if on your part it is not made possible; I am not able, I cannot; ’^’чад’^ there will be no chance of bringing (the princess); tf^qS* there is no chance of escaping; wr there is no occasion for tarrying on the road, thab$-gshi the four resources are the following:—(1) сгё5'^ч5’ад^ (2) ад-я^'Х^В^'ч^'^-чад, (3) ^^^'^’Э^’чад, (4) чад. 2. way, .manner, mode : way of reading; 5^’чад in a- thievish manner, by theft; ^^’чад’^сч to give up the way (of life) of a king, i.e., to renounce royalty, чад'^ч]^ thabs gcig-tii together, in company with; чад'Л]$4]'§*цзчрг^ jointly 571 । sat down, stayed, resided in company; чад’ going together to a place. 3. means, measures: ад*г§5'Ц to use means, to take measures; by (various) means; дрчад’^'Ц’с! to contrive means, ч^’чад livelihood, subsistence; ^'ч5’чад*В<1 by pa- cific means, amicably, in a fair way; чад’ or чад’-?рт skilful, dexter- ous, clever, full of devices; адк*Ц thab§- min a stupid man who has no resources, resourceless : now take steps, make preparations, for a journey to Tibet; is there a means of recalling these men to life ? 4. cho-ga ritualistic observances, mystical operations; чад’В^’чЖ^’^*]^ thab$-kyi* gshan-nor hgug§-pa drawn (gathered) another’s wealth by (occult) means ; чад- В’^'3]ад thab^-kyi rnam-gran$ enumeration of skilful means (K. d. м 265); чад’В’ M'X'q’g’^'q thab-kyi j)ha-rol-ta ph у in-pa the supreme skilfulness in resources. чад-аа] = вчог*г'ч a shift, makeshift, surrogate. thabs-dan ges-rab=*№3\^ 1. ritual and divine knowledge. 2. ace. to Jd. the mystical union of art and science; acc. to Sch. of matter and spirit (cf. Was. Ш). чад^чщ ^a^-r6^=Q,N 4K’*l^q la$-tkan med-pa having no spirit for work or no ability to do any work; stupid, always blundering. чад'/агар^ thab^-la mkha$-pa ready in contrivance; possessed of resources. чад^^-^ thab§-la rnkha^-pahi mdo n. of a sutra on skilful means in K. d. ъ 405.
Я*ГЧ]| 572 4W41 ччч ч» thabi-lam ’ячпгнпт a resource. thab$-$ej [dan-pa ’дцтцц possessed of resources [A. K. 1-4). Thab$-$e$ bdag-rdd ^Ж = 5чч ^4'5Aj®4'iS Kiilachakra doctrine. tham-ga or W”| tham-ka a seal, sign (Cs.); incorrect forms ч'Я’Ч] tha-ma-ga aud « tha-mag^ v. V<’F dam-kha. thani-tham or tham тмса uucorrectcd, scattered, dispersed. tham-tham l>yed-pa~°&w fythain-pa (Jd.). t ham-pa (sometimes them-pa) complete, full—almost exclusively used as a pleonastic addition to the tens up to a hundred. tham-lag^9*^ man-fiag precept, moral instruction. tham$-cad ЯЖ, sbst. and adj. the whole, all; added to tho singular number it gives a plural sense: the whole empire; the whole body ails; г55’3’->**гчмг$\ all the copper of Tibet; all those; 3^all of them ono by one; tham$-ca$-kyi thami-cad яй: or all in all; everything out of the whole. Thami-cad §kyob§ (Vis'vabhu) the third of the six earthly Buddhas, who succeeded each other prior to the appear- ance of Shakyamuni. tham§-cad mkhyen-pa = ^’ * the omniscient, the all-knower, an epithet of Buddhas and Bodhisattvas. The incarnate lamas of Tibet are also by courtesy addressed by this title. tham$-cad sgrol 1. a general epithet of Buddha, lit. the deliverer of the universe. 2. Vis'vantara, name of a prince believed to have been Buddha Gautama in his last-but-one birth. tham$-cad rtogs~*W'^u$3pi fawtfa a general epithet of Buddhas and Bodhisattvas. thami-cad mthofi, lit. the all-seeing; an epithet of Buddha. tham-cad rnam-par hbyed renouncing or giving up every thing. thamt cad-pa ^чч?т, all. thami-cad tshe at all times; also, frequently (Л. K. 1-2). thams-ca# epithet of Bodhisattvas of higher order like Avalokites'vara. Thana-cad yod- par imra-wahi sde-^dun the seven sections of the SarvSstivadin school of early Bud- dhism (1) Mahis'asaka, (2) w ч Kas’yapiya, (3) Dharma gupta, (4) ^5^’^ Tamra s'itiya, (5) 4 Vibhajya vadin, (6) ц Bahu- s'rutiya, (7) Mulasarvfistivada. thams-cad la$ hda$ passed beyond all, out of the reach of all. гретгзт n. of a mystical treatise con- taining metaphysical discussions on the nature of the soul, etc. (7Г. g. 3 207). tham$-pa 1. to lock together, to hold fast with the arms, either in love, or with anger. so th ami-pa lock-jaw. 2. to stick fast; to stick fast in sand: there was heard the cry of a lagomys mouse clinging fast
573 to the wall behind Atis'a’s back (A. 106). Thahi-gafl Lohu-kyun in Chinese = ^athe most excellent; or spf’^’AvyR the chief lord; epithets of the founder of Taoism {Grub. ч 14), thahu 1. capsule (Vai-$fi.). 2. peach (JF7s.). tkar for ч^ЗХ thar-thor. tha) chuft-pa=&^ khron-bu a small well (mystic) {Mifi-rda.). thar-thor scatteredly, not together. Syn. чЛХЧ tha-re tho-re\ VvXa thor re-wa; T^A co le-ica {Mfton.). 4^ thar-nu a kind of medicinal root used as a purgative: Thar-nu cures all disease caused by heat and cold {Med.). Syn. V# re-mo \ K ne-wahi re- mo can; А^*§\я bde byed-ma; R’A*^ khu-wa Idanx tha-dadphreft-ldan ; ЪиМphreft-ldan; ’ЗДА char-hbab ; S’aS’ *5’^ byi-wahi lo-ma {Mfton.). I: Thar-pa n. of a place near Dong-tee in Tibet. *w«£a, n. of a Sanskrit scholar of Tibet who belonged to Tharpa. SIV4 II: far, 1. freedom, salvation, liberty, eman- cipation, Nirvana, supreme happiness, escape: ч^аг^гя^ it will be serviceable for (my) liberty {Ja.). чк*>\$’5уГА hell from which there is no escape. 2. adj. free; 4W*jva to become free; 4VAV5^« thar-war byed-pa to make free, liberate, to save. Syn. byaft-grol', shi-wa; 5<СЛ mya-Aan hda$-> ^ ^5 hchi-me<}-, ^’5*1 rnam-grol\ byaft chub-pa; 5^*5 rdul-med‘, 5Q|’S'4 rdul-ЪтаЦ yaft srid-med] don-dam; ftet-legs {Mnon.). 4V4AN thar-thab$ the means of release, liberation; а£^чгчкча« means to escape from prison. Thar-pa chen-pohi mdo the sutra on complete deliverance of the soul {K. d. 328). thar-pahi blo-gro^—^'^tho inclination for liberation; the metaphysi- cal conclusions of religion; n. of a meta- physical work {Mnon.). gvA' thar-po old, worn out; И’А rnift- pa, SpH’A rga§ pa {Mfton.), thar-pa bshon-mi n. of a Bon. arch-devil {G. Bon. 22). thar-dpag or ч^аа^ thar-hbag a large plate, dish, platter. thar-гса 1. to be freed, to be liberated, absolved. 2. escape, to get through, to be able to pass; S’^va chu- te thar-wa to get through water: S7$ mi-thar the food cannot pass through. '^VT4 thar-du hjug-pa to set at liberty, to acquit; Х’ч^агА^А’А to pardon (a male- factor), to grant him his life, frq. to let live (animals) {Ja.); ^гч^'ч^А to be saved, fully released, gen. from any further transmigration. ч^ Thar-rtse n. of monastery; also that of the residence of the lama of ^or in Tsang {Вой. 31). ч^чю thar-lam or чка^^я ^fWHrir the way to Nirvana or emancipation.
574 thar-leg$-pa purified; one who has acquired the means to escape sufferings. «к thar-sa plaee of refuge, means of escape; there is no escape. ад /Даг-$оЯ=ад’ч*Хк’ 1. has become old, worn out {Rtsii.). 2. has been saved, has escaped. that the trumpet flower. I: thal-wa w, vf^r, тзт: dust,, powder, ashes; Ч4!4QI (jog-that fire ashes; З^ад thug* that roasted barloy dried and portable; В*ад bya-thal dung of birds; ад'^’ burning embers. ад’& thal-chu lyo, ash-water used instead of soda for making tea. ад’^ thal-chcn ashes of the dead; also a sort of gray earth used for be- daubing the face in masquerades (Mil. ; Ja.). ад^ thal-thag {Ld.) bread baked in ashes; ад’я^Я thal-rydog ash-coloured; thal-j>hyags broom, dusting rag {Sch.). $|ОГЩ 11; = чадч bthal-wa {Cs.) 1. to pass, to pass by, to stop beyond; to miss a mark : ггад’ад’^’ the waves come flowing past {2IH.). 2. to elapse, be passed; to change or pass from: fifty years has been passed (Fat-$«.); changing or turning from blue to red ; a«iabout nine years passed by, whilo he sat in medi- tation single-minded {’Qbro.m. Г* 10-18). pw to be forward in speaking, bold. 3. to go or pass through: to soar up and down before a rock; ад-ад-^Ч’ад^ч^ to pass actually through it (the saints not being subject to the physical laws of matter) ; to shine, to light through: to go straight forward, to act without eeremony or disguise {Jd). 4. to come, to get to, to arrive at: three years elapsed since they arrived; where the parents have gone it is not known; w ад safe arrival; to arrive at: to attain (a blessed state) in a pleasant and speedy manner. 5. to be over, past, finished, done; ад'® it is over, finished; §«г$*ад’® the number sixty is completed; <wwq having disap- peared, vanished; |^дгад he is undone it is all oyer with him; by degrees it vanishes or dies away; ^ад the former agreement is no longer valid {Ja.). ад’в*’ different lengths, one object pro- jecting beyond another; ад’^мя to exceed the due measure {Sch.). ад**Г^ g thal-ka rdo- rje a medicinal fruit; is described as “in shape like a dog’s penis.” ад^Х^’^’^’ Thal-ka rdorje relieves suppura- tions {Med.). I: thal-kar or ад^р a white elephant; n. of the fabulous white elephant with , six tusks; also the leader-elephant in a herd {Yig.). Syn. av^‘Sq*^- gtan-pohi rgyal-po; В'Щ' khyu-yi mgon-po; gty'n- pohi nwhogf^i^^^ spos-kyi glaft-po (jrs- Vfa) {Mnon?). адя§^ thal-bgyur adherence; asso- ciation ; connected language. ад thal-hgyur-pa one belonging to the Pra- saftgika school of the Buddhists. • ад’^я’ад’чд^ that ches-par hgyur Wfawy absence of connection;, absence of.adhej,* ence.
ЧОГ§Д] I 575 thal-kag a slap (on the cheek); 4^‘8ql*S4'4 thal-lcag гдуаЪ-ра to slap on the cheek, to give a box on the ear. thal brdab-pa a clap with the hands (out of joy or scorn). thal-thal a particular number. thal-dre$ n. of a medicinal flower of the lily species; also Anantamula. Syn. 8o-ht8hohi bu-mo; mthah-ya§ rtsa; g §no-safl$ hkhri- $ifi; 2)'^’^ klu-yi lee; те-tog phra- то; ba-glafi bsrufi; gww«i4 §no-8an§ mthah-ya§ (Mnon.). wfqsi thal-phyogs the party victorious in a metaphysical disputation. thal-byi the grey or cat-squirrel. norq^-q thal-bahi snin-po wnnf a kind of sandal wood. wqK*§X thal-war hgyur con- nection. wgq^q thal byufi-hgro~wa 1. to move or walk or rush fearlessly. 2. sbst. a hero. Syn. 5qqdp ah-и: о; hjigs-mcd; 8riin-%tob$-cau (Mnon.). thal-ma through and through (&?Л.). thal-mo the palm of the hand : thal-mo sbyar-tca to fold the palms of the hands in devotion; thal-mo $nan-pa to give a slap on the cheek, or box on the ear; §5 thal-mo thal-icar byed sepa- rated the hands that were joined to show reverence. w«r^t Thal-la tshal n. of a place in Я Ке’ Rag-roA in Kham's: ^'Xv£q^w<4' at Thal-la tshal in ffag-ron rtsibs the chieftain and his subjects fought (ПУ). thal-tshan closet, privy. thal-tshwa a kind of salt, gen. burnt salt: burnt salt subdues cold and swelling of the stomach. swuiN thal-yas (SF^) n. of a number. 44’3| thal-le straight on; forthwith; (TIbvom. I4 10). 5]^’If Thahi-dsi (Mongolian) the title by which the descendants of Jenghis Khan the great Tartar conqueror are known. According to Mongol law the fact of one’s bearing the title of Thahi-dsi exempts one from taxation. thi num. fig. 40. thi-gu rope, string: a golden cord descended from heaven (Yig?). $|’4 thi-wa ЗпЛн 1. sandpiper, but acc. to Sch. stock-dove; also = 5^ plover, lapwing. 2.=^ ч in C. (Jd.). = “0” or numeral for zero. 2. a line: эдцкя to draw a line; or a black line; a red line ; diameter. 3. also carpenter’s cord or ’string to mark lines with any instrument used in drawing lines; $kor-thig a pair of com- passes; slate-pencil, lead pencil; also' a line drawn with a lead-pencil (Jd.). ^’85 thig-skud thread, yarn; also straight line. thig-mkhau sawyer.
I 576 1 ^^’’1 thig-nag 1. one of the eight hot hells whore the damned are sawn to pieces, lines being drawn upon them, v. 2. black spot. thig-tsam a little, about the size of a line, a drop. thig-tshad proportion, symmetry (Cs.). thig-tshad byed-pa to pro- portion. thig-$ift ruler for ruling lines; also a level. $ч|’Ч thig-ра, v. thigt-pa. thig-ma cotton or woollen chintz, on which there are different designs. Зчрд* thig-hbum tho sea, ocean. thig-le (Д А 1* semen virile. 2. fa*; or «V” star or mark tatooed on the forehead as an ornament; an eye on a peacock's feather. 3. the concentration of what is diffused ; par-excellence ; *3ч) sa-yi thig-le the chief or supreme person, king {A. K. 1-h); painting, mark, spot; spotted, concentred in spots ; the best or concentration of all religions. 4. [com- plete, special] S. 5. zero, naught (PTn- $#.). 6. a phase of mystic contemplation in which the seminal fluid is supposed to be inwardly absorbed into the arteries; also, the mystic fluid, itself: ’^T ЙАЗчгч’вЦ the semen of the roma and kyafima becomes increased (Л/rZ.). tfiifi-kha cho$- kyi hkhorAo hdi theg$-le gafi-wa-yin that globe of the doctrine, his heart, has been filled with the mystical fluids. 7. said 1о=3’*^ the female monthly discharge. 8. as met. may=2J^ glafi-po. thig-le mchog-ma fwtWHT n. of a celestial courtezan; a centre of all religions in which finally all the sects must unite. thig-le hi lus a leopard, snake (ДМок.). thigt-pa also spelt «HfA—^’A zil-wa 1. a drop (Л. 7c 111-86): from every drop; in drops, by drops; *as|4|*i rain drops; a drop or globule of gold. 2. vb. to sprinkle or throw in drops. thifiy v. hdift-wa. thifi-$ift TFsnrs n. of a dye. thin-gi n. of a line or succession of noblemen in Tibet (Tty.). M4! thid-yug a number {Ya-sel. 57). thib-ра, v. aSa’a hthib-pa and фч gtib-pa; Эч'Зч thib-thib very dark, dense; яфгЪсгЪч $mug$-pa thib-thib fogs thickening. thib^-po 1. vanishing, disappearing. 2. fafar dark, dense, obscure, v. hthib-pa and ^aa gtib-pa-, ^^a^an^an a blessing devolving upon a person. ЗпкЗб thibs-mo dense, dark. 3«’A thim-pa (ич|*»гдчрг« phags-ma khugs la) *ro to be lost (in some thing else), to melt down; to be dissolved being mixed up with another object; = and t*'4; gen. with «I or to dis- appear by being imbibed, to be absorbed; to pass into, to evaporate (of fluids); of a snake; to creep away, to disappear in a hole; frq. of the vanishing of rays of light, of a god, etc.; to pass or sink into unconsciousness.
§5TS5J ] 577 Syn. sim-pa; 3'4 sku-wa (Mflon.). thim-thim n. of a number (Ya- sei. 57). Thihu kwan4hifi-mur n. of one of the Tartar Emperors of China belonging to the great Yuan dynasty. He invited the celebrated Karma Lama Ran- byuft Rdorje to Peking (ZofL 10). Thil-chuft. n. of a place in Tibet (Loti. 8). Э’ПЙ thil-sion prob, for rntlzil ^ton-pa to enter into the depth of a con- versation or expression; to fathom a secret. thu 1. num. fig. 70. 2. spittle: 3‘3'4 to spit out of scorn or contempt at anybody (K. du. S &16). thu-pa skirt of a robe, coat-flap (Khrtd). thu-wa 1. vb. swr to pluck or collect flowers. 2. = 3’3’4^^. 3. 3*‘4 thub-pa able, powerful, capable of: (Snifi.) in measuring the bottom of perdition (with a fathoming stone) there is none more capable than man. 4. malicious, wicked, vicious: ЦЧ’^й^’З’4 $dug-b$fial thu-wa a malignant suffering or severe accident. 5. vb., v. ^3'^ hthu-tva. ^^thu-wo chief, senior, an elder brother. 2. quarrel, poison. 3. =3*4’4 thug-pa gruel made of bar- ley flour. Syn. £ jojo\ a-jo; 3'^ phu-bo; ?*4'*rg*< thog-'nia-^kyes; §fion-skye§. З’Й thu-mo lady, mistress (Cs.). ’5 Thii-med al-than rgyal-po a king of Mongolia who was famed for his patronage of Buddhism, althan in Mongolian signifying “golden.” (Loft. 11). thu-re uninterrupted (&Л.). thu-lu spittle; 3'$’^q'4 or ^^'4 to spit, to throw spittle; thu-lu nag-po occurs in Glu. 3 as=withered flower. 3'3^ thu-lum a lump of metal; in W. acc. to Jd. a cannon-ball. thug postp. c. accus. until, up to; in reference to time and space V34! until now; for forty days; ч5‘Р’3*4 over against the gompa, at the gompa. Adv. = only. 3*4’3 thug-sgra or 3*4great noise: now each made great noise and rattling sounds (Rdsa. 9). 3*4’C’ thug-rfia (34Г|4ияГ4|Т*) the hairy tail of a yak fixed with a flag on the top of a Tibetan house. 3*4’^< thug-tshom the flag staff with a silken flag, or a yak’s tail and hay attached to the top of a post and fixed on the roof of a monastery or house in Tibet (Rtsii.). I: thug-pa sbst. soup, broth; ^З^’З4! hbras-thug rice-soup; 4*4’3*4 bag-thug meal-soup; barley-soup, зчр'чдяч thug-pa hgrim-pa to make barley gruel; the cook who prepares such ; J'S4! rgya-thug Chinese porridge, a soit of vermicelli-soup; 3*4’^ thug-thal—^'Z^ thug-ttsam flour of barley for making gruel or broth. |Ч|’Ц II: 1. to reach, arrive at, come to; o. dat. or termin: X5’W3*4'4 to reach the close of life; §*Г4‘«гз*4 to reach to the 74
! 578 very bone; З’^ЗЯ’* or ^чк’ЗЯ’^ at thq point of death; ^’^'ЗЯ he was just on the point of seizing her. 2. to interview, to encounter; to meet, to light upon: to have an interview with (JR from. P 7); ^Я^’^’ЗЯ’4 to fall in with robbers; ЯХ^’ЗЯ’4 resp. shal-mjal personal interview. 3. colloq. to touch, to hit or strike against : ^Я’у’^'ЭТI shall not touch it, I shall not come near with my hand (Ja.). ЗЯ‘*5 thug-chad agreement (&A.h ЗЯthug-yas 1. not to be reached, «adless (Cs.). 2.u. of a very great number (Га-*/. 37). ЗЯq thug-pa nwd-par-hgyur WWli possibility of the fallacy of id injinitum (Gram.). ЗЯ*^'^’1^^ thug- nud las tegres-pa chapter on the fallacy of ad injinitum. thugs 1. fa’w, the heart, gen. ЗЯ^'Я thugs-ka breast, the heait: the incarnation of a deity, originating in a ray of light which proceeds from the breast of that deity. 2. heait (in a spiritual sense), mind, soul, spirit, used resp. for ЗЯ^’ЗЛ^^ЗЯ^ТФ^ to be kept in the mind, in memory. 3. purpose, intention. In this sense it occurs in the well-know compound word ЗЯ^’1 mercy, a favour. АЗР'^'^’ЗЯ^' if so bom the birth will be use- less and for no purpose (Lam.-ti.Y ЗЯ^' thugs-rab — ^'*^ wisdom, good heart; thugs-rus^fyb1* assiduity, exer- tion ; зя^’^'4 thugs $e$-pa resp. for yid-$es-pa to believe; to know one’s mind. Thugs is used also like sems in the colloq. pleonastically when mental feelings are expressed: Vi’** '^’чх5-дя^’5ЯЯ’<г ^5 I am glad to see you; lit."there is joy in my mind to see yon.” Syn. §ntfi; ^‘§5’95 kun-skyed-byed; rnam^es rten\ зГЯ'Я^ sroy-gi rten ; sems-kyi khan-pa; я*ч’*^Я <;a-yi-mchog (Affton.). ЗЯ^’Я^'4 thugs gtofi-wa resp. «тся’^Ят*’ ч to muse, meditate, reflect. ЗЯ*Г£рц thugt-spro-wa to be cheerful; to be merry. 3q*TV1*‘q thugs dhar-tra 1. white (clean) heart, sincerity. 2. there are 360 Bon gods called Thugs-dkar; and those who conduct religious rites to propitiate them are called Thugs-dkar-wa (Rtsii.). ЗЯМ' V^'5*one of the seven Bon sages (G. Bon. 35). ЗЯ^’^5 thugs-iskyed=§WttyS *m- 1- imbibing faith, an idea dawning in the mind. 2. kind remembrance: ЗЯ**’ я | also may it please you to write me often as heretofore without becoming unsteady in your kind remembrance of me (Pty. k. 25). ЗЯ^ЕИ thugs-mkhyen resp. for fore-knowledge. ЗЯ^’ЯЗ^'^*1 thugs-hkhur che-bshes to accept responsibility : ЗЯ^ЯЗ^'4^’^'4' Я^’снм at the bottom there having been engendered a sense of responsibility. • ЗЯ^ЗЯ^ thugs-hkhrugs resp. for ffc* я^Я^ khoft-hkrugs agitation of the mind. ЗЯМ'^с.ч thugs-dgofis resp. for consideration, thought, opinion, view. ЗЯ^*5^ thugs-rgyal resp. for anger, wrath, indignation: зя^*^*^^ anger arises, is roused (Ja.). ЗЯ^’М thugs-fian grief, sorrow, afflks tion. ЗЯМ’^’ц Mw7$-ffaZ-tra==$wwi sems-^l to be sorrowful; sorrow: $здгя^*ЗЯ*г^'ч’*г *^Я be consoled, do not be grieved (Rdsa, 19).
r^i'l 579 3^’t thugs-rje lit. noble purpose or heart; generosity, pity, commiseration, compassion; a grace, favour, mercy, bless- ing: pray, look graciously upon me; pray, be so kind as to send me some seeds {Ja.). thug§-ye-can—$^’Q%‘%*\ gracious, merciful, generous {Mnon.). 3^]N’^q thugs-rje che-гса, 9WY'^'4 merciful and loving {Mnon.). thug$-rje die is one of the common expressions of thanks and courtesy=our “many thanks,” “you are most kind,” etc. З^цг^^З Thug$-rje chen-po an epithet of Avalokites'vara; the all-merciful one, a Buddha. 3*prtgww Thugs-rje byams-ma an epi- thet of Skye-dguhi bdag-mo aunt and foster-mother of Gautama Buddha. §4]*rt'c^Yq ihtigt-rje hddn-pa to be com- passionate, merciful; з^рг^’^’ч thng^rje mdsad-pa to shew mercy, to behave kindly. З^рг^’^ Thugs-rjehi lha an appellation of Avalokites'vara. There are four gods bearing the name of in the Bon pantheon of the later period; they are called by their attributes:—(1) Rjtfvq’q’ mercy.flows to all the world uninterruptedly like a river; (2) mercy in- exhaustible as the basis of all things for the world of migratory existence; (3) ^QT§wq5'34|^l’y*rg’g blessings to all living beings evenly like as with the sun; (4) mercy boundless like the sky. thngs-nid—^w^y sems-nid. З^^’З^ thug§-thub resp. for 3<r&\ 1. self-sufficient, not caring; thinking no danger or injury will accrue from such and such action or steps, eto. 2. misappro- priation of anything to one’s self thinking that no notice will be taken: {A. 75) because he had misappropriated to himself half a pound of rice, he was born as a Preta of most insignificant power ; thugs thub-tu spyad- pa to work with self-reliance, being con- fident of one’s own abilities {A. 75). 1^5* thugs-dam^^'^ yi-dam 1. lit. holy opinion; advice. 2. oath, vow, solemn promise: to take an oath, to make a vow. 3. a prayer, a wish in the form of a prayer ; = 5. con- templation, the act of contemplating a deity (cf. and|4’q sgrub-pa), meditation in general: 3<q^’^’R^ meditation increases, proceeds successfully; devotion. 4. a deity, a tutelar god or saint: 3T*'5*X not expel- ling me at any time outside the protec- tion of the dorje of my tutelary god. 3<jprq^ thugs-bde happy, cheerful. 3^’^ thugs-hdun = thugs- kyi hdun-pa or 34*VRAS thugs-hdod. «^’g^rX^’qR^^^'R^’q^^i’q^’RXv^^-q^jJ^ lct your affection to me not be cast aside that I may be permitted to have a gracious interview {Yig. k. 25). З^^-ч^ч thugs-nafi ggln-pa very affectionate, loving letters: З^’^'5!^' pray that your affectionate letters may also come to me unhindered as the motion of the wind {Yig. k. 87). 3W^ thugs-mug~$.'W\ yi-mug des- pair.
Fc' I 580 thugs brtse-wa love, affection of the heart, compassion; resp. for ; frq. ^4|*TQ to look upon compassionately, to remember in mercy. thugs-su to think well of, approve of; to be agree- able ; aLo adj. agreeable, pleasant, delight- ful ; also sbst. pleasure, delight. thu$-sra$ spiritual son; an ap- pellation given to distinguished disciples of saints. Manju-s'ri, Avalokites'vara, Vajrapfcpi, etc., are spiritual sons of Gautama acc. to the МаЫуйпа School. Among the Bon, ]Ja-shoy l£do-sdud and other saints are the spiritual sons of Shen- rab. tkun-fta three years old, of animals {Seh.). I*’2! Mwri-wa 1. short, low in size, of small dimensions: ^’З^’ч a short stem. distance in general; «ЧЗ^’В’З^* short in size, a dwarf. З^’Ч'Л^ thun-гса bshi the four shortnesses of the members of the human body which are regarded as defects, viz:—short neck; яртЗ^’Ч short legs; дл’З^ short back; the lower parts of the arm or legs (J/t.). З^Ь’ thun- nu diminutive, short; to become shorter. 2. ^'5'3**'4 brief in respect of duration, of time. Syn. dmah-u'a; srid-thuft; thuft-fiu\ йл? mi-mtho; rtse- dnian (Mfion.). thud (*pS) 1. the hollow of a pillar. 2. coagulated milk, thickened milk with butter a dainty with yak herdsmen of Tibet. ate pastry made of treacle and dried curds with butter; *’35 ho-thud milk-cheese; also 3«il a mess of rice, milk and sugar; 35’^q‘S five cakes of milk cheese {Rtsii.). 3S’B* thud- $grom a box iu which milk-cheese is packed for sale. 3\^vq thud for-tra lit. careless; erring, blundering; defined as <ч*г*|^*гдчрneg- lect of work, etc.; 3\Л^not to be negligent. ^’^5 thud-thud n. of a number {Ya- sei. 56). I: thuH = *W% 5(fr, WC a period of three hours, the eighth part of a day accord- ing to Buddhist astrology. Ace. to Jd. a fixed length of time; as long as a man is able to work without resting; a shift of six, four or three hours. the night- watch is over; зу^*г^ ЯТК the second watch (of day or night); 3^**’ qfait urif iu the last watch of night; 3aj5*-Zr«i in the first watch (of night); 3^w<r«i in the middle watch (of night). nam-yyi gun thun-la at or about midnight. 3<Y* thun-ma irw relating to the watch of the night. 3Y4Vq //iun fahi-pa the fourth lunar crescent, i.e., the fourth day after the full or the new-moon. thun-bshihi rnal-hbyor an ascetic who meditates or keeps the mind abstracted from worldly objects, &e., con- tinuously during the four watches of the day; the meditation of a whole day. 3^q^-p thun bzufi-tca to keep the watch, i.e., not let slip the time without fully using it either in meditation or in the performance of any other work. 3^'Д]$»4'ч than ysum-pa 1. one who remains engaged in devotion three times during the day (twenty:four hours).
S3)! 581 З3)’^' | 2. the lunar crescent on the third day after a uew or fullmoon. [3. night]#. thiin-pa=*^'4 b§nun-pa to cling to, to adhere. И 1. the junction of the day and night, twilight and day-break: there are four periods or junctions in which those called Tsham-pa Gom-chen can relax their meditation (Oil. 8). з^'я*яч thun mtshani§ the day and the night; at sunset or at day-break. an auspicious con- junction of time. 2. state of abstraction and isolation, real or suppositional, of a lama sitting to meditate. Often even applied to the room where he is sitting. thun-mtsham^rtogs is a or cannibal demon that longs for the gloom betwixt day and night to be able to search for prey. • З^’^нч'^ач thun-mtshams strong in twilight, a demon or Rakshasa. (prob, for ^3^) in sorcery : bodies or substances which are supposed to be possessed of magic virtues, such as sand, barley, sesame, mustard, etc. 3^’^ thun- gfor offerings made to evil spirits. 3^‘V’ thun-doft a hole in which magical articles are buried or concealed in Shaman rites. 3^’*5* thun-mddh a magical arrow to shoot people or devils. З^дчч thun brab-pa to cast or throw enchanted articles, also to perform magical rites with them, also to slay people or evil-spirits. 3^*^ thun-rwa, an enchanted horn on which figures of scorpions, alligators, etc., are engraved for witch-craft. IV: one who collects; a gatherer (from *3’q); one who picks up or gathers sticks; Г'З^ a gatherer of grass (Ja.); ^‘34’ a gatherer of ears of corn (Ck.). 3^’34 reaping-hook, sickle (&?A.). 3^*^* thun-mtshon a weapon that is fixed or stuck on. thun-nan ma-mo the mo- ther of the arch-devil, said to=AVVI54'q' the long-armed devil. However «!*)is the demon who measured lances with Shenrab the Teacher of the Bon (Ж thun-топ or З^’Йс-q чп5(птц ordinary, general, common, usual; that which is done or happens every day. д^Зк'Хч thzin-mofi trans- migratory existence, worldly life, the works • that one does in ordinary life (Mfion.). The as specified in Buddhist works are:—(1) ччичр^ч^ the four (Dhya- nd) kinds of meditation; (2) the immeasurable virtues; (3) the four kinds of sitting in abstraction in the formless state; (4) the five kinds of fore-knowledge. Again *^‘^‘g=the five sorts of ordinary ascetics which are:—(1) ^‘ЗА'Хч* a yogi who meditates in the mornings and evenings ; (2) a yogi who propitiates a divinity by first offering him cakes; (3) Азч'Ч’-ач’З^г^ч an ascetic who practises asceticism for getting food; (4) a thirsty ascetic who practises penance for the, sake of liquor; (5) an ascetic whose behaviour is uniform at all times (Bbum. <1 78). Syn. $ $pyi', ST* spyi-mci'j g'^ $pyi- thog (Mfion.). thun-mofi-tea^^’Xds. thun-mofl ma-yin-pahi chos in Budh. extraordinary doctrines
582. ^aid to comprise :—q^ § ХЫ’Л 4^'q qT qjv3,<l^’§, VT** It is stated that they are called extraordinary because they can only be practised and comprehended by tho Bodhi- sattvas of tho ten stages and aro incompre- hensible to the followers of the Hinayfina school. thuii-inon bud-med a public woman (ДМон.). thun-moft-sa unclaimed grounds, publie gardens, a place for public sports and athletic exercises (Mnou.). phran-tzhegs. thub хпчц; bio thub-p.i 1. cap- able; also sbst. a mighty one.- 3V3q one who is able to do everything, able to fight out all enemies (Yid. 224)- ' 2. a wise man, a sage, a saint in general. ^q-ц t hub-palpotential vb. with ac- cus. or root of another verb: 1. to be able, to be capable of, to withstand, be equal to: as the poison could’not do him any harm; 5’«КачЗадгуг one able to keep off hail; invincible; ^'S3’3q 4 to bo able to subdue all evil. is not easily borne by man, e.g., does not agree with him; wjK/gq^ to be able to bear a simple cotton dress; was not able to lie on his bed; 'fc' ’t shall not be able to reach the pass- top to-morrow. 2. the common Tibetan epithet of Sakya-muni—^'3’3q’q. 3. the mighty or capable one. 3q’^5 thub-tshod wtm courage (A. K. 1-П). ^q-X^^ Thuh-chod-can==**fcw one of the fierce wild tribes of India that 3*1 did not submit to the Aryas; the lowest of the Hindu tribes (iftfon.). thub-pa nid a sage. gq qthub-pa che a great sage; an epithet of Buddha. 3qc^ thub-bstan the doctrine of Buddha : 3q the stainless doctrine of Buddha enduring to the end of time (I7y. k. 27), 3^*£4 fhub-pa drug the manifestations of Buddha in the six states of existence acc. to the Nying-ma sect:—(1) in the abodes of gods, (2) in the world of demons, (3) in the land of men, (4) as Вейде Rab-brtan in the world of beasts, etc., (5) as Guru Vairotsana in the abode of tho Yidag or Preta, (6) as Vikrama in hell. gq-q-^q’^Xq thub-pa rab-mchog Pravara muni ; n. of a Tathagata. Thub-pa 8an$-rgya$ Sakya-muni. jq-qS’aj^ thub-pahi gna§ wnw a hermitage. угач’д thug-pahi-bu=№l%, gq-q? ^qc/ZJ thub-pahi dwan-po an epithet of Buddha. gq^qq-qj^q-j^ Thub-dican gsuii-$kye$ an epithet of a Qrataka, a monk of the Hina- yana school (Mnon.). Also theg-chun skye$-bu. $|JJ thum or anything packed *n a bag, a parcel, anything packed or wrapped up: ag’SR/jjrqw hbru-thaft fhum-bca$ together with a package of grained tea. 3*5 anything cut into pieces.
583 | thum-pa a while, a moment: took a nap for a moment. 3^’9 thum-bu 1. a piece, bit: not ac- cepting anything else, (but) this piece he would have; thus he expressed himself (Hbrom. 144). 2.=^s a large spoon, a ladle; ^‘3* a brass ladle; **^’3* a copper ladle. thum$= 1. 3^’9 spoon, ladle. 2. piece of cloth, linen (^'3W^'S ra^tkum Ita-bu); acc. to Cs. = 3^’q 3. cover, cover- ing, wrapper of a book or a parcel, also the parcel itself. 3WJA’^ to put (a cover round a thing), to wrap up; 3w*i having a cover, packed. * thur a slope; 3M^ adv. down; 3K«w thur-lam down-hill road, a steep de- scent ; 3*^ thur-da or 3^,QJ thur-la down- wards ; to cast down into ; 3*’*i sink down; head down or head over heels ; 3*^55 thur-hgrod that which runs downward, as met. water (ДГЯон.). 3^’ыЗ] thur-mgo 1. the tip of a spoon thur mgo-tsam about the tip of a spoon, a spoon measure. 2.=5^Ц//шг- адо a halter; З^Я thur-tkag the rope attached to 3^4; 3^5Я thur-mthah the end of that rope. 3^'3 thur-po the lowest part, the lower side (of a hill): З^’З^'З’З^’^’'4 at the very lowest possible point, in the bottom-most part (e.g., of a deep ravine between two hill-sides). 3^’*Vm thur-sel that which clears the downward passage, a purgation; 3*s’Shr§’ thur-sel-gyi rlufi the wind that passes downward, £e., through the rectum. 3*^1 3^’3 thur-bu or 3^'$ tkur-ru foal, colt, filly (Ja.). 3*’* thur-ma 1. wm a stick, chop- stick ; 3^'wq3'q tur-та brga-pa an umbrella which is made on a frame work of (lit. a hundred) many sticks (Milon.). 2. spoon. 3. a whole class of surgical instruments (Ja.). 3^’4 thur-sho a pair of scales. 3*’% thur-fin WW pole, the stick with which loads are supported (being at- tached to its two ends). 3^’3*’ thur-sraft an ounce of silver (Yig.)J ЗМ*’5^ (Rtsti.). thul from hdul-wa used sub- stantively : besides that way of converting (people) (Ja.). tkul hog-tu hjug-pa to keep under one’s power or control; to keep a tight hand over a person, to discipline one; 54C'3^ ftfa- (Л. 1-8) one who has controlled his passion; to clear land for tillage (Schl.). 3^'3^ thul-gyi$ suddenly, immediately : З^'З^’Й3» thul-gyis byon he arrived suddenly (Л. 4^). 5^1’4 tkul-pa acc. to Cs. = 3*19 thul-po dress made of the skins of animals, a fur coat or cloak; ^ГЗ** lug-thul dress of sheep skin; ^’3** ra-thul dress of goat- skin. thul-ica 1. imp. З^4] thul*cig to restrain, tame, curb, check: к*г<ц^адгз*г^ the goblins having been subdued by me; it is difficult to check a sinful deed. As a participle: tamed, civilized; converted. 2. rolled or wound up.
^’Ч| 584 V’ | thul-tu the common sheep-skin dress. 3^ thul-le (Ld.) impressive. thu$-pa or 1. = ^*гч fit, appropriate: whether it will be appropriate if coming forth from the lips, e.e., expressed in words (Rdsa. 15). v. hthu-ica. S| the 1. for and ^4 2. num. 100. e\ the-khyim> v. the-se. $4^' the-chuft the smallest toe. the-wa pf. the$ (Sch.) 1. to be- long, appertain to; belonging to a thing; relation of owner-ship: £5 to this my father has no claims. 2. to occupy one’s self with a thing, to meddle with, to interfere. the-pa or theb-pa^offiyw per- taining to; to be applied to ; to be of use: those who are fit to enter service (Ya-sel. 31). W The-Ьо n. of a place in Khams-Am- do (Loft. * 14). the-mo resp. (originally the thumb or thumb impression) a seal, signet, stomp. S’? the-tse id. the-tshom fafaps<sr, hesitation ; doubt, unceitaiuty, perplexity : doubt arises, or I am doubtful. to utter a doubt. In Budh:— 1- doubt regarding altera- tion of signification. 2. doubt as to the meaning remaining unchanged. 3. equal doubt in reference to both (Loft. * 15)\ the mi-tshom not doubting, also~ without being afraid of, boldly : W*q<r he practised (tho rites) for the attainment of occult powers without being exercised by the thought of kanna^ retribution, truth and untruth (ЦЬгот. Г 3). Syn. som-ni\ ^5^ пет-пиг^ hphyaft-mo nug; ma-fte$; (Mfton.). the-rtog scruple doubt, uncer- tainty, hesitation. the-tshom med unquestionable, certain = doubtless: that the son should inherit the father’s property is undoubted. 3 £*rrq the-tshom za-wa to doubt, to suspect, to be suspicious, doubtful, i’&rr «цм* the-tshom za-wa ?нат$ scrupulous irresolute persons. the-tshom log-ge groundless doubt, false scruple, or suspicions : as groundless suspicions remain, make a further investigation should you think it necessary to be done (Rdsa 12). The-han (Chinese) = heaven. 5The han-nu or (Chinese)=4^’ the lord of heaven (Grub, ч 15). the-re col. straight, upright, fiim, smooth, without folds or wrinkles : 5ЛSc the-re thift or the-re then draw the (carpet) smooth (Jd.). The-raft, v. thchu-raft. the-raft mig geig- pahi rgyal-khams the fabulous kingdom of one-eyed giants, of cyclops; or 3AC a class of demons (Yig.).
585 ^•<l| the-rel in W. incomplete, de- fective, unfinished. the-lz black spots tatooed on the forehead pf Hindu women of Bengal. $the-le lia-buhi rgyan is rendered: ornament resembling the eye of a peacock’s feather. The-se a king of the demi- gods residing in the nether regions. ^0^ The-khyim n. of his principal wife. 3’$* The-se grum-bu one of the minor chiefs of Sa-bdag demi-gods (Rtsii.). the-te-le evil-hearted, vicious: some said that the miraculous king Kong-tso was blasphemous and vicious (D.R.). theg-pa I 1. to support: Vl'^' 5ql’5^nl .always supports tho clergy. 2. to lift, raise, hold up. 3. to endure, to be able to carry: as much as you are able to carry; as much as one man is able’to carry; he was not able to hold him up; unportable, not to be carried ; •K’Wipdfc’fy the roof will not bear so much snow ; it cannot be supported for the space of a moment; not being able to stand their urgent demands; to be able to bear good fortune and ill fortune, cf. 4. цт^, any vehicle for transit, carriage, convey- ance, even riding-beast: he mounted on a carriage drawn by horses; he procured or gathered five hundred conveyances (horses, elephants, chariots); 3ор^л^ч one who mounts chariots. Not used in this sense in modern writings. II• 1. a method of doctrinal religion and conduct, a vehicle whereby one may be conveyed to higher and higher stages of progress to Buddhistic perfection and so ultimately to Nirvana. Buddhism is supposed to be divided, primarily and also as a matter of history, into two great methods of observance aud spiritual advance, these methods being designated (Sans, yand) or vehicles to carry you onwards. The first or earliest was thd ^ч'^я^’ч otherwise Sq&tv the Hina- у ana school or following, now generally estimated as the meanest because the easiest vehicle to go by. This school may be taken to have been now long since extinct. The second and later development, said to have been first authoritatively promul- gated by Kanishka at the council of Kusana in Kashmir (about A.D. 78), is designated the ^ip’^q theg-pa chen-po or Great Vehicle, otherwise the Maha- yaua school. A leading feature in this system was the introduction of the series of Bodhisattwas (ЭА’^'^яя’^чч), and even- tually of Dhyani Buddhas (^’^я'яля’^я) and Dhyani Bodhisattwas (^’^’^яя^чч), into the curriculum of progress. As the Bodhisattwas are beings who have volun- tarily and indefinitely delayed their own absorption into Nirvana for the sake of helping forward others on the $кч5’яя or path of deliverance, so much the greater and more noble and beneficent is a system deemed which has included such principles as part of itself than that of the Hinayana or Lesser Vehicle which is destitute of tho idea. The Mahayana in all other respects, likewise, is a more elaborate and intricate method of advance and therefore is,’ Buddhistically, considered tho higher and better; while the Hinayana is held to be as crude and unsophisticated as it is 75
586 frankly selfish. Historically, the Lessor or Lower Vehicle may be taken as the primitive curriculum of Doctrine and Practice as taught in the early period in Magadha and transported thonco into Ceylon and oven to Kambodia. Never- theless, Trans-Himalayan Buddhism, as propagated from North India into Tibet China, and Japan, has never known any other form than the MahAyana. Indeed all records of tho prevalence of or Hinayana are so vague that theories invalidating its existence altogether as a practised sphere of Buddhism have been propounded. One theory allows to it only a paper existence set forth to contrast the greater glory of the MahAyAua system, in tho works of winch system alone all first references to it oceur. Another theory lately expounded by Professor Satis Chan- dra Acharya of Calcutta (Seo Journal Royal Asiatic Soo., Jan. 1900) endeavours to classify Brahmanism and Jainism with the doctrine of heretical Buddhists as together comprising the Hinayana system as referred to in Mahayana writings; and it is urged that Buddhist authors would naturally speak scornfully of tho Brahmanism, etc., which had gone before as being a Hinayana, a less or lower means of conveyance to salvation. However, Professor 0. Bendall, in a note on the last proposition, points to the matter-of-faot reference of the Chinese pilgrim Hiuen Tsang to the two systems as being both of them schools of solely Buddhist practice prevalent in his own day in the countries he visited, describing in particular some of the Ceylon Buddhists as of “the Little Vehicle.” We may add, moreover, that W’X* the well-known term for a Buddhist hearer or Sr'avaka is always defined in the Igfion-brjod and other similar Tibetan treatises as a or 5, that is, a follower of the Hinayana school. 2. tho word seems to have a second or more general technical meaning, signifying : doctrine in overt action, the practice of any doctrine, whether particular or ‘part of a system or the whole system itself; also conduct. theg-pa gsum the Three Vehicles. Although the groat primary division of Buddhism is ordinarily set forth as only two-fold, the trinitarian tendency arises hero, as elsewhere, and we read, therefore, of a set of throe doctrinal vehicles also. These are:—(1) or Hinayana or Cravaka yana; (2) or Pratyeka Buddha yana or Pradegika yana; (3) 9^' Ог the Bodhisattva ydna or Mahayfina or Ek ayana} for the good of all sentient beings so that they may imbibe faith in tho doctrine of tho all-perfect Buddhahood.” Again, tho Mahayana school has been further divided into departments which under Tantrik influence, have assumed tho posi- tion of independent and oven superseding systems, deemed preferable to tho genera- ting source from which they took origin. The principal derivative of Mahayana origin is tho Mantra yana (g^’3 ^*q) or Vajra- ydna which follows mysticism and deals in a measure with esoteric Buddhism. The Mantra-yana is divided into two classes called q (Hetu-yana) vehicle of Cause and ч (Phala- yana) the vehielo of Effect. Aoc. to the Bon and also the Rdsogs-chvn-pa sect of the $in-ma school there are nine vehicles (^Tq53). Of these are* the four subdivisions of the doctrine of Cause:—
587 Е/Зчр, Я-gq ^ q; while q^gsr^’^^four subdivisions of the doctrine of Effect:—^’HV04^, ^4j-q; and lastly is or W'SJMWH which is common to both the series just mentioned. theg-pahi-stobs ijnTW one of the ten spiritual strengths of a Bodhisattva so called on account of the superiority of doctrine, v. Ipwq§ %tubs-bcu. theg-chen thugs-rje sems-dpah — §wrt№ a follower of the Yoga- carya school of Buddhism an offshoot of the Mahayana School. Theg-mchog-gltn n. of a monastery within the suburbs of Lhasa presided over by an incarnate Lama. Seems to be identical with the Tshe-mchog Ling. Then-kwan =X’^4^ (Vima- la drsti) n. of a celebrated Chinese Bud- dhist scholar well-versed in Sanskrt and who is said to have compiled 300 works. He lived during the reign of Emperor Ming huang of the T’ang dynasty and was greatly revered both by the people and the Emperor (Grub. 5, 11). then-po or then-bu lame, maimed in the leg ; in ТГ. limping, hobbling. thens щт time, times: one time, once; Swg five times; in one drawing of breath; at a stretch, without intermission (Ja.). then 1. explained as tshur hdon-rgyu drawing out or pulling towards one: bead- khra bkod-lug§ boas then-hkhyer mi^yoA (Rtsii.). 2. = srib or hrib-tsam «gm a little while, a moment: рГау do wait for a little while and I shall speak but three words (Rdsa. 22). then-pa tax, duty, impost (Sch dp 4^5 then-med=^*'*^ (D- 8). theb 1. for them full. 2. for thabs (Glr.). theb-mo or the thumb; theb-chun the little finger, v. I: thebs series, order, succession (Schi). to do successively; thebs-pdy v. hthebs-pa. II: 1. signifies yon-tca coming out, issuing; thus = Sfc'q the coming out of snakes or nag as from underneath the ground. 2.=Г'^'§ч]^} go sgra-can §gra-gcan kha-lta phyogs. ^’4 thebs-pa I: 1. to reach, arrive at: it has come to my hand, 'Шч to reach the ear, to come to one’s hearing: q^'^5 if you do not like to go, at least let it come to your hearing (give audience) (Л. 128). 2.=^’^ hdsom-pa to collect, assemble: assem- bling together of the eight classes of demons. 3. to be taken, be captured, to fall into; whether an animal has fallen in the snare or not; having laid the trap, see if any fall in it or not. Iqsrq thebs-pa II: to adjust, to fit or cause to fit, to make appropriate, to make
Sqsr^’l 588 suitable: to give a suitable or appropriate reply; [caj$- gzer theb^-son a rivet or nail has been fitted into it; food and drink have been applied, fitted, distri- buted ; ЗфгНзд does the lock fit or not ? theb$-rati=^*& thehu-raft or 3*gc.' tho-braft a class of demon. I: them-pa 1. Khnn, writer threshold; to cross the threshold; Jfчя §go-them door-sill; ya- tht m head piece of a door-frame, lintel; «'Зя ma-them sill, threshold. 2. rank, dignity. 3. series, set; them-$ka$ staircase, flight of steps, a ladder ; 3«‘4« them-rim the several steps of a staircase ; З^'Зя rdo-them stone-stair; яр^'Зя hkhor- them winding stair (Cs.). Зя’Зч them-deb registration or record of the thresholds of houses with a view to levy house-tax : a statement or list of tenants, villages and towns is set forth herein (Rtsii.). II: 1. to be full, complete: when the (specified) space of months was fulfilled; one day being still wanting; ч^Зя-о one hundred being full or the limit of a hundred having been reached. 2. in W. to be sufficient, enough (from Ja.). 3^g them-bu closing, shutting up (Sch.f. 3*r£ Z//€7n-risa=^^’5T£’ (Lo. 8). 3«them-tsham$ stopping, a stoppage. 3nn'S)q thems-yig memorial (Sch.). thehu-rati, 3w a set of de- mons. ther bare, denuded; also 3v3^f/w- ther unruffled, flat. ther-hbum (Я^**) ФИ; 3vRg*r i.e., 1,000,000,000. 3vQgw^-21 ther-hbumchen-po ; = 10,000,000,000. 3v* ther-ma a kind of serge-cloth resembling flannel; Зя ra&dher drill; 4тЗя bal-ther shawl made of sheep’s wool; $*’3я rnam-ther very thick serge resem-. bling blanket; ^'Зя le-ther serge made of very soft goafs wool; 3vtp| ther-$bag (3v «ЗЧ’4) a coarse kind of serge (Rtsii.); Sv ther-gzan a wrapper made of serge which the lamas wrap round their body; 3v*p^v<vZi ther-gzan dmar-po red plaid- shawl (Rtsii.). ther-zug= Зя’^'Ч or *£V«r*\q hgyur-tca med-pa constant, enduring, unchangeable. Syn. 5^'4 rtag-pa; brtan-pa, (Mnon.). thel-wa in IF. = tfeb-pa to arrive, cf. ^’4 t hal-ка. ^’<37 thcl-ma leather strap (Rtsii.). thcl-tshe (WF) seal, ftamp; З^ thel-se = % £ the-tshe seal, stamp (Sch.). яНгц thc$-pa pf. to 3'4 the-ка (Schi). jf tho 1. num. for 130. 2. register, list, catalogue, index, memorandum: 354N keeping memoranda. Уяд’ч tho hlri- ка to register, to make out a list. or catalogue (Schtr.); $ vlf $leb-tho or Qgc.-? hbyun-tho account of receipts; son- tho, S5 ? bud-tho, $kyag-tho account of expenditures; btafi-tho account of money or goods lent or sent out; ?? no-tho
589 bill, account of goods purchased; 5’У lo-tho or З'У zla-tho calendar, almanac; ?К^У list of orders or directions given to one (lit. laid down on his hand); Уч’У a list of things which his relations shall receive, i.e., inherit (Jd.); tho-yig lags-su bkod-pa to make a separate list of things (F?<?.). У^ tho- zur corner or marginal note; ЗрУ^И list, catalogue, for reference. Уя^ч tho-hkhor adj. and adv. near; sbst. neighbourhood. Syn. thag ne-ica; ne-hkhor (Шоп.). Tho-gar or Ул’Ч’я tho-dkar n. of a kingdom situated N. and N.W. of Kashmir, including Kho-ten. Tukhara, n. of a place and people in the north-west of India; Jd. suggests it is the Togaimah of the Bible. У they brought Ramdar a large number of troops from Tho-dkar (Grub * 15). srr tho-co jocular talk, nonsense- ehatter; УУ §\ч tho-co bycd-pa to speak nonsense, meaningless words. This word and У* tho-cho are evidently identic. yX^-l<r|urg tho-cho snen-tshig ya- §gra dan to speak with dissimulation; to speak gently by concealing one’s anger (D.7?.). У‘В tho-phyi 1. in Pth. seems to sig- nify the sky (Ja.); acc. to Schr. love. 2. dissimulation. tho-tho prob, a Chinese word, sig- nif ying boundary demarcation ; thus J УУ rgya-mi tho-tho is the designation of the boundary marks put by the Chinese between Nepal and Tibet. Tho-tho-ri gnan-btsan the first historical king of Tibet; during his reign Buddhism was first introduced in Tibet: 3е’I the commencement of the holy doc- trine occurred in the times of Tho-tho-ri nyan-tsan (Deb. *12). tho-rdo stone boundary: ^гУУч§ч]’Ч putting boundary marks of piled stones. tho-ica^^'^ a hammer; У blacksmith’s hammer ; ; Уч*г 5^ to hammer, to forge; ^’У rdo-tho a stone hammer; ^’У yft-tho a wooden hammer, mallet; Уч^' tho-chufi a small hammer, the cock of a gun; a soldering stick. У'с^яяч tho btsams-pa pf. of Уя^яя’Ч tho htshams-pa (&ag.). Уя^я'ч tho-htsham-pa sbst. 1. contempt, scorn, a scoffer, also Уя^и<гч (q|*rqy«rg*r«|^) (Nag.). 2. to scorn, scoff, jeer, sneer at, mock: pardon our having sneered at you before. У^я tho-yor pyramid of stones heaped up as votive pile, a cairn. Tho-ri §nan-$al another name of king Tho tho-ri gnan-bisan (Loti. *8). iho-rafi$ or УЛкл tho-refa ЯТН:, <зчт, Ш dawn, break of day, early morn- ing; Уладг^угд early, in the morning; chiefly used in W. 2. the following morning, also adverbially: ^сгя^ чя Улся on the morning after having met him (Ja.). Улчм’||Ч’ч tho-rafa $nafi-tca to-morrow. УК tho-re acc. to Jd. in W. to-morrow ;=w safi.
S-ajsil 590 УК ц tho-re-wa 1. acc. to Cs.=Xin tho- tsal. 2. ф* a few: ч^^«ХК- according to the manner of speech of pandit^ he said a few words (Л. 104). ХЛ&< tho-re team a little while, time (J. Zaft.). thu-lam a kind of hammer with a knob at its head; yriVwq a red-hot iron hammer (Sorig). £f’tho-le l.=^4vKq-Zi a projection; defined also as «i«j,wXarq^,q clapping the palms of the hand (D.f?.). X^**Xwq tho-le hdcbs-pa to spit, o. °* la at or on (cf. 3 Мн). 2. a button. 3. chalk (Jd.). fho-te rift being diffused as white light in the sky it was projected in a long column (D.J?.). tho-log hinny, offspring of a horse and sho-ass; a flummel. X4^q^% two hinnies with the stupi- dest mule-colt of the lot (Ji\/.). Tho-qo legs n. of a tribe in Tibet (Yig.). tho-hnn a Chinese word, meaning pale-white or grey colour. Sf4| I: thog thun- der-bolt, lightning; Xq V^’4 lightning and hail: Xe^'j^XS’4 damage done by lightning and hail. X^wq lightning descending, falling of a thunderbolt; X«]’ jn-q striking with lightning; X«r to arrive, to approach quick or suddenly like lightning; Х^Ч^^ q«p^’«wj<4’ by the touch of a bone of an individual killed by lightning, colic and diarrhoea are cured. or *41 X«TW§ Q^q dying from a thunderbolt; to be killed by lightning: I gaw six great lightnings burst asunder in the sky (A. 16). Syn. Xrdo-rjehi char-pa; « chu-hdsin Aweig’q&w mc-char hphro hjoms; Vw’4 Ice hbar-wa; sprui-gyi hod-zcr\ chu-las hlar ^’wp5-Xq nam-mkhabi tho-ica; lee snin-med; chaft-nams; spriu-gyi те-po che; rdo-rjehi zegs ; 4*rJVj»wi chus nu-$nani§; gnani- dags; Spriu-gyi zer bphro-tca\ ri-hjoins; hbigs-byed (Mnon.). thog-rgyag=№^ or sud- denly; also any sudden rattling noise; fig. sudden accident or mishap at a time when nothing was expected. X^'gqjM thog-lcags meteorie iron, a thun- derbolt (ДГЯол.). Xflj'X thog-rdo id. (Mnon.). thog-ri hjoms thunder, the chief weapon of Indra with which ho strikes the mountains (Mfton.). II; (pE. q5?4j) a roof, a cover, top; X*]'^q*rq or X*r^|«rq to put a roof on a house; also fig. to finish an enter- prise or task; Х^'В^Ч^’4 to roof, to finish a roof by beating and stamping down the earth or sods of which the covering con- sists; also fig. to impress (Ja.). X*|Vp thog-dkar opening for smoke in a. roof; wXo] ya-thog ceiling; «’Xq ma-thog floor of a room; S^X4! dgu-thog having nine storeys or floors. The ni-zla or crown- ing finial of a ehait or ohorten is also styled the thog; so, too, architec- turally, the apex or culminating point of any structure. The following forty-
tf’l! 591 three terms are enumerated in connec- tion with a storeyed house :—yan- thog, £*54*^ chu Jcyob-thog, dkar- gsal, skas-ka, $kyan-nnl, j&r* khol-ma, gron-khycr sgo, j’Sw rgya- phibs, ^T1^’ sgo-khan, ^go-glegs, $go-gtan, $45* $go-dran, sgo-rndun, sgo-hphar, sgo-phibs, sgo- mo ehe, $go-yi khyim§, ^’|J^ §go- yi khyam^, glafi-rgydb, glan- pofri sen, «4’if chab-sgo, ^q]'§5 hjug-byed, яле: rta-hbab, gtan-pa, them-ska§, dra-mig, mdah-yab, ^’л5^’ snan-wahi khun, pu-gu, phyi-rol $go, phred-gtan, л дя-йч] ba-glan mig W^, bya-§kyibs can, hdseg §ka$, hdseg-pahi rten, shal- shal, ^5 ya-gad, wgq ya-phub, yan-lag gshi-mdo, lan-kan, g^’if rlun- sgo, sa-bcin§, sraft-mdah (Mnon.). III: head, top, in a general sense: X*|4^-q thog-hdren-pa to be at the head, to lead; or ЗЧрч on, upon, g4] on the ice; at head of the army. and adv.’up, up to, above ; quite at the top. Sw^-g-qv §q'^« lying heavy, weighing heavily, upon one’s mind. Also postp. c. gen. 1. on, upon, e.g., to lay on, to place upon: ля’ 345’3^’ *ahi thog-tu byuti it smote right upon me (i.e., on my heart). 2. towards, in the direction of : mahi thog-tu towards (its) mother; the Bon priest soaring towards the skies. 3. postp. c. accus. during, as long as, throughout; whilst (У4 gen. without 5) dgun-thog throughout the whole winter; bgro^-thog during the walk; sfia-thog, phi-thog lit. ‘during forenoon, during afternoon, as sbst. in TF. morning, evening, or forenoon and after noon. 4. just upon, directly after: лфг ЗяуХ’я bsho§-thog ho-та milk just after being milked (Jd.). thog-nas above, more than; they re- mained, e.g., lived, not more than fifty years (Ld.), • IV; 1. fruit, produce; VT^lv. ehin-thog produee of the fields; lo-thog year’s produce ; ^5’ gifi-thog fruit, produce of a tree or other plant; sjwlfa) gsar-thog new pro- duce, the year’s crop; thog-phud first fruit, as an offering. 2. in W. fortune, wealth, property; common property, property belonging to the community or congregation 3. lit. red fruit, n. of a plant and its fruit. Has these syno- nyms: pi- Mi hdab hbra^-bu dmar; hdsin-byed\ bsit-ica hdsin; 'Wj'ii gshan-rgyal; thog-gi lo-nui (Шоп.). thog-grans-pa 1. to be the leader of, to lead against, to lead forward, to conduct: and headed by Sakya together with Mahanama (I7?^.). thog-thag 1. in the dialect of the Dok-pa herdsmen of Tibetreli- gion. 2. or during, as long as, whilst, quite : during a whole day; the road was quite full (of snow) ; л^л^'чя’ whilst they began to fill up the; benefit of this will be permanent as long as the sun endures (Surafi. 123). thog mthah-цаг first and last, from beginning to end; at all times
592 Sc-1 continuously ($. kar. 5). thog- nit ha hi rgyu-rkyen the first and the last cause, the entire cause or origin. ^Ч]’Л thog-ma wq, тон 1. what is uppermost, the upper end, the fore- most place, tho top; they sat down at tho top of the row. 2. the first, earliest, ancient; also origin, begin- ning; already at his birth, from his very birth; нХн of noble birth, as regards his birth very high; from the very beginning; of itself (Ja.); or from eternity, from time imme- morial. Чгздтщ blessing, good or prosperity Ut the beginning (of an ything). thog-mahi lo-ma fresh shoots of leaves. i: thog-ma-§kyc§ hjw the first born (of brothers and sisters); the eldest brother. Syn. $fton-$hye$\ jo-jo; phu-ico; a-jo (Mnon.). I1: the first born (of Brahma), i.e., Brahmai?a caste of India. thog-ma dan wdhah-ina med-pahi §tofi-pa-$nid WTOTTV- one of tho 18 kinds of emptiness (Jf.F.). thog-mahi тдон-ро = Jig’ WZJ ОГ (Yig. k. 26) epithet applied to the Adi-Buddha. thog-mahi byed-pa first rites, duties, or business, to be done at the outset. t hog-mar 1. adv. at first, first. 2. postp. c. genit. before, at the begin- jring of.' *5 thog-tshad or (F^'q^) storey of a house. *5 Thog-tsha dpah-bo n. of a sec- tion of the Sa-$kya ruling family (Zotf. * 30). thogs v. <V4*’4 b<logs-pa and Ц bthogt-pa. thog^-pa 1. hti, Hf= to bear aloft; to hold up in the hand; згэгщ a king; one over whose head an umbrella is held as a mark of honour. 2. sifnv^ sfkv, to strike, stumble, run against, to throw against or on, to be impeded, delayed: with obstruction or impedi- ments. wsfaTO, unhin- dered, unobstructed; also two classes of devils, v. 4^5А а-0-ч|ьв1вЕ.-Г<пм-ч^5^ without being, hindered by men, dogs, oi’ any thing else. Syn. W’q hchan-ua\ hdsin-pa (% fan.). thog$-pa me# = or 1. v. preceding para., also = all-searching, all- penetrating, all-pervading. 2. ^чн^ Aryasanga the founder of the Yoga- ch arya school of Buddhism. He was called the sage of Achinta-puri Vihar, now called A junta, the cave and temples of which still bear testimony to the glory of his time ; and is said to have lived 150 years. Acc. to some Tibetan authors he was‘the brother of the celebrated Vasu Bandhu (K. g. \ 450). thofi 1. a plough. thofi- leags the iron of the plough share.’ 2. a trunk, box (A. K. 1-14) ; thoft-go§ clothes in a leather trunk,
also the lining of the inside of a leather trunk (Rtsii.). thoft-ka or or the breast : Зк’Ч they (fought) holding each other breast to breast. * Sk’P* t kofi-khor=sdense, thick; also sbst. density. thoH-pa 1. Pg»rq a rain two years old just entering its third year. 2. acc. to Cs. a ram that is castrated, wether; ^’Mk’ ra-thoft a castrated he-goat; Мк’ч5’Ч thon-pahi- lo the years between childhood and man- hood ; juvenile years (Sch.). 3. TW, also Ik*3 thoft-po cf. ^Ч’Мк* a plough. Ус/чяадч’t hoft-pahi hchaft-bzuft=Уч ^ §5 whn to plough, to hold the plough. ?k'9 thoft-spu mane of the camel (Sch\ thoft-gqol чп^г, the plough- share : ?к*др^г^ thoft-g$ol can one who ploughs, a tiller of the soil. Хкм’ЧЙ^ thoft$-hdsin a receipt: ^5’^’ ч«гч’Укчч®?|Ч the fuel having been supplied take a receipt for it (Rtsii.). Tithod 1. postp. over or above; — up, upon; also as adj. higher, upper: чч*2!ч,зч,Уч’У\вч,^,§,& the windings of the higher ravines and gorges of Nepal are very considerable (Jig.). §teft-kheb$ cover, outside cover, anything to cover over. 2.=^ shba also fyla-thod or SS’^5 dbu-thod crown of the head, ornament or covering for the head. ya-thod, ma-thod a loft in the rafters of the upper and lower storey of a house. 593 ^1 tho d-rgal ^’4 thod-rgal che-wa angry, wrathful. thod-thod, v. $ su. thod-pa 1. чптж skull; skull of dead person, death’s head; thod-$kam a dry skull; thod-rlon a fresh skull; XSH4! thod-khrag a skull filled with blood; thod-phor drinking cup made of a skull used by Tantrik lamas in propitiating spirits, ghosts, etc. 2. or thod-dkri$ a turban, not however worn in Tibet. 3. the forehead, brow: thod- rtsa vena frontalis. thod-rgyan the ornament for the head. thod-mo~khor=Jfafi*^ a species of conch-shell which when burnt makes fine lime. thod-пю khor-gyi phye-ma lime-wash for walls of buildings. thod-le kor or thod-le $kod said to mean alabaster (fiag). ^5*^5^ thod-le dkar chalk; thod-le dkar-gyi phye-ma lime- wash or powder. sjaj thon 1. V. ^4, so; S? at the time of, also time of coming out, at the time of his departure; khydd-thon—^^'^'Q turning out excel- lent, particularly good. 2. n. of a village at the foot of the Khambala ridge on the south side of the Yeru Tsangpo, famous for being the birth-place of Thon-mi Sam- bhota the father of Tibetan literature. Thon-pa a native of Thon, also a member of the family of Thon-mi Sam- bhota; n. of a Tibetan minis- ter born of the family of Thon-mi Sambhota (Loft. * 8). У^’Й Thon-mi or Thon-mi Sam-bho-ta, called also the minister of king Sroft~bt$an Sgam-po who resided for many years in 76
594 ^41 India in order to study Sanskrt and on his return to Tibet framed the Tibetan characters and laid tho basis of Tibetan literature about the middle of the seventh century A.D. thon-ka greenish-blue: чУу^'й^-яУ^ {Jig.) bright green-blue bears the name of thon-ka. Уу^ thon-thi n. of a kind of Chinese satin shot with green and blue (S. kar. 279). thob, v. Уя’я t hob-pa, an exhortation as in Ч^яУя | я*ЦУч, v. hdeb$-pa. Уя’ф ihob-ehu ace. to Schr. button (*•*)• I: t hob-pa щи, зт, um, W 1. vb. to find, to get, obtain; is practically synonymous withlS’q rned-pa, which verb in the colloq. it has to a large extent superseded, though in certain parts of Central Tibet rned-pa is often heard. In TF. and Sikkim Уя*я only is in use both conversationally and in letters. In litera- ture Уя*я occurs in the sense of “to get, obtain, procure, receive” ; but not in tho proper sense of “ to find, discover ” which is the special meaning belonging to"^S,q. Thus in books a common phrase is 5$’я*Уч’ they obtained or acquired faith; S54l*^ir at the end have got the W (in gram- matical construction), Уяч'^чдч gaining [having a close adherence ; closely connected; consequent on]& 2. to be- come; $<<5’Уя’я to become king; Уч q to become a Buddha, to attain to Bud- dhahood ; £*Учч to be religious; ^я^' Учч to be miserable, to be unhappy; 4^’q’ yq q to be saved, emancipated; ч^ч’Уя'Я to become happy, i.e., to attain to Nirvana. II: sbst. gain, profit, that which has been got or obtained; the sum, result, of gain. Уч’У^ in IF. adj. <q’5)q|| that which is to be got or received (Ja.); Уя' §4j qt4’q=4q*’5*’awq to draw or acquire' somehow or other another’s pro- perty. Уя'Ч thob-ga, v. Уя’У. Уч'р* thob-kha-ma—\ww\ also Уяч*<г| immediately, e.g., §^’Уя’Р’еч'в| directly he had arrived (4ftfon.). Уч'^ thob-tgyu colloq. lit. anything to be got, as income, profit, gain. yqj^ thob-tgyal 1. Уч’Я’^'^я thob-pa daft rgyal-ica to gain and win; this ex- pression occurs in the passage ГЯ'}*^, J-ЙУч ядягд^ч) where it signifies *** Уя'^, i.e., acquiring, finding, the way (to Nirvana), getting at the root or gaining tho fruit in the phraseology of the Sift-tna sect {Khrid). 2. n. of a district with a monas^ tery in Tsang: the temple of the Biver-bank Sands is situated on a hill on tho further .bank of the Tsangpo in the direction of Thob-gyal in Tsang {Loft. * 6). In Thob-gyal was bom the Panchen Lama Tanpai Wangchug, who was the successor of the Tashi Lama Tan-pai Nyi-ma whom Capt. Samuel Turner had interviewed in 1786 A.D. 3. occurs in Уя* thob-rgyal byed-pa aec. to Sch. to despoil, pillage, plunder. Уч** tho-cha a share, due; the share ’which one gets. Also Уч’У^. Уч’я^ thob-hdod—^4 ehags ex-» pectation, longing for. Уч’^4 thob-tshir lit. the turn of getting; may be taken as=claim, right, due : Уя *•<^5 thob-tshir fta-la yod I have a claim, a right to it (Ja.). Уч’^* thob-rim the order or turn of getting. yq’Sjq] ihob-yig repertory, indent
595 thob-lo^lfa^ t hob-да vanity, false show: he is conceited, he is not talented but he makes a show. he who makes show of religion, of having acquired it, while just entered at the door of its exposition (Khrid.). yp'Sfq thob-srol ргоЬ.=Чч’а^ thob-tshir right of succession. thob-ga contest, scramble, e.g., for money thrown among people. thom-bu, v. (in the dialect of Amdo) a large wooden spoon or ladle ordinarily called ^яч'Ц^’я*^5-^Уя regarding tho Jowo as not like others he presented him with an additional spoonful of buffalo-cow’s curds and a handful of crystaline sugar (A. 35) ; brought one spoonful of drink (A. 116). thom§-pa, v. rXww hthom§~pa. Thohu-kican the last emperor of China of the Ta-yuan or Tartar dynasty : Karma Raft-byuft rdo-rje was invited to China by (emperor) Thohu kwan (Loft. * 10). thor anything gathered into a single point; what is in a tangle drawn out fine. thor-cog or or (also a plaited tuft of hair, toupet: he bound the tuft of hair with silk-string of five colours. Thor-khod or Thor-god n. of a Mongol tribe. Thor-god §pyi- khaft n. of quarters in the monastery of Tashi-lhunpo where monks coming from X’tffc Thor-god generally reside. • (Loft. 15) the most learned Ce^rab §byin-pa of Thor-god &c. thor-mgo 1. v. thur-mgo. 2. the commencement of the dawn, of the morning. ХХ’аирт thor-chag§=%$entered into the list; registered: ’&• w the resident official of a Jong gene- rously put into the list (Rtsii.). * thor-to=&% the top point of hair, etc. Ккч thor-pay also <Sk’ci, small-pox (Sch.)> pimples, pustule; srin-thor cuta- neous disorders, pustules, pimples on the skin (Jd.). ЧХ‘4 thor-w a 1. v. hthor-wa. 2» thor-pa. ЗХ’З I: thor-bu 1. acc. to Jd. denotes a whole class of diseases comprising dyspepsia as well as cutaneous disorders. swMX dmar-thor measles (Sch.); Хм4! thor-nag some kind of pimples or eruption on the skin (Ya-sei. 28). 2.’single, separate (Ja.); д’Й’МК’З’Ц separate little things, works, books, etc. (Schr.). thor-mo the growing fat of cows, goats, etc., in consequence of sterility (Sch.). thor-gtsug gtsug- thor or gtsug-tor a turban. thor- tshugs fwnw, = plaited hair bound up on the head in a spiral. thor-ГС ОГ ^q’Crq| 5’4^5 (A. 110). ihor-re-wa, v. ^’4 thol-wa 1. v. hthol-ica pf. to rtol-ica what has come forth, what
596 has been raised, elevated (Sch.); tho I- by uh arisen, begun suddenly. Thog I: or Thog-rug n. of a clan among the ancient Tibetans (17#.). 3^11: (in Sikk.) = ^’4 understanding ; thog*chuft of less understanding; Vm* to express intelligibly; absolute comprehension; fully understanding or hearing, one of the six v. 5- thog-pa 1. vb. to hear; now used in tho ordinary sense of hearing anything with one’s own ears just as is the verb nan-pa; but seems to have had originally the meaning of hearing something at second hand, i.e., from others. This signification it still bears also. Hence we derive the further meaning: 2. to hear of, to have woid of, to under- stand; have you heard of the English or Europeans of Calcutta? ЧЧГТЧТЦ, as reported. 3. ono of the 18 sciences or f^?jT; Veda, v. Sfa'Sfc thog-grol or set free (from the world as soon as he) beard (it); an abbreviated n. of a book called the work by the hearing of which one is instantly saved. It is read over deceased persons or to the soul of the deceased. Ifc-q-tapi legg a follower of the Hinayana school (ДМоя.). thog-chuft of little experience; ignorant. thog-ggrogg or 1. met. 5’Xq bya-rog the crow. 2. a hearer ; a follower of the Hinayana school (JU«on.). am I thog-rtul less read or imperfectly informed. thog-ldan ufwn learned man. Syn. rpkhag-pa\ $e*-rab~ can\ rig-pa can (Milon.). thog-ldan dicaft the chief among the learned; complimentary address for a learned man. . thog-pa-dgah n. given to the Buddhist saint Mi-la rag-pa. thog-hdsin = V4 rna-wa hearing; also the organ of hearing. thog-hdsin rgyan = $‘5^ rna rgyan ear-ornament. Л’5 thog-lo hear-say; hearing (a thing) but not understanding: not being so, as if one pretended to have heard and to understand without really having taken into the mind (Khrid. 40). &SP* mthah wminh the lower part of the body ; mthah-gog wwnjfa a vestment for it, a sort of petticoat (Cs.); aoo. to others : a toga worn by the lamas. mthah gprad-pa згтччтт mutual touching of tho body, lying or sleeping together (as husband and wife): just on the point of embracing ; f^E, gvq embracing (for company). ipikahg=W all: perceived by all, heard by all. w mthah (cf. *’«) 1. the end, whether relative to space or time; so= edge, margin, brink; termination, con- clusion, limits: to go round the confines (of a place); mthah- fygril skirts or edge of a gown or vestment tied up ; exceeding all bounds, very great; to walk
[ 597 | round him that sits on a throne (G7r.); <w лчччгеч <5[q] q not returning to former works; to the last karma ; de-mthah round that (mountain); at the frontiers and in the interior, everywhere (Jd.}; »«*’ jj'TF’w border region; (be four bord- ers, i.e., all the surrounding territory, frq. «ч?'Х\ the treasures of the border-country; mthah hdul-wa to conquer or con- vert the people on the frontier; the monasteries (founded) to convert the wild people of the border- land and also those beyond (Rtsii.} ; mthuhi-dmag border-war, i.e., the invading armies (from China, India, Nepal or Kho- ten): 4’5** if the lower lands are seized, tranquility will be reduced to a minimum (Rdsa. 22}. 2. In grammar: terminal letters; na, « ma, ra, * la 3*4**; *чч^ mthah-can words ending in n, m, r, 1; ga-mthah a final (*Ч ga}. 3.=®*-*1* cha-$as. 4. appa- rently is sometimes used as adj. = the utmost, tho last, e.g., having been delivered from misery and from the utmost prosperity (Khor-de). Wflj&fij mthah gcig-tu 1. on the one hand; in part; in a certain degree and in some respects (Jd.}. 2. keeping all on one ’de, or taking from one end or from one side (of a subject or question); it is not easy for one like me to explain only one side (Situ. 2}; mthah gcig-pa^^^'^^ of one opinion, view or thought; unani- mous. mthah gcod-pa 1. final sen- tence or judgment, a decision. 2. to adjudge, decide, come to a conclusion: mthah gcod-pahi phyir in or- der to settle it definitely, to come to a conclusion, or decision. yafi-dag mthah trani the true end, the farthest limit. 3. the rest, remainder: ^’X4|*’3'w’ having given up the last remnant of hope and fear. лчч <1V’5*’Q mthah-bshir rgyas-pa ftsraT one who expands even unto the four limits of the universe; an epithet of a Cakravarti Raja (M.V.}. mvS* mthah-klas^^'^\ ч limitless, boundless. mthah-skor all round; also as sbst. the whole circumference, the perimeter. гччч рйч mthah-khob or ят«н bor- der, outskirts, etc. wvjtfqmthah- khob miham $kye-wa any bor- der-land occupied by uncivilized people; also one of the eight unhappy states, v. mthah-hkhob yul ят«я- barbarian’s country ; also any country where Buddhism has not penetrated. mthah geb$~pa l. = * a raddish leaf. 2. faqn rule, regulation. ячя'5 mthah-gru=^&№ I copious- ness; spacious, extensive. ?ЫАаЛ-<7ге^=^ч1*’5ч1* or ТЯ’ 5*4* lit. friend to the limit of life, i.e., spouse. wbi mthah-fios bashfulness, modesty. W44*g4j^ mthahdcagt the form of a mirror, etc. (Schr.}. «нчя’М mthafy-can ктязт mot. a branch. «чч'*ч|м mthah-chag$ living at the border or edge; the border of a robe. mthah-gni$ lit. the two.extremes, namely, ttag-pa daft chad-pa. In
598 wq ancient India the eages held that there was either immortality or total annihilation, Buddha discovering the golden mean or middle path, «чгфч’дад mthah-gfii§ §pafi$ = «V‘ та-тЯ a hermaphrodite, who is neither man nor woman (Шоп.). адч-д]*^г doubt. mthah-m the sun at the end of summer and winter. mthah-dag HW, fnfW, several, sundry, all ; = *<Л mthah-dag nun frq. 74 таЯ-t shig mthah-dag the plural sign WWVI mthah-dag (gram.). N44VJ mthah-dam qt mt/iah- dam-tshig=the difference separating ruler and subject (Yig. k.) mt/iah-brduln. of a number (Kz- sel. 57). mvjpv mthab-snaft n. of number of twenty-eight figures; wjfq* £ пМаЯ-ъпаЯ chen-po (9]^) n. of number of twenty-nine figures. wta mthah-ber a kind of lasso with which the body of an enemy is en- tangled. wvqq mthah-bral 1. the sky, space. 2. boundless; as with the ocean (Шоп.). mthafy-hbyatns ’TXH n. of a very large number (Ya-sel. 57). mt hah-та ча, 1. the cud; the outermost or extreme side or thing. 2. border, hem, scam, of dresses. to-day we see (him) for the last time. hr'й mthah-mi ятлшЛ border people; barbarians. wvqSyq mthah bstan-pa = ^^y*№ phugs brtan-pa secure future, eventually for good. mthah-bshi the four limits of the globe; one who has conquered every- where, mthab-yas 1. sfawn&, что, 3ч infinite, endless. 2. n. of the king of Kash- mir during whose reign Kshemendra wrote the Avadfina Kalpalata. N. of a king of Naga demi-gods (Шоп.). 3.= ^‘4^ sa-gshi the world. wmw l)Jthah-ya$-ma the ocean, a name of the goddess Paldan Lhamo (Шоп.). ыччmthah-ya$ rtsa n. of a vegetable medicine. Syn. that drewnan ; wytH a- ta-pal (Шоп.). «чгзд mthah-ra$ piece-goods imported from border countries such as India $ China, Kashmir or Nepal (Rtsii.). mthah^la^ hdas-pa $t on-pa hid one of the eighteen kinds of emptiness (Jf. V.). = (Шоп.). wa|w mthah-gsal wholly clear, illu- minated. wn|$q mthah-gseb — W^'*^. 345^ mthar 1. adv. at last, lastly, fin- ally, in conclusion ; acc. to Jd. perh. also: to the very last, wholly, altogether. Also postp. after, behind; rgyal-rab$ sum-brgyafyi mthar after three hundred royal generations; rwfy’ the progressive particle <рЯ is (to be written) after a final 2. or «44-^ mthah-ru towards the end, at the end; frq. the number of those that reach the natural end of life; mthar thug-pa тефра not to be got through, inexhaustible; reach- ed the extreme limit or wlyn mthar
599 thon-pa fully crossed or passed over the limit; as a sbst. a perfect holy person, a saint who has acquired all virtues and has gone to the farthest limit of learning or has acquired all that is knowable, w §5’3 miliar byed-pa to end a work, to destroy, to put an end to, to demolish. mthar-phyin or wvtyci the sky. *W’§5 mthar-byed sjurnr, the lord of death who puts an end to every thing. mthar-hbyin going to the limit. mthar-gyis gna$-paJp ^nom$-par hjug-pa dgu the gradu- ally-acquired nine stages of tranquil pos- ture. They comprise the states of чад’ the four Dhyana; the four Arupa and яч^'дагч mihar-tkyel-wa to carry out fully; to depose without reserve, to dwell upon a subject exhaustively. mihar-gyi$=J^'^ rim-gyis adv. by degrees, gradually, at length. • miliar thug-pa and «, a mi rtog-pa daft nifl-mtshams spyod-pa med-pa are attributes of the gods of the highest heaven (К. ко. *1 237). яч^’ЗЯ'4 mthar thug-pa^ mur- t hug-pa touching or carried to the limit as regards quality, good or bad. rrdhas-kla^ v. wjq mthah-kla$. яад-АЩчргч Mthas gtugs-pa ri. of a place. mthin 1. sky-blue, azure. 2. n. of a flower, used as a medicine for eye- disease. 3. aoc. to Cs. = indigo; mthifaph indigo-plant. 4. indigo colour (Ja.). mthift-skya light blue. *йч*р mthin-kha blue colour. mtlM-ga n. of a bird of deep-blue colour (C. Bon. 12). mtkift-khra a kind of silk-scarf with white spots on a blue ground (Rtsii.). *йч*?| mtlM-gi n. of an an- cient dynasty (J. Zafi.). mthifi- rgyus a kind of stone used medicinally. *й*’^ mthift-tifton n. of a blue-stone used in medicine, lapis lazuli (Mcdl). mtlM-ril acc. to Sch. wild duck. mtlM-hril a smaller bird (Ja.) [the fruit of the marshy date treeJS.; = Icags-rdo superior steel, of bluish-red colour, highly prized in Tibet (Jig.). Syn. З mig-sman $fion-po; bya-khyuft rdo; gsal-ldan ; ч|ад’Ч* gsal-pa can; те-tog mig- $тап; ku-^uhi khams i dus-kyi те-tog; те-tog ze (IMlfion.). IjJthiA-shun n. of a place on the Tibeto-Chinese frontier; on a hill of turquoise-stone (shone as it were) melted lapis lazuli (Tig.), *йч’^с/ mthift-qifi monolyth of turquoise. mthihu, v. mthehu. mthil 1. era, sbst. the bottom, the lowermost part, the depths: Лч'ЭД’Й'ч at the deep bottom of a marmot’s burrow; the bot- tom or undermost of the pile of clothes. 2. the hollow part of anything, chiefly used of the hand or foot: ”14’»й* the palm of the hand; the sole of the foot; vi for a hasty illustration, there might be so many ants clinging to life on the flat palm of the hand (or, on the
600 | *31 palm of the hand as on a plain ) (Khor- de}. 3. the centre, the principal or chief part, of a town; the principal place : Qdan-sa mt hit the capital or the central place of a country whero the government is located; also n. of the chief monastery of Tibet in Yar-lung, throe day’s journey to the east of Sam-ye. mthu = ячп, Wre, foroe or power of an inherent nature; innate energy; capacity, resource. Is a word chiefly used as denoting magie powers; but not invariably so. stroug, powerful, efficacious; the capacity of suppressing the powois of darkness; 5jfa q^be- cause he has abandoned the taking of life, he shall be born in a land of great resources and fine natural productions. n^Smthu- tned also *3S'^S powerless, feeble, unable; mthu$ by virtue of, frq. or *3’ 5*magic, witchcraft; q t0 cast magie spells, to bewitch. *3’*фкл ndhu-tegyifa fawsifa roaring expressive of one’s might and prowess mthu-chen rnam$ *3'$v conjuring, raising tempests, exorcising ghosts, these three I have learned thoroughly. mthu-гса «те («3’|4’^) an exor- cist, one who practises witchcraft. «3’ mthu-wo che one versed in mysticism, in the Tantrik cult, an exor- cist lama mthu-mo che n. of a prcta : yi-dwag$ mthu-mo cher $kye$ was born as a powerful female prcta (KhridY «3'^ mthu-rtsal^^fyw, mthu-rtsa rmad-du, byufi-wa rkan-mgyogt rlufi-dafi mnam-pa geig §pyan-d§afi§ brought in one who in walking was swift as wind and wonderfully skilful in feats of arms, &c. ^S» tnthu yo4-pa=tw»\ efficacious. ^’4 mthug^pa, v. thick, denes. w3^'§5 mthuft-byed, v. gvjH gur-gum (Mfon.). wdhud, v. Я3\ч ht hud-pa. **3V**S ipthud-medi *3S’M hthud-med. ifdhun-pa (*'$й W4T<R, ННТИ, ^r^rhpt, WF3- (bio lta-Ьи) * to agree with, to be accordant, to be on a par with : *3<vqv §5’q to make agree, to bring to agreement, reconcile ; to be in sympathy with. Г’^З'У'4 unanimous; ярк^з^ч to live in harmony, unanimous in judgment; accordant in form of religion. X^’*3^‘q merchants, men of one and the same avocation; *3Vq mutual agreement. S’q'ifvw'agdp similarity or agreement in acts and behaviour. in harmony with other men; or in conformity with one’s words, expres- sions; ^'^‘«3^^ agreement in refer- ence to time and place; ^’**3^’q per- sonal union as of husband and wife; agreeing in the habits of life, in the manner of food and drink, etc.; Ячрг^«зуч of equal birth and extrac- tion ; of the same or similar pro- fession, also persons whose karma is simi- lar ; mental unity, of the same thought or mind, agreement; *3^’q*’? mthun-pahi §de итфЖ same or equal rank
601 or class. similar extraction or birth. я^-а^^а equal or similar culture or enlightenment. ря^к; яЗ^’А^’^'ч^'А paying taxes according to law; 4V*’я’я^-3§\qor -*)я the news being contradictory I do not know what to do ; ’Ч|^ч]’я’я«я* q^l the two men having disagreed, they did not go to law but a friend made them agree ; ^ОГА^ЯЯ’! ’ ?<Ч’ V §^’«1 ’ *3^’ ’ Я^А’ <Y ^Я’язу^ч]-3f because the villagers could not agree on question concerning their common property, the headman of the village came causing them to agree. It will be noted from certain of the fore- going examples that яз^а«; may be used as a postp. coupled to the word it governs by the affix 5^’. яз^ qvj’ A mthun-par rtse-wa playing without disagreement. яз^*а5^ yathun-pahi rkz/en or я^'^ mthun-rkyen necessary articles ; also, as predicate, requisite, indispensable : зя’^я' Яч]чгя#«й*яз^5 f00(j and drink, &c., are the requisites of living; w3^’£5 clothes, etc., are the articles of necessity which one must have; ‘*3^’H ^яя-q^q ^’А^язу^ health is a requisite of domestic.happiness and a peaceful mind is necessary for inner en- joyment. lading on the two elephants all the neces- sary articles (A 22). ЧЦА’А bstan hdsin skyes-buhi mthun-rkyen b$grub-pa to have secured all things requi- site for a religious man (TV#.). mthun-rkyen to co- operate, to help, to be-friend (Шоп.). *3*i nMun-can in IF. gentle, peace (Ja.). яз^mthun hjug-pa or я^ач'ч^-а to cause to agree, to fit in, to bring in accordant elements (Yig.). яз^’А^’^я mthiin-pahi grogs friends of great mental affinity ; я^-Qgvg'«1 -ч) letter of recommendation. я^’ая^йг^а mthnn-pahi dnos-grub wished-for blessings. mthzin-pahi yul-du gnas-pa residence in a coun- try of congenial characteristics (21. V.). яз^’ач-^е/ mthim-pahi rlun favourable wind (for a vessel sailing). язу§^ mthun-sbyor friendship, rela- tionship, favourable coincidence of time, circumstances, etc., particularly when matrimonial relationship is formed. Syn. nithun-p)hyog8\ я£о/§5 mdsah-byed\ ne-war sbyor ; я^яя’§К mtshams-sbyor (Шоп.). яз^§ч]я mthun-phyogs relations, friends (Шоп.). яз^’Йа-а mthun шоп-pa or яз^’Йая ordinary, usual; also = §’^ spyi-pa general, common; also common property. яЗУ^я mthun-rtsis the astrological cal- culation to ascertain if a bride and bride- groom will live in harmony or not after marriage. mthur also я^я^гя$ч straps or rope for a horse’s head to which another rope is tied to fasten him. яз^ я^ц mthur-rndah or яз^'чч] a halter, rope tied to the muzzle of a horse, &c.; яз^'я^ reins: яз^я^я^^-вг^кЛ^А-Вч- ‘^я even on the halter and the head gear there were many precious gems (A. lkl). 77
602 W mthu§ instr. of *3, by magical power, by dint of (Л. K. 111-16). q£*'4 mthu$ brtsir-wa ^Wr’rf to be subdued; gen. overpowered by witch- craft. mthe-bo also col. «5*^, Й or the-bo the thumb. ^-q^-^-25 rkan-pahi mt he-bo the big toe. Syn. йч’Й-'й'Ч sor-mo the-bo; ipthe- toft (Mfioti.). mihe-ehufi^9^ or Xt’vXl’^’q 4pnfi^T tho little finger; tho little too. *5-5c mtht-bofi — 9^ mthe-bo. mtheb-kyu 1. button. 2. a sym- bol resembling a finger which is placed with the tonna (offerings made to gods and demi-gods, &c.) (Rtsii.). rnthehu or a little hammer. Also, the little toe. mt ho (чч[*ч5 lag-pahi) 1. a span, from the tip of the thumb to the tip of the middle finger when extended. they inoreased each about a cubit and span measure (Hbrom. 163). = (Jiy.). «wq or *<T'<q^rq to span, to measure by the hand with tho fingers extended; *#' К a span in length ; or two spans. 2. v. *34 *3*^’ mtho-gon a little triangular re- ceptacle into which the effigy of an enemy i* placed, to whom ono wishes to do harm by witchcraft (Ja.). «If'jq-q mtho rgyab-pa -to give earnest money in W. (Jd.). wXxiq mth-fiag—^Q-f\\ mtho-bqad gran-< diloquence, high speech with little mean- ing. iVg’q’tf the stf-qj doctrines of the time of that Buddhist king were only high-flown theories (Л. 77). mtho-wa=^' <зд 1. sbst. elevation, prominence; height; also adj. high, lofty, elevated, raised. Jd. makes it primarily a verb: to be high. being of high and noble birth; q higher than that; the sacred insignia are high up above the roof; S’F^’wlfq* ^ qs4$%q-^qN the height of Potala reaches to eleven stories ; *’*3^ fia-iptho- na when I am high, when I rise in position. s/Jq'qpfa'4 to lower what is high, to bring down, to humble, frq. the more I was aspiring, the more I was brought low (Jd.). 2. for hammer; *34^ stone used as a hammer (Cs.). mtho-khyad height, highness. *3‘SS mtho-spyod in IF. haughty manner (Ja.). mtho-dpafl occurs in ^•q^’qJojN'q ]£tho-war brtseg$-pa n. of a lofty mountain in the fabulous continent of Uttara Kura where there are trees with leaves of gold, lapiz lazuli, coral, diamond, ruby, etc., and tranks of silver. At night light is emitted from the leaves of trees, etc., to enable the gods and nymphs to make themselves merry and to revel, &c. (7Г. d. * 309). mtho-war sems-pa to think highly of, to extol (one’s own religion, doctrine, &c.). «tf’Avg’q mtho- war bya-wa to eulogise, to flatter, to praise, to exalt ;=^M-4l5'q, also as sbst. = ^^4, *3'5^^ mtho-dman height:- of equal height; undulating; having high and low lands,
603 mtho-mtshams evil design, mischievous mind or intention, brewing mischief. | $ton-pa la mtho-mtshoms shin, bar-da good-par hdod designing mischief to the teacher in the meantime he wished to injure it (Yig). (Ebrom. I4 31). Syn. mtho-htshams; giiod-sems; htshe-byed (Mnon.). mtho-ris I: ^?T, fK^, <n^, <5, ttY heaven, paradise, the abode of the gods: м^r*fg*r persons gone to the three spheres of damnation being very many and persons gone into bliss being few (Khor-de.). Syn. ^’2*1’515 mtho-ris rgyal-srid; lha-yi yul; w^sa-bta; Sten-gi hjig-rten; dal-hdsin, gnas-^zaii; Хогчч’^ rol-pahi sa; bde- hgro; 3'M skyo-med; skabs- gsum gna$; lha-yi hjig-rten; Ika-yi gron; sum-risen; ^’^5 hchi-med; yrcR’e)^ grub-pahi gnas; nam-mkkahi khyim; bde-ldan (Itfnon.). mtho-ris-kyi yon-tan bdun the seven attributes or advantages of paradise are:—noble birth, w fine form, great enjoyment, mental accomplishment and merit, power and prosperity, Y/ ^5 freedom from disease, ex- treme longevity (Mfion.). mtho-ris-kyi mtsho the lake of heaven. Syn. О*’»# chu-kluft mtsho; rtse-wahi mtsho (Mnon.). mtho-ris klun=^%% the celestial river, the river of the Mandakini (or glacial streams). гчУ’Y| д mtho-ris dge-ica worldly virtues, good, etc., (heaven being inside such world). mtho-ris thob the spiritual guide or teacher of the gods. Syn. phnr-bu; sgru-mkhan ; |f*4|4N §gra-mkhas; lha-yi Ыа-та (Mnon.). mtho-ris rnams — ty*^ the gods including tho planet Rahu. яУ^’йУЧ mtho-ri§ sman-ya the physician of the gods. Syn. tha-skar skyes; lhahi sman-pa (Mnon.). *чУ mtho-ris smad-htshon = celestial courtezan (Mnon.). афс’р mthoh-kha or chest, breast; to seize by the breast (Ja.). I: mthoft-wa 1. to see, to view, in the broad sense of the term as an ordinary faculty;.to look, to see, in a general way; having seen; was seen; to cause to see: । he sees only when the object is near, not when it is far (Sch.); can you see to a far distance at night time? 2. to perceive or behold any particular object ; an eminence from whence one can see the mountains of Tibet; a place where one can be seen by others; he made it visi- ble to the girl, he made her see it; if there is one that has seen it, if there exists a witness; seeing this, I came to know, t>., from this I saw, I percieved; «чУ*’У«г^’^Ч frq. seeing, hearing, touching, remembering; acc. to
604 ^4|| Jd. thinking of (e.g.^ a form of prayer, or magic formula); eolloq. is usually coupled with the eye, quite pleonasti- cally : look up there, you can see three goa deer. 3. to witness, observe (mentally): О capital, capital, for the second time have I witnessed tho Doctrine preached in the metropolis I thus de- signedly he cried. 4. eolloq. to experi- ence, to endure : I*]has experienced many troubles. II: slight; in Budh. w?VqVе q mthon-ica la rnam-pa gni$-te of two kinds: 1. «^’3hr«£vq perception by inference : wvq’ etc., by seeing smoke from a distance to hold that I have seen fire although really I have not seen fire, etc. 2. ^^’oiwqwfc'q actual sight by personal observation (717. my. 1/37). mthon-phyogs—exjdain- edas^’^’ object of sight; a now, scene, aspect (Ya-м I. 4d). wdhofi-dug (‘sight-poison’) evil eye (Sch.); envy, grudge, jealousy [a snake] S. mfhofi-ttyed^&q mig 1. that which sees, the eye (Mnon.). 2. a species of kite. «dfe’ow mthon-lam the true way 1. q^ q•efiw the state or stage of per- fection in which one perceives the truth, he., the reality of Nirvana-. f^q^, accord- ingly from the first stage of perfection or ecstasy he passes to the meditative stage called w'here he perceives the true state of Dharma. 2. acc. to Was. (139): the path of obtaining the power of sight, a mystical state. mthoft-lugt the .way of viewing a thing ; notion, theory, opinion. fljfc q-^ДГ/ЛоЯ-tca donjdan n. of an image of Buddha, the sight of which brought merit to any one (Yig. k. 21). mthoH-na dgah = ^l^'*£w very handsome, of beautiful form. *rtfe’$Qr$q-q mthofi-phul ehufi-wa=wfc$ ^•q, as in tiniest thing visible or faintest thing audible (D.7?.). wMt’q’Sf^V4 mthoft-wa tya-na тефра = q^q^Tqq <п^тщ perceiving the supreme truth v. g*V^Vq- mrhon-wa med-pa fatalist. mthofi-uahi eho§ ac- tions of present life. wXqxj50hnr$i/qv 4§<q mthon-icahi eho$-la myofi~war hgyur- tea (Karma) manifesting itself in the actions of this life. orq^-qx; a|^rq one of the stages in technical meditation. mthofi$-wa$ $paft-bya that which is renounced when seen; mthofi-icat sgrol deliverance at sight. mthon-tshor w^r explained by gu. 90). view, prospect, sphere; illuminated space : v^,^4 ^df3*‘,3Kql5*w the’ ex- panses of*sky were filled with rain-bow canopies. 2. opening in the wall or roof of a house for the entrance of light or for egress of smoke: ga| on the side of my
605 pillow there came a solitary white man opening wide the cleft-holes of the hamboo house (Л. 129). fpiwTui an opening to the sky in the middle of a building. 3. mthofts-kha plat- form on a fl at-roof. mthons-ka silk ornaments, fringes on the borders of paintings (Cs.) mthons che-wa— g dome. я?слгс| mthon$-pa 1. to lose one’s senses; one who has lost his senses. 2. acc. to Jd. perh. = ^?^‘^ hthom$-pa. mthon-ka or also ц mthon-ka chen-po 1. blue gem of great value; acc. to Jd. one of the five celestial gems. 2. azure, sky-blue. mthon-te coming out success- fully, surmounted, climbed up. mthon-po high, elevated, exal- ted ; deep, loud. Practically the same as A and in colloq. much more frq.; occurs also as mthon-mo. Syn. mtho-wa; gzefts- •mtho; rnams-ehe; dpafts- mtho; rtse-mo rift (Mnon.). mthon-mthiil 1. ; sap- phire. 2. the high blue colour (of things). mthon-pohi lha an epithet of Vishnu (bjnon.). mthor-hthuft чпччч washing the mouth with a potion of water. mthol-wa or А?«ГА=«нррГА to confess, confession; from the word thal-mo ; and is defined as ^’А,а]^гч'Ц’Хг|Х* it signifies joining tho palms of the hands in contrition: if you are guilty make confession (Hbrom. F 19) qv K4TQ one fit to confess not keeping company for a day with a sinner after he has con- fessed (A. 52). mthol-$ag$ con- fession. mthol-tshan§ (cf. con“ fession, acknowledgment of guilt. mthol-tshan§ byed-pa^9^’^^'^ to make confession, to confess, which acc. to Buddhism implies atonement and remission of sins (Jd,), mthos abbreviated form of hthag a mill; mill-stone; colloq. W|hthag-gi anything pulverized in a mill; grinding or ground in a mill. hthag-paipi. btag^ fut. ^5^, imp. 1. to grind, crush; to grindin a mill; pwwpto make flour of roasted corn, barley, wheat, &c.; g’WW|’A phye-mar hthag-pa to grind into flour, to pulverize. 2. to weave: явд|’А to weave woolen cloth; яччр’ч a weaver; the daughter of a silk- weaver (Glr.); loom (Sch.); Wj’g’ a to cause cloth to be woven. hthan-gos~ Wnfafa the under-garment or petticoat worn by tho lamas called also -q»nA4, hthan sprad-pa s&HRiO bodily union as in conjugal relations. wZi hthafi-po lower parts of body: a bodily defect or personal deformity. hthad liking, pleasure; good will; joy (Ja.)- 1 : hthai-pa х’гг I. to be delightful; pleasant, agreeable, well-
606 pleasing. not agreeable, repulsive: ^4’3*’ all these sayings have pleased me very much. 2. (not governing a case) to please, to bo acceptable, to be considered as good, to be (generally) admitted, f I see that (this reading) is not generally accepted (Zam.); it occurs also in this form; wrong (JKas. 29J); to bo fit, proper, suitable (from Jd.). as it is not proper to call it soul, as it cannot fitly be called soul. 3. ^^5 is a familiar word very frq. in JK. almo4 the only word for dgah-tca: cheerfully, joyfully; as it was not agreeable (to him); though apparently rejoicing. 4. at pleasure, at will: let us turn back; voluntarily, spontaneously (Jd.). hthad-leg$ n. of a large numeral (Ya-sel. 58). 11 ; acc. to Sch. = °x\Q hthan-pa ldhad-lda»=wji hthan-po. hthan^Wft nan-tan pressure; urging, hthan-hdre a demon (Sch\ hthan-po steady, persistent: mi hthan-po a steady man, a resolute man (Cs.). ОДЧ’Ц hthab-pa ^xf^r, f^r< to fight; to quarrel, to dispute, to brawl. to struggle with snow-storm (Mil.)} to die peaceably without a struggle; also used when quar- relling persons are reconciled (Jd.)} F’W verbal altercation. As sbst. also w35 hthab-mo a fight, a battle ; wrjpi hthab-krol dispute, contest (Lex.) + gq’q one who quarrels is one who produces cause for mischief. hthab-hkhrug fighting, war. wч hthab-ya antagonist: you must bo my rival in fight; a fighting cantankerous female; occasional rival; a rival for tho time being; acc. to Jd. the antago- nists of life, i.e., tho family and relations a secular man has to struggle with. hthab-rag§ intrenchmcnts, breast-work, ramparts. qqq’cjai fythab-bral 1. thus explained: ? if one is free from troubles with the Asura, it is Thabtfal—signifying that one of the heavens of the Buddhist theogony is free from strife. This region lies above the Trayas irinisa heaven. 2. acc. to Bon= mtshe-ma. hthab-hbu silk-worm. WTP I: htham-pa pf. wro hthams 1. to seize, to lay hold of, to clutch, to attach oneself to, to realise mentally. 2. to join together, to enlock: or to unite in friendship ; g to join in any undeitaking (Jd.). W4 П: = Гл §руо-ка trf<HT4T blaming, scolding; to scold, to blame. uf, htham§-pa to clasp out of affection. to seal friendship under a solemn oath. wrq hthal-wa, v. W4 thal-wa. htha$-pa жя: 1. not stiaight- forward, double-dealing. 2. bard, solid: sra-htha$ sinewy, strong, robust (Sch:). hthig-pa 1. vb. n., pf. *$4M to drop, to fall in drops, to drip from:
607 without any blood dropping out. 2. vb. a., pf. 4^^, fut. 4$flj to causo to fall in drops, to distil, etc. (Jd.). * hthin-stad^tfa^ smod-pa slander, a term of blame or abuse (Cs.). hthibs-pa, pf. ^4^ or *]^4^ g.tibs to bo covered, darkened: $**’*^wq tho body and mind being covered with disease; 5'35’4^5'be- came darkened as with a fog; vb. n. g5‘^‘ W^«№’4^'^qN all the trees afford a delightful shade; S*’*34M drowsiness overcomes me; 4}*г4^ад ges-pa hthib* consciousness grows dim (Jd.). *^4$rq hthib$-po dark, close, dense. *^4« sbst., a covering. О&ГЦ hthim~pa fut. of ^*’4 thim-pa: *’ | it would vanish into the earth; also would be absorbed in the soil. *3’4 hthu-ica 1. adj. v. 3’4 thu-wa. 2. vb., also *35’q, pf. fut. imp. 3*T4§ or to gather, collect, pick up : ^’5*' $*’3>’*3’4 to collect wood and roots for fuel; 3k’*’*3’4 to pick up things strewn about; З^’й an assemblage of men, council (Cs.). hthug-pa—ы^ц also *3*4’4 adj. and abstr. sbst. thick: ччрт’^ЗЯ’2* a thick skin; a thick hide; ^’*3^ a thick rug. *****34] thicker towards the margin or edge, gen. of woven stuffs, opp. to ^4*q srab-pa (Jd.); thickness in consistency, as of liquids; also adj. dense, strong: ^Ч^‘*ЗЯ dense forest; *Ь5'*3*Г4 a sound sleep; 4чг*<1рг4з<1|’5 a strong inclination (Jd.). 43*’4 hthun~wa pf. 4§c.ж btwn§ or *3^* hthuns to drink, to imbibe fluid: to diink one’s fill; *3«'q'^’3*’ mediately after • drinking; 4 ® one who will drink water; a water-drinker (Situ. 84); *3^Vq drinkable; allow- able to drink ; *3^ they were engaged in drinking; have drunk; 454*4 sbst. drink; 454 4 f0 ЦгцД (any) liquid : 4эч*ч’^4* 4544 eating and drink; 4*4'454* food and drink; 454’$ btun chu water for drinking; *3q’S’^q,$,^IFarS’5>,5*l if drinking water and irrigation water be good, there is water prosperity (Jig.). *3q’§5 hthufi-byed met. the sun (he that drinks, t.e.9 draws out moisture by his heat) (Mnon.). hthud~pa=&3\4 to add on, make longer ; to piece on, to prolong ; wf q to add a piece to a string when a part of it has broken off; he has no need of an additional re-birth. *35'* hthud-ma 1. assistance, help in general. 2. an added piece; prolongation : gvirq,435**&’a5*,T34’54* make an agreement for, engage, more coolies! *35'^5 hthud- med or *35’^’^5=Ф5,^*Г^5‘4 without any omission or addition, i.e.9 to make or do a thing perfectly well. ед’4 i. hthun-pa9 v. *35'4. 2. a gatherer : ^*’*35 a gatherer of wood; ST'*35 a gatherer of grass. ОДП’Ц hthub-pa pf. *34*1 hthubs or 454, fut. *154 4, imp. *34 to cut into pieces, to split: ^*’3^'*34’q'q one who cuts into pieces, a splitter (Situ. 84); -*J‘4J5q’q to cut meat into pieces,, to mince; ^*‘*154’4 to split wood in chips. hthum*pa a form of *13*‘4, pf. *3** or 45*4, fut. *3* or 45*, imp. *3* or *5* to oover or lay over, , to put over, to
608 coat; to wrap up, to envelop, v. ; Slfir 3*r»tfp3»rq to cover or wrap up the head with clothes. hthums barren, sterile; addled (eggs). Ef*3w stupid. hthur supine of *3 for *3’4* in colloq. 2|4'*31^*?=^с;*3‘сг'ч'чФ goes collect- ing wood. Q^QJ’CJ hthul-wa 1. adj. volatile. 2. sbst. the subtle particles that are carried by the wind to produce the sensation of smell. 3. to raise, to spread ; to smell of: ^«г*3*гч to raise smoke; *3^'4 to diffuse good or bad smell; 4’^’^ it smells of camphor ; after having laid the dust; °< *3*< some persons were spreading perfumes (Ja.). QjE}4J?T4 htheg^-pa 1. to prepare for a journey, to pack up. 2. to depart; it prob, signifies the same as 3*1'4, to lift, raise, take up; cf, *lVq5*l^ or *^*|*rq to shift, to change (lodging), to remove; carpet bag, knap-sack. hthefi. or *3*'4 adj. lame (person or animal); to be lame, to go lame, cf. 3q t?; became lame the leg being maimed. ht hen-pa 1. to draw, to pull: **T a ^'q to pull a rope; 4fr*l’*3^4 to pull up, hoistto pull towards;^’#*’ to pull this way and that way ; *Н£кчЦ they pulled to and fro; jv §n q pulling by jerks, by little and little; Ч*гсгя^'4 to draw a curtain. 2. acc. to Jd. to stop, to stop short, to halt: q^ q-цяс- it will be advisable to stop. 3. in W. also=^’4 to lean, recline upon (Ja.). 0^’4 II: acc. to Bon terminology is the line of a J41 or dynasty, the term being thus applied because each member was metaphorically drawn up towards heaven by his ancestors. The eleven dynasties of Bon kings or *JW3’ *3^'4 (lit. heavenly lines) were called (1) W*3y^, (2) $’&’*r*3^ (3) *r*3^, (4) (5) *1^V ^Елгд-qq^ (6) (7) XofW $я*г*3^, (8) (9) *r*3^, (10) (11) *T*3^ which is also called 5$’*3^ (G. Bon. 23). htheb^ty^ overplus, extra, supernumerary : 3[<r*3q a supernumerary dress; j$5жогч]<ч*-Хч]<гд*1 if you have an extra dress please lend it to me; w^'*34’5j*i *3**4 to wrap up in an extra blanket; ®k*|’*]$*l’*3q one day over, or too much. (Ja.). *34’4 htheb-pa acc. to Sch. to have too much (?). hthebs-pa pf. 3q* a pass, form of 1. to be thrown, overthrown; seized by or with: ^5*В*’*34*Г4 seized with disease; *3«w$q instrument for holding fast cloth etc. in sewing. 2. to be opened out,be spread about: to be opened out clearly, made plain ; *r5^’*?W4 seed having been strewn; g*|* 4*hard soil which had been broken up with iron bars. 3. sometimes occurs as act. vb. instead of *^4*4 hthemt-pa 4. the completion of a specified number; g*P*’ qgjq*r*i*r*3>w completed counting the number of charms (mantra). 2. to shut L
609 ед| in,- comprise, cover, include, v. яяадгз, 3. to suffice=^S’4 or ^’4 (Jd.). hther-po or яЗя’ч smooth and glossy: л*гя$я'я^я dril-buhi dbyibs hther-hther surface of the bell well polish- ed (Jig.). htho sometimes written instead of «Т mtho a span. Я^)’Я1 : hthog-pa acc. to Ck. = s]V^’q , gtog-pa acc. to Sch. яядрч hthag-pa. II: pf. я^ imp. 1. to take, bear away, carry: 'W* ^яргяЗярч’Ч the magpie carries away worms, insects, etc., wdth its bill; ^*я?ярг <rci one who places or carries the meat; яЗяря-ц one carrying cymbals (musical instruments, etc.) having cymbals in his hand (Situ. 84). 2. for thob-pa to receive. 3. for as ®ц’я$1ргч useful. 4. to name, to call (Ja.). рДуЩ hthon-pa (pf. and imp. ^’q) 1. to go out, to come forth, depart; яЗ^п to come from within; ^’^’«^Я'я?^ to isuse forth from the ground: all having come out; when I emerged on the other side of the river. In IF. colloq. is a common usage for Кя-q to come, and to arise. 2. acc. to Jd.= to occur, as in ^я-ад-дя’^’яЗ^я^г] (these goods) occur as imported, are imported: ^я|-чч^йс?я^-ЗЦ’!> his name occurs (?>., goes forth) as one who is knowing, i.e.y he is reputed sagacious. я^й’ядЕ/сг^ Jlfhon-mi hlrin-po rgyal n. of a descendant of king Lde-p)hrin btsan Wg.). яТя’ч hihob-pa sometimes as a fut. of thob-pa: яЗсгч’^с/ядчгч hthob-pa daA hbrcl-wa the accompaniment of what will be gained; result of gain or profit. яЗа’Ч’^ hthob-pa med W'nfK not getting, not to be got. hthom-pa> pf. яфкгя also ?w*q tc be confused, puzzled, to grope, to bo stunned. я^яТ^ч=я^яря q: his head being turned, puzzled; ^^•чя’яХ^ being devoid of the eye of fore-knowledge he groped in darkness; asf 5’яУя his head becomes dizzy, confounded (Hbrom. IS). Acc. to Jd. is now used in JF. for to doze, slumber. я^я'^я hthom-yor idiot, or dumb-con- founded: the three miseries of idiots, dumbness, deaf- ness and blindness (Khrid. 4Z). In C. colloq. й’Я^’я?<няТ»гК^ this man is very stupid or quite dazed. hthor-wa pf. ч^я btor, fut. ^Тя pfor, imp. я?я 1. prop. v. n. to be strewn or scattered, (Ыкч, ичкЫ; $я?я to sprinkle water; яд'Я^я'ч to scatter grain: *^*Ц’я?я’я?яялц'Ч’я£ч| the rain comes driz- zling down. 2. to be dispersed, dedi- cated, to burst (of a gun): $’Я?я’ц'ч one who throws or sprinkles water (Situ. 84). яЗя’|5 hthor-byed a parrot (Mnon.). яЗя’я^я* hthor-hthnA libation = $ ^(Cs.; Sch.). hthor-mtho lofty peak. ОДГЧ hthol ^5'^ or revealing, giving out, confessing; same as mthol-wa confession. 78
da is the eleventh letter of the Tibe- tan alphabet and the third letter of the third group of consonants. It is equiva- lent to the Sanskrit <, being more dental in its pronunciation than the English d. I: num. figure for 11. S П: 1. metaphorically it symbolisms a gift: bestowing groat charity is the Mahayana (personified) (7Г. my. *1205). 2. tho signification and virtues of this letter according to tho fancies of mystic authors may perhaps be gathered from such state- ments as these: row «S’54 the letter S is a symbol of being deprived of nothing; it takes away nothing, hence it sets freo everything, i.e., gives salvation (7Г. g. 4 42); also | q being the state of entrance to all Dharma (i.e., source of knowledge), it explains all matterand phenomena both in their passive and regulated or active states (K. d.^ 114); qapr «Г as it fully makes sure the Vinaya (moral discipline) and the objects of Vinaya, it is called the entrance to all Dharma (Hbum. *4 282). now, at present, just, osp, before the imp. mood : in C; just go home! in W. now go inside! In later works and especially in modern eolloq. the da, now, is 5’^ da-lta, usually heard in eolloq, as “ tanda.” Other combinations are “tanda lamsang” at once; S’^34 ^ “tandd t'eltu” directly, imme- diately» 2. this time, the present: this, the present year. 5 da in ’^’9 da-chog Ita-bu then, now, 5 Da-ko-qa n. of an island called- . the Sandal-wood island (Kaihati. 121), 5T1 da-kha 1. now, just now, presently. 2. acc. to Jd. a horse-shoe : VF’JA’q da-kha rgyab-pa to shoe a horse. da-lta or ^ 4^ hdi- $kab§ now, this time, this occasion. 5$ da-ci 1. then what: then what do you think; bio ne$-pa kho$. ’яХ/s (Khrid. 78). 2. what was, lately: from lately until now. 3. sickle- hook for cutting briars (Jd.). da-cha in future, henceforward. 5’^5 da-nid qt SffiS the present time; but just now; da-lta. nid-du instantly. da-lta, v. 5 III. Vg’A da-lta-wa or da-lta-yaft even now: even now he is very kind. S’f* da-ltar for the present, at the . present time ; da-ltar-gyi bya-wa or q dnos-po a person’s experience or actions during the present period of his life; 5’^4 da-ltar-wa the present time, present; the present tense; da* liar byun-wa UriMg presence of mind; also, born or grown for the current age or current times.
611 Wl ' da-ste henceforth, from this time forward. Also da-phyis. 5’^’ da-dun or 5'^’ da-run still, still more; but in (✓. this latter form is in common use for and .give still more: please explain it once more ; again and again. In colloq. 5’^ often stands for da-run. 5’^4 da-drag = da dgah-mo red that is good. 2. a term used in grammar for the now obsolete 5 da when second final after the letters \ ч, in 5^5 or ^5, changing the termi- native into 5, also X or into £ Thus in the place of was formerly in use W? kund-tO) and for was written hbyord-to ; now, although the final d is no longer used, a relic of its former use survives .in the concluding particle У to. da-gdod—S^' still, still more (fiag. 25). 5’^’ da-nan or da-nans 1. pre- sently. 2. this morning; lately this day; da-nan klags read just now. da-tsug—S1^' da-gan: da- tsug byed now what to do, or what is to be done; 5’4^ now (at last) I understand: V* now (at last) you have understood and accepted the real doctrine (Rbroin. 17). da-hur—^^\ glo-bur suddenly, instantly: fell suddenly from humanity (D.R.). 5’^1 da-ran—S^ da-lan this time (in Sikk.). da-rans this morning. da-re—this day, to-day: 5Е/ 2’g- аЦ- q'gx 'fc’cr । what is this terrible noise and confusion to-day (Rdsa. 17). 5Л or S’Xq in IF. means also : heretofore, sometime ago. 5’^ da-lam—now-a-days : V now-a-days in the country of Urgyen in the west (Ya-sel. II). + da-dru-hjoms the plant Cassia alata, the root of which cures ringworm; several synonyms for this bulbous root, called ol in Bengal, are mentioned: rab-mt/io; ч glan-po dkar-po; hkhor-lo-hjoms} sbyed-hjig^; hdor kha-wa; fin-fiin-ean; phug-ron rkan; ^7 pi-nya; hod-ldan hkhri-qin; 5^’34’^ dkah-thub can; ^,QT$V te-la ser-can; phag-тпо gdofi; Jpr§s a ^kyob-byed-ma. Another species of Cassia is called stobs-bzan-ma. 1da-пи ka-ri or 5’5’4’^ da-nit ska-ri or n. of a flower (K. d. 568). ‘5 Da-khri btsan-po the name of one of the sons of king lYu-khri btsan-po. da-c/iu—*^^ dnul-chu mercury (gwan.): 5 Da-ehu causes fractured bones to unite. 5’^ da-trig 1. n. of a vegetable medi- cine (prob, tamarind): V54! 4 ^ §5 da-trig tsha^-gran hkhru-wa gcod-pa byed da-trig stops diarrhoea caused by heat or cold (Rtsii.). Syn. so brtsi-ma; gvli $kyur-mo; яугяд’Й hdal-
612 VH! ma phra-mo {Mnon.). 2. in Bon termino- logy=devil: V54!'*da-trig ma-sans gsal zer hbar the deni Masang exhibited radiant light (D.J?.). da-phrug or VI4! dwa-phrug or S’? da-tse ьп orphan. V9S da-byid ntm a lizard of Ladak: Syn. sa-hdsin; sa-hdsin §kyes; tehu le-ica\ bdag-$kye§ (Mfion.). da-ber, v. ta-Ьег, mdah-bcr. dahu=$*\ rgya-tshad Indian fever, typhus fever: at that time Gya- tson-seng was laid up with typhus fever at Nalendra (A. 71). V* d.i-ra 1. a class of headless ghosts. 2.=SV4 buttermilk which is half or three-fourths water. t S’^’5 Da-ra-da n. of a country to tho N.W. of India, prob, the modem Dardistan (K. d. 23). da-li§ (prob, from <rf%u) same as a species of dwarf rhododen- dron with fragrant leaves: 1Г^г^г;-3>'с^’аЦ J)ali cures phlegm, gonor- rhoea, and gives longevity. dica-wa a plant yielding an acrid drug: dtca- tcahi rtsa-was sringsod ru$-hdser hgog the root of da-wa kills worms and checks bony excrescences (J/i?cL). dwa-tshur vinegar of dwa-wa plant, which made into a gargle removes fetid smell from the mouth and heals diseases of the bone (Med.). jMq'Ji Dwafyi-hchin ba-dur a Mongolian king who reigned over Tibet for seven years (Lon. * 12). Daa-la$ ba-dur the Mon- gol name of the son of king Mi-wah Phola Bsodnam§ 8tob-rgya$. His real Tibetan name was Цдуиг-med Rnam-Rgyal, and the Emperor of China conferred on him the title of Wang (Loft. * IS). ^4] dag 1. sign of the plural, eleg. for rnams; often added to the pronouns and and sometimes to numerals; also in the combination dag-rnam$. , 2. in translation of Sanskrt denotes the dual number: we two; j^S'S4] you two; acc. to Jd. often used for my equals. 3. in colloq.: certainly, it is true: sir, it is so. STF dag-kha is said to be used in Tsang for (Ja.). dag-ga dog-ge 1. uneven, also adv. unevenly; anything placed not quite on a level. 2. acc. to Jiz.^X4]’ Ч4! dog-dog. dag-gu=J&** phye-ma powder. V4'4 dag-pa I: (prop. pf. of ^54l’q hdag-pa) uf<, 1. clean, pure; cleansed; purified (of dirt, defilement, stain, etc.); ^'«rs15]4* purified of sin. 2. sublime, exalted/ passionless. Also may occur as abstr. noun : purity: 54!’4dag-pa can possess- ing purity. V4 4 dag iher-гса от 54! ; aco. to Sch.: to make clean, cleanse; id. 54l^’4^’4 to
I 613 Л become clean, purified; to make clean, to cleanse, to purify; V^qv^'q towash clean; ur^tq, srtfufl made clean, cleansed; impure or defiled blood or caste; I quite pure in the works of the mind, in word, and in body; 5*|’q^’4#q to lead a pure virtuous life; «W’Sfl'q a right and proper prayer; faljfi, falja; quite pure, most holy, also the state of purity; $‘5Я’4 impure; impurity, defilement; bkrus-na mi- dag-pa med-do when they have bathed they are freed from impurity. 3. *33, атМн bleached, bathed, washed cleanK rubbed, dusted, swept out: his face washed with tears; dag-pa yofa-su dag washed completely clean. dag-hgrel^^'&^W a com- mentary on orthography. dag-ci mint, aromatic plant, Mentha roy liana (Jd.). Vl’ql5 dag-brjod or correct ex- pression, right spelling. UK/^oyq yan-dag-pa v. yan. dag-pa nid the state of being pure; purification. ^q^q’q dag-pa rig-pa pure consciousness. dag-pa gsum the three require- ments of purity in religion as explained in Tsong-khapa’s Lam-rim . Chenmo, viz.:— (1) purity in the speech of a spiritual teacher; (2) purity in tho innate nature of a pupil; (3) purity in the doctrine to be explained. dag-pahi dkyil-hkhor the disk of purity, the immaculate orb, *>., the moon: 5^“^' the disk of purity, though liko waters stored in a beauteous body, is yet deprived of all clouds (Yig. k. 15). «fl'qSfW dag-pahi khams=4jx$m met. for mercury, quick-silver (Mnon.). dag-pahi mt hah or 5^ tjc/ dag-pahi shin the region of purity, the pure mansion;’ hence Dewa- chan the heaven of Amitabha Buddha where there is no impurity. : dag-byed ятте, хпи 1. water, air, the wind-god, fire, and tho sacrificial grass kiufl. 2. fair complexion (MnonJ). vrasii: also qnHf, qf^ 1. holy. 2. a holy river (as a purifier of dirt and sin). the four holy rivers, namely, Sindhu, Puksu, Sita and Ganga: 3^ I5’ vgv t”VT§S’ pray bestow the nectar of your commands upon my head from the canopied enclosure of your compassion like the streams of the four holy rivers which are never diverted (Yig. k. 6). 3. ftiK, white, bleached. 4. a-ru Myrobolana arjuna. VTlS III: correct spelling (in a composition); also any revision, correc- tion. Vq'fX dag-sbyor or dag-pal}i sbyor-wa holy combination; also exact coincidence (Oil. 6). dag-ra a species of garlic. dag-yig orthography; or the earlier (now obsolete) ortho- graphy. dag-la^-gyo=V*p’*i’S^q not holy, profane.
614 TO dag-fin 1. small splinter of wood or bamboo for cleansing the teeth. 2. bark of a tree. 3. scale of a fish. dwags bright, t>., in reference to openness, cheerful appearance of a place in the selec- tion of a site for building are four chief points, the frontage, back, openness and tho shade (Jig.). Dicags-stod tho upper or • 4 higher portion of tho district of Dwag-po in Tibet. Du;ag§-$tod leaft-ra n. of a grovo in tho upper portion of tho district of Dwag-po (Л/зи.). ^ЧрГ2| Dwag^-po tho district of Dwag- po, situated between tho S. E. of the pro- vince of U and Kong-po, the birth place of tho present Dalai Lama Lobzang Thubdan Gya-tsho. V’l*’I: 2 **Dwags- po bkah-rgyud a section of tho School of the Kah-gyu-pa which was powerful in Tibet before the supremacy of the Dalai Lama was established in 1G44 A.D. Dtcags-po zla-hod gshon-nu n. of celebrated lama of this school (Lon. * 9). dtcags-phor wooden cups turned in Dwag-po. dwags-fog Daphne paper manufactured • in Dwag-po. dwags-sle tho striped woollen wrapper cloth manufactured in Dwag-po. I: dan is a poculiariy-used word taking tho form and position of a conjunc- tion but really being a postp. or com- mitative case-sign of the meaning “with 4.” Thus is not pro- perly “sheep and she-goats and yak,” but “yak with she-goats with'sheep.” 5е’ I However, in such enumerations, the ren- dering “ and ” is legitimate, as well as in mere couplings, e.g., SV’FS'^«T4 shaving tho hair and moustache. Acc. to Thon-mi- Sambhota, tho father of Tibetan literature, this word has the following five significa- tions (1) as a conj. for connocting a word with another follow- ing it. (2) as an analytic term to separate ono word from another:—VK’cT the Dican- po or the organs of sense are tho eye and ear and uose and tongue and the body. (3) because of, on account of, by reason of: aYSVqv’ because of having taken medicine the disease was cured; on account of hearing many religious discourses his perceptive faculty increased; ^’q’wXk’q’ 5^by seeing smoke he could know (there wns) fire. (4) ^qfs’q when, as soon as, occasion, opportunity: he proceeded to the country when the constellation Pusya appeared; as soon as the sun rose on the mountain-pass he performed the religious service. (5) it is used to signify exhortation, advice or entreaty: do learn well; and read loudly (Situ.). This last usage, namely, tho annexation of dan to the imperative, has become common with certain verbs in the colloq. being then used almost as a sign of the imperative. Thus “ toi tang” look, see! eat food. That “with” is the general signification is evident from many phrat- seological usages of daft :—in using “in equality, on a level,” daft connects that word with ’ the consequent, c.g., he must go with you ;
615 VI so with the formative ^'4 ldan-ра signi- fying “possessed of/’ “provided with/’ provided with wealth, wealthy; a king pos- sessed of (or with) five sons. More explicitly in its true sense does it occur with many verbs:—S’^V5^**35’q to meet with the husbandman ; to fall in with robbers; to salute the king’s person; f° agree with another’s opinion; to be in harmony with all; to be in opposition to or with the local god; *^q’q to fight with an enemy; S*'*^4* to struggle with a snow-storm; 9^ made dispute with the lama about the prayer-wheel; to con- tend in miracles with the saint; to lie with a woman; near the town; equal to that. Some particular ways of using dan are the following:— gold, and silver, and iron, and the other (metals) ; whence note that in enumerations 5^’ is employed in different ways, arbitrarily, e.g.y after every single noun or pronoun except the last one, or also after the last; it is used or omitted just as the metre may require it; or when a sum is mentioned, in the following manner:—*3^4’4^ the four elements; Su- dan chu-dan тпе-dan rlun-dan bshiho earth, and water, and fire, and air, or esp. in col. language, thus etc.— V/ is frequent also in the sense of “from,” especially "with certain verbs which cannot indeed be used apart from it. Of these are *9*4'4 to be separated from, e. g.y 5^9*4 was separated from lust; also *94 4 hphral-wa to divide 5*’ from; 5C1I again: far from the house. In general, however, W or is the sign of “from.” A further employment of 5^* very habitual in the classical treatises is in the manner of a continuative particle at the end of subordinate and co-ordinate sentences ; so it is annexed to the* verbal participle which concludes the clause, but never in the older works to the root of a verb standing thus; it can often, of course, be rendered by “ and ” as if it belonged to the following clause, but not always so. One example of this very common usage will here suffice: thereupon the snake terri- fying the householder, two boys together with that, man, throwing up cries, escaped. Finally, the one conclusion derivable from the various usages of 5^’ is that the word must be always technically regarded as belonging to the words or clause which may precede it and not to any word or clause subsequent; which thus negatives the notion that it is a true conjunction.' II: a meadow. ^’4] dan-ga (col.=5*T’ dan-khd) ap- petite : my appetite is gone; want of appetite (though wish- ing to eat, cannot eat); dan-ga • bde-wa good appetite. Syn. grod->ehe\ dan-kha bde; ^’^5 t shim-med; chog-pa med-pa (Mfion.). dan-du blan-wa or to receive a command or missive with readi- ness, to do a work with earnestness: bkah-rtsal dan-du blan$-pa§ ishul-bshin the behest he received
616 as a work of first importance (t>., consider- ing it as the first of duties). dan-du ini-len does not accept; does not apprehend. dan-po ^й, w, W-, 55^ ЯЗ’З, тая !• йо first, earliest, with respect to number, time, rank: the first or the earliest Buddha; 5^Й5’«|5*Л’9* -4 who spoke (raised) the first rumour ? who was it that first got up the rumour ? *5?* on the very first day; being still in the prime of life; ^’5 the two first. 2. tho first beginning, out- set ; also signifies aboriginal, fundamental : at the beginning of the day; S^’q'yV^in the first place, above all, at the veiy commencement; from the beginning; la$ dan-po-pa a beginner; ’^-g as long as he is only a beginner; 5^’3 Sc’4’* dan-po dan tha-ma the first and the last; dan-pohi rgyu the original or primary cause; din-pohi §gra preceding word; he knows the meaning* from the context. 3. as adv. firstly, in the first place; at first; in the beginning; ^c/qvq^ happy from the beginning. dan-pdki dul-can a bride (ju*t passed out of virginhood) (Mnon.); '^1 « a maiden; a girl at puberty. Syn. bu-nio dar-?na; khcn§ ldan-та; fan-tsho can-ma (Mnon.). dan-pohi bdag нзд [1. a noble manjS. 2. in Gram. Wf .5^1 the first person. dan-ica 'sf, Ц4 1. to be pure; to be clear; gen. as adj. pure, clear; cleaned or sifted rice. 2. sincere, single-hearted, guileless: ^w^^'QJAq* S^q truly sincere towards all creatures; a pure, sincere disposition to virtue (S. o.). dan-ica nid яя*г devotion, purity of heart. S^*q5*a]wq dan-icahi gsal-wa (Г’ХЧ’^’д) w, ЙЯ to be cheerful; of open countenance; of bright appearance. dafi-t&e l.n: of a kind of Chinese satin. 2. in 7F. a field-terrace (Jd.). -za$ ma-za do not eat with a doubt; also do not entertain doubt [a suspicious man]S. daft-ra stable for cattle, in C. and W. (Jd.). & Dan-fa 1. a tank, a pond. 2. acc. to Sch. a tract of land abounding in springs. 3. n. of a long and lofty mountain range in N. E. Tibet, running from long. 90° to long. 96° E. and keeping mainly to the 33rd parallel of latitude. Travellers to Lhasa from the N. E. must cross this range. It is Father Hue’s “ Tant-la.” dican $ or dtcuns-pa 1. sbst. glare, lustre: it has no brightness or glitter; very glittering. 2. force of language; also pronunciation (eolloq. crq^q^); dwan$-po nid sbst. bright- ness, lustre, glare, clearness. 3. adj. sparkling, pure, clean, clear: sparkling water; unpolluted heart; ргс’уя’Ч (of the body) perfect health, looking bright; a clear sky, fine weather; n. of a code called “ the clear crystal mirror ” or direc- tions for the guidance of government offi- cials.
^•5|| 617 | 51 dwaftt-ma—^^khu-wa те juice, И gravy; fig. .relish, taste: the relish of food (Mnon.). 5V4 dad-pa 45j, 1. sbst. faith, devotion. 2. vb. to believe, to have faith; acc. to Jd. a secondary form of to wish; hence in compounds: ^55 thirst, etc. Referring to this word Milaraspa remarks: as it is to be feared that 5КЧ may be mistaken for ^5’q, it is important that these two and the object of one’s SS'q or faith should not be confounded. The first is what may be called divine love, the second, i.e., *A5’q, is love for one’s wife, children, and worldly things. I to men who are devoid of faith, holy thoughts (religious ideas) would not occur (Lam-run. 85). § I all believing in him shall not be destroyed, but shall obtain everlasting life. There are three kinds of daJ-pa, viz:—(1) HjW sincere faith; (2) 8lv^’q^5V4 trust, full confidence; (3/ unflag- ging devotion, unalterable belief. dad-pa nid sbst. faith, love, devotion; 55’3*1 dad-gut reverence and faith: on hearing of his high virtues I meditated reverentially on faith (llbrom. P 8). dad-pa log-pa Vssjfaqa impaired faith, want of faith [also, the man who is wanting in faith]#; 55,crBvej|*’4 dad-pa phyirbtgyur- ica 5\tj'^N'q ; яшш change or modi- fication of one’s opinion, (regarding another person). 55’q§5q dad-pa byed-pa to confide in, to believe; 55,{^’^ in faith; 55’Ч’СЧ1«ГЧdad-pa hbul-ica offer of faith; wq’Mfi’q dad-pa mi-phyed-pa unflagging faith. 55’3**^ dad-gus Idan Я*ЯГ, W^T^, w- faithful, loyal, devout, res- pectful. Syn. gus-par byed; 3*^5 gut- ldan\ ^^'^she-sabyed-, mtion- par Idan ; §^’§5 tten-byed; kun-tu b§ten; rab-tu bsten*, mos- Idan; 55*^ dad-ldan; 55'*4*T’55 dad-ch адs- can- dad-pa can; gcig-tu sem§\ 5V4 dan-wa\ mot-pa \ З^’ЭТ’ §5’q gus-pa phyag byed-pa; ban-da- ru (Mnon.). 55’55ГЯ^’^5’В’Я^5*4 dad-dam hpho-med- kyi hdun-pa love with unflagging faith and unflinching devotion ; as in ‘^5'1 ^q^5’*M in a remote land though separated by distance his un- failing love and devotion remained undi- minished. 55’q^5 dad-hdun love, faith, devotion, reverence, veneration. 55'^5‘q dad-hdun med-pa faithless, irreverent, unbelieving. 55’q,qHJ« dad-pa gzum the three kinds of 55*q dad-pa or faith acc. to Bon:—*^'^5' §’55,q; 55'^'55q; ^5’^’B’55’q ; but acc. to Buddhism, there are two kinds of 55'q (1) яёч] ^,q^'55*q faith in a worldly sense; (2) ^•^’W45*rq5’5vq faith in a spiritual sense (K. d. ^310). 55**й’£*гдхдс«1 dad-pahi rjes-su hbrafi-wa Ч<|ЦНГС51’ one of the stages of a Buddhist monk who is a Oravaka. 55’q^,qI^’i5’ to pray to perform the uposatha (religious fasting) in faith; one of the twenty stages which a Buddhist monk attains to in the order of Oravaka. 79
618 dm-доп balls made of wood, (loth, stone, or glass, with whieh children play (7Г. du. S 146). dan-ta n. of a fruit yielding a medicinal drug. dan-neg in tho dialect of Amdo: precious, important. dan-ihu li-ka n. of a kind of grass which grows as quickly as it is cut (К. my. ”| 22S). dan-da n. of a medicinal herb. VfS'5» dan-da-li in Ld. a sieve, gen. consisting of perforated leather or a wooden frame; ras dan-dab a sieve made of cloth (Jd.). dan-hdra TO n. of a medicinal fruit- [the castor-oil plant]#. Dan-bag or Dam-bag n. of hamlet situated below the great monas- tery of Hbra§ $pun§ or Daipung near Lhasa, about 4 miles to the W. of that city 3 3). 5^4 dan-rog srawra Croton euphor- bia ; or rather its medicinal fruit: Y’^T dan-rog nan-nad drag-po sbyofi-wa byed croton heals serious internal maladies. Danda u-ta pa-la n. of a medicinal plant: M?ЧГ from the root of the plant called Daijda Utpala taken with cow’s butter a woman will in proper time become pregnant (K. g. * 44). Wl ^4 dam bound fast: fit or suitable to be bound by promise or under an oath, v. kba$-blan§\ dam-du bcin-pa well bound; also bound tightly. dam-du bzun-wa to hold tightly, hold fast; yi-dam or thug^-dam a solemn promise, vow, oath, confirmation by oath; dam-la gna$-pa to abide by one’s own promise or words; dam-nam§ a violation of promise; a violator of promises; violations of duty. to exor- cise demons, to bind them under solemn oath, ete. dam-kha=^tf& thehu-tse a seal; Y^J^ci to seal, stamp. dam-ga— ««T tham-kha (Cs.). Y^4! dam-prhug=vFT^ or thehu-tse a seal (Шоп.). Y4’^ dam-bcah or Y4'4*44 dam-bcah-wa Риги, a promise, a vow; the act of promising ; almost equiva- lent to what we might term a sacrament. dam-bcah hbul-wa to give assu- rance ; to make a promise ; ^wchVy4'1^ mi-hbab-pahi dam-bcah a promise from which ono will not shrink. Dam-can rdo-rie legs-pa is a Tantrik deity introduced by Padma S'ambhawa and mentioned in Pth. He is of the or terrific class of deities and is usually portrayed riding either on the Tibetan imaginary form of lion or on a he-goat. He is known also as Rdor-lcg§. Probably the same as that in the next paragraph. Dam-chen cho^-rgal is the tutelary deity of the Grand Lama of Tashi-lhunpo, and is supposed to be
w<l 619 W£c'l under a solemn oath to defend Buddhism against all infidels. ^•q«N'q dam bcas-pa a promise made; to make a promise; ^’q dam srun-wa to keep one’s word or vow; q not to violate one’s .promise. dam-dim l.=^‘S phran-bu or 3^’3^ nun-nufi small; a little quantity or bit. 2. various (Sch.), ^’4 dam-pa ЧТН, НН, I. excellent, superior, the best. 2. steady or firm, tight. 3. holy, sacred; which is the most frequent usage of the word: a holy lama has come; «ртч’^Йа]’ § gvq he is a holy one who has become the very best; VTq5g^ dam-pahi blo-gros holy intention, pious inclination. 4. seems to be also used as a term resp. for: the deceased, the late, e.g., he my deceased father; the late teacher himself, etc. 5. also sbst. the good, the holy, holiness: of the holy ones. dam-pa rgyal for Dam-pa (og-dkar n. of a De- va-puttra; acc. to some Gautama Buddha bore this name in the Gahdan heavens. dam-pa dam-pahi grib-bsil- dan Idan-pa UW4 possessed of the grate- ful shade of sanctity. Vrq^’^M dam-pahi chos or vrifo holy religion, Buddhism: both holy religion and worldly wishes there is none that can accomplish these two together (Lo, 7). Dam-pahi cho§ pad-ma dkar-pohi mdo n. of one of the well-known scriptures of the JRahdydna school. ^'q5*q]3<3]N*q^ dam-pahi gzugsJrrnan the image of holiness. dam-po 1. strict, firm, strong, tight; adv. as in v^v^’q to hold firmly, to seize securely. 2. acc. to Jd. narrow. «ргсгд’аЦ dam-po та-yin not strong- willed ; not strict; relaxed; dam- por byed-pa or 5T^'§^*q <д^ц^ making firm, tight, or strict. VTRg5 dam-hbyar 1. = custom, usage, official practice: the customary allowances of the new year, etc. (Rtsii). 2. the affixing a seal; also a letter to which a seal has been fixed. ’^4 dam-tshig word of honour, a sacred or solemn vow; words or engage- ment made solemnly; dam-tshig uid promise solemnly undertaken. dam-rdsas or dam-tshig- gi rdsas objects or articles of religious utility which one carries about; for instance, the bell and the dorje are the of a Tantrik lama or a Buddhist exorcist which he always carries with him: because he consulted the holy opinion of the nalgorma (female ascetic of the Tantrik school); her desideratum which was beer was kept concealed (A. 61). Bdam-buhi tshal n. of a place beyond Suvar^a-bhumi (ancient Pegu) ; it is located: goon after crossing the occau to the west of the groves of Suvarna- bhumi (A. 20). Dam-srag rdson described as as being a district in Tibet (Rtsii.).
620 V4 В dam-sri a species of gnome men- tioned in Pth. as causing plague and cattle-disease. dahu a kind of fever (typhoid): Л’SV*being laid up with typhoid fever. dahu bu-tsha=y№'* dicahu Ьи-tsha an orphan boy, orphan. I: dar кпт, TO silk; also a flag* «MV lit. meeting-scarf, is resp. for рч^Я** silk-scarf presented on meeting*; presentation scarf; Chinese or Indian silk; white or plain silk scarf; SV silk stuff or dress. *gv^ hphyar-dar a hoisted flag; 5**4^ a small flag; *^*5* widun-dar a silken strip attached to tho top of a lance. SVJjS dar-$kud silk- thread: ^♦r^S'SVgs’^ without dress; naked like a silk thread (stark-naked). svg dar-khra painted or coloured satin; satin with figures on it; SV^s dar-phon a coarse kind of silk; SVg dar-khru small square or triangular flag (made originally of silk); svg dar-gyi Ida-Idin silk-lace or fringes : svg ? ’^vwvq’q^^rq dar-gyi Ida-ldiA niafi-po btag$-pa decorated with a large number of silk fringes, lace, &c. svaq dar-zab tho finest satin, silk-stuff; embroidered silk kincob; svwgp^ owgvq (^Eiwgvq) the finest satin: svjq ЗЯМ) (Л. 4) let Chandra- garbha sit on tho satin-robe spread out. gafflpqiMWto a large present consisting of the finest embroidered satin, etc. (ZJ/sh.). dar ri-mo-can figured satin imported from China. dar-la rrz, (Ч**’^1) [a kind of satin cloth used for protection against frost] S. dar-gyi hbu or Svg-j^-g dar-gyi srin-Ьн silk-worm. Syn. skud-pahi hbu; svg’^g dar-gyi hbu (Mnon,)' Sv|fl] dar-lcog a flag-staff about 10 or 12 feet high (with inscribed flag) fixed on house-tops, piles of stone, or on votive cairns. Syn. dar-po chs. dar-btag$-pa to bind silk scarves to the neck or throw them on the necks of parties to be blessed. 5V?4)Kq dar-thog$~pa one with a scarf in his hand; the general (when given command of an army) being presented with a silk scarf as a token of office (D.R'Y dar hthag-mkhan silk-weaver; svwf*f^g*g# daughter of a silk- weaver. ^vg dar-bu a kind of red cloth made of either coarse silk or cotton, manufac- tured in Amdo (5. kar. 174)' SvgqN dar-bub$ a whole piece of silk- stuff rolled together. SV^gwi dar-dpyan$ or SV«p| daryug TOW a narrow ribbon-like piece of silk, a kind of silken ornament. 2. the silk scarves or coloured cotton cloth at- tached to a flag-staff (/?/$».).. Syn. Svg dar-bu; dar-chun (Jit). : ice, not glacial ice, but that on ponds, streams and lakes; svmjm dar-chag$ icy formation, ice in formation: лчр*’**Й an incrustation of ice has formed on the lake. SV3« dar-zam ice-bridge.
621 III: чМ youth; $кадч or 5^4’ чвд’ч ччпт; 3<T youth; youthful age ; also—gN’S*i skyes-phran. 4^'35 dar-phyed or dar-yol wrsJhf, one past his youth, i>., after the middle age, i.e., from the 49th to the 60th year in man. S^'4!^4] dar-gcig=^S&* or a little while, a moment; after a while; adverbially : for a little while, for a moment, directly, instantly, in a mo- ment ; dar-tsam about a moment. dar-wa vb. 1. to be diffused, grown up; to spread, spreading; to gain much ground, to increase exceedingly ; 5*’ to extend, enlarge; 5^'55 spreading and decaying; increase and decrease; 4*' Vcq a growing place or country. 2.= (Beng.) Wfa sbst. whey; milk from which butter has been churned out; wine made of fermented whey. Syn. 4’3 chu-skya-, chab-skya (Mnon.). dar bab-ma=a maiden; a damsel. youthful. Dar-rgyas glin n. of a Bud- dhist monastery in Upper Tibet. Jd. mentions this also as another n. for Dar- jeeling. dar-§ga the walnut-tree. dar-dir humming or buzzing; wailing, lamenting (Ja.). dar-rdo—^'^rdar-rdo, a stone on which any steel implement is sharpened; grinding stone. СЧ dar-dhi, v. J*4? ku-qa (Mnon.). 5V9 dar-po an adult. dar-po che, v. 5^’1^ dar-lcog sail; large flag fastened to a flag-staff: and that ship quivered like as a flag when moved by the wind (A. 16). : Dar-ma n. of a district in the province of JIphan-yul, with a small fort (Rtsn.). II: cTTTO, Ш, also middle age (in man or woman) after the 40th year. dar-mahi §tob§ the strength of full-grown man, that of an adult. dar-mahi lus the body of a bull; youthful body (like that of growing bull). Dar-ma rin-chen also called the disciple and successor of Tsong- khapa ; Dar-ma bsod-nam$ n. of a disciple of Tsong-khapa (Lon. * 11). Dar-mo an abbreviated n. of a Tibetan physician called ; his work on medicine is still extant in Tibet. «^Ляк/q dar dman-pa raw-silk (Schtr.). dar-§man=^'& alum. dar-tsam—^'&i or § or a moment; very short time. SVq&q dar~btsag—*^cloth used for sifting and filtering: sifted wheat is like barley (in price) (Rtsii.). Dar-rt^e-mdo Darchendo, other- wise Ta-chien-lu, situated in the south- easternmost comer of Tibet and practi- cally out of all Tibetan jurisdiction. It is the transport place from whence brick tea is brought into Tibet.
622 dar-tshil 1. the fat of youthful growth. 2. acc. to Sch. grain. dar-ya kan a medicinal herb growing in clefts of rocks: 5^'14 Э‘5Ц’КЧ’ dar-yab a silk-fan. dar-fctm 1. tho lower border of a silk dress (Ja.). 2.=5t<T n. of a plant, prob, tho plantain. 5^3*’ dar-fin 1. a medicinal fruit. 2.= flag-staff. 3. a very fine wood (Jig.), prob, tho satin-wood. dar-sar byed-pa to keep observances where religion flourishes. dar-san a thin satiny muslin used for door-curtains and screens by lamas and great personages to prevent tho public gazing on any ceremony or entertainment. dar-han a Mongol word signi- fying a man who is exempt from the duty of furnishing labour, &c., to the State, and also from supplying ponies, &o., to those who travel under official authority. 501 adj. slow, leisurely; 5°*^’ dal-rkan slowly walking; s^pfa’^'q dal- khom ined-pa—^'*^ without leisure or rest: S 54 ffa ^’q^ the mouths of crows and little birds, etc., have little rest (Khrid. 45). dal-gyi$= *|'°* slowly, softly, gently. ^'^N^qqq dal-g у is hbab-pa 11. of the river Ganges in the Himalaya; any sluggish or glacial stream. Also dal- babs. 5^5 dal-hgro or ^’3^5 ’ slowly or gradually mov- ing; that moves in a prostrate position. Met. for the planet Saturn, the white swan, or a tortoise. dal- hgrohi rgyun-bshin meandering, as great rivers of the plains which flow sluggishly: (Yig. k. 15) pray permit your instructions (letters) to come to me uninterruptedly, like tho flow of a river. dal-hgros 1. a mode of dancing v. 2. described as Я to walk or move slowly. dal-rgyu slowly moving, sluggish stream. V<’^l dal-ctg=.wf&\ lan-cig 1. once: 5®r ‘q/’fc’i’SH I shall be coming over once. 2. a moment, cf. dar-geig a little while. dal-rten — ^'^ tho human body (which is very slowly evolved). dal-thog hjug-pa to attack, disperse an enemy (Sch.). dal-dag this term and S*and occur in astrological calculations of Д|зч’§ the five planets (which term probably implies the planet Saturn). dal-du phan^-pa fig. to work or to study assiduously; not to be lazy or indolent: 4^’^ ^yq-<q*r^ he said: but then learn some science not to remain idle (A. 32). q dal-po i^'. — dal sluggish, slow, relaxed; weak, with but little energy. Syn. lhod-po; fugs chun- wa; bul-гса (Mnon.). 5е*’ 4 dal-wa=pfoq ^чг, fWfan languor, ease, quietude, leisure; also the state of dalwa, and so the being at ease or in state of leisurely comfort or repose: 3^' when at leisure, when the mind is disengaged or at ease, dolce far niente.
623 5^1 j&rq-^q-q^q-g generally, not being born in any of the eight states of restless existence, one who finds rest by religious practice is said to be Dal-wa (Shin.). the eight states in which Eving beings are at ease and happy as being possessed of many blessings ; they are: (1) a religious person ; (2) one who is fully developed both physically and men- tally; (3) not a heretic, t.e., one who is a Buddhist; (4) as a lha or god; (5) as a lha-ma yin or Asura an antagonist of .the gods; (6) an enlightened man (г>., not a savage or wildman); (7) and (8) those not born in space or in any animated nature outside humanity. These are also called The following are mi-khom-pa brgyad i.e., the states in which Ey- ing beings have no ease or rest who suffer from continual work, and are therefore caUed restless ones or :—(1) И hell-beings; (2) those bom in the form of pretas; (3) fw^rrqfvr those in the animal kingdom (humanity excluded); (4) яарн- WUKhrqfw wild tribes Eving in the border countries, i.e., outside the pale of civiE- zation; (5) a'sf kla-klo or lit. one of indistinct speech, i.e., Moslems; (6) the gods who on account of desire to Eve long are bom in spheres of the heavens where there is no opportunity of entering the state of Nirvana; (7) those who are defective in them internal or external organs; (8) those who are heretics or infidels, a>., not Bud- dhists. In Sanskrt and PaE works we find fa d i indifference with respect to the purification of heart, instead of (5). SW&ty'^^dal-wahi lha-ldan-ma the lunar mansion in which there are five star-gods, a constellation appearing iu the shape of a chariot. Syn. bi-rji\ skar-ma snar- ma (Mnon.). dal-zcar dgah-wa to like doing things slowly, not rashly. «ргд dal-bu—5*4'4 dalwa slow: 54’ she who moves slowly, slowly; gently. Dal-Ьоп a sect of the Bon: 5*г^' the Dal-Bon came from the soft regions where the lambs dweU (D.R.). ^q-qqq dal-hbab rnam-bshi the four great rivers which have issued from the glaciers are:—(1) ftwthe Indus; (2) the Ganges; (3) qxj the Pakshu; acc. to some authors, the Yamuna; (4) § fad! the Oxus; acc. to some authors the Brahmaputtra: ^srq-q^v l^^’^-q*^ (Yig. k. 28) may your letters also be Eke the flowing streams of the four Mandakinl rivers. 5*4'^ dal-hbyor an abbr. of and and when these eighteen conditions are complete in a Saliva, i.e., in an animate being, it becomes a human being: I haring obtained the noble body of a dal-hbyor man (A. 3). dal-hbyor rned-par dkah-ua humanity, i.e., the stat о in which tho eighteen blessings are with difficulty acquired. dal sbyin-ma guRT 1. n. of a festival. [2. night, giving relaxation or rest]& VT* a nautch-girl or dancing-woman (Mnon.}.
5«ГЙ| 624 dal-то quiet, calm; also the chine, loin (Ja.). Vr3$ dW-mos*)’^ slowly: you walk slowly, proceed slowly. Vr$v dal-myur mtho-dman-gyi hgro$ slow and quick, upward or downward movement (J?, ch.). dal-btson 1. one selling articles at his own residence, who has not to move here and there for their disposal; qfe btsofi is pf. of **** htshofi. 2. in IF. the people of are not seldom forced by their rulers to take goods from them at fixed prices. When this is done underlings appear before the tents or houses with a quantity of goods (which nobody else will buy) and throwing them down tell the owner of the house or tent that he now owes so much to the Government for things received. This is called S*orthogr. of 5*4 not certain, but it appears to mean to spread, distribute—to spread trade by force. dal-hd$in=\4*m or flowing in a low stream, dal-hdsin fia-rgyal the pride of Mandhara; the pride that I am more happy than another person ; dal-dsin [to-dgah the lover of Mandodari, Havana; dal- hdsin gna^-bzan the superb mansion of heaven. a pesti- lence of the worst kind, with the following symptoms:—gzer-thun; 0*4^5khrag- nad; ^**3* Itag-hgyel \ cog-hgyel; jigirXwi mkhris-rims; smyo-rimt) etc. (Sman. 119)... \ di num- fig- 41. di-ki in mysticism=an assemblage; all or some brought in together (K. g. Я 215). di-mar a certain worm or insect (ScA). di-ri-ri the, howling noise of the wind, the rattle of thunder;, also buzz, murmur, hum, low confused noise as of crowds, of number of praying people, of wailing prisoners, of birds on the wing. (Qlr., Jd). M di-hi=\'^'&i drunk (mystie) (K. g> 4 215). dig in ГЛ4! or v. dig-tnan a pigeon. Syn. 44’^4 phug-ron; ca-co sgrog \ hphrul-icahi mig-сан (Mnon.). Ч4!’4 dig-pa 1. to stammer, also a stammerer: Ч5’*’ч^^’Т’ЛчГч he at the time of speaking stammers (Ya-sel. 35); cf. hdig-pa. , 2. staggering, intoxicated (Ja.). 4^’ din for dtft-san. ^'0 difi-khri a descendant of Qnah- khri btsan-po, the first historical king of Tibet (J. Zan.). din-din the sound of the drum ; ace. to Sehr. laughing aloud (Td. 158-4). din-phon n. of a superior kind of Chinese satin embroidered and worked with needle: the canopy or ceiling made only of Din-phon satin is better (Jig?)- Also din-gos id. (S. kar. 179). dift-hur ит< a sound, noise. Din-ri n. of an extensive table- land situated N. E. of the confines of Nepal
625 CT1I in Tibet and where there is stationed a Chinese militia. It is commonly called Tingri Maidan. Is more than once men- tioned by Milarag-pa in his Nam-thar. din-san abbr. and to-day and to-morrow, hence just now, now-a-days; also written as this passage was explained as: the stage wherein the teacher re- nouncing his home enters the religious life (D.7?.). I: du 1. num. fig. 71. 2, termi- native case-sign after final S % % S 3. how many, how much: hew much is there ? how many months ago was it that he came ? (Л. 93) he asked how many years have passed since the Nirvana of Buddha. Syn. T&i ga-tsam\ ci-tsam\ ji-tsam (Mnon.). du-du how much, how many each time ? du-та НТЯГ many; also va- rious, several; many days: it divided itself into several (parts); many a time, often. Occurs for “many” in Mil. Gurbum 79b. 2 and 182a. 3. du-shig about how much ? Y5 du-ru how much, what extent ? (Lon. 4) I am confused being a stranger in this country; for that reason the nature and extent of this coun- try of Tibet (pray describe). II: in mystic sense l.=X taste (X also— dead body). 2. a woman of bad morals (7f. g. I4 179). + du-ku-lahi ras or the finest kind of silk cloth manufactured in very early times in India 7 ^\5 du-pa tri-ya (mystic) a cloud (К. g. p 28). du-wa vh smoke; ^‘4*«3*1 du-wa mthul it smokes; du- wa pkyur-wa bycd smoke rises; 5^'^ hor- da “Turk’s smoke,” signifying the Tur- koman Lob-nor or nomad’s tents each containing a stove from which smoke rises. du-wa mjug-rifi ^3 comet. Syn. phod-can* ewBq],^S'-5a‘i mjug- phod-can* gtsug-pkud-can \ sbritl-can; §кад-1а$-кде$} 4 skra-gnis-pa (Mnon.). ^'Q Qdu-wa-pa acc. to Jd. : in Spiti very poor people that pay but a trifling tax; proletarians (‘smoke people’) that have nothing but the smoke of their fire. '5)'35’q du-wa-тг zdd-pa—^13^ n. of a hell (in the Bon mythology). du-wa htshubs the hornet. du-ivahi skye-gnas 1. w- fire (as the source of smoke). 2. acc. to Mfion.-=^ sprin cloud. 'fq du-wahi tog a comet. du-shag acc. to Jd. the smoke or vapour hanging over towns and large villages in the morning. du-ru-ka L a kind of fir from the sap of which a resinous incense is pro- duced; (К. g. S 338) the resin is considered good for the sacri- ficial fire. 2, rgya duru-kahi yul n. of a place in China inhabited by MuEalmans (Lofi. 12). 7 ^’5 du-ham a reply saying “it is a town” (a phrase used in mysticism) (K. g. F 27). 80
^|| 626 ^|-а.ЕМ1| Du-har пад-ро>п. of a celebra- ted Chinese astronomer and mathematician (AWi.). + m dii-pa kd ya ^TW = g g an image either inscribed on or depo- sited in a stupa or chaitya. 2. a name of the great temple in the Daipung monastery near Lhasa. ^1] dug poison, which is of several kinds, viz :—natural poison, such as’ snake venom, vegetable and also moral poisons; substances that have been converted into poison; аге poisons applied and also made by mixture; sight- poison, poisons which are visible as such; ^q]-qcv^4| poisons of contagion and inf ection, those of fatal or ruinous consequences. The four figurative poisons in Budh. are :—a mantra or charm known in a wrong manner is poison ; q indifference to an ill- ness is poison; an old man’s keeping company with a young woman is poison; a poor man’s sleep during the day-time is poison (C*. don.). In medical works : the hot sun acts as a poison to the skin; beer acts as poison to the flesh; table-salt acts as poison to the bones. Again, we read of dug-gsum-ni the three, poisons,:—[lust]#. [hatred]#. nt? [ignorance]#. (Л. K. 111-21). Acc. to the Bon there are five moral poisons:—(1) pride originar ting from an inordinate sense of one’s acquirements; (2) love and lust originated from objects that, fascinate the. mind; (3) anger as the poison of the mind which embitters everything that would otherwise be charming; (4) 34l’^ql jealousy which does not allow the mind to bear the sight of another’s prosperity; (5) ЙГЗД’Ч darkness of the mind. The five gods who ace. to the Bon can suppress the above five poisons are:—(1) (2) gy (3) (4) (5) by ug-pa-can what- ever has been poisoned or besmeared with poison (as an arrow point) (ДГтгоп.). ^ЧГ^’5’Ч1 dug-gi me-tog 1. generally tho plant Vangucria spinosa, the blue-lotus^ 2. also whbV Ыпцт usitatissimum. dug-gi §man or aconite; poison used as medicine. '»Kq dug-gi §тан-ра a physican or medicind-. man using poisonous drugs in diseases. dug-§nags poison charm; the following poison-charm is carried in amu* let cases inscribed on cloth, paper, or birch-bark, as a protection against poison : cfgw'g) qye’? *Tq‘ <?? da-na-te o-le (Ai du. *116). dug-can poisonous; dug- ean-pa = а1во=цтж the ocean; anything poisonous or mischievous; dug-can mtsho тж the ocean (which is believed to contain poison). dug-bcopi an epithet of Buddha; one who has made poison ineffec- tual (JfK). dug-chags mischievous; colloq. “wt di duk-chak re” that man is very mischievous^ dug^hjomsjF®,. a kind of twining shrub used as!s ад
627 УI antidote against poison, Muispermum cordifoliilm. dug hjoms-ldan the golden eagle which Vishnu is said to ride. dtlg-guen an antidote to poison. dug-ti in Tsang: so, thus, in this manner=$^’3 (JZs.). dug-pa or old coat or garment patched up and mended (Mnon.}. Acc. to Jd. coat, garment, dress. dag-hphrog faWVI poison- repelling, antidote against poison, n. of a species of tree, Aristolockia Indica. dug-то nun or medicinal fruit akin to Earaya-. nT^'u* *^5 Karaya or Dugma-nun stops dysentery and cures biliousness. Syn. bcad-$kyc; g§pu-can; X’Sj’gc/ ri-yi-phren *, behu-can\ g gin-sky a . ^q*3idug-mo nun-gi hbru described as чзс/ nas hbras-bzan fine-fruiting barley. VT3" dug-rtsa (4^4) a species of aconite. ^q‘w4E»itf dug rab-hjom$ 1. the lotus; that which destroys the effect of poison. 2. the poison-destroying, the tree Mimosa sirissu. dug rba-can hornet or insect having a poison-sting. ^51*5 dug-lo 1. poisonous leaf. 2. sspihj the banyan tree; Ficus rcligiosa. Dug-lo Ijon-pahi mdo n. of a Bon religious work called ‘the tree of poisonous leaves? dug-gbg pdisonous рарёг, or daphne bark paper of Tibet arsenieatod 'to prevent its being eaten up by moth. dug-sel 1. that which neutralizes the effect of poison; an epithet of Mahadeva. 2. n. of a medieal author of ancient India. 3. 5'^ the fruit of Emb lie myrdbalan. J dug-ha-la ha-la or WW, a deadly poisonous drug, w* I: dugs inflamation ; in medical works of Tibet are named two kinds of viz. :—inflamation from cold, and inflamation from heat. II: 1. gentle warmth ; acc. to Schtr. heat: by the heat of fever; warmth from heated stone ; g|^ry<qq warmth from the fresh dung of animals; parched corn before it has lost its warmth. 2. revenge, grudge, rancour (Jd.}. dugs-pa vb. 1. to make warm, to warm. 2. to light, to kindle (Jd.}. dun any shell, the conch-shell (used as a vessel for offerings; or, when perforated at one end, for blowing as a horn); a horn, trumpet (to call the monks of a monastery to a service); to blow a shell-; * trumpet used in courts of justice; church-trumpet, trumpet used in religions services; war-trumpet; hunting bugle; a trumpet made of a hollow thigh-bone; a copper trumpet; *4’^’ a brass tubo about eight feet long used as a trumpet; a similar instrument but shorter and smaller in size; a horn trumpet; dun-gi-tsho'gs a feeries cf
628 conch-shells. ^кг?|'о|а]’црК=^C’Q|SX the conch-shell ornament worn in Tibet on the wrist by the women; зтужя: an arm adorned with the conch-shell; ^’45 dun-$kad the sound of the conch- shell trumpet; a conch-shell on account of its sound is higher than all musical instruments (Zotf. 2) I dufi-chen largo trumpets made of copper or brass used in religious services; the human skull; rkan- dun tho thigh-bono trumpet; dufi- cho$ religious service with the music of the church shell-trumpets ; also the damning of religious faith or inclination in tho mind. Syn. ^«’1 famkv, cku-srtn Dufi-gi thor-cog can n. of a celebrated physician of Tibet who lived in the 4th century A. D : «<5’4 the physician Dungi-thor-chog-chan served as physician-lama to king Thori and his son Khri-snan-gzugs-can {Gyu. 33). ' dun-gi Idem-fifi dkar-po white-wood tree to make images, the wood resembling a conch-shell in appearance; prob, birch-tree (ZJ?.). а'^'9* n. of a mythological ocean situated beyond the great mountain of Rtsed-mohi Phren-wahi ri {K. d. 330). dnA-tkyon n. of a Naga Raja who resides in the ocean and protects the shells {Mnon.). dun-dkar rag-gfog-tna lit, white conch with brass wings; a conch-shell trumpet or vessel mounted with brass, with brass-wings {Rtsii.). duft-dkar gyas-hkhyil a coneh-shell with its coil reverting to the right instead of to the left: jj*r the sound of the Daksina vartta conch-shell eures various diseases and if one is kept in the house it removes quarrels, strife, and brings in harmony {Lon. Ъ %). Syn. «^4 dun-mchog; jTEpogerq rgyal-po hkhyil-tca \ fykrafa dun; g’q grq $kye-ica [na-pa {Mnon.). dun gyon-hkhyil the ordi- nary conch-shell of which the coil is from left to right; dufi-dmar = 4^ red eonch-shell; conch-shell vermi- lion dyed; dufi tchcr-ma can -horned conch-shell or one with bristle-like excrescence^. ^^.du^rnkhan, v. * du^rnchog, v.. Rgq dufi-dkar gya$-hkhyil. ^’4 dun-rdo fossil-shell. dufi-mdog-can possessed of conch-shell colour, conch-like colour ;=*>’ tho human skull {Sman. 348). dufi-hbra% a kind of stone which joins fracture: duft-mtsho dkar-mo n. of a great white ocean abounding in conch- shells {J. Zan.). dun gya^-hkyil, n. dun-iie defined as *45’q or 55‘q’ the growth of real attach- ment or regard; also or id- dufi-ne-wa constant, continual {Jd.).
629 ^с’| Dun-can-ma n. of a Khadoma sprite. = 1. with §S*4=to yearn: even if you starve, do not yearn after a thing; he yearns for his rela- tions. 2. staggering, reeling, loitering, wavering (Sch,), dun-pan a Chinese word Tibe- tanized=a washing bowl, basin. dun~phyur (31^) HW aco. to Sch, and Jd, 100 millions. Dun Jun n. of a sacred place in Tibet (Deb, 43): at Dunlung he heard the voice of a Dakini, Dufi-lo Ijon-pahi mdo n. of a Bon religious work (B, Nam}, Stall dun-sems lit. white heart, sincerity, candidness: (Yig. k, 88) I shall again and again' sincerely hold intercourse with you on appropriate subjects so as not to be discarded. dufis-pa a secondary form of love, some faith and love having grown. loving, affectionate. SS’q I: dud-pa 1.=з*гч adj. humble, sbst. mildness, humility, also respect, homage. 2. vb. to lie, to knit, v. 3. pf. of to stoop, bend, to bow down. dud-hgro TO that which walks bending; opposite to man who walks upright; a quadruped, beast, and some- times used as a general name for all animals except man. Dudo are of two kinds:—(1) those that live hidden, such as in the sea, underground, &o. 2. those that live scattered in the abodes of men and -gods. 54** §it is said that there are Dudo also in hell and in the region of the Preta (ghosts) (K. d.^ 2), II: W 1. smoke. 2. soot mixed with butter which is applied to the eye-lashes in the East. 55‘F dud-kha acc. to Sch,: (1) having the colour of smoke. (2) a family; house- hold, as smoke-emitters. (3) chimney; dud-grans number of houses counted by the smoke coming out from each: the number of house* holds or families of tf and Tsang under the Khri-bskor rule. (Yig.), dud-pa §non the smoke preceding the flames; dvd-bal soot; dud- risi id. ^5*5*4 dud-dmag 1. fight or dispute among householders. 2. soldiers recruited from, among villagers. dud-t8hafi=^’^’ a family, a household; dud-htsho=Jfca village, hamlet; ^5’^’P4*4S'4^* twelve villages or hamlets. dun-pa (for ^’4) great diligence, assiduity; very diligent; in JT. (cf. and ^). dub-pa efTfict or vb., pf. to-be fatigued, to be tired; $K*tasr have you not become fatigued in mind and body (A, 23,); adj. tired, fatigued ; also ; sbst. fatigue; untired ones; being fatigued: ^V^4’4Y^4 he is tired in body, speech, and mind.
630 dum 1. a small plate or vessel: carrying one plate filled with torma offerings (Л. 29). 2. a small quantity, a little, a bit: wait just a short while. ^«’4 dum-pa 1. some: it being a little, somewhat. 2. a division, or volume, in the dialect of Amdo: the twelve volumes of the Bum (scriptures). ^№5 dum-po a large piece, a fragment. ^«’9 dum-bu~\w>p a fraction, small piece, a part, a quantity. VrSvql^<,T or to break, to cut to pieces: all properties and effects whatever there may be should be divided into three parts—the parents will get two parts and the son one part. can fractional; ^«'3’«Ц dum- bu min entire. dum-bu gsum three parts, triple division ; dum-bur gyur-pa divided into parts; dum-bur byed-pa to divide. • Bum-brag n. of a rock-cavern (Deb. *121). dum-yan in Sikk. = head workman, one who supervises work. dum-bu gsum-pa> v. ^’25. flfar-wavb. 1. to dispose of the . dead, to keep a dead body. 2. dur or tomb, grave; to bury, to inter, to put in the grave; я to dig a grave ; dur-khun a grave, tomb. ^’BS dur-khrod -a cemetery or any place whore the dead are disposed of (being buried, cremated, or else cut into ^‘1^1 pieces for distribution to birds, dogs, etc.)- In the N. E. and E. suburbs of Lhasa are two large (i dur-t’oi ” or cemeteries, attended to by the notorious Rogya-pa or scavengers of the city, whose huts built of bones and horns stand in rows hard by. The different systems of dealing with the dead in East Tibet on the Chinese border, which in the main are identical with the methods in vogUe at Lhasa, are fully described by Mr. W. W- Rockhill in his interesting work “The Land of the Lamas.” Syn. hjig$-gna$; sreg- gnas; ro-yi gnas\ ski- icahi gnaf, Ч'йМ'ЧЦЧ pha-mes .nags*, ^^‘3’ g$in-gyi nags (Mnon.). dur-khrod chen-po brgyad the eight great historical cemeteries of Magadha mentioned in Mahayana works: (1) lies in a forest where the fragrant sandal tree abounded ; (2) Qjzjqprq in a forest of Bodhi trees where the sacred fig-tree abounded; (3) WRfjflpra in a forest where Jonesia asoka abounded ; 4. in a forest where the myrobalan abounded. 5. or гйто'й (Qitawma) . where the 'species of sandal tree kasanja abounded ; (6) the forest where the glomerous fig- tree abounded; (7) ki-lir sgra sgrog-pa where the Arjuna tree abounded ; (8) where the banyan tree abounded. dur-khrod-pa tywfacha Tantrik lama, one .who resides in a cemetery for propitiating spirits- dur-khrod-ma an epi- thet of the goddess Paldan Lhamo. dur-rgyas thee "food which is given to a dying man.
631 ЭТ1 ^*•5* durrsgam or coffin. dur-rdo stones piled over one’s grave or place of cremation. dur-spyan lit. “ grave-wolf ” ; perhaps a species of hyena that digs out dead bodies to devour them. t dur-wa 1. to hurry, hasten; to run towards a place or object; in eolloq. to hasten to : №1’^’4 to hasten to dinner; wor^’q to hasten to work; cf. 2. W^TT a kind of grass with syn. nus-pa ston-ldan; nan spon-§kye$;skyes-ldan; rnthah-ya$; ^kpqj’q tshig brgya-wa; sa-yi hdab; Ijan-ser can.; tsJie-hphel-rdsas (Mnon.). dur-wa dkar~po 1. the blue or white flowering durwa; Panicum dactylon. 2. WT^t, fw other white species of durwa. Syn. brston-hgru^ brgya- wa; сЦ^’З'З^ gjan-spu skyes; bya-yi mig. dur-xcas hchi a scorpion. Syn.. sdig-pa rba-can (Mnon.). ^'^.Pur-bon (lit. the Bon of the ceme- teries) one of the earlier sects of Bon-pa which originating in Shang-Shung and Brutsha at last spread into the Tibetan central provinces during the reign of • king the son of srib- khri btsan-po; Lonam his minister under the instigation of the Dur-bon priests assassinated the king with a sword, whence he was called by the historians of Tibet the sword-assasinated king. (J. ZafL). ^’5 dur-by a 1. also Brahminy kite with white, back, (Mnon.). 2. acc. to Sch. a paring-axe, a, hoe. dur-byid, (^) fagsr, ph the castor-oil plant, Pdcinus communis. the. root of dur-byid ejects all diseases arising from heat or cold. 2. (acc. to Vai. §n.) Ipomoea tur- pethum [a plant of valuable purgative properties, commonly called Teori, and distinguished into two species, white and black (Convulvulus turpethum)\S. Syn. mdah-hjoms; tshan§-gsum; dor byed-ma; 3V$r phur-ma psum-pa; kun- rje^-hbyun ; rdul-can ; Sf'wqsprQ Io- nia g$um-pa; dum-bu gsupi-pa (Mnon.). ^’§5 dur-byed SiM the plant Croton polyandrwm. dur-byanoxi inscription placed on a tomb. dur-tshun, ^‘^5 dur-t&hod food offered to the dead (ft>‘.). dur-mtshed a place for burying dead bodies (Sch.). tZ«r-yw=B’^4 out side, beyond, foreign (mystic) (К. g. fi $6). dur-lcn (lit. that.takps away fronj the cemetery) a sort of vampire. dul is, porf. root of the- trs. vb. hdul-wa to tame, q. v. . dul-gna$ or place of conversion or of one’s discipline. discipline; ^гсГ$«р< [good discipline]/?. yrq’q dul-wa-pa a, tamer, di^ci- pliner. ^’4’^ one of the early Buddhist sages and authQrs of India. ^cq’^ dul-wu hdsin^^^'^3 obedient, holding to discipline; one who observes the rules of Vinaya (Мпюъ).
C32 dul-icar hdod htvh courage. dul-ma 1. powdered or pulverized by burning, grinding, pounding, etc.; gold-dust, also oxidized powder of gold;^ ^q * medicinal powders. 2. acc. to Ja, a kind of water-colour made of pulverized gold and silver, for painting and writing. Really an erroneous form of rdul, dul-mo tender-mouthed, tame, manageable, tractable (Ja.). du$ W, ЧП 1- time in general, season. 2. a certain time, the time or occasion for a thing to happen; right time, proper season : V^’BV taking the 10th day of tho month as the most appropriate time, when night came on, in the first hour of dusk he would equip himself with a black silk robe and a staff (Pth. 129). dus adv. for a whilo, sometimes; ^5’ at the time; at that time; then, at this time; in that very time ; in the very first time ; or ’^’3 at times; sometimes, now and then; ^’5^’ simultaneously with that; then on occasion; on a certain time, once; or at one and the same time, together; some future day. The statement that tho time had arrived for anything is always phrased: it came down to the time ^г«гад’^; the time will arrive: it will descend to the time. or after a genit. inf. or verbal root=when, after: when two days had, or will have passed; 5*395when I was still a girl; the time of merriment never arrives; being the time of giving birth; to fix a time for going; henceforth, from this time forward; ^’3’BS’4^ dus-kyi khyad-par special time, special occasion. Dut-kyi hkhor-lo 1. tho famous Kala-chakra system of Buddhism which introduced tho worship of a Supremo Deity under tho designation of ikdi-buddha or Х«|’»й’ммг jk. It arose in tho 11th century A.D. in Shambala, a city said to have been located near the river Oxus in Central Asia; and both Atis'a and tho historian Buston belonged to this cult. Under the appellation Ttakun Kiir (km it is popular with the Mongols. Varieties of the cult in India gave to S'iva or to Gapes'a the position of Adi- Buddha. 2. ani- mated nature or living beings; W^’3* meditation. 3. v. du§-hkhor. du^-kyi cha-$a$ the divisions of time—such as 5 year; season; 3 month; ordinarily the year 5 is divided into four seasons, each of three months; but according to the Vinaya school the seasons are six, divided in reference to the Uposatha observances, and are:—Ф*4 two spring months, two summer months, W4^*4 two rainy months, two autumn or harvesting months, S^’^*4 two winter months, two deep- winter months. Tibetans also divide the year into three seasons, counting spring and summer together, 59^ ?^ rains and autumn together, and 53^'and anterior winter and posterior winter together. du$-kyi cho^nid^^ met. death (Mnon.).
633 das-kyi rjes-su hgro-wa ^T^rgHifk one who behaves or changes according to the occasion; a wind-cock, [also, it is a phrase signifying benzoin or benjamin]#. dus-kyi rjes-su hbran-wahi tsan-daii yellow sandal. dus-kyi bdag-po met. the sun, the lord of time (МЯоп.). dus-kyi gnas [revolu- tion of the seasons; a year]#, dus-kyi dbyid-pa [the staff of time, death]#. dus-kyi byed-po the snn; the maker of time. ^*3*^ dus-kyi-bar during; [momentary]#. dus-kyi me-togy v. mthift deep blue (Mnon.). dus-kyi brtsi-tshult^v^b^mQx of counting time:—120 of dus-mthahi skad-cig-pa (the smallest con- ceivable division of time) make ono S’ by a rdsogs-kyi skad-cig-ma ($* sc-gol gtogs-pa); 60 of this latter make one set than; 30 than make a yud-tsam; and 30 yud make one shag or day. Aco. to the system of counting adopted by Tibetan astrono- mers skar rtsis-pd) four drawings of breath in an adult make one chu- sraftj 60 $’5^ chusran make one ehu- tshod^ 60 chu-tshod make on© shag (day and night) ; sixty years make one rab-byun or cycle. dus-kyi-tshigs^^r^ [a sum- mons by the angel of death]#. dus bkag-pa explained as yodpa-lag dafl те$-ра du§. du$-$kabs v. skabs. dus-skyes Wi, skyer-^in prob. Berberis vulgaris called skycr-pa or qin-ser the yellow plant. dus-hkhor [the wheel of time]#. Syn. mchog~gi dan- pohi san$-rgya$; tkabs-$e§ bdag-nid; rdo-rje sems-dpah; e-icam yi-ge rigs nud-pa ; qes-dan fes-byahi bdag-nid mchog; ski-ica sdom§-la hdus-pa ; ^'^5 hpho-med; thog-med} tha-ша med\ rigs-кип khyab-dag\ byan-chitb sons; rnal-hbyor rnam-pa\ rnam-kun mchog-ldan; яЗруц thog-mahi mgon-po; ф’Н’9’^5 #«/$-•$« med; khams-gsum hkhor-los bsgyur-wa. (Mnon.). Dus-hkhor pandita n. of a celebrated lama born in Mongolia who was recognised as an incarnation by the Emperor of China. He founded the monastery of Bad-dkar cho-glin now harbouring three thousand monks. dus-hgyur ’egufkcrn; change of season. уг-Ц ius-can 4nf^3i; n. of a flower; n. of a flower (К. my. 4 20). dus-gcig skyes-pahi ma-bxt—*$%№№** (mystic) (Min-rda. k)- dus chad-pa med-pa in proper time, timely; time without interruption, continually. du§-chen dge-wa hbum hgyur tho days when one work of merit- 81
634 5^51 done produces one hundred thousand merits; they are: tho 8th lunar day of the month of Vaiqakha when Gautama Buddha renounced the world; the 15th or full moon of the same month when he was conceived; the day when he became a Buddha; the day he entered Nirvana \ the day of lus preaching the Dharma; the day when he descended from among the gods. dut-chen b$hi or у ft’ 3'4^ the great periods of time or Yttga. У du$-whod wfsnt, religious service observed at certain prescribed periods [a priest for performing a sacri- fice] 5. У'ft dupion or Wft a festival Mnon.). yft'YJ the nine festivals observed by Buddhists:—yft'M'^ du$- ston chen-po great festival; birth festival; ft the festival of cutting the hair; 5‘yft festival of forming the crest; ^'g^’yft festival at tho fifth year of child; fyy ft the sixth year festival; ft tho monastic or vihdra festival; 5^’ft festive rejoicing. ^^'ft'3S’q du$-$ton byed-pa to keep a festival. У^ ci fyab-pa to fix time (for meeting, eto.). уч$Ч'* du$ btab-ma=^\ ^5 a passionate woman {Mnon.). уыччу du$-mthahi rZ//n = 4^’«iA&a|’ яадзпд the wind that mil destroy the world. wi-f^ one of the 20 stages a monk of the Or dr aka school reaches [delivered at a wrong time]<S. У’У‘$ du$-dus-su at times, occasion- ally. У’*У du$-hda$ ^i, wata, $rr<R?ta; past time, past tense ; time elapsed. У Dui-ldan n. of one of the 16 stharira or ; also : goddess ; sandal-wood. У KYя du$-ldan-ma a woman in mens- truation (4f^on.). yYyrq’y-g-q^ ^Du$-na dgah-wa she$ bya-wahi ri a mountain in the fabu- lous continent of Uttara Kuru {K. d. 815). Уу «rjfl du$ rnam-pa kun all times; with % as adv. always, at all times (4/non.). y'wi du$-bab$ appointed time; the natural ooutso of events. V’T* du$-$byor ад, |чад [the parti- cular time in which a man is bom]*S. у |X*ci du$-$byor-pa an astrologer. y.£V §5*^ du^byor byed-pa vtv [the hour in which a man is bornJS. y’^gvq du$- $byor-pa ад junction of periods, time, #c. [the particular sign of the zodiac under which a man is bom]& du$ ma-y in-par za-wa • taking food untimely, i.i?,, not at the fixed or proscribed time or hour; du^-min $е$~ра one who knows the fixed times or seasons ; a cock; an astrologer. у Я du§-me lately said to = universal conflagration at the end of time. dus-tshigt gr?j season. у Й the jolmo bird {Mnon.). у*^Sy vq du$-tshigt gsar-ica—^'^^^' change of time, season ; also fresh provi- sion, produce of the year, etc. у du^-tshod 1. a division of time equal to two English hours : fy'bry in each day are twelve du^-tshod. Acc. to the Chinese method each of these
635 has a separate name attached to it, viz:— (1) day-break, called^ yo$ rabbit; (2)*У**|* sun-rise, called hbrug {duk) dragon; (3) VX4 morning, called sbrul {dul) ser- pent; (4) V3S ni-phyed noon called, rta horse; (5) afternoon, called lug sheep ; (6) evening, called $prel monkey; (7) Vi4 sunset, called ^yubird; (8) dusk, called khyi dog; (9) fore-night, called phag pig; (10) mid-night, called byi-ica mouse; (11) after- night, calledЩЬ’ glan ox; (12) dawn, called stag tiger. These twelve names are also given to the succeeding years of the 60 years cycle in various combinations with the names of five so-called elements, viz., earth, fire, water, wood, iron, v. 5 lo. V^V^’4 dus-t^hod nes-pa evil-hour, bad time=^’^5’^’4 wrong or inauspici- ous time or hour. ^'Ki^dus-intshan : the king of Kalinga, a descendant of Chakravarti raja. dus-mt$hams tot, junction of day and night; period, epoch. ^’4^ dus~bshi the four seasons, viz the ‘ summer; 5^ the winter; the autumn; the spring time; also V morning or day; 44 evening or night; day-time, and night. ^Г4^3‘и*г5 du$-bshihi phan-lo^^*^ the four times wheel; a cycle of years. Du$-bskihi Ihor-mo or the goddesses presiding over the four seasons:—VI* the white fair queen of spring; wS’ the blue queen of the summer season; ф\ J-the yellow queen of the autumn; VI the black queen of the winter season (7?. с/г.). tfu$-2tntime of depravity (&?A.). ^rtfar4 dus yol-ica чигдяга lit. time passed; too late. ^•^•25 dus rin-po faxTW long de- layed. dus-rlabs wave of time, i.e., ebb and flow of time. ^rerVfvq dus-la dgah-wa W, that delights in time; an epithet of the sun {Mnon.). dus-log a year yielding no crops; a sterile year {Jd.). ^т-?|*Г4 dus-fes~pa an astro- nomer or astrologer; 3^*4 rtsis~pa {Mnon.). ^’^B’4 dus-su skye-гоа mature; born or grown at the proper time. ^*Г$'?4'4 dus-su thob-pa to get at the opportune time or hour. du$-su hos-pa suit- ing the occasion, opportune; Ч^'У’7^*4 сГ^г^Ш<!Ц as suited the occasion. ^’^*4**4 dus-su гиб-wa timely. dus-gsum the three times, viz:—(1) g’B’S early, after and now, described as wKwq future, *VT4 the past, and S’?’4 the present. ^‘W1’*^’4 dus-gsum wkhyen-pa a general epithet of a Buddha. dus- gsum mtshams the three junctions of time. I: de Я: 1. that, that one ; he, she, it; like that; that which is; other than that; ^‘B* forthat; under that, after that; at that time; g^^-q^ he that has gone before. 2. frq. stands in the place of the definite article—the: ет^ Й5^с'^‘4^’^'4Х,^'^54’г4|,3‘^’ lug-hdi khrid-hons-pahi fan-pa de fiahi lham-cag rku- sort the butcher who brought the sheep stole my boots; the younger
636 ^’91 one said, or the youth replied ; also some- times in tho plural: he said—were you they or those ones \Hh'om. 55). II: (in mystic) a term forsho ; the term ‘de’ is a woman (K.y.WV). di-ka or dc-kha that, the very same; that very person was I myself; just so; (in answer to a question) indeed! that is so; just that. de-kha=\'*\t from those same public bodies. or ^4 that juris- diction ; also under that, included in that. d^ kho-na ггъ ; cf. ^; = the col. the very same, that itself. de kho-na hid era; = Stmyata, essence, nature ; j^WS the essence of the soul. de kho-na hid btu$-pa n. of a Buddhist metaphysical work: be proceeded in the direction of Tibet carrying with him the religious work called Tatlva-samueeaya by Santi-jiva (Л. 33). de kho-na hid rtogs- pa гг^тт to meditate on tho real tattea or secrets of religion. ^’4 de-да colloq. that, that one; precisely so, just so; de-gar=d^ or there, in that place. de-hid c^-, Н7Я that itself; S ’VSS 4 de-hid smra-ica one who expounds the truth. de-$ned=K%\ so many: so many men as there are so many shares are required. 5 ^ de-lta like that; so; is fig. in books, but in colloq. is used instead: ы •$! not being so with the father; ^’RV'?l*rw de Ita-hdu fe$-pa$ being known as that; de-lta-na like this; ^’5 dc-tfa-lni of that kind, quality, or manner; such; history, oral account, narration of accounts; ^#5'9 de-lta mod-kyi fgpfrfi yet, notwithstanding that; de-lta-yafi and yet; dc-[la-la = although. de-cihi-phyir-shc-na is a curious paraphrase, used- chiefly in the older classical writings, but not quite disused still, to express the conjunctions “for” and “because” at the beginning of a consequent clause or sentence. It is sometimes varied to de-tthi- %lad-du she-па (K, 3,ete.), both meaning lit. “if asked, because of what is that.” Curiously enough the Mongols have adopted in their sacred writings a similar phrase for the same conjunctions: tore dzagun-u tula kemebeuu. de-ltar=^'^ <f3, чя, w, like that, accordingly; de-ltar gyi&yg. 4W ^5 do accordingly; d<- ltar-na thus indeed; dc-[tar- yan 'ЧПГМ yet. de-thad=^fy for that; also there- fore : therefore, the words to be put together or in 01 dor (Ya-sel. 34). V de-dan Зя < by that very (thing) de-dan hdra-ica like that. that time; fit for-that time.
637 ^1 de-de exactly that; that (emphati- cally) ; just according to that; yes, so it is. dc-don for that. dc-ldan truth. ^'4 dc-hdra is the modern and colloq. usage in place of de-lta or ^’g’5 de-lta- bu like that, similar, similarly; seen like that, seen so; dc-hdra- phan§ an interj.: such a loss! so great a damage! de-hdra-ma like that (applied to fem.). dc-na or ’Wt, ’therein, in that place; also thereafter, after that. de-паз hdi-$kad Q4 then for instance, then like this, then so. de-ni that, that one, it, those indeed: it is not the proper place. de-pa one of that place; but in C. colloq. = there, thither; de-wa$ era*. 1. than that, gon. after a comparative. 2. also for therefore, consequently, now then. 6^-po=^’5, ^’5 well, excellent (Yig. k. 58). ^‘5 dc-pho a cock. de-hphral WV. immediately, at once. In colloq. in C. we hear “ tanta t’el-tii” immediately. de-hpkro$=z the remainder, excess thereof (Ya-sel. the excess portion. &?-ica$ than that; de-wa§ kyan nahfa more than that. de-та one of that place, sect, reli- gion, etc. (Cs.); de-ma-thag-tu at once, freshly, instantly; Л- ma-thag-pa jhpfw fresh, immediate; de-ma-lag§=\*^\ de-ma-fiid not that, not the same; WRIT ЯсЭД immediate cause or dependence, v. (ДЛК). гЛ?-?;2о=5^'Ч necessity. de-tsam nfir:, ЦсПЗПЗ so much, about that; then, at that time, at about that time; de-tsug so, thus: how is it ? how is that ? what is it like ? (Deb. Я 3S). de-tso—^^ or those: they possessed perfect contemplative skill (A. I £4). de4ptehufa=.^\ de-hdra like that, its match, equal. dc-hdsin sjfaqr = acceptance. ^^5 de-bshin nid HV<U, ия identity, essence (Was.), lit. that-ness; de-bshin-du according to that, thus, so; acc. to <7a. = for it: he allowed it accordingly; de-bshin fio-$es-na§ perceiving it as such; de-bshin-du sbyar- to apply as before, to adjust accordingly; de-bshin byed-pa xtf zpj to do accordingly; de-bshin min not accord- ingly, differently. ^•q^-a^opTci de-bshin ggeg^-pa ачпга lit. he who is gone or passed away like as did that other one—like as did his pre- decessor ; in other words, a Tathagata or evangelistic teaching Buddha. The Mongol synonym for the Tibetan term is Tegun ehilen ireksen “came like him.” Shakya-thubpa or Gautama together with the six preceding terrestrial Buddhas
M’ll 638 4«T£|| form the seven pre-eminent Tathagatas. But we read of “ thousands of Tatha- gatas ” in the later MAliftyana writings. t аЦ-pq^q hvrih n. of a religious work. q g'4’4§q q q^ q WTJHtqufH n. of a religious work, «Hifa n. of a religious work (ЛЛ K). 3’34 df-zug=s\&*l in IK. dchi chos-^n ctSFflf, 33?$^ pos- sessed of that virtue ; its attributes; of that quality. 45 dehi rj?s-su phyogs-pa imitating (considered as an inex- cusible sin in a Budh. monk); following that; its follower. ^5'3$\ai dehi wod-la=^ ^'w or at that time, during that time: Xf5‘«r<5»r«ic.*rXic;qN in the meantime the night was over (Rdsa. 10). de-hog «га*. then, thereafter. de haft=\"K. de-yafi W'Sf 1. this also, or that too; he also. 2. namely, to wit, viz.; is used before any specification or detailed statement. dc-yan for also that, pre- ceding it (Ya-sel. 35). de-rag directly, immediately (Sch.) that is just the thing! exactly! to be sure (Jd.). ^4* eolloq. to- day, this day. In W\ T. hdi-ring is more frq. ^’^g^q de-rifi byun-ica a fresh occurrence; to day’s out- come, produce, experience. de-ru—^ into that, there, into that place, thither, that way. 4J*rq deJa rag Jus-pa shes nf<3- to do as directed, or as per design. de Jas <ra*., яфщ from; out of; from that; after a comparative: and, other than that: de Jas $kye$ grown or bom from or out of that; what results from that ? de Jas stsog$-pa [having these as their mouth-pieces, i.e., like these]8. De-$o n. of a tribe in Tibet. n. of a king of Tibet (J. Zaft.). ^’§5 de-sritf as much as that; thus far 5 also that is possible. + deg-go or X non-no used in keep it above, put it up. ’ deft also to-day from this day forward; henceforth; the present time or age. 8j defi-gi char-yaft=\^wy^ ^4’ even at the present time, even now-a-days (Yig. k. 14). defi-phan henceforth, henceforward. defis-ptt 1. or ^q deft-гса^ pf. of 4^'q hdefi-wa to go, to go away; went to their respective places; went each to his own place; melted away into space, dissolved into air. 2. old, stale, worn. defi-saft at present; for the present; now-a-days: defisafi lha-rje the physician of the present day. der~^\^de-ru Trfy there; also as an adv.: then, at that time: ^’*5 that is all, there is nothing more (Cs.); der-gsal as mentioned, as stated
639 therein; acc. to that. des ifa, w 1. instrum, of ; by that. ^'^des-chog^ that is enough; that will do Sch. 2. for v. that is enough for me (A. 128). ’^’S* des-па dehi- phyir WH:, ттФЩ that then, on that very account then. . ^’4 de-ica a medicinal herb: ^’фгЧя^г '^’ядя‘я§^’^5the dewa, removing the communicating cause, dispels bilious- ness. De-ica sa-ra n. of a learned Sing- halese nun who with ten companion-nuns visited China and preached Buddhism there (Grub. ”1 6). ^’9*^ De-Ы ko-ta an ancient city in India, probably near the cave temples of Ellora and Ajanta. dehu^^F^ small; adv. almost; (^* №) on a small rock standing on the bank of the river Gangft; the horse having leaped into the water, Khu-ston nearly died; dehu-ndn- but for a little; did hit (him) almost; dehu-tshig but for that, he had almost fallen down (D.Il}; ^'Ч^ад’^я <й?Ли gyen§-tsam=^^^'*]$*'* (D.R.). dehu-ra (vulg.) 1. a little, almost: were it not for a little, I had fallen down the roof. 2. acc, to Jd. one day, future time. ded-hdren (5^) n. large numerical figure (Ya-sel. 57). n. of a still larger number than the above (Ya-sel. 57). from some of a ded-pa driven, carried, moved, pursued; pf. of *’* ded-dpon foreign-trader, master, captain of a ship. = merchant’s place, commercial building, shop (Mwon.). merchant; an epithet of the son of Kama (MAon.). deb ifhf or «Г^’ЯЙ^ library, archives, records; a list or register of articles, &c.; ^Tf3^’ del-khan chancery, government office (Schtr.); deb-ther or register; documents, catalogues, anything recorded or put into writing or stitched together; to register all accounts or put them together in one book; ^«г^'ярц del-ther rnkhan keeper of the archives or librarian (Cs.). Del-ther §пон-ро the n. of a historical work by Gshon-nu dp al. ^’4 del-pa 1. accounts cast into one place or shape; ®to cast all accounts or records into one place. 2. acc. to Sch.: poultice, cataplasm, applied to sores and inflamed parts of the body. dem-tsi a small, narrow bridge; foot-bridge (Jd.). dehu^ or on any day, at some future time (JZ7.). ^'4 de§—pa ftw 1- fine, brave, noble, chaste (Cs.); 2. = or of good nature ; (IT. d. 166). de§-pa phun-sum tshog$-pa consummate. do 1. num. fig.: 131. 2. a pair or couple—used only in counting, weighing, measuring, etc.: of sho two each.
640 ^1 3. this; this evening, to-night: \ I} a man only for to-day and to- morrow (Jd.) ; to-day. 4. also an equal, a match; 4‘^q do b$do~ica adversaries, rivals; ^q^r^nr «ч v44]'^*q«5 he exterminated his anta- gonists by war (Sorig.). do non-pa the equalizing of tho load, by increasing or lessening it on ono of tho sides \Jd.). do ina-yin or match-loss, unequalled : $ (Khri<J.) the possession of this precious human body is not equalled by the gain of any gem. •J, •Ж‘ЧСЧ1 also written as У^'^Я luxuriant locks dressed neatly on the crown of the head, some- times in fanciful designs as among tho Burmese; Tibetan high officials of the lay- class also dress their hair in a prescribed form. V4I*'*I4 do-jai kha in W. light -blue (Ja.). do-gal importance, weight; important: Я^'З matters that are important to yourself should not be delayed (Ya-stl.J). Ч’Я4’^ important; of weighty consequence (Cs.); = very important. 4'^5 do-chod=^\$>\ intelligent and useful. W do-dam commission, charge, superintendence, care ; an overseer, authorized person; 4 to supervise, superintend. do-po 1. or ^ЯЛ an assistant, a servant. 2. a load, fora beast of burden, cf. 4* (Ju.). do-phrug an orphan. ^•Ч-£5’ Do-wa rdsofi n. of a district in tho province of Lho-brag in Tibet. ^’q4^^ do-wahi tog-та ; root of artichoke ; also potatoe. 4*5 do-ico—do$-po a load (Rtsii.). do-mod=^^ 1. quickly; (place) quickly in tho holy mandala of unsullied contem- plation. 2. to-day, this day (Cs.). do-shag this day, presently: BVq^’ and particu-’ larly to-day the ministers are more lazy than before (Hbrom. J/l). do-zla~^*\$ hgran-zla 1. comrade, consort, follow. 2. party in a law-suit. ^q‘S5’q carefully to investigate (the right of) both parties (Cs). \’^’Я^Я do-ya-grig lit. one of the two or of a pair; half a load. V* do-ra 1. a stage; a courtyard where dancing is performed= 2. an enclosed pasture land ; a lawn. do-lo or X-ai’qQ-^’g^^-SN-q a necklace, a string made of pearls or precious stones (worn hanging down from, the neck); an ornament hanging down from the shoulders (Jig.). Do-log a kind of worm: f in future life (he) would bo born as the worm Dolog (Ya-sel 7). do-$al th, ЧПОЦ necklace. Syn. 9^’3^ phyan-phrul\ se-modo\ bran-gi rgyan (Mnon.). do-^al-can 1. one wearing a necklace. 2. n. of the residence of Vaijayanta. ^qq’^q do-^al phyed-pa wivT half- length string of pearls, &c., or half size necklace.
*511 641 V4 dog 1. clod, clump, lump, loaf: ”1^’ Х4ГЧ1$<’1 a lump of sugar. 2. capsule; capsule of the cotton plant (Jd.). 3. for XT4 dog-pa narrow. I: dog-pa 1. capsule : 9]ag*rg capsule of flower, i.e., flower seed in one pod. 2. X4! bundle, skein, i.e., of wool, as much as one can hold with the hand; ‘ПХ'П handful. 3. as a neck ornament. 4. ear of corn X4!4^' 3 X4!'4 flower shoots or buds; g^S’X4!’4 H’gWxV buds contain- ing honey in their capsules. М’Я II: also \ч]*5 or X*T^ 1. narrow, narrowness: X4!2^4^4! й is not narrow; ge£ out of a narrow place; fig. they were kept within narrow bounds (G7r., Jd.). 2. strict : gwX4]^ khrim$ dog-po strict justice, also hard punishment. X4!'®’^ not narrow, wide; f^X4! small narrow house; wX4) narrow-place; ^'X4! a robe that does not fit being narrow in dimen- sions. X4!’5 dog-po or X4! adj. dense, thick; X4! ^ densely, thickly : 5ЧГХ4Г1^’|3^’<> all the regions were thickly filled up, i.e., thickly inhabited (Yig.). XYq don-pa, v. *XY4 to bring out; XYq ejaculated; Im^'XY4 brought out by the door. + ХЧГ* dog-ma=*^ front, fore; also, resp. for * (Lex.). ♦ X4!’ dog-le=«I? chu-bsro-wahi $поф ace. to Jd. an iron pan with a handle. I: dog^-pa for *Xfl)*,,q 1. necessity, usefulness: ч^Х4!** usefulness; k^Xt^Y4 useless, without usefulness. 2. fear, apprehension; ^’X^ what fear! do not be afraid of; X4!*^’ fear having arisen; X4!^^414 or ХЧРГЧ^5’Ч=* to remove doubt or clear misap- prehension : X<]^in a draft containing matters of some importance the points should be written carefully to avoid all that may be misapprehended (D. $el. 20). Х^М'Ч‘^5 от X4!**’^ ; without fear, fearlessly ; ^X^hope and fear; X4!”’ uwwith apprehension; dread of suspicion. 3.= scruple, doubt; X4!*’44!*’ in colloq. scrupulously, doubtfully; Xt1’^ the limit of doubt (A. 50); Xql^’^ scrupulous, also to take care, take heed, to be cautious: being a king he should be cautious. X4I^’MW4 dog§-§lofi$- pa to raise scruple, doubt; also to make another apprehensive, doubtful (D. $ei. 20). II: vb. to fear, not in the violent sense in which is used, but to apprehend or dread anything happening: ifc §С‘'ХЧ1¥ Ч^’V*ftt a time when he was apprehending that hail would come on; being afraid (the prince) might not be able to govern; я'яЯк/Х^ чад fearing lest he should not see the sakti; д’йЯ dreading that his son might meet the view of the people; ^кгчкдгХ4]^ ^’§*1 be on your guard lest anger should arise; take care not to grow angry! (Jd.). khuft дку 1. a deep hole, pit, trench: in refilling the earth into the hole excavated, it will not be even with the surface (K. du. 5 US). a firepit; ace. to Sch. crater; ^ X^’ a hole 82
042 in tho ground; S'V a well, a doop cistern; X^’^=a впако. 2. depth, deep- ness, profundity (Jd.). deep, full of trenches ; not deep, shallow (Cs.). 3. v. ^*4. Ч5*1*] dofi.-ka the tree Ptcrosper- mum accrifolium. 54 flower of Кагткйга. the fruit of donki is a cure for liver disease and is a mild purgative. Syn. me-tog phren-wa; Ч’я’ lo-ma-fyzin; nad~hjom$; hkhor-lo fydra; ^’§5 shi-byed; ^<35*q^’q w-mo bshi-pa; rgyal-pohi gin (Mnon.). don-kha grebe [a kind of radish]^, grefa^ <i medicinal fruit. + = son-ste. V’A don-pa padlock; V'^VT4 to put a padlock on (Jd.). ^5'3 doil-po—1, tube, any hollow cylindrical vessel. 2. a bamboo tube used as water or milk vessel in Sikkim, Bhutan, etc. a quiver (generally made of bamboo). iron tube; *5’ wooden tube. Jon-fca=*5,cb a 1. to proceed, to go (Mnon.), v. 2. a quiver. don-mo or a small churn for tea-making=3^3^ (Jd). don-tse or don-rtsc 4»qfgg 1. a copper coin in China. 2. piece of money of small value either in silver, gold, or copper; gold coin. in IF. Corydalis meifolia (Ja.). ^5’3 don-zc wasp, acc. to Cs. dod 1. definite; indefinite^. 2. a substitute; an equivalent; what is the equivalent, what shall we get for it? a’AS adopted son: pray, suffer yourself to be adopted by us. verbal equivalent, the original of a translation, a synonym; ^5’^ as an equi- valent, as payment for, instead of, at, e.g., at a moderate price (Jd.); ASdod-po one in the place of, a substitute, a representa- tive; represented, acted as a representative: ,sbi’w both tho mother and son being pleased, substituted tho yogi, though ho was not’ really tho cow-herd, but one representing him (A. 60). dod-por bya§-te acting as a substitute (A. 69). dod-pa^Q^'Q fy$nel-wa or 1. to project, to bo prominent. Often with *5^; elongated. 43^‘S’ V\’q сото out in relief; skye-mche# datf-pa a child in the womb just when its nose and ears are being formed. 2. to come out, float up: $<r«p’«fc*4VqV^*gjr $w^Vq (Ya-scL 36) there arose islets in tho midst of the flooded place. don 1. particle signifying: more than, over; а^*А5ф^’Ч?Д| onoover seventy; two over seventy, etc. • II ; iJ^T, <3^ Д, 1. the sense or signification of anything; to understand the meaning; the meaning to be expressed; to elucidate, explain‘the meaning; individual letter, the mean- ing of which is not easily understood; it has no sense. what .does this mean ? X^’S^’^^.full of mean- ing; also one wha is a. sensible щап; meaningless words>. ravings;
643 do think over the meaning of this (J/?7.}; col. in truth, in fact, really, surely, indeed! 2. reason, purpose, profit, advantage; object: aS’A^s going on is to no purpose; ’^a hgro-wahi rafl-gi don lab tell me your reason for going ; what has been his object in coining ? A^’tjA 4 don §grub-pa to gain one’s object; gnad-rnam$ real reasons. 3. in a general sense: affair, concern, business; *<| A^ one’s own affairs, one’s own interest; ^V3’A^ interest of others ; on account of much business (DzZ.). 4. welfare, advantage, the good of a person; to promote a man’s welfare; ^*а5'^-§*\’А to work for the welfare of all living beings; a useful tiling; a gift of fortune (Ja.). s^rgA* the substantial benefit of thp highest perfection. ’ft HI: a document: *VA^ 1. a special request or object (in writing a letter to a subordinate or one in subordinate posi- tion). 2. a written contract, agreement; also a letter to an inferior person. ^’A^ the certain or real meaning, also positive order or instruction. ^’A^ the proper or plain meaning; distinct order or instruction. §'A^ application, petition, request. 3«тА^ literal meaning, grammati- cal signification. don-li gycn-ica to change or divert the thoughts from the three causes which disturb the mind. А^ЛИ don-kun the interest or well-being of all; public good, cause, ob- ject, etc. A^’^'5q>q don-kun grub-pa 1. to accomplish or fulfil all objects, purposes; one who has done them. 2. tho early name of Buddha S'akya-Muni which was given him by his father, A^'MS4’4 don-kun ^grub-pa one who performs service for the good of the public, e>., does public good. ^’Э’РЧ’ЗА’а don-gyi khog-phub-pa as in (<?. Hon.) to penetrate into the real import. АУЗ’Э don-gyi spyi general sense, ordinary meaning, common object. ^’§A Don-grid) = don kun-grub 1. Amoghasiddha, v. A^’^s^A’A post. 2. assemblage. 3. common personal name in use in Tibet and Sikkim. don-hgal=dtft% ’^’A don-mt mtJiun-ioa contrary sense, opposite meaning, going against the purpose or interest of {Mnon.). A^’g don-lna in anatomy the five func- tionaries of the human body: (1) §nin the heart; (2) gf gio lungs ; (3) mchin- pa liver; (4) «^’A nichcr-wa spleen; (5) ырагя mkhal-ma kidney. A^’*^ don-candon-ldan 1. useful, meaningful, profitable, expedient. 2. enjoying an advantage. 3. having a ceriain sense. A^’^S don-gcod or AV^S'4 dongcod-pa, (A^Y^S'^Pi don-tliag gcod-mkhan) one commissioned, a commissioner; one spe- cially appointed for the performance of a certain object: it necessitated the going of a commis- sioner (Rtsii.). don ricrin^-pa—'yi^^^n failure, ill-success; also the decrease of interest or importance (ATww.). A3!4!)* don-giier (Зьк^’д)- vrifo, 1. prayer. 2. the care-taker of a place; the custodian of the property in a templet.
644 don-gnis in Budh. ^ПёРГЦ for one’s self, one’s own affair; ЧАЧ’З’1^ ЧХТ& another’s business: that is not my but another’s busi- ness. Ace. to the Bon don is of two kinds: (1) self-interost which is inherent, and (2) interest for others. the final interest for self emancipation. ^Y^’ don-$nifi or the real object, tho chief object of a petition or prayer, etc. don rtogt-pa^tfi'^'Q to com- prehend the meaning ; also to reflect on the sense of a term or passage, or on any subject. *Л?С?ЗГ^Ч1 don tfon-gi tshig a word of empty meaning, nonsense; a meaningless expression. M don sfo^pa — ^ ^Q or ^Y^’S4’4 objectless; unfulfilled purpose; void of meaning; for nothing (Mnon.). don-med fyshin-du without seeing the use of it, without understanding the purpose (with the genit. of the noun). don-mthun lit. ono having com- mon interest or purpose to serve; originally a number of traders who would make a voyage to Ceylon for buying pearls, &c. ОТОЧИТ merchant (gene- rally those who make sea voyages), hence a boat passenger (Mnon.). don 1. (^1Ч) яигчгег an assembly having a common interest. 2. business men. ^YV4 don-dag lit. good or pure inten- tion = purpose, object, interest; com- mission, business, affairs. don-dam 1. the true sense; sub- jectively: good, earnest; col. in. W. qwYAYV4’^ it is not said in jest but in right earnest; objectively; in truth, after all, upon the whole. 2. = emancipation, liberation (from worldly troubles) (Mnon.). But don-dam bden-pa or ^YV^'^Y4 ЧЧЯТ'НШ = absolute truth, i.e., ^‘4^5 $tofi-pa nid адчш emptiness, voidity. ^YV^ don dam-pa [tho highest truth]#. 1. нтщ [essence, the very truth]#. 2. [the cul- minating point for all beings; voidness, vacuity, absolute nonentity)]#. 3. V, ниаг; [that-ness, true essence]#. 4. [unmistakable truth]#. 5. w* [non-altomate truth]#. 6. [emptiness itself]#. 7. ^*3’53^, [the essence of existence]#. 8. [unalterable entity]#. 9. [unthinkable entity]#. 10. Wf<- qinwr irreversible truth]#.; 11. [non-separablo]#. 12. [non-di visible]#. ’ 13. [substratum of existence]#. 14. 15. 16. Xsr 3-фздг v<i} [indestructible essence of exis- tence]#. 17. don-du postp. c. genit. 1. for, for the good of. 2. for the sake of, on account of; e. genit. of inf. in order to, that. 3. rarely, in the place of, instead of, for. don dod-pa (q**S) a needy person, a beggar (Mnon.).
4^1 645 don-ldan with some object or design; in Budh. abbr. of possesed of religion and piety; ^VS4 4 make it essential to acquire while you are a human being (Rdsa. 23). don rnam-pa gsum the three kinds of don9 i.e. of significations: (1) ^*4* the literal meaning or signification of a word; (2) the meaning of a meaning, real import; (3) this includes etc., the meaning of the root and also that of physical things and spirit, also etc. (K. d. * 47). don-dpyod snon-gnafi the pioneer investigator; the first man who inquires into any subject or case ; ^4’5 Jv 4 don dp yod-pa an investigator, inquirer. = Arjuna. don-med useless, in vain, for no purpose, silly manner: it is useless to light lamps in the day time; j^q Xfl to entertain one who has eaten to the full is useless; it is useless to stick to a bad man or mean person (K. du. 5 200). don med-dkrog-rkyen quarrel for nothing or without any cause. don-med gtam vain, idle talk. Syn. fiag-hchal glam; don stofi-tshig; M’S4’^4 don bral-tshig. MT don-rtsa (M'3’2>’q) the real mean- ing, reason ; also result. Don-shags seems to be a Tantrik manifestation of Avalokites'vara. don-bzaft ye-pcs snin-pohi rgyud n. of a Bon work on mys- ticism. 4 Don-yod grub-pa lit. one who does a real work successfully; n. of the fifth Dhyani Buddha, the ruler of the heaven situated to the north. In Tantrik ceremonial he is generally painted green and is often represented with a Khadoma fairy as his Sakti (Tib. S’*’*)- Is styled M'5q Don-grub for short. dob-dob 1. one who dresses tying his breeches above the knees, in the manner of a Bhutanese. 2. stuff, non- sense (Sch?). dom the tawny bear, Ursus pruinosus of Blyth, found near Lhasa and elsewhere: М’5’’^’ад’Вч1Л*’ the teeth of the bear (made into paste) stops bleeding; the bear’s brains heal sores on the head; M ЭЧ the flesh of the bear is useful in the diseases caused by evil spirits. dom-mkhri§ bear’s bile (it is used as a medicine). Syn. phug-nal; mig- §man lus-can; rab dkar-$nifi ; gtum-drag she-sdati-can ; q*sdig-pahi ltd-can (Mnon.). dor a pair of draught cattle; Д^’ M glan-dor a yoke of oxen (Jd.). ’П dor-wa pf. and imp. of hdor-гса to throw out, cast out; give up bad actions or behaviour; dor-war gyur left, cast out (А. К. 1). M’SS'*4 dor byed-ma—^QSfft dur-byid- Srnan.
646 dor-та breeches, trowsers ; short breeches; long drawers; breeches made of thick sergo cloth; XM dor-rta that part of the breeches which covers the privy parts. I: dol 1. yg fishing-net (Mnon.); a fisherman, cf. чЧ4**4 gdol-pa. 2. IF. stew-pan (Jd.). 3. in q to split, to cleave (Sch.). II: n. of a place in the province of Lhokha in Tibet: S*1 then arriving at Dol from Sna- bo la kha ho blew the conch-shell (trumpet) [A. 90). Dol-gyi don-sna n. of a village in Dol (Deb. Я Xi.). Dol-rnamrgyal-dsoft the head-quarters of Dol (Rtsii). Dol-pa a native or resident of Dol; Ч'4’4dol-pa rin-po-che n. of a celebrated lama of this place (Lon. * 2); ^'S‘q Dol-bu-wa tho name by which that lama was usually called (Ya-sel. 27). dol-bon a sect of the Bon (J. Zan.). ^^4 dos or a load that is carried by man or boast; khal-dos load carried by a beast of burden; a load of tea carried in this manner; X*r to load, to pack; to unload. a guard in charge of loads, one in charge of loads carried by beasts of burden and walking behind ; caravan-guard corning from Khams and other distant, places (Rtsii.). <Zo§-<?A(’=R2?va&’q. hbor chc-wa or (Jig.). do$-drag=.*'\^ tsha-drag (D.R.) =; ha-caft bret tsha-гсо urgent, impatient; calling for inquiry. A**'VT4 dos drag-pa 1. hard compul- sory service. 2. severe in exacting it, e.^., a feudal lord (Jd.). dos-pa one who carries loads, a coolie; ^’5 do$-po=-a load; the leader of a caravan of suoh loads. the weight that can beoarried by a man or beast. In Tibet 12 khal is the usual dos-po or load for a cooly (Rtsii.). dra signifies (mystically) §kycs bu a person, a personage (K. g. p 179). dra-ci or dran-ci in Put. a flat basket (Jd.); dra-chun a small bag made of not cloth (Cs.); dra-phad a bag of net-cloth. V35 dm-phyed 1. half-necklace, half-chain. 2. half-lattice-work; a kind of silk ornament. 5^ I: dra-wa 1. a tailor who cuts robes, sbiris, etc. 2. to cut, clip, lop, dress, prune, pare with knife or scissors; also fig. borrowing (a syllable) from the father’s name; cloth cut out for a garment (Cs.): in handicraft (he knew) tailoring, cutting and sewing (A. 24) ; V95 scissors (Sch.). 3. a small copper coin used in the Western Himalaya; called also Dabu. II: sbst. 1. тгч necklace (of pearls, gold etc.), chain worn as an orna- ment. 2. web, net, lattice,, grater net-work: (the veins) are spread throughout tho body like net-work (S.g.). dra-toahi thag-pa rope or string of a net or trap. xcahi rkan-ldaw web-footed; a goose,
647 duck, swan. the frame-work of bones, the skeleton; iron lattice; J*^ wooden rails, fencing; iron trellis; gridiron; lattice-work of rays. 3. [a clubJS. dra-wa hkhrol-wa dra-wa-can 1. latticed, grated. 2. met. a spider. 3.=^’НЧ a coat of mail (ДГлоп.). 4. = 3*3 a gourd (ДГлоп.). dra-wa can-ma (55'^V a clever and skilful woman (Mnon.). dra-wa dra-phycd laced curtains or ornamental silken frills, hangings em- broidered and with pendant strings : $*?Я' having put on certain ornaments with pearls and pendant tassels (A. 141). dra-ica-hdsin met. a fisherman, one who holds or uses fishing-net (Mfton.). 5^51 dra-ma 1. = «гччч nobility, gene- rally applied to the Licchabi race of Vais'ali. 2. experienced, practised, learn- ed. 3. = S"’^3 rtsi-qin a board or slate for counting and writing figures upon. ^’n-gorqS’gc. Dra~ma §prul-pahi glift n. of a fancied continent or island. dra-mig or the openings or “eyes” in a net-work or lattice. drag seems to be a root with two distinct significations : 1. advisable, better, best; where two or more courses offer, that which is the more or most expedient: Mfa'Vl hgro-na drag it is better to go; sdod-na drag better to sit, to stay (Mfton.); what course would be expedient ? Also any improvement may be expressed by drag'. has improved, become better; your entering into a religious life is better (A. 127) ; VI'S** drag-$kye$ growing better, is improving; is in the way of improvement (Yig.); colloq. better, that is better, well done. 2. vehement, forcible; and so, fierce, violent. In this sense is gen. applied to the powerful and violent aspect of certain Tantrik deities; other compounds of this root, however, are being more frequently employed. drag-gi$ firmly; VT’fa’SS to believe firmly. q n. of a Tantra used by the Rnift-ma sect (K. g. R 349). drag-can strong, vehe- ment. Term applied to terrifying deities. drag-char яйзк heavy rain, heavy rain or downpour. ^’4^ drag-hjift n. of Indra’s horso (Sorig}. , V4’5 drag-tn^^F^'^ or adv.’ strongly, earnestly, vehemently, violent- ly; moreover: УЧ’§‘Ч5Ч’ЧЧ he implored him to stay in that place (Bbrom. 106). drag- tn hthen-pa to pull violently, with great force. (/гл£-§йИ>§=^‘^ТЗ'¥^’3'3^гапк or class of better people; higher class or order: account of monthly allowance to tho better or higher class of domestic servants and workmen (Rtsii.). VTYS drag-nad a serious illness, gen.= dreg-nad gout. VI’4 drag-pa 1. from the root drag and thus signifying: the better sort of .persons', and. so: noble, of noble birth, superior, respectable, of. superior quality
| 648 or order; a nobleman, gentleman, respectable man; SS,Q*’VTq articles of superior quality; nobility, gentry; Vl’W^q to raise to nobility to become a nobleman. 2. vehement, powerful, severe; to exert with assiduity; VTq4^S*q unben- ding, unwearied application; 4WI’q a powerful voice; QWVI’4 a severe punishment; §^’Vrq yearning compas- sion. Drag-pa implies in fact possessing any quality in a high degree; VT^4!’4 very poisonous, virulent poison. ^ч|<й drag-pahi cho$-pa a performer of Tantrik rites and religious observances, in which fierce deities are either coerced or propitiated. drag-pahi thocl described as an epithet of the river Ganges (4fnon.). VI’® drag-po also VIм® drag^-po (A. K. 1-5^, W, "w, 1. fierce, terrible, fearful, violent; and is the term specially attached to deities in their aspect of anger as defenders of Buddhism; is thus synonymous with Й® as used in that sense. 2. sbst. any terrific deity; a В hair a ra. VI^’VW’M4! drag-po dwal-flog-can n. of a Bon deity (D.Zi.). VT^S^i drag-pohi niig 1. n. of a fabulous animal. 2. species of tree, Elao- carpus ganitrus; the berry of this tree used for rosaries. 5^ drag-pohi gtsug-rgyan an epithet of the moon (Ifnon.). VT®* drag-pohi gugs-hgro that which moves with vehement speed, like a shooting arrow. VI’® drag-пю 1. <srin a fearful woman, an amason (Mnon.). 2. Rudra’s wife, an epithet of the goddess Durga. VI’Г*’*4 drag risal-can=\^'^ aco. to the Bon, possessing the terrific attitude and powers of deities. 4 drag-rtsub b$kal-pa the rough or rude age, a name of this present period of time which is called^«рг^гчч4*4’ drag-tshafi chon-can acc. to the Bon: in whom are all manner of perfections, good qualities. VI44 drag-shan strong and weak, t>., the relative force of sound; also with respect to rank, superior and inferior or good and bad. VI’fl1* drag-gul fierce, also frightfulncss; Vl’fl0^ drag-fill can xfa? frightful, terrible, powerful, cruel; also one of the ten tones of musio (ЛЛ K). VI’drag- gul chef dpah-^o [ta-wa fierce, terrible; also like a hero, chivalrous, heroic: ? 45* ’^VJ ’fT* ’* thou art heroic and fearful (Rtsii. 30). VISITS drag-gul $pyod a mystical practice=<K^‘ VT^S Drag-gg&d is not, as Jd has it, a single deity but indicates a group of fierce and redoubtable gods, of which there are said to te eight. See Griin- wedeFs Myt ho logic des Buddhismus, 16&. The Mongols style the Drag-shed group Dokshit; and a special robe and hat are worn by exorcists who deal with the group. Each Dhyani Buddha, moreover, is held to have a drag-shed in his retinue. VI49* Drag-gsum the three fierce ones (the Bon trinity). dragsaw, §p|-q Or m thal-pa =excess: л viM'4‘*’84<V^seating in
649 excess will cause the illness of indigestion; maft-drag$ чъту much, in excess; as adj. much, strong, intense. byed a hragadacio, one who brags much. 5^’ draft 1. a kind of beer (Sch.}. 2. honest, straightforward, upright. draft-hgro^9*^, an arrow, a shot (lit. that which goes straight) (Mnon.}; plain language ; ^*q draft-po 1й^, right, truthful, straight (** B<4‘C| not crooked or bent), sincere, honest. draft-lam short road, straight-road, straightforward, not deviating from the direct course; upright; «w^q’q good actions, righteous deeds ; 0**N’^q’q righte- ous judgment, justice. ^q’q^rSfqfsr^ draft bshag-gi bzos-§go settlement, good arrangement—also described as ч&гЦг to return good to one who has done kind- ness or good service before (Fty.). ^q'Xfl draft-don ordinary signification; the difference bet- ween the general and real significations ; (wi) the sense or spirit of an expression or word: significations drawn from unrealities or phenomena are to come within the term draft-don; 5»rqi’ a meaning derived from the spirit or spiritual sense is i.e., the certain or absolute meaning. (Behu. 37}. ^q’q^ draft-por adv. straight; draft-рот hjog-pa to place, put straight; draft-por hdoi-pa wishing frankly; ^*5vg'q draft-por &nra~ tea to speak plainly, to be candid, to speak the truth. ^q’q draft-tea wrafiq, 1* abstract noun to draft-po. 2. pf. to draft-sroft a reciter of sacred hymns, an inspired sage; originally the authors or rather seers of the Vedio hymns; a saint; an anchorite. Jd. says: at present the lama that offers $byin-sreg is stated to bear this name, and whilst he is attending to the sacred rites he is not allowed to eat anything but white food, i.e., milk, curds and cheese. The terms cognate to 55’5^ draft-sroft but not exactly synonymous with it are the following: «^fqq’gq, q^g (Mfton.}. ^q’ijq’q^ draft-sroft bdun the seven sages; also the constellation of the Great-Bear. Ace. to Bon the seven are:—(1) (2) ^q; (3) ; (4) (5) (6) (7) (G. Bon.}. draft-sroft rigs-bcu ten kinds of Rishi, acc. to Budh.: (1) q5’^q’^q* Rishi that move on earth; (2p3v q^S^q’jfq’ flying Rishi; (3) jw'Xer^q’j’ the Rishi that walk in a dancing mode; (4) «|^’q*|’q$'^q*5fc’ Rishi that travel in the sky; (5) Rishi that travel to the celestial regions; (6) Rishi who move miraculously; (7) ‘qq-^q^q* Rishi that can take an enchanted form; (8) ^q-qN-^’q5^q-^q’ Rishi that can vanish in light;. (9) -qS^q'gq* Rishi that can move as embodied forms of anything; (10) jq’q^’qlj’qS Rishi who have attained to excellence. 83
650 ^1 dran-srod Ihufi-wa Чйрптпп one of the 3G sacred places of Buddhists in ancient India, the site of modem Sarnath, near Benaros, where Buddha first preached the Saddharma. drafts v. ^3)’Ц dran-pa 1: 1. in Budli. ^’qvqfs'q^V^, ^w£Twq»>vqX (IT. d. * 355) the state of the expression of ^e., dependence of a thing upon another, indicating that the mind is free from darkness. 2. orfa, З’ЯТ recollection, remembrance, memory: ^fq^wQ clear recollection; to lose one’s memory or senses; ,5^,^’*3ЧГЧ to swoon, to fall down unconscious ; being out of one’s senses (with joy) (Jd.). 3. self-recollection, consideration: jfrq’Vq’^’qinsane persons regained the respective faculties of their minds; ^q's^qsrq quickness of apprehension, good capacity (Jd.). 4. an epithet of Kamadeva. 5$’^ II: 1. vb. to think of, ponder; gen. to remember, recollect with to think of, to remember Buddha, Dharma and Saqgha: m ^q'S^ do not think of, do not trouble yourself about, future evils ; qgsrqv^Л I do not recollect having taken any- thing on credit (Jd.) ; as soon one thinks of it; quick as thought; V* qv§^q rje§-su dran-par byed-pa^^zj0^'^ dran-du hjug-pa also to be reminded of, to put in mind of; to recall to the mind. 2. to become conscious; to recover one’s senses, to be one’s self again; unconscious ; after they had become insensible (Jd.). 3. to think of with love or affection, to be attached to, to long for. dran-mchog rje dearest sir (Ja.). ^•^•q dran nams-pa рг.нтт 1. uncon- scious, senseless. 2.=^4rq)w*z*‘** iS,q faint recollection; weak-minded. ne-tcar bshag-pa bshi ’Wft the four essential recollections, which are—(1) ^V’q’^v [tho body is imper- manent] S.; *(2) ^’q'^ q yqvq^q ^4T [the evils of sensation]#.; (3) Sw^q^q^q^ [the eva- nescence of thought]#.; (4) ^‘Stf’q’^’qv q^ q [the conditions of exis- tence]#. У dran-tho a memo, a note for refresh- ing the memory. dran-dri abbr. of ^'q’5*’B’q- ^q^’^q dran-pahi ka-wa^X'*^' or 5’ tho glans penis, the male organ. ^q q§ dran-pa fyu or VTq the ten remembrances, viz.(1) ; (2) ^’ib^Vrq; (3) the constant remembrance of Buddha, Dharma and Saqgha; (4) the bearing in mind monastic vows of mora- lity; (5) qj?q*q remembrance to givo away in charity; (6) remembrance of one’s tutelary deity; (7) recollection of breathing in and out in the practice of (8) the remem- brance of the various constituents of the body; (9) skye-wa rjes-su dran-pa bearing in mind that one has to be reborn (in any of the six states of exists ence); (10) the remembrance of death (as a certain and unavoidable fact) (Ilbum. 93).
W*1I 651 VC5I Dran-pa hjoms the subduer of Dod-lha, t.c., of the desire of procreation, an epithet of Buddha; also n. of an Arhat, &c. dran-pahi khron-pa the female organ of generation.. dran-pahi dican-po l. = «p^q mkhas-pa a learned man (Mnon.). 2. the faculty of recollection; memory as one of the five facilities, v. ^qc/gj-g-, dran-pahi gzugs a handsome woman, a beauty (Mnon.). dran-pahi fin-rta an epithet of Kamadova or Dod-lha. tfran-po ФТ, awake, one in his senses, conscious. dran-ma the mind, memory : чзс good memory; dran-la§ from memory, from consciousness; con- scious state ; dran had-kyi zin- pa sudden recollection; remembering all on a sudden. dran-pa the meat of an animal that was slaughtered three days ago; the flesh of an animal after the third day of its death (consciousness is said to linger in the body until life has been extinct for three days; it is therefore that the human body is not disposed of until after the third day of death in Tibet). dran-sem§ in W. love, affection, attachment (Ja.). dral 1. v. J**’». 2. v. 3. for Нрт gral. ^’5 dral-po (Rtsii.) grain or peas that have been split by beating. dral-гса to split with a blow; to split assunder, splitting, rending; one whose observance (of a religious study or vow) has been broken; 4 5 dral-gyis slius-pahi tyes-bshin kho-na ru scar or mark left on humau body by striking (D.R.). yr? dral-tse a kind of cornier or mes- senger (Cs.). dras cloth cut out for making a robe or coat, etc., v. V4 dra-ica. СЧ dri 1. ‘wnfe, ятч odour, smell, scent; sweet-smelling; VM’4 dri nan-pa bad smell, stench, offensive smell; ^5 dri-med without smell; odourless; bright (A. K. 1-2); water (Mnon.). 2. ordure, for V*. n. of a sacred shrine at Lhar-tso iu Tsang (Jig.). n. of a work (Ya-sel. 3Ji). n. of an Indian pandit who worked in the Buddhist propaganda in Tibet in tho 8th century, A.D. n.. of a Rnin-ma lama (S'. kar. 182). dri skye-ma produced’ of smell, a kind of insect сото into exis- tence from dirt or moisture and warmth. dri-hkhor changing or fading of colour of a dress by use or age: (Rtsii.). dn-mgyogs—t^K spos-dri wnj- strong scent; incense; V*’4 dri-fia- wa bad smell; ^-q'^-q prcurw odour- less, free from bad smell. dri-figd vapour, exhalations; dri-ftad hjam-pa very agree-
652 able scent; fig. virtue, laudable merit, qualification: 3 IT* the monastery of Vikrama'rila was so called, (its monks) being possessed of purity in morals (-4. 61). ^хЗ’Я5<глч|М dri-ftafyi hdab-ckag$ met. the hoopoe (1/lnon.). Vg dri-lfta the five perfumes used in offerings to saints and gods. dri-сап a pod of musk (mystic) Mift-rda. 5). dri-chab scented water; scent, per- fumery. X’S dri-chu^*^^ 4^ urine, also abbr. Vw dri-ma ordure and $ urine; $ water when written with X conveys the meaning of urine. q dri-chu gsil-wa — *^0^^ or to make water, to piss (&ag. 68), X^ dri-chen = y\'4 5^4 ordure, filth, dung (Sman.). dri-me hog, excellent . smell, sweet scent, fragrance {M^on.), dri mnam-pa of uniform smell as of incense-sticks of China. V45* dri-btul=zX'^4’угч suppression of stench. dri-daft hphreft-wa$ mckod-pa worshipping with offerings of garlands and frankin- cense. dri-ldan 1. • having the smell of. 2. ггзтун a gander or ka’mS’ (Mfton.). V?Vq dri Idan-pa there are acc. to the Bon cult seven classes of scent:—(1) V earthy smell such as sulphur; (2) (3) ; (4) 4rW’^,q,a-fr’O fleshy musky smell; (5) *gXv^’q‘*?’V S^’5; (6) (7) (D.R.). ХЖЯ Dft Idan-ma (*r*) TpjRTpt n. of a place in ancient India. V?**4 .dri $ нот-pa pf. b$nam$ =55«цгйЦ’<1 to smell, to inhale arf odour Mfton.). dri-phog gen. clothes soiled with spots and bad smell (Rtsii.). Х’З'Ч dri-bral or dri-ma-bral free from bad smell; that which is not soiled ; fig.« tfeyon-med-pa blameless, without any defect (A. K. 1-2). = 3JV94* ^wv’iv a white scarf presented as a token of pure heart and good wishes. dri-ma <rr^f, W, filth, excrement, manuro; $na-dri nose- mucus; dri-ma knn-zatf-nat after all impurities have been put off 5 V *55 dri-ma <pcu or bad or offensive smell; dri-ma hgag$-pahi nad tho disease of obstruction of the bowels. dri-ma-can 1. dirty, sluttish (as to dress). V*5q'qwq dri-ma daft bca$-pa янзг with smell, stain or defilement. dri-ma daft bral-wa (4’9^.) washed, bleached, cleansed—V*’ and signify the same 2. interlocutory month in the lunar calendar Mfton.). dri-ma drug in Budh. the six sorts of defilement, namely:—(1) the feeling that I am superior to my spiritual teacher; (2) want of regard for religion and one’s spiritual guide; (3) X*r«rX^’ neglect of religious observances; (4) ^^,3*K«r3*^eroriiww«i^K.,q’the mind wandering over external objects, in
653 deviation from the observance of religious duties; (5) concentrat- ing attention upon the working of the .five senses; (6) W^^q’v^’q•^’|'q tiring of continued application to religion (KJtrid. 6). ^я'^я dri-та ldan-ma=-^\ a voluptuous woman (Mnon.). ^я*<ч^*сйяя dri-та hphyi-wahi ma-ma a child’s wet-nurse; a woman who attends to infants’ cleanliness. \я’«)яса dri-та mi-mnah not touched or affected by filth; unblemished, throughly pure. dri-ma med-pa 1. the third stage of Bodhisattva perfection or pure as smell of flowers; without defilement, an epithet of Buddha (Jf.F.). 2. fsra pure, holy, all-good; clean, cleanly. ^Я’й^Ч*'Xafq SS-ajE/q a treatise by Aoh&rya Amogha (Tan, d. 117). \ qq ’ ’ q^ q5^X n. of a Sutra (K, d. 2%$), ^я*д]$я dri-ma-gsum the three impuri- ties or filths :—«Hjc/ ordure, urine, rnnl sweat (Swan)}; fig. also y^^q^-q^-^я and рг^я’?-q^-^я. ^я^’Х4)**’** dri-та $ nogs-pa blemished, stained, spoiled. Syn. ^X4! nag-nog; dri-ldan dri-та can; dri-mas sun- phyitft; dri-та gos (Mnon.). X‘^T^* dri-gtsafl khafi prob, a sacred place, the princi- pal chapel in a monastery. Syngtsug-lag khan (Mnon.). dri-Msuft—\'^^' good smell, fragrance. dri-hdsin $куе$=^'Ф'^ dri-shib dkar clear and definite instruction or direction. dri shim-pa от Х ч 1. an agree- able smell, sweet fragrance ; adj. fragrant. 2.=gvg^ saffron. Syn. of 1. rnam-nid sbyar- Spo§ ; ^q*qqq*X snin-hbab dri; kun-mos dri-bzan; bshon-pa can; gin-tu yid-hphrog; rin-na§ hgugs; hdod-pahi dri;$'*%w §5 sna-tshim byed; hbod-byed; q^q^q* ftad-bzafi; rin-du khyab; ^«|*rqq legs-par hthul (Mfion.). dri-shim bya§ ^rfbcf perfumed, scented. X’X^ dri-shon met. for wind (Mnon.), X’-3 dri-za ТРЧ’Й lit. eaters of smells, a class of demi-gods supposed to mag- nate from the zone of scents in Grandhamadna in the Himalayas; are also celestial musicians. Acc. to Ja.: “the Dri-za are not only supposed to he fond of flowers and other fragrant objects, but also to visit dung-hills, flaying places, shambles, etc. The insects swarming about such place, the Tibetan believes, to be incarnated Dri-za.” dri-za да-bur mi-sho-can dbyi-mon rigs-gnis names of two species of vegetable medicine black and white (Sman. 109). dri-zahi grofi-khyer a mirage; explained as ’^vq an illusory phenomenon appearing as a reality: ,йч»гёч^-§-»гч^, *44^, ^'ц^л,ил' я?ч|чгч,дад (Buddha) has said that like as a dream or illusion or in the manner of a mirage are we bora, live, and die (Thcg, M)^
654 vb., to acknowledge a kindness, to feel obliged: as I shall always feel greatly obliged to you- being now full of thankfulness to him; to forget kindness received, un- mindful of obligations. drin chc-wa or very kind, great boon, the great or greatest bene- factor. bkafy-drin-che is a very frequent phraso of thanks equivalent to our “most kind of you,” “many thanks”; it is often repeated twice and is a common expression of ceremonious thanks in letters. the greatest benefactress for this life is one’s own mother; M this turned out the greatest benefit for Tibet; wafyfy kindest mother. drin gzo-wa to show one’s self grateful; you shall not have done it for nothing. 4^’^ drin-fan gratitude; to be grateful; in return for kindness received; ingratitude, ungrate- fulness : lygw «г jX one night because of his ungrate- fulness, tho hermit was punished at last (Rdsa. 19) to be grateful. drin log-pa or lit. to reverse a favour, to return evil for good or for kindness ; ingratitude: now, having met with ingratitude, he did me wrong (Rdsa. 10). drib-gil acc. to Jd. a corrupt form for in e\ ^51 drim stump, trunk of a tree or plant; pollarded (in Ld.). v. 4 dre ; prob, for 4*’^ a young mule. . 5^! dri-zahi glu-dbyafis *ТДГ<, 3i?tfa melodies of the dri-za musicians. dri-faifi $kye$ lit. born of fragrance; an insect; tho rose-bug. wyjc/2j dwati-po musk-deer. Syn. 3’4 gla-wa; gla-rt si-can i Mnon.). ^’qiE/pc/ц dri-fain khan-pa TO lotus flower (ДГяо^-)- '^M’5 drihi sra$-po a kind of insect believed to grow from smell. Syn. $pafi-$po§; hbyuft-pohi ral-pa\ 3'^ $pu-can (Mfion.). drihi fad flower, lotus; the virtue or nutriment of 4 scent, smell; substances like camphor, assafcotida, &c. dri-fat fi-wa ятщ to smell. kri-fa hkhor a bee, that which roves round or is attracted by fragrance. C\ ^’4 dri-wa for pf- Jm;=\*r to ask, to make inquiry, to interro- gate ; also sbst. TO, W question, inquiry. +^’£П‘’огл]У^,ч dri-wa rna-fa gzon-pa=\'Q' not asking to the point but in an artful manner; dri-wa log-pa to ask irrelevantly; wrong or con- trary questions ; dri-wa hdri-wa to ask a question. c\ 5^ drin 1. looking to; care, regard; dependance upon; = or if you place no regard in others, if (you) do not care for others. 2. acc. to Cs.=V- e\ drin resp. rarely kind- ness, favour, grace; drin-can kind, gracious, benevolent; also benefactor; 4 V the parents, the benefactors (Jd.);
^1 655 dril 1. roll or rounded thing: a roll of paper. 2. for a bell. V’3 dril-bu a bell; one who rings the bell. a- member of the S'akya race whose daughter was married to Siddhartha (Yig.). sotmding like a small bell. Vrp*’ dril-khaft bell-tower, belfry; 5^'8 the sound of a bell. dril-sgra las bsgrag§-pa procla- mation by ringing the bell; 4'4'?ql q dril sgrog-pa to ring the bell; to publish by ringing a bell; Vdf4l^==Bwf’be a place of justice (Mnon.). dril-lce the tongue of a bell, the clapper; 4^’^' dril-chun U’UfW a small bell; dril-$tegs a bell stand, or a piece of cloth on which bells stand; the frame of timber in which bells are suspended. dril-wa> v. ^’4 hdril-wa. dri§-pa, v. hdri-ii'a. dris те, ЯЖ asked, an interrogation. xrfbWT having asked; well asked; asked carefully. dri§-pa gtan-la phab [jref- {ища decision of questions]#. dri$~pahi tho dri-Ьо an enchanter, sorcerer, magi- cian; dri-то enchantress, witch (Jd.). dri§-ma тезтд one who has asked; having asked. dri$-lan answer to a question. dru-gu a ball or skein of thread. dru-bu a clew or ball; a ball of thread or of wool; like the clew of a thread mixed up or confused. drug 1. 4^ num. six. 2. = W’S good. 3. symbolic of g the kinds of taste which are six, also of the six quarters i.e., the four cardinal points besides above and below; also that of the six ornaments or (Rtsii.). drug- dkar a superior kind of turquoise. drug-brgya six hundred (600). drug- sgra in Gram, the so-called article present- ing itself in the following six forms; q, ci, drug-cu or the num. sixty (60); num. sixty-one (61). drug-cu skor the Vrhaspati cycle or the cycle of sixty years. drug-cha one-sixth, one-sixth part; drug-stoft six thousand (6,000). drug . Idan-ma an epithet of the goddess Gauri (Mfton.). §4’4 drug-pa. or drug-po 43” the sixth one. §45** drug-dinar a very fine kind of turquoise supposed to be one-sixth part red in tint. drug-sho six khal (mule load) of barley grain for one sho (Rtsii.). §4’1; drug-sde 1. the early disciples of Buddha :— ; £**V'T] 2. a class of dissenting monks who being of a discordant disposi- tion often brought troubles to the early congregation of S'akya Muni. §T*X drug-mdo back joint, spinal joint; hence a follower. (Шоп.). draft resp. 1. мЦгагя, adv. and postp. near to, beside, at, to; ^4^ druft-na§hbyin wrihw: drawn from near; having alighted on the place before the palace. But the ordinary form in which the word is found is as the postp. and adv.
¥^1. 650 at, near to, in front of, before ; to tho king, before tho king ; b examine personally, face to face; *5’4 to go near or up to; near or under the tree. 2. a title or address of honour generally intended for the *ош of noblemm; g‘^4*r%4‘ your honour; honourable mhs. 3. civil officer, official; high official $ ^’S)^ drufi-yig private secre- tary; drun dkyu$-ma an inferior official, a commm clerk (Rtsii.) ; drun-hkhor gen. lay-officials under the government of Tibet; draft gnis- pt a companion, an associate; ^’*1^’4 draft hhdft-W'i or a middle- das* official (Rtsii.) druft-spyi civil officer in general. ^’SPI*rq draft grag^-pa names of officials under Phag-mo Grub hierarchy. draft-drag superior rank of offi- cials : those superior officials who are of much importance for public service and are especially favoured, etc. (D. qcl. 11). draft ni-mo WTH;I imminent, very near, close to, impending. Syn. *4’$‘4 fhig пс-ич; nc-hkhor (Mftov.). Draft Xam-mkah fyzaft-po (Loft. * 15) n. of a Government secretary of Lhasa. + druft-pa or gV,q=S’*SVq secretary, lit. one standing near, waiting in the presence of a great man, an aide- de-camp. druft-po — 1. g^’25 or 5^’21 ^T?pc clever, skilful. Acc. to Jd. prudent, wise, judicious, sensible. 2. sincere, candid. draft htsho-wa private physician, physician in ordinary (Ce.). druft-yig-pa a clerk, specially the clerk of a superior officer, a writer. drufis root (of misery, sin, disease, etc., also that of a tree, etc.). exterminated or destroyed from the root; radically cured. druft$-pa = bright, sparkling. 2. acc. to Cs. clarified, clear. 3. beer, resp. beer for the use of a great man. drud v. pTWpH 1. divested : n the father killed a tiger, the son pulled off its skin. 2. drud-drud a pelican (Sch.). + drub-pa or v. ^4’4= • q (anything) sewn. drum-pa or Ы|*Ф passion ; acc. to Sch. to have a strong desire, to long, languish, pine for. Vя dru$-ma 1. in foal, as 4'^’w a cow about to bring forth. 2. millot (Sch.). dre acc. to Jd. a mule; prob. col. of X4’. ЧА ^4 she-mule;X‘^, ^4 mule. dre-ico in W. the elbow (Jd.). dreg-pa grime, incrusted dirt, soot: sgron-dreg lamp-black; 8[4^n] slaft-dreg soot on the frying-pan; ^’55 or dreg-grum gout; dreg-ldan coating of dirt on anything; dreg-byed rdo-wa (?). 5^]^ dregs or dreg$-pa ^TW, pride, haughtiness, arro- gance; id. dregs-tshig^ haughty expressions or words;
^51 657 EJ boasting (Mnon.). X4!’4’^’*4 dregs Idan- р«г=^ЕЛг£йуя a youthful female, a damsel who on account of the charms of her youth is proud. In Budh. fifteen kinds of pride are mentioned:—(1) X^^’q the pride of moral purity; (2) X4!”'4 pride from much hearing ; (3) Ifw pride of courage; (4) XV^XV4’4 pride of acquirements; (5) ч^’Я^ХТ4'4 pride of honours; (6) ^qI'q|^^'^|4^'q^Xi’]’4*q pride of intellect; (7) 5^'4|^,^X4l’4'q pride of residence in solitude; (8) g^n’q^v ^'H^X4!*4’4 pride in attainments; (9) 4* 55 ^'q,4Xr’l*4'q pride of having few neces- saries of life; (10) pride of personal appearance; (11) tfwgXS*4’ X4!*4^ pride of wealth; (12) 5^*rVl”’q pride of power; (13) ч pride in possessing many servants and retainers; (14) *5^’ of dhyfina and fore-knowledge; (15) X4!*4’4 pride from the praises of gods and naga. (K. d. ч 78 and Lon.). Vl^'§5 dregs-byed met. for a devil. dred, generally Х\^ dred-mo, indi- cates the red or snow bear (Ursus isabellinus); but is often indiscriminately applied to other species found in Tibet. 55’3 dred-po 1. a wild-man, a savage; one who is brute-like and irreligious. though bom as a human being, he has grown an impi- ous savage (D.R.); acc. to Sch.: evasive, lazy; he quotes the passage: ^‘^Xv24’ Уог^ч| a savage without religion, full of deceit and cunning. 2. a yellow male-bear; X5’^‘ dred-tshan a bear’s den. X5’^ dred-mo 1. one who has gone as- tray from a religious life; one who has abandoned a righteous life. 2. a yellow bear. X5’^ dred-mo species of bear peculiar to the mountainous plains of Amdo and the Koko Nor region, the Ursus lagomyarius of Prej evalski. It preys upon lagomys and marmots, as described by “ A. K.” in his Report on a Journey in Tibet and Mongolia. -*v 5^ drehu w, a young or small mule. + X'^TI drehu-rnog} Х^&Г*4' 1- the mane of a mule. 2. =^’й’Ч a spotted seat, or cushion. 3. a kind of long-haired cloth. 5^4 JreZ a full grown mule. VrqIV/ = X'*’* drel-ra stall for mule, the rope for tethering mules (Rtsii?). dres-ma a kind of grass, of which ropes and shoe-soles are made in Tibet. X*4’*4'^ the filaments of V4'*; X*4'^ dres-hbru or X*4'4^54 dres-hbrum the seeds of V4*54 grass; X*4’^ dres-qun rope made ofX*4’*4 grass (Rtsii.). dro 1. the hot time of the day. gX sna-dro the morning from 8 a.m. to 10 a.m. B'X phyi-dro afternoon from 3 p.m. to 5 p.m. in India and Tibet. 2. acc. to Ja., lunch, a meal taken about noon; X’q5q'q to lunch. X has also the general meaning of any meal: V’4’4lWQr X*4!^ in one day three meals; с/*у,4’ч$чГ “ give to (the labourers) five meals a day” (said a rich man who was building a house). X’^ dro-hjam (col. tonjam) tepid. X’XS dro-dod— comfortable accommo- dation (of travellers) under road-bill. X’q dro-wa 1. vb. and adj. to be warm ; warm, as distinguished from hot. 2.=^q Ъго-гса of which it is an incorrect form. 84
VW 658 dro-wa rnon-po aY^TTH very acrid taste; pungent. dro-lug a sheep intended for food ; V4!’ dro-qa meat intended for such a purpose. drog§ (Sch.) packed up, made up into a pack or parcel. X^’ dron orX^ drons v. hdren-pa. dron-ma a large basket or dosser provided with a lid and carried on the ba< k. 5^ drod W 1. sbst. warmth; SXs warmth (derived from clothes) ^Xs warmth from fire. 2. animal heat. a small piece of food = |4‘>^, prob, for fXs enjoyment of the mouth. (•Id.); Xs'^ drod-can possessed of warmth, warm. +X5'3^ drod-nul=^^'4^&\ matching one’s desires, in accordance with design, фс. XS'^4^drodphrbs-du^Qs^ dpyid-ka^ the warm season, t.c., tho spring (jHilon.). XS’ifi drod-smm^bS'^'SS stimulant; XS'S!^'431^'4!^4 the three stimulant medi- cines are Piper longiun, cardamom, and a smaller species of cardamom (JZ/Я- rdi. 3). XS'^” drod-hons the coming of the hot season, the summer. Xs’^’4 drod i/al-wa the vanishing or diminishing of warmth or heat. Xsq drod rig-pa the science of mysticism, occultism, charms. Jd. has: well-versed in measures. XS’4)^ drod-gtpr 1. sweat, pers- piration. 2. acc. to Jd.: warmth and moisture. vermin, insect, etc., produced by heat and moisture. X№^ dron-po col. for Xdro-ico. X*idron-ma orX^ gentle warmth, gen. equalling Х'я** dro-hjam ^X^ warm food; khrag dron-mo warm blood. (Hbrom. 41). V” drol v. яХ^’ч hdrol-wa. X^ 1: dro§ (SW.)=X dro, X”'^ noon, midday; X^’^ when it is getting warm. X*’ n: sometimes written for XN- X^,q dro$-pa 1. heated, grown warm, esp. of the ground by the heat of the sun or of men by warm clothing. *X4'4 -Ma dro$-pa is the n. of a lake, t.c., of Tsho Mapham, the eastern one of the two Manasarowar lakes in S. W. Tibet; also a Naga king. 2. cutting cloth t о make a dress. gdag or gdag$ 1. fut. of qX4Im'4, VTfftr; to attach or give a name; the man about to be given the name ; tho doctrine that one should bo attached to (Pdo. 46). 2. acc. to Jd. day-light, opp. to §4*1. 3. in Stg. occurs frq. as a transla- tion of wisdom (Ja.). 4]SC- gdan or clothes-horse, rack; the rail on which a bird perches is called 2. a peg or nail for clothing. 3. the rail of a ladder; but acc. to Ja., the step of a ladder. on a golden rack there was placed a black goat-skin (fibrom, 14%). gdafi-гса pf. gdafa-pa ; р to gape, to open wide (the mouth and nostrils), to stretch; stretched apart the. arms; &$nun gJn gdan§ cured of disease. -
659 ej5c.-<w pdafi-yag n, of a numerical figure (S!^): «цЗг^'^ $№15с;д|*> VI {Ya- sel. 57). gdans prob.— dican§ (4V as of the voice), or 1, the tone or pitch of one’s voice (Situ. 5£). 2.= gdaAs-snan music, harmony, melody; to make music (Jd.) 3. resp.— the forehead (Cs.). gdans-pa 1. v. gdan-wa. 2. = ^^’4 so$-pa or san§-pay also resp. for VTq drag-pa to recover (from an ill- ness) ; one recovering from illness, convalescent. = stan resp. a low seat, a divan, cushion, a bolster. gdan-khri a throne, a high seat (Rtsii.); gdan-kog abbr. of «]VT a cushion and a small table. Tfl* gdan-cha a suite of cushions; seats (for the use of a party including a great man, his attendants, etc.): thab-gdan-cha §ogs sprod supply seats, fireplace, etc. (Rtsii.); gdan-hjag cushion-seat and small table, tea, etc. (Rtsii?) ; Tfi’S'T4*4 gdan^tag hjab a tiger- skin rug lined with satin placed on a stuffed cushion for the use of great men or respectable lamas; | on the first row of seats spread tiger-skin rugs lined with satin and (place) wine-glasses and large silver cups (Rtsii.). gdan hdegs-pa to take leave, to withdraw, to depart; gdan hdren-pa — ^z^u to invite, to go to meet. gdan-pa one seated on a cushion, one occupying a seat, a chairman. gdan-rabs a succession of abbots in a Buddhist monastery. gdan-sa 1. place of residence ; the scat of a chief lama; a place of festival. 2. situa- tion, position, rank; the chief or central residence of a head or ruler; n. of the capital of the Phagmo-gru head-lama in Lhokha, the province to the south-east of Lhasa and east of Sam-ye. gdab-pa, fut. of but apparently is often considered as the pres. 1. to put, sow; to plant seeds, grain (Rdo. 4d). | he was enabled to put into practical use all the religious instructions of the Pitaka classes (A. 10). 2. =яд<ч or to give, offer: even the Maharaja of Nalendra (the king of Magadha) having offered me a good deal of property and effects {A. 10). gdab-yas (^^’^^) a numerical figure (Ya-sel. 57). gdam-ka or V* V1' Я choice, election (Nag.). gdam-nag advice, counsel. Syn. man-nag \ gdams-pa (Mnon.). 4V^,q gdams-pa L technically fut. of f0 advise; but occurs as present : I advised this; j«rZi’*r the sutra which will advise sovereigns. 2. or sbst. advice, counsel, directions : we pray give advice; ч to give sound advice; ^Wtfg’q gdams-pa smra-wa to give advice, to counsel, to make suggestion.
4^1 660 Ч1У'1 . Syn. tycah-luft; щап-йад; gdam§-nag (Mfion. and Йад.). • Ч|^07Л gdah-гса is tho elegant form of 1. to be, to bo there; or (sir) here it is. И‘5'^ it may be discerned, distinguished; gjj he had arrived (Jd.); Ч54’ 'to ‘wSTqvM the water did not roach above tho soles of tho shoes kdf/Z., Ja.). 2. it is also equivalent to tho expression З^’4]^*’^ sAcs g$un-na to say, cf. ^‘ч mchi-wa. 3. with the termin. inf. of another verb expresses possibility of being or of doing. gdah-gun^1^^ gdah-shi and 3^4* gun-tshigs the congregating of monks for midday meal or dinner. gdal-wa encompassing, diffus- ing (Yig. 25). •Ь = $mras-pa said, stated. Ч^К-q gdif.-wa h^k, 1. the rug or carpot which a monk sits upon and which he carries on his shoulders: ф’Я’ 4 4 45* spreading (floating) his rug upon the river Ganga ho pro- ceeded (A. 28). 2. as vb. another form of ^*’4 hdin-ua. ’ft*4 gdu-wa pf. <q^ gdu$ gpi 1. to stir up together, to mingle, mix up, to mix up drugs; to make up into a broth. 2. to covet, to hanker after ; IV'5* rncd-la gdu love of gain (Zam.). gdu-bu sometimes ЗчГЧ, ufkvr^i ring for the wrist or the ankle; chain-straps for the shoulder, shoulder ornament; gdu-bu brgyan-can ornamented with bangles. Ч]^'Ч gdug-pa or 1. vicious, mischievous, ^deleterious, poisonous: 4WeP?4IVT4 mischievous wild animals; «^’ч^'ч^тч propensity to mis- chief ; 4F^41’<Ax’X gdug-pahi fia-ro wild, hideous screams; ч|у|'ч5\'я deleterious smell; ’ч5* 454^5 a mischievous spirit; pdug-spyod *5Ч*гчгд\ч bad behaviour. ЧЗ4!’* gdug-ma=§\&\' a fierce, venomous woman (SJflon.); gdug-pahi lha mischievous god. 4I34l*S’q gdug-rtsub feiocity, malice’, spite. 2. used for 3*] poison. #<fcW=*V4I34I*’ resp. *£’ 1- parasol, umbrella: ; um- brellas, royal ensign, and flags were hoisted. Syn. <*Vjf4 tshad-$kyob; ^’Ч’$ч tsha-wa Sgrib; З^'чуч thur-ma brgya-pa; hkhor-lohi lus; **’ifc char-skyob (Itfnon.). ’ЭЧ gdugs-kyi-guj ишчгт the ribs of an umbrella. 2. any canopy or awning (Jd.). 3. eleg. midday, noon; 4134l'r^ gdugs-tehod^*^' or S3**^ч noon-tide, also noon-tide meal; S4! •я^,ч8’зрг^’ in tho row in which the clergy had congregated for the purpose of taking their midday meal (A. 158). 4J34^’SWI* gdugs-dkar white um- brella : ЯЗ4!”’^’ «Xqjgqw, Ж*'4!^ I are the names of charms, which when recited keep off evils, diseases, etc., they are resorted to also to bring immunity from war, etc^ (К. g. ч ^12). gdugs-khebs^^’^’Ч рЯ stag- pa the birch tree (Mnon.). gdun honorific term. 1. bones or remains of a deceased person; the
661 *Ч5П| remains of a lama, or those of a king ; also a tomb wherein the remains, of the dead are deposited. 2. family, descendants: gduft-hdsin-pahi sras «fa- the son who will continue the family; Яг*’^ gdufi-rus lineage, family, blood or seed. Also Яг*’4 gduft-pa and Яг*’* gdun-mi fsrf^ beam, piece of timber; ^*Яг*’ principal beam; SV cross-beam; я^’?ад beams projecting over the capital of a column (6r7r.); pedestal; Яг*’** a bridge of beams or of poles; Я^*’^*’ in Sikk. the silver-fir Abies Webbiana. Я^’|5 gdun- rgyud—or ^Я* or ^4*’$** progeny, descendants: Яг* his descendants still exist. Яг*’Эч gdafi-§kyob umbrella. Яг*’^ gduft-rten funeral pyramid con- taining relics, cf. ^5whod-rten. Яг*’^ gdun-ldan kind, merciful, compassionate. V* I: де/кй-ичг vb., pf. Яг** gdun$ nU, nupr, ; to be pained by physical causes, to be tormented, to be scorched: ,^,чч,я^зд he was scorched by the sun or by the burning heat of the day (Nag.); Я’^’Х^’З^’Яг*’* was scorched by the heat of fire; ^^чЗмт^я* ^^'^'^Я^'З^'Яг*41 to be distressed by disease, misfortunes, destitution, poverty, thirst, hunger, etc. II: 1. to desire, to long for; зм'Ч’Яг^’* zas-la gdan-wa to long for food; 4^5* сцряг**'4 one who is consumed with desire has neither fear nor shame (Tsd-па-ка.). ^’^’Я’г* * Я^Я acc. to Ja.: my own dearly beloved mother. III: wpnprfarar 1. sbst. exces- sive desire, passion (for any enjoyment); lust; Яг^’4^ (sensual) desire subsides. 2. love; Й*1‘З^ Яг* 4 ^ЧЯ‘^5’B immense veneration and love arises (Ja.). 3. yearn- ing grief, distress, torment, pangs: Я^’ a plaintive voice, doleful cry; Я'г4’ S9AN gdun-dbyans a song of longing grief ; gduft-wa med-pa unafflicted, without troubles or anxiety; be- came free from sufferings. ЯУ*’4*.^ gdun- war byed dhuses pain, afflicts ; Яг* 4* §S’4 to make sad, to distress, e.g., Я^’З the mind of others. Я^*‘§5 gdun-byed 1. as met.* the sun, also the sun’s rays. 2. drought ('M.non.). 3. 5ЯЧ‘§5’^** n. of a tree (Mnondp Яг* gdun byed-ma цднт an epithet of the river Yamuna. Я^*** gdun.-ma v. Я*г*‘*. Я^4’^ gdub-pa 1. Я^’4- 2. adj. frugal, temperate (7d.). gdub-bu v. Я*гЗ fi’W, W* ring, bracelet; 'ЧЯЯ’г4 0Г ЗЯ’ЯУ* bracelet; Я*’Я^4 an ornament for the toes of the feet, foot-ring; ^‘Я’г* also Я’г4’^* finger ring; Я'М’г4 golden bangle. V gdum-po 1.=Я5*‘®. 2. a piece = y< dam. Яг* 4 gdul-wa v. hdul-wa. Яг*4’ qq q gd^l-wahi d^os-po—^^'the objects that are to be suppressed, which are five:—о^я**4 threat, Я5’4 curse, and (K. du. « 44). Ягч’5 to he disciplined by religion. Яг^’^Я4'4 gdul dkah-wa difficult to subdue, restrain, or tame.
1 662 v I °1S‘4 aderj v. я^|*гч: яёчт (Зад. 38). g.dcn, also Ял^^ confi- dence, assurance, cheerfulness (^/<7. 38). Я^г^ч*л gden-khcl-ica to repose confi- dence; adj. confident, certain; gdcfi thob-pi to become confident, to take courage, to be reassured; яЯС’Я^'^*^ when dying he has nothing to rely upon ; й’^я^’^’Я^* a strong or fearless confi- dence ; ^‘?[5’Я^5‘^5 ^5 no joy at dying without steadfast assurance; ^Я^-5’ implicit confidence, trust. Я^ЦС1 gden-u ч pf. Я^*1 gdens ч t° raise, lift: ^Я Ял^'4 to raise one’s hand ; Э’ЯХЯ'Я^'4 a bird with its wings raised and spread (Ma.). я^**’я^'Ч to brandish a weapon, to flourish it (£ag. 37). Я^-’Я gdens-ki 4W, Hhr the expanded hood or neck of the cobra; Я^’Я'§\Р resting on its lifted neck, standing in a proud posture ; Я^^’Я’*^ gd n$-k'i-can UKH the fabulous hooded dragon with eight legs inhabiting the snowy mountains; a hooded snake ; Я^^Я4^ ЧППЖ hooded snake, cobra da capello; Я>5^'Я’^ hooded snake, any hooded object. Я^^’МЛ4^ Qdens-can dban Ananta Naga, the king of the serpents. Я gdefa-can lha-mo 1. Vasuki, rhieftainess of the snakes. 2. the god- dess with the dragon’s tail= Ч^'ЧЯ the ninth lunar mansion; constella- tion of Scorpio. gdon or яХ^’Р don-kha the resp. form is Я^тяХ*’ ’Чта, the face, the front: ?М^яХ^'^ one with the lion's face, n. of a goddess; В^'яХ^’^=0^ a Bon god, one with a dog’s face or head; ^Я’ЯХ^*4 the pig-faced—such are names of Buddhist and Bon deities of Tibet; яХ^’З a pale face; яХ^*4*redface, is the n. of a cannibal hobgoblin with red face ; the country of red- faced demons, i.e?., Tibet. яХс/а*г£Г**г 5е*a round faee indicates possession of religious nature; Я^’ЧМЙ 4 Vs $ a dry hollow face indicates gar- rulousness and thievishness (JZi.): ЯХ^* 5 gdon khyihi [ta-Lu his face is like that of a dog. ЯХЦ’Я'§Я^ gdon-gi phyogs the eheek. яХц,^‘^’ the snout (of a pig), tho pointed part of the face. ЯХЦ*§^ gdon-sgyur changing of complexion of the face out of shame or auger. ЯХ*'?Р gdon Ina-pa — ^^S^ WFH, fuv or “the five-tufted one,” an epithet of Mahadeva. ЯХ^У'5^ gdofi-c/ic)i-can = ^£'&\4, t>., a shameless person (Jtfnon.). gdoil-drug 1. the river Ganges which is said to have issued through six heads, i.e., has six sources. 2. an epithet of Kartika, the sou of Mahadeva. ЯХ^Ч^’ gdoft-chuft dejected, dishear- tened; В'Ч’^Я’яХ^Ч^’^ not being impudent and saucy. ЯХ^'4 gdoft-la adv. in front, in advance; ЯХЬ’?5 gdon-stad just opposite. ЯХЦ'^Я &dofi-yig=^ that which attracts the eye, e.g.y addiess on the cover of a letter, front inscription, sign-board. ЯХ^^‘ gdoti-rin long-face explained аз (Tan. d.^230).
663 ^51 gdon-kt dcd-pa to push or press forward, to urge on, to haul a culprit before the judge; XS’q to pursue one’s course regardless of others (both in good and in bad sense) (Ja.). gdod or *|4V*=in early time; also Wife the first; and the begin- ning ; 4X5’^’V1 in the beginning, at fiist; the eailiest Buddha. ГЧ ч]Х5* pure from the very root, in origin. '’iXS’ gdod-na^ ma-skyes-pa not bom from the first; *|XS’W5*Tq pure from tho beginning, primitive purity. As an adv. ЧХ\Э first, at first, previously, before; also ValX5=5'i4^5 at the start. I: gdon or ягТ, ; an evil spirit, a demon causing disease. There are 360 kinds of spirits which do mischief to living beings; out of which eighteen are very powerful and dangerous; fifteen kinds are said to attack child: en of either sex. The names of some of the chief evil-spirits are: (1) (2) тпттт, (3) (4)V^‘ whit, (5) ’TJT4T, (6) whir, (7) ЙЯЯ-3 few, (8) ^3’&i 'JW, (9) ’fiV (10)а^ч*дчп5М!гт, (ii) Qgs.'35'4]V 4<hit, (12) "I нчт; (13) 5ЙЛЧ (14) (15) я<чц5ч)^, (16) ^srgsrZiSfl]^, (17) (18) (I9) ЗР’ЧЧ S ’fa, (20) рТЗИЧ (21) ’1^455^, (22) (23) ¥^'ч11Ч (24) (25) S5’4!^, (26) « SV<ft-4p4 (27) ТГЗ^'й-’РЧ (28) ^’«r чРЧч^’чРЧ &c. Generally, all gdon are divided into th.ее great groups, viz., $c;’l14 evil-spirits of upper regions, 'ЧЧ hog-gdon those of the nether worlds and A^X^ bar-gdon those of the intermediate regions. Again §c^<T§T4)X3i $ten-hog-gi gdon the evil spirits of the higher and -nether regions ате called ^,/J|X^ lhahi-gdon. death by epilepsy, which is believed to be the malig- nant influence of the evil spirits of the upper region; 4]X^’3^'4^^‘q g.don-gyi$ brfams-pa or brl'tbs-pa infatuated or possessed by evil spirits (Sch.); ^Xv <4^q|,q gdon bjug-pathe entering of a demon into a person’s body. 4^ II: 1. fut. of ‘’Ч 4 {Nag. 37). 2. 'ЧЧcertainty, surety (flag. 38) as in there is no doubt of such a thing having happened. As adv. > й undoubt- edly, indubitably. 'ЧЧ'Э g<Z<w-iy«=4|14 sVtftf d {Situ. 7$). gdol-pa ятя^ 1 • a Tartar; the fierce, impetuous. Among the Mongols there is a tradition to the effect that India was the original home of the Mongol tribes. 2. the lowest and most despised class, a fisherman; in W. Tib. я ул gdol-pa. Syn. given in Mnon.:—gtum-pa; ^X'*4 gdol-wa\ ^5*1’35 mi~dge $pyod\ ne-tshe ; cho^med; sdig-pa-can ; rfafi$-po; nn-bsrim §kye-ico; ma-rufis-pa; ; thub-chod- can\ glan-po (HTH^). 4X*’'S‘.4134]^ anything having material form; the aggregate of material forms, #>., of matter; material, corporeal: «wrg’5p’<ri5 these things are nothing material, they have no substance (Ja«). q gdo$-pa — *v№ £ a boat, a ship; gdos-thag a boat-rope. 2. a mash
664 ТО Syn. rluft-gyor thog$-pa; gruhi dar-po hdsin-pa (Ndg. <%?). * ’<rrf^-q gdo$-pa hdsin-pa^ffi'F'lft'y w?n lit. the holder of the boat, the steersman of a vessel. + gdos-bu 1. 5^^’Sor gf' *5]^* rlaft-gyor the sail of a boat or ship; <чХ*г5’ч$'чГч to set sail, to fix the sail on the mast. 2. balls made of tough or soft materials such as cotton or wool with which monks keep off sleep during the timo of study or meditation. 3. acc. to Sch. an oar. gdo$-med or gdos-bral immaterial, unsubstantial. §dag wwt 1. self, one’s self; 05*4 for the good of one’s self and others (5. o.). 2. = ^ kho-wo I, I myself: bdag-gi$ g.tam*gyi hphro-b$ad-kyi$ let me relate the remainder of my story, i.e., I will relate the remaining portion of my story (Ubroni. 116). Common in polite talk; also in personal narrative. 4^|’9) hdag-gi ни mine, one’s own, my; ilwre- proving one’s own self; decorated my own body with gems (K. du. 221). 3. the sbst. 4. the I, the ego — 4!^’^ (Was. 269). 5. for master. 6. in natural philosophy, the element of solid matter; also met. for air. «ivygiTwo bdag-tu rmoft$-pa self-illusion; WKft insight into self. 5VT WTff egotism. bdag- b$tod self-praise: praising his own self and slandering others. bdag-thob one’s own share of property. Syn. 45^5 hdag-nid\ shin; $kyes-bu*f gtso-wo; gaft-zag; ran ; 3’4*4 $k)Je-wa-po ; ^V’l <;e<i-bdag; -*|V $ed-bu\ wer-JsAr«n; mchod-sbyin $byar (Mfton.). bdag-гкуен recognition of one’s services by one’s superior, with promo- tion, etc.; appreciation of merit by an official superior (Rtsii.). bdag^kye^ wraisf 1. an epithet of Brahmft. 2. born of one’s self, t.e., a son. Syn. q lha-chen tshafts-pa; *** raft-bi$ $kye$; phru-gu qt 5’^ bu-tsha (Mfton.). ргея • without egoism, an epithet of Buddha (JT. V.). €M‘5| * n. of a goddess. fyiag-gir bya*-pa=rw%wv 1. promised, undertaken; to undertake, to promise. 2. acc. to Ja.: Sjv^’q attachment to the I and mine. bdig-rgyud= 4=. 3] raft-gi-sew one’s own mind or self: *5’5^’ ^’*5, go to the venorablo Avadhuti and, propitiating him, enter into the disciplining of the mind (A. 13). Bdag-chen rin-po-che (4’J’ the title of the head of the Sakya-pa school (Fig. k. 12-lli). bdag-nij^*^ 1. I myself, thou thyself, he himself; 4VJ|^Ve,'4lM^4l listen to me! the king himself; F&)’ some ask for the permission of becoming priests themselves; only for their own persons. 2. sbst. the thing itself, the substance, the essence: I am the
I 665 I essence of Bodhi enlightenment; 5^1$’ the precious ones consti- tute the divine mercy itself; wyrw the sum and substance of all the thoughts of all the Buddhas concentrated in one expression (that is от manipadme hum). + bdag-nid sgrog 1. extoll- ing of one’s own self, advertising one’s own doings, self-laudation. 2. met. the crow (Mnon.). bdag-nid [^’«wq blo^ khog yafis-pa or bio-che-wa magnani- mous, generous; one with broad views and principles (Mnon.). bdog-nid chen-po 4^141 a general epithet of all the Buddhas, a title of address for a king=J'4’4'^’Ei your majesty! let his majesty’s life remain fixed through myriads of ages (Yig. k. 59). + bdag-nid-la brnas-pa one weeping at heart for failing to practise religion, self mortification. bdag-po qfa 1. lord, master, owner, proprietor; khyim-bdag «eXTQfa a house-holder; q thugs* rjehi bdag-po the lord of grace. 2. in gram- mar : an agent; the word denoting the agent. 3. spouse, husband, companion for life. луЧ’й‘55’<1 dag-po byed-pa to take possession of, reign over; a married woman. bdag-pohi- rkyen [dominant or defining cause]®. hdag-med 1. Qiinyatd\ voidity, emptiness, that which is not absolute, the quality of being not absolute. 2. unowned, forlorn, friendless, a vagabond. bdag-med nor unclaimed pro- perty : the Dong, i.e., the wild yak, of Chan-kha (northern deserts of Tibet) is unclaimed property; the king’s treasury (granary) is also public property, . bdag-med-ma a woman who has obtained perfection; a woman that is not married; also a public woman. В dag-mo chen-mo n. of a Buddhist goddess. q^^t^ bdag-hdsin чият-ггт 1. selfish- ness ; in Buddhism there ате two kinds of Л5<т|*ч^ atmagraha:—the conviction that a living being which in its nature is perishable is not so; and q^-at^ to believe that everything, i.e., matter, is permanent and enduring (which in fact is not so). 2. the clinging to the I; the clinging to one’s own self; egotism. Syn. dnos-hdin*, na-yir- hdsin; fiar-hdsin (Mnon.). qvq’q^' bdag-bzufl claimed property, . property of which there is an owner or claimant; a woman that is married, i.e., who is claimed for the wife of somebody; q^’eraqprq чт self- attachment (Rtsii.). q^'Wj^’ bdag-lts byufi lit. the self- born one; an epithet of Kamadeva the god of sensuality (Mfion.). bdag-sruA or bdag- srufi-wa, 1. a hermit, one who watches his own actions, i.e., his self. 2. self-defence, self-preservation. bdah-wa 1. adj. delicious, savoury, well-tasting. 2. vb. to drive, to drive out=^^’5^‘^S’q to chase, to put to flight; la$- kyi rlufl-gis bdas-nas being impelled by the 85
^'q| 666 wind of karma, t>.,in consequence of one’s works or certain actions. 3. to bear away, along, or off, to hurry off; qs^'4^'Bc’land carried away by water (Gs.). 4. to call in, collect, recover; g’^'q^Q to recover money lent, to sue for the recovery of a loan. bdar 1. for 45*’^ bdah-wir. 2. = gj gh; thus fee or reward given to an escort, the charge of conveying a thing or person. bdar-tca or ^’4 rdar-ica 1. to adjust exactly or in a very accurate manner; 4 to depose the truth. 2. to pray earnestly (in easting lots and in divination). 3. to grind, to polish, rub, file; J^prq^ a filo; a rasp, also sandalwood; to grind to fine powder (fiag. 38); q^v^^q’q^ reluced to powder (Situ. 75); to brush the teeth; to grind the teeth; $byofij}dir exercise, prac- tice. 4. to inspect; to examine closely: examine minutely the working of yonr own mind; take it seri- ously to heart. q^rq fydal-ica 1. to spread forth, to expend; X^‘^4*q to give away riches, to lavish money, to scatter plenty (Situ. 75). 2. v. ^’4 rdal-u'i. q^r^ga n. of a Bon religious work ((?. Bon.). q^ bdas, pf. of q^’q bdah-wa, the suburbs of that city the king drove five hundred oxen and gave them grass (K. du. 261-306). bdug-pa 1. vb. pf. bdugs to fumigate, to burn incense, to swing the penser; lha-la $pos-kyt$ bdug- *551 2>a to bum incense before a god; я^‘вгз‘5рг 2^*q^’q hdre-l'i gu-gul-gyit bdug-pa to fumigate demons with the incense of gugul. 2. sbst. the burning of incense; frankincense: bdug-spos hthul odours of incense arise (Ja.). ^ay-ffn = -gtI|*4 fw<7-^; Juni- perns exeelsa, called by the Hindus or the deodar tree. 4^’4 iduft-wa 1. pf. gshu-bdufi$~bent the bow by pulling the string to shoot on arrow (flag. 38). 2. vb.=5^ rduft-гса, the chief devil or anta- gonist of religion; the personified evil principle; the evil one. There are four* bdad devils :—(1) gq^’q^S the devil originated from the aggregates, ?>., the constituents of the living being; (2) ^•Sc^’qU-q^ the devil ruling over sufferings and diseases ; (3) qafc’qvT'T^S ^cUqfaHH; the devil of death, the messenger of the lord of death ; (4) ^-gS-q^ htt, the lustful god or Cupid. The first two are classed under '*f|’q^S as devils of imagination or Vikalpani, the last two are figuratively called tho demons that are not human beings. There is a second classification of the Satanic principle:—(1) tf^prqwj'q^ the avoidable devil; (2) the um avoidable devil; (3) the demon of merriment; (4) the demon of pride. g*T5 fWwrn n.- of a mystical symbolic rite; 4^5’3’W* the concubine of Kamadeva. bdudjcyi-sde НПЖ, HnW the troops of the DeviJ,
С’^’С|5Ч11 667 t’W§’q5‘’l bditd-kyi-bdag the arch demon. bdud-kyi-bu=^\^ffi'Q the son of the god of sensuality (Mnon.). bdud-kyi bu mo the damsels of Mara who are:—SjV54 sred-ma ачит, dgah byed-ma xfa, and dgah §pyod-ma or sftfh (K. d. 70). qW5q bdug-ryal нткхт^т, нгфщ the conqueror of Mara, the archdemon. 4^5' Я34 bdud-hthul or bdud-hdul Н1Ч- he who has subdued the evil one; an epithet of Buddha. ^5dud bhdul-gdan дгщ: the grass Kus'a (Д£пол.); a seat made of Kus'a, grass sitting on which Buddha vanquished Mara. bdud §dig-can=^^'^'^\ dgah-rab dicafi-phyug. Hi’; Mara, the sinner; also Kamadeva. bdud-nag hbar-wa a god of the Bon pantheon resembling in his attri- butes q Manju S'ri. bdud-rtsi uhjy, ФП 1. the food of the gods, nectar, the potion that confers immortality; the nectar of dharma* i.e.* of the doctrine of Buddha. 2. a laudatory epithet of medicines; 4^5the fragrant juniper; an elixir prepared of a decoction of five holy plants, viz., Ьа-lu a fragrant dwarf species of rhododendron, mtshc-ma* kham-pa* and ^'5 hom-Ъи. N.B.—Really only four, but according to the absurd method of numbering in Tibetan styled “ five,” because the whole taken together makes five. 3. Myrobalan, Terminalia* Citrina. 4. a polite word for wine. bdud-rtsi ril-bu elixir-pill, nectar-pills. bdud-rtsihi khafi* ri-khrod& hermitage; a retreat in tho solitudes of hills (Mnon.). bdud-rtsihi sgo — F or gsmra-wahi §go the mouth (Mnon.), ^2^ bdud-rltsi-skycs produc- ing nectar [the yellow Myrobalan plant] S. bdud-rtsi gafa-fam vege- table medicine growing on the snow-line in the Himalaya or in Tibet. bdud-rtsi chos-sman vegetable elixir used as an antidote against the attack of evil spirits. *’q bdud-stsi §nih~po yeast. Syn. chafi-rtsi* V*H hiil-khu* snin-khu (Mnon.). Bdtyd-rtsi thab-^byor n. of a goddess. Bdud-rtsi bum-pa ma n. of a goddess in the Bon pantheon who resembles in her attributes the Buddhist goddess of the ocean. bdud-rtsi dmar-po n. of a demon. bdud-rtsi §mug-po a cure for congestion of the brain. bdud-rtsi char-ldan raining nectar, a. met. for the moon. bdud-rtsi hdsag~% Ice чдат the tongue, the organ of taste (MfionX bdud-rtsi hdsag-pa pouring nectar; also satire; sweet meli- fluous tongue or language. bdud-rtsi za the gods who subsist on nectar. bdud-rtsi zas J. ambrosial food. 2. n. of an uncle of Buddha Gautama. bdud-rtsihi hod zla-wa) met. the moon. bdud-la skyefi$-pa §ter mdsad-ma^^^^ ^'^^ (Шоп.) the
668 4^)1 goddess of earth called B$tan-ma who keeps certain demons under terror. bdun ня the number seven; seven hundred; seven thousand; Hnfa seventy, 70; seventy-one; the seventieth; 4^V3'4^’4 bdun-gyi hdun-pa пяти, the sun, who has seven horses before him harnessed to his chariot (M.fton.Y n. of a perfumery, prob, a preparation consisting of seven ingredients. Syn. bsil-hdsin ; dbu-ba- ma; gp|*r<l lpag$-pa\ psal; mi mecf (Щпоп.). „ = or the leligious robe of the Buddhist clergy. bdun-pa якн, tho seventh. 4^'5 bdun-po of seven parts: 5 the seven principal parts of the body; viz., hands, feet, shoulders, and neck. bdun-phrag шпт a week, seven days. bdun-btxa$ bom in the seventh month, a soven-months’ child. bde or 4^*4 bdc-wa ^,>i, Ф1,3J4, 1. happiness, welfare, safety, piety, enjoyment, joy, bliss, prosperity. In Budh. there are two kinds of happi- ness: the happiness or bliss that terminates or becomes exhausted, and acfl’^5'3’4^’4 the happiness that is eteinal and cannot be exhausted; the first being mixed up with the miseries of transmigratory existence, the latter re- maining unaffected by any cause. £^«Tl«T4^V’, § happi-. ness is followed by misery and after ^1 misery comes happiness, the two revolv- ing like as a wheel (Tsa-na-ka). A Tib. proverb is:—ч^гя^г q^'§5 longing for happiness, one only brings on misery. possessed of all happiness; to gain happiness; that which makes happiness; c^’«i5’gvq the requisites of hap- piness ; what causes to enjoy happiness. bdc-tcahi khru§=%; a merry festival; the god S'ambara [a demon of drought represented as an enemy of Indra the god of eloudJS'. the human body; ^’4?’ or [resting upon comfortably, a comfortable pillow]S. [basis or seat of’ happi- ness'S. 2. bdc-wa to be happy or well; also adj. happy, pleasant, blessed, and even beautiful; also easy: as I am quite happy; Ч5Ч he is happy; ч gone to be happy or to a place of safety; to live happily, in prosperity; to let another be happy; й 'Sfc/ we shall not allow you to be quiet; the source of becom- ing happy, the state of bliss, paradise ; 4^’^4j«=peace and joy (Шоп.\ 4^’qv or 4vq§4]N’^qbe happy I faiewcll I to be bodily and spiritually afflicted ;*b^'q3'«wj‘£v^ fearless of adversity; to ache (of parts of the body); wrft’q^q^Ag^q to be unhappy in the womb, i.e., in travail, to suffer the pangs of child-birth ; or or cheerful, merry, glad; S4]4’ peace, a state of peace; q^qS-X<er W4 enjoying the quality of peace or peaceful happiness; ^‘q^'q^q the happiness
669 '’X’W of rest, a happy tranquility; я^Т^’З'ч^ ч^ыр^ loving the pleasures of the world; ^-q^4 a happy situation; ччч^ч’ч^ ч^’Ч’Уч’ч to attain to the happi- ness of Nirvana. ^'•ч^’Ч'^ч’ it will be easy to understand; 4^’3$ he is well; яЗрч^’ч easy-going person; also well-qualified, well adapted; F‘J’4^4 with good organs of speech; чч|‘Ч^опе who has practice in working with his hands, skilled, clever; g’4^4- knowing to speak well, being eloquent, well-spoken; a tongue skilled in speaking wisdom; W 4^’35 the road is easy, may be passed without risk. As adv. ч^чч happily, merrily; ч^* 4*4# t0 uve happily, Ле., without illness. 3. good order, durability, strength; ч^ ч*VP* S3 acc- to Bon the nine signs of ч^’ч durability:—elasticity, if pressed it springs up; ч^’^ччгч when weighed it is found light; ч^Ч'^ч^ч when turned it revolves; чпрч^^’ч when bending it, it is pliable; ч^’^ ^ц bshag- na sdod-pa'whm® placed it remains ; V™ if broken it crumbles away; *|’ч if scattered it diffuses; ч^ч-^ч^вгч if amassed or collected it mixes up, Ле., agglomerates; W4 it is soft to the touch. 4^'gS bde-$kyid happiness, felicity. 4^*$ bde-hgro or 4^’4vM} state of happiness, going to happiness; the kingdom of heaven. Opp. to ftan-hgro the state of unhappiness, ч*' bde-hgro-can heavenly, celestial ’$ч’?ч*ч to receive a heavenly or glorified body. ч^’^ bde-can happy. ч^З^ bde-chen abbr. of ч^Ч’>^б felicity, consummate bliss, ч^’^’ч bde-chen-pa KSi- great happiness; one in great happiness. й bde-*cham-me or ч^^-fc n. of a sect. 4^’4X«ij Bde-mchog is a most impor- tant yidam or Tantrik deity of .the Buddhists. Ho is the equivalent of S'am- bara or Samvara ; and in Tibet is usually represented with three faces and eleven arms, standing on two crushed bodies and wearing armour and a necklace of skulls. This is his formas ^ччгчрХ’Ч’зйгч Pal-khor- lo Dom-pa; but he has several other forms and phases. The Chief Lama resident at Peking is held to bo an incarnation of one aspect of Bde-mchog (Dem chog). Syn. hkhor-lo $dom-pa; ч ri-khrod-pa ; dpah-wo r do-где ; t hod-pa can* З'ЧЧ’Х^'Ч^ zla-wahi chod-pan ; *r*v*?S’54r mkhah-hgrohi divan ; rdo-rge hkhor-lo (Mnon.). ч^’^чщ bde-legs = dge-legs or rntho-ns gna§ paradise. 2. ^f^T, 35пц well-being, auspiciousness, blessed- ness ; blessing. ч^чргг^ bde legs-can 1. auspi- cious. 2. = B^’5 domestic fowl (Mnon.). ч^аИцгч^’Ч bde leg$-brjod-pa benedic- tion, expression of blessing: bde leg$-su gyur-cig bless- ings be to him. bde legs-sn gyar-pa has become blest; per- formance of religious ceremonies to bring blessings. 4^‘W|4i bde-hjags prosperity, welfare. 4^’415 bde-brjod felicitous expression. чй^с/ bde^toH abbr. of ч^ч^ ^-ч^ happiness and Nirvana. ч^**4ь’ bde-hthnfi met. for lightning (^йоп.). ч^-ччч bde-thab$ abbr. of ч^’чЯччч, 4^’^ bde-ldan the heavens. Syn- mtho-ri§-gnas; яУЯч дт IjS mtho-ri$ rgyal-sri$ (Jgnon.).
670 Bde-ldm фоаА-phyug ^J<=n- the lord of the Sukhficati heaven. gjjj Ag^ bde-ld'Ui hbra$-hbyiin ^T- the happiness of heaven. q^’W^’q^-qS^ bde-ldan-ma bin b$tan-})ahi mdo, the Sutra delivered at the request of В de-Idan-ma queen of king Bimbisara (7C. cl, ч 395), kde-spyod sensual enjoyment; also a privy (Ja.), q^'q’^ Bd^-ica-can Dowachan, the paradise of the Northern Buddhists which is said to be situated in the west and presided ovor by Buddha Amitfcbha. It is never mentioned in works of the pre-Christian era of Buddhism. 4^q*5^'§' ^vq^V4 “ the plan or design of the Sukhavati ” (7Г. d. в 306) is a work describing this heaven as being full of terraces, lotos-lakes, and players of music, together with swans, cuckoos and pea- cocks. Tho Tibetan version as given in the Kah-gyur is longer than the Sanskrit text which Cowell, under the title of “the smaller Sukhavati-vyuha,” has translated for Max Muller’s Sacred Books of the East, The whole work is one of the latest Mahayana productions, probably as late as the 5th century A.D., and in some respects bears a curious analogy to the description of Heaven in the Revela- tion of St. John, of which the writer may have certainly had knowledge. q^'qKAsq bdr-war hthab the son of Dhrtarastra; the chief adversary of the Pandava brothers in the great war of Kuru- ksetra. q^'SVAgvq bde-tcar hbyar-pa well- made, elegant, handsome. q^’qv4]-?|fl|*rq bde-war g^cgs-pa or фяг a general epithet of the Bud- dhas, one who has passed to Nirvana. the goddess of Earth (Мло/ь). bdc-byed 1. ftpmh an epithet of Mahadeva; also saffron; a physician; the glans .penis; thunder-bolt; the spring season; a croco- dile. 2. n. of a Buddhist author who wrote certain religious works (Grub. 15), Syn. for saffron: gar-gum \ a-ru-ra; wan hofi-len ; ЛУЧ wan- pa; ЯVI*1 pho-rtag$\ brgya- byin mtshon-cha\ cjwaft-phyug \ klu-^pyi; so^-kihi dfi§; hu-srin (Milon.). bde-byed tshogs Ж [a class of fiends attending on S'ivaJ#. Bde-hyecl gshi-thog$ зщч, n. of a deity mentioned in N. F. ^'§5'5^ Bde-byed sra$ ч^пня the young- est son of Mahes'vara. q^-Agq- bde-hbyuil w 1. source of happiness; an epithet of Mahes'vara and of the city of S'ambhala. 2. as a symbol: 11. bde-hbyuft dal-wahi tshogs чпт^ a cowry; also the followers of Mahadeva. 4*‘S]A| bde-blag ^<4 felicity, ease, con- tentment; in happiness, happily. bde-gzar the time of war or inter- nal dissension, disturbed state of a country (Shal-lce ch. 1). * bde-fe§ я’tn or if-^тя felicitous knowledge. q^-flpjqpi bde-gfegs я$яя an epithet of Buddha, one who has passed to eternal happiness.
671 4^1 bde-sogs-bdag an epithet of Indra (Mfton.); bde sog§-ma the celestial queen, the wife of Indra (Mfton.). hdeh-wa an antiquated form of bde-wa. bder abbr. of bde-war. I: bden-pa ^raj, true, sincere = чд’Л’дуч bslu-ica med-pa guile- less, not false or deceptive. Also as a vb. to be true: BV^vq’q^’X khyo<$zer-wa bden-no what you say is time, i.e., you are light; bdag-gi% ne§-pa bden-gyis it being true that I committed a fault; de-shin-du bdensrid it might be true after all; that is indeed time! is it quite certain that this is time ? qSfrsi II: 1. truth, right, in the abstract; but usually something true; true words, etc. bden-pa gnis the two truths: (1) kun-rdsob bden-pa JHWfWH the ordinary truth which concerns all things or phenomena; (2) rrw^hraithe sublime truth. the Sutra on the two-fold truth (K. d. ч 370). bden-ра rnthon-ica the perception of the truth; to discern, to know the truth; a degree of Buddhist perfection. q^j-q-q^ bden-pa bsili or wqsrqrq^'q'q^ the foiir noble truths; the four apparent realities: (1) gI4’*g«r«i misery; (2) (K^) fRJ- the cause or origin of misery; (3) (g^-qgq) «tfpfq pfffa cessation or pre- vention of misery; (4) f^fqg^'^q'q^SfqS’ япт the path of salvation, the deliverance from misery. 1 q^ q^-^-q bden-par hdsin-pa to believe to be true, to take for granted; bden-fydsin shig-na if the illusion is destroyed; “ den-den ” very true indeed! certainly. q^-q^5 bden-pa-nij truth, also Сипу at a. bden-pa §m?'a-wa to tell or speak the truth; as an adj. veracious. q^yq^-Ejq fyien-pahi-ftag 1. truth- ful speech. 2. as met. bya-rog the crow (Mnon.). 4^’5 bden-po a time, a just man (Cs.). bden-bral 1. frefa south-west direction; bden-bral-phyogs wfrtfT3* the south-west quarter. 2. void of truth, unjust (Cs.), bden-smra 4?f4, чтж 1. an ascetic, a hermit (Mfton.). 2. one who speaks the truth or preaches the truth. q^*qS*g«4 bden-pahi khrims strict jus- tice ; discipline of the truth. q^-ЭЦ bden-tshig or q^'q5’^i= ^5^ 1. truthful expression, true words. 2. a solemn asseveration, often combined with a prayer. one who has spoken nothing but truth during several births, and thereby has acquired the power of exhibiting miracles. bdog-pa 1. attainments, effects, possessions^ wealth: q^'cr^’q^’l^^qgq^* bdog-pa rig-pas ner-b$grub-qift having acquired all attainments by intelligence (C. don.) ; ^'q’sw-^-^Ejr^-qSE/^ having wholly renounced all his posses- sions. 2. vb. to get or take possession of, to be possessed of, gen. with ч, as in he is in possession of only one piece of cloth; qS’gjq'srqXfl’sjfl have you such scholars ? ^•^•q^’q poor, having no property (Jd).
672 3 to be; to be situated: where is your monastery ; q^qartjqqt^u] bdag-la phug-pa fydog I have a cavern; thab$ fydog-gam mi-fydog are there any means or not ? q^’q fydo-wa 1. = 5^’4 dar-wa to increase, to spread, diffuse; applied chiefly in reference to sin and evil. inigt-ma Ifta bdo-wa the increase in the five kinds of ^чпх degenerations ;=$*гч rgya$- pa abundance, exuberance. ’ 2. acc. to Zam. acute, keen. 3. with % to hurt, to injure a person: to hurt an enemy. 6с4>-АрЛ?’о=2^‘чя,§|Ек,‘ч rgya$- pahi sgaft-li on the increase, in the course of increasing, copious or full: Дin such ways as this, awakening only to go on again, the dreams of present happiness are aug- mented (Khrid.). fydral pf. of hdral-wa and sig- nifies : disregarded, broken, not observed. 51^’4 mdag-pa or 1.==**’kV4 glowing embers, ciudcrs. 2. a soit of large unburnt brick of mud or clay (Cs.); mdag-mahi doft a pit for keeping live coals (for the purpose of melting metals). mdaft or yesterday evening ; mdifi-saft yester- day. came only yester- day {fiag. 39). *5*^ mdaft-sum last night: mdaft-sum bdag~ gi rmi-lani-na last night in my dream, etc. mdafl-tca or place of cremation, the place where the burning of the dead takes place (8cA.). rndafts ’чЫ: 1. colour of the face, fresh looks, healthy complexion; dmar-ivahi mdafts ruddy com- plexion ; of fresh appearance; bad-looking, dull complexion. 2. brightness, lustre, splendour. 3. resp. for S£pi‘4 dpral-tca the forehead. mdafts hphrog-pa or nafttrfT’ft faded lustre, the brightness destroyed. mdaft$-med dull appearance, not bright, ugly. Syn. ipdog-ftan; bkrag- med (Mfton.). mdan$-bzaft 1. blight colour, good and cheerful complexion. 2. a hy- pothetical fluid, the most subtle part of the semen. mdan~khaft or «Wrtfrq (Я^) ихуцргч a kind of poison used in medi- ’ cine. £1^0, mdah ^3, XT, нтаж, pi- 1. an arrow: ^‘$4^ to shoot an arrow'. myug-mdah an arrow of reed or bamboo; fcagt-mdah an iron arrow; dug-mdah& poisoned arrow; dpral-icahimdah an arrow lodged in the fore-head; me-mdah a gun, fire-lock. 2. any straight and thin pole or piece of wood, e.g^ tho tube of a tobacco-pipe ; lpag$-mdah iron rod, a ramrod, etc.; chu-mdah a jet or shoot of water; ikar-mdab a shooting star or meteor. 3. sym. num. 5. 4. luft-pahi rpdah the lower terrace of a plateau, also mdah- chu the river or stream running through it. {Jd, in part.) tydati-fubi a case or cover for keeping arrows; a quiver. Syn. nag-phran; draft-hgro; mi-hkhyog-hgro;
I 673 I га hbigs-byed; hdab-ldcm- iptshon; fgro-ldan-, $tofl-C(iii; Г* rtse-mo-can ; hben-b&wn; *5^ mdah-mo; g lcag$-mdah sgra- can; Gg’rjN'gfiw^ leags-sbub^can; hur-$gra-can; я^*«5,ц|У mtshon-chahi-gtso; dug-mdah; 3|’ dug-gi byug- pa-can; lo-§ia-ka. (Mnon.). «VvSjc- mdah-groft PmT [ft quiver] #. mdah-tsha-shan b$dur-na§ rgyal-wa (Rtsii,), (Rtsii,), mdvh-che or mdah-bo-ehe a very powerful effective arrow [a lance]#. to shoot an arrow upwards, i.e., to the sky. mdah-khun loop-hole, embrasure. mdah-rrikhan 1. n. of a low caste in ancient India who used to live by hunting. 2. an archer, an arrow-maker. я^Ч’^ mdah-rgyaft the range of an arrow shot. mdah-rgyud 1. the bowstring. 2. n. of a medicinal drug : **S5*^Vr’^§V3‘ (Med.). mdah-sgro the feathers attached to an arrow. mdah-lfta are (1) ^’§S'5§myo- bycd-kyi indah; (2) sred-byed- kyi wdah- (3) kuhn-tu rmon§-byed-kyi indah; (4) $kem- byed-kyi mdah; (5) hchi-bycd- kyi indah. ^'g*q Mdah-lna-pa Ч^ггц an epithet of Cupid, lit. the holder of five arrows. Md(ih-hjom§ 1. iit^T the great Tantrik Buddhist Sage who was abbot of Nalendra and from whom Nagarjuna derived his mystical knowledge of Bud- dhism. 2. n. of a medicinal root=^‘lsW dur-byid-sman. *55'^' mdah-stofi the notch at the end of an arrow which is placed against the bow-string. mdah-bstan >ггОт [a deer]#. wvvS* mdah-dar a lance; a little flag fastened to an arrow with silk ribbons of five different colours, by hooking which arrow into the collar of a bride the match-maker draws her forth from among her maiden companions. Also an arrow wrapped in a scarf, with which the head of the bride is touched during marriage ceremony. mdah-don WT4 quiver, id. «$3’5^ mdah-dpon the commander of a troop of soldiers; an officer of high mili- tary rank next to the 5^’5^ dmag-dpon, who has command over one thousand men (Rtsii^). mdah-&ag$ a gourd, v. $ ч ku-wa (Mnon.). Mdah-phii n. of a place in Tibet (Deb, 4 11). rndah-phyed bya$-pa an arrow with a sharp semi-circular disk at the top-end. mdah-mo-che [an iron club or crow; a lance]#. mdah-тпо arrow-lot, a kind of fortune-telling by shooting of arrows. mdah-zo a vessel made of wood, or wicker work, etc., with which barley and wheat are measured (Rtsii^). mdah-yab-=^'^ 1. balcony under the dome of a temple made in Chinese 86
674 style. Е’ЯЗ q^N he constructed, i. e.f caused to be made, the sacred symbols placed in the balcony of the Jo-wo lha-khang at Lhasa (Lon. * 17). 2. acc. Lex. = 3’*(l pu-tpt parapet, railing. 3. a covered gallery on the top of a house. mdah-yig 1. a kind of arrow- point character which was usedin Magadha on Buddhist statues. This character was brought into Tibet from Vikramas'ila in A.D. 1000, 2. letters which axe conveyed by arrow-shot are also called Da-yig. mdun lanco, spear, pike; «^‘4 or to shixxg; to pierce with a spear. and are the two frontal muscles (Ju.). mduft b$kor-w(t to brandish, to whirl a spear; фд a spear attached to a sling. mduft-khyim a shade for travel- lers made on the wayside by throwing a piece of cloth over three pikes or poles; a frame to lean speai's against. mdun-can-ma >uf^n [a female worshipper of the S'akti principle] S. mdufi-thufi-hdsin an epithet of Kartikeya youngest son of Maha deva. mdufi-thogs or «^’4 1. a spear- man, lancer. 2. an epithet of Maha deva (Шоп.). mdun-dar a lanco with a little flag at the top. mdun-rtse 1. a spear-head, top of a lance. 2. the religious trident. mdufi-rtee gsum-pa 1. epithet of Mahadeva, who holds the trident. 2. n. of a sect of the Tirthika in Ancient India who used to perform the lite of leaping over three pikes fixed on the ground (They. 33-39)t «4^.mdufi-hdsin hornet. N^t/q^'q mdun-zo-wa a maker of lancos. mdun-tpft or shaft of a lanco. ^^5 Whig a^so widud^pa a knot; the chin of animals; the muscles of the body; sruf^mdud charmed silk- knots used as protection against evil spirits; skra-mdud knot of ribbons holding together the long hair of women in Tibet; 44jq5-^5’4 knot of strings, fig. the bond of avarice (Ja,); mdud- pa tgrohwa or hgrol-ica to untie a knot. mdud-pa hgreLpa 1. a commentary, a key to unknot difficulties. 2. to untie a knot. to lay a wager. ’% mdud-hdra a disease of the mem-, brum virile, prob, paraphimosis. 5^ mdud-pa, §nin-pa wealth. mdud-hdsm (^^’S) a string or wreath of flowers or of any other thing. <34^ mdun (*|woiw) ’чтя the van, the fore-part, tho front-side of a thing; face or presence. good frontage; jp^’q an aide-de-camp; rndun-gyi nam-mkhah-la in the heavens before him, over against him. Usually occurs in the adverbial forms: mdunJa, mdim-na, rndun-du^ mdun-nas, which all seem to have about the same meaning: in front, before, ahead. In this sentence, for example, two forms occur with no varying meaning: ।
*4l 675 having brought the bier and lifted up the burning lamp in front, a vast crowd of people went on at the head (K d. 4); mdun-du dmag-mi phyin- §te the soldiers approaching first. Also used as postpositions: in the presence of a lama; before the king; khyod-kyi mdun-la in your presence. mduu-byus conference, consultation. mdun-hjog a present. Syn. phul-wa; hbul-ica; Jsas; g*4phyag-rten; §shu- rten (Mfton.). mdun-du b§nur-wa to move forward, towards one’s self. + or in presence of an assembly. mdim-na hdon a minister, a magistrate, a judge, a high functionary. Syn. E}<Y^ blou-po; 4^54^* bkah-dwan; khrims-kyi к ha-to-pa (M-non.). mdun-ma <14 conference. Syn. mdun-gro^; gro§ • gro§-bcam; gros bya&pa (Шоп.). mdun-sa W society, com- mittee, association: mdun- sar bshugs-pa wufa to sit in committee. mdun-so чуэт^ punishment in- flicted by court or king. = mdahi mdehu the pointed arrow-head made of steel in Tibet and Mongolia; the arrow-head is made of various designs some with three points, others like a miniature pick-axe. mdehu behuhi-so hdra-гса arrow-head like calf’s teeth; mdehu byihu arrow-head like a bird’s heart; mdehu zur bshi-pa an arrow with four-bladed head. mdo 1:1. the lower part of a valley where it merges into the plain, the place where one valley opens into another; the point where two valleys, roads, or rivers meet;g’^X upper-part and lower part of a lateral valley; Ч^’З’^’^Х the upper or higher part of a country and the lower part of it; ‘*X road-junction; $’«X river- junction ; W5}e.’«X street corners ; ^‘*X a cross road; 5T’^X where one vein crosses another vein in the body. ^X’F*^ Mdo and Khams, indicates 2kmdo, the province of Tibet S.E. of Koko Nor, and Kham. 2. acc. tc Cs. *X’^ prudent, ^X’^5 imprudent. 3. conjunction or meet- ing place in general: brtag- pa rtsa-chuhi mdo; shi-byed §man-gyi mdo; $byofi-byed las-kyl mdo; hjam-rtsub ' dpyad-kyi mdo (Sman-rtsa ch. IL I). II: 1. defined as q a discourse where many significations are massed together in a few words; a Sutra. 2. short sentence or rule, axiom; hence **X’5, *X\ to contract, abridge, epitomize, to give only the main points; *X*,£3§^ mdor b§du-na in short, in general, altogether, on an average. ^X^q mdo-snob a benediction to the host for his entertainment (Ja.). ^X’*X’§S'q mdo-mdo byed-pa occurs in «Х’^Х’З’^'^'^ (2. 122).
676 «Х'? Mdo-^de a collection of Sutras forming an important section of the Kahgyur. *X’V4 mdo-tde-pa or mdo-tde- hdsin one versed in the Mdo or belonging to the Sutranta school of philo- sophy of Buddhism. *X'4*V4 mdo-hdsin-pa a carpen- ter [also a stage-manager]8. + mdo-mi dmah-wa^S^^^ dtcafi intho-wa of high power or ability. «X*w mdo-kun according to the teach- ings of the Sutras; is parallel to the term rgyu$-lam according to the Tantras. ^X*'4^ mdor-btdut abridg- ment = 4g*i'4 tdut-pa or 45*rq btu$-pa (Mfion.). *X^ 5 indor-btdu-na, hhtw. [briefly, collectively]8. »<ХМ mdor-na in brief. mdor-bfa# zfQTc^ akin to *XN a cross formed of two small sticks, the ends of which are connected by coloured strings, and used in various magic ceremonies (Jd.). i mdo-li khyog t a sedan-chair, a conveyance for carrying sick, incapable, or old persons: дч|«ф*гу^4* supporting him by the left hand he lifted him on a dooly (Л. 70). mdog or f^X*! colour; com- plexion ; g’^X4! tku-mdog the colour of the body; ’^4|4 beautiful colour; ^X4!’*-*1 mdog-mdses nice colour, arose (Cs.). ^X4!' VI* mdog-dkar—&'^ me-hog white colour. mdog mtshufit-gya — ^W q or ^5’4 of uniform or same colour. «X4!'4!^ mdog-gser gold; golden colour. ^X4!^ 1. white sandal-wood. 2. having a fair com- plexion. ^ХЧШ indogjdan 1. (‘4^) gold. 2.«чтж camphor. 3. a coloured cloth. indog-bu-pa or ^ХТЯ^4!4 met. for the raven (Mfion.). ^X4!^ mdog-tbyin W a species of sandal wood. •<ХЧГ**’’ indog-indset тЫя, and HTritanfi seem to be names of flowers (K. d. * 368). mdog-gsal a species of gall (Ja.). indo fit 1. appearance, the form of the face.. 2. sometimes for «5^4 white spot, blaze, or star on the fore- head of a horse or cow. 3. the eye in a peacock’s feather; indofit mthah-can peacock (Mfion.). Syn. 55 byad', 4^'mi bshin-rat. (Mfion.). indo fit Jdan 1. peacock (Mfion.). 2. = B4 khyug. ^4’4 indo fit-pa 1. = ^ц,4 ldofi-wa blind (physically and morally): r^cm'4, 4 to get blind, to be made blind. 2. = 5^4*4 forehead. я^4’ч]^’4 mdofit-gsol-wa l.=4p’4|y J4*q gzi-brjid rgyas-pa very bright, res- plendent, refulgent (Nag.). 2. to make a prayer before the image of a deity. 3. to congratulate, to wish joy to another (Cs.). mdom or *Х*” indomt some- times written for *X* a measure (^^’§5) equal to six feet [зля a fathom or the space between the tips of the fingers of either hand when the arms are extended]8. indot a tall thin pared stick or wand provided with small cross-pieces,
677 ^1 and with strings of various colours fastened to the ends of the transverse pieces and stretched thence to the main upright stick; the whole evidently in- tended to be a rude imitation of the mast of a vessel with yard-arms and rigging. Several of these structures, each 3 to 5 feet in height, are planted in the ground on the hill-side just above the house where some sick person is lying; and various magical ceremonies having been performed over the sick person, the btsan or demons which were afflicting him, and which are reputed to have a great passion for the ligging of a vessel, are presumed to be expelled and to take refuge in the toy masts out- side the cottage. The sticks with their coloured strings are presently cast away as SS glad down the ravine (Snd. Hbk.). There seem to be various names for the masts such as:—§kyel-wahi mdo§ (fiag. 38); lha-mohi b$kafi- mdo§; sgrol-mahi gyal-Yndo§; rgyal-mdos", btsan-mdos. hdag-gu^Q** §kyo-ma pap, pulp ; piob.=^ $ Ide-gu. hdag-pa —1. to lick off, as in Ц lee-yis sho-hdag-pa to’lick curd with the tongue; to clear, or wash away, to wipe off (dirt, blemishes, and even bad thoughts). 2. in = a mixture of clay and water. Sch. more- over gives this meaning: “clearing, adhesive, sticky.” hdag-pa §byafi-wa to make a mixture of soil and water; ^‘q'g^’q hdag-pa sbydr-ica covering or stopping up with clay, e.g., the chinks of a wall or door. hdag-pahi phye-ma powdered clay. hdag-$byar hbul-wa topresent clay, etc., i.e., to cover the chinks of the cell of a meditating lama sitting mtsham$-la as an act of piety. In Pth. is mentioned as a kind of plastic art, and evidently signifies to mould, to model, to shape (Ja.). 3. = ^] ^ Idag-pa (Cs.). hdag-rdsas or more propei ly clay, dry or wet. hdafi, v. ^5 hdad. + JJdan-gi-pa (from or srfjf the paddy-pounding implement) n. of an Indian Buddhist saint: §lob-dpon kluhi-sa, hdan-gi- pa, dha-rika-pa the teachers Naga bhumi, Dan-gi-pa, Dharikapa, etc. hdaft-wa 1. (pf. «V^«)=:'4c^'q or Ml4!'4 hgrig-pa to be right, to suit, &c.; мгЗрнra$-go$-hdafi cloth just enough for making a dress or robe, just as much as is required, etc. Ito za-rgyu hdan food to be just enough. 2. acc. to Sch. to come to, to arrive at; cf. also qgabout or nearly one hundred. &dad re8P- 3^ku-hdad, or hdati a funeral repast. hdab 1. a train (of persons): hkhor-hdab retinue (Cs.) 2. fold: gni§-hdab—^lan-gnis twice or two-fold. 3. or lo-bdab a leaf, yal-hdab a twig with leaves. 4. a feather. hdab-§kye§ feathered, bird-bom. hdab-§kyod чпзн anet. a bird (Mnon.) [prob, a crane]#. ^q'qg hdab-brgya stmrsf, W the lotus. hdab-brgya-pa 1.=Я’5 the pea- cock. 2.=$*’чр< gur-gum saffron.
678 hdab-can leafy; feathery ; as met. a bird. hdab-chag two-fold fall in the value of a coin or anything; if for one rupee four pounds of butter can he had iu one market and again in another market not more than two for the same price it is said of it hdab-chag son {Rtsii.}. hdib-hphar—a two-fold increase in price. hdab-(hag$ rrfH, birds, the feathered race, various kinds of bird; *«|4’jprZi hhab-chag$ rgyal-pa the king of birds, the eagle, the mythical Garuda on whom Vishnu rides, said to be tho hawk and=^,2fe’* ri-Ьоп za the eater of haios, t/., the largest species of hawk. the flying-fox bat {Smin. 330). =9'^* the long-lived bird. hdib~chag§ scn-gc tho most powerful of all birds, an epithet of Garuda. a^q****]*3*’*1!*^’ hdab-chags gser-ldan (вЪ*‘ч) [a kind of curlew or plover] & hdab-stofi W the thou- sand petals or the largest species of lotus. hdab-ldan rntshon the feather- ed weapon, met. an arrow. hdab-hdeb a largo numerical figure: {Ya-sel. 57). ^•3hdab-bu-che one of the names of Arjuna, the third of the Pavdava brothers. с^гтач hdab-ma 1. wing : Ц hdab-ma sprug- pa to shake the wings (Cs.) to clap the wings. 2. leaf, corolla, petal; large leaf; нйхрг- all the leaves fully come out, the flower in full blossom; eight- petaled = (4(Яол.)- a smooth fresh leaf, v. Schl. Budh. 248. aheap of leaves; ^qhdab-mahi gifi-rta 4WT4 a chariot or conveyance made of leaves. 3. fan. 4. flag (Cs.). Syn. of 2. lo-nta; 1. sgro-g$og- {Mnon.). 4<\q-«^q hdab-ma §kyob {$) that which is protected by wings ; the feather- protected, a bird. ^q$4’qjj5 hda-ma fekyotf that which moves with or by wings. ^W&|’q hdab-ma hjig-pa withering of leaves, the winter season that kills the loaves of trees. hdab-ma bdun-gia HSHTuf, KH- n. of a flowering tree [“ the seven- leaved,n tho tree Alstonia^S. ^q'srghdab-ma phra-mo sifax lemon, citron = g^'# §kyur-mo (Mfton.). q^q-л’^ч hdab-ma yan$ frra Sal tree with broad leaves. hdab-mahi thig-pa met. for cuckoo (ДГЯоп.). hdab-mahi mdsod (^'V5^') [Jasminum multiflorurn.]£. hdab-bzaft 1. фрн fine looking leaf. 2. a species of bird of fine plumes. 3. = so-та ra-dsa flax {Mnon.). hdab bzaft-mahi bu the son of Suparjia [Garutja bird.]/?. hdab-zur-can a species of sandal wood tree. hdab-yas a measure for grain smaller than bre qt drona. hdabs rarely the side, lateral surface (chiefly of the body); surface;
679 the surface of the liver; the lumbar region; in the wood (Ja.), hdam ni?, r«a, mud, mire, swamp; earth and water together : ^'q<4 muddy clay or plaster; hdam-§kye§ 41^, lit. that is grown in mud, lotus plant; hdam §kye$-dmar the red water-lily; hdam $kyes-mtshan met. the sun (Mnon.). [lit. “marked by a lotus”; signifies also, a king, an epithet of Brahma.]S. hdam-ka, or choice, option. to choose (whether to-day or to-morrow) (Zam.). hdam- spag-gi khrod a swamp or a number of swamps (flag. 32). hdam-g.na§ [one who gives help to a cow in the mud.]#. hdam-pa=°<fyw'4 to pick out, to mark out, to choose: hdam- rin choosing, brooding over in one’s mind3 a long while; not losing sight of your enemy, constantly watching, put him down as soon as an opportunity offers; long grudge (Jd.).’ man-pohi khrod-na§ hdam-pa to select from among many. mi-gtsafi-po hdam-pa such as choose impure things, ?>., lascivious characters, ^'cr^’g hdam-pa ser-$kya said to = lan-pohi pi-pi-Un (Mflon.). hdam-po — ^'Q log-pa. hdamJm ka-ra§ n. of a modi* cinal root: dambu removes inflammation of the lungs, liver, and blood-vessels. hdam-bu a reed for thatching, writing; acc. to Cs. sugar-cane. hdam-bu lte-гса [the navel or joint of a reed]#. ’^*3 hdam-buhi na a species of eel living amid reeds (Mnon.) hdam-buhi tshal-$kye§ shwri an epithet of Karttikeya the youngest son of Mahadeva. [lit. ‘reed-bom/ Kartti- keya is fabled to have been born in a thicket of reeds]#. hdam-buhi sa-bon [the plant Curcuma zerumbet.^S. hdam-buhi tshan-mo [the plant Nelwmbium speciosumU\S. hdam-rtsa an aquatic' creeper; grass growing in swamps and marshy soil. dam-rdsab swamp, cess-pool; the filth of which makes water impure and dangerous to health: the unclean, or badly governed kingdom is (like) a filthy swamp (A. 7). hdam-rdsab-la hbyifi-wa to sink into a swamp. ^rf^-jorf^Zar-^oone of the thirty-seven sacred places of the Bon (G. Bon. 37). ’fo’ hdam-sen the lion of the swamp, i.e., the frog. hdam-gyi sefi-ge §kdd-po che the cry of the lion of the swamp is loud (Sman. 108). hdah’ica (pres, and fut.) pf. hda^-pa 1. to pass away; to go beyond; to surmount, get the better of; to pass away from sufferings, i.e., to attain to Nirvana; at
680 the time of deathat the time of enter- ing into the state of Nirvapa. *54- hdah dkah-wa diffi- cult to pass over, to spend time; hdah-kha the point of death; these are of importance at the time of (one’s) death, he said (Deb. Я 16). Tho following are examples of the use of hda^-pa the past tense: hda^-pahi safi$-rgya$ the past Buddha; an epithet of Dipaijkara Buddha. hda$-pahi char gyur-pa ЯЯШ; passed away from this world; the time that has passed away; after an elapse of nino months; Iha-lat hda^-pahi spo? incense surpassing that of the gods; чдмгогсч^гч surpassing the number, i.e.t numberless, innumerable; surpassing the understanding; inconceiv- able ; unspeakable, indes- cribable; when the sun and moon have disappeared (for a time). hdas-pahi tshig tho perfect tense ; bcom-ld'in-hdas “ he who, sated with conquest, has parsed beyond,” !>., Bhagwan or Buddha. ^•<4 bdah-ga or ($*gc^*S chu-hphreft lia-bu) the hour of death (Cs.); hdah-да yc-gej ’SfarfP! know- ledge of the hour of death (title of a book). hda$-mchod (4'^5 or funeral ceremonies (7. Zhi?.), religious ceremonies observed at death; the death anniversary of deceased parents and lamas : he kept well each death anniversary of Lama Gscr-glifi-pa without a break (Л. 49). sejjq hda^-po the deceased, defunct, the late. bda$-log ghost, apparition; the reappearance of a deceased person, which re-appe'aring is possible only within forty-nine days from death. hdar-pa or *5V«i hdar-wa w (sbst.) quaking, shivering; one who shivers. Also as vb. to tremble, shudder, shiver, quake: hkhyag^nas bdar the body freezing shivers (&ag. 39) \ to shiver with cold; s hdar-war hgyur-гсаЛо tremble. hdar-yam wavering, doubting, undetermined. Syn. дуо-гсаг-byed; hdar-war-bye# (ЛГйоп.). hdar-yam byed-pa to doubt, to waver. hdar shum-shum tremulous, quaking with fear : the mice quaking with fear and depositing dung squatted down (Rdsa. 31). hilar hdar trembling. q5v9 hdar-bu ЧТО ague, throbbing. hdar-дай a high-sounding vibra- ting drum used by Bon priests in necromancy: even all the demons carrying drums. hdal-wa 1. to sink down: *S®r ^5'4 hdal hgro-wa to be absorbed, sunk, as ink sinks in bad porous paper or in blotting paper. 2. dal-paf $chu- hdal still-water, also water moving slowly. 45’^ bad-hdal being left ex- hausted on the road, • sinking under fatigue (Jd.).
^1 681 - hdi 1. vt, W, this; also in colloq. very commonly= the: where is the gun? who is this ? Where the plural of a noun is indicated, the plural sign is annexed to the demon, pion., e.g., fiahi-mjug-la rta hdi-dag krid-<pg lead the horses after me I in this month ; in this year; at this (particular) time. 2. when applied in reference to distance it signifies nearness; my residence in this (near) hill; in this valley or country; the respective per- former (of an incantation) (Jiz.). 3. such a one: I, and such and such a one; 'X I give you such and such a thing. is often redundantly joined with the pos- sessive pron. this my cloth; this my wealth; (Yid. 162) in this great country who else is greater than this ? hdi ji §nam-du sems what think you of this? (underneath this mound of sand) there is the monastery of Buddha Kas'yapa, restore it; ч^^адч^'ч^к; hdi yod-pa§ hdi-byun HTfW that having existed this arose; 4^’4^wp§k/ hdis hdi-rnams itun Wlfa they will drink these. hdi-ka-ran just here, just now (Jd ); also this very same. hdi-ко this one (So-rig. 15). ч^’^ hdi-skad=^'%\ thus, accordingly. Used chiefly with the verbum loguendi and quotations ; but hdi-skad byed-par gyur cig [do in this way] & hdi-skad-do~ ' or has said so; j^qS-ЭЦhas thus fully ex- pressed in respectful language; or, he prayed with inflated words thus (A. 21). ^'g$rq5’^5hdi skyes-pahi phyir hdi-skye$ [this is produced on account of that being pro- duced] & hdi-ltar tpb fepJ, so, in this manner, thus: in what manner have you become so, how did you get into this condition ? it was to this effect, of this pur- port ; ^’4^«Ц such as this I am; ч^г 5^compounded things must be regarded thus; the word should usually be accompanied by a snap of the fingers (^ or 4VS%«). hdi- ltar gyur-cig v? чзте be it so, let it so be. ч^'§ hdijta-§te, (YM) for example, for instance, to wit, such as, viz. ^WB hdi-dafiphyi or the present and the future (life). hdi-du$ T<rnt, to-day, this time. ч^’^^ hdi-na$ from this place, from this time; as yet, still. from here to that, from here to there. ч^’ч hdi-pa man of this place; this man ; hdi-pahi gdon from this man’s face, i.e., from the lips of this man. Colloq. ч^-q is a common word for here : kha-sang di-pa lep-song he arrived here yesterday. ЯКВ q hdi-phyi sdeb-pa, or t’S rje-wa to exchange this life, for the future one, i.e., doing the concerns of this life, having cast out from the mind the thoughts of the future (exis- tence). 87
=^ll 682 hdi-Ьуа hdi-byed instructions to do this and that (idiom.); to be earthly minded. *4’3*4hdi-tsug-yin in JF.: how is this? *4’**^ it is he himself: *4’3*4 Uhe-dan Idan-pa hdi-tshug-yin how is the venerable monk himself? (A. 132). *4$ hdi-ru here, into this place, at this place. *4‘5ЛЧ come hither! *4* hdir w^here; = *4^ hdi-na at this place: X<r3’54<‘2i‘*4*’9*4*r*w has the Dharma Itaja (with his retinue) come here? (A. 23). hdi '-тнг=^‘Ъ hdi-na here (1Ъ/. 83). *4hdi-rig§ these; of this kind. bdig stopper, stopple; also р'я4ч]'Ч to stop up, to close with a stopper; musket-ball, cf. 44! dig (Jd.}. hdin-ica pf. btin fut. ^4^’ imp. thins, to spread on the ground ^a mat, etc.); to lay out, to sprinkle, strew grass, hay); sbst. in JF. a small carpet on which lamas sit; wfc’ bed- ding, pillow, or blanket; я4^’}Ч‘Ч acc. to Sch. to weigh in one’s mind, to con- sider ; to suspect. I: hdu-wa pf, ; HUigsr 1. to collect, accumulate; to collect men, wealth and fortune. 2. to come together, to assemble, (of men and animals). hdu-khan яа properly the hall of congregation for members in a monas- tery, but is a term often loosely assigned and is applied even to the ordinary ante- chamber of a temple. hdu- khan-du hdu-wa to assemble in the congre- gation-hall. *^‘*S*4 hdu-hkhrug or *3^ чядчр ]Jt. distemper, disorder in the constitution; hence illness, ill-health. 2. tumult, riot, uproar (Cs.); я^ядчцгч hdu hkhrug-pa invalid, one laid up. hdn-gnas хпчгт; Wrr [house, the world]#. + ^‘*35 or 05 hdu-hphrod or khrod— &ЦКЧ assemblage, congregation, crowding together. hdu-hdsin пни [company]#. II: 1. to get married, to unite, to join one another: B*9*4’54^'4 khyod $ug- iu hdu-wa to unite as husband and wife. 2. in a special sense in philosophical lang.: to unite (opp. to ядогч to separate), e.g., the soul uniting with an organ of sense, like sdeb-pa: hdus-byas com- posed of two or more ingredients; я^г *'5^ consisting of one thing, simple, elementary; only the primordial is eternal, everything compounded is perishable; fiq. 3. to consist of or in; я^'З consist of two things; я^к^ч^я the inner, i.e., the visible world comprised in the soul. Я^’О-S hdu~byed яГачя, «tafvs, ФЯП that which is or seems to be compounded, as opp. to the simple and elementary; anything peitaining to either body, speech or mind that can be analyzed. Is thus particularised: mental associa- tions, thoughts, ideas, etc.; material or physical compounds; 4"R^’§5 phrases, epigram, sententious expressions etc. (K. d. 4 2i3). It is one of the five Skandha. Acc. to Budh. there are eight Du-je or Samskara which are necessary to the state of Samadhi (i.e., contemplative
^1 683 asceticism):—(1) ч [vffn love]#. (2) |>ппн exercise]#. (3) [w faith]#. {4) [tfw*I watch- fulness]#. (5) ^Vq [чтДа memory]#. (6) ^’4^ intelligence or reflection]#. (7) Шч [y^^ confidence]#. (8) [^q^r indifference to pleasure and pain]#. §noms-pa—*fift\Q good physical constitution, health. hda-t shags a crowd, many people assembled together: ’^ijV the concourse of men was like the city of Gandhavati (A. 2). hdu-hdsl entertainment of many people in one place with food and drink or with amusement, also noisy talking at the time of entertainment: *'’^5'B*’qVT being free from pride I have left off attending entertainments (Л. 6). Also =noisc, bustle, din: this solitude which is free from noise; to live in the midst of the bustle of worldly affairs. Acc. to the Bon there are sixteen kinds of — hdit-hdsi-can ^ra£=a hermit, a retired man. hdu-$e$ «Чп, 1. con- sciousness. Moreover, in the opinion of the author of this dictionary (though not in that of the editors), this word practi- cally signifies the soul, with the difference that according to Buddhists it is not an absolute simple entity : Samjna conveys the idea of a collection of perceptions to form one compound entity, t*.e., to form such consciousness as is capable of being analyzed. Hdu-$e§ or consciousness is said to be the sign of perfect knowledge; q X that is Samjna which comprises the knowledge of the nature of all different things, t.e., matter in its differentiated state (7Г. d. * 35J). 2. notion, conception, image, feel- ing, thought: the up-rising of the idea of constant posses- sion of earthly good; to unite with the human body the idea of a ship, to represent the body as a ship; there arose the feeling of discomfort; the giving up of the idea of anger; no thoughts, no inclinations, tending to virtue, arose (in him), virtuous emotions never stirred in his mind; entertaining thoughts of sen- sual pleasure; to'recover from a state of insensibility. As one of the five or skandha the term is translated by idea (Burn. I. 511), by perception (Kopp. 1-603). The three terms may be Tendered: having the faculty of thinking, having no faculty of thinking, neither thinking nor not thinking (latterpart from Jd.). hdu-$e§ or samjna signifies 1. denomi- nation, name; 2. knowledge derived through names, verbal association]#. hdu-pes-gsum 1. qfru [little, limited]#, 2. [great, extensive]#. 3. [un- limited, infinite]#. (If. V.). hdu-$e$-kyi rnam-pa яЧтаа the 15 subjects of Samjna necessary to full meditation on are (1) (2) or fznrwrar; (3) (4) (5) ft-
684 ^1 7) ; (8) 5««S' ч^ч or ; (9) ужЦ tn(ччттп; (10) svivi, 5^ ^й^ян^'^в] '3f чгятячпччягйтнч a*t цчт ч^ап ятягет^ФЙ ^4-.; (И) ^Ч ’55'Ч‘ ч^\?щ ч]^д] Ч5п]> «^а^Е.чЯчЗ'^ ^5^'а §с.’цХ итятжчпч ччтвпЬття чат тачтМтеа:; (12) «а'’1^вс^чч5^5'11, 52Kv*5’ql*wrq’¥w<’31 рчпжгаг; нтнг<сг^тит: HI w wmrw:; (13) Y4, ^M5^5^3 gp*w** т^огат: Н^п^гт: WJW«; (14) ип^титаЧтпт^; (15) ^ q3 ЙЧЧ ’^ч W^WW*n:. ^ча\чЗ ч^ч hdu-$e$ med-pahi дпа$ an imaginary place situated in the direc- tion of *g*rg-*-q (Bon). -^ч ^\ц hdu-$e$ med-pa vhjra; [with- out consciousness^. hdug-pa 1. to sit; to remain, to stay: ^‘T^TST4 4 stay, stay! don’t be in a hurry. 2. carries all the meanings of our verb “ to be ” in its usage both as an auxiliary verb and as a substantive verb. It is employed to express presence, e.g.,, Kho khang-la hdug he is in the house; also existence and identity, e.g., De su hdug who is that ? В и-mo la Lu-tsa gfits hdug the woman has two sons; also as copula to connect a noun or phrase with ifa attribute, e.g., Chan hdi yag-po hdug this beer is good. As an auxiliary is conjoined with other verbs under varying circumstances. If annexed to the simple root, the present tense is usually indicated: tprin- mam$ hdah-la fd-hhod %kye-h$ug when the clouds pass away, sun-light appears. Added to the termin. inf. it expresses intention or compulsion: sna-dro-la ^kyod-par hdug he is to set out in the morning. As an auxiliary seems to be annexed to all the gerundial and participal forms of other verbs, i.e., with the forms in 3 or 3ft or 5) and those iu q^, and ; making with the first set a periphrastical pres, tense, e.g.^ ч’Ч’уг Эhe is lying on the ground, and with the second class usually an imperfect tense. In the case, however, of its use with gerunds of the second class we observe often that the sense of “it seemed” or “ it was as if ” is implied. Thus, ^4 commonly occurs as the auxiliary of verbs in narratives of visions, illusions, etc., and also where a certain doubtfulness or want of exactitude exists. We shall proceed to quote two passages from Milaraspa which sufficiently illustrate the latter usage and which, further, are examples of the whole participial or gerundial forms with I ЧЧ' q^5* «V qqqqr | q^r 3j-«-^rS]KR£ 1 one day when the deities of the six classes of gods of lust were clearly visible, those which were uppermost were, as it were, showering down rain of nectar on those below. When the deities had satisfied their thirst and were contentedly sitting together they saw one of their number who was apparently dying yet was free from thirst. | Itf|- §«4‘ $Y abv X'«r qqq- I жй^ч5 vtM‘ v |v v ¥’ i аргчьч’^ч’>[«г чч|- qSpr qv Лу qv । then, because he applied himself assiduously to meditation, when 14 days had elapsed
it seemed as if his body the whole night •had been even up to the skies, and it was as if there were sensate beings of the six classes of living creatures from the crown of his head to the tops and soles of his feet and for the most part they ‘were drinking only milk; some indeed having obtained milk from the stars, were drinking it, and loud sounds of cymbals were conti- nually coming up without his knowing whence they arose ; but when night had lifted, having cast aside his meditating bonds, they vanished. Finally, it should be pointed out, how common in the colloq. is that form of the present with added to the gerund in etc. In fact this form has almost superseded the ordinary present tense; although in these cases seems to be confined to express the 2nd and 3rd persons, or ^5 being substituted in the 1st person: kho-rang do-gi-dug he is going; fia-rang do-gi-yin I am going. hdug-khri a chair, a raised plat- form to sit upon. hdug-gnas or ’^=^’13^ residence, home (ДГпоп.). hdug-$tan§ = manner of sitting: the manner of a lion’s sitting. The different postures of sitting are (1) Kt rdo-rje skyil- krun ; (2) Й skyil-mo krun; (3) w®' ; (4) jprtrXai ; (5) ; (6) &]•&]'g*; (7) (МпОП.). hdug-hdug 1. (in the dialect of 2. = ?vF5 sit, sit. q55’q hdud-pa pf. and fut. 455 btud to bend, to make a bow; to bow at a person’s feet {Nag. 39); ^,q55 to incline one’s ears to hear ; ^q’5’q^5'q salutation. 685 ^’51J hdun or several kinds, divers, various. + q^’F^’ hdun-khan 1. = ^^ or store-house, treasury, repository. 2, — $dod-$a residence, abode {Mnon.). 3. wtwv, parlour, council - тоот. hdun-pa 1. longing, craving, wish, supplication ; ^v^gww^%q* what is called В dun-pa is whatever arises in the mind (7Г. d. ч 355). 2. a courtier; a sycophant, flatterer, one who waits upon royalty to contribute to his pleasures and amuse- ments: to the prince the courtiers said {Bbrom. 11/5). 3. vb. to long for, crave, to hanker after: 3Vqqi they not having any desire to hear; 5*|,q^ Qne who is devout or is earnest in virtue or religion; also S^'q'^A^yq f0 yearn for or strive after virtue. 4. one of the six early disciples of Buddha called Sadvarga {M.V.). Syn. hdod-pa \ dgons-pa; mos-pa (Mnon.). hdun-ma 1. council, conference, committee: the committee did not agree; others said; if each Srin- po speaks independently the conference cannot settle (anything) {Bbrom. 136); they called a council together; S^|q^ a congregation or association of religious persons, the Buddhist priesthood. 2. advice, counsel: я a bad advice; q^-^Wq to give advice; §S’q to take a resolution (Ja.). 3. companion, associate: perma- nent companion, t.e., wife, and the con- sideration of the future.
686 hdun-sa meeting place, assem- bly; association, society. posted, appointed to a position (Л. K. 2-73). hdum-pa 1. sbst concord, peace, treaty, concordat. 2. vb. to bring to reconciliation, to reconcile one’s self to, to be reconciled with; if con- tending parties are reconciled with one another; they are constantly at variance; *3^'3^ to make treaty, to сото to terms, to come to agreement. H hdum-khra agreement, contract. hdum bde-wa—ф^^ц (Yig.). hdum-bn seems to indicate the three sc-r god, д^ч §kye d-pa, ^'3 hom-bu which also are called &UU~ hdum, gwr-hdum, яХс/r^w mchon- hdum (IWin-rda. 2). hdur thick and clammy (Sc/г.). hdur-wa to trot, to run in a trot; hdur-gro^ a trot; hdur-gyis son went trotting. trotting along with a whip in his grasp went to the side of Atis'a (Л. 106). hdur- /кй/г=^^ hgro-$tans (Nag. 39): carae гаыниб in a trot before me (Rdsa. 31). hdur-phye drag-pa very fine flour; hdur-phye shel-pa course flour (2ftsn.). hdur-Ьоп—^^ dur-bon the class of Bon who chiefly practise necro- mancy (Yig.). f^TPl : hdul-wa vb., pf. btul or 3^ thul, fut. pdul, imp. 3^ thul; ^•41 hdul-byed, яугчкд hdul-war-bya, should or ought to be converted, hdul- tcar gyur-ro have become converted. 1. to subdue, conquer, vanquish; sometimes even to kill, to annihilate. 2. to till, to cultivate, waste land. 3. to tame, bring under right discipline; and so, Buddhistically, to convert. This last is the most important and frequent sense of the word. я^агч?’^]*гч hdul-wahi rig-pa those fit for and predestined to conver- sion; hgro-wa fiahi hdul- bya yin the beings are to be converted by me; bdag khyed- kyi hdul-byar gog-cig may we become your converts I 43 ’5^’3 the time having arrived that all the regions of Urgyan should be converted. II: discipline, .taming, conversion, etc. But tho word is espe- cially applied as the title of the first section of the Kah-gyur which is equiva- lent to the Vinaya. In Budh. f^qfTT ^’4' ^’4'$»ГЧЧ also gq^q-Rgq-^gc-qV, $НЧ«гё*г|кЧ^аГА^5 (J. Zan.) “ Bdul-wa is called Vinaya and Vipatti signifies complete falling(into sin); and that which demonstrates that fall by making sure of it is called Vinaya. It is stated by Viniqcaya that is by Rnam-par He§- pa that Vinaya is observed. That state of moral discipline, i.e., Vinaya, because of its certain action, fully distinguishes between sin, origin of sin, anger, or passion, and is so called on account of its certainty.” Vinaya is subduing of the external foe as well as of the inner sufferings. Buddha
c^arq*|'q | -687 is reputed to have delivered tho Vinaya- pitaka scriptures consisting of 21,000 sermons; but at any rate only thirteen volumes have been translated into Tibetan, In the Tibetan Dulwa or Vinaya there are three hundred and forty four chapters and 104,800 sloka. At the beginning of each chapter is the following heading which dis- tinguishes it from all other pitaka:— thams-cad mkhyen- pa-la phyay-htshal-lo Salutation to the om- niscient ! The section of the Dulwa treating of hin-gshi is called ’ЗЧ’Жг hdul-lun ma-mo {Rda-rnin.). 4 hdul-wa smra-wa (Л. K. 1-12) [one who propounds the doc- trine of Vinaya-pitaka]S. q hdul-wa-po a tamer, discipliner. ^Qrc,’1Sc^iJPrq hdul-ica dan hgal-гса [transgressing the laws of moral conduct]# *^’35 hdul-byed [virtue of self- restraint]# hdul-byed skyes an epithet of the Garuda bird. hdul-wahi sdc the Dulwa or disciplinary part of the Kahgyur. hdal-wahi-gshi the main principles of the Dulwa. hdul-u'a hdsin-pa a Buddhist monk who observes the rules of Vinaya. JJdul-hdsin rntsho sna-pa n. of a celebrated lama of the Bkah-gdam-pa sect of Mtsho-sna in Tibet {Lon. 9). hdul-gqen drag the six Bon ascetics or saints corresponding to the 34‘ 4 ’5fl t hub -pa drug of the Nyingma school who preside over the six states of animated being. Hdus-chun rdson n. of the chief town in the district of JIdu§-chun {Rtsii.). hdus-pa 1. a pf. as well as of ^‘4 hdu-ica ; assembled. assembled from, different Buddhist man- sions. 2. sbst. w, яг, НШ5Г: although he may have entered the assembly or council; also=he may sit or have a seat in the council. 3. Kfjpjra typhoid fever accompanied by many complications. hdu§ [aggregate]# Hdus-chun n. of a district of Gtsan in Tibet. q hdus-pa rin po chehi rgyud n. of a collection of Tantrik works of two classes {D.R.). Again spoken of as double in form and of a secret quality (g^j- These two systems are mentioned frequently: let the two classes of Tantrik collections be searched out; let some ono be sent to India to fetch the classes of Tantrik works {A. Gi). hdus-pa^^'Q hbyun-iva [to become]# Edits-dwan n. of a district in Gtsan (Rtsii.). JRdu$-dtcan rdson n. of the chief town in the district of JB.du§-duafi. ^^’3^ hdus-byas smptef compiled, brought together; revised. hdu$-byas-kyi chos things or matters which are compounded are the following:— things corporate ;
688 objects having shape and dimen- sions ; formless or etherial objects. 5^-q ^q^q^qq^q; £JV jjt q’ q?j’ <JjN’ are included in the compounded things; while ideas such as hdu§- ma bya§ are W$Wb wfJpftn [not com- pounded, incorporate, uncaused]®. hdu$-bya§-kyi kham$ things that are absolute and simple, which being never born or compounded, arc not subject to dissolution or annihilation; such are (7Г. d. 91) states of the cessation of desires, metaphysical voidity, and deliver- ance from sufferings. ^*5 hde-gu, v. Ide-gu. ^’3 hde-ica, v. ^’4 Ide-wa. hdeg-pa or hdeg^pa pf. or bteg§ fut. *|^| gdeg. imp. Э2*] theg; 1. to lift, raise, hold up, hoist; to raise up, /ia «a-yt§ hdeg who will raise me; will lift up the drunken man; the hig stone has been hoisted; 1° raise to a high rank, to raise to distinction. 2. to weigh: J ^w^n’ci on a steel-yard ; to put on the balance; ^’4^ weighed accurately; hdeg§-khal a bushel by weight (Cs.). hdeg§- dpon one who weighs or measures things in the stores (of a merchant or land- holder or monastery); ^<^5 hdegs-tshotf weight, weighment and measurement. hdegs-mtshon— ^3* hbiil-rten or gzigs-rten token or present sent with a letter, gen. a presentation scarf: presented on an auspicious date with a silk scarf as a souvenir (Yig. k. 27). hdeg^ifi a yoke; a bar or thick stick placed on a person’s shoulders for carrying goods or water-buckets. Acfe^s-gfor weighment and measurement: unless there has been fault in the weighment or measurement (of articles) in receiving or taking away, «.<?., in bartering (Z). $el. 8). Л hdefi-tca pf. ^4 hdefi§ imp. to go, depart; to vanish: q^f-W] Jet us both go to our parent’s house (Rbrom. Г 19); ^’3'^5’ ц5^ V3w | they went to wash their robes at a delightful solitary place where there was a tank (Ubrom. 49)} hdefi-brda tprad- kyi$ give the signal of march; at the time of his arrival do give the signal of marching instead of me (A. 48). hden§48hod=%w&'%\ or also ЗЦ measure of sufficiency, i.e., being just what is wanted: the account re- garding the payment of allowances or food according to the requirement (Rtsii.). 'Ц hded-pa or ded-pa, the prefix * being sometimes dropped, pf. and imp. ded. 1. vb. n. to follow, to come out in succession, to succeed: to follow one after another, i.e., in succession ; from where the immaculate monk followed out (Л. 20); to succeed or follow a particular school or sect of religion. 2. to drive, pursue : causes to move on; the wind drives the boat, 85-я ч^-q a horse pursuing a mare, i.e., to
689 he in the rut; to chase out, drive out; to drive upwards; to chase down; hded-mi a driver, the pursuer of a fugitive. S^’^S’4 to urge a debtor for payment. Other phrases-are ma-ded, bu-dcd, grogs-ded, 53’^5 dgra-ded. hded-$ban§ clever in making collection of rents or debts: $WR^-gwqq*r§4|^ the measures of excess and the budget of skilful collection (D. $el. 8). hded-bye&=^№dnal-chu quick- silver, mercury (Mnon.). hded-byed §don-po v. n. of a poisonous vegetable drug (Мл on.). hdeb§ a puncheon (tool). R^RT4 hdeb$-pa pf. btab^ fut. R^qq hdeb^ imp. thob supine hdcb§-su to cast, to throw ; to strike, hit ; to offer (Rdo. 46). In the colloq. 3q‘q rgyab-pa 'usually takes the place of this verb; and also, occasionally, JT4 rgyag-pa. q’5^A^qj$rq to throw seed, to make a request, to offer or make prayers; to slander, cast or make reflection; to pitch a ?tent; ^wq to encamp; 5^ to be beaten by the wind; q to be harassed, possessed, by a demon; to be attacked with an illness; to pronounce a charm against a person or thing; to comment upon, to explain; 5to give or thrust advise; o^-^qsrq to reply, to answer; to express one’s wish with force, to offer up a prayer; ^WR^q^'g8^ commonly to remember well; to have distinct recollection of a thing; t^’R^wq to compute, reckon, to cast up accounts: I do not take that into account; ^’WRjlKR^qq’q knocking nails in the body; to fix or attach a seal ; to sprinkle water; ^-q-gRp-orR^-q to put salted meat into the gruel; gR’^q* qR‘$’R]3(E/^ (pitching) in the same dell where they had encamped before (Dzl.) ; ^^q-q^q^-q to found a monastery; to fix a time (Jit.). R^T4 hdem-pa to prove, to examine (&A). hder prob, for |r Ider. hdo for яА mdo\ having substance, not hollow; prudent, clever. R^’4^’ bdo-chun a good breed of pony, prob, those imported from Amdo; the breed of Bdo-chun goes smoothly as fish swimming in water (Jig), hdo-chen another Amdoan breed: the Вdo-chen horse gallops up-hill like a hare. ^q hdo-wa vb- =3’q zh-u'a to say, to repeat; unspeakable. hdo-le a sedan chair, the Indian dooli. Is mentioned in Fth. R^'4 hdogs-pa 1. to bind, fasten, attach, to tie round, to tie to (opp. to R^^'q hgrol-ica), pf. btagsy fut. gdag^ imp. thogs. tb buckle on the armour ; RX/Tp’qR'*yq a pillar to which an elephant is tied; jYRAT4’4 to attach an oinament; w adorned with fine ' ornaments; ^‘RT^’rVP*’4 to charge a person with fault; IfR^F4 v. K; to in- terest one’s self in or for, to take care of: why he docs not interest himself in your behalf 88
690 I know not; you have taken great care of me, a phrase frq. used whore we should say: I am much obliged to you (Jd.); to bind under oath; v. to give a name to a child; Я5Я** how is the dog to be called ? In Gram. я^дргч=to subjoin, affix: у subjoined to another; r subjoined to a letter; ^5^ the letter I subjoined to another letter; the three sub- scribed letters % я, and Ч я^чргз^ hdogs- ran 1. having a letter subscribed. 2. an open syllable with a vowel-sign, as 5, etc.; я-r^n ha-hdog§ consonants with the letter я subscribed, t.e., syllables with the vowel elongated by the addition of tho letter я. hdon-wa pf. and imp. or я^’ to go, to proceed; 'яХ^’Ч to sepa- rate, to disperse: я^с/q^q may you without fatigue proceed happily! jq-qS^^X^’q going direct to the king; g’Xq’jw]^^q-q to take a walk outside; he passed through one hundred iron portals of the fort (D.R.). I; hdod-pa vb. to desire with the mind, to wish, to bo willing; wq«’ does not wish for dainties, delicious food; he betrays repugnance to eating it, also: he feigns not to like this food; § Vq^'я^чкя^ he grows willing to give; he becomes disin- clined ; to feel no longer inclined; to wish to listen; З’^’З’яХ^ч whatever you may wish; to wish to be a king; яХ\^ if you wish; я^’^’Э’* will be agree- able, pleasing, obliging, flattering (Cs.). I wish I were at home; I I am longing for firo and for siinshinc; self-love; self-com- placency, vanity (I am alone good); ^^vq’gqN they came in order to ask for the Chinese princess, i.e.y to make pro- posal for her marriage ; to aspire after Buddha-hood; one that wants to grow ill, that does not take care of himself; яХ^ск^'ч to make willing, disposed, persuaded to it; ^яХ\ч to bo not willing, not liking; as she was detested by all on account of her slovenliness, and *я^д as adj. = not wished for, disagree- able; unpleasant work, hard drudgery; adverse "winds. hdod-rmams трпцг utensils for religious sendee in a temple. II: TW 1. lust, sensual desire: ^AS’q’!l^’1V^ after all desires have ceased; я^ця*г*глчцгч to indulge in one’s desires or passions; ^Vq §S’q hdod-pa §pyod-pa to practise cohabiting; я^игч to agree upon the time for coha- biting (Jd.). Is sometimes used as our word “love,” but mostly with the sensual idea. 2. any "wish or desiro: я^’Ч’^ an ardent wish; if three wishes are granted; яХ^’Ч‘Jqq to get one’s wish fulfilled; я^ч^’дчгч to be sepa- rated from the object of one’s desire, to be free from desires. 3. supposition (Td. 45-21). 4. Kama, the god of lust; 5. num.: 13 (Ja.). 6. an object of sensual pleasure, a mistress, я^’чд the ’ five gratifications: (1) that of sight, desire for beauty, etc.; (2) that of hearing, i.e.y desire for music; (3) that of smelling, desire for sweet scents; (4) that of touch; (5) that of taste, i.e., desire for sweet and delicious food.
691 the thirteen celestial courtezans:—(1) (2) fwtw; (3) (4) (5) qq]’A5E;-5l; (6) S<|* C15’3C;$’a4 5 (?) ^'S’S^V51; (8) З’Я^-Я; (9)°^'5<Y«; (10) (11) 04’W^P; (12) (13) 4V $Ч|4Г«1. Syn. H’S khi^ica ; sa-bon ; khu-byug (Mnon.). «XST3*^ . I: hdod-kham$ 4frwhff, ^wng’ the world of sensual pleasures, the world of Brahma. It is situated below Paranirmana-vasa-vartin and im- mediately above the purgatory of the Buddhist cosmogony. ’5У qB*Tq ’ ^tS’X (So-rig.). ^XS’P^’S’^JS the eight classes of gods of Kamaloka are:— (1) ^’S| (2) (3) ; (4) «Jw§T W ; (5) wg«l w; (6) ?lfra; (7) sphrul-dgah ; (8) Kama- loka is described in the Buddhist works of Tibet as consisting of 44, 36, and 20 regions. In the first the constituents are 22 unhappy states and 22 happy states, the former consisting of eight hot hells, eight cold hells, two (^'4 and ^’^), two and P'^), and two and P ^); the 22 hajjpy states comprise the human beings of the twelve continents and the ten states of Asura headed by the demon Rahu. The 36 ^ypwi are:—the 16 hot and cold hells, with the spheres of Preta and Asura, making 18 unhappy states and 18 happier states which include residence in the twelve fabulous continents and six islands. The 20 ^X^P*^ are:—eight hells of the animal kingdom, the two ghost worlds, the four continents and the six spheres of gods (Lon. 16 and 17). ^45’^P^ hdod-mkhan one who sues as a- lover, a suitor, one wanting (a particular thing): there are many suitors for my daughter. ^X5‘53 hdod-dgu lit. all wishes, i.e., the desires in general, the word dgu hero signifying many: Q^XVW’!4’4’ to trans- form one’s body at pleasure. ^XS’S^’^ap WP44 [freedom of transformation posses- sed by gods; occurs in the Sankhya works of the Brahmans] S. qX5’5®i hdod-rgyal conceit, self-assurance: one thinking much of himself without cause (Situ. 119). *X5’| hdod-rgyu objects of desire ; wealth, prosperity, etc. hdod ligro-ma—^\^^'^ a pros- titute, harlot. (Mnon.). hdod-chags wr, зггя passion, carnal desire, lust: -with the growth of carnal desire, anger, and blind passion, arises sin or vice (Zo.). In Budh. ^Xv*4!^ is of four kinds : (1) bodily or physical wants; (2) the desires of the intellect; (3) «Xv*^ sensual desires; (4) moral desires other than those for perfect emancipation (A". d. *4 UY Syn. mnon-shen; яй>'<^5 mnon- hdod-, Mcam-chags*, ^*4 shen-pa; sred-pa; chags-pa; i5?XS rned- hdod\ *Xvt|' hdod-spro', yid-kyi fin-rta никзг; ^re-iva; 34'rX5 thob-fidod. (Mnon.), hdod-chags-kyi rtse^na in mystic phraseology is defined as=S^‘
*^1 692 чляч'д the red crest of the cock (d/ny. 111). hdod-hjo^^S'^ a wish- ing cow, a cow that yields milk at all times. *Х\Я5* hdod-gtam—^^ or *ЯЯ^я words of love, amorous conversation (ДГлон.). *Х\ЧЧГ^’4 hdod-thag ne-ua an expectant impatient person; one expecting that his wishes would be soon fulfilled. чЧ5’чЯ hdod-thag ma-ne not impatient,-not sangu- ine, not thinking that his object would be soon fulfilled : *<5^'* ^я* slowly and patiently he ascended the hill (Я. 131). hdod-ldan TrfipT, 1. lustful, p^sionate. 2. n. of a flower; n. of a flower (К. my. *\20.) hdod-gdjtf^ one smitten with love, love-stricken. hdod-du§ яд, the spring season. hdod-don 1. desire, object of desire : (^**5) if the objects of desire be divers, not one is fulfilled. 2. v. *Х\ХЯ’^ hd^d-nog-ean^^^'^ very ambitious, with many desires. |яц’чХ\^Я‘ the boy wishful of many things, who knows not his mind (Л. 139). Kamadcva=QAV^W*q’ w (Жом.). яХ^йгдядя hdod-pahi myo^-bnm the. intoxicating bowls of lust=вк*#5'я^ the swelling breast of a youthful woman (Mnon.). 4XS’q’Y§Sq tidod-pa-na spyod-pa Жтяг<- [walking or doing according to one’s desire ; a class of gods living in the world of desire] S'. qAVqhdod-pa Idan 1. wishing; a lustful person. 2. = S^’q (Mnon.). hdod-phyog$ the objects of one’s desires: various articles of desire (Ya-sel. I/O). *XS’S hdod-bya sre copulation, the act of cohabiting. hdod-dican—met. a dog. RXS‘§5 hdod-byed l.:=W£ quicksilver.- 2. as met. water, frolicsome. hdod-bral 1. met. a snake. 2. passionless, free from desire. *X^ hdod-me i.’met. a he-goat. 2. the fire of lust. hdod-$pyod-ma~W\°$^ a pros- titute, a voluptuous woman, a libidinous woman. hdod-rtsen as met. the cuckoo. чХ\ЯЗЯ^ hdod-gzugs abbr. of (Ya-sel. 55). hdodshen^^^ passion, selfishness. <Хд'^Я hdod-log desire for sexual enjoy- ment, lewdness, wrong desire : яХ/^Я’ hdod-log $pyod—*R^ copulaton, gen. illicit connection, adultery. Syn. gron-pahi cho§, hdod-pa spyod, mi-tshon $pyod, «Я^'55 chags-spyod, tog-gy&m (Mnon.). ^5'°* hdod-le defined as ^g. hdod-(tfi$ bskyan^-pa one who acts according to his will, a libertine ; to act according to one’s own wish. hdod-sred passion, eager desire- qX/V9\^ hdod-sred-can avaricious, greedy. • hdod-pa-ni rul lla-bu W: rotten or putrid desire.
693 rXv^'Wx'4’5£,c'|4I I «О^-ц^хц hdod-pa-ni dri-na-ica ОТ. desire of a bad smell. hdod-pa rnams-ni kun-tu hbar-wa зтгип the (his, her) burning desires injure everywhere or everything. hdod-pa rnams-ni gsod- pa ^v-^ггнт: desires which kill, killing desires. hdod-pa, rnam-par gyo- wa fickle desires. 4^V4’S5q hdod-pa zpyod-pa v. hdod-pa shi. hdod-pa la hdod-chags TOOT carnal desire, lust. Q^q’urx$wq hdod-pa-la hchum^-pa W one who restrains his desire or increasing desire. ч^-q-B-q hdod-pa ohe-wa one who has many desires, discontented: <^5’q’^’e,'^’Qr q^-q^, the man who has' many desires is unhappy; if you wish for happiness limit your desires and be contented {Pha-chos 80). AJ^q-qf q hdod-pa hjo-wa [that which yields all that is desired]#. hdod-pa nid ТШ desire itself desirousness. Q^-q-^-q hdod-pa gpyod-pa — ^^ sexual union (ITkcw.). ^*q5'p*5 q hdod-pahi kha-lo-pa n. of a celestial courtezan (МЯоп.). Q^-q^jg-^E; hdod-pahi khri-qin an epithet of the wife of Kamadeva. fidod-pahi ta-la the cuckoo as the messenger of the spring {Шоп.). hdod-pahi dri^=?\fy№ scent, perfumery (jffion.). 4^5'qq iJ hdod-pahipho-па 1. music, sweet sounds. 2. semen virile. 3. the cuckoo. hdod-pahi rtsod-ldan desire for dispute, debate, contention [eager] #. hdod-pahi tsher-gnas чгтягд*. [lustful, life]#. hdod-pahi gzugs-can з»гч- personification of sensual love. hdod-pahi yon-tan Ina Чя[-. [five sensual pleasures, viz., the pleasures arising from the five objects of sense]#. R^5*q5 4 VW hdod-pahi yon-tan wished- for goods, earthly goods and pleasures, whatever is gratifying to the senses. q^-qS-Хя hdod-pahi rim lust- fever. ^•q?‘*j hdod-pahi lha 1. ^<=ru a tutelary deity. 2. hdod-lha the god of love or illicit desire. However, mention is frq. of six classes of Dod-lha or gods of desire, e.g., f ^’WK<4’»l’«rq^5’^5’ avqqq*r^’4^i| one day the gods of the six classes of gods of desire being distinctly visible to a great distance, the rain of nectar began to descend from those above on those below {Mil. Gfur. 191). Kamadeva or the god of sensual love whose other names are: yid-la§ §kyes; n^v^'^'B qVq'Wgv gshan-las ma-skyes bdad-la§ byun ; dran-pahi fin-rta; snin-la rial; hgro-rtsen*, OV^'^VW ^Ли- srin rgyal-mtshan-can; hkhor- wahi bla-ma; §tobs-ldan btfiems; yid-la nal; sdom-pahi dgra; W me-tog gshu-can;
694 mdah Ina-pa; S4l^’qS:,l’q dgah-mohi bdag- po; 'W\ shi-mihar byed; hppmed; gshan-hphrul dwan^byed bdag; те-tog mdah-can ; ST’3q‘ S3 dkah-lhub dgra; myo$-byed; §bran-rtsihi kha-lo-pa*, ^’54^’ чХя yid-srub$ tshan$-bcom; Л4! na-yi tog ; t’VP al * rtse-dgahi bla-rna ; S^’Wgq* yid-la§ byun\ dgah-rab dwan- phyng\ ni-mahi vndah*, hgro-wahi qin-rta ; bdud sdig-can; яА\^я hdod-pahi lha; ВА'Я^д khyab hjug- bu (Mnon.). hdod-lhahi chun-mahd min tho several names of the wife of Kania: bdud-kyi dgah-ma; $р|*я?‘я sgeg hgro-ma; hdod-chag$ hkhri-tpfi (Mnon.). hdod-lhahi-bu rnam§ the sons of Kama, who are :—Jag-pa brgya-pa, sna-tshogs tog, cKtgj’Sjq tshan$-pahi blo-gro$, «ячрщч hgag$-pa, ded-dpon dbyan$- snan, bio bzan-po, mig- bzan blo-gros, й q mi gyo-wa, blo-gros rtse-gdg, bsod-nams rgyan, Xq'^AS chos-hdod, seii- gehi sgra sgrogs-pa, blo-gros nan- pa, tshan$-$pon, gj4^ glog-lha (Mnon.). hdon-pa, pf. fut. ace. to Cs. яА5», imp. thon 1. to cause to go out or to come forth, to expel, throw out, eject, to take out (from a box); to dismiss; to drive forth: яз^яА^’4 to sbed tears; ;|5 яАуч to utter, to ejaculate, to pronounce two consonants as two distinct sounds; qgq^AAY4 to pronounce a magic formula ; practising reading and pronouncing (reciting); to read in monotone a book; ^‘яА^’*^’2* (Ta. 95-11) resp. = r^i'§S’q to read by heart; ^^NQ,AA^‘q to read silently. W3‘ q to pull out another’s life, to kill him. 2. fig. to elevate, to raise: §'ФГ5'*Х^ or to raise to the throne; to arrive at the end and scope of religious knowledge (Mil.) 8. in W. to take, to taste, to eat or drink; would you like a taste of that ? dining-room; for 5'^; for w’Mj brandy (Ja.). Kha-hdon in rites &e. to be per- formed by reciting by heart (Rtsii.). hdon-dmag troops that are drawn up, i.e., have been arranged for battle. ^XvVKT<Ql^'CJI)qF’ hdon-dmag gsar- tegrigs re-arrangement of troops for battle. hdon-ga §ton-hjal the realiz- ation of meat-tax in the autumn (Rtsii.). hdom or hdom-pa a lineal measure, four cubits or six feet in length, a fathom: a piece of wood twro fathoms long; one fathom; a fathom square, about the length of an arrow (Hbroni. 41). hdom-gyis hjal-wa 1. to measure by fathoms (Cs.). 2. sbst. a strong jail or dungeon. fafom nu§-pa=^-p-^*q> g’V q W^E/^5 «ГЯА*’ (Khrid.). fydom-ра or generally hdom^.pa, pf- g.dam$ or dams, fut. gdam, imp- l^sw hdom$ 1., to induce, to admonish, to exhort: *X»«rq bag med-pa rnams^a hdom?-pa- to exhort wicked persons’;
695 ^1 brtson-par hdoms-pa to exhort to be diligent (Td.). 2. to assemble, to come together. the gods having come together and appeased themselves {Mil.). to demonstrate, explain; w to explain precepts or advice; demonstration, expla- nation (Situ. dl). 4. to select, to choose : choose one, which- ever you wish. hdom$ private parts: the penis, the male organ; eolloq. to take to one’s heels; hdoms-lpag§ foreskin, pre- puce; hdom$-ras a small apron to cover the privy parts (Cs.) hdoms-dkris' the dhuti worn-by the Hindus and particularly by the natives of Bengal (Жш.). [wr^t, W?t,’ a chequered cloth for playing at draughts on, etc.]S. hdor met. the sun. Hdor kha-ica n. of a medicinal drug (Mnon.) [the plant Cassia alata or Tora^S. hdor-w a, pf. and imp. dor to cast forth, to throw out, to eject; to reject, to fling away; to sweep off or away; to give up. or rejecting and taking, deciding for or against; would you abandon or not the practice of secret charms, he said. ^4‘^vq=3prq- to fling forth one’s steps, to stride on; hdor-bya ОТ, жгщ any thing forsaken or to be abandoned. hdor-byed 1. one who for-, sakes or abandons. 2. met. blood. 3. ^R; the spyi-shur plant of Tibet (Mnon.) [the tree Terminal la towpntosa, qt Mar si lea quadrifolia^S. 05^’4 hdol-pa a kind of plant used for fire-wood in Tibet {Rtsii.). hdol-sa fertile ground or soil {Sch.). hdra or hdra-wa fw, ; 1. a comparative term, which may be used after the manner of a verb, an adj., or a postp. meaning: to be like; equal, similar; like, as, just as. When used in the postpositional manner=like, as, etc., it is then syn. with Itar or lta-buy and in the eolloq. has completely supplanted the latter. As a verb it has a pf. tense which in eolloq. is the com- moner postp., e.g.., hdi hdras like this, so, such. It gen. takes 5V as й you cannot tell a real man that he is like a man; as to the monkey it is right to say that it is like man. But often is omitted: ^•^ = 0’5 like a g°d; = like a donkey; these equal things, these images,sku-hdra\ you two resemble each other very much; equal in length; amongst those who are woman-like ; his brightness is equal to (that of) Brahma; esteeming other’s advantage as high as our own; he behaved to all as to an only son; others’shall allow it just as little as he himself; in order to become equal to Buddha; % a place such as should be enquired about; whether there is any- thing like hair (left) ? he ^ound the remnants of a carcass or something like it; as much as dead; hdi hdras hur ma rgyab cig
696 ^5'41 don’t make such a noise; gan-na$ blta§ kyan hdre gin- pa hdra from whatever way you look at him he is like what a demon is; **’*V’a^ if it appears feasible; ч'А^ it seems I shall be obliged to give it; as your strength this time at last seems to be rather great; й’А^-q dissimilar, unequal, different: khyehu chun- fiu kha-dog mi-hdra-wa Ifia hkhruns-te there issued forth five little boys each of a different colour; $fiar daft mi-hdra-wahi bde happiness not equal to that which was before; ^г<гагЯ‘а^ч«ч not like or not befitting a priest. а^а^’ч hdi hdra-tca or hdra-wa sueh, ^o ; £а^ч of what kind, of what like ; you must tell mo minutely how she looks, what kind of appeamco she has ? what will be the upshot ? whore is this to end ? he becomes just what I am; how? what like? In IK. rntshogs takes the place of or g*. hdra-hdra colloq. (danda) match, rival, the two alike ; •*] or 5^’Эsomething similar to the substance of tin is called zinc. %hdra mi-hdra like and unlike; equality, likeness, similarity : а^Э-а^ч hdra mi-hdra lta-гса to examine the like- ness. hdra-icar bshefi§ image or likeness of a person or thing; a statue; anything drawn to resemble an original. Syn. sku-hdra\ gzugt- brnan; hdra-wa; а^’Ача) hdra-hbag (JI non.). hdra-wo 1. as if: as if he was made to doubt. 2. likeness, copy. a^hdra-$u§~^^ exact or true copy. a^*i hdrafa 1. v. 2. v. *31* ”. 0,^5 hdradv. ^5 h(fran=°W C^a’SV bdran zla byed-pa to rival). 0*^’4 hdral-pa = *wz ; pf. drat I. to break, violate; vr^ A^q-q f0 break a promise; to break or violate law (flag. 39). 2. to tear to pieces, to rend asunder; to rip open (an animal) : л ono who tears asunder a grating or lattice (Situ. 84). Сч Аул hdri-гса pf. and imp. V4 drU or hdris, srj, to to ask, to ask for, enquire after or about (a thing): a place for asking advice, oracle; enquired after his parents; to ask a question. Tho honorific form for this verb is Q A shu-wa which is used to signify an inferior enquiring of a superior, whereas when the latter asks anything of the former *X’q is the verb employed. However, *Vq is also some- times found where one would expect to be used; thus in Tangyur, mdo, xciii, 131, we read: A^N w AT the gelong having enquired, the conqueror Bhagavan because he sees all replied to him. . Again in Pth. we find: ч**^ *5V4! «М’З* 6*r V*‘q the king enquired of Buddha Amitahha. 2. sometimes occurs for а§*ч 3. wvl address. hdri-byed interrogation, inquiry. *V?* bdri thos information. c\ hdr id-pa l.=4’q $lu-wa to entrap, delude, deceive. 2. v. *§5’q hbrid-pa. *5*[q hdrim-pa incorrectly for а§яч hbrim-pa.
697 hdril~way pf. dril 1. to roll down, to be rolled along or down; to be joined, entwined or wrapped or enveloped; ^•^’З'^Е/дкя^огч hod-zer-gyi gan-bur hdril-wa to be wrapped into a covering of light; Щbiosems gcig-tu hdril-te whilst our minds were flowing down together; the country men uniting together (forming a league) conspired against (me); я^ч ri-wo no§-la hdril rolls down the slope of a hill. 2. vb. a. like to wrap up, to coil, to roll about: ras- kyis hdril-wa to wrap up in cotton cloth ; to wrap up in five sorts of silk; Зяя^чч covered or sheathed with copper; amal- gamate the gastric mucous with stone-ash. dril-icas wrapping it together, in short, to sum up all; ^ня^ч’А to roll about the tongue, moving it to and fro (&?Л.). C\ hdris-pa qfbu?, qftfau to be well acquainted with; to be known intimately to; to be accustomed to: * *4'5 as soon as you are acquainted with, immediately after acquaintance ; do not express your heart immediately upon becoming ac- quainted (Jty.); an acquaintance, a sympathizing friend. hdru-wa v. *9'4: to dig a hole, ditch (Nag. 30). hdrugs-pa hkrugs- pa to stir up, agitate. 2. to fall into small pieces; to crumble (away) (Sch.). hdrud-pa pf. and imp. §5 drud 1. to drag, haul or pull along: чгч’я^ч tn drag on the ground ; *4'^5^ to pull at a rope. 2. to rub: $*гя^а to rub the body; я^уч to polish wood, to plane wood; м^ч^я^\1я^1is striking a match. hdrub-pa pf. and imp.§A drub or drubs 1. = я^яч to sew. 2. to em- broider; яЭ>я*я^ч needle work; я$фг$’5‘а hdrubssu bya-wa=!^\^ needle- work or sewing. 3. to heal up: й’я^ the wound is healed. я§ч*ч hdrul-wa pf. drul 1.= $чч to rot, to grow putrid. ядгАЯ’§Я’А hdi al-war gyur-wa to become putrid, to become decomposed. 2.= ^яч to slip down, to fall down: (ri. 17) making the weapon of another angry deity to fall down. hdre a general term for a demon, or evil spirit; ^’Я^ <p-hdre the ghost of the dead; gson-hdre a goblin possessing a living man ; в я^ bya- hdre bird-goblin ; za-hdre a word for “owl ” (Ja.); я^чтя^ hdres-hkhyer carried off by goblins; я^Д’^is this a man or is it a demon ? я^-я^ч’ч hdre hdul-wa to subdue or suppress evil spirits. qWTl3t' hdre-dkar a class of demons whom the Bon worship with a view to keep off other mischievous spirits; я^а^ч Hdre- bkol n. of a disciple of Padma Sambhava (Deb. 4d). hdre §krod-pa to cast out evil spirits; я^’Ч hdre-pho a male devil; я^д hdre-bu a young devil; я^Й hdre-то a female devil; я^йд^ hdre-me- bud the fire-blowing devil, the will-o’-the- wisp, ignis 'fatuus (Schtr.) ; я^ад) hdre- dmag a troop of demons, a goblin host. я^я£ч]М hdre-hjigs чГ lit. the devil’s fear, a fragrant gum resin the smoke of which is a terror to ghosts and evil spirits. 89
698 hdrc-hjigs thaft-chun= g’g^’ ^’3 (mystic) (Smau.). hdre-rje badsra (0^ ^ khyun-po rdo-rje) n. of a celebrated physician of Tibet who was born of the family of Byu t hog-pa. He was physician to king Gun- son gun-btsan. (Gyu. 2.). hdre-ldog [a plunderer]S. hdre-pan-kha n. of a medicinal fruit =^,'?4| $gon-thog (Vai-$n.). ’^V^l hdrc-gig lit. ‘devil louse/s= bed- bug. I: hdre-wa pf. and imp. hdres^ acc. to Ja. vb. n. to bsre-tca 1. to be mixed up with, to blend together; to go together: phyogs geig- tu hdre§ mixed together, miscellaneous; hdres-mtsham$ the limits of con- junction ; tshig-gshan ma- hdres-рат without mingling other talk with (the conversation); k/ia dan §nift-ina-hdres a man with .whom outer word and inner feelings do not blend; eho^-dan eho§ ma-yin-pa hdres a medley of religion and irreligion. In an absolute sense : identifying himself with overt practices, he became a Brahmanist; dud-hgro hdres-pa an animal of mixed breed, a cross, mongrel; ma-hdre$-pa unmixed, pure, unadulter- ated; ma-hdre§-par without con- founding or mixing up together, sharply discriminating (partly from Ja.). II ’ rig-pa§ hdre-wa) 1. to diserbnmate by intelligence. 2. to interfere with > to have intercourse with, to enga8e : Taft-sems bfa-nM ^fyes-pas bde through your, the lama’s, intercourse with my soul, I am happy (Jd.). я^’ч hdreg-pa (y. ядч]ч hbreg-pa), pf. я^чргч hdreg$-pa: to excise, to shave the hair, to pare nails, etc. я^ч|’^ hdreg- mkhan Hifqu; a barber, one who crops hair. Syn. of latter term: Jcra-mkhan; zla-hdsin; mtho-ri$-grag§; mthar-gna$-pa; ядяр hbreg-pa (Mnon.). я^]’*руз|в|Ч[а& hdreg-inkhan-gyi lag-cha ♦fifacj hw; the implements of a barber. 45^'4 hdred-pa~ blo-scm$ sun-pa 1. to bo sick of (at heart), to bo disgusted or annoyed. 2. to slide, glide, to slip (Jd.). я\<уаьад hdren-cha$, defined as $pyad-lag phar-lshur $por-wa the removal of things from one place to another (Rtsii.). я^учк/ hdren-than=*&^ та-chen a cook (Mfton.). Я^’Ч1 : hdren-pa pf. draft or 55** drafts fut. draft) imp. як’ dron or drofts 1. to draw, to pull: 2)с/я^уч gift hdren-pa to haul wood ; *ч|’ОД‘Х’^ч|’я^уч to drag a cropse by a rope; the feathers pulled forth from the peacock were placed in the sacred jar. 2. to conduct, to draw along, to invite: wя^уц lam dren-pa to guide in a journey, a guide; ‘S4!log hdren-pa to mislead, to take to the wrong way, i.e.) to the state of unhappiness and hell; yul-du dmag hdren-pa to conduct an army into a country; invited the wayfarer indoors ; to invite is usually rendered by or $pyan-ma drans-par hgro-wa to go uninvited; §1*
ЭД 699 ^1 spyan-hdren-pa also= to call up a spirit, to invite or draw up a deity: having placed the vessel of fate at the eastern entrance, the lama (stand- ing) in front made offerings to the tute- lary deity he had conjured up and meditated on the very void. Sometimes, also, the form §^‘^'q must be merely literally rendered, e.</., $4^’SMV drawing to his eyes a little sleep at dinner, or closing his eyes for a short nap when eating. Other usages of ^‘q may be quoted: to suck; ^'%Vq §na-hdren pa to guide, lead, e.g., to conduct water, to irrigate; $habs hdren-pa to disgrace, to bring shame to, to insult; bio'hdren-paor «К ^Vq to persuade, to induce; to appoint; also to go to meet; to invite. II: the chief, lord, hus- band, guide: the lama is my guide: hdren-pa gtso гпцч? the chief leader, a husband. hdren-ma = °\^^ hdres-ma complex. •s 05^’4 hdres-pa ; fas, to be mixed; a mixture: chu- dan ho-та hdre$-pa a mixture of milk and water. ^,qXN’q a mixture as of sin and property. Syn. hkhrugs-pa; hchol-wa (Mfion.). ^T4! hdre^-rhog disorder, confusion; sde-tshan hdrefprnog med- par' no disorder in the chapters and sections of the book (Rtsii.). hdrei-par gyur^t^ become mixed up. hdres-ma medley, mixture, anything mixed up together: like different sorts mixed up together (flag. 39). hdrog-pa 1. to wince, shrink, quiver, shudder (from fear); 5'QV4'q rta hdrog-pa the shying of a horse ; hdrog-can shy, skittish, easily frightened. 2. «VTSfc’4 hdrog slon-ua take by surprise, to deceive by cunning, to outwit (Jd.). ^’4 hdron-pa (S^q’^fa’q) to believe, confide in : 0W4lai^€^q,4|wc’§c''4^^V <4 the detailed clear news obtained from you being reliable. Mron$-pa= Q^'q hdren-pa. Jldron-ikyon-gi bu Ka- s'yapa Rishi, the son of 4^’5*’ JJdron- skyon the keeper of light. hdrobs-pa straight. ^’4 Rda-wa one of the thirty-six border-countries of India (Ya-sel. 38). rdan* v. gdaft. r dab-pa to fold, pile one upon another; clapping one hand against ano- ther, v. Xq’q rdeb-pa. ^4’3 rdab-sgra sound of clapping of the hands, clap (Rtsii.). rdar-ica to sharpen, grind: §’*5* gri rdar-ua to sharpen a knife, v. ^’ч bdar-ica. rdab== thar-thor scattered, separated from each other as houses are in the suburbs of a town : grofi-rdal the suburbs of a town (Nag* 40).
^•q| 700 ^l| ^*4’4 rdal-wa—^^ hgram-pa,pi. and fut. brdal, imp. rdol, also gdal- wa, bdal-tca to spread, stretch out, to include: rdstn-gi xhabs-bye ma$ brdal the bottom of the pond is strewn with sand; dam-cho$ than-mar rdal-wa la now when holy religion (Buddhism) lies before you as if it were spread out in a plain, i.e., when it is accessible to all; khyab-rdal comprehensive; all-embracing: the mind is all- embracing ; so^rdal slowly, not in a hurry rdig for all the utensils and furniture of a house. rdig$-pa to beat {Sch.), prob.= V4’q rdeg-pa. ^'4 rdib-pa, pf. rdib$, to crumble, to fall to pieces, collapse, cave in : khan-pa rdib-pa the house breaks down; thog rdib-pa tho roof gives way {Nag. 40). Also to get dinted, battered (like tin vessels by a blow or knock) (Jd.). rda-ica a thistle (Cs.). rdug-pa, pf. brdugs, fut. brdug 1. to conquer, to worst: ШW 3^ '54! the Nagas having overcome and worsted the Asuras. 2. to devastate, wreck, undo : ^sqKqyqirqq as all the resources were destroyed; «‘Is’4 glag§-ma rned-pa desti- tute, wrecked {fiag. 40); и rdug-pa or hu-rdug§ a wreck, one shattered by indiscreet actions, entangled with debts and vicissitudes, a destitute person; 3’5^ phu-rdug$ a bewildered person. rdun a small mound, hillock {Jd.). 5^ rdun-wa= q^’q> pf. brdun$, fut. чу/ brduH, imp. brdun% or у rdun 1. to beat, to striko, to drub; X’W уч to beat with a hammer; лугУ* having beaten a large drum of lion acacia (Pth.); y*T^| rdun$-$ig beat him, strike him; Jy’4 sgo rdufi-wa to knock at a door. 2. to break to pieces, to smash, to beat out (g*^ bra-bo buck- wheat with a stick); У у $ten-rdun a pestle; Spy ч bro rduft-гса to dance; ’JSy ч gshu rdufi-wa to bend the bow (v. Schl. on Dzl. 162-11); y*M rduti-TMan=^'% a beater, striker, fighter, fuller. y4)^! rdun-gtag prob, a drubbing, a sound- thrashing : I have got a thrash- ing {Jd.); у 9s rdun-byed—S^'^ a stick, a striker; y^p rdun-htshog-pa==чу A to cudgel, a cudgelling {Nag. 40). ^<£1 rdum maimed, limbless: arm loss; tailless {Nag. 40); у у rkan-rdum a maimed foot; yy rwa- rdum a mutilated horn; J* 2*, rtse metf-pa, headless, without the top; y’9Vq to mutilate; anything mutilated, maimed. rdul кзт:, xriu 1. dust, motes, particles of dust in the air visible in the rays of the sun, pollen В’ДЧ’чГу’ $5 all the particles of the procrea- tive fluid {Vai. $n.). 2. the subtle components of impalpable or intangible things (such as smells, heat, cold, etc.); perhaps molecule, monad. у 3’5^ ^ rdul-gyi $nifi-po [the essence of dust; camphor]#. rdul-gyithig-le Tmtfnw [mark of dust]#. у’З* rdul-thul dust arises. rdul mi-thul-war
701 byed-pa 1. to lay the dust, minutest particles. 2. a woman’s menstrual dis- charge. 3 rdul-phra rab ЧТЧТ75 or rdul-phra rab cha-med atom, indivisible particle. rdul-phran or the minutest particle; ^Vl’q rdul-du rlog-pa = rdul-thal-bar r log-pa to crush or pound a thing until it is reduced to powder ; glan-rdul a mote in the dung of an ox, a small particle of cowdung; rdo-rje rdul diamond-powder; rdul-dmar vermillion powder. ^'<4 rdul-tshub a whirling cloud of dust. rdul-tshon paint-powder, coloured stone- dust, used in ceremonies for making figures drawn in the sand more visible (Rtsii.). rdul-gzan a blouse, a travelling- cloak against dust, a god wears it (Vai. kar.). ^^rdul-ean 1. dusty. 2.= ^’^. 3. тзт^гг in menstruation. rdul-can mahi-bu the son of Rdul-can-ma, Paras'urama Ч’ЖЯ ^rdul Ьса$-та=^^*№ a young girl, a maiden, damsel, young woman (Mnon.). rdul-hjoms [wi destroyer of dust; water]& rdul-ldan 1. т^иЦаЪее. 2. night» rdul-hphyan [reduced to dust]/?. ^rg«l rdul-ЬгаЦ faToiXf (A. K. 1-61) = 4^'4 salvation, emancipation (Mnon.). rdul-та dust. rdul-mun snin-stob§ acc. to Dus-hkhor-lo (Kalachakra) : ^T^wojeror | ^’4*^ (Rgyan. 11). -s rde in compounds for % rdehu. rdeg-pa or $^N*4 rdegs-pa, rdegs or 4$*|« brdegs, fut. 4$4| brdeg, imp. brdcgs or rdeg: 1. to beat, strike, smite; rdeg-cin spyod-pa to commit rape; to force cohabi- tation ; me-lon-la brdeg-cin beating the looking glass in anger; $<rp&q,§j'g<i|'4£’'4 rdeg-htshog-gi sdug-bsnal torment of corporal punishment, the ill- fortune of getting a beating. 2. to push, thrust, knock, kick; phul-rdeg byed-pa to give a blow with the fist (Sch.); rdeg-cha mkhan== *^‘4 black- smith (Mnon.); M rdcg-ehos a dance; $4]‘I*T4 rdeg cho§-pa to dance. 4?4| brdeg seems to occur also as pres, tense; also in combinations: 4&уч4*г btsan thabs-kyi brdeg hchag gnan na§ giving thumpings and rendings of a violent kind (Mil.). rdeb da-ru (Vai-sn.) incorrectly for ; deodar, a species of cedar. ч r deb-pa for |4’4 sdeb-pa. rdeb^-pa acc. to Jd. prob, the original form, but of rare occurrence, for $4'4 r dab-pa pf. 4$4^j brdabs, fut. 4$q 1. to throw down with a clap, to fling or knock down: lus-sa-la rdeb$-pa to prostrate one’s self; rta§-rdeb$ thrown by a horse. 2. to throw to and fro, to toSS about: 4 гпдо-гсо rdebs-fin hdre-ldog-pa to roll on the ground as ponies do, to wallow. 3. to stumble: ^’$4’4 or $4’*«i‘4 to elip and stumble (Sch.). *
702 rdehu or rdel-po diminutive of rdo 1. Small stone, pebble. rdehu b$kyur-wa bshin like a little stone thrown on the ground (G7r.). 2. the stone, calculus in males, mo-rde in females; q rdehu chag$-pa the concrescence of a calculus; 4 rdehu hdon-pa the removing of stone (Ca.); rdel-dkar a white pebble (C^.); rdel-khra a colour- ed pobble (Cs.); rdel-hgram (lit, tho spreading of little stones) the count- ing with pebbles (Cs.). 3. a musket-ball or bullet. rdehu bcud-len the enchanted pebble; anciently in India the Buddhist sages used to enchant pebbles with the pretence of subsisting on them when performing contemplative feats. rdehu chan-bran pimples on face from excessive drinking. rdehu-par a bullet fount or bullet mould. rdo цтчлц, wr, ’W, 1. a stone, a boulder. 2. main or real point (in a memorial, complaint or application). 3. a weight, for weighing things by a balance. dnul-rdo a stone containing silver, silver ore; sprin-rdo prob, a topaz; §bra-rdo asbestos; me-rdo fire- stone, flint; zur-rdo corner-stone; gser-rdo gold ore, stone containing gold (Cs.); a boulder; ^Я rdo-rtsig a stone wall; rdo-zam stone bridge; rdohi rnam gyur formed of stone; a stone image of S'akya-thubpa; ^5’9 mineral formation; rdo zo-wa stone-worker, quarry-man; ^’Я^Я^ rdo gshogs a cut or squared stone. Syn. rdo-ica; 84 sped; gor-ma; ч?ч13 btsog.po-, S*ju-po-, «1^ gtun (Mnon.). Tda-dkar a bind of crystal) a stonc^ acc* to Sch. alabaster. a mineral medicine (Mnon.). rdo-klad a stone resembling a sheep’s brain in appearance, and used as a remedy for diseases of the brain. (Sman.). rdo-skyur another mineral medicinal substance (Sman.). rdo-§kye§ twrsrnj; Ьйитеп=дЯ’ 9^ brag-shun (Mnon.). rdo-bcud bitu- men (mystic) (Mift-rda. J). rdo-skrau a kind of steatite or soap-stone (Jd.) rdo-kha vein in a stone; also=r4' rtsa-wa bzufi-sa what is fundamental in the points of an argument; the basis of tho complaint in a suit; the subject matter. (j?. fcZ. 6). ^‘рЯ rdo-khog 1. a hollow or natural cavern in a rock. 2. acc. to Jd.: a stone- pot rdo-mkhan 1. stone- cutter, or worker. 2. the thunder., rdo-mkhris gallstone (Mnon.). Used, it is asserted, as a medi- cinal application : % (Sman.). rdo-rgyud various kinds of soft stones, as serpentine, soap-stone, chalk, etc. rdo-rgyu$ 1. a medicinal stone (Шоп.). This mineral cures swellings of the veins and sprains and contraction of the muscles (Sman.). 2. oath in contract- ing friendship to make it lasting. rdo-hchan a stone of such a size as can easily be held by a man as a weapon. ^Я Rdo-hjog cRfasrrTaxila, n. of a sacred place of the Buddhists; the ancient capital of the Panjab when Alexander the Great invaded that region.
X'^l 703 rdo-mnen a soft kind of stone, alabaster. X^' rdo-^nin or ^’«^ 5 l. = g^ ЛН, iron, lit. the pith of stone, iron removes the poison of diseased liver (Sman.). 2. acc. to Sch. jasper [emerald]#. X^ rdo-thal (X^) (Mfton.) stone-ashes (Cfe.), calcined stone (<7a.), quicklime (&//.), chalk (Schtr.) But v. (#wwn.). Xw34Prq rdo-thal by ugs-pa to rough-cast, to plaster. X'Xfl r6?o-6fen=X^'3'§c'^ (Rtsii.) purport, substance of any prayer or application. X’VI rdo-dreg a kind of pitch) (Mfton.) not as in Jd. the dirt on stone. X^VH^VqV'qpitch eradicates chro- nic inflamation’and poison (Sman.). Х|* rdo-snum rock-oil, petroleum; X|5,‘ ’5^=v-4 oiled iron used as horoscopic dice. Xifa rdo-$po$ solid incense : X?N4^q^ do-spos is of use in some constitutional diseases (Sman.). Xw«r$’»X tdo hphan^-pahi rndo n. of a sfttra in the Mdo section of the Kahgyur * 426 describing the miraculous feat of Buddha in throwing missiles performed by him in the country of the Malta. X'4 rdo-tca is another word for X rdo a stone : X^^4^ W’h”' M in winter time the soil becomes (hard) like stone (Khrid.); X^ rdo-tcar gyur-pa чпяпп converted into stone, turned into fossil.’ rdo-sbrags explained as Sbe-ser ni-ma than-gi bla-ma (flag. 53}. X^S rdo-tshad a bar of silver bullion of about 4 pounds in weight. Х^ч| rdo-tshig=^*9fi4 a firm expres- sion or word (flag. 40)- X’§^ rdo-shun bitumen, mineral pitch. X'4 rdo-sho lime (both quick and slaked). X’^lXS rdo-gshod [a mallet for break- ing small stones]#. X^’ rc&-^w==X^^§5 (Mnon.). X'^’54Tqt|^ rdo-yi rgyal-po bshi the four kings of stone, viz.: tortoise-shell stone— g*] q. X'SVw^ rdo-yi %а$-сап==-^*Л met. a pigeon (Mfton.). X’^‘ rdo-rin or X^tN rdo-rins a stone pillar, obelisk or monument, or an orna- ment of buildings. There is a famous Do-ring near the chief temple of Lhasa with an inscription recording a victory of the Tibetans over the Chinese. X^’34 rdo-ru^-thug to the last extre- mity (Sch.). X’*fa rdo-sol coal (Mfton.), mineral coal. rdo-rje 1. w, Xs* t or X‘^’5er2’ the prince of stones, and said, primarily, to be WKT=^'35q mi- phyed-pa or mi-btpg-pa infallible or indestructible, also unchangeable, hence holy, venerable; but is best known as Indra’s thunder-bolt or sceptre. With tho Northern Buddhists a supposed model of this sceptre has long been in use as a ritual instrument of the Tantrik priests, held by them during prayer in their hands and moved about in various direc- tions ; it is used as a symbol of durability and of power. The vajra or dorje is, moreover, a common symbol in repre- sentations of deities in whose hands it is there placed. In Tibet the standard-
704 I shape for all dorjes is a huge golden one in Sera monastery near Lhasa, which is alleged to have a miraculous origin and is carried in procession on a certain day annually through the streets of Lhasa. rdo-rje mkhah-hgro heavenly females, a class of celestial deities who in their attributes resemble superior fairies. They appear to have played a very important part in later Buddhism. the n. of a treatise (in K. phal. c/). Rdo-rje hkhor-lo an epithet of Sambhara (^*£4) a chief Tantrik deity of the Buddhist pantheon (Mnon.). Rdo-rje-glin lit. place of the ritual sceptre, n. of a monastery formerly belonging to Sikkim from which the important hill station of Darjeeling de- rives its name. It once stood on tho Observatory-hill at Darjeeling. rdo-rje rgyal-mtshan the standard of Victory, a fuller name for the Buddhist folded flag or emblem of conquest. [Haring a vajra for an ensign ; n. of the demon Naraka]S. q rdo-rje rgyal-mtshan-gyi bsno-tva in (IC phal. Q). Up* rdo-rje rgya-gram the fixed un- changeable posture of sitting cross-legged, v. J rgya. Rdo-rje gri-gug an epithet of Heruka called dgye$-pa rdo-rje he who holds a scimitar in his hand (Mnon.). rdo-rje bcuhi $nifi-po lit. the essence of ten vajra, n. of a Sutra. tq rdo-rje gcod-pa ; title of a religious book most extensivly used among the Northern Buddhists. rdo-rje cho§-$dun = the seven venerable sermons of Vairotsana (K.phal. *). Rdo-rje hjigs-byed is a tutelary deity of the drag-g^ed or terrifying type, held to be a manifestation of the Bodhisattwa Jampal (Manjus'ri) who under this guise assumes the charac- ter of Shin-je the lord of death. Among tho Mongols this tutelary deity is veiy popular under the title of Ayol ghakchi; A ritual for placing a person under the protection of Dorje Jig-jye occurs in the Kah-gyur. rdo-rje beom killed by the Vajra of Indra (A. K. 1-1/2). rdo-rje cho§-kyi glu hymns of Buddhist Tantrikism: 2J (A. 66) having translated Tantrik hymns at the monastery of Kusumapuri. 2^1 *1X4 rdo-rje mchog n. of a bird (7Г. ho. *1 2). Rdo-rje hchaft is the Ye- shes Sems-pa or Dhyani Bodhisattwa evolved from the 2nd Dhyani Buddha Mi-skyod-pa (Sans. Akshobhya). Has been chosen to be the ruling deity in the Tantrik system under the appel’a/? tion of or, in brief, Chhak-dor.. Syn. lag-na rdo-rje ^54 rigs kun-khyab bdag; ^Ч^З^'^Ч rigs- brgyahi bdag; &rcrg’^ fies-pa Ina-ldan ; kha-sbyor bdnn-ldan; 4^*’ сЧ^’Э4 gwnlsftagt-rgyal (Mfton.). rdo-rje ni-nia qm&ui; lit. the venerable sun; n. of a sutra [also, of a Buddha] & ^’В^Кз^^’Ч^Ч rdo-rje sninshus lehn- gcig n* of a sutra (K. d. *)
rdo-rje §nin-po rgyan-gyi rgyud a Tantrik sutra descriptive of acquiring perfection (K. g. 5 7^4). rdo rje snin-gzuns (see K. </. V ^j’^'q^l’jwq Rdo-rje snin-po rdo- rje Ice hbab-pa n. of a dharaui (JT. g. * 93) used as a protection against epidemics, enemy, evil spirits, also to stop rain, to cause rain to fall, to make abundant harvest, etc. Rdo-rje dril-Ьп n. of an Indian Buddhist sage (K. dun. 20). Rdo-rje gdan itfaw ; U^r, W- ни ; described as the navel of India, namely Gaya, considered the holiest of all places in the Buddhist world (Mnon.). In Pth. (folio 1^4, etc.) occurs a story of the destruction of Gaya by fire. Rdo-rje gdan-pa 1. an epithet of Buddha (Mnon.). 2. names of throe Indian sages of Vajrasana (Gaya) (K. dun. £3). rdo-rje gdan-bshihi-rgyud a Tantra treating of the twelve signs of the zodiac, of the symbolic hand gestures of the Khadoma, of the use of rosaries, etc. (K. g. 57). rdo-rje bdud- rtsihi rgyud lehu-gcu-gcig n. of a Tantra in the Kahgyur (K. phal. *). rdo-rje gdefi$-pahi rgyud another Tantra (K. phal. 5). Rdo-rje Nag-mo n. of a Tantrik goddess. Rdo-rje rnam-hhjoms- kyi gzun§ n. of a special dharaiji or mystical sentence (K. p>hal. *). Rdo-rje rnon-po an epithet of the Bodhisattva Jam-yang, an aspect of Jampal or Manjus'ri (Mnon.). Rdo-rje pad-ma seems to be some Bodhisattva. rdo-rje 2^ш^ат a diamond believed to be formed of stone derived from earth and water and said to be of four qualities corresponding to the four castes of men in India (Mnon.). Syn. nor-buhi mchog\ rdo-rjehi rigs (Mnon,). {N. ту. П 228). qjhjq^g^ Rdo-rje phal-lant thog kun brjog pan-byed. rdo-rje rnam-hjoms- kyi bgad-rgyud n. of a Tantra in the Kali- gyur (K. phal. w). Rdo-rje gnam-lcags nuhu lit. the thunderbolt lips, n. of a Tantra (K. phal. *). 1‘qnjRdo-rje Phaj-mo a popular goddess of the Karmapa sect who is said to have frightened and vanquished the enemies of Buddhism by manifesting herself in the form of a sow. Her spirit is continuously transmitted incarnate in each successive abbess who presides over the monastery of Samding on the shore of Yamdok lake in Tibet. rdo-rje plmr-pa the vajrakila, a religious instrument the upper part of which is of the shape of a dorje and the lower a phurpa or mystic dagger. q rdo-rje phur-pa rtsa-wahi rgyud to enchant a phurpa for suppressing evil spirits (IT. g. 288). 4 rdo-rje phren-wa Vajra mala, n. of a Tantra (K. phal. £). -Rdo-rje dbyiHs-kyi dican-phyug-ma an epithet of 90
706 tho goddess Sarasvati (JZno/o). In later Buddhism, she is the Yum or Sakti of tho Bodhisattwa Jampal (Manjus'ri) and is popular among the Mongols under tho designation of Egeshiktii Eke, is a dharani in (E. phal. 4). К trdo-rje mc-lce n. of a hell whcie flames of fire issue resembling the point of the dorje (Ya->sel. 1$). rdo-rje rtse dgu-pa lit. a dorje made with nine points; n. of a religious work which was unearthed by Pad-ma glin-рт, a dorje made of meteoric metal with nine points being found with the book : (S. kar, 193}. Rdo-rje rdsin an epithet of a terrific doity who is guardian of mysticism and preserver. Often con- founded, with the Dhyani-sattwa Dorje Chhang or Chhak-dor of the Tantras. Syn. 3aT‘Y^,t phyag-na rdo-rje; sj’SV fyrgya-byiu gsan-$fia(j§-kyi sg rub-pa-po (Mnon.), ^‘1rdo-rje hdsin-pa an exorcist, a Tantrik priest. Syn. g4]*1’41 $fiag$-pa; §nag$- hehan (Milon.). t q g‘|V^Tfll4 rdo-rje lu-gu rgyud^ niahi rtog-pa a mystical work used by the blue-dress Bon exorcists of Tibet (JY. phal. *). a mys- tical work in thirteen chapters called the nether Tantra (K. phal. *). (K. g- 4 W) a Tantra of Vajrapapi to meditate on the three stages of Bodhisattva perfection. Rdo-rje scm$-dpah 1. an eternal and unchangeable being who is Adi-Buddha of the Nyingma school. 2. a Tantrik form of Akshobhya, tho 2nd Dhyani Buddha, which was introduced to followers of the Dor jo Vehicle by Padma Sambhava and stated by him to be presi- dent of the Eastern Heaven where he sits on a white lotus. Is often represented clasping a female as his Yum or Sakti. (7Г. g. ч 171) n. of a Tantra used by the RniH-ma sect. | Rdo-rje leg^-pa an epithet of the tutelary deity Dam-chcn who under tho present Dalai Lama’s rule occupies the position of a chief guardian of Bud- dhism in Tibot (Rtsii.). rdo-rje slob-dpon gq|^’qa/«jBW(-q (Rtsii.) professor of the Mantra section in a monastery of the Tantrik school ; also the lama of a monastery who is in charge of the Tantrik ritual. Rdo-rjehi $kyil-krnn mystical posture, the posture of sitting cross-legged. Rdo-rjehi mchu-can 1. an epithet of Gapapati, also that of Garuija the eagle-king—who car- ries Vishpu on his back. 2. S’9 '^1 by a pho^rog the raven. a tutelary deity, sometimes held to bo identical with or Yamant aka, a Tantrik development of Yama the lord of death. rdo-rjehi hjim-pa or QEterq rin-po chehi hjim-pa mortar composed of pulverised cement of marvellous properties. rdo-rjehi mjug-ma met. a god (Mfom),
ХЧ1 707 rdo-rjehi tshig lit. the precious or holy word ; truth; the word of Bud- dha, held to be free from deception, un- changeable, of profound sense, and hard to comprehend. Syn. ^'55 snin-pohi tshig; mnam-pahi tshig* bden-pahi tshig* mi-phyed-pahi tshig; brtan-pahi tshig (JT. d. 118). rdo-rjehizegs— thunder (Mnon.). rdo-rjehi rigs-kyi snin-po = mysticism, mystical charms: these princes of charms will bless the soul (Sura ft. 12). rdo-rjehi giun a knocker made of precious stones. rdo-rjehi thog 4 n. of the second chapter He Vajra Tantra (IT.phal. *’). rdo-rjehi tshe a very long life, immortality: he having obtained lifelike the undecaying dorje. rdo-ra = enclosure with a railing or wall made with posts or pillars with capitals of the shape of the dorje or with dorje on their tops (such is the shape of the wall which surrounds the monastery of Sam-ye in Tibet). 2. = circle of dancers (Ja.). Rdo-la-kha n. of a place in Nepal (Dsew?.). rdog 1. an item, any single thing or single piece as in a grain of com; 3 phren-rdog the bead of a rosary, seven peas. 2. a root. 3. just about: just about to start, on the tip-toe of starting (Yig. Ij). rdog-tsam rdog-tsam only a little bit: Й with a razor cut just a little of the hair of the ear and from the tip of the tail (Rdsa. 3). rdog-tshig—^*^| the main point, subject-matter: (Rdsa.) according to the main points of my first petition, my state, i.e., the cir- cumstances under which I laboured, was. rdog dkar-ua—^'S^'Q for supervisor, overseer: F*rg* the allowance of five kha! of barley flour for an overseer (Rtsii.). ^т| rdog-hgriZ-wa—V^^fl §S to enumerate exactly, scrutinize carefully; formed into minute grain: ^34 a even more-fully grained than white mustard seed. rdog-thon-pa to go out together. rdog-pa any action with the foot, but chiefly a footstep; a stride or pace: K4! to step, to pace, to walk rdog-pa rgyab-pa to stamp on the ground with the feet, to kick. rdog-po qt each; also ono of tho two loads placed on the back of a pack horse or any beast of burden, RV the load a man can carry on his back. X rdog-sho the price or charge of articles at one sho each. '«ta rdog-leb a flat piece (Rtsii.). rdorts-pa, v. sdofis-гоа. rdob-pa = ^4’4 to give, offer. rdom-chafl colloq. 1. many persons who drink wine together. 2. colloq. for a stone
К4'41 708 г dor, imp. of rdar-wa: gr'-rknft rdor sharpen the knife! (&ag. rdol-pa for fl|Vrq gdol-pa a < obbler. rdol-wa, pf. and fut. brdol- i, to eomc forth, to make its appearance, t ‘ come up (as of a plant4 ; to be re- vealed : «1^ ^'9^ t ie hiding-place of the books having been revealed by the treasure-finder ; to < jmc out, percolate (as of water from a vessel or rock), to lot in water: $ the tea-pot runs or leaks; disease breaking out among men. rdol-cbos=^'^ (tfag. 46*). leak or hole in a vessel: he carried an iron mendicant’s platter without any holos in it (Л. 22 rdol gzt r an instrument for boring metal l^N’4 rdos-pa 1. adj. swollen, bloated, like to burst: very corpulent body. 2. vb. n. to break, burst, flow out: ll>u-wa rdo$-pa the bursting of a bubble. to pant. lda-gu discourse, speech, conversa- tion (Ja.) ; lda-gu-can talkative (C.5.). to talk. Ida-man a couple of small kettle- drums one hanging in front, the other behind, the latter being beaten by a second person that follows the bearer (Ja.). СЧ Ida-ldi ^пт, string (of beads or flowers); a wreath made of pieces of silk, etc. (^^Ё^гд^’а^ащ); ornament of silk or cotton of various colours, a fringe or tassel hung from the ceiling of a temple or chapel. Id а д-ра, pf. Wags fut. bldag imp. SpH Idog to lick: to lick blood; lce§ Idag-pa to lick with the tonguo. Idan near, at: written at the entranee or threshold. 2. v. ^'q. q Idan-wa pf. ldaft§ or laft$y imp. [don, 1. to rise, to get up; to flow up (as smoke); to get up from a fall; [raises ир]& to raise up; to rise from his seat; ^’4 to rise up from a lying position; to rise from a seat; when the king arrived who would not rise up ? {A. 6); an offensive smell is rising (spreading) in every quarter; me-lce rnam$ mgyog$-sii Idanspbyuft the flames quickly rose up; Л’Х’Згсг the smothered flame breaks out again; 4 to break out into hosti- lities (Ja.). З. = я^’ч to suffice, to be sufficient, enough: if divi- ded into shares it will suffice; tshad Ida ft sufficient quantity. the manner of rising: (Khrid. 47). §j^’Ц Idad-pa l. = ^5‘4 to contaminate, debase, adulterate; alloy; debasement: 54 Ej’QTW if (Ле) cohabited with another person, leaving the king, it would debase the dynasty (-4. 60). 2. = £\Я funeral anniversary or festival: 34 ч in the
709 ^•q| year of the sheep they performed a memo- rial anniversary for Atis'a (A. 117). 3» vb., pf. and fut. bldad to chew; g^S*4 skyug-[dad-pa to chew the cud, to rumi- nate; §no-skyo-mar ziea- tshod $[dad-na$ having chewed the nettles into a green pulp (Mil.). idan or ,£J [dan-pa 1. possessed of, belonging to, having; is defined in Situ. 48 as shows whatever belongs to what. It is used as formative whereby sbst. are converted into adj. and sometimes into other sbst., and in gen. the sbst. is connected with by the conjunction Ex. q brag-dan- [dan-pa rocky, contr. 5^’?^ brag Adan; dgah-ldan joyous, blissful. Often is conjoined to several nouns at once : phyugs lug rta ra mdso-rnams daft Idan-pahi rdson-dpon a Jong-pon possessed of yak, goats, horses, sheep and cattle. 2. sbst., also cheek; cheek-tooth, molar tooth; a blow or box on the cheek, a box on the ear (Cs.). the cheek or side of a ravine (Ja.). Idan-pa Ina the five possessions: (1) possessed of a sincere heart; (2) «prqS’^’^-^q possessed of respectful (humble) person; (3) possessed of an agreeable voice; 4. 'ajyq possessed of clean and pure food; (6) pos- sessed of beautifying ornaments. Idan-grol an’abbr. of q (Khrid.). ldan-pa-po possessor; one that has, that is able, a man of ability (Cs.), one that is possessed of qualifications or talent. Ldan-ma n. of a district in Kham (Lon. * 6). ‘Й ldan-mo 1. a female-pos- sessor or owneress. 2. a female ibex. Idan-tshad^J^ acc. to Jd.: Ldan-yal n. of a village in Tsang near Tanag (Deb. Я 45). C\ Idab-ldib idle talk, tittle-tattle: (Situ. 90) there being no inaccurate or irrelevant speech; mi choms fin tshig Idab-ldib-tu §mra speak- ing tattling words and not subduing unbridled proceedings (Khrid. 47). gJEJ’gJZJ Idab-ldob 1. indistinct and in- correct expressions. 2. indolence, dull- ness, drowsiness (Cs.). [dab-pa pf. bldabs fut. «ф’ч bldub imp. 3& Idob 1. to fold up; to fold up clothes, etc. 2. acc. to Cs.: to repeat, to do again; repeatedly, afresh, again, anew; twice, for the second time (Sch.). Idabs-phyor n. of a great nume- rical figure: (Ya- sel. 56). ldamJchu—%¥t*\'*\ dirty water, water sullied with impurities (Mfion.). Idam-ldam or Idam-pa very slothful (Cs.). Idam-ldum mean, pitiful (Cs.) ^я*^я [dam-idem dubious, uncertain, (used of things) (Jd.) ldar-wa to be weary, tired, faint; gj’s languid. Ldahu mgo-dkar n. of the minister of king Rula-^kyes (Yig.).
710 ч-^l the lattling of thunder, v. ^’4 Idiv-tca. ldig-pa pf. ldig§ to quiver, shudder, to wriggle ; P^4!’4 kha-ldig-pa to stammer. З*]*’ Idigs creaking sound, sound expressive of labouring or groaning under a heavy weight; a mass of scoi'pions were wiggling (Л. 27). cs Idin-wa to float, to be swimming, to be suspended, floating, soaring (in the ah’): the bird soars in the sky; Idin-bskor floating in a circle in the sky (as of birds) ; the circle made by birds when floating or flying in circles; (Rdsa.) the vulture thrice circling in the sky said this. ldin-$kyog§ a large copper ladle (Rtsii.). Сч P Idin-kha v. ^P Itin-kha. ^’p*’ Idin-khan a bower formed by over-hanging shady trees, a natural arbour: a bower of trees full of green (turquoise) leaves. tdift-khug a small silken bag worn as an amulet or talisman on the breast: put it iu a silken amulet bag (D.R.). ^’5^ Idin-dpon an officer over fifty soldiers (Rtsii.). Idin-hog one under or subordinate to a Ldift-dpou; Idin- tsho militia of fifty soldiers under a Ldin- dpon (Rtsii.). йус/яад Idift-zafis a large copper caldron (Rtsii.). Idifi-se or Idifi-si in Ld., adv. quite, very, very much (Jd.). ldib-pa vb., pf. q^q tydib 1, in Sch. 2. not clear, unintelligible ; ^q-|q stammering. e\ ^<34 Idim in W. the crash of a falling tree, the report of a gun. Idir-wa 1. also liir-tca to be distended, inflated; lio-ldir a big belly; lto-ldir-сап big-bellied. IfdirJdir full to the brim, oaten to the full (of a greedy boy or boast). 2. to rush, to roar (of wind); to roll, of tho thunder; hbrug-ldir it thun- ders; Idtr-bshin like thunder; Idir-sgra a thundeiing, loaiing noise; Idir tsha-wa thundeiing (Jd.). Idu-gu — ^^ gdu-wa 4^'3- ldiig-pa or §3^ Idugs pf. Idugs or (usual form), fut. 9*1 blag imp. S Я blug or §lug$ col. S4] blug-pa: to pour out от into to sprinkle, to shew; to cast, to found (metal), cf. (Jug$. Idud-pa pf., fut. and imp. bind col. q tyud-pa to give to drink, to water (cattle, etc.); he does not die by a poisoned draught; ^‘q'g^ he gives (him) to drink; give milk to the boy; q giving water to a pony. khun 1. vegetables, greens or edible roots in general. 2. in W. lettuce, salad. Idum-nag black species of lettuce: T'P’^ I black lettuce with bear’s bile applied on a sore heals it and also acts as an astiingent on the rectum. g^’2* Idum-po or 1. for ^’25 dtem- po. 2. for zlum~po round: q
^'51 711 ldum-Ia liyril-wa made round, rounded off. 5*^ Idum-bu = alms, also begging for alms: (-4. 14)* 2* any stalked plant. Idum-ra or S’*’*' sdum-ra garden in general, kitchen-garden, vegetable garden, an artificial grove. In W. fruit garden, orchard (Ja.). Syn. §kyed-tshal; khyim- gyi tshal; bcos-pahi nays; me-tog [dum-ra flower garden (Mnon.). 1. the noise of boil- ing water, or any fluid boiling. 2. roar- ing, rushing (Sch.). Idur-phye also chu-ldur peas or barley-flour boiled in water for cattle (Rtsii.). -s §j Ide 1. a prefixed tribal title which some of the early kings of Tibet had assumed. 2. treasury, store-house. Ide-kha belonging together, of the same species (Sch.). SfR Ide-khu coloured medicinal syrup; sweetened medicine (Rtsii.). ^’3 lde-ди or Idehn 1. mixture, syrup. 2. ointment (Jd.). lde-chu A junior treasurer in a monastery or government treasury; lde-chen senior treasurer. Lde Snol-nam n. of one of the early kings of Tibet (Yig.). Lde-hphrul Nam-gshufi- btsan n. of a descendant of king Ze-lde one of the early kings of Tibet (J. zan. 148). $ 4 [de-tca 1. one who is in charge of the key of treasury, t.e., a treasurer. 2, vb. with pf. hides or fut. bide imp. Ides to warm one’s self, to bo warmed at or by: me-lde-wa to warm one’s self at the fire; ni-ma lde-wa to be wanned in the sun. Idc-mig 1. the key of a store-room, any bey; padlock. 2. introduction to a book; index or key. lde mig-pa = (Mnon.). ldehu acc. to Cs. l. = §^ §dehu a kind of peas. 2. v. 3 lde-ди. 3. = $’3* a riddle. ’Ц hleg-pa (pf. bdeg) to quake, shake, tremble, e.gn of the palace of the gods (DzL). ldeh-ka=Y^’^\ ldin-ka v. ltcn-ka a pond. Llden-rgyas n. of a mountain on the border of India. Iden-min colloq. (also ^^'^) insufficient. ldeb-pa l.=^T4 ldeg-pa (Cs.). 2. to bend round or back, to turn round, to double down or over. -s Idebsppa l.=Satire side : the inner wall or the inner side of the wall of ahouse (Situ. 99). ldeb§-ri§ — log§-bri§ paintings on the inside of a house; ru§-hpahi hbur-pohi ldeb§ by the side of the portu- berance of the bone. 2. enclosure, fence (Sch.). Ldehu §gan n. of a place in Tibet: mkhan-po ldehu sgan-pa tho learned teacher (professor) of Ldeh u-$gaft (Deb. 43).
712 oiqpi Idem 1. v. ldem-po. 2. a statue, image, idol, (standing upright) ^1’4 Idem-pa contrariety, opposition, irony. 2. adj. inconsistent, unstable, variable. (Ck.). 3. vb. also ^’^‘4 Idem- ld<>m-pa (Sch,) to move up and down, to vibrate ДОЯР [deni-pa the flapping of wings. Idem-Idem flexible, supple, elastic, pliant (Jet). Idem-Idem gyo-ica to shake flexibly, />., bending but not breaking. Idem brjod-pa to utter a double entendre; also to speak a parable. V ideb^ 5 $kya [der-la on the side of a wall, on a wall; rihi Ider the side of a hill, hill-side. ldem-ро 1. ^'cj’Syq not straight, dishonest, crooked-hearted. 2. riddle, enigma (cf. mi-ldem, 3 bya-ldem, bem-ldem an enigma, an allegory, applied to men, to birds, to inanimate beings, Idem-pohi nag or Idem-gtam parable, allegory. §iw*3\q Idem tshod-pa or Idem-chod- pa 1. to solvo a riddle. 2. = wfwfa a plot, a concealed and deceitful design; aco. to Sch, a mysterious opinion. cfc’ q Idem-por dgons-pa to design a plan: of which are four kinds:—(1) wwwrtHHfc [plan of appear- ing or descending]#.; (2) [plan with regard to tokens or characteristics]#. ; (3) [a plan regard- ing the opposite side]#.; (4) ngvqorgw’ q^-^^-q [a plan respect- ing change or transformation]#. ^’3 lder-$ku or^v^ Ider-lsho 1. an idol or statue made of clay. 2. an image painted on the wall. ^’4 [der-ua 1. toughness, clamminess (Ck). 2. potter’s clay. Ider-bzo 1. image, statue, figures modelled of clay. 2. day: Ider-bzohi ldeb$ a clay-inclosure or wall. [do the side of anything. §{’§j Ido-Ido for a few days, for a short time: phar-gar [do-ldb fydiug he resided for a few days at places where he pleased (A, 123), Idog §kyen-pa [being dragged back]#. ^qj-ц I • ldog-pa pf. and imp. log, vb. n. to lfa’q zlog-pa farS* 1. to eome back, to return, to go home. 2. to send back. Syn. 3^ и ph у in -ci log-pa; 'q go log-pa (Mnon,). gjqp II: 1. in a specific religious sense: v. frq. ; dgrar ldog-pa to come forward again as an enemy, to renew tho war (Jd.) 2. to change, to undergo a change (as to colour, smell, etc.). hgyur-ldog and Idod-hgyur change- ableness, inconstancy, fickleness. 3. to turn away (vb. n.) 1л§ from; blo ldog-pa to change the mind from ; q= to rebel. The partic. as adj. : de-la§ Idog-pahi (thing) opposed to that, contrary (to it); Sch. has also Idog phye-wa distinguished, different (fiom each other), and ldog-pa reciprocal, mutual, each separately.
^•q| Ldon one of the six early tiibes of Tibet descended from the four sons of the monkey patiiarch, the six being : sc, to гтщ ldon, §lon, 5 gra, g brn, which are also called mi-bu gdun-drug. the six descendants of the (first) man (J. Zan.}. Idon-kha the cover or lid of a tea- churner (Rtsii.}. pf. Idons, 1. to become blind, to be infatuated. 2. adj. ldon$-pa=9iK^4 blind, infatu- ated. ldon-mo=\^% resp. (*pfa^ gsol- ldon} a tea-churner. Idon-ros «PT-fx^T; a kind of mineral medicine; also a yellow earth used for painting walls of houses. Syn. ba-na ri-skye$; В al-у ul §kyes; ui^A^’w yid-hbo^-ma* W” gar-mkhan-ma; до-li,; klu- lce\ ma-no-ha (Mnon.}. Ldofi-lha n. of a mountain in Tibet, presided over by a demi-god of the same name (G. Bon.}. ldon-pa to give or pay back, to return==?fS'4 klon-pa or glon-pa\ lan [don-pa to reply, to give an answer. ldob-pa to apprehend quickly ; to be witty, to be quick in repartee (Cs.). Idobs-paz^WQ $pobs-pa. + ldob$ $куеп-ра—2\*Щ'ъ quick percep- tion, understanding readily. ldom-pa alms, anything given to a religious beggar. Syn. ^’9 Idom-bu ; bsod-snoin% (Situ. 137}. + Idom-bu v. ldom-pa. ^ 5’ §5’4 Idom-bu byed-pa to ask for alms, to beg as a religious mendicant. Idom- bu-pa a religious beggar, mendicant. Idom-sa alms-house, house where beggars receive food. sdan-wa l. = 3^3; pf. sdans to hate, to be angry, wrathful: ’^’qVgs’A the parents together with those about them became displeased (Hbrom. 49}; being displeased, he grew angry; the Chinese hated all foreigners. 2. sbst. anger, hatred, malice: and imme- diately perceiving in very truth thoughts the most stupendous, those afflicted with the potent poison of malice were healed (Tan. Mdo 130.}. 3. adj. angry, mali- cious, hostile: sdan-wahi dgra an angry vindictive enemy; $dan-wahi sems wrathful mind, hatred, enmity, hostility; sdan-icdii sems-Idan having a vindictive mind. sdan-wa thums-cad hjig-pa (or colloq. to disarm hostilities or hostile feelings, g^'^’q $fiar $dan-ica the former hatred, old grudge. $dafi-aiahi rlags the signs of hatred or ill-feeling are : not giving alms от charity; ^'§5 ^ to cause disagreement; not being accordant, or in harmony; ne$-spyod mischievous, behaving viciously, etc. (K. du. 5 203}. ^’§5 sdan-byed an enemy, foe. Syn. 5SJ dgra; hkhcn-hdsin (Mfion.}. ^’9 $dafi-bU) v. gdafi~bu. 91
§dad-gron freehold bouse; a resident owner ; opp. to house occupied by an agricultural tenant (fi/sri.). ^dam-pa v. §dom-pa ffax abstinent, self-restraining, bound ; handcuffed ; bound with a rope. §dar-ma eft nil-wa, ^’4) timid, timorous, trembling: though a timid person may put on various clothes, 4*c’ (^- &<• S Ok ^Ч]’Ц sdig-pa I: WWI4, W, qrq sin, moral evil. Лес. to Tibetan explanation, tho word is derived from sdig§-pa to sting or torment, the sinner being pained in body, speech and mind by tho misery resulting from impious acts, &e: q §dig-pa-la yid-che$-pa to believe in sin ; sdig-sgrib = q sin and defilement, contamination of sin. ч §dig~§grib thams-cad sel-ua to cleanse from every defilement of sin. §dig-can sinful: $dig-can pm-pa tho sinful butcher ; Tq sdig to-ica or a sinner, one who has accumulated sin ; sdig-ltaht mtJian-nid-can one having sinful looks, a suspicious character; $dig- -dug sin and suffering. ^dig-pa hjom$-pa to conquer sin, as something hostile to man (Jd.); ?qr^’q a grievous sin; ^-qqvg^N sdig- pa- rnam-par §byaiis f^vaqrq [one whose sins have been entirely washed off]#. ^*q|X'4 sdig-pa spyod-pa to practise sin; sdig-pa byed-pa to commit sin. ^•q-sHppwg^q sdig-pa bpigs-par byed-pa expatiation of sin by confession and repentance for whieh four kinds of or powers are necessary: (1) ifw^’^-q- (2) (3) ; (4) ^’З'^ю.— $dig-pahi grogs a companion in vice, an associate in crime: i^^qprEfyw-gczSlc;, avoid- ing evil companions and not being bound by tho snares of women, associate with the gods (7Г. d. * 31); sdig-pahi ebo^can чпгч1^ possessed of vicious propensities. lh'q* sdig-pahi IJo-can a bear, ex Ц II: a scorpion; of which three kinds occur in parts of Tibet, but mainly known by reputation only. sdig-pahi phufi-po a largo number of scorpions in one place: <*3r*i^,^<q’q'V ^’3 Jo-wold rndun-du sdig-pahi phun-po Idigs-kyi-byun a heap of scorpions were quivering in front of Atis'a (Я. 27). Sj n. $pan-bya; nesJtun ; wW&l bzan-las by о I; dmas-byed; sdig-blta; fan-hgrohi lam; tJiar-hgro ; ’*3^* nan-hthiin ; dgc-icahi hgabzla (Mnon.). $dig-t>lon a wicked officer; an officer or minister who is not devoted to Buddhism but favours the Bon cult. §digJshig lit. words of sin, but also implies words of repentance. §dig-srin (jft) the crab, the crab draws forth paralysis, kidney disease, and dropsy (Med.). Syn. hphrogjyed wig; rkaftrmanrpo; $bal*chen (Mnon.)9
715 sdig-pa пса-сап scor- pion. Syn. dur-tcas hchi; §5 mar-gyi$nam$-byed; fa§ mi-^dug (Mfion.). §dig-phug-ma, species of bird of Tibet (KisU.). c\ ^чрга §dig§-pa^ pf. bsdigs, fut bsdig, imp. ij*|M sdigs; also §’4 sdi-wa, pf. bsdi§9 fut bsdi to point towards or at, to point out; to threaten, to sting. sdig§-ri bya-wa cWt, *4qS when shooting an arrow or flinging a stone to threaten to strike some- body : ’^3S 5*Г^* if the merciful one for the purpose of threatening cast a thunder- bolt on the prince (A. 13). §digs-mo byed-pa to assume a menacing attitude, to threaten tauntingly (Jd.). ^^•«gq §digs indsub sp£i«?t index-finger, the forefinger of tho right hand the pointing of which may be a sign of a threat. khro-wohi §digs mdsttb the sign of threat made by the hand in which the thumb and the middle finger are brought to touch each other at the centre of the palm, the pointer remaining outstretched, gya^-na hkhor-lo ral-gri dgra-sta rdo- rje difi gyan-na sdigs-pahi §digs-mdsuh-po $in-tu hjigs-pahi bdag-nid-can (tho figures of) the dorje, battle-axe and sword being formed in a circle to the right, and the index-finger of myself, who am greatly afraid, pointing to the left (Tantra in Tangyur on “Mode of co-ercion of Yi- dags, Grul-bum, and Srul-po”). sdins, нгз 1. a level eminence, a levelled place, flat surface, table-land: lha-sdins the eminence where gods dwell; klu-sdtns the plateau where the naga reside; 5^’ dnos-gnib sdin§ the plain where enchanted things are obtained or where one’s wishes are fulfilled. 2. acc. to Jd. a cavity or depression; spafi-sdins an undulation on a grassy plain; ri-sdifis a depression on a mountain ridge. 3. acc. to Cs. middle part, heart, core. e\ 1. (Seh.) = dib-pa. 2.= ItlL-pa (Ja.). sdu [also^£. sda-gu for mdses-pa 3iTni beauty, beautiful. sdug as adj. unhappy, miserable. I: sdug-pa те, ЗПпт adj. attractive, agreeable; comely, nice ; dear, loveable: ^A’^Tq nice-looking; became beauti- ful, pleasing and comely, to the sight; '^'9A*I4!q,Q* the most beloved of my sons; S’§3 my dear son; to love, c. dat., gen. with regard to parental love; ^*qK4^-q to become dear to a person, to be endeared to; not nice, disgusting, disagreeable: 5'^ a lama covered with disgusting sores ; to disfigure, pollute, profane. Syn. hdod-pa ; bde-ica ; 4qq*rq hphans-pa; q §dug-pa; «^’q mjah-pa. (Mnon.). 3 sdug-gu (also written §’$) engaging, pretty, winsome: 3‘*5 all pretty women. §4’3'^ sdug-gu-ma or^H q
716 rs,£,l idurj-ge-tra the state of being pleasing (Ja., Cs.) §4]-4II : vb. to be afflicted, downcast, depressed, prostrated: ^q- the inind was very mueh afflicted; also as sbst. senis sdag-pa) soirow, misery, distress; ^5 the beginning of the misfortunes of Tibet; ‘Й<гчч our tmn of being visited by affliction came ; Sjqx^]a:e you notin distress ? to undergo hardships, to bear affliction, to suffer; you cannot endure hardship ; or $kyid-§dug lit. happiness and misery, good and adverse fortune, but gon. ill-luck; 54l’^4l4495’q to accumulate miseiy upon one’s self; the sin of having done evil to others; IJ4)'Wi to be in mourning (0's.) ; $dug srun-wa to mourn (Cs.); §dug-can colloq. fatiguing, worrying. sdug-khan a darkened room, a chamber of mourning ; §dng-go§ a mourning dress (Cs ). $dug-k$fial calamity misery, distress, affliction. $dug-b$fial brgyad the eight miseries enumoiated in Buddhist works:—(1) ; (2) 5J4]-qgQ|; (3) ; (4) Rafc-q$ |W|‘qg«|; (5) ; (6) $J4J-q£Q|; (7) ^Rq ^O|’q^ ; (4) ^’^^•W^’qq^q’Zi-g’^'qgq-qX. g*]’ sdug-b&al-wa io be unhappy; the state of unhappiness; $dug- bsnal byed-pa to bewail, bemoan; to become melancholy. §dug-bsnal hbyun-gna^0^' Q (Mnon,). Syn. sem$-§dug; sem§- gyens', sewi$-khofi-chud; yid-nan-chud; yid-mi-bde\ ^4I’^ §dug-po\ rab-tu-tsha; yi(h&di(n§; 5*^ mya-fian; gduil-ua (Д/Йо^.). $dug-rnthug accumulated cala- mities. $dug-hdre a demon (Sch.). §dug-pa nal-wa—13^^ (7ь ко. 236). $dug-po wretched, savage, unami- able; evil; §dug-po byed-pa to do evil ; §dug-po btan»wa to do evil to a person; to molest, trouble, injure any one. S’lSS §dag-byed=^ ’^4’ (K. ко. ”1 ^6). g^lЛ $dug-shba a mourning hood or cap. &1нд-$еп1$=$№^' byafis-tfitfi ; affectionate. $dud 1. [folds, wrinkles]#, the folds of a garment; gSF §dud-kha stiing for drawing together the open- ing of a bag; drawing-hem. 2. Cs. : synthesis ; ^§5 §5 hbyed-^dud analysis and synthesis. 3. v. SJ5'Q $dud-pa. I: $7ad-pa pf. b§du§, fut. (used likewise for the pres, tense) 4J b§du, imp. vb. a. to kdu- wa 1. to collect, gather, mass or range together, to assemble, to put together, to compile; to brush or sweep together. to biing under one’s power, to sub- ject, subdue ; £ ’q^as many as six kinds being massed together; Yf by the power of faith was unable to control the eyes from looking {A. 151). 2. to unite, join, con- dense, add together, contract: adding the troop to his retinue; khyo-$ug-tu §dnd-pa to unite
7)7 in matrimony ; go|*r^4^'£ п $pyan gsum §dan-mig khro-gner b§du§ fifi ljag§ hdril che-wa me stag hphro a tiger will issue forth with a great fiery tongue lolling out and having three eyes united together with scowls and frowns (Tangyur treatise for “ Coercion of Tamdin”); if one shortens it still mo.o, if it is further abridged; b§dus-yig abbreviation, abridgment; Qgsr bsdu§-hgrel an abridged commentary, comprised of six letters. cjgN'R or ^*8 a preparation by combining together several ingredients. II tdttd-pa^^&tf&'X the four virtuous collections or confederacies: §byin-pa charity, i>., giving alms, &c. 4 polite language; Хдcommon uniform interest; public weal; don §pyod-pa working for an end (K. du. « 43). gV°^ §ditd-len abbr. of collection and realization: g5 (source of) income from the realization of revenue of a Jong (district) (Rtsii.). sdudsrafi = gS ^>^§5 the weighment or measuring of revenue, ete. (Rtsii.). ^<ЗЦ’Ц $dum-pa 1. vb., pf. fut. imp. g** or gw to make agree, to bring to an agreement, to reconcile, to conciliate; g’wlV* to bring to harmony or terms; gw§\q reconciliation gwJS'4 who is eager to make peace will join the gods, will become a god (K. d. я 31). gw*^ intermediary: I the Jowo also becoming the reconciler of the two kings (A. 58). g«'4 3 $dum-pa-po or g*r*f^ conciliator, pacifier, peace- maker ; they 31 often at one time were at odds, at another they were at peace with ono another. 2. sbst. a treaty, agreement. 3. = ^’®^ khan-khyim a mansion, house; 4]^wg54 gzim-sdum (resp.) bed room. + g5^ 4PN family life. + g*r sdimi-mtshes—ffl*neighbour. rq sdur-u'a pf. and fut. bsdur to make comparison, compare: ^44'^g^‘§Sq to compare attainments among scholars; ^wg^g^q to compare different texts; ^'V^wgKA to try feats of strength; g^^ sdur-len exercises, g^'^’ sdur-blan in Tsang: amber (Jd.). I: sde ffar, ЗП section, class, commu- nity, race, tribe; part, portion: bon-sde Bon community; sde-chen-la sneg-pa to aim at an extension of teiritory; q’^’31* *£w’q pha-rol-gyi sde hjom§-pa to conquer hostile tribes; sde-$der Ьдо-гса to divide into clssses (Cs.); mdo-sde Sutranta class; ^5'^ Tantra class ; ckos-sde religious class or section, hence a monastery : §de-btsugs he founded a section t>., a monastery. §de Ьсо-brgyad the eighteen sects into which the four earliest schools of Buddhism were divided:—I: wprq w’«5 g j ; (1) 1 (2) wq5 (3) (4) ^‘9 1 wqtt; (5) (6) cin?- HTzfaf; (7) ? I II: ; (8) I ; (9) q I (10) 1 HI* (11) (12) (13) ТНя<т;(14) l I ; (15) IV:
718 q’^^-q^-qS^ | ; (16) <4Cql'wlTx;^’ W? I HrrfaTHcnfa^; (17) | йгжЪт; (18) WHUfafc- TTfani. sde-bshi the four classes of Buddhists (the earlier schools). £Mrq5’§*q^ four kinds of acquirements; W*, enjoys or prospers in five evil objects of desire; the fourth section of at tain-men ts is salvation ; Ma~ arin-gyi §dej}vgyad the eight classes of spiiits. 1* Sde-dkor district ((?ZrJ. $de-dkrug$ disturbance, dispute, general niisundci standing: я^'я^'В” they engaged in disturbances of this kind, as being innate to tho body (Zif/srz.). §de-hkhrug-pa in «prsj C^gqj-q tho fighting between the neigh- bouring states or countries; a general revolt of a people (Ya-scl. 18). $de-dgon central monastery abbr. of If sdc aud dgon-pa (Yig.). sde-fyrgyad the eight kinds of demon in three series, each of eight:— I: (1) ‘rtjk’Zf hgon-po (2) Зудгг thehu bran, (3) na-yani, (4) «’ч^| sa-bdag, (5) yul-lha, (6) $man, (7) btsan, (8) "j kht. II: (1) sf«T4¥l srog-fydag, (2) ma- mo, (3) gfin-rje, (4) «^5 bdud, '5) gnod-§byin, (G) 5$ dmu, (7) 53’^ d-.,ra-lhay (8) яч[е/р hgon-po. Ill: (1) gzah-mchog byi~ tri-pa-tra, (2) Ijafi-sfion drag-po, (3) du-wa mgug-rin, (4) hbar-wa ra-fsa, (5) sgra-gcan- hdsin, (6) $%к&Ьуг-пг< ra-tsa, (7) V5®1 >*a- hu-la, (8) q khyab-rnjug chcn-i>o (K. than. p 37). Sde-can n. of an ancient sage in India (Fh-seZ. 53). $de-chen bya-gag an epithet of KArttikeya the youngest son of Mahes'vara (Mnon.). VV* ^de-dum subdivision of a district; a small community or section of a larger community (Lofi. я 13). $de-§nod-gsum the Tripitaka or the three baskets, viz: the three classes of the sacred writings:—Vinaya pitaka (Q^ q5 § ^5 hdul-icahi $de-$nod) treating of moral discipline; Sutranta pitaka (*\ mdo-sdehi §de-$nod) the aphorisms, general religious discourses; Abhidharma pitaka («Sj^ or *2^w?-^c^q^q Wflon- pahi ^doi-nod lufl-gi btfan-gia, the metaphy- sical and dogmatical instructions. all virtues are embodied in these three (Lam-rini. 4). -s tdo-pa 1. one in charge of al* ^le or district, a district officer; formerly the chief or governor of a province was called Depa. §de-wa £s/wfi=the central government or tho government of Lhasa. 2. (”ГГ^ ka-$de Ita-wa a letter of a certain phonetic class, or the phonetic class itself; $de-pa bshi-pa the fourth phonetic class, the labials in Gram. 3. sde-gia signifies also a class of demons. 4. jfarqfa, [leader of an army] S. 3§de-p)a Don-yod n. of the famous Rin-chen Pung-pa of Tsang who founded the Rin-^pufis Jon in Tsang (Lon. я 13). ^•q^q-q gtsan-pa the powerful chief who had established his sway over Tibet in the beginning of the 17th cen- tury. He was killed by the Zungarian
719 chief Gushi-khan in 1643 A. D. {Loft. \ 13)- sde-dpou a petty chief ruling over a district- Syn. rgyal-jihran; yul- gyi bdag-po {Mnon.). §de-tshan ; section of written characters e.g.> phonetic class=В sde^ a particular kind of wiiting as Na-ga-ri sde-tshcm character {Glr.) ij §dc-mtshan-pa 1. an astrologer. 2. [collection, multitude]#. sd'>-gzar civil dissension, law- lessness, anarchy: sde-gzar chen- po great revolution, civil war. ifw §de-fyzaft ; good or well disci- plined brigade. $(&-уап§=|5*^ court, court-yard (-7Й.). ij Sde-rab-tu pdiam-byed n. of a king of S'ravasti {К. my. I4 31f2). Hs sdc-srid 1. province, king- dom (Cs.). 2. ruler, governor, administra- tor. Is the name especially given to the Regent who administers the government of Lhasa during the minority of a Dalai Lama. sde-srid phag-mo grub u. of the rulers of Tibet who administered the government of Tibet during the hier- archy of Phag-mo-gru in the 15th and 16th centuries A, D., the chief among them being Byan-chub Rgyal-mtshan born of the family of Chot-sgyal Sne-gdon {Loft. * 13). Sde-srid Sans-rgyas Rgya-mtsho the famous Regent of Tibet who conducted the government of Tibet for 13 years after the concealed death of the first Dalai Lama, and better known by the name of Gon-sa Lfta-pa chen-po {Loft. * 12). ^^c^sdeg-par gzahvftQ [reproach, reviling] #. sden-hhag charge, responsibi- lity. sdeb-pa, pf. bsdebs, fut. 4^q bsdeb imp. sdebs 1. to mingle, mix; to make unite, to conjoin; to fasten together : 5*1qq phyogs-gcigJu sdeb-pa to mix together certain things and setting them apart; combined one with another (Rag. Z$); '«J’g qq dr as- sn sdeb-pa sewed together. 2. vb. n.: to join, to unite, 5^’ with, also «I: the soul sees by joining the eyes, it hears by joining the ear; to join company, to associate, to hold intercourse with (ЛЛ7.,). 3. to exchange, barter; to change (money). 4. to make poetry, to compose verses {Ja.). ?q*jV sdeb-sbyor 1. [the doctrine of the udgatri priests contained in a chapter of the Sama-veda]#. 2. metre in general, metrical science, poetry {Jd.); S)’^’$q*gk yi-gehi sdeb-sbyor ortho- graphy {Schtr.) ; i*q*r^5§'q sdeb-sbyor dbyc- iea metrical distinction; sdeb-byor-gyi bye-brag W a metri- cal narrative; § 4'^'3^ sdeb-sbyor-gyt brat metrical line ; t»q|vqg*rq sdeb-sbyor bsdus-pa metrical collection or extracts. §q^ sdebs together, in conjunction [a number of stanzas grammatically connected]#, ij q<r sdebs-blans {^'^) in §q^'3^ to take up together the above mentioned necessaries {Rtsii.). gqir&i|^ sdebs-tshogs assembling of different people or classes of people in one place: qg^'Sjq^q^^^ they daily assembled being seated in rows {Rtsii.).
720 $der-ma (resp. gsol-*der) plate, dish, platter, saucer; li-Mr a plate or dish made of bell-metal S4!**^* Icags-yfyr iron-plate; ka-$der or VI* * dkar-§der porcelain dish; * zan$-$der copper dish; l;**4)^’ $der-gan a plateful. $dyr-$pyad-kyi shal-lta-wa a superintendant of plates, &c. (X K). §6Zcr-??x) = ^’3 $dcr-kyu acc. to /SJo*. claw, talon; ^dcr-mo ?no a sharp claw; $der-can furnished with daw; a hawk; §der-med without claws; to seize with the claws ((X). ?*Г*Г^* §tay-gi §der a tiger’s claw. sder-chagt animals provided with claws; $dcr-chag$ dwan-po is a met. for the lion (ДГЯол.). $do-kham belonging together (&/?.). §do-ica pf. ifk $do§ or м $$do§ fut. b$do imp. $do$ 1. to risk, make venture, used with V’ or : «VI’5) ? ч bdag-gi Ih$ $do~u:a to risk my body; *b’5j’ ran-gi srog-dan §do-ica to risk my own life; dgra-la fy§do$ (Situ. 76) made a venture against an enemy; lus-srog b$dos-pa lisked his body and life; ifa the Lo-tsa-wa undergoing hardships and risking his life and body made up his miud to proceed (Л. 65). §don-po им, ’Я’», 1. trunk or stem of a tree. 2. the stalk of a plant; pad-mahi §don-po the stalk of the lotus; ^'q-q^q^-a-qg^- ц $don-po pan-pas mi hkhgig§-pa tsam shig $kye$-pa ndhon-no the stalk from which it was seen to le growing was such an one as could not be clasped by the out-spread arms; 3*‘25‘ ’?*’ $dofi-po khog-ston a hollow log or stalk (Vai. $fi.). $dofi-pohi $de the class of stalked plants (Cs.). 3. is the common word in the C. colloq. for a tree, also ^ifk'q $in-§doft po a tree; rkan-geig a tree of a single stem or trunk (Glr.)\ <;in-$doii khofi-rul a tree rotten at the core j $tar-$dofi trunk of a walnut tree; *gq|‘$k: pig-sdofi stem of a juniper tree; tMI-$doft a tallow candle ; B*]N khy«g§- ^don an icicle; mchod-$don (1)=*&S‘ rnchod-rten, (2) = ^^* $doa-rkan or $k*M< $don-ya$ a wick. $k*^^ $dot-dum or §dofi-bu dum-dum stump of a tree. $doft-dum tshiy-pa the burnt stump of a tree: q’ many ghosts of the appear- ance of burnt stumps of trees having as- sembled together (Khrid. 40). See also in Dzl. legend of a prince who was born in shape like a tree-stump and so called Sdofi-dum. $don-po-can w, nfan possessed of a stalk, a lotus flower. §don-po-g<dg n. of a species of gentian = 35*15 nagt-kyiiag-ta (Mnon.). Sfkqgr sdon-po-lna or q-g- the five plants of Budh.: (1) чвд’вгярц-ч full of resources, or skilful in means; (2) perfection in know- ledge от transcendental wisdom; (3) maturity in animated existence ; (4) V™5«p&jVV t^$’ лчщ-q perfect acceptance of Buddhism and following it; (5) freedom from anger is enjoyment- of equanimity (K. d. 327).
721 $don-phran ijsw shrub, plant. if^'n $don-tca or $don$-pa pf. bsdofis fut. ojfc' b§dofi to accompany, to join with, to enter into partnership (used with ^*); J5SV^'§^5 khyod-daft Ha sdoft- $te hgro you and I will go together ; 5^’ dgah-wahi sems~kyi$ b$don§-te hgro-ho will go accompanying one another cheerfully (IJbrom. !£.). It is to be noted that b§doHs-pa seems to be often used as pres, tense. $doH-bu stick, staff: the flower-like staff was lapis lazuli; acc. to Cs. 1. a small trunk. 2. stalk. 3. wick. 4. WH, [1. the stalk of a pot-herb. 2. an arrow]£. §don-bu-rin — ^ ku-wa gourd (JWon.). sdon-buhi $man НЧ^Ч n. of a medicinal plant. gtfon-2fo==i3'?IIP’ zla-yrojs friend, associate. sdon-ras a cotton wick (Risii.); §don-$in, V*’ don-rkan a wick of wood, of pith. ifS $dod=*Wt№Q nal-hso-ica |ЧЯ|н respite, relaxation. ^*4 §dod-pa wiff, 4^^ pf. and fut. 4^5 b$dad 1. to sit; dal-war $dod-pa to sit still, to be at ease. 2. to stay, to stop, to wait: thog-mar der-fysdad for the present I will stay here yet a little longer (Mil.); to lie down and to continue lying (Mil.), wait a little yet before beginning to kill (Dzl.); without timo to stop even for a mo- ment; §dod-par byed to be seated, to cause to sit. 3. to be at home, to live, to reside, to settle at. bkah- $dod attendant, waiting servant. sdod-rogs a sweetheart, mistress, a con- cubine. ^’ЗЯ* sdod-lug$~fyty\ (acc. to Rnin-ma school). sdom I: the spider: spiders, scorpions, insects and worms, etc. (Rtsii.); sdom- mo a she-spider; §я’^]’щ $clom-nag- po black spider: a black spider with 360 arms and feet having one eye on its forehead and sixteen mouths (D. R.). Syn. thags-mkhan; V4 wa-can; Ite-ica bal-can; sprehu-hdra (Mnon.). II: summary: S*FW §pyi-sdom general summary, contents; dpehi $dom a table of contents, index in gen., introductory remarks, introduction. I: §dom-pa цн, {Мн vb., pf. ч^яя or ч^Гяя bsdom§ fut. ^я or ч^я b§dom imp. ?я $dom or ^яя §doms 1. to bind, fasten ; to tie up, bind up: ЙГ^я’^яч khro-chu $dom-pa to fasten by melted metal, i.e., to solder; *^я а so-sdom-pa to press the teeth together, to gnash ; rtsa-kha sdom-pa to close an opened vein. 2. to stanch, to stop, to cause to cease: Г'НЯ'Л^* ч'^я*ч risa-kkrag for-wa sdom-pa the stop- ping of the bloody influx; to bind, constrain, render harmless; ^я ч’^я ч ne$-pu $dom-pa to neutralize an evil (Sch.). 3. to make morally firm, to confirm; д^г^я’Ц spyod-pa $dom-pa to make firm one’s moral conduct. 4. to add together, to cash or sum up: rgyud-bshi bsdom$-pa§ Ichu all tho four Tantras taken 92
722 together have 154 chapters; taking all together (Л. Ju 1-14). II: sbst. нж; obligation, en- gagement, duty; on either side ; if^q^Kq $dom-pa chag$-pa 55 §dom-pahi ggra |fava^q $dom- pa fen-pa (Glr.) or $dom-pa hdsin- pa to enter into an engagement, to bind one’s self to perform a certain duty; ^qjj^-q $dom-pa srun-pa to be true to one’s words, to keep one’s engagements; E/orgTHq-^ fia-la $doni-pa-med I have renounced iny vow ; I have no vow (Glr.). the three vows: (1) the vow of an ordinary Buddliist for self-emancipation; (2) fwq the vow of a Bodhisattva for universal libera- tion ; (3) the Tantrik or mystical vow. We find also priestly vow ; 1^55'5'3 the vows of a Danapati (almsgiver) ; the vows of a physician. (K. du. ч ^«’§5 $dom-byed 1. one that binds by duty, etc. 2. an astringent medicine (Cs.); ^^§5 5'3^ $ a mystical posture in yoga signifying perseverance : then being released by the mystical posture of §dom-byed, the naga returned to his own country (P.J?.). SprXq sdom-tshig a summary in a few words. $dom-la summarily, in brief, in short. sdoni-gzer rivet of a pair of scis- * ?rs or tongs (Sch.). ^q5'55 $dom-pahi dgra an epithet of Kamadeva (Mnon.). sdom-bu, (^’5) a ditch, ravine; a ball; a round tassel. $dom-brtson Kfn, fSnj a profes- sional sage, an ascetic: according to the custom of lama ascetics in conformity with religious rules. Syn. kun-tu-rgyu; я|$сгяч*ч^м gtsan-war gna$; khru&Jcyi irful-shug§\ ц’я^я^’я ynra-icar bcad-pa (Mnon.). $dom-gcod-pa =. a waiter, valet; sentinel (D.-$cl. 11). sdom-hchifi^fow fault, guilt (Mfion.). $dor a general term for spices, butter, lard, or oil, which give seasoning to food; that which gives relish to food; seasoning, condiment; esp. thug- §dor that which makes soup tasteful, deli- cious, viz: meat; ^5’^ tshod-§dor grease used to roast vegetables, greens, &c. (Rtsii.); fshica-$dor salt and meal; *ja-sdor—*^ butter, for the tea-soup of Tibetans. hr da or я^я tprdah 1. any sign, gesture; signal with the hand; signs by tho eye. making many wanton gestures. 2. call, signal: 'я^ call by tho beating of the drum, sounding of the trumpet or the linging of the bell, for assembling at an entertainment; 5^‘Я5 summons to bed; proclaiming arrival by beat- ing drums or by firing guns. 3. sign, symptom, token, inference: *Цчр5Кя5’Я5< it is an indication of their impermanent condition (Pth.). ЯС5 as a symbol, symbolically; я^д5*4, |Хя, я$ч*я to explain, describe, represent (with accus., and prob, also with genit.); ^К^рфя^* ^^я to explaip. the essence or nature
723 4^1 of things, metonomically: what may be the symbolical meaning of it (JZiZ). 4. mystic phrase or key- word. 5. word in gen. verbal interjection (Lif.); an obsolete word being asked; an interpre- ter (&?Л.) ; is stated to be a lama who instructs verbally esp. with regard to the spelling of words; there came also into use various spellings (Zam.); brda-rnin old orthography; new orthography; a grammatical treatise on Tibetan words; ЗЦ’Ц’=&г|, аЦ’ск; to explain words (Mil., Jd.) brdahi-phyag homage with words, also mutterings expressive of respect in bowing down: ^•gqj’q^q^N'q&r^ having made twelve prostrations with words of respect on his lips (Л. 37). brda-bkrog alarm, warning, notice of danger. brda-§kad symbolical language, sign-expression. brda-chad language, evidence; irak’qfq^^ the language or evidence of the mirror. brda-§ton-pa to un- ravel an enigma. brda-hdiim-fes signal of danger. q* brda-spral-гса openly or cleaily to explain; explanation of a sign or symbol. brda-sprod (^jfs) 1. explanation of words; min-don brda-sprod n. of a dictionary of mystical and technical terms. 2. orthography. 3. as vb.=MTV4 ra-sprod-pa to verify evi- dence or terms. brdah- §prod-pahi b§tanJ)co§ n. of a grammatical work. brdah^es ($***) a numeri- cal figure; a number of higher value than the preceding. brdab-pa pf. 1. to fold, to place together; folded the palms; snod-brdab puts ono vessel on another, one box or vessel placed in another; a rug folded; qprq^rq to keep clothes in proper folds, or to fold up clothes; folded arms or hands (Situ. 75). 2. to fall down, go down, to sink; J at one time (the boat) seemed as if it was going down to the bottom of the sea (Л. 16) ; «K/q^qV^’^’ being drunk he fell down (i.e., folded up). brdabs-bsigs oppression, tyranny; giving trouble to the subjects (Fig. k. 3). br dar-wet pf. form of s^yq^v^ sharpened the weapons (Situ. ™). q^ q^ q brdar btags~p(i sym- bolical. brdal-ica v. [creeping down, gently gliding]#. brdas a pf. of ^5: rjes-su brda§ (Situ. 75). brdun or ^K»’q pf. brdufis (Nag. 40). qX^'4 brdeg-pa 1. altem. foini and fut. of also seems=beaten to death. 2. = ^ to eat, eating. qi^qp brdeg-cka^^^^ weapons, sword, etc. a javelin (Mnon.). q^-qXq fyrdeg-hcho§ 1. falling down, fall. 2. a dance. brdufl-ma a beating, puk verisation).
724 q^-qi brdog-pa = owч eaten up. brdun-ica v. rdun-tea. brdugs pf. of bdug-pa and wqyqq bdug-pas brdugs seems to be an intensive form (Situ. 75). qjQj’ZJ brdul-wa 1. to deceive, to (‘heat (&Л.). 2. to swing, brandish, flourish, gyab-mo brditl-ica to swing a fly-flap (Jd.). brd д-ра 1. to strike, bang : Q|or^’q^’4qN ^q^A*4|-4]JjC^^ the machine giving bangs and cuts of a violent character. 2. to eat. qs/тр bl'deg-cha—^ gri. q^tqA^aj q brd* g-htshog-pa (§S’4 brdufi-grabs byed-pa) 1. to threaten to beat, prepare to beat. 2. to tumble down as if falling down under intoxication ; to slip, to slide, to lose one’s footing. q^N*q brdos-pa (W*! gshan-la) 'wfHS'a [run towards, attacked] S. ч bldags-pa [licking]8. bljhd explained by: bldad is the chewing the cud by oxen, goats and sheep. q^^’q b$dams-pay v. if**q sdom-pa. qjwtf hsdam-mo a knot, a tied bandage. bsdam-ra = q^’if^q §S'q bkag-sdom dam-po byed-pa (Rtsii.). bsdar-wa Sell.; in^^n^ q mdun- du b$dar-ua to hope, to expect or wait for a favour. bsdigs [sth object to fix the eyes on, either to steady the vision or in mystic contemplation: hjigs-tshul-gyis bsdigs (Situ. 76) ; = dmig$-pa. q^^^rj b^digs-tshig a catch or quibble in a disputergol-tshig or rgol-wahi tshigS (l&non.). qsj'q bsdii’ica pf. qg^'q b^dus-pa fut. bsdu to collect. qg'q bsdu-wa sbst. нягн or yig. 1. union of words and syllables under certain grammatical rules, collec- tion, gathering; qg^'q^w^N bsdus-te b$dom$-na$ having abridged ; bsdu$- don wrurir precise meaning; qg^’q wgvq bsdus-pa las gyur-pa a form compounded from atoms. 2. co-operation, partnership, fellowship. qg*q$5?ir2?q^ b$du- wahi dnos-pobMthe four essentials of part- nership or co-operation:—(1) ajtfq’l^q mkho-tra sbyin-pa; (2) $nan-par Smra-wa ; (3) hjig-rten don nithun-pa; (4) gdul-byahi don-la spyod-pa. qgN'qS^fa b$dus-pahi sdom firn conglommerate mass; ^qq-^-q^-q dican- du bsdus-pa brought under one’s control or power (Situ. 76). bsdus-bshom З’чтя a hell, pcidition. qgwq b$dums-pa~ AVC^g^-q tar- bsdums byed-pa treaty, intermediation, reconciliation. b$dur-wa to comparo [party representative, party fighting]8. q^Vqvq bsdogs-pa to compose, prepare, make ready: lham-gyi b§dogs~ pa; ner-b$dogs-pa id.; Sta-gon-bsdogs (Situ. 76). b^dofis-te together, in company with (Nag. j/2). bsdu-yig (Мйоп.); bsdos (see ante £fq sdo-wa) risked.
I : na L (he twelfth letter of the Tibetan alphabet, corresponding in sound to Sanskrit и or English n. 2. num. fig.: 12. II . as a symbol na signifies steadi- ness, or and, further, it signifies to have steady faith in the Buddhist Trinity (К. my. ”1 207). Again in the Tantra, means futurity or (7Г. g. p 179). Also explains the knowledge of the name and forms of all things, i.e., matter. In mysticism is used to denote bad luek (K. g. p 179). III : or^ na-ga 1. meadow, pasture land ; it grows on meadows (Vai. $fi). 2. old name of the province of Gar in Upper Tibet (A. 148). 3. sbst. = ^5 or (resp. g’^ §ku-na) age, stage of life; na-tshod rga§-pa§ of advanced age (Vai. §n.); naso gshon-te being young; na-tshotf-kyi dbye-wa the different ages or stages of life (Ja.); na-chufi maiden, virgin: nachufi bzan-nio bcu ten beautiful gills; V *3* na-mnam=%lo-mnam of equal or same age, contemporaneous; a young maiden. IV: 1. the locative case-sign added to substantives, and to be translated: in, on, at, unto: <]Wj gyas-na on the right; jgyon-na on the left; lo-rgyuz-na in a book of history; dc-na there, in that place; at the same time, at a certain time; ^’3>at that time, then. 2. added to verbs, either to the inf. or more frq. to the verbal root, when it implies the construction of a gerund and is best rendered by “on” his doing so-and-so, or by “when” he did or was doing such a thing, etc. 3. added, as Jd. points out, to the instr, of substantives and verbs: for that reason, there- fore ; for what reason, why, where- fore ; hence, thus, so then, accordingly, very frq. khur-ica$-na because they carried (Glr.); also added to the tenninative case: I I in the first place, firstly, etc., (Dzl.); on account of. V: the next meaning of as given in the work Smra-sgo is:— 1 This definition refers in fact to the use of as a conditional conjunction when it is placed after the verb of the clause it affects and is rendered by “if.” Frequently but not always the word gal-te is put at the beginning of such clause, and T1 *5 with together= “if.” In Situ. 22 there is given an elaborate explanation of as conditional particle:—1. applied to show how a thing is comprised or on what it depends, for instance if in reality or substantially; if taken together. 2. Фapplied to
726 express reason or conditional existence: this having existed, that arose; fire existing, smoke came out. 3. as a suppositional particle : I if there exists no wood at all how can there be dry wood? if matter is not composite can there be imperma- nency ? 4. although : although he was foimerly a transgressor ho is now applying his mind to piety ; I ’X although this (person) was poor foimerly, he is now no longer poor. 5. applied to prayer=if indeed: । з;-^Й । if indeed, I obtained saintly enlighten- ment, I should think that all living beings were happy I 6. applied to express doubt: if I sow seeds would seedlings (at all) come out of them ? (Situ, 21). is also used with nani: nam-du$-la lab-na when the time comes, frq,; nam-hgro-na when I go, was going, shall go. We have not space to illustrate the usage of with «pr? the latter word merely serving to show where the condi- tional clause commences. t Na-ka ищ n. of a Buddhist sage at whose request the poet Kshemendra wrote his famous poem Avadana Kalpalata. J Щ na-kra a sea-monster of egg- horn species, possibly a crocodile, an alligator. Na-kha n. of a place in Tibet: ^’P’ the saint Thar-pahi Kyyal-wdshan of Nakha (Loft. * 18), 2. = И^’ green-sward, turf. [1. the plant Marsika quadrifolia. 2. pearl oyster]8. У*!} na-ga pasture land, green mea- dow. ’5} na-ga pha-ni wfa n. of a medicinal plant. na-yi rRpt n. of a medicinal seed of the size and appearanco of a pea, prob, a cubeb (Ijtsii.) [lit. mountain-born]8. Syn. na-phyi$-duft; й«р rniig- pa; ko-lahi hdab\ й’^’^’Й mi- ry an sen-mo (Mfton..). na-yu-chan^^'i" spaft-rtsi green sward, pasture land. ’Q) [the plant Vatica robusta.yS- па-с1шп-та=Ъ'%% a virgin, a young woman, a damsel. Syn. Hbu-mo gshon-nu ; laft-tsho daft-po; phyog$-med-ma nor-ldan-ma (Mfion,), na-mnam-ma=ЗрргМ a female friend, a mistress (Mnon,), Na-ti-ka n. of a place in ancient India (K. du. S 328). G\ na-nin JPK last year, preceding year [previously, before, in front]#. ^’4 na-wa 1. to be ill, sick; also the state of being ill, illness, sickness; to cure sickness (though ^5 is more in use); ua-ica dan hchi-ica disease and death ; g zkye-rya-ua-hchi, v. | ч skye-wa I. 2. sbst. = a sick person; q old and sick people; an invalid (male and female) (Ck.); W one
727 laid up with disease, a female patient (ЛД7.); a sickly person, an invalid (Cs.); sickly ; healthy (Cs.); after falling ill (Sch.); ear-ache; my whole body aches; if the tooth aches; it aches on pressing (S.g.); 3]5’q'ai'4'<4 (good) for the headache, for disease of the brain; complication of diseases or fits of generally. na-tsha=illness: | medicine is not congenial to one who is not ill. t yzT<jrotq na-wa ma-li-ka the flower Jdsminum sambae. na-wa tsa-ti-ka n. of a bird (К. ко. 3) [a young spar- row] 5. na-bun fogs, line of thick mist which hangs over the sides and tops of hills. byin-rlab$-kyi na-bun the fog of blessings. Syn. $ mug-pa; R«| khug-rna. na-bun bu-mo a kind of worm. na-ma abbr. =*i name for $tod-gar the province of Gar in upper Tibet and * for the lake Ma-pham (Manasarovara) (A. 148). па-mo ин*- praise, glory, adora- tion [bowing one-self down]S. па-mo gu-ru praise to the teacher! frq. in Milaraspa. Na-mo-che n. of a place in ancient India: (A. 114). ^5 na-tshod age; V^V*?**4* of the same age; youthful, young. na-tshod-gnas l.=S’§4,l khyu- byug the cuckoo. 2. = 5’^ raven (Mfion.). 3. a name for and $kyu-ru-ra ityrobolana embelica. na-tshod ynas-pa, a youth (Mnon.) [a youthful maiden] S. na-tshod-yol passed youth, one whose youth is over; but ace. to Rtsii. an old man between 60 and 72 years of age. па-rdsa [sprinkled ]& na-bzah (uamza) рЧПН, dress, clothes, covering. Also the cloth coverings of an idol. na-bzahi lteb-tu=9\^'^^ in the fold of the dress : saying poor pup! having wrapped it up in his garment, ho proceeded (A. 13). na-bzah sgron or offering of raiment. у na-bzah go§-drug the six kinds of clothes used by the Bon priest are the following;—smad-gosy Я5’*4! smad-hog, smad-gam, stod-gos^ sad-shu, sad-lham an additional one is hdin-iua. na-hun ace. to Bon=^’^ na-bun : qpX} I agitated by the blowing wind like vanishing mists (D.R.). 1 3)’up^ Na-ya ko-ta n. of a village in Nepal. Na-ra n. of a place in the 10th century A.D. in Southern India (A. 40). (mystic) (К. g. I4 28). [1. hell. 2. a sort of mystical diagram framed in summoning up a divinity, eto.]S.
3j’^l 728 ^51 J па-гад—Vajra Naraka eternal hell, or dmyal-wa ntn ir-nied the hell of ceaseless torture. 3j’43J na-rani n. of a medicinal plant used for diarrhoea. j na-ri ki-la cocoa- nut : (7Г. g. i 48). яа-п?=Ье (someone) says or said. It hardly occurs in old classical literature, but is frq. in later literature, especially in Hit. and Pth. 3jNa-la-da n. of a sage (K. du. 5 121}. [Prob, tho same as Nfcrada the divine sage who was produced from tho forehead of Brahma] S. 1 Na-la-tee n. of the sister of Das'anuna tho fabulous king of Ceylon : q'S’-q 2J 4N I 9 V *» I then the Baksasa Dasagiiva for the purpose of conquering gods and men gave his sister Nalatse in marriage to Mah&devu (K. g. «i 317). na-li bowl, basin, an iron or thina dish (Jd.). + lha-yi me-tog n. of a celestial flower (Hbrom. *\ 17) [prob, the same as Naltna a lotus-flower or water-1 ily]S. + a, ®Y5, л-len-dra •тгзр^ the great monastery of Nalanda in Magadha, which was a Buddhist seminary ; also name of a small monastery in Phenvul in Tibet. na-lr-gam 1. peail. 2. |H [pepper; a small tree with fragrant blossoms, called Mcsua rox- burghii^S. Syn. ?rar«r«^ grol-wa-can; mu-tig (Mnon.). na-le-fam dkar-po [a particular drug or medicinal substance said to be fragrant, but bitter and slightly pungent in taste, and of a greyish colour; it is produced in grains about tho size of pepper-corns] 5. Syn. gni$-skye§; hphrog- byed; grfugs-can ; gdun-can ; SK’J ser-^kye (ДГЯоп.). Sal, /Sjjl; = 3*3 f!-kinl n. of an acrid medicine. na-ro 1. the o, or the vowel sign for the letter б? о in the Tibetan alphabet also called If 2. fhl [disease]/?. Na-ro-mkhah* $pyod-ma a dakini who is taken to be the tutelary goddess of the Sa-kya sect, and said to ho an emanation of variant type from Dorje Phagmo. па-г0~*а orNarotapa; Tib. Na-ro-pa a celebrated Buddhist sage of Nalanda in Magadha who guarded the northern gate of the monastery of Vikrama S'ila. Born of Kashmir Brahma? parents he became a pandit before his conversion to Buddhism, and wrote a learned treatise on the subject of subduing the Tirthika in disputation. Being miraculously told by a Khadoma that he should receive instructions in Buddhism from Tilopa and meditating for twelve years he obtained the occult powers called «*4 He
$1 729 returned to the life of an anchorite about the 70th year of his age leaving the Buddhist ministry to Dipaihkara S'rij- пйпа (Atis'a). %=nd man (mystic) (К. g. F 28) [the word nd may be derived from the Sanskrit nr (man), in the nominative case, singular number]#. nd-да the Indian term for S klu. q. v. + nd-да ge-sar итп%ЩХа1во called [probably Michelia champaka^S. Syn. gser-mifi-can; tsam~pa-skye$; VIя bufi-ioa-dgah (Шоп.). tVHTT4 nd-да ta-la-pa n. of a lake in one of the fabulous cemeteries of Buddhist India. + 4’4’^ na-ga-ri the civic language, or the language of the civilized people, the character in which modern Sanskrit is written. t q Na-go-pa n. of a Buddhist Indian ascetic who used to put on scarcely any clothes, and called the naked saint; while in Konkan in S. W. India he was found lecturing in the harem of a king who consequently caused his limbs to be cut off. It is said that the saint bearing the pain with indifference caused the king’s limbs to be cut off by some occult agency. He resided in a hermitage in the Vindhya mountains (K. dun. 5£). 3) nd-та 5fm=^'3’e3 shes-Ъуа-гса named, so-called. i na-ri kro-ra a very delici- ous fruit (2Г. d. £0). nag-po скш black; dark, gloomy; kha-mdog nag-po black colour, black or dark appearance. ^Bber-phyi nag-po nan-dkar a garment out side black inside white (Rtsii.); mi-nag or mi-nag-pa 1. a layman who has entered the state of religious enlighten- ment, but is still in the darkness of a worldly life. 2. a married man. V’W nag-can a wicked man, a murderer; a person guilty of a crime (#t?A.); a criminal released or escaped from prison. ^0 nag-khra paintings in various colours on a black plain or basis. nag-gi-shift «пгт a bower [an uncultivated field] #. nag-hgro [1. walking in the night. 2. fire, that which causes a path to be black in moving]#, Nag-rgya n. of a tribe in Ancient India: Rajputs who lived in the neighbourhood of Kapilav&stu (Yig. 28). nag-chag$ black cattle, horned cattle (Sch.). Nag-chu acc. to Tibetan writers the upper course of the Irawadi: В rf-cr w i ® i ”’5>' the Rivers Nag-chu of the north, Shag-chu, Sog-chu, these three joining at a place in upper Kham-mdo form the river called Ngul-chu which 93
5)^1 730 flowing through Tsha-wa Long in a south- ward direction enters Mukham and thence passes by Ava, Amarapur, Mon Sowa, &c.; the Indians call it Airavati {Dsam. 33). This statement, however, is not borne out by the investigation of modern explorers who have proved the Ira wadi to rise not iu Tibet but in the northernmost ranges of Burmah itself. ^Яnag-chu kha-pa people living on tho banks of the river Nag-chu who are notorious for their thievish propensities. ^Яnag-chun or —^Я^'Я^Я’ ЗЯ^'ч^Я'^Т^Я'^Я ^Я'^ пад-clun a heinous crime ; a great sinner. I nag-ta ma-la n. of a tree, the black Tamala (7Г. ко. Я 3). над-tin black indeed is a ^Я’?Я^ or auxiliary word added for emphasis to the principal word ^Я, so too wo have deep purple, £ 5^5^’ very blue. On the other hand ehab-chab expresses a meaning contrary to ^3^’ tin-tin as in and Similar expletives are in or -^Я’^Я in Й’^Я'^Я, and so on). ЯС*ЦЯ the Lord smiling with an expression of suppressed displeasure (A. 76). ^Я^ nag-thum or ^Я^ or ^Я'З'^ nag-hu-тс jet black {Sch.). nag-nog чтгеи [touching]#. ^Я ХЯ’^ nag-nog-can not clear; fig. pol- luted, stained with sin. ^Я’^ЯЛ’^'ХЯ^ nag-nog dri-mas nog§-pa covered with dirt, dirty, dingy. VT4 nag-pa §kar-ma) the thirteenth constellation. ^Я’З^ nag-zla- tra [March-April]#. nag- pa$-na [the full-moon day of March-April] S. '^Я^ nag-pahi-tshogs [^ч; variegated]#. ЗЯ^'^ЧЯ Nag-po khyab-hjug n. of Vishyu {Hbrom. 41)- ^Я 3nag-po hgro-fe$~ a clear legible writing, writing very clearly {Rtsii.). VI’nag-po hgro- bger was explained to Jd. as illustrating a sentence by comparing it with similar passages. Nag-po chen-po 1. the god Mahakala, or the lord of death; acc. to the later treatises, he is the wrathful manifestation of Chenraisi or Avalokites- vara. By propitating Mahakala, one ean get a charmed sword, elixir medicine for eye-disease, pills of wonderful pro- perties, also the power of walking with miraculous swiftness {K. g. 291). 2. an epithet of the king of the Naga. ^Я’йnag-po chcn-pohi tshogs ; attendants on Mahakala. nag-po dri-ldanb black sulphur {Sman. 447). Nag-po ^pyod-pa n. of one of the Mahasiddhas or Grub-chen: aiw arise, arise, the sage Krsnacharya is coming {R. dun. 27). ^Я nag-po fnJi a kind of grain or seed which cures “the disease of thirst ” (Sfa'V). ^Я^Я*4 nag-phyogs [black, sin]#. ^Я’^Я’^’|Я^ nag-po sdig-pahi phyogs.
731 W cho^lugs nan-pahi phyogs the side of irreligiousness; evil, sin, crime, etc., also the side of perverted religion, also those who behave contrary to the prac- tices of the Buddhist religion; generally a Mleccha, an outsider, S’^'q phyi-rol-pa and 21’ JT kla-klo etc. nag-ma a kind of vegetable medi- cine : ^'Й nag-mo ^rf^reir. a black woman, a woman in general; the goddess Kali. nag-niohi-biM-mift the names of the sons of Kali:—bum-pa-can; nag-mo-$kye§; mthar-byed; ^yqV^qq*^ mun-pahi dwaft-phyug*, §‘3^’ $de-bzan\ du$-kyi phyi-ma; 9*,'S’4i|v bum-$gra-b$greft; gcod-byed (Mnon.). Nag-mo khyo-med n. of a female sa-bdag or goddess of the soil. з^'Й^оЦ nag-mo Ifta-ten «чпт, one of the names of Draupadi, the joint wife of the five Pa^dava brothers (Mfton.). nag-mo-can [a yellow fragrant wood considered as a yellow species of sandal-wood; saffron]8. ^•Йячдц [La tower. 2. a conse- quence] S. а^’ЙЗ’[&| Nag-mohi-khol or з^’Йг^^ Kalidasa the great Indian poet. Nag-tshaft 1. = ^Т^’ нтт-нчц. 2. n. of a Dok-land lying to the north- west of Sa-skya monastery, and S. of the Yeru Tsangpo (Loft. * 13). nag-tshig a point, dot. Nag-tsho Lo-tsa-wa j*rq) the Tibetan scholar and traveller who twice visited Magadha and resided for three years at the monastery of Vikrama S'ila for the purpose of bringing Atis'a to Tibet about 1000 A.D. (Loft. я 9). nag§ opf, 7ТТИ a forest: mi-med-nags solitude, lonely forest (A. K. 1-4); nags-tshal a grove ; dense forests; nags-khrod-pa 3HWT or a succession of thick woods on steep hill-sides. The names of the forests in the mountains called of Uttara Kura are the following:—I: (1) gjqjrg^q ; (2) q^^N; (3) ; (4) gq^opj; (5) II: (1) (2) (3) gx/wg ; (4) —these exist in the mountains of Uttara Kuru called Tho following forests are said to exist in tho mountains of Purva Videha'.—(1) 2 «gjvcr<!Wl*rq; (3) Also (1) ; (2) ; (3) ; (4) $4'45’^; (5) (6) (7) ; (8) W (K. d. 320). nags-kyi rgyal [‘king of the forest/ the lion ; the plant Verbesina 8candens}S. nags-kyi gean- gzan gdug-gm-can— tofyu-lo the polecat (Sman. 108). 5*1’5 nag$-kyi tig-ta a wild bitter medicinal plant, a species of chiretta. Syn. rig-pahi rna-wa ; gna^-gcig-hdsin ; leg§-ldan; ro-ldan\ $don-bu-gcig; •^’дуЙ sdig-pahi bran-me ; *^'§5hjom-byed-ma (Mfton.). 'gprq nag^kyi sbal-pa acc. to Jd.: a tree-frog; a species of frog living in dense
732 *FI marshy forest: KiHfw (Med.). nagf-hyi fica-««=fI: * * 4l4J^4| tfag- gzig a tiger-leopard (ДГЙои.). ? * nag$-kyi hi-ra wild-boar. nag$-kyi-lha sylvan god, nymph (Л. 7Г. 7-4). W0 nag-khyi or nag-kyi-khyi wild dog Сноп alpinus. Syn. n- dbags-gsotf (Мйоп.). lfag$-mtioM-por dya^-wa n. of a city in the fabulous continent of Раз'ci ma Godaniya. 5*!*^ q nag$-ne-ica a grove. ^4|*’’?3i nagt-ldan fa peacock] S. nag$-la-lu$~ Q4! khyug 3^-fvn [fond of the forest, the Indian euckoo]S. nags-na dgah-wa cuckoo. Syn. f^'g4! khyu-byug\ йад-^пап (Д?Яо?ь). ^^g^ пад$-Ьуий эта = ’Жгдя nag$-t3hal-$kye$ [‘ forest -born,’ an ele- phant, a kind of grass] S. nag$-ma officinal plant used in fractures. I: nail W’nurf the space within a thing, the interior, the inside ; colloq. and late literature: indoors, a house: g0 home, the whole interior of the cavern (ЛЛ7.); gshoft-pahi пай the interior of the basin ; the interior of a pit; to sweep the inside of a house (Dzl.) ; пай-Май the whole family (Jd.); S q пай-gi bye-brag phye-wa to differentiate, to specify; the inner distinction. Also ^,4]^ specifica- tion as in: ^V^^'^'4!^’4!^’ in the speci- fication of the provinces of Tibet Tsang is included. Other ex.: to go into the room of a sick person (Vai. ?/?.); inviting into their houses (Mil.); nang-na^ пай-la, пай-du postp. with gen. = in, into, within ; also as adv. = inside: the kernel is inside;- V'V* пай-паз from within ; пай-1а§ from among ; ^‘9)’ ^*VH*v§5’q rdstf-gi пай-па khru$-bycd-pa (Dzl.) to bathe in a pond; ’^’S4]*^ (colloq.) to go into the water; 5^’B'K4*in the town and out of it (Dzl.); it came out of his nose (Dzl.). II : = ^’Й пай-то the morning (Jd.); ^'^5 пай-mej-la col., frq. sud- denly ; пай-med nor-rned-pa to become rich unexpectedly (S.g?). has also a special mystical sense = esoteric. пай-кЪой-$кет$ con- sumption. пай-khrol bowels, entrails, intes- tines ; also any separate part of them (Jd.) ; пай-khrol d/ой-и'а spasmodic contractions of the bowels ; khrol bshag=*W*Wl. nan-hkhor domestic attendants and officers, such as gwl-dpon^ gziin-dpon^ etc. : q he does not even say anything to his domestic attendants (A. P.5). ^£ч?||чс.-ч nan-gi ккай-ра inner apart- ment, also room of the house, пай-gi rpcoj-zbyin sacri- fice of animals, an offering.
733 naft-gi byed-pa w^*. W ;=$w ^5 sem$-nid the mind, the heart (M-fton.) [the internal sense-organs]/?. ^c/3)-gw44 naft-gi khrims or naft- khrims a private law, precept or doctrine not intended for the public; private punishment or chastisement. naft-gt дги-Мып=^*& store keeper, one in charge of stores (M-fton.). V^iIh'4 naft-gi sb у in-pa denotes per- sonal sacrifices, the surrendering of parts of ourself, e.g., a member of the body, opp. to outward property. naft-gi rlgs-bshi the four original races (of Tibet) which are:—?ч* Ijk' {doft, § se and Д ?mu (Yig. 7). naft-gog* v. ther. a general term for the inner contents of the body (Ya-sel. 39). пай-йог $ar-wa 1. for -V’4 perception: йч|-?]чЭ per- ception by the sense of the eye. 2. to en- lighten : there Buddha having blessed (sanc- tified) that country for the enlightenment of the Nfiga (A. 40). «atf-gri^=^”4|$4| $dod-gcig also one day, one morning: ч5*Уг1|*»^*г'Ё'^*ц§ч]*г^,чу’Т|| one morning he went towards the edge of the roof of Atis'a’s residence (A. 27) i V* лап-с7/а== VET4 naft-khrol intes- tines. nan-chag§su in one’s self, in one’s own mind (&?Л.). naft-chen one great in orthodoxy: Kjpvsa-$kyahi naft-gi mi-chen a great man under the hierarchy of Sakya. Naft-chen sper-ggig n. of a place in Khams (Loft. з 26). nan-mchod 1. mystical religious service; also offerings mado to deities in such a service, the most important offering being sanctified beer poured from a human-skull-cup into the cups of devotees who drink it as something efficacious against evil. 2. a sori of potion consisting of the ten impurities, viz., five kinds of flesh (including human flesh), excre- ment, urine, blood, mairow and W'4 (semen) all mixed together, trans- substantiated by charms into fydud- rtsi the potion of immortality, a small quantity of which is tasted by the devotees with the lama at their head. This drink is considered of great import- ance by the mystics who seek to obtain gifts of witchcraft; hence every offering is sprinkled with this potion. naft-rje minister of the interior, home-minister (Sch.). naft-ltar (col. for 4^’^ or Itar) according to, in conformity with, like, as, c. genit. or accus.: Ч’»р’^’$ч according to order or command; ч^Г*Н'Ч-^ч^к^ч according to what I have said; according to law; acc. to my written petition; ч*рaccord- ing to the orders (of Government). naft-hthab byed-pa = §\ч naft-hkhrugs byed-pa to stir up civil war, internal feuds. W nan-dag pure or clean within; the interior being cleansed; the intrinsic meaning, the true sense; naft- don rtog-pa to investigate, to study, the real meaning.
<5F-3f4|| 734 3jC-«IE5TC|| ¥-4 nafl-nan-rji, паЯ-gi, •’iM*’ паЯ-nai from among, out of: must be taken out of these; bring some of the nails which are in store. ^•^•цс/5<г|а£«г| пай-du уай-dag hjog sfa- н^П1Я [complete absorption]. Л8'4 пай-па Ici-wa [be- comes heavier, greater]^. i: пай-ра wfaw [humiliated, defeated]^. и: a Buddhist, opp. to B'q phyi-pa non-Buddhist, Brfihmanist. ^E/q’w^jsrq пай-ра san$-rgya$-pa he who has from sincere belief accepted Buddhism by formally taking refuge in the Buddhist Trinity—as thus defined by Tsongkhapa: (Lam-rim. 92). a^'qS'dbпай-pahi cha-htgi the Buddhist way of dressing; пай-pahi-chos Buddhist religion ; пай-pahi Ita- tca Buddhist philosophy; ^cqS'q^’q nan- pahi tetan-pa Buddhist doctrine; пай-pahi iton-pa the Buddhist Teacher; I a Buddhist is inwardly clean or pure, a Hindu out- wardly. пай-раг 1. in the morning (Dzl.). 2. the morning esp. the following morning: ^’q^’5’^’4 the allowance, the ration for the following morning (Glr.). nan-po an intimate, a bosom-friend (&Л.). nan-bion фсай-ро Ina acc. to Bon. the five external organs of sense: nose, ears, tongue, eyes and the skin(2).2?.). + пай-Ьуап chug-pa one who has mastered all meanings and does not require to ask others for explanation of the same. пай-ma 1. confidential, private. 2. house-wife, chief lady of the house- hold (Yig. k. 3). пай-mahi %kah-bri$ private or confidential writing or correspondence (Yig. k. 27). пай-mahi bkah- tshogif пай-mahi bkah-mchid confidential instructions, confidential cor- respondence ; private ad- vice=^’W’^»r**H пай-mi [near relative or friond]&; members of a household, in- mates (Dorn.). пай-mig room, apartment. пай-те lit. morning-fire for pre- paring breakfast [^«fu the interior fire, digestive force] S. пай-dme a murder of one’s own brothers, relations, etc. (Ya-sel. 18). nan-mo tho morning; in the morning; every morning and evening; 5’^* this morning : where do you come from this morning ? (Л1П.) this day’s meal; in the morning and evening; in the morning, in the evening, and at noon. пай-1$1шд$=Ф'ЩЯ^ пай-lugs. пай-fyzan-pa clerks or minis- terial officers who receive allowance in kind or money; also domestic servants who receive food for the work they do: the working attendants who receive allowance in food (Btfsu.). ^•ujE.^’q пап-уай$-ра mag- nanimous, broad-hearted.
735 naft-rig-pa the esoteric science or learning; nan-rig-pahi bon-^de gsum the three esoteric divisions of the Bon are:—(1) drag- pohi klu-hbum nag-po; (2) hdul-wahi klu-hbum khra-bo; (3) gfsafi-icahi klu-hbum dkar-po. These three Bon scriptures are said to have been brought from the land of the Naga when they were delivered to the sage Yegcs shin-po (2ZjR.). Also science of the soul or mind. nail-rim [the inte- rior cloth, cloth used for a turban]#. nafi-sel dissensions, discrepancy. nafi-gsal 1. clear inside, inner light; lucid; also elucidation. 2. = du-кй lahi-ras (®on.) [attired in coloured cloth or woven silk]S'. nafis, lit to-moirow when the night is over; but practically signifies the day after to-morrow (K. du. 313). na^-par adv. on the day after to- morrow. nad чЪт, snfa; WH, ^Tpi disease, illness, sickness; with vbs. signifyingto be stricken with any sickness ^5 is always put in the instr, case. fXTt’vsn {A. JT.) [was attacked for a moment by headache]#. or to be attacked by a disease, to be taken ill; nad-kyi hbra$-bu-can lit. that contains the germ of disease; nad-kyi §man remedy for illness; nad-rkyen byed the causes of illness or diseases (such as) ^43^1 **51 drinking of much water and lying on a hard bed, sleeping in the daytime, and keeping up at night. nad-go seat of a disease (#сЛ.); nad-ean wtm ill, sick; §brum-ma a pregnant woman; ^5nad-theg-pa to suffer sickness or loss (Rtsii.). nad-bdud mgo-gcod n. of a demi-god of the Naga class. nad §na-tshogs-kyi§ btab laid up with a complexity of diseases. ^5’4 nad-pa 1. a sick person, male or female. In colloq. frq. 2. adj. ill, sick. Syn. of 1: nad-kyis btab-po; nad-phog-pa; ^‘4 na-wa>\ zug-rHu mnar-wa; na-tsha byun-wa; khams ma-bde-wa\ ^’Ч'^й^'Ч hdu-u'a hkhrugs-pa; ^‘ЧК^Ч'Ч nc-icar gdufi- wa; ^аддоч^ч nam§ ma-bde-wa; blo- htshal-wa ; ЦА*4 $nun-pa ; §ku-ldem-pa (Mnon.). nad-po — *№ nad-pa. ^5’9 nad-bu^^S illness, disease; W9’*^ sickly. nad-med 1. V* ni-ma the sun (Mnon.). 2. healthy, hale. ^5 nad-med-pa healthy, sound, not diseased; tp heal; also one who makes well, physician; 4 or to get well, to recover one’s health. Syn. ^5’9 ^5 nad-bu med; ner- htshe-rned; geon-med; hgyufi-bshi §nom$; ne-sho dwen; bro-mi-htshat; kham§-bde; snun-med; §ku-gzug§ bde (Mflon.). ^5’^ nad-tsha WW; fever, disquietude.
736 nad-shi-гса alleviation of or recovery from a disease. nad-gshi the primary cause of a disease. nad-yog-pa trfwx^ an atten- dant on a patient; medical attendants: (KL du. 5 261), the inedieal attendants were unable to alleviate it; §Vq to nurse. ^у^слгч nad-safa-pa recovery, the state of being cured. Syn. nad-fpot-pa; zng-rfiu bral-ira; nad-kyis-btafi\ rnam-hgyur-mcd; nad- las-grol; ^с.*гц $nun-dicaft$-pa ; nad-las thar-wa (Цпоп.). ^S’^4 nad’Scl a general name for medi- cine (Mfion.). nad-gso-thabs medical treat- ment, the method of healing. Syn. gto-dpyad', tman- gyi bya-wa; nad-g$o; htsho- thabs\ tshehi-rig-byed (Mfton.). nan derived from поп-pa occurs as abstr. noun = urging, pressure, impor- tunity: not being able to resist their importunity (Mil.) ; ^'З*4 with urgency, pressingly; nan-kha urgency, pressure. ^’S’i nan-tan sbst. ич 1. earnestness, application, exertion; assiduity: S exert yourself willingly for the attainment of perfection (Jtyrom. I41). 2. adv.certainly, positively; earnestly, ardently; ^W^’S*4'4 nan-tan-du bya^-pa accomplished, practised with earnestness ; do earn- estly, should be done with exertion. Syn. hbad-pa; ч?prison- bgyu$ (Mfton.). nan-tar veiy much, all the more; altogether. + V* nan-tur sfafa, observing, scrutinizing as secret agent = ^‘5^ nan-tan. nan-ltar W4TX [interminable, epithet of heaven, the ocean, etc.]S. ^’3^ nan-thuror nan-shag in W. Tib. late, recent. ’^4 nab-nub n. of a great number : (Ya- wl. 56, 57). ajqsrSf nab$-so n. of the sixth constellation in Buddhist astrology, nabs-so-skyes one born under the constellation of Punarvasu, an epithet of Vishnu (Mnon.). Syn. §^’«5^’35 sbyin-mahi lha-mo; rgyal-stod {Шоп.). I: nam, Kifa sbst. the night: nam-lans-te or na$ the night rising, i.e., at day-break. ^ЗЗ^ЗУ4* nam-gyi gufi-thun-la at the hour of mid-night. II: adv. of time: when: BSV4^’ when did you come; ^*‘*5 when will you go ? always keep in mind that when death will come is uncertain; since what time ? since when? (Mil.); relatively: to appoint the time when one is going to start (Dzl.); when he shall lay aside his phantom-body (Mil.), nani-yaft with a negative, in sen- tences relating to the past or the future, = never: (that) has never been heard of formerly;
737 <че.§кЙ'3!с.' the body of the abbot will never decay. Used, also, with imperat. never renounce the holy doctrine. In collq. u nam-yang ” = nam-mkhah ^пчпи, ИНц 7171Я the sky, space above and abound the earth ; the various heavens which acc. to Mahayana lore lie to the west, north, east, and south. However, there are two classes of aka$a, one is sky or heaven, the other is a metaphysical conception which may be expressed just like the point in geometry. Syn. acc. to (22/sh.) *R<|sw kun-hgebs; S'W bya-lam ; rtag-sdod\ kun- gsal lha-rise rol-pahi gna§; lha-lam; gyw sprin-lam; w rgyu-skir-lam; mthah-med; ; S’R^R mi-hdth; gnam; ^'^5 lus-med] ^’*§5 go-hbyed; me-shal- lam; lh(i~yt rdsin-rift\ khyab-hjug-gnas^ chu-sgrogs; frdfcN chu-mthons; hr^^r bar-med-mkhah; *Vr§^ mi-hgyur; 4^’^' bar-snan; R^ kun- hgro, mthah-bral^ ^<Y(3q kun-khyab\ nam-mkhah (Mnon.). Nam-mkhah Rgyal-mtshan the celebrated chief of B/in-spuns Jong in Tsang (Lon. ^15). ^’^R nam-mkhah-mjal—y^'^ sun- light (Mnon.). лат-mkhah-ldin the king of birds, the eagle (7Г. g. S 127). Of its other names are:—Х^’чяс; hod-bzan, hdab-dkar, rkan-med- hgro, R^Q'R^j hdab-hgro, R^cr^c/gN hdab- bzan §ky^ hdab-med skyes, «Kg*»* yid-ltar-mgyog^ jr$WR&*|M klu- rnam§ hjigs, rnam-hbxtd ba, bha-ra dba-dsa, S’^'2* Ъуа-chen-po, xXrj hdab-Idan mchog (K. g. 5 127). nan-mkhahi dkyil [the vault of the sky]S. nam-mkhahi skc-rags^S^ dgu-tshigs the horizon (Mnon.). nam-mkhahi-khyim the hea- venly mansion in a mystical as well as in astrological sense. Syn. mtho-rls-nas; §5 mtho-ris rgyal-srid (Mnon.). nam-mkhahi khyon occurs in both the ex- panse of my own mind and the area of the heavens (Yid. 83). + nam-mkahi gos-can^=-^\ ^mad-htshon-ma a harlot; fR*l**t^ a celestial courtezan. nam-mkhahi glan-po a the bull of the heavens,” met. cloud (Mnon.). Syn. nam-mkhahi ta-ma-la (Mnon.) also (Yig. k. 59). nam-mkhahi chu-bo the hea- venly river, epithet of the river Ganges (Mfion.). nam-mkhahi snin-po ^шят- iTH lit. the essence of the sky or void, n. of a Bodhisattva: ^,£I55'q the 108 names of Bodhisattva Akas'agarbha (contained in K. g. ** 63). ^wpR^R-ZjR*^ nam-mkhahi §nin-pohi mdo n. of a Buddhist work of the northern school which contains the enumeration of the attributes of Bodhi- sattva Akas'agarbha (K. d. <4 377). ^«•jfjR-^q’qjM’R^ei’qR’qJs^R’^X in IL. d. 137. nam-khahi-rta (lit. heavenly horse); general name for birds (Mnon.). 94
738 nam-khahi thig-le as met. the sun (Mnon, also Yig. k, 59), nam-rnkhahi tho-wa (lit. the hammer of heaven) thunder (Mnon,), nam-mkhahi-ldin 714?; nam-mkhahi-dbug$ ^Н’.чтн [‘ sky- breath/ wind]#. nam-mkhahi-nor or nor- Z-M=tho sun and moon (Mnon,) lit. the gems of heaven: f (Yig, k, 70). nam-rnkhahi inc-tog 4П4ПХ- 1. the flowers of the sky, i,e,r nothing. 2.=^’*4 go-thal Ьуа- go-bohi bran) the excrement of the vulture (Sman, 2^3), nam-ga yid-la hdod [tho bodiless one, Kama]#. nam-gan the now-moon, (lit. the night of full darkness). nam-giti midnight. nam-gyi cha-stod ^й<г=г the first half of tho night; nam-gyi §madcha latter part of tho night. nam-grn 1. the twenty-* sixth constellation in Buddhist astrology: it is shaped as two eliptical groups of thirty-two stars. Syn. gso-icahi lha-mo; rgyas-byed (Rtsii,), Nam-gru-§kye§ 1. [the river Yamuna, daughter of the sun]#. 2. an epithet of the wife of tho sun. nam-gru-ma 1. n. of a Yaksa princess (K, g, 5, 130). 2. ИН4Т river Nerbudda in South India. 3. [n. of a constellation or lunar mansion]#. nam-mjug hchad-ka or the end of autumn and beginning of winter: like a garden of flowers of tho days preceding tho winter season (Л. 6), nam-§to$ or nam-gyi cha- stod the first half of the night. nam-than n. of a kind of serge of great breadth which the Tibetan monks wrap round their bodies (JMsh.). nam-pyugs wi [time]#. nam-phyed midnight. nam-hphan-^pyod as met.= vulture (Mnon.). ^35 nam-smad or the second half of tho night. ^«45 nam-shod heavy and continual rain : $na-lohi nam-shod mjug-rin (Jig.) the comet (indicating) tho heavy rains of tho last years. ^*’3 nam-zla^^'^S time, season. the four seasons; da-nam zla ston-far now autumn has set in; frq. nam-zla-hdas the favourable season has passed (Mil,); .now tho time or season of winter has sot in. з^Лс/ nam-rin a long night. зргчзд nam-lans ядч day-break: a the beginning of day is at the termination of the night (Rtsii.), пат-so a corrupt form for nab§-so, n^w-srco?=*<’^ sa-sro§ tho hours of night between 9 and 12 p.m., in India. Acc. to Ja, darkness of night: nam-srod byiA soil-wahi tshe as it was almost quite dark (Mil,). Nahi-ljon§ n. of a place in Tibet (Ti>),
739 ^1 I: nar, v. 3 na I and II 2; also VF na-kha (Jd.). II : long and slender like a rope or string; as adv. straightway: came out straightway white (Hbrom. 93). mchi-nar-te then tears flowed forth continuously. nar-nar or nar-ra-ra in a line, row, or file: to pull a rope steadily; chu-nar-nar Ыид-ра to pour out water continuously. nar-ma adj. continuous, without interruption (Sch.) ;also ^'^nar-mar adv. continually, always (Jig. 51). nar-mo, nar-nar-po oblong; kha-nar-can having the shape of a rectangle; 9}'^’^ gru-nar-can rhombic, lozenge-shaped, cf. §nar-wa (Jd.). 3^1 ;?й/1. n. of a precious stone: ^«<’3< 2. incest; nal-grib pollution, fornication. ^«rg^l nal-phrug bastard-child: pha hdi-yin med-pahi-bu a child of unknown parent- age. ^«l’g nal-bu [child of an unmar- ried woman] & Nal-ica n. of a place in Tibet (Deb. % g.)- nal-byi 1. unnatural offence=^' SxgX'q pho§ pho-la sbyor-wa a vicious prac- tice very common among the monks of the monasteries of Tibet and Mongolia. 2. n. of a poison tree (Pth.). §5 nal-bycd or я nal-ma incest- uous action, fornication. nal-le in Tsang=a bastard-child; nal-lu in IK ¥»l nal-bfams to impute base- birth to one who is not a bastard: ^я^я’д'я’ч^ nal-fyams shes phra-ma bong they falsely calumniated him as a bastard (J. Zan.). I : nas sbst. barley, acc. to Jd. in three varieties: mgyogs-na§ (Ld. yan-ma) or drug-cu-na$ or й’я khra-ma early or quick barley, ripening in about 60 days; ser-mo late barley, the best sort; chc-na$ a middling sort. In Kahgyur Mdo * 266, ^'«г^я-чvl:—(1) §pun-pa dad-bcas-pa dan; (2) spun-pa med-pa dan; (3) rnam-par hdres-pa dan; (4) mnar-po dan; (5) mdog- nag-pa;(6) яХ^'д’лХ mdog-skya-tcaho. §na§-kyi-shin barley field or cultivation; nas-kyi so-wa barley-cake; but in IK is a species of barley; nas-rfia-wa to cut barley; nas-chan beer brewed out of barley; nas-phye barley flour; na§- hbras-bzan=Й S)'яд*гд (a medicinal millet) (Mnon.). nas-tsan [half-ripe barley] & II: 1. a case-sign representing the ablative and usually to be rendered: from. It is to be distinguished from «га las in that the latter=from out, or from among, may in certain instances=by, e.g., he grasped the horse by the bridle; accosted him by his name. 2. as a gerundial affix, indicating usually the past tense in contrast to the affix 5 which forms a gerund of the present tense. Jd. seems iu error in deeming to belong properly to pres, as well as past significations. Thus having looked at him,”
740 and not: “looking at him,” The importance of the difference would be evident if the sentence ran on: *5^ “went straight on;” as the present signification would imply that as the person went on he kept on looking, instead of the looking action being now done with. 3. where is used to connect the root of a verb with ^5 or either the pluperf. act. or perf. pass, is indi- cated: has been eaten; as they had begun. I: ni 1. is a particle of no intrinsic meaning which is chiefly employed in lengthy and ambiguous sentences to single out the leading subject, or even the object, for the sake of perspicuity. It is also used for the purpose of laying special stress on a word or sot of words at the opening of a sentence, in three ways as Tibetan grammarians put it: (1) to set apart as tho chief or most important, e.#., Bq’%^ it is Vishnu who is tho most heroic among the gods. (2) as emphasis to show inferiority: in caste the Sudra is the lowest. (3) where emphasis is given to distinguish one from another: ! dark-blue is different from pale blue. The particle is also generally placed when the subject is twice mentioned: q ^к^-qj among the gods the fourfaced is Brahma; «МI the lord (the performer) of a hundred yajna (sacrifices) is Indra (Situ. 39). Further- more, we find it stated that where it may be necessary bsnan-pa-la hjug- pa “to signify pressure,” is twice repeated with the subject: thou art friend, thou art relation, i.e., thou art both friend and relation. Other examples of the use of may be given: what is to be aban- doned has been abandoned ; what is to be accomplished, do accomplish. is also used to complete a sentence: possessed of all the vows (abstinence, etc.) (Situ.). Lastly, in poetry 3 is constantly introduced for no purpose but to make an additional syllable in a line. II: as a num. fig. =42. Ij’TJ ni-ku [the areca or betel-nut tree] 6’. 137?. NiJ&a-ta n. of a mountain, B. ch. II. f a weasel. Ace. to Sch. ?ri-At-Zr'=the great buzzard or mouse hawk. J ni-ya-ma n. of a tree (7Г ко. % 3). ni-ru-ha rgyab-pa to inject medicine through the rectum (Sman. 2^5). ? ni-ro-dha fafhj cessation, obstruction, stoppage. So, in mystic ritual = char-hbab-pa bzlog-pa stopping of rains by magic or by the efficacy of charms (JT. g. F, 26). nin 1. col. for 2. for rnin ? v. na-nift, she-nin (Jd.). Nid-du shi-lo-dhi n. of a tree (К. ко. "1, 3). * nim-pa n. of a plant: d^q ^5^-55V’ I
741 5^*^| by nimpa is removed erysipelas with nausea, increasing thirst, and deadly fever. Syn. $in-kun-hdres; 4^’9’ W yon^u-bzan; V4*** dri-bcas; q^T§S hjug-byed; 5’hjam-po-hjoms; <g sa-skye$; a-rkahi long-ma; вч^?’ a-rkahi-^in [Mnon.). ^’q’F nim-pa-kha [the bitter of Neem or Azadirachta Indica\S. пи 1. num. fig.: 72. 2. v. $’5 nn-bo and nu-ma. nu-rgya$-ma as met. =cow. Syn. «г* ba-ma^ яаа hbab-byed^ ho-hphely bshon-ma (Mfion.). 5*?^ nit-tog the nipple of the teat. nu-gdau cow’s udder (Cs.). nu-wa [pf. and imp. nus to suck (Ck), or V’A a suckling (Cs.); nu-khug suckling-bag] (Jd.), пи-bo [youngest or younger broth er] 8. bu-$pun-ehun a man’s younger brother. Syn. ’514 phyis-skyes; gcufi-po; rtin-^kyes; tha-chun (Mnon.). ru-hbur the nipple; also nu-hbor. S'*4 i: nu-ma 1. mammary gland, female breast, bosom. 2. blind nipple of males. 3. dug, nipple of a cow’s udder. Syn. g^g* bran-$kye$; dkar- hdsin; ho-ma-hdsin; <^Mg^ logs- skyes; lan-tshohi mtshan-ma ; яХД'АЯ’$»г«рт hdod-pahi myos-bum; пи- та; na-sor; nu-tog; nu- mahi-rtse (Mnon.). nu-ma gnis-ma women in general; $ * я$с,’А nu-ma-hthun-ica breast-sucker, an infant; nu-ma b§uun-pahi ma-ma wet- nurse. $‘w‘$fifA nu-ma mtho-ica heaving breast. + 5‘Й пи-mo sister ;= З’Й'^’^’Ча younger sister. nu-ma-zun a pair of breasts. nu-riii the price of milk; the money-present which a bridegroom has to make to the bride’s mother for the trouble she took iu suckling her (Sikkim and Ladak). nu-sor the nipple. nud-pa to suckle, = g^'q snun-pa (Jd.). nub 1. the west : the western direction; towards the west; N.W.; of the west, western; nub-kyiphyogs- skyon — Ciie guardian or keeper of the western quarter, the god of water, Varupa; nub-by an phyog$-skyon tho god of wind who keeps the north- western quarter. 2. or night; this night; this evening, to-night. nub-kyi thig-le the moon (Yig. k. 11). nub-kyi-ri ЧПГОШ western mountain ; S nub-tu gnas resident of the west; come from the west ; jA'gsprA^sj nub-phyog§-bdag the lord of the western quarter; nub-phyog^-pa occidental, western. I: nub-pa sbst. one of the west, an inhabitant of the west, occidental. II: to go down, to set, of the sun or moon; to sink, to collapse, decline: to cause to sink, to decay or decline; disappeared,
742 vanquished; nub-po [dis- appearance^. nub ba-glan-sbyod [lit. the cattle-feeding land in the west, n. of the western continent]. Й nub-mo, v. the evening ; also in the evening, at night. num sounding, thun- dering ; sounded] 8. nur-nur-po the embryo in utero. nur-mir~ma denotes the embryo in the second week. 2. oval, oblong ; = mer-mer-po (Jd.). nur-pa = elongated, stretched; also=^PfifHn*7 [fit to come out] 8. nur-tca 1. to change place or posture, to shift, to move by degree*, be displaced. 2. to be impressed; to yield, to give way, be dessicated; cf. and qjvq. nur-rtsi or + nur-rdsi$ spirit of wine, naptha. Syn. chan-gi §mn-khu; bdud-rtsi snin-po (Mnon.). nus-mthu ^ртат power and ability [experience]8. [able, cempetent]8. nu§-ldan chen-po 1. very powerful, efficacious. 2. Шт [a species of amaranth]8. nus-pa1\ power, ability, capabi- lity, force,—this word is used as a syno- nym for rnthu and stobs; also occult powers when applied to or necromancy, and hence = or or Ifa-jwprq-gsinus-mthu ma thob snags- pa rlom sems-can the proud shaman who is not possessed of supernatural powers to suppress evil spirits. Is applied to ST'' dkar-phyog§ §kyofis-pa the pro- tection of the good and virtuous. Of course ^’4=power and capability in a general sense also: to one’s best ability. II: the common potential verb, to be able. Is gen. annexed to the root of another verb, as in ^’5^ is able to come, can come; can eat food; let us see who is more able, who can do more (Mil.); |^],q^*rcr’5*V whether or not he has been able to build. This vb. is much more frq. in literature than in ordinary talk, being usually now replaced by such verbs as дч,£» thub-pa and htshngs-pa the former being more common in W. Tib., the latter used in Lhasa and Tsang. III: pf. of 5’4 nu-wa (Jd.). mis-pa-can w [able]8. (A. K. 1-20). nus-pa $ton-ldan = %'^4 the c?«6-grass; Panicum dactylon (Mnon.). nus-byed та [able]8. nus-ma xrfrrr is the female energy and vulgarly the female companion or concubine of a deity or even of a Bodhi- sattwa; —in Tantrik mythology. nus-med impotent [inca- pable, powerless]8. 3j ne 1. num. figure: 102. 2. for ne-than, or nehu-than mea- dow, grass-land, sward. 5^ ne-ne-mo 1. an address of cour- tesy to a respectable woman. 2. aunt, the father’s sister, or the wife of a mother’s brother (Jd.). ne~ma meadow, green-sward (Jd.).
743 X-Xi He-rtsam-pa n. of a place situated to the south-west of the birth- place of Dignaga, in the neighbourhood of Aurangabad, etc., in Southern India (Dsam.). ne-fso ijjs, тр: 1. parrot: said Bud- dhadhara, I have to-day seen a strange sight—a parrot (Mgrin.). 2. n. of a minis- ter of the king of tho Raksha (Mnon.). Syn. of 1: sflfc’SS mthor-byed\ yid-gshun ; kim-tu-hgro; lee- gni§-pa; 45'skad-gnis-pa ; hkhyog-pahi rnthu-can; tshig- hjam-ldan\ hjam-ljan hdab- Idan (Mnon.). ^4 ne-we a mason’s trowel: ne- we rgyag-pa to plaster, to rough-cast (Ja.). nc-re or ner-ner in IK. sedi- ment, settlings, dregs (Ja.). 5jT<2j ne-le 1. a species of harrier- hawk, prob. Circus mclanoleucus which occurs in Tibet. Syn. hol-wa (Mnon.). But in one author is stated to be equiva- lent to pin-kyur-ma the kite (ZtoY.). ne-gsin alpine pastures, grass on mountain tops or in high valleys : do always come here, this place is diver- sified with different flowers and pasture lands (Bbrom. F,16). ^4 nen-pa TF. col. for ^,£> to take, to lay hold of, seize; to take off (Ja.). nem-nur doubt, sus- picion. Syn. the-ishom^ also the- tshom za-wa; yid-gnis (Mnon.). nem-nem-pa 1. to cave in or sink down: ^’^'§5’Q or nem§ it sinks a little, gives way. 2. denotes a nodding, waving, or rocking motion (Mil.). nem-bu doubt, error (Sch.). nehuJe [ichneumon, Her pest es pharaonis represented in Bal. as a fabu- lous animal, cat-like and vomiting jewels] (Ja.). nehu-ljan=^\Q^' ne-gsin. * nehu klan one of equal or same age, a contemporary; acc. to Seh. nehu Idan-ь friend. Syn. ^’g na-zla*, na-mnam\ lo-mnam. Idans protector, defen- der (&7z.). nehu-gsin~\'tf^' [green grass, abounding in green grass, ver- dant] & ner-wa to drop gradually, to lower itself, subside, sink. no 1. W. for 5*5 nu-bo. 2. num. fig. 132. t W’ No-kro-gofi, n. of a small town in Assam near Gharagaon (Bsam.). no-no in Ladak a title of young noblemen; no-no chen-mo the eldest of a nobleman’s sons, no-no bar-pa the second, chun-se the youngest. In Khams is a favourite playful address to youngsters.
744 t no-pi-ka n. of a religions service; propitiatory rite: wrwvEing* {Deb, 27) he translated many works on propitiatory rites such as Xopika, &c. no-yon in Mong.=S^’5 dpon-po chief, lord. no-yon hu-thug- thu a Mongol chief saint, or incarnate lama. nog cervical vertebra; hump of a camel {Sch,) [the hump on the shoul- ders of the Indian bull]& nog-can humped-back; gen. cattle. под§-ра==^У Ц phyie-pa ФСТЭД rubbed, cleansed, cleaned. nogs-thub capable of being cleaned. non-ica pf. 3^*1 none 1. to grieve, upset, to cause pain, to ail: I at that time tears having flowed down, “Atis'a what has upset you ” he asked {Л, 49). 2. to commit a fault, to make a mistake, to commit one’s self: what has been done amiss? I I have thus been injured without any fault (Dzl,). nons-pa=^'^ fault, crime: now I have confessed my faults (JBbrom, P, 15); not to commit a fault or crime; to ask for pardon for a fault committed; culpable, blameable. 3^'4 nod-pa от tnnod-pa pf. mnos 1. to keep, take, obtain, receive. 2. to receive instruction, directions, favours, from a superior, esp. a priest (DsZ., Glr,). поп-pa l.=3fa ^ to mount. 2. a not uncommon variant of the more correct form <pfa’q gnon-pa to press, force, compel, coerce; also to suppress, keep under e.g, lag-pat phru- gu non-kyi hdug pressing down a baby (in its basket) with the hands; q f0 subdue evil spirits by mystic charms, v. «Pfaq- X* nom, occurs in {Surafi 3). v, X*q 2. nom is the equivalent in Mongol for the Buddhist doctrine, and is sometimes incorrectly written in Tibetan as no-mo. The Mongol Nom-un Khany answering to the Tib. king of the doctrine, and often transli- terated in Tib. as no-mun~han, occurs as the designation of the head of one of the Ling monasteries of Lhasa, who is held to be an incarnation of a Mongol saint. The Abbe Hue refers to this personage as the Nomenkhan, Like in Tibetan, the word nom in mongol also = a religious book. ^51’Ц пот-pa l. = £|S Ktn enjoyments. In Amdo, all articles, substances, proper- ties (moveables) are called X*’q. 2. pf. noms to enjoy, partake of ; to be satisfied. 3. acc. to Sch,: §\q to lay hold of. cf. ^‘q. nom-nom act of sifting, also of polishing,=^ 34 nab-nab or 9q'5q byab-byab: {Behu, 50), ^4 nor or W, 1. primarily=any property or possessions; but, eventually, has come to mean rather more especially: wealth, riches, money ; to suffer a loss of property; one’s all, all one’s goods, etc.; rich, wealthy; to care for money, to he avaricious; ^’5’4 nor-§kyi-wa to
745 borrow money; q to accumulate riches. 2. In Sikk.=cattle: the pairing of cattle; ^‘5^ acc. to Desg. chief neat-herd; nor-rkan grib- pa the reduction in the number of cows, falling off in the number of cows. Syn. rdsa§; ^'35 yo-byad; lon$-$pyod\ sun-лгЯ; si41! dbyig; 5^ dkor; ка-са.; hbyor-wa; dnos-po (Mfion.). nor-ska I inheritance, hereditary portion; share of property: funds, capital (ЛЛ7.). ^’3^’ nor-§kyon or nor-$kyon§ 1. a kind of bird (К. ко. % 13). 2.= 33’*^S treasurer, keeper of the treasury, watch dog (Mnon.). nor-gyi na-ica [a security for money J 8. nor-gyi-bdag [master of wealth; the god of wealth]8. nor-gyi dwafi-po [lord of wealth, surety] 8. nor-skyon-ze-hbru n. of a medicinal fruit. nor-rgyas 1. abundance, plenty. 2. the snake-goddess who holds the earth on her head (Л. K. 41-47). Nor-rgyun-ma, n. of a goddess. [Also, the earth]8. nor-gner= ЗЯ'^5 phyag-mdsod treasurer (Mnon.). nor-char-hbab§ n. of a gem of Indra (Mnon.). Nor-hdsin dwaA-mo ЗХГЯТ- the wife of Kuvera, the holder of treasure. nor-nan-pa (colloq. and idiom.) anything that is useful. nor-dan hdra-wa srfnw, coun- terpart, parallel, equivalent to wealth. nor-dad che-toa, greed for wealth, avarice: avoid that friend who has greed for wealth (Ce.) Nor-bdag l.= the lord of riches; also=Vais'ravana, the god of wealth. 2. a money-changer, usurer. nor-bdag-po heir; nor-bdag-mo fem. of it; also n. of a goddess. nor-hdus in Pur. the gathering of taxes. я nor-ldan-ma as met. the earth. Also a youthful damsel. nor-ldan-brtsegs= Sh ant-hill (Mnon.). = sdon- bu. nor-gna$-pa9 treasurer, store-keeper (Mnon.). nor-risen playing with wealth; one rolling in wealth. nor-iva 1. to err, to make a mis- take, to be in error: he mistook the way; if he lay hold on God, he will not greatly err.. Colloq. tshul di nor-ki-du -ga mindid is this the wrong way of doing it or not ? 2. MTfwr an error, a mistake. wor- hkhrul or nor-so a mistake; blundering (Vai-kar.). Syn. я|5«гч hkhrul- wa; log-fes; log-pahi blo- gros\ fin-tu hkhor (Mnon.). nor-bu 1. any gem or pre- cious stone; sometimes applied fig. to any precious object: ^’5’^ adorned with jewels, set with precious stones; 95
746 nor-bu §kar-mdog brilliant, gem of star-like brilliancy; ^’ЗЛЯ^В'4 nor-bu dgah-hkhyil n. of a gem of the value of one hundred and twenty ounces of gold ; nor-bu dgod-hdod $pufi$- hjom the gem which brings to its owner all that he wishes for ; ^*'3 nor-bu $non-po sapphire; X*’3’ a topaz; nor-bu chab- bdun-ma n. of a superior quality of satin. <fc’3^q nor-bu-thob w stone from which gems are obtained; ^З^’ nor-bu-ljan emerald. Syn. *^‘Я5 mar-gad; ^5 mrgad (ДГиои.). ^’3*я^ nor-bu-hdra gem-like; imitation stones, glass trinkets. **‘5‘q nor-bu-pa or ^’3’*ТЦ nor-bu-mkhan a jeweller, a connoiseur of gems. ^*'3‘ ядс/ч nor-bu hphren-wa a rosary or chaplet composed of precious stones; ^'3’5 ^’5 nor-bu bi-tsu* la-ta n. of a fabulous gem. 2. a common personal name for men in Tibet and Mongolia. nor-bu bzan-po n. of a Buddhist house-holder; an epithet of Jambhala the god of wealth. Syn. &Яrmug-hdsin (Mnon.). nor-bu bzan-pohi $zun§ n. of a dharani or mystic sentence which when regularly recited brings wealth (К. g. I). nor-buhi mgr in-can met. for domestic fowl. Syn. khyim-bya; зскЭ’-ц zans-ze- can; pags-pahi gtsug-phud (Mnon.). ^^35’<5 Nbr-buhi-hod n. of a mountain. ^‘3’^’^ nor-bu rin-po-che a mythical precious stone ; further des- cribed as the priceless gem in which lies the chief wealth and prosperity of the Chakravarti Baja. nor-bu bsam-hphel the gem which increases one’s wealth according to the desire (Mnon.). ^бГ^К^Я nor tyo-gros-bdag or 5^'Р^Я a king. Syn. rgyal-po; hjig$-sel- byed (Mfion.). Nor-$byin Kuvera. Nor-fiyin-ma^^^9* W’HT an epithet of the wife of Indra, the queen of heaven (Mnon.). nor mi-nan-pa (idiom.) useless things, any thing that does not come of use (Rtsii.). nor-rtsen=^w\4\ nor-fydag Vai- s'ravaga. яог-Л</$1п=:*<*Я^ the earth. son of a king, a prince, = 5^'^ rgyal-sras (Mnon.). ^'^iSP^nor-hdsin dican-mo a title of queens and princesses; also a complimen- tary title for a young lady of great perso- nal accomplishments: to her charming and precious highness the princess (Yig. k. £9). ^’^ЧЗ’Й nor-hdsin bu-mo =the daughter of the earth, an epithet of Sita (Rtsii.)* nor-hdsin gyan-mo a goddess of the soil (Yig. k. 85). nor-hdzin gser-mo in Tantrik mythology deemed to be the nu$-ma or female energy of the tutelary deity Kye- wa Dorje. nor-rdsas wealth, chattels. Xvwyi Nor-lawgyal an epithet of Arjuna the third Pandava
^•Ч| 747 W nor-las-hdas [extra- vagant] & nor-gsar 1. fresh wealth, one who has newly become rich. 2. [good fortune; Mars] 8. nol-wa = ч adj. un- clean, dirty; unchaste. 2. to agree, to come to terms (Cs.). noippa 1. = «Цч to receive, to accept, to obtain : take vows that agree or suit you (Rbrom. 117). 2. v. 3.=VW|^ to judge, appraise, measure [^c[fw, pressing out] 8. nya-gro-dha = by an- ohub Ljon-pn ; the peepul or bodhi tree. in the pure city of S'akya, the unique abode of the bodhi tree (Tangiir Melo <|. 230). чрргр gnag-pa—*^ nag-po black, H a girl with her greasy hair black {llbrom. 109); gnag-sbag sooty (Sch.); 5^*1 nag-phyugs black cattle, esp. the yak; WTB gnag-khyu a herd of cattle, cowherd; wt gnag-rdsi a keeper of cattle, cowherd; scm-la nag-pa black-hearted, scowling, im- pious ; (Rdsa. 1J). чрр’ч I: gnan-zca resp. form of ster-u'a pf. *4^’ or gnans imp. gnofi, 1. to give, grant, only used when a person of higher rank gives or is asked to give; to concede what has been asked; please give me a rupee! meditative warmth of the highest kind having been conceded, he became wrapt in meditation. 2. to allow, permit, approve of, assent to: he accepted the invitation, he promised to come (Dzl.); I allow me to send for the horse (1Ы.); nj^E/^л] | allow of my making a donation (Dzl.); | yes, I permit it; ЕИ^’Я3^’^ he appointed him his minister ; я^е.*? he forbade, refused; ^'дл^'ч^Е/ чч’дя^'дач| he published a prohibitory law concerning the exercise of religion (Glr.); he declined to grant it; 5^*я'^е? he refused to come. ^Ч'чч’ ^е/чч’^я gnan-icahi tun-ivar-byas [1. invitation, entreaty. 2. application of perfumes]8. gnan-skyed present, reward, grant. gnan-cha remuneration or gift. 4^’^ gnan-rten a present sent in a letter or with a letter {Yig, к,), Syn. hbab-rten; чад’я^ hbab- mtshon; 4^4*^ gzigs-rten; чо䑧«|Я hbab- stegs; ч^4|Я’я^ hdegs-mtshon; shu- hdegs, *^’§5 mtshon-byed* ч^]Я’^ hdegs- rten (Mnon.). gnans the day after to-morrow; яе/д^е.^ to-morrow and the day after to- morrow; Я3^'^ on the day after to- morrow ; яе/ч^д^е^’чЗ}’3^’4to-morrow or the day after to-morrow I must be off (Jd.), 4^ gnad w [vital part]8. 1. the essence or pith: Хд5cr|c;3-q^-q the pur- port, the essential point, the point of view; the essence or pith of religion, gnad-che important, of great import or meaning. ’
748 it is of great importance to attend per- sonally (to every point), and to inquire minutely into a matter (D. $el. 7). gnad-hgrol-ica to explain the main point (ЛЛ7.); Я^Л1 * 3» the proper meaning, the pith ef the matter; Я^5' gnad-hgagvery important or salient point, object, purpose: ’Я^ЯЯ’^ | {Khrid. 188}. 2. in anatomy: the heart; Я^5'4^ = the seven important parts of the body. 3. in mysticism: tho seven points to be observed in the disposition of one’s body when sitting in systematic meditation. Also are other attitudes and conditions imposed on a lama when «ndsham$-la, i.e., when seated in meditation. Я^5’^Я’4 gnad-du phog-pa piercing the heart, wound the feelings. qjdjEJ’P gnab-pa pf Я^ gnab$ 1. ; gos-gy on-pa to put on clothes. 2. v. (Ja.). 1. the sky; the sphere or dome of heaven ; Я¥<X gnam-rdo hail. 2. the air, atmosphere, weather: Я^’^’^'^Я gnam graft-то hdug the weather is cold, it is cold; the weather will be clear to-day; 'WSfr4’^5 the air is damp. Я^нццХл gnam-bskos or Я^З**4^'4 1. the title by whieh the Tibetans address the Emperor of China. 2. = wepi ц Emperor of the universe {Шоп.). the supreme sovereign Manju Ghosa, the lord by heaven appointed {Yig. k. 55). Я^'ЗЙ'4^ gnam-gyi khri-bdun the seven earliest kings of Tibet who traced their origin to the skies:—(1) ЯЗ^’Й'4^ Qnah-khri btsan-po; (2) Ш-khri btsan-po; (3) Din-khri btsan-po ; (4) So-khri btsan-po; (5) ^’0’ Hcr-khri btsan-po; (6) Srib-khri btsan-po; Seft-khri btsan-po {J. Zaft.). gnam-b^ko^-ma the empress of the universe, an epithet of the queen of a Chakravarti Raja (Шоп.). Я¥Т gnam-khah for Я^№я=а18о azure, sky-colour. Я^В’^Я’5 gnam khyi nag-po lit. black dog of the sky; a deity of the sa-bdag class. Я^'Я^’ gnam-gan tho new moon. Я^*3*^ gnam-gyi $kyon drought, want of rains {Шоп.). Я^'З'Н4^ gnam-gyi ned-htshe id. Syn. char-med; then-pa; *4* sten-hbar {Шоп.). Я^'З'ч^я’*'4 gnam-gyi hjigs-pa, dangers brought by the skies, i.e., from rainless- ness; those are drought, famine, danger from excessive heat. Я^я 3'S‘Br gnam-gyi bya-khyuft 1. demi- god of the Sa-bdag class. 2. the Garuda. Я^^ЗЭ’54^’ Gnam-gyi bye-ma-lun sand banks of tfnam, n. of a village near Sam- yo, i.e., in the Yarlung district: «чяч’Я^’^Я’ (Л.1^0)- gnam-gyi ^-mon-Ьуа as met. the raven {llLfton.). Я<^яя*'^‘^ gnam-grags ftar-chen=<^' «й’ум’б the god of love, Kamadeva. Я^^я<1 gnam-grum-pa—^^ faint vory rough and thundering sound. Я^'д^ gnam-rgyan—^ НТО, n. of an evil spirit {Шоп.).
749 Ч]<5)5ГЦ| (piam-lcags ; resp. for the thunder : WW^*F*Ewrgi §5’3^ with a kind of thunder was able to suppress evil spirits. Syn. brgya-byin mtshon-cha (Mfton.). Д|^54-Х^ц gnam-chod-pa mystically=^CI|N 4 good (Bon.). Ч131Я’?'Э'^С'’ gnam-rta-gyi lift a good breed of horses brought to Tibet from Amdo and Mongolia: (Jig.t ^я^с/ gnam-§(oft the day of the new moon, the thirtieth day of the lunar month. л]^5гц]Х5’Hj Gnam-gdoft-po n. of a place in Tibet. Gnam-lde ffo^sruft n. of one of the early kings of Tibet (Loft. % 7). celestial, resident in heaven [1. ‘having the clouds as fostermother,’ fostered or watered by the clouds or by Indra, as corn, land, eto. 2. mother of the gods,- Aditij#. + 4 gnam-pa — ^ят^ч dri ma- ftan-pa bad smell, stench. gnam-po=55'^ dran-po honest, straight; Guam mtsho phy id-то is the large lake lying about 120 miles to the N.W. of Lhasa, commonly known by its Mongol name of Tengri Nor and styled Nam-tsho Chyidmo by Tibetans, i.e.y “the frozen sky lake.” It was first surveyed and mapped by the native exploring agent of the Indian Survey Office, Nain Singh, in 1874. Since then it has been visited by Mr. and Mrs. St. George W Littledale and Mr. Fletcher (in 1895). The map of Du Halde, founded on the Jesuit Fathers’ notes, however, repre- sented this lake approximately in its actual position. The Jesuits did not personally visit it, but marked it down from Chinese information. Д|^я’я#^^’ Gnam-mtsho rdo-rift the long stone or monolith of Nam-tsho; one of the thirty- seven secret holy places of the Bon, situated on a rock on the shores of Lake Tengri Nor (G. Bon.). ч^я’я^ Gnam-mdsod n. of a demi-god of the Sa-bdag class. + 4)^x3^ gnam-zer 1. lit. the heavenly nail or pain, n. of a disease. 2. wooden bench or seats kept in the felt tents of Mongolia. ^я’«/я Gnam-ya$ the name of a castle in Tibet (Glr.). Gnam-ri sron-btsan king Nam-ri Sron-tsan, father of king Sroft- btsan sgam-po (Lon. % 5). ^я'Зг^я^я gnam-lo gsar-tshe§ the new- year’s day (Rtsii.). Gnam-g$ed n. of a Sa-bdag. + я^я’З gnam-so—^'^ draft-po straight. 4FP. gnah or gnah-wa, but in eolloq. usually styled “wa-po,” a large wild sheep found all over Tibet from Ladak to the borders of China, and often styled in sportsmen’s books, the burrhel. It is the Ovis nahur, and is not so large as the Ovis ammon or tho Ovis hodgsoni: W gnah-wahi mjug-spus rma-la phan the hair of the tail of burrhel sheep is good for sores; the hair of the male burrhel sheep cures poison (probably removes poison from ulcers) and dries pus in sores.
750 W gnah-ica adj. former, ancient. gnah-diis^Jfa^ thog-ma or snon-ehad\ $nah-na§ ma- mthon never seen before, gnah-bo xpj $no-mahi-du§ former or an- cient time, of yore; чря'й gnah-tni man of ancient time; gnah-rabs men who lived in olden times, the ancients (&.). W.t, 1. a place, locality, spot or piece of ground; and hence, also: an abode, dwelling-place; also a temporary lodging: or -2(нч to give shelter to, to lodge, a person; to become homeless; gna§-po, colloq. “ня-бе” a landlord, inn-keeper; 4^ a lodging- house; sleeping place; they returned to their place, their home; g4!^ skye-gnas birth-place. 2. a holy place, place of pilgrimage; a monastery: q gnas-na§ dbyuft-wa to turn out of a monastery, also excommunication. ч1^’8'£’^ш id. 3. a clerical dignity or religious personage; Ч^’В^’4 gna$-$byin- pa to confer priestly status on a man. 4. object, heading, point: ч|5‘ЙЗ,в|^ an object of laughter; that which ought to be an object of shame (Schtr.). 5. division, section; sphere, province: XflfaS* ^•g’ rig-pahi gnas-lna the five classes of science. appears also to mean any definite division of places, things, or beings: and oven: sort, variety—almost equivalent to rigs, but not technically the same. Thus, the following definitions are termed :—(1) $*гч^с/я^кч' ИРП- [varie- ties of bodies obtain various names, such as the gods are different from men]/?. (2) I имгачпцг [varieties of bodies obtain the same name, such as tho Brahmakdyika and Prathamatinibrtta are both called gods] S. (3) | ЧРПЖ- cf^w wthwj: [the same sorts of bodies assume different names such as the various (64) classes of the Abhastara dei- ties]/?. (4) [the same sort of body assumes the same name such as the Cubhakrtsua > class of the gods]& So, likewise, these spheres of external existence are classed as 4^: (1) j ятття* [the infinite expanse of the sky, the first of tho Arupa Brahma- loka^S. (2) ’HHWFl [unlimited realm of knowledge, tho second of the Arupa Brahma lokd]S. (3) [source of nothingness, tho third of the Arupa Brahma-loka~\S. (4) [the sphere of knowledge and non-knowledge, the fourth of the Arupa Brahma loka}S. (5) I [the knowledgeless animated beings, the 11th or 13th of the Rupdvacara gods]£ gna§-8um-cu so-bdun the thirty-seven holy places of the Bon, out of which there are thirteen in Z)6?z^-r«-tlie Central Division of Tibet:— (1) Gnan, 5 Zo, and Rai*, (2) В dam-god §nar-mo\ (3) SP'S’T' Bpham-yul grab-dkar; (4) Mal-gro ra-wa; (5) Chun-gyi brag-dmar\ (6) W2r^4V Ha$~po ri-ihan\ (7) (8)
751 re-gad*, (9) Gnam-mtsho rdo- rifi; (10) ?SAn’^Stod-ras lufi-gsum; (11) Sky Id-god lun-nag\ (12) 5'j^-sm Ru-rgyan ga-mthah; (13) Mgon-gon rgyal-mo. Seven in the Gyon-ru districts:—(1) Kerp'-jppqS*! Hol- kha gug-gcig; (2) Ran-yul gin- nag ; (3) S3Dye-lun дап-гсаг; (4) Kofi-yul bre-sna ; (5) Kla-god than-dmar; (6) Yar-lun sog-kha; (7) Mal-gro mtshon-god. Eight in tho Gyas-ru or Yeru districts:— (1) $^'^\Ilu-yug sa-nag; (2) Cans-kyi pon-tshal\ (3) Brud-kyi wkhar-gdon; (4) 5’^’3^ S Ria-nag gyaft-phu; (5) Hjan-gi rgyan- rnkhar; (6) Ltag-phu gros-lhas; (7) Qtsan-gi gyer-yug; (8) «юс/ Sf'34! Laft-zan Iga-brag. Nine in Ru-lag:— (1) Rag-tfod §tag-tshal; (2) Chu-hgo rta-rin; (3) «Р^ЧЭТЛ’Ч* Mkhar-chen brag-dkar; (4) *^*EJN’$cz Mtsho-fia bri§-chun ; (5) Gnan- rtse than-god; (6) ^’4’ряд Gram-pa kham-bu ; (7) Rag-pa than-zlum; (8) вдгяр^’ Man-mkhar mdo-phug; (9) Lha-yul gur-than (G. Bon. 37, 38). gnas-bchu-gcig the eleven gna$ or physical states as mentioned in the medical works of Tibet: (1) rtsa-wa mdo-yi-gna§; (2) grub-pa lu$-kyi-gna$; (3) hphel-grib nad-kyi-gnas; (4) 3’3'§Х‘а,*гЗ‘ч1^ bya-wa spyod-lam-gyi gna§; (5) htsho-ica za§-kyi-gna§; (6) §byor-wa sman-gyi-gnas; (7) cha-byad dpyad-kyi-gnas; (8) tha-mal nad-med-gna$; (9) nos-bzun rtag^-kyi-gnas; (10) gso-byed thabs-kyi-gnas} (11) bya-byed §inan-pahi-gna§. gnas-chen-lna tho five great holy places of the Northern Buddhists of Tibet:—(1) the central one, Vajrasana in Magadha; (2) in the east Utai-shan in China; (3) in the south Potala; (4) or 43*'5^’^ Udyana in the west; (5) S'ambhala in the north. g the eight places made holy by the relics of Buddha: (1) Preta puri (Tibet); (2) Grriha devata; 3. Saurastra (Guzerat); (4) Suvar^a dvipa (Pegu and Burma); (5) Nagara; (6) Sindhu (Sind); (7). Maru; (8) Kuluta (7Г. g. P, 69-76). gnas-skabs tem- poral state or life [opportunity, condi- tion]^. produced from circumstance accidental] & ; iflswdanger to my temporal life not occurring. gnas-skye§-ma [1. habitable. 2. night]& sj^’pc/gc^’q gnas-khan §pans-pa xifKVC [one who has forsaken his home]#, a mendicant, a Buddhist monk. gnas-nes-med one whose resi- dence is not fixed, a mendicant ascetic; a vagabond; one of uncertain residence, not residing in one place. gna§-nan-lan [depravity, wickedness]#. gnas-geig a species of wild gentian used in medi- cine (Mnon.). 4|5*rwq gnas-bcah-wa [fit to be a shelter]#. bca$ n. of an ancient city in upper India sacred to the Buddhists [Some identify it with modem Oudh or Ayodhya; others maintain that it is the same as Sogdiana or
752 njajsrci) the land of the Scythians. Patanjali who nourished in the 2nd century B.C. in referring to the conquests of Alexander the Great and in illustrating a rule of Papini’s grammar writes нч the Yatana (Alexander) besieged Saketa ”]#. Gnas-chuft sgra-dbyans glin n. of a small monastery situated to tho south-east of Dapung monastery near Lhasa, where resides the great oracle of Na-chQng Choi-kyong, a personage said to be the incarnation of Pe-har Gompo, and who forecasts the place of re-birth of each successive Dalai Lama (& Лаг. 181). gnas-chen (also or a very important place, a very sacred place (Rtsn.), a great resort of pilgrimage, a great sanctuary. gnas-mchog principal place of pilgrimage, a very holy place. *1^^’ Gna$-$nin n. of an old monas- tery in Tsang situated near the road to Gyan-tse from Phari {Lon, *, 10). Gnas-ta-la n. of a place in Tibet. | {Lon. 25) the fifth named, Dge- legs bstan-pahi Rgyal-mtshan was born in the neighbourhood of Gnas-ta-kt. gnas-rten— hjig-rten, ^а-rten the earth, the world {Mnon.). gnas-brtan 1. lit. firm in his place, an elder, a Buddhist monk of the Sthavira School. 2. [arrived at the tenth decade of life, above ninety >ears old]#. But chiefly we read of gnas-brtan bcu-drug the sixteen famous Sthavira or elders who severally preached Buddhist doctrine in the various mythical islands and continents of the Buddhist cosmogony. A very late tradition asserts that they were invited to China by the Princess Wun-shing Konjo daughter of Emperor Than-ju. gna$-pa I: l.= sfv» sdod-pa, to sit \ to be placed, to exist, to be in force, to continue to exist; khrim$- gnas-pa tho law being in force; mi-gna$-pa evanescent, unsteady. 2. to reside, dwell, stay: mnal-na gnas-pahi khyehu tho boy dwelling in his mother’s womb {Dom.) 3. to remain, con- tinue, adhere to, e.g., a doctrine or opinion : to persevere in tho ten virtues; to remain, to continue in love; to abide in religion, one abiding in religion, a clerical person. II: religious exercise, monas- tic function: to perform such; the nine devotions of a Buddhist:— (1) devotedness to the creed or teacher; (2) devotion to reli- gion; (3) devotion to the church; (4) devoted regard to the teacher; (5) attachment to one’s own professor or teacher ; (6) а loyalty to tho spiritual guide ; (7) attachment to one’s own station ; (8) attachment to an individual; (9) attachment to one’s own country. {K. du. «, 60). ^•qUI: Q ldan-pa. 2. =^ q bstan-pa wwnre, [to teach, having been taught]#. gnas-byed=y&'^<<i 1, the orb of the sun {Mfion.). 2. a saint, sage. gnas-byed-ma grWt as met. — a cow, also a woman {Mnon.}. .
^•511 753 я gnas-ma residence; also a resident. # gnas-mo hostess, land-lady, frq. mistress. Gna^-gtsan mahi rij ijx- n. of a class of gods whose abodes are very clean and pure. gna^-tsan v. 1. gnas-tshul state of things, affairs; condition of life bodily or spiritually; news. gnas-tshehu d?i*I [a tank]#. n gna$-gsh i = 4^ ’ rt a n-g n a$ homestead, permanent residence; estate: *4’^5 ЙХ‘3j mc/qwgKkjjq within the province of Afagadha there were number- less homesteads, residences of monks, estates, monasteries and villages, &c. (Л. 59). Syn. F^'B* khan-khyim\ gjds-ka (Шоп.). (?пя§.-а5 n. of the city of the Asura situated at the foot of Sumeru. gna$-bzan a good and happy world. content- ment, easiness at heart. for that reason let us both with a heart full of ease go to a happy place (RdsaX gnawings has been described as the natural state of all things, material and phenomenal. gna$-lug§ rtogs-pa the knowledge of the essence of all things, the knowledge of all things, or in a Buddhist sense, of the non-existence of all things: (A. 28) in his mind arose the right unperverted meaning of the state of all things. gnas-bsrun gen. a local god or spirit entrusted with the duty of guarding a holy place or sanctuary against an enemy, be he god or man. In JK earnest-money, pledge, security (Jd.). gnas-srufi- po an epithet of Rnam-sras or Vais'ravaoa who is the guardian of all Buddhist sacred places. Gnubt n. of a lo-tsa-wa of the Rnin-ma School who translated Tantrik manuals into Tibetan (Khrid. 23). + gnon consciousness of guilt, = (Lif.). gnon-wa 1. to feel ashamed: na no-у an gnofi-pa yod I also felt ashamed (A. 68). 2.==)*го,чд^ч to feel remorse = 4 to be conscience-stricken. 4]<S-4i : gnod-pa зтпт is thus defined: men, demons and evil spirits who are bent on evil here and useless. чч|Ч'5'Д|5ч at the root of the sacred tree of the s'akti there were some demons (Hbrom. 106). II: wfSlW, WH 1. evil, mis- chief, injury, harm, damage: fearing lest his feet should be hurt; a dangerous enemy; 4 or | «гч to do harm, to inflict injury, to hurt. gnod-pa byufi- nam (modern) = are you well ? 2. to injure, to cause illness. gnod-bsnen — khitnMyufi-ica (K. ко. 235). $dug bsnal-wa, gnod-zad-pa^'&^f1* hgog- pa. gnod-pa zad-par $gom- pa—<w lam. These terms are used in mystical language. 96
754 ^XS5^ gnod-$byin W a set of deities or demons believed, in Tibet, to haunt mountains and especially mountain passes. They are poisonous to travellers unless propitiated at a pass-top. Many mountain ranges in Tibet are named after Noi-Jin demons. gnod- shy in kha-rlan$ lit. the mouth vapour of а yaksa demi-god; = 53’^^ ggu-tshiys (Mnon.). ^ХМи'З4^ gnod-$byin rgyal-po the king of tho Noi-Jin demons who guards the northern quarter of the world. the names of some of the Noi-Jin chiefs are:—Rnam tho$sra$ (Vais'ravapa), Bbrog-gna^ Yu l~ hkhor-srufi (Dhritarastra), Hphag$-$kye§- po (Virudhaka), Mig-nii-bzan (Virupaksa), Bzafi-po, Gan-wa bzan-po, Rmofi$-by?d hdsin- pa, Chuhi dtcan-po, Lag-brgy ad-pa, I^na- r^en (7Г. g. ч ИЗ). ’iXS’S^ (*c/ gnod-§byin-chan met. for alco- holic spirit (Mnon.). qjXs*-** nod-rndse§ [n. of a demon slain by the Hindu goddess Durga; he was son of Gaveshthin and grandson of Prahlada]S. ’iXSgnod-sem$ or «цтцт< mischievous wish, ill-will: gVI js»w it is against duty to harbour evil-mindedness and false religion (Hbrom. p Syn. ^i^gnod-byed; htshe- byed nes-byed. (Mnon.). ч|^-а gnon-pa, pf. Щ gnan or ninan, fut. rnnan, imper. X^4! non-cig, to press, compress, force down; to subdue, suppress, keep down: that the broth might not boil over from the cauldron, the girl pressed down the lid; bgegs dri-za lha-hdre- rnam$ mnan-pahi gzun$-sfiag$ a dharani which will suppress demons, driza and imps; ’*4 gnan-mgo n. of a mountain, “the head forced down,” situated in Nepal, a few miles S. W. of Kinchinjunga. hdre rnnan-pay to press down. n. of a forest iu tho fabulous continent of Uttarakuru (K. d. \ 30b). 4|<q {рюЪ, v. mnob-pa. ninag-pa=z дпвд-pa (Sch.). n.nad-rnnad falsehood, calumny (Sch.). mnab-pa or innab$-pa go^-gyon-pa to put on: put On clothes (Situ. 65); v. also nab$. + si^q-q&i mnab-btsal n. of a kind of pastry, biscuit or cake. «ЦЧ'Г* mnab-rtsal 1. mean, worthless (Cs.). 2. nourishment, food. mnab-rtsal-gyi bu the child of an indigent person (<7s.). winam-pa 1. to smell: чгщщ having smelt (A. A”. 1-2); dri nan-pa bad smelling. 2. to smell of (most frq. signification). ntnah ЖФ1, W, oath: or to take an oath, to swear; to swear by the gods (Glr.). There are two kinds of oath, viz:—S oath to do mischief to an enemy; and °ath to remain faithful to friends (Gyu. 86). Syn. (to swear) 5’®^ bro-bor-wa; я^я-q^wq dyu-rpnah bshe&pa; dyu b§nun-wa (l&flon.).
735 Я^’<34 mnah-ma a son’s or grand- son’s wife; but the word is also used for the bride of one’s younger brother. mnar-wa 1. sbst. torture, tor- ment, excruciating pain. 2. to suffer, to be tormented: the innocent lords had to suffer in conse- quence of the king’s fears (Pth.); ^^’4 to suffer in consequence of former actions; ^^5 you cause yourselves to suffer torments; Mnar-med ’Wifa n. of one of the eight hells the torments of which are excruciating (B. ch. 5); **5^4** mnar-med gzigs one who has seen the hell of unceasing torment. mnal resp. for 1. sleep, mnal-gzim-pa, resp. for gnid-log-pa to go to sleep; mnal-du phcb-pa or ‘4 hgro-гса to fall asleep, to sleep; я^ч’зя’ч mnal-thum-pa a short nap, slight sleep: чгй’ад^ in a dream while he indulged in a short sleep (A. hk)* я^’^ч mnal-lab the talking in one’s sleep. хппо-гса=^№№ sems-pa, pf. mno§ to think over, ponder, imagine: thinking it had been said to me. 4W^^*q bsam-mno gton- ?т=ч^я*д^?ч’ч bsam-blo gton-ica to con- sider, to think carefully upon. я^*^я*д*з mno-gi§ Ina-pa 2|*»k’) n. of a Kabandha Raja, king of the headless spirits (К. g. я, 5^). mnog-pa=%’&^ rtsa-chun- pa of little importance; slight, moderate; я^«| mnog-chun insignificant, trifling, of little value. za§-mnog moderate fare, frugal diet (Sch.). mnon-wa, v. *3 * mnoh-med—^ £5 shameless (Mnon.). mnod-pa==^\4 rned-pa:, v. mnol-wa to grow feeble, to be reduced, weakened; ^‘4’^ have been weakened (Pth. 193). я^огдч mnol-grib weak and dull, or obscure; я^ч’^| ntnol- rig weak intellect. rna-iva ’siw, the ear: khyod-la hon-can byun- na rna-ru mar blugs if you have become deaf pour butter into the ear. $’4$*£*^с/ rna-wahi me-lon the drum or tympanum of the ear; rna-ica ma-tsha do not disturb or vex by frequent prayers or clamour: ^‘чязря*^S therefore dont vex, sit silent (Bdsa.). a treat for the ear (Glr.); rna-waht dtcan-po gtod lend me your ear, listen to me (Mil.); ^’§я*ч rnar snam-pa pleasant to the ear, tickling the ear ; ^’Ч’Я^р rna- wa hdud-pa, v. hdud-pa; ^'Ч’^’ч rna- wa bya-wa, ^ч‘§’Ч тпа-гоа byo-ica, ^’4’§pp rna-wa blag-pa, all=to listen, $'ч**уч deaf, to be deaf; $’ч5’«1Я the function of hearing. rna-khun ear-hole: ^’чг^цч ч^ч to cry into a dying man’s cars. The common word for the ear in eolloq. is Д‘«#’1 sounded 44 namchok in W. вчял^о] vulg. rna-rgyan or ear ornaments are in universal use in Tibet; but the vulgar word for earring is not or (some- times used in books) but 44 e-kor.” Syn. Я sgra-hdsin; §nan; thos-hdsin*, thos-pahi-^go; §gra-yi gna§; H§5 пап-byed (Mnon.). rna-rgyan geig-pa he who wears only one earring, as epithet of
та 756 $«‘2^ Rnam-sras or Vais'ravapa, the god of wealth ; also = a Tibetan layman. rna-sgran— mdahi mdehu a bullet, a buzzing arrow. rna-can w the first born of Kunti before she was married to Papcju (ДГйоп.). $'* rna-cha 1.=^ rna-rgyan ear- ornament ( Yig.). the halo encircling the sun, the canopy of the sun (Mnon.). $’*’4^4’rna-cha gdub $kor [oarring]8. Also id. rna-theg-can one who can hear patiently; one that is able to listen to all with patience; parti- cularly one who is meditating on the merit of patience. rna-sbafi§ or rna-spags W- ear-wax. Rna-wa gon-pa n. of place prob, east of India (K. d. \ 267). rna-wa brgyad-pa ono possessed of eight ears—an epithet of deities with four heads; Brahma, (Mnon.). $,£г-5$ rna-wa-can as met. the Sal troe = (Mfton.). g-q Rna-wa bye-wa-ri n. of a hill in the land of the Yidag or Preta : (Khrid. kl). ^•qrqj^ rna-wahi bead— ’’Г'Ч *^'4 ka-la pift-ka or the Indian koel (Mnon.). rna-wa-hdsin the holder of the helm of a boat, a pilot. rna-mdsad=*i§\ n. of a kind of ear-ornament (Rtsii.); rna-wa mdse§-byed id. *\i Tna"ru==z hkhrig-pa copu- lative union of the sexes (mystic)* rna-lun the ear or handle of a vessel (Cs.). rna-$lag$ [capable of being heard] 8. rna-$al or $4^4 rw-gqog ear-lap, tip of the ear (Med.). a vessel]^. rna-^lan a fur-cover for the ears worn by Tibetan ladies (Jd.). rnag пгт matter, pus, suppuration; TO'q rnag-smin-pa pus grown mature. rnag-hdren-pa to draw out pus; $4 H4 rnag-khrag matter and blood; $4 rnag-can containing pus, purulent: $4‘qav $4'4 rnag-par rnag-pa to form pus, to ulcerate (Cs.). $4’ядя rnag-hbrum abcess (Sch.). $4'4a$ гиа-дая a kind of damned crea- ture, prob, a preta which subsists on pus and mucous. rnags in colloq. = ready money, cash (Jd.). rnan-wa, pf. fyrnans to be- come choked, be stifled, grow constricted : q^K^q&q brnaft^-tc hchi-wa dying by choking; (bis) breath stop- ping short; lkog-ma bskran§-na§ d'ehi $kad-kyi§ brnans- so his throat having become swollen his words were stifled; zas-kyis rnaft-te the food choking him ; mya-nan-gyis rnaft-te stifled by his grief. SjJTq rnam-pa I 1. a piece, a part, a section, distinct part, ingredient: S the subtle and the coarse ingre- dients of the body (Vai. sn.); or ч in every respect, to all intents and purposes—this phrase is used whenever people of rank are addressed: most honoured
757 patron, altogether incomparable as to grace and goodness. 2. adj. different, distinct, individual, respective: four (separate) rays of light; the two lords respectively; we five individual girls here assembled (Л/г7.); the eighteen different wonderful feats; ^rw^rq sepa- rate dishes of food; ^’qX omniscience is that in which both colour and form are individually included (Vai. §n.). 3. divi- sion, class, species: 5SM* the four species of troops; rnam-pa sna-tshogs different sorts; of four different kinds. 4. manner, way: ^rq^'&qK^^ in manifold manner, variously, frq.; in every way; (the earth shakes) in six ways, t.e., directions. 5. effect, result, consequence; q^ from vexation at it; qSk’aXwqq in con- sequence of the cold wind (J/?7.). 6. shape, aspect, form: assuming individuality, personified outward appearance, figure, shape (A. K.); j|5’^rq lcag§-kyuhi rnam-pa in the shape of a hook ( Vai. §n.}; ^•qX’^’qvgei §ton- pahi rnam-par §prul he assumed the form of the teacher (Ta.}; to appear in a spiritual form (Glr.}; XX^srqVRg^ this body turns into a corpse; and so in most cases with regard to the whole appearance [in substance (from Ja.)]. 7. time as an unit: rnam-pa kun atoms of all things; time without end; rnam-pa kun-tu at all times, perpetually (Mnon.}. J there is no greater danger than an evil thought, therefore it should be avoided at all times (Lo. 26}. ^1 ЗрЧ’Ц II: in Budh. that which is cognizable, can be measured, or conceived is called rnam-pa* that whieh is inconceiv- able or incomprehensible is rnam-pa med- pa (K. d. % 45). aprq^ rnam-par or rnam full, com- plete, all; fully, completely, to the uttermost: rnam-par bkod fully arranged; ^rqvwpirq thoroughly wise, fully acquainted with; ^rq^jX^ quite dazed resigning all, thoroughly giving up; ^rq^’jswq rnam-par Itams-pa quite full, full to the brim; com- plete escape, emancipation, and hence: memoir, life, biography. For other compounds and examples, v. separate headings. ^rqnj or f^f^r variegated, piebald. ^’SPl^S4!*) rnam-skrag. (hkhrugs} [very agitated, overcome] $. Vй! rnam-skyes or ^’q^’g^ rnam-par §kye§ a king. Syn. rgyal-po; sa-dwan (Mnon.}. ^’|V rnam-skyed to procreate; pro- creation. Rnam-dkar-rtse (Nangar-tse) n. of a small town with a fort situated on the western shore of lake Yamdok on the highroad from Gyang-tse to Lhasa. ^’0 rnam-khro wrath [shameless anger]S. rnam-mkha$-ma a clever, wise woman (Mnon.}. rnam-mkhyen omniscience; the term in later lit. has been applied to Buddha: I
758 (Gser-phren 68) the omniscience to be able to see things in that manner exists only in the nature of Buddha. or rnam-hkhor rnam- par hkhor-wa [mistake, flurry]S. rnam-gran$ тщДц 1. specifica- tion, enumeration: J*'*®rgyal- pohi rnam-gran$ enumeration of the names of kings, rnam-gran$ dpag- ya$ kha-grafi$ mi-hdra- ica man-po) many different individual things, great variety of numbers (Rtsii.). the component parts of names according to their etymological value (Ta. 69, 3-3). 2. treatise, disserta- tion, a paper cho$-kyi frq. Syn. of 1. gna$-§kab§; ^wq r(m. pa ; sprul-pa; rnam-pa (Situ. rnam-grol or ^wj«rq rnam-par grol-ua emancipation, complete escapo from rc-birth. a Siitra in K. d. «I, 199. Rnam-glin or Rnam- rgyal-glin 1. n. of a monastery in the town of Rnam-glin-rdsofi in the Shang district of the province of Tsang (Rtsii). 2. n. of a Bon work (6?. Ron. 4). rnam-hgyed n. of a fabulous number : 4W«s^^35’H (Ya-sel. 57). I: rnam-hgyur fwt change (for the worse) in illness; affliction of mind: without anything affecting the mind, the mind in its serene, calm state; V^J***^ one whose mjnd has been affected, changed for good or bad; convalascent; recovered from illness. Syn. ‘^^q nadsafa-pa; nad-las thar-wa (Mnon.); without dis- turbance in the mind or anger; also change from the normal state of the mind. П: 1. form, figure, shape; S}’4|?the form of letters (written or printed) (Glr.). 2. behaviour, demeanor; (Vai-$n.); of a sick person, rnam-hgyur mdse$-pa mi- mic gestures or performances, mummers’ dance. 3. graceful carriage of the body, strutting walk; pride. rnam-rgyal or aprqKjq 1. complete victory; a common appellation of persons, deities and monasteries: Rnam-rgyal Cho$-§de the Dalai Lama’s personal monastery on Potala at Lhasa. 2.=sW’5’V4j?lv»i^| mystic. 3. as met.= 3’4 gourd (Mfton.). rnam-rgyal-ipn 1. one of the names of Arjuna the third of tho Papdava brothers (Mnon.); a name of sadanana the youngest son of Mahadeva (Mnon.). 2.= $«г*сЦ rgyal-mtshan the standard of victory (Mnon.). Syn. rgyal-byed-qin; О chu-klumgin (Mnon.). rnam-rgyal bum-pa 1. a con- secrated water pot supposed to contain an elixir of life which Buddha Amita Ayusa holds in his hands; any vessel containing charmed water; the consecrated water-pot made of brass or red-copper (Rtsii.). 2. n. of a sanc- tuary in Yarlung. rnam-rgyas frerH copious, abun- dant. VnHP1 rnam-sgeg-ma a coquettish woman.
759 Syn. hgram-ser; skyc- bohi §kra-can (Mnon.), IP rnam-^gyur hgro-lus as met. the sun (Mnon,). ’I* rnam-sgom ; met. night. rnam-gcod and yons-gcod, [relinquishment, leaving; a full pause consisting of two dots] S. rnam-bcad-can a passage or sentence at the end of which two dots, one above another, are put is called Rnam-bcod-can (Ya-sel. 47). rnam-hjig sadness. rnam-hjoms rtsa-wa ($ft) n. of a medicinal root. Syn. mnar-wa; skar-chen; §kar-mahi dri-ldan-ma; ^V|*' q ho-ma dkar-po; bur-gin-dri; rna-то*, grag^-ldan (Mnon.}. rnam-hjom$ bashfulness. rnam-gnis sbyar-spos—\'$' bad smell, stink (Mnon.), rnam-rlog or 1. cogitation, actual per- ception, thought, reflection, [a^ reason- ing or confutation; disputation]& It is variously stated by Tibetan sages:— that all cogitation is to be avoided (Grub. 5, 76) ; all that occurs in the mind, i.e., thoughts good or bad, is called Rnam-rtog. 2. unreal conclusions, imagination, aberrations of the mind. 3. in philosophy: obscuration, viz., of the clear and direct (nihilistic) knowledge of truth by reasonings in the mind of the individual, error (JYas. 305). 4. in pop. language dis- gust, distaste, rnam-rlog §kyed- pa to feel disgust (Jd.). 5. doubt, scruples, misgiving; ’^VTS5Vq y^-kyi rnam-rtog-dpyod-pa to remove doubts from the mind (Nag.); rnam-rlog can or rnam-rtog-ldan doubtful, hesi- tating. rnam-rlog mi-mfiah- rnam-rtog nicd-pa doubtless, unquestionably. Syn. kun-rtog; yid-gshun ; yid-kyi-las*, sems-kyi lon-spy od\ yan-dag-rtog; «Ког§5‘4 yid-la byed-pa \ iplsSs rtog-dpyod*, S4!4* rtog-pa; dran-pa; bsam-mno (Mnon.). rnam-thar, v. rnam-par thar-wa. rnam-thar sgo-gsum the three doors of fbffa emancipation: (1) ^^5 Q tiny at a [void] 8. (2) я [unconditioned] S.; (3) ^5'q [passionless]^. rnam-thos or rnam-par- tho§ 1. n. of a Sa-bdag or demi-god. 2.= one possessed of wisdom, spiritual knowledge (Mnon.). Rnam-thos-sras the king of the Noijin or mountain deities who guards the northern quarters (Mnon.). Is also, in a way, amalgamated with Kuvera or Vais'ravapa, the god and guardian of wealth, whom he is sometimes identical with and sometimes differentiated from. He is furthermore classed with the deities and also placed in the Yamantaka group. His Mongol designation seems to be Bisaman-tegri, while in Japan he is styled Bishamun. Syn. Byaft-phyogs bdag-po; rgyal-pohi rgyal; dpal-gter gsan-bdag; yter-gyi- fydag*, mihi cho$-ldan;
760 fial-bsos-po; hod-yan§ tsha-bo; й‘ E-lehi brgyud* nor-sbyiu hdren-pa; gnod-$byin rgyal\ ^‘3’ nor-gyi-bdag; dbyig- tshar-hbeb$; S^’§’4lMTCk’ yan-phyog§-§kyofi. (Mnon.). ^'54 rnam-dag or 1. very pure, thoroughly cleansed, frq. 2. n. of the chaitya on the site of which Buddha cut off his locks with his sword and for the first time renounced the world and the pleasures of royalty. rnam-dul or rta- mchog tho king of horses which possesses a wonderful power of hearing ¥^5’5** rnam-dud $kye$ fwwi; an epithet of tho mythical khyuti bird (Mnon.). rnam-dwafa or a learned man (Mnon.). rnam-gduft-ma or n. of a very useful and important medi- cine. Syn. 45*^1 ** $kad-cig-ma \ $de~ tshan bu-mo; phra-nwhi-hbras; g^’ leafi-lo-ma; mtshan-khun-ma; sa-skyes-ma; yul-bzan skyes; rab-tu pad-dkar; qW1^‘ pad-dkar §kyes; yan§~ma; mehi-rtse; swwci mthah-ya&pa; 5 kun-tu fugs-ldan; rgan-po hjom§; yan-lag mnam; я hgram-nag-ma; ser byed-ma; уйч] na-mig-can; zla-icahi hkhri-gin ; po-tuhi hdab; «JwqS’iS’W gsal-wahi to-та; gan$-can-ma; tshans- ma; zla-wahi $ne-ma (Mnon.). Rnam-hdud n. of one of the seven golden mountains of the Buddhist cosmography which are situated round Meru (G7r.). It is so called from its crest being slightly bent (So-ri^r.). rnam-hdren or fanru^ [spiritual preceptor]/?, one who leads to Nirvana (& kar. 6), an epithet of Buddha; saviour. q rnam-hdren chen-po— rnam-hdren the great leader, an epithet of the Bodhisattvas who are incarnated for tho purpose of conducting men along the path of Nirvana (Yig. к. 3). Bftam-snan gans-chen mtsho n. of a lake in Tibet (B. ch. 10). ’^’15 rnam-snan-byed met. the sun. rnam-b^nun fMWv manifold; [various, many]#. rnatn-par dge-wahi du^ — ^•q^c.-q good times, auspicious time or moment, favourable time. Rnam-par rgyal-byed 'tsni’H n. of the celestial palace of Indra (Mnon.). Rnam-r'tjyal-ma fawn n. of a goddess who is generally represented as possessed of 3 faces and 8 arms. In one of her right hands she holds an image of the Dhyani Buddha Amitabha, and from a left hand hang golden cords to which is attached the mystical syllable Hri wrought in silver. She is, it seems, identical with the goddess Gtsng-gtor rnam-par rgyal-ma or Ushnisha-vijaya, a popular deity in J apan. rnam-par Idan-pa [gone away]/?. rnam-par-hdud bending down most humbly, to bow respectfully.
I 761 rnam-par-gnas ft^n; to rest, repose; residing at a place comfortably. rnam-par gnon 1. met. a lion. 2. horse in general (Mfion.). 3. hero ; in- trepid, fearless. Rnam-par snan-mdwd also Rnam-§nan 1. Pairocana the chief of the five Dhyani Buddhas or J4 Is usually as an effigy painted white in colour and is asserted to preside over the uppermost paradise situated in the zenith of the terrestrial skies. The Mon- gol designation is Mashi gheigulun dzo- kiakckt. 2. = 3'^ the moon. -^5 rnam-par spro^-pa-mcd with- out enthu iasm, or zeal. $«wwq Rnam-par hbab-pa n. of a forest in the hill of Samkas'a in Uttara kuru (K. d. \ 299). rnam-par-bya$ shape, form (A. K. 2-95 v.). tshig [solvent] 8. ^wqV’jq rnam-par bshag-pa siwnR estabhshment; good arrangement. rnam-par gyeft-ica very at- tentive [frSqq throwing away, casting away, postponing]8. ^•qv^^'q rnam-pa> yans-pa = *ft'Q wide and spacious {Mfion.). swqv^np rnam-par rig-pa = idea, notion; often = [principle]8.; also [knowledge]8. rnam-rig-tu bkral-pa ‘explained in the sense of the idealists’ (8сЛ/*.). rnam-par-rig byed ftifft science, knowledge. ^•qvXei’4 rnam-par rol-iea fHfa enjoyment, merriment. ^nq^^l^q rnam-par $es-pa ft^R 1. etymologically: perfect knowledge, cons- ciousness. 2. in philosophy: one of the five phun-po or “ aggregates.” Is also used for: soul of the departed. By other authorities it is stated is of two kinds, phenomenal consciousness or and consciousness of external things, or that which distinguishes one from another (K. d. 100). Nine kinds of Rnam-<p>$ also ате given:—(1) ft^R [abode of knowledge, self-consci- ousness, the “ego” or “I”] 8. (2) ^w-?|*rq sj^rfrijWR [momentary acts of knowledge] 8. (3) । WRfHR [image-receiving knowledge]8. (4) ^Si^-qv-^q | sra fq^R [visual kuowledge]8. (5) ^t=rft^R [auditory knowledge]8. (6) | qnrfWR [smell-know- ledge]^ (7) fti^ift^R [taste- knowledge]8. (8) । «arqft^R [tactual knowledge]8. (9) I «Rtft^TR [internal-sense-knowledge.]8. ^•q^'g^q rnam-par $nun-pa flowing, issuing forth]8. rnam-dpyod ftqn, srsji, discrimination, discernment, judgment. Syn. blo-gros\ pcs-rab (Mnon.) (Yig. k. 88). rnam-dpyod-can — blo-gros-can one who judges well, a judge (Nag.). ^’4 sensible, possessed of judgment (Situ. 2). by that generous person who is without an equal in discretion (Yid. £7). rnam-par §pros-pa med-pa without (religious) fervour or zeal; not unreal or magical. 97
762 •gjqsm Rnam-phug-pahi grub- mthah n. of a metaphysical and doctrinal treatise of ono of the non-Buddhist schools of Magadha written by Rnam phug-pa (Theg. 33-39). ^’9* rnam-phyar or rnam-phyar- Ina the five modes of reproof (Yig.). B rnam-phye, ^'35 rnam-phyed, =$«* q 1. fw5R distinction, division, sec- tion : rnam par phye-^te fW’Q di riding, having divided or differentiated. 2. = ^‘§5. ‘*5 rnam-hphyo as met. fish. q’V’I’Q rnam-hphyohibdag-po the king of fish, who is possessed of a thousand teeth. Syn. yS) gorq na-yi rgyal-po; mche-ica ^ton-lna; Sfac’q $o-mafi-ica; j*^ khri-can 1 МпонХ §5 rnam-byed f*waT, ferfa, [pro- vidence ; fortune] S. ^«53 rnam-dkye нтл case or cases in Gram, [division, separation; also, case- endings. ]*S. rnam-smin or f^pqTSi, lit. fully ripened, become mature. In Budh. the fullness of one’s sin. to suffer the effects of one’s sins. rnam-mrdse$ or rnam* par-mrdscs-pa 1. vory handsome, beautiful. 2. = 8>Ф‘&Г5 $kyur-rtsi chen-po the largo species of lime (Ijjnon.). rnam-bshag arrangement, order in reference to place, position = (Ja.). Rnam-gzigs or Vipas'yi, the n. of the first of the six temporal Buddhas who preceded S'akyamuni: 4 Vipas'yi, Dipankara and Ratna-chuda appeared at the end of the age called Asanklya. The Mongol appellation of the Buddha Rnam- gzigs is Babashi. -4]^- rnam-gyefi я unsteady, vacil- lating, wavering, restless, =s^wa|$k’ a changeable mind: the friend who is fond of change (Bbrom. f4,5). rnam-gyefi-pa one who is not of fixed purpose, always vacillating (Yig. k. 26). rnam-дуо explained by S’^5*3’ fickleness, an attribute of the fair sex (Jfflon.). Rnam-rdb dwag$-po grwa-tshaft n. of a monastery situated to tho west of Lhasa (Loft. *, 4). rnam-rig-byed^^'^ ЯТП wisdom (Mfion.). rnam-(;c§ or f^jFT the mind, memory, intellect; knowledge. or mkka^-pa. rnam-^-tsam-pa one who is possessed of only tho Vijnana. [n. of a sect in India and China who maintained that knowledge alone was real.]#. rnam-$e$-rten the heart the basis of consciousness. Rnam-sras gan-mdsod n. of the repository of precious articles (gold, silver, precious stones, etc.) belonging to the De-wa Zhung (gdo-pa gshun) or central government of Lhasa (5. kar. 178). rnam-gsal 1. ftwi light; enlightened person (Milon.) 2. lightning. rnam-gsal-bye# the maker of light, sun (Mnon.). rnamsrol— * lugs-srol tra- dition, custom: in the event of my death your ancestral tradition (or customs) should be preserved (A. 128).
763 rnam-par Ihun-wa [44 fad entirely fallen (morally). Rnam Ihun-grub-rdsoA n. of a Jong in upper Nyang (3^’?5) in Tsang. rnams 1. the word or particle denotive of plurality: the gods, S'VW klu-rnam$ the Naga demi-gods, men, etc. 2. In Bak the usual sign of the plural, but in col. language little used. May be annexed to adjectives and even whole phrases: those which were large, the big ones; those in front; lug-khyu de myan-na§ khrid-hofa rnams those who had brought the flock of sheep from Nyang; whichever they were ; those that went behind. rnar 1. abbr. of also abbr. of or 4*. 2. for in the ear. 1: rnal or (Nag.) basic or fundamental state, alsoor normal condition; real, actual; 5чцг&ч^( with the exception of the sign of ordination he was not possessed of real theoretical learning (Тй?.). the mind come to a state of happiness, t>., being in peace, or was in a tranquil state; it again got to its original condition (-4. N. 1-16). performing real religious practices, to practise religion from the heart. II: 1. rest. his body obtained rest; esp. tranquility of mind, composedness, absence of passion: — to become steady in its nature as before; gA*r^’Zfy*r rdsifis chen-po rnal-dn pheb$-na$ the large boat has arrived at the tranquil state (Л. 18); his soul having no rest (Ta.). 2. seems to bo related to but in this form used in the sense of a dream or dreamful sleep (also a meditative trance): rnal-lta§ signs of a dream ; rnal-ltas bzan-po good prognostics of a dream (TV#.). der-rnal sad-pa dafi rmi-lam hdi-rnams dge-ham mi-dge dgofis-te rtog-bcun-shig skyes-pa as soon as the trance was over, then reflecting were these dreams and testings of visions auspicious or inauspicious, a maze of doubts arose. rnal-hgons [crossing]#. rnal-dn bkod-pa wsraflfa 1. put in the way of ascetical practice. 2. endeavours. rnal-hbyor irS; qtn the realiza- tion of the happy state of meditation. rnal-hbyor-pa or ral-byor VH; ; 1. lit. one who adheres to con- templative tranquility, a hermit, an ascetic given up to meditation, a yogi. 2. n. of one of the earliest Tibetan disciples of Atis'a (Khrid. 56). 3. acc. to Seh., per- sonal, visible. rnal-hbyor-ma a female hermit or ascetie; but hardly known in Tibet in modern times. However, the lady-abbess of Sam-ding on lake Yamdok is usually accorded this distinction. rnal-hbyor-rgyud гйлнп? [n. of a class of writings about the different Tantrik postures of yoga\S. rnal-hbyor §pyod-pa the practice of systematic meditation, but more especially an expert in the art. rnal-hbyor rnam-pa said to ’rtererenr, i-e., the
I 764 *1 Kalaohakra cultus (Mnon.). = grii^^n^cnsf the substance of yoga-tantra and mala-tan- fra classes of writings, contained in K. y. t, 213. q^5'^Xt^^ is contained in K. y. % and gives explan- ation of such mystic letters and terms as вч om-a-httih, sb a-ha-phal, etc. rnal-mahi-rgyud the real passage to Nirvana. СЧ + гш7=^'^ sohi $nil the gums. ’П rniir-ica, pf. «riq or q^’q to pull forward or out of the way v. ^’4 $nur-ica. rno-ira 1. sharp, pointed; 5Aq very sharp, r no-med dull, blunt; K’^*q rno-phyufi-wa to sharpen ; rno-hbig$ auger, instrument to bore holes in wood or iron, etc. (.Rtsii.). Г 9^ гно-byas sharpened knife. rno- bytd a horn (^.fon.); rno-l n- pa to get sharp, to be sharpened; rno-phyufi a n. of females and males. 2. rank in taste, acrid, strong or penetrating I smell). 3. sharp, clever, shrewd, pre- ceded by or ^]. rnon-po sharp; sharpness ,A. К. 1-38 : ^’5’^ rnon-po byas sharpened ; rnon mafi-du- bya§ cirim acute meditation. sna Wi, ; the nose but in the eolloq. the usual teim seems to be “ na-ku ” and in the 7F*. $na-mtshul pr. “ namtshul” is the common word. sna-chu discharge or mucus from the nose ; sna-chen-po a big nose, used also to designate a government commissioner or magistrate, just as the English slang term “ beak ” is vulgarly applied. ^5 sna-skad whine, nasal twang ; O4! ^па-guy flat nose ; §na-§yafi the bridge or top of the nose ; sna-bug nostril. q $na kun-nas dmah-ica ace. to iS. = flat- nosed. Jf sna seems to he often used to designate a peak or project*on from a mountain; also a promcntaiy in a lake. Also, the tip or end of any thing: thag-sna tip of a piece of string, sna-yi br tag-pa the prognostics of the nose: $na-rifi rno-tca inchoy yin-la a long aquiline nose is the sign of shrewdness and of superior intellect; U5 Ъпа-rtse sbom-mthug $diy-la spyod a thick obtuse nose indicates viciousness (in a man); a flat and crooked nose is an augury of much misery Mi. II: sort, kind; part, portion; with tshojs or various, all sorts of: ^na-tshoys-kyis hd‘b$-pa (Dzl.); to strew all sorts of spices over.....; every kind, tna-mafi (Lex.), (Glr.); ^5 of every sort; seven kinds of jewels; five sorts of silk; also alone is added to substantives, inst. of ог=_^^: smoke from different sorts of wood ; the ripening of corn (Glr.); ^’£T]^£T1 single; a portion of the doctrine (Schf.) (from Jd.) Sna-khrid, guide, leader. $na-yofi trunk, proboscis (5W.). $sna-can-nia the wind. $na-bcay-pa to procure sanction for any thing through the kindness of a superior official: the work may be undertaken after sanction has been obtained, etc.
765 Г* I sna-chen-po 1. chief official, judge. 2. n. of a place in Magadha (I7y.). Syn. ‘5 blon-po; •fSjxj khrims-kyi kha-lo*pa\ g.shufi-lug§ hdsin- pa (Jgfion.). $na-hjti piece of wood bent in the shape of a ring to which the nose-string of yaks is attached (Rtsii.). jflpq §na-rtog nosiril; $sn<z- rtog che shin so-rno-гса the nostrils were large and the teeth were pointed (Hbrom. 11Г). §на bstad-pa to he confident of, rely on; also as abstr. noun: trust, confi- dence. $na-thag 1. Tfa?; янгат^ a rope passed through the nose of a beast of burden to lead it by. 2. proboscis, sna-thag or sna-mehu srin-wa to stretch it forward (Pth., Ja.). $na-thnfi-ica~$'%J'Q sro-tlrifi-ua short-tempered, also one who loses his spirits very easily (Mnon.). §na-dri prob.= ^ snabs (Med.). $na~drofi$ leader, conductor : for the conductor of the three white chariots (A. 4). §na-hdcd-pa 1. one who goes before; a fore-runner, pioneer. 2. q to precede, go before. $na-hdren leader, commander ; g4!’ *4**r$*$4^ §dag-bsfial-gyi sna-hdren one that causes misfortune, author of it (Jd.). '^'q to lead, conduct; to head an expe- dition. $na-drafi$— *3f9*^N hjo-bya$-na§ having taken the lead of (A. 65). Jpw Sna-nam Samarkand in Bokhara: Sna-nam rdo-rje bdnd- hjoins n. of a certain Buddhist sage who belonged to Samarkand (Deb. Я, £)• *q'§S’ ^ererjv^ chab-srid sna-nam-la §ter-fies it was settled that the kingdom should be given to Nanam (Ya-sel. 74) • sna-snem, lazy : yna- §nem ma-hdng-cig do not sit here so idly, without any object! ‘(Sch.). $’3 Sna-phu n. of a place in Tibet (Lon. 28). % ч sna-ba or or leader, a guide: for about every third step a guide was necessary. sna-wa hdsin (evidently ship-commander, boat-man. Syn. *»Hq mnan-pa; gru-yi kha-lo-pa*, 5 gru-mkhan (Mfion.). $па-ЬаЪ§ the glanders $ 9* sna-bum [ink-stand] & Sna-u'O la-kha on the top of the mountain of Sna-bo situated between Gyang-tse and Bong cham-chen then arriving at Doi he caused a trumpet to be sounded from the top of Nao peak (A. 90). % $na-bon certain Bon charms which are uttered by the leader of a marriage procession in Tibet (D.R.). §na-§byofi, §na-$man snuff (Med.) §na-$brafi = snabs-lud mucus. sna-ma 1. (Cs.^the blossom of the nut-meg tree? 2. v. $ compound. gShir [1. n. of a plant Cissampelos hexandra. 2. badly clothed]& $na-ma or £ §na-mahi me- tog n. of a flower \Jasnrinum yrandifioru!)i]S.
ОМ 766 Г*! Sna-§mad n. of a place in Tibet, lower part of the place called J| Sna. sna-rtee the top or point of the nose; and is a mystic phraso of the Khadoma spiiits (Mkbah-krdo.) (K. g. 70). $na-tshan— complete in varieties. &ia-tshog$ 1. f^r, ^rwr, v. $na II. 2. =35 all. §na-tshog$- hgefa [1. the earth. 2. that fills or supports the universe]#. sna-tshog$ гдуи=Ъ fish (ДГЯоп.). ч|л sna-tstogs-tegrub^faCxfa [Brahma]#. §na-tshog$-bsgnib byed faWI [ maker of all things, Vis'va-karta]#. sna-tshogs-ean the water bird [a wild cock]#. Sna-tshogs tog n. of the son of Kamadeva (Mflon.). Sna-tshogs rta-can an epithet of the god of wind (MnonX $na-tshog$-hthnfi рНПП [as met. all-drinking, the sun or moon or fire]#. $na-tshogs mdog^Q'R ba-bla lit. variety of colours; the plant Curcuma amhatdi or zerumbet"\S. Also = stage dress (Д(пон.). sna-tshog$ mdog-can^ the comet’s tail (4Won.\ §na-tshg% rdo-rje the Vis'va- vajra or four-fold dorje which the Yum or Sakti of Don-grub the fifth Dhyani Buddha bears in her hand. §na-tshog$-$dc ^тчг n. of a medicine (ДГ^оя.). [the plant Cassia alata or Tora.^S. я Sna-tshog$ mig-ldan-nia n. of a Noijin goddess (K. g. **, ISO). §na-tshog$ gtsug-can the spiritual guide of the gods, Vrhaspati (Mnon.). §na-t8hbg$-hdsin = as met. the earth (lotion.). ^^’^*5 $na-tshog$ gift-rta=fy ni-tna ^dtthe sun (МЯон.). = &ъхч [‘having a variegated car/ the sun]#. sna-hdsoms-pa^^'^M sne-hdsom. $na-ro or tna-ru l. = 5’5 the sign of tho vowel о (Situ. 12). 2. snuff- bottlo made of the horn of yaks or of goats. $na-lcn-pa 1. to give shelter or lodging. 2. hospitality. $nag a tribal name. suag-tsha nuV ink. ^9^ an ink- pot ; ЗН’й4! $nag-$myug pen and ink; 5*71’3 Snag-tsha daH $myu-gu id. both pen and ink together being not available he wrote with what he had, consequently the writing was not clear (legible) (A. 100). snag-tsha hbyar-byed glue, gum. Syn. hbyar-rtsi\ fybyar- bye$\ 95 sbyin (Mfion.). $nag-la$ $kye$ born of the family of Snag; gen. family extraction. Syn. |5*ч rgyud-pa; rig$-rgyud; *^5 gdu^-rgyud (Mnon.). pi^-j9a=4A4]^,q fybags-pa defiled, polluted. ^’41 : gnan^ta WTHT, wraW sbst. 1. brightness, light, lustre, glare. av^c-'
767 ° the light between,” i.e., the atmosphere, the light of heaven, the sky: wgq’wav qw^'Sjq'S) ^af lain descending from the heavens the fruit of the fruit-trees and all the crops matured together (ЛЛ.). when there is light, when it is light; fig. the light of doctrine (2Ы.). Syn. §nafi-byed\ gvqpw §nan-gsal; gsal\ aiJfyqq-qj^orq mfion-par gsal-wa; hod- zer; Kv'W hotf-hbar; $gron-me; rab-gsal (Mnon.). 2. an objective appear- ance or thing seen, an apparition: Bj^-^’qq^q-qAjq-? there is an appearance as of being pursued by many people; appearances in a dream. 3. a visual seeing, one’s sight: ^5^’ ^q-^q-q-jr^qj-q-S^ my faculty of vision, my sight, is dimmed (Jiz.) (more frq. intellectually) a view, opinion; ^q*r in the view of Buddha ; and hence: 4. thought, idea, notion, conception, c. genit.: w^qq-Sj^w^q’q all these things are only conceptions of your mind, your fancies; 45^'^q-qAgq- (Jf/Z.); qg *r^qbkressnan ye-med-par gyur-to he was even without a thought of hunger (Mil.); XN’«r^q’q*gq turn your mind to religion ! (Mil.); A§vq to change hearts to repent, conversion. 4'q^q pleased, cheerful, happy (Pth.); col. the arising of two ideas in the mind; hesitation, irresolution, wavering; perception, both physi- cal and mental: «tffc'gq’Sfg ч’ч mtkoH gnafi- gi tprul-pa phantom, apparition; an illusion of fancy (Thgy.) (Jd). 5. attainments, intellectual illumination. $nan-ehag§ shifts ef work from serfs or mi-ser according to their respective turns (Rtsii.). snaH-ehuH unimportant and of little use: not mention- ing those that are unimportant (Rtsii.). §naft-brnan 1. f’-ei’^^-q very handsome outwardly (Nag. 33). 2. = g’*V’ reflected image, image. $nafi-dag (^q’$qpi) eolloq. the inward man, the heart, the soul; not to care at all, to be indifferent. snan-ldan as met.=the sun ; ^'^’^’5 = skar-ma brtan-pa the polar star (Mnon.). II: vb. 1. to emit light, to shine, to be bright; ^’A^’g^’q to fill with light, to be enlightened, to illuminate; gq’AqAjq’q to be filled with light, to be enlightened, e.#., by the light of wisdom (Jd.); S’gq*q5’$af q darkness entirely devoid of light (Dzl.). 2. to be seen or perceived, to show one’s self, to appear; or B’^’q' qjc/qgc/ every thing visible; B’^'4^41 all that is an object of senses (Mil.); ^Tgq-Bf now an opportunity shows itself (Jd.). ^^’^-gqwq-qj^q’gqq’^^’q’gq' although the body had become invisible, yet the voice continued to appear and was heard without interruption (Td. 127. 11); to have a certain appearance, to look (like), as if it had been suddenly cut off (Vai. $fi.)\ $niim-bcas §nafi-pa (to look) greasy (&<;.); it looks like sorcery (Glr.) (ci. 4|0l) ; a-^q-q invisible, ^q’qq'g^q- to disappear frq.; as their wives were not to be seen, were not present (Dzl. чз, 27); ft’g^Agvq to become invisible, to efface the traces of a thing (Ja.). gq*qj^«r^ $nafi-$yel-can forgetful, lazy. ^•^•i^-Sq^q-q-^ q of no attainments yet high in appearances.
768 JF'=4 III:=Lex.; in Amdo: a= or •** is or is not, 155 ог^я’сг^с/ kkyoj-la rtscun-pa e-$nan I believe you havo not barley-flour ? I havo not barley-flour; so it occurs in vulgar language, it is said, dicitur (Ta. 3,fp 14)’, prob, also: to be in a certain state (of health', in a certain condition, etc.; in C. how are you now (?) what have you been doing now? (Ja.). й-^-q mi-$nan-u?a (A. JC. 111- 51) [to vanish or disappear]^. q $nafi-tca dkar-pa= moon- light (Ity. к. 15). ja дс/ piafi-brgad-pahi rab-fclufi an epithet of the river Ganga: •Ц’ф pray Jet your kind letters flow (to me! like the Garga (Yig. к. 36). piafi-ica-can manifest, present in all its glory (Л. K. 111-51). ^c/qw^-q pian-ica mched-pa [increase of light]8. q $nafi-ica thob-pa to obtain light obtained light, enlightened]8. Snan-wa ndhah-ya% the fourth Dhyani Buddha Amitabha in his first form of existence, i.e., in his dharmakaya or chos-kyi-$ku. In his sumbhoga stage he is designated Tshe-dpag-med; and in the third or nirmana stage Bod-dpag-med. His present earthly incarnation as is the Panchhcn Lama of Tashi-lhunpo. + ^’c*'qlAc'snafi-wa gdon-red-pa to take up or undertake a work without much deliberation. jjc/q snafi-ica na§ §nafi-icat kgro-wa to go from light to light. q'^W^A^fp $nafi-uaz~mun-par fagro- гса [going from light to darkness] 8. pian-ica vied-pa faTWW [not possessing light, not bright]8. $nafi-wahi bdag-po fsnr’qfa [the lord of rays, the sun]8. §nan~rcahi dicafi-po= the eye (Mfion.). §nafi-wahi mu-khyud ; [the lustrous halo round the sun]8. $nafi-tcahi гЫ-Wthe repository of light, i.e., the sun (Mfion.). Snafi-war mdse %-ma n. of a great Yaksini, a she-demon (K. g. 5,130). $nah-bycd as mot. the eye, tho sun, light. §nan-byed gni$-pa the tea nd luminary, the moon (^ag.) (Mfion.). §S'^* snafi-byed zun the two lumina- ries, i.e., the sun and the moon. $nan-byed hod-byed as met. = the sun (Mnon.). $nafi-med, v. nan-med. ^•<#5 snafi-tshad, v. the measure of light. snan-tshul the outward appear- ance, of a landscape; scenery (MU.); appearance, opp. to essence, (Was. 29Г). snan-tshc—nam-snan ’Чтчпг [illumination, exhibition] 8. ^*£5 §nan-mds(id brightening, illumi- nating, also, illuminator.
769 §nan-zer can-ma, v. snafi-zer ldan-ma= n. of a Bon deity, one refulgent with light, radiant (B. Ch. IV). ^’*5 §naft-hod n. of a flower (K. d. |”, 12). ’5*^’ 8naft-ru-sgan n. of a place in Tibet near §tod-lun (Lon. *, 3). $nan-fa$ thoughts, fancies. Snan-g^an n. of a Bon priest of great mystical learning (Jig.). Snan-sel khrab-gyon n. of Bon deity of Sa-bdag class, who wears a coat of mail. ^‘§5 $nan-srid HHK the visible, exter- nal world. %naft-gsal shining, bright, bril- liant; the clear bright light of religion, also a lamp, light; syn. (Mfion.). ^’4 snad-pa, pf. 4^5 bsnad imp. ifs snod to wound, to hurt, to stab: being hurt in the body; M my horse might be injured; afraid of hurting him (Jd.); of horned cattle: to butt (&Л.). snabs, mucus of the nose: g q $nabs phyi-wa to wipe one’s nose, J|W^ pocket-handkerchief; ^^‘^5 snotty nose, snotty fellow (&?Л). Syn. snab§-lud; fair-&ndbs; $na-kid; $na-yi dri-ma. I: Snam 1. n. of a place in Tibet; snam-gyi re-gad one of the thirty seven sacred places of the Bon (G. Bon. 37). 2. jja ’ятст smelt. II: or ^'5 snam-bu woollen cloth of various kinds, a blanket. woollen cloth manufactured in Kong-bu; English broadcloth; woollen cloth from Central Tibet and Lhasa. snam-dkar white or woollen blanket. hairy cloth, frieze; snam-yug a whole piece or roll of woollen cloth, §nam-ra$ woollen and cotton cloth (Mil.). сч Snaw-phyi privy, latrine. Syn. chab-khan ; phyis-khan ; gsafachod. (Mnon.). ^‘34 am-phrag in vulg. language: breast pocket. snam-brag~ ^‘5(4 %nam-phrag or am-phrag the bosom, also the breast pocket. In colloq. am-bdk. snam-hbyar [a pair or couple; the aquatic plant Trapa bispi- snam-sbyar a sort of loose mantle for priests (Cs.). §nam-gshogs resp. for side (Ja.). snam-log^ also snam-phyogs, may signify respectfully the whole bodily person of a deity or lama, usually, however, it indicates the sides only; also specially = side and back. The following passage occurs in a Tantrik litual of the Tangyur: 3^’5*‘S' gur dan bla re lha snam-phyogs skyon gior-ma so-sor dgram having sprinkled separately the torma offerings protecting the back and sides of the god and each lama, together with their canopies. 98
770 Snar-than n. of a village and monastery about six miles to tho south- west of Tashilhunpo. The monastery contains a printing press and a huge stock of wooden blocks embossed with the text of tho Kahgyur and Tangyur encyclopae- dias. Snar-thafi Rig-pahi ral-gri n. of the great abbot of Snar-thaft who arranged tho cutting of the text of the two collections of sacred books in block-type or xylograph (Lon. % 10). Snar-po or snar-то or $nar = or long, lengthwise. snar-tca to shake or move to and fro: B*r9^nT*rgV4 a dog wagging its tail; also v. bsnal-wa to extend, protract. Snar-ma *г^г 1. the third constellation or lunar mansion containing five stars and represented in the figure of a chariot; the wife of the moon. 2. ^44?f [sandal, incense]8. Syn. dal-wahi- Iha Idan-ma \ | $ky-dguhi bdag-po. $nar-ma skyes [Bala- rama; the planet Mercury]#. $nar~mahi bdag-po — the moon (Mnon.). snal-ma [thread, silk thread, woollen thread, etc.; knitting-yam, yarn used for other purposes; also for warp, abbyam] (Jd.). rdufi-wa or beating, sticking in (A. K.). Wlfa [puts together]#, pf. and fut. 1. to prick into, e.g., a stick into the ground, to thrust a weapon. 2. to suckle: i’^gaj'q (jpihj id & to multiply (Vai. tn., Lez^ Sch.). |А’Ц $пиЬ-ра pf. «Jgw fut, qgq imp. or gw vb. a. to to do away with; to causo to perish; gen. fig. to suppress, abrogate, annul, destroy, anni- hilate, a religion; sp^gw abolished the custom. tq” Snubs n. of a place in Tibet (Deb. % 2). gW’^’^A^^ Snubs-gnah То-re rtsug-lo n. of tho son of king Tore Srofi-btsan (Yig.) who wasprinco of Snubs- gnah. gW’^’gj^S'g’X; Snubs-mtsho glin- dguhi bla-do n. of a place in the lake country of Yam-dok (Deb. % 4#)- Smw ?hl oil, grease; g«^’ snum-кой a little bowl for oil; g*'H* snum- khur cake cooked in or seasoned with oil, a kind of pastry baked in suot; Snum-can or gwsw or g*’^ fatty, oily, greasy; g*'^ snum-dri a smell of fat. snum-can (pn [n. of several medicinal plants = Asteracantha longifolia, Tribulue lanuginosus etc.]#. Г4 snum-pa or g«'9 snum-po ftps*. 1. smooth, shining and of fine texture: g« snum-bag polished. 2. fat, grease, any oily substance (or g*^ snum-rtsi) ; oil: gu’fVS’*^a lamp, the oil of which is consumed; §Vg* raw fat, 9Vg* melted fat (Ce.); ^fargw cart-grease, composed of pul- verized charcoal and fat (Glr.). 3. fertile, with luxuriant pastures C. (Jd.). 4. n. of a clan (A. 80). a snum-za oil-burner, a lamp. Syn. sgron-me; W’A mar-me (Mnon.). g^v*1 snum-zan-ma one who eats dainty dishes; a glutton :
771 Р>! (may be} you have some petted child with the disposition of a glutton (Л. 137). snur-ica 1. pf. and fut. to push or move, to move out of its place, to remove, to shift JF.; to drag up, pull in. 2. Sch.: to cut into pieces, to frac- ture, to crush, into impalpable powder. or 3. to abridge. 4. v. —4 §ne or g’* pie-ma 1. extremity, end of a thread or string, the selvedge or hem of a piece of cloth: thag-snethQ end of a rope. $ne-hkhor to warp, to get twisted (&Л.). рге-skog chaff of barley, wheat, etc. {Rtsii.). Sne-gdon-rtse n. of a town with a Jong stylod Sne-gdon- rdsofi the fort of Nedong-tse {Lon. % 14). §ne-hdsom= gn. of fragrant plant burnt as incense: ’^’g 5^ for (the cure of) cow-itch I must have the Ne-dsom plant, the Ne-dsom plant is necessary {Rtsii.). piem-pa to shake, to cause to move slightly: bsnem byahi яа-gshi a quagmire, a bog, Siberian tundra. piehu glin-kha n. of a grove near Lhasa two over- seers at Neuling-kha {Rtsii.). Нет $nehu-stan—^ child, boy. Snehu-rdson n. of a small fort on the bank of the Kyi-chhu on the opposite side to Rbrapspuns (Daipung) {Loft. % Ilf), pie-len resp. («Хк’АЗя mthon-bzo$) attention to guests, hospitality, reception given to guests: 1Л5 Sne-god n. of j a village in Kham* {Lon. * 28). snc-sel tsam-du rnchis^^' am in the due dis- charge of my duties (K^.). gMj^ sner-slebs officials (who succeed each other by gradual promotion). 49^' {D. gel. 7) the government officials should not show partiality to any among the subjects of the state. sno-ica acc. to (7$. = |кц to reduce to small pieces, to crumble {Jd.). + pnog-zan cake, biscuit, etc.; in vulg. “ khab-zeu for F*«<. I: piod 1. sbst. grog a receptacle, that which holds anything, a vessel, basket. Syn. yol-go; g’s'fS snod-spyad {Mnon.). sde-piod a receptacle of doctrine, the doctrinal basket, sacred writings; tho Three Pitakas or three classes of sacred works. phye-piod a vessel for meal or flour; %fahu~§nod water-pot, pitcher; 9'g5 bu-§nod uterus, womb; $nod- kyi khyed-pa [a small pot]S. snod-kyi-sten upper part of a vessel, also its cover or lid. gV^RF* $nod-gsum or 5^*4* the three qualities of the organs of the senses—best, intermediate, and the last. II: Jd. says that in tho ascetic language $nod denotes man, as far as he is susceptible of higher and divine things; a man is called $nod-yofipsu bdag-pa a very pure and holy vessel; g5’^‘ piodJdan $lob-ma^& disciple eager to be instructed {Mil.); $nod~nia yin
772 |ЗД| insusceptible of religion. Also in meta- physics В XS phyi-$nod = the external world, or rather inanimate nature. jpvB'jV'W1 tnod-kyi M‘^-^sum==the three defects of humanity: 1. 2. ДЧ a ( 3. ^Ч1Ц«ГЧХ to be thus interpreted:—one who at tho time of a sermon does not attend to it is as a vessel of which the mouth is shut up; on hearing if one does not get at the right moaning, but misundertands, it is like a spittle-pot full of unclean things or thoughts; if one attends to a sermon and understands it, but does not act accord- ingly, that is like a vessel which is upset. XS'q§5 §nod-bcud the world of inanimate and sentient beings. $nod ehen [road, bathing place] S. 3ft* $nod-ma [circular, coil- ing]#. $nod-run-wa [1. recep- tacle. 2. a vessel for roasting or frying]#. ^’4 $non-pa pf. and fut. b$nan 1. to add on, expand, augment; to put a tip on or point to (e.g., an arrow): two being added to them (Mil.); ^^’XV4 maft-du $non-pa to augment by a great number; rgyab-$non adding on the back, i.e., confirmation; S*4!jpv* dmag- tshog# $non-ma reinforcements, auxiliary troops; rtse-mo $non adding or putting on a pinnacle; snon-mdar Arya-de-wahi Iha- khan-la rab-gnas mdsad consecrating the temple of Arya-deva with a pointed arrow. 2. to revive, strengthen. iq-Sq-55j $nob~zog-can curious, inqui- sitive (Ja.). 4 $nom-pa I: pf. b$nam$ fut. ЧХ* tenam imp. X* or X*w to lay hold of, grasp, take up, pick up, to seize on ; phag-tu $nom-pa to grasp with the hand: W ^X*’’ 4 having taken up in his hands the dorje and bell as a sign of his knowledge of tho various vehicles (Pth. 128b.). q^X**’^* phag gya$-pa§ damaru hkhrol shin gyon bum-pa tenam$ na$ with his right hand he played the damaru and with his left held tho sacred water-flagon. э&Я’Ч II: akin to jw ^num-pa to smell: dri-ma ^пот-shift smelling the scent; met, the nose. Prob, this vb. is very near in sense to that of I. in that it signifies: to catch up by means of the nose, t.e., to smell or take up a scent. Snor-wa, pf. and fut. ч^к bpior to confound, intermingle, stir up sediment: Хчух Я’Ч $t eft-hog $nor-wa to comfound or mix up the upper and lower (contents, etc.) §nol-tca pf. and fut. ч^ч b$no 1. to adjust, place together, fit together; to close up exactly, interlace, hlham $nol-wa to seize and wrestle with or “ embrace and wrestle with; to embrace (Cs.); §‘Х^ ч Zfa $nol~ica to interchange looks; S’jjftrn ho piol-ica to kiss each other; phan-tshun $nol-wa to unite both the parties, яр/ч’хч’ч rkaft-pa §nol-wa to join the legs. 2. to wrestle, to pounce upon ; to contend with. ^4^4 §nrub§ the nineteenth •\э constellation or lunar mansion. Syn. ST‘4 rtsa-wa; sog-pa; gru-so (Mnon.).
773 зпгоп ’ЙШ the eighteenth lunar mansion. Syn. ldehu\ gdu-bu-, lha-dwan-ldan (Mnon.). T^’3'3’4 §nron-gyi zkz-wa the month of May-June. ^’3 yq snron-gyi na-wa the full moon of that month. fyrnag-nu^*^5’4 patience (Mnon.). * Ъгпад-ра, pf. brnags 1. to cogitate, deliberate; reflect upon: q’«iq*ujqq*wq to think over and over again. turned over in the mind, thought over (Situ. 76 and 137). 2. to be con- cerned about, to strive after,..... striving after that one thing. 3. to flow over with, be replete with; and hence, to be burdened with mentally as well as physically. brnaft-wa another form of rnafi-wa to be choked with; defined in flag. as obstruc- tion of food in the gullet, which neither goes down nor comes out (also A. 13 k). nan-tan brnan or pressed, urged upon (Situ. 76). * гЦУЧ $rnan-pa to be eager for; to be on the alert, be attentive to: «ад’ч to attend while a person is reading or writing; to be eager for reli- gious instruction, «fq'q^’q eager for food. $rnab-sem§ wfwjT; desire of gain, covetousness (A. K. 6-17). speaking falsely or boastfully together with rough words and avarice (are of no good in this world) (K. d. % 3 k6). b snob-sc ms can a covetous person. qX4Frq brnogs-pa 1. to be hidden, concealed. 2. bound, tied tightly (Ay. h3). b$nan-wa, v. ^’4 rnan-wa. bsnad-pa, n. mtson-gyiz rma§-pa to cause a wound with a weapon. q^'4 bsnan-pa, v. q^ to augment by the addition of a great many a great degree revived me (fag. k3). q^’qvg b$nam-par-bya g^cr [met. a bull, excellent]*?. bsnam-zin g§F3 [the soul, an individual]*?. pf. of q.v. bsnar-wa = ji’q rkyoft-wa 1. to stretch, to extend in length, to lengthen, to pull out, e.g., a piece of India rubber, to stretch out and trail the tail (Nag. k3); !Ч&чГг,^’Х injug-bsnar-to it stretched out its tail (Situ. 76). 2. to have in its train, to drag after: q^ non-mons b§nar the consequences of sin. v. 1^4 b$nal-wa to spin out, to protract (Cs.). 4^’4 bsnun 1. v. (Ttot.). 2.= offended, hurt in the mind, [to wound in the heart]*?. 3.=wr^: hit or pierced with weapons like arrows, etc., the target. 4. = ^'Ч, to give suck (&ag. k3). bsnun-pa sbst. [^<4Г*чп a moving to and fro, shaking; wra, beating; piercing ; piercing, a needle]*?. bsnur 1. pf. of §nur. 2. has been explained as v^'qjc/q.
774 qgQN b$nub§, pf. of 0Г g4 4. qjiwN b$ne»i§, pf. of $nem: ^я*ч*' пет-par bsnems {Situ. 76). ^пот-pa apparently, in two passages met with, is to be differentiated from if5*4 snom-pa, and=to cut, to shape,, to carve: ^$|ЧФ<ч^ча§с^'чач|м rdo gru gsum tenom-pabi $ten-du bshugs sat on a stone which was shaped or cut at the comers, i.e., on a triangular stone (Fig); $nal ma b§no?n cut threads. tenor nar-nar*. gon-hog tenor (&ag. 43). ч^ч b$nol v. jj% З’з ^=д*«г^,£ч|'дс/ч thu-wa gofi-hog byuft-wa upper and lower flaps of a garment joined (fiag. 43). Again, wo find: ч|ч’У friends and relations mutually attending or associating (Situ. 76). ч^к hdre$-pa, and is illustrated thus: gvsjjfa bvw as all medicines are beaten together and thoroughly commingled in a paste (Situ. 76).
*1 Ц pa I: the thirteenth letter of the Tibetan alphabet and the first of the labial group. mi : as a syllable is called bdag pohi §gra, the word or particle expres- sive of ownership or possession. As an affix it is found added on to many roots, to verbs, nouns and adjectives, sometimes affecting the meaning of the root, some- times making no difference and merely affixed from custom. As a general rule (but, it must be noted, not invariably so) it is changed to ч wa after a vowel or one of the three consonants % % and 4 When ч is attached to the roots of verbs it is the sign of the infinitive and participle as in S Ч54, ; in the language of common life, how- ever, it is frq. used for the finite tense, and for par. Affixed to the names of certain places or things, it denotes the person that deals therewith as in 5’4 rta-pa horseman, chu-pa water-carrier, $хч one of Lhasa, §’*’4 a monk of Sera. In such instances some writers use я instead of which is wrong; it is not correct to say or Combined with names of places, ч designates the inhabitant (^5’4 inhabitant of Tibet); with numerals, it either forms the ordinal numeral gfti$-pa the second) or it may imply other enumerations, e>., q-35 5 a girl of two years, 0’^’4 khru gan-pa measuring one cubit, ^§’4 so- cu-pa containing thirty, viz., letters, as in the Tibetan alphabet. As already said, with sbst. it may have no particular signification (^5’4 rked-pa, etc.), or may serve to distinguish different meanings (^' rkan marrow, *^’ч rkan-pa foot) or be a peculiarity of dialects. In certain expressions ч or a stands, it would seem, incorr. inst. of ч5 pahi or ч5 wahi: чргч’ ^ч|’Ч gso-wa rig-pa science of medicine, 5ч’ 4’^ grub-pa lu§ structure of the body; dam-pa c/ios holy doctrine (of Buddha) (Jd.). In Budh. ч pa mysti- cally expresses don dam-pa the pure sense of all things (K. d. £, 321 and ЦЬит. % 282). Again in К. my. 207, чpa signifies fallaciousness. 4’1( Pa-§de letter of the P series, i.e., 4, ч q, я. Pa-gor n. of a place in the district of Snan-mo in Tibet (Deb. q’S’s pa-car or sprwg’g gos-ehas lia-Lu a small piece of cloth worn over the privities; the end of a lower garment gathered up behind and tucked into the waistband] S. pa-ta-ha чгт (^’§'ЭТ^) a kind of drum (K. du. 5, 502). 4’5 pa-ia W. a cross (Jd.). t Pa-tan ancient capital of Nepal called $***’ Ye-ran in Tibetan works (Dsam. 3).
776 Pa-tba lo-ta-na n. of a groat river running from oast to west and to the north of Monkori (& lam. kO). t a tree (S. lam. 38}. pa-to or «rlfa pa-to-la a medicinal plant and fruit: I {Med.}. Ф pa-tra or ^'5 pa-tra 1. ipr figures, pictures of various designs; §^5 srid-pa tra (§S'q‘V srid-pa-ho from Tib. 5jS'4 srid-pa the world and 5 from tho Chinese hwo a picture) astrological chart. 2. a golong’s begging-bowl— Ihun- bzed. 3. n. of a gem, precious stone. wearing a patra can protect one under the judicial) ordeal by poison. f W§Pa-tru n. of a great river flowing by the city of Madhubandha 4 tho natives of which are very good-naturod and honest, in consequence of which thoro is no fear of travelling in that country and there Bud- dhist monks got alms easily” (& lam. 36). pa-na чм the sixteenth part of a rupee. + pa-na-sa [the jack-fruit tree]S. (K. d. 201). Ц Pa-s пат also called Dpal- gnam n. of a district with a fort called Penam Jong on the Penam Nyang Chhu midway between Tashi-lhunpo and Gyang-tse. pa-ben in W. = a strip of wood, a ledge, border. Pa-ma-le-pafi n. of a place in Tibet {Yig. 7). 4*^ pa-tse a masak or leather bag for water, etc. Pa-tshab n. of a Tibetan district and -of a resident officer of the district: {A. 102). Pa-tshab presented him with a cloak lined with leopard-skin (Л. 63). pa wa san$ v. pa-san§. pa-yag-pa a medicinal herb= smug-chub: I (JfriZ.). pa-ra-kha in W. cross (a straight one) {Jd.}. 4 pa-ra-^a n. of a sweet deli- cious fruit {K. d. 201). 4% pa-ri in IK, Л pa-ru in C., box, cylindrical or oval, high or flat, of wood or metal (Jd.). 4 Kshatriya race (my- stic) {К. g. F, 28). [Evidently the ФТ^ of ancient times mentioned in the Mahabharata, Manu-Samhita, and Vishgu- puraqa]& pa-ri-tsi-tra n. of a tree and of its flower {K. my. F, 3^5 and % 20). t чЛ £5’’’I pa-ri dsa ti-ka ч the flower of paradise (K. du. \310). + ЧЛ,4П paru-^a-ka [Qrewia act- atica from the berries of which a cooling beverage is prepared] S.
777 4 Ц Q] pa-la-fa цжд 1. the tree Butea frondosa-. 5'&яй\зХ (JT. (j. 57) used £u Yajna spyin-sreg gi-yam fin- da rufi-wa) (K. g. % 327). 2. [Also its leaf.]#. + qlH’SA Pa-la-fa-pur the sea-port Balasore situated on the west shore of the Bay of Bengal (Dsam. 317). [The ancient capital of Magadha or Behar where the tree Butea frondosa grew in abundance]& t 4’5^ pa-fa-ni Indian gold formerly imported into Tibet (Rtsii.). pa-fii—^ri-dwags wild animal (mystic) (K. g. F 28). * cr^q Pa-fu pa-ti fwa-ra n. of sacred place in Nepal much frequented by Hindu pilgrims; in Tibetan called also Gu-M dwan-phyug (Dsam. 5). [ЧЯЧ^ШХ: the lake of Pas'upati.]#. pa-fu-li-ka =§*’’ khyim house (in mystic rituals) (К. g. I4, 26). pa-sans or WW** 1. Friday. 2. НПТ4, the planet Venus. Syn. Iha-min bla-ma ; §nan-nag mkhan-po; nan-spon bu; mchu-las skyes; Iha-min bdag-po ; nan-spon hdsin; wgq nan-la^ rgyal; tshigs- brgyahi dican; bcu-drug hod- Idan; dkar-po; 0'4 khu-wa (Mnon.). ^^^'Ц^ра-sans §1оЬ-та=%7&'Щ lha-ma yin the demons who war with the lha or petty gods (Mnon.). Pa-fi prob. (47T^ Pak-fi) a Tibetan lama of the Karmapa sect who visited China to preach Buddhism. In Mongolian pag-fi or bakshi—a teacher. pak-ti 1. [line, row]#. 2. ensign of victory, royal stan- dard (mystic) (К. g. I4 26). pag-zan barley-meal. ОД| рад sometimes incorrectly for barley dough. ^'5 pag-gn (Dzl.); pahu in Lh. brick; phibs-pag roof-tile (Cs.)-, wa-pag gutter-tile (Cs.); rdsa-pag or so-рад (Glr.); sa-pag (Glr.) (Jd.). чч]’3к pag-rtsir burnt brick ; unburnt brick. pag-pu mkhan mason, pag-tsig brick wall, in IF. a row or layer of bricks; frq. used as a measure : pqs] kha-pag tshirgnis yod the snow is as deep as two layers of bricks (Jd.). pags-pa or «гаг, (cf. Ipags) 1- skin, hide: changing of skin (as of snakes) ; to skin ; qo|^-q5 skin or fur clothing, fur- cloak; robe or cloak lined with lambskin. 2. rind or peel of fruit, also the bark of trees; bark. ц^-q^-qQ' pags-pa nc-tcahi rin-po che the most precious of all skins said to be obtained from the body of an ocean- monster ; it is presented to a Chakravartti Baja by sea-going merchants and is gene- rally five miles in length, possessing the property of never getting wet (7Г. d. 1177). pags-pa birch- tree (Mnon.). Syn. rus-pahi gzeb; fa-khrag §grib; fa- khrag dsin. pags-pahi gos- can an epithet of Mahes'vara who dresses in tiger-skin (Mnon.). pags-pahi nad skin disease, ten kinds of which are 99
778 ^'5|| enumerated in the work Man-rgyud ch. bl):—ftf-Mnz, glan-$u, hd.str-wa, za-kon, $u-wa, SW’fc ^rin-thor, iT‘^1 rno-$ig, rno-kha, khyc-ma, rno-gyan-pa. pags-pahi глуи-ди or pag$-pahi m>-tog hair of the skin (Mnon.). pag$-byihu 1. a species of plant. 2. =ч W pha-wan bat. Q^q5'<i]£4] pag$-pahi gtsug phud domestic fowl. pan or pun-pa the lap or tho bend between legs and bosom: У31 the boy sleeps in the mother’s lap; qA‘ q^' on the bosom; armful of wood (Mil.). pafi-kheb$ or q^,aM apron (Jig. 2J}; pafi-khrag the blood flowing off during child-birth; q^‘ midwife, wet-nurse. pafi-pa [to abandon]8. pan-tsa li-ka = ^\^^ the colours of the rain-bow, five different colours: q^$ ho wore a robe of five different colours which was seized by the king (Л. 2). q5‘ W * pad-dkar-ma=‘ я a celestial courtezan (Lon. % 5). pad-dkar-mig Ysrfare [lotus- eyed, an epithet of Vishnu] 8. q5=fl]5 Pad-bkod, q5’«^5 n. of a district of Southern Tibet. Pad-glifi a Buddhist sanctuary consecrated to Padma Sambhava; on the south-east boundary is the hidden country Pad-ma- glin, i.e. Sikkim (K. than. % 168). q5 pad-sdon я^г, [a species of reed, consisting of reeds] 8. Also lotus silk. Ц^’Ц pad-pa in C. and in8z‘M:. = iHRS’ q5* srin-hbu pad-ma T3i4i, leech. pad-ра^Ш^ц bgam-pa farsrnn inquiring, inquiry (Lex.). + 4^’54 pad-ma жга, W; swhar, WIX, the sacred lotus. Syn. ^’3^ hdam~$kyc$; &^chu-$kye$; mtsho~la§ skyes; hdab-stofi; hdab-brgya; chu-yi rgyan ; S'4 sbran-rtsihi rgyal-mtshan; a^ spran-rtsi hdsin ; dpaLgos; dpal-gyi hdab-can; drt-bzan khan-pa; chnhi-lan isho; gc-sar-can; zehu-hbru can ; ni-mas llfad (Mnon.). qS‘^ pad-hdab lotus leaf (Yascl. 42). + цуяpad-ma-ka-ra ч^гж an epithet of Padmakara or Padma-sambhava (Yig. k. 83). J qS 5pad-ma ku-$e $a-ya 451^- wu a mythological lake on the side of a mountain of same name (K. d. \ 319). pad-dkar-po-, white lotus—8. Lex. iqS * S^5 Pad-ma dkod n. of tho south eastern district of Tibet. q5*'5^ pad-ma-skyes жгзгмр! lotus- born, bom of or from lotus [Brahma]8. + pad-ma ge-sar wisR the pistil of the lotus flower. Syn. pad-mahi ze-wa*} pad-mahi skra ; ^|*W ge-sar (Mnon.). + q5‘^ ^ Pad-ma-can 1. an epithet of the wife of Visuu. 2. epithet of Avalokite- s'vara (Mnon.). pad-can-ma a lotus flower; a woman of per- sonal and moral accomplishments. J Pad-ma can-gyimtshoXefais- lake; is the name of a small lake in the little kingdom of Mandi in Kangra district, Panjab.
779 Syn. ЫЫ; pad- mahi rdshin-bu; pad-та Idan; qS^ Ъ*\ра(1-та сан; chu-yi snin-po; bshad-ldan ma; '*i% pad-mahi mtsko; pad-та hbyun-gnas (llfnon.). q^-^ q Pad-та chen-po 1. n. of a Buddhist king of ancient India (Yig. 15). 2. n. of one of the cold hells. [According to the Vish^upura?a, sect. iv. chap. 24, Padma-chen-po or Mahapadma was a king of Magadha, and was fifth in descent from the famous Ajatas'atru. He was the founder of the Nanda dynasty and is described in the Vishoupurana as being a very cruel man exercising autho- rity over the whole of India. He is said to be a S'udra king who destroyed the Kshatriya rulers] S. + Padma-pani wnfa a form of the Bodhisattva Avalokites'vara, who under this aspect appeal’s with a spray of lotus in one of his left hands. He was originally sprung or born from a lotus. q^srqgq'o]^ Pad-та hbynn-gna§ is the Tibetan name of the great master of magic who came into Tibet from India 860 A.D., Pad-ma sam-bha-wa. He was the inventor of much of the Tantrik ritual and eclectic mythology of later Buddhism; and he even devised female companions for the Dhyani Bodhisattwas whom he desig- nated, from the analogy of the Sakti in Hinduism, astheFz^n companion to tho Yab or Bodhisattwa. Throughout Tibet Padma Jungnas may be asserted to be much more popular than Gautama the Buddha; and as Guru Padma, Urgfan Padma, and Lopon Humkara, his votaries are full of belief in his present might and powers of assistance. pad-ma-ma [‘marked or symbolized by a lotus,’ a king, Brahma] S. pad-ma-dmar red lotus flower (S. Lex.). Pad-та tshu chen-po n. of an Indian sage (JT. dun. 17). + q^'5i ла’Чяк/ы Pad-та rab-bzan-ma n. of a Tibetan female saint (Mnon.). Padma ye-mdses n. of a Bon teacher (G. Bon. 1). + pad-та ra-ga тпшя, з^кпг, a red gem, the ruby. a gem or precious stone brought from the Himalayas and the Indus, described as being of four sorts: white, pale-yellow, red, and dark-blue] 8. It is of seven kiuds :—3’^| mu-la ram-ga ; 9 Ы-dsa-ya; ghahu-ri; daa-li ha-ri;^'W*'*V) pad-та rakta ; puspa rakta; gau-meta (Mnon.). th0 ruby removes illness and all evil spirits (Sman.). Syn. rin-chtn dmar-po. + Pad-та sam-bha-wa the Indian Buddhist saint, $*’5^ of the v. above. pad-mahi skra pistil of tho lotus flower. skyil-krun 4W9W the manner of sitting of the gods (Ya-sel.); and so, too, that adop- ted by a lama sitting ?>., in medi- tation. Pad-mahi skyc$-gnas wftPb an epithet of Brahma (Mnon.). pad-mahi khrag the womb-blood of women (Sman 2). pad-mahi cha-lag [a lotus fibre]#.
| 780 pad-mahi дпсп as met. the bim (Mnon.). ч^яЦ-ц Pad-mahi lle-ica 1. WH an epithet of Vishnu (Mnon.). 2. the seed-ovary of the lotus flower (MiionX pad-ma-gdan ; lotus seat [Brahma] S. pad-mahi bdag-po pfn the sun. pad-mahi gdan-can Indra. q^Spad-mahi plon-pow^T^z lotus- stick ; wn a fine lotus stalk. q^m-g^ giad-mahi-spyan ТСЙ; lotus- eyed [11. of a future Buddha]5. j)ad-mahi hbyun-gna$ pond or lake where lotus grows \Mnon.). q\m'yq or £k‘q the lotus-root or stalk [lotus fibre]Я Syn. chu-$kyes rtsa-ica ; chu-yi isher-ma; pad-rtsa li; q{v^‘ jiad-tpfi. rtsa-na; q rkaiXpa; fiar-pa ; ’З'ч yu-wa ; q5pad-sdon (Mnon.). q^wlqpad-mahi ze-гса^^ък Ge-sar. q«Y«filqg pad-mahi zu-hbni the anther and ovary of the lotus. Syn. sa-boii mdsod; q^’m’^’q pad-mahi Ite-ica (Mnon.). q^S^-q pad-mahi lag-pa the lotus- armed, met. the sun (Mnon.). pad-mahi ea mtxhan tni- [‘symbolized by a lotus/ a king, Brahma] 8. ^’^pad-shira a kind of mitre-shaped cap whieh was worn by the Buddhist saint Padma Sambhava: 53 01 q he put on a mitre-shaped cap (Khrid. 106). ^3^ pad-zlum mgr in —nan-sky a the white goose, wild swan (Mnon.). Pan-grub (pandub) for Pantjita and grub-chan, also a learned Indian sage. * qpi^ Pan-chen an abbr. of Panfjita-chen-po, a title first given to the Kashmirian Buddhist sage S'akya S'ri who visited Magadha and Orissa when the Mahomedans under Baktyar Ghilji con- quered Bihar; he was present at the sack of the monasteries of Odantapuri and Vikramaeila in 1203 A.D. and from there retired to Tloet. The title of Pap- chen Bin-po-ehhe if now enjoyed by the lama-head of Tashi-lhunpo monastery who is titular ruler of the province of Tsang. He is believed to be an incarnation of Subhuti the third great disciple of Gau- tama Buddha; and also is an incarnate emanation of the Dhyani Buddha Ami- tabha. ...........Pan-chen...... Dpal Idan Ye-$e§ tho third Panchen Bin-po- ehhe to whose court Warren Hastings in 1772 sent George Bogle. This lama made a grand progress from Shigatseto Peking ; and died in 1779. ^•><5if-Pan-chen Blo-bzan cho§-kyi rgyal-mtshan the first Papchen ruler of Tashilhunpo. ^q5C. u|'^^5qq-q3E.-q Pan-chen Blo- bzan Ye-$e§ Qpal-bzan-po the second Pap- ehen Bin-po-ehhe (Lon. % 9). Ho died in 1737, aged 75 years. Pan-chen Blo-bzan Bstan-pahi Ri-ma the fourth Papchen Bin- po-chho to whoso court Captain Samuel Turner was sent in 1781 by Warren Hastings and who was then an infant. q^ q^-qq^qq^Qj Pan-chen Chos-kyi Grags-pa B^tan-pahi Dican-phyug the Papchen Bin-po-ehhe who invited
781 Sarat Chandra Das to Tibet in 1879 and 1881. He died of small-pox in 18*2. Pan-chen Blo- bzan Thub-bdan Chos-kyi $i-ma the sixth and present Panchen Rin-po-chhe, who came into the position as an infant in 1883. + ‘7 *i pan-chen ir-ti-ni the title by which the Panchen or Tashi Lama is known in Mongolia. + qp'^’5 pan-di-ta a Sanskritist or Indian scholar, a title often introduced into Tibetan literature: q^’§^'^’qi67’^the title of Pai?dita is given to one who has become versed in the five sciences. + qf '^’5 Pan-di-ta Dha-na Orl- mitra the eldest of the nine sons of Atisa's elder brother who succeeded to the throne of Bengal and became known by the name of Dhana sri-mitra. + qp7'y|'§ Pan-di-ta Smri-ti the Indian Buddhist pandit who visited Tibet shortly after Buddhism was persecuted by king Langdarma but finding no encourage- ment at Lhasa he resided at Tanag in Tsang and earned his subsistence for some time by tending sheep (J. Zan.). + q^7pandi-tahi shiva the kind of mitre-shaped cap which Atisa and Tsong- khapa used to wear: they all wore the pandit’s cap without showing vanity (Л. ££). qj5Wt“'^* pan-shwa rtse-rin the conical mitre-shaped cap worn by the lamas of Tibet during any religious service: V»’X {J.Zan. 108) at that time on the occa- sion of a religious dispa u cion ihat was held in the monastery called Papdita Vihara in the town of Tsa-li-g^o (modern Chittagong) of Bangala, a В ddhist рац- dit listening to the adv>e of an old woman wore a cap pointed like a thorn. From his victory in the (ont"' ’vcrsy, the use of the pointed mitre-sh .pc c p spread about. pan-ion not considered perfect in dignity, as for instance lamas of Lahoul that are married (•'«.; pan-mthah [aavller, wan- derer] 8. + pan-tai ka and pan-tsi ka chen-po and are the names of Noijin chiefs (7Г. g. % £1). pahu-rtse (Chinese) a kind of tea {Jig. %%)* ц^1 : par any artificial mould: 5}^*q^ glugs-par casting mould; rdehu-par bullet-mould; qin-par block-print; printing forms, a stereotype plate cut in wood; qK*f’A par-rko-wa to cut types on boards; q^‘§4’4, par-da hdebs-pa to print, to stamp; q^'*f par-rko mkhan or par-rko-pa cutter of type; qvfK; par-khan printing office; par-mkhan printer; qvgq par-rgyab text; q^'^q] par- §nag printing-ink; qv^ par-та a printed work, book; par-gshi printing boards; чк spfa] par-gyog a printer’s assist- ant ; qV-3f«q par-gog printing-paper. II: sign of the adverb; combined with verbs it represents the supine. gdan-grum rt§e a square carpet used for sitting upon.
^51 782 Q-Stc.-! t 4 par-pa-ta n. of an officinal plant used in intermittent fever. Par-po so-brgyad the castle in which Gfen-rab’$ father lived (G. Bon. 11). par-bu w [breadth]8. (Zam. 4); acc. to Sch.4 pa-tra. par-tsa so-ti in IF. a kind of cotton cloth (Ja.). par-fik xrfx<* n. of a flower d. q, 126). par-sig 1. Persia (Dsam. 2). 2. [a strap, strip of leather]8. wp pat-kha=^§ hthu [a vein or any tubular vessel] 8. pa§ 1. as in that being so, that not being so, being without it. Combined with verbs, it signifies: by, inconsequence of, because; also : as, since, when. 2. sign of the comparative; after vowels, however, and the final cansonants 5, \ % w stands in its place ; Tibet is colder than Sikkim ; 3the meditator is (spiritually) happier than the eater. t ‘ПГЗ pa-$pa ll long pepper. pi 1.=^ЕГ> dur-khroi a cemetery (mystic) (K. (j. P, Д7&). 2. num. fig.: 43. 4 З’Пуо) pi.ka-li=S^”] 3 shelf to keep books, book-shelf (Rtsii. 28). Pi-to-pn fq^hl; n. of an Indian Buddhist who is said to have visited Sham- bhala (K. dun. 4-7). Pi-pa $an n. of a great river in ancient India (-^ mJ-14? !№)- 4 pi-pap-la prob, the peepul tree; Pi-pap la ya-na fawnFf; n. of an individual in A. K. pi-pi 1. acc. to Sehtr., Sch. fife, flute. 2. in IF. nipple, teat. 3. in JF. icicle. pi-pi-lin Piper long и in: the Piper longum (fruit) cures all kinds of cold. Syn. lit§-hphag$ $куе$\ У41’ yul-dbu$ $kye$; grogs-rned; drod-^man; X5g5*&5 drod-^kyed byed; zcg$-ma; 35 g.yo-byed; sreg- byed\ §na-rin, (Mnon.). 54 pi-pho 1. abbr. of 3’3'Sfc* pi-pi-lin and «г«гЧ<ч‘5 pha-u'a ril-po=Piper longum and black pepper. 2. v. 5 pi-p. t pi-tsu la-la n. of a gem 4 (S. kar. 182). pi-wan ^bur, guitar; ko-na pi-yan a kind of guitar. pi-wail inkhan = pi-wan-pa ono who plays on the guitar (Mnon.). 5^*^5 pi-waii-rgyud cpsrt 1. [a musician]8. 2. [a lute]8. 5чсг pi-u'an rgyud-man a guitar with many strings; ])i-wah rgyud-gsum a three stringed guitar. pi-rag (^*3) n. of a gem or pre- cious stone; the precious stone pirag is a protection against poison and evil spirits. 4 §nin- iiid (mystic) (IT. g* P, ^7). ’pi-lin and pi-lin hphar- ma are names of two <*54 demi-gods. ’
783 J pi-lin dahi-bu the son of Pilinda, one of the disciples of Gautama Buddha, who used to exhibit miracles. pig-mo v. pv.s-mo (Ja.). t pin-ta ra-ta n. of a com- mentary : he translated the Yogdcarya works and their commentaries, etc. (A. 66). pir pencil, pen, brush; g4]’^ byug-pir large brush for house-painting; bcad-pir small brush for artistic painting, also lead-pencil. Syn. hbri-byed^ smyug (Mnon.). ^•q pir-wa to crush, to grind (to powder) in Ladak= mned-pa. pu-wa l.==4pfa*q gnon-pa to press, pressing (mystic) (K. g. f4, 179). 2. num. fig. 73. д*д|$чд$гд pu-gaM hbras-bu areca nut eaten by the Hindus. J $5 Pu-ti, Pu4i§ gyogs-pa n. of the great ocean to the South of India on the coasts of which people subsist chiefly on fish (K. d. \ 273). 6га- Pu-ta-na n. of a city: he was born in the house of a Brahman in the city of Putana in the country of Petala in Southern India (7Г. my. I4, #46). 9 Pu-to-po n. of a learned lama: | g-^q Ж- having composed a large book of maxims, Putapo went away (A. 135), 5Г-51 4 or po-ti a manuscript book. + 6 pu-sta-ka a volume, book. pii-na-ka n. of a flower (K. <7* % 4^6). a^p Pu-na-kha the winter capital of Bhutan* еч 5*3 Pu~tyi v. spu-byi. pu-tse. £J’do pu-tJw bran (Cs.); husks of barley (Jd.) Pu-rans a district in the S.E. of Ngari Khorsum, of which province it is a division; it is situated to the north of the districts of Kamaun and of Western Nepal. 1 jw-rw-fa an officer iu Tibet — ift’Ei blon-po a minister, official. Jg^’Vfl’QTw Pu-li-va Ma-la-ya n. of a country in ancient India. pu-lin-ga n. for the masculine gender. 5 <5 Pu-t* hut, built of stones, like those of alpine herdsmen in JY. (Ja.). V5 Pu-tomahi-dgra an epithet of Indra (Mnon.) [Indra des- troyed his father-in-law Puloman in order to avert his imprecation consequent on the violation of his daughter]^. pu-lohi sras-mo pu-lo mahi-sras mo) the daughter of Pulo, an epithet of the wife of Indra (Mnon.). I: 1. span-war [gradually tapering] 8. 2. [se- cretly] 8.
784 9'31 II: l. = “<ьМ’а|, upper story, second flat of a building also=5l^'4T:c-' the top of a house. 2. pu-^uhi- $ten$ [top of a building]^. Pei-pid (5) 1. the hoopoe bird: £’^§S the flesh of Pu-£uJ soothes apoplexy or illness caused by evil spirits. The colloq. term for tho hoopoe in С. T. is pu-pu ku-shu. 2, = «rc/?4| yan-thog or ЬЛ-khafi tho turret or open airing room on the top of a house. Syn. of 1. rnchu-rin ; 3 *qro-hi-g.tsug phud-can ; dri-^ahi hdag-chays {Milon pu-<jfl txe (ifl) Wtx [the fragrant root of tho plant Andropogon mu г иat us ; the root is a cure for vomit- ing] S. (Slfl’SF1 klu-§man gra§). Syn. nag-dbye ; bya-za§; hkhor-lohi lus\ na-yi hb у ог- ра ; lus-nan mig (Mnon.). pug-ta [shelf, partition in a box] (Л.) pug-та in Purig = collar-bone. CJC’4 pun-pa or phun-pa in (7., IF. an unshaped vessel of clay or wood for water, beer, etc., but seems not to be the same with bum-pa (Jd.) ,e\ * }ntn-da ri-ka 1. n. of a gem (precious stone). 2. n. of a celestial flower; pun-da rl-kahiphren a garland of pupdarika flower {Situ. 137). 3. white lotus. pun-nag [n. of a tree, Bot- tler la tinctoria, from the blossoms of which a yellowish dye is prepared] pur resp. for X dead body; gv jqj ghost-land, a name for Tibet which is calle'd the kingdom of the dead. t Pur-па kats-feha n. of a place in Ancient India. + 5^Pur-па gi-ri in Tib. 1. the Indian Gosain belonging to Joshi- mot who' resided for many years at Tashi- Ihunpo and accompanied Panchon Bin-po- che Palden Ye-s'es to Poking. It was he who carried letters to Warren Hastings and founded the monastery of Bhot-Bagan opposite Calcutta on the Howrah side of the Hughli. He was killed by dacoits who had robbed him of tho large quantity of gold ho had amassed during his resi- dence in Tibet. 2. n. of a Buddhist holy place in the Swat Valley. situated on the north of Udyana (Du$- ye. 08). pupka-ra n. of a me- dicinal plant tho flower of which resembles in shape a lamb’s foot: ВРЧ tho root of pushkara cures phelgm and fover. + pu$-hkhyud=J&w\ ^gom-thag the string or cloth tied round the body of a Naljor by which he ties himself when meditating (Pag. 76). д«гЙ pupmo «ng, sqp the knee; the shank or lower part of the leg from the ankle to the knee. чтосс^-дpus-mo sa- la hdsug-pa to kneel] Jd. he kneeled down with the palms of his hands joined and petitioned. Fftrerm [fixed the right knee-joint on the ground]S.
785 д<гЙ5‘ч|э^ pus-mohi диа§ sng [the knee joint]8. pu§-mohi lha-fia [knee-pans] 8. ££«r%<q«3 pus-mohi tshiffS the knee joint, гдан-то pn§ hkhregs-kyafi hgro-snifi hdod though the, old woman had a stiff knee she wished to go away (RJsa. 17), % pe= S^j q gruel-broth (mystic) (7Г. g. P, W Pe-kar or ^5*1^ Pe-dkar (also spelt ^5^ or Р/^-Ляг):=^^«Г д'Ч’З dkor-bdag rgyal-ро the spirit-king or chief of the custodians of monastic proper- ties. His principal shrine stands in the Nechung grove near Lhasa. He is greatly adored all over Tibet; and it is said that he was brought by Padma Sam- bhawa from the monastery of Odantapuri in Magadha and bound under solemn oath to protect the great monastery of Sam-ye. pe-kar glifi, the temple of Реках in Sam-ye in which the monastic treasures are kept: AI (-4. 91) his small room was also in the treasury of the temple of Pe-kar glifi. Pe-sgafi n. of a place in Tibet: shag-sa pe-§gafi du-bya§ he halted one night at Pe-sgafi (A, 90), 2^5* Pe-te-hor, more properly Pa- ta-hor, the country to the east of Yarkand which was a great place of the Northern Buddhists. pe-tsam little, small, a little (Sch.). pe-tse white cabbage in C. (Ja.). «14 pe-ra a flat basket (Jd.). pen-pa pincers (in 8/Z7-.). I: Po 1. n. of a place in the con- fines of the country of Gesar and Tibet (G. Bon. J). 2. n. of a clan in Tibet (Jig. 21). 3. for qЛ All: 1. the particle styled bdag- $gra signifying the agent, as in a demonstrator, explainer, thos-pa-po a hearer. 2. sign of nouns, designating concrete nouns and the masculine gender, in contradistinction to abstract nouns with 4 or ч, and to feminines with Й; connected with a numeral, it supplies the definite article: /йл-pothe five (just mentioned); gnis-po the two, both, (Jd.). Po-ta-la Iho- phyogs ri-bogru-hdshi) 1. ifta^or the residence of Avalokites'vara and Arya Tara on a hill situated in an harbour somewhere in the Indian ocean; acc. to the Chinese Buddhists an island in the China sea off the coast of Shanghai. 2. = 1г'5'5^ Rt*< Po la-la or rgyal-ica rin-po chehi pho-brafi the residence of the Dalai Lama at Lhasa (Rtsii.). The buildings stand on a three-peaked hill in the north- western suburbs of Lhasa. = gsofi- por smra-wa (mystic) (К. g. 27). po-ti—$5 pu-ti small book. p)o-tog v. mtho-po tog (Jd.). Er4 po-bo grandfather (both in the father’s and mother’s side); q'S grand- mother. Po-lon-qan n. of a high mountain in China. 100
786 Ч’^’еБ ро-зоп-cha a shrub S dana grandiflora. Syn. gofi-bu-ean ; lag-pahi tJi('A-du§; S '44] {per-gyi lag ; dfyugs-hbyin ftn; hkhyog-pohi sd< ; *p<‘§S myot-byed; 'ban-pfi Щйон.). 2faj род resin of the plant thurijerd]S. pog-ta (Mong.) = ^ sir, lord. cjopiSX = spopphor (5*1 = incense-burner, pcrfuming- pan. *1^ pod acc. to Jd.=d&pon, QyV pon-to, v. phon, phon-to. Por-hdsod n. of a tribe in Tibet J, Zan.). Efa pol in Tsang is said to bo a sort of fever. I: pra 1. a small turquoise, in TP. seldom larger than a lentil, for wearing jn ornamental rings. 2. v. /shorn. Q Il : also 9 й pra-mo 1. lot; sign, token, prognostic : «Г'Ч4 pra-nan-pa bad sign ; £fW<i pra phab-pa=yt\^'&J* rtags-pa fap d-pa to draw prognostics from a charmed mirror : t Cj-bjq qprognostics were drawn from a mirror consecrated to Dolma (A. 57); pra-rtags, а the mirror having been consecrated any good or bad signs will appear on it; the ill-omen of Samadhi (D.R.). t pra kir-ya я^щ [1. the plant Gail an di na bondue. 2. the tree Pongamia gl ibrd~\S. ; v. ka-ran dsa (Mfion.). 5f Praga dsyo-ti япг- n. of a mountain said to be situated beyond the mountains of Susrimo Par vat a which is inhabited by the gods and where tho Asuras cause the former constant terror (K. d, \ 283). [It is identified by home writers with Pragjyotisha, or the province of Assam] 8. pra-chal or ger*^ $pral-chal jest, joke, nonsensical talk; pra-chal byed-pa to make sport, to play the buffoon ; cf*org|c/q pra-chal $lofi-wa to cause merri- ment (Jd.). pra-ti po-tafi-gi is explained as *|NcrZfc*u’q5’®i^ gsan-por §mra- wahi lan reply to an enquiry given in a mystic language. '^f^’ Pra-dun-rtse lha khan one of tho twelve Buddhist temples said to have been erected by king Sroft-fysan Sgam-po, this one being in the north of Tibet. t ср'Ь pra-pa-ta = ^ gru boat (in mystic language) (7C g. 27). 3pra-phab-pa [1. n. of a prince, 2. figure, shape image]8.; pra-phab bshin я[п^ТЙ likeness, image. Я'Ц pra-wa 1. pra-wahi me- tog ззгдч [the flower of the tree called JEschynomene grandiflora’yS. 2. [hardness, the plant Ter onia elephantumjS. q-^oi pra-tJiil-= $brafi-rtsig$-ma bee-wax. pra-li a tailless rodent, Lagomys badins or some kindred species. J pri yaft-ku or pri yan- gu [ZVmfcw m it alien m, a medicinal plant and perfume described in some places as being a fragrant seed]8. S’mcj’ ^5^.
787 W ^У11* 55*^5 bud-med niin^an > §na-tshogs §de; hbyu^- pohi-me-tog ; ^'ддя dsam-bu skyes; *1’^’ ^4|’^ hkhri-mchog Idan ; §fia~san§ can ; Wg%R*q sa-la pJyag-htshal (Mnon>)> ST4! prog or ^’£H ze-prog the crest of a cock (Cs.) jirog-shu or ?H’S phrog-shu ^r=X\q^ eod-pan ornamental helmet, the kind of crown worn by Vais'ravapa the king of the north. Syn. *4’5* m^rgyan; dbu-rgyan (J^non.). dpag measure: 5qql’^5 dpag-nied or Ykt]-uk4 dpag-yas measureless, immeasurable. 5^'чч| dpag-thag measuring string or tape; ywp dpag-pa яг fathom; 5qql’S^ dpag- byas ^4 measurable; 5^’9^ dpag-bral рПТИ m of a number. Vi<r*S*^ dpag-hbyams id. ^<*5 dpag-tshad acc. to Cs. 4,000 fathoms, hence a geographical mile; V*4!dpag-cen a distance of 5,000 fathoms. 5qq)Л5 Dpag-god or Dprnh n. of a village in Kham belonging to the estate of Kun-bde glin, i.e., to one of the four great Ling monasteries of Lhasa (Lon. >, 16). dpag-bsam thought, ima- gination, wish. dpag-bsam hkhri-qin or the wishing tree, the tree of cogitation; n. of a fine poetical work written by Kshemendra on the exploits and glories of Buddha. This work occurs in full in the Tangyur, in the 93rd vol. mdo section; the text and a synopsis of the whole work in Tibetan have been published under the editorship of Sarat Chandra Das, c.i.e., by the W Asiatic Society of Bengal, dpag-bsam Ijon-pa the wishing- tree; one who is very charitable and gives alms to all beggars. 5^4]^ dpags 1. parched barley meal made into sop or balls by soaking in tea or soup. 2. =^'q no§-pa [to accu- mulate] S. 3. = ^^’ gtin depth. in me said the herdsman there is some depth (of mind) (A. 1№). 5^’ dpan or dpan-po 1. a wit- ness, one able to attest or bear witness; also, a surety: V^'§5'q dp a ft byed-pa to bear witness, to attest, v. mnah; ^gsj q to be sincere, to be con- scious of speaking the truth (Ja.); dpan-po§ Ikog-rnan za-wa-dc (g*r causes the ends of law to be thrown to the winds) the witness that receives secret gratification (Gscr-phren 16). dpan-du hgyur-ica to be witness of q^-^q^ witness or proof for the truth of; a thing; £3 rdsun-dpan false witness (Schtr). ^'5qc; C., one who is a defendant’s advocate ; (or ^’9) §5’^ c. genit. or dat., to defend in a court of justice (Jd.). VK’Efc’^rq dpaft-por dris- pa asked to be a witness; dpaft- hpher-wa to become witness. ^'q$vq Dpan-blo gro§ brtan-pa n. of a learned Lotsdwa of Tibet. dpan-dmah-wa low; dpaft-mtho-ua high. 5qc^ Jpaft$ height, 5qc^’$ dpaft§- su in height. ^40, dpah or VW dpah-ua Щ, с?к, HUfepr, 1. sbst. bravery strength, courage; also adj. brave, strong,
788 courageous ; dpah-khums weak, strengthless, feeble, dpah rgya%- ^/=s<iwq very powerful, heroic, chival- гоцч. dpah-mnah strong, powerful; dpah-ldan brave. 2. in IF taste, agreeable flavour. VJ4 $fc*q = fia- rgyaI hjom$-pa to humiliate, to humble, break the pride: v q'VT {JU brom, p, dpah-can 1. brave. 2. beauti- ful. 3. TF. savoury Y44dpah-dar scarf presented to one who has distinguished himself by valour und success in any undertaking. VH'qjs* dpah-gdam = §^' long knife, a sword. V4^4 dpah-p>a, a medicinal plant with root resembling that of a radish. V^*5 dpah-po heroic. dgiah-po (h! an epithet of Bhimasena the second Papdava (ДМон.). dpah-po d^a- ma an epithet of Para^urama {Mfion.). Vjq q <ЧЦ| q dpah-po lag-pa [the fra- grant oleander] S.; n. of a medicinal plant aud flower (ДГлои.). VH*q dpah-wa mYk, an ascetic ; •i steady person ; v. ante 544- steadi- ness valour. dpah-bo cfix, 1. an intrepid chivalrous person, hero, a fearless strong man, a demi-god. 2. brave, heroic :$'«3ft* Vjvtf Rta-mgrin dpah-wo brave Tamdin I according to some dpah-bo chen- po is same as bon-nag aconite: VwSJ* Mdpah-bo fyrtan- paz=^^ saffron {Mfton.). bya-rog mig bya-rog nor-Ъи, dhar-j)o yar-hdren re-$kor, etc. {Sman. 350). dpah-bo ser, an officinal plant of bitter taste. dpah-bohi-rgyud; nffk, ирг of chivalrous spirit, heroic and noble-birth. Syn. $tob$-chen; gyad-mi; 6f Xq-qpfa pha-rol-gnon; 3'^5* ^*^*ч*^ she-sdaft gtiun-pahi dpuft-pa-can ; rnam-gnon-can ; gyul-ftor fydan; tshim-pa med; thal-byun hgro; hjig$-med; bral; bag-mi tsha; shum- pa mi-mfiah; nam-fia med; gyul-na irjid8nifi-$tob$ can; qj*4 ^5’4 rtul-phodpa ; chu-дай can ; Sp^c/q mi-hgobi-wa; ^4q’<£*rgq' fythab~cho$ tbgafi. (IdnonJ). dpah-bo brgyud an epithet of Vishpu (ДГ^о/г.). YjcvSq dpah-pohi hdug-§taft§ the manner of sitting of a lha or minor god (Pa-^?.). V^‘§5 dpah-byed fk [hero]5. dpah-mo 1. heroine, also name of a Yaksha queen (2Г. g, 5,139), 2. v. *^*f W\q Qpah-rab n. of a country that was ruled over by king Udayi (W*|) (K, d. 133), 5Q4-^qK^q-qwa dpah-rlab$-dan bca§-pa [having violent waves; the ocean] 5. dpah-f od= 5ччгЛ5 dpag-qod. I: JQpal ^т^тг^, n. of a medicinal tree [the tree Gmclina arbo- rafjS. Syn. kun-nas bzafi; lo-ma гпйаг; g^’^o/^q sbraA-rtsihi hdab;
789 «1<рг^-£С’| <5lo-ma-bzail sprod-byed-, 5W3' dpal-gyi lo-ma (Jfwtw.). II: 1. xh, ¥ПТ,НПГ, W glory, splendour, magnificence, abundance; pros- perity, talent. ^’|5’4 enjoy- ing the utmost happiness (Glr.); as an epithet, or part of the names of deities, Dpal Idem a deity incarnated in the Sikkim mountain peak of Pandim; welfare of all living beings. 3VW or -^’4 to be the salvation, tho saviour of all beings (Glr.); dpal-skyed-pa, gshan-gyi ran-gi dpal to work for the elevation of others or for one’s own. 2. nobility : VW^’q^'S privilege of nobility; ^w^'q^’ Л4! diploma of nobility; ’4R*'Jf5,Tq one having a diploma of nobility (Cs.) Syn. yon-tan ; q^SA gzi-brjid; gnen-lon$ spyod (J^Lnon.). dpal-§kye$= g’^q тдуа-дид (Мйоп.). VW’gk’ Dpal-$kyon [the lord of fortune, n. of Vishnu; also a king]#. VW'|3S dpal-khyad—\^ dpal (Jd.). VW'^f^’^ Dpal-hkhor btsan n. of an early king of Tibet, the son of king Gnam- Ide llod-srun (Lon. я, 8). + VW’^ dpal-go§ 1. w lotus flower (Milon.). 2. vtarn [dwelling with S'ri, n. of Vishpu]#. VW’S^^’*^ dpal-gyi behu§ mtshan another epithet of Vishnu (ДГЯоп.). VW'S'^’S ^V'SVV’I^ dpal-gyi dum-bu tsan-dan dkar-po white san- dal-wood. 5чог§-ид]’ч dpal-gyi phag-pa vtaw [‘ the divine boar/ a n. of Vishnu]#. ^q dpal-gyi bdag another epithet of Vishnu (Mnon.). Vwg’^VW^ dpal-gyi hdab-ma can as met.=lotus flower (Mnon.). V^I’S dpal-gyi-bu met. horse (Mnon.). VW’§dpal-gyi behu noose of love, n. of a gem Qa particular mark or curl-hair on the breast of Vishnu]#. Dpal-gyi ri чгЫйн [n. of a mountain mentioned by Bhavabhuti in his Malatim&dhava]#. Also a mountain in Southern India where Nagarjuna is said to have spent his last days absorbed in deep meditation. Also a mountain with a monastery in Tsang, opposite Dong-tse, built by an incarnate lama of the Nying- ma school. dpal-gyi lag-pa an epithet of Vishnu (Mnon.). Vw3,Q,4T3!y* dpal-gyi-lag-ldan-ma or VW|q dpal-$tug~ sho curds. VW’^Sfa dpal-mgrin ’йзте-нч another epithet of Vishnu (Mnon.). VWdpal-mchog dan-p>ohi rgyud n. of a book (in K. g. 3, 29 J). ^qorqgst q Dpal-gtam-po n. of a spirit- king of very frightful appearance (K. g. 1)- Vwq^ dpal-gter or VW‘§^ dpal-st er an epithet of Nam-sras or Vais'ravapa (Mnon.). VW’gq dpal-stug majestic. 14' Dpal-sdehi rdsofi h. of a small, fort and Jong situated on the north margin of Yamdok-lake a few miles to the south-east of Khamba-La and on the road to Lhasa from Gyantse (Lofi. % 1J). The Jesuit missionaries who visited Tibet in the 18th century A.D. on their way to Lhasa passed this place and called the great lake after the name of the fort.
790 Dpal-§de shabs-drun n. of a Nyingma sage of Yamdok district, a groat expert in Tantrik ritual and author of the work By his infl ence with tho lake-deities the Jong-Gar Mongol invasion of this district was re- pulsed and 1,000 Mongol soldiers drowned in the Yamdok Tsho. YW dpal-rdo-rje-hjigs byed kyi-rgyud n. of a book in 1Г. g. *, 46. Dpalrdo-rje-gdan the ancient name of Buddha Gaya in Bchar : 5 (A. 26) to tho oast of Dorjedan is situated the great country of Bangala. dpal-hdab dpal-ldan ; adj. glo- rious; also as sbst. one possessed of glory, abundance, wealth, property, talents, &c.; is a common title by which every Bud- dhist is privileged to be addressed. Sw чгЫиТ possessed of glory, and charms, noblewoman. Dpal-[dan khrag-hthun — t Dgyc^pa rdb-rje an epithet of a wrathful Buddhist deity of the Tantra. class (Mnon.). Dpal-ldan dus-hkhor vhfiM- an epithet of the Adi Buddha (Mnon.). Dpal-ldan hbra$-$pun§ 1. n. of an ancient Buddhist monastery in Orissa (near modem Katak). 2. The great monastery of Daipung near Lhasa (8. kar. 180). dpal ldan-ma ; 1. polite term for the female sex. 2. n. of a Yakshini, queen of the Yaksha demi-gods (X g. % 133). dpal-ldan &nad rgyud-pa rgyud-$mad grica-tshan n. of the Tantrik section of the Gahdan monas- tery (Lon. % 17). Й Dpal-ldan Lha-mo is a god- dess of terrific aspect famous for her bloody and licentious deeds, but at the same- time a constant and redoubtable championess of Buddhisim. She is the analogue of the Indian goddess S'rimati Dovi; and by tho Mongol Tatars is known as Ukin Tegri. In all large Tibetan temples Paldan Lhamo is to be found presiding over the or wrathful deities. Iler several names are:—’Й’ЧЗ’Я lha-mo inna; lha-mo dmar-mo; tsa тип-di; lha-mo par-na-fa pa ri; ri-krod lo-ma ea; BJ-Й- 5^4™ lha-mo dkar-mo dun-skyon ma ; §pa$-pahi ihal mdog-ma ; g-q^Y* khro-gner-chan-ma; WN mi-pham khro-gner ro-lan$ ma; nag-mo re-ma-ti; srin- po dmar-hdib; phiir-icahi lha gscr-can; 5Кч'^*гЗ’5Г*srid-pa gsum- gyi-blo-hphrog-ma; ya-wdshan hphrul-gyi ggog-pa can ; dpal lha-mo nag-mo ; dpal- ldan hphyi-ma; <ад]'л)Л'»г$ yag-ga re-ma-ti; srid-gsiun rgyal-mo; rdo-rje glog-ma sprin; hdod-pahi kham^-kyi dwan-phyug-ma; Кlha-mo man-dsn; dmag-zor rgyal-mo; lha-mo dmag-zorma ; ftjc/qsE.* rgyal-mo Idifi-bzan. dpal-hdal [the plant Prcmna spinosa, the lotus.]#. dpal-behu love noose. [1. Vishnu. 2. a particular mark or curl of hair on the breast of Vishnu.]#.
791 5^*4 V™ §5 dpal-byed ’чфт [the third of the Pagdava brothers.]#. 544495 dpal-hbyor 1. glory, effulgence, grandeur: ^5’5'544’494 glory of light (Л. K. 111-36). 2. W. strawberry, 3. is a common personal name for men. 544-49*1 dpal-hbras ’rtw woodapple (ИЗ (I. % 4%7}. several plants such as Momordika mixta. 544'^ Dpal-spas n. of a house- holder who at the institgation of Kshapa- ?aka laid a foul plot to kill Buddha who miraculously frustrated his designs and converted him to Buddhism (K. cl. 417). 5^’g5 dpal-sbyin ; = Kuvera. 544Й Dpal-mo ^и^гг, ^fcrf^sr she that has sprung from the ocean of milk, in certain Tantras set down as the Yum or Nu$~ma (sakti or female energy) co-opera- tive vlthSpyan-ras-gzigs (Avalokites'vara). 54444У dpal gtso bolder. 544*^5 dpal-yon [1. fortunate. 2. the fruit of Diospyros embryobteris.]S. 544’4|Ц4*сй’^4*3 dpal-gsan tcahi-snin-po n. of a book in К. g. 4, 139 much used by the Nyingma school. ^q*rq]^-q5^r4 Dpal-gsan-wa hdu§-pa яигзт n. of a Tantra which is considered as a standard Tantrik work of the North- ern Buddhists. -P1^ host, great number; as vb. to collect, assemble, pf. 59^ dpuns. 2.=S^^4]^ (Mnon.) force, troops, army; 59^^ or 59c;^4l*rq^ are the following four kinds of troops:—54^*1 cavalry; 3]4*4’55elephant; ^4’$4‘&]*i chariots; infantry. 5*J4'?|*5?K 4^4 dpufi-gi dkyil-hkhor dmag- dpun army, troops (Mnon.); 59*’’Г’^’5 dpun-gi mgon-po=5^*545 dmag-dpon com- mander, general (Mfton.); 59е*dpun- gi gnen friend, protector, defender, assis- tant ; 594'qj*^n dpun-gi tshog 5*eT59c/ army; 53’59^' hostile army; 59c^qlN or 594Х4Щ allies. 59^*3^ dpun-rgyan or 59c/q*'J’i a bracelet worn on the upper arm]#. 534*45454^‘§5 an ornament for the arm; ^ ^^’59^*3^ arm-ornament made of pre- cious stones (А. K. 1-10). 5$4*4|Л*4 dpun hjum-pa (Sch.) to contract the arm. 59с/д1^ dpun-gnen цкгащ [last resort]#. 59^’^ dpun-ldan — ^ ri mountain. 59с'ц1^ dpun-gnon reinforcement. dpzin-pa 1. 4TY, W the shoulder; tho upper part of the arm. 594*4<ff= 594’444^ dpun-pahi hgo or «Н p>hrag shoulders (Mnon.). 594’4’^* dpzift- pa rkan shoulder-blade; 554’4*5^’4 dpun-pa rgyas-pa fleshy shoulder ; 59^ q dpun-pa lag-pa upper and lower arm (Cs.); 59CT* on the shoulder; 59^' both tho shoulders and hips (#. </•)• 59^q^ 9 dpun-pahi-bu [arms or pertaining to arms]. 2. rrpx, W » heap, anything piled up together. 554*4^ 95* Dpufi-pas-byiH an epithet of the great Yeru Tsang-po of Tibet (Mnon.). 59^9'^’ dpufi-bu chun—^^S^^ in- fantry (A. 149). S^’^'^Dpun-la §куе§—^^^ lag-la§ skyes born of the hand, n. of a king (Mnon.). 5g4’W4)<gn’44'^5 dpun-bzan gi§-shu§ pahi-rgyiid n. of a Tantra in which there
792 I аге descriptions of mystic vows, tho method of preserving one’s vows, manner <»f meditation and that of ejaculating cliarms (If. g. *, 40. 53*4^ dpufi~gyo$ re-inforcement of troops, also sending of troops to fight. (jput-b&jynr-wti) or A to exchange or dispose of articles: ** I with tho exception of very rare articles it would be necessary to sell off on Govern- ment account {D. fcl. 11). dpc=tyQK*wm w’-war hjul-ua эднт 1. sample, specimen, example, pattern : for instance ; ^'S2^ d- dp<.r byc$-na$ taking this for a sample {Zam.). 2. way of doing anything, method: gwMS21^ it was from China that methods of reckoning arose; according to what method, plan, example; a way that may be followed, a good example. 3. a parable, analogue, simile, illustration. 4. a book: a-b-c book, primer; resp. for yum-dpe original of a book; bu~dpe copy of a book; list of books; book-cover; to write, to compose; s^‘q4’q to copy a book; 5^’44^ copied manuscript; ^AXwq to stitch a book; end of a book. 5^*] dpe-ka a little book {Jd.). dpe-khan library; book-seller’s shop. В dpe-khri a table to put books on, a bookstand. + 5^*55 dpc mkhyud fond of books. ’^| dpe-rgyug or S2^4!^ book-lesson. ^’8 dp^sgra in W. speech {Jd.). dpe-cha 5’^' in colloq. is the common word for book. ^•q| dpe-brjod эдтм {Шоп.) 1. example, comparison: эдт- by way or means of example; to compare, to cite an example. 2. paradigm, example in Gram. {Jd.) S^’95 dpe-byad proportion, symmetry, beauty {Jd.). [In the Lalita- vistara it occurs as meaning “ secondary marks of perfection.”]#. dpe-byad can well-proportioned; w25’«J JV5 tho eighty physical poiffeotions of Buddha (^•gV 336). Dpe-med n. of a city in ancient India {Jig.). dpe-med-pa incompara- ble, unique, unexampled; an epithet of Buddha. Also personal name. dpe-ya$ (Ц1^) n. of a number. • * ^’4 dpen-pa is used for *^*rq phafa-pa or yid-hofi charming, very handsome; useful. dper-na or dper for example; v. sub. dpc. dper- mtJion^^w^'u setting example, dper-yan [even comparison]#. dper-brjod-pa fit for being an example. dpog-pa pf. dpags, fut. dpag> to measure, to apportion, to fix: W5’^5 or immeasurable immensely large, very much; infinite grace ; to show mercy tshad-dpoy-pa to fathom; fathomless; mean- ing comprehensible or not. (in the dialect of Amdo) to cross a river, a^qq ^qjjQr^q-q unfordable, a river or lake that cannot be crossed over.
5^'^ | 793 59,c> I an elegant composition that is added to a letter to make the meaning of the writer clear, pathetic, or forcible (D. gel. 20): gal-che dpod-rtsom byuft-rig$. dpon or S^yq dpon-po s^T, ufn, втдгс chief; master, lord; overseer of working-men, foreman, leader. 52ц'Bfa- I Я if a master does not want his servant, he should pay his wages and dismiss him; q-^^l ЯI if the servant does not like his master, he should give up his wages and go away. gw^q^ is the title of the second judge at Lhasa ; ^’S2^ rtsi-dpon chief accountant; Я^Л2^ Gar-dpon chief administrative officer of the districts of Gartok and Budok in Ж Tib.; ^’S2^ leader of a thousand soldiers; in C. modern word for general, and bdegs-dpou the same as 5^’5^ (Jd.) spyi-dpon a general manager in a monastery : etc., etc., that man in this wrorld (is fit) to be Spyi-dpon who is noble in birth, wealthy, magnanimous, who is anxious for his personal gain, very modest in his speech, etc. »^2Ц prefect; master mason; rdson-dpon, eolloq. Jong-po)\ district administrative officer who possesses civil and quasi-military jurisdiction ; ru-dpon commander of 250 troops; school-master also title of the more learned lamas; kitchen steward who arranges the food of a Grand Lama or of the head lama of a large monastery; ^*3 chief steward of the food of the Dalai Lama of Lhasa, who is assisted by four sub-stewards. dpon-skya [an honourable and distinguished manj£. dpon-hgo^9^’*^ chief governor, ruler, lord (Mfton.). dpon~po v. 52Ц dpon. dpon-mo mistress, chieftainess : qq ^q^'^ S)^ she is my ruler. 52Цdpon-med free (Cs.). 52ц-Sfaj dpon-yod standing under master or mistress. ^q^q- dpon-tshaft physician (Schtr.). dpon-gyog master and servant: koft-jo dpon-gyog Princess Kongjo and her suite (Glr.) dpon-rabs genealogy of kings, chiefs or governors : the genealogy of the dynasty of Phag- mo-grub (Jig.). dpon-sa the high priest; a hierarch (D.R.). W§jq dpon-slob 1. for ^-q^q^q’^, 2. title of the petty feudal governors ruling in Bhutan. dpon- dan gyog (Rtsii.). dpor-wa pf. and fut. dpar to dictate (Cs.). S3* $PVa tribute, tax, duty: 53’^q^ to impose a tax (Ta. 21, 11). dpya-khral—^^'^ government revenue : he established the custom of raising revenue for Govern- ment (Lon. % £7). 55‘wrq dpya hjal-wa= goiAE.q-q or or й'Ч'^’Ч khral §prod- pa payment of revenue (Mfton.); 4pya-bla $kye§ вдтд [revenue, tax, toll]#. JSS’5’ а^’/я-«'«=ч3‘£| fyphya-ica. 101
794 to dangle, to let down, to make hang down, vb. a., pf. 53ц* dpyans imp. pyans also 55^^ dpyofy ; 59C/44L Rgc^fl] oord or rope, by which a thing is suspended; henco fig. (Thgr.); let down a thick rope; 53c/4qT^’5’q to swing (one’s self); 59^'5^ dpyafi-dar scarf attached to pillars in a temple or monastery or to flag- poles, eto. (Rtsii.). 535 dpyad and its compounds, v. 595'q- &РУа1 n- °f a place in Tibet {Deb. Я, 14). 5Swq dpya$-pa, explained as 4 5^* I to throw blame upon another, to impute guilt to another person. 53^’^ dpya&po fault, blunder; 53^’^ 4pya§-cau faulty, blameablo; 53*^5 dpya%- med faultless, blameless (Cs.) ; 59^ dpya$ hdog$-pa to blame (Ta.). C\ SS &У* tho belly; (also W53’ rkan-pahi dpyi-mig Ita-bu ace. to C^. = 9 §pyi) hip; 59'35 dpyi-zur, 59Л^ dpyi-ni$ hip-bone; 53*^1 dpyi-mig socket of the hip-bone perh. also vulg. = hip (Ju.); 53*^ 4pyi-wgo=%& hip. e\ dpyid l. = VW grace (Yig. 64). 2. Wfl, also 5^5’^ the spring soason. 535'5 Э dpyid-kyi pho-па tho messenger of the spring, tho cuckoo; 5^5‘S dpyid-zla months of spring; 5^5*3 dpyid-zla tha-chufi tho month of March-April ; 595 dpyid-zla hbrifi- po April; 5§5*a’*‘q ipyi&zla ra-pa February-March. СЧ 59* dpyis the last, the end, conclusion: 5^'Bv4 dpyis py in-pa to bring to an end, finish; tshig-dcu miliar phyin-pa to arrive at the final conclusion as to the meaning of a word or that of. any object or business. Syn. mthar phyin-pa; hphya-pa (Situ. 41). 5?4 dpyo-tca to change (Sch.). 53*c',q dpyon-гса perh. primitive form of 53е4'4 dpyan-wa (Jd.). 5*5^ dpyons explained as ^•^•q-qjE^qgW yip | difficulty in stretching or contracting the legs from pain in the hip-joint. 595’4 dpyod-pa pf. and fut. 535'-q dpyad-pa to investigate, to examine into, to test by reasoning; 535’§5’q dpyad-byed-pa to test, make an examination of; to diag- nose medically; dpyad-na on examination; ?^I'555*q to examine anything; fi*5aT535 kriag-dpyad investigation, inquiry; Э'З'Ч’У 535’q'§ separately examining it; ^’5957TI^41* q to inspect the mountains (Glr.); to know that this inspection will turn out favourably (Glr.) ; M535'§5'q to treat medically: 535‘* ^'3 then the mother (not the child) must be placed under medical treatment (Jd.); JH’555’<*r*4 skilful in medical science (Dzl.); 59V dpyad-mtsham$ minute rules, also close inquiry ; 5S5‘qfi grounds for inquiry, also elements on which an investigation can be based, i.e., the evidence; 595’qq’’5Q( dpyai-pahi yul an object or a subject of examination; 535’-^‘q to ascertain, to come to a conclusion upon: jpr§} that which the king and his ministers do not unravel must be decided by means of powerful drugs (i.e., by tho test or ordeal of poision). ^535 rnam-dpyad=.^^ blo-gro$. 535*?^
795 dpyod-ldan — ttfwyi learned, discreet, posses- sed of judgment: SUS elegant description full of well-judged thoughts (Yig. k. J$). Bphod-pa-pa 1. in an- ci nt India a sect of philosophers. 2. one bringing on a reconciliation between two parties ; an arbitrator. SUS'4 Bpyod-la n. of a Tibetan minis- ter: ^’Q’SUV4’^'4*^ О minister Dpyod-la^ do listen to me (Mbrom. 110). dprag-chags, in a’V (B.R.). dpral-wa the forehead, the brow: 1, MW' WAx^’A’^A' | he who has two wrinkles on the expanse of his forehead will live sixty years, etc. dpral-mgo $1ид-ро=*^'&\ц lit. a thick-headed, a shameless person ; shamelessness (Mnon.). dpral-mig ^=r the third eye, the eye of knowledge [one who has got an eye on his forehead, n. of S'iva]*?. dpral-ril a seotarial mark or circlet on the forehead; dpral-gyu — w^'^ the turquoise that a Tibetan woman wears on her forehead; dpral-gyu gser-^koh-pa a turquoise mounted on gold and overhanging the forehead (Rtsii.). ^pTAX^q }F. luckless person. Syn. rgyan-gnas; hdsin (Шоп.). SS'4’^'4 WTR, ^ЕПТТ^ [character, a mark on the head]*?. 5U dpri t?hr4 cream also gen. por- ridge made of milk and rice. SU^’^U'4 Jprul-dprul in dprul-dprul la gton-tca to hang one’s self (Jd.). I £j^’4 Ipags-pa the outer skin or fur of an animal; a leatb srn strap; also less frq. the bark of a tree. When this word is joined to another word the surmount- ing «I is sometimes dropped : ет’дчр stag- lpag§ tiger’s skin, gunjpags bark, peol, <h’£|4In wa-ljiags fox skin, g4^ lpag§-ldan-ma [covered with hides or skins; also, the n. of a river which flows through Bundelkhand into the Ganges, the modern Chambal]*?. gpprq-si^ Ipags-pa rnncn of soft skin, a name for the birch tree (£4P^’) (Mnon.) ; g^MX's^x^X4! lpgas~pa-gser-mdog ; the golden bark; Ipags-pahi la§-can dealer in leather, a shoe- maker. Ipags-pahi hdab-chag§~can bat, the skin-winged animal. Syn. W pha+wati,; g4]^'^ lpag§-byehu (Шоп.). spa 1. ornament, equipment; that which beautifies. 2. bamboo, cane: spa-hkhar, З’ЭТ Spa~lcags, a’W spa-dbyug walking-cane. 3. hair- dressing ; one who is skilled in dressing hair. Spa-lo (l)=|w spob^-pa; (2) the hair dressed and tied in a round ball on the crown of the head of the civil officers of Tibet, (B. fel. 11) hair-tea, i.e., tea, &c., served to officials on every occasion of their dressing thoir hair. spa-kofi=a gzil-gyis gnon-pa to frighten (GyaU); showing the tongue to frighten. Й’$4 vpa-skor hoop of a cask (Schtr
3^1 796 ?}Г| Spa-gro n. of tho seat of the Gover- nor of West Bhutan called Paro (Loft. % 6). spa goft-гса yul-yul-du gyur jealousy, envy. spa-goft 'icar^hgytir^^ws^'^ yid-fysad par gyur |^тпт^нтш<гг|а incurs blaming, becomes sad or sorry]5. § q?$5' w q gv «Ус/ q’^-g’ 4V | when the sons of gods of lesser merits should see that, they will become envious. spa-cu-gaft [bamboo manna] 8. g Spa-chal or ip^ spra-cal ’$4*0 restless, cannot remain in one place. Spa-ti n. of a section of the monas- tery of Sera; the section or community of Pati in Tsang {Lon. *, 16). ’^4 spa-LI match, v. « 54 pha-til (Jd.). й Spa-doft or 3spa-ldoft little cask, made of bamboo; in Sikk. vessel made of bamboo to carry milk or water. й’<| spa-pa = ^4’3 drag-po byin-chags-pa) a Spa-hbrum n. of a fruit: Й* spa-nia juniper, Juniper us squamosa; and some other small species. £рч Spa-tshab n. of a place in Upper Tibet (Yig- 8). $pa-yi snas [a small stake] S. Й spa-ra n. of a village to the north- west of Lhasa (Zo/i. 12). 3’^ spa-ri n. of a kind of cotton cloth (R.tsii.). spa-refts (^) (phag) pig, hog. spag ; bailey paste balls, barley meal moistened with butter or tea. ^q?-^ rtsam-pahi Ito barley food ; Spag-ltar isnos or ЧГ’* brdsis mixed in dough (fiag. 43). й4!4 spag-pa 1. to sop up with meal or bread, to soak up gravy (Ja.). 2. = 4^4, b$no$-pa to accumulate] 8. spag-phor a bowl made of wood or metal to hold barley meal. ||Ч|?ГЦ spags-pa 1. = spo-wa to shift, to transfer one’s self: remove elsewhere; to go elsewhere (8/ta. 99). 2. pickle, pottage, sauce, gravy: IjEU Spaft 1. board, plank, eolloq. ; also a slab, slate, flag; й^’^ spaft-sgo board or panel of a door (Cs.) ; bookstand (Schtr.) 2. soft springy turf yielding to the feet. дч/25 $раЯ-ро=й boggy marshy flat, a moss; also chu-spaft (Cs.).^ Spaft-skoft Tsho the well-known Pang-kong Lake on the Tibeto-Ladak frontier, stretching due oast towards the immediate north of Rudok. It com- prises throe oblong sheets of water con- nected by narrow necks, together making a fine lake over 100 miles in length. ,5k-6j4|-j5,w^ $paft-$koft phyag-rgyahi mdo a Sutra occurring in 7Г. d. \ 1-50 and containing an enumeration of the epithets of Buddhas, Bodhisattvas, etc., and also the method of confession of sins. It is said to have fallen from heaven on the roof of the palace of king Lha Thothori. Й^’Г $paft-kha=z%^' spaft a marsh (Rdsa.).
। 797 гм spafi-khebs an apron, a piece of cloth that covers a lady’s breast: -jaqirXsffrqwq with her tears she wet her apron and the small table before her (A. 128). span-rgyan n. of an autumnal flower that grows along with grass. There are three kinds of it: (1) white species 3 ’^5which cures poison and affections of the throat); (2) 5 spafi-rgyan sfion-po the blue species; (3) spafi-rgyan nag-po the black species which cures black pox and inflammatory fever. Syn. ^'2^ ri-bohi rna-rgyan; kun-tu gas; khyab-hjug gdan-pa ; gshan-las rgyal; дкй gshan-gyis mi-thub ; ba-glafi dsas; ston-gyi те-tog (Mfion.). S^’4 $pafi-wa 1. v. дк’ч spofi-ua. 2. sfcffiVXnPtu rc-adjustive, elastic, spongy. gc/qv5 span-war-bya [fit to be left out]S. spafi-spos 1. the plant Nardostachys jatamamsi. 2. ^^4»^ the tree Nauclca cadamba. Syn. 3^ spu-сап; dkah-thub can ; hbyufi-pohi ral-ica ; drehi sras-po (Mfion.). 4«q spafi-bog piece of turf, sod; a^’« spafi-ma g<w blue vitriol. spafi-ma verdure, green colour; a*pot-herb : Syn. Spafi-mahi mig-sman ; i rtsa-can mgr in; sfion-po ; Я' S rma bya-can; g^’*r§4‘« spafi-ma drul- ma; bcos-pa las-byufi (Mfion.). 2F’W spafi-shun verdigris (Sch.) Also= gM4 tshon-ljafi kha green paint (Rtsii.). spafi-lcb [1. a shield. 2. one who observes a particular religious penance peculiar to Buddhists, vizn rubbing the feet backwards and forwards on the edge of a sword made red-hot] S. §pafi-leb-khafi [the stand on which a Buddhist priest keeps his cap] S'. 3^ ppafi-se n. of a bird (Rtsii.). spafis 1. pf. oflfc’3 to aban- don ; 3=^’5 spafis-te giving up. Sometimes intrs. of 5qc^ dpafis. 2. n. of a place in Tibet (Deb. «q, 33); q spans- mi phag mgon-po n. of a celebrated Lama of Tibet born at Spafis (Deb. 33). $pafi§-mtho-wa high, eleva- ted. Е|мгЕ1 spafis-po [renunciation of everything, freedom]^. spafi§-bya anything very bad, worthy of being abandoned. ^pad only in pha-spad father and children ; cf. the more frq. «735 ma- Smad Lex. (Jd.). span-span brothers, relatives (Cs.). spabs l. = 5q qSbfl1^’4 rdul brtsigs- pa. 2. in rna-spab$ ear-wax. = mdses-pa or q legs- pa beautiful, nice, good: (Rdsa?). Spar also spar-mo “the grasping hand,” pan, claw; a handful, as much as may be contained in the closed hand. spar-gan id.: 5*!‘ the Kai у ana mitra (Buddhist scholar) sent one handful
5^1 798 more of the relics (Л. to strike with the paws; a^FV^'4 to scratch; gpar-wwg snam-pti to clutch, grab at. gvp Spar-kha mystical marks on tortoise-shell from which the Chinese are said to have derived thoir knowledge of divination. Spar-brgya$ the eight diagrams of Chinoso divination represent- ed by the names of elements and certain other things*. 7/'=^ fire, khon = earth, = iron, = sky, kham=§ water, = hill 2tn=^’ tree, and zan — wind. >» Spar-phu placo in Tibet; a celebrated lama of Phar-phu (Lon. *,29}. Spar-wa 1. vb. v. spor-wa. 2. to raise, increase, advance, promote ; ex- cite, incito: to lift up the soul; to advance one’s dignity or rank; a*g^q me spar-wa to excite or poke up firo. Я spar-та [a low-growing shrub of very hard wood Mil. пЛ] Jd. tj Spi-ti is ono of tho Himalayan hill-states, lying W.N.W. of Lahul ; greatly elevated and very sparsely popu- lated. c\ Spig-rdsoA n. of a placo in Tibet. bu-mohi $pig-rdson. tj spu ; syn. 1. hair: spu-yi khuA-bu kun-nas from every pore of the hair (MAon.). ^'3 mgo- spu hair of the head; Р’й kha-spu the beard; *lV’S gdoft-spu hair of the face; **^8 nwAazt-gpu the hair of the arm-pits; a hdo>ns-$pu or (3 ^ spu-Aan Cs.) the hair of tho private parts; g^'3 braA-spu hair of tho chost; ^й ba-spu the little hairs of tho skin; 3spu-zin, ex- plained ч‘з-огс<<1 ba-spu laAs-pa (MAon.). spu-briA-shes byed-pa or 3’^' §pu-ri§ hbye$-mkhas knowing how to judge cases on their own merits, i.e.* not mixing up the facts of one case with those of another, i.e., as the hairs of tho body remain separate and not mixed up together (D. gel. 10). B F spu-kha 1. n. of a kind of cotton cloth (Rtsii.). 2. colour, colour of horses and other animals. 3‘3’V Spu-gu dor n. of a place in Tibet (Deb. % 21). В Щ spu-gri ’©x, Vtnpj raxor = Saccharum spontaneuni]S. 3 §A spu-gri gan-wa n. of one of the hells full of razors over the edges of which sinners walk with bleeding feet. Spu-ja n. of a kind of tea; but perhaps = lft skra-ja, v. under 3 spa. + spa b$nal-wa— jT^q khro- wa shi-wa pacification of anger. khro-wa skyun-wa suppres- sion of anger or to confess guilt (Zani. %lf). 3'4ql spu-thag a rope made of hair (Rtsii.). 3spu-nag a term for the hairy-eattle i.e., yak, yak-cow (Rtsii.). 3’3’5'^ spa-spa da-ma (aVTa'4’’^) n. of a fabulous place in the abode of the Asura (K.d. % 15). 3’!4! spu-phrag or 3 spu-hrug a kind of hairy blanket, also serge (Rtsii.). v. fl** spus.
?г^| 799 I’M Spu-rafis the Purang district in S.W. Tibet. 0Л §pu-ra a knife. spu-rin na seems to be a fish (Mnon.). spu-rin-po srj [the vulva; an elephant.] S. spu-rcns with bristles on its body, as met. a wild boar (Mnon.). 0’Bfc‘ §pu-lofi ys [bristling of the hairs; glad]S. (A. K. 1-54) ч ba-Spu lans-pa (Mnon.). 0'Х*дч| Spu-ho brag n. of a place and rock-cavern in Tibet: 0§puho- brag thog-tu byon he visited the top of the rock of Spuho-brag (Jig-)- spu-fel amber; but 0spu-fel- rtsc [Indian spikenard, Nardostachys jataniansi; the root of Andropogon muri- catus]S. 0*1 spuAvrug a durable serge made of soft hair or wool worn by all classes in Tibet. |J4| spug (XyHrfc) [^пя, Ж&тн a kind NO of gem]/?. spun-гса pf. д^кч spuns-pa, imp. 3^ spufis 1. to heap, accumulate, pile up; $a-rdo spuns-pa heaped earth and stones; *д’Ядргдслгч accumulated grain, etc. 2. to fill up: putting (anything) into a vessel to fill it to the brim. 3ygE№i Rin-chen spufis-pa where precious things have been accumulated together or are heaped up ; a heap of pre- cious stones; n. of a town in Tibet. 0^ spwib adj. (wq? many. делгч’^ spuns-pa-can [broad, ex- panded]/?. spud a hanging ornament, em- NO broidery, equipment (Mnon.); 0 уч spud-pa, ornamented, decorated. Spun, also 0^’| 1. usually a NO X» « brother; also, in general sense, brethren aud even of both sexes, i.e., children of the same parents; also of the same fathers but of different mothers; ^«^’ЗУ*!^ kho-nia сад spun gnis we (his) two sisters (Dzl. 180, 17); ^УЗУ4]^ fied-spun gsum we (his) three brothers (Glr.); ЙУЗ’Йду *4$** khyed bu-mo spun gsum you three sisters; brothers and sisters of the same father ; **'3^ та-spun of the same mother (Jd.) нЧи, [brothers of the same parents]/?, зуд spun-skya or ЗУЗ^'д spun- zlahi-bu the son of one’s brother. Another meaning of ЗУ§ spun-zla or snam- zla spun seems to be: the joint-husbands of a woman; two men of different parent- age having one common wife. 2. bro- th em in a figurative and more general sense, as comrades, members of one religious section in a monastery, persons with the same tutelary deity, sets of ninepins, series of brass cups all alike, etc., etc.; acc. to Jd. also: cousins, brothers and sisters by mar- riage. дуч= husks of winnowed grain, cornwaste after brewing. spub-pa pf. 0*”* spubS) to reverse, NJ to turn upside down: Г0Ч’Ч kha spub-pa to turn the mouth, face, or the top of a thing upside down; 3^'0 4*4 thur-du spub-pa to plunge head-long downwards. spur or pur also §’0^ ku-spur, NO resp. for X, ro dead body, corpse-:
800 ^1 spur-byafis-pa C. to burn a dead body ; spur-khaft house for keeping dead bodies, or rather in most cases, the place of cremation ; spur^gam or S^if*4 Spur-sgrom coffin ; spur-thal ashes of the dead body (Jd.) Spur-rgyal an ancient name of Tibet. Acc. to some historians Tibet was called Spur-rgyul, i.e., the kingdom of the dead, and as such it was known to the Buddhists of India who believed that a heaven was located on tho snowy peaks of Himalaya, while somewhat below it was tho intermediate region between heaven and earth called Bardo where the soul of the departed rested before entering a new destination. King Yudhisthir the model of piety before being conducted to heaven was made to visit this region. Hence in all probablity he had a glance at Tibet or the terrestrial Pretaloka. The Tibetan history of tho term is that king Gri-gum btsan-po had made the town of Spuho-brag his capital and was called the king of Spu, i.e., §j)ur-rgyal and from that circumstance Tibet became known as Purgyal or Botf-kyi Rgyal Khams (Yig.). 3 ^’4 spur-ica [vb. a. to hphur to make fly, to scare up, to lot fly; ^'8^’4 dus spur-pa to pass time quickly; st ой-spur exaggeration, bombast] Jd. spus 1- quality or property of a хэ thing; pleasant characteristic: uwj'q snam-bu hdi-spus yag-po hdug this blanket is of good quality; S spus- kha — ^ spus ; spus-cha id. ; $pus-cha dnog-gtsan articles of good quality; rta spus-kha yag- po hdug the horse is of fine quality; 3 spus-lta-wa to examine the quality of an article before purchasing it; 3 SjniS- gtsafi pure; spu-med ill-looking, of inferior quality; a<TRgv spus-hbrift mid- dling; spus shan-pa id.; spu-phrug spu$-shan Purug serge of inferior quality (Rtsii.); 0**spus-rab superior quality; g*r^*( $pus-legs best things, articles of the best quality (Yig. k. 85). . -4 Ij 8pe n. of a place in Tibet, Spe-thub n. of a village in the province of Ngari Khorsum in W. Tibet (Lofl. *, 16). tpeg-qifi some part of a cart (£*•)• Spen-dkar tamarisk-blossom; the plant itself being styled 0 V*4 spen-ma. inV’l spen-tog or 3^54$^ a kind of muslin with variegated figures embroidered on it like tamarisk foliage, also called and imported into Tibet vid Buxa Duars (Rtsii.). 3^^ $pen-thog, or khaft-pahi spen-pa roof made of pen-ma stems (Yig.); 3^5 spen-pat} a border formed of the brushwood of tamarisk on the roofs of monasteries. spen- rndog a kind of country chintz with figures of tamarisk, imported into Tibet from Bhutan and Assam (Jig.); 3^’5* qpen-phor eating bowl of tamarisk-wood (Rtsii.). spen-pa iW, Ufa 1. the planet Saturn. Syn. ni-mahi dal-icar hgro ni-skyes; tshafts- skyes; rjes-su skyes ; hod- zer bdun-pa ; mi-bzad mig; 24 gqin-rjehi bdag-po; g dpye-tcahi bu; hkhyog-hgro; gos-sfion (Mnon.). 2.=4|3qB^'q gzah-spen-pa Satur- day. spehu turret on a castle or gate.
Berni 801 sped-tea 1. to augment, to increase, to increase the wealth, qy^^’g^’q to increase one’s welfare; rkan- hgros speLica to breed cattle {Dzl.) В'Ч’Ч'Ч sjiel-wa-la qfja; to the increase, for in- creasing ; ip 'H spel-zin increased. 2. to diffuse: X^'g^’q eho§-spel-ica spreading or propagating religion, ppel-rgyas- par or g4! grog-par byed-pa to blaze about 23. 3. to multiply (arith.) {Rtsiij. 4. to conjoin, unite together, compose: bcad-lhag spel-ma a composition of poetry and prose. §pcl-gos clothes of various colours (Cs.) ; g чя cho^-dan hjig-rten spel-ma religion and worldliness mixed up together {Yig. к. 1 ; §pel-tskig & combination of verses, poetry and prose; §pel-mar gnas-pa to keep different от many things together; 'W’gyq spel-mar byed- pa to mix {Lex\ spet-gshiiL. of a village in Tsang (S. kar. 178). I: spo the height, the summit (of a mountain"): brag-dmar spo- mtho-nas from the height of a red cliff or rock; Rdo-rje gdan gyi-spo- la on the top of Vajrasana. Spo orlfT1 Spo-yul 1. a district S.E. of Kong-po and N. of Dza-yul {Lon. 26/; Spo-wa name of the tribe inhabiting that district. The district is sub-divided into Spotted and Spo-pnad {Po-td and Po-nu 2. = 5‘*5 or f grandfather, an address of courtesy for old respectable men. tj$po-to 1. the yellow woollen cap of Tibet worn by lamas when travelling. 2. bullock C. 3. n. of a village in Phan-yul (Л.). че/ spo-than, n. of rat in the story of the Hermit and the Rats {Rdsa.). IP spo-wa [qfv^rn to remove residence, throw out, deposit or pledge]#, pf. and imp. spo§ (vb. a. to q hpho-wa), to alter, to change : ’if я gna$ $po-wa to change tho place of residence, to remove, to shift; also to transplant; *^lfq min spo- wa to change name; ^Ifq go$ ppo-wa to change one’s dress; to dismiss, to alter, to mend, correct W. (Ja.); ifa §po-sa a placo newly occupied by nomads {Sch.); If q’«5^4 spo-wa cha-dkar n. of an insect that eats up com {Rtsii.). Spo-bo brag-thog the palace of the chieftain of Po-Yul situated on a rocky hill {Yig. 65). Spo-hbor SjaA one of tho six provinces of Mdo-Khams, called also Sgafi. IfX spo-re v. §por {Ja.); sometimes changing his placo of residence. Spo-ser Dkon- mchog bkra-gis glin n. of a place and monastery in Lhobrag, the birth-place of Marpa the Lotsawa {Lofi. 28). spoj-pa pf. spag$ imp. spogs to carry elsewhere, to remove: hdi-khyod raft-$pog$-sofi-fiam have you removed this. $pog$ gain, profit, khe-spog$ id. ; spogs-byed-pa to make profit, ’ipTSS’S fo gain money by traffic {Dzl.) ; §kyed-$pog§ interest 102
802 g адгц I (of money) ;gtofi-гса to give money on interest (Cs.) F'q spoft-гса or 0^’4 spafi-wa [ftxfa, я^тчг=cessation, abandoning]#, pf. spans, fut. spafi, imp. EF* spoil or spons; to abandon, renounce, leave, deliver up; to reject, throw out: §5'q^Bk^ if he abandons him without discerning tho proper medicines; ifc'g^,£^’ qq spofi-blan hdsin-pa shig-pa the cessa- tion of every inclination and disinclination, or also, of every interest in choosing or rejecting (Jd.). V’4 | the flower that is not fresh is quitted by tho boo, tho forest that is burnt is forsaken by wild creatures \Cdn.) spon-thag ono who has renounced every thing; also a destitute person Deb. % 10 ; spofi-tca-pa a renouncer, a Buddhist monk. spon-bya that which should bo given up, i.e. a fault. a^ §S SpoMyed Vriji, an ancient town in Magadha. £F’§5’4 spon-byed-pa qrferar; belonging to tho district of Vriji. [Major Cunningham has identified the ancient town of Vriji or Wajji with modern Tirhut and the adjoining dis- tricts. The people of Vriji or Wajji are called Vrijika or Wajjians. The great monarch Ajatas'atru of Magadha is des- cribed in the Mahaparinibbana sutta to have built a fortress at Pataligra- ma (Pataliputra) with a view* to subdue the great and powerful people of Vriji. These people were divided into eight clans such as Licohavi and others whose capital cities are said to have been respectively at: (1) Vais'ali, (2) Kesariya, (3) Janakapura, (4) Navandgarh, (5) Simrun, (6) Dar- banga, (7) Puraniya, and (8) Motihari. If the bearings and distance recorded by Hwen Thsang are correct, it is almost certain that the capital of Vriji in tho 7th century must have boon at Janakapur. Amsuvarma, king of Nepal and a con- temporary of Hwen Thsang, belonged to the Liochavi branch of the Vriji people. The Vriji conquest of Nepal is assigned to Newarit who preceded Amsuvarma by 37 reigns. It is also curious that kings of Tibet and Ladak also trace their descent from the Liochavi branch of the Vriji race. It is indeed found in the Pali annals that Ajatas'atru who ascended tho throne of Magadha in 551 B.C. drove most of tho Vriji people out of India. It is therefore not altogether improbable that the powerful people of Vriji being driven out of India founded the kingdoms of Nepal, Tibet, Ladak, etc., in the centuries immediately preceding the birth of Christ.]#. Spon-hbor also called n. of a section of Daipung monastery. spod spico (such as pepper, ginger, onion, garlic, etc.): afc^wq spod hdebs-pa to season ; spod-can seasoned. Bs4 spod-pa 1. hermit, spod-khafi, hermitage Sch. 2. vow, 35'^3wi gpod-pa nams-pa one that has broken his vow (Sch. Jd.). spobs-pa 1. self-reliance and wisdom (K. d. % Я63). the Tibetan religious teachers who were not selfreliant and wise became wonder-stricken (A. 77). 2. яУннти courage, self-confidence ; fitness, propriety (Yig.). ' 3. vb. to dare/venture: ‘«{taw hju-war m §pobs-pa$
3*1 S03 зч not daring to take hold of (Pth.) ; ijcRWV §S’q spobs-par byed-pa to enable, empower, authorize; $pobs-pa-can daring, bold. §pobs-pa-shan adj. [TO not daring]/?, less intelligent; gqq-q-^-q spobs-pa shan-pa one less intelli- gent and wanting in courage. n.of a Sutra (K. d. F, 323). s/;o6s pahi-gter n. of a reli- gious work, lit. the mine of wisdom; (JT. d. p, 325). sponp шап-пип average. 2. n. of a place in Khams : Spom- mdah the lower part of Pom in Khams Ifa'lTs spom-spod=%^%\ sdebs-spod, qjfwjjSj b$doms-sprod the delivering alto- gether, making over entire charge or responsibilities (Rtsii.). Spom-hbor — lfc.'^^ Spon-hbor n. of a section of Daipung monastery (Lon. 3 16). tfrnSfc §pom-yor superfluity, over-flow : spom chen-po diffuse (in words), prolix, long-winded; to be succinct. a* spor-re 1. small pair of scales. 2. n. of a medicinal plant: por removes chronic fever and worms. дХ*чк.- nag-rt sis the black-art, the art of divination. It was introduced into Tibet from China during tho Thang dynasty (Grub. я, 5). tfa’g* spor-snum oil or butter to burn in lamps (Rtsii.). gfc’A spor-wa, §par-wa 1. pf. and fut. spar to elevate, raise: to lift up the mystic sceptre. 2. v. YJV4 dpor-wa. spos, vy, ihnf; sbst. incense; fumes, perfume; ^q’gii bdug-spo§ id.; byug- spos sweet-scented water or ointment; gfa’IX’A spos sbyor-wa, sgrub-pa also gA’4 to burn (incense) ; gV^g^J to cover (with) perfumed ointment. §^’4 §pos-§byor rin-po cliehi-phrcn-u-a n. of a work on the preparation of incense-sticks by Nagarjuna (Tan. d. Я 28) in two chapters; tho recipe is as follows: — «TS^’Al F'^'S^VT | 1 q p'VT^4' Vs I ^’or^'l g'^’VT^’WI i IK’ gq-J^’54^-q ] p-^qjsV' I 3^q3K/q^’q|p;qX f| j*g^ rgya-spos, OT'ifa brag-spos, span-spos different kinds of exalation or miasma. spo§-dkar= bdug-§po§ or gu~gul dkar- po (Rtsii.) frankincense, or a fragrant gum obtained from the Sal tree. §po$-kyi rgyal-po snfaw nutmeg. §pos-kyi glan-po glan-po mchog the chief or the prince of elephants (Mfton.). gfa’VI* spos-dkar [the resin of the plant Shorea robusta.~]S. ^?es- dkar-qin the Sal tree; [ir^r^^, ?Й^т, a tendril, the plant Premna spinosa~\S. ifa’S'fc’g ^pos-kyi reft-bu 1. a single incense-stick (Rtsii.). 2. pastil, long
804 thin straw covered with an odoriferous substance, which generally consists of pulverized juniper and sandal-wood, combined with musk and the like ; they are made by the lamas, and frequently presented to travellers as an offering of welcome (Jd.). §po#-glafl 1. the royal elephant which in ancient India used to pick out a person as king in tho place of defunct royalty, 2. [‘ always exuding ichor’; an elephant in rut; n. of Airavata, and of Gancs'a]S. $po$-fiad beer, also very delicious and fragrant wino [Mnon.). $po#-chag$ or $po§-$pam§ a bundle of incenso sticks. $po$-ba lahi^iri [a kind of fragrant herb, Andropogou schcenan- thus}S. Syn. 5f^ §kra-can; й ЧЭСк §kra-bzan ; 5^‘й byafi-gi $kra; ^’“)'й lha-yi §kra- can; ffio-tshahi lu§; nag$- gna# ; gin-la gna#; $chu- yi mig-can (Mnon.). spos-sihla gqg;; a Turk, Tartar. #po#-gel amber (Lon. S). Г'З #pyan-kyiy generally “ chafi- kit” the wrolf, Lupus Tibetanus, wdrieh is of amber colour ; but there is another species w’hich has not, so far, been differentiated scientifically and which is jet-black. The black wolf occurs not infrequently in Ngari Khorsum, near Lake Ma-pham. spyaft-thul raiment or cloak made of wolf’s skin : Pa-tsha-wa presented him wdth a wolf’s skin cloak (A. 66). QM4! black wolf; she-wolf; dur-spy aft the hyaena. §£;Й''ЧТ’ spyan-khu la-kha (lit. the wolf’s peak; n. of a hill N. of Lhasa on the road from Sera towards Phan-yul. g^'B4! Spyafi-khrig n. of a tribe (J. Zan.) ; spyaft-khrig ye-ge# a celebrated Lama of that tribe. g^‘5^* $pyan-grun or g^‘3 spyan-po very clover and dextrous: 3^’ (A. 10%) (KhridX §^’4 tpyafi-tca skilful, expert; spyan-glen tho clover ono and tho dunce. spy aft dug-pa or g^*3k spyan- IJier the thistle, or a kind of thistle (Ja.) the root of a thistle draws out complaints with phlegm. g^4* spyafts-pa — ц hju#-pa [support]/?, seizing, catching hold of. spy ad v. g54 Also 85’5 spyad-bya [enjoyed, eaton]S. (A. K. 50-137). g5‘5^ spyad-dno# for #pyad- lag dno§-po=^ yo-byad things, articles. $pyan ww, resp. word for the eye; g^w ^pyan-kib# the eye-lid; Spyan-rtseg puckers about the eye, crow-feet; ^^\#pyan-kyug or STO4! spyan- khttg eye-brow (Cs.) g^ S3*1 spyan-dkyu# v. 53*1 dkyu#. to look backward, to glanco behind; #pyan-b#kyan# mdsad-pa to protect, to preserve the eyes (Sch.) g^gr spyan-lfia the five eyes: (1) gahi-spyan the flesh eyo the one with which we see ; (2) ^'g=^ Ihahi- spyan the divine eye with which one can sec what other mortals cannot; (3) <;e$-rab-kyi #pyan the eye of knowledge or wisdom ; (4) chQ#-kyi spy an the eye of religion ; (5) sans-rgya# kyi spyan : the eye of the Buddha, the most perfect
№ I 805 sight (Rnam. 69). д^'Ч §pyan-pa observa- tion, inspection. g^’g* $pyan-sfia before, in the presence of (a dignitary): gvg$ §pyan-§nahi grwa-pa rnam§ the scholars in his Rever- ence’s presence. $pyan-snar, §ku mdun-du as adv. and postp. in front, in the presence of: rgyal- pohi §pyan-sfiar-khr id-pa to lead another before the king ; he said that he would not stay in tho presence of the deity (7Г. du. 5, 261). д^’ч§’4^ tpyan bcit-gni§ one with twelve eyes [an epithet of Kartti- keya and of the sun] S. gV*4 §pyan-chab tears, spyan- chab hbyin-pa to shed teax’s; д^’^ч’яХкл §pyan-chab hchor-wa to let the tears flow ; also to shed tears ; rgyal-bu Spyan-chab for-ro the prince shed tears spyan-lto§ resp. of ^4'^ mig-ltos, ( = »Ч5'Й lad-mo) imitation: gYg»r3V|in the Dge- lug^-pa sect which was an imitation of the Bkah-gdam$-pa sect there arose no schismatic differences (Zwl % 12). $pyan-ltar-u*a or д^*ч^я spyan- £rdar=4^4*1*54*’ '^‘4 gzigs-rtogs phul-wa to offer for inspection or for revision. §pyan-bltar shu-rgyu-гса to sub- mit or ask for inspection: 34’1 4*5‘S*J phyag-bri$ rnams-spyan brdar-shu$ submit the letters for approval (£<?., for revision) (Rtsii.). S*i V spyan-dnig acc. to the Bon there are six glances or visions, viz.: SvS’lfi bon- gyi spyan ; $ ye-^ kyi-spyan ; ^4‘ rig-pahi §pyan ; 34*rg4'g^ thugs-rjehi $pyan; |«T4ivg^ sprul-pahi spyan ; -3|*гя«г J g*i $e§-rab kyi-spyan (D.R.) $pyan-drafi$ qt v. Я^’Ч hdren-pa. $pyan-dran$ ne-ma [invitation, inaugura- tion]^. + д^ч spyan-pa 1. = д;кч bya-ra-wa to give heed, attention, take care. 2. eye- witness. 3. inspection. 4. overseer, ins- pector. д^'яйч^ $pyan-hbeb$ = ^*^ spyan-bltar inspection: $4*г^*гЗ*4^4*1 54*1 Q*iч to ask for inspection of a work or thing to ascertain its quality and defects ; also to display articles of merchandise for sale (Rtsii.). g^’* spyan-ma = *^] or mig-ma ^t^nthe eye. дуй'лзс/ Spyan-mi bzafi [lit. one with eyes of uneven number] ; one of the four guardian kings of the world, the keeper of the western quarter of the world. g<Y5*K spyan-dmar = one with red oyes;=^4‘5w Mig-bmar an epithet of the planet Mangala, Mars. g^j‘^4*! $pyan-dmig$ 4 the object of vision’; any object, mental or visual, which an ascetic employs for the purpose of concentrating his mind in the process of systematic meditation. g^'4^4*1 §pyan-gzig§ 1. costly offerings dedicated to the gods (Mil.) ; also applied to presents of food offered to men (2fil.) ; д^'4^4*гяд«гч spyan-gzigs hbul-wa to make presents gen. of curios or precious aitides. 2. wild animals, horses, camels, etc., that are presented to a nobleman king, minister or a lama (RZsn.).
806 g^’Mi $pyan-ra§ penetrating vision, observation: to be- hold with one’s merciful eye (ГА/. k. 13). Spyan-ra§-gzig§- by ail-chub sem$-dpah ; the 4th Dhyani Bodhisattva Avalokites'vara, the patron saint of Tibet, the vicegerent of the Dhyani Buddha Amitabha. He is incarnated perpetually in each successive Dalai Lama of Lhasa. His colloq. n. in Tibet is Chcnrezi and the images of this being generally represent him as having elevon faces, each differently coloured, and with from G to 1000 arms. In Mongolia he is styled Hid uber Udzek'hi. His other Tibetan names are Hjig-rten dwan-phyug\ Hjig-rten mgon-po; Thug$-rje chen-po; 5’Я^’Я5Я Gnt-hdsin bdag ; Phyag-na pad-mo ; Snin-rjehi lha ; Bcu-gcig-shal. Tho Muni Bkah- hbum, in chap. 2, mentions that g^’MT was doubly evolved on earth; first appearing from a ray of white light which issued forth from the left eye of Amitabha, and secondly being born as a youth of 1G from out of a lotos-bud. $pyan-ra§ gzig$- shc§ bya-icahi mdo a Sutra on zkvalokite- s’vara (K. d. a, 404). the ono hun- dred and eight names of Avalokites'vara together with mantras and charms, etc., (contained in K. g. 218-457). gyw1^ spy an-lam-du in the observa- tion; also = SV£^ near, in the presence of. g^3|WjA Spyan-gsal-rgyab [laughing-eyed, n. of a BuddhaJS. gjj-q^KQ spyan-gsum-pa ; the three eyed one; an epithet of Ifahes’vara. Ц spyi HTHRT, ^rrf?( 1. adj. common, the public, ordinary, general, relating to all; as sbst. the lot, those in general. As adv. spyir, дя’^ ^pyir-du or B’^ spyi-na, also spyw-gyii gene- rally, in general; frq. used in contradis- tinction to khyad-par in particular, singly. 2. In the colloq. В spyi =all; $pyi-%Jra °? 3’9 §gra-$pyi general meaning or general expression (Jd.) Il’S4 spyi-khyab that covers all; a minister that has general jurisdiction over the public, one who rules over several districts together. B’S4’*№* spyi-khyab- mkhan-po a high official at Lhasa who ranks next to the four Kalons in the Dalai Lama’s council; seems to bo also a sort of lord chamberlain in his court duties. Another important officer, who resides in tho far oast of Tibet, is known as Я^’^'Я’В'®4 the Chyi-khyab of Nya-rong. He is placed in lieu of a Jong-pon to administer the petty loid- ships inhabited by the 18 tribes of the Hor-wa who people the hanks of the Nya-Chhu, just AV. of Ta-chion-lu. holy water-pot which the lamas keep near them with a ’view to sprinkle the heads of their devotees. 9’3^ §pyi-§go§ general and special. ^ 7 Spyi-tiXL. of a kind of yoga (medi- tation) performed by tho Dzog-chen sect; described as his own invention by Urgyen Padma in the Padma Tang-Yig. + 1’9^ $pyi-tor or $pyi-gtor 1. v. §pyi-ivo, 2. acc. to Lex.=д’Тя $pyi~ thog the property of a particular commu- nity or institution, common property.
tWI 807 + spyi-brtol or spyi-btol also $ 4^4 Spyi-brdol signifying no-tsha med-pa [impudent, shameless, dar- ing] S. also = 3'^5 mu-cod 4WH [scan ilous, foul-mouthed] S. § ’^'gV4 spyi-brtol byed-pa to be impudent (Cs.); g-q^bjq^ spyi-brtol gtam shameless talk, impertinent language. | Spyt-ther=§’5 spyi-tco. S’^ spyi-don thams-ead kyi- don) the interest of all, public welfare (Rtsii.). spyi-sde bshi the four sects among the Bons: (1) ^4'$^bkah-lun Idan-bgad-kyi sde, (2) brag- dgon dkah thub-sde, (3) dur-khrod nan-thos bog-puhl sde, (4) gin-drufi та-rig pahi-sde (D.R.). i’q Spyi-pa or fj‘5^ pyi-dpon head, chief, leader, superintendent. g’SS’J'4’2* Spyi-phud rgyal-po one of tho five mythological kings of the world; Spyi-phud rgyal-po the universal king. 8’3 Spyi-bo 1. 1Ж’-, WTr; crown of the head, the top: ^’Sfg’3 gin-gi spyi-bo — уin-gi rtse-mo the top of a tree. spyi-bor hkhur-wat() carry on the head; д*3*гдч|ч^ч’л spyi-bos phyag htshal-wa to bow down bending tho head; ^w|*34* shab§ spyi-bor len-pa with one’s own head to touch tho foot of a superior person; ^5*g'q'^'g4|’^ dehi spyi-bo-nas byug-nas pouring over his head, 8’3 spyi-bo na§ dban bskur-wa anointing the head; g’^ or bald, baldness; . I §pyi-gtor a turban or pagri; 3 or Ip spyi-pa head-man, over- seer, chief. 2. the end of a piece of cloth : dar-yug-gi spyi-bo. 3. n. of a king of China. g’3‘|*i spyi-bo skyes (1) an epithet of king Mandhata, a legendary ancestor of Gautama Buddha; (2) = g sgra hah* of the head (Mnon.). spyi-bor dban-b§kur=ffi% rgyal-po, ; a king, one on whose head has been sprinkled sanctified water; a man of the Kshatriya or warrior caste of India (Mnon.). v. g. Spyi-shur gyi-gifi, ’теи, n. of the tree Terminalia tomentosa. Syn. sa-Ia ser-po ; kun- za me-tog; dgah-byed; nie- tog rtsa-lag* htsho-byed gin; g^ hdod-byed (Mnon.). §pyi-g&ig§, gcig-ta bsdns-ра, aggregated body; amassed into one body. spyi-blugs vase ; a golden pitcher or vase. O54 spyi-mdun-cdn, <зча [combined]#. spyin-skor gsum, three scrip- tures of the Bon the originals of which disappeared after they had been deHvered, but were published: 1. §ten-lha yul-du bsgrags-pahi skor, 2. yul-du bsgrags- pahi §kor, 3. bar-mi yul-du bsgrags-pahi skor (D.R.). 04 . Bc’q spyin-wa, pf.‘ §pyifi&> imp. gt’ spyifi or g^ spying being the vb. a. to hbyin-wa, to vanish, to be lost, to sink, to lower down, dip undfer ehur into water.
808 %py*d h1 colloq. gum, glue, paste; is sometimes incorrectly written as g^oriH spin. § tpyin skol-wa to manufacture glue; g Y$|5'4 spyin skud-pa to spread glue on; ko-spyin glue made of hides; y&na-spyiu fish-glue ;4<i|g^ bag- spy in paste compounded of flour and glue ; *'g^ rba-spyiu glue made of horn ; -Л ^a-spyin meat-jelly also, slime; gY$ spyin- chu gum, resin. $ the gum ^or resinous juice, that has come out of the interstice where the two trees were cleft (RdsaX Syn. Vlfa dri-spyin ; go-tea ; hbyar-rtsi \ ^’§5 hbyar-byed ; suag-txha hphel-byed MnouX g^ = § ~la. adv. v. g spyi. ’^1 spyil-po ; a hut of grass or straw: уя'д'Ч'й risahi spyil-po thatched hut; g^’H $pyil-bu id.; g^ tpyil-pa fem. 8°*'* $pyd-ma hut-dweller. spyug-pa, pf. imp. 8Я°spyug ог S4!^ spyngs 5 t° exprl, to drive out, to banish ; ^^^g4] out of country; Glr., wthah-la rnthar into the neighbouring cruntry, over the frontier (Ja.). g^'^ spt tg-9-pa exile, banishment; Spyugs- qig, imp. turn him out I ^’4 = g^e-tca, to abuse, revile; to blame, to scold; $5 '*,Л4Г55Г’^С‘‘ (hun-ma rtag-tu spyo-fdnn as my wife is always scolding; ehes-spyos-so thus the}" spoke in a blaming way (Dzl.); (p* Spyo-wa mdsad wtWBl cursing, blaming; 1*^1 spyo-ishig — ^'^ rgol-hhig words of blame, censure (Mnon.). spyon-wa = dpyan-wa (Ja.). IY4 gS tpyo<l-pa 'W, pf. SS Spy ad, 1. to practise, perform ;but signifies rather the completing or completion of an action than the process of performance, and thus is better rendered: to accom- plish, to perpetrate; to succeed in. 4 tni-dge-ica de dag-$pyod-na if one perpetrates these sins ; bdag-ci spyad-pas hdir skyes for what I did, I am reborn here. 2. to bring into sub- jection, over-power, coerce, e.g., demons, deities, etc., to make subject. acA’K^’gv mfiah-hog spyod-pahi hbans subjects brought under control; sdig-pa hbah-shig la spyod-pa utterly subject to sin; sa-hog-spyod subject to earth; sf^gS subject to heaven. 3. to make use of, to employ, to enjoy: Xе* ba-glan nin-par to use an ox during the day (for ploughing) (Dzl.) ; 8S^’ even if one has long enjoyed well-being; Ions spyod-pa, to enjoy, to use,’have the benefit of; 85’4 bud-med la spyod-pa to cohabit with a woman (Dzl.) ; log-par spyod-pa to violate (a woman); dga- rngur-spyod-pa, very frq. to enjoy a woman. 4. to arrive at the third stage of mystic meditation, to complete or consummate meditation, very frq.; ^'85 meditative exercises. II: 1. фч ^Tfbr, ’ЧЧП 1. a deed, perpetrated action ; a practice, the accom- plishing of any action. 2. an object at tained, thing dnoe, esp. the third stage of mystic meditation or “ consummation which implies expertness and that the end aimed at has been gained: con- templation and consummation being dis- entangled one from the other. 3. duty; also conduct, mode, manner: g\w Spyod-
809 || lam also spyod-tshul behaviour; 4 nan or nes-spyod bad actions, W bzaft or legs-tpyod good actions (Cs.); g^q-^q-q §pyod-pa sbib-pa ‘ the strict monas- tic walk ; spyod-pa rtsin-wa rude, rough, in manners (Glr.); of an extremely variable conduct. de-у aft dan-po rnal-hbyor-gyi $pgod-pa§ chags-can-gyi gdul-bya yid daft- wa hdren-pahi phyir moreover because it was the duty of a Naljor first to draw into purity of disposition such of the sensual as were destined for conversion; spyod-pa rgya-che magnanimity, noble behaviour. spyod-pa mi-gsal-wa [awkward practice]#, jfcqu^x* spyod-pa yaft-ftam=wr& las-kyi ipthah-grub-bam (asks the question) whether you have accomplished all that you had to do ? spyod-pahi phun- bu = groft-khyer a fortified town, a city (Mnon.); §pyod-bab$ rtse- tnthun generous conduct; g\^ spyod-pa manners, $pyod-ldan accomplished, courteous, polite; ill-mannered, rude, uneputh. g\q$pyod-pa b$du$-pahi sgron- ma n. of a work written by Atis'a. (A. 11). gsan-§nag§-kyi $pyod-pa a mystic cult of the Buddhists; in which there are three stages: $рго$-Ьса$, $pro$-med, <pn-tu $рго$-те$. g\*q*q $pyod-pa-pa (чд«гчд*[*гд\ч<^т *5^'q) a Yogi* one who practises mysticism. spyod-byed-ma a woman. [a religious men- dicant, a naked devotee}#. ifc’S'4 $pyod-yul fapro sphere of activity: mthoft-wahi spyod-yul range of vision ; gv*jwS)yq spyod-yul ma- y in-pa [a place which is not fit for thinking upon]#. q,g’, according to the Dultca, the five places with which one should have nothing to do :—(1) Кчrol-mohi gnas the place of music; (2) smad-fytshoft mahi-gnas a public house ; (3) rygal-pohi pho-braft hkhor-gyi the palace gate; (4) rigs-ft an gyi-gnas the residence of low persons ; (5) ле.chan-htshoft-mahi gnas grog- shop kept by a woman, a brothel (K. da. 56). $РУ°п or ifa 4 spyon-pa resp. form of byon-pat C^’g^ tshur-spyon come here, pray come (fiag.). 3^’q зруот-ра^^ц smod-pa slander; also vb. with pf. spyoms to boast, to exhibit with ostentation; sbst. spyoms self-praise, boasting (Jd.); Spyoms-daft bcas ma-byaho you must not be boastful. ^yas-;M=q^<vq'ifa’q bkah- bkyon-pa to reprove, to remons- trate with. Ц Spra (ta) (K. du. S, 111) a species of monkey with black face, and a tail as long as its body, the langur; §pra-dan sprehu-yan rtsal-che) the larger and smaller species of monkey are very agile; $pra-mo; U’S’l spra- phrug young langur; the gray species is called §’51^ white ta. g*aei §pra-chal=^^§5\ hgyur-byed нте [changeable, moving about, trembling]#. 103
gs-4| 810 Brqi g?9! spra-thog a medicinal herb: g?9)' Q’4 §pra-wa 1. vegetable-tinder. 2. also g*4’g’«, ornament, decorations. 3. vb. pf. gN $pra§9 imp. if** $pro$ to adorn, to decorate; rgyan-gyi$ with ornaments. $pra-wahi ж-tog [species of tree, Aeschynomeue grandiflora\S. zpra-tMl [1. boiled rice. 2. bee’s wax]8. g’3*r§9|qwiH’e’^'q3’’K g*’3 $pran-po a beggar; rd*u$-mahi $pran-po a sham beggar; gvifft sprafi-rgan an old beggar; g^’^ low boggar; g^'^ ^ргаЯ-qog coarse and inferior paper. $prafl-po hu puhi rgyal-nag a kind of rope ; also n. of a demon ^‘^4 lha-hdre) {Deb, % 14)- Syn. $lon-mo-pa; mu-tto- tea; lam-pa; lag-rkyon ; Xtf* don-fydod-pa; eolloq. $lofi- rpkhan (Mnon.). gVF tprad-kha register or list of things or of revenue received (Rtsii.). §prad-pa I. 1. to give, bestow, deliver, confer; resp. term forgnan. Q|4I'4'5'g5 pray hand over! 2. monkey. 1^’411: used for to meet, to come across: w5'ygvq pha§ pho-па sprad-pa the father met the envoy (K. du. S, 261). Sprat 1. n. of a place in JJphan-yul in Tibet. д«г$’д$*ч^’ Sprat-kyi brahi-than birthplace of To-tca Rin-chen gsal (a pupil of Bromston in Jlphan-yul (Lofi. -3, 2.). 2. = rgyan ornament (MHon.). g*4'4 sprat-pa 1. variegated, bedecked. 2. enumerated: I have enumerated the thirty-two names of Bud- dha (Surafi. J). 3.=^wi b$grim$-pa also 4^’4 bkod-pa Tfcci. c\ tpri cream. fl’t Spri-tfi Mar-dsa-ya-la Si- cken n. of the emperor of China during whose reign Buddhism was introduced into that country, acc. to Chinese accounts (Ja.). + Ц’И’ЧМ $prig-ka gan-dha 1. n. of a bird of the land of Asura (IT. d. % 15.), 2. [адепте a kind of mixed scent=the scent of tho plant Trigonella cenmiculata~\S. ex $prin-wa (=qfc*4) pf. tprifa to send a message, to give information, to send word; tprift tidings (Dzl.); j^'erar I shall send a reply to the king (K. du. 5, 261-306); J^’MVsTaT4’ gc.N'4 rgya-gar-du sfion-gyi $lob-dpon-r»ams-la yi-ge sprlfis-pa he des- patched a letter to his former teachers in India; B? she§-^priH-fio so I sent him word; spri^-b^hul ЯФШ [servant, messenger] 8; $prin$-yig letter, epistle. sprin or l<Vq sprin-pa НП, ntipn, sjbgjt, a cloud: tKI tprin-gyi gseb-nashoxn between the clouds; ’O^gV^V^fl4^ rgya- bal gnis-na mu-де sprtn bshin-du' hkhrigs famine enfolded like a cloud both India and Nepal (Pth.); darken- ing the heavens with clouds; hzah- tprin cloud tinged with rain-bow colours ; Iho-sprin a southern cloud; tprin-phun, sprin-tshogs an accumula- tion of clouds; ^’3’5’? sprin-gyi pho-fra the cloud messenger, Meghaduta, a Sanskrit poem by Kalidasa. Syn. du-wahi. $kye-gna§; J*i'rpkhahi-rgyal nitshan*9
811 chu-yi bshon-pa; tsha-zer hjom$; ka-dam-pasan; <Jpr*4R(Vg]*’ nam- mkhahi glifl\ rluft-gi ftn-rta* mkhah-gos can; $gra- Idan parma-ni; ^«’^5’д^25 nam-mkhahi glafi-po; mkhah-kt rgyu; chu-hdsin ; nani-mkhahi ta-ma- la; glog-ldan; chu sprin-pa (Mfion.). §prin-dkar-po rgyu-ica n. of a mountain in Uttara kuru (7Г. d. \ 305). Sprin-dkar po-shes bya-wahi $na$ a grove in the mountain of Samkas'a in Uttara kuru (A", d. \ 299). $prin-$kye$ as met. = thunder. 9-laii‘po an epithet of Airavata the elephant of Indra (Mfion.). sprin-gyi rgyu the sources of rain, vapour and humid air. $prin-gyi bya — QQ^ cha-bya gag {Mnon.). $prin-gyi sni^-po=l4'^ ga-lntr ч«1«тч., чт, camphor. M<q $prin-gyi rdo-wa [hail, thunderbolt]#. I'YjA’?4) sprin-gyi me-tog snow flakes [^Я’я? lit. “cloud-blossom”; water or had.]#. §prin-gyi me-po che met. the thunder {J^tion.). §prin-gyimyu-gu water {Мй<т.). sprin-gyi rba-can or ^’3’^’ $tar-bu$in {fijdlon.). B<¥9‘114l*r’5<’i Sprin-gyi fug$-can n. of an angel, Devaputra {K. g. % 523). ffrS'l4! tyrin-gyl $geg met. peacock {Id^on.). В35'§’|ч1'я sprin-gyi kug-ma=JsR glog lightning (Жом.). Ejaj $prin-mgo = sog-pahi me-lon (myst.) (Jfzn. 4)* sprin-bcud as met.=rain. $prin-chen char-hbeb$ cho-ga a religious service for rain to fall. |<Y><Y^c/q Sprin-chen-snin-po, i. e., Maha meghagarbha, seems to be the n. of a Bodhi- sattwa or else of a demon. sprin-hdegs [the bird Chiculus melanoleiiciis\S. $<4'5 khug-rta, t|v sprin-la $lon {Mnon.). $prin-la dgah as met. a peacock. $prin-la-slofi=13%$ khug-rta £the bird Cuciilus mclanoleucus\S. sprin-dag-pa fog frog] S. §prin-ldan-ma [enveloped in clouds]#. As met. = peacock. sprin-dmar> [1. plants such as Trichosanthes diceca y Laffa acutan- gula, etc. 2. a moonlight nightj#. sprin-stsa-ua the root of long pepper. sprin-gsar met. ink. qprib&pa to be hungry (Sch.). C\ spvis or spris-ma scum, con- gealed grease floating on gravy or soup; also cream; id. д-ч spru-wa or spru-ma hellebore ; fJ’ST* spru-dkar white species of it. ijwv i v hellebore cures plague, fever, worms and leprosy, also stops bleeding. §4'4 sprug-pa^fyz phyi-iva splitting, opening, blowing.
812 tprug язтн residence in a foreign country. + Sprug-pa l.=*Vq zad-pa, wasting, consuming. 2. pf. and imp. g^ ^ru/ys, to shake, to shake off, to beat out, c.y.jdust; rdul-tsub to raise, whirl up dust; ^prgq]'Shrgyq 1и$-$ргнд st I byed-pa to shake one’s self ^usedof horses). 3. to bestir one’s self, to bustle. g^ $piugs-bsig$ [falling asunder]®. §prul-$ku an incarnate being, generally a lama; a personage in whom the emanation from some deity or by-gone saint is present in an occult manner. A lama thus possessed is styled a Tul-кч and usually occupies some high office to which only the particular indivi- dual into which the emanation has passed can succeed. Mongol equiv. is Khubilgan. $prul-$ku gm the three in- carnate beings:—’5’$> Rgyal-srag Rin-po ehe of lion, Sem$- dpah Rin-po ehe of Lo, and Mthoft-ica Rin-po eh^ of St ад-1 и fi who ore known as the three incarnate beings of Tibet, and are eaid to have appeared in Tibet for a scries of years. 1. a phantom, a dis- embodied spirit, a ghost from the Bardo ; emanation; yyan-sprul emanation of tho second degree, i.e., ono emanation going forth from another ; uin-sprul or gsuni-tprul an emanation of the third* degree (/77/.) ; рт,£^ §prul~pa hgyed-pa to let emanations go forth ; gw sprul-pa mkhyen-pa to be an adept in the art of producing miraculous apparitions (Jd.). sprul-pa $prul-byed 1и*ит<п the inventor, the trans- former, maker; also anything made or in- vented. thams-cad $prul- par hdug-pa these were all metamorphoses, mocking phantoms (Glr.), gw^jerZj $prttl- pahi rgyal-po phantom king. 2. a miracle- worker. 3. $gyu-ma Ita-bu “as if an illusion ”) to appear to change, to transform one’s self, to cause illusions, to alter an object by magic. д«цч?*адц §prul-pahi-thabt tho power of miraculous transformation ; jugglery. g^Q’^S $prul-pa ben the ten sublime illusions workable by Bodhisattvas are :— (1) evolving animate beings ; (2) -ця’Ч^дч’Ч creation of astro- logical mansions; (3) inven- tion of religious doctrines ; (4) д*чч formation of bodily famine; (5) fi’wjfrwgЧЧ dream-illusions; (6) gs*^’ illusions as to some sphere of activity; (7) «T-?pnj»wgw exhibition of feats of fore-knowledge ; (8) д'чч appearance as of transcendental learning; (9) Г*д'5ЦЯ'ч*|‘4'4 exhibition of miracles; (10) jfwapr^gw exhibition of feats of strength. g^'2! $prul-po 1. phantom. 2. n. of a Kinnara Baja (K. g. 54, 523). $prul-yafi-g§aft or a mystical form of Bon divinity (D.R.). Syn. Я’^Л’5 $gra-can RaJtu (MfionX $pre or g^ sprehu Vft, monkey in general, 3prehubf-gna$ faifaw the abode of monkeys, n. of a particular forest in Mysore. Syn. yal-gahi ri-dicag$ ; gner-mahi gdon; hpharjigro; rgyug-rpcho^\ sahi fpjug-
tp’SH! 813 та; rlufi-gi bu-rgyud ; wt- dan hdra ; ma-rga-ra {Mfton.). |’*т|§п|Лло| spre-gshug re-ral (mystic) грш, [ape, monkey]#. jf^4! Sprel~^lag one of the thirty-six border countries of ancient India {Ya-sei. 38). $pro-wa [to ex- pand, to get air, to receive scent]#, pf. spro$ (acc. to Jd. is the transitive of ^q=to make go out, to disperse, to spread) ; gen. however intransitive: 1. to go out, to proceed, to spread, of rays of light, of tho wind; fig. to enlarge upon, by way of explaining, gcig-la§ §pro$-pa {Was. 115), enlarging (proceeding) from the number one in an ascending progression of numbers ; g'g Я emanations had been diffu- sed liko rays of light. 2. to feel energy for, incline towards; to delight in, rejoice at: feel little inclination for doing anything; $pro-war hgyur-ica to get cheerful, to be merry {Mil.). 3. sbst. joy, energy, cheerfulness: spro-tva $kyed-pa to feel joy, pleasure {Dzl.); spro-san-ica great joy ; $pro-fi~ u*a ‘not to be joyful/ lit. the dying of joy. §pro-wa hphel-wa (§f‘$*w) to encourage, inspire, incite; increase of pleasure, enthusiasm: in this sect my enthusiasm increased (Ха/-$л.). $pro-rim-pa to increase or become more and more by degrees. spro-bsrins, [consoled]#.: the prince consoled the queen {Yig. 18). 8prog-ina spro§ kyi sprog-ma little box for frankincense {Ja.). sprog-shu v. phrog {Jd.). sprod-deb-pa to give accounts of articles, money, etc., making over of an office or duty: ’ojwq'Vsprwi {Rtsii.). sprod 5’^’SI^’^ тенг*=г adv. presently, immediately; lit. existing time. sprod-pa secondary form tho vb. a. of 1- to bring together, to put together, to make to meet: ftahi-bla ma-la §prod-ds> we will bring you together with our lama {Mil.) ; so also resp.....gnis-shal sprod- mdsad-pa ; in another passage ^’5^ prob, means sitting exactly oppo- site to one another ; bdag-cag §pvod-cig bring about a meeting between our two parties ! Яor ЭД’З? to meet in a battle ; WF Ma., to put the edges of the swords together ; mtheb sprod-pa to put the finger to the bow-string. 2. to deliver a letter, message {Pth.); spar- mor, lag-tu to put into one’s hand; to set, to put, to propose. 3. to pay (cf. hphrod-pa), phyir-zprod-pa to repay. 4. 2fjjVq fto $prod-pa to explain, don-dan $proJ-pa=Q*ffiq brda- sprod-pa to explain, to describe v. q$ brda~] (extracted from Jd.) jjS Й sprod htham- mo qfbuqi [technicality]#. $prod-de рг.яяг [having come out]#. §5’5^* $prod- dpan witness of receipt of things and of loan given. §prod-ho§ worthy or fit to be given. $pro$-pa [creation]#. {A. K. 111-1). 2. (^) яте, iwh [expres- sion, exhibition, illusion]#.
814 $pro$-pa 1. pf. of §pro-tca. 2. business, employment, activity; spros-pa can busy, employed, occupied ; I*’ $pro$ id.; and spiritual and secular business (Ja.). 3. occurs in чгж [not expanded, real, honest, pure]5. $pro$-med-pa or $pro9-bral tho statoof an absolute inactivity (Pth.): (Л. 78). §pro$~mcg-snan-shu an indiffe- rent application or prayer. Хч' ’S»i-gN-qq the formal piety and the absolute piety. In the first a devetee has to make offerings, recite mantras, etc.; in the latter ho has only to meditate doing nothing more for the attainment of Nirvana. $pro$-gzan the allowance that is given by miser and other tenants towards tho maintenance of men and horses kept for service of the Government (Rtsii.).
Ц 1: pha 1. the fourteenth letter of the Tibetan alphabet corresponding in sound to of the Nagri alphabet, and heard in a measure in the ph of uphill, loophole, etc; 2. num. figure’: 14. Ч II: mystically: 'if it is a symbol of all things its effects not being dependent on ima- gination (Shum. % 282, 283). % III: ftcU, «лиг, ЩгГ father; the colloq. form being w*®* a-pha, in TF. also wy Also=male: pha-glan bull, ^’5 pha-rta stallion, pha-phag boar, pha-ra he- goat, buck. pha-spad— ^'5^’3 pha-daft- bu father and son or father and daughter; ®ffl pha-spun brothers by the same father; w pha-ma parents, father and mother; *’^’9 a posthumous child or one born after its father’s death (Sch.); patri- mony* вгя’вгддгч respect to parents; brothers and sisters born of same parents. afwSj’g gon of good parentage, extraction ; (lit. father as sandal wood) pure blood, blue blood, inheritance; heritage (lit. father’s effects and estates the son inherits). pha-yan or step-father, foster-father; pha-yul father-land, native country: (5jv«) love of one’s country. pha-bsad-pa murderer of one’s father; phabi-gdon§-po patrimony; phahi-pha fcranre in colloq. grand-father; w^phahi-bib 5%son, worthy вод; phahi-ma fucTTH^ grandmother, her mother phahi lofi$-spyod-la phan-pa fcnufhffa: one who enjoys his paternal fortune, enjoying a father’s property. er5»r<rw*rjq Pha-dam-pa safi$-rgya$ an Indian who visited Tibet and founded the Shi-byed-pa Tantrik school. According to legendary accounts he paid seven visits to Tibet in one of which he is said to have miraculously proceeded to China. The chief of his disciples was the famous dtfa-gcig lab-$gron who founded the monastery of Saft-ri EJiamar on the Yeru Tsang-po in Lho-kha. Phadampa founded the monastery of Dln-ri slaft-gor: the monastery founded by him is to the north east of the (snowy mountain of) Lab-phyi (now called Mt. Everest) (J. Zaft.). pha-maki-don the interest or welfare of one’s parents [the food or oblation offered to the spirits of deceased ancestors]/?. ^^'^pha-mahi-mdo Sutra on the sub- ject of the duties of a son to his parents, etc. (JT. d. «1, 266). pha-mift tho friends and relations of a bride; tho friends and relations of the bride at tho time of sending her away; he invited tho relations of his wife’s side
816 и-йя pha-mes 'bj* paternal ances- tors : ая'ХЛ^ f°r the defunct ances- tors (Vai. §n.); pha-me$-$kab§ fan of the time of one’s ancestors. 2. (X*) kht<h [eternal] & pha-»w$ nags any cemetery. Syn. dur-khrod} ro-yi- gnas (Mnon.). мйнч pha-mes-pa farjl [belonging to ancestors] S. pha-tshan paternal relations ; phahi-sde father’s kindrod, also class. g 7) the minis- ters are great as paternal relatives of the devil. pha-tshan-che of noble extrac- tion or birth: rgyal-po pha- t shan-che tho king was of noble pedigree (J. ^). 4pha-gshi ancestral property, heri- tage. phar-hdsin-pa [one who knows his ancestors]^. phar mi-hdsiti-pa one who does not know his ancestors. Ч IV: beyond, farther on ; А'Ч] the opposite side; A’4* adv. on or to the opposite side having gone to the opposite bank or shore; A’9j pha-gi yonder, there (opp. to y9| ha-gi just here); from there or yonder; иЗ] stand there; that mountain yonder; a'Sa there, thither; ч’йггИ'Хч, A**m the other end, the other boundary; иячч*^ without boundary, endless (Cs.); a Jspj pha-phyogs C. = « *4 pha-ga ; A'^ pha-tshad or pha- zad a space, a distance; a bit further on; from there going on some distance ; A^v&ygAXfl^ stepping a little space aside (Ja.). 2fV|| M’j&i pha-khol [obstacle]^. v^pha-gu [ScA. 1. wall; edge, border; 2. tile] Jd. м pha-tift in JV. sweot dried apricots; in C. rnnah-ris khani-bu (Jd.). M pha-mthar §grol as met. boat. apha-thel—*’^ pha-гоЦ adv. A‘W^ pha-thel-du: V?(A. 30). pha-nor patrimony; also burnt brick. а’аХчЛ*! pha-wa dgo-dgo sdug-hdrehi thafi-khug) (Nag.) puff-ball, bull-fist (Vai. §fi.). + a^ pha-bi=^'^ pha-rol. a’5a- pha-boft (in Ld. a'5v) a largo boulder or block of rock; a boulder-liko mass: йЧ*а ^a^j w^^v^ajcjujc.’ al. though four massive lumps of bronze were cast to the bottom of the sea as anchors (A. 92). (Med). Pha-boti-ka n. of monastery situated on a hugo rock north of Lhasa (Rtsii). A' J*pha-rtse = av j^r Aphar skyal-wa (Yig. k. 88). a’3 2>Aa-/sAc = 5AH4| rgyab-khug a bag, a sack, alms-bag carried by mendicants; JM in- side a bag there was a picture of tho Buddhas of the three ages. м ча* pha-waH a bat of any species—the general term .* a o)o|-the flosh of bat stops vomiting. Syn. lpag$-pahi hdab-can; khyim-du hgro* 5*Хч|*^-?5 Ьуа-rog dgra-bo', mtshan-du$ rgyu-wa (Мйоп.). аач| pha-rag 1. breeding-buck. 2. v. wa phar-pa (Ja.). 3. n. of a section in the Dapung monastery (Lon. 16). 4. n. of a place in Kham$.*
cr^.E’1 817 2fX<2r^3j| W pha-raft 1. also 8^* from Feringhi a man of European race. 2. vulg. vene- real disease (Ja.). И’Ч pha-ri 1. in Lh. a coarse covering or carpet. 2. for the mountains on the other side ; yonder mountain. m'Kqi pha-rol 1. the other, ЧХ<Ч, 4Xt^, ЧТХ; also defined as ’KWflflX4 other than self, one’s neighbour; и’Хч'Зto take away a neighbour’s property ; m'Xqi з’^ч another’s property or things. 2. an outsider, an enemy, the opposer; the enemy of man’s peace. But more frq. occurs as 3, rpxfa that beyond, the next world; и’Хч'чх чх^ЧЧ ЧНЧ gone to the next or other world (Л. N 111* 20). 4. for M’Xorg pha-rol-tu adv. beyond, outside, abroad: Й5у when you go out abroad you walk on foot alone without a companion or a horse (Л. 7); M’K«r£‘Xai this side and that side ; И’Хогчрх pha-rol-hkhor further bank or side ; pha-rol-hk hor-wa ЧХЧЧ»; the enemy’s designs, machinations, enemy’s advice [4KWX the further and the nearer bank or shore]#. ; pha-rol-gyi go-wa the space or sphere beyond; ph-rol-gyi-du$ ЧХФКЯ time after death. pha-rol-gyi dmag-tshog$ 4X44i the enemy’s troops; и QKQF'i) pha-rol-gyi zla-dan mthun-par byas-te ЧХМЧТччгч [acting in obedience to the enemyn#. pha-rol-bgrod чгх1ч [being on the other shore]S. pha-rol lHa-xoahi lam u^4 444 the way to the fifth stage of humanity, »>., death, the five stages being the following : S**’4 byi$-pa boyhood, их# lafi-tsho youth, 5x4 dar-ma adult age or manhood, rga$-pa old age, xlq hchi-ica death: <wx;*r§x'$4 (Yig. k. 80). [4W1 may also be interpreted as tho state of being dissolved into the five elements at death]#. pha-rol hjig-rten ЧХ^Н [next existence от the other world] S. pha-rol-tu beyond, to the other side ; sog§-kyi pha-rol-tu to the other or the further side of a river, etc. pha-rol-tu phyin-pa to get to the other side; in Budh. crossing to the other side of this life, etc., «>., to Nirvana. Gen. as sbst.= 4ixfa<n [lit. absolute trans- cendental virtue]#. pha- rol tu phyin-pa Inahi-mdo the Sutra on the five transcendental virtues, viz: shy in- pa чти (charity), tshul-khrims (morality), zod-pa жОн (patience and forgiveness), brtson-hgrus (industry and assiduity) and bsam- gtan ьцтн (meditation or Dhyand). To these five virtues is added Prajha (^'xq qes-rab) wisdom. These six are called их'3^'^ phar-phyin drug, or p>ha-rol-tu phyin-pa drug the six transcen- dental virtues* In the later development of the Mai ayana doctrine ten Paramita were formed by the addition to the above six of the following four : wwthabs (means or resource), ^mon-lam (prayer or prani-dhana), §tob$ (fortitude or moral strength), and ye-$e§ (divine know- ledge). и’Х«г§'pha-rol-tu kha phyog$-pa to go beyond, to look beyond or outside, to go against, to act in opposition to, also to contradict. «rX«rq^ pha-rol-brien ччют [the ex- cellent refuge]#. 104
2R| 818 *Я]’4| ы Хч йpha-rol Itar mi-^nan ($’*w 5'й'Л) (ЛМом.) tho limit of the wide ex- panse of water is very distant. ы pha-rol-gdun 4X^4 [enemies tormented; a conqueror ; n. of a king of Magadha mentioned by Kalidasa in his Raghuvamsa]#. pha-rolhdod-pa ono who thinks of tho next world or existence, a Rishi. Syn. dran-sron; dge-wa $lon {Mnon.). pha-rol-brduft§ [sub- duer of enemies, a victor]#. pha-rol-na ago, on tho other side, beyond. ыХогяХ^ pha-rol-gnon a hero, a warrior who vanquishes the enemy. ьгХ'Ч’яХ^’4 pha-rol gnon-pa — ^W%^ pha-rol rtul-wa to vanquish tho enemy. йгХщ’сця^ pha-rol brnog$ hidden adver- sary. ы Хч ч pha-rol-pa ono living on the other side, an outsider, a foreigner; ^’Xq’q pha- rol-po an enomy, foe; ьгХ'агЩгgorq pha-rol- pohi rgyal-po tho hostile king; pha-rol-pohi dtnag hostile army. pha-rol mi-mnon the ocean. Syn. rgya-mtsho chen-po {Mnon.}. ы’Хч’^’Ч pha-rol bslu-wa w deceiv- ing others by jugglery [magic, illusion]#. bfHjom рЬа-1од$=Ц'*я pha-rol. 4ЧЦ pha-la 1. w fruit {Jd.). 2. n. of ono of the old families of Tibet from among tho representatives of which gene- rals are appointed. They have estates in Tsang and Yarlung and generally reside at the Gyankhar castle near the town of .Gyan-tse. Pha-la-tshan the family of Shabpe Phala in Tsang, pha-lam or a dia- mond. an epithet of Parasura - ma (Mnon.). 4’5) pha-li shield, buckler. 44] phag that which is hidden or secret, that which lies in between; a hidden part, interstice: $go-phag-na$ fyltas- pas having spied from the crevice of the door; чч]bag-mahi phag-iu nal slept in tho embrace of the bride {Jig. 86). ««[•«ж secret path. 44]’4 phag.pa зхтт a boar, hog, pig. Syn. ЗМЯ grofi-phag\ 4-qc. q j fyan-wa-za; ^Я phag-pa chnn- fin; {Mnon.). phag-pahi §na tho pig’s snout; ^Я’ЯЯА^’ phag-gi gdon a pig’s face; Ч*«я pho-phag male hog not castrated ; % мч| mo-phag sow. ^ЯЗ^ phag- krum=w\-*\ phag-fa pork: ^Т»Я‘*^’я9*г <^-вд]л]ы{Yig.). «Я’Вphag-khyu a herd of swine; ^Я’^ phag-mchu a hog; phag-rnche boar’s tusks; ЫЯ’^’^Я is said to be: boar’s tail; ^Яhog’s bristle. Syn. *^Я sa-^log; sa-hjom§\ ^’g man-du-§kye\ ^Я^л nag$-hi-ra\ ф nur-sgra-ean ; mehu-rin; §pu-ren$; hkhor-lohi $na-can ; mehe-wa-can {Mnon.). ЫЯ'^Я phag-mgo a mineral medicine (^’ 8^ rdo-^nan) a stone : *Я (Med.) ; |^Я’*^5^‘*’'Ч’*’Я*ГЧ (A. 4). ЫЯ 3^’ Phag-gun n. of a district in Tibet (Rfsu.); phag-gun rdson the chief town of Phag-gung district. ^Я’З Phag^gru or ^Яphag-mo gru n. of a .district in the province of Lhokha.
819 «qj'frgp jyhag-wo gru-pa n. of a celebrated lama who founded the monastery of Gdan-sa mt hit (Lon. % 5). phag-rgod wild boar. phag-mo 1. a sow; Dorje Phagmo the diamond sow? a Buddhist goddess believed to be incarna- ted as the abbess of the monastery of Samding in Central Tibet. 3. [a kind of plant] S', v. ^‘1 rdo-rje. мд] phag-shag (lit. hog’s day) it occurs twelve days after the summer solstice when if it rains the water becomes bad and poi- sonous (Rtsii.}. phag-sho weight of 31 sho (Yig.). phag-zur, gser- gyi phag-zur gsum-gyis. -q phag-ga pork. phag-rags ramparts, intrench- men t. phag-ri and phag-ri rdson n. of a fort and frontier station of Tibet situated on the confines of Tibet, Bhutan, and Sikkim (Rtsii.) : to the west is Phagri-lung (Kathan. П, 118). swfQic/q phag lan-pa = ty'^'^' myu-gu gin reed-bamboo (in mysticism) (HJin-rda. k). phag-sug-ma a kind of small table used as dining table by Tibetan lamas and noblemen, with legs resembling those of a pig. ‘3,ад|,дч|,я cog-tse-phag- sug-ma (J. 27). ^1 ,fiw| phag-phag [the name given in Pur. to Co doiiop sis ovata, the thick roots of which plant are cooked like turnips or ground and baked] (Jd.). phan for hphan 1. ^‘9 phan- bu or ^’^phan-ma spindle (Cs.). 2. in я’ьк/ Yltsho-ma phan seems to bo equal to 3. v. pan. j)han-kheb^^ jfc* pan-kheb. 2)han-mkhan = (^|**’M) weaver’s caste. Mk ® hkhorJo [a wheel] S. ЧК’Ц phan-wa 'ЭТО, pf. probably phon$-pa, to save, to spare, to use economy: srog phan-wa to spare one’s life; to give without stint; caretui disposition; thrifty, frugal (Jd.) lap, embrace, gr^j = tbe hip, lap]& ph&n~2)hun = wJ^' or bit by bit, piece by piece; also=^’^J rdog- rdog patched (Yig.) phah-phan-da — adv. in patches (Yig.). 2}han-ma 1- = 6^'3. 2. a medicinal plant (Med.). I: phans-pa loss: sjz;srq a-kha phan$-pa alas so much loss ! alas, to aban- don it would be indeed a loss, affection would not forsake it (A. 11). phans-mod (vulg.) hphro-lhag the excess of anything, anything that is thrown out when not required. WW: [n. of a Brahman whom Buddha met on his way to BenaresJS. phat is a very powerful and effica- cious ejaculation used in mantras for the destruction and suppression of evil spirits. In Milaraspa the writer expounds this mystic syllable thus: “Outwardly phat is the condensation of the items of Discriminative Perception, or their amal- gamation- when those items have been
820 ^1 too minutely subdivided and scattered; inwardly, phat is the revival of one’s sinking soul; rationally, phat is the classifi- cation of things according to their pri- mary nature.” %£\phad $5) 1. a largo bag or sack of hair or cotton cloth: the bottom of a sack; a full sack; a sackful; an empty sack; ««S’g phad-bu a small handbag to contain trifles such as tea- cups, saucors, etc.: «tVHS’yrgw*^|phad- buhi thum-thum shig khur (Lam-rim. 139). phad-tse a sack made of yak-hair or yak-tail hair. ^5'^ sacking; «S’* very coarse sack-cloth (Jd.). 2. sting in the tail of a scorpion [also WM3i=curl, lock]$. 43j I: phan a tassel, fringe, hanging ribands, etc. 43) П : postp. until; id. Also in the combination phan-chad or «Ц'^5 phan-chod postp. = beyond, further than, as far as, until : 5 up till now; C. do not go any further than that pl ace. «Ц’ЗЙ phan-t shun to and fro, over and across, hither and thither; one another. phan-tshun [w< split- ting, junction, following, connec- tion, TOH each other, ono ano- ther]^. phan-tshun hgrogs- pa to hold to one another, to associate. phan-tshun rgyud-pa to twist, to string together. phan- tshun-du hgro-wa to walk to and fro, there and back; to push hither and thither; words of mutual friendship (Glr.) ; 5pPT$4|Qr«iч|’ S’l’SV4» 1 mutual corres- pondence, mutual greetings, mutual ^1 encroachment; *^*gKq^q<q to compare with one another, to mix one with the other (Zam.). on each of the two shores of lake Ma-pham, (Mil.); phan-tshun thor-wa to scatter, to disperse. «4 *3^ between friends accustomed to one another there is good agreement; «Ц’Й’ E|5 phan-tshun-§prdd to exchange mutually, mutual exchange. phan-dil round open metal pot of all sizes, a dcgchi, the common cooking vessel in Tibet and India; phan- chuA a small cooking vessel. phan-phun n. of a very large numeral (Ya-sel. 57). phan-phun-du gyur-pa—^’ to disagree, not to be in accord or agreement. 43)'4 phan-pa 1. fact, to benefit, to be of use, to bo useful: ‘й’М that is of no use to me; this son will hardly be useful to me (Jd.). «Ц’ч and ^ySj^q adj. useful: a useful thing, valuable posses- sion, frq.; after all it is of no use to me in my misery (Dzl.); чдп'З ^*q5 a wholesome instruc- tive word (Glr.); useful advice (Dzl.). 2. {TH, w?!, зга, (Л. JT. 1-20) use, utility, benefit; force, victory, ability; also «Ч’Хя4 usoful, profit- able, «Ц’дч’ч to be useful; to befit, suit; serviceable, of good effect, comfortable ; a comfort, blessing; merit. ьц-qr^w phan-pahi-sems bene- volence, readiness to help; phan btag&pa and the administration of medicine to a sick-man:
ед 821 has done a useful work. Where medicine does no good it is said of it: Phan-yul and incorrectly for llphan-yul and ЧП chan-rtsi yeast (Mnon.). In Baltistan едя phab§. ЧЦЧ phab-pa to bring down едч ^ей-ncxj mar phab-pa), v. hbebs- pa perf. ЗД phab fut. 544 dbab imp. ^phob. (Rdo. 46). ЧЛ’^П pham-rgyal—ад q pham- pa dan rgyal-wa. wwk’cr-ц Pham mthin-pa can n. of a Buddhist of Nepal: ям^к^'5 (Л. 87). ад^с/л Pham-mthin-гса n. of two Buddhist priests of Nepal (Л. 86). ад4* pham-pa, pf. of яад4* hpham-pa, q. r. + адед pham-phab=w ч to give to some one the remainder of a dish which one has not been able to eat. phahu=w] pag. Ч^ I; phar [sbst. exchange, interest of money IF.] Jd. Ч^ II: adv. away, beyond, out, fur- ther ; to go off; ад’ядя’Ч to roam on- wards : away from here; ад I do not go away; ад’Зк* go away ! Often used in conjunction with £4 tshur hither, when = hither and thither. phar-hgre tshur-hgre rolling about on the ground (<гогад’£Хчз)’Ч sa-la phar-tshur hgre- tca). ад Ся phar-nos the other or opposite side: ад£я (D.R.) ад* pha-la or ад’|^я phar-phyog^^ phar beyond, further side. ад^ phar-кап = мХя pha-rol or pha-phyogs*. (Л. 27). ад’14 phar-kha=^’Хя pha-rol the oppo- site side (of a valley, river, etc.). ад’Р’^ phar-kha gshan-du phyog§ or phyin-ci log (Mnon.). ад/4phar-kha-na = ад’”И phar-kan. ад*я^ч) phar-hdsug and tshur-rgol = sna-rgol and В phyi~rgol. ад'ад phar-phar indirectly; also even- tually, lat*r on: ад’ад'Я^^’3^’У< in- directly his relations came to know. ад phar-phyin abbr. of н’Хя’§ q pha-rol-tu phyin-pa, v. я'Хя pha-rol. ад’*5 phar-zad^'^S pha-zad. ад’яphar-la 1. beyond: Йч^адя after one year. 2. over there: ^’*|*$’Я’уад’я over there at the foot of a tree (Hbrom. 106). ад’Йо]phar-log tshur-log topsy-turvy, upside-down ; all confused together. ад я phar-wa the lesser wild dog, Сион primcevus; ад’д^’ phar-spyan Pallas’s wild- dog, Cuon alpinns. J phal-ga the river of Gaya anciently called Nairanjana (Nilajan) mentioned by the Chinese traveller Thang- ning under the name of hphag^-chu. 4^’4 phal-pa—S^'^ dkyus-ma common, usual, ordinary; that which suits or is fitting for: n a more than ordinary beauty (Jd.) mi or 4]E/,3q]a$q’q gan-zag phal-pa common people, i.e.., so-so $kye-bo ordinary people, not uncommon or incarnate in origin; рй phal-rnam§ common trees (Mil.); phal-pahi $kad the language of common life, opp. to cho^ka# book language; phal-btaA
822 ед I — mi-hos-tsa/н unfit, unsuited, also very common, w* s phal-che-wa or w2j& a host, a troop, mass of people; *)‘Sj\wq*^<q mi-rgod-phal-po che shig a troop or sot of monsters (wild mon). phal-po-che a class of Mahayana Sutra comprising six volumes containing brief accounts of gods, demons (К/tea), the sun-god tho moon- god (ыЦ Й5^), etc.; and also of tho formation, dimensions, duration of tho world; of the different Buddhas, Bodhi- sattvas ; also of how and what to pray for, etc. phal-chcn $de-pa the Mahasam- gika school of Buddhists. wi*. phal-cher яти 1. usually, mostly (Л. 7Г. 1-2J). 2. ^-q, 4ft many, majority. phal-can IK., broad, wide, e.y., a broad valley; phal-med narrow. phal-ku gani=^'^ $kye-wa. birth, (mystic) (7Г. g. I4, 28). pha$ instr, of by tho father; *^’3^ pha§-$pitn children of one father. phas-kyi-dgra ЯсЦиЫ [hostile, opposed, enemy]#. wtfjqA pha? rgol-wa, pha$-kyi rgol-гса an enemy; of the opposite side, of tho counter- party (Ja.). pha§ pham-pa bshi the four fundamental sins:—or impurity, or stealing, or killing, srarq or frivolous and irrelevant talk. pi [1. num. fig.: 44. 2. IT. for B, for 3'4] Jd. phi-lift or B'Sft’4 phyi glin-pa a foreigner, one of the outer continent, t.e., a European. The common term for an Englishman. phig-phig 1. adj. jelly-like. 2. a kind of jelly. phin 1. a kind of vermicelli made of pea flour and brought from China. 2. earthen-ware cup. Phift-gi^ n. of a mountain in South China where some of the finest tea is produced (Jig. 16). Ifc q or for B^’q- to phib$ dome, canopy. 1. under a canopy or dome of a house. 2. residence, house (Шоп.). phir-wa in W. to fall down (Jd.) phu the upper part of a sloping valley; the higher ground. 3*3 phu-chu river coming from above; 3’4**^ phu- chuhi-rgyun the upland stream. З’^Ч^Лм- lhag$ higher situated and colder places or districts, opp. to rgya-$od open lower and milder parts. 3‘2F< phu-gra§ an cider brother (Jd.). phu-thag fyod-pa is described as to reflect on the real meaning, not to make any mistake about the real meaning of a thing: З'^ргЯ^’З* ^^5 there is doubt whore there is no arriving at the real meaning (Rtsa-ti. 2). For derivation of phrase v. Jd. 3'44l’ phii-thag rift-thuft occurs in З^’4!^' 3*3^* phu-thuft or 3‘V’ phu-duft asleevo; with short sleeves; 3V^ phu-dun rise sleeve-edges; 3 V)^S phu-(duft) yod one with sleeves, 3'^S phu-med sleeveless (shirt or robe); 3 V phu-ruft sleeves: w (X120) in the morning there was a fellow wearing long sleeves. 3 3^‘ p7zw-Z«4=3'V’ phu-duft a-sleeve.
9’3)! 823 W + 3’^5 jfl/w-cW honour, respect, esteem; 3 ^5’§5'q or 35'ЭД*^ to show honour, res- pect; 3’^5'4=3^q?, q^S4 to bend or bow down respectfully. Phu-na n. of a sacred place of the Bon somewhere in ancient Persia (6?. Bon, J). + 3’i phu-nu the elder aud the younger brother, or brothers; З^’* or ЗЛ'^ sisters; elder sister in modern Tibetan = ^’1 a-lci. phu-nu-mos bsruns- pa Hpnft-TfWcn [protected or supported by one’s sisters]^. 3*^ phu-bo=w£ a-jo or E’E jo-jo a man’s elder brother; (Hbrom. P, 35), phu-wa [pf. of ^S’q hbttd-pa to blow; col. used for the latter] Ja, phu-mo a kind of plant growing in the glens of high mountains. 3‘3,'g ‘Й Phu-rtsa gyc-mo n. of a village in Stod-lun situated N. W. of Lhasa, the birth place of JBbroni-ston Rgyal-wahi hbyun-gnas: $4’3^3'^ (Pon. *, 3’^ p7^-ron=3*1^ : З’^’З’В a flock of pigeons. phu ians-pa (in the eolloq. of Amdo) to be irritated, enraged. phu-phu an expression of disappro- val. when Atis'a was unwell (hearing it) he said phn- phu (Л. 115), 3’3’^’S phu-phu-mi-bya зпеч* do not blow wind with the mouth. 3’*$5 phu-(pid the hoopoe. In eolloq. pu-pu-kyqu. 3 phu-se mouse, souslik and similar rodent quardrupeds (Jd.). 3*I’g phug-skya=^]'*\% pigeon-hued, of a light blue colour (Sch,). 3*1'^ phug^han («^ nags) woody, wild. a bear. phug-thogs-pa [quiver- ing, vibrating]/?. phug-pa grr, recess in a rock, a cave, cavern ; in eolloq. “ tak-phuk ” 9*T3*I; 3*1’5 p>hug-tu into the hollow; *15 3*1 cavern in a steep river-bank formed by conglomerate; 5^V3*1 the solitary cavern of an anchorite. 3*1 is also loosely used to designate the dwelling place of solitary meditative lamas, whether actually in caverns or not. Syn. 53*1 dbug] brtol\ bug-pa by as (Mnon.). 3*l‘q’§3i’3q Phug-pa Ihun-drub rgya- mtsho n. of a celebrated author born in Lhokha. He wrote commentaries on the works of Pad-dkary Sha-lun, and Gsal sgrom, W*phug-ma dust, chaff: *g^V’^*F §'3*1 я chaff of rice and barley, etc. (Jig,), phug-ron a pigeon. Syn. ^5 $*Г‘Ц5’^ skad-cig hdod-hlan; co-co-sgrog; rdo-yi zas-can; rgya-phyibs-gnas\ chah-dig-snan; hphrul-wahi mg-сап (Mnon,), 3*1^'^’ phug-ron rkan fwi n. of a medicinal plant, [^зш the plant Cassia alata ; fqw=the heart-pea Cardio- spermum halicabum\S. Syn. phag-gdon ; phag-mo (Mnon,). phugs 1. occurs apparently as a fut. of hbigs-pa (Rdo. /rf>). 2.
824 824 the extreme or uttermost part, the extre- mity ; that which is innermost; ЙЯ^’3'5 prob. = ultimate design; ЗЯ*^ in the end, eventually, ultimately ; ЗЯ*^ SojXts’ how will it end ? what will be the final issue? (Ja.). phugt-ma mthon-icar hphral-rtsod (Hbrom. Г20). ^Я^phug$-lon a provident fore- seeing person. ЗЯ^’^ phugs-su-bros f^5r<X escaped to tho interior (of tho house or country); sunk down, set (as of the sun). W* phugs-ma [interior]S. ^•^•ыр/шЯ-Jan-nia go$) wf^ waist- coat. phun-pa=^f^ brlag-pa spoilt, blown out, destroyed, lost, etc. hthab-krol mclessyS.; also=^’c<’wZiA’yq tho causo or root of many evils and faults. ^’F phun-kha med-par hgro- wa) (Khrid. 1J7Y phun-hdib to back-bite (Sikk.Y phun-wa, v. 4 hphun-wa. ^*Я^ phun-gshi, destruction : ^’ЯУЗ’ they brought about such dissension and destruction (Rdsa. caused to be killed or spoiled. phun-son destroyed, ruined, upset, fallen. phuft-po 1:1. ^*, (Г?'**) bundle (of hay, straw &c.). 2. ($Гя'*Я^) [a herdjS 3. II; 1. symb. num. 5. 2. ^rz a piled-up hill or peak, a mound : 9*q5’S** ЧЗП the vulture-peak hill \phun- po also=any heap; many things brought together or collected under a certain name or head. 9^1 : the body—the philo- sophical term when regarded as a bundle or agglomeration of component parts: ^w-wV3'«|c/Zr^zi all animated nature and beings like the Qrdvakas, Pratyeka-Buddhas, Arhats including the Bodhisattvas; such as have for the first time conceived faith in Buddhism and those who have attained that stage from which they will not return to this world being included in this very comprehensive term (Bbttm, Я, 77). nani$-pahi phiin-po Ina the five aggregates that are subject to destruction(1) ЯВЯ^З’З^ ^xrewtho aggregate of form comprising the organs of senso, viz., taste, smell, sound or hearing, sight, and form which is not perceptible ; (2) comprising happi- ness and misery and indifference to either of them (q^S ^Я^, ; (3) 3’$F’2i comprising and A wfWK; (4) which includes (d) com- prising (the mind) and all that have grown therefrom, and (b) ^’§S; (5) -^5 $E/q rnam- par $e§-pahiphun-po the aggregate of consciousness comprising all knowledge conveyed to the mind (Lon. 9). There are also ^wqq^c/Zrg the five aggre- gates not liable to destruction: (1) Bw3^rzi | (2) 5 । ; (3) mi^q I stsjtws ; (4) V<’ q^QTqq^Z|| (5) Besides these there are moral and physical aggro, gates such as |^'3'3^'5| faults; V^-^-qi virtues; xrnrcrfa sins; butes and talents; $'SF’51
825 951 water; fire; etc., etc. Altogether there are 84,000 Wvrfa (Ya-sel. 272), i.e,., conceivable aggregates of mental, moral, and mate- rial substances. phufi-po-can=^& v. a tree (Mfion.). дсгЕгЧ’Я’й Phufi-po ri-wo-che n. of a monastery situated on the top of a hill in Tsang ; in its neighbourhood there is a Bon monastery (Deb. % 22). phufi-po gsum-gyi lam- ston-pa the instructor of the way (regarding salvation of the three aggregates), an epithet of Buddha Г.). phun-po gsinn-pahi mdo n. of a Sutra also called the confessions of tho sins of a Bodhisattva (Yig. 13). ’Efc'SM phufi-f)or-bya$ [heaped]$. phwf 1. v. ^S'q5 pf* sbst. that which is taken forth from the rest; a specimen ; also a first taste or experi- mental trial. In common life, especially a sort of first fruits offering, a portion selected and offered to gods or driza. thug-phud or 5 lo-phud an offering of the first fruits of harvest; sru$-phud offering of ears of corn wound round a pillar of the house; ^'35 rdo-phud, *i $5 sa-phud an offering of stones or earth when a house is built; these materials being used for manufacturing images of gods (Glr.) (Jd.). 2. phud-dub skur- tca— spyi-wor b§kur-ica or q ytsug-tu b§kur-wa to carry a present on one’s head, to offer respectfully {Mnon.). ’fl phwj-pa 1. pf. of hbud-pa thrown out. cast out; turned out, dismissed 9^1 (servants, etc.). 2. hair-knot, tuft of hair, ex 4VJJC- Phun-glin abbr. of Phun-tshogs-glifi a great monastery of the Jonang-pa sect in Tsang (Rtsii.). phun-chag bundle, tuft (Glu.). phnn-tshogs or adj. [possessed of the three:— grace, glory and wealth], perfect, com- plete, sublime; also as sbst. mass of merits, perfection, quintessence, all that could be desired; frq. = heaven, paradise. phub armour. 1. shield, plate or breast-plate: ko-phub a leather buckler; phub-pib$ the cover of a shield; ^'3 **phub-kyi me-lon the centre of the shield (Cs.). 2. canopy, a project- ing moulding; BMSq khyim-phub a roof constructed like a canopy ; phub an umbrella. phub-pa, = q hbub-pa to probe into, to penetrate into the meaning, to get at the sense: (Л. 126) if one enquires of the Sdul-wa Bdsin-pa in order to get at tho meaning of these expressions. phub-ma ?jq 1. chaff or chaff-dust with particles of the husk. phub- mahi-me дчрга a kind of torture which a penitent undergoes by burning his body with the glowing fire of rice-chaff. 2. gleanings, stubble, straw-ends. Syn. 3pi]*rq lkog§-pa\ spun-pa. phur-pa 1. any peg, staple, or large nail whether of wood or iron; but usually = a metal three-sided dagger, not in any way pointed, used by exorcists and lamas in their ceremonial, wherewith 105
826 theoretically they stab demons. The shaft of this instrument usually comprises the heads of throe deities cappod by a projecting representation of the horse- headed Tamdin. Usually, for the smaller or того ordinary implement the term is not 3*^ but phur-bu. 2. adj. and adv. piercing, piercingly: to look at one with a piercing glance of tho oyo; to im- plore a god very earnestly. one with brandished dagger having risen up (A. 131). phur- hgyur pegs to which tout ropes are tied in pitching a tent {Rtsii.}. phur-wa l.=^q or <44'4 (Mftondi, v. to scratch. 2. Sch.: to emboss. 3. n. of a disease (JdX 4. [strung, tied, connected]#. svg phur-bu 1. an epithet of Vrihaspati the spritual teachor of the gods. gzah-phur-bu thursday. 2. v. QVq. Syn. lha-yi bla-ma; Й mkhan; ^lo-ldan-, me-bshi- §kye§; tshig-fydag; $gra-mkha§; ’^ЕЦ lhahi $lob-dpon; $na- tshogs gtsug-can ; ч^т] rig-byed-hdag; gre-$kyc$-, htsho-byed-, $mra-xnkha$-, bcu-gni§ hod- hphro*, rig$-$kye§\ rrdho- ri^-thob; hbar-wa-ldan; ptsab-ldan; ^’5’4|W4S’*]§S f in-tu gsal-ivahi gcud; tshig-ldan ; mig Adan; dpyoi-ldan (Mfton.). S^'SST4) Phur-bu Icog n. of a small mo- nastery situated in the neighbourhood of Sera toward tho east (Loft. \ 17). phur-ma 1. = ч$чя hbur-ma 3^ relievo work, embossment; also a vessel Ё|| made of a leaf doubled over in funnel shape. 2. fine medicinal powders, any- thing volatile. phur-ma gsum- pa a medicinal root. phur-moft (ace. to Jd., =jv3fi) a medicament: Phur-moft sgaft n. of a place in Tibot (Deb. <4, 24). phul 1. phyag-lta-bu a hand- ful, also phul-gaft. 2. чи, fwqfo [bost, issued]#. phul-tu phyin-pa qft- ннгчя [finished, perfect, accomplished]#, reached the climax, i.e., attained highest point, victorious, to have got the bettor of au argument; ho became a great scholar (Ja.). phul-du byuft-wa attained excellence. phul-byuft or accomplished, perfect, eminent; tho Tibetan translation of the personal name of Atis'a. phul-гса, wFva [repre- sented, delivered]#. 1. pf. of ч v. я^-q hphul-wa and hbul-wa. 2. an offering, a present. Syn. *д«гч hbul-wa; phyag-tten; $kye§; rnam- g§hag*, rdsa$-, mdun hjog ; 3'^ shu-rten (Mfton.). lihul-icahi btuft-p>hor [a drinking plate]#. $ phe 1. JP, and Sikk. for | phye ^5 powder, anything pulverized. phe-phe-shib-mo 55 fine powder. 2. num, fig. 104. $ phe-ga is an exclamation; occurs in the passage (D.R.). pheg-tdog ччи [a musical instru- ment, a tabor]#. pheg-rdob l.= pheb-kyaft w&n when соще. 2.
[a small drum, or tabor, or a kind of cymbal]#, сгтет^ч is a long drum used by the Indians as a musical instru- ment. pheb-rdob-pa a minstrel. ФГЧ pheb-pa 1. pf. p>Jieb$9 resp. term for to come, to arrive, to go, depart» Is in very frequent use in ft ga-le pheb a farewell salute to a visitor: “go gently!” я pheb$-par §mra-tca to ask to come, to invite. Зя*г&ч« pheb§- tshogs instructions, or anything that is sent as a favour: pray, may your letters also come like the stream of a river (Yig. k. 69). яд’Ч pheb$-bsit-ica or Зя«г^я phebs-gso-wa to go and meet a person in the way for his reception. pher-wa to be able, to be capable of, equal to: go, if from your heart you can do so (A. 65); ^у^яггя^чя^я^ he was able to consecrate others (Deb. % 23). <К*я also=serviceable; an equivalent. й-^’Я incapable, not serviceable, = $'«Ц‘ч (Khrid. 28). я-3)уя4< (A. 84). ^’2f pher-po one who is clever in conversation, correspondence, or diploma- tic business, etc. (Yig. 13). pho 1. an affixed particle or perhaps adj. signifying: male, paternal: a male fowl, cock-bird; wa-pho male fox. 2. also sbst. a male; and occasion- ally, a father (not however commonly): male and female; handsome man. Applied to animals seems gene- rally to indicate castrated males; but pAo-rtay$=the male organ of 827 generation, and id., virile power. 5‘Д^’ pho-glan [the lungs, the bladder]#. Ч’^5’4 pho-rgod-pa [raising, eleva- tion]#. 5’^я pho-che-wa=frJW khen^-pa noble, exalted. 5'^5 pho-nid [coming after, successive]#. + 5’44]'^q pho-thag che-ica = and Н^’я khur-che-ica (Mnon.). 2. ==§’q‘ *#я [ta-ica mtho-wa. spun rgan-pa elder brother (Yig. 11). Pho-wo-ldoft n. of a clan (Yig. 7). 2f’*l =54^*5 ma-nin-pho herma- phrodite of the male class (Mnon.). 5’Й pho-mo man and woman; male and female. pho-mo-med no difference of sex exists; terms sig- nifying cohabitation. че;*^ Pho-mo Byan-than mtsho a large lake in Tibet on the Bhutan frontier lying between long 90° and 90° 30'E. at an elevation of 16,050 ft. pho-rmotis the penis. pho-rtsed §na-dgu the nine different sports or feats of man as men- tioned in Rtsis-len. pho-tshod acc. to <Та. = %'Ъ pho-so: do not boast of pro- phetic sight. pho-mtshan f^= masculine gen- der ; the male organ, the penis. In the Dulwa 5*54^ is termed and its work is called ww.
^•t^E-q3Q I 828 Svn. hdoms-kyi $ba-wa-. й'У^ ?л -ha-na ; ^*^5^ he-ma-na-dpyad; dran-pahi ka-wa; Й Sqc/ pho-dwaft ; Q7chag&-pahi rgyal-mtshan ; </- aft-po ; »рн9V84l’r3 myos-byed lcag$-kyu ; mtxhan-gtun-fin; hd >m$-kyi rnjug-ma (Mnon.). 5 “^ pho-yan and Йхс/ pho-ran, also Йpho-hran~an unmarried man. %pho-lha 1. tutelary deity of a man’s rigid side \JdX 2. Ся.: sir, as polite address. 2?£Ц pho-yig the male letters of the Tibetan alphabet which are ’H, 5, q, \e. ; among the thirty letters tho first <d each group being regarded as a male I iter xSitu. 60 . Pho-yoft-fyzah n. of one of the queens of king Khri-srofi Idahu btsan (Lofi. % 8). % 3 ч Pho-lha-wa or й'дргц! or чг£ the family descended from king Miwang Pholha Thaiji, originally occupying tho village of ^^4^’ in Tsang iLtfi. % Г2>. Й-я^ pho-fan explained as |*rq'VrT4 §куе$- r drag-pa (fitsdX Й й pho-so one of position ; %q jAo-so thon-pa = ^^\^ one who has made himself prominent, distinguished. In JF. йй1^ proud, haughty. pho-ria or й pho-na-wa a messen- ger, deputy, envoy: Й’у^ьх pho-па gton- n a, й y№|,q pho-ria mnag-pa to send, despatch a messenger. Also, a spiritual messenger or angel: л^Ч’^д’Й’з bde-wa an-gyi pho-ria the angel of paradise; Йз gpu-rjnhi pho-ha the messenger of death; rgyal-pohi pho-ria ambassador, envoy. pho-ria-mo 1. female messenger. 2. gen. a Й mistress, female friend (Mfion.). Й’У«Р*Г pho-па gzig-gi §log-pa-can a lit. messenger wearing a leopard’s skin=9*4 (Sman. 350). Syn. nan-rna; 5’»r$ Lya-ma-rta; gtam-ikycl; hphrin-^kyel; bafi-chcn; ban-phyin (jjf&w.). Pho-brgyad and Й'^ч] pho-drug a silk scarf for presentation (S. kar. 179). pho-wa (resp. gdfy Cs.) 1. colloq. the stomach. 2. second cavity of the stomach or tho reticulum of ruminating animals (Jd.); WTHmn [the receptacle of undigested food, tho stomachJS. Й*ч§^ч pho-wa IJid-pa to overcharge the stomach, to clog; в'Ч'^’А pho-wa $ol-wa to purge, to cleanse; Йх^ pho-fian a weak stomach; Йx цзе,* pho-wa-fyzafi a good, sound stomach (Jd.). Й55 p)ho-drod (lit. warmth in the sto- mach) digestion: one in whose stomach there is no heat will not be able to digest food (Sog-dpe.). Й })ho-wa-g.dag$ (w^t) [imme- diate]^. Йххсц pho-wa-ril (also Йх^м or Й’Чад) black pepper. Syn. na-le fam ; ЙХ’^огд pho-wa ril-bu. Й qc pho-bran ягнк palace, family oastle; Й pho-bran-hkhor a town (Mnon.). Й’3^хдкч^4|« pho-bran hbum-gdugs n. of a palace built by king Gnam-ri sron-btsan whore under royal order medicinal drugs were assorted for use in Tibet. 5]^ й дс.* palace of the Sikkim raja. Й O Pho-bran Yum-bu kla- §gan the most ancient stone structure of Tibet built by the first king and said
829 to bo still kept in some state of preser- vation by the Dalai Lama’s government (Z Zafi.\ ^'5^Pho-brafi, me-tog-can the capital of king R&ma. 5’gc/ Chos- rgya! pho-brafi ancient capital of Tibet in Yar-lung in Lhokha now in ruins (Rtsii.). pho-btsog or Ч btsog-pa. 4’^ pho-tshos 1. [inference, estimate, measurement; one’s own esti- mate of himself, etc.]#. (Khrid.). 2. rouge for the cheeks of ladies. pho-rog eolloq for bya-rog the raven, said to possess the power of foreboding ; consequently omens are drawn from its cry. pho-rog-mig (lit. the raven’s eye) n. of a medicinal herb (Vai. $fi.). 3 pho-len byed-pa transferring of Jongpons from one district to another: the tran fer of Jongo officers who were instituted by the former kings (Rtsii.). pho-log a disease of the stomach resembling cholera if not cholera itself [spasmodic cholera]/?. : the lo-tsawa having died of cholera in Nepal (A.). pho-lofi [a kind of jasmine]#. pho-lon pho-diran (Jd.). phog 1. v. чЧчр 2. wages, pay, salary; 4 yearly pay, monthly salary, daily wages; an officer at Shigatse who pays and looks after the maintenance of the Tibetan troops on the Himalayan frontier. 3. pension, gratuitous support. phog- rgyar allowance in meat, each pound being called rgya-ri (Rtsii-)- 5^’яэ^ phog-bzan or officers or servants with allowances either in money or in kind; any allowance (Rtsii.). phofi, v. hphafi-wa ; phofi- wa (Glr.) for pafi-wa. phon- gyur-wa [afflicted]#. phofi$-pa WHU, 1. poor, needy, destitute: destitute of food and wealth ; devoid of religion and intellect; 5=3 the poor and miserable creatures (5$ dgu being here sign of plural). 2. poverty, misfortune. phofis-pahi dus [time of danger, evil, cala- mity]#. (A- K. 1-40). РЫ-ка (or a kind of stage-dross of the lamas; masquerade garment with long sleeves: jpr*he put on a cloak and stage-robe (Khrid. 106)- phod-can ; comet. Syn. mjug phod-can; du-wa mjug-rifi (Mnon.) ?V*’*I5* phod-ca-gzah. 2^’q phod-pa— ’tW 1- to cope with, to be able, to coerce: q although he was scarcely able to part with; ^ #5 I cannot boar to se* that. 2. to withstand, be a match for: who can resist good food and fine clothes ? phod-pa-can bold, daring (Cs.). phOn ОГ l.=^4|N4 bundle, truss, sheaf. 2. = 4^'5 chun-po
830 bunch, cluster, umbel; tuft, tassel (Jd,); (lar-phon, skud-phon (Cs,), phou-cheii a good deal = ^'4 much, many (Rtsii.}. phob v. hbeb§-pa. ь phom-ра^ф'Ц bum-pa a pot, jar. phor-rni trap, net to catch birds: ’^Я^’^Я^ЯЯСЯ^ ?Л^Я4^ next (lay at evening ho laid a fine trap (Rdsa. 10'. 34 *4 p/ior-pa drinking cup or vessel; ?Я^ iron cup, 5^1'4* silver cup, Я*^ golden cup, glass cup, ^Я barley flour-bowl, spyin-plmr glue- pot ; cloth for wiping a cup. рЛаг-n/= phw-pa. phol in 1П any blister caused by burning. phol-mig 1. a circle, disk. 2. a bad sore, ulcer, boil. 3^’5 phol-ta = $*J> i)hen-tc. phol-ica=^]Nq I'togS-pa* 2fc< phos = pho-yis. 2. pf. of q hbo-ica. 3. v. Я рЛул 34 phyva lot, luck, chance, for- tune, good luck: 3 J4’4 to cast lots; §w gc.^ good, bad fortune or prognostics (C- .); B^'3 prognostics relative to property, family, etc., by casting dice; 354 Я^* lot (good luck) and blessing; g54Я^’^ЯЯq to call forth good luck and blessing, to secure it by enchantment (Jd.). 3'^5* phya-ken tse one who pre- tends to know tho issue of fighting between gods and demons; a Bon necromancer (D,R.). g^ phya-mkhan = fortune-teller. 3'^ phya-tshaii the fceces of any infant, new born colt, calf, etc., that died immediately after sucking milk, and used as an augury: g'^i §^Я55^Ч The expression З^ЯТ|5 ph у ahi gto-spyad occurs in 3 ^Й^дЗ’Я^З^'Я^Я*^ (D.R,). g’я^’^кд^*Я 5^ Phyva-hphrin nor-bu rychag-rgyal (я^^ЗЯ^ЗГ^) n. of a Bon work to hear which brings good luck and fortune (Rtsii.). gx phya-ra door-curtain of yak-hair cloth. + phyaJe~wa=^M^M fine, smooth refined, pleasant: khyod ini-mnam-pa not smooth-going, rough. Phyasafy (Qol-la-hthen n. of a son of Gyen-san$ phya-la hthen (G. Ron. 2J). phyag ф|чг is the resp. word for ^Я the hand; and from the use made of the hand in salutation by orientals, tho word has also come to mean: solu- tion and reverence. ЗЯЛ^’ back of hand, ЗЯ^4 the wrist, зя**^4 the thumb, all resp. terms. ЗЯ55/2^ at the first salute; ЗЯ with unnumbered compli- ments ; ЗЯ’Э5Ч, ЗЯ***5Ч to pay one’s respects, to salute; ч^’дя salutation by prostrating the body on the ground; qgw ЗЯ salutation by bending tho body and touching the ground with the head: ЗЯ welcome! ЗЯ ^'Я^Я^Я is form of welcome by a host on arrival of a guest; ЗЯ‘5w8’ Я^’ id.; ЗЯЗ^З'Ч phyag-gyen hgyel or ЗЯ’ phyag-gyafi hgyel suddenly falling on the ground (like the falling of a dilapidated wall) to make salutation: ^q’U'
831 3WI the midst of his pupils he saluted (him) by falling down on the ground (A. 23). phyag-mkhar (resp. for ярч’ч) handstaff. ЭТ’З phyag-rgya [the clenched fist, seal]S. 1. resp. for J a seal; 3*[j’4^wq phyag-rgya hdeb$-pa to seal, to confirm by a seal. 2. a sign or manual gesture; the manner in which the hand and fingers are held by Buddhist saints and lamas when performing certain reli- gious ceremonies or mystical rites; also, symbolic devotional ceremonies by Tantrik priests. ^*5'ЭТ'5 when making offerings to a deity, term for the peculiar gestures and signs of the hands and fingers. These are different in exhorting, or threat- ening or in binding a deity to perform some religious duty in the names of Buddhas and Bodhisattvas; and those who are adepts in such mystic signs are said to be able to exercise great power over spirits. It is believed that snags, 351J and (mantra, mudrd and samadhi) are equally efficacious when they are properly uttered or performed. the mudrd of speech consists in using mystical language and signs; the mudrd of the mind is meditation on the deity. i: phyag-rgya chen-po is said to be a figurative designation under the Madhyamika doctrine, indicating a mode of attaining Nirvana by highly mystically-developed devolves while indulg- ing in sexual embrace; the woman so embraced is called (private sakti). Likewise this sexual ecstasy is termed 3^’2* phyag-rgya-ma or las-kyi- phyag-rgya НТГМ37- n: ig decribed in both Shtra and Tantra. 1. the special meaning of Mahdmudra is Anuttara, the supreme and absolute doctrine; it is described as the knowledge of Dharma Karma (its practice) and the vows. 2. according to the Tantra: Phyag signifies the knowledge of Cunyata, while Rgya conveys the meaning of liberation from worldliness; and chen-po signifies both these important functions being brought together. This occult Buddhism was first taught in India by Padma-vajra (the senior), Saraha, Nagar- juna, Ri-khrod dwan-phyug, Maitripa, etc., and afterwards it was taken into Tibet by the Tibetan sages such as Marmije, Sgam-po, Phag-gru, Sakya Pan-chen and others (J. ZafL). 3*4'2’* phyag-rgya-ma [a posture of the hands or feet in the practice of Yoga or meditation]^. But v. preceding paragraph. 3*4gN'*Wq phyag-rgyas mnan-pa to overcome evil- spirits by gesticulations; 3*|' phyag- rgyas hgrol-wa to set them free, by dissolving the charm (Jd.). 3*4* phyag-cha any manual tool or implement, resp. for ^*4*. 3*4'«* phyag- cha^ instruments (symb. of attributes) carried in the hand, or used in performing religious dances, cf. 3*4’*^ • 3*4’*^ phyag-mchod for salutation and worshipping. + 3*4'4^ = hkhor- gyog qfkrrK attendants, retinue. phyag-snigs= gad- snigs (flag. 38). 3*4phyag-rtags 1. resp. for lag-rtags sign of the hand, impression of a
34'^1 832 5ЧГ*Ч blackened finger in the place of a seal. 2. in Sikkim, hand-token, «.<?., a present (Ja.). 3*4’^ phyag-rten = W*, 8’^ pre- sent, souvenir with letter {Mnon.). 3*4'^ n [orders, instruction, message] 3*45* phyag-dam a seal. Syn. dam-phrug \ thchu-tse {Mnon.). 3*451'4 phyag-dar-pa a sweeper, duster; or Эт5*^05 ЧГЩП dust-heap; 3<’TV'3 HVS'**1 or чэч vestment or cowl of a mendicant monk patched with rags gathered from rubbish heaps. 34 3* ^ phyag-dar legs-par bya$-pa ччЪг’Т- фсг [rendered clean or pure, swept well, cleansed well]#. ЗЧ’Ч5* phyag-bdar—^\\' 3S'q TOTH clearing from dust, dusting, making a thing clean: byi-dor- gyi la$ the work of cleansing, sweeping, dusting {fiag. 38). 34phyag-deb occurs in 34'^ {Rtsii.). 94^ Phyag-rdor or 945^1 Phyag-na rdo-rje also called ^45^1 Lag-na rdo-rje «пофц the Bodhisattva Dorje Chang or Vajra-pani in his wrathful manifestation, the chief of Tantrik deities. Syn. gsan-tcahi bdag-po\ gsaA-wa-hdsin \ ^45 lag-na rclo-rje gsan-wahi-rgyal\ ^V*'34 rdo-rje dican-phyugrdo-rje-eafi; q rnthu-stobs bdag-po (Mnon.). 94 AX t'4Kg^ Phyag-na rdo-rje go§- on-can (4^lHn- of oue of the most terrific manifestations of VajraPaui; his body being said to be then 26^,000 yojana high. In his right hand he carries a flaming pointed vajra (thun- derbolt), in his left hand he holds the king of eagles ; eight huge snakes coiled round his arms and feet serve him for bangles; six thousand tiger skins sewn together form his garment. He prostrates himself before Buddha and prays that ho may gain perfection. 34AK^'**5q55’q, 4^*’ one hundred and eight epithets of Vajra Papi together with Dharani (contained in K. g. % 73). + 94 Phyag-na pad-ma QVirfti an epithet of Avalokites'vara {Yig. k. 5). 3459^’ phyag-dpuA resp. for arm. 34'5^ phyag-dpe resp. for dpe-cha a hand -book, book in general. + §4‘^ phyag-sbal 1. = ^ ^’ prison house. 2. resp. = 34^* {Cs.). 94’9 phyag-phyi=<¥№'3 shab^-phyi attendant, man-servant; 94'3’3Vq phyag- phyi-byetf-pa to be a servant. 34’3'^ phyag- phyi-la or phyag-phyir hbreft-wa to be a follower (of a lama); train of servant, retinue {Jd.) 34’34 phyag-phyig I. a very large numeral; 3434W|4’w*w {Ya-sc I. 57). 2. чж [remnants of food, a small portion]#. 34’1* phyag-bri* resp. hand-writing, manuscript; but gen. = a letter: your kind letter, your friendly corre- spondence. 3*4 phyag-hbul resp. gift, present. 34я51' phyag-hbyor^^^ phyag-son. phyag-ma broom, dus- ter, mop. S’TSfl phyag-snian 1. resp. for tnian. 2- = S’! phyag-rten. S4!^' phyag-tshaA=*^ эджт a cook:
833 he who knows the science of cooking is said to be a cook (Can.). tjnpMqq phyag-tshal-wa <nr- bowing down, profound salutation (Л. K. 1-2). The erroneous Budh. etymology is: 3*4 — sweeping out all defilements and — begging for virtue and blessing: in mak- ing prayers or reciting mantras one should bend his head respectfully and then pros- trate himself on the ground (Spyod. 17). phyag-htshal-lo НН: I salute. phyag-md.sod one in whose baud the treasury is; a treasurer. Syn. «^5'q rndsod-pa; nor-gju г; ban-mdsod-pa \ no&-skyon§; nor-b^run^; nor-gna&pa; rndsod-hdsin (Mnon.). ЭТТphyag rdsa§ resp. for nor- rdsa$. phyag-shab$ resp. for rkan- lag (Schtr.). Хч phyag-ho$ worthy of saluta- tion, worshipful. 5ЯЛ phyag-ra prob, for ЗЯ 5] phyag-gra privy, water-closet. In W. also ЗЯ4 phyag-sa. g4|'<4^ phyag-lan reply, the return for a salutation, reciprocal greeting. д<рчм phyag-la^—\\^ phrin-las resp. for чч work, business. + phyas-la$ khom resp. for ч’Х’ч ra-ro-wa. ЭТ phyag-ten resp. for ,<5Ц practice, excercise, also ceremony. 3*1лЦ phyag-scn resp. for nails. phyag-son~%R receipt of cash, cash in hand (Yig. k.). ЭТ’^<ч phyag-srol law, regulation ; tradi- tion (Jd.). 3*1 ЗЯ^4 phyag-lham a kind of slipper which the Buddhist monks in ancient India were permitted to wear: ujaj only the 5*Г^’ and those above him may wear slippers with a hole at the centre (A. 22). phyan-ne-vca 1. hanging down ; (acc. to Cs., 2. wh slender, slight-made; acc. to Sch.3 straight or stretched (Jd.). See hphyaft-wa. t$F&\phyan -chad=^**\ certain, sure, decided. 3^ phyan-phrul necklace; pendant ornaments (Mnon.). gE. uix, phyan-yar~ hphrin-la$. 35‘4V(SC'’?V4 phyad-par on-pa [uncurtailed explanation or exposi- tion]^. 35’|5 phyad-phyod or 35Л adv. des- criptive of uncertainty of movement, e.g.^ not going by the straight path: ’«rtfa’W 35 riding on a horse going this way and that way. 55’35 phyad-phyad awkward gambols, clumsy attempts at dancing (Ja.). 35^’Ц phyad-pa also ^g54 hphyad-pa constant, firm, persevering. 35‘q^ phyad- par always, continually, perpetually. continually revolving; uninterrupted revo- lution. phyam also 3^?^ the resting beam of a staircase or ladder. Also: prop, bracket, mortice: 3»Q^ phyam-ina§ the transverse ledges on which rafters of a roof rest. З^’З'З’^ phyam- gyi spyi-rten чгг projecting bracket. 106
831 §,<Яph>jam-phyad=w^S miiam-nid btato of evenness; equality. phyar-wa to let float, hoist (a flag). Syn. 4 sgrefi-wa; §lofi$-pa. < Jlnon.Y р/г?/аг-А7ш blame, affront, insult. phyar-phyur МГТС u. of a large numeral ^l”a-wZ. 56). 9* phyar-gyen-can given up to enjoyment of worldly happiness. 4-» phyal— q $ku-yi lto-wa belly, stomach (Cs.). phyal-phyan-ne or 9ТЙ pkyal-mo prominent or hanging paunch. -4 phyal-phyd n. of a large number: S'4 q Ya-sd. 56). 9^^ phyal-phyol яяя [bowing down]S. ; 9*ч^А phyal-le-гса—Щ** level, prostrate. phyi 1. adv. behind, backwards: to lie on one’s back; В я® Jq q phyi-hgro rgyab-pa C., to retreat, to walk backwards quickly ; Вbehind; g from behind; but see also under 3. below. В’я? q to walk behind; В ’Fl a back-hand blow; Вto look behind, also B’^4 a back- ward look; BV’ the heel. 2. or В'ч phyi-la after, afterwards, adv. of time; g’| earlier and later, also former and latter; Вsubsequent increase; ^B at a later period, sometime after- wards {Dzl.}; on the following day (Ja.). 3. also Вoutside; B* the m out^r; B'5**^ husbandry,farming (GJr.); g-S)‘the outer sea, tho ocean ; B’^ people from abroad, foreigner strange people; Вforeign land; W (when) either guests or strangers have come; eamo indoors from without; B‘S3 phyi-dgra foreign enemy; B'*'4 phyi-rgol Tcrf<T adversary, antagonist (in a lawsuit or controversy); Spq^ Bphyog§-phyi-nia id. дчо] phyi-thag in future, eventually, afterwards, in remote future {Jlbrom. F,5). = % future life: resided here--not having seen anything that would profit (him) in the next life (Л. 6). B 4^ phyi-than a threat, menace. B'5^ phyi-dar later development: B’V'* 3 V* period of later development or diffu- sion : ВV’g*V phyi-dar §fiar-dar earlier introduction of Buddha and its later development. В5 phyi-dro or B’X phyi-ro ; colloq. “phi-ro, ” the evening: В‘?ё’^’ during the six times between morning and evening {Zam. £). B q^ §S 4 phyi-bdar byed-pa is explained as to make clean by sweeping away whatever is filthy (#ag. 38). B'<^*phyi-nan 1. the outside and inside; В1° ^urn inside out; ripe both as to the outside and inside. B^B'^S Hindus clean out- side, Buddhists pure inside;—so say the Buddhists of Ladak. B^ 4^’ Pure as to thought and action; the three inner outer and intermediate (pro^ vinccs, ete.). 2. inside: пап-du rgyan^-te calling in from outside;
835 calling inside one who had gone on to the roof {A. 113). phyi-nan-min [not in the interior, ?.<?., an outsider]#. В phyi-na$ 1. in future, in time to come, later on; from outside. 2. = t^'^ rje§-na$ again, subsequently (Л. K. 1-6). В phyi-na§-gdun = *35’4 hgyod-pa repentance {Mnon.). ЭЛ3' phyi-nur—'fy1^ phyi-hthen {Yig. 83). B’$K^Vq phyi-nur med-pa or В'£5‘^5'q phyi-nud med-pa without fail. phyi-phyag byed-pa to request for the last time; to bid farewell, to take leave. phyi-hphrod чтцтж [the even- ing]& e\ S’* phyi-ica 1. in eolloq. “chi-phi” the large marmot found throughout Tibet. 2. v. *B’q hbyi-wa. B’^ phyi-pur a kind of ornament, similar to ®Ц. phyi-ma see also B^ phyi-mo 1. later, subsequent, following: g’ww §’B’*»4 not having digested the first (meal), to eat additional quantities ; Вthe later ones, the modem; iial-wahi phyi-ma the last going to bed. 2. W4X the posterior. В ЯВ* phyi-ma phyi- ma each following one, every one conse- cutive in a series (Jd.). B’^w*phyi-mahi- mthah [western border, extreme end]#. B’w5’^ phyi-mahi-dus Ч^Т^ГГ^Г, ч’чхга [future or aft er-time]#. В phyi-mo 1. grand mother. 2. [small particle]#. 3. late, as adv. or adj.; also, last, the latest, as sbst. B’^’ *§^'4 to have become late; B’^V1^ those who came last; eolloq. f^*A’54|,q’^B4rB‘^' kho-raft rtag-pa-re-shig phyi-mo $leb§ he always arrives late. In W. and Sikkim sounds “phi-mo.” B’q<M phyi-bshin or B^’q^ adv. aud postp. after; В’ч^х?‘ч, to pursue; also a follower; В'Ч<М’В^ ^4 q?’q to go after, etc. B'q^ phyi-bshin phyi-bshin = 1^^ (тИиоп.). phyi-bshin hbrafi-icahi dge-sbyofi. [an attendant S'ramana, one resembling a S'ramaria]#. phyi-rabs the later generation, posterity. В Лч|’4чphyi rig-pahi bon-dc gsum the three sutras of Bon in reference to their outer doctrine:—(1) I (2) । (з) ^-^^w*^- S’lJAq. These three are said to have been delivered by Shenrab on the top of Sumeru mountain to king Kon-tse JIphrul. B’^ phyi-rim, in Pali 4rfv^ outer- zone. phyi-rol the outer side, outside. я^Э’В’^ the outside of the bed (Glr.) ; B’^’^—5,—are adverbs equiv. toBB’5> B’^ outside, out of doors, from without ; also occur as postp. on the outside of, etc. In mysticism: to believe goblins and demons to be really existing in the outer world. В2rg‘ phyi-vol-pahi dwan-po Ina the five external members of the body which are: *4*1'4 hand, the legs, *^*4 the belly, *AW privi- ties, tho speech. В^5’qAg phyi- rol-gyi don yod-par-§mra [a class of Buddhist philosophers who main- tained that the external world was real]#. B’Xq q phyi-rol-pa or B’q phyi-pa a non- Buddhist, more particularly a Brahmanist;
836 phyi-rol pahi or В’ФХч phyi-pahi cho? the ^oetrine of the non-Buddhists. B^o] 4 phyi-lag nan-hbrcl-wa to have confidential conference, to discuss any matter without letting the public know it. В phyi-leb a felt rug (Rtsii, 46). B^ phyi-qo? behind, later, latest. Syn. rje?-ma; rtin-ma Ynon.). v. B*4 phyi-ma. B'4^ /)Ay:-££oZ==B*^5$qq phyir-log rgyab-pa (Ya-sel. JJ). phyi-sa — ^excrements: й B**J §*Xqi unclean things and ordure throw out (Zam. 4); 4 я 4'54* after- wards (it was their lot) to cat dung (Dug. 10). СЧ Ц phyin-pa (44'3) [the quantity of wool necessary for making a blanket]&; felt much used by Dokpa nomads of Tibet for tents and carpets. 3^^5’q phyin-hdnd-ра to make felt, to mill (>SVA.); 3^'3^ phyin-gur felt tent, a Dokpa hut; B^'^5 phyin-?tan felt-carpet. В4 VI* 4 Phyin-dkar-ica n. of a place in Tibet; I*2JB4’VI*’q n. °f an image of Buddha of that place ^RtsiiW B4S£5Phyin-bya Stag-rtse rdson n. of a district in Lhokha near Rphufi- tjya§ ‘ Lofi. % 14)* Cs phyid after, following; BVfa phyitf-nin the day after to morrow (Cs. Jd.). Cs ^/^’4 phyid-pa l. = 4V’q to suffice, to be sufficient: ^<^35 Ito-go? mi-phyid food and dress were not enough, did not suffice; tshe-phyid-pa to suffice life, to sustain life. 2. to freeze, become frozen : 3* 9)’hM^wvBS*3^’ byaft-gi mtsho- rnarns phyid-byufi the northern lakes have become frozen. C\ phyin-pa 1. (vn, ПН to go), set out: lam-du phyi-yul-du phyin-pa gone on a journey; gone to the country, gone to the other side of the sea, done thoroughly: ^'^'S*4’ if I g° iato the house (A. K.). 2. to reach, come to, arrive at: Bv^^V4* has Mila arrived here— thus they asked; chu-de cifi-gi stefi-du phyin-nas padmahi те-tog Idifi soil when the water had reached above the tree the lotus-flower floated. « to reach the ond, to com- plete ; also a perfected one, a saint: ’q5 as a sign of having com- pleted the three stages of meditation. phyin 1. that which is to arrive, what is subsequent: В 5’^phyin-ehad later, hereafter; B^'^S’?54 phyin-chad §dom bound over for the time to come; B5’*5A’%* ^‘§5’ henceforth do not act like that; 5’§5’*5 from the present moment, from hence- forth ; ^35’*5 einco, since that time, ever since. 2. for В outside (Jd.) З^'^Г4*^ as there was no wall outside; 55'55 phyin- dgra a foreign enemy (Glr.); B5’Q4*4 phyin- la? outside business, foreign affairs. B5^5'q phyin-ci log-pa fmJrH, falFU that which is false or deceptive or mistaken; B^^5^Kq45'^ phyi-ci log-gi? ?lad~de corrupt, depraved by perversity (Dzl.); 35 w'^5 q phyin-ci ma-log-pa it is a fact; 4^'4т?435’$***correct view, opinion (Pth.); §TB5’*» ^4l'q with a never- erring mind (1Л7.) (Jd.); ЗЦч a perverted mind; g 4 3^*3 2fa| ч false view or doctrine; 54 ^5q incontrovertible (JT. 47). 35 ^^5415 phyin-ci log-brjod
837 5=4 blasphemy; syn. sman-pahi-tshig, b$kur-wa-hdeb$ (Mnon.). phyin-phyod (5J^) n. of a numeral. СЧ a(lv. again, back: B^’*^*4 to return [1. adv. back, towards the back, behind; B^’^’4 to come back, to return (Dzl.); used in a special sense rel. to re-birth: оц’4|3ч| B* once 4 о return (to this life); to remain behind, at home (Dzl.); В*Л^ГЧ to leave behind, at home, to lay aside, to lay up (Dzl.); again (rursus), to get up again, after having fallen ; B*’?4!’4 phyir-ldog-pa, to come back again, to return ; B^’?4!’ phyir [dog-pahi lam the way back, the return (Dzl.); B^ ^14 phyir mi-ldog- pa the not taking place of relapses, the prevention of them (Lt.); ВМ4!’4 phyir- zlog-p)a to bring back, to draw off, to divert from; Вк^ч^ц?^4 to return to life; having recovered (Dzl.) ; B*he replied to his mother (Dzl.) ; to make one ride backward with the face to the horse’s tail. 2. poetp., e.g.^ behind, after: (Pth.) will you follow me ?] from Jd. сч : outside, forth, out; B^ from an interior to an exterior place, to cast out; $vB* ^‘5 all coming forth; В^Э^4 to come out; phyir- §kyur-ica to cast out, Ba'cW^ turned inside out (the lining of a coat) (Glr.); це/ч khafi-pa-la$ phyug$ phyir bda§ drove forth the cattle from the house ; placed the lamp outside; $fB^’Kal^,q not to let out at the door (Jd) ; B’^'B^* lot out the dog. B^T'4 outside aggressor, foreign foe ; B^’^'4 4 to expel; phyir-bsrins sent off. phyir-ipched-pa to reveal a a^i secret, to spread or let out confidential news or information. g-g qc/Xwpr)- the important policy of the state whether of public or of private interest should not be revealed to one’s own son, brother, parents, wife, and near relations, or to any whomsoever (D. $el. 13). СЧ III: or B*’^ I- postp. because of, on account of, by or through : ^В^В\ЯК^§^ through what have you become like this (Dzl.); ^^’B^ why, where- fore ; члчI have come because he came ; because of having done you harm (MH.). 2. for, for the sake of, in order to, for the purpose of: B t the plumes of vultures were stuck up in order to roof him in overhead (Pih. 128b.); gdul-bya dan-wa hdren-pahi phyir with the object of attracting converts; 5^'цЯ’В^ because it is necessary. C\ IV : adv. afterwards, subsequently. В^’Ч^'Ч* §5*q phyir-bcil-war byed-pz = ч to obstruct, to put hindrance to. В**чХ*г</ phyir-bcoppa or = to reply, return; [remedy] #. B^V’4 phyir-dran-wa sfrefa [against the hair or grain; disagreeable, hostile]#. B* ph yir-phyogs=B* ’®4I [having the face turned back; disinclined towards; regardless of]#. ger^’XwwB^’B*]* being devoid of holy virtues he turns his back on religion (Khrid. 17). B^S4!44 phyir phyog$-pa = F B^V4 1° look back or forth (Mnon. A. K. 1-12). phyir-hbur-wa [tg^con- found]#.
838 3*4 phyir *hbran-wa=or g^TS’4 Tje^~su spyod-pa to follow, to imitate, to go to imitate, to go in the foot-steps (ДГйснЛ ч phyir mi-nur-wa [not to change place with]#. B^’lU’q phyir mi-hofi-ica ^^TTHT^Ft [that will not have to come hack; tho Andgamins are those who will not have to be bom in the world again]#. ^'^q qphyir mi-hon-ua-la hjug^a MRnnfH- [one who has attained to the state of anagdmQS. B*'^’4 phyir-hon-wa wr- [to come back]#. уд copy of a reply that has come aft ei wards. phyir-lau hon-zin-gyi true copy of a reply received UV к. . phyi$ l. = 5'4|^S da-gzod and da-$dod (Mfton.) adv. of time and place : late, last; at the back, behind, to the rear. Often with : B*1^ having come later, or at last; В^^Л#4^’4” because cries for help were arising in the rear. aftcrwaids, later, here- after; B^q'^ at a later time, ^B^’ ?q'<^ id. Occasionally used like a postp., e.g., after he had be- hold, after having seen. B^ /<№‘4 phyi$- lain kheg&pa to prevent the recin fence of a fault, guilt, mistake or irregularity (D. feZ. 10). 2. sbst. rag, scrap of cloth : ^q'B^ rag for the hands, ^‘BN nose-rag, B«‘B« phyi$-$kye$ younger brother or sister. Syn. mi-bo; q§^-2j genft-po (Mfton.). В*гчХ*1 phyi§-bcos sfwr amendment, reparation. phyis cho$-rgyun=^'*Y^'^ rje^-su chos-rgyun : B^ the later development of religion and the intermediate great deeds (Yig. k.). + phyi$-bu=%\ $nod a vessel. phyi$-byuft-=- any- thing that will happen afterwards; after consequences (Rtsii.). phyi$- hbyuft ji-byed what to bo done when a thing happens afterwards, i.e., to provide for a contingency (Yig. k.). ph у tig or gq’^i phyug-po adj. rich: gq-Ej^wg^^gq^I Sfl'JTqIF the wealth of the rich being taken away from them should be distributed to the poor. gq Q чдЕ.4 q^ there are three classes of rich people :—(1) Bgq 21 the best who aro rich in righteousness (reli- gion) ; (2) agc/sbujKgq q the intermediate who are rich in men (friend, relation flowers); (3) 4^’Bgqq the last are those who are rich in possessions. §q Й phyug*ino a rich lady ; gq gS riches, wealth, opulence; gq^vc^q to grow rich; §q SB4 rich and poor; ^q’SS'4no difference between rich and poor (Jd.). Syn. nor-ldan', *5*^ hbyorjdan; yo-byadJdan; rdsa§-ldan; ^5K§qq nor-gyi$ phyng-pa ; gqq dtcaft- phyug-pa; ^q Q phyug-po; gw’^q khyim- fykig*, q^’S gtso-wo; dpon-hgo\ *4^ dpon-mgo; rngo-hdren; rje- tco\ phyug-cheir, ^q*§^ lhagJibyor', yaft-dag-hbyor; hdrin-pa; jo-bo ; «EA’q^q mfiah-bdag; (jpon*, X^5qc/ nor-dican (Mnon.). phyugs TO all beasts that can be domesticated or subjugated by man: camel, horse, yak, cow, sheep, goatr etc., gen. translated ucattle”: phyug$-§kyon herdsman; gq^B^q rich in cattle, cattle-wealth (Мйдп.). §q*T5^£^4
1^1 839 SM phyugs-dan mtshufis brute-like: (JT. du. 51) the man whose mind is under the influence of wino is like a brute; ’ЯШЦ | whoever does not think of other persons’ interests, his behaviour is similar to that of beasts (Cdn.). phyug§-deb=^\^ phyug$-rtsi§ a register or account of cattle. phyugs-bdag—^wffi'^ dwafi-phyng chen-po mjqfr Mahes'vara (Mfion.); phyugs-hdul taming of beasts, breaking in horses and mules, domesticating animals (Behu. 174) ; 3^’ qjmc/S phyug$-g.yaft-mo cattle which have lived a great many years (Yig. 8). + phyug$-phyufi~^*\^ gshon- nu-ma a youthful maiden. = ,q or (Mfion.). 1. really perf. of, but sometimes used instead of, hbyin-pa (Rdo. 46) to cast out, throw away; banish. 2. to be in excess, to be more than what is required or can be accommodated in a vessel (Yig. 28). 3. sbst. the excess or overflow of a thing in a vessel (Rtsii.). phyiir-bu 1. hay-rick, shock of sheaves, heap of sticks (Jd.). 2. the solid substance obtained from milk devoid of butter: 3^’4* phyur-$kam dried curds (Rtsii. 49). —s I: ph ye 1. flour, meal, flour of parched barley=£«4 2. for 3‘* phye-ma dust, powder, etc. ; зччч]^ phye hthag-p>a or phyer-hthag-pa to reduce to flour. 5^‘B rgyag&phye flour as provision for a journey = ^q, also parched meal; g^’B lcag$-phye iron filings ; rdo-phye stone reduced to powder, small particles of stone; ifa’B §po$-phye, tsan* dan-gyi phye-ma fumigating powder, san- dal-wood powder; bag-phye wheat flour or barley meal; SH'B brag-phye small fragments of stone produced by stone- cutting; ^’3 qin-phye saw-dust; gser-hye gold-dust (from Jd.). ^11: occurs as pf. and impcrat. of q- v. B’4)?* phye-gtor offerings made of barley-flour to spirits (Jig. 36). 3’« phye-ma powder, dust, v. В phye. 3’*r$«iphye-ma-leb abutterfly (Yig. 36). 3 phye-leb ser-khra n. of a vegetable medicine: Р11Уе$ half; a^Bs midnight, §Bs zla-phyed half a month. BS’H phyed-ka one half (А. K. 40). 35'7F' phyed-krttn — ^^' §kyil-krufi drawing in one leg and stretching out the other. 3S‘g^’fl phyed-$kyil-ica to sit in a cross- legged posture but not exactly in the manner of Buddha : чзад with the real body seated in a cross legged posture but not meditating (A. 11). BS’i^’ phyed-glift peninsula. 35 * partner to one half: as I have still a partner in this business. BSq phyed-pa—t^^ hgyitr-ica to change, changing; nii-phyed dican§-pa a mind that does not change and remains firm (Yig. 42). phyed-po that which has changed. phyen-=Y^\hog-rlufi dri-ma (vulg. in Sikk. and W. pronounced > as phen) wind, flatulence: ^B5*B 3 ^B^’
3^51 840 at midnight the child let go a wind {Dag. £); phyen-qorsoH a wind has escaped (Jd.). ^4’^5^ phyeni-red the whole after- noon, e.g.) from 1 p.m., to 3 р.м. (K. d. *, <J, 396; S 4S). ’K phyo-phyo is defined as khyi-la r bad-pa to incite or set on a dog. phyogt 1. that part which bor- ders on another greater part, the base, the side, the outskirts ; with reference to any place—the direction or quarter in which it lies from the speaker : З^^'Ч phyogt-su towards, in the direction of; in the front, ahead, the front side; wih?; from whence ? there, thither, in that direction ; ^’рй’З^’Ч towards the nape of the neck {Vai. ; in colloq.: 54!*174 towards, in the direction of ; 3H4’ together, at one time; also one-sided, prejudiced. 2. В4!*1 is also used figuratively to signify a man’s side, part, interests, benefit, party; the benefit of anything in general: t0 gpend for the benefit of religion; to take tho part of another, to embrace another’s interests; in favour of, for, in behalf of, for the benefit of : q to die or to undergo death for the sake of a close friend (J/ZZ.); phyogt- mthah ultimate end or use; the part or side of a person or faction; В я phyogs-phyi-ma an enemy's party or Fide. 3. the cardinal point, quarter or direction; the four points of the compass; on every side, in all directions; all round (a person or place); from all sides, frq.; tfefijipyogi the zenith ; *4’54” hog-phyogs the nadir. sa-phyog$ locality, region, country: y°ur neighbourhood or your country. phyog^kyi mukhyud=J\^ hi-та the sun (Jfnoa.). 4. about, lately: about 3 o’clock 5. symb. numeral = ten. Syn. tfon\ kun-khyab (ДГЛоп.). З^’Й’Я^2* phyogt-kyi glafi-po 1. [A famous Buddhist logician born in Kan chipur in the Deccan. Ho is the author of Prftmanasamuccaya and NyA- ya-bha§ya, And was a contemporary of Lha-Tho-tho-ri of Tibet. He is des- cribed in the Hindu works on NyAya philosophy as being a man of extra- ordinary genius]^. 2. the ei&ht mythological elephants which guaid the “ quarters ” of the woild are :— (1) sa-srufisJni; (2) pad-dkar-can; (3) Qyon-phyogs; (4) 8a-mo$; (5) gwl-byed', (6) me-tog so-ean; (7) kun-gragt; (8) cha-mdzet. phyogt-kyi gotgeer-bu, ^’^5 got-med яп naked, uncovered (Mfion.). phyogt-kyi gcod-pahi bgegt-bshi^ the four obstructors on Ohe’s four sides or towards the four points of the compass :—(1) .hbyuft-wat gcod-pa; (2) khamt-kyit gcod- pa; (3) $A^wr«rpfv<i Iha-hdret gcod-pa; (4) dgra-yi$ gcod-pa. 5^'5^’ phyogt-tkyoft the guar- dian of a quarter or direction. phyogt-tkyofi rgyal-po the guardian kings of the four quarters. The
841 second of the four great kings of the world:—(1) sa-hdsin rgyal-po \ (2) phyogs-skyon rgal-po; (3) rigs-drug rgyal-po; (4)^’3^’ 5*rq hdsani-glin rgyal-po. the ten great gods who guard the ten sides of the world. phyog$-go$-can an epithet of Mabes'vara. Phyog§-glan ftwn n. of a great Buddhist philosopher who was con- temporary with Kalidasa. See I. bjqjag’g’^ phyog^na-ma [1. nor- thern or left side. 2. second part of an argument, reason pro, the reply]S. Phyogs-can n. of a Risi (Ya-sel. 53). phyogs-bca tho ten quar- ters, all sides; all directions; v. above. Phyogs-bcu mun-sel n. of a work in Tibetan which is considered as an indispensable traveller’s manual (Rtsii.). phyogs-chahi rtog-pa hesita- tion or scruples arising from feeling an interest in a thing. tham$-cadall quarters: from all quarters (they) сото to your help (A. 61). phyog§-mthun=4'**&.4 phyogs- mtshuftt appropriate, suitable, adequate (W)- phyog$-bdag as met. the sun (Mfton.). Also=iftqfu [1. the lord of the earth. 2. the guardians of the eight quart ers.]& g<ipr^’q phyogs hdra-ica also pihyag^rntshun^ similar. phyog^naft-bycd the illuminator of the quarters. phyogs-me# impartial; without country; a vagabond: f4lN’ is said to be a stranger Pandit who has no fixed residence (Л. 13b). phyogs-med-ma 1. a prickly medicinal plant [Solanum jacquini\S. 2. a young woman, a girl just budding into youth (Mnon.). phyogs-mtshams the limits of quarters; boundary, Phyogs- mtshams-ma a queen of the yaksha (K. gu. 5,130). khas- blan§ promise; to promise, one who has become a party to, one engaged to a party. phyogs-ris inclining to one side, partiality: all the established doctrines of the orthodox Buddhists are impartial and unhostile evidences. (Lon. % lb). Vide 2. phyogs-la§ gol-ica-W'*^ lam-nor-wa to mistake the right way, to go amiss: ^’^3’43i‘^'55,gqjN,4^’^4,qQ’5r (Yig. k. 10). gqpr|c?phyogs-lhun 1. partiality, <Jj J f sjvi'3 if one is partial and prejud- iced one becomes bigotted and regards another’s religion with intolerance (Lam- rim. 23). 2.=*^'^’ chags-sdaft. gqprq phyogs-pa 1. to go aside, diverge, to turn; vb. n. chos-la to turn to religion (Schtr.); phyir phyog^-pa to turn aside; phyir phyog$-par byed-pa to divert from, to dis- suade from (Ta. 12, lb-); hchi- khar phyog§-pa turned to dying=nearing 107
842 death; Qftfvqarjqto turn one’s back on worldly transmigration. gojsra mAon-du phyog§-pa 2. to become visible, to make evident, to face or front: growing from a rock facing the south side (#. Lam,}; in order to bring this meaning to light, to express it clearly (Gram.), 3. to be openly or evi- dently attached to, strongly turned towards: ^5’^ rgyud-la to a Tantra or treatise. 4. [adj., sbst. attached to, following; a partizan, an adherent] Jd. ’fl phyod-pa to be thorough, to carry through: very pushing; by proceeding quickly a long journey is accomplished. phyor 1. n. of a numerical figure (8, Lex,). 2, in kha phyor-wa for mchor speaking vainly. phyol-ya$ a numerical figure. I: phra ace. to Jd, all these expres- sions эд’р, ч'5чч> signify to insert an ornament of jewels, to stud with jewels, etc.: '^'3 q^JVq bedecked with different kinds of precious stones and metals. 3’^5 phra-med the displaced procious stones such as rubies, sapphire, turquoises, picked out from ornaments (Jig. 10). 3’3^ phra-rgya$=ffifa^ misery, because it first comes in insignificant form and then assumes more dangerous shape and important dimensions. %tf\phra-dog envy. II: or яд*д 1. fine, thin. ^^’5’3'q in reference to the doctrine . of Buddhist 5^1 • subtleties; gvW’a body, a? slender as a thread; Sfrgq a thin or slender waist. УТЗ=3*Ч^’ a poor, humble man. 2.==^’Я wg [minute, atomic]#. = 5’w [the act o£ whispering into the ears; treason, dis- union]#. phra-mo thin, little, small: g Йsem^can phra-пю rnam$ ani* maleuloe; ^'3'^ na-phra-mo little as to age, trifling, slight; rnam-rtog phra- mo slight scruple; ё^’З’Й rdsun-phra-ma a little lie; g'#&i phra-mo-tsam slender, g'^c/gq phra-shiA phra-wa subtle, ex- tremely fine; 3'^q phrashib very fine, minute, exact; g ^q^NR^w phrashib hthu$-hdem§ all the minute details, com- plete details. д'адч phra-phab-pa to cast a horoscope, to predict good or evil by interpreting reflections of any thing on a mirror; 3 phra-men magical forecasts. 3 if the imago of the immaculate moon be thrown on a mirror, from it can be drawn the essential condition of an object in the three times, i.e. past, present and future (A. 3J). phra-gsa§ gshon-nu an epi- thet of Hjam-dpal dkar-po of Bon mythology I).II. phra-ma 1. fTOH one of the four sins of speech, calumny, slander, &c. 3X fl|Wq to calumniate, slander; 4 phra- ma shu-wa id. (Jd.) it is not right that a gelong should speak words of calumny. 2.= *^’35 a weapon of two tongues or points, [two-tongued one, i.e., snake]#, 3. a needle. phra-mahi^nad n. of a disease.
843 phra-mohi-xhin [a field of Panicuni mtliaceum~\S. Sfl phrag 1. intermediate space, inters- tices, a ci evice, ravine. in between, in the interstices, and as postp. betwixt; v. ЭТ is also used as an auxiliary particle after cardinal num- bers, to signify a collective body: a hundred, a thousand, S4) a hun- dred thousand, bdim-phrag a week, йГЗ4! a month. = (Mnon.) 1. sbst. the shoulder: дч|’Ч’«гчч|«гч to load on the shoulders; 5q]^’^gqTq’'4 to climb on the shoulders of a friend; the flesh of both shoulders. at tho moment the word was uttered the bird without greatly increa- sing the flappings of its pinions earned both the brothers on its shoulders (Tan. d. 4.) phrag-byufior shawl worn by the lamas as an upper covering or wrapper leaving one shoulder bare; phrag-pa-gyas right shoulder or arm, д<Г«г*|^ phrag-pa- gyon left shoulder or arm. g<T*to phrag- mig swathe crab; n. of a kind of spirits having eyes on their shoulders. 2. vb., also ядчр hphrag-pa, to envy, to grudge (Сз.) phrag-dog turf, (Л. K. 1-2 J), envy, jealousy; дчА^Ж^’^’ ^3’^'3 on the rock of jealousy the tender shoots of merit will not grow. phrag-dog-gi dri-ma the defilement of envy; phrog-dog-can jealous, envious, grudging. phra^ v. hphran. gc/q&j Phran-btsan n. of a plaeein Tibet (Rtsii.). ^yphrad 1. a particle added to words or letters to show relationship to another word in a sentence : it is necessary to learn the proper appheation of these particles (Gram,) phrad-gan hthob It a-dg os-pa (a beginner of grammar) must see what particles should be applied (Situ. 118). rnam-dbye-phrad the signs of cases, as §, ч, etc. 2.=^ phrad-pa is a form of *gS‘q; WRTH, meeting a friend, collision; 4 rlun-dan rliifi phrad- pa wind rushing upon wind. gS’3 phrad-po for 05’5 khrad-po (Vai. sn.). phran or 1. a little, a trifle; trifling. 2. part of the body. 3. knives and other small instruments used in surgery (Jd.) g^'^’ phran-chun humble or little self (common in letters); phran-tshegs (vulg. g^q|) = g^’g. Also as adj. small, insignificant: the minutiae of religious dis- cipline (Jd.) phran-tshegs hgrim-pa [practising in small degree]S', g^ phran-tsho we, our humble selves. phral 1. present time, just now: EA’^rwg^ in my country at present (Jlbrom. 10J). g^’^ phral-du adv.=S‘^, freshly, recently. 2. described as: U 80-sor kha-bral-wa enumeration; separation. phri-wa v. фч or SSq $brid-pa to diminish, reduce.
^1 844 phrm=^^\ hphrin news, tidings, intelligence: com- municating news, sending it out and abroad. phril vulg. for $*4 hril used by the herdsmen (Dok-pa) of Tibot: mt shan-phrilmtshan-hril whole or full night. phru-gu, v. phrug. о phru-ica = (col. £*** rdsa-ma) earthen pot, pan, stew-pan. Syn. zan-rdsa; йчл mi-tha-ra ; чХ gf bv-rdsa] gyo-piod; khog-ma {МпопД. + phru-ma 1. tho womb; also explained as meaning: {Khrid. 46). 2. = 3'3^ a palace, castle; also=S^^ dmag-sgar military encampment. phrug 1. (or or |’3) child; the . CS . young of any animal, 0^ khyi-phrug a pup. Syn. bu-brgyud] bdag- §kye§] lu$-las-hph(l] 3^’3^ bi*an- §kye$] Bi khyehu] S*^q bus-pa {Mnon.). 5^13 3^ phrug-gu ^kye-ica to beget chil- dren, to bring forth a child; 34! y)hrug-gu chag^-pa pregnancy, a pregnant woman {Mnon.) ; З^З^'4 phru-gu gso-wa to rear, to bring up a child ; 3 ^’q phru-gu for-pa a miscarriage, abortion; phru-guhi du$ infancy, child- hood ; da-phrug orphan; ^'З4! пл/- phrug bastard; ^’3*1 tshon-phrug the merchants of a caravan in their relation- ship to their leader {Jd.). 2. fine cloth or woollen stuff: suam-phrug woollen cloth; S'^j spn-phrug fine strong serge of which the robes of Tibetan great men are made. phrugs or phrugs-gcig one day with the night, a period of twenty-four hours : tho work of one full day (day and night) {A. 7 J); Vi й^| ’65'q how ono with three vows should observe (practise) them day and night or within 24 hours {Qd. 6). ЗЯ**'* phrugs- nia цтч: [a period of three hours] phrum in 3*V* j>Aruwi-n/$=carti- Iago, gristle {Jd.). phrum-gsar, in a fresh phrum yields vigour and increases the semen; phrum-phrum= X^X4! rdog-rdog. phr(hu=%$kye-rags phra- tco a fine sash; acc. to Cs. = 3phra-mo. phren=^w 4f^, qrfa, W order, line, row, stratum. Phren-po n. of a place in Tibet. 3^ Phrtft-po shi-tca n. of the Lama of that place (Lon. 4)- phren-wa, L v. ч hphrefi-wa. 2. ПТМТ, wtw order, row, many in a line or order. Also a garland, wreath; further=щцнт^п, rosary, string of beads. ч phren-du b$grig$-pa (^r З^чузрс^’З) arranged like the order in chandas rhythm. 3^'*^ phren-thag a rope, garland; phren-ldan-ma a cascade (wr^ hbab-chu) {Mnon.). 3^’Ч’« phreft-wa-ma HTfa5?! [a female garland- maker] S. 3^4*41^ phren-wa-gsar a Nepa- lese.
351 845 cjE/Уч]^ phren-thogs an epithet of the god of love, Kama (J5. ch. 5). З^’Ч’г^ phren-wa~can 1. n. of the king of swans (Mnon.) 2. Frat, Frairr^ [a garland-maker, gardener, or florist]#. •s ph rid derivative from *35’^ hphrad* pa to meet; and signifying khat which meets or crosses over another, that which is aslant something else: 3V*i across, at an angle to, 35’^ id.; phred-lam a path (horizontal or inclined) leading along the side of a mountain; phred-gtan bolt or bar ot a gate (Jd.). 3’^ phro-yas (9J^) faufK n. of a numerical figure (8. Lex.). phrog^ pf. of sX^’q dphrog-pa, fut. bphrog (Rdo. b6)\ but ordinarily S34! is considered to be the fut. ЗЯ*^4! phrog$-$igy imp. of hphrog-pa. 3^ phrob, n. ядч hphrob. 3*1 phrol or hphrol, imp. of *3^ q hphral-ica. 3*1 phro^ v. *3’4 hphro-wa. Phrom n. of a country situated to the north-east of Yarkand and north of Tibet where Buddhism flourished in and before the 10th century A.D.; but there- after it became desolate, though traces of its existence are occasionally disco- vered by travellers. This country iu the 6th century A.D. is said to have been under the rule of king Gesar; acc. to Bon: 3H3’$'4 in the north the country of Phrom of Gesar (G. Bon.). phrom-$grag prob. public, known to all, trumpetted. ojwp hphag~pa, pf. wqN hphag^ to rise up, to be elevated, to raise oneself, be uplifted or raised, to ascend: ’«Ц (I) am the divine instrument of your elevation (your elevation-blessing), he who will effect your ascent to heaven or deification (Jd.) however, from .(the time of his) coming up from Tibet till now. (A. 135). hphags-pa is the equiv. of the Sanskrit Arya sublime, exalted, raised-up: phal-lat hphags-par bzafi-tca a more than ordinary beauty (Dzl.) ; gzan-pas hphag§-par gyiir-to he far excelled others (Dzl.); 155'4^*1 khyad-hphags or |55’qvY Q khyad-par hphags-pa distinguished, transcendant, glorious: India, the most glorious country; an offering of a hundred of the most costly kinds of jewels (Jd.). is a common prefix to the names of great deities and Bodhisattwas, e.#., Arya Chenraisi, ц81Ч]^-ц-|ог51 Arya Dolma or Tara. Buddha S'akya-thubpa is also par excellence and this epithet standing alone always indicates him and may be used in lieu of his full name. hphags-skad or bphags-yul-§kad the language of the Aryas; the Sanskrit language. чаяргд<г5 hphags-§kyes-po one of the four Dikpala or guardian kings of the Faith; the guardian of the south. Bphagt-hkhnins the birth place of the venerable ones; the Buddhist name of India. Syn. rgya-gar-yul\ ynl- divu§; bsod-rnams sa-gshi; чдкяад/ dwn$-hgyiir-hchafi (Mnon.). hphag$-chen-po fv^TUt: the celebrated, the illustrious.
| 846 ^7| яччщ'ыХч] hphags-mchog or Q.qq^qS’wXn] цянтщ the most exalted, the most holy. hphags-mchog sem^-dpah = the venerable body of saints. hphag^-pa klu-$grub ^тяг- игягая v. Я'Я5’ klu-$gri<b. the Sutras delivered by Buddha to a number of infants whereby, though left in a lonely house in the wilderness, they were not disturbed by wild boasts, etc. (7Г. d. 421). qqq|^*q ^^-q hphag§-pa dgyes-pa W- [the noble and graceful]^. hphags-rgyal ^rasrftr^ the city of Ujjayani (modern Ujjain in Malwa). qqqj^q ^ hpkag$-pa-can ace. to Bon, a name of tho Kamaloka. Hphags-pa Thog$-uicd the founder of the Yogacharya school of Buddhism. He was high-priest in tho Achintapuri monastery (Ajanta caves). tho enumera- tion of names in tho Shtra of the two venerable ones (K. d. 342). Hphags-pa fin-кип a celebrated Buddhist sanctuary in Nepal. Hphags-pa lha the chief disciple of Nagarjuna who succeeded him in the rulo of Nalendra. qqqjsrqrqJ^q hphay^pahi bskgod-pa ^3^- fHH [appeased]^. hphags-pahi dge-hdun tho holy Buddhist church com- prising monks, saints, Bodhisattvas, Arhats, etc. hphagt-pahi nor-bdun the seven riches of a Buddhist saint:—(1) (2) ; (3) ; (4) ; (5) 3^-5) ; (6) (7) The trea- sures of the saints, the wealth of the holy personages are: the wealth of faith, of pure morals, of modesty, of sensibility to Dharma, of attentiveness, of charity, of wisdom (K. d. q, 55). qqqprq5'£a|N hphags-pahi-tshog$ чгпцляг the assembly of tho venerable. ^qq]qqS’Q{5<uiyi3|q]'qj^ hphag$-pahi lam yan lag-brgyad the eight acces- sories to tho noble path to Nirvapa:—(1) uj^ ^ qS ^q yan-lplag-pahi lta-wa\ (2) if^’q ; (3) flag; (4) wjw la$-kyi- mthah; (5) 4^’q htsho-гса ; (G) f «ГЧ rtsol- wa;(7) draa-pa; (8) tin-fie- hdsiii (JT. du. 164). [The equivalents in Sanskrit and English are:—(1) мярг ?f< right view; (2) right thought; (3) издл ТГЖ right speech; (4) ящж right action; (5) wpr right living; (6) HRRT чтштн right exertion > (7) right recollection, and (8) right meditation] S. hphag§-ma чггап the venerable lady or female saint. яычцгз'ч hphags-yul ( = q^w^q^ bsod- vam$ sa-gshi 3^PJ{m) a Tibetan name of India. hphag$-rigs tho noble and venerable brotherhood or order. Syn. rig$~cheu\ rig§- bzafi; 3 ” 9’*^1 skye$-bii-mchog; 3 «rg’Vrq §kye§-bu dam-pa; *WKjfrq Ishans-par spyod-pa; ^N’or-oj^q khrims-la gna$-pa*} d^*ry^*rq nag§-na guas-pa; dge- §lofi (Mnon.). QSJC/ hphaft also hphafy, wntv height: in height; also adv.
847 with dignity, with sublimity; 5^яХч|' to lower, to detract from the sublimity of the most Precious (Jd.). hphans-nas byon proceeded in a dignified manner, went on with cheerful confidence. яче/я^е/ hphan-mdun a sling-hook or spear head to which a string is tied and, being held fast, the spear-head is flung at a fish or bird. яче.’tjc; Hphan-phun n. of a very large number: ячз^ччя 4 hphan-wa fut., and ячям’ч hphans-pa pf., of явЦ’Ч hphen-pa. яче/я hphafi-ma n. of a plant the fruit of which is used in medicine: ячЕ/яя'ядя’ ^’<51 hphan-lo=^\% hkhorJo, 1. a wheel, a cycle: яче/5&г§ч]чц hphan- lo tsam-gyi go-san (B. ch. 14). ^е/^чче/ 5 like the wheel of a vehicle; я^'^я’ яче/Зг^е. like the cycle of the four seasons (Yig. 243). 2. a spindle; яче?2|е? hphan- fifi a weaver’s spindle. Ц5К5ГЦ hphans-pa 1. shaken, thrown, cast out b^kyod-pa), pf. of я«Цч hphen-pa (Mnon.). 2. frq. for чяэдч phafi§-pa to spare, to save (DsZ.); ячяя^' op>E/$5w Eberal, bounteous, without restriction (Jd.). hphan, thrown, cast out v. «Ц phan; ячз^ ч hphan byed-pa to throw. * hpha n-pa= nam§-pa. яч^ ц Hphan-po or ячу^ч llphan-yul ($’ of the nearest alpine valley north of Lhasa, яч^‘«ргдр* hphan-yul grab-dkar one of the thirty holy places of Bon (G. Bon. 4). R4*f hphan-zel a kind of onyx: яч^’3«г a^qq-w&qj'S^-Ei (Sorig.); яч^огЯ^уч^ the onyx is to be looked on as most precious (Situ. 71). hpham-pa pf. ия pham to be defeated, subdued, vanquished, worsted; to succumb: g^яя^'Ч’^чяч^ the Chinese were conquered by the Tibetans; ячячя я§\'Ч or ячя’ч^ч in C. to be defeated or worsted; ячяч\*§5ч to cause defeat, to conquer; ^яя’ячя'чя'^я be conquered tho Chinese (Glr.); й Milarapa overcoming the Bon religion by the doctrine of Buddha; а#«‘чя the Ma-pham or Manasarowar Lake, so called because Milaraspa proved “ unconquera- ble ” there. <Ц'ч*гч down-hearted, dejected; ^5’чяц a low-spirited, dejected woman (Jd.). ^’ячя invincible: ^ячяяЗ^ц rni- hpham mgon-po or ^’ячя is an epithet of Jampal Bodhisattva, ячя*^ hpham- rgyal abbr. of ячя’ч victory and defeat in a battle or law-suit: яцч[Ч’ччя’ д'чКя §^Ле/ victory or defeat are the res- pective consequences of a dispute. hphar a panel, small plank. ямя я^ hphar-hgro sprehu mon- key, that which walks jumping (Mfion.). 2. increase, advance. I: hphar-гса, or wq Ш hill- dog, wild-dog, Cuon primeemts. Syn. nags-khyi*, n- dwag$-gsod я*я mtshah\ ^чя’ЧМ'я^ dpah- wa^-tshan or dpal-ices-mtshan; (Mnon.). ячя‘ч*яЗ|55 Hphar-wa rngo-dgu n. of a malignant devil of the Sa-bdag class.
^•q| 848 II: (vb. n. to aX'4 fpor- tea) 1. to leap up, to fly up, to bound, to throb: S’W tho pulse is boating; м’чччка to fidget, to be restloss (Jft.). 2. to bo raised, elevated, promoted, advanced: 4’*’ «wq to bo officially promoted; ^'ччч to increase or raise the price; “Kwq to ascend forward; wf1 hphar-kha promo- tion, augmentation of position and pay in service: ^’Jqq^ (D. yeZ. 10). 3. = bskyod-pa to flutter, to move to and fro (Л. 16). Syn. AtJ^ q don-hphel-wa ; 4 rgya§- pa ; нУчкядкр mt ho-war hgyur-wa ; 5^'q dar~ica. (Mnon.). hphar-chag abbr. of чч’чмкч yar hphar-tea and mar-chag-pa. wa hphar-ma = or excess, more than what is ordinarily re- quired in worldly or religious matters; refund or to pay up the excess (Rtsii. 60). hphar-mahi ilsa- dnul in colloq. special allowance or reward, extraordinary allowance (1). gel. 10). 4 О.Ч'З! 7JJ hphal-ka ri-mo (чгжж) a figure or a painting. W4| hphal-ga incision, indentation, notch (Cs.). О$Ч]'Ц hphig-pa or ч«Ц« pf- of ч^чрга, 0^4]’4 hphug-pa occurs for чдч^-q as in etc. hphun-wa pf. 3е1 'phun to degenerate, to decay, to be in declining circumstances, to wear away. a deed for the ruin of Tibet; those circumstances which brought ruin or decay; чдс/А^чдч’А to be ruined, to become decayed, чде^ч^ч, ^•Qr^q/^qw^-q or чдч^ч’ч^’ч to ruin, to undo; чдч^дч hphuft-dkrol the decay of fortune, ruin, degeneration. ч$ач$ hphun-gshi cause, occasion of decay. чдчм*ч hphufa-pa concourse of many people. hphttdpa to transfer, lay aside, to put apart: ’^^чд^ч naft-na$ hpyi- la hphud-pa to remove a thing from inside (a house) to outside (of it). hphub-pa to set up, pitch: gv чдч’ч to pitch a tent; B^qgq’q khyim- hphub-pa to sot up or erect a house. hphur-wa ^З^рГ; pf. 3* 2diur 1. to fly; also, to fan, to flap to and fro: g^yr^Kq phur-gyi$ phur-wa to flutter, чдч’ч^ hphur-hgro bird (Mfton.); hphur-byed flying. 2. = to rub with the hand, e.g.^ linen in washing; to scratch softly (Jd.). 4^^! hphul and чвргг^ hphul-ean in Gram, the letters which ar о either prefixed or affixed to a basic word or letter are called 43^; e.g., in the word *3**, 3 is tho basic while ч and a prefixed and affixed to it for the formation of a word aro called 43ч Д word that is so formed is called чд«г^, a term distinct from чдч S)«q hphul-yig a prefix, i.e. one of the prefixed letters y, tZ, b> w, and ч. А*гчдог*]Х ba$-hphul-kaho words with tho initial ka and tho prefix A ba; ^гчдч**^ das- hphul-med these receive no 5 da as prefix; *1, 4, «ця<гчд«г$г$ sa-ra-la-rnum§ hphul- tshul-ni the manner in which prefixes are joined with words beginning with ж sat ч ra, or A la.
R§«rq| 849 q|<Tq hphul-wa 1. = ядч’ч to give, i^cjorq f0 give away (in charity). 2. ^ПГ, to press, to drive, to push, knock: gru-mohi hphnl r deg-cig byed-pa to jostle with the elbow (ЛЛ7.); to turn out. to push out with the arms (Ja.). Syn. of 2. hded-pa; b§kul- wa; gdigs-pa; gzir-wa; gnad-du bsnan-pa (Mnon.). q3«q hpheg, v. pheg. 0$3|’Ц hphen-pa. pf. явкад hphans, fut. hphany imp. phof^ to throw, to fling; to fling into the air (2Ы.); to throw into the orb of transmigration (Mild); it must be thrown away or outside. fls^'^’q to cast an arrow; q^-ft’^q one that does not know how to shoot (Ja.). hphen-thag — ^^^ shagi-pa чт a sling (Mnondp J^’^'q Rgyan hphen-pa or Hjig-rten Rgyan hphen-pa a philosophical sect of Ancient India, who were thorough atheists and whom both Brahmans and Buddhists condemned. hpher-гса [to raise]#. hphel-gtam = В ’«|5« §pel-gtam harangue, speech, sermon, discourse. c$orq hphel-tca ж pf. phel 1. to increase either in number or in size, to become more or larger: the flowers under the tree had multiplied; the pleasant warmth of mystic heat increases; *|мг3’ the air-blasts from the caverns of ice grow stronger; q^qgjq*^ hphel-hgrib^iatf prob, diseases arising from an excess or deficiency of humours (Vai. $nd). яЗ«г*| increase, development. 2.= q^N*q [to collect together]#. As sbst. accumulation, collection, excess ; = dar~wa. q^qq-^ hphel-xva-can^^ ^^ palace, king’s place (Mnon.) [the upright post of a house]#. *3вг§5 hphel-byed l. = 0«’g khyim-bya domestic fowl (Mnon.). 2. grow- ing, rising. qzfq hpho-wa pf. hphos imp. ^Rr^u, to change place, go, move oneself away, migrate; myur- du hphos-qig depart quickly! яЗгбуз'ч^ч transitory happiness ; ЯЙ ' я^й^'дч'я§^ a yogi who is not subject to change ; я2? §\q to move or shift anything: яЯ’ср* shifted the tent. SRiJ-qzxS'wrqg'q change of existence, я&яй'ч or ^'я2? q to exchange life, to die; hpho-skyas byed-pa to remove from one place to another, transfer, change one’s place : -q^ nine times he removed from one upland to another (Deb. % 54)- я2гч^е/Я|ч| hpho-wa gron- Ayw7=q]5Hqa|'4|*rq4 q gdam-nag-gis hpho-ica the translation of a soul, by the efficacy of sjV’ or charms, from one body to another just vacated by death. я5‘® hpho-bya — ^'^ the soul or Vijna- na; ^*§5 =<45*1^ a charm, mantra. q?hpho-med thog-med tha- dpal-ldan dni-hkhor ; the doctrine of Kala-cakra Buddhism, which affirms neither a begin- ing nor an end in respect of the trans- migration of the soul from one body to another (Mfand) 108
850 hpho-lan 1. filling up by a new comer of an appointment caused by the removal or retirement of an officer: w (/X $el. 10). 2. taking over charge of office- accounts, &c., by an officer from a retiring official (Rtsii. 21). hpho§ death (A. K. 2-42), passing over; migration: 3 those swans (in their turn) without break in their order, migrating whereever the boy Gsal-wa was, took up their station (Ilbrom, P, 35). hphog-pa pf. 5*| phog to strike, both in the figurative sense and materially: to affect, influence, to touch the main point; also, to hit (that which is aimed at), to impinge upon, fall upon, ц it struck his heart; Sa q it affected the man’s mind; 5*|O the food, etc., aifected the disease; he was struck with epilepsy; яйя’ч the arrow hit the target from a long distance, qlfa] gqj hphog-thug pollution in the case of a god, n&ga, demon, etc., but seems to be a proper name here:—*|5*4'5 ^5*](Hbrom. 5 J). hphon ^ft<n archery; hphon-rnkhan archer ; archery. hphon-gi stob-dpou instructor in archery ; R?fc'*|’gk'N hphon-gi $pon-sa or archery ground, the place from which arrows are shot at the target. чЗк'9]hphon-gi dbye-гса Ina or *5*^ hphon-rkyen the five distinguishing features in archery: (1) to hit from a great distance; (2) to hit without perceiving it; (3) <*q«r^*q^S*T9 to hit with great force; (4) to lut at the main point, or object; (5) to hit at an object with a sound. hphoft$4cag=-%^ rta-lcag a horse-whip (lllnon.). hphoMshos sitting-part, poste- riors (Vai. $Й.), hphon-fa §kyon- pa (Sch.) the riding of two persons on one horse (Sch. Ja.). Hphon^kyeu 1. an epithet of king Rama (Шюп.). 2. a good skilful archer (Jd.). RtfcN,^T|g*|,R£*] hpkons-nas khrag-hdsag [a stream of blood] S. Q$WTC| hphon&pa 1. pf. hphons or 5^ phons to be poor, indigent, unfortunate ; with instrum, to be beieft of, to lose; 54 ц the king having lost his own son (Pth.). 2. adj. poor, unfortunate, dejected, disheartened (Ja.). 3. also sbst. poverty; v. hphofi-chos. Syn. 5^'5 dicul-po, bkren-po (IJfion.). hphod-pa = phod-pa (Cs.). ^•4 hphou-po a bundle, a bunch: over each of the two respectively a bundle of tamarisk (Rdsa. 2'4). C$ZTP hphob-pa=tfw hbebs-pa (Sch.). hphos, v. ^5 я hpho-wa. hphya-ica pf. hphyas to blame, censure, chide. Also: to abuse, deride: hphya-glen or ^3’ hphya-icahi glefi-mo a scoffing or satirical discourse or story, etc. V the sectarian
Wl 851 theories of the Bnlfi-ma gier-byon were satires on purity (Ya-sel. 58). *3’ hphya-tshig=^’w&i] words of slan- der, curses; (Mnon.). hphyag-pa pf. чд*|^ hphyags to sweep: дчрг^’чд*]?гс| swept with a broom. ^’q hphyan-xca, pf. чдк^ hphyans, to hang down, to be suspended; to hang on to (OS) hanging down (А. K. 1-38); чдс/гк^ flowing (A. K. 1-14) [a support or prop] 8. a handker- chief of blue silk hanging down (from the hair); ч^с/чдс/ч to cling to, to take a firm hold of \Thgy.); чдсгад| sounding-line C. «3^1* hphyan hphrul or f^p-ртг suspended ornament; hphyan-ma a wife, one clinging to her husband; any ornamental pendants, hang- ings, &c. * 4^’# hphyan-mo=^'^ thc-tsom doubt, hesitation. hphyans WTiTWfi, зпд [a talk- ative one, a singer, a cuckoo] 8. bphyad in 8<?Л. = 35 pyad ; *3V^ hphyad-can n. of a place (B. ch. J). hphyan-pa 1. in з’^ч'чрч’йк’ *3V^ж (Yig. 122). 2. acc. to Jd. =wyq to ramble, to range, roam about, wander, stray from; to go wandering about. hphyar, the roof of a house. ^3^‘f4 hphyar-kha blame, affront, dis- grace (Sch.): hphyar-kha btafi- wa to uso abusive language, to insult a person (Yig. к.). *gvq phyar-pa *rrihf: [sprinkling] 8. hphyar-wa imp. *3^ hphyor and phyor 1. to hoist, lift up; to hold aloft: sdig-mdsub to lift up the finger (JZ/Z.); to hoist a flag; 5’S^gK^ rta-rlun hphyor-cig hang up the inscribed flags; ^3^’V^ hphyar-dar or 5^’Q3^ dar- hhpyar a flag. 2. (Cs.) to show, to repre- sent, to excite, to waken; *3*^*5^hphyar- wa byed-pa to assume an alluring attitude. *3K*I hphyar-ka-can tempting, graceful, charming (Jd.). Syn. bkrab-pa*, £^§5 nes-hbyed (Mnon.), чдч’Ч’З^ Hphyar-wa-can n. of a cemetry (Bon. eh. 5). чдч’4|^’ hphyar-gych 1. = 4&q^ip< hjog- sgegs engaging, winning behaviour (Ja.) 2. чд^’чХ^-q back-biting, doing mischief, maliciously. e\ чЗ’ч hphyi-tca I: a marmot; eolloq. ч^/ч^эд “chhi-pik” or “chhi-pi” also called §gom-chen on account of its hybernating during the winter like Bud- dhist monks who practise the state of sus- pended animation ;=B q phyi-ua. C\ II: pf. g^ phyis or ^3^ hptiyit чдч^гз to be late, to be belated, to come too late; чрг^чд^ gal-te hphyis- na if I have come too late ; q da-khyod cun hphyis-pa yin you havo come just a little too late (Jd.); W'Sqgq* I late at night there was the chap-chap sound of the oars on the water (A. 67). e\ Q^Tq III:=*Bv* hphyid-pa to wipe, to wipe off; to remove, eradicate: &Tw
852 to wipe out dust from tho eye; a1 (17(7. 14); to pull out the hair; §Яч’яВ’4 to remove the testicles {Seh). J2?7/y?’f7-p(z = ^Btnq hkhyig-pa to bind (&Л). hphin-san the designation in the older writings of a minister of state of Tibot= the modern c\ hphy id-pa 1. to suffice, bo enough. 2. = Q'3 C1 or c\ hphyil-wa for ядогл hkhyil-wa to wind, to twist, the hair Vai. $n. (Jd.). bphyug-pa or to mistake, to be mistaken; =^‘q ehug-pa to miss: to mistake tho road; ч to mistake the hour. ^Яч2* hphyugs- po — ^^\ nor-mkhan the mistaker, one who commits a blunder; hphyug$- uwd without mistake or blunder: Ч§ЯН*К those that are free from blunders should not be mistaken by those who have erred {Rtsii. 11). hphyur-wa 1. to ascend, to mount, to rise up, of smoke; to overflow, inundate, of rivers, lakes, etc. 2. Seh. to heap up, to accumulate. hphye-wa pf. *3^ hphyes to crawl, to creep, like snakes; '^’3 ; n. of a naga demon. *3’3 hphye-wo hphye-mo a crawler, a cripple: the most degraded will be utterly consumed together with their possessions, like cripples who have fed upon roots, on this day or the next (Tan. d. *|). hphyen v. 3^ phyen flatulence. hphyo-wa pf. 1. <5^ to move, throb, be agitated: his heart throbbing remembered the lama (RJja. $4). [2. to soar, to float, in the air {Thgy.). 3. to flow forth, heave, smell, of fluids; hphyo dar-wa to undulato. 4. to range, roam about, gambol: (the deer) gambols and skips (J/i7.); ri-fa hphyo- dgu the wild animals of the field Sch. 5. $nift-hphyo {Seh.) ‘the heart is swelling, courage rising’; ^‘4**5 $e$-pa hphyo {Med.) consciousness gives way, is wavering, flitting] Jd. hphyofi-hgyur a large number: {Ya-sel. 57). ^‘5^ Jlphyon-rgyas (Chongay) n. of a district of Lhokha in central Tibet {Rtsii. 35.) the Governor of Chongay. *2£c/3’^ JJphyofi-po Khe-ru n. of a place in Tibet {Deb. Я, #4). Qjcrq hphyofi-wa = skyofi-iva to protect. pride. 2. [to lay aside, abandon]$. {Li<p). hphyon-ma a harlot, prostitute {Mfion.)', hphyon-mo byed-pa to whore, to commit fornication; hphyon-mahi-bu = ^^^wi^ a prostitute’s son {Situ. 91). hphyor-wa 1. = 5^’Ч phor-wa to rave: Г’’Я5КЧ kha-hphyor-wa to speak deli- riously. 2. v. 3^q phyar-wa, also ^’4 ehor-wa; *^'3 hphyor-po for ч hence ^'5ЯЧ hphor-dgah dandy, fop (Jd.). hphyos-ma 1. gifts to friends and relations. 2. purchase-price of a bride (Jd.).
853 hphra-wa pf. *3*1 hphras to kick, to strike with the foot, struggle ; 4 hphras tgyab-pa id.; ‘^5 kicked by a horse; gi-hphras death- struggle. hphra-$ag$ 1. shaving clean; having shaved his beard (Л. 95). 2. a kick : or ч to kick; ^Vi'qv during that day it having kicked about was not caught (Л. 9£). ^qj’q hphrag-pa — ^fa** dkrog-pa to stir up, to spur (a horse, etc.). ЛрЛглй^З’Х4!’2* gu-dog-po, or a narrow passage which is difficult to pass: ы when the messen- ger of death will lead one along the narrow path to the beyond {A. 9). w^gq* difficult pathway, a foot-path along a narrow ledge on the side of a precipice; q^q-^gv bar-dohi-hphrafi the narrow passage across the abyss of tho Bar- do (the state between death and re- birth) ; bar-dohi hphrafi-sgrol a prayer for escaping the isthmus of the Bar-do. ^gqg^q hphran-gyur-wa — ^*’4 to be attached affectionately: (Л. 10); 77) prayed again in the touching words of the prince. hphran-hphrul something hang- ing down {Sell.). hphrad-pa pf. and fut. 3S phrad to interview; meet together; you shall meet him {Dzl.); g^-gq him I cannot admit {Dzl.); ^q^qv-^^may it happen to me {Dzl.); X he found the dead body of an infant {Dzl.); qgv^” (Sch.,) inter- secting lines of two plains, corner, angle (Л.). QSpl’q hphrab-pa — ^'Q and qgq-g^q to flutter, of a bird wounded by a shot. QQ^hphral or (qq’qX«i) adj. and adv. the present, imminent, immediate, tem- porary ; just now, immediately, this instant; hphral-la and imme- diately,. suddenly ; eolloq. qg^qg^q id.; ‘tanta thcl-tul at once, this instant {Snd. Hbk. 93.) ; facto, at once by that very circumstance: qV<’ VT 3^’ ^^’§5 the fire springing up three times and increasing, those who were able to touch it, it caused to develope complete purity forthwith; hphral-la kliro-icahi dug the poison of sudden anger. what is going to happen immediately and at a later period, Rgo: gzq^-qjE.’Qj-q^q- that is good both now and in the more distant future; ^g^V’ now and in time to come; *g«rXw]‘ not having laid up anything for present use (Mil.); a poor temporary dwelling, or also: a common ordinary dwelling {Jd.) ; g* phral-yun present and future: qg«wq*w thought of the present and future. 3*rj^ phral-rkyen immediate dis- aster ; 3^54^ phral-dgos immediate neces- sity ; phral-phugs the present and future; present comfort; ^g^g^ hphral-sbyar HiJtu sudden coinci- dence ; accidental meeting. As adj.: *9^5 hphral-$kad= ^*^5 the common dialect, the colloquial language, the language of the common people or of common daily life: ^^g^V*so you
854 Q^Q|| hear it in the language of the common people ; one who has been (in India) and knows the language of the people (Л. 67). phral-grig finished, ready, pre- pared. hphral-ica pf. g^i phral fut. 59^ dbral imp. ST4 phrol acc. to Jd. vb. a. to ц and signifies : to separate, to part (with tho word S*’ signifying “from”) 5<qN Vg4 he deprived them of their insignia (Glr.); srog-dan hphral-tca to separate from life, to put to death (Glr.); also, without S^’,=to cut, diride: to cut (cattle) into quarters (Mil.); Ua-wa phral-wa to split open tho belly. ОД’Л hphri-ica pf. and imp. phri^ fut. sg dpri, vb. a., to diminish, to take away from : ^’и^Т1ЧГ (Yig. к.). hphrig-pa to doubt, be unde- cided about; hphrig-tshud-pa~ to bo assured of. hphrin 1.=^ correspondence. 2. news, tidings, intelli- gence, message: *?K’wZi good tidings, favourable accounts; messenger ; hphrin §prin-wa to send word, information, hphrin-khyer-wa to bring tidings, intelligence. hphrin-$kyel~zca—^*%^ gfam-$kyel to send a message; to give orders, communi- cate orders, hphrin-bshag-pa — 54E^ q0|4] q f0 make a verbal request, to leave orders. he left a message (to the effect): do inform mo when you have arrived from India (A. 66). hphrin- a mistress, a female friend (Mnon.). hphrin-yig letter, epistle. hphrin-lan answer to a message. • hphrinAat что, зггщ, 1. resp. for ад affair, business; deed, work: with regard to such matters. язИ’адч»1’^ the four kinds of religious service, enumerated as $|лЦ’ад milder worship, abundant service, religious service to obtain power, and terrific methods in co-crcing a deity by eharms. я*Кадх&цч, to commit a thing to another person’s care; in reference to gods, to recommend to their protection or blessings (Glr.). 2. effici- ency, power (Mil.). 3. personal n. in Tibet. «цЦ’ад’дм hphrin~la$ sra§ acc. to Bon incarnate beings. hphriu-hgan-pa=^^^'4 or to send a reply (Nag. 9). hphrn-гса.) *5|’a hphru-ma v. З'Я phu-icay etc. (Jdi). hphrug-pa pf. to scratch one’s body: hphrugs- tu hjug-pa begins to scratch. hphrul (occasionally only occurs as ^’ч) black art and magic, of an illicit and irregular character rather than tho orthodox performances, though not always so. or has tho adjec- tival sense of transformed, illusionary, magical: magical power or force; transformed into the form of an ochre-coloured horse. cho- hphrul orthodox magio rite; nfcu- hphrul subtle miracle, magical tricks; (abbr. for sorcery of an
ctgarQf5<| 855 [ undesirable type: sorcery which even lasts after another re-hirth; S^j’Rapi optical illusion; magician, illusion-worker. hphrul-hkhor in modern times is used to designate any machine turned by a wheel, but is really: magic circles; which are of three series :—1: 55$’^’ magical circles to lay siege to an enemy’s fort and to capture it; subdivided into seven kinds :-(l) rdohi-hphrul hkhor the magic circle of stone, discharging of missiles to capture a fort situated on a plain; (2) gS'RSpi’RpR gruhi-hphrul hkhor the magic circle of boats to capture a floating fort; (3) gyi-hphrul hkhor the magic circle of fire (burning grain and butter) to blockade a fort situated on a hill; (4) 3 5^' ч|х5ргярк gri-gug gi hphrul-hkhor the magio circle of a sabre to besiege an enemy’s fort with swords ; (5) Qp/Rj’RsprRffc rlufi-gi hphrul-hkhor the magic circle of wind for the purpose of blowing away the top of a fort situated on a hill; (6) rdo-rje gur-gyi hphrul-hkhor the magic circle of a Rdor-je tent made of iron- sceptres, to break through or demolish tho ramparts of a fort; (7) чартер kag^mdahi hphrul-hkhor the magic circle of iron arrows, to kill war- elephants equipped with coats of mail. II: RRк/^чвргярЧ ran-gnas bsrun- pahi hphrul-hkhor magical circles intended to defend one’s own place : (1) wgS’RSp’ ral-grihi hphrul-hkhor the magic circle of swords which remain concealed under the ground for the purpose of protecting a king’s palace; (2) the magic circle of chariots on which the warriors sit. .1П. magical circles of triumph for enjoying peace and prosperity after conquering an enemy: (1) the king’s superb mansions to view the arrival of his forces; (2) arrangements for sights, entertainments and amusements; (3) magic wheel for water-sports, etc. (Dus-kho. 330). hpkrul-gyi hkhor-lo magic wheel—in ancient literature merely a fan- tastic attribute of gods, etc. (Jd.). Hphrul-dgah fwbKfn: n. of a heavenly abode where the gods enjoy prosperity and happiness by their own merits and miraculous efforts (So-rig. 34). hphrul-cha=^^ miraculous dress, i.e.y coat of mail: R2pr« ar&ijsrq being equipped with coat of mail, etc. (D.R.). hphrul-thur catheter (S.g., Jd.). Hphrul-§nan delusion, mockery; miraculous; n. of the famous temple of Buddha at Lhasa built by king Srofi-btsan sgam~po at the instance of his Nepalese wife, the daughter of king Arhs'u-Varma. hphrul-гса 1. (by its form intrs. to ядогч sprul-гса; acc. to Cs. both are identical in meaning^R^'V^’4^’ many transformations, magic tricks. 2. = *5«rq hkhrul-wa to be mistaken, to err, to make blunders. 3. to separate, sort, discriminate, the good from the bad, truth from falsehood (Jd.). *«prq5*£l4| <5^ hphrul-wahi т1д-сап=^'Ъ*\ a pigeon. JIphrul-za lhahi §gron-ma n. of a Bon goddess; R$pr*M^’4^ Hphrul- za ^nan-mo btsun another Bon goddess (D.A.). Bphrul-bgen the miraculous fyen-rab founder of the Bon religion (Jig. 20).
856 ссрц 4 hphre-wa pf. hphres to in- eline, to lean against, to put down, to lay down ; hphre byed-pa id. hphrcn or hphren-ica 1. to fasten, bo fastened to, be affixed to, bo arranged (especially in a settled and orderly manner) : scm$-la hphren-wa to fasten or bear in tho mind. 2. as sbst. an array, consecutive placing, regular order ;чг*п, (A. JC 7-4) ачсгЩ а great number of things arranged in order, also one after another often in rapid succession ; the lamp-lights which remove darkness are in fine array; rgya- mtshohi rlab$-hphreft the array of the waves of the sea. 3. a chain, wreath, file, series, string of anything: *H>a|3|agc;q mc-tog-gi hphren-wa a wreath, a garland of flowers; ^мЛгадс? gan$-rihi hphrcn a chain of snowy mountains; nag§-kyi hphrefi-ica a circle of woods; ^q^ag^q’ seven sets of chariots (Pth.); “bqagq* yig-hphren a row of letters, a lino; agq q' aX/iprq hphren-wa hdog$-pa to bind a wreath; hphren-rgyud ink han a seller of flower wreaths, garlands. Syn. for garland: те-tog mkhan-po\ Rgqhphreft-ldan ; те-tog gi§- htsho; mc-tog-can; §5 me-tog rab-tu sog-byed; vie-tog yod-byed (Mnon.), agc/q hphren-wa a string of beads, rosary; mu-tig hphren-wa rosary of pearls. bphred, or ags X hphred-la adv. across, transversely, by the transverse way, by the oblique passage. hphro 1. progress, continuation, process; in progress, in process; од* ч to lay the continuation aside, to put it off ; *X'35’Q hphro-thud-pa to continue again, once more. 2. = ^’w, remainder, continuity: ад ^’Xk’ a remainder, the rest, is still left. agg hphro-^kye n. of a great number (Ya-sel. 57). 43k hphro-ica pf. *3^ hphro$ vb. n. to §pro-ica 1. gen. with «W from, to proceed, issue, emanate from, to spread, diffuse; agq $ku-hod zer hphro-wa a body from which rays of light proceed, a body sending forth light (Cs.). 2. to proceed, to go on, continue, ag*wp or ^4^54 to discontinue, cease from, halt: g q<^ q цдdiscontinue evil doings! hphro-blan$ resumption of an un- finished work : **g f Е (Л. o>2), tho lord having taken up the controversy (where it was left by his predecessor) eame out victorious, ядя’^ч hphro-ma chad-pa = rgyun-ma chad- pa without interruption, keeping the continuity: й’«’*5’4 the fire was not put out during seven generations (Л. 2). agq^ot hphro-fyol=^*W^ mtshain^-bshag postponement, puting off. the invitation of the pandit was postponed (A. 127). bphrog (fut. of goj ace. to Rdo. 46), pf. and imp. M4!*1 phrog^ fut. sgo) dbrog to rob, run away with; to deprive of; appropriate, embezzle: ^*гдо|м?к' ravished the ear-ornaments from the girl’s face; to take another man’s heart, to run away with his affections, to captivate him (Jn.). *д*Г to be lost. rab-tu bphrng-byed-pa (A & 7-42).
^51 phrog-pahi-rdsas booty, stolen goods. IS hphrog-byed vft as epithet vari- ously applied: 1. the sun, the wind-god, the lord of death, Indra, the sky, wind, the 21st constellation Crava^a. 2. myrobalan, white-pepper, mercury. 3. lion, a hero (ЛГжт.). 4. symb. num. 11 (Ya-sel. 54)» hphrog-byed-gtam vfr mot. the cuckoo. hphrog-byed dwan-po ~ the lion: чдч] to him who sits on the exalted throne of gems borne by seven lions (Tig- k. 4)- hphrog-byed-mig as met. = the scorpion (лйяон.); acc. to & !>#.=: tpr<i the frog [also, a crab]& hphrog-byed yum an epithet of the mother of Vishnu (Mnon.). hphro-byed sa-bon TlMW [yellow orpiment] £ phog. ya§ vfra n. of a number. bphrod offering (of present) = resp. *д«гч; (salutation) good health (Yig. A-.). hphrod b§ten* pa recruiting of health when convales- cent by a change or by resorting to mineral springs, etc. hphrod-pa, 1. pf. phrod vb. n. to |5’4 spvod-pa to be given, bestowed, offered, delivered. receipt, quit- tance; йгч^-q to recognise, know, per- ceive. presents: (A. 127). 2. = ^’q or adj. fit, proper, suitable, agreeing with, conge- nial to: agreeing with the sto- mach; unwholesome food; й’ч^’4 not acting (when medicine has not the deshed effect) С.; Iis this place agreeable to your reverence ? 4J5 hphrod-pa ner-brgyad or the astrologi- cal terms for harmony of influence in the destiny of a person: (1) MW kun-dgah^ (2) ^г<В<Ч dus-dbyig, (3) dul, (4) skye-rgu, (5) gshon, (6) bya-rog, (7) rgyal-mtshan, (8) dpal- behu, (9) rdo-rje, (10) tho-wa, (11) gdugs, (12) grogs, (13) yid, (14) ^AS^W,(15) ^^^hgal-me, (16) rtsa-ton, (17) я^’ч^Д] hchi-bdag, (18) mdah, (19) 54 grtib, (20) indan, (21) bdud-rtsi, (22) giun-qin, (23) 2^'25 glan-po, (24) stag-nvyos, (25) zad-pa, (26) gyo, (27) brtan, (28) hphel (Rtsi.). ^’4 hphrob-pa = 4 hphral-pa (Sch.). osforq hphrol-гса = hphral-wa (Sch.) hphros (from q. v.)=^q|*^ residue (Situ. 1Ц), excess of what is actu- ally required, remainder, balance; grant me that residue, let me have the remainder (Yig. к.). 109
Л ba tho fifteenth letter of the Tibetan alphabet sounded variously according to position or from usage as b, p or w. 4 ba 1: 1. an affix sounded as tea for uso of which v. ante under * pa. 2. in Budh. ba is symbolical of the primordial which is simple and absolute, i.e., eternal and unchangeable; ba also repre- sents the ten moral powers of Buddha (К. my. ”1, 205), and further demonstrates the doctrine of Buddha in the Dharmartha for the salvation of mankind (R. d. Ilk). 3. in mysticism, Q is hold to signify meat and also to eat (R. g. p, 179). q II: also ч’й ba-то «ft a cow; ba-glan a bull; ba-си (colloq.) a cow; q ba-bjo «ffara a herdsman, cow-driver; q^ calf; qfiqj ba-rmig a cow’s hoofs; q fi4! tho water collected in the impres- sion of • a cow’s foot on the ground, to denote a very small quantity of water (Dzl.); q ba-nal rttdso-grod («W*a- (Yig. к.) to idle away time doing* no work; compared with a cow which lying down chews the cud and does nothing more. Syn. hjo-ma; ho-hphel; ho-mo-hchin; hbab-byed\ lus-ldan*, sho-srufi-byed; q ba-mo; nu-rgyas-ma; yons-hjom; q^<Y* bshon-ma; gru$-ma (Mnon.). q'gq’Jq’q ba-glafi. skyofaea «itw;, a low caste in India whose profession it is to tend cattle (Ya-sel. 55). q’Sjq*^ ba-glafi-ldan n. of a Yakshini of Rohita who, having invited Buddha with his followers to her place, in honour of this visit caused 500 vihara to be built miraculously (K. du. q, 295). q’Sl^fS ba-glafi-spyod xjfanufcnifa n. of a fabulous continent to the west of Jambu- dvipa, and so called because cows feed on the lands and form the main wealth of the people (K. du. 256). + ba-glafi-mig 1. a small opening in the wall of a house for light and air. 2. n. of a medicinal flower and of millet (M^on^. qgq*gf^ ba-glaft-rdsa$=^'ffi3pfa\ $pafi- tgyan me-tog (ДГЛол.). qgqqgR- thal- dre$-$man 435’^4 nt-pa-la (Mfion.). q g|q | khur-mafa., q qg ba-brgya чпйг-зпд a spider’s web. Ч’П] ba-ka n. of a tree (К. ко. % <?)• J ba-ku-la 1. n. of a Preta (К. my. p, 255). 2. n. of a flower'(that of Mimusops elengi) which becomes full-blown when smelt by a woman who has the scent of wine in her mouth (Yig. 41).
859 ba-kan-sel n. of a medicine which cures phlegm. ba-dkar 1. white. 2. lime, lime-stone (Schtr.). ba-gam a dome on the top of a house: ^к^Ч’^я a golden dome (Л. K. 2-4); ч^рт^^я ba-gam hod tshogs the glittering dome; the celestial castle (Yig. k. 2). чч|« acc. to Jd. is a certain part of the timber work of a roof, something like pinnacle, battle- ment; Ч'*|Я’^ ba-gam*can=^‘w№^' king’s palace also ч'^кя milch-cow (Mnon.). Ч-5Ч ba-car [a piece of cloth to cover the secret parts; the hem of a lower garment] 8. ba-di ydJa=ttax. Syn. fa-nahi me-tog; VrgS’g dril-bahi-sgra \ ^чя -б^ $tobs-can (Mnon.). . 4’^ Ьа-ti in Sikkim and the West: dry grain-measure equal to four pounds. 4’?^ ba-ti-ka a small long measure, one seventh of a barley-corn. q’S’q Ba-tu-ba n. of a country men- tioned in Bon works (B.ch. J). ba-thag 1. cob-web, or thread which is drawn from the spider’s body. 2. root, stalk of fruit (Jd.). ba-da-na—rf^' gdoft the face (mystic) (К. g. F, 26). 4* ba-da-ra jujube fruit=5*^ rgya-gug (Ya-scl. JfS). We a tree: 4’51 ч ^^Ц а ba-dan sen-po a demon of the Naga class. 4'Vi ba-dan чаш (A. k. 111-28) acc. to Lig an ensign with pendent silk strips; acc. to Ja. a kind of dagger set upright, a semblance of which often attends appari- tions of the gods. ч^ч^уя (Beng) fbUH- flagholder; carrier of a standard. Ч'Ч^я’Я&1 Ва-bde rnam-hdsom n. of a village in the neighbour-bood of Stod-lun (Rtsii.). ba-ti-la n. of a tree (Lan. Yig. 36). Syn. «^’5 ma-no-ha; /бйт-ros (Mnon.). a mineral medicine: Ч’^ч ч-дкч5^5^яч‘^ (Med.). ч*| ba-spu 5®rhT, little hairs of the body; 4*g’^ ba-spu-can hairy, covered with hair; 4*g'^s ba-spu-med bald. Syn. lus-skyes; or ^pags-pahi туи-да; pags-pahi me-tog (Milon.). ч'^ ччч’Ц ba-spu lans-paite^htix standing on end (out of fear). Syn. 3 ^’ spu-zin; spu-ldan§; 3 ^’4 spu-gyo- wa; spu-lon; Ч’дч^яч^ч ba-vpuhi rnam-hgyur (Mnoni). 4’g S’gc/tj pore; 4’3’^’ joyful. 4’3 ba-bla (pron. babla) W yellow arsenic; yellow orpiment: Ч’дч'йу ba-blas гтеп-йап rul-pa good yellow arsenic is an antidote against indolent sores and ulcers. Syn. я cjs/q sa-hog phrей-wa; «А4! $na-tshogs mdog; ч*дч‘^ ba-glafi-so *7 gar-gyi-brgyan; Ч’д’^ч’ч ba-$pu Ihufaca*, byi-blaihi-mig (Mnon.). чч^я ba-hbog W. clod, lump of earth.
860 4’О|'51 4'Й| La-men iwt {Mnon.) the gayal wild-ox {Bos garwus). Acc. to Tibetan accounts the Gayal aro indigenous to the Chittagong hill tracts and are also abun- dant in tho'forests of Pemakod where it has been with some success domesticated and yields good milk; but the Sanskrit name given in Mnon. evidently refers to the yak-cattle of Tibet and Higher Asia. In Lam. X яgafi$-ri-ba-men is often mentioned and is certainly the yak of Tibet. q’lf ba-mo 1. a cow {Mnon.). 2. hoar- frost. Syn. of 2. nam-mkhahi rhns-pa\ rdul-д yi-chir, mkhahi-zil-pa {Mfion.}. ba-mohi byihu [the bird Cw'ulus mdmolcucuSy according to the legend living only upon rain-drops]#. Syn. §ton-ka-$pyod\ bin-cig-dgah\ tsa-tc-kahi rgyal; char-mtshon-byed; char-rta; dgah-wahi sil-snan ; / han$-$ba$ {Mnon.). J ba-tsi ger-gUn n. of an island: V> (Л. 55). q’dS ba-tshwa 1. described loosely as - 4’ j rgya-rntshohi-chit sea-water {Ya- «/. kO). 2. impure soda inerusting the ground near salt lakes. ba-tswa-can ^»чт; salty, briny; q’^'-ayg^ La-tshba-can-gyi rrdsho a lake of soda-salt; ba-tshbahi skyur-tshi muratic acid (Cs.) t qba-dsra bo-dhi n. of an Indian Buddhist, born in the country of Malaya, who visited China accompanied by his pupil Amogha Vajra during the reign of Emperor Ming Hung of the T'ng dynasty {Grub. 7). ч ba-yi nu-ma 1. cow’s dug or teat. 2.=^ rgun-hbrum grapes (МЯоп.). ba-ra po-ta described as ^'V’pr a wild animal of the deer class {K. d. >,37b.) Q'^Ba-ri n. of a solitary monastery on tho top of a hill in Tsang {Deb. 35). q-^Л ba-ru-ra a species of myrabolan [the plant Tcrminalia belc- rica~]S. {Med.). Syn. 5’4| ta-ka ; чba-bha; ri-li; kar-^ahi hbra$-bu ; mig- gi rtsa-rca ; йч| mig-can; ^'§5 tehim-byed {Mnon.). Ц Ba-re-nan n. of a place in Tibet {Yig. 98). 1 ba-la-ka a tree [#ufa cordi- folia\S. : (АГ. g. ч, 210). Ф Ц Ba-la-qa n. of a Tirthika king: {K. my. p, 526). ba-la-ha таттз* [eloudjS. ^croi can-fc$ ba-la-ha is a tamchok or wonderful horse of Indra famous like Alexander’s Bucephelus. ba-laft like also a bullock: a woman tending bullocks; ba-laft-bgrafi, v. below. [bullock’s bile used as medicine by Hindus]#, cow’s foot-mark holes; 3^, трмчи [a young ele- phant]#. ; q ba-lan kha-sho %non- pan. of a wild animal of the deer species
861 (К. ко. *], 2); Ч a spotted or parti- coloured bullock; baJaft dwan- ркугьд a herdsman, keeper or tender of cattle; Wtobacco leaf; lit. bul- lock’s nose; [a cowkeeper]#. [1. bullock’s hoof; 2. the plant Asteraeantha longifolid\S. [cow’s foot]#. ч [a cow- shed]#. «J4K’jr ntqrer [a cow-keeper]#. Ba-la sans-gyen-la hthen n. of the son of mu-sans- la hthen (G. Bon. 23). ba-l и species of fragrant arborescent plants (rhododendrons) grow- ing in the Himalaya and Tibet the bark and leaves of which are used as incense by Tibetans; its flowers are called da-li {Li^.). * ba-lti-ka n. of an aquatic insect (7Г. du. 4, 2^1). J qafc-tj] ba-linga-nahiqin [a species of creeper]#. Syn. qin-kun-ean; nan-dgah-ma; sen-то snod-ldan ; Ч4! §5 hjug-byed. t ba-ga-ka зтрпят [the plant Justicta ganderussa]S. Syn. rta-gi so-сан ; sen-gehi-gdon; gna§ ean-ma; ^’5’0 rtag-tu-khro; яеп-де-сап; kkyu-mchog; $man-pahi-ma (Mnon.). 4ba-$u W. a virulent boil, ulcer (Ja.). q’S< Ba-so 1. a large village in Tsang (Lon. >, 9); Ba-so ehos-kyi rgyal-mtshan a celebrated lama of that place. 2. ivory, tusks of elephant: чХг ba-so-mkhan worker in ivory. f у ^]ба-Лг-7г« a bird (К. my. 18). ba-hwa; here ч simple, not compounded, and hdus-byas therefore ’Ц’Г4 transient’ and unsteady (К. my. ”1, 208). bha—khitr-lci-ua khyer- ica carrying heavy burdens, hence it signi- fies a Bodhisattva or Mahasattva who is capable of carrying heavy moral responsi- bilities, i.e.' the burden of the anuttara samyak-dhdrma on his shoulders (К. my. >4, 208). t H'VK Bha-ke-ra kid n. of a town in’the country of Tamal (Dsam.). t ?'Ti = a fairy, in mysticism (К. g. I4, 26). bha-dra-la — ^ bha-dra- lahi phye-ma (U. g. h5). Ф '^^Bha-ra-ta king Bharata (from whom the Paurauic name Bharat Varsa has been derived); the second step-brother of king Rama. bha-ra-ta lhag-par gnas-pa shes-bya-wahi glin n. of a continent (K. d. у 3^2). bha-ra-na an Indian Buddhist pandit who with his colleague Matanga visited China during the reign of Emperor Ilan Mingti, and first intro- duced Buddhism there about A.D. 61. (Grub. % 7). J Bha-lcn-tra the country Varendra (North Bengal): in the eastern quarter in Bhalentra there were many Buddhist images and symbols (Л. 60). t Bhan-ga-la Bangala (modern Eastern Bengal):
862 (king Deva Paia) summoning all the Bangala-pa into war (A. 60). . bhu=^ hdres mixed (mystic) (K. + Brahma dandi n. of a medicinal (vegetable) drug : qyVJV’l 3 V”l'V I ST VI ^Ч|Ч|«Ч^ | (K. g. «, 49). bag I: 1. = $^^ cufi-zad a little, flight: gw $nuin bagchag$-pa a little oil was on it (Л. loJ). 2. a primary signi- fication of this word seems to be: a narrow space; fig. 'A4!'4 to be straitened, in necessitous circumstances (7f. d. % 557). acc. to Jd. attention, care, caution, rela- tive to physical and moral evils or conta- minations ; q«|’^5 inattentiveness: X5^ £r the beginning of intoxication is the disappearing of attention; as adj. or attribute: careless, unrestrained, fearless; ^q^q^qsf^ fearless of misfortune (Dzl.). See also below under q^| ^5. bag-§kar or ч^|’$*< bagskar-rtsis astrological calculation regarding good and bad luck at the selection of a bride. q«|’f^ bag-khag brick of tea weighing 6 lb. (Rtsii. 70). q^Rgwwq bag-hkhum$-pa l.=O^ $Zo- chun-wa timid, also little-minded(Mfion.). '2. ace. to Sch. to be afraid of. bag-glu marriage songs, i.e., those sung on the occasion of a marriage by women. . bag-chugs 4ЖИ1, ТОШ habit, inclination, propensity: M'^wS’CRf ; the habits or propensities of a former life, cwp&qw'w bag-chags- bzan good propensities. q*fM)4’q]gw bag- chags-gstim acc. to the Bon, the three vices 44]-^ I of mind, body and speech (B. Nam.), bag-chugs raft-grol n. of a religious work of the Rnift-ma school. Ьад-dro-u'a in easy circumstances; also, a cheerful state of mind (A. 11$)* bag-ldan modest, discreet, tempe- rate, careful; one possessed of self respect: behave honestly (ДЬгот. 106). Syn. bag-yod*, khrel-yod*, 2f$0^ fio-tshahi tshul-can; ffa- tsha fes-pa (Mfion.). • bag-pkebs—^'Q $pro-wa §f’q^'q’3*r^w bio fyde-tea byas-nas) with a cheerful mind; without care, anxiety or fear. Adv. q*|at ease’, leisure- ly, without any hurry: j&v^'jwq-qapqsr qv^ww you gentlemen sleep without any anxiety or fear, i.e., being at case (A. ISO). ЧЯ4 bag-pa as a verb, to be afraid, to be apprehensive of, to be anxious; q$|’^qwq bag-hbebs-pa to drop, abandon cast away all fear.' q*p*q bag-tsha-wa^^'^^^^4 §nin- la-tsha-lan$ byed-pa 1. to be afraid, panic- struck ; to be convulsed out of fright: q*]’ q in the meanwhile there arose no apprehension or cause of uneasi- ness whatever (A. 27). 2. sbst. fear, timi- dity, anxiousness; q^ q bag-tsha med-pa fearlessness (Jd.). qq|’*№ bag-mi-tsha intrepid, fearless; as sbst. one who does not become affected by threat, fear, or danger; a hero, an intrepid person. bag-yod=W[°p\ bag-ldan a prudent person; one who is pious, law-abiding; temperate, dutiful, discreet and conscien- tious in his dealings: $<q’§’q^5'^we(| all the world bows to
863 =P|I those who at all times possess self-restraint and honesty (K. d. \ 118). *4*^51 bag'-med яят^ impious, dis- honest, immodest, impudent, indiscreet, etc. %5-ЧчгЙ5^-^^| (K. d. \ 107) a dishonest and impudent person is the chief of all enemies, do not be attached to such a man; the immodest gods again and again fall into perdition; ч«г^' ’чЯЧ* Y^'^’5, he who not per- forming works of piety falls into misery and does not give up works of sin is called bag-med-pa. ччр^’ч^ч]^ bag-med-pahi gnas, янт^гтя [place of mistakes] S. чч]'Ч5’Ч bag-yod-pa ЯЖ [absence of mistake, carefulness]#. reverence, fear, self-respect, self-control; as adj. chaste, careful, conscientious; ччр bag-po adj.= bag-yod-pa (Cs.). bag-yafa sbst. [a striking]#, as adj. intrepid. II: meal (generally of barley, the staple food of the Tibetans) чдрЧч- bowl tb keep barley flour; чч|’§ Ъад-phye barley flour; bag-skyo thin pap or porridge of meal; ччр^ thick pap, dough; warm porridge; Ч«Г|Ч bag-sbyar paste; bag-^byin lute, putty, a compound of meal and glue; ч^ч Ъад-leb or 4^<r«iflj bshe$-pag C. cake or bread. bag-ma th newly married wife, a bride; bag-po bridegroom; bag-gyog-ma a maid-servant who waits upon a bride; attendants on a bride at the time of marriage; the return of the bride accompanied- by her husband* for the first time after marriage. *”! wn5*/4 bag-mar btan-wa, given in inarfiage ; bag-mar-blan^wa s^4’wgc/4 to take as wife, to marry; a Brahman took a girl for his wife. (K. du. 5, 261). Syn. 4<rj 4|^ bag-gsar; dan- pofai rdul-сап; hkyo-hdam-ma; r&V* lag-hdsin-ma; lhan-cig spyod- ma; З'Ч^Ч’я na-bzufi-ma; <^'4$w chos-bcas- ma; khyim-gsar; л^’дс.’ mchi§-bran (Mnon.). чч|*^я bag-tsam—^or ; a little ; ^’4nf each a little money (Mil.j; appetite is growing a little better; «wf&rq slight, insignificant, trifling (Jd.). + Ьад§=*мЪ slowly, gradually, one after another, by degrees; 4«q^ §N bGg§ kyis rim§-kyis : ч^ ^'^ ^ чч]^ ^‘^4^ climbed up the hill slowly, i.e., by degrees (A. 131). ban 1. foot-race: чч-^’ч ban- rgyug-pa to run a race. чч’яХе/ч^ ban- mchofi-hgro§ or movement of gesture of the feet in dancing (Mfion.); also =4j'«,q’^'4’g4,q making long strides, or-paces in running (Milon.). 2. courier : despatching a messenger, also running. ч^’В baft-k/iri shelf : чч-jg ban- khri gsum-brtsegs a shelf in three steps or tiers (Rtsii. 55). чч’^ ban-chen or 4Ei^=w«i, [one going down; descending]#, swift messenger, courier: erSfc’ig’Eflftq (Rtsii.). Syn. %ypho-na; 9^ nan-rna ; hphrin-skyel; чч д^ bafi-phyiil (Mnon.). чч ч’ ban-wa or ^^\ban-i^dsod store- room^ store-house, corn magazine; also
qwctf । 864 1 treasury; ban-khaft id.; «к ban- phud the first-fruit offering from the barn (Jd.); dbu^-ban cup-board, press (Jd.). Syn. 'mdsod-khan ; TO’I4^’ hdun- khafi ; lon§-$pyod-g.na$ (Mnon,). qq’w^‘4 ban-mdsod-pa — ^^S‘Q phyag^ mdsod-pa. Syn. ^5'q mdsod-pa; mdsod- hdsin-pa (Mnon.). qc/^я ban-ri/n — ^qfcns the steps of a chortcn; terrace-steps: Of ’3|^А§у\ from the front of Is'wara to the first terrace step of tho Sumeru they are made to reside (IT, Tlug 33). ban-so or чар Ьап-ро a tomb, monument, but esp. graves of kings, royal monuments or tombs. qcsrSf ban$-po — Sfi'4 rlon-pa wet, moist (ДГйоп.). bad [1. moisture, humidity W. 2. edge, border: «15 the edge is of gold &Л.] Jd. bad-ka C. a plant similar to mustard yielding oil (Jd.). t bad4i-ka n. of a bird <K. ко. % 3). q*^ Bad-sa n. of a tribe or class (K. du. * 333). bad-кап mucous, phlegm : bad-kan-hjom§ that which re- moves phlegm. 45'|P| bad-smug = qS’^’gnj'Q bad-kan smug-po convulsions, choleraic cramps (Mng. eh. 5). Bad-sa- lahi rgyal-po JJchar-bycd-la gdams-pahi-mdo the Sfitra on the instruction given to Hchar-byed the king of Badsala. Buddha perceiving that tho time had arrived to convert the king of Badsala proceeded to that country with his attendants and followers. Tho king about this time was proceeding to invade the city of Gshan-gscr-can; and, meeting Buddha on the way, became annoyed and asked what business that wicked man (alluding to Buddha) had in shooting arrows at him, tho arrows rising in the air miraculously and sounding the following verse :—3 Spraj’iHyqgerqg s | я^а^а^чаяча^а ^5। дж S^qAga|qgTR$A.| ^ ^^АЧЧА^ТО'I (If. d. 337). But listening, the king perceived the truth and became converted to Bud- dhism. qs^ ^5*1 tho Sutra delivered at tho prayer of Hchar-byed king of Badsala. In this tho story is told of the illicit connection which Buddha was said to have had with queen S'yamaj a story set afloat by queon Anupama the daughter of Madhu. When the malicious design of the enemies of Buddha was percieved by tho truth having been brought to light, the king with his wife became firm believers in the religion of Buddha (К. ко. «, 350). f ban-§kya (q^ = qy^ ban-de a Buddhist monk or priest, §=a layman) ^Aqvg’swsygw^'q'^Yq^ compelled all tho priests and laymen in general to take refuge in Buddhism (J. 103). w ban-glaft^'^' ox, bull. q^’§^ ban-bun dsa-rc-dso-re little by little. 2.=TO, й*|Ч ban-dha or bhan-dha 1.=Х^г skull, cranium; prob, те (a skull used in Tantrik rites as a vessel for drinking
865 water or wine). 2. n. of a great mountain situated to the north of the snowy mountains of Kakari, and filled with medicinal plants and minerals; a kind of animal which can at will transform itself into a lion having eight feet Hves there. (Lam. 36']. + * ban-de worshipful, venerable, a Buddhist monk or priest. ban-rgan an old or elderly priest; лу^у4 or лз^’ ban-spran and a mendicant monk; лу^л ban^hun pupil in a monastery. з$ял ban-d-hi mkhm-pa the bile of the brown-duck (mystic) (Ung. 111). t ban-dhn-ka s?lw, a youth, n. of a red flower the plant Terminalia tomenfosai]8. Syn. 5 rtsa-lag-can ; gshon- thu; nu§-ldan\ rtsa-lag- htsho; me-tog dmar; lan- tsho-can (K. d. 75). t 3^ *tj ban-dim dsi-wa-ka n. of a red and brilliant flower [a shrub bearing a red flower, Pentapetes phee- niceayS, Ban-ta n. of a tribe in Nepal (Dsami). л^ йл-tonfor («Ц^ and ^ =4) Buddhist priest and Bon priest (Ya-sel. 18). л^3^§\з ban-zon byed-paalso §S q to be alarmed ; to take heed. «Ц ^5 ban-gzan the shawl or serge-cloth wrapper used by Tibetan lamas or Л (Rtsii.L 43^34 Ъап-lham shoes worn by Buddhist priests (Rtsii. 51). t T 4 \ n. of a bird \1L. ко. П, 3) [one who cats what is vomited] 8. у-™ ban-ta qa-ka 2ЗД bab and зля babs, v. ллл'л hbab-pa. лля’л babs-pa — ^Q len-pa taking, assum- ing ;-й’^я’лля'л nvi-lus babs-pa (Yig. ki). лл'Х'Ч bab-eol want of consi- deration in speaking and acting, = я^нт, gzu-lum hastiness, rashness : лл’5«г^‘§5’3 to sin recklessly, without heed or regard. лл’?ч ^яяз bab-col goms-pa (A. IL. 910) [sudden practice.]#. лл’Х'Ч'цз bab-col §mra-wa=&\Q л rdsun- §mra-wa speaking falsehood, also insincere speech, лл^л* bab-lhin considerateness and discreetness in any work or proceeding; лл ^лч]сг*г^] having carefully weighed the circumstances; on full consideration of a • subject (Yig. k.). 33W bab-mal^^ л'^'я also called Я'С^я sa-tshugs which really signifies a halting stage after a day’s march, lodging for one night, place Of one day’s halt; (цч|^ц]^я’ЛЛЯЧ’3^ялгял at a place calculated for staying at after one day’s or two days’ journey (A. 157). qq’Sf bab-mo or ЛЯЙ in Ld. soft, mild; also chaste, modest (Jd.). лл*д bab-bla sulphate of arsenic. ' ччяЫ-«? landing place; also settlement, colony (Jd.). лля‘§*]я babs- stcgs=^№ hbab-sa a place of landing, a landing. ллячс|Ц bab$-hbrel=^°^fl) joint, combined; conjointly, in connection; also in harmony with, in accordance with; except, but for that, we should require an order according to the circumstances (Rdsa. 16); SfjVfl ^я'лля* лдогя^ля'лгл^’ an official authority (jointly) from tho Church government and the Emperor of China (Чц‘я)> е^с* Ф* no
• 866 ад । счя bate-bo* suitable or fit for, oppor- tune: assistance ac-. . ording to what shall be suitable or needed Yi<j. k.). bam or wq bam-pa stale, mouldy, decaying. bam-po that which has boon gathered together, what is put or grouped into one; and, hence, frq. a section or subdivision of a book, a number of chap- ters takon together; a series of fagos; a sot of slokas; glegs-Ьат that which is gathered between boards, i.e. a book or MS. bam-ril 1. defined as mi-ro gtsan-ma $k yon-med fresh human corpse without any part injured or de- cayed. 2. that which is weakened or worn out by much usage. 3. mould in IK. (Jd.) bam-ro a made-up effigy to re- present the dead bodies of supposed enemies of Buddhism, gen. used iu Tan- trik bar 1. тег, intermediate space, that which lies or comes between, that which intervenes (used as adj. or as sbst.): qvg-q^rq the intermediate age; omitting 1he intermediate word or particle, or making it eliptical; '^‘3 a wedge of lapis-lazuli in between the rock; isthmus, neck of land; upper, lower and middle country; a lizard, as an amphibium partaking of two natures (Jd.). But most commonly occurs in the sense of a postp. or of an adv. when it usually takes such forms as Ьаг-la, b'ar-na, bar-du-=.betwixt, between; also, up to, until, as far as; during : between the river banks a bridge had been placed; <¥4^'3’^^ during seven days (he had npt eaten any thing); till now; Y^3^; until now,hitherto ; or till then, up to that time; at three (different) times; frq. with verbs: ^’S’org^-Si’W^ till even touching the top. With a negative, etc. is equivalent to: as long as, «’Уч'чЗ* as long as it has not been obtained, i.e., until it is obtained; p'w’^’^^till or up to his death (JfJ.); as long as we have not reached, attained to. . bar-паз from between : from between the two tents. to inter- pose, intercede, mediate (Ja.). bar-skab§ space of time, meanwhile. bar-khan 1. acc. to Sch. a building between two other houses. 2. central house or room. ск‘|5 bar-khyin. of a demon (^vn) of the naga class. 3* Й bar-khra a kind of tea of middling quality (S. bar. 179). bar-go^ a sort of waistcoat. bar-gyi-mtshams the interme- diate space or zone (flag). «К’З’Р’Й* [a portico or veranda]S. Bar-gyi ldin-gni§ n. of a dynasty which reigned in Tibet, of which there were only two kings, viz:—ЦГЗ*' Gri-gum btsan-po and 9 $PU" de gufi-rgyal (B. Nam). bar-hgah l — ^*wp.re-hgah occa- sionally, at times. 2. some, several; several times, now...now...(Ja.). ftf the middle class, quality, or size. barrshib. '
867 barley flour of second quality {Rtsii.); bar-gyu=^^^' gyn-hbrin turquoise of second quality; second quality meat {Rtsii.). bar-chod; bar-chad or bar-good whw: that which interferes, cuts in between something else; any hindrance, accident, impediment, untoward occurrence, interruption : ijfa meeting with an accident, to perish,. to be lost; q’va^uq to remove impediments; without meeting with an accident {Mil.); q’Vas’J^’q to meditate evil, to brood mischief ; not hav- ing played me a roguish trick (<7a.). Whilst q^S indicates usually any interruption in a worldly business caused by any accident, disease, eto., it means also a change of mind or a hindrance by sin, etc. Again, when a Buddhist who has been for years observing the rules of Vina ya and suddenly betakes himself to the practice of the Tantrik rites but fails and becomes a fallen monk, this change of religious practice has been to him a Bar-chad. Syn. ge-gos\ bgegs Sgrnb-ina-hjng; bar-du-gcod Mnon.). 'ЧЯ’гга, faprix continuously, uninterruptedly. bar-dii Wni; in colloq. dicar-dn between. [good or propitious in the middle.]#. WnKTfast W- [intervening or obs- tructing objects.]#, «к the four obstructions, to good work, etc. which bring calamities on men: (1) 45*5 danger to one’s body such as are diseases; (2) the danger of devotion to religion is the devil ^5; (3) faults are the dangers to life ; (4) q^w^’qv*^ the danger to merit {D.Ri).^ bar-do also bar-ma-do the intermediate state between death and re- birth, of a shorter or longer duration, ordinarily under 49 days; lit. between and A two, i.e., between tho two, so the present life is a state of Bar-do inasmuch as it lies between the past and future existences. There are according to the work called Tho-sgrol six varieties of the Bardo: (1) bar-do \ (2) S'Wck'X rnii-lam bar-do; (3) qw«|5yq<^ bsam-gtan bar do ; (4) hchi-kha bar- do \ (5) chos-nid bar-do; (6) 5J5'4' s rid-pa bar-do. Acc. to Rnin-ma Bkah- gter system there are seven stages of Bardo: (1) (2) (3) ; (4) ; (5) • (6) ^'^Agorq^X ; (7) Acc. to the Bkah-rgyud-pa school there are five stages in the Bardo:—(1) ; (2) ^g’^-qvX; (3) wg*qvX‘; (4) (5) qB-q-§^q5-q^X {Ya-sel. 186). q^A^ Jrtr-#d«w==44'q|]4| agreement or treaty between belligerents: hoping to be able to bring about an agreement, qvjfo bar-sdoni [the suppression of the breath or voice]#. bar-snan sflH atmos- pherical space, tho illumined space; q^^’4 in the heavens above, in the air; ’5)illuminated region above. Syn. gnam; gnam-mkhah. qvq bar-pa the middle one, gen. the second son or brother in a family. q^’q^’i’^ Bar-pa ra-tsa-ka n. of a sect of the Tirthika in ancient India: чкчл'£'*] q^q$ivq^‘qsw,3\VV {К. ко. F, 137).
868 «^w^ bar-bar-du at intervals, from time to time, now and then. bar-ma HVTHT 1. the middle tone in music. 2. or W the middle one of three things; jSrq^sAA^ the world of the middle thousand (B. di. 7). 3. = ^*» or a dancing woman or girl (ДГиоп.). 4. rked-pa the waist or middle zone of the body (Д/жш.). «iv*q middle one; the middle world ; Ьаг-mi umpire, mediator, intercessor. qv&x bar-m^d without interval. q^S’*rw‘ bar-med-mkhah the heavens. bar-tshams or q^’jp^ew any interval. continual, often. bar-gyen-dgu explained: v । | v v* v i (B. Nam.). qK^’q bar-lag-pa a go-between, agent. «кгая bar-lam —in the mean- time, presently, at present (Yig. k. 3U). bar-уд n. of a flower (Ju d. F, 1?). q^wl'c/pc/ Jlar-gsar rdsifi-khafi n. of a place in Tibet (Deb. *3). 37] bal wool; «га g woollen, woolly (Vai-sfi.), «ra'^’q the first coarse plucking of wool, «га’йогл bal-rme- и a the second of the finer wool, «га ^’«1 the third, of the finest W\; «ra^p. bal-dkar fleece; «га-bal-^kud woollen thread, «га’I bal-skye mould on fermented liquors. «ra’^N one of the 41 clothing stuffs prescribed for the use of a Buddhist monk (&. Lex.); «га'яч^ bal-hgor (modern <ra’§|K bal-sgor): «ra^Kq^^^afporcjv <w&5’4 there were only eight loads of q^| barley and peas and four balls of wool (J. 103). «га[a woollen blanket, spider]#. «ra^VJf'g bal-tshon §na-lna wool- yarn or thread of five different colours; «га эх balsam eotton-yarn of red and white colours (Rtsii.); «ra*§ foZ-$/<?=«ra'g’fij^ bal- gyi §lehii a kind of woollen serge-cloth of very small breadth manufactured in Tibet: «ra*g ^w«i bal-$te rnam-pa a piece of bal-sle (costs so much) {Rtsii.). «га*^ bal-thod the hair that is tied to the skull cap used by Bon-po priests in exorcism (Jig- 26). «га?*\^ bal-thod-can a class of Bon exorcists who wear tufts of wool on their forehead: «га’Ч^'^’дк^ the Bon exorcists wearing hair on their brow invoke good luck (JigK 20)» Щ7]’Ц'£ bal-pa-dsa or rtsa dres-ma [n. of a Bodhisattva]#. Bal-po or «га^ч Bal-yal 1. Nepal, the Indian stato lying S. of the Tibetan districts of Burang and Kyirong. 2. a native of Nepal, «га’йч bal-chol a cymbal imported into Tibet from Nepal (Jig. 18); «ra’$ bal-tam Nepalese coin (Lofi. *, 18); «га\ч| bal-dril bell manufactured in Nepal; also a kind of cotton cloth manufactured in Nepal; «гаbal-rydah match-lock manufactured in Nepal and imported to Tibet (Rtsii. 50); «га’Игд^я Nepalese saffron ; «ra*Hr^y^«/ pomegranate tree; «га ^5 Bal-Bod Nepal and Tibet; «га£(Ч| bal-§bug or «ra'Ej<v SJ’psra bal-pohi sbug-dutl kind of cymbal manufactured in Nepal (Rtsii.). «гай bal-то a woman of Nepal. qorq>4 Bal-bzah the Tibetan name of the Nepalese wife of king Srofi-fysan §gam-po, a daughter of king Ams'uvarman; n. of
869 a-p.| a Tibetan lady who had obtained saint- hood. bal-yul-skyes n. of a medicine. Syn. [don-ros^ go-la] ma-ho-na (Mnon.). t balla and balla-chen-po names of heavenly flowers (K. d. 150). bal-li n. of a celestial flower (K. d. bal-lhog^W*^ plague, or cancer (Ya-sel. 28). qww bas-mthah 1. чт^ the suburb of a town, i.e., the limits where a town terminates, , touching or near the suburbs; w srr’u WT4H place of residence in the suburbs. 2. border country (Sch.). . П5ГЦ bis-pa 1. occurs in lieu of byas-pa the pf. of §S'q, mostly in the sense of a thing being quite done or accom- plished. 2. = ^’0r4'q mi-khrel-ica immodest. ba$-mo, v. ччЙ bab-mo. Bi-kra-ma gi-la (sometimes wrongly written as 3’3‘5Г«г£| Bi-krd ma-la glia) n. of a monastery at Magadha founded by king Dharmapala on the bank of the Ganges. It became the chief s^at of Buddhist learning after the glory of Nalanda had waned; and Atis'a was high priest there for several years till he proceeded to Tibet. It was destroyed by Baktyar Ghiliji in A J). 1203 about the time S'akya Sri Pandita of Kashmir visited it (A. 61). + 3*трг§Л Bi-kra-ma pu-ri (sometimes wrongly .written З’Щ’ггвг^ bi-kra ma-la pu-ri) n. of a place in East Bengal situat- ed in the neighbourhood of the place where Atis'a was born: (A. 2). bi-chu xiw moss. 3^’ bi-chun^^^-’ bya-chttn (in Sikk.). * % Ы-dru-ma n. of a precious stone (K. d. \ 320). 3^’яа^’ч Bi-dru-ma hdra-гса n. of a mountain inhabited by venomous naga whose poisonous breath renders the sea water warm at all times (K. d. \ 030). + bi-na-ya-ka a class of malig- nant spirits called in Tibetan, also the name of their king. bi-pa sfa?T? [receiving, accepting]/?. t Bi-ma-la n. of an Indian Buddhist saint who had confided his mystic lore to Lo-tsa-wa Rin-chen mchog Rma and who is very much respected by the Rnin-ma school (Deb. % 3). + Bi-pa ka-ya n. of a fabulous phantom who appears in the- sky at times to receive the homage of the naga demi-gods (Dus-ye. 39). Bi-dha or Зац Vin-dhya, in Tib. also Я‘5 я3д]я*|? chain of hill in central India in a cavern of which the Buddhist sage Acharya Diqnaga- performed his ascetical meditations. i З ё ^л Bi-dsa рй-ra n. of an ancient city of southern India which is mentioned in the Kahgyur under the names of ^3^’ (Mnon.). 3 bi-rdsi a species of shrew (in Sikk.). 3-^гн^ Bi-ri Ва-mdo n. of a place in Ulterior Tibet or Amdo (Yig. 8). bi-sa a poison. + vi-ha-ra a Buddhist monastery where monks receive instruction in sacred literature.
9я-с|| 870 i Se/q’S Bin-pa-ta n. of a treatise on Cabda-vidya the science of words : л /4 5<ч the work Bing-pata called: thorns of words, etc. (A. 82). J bim-pa or Змч (written in the and etc., as the Sanskrt equi- valent of sku-gzugs and kbi- hbi) : 1. Lama Con Blo-gros bftan states that bimba is a flower of 3’3^ rgya- skyegs. 2. Momordiai monadelpha a cucur- bitaeeous plant with a red fruit, a lip red like the fruit' of Bimba. bihu a calf ; in Sikk. a snake, and [linen cloth dyed with red colour.]S. bir-wa kuri-ti ma-ii is a mystical expression. + qoj’q bil’-ica f^j, wood-apple/ The wood-apple tree is also called $ but this seems to be incorrect. Syn. dpal-hbras; chu-klau- mgo\ rab mchod-mig (Mnon.). J biradsa in Tib. g n. of a town situated to the south of Vajrasana {Dus-ye 40). bu 1. sbst., resp. sras) anu, son, boy, common in С. bu- chu gin-gi yor-ma in Tibetan proverbs: a son that is not worthy of his father. 2. fxiZJ child; offspring ; bu-phrug children ; a pregnant woman, one big with child: З'Ч54'3q5^ bu-chui sa-skya-pahi bu-chen yir-nub g и fi- gsum (Yig. 2). 9’495 bu-hkhrid (puli') a common title generally given by parents in Tibet to the first born daughter with a hope that she would bring in the train of birth a 5 or son to her parents. §’4| bu-ga I: or bug 1. hole, aperture, opening: ba^puhi bu-ga pore, passage of prespiration (Dzl.); sna-bug nostril; bu-ga-hdsin full of perforations; З'ЯЛ'З bu-ga-dgu the nine orifices of the body (2 eyes, 2 ears, 2 nos- trils, mouth, urethra, anus). 2. symbol, num. 9 (Jd.}. bu-gu — ^'^'§J' bu-tsha chun-chun little boy. 9’^’ Bu-glin n. of a park or ‘grove in Lhasa belonging to the State (Rtsii i). 9’4^5 bu-brgyud н’нти, Hwifa, ямт. descendants, issue, generation. Bu-chu lha-khan ono of the twelve Buddhist sanctuaries erected during the ‘ reign of king Sron-btsan §gam-po (Lon. % 6). 95'4 bu-ta-ka=rffaH offerings to the earthly gods and spirits (7Г. g. % 215). Button ^'54) « a celebrated lama the author of voluminous works who edited and put into present form the Kahgyur and Tangyur encyclopcedias. It may be said that a more deeply-read and a more voluminous writer than Buton has not at anytime appeared in Tibet. He lived over seventy years strenuously exerting himself for the spread of Bud- dhism, and spending the last days of. his life at Shalu, a large monastery situated about twelve miles to- the S.E. of Tashi- Ihunpo, where he died about the begin- ning of the 14th century A.D. 9Л’* bu-de-tshe life. 9’^5 bu-dod foster-child, adopted son, ^5’Э’9Л5‘*^5 ned-kyi Ьи-dod-mdsod deign to be adopted by us (Mil. Jd.). 9*4^’ bu-gdun a small cross-beam (Mil.)
871 gX bu-rdo \Sch.) idle talk, tittle-tattle. g,Ji5 Ьч-nad child-bed: the child-bed terminates unfavourably (Pth.). bu-snod uterus, womb. 5’^ bu-dp true copy: g’5^ (Ya-sel. П): bu-mo, rarely g'^’я bu-mo-ma, 1. ^n, a daughter. 2. a girl, maiden, virgin: з’35’Ч|4ц*я or or a girl that is still in a virgin state; g’^V* Ьи-mo dar-ma a youthful maiden, a young woman. Syn. di—та; myo§-ma; 4*^ mc-tog-Q*ur; khens-ldan-ma; dregs-ldan-ma; lan-tsho rtse-dgah-ma; dan-pohi rdul-can; ^ч*л**гя rdul-beas-ma; Svqq*54 dar-bab-ma (Mnon.). bu-mo gshon-nu-ma a young girl, maiden, damsel. • Syn. ma-hons rdul-can ; na-ehun-ma ; 5*4^‘^S’5'’ phyogs-med-ma ; lan-tsho dan-po; nor-ldan- ma; gron-pahi chos-ma-gos (Mnon.). д’Й^-р^чгЗ jiefgg- bridegroom, son-in- law [also, a lotus]#. 9‘Я5 bu-snmd family, children. g bu-tsha HnfTH, ^Tr.3i son, boy; often familiarly sounded as potsa or putsa. 9’^'^ я’нте increase of family, g^^gorq Ьи-tsha^ hbrel-ica to cohabit (Jd.). g’^ Ъи-tshab—^S bu-dod. bti-hdsin-ma gf^^FT [a daughter]#, д’!"** Kxffi [guard of a young child]#.; a nurse that looks after children (Nag. 59). 9’Ч4! bu-yug snow-storm. S’** bu-ram wc molasses, raw brown sugar; treacle: g’W^’4 bu-ram- sgor-wa to boil down raw sugar (Jd.) sugarcane juice and hot melted butter drunk while warm relieves coughing and removes hard-breathing (K. g. Iff). длял]bu-ram ka-ra, fHSTHi treacle; ^.‘9 loaf sugar. д’^’З’Й’* [diluted sugar]#, д’мгд bu-ram sgra, an epithet of Arjuna the 3rd son of Panda (Мло/г.). g’W*E? bu-ram-chan, spirit from sugarcane juice or from treacle; g’W-^’ bu-ram-gin the plant from which sugar is extracted, sugarcane plant; д'мг^чщ’л sugarcane juice. work on the exploits of Ikshakus, etc. (A. 35). д’мг-^егч bu-ram gin-pa n. of the progenitor of the solar race, an epithet of Sakya-simha Buddha who was born of that race. • длГ5Г|*т»Н^| bu-la-ma skyes me-tog д^’« hom-bu sne-ma (mytic) (Mifi. i). д‘*П’^ Bu-la ha-ri 1. a kind of fine leather generally of calf or kid which is japanned black or red and is used in lin- ing boxes, &c. (Rtsiii). 2. n. of a monastery on the Ganges in the Monghyr district said to be still resorted to by Tibetan pilgrims. 9’^ slob-та scholar, dis- ciple, follower of a clerical teacher; also = ^’5^] slob-phrug a pupil. bu-lon (cf. g^ bun) advanced money, debt: or 9‘^’SV4 to con- tract debts; g’^’wrq bu-lon hjal-wa or ^prod-pa to pay a debt; g’®^ bu-lon- pa a debtor.
5V4 872 | §Ч|’Ц bii(/-pa = ^ a crack, hob, cavity: bored holes. Syn. S'4] bu-ga; S khun-bu; pad-mahi-mig ; Sp^S^’ rlun-hbijHn ; Я’яХья sa-mthons; khon-ston (MnonX bug-shol, v. S4]^ slings {Jd.), З^'ч^ч] bugs-gcig ='H^4] '^4]'4]^4] a week, seven days : V^TS4]^'4]^4^ ho received a week’s instruction (Rtsii.). 94|*’’afc' bugs-toil an entire earease : -q q qojnentire dry car- case of a sheep, goat or yak. (Jig. 2fJ). bun-ica —sbran-ma xfa, ЯНТ (MnonX 1. a humming and stinging insect, such as a bee, etc.; ЗЯ?4] sting, and also the wound caused by it. 2. acc. to Cs. a bright black stone: black either like a bee or like this stone, g^’4* g5§5 bun-ica skrod-byed-=^t^^'*r г^’я чн<1 the female bee; also a ehotcry to drive away flies (MiiouX tfst prob, the queen-bee though the mas- culine gender is used. bun Ju 4^^ [a discus-bearer]. buns [mass, heap, brlk;S^*v^ a large heap; V^’9^’* a great quan- tity of urine (Min.); to heap one upon another, pile up] Jd. bud 1. ($*) any darkening of the air through dry matter, a cloud of dust, dust-storm: 55’§я’Л5Ч wrapt in dusty mist. 2.=^EMurned out, expelled: turned out of the assembly of monks or congregation (Yig- 3). 95’.?^* bud-stoft destitute tenants or subjects, also where a family has been entirely expelled (Rtsii.). bud-dha wa-na n. of a forest ^>**4 situated to the east of Vajrasana in Bud- dha-Gaya (Dsam. 17). Rud-dha — ww^ Sans-rgyas. bud-med I. ^rft, a woman; defined as я^я ^«гя '95’^5- pone that cannot be dispensed with or forsaken; acc. to others, one that can- not be, left* outside the house at night is called 95’^5, and hence=woman. 9S'^V^‘9 a female child; a violent hag; 95^5^ 4 a fair woman (Bzl.)\ one who is bullied by his wife; Я^^^’95'^5 gpo-icohi bud-med a lady (A. К. 1 22). 95bud-med-kyi rnam- hgyur womanly expression and beauty :— чГ§,ч]Я hjo-sgegs ; rnam-hgyur; ^я’чр} rnam-gyo; Кя’ц rol-pa; b§kul-wa; 4 zur-gyis st on-pa (Mnon.). 2. = я£<г<уЙ a concubine, mistress. Syn. й’Й mi-mo; JJ з<уя skra-can-ma ; я^ям ^<уя mtskam§-ldan-ma; |^‘§5’я §byor- byed-ma ; §5’я hchin-byed-ma; ^'ч^я’я ni-yni§-ma ; 4^5 Я hdod-klan-ma ; §5‘^‘ ч$ byed-pahi-gshi \ ч]|ч|яг^я gzugs-eau-ma ; dgah-icahi-gshi; ^'^’’я zur-lta-ma ; ^яя dgah-ma\ З5’я skyed-ma*,, 4^'я hdsin- ina ; ^’^ я ho-hdsin-ma; $*г^уя his-ldan- ma; §fobs tned-ma; д'ЧМ’5я^ §kye- icas-dman; lan-bu-can; Я^я’^’я gnas-byed-ma (Mnon.). 95^5‘$q'4^q4 female ascetics that wear human bone ornaments, or Buddhist women who are said to have obtained sainthood; those of Indian origin:— 9P’®5'^ sukhsid-dhi, я'^^з ча^огй ma-eig grub-pahi rgyal-mo, gc-slofi-ma dpal-mo, etc. Tibetan nal-jor-ma:— rgya-bzdh, ww bal-bzahy ^’^я’я^’ye-$e§ mtsho-гдуаЦ bdag med-ma я$др oia'^-я та-cig lab-sgron-may «й^ям’^’я
873 bsod-nams brgyan-ma, »г$Я ^‘я та-cig sha- ma, bsod-nams dpal-hdren, q^x*^ pad-ma-mtsho^ lha-rtse dpon-mo, qifi-bzah rnal- hbyor-ma, м^ялсгцле/я pad-ma rab-bzah-ma (Lofi. w, 3). bud-med dgah-bral $W ядя’дс/q or a woman who is devoid of enjoyment and happiness, a barren woman; a hermaphrodite of the female sign. bud-med hgyur- wa lufi-btfan-pahi mdo n. of a Sutra in which is described how women can be changed into men (K. d. ч, 326). д^’^яХя bud-med-mchog, <*ГГГ, a very handsome woman with personal accomplishments. [1. a prostitute. 2. one who goes about in the dark]#. Syn. ^^яyan-lag mchog-ldan- ma; угяХя'я hi$-nudwg-ma; щя’ож’я lus- bzan-ma; угдя lus-phra-ma; ^я* чзч*я m{g. bzan-ma; ч^’А^'я b^kin-bzan-ma; я^'^’я mtshan-ldau-ma; pad-ma-can; ^Я sgeg-mo; й^’дяя imad-rgya^-ma; JS’^5 rkyed-med-ma; о^’Кч’я yid-hoft-ma; ^5 ‘ЧЯ’ я yid-hphrog-ma; язк/ч^’я hclM-tca sbyin- ma; ^Я Я^*л mig-gyo-ma; йя'я^я'я mig- mdse$-ma; ^я^Я’*№* ri-dwag$ mig-ean- ma; я^^Я’* gyon-mig-ma; ’^Я * sur- mtg-ma ; В^Я** $min~legs-ma; §Я'3 tdug-gu-ma; mcliog-gi lcug-ma; myo$-gsal-ma; зЦцс.яя mig- yan$-ma; Д’^чя^яя zla-shal mdses-ma. (%поп.) д\й\<*^уя any voluptuous or un- chaste woman; with following syn.: *Я*Г ы chag$-ldan ma; $ячгдч^’я myos-pahi phreMdan-ma; rig-myur-ma} yr Ч5ЧЯ dus-btab-ma яйГуя^я тйоп-hgro-ma \ dben-hgro-nia; ы hdod-bgro^. ; ядя^5*чяя*Я^я hkhrig-pa-hi b^n^ gfan-ma; я|5«г§^я hkhrnl-byed-ma; «Я^-ДЯ- Я\^*уя chag$-pahi gdon-can-ma (Mnon.у bnd-med rdul the menses. '§} ’*< bud-med blo-ldan-ma a noble and magnanimous woman; with syn.: ^я’яряя rnam-mkhas-ma; sbyod-ldan ma ; яря’я mkhas-ma; qes-rab-ma ;^я*^ я tshig-ldan-ma §nan-sgrogs-ma; -^я ^^ я ges-ldan-ma\ я dra^ca can~ma (Мйоп.). bud-med sbrum-ma a pregnant woman. Syn. phru-gu-chags; mnal-ldan-ma; sems-can shags; дЯ’^Я*^ srog-chags-ldan; ^я'^'я hiS’-Ui^ та; lus-mi-bde; яяо1<з«|яя mfial- chags-ma; д^'Йя’я^я'я glan-mohi hgro$-nta (Mnon.). bud-med zla-mtshft'n- dan Idan-ma ®йдн<?1 a woman in menses. Syn 5\а<£я^я bud-med chos-ldan- ma;^'^** dus-ldan-ma ; ^Я'^'*4 те-tog Idan-ma ; Я5rked-nad can-ma ; |ЗЯ’^*** khrag-ldan-ma (Mfion.). an adulterous woman, who is said in her manners to resemble a hen. bud-fift=^'*^‘ fire-wood, fuel, also dried dung used as such; 4 bud-fin bqag-pa to split or chop wood. S5^^ 4§ q (як£) a torch, a light; lit. flambeau consisting of ten pieces of wood. bun abbr. of 9'5^': interest on money lent. S^'35 bun-rfyod ^I^TfsK in
874 stretched and hanging. 9^*^ bun-tho or bun-yig 1. debtor’s account-book. 2. bond or obligation; bill of debt. Ьии-gton to lend money on in- terest : З’чрич whatever receipts there are should be clear in the cash account list (Rtsii.). bun-bdag money-lender, banker. SVW bun-bun piece-meal, dispersed bun-dsan-ti^^ity^ kun-tu- mdsts very handsome (mystic) (K. g. % 215). bun-re (Sch.) a small matter, cf. ^’9^ ban-bun. bun-ion О3»whirling up and down, an expression used of boil- ing water; bun-lon-gi $nan~ sras troubled, impure, sinful thoughts (Jd.). bun-lob some large number: (Ya-sel. 57). bubs—^\ 1. an entire pieco of cloth rolled up; cotton-cloth (Cs.). 2. in a general sense: whole, something entire (Schi); gw^i prob, whole, entire, the whole body as opp. to separate parts (7a.). bum-sku^ acc. to the Rnin-ma School=state of unchangcablcness like that of the Vajra (Yig. 14). bum-pa те, water-bottle, flask; bottle-shaped ornaments in archi- tecture, e.g., on the chorten; vessel used in sacrificing. The water pot re- quired in Buddhist religious services is of two kinds having the following charac- teristics ; a large belly, long neck hang- ing down («$ *3^*4) and contracted legs: (1) wg* and (2) fwu- The former has no or beak, ^1 the latter when provided with *4 is called the jar-of-life, t.e., it con- tains water consecrated to the Dhyani Buddha SV’lA (Amitayusha). bum-kheb$ the cover for a water-pot used in Tantrik religious ceremonies (Rtsii.); bum-dar the scarf that is wrapt round the jar containing sacred water (Rtsii.). Wi [sonorous] S. 9*’ bum-rdsas: ^'g' twenty-five articles (comprising con- secrated objects and various sorts of medicines) required to be kept in the sacred-pot which contains the consecrated water (Rtsii.). Bum-pa $kye$ jwm, n. of a Rishi, who was born in a water pot. In ancient times the Rishi Rgyal-wa while practising asceticism caught a glimpse of an -4psara-goddess and, as if embracing her, in a dream discharged seed which preserved in a water-pot produced tho Rishi. This was the famous Vas'ishtha the pot-bom (ДГяоя.). [a kind of lotus, the Prcmna spinosa.~\S. bum-pahi hkhrul-hkhor— zo-ehuii-khyud (Mnon.). bum-pahi mgul-can resp. form of mgrin-pa neck (MnonT). gw'qsrjoi чг[г-ф- [1. a pitcher. 2. the back of the neck]S. + 9*'g bum-bu = ^ ^ small water-pot generally used in religious ceremonies. bur upright bolt or fastening to a door, ^’9^ upper bolt, ^’9^ lower bolt. (Ja.)^ • bur-rtin or bur*tin a kind of bell or gong in temples (Jd.).
875 ^ч|| $41 bur-ltan balls of molasses packed in goat skin: {Rtsii.). g^‘55 bur-thud pastry or cakes made of dried milk, molasses and butter: {Jig. 29). bur-thun-khugs^^^'^ blo- bur-du suddenly {8 man). bur-tse various species of Eurotia, largely used in the JF. by travellers as fuel. bur-gin for I I: lul or 3a,5q] bul-tog soda occurs in Tibet as a white powder on the ground, generally near the margins of lakes though not exclusively so. It is used as a medicine, and also added in small quanti- ties to bring out the quality and flavour of tea. II: or bul-ро^ЧЧЦ dal-po, ga-le 1. slow, dilatory, lazy: hgro-bul-te slow in walking, making but tardy progress {Dzl.); й mi-bul mi-myur neither slow nor quick {A. 60). 2. = ^ч sul valley, ravine: a valley of the mountains resembling (the plains of) India (A. ДЗ). bul~hgro§=^ ^‘^ §5 rkan-pahi hdu-byed a kind of movement of the feet (in dancing). bul-ran-pa neither very quick nor slow in walking: a modorately-swift horse {llbrom 118). + bus-pa = &w 1. boy, lad. 2. v. *55’4 hbud-pa {Jd.). I: be 1. num. fig.: 105. 2. TF. for В bye {Jd.). 3. for be-rdo; 3’^* be-gin an oath {Jig. 62). И be-ge, v. beg-ge. = byi$-pa a little boy, lad or lass: (л. 88, 86). bc-chon {Zam. 3) club with an ornamental hammer, knob, dorje, or human head-like figure on its top which the gods generally carry in their hands to fight with the Asura. be-con-hchaft 1. an epithet of Vishnu, and also of Yama the lord of death {Mnon.). 2. n. of a goddess {Jd.). be-bjan — ^*W (mystic) {Min J). ^’5 be-ta 1. ; cocoa-nut, 3 5* be-t ahi-gin the cocoa-nut tree. 2. Tibetan name of ^5’5 bi-da-rwa Bedar, the birth place of Nagarjuna (Djgw*.). Syn. hbras-bu-rtag; g^’gS’gq-q hbrus-buhi phunpo; sa-htJo- hdab; ta-lahi rgyal-po; mi-mo-rtsr ; ggol-ldan {Mnon.). sulphate of copper. Ic-nidun a spear or javelin made of oak-wood {Jig. 32). bt-rdo, v. 3 quoit, the discus of the ancients. + = hdsin-pa. Ье-sna lag-chen n. of a demon of the naga class. be-snabs a mineral substance. be-rdsi-=^^^ skar-ma snar-ma. J besa ra-ka a species of very small insects {K. du. % 20 J). be-rag a long and more or less broad band worn as a head-ornament by all Buddhist women of Ladak, nuns excepted. It is fastened to the hair and is studded with one to five long rows of turquoises which forcibly suggest serpents and serpent-worship in general.. In a
WI 876 *1 case in -wliich a woman was ordered by the court to give up her berag to the complainant at once, she refused to do so saying that this could not be done as long as (in that year) the irrigation of the fields lasted, evidently because of the water-supplying Я or nagas. йBe-ri n. of a district in the juris- diction of Chamdo in E. Tibet (Zo/L <4 15). n. of a petty chief who favoured the Karma-pa school and helped Deba Tsangpa in the war with the (Eleuth chief Gus'ri Khan, but was killed by him (Lon. % 15). 3 5*1 Ье-log a great-grand father (Ja.). behu w a calf : dpal-behu n. of a gem; also the emblem of love and affection represented by a noose. behu-bum lit. calf’s pot, i.e., cow’s dug from which tho calf sucks milk; fig. that which yields nourishment to life, met. spiritual life, hence, scriptures. gV2* be-hbum $non-po the ancient book on religion and religious history of the Kadampa school compiled by Dge-ges Dol llin-po-ehe (Lofi. 2). Mil.; to be temperate, to keep moderation in the indulgence of the appetites (Ja.). len a large pitcher; ehu-ben water-pot. Зя bem or bem-po=fyfy^ (Mnon.) 1. in the dialect of upper or western Tsang = old, worn-out, as of patched clothes. Also applied to the body, and defined as “an entity deprived of all sense.” on the boundary between the physical matter of the body and the soul (Mil.), jfa’*** by the power of his prayer was deprived of sense like his own worn-out self (Ya-sel 10); bem~pa liar- Ikug^ffi'Q lkug-pa stupid, senseless like a log of wood or physical matter, 3^ 4 bem-rig bral-wa without body and soul: the dead are without body and soul. 2. a receptacle, box, bag, ete. (Ja.). bem-chag?=*№*^ dkar-chag list of contents: ч* should refer to those occurring in the Ьед-де=Ъ'^ be-ge measles (&Л.); also called sib-bi. Beg-tse 1. n. of a goddess who when propitiated protects her devotees. 2.‘hidden shirt of mail. ben 1. smaller beams of a house wliich support the roof. 2. a stick, cudgel, club (Jd.) bed 1. deamoss, advantage: bed-nia-ehod proved of no use, no advan- tage; at a time when salt was sixty times dearer (than barley) (Glr.); lonwpyod in list of contents of the Rgyalrab (Hbrom. . 251). ber 1. resp. g‘8* o/a- gam cloak of thick woollen cloth used by the lamas of Tibet, in winter; ber- ehen a full cloak; tshem-bcr a cloak made up of many pieces (Pth.); 8*4* ber-thul gown of a priest, sacerdotal cloak without sleeves, with 4*go$-chen for a ber-thul fur-cloak. 2. burning, sharpness, acridity, any biting, stinging quality: a stinging or burning of the blister arose. 8*’«^ ber-ean sharp, pungent, keen.
| 877 । ber-ka = w*\ a branch; * ber-ma ber-lcag a stick or staff; spahi ber-ma cane, bamboo stick {Mil.); ber-ma leag a switch. Syn. 4 dfyyug-pa; hkhar-ica; hkhar-dbyug {Mnon.). ber-ser-can an aquatic grass {§man. 109). bel a leather bag. ^’gp]4 bel-lpags = ^5’д<г|« behuhi-lpags calf-skin {Rtsii.). be$ Tro the cheek. bai-dur-ya malachite or chrysolite. There are three descrip- tions of Vaidurya stone: (1) bai-dur-ya ser man-dsu-ri; the yellow lapis- lazuli called Manjuri; (2) bai- dHr-ya lian-su-ga-ta the green lapis-lazuli . called Sugata ; (3) ’§’5 bai-dur-ya dkar-su nya the white lapis-lazuli called the white Sunya. % q’K<Vai-ra tsa-na 1. n. of the first Dhyani Buddha. 2. a learned lo-tsa- wa who flourished during king Khri-sron ldehu btsan's reign and who first translated the Hbum from Sanskrit {Yig. 35). £ bhe-ka ihi; toad, corrupted into § sbe-ka : rugged naked person, | I if the fat of the toad is made into eye-salve, etc. {K. g. «, 56). ? Bhai-ka-tse leam-bral n. of a sylvan nymph who undertook to protect Tibet and defend Buddhism {Deb. $). J Ip bhai-ra a gem: «д Bhaira gem is a protec- tion against all classes of evil-spirit and removes pain. bo 1. num. fig.: 135. 2. affix, to designate certain adj. or nouns. 2^’4 bo-tog-pa = q & q ba-loft-ica ; acc. to. Jd. ankle, ankle-bone. $kyid-po- nal-wa to sleep well: 1 226). + %%bo-dhi==SF§Qbyan-chub itfW 1. en- lightenment, divine wisdom or knowledge. 2. = SA’$cr^c/ byan-chub-qin the Indian pteepul, Ficus religiosg. bo-dhi-rtsi rosary used to count the recitation of the names of Bodhisattvas, probably made of a kind of peepul wood. Bo-don n. of a place in Tibet situated to the north-west of Tashilhunpo in Tsang {Deb. % 2). Bo-don Phyogs-las rnam-rgyal also called Hjigs- med grags was one of the celebrated lamas of Tibet; and is said to have written one hundred volumes. He belong- ed to the Jonang-pa school and founded the monastery of Dpal-то chos- Idins monastery {Grub. 14), also esta- blishing his control over the monastery of Sam-ding in Yamdok lake-district which is presided over by Dorje Phagmo the incarnate Vajra Varahi. bo-wa яте to expand as a bubble; to overflow or fall out of a vessel on account of over-filling: ho-та bo- was the milk bubbled over {A. 80). Bo-^og-thu n. of a province in Mongolia, also of its king: to the ruler of heaven and earth the king of Bo-cog-thu a votary of the Gelugpa school {Ya-sel. 17).
878 bog-to Tib. rendering of Mongol term for a prince or chief ;=t rje lord or sir (Lon. \ 10); the yellow turban worn by the lay people of Tibet. ^5Bog-to Mu-tan n. of the prince of Mongolia who entertained tho Dalai Lama Bsod-nams Rgyam tsho with great pomp when he visited that country at the invitation of king Thu-mad Altan Khan for the purpose of introducing Buddhism there (LoA. % 11). + Л bog-ri acc. to some, Sa|’§, bog-te=. A‘«|H ba-gam. bogs benefit, profit, advantage. bon in size, sized; in capacity, in bulk, generally with or $A’ annexed signifying “large-sized” or “small- sized ”; also with ЗА’: ^a^e/ short in staturo; ^5, ^a full sized. ^aci, <<fhj [a clod]S. 2fe’|3 boA-khra a species of falcon. За'З bon-ди eolloq. for ^A*g bon-bu. Sa'e? bon-Aa the wrild aconite, of which soven species grow in the Himalayas. ^AA^^-q boA-Aa dkar-po the white species of aconite: ^a*aVF'qsr white aconite cures con- tagious bilious fevers. the red species of aconite: ‘V^I'A^V^T^®1’ (Med.); ^A*Vq also called a$v^| or the black species of aconite which is called a great medicine: (Swan?). Syn. a ; slar-dug; (pn-tu-dug i ^’A$ VI ne-tcahi-dug \ dmar-po rba-can; hod-dmar-can; BS^V^A'a byed-ldan snan-ica; sman-chen (MAon.). ЪоА-bu I ; the ass, donkey; ЧкЛ or 4’4^ a he-ass; 9a-» or Й’Мс.’ she-ass ; ^a'^c] colt or foal of an ass; 3F*a^ ЩВДТ an ass’s fold; Ы- bu-pa an ass-driver. Syn. rna-chen; skad-chen; $ug$-hgrohi-pha\ chos- can-rin; 5'5^ pho-rtag$ or *’4 cha-wa; SV Ц'4$ a; byin-pa-gtsaA; a^vaa^’Q^ bzod-pahi mu-khyud- groA-du hdren; *3V a*a’ mgrin-bzaA (Шоп.). SA’g’gw boA-bu phye-mar^^\^Q lhog-dug-ра^ g’* ke-tsha (mystic) (Л/гй. 4)- ^A'gS-gv4 Ьоп-buhi spyod-pa the charac- teristics of an ass: a^av^^F’ASA’ when laden with a burden he carries it; S '^e/ js not affected either by cold or heat; 5<T5‘*4] <¥’?F4‘§ when ho has had enough, he always knows it (Masuraksd). II: small insects; ’^aq ryyas-pahi bon-bu sugar mite, lepisma; A’ (SV)^*| bon-(bun)-nag dung-beetle (Cs.). bon$-thuA = ^‘З’ЗА’ mihu-thuA a dwarf (ЛГйоп.). Ча$г#5 [sharpness.] S. Bod qt rite, Tibet; ^5’3*^ Bod-kyi-yul the country of Bhot or Tibet which comprises ^V^a- little Tibet including U. and Tsang, and greater Tibet including M.do-§mad (Amdo) and Mdo-§tod (Kham). Ч^адА< bod-hbans Tibetan subjects: а^ЯАА^А^-аг^г RtajN'q the Tibetan subjects are happy having good crops and cattle. (S^s«.). bod-hbrog herdsmen of Tibet living in the northern solitudes tending their cattle (so expressed in LoA. % 5).
879 | bod-kyi stag-то ske-rifi- сап^Л'Х^' sre-mon (Sman. 108). Bod-skad ^гкгчт Tibetan langu- age ; ^5’^5 ^*q|’vq§4l Bod-skad-da bsgyur- bcug translated into Tibetan, Bod kha-wa-can the ancient name of Tibet which before the spread of Buddhism was called Don-mar-can-gyi yul the country of the red-face cannibals, i.e., of savages (I7<7, 9). ^5’**»^ bod-chams Tibetan lea- ther tanned and painted in Tibet: | as to the price of the best Tibetan leather there is information of its fetching ono srang a piece (Jig. 21). bod-dad (lit. Tibe- tan-smoke), i.e., Tibetan husbandmen engaged in agricultural pursuits, or having settled life; so called from smoke coming out of their huts. Bod-pa or Bod-mi a Tibetan. bod-bse cups and plates and buck- les made of rhinoceros skin, generally by Dokpa Tibetans (Jig. 21). 2j3j bon 1. the ancient religion of Tibet which was fetishism, demon worship, and propitiation by means of incantations. The word w’hieh ordinarily means religion is used as the antithesis to Bon now signifies the kind of Shamanism which was followed by Tibetans before the introduction of Buddhism and in certain parts still extant; of this there were three stages, namely :—hdsol-bon, hkhyar-bon and hsgyur-bon. The duration of the first extended from the time of Qnab-khri Btsan-po^ the first historical king of Tibet, down to the reign of king Khri-^de Btsan- po ; the second from the reign of king Digum tsan-po q) to the formal introduction of Buddhism under king Sron-btsan sgam-po; and tho third stage from king £rong-tsan’s time down to the time of Tsong-khapa. bon~§ku kun-tu bzan-po the supreme deity according to Bon, opp. to Dharmakaya Samanta Bhadra ; bon-skyon a guardian deity of the Bon, opp. to ^’3^’ Dhatmapala. bon-sgo-bshi mdsod-lna the four schools of Bon (treasures) (1) (2) Wq(3) (4) and the five classes of sacred works called We have also bon-sde-gsum the three subdivisions of the Bon scriptures. ^’2? Bon-po a follower of Bon tenets. bon-pa = bzlas-pa to ex- press, to mutter. bon-hbyun rtsis-chen n. of a Bon religious work resembling the of the Buddhists. Bon-ri n. of a mountain in Kongpo sacred to Bon people: many Tibetan holy places such as Bon-ri situated to the east of Buchu lha-khang of the province of Kongpo (B. grub. 2). bon-lun hod-dkar^zw^'Q the venerable (B. Nam.). bor-ra effcr 1. a sack of corn; holding about 30 khal (Jd.). 2. bag for sweepings and dust, dust-bin. 2pi bol or bol-gon the upper part of the foot or boot. bol-gar= Ud-ha-ri. bol-po v. hbol-po. bo§, v. hbod-pa to call.
91 880 5/ I: by a the fut. root of §5 byed-pa; v. this and the sbst. S’^ bya-iva, S II: fsT*T any bird or fowl. ^*5 khyim-bya the domestic fowl; 3‘M bya-tgro a feather; Sbya-hdab wing ; S3 bya-$pu bird’s down; 3^q* bya-ishafi or S'W bya-mal bird’s nest; S'Sfa bya-skon or S'J bya-rgya a net or trap to catch birds. Syn. $goft-$kye§\ 4^’3** rnkhah-hgro; mkhah- tpyod\ mkhah-la-rgyu; *5*^ hdab- (dan ; hdab-mahi fin-rta-ean ; yan-lag drug-pa; nam- rnkhahi-rta} «FM4 mkhah-nal-, $gro- Id in ; me-yi-mgrin ; ,Q>? hphur- hgro; rnkhah-bgrod; Ins- mgyog§\ hdab-§kyod \ hdab- rhagt {Mnon.), q the bird called cadam- la-goose, l bya-ka lan-ta-ka n. ’’[‘M'\4ll 3’3’*’* bya-ku ra-ra giTT; v. 3’*’^ [an ospreyJS. Sy31- rgyati-grag$-tho$\ О4]** $gra-$grog$\ sgra-hbyin chen-po {Mnon.). Syt^bya ku-na-la gpn<3 or ЭТ'*4 [Phasianus gallus]S, Syn. hdab-chags-rab] 3'^ bya-ldan {Mnon,), 3’W v. ^’S’4)4! | 3’*5' bya-rkan a place in Magadha where Gautama had resided some time. S'3^ bya-skyibs (cha-kib) янтнп clefts in rocks where birds take shelter, rocky overhanging crag with ledge beneath, men and animals taking shelter in such large chakib or rock-harbours. 94Г4КС^4Г25 <ij‘3’$w$ in the bird’s shelter under a black rock; g’jwfjw formed into a shelter for birds (-4.11). 3'F*’ bya-khafi or S^'Fq’q a bird’s cage. Syn. bu-gahi- dbyan^ {MHon,). S’B^’ bya-khyufi an eagle. S’B^X bya-khyt(A-rdo^9&^ mthin blue mineral colour {M^on.). S B bya-khra 1?Гperegrine falcon. S'£q’ bya-khrufi the crane. S bya-ga rgaft-gha-ga-ti: Syn. nam-mkhar-$geg; dbyaft$-ldan\ fykra-wahi $kad- hbyin {Mnon.), S'^ bya-gag a species of bird: S’4)4!'^jbya-gag-gi h bird year. ^’314)«Г**then he proceeded to Tharpa (Nirvapa) in the year called bya-gag, i.e., the bird year (A. 93). Syn. 5’5’J4)^ kn-ku $gnog§; ^’4^* sa-gna$; ^'S khyim-bya {Mnon,). S34) bya-glag the white-tailed eagle. 5'^j‘S bya-go-wo the lammergayer. Syn. byhi-zahi lto-wa\ 0.^*4 hchi-icahi-hban$; zla-hod $дга-сап {Mnon.). §%Sbya-rgod—^ 714 vulture, bird of prey; S’^VSF’2^ bya-rgod phufcpohi-ri jjW? vulture-hill of Magadha, a resort of S'akyamuni. Syn. rhtfl-$pyod\ rnkha-la hkhor; rin-hphur;
3*1 881 З’Хчц nani-hphaft-spyo# (Шоп.). З'^’З^ bya-rgod-$po$ the plant Delphinium Bru- nonianum, the same as Delphinium moschatum \ bya-rgod sen-mo = rgya-tug; 3 J a net or trap to catch birds. 94*4 bya-rgod-brun vulture’s droppings (Mift-rda. J). 5’^5 bya-rgyutj {жгсТ’Н a ritual in mysticism. З’Я^ bya~$grufi$, or S'45 title of a book of satirical fables, in which birds are introduced as speaking. 3’^’ bya-^'iin^^J\ bya-rmyen. 3’q^wsqjw vb. yawning, gaping. + s№**Q Bya-da li-pa an Indian Bud- dhist saint, a pupil of Virupa (K. dun, 12). S'^54 bya-hdaby a balcony. Э'ЯХ bya-hdre a kind of winged demon. bya-po cock, the male of the domes- tic fowl: etc., the first, the second cock-crow (C.), qjrtt bya-po tsi-tsi (Med.) a medicinal plant, stopping the monthly courses; in ZA. applied to Inpatient sulcata. 3'8 bya-§pu-non-pa to pat on the back; to keep in orderj not to disturb any arrangement: 5'3patting on the back in the way of encouragement as if gently touching the plumes of a bird (Yig. k.). S'ifa n. of a cons- tellation. bya-pho a male bird, a cock; n. of a medicinal plant used to stop excessive menstruation. 5’^ bya-ma-rta = ^ or ban- phyin a messenger (Шоп.). З’Я’З bya-ma-byi the fruit-bat or flying fox. Syn. S'*’39 bya-ma byihu; ^5 §5 gcod- byed\ $'^’^’§5 ne-war hdsin-byed (Шоп.). З'$г$ч bya-ma-leb any butterfly. З’^^’Л . bya-rmyan-wa^^^'ц stretching one’s self after fatigue, lying prostrate: this lion coming out of his den stretches his body. bya-tshe-rift the white crane, a species of bird said to live one hundred years. Syn. ^5’^5 Ihad-bkod \ ^'§3’^3 gnam-gyi $e-mon-bya\ $nan-hphrin ; hdab-ehags tshe-rin (Mfion.). 3’4^’ bya-wafi the bat; acc. to Jd. night- hawk, goatsucker, caprimulgus. 3'4^ bya-bshon 1. one who rides on a bird, an epithet of Vishnu and Kartikeya the former riding on the eagle, the latter on the peacock. 2. an egg (in Bal.) (Jd.). 3’3 bya-ze crest on the head of birds, tuft (of feathers) of birds. bya hug-pa the owl (general term). 3^‘Я^ byahi-gdon a malignant spirit which kills birds; a disease of birds (Mng. 77). by ahi phur-tshul flying of a bird; 3^3* gyen-hphur\ thur- hphur; thad-ka-hphur; ^’5’^ rab- tu hphur; 5’S)’Mj^ byahi-hgros (Mfion.). 3’Я*|ч]эд sjixf [a species of bird, the Gracula religiosa.~]S. 9'<4| bya-rog jfhr, ^Тчгепгк, «ftrs the crow; in W. the raven. S'^’l’gS4' 112
3’X^f । 882 bya-rog spyod-pa the characteristics of a crow: mi-тпоп fckhrig-dan, ewq^c.- rftam-pa dan, dus-sti gna§-na hchah-bag yod-pa daft, у id-mi ehe§ (Masti raksa). Syn. fj'5 khba-ta*, tho§-$grog$; gron-khyer-$pyod\ t diod-gna$; ЯМ’Я^ gshan-gso\ rab- daah; tsher-mahi tshan$-eau ^5'5^’$*’ tirgya-byiii §kye$\ kin-cig skyt$\ ^АЯ'Я^Я'4 nidog gcig-pa', rdo-rjehi ehu-can ; ’4'15 hkhrid-pa §])ed ; упч-ак^ dgah-pas-rgyu; ^‘3^ Ite-ica $kye$; lha-gtor za-tca; ^Я^ТЯ*1 bdag- nld $krog§; 4^’qvcoj bdn-pahi Hag (Mnon.). bya-rog dgra-wo [a bat, an owl, a cricket]S.^er^’ pita-trail. g Xn| q bya-rog chen-po the large spe- cies of crow, the raven. Syn. ka-ko-la\ hchi-wa b$/u ; mgrin-nag (Mnon.}. 0'^Я[a fragrant powder, a kind of gcm.]S. bya-rog nufl-ma a medicinal plant: Syn. **'W?!^’ tha-dad phreU ; 0« bam- nes; u-du mu-rahi hdab; 45' pad-ma mchos-, nad-med lam skyes; fin-tu spyod\ hdab-byed rt sub-mo ; yan-lag dinar; wuhe$-ldan Hid (Milon.). 9’^Я‘| bya-rog-Ito [a vege- table substance used in medicine, described as sweet and cooling, allaying fever, removing phlegm, etc; it is said to be a root brought from Nepal or Morung]& 9’^Я’ЯХ^’ 1. a kind of sandal wood. 2. the crow’s face. 9'^Яbya-rog $tob$-ldan important medicinal root. Syn. $de~brgyad-hbra$ shim ; oic/^-^N lan-tsho gna$; so-sohi phren-wa (Mnon.). Э’^Я’^’З bya-rog nor-bu a medicinal fruit said to be useful in con- sumption: S’^r^’S’^'S’S’SV bya-rog nor- bu $tar-bu ru-rta daH (Sman$. 222). t S^’9 ^’4 bya-rog u-dum wa-rikd [the glomerous fig tree.]S. Syn. $*‘^5 $nin-med\ rje-Har hbra$ (Mnon.). &wh bya-lam as met. the sky (MHon.). 0^ 4 bya-lo-pa one born in the bird- year of the Tibetan calendar. 0*2)С/5'Й Ьуа-^iH rta-mo. Syn. gin-hjom$; Qvwqj\q hdab-ma hrgyad-])a; mgrin-rifl (Mnon.). byu-gor-ica bird of prey. Syn. ч *5 htsho^cahi tha-chad; &‘Vq bya-rni-wa ; S’J’4 bya-rgya-wa (M^on.). s,£> 1. sbst. чпщ that which is to be done ; any action or deed; a duty: <&Ч^- S3'4 hjiy-rten gyi-bya-ica and choskyi bya-it'a secular and religious works; S'bya-la$ one’s duties ; 0 Ч bya^vea ^pyod-lam behaviour, conduct, doings. 2. fut. infin. of §5'4 to do, or to call; esp. in the phrase ^S’4 thus to be called, so to be styled (placed after personal names). bya-rgyu zad-pa aH efforts or measures exhausted, nothing left to be done. Sj^w^ bya-rgyal thab$-zad all resources failing, bereft of help. S’§w'q bya-snam-pa—^WMW: 'g’JTS4’ (A. 60). S’^‘
9*М 883 9C’^ I bya-btan bdag-hdsin blos- btan relinquishing one’s interest or posses- sions either in a spiritual or a temporal sense. 9'S'q easy to be done. 9’^1 bya-ga or 9ql,4 byag-pa pliancy, nimbleness, agility of body; rope- dancer {Jd.). 9’5*1* bya-dgah favour, boon, royal favour, recognition of services with rewards and presents: besides not demanding ran- som from you he would oven confer on you great rewards ; offer- ing rewards to mendicants of India he sent to inquire if there were pandits who would be of sendee to Tibet (Л. 64). 9'9^ bya-bral met. night, lit. free from work, cessation from work. Syn. rntshan-mo \ hdu-hdsi bral-wa {Mnon.), S'9^'q bya-bral-pa — ^^^'^ one free from business, an ascetic. 9^'9^’q bya-ma bum-pa. a teapot-shaped vessel used in sacrificing. bya-ma byar-skyag dandelion. 9'Й-Я1Л byd-mo-lab — ^S^ articles for religious service. bya-ra sbst. watch, superinten- dence, attention: he watched the conduct of the upasaka for three days (or it may mean that he did the duties of an upasaka for three days) (Л. 83). S’a'*l?{rl^ bya-ra- gtogs in: does not move without doing some service to religion in reference to study {A. 1J6}. S’vq Jya-ra-w, = S^^rfi^i sen- tinel, watcher. 9'^ Bya-sa n. of a monastery near Chethang Rtse-thafi) on the Yeru Tsang-po: dafi-por bya- sar phyag-phebs he first visited the monas- tery of Ghya-sa {A. 93). 9’^’1^ bfla-sa ko-khar the ferry at 9’^ the place where people cross the Tsang-po by means of 'fj'A hide boats. byan the north: 9^*1*!^ the northern direction, 9^’ northern ; 9^’^ north side, 9^the Jang-thang or grassy undulat- ing plains of North Tibet; 9q q an inha- bitant of the north. 9Е^'|*1*<’|ГС/ byaft-gi phyogs-skyon the guardian of the north, an epithet of Vai-sravana. 9^’8’^’^ byan-sgra mi-snan the fancied continent of the north where men enjoy unvarying health and fabulous longevity. 9^5*1 bul-tog a a kind of soda obtained from the northern deserts of Tibet (Smart); 9^'5^' byan-dwan n. of a superior quality of satin {S. Kar. 179). 9^9*1 byan-hbrog the herdsmen of the northern solitudes of Tibet {Lon. % 5)-' byan-chub 9^' byan — purified, all sins and defilements washed out, and $4 chub=perfected, all attain- ments and accomplishments having been acquired. byan-chub-$ems- dpah one having perfect spiritual enlightenment, i.e.z a Bodhisattwa; 9^’^' fem. of 9^4q’^’VK. There are two classes of : one those belonging to the school of Hinayana, m?., Cravakas and Pratyeka Buddhas; and the other those belonging to the Mahayana school or the proper Bodhisattica. The name bla-na-med-pabi byan-
3-^1 884 diub, i.e., Auuttara Bodhisattva is given to those who haring attained to the position of a Bodhisattwa of the Mahayana school ire neither subject to decay nor dependent on anything (K. d. y, 451). General names if a Bodhisattwa are : ; jfrqS'S’* ; 5^ qS^ {зтятен:; ; fsrw*; fw^; яад]*г*^ч1 ITCRTW; firahfT^; *r?m*rr:; V t’ нттуш; 5qq *^34q srpfo; fsnftm; ***’ 'WQgt’q The special attributes of a Bodhisattwa are: £A&i Samadhi or contemplation ; the ten kinds of moral strength; ^ q?q*rq Vai^radya or moral intrepidity, Л. g*’£4* the eighteen unmixed virtues of a Bodhtsat- ^a\—(1) W^rf^Pfr. ; v2) «,q?A ’^’Еяк^4*4 ; (3) 54 ; (4) qi qf ^4*^4544 ; (5) *rq£4'q*' W^Tf^WTHT: ; ^67 54’q£4qr^4* ^qчц-дш wgqRe^vr-; (7) ^5 ч ; (8) 4 ; (9) «q4 • 54^4 ‘ q*r $W4* • ЧЯМ’ q^ 54^ ^§q q ^*q ^(тгн4^-ЧТН4ти-|^тщ-н^щ^т:; (10) ^'q‘ £y25 44444441444 п^птрпиятгп (not fallen away from Mahayana) ; (II) Rpvqyjx^' w>c^ qo4544 ЗНГ* ^T: ; 12) 44544 ini^WcEiT’rrgw^T:; ' 13) q *5-4^Л44'Ч54^г^'*2Гу^ §q]4*q^544 ^Mj4- ; (14) ^45^xq]4q'515-§-w§W^4«|'q'q§,^q^4,q4544 ; (15) q-WST^-q^-qr,^•вЦ'СИгЫ* «V j’fWlW ^4 ^ ^^4544 нйяяW^fwpTW!; (16) *$-q-4w^25\ q*VI4 пк^-ч4«м ; (17) 3N’q5^’^y4^q5\q^^5?a]*S|4<i4ujq4^‘ q-5<q 55^Yi^q*VW|-q ^frav.; (18) Хкч W<5V§‘4!H*r*5‘ g^i * q*T «pcqgvq-Mq’ q* ‘ yq V ^•4q4'g4,§X4,q^,q^-q-Q|,§^,5)'^qj444 ^й- Again, wo read of Sc‘’^q'5’w/^,Q,al’q^ byan- chub-kyi yan-lag bdun the seven secondary virtues of a Bodhisattwa, viz. : q, Х44Я’ q^-qg^q, qf^^N, V^'S ^'б’в^Л 5^ ^, q^-§44 (K. d. «, 25T). Sb^q^W^qq^a]^’ j^q ^E/ujq-qqq ^!] j^TfT З^НЖГЧЯ 4T<* [with a large retinue of Bodhisattvas.]S. <4qV]’5*'Sq yan-dag bya^-chab complete enlightenment; ^ViT^'q^s^’ $qito4a soul that has attained to the most perfect development spiritually. *£q q byafi~chiib-j)a — ^Qthar-wa or salva- tion (4№n.). 5q‘Sq'8M*' byafi-chub ljon-$ifi W’sthi, ftpqg; the Indian fig-tree, Ficus rcligiosa. Syn. iychod-rtcn-$in ; fiSqK’ Я^34 khrad-par-gna$; gjq q?'^ glafi-pohi-za$ ; •^q ^qq'Q giU-gi фсай-ро {^он.). З^Ч4’^*2’ byaft-chub tfiifi-po itfwv? the sacred heart of the Bodhisattva, i.e., the place where Buddha attained to 2Vir- vana, Vajrasana now called Gayfi. 5^'^q’W^ byan-chub lam-sgron the great work of Atis'a which was written in Sanskrt during his residence in the golden monastery of Thoding or Tholing in AV. Tibet, still an important establish- ment. 9c/,lq bya^chub lhaMaft n. of a sanctuary in Kong-po (Jig. 3).
885 I grq | byaft-grol (abbr. of f^fW, immortality, emancipation, salvation. Syn. 4V3 thar-pa; rnam-grol; яВ* hchi-med (Mnon.). byaft-dar a kind of white silk scarf presented to guests at the time of meeting or pairing (& Kar. 179). 9=^ byaft-rdo monument or prop, ins- cription stone (Jd.). • byan-pa 1. v. 9^’ by aft. 2. medi- cinal plant: 9E/^wE/rp> byaft-scms-dkar, 5^ dmar white and red species of medicinal plants which are used to stop seminal discharge, etc. I «г^З (Mad.). gE/^r^-Ej byan-sems-dkar- po the seminal fluid, the animal seed. = coft-shi soap- stone, or perhaps pumice stone (Sman.). gA’P byaft-wa = (Yig. 38). purified; = ^rq powdered (& Lex.). 2. sbst. *fHrq 37^ wise, learned, skilful, clever. becomes puri- fied; has not been made clean. byaft-bu 1. coat of mail made of thin circular scale-like iron rings (Jig. 31). 2. an inscription written on a board. Acc. to Jd. direction, label. byan-byift 5)^ n. of a num- ber: (Ya-sel. 56). byan-mi 1. north-man. 2. nothing, not at all, by no means: §5’^*4^’ said nothing. 9^ byaft-shiva, iron helmet (Rtbii.). byafts=^‘ byan : rab-byans well cleansed or purified. byad ^Tqfirx 1. shape, aspeet, outline; and, hence, countenance: brightness, radiancy, beautiful com- plexion; well-formed. 2. (Cs. also ty\^byad-ma) enemy : 95’^й'^З byad-ma rme-fa-can a wicked demon, (Vai-sft.). 3. = suppression, impre- cation, malediction. 4. any article, piece of furniture; in compounds, ^'9^ <*'55. a fragrant grass, Cype- fnsJjS. or S3 = *3'^. 93 may be salted curry orS^ byan is prob, a corrupted form of ЗУ^З I byan-po a cook. 93'35 a house- wife, a woman who cooks food ; acc. to -Sch. a divorced woman; and 9Y$5’q byan- tJiud-pa 4 to allure, entice, seduce.’ Ц byab-pa, pf. 9wq byabs-pa 1. to cleanse, wash, wipe: ^E/^w^-orgq-q to clean the whole house. 2. to seize, clutch: ra lug byab- nas aJche wa-mos za seizing the goat and sheep, the fox eats them, alas ! Ц byam§-pa 1. sbst. ян kindness, love, affection, id. Also adj. kind, loving, benevolent, used of the love of parents to their children, of the beneficent to the needy, but not in the contrary order, nor of love to inanimate objects (Jd.). byams-dgoft§ kindness, consideration, gracious treat- ment ; byams-pahi-ghen kind and beloved friend: ЗХ’КЕ/днн’Ф^з beloved friend do come here. 2. h^H; the loving one, г.б\, the coming Buddha, or Maitreya; also styled:— Ma pham mgon-po; Sa-bcuhi dwaft- phyug; * ww q Ma-pham-pa; ^3'43^
Dgah-ldanbshug$; Dgah-ldan- bdag; g^r^y^ytf Byams-chm mgon-po (J^fton.). An enumeration of his one hundred and eight names is to be found in If. g. % 21. His name with Mongol Buddhists is Maid'iri\ and tho Pali synonym is Metteyya. Byaui$-chen Cho§-rje Ca-kya yc-$e n. of the founder of the great monastery of Sera near Lhasa (Loft. % 12) gwcrgjc; Byams-pa-glift (Chambaling) n. of a great monaster)’ and Chart eu in Gra-nang in Lhokha where there is a huge image of Maitreya. Every year in the month of Juno a great fair is held at Chainbaling \Loft. 3, 7k byams-pa-chos hkhor-та n. of tho chief image of tho Maitreya Dharma cakra which king Krikri during the time of Buddha Kas'yapa used to adore (Lou. 5). gwq-Q£<i| чByam$-pa hjug-pa shc$-pahi mdo a sfttra on the advent of Maitreya {Ji. d. «, 440* §5^ q twenty-one Champa duties of tho Bon pantheon which according to some find form in the the twenty-one manifestations of the goddess Dol-та or Tara 1 D.12.). q Byams-pa mi-hgyum. of an ancient castle built by the royal father of king Sroft-btsan $gam-po situated to the east of Lhasa (Loft. % 5). ^wq'S^’^q byams-pa-daft [dan-paloving and affectionate, one who is possessed of these qualities. Syn. yid-la pcags-pa; pha-lta-bu ; pha-yi chos-ldan ; ma-daft srift-mo Ita-bu; byams-ldau; ^к|’&’Ч thugs-rje che-wa; 886 ч^ч^у^ bkah-drtn-can, ^гч^ьг Tjes-bzaft", qt’qN'jk' brtse-was-skyoft; fydse-ldan ; ф’чц-ч^ brtse-was-hdsin; gwq|“ byams- brtse; mnes-gnen; gw^*q'3y25 byams- pa chen-po (Mfton.). 354N’q«’5*rq'V&vqj5 byams-pa s shus-pahi ehos-krgad the eight religious discourses delivered to Maitreya at his request on the following subjects: wq bsam-pa, sbyor-ica, gtoft-wa; ^^•5j-qg’q’«r^-q yoft$-su bsfto-wa-la mkhas-pa, byams- pa , snin-rje sworsfwq thabs-la mkhas- pa, (К. ко. *, 203). gwq*rg*rq4^ byams-pas shus-pahi mdo a sutra spoken by Maitreya (К. ко. *, 41). gwfjy Byam$-$prin n. of a place with a monastery in the district of Skyitf-groft (Kirong) north of Nepal (Loft. 6). Byams-bshtigs sitting like Mai- treya, i.e., after European fashion on a chair with his legs hanging down, opp. to sitting cross legged like Buddha. Maitreya when appearing in this world as a Buddha will change the usual mode of Buddhist sitting. 6y67r=S ^ bya-icar, supine of §5’q; S^5 byar-med 1. not to be done. 2. sbst. inactivity, inaction. In Buddhism, apathy, indifference: q to live in the state of inaction. byas-deb (<wg ч register of work and duties (of officials, etc.) (W)- bya$-na$ having done,’per- formed. §/^’4 byas-pa pf. of byed-pa ; 1. чгг(Ът [done]/S. s^y bya$-w, when done. 2. a doer: §\<rgwq byed-pa byas-pa
5-1 887 a doer of deeds, as the first grade of holi- ness. [one who has done]#. 5*rci’$Va'4 byas-pa-chud-za-ica [destruction of what has been done; is a technical term of Indian philosophy adopted to establish the doctrine of re- birth by showing that it is an absurdity to maintain that any act done by me will be destroyed, and that I shall not enjoy the fruit of it]#. 5*Г4’^‘Ч byas-pa tshor- wa [grateful]#. byas-pa <?e§-pa or infra. byas-chos conscience (Ja.). bya§- zin-pa a work done, finished or completed. 5*r^’ci bya$-$es-pa to be grateful; gratitude, thankfulness: 5^’^' W5 for kindness done you should be grateful (A. 129), e\ Q byi 1. anything that is devoid of hair and plumes or from which the hail’ has been taken off. 5'§5'q byi-byed-pa rarely byi-ica to ravish, commit a rape; 5**5 byi-chad punishment for it. §*5^ byi-bya^lb'^ byi-gor or 55’$5’«rg5*4 adultery, fornication (Shat, ch, 14), 5'5 byi-wo=*wv hchal-po a lewd person. 5'5**Я byi-taft-ga also called S‘5*rziI n. of a medicinal fruit [Erycibc paniculatd] very effective in killing worms and improv- ing digestion. Syn. don-yod hbra^-bu; $na-tshog$-hbra§ (Mnon,). 5'4*'^ byi-thar-dur porcupine, hedge- hog. 5'5* byi-dar a silk stuff (Vai-^n), 5'^*J byi-$difa whole, entire. 3'^ fiyi-nu~ti n. of a place in ancient India: at that time (seven days after the death of Buddha) the king of the country of Byinuti called Abhaya (К. my, I4, 526), Q'*y^byi-dor also 5'^5* byi-bdar нтйи, rrfxw the wiping, cleansing; the act of cleaning; 5’4*'l5’4 byi-dor byed-pa to clean, to sweep out spiritually, to cleanse one’s thoughts (ЛА7.); 5'^5*’§5'q to dress trimly, to make one’s self smart; 5’4*’*^ byi-dor-can one who keeps neat and clean and is fond of living so : ^‘S**4!^' (A. 5). 5'5 byi-po or 5byi-pho an adulterer, a lewd person (7Г. du, 5, 284)- 5'4 byi-wa-=-^^ rtsi-rtsi fs-HTTU rat, mouse. Syn. 5^’35 гкип+то ; *«Ц^’§5 hbigs-byed; -$ahi-mig ; ^'§5 rko-byed; bug-pa-byed; ri-brag-la gna$-pa; gin-gi byi-ica\ 5’»r^ dri-ma-can (Mfion.). S'^W byi-wa smug-chun n. of a mouse in the fable Rdta-byi. • byi-wahi lo-ma v. **'$’. 5'^ byi-tsho n. of a monster: 5'3’*wf»i3f (^, 34), 5’^* byi-tsher a medicine for external appEcation: {Mod.}, 5'4^ byi-bshin (Я*’*) n. of the 21st constellation or lunar mansion. Syn. fiag-nampa; tshirn- byed-ma* 5’^ bya-ze (Mnon,). 5’^*’ byi-bzun the bur of the burdock plant (Jd.), 5‘^ byi-ze = ^w thab$ manner, way, method. 5’^ byi-hu 1. shrew-rat. 5byihu- thaMhyams field-shrew:
1-41 888 1^1 guided the men who wont like a field-shrew (Fty. &.). 2. a sparrow. byihu-la-phug and byihu-^gog are medicinal plants. SS byi-ru wrongly written for byu- rn q. v. S’V’I byi-rug a kind of plant. 9^ byi-la 1. nnrh, f^r^I cat. Syn. hiim-lm; ski-mi; a-li; {Mfion X 2. n. of a demon (*v«iV4) of the n§ga 'lass. byi-lahi rgyal-mtshan is an appurtenance of gods, resembling a flag with a cat’s head at the top (Ja.). g byi-lani pha-mgo—^w'^lk byi- lam $fion-mo n. of a monster of the n§ga < lass having a pig’s head. byi-$afi dkar-mo n. of a medi- cinal plant, S’-^ч byi-$o>\ v. byi-bya§ ; ^г^тГ«ат [calumniated]^. byifi-rdnl : n. of a number. byifi-phab a kind of tea (Rfstfi). ^£’4 byifi-ica рппт, hidden (Л. K. l-18)y sunk in water, etc., v. q Uyifi-wa. byifi-byifi tkii-la a species of small beetle. byin-ma a kind of woollen stuff like serge: 3^X3 *4а^’ч^ч'ч^яЛ the cost of each fathom’s length of middle quality of chingma {Rtsii.). 5^ byifi§ 1. depth of the sea: byifi$-na дна§-ра animals that live hidden in the deep sea. 2. hidden, con- cealed ; sunk in water: rnani-par byifi$ quite submerged, foundered (Л. K. 1-16). 8. or дмг%=а11, in general (like kun-spyi). byin 1. pomp, splendour, magni- ficence, ЗЛ grandeur; magnificent, splendid, brilliant, without display. 2. also a blessing, a bestowing of blessings received blessings; aT«r by the blessing or the mira- culous power of Buddha (Ja.). ^’3*4’5q,q byin-gyi* r lob-pa to bless: 2grant thy blessing, tliat the misery of beings may be assuaged \J[il.); heretical teachers sent and fitted out by the devil {Ja.). There are four kinds of Adhis- thana or blessings: (1) qM q^‘g^'3^,q§q*’ [blessing of truthJS.; (2) q5 arRrrfawrn [blessing of charity ]& ; Z<T gN oyrc ’Зфцит- fWTFT [blessing of tranquility]^; (4) -ijw 5’S^'3N q54N WifWR [blessing of wis- *, dom]£. byin-rlibs-can blessed, holy. to suppress evil by means of blessing, also to exorcise spirits. byinjeags a kind of tea {Rtsiii). q byin-chags-pa charming, fascinating [also, playful, tender]^. byin-rten the object of sanctity, symbol of blessedness, sacred charm or medicament; saintly relies. c\ by in-pa 1. (*|4‘qS) calf of the leg : byin-pa na-wa pain in the calf. 2. pf. of 1^’4 $byin-pa. byin-pahi rntlnh the limit of charity. byin-po ordinary; most, all: ч/^Х* most of the servants or attendants {A. 71); mentioning (he would stay in Tibet) one
889 year, he sent back most of his attendants (ХП). byin-phabs good ordinary tea (Rtsii.). byin-phul hollow on the inner side of the thigh (Cs.). hyin-zahi tto-wa — tf^ bya-go- bo a kind of vulture with plumes (ДГЯсш.) by'n-l m thank-offering. C\ by seems to have a pres, form ЗЛЧ or bkab-pa or pyogt-pa enveloped, hidden (Mfton.). by;hu-$byan a small bird (Rtsii,). bfr 'hu-me-zan (lit. the fire-eating bird) n. of a tabulous bird from the excre- ment of which gold is said to be obtained: 2^5-цдя’д-длГ’<аЦ’2Г'Ч | from the dung of the so-called fire-bird on a large rocky precipice of the sea-shore. 16). es byil-wa to pat: to pat a person’s head (Pth.). 5/5ГЙ byil-mo naked (Sch.). c\ byis-pa finj, ЯГп<Ф, little child, young boy: mo-byi$ little girl; byis-pa spyod-pa childish or boyish behaviour. byi$-pa rda-bdud n. of a (^V*!) monster. by't-pahi skye-ico gimT 1. a plain young person not initiated or mar- ried. 2. one who is ignorant of the doctrine of Karma and Phala^ and who does not receive what is necessary for his spiritual culture. childish resolution, or vows; puerile childish nature; мгепщ childish ways. длг<гч]*пт*г in bringing up a child there are three things to be watched ner-spyod- la:—to see whether it will be lucky on its navel string being cut, to ascertain the diseases to which it will be subject owing to faults of the parents, to protect it against the twenty-four dangers from evil spirits. byu-ru coral (Zam.): it is said that coral is grown in sand on the sea-shores; it is foolish talk to say that it is the horn of a species of rat (Loft. \ byu-rv-ja n. of a kind of tea (Rtsii.). byu-ruhi" mehic-C(in~Sffi'*\ bya- skyafi-ka the bird with a coral-like bill. Syn. nor-buhi hkhri-gift; nor-bu chcn-po ; dpal me- tog ; lu§-dmar-hdab; gser-can hdab; rin-cheu sdon-po (Mnon.), byug-pa = hbyug-pa 1. to apply a salve, to anoint. 2. я%ч medicinal ointment, also pomade. byug-spos scented ointment or oil; byug-dinar the coloured butter that is used to paint cakes, biscuits, &c., for temple-offerings (Rtsii.). byug-ri§ 1. a painted image, a figure done in paint or colour. 2. acc. to Jd, = 3*4 a place in a certain succession or row; byug-ris-shog make room, leave a place empty (Sch.). byug-gser gold that is used in gilding, golden paint. byugs pf. of byug-pa t fy/ufl 1. v. hbyufi-wa. 'о из
890 + SC43af^Sq byun-rgyal-du $mra-wa = gASP rdsun-smra-tca to speak falsehood, to utter an untnith. byuH-tshul history, story, parti- culars of any event: that is my history (Ja.); byufl-rabs history, historical events ; byufi-gag must have occurred or happened; also, it is hoped that such a thing has happened, v. *^‘4 hbyufi-wa. byub an abbrv. of bya fl-chub. NO + s^ byur=ty^*\ mya-fian ill-luck, NO misery, shamo; byur-sdud-ma — *^ ft woman who does shameful actions (Khrid. 51). byur-po ominous sign, ill-omen : a human body is an Ш-fatod object, it is very mean (Khrid. 19). 2. acc. to Ja. = vulg. = heaped, a heaped measure of corn or meal; §Agv§vq became heaped up, accumulated. byu^-hgro-wa to be successful, to succeed {Yig. 19). byu^-ch gntd chen-byu very important, (Ljan§.). byus-dpon a commander-in-chief who is successful in administration and diplomacy (Ljan§.). S =В PhDe 1 • powder. 2. = & lit tie bird; bird’s nest; § a young bird; bird-dung (Vai-§n.). §5^ bye-kar=§'**refined sugar; also for 4* crystaline sugar or sugar candy (Rtsii.). bye-§tag = *fa[§ dmig-bu (mystio) (Uin-rda. £). g-^cr^q [a javelin, measuring- rod] S. I: bye-wa ten millions; §,£1 thirty-six millions; bye-ica sa-ya eleven millions. Ч II: [disjunction^. bye-brag l. = S5’a^f4^4 special, particular; opp. to S $pyi general, eom- mon. 2. difference, diversity: what difference is there between me and Buddha ? bye-brag hbyed-pa to find, to show the difference, e. genit. (Jd.). not different; yal-gyi bye-brag a part of the country, province. £5 Bye- brag dfa§-med==^Q№*. «ю an epithet of Amitabha, the Buddha of immeasurable light (D.2?.). bye-brag-can different (to.); §дч|*5 bye-brag-tиkhyad- par-du especially; 44 bye- brag -tи rtog$-par byed-pa anything done with reference to the original root or signification of it; name of the work Maha- vyutpatti (Tan. d. ft 223-377). bye-brag-pa $n. of a school of philosophers, the Vaiqesika school, which was founded by Kapada. The philosophers of this school maintained that the seven categories such as substance, quality, etc., were each eternally distinct or sui generis in nature. bye-brag-pahi Ita- tca the philosophical doctrine of the Vai^sika school. .3С/Й5(Potopa on the here- tical doctrines: Lo. 9). § 94 bye-brag ^nira-wa [a class of Buddhist philosophers who held
891 IV» I that the external world and knowledge were both real]#. bye-ma Тязшт, sand, a sandy place or desert: in the middle of a plain of golden sand (G7r.); as much as there is sand in the Ganges [Jiz.]. ww Bsam-yas dgon-pahi ph yogs bshi-nas bye-ma sbom shen-can hbyun, widely-extending thick sands appear all round Samye gompa. §’^«1 black sand; §'<*я bye-chab sandy water, water standing on sandy ground; bye-spufi, heap of sand; sand-storm. bye-stofts margin of a lake or river which is free from sand; sandless bank. bye-stobs sand-bank: then Khu-ston’s followers arrived at the margin which was not sandy (Л. 95); §bye-thati=§’w^-' bye-mahi-than sandy plain (Mnon.). bye-ma ka-ra (Beng.) brown sugar, moist sugar. bye-ma nu-gu a kind of worm, or insect abounding in sandy plains (Rtsii.). bye-ma-lufi, n. of a district in the neighbourhood of the snowy mountain Gnan-chen than-lha, the birth- place of the 7th Karma hierarch named Cho^-rje divaft-po of the red-cap school (Lofi. -3, 30). bye-ma-dmar K^4T^t<hi, vermillion (& Lex). ^*ч| Bye-ma sen-ge n. of a place in Tibet (Deb. % 23). Bye-ma sgo-la n. of a sandy hill in (Toilung) (Rtsiii); Bye-mahi llia-khafi n. of an ancient monastery situated on a mountain over- hanging the Tsang-po and opposite to Thob-rgyal in Tsang (Loti. % 6). bye-gel sugar and sugarcandy. tyerf-wzo=worb; to leave a work half done or unfinished; detailed works (minute and important work); performing duties methodically and continuously (Rtsiii). byed-sgo phra-shib all works small or great, £.e., minute details. bycd-hgol flan-pa to work badly or wrongly (Yig. к.). byed-hjol hdsab-che performing work with zeal, also in an efficient manner (Khrid. 130). byed-lte-wa = the basis of works or of anything to be done (Yig. k.). av4 byed-pa I: pf. byas, fut. S bya, imp. by os or by as, also sometimes 1. to make, to manufacture: ’ *r rdsa-las tsha-tsha ner-geig byas-nas Sgrol-mahi dkyil-hkhor-la de-dag gsol-lo having made 21 sacrificial cones out of the clay, he offered them on the mandala of Dolma; are you making bread ? 2. to make, cause, force to do anything, to bring about either with root or termin. inf. of another vb.: making the boy eat the dung; causes to be removed; (also with sbst.) brought about misery, causing great pain; but not used as we should in such phrases as “to make a noise” ° to make water” etc. 3. to do, per- form, to act: khyod дай byetf-kyi-hdug what are you doing ? to perform a task, to work;
892 id/; if it is done quickly according to your intention; why did you do so? what is it best to do ? ^’^^‘§5’5 ’ $man-gyi$ la$ byed-rgyu-yin-nam will the medicine operate? 35’q’S”’S^,q hy>d-pa bya$-bya$-pa one who has accom- plished that which was to be done ; 5*г$м having acted or behaved properly. 35‘q under this head seems also to be used iu an obscene sense and can stand for “to copulate,” much after the usage of $5’q $pyod-pa : 55 ^5 §5q id.; byed- pihi gdd as met. = a woman; §5’q^<*Y'4’l “ the member for doing,” as met. = #'5qc/ the female organ. 4. as a pleonastic addition to verbs or verbal roots for the sake of emphasis or by custom: g §5’q to speak, to cure, §Hr§5’q to put wood on <the fire\ 55q’35’q to believe in, 5^5'4 §5’q to repent, S'§5'q to ravish, etc., etc. In this way, also, §5’q added to a derived noun is often preferred to the simple verb from which the noun is derived: ^^'§5'q is preferred to the simple, to steal, ^5^’^ §5'q is pre- ferred to ядгл to look down upon, despise; etc. It is moreover, important to note in this connection, how helpful this auxiliary use of §5’q cau become in differ- entiating tho active and passive senses of a verb, especially the participle; thus ^'§5’q = he who is beating, while — he who is to be beaten, and him who was beaten ; so, too, ^5’35 or q1^5'§5’q a killer, he who kills, and 4*5’B’rq him who has been killed, the killed ; with many other like examples. S or 3? as an auxiliary also carries the sense of “should” and “must”: dc-rnam-kyi skyod-pa bcuy-par byaho they must not be allowed to depart. ^1 Lastly, should not be forgotten the idio- matic use in certain phrases, as in §5'q to tell a lie, V^'§5’q (lit. “ to make near ”) to love, be attached to, f’WSV4 (lit. “ to operate tho lips”) to bicker, to quarrel. A lengthy list of such phrases may be found in Snd. Hbk. p. 77-78. 2V. 2?.—In West Tibet the use of this verb is largely superseded by another, namely, чУч fyo- xoa to make, to do. The honorific forms of §5*q should be also noted: ^5’Ц used in addressing or speaking of superiors and q55‘q b(J у'd-pa in polite conversation betwixt equals. 35’411: to style, to denominate; to tell, to mention ; used almost exclusively in the pf. and the future tenses: thus was it mentioned; g^‘5^’4'4^ accord- ing to what has been said before; §5'3^' though saying. The fut. inf. in this sense is in common use after tho mention of a person’s name for tho first time, also after the names of places; and the verb is then usually preceded by the adv. shes “thus” or “so”: in tho city of Vais'ali thus to be styled; ^5*5'^^5‘* my daughter Sved-ma so-called died yesterday; ^ч’д’Ч’ч the Hundred Thousand Songs of Mila- raspa, so to be designated, is (herein) contained. Also, more generally, even in the plain verbun loquendi*. д‘Я’^ч*г there arose the sound of many voices which said ‘the lama has come,’ an order being given which said: ‘go, make search? Ш: wht, ^rr^, W sbst. I. also §5'W and §5‘q£J the person that does a thing, the doer, performer etc., author;
893 Wi| the author of the work. 2. §S’4 the doing, dealings (with noun in the instr, case): guch wrong being done by the king, such unjust dealings of the king; §5’q3**4 less doing, or little to be done; in the genit. case: §T^'gV4’ hide the working of your under- standing in the heavens; byed-pa lam-du hkhycr-ivahi Ita-wa : (They, 39). §5*4**^ instrumental cause; verbal-term or expression, a verb, g^qS’^v*^ (j) the female organ. (8. Lex.). (2) effort, endeavour ; g^q^-q effortless. gSbycd-lug$ or bycd-§tan§ man- ner of doing, working; method in work (Rdsa. 10). §S’5fa fy^roZ=gVW byed- lugs (Rtsii.). :diagrams; gv^q^q]^ byed-pa beu-gcig the eleven astrological diagrams. They ore: Ял4’4 gdab-pa ; byis-pa ; S^'4 dge-wa*, til-brduft\ ^^*khyim- skyes; ^’4 tshofi-pa; 4p.y ba§-di; 4Ц’^ bkra-$i$; 4^’H^ bshi-mdo ; 3 klu ; S'gqj q mi- $dug-pa. g\q’^ bycd-pa-can l.=^v^r skra hair. 2. чгтэгагаг [produced from or belonging to any doer or maker] >3. gS’^'3 byed-pa-po=|*’g ’45’^n Tgyur smra-wahi Ita-ica the doctrine of the Hetu- Vftdin sect of the Tirthika (Theg. 33). g^Wq byehu mchil-pa=f^'§& swallow also : sparrow (JRbrom. p, 163). g^'q sp’l byehu-la-phug a medicinal herb (Cs.). byer-wa = ^'Q bral-wa or so-sor bral-wa 1. to separate, disintegrate; §*'4 to destroy, go dispersing the troops of enemies or sins (Jgbrom. T, 125). Xk q-gK^q] sofi-wa byer-cig, imp. let them go, let them disperse (A. 19). 2. in medical works = 5^'4. bye$ place of occasional residence opp. to home or place of permanent residence ; foreign country; abroad, g^ *5'4 to go abroad, to travel; g^’4 bye$-pa foreigner, stranger; traveller; g^’w byes- hgrul-lam travelling road, road on which to travel. § devoid of food and drink (mystic) (К. g. P, 179). byo-гса 1. to pour, to transfer water or anything else from one vessel to another vessel, hence fig. communicating or imparting instruction: fill up a pot with wator ; £^'q’flqE.’g* ^q’^’Q^q’S^ the lord also had received (from him) as it were one vesselful of learning (A. 40); communication of ideas is like pouring from one vessel into another (A. 47). 2. to hear, listen to (Jd.). byon-pa, v. *§<Y4 hbyon- pa ; byon-dn re-nas ; expecting or awaiting his arrival: (Л. 86). byor=z*F^ nar-nar (&ag. 48). byol-wa to mistake, to blunder, to err; to go astray. 2. v. *§^'4 hbyol-wa. Syn. ^*’4 nor-гиа; «%^*4 hchol-wa; 1K4 zur-wa (Mflon). byol-soft ХЩ, (wgq’ER’R^- lit. one gone out of the way, hence all animals other than man, parti- cularly the quadrupeds. jorEi byol- rgyal-po the king of beasts, the lion; the three classes of
894 beasts in general, viz., those living in water, those moving on the earth, and those moving in space such as birds, flies, etc. byol-sofi-ica$ gleh-pa more stupid than a brute (Jf/Z.). gbra-ne HTTt ’T^r constellation I., the first lunar mansion [second constel- lation in the Hindu astronomy]®. Syn. (tfm-rje-mo; $geg-mo (Rtsii.). 5'S'^ bra-da-ra n. of a tree (-4. 38). q’q bra-ica I: sbst., does not indicate the marmot, but is the того formal n. for animals of the lagomys genus, small rodents, - tailless and living in burrows, wg a-bra and £"9 rdsa-bra are colloq. terms for two species of the genus, g’»^ bra-mkhar=*$**.' bra-tshaft burrow of the 'lagomys. II: vb. to have or to be in great plenty: she allowed herself no abundance of food, drink or clothing (Ja.). 3'3 bra-wo ЧГГЧГС buck-wheat of white and black species ; 9'35buck- wheat meal. bra-phye buck-wheat flour; bra-sog buck-wheat straw serving as a poor sort of fodder during tho winter (Ja.). g bra-rtse-g.yag n. of a kind of animal; said to be a species of hedgehog (Rtsii.). 3'^ bra-lo-can ’^’д^ (Jig. 30). brag a rock, crag; gqX brag-rdo id.: дч]’^’§5 warmth in the rock being kindled, the cold was removed; дч]’« brag-cha echo from a rock; gqjgw’4 rock vegetation; дч]’дч] brag-phug a cavern, very frq. дч]’|“ brag-rise rocky peak, rock-top ; g^l’X^’ a narrow ravine. дч|?('?5я^ Brags-kya-bohi-ri n. of a mountain supposed to exist beyond Ratna- dwipa the island of precious things, situated in the western quarter (7f. d. \ 282). g'Tg'W trag-skyibs a harbourage for birds under the cleft of a rock. дч;gbrag-$kye§=z% bra iiito [1. rock- grown. 2. a fragrant resin, benzoin or storax]®. g^ js brag-rgyab 1. lit. behind the rock. 2. n. of a village beyond llphan-yul (Lon., 13). дч|’^ч] brag-sgog a species of garlic grow- ing in the clefts of rocks : garlic roots suppress gonorrhoea. + g4!* brag-ca= дч| * дч]’^ч] ч brag-nag-la n. of a mountain in Stod-hin tshur-phug (Rtsii.). brag-pa = khon-khro anger, malice. дЯ5*Ц brag-рои n. of a place in Tibet (Lofi. *, 8). g^’ifa brag-spos an aromatic substance used for incense: дч|’д^ ^ч| ц^ц brag-$po$ rma-vnag hdrub. дч]*д^ Brag-spra$=g’£r^’4pf5 §kye-wa rgyu-gcod (Hfifi.). g^ S^’ brag-rtsan rock-lizard. g^l'S’i brag-shun fwroirj fossil pitch or bitumen, found for instance in Lower Lahul between rocks in solid pieces like unmelted pitch [stone-lac, red chalk]®. gqwMI 05’^
895 Syn. don-phan\ rdo-skyes^ la-dsa-tu; </^5 rdo-wahi-nad (Mnon.). g*H«J4 Brag-gyab n. of a place in Khams: gtq^^q^q-^^^q^-qfij^' it is time for starting political investigation in Tag-y<ib \Yig. k. 26). д^ля Brag-ram n. of a place in Tibet (Yig.); also, a kind of mineral substance inerusted on roeks: fragrant mineral substances ob- tained from rocky lulls: dus- rjes-hbraft; rdohi m^-tog ; rgan- po ; brag-skyes ; ч^гч bsil-ica; ^*4 shi-ira <Mflon.). brag-gig a rock-mite or tick. З4!'^ brag-god described as a wild animal roaming on rocks (Rtsii. 64). bran I: the chest, the breast: 345^ middle of the breast, pit of the stomach; or g^Sj'^ necklace which hangs on the breast (Mnon.). g^' bran-gthn a bib or apron worn by Ladaki women; 3^'3^ bran-bur middle convex part of the t or Buddhist sceptre; g^'9|’j^ the ornament worn on the breast; g^V* a young woman with fine bust. g^l braii-ze^.^-^ the breast flesh of goat, sheep or yak (Rtsii.). II: 1. dwelling-place: Sfg** lama’s residence; ядс/si or ч|4|Я‘дч* resi- dence ; ^я-дсг night-quarters, halting place, whether under a roof or in the open air; 5’9^’ king’s residence, a palace; also a monastery is called dkon-mchog-gi pho-bran. 2.=§|^ eamp, encampment: ч^'дч’ч^ч pitched his tent, encamped. 3. = ^^ wood, forest: ^]'ч residing in the woods (mystic) (K. <7.T, 38). ^1 + braft-khan dwelling house, quar- ters or rooms of one’s residence ; rtf’qg^w’g^T^’S^the 'S'ramanera was residing in the central room of the lord’s residence (A. 56). 9^-gN bran-skye§ 1. lit. what grows on the breast, i.e. the teats; also a son, child. Syn. 9’^'5 (Mnoni); $'я пи- та \ ho-ma-hdsiu (Milon.). 2. n. of mythological being called ‘the mare’s face,’ born out of the breast of Rishi Urva, who wished that a child should be born to him without his having to keep female company. So, when feeling heat in his breast, he scratched it and a child came out, which child in the shape of a mare full of burning flame (volcano) resides in the great ocean south of Jambudwipa ! She causes the tides. (IT. d.....). • 4 Q|' Я^' W1) • 3^'9^' bran-breft n. of a number: w (Ya-sel. 56). bran a servant, a slave; also = ^^^ a subject, дуя^4! house servant; д^'чзч. cultivator, tiller of the soil; and д^’й male and female servant. ЗУ^’З^'Ч to engage as a servant: д^Р*г§|*лгМ they engaged themselves as servants; devoting heart, mouth, and body to his service (Pth.); morning and night I am a slave to food and clothing (Jd). Syn. pjog-po; ^ччгядч/ч shabs- hbrift-ica; mnag-gshug-pa; W gshan-gsos-, WF bcal-lun ; q khol- po; ^ч^’^-q shabs-tog-pa\ gshan- skye§ \ ч^’З^’Чдад gshan-gyis-bskyans; yons-$u-§p)yod; ч^я'^’ч bsgam-bya-
896 u’a; rtse-rgod byed-pahi gna$; «rqMV bkah-пан ci-bgyi (tyfton.). gap*] bran-ka n. of a powerful local demon whom Atis'a is said to havo sub- dued (A. 102). bran-pa faW to moisten, to satu- rate with water (А. K. 1-36). Sometimes spelt g^. bran-lha hkhor-bu n. of a n 45^ monster of tho naga class. brab-pa or (pf. of *gq'q) vt, thrown (lYag, £8). 5JJT5) bram-cha ono of the thirty-six udcr countries (Ya-sel. 38). t bram-ze f^3T, feu, Brahman; in Nepalese Baje [ono who x3ws Brahma, i.e., possesses divine know- t Я*•Ъгйк/дагЭ | । дет Я* йЦ а Brahman has his Brahman ‘".mo, his Brahman caste, also his three 1 rahman duties to perform. Syn. lfog-mar-§kye$; pwgN a-la$-$kye$; Й'З*1 $fton-$kye$; Wtw; З’Я^4 §kye-gni$-pa; afo-byuft; t shaft-rigs ; afo-pahi-bu; 5'^ rta-can; §lar- b.'iod^ sa-yi-lha\ bshi-mdo-\ca; mgrin-ikud-can; rig§- thu-wo; rgyal-mtshaii-can; dwaft-bca§; 4V5'§R’ $in-tu-byuft; A'wgu rgod-ma-$kye$. I bram-zehi las-drug the six practices of a Brahman are:—(1) ^5'S^’§5’q u tr the performance of Yajna; (2) ФМЯ causing such to be performed; J) Wfl reciting or reading of the holy works; (4) ЭТ^'Ч4!'4 wwrnn causing them to be read secretly; (5) II tho receiving of alms or presents; (6) ufaw sagacity in receiving such. bram-ze-chen-pohi gdam$~ pa prob, tho upadefa deep meta- physical precepts (A. 91). g«'^w$’**55 bram-ze rnams-kyi cha-bya# the dress, requisites, etc., of tho Brahman:— the sacred thread, q tho skin of an antelope, пдь/чдЕ/ hphren rosary for counting; 1’5^ W** blugs anointing ; his baton, etc. (tyfon.). дя’З р bram-ze-pa an adherent of Brahmanical doctrine; дя’ЭЙ brani- zc-nio a female Brahman. ‘яХургд tho voice of a Brahman recit- ing the Veda being taken as a sign of good luck. дя ! Bram-ze Tsa-na-ka n. of an Indian minister the author of works on ethics and political economy, of which only ono is extant in India, but of which several are preserved in translation in tho Tibetan Tangyur: 4x4]'$^ qV’ (A. 34). J Bram-ze Н-Ы-ka-ra n. of an Indian Brahman who taught Sanskrit to Thon-mi Sambhota early in the seventh century A.D. (Situ.). bram-zehi rig^-gsum the three classes of Brahmans: 1. those residing in wilderness as ascetics ; 2. those living as house-holders; 3. WTWI those that acquire mystic powers (Ya-sel. 55). g* bra-wo ЧПЧПС buck-wheat. bral, v. ^g^*Q hbral-wa. ©s bri, v. *9’^ hbri-wa. .
I 897 g brid-pa v. brid- wkha$ or §nafl-wa brid-mka$ skilful in imposing upon (Khrid. 113). brin-po=^'3 tgyug-po or 4$я’3 b$grim-po seems to signify: a rush or run upon anything, a demand; also adj. brisk. brin-po-byu^i thero being a full market for articles of sale, when they are sold wrell, it is said brin-po byuft; whomsoever else may not be wanted, (still) there is need of me (А. Ш br *7J or brims,, v. Д^»Г4 hbrim- pa. c\ £rts, v. ^9’4 hbri-wa. bri§-rnifi = ^^4’ yig-rnifi old writings, records, old manuscripts: 9^1^' SUch things occur even in the older writings (Ya-sel. 38). 9*гяд^ bri§-hbur the art of painting and carving imeges. bri§-ma a written book, a manuscript book. 9 bru one °f the six earliest tribes of Tibet (J. Zan.). 9’4 bru-^ca, v. яд’4 hkre-wa. Я’Д’М lru<va-tsha~w^ Ъкгез NO W hunger and thirst. Я’аб Bru-tsha also Ep Bru-sha n. of a country N.W. of Tibet; also that of a tribe in Tibet (Lori. *, 5). We have in the Kah-gyur encyclopoedia certain treatises in incomprehensible syllables asserted to be in the Bru-tsha language. § ’$я’ V^s^’gq’ ^’5 I during the time of king Digum-tsan the sect called Dur Bon of the Bon religion of Shan-shan and Bru-sha greatly spread (over Tibet) when the use of weapons and shields was also introduced (J. Zaft.).- ЗЧ'ч brug-pa to flow, to stream out, NO to gush forth; as sbst. current, flow, flux brug-gyo$ a number (Ya-sel. 57). Brud-kyi mkhar-gdoft one of the thirty-seven holy places of the Bon in Tibet (G. Bon. 38). irwj=J[4]’4 dirt, dung, excrement. no brub-pa or gWP ; NO 43 but is pf. of ^4-q to put in ; *5 to put in a hole (Nag, 49). (So-rig. 2). brul small chips, bits, crumbs: 4*19^ bag-brul crumbs of bread ; being pulled by the hand, after a while the wooden girl turned into a heap of wooden chips (K. du. p, 508). 9^’4 brul-ica vb. to be scattered, crumble, fall to pieces, to be shed. 9^ brus, v. 4^'4 hbru-wa. bhnm-hri a charm of great efficacy: I the Yaksha having heard this charm u bhrurn hri” thereupon all the red mystic wind (within him) was soothed (A. 18). bre or 9’3 bre-wo HPf a measure for dry things as well as fluids, about two pints, originally a measure of as much as may be contained in a cow’s foot-hole. 4)*Kg’$|’4|K/ gser-phye bre-gan one bre measure of gold-dust;. bre- do two 3 bre; 114
| 898 J having invited him he consecrated a miniature chapel the size of a bre measure (A. 90). bre-wa a grain measurer, ono who measures with the 9 bre. gbre-ko basin for washing C. (Ja.). bre-khahi mig-can as met. a mouse (Yig. k.). 3’<q bre-ga or a’5 bre-gu a plant produc- ing small hairy berries which arc used for medicinal purposes: br< да cures ailments of the lungs and heat in the kidneys. g’Spr bre-pkul [head, helmet.]#, a^ bre-tco W [expanse, breadth]#. a Xi bre-mo = foolish talk, talking nonsense or jokingly. —4 bregs-pa — shaved clean; cut, sheared, v. ядчрч hbreg-j)a. Ч brcfi-ica = cuft-zad a little. 2. v. ядч'ч hbrcA-ica. -4 q to be alarmed, depressed at heart, to be dejected ; also = ^ ч to be ashamed; aS’q’5^ acted as one who has become alarmed (A. 13b); the king of Nalendra having become alarmed (A. 8). —4 gon? brel-wa vb. (as Jd. points out, not the same as ядогч hbrel-wa) 1. to be employed, busy, engaged, to have business or work in hand: я^о] being engaged in building, we have no time to spare ; яХ^р’-^дчhdod kho- nas brel-na if one is entirely taken up with lust or pleasure; д'Ч’ВД on account of much business. 2. akin to ядч’ч to be deprived of; and hence=to become poor, to be without, to be in want, destitute of, c. inst. ease: loA$-^pyoJ-kyi$ brel-wa being devoid of wealth, (means); they did not let him want anything. Other forms: ; g^ ; not sparingly, scantily, niggardly (Ja.). 3. sbst. business, affair, concern: saying that he had a certain business that day (A. 95); brel- dwafi pressure of work, business: if it was left on account of pressure of business (Rtsii.). -4 bre§ 1. or g^’J bre^-kyu a manger; rta-brc§ manger for horses. 2. vb. pf. of яд ч hbre-u'a to spread out; bres-su bcug-p>a~*vrpt4 to spread, having spread out an umbrella and a silk curtain (A. 150), bta-ri bre§-pa der there where the upper hills are stretched out (Sman-bla, 6). bro 1. нтг dance; entertain- ment, amusement. W3! bro-mkhan пмж a dancer; shab^-bro indsad-pa to dance as a manifestation of gladness and mirth; g’4]^ bro-gar dramatic performance, drama, play. 2. an oath. bro-brdufi. dgon-pa n. of a monastery in Kham (#. Kar). : bro-wa or mnah-$kyel-wa to swear, to take an oath: dbii-bsnufi-dafi, brp-bor-ro they swore by their head. sick man, one laid up with illness. 5’^’ 5^orq bro-mi-htshal-wa^^S^J* Had-med-pa a healthy person.
W=4 899 Syn. nad-pa\ nad-phog-pa (ДЯо«.). 5’A II; 1. to taste, to get enjoyment of; ^5 W not even tasting of sleep; ГХ-дч-^Г one has an astringent taste in the the mouth. 2. in C. to desire, to wish,= O'* id. 3. sbst. taste, savour, flavour: salt imparts flavour (or taste) to every kind of food; bro Ita-wa to try the taste of; 9'4’^5 bro-wa-wd tasteless, insipid (Ck.), ^'я bro-ina, v. 5 я gro-ma. brog-shu wrongly written for prog-shn. brog-lbur ant-hill. &ran==425 ^Thmc[ [enticing]^. £;W=9'4 bro-ica taste. brod-pa joy, Eagerness. 5^'95 cheerfulness C.; ^’^5 readiness to die (Jd.\ qq brob, v. ядч'ч hbrab-pa. bros, v. o} bh that condition which is above or higher than something else or than things in general. Is used with reference to the actual local position of an article, e.g., bl <-go§ upper garment; bla-gyu a turquoise worn on the forehead; but is chiefly employed in the moral or meta- physical sense, e.g. Efifa bla-srog the higher life or life in bliss, bla-thabs supernal methods, lofty or excellent means, 5‘B* bla~khyim “the house above,” the abode where the souls of men rest or dwell after death (Jig. $6). Henee may— as sbst. anything blessed or super- nal such as a superhuman gift and power. So Schmidt renders 3 Jfoas “ life,” “soul,” and Jaschke has “blessing.” As an adv. occurs as above, high up. 2. also takes a verbal form, somewhat curi- ously , by annexing when it signifies: is above, is better, is superior ; in such cases invariably preceded by or 3^’ mean- ing “ even ” or “ indeed ”: it is better that I should have even passed from life; qgKq-^'щХ it were preferable that a large stone had been bound on his neck and he wore cast into the sea. Moreover, 5 appears occasionally to assume the gerundial form: | g’5’ though indeed a learned monk is to be preferred, a virtuous person is also good. Щ’дч bla-skyal [succes- sion] S. bla-rnkyhen phehu (я'А54]‘^'д'я' n. of a demon, exorcist. Sfsp bla-gab = 1, upper cover of a thing; also raiment covering the body as a shawl; upper garment as the shawl or wrapper used by Indians and also by Tibetans to wrap round their body. WT to throw the shawl over one shoulder; without any upper garment [one who remains in an open space for practising religious austerity] & 2. roof of a building; also^^'f4 thog- kha upper floor of a house. 9W 3RTH a temple without roof ; sbst. a residence, a roofed dwelling. bla-go§ upper garment which is of two forms: 54’д^’5|’Я’^я that worn by a Buddhist monk, and the other
1 I. Hindus); believing the Tibetan appellation to owe its origin to one of those Hindu terms. To show the importance of the lama a well-road Buddhist once remarked: gw previous to the lama even the name of Buddha did not exist; and a 5^ ^'g also the 1000 Buddhas of 1000 ages depend on the lamas. Another made the • gw greater by explaining that g meant soul or life and w mother, hence=life-mother, the all sustaining mother of the universe ! Again juq-чя^ q “in the ocean of wisdom all tho Buddhas are one, ” was said when one man tried to explain what Buddhism was. In its more general sense the term g« is defined as : he who presides over a large number of pupils and who has got past sins and defilements (Lofi. ч, 8). д*Ч^,5Ич^Ч1 S*™ I s (Can.) | he that has not saluted his lama who has taught him even one letter will after undergoing a hundred births as a dog, etc. д position of spiritual chief, also the lama personally. gwwXo| bl i-ma-rnchog, also gh, the dhief lama, supreme lama, physician lama: ggY tya-ynan-par bskur (So-rig 13 k)* д-Зуяр^'^5 tya-chen mkhan-rgyud the line of lamas and mkhan-po learned pro- fessors (Jig. 36), also the initiation or vow introduced by Lachen from Amdo shortly ‘ after the revival of Buddhism after the persecution by king Landarma. д Ыа-mchod or g’wwX^q bla-ma mehod- pa a yearly festival solely in honour of the lamas; gw^/wX^^w bla-ma-dan mchod- gnas the entire body of tho sainted lamas (Bodhisattva), &c., who are most wor- shipful. g'W bla-gnan (1) = ^*яХ | 900 jj* the upper covering of the body used by lay folk. gX* tya-col 5ТОПТ [frivolous-talk] 5. jgqv = upper aud lower; also = B within and without. д^*ч &47-п70/=Гуч rdsun-pa a false speech, inconsiderate talking (Situ. 2k). tya-rdol-du &nra-wa = rdsun-ynra-wa to utter an untruth, to lie. g tya-dar a little flag on the - house-top on which benedictions are inscribed. gyqw hla-dbag$ 1. (^’SR) denomination]#. 2. in Gram. 4 a primi- tive word, an abstract noun ’ (Sc/i.). 5 bla-na above, over, on tho top. tya-na med-pa having nothing higher over it, the uppermost, the very highest, e.g., Ьуай-chub, $e$-rab and the like, frq. g^’^’W bla-na me-pahi lim the highest path or supreme way to salvation. 3 9^’ bla-bran formerly a lama’s resi- dence, but now in Tibet, especially in Tsang, = Grand Lama’s residence and place of business cal'cd Labrang Gy al tshan thon-po. bla-bre$, v. g^ bla-re. bla-ma the upper one, the higher one; and hence, an upper monk or lama—a term sometimes loosely applied to all fully-qualified inmates of a monastery, but is more correctly the designation of the head ge-long only or, in large monasteries, of tho chief teachers and more learned monks. Some have seen a close connection between the word bh-ma and the Hindu terms Brahman (one who possesses divine knowledge) and Brah-ma (the highest deity of the
| 901 9'41 danger; (2) = дя^Т^И2* bla-ma bkah- gnan-po a lama whose commands are very strict and severe. дяг^’^м bla-ma^i lta-ldan-ma днп- the lunar mansion called Pusya (Mnon.). g'^5 №-пи#=дл*^ supreme : g-^V^w^ to those who are supreme; also: to the followers of the Anuttara school of Buddhism. g bla-mhho a lake which is the abode of gods and nSgas, like the lake of Mule- ding in the province of Cho$-khor-rgyal. (A. 72). g bla-hur—V^ glo-bur immediately, of a sudden: 9 5 immediately taking his food (Suranrh). g’^q bla-hog = above and below, inferior and subordinate. 2. abbr. of g*w^ or д'З^’^Я under the lama or the Labrang. g’MW bla-rab$ hierarchy, hierarchical succession : the succes- sion of the Phagmodu Lamas was the chief (Ft<7- $)• gЛ bla-ri— bla-srog-gnas sahi-ri the hill on which orib’s soul rests after death or in its passage to the Bardo. g К tya-re fsunr canopy. Syn. ^«’5^ gnam-rgyan; g^ bla-bre$ (M^on,). g$7a-j explained thus: ^д'^Ч ’jfc/j*rZi3’g'^-g-«r*w|*rq • (Hbrom. 106) the tree of life, t.c., that on the existence of which depends the vitality of a person. Thus, the Bodhi tree at Buddha Gay& was the bla-$ifi of king As'oka; and when by the foul incanta- tion/Jof a Chapdalini that tree began to wither the emperor is said to have begun losing his vitality. blag occurs in the compounds: g^ bad-blag, чУдч] btso-blag, etc., v. g^ q blag-pa. £^’4 blag-pa pf. g^ (S. Lex.). l. = ^q to attend to, to hearken to; to lean towards, to permit: ’дчР==^7,|555 to incline one’s ear to, to listen to. 2. я’д^’ч to shed tears (Ja.). gqq^4 [w wrfw one who remains in open space to practise religious austerity]#. g<H blag-^a n. of a tree (К. ко. 3). Ыай-гса, v. len-pa. д^’ч blafis-pa WT<Ff, 1. received, took, accepted (A. K.) 2. quoted, taken from a book, etc. blad-pa = thick- headed, dull, stupid. 2. or Wgs;q so§- bl ad-pa to chew, a secondary form to q ldad-pa. qJ^’4 = to give a reply; g^-q|5q*q to retort, to answer. о}3?, blar 1. abbr. of g2. used incor- rectly for slar. blu-wa pf. 9^ blu$ to ransom, to redeem, a pawn, pledge, or security; also in mystical ceremonial; cho^-dan sku-hdra blu-wa to buy back an image or a book. g’^ blu-rin price paid for the redeem- ing of persons or animals; ransom. As a means of gaining moral merit or of obtaining relief in sickness, a price is given by wealthy persons to butchers or fishermen to rescue from death animals or fish about to be slain or caught. This
902 ЯI § is also termed 5R'EL blu-rinJa blan polite expression used to indicate selling an image or any property belonging to a lama or great personage or anything of a saered nature. §«] blug-kofi = hdodJdau {Mfton.). blug-pa (pf. SR^ blags, fut. ER blag, imp. ER blag or ER*1 1. to pom* into a pot, to fill. 2. v. g5'4 ldud-pa. EPRg blugs-Jcu molten image; EjflR'q* blugs-par casting mould; EHR'* blugs-ma cast metal, statues, relievo (ef. dgaft-blugs, a large spoon to fill with, fc’EpiR ja-blugs urn-shaped teapot; |'ERR $pyi-blag$ v. W SR** ntar-blitgs oil-pitcher; SRRR^ blugs- gzar ladle with a long handle to pour clarified butter in the sacrificial fire. blud-pa l. = g5'4 klad-pa to pour out: й’«ггЕН<ч mi-la ja-blud-pa to pour out tea to a man; rta-la chu-blad to pour out water into a pail or bucket for a horse. 2. to offer: sprqr $'5R offered intoxicating drink to the lady or queen (Hbroni. 52). 3. sbst. release, ransom, esp. in religious cere- monies where effigy of a siekman is offered to demons to effect a cure, i.e., the effigy is the substitute or ransom for the man ; also in other rites, ete.: ^'л^* let this ransom and torma be offered to king Shinje the lord of death I 4- remainder, anything left. blud-byui = ^’S^ rin-byin giving the price of, the worth: М-5Г01 having obtained the best seven out of the many good and tolerable things he presented them to his parents (A. 67). о}^’Ц blun-pa or EH,£i blun-po vjj adj. ХЭ * dull, foolish, stupid; sbst. fool, zany. ER foolery, fool’s opinion, expres- sions frq. used in scientific works to define antagonistic views (Jd.) ; the mail who does not do works of virtue is a fool; g blun- po ckos-la mi-dgah-shift fools do not take delight in religion (K. d. % 351). Mw-yta/^==§«iRR5« foojish talk (Mfton.); blun-po-glift tho fool’s park, n. of a grove noar Lhasa (Rtsii.). ER'^Vv stupidity,* foolishness; SR’&] blun- tsltig = tyuu-glam. El^ bias, v. blu-wa. g N W blus-ma anything ransomed. £} bio я?п, gft, Hfa, Ф (A. K. 1-2), the mind, the heart, together with the primary mental operations; is the general word, though the terms or ^5 are alleged as more correctly=mind, ^’4 in- tellect, -3R'<i consciousness, but all are put as synonymous to bio. Ace. to Mfton. bio signifies a broad heart also a generous self or soul, magnani- mity. It should be particularly noted that if is placed, often pleonastically, before a large number of verbs denoting mental operations of all kinds. This will be illustrated in subsequent articles subsi- diary to the present article, e.g., bio gtod- pa to rely upon. We merely append or the enumeration of the terms which express the different states and functions of the mind, which will illustrate the comprehen- sive application of the term if Ыо «—sT^9S‘ '^5,
903 twwrci, я5'ч Ч> ^Va'9*w’, «I4 ^5, Л^чгКуС!^ 4g№, 4tS <к®г5«, <vq'flSI' > ^'a4'^'5S5, чч#>, Я1^ЯГ q^'q, ’^'sSSj ^^’q^J3l, ^54555, ^‘53% |<Y*r^TS °КЭ’¥< я§\ q54|’’q, 54 ?^N q> ^I'S -^4 ^<VCq4 5^слг^, ^qqvn]4|^ (Mfo».), The rendering of §f in the foregoing paragraph may he considered adequate in that it is a definition which is intended to embrace the mind and all its direct operations. AVe shall, however, for greater perspicuity, proceed to embody in the present paragraph the differentiation of meanings which Jaschke has attached to the word. lie distinguishes: (1) the intellectual power in man, understanding: Ыо-тпо-wa talented, gifted; if^‘3 blo-cken- po of great mental abilities C.; blo- gsal-te of a clear understanding; ^’qrgf ges-pahl-blo sagacity, intelligence, judg- ment; blo-rgya comprehensive intel- lectual power; blo-myur-shift being of quick comprehension, sharp; blo- rab—hbrifi—dman-j)a of sound, moderate, weak intellect or mental faculty Л/Уну. (the last expression is frq. used in modestly speaking of one’s self); if blo-bag narrow-minded, weak in intellect; khyod-ni blo-nor-ro you are mistaken; blo-na hbab ‘I understand’ (Sell.). (2) thought, memory: if-^5 blo- ged memory; £*г^с/о)Чч,‘5Г‘‘ЧчГсг to direct one’s thoughts to religion and to learning; iprgvs blo-la sbyor-wa to impress on the mind, inculcate; blo-bshug§-pa what is retained by, treasured up in, the memory; blo-la bsun-wa to learn by heart (Glr.). (3) sentiment, disposi- tion, desires: blo-dkar sincere disposition; blo-la hdod-pa to desire ; if blo-hdan-pa interest, concern; if^ inclined to, ho that has a mind, is dis- posed to sacrifice (Dzl.), without any regard to his own wel- fare (Thgy.);. blo-ne-wa friendly, amiable; if*^’ fanciful, fickle; if’^q^’q bio ma-bsad-pa or if «T**!*^ bio ma-rdsogs- pa wishes unfulfilled; ifv^ blo-dman mean-spirited, low-minded. ifg^'q blo-skyel-ica to depend upon, to rely on (Jd.). §Н**гч blo-khel-wa worthy of confidence, trustworthy: being reliable, there was no changing of opinion (Khrid. 188). Syn. yid-che§-pa; blo- gdad-pa (Mfion.). g p&rj’B blo-khog-chc=-^'^\'^*1 blo-khogs- yans broad-hearted, generous; confident, intrepid, undaunted. blo-gel-wa to hope (Sch.). if?*J blo-gro^^ «3|*ГМ| qes-rab (Mfton.). ^1%, nfu wisdom; sense, understan- ding, intellect; ifSpr^N'-^’g blo-gros-kyi$ $es-bya what is to be discerned by the understanding ; if*34v^yq blo-gros-daft [dan-pa or ifM*^ blo-gros-can sensible, judicious; qv4§^ to know ono word full of wisdom is to know one hundred ordinary words (K d. <4, 1, 367)., ifSKlH^ blo-gro^-kyi gler (K d. F, 3^5), blo-gros rgya-mtshos shu$-pahi undo (K d. ^i) are sutras. blo-gro$-fian-pa one whose views have become perverted; if 34' blo-gros chufl-fia of little understand- ing; blo-gro§ chen-po HVTHfa; of much sense, of an excellent understanding;
5Г1С' I 904 3^1 tyo-gros brtan-pa qI strong commonsense; lf5*r.»\q under- standing exhausted. bio-groomed unintelligent, injudicious; jg?5*r£Hvwt,?Y n. of a Sutra (7f.cZ. *, 24). (7Г. ко. *, 299). л an obscured understanding; щ 3K^-q tyo-gros skan-pa of inferior intellect. gf5*rw’5 blo-gro§ bzan-роъ^Щ.; n. of a fabulous mountain situated to the north of northern ocean (Jl. d. \ 288). Vo-glift-= blo-gsal-glift n. of a section of the Daipung monastery (Rtvi. 7). blo-dgo$ sel-khyad the ques- tion of the fulfilment of one’s plans or intentions \ Yig. k). if 5’^' blo-rgya-chufi = §f*r*|q*rq #/03- ma-lcibopa not magnanimous, of contract- ed views, illiberal. ^5^’л — £Zo-&7h = ^we^ §em$-fian bad hearted, evil minded (Pag. 300). blo-chun-ica timid, vacillating, wavering, not of fixed purpose. Syn. gwq spobopa-shan ; Q^q shum- pa ; *^5Vq mi-brtan-pa; SjA’q srab-pa; Л4|' aflwq Ьцд-hkhumopa ($non.). blo-chud-zos an absent- minded negligent person; lazy.’ ifsj^q blo-gtod-pa to rely on, con- fide in: (A. 111). Syn. S^’^’q yid-cheopa ; blo-khel- wa [Mnod.). blo-stobs 1. courage. 2. in IF. generosity, magnanimity. 3. fortitude. blo-dogs sel-ched for the purpose of removing one’s doubts or fears. blo-gdefi. hope, confidence, assurance: in whom am I to place my confidence. (Jd.). 5^5*1 blo-hdao==fyP*F\ §tofl-fitd S'hnyata (acc. to Rmfi-tna school). fylo-rdor according to the Chinese an ounce or 2^’ sraft weight of gold: Stc ono ^Zo-rc/or=36 te-wa (Rtsu.). bioAdan ei-nta the heart of a rabbit; cowardice, timidity (Sman.). blo-ldan-ma a wise and virtuous woman (ДГЯоа.). cf^ac/q tyo-$na mafi~wa Glr. 1. having many various thoughts, being restless, flighty, giddy. 2. W. disposition, turn of mind. tyo-phug§ innermost heart; (Hbrom. Ц) to give the innermost heart to the Three Holies i.e. to have faith in them. oj’4 blo-pa 1. vh to be аЪ1е=®5^: ’sfa khyod ma-blo-na if you cannot. 2. 8bst. = 5T Vo frq- used by Adil, for the sake of the rhythm (Ja.). if я blo-ica яуи wisdom (£ Lex.) b!o-lur—l№^ glo-bur sudden, suddenly: thy present faith is but just sprung up. wnjwnif, wnnnf comes all on a sudden; a guest. c[4g^*rq blo-hbyofa-pa in ^4’oi^qq’ q^ ^q^V^ipg^ q^' (Hbrom. I4, 32). « [1. the anus. 2. intelli- gence]^. gfac/q blo-mafi-wa, n. gf bio (3), one who thinks many things at a time but does very little. The Tib. proverb says : sfwv qr^’8'*jq| s’qwq^wS’^q | one who wishes to do many things cannot fulfil
905 any; the work of one, who has many plans is not accomplished. blo-rtsa gsar-rned resuming a question after much deliberation (Ffy- k.). ges-rab-can a wise and learned person. gfw’ Blo-bzan (noble-minded) is a very common personal name throughout Tibet and Mongolia, often sounded: Lob- sang. Is a name which has been borne by several of the Dalai Lamas and is attached to the present ruler of Lhasa. gfW’gpprq blo-bzan grag§-pa the name of Tsongkhapa by which he is known all over Tibet. gfwq blo-bzan-po a name of the son of Kamadeva the god of love (Mnon.). 04 q blo-zlog-pa to subtract, to draw off, divert, dissuade from (Ja.). blo-yi-gter=*w^4 Iljam- dbyans an epithet of Manjus'ri, also of Sarasvati (Mnon.). blo-yo-wa prob. blo-gyo-wa a wavering weak mind: whosoever is continually addicted to beer, his mind becomes unsettled and his vacil- lating mind has no religion (K. du. % 51). J/o-W^=5ql,,'^'qW‘4 grogs-po nd-brtan-pa a fickle-minded friend (Nag. 64). blo-bfas occurs in g (Yig. k.). 3blo-lhag§=§w$ sems-gan-pan as it occurs to one’s mind, according to one’s own sweet will: work which is foolish and suggested according to one’s wishes (D. $el. 7). + gjVr$r|qua bios maJcibs-pa = %'$&^ blo-rgya chun~wa extremely little-minded. blon-wa~$'№] or rmug§ a dull person, thick-head, unintelli- gent. b q}3) bion advice, counsel: SpV^qKQ blon-h(leb§-pa or ^3q4’q hbebs-pa — -R^q^’q to give advice, to counsel; to give religious instructions; acc. to Cs. to make arrangments. blon-po trfaam, a state-officer, generally of high rank: W'|'q^&’ one of clear mode of expression and cultured mind, learned in works of ethics and political-economy, of polite language and behaviour, should be the king’s officer. The concerns of a fr/c^c-ministcr are four according to the code of political duties: ^xq^*r&ipr& religious services of tho sacred images, attending to the domestic affairs of the sovereign, state business, and the welfare of subjects (D. gel. 14). bkah-blon high officer of. state, minister, particularly at the present day the four ministers (laymen) who with the Desi or Gyal-tshab form the privy- council of the Dalai Lama of Lhasa; khrims-blon minister of justice, officer of justice; cho§-blon (opp. to bdud-blon) an orthodox minister who observes the religion of Buddha; spyi-blon chief officer; ЗЖ2* high officials whose duty it is to look to political concerns, household affairs, and the welfare of the subject; dmag-blon military officer, ynl-blon civil officer. 115
W 906 Syn. qyvn- bkah-dbad; gros- 'jyt-^iod; ^guj blo-ldan ; khrims- kyi kha-lo-pa-, mdun-na-hdan; ? $na-chen-p0; ^« яЕуч g>huA-lugs h<lsin-pa (^non.). Sqa!4' dbag-pa or dbags v. dbog-pa=q gof-pa covered: g^'9*,'544lls ikyon-gyis-dbags covered: with fault, guilty, implicated in crime (&ag. 51). dbah 1. an expression of approval, well done! BS^’S^VlSV4^ you have done well! 2. a billow, wave. 5^4*jjt’ dbah-klon or dbah-rlabs waves, billows (ifno».). (*^) n. of a large lake. dbah-rlab$- $А7/гя==$5’^Ч*г* chuhi-zegs-ma sea-foam, scum ou water (Mnon,), dbah- rlabs can-ma=^w§ hbab-chu a hill-torrent, a rapid mountian stream (Mnon.), Syn. 4’2jt’ rba-klon ; $5’4’$q« chu hi-r ba- rlabs ; S44’3 dbah-$kya whitish waves; 5’q4 $4 dbah-tshub (Mnon.), Dbah-khri-$zig$ the first Tibetan who entered monastic life by renouncing the world when tho order of Bhikshu was introduced into Tibet under king Khri-sron Idchu-btsan (So- rig. 117). divan, occasionally 5qq’q dwan- ua, ТЯ, 1. power, ability, capability; position of power: he granted great powers to the priest-hood; q^VSqq ^5 bsdad-dwan-med it is not in my power to stay; ^44c*not being able to wait; or ^qq^m involuntarily; to cause one involuntarily to weep; dwan-med-du hchol-wa to make a person powerless. to get into another’s power, to be overpowered; became subjected; to bring under one’s power. Ten mystic powers of Bodhisattwas: ^of^qq-q ЧГТдД'рШ power over the length of one’s own life; ^wersqq’q power at one’s own pleasure to enter into any meditation; 4 TfuJcU to shower down pro- visions for the support of creatures; w^qq* ^pirafanrrto mitigate thoir punish- ments for sins; XHWM’^qq’q 3 filar to change one object into another according to pleasure; J’q’Qf §kye-wa-la ^rqrrfvf to effect one’s own rebirth into the external world, without danger of being infected by its sin; ffcw^qq’q $mon- lam-la dwan-ica яргата «rfacn to see every prayer for the welfare of others fulfilled; or^qq-q rdni-hphrul-la 4?fe^fiiaT to exhibit wonderful feats for bringing about the conversion of others (into Buddhism); ar-^QTViq'q to understand all writings, on religion; ^Ф^аг to convey the publication of religion to all creatures at the same time and in every language (K, d, 3, 170) and (K. d, £, 51). ^•^‘^^’srsqc/qgvq to convey to one the power of ^qq’am’uw or Amitabha, namely, consecration; which is of four kinds:—(1) qwqq^qq* consecration by the religious of the pot of life; (2) mystical consecration; (3) ^qq^^^qq’ conse- cration by divine knowledge; (4) consecration by holy words or expres- sions. 5qq4 dwan-bskur-ica, v. s&wr-uw to consecrate, anoint with royalty, &c. ‘ ^qq-q^ dwan-gis postp.: by, by dint of, by* means of, in virtue of, in conse- quence of, e.g., of former actions
907 from or in consequence of pride. yic/qgvX Dwan-bskur-ri also called У114’ ^•yjc/qgv^ Dgah-ldan dican bskur-ri a hill east of Lhasa so styled because king Sron- btsan sgam-j о was consecrated with water obtained therefrom (Lofi. % 5). dwafi-kham dkar?po=0’* khit-ica the semen virile (Mnon.). y^'Stj4*'2’dtcan-gi rgyal-po^^S^^^ yid-bshin nor-po ft’HTHfni the fabulous wishing gem (Yig. k. 62). dicafi-sgo gsal-icahi cho- ga the rites or religious observances for making an object or person fit to be consecrated or ordained ; у dwan-gral the row of those that are ordained or con- secrated (Ja.1). укdwafi-tflon the sapphire. dican-chen met. running- water ; also the god of water, also Indra; an epithet of Paracu-Rama (Mnon.). dwan-chcn-ge-khod a Bon deity opp. to phyag-na rdo-rje Vajra- pani of the Buddhists. divafi- chen-gron — ^Q'Q hbab-chu cataract or hill- stream (Mnonj. dwan-chen ran- g^ed-nag (Bon). diean- ehen-sde n. of a legendary king said to have been Buddha in one of his previous existences (Pag. 300). ук’^-я dwafi-chen- ma an epithet of the queen of Indra (Mnon.). dican-chen-mtshan— the great ocean (Mnon.). J5 dwafi-rta-brgyad= 5^^455 rta- m- / 'i(]-brgyad the eight miraculous horses near Lake Mapham seen in a vision by the son of Emperor Chehu Wang who first dreamt of the birth pf Buddha in a realm to the west (Lofi. 2). 5^ g $wan-rten-lfia the five organs of power nam-mkhahi-rten the heart; rlun-gi-rten the lungs; -mehi-rten liver ; chiM-rten the bladder; sa-yi-rten the spleen (D.R.). dwan-than 1. might,=»ica’4«c mnah-thafi. 2. HPT, Hnu, luck, destiny, fate, the destiny of any creature conse- quent on former actions, y^’^may imply : having no particular destiny (Ja.); нттнтп, щнтти [great fortune] S. yc/gcrci dwafi-thob-pd to get power, to be powerful: (K. du. 5, 261) if you appoint Sman-chen-po the son of S'afi-po he will rise to great power. У^'^3^ dwan-du-gyur-wa to be subser- vient to, to be obedient to^l^^^*4 bsgo-wa-bshin nan-pa to listen to or act as directed or ordered; dwan-du gyur-pa WTRTR *. subdued, brought or come under one’s power (A. Ki). dican-du byed-pa^*^’^^ (Mnoni). dwan-du for-па used as postp. c. genit.=with respect to, as regards, in reference to, as concerning; У^^^ id. улч^ Dwan-hdus n. of a district in Tsang; Dwafi-hdits-Bdson n. of the fort of that place (Btsiii). dwan-ldan 1. mighty, powerful. 2. a king sprung from the patriarch king of Tibet Ye-smon rgyal-po (J. Zan.). 3. a village in Tsang famous for carpet manufacture. 4. sym. fig.: eleven (Ya-sel. 54). dwafi-ldan-gyi phyogs or yq’tiS’gftN the north-east quarter.
5^1 908 dwaMdan-ma a kind of presen- tation s<*arf (8. kar, 17'9). dwan-ldan ш-tog n. of a flower and also that of a world of Bon mythology (G. Bon.}, dwan-ldan me-tog me-hod-gsal a fancied world believed to exist to the west of this world (G. Bon.). S^’ I: dican-po powerful, the mighty one, a ruler, lord or sovereign, esp. divine rulers and Indra, firw5? the supreme Jina or conqueror ; gqqr^qq-q the highest or the greatest of the sages. dwan- poh> dgra the Asura—the enemies of Indra (dfnon.). П: 1. the organs of sense. dban-pohi rim-pa- g*nm are : (1) 5«r2rjarZi dban- po rtul-po [dull sense-organs] 8. (2) ^qq^gc/q dbaft-po hbrin-po [sense-organs of middle power]S. (3) Sqc/ dban-po rnon-po [sharp gpnse-organs]8. 5qc* erg dban-po-lna the five organs of sense: mig eyes, Д’Ч rna-wa ears, ? W nose, lu$ body, and f Ice tongue; also dwan-pohi $go-lna five imma- terial transcendental senses of Buddha which are in unison with his five powers or $tob$-lna. In natural .philosophy six organs of sense frq. are mentioned, being added as the sixth; medical writings also treat of dwan-po- dgu or V3c/2T§jxqj dwafi-po $до-паду v. g’*| bu-ga, 2. the male genitals pho- rtags (Mfion.), 3. intellectual powers: ^qq-gJ'S^q dwan-po rnon-po of acute intel- lect, dwafi-po rtul-po of dull intellect; ^qq‘q*^« dwafi-рю-папц the senses are weakened, become dull (Med.); dwan-po gso-wa to gladden, strengthen, revive, the senses (Mil.). dwan- pohi-yul—b&№ mnon-sum жд the sphere of cognition; anything of the senses, evident or clearly perceived. . VK/Zfayq dwan-po $kra-wa = 4^'% go- pdub-ba n. of a medicine (Mfion.). dwan-po-lfia: — (1) the faculty of faith (О) the faculty of assiduity sYujfapJ); (3) the faculty of memory QrJtfeq); (4) the faculty of concentration for contem- plation ^ q^-g^qq-q ; (5) the faculty of knowledge or learning ^qq q p-rab-kyi dwan-po (K. d. 254). ^qq-q-^^-q dwan-po nam$-pa l. = old, decrepit. Syn. rgan-pa ; rgas- pa; rgad-po (Mnon.). 2. J^’^gprgq-q $kyes-pa hbrus phyun-wa one devoid of the procreative power. V^’2i’«prq dwan-po thul-wa one who has brought his passions under his control, a Rishi, an ascetic (Mnon.). ^qq qtvq]^ dwan-pohi gnat female geni- tals (Mfion}. ^qq-qg^-Hj dwan-po-po byed-po symb. fig.: 12 (Ya-sel. 54). dwan-khrid a manuscript letter of charms: (Y& ^qq-Zj5*qq|-q dwafi-pohi lag-pa (lit. Indra’s arm) a plant the viscid aromatic root of which resembles the human arm in shape. ^qq-qq-^q-qq dwan-pohi-^in-bal as met.= the rainbow or the colours of the rainbow (Mnon.). ^qq-Ejq-qpw dwan-pohi-gsal a lamp, a light (&ag). ^qq-zftxS] semen virile, seed.
909 dwan-phyug fo, fafbl, adj. mighty. V^’|4]‘IW’^’4 dwafi- phyug is he who is greater than the rest. Acc. tp Buddhist mythology there are two dwaft-phyug (Is'vara) the greater one the lord of the w’orld is called dwan-phyug-chen-po (Mahes'vara) and resides on the top of mount Kailas, the lesser one guards the eastern quarter. The several names of Dwdn-phyug are:—Л § ч gtsug-na-bla-ica; ч ; sVl’8ft dbyig-ldan ; bde-hbyun ; Я^УЗ’?? &У<>п- gyi-lha; phyugs-bdag; mdun-thogs; rtse-gsum-can; uam-mkhahi skra-can ; gan-ga- hdsin ; Sfcgron-gsum mthar-byed; §5’cr«uUi] srid-pa-hjig; mi-yi khu-wa; dran-pahi-dgra; gsan- wahi bla-ma; srid-srun-hdsin; g khyu-inchog'rgyal-intshan; hbyun-pohi-mgon; pags- pahi go$-can, mi-bzad-mig; ^4]«3ft mgnl-nag-ingrin; khro-bo-can dpal-mgr in; gtsug-phud- rgyal; язЦ’Час/ mtshan-hchan; hbyun-pohi dwan-po; mgrin-snon; drag-po lha-chen (Mnon.). The eight attributes of are:—Я phra, yan, wlfa rab-thoby rab- hdod, inchod-ho^ 54t.’gq dican- phyug, dican-du-bsgyur, hdod-dgur-b^gyur. dwan-phyug-pa opulent, rich, wealthy. Syn. phyug-chen; *5*’8ft hbyor- Idan ; $a-yi dtcan-phyug (Mhon.)^ the wife of Mahadeva, an epithet of the goddess Durga. {lordship] S. ‘^5 PrW [disobedient, out of power or control] 8, bwan-gslM^S^'^^ dwan-pohi- gshu the rainbow: (Yig. k. 60). узс/ЗЦ dwan-yod force, violence (in Sikk.) dican-yod-kyis by force. dwan-yod-tyed violence: to carry away by force or violence (Yig. k.). q dwan- yod bqed-khyer-гса to take money by force, to levy blackmail. dwan-lag VSW n. of a medici- nal root resembling the human hand in shape: (Risii.). Й dican-sras-mo an epithet of tho goddess Dolma (Mnon.). fut. of ‘tfwi [devotedness] 8. dwar=z^ bar between two, Vl’ a book (to be placed) between every two monks, e.g., when a number of monks read together every two of them take leaves from one book placed before them (Rtsii.). dical I: 1. Фд pinnacle, spire: tongue of flame [top, summit, point, e.g.y of a (Glr.); the point, or the grooves of the or exorcising dagger] Jd. 2. = -qyw $a-nam^ mehi-drod. II: for bal in Amdo dialect (Rtsii^). ^qai*3*g*5*q Dwal-gyi khro-bo chen-po n. of a Bon god (D.R.). ^qorcj^e/J* Qwal~po MduA-rtse-can another Bon god (D.2f.). • ^•q dwal-wa prob. fut. of W‘q hbal-wa.
551 910 q dwal-tsha-wa this word is used to signify sharpness, brightness; and also spiritedness in a horse, etc.: (Khrid. 3£) ; dwal-gsar-pa id. VW’<4*w Dwal-gsa$ an epithet of Padma Herukaof the Bon pantheon who has nine heads and eighteen arms. dical-gsa§ nw-hbar=W\^\W'n Pad-ma ki-la- ya n. of a Bon deity, ’w dwal- gsas me-hbar a Bon deity= q4^qui Pad- ma kl-la-ya (D.P.). ^icn resP- ^ог head; also,= the beginning, commencement; a crown or royal cap. ^59saying that there were many present who were superhuman, he entirely covered his head with his clothes (Я. 87). 59’*^5 in an assembly of priests he who first begins to recite the sacred names of Buddha, &c., so that others may follow him, is called 59'^5 фси-mdsad (in eolloq. umdse or omdse). Hence the leader of any craft or performance is called S9'^S which now forms a complimentary title of address for master-carpenters, tailors, painters, smiths, weavers, etc., simi- lar to tho Hindustani title sirdar, 55’5(^q dwu-mdsad-pa to be the head, the principal person, anywhere. S9'$fr’q dwu-skor-u'a^ resp. of 4* ЭД/о- skor to cheat, deceive. S9'8 dwu-skra resp. for 3 the hair of the head. + '^'q dwn-skra = hair that has been well arranged, not in disorder. 59'q3N dicu-bgyis^^’1^ gt§o-bgyi§ the chief or leading things; the principal possessions. {A. 126) all the principal possessions of the Dharma Il a j as, uncle and nephew. spr»)’ all the chief things, men and properties of tho Lama, were fully exhausted (-4.128). S9'S^ dwu-rgyan orna- ment of tho head, diadem, tiara. Syn. ЧСЧ’5^ ^8ug-rgyan\ gtsug-gi rin-po-che; gisug-gi nor- bu ; $pyi-bohi-rgyan; cod-pan ; SpTS phog-shu ; rtse-phran ; w/jo- rgyan (Alnon.). 59’^ dwu-rfta$ a pillow. dwu- §fia$-$brel remaining together of a teacher and his pupil: ^•^q-^-q then for twelve years the teacher and his pupil remaining together worked for the Mahayana {A. h8). The expression $fia§-§brel implies the remaining of husband and wife together in one place at night. dwu-can a letter furnished with a head or head-line at the top (called matra in Sanskrit); hence the name of the Tibetan printing character yi-ge dwu-can. 59'^ dwu-chen head man, chief crafts- man ; also high officer. 55’^ dwu-cho§ or 59’^5 title for the chief instructor in a monastery who begins every religious service and is tho chief discipline!*: one share more for the 59'^- 59’t dwu-rje reverence, reverend, title of lamas (Ja.). S91Vq dwu-rned-pa the beginning, a commencement; also: to be commenced. jq’q dwu-$nag§ rgyab-pa obstinate assertion, persistent application (Yig. k.).
5^Е-ф-С|| 911 ^5! | 53’q^z;'q^'q dwu-bsnun bshes-pa or 59 reSp. to swear by one’s head. dicu-mnah bshe^pa^^^^'^ mnah-skyel-wa or 53'q^rq to swear (Jfiwn.), 53,3435dwii-mthiin drun-du the resp. form of shabs-drun-du in the superscription of letters to high lamas. 53’4^ dwu-pan abbr. form of 53'^'qi6’^' dwu-shwa pan-chen rna-rin the tall conical cap worn by the lamas during a solemn religious service, said to have been introduced from the Pandit Vihara of Chittagong in East Bengal about 900. A.D. (Yig. 118). 59'5^’ dwu-phrenchuhi-lbit-wa bubbles on water (Mnon.). 55’444^ dbu-hphans or 53’й^| a helmet. 53q dbu-wa—2'q гси-wa foam, froth ;59q'^ frothy; 53'4’4^‘q [“a mass of foam,” an empty idea]#. 53’q’^’§5 it froths. 53‘qX^ <$wu~ ua-rdos (1) bubbles of water; (2) hard breathing. 53’*1 dwu-ma 1. the principal or cen- tral artery of the body. 2. the middle course or doctrine, which endeavours to avoid the two extremes of total annihila- tion and immortality, also 53'^’ад, the Madhyamika doctrine; 53'*rq an adhe- rent of the middle-course doctrine (#<?A.); 53^'^’q’ dwu-ma snan-wa n. of a work on Madhyamika philosophy; 53ж^'£’’ dwu-ma rin-po-chehi phren-wa a work on the Madhyamika philosophy byNagarjuna (A. dd). 53’^'^'q dwu-mahi Ita-wa the Madhyamika Dars'ana of the Buddhists: 53’*^’qW<’qV he meditated on the middle path doctrine (A. 51). 53’^5 dwu-med the running hand used letters, the headless character. 53’^“ dicu-rtse the top or pinnacle of a temple or monastery. 53’1“’^’ Dwu-rtse- than seems to be: the courtyard of the great monastery of Sam-ye in front of the grand temple of Buddha: Л53'1’’^’^'чРг1|*г^ he saw the image of the Maha Bodhi from the central court yard (A. 91). 53 '3'n dwu-yu-ma male yak and yak-cow devoid of horns: wsjgafcK | 55^ (Yig. &.). 53’S Dwu-ru or 53N 5 Dwus-ru the district of Lhasa: 53^'Я^^'с’^'Э'^’^5'^Ч'^’гЧ5^ about so much regarding the mountain chains situated between the districts of TJ-ru and Yu-ru (А. J7). dwug a cavern; a hole, cavity (Mnon.). W dwugs breath; also may — rlun magic air or wind: ЭТ53^^’4 srog- dwugs rgyu-watio® moving of the life-wind. (Rtsii.); ^ЛЗ4!*5 th.e wind or air that moves the bowels and moves in the veins. Most commonly = respiratory breath, respiration: 53^’5 4’4’5с/^’4 dwugs rnub- pa dan hbyin-pa to respire, to inhale and exhale breath ; '^’q to take away the breath of all beings; 534l*r 3^ short breath; 59^T^q or 4^’4 shortness of breath, asthma, as a complaint of old age (Thgy.); 53a|^q’§q'§5’4 dwugs lheb-lheb byed-pa to pant for breath (Jd.); '*3^5 as quickly as possible, i.e., within the fraction of a breath, not delaying even for the time required to draw a breath (Yig. 18). 53al*r^5 dwugs- chad stopping of the breath, losing breath; dwugs theb-rel in one breath (Sch.); 53^’^ [confidence]#; 53nl^’5q [taking breath]#.
912 ^'1 53*)*r*5<V45*j dwug^hbyin-bdag an epi- thet of the god of wind (Mnoni). 53*1 dwug$-mcd-srog as met. an egg, which is believed to have life but has not the power of breathing (Mam.). *5^’ яяч the middle (5. Lex.). 59*’* dirub-pa, v. hbubs-pa. ^5^ dicur terrain, of 5$ dicu: at the head, at first: tshogs-dbur ph bs-pa to preside at an assembly (generally of priests). 53*^5 dicnr-tfod^ *3^?5 dtcus-ru-sfod upper 0: W?5'^'3S' (J)b. *!. 45). 59*’* dicur-ica [also ^*'4 hur-wa or yur-pa to smooth, -^*13 $og-bi* paper, ras woollen stuff, Я4)4 U^d a pavement] Jd. 59е* dwul fut. of phul ace. to (Rdo. 46). 53*13 diriil-po — ^Ъ, poor, indigent \A. 71. 51-7 v. *. 53*r3’*W|’ dwul-po lag-§ton 1. a poor man whose purse is empty. 2. n. of a xa-bdag) monster. 59^’* dicul-wa 1. fut. of *3*14. 2. adj. poor, indigent; also, ^bst. poverty, want, penury, 53*Г4’йагл du'itl-u'a sel-wa to relieve want (6r/r.); 53*r2f4N dicul-phofis poor, a poor man, pauper; poverty. В(СП$ и the middle, the centre. Is, particularly, the name given to the central province «cf Tibet wherein Lhasa the capital is situated, being known colloquially as £7. 59^§* dwus-hgyur seems to be another name for 5^1 this province or for tho city of Lhasa itself ; signifies one bom either in Magadha or else in Lhasa; 55^’45 dicus-skad the polished speech of Lhasa, Samyc, and Yarlung; 53^'^S sounded tL-Tsang, indicates the two provinces of those names conjointly. 59^’3 dwu$-kyu a kind of pastry (cake) made of the flour of the millet called rgya-ra-hbru wdth milk and sugar and butter. 53*1'3 Dwu§-chu the river of Central Tibet called 55'3 Skyid-chu on which Lhasa is situated; it* falls into the great Yeru Tsangpo. 59*r« L = 4V* hwh the central. 2. the eentral dancer; 53*г*'4 шъц[йз( the central one, one of.the Madhyamika school of the Buddhists. 59*3'*l^*'$'q^ Dicu$-gtsan ni-bshi (acc. to Lofi. *, 4), a name of Tibet proper which comprises the two divisions of 59N viz. :—the valley of the tikyid chu called Dicu-ru Skyid-$od and Gya$-ru Nam-yxL i.e., Lho-kha; and the two divisions of Tsang:—Gtsafi-ru lag-yan hgyed and Gye-ru Ran-chu-gshun the valley of Nyang. 53*Ц dicu$-sho= one ounce of silver or 20 й’4 sc-ica (Rtsii.). dfcen 1. й^, й<^ difference, dis- union : 5*)°Г5^ Н^Й^ж one who causes dissension among the members of the congregation. But most frq. 2. KV: solitary, lonely; separate, separated ; secret: d^en-khan retreat, lonely abode, hermitage; 5^5'*Sq dwen-hgro-u'a — 35'^5'*A5*?V* a voluptuous woman who, lives alone (Mnon) ; 5^5'*P* secret or con-’ fidential talk; 5*V [secret place or event]#.
Wl 913 dwen-pa 1. a solitary place, retire- ment ; abst. n. solitude, loneliness; in Tibet solitudes of mountains are generally implied. 2. one who being disgusted with the miseries of a worldly life has retired into solitude. one who lives in a solitary place, a hermit, recluse; solitude, loneliness. in this solitude; dwen-par hgro-wa go into solitude; dwen-pahi gnas-sa solitary place, esp. recluse’s cell; earth got from the eight great hermitages, sacred places of pilgrimage in India; silin-po med-pa=fyJ^'*^Q snift-po-dwen-pa (Jd.). dwo the eleventh constellation or lunar mansion called TTttaraphalguni. tbe 11th month of the Tibetan calendar corresponding to чп^гдя of the Hindus (S. Lex.). the full moon of the lltb month. Syn. В phyi-mo; ni-mahi lha-ldan-ma (Mnon.). dwo-wa, v. ^9’q hbo-wa. 5^ tfwon-po (pr. ompo or bmbo) nephew of a lama or a chief of Tibet; in the case of an abbot or lama of a monastery the 5^’^ is from his brother’s side and is generally appointed to super- vise the monastery; hence the supervisor of a monastery is generally styled dwon-po. 2. Я¥ grandson; id. 5^’* grand-daughter; ancestor and grand-child (67r.); 3. a certain sect of lamas, clad in red, shorn, and married. 4. a lama skilled in astrology, who for instance, when a person dies, performs those ceremonies that serve to avert harm from the survivors (Jd.), Dwor n. of a place in Tibet a native of Dwor (Loft. 18). dwol-wa or ? rdsift-dal-wa to draw up water from a tank. dbyafts 1. a vowel, id., vita; the five vowels are : вч a, ® t, 43 «, й e, ® o, (Situ. 59). WtpR? [an indicatory letter or syllable which is often elided but which marks some peculiarity in the inflection of the word to which it is attached]#. 2. a metrical rhyme, melodious song, tune, melody. dbyaft§-$grog§ as met. = a fly, a bee (Mfton.). dbyans-hthen-pa in singing to keep time; a songstress with musical voice. dbyaft$-can-ma the god- dess of learning of both the Hindus and the Buddhists; her different names :— tshans-pahi sra§-mo; dbyaft§-ldan-ma ; 3’35 sgra-dbyanz- lha-то ; g’35 smra-lha-mo; J’^5’^'35 rgya- mtshohi lha-mo ; mtsho-ldan-ma; zla-wahi 8 r in-mo; ^’^’35 $er-lha- mo; ftag-dwaft lha-mo; £Zo-yt-^r; (Mfton.). 55^dbyaft$-$nan ^vta, K^vta the cuckoo; the divine singer or songstress; Gandharra. Syn. H g4! khu-byug; §’^'8 lha-yi glu-mkhan ; dri-za (Mfton.). dbyaft§-§bed=^^l^^^ ^ (Mnon.). 59^ dkyar also W’’] dbyar-ka or W the short summer of Tibet; summer season; without distinction of summer and winter, m., at all times. dbyar-$kye$ ‘summer born’; W dtyar-khaft the residence of Buddhist 116
914 I nuns. SS**** dbyar-char summer-rain. 55^'З'С‘З^’ dbyar-gyi rna-gsan = ns met. thunder: thousand drums of thunder proclaiming the religion of the ten virtues (Tfy. k. 59). 55^'^3'q dbyar-gyi ihig-pa drops of summer, i>., rain (Yig. k. 13). 55v?5 dbyar-^ton the summer festivals or entertainments (Rtsii.). 55^'35*1 dbyar-gna$ 1. summer- residenco in religious confinement. 2. the solitary summer-fasting of the monks; 55^*3^«гдкдз*Г4 one who has not kept up the summer vows or lent. 55*’3¥*'M fer^TfH; id. (8. Lex.). 55^'4 dbyar-pa 1. the word is sometimes incorrectly used for 3^'4 gyar-pa to bor- row. 2. poplar, various kinds of which are found in Tibet. It is cultivated in Tsang and U, but grows wild in Yarlung. 55^’q dbyar-wa^S^'SJw tho month of April-May. 55^'£'5§с;я5 dbyar-rtsa dbyufi-hbu (lit. like grass in summer but worm-like in winter) a kind of grass which grows abun- dantly in Tibet, particularly in Kham. Its root is believed to be a good medi- cine for diseases of the bladder, and is dug up in the month of November for use. In December the root contracts until it looks Eke a kind of worm. 55^’^^ wrns May-June. 55^'3^ dbyar-gsum fsRUT the three months during which Buddhist monks remain confined for religious contempla- tion (8. Lex.). cs <&yi (pronounced yi) the golden lynx. There are differentiated by natives three species of lynx in Tibet:—(1) 55’53^ dbyi-dkar or ^‘55 dufi-dbyi the white lynx; (2) SS ЛЗ dbyi-nag or 83^'55 leags-dbyi the black or iron-ooloured lynx; (3) 5§’5W dbyi-dmar or zans-dbyi the red or copper-eoloured lynx. 5S'S34 skin of lynx (Rtsii?). 55# dbyi-mo the female of this animal; 55’|3 dbyi-phrug a young lynx; 55lair of the lynx. I Vw’ 55'53^'5^’ a robe of white lynx with clasps of turquoise (G. Bon.). 55'3 dbyi-gu a small stick, of 55ЧЧ 55‘4 dbyi-wa to rub or wipe out any letter, figure, or mark immediately after it has been written; also in gen., to blot out, to efface. ^55 or ,>SeIs’=^ МТУ, fre®, ; more esp. a precious stone of liver colour. ^'553 nor dbyig wealth (Dzl.); 5$3*e/ dbyig-man much wealth; 553'^5 poor. 553'3)'H'4 dbyig-gi khu-ba a name of river Sita (Mnon?); 553 an epithet of Vaifrava^a (Mnon.); 553‘g’^ one of the names of the Kailas mountain 3^5 Gans-ti-se (Mnon.). fyyig-gu tw hiccough. 553g5 dbyig-Idan an epithet of Mabes'vara (Mnon.). 553’4 dbyig-pa a walking staff, a wand or stick=5§3‘4 dbyug-pa. 553'4* 3S5 4 to cut a stick. 553'5 dbyig-pu [&?Л. ‘implement for cleaning, scouring, polishing ’J Jd. 553'* dbyig-ma an epithet of the god* dess Gauri (Mnon.). dbyin^ vrj space, expanse; sphere, more especially indefinite mystic spheres or regions as well as the celestial
915 5^1 sphere or space ; also that which is massed in indefinite compass: 5§WS in space, en masse; 53*^'?^ dbyings sion empty space; 5§A^bar-dohi dbyins-su Idin-wa floating in the region of the bardo; ^qql^§^qsrq^-q con- sciousness itself having indicated the sphere (or extent) of the doctrine praised; gc/q’^ц|яin the region where nothing of the Skandha is left remain- ing (#e7z.). Acc. to Bon there are eight dbyins or spaces(1) $'^’4'^’5 ^’58*^ | (2) j (3) p’qj^-^q- (4) Wy5!' 58^1 (5) ^q'^’q'^’^'ql'^^l (6)Я5*Г 1 (7) 35’^5’44^5^4]' 58**4 (81 ^VA’^’q’^’^’^S^ (ДД (7?. Nan <. сч , dbyin-pa or 58^§5'q to incite, instigate, set on. СЧ dbyib§ 1. W^T, 9fwfH, shape, figure, form: 9’584^’^ bird-shaped; ^*’5*’584^’5*’*5 shaped like a cart; 51w’or£irq^-q f0 learn the nature (of plants) from the shape in which they grow (Ja.). 2. symmetrical dimensions; [orderly or sym- metrical shape]#. 5SW^ sym- metrical; 5SW«^s pretty shape, pretty looking, nice; 554^’^^ dbyibs-legs of good shape, handsome figure. 5§4M’g or WWM [situation]#. 5§*3'3 q dbyu-gu-zla-wa the ninth month of the Tibetan kalendar (called also **45’ <4). &rqX*qj5’q at Nye-thang in the wooden-horse year on the eighteenth- day of the ninth month; 05gT'&<' commencing from the first of the ninth month of tho horse-year (A. 157); 5§Я^dbyug-guhi- tshes the 18th of the 9th month of the Tibetan calendar (A. 156), w dbyug-pa- 1. gfg, a stick, cudgel, staff: 5§*|T^ dbyug-to-can wield- ing a stick; 5§*T4'J4’4 to beat with a stick. 2.=*5’4 ^punishment. 3. $ '^5 a divi- sion of time of about 20 minutes, also a fraction or proportionate part of weights or measures. 4. vb. with pf. dbyugs to swing, brandish; to throw, cast, fling (Jd.); 5§*f w^Iqj'q to throw away; 5§*T 5§flT§5’q to swing to and fro. 5>T^ sling W. 5§q|'q^ dbyug -pa-can 1. 4’j&i one carrying a stick in his hand. 2. an epithet of the lord of death. 3. an attendant of the sun (Mnon.). 5§iT4*’^ dbyug-pahi rna-can as met. = an ox or bull (Mnon.). 5§4P^ dbyug-hdsin epithet of Vishnu. dbyun-pa ЙТК (a form of *S^’4 Rdo. 46) to turn out, banish, expel. Generally speaking should be considered fut. of *SVq hbyin-pa. B^'5§*’4 to turn out; чщг^’5§*’с1 to banish or remove from a place, particularly to deport from a monastery. 5ST4 dbye-wa (acc. to Rdo. 46, prest. of phye-wd) 1. = ^*’ 5§*’§5‘4 to make distinction, to differentiate; 51*’$M’q anything made distinct or classified. Acc. to Jd. fut. of and in C. secondary form of *15’4 hbyed-pa. 2. sbst. distinction, distinc- tive feature ; also kind, class, species: ^q]^’ ^’2|’51’44*ГО’§* the distinction between good and evil cleared or explained. 5Й’Д11*^ dbye-gsal clear distinction. 3.=**’ plain, expanse, extent: extent.
5ЯI 916 | Dbye-wahi-bu xjrxja an epithet o£ the planet Saturn. 5§dbye-luft gafi-bar one of the thirty-seven sacred places of Bon pilgrim* age ((7. Bon, 38) (Mnon,), dbyen-pa^S^I, difference, dissension, discord, schism. 5^’^’3’S^’ to create discord; dbyen hbyed~pa to make a difference, to discrimi- nate (Jd.); dbyenJnjed ^^|'§Vq). dbyen-b^dum^ me hod-r ten n. of a ehorten. dbyer-med or dbyer mi-phyed-pa inseparable, not to be distinguished. dbye$ magnitude, size, dimensions: dbyes-che-wa^vj^ yafa-pa or y^-q fwbf wide, spacious, broad: *1 broad forehead. dbra n. of a Tibetan tribe (Yig. 7). dbrag = intermediate space, interstice; ravine, glen, defile, in C. dbrad-pa, v. яд^’ч to scratch. sqq-n dbrab-pa: to flog with whip and nettle, v. ядч ч hbral-wa. dbral-wa (^”’4‘g’9) taking off er flaying = 3^’4; v. яд^'ч. 5^'4 dbri-wa,N. я^’Ч hbri-way diminished, reduced, grown less. —4 dbre$-pa or 53’4&l dbre-btsog dirt, filth. dbrog-pa 1.=ч|^4 to forget, forgetfulness. 2. = ч^^’ч ч[<э,(м [revolu- tion, exchange]#. hbag mask, effigy, likeness, figure; id.; resp. уя«ю| or ^«гя«и|; hdra-hbag gy on-mi masked persons; religious dance or masquerade; цсирядя hbag-hbug disguised, not straight in make : яч%ядуй5’<й’й’4с/ little man who was free from crookedness (A. 1J$). wpifaj hbag-hbog 1. uneven (of bed or placo to lie upon). 2. in IT. a slight elevation, hillock (Jd.). ОДЧ]’Ц hbag-pa—ywq 1. vb. pf. я«^ hbag$, fut. dbag to defile or pollute one’s self; to soil, make filthy: pollution with women; ячлр’я^лцргйг aqfl|-q defilement through lust; jjverwqq $nod-la hbag-pa unclean as to a vessel. 2. C. to take away, to steal, to rob. яфц^Я hbag$-lhag [rest, remainder, remnant (of food) Mili} Jd. hbag-rag [spider, hbag-rag-gi tshaA cob-web Sikk.] Jd. hban-wa pf. ячя*< hbans to love, to regard: ячя^ чя-д л'^-ЯАя^чя§\ч love those who are worthy of being loved or regarded (J. Zan.). ячя* hbafl HW lover (A, K. v. 61-8 ch,). hban$ 1. w, <th; also a subject or dependent; Tib. proverb has : q’§5’q‘W it is much better to serve a good and noble chief than rule over bad subjects. яля^^‘§5’ч to reduce under one’s dominion; яя^эд hbans collectively=the people, the subjects. 2. servant, one who serves: ялелгЙ a maidservant, a female subject; ячя^’Й5’д son of maidservant [an abusive expression mean- ing “ a low wretch.”]#. §’яодл lha-hbafy polite expression for servants em- ployed in a temple; «^ я^уяче^ dge-hdun- hban$ the servants attached to tho
^Ч| 917 clergy or the ohuroh; s^s- rgyd^hba^ n. of a king. ОД^’Ц hbad-pa 1. subst. WHTV, ЗПТМ endeavour, earnestness, exer- tion (Л. K. 1-46). ^W'4 hbad-pas shug&pa to begin with energy (Л. К. 1-12). 2. vb., imp. hbod, to endeavour, to try, to exert one’s self, make effort: thog-gi §ten-la rdo-$bom gar hphyar hbad nas having endeavoured to hoist up the stone-block on the roof. 3. to cultivate, rear, take care of: V*’ or Я’ч^аа^а to cultivate the ground, to raise grapes ^5’^5 to breed cattle, яа^’а*^ assiduous, painstaking, industrious; ; without exertion (S. Lex). hban-khra a fine cotton cloth: 4A<Y|g’3j4| one roll of Ban cloth (Rtsii.). яа^аз^ hban-bcad n. of a number : A^wj^A’ (Удме/. 57). ОДЧ’Ц hbab-pa pf. aa bob or AW babs, imp. hbob or bob§ 1. to move downward, to descend, to come down from, to alight; to fall down: ч|^Я’<ч^’Р’АЧАА snow falls from heaven. Constantly used in connection with rivers : S’Sfi’Wfc’gA m ЧАА the rivulets are descending babbling on to the plain. In stating the arrival of a certain time or occasion *AA'A is generally used with the sense of “ it has come down to the time of ” : <r«fg’A'erw$ the Nirvana month has arrived; 3j'AS’yr«r Aqqthe time of death will arrive; the time of going has come. In W. *aa also = tax, taxation; Д^’ааа fixing of rent or tax. яаа’ф hbab-chu-==§>'4^' river, rivulet, brook; also rain. access or descent to ед* I the water, steps leading to a bathing-place (Ja.). ЯАА’^'А^ hbab-chu-bshi 1. the four rivers are :—(1) ^A’^'gjA^pA^’^AA Ganga has issued forth from the mouth of a bull (acc. to Tibetan authorities it has descended from the mouth of an ele- phant) ; (2) 'ч|5’р-^чод the Sindhu springs forth from the mouth of a lion; (3) The Tsangpo issues from the mouth of a horse and is therefore call Tamchog Khabab; (4) The Sutlej is called Rma-bya kha-hbab (Л'Э’Р’яаа) because it is supposed to come out of. the mouth of a pea-cock. aaa'^ hbab4dan = ^^\^ river, stream. pray permit your holy instruction (letter) to come here like the flow of a river (Yig. k. 2Y). яаа’^я low place or ground, i.e., the direction of a river’s flow. hbam in *)А'Яая a disease of the foot; WA hbam-pa rot, decay; also as disease: lupus. QflQv hbah seizure, distraint; or rather the liability of paying higher interest, pay- ment not having been made at the appointed time (Ja.); hbah-hgan— «л]уд agreement, contract (subject of law- suit) (Уйр. к.); hbah-gan an agree- ment. яая Jlbah or viw Jlbah-thafi n. of a place in Kham$ (Rtsii.). bow that is made of very strong bamboo growing in Bbah (Rtsii.). aa<v* hbah-cha sediment, lees, remnant: gjcq^’q^’X'? the remnant of mustard when oil has been extracted or pressed out; the cost of load of bah-cha is a Khal (Rtsii.). hbah-dar a kind of scarf:
918 Я&ргс|| (Yig. k.). I beg that you would kindly send by the hand of this (man) as quickly as pos- sible tea for religious service and hbah-dar scarf for the omdse lama and church governor, etc. together with a letter of confirmation. яяя ц hbah-po and wS hbah-mo are wrongly spelt for and magician, sorcerer, or witch, of the Bon religion. W4 hbah-wa 1. to bleat. 2. (In Sikk.) to bring, to carry, hbih-^og bring it hither ! hbah-*on take it away; hbah-khen a coolie. 3. to commit adultery c. (Ja). Whbah-wo hole, cave, cavern, hbah-bo-can hollowed out, excavated (Ja.); W5 hbah-byi parched paddy beaten out and used by Indians as food instead of cooked rice; a cake of parched rice or maize meal, frequently eaten with tea C. (Ja.). hbah-shig only, solely, alone: filled with gold and silver alone (Jd.); sin only; сг-qgqj virtue alone. + w-qqj hbah-qag or wjpipi hbah-$kyog§ (in modern Tib.) a large ladle of wood made in Bathang (Rtsii.). W»! hbah-$a-ka (^W^l) n. of a wild animal (K. d. 37 J). hbar-wa or ’5’W ^r, ; vb. n. to ^‘4 1. to catch fire, to become ignited, to blaze; also, in reference to the passions, frq. to glare, burn with wrath: WQ'combus- tible ; he is very angry with me or he quarrels much with me (7.; quarrelsome, brawling, while she was brawling (Mil.); 3to burn with rage. Also wq has other figurative meanings, as: 2. to burst forth into bloom, to blossom; to blaze forth into fame, to become noto- rious, etc. hbar-wa-ldan an epithet of Vrhaspati the teacher of the gods (Mnon.). hbar-wahiral-pa-chan=fyi я $gron-ma lamp, light (Mnon.). high and low, uneven or undulating’ground. hbal-gro a mixture of peas and wheat (Rtsii.). wrq hbal-wa l.zxX^’4 to throw about, to pluck out the hair (used only with JJ). 2. to part or arrange the hair, as is customary with the monks and nuns of certain sects; in Khamt this style being the national costume. jpq'oaj n. of an Indian religious sect. 4flq^3q hbal-hbol shaggy (Sch.). оЛ’оЛ hbi-hbi small lumps of clay that are cast into moulds to make miniature chorten, images, etc. hbigs-pa or hbig-pa pf. phigs fut. dbig im. plug or plugs 1. to pierce, pierce into, bore : ^’5^1 the diamond will pierce what is precious; to bore holes into wrood; $chu- hgag^-hbigs it removes stangury (Medi). g or a spire or a gilt pinnacle on a temple or royal tomb ; hbig$- Idan the thunder-bolt of Indra (Mnon.). 2. in C. seems to be used vulgarly for: to lie with (a woman). hbigs-byed fwn 1. ri-bo hbigs-byed) n. of a chain of hills
919 Wl extending eastward from Rajputana to Behar dividing Hindustan into Aryavarta and Daksinavarta, t.e., Northern India and. Southern India: | ftT^q-^Е/ I q^ (K. d. S, 272). 2.=*5^ an arrow, i.e., that which pierces through (Mnon.). 3. thog a thunderbolt, which pierces the mountains, &c. (Mnon.). 4.=Д*п ku-wa gourd (Mnon.). qSsprSS f^47T=3T^[ the Vindhya range of hills; я^ад^’огЙ a constellation [a meteor]^. q^q or^qsrq hbibs-pa = ^0T qgqsq (Sch.). qfc’q hbir-wa to tremble, shake, quake: what was said to make him tremble (A. 13 J). QQhbw&fa 5^ a worm, insect, any small vermin; *41’5^ or 5И’яд a caterpiller; чд’^сг in W\ a snake (Jd.); яд’ч^ hbu-pad a leech; hbn-skyogs-dun snail, *9' дЬ]ад-^л^ад-^^5д^^. *9’V4^ hbu-dkar a preparation of wheat flour, sugar-beer (Rtsii) also id. (Rtsii.); the blackish-red preparation of this is called яд^д]. яд’яр/ч^ hbu-rkan brgya-pa centipede. Syn. ^’«i^’qj’q yan-lag brgya-pa; *|Я* qjj’q rkan-brgya-pa(Mnon.). hbu-khan n. of a much-worship- ped deity in Nepal: я^ад-q’яд^ад$* (A. 12J\. hbii-phra-mo fly, flea, etc. Syn. mdun-can^ g’q'^ skye-wa phra-mo; 3’^ skra-can; ne-wahi Ice-can (Mnon.). hbu-wa pf. ядад hbus to open, to unfold, of flowers, esp. with I4 as (ja.). яд’ЦЯ] Ым-smiig, v. hbu-bkar. яд лад hbu-ras a coarse sort of raw silk imported into Tibet from Assam by traders from Bhutan. яд<^‘ hbu-su-han a medicinal herb. Syn. lha-mohi hkhri-gin; Sjc/q lhahiphren-wa ; ser~snam\ 53^'3’ gS dbyar-gyi-rgyan\ ^’3 yan-ica; q rgya-mtshohi thug-pa, gq^q* byi-wahi- chan\ §4 spri-ka (Mnon.). яд’^’^’^ад’^'я§з' Med. hbugs-pa зп? pf. Q*\phug to hollow out, bore; to pierce, sting; to bite; the dog has bitten my foot; ^-адляд^ад* fn the Nan-shan mountains Chinamen, hollowing out hill-ground, make dwelling-places. hdsoms-pa. qgcsrq hbuns-pa to concentrate one’s force or energies; but v. supra ^qyq: ^ад’щ яд^ад apply yourselves to religion with industry. ^ад^^ад^*Х^53'^^ if you apply yourself to religion assiduously, the high and the low will rise against you as enemies (Rdsa. 22). hbud-pa pf. 9S vb. n. (limited perh. to JF.) 1. to fall from, drop, fall down; to fall off (of leaves); to fall through. 2. to go away, to leave, escape, to disappear, to be lost: the sun has gone down; |г^|,д5’^’^‘ад^ад the key has been lost many days ago. P^- phus^ fut. S3 dbu, imp. 3 phu 1. vb. act. and n. to blow, either with the mouth, or to be blown by the wind; д blow up the fire ! the wind will blow
I 920 | away the leaves of a book; 5^ the monk having blown the trumpet; q^4 like chaff blown off by the wind {Dzl.); SS4!^ ^’q3VJ to breathe upon; ЖЗ”the whole body became bloated (J/rty.); hbud-hduti {Vai. A’.) = ^5' trumpet, also: bellows; fuel, firewood {Rtaii. 16). III: [pf- imp. 3S fut. 535 trs.: 1. to put off, pull off, take off C., hat, coat, ring, etc.; to throw down: threw down. 2. to drive out, expel, cast out, chase away, with the accus. of the person and place, out of the coun- try ; ^35 an exile {Schtr.); to set free, to set at liberty, to allow to pass JV.; to lay out, to spend. 3. to pull out, tear out, uproot. 4. to take away, to subtract from] {Ja.). hbun or 9^’4 l.=3‘^ debt. 2. to itch; *tho itch, an itching W. {Jd.). ’Ц hbub-pa [pf. bub imp. g*w bub$ 1. to be turned over upside down: phe lies with his face undermost; Or it is placed with its top inverted, turned over; «И|'ядл §5’q to fall on the hands. 2. fig., to be overthrown, destroyed, spoiled, with regard to medita- tion (ЛЛ7.)] Jd. *gwq hbub$-pa [pf. imp. fut. 5^q to put on a roof, or some thing for a roof; tfqpgwq to make or construct a roof; to pitch a tent; corner pavilion Jd. hbum one hundred thousand; hbum-tsho id.; jS’VWfRgw **g 500,000 Chinese soldiers {Glr.); ядаг дЯ4!^ a hundred thousand, ^u- hbum the 100,000 images, the n. given to the famous Kumbum monastery situated about 25m. S.W. of Sining-fu in the Koko Nor district, the name being derived from miraculous figures alleged to be present on the leaves of an aged lilac tree. Accounts of this monastery are given by Hue, Rockhill, and Kreitner. It was founded by Tsongkhapa. hbum-lfia the five sacred books of the Bon enumerated, in are:—(1) ^•qj5-«^‘QI'qq-q5-qg#4; (2) ^•^^•q^-q'^’ §’*3*; (3) ; (4) gw^-q^arq^qg*; (%) *3* {D.R.). Jlbuin-thafi n. of a place inMon- yul (Sikkim) south of Tibet. яз***^1^* JJbum-than Skyer-chuhi gnas n. of a sacred place in Mon-yul where Pad-ma Sambhava* is said to have performed ascetical meditation. hbur-wa 1. to rise, to swell up, become prominent: a single rocky hill rising from the green- sward; to emboss, to work in relief {Glr.). 2. to spring up, come forth, bud, unfold. 3*gold and silver orna- ments in relievo on some other metals. STqS^ glo-hbur paintings and sculptures; an engraver; hbur swelling, a boil, etc. *3^4 the slight protuberant places on doors where handle rings are fixed. *зМГ^’ hbur-§kyon an undulating country with risings and depressions: 4^ {Rtsii.). RgvR&wgvq hbur-hjom^ byed- pa to reduce elevations, to smooth uneven ground; fig. to prostrate an opponent in disputation. hbur-dod a statue, an image in relief {Jig. 10). hbur-poz, protuberance, tumour»
I 921 hbiil-wa (given as fut. of 3*’q in Rdo. JJ>), pf. and imp. phul^ fut. 53* dbul 1. Я^РТ, wq4, a resp. term for: to give, proffer; to send, when the person receiving is considered to be of higher rank: khos snan-gyi gscr-rgyan lha-leam-gyi phyag-tu phal he gave the golden ear-rings into the hands of the lady; ч^ч^’чч-^X*r S)q[ got*j your letter of the 3rd instant has been sent here and a reply to it (^(*) shall be despatched to-morrow; 3* sent (or dated) from the Government printing office at Dor-ling (Darjeeling) on the 4th day of the 1st month of the Water-Tiger (year), t>., on the 12th February 1902; ’g’*K*’5S* I am sending (you) 4 bo measures of rice whioh your humble servant’s son will give your honour. 2. sbst. present, offering. Syn 3*’q phul-wa; 55*’q dbul-wa; tlobs-pa\ $tab§-pa (Mfion.). hbul-chas articles for presenting to government, to high officials and to lamas of monasteries, etc.: are only presents to be made to government (D. $cl. 8). hbus-pa 1. to blow (of flowers), to open, f’xq’H q v. 2. = чдч*чч promi- nent (Ja.). чддг^к; hbus-gift a coppice of young trees. hben 1. target, goal: if the, target be good the sharp arrow will hit well (11 brom. 97); ч^ч^ч to set up a target; ч^х to aim, to take aim ; ч^’м the place where tho target is to be set up; specially, the central part of the target, the mark. hben-bgnun—W^ or я^чЙ an arrow (Mnon.). Q^’4|34 hben-gzar a field for cultiva- tion: the field being level and smooth without uneven- ness (Jig- 10). Q.^’4 hbebs-pa WM, я^ч, pf. чч fut. 5ЧЧ imp. causative to чад*ч 1. to cause to descend, cause to fall down; and, hence, to oast down, throw down: чйчмч to cast one’s self on the ground (Dzl.); ч to cast one’s eyes down on the tip of the nose. 2. to assign, settle, fix, lay down, establish: used in a variety of phrases : ч]5кчйз#гч to take up one’s residence in a place; 55’4clw«i dpya- hbeb$-p(i, with *, to impose taxes to assign a crime to a person; ifЪ’ чйчнч to fix one’s thoughts on a place; to give permanency, to fix, to regulate, чйадчм|Мг=ч^’ч keeping, laying a thing down or away. hbem, n. ben. Q^QT4|5<WAZ)eZ-0tfawi or 42iqq?'4j5«=u‘4’ yan dag-pahi gtam holy discourse, sermon, a speech on some sacred subject. чЗ'ч ч hbel-po temperate, saving, econo- mical ; чй'ч’ч ч^ч] there has been economy, frugality has been exercised; extra- vagant; чй^ч^чр to enjoin temperance-, frugality (Sch.). hbo a dry measure generally used for grain and salt, contains 5 6r<?=10 pints. hbo-bre is eolloq. term for a measuring vessel. 4^’p q hbo-kha-ica one who measures grain, etc.: чЙ’р-ц’^-^ч^^ the case of the contract or agreement П7
<я5’Е | 922 which tho grain measurers executed (Rtsii.). R^q hbo-ica pf. hbo$ or 3 pho, fut. 5^ dbo: 1. to pour out or forth, to spill out: there being no spilling (G7r.); milk having beon poured out. 2. to swell up, to rise: чЧкчЗ’^м swelled barley; as big as swelled peas. 3. to sprout, shoot forth, of wild growing plants, *TR^‘R^R] the ground is verdant C.; also : the ground swells, heaves. hbo-ja a kind of tea (Rtsiii). R^v^ hbo-dhi-tsi wrongly written for bo-dhi-rtsi rosary {Rtsii. &8). R*H hbo-le = ty\% thod-po without much hurry, at case, easily, leisurely: we shall be able to take you across the river Gauges slowly and easily {A. 130); |q^ ^ § R^ R|^M*rai 5Я*1' began to sleep quietly iu a sheltered corner (A. 130). R^4| hbog 1. a kind of upper-garment, £r$r] for men, SrRifa] for females (Cs.). 2. in JF. a square cloth for wrapping up and carrying provisions. 3. a small hillock (Jd.). 4. n. of a wild animal: {Rtsii. 5J). d&y&^hbog-chol, v. sbng-chol, R^'T hbog-tho or 4,3rR*fa|,lf shwa-ino hbog- tho a soft felt hat with a broad brim trimmed with long hairy fur. R^|’4 hbog-pa pf. bog or 5% fut. 1. to be extracted,’ uprooted, pulled out; to be dislocated, unhinged: 3qprR2$R|’4 IF. 2. to unload (opp. to чч^’ч hgcl-гса), khal-rnams-phog tho loads were taken off. 3. to grow loose, to eome - off; to drop off, leaves from a tree C.. {Ja.). ’ I ^1 hbog$-pa 1. to sink down, to fall to the ground, esp. in a fainting fit; to bo submerged, immersed; hbog-yun rift-па prob.: when the faint- ing fit has lasted a long time; §myo-bbog madness, insanity; insanity arises; (R3’R*faprq,|?,9) чЧчцгч ^ПТТТ to wade through water. 2. pf. phog fut. dbog imp. ЙЧ phog to bestow, impart, 4|SWR4I counsel, advice, directions, jK^sjq-q instruction. hbon-u'a roundness, rotundity, r5r-r5r’ round; loose, slack, incoherent (Jch). 4 hbod-pa жпнпФП, wnnn pf. and imp. bo$ 1. to call, to cry out to, to invite: he exclaimed, wait! ft^qpara^-q to call to a man; calls to tho presence; calls indoors; st’^R'q to come uninvited; to bawl out, to cry out repeatedly; ^*R^\= ^'4 to weep. wruir, .eome to invite, to call, a guest. чЧ5’5*|« ЖТЖЧ: [!• invitation. 2. fight. 3. name.JS. hbod-byed that invites sweet smell, fragrance {Mnon.). Syn. ijpYM sbron-pa; MS’4!?*’4 skad-gtofb ica {Mnon.), R^’g^ WU n. of the king of Lanka—the chief hero of the epic Eamayapa {Mnon.). Rsfcw hbobs 1. imp. of ччля hbab-pax 2. not exactly a stocking, but a soft warm stuffing of the stockings. R4q*r^ hbobs-zon half sock,* foot-tie. hbon supply, great or small. чМч' §r ; чЧч’й hbor-che good supply, abundance, plenty: чМч’Я^вг
923 V I ’^V4^4!q there was not a small quantity, the requirement being not less (FA/.’X:.). hbor-wa pf. and imp. bor, 1. to throw, cast, fling: casts a stone down a mountain side; to precipitate a person from a bridge (Dzl.); to cast out; or to throw away, pour away, $ water in C. 2. to leave, forsake : B* *^4’ to forsake a husband or wife; when I was left behind by my father he died (Pth.); let that alone, give it up; considering it a great loss out of love he did not abandon it (A. 11). Occurs, also, in certain phrases, as Я'Ч’ to make oath, qwqxtfvq to con- ceive an idea, to think of a plan. In IF. appears to be a common substitute for to put down, to place. hbor-spitns grain heaped together in one place: kjiyon-bsdoms kbor-spimsJhog (Rtsii. 19). qEfarq hbol-pO — °№% 1. soft, smooth, yielding, elastic; both to the touch and disposition of mind; to sit, to remain quiet, tranquil (ЛГИ.); a bolster, mattress. 2. abundant, plenti- ful: according to the abundance or scarcity of water and manure (Rtsii.). hbos 1. (зч-арга-чрга ч) concealed, latent, hidden, v. 2. sbst. boil, bump, tumour (Jd.). QQEJQbbyafi-wa) pf. 6ya^to clean, cleanse, purify: his sins and defilements will be cleansed. bbyafi-khya#C. custom (Jd.). c\ <^r hbyan-rtsi gum, glue (Mnon.). hbyam-pa^ pf. by a ms or hbyams to flow over, to spread about. As sbst. hbyams may = 1. state of being void, metaphy- sical emptiness, rab-hbyams (1) knowledge of the metaphysics, divine learning; (2) ^ttsrh [passing away, re- treat] S. 2. acc. to Cs.: widely diffused, far spread. rab hbyams-pa a man of profound learning, a doctor of Buddhist philosophy; as a degree might equal the European D.D. hbyams- w«rT to the furthest limit, f.t?., limitless, infinite : unlimited, ^’4^’ the spiritual image of Buddha.is inconceivably great. hbyams (another word altogether) the finest breed of mule: ‘^’^5 the best breed of mule of which the month is tractable and the hairs are rough (bristle-like) has the name ‘cliyam’ (Jig. 25). hbyar-wa 1. fw, ЩГ; ; v. *5^’4 [connected]^. 2. in *9^’ *9*’q4l hbyar-bag [a feather, a tail]S. one possessing a tail. *9*’* anything joined or connected with something else. СЧ *9’3 hbyi-wa pf. 9 byi, also BN phyis^ vb. n. of B’q, to he wiped off, effaced; Cs. to fall off, of the hair (Jd.): the hair of the head and body will fall off. СЧ JI hbyig-ma an idol standing on a bare ground, i.e., having no stand of
924 lotus flowers underneath the feet (Jig. 12). hbyin-wa pf. byin 1. to sink in, to sink downф chu-dan hdam-la hbytft-wa to sink in water and mud, i.e., in swamps. 2. to grow faint, languid, remiss: Яч, q rig-pa hbyin- wa bser-wa to lift up again one’s fainting soul (Mil.); senvpbyin-wa drowsi- ness, indolence, depression of spirits (Jd.). ’JfS hbyin-rgod or hbyin-ruiug§ Iftngour or distraction: byin- mug med-pahi §goni meditation free from distraction (Jd.). ^ЗЛ'44 hbyid-pa~t&f\i* (Afy/. 51). pf. aS or Bsphyid 1. to glide, to slip; to dis- appear, to slip away: '^3-S’q human life passes away. 2. = ^Sc/q or g*'* $kyel-wa: llo-god hbу id-pa to earn a living. -54 hbyin-pa <цкчг, pf- and imp. phytift, fut. (in C. also present) dbyun 1. to take out, to remove, cause to come forth; to draw out, pull out, a thorn, etc.; those whose eyes are to be put out. 2. in a more gen. sense: to let proceed, to send forth, to omit; to sound forth; to release: to draw blood by scratching one’s self; to shod tears; to shout; uttered lamentations; to cry aloud; ^’^SV44 or gnas-dbyun-wa to banish, to cast out, throw away. (^) [1. the dust of the great Nimba tree. 2. n. of a number] $. 1- mire, mud in which the feet sink. 2. that which is drowned or sunk—or caused to sink (S. Lex.). hbyin-byed~Q^\'& chu rnog-ma-can dirty water, water containing mud and other impurities (Mnon.). hbyug-pa (*y^g<»p) pf. and imp. by иди 1. to wet, moisten, smear, spread over, anoint: •*]^'g^N4! salt meat; 44 to daub one’s face with ooal-salve (Glr.); lha-rten §po§-dan h byug-pa§ covering the little temple with spieas and ointments; ^З^44 to gild (Pth.). 2. to stroke, to pat: siSfj'arq.g^-q a person’s hcad(Ja.); a painter, one who applies or rubs paint on any thing (Situ. 85). • hbyun-wa I: ^^4 1. vb., pf. imp. byun (intrs. of bbyin-pa) to come forth, arise, spring up, to omerge, to appear: to be set free; to go forth, set out: I shall set out for the purpose (of conducting) religious service (A. 71.). to eome out into the open air; to make one’s appearance (Dzl.); srod-la byi-dur glog-ma sprin byufi-nas ^lob-dpon-gyi dgon$-pa gfig at dusk thoro came forth moles and light- ning and clouds aud tho toaoher’s train of thought was dissipated (Pth. 127); a noiso of falling water arising in the air; I have had an auspicious dream (Mil.); not always intrs. in practice: as it will bo necessary to produce the means of repelling these others; he who is found not intoxicated (Glr.); «ц it proved to be a failure (Mil.); ^^ g^it derived its origin, it arose from that; trees on which fruit is growing; by that time a boy had сото forth; they became two, they split in two (systems of doctrine); to become a priest.
925 • *^1 what has happened to these corpses, what is their history ? (Glr.); Щ w ^’g*did it also happen to the lama ? 2. as an auxiliary indicating the past tense, the pf. g1^' 6у«Я is very common, and in C. has largely re-placed the use of in* that sense: tha lama has arrived. Also occurs as the past of the sbst. vb.: &Л’ Л’’!*’frgq* the dog was white ; he had a mild look then, ^g^’ 5V?Y3 hbyun-rkyen snan-shu the petition about the causes, consequences. ^gq*j4$w q3E/q or = ^^gE/fWNq^q‘^e/ (Yig. k. 87). ^g^ H^* hbyun-khun 1. = $‘*^| згц a spring, fountain. = origin. 3. зги?*» ablative case in Gram. a mineral; *g^Bc^|,w*v a inineral elixir. *g^'XV^ growth, power of growing. *gq*^*4 hbyun-gnas ^TR, W4 source of anything, place of origin; pri- mitive source: source of all accomplishments; the basis of all elements; the primordial source of all happiness is good. Also ^g^,^^=body, constitution of the body. q^’qil: 1. in the mystic language of the four guardian kings of the world (Catarmaha raja kayika deva) signifies misery, mundane sufferings. Also, = = Way, method (К. ко. П, &?5). 2. sbst. a coming forth, an originating, the state of being, ^g^S the true state of a case. 3. an element, of which are usually four : ^gq’q qs^qpft ч damage done by the four elements, i.e., by fire, water, wind and earth; the physical body; ^gqq^^5W the even state of the physical constitution, i.e., good health (Mnonl). ^^^'^hbyun-po 1. a being, a creature: *дч‘Ег^ all that has come into existence, all beings (Cs.); ^gcq'^'q- the great being, Buddha (Cs.). 2. a demon, evil spirit, a general name for all hdre, g.don, and bgegs, which are of eighteen classes. ^g^’S female sprite, ^g^' [1. belonging to evil spirits. 2. elemental.]^. ядч’егя^ шйЗГГ [‘‘the nurse or mother of beings/' i.e., the earth.hbyun-po-srun a talisman, a preservative against evil spirits, ^gq'q^ gq q hbyuft-pohi rgyal-po the king of the evil spirits; their names are :— mdaft-can, gtun-qin-can, gqol-hdsin, hgugs-byed, yan-dag hgugs-byed, gnah-drag-hkhor, etc. (K. g. *, 117). an enchanted gem which cleanses from all diseases parti- cularly the attacks of evjl spirits. It is said to have been discovered by Jivaka —the physician of Buddha—in a bundle of wood which he had purchased at a cost of five hundred karsapana (K. da. 11). qgq-qS-^iri^ hbyun-pohi dgah-ma an epi- thet of Durga, the wife of Mahes'vara (Mnon). hbyu-pohi-rygon an epithet of Mahe'svara (Mfion.). ijerr^TH [“lit. the abode of beings/’ i.e., 1. Vishpu, 2. S'iva, 3. the body (as the abode of the elements) .]& ^gq-q^’wq dbyufi-pohi ral-pa^^'W* §pan-spo$ a kind of vegetable incense grow- ing in grassy places.
926 | Syn. 3'^ §ри-сан ; q drihi-sras-pa (Mnon.). hbye-ica (also frq. g^ phye-pa) pf. and imp. § bye ; intrs. of ^§5^ 1. to open: ifthe door having been opened, he entered the house; when the mouth of the womb has opened. 2. to divide, separate, resolve: $ka-$la giiis-su-Ьуе it resolves into thick and thin matter (JfcJ.); it separates into a thousand pieces (Glr.); as long as the separation has not evidenced itself (Jd.). hbyed-pa (acc. to Rdo. fut. of g ph ye), pf - and imp. g ph ye or 5S phyed and ph yes, fut. S§ dbye vb. a. 1. to open; to place apart; to unloose: opening the door keep it open; fig. ч ; ifc-qS- Stnpg^q to open a blind man’s eyes; to open'again what had been shut or stop- ped; «^'чТ^’а1л§5‘4 to restore the appetite; 4 S5 ba-phyed the open Ъ, Ь pronounced like Gram. 2. [to separate, to keep asunder, to disentangle, IF.; to disunite, to set at variance, in order to set them at variance, to create enmity between them Sty.; to part, separate, the cavity of the chest and the abdomen being separated by the diaphragm S.g.e; to divide, classify: if they are classified accord- ing to the different species Lt.; w§*r^rq<g the beings are severed by their deed (beings are born as different species in consequence of their Karma) ; Гдч kha-phye-ica to open, to separate, e.g., when hands, that were laid in each other, are separated again Glr.; Кд*Д kha-phye-wa to open, to begin to bloom] from Jd. ' 4 HriT the divider, one who divides or disjoins or separates. hbycd-dpyad 1. the dia- gnosis of diseases and their treatment. 2. (Seh.) ‘tongs, pincers.* hbyem-pa, with §5’^ byed-pa ‘to aet with promptness, determination, and good success* (Sch. Ja.). hbyer-tca WBPT 1. sbst. flight. 2. vb. pf. S1' byer to escape by flight, to flee in different directions: tho market-people having fled, and nobody remaining (Pth.); the sickness was dispersed. hbyo-wa pf. § phyo or phyos imp. §’§*? byo-byos, to pour out, to pour into another vessel: one who transfers or pours wrator from one vessel into another (Situ. 85). hbyog-pa pf. byogs, to lick: q^rj'g^gnj qq [ees hbyog-pa-po one who licks, a licker (Situ. 85). hbyofi-ica pf. byafi 1. to be cleansed, purified, v. 55'4 2. to be skil- led, well-versed, be full of: *<TT§VQr^5c'’cl versed in the Vedas-, w'rpgc/q skilful work (fiag. 5-2). hbyonpa pf. and imp. byon, to come, arrive (resp. verb): having come to the cave; he came to make eircumam- bulation at the temple. Also=to proceed, to go; to set out. Is a common vb. in modern polite talk. hdir hbyou (polito expression) come here. hbyor a spade in C.T. (Rtsii.). hbyor-pa н»ч<, ж, fivr that whieh is received, acquisitions,
927 acquirements; goods, treasures, fortune: one possessing inex- haustible wealth, joy and treasures; ten good tilings; WSJ’ ^g’ five goods or benefits acquired by others. raft-gi fibyor-pa-lna five acquirements for one’s ownself, gave receipt, given as soon as it was received; power to produce fortune or wealth (Л. K. 2-92). The goods or benefits accruing to one’s self are j 1. to have been bom as a human being ; 2. to have taken one's birth in Magadha, e.e. in the central country; 3. q to be in the enjoyment of sound bodily development, m., to be suffering from no want of organs of sense or limbs ; 4. freedom from doing wrong actions; б. ц to have faith in the holy religion. The perfect sublime benefits or (Л. K. 111-9) are as follows:—(1) the advent of Buddha into the world; (2) ^q^-^^q the preaching of the holy religion; (3) q*^^q the continuance and stability of the religion of Buddha; (4) q q being a believer and member of that religion; (5) being a patron of that religion so as to contribute to the- maintenance of Bud- dhism. ^gvq's^ hbyor-pa-can — ^^ wfi, wealthy, possessing riches (Mnon.). *5*^ hbyor-klan — %w^ posses- sing properties, rich, opulent (Mfton.). though having wealth if it is not given up in charity (Ger.). hbyor-thon abbr. of xg»vq and phar-thon-pa receipts and drawings; income and expenditure: (D. gel. 10). hbyor-ica also чд^’ч I: intrs. of дХ*ч $b у or-tea 1. to stick, adhere to; to take, contract, of diseases: hbyor- nad a contagious disease or infectious ma- lady; was borne in mind, was remembered. 2. to be prepared, be ready, to have at hand, distinct from |Х я to pre- pare, make ready: there being no meat prepared; that is not at once procurable (Dzll); S § but if he has not such a thing at his disposal (Jd.). 3. to agree, acquiesce, consent together. II: (resp.) to come, to arrive, to be received: §arrived at (reached) Lhasa; the letter is come to hand, has been received. milch cow; or one of tho wisest and most learned of Buddha’s disciples. hbyol-wa pf. and imp. byol fut. (and prest. in Cl), dbyol — ?J'^ to give or make way, Qiw§or4=to turn out of the way, to step aside; in walking I make way (to people) (Jd.). fibraft, v. g1^’ bran. hbran- rgya§ a woman’s breast, teat; (4|?X‘*rj*rZi gtor-ma zlum-pa) offerings of meal in the shape of a bowl to spirits (Rtsii.). *gq**i|3*rq hbraft-gees-pa (Э5’'чдГЗГ^’г1) valuables, luggage: sought for all your valuables and sat down to sleep at ease in a sheltered nook (A. 130). hbraft^ra pf. ^g^ hbrafts imp. or 1- t° follow, to go after; with
928 a pleonastic £**’9 or often prefixed: VKS’^pg* followed each other; *4’§ |*r З'цдЕ/ч to follow, be devoted to religion; Я’П| '^5^'4 to follow after worldly pursuits; (A. u) following the Tri-Ratna while in the full exercise of one's senses; |*r^gq- Wpstf a follower ; w^gq-q one acting accordingly, following, ^imita- ting (А. K. 1-21*). 2. to bring forth, give birth to (of animals). ЬЪга<$-ра=^\\ц pf. 9V brad, imp. brod, 1. to scratch, to scrape, to tear with tho claws: ч^’огд^’Йм’яд^ scratched with its paws his face (fibroin. 113). 2. or ^яд^р to be wrathful=also 6s'3QrZfaE/^g<VS* saying has your king also become displeased? {fibrom. 55). hbrab-pa pf. 9^ brab imp. 5** brob 1. to catch at suddenly, to snatch away. 2. to boat, to scourge, with thorns. 3. to throw out, to scatter (Ja.). 0.^’4 hbral-wa Ч-Ч^ядч'Р fHv; pf. З'Ч braly If3* broT, to bo separated from, disconnected: ядчр^йЧ^дЙ^ thou my daughter from whom I am not able to part (Glr.); 3‘Q5’ur9Q*‘^ [fa spyod ya bral-te contemplation and consummation being disentangled from one another; »^5*’в,чГ сгй дог^- as tho sacred writings (Siitranta) hqnqt came out of his hands. Usually is preceded by V as in : яргч’^дчг be got rid of his thirst; ^’^-gqw 5^5 he recovered from his illness. qqarq^-Xq- what was compounded matter is dissolved in its being. ядчг^5 hbral-med^^F^'&y^ wfWhf inseparable, indissoluble (Ja.).’ 0^51 hbra§ ^я*чдм’Й resp. чч^-ядч urfa rice; hbra$-kyi-sru§ husked rice; дд^йое mixed with small pieces of meat, ядм'4'q rico not husked ; ядч’^Ч’Я white- rice, дм’5»« red-rice (the inferior and cheaper sorts) (Cs.); *g*r«ta in (7. boiled rice, served with butter, sugar, etc., яд*гл^ hbras-chan cooked rice; ядку^учд^глу g* qjqgyq-srq^-q-^^-j^'2* §5 (Л.’б2) form- erly one who had given a pound of cooked rice in charity became by virtue thereof king of Tibet. Subjoined aro names of different kinds of rico as mentioned in the Kahgyurg'54 #^’”1, ^Ч'л1 'SV4, 3'«*Ж5Л’% «iVtJ, Ч^ТГР, ЧЯ’УЧ, WJ’^’q'q, gj'N'^’P, ^TP'W^C, w-q-^ wwr^'j’q, 5к‘У5, ^ р*^*р, р’Ч^гаЦ’ 3, чячг^^чргр^'з-р, Я-wJ’q, «ррТР’^-р, цдозуогд q, я’ЦЛ ЛХ AQ”1, ^’9, 9 Л « 9'^, ’3«]'5^« Р^ядм’ % Vм зи %% 3 S’M|я*гр«к*ру^*|, дур-^vS g’vp, X^2*, 3 ^’§яд«гр, ^•pv^m-p, (K. d. \ ^65). чд*г5 |дч] hbras-kyi-khrag vermi-. lion, (mystic) (Min. rda. 3). ад<«|Хч| hbra^rnclog—^ the gourd (Mnon.). ядм*|к.м Ilbrat-ljont (Denjong) (lit. the country or valley of rice) the native or Tibetan name of Sikkim which is also called ^дч*3й |км Demojong or ядч-Зб др^' Demoshong. чд*г^-=|-Чс/ [unsubstantial]#.
^'5. I 929 | hbras-$na gsum (W4g^? a-hbra§, 5P9*S sra-hbras, ядя’чд^ hjam-hbras) (mys- tic) (JZi’il. rda. 2). чдкдя^ Jibrawpiins or Bbras dkar-spuft$ (lit. heap of white rice) the ancient name of Katak the chief town of Orissa; in its neighbourhood existed a large Buddhist monastery called S'ridhanya Kataka after the model of which the great monastery of Daipung near Lhasa was built; The Lhasa monas- tery is an immense establishment said occasionally to harbour 7000 inmates, of whom many are Mongols and Siberian Buriats. It stands 4 miles west of the city. Under this head we may quote from a Tibetan state document recently issued an extreme specimen of abbrevia- tion : the teachers of the three monasteries Sera, Daipung and GaMan. яд*гд hbras-phyc = яд*? rice-flour (B/su.). hbras-tsha rice-porridge (Rtsii.). hbras-zan cooked rice; vfnsr, чпзт, [cooked ric£, parched rice]& ядм'.^м^ hbras-zlum-can^ the In- dian deodar (JWnon.). *gn hbra^ril unmilled or unbroken rice, paddy. чд^ hbras-sil rice cooked with butter and mixed with sugar, rice-pudding (Rtsii.). hbras-bu fruit, in every sense of the term, both fruit the produce of a tree or plant, and fig. the fruit, effect, or consequence, of any course, conduct or action, and thence can also mean the- reward or the retribution of such beha- viour; ^'яд^ cause and effect: ^*яд^ having enumerated the various instances of the causes and effects of derived knowledge. In the common meaning of tree-fruit, we have яд*гд*^* a fruit tree, яд*гд$учд^ or яд*гдя*^ fruitful, productive; the three chief fruits, m., wa^ru-ra the fruit of Terminalia chebula, warura the fruit of T. bellerica, and skyurura that of Phyllanthus emblica. яд^’д-й^-q barren, unfruitful. яд^гд also occurs in the fig. sense ^ядчд apple of the eye; and again to indicate a tumour or a swelling as the result or fruit of inflammation or pain. Furthermore ядадд constantly stands technically as the fruit or reward result- ing from passing successively through tho three stages of ascetical meditation, esp. in Mil. Ethically we find: the effect of sin; ч^ч’ЯЗ’чд^ the fruit of lordship ; wj 'яд^*д the results of Karma, etc. Again the various graded results of progressive perfection, of which four are distinguished : (1) he who enters the stream (that takes from the external world to Nirvana); (2) «Ц'Ч&г he who returns to this world once more; (3) he who returns no more, being a candi- date of Nirvana; (4) ядчХям the Arhat, the saint who has vanquished all moral and spiritual foes. In the Kah-, gyur the five stages are mentioned:— (1) ^ч^ч'ядм'д the fruit of education (moral, mental, etc.); (2) й аргз5чд*гд the results or fruit not consequent on educa- tion; (3) ^’^^'5^3’яд^д the precedence gained by a Pratyeka Buddha; (4) ^ря’д^ч^ад-^я’^гчд^д the precedence of a Bodhisattva who has entered the 118
930 stage from which he will not move out; (5) tho final stage of omniscience to which a Buddha attains. яд^ g’^q^ ^q5 a doctrine in which the fruit of one’s Karma is always desired. (Theg. 33). ч?<з^п not barren, a woman who gives birth to many children, fruitful. *д*гдог|чу^ч [to regard an effect as a cause] S. ^9hbri-ka rat-na n. of a medici-r nal plant for sores and ulcers (Sman. 351.) Hbri-khuft also called ^’3^' Hbri-gun n. of a district situated to the north-east of Gahdan in Tibet JJbri-chu n. of a great river described in a modern native work as “ rising from tho snowy mountains in the south of tho province of Thurpan in Thogar whence it flows across the or upper north towards the S. E. of Tibet; then, turning its course directly southwards, it outers the provinces of Hdan-khog and §de-dge (Derge) and Jlbah (Bathang) and then passing by the Chinese province of Yunnan, occupied by the Musalmans, crosses Yavana and the country of the Laos. It is called Lan-tshan- kyaft by the Chinese, Kaswokha by the Indians” (Dsam. 32). In Tibet it is gen. called the river of Kham Dege (Lon. % 5). ^3*5 hbri-ta, a form of medicine, prob, a kind of extract; a medicinal herb, an emetio (Hied.). hbri-ica I: pf. and imp. to write, to draw, note down : ч to describe a circle or other figure; I will write you a letter; I jpv | qj^’qwould that wherever the treasures of religion have been abandoned, as soon as these words have been written down, the precepts of Buddha might come to be spread! cj*rq3’4j^ treasures which have been noted down in writing. phyag-bri$ polite word for: a letter (except when mention- ing one’s own epistle which one should always style ")'*)); hbri-smyug' writing-rced, pen.* c\ hbri-ica II: pf. not 9^ bri$ but 9 bri, to diminish, grow less : 5^55^9 ^’ rluft-drod hbri-$hin meditative warmth decreasing; cjiUl rdsift buhi kha bri-son the water of the pond had diminished. ‘MlY Hbri-bho n. of a mountain situ- ated southward beyond the ocean, in which reside the species of venomous serpents called Taksako. The finest species of sandal wood ealled Gosirsa and Hurianacandan grow there (K. d. \ 277). Й hbri-mo female yak; or wild female. hbri-mog a kind of herb the root of which is used in Tibet as a dye for cakes, etc., giving a purple colour to these offerings made to spirits (Rtsii.). Ebrt-sa Thod-dkar the mother of king Sroft-btsan $gam~po (Lon ^,5). cs hbrin JW middle, middling, moderate; tolerable, something moderate, of middling quality; or §ч|^ядс/ч the middle line; good, bad and middling;
=^1 931 4‘aaj5j5i highest, mediocre, inferior: R|R’«f ’RgR’s,*^4]’4)he caused to stand fast in the highest posi- tions those human beings of the monastic classes who mentally were first-rate, middling or inferior. ^i’R§R‘RgR*2i one that is moderately advanced in contem- plation ; adv. RgR’^ middling, moder- ately ; R^R’^’^ $who then are the middle class men? (A. 122). RgR’A hbrin-wa in ’RgR^V4^ordi- nary, of middle quality. * C\ hbrid-pa 1. to caress: | (a boy) should be caressed up to tho fifth year of his age (Can.) 2. pf. ^56 rid to beguile, impose upon; 3’^V4 id. hbrid-de nod-pa-la$ (as she) wanted to seduce him deceitfully. c\ hbrim-pa 1. pf. g** brims to distribute, deal out, hand round; ^’5, 2. sbst. distributor, dispenser, waiter at table. hbru ЧВЗ, 1. a grain of anything; also: corn, seed: 3*'R£pR §R byerma hbru-rchi sten-na on every grain of sand; Rg’R*4!^ hbru-hthag-pa to grind grain. 2. a particle, piece, letter: yig-hbru-gcig a single letter; a syllable; Rg‘^ hbru-don the meaning of a letter, the object of one’s application or prayer (Btfs#.). 3. (collectively) grain, corn, in gen. RjEjS’pq a load of grain; ’*5^ hbru-sna-der mi-hkhrufis no kind of grain grows there; Rgipw hbru- grims tea in grains and loose tea: Rg’ijw (Jig. 22). R^Sfi wild grain; Rg*Rt«i grain-measure. R^’R^S’4^* hbru bead gsum the three-kinds of millet- sesame (Sman. 3). Rg’^’Sr hbru-sna so-so different sorts of grainR9^VIS $’*, 133vjr, 5, "W, W'h W3 ^’§’R9%’, Vvss R§R’4‘R^|^’&5, ^R^R], &ipv J4*’ 33, ЭД'Ч Л”’§'4|34Г35, ^«n/brgqq; *)R’qgS’q, 5,qi, ifa’lK ^R’*, в4’*, 15’*. Rg,fi4 hbru-phan as met. (lit. that which benefits grain) water (Mnon.). Rgita'q hbru-$min-pa terms for the ripe or riping of corn. Rg^’Rg hbras-hbru mature or fruited grain or corn. rans-bycd, §min-pa, 4’?R| lo-thog, ston-thog are described as stages of growth. Rg^W ^cA’qv^’srq terms for the stalks, plants and ears of corn. hbnt-гса or gR bru-wa, pf. and imp. g* brus, to pry into, scrutinise; to probe, and fig. to inflame and irritate: si^R'Rg’q mtshafi-hbru^wa to spy out faults, also to irritate, ^c/R^'q^4) rntshan hbru- tcahi-tshig irritating words. Rg’« dbu-chen the capital or printing letters of Tibet. R^’^ hbru-tsha v. 3bru-tska. hbru-zun a superior kind of carpet or rug: ^1*1 V’^'R9 * (Jig. ^7). Rg-Qrijq- Ubru-la-sgan n. of a place in Tibet (Lon. з, 9). RST^ hbru-$al, Rg’-<] hbru-qa, • v. g’-*J bru-ga. bb?mg I: (^'S’R^4! thunder, lightning, whirlwind; ^V^‘R|4 ^kad-chen-hbrug loud thunder. ЧЗ4]’^’ wqr|^’q'4| ^-q ^5, 5^’g ’^’qS’gS (Mongol, proverb) the clouds that are
932 accompanied by thunder seldom rain. So, tho girl that has a loud voice seldom gets married (“has no wedding feast”). Syn. M Wrin-gyi-tgra; e dbyar-§kye$-rfta', 8 4S q t$ra~brgya~Pa’> К 1^*3 rdo-rjehi-$gra; gnam-lcag§- rgra\ thog-bab%\ ^ч|Ч^ч5цдч] g I han-cig hdon-pahi hbrug-sgra (Mnon.). И : the mythical winged dragon, creature which gives its name to one of the members of the series of twelve animals in kalcudar cycle. TJ&yu-hbru &on- po bluo-dragon (G7r.). ^*1'45 hbfug-§kad or qfbfa the cry or sound of the dragon; thunder, ядч, яЕяя the dragon’s tusk cures toothache. hbrug-rgyab-chun a kind of Chinese satin, with embroidered figures of dragons on it; яд^ч^Й hbrug-rgyab chen-mo satin with larger figures of dragons. *94'8’^ possessing the voice of thunder; n. of a son of Havana king of Lanka. <Ч^'5р,ч]Ч hbrug-sgrahi-gar as met. = ^'S rma-bya peacock (ДГЯоп.). 1 bbrug-rje also called naA-lha n. of a Sa-bdag or demon monster. hbrug-pa (Dukpa) 1. a native of Bhutan (Jig. 26). 2. the thunderers or the’sect of Buddhists inhabiting Bhutan ; often also styled in Tibet ; is one of the Nyingma or unreformed schools. The Hbrug-pa. school of Buddhism origi- nated from the lamas Glin-ra$ Pad-ma Rdo-rje and Chos-rje Gtsan-pa 'Rgya-ras-pa. The latter according to the advice of his , spiritual teachers founded the monasteries of Klon-rdol and Hbrug and agreeably to the inspiration of his tutelary deity founded the monastery of Ralung. At the time of erecting the second monastery, a great thunder storm took place from which circumstance it was called *9*4 Jibrug. The monks of Hbrug monastery became famous for their learning and spread Buddhism in the wild mountainous country of Bhutan founding monasteries there; whence, from that time Bhutan came to be known as the country of Hbrug (Dug). The Bhutanese still follow the teachings of Gsafi-pa rgya- ra$-pa (Grub. 17). яд^ ч^ hbrug-bar the middle sect of the Hbrug-pa school.’ ядч|*й5 hbrug-pnad the lower or later sect of the Hbrug school; also=lower Bhutan. hbrug-то fl. an.ewe. 2. Nardosiachys jatamansi]S. цд$1 hbrug-shabs or hbrug- shabz-drun seem to be the proper terms for the ecclesiastical ruler of Bhutan known in Indian official circles as the Dharma Raja of Bhutan. Rgoj’4]^| hbrug-gzig a species of leopard found in Bhutan the bones of which are usod as antidote to cancerous sores and dog bites. Hbrug-yul or Lho-hbrug the country of Bhutan, occupying the Himalayan region east of Sikkim and west-north-west of Assam. чд*('4|ад [agitation]#. hbrug-gin n. of a plant: ^чд*г$*гглthe fruit of duk- shing removes illness caused by lu brought forth by the rain. hbrud-pa^^S^i, to rub; also: to fill up: q 5 khuA-bu hbrud-pa-pa (Situ. 85).
933 hbrub khun=^*'№ the sacrificial fire-pit used in Tantrik religious rites: (fiag. 51) fire-pit in which the Ngagpa lamas burn clarified butter in sacrificial ceremonies. hbrub-pa gen. with $ to over- flow, to gush forth (Mil.); to. flow over. rejw*j’3’a (gyXsi) needle work. hbruni any berry on trees or shrubs: rgun-hbrwn grape; ^9* se-hbrum hip (fruit of wild brier) in Sikk., in W.=pomegranate. Rgsrci hbrum-pa or ^я’д hbrum-Ъи a pock or pustule. hbrum-nad small-pox, the commonest and most dreaded' of all diseases in Tibet, transmission of which into India by traders via the Sikkim passes has only lately been in any way checked by fumigating bales of merchan- dise and by ordering compulsory vaccina- tion of incoming traders at Yatung near the Jelep Pass. The colloq. term.for small- pox is “ lhandrum.” фзтн n. of a tree tho bark of which is used in small-pox; [a species of leprosy]8. hbrum-lha-mo the goddess who causes the disease of small- pox. hbrum-pho-lha n. of a district in Tsang where Pholha Thaiji was born {Lofi. \ 16). the full name of governor Phalha Thaiji. ^9^ instr, of 59 also an abbr. of ^9^'9. hbre n. of a place in Tibet {Deb. % 5). *9’^^' JJbre-ko de-lun another place in Tibet {Lon. * $). —s. hbre-ua pf. and imp. 9^ bres to screen off, to spread over, to envelop. hbreg-pa pf. breg or g4]^ breg^ imp. S-fa brog or brog§ to lop off, prune; amputate: 4 to cut off at the neck; to excise the membrum virile; most frq. in reference to the hair, to cut off, to shave : one who shaves the head and moustache. Hbren-dpal-gуiblo-gros n. of a Buddhist saint of Tibet {Deb. % 2). ’Ц hbren-pa ^{leather or hide strap; « [bound, connected] 8. hbreft-hril=X\цдяч straps or ropes made of hide thongs twisted together (8. kar. 179). hbrefaca frq. for ^д^ч hbran-wa. ^догч hbrel-pa connection, union, conjunction, but only in certain applica- tions. 1. connection between cause and effect, used also for effect, consequence, efficacy: the efficacy of prayer {Mil.); bjog-pa to apply, make use of it (Mil 7). 2. the vascular and nervous system conjunctively, the two systems in their totality. 3. genitive case, the sixth case of Tibetan Gram- marians, hbrel-pahi-§gra the termination of it: 5 kyi. 4. a small quan- tity, a little, a bit: I want a little bit to eat; ^'5*ядчг<г?сг<1 to snatch up a little bit of religion (Ja.).' <гдогсц : hbrel-ica, vb. intrs. to adhere together, to combine, to become con- nected, tomeet together: ^^’^гц’&гядогa connected only by veinsand bones, nothing but skin and bone (Dzl.); 3^'9 •ядч'ч rkan lag-gi sor-mo- rnamskyan nan-pahi sor-mo Itar hbrel-wa her fingers and toes, adhered together like the toes of a goose (Pth. 127,5).
934 ^1 Vthe connection with, or the intercourse between Tibet and China; hbrel-gtam gossipings at meeting (on the road) (ЛЙ7.). de-daft lus-hbrel-wa to cohabit with him or her (GZr.); they having co- habited, a child was born (Jd,). hbrel-med, unconnected. *3®* 4 hbrel-med-du $mra~wa, fH*[TMT4 uncon- nected talk, irrelevant speech, hbrel-mtehufa-pa, [a follow religious studcnt.jS. чдогхгч hbrel-zab~pa, [together, in company]^. 45Jhbro-go (acc. S. Lex. WTO) n. of a medicino said to resemble mare's dung kytoor\S. Jlbro-lo-tsa-wa n. of Lo-tsa-wa who was a native of (or Do.). hbrog, (W) WTO, W^ft soli- tude, wilderness, uncultivated land, esp. summer pasture for cattle in the moun- tains. hbrog-$kyon-wa, to attend to a mountain dairy; hbrog-khyi herds- man’s dog, a huge fierce mastiff; hbrog-dgon, жрятк (A. K. Ill 20) monas- tery in the solitudes of mountains gene- rally kept up by the Dok-pa. *54^’ hbrog-stofi, open pasture lands on the tops and slopes of mountains. hbrog- snam a coarse blanket made and used by the Dok-pa people: 3^ hbrog&iam gyi gos-nis brt$eg$-g yon-pa he was dressed in two-fold clothes of Dok blanket (A. 130). hbrog-pay (Dok-pa), afrif, afrw herdsman, shepherd, etc., particularly the nomadic Tibetans who live in tents on the moors and upland valleys of Tibet, tending cattle and earning a subsistence therefrom. They are found all over Tibet, keeping each tribe or section to its own grounds; and are in various ways much superior to the husbandmen and cottagers of the country. They export wool and pay taxes in butter to the Tibetan Govern- ment. С^ЧГ9Ч1 hbrog-phrug, a herdsmans child, a boy tending cattle—in W. now used as a nickname; hbrog-mi, a herdsman; hbrog-mo, uhft a female Dok-pa; ^4’^5 hbrog-shad rude, rough, boorish; hbrog-shad snon-pa to be rude, etc. (Scht). hbreg-lha$ a fold for cattle. Syn. phyug$-$kyon; «гвк/лдр; ba-lan-byran; rkan-bshihi nor* Idan ; phyug$-kyi$-phyug ; pdyug$-ldan; trgi^q^o] ba-ldan dican- phyug ; ч ч! ba-hjo ; hjo-mkhan; g’T?<>] Icag-tog (MAon.). hbron, (dong)^^^f\ gyag-rgod 1. wild yak (Pooephagus grun- niens); the yak of Jang- thang; ^**3 hbroMibri wild yak-cow, Я hbroA-pkrug a yak-calf, hbronJco a wild-yak’s skin or leather. 2. v.^’4. JIbrofi-khyags La the well- known Dong-khya Pass, tho top of which is 18,420 ft. altitude, giving access from the Lachung valley in the extreme N.E. of Sikkim into that part of Tibet which lies at the northern head of the Chumbi valley. The name signifies “ frozen wild- yak pass, ” being so. called from a troop of yak having been once overtaken by a storm on the pass and having been there found frozen to death.
935 attending to, to wait upon, to serve, being attended to by celestial damsels (Rfe$-§prifi). *gc/|" Hbrofi-rtse n. of a prosperous large village with a monastery and an ancient palace four storeys high belonging to the family of Shape Phala. It stands about 10 miles N. N. W. of Gyang-tse, on the Nyang river (Lon. % 8). hbron-bzah n. of the fifth wife of king Khri-sron Idehu-btsan (Lo^. % 5). hbrom an ancient family in Tibet in which was born Bromgton the founder of the sovereign hierarchy in Tibet in the beginning of the 11th century A.D. hbros-pa pf. or bros, fut. or *lj*W*§\ to run away, to escape; q ran away, fled from, took to flight; to run hither and thither; or *g*r^ place of refuge; fig. his eye are sunk (Jd.). to make one run away; to drive away. The pert, g^ bros' must not be confused with gN the perf. of д ч bro-wa to smell. In Tangyur, mdo, xciii, 130, occurs a sentence with both verbs: 5 rba or VW dbah, waves. S'jfcN rba-klons, and Д’фад id. 3^4| Rba-rag n. of a place in Tibet: (A. 117). rba-mi rag for the better class of men in Rba; ’^’ЗУ (J).R. 11,12). 3^ rbad 1. a large species of eagle. 2. W. crutch ==<^1. 3. rough and hoarse; 5VB rbad-sgra a harsh voice; cf. rbad-rbod. 4. quite, wholly: $54^5 q rbad- gcod-pa or SV q rbad-tser gcod-pa to cut off entirely, to extirpate (Jd.); SVJJV^ rbad-skyogs residue, residuum, drugs, husks, etc. (Ja.). 3^’Ц rbad-pa, imp. S5 rbod, to set on, incite: 4 to instigate a dog against wild animals and incite a demon to do mischief to an enemy. Also=«3’Л^’Ч to send some calamity or disease by means of witchcraft, etc.: я’#5’35’4]^’ brings down visitations of the Ma-то fiends. SVQ5 rbad-rbod thick, dense, • close: thick hair, (Jd.). sn rbab a rolling-down, also S% ^.g., ^’<54 rdo-rbab loose stones rolling down; after the rolling of detritus had ceased (Mil.). 3^ rbod sTw; v. 4Vq rbad-pa. gpq lba-wa 1. wen, goitre. 2. large knots in, or excrescences on, trees; on account of their speckled appearance often turned into drinking-bowls or cups. Ibu-wa, also dbu-гса, ягк, a bubble, foam, froth, scum ; <^’3 chu-lbu id.; 3’^’^ or З’Ч’^ Ч5ИсГРь 4$f^r frothy, foamy frost-covered; producing little scum ; to seum or skim off (Gs.); a friend is like water bubbles (Jd.); it sends up bubbles. sba v. д ч sba-wa. secret, hidden; also sba-gsan secret and concealed. §ba-$kar a kind of ’ linen cloth (Rtsii.).
936 О sba-rtir lining of tea-pots, tea-cups, etc., with brass or gilt (Rtsii.). 3§ba-thag rope made of twisted cane. sba-ica 1. a common form of the vb. $bed-pa to hide, q. v. 2. or more fully hdoms-kyi sba-ica, sbst. the privy-parts. 3. n. of a place in Kham$ (Lon. *,17). §ba-tsha the residue of mustard seed after oil has been pressed out. 3 $ba-tshafi oil-presser’s house, the hut where oil is pressed out, as in Gyangtse. sba-lu mig-byil an insect (Rtsii.). shag-pa pf. $bag$ imp. sbogs to saturate, stain; to defile, pollute: X* wЖ4 polluted with dirt; \ q saturated with perfume (Rtsii?). sbafi-wa 1. v. $bon-ica* 2. malt from which beer has been brewed; 8}^'4* sbafi-skom id. dried. sbans 1* dung of large animals, such as horses, yak, deer of large size; especially also 5^^, dung of horses and asses; fresh dung of cows, yaks, &c., is more correctly ^’4 or dung manure; 8^’4* dung dried for fuel. 2. wot, flowing: wet .with rain. = wet malt (Rtsii.). $ban§-rtam the refuse barley when beer has been brewed out of it. sbab a species of bird (Rtsii?). sbab-ca a certain number or quan- tity of trading articles, e.g., of paper, a quire, a bundle of matches, etc. (Jd.). sbam-pa pf. §bams, imp. ifw sboms, to place together, to collect: to keep together in one place; $myug-ma $bams~ pa-hdra like reeds laid together (Vai-sfi?)- sbar-ica v. ifc’4 §bor-wa. ^’36 sbar-mo v. $par-mo. g* sbar-yas n. of a number. Sbal 1. a provincce of southern Mongolia: (в. Ron. 4). 2. muscles: the soft muscles of the palm of the hand. %bal-pa Ж, ’ГОД*» a frog; also erroneously the crab. $bal- chun or SFjfc' sbal-lcon a young frog, tad-pole (Cs.); 4^’^ $bal-chen a lizard; 3*1 sbal-nag toad (Rtsii.). sbal-pa-ean [a kind of tree, Sesbana grandiflora?]S. 8|Ч’П’о(Ч|’Ц §bal-pa lag-pa the root of a medicinal plant: the plant sbal-pa lag-pa cures obstruction of urine. sbas or secret, confidential; BF&q sba§-tshig words that are suppressed, concealed (Mfion?). cs 84 sbig a kind of wild animal (Rtsii.). ibid-pa 1. corrupt form of sprid-pa. 2. in Tsang, for bellows, instrument for blowing a fire. sbu-gu 1. hollow, cavity; the narrow interior of anything, a tube. 2. a hollow stem or reed: W|’ I a ^ ’5 having dwelt on the stem of the lotus how could you go into that mire of filth (БЬгот. Г, 28). S’4 $bu-wa v. Ibu-ica. ibu-wa- can wfre [unhurt, safe]#. sbu-la-kha 1. the japanned or co- loured leather imported into Tibet from China. 2. the sable, Mustela zibellina (Jd?).
I4! I 937 §bug or 8*1’5 sbtig-po the inner- "O most part of a house where treasures are kept; or *^\§’8*J mdsod-kyi-§bug treasure-safe. sbztg-chol or 8^’ж^ sbub-chal >э 43 large bell-metal cymbals; there are three kinds of 8*Tse* §bug-chal in use in Tibet. (1) V^’g*l hor-sbug cymbals imported from Mongolia; (2) 5’8*1 rgya-sbug Chinese cymbals; (3) W8*] bal-$bug cymbals manu- factured in Nepal. 8*T4 sbug-pa to penetrate, to perforate, to pierce into: J)ug-rtsa Ion-pa= ’*) ‘УМ’4 to understand the secret of any matter, to penetrate into the real object or import of anything (Yig. k.). ; (SY4*) hollow stalk, a tube; hole, excavation, interior space : tubular cavity, conduit, sewer, in C.; 8*1'5’^’8’4 sbug-tu nor §Ьа-гса to hide treasures in a recess. 8*1**= san-sen hole for inserting the handle of an instrument; $ans-kyi §bttbs-gni§ the pair of nostrils. g*]^,5ei’4=^’?5‘4‘A [expanded, blossomed]®. 9*I’3’21‘8*]*’ brag-bla klu- sbug§ a shrine in Lhasa on the side of Chag-po Hi where is a cave sacred to nagas. sbug§-dam or 8*1^*^ §bug§-hbyar =8*^’5^*]^ sbugs-kyi phyag-dam the royal seal: $el. 7). §bugs-rtsa the pulse; 8*1^ = ‘3K’ ^3 [the act of tasting]®. 8^’8^’ sbufi-sbufi many in one place, a 'О чо heap; many people died in one place (J. 757). 8^*r& sbufig-che [unassailable]®. 85’^ Sbud-hrar n. of a place in Tibet {Deb. 47). ‘ЧИ4 (Mfton.) . . skin-bellows, used in blowing the hearth. Tibetans always using dried dung of cattle for fuel, the bellows is an indispensible article, and usually consists of two skin-bags squeezed together so that the compressed air passes through a tube into the fire (Jd.). 8\q‘*S5’q §bud-pa hbud-pa to blow or work the bellows. 8Ssbud-mchu the tube or iron-mouth of a bellows. sbun-pa 1. v. spun-pa. 2. ^4 bark of trees, the peel of fruit, pod or husk of grain (K. d. *j, 76). 8^’*]?^ sbun-gter don-med-pa or meaningless, without substance, hollow, vain (Ztf.). 2. a small building in the style of a monument, in which sacred writings are deposited (Jd.). tfmn-rtsis a very high rate of interest, fifty per cent. дц-jfc; §lub-khon a hollow ball. 8^4 sbub-chol v. 8*1’^=^*35 (Jig. 18). §bub§-hbras the nutmeg. Syn. sbubs-skyes; sbubs- can (Mnon.). 8^’4 sbur-pa or 8^’ЧЭТ sbur-hkhyog the beetle: *«*|*. §bur-ma chaff, husks. ufvn^tf^Tfrr, slow fire kept up with chaff (®. Lex.). 8^’аЦ sbur-len n. of a kind of gem. the bur-len gem is useful in cataract of the eye. П9
938 sbur-lon, grsKUT [a topazJS. (S. Lex.). g-gvife* gser-gyi sbur-loti (7).7?.). 8’*] s^-yr7,=B‘P physical exercises, athletics, etc. §bc-u?a to scuffle, to wrestle; ^^-A7//z = or *4<§5'q trial of strength between comba- tants (Rtsii.). Sbe-ser a place situated to the S. W. of Lhasa with a monastery, for- merly the seat of Lama Rnog-tfon Leg^-pahi $e$-rab (Lon. *, 4)- *4 + §beg-pa lean, lank, thin. Syn. dno$-nan-pa; •*)’4^’4 ju- ehun-wa ; ^**’4 §kem-pa ; ^5’4 rid-pa (Mnon.). —s $bed-pay or §1’4 sba-tca, pf. SP* §bas, imp. §bo§, to hide, conceal, cover : V§Vq to conceal as a treasure, to hide in a store-house ; ’в** and treasures which had been recorded in writing became hidden (Pth. 128). ^'§5 to conceal troops in a wood; ^5hide in the ground; assiduously conceals his excellent quaEties (JR brom. I4, il). gJV* §bed-ma 1. any property or article that is hidden not made public; con- cealed treasure that has come to light. 2. jfrn the veiled woman, n. of a wife of Buddha, which name is also translated as Sa-tsho-ma. sbo the upper part of the beUy; $fat from it; 3’5^4 sbo-rkun-pa pick- pocket C. (Jd.). 3 ;prl sbo-khwa-chi (Mongol term) an ambassador, envoy : the leading men, such as the orderEes of the reigning king and the ambassadors (D. fel. 10). §’4 sbo-wa pf. ifa §Ьо§=:^^ to swell up, to distend: jifa’efa the beUy is swoUen, turgid ; ^*04’4 to wheeze from inflation (Jd.). $bogs-pa v. cP!'4 §bag-pa. sbofi-wa 1. pf. §ban§ fut. §ban to steep in water, to soak, to drench (Jd.). 2.=2F'4 spon-tca to abstain from. send for ! or я nj, one who has been sent for. ^bod-pa a tassel, tuft (Jd.). + gyq §bon-pa=*'Q za-wa to eat. sbom-po or 3«’4 = Mprq rags-pa of large dimensions, big, bulky, thick; considerable; also=^’^*4 very broad: he obtained con- siderable satisfaction and great encour- agement (Yig. k. 88). ^‘3 $bom-phra dimensions, size, breadth; if^’g^srq of equal thickness (Ya-sel. 85); (Yig. kJ). tfa'Vqr»! $bom-dgah-ma n. of a Buddhist nun on account of whose misconduct Buddha had to enjoin restrictions for the guidance of nuns (K. du. 5, *, 5,). (S. Lex). [1. bulky. 2. the grass or reed Saccharum cylindri- cum2\S. gvq sbor-wa, pf. and at times pres. sbar 1. to Eght,kindle, inflame: kindEng the fire aU round the circle. 2. to transfer, trans- fuse : to remove from one place to another. sbor-lo; Anemone poly ant ha in Lh. jfa’a a swelEng in the bone (£ Lex.).
939 bsyan-wa, v. sbyon-wa. JW ЧТЯ, ЖТЛ washed, used; also (^VW’O) practised, disciplined. g^*q$ ^q washed and cleaned stone. gc^rqS’Sap ^Yorq^-q=^^ (Mnon.). One who re- mains satisfied with qualifications acquired by practice or study; a term signifying a Cravaka; g^: talents or qualification kept up, used or practised [ascetic practices]8. filtered, purified by filtration. Г’4 sbyar-pa n. of a specios of poplar. ^byar-wa a secondary form of gX q sbyor-wa: to mix up or prepare medicine; Л4!q to paste paper; g^*4 to attach, apply meaning to words. gv>TgYq=qg*rq to borrow. gM*I ^xr, [misery]8. gv^ ^*q [full or complete knowledge] 8. g^’« mix- ture, anything mixed or joined together, g^'if* sbyar-sbom trfbr*! pomade, perfumery. g^'A 1. q)'MH, joining together, g^q'wgq'q = ; 2.=g^ [in collection, in ascent]8. 3. mixing up ingredients, as in food, medicine, etc. g^q^q’ wine or beer prepared from two or three ingredients; g^’^4 incense or incense sticks made of two or three perfumes. IK4 to tic, knot: W[’Wgs|'q thag-pas §byig-pa. §byin-pa I: vb., pf. and imp. byin 1. to give, bestow, make a present of: he offered as a price ‘4 to take what is not given. 2. to add, to sum up (Vai. kar). Syn. §vq §ter-wa; gton-ica. Mnon. II: sbst. gift, present, alms; bestow gifts, then shall gifts be obtained by you (Ar. 7’., St. Luke vi 38) the four kinds of gift or alms:— (1) jaq^q-^-q of goods; (2) of moral and religious instructions; (3) *tq^q5'|ayq of protection; (4) g^ presenting affection, love, etc. g<Y^* a charitable pei-son; 'д]|е/ sbyin-gton distribution of gifts, to make gifts to a large number of people, also of valuable things to monasteries, etc. the five articles wdiich are not fit to be presented and should not be made gifts of:—arms, wine, poison, women, ^rsr«^’q anything that is not dharma (K. du. 7S). g^'^’^’B^ <птчтх(нсп charity carried to its furthest limit, Ле., unlimited charity; gaj’qrqq'q^ [fidl of charity] 8. g^VH sbyin-bdag a patron, more especially a dispenser of gifts, a layman manifesting his piety by making presents to tho priesthood. sbyin-gnas—^^^\^ the objects worthy of gifts, i.e., beings to be worshipped by offerings are:—a deity, Bodhisattva, Arhat, etc., a Buddhist saint or sage or object of reve- rence, worshipful objects, ^’3' religious symbols, images, caitya. gyq-^q§ the ten possessions of the Buddhist which he should be ready to bestow :—(1) precious things such as gold, silver, gems; (2) furniture, utensils etc.; (3) articles of food; (4) his ox; (5) 5 horse; (6) elephant; (7) Q'S his daughter; (8) land; (9) (this may be his mistress); (10) ^*5)’-^ Ills own flesh. The instances of the last two items are
940 where a Bodhisattva performs acts of Dana-paramita (as found in legendary stories) and are therefore considered as not applicable in ordinary life—so in the Vinaya a w'omau is prohibited as an article of gift. The case of one’s body forming an object of gift, which is the outcome of sin (’Jftis applicable to only a Bodhisattica who has no business to remain in the mortal tenement (Lam- rim. 2.? J). $byin-pa-po giver, alms- giver, offerer of a gift. Syn. gtoft- phod; dpal-sdug; $byin- rlabs-can; f in-tu $byin-byed; rab-tu-hgod\ rab-ster\ sbyod-po; gter-med-mchod sbyin; ris-med-$ter (Mnon.). sbyin-pa-hi hos objects of charity:—supreme objects of refuge; BkKg’Yprg those who are poor and destitute; qg^’^ those who are praise-worthy, respected friends, parents, etc; respectable persons [Mnon.). the Sutra on Dana Parmita (K. d. ч, 122) delivered by Buddha at the request of the Bodhisattva Mahasattva JPV | qjra&rj'jprqv (this Bodhisattva? s name is unusually long). §byin-mahi lha-mo the goddess of gifts; a lunar mansion. IKS}4! sbyin-sreg ^h, burnt offer- ings as made by Tantrik Buddhists; the offerer of such; clarified butter, articles necessary for burnt sacrifices. §byin-sreg-gi yam-gin first wood necessary for the offering. <зт^т fsra [lit. “one fond of oblation” i.e. fire] £ sbyin-sreg rnehod-sbyin г патоку i-mchog (K. da. F, 190) Homa is the chief of all fire-sacri- ficials. Syn. -^'3 gift-lm ; 35’^’ bud-gift; tshim-byed-gin ; yam-gift; hom-gin ; '^c/ byin-zahi-gin ; shugs-kyi-gin} g'fr-^q- phra-mo-gift \ sbyin-sreg-gin (Mnon.). ЦК’Ч sbyon-ica pf. gw, gc.’ iftvn 1. to clean, remove by cleaning, clear away; like ятан, washing off osp. sj^’S^’4 to wash off or purge sin; curing diarrhoea (Lex.); the knowledge how a man may be purified by his own doings. 2. to take away, to subtract: (Vai. kar.) GO being subtracted. 3. to exercise, to train, §[ bio one’s mind, F one’s mouth, hence F'l^' eloquence (Mil.); gV^Y ^gq^q-^qq^g^ by of formerly cultivated abilities (Glr.); 5that must be practised still better; ^^*N'gc.’q to learn mathematics (Pth.); «M]Ag^’§Yq to accustom, familiarize. $byon-thar=. I^'q^'g^-q to perform magical practices (Rtsii.). vtq [a priest skilful in offering oblations] & $byon- byed-gnis=^i thar-nu and dur-byid (Sman. IrfiO). sbyon-rtms — ^^ diarrhoea which is of four kinds, and sbyor-wa I:=sdeb-pa (Mfton.). pf. and fut. g* sbyar 1. to affix, attach, fasten together; to put close to, to apply: to impress on the mind: ч sometimes he
941 Г'Л| 1^1 as a little boy eight years old would fasten to his mouth a covering of fur lined with silk; g having fastened the head on the body of the image. Also fig.: conceiving the idea of bringing trouble on them. to unite the two sexes; having taken shelter from the rain, on sitting down she fell asleep; but in a dream tho teacher Padma came and having connection with her bestowed seed. £ ж also without the word being added. 2. to conjoin, connect, combine (used with V^*) joined mouths, kissed; VW|’5j'^5'^’^5 5^'3for the purposes of war the Chinamen should unite with Tibetans. It is in this sense of the word that we find a sort of adverbial use of the forms sbyor-la and signifying ‘ along with him,’ ‘ together with him ’, 6 as well ’: q^q^q-jk-or^I sent the girl, and the goats and sheep went along with her; *k‘ as the lama wTas coming here, he brought the letter with him. $byor-wa II: 1. to prepare, get ready, adjust, accommodate one’s self to (and thus, as we see, practically identical in meaning with I.) : V next, in order to harmonise the direct way of entrance and those series of vehicles, he caused to be prepared for progress the higher Naljor ascetics without neglecting those that were of the lowest degree of stedfast- ness; in that cave they made ready the victuals; your subjects have not com- plied with the agreement. 2. to establish, confirm, make stedfast, settle ; he confirmed in the right way those human beings of the middle classes who were intellectually, superior, mediocre, and inferior, res- pectively ; in making people stedfast on several parti- cular occasions he wrould act like this. 1^’4 III: fTO, чЪт sbst. 1. in study or religious observances; assiduity, application. 2. union, connection, con- junction with something else; hence, the joining together of letters, the mingling of drugs in medicine, the linking of subjects into a set or pair, the pairing of animals, also coition and sexual union of human beings. 3. coincidence, agreement, harmony, parallelism, analogy : auspicious coincidences, the conjunction of the stars and planets for harmonious connection (marriage). 4.arrangements, plan, pre- paration: (Л. 67) at night when they had made an arrange- ment to kill. the four preparations are :—^qj^qwprq accumulation of merits; ^•q-gq-q the purification of sins; 5^5'q worshipping with recitation of Buddhist scriptures; the offering of torma to evil spirits. sbyor-klog spelling of words and reading (Situ. 55). gvqj'q sbyor-brgya-pa an epithet of Vishnu (Mnon.). [in medicine, excessive union or mixture]#. g^-q^q-q^ §byor-wa ner-bdun the twenty seven coincidences in astrology: (1)
942 F) ihrq <2) mdsah-bo; (3) *V<i tshe-dafi-pa; (4) skabbzan; /5) wq bzan-po\ (6) fiu-tn skrans-pa; (7) las-bzaH; (8) ч hdsin-pa; (9) zug-rfm; (10) skrans-pa; (11) 4£hrq hphel-wa; (12) nes-pa; (13) kun-hjoms; (14) W* dgah-ica ; (15) rdo-rje ; (16) 5q q grub-pa '17) <pn-iu lhun-гса; (18) mchog-can; (19) yon$ hjom; <20) ^'4 shi-wa; (21) 5^ grub-pa; (22) q|q 3 bsgrub-bya; (23) S4)q dge-wa; (24) dkar-po ; (25) q tskan§-pa ; (26) q dican-po ; (27) hkhon-hdxin (Rtsii.). sbyor-byed-ma 1. a woman in general. 2. a prostitute (Mnon.). sbyor-tdun-та^Ч^^^ constel- lation Pusya (Mnon.). Sbyor-rtse or $byor-ra-rtsr n. of a village situated to the south of Lhasa (Yig. k. 10). pbra or g^J4 sbra-gur ($5*^’ also called the black yak- hair tent in which the Dok-pa people of Tibot live: Л’З(A. 120). g’sq $bra-thag yak-hair tent-rope; §bra-sna»i yak-hair blanket (Rtsii j ; § q sbra-pa inmate of yak-hair tent; g'^w sbra-yol curtains made of yak-hair ; g sbra-fin frame work of a yak-hair lent. 2. = 4’^ WX [a cagc]S. $bra-Iha n. of a Sa-bdag monster. ^'4 s6rfl</-/M = ^'^q5Wq, pf. gq^ 'brags; to lay or put a thing over or by the side of another: $rags means putting all things together on one side (Nag. 53). g^^'w sbrags-ma 1. a hay-fork. 2. conjunction, combination: flesh and skin in combination; Ж ^•wg-^-g^-»rg,4 Phun-tsogthe great chief joined the head lama (J. Zaft.). Syn. д^я $brag-ma; mthun-mony also^^ g^ gni$-§brel; zun-sbrel. g^ Sbrags n. of a village in Lhokha on tho Bhutan border (Rtsii.). IF’ $bran for дч^ sbraft-rtsi honey; д^Лс’ honey-comb; g^’atv honey-beer (Ar</.); g^*J^ $braix-rgya$ an offering of honey to the gods, in Sikk. д^’дч^ §bran-§kyab§=^^ wwro mosquito curtain. д^Я’Х $brafl-gi-ro residuum of honey after having been clarified; also wax. дс;*ч sbran-ehar^^w&K slight rain; meal. g^'^ [1. n. of deity. 2. a large creeper, Gaertncra racemosa\S. g^’Q §bran-bu WT flies, bees, etc.; their several names :—g^’SS $bran-byed; д^'Я д^ sbran-gi §brafi-ma ; g^ Wjc.- §brafi-ehes-nun ; sa-ra-sum^ *fl‘g^' $a-$bran; д^’я nags-kyi $bran-ma; зЖд^’З za-byed sbran-bu ; tshans-ma; dug-nca- can; 4’4*^ ba-ra-ta; §bran-g$og- can; dar-dir-grogs; dbyan§-byed\ sgra-byed] cMj/flHs-st/rops (Mnon j. g^’S sbran-byi the marten (Sch.). д^'я $bran-/na — ^'Q МЖ the honey- bee; дч’54] sbrafx-bug bees* nest; дч^с. bee- hive, honey-comb. Syn. ra-yig gnis-pa; me-tog hthun\ g^'^q^rgq^ $bran- rtsihi brtul-shugs; sbrafi-rt&i myan; g^‘£’g^‘ sbra-rtsi skyon; g^ $bran-rtsi~ hdod * sbraft-rtsihi dri-myan; ge-sar-spyod; rdul-nal; ^’^1
943 I01' яЗХ'А те-tog hthor-ica; me-tog zas-can; ^'T4]me-tog-hjug; rkan- drug ; bhyin-ga ; ?bhra-ma-ra ; $E/«^c/q nam-chufi. dwan-po; gsum- sgra; ^55’^ bciid-hdsin ; bcud-sbyin ; ч§5’ч|*гд^ bcud-brtul-shugs; mi-gnas hkhor-hgro; ge-sar-hdsin ; rdul-hchan ; ri-skyes; ’^5 spos-nad-l_dan; ro-myon ; me-tog myan-ica; *П?*Г'2Г1‘ me-tog la-rtse; mchog-tu-dgah; g^’js sbran- rt si-spy od; g^T’^S sbran-rtsi-hded; g^'^S’ sbron-rtsihi zas-can; sbran- rtsi-skyes; g^‘5 sbran-bu; 9^'4 bun-ica (Mnon,). §bran-pn (Hindi mowa) n. of a tree from the flower of which wine is distilled in India. Syn. legs-pahi-qin; дсг^к^ sbran-gnas-can ; hod-zer mdans can; sbran-rtsihi-tog; bu-ram me-tog; яс№гч^ mnar-wa-dsin; pin-rin; sbran-rtsihi IJon- pa (mnon.), * IS’4 sbrad-pa — ^S^ hbrad-pa q. v. sbram largeness, bulk: g ^ дя ^у as to his bodily bulk the belly was very corpulent (A. 11). sbram-bu unwrought gold, bar- gold : дя’3’^ЛЛ<3<5 had each a sho of un- wrought gold (A, 20). is’4 sbrid-pa 1. or lf^'gS‘4 sna-nas sbrid-pa to sneeze: gS'^g^'STgS when coughing I am seized with a sneezing. gS’S^’lfi drugs which produce sneezing. 2. to become numb, torpid: ^ ^•q qg5^H^ q gvq by long squatting the legs become numbed. sbrud-pa pf. and imp. g^ sbrus, fut°д sbru, 1. to stir with one’s hand to poke up (fire). 2. to knead t"4 rdsi-wa t.C,-V ця-у sbrum-pa JifiWt pregnant, big with young; дя'ч^’я^^ч to conceive, to become pregnant, fiq. дя’ч^' feeling pregnant (Pth.); having conceived, being with child (Jdi). sbur-khra (or g^'0 sbrur-khra): |3^'B'^1'q^’§5 the worm sbur-khra is a cure for hydrophobia. sbrul ; нч a ser- pent, snake; sbrul- hbros-parhgуur-icahi-snags the charm to make snakes run away; й^'5'^2— ^•Ч'^Г^-«ГЯС5^^ <Jj«T§QT (K, g, 52). this charm when muttered and wind blown on the ground by the lips, will cause a snake to run away from a particular place. g®<’^|5^ snake’s coil; д'Ч'В'ч]^ HhT a snake’s hood; дч’З’я^’Ч fangs of a snake. д'Ц'З’чр^ч’З ^brul-gyi gdub-bu a bangle, one made in the shape of a snake’s coil. Syn. mig-gis-thos\ gzar-bu-mgo; nal-byed-gnid mi-sad; rkan-sbas; *0^’4 hkyil-гса; logs-rans; sa-la-hphye; q gdens-can chen-po; Ito- hphye ; <5R| ^ lag-hgro ; Ito-hgro ; gya-gywr-hgro; M bran-hgro ; hkhyog-hgro ; kun-hgro; ba-glan- sna; thig-lehi-sna ; hkhor- lo-can; rlun-zas-can; hphel-ka-can ; | qfyq q tce-дпц-ра; nan-pahi za^can ; khun-du nal;
II 1^1 dug-gi ndshon-сан; dug- hdsiu; gdens-can (Mnon.). gorg-w^-a $brul-gyi mtshon-clui^^^]^ n. of a vegetable incense called ‘tiger's nail’ (Mnon.). goi'^ ^*aZ-C67?i = ^’4 ^|4]du-ica mjug- nn a comet (Mnonl). sbiul-gner-can—^^ $u-dag (Sman-b$du$. IfJjS). —V Ц sbre said by some to be the sre- mofi weasel; but acc. to Sch. the stone-fox. | $Ьге-Ьо=Л'^ re-bo or K’4 re-tca a coarse material manufactured of yak’s hair for tent coverings (Jd.), $brcfi-tca pf. $brefi§: to rattle, make shake, vibrato ; to play an instrument (Jd.): чй’^5'8с;ч tyiku-rgyud sbren-ua to jerk the bow-string ; bum-pahi chu sbren-wa to shake the water in a bottle. * gq^’q $ЬгеЬ$-ра^ЦнцЦ $kem$-pa Ш dry, thirsty. д'Ч'Я §brel-po 1. a joint (D. cel. 7). 2. an old officer (Rtsii.) : 3*4 4 sbrel-tca to stitch together (paper), to sew on, to fasten on; to bind together, to attach ; g<4*’ f4l’^'ipIcag^^grog lag- pa $brel-na$ having one’s hands shackled together. $brel-zla joint official, colleague, comrade: (J>< f<d- 12)', sbrel-zla-can having an assistant. $bre$ (Cs.) frozen, stiff, hard. ^’4 sbron-pa = °^4 pf. ^bran, 1. to summon, to call, to announce to; to inform, warn; grub-thob cig Has no ma shes khon-ran-gis tshur sbran they summoned hither a hermit whom I was not acquain- ted with. 2. to sprinkle, to squirt upon.
find : (Jf. my. *1, 208). Я IV: a root=below, opp. to ya: ma-gi the lower one, lower lip; * ma-rdo = rmaft-do foundation stone; ma-rabs people of low extraction; w mar down; ma-ri downwards (Sch.); ma-gi-la below, down there; ma-gi-na$ Itqth below, out of the valley. « V: 1. the letter *< ma is both a negative and a prohibitive particle, and is described thus: m(l so-called is the sound which hinders or stops. did not know; not see, not seen; not tired; occasion- ally contr. into min, is not; nothing left; when ma is used in the imperative sense, the root of the present with м is used: do not go (or eolloq. mandro); * is not used with the fut. and pres., but is changed into it shall not be sounded w9’§q cannot speak; they should not make the man their enemy. With the preterite « ma is heard always: «гЯс/ he did not go, та byuft did not appear; and with the present tense also in conjunction with the words *5, and 2. я ma occurs as a particle added to various roots of sbst. and sometimes, though not always; indicates the fem. gender. + ma-ka-ra a crocodile. 120 <W 1: tna 1. the sixteenth letter of the Tibetan alphabet, having the sound of the Sanskrt H or of the English m. 2. Represents the numerical fig.: 16. Я II: чтстг, 1. mother; eolloq. a-ma ; mahi-rum womb, matrix; rafi-gi ma-gcig- pahi erift-mo full sister by the same mother; ш dben-pahi srift- mo half sister, step-sister, by another mother (Ja.); ma-khu mother and uncle (Ja.); «4** ma-chuft mother’s younger sister. ma-chen a mother’s elder sister, or father’s principal wife ((7s., Ja.); ma-gyar step-mother. 2. The original of any document or book is termed the ma-gshi or «’я a-ma while the copy of the same is styled the ’ 3 fcu son or bu-dpe: «‘S’^S^q-qg-q ma-bu mthun-pa fybri-ica to copy accurately comparing the original with the copy. Even a railway engine is called because of the carriages or children fol- lowing it: frwoi&ifzrik answered a Tibetan woman at Darjeeling when asked whether tho train had left. 34 III: in mysticism: - (K. g. *, 43). q ^4]’9jvgq I 1 ma is symbolic of the want of attachment, or the very opposite of what is ordinarily meant by that feeling. It being devoid of thought, i.e. not being comprehensible, tolerates all (Bbum. % 283). Further, we
946 t ma-ko-ta-ka нжГаЖ; З^’^ртЗ’^4’ a kind of worm living in dry wood (K. d. >, 455). ma-byon-pa not arrived at, not come, not happened. Я’Я| Ma-rko a country situated to the south of Dhana-s'ri tho people of which are said to be naturally mild and also prosperous (Iham.). ^3^* Ma-$kyaft a wild mountainous district of Tibet inhabited by herdsmen situated towards the west of Lhasa; also u. of a celebrated lama (Хол. > 5). MJM ma-$kye$ to, \ unborn, not grown, primeval, та-$куе§ фуга one of the names of Yudhisthira, the eldest of the Papjava brothers. Also the son of Raja Bimbis^ra, king of Magadha. srp Ma-kha seems to be Mecca. ma-kfta/ amount in bushels of grain b‘U4 out (Ja.). ma-khofis-su on the mother’s part, on the maternal side. ma-khom-pa — nu-dal-wa without leisure, unrelated; suffering un- interruptedly, perpetual suffering (Yig.Y ma-ga-dha 1. grate a cock. 2. the ancient name of the country including Behar, Benares, Allahabad, etc. ma-gar-ma 1ТЧП [the fibrous root )f a water-lily] S. ma-gal 1. acc. to Jo. in IF. a poplar tree. 2. the bark of a medicinal plant: magal cures disease of the lungs and also small-pox. №| = down below, down- ward, yonder: the man having become attached to something below cannot be admitted into tho religious order (A, 31), T^-er ’^,q = S|’^musk (Sman. 109). *’3*^ ma-gu&pa TOKK dis- respectful; disregard, ina-gu$- pahi tshul disrespectful feelings, dishonourable profession. ma-mcjal = khahi-ma-lc: urswprurol ya-mgal ya-le the upper row of teeth ; ma-rpgal ma-le the lower row of teeth (fiag.). w’^q ma-hgab-=&^'Q or rough, rude, wild; also that cannot and should not be done: ’*4^' (D. gel. 9). + ma-rgatf emerald. • ina-rga$-pa not old; fashelter. ma-$go=$4'Sf rgyal-$go the principal or main gate, the royal entrance (in Sikk.); arjjqKarJ'apj ma-$gruft$ ma rlsigs undis- sombled impurity, unmitigated unclean- liness : Я’F ij\qthe beha- viour of a savage is untnixed uncleanliness. or «Ъгч that which is indefinite in all respects; not reliable, uncertain; ma-fie$-pa gni$ iqfairu two kinds of doubtfulness; мя- fie$-pa bshi the four kinds of doubtfulness or uncertain objects. wXn ma-bco$ not artificial or contrived л’лХм’Ч ma-bco§-pa natural. ma-tjbyc unshaken; uncut, unhappened. wq^N’q ma-bcos-pa w (dry ground). «**5 ma-eha4 without falling or, being tired or diminished. ma-chen the cook in high lamas’ or better-class families; ma-gyog the assistant cook; q^q’w^ bde-wa ma-chen chief cook in a monastery of large size,
srg I 947 sr^'4| . ”415 ma-brjodz=. mi-hbyun not come to pass. *’3wq ma-nams-pa not impaired, in full strength; also WJVcf, unblamable, uncorrupted, entire. 5T4f^-4 ma-gni&pa lit. bom of two mothers, an epithet of Gauapati the elder son of Mahadeva (Жж). + Ma-tan-ga the Buddhist Arhat of the sect of Kas'yapa who first carried •Buddhism into China {Grub. \ 7). t ma-tu-lun-ka n. of a plant: the juice of Matulunka mixed’with molasses would remove pain from the body {K. g. « 47). ^’5’5x’rB’'3Q< Ma-tu mya-ftam-gyi yul n. of a desert in the neighbourhood of Jalandhara {Dus-ye. 39). ma-gtogs-pa = except, besides, not belonging to; besides fields he has also plenty of other riches. та-tri ma-tris la-hdsu a form of prayer of the Bon, corresponding to the от mani pad-те hum of the Tibetan Buddhists {Jd.). + яц^-ci^-g’q ma-rtag-par §mra-wa {^r Ц*ч) false speech, untruth. ma-tha—^ tha-na neutral,.neu- trality : spoke not remaining silent even if he was neutral (Л. 94). ma-thal restraint in speaking, in running, racing, etc. ES* VI have you been unassuming in power, rank, etc. {Bd$a. 21). ma-thal*war gyur дай not gone beyond, not exceeded. the city of Mathura in ancient India. < ma-them, the lower steps at the threshold of a door, below the steps {Bbrom. 53). ma-thogs-pa [without . delay, let, or hindrance]#. ma-mthah^^'w^ nun-mthah the last of it; at last. ma-dad-pa regardlessness, absence of faith. q ma-drug-pa or ma-drug- gi bu he who had six mothers, an epithet of Kartikeya the youngest son of Mahadeva. Ma-dros-pa or Ma-dros mtsho^ttm; the lake Manasarowar other- wise known as Tsho-lla-pham, one of a pair of large lakes lying at the foot of the Kailas group, N. of Lipu-lek Pass in West Purang. ma-dro§-g.na§ =3^ that lives in water=^^’q Пай-ра swan, goose {Mnon.). ma-gdan 1. ground, basis, founda- tion ; ground-plan {Ja.). 2. the original from which a copy is made. 3. the capital for merchandize. «•q^d]-q ma-bdug-pa not fumigated; incense not yet offered. ma hdris-pa unacquainted, not intimate, stranger; to place confidence in or trust an unknown party and to do service to the wicked; are signs of boyishness {K. du. 5, 299). H^’qWa'q^ ma-hdris-pahi mdsah-bges unacquainted friends; ma-dris—Ы^ ma shu§ ^гв^т (unworthy of inquiry); q ma-dris-pa impro- per ; unquestioned.
948 I ma-hdre$-pa 1. unseat- tcred. 2. = * ^ WHfnra, (undivided, absolute, unmixed]S. ы ma-rdu W. thorn, prickle, ma rdu-can thorny, prickly. ma-rdо rgya-ma-la hdej§-pahi-rdo) weight or weighing stone. ma-$dam$-pa fnsjnS unrestained ; not found. м^-уарм ina-na-nu ga-ma — 0^1^ hgog- pa etc. (1Г. ко. 237}. та-па-пн na-ya <mystic> = ^‘ *3^'4 kun-fibyuft-ica. * w 5 ma-na-hu a kind of stone with which tobacco pipes are made in China. ma-mn ЧЧЗЛ 1» hermaphrodite, without sexual distinction. 2. eunuch, unable to beget: a pig-headed eunuch; jealous eunuch; ma-nift zla-byed-pa eunuch-guard. 3. barren, childless ( Vai-$fi}. w5}c/8)-4| ma-ni fi yi-ge the letters of Tibetan alphabet which are said to pertain to no gender, tiz:—p, «, *, Я «pho ma-nifi ; 3r»r5(c/ mo ma-nift; ччн-^с/ hgyur-wa ma-nift ; sT*rq5 *r$[cj fyo$- pahi ma-nift ; ral-gu-can. Syn. mthah-gni§ $pafi§\ mtshan-gni§; ’£5 mtshan-med {Mnon.}. ma-na 1. 2. n. of a mineral drug Vl rdo-pnan shig) {Mnon.}. 3. the mind ($S): ma-пи hkhnn- pa (prob, a corruption of ни : grumb- ling (without any eauseb tna-nu ta-ka ($ft) n. of a medicine; a kind of plant. ma-пи §po$-dkar camphor. Ma-nu-$byin an epithet of the wife of the sun v. {$Inon.). I «7 ma-ni ufa (jewel) ; abb. for «И yi-ge drug the mystic six syllables of the Tibetan Buddhists: От ma-nipad-те hum вч^-с^-а-Згн. ma-ni frkhor-lo prayer-wheel; also The long piles of stone are simply called «7 in JF.; but elsewhere “mendang.” t «7 ^я*я^гн ma-ni bkahh-hbumn. of a religious work, the authorship of which is attributed to Avalokites'vara by the Rnift- ma sect {J. Zaft). But usually ascribed to Srong-tsan Campo. t^’ST-S ню-я* pa-tra nfaqw pure leaf- gold: y presented one handful of pure gold-leaf called mani- patra {A, 37), t ma-ni bha-dra, Ъ nor-bu izan po) n. of a rich house-holder who was devoted to Buddhism. + ma-ni musical instru* ments like cymbals; the cost of a pair of cymbals is six sho (Jig,)- ma-dpyad=.H ^epi ma-gshal immeasurable, that cannot bo examined. я’йЬм та-$роЪ$—ы w&w ma-bsam-pa without thinking, not hearing or keeping in mind: {llbrom. J$). ma-phafi, or ma-pham = ** \^ ma-dro$-pa lake Manasarowara, or rather the eastern one of the pair of lakes bearing that name: ’?)V4thence proceeding from Purang he halted near the lake Maphang for breakfast {A. 7J). **wq ma-pham-pa wErfwi tho unconquerable, an epithet of Maitreya, tho coming Buddha (ДГЯоп.). ma-hphag§ not risen, not exalted — ma-nog§ or ma-phyi% without consideration.
Я’Я | 949 «гЯ| •*’5 та-Ьи mother and son: та-Ьи phrad-pa meeting of mother and son. ma-bu-rtsal gsnm three comprising: « ma—ЗИ’^Й’В4’ the universal basis, Q bu— intellectual knowledge, 5РЧ rtsal— sound and light, the activity of nature. *ma-buhi hda-ges the associations of mother and son. ma-byas-pa = ^-g^-q Чфитяппн. [receiving the fruit of what was not done by one’s self. The argument of « ma-bya$-pa чгфстпатпн “ coming of not-done work” is advanced to silence those who do not believe in the doctrine of rebirths, for they cannot explain why an infant who has not yet committed any misdeeds is often found to suffer physical pains]#. ma-byuft did not appear, the act failed, did not answer the purpose: ci-yaft ma-byuft nothing happened, nothing came out of it. ma-bynft-гса not happening. яАдд’ц пш-hbyar-wa ftw analysis. ma-ma 1. Я^; a midwife, children’s nurse. There ате four kinds of nurses—nurse who carries the child in her lap; nurse who gives the child suck from her breast; nurse for cleaning the child’s body ; ; nurse for playing with the child (K. du. ”|, 5). ’3vq the king’s lady having given birth to a son, he said that it was time to send for a good nurse (Jibrom. 52). 2.=^'^rgya-mtsho the ocean: Ma-mi-rya n. of a wild tribe inha- biting the easternmost hills of Assam and the Himalaya and to the east of the Miri people. The males are dwarfish and crooked, the women are pretty-looking. They are fond of meat and salt, and also of human flesh (Dsam.). ma-mun abb. of ma-mo 1. qtn:, 3*4 rtsa-wa root, foundation, the origin (J. Zaft). 2. [a certain medicinal plant]#. ma mo hdsin [holder of the matriki or the mystic diagram]#. 3. an ewe that has brought forth a lamb. 4. grandmother. 5. a kind of wicked demon; ma-mo dgah- tear byed-pahi-gdoa n. of a fearful demon (Mng. 77-79). я-fl w ma-mohi-ma нгенгат [mother of a mother an epithet of Parvati]#. ma-myos-bshin = w^\Qfy as if not liking or wishing (Khrid. 68). cursorma-myo§-pas hdul-icar hotppa ftw. not stupid, modesty. ma-^mad mother and son (or daughter) : ч arqq^ (Л. 59). ^«1 ma-smad ma or paft-cho$ sem$ n. of a Buddhist nun (Ya-sel. 31). «'iT^qw^V4! ma-rmo§-pahi lo-tog wild crop, crop grown without being cultivated; also maize (Yig.). я'й^’Ц v. g«V4. not incomplete [not impaired]#. я ^-q ma-tshos-pa = rjen-pa unripe, raw (Mfton.). «*9 ma-shu not melted, not said; етв’чя* ^5 ma-shu-pahi nad or indigestion.
950 »i<7-£eAi=W3tf4 subject matter: ma-gshi-de даЯ-па^-ЬуиЯ whence has that subject matter arisen ? «•^15 ma-gshihi thad having regard to the chief subject, or subject matter. «З5!’4 ma-zug-pa = ^wto remem- ber, recollect (Jjbroni. 129). ma-zlum$ wn met. tho sun. ma-hoft$-pa the future. «'Кыг пш-hoftz rdul-can a maiden, a girl just entering the age of puberty (Д?Яон.). ma-yi-ma grandmother =04 3 0- phyi or 3’* phyi-ma \ the grandmother’s mother being called ^’3 yaft-phyi. 5гиящ g ma-yag§ bya to console, give consolatation to one who is in grief: thought of consoling the Dge-b$c§ whose parents had died. (Л. 101). 5T$pS5nj ma-gyog n. ma-gyo§ without hesitating, with- out wavering, remaining firm; being firm do you govern the kingdom (Mbrom. J4, 17). Ma-ran =Morning an aboriginal tribo living in the Himalayan Terai and East Nopal districts (J)sam.). nia~rab§ the lower class of people, the vulgar. Syn. | so-so $kye-u'o; т'Ч phal- pa\ rigs-Яап-, dmafi§ rigs* dman pahi rigs; дуиЯ-ро; rigs med*, *^’аь*ч rntshon- cha-ка; tha-fal; tha-chad (Mfton.). de-tsam mi-thob an expression to signify that you will not get so much. ma-rig-pa ^rfw ignorance, not knowing the things and phenomena of the three worlds constitutes Avidya (K. d. 356). Syn. fm-jes; та-rig; ila-yir-hdsin; bdag-hd$in; rig-niin; ^*5*4^ ma- rtogs; nia-fte$; ma-go-wa (Mfton.). -ДГд-ггг or £‘5 n. of a eastle and monastery in the N.E. quarter of Lhasa. ma-ru-rtse 1. n. of a medicinal fruit which cures tho disease of worms: 2. n. of a country (Pth.). ш-г«й-^=^ gdug-pa ЯП, 5ЧШ [mischievous]8. таггиЯз- pa uutractable, coarse, furious; vy cunn- ing, sly, deceitful (Mfton.). nia-re=\wfy\ re-ica та-byed do not expect, be hopeless. та-reg or «4*Tq = not touch- ing or untouched: the intermediate space which has not touched the clouds or sphere of water (Ya-sel. 39). ma-refi$-pa v. »r^4 JTQI ma-la 1. moreover, furthermore, presently, just now: Й now I consider the Tirthi- kas (Brahmans) of about a span measure, i.e., very unimportant. 2. in call of compassion, or fatigue. Aye- ma.kye-hud oh, alas. ma-la-mkhan in Lcl. snake- charmer, conjurer. ma-la-ti n. of a flower [Jasminnm grandifloninQS. (K. g. 82). Syn. sa-yi гкаЯ-ра; brgya-hjigs\ rt$a-tt$c-$ifk {МЯоп.).
951 * werw ma-la-ya 5 q^'c isil‘wa c°o1’ cool breeze. worur? ma-la-ya-tse in Ld. a small lizard (Jd.). + та-la yar-§kyes ; &V white sandal wood. ma-la-yar gna$-mo h^J- an epithet of Durga the wife of Mahes'vara (Mnon.). ma-lag 1. active, quick. 2. in Ld. somersault; colloq. : to perform a somersault, play the tricks of a mounte- bank, to roll on the ground with legs turned up, as do horses, etc. ma-lam=-^'^ high road, broad passage W. (Jd.). = kun-ril-gyi fafw all, entire (A. k. 1-2). ma-ln§ rgyal-po ‘омрйхгзт a universal king. згоНргч ma-lcg§-pa bad, unfortu- nate : a rash and hasty action in a king is unfortunate; it is bad for a house-holder if the harvest fails (K. du. 5, 201). J ma-lem in Sikk. for нт^П gar- land=R3c‘’4 hphreft-wa. Z w-q’n ma-^a-ka the small red seed-bean of Nepal; a berry used for weighment of gold and silver. J ma-gahi hdab-ma [^fh- a plant Hemionites cordifolia~\S. ma-ge§ dgti-?es=&’^^*fi &c. -suraksa a great ethical writer of Buddhist India, a translation of whose works in Tibetan is to be found in Tan d. ^J, 203. ma-gsan-tshul ^) conniving at ignorance (of informa- tion) ; hearing anything to show as if one has not heard it: if any shameful or humi- liating news arrived still to assume not to have heard it (D. $cl. 7). sryote'Fri w.a-ha lin-kaoJkin& of shoes used in India during Buddha’s time (К. my. "b 175). t ma-hc н[т?Ч buffalo; ma- he-mo female buffalo: the horn of the buffalo cures the disease of shunning the light (K.my. % 68). Syn. hjigs-pa bcu-pa; rdul-ldan-mtg; chitr-hdre§- sa-nal; rta-yi-dyra ; gqin- rjehi bshon-pa; rol-pa-can; |5’«Мд| kliyu-mcliog ; mig-dmar (Mnon.). t ma-ha ka-ra 1. = h^t^tt: a great figure. 2. = phyugs chen-po (mystic) (К. g. I4, 28). J ma-ha m-la n. of a precious stone (K. d. % 136). t ma-tri-ka n. of a wild animal (K. d. 37J). t nid-^a tu-^a, san-$d-ma, sar-wa da-tra bi-ra-triis a mystic formula for Vais'ravana [let blessings be to me, О all-giving hero !]/S. + Ma-si-ta said to be the n. of a Mahomedan teacher born in Mecca, so perhaps Mahomed (S. Lam. 3J). mag-pa wwt, «тщгн son-in- law; mag-mal bed-clothes of bride- groom, also the bed-room of the bride- groom. In W. the word mak-mal as in Hind.-= velvet. *^’74^ Mafi-dkar n. of a place in Tsang ( Deb. % 26).
* I 952 Maft-bkur Rgyal-po or Jpi «5/25-43x4 Rgyal-po Maft-po bkur-wa the first king of the world who was elected by the common consent of tho people. «хдм inafi-$kye$ as met. pig, wild boar; that gives birth to many young ones (ДГЯон.). mafi-khur-ma a presenta- tion scarf of superior quality (Bhii.). maH-ga-lam well- being ;=4Д'^« fykra auspicious, good. mafi-gu-ra n. of a fish of red colour about a span in length. mafi-ge-mo long ago, long since ((X). «x§jx mafi-sgar 1. a military encamp- ment. 2. n. of a fort in Manyul: ^X4*4X ^1^хя4х§х«хдх^ду54« (Л. 88). «x* maft-ja, tea given to - tho assem- bled monks on the occasion of a religious service. mafi-da = Wphal-cher ^fr, ’fpIH plenty, enough, a compound of and being used exactly like wftmfi-po; in great quantity or in large number: $x«<x«5’«4’ *£5455/ again they did it more and more (Rbrom. 52). «с/^Ухч mafi-du. tho&pa a Buddhist monk who has heard many sermons and has read many sacred books; such learned man has five qualifications: (1) $х25ч№X4 (2) fW4' «fWQ, (3) 5 (4) ^?C.Aq^4X * (5) Ц](ЗД QJ’MJ(7Г. d. % 166). »K’q mafi-po fwi, ’ifx adj. much, many; also used as adv. for as in : рч|-3j «5-4x4 bleeding profusely (A. k. 2 69). $’*«/25 mi-mafi-po many people, most people; чрбхяхВ! tho numerous retinue; look at the water, whether there is much or little of it; -4-q «4'35'£5 if yoU multiply by one, you will get neither more nor less (Vai- jfi). «х25’з$х5-9x4 ma fl-p о geig-tu bya$-pa multitude, collection of many articles, many made as ono ; «x2fy«« maft-po-rnams : many; *>x25«x25 mafi-po mafi-po abundant; «xQxfcj mafl-po-hdsin much. «х25$5&Г4 man-pohi cffio$-pa the common or public property. «xZK mafi-por adv. much, mostly, «x «5x43x4 man-po$ ikur-wa or W4JX4 Hvnmra honoured of many (<7. Zafi.); -2fa тай-pos-bos called or invited by many. Ж’Ч mafi-wa 1. many, much, a good deal = ^x25. 2. vb., pf. mans, to be much, to increase, become more or many: ^•«5X4« as the enemies had become very numerous (Dzl.); $ A by increasing treatment he will not grow well (Mil.); x«x$4j bo it not much, let it not grow too much; ^xxw^x^q'^xoix at Lhasa there are more Nepaleso than Bhutanese. W4\ man-war adv. : 5’W4’4X^jX4 to have children abundantly; 9x5ц rich in children. «*хЗл| maft$-tshig a term for the plural number. wxrf^ mafi-hdsin n. of a very large number: (Ya-sel. 57). Mafi-bzah-khri-lcam Queen Man Za-thi-cbam, one of the Tibetan queens of king Srofi-btsan sgam-po (LofL % Ф- Man-tjul old n. of a district in upper Tibet bordering Nepal; its chief town being Kirong (gS’Sfc’).
953 5T£QJ| яс,Man-sron man-btasn one of the early kings of Tibet, the son of king Gafiri-gun btsan (Lon. 5). + fyden true: 3«|N’*5= what you think is true. $5’*5‘ as you are speaking the truth ; *5'4 mad- bden-pa truth. *5‘4^ mad-par truly, true: all those sayings of Lha-btsun-po are very true (A. 128). *5’^ mad-po the truth or adj. true: though you speak as truths true words which are not harmful. + mad-ta li-ка n. of a flower (K. ко. 4). man in W. eolloq. for *ma-yin. *^xq man-nag 1.=Я5^’| religious advice ; instruction ; direction. There are different kinds of Man-nag: ^xq’q’g’^’a^x^ ел], ц^ЯХГЯ^Х^, Ч^Х^’Я^Х^ с£-§5ХЧ'ЯЗ|ХД]' Moreover, we meet with ^x«q’ «JV5 * man-fiag phran-bu, a little advice, я^хчр«гй deep instruction, etc. 2. acc. to Jd. in later writings, and in the mind of the common people, it coincides with §nag§. Syn. tham-lan\ *^5 man-phad\ (Mnon.). *5X4I'^5 man-nag-rgyud n. of the standard medical work of Tibet. *05 man-cad or *^'*5 man-chad also *V^5 man-chod adv. and postp. below, downward, inferior to, under: §5’^’*05 srid-rtse man-chad subject to, below heaven; the countries under Lhasa, 5}'*’ *V*5 those below the lama, j**rEr*V*5 all officers or people below the king; *5he was immergod in the water below his navel. Inst, of *V*5 also *^: lit. below the parts above the knee, ?>., higher than the knee; from the foundation up to consecration. *05 often = since, from, henceforward from: 5’g’^O5 here- after from now. Finally, be it noted, this postp. does not require the gen. to connect it with the governed word or phrase. * 5'^ man-ne or mun-ne 1. йх?ях?я a stupid person, dull man, half-wit. 2. in Ld. turbid, muddy, dingy, dim, dusky, as to water, lights, etc. (Jd.). * 05 man-phad=.*^'zx\ man-nag. * V^ man-tsi a kind of silk cloth; blue and red spotted scarf of Chinese silk. * ^ man-dsi 1. in IF. a charpai bed- stead. 2. a tripod with long curved feet for sacrificial purposes. З.=нж a raised seat or platform. J man-dsi-ra a mineral: ’£xthe mineral mandsira removes inflammation of the bone. + man-dsn pu-spi-ka species of flower (К. ко. % 4). J *YO man-da-ra НХИ, the tree of heaven, celestial flowers (K. d. F, 12). + *Т5‘Кч man-da-ra-tca от man-da ra-wa-chen H^H^atree of paradise, e.g.y mentioned in the O’-*)'*! man-gel crystal; glass. eKT^’QJ I: man-da-la 1. Tibeta- nized transcription of the Sanskrit term, but generally styled in Tibetan dkyil-hkhor, a sacred circle actually drawn on the ground or formed of grain, idee, gems, powder, etc., and used as a cere- monial offering to deities; also an offering consisting of jewels, precious things, ctc.,k 121
951 placed on a circular tray and made to a deify, incarnate lama, or any holy person- age. 2. a circle or disc metaphorically expressed. + II: 1. a name connected with some of the states situated to tho south west of Orissa ; they are called H4545etc. (Dsam.). 2. then, of the modern city of Mandalay in Burmah is the Pali form of Maqdala. I: mar ^hr, T, ^fu:, Tfq*. ; 1. resp. butter; 8V** or WR melted butter or clarified butter; butter of oow-yak; butter of jomo yaks; fresh butter; W’^’4 old butter, which is often kept many years in Tibet and is considered a luxury by native epieuros. 2. oil: J'W oil from the stoues of apricots, etc.; oil from oleaginous seeds, rape-seed oil, etc. churning cream. the ocean of ghee; qjpgf n. of a medicinal fruit; (?ч1с,‘^’г^ $dig-pa rba-can) a scorpion which is killed by oil (Шоп,). mar-skrog or niar-skrog-ga butter packed iu skin in two- pound balls (Rtsii.); mar-than (w* чрек/q^) the price of butter (Rtsii.); mar-hdon churning out butter from milk; W’flX mar-$por * quarter of a nag measure of butter= half a pound (Rtsii.); mar-pur butter and treacle (Rtsii.); mar-btso$ any- thing (pastry, etc.) that is cooked or fried in butter; cakes and bis- cuits fried in butter (Rtsii.). Syn. dkrogs-skyes; t)srubs-$kyes (Mnon.). lower, down, downwards, adj. and adv. the lower palate; Wq^4” degeneration, dwindling, falling down, decreasing. Ж Ш : termin. cose of a mother; regarded as a mother; id. IV : n. of a place and clan in Lhobra in Tibet, the birth place of the celebrated Marpa lo-tsa-wa ; wci a native of Mar. wvjc/ mar-fkyafi revenue paid in butter only; the people of the Dok nomad tribes in Tibet who are all herdsmen pay revenue in butter only (Rtsii.). t mar-gad the emerald. Syn. nor-bu-ljan \ rnkhah-ldifi, ggog-pa ; rdohi $nifi-po (Шоп.). W’2f mar-fio (opp. to JWifa the dark half of a month, tho decreasing phase of the moon. mar-gtor or offer- ings to evil-spirits and to manes of the dead consisting of butter only (Rtsii.), w^4j mar-nag, = g^ $num oil, gen. mustard oil, sesame oil, etc. used for or lamps lighted before gods and saints in a chapel. mar-me^==%*\** sgron-me lamp, ^!q, qfw, si^q a lamp, lamp-stand: the time tho lord resided in Yerpa his oil lamp was extinguished by water dropping (from the roof) (A. 3£). Mar-те mdsad, the en-! tightener, the illuminator, an epithet of a past Buddha ;
955 31 also that of or the earliest Buddha. wv^’w^’^’5, ^Dipankara Bhadra, a Buddhist saint born in Western India (7Г. dun. 4-Z). Mar-те mdsad dpal ye- the Buddhist name by which Atis'a was known in India. Mar-ynl the low country, i.e., in the valley of the Indus; name given to La-dwags (Ladak). таг-уад§-ра=> v. w i. mar-la at last, at the end, ulti- mately, finally: ^’3’^’ (Hbrom. F, 1). I: mal 1. n. of a place in Tibet (Deb. % 21). 2. зли, wi bedstead, place of rest, couch: under the bed resp. for night-quar- ters ; a quiet sleep (Sb7j.). W|g*f mal-khrag-ean an adulterer or an adul- tress. mal-khri *s(?, qsh? (Beng.) 4TW sofa, bedstead; bed-frame, bed-stead (Mfton.) ; mal-gos or w* mal-eha bedding, bed-clothes ; W mal-$tan id. (Mfton.) w^’g’^aryq mal- $tan-gyi shal-ta-pa [cham- berlain, one who looks after the requisites of the bed-chamber] & Syn. nal-sa ; gnid-sa; gzim-mal\ mal-stan ; $fta§; JA’^oi rgyab-hbol (Mfton.). II: the place where a thing is, its situation, site, trace, vestige : rut, ^heel-mark, track ; A^aj’q prob, to be unstable, changeable, fickle. Mal-gro (Maldo) n. of a district to the south-east of Lhasa (Loft. % 4) ; Mal-gro guft-mkhar fort of the town of Mal-gro. warSfMal-gro mtsho-god one of the 37 holy places of the Bon (G. Bon. 38). «ог^Х’ч Mal-gro ra-wa one of the 37 holy places of the Bon. (G. Bon. 37). mal-la rnd-le or *wr«T$pi = qorar^r^ 1. in Ld. luke-warm (Jd.). 2. eating without properly masticating one’s food like an old man who has no teeth. + wor$-nr| maMi-ka тг{%чгг n. of a flower: Jasminum zambae. Syn. sa-yi rkaft-pa; a§a£o]^ brgya hjigs\ rtsa-rtse-qift (Mfton.). JIN mas 1. instr, case of « by the mother: was^w’a mas-bsruns-pa watched or guarded by the mother. 2. sometimes used for the lower part, gen. however with the terminative meaning downward, towards the lower part, w^ba ma^-hjab straps to fasten below a j&rtffqw (leather trunk). wa^e/a mas-btaft-wa to move downward, to purge gently, адгвдк mas-mthah the lower part or feet of an image; mas-mthar id.: ww in the lower paid of the image small and large pearls were uniformly studded (Yig.). I: mi negative adv. not; used with the pres, tense and in all cases where * is not used. Jd. adds that in the case of simple verbs the place of the negation is always immediately before them, in com- pound forms gen. before the last of the component parts, as in unless indeed logically it belongs to the first, in which case often я ma instead of mi is employed. This rule, however, is not
956 strieЛу observed, so in Gir. 70 : ччсрг^’з^’^ and immediately after in S'4 3^ do never part with it (Ja.). II: hi, hi^, a man—the ordinary word, sometimes varied to mi-pa in certain dialects. mi-dkar shica-nag lit. a fair man wearing a black hat, an innocent man charged with <*!iilt: a fair man ho:n£ under tho cover of a black cap, Ле., b< ing guilty (Rdsa.); mi-rkan цКп-Ъи trumpet made of human thigh- bone ; й-дЧ mi-$kyag (^‘9^ mihi brim) human ordure (Mfion.). Syn. <pd-ldan ; ma-nuhi bu ; «nc.‘37| gafi-zaj; ^'5^ $f$-$kyes; E|Y*3h sprin-mgidn; ta-lahi rkan-pa can; rkan gnis~pa; yi(J sky's; ^S'9 ipd-ba; §kyc$-ldaii (Mfion.). mt'-$kye-wa — ^wp’Q ^я- what is not produced [non-produe- tinn, non-origination^#. ^'g’qr^*^ mi- §k ye- tea hi eho^-ca n [that which does not grow or is not produced^#. miJtfkyod 1. ^гя^щт unmovod, most steady, unshaken. 2.=*Й grin urino (MfionJ. 4. a very large number; mi-$kyod chen-po or R^’^-q mi-hkhrugi chen-po a still larger number. Syn. mi-hkhrug§-pa; mi-b^gul-wa (Mnon.). ^’gv« Mi-skyod-pa is the 2nd Dhyani Buddha, equivalent to Akshobhya of the Sanskrit Buddhists and to Ulu-kude-lukchi of Mongol Buddhists. In Tantrik images he is painted blue and clasps in his arms a Yum or Sakti female. ’1 Mi-tekyo# Rdo-rje also called n. of the image of Buddha which was carried to Lhasa by the Nepalese wife of king Sron-fysan sgam-po of Tibet about 630 A.D. It is now kept in the Temple of Ra-mo-chhe at Lhasa (Lofi. % 6 b mi-tekyod-$na$=^'fy< a city or fixed habitation; opp. to nomadic resi- dences. mi-kha, thoughtless and irre- sponsible advice of tho people, common talk: in the whole neighbourhood one is an object of gossip ; defaming talk—with or without ^'q. mi-khal—**'^ mi-khur the load that can be carried by an adult person, ft-^srerfc-q mi-khen$-pa che-tca—^'w^'Q mi-hgar-po an arrogant person, a conceited man. mi-khom-pa unin ton upted uneasiness, want of leisure, mi- khom-pa brgyad the eight states of perpetual uneasiness or the states where there are no opportunities for doing religious works, viz.: ’КЗ» those in the hell; animals other than humanity; SVV’I** ян the ghosts; the long-lived deva; яярнэрпк men living in the outskirts of towns and cities, also borderland-savages; vfau- those that are defective or wanting in the organs of senses ; 5«if4V$’a those holding false doctrines; q'^wai’g^’q the people among whom no Tathagata has appeared. mi-khyofis or mi-hkhofa pa—mi-lcog^-pa or mi-thub- pa not able to attempt for want of leisure: (Rdsa.).
957 *>’*5'4*’ mi-hkhrugs чгоЪя 1. unshaken. 2. another n. of the second of the five DhySni-Buddhas, v. ^•qp^N’q^ 5)'q^-q5’^ mi-hkhrugs-pahi shin-gi bkod-pahi mdo the Sutra on the paradise of Akshobhya which is situated to the east of this world (JT. ко, I4, 111), ^^'t^mi-gan-ham a man of an average goodness or qualification, mediocre person. й ’5 mi-gu=^’ W-shm, mi-glen-pa—dig-pa [a cor- ruption of facF fic!]S. a fool, stupid person. nn-dge-spyod—^d^ one of low rank such as a fisherman. а mi-dge-u'a ^ijH=sins. The ten sins are : (1) srog geod яштТацтн; (2) mi-byin-len ; (3) hdod-log ; (4) rdwn r?; (5) 3'** phra-ma цтащ; (6) tshig- rtsub (7) nag-hchal адтц; (8) ЬтпаЪ-sews ; (9) gnod-sems эпчк; (Ю) 'H’g log-lta ftnmrfe. nd-dgehi-gnas a place of sin; w mi-dgehi-gna§ impious action. mi-hgo headman. mi-hgoft-ica Lsz^’jjqj’q, not afraid. 2. not to go beyond, not transgressing. 3. undaunted. mi-hgyttr unchangeable, steady. mi-hgrub'==&'% mi-^kye: 1. not self-produced or born. 2. does not cause to turn back. mi-hgreft — ^'ъ^'Ц as in consequence of their karma of a former (existence) the gods obtained the stature of seven times the human height (Khrid. 53), S’E^I mi-rgod wildman, savage; robber. ^’^5 mi-rgyud generation, genealogy. mi-fias intei mitt ent fever, infec- tious disease. im-mnon-pa ; king, a ruler. mi-b§nag§ undescribed, indescribable. nii-lcogs or S*|qprq mi-lcogs-pa — »Vgcrq or having no opportunity or leisure for doing a thing; one having no leisure should not promise to do (any work) (Jig,). + sVdb-q or mi-chufi-wa and S'&’q are names of heavens in the Bon cosmogony (B> ch, 6), mi-che dgu-rim-dgu the cla’sses of great men in their order : hearing the account of the various classes of great men (A. 1^8), й’Яя’я mi-chom-ma—^l:^ 1. not new. 2. n. of a tribe. mi-chos 1. = the customs and usages of common men or householders (L. kah, 28), 2. a house-holder: visiting a house- holder belonging to the family of the Lo-tsa-ica (A. 66). mi-mchog as met. a king, the best of men. mi-hjig§-pa, in q^aj^-qQ’Spc^srq’q^ the four intrepidities or fearlessnesses of a TathSgata. ^'1 mi-rje king, chief, ruler, governor; ^•g^^q mi-rje mdsad-pa to be king, to reign.
958 Syn. 54 T<jyal-po; wf-yj- dicah-po (Mnon.). ^'*-5 mi-mpd ; a. = ^\q enduring sufferings; b. for KWtWTJ [tho suffer- ing world]#. because tho Bodhisattvas residing in tho three thousand worlds seldom • suffer from miseries {Lon. ч, 8); it is so called because tho animated beings (with the exception of tho Bodhisattvas) living in this world enduro sufferings (^<л) (JT. d. *, 310V й’УЧ Mi-hag n. of a province of Kham, often called радгй’уч Khams Mi-nag. mi-nams-pa undimi- nished : Л wq‘V'’5’r Э wo quite imagine that tho kingdom of Dgahldan Phobraft will not collapse but flourish (Rtsii.). nii-nams-pahi sa tfbl uneven land, tho land that docs not fall in value or turn bad. mi-hid humanity, honesty; humane ((%). mi-ned-pa [crushing]#. S mi-gtoh-icar sgom-pa wf^TT- unint erupted meditation ; ono who meditates unobstructed. mi-ltuh infallible [also 1. a boar. 2. star.]#. + frjjw mi-$te$-pa = ^ ma-legs-pa. mi-ruh-ica {Sikh.). й mi-thad==%'*\^ mi-zad-pa чк*, 'ЗЧ- те inexhaustible; excellent, or exceeding tho usual. ЙХ45 mi-hthad—^A$jnj-q unfit, or it would not do, йччу it will not be pleasant, will be unfit (Ya-sel. 3^). a-Эя] mi-thig—^^ or he said: I am quite certain that I shall not move, slip, in that direction (Rdsa.). й’лУ mi-mtho not high, low. Syn. swq dmah-wa; rtse-dman; 3^’A thuh-ica (Mnon.). mi do-chod=*^[£\ mi go-chodt do-chod zuh-hbrel-wa (Rtsii.). й mi-dr an=&\ myog gjti senseloss, unconscious state, forgetfulness. fpapyvq mi-gditfi-ica n. of a heavenly mansion (B. ch. 6). й’чтч mi-bdag the king; mi- bdag-dgah lit. tho king’s delight, i.e. 4RJ4 sandal wood, perfume, rri-bdag-mchog 1. the king. 2. a kind of duck or goose. mi- bdag-gdugs tho royal umbrella; also the chief’s wife, queen, lady; ш-bdag- ma queen. mi-hdah—9^’^^ heavon, tho sky (Mnon.). ^’^^^mi-hdah-tca^^\^m [not passing over or beyond, not transgress- ing J$. Also mindah Sikk. colloq. = a gun. mi-hdod-pa 1. unpleasant, unwished for. 2. мг(ни, injury, insult. MH-Wra-JC<z = ^’ql$<TCI, dis- similar, different: the different movements and gestures of tho body (Yig.); dan- gers and sufferings on account of falling into different or dissimilar unhappy states. mi-rdul as met. = blood. spafap mi-ldog-pa=^R4 not returning, not coming back.
S-g’SI 959 Syn. 35'S!4! phyir mi-ldog-pa; ^я'Фч’ч go-та log-pa ; phyir mi-log-pa; phy in-ci ma log-pa (Mnon.). mi-§dud unable to turn the eyes from the object of one’s love or affection : ^’SJ5 seeing the prince, from love he was unable to withdraw his eyes from him. (A. 5). . mi-sde, the laity, lay class: mi-$de lha-sdc priesthood and laity. mi-gnas-pa~^'Qty\^ mi-brtan-pa unsteady not remaining at a place steadily. ЙЧЙ5-Ч mi-gnod-p>a not injurious; f^TOT^T [unbarred, unobstruoting]#. Syn. mi-hgog-pa (Mnon.), nii-sna 1. race of men, class of people. 2, (%'$ pho-па) messenger, dele- gate. $’^'4 mi-snan-wa, ^я, [vanishing, gone away, invisible]^. not seeing him, the man having vanished, he looked on all sides (K, du. 5, 261). mi-iprug (^’g’S) Я not agitated. ^’gjk-q mi-spon-wa one who can- not give up attachment; unable to re- nounce or abandon. an epithet of Maitreya Bodhisattva. й ыя q Mi-phani-pa the n. of the second of the Sthaviras—unconquerable, invincible. mi-phog exemption from a parti- cular duty or tax in lieu of another or on some condition (Rtsii.). ^’35 Mi-phyed n. of the 16th member of the sixteen *4^’^ or Sthaviras. mi-phyed-pahi dad-pa, single- hearted faith: ^5*4 he had unflagging faith in the three holies (IJbrom. 48). Spcq^'q mi-hphrod-pa unfit, disagreeable, not suitable, unsuited. й’з'л mi-bya-wa (without action) = salvation, freedom from sufferings : (K. d. % 26). mi-byed thu-med or cannot help doing (idiom.) mi-dban a ruler, a king. mi-ma tears (Sch.). mi-ma-yin lit. one that is not a human being, a spirit; all those who are men and those who are not: ’^Vq'^^the ghosts of the grave-yard (not the souls of the dead); the ghosts that move in the air (Mil.) ; good spirits or genii; apparitions of ghosts (Mil.), mi-byon —$‘^'q and $ incap- able : (Rdsa. 31.) mi-sbyin skyes-pa Mtlnipr, as met. = the sun (Mnon.). wilderness, wood, forests. mi-mo Rrvt=a woman. mi-mohi-glu woman’s song; a sucking-child (Sman. 330). ft’Sforq mi-mo$-pa devoid of faith or regard; for Syn. dad-med, <Ы- hdun bral-wa, 5prq’<^ gu^-pa-shar; я’чргм ma-gus-pa (Mfion.), mi-dmah-wa [unbend- ing, not humble; not bowed down]#.
960 । nd-гтнп-ро heavy, dull 1. bearing burdens; 2. an ox.JS. nd-pnad-pa = bstod-pa ^f^i, snfci [praise]S. a*X^’SE/q^w§*ra* Й5’4 praised by his companions and followers (D. J?.). й jj*rq<3*r5 mi-$mo$-par bya$de not having said [having made an elision of]/S.; кьгщ^ч^т [having made elision of tho middle word] S. q nd-$mra-ica ono who observes the vow of keeping silent, not speaking at all; a sage ^ДГткт.к mi-ghan-khrod cess-pool, heap of filth: like worms of accumulated filth (Jit row. f4, 20}. й ^R’q mi-gtsaft-wa <3feT2, SWTU human flesh, ordure; remnants of food fit to be thrown away. nd- gtsafl-gi mchod-$byin a sacrifice in which human beings may oven bo slaughtered. »d-rtsom-pa inactivity. »№*rq mi-tshan$-pa not observ- ing purity of morals; not practising austerity or celibacy. S’^w^.jpS’q tshans-par $pyod-pa 1. leading a worldly life and keeping female company: if the power of religion is not made one’s own and an impure life is practised transgression of the law follows (Blrom. p, 49). 2. = ‘*Hqrq hkhrig-pa copulation (Mnon.). mi-tshad 1. = ^mi-brian-po*. (Rdsa. 27). 2. =KaS ma-zad (Yig. 98}. s^ q^-q nd-htsham-pa (^K^rqS’gwgXv c.^’q-gN’q) cruel, oppressive, unfit, unbe- coming (7?Aso.). + R^arq nd-htshol-wa = ^'^ not know- ing, not inquisitive or searching. й-q^-q nd-hdsag-pa not trickling [firm, imperishable]^. ft'^’q nd-hdsin-pa tho five irrelevances which should bo avoided ; they are these:— (1) 3g-^Yq^Ya^Yq when correct words do not convey the right meaning; (2) when the meanings and the words used do not harmonize; (3) 4^4’^8jvqvc^Vq to misapprehend an expression or meaning; (4) q£yq to comprehend without reference to tho context; (5) tfg’qv*?vq to seize on the wrong moaning. mi~gshig = W4 L'tag-pa (Mfion.}. й’*vq nd-zad-pa^^^ аЪг hardened, obdurate; sharp; unexhausted: go] qgQra-3S’qT4,q,<* ? nd zim-bu^pun-dgu the nine sons of Mizim tho blacksmith: the swords manufactured by tho nine blacksmith brothers (Yig. 63). й‘«ззь’ nd-bzafi^^'*^ bad-luck, in- auspicious ; = misfortune. й’сззЕГ&д nd-bzafi-ndg 1. fright- ful-mien or frightful-eyed. 2. nd-bzad-ndg an epithet of tho planet Saturn or gzah-^pen-pa (Mfion.). nd-gzar not steep [not active or striving] S'. й'чддя^ nd-hzlog^-pa unavoid- able, that cannot be averted, or prevented. ndham-ci 1. f^T, яд an ugly people, a Mongolian. 2. an epithet of Mahcs'vara who is believed
। 961 to have been a Tibetan of the Kailas mountains. miham-ci-yi gdon n. of an ugly evil spirit (Bing. 77). ftwlS tniham ci-mo an ugly woman, prob, a Mongolian woman [a woman with the head of a mare, or of a female gandharea^S. mihi cho$-ldan [possessing the characteristics of man, worldly]#. mi-yi htsho-ica human being, human existence, life. 4HR a little man, a dwarf (Ya-sel. 5JI). ^]*q mi-yi they-pa an epithet of Vishnu (Mnon.). SVSpqc^S mi-yi bdag-mo==^&I& a lady, a queen (Mfton.). mi-yi hdren-po—^'R king; also 3* priest. a-sr3 mi-yi-bu child of man, mortal being. mi-yi dbaft-phyttg-==^'%, king. mi-yi yi-drfag§ a Preta in human shape (Tan. d. 220). SpSVopi mi-yi-yul or mi-yul human world, lower world, opp. to the regions of gods or the infernal regions. Й‘д)5}е.*а mi-gyeft-wa~^wwx&\ indefatigable, untiring, not idle, unwea- ried. mi-дуо (lit. that never moves) as met.=the sky (Mfton.); ^'^’4 mi-gyo-wa ; irw, met. a mountain. mi-gyo-wahi rgyud n. of a Tantra in ten chapters, which contains an account of the causes which produce untimely death, diseases, murrain, and other visitations. mi-rabs mankind, generation; earliest of Tibetan tribes sprung from the first patriarch (J. Zaft.). mi-rig^ humanity, human kind, race of man. mi-rift-wa (w^’S) n°t remote, short distance, used in reference to time or place. mi-rift^-pa not in haste. mi-re fto-re respectively, one by one, one after another. mi-re $oft-tsam—*^'$\&H only accommodating one man, very narrow7. mi-raft or mi-hren a man walking on foot without any load to carry: reaching the capital of Nepal he met with a solitary traveller (A. 129). й*«| mi-la 1.==Я5* fierce, frightful, (J. Zaft.). 2. an abbr. of either flfilaraspa or (Lon. % 9). Milaraspa is known in Tibet as the author of two popular works describing his wanderings in the Himalayas, and South Tibet. He was a peripatetic ascetic and poet who worked miracles and deli- vered instruction to his votaries in verses composed for each occasion. His auto- biography and his so-called 100,000 songs have been translated from Tibetan into Mongol. A full account of these writings may be read in the Nineteenth Centnrу Review for October 1899. mi-lag a servant (Jal). mi-lui the human body. 122
»|Ч|| 962 &)| й’«2)^ mi-fes ignorance, ignorant (Muon.). >м-$гг=я«1кл1 com. term for : agri- cultural tenants, husbandmen with lands held subject to payments but from which they are non-ejectable. й [impossible, not becoming]^. &’5!Vq misrun-pa evil, mis- chievous. mi-§lob-pa [1. “no longer a pupil,” i.e., an ArhatJS. 2. not necessary to train again; already disciplined. й qjw mi-gsal 1. not clear. 2. a barbarian or Mlcchha. й-п^ц^'ч nii-gsal brjod-pa speaking indistinctly or like a drunkard or a Mkchha. mi-gsod se-^ar (*r^Vrp|uq5* и. of a guard of the Sa-bdag demi-gods. -5 mi-bsrun §kye-wo bad men, 'wicked persons: (C*. Syn. mi-mi run-u?a ; $dug- * ma-run-ica; ^’q gdol-pa mi-hren v. Йлс mi-ran. &mi-lhufi~ blood (ДГяоп.)- mig tfjo e^e; tho °^e of a Needle, Ide-mig the eye of a lock, t\e., the ^y ; hole in a hatchet or Ьатгцег ju ду1рсЪ to insert the handle. A^c. to ^^dh. there are fivo kinds of <syes or ^glrt viz. : the Ordinary (of flesh); ^’йч] f^r^i divih^ eyeg. ^*ГАСГЭ‘йч] the eye of ^dom; the eye of r^ligion; wrj*r3‘$bq the all-seeing eye of Buddha. йч]*| w mig-kibs eye-lid; йчр 85*4 mig-chid-pa inflammation of the eyes through cold or snow-blindness, C. *^’gVq mig phyid-pa id.; йч|*$ mig-chu w^r tears; йч|1ч|’ч mig dsag-pa blcar-eyes (Schtr.); йчр mig-chu gtofi-a to shed tears. йчр^' mig chu-bur Ita-bii round eyes, one whose eyes resemble bubbles. Йч|’&’ч mig-che-ica or mig-yafa- pa generous-minded, liberal; й*|’ ^’^5'q mig-che med-pa = ^r<r^q-£^-q free from greediness or onvy (A. 1^5): .й*| £Vqv5H garVT&Vq1^ do behave without jealousy. й^ч^с^ mig-nag мЯ-Яб=йч|- W5<’T$<4Vq to look hither and thither (Rdsa. 10); йч|-^ mig-nad disease of the eye ; йч]mig-nehu Ha-bu one whoso eyes are round like those of an ichneumon; mig-non-pa squint-oyed; й<т|Г wHy-rHo=:$4fa]wZi clear sight, sharp eyes (Hbrom. I4, 120). й^’ц ?ш</-2Ю = йч] mig (Cs.); йч]‘2г& mig-po-che a large eye ; йч|’|^ mig-sprin cata- ract ; й«ч‘с^'$ И1ч] mig-phyin ci-log fWtr^cng [invcrted-oyed]S. Йч| mig-hphrul^ mig-hkhriil optical illusion ; a showman (Cs.) ; йч|-д mig-bn = one who loads a blind person; йч] Ч^ mig-hbur gogglo-eye; й«тчдм mig- hbra§ <nv, tho apple of the eye; also, eye-ball: although sho is as dear to me as tho apple of my eyo. й^яды з^ mig-hbrum- can [cutaneous eruption in the oyes]&; йч)-^ц] mig-rtseg the wrinkles of the eye-lid; й^’^ч mig-tshil rheum or eke fat growing in the oye; йч]ч^й mig-hdsum. {яйч twinkling of the eyes; ft<i]4g*rq mig^ hdsum-pa eyes closing with sleep, getting sleepy (ДГйоя.), йч|^ч mig-zur чггщ a glance; also, corner of the eye,
963 mig-zlum-po round and globular eyes {Ya-sel. 55). mig rig-rig timidly, anxiously looking to and fro, hither and hither (Ja.); mig~rin-can = *^' long sighted; artificial eyebrows {Cs.); eye-bone {Cs.); the act of accustoming the eyes to anything : ^4fg|W mig-slobs nan-pa-skye you habituate yourself to a faulty look, i.e., downward, to what is earthly {Jd); mig-rlo [ядагд to eye one obliquely with envy or jealousy [the hook or eye at each end of a pole or beam for holding the strings of a balance]#. mig-log seeing with up-turned eyes in ancient times there was a king who used only to look at others with upturned eyes {Khrid. 17). mig-loft-mo gam W a blind barren woman, mig ha-ckaft ehe-wa very large eyes. mig hrig-hrig gazing with terrified eyes {Rdsa. 10). Syn. ^'§5 Ita-bycd*, hdren-byed*, lhahi sgron-ma; gzigs- byed*, mthon-bycd*, spy an \ §5 gsal-byed} №’§5 khyab-byed*, ^'§5 snan- byed\ snan-wahi dwan-po {Mnon.). mig-skyag the impurities of the eye. Syn. mig-rnag} £’« Тпи-та ; mig-dri {Mnon.). mig b§kra-wa a certain magic trick. mig-khnn holes in a wall or roof of a house for purposes of light. mig-hkhrul v. mig-hphrnl. mig-gi rkan [1. the eye of the family; 2. an earthy concre- tion of a milk-white colour formed in the hollow of the bamboo and known by the name of bamboo-manna]#. *ta|’Sfg*rg mig-gi skyes-bu [a person with beautiful eyes]#. ач|-ч)'5 mig-gi gru corner of the eye. mig-gi dgah-byed [good-looking]#. staySj-gerS mig-gi rgyal-mo (lit. the queen of the eye) the pupil or iris. mig-gi skri-kha [the eye-line]#. mig-gi chos-can — tffr^ or lde mig-pa treasurer, store-keeper. mig-gi bdud-rtsi handsome person or graceful appearance or look. mig-gi nor-buhi khyim the socket of the eye. mig-gi rnam-hgyur the different movements and gesticulations of the eye: 13^'^ {Mnon.). mig-gis rnam-par qes-pa the occult sight by which one can see things which are not visible to the ordi- nary eye : there was a minister who could see mines that lay buried underground being, possessed of occult vision {A. 63). *4 Mig-gi phren-wa shes- byahi ri n. of a fabulous mountain in Pur- va Videha (2Г. d. \ 339). mig-gi dwan-po the sense or organ of sight.
964 rdsi-nia Kfifl eye-lashes, La ray of light, an eye-lash] 8. mig-grogs one’s sweet-heart ((V). mig-hgran disapproval, defined thus: яЗк-^с/огй-с^-ц (W'L). mig-sgyu mirage : g* ч like tho mirage on a plain in the hot season (Ja.). ’ip тгд-$дуиг-та = *фЪ'^** mkhah- hgro-ma a female sprite, a fairy. ftofg’IA mig-$fto ce-re = mig- chr-re Ita-ica: ч^***^'Я ^’5V^'Siw S (AV/rt’J. 43). mig-eau (A. K. 1-4). 1. hiving eyOs. 2. having seeds or grains, fructified—of ears of corn (Jd.}. mig-tfoft-can WR he with a thousand eyes, an epithet of Indra mig-thuft short-sightedness (Cs.). ЙФ-^сж mig-mdoft$-pa or *gvq to get blind, be blinded, to bo deprived of sight (Dzl.). й$|’я\дгч mig-hdrcs-pa fniiq to keep, to guard, to care for, to look after, to minister to; to serve. mig-ldan = q or a learned man, a wise man (ДМои.). 2.= phur-bu (Mnon.). 3. = ^-^ a needle я migJdan-ma [endowed with the faculty of seeing] 8. mg^hben a target (Yig.). Sqj-gkq mig-$bom-pa large-minded, generous, liberal. Syn. $ter hdod-pa; aiop*<wrq lag-pa yans-pa (Mfton.) mig-ma inkhanlow caste, low-born. (Mnon.). йд|’»|с^ mig-maft$ (frS’^i) WHR, WTf^K chess-board ; to play at ehess ; chequered, painted or in-laid work after the- pattern of a chess- board (Jd.); inig-maft$-kyi thul-lo iRMTpRf defeated in chess-play. mig ini-hckum wfnpw (lit. not winking, looking steadily). 1. a general epithet for the gods, who accord- ing to the Buddhist idea never shut their eyes (so also $ fish). 2. an epithet of Avalokitesvara Bodhisattva. 3. n. of a prince (Ya-sel. 34). Mig-nii-bzaft ono of the guardian kings of tho world; an epithet of S'iva, i.e., he having an odd number of eyes. mig-dmah—^ shameless (Africw.). mig-dmar the planet Mars; also Tuesday. Syn. liis-dmar; sa-yibu] hod-zer dgu\ chu-dod $куег; rtsibs-ldan; *r sa-hbyuft} mkhah-§te ft hgro\ dmag-dpon; mig-$mar (M.non.). Snf£T mig-rmo dice for teaching letters or figures. mig-$man чифст, eye- medicine [antimony as an application to the eyes]8. mig-$man $fton- poss9A^9 mthift deep-blue (Mfton.). mig-tman bead, TO [black pigment or collyrium applied to the eye- lashes or the inner coat of the eye-lids]8. mig-tman wjiig-ma=R^'R^' the stork (Mfton.). тгд-зтап lu$-ean=\^ doni [1. a bear (Mfton.). 2. a term used in addressing a flamingo; fair-eyed] 8.
965 HIig-bt8u»i$-pahi ri n. of a fabulous mountain situated beyond that ocean which is called Q^og-gi hphrefi-гса. Here is a cavern where very handsome women are bom at sun- rise with propensities of a former life and on account of their Karma enjoy the prime of youth at midday and die at night (K. d. 270). ftufqn/gf’Spi mig-bzan blo-gros an epithet of the son of KSmadeva. ftqfwst mig-bzafi-ma 1. a very hand- some woman who has beautiful eyes (Шоп.). 2. n. of a Yaksha nymph (K. gu. 130). '4 mig-ya an epithet of Vaisravapa who has a third eye on his forehead. (Шоп.). й*]й^ mig-scr 1. jaundice. 2. envy, jealousy; mig ser-can en- vious, jealous. mtfi *TTH, НП designation, name: BYЗ’йк/л]к/1ч er йк/S’R what is your name ? such a thing is not known at all, such a thing does not exist ; do not call me by my name if I cannot accept atonement from my enemy (Rdsa. 74); a word for drawing (pulling) (Gram.)} a surname; ^'йс/ a family name (Cs.) ; <\£лгйе/ real name, the name of an object; рогйс. what name did you give him ? what is it called ? gof j’£|q’&rw this tax exists only nomi- nally. йк/фь* mifi-rkyafi a single syllable or name; one’s namesake (Cs.)} mifi-gi dge-$lofi nrafJqj: priest only by name ; йк/З^Й^ mifi-gi mdsod dictionary, treasury of words; й^хц min- fian bad name; йс’«з^ mtfi-can 1. ht[W having a name, having a reputation, being well spoken of. 2. n. of a medicinal plant, a flower; (mystical) (Mifi. 4). йс/3«] mifi-cig'4&^ [deserving, becoming] 8.; йгЗ^ mifi-chen fame, reputation. mifi-rje§-su fyrtags ascertained the meaning of the word; йк/sm mifi-mthah final letter of a word. mifi-don brda-sprod dic- tionary of Sanskrit, Tibetan and mystical terms in five chapters by Vairochana—a block-print published at the monastery of ‘Qgah-ldan Phun-tshog glifi. йг§ ltfin~dhi name of Emperor of the great Han dynasty of China: ^’3’$Y3’ in the eighth year of Yung- phing who was the Emperor Mingdhi of the great Han dynasty, China obtained the central doctrine (Y3**q-|N) Buddhism (Grub. 5, 3). йс/q mifi-po a brother (born of the same parents) ; sisters so born are called srin-mo*. min-pos bsrufi-ira cherished er protected by the brother. йк/§*’ fflifi-srifi brother and sister, abbr. of йк/Q and 5^’35. йк/§*‘ min- srifiz=%*\ spun brother and sister born of the same parents. йе.*^ mifi-tshar (^^,(l) starvation. йс/*|^ min-gshi basic letter gen. the first letter of the root of a word, in contradis- tinction to the second, the third, and tho prefix letters. йе.-чцч]^ min-gzugs [name and form; the whole external world is com- prised under the name йс’^з^]8.
av*i 96(> sraPii '4 initj-pa 1. the passage for food to the stomach, the gullet. 2. vb. more fully: khyur-mid byed-pa to swallow, to gulp down, to devour: mid-pahi za-tca to eat devouring, to eat without masticating food. 3. a fish of the Sizopygopsis genus. min very common in eolloq., also in modern writings, as abbr. of ma-yin is not: the book is not there. йэ^’ч or to bo without, to be not, йуч^ not at all (Л. K. 1-2), except (Л. K. 111-kl), й^pro- bably, is it not. йуц^ min-hdra not of tho saino kind or of same appearance, dissimilar; «Нis it (so) or is it not? (eolloq. “du-ka min- du”) id. (Note: й’Я^ which is often sounded min-duk should be always written for й^'я^о] min-las-che огйуаг^ an expression of doubt=is only doing, doing nothing but: qnow behaving ungratefully he is but doing mo mischief (Bdsa. 10). except, besides: the other trees except this one ; й'-*^ besides Buddha no one knows it, no one knows except Buddha; й^гй’ч^ I have been sitting down only this moment; ^й^'^ those excepted. й^’5 min-da for й’^ mi-zta help-mate. й^ mir termin. and йад instrum, case of й: й^-^а to the understanding or percep- tion of humanity, also [non-per- eeptionJS'. mir-gyur-pa turned or became man [the human course] & йк^^’ч mir chags-pa to desire to become man; й^д^’ч mir- ^pyod-pa human habits. mu 1. sometimes for mu-st sulphur. 2. = 5** a kind or species: is there one of this kind? 3. = border r boundary, limit, edge, margin, end, skirt: residing on the border of the field ; S 'y g grows on the edge; there is neither limit nor end ; it is because there is no limit to the way of Nirrdna (Ser,), on the circumference ; or in (7. ^’I4 mu-khazz^'9^ (mystic) (N. g. % 216). mu-khyud, the rim, the circumference, a hoop. $ Mu-kham-pur n. of a place anciently situated on the confines of Nepal to the north of the cities of Kapilavastu and J lai lade./a (modern Balia). Mu-khyud hdain-ri n. p., one of the seven fabulous golden mountains surrounding Sumeru, and it is so called: because it lies on its verge or circumference (Sorig. 8). Mu-khyud bdal-wahi mtsho one of the great lakes of Tibet men- tioned in G. Bon. 7. Mu-khri btsan-po the eldest son of king Khri-Sron Ide-btsan (Lofi. % 8). mu-де 1. famine, &’«}* ’Xk died, there being a great famine. mu-ge-b$kyed~*^'4 than- pa, ehar-med (J^fion.) that which -causes a famine, draught, want of rain, $-$|5’£]^агд"£1Кя mu-gehi b$kal-pa bar-ma the age of famine. 2. in W. desire, appetite : mu-ge-can eager for food. JLu-gyen n. of a fine breed of horses imported from Kham and Amdo (J^).
967 Ol rnu-cor impudent, audacious. mu-co-tsha impudent, rough, rude in speech, one who speaks without regard to another’s feelings. SfXvQq mu-cor smra-ua to talk nonsense, also = ^’g‘4 rdsun $mra-wa to speak falsehood [talkative and scurrilous]#. mu-cor t$hug§-ined=%£'&\Q or gq’q-iJ^q skyen-pa med-pa without shame, immodest (Mnon.). mu-cho [dem-drug the six Bon teachers like the six manifestations of the Buddha who bring the beings of Hell under moral discipline (D.7?.). mu-tig (derived from signifying grol-wa-can what has been sot free) hwt, mrr, H^rw, ^rfui a pearl: I (Lon, 5, 2) the Buddhas and Bodhisattvas having transformed themselves into shell- fish, icd pearls were produced in their stomachs which came to be known as Rakta Mutig. There are seven kinds of pearls mentioned in Tibetan works, some of which are fabulous, others real, tca-lu, and *<‘O’?4!. It is said that kinds of pearl are obtained from the brains of elephants and cobras; also a peculiar kind of pearl from the leaves of a tree growing in Southern India. ^5^*1 mu-tig §kyc-gnas or as met. the ocean. + Mu-tig-ean one of the Tibetan kings; having decided to make over the kingdom to Snanam he petitioned Mutig Tsan-po. mtt-lto-wa = ^'4 §pran-po a beggar, destitute person (Mnon.), mur-steg§=mur-hdug one at the end or limit; [1. a sacred place. 2. an aggregate of three things, such as virtue, wealth and plea- sure]#. mu-§teg§-pa also a heretic, one who argues on religion, a schismatic [lit. one creating a passage through the circuit of life, or one indulging in pilgrimage; also, one who holds extreme views and docs not follow the middle doctrine of Buddha; hence, a non-Buddhist, such as the followers of Brahminism or Jainism]#. the six heretical teachers of Buddha’s time(1) (2) (3) g ; (4) Stwr^orq’^ ; (5) ; (6) ; these six Tirthika teachers were known as the six Tarkika (T4!'^) (K- du. 33-^3). The sixth of those is asserted to have been the founder of Jainism. mu-thi-la n. of a precious stone. ти-mthah boundary, limit; flW unlimited ; also not going to the limit f.c., not thorough. mu-hthud—^^S rgyun-htliud. nni-rdo—ffi'*& ehu-yi rdehu pebbles from water (mystic) (Min. 3). (a spiritually power- ful one), saint, ascetic, anchorite ; Sakya- muni, the sage of the Sakya race. Mu-rnu gna^-geig) n. of a Buddhist sacred place, said to be some- where in the east part of India, prob in Bengal (Du§-ye. 38). .
^1 968 ^’^5 mu-meg boundless, limitless; mu-med-par vaguely. mu-men ^Чтг <гмчм n. of a precious stone resembling sapphire (IffionX red mumen in (Fhi-^.) also = an earth-worm] S. : ¥r”5¥S mu-tsu kun-da [1. n. of a tree. 2. n. of an ancient king, son of Mandhfttft. Having assisted the gods in their wars with tho demons ho got as a rewaid the boon of long and unbroken sleep; and the gods decreed that whosoever disturbed him should bo burnt to ashes by fire from his body. Krishna, in order to destroy Ksla-yavana, enticed him into the cavo where Muchukunda was asleep and tho latter being thus roused cast upon Kala-yavana an angry glance, which reduced him to ashes]S. mu-tsha lga one of tho six early tribes of Tibet called mihu ditfi- drug (Yig. 61). $ mu-mtshun$-pa янКг [a fellow religious student] *S. mu-bshi the four limits: (1) Jycd-hgag biith and death; (2^ ^'*^rtag- chad immortality and annihilation; (3) ^5’^5 yod-med existence and non-exis- tence ; (4) $nan-§ton light or pheno- menon and voidity (which is chaos). mu-bshin = ^p^ in the course of (Yig.). mu-zi JPTS brimstone, sulphur: mu-zi-can containing sulphur, sul- phurous; ми-zi-rdo brimstone. fi'ujai mu-yal some large number (Ya- sel 59). mu-ye san§-gsal mthin пат-tig chapter on the elucidation of the meanings of the eighteen mercies of G$en~ rab (DJI). mmwsW’W ndhah-fakor W 4^4 *n. Mu-rug htsan-po one of the sons of king Sron-tysan Sgam-po (Don. s 8). mu-la 1. together, in a heap. kept together, mu-la-hgro goes together. 2. = kho^-su within the province, sphere of: ЖА accordingly within the pro- vince of Tsang ho resided one year (A. 89). ти-8а$$=ф'*1^ the sky (mys- tic) (G. Bon. 1). TO* mug-chu-gum or a kind'of wild ass (Jig-). mug-pa 1. a moth; id. also clothes-moth, wool- moth, moth-eaten, destroyed by moth. 2. vb. with $5 or to despair ; SWT4 bio mug-pa a gloomy doleful way of thinking (Sch.). Mun-nifi country situated to the east of India including Bhamo (Dsam.). muu-pa dark, obscure; obscurity, darkness, gloom, cognate teims differentiated as adj. and sbst. respectively in a native w’ork. The adj. has the syn.:—^’4 sgrib- pa ; ml-gsal-wa; hthib^-pa; q khebs-pa\ mi-$nafi-zca \ mi-mnon\ tfar kun-kheb§ (Mnon.). The sbst. (night or darkness of night) has the syn.: — Idons-byed; $nan-med\ nin-
| 969 8| mthar byed*, nin-mohi sgo-fwf, frf^’q^'q rnkhahi pags-pa \ rdb-rib', Я4!’^ tmag-rum; ^^*^5 mtshan-mohi gos; Щ’ЧИ* mun-hkhrigs; mun-nag; $e-mim (Mnon.). become •dark; mun-khuft dungeon, prison ; <И0Ч mun-khyab entire darkness, darkness enveloping every, thing; W’Ss mun-khrod darkness, gloom ; тип- can-ma <nrf^?t night. mun-pa-shi acc. to the Bon the four kinds of darkness are: (1) the darkness of ignorance; (2) ярк’Ц? worldly darkness; (3) the darknesses of passions; (4) phy- sical darkness such as the shade of a mountain. t mun-da-ri n. of an aquatic plant; W”T5S (K. g. «, 356). mun-nag=WQ nnin-pa. cHWKW. the worst stage of men when they go from darkness to still geater darkness. mun-sprul lie, untruth, false- hood; acc. to Jd. ignorance, stupidity: mun-sprul-du smra-wa — ^^ to speak falsehood. ’<4 mun-tshub mun- tshub fafax darkness, gloom. mun-sel mgon-po—^’^ the sun (Tty. k. 88). munsro furiousness, passion. mun-gsel-ma fullmoon night [also the dawn]#. Mun-dsa skyes-ma^^'1^^ n. of a celestial courtezan (Loft. « 5). Mnn-dsahi yul the country to the north of the Kailas mountains; in the north (of Tibet) the country of Tartar Munza (Sorig. 20). shor; 8^’4=^ or «ж fan-la lan-gsal (Yig. 93). mur-goft the temples; the bent sides of either eye. mur-hgram [the frontal bone or cheek]#, acc. to Seh. jaw, jaw-bone. mnr-ga=^^’^qX ja-lgafi ja-pa-ri green China tea (Jig. 23). + ^FS4! mnr-thug = mthar-thug thorough, complete, to the extremity, till the end of. mur-dnm or mur-zlum in Ld. dull, of knives, hatchets (Ja.). 8^4] mur-kdug=l. .(Sch.'). 2. gills of a fish (Jd.). mur-wa to gnaw, to crush with the teeth, to bite asunder; to crunch bones. 3^’4 mul-po [a petitioner, beggar, suitor]#. ^1*1 mul-thug the fist (Jd.). Mus name of a village in Tsang (ZoH. 7). me fire, the fire, re.^p. *hugs (in С.) чкж, <lf>, £<n, ^TBfcl, W, НТЗГС, fter:, <34^4; me-gsum three kinds of fire : ^,§5F$’4lV/4lthe volcanic fire of the Southern ocean called Вйгат&па!; the fire generated by the sun; ^4|,9/ зсА’й bsreg-bya za-ieahi me fire which devours (Mnon.). the fire burns ; fire breaks out, fire spreads; the fire is going out; f^q* khafi-pa mes-bsregs the house. 123
од I 970 ОД I is burnt down. d’gX'q me $por-ica fre- quently also й'ЦЧ’А’ and Яto blow upf or light a fire; to stir, poke, trim the fire ; to set on fire. »*’M*’ gun-cock ; ’{pF* shovel for burning coal; steel and tinder pouch; me-h-e a flame; ’W me-thab hearth; me-indag burning embers; тс-wo a large fire, me-wo-che a conflagration; me-gshi an anvil; a singe on < loth or hair, a brand-mark; mc-hob§ trench or line of fire; me-ya I a spurt or flame of fire; me-ro cinders, extinct cumbers; me-len ember nippers; me-^el burning glass or crystal. Syn. hbar-byed\ Bfywa na-rahi Lu; chu-yi $kye-nna%\ Jr’ rtse-mo-ean ; hkhyog-hbar; ^3*4 <pfi-hph(l; zad-min ; R ma-faruft; $by in-areg lag-pa ; «wjj nor-la$-rgya ; ^5 3^5 hod-kyi gift- ria ; du-xcahi-dog ; г/мЯ- gi grog$-po; lam-nagshugt; §S gtsaft-byed; V4§S dag-byed\ gtwg-phud-can; hbar-wahi lec- [dan (Mfton.). me-skyes 1. wftpj;, [bom of fire; any illuminating substance; the number six]2. iron. me-khaft a house or enclosed space for the consecrated fire. me-mg al 1. fire-brand: «tosprj’ me-mgal-gyi hkhor-lo the circle made by a fire brand when quickly swung round 2. half burnt fire-wood, a piece of wood which has been partly burnt (Nag. 15). me-rgan a learned man: gq'Ц (Lon. >, 3fr). *}** flint * <%). £ mc-mnam rluft fire-wind, burn- ing wind. Me-cn-ru-di n. of an open town in India during Buddha’s life (It. du. 155). me-tog дщ, any flower: aqjqjme-tog mfton-par Ъкгат-ра the flowers conspicpusly spread out or displayed ; me-tog kha hbu^-pa the flower opens, blossoms, begins to blow. me-tog-gi rna-can [a flower ear-ring]S. ; me-tog-gi phur-ma 5^33 the sheath or calyx of a flower; me-tog-gi phrcft-ica chap- let, wreath of flowers; ч me-tog- mkhan-po a garland maker; w-toy rditl ччпг [the pollen or farina of a flower] & ; ’^1'?^ me-tog ldm=*&i*\ spring and (Mnon.); ^‘^4’ me-tog Idan-dut id. (Milon.). me-tog Idan-ma a woman in menses (Mfton.) \ «5i4’Qi* me-tog-lam jpow [fpath of the menses/ the vulva]S. Me-tog §gron lit. tho flower- lamp ; one of tho names of Х’йк/ад Tshe- $poft bzah wife of king Khri erofi Idehu-frt&an who was mother of princes Ми-khri btsan- po, Mu-rug btsan-po and Mu-tig btsari-po (Loft. % 8). me-tog glaft-$na тГ^тйд«ч [the plant Sanseviei'a zeylanica~]S. me-tog-chaft 5«пт< wine made of the Mowa flow'er in India (Mfton.). me-tog don-can id. me-tog т-та^фф saffron (ДГ/jow,). me-tog tift-bshi viz :— tift-li phyin ; tift^sag-kyu* tin-mu-la\ tift-mu-sa (Mift. tda. 2),
971 me-tog phr a-то the lily {№non.)* me-tog mig-§man = **&r. me-tog gshu-ean <f?W4 3^- V’MT [lit. holding a bow of flowers, an epi- thet of Kamadeva, god of love]#. me-tog za^-can as met. bee. we-tog lug-mig or ’^1 Чтт|чзьч a kind of flower resembling a sheep’s eyes, a species of Pedicularis. ^•^4]me-tog lug-ru also a species of Pedicularis. • те-stag. also me-tshag spark, sparkle, a bit of live-coal in the ashes. Syn. mkhah-skyes; rab-hphro mehi zeg-ma ; ^^’3shugs- kyi dum-hphrug (ijlnon.). «VI me-da-ka — ^ ^4» water (mys- tic) (If. g. 26). 1 me-du-ra = medhya [fit for a sacrifice, fat]#. £•«54 me-mdah a gun; colloq. mendah and mindah. a ’V'H me-na-ka яизп 1, = че/^я a maiden, a youthful woman. 2. n. of a celestial courtezan {Yig. k. 37). 3. the daughter of Vrishanasva. * JJe-na-ko n. of a moun- tain range situated beyond the river and mountain called Ti-rtse-rwa; where have boon living from eternity the Asura and a class of women whose faces resemble those of horses {K. d. 287) [According to somo authors Mainaka was situated in the southern extremity of the Indian peninsula' from which Laqka (Ceylon) could be seen; but most Hindu writers agree that Mainaka was an offshoot of the Himalayas]#. + jtfe-na-ya prob. Mithila. ’ me-^nod or me-phor coal-pan, chafing dish, fuming-pan. £me-ne n. of a place in India {Dsam. 21). -me-pufi, me-bum cupping- glass, cup {Ja.). me-dwal fwJ fiufv ; [a cutaneous disease, a sort of dry spreading itch, erysipelatous inflammation]#. me hbar-wa lta-Ъи wfinwfaH [resembling a glowing or flaming fire, a plant with red. blossoms] #. me-sbyin-skyes as met. the gods = ^g^H me-sbyin bu ma-mdag one of the hells; me-mur-gyi hobs au oven, a fire-pit or trench. in the mystic language of the demons Asura, i.e.9 45,Qf- We meet with, also:— mur-gnod=^ sgq q; £me-mur hdor-hdod^Q^y; me-mur pjrol— w {К. ко. 235). l£e-tna or й’ч^я jlfe-btsah^^^ sa-yi Ite-wa and {Sman) any im- portant place oxcellent in position and free from the depredations of malignant spirits, and on such places Buddhist viharas are enjoined to be erected: ^’54”’ {A. 153).
972 Яmc-hdsin keeper of fire Ll. competent. 2. a kind of sacred fire]#. me-shal-lam as met. = tho sky. or median W^TT- a bowl made of burnt clay or iron in which fire is made [a portable fire- place]#. mc-bshi the 12th constellation called Syn. rig-by(d\ bya-nia- h<L'h f^Aonf), we-JV/i $kye$ 1. 2. an epithet of Vphaspati {$nonf} [Brhas- pati or Jupiter is so called because he was born when the moon was in tho mansion of Prakphalguni or Purvaphalguni (the eleventh constellation)]#. пк hi г1ч-то = ^^ saffron (Д/Яси.). £>-S)mc-m mgrin a general name for birds (ДГЯон.). * mr-ri fire mountain, volcano. J/e-n§ tho barbarous modern Xfiri tribe inhabiting the forests in the upper valley of tho Dihong, their chief village bung called Miri-patam. £me-lon 1. a mirror, or looking-glass: ®1*гЭ’*гйк’ the mirror in which one’s Karma is reflected. is frq. as a title of books, of tho history of kings, c,g,, lit. a bright mirror of royal pedigree. 2. plain surface, flat body length and breadth. 3. sample, model, reflection, specimen. Syn. kun-mthofi; kun- raft-mthon\ (g) jf\ bshin- gyi $nod*> ma-gu-ra-, gzug$-brnan $kye-gnai; gzug- Jichar-byed; by i-dor mcl-tshe (Mfton,). me-loti-can mirror-like, n. of a prince in ancient India; a lako* resembling a mirror, hence one of tho historic doors of tho great temple of Buddha at Lhasa is called эдо me-lo fi -can, Me-lof luA-rin tho ’Bon designation of Persia which is called Sukhavati or tho Land of Bliss ((?. Bon, 4.) me-$el 1. [sun-stone, sun-crystal; a kind of crystal cool to the touch but omits fire when exposed to the rays of the sun]#. 2. tho sun. те-$1аА = **'Ц^ me-gshoA. & me-bsrub ^rf^nn, WTft, «щт [the wood of Ficus religiose used for kind- ling Are by attrition ; fire-flint, tho plant Premna sp)inosa]S. me-ha-ra n. of a heretical soot and work among tho Hindus. he knew many S'astras of the outsiders Ле., Hindus, such as Mehara, &c., of MahAdeva S'ankara (A. me-lha the god of fire [a general name for gods or deitios; gods are supposed to oat tho sacri- ficial offerings through tho help of fire which is called the moufh of the gods]#, Syn. hod-kyi nor-ean; nor-la8-$kye$; SVl4!” byin-za-8reg$; sbyin-sregs-za ; gscr-kyi thig-le ; <Ч*КН’4 iPer khu-ка; hbar-ivahi ^kra-can; 55rta-$mar-can ; jj §na-tshog$ hod-zer; hod hdun-pa] mchod-^byin §kye§; ^|’
973 rig-byed-skye$ ;• tshafis- dban sra§-po; ra-la-shon ; gt' qar-lhohiphyogs-kyofi (Mnon.). a-gj’S me lha-mo, wnr*?t the quarter of fire, south-east: make (your) cooking-hearth in the south- east corner of the house which is the quarter of the god of fire (Jig.). &^^^me-lhahi chun-ma the wife of the god of fire. Syn. тс-lhahi dgah-ma; «V char ^dig-can ; me-ma; legs-sbyin-ma. me-lhahi rta the horse of the god of fire. Syn. bshon-pa myur-hgro; dmar-mo; gser-rtsen qin- rta; * ra (Mnon.). I: med-pa the negative form of ^5'4 and K\q=to be not, not to be, to be without, not to have, to be non-existent: nga-la bu-rnams med I have no children; kho mkhas-pa med xhig he is one void of learning; stobs-med strengthless; bde- med unhappy, uneasy, unwell; passes away, is dissipated; without occasion, no opportunity. ^дч rha-lag med-kyan dgps-pahi khral though without goods a necessary tax; has your Reverence no fellow-resident in your house? a man about to be choked, being able neither to vomit nor swallow down; 4V455ч'^5 we are not able to give anything ; the sons and grand-sons that are to get anything (as a heritage); ^5or у*ч indispensable in the house; the ministers lost their litigiousness, i.e., gave up quarrelling; the distribution of the dishes became impos- sible ; to annihilate (an enemy), to put an end to (a quarrel) (Glr.); £5*^ without or 6 instead of’: without cause; instead of the lung, £<3' instead of the former shape; continually making no differ- ence between day and night; med-ma not without, some, a few; £5med-mo a penniless woman. ^\q.q med-pa-pa=«Pfr or ^5’q’&5'q a mischievous person (J/nc^.). men an ornament, piece of finery (Mil.). men-tsi (Chinese) a coloured silk handkerchief. M $ men-hri a kind of fur; ‘SpTW’ a fur-coat of red men-hri (is mentioned as the vesture of the gods). mer 1. termin. of mcr- sreg za to eat after baking in fire. 2. in she-mer lans-pa, sky ng bro-ica vomiting; fig.: anything that is scorned also that is repulsive in appear- . ance or offensive to sight. .3. adj. any^ thing kept in heaps' in a place, heaped or piled up : quite filled with strained or purified tea (A. 747). £^'4 mer-ica 1. sloppy, pappy, thin; also: expanded, distended, full: »Xq • id. full to the brim; mer-mer anything full to the brim. mer-mer-po expanded, fully-blown. 2. adj. shimmering, permeating. 3. = adj. to define the shape and consistency of an embryo, oblong, oval. mcl-tshe 1. watch*man, sentinel, watcher; §S'q to wait upon ;
974 | to keep watch over: attending upon him they made him offerings of (entertained with) music and songs (A. 13). 2. a watch or period of 3 horns at night. mel-brtse-wa [servant, attendant]*?, mel- tshe-wa one who remains awake to givo watch; one awakened ; £^‘3я mcl- the-ma qrfhnt tho night. mes-po faunn, KHUFV grand- father, forefather, ancestor: у g Kun-tu, zafi-po tho common spiritual ancestor of all the Bud- dhas; forefather’s time, «юйм’ 3 in our grandfathers time i.e., the time of our ancestors; or great grand- father ; sfrmun an epithet of Brahma (^ (Mfion) ; £*<q Aqq«<qJ4 Me§-po hphafis-brtson n. of a patriarch of Tibet, tho g.oat ancestor named ‘wqj1^ llphan-brtsou who went to Kham and back (Deb. % 12'. me$-pohi ral-klufi an epithet of the river Ganges; «м йа^«1зе. ч^ ^ч чи^ (17//. 7;. 14) pray send your favours to mo continually like the river of patriarch’s locks. ^N’^q^ me^-dpon ancestors (both spiritual and ordinary) (Yig. SY Tho ^K^qV^’4!^ in Tibetan histoiy or three ancestral rulers are: king Srofi-btscm sgam-po, Khri- srofi ldehu btsan and Khri Ral-pa-cam. mes-hchin — S^'Q dfiul-chu mercury, quicksilver (ifnon.). C\ Я’ф mai-tri love, friendship. mo I: a woman, a female opp. to W; also, occas. = she, her: 35^ A she said; woman’s gown, petticoat; 3frq|5 me-brgyud female line of descent; 3$-cjm (Mil.) mo-dbyis C. a girl, female child. Я 5 mo-ria a mare; 3fyipi mo-rtag$ feminine gender, female organ; female organ; v. also mo-mtshan below; womankind; female body. II: alot: Sr^qq-q to cast lots, always a religious ceremony performed by lamas. 3rwp<^ mo-mkhan or 35 a sooth-say er; 35’4 mo-pa a fortune-teller: ЗЗ’ч-ч^йк-чг mo-pa hdre mthon-wa a sooth-sayer who protends to be able to see a ghost. 35 mo-bon abbr. of 3^q and 5^’2? bon-po fortune-teller and Bon-po priest: 35’5^₽y fortune-tellers and Bon priests should not preach false religion, should not impose upon people (A. 18). 35-w irio-ma fSnjfaSfr a female fortune- teller [also, a female mendicant]/?. III an affix which when attached to nouns indicates tho feminine gen. but not so, as a rule, when appended to adj.: ’35 a landlady, a daughter, a girl, *Л35 an old woman; but ^’35 = great, masc. or fem., and ^^35 = fine, good, masc. or fem. 35-'pq mo-khab very fine needle. 3$’^n woman’s garment : the cost of a woman’s fringed garments of blue- colour and with spots is one load of grain (Rtsii.). p mo-go§ gro-kha fSVM’P’ black-spotted garment worn by the poorer classes of women in Tibet (Rtsii.). i ^4* Mo-na-za n. of a celestial cour- tezan. (Mfion.) 35’5га|к/ mo-ma-nifi or *r^’35 a female hermaphrodite (Mfion.) Йmo-mi shan W, female organ, female genitals.
975 Syn. skyes-gnas; (fiis- dgahi kkyiin ; ehu-ma; ner-gna§ ; Йчл*/л^ mohi raft-bshin; mtshams-min-rten ; brjod-byahi- phyog§ ; g skye-hdsin ; dyad- ic a hi bu-ga ; YVq*‘|§Vq dran-pahi khron-pa ; ^. qS'QW dbaft-pohi lam ; bu- gnas gron-khyer ; §Vi42ta’3s sr id-pa hphel- byed; sjfa’SS'W myo§-byed-lam>; §^*<*^’§5 rlans-par-byed; pad-ma chos- hbyuft ; byed-pahi yan-lag ; gsan-wahi hkhor-lo ; W mi-zad- lam ; &’ e-gsan ; mkhah-gsan ; me-tog-lam ; ^rg’W rdul-gyi-lam ; rmoft^-byed ; Й’^^ mo-rtags ; Й^е/ mo-dicaft \JMfton.). Й’^Ц то-yig от Й S) ч| mo-yi yi-ge femi- nine letters (acc. to the Tibetan Grammar) are % E, 5, S % % * % % -q, (Situ.) t Йл mo-ra n. of a kind of bird (K. d. Й*^* mo-raft or ЙЛь* mo-ren 1. single, unmarried woman : ’S’^’g^ happier is a single woman than one with a husband of ugly face. 2. a poor, desti- tute female, one who did not get a hus- band. 3. pron. she herself. Йлл mo-rab (95‘^Y^4!) a noble woman of great accomplishments and character; йлчthe friend of the noble lady is considered a lord or nobleman. Й mo-gel a cool mild crystal opp. to pho-gel, crystal which affects the eye when used as spectacles. Й'^я mo-ggam or Й'ч-^я mo-bgam 4?t, 5^37 barren: abarren woman (Jig.); [also an unchaste woman, a helpless woman]S. Й'4|-*рг§)’ч| mo-ggam yi-ge the letters which are said to be barren: S % % (Situ. 59). Й’^я-^ mo-ggam- gin a tree that neither produces fruit nor flowers (Mfton.). Й’^'^ Mo-la-ko n. of a large country or island to the south (prob. Malacca) (K. ко. \ 272). mog-pa dark or faded colour: чщч|’^5’Йч}’Щ-§5 also pale lustreless appearance (Hbrom. 18-F, 40). Йа]Х mog-ro acc. to Jd. of horses, yellowish- brown; but in <7. = Йч]-^ semi-aquatic mushroom. mog-mog (то-то) 1. W’Ft; also Йч|Йч]р dark-coloured. 2. small meat-patty, meat-balls in a cover of paste generally cooked in steam. 3fK’4jq Moft-gol a Mongolian, form sometimes occurring, but in Tib. usually $og-po. Йк/gq mon-rtul^ blun-po dull, stu- pid (Jd.). Йк/5 moft-fo W. for knuckle, ankle-bone (Jd.). ^’4 mod-pa 1. to be (in an em- phatic sense), to be indeed; is sometimes superadded to ^5’^ or used alone, some- times with other verbs: though indeed you may say во. Ч^'Й^ yod-mod = §^5 byun-mod. (Hbrom. ^). though indeed it is immeasurable; neverthe- less it is not this one, (although not invited) yet after all you must go. 2. й^‘й=wp maft-po many, much, abun- dant: 5|^’Й5'р wood is plentiful; abounding in tree-fruits; loft$-$pyod mod-par hgyur he becomes the owner of great wealth; it
976 for ris- who from name you omit to do this, you will have many enemies; ^5’34 plenty of diseases; Я'^сл Sjg although they abounded in compliments. wod tho instant, moment—occur- ring only in the following combinations: at tho very moment of rising; the moment after; gon. ^5’^ instantly, immediately: he immediately pulled it out; Й’^’З^’В^? immediately after there came also tho hawk; born on the instant with, born with; and thus may=?4q possessed of. j/on gen oral flie different tribes living in the Himalayan regions and remote antiquity havo lived by hunting. [Kirata moans one who constantly walks on tho extreme boundaries. Tho term was known to the ancients; Arrian making mention of tho Kirrhadae who used to bring musk from tho Himalaya to sell to the Indians'* S. 34q Non-pa a native of Kir anti which includes Nepal, Sikkim and Bhutan but particularly the hill tract between the Kosi and Teesta rive:s. Noh Jo a fabulous mountain inhabited by goblins and women with horses’ faces and Naga maidens very handsome and fond of music (S. Lam. 39). 34?54C; Non-rta-dwang the Ta-wang Baj a small principality lying amid the mountains immediately adjoining tho eastern border of Bhutan, and of which little is at present known. It is inhabited by a barbarous semi-Tibetan race engaged in trailing operations between Tibet and Assam, and can be reached from tho latter country vid Odalgiri. ЗЦ .Jfon NkJiah-hgro-glin n. of a monastery in lion Ta wan g. Mon-gyi ra^gzan a kind of cotton wrapper manufactured in Non Rta TPaftg. (Rtsii.). 34*л mon-cha-ra the ever-green oak; also its acorns: ever- green oak acorns stop diarrhoea. 34$ mon-gru uafirn the 23rd lunar mansion or constellation. Syn.$’^’3i chu lha-mo §grog-$mad. (Rtsii?. 34s* mod-dar [raw silk stuff, a silk-petticoat or trowsereyS. 34^ mon-dre нРш tho 22nd lunar mansion or constellation. Syn. bya-gshug ; $grog-stod ; thob-lda)' (Rtsii.). 34q‘5 Non-gia-gro tho town and province of Pa-ro the seat of government of West • Bhutan (Deb. Я, £1). VW‘4'X4°< the town of Paldo or Paro in Bhutan. mov-rdsu nag-po n. of a people said to live somewhere in the region towards Kamasehatka and supposed to possess tails resembling those of dogs and to wear dog’s skin (J. Zaft. 146). 34^ mon-sha in JK. popularity, respect, reputation; he is highly respected; 34^^ beloved, popular (Jd.). 34^*1 JfoH-yttl favabl, ; tho sub- Himalayan regions extending from Kash- mir to Assam. But 34^*3 ^Л mon-yul- gyi ban-de said to be: a monk from Nepal. 34ЭТ топ-lug нтлт [a species of grass, Cyperus rotundus]S. Syn. sprin min-can ] gla- §gaft (Mfton.).
Xi’s | 977 mon-sran Indian pea; SySftAS mon-sran na-gu a species of kidney bean; ^тр’д mon-sran dkar-Ьи [a kind of bean, Dolichos catjang}S. ЗЦЖЯЗ mon-sran hgrehu нгч [Phaseolus radiatus^S; mon-sran-rdehii [Phaseolus mungdeS, mon-sran zlum-po brinjal. 3^ 8} mon-sle or mon-gyi slehu a kind of striped many-coloured shawl made of the soft wool of goat and yak but with cotton intermingled. J mohu-dgal n. of a family-clan descended from the sage Mudgala (IT. du, 5, IBS'). + 3’3 Mohu-dgal-gyi-bu (иКЛ^Т- Фт) the famous Maugalyayana one of the two earliest disciples of Gautama Buddha; his former name in Tib. was Paft-nas-skycs. He at first was initiated in the Tirthika school of but after- wards he found out his mistake and became a follower of Buddha who made him one of his highest and most powerful dis- ciples. His Pali appellation is Moggal- lana; and the Mongol Buddhists style him variously Motagalwani, Molontain, Motgalun Khubegiin, and Eb'dr Else Toroksen (“he that encircles the bosom”). See also GrunwedePs Mythologie des Ihtddhismus, mor termin. of mo-la. mor-span a fine kind of satin (5. kar, 179). mol-гса l.=<]5*g’S gros byed-pa to converse, confer upon. 2. to say, to speak, used as Ъ^до-wa and bkah-rtsal-wa are in earlier Tibetan, and as <^’4 occurs in later liter- ature and in C,; hence it is often to be rendered by ‘to order’ (Jd.). mol-mchid^dfa, con- ference, consultation : in conferring about any subject do so systematically (Yig. k. 87). mos-pa faw, vfn, 1. sbst. [implicit faith, devotion, adoration, satisfaction]#. 2. mostly as vb., to be pleased, to be pleased with, to crave for, to be inclined to; я?’ J took a fancy to go there; desiring and craving for (are the origin of all the mirsery of sin). mos-pa-zlog [removes the objects of desire]#. 3. to respect, to esteem, to venerate, to adore: whom do you adore; I offer it from veneration, ?>., I shall take nothing for it; frq. joined with with fervent veneration; devotion. §pyod-pahi sa-bshi the four stages of perfection in devo- tion:—(1) [attainment of light]#. (2) snan-ica mched-pa [increase of light]#. (3) [entrance into the essential truths]#. (4) [unin- terrupted meditation]#. mos §pyod-pa a pious man, a devotee (Ta. 109-7). 4. = ^^ steadfast, firm. Syn. q dad-gus daft, ldan-pa ; 3* gus-ldan ; ^’5^ kun-tu-bsten ; gu$-pa ; geig-tu-sems; dad- pa-can (Mnon,). mos-ldan devoted, respectful, un- flagging. Syn. gus-ldan ; daft-wa ; W dad-chag^can (Mfton.). 124
978 c£j,mya-nan xfa, faqra, fw- <ги trouble, misery, affliction; S^AS*** afflicted by sorrow;. without any uneasiness whatever; to lament, to wail. sjxa^ifa mya-nan-sel [remover of griefs, consoling] 6’. ajx^x^’q mya-tian bsan-гса [alleviating griefs, consoling] & «jxapwi mya-fam-fysal the time of mourning is at an ond. Syn. sdug-b$fial; $dug-po; sem§-gyen§ ; ^5yid nri-fyde ; ^xq gdufi-tca; yid nan-chud (Mnon.). Mya-fan-mcd or $х^&р 1. vfa, ХЯ, W5T, ^1%, free from mbery, sorrows and sufferings. 2. a n. of As'oka, the Buddhist emperor of India; 3. and hence, also=the tree of that name in India, ajxa^q* from misery; the As'oka tree belonging to the leguminous class, with magnificent red floivers. $xap*i Mya-nan-la$ hda§ pa chen-pohi-mdo a sepa- rate section of the Kahgyur encyclopoodia in two volumes relating to the passage of S'akyamuni Buddha out from this world into Nirvapa, his obsequies, and the general mourning for his demise. Is known briefly as the Myan-hdas. туа-пат W a fearful sandy desert, mya-nam-gyi ynig-rgyu mirage; чс.- mya-nam-than a desert. §5 mya-nam-byed дгеям bud; a hell. <£|Ч|$ГЦ myag§-pa^putrid, decom- posed ; to cause putrification; Sch. has myag-pa to chew, pf. myags. ^^•qKg^q=$a|q myag-pa; decomposed, putrified (Ja.). myan-hda$ or gx^'ow'^q tho Tibetan synonym for Nirvapa, tho state of existence which is not only free from misery, sufferings and sorrows, but which is also void of all feelings and sensations whatever whether delightful or loviug or virtuous. But later Buddhism, apparently shrinking from the awful nothingness of the orthodox definition of Nirvapa, has occasionally endeavoured to assimilate Nirvapa to Jewish and Christian ideas, making equi- valent to mtho-ri-gna$ or paradise, tho state of the 5^dge-letfs righteous (ityon.). So, too, we read:— s I м’МЯ’ЭР’К VI I ’ap&arX(qHgn]'qger£51 Qp^q’S Лц1|Яг,ёч(’ Ч4 qW a 04 25 the state of Nirv^a is supreme peace and bliss; it is free- dom from illusive thoughts, egotism, and sufferings; there is nothing of the three states of the damned, the sensations of heat and cold or hunger and thirst in it. Mis- ery and transient transmigration having been exhausted, the emancipated one works for the good of others and achieves miracles inconceivably great. (7Г. d. w, 336). The states of Nirvapa have been differentiated: (1) w^-q [conditional Nirvapa]; (2) ^'3q [unconditional perfect Nirvapa]^.; (3) a^qq-gx^ow^irq [unlocalised Nirvapa, the state in which the limitations of time and space vanish away]S. Syn. ЧК'Ч thar-pa; thar^ca ; hchi-med; rdiil-bral; Vi’V4 cfon-Jaw, (Цпоп.). •
979 myan-hdas mchod-rten v. ^5^ mchoj-rten 1. n. of the chorten or caitya built on the site of Gautama Buddha’s death and cremation. 2. the style of сягУул-tombs built after that catty a. 3^’4 myan-wa v. 3^’4 myon-wa ^75, to taste; tasteful: З^’ччч^ч myaft-war hdod-pa wishing to taste; 3^S nujan-bya as met. = the tongue. 5^’S' myan-rtsi n. of an officinal plant: Зсг^ч Myan-ral n. of a village situated towards the west of Sera monastery {Lon. 3, 20). 3^’X Myan-го n. of a village in Tsang {Deb. % 5). дкя myan§ f^TH [united] SS'« myad-pa the older form of the word *5'4 mad-pa^^W^ truth. c\ myin the older form of the word min name. myu-gu or ЗЯ myiig~®WQ ячга, [1. reed, rush, flag [sprout, coral] 8. an erroneous form of 2. relations, particularly those who are of the same blood. 5 ’З^/лyu- (ju-ysar [1. a new shoot or spring. 2. the plantain tree or banana tree] 8. 5inyu-giihi-tshal a grove of reeds. 3*1’4 myug-pa or 3^’3myug-myug-pa 1. я^’З*] to slightly bend the head. 2. to run, roam, stroll about {Sch.). 3. to show ostentatiously, to boast about v. 5^-4 dmyug-pa {Cs.). myvr-гса 1. to hurry by, to pass on swiftly: dus-myur-wa time quickly runs away. 2. adv. quickly, also 3^ q3^q myur-tca myur-wa = ^'^^ very quickly, in colloq. ww at once, without delay; 3^’3^4'^’^^’^45'q-§v^ the lion goes to its den very quickly. 5^’4*’R9 myur-icahi hbru [чтеч? music, a particular note] 8. 3^’|4’яё*|’^ myur-skyob hjig-rten she who quickly protects the world, an epithet of the goddess Dolma {Mnon.). 3^ myur-du adv. quickly, speedily, soon; 3^’45’q myur-du hgro-wa to go quickly; $'3* ci-myur as speedily as pos- sible. 3^’^’q^‘54l^ myur-du btsah-rtags symptoms of immediate parturition {Ja.). З^’я ?;?ушм7гя==*]^’я/^'я a dancing woman {Mnon.) 3^1я myur-tsam W, stsh quick [wavering, quickening] 8. JJQTP myul-u'a to roam about, to do the work of espion- age, to examine closely, to search into, to scrutinize. §Ч’ря<3*гч rgyal-khant myul-wa to explore (a country). myo-ica v. й'4 smyo-ioa. gc-q myon-icd pf. 3^ myans fut. 3^’ myan 1. ЧЧЧТ to enjoy, to taste, perceive ; to lick; to undergo; д ч'З^ ч l/ro-wa myon- ica to taste; mthon myon-wa to have seen before, t/to§ myon-tca to have heard before; 3^’4*’§\4 myon-war byed-pa to feel; myofi-icar byed-do enjoyed, causes to enjoy; perceiving the relish by tasting; ro-myon-wa to relish, to enjoy tho flavour ; iMo-ri$-kyi lons-spyod myon-wa to enjoy the bliss of paradise; I shall make thee enjoy the food of religion; tp
5WI 980 ¥R|| taste distress, to get into trouble; works which cause one to undergo another state of existence (Thffy.); your own doings are your own sufferings (Jd.). 2. is an auxil. of tho pf. like byun: btsal ma-myoft I have never yot sought; rnthonma- myon I have never yet seen; one who had gone there before and is acquainted with the language of tho people (Л. 67); $5*1 *13^ myon- ua than-thun or myon-wa §na-zin having experienced, having perceived gen. by mystic meditation). myon ham-can a vain con- ceited person who protends to know much more than he really is acquainted with. myo* gru, WT4?t, excitement, loss of control, sensual intoxication [a kind of grass, Poa eynosuroides; the wood of the Ficus religiosa used for kindling fire by attrition]S. S’™ myos-pa—***snax, to become intoxicated, intoxica- tion from wine, to be maddened, become demented: $hin-rnyo$-pa$ myo-hdug being deranged, he is demented (Mnon.). my os-pa hi ca-co noise made by intoxicated poisons, myos-pahi phrcn-ldan-ma gV*) an excited indecent woman (Mnon.). myos-pahi mtshan-ma that which excites lust, i.e. musk (Mnon.). myo§-bum-can as met. = an elephant (Mnon.). myos-byed 1. *xx, w, <rc, Kamadeva, wine, intoxicator; a cloud. 2. the number thirteen (Rtsii.). myo$-byed khan-pa, qr or wine-selling woman's house, a brothel (Mnon.); myos-byed-hkhri-gin the penis; myo^-byed leags- kyu id.; myos-byed-hbrin tho male organ or sox; an intoxi- cator, a drunken man. myo$- yed-hfshon^&t^'tt a wino-selling woman; ST** myos-ma a youthful gill, a damsel= 5 Й5КЯ; ww myos-gsal-ma a youthful, accomplished woman (Mnon.). dmag 1. , ffafi1, troops, army, soldiers; rkan-dmag infantry; 5 V”! rta-dmag cavalry; yul-dmag a sort of militia or reserve who in Tibet are occasionally mustered; dmag-mi a soldier, v. frq. oi4] dmag-gi yan-lag bshi ^X^ W the four kinds of troops: g]^’ elephant, ЗМ chariots, infantry, 4? cavalry (Mnon.). dmag-gi-gtam talk of war or fighting; 5*^1’gV’Y ’ dmag-gi $fion-du rgyu-wa pioneer forco, or scouts of an army; dmag-gi rjes-su hbran-ica ally or follower in war; dmag-chas ammunition, equipment. *J^q|q]$4j dmag-sde ehen-po $de-gcig an army consisting of the following —10,000 elephants, 30,000 cha- riots, 100,000 warriors, 1,000,000 cavalry, 30,000,000 infantry (Yan-ti. 18). V«| dmag-sde chen-pohi rnam-grans acc. to a Kalachakra writer the following is the enumeration of forces: ^’g; three Paiti=a Senaniukha (^n^r); three Senamukha=one Gnilma (g«); three Gulma—ъ Gana ; three Gapa= one Vahini ; three Fa/«m=one
981 Pritana (ш) ; three Priiana=$w Сити (чТС); three Cto»w=one Anlkini ; ten Anlkini make one Aksduhini this last includes an army of elephants and chariots numbering 21,870. (Du§- ye. 3^3). ¥<4’53^’ dmag-dpun <<?r, troops, army; also id. Syn. dmag-tshogs; ru-pa ; dpun-tshog§ ; V*4! dmag ; dpun ; dpun-gi dkyil-hkhor; dmag-gi hjigs ; ^'owfq^qcv^ yan-lag bshi-pahi sde (Mnon.). dmag-dpon ifrnqfa, gene- ral, commander. Syn. ‘5| 4^’q dmag-gi hdren-pa ; w §5'0]9^ ral-grihi gnen ; rtJ-grihi rgyun-hdsin ; VW|'S|44[q dmag-gi hgo-pa ; dpun-gi khyu-mchog ; ^5^?'2? $dehi btso-bo ; dpun-gi rngon-po (Mnon,), dmag-rum — Q^'&ww darkness: the destroyer of the darkness of the three worlds. (Yig. 9). dmah or Swq dmah-wa, adj, low, short; mean, humble, inferior. low place, Xqq^wq low status; ^f^wq inferior intelligence or intellect; blo-gros dmah-wa mean in mind. if (in pregnancy) the middle parts of the body are low and the sides high (Jd,); sbst. lowness. Also, as vb., with pf. VW 6?mas,=to be low, degraded, inferior. to fall lower and lower; in times of scarcity, when eating and drinking is low (Pth,); in W. VR’vfaq’M to dishonour, profane, to humiliate, dmah-skyob the protector of the humble, a king (Mnon,); dmah-hdod inclination to go down, tendency to meanness. dmans—^w the populace, mob, common folk; id. ¥к$г«е/ beer that is given to the common people at entertainments (Rtsii.), a banquet or treat for the public; wq the vulgar, the common people; one of the common people; dmans- hdul £na§=?jc‘‘S^ gron-khycr a town or city (Mnon,); dmans-mo a woman of low caste ; dmans-rii§ the lowest class or caste in India, people of degraded rank in Tibet. dmad abuse, cursing. dman <|5f, ^4, vulgar, mean, inferior, of the lowest order or quality. is even sometimes used for | skye-dman a weman, common in eolloq. as “ kyemen ”; the class of young woman (Yig; 56). dman-pa) low, in reference to quantity or quality, little; either too little, or too much, or badly constituted; q^wWq having few merits; 3’Wq ‘blo-dman-pa having little sense (Glr.); dman-ehun^^^'^ a young girl (Yig. 87). dnwn-pahi-rigs the lowest people in India who are very wild and fierce; dman-ma— rnin-pa old, stale, not fresh: ^•or^rq’S), «ч to each wither- ed flower that was offered to the Blessed One (K. g. 290). dman- rndses-ma a beautiful woman; dman-^ar a maiden, a growing girl. dmar 1. one of the thirty-six border countries of India {jYa-sel, 38). 2.' profit, gain, good success; a small profit (Mil.).
dmar-po i. adj. successful: ^5wr5 §E.x5< did it go on well with your meditation, instruction, finishing instruction, in religion, and in medical science (Ja.). ii. red; mdog-dmar red colour; dtnar-po rgya-mtsho the red ocean, the colour of its water being red for many thousand miles it is so called (7Г. d. 3J+3); dmar-po nca-can as mct. = donkcy (Mnon.); dmar-po erin-skyes gifiOT, a red dyo produced by an insect, Am yr is agalloch. dmar-ica red or sbst. red- ness: red eyes; red nose. dmar~khe~pa a butcher, execu- tioner (Mgyur. 2!Jj); dmar-khra red stripes, as painted on llcd-hat monas- teries; dmar-grum a square piece of red coloured rug (Rtsii.) \ dmar-rgyan piece of raw-meat in Tantrik offerings made to spirits (Rtsii.); dmar-iian greenish red; dni'ir-rjen naked; dmar-cham- myur-po fresh baked cakes the natural colour of which has not been changed (Jig. 29); dmar-mdans bright ness, ruddy complexion. dmar-sdor minced meat or meat for broth (Rtsii.); dmar-mo red, also red cow; dmar-smyug blackish- red ; йш’-яЛп footnotes written in redink; notes in a book written in red (Rtsii.); dmar-htshog copper-coloured, фпаг- bzan scarlet-red; фпаг-yol red china ware as opp. to 5 dmar- rufi-pa adj. naked, also a naked person, frq. dmar-ru mgo-nag [a small shrub, Abrus precatorius bearing a red and black berry, which forms the 982 5^1 smallest of jewellers ’ weights]#.; dmar-bgal dysentery, bloody flux (Jd.). dmar-ser (1) the disk of the sun, also the halo surrounding the sun (Mnon.); (2) reddish yellow, honey- coloured : dmar-ser-mig the lion-eyed< skwa-dmar-pa a monk of a red-hat sect. dmig-pa 1. Lex. and Cs. a hole. 2. kind of lizard, also Iho pangolin: I •‘^гвпц. Also 5^9 dmig-bu qt g’fo sky a Jeb a kind of worm, e>., “ insect which has no wings” (Rtsii.). dmigs ЯНН, 1. imagi- nation, frame of mind, tho mind on one point. dmig$-kyi$ dfyje-wa Hicu discernment; dmig$~can ingenious, skilful in contriving W. 2. sbst. sftranw, [consciousness, idea, attainment, perception, acceptance]#. dmig$-gtad. object on which a mystic concentrates his vision or his mind in order to induce meditation; some- times the object is a thing actually before him, sometimes a mental object, sometimes purely fanciful or impossible as tho horn on a hare’s head or the child of a barren woman. A meditator who can become absorbed without any such assistance has reached a high state of proficiency, v. Mil. 82, b. 2. Sometimes erroneously dmigs-$ton-pa or to give an idea of, to make a sug- gestion. dmig$-pa 1. as vb. to fancy, to imagine, to construe in one’s mind. don dmigt-pa to intend a benefit or profit for another person (Jd.). 2. sbst.
531 983 53^1 thought, idea, fancy dmigs-pahi rten prob, a thing only suppos- ed, an object imagined {Thgr.). dinig s-pa med-pihi snin-rje in Jflil. is acc. to Jd.: the pity which the accomplished saint, ,who has found everything even religion to be vain and empty, feels to- wards all other beings, in as far as they are still subject to error and mistakes, opp. to and the tender sympathies called forth by the sight of beings that are really suffering and of those defective in mora- lity ; forgetful of all the beautiful fancies, schemes, and airy notions. beyond the range of thought or imagination; dmigs-pahi smra ex- cecration, reviling; 5*^’3 dmigs-bu a support, gen. a blind man’s leader (J9sZ.). dniig^med indepen- dent, not depending: Tsongkhapa who was free from all worldly obstacles, i.e., perfectly independent,' in which senSe all Bodhisattva are indepen- dent. dmig^hdsin dependent, depending on a support. dmigs-gsal or clear to the mind: unless it is clear that the work should be done privately or confidentially {D. $el. 12). Dmu or *?is Dmu-rgod 1. n. of the earliest tribe of Tibet, the men who first inhabited Tibet (J. Zan.). 2. a malignant spirit, a kind of evil-demon that causes dropsy in those on whom his malignant eye falls; one of the nine spirits called 0, Kas'yapa these four are the spirits which trouble the Bodhisattva {K. ко. *, 213) ; in time to come even beings like Dmu-rgod vftll have faith in Buddhism {Ebrom. 2). \4'§dmu-chu dropsy; which is brought on by evil demons; 50’^ one who is suffering from dropsy. dmu-mdo demon of the disease of dropsy etc. {Rtsii.); dmii-dsin-can dropsy, dropsical. 5Wq dmun-pa = ^Ji blun-po ’sre an idiot; also, acc. to Ja., darkened, obscured. dniur-wa v. mur-ica. dmul-ica v. hdsum-pa. dmus-lon — ^'Q lon-гса ono who is born blind : (J Zan.). dme-wa — ^^ v. й‘ч rme-wa. dmod-pa 1. щщ, gfbre, 4XWr cursing, subduing, vb. (acc. to Cs.) to curse, execrate, accurse; 5&Vq’§5’q sbst. imprecation, execration, malediction; the twelve years on which a curse had been pro- nounced by the saint {Dzl.). 2. to swear, to affirm, to confirm a treaty by an oath {Ja.). 3. to address a prayer of conjura- tion, to the deity {Glr.). ^’35 dmod- nio (opp. to ifcw smonJam) malediction: although a devil’s malediction is very potent {D. R.). dmod-tshod, abuse, insults. Л dmyal-ica gsi, pw, 1. hell, purgatory, perdition ; going to hell; the eight hot hellg ; the eight cold hells. the hells of preli-
984 *ГГа I minary or lighter punishment which are situated in the neighbourhood of the greater hells: 5^' | fire-trench situated round the hot hells; j the mire of putrid corpses; Я J the forest of razors; wood of swords; tho iron-bristle trees; the river Vaitarani the fordless Styx, &e.; hell of tem- porary punishment which does not last more than a day. 2. vb. to out up, to cut into pieces, meat at dinner (Dzl.). dmyug-pa to show; da i ag-dmyug-pa or фпуид-ра bipd-pa to show repeatedly, to boast (Jd. and Cs.). swq dmyugs-pa to drain off: о to sift out fish with a fishing net (Sag. 53). rma I: w, faroi, ^<4 wouud, a sear, a kind of leprosy with red spots and insensibility of the skin: ’ I was wounded or Г have got a wound; to heal a wound; дЗ'^-q rmahi lha-ка a wound growing worse. $4’|*4 rma-$kye$ ^?T5i pus, matter ; also blood; rma- rje$ sear, cicatrix; rma-rnin an old wound; ЯЭД rma-sman or fc'J' medicine or salve for a wound; $4’^5 rma-nad ччг sores and ulcers: rma-nad are of two kinds (I) ^‘3** lhan-§kye§ constitutional such as gshan-hbrum piles, me-dbal, spvuj sur-ya^ rmen-bu, ^4*^4 rlig- rlugy ^ччя rkan-hbam, mtshan- par rdol-wa*, (2) those which one con- tracts from accidental causes $<54^ rma-mtshan scar; Я*Х rma-ro scurf, scab; ttww rma Jas hbab-pa — f^l blood (Mnon.); rma-ju a festering, suppura- ting wound; rma-qul scar; *<3*чу^Х rmahi than-skor the cleansing or dressing of a sore. ‘^1II: sometimes signifies beauty, good luck, etc. rma-bya-can ver- dure, green, a meadow. fc'S Rma-bya (pro. Mabja) 1. n. of a large village situated to the South West of the district of Saskya visited by Sarat Chandra Das in 1882. ^'З^чЗ^-п) rma-bya myon-uahi sefi-ge n. of a Lama of learning who belonged to Mabya (Lofi. * 5). 2. lit. the mottled or spotted bird, the peacock, commonly called чмчпПни, S. Lex. rma-byafj-mgrin n. of a gem; *4*^'5^ rma-byahi rgyal-mtshan-can * symbolized by a peacock, ’ an epithet of Durga (Mfion.); a peacock’s tail; a peacock’s crest. 1гз3*я#ч rma-byahi htsho-wa (lit. the food of tho peacock = ч^*^<| hem- lock (Sman. 427). КЗ^ЯЧ^’^З’Х a fabulous mountain said to exist in the continent of Purva Videha, the people of which possess blue necks (K. d. \ 338). A mixture of Д’зЗ’лд^гч the peacock’s bile with the juice of Bhrin-gi raja cooked in cow’s butter when taken through the nose will change the colour of the hair to deep black (K. g. 48). Syn. sgegJdan; mgrin- Snon ; gtsug-phud-can ; mjug-sgro-can ; legs-bris-sgro ; w rab-gyo; gar-mkhan ; hbrug-grahi-gar ; rgya-mtsho-skyes; rna-rgyan-can ; tyMarrtse ; brtan-pa-dregs ; sar-hgro ; bkra-wahi hog~pag$-can;
985 Л'Й| mdofts-ldan-', hbrug- $grahi-rjc§ ; §geg or §neg) ; mdon§-mthah-can ; sen-mohi- gar; gtsug-ldan; |<у«гучя $prin-la- dgah > ядч|-д*гяЕ?ч hbrug-sgra§ mftal- hdsin ; lag-hgro-za ; sprin- gyi-§geg ; *S4’4J’4 hdab-brgya-pa (Mfton.). Я'5’^’5 rma-bya chen-po n. of a deity (Dom.); one of the five tutelar dei- ties of the Buddhists ; n. of Tantrik work glorifying the goddess Mahamayuri. Rma-kham$ or n. of a petty state included in Kham§ (Yig. k. 18-28). Rma-chu n. of the great river of N.E. Tibet which, rising in various ranges S.W. of Barong Tsaidam and Shang, flows past qsw Skar-ma-thaft lake and 3Skya-refts and then making a detour round the mountain of A Spom-ra flows due east keeping some 40 miles to the south of lake Kokonor; whence entering the pro- vince of Kansu it becomes the Hoangho or Yellow River of China. A Tibetan author says it is called Khathan-gol in Mongolian, the Tibetan equivalent of which term is the river in which a certain qneen had drowned herself (Bsam. 32). Rma-chen Spom-ra n. of the great genius of the gshi-bdag class, the lord of the peacocks, who resides in the snowy mountain of *§*** Spom-ra of the province of Amdo. rma-tsho-kun-gshi one of the Tibetan pupils of Atis'a: (A. 16). tmaft 1. ground, base, foundation ; to lay foundation of a house etc.; the foundation stone. 2. a dream : ла'чя гтап-1ат=$1'ем dream, vision; having presented his request, in a dream he saw the front of Vikramas'ila (A. 69). rmaft-rmaft = also implies different (Hbrom. 131). rmaft-tshcr also 1. pincers (generally made of silver or iron) to pluck out hair; acc. to Cs. instrument for clean- sing the nostrils. 2. а гаке (&?A). rmad—*&*\ excellent, very good. rmad-byuft or become excellent, marvellous, admirable, grown excellent: in this portion of the marvellous age (Yig. k. 2) to wonder, to be surprised at (Jd.); V’ I ali these are in their nature void—what is more wonderful than this and what can be more sublime ! (Lam-rim). rmad-da byuft-wahi §de the orders or classes of Buddhist dignitaries such as Crar aka. Bodhisattva, etc. (J. Zaft). rman-pa wounded. J{>)iar-$nnn n. of a section in the monastery of Sera {Lofi. >, 17). rmas-pa 1.=^’4 to ask, to inquire. 2. mention is sometimes made of a verb Л’А with pf. rrnas to wound. rmas-ma an animal that has been wounded but not killed. .8'4 rnri-wa pf. Sa rmis to dream. rmt-lam (resp. a dream; ii vision-like, to gee in a dream; мярнхлсТ dreamed in a dream; xw dreamless; й’ад’Я’Э a troubled dream; 125
986 ц-адrmi-tam to dream; rmi-hm bgad-pa to interpret dreams (Сг.); rmi-lam mthon-wahi gznfi§ n. of a dharanl on dreams (7Г. y. *, 5d); W'Swfl rmi-lam mi- bzafi-ica a portentous ill-boding dream cs rmig-pa the hoof of an animal: rmig-brag& cloven hoof ; cloven-footed ; 5’й4! л horse’s hoof ; a silver ingot shaped as a hoof (=130 rupees); giJa(J-rn4g a yak's hoof; rmig-lcags horse-shoe ; rmig-zlam an undivided hoof; rmig-yzer horse-shoe nail, hob-nail. rmigs-pa lizard of a * small kind {Ja.). ex пя1Й=^‘ pm an (Ja.). (Imu. >o rmu-rgocl-pa the lowest class of people in ancient Tibet. rmu-thag 1. a cord to which little flags are attached on roofs of convents, houses, etc. 2. a rope by which tho ancient kings and qneens of Tibet were reputed to ascend into heaven there to live with their ancestors. 3M $ Rmu-li a place in Kham province (Loft. 17). r mug-pa pf. rmug$-pa 1. to bite; occasionally used with the tooth: the dog bit him. 2. to sting, of bee^, etc. W.; to gall, e.g. the feet by friction of the shoes JFi 3. to bark in W. (Jd.). rmugs-pa rarely *J/q 1- a denso fog: гтид$~Ра№ na-bun id. ; rmugt-pa-can foggy 5 nin-mtshan-diA yul rmug$-pa tho place is foggy day and night. 2. be- fogged mentally, stupid, inert, languid, sluggish ; yid-rmug§-pa depressed and melancholy (% brom. I4, 22); rmug§-thib-pa dense fog covering, envelop- ing. rmugs-hdsin 4ho chief of waters,’ the sea, that holds the vapours. rmur-wa to growl and bito eaeh other as dogs do. 4 rme-ua (^^ 3) also S*'q dme-pa sbst. spot, speck, mark, a natural mark as a mole, birth-mark; any blemish or impurity: rme-gtsan-med or gtsafi- rmc-med making no difference as to clean or unclean food (J/#7.); rme-grib moral defilement; adj., й'З rme-po stained, defiled, mouldy, spotted; rmehu-zan unclean food: (Behu. 67). —s Rme-lad n. of a very old monastery in Lhasa in front of which a stone monolyth was erected bearing tho inscription of a treaty between the king of Tibet Khri Ral-pa-ean and the Emperor of China (J. Zaft.). %l^Rme-ru n. of an ancient monas- tery in the N.E. quarter of tho city of Lhasa. + r meg-pa = $4 root, also=4M order, series, row; r meg-med-pa gtau med-pa disorder, not regulated; £’^'q,fiqTq^l^'Ql the religion became disor* ganized (J. Zaft.). rmed crup- per attached to a saddle. *s rmedrpa pf. rmes l. = «]^^'q gtam dri-гса to ask, to inquire:
987 if you asked if there are rich people in Tibet. 2. to plough and sow: fiS^VT4 rmed-du hjug-pa to cause to be ploughed and sown (Ja.). 3. to study. "s * гтеп-пап=ф* bad sign, Ш-omen, foreboding» rmen-pa or = (A. a goitre; also an induration caused by a sore or wound: c^’Sjsrgcr^w he dreamt that by simply having covered it with the hand the induration was healed (А. Ц). rmen-buhi-nad an indurate sore or ulcer or a swelling on the skin. rmel-wa or §mel-wa 1. to pluck out; lai rmel-wa— to pluck out hair. 2. to summon, to call, to invite. Sfa rmo-wa адпг, pf. and imp. й^ rmos, to plough: shin-rmo-wa to plough fields; ma-rmos-pahi lo-tog a fabulous kind of grain in the mytho- logical age said to grow without cultiva- tion; also, maize. rmo-mkhan ploughman. ifa rmo-ma l. = ^’3i an old woman. 2. fqunr^t father’s mother. rmo-yas 1. n. of a number. 2. steel helmet; also, perhaps, full coat of mail (Mnon.). 3^4] * or ^’04 a helmet; Д^ЙЧ khrab-rmog coat of mail and helmet (Jd.). Syn. й^гзч rmog-thur ; tshem-shu ; йЧз rmog-shu ; dmag-shwa (Mnon.). Rmog-cog n. of a place in Tibet (Loft. J, 32). й^-ф^-я rnwg-brteegs-ina n. of a here- tical sect (TibseZ. h!6). rmon-wa (=*rjforq) pf. Йкад rmons 1. to be obscured; also, as subs, obscurity, chiefly in spiritual sense; £ртЙк*ги fylo-ma rmon^-pa or Йк^'^5 rmofts-med a mind lively, unimpaired; kun-tu rmon-fes che-wa general obscuration of mind; йк*гч*гя§^А rmon-par hgyur-wa to become obscured, darkened; rmsfi-icar byed-pa to obscure, to darken, also to confound, perplex. 2. to bo puzzled; to become dizzy, rmon-chen- pohi khan-pa uvThWnih [a refuge of utmost ignorance or delusion]8. Йк*д rmon-spu hair of the abdomen and the pudenda: the belly-hair of a he-goat heals cancer. r«?o«g=^§4]’£> copulation (MfionX I: rmons-pa ФНХ, ^T^T, WTynr, w 1. a fool, stupid person, ignorant or untrained person, йк*гч^1 rmons-brtul— 5^’3 blun-po fool, idiot. 2. adj. obscured, stultified (Stg.). Syn. БИ’Ц blun-po ; glen-pa\ lug-ltar-lkugs-pa ; ma-ges-pa ; *rqa|q*rq ma-bslabs-pa ; mi-mtshon- pa ; nii-rig-pa ; mun-pa, ^k^-q ldoft^-ра; (Mnon.). Ц. = йклгч rmoft§-pa hIt delusion: ^’йк^ [confusion, igno- rance, alarm] 8.; ^iTk*i fia/i-rmofis stupid, deceitful (А. 7Г. 1-1 J). $я*гйк^-§ rnam-rmons-te enticed, infatuated, fascinated. йк*гчг?^|*г25 rmoft§-pohi grogs-po = ^'^^\^ dosireto sleep, falling asleep (Mnon.). Й5*£чщ rmo^-gflagg=^^or charms for causing mischief to others.
*5*1 988 $5^*1 rmod-pa to plough: Й5Ж rmod- ghn a ploughing ox; r mod Jani furrow (&?Zl). M'q rmon-pa 1. the act. of ploughing rmon-pa rgyab-pa to plough (Cs.), 2. a plough-ox; rmon-dor or rmon-pa-dor a yoke of oxen. rmyafi-wa or iTvq rmycfi-wa to bfiid towards; to stretch one’s self, to stretch forward tho nock as if to hear any- body speaking or whispering: S‘^'9Vq Ьуа-rmyafi. byed-pa to stretch, to yawn ^Cs.). + Л rmya-wa 1. sickness, nausea; ****•& khams-rmya nausea (Lex.). 2.= to degenerate, grow worse, decay. U$)iid = d»tah : Hw’q to humiliate, east down, humble; a humiliating word or phrase expressing an insult. Sma-khams—t^'F9^ Smar-kham$ n. of a district where a Jong-pon from Lhasa with the designation Ma-kham thal- chi holds office (Lofi. % 5). = Г^ a khahi-$pu board; bearded; STM** $ma-ra-nuA scanty beard. й $ma-sa [suitable] S. $mag a sort of medicine of an astringent taste; &nag-rgyu black pepper. $тад-гит=Щdark, darkness; to keep up or light a lamp in darkness: (Situ.); dense gloom. $mad 1. that which is lower than some other place or thing; a comparative adj.: the lower—usually opp. to $tod the upper; both terms being often attached to place-names to differentiate two.near localities, e.g., Jang-tfod upper Jang and Jang-$mad lower Jang. downwards, ^'2 Й5 the lower part of the human body. stretching forth the lower parts. WS’yw'W4 to bring the five lower parts of the body, the belly, the knees, and the points of the feet in close contact with the ground, i.e.t to prostrate one’s self (Jd.). 2. with regard to time the latter part, the second half, of the night. 3. children, in relation to their mother gen. preceded by л or 3 thus: I and my mother (Jft7.) ; the old woman with her (two) sons, three; also of ani- mals : the mare and her foal, tho two (Dzl.); ^S’q ^‘9'S5-the sick man’s family; OSV1 my wife and children (Ja.). Я5*&mad-rgya$-ma = a woman in full sense (Mnon.). $niad-hchal degradation, shame- lessness, prostitution; JfS‘4W§^4to indulge in dissolute habits, to practise $mad hchal. ynad-hdogs a subscribed letter, the letters \ and are subjoined as in 3, 5, Я, T (Situ.). imad htshon-ma, TTf^nrr, и p, ^Tfw a prostitute, harlot, a self-willed or unchaste woman, ч)^л tmad-htshon-mahi gna$ a prostitute’s house, a brothel. Syn. thnn-moti-bud-med; * rtagt-can-ma; чд^*л hbyon-ma; ч^ч’л gyel-ma; с^'^Ч’л fian-rol-ma; Кл*л re^-ma; ч^’д^’л hdod~$pyo$-ma; ч\5'4*г^*л hdod-раь rtsen-ma; ч|^*гч^с/л gzug$ htshoft- ma; tbyor-byed-ina; tshogt- can-ma (MAon.). S $mad-htshofi-mahi giio-mo a chief courtezan.
989 СТ Syn. §kye-bohi tshog$-can\ re$-mohi-htso; gron- pahi chos-ldan ; leug-ldan; gzugs-kyi sne-ma; $*гл|р‘я lus-bsgyur-ma; |^-q^ $куе-Ъо$ b$kur-ma; hdod-dahi kha-lo-ua (Y[fton.). wad-gyog$ nether integuments, breeches, trowsers; 85*^ under-garments; lower garments, petticoats. &IS wad-pa I: or blame, reproof, reproach, disgrace, contempt. Syn. dhyin-ci log-brjod*, log-hdren-tshig; log-smra*, log-sgrub; skur-pa-hdebs; ^'4 gge-ica ; й 5’q smod-pa; brgyad- bkag; mtshan-rgod; ^3’^] hphya- tshig*, 5V4XS‘q $kyon-brjod-da (Mnon.). imafra abuse, reviling language: do not slander or blaspheme. $mad-rig$ low or inferior class, lower race. СТ П: vb. 1. to lower, make low: to lower one’s eyes, to be abashed; to humble one’s self; to be lowly, meek (Dzl.): when Afagadha had been brought low, bad decayed in its prosperity. 2. to abuse, revile; to blame, to chide: (to abuse) the venerable-man with base words; (to degrade) the highness of the excellent, to blaspheme the doctrine (Glr.). 3. to. dishonour, violate, ravish: (Pth.). wad-hdid the regulations of the Dul-ica (Vinaya) as observed in Kham- Amdo and introduced from there into Tsang and U by Lama Lo-chcn, sometime after Buddhism had been suppressed in Tibet Proper. siod-hdid the regu- lations of the Vinaya as introduced by the Kashmirian pandit S'akya-S'ri into Tibet, having come from upper Tibet, i.e., the Ladak side (Yig. 3). Smad Mdo Khams Shaft- drug the really only five districts of the lower Do-Kham province : § Skyu-ra, Rab, Spo-hbor, Dmar-tsha Sgan, and Zalmo-sgaft : anciently there being nothing other than birds in lower Khams-Sgaft-drug, it was called Bya-yul or the land of birds (Jig. J). $Pj I: sman benefit, use, good (resp. of ь^'Ц) for the good of religion and living beings; ^<Tl^*q=^’ to be useful. Sch. has: a bene- ficent mind, a mind intent on doing good. II: НТО the common term for : medicine, physic, drug: to gather medicinal plants on the mountains (v. Hue’s Travels, vol. 2). sno-sman vegetable medicine.—liquid medi- cine, etc.—jfc’Jfl medicine taken inter- nally ;—metallic and organic drugs: 5^, y|cw &c.—’gaj medicinal stones, pn^q, ayEX etc.—mineral medicine such as soda, salt, saltpetre, sulphur, etc.; barks, roots, medicinal herbs, leaves and fruits. medicinal oil, lard; $kyug-$man emetic; shi-sman soporific potion; b$al-$mari purgative. srog-chags-wan animal medicine, &o. ^’3 lde-ди electuary, syrup; sman bkus-te bor-wa ^fa^TtfHTO a medicine well purified. different medicines, also various spices mixed up together; Wan-
ад 990 khrog medicinal ingredients not yet pounded or mixed up (Tftsi?.). М’З’В’Ч sman-gyi bya-wa the effect of medicine; ^35^^ §man-gyi sbyor-yfe medicinal compounds; decoction; S’* powder; pills; 5 Ide-ди syrup, HV** man-mar; liquid mixture; tincture or wine; sulphates or carbonates of metallic medicines. 8V3 &nan-$ku an imago made of tho six medicinal metals, namely, gold, silver, copper, iron, brass and zinc (Rtsii.). $nian-gyi-{jon$ a country rich in medicinal plants; is used as met. for Tibet. ^man-rta the vehicle in which medicine is taken : tho three vehicles which are two kinds of molasses and sugar; д white and brown molasses are the vehicles of remo- ving flatulence. sman-dicafi or met. = the moon believed to be the presi- ding deity of officinal plants. Smaii-fela ; Man-la the Buddha presiding over the healing art; who is often figured in temples and who at Lhasa is the presiding deity of a famous medical college built on the Chagpo Bi in the south-west suburbs of the city. His analogue with tho Mongols is styled Otochi. man- blah i rndo rggas-bsdits two Sutra of the Bhai-shajya guru ono abbreviated and the other extended (7Г. g. ^33). swrzn-r/se incorrect spelling of a kind of yellow silk scarf, with rod spots impressed on it, manufactured in China (Rtsii.). М'ЗЯ a roll of man-tse scarf. man-tsho§ a kind of dye (Jig. 24)* $шг or g^’5^’ mar~kyan ready money, cash ; money and not goods. anything fried or preserved in butter; dried fish preserved or cooked in oil (Rtsii.). = §kar-ma-mgo »ЛТ- firc: (Mnon.) [lit. иdeer-head,” the fifth star]#. Ьз mi~ga (old Tibetan)myi-gu& reed-pen. ЙЯ mig-L'91/н mirage, vision- ary illusion, reflection. Syn. ; S’3q (Mfion.). mig-Ьи small lizard v. rmig$- pa (Jd.). $mig-ma or reed; bamboo. (Milon.) the outer corner of tho eye. Ifa’AS4)44 min-hkhyog-ma = §S'£\'^* (Milon.). a fierce, frowning, fretful woman. miH-groi-ia or to lead to conversion and salvation (Glr.); Яптт^ v. rnam-pa (Jd.). Smin-grol gliil the monastery of Mindoling, a famous establishment the head-quarters of the Dukpa aud Dzogchen sects, situated 35 miles N.E. of Lake Yamdok and 8 m. S. of the Tsangpo. The constitution of this monastery is peculiar. It has two head lamas, one of whom is vowed to celibacy and rules the monks, while the other is permitted to marry and if he has two children one
991 succeeds to the celibate headship and the other to the non-celibate position. Should the lay-head die, however, without chil- dren, the sworn celibate is then expected to marry the widow in order to raise up heirs to succeed to the government. In case of a total failure of heirs, war, famine or other dire calamities are to be looked for. VI sniin-drug the Pleiades, or the third lunar mansion, having fire as its regent; this constellation, containing six stars, is represented as a flame or else as a razor or knife. The stars represented as nymphs are said to have acted as nurses to the god Kartikeya. $min-drug zla-wa October-November or the month of Kartika in which the moon standing near the Pleiades is full. Syn. mafi-po-skyes ; rna-drug-bu (Mfion.). §min-bdun or §me-bdtm also byan-gi skar-ma spun-bdun the seven brothers of the North who move round the star otherwise the Great Bear. СЧ §min-pa 43), ^Wr 1. ripened, ripe; developed, perfect: ’S’SVX the fruit is ripe; or й^'75^’4 the growing to maturity of an animal or germ. 2. vb. to become ripe, to ripen: quite ripened. 3. to be converted; also as sbst. conversion: those destined for conversion. c\ smin-ma 1. the eye-brow; also smin-phag. 2. a girl who has reached maturity; й3)'*4^'^*4 smin-mahi dints the breast of a youthful woman : §min4egs-ma with good eye-brows, a handsome woman (Mnon.). Syn. rdsi-nia ; й^ЛЗ^ §min-dkyus ; mig-yi-grica; *^’53*4 §min-dbrag (Mnon.). &nin-tshwa—F%* kha-ru-tshiva. fj one of the six early tribes of Tibet (Jig. 6). §mtig or ЙЯ’^ &nug-po purple or maroon colour, the colour of clotted blood; ЙЯ'В smug-khu brownish purple dye; йФ'Г^Л smiigJdiog a dried carcass of sheep; й4!’^’ snutg-chuft a medicinal plant; йЯ’З11’ §niug-thun cakes of wheat or other flour mixed up with treacle prepared in disks of a foot diameter for distribu- tion among the monks. ЙЯ*4 smug-ma stale meat which is getting rotten (Rtsii.). Й4]’!" §niug-rtsi or й4!’^ $mug-tsho$ purple- red dye made from the root of a plant (Macrotomia) with which cakes and flour offerings intended for spirits and sacri- ficial utensils are painted. §mug-phur a dagger-peg made of acacia wood (Rtsii.). й4!'^ smug-phyur purple-scar produced from bruises or from the effect of a blow on the skin: the lama’s body was swollen from bruises {A. 57). йцГгч*§'Вж' Smug-ma Bu-khur n. of a coun- try of cannibals (Yig. 8). й4^'4 smug§-pa a7?! indolence. В Г4 sme-khab prob, an incorrect spelling of Й^‘Р4** an under-garment worn by Buddhist nuns so that their religious robes may not be defiled by menstrual dis- charges (K. d. 5, 4^4).
992 5ГЧ еммга fjRPS white or black mole or spot on the skin. Й $me-bdun = colloq. forjK6^- we-wa~dgu 1. й’Ч rme-гса. 2. the nine astrological diagrams or figures in geomancy of the Tibetans used in imitation of Chinese astrology ; out of these, three or the 1st, the 6th and the 8th are white being symbolical of the element of iron; the black and blue m., the 2nd and the 3rd diagrams repre- sent the element of water; while the fourth which is blue represents wood and the fifth figure being yellow represents the element of earth ; the 7th and 9th representing the element of fire. we-f a-can = bgan-pa a butcher {Dag. 16). if4 wo-wa pf. and imp. wo$, occa- sionally used for: to call, to name, to remark, assert. jfif wo-wo mother’s mother. tjS/Ц wod-pa 1. f^r, ^HT, slander, blame, declamation, con- tempt, invective, abuse, repioach, curse. Also, vb. with pf. Я5 wad to blame, dis- parage. 2. said to be synonymous, also, with spyom-pa to boast, shew off oue’s self. Syn. of 1. F kha-fian ; tshig-fian ; к)га. htshans-pa ; fian-brjod; wra-fian\ gnod-tshig\ Wod-tshig\ nes-sdyod- sun- hbyin* shum-byed-tshig (Mnan.). §шои-;м ^пй:, bene- diction ; to bless, to wish, to desire (others to be happy and prosperous); for other happiness I do not wish (Mil.); more frq. with termin. of the infinitive=to pray for.* passionless, not fixed on; the object of a wish or prayer (Cs.); yid won frq. a wish, desire, prayer : having long ago entertained this wash (Sig.); worth-wishing, desirable; a wish and its accomplishment (Ja.). jfaASfi smon-hgrin or ^mon-hdren (5<J]$v2r g ’7^’4 a sincere friend or associate (K. du. 5, #7, also Fag). won-drin praised, lauded, ifa'4’4 won-lam sfafa? sfnrara, meditation, prayer, sup- plication ; as a prayer it seems to be rather for the enjoyment of the fruit of one’s merits and seldom for a favour or a necessity undeserved. won- lam blab bya$-te sfaww f^ni after having made a prayer or supplication (A. K. 1-16). won-lam log-par hdt>b$-pa to pray for an undesirable object such as the ruin of an enemy, the perform- ance of an unrighteous action, etc. jfa’Wgp* won-lam bla-ma n. of the chief lama of the monastery U-cum-chift monastery in Mongolia. wos drag loud voice. wyo^-ica = brkyan-u'G. I: = match-making, intermediation between a disagreeing pair*; wyan byed-pa a match- maker, an intermediator in settling a mar- riage; a’ Buddhist monk should not be an intermediator-in marriage (K. du. 159). wyan- byed-pa doing the work of a match maker. wyan byed-pa to act on such business. wyan-ka=4]^’^ gnen-ka. $5’4 wyar-ica—^.
993 ^'3 §myi-gu (pron. nyi-gu) a pen, of any kind* - g ’§ sniyi-gri a pen-knife. Also in JF. Щ §myug-gri. <=\ •Ji smyig-ma or smyug-ma sfn cane, bamboo; a pen of reed; BFT*’ hjog-pa~ to make a reed-pen. JI <04^ smyug-thogs writer, one who carries a reed pen to write with. Syn. sriu-can\ sbu^-ldan\ glin-bu-gin; Aqsrg^&A hbra§-bu§ hchi-wa; rlun-hbud-can ; ’«q g* rluft-gi §gra-sgrogs (Mnon.). ЭТйЯ tfnyug-khrog 1. tube of bamboo; pen-case. 2.=3^’34 a small churn (Cs.); йЯ'В54 §myug-khyim a house constructed of bamboos; smyug-mkhan a worker in bamboo and cane; §myug-sgam a chest made of reed or bamboo; wicker work box. tp'4]^’lN &nyitg-gdug$ an umbrella made of split reeds or bamboos; smyug-sder dish or fiat basket constructed of reed or cane; smyxig~phon=^w q'fcqq'A^’q split bamboo ОГ chips of it [Rtsii.] ; ymyug-phran reed ; Й4]'54* vnyug-ma mdah-rgyu reed-bamboo of which arrows are made. §myug- tshig§ knot, node, joint, of reeds (Rtsii.); §myug-hdsin a clerk, lit. a reed-pen holder, scribe, writer; §)nyug-zeb§ wicker-work box resembling a trunk (Rtsii.); smyug-bqad comb made of bamboo used in Sikkim; $myug-$lom plate made of wicker-work (£. kar. 179)—in Sikk. dialect called g’M54 §pa-slom. Я smyu-gu a pen; not used in C. spiyug-glift (musical) reed-pipe. Smyug-tshal slug n. of a holy place in Tibet (Deb. % J/J/). $туид$ = *ф\ bcug-na§. snxyuft-ica ^'AKs^ta to fast, to observe a scant diet (Med.) * often in a religious sense, й C/<W smyun-gnas=w *5^ leaving off food, the act of fasting as a religious observance. msyun- gna§-kyi cho-ga the practice of fasting on prescribed days and also of keeping silence according to the rules of the Dulwa. 5^ $myur-pa to stretch one’s self after sleep (Sch.). smyur-tfa^^^ fas to be quick, expeditious, in a hurry, to hasent. §mye-pa = ^*4 shen-pa. smyo-wa (^5) = ^A myo-wa ; pf. &nyos-pa to be insane, inflamed with insanity; q^lfa^ ci-haft mi-dran-par §m>yos-so not recollecting anything they became crazed; §myos Mug he is mad ; smyo- byed a narcotic. swyo-hbog tempo- rary delirium; one speaking while half asleep, hysteria: being attacked with delirium he was left behind (A. 32). §myon-wa^=^^^ brkyaft-tca. ^’4 smyon-pa intoxi- cated, insane, frantic, mad; тг- 126
994 * IF I $туон-ра a madman ; Вkhyi myon-pa a mad dog, gjaft-chen § myon-pa an infuriated or mad elephant. Ц’Ч §mra-tva pf- 8s1 $mra§ imp. gN smros, to speak, to utter, say: spoke pleasantly; speaking well; they grow speechless, did not know what to say; phan- tshun $mra-wa to converse, ^‘^‘g to speak from a distance, ^'g to give a reply to speak again ; ce$ $mra$-so thus he said; saying these words; g-q-^-25 loquacious, voluble; $mrq- bead dumb ; ^S’^’g'4 med-par §mra-wa to deny it altogether; to bo out off from speaking, to have impeded speech; gqq $mra-wa-pa spokesman, a speaker. Is heard as an elegant form in C.T. g*45 §mra-hdod ^F! [desired to be spoken, desideratum^S. g’qrjTQ $mra-wahi rgyal-po the king of speech, an epithet of the Bodhi- sattwa Jam-yang (Mfan.Y g $mra-wahi-$go opening or commencement of speech, an exordium, g^’if §mra-tcahi-$go kha (lit. the door of speech tho mouth) n. of a grammatical work by Sakya Papdita Kun-dgah Rgyal- mtshan (Deb. *4, $9). g-q^qq^^^ $mra-wahi bab$-$teg$ as met. = 4W the tongue (Mnon.). §mra-waht-lha = wr^c№ that is W the god of speech (Mfion); g vnra-wahi lha-mo Sarasvati the goddess of learning (Mfan.). ^’4 §mrafi-tca or g^s $mren-tca= gq to speak, 8^**1 smrafi-tehig speech, word, also, esp. mystic speech; g Ч**4 $mreft-gsol-wa to beg a word, to beg leave to speak. g ‘4 &nre-wa l. = g4‘q8* misery, distress. 2. =4’<K’|p fan-par smra-wa to speak ill (of others); 0*2*1*’ &nre-tfiag$ bewailing; g4)<r^*q $mre-$fiag$ hdon-pa to utter lamentation.
5 tsa is the seventeenth letter of the Tibetan alphabet, and acc. to Tibetan grammarians represents the Sanskrit ca. 1. num. fig.: 17. 2. in mystic Budh.:— the letter called tsa implies contemplation; such contemplation is a converting influence for all intelligent beings (7Г. wy. % 207). tsa-lw-ra. 'b^K a partridge, Pcrdix rufa : the bird that subsists by drinking honey from the lilies (2Г. ко. % 8). Syn. tsa-ko-ra ; <*5*3^ zla-hod- htkuti; hod-la-dgah (Mfion.). ? < Д ЯЧ tsa-kra ba-ka or hkhor-lohi rkati-pa red-goose, Anas casarca. + tsa-tu-ka a mystic word conveying the meaning: he said do hold it, do bear it (К. g. P, 27). tsa-na an idiomatic term=while: while so thinking; in the event of arrival there, while arriving. + Tsa-ма-ка 1. acc. to Tibetan authorities, n. of an ancient king of India whose works have been pre- served in translations of the Tangyur: (Tan. d. 1)2), Cha^akya’s Rajaniti S'Sstra in eight chapters. Acc. to Indian authors he was prime minister of Chandra-gupta who reigned at Pataliputra. 2. Wi chick-pea, Cicer arietinum; tsa-na-kahi hbru the grain of chick-pea. tsa-na§ from the time, §leb$-pahi tsa-na§ from the time of arrival, since coming. Tsa-phu-gati shur-mo n. of a place in Upper Tibet, the birth place of the Karma-pa hierarch Rati-byuti rdor-je (Loti. я #9). tsa-big, v. tsha~big. + tsa-mahi snin-po a kind of cake. tsa-mun-dsa-=A&^d> so-та ra-tsa flax, or jute. ЗЛ tsa-ra (also S' rtsa-ra) flogging, whipping as a criminal punishment; tsa-ra gnad seems to indicate a severe castigation in public; $to be flogged; having been handed over to a severe flogging; aww **’ w,‘4'4 §S (2). fcZ. 7). + ЗЛ'П] tsa-ra-ka 1.=*^^^ go together or smoothly (mystic) (7Г. g. *1, 215). 2. n. of a religious school of the Tirthika people in ancient India: 1 those who held different or opposite views were the Charvaka and the Lokayati Schools (K. ко. p, 137). 3. n. of an Indian medical and surgical work. Tsa-ri (also spelt rtsa-ri) famous sacred place far to the S.E. of Lhasa (Deb. Я 44).
*Л1 996 Ф 1- JF. = curled, frizzled, as hair and similar things. 2. meat- offering to tho manes of tho dead (Jd.). tsd-ru na-ya lit. fine oyes, a deer or antelope. Ф = rlun wind (mystic) (К. у. Г, 26). tsa-^a or *| tsa-ga-ka ЧГЯ tho Indian jay, Coracias Indica. tsag-ge in TP. the blaok mark in a target (Jd.). tsag-sgra di-ri or &ТЙ also to make a clucking sound by touching tho roof of tho palato with the tongue: 5)n ^’«rlpr ^’*4’8 A’^’S^’ one looking to another made sounds by clucking with tho tongue to express his wonder (Л. 151). Tsan-kun n. of a sa-bdag king, a monster; the crawler, n. of another sa-bdag. tsan-cu a grain from which oil is extracted f K. du. 3.1/6). t ^YS^ tsan-dan ЦЧПГ, in- 3<ч, 1. Sirium myrtifolium^ sandal- wood, used for images of gods, perfumes, medicines; = infe- rior sandal-wood (Mnon.). 2. fig. some- thing superior in its kind: oj5j^-Xk- tho cider and younger sons of a distinguished father perform menial services (Jd.). Syn. ma-la ya-dsa; «’«г«г|ч ma- la ya-skye§ ; drthi §nin-^o; dpal-gyi dum-bu\ bzaft-pohi-dpal; tshim-byed gos-can (Mnon.). Tsan-dan jo-wo n. of an image of Buddha made of sandal-wood alleged to have beon taken frem Graya to Bactria in tho third century B.C. and from there to China at the end of the first century A.D. It is now kept in the temple of Tsandan-sse in Peking and was there seen by the compiler of this dictionary in 1885. tsan-dan $brul-gyi $nin-po згЬЙЧ, lit. snake’s heart sandal-wood, so called on account of snakes’ attraction to it and because they often remain coiled round the tree (Lofi. % 6). Is the finest sandal-wood growing in the Malayan mountains and valued even-by the gods for its fragrance. Syn. sM- gsutn rin-gyi$ gshal-du med-pahi-fifi; til-hdab-can; sa-rnchog; ч ba-gtaft-rngo; rtna-gso§ ; 35'^ §kyed-can\ |уг^*гдм khyab-hjng- $kye$; hphrog-byetf tsan-dan \ 25 rna-wa nag-po; du$-rje$- hbrafi ; if’4^4 ha-ri tsan- dan ; oiq-Rja q lag-hgrohi snin-po; tsan-dan-mchog (Mnon.). tsan-dan dmar-po, red-species of sandal-wood; tsan-dan dmar-pohi hbru 4W- the seeds of red-sandal-tree. Syn. me-tog don-can; sa- tram-ga; til-mar-can; hdab-mahi-lu§\ cho$-bycd §num- Idan; sahi tsan-dan ; rak- ta tsan-dan \ lu$-Jmar ral-gri (Mnon.). ^5<Y^v25 tsan-dan ser-po wm, the yellow species of sandal-wood. * tsan-rdsus-ma imitation sandal- wood (Rtsii.) tsan-sdofi, sandal-wood tree. .
| 997 | tsab-tsub = rtsab- rtsub or to*?q tsab-tsob in a hurry, to hasty; don’t be in a hurry! to'Sjq’ tsab-lifl hastily, in a hurry (>8М.). tsab-hral-wa = ^‘§*<5’ai to clamour, to raise a cry (JT. du. 5, 11b also in % 33). 2. loose, dissolute course of life (Sch.). tsabs-ru 1. sour curds. 2. a kind of salt= to4$*£ tsab-ru-tsha (Jd.). 3. atube of horn (Sch.). tsam HWi, кг^, 4fu we extract from Jd. for convenience: [mostly affixed as an enclitic, §ned. 1. as much as, ^‘to as much as this, = so much, so many; to^^q to kill so many men Glr.; ‘to de-tsam so much; also emphat.: S^to^fq-qv3^ after having given you so much religious instruction; by way of exclamation: $ to how much 1 IF., $'to’5^ how much have you done! to, ^to how much.. .so much- (as much as) Cs. 2. denoting comparison, as to size, degree, intensity, like, as-as, so-as, so that: ^‘wto rt-rab tsam like Sumeru (in height) Cs.; ^*r*|'to as big as a grain of mustard-seed; g^ijwto even to sinking in up to the knees (knee-deep); ‘V^A^rq’to so much that the sun was darkened; q^E^v^^y^to ^* he became so (powerful), that he could also* subdue, or oould have subdued, the neighbouring kings (Glr.). 3. denoting contingency and restriction: perhaps, if need be, almost, only, but, all but: (Vai. §fi.) this may perhaps be used instead, this may, if need be, supply its place; q'to ^54 if I let him loose, he might almost catch a bird in the air. 5^4 *4’ to every one that has the mark; £V$*rq*to nothing but muscles and bones; *’to-?|4^’ if one knows but a fraction of it, but a little bit; Slwto'S they exist only in our fancy; to'^ tsam- du denoting extent, degree, intensity; as far as, about so far, nearly up to, even to, till, so that: wg\to'^ lam-phyed tsam-du about half way. Frqv with verbs: 4’aw’ trto^’gqjN he was so frightened that his hair stood on end; tormented by a pain as if he were out to pieces; 5*r»r»#E/q’to glad as a child is when beholding its mother again; sometimes toq stands for toand to: ^4'to q in the shade] Jd. to §^ tsam-gyis instrum.: S^’to content with everything poor as it may bo; to added to the inf.: to as soon as it had been said, to we? with a following negative = not the least: Zfa-q-toWE/я §\q to pay not the least respect; neither sun nor moon is to be seen at all (Jd.). 4. to tsam also=about, just about: g’4$ Ina- bcu about fifty, r^l’to rtog-tsam in C.= a little, a few; somewhat, rather. to tsam-na acc. to Jd.: about a certain time, at the time when, when:. ^’§5’to^ nam-phyed tsam-na about midnight; ^‘to then, at that time; esp. with verbs = ‘when,’ ‘as ’: when he came home. Inst, of toit is very common to hear :—§5*5^5*^ as he was just doing it; when he awoke; when eight months had passed. &ГЧ tsam-pa 1. adj., about or of the size: S^to'q mi-tshad tsam-pa man-sized, about the size of a man. 2. flour from parched barley. 3. n. of a country to the east of Kashmir, the native state of Cham-ba on the Ravi (S. Lam. 17).>
998 4. the ancient Bhagalpur. 5. tho ancient name of Cambodia. tsam-pa-ka the magnolia; Hichelia champaka^ the fruit of which is called ”15 U ka-li-ka : Q Cam рака (as a medicine) removes fever. Syn. 4 hc-ma pus-pa ; 3^5 bsod-nam$ bsun ; mchog-thob; gscr-gyi mc-tog-can\ mc-tog-rgyal (ДГ/iou.). Tsam-pa kahi yul, one of tho 96 provinces of S'ambhala (prob, the Grceo-Bactrian Empire situated to tho north-west of Kashmir (Dsam.}. tsam-po whatsoever, such, such an ono as : й q I shall enter into the soul of whatever man 1 meet with. Cs. has besides: q'q a comparing. Q a tsam-po-pa one who is contented, has no ambition, no desire to improve himself; a mere one, <e., one in the pos- session of only one thing: й-^м-адччя | «^•q he possessed the mere body not the intellect, so ho was called Tsam-pa-po the mere one {Khrid. 19). tsam-tsom or doubt. you are in doubt (about it). Tsar-ma n. of a place in upper Tibet or the monastery of Tsar-ma in Li- yul -Г 04 I Tsar-pa ti-pa n. of an Indian Buddhist saint (K. dun. 5). tsi num.=47. t Ysi-tra-ka several plants, esp. Ricinus communis called the prince of the digestive stimulants, and termed in China: pur-pan-h \Sman. 57). ^4 tsi-$tag a purgative medicine. tsi-ti dswa-la 1. leprosy. 2. aeo. Cs. and aco. to Sch. signifying cancer. tsi-dsi tsha, a kind of leprosy : ^5*^ 4 be was laid up with tsi-dsi tsha disease (Yig. 35). Tsi-na ; China or tho eastern ronntry. tsi-tsi 1. mouse; tsi-chnfi any shrew; че/Э]*^ than-gi tsi-tsi field- shrew ; ’H sa-yi tsi-tsi id. 2. a kind of millet grown in China: he took ^ate) a quantity of tsi-tsi millet with ginger (Л. 90); though tsi-tsi is cooling, yet it produces wind in tho stomach. tsi-ti-tsim a species of fish »Mnon.). Ф чГТГр Tsi-lu ka-k?a n. of a Sthacira (but not one of the sixteen) who visited China and preached Buddhism there : ‘TO (Grub. % 5). t (mystic word) the heart. J tsin-da ma-ni (^№^'X<9) fasrimfa the chintamani, a yellow gem of fabulous virtues with seven shades of colour appearing in it at different hours of the day (4fnon.). It adorns the crown of the king of the Nagas (Yig. k. 12). W Tsin-dhi-li-kra-ma n. of a border, state of Magadha:
999 the barbarous border-country of India called Tsin-dhili-kra-ma a Buddhist minister erected a temple. tsu num. fig. = 77. qjq qjXtf’q’qjqj the gem tsuta removes the malignant influence of evil spirits and stops disturbing dreams, ^'^’qj^qrqS’gqr tsu-ta rkan-gcjg-pahi rgyal-khams n. of a fabulous kingdom of the class’of Asura who havo only one leg {Yig. 6). tsug = adv. interrog. and correlat., how, as, in what way: do it so! where she is going, and what she is doing ? In W. com. in tho form 3% $ for $ etc. (Jd.) how it was done, how he did it: £’5 it is not known what or how much he did in the river Ganges, etc. (A. 137). Tsun-da n. of a goddess not often referred to: (A. 34). the smith from whom Buddha took his last meal. teun-dhahi refyud n. of a Tantra \ ise-gur 1. a small tube. 2. a dose, little: 4 tse-gur btan-гса the repeated administration of medicine to a patient (§man.). tse-po or З'М’Ц tsel-po a basket or panier carried on the back; in W. «*4’? cag-tse a wicker basket, 54!myug-tse a cane basket, tse-luft string or strap for carrying it. tse-isi-=J%% tsi-isi millet (Cs.). tee-re 1. song, tune. 2. — ^'^ tehe-re. + $ prob. a disciple: Vf (Л. 56). iseg-teeg-byed-pa or 3qj’Svq tseg-tseg zer-wa to rustle, to make a noise like dry hay or dry leaved. tseb-tseb sharp-pointed, of need- les, thorns, etc. (Jd.). tsem-tse — Ъыsmall scissors. tser-tser byed-pa to shake, quake, tremble. ^’4 tsel-po~%'% tse-po a basket. I: tso num. fig. = 137. II: or tso-ra a medi- cinal plant which yields incense. Acc. to Jd. = in Kulu a sweet-scented white lily. Syn.. Ifa’S sr in-mo; gtum-mo; nor hpkrog-ma\ ^’§5’3’^ bde-byed bu-пап; t sho g-b shad (Mnon.). t t’ol’HI Tso-la-ka n. of a country in southern India •. W (A", d. \ 272). <fq|’3 tsog-pu or tsog-tsog-pu ^5» the posture of cowering, squatting, crouching: he is squatting down; Э^ГЗ*’ the lord having gone to the edgs of the lake Manasarowara sat crouching (A. 74); he cannot even cower, of one very sick. &T3 q tsog-pu-pa one cowering or sitting down. tson vulg. Й o-tson the onion.
1000 Ч^с-q । Tsoft-kha lit. the onion-bank, n. of a district in Amdo in Ulterior Tibet where Tsong-khapa the founder of the Gelug-pa school was born. Tsoft- kha-pa lit. a native of Tsong-kha, but tho term now signifies the great reformer himself whoso real name was tson-tsoft on a level, even, straight. tsob-tsob $dod-pa to sit in different groups, not in rows. tv# tsor-mo a five-finger pinch (Cs.). 4|&|’C| gtsag-pa 1. Safa a goad, a long whip]S. 2. vb. to thrust in, poke ; pierce, prick: 0^ khrag gtsag- pa to bleed with an instrument, gtsag-pa-po one who does the operation ; «1^3 = {Situ. SI) an instrument (lancet) for bleeding. Gtsaft 1. n. of a central province of Tibet of wliich the chief .city is '£ (Shiga-tse) adjoining which stands the grand monastery of Tashi-lhunpo (^^5) tj10 seat of the Tashi Lama. It was anciently divided into two districts called Rulag and Qan-hgyed (Lon. 5). gtsan-SHam, woollen cloth manu- factured in Tsang (Rtsii.). 2. = ^^'« ptsaft-ma clean, pure. gtsan-khan temple, sanctuary. gtsaft-gi gyer-yug one of the 37 holy places of the Bon (G. Вон. 38). Gtsan-hgram by aft- chub lha-khaft n. of a monastery situated on a mountain-top overhanging the Tsangpo in Thobgyal in Tsang (Jig. 3). > gtsaft-chag rdcl-shib a stone used to cure obstruction of urine (Afed.). gtsaft-chu any fresh water or river. In Sikk. applied to the river Teesta. In Tibet the Tsangpo is also called Tsang-chu: ^‘53^ ^ 5 $ (Loft. * 5). $tsaft-mchod=^ (Yig. 116). *1^’3 ptsift-fia river-fish, fish from the Tsangpo. qj&cq ptsaft-po any river, but usually a large one; esp. the great river of’ Tibet flowing through the heart of Tibet from west to east and called tho Yeru Tsang- po. This river is believed to outer Assam as the Dihong where it presently joins the Brahmaputra just below Sadiya. “ Rising from tho eastern range‘of Kailas'(*1^*5$) and receiving the waters of the streams coming from Вya ft, JYag$, Tshafts, it flows eastward past Lhar-tse and Phun-tsho- ling and then being joined by several tributaries such as Skyid-chu, Uyaft-chu and others in Lhokha, Yarlung, Kongbu, etc., it enters the mountain gorges in a southernly direction” (Dsam.). g gtsaft-spra purity, gen. ex- ternal purity in living; g.tsaft-§pra- can possessed of cleanliness, clean, pure; SV4 gtsaft-^prar §pyod-pa moral purity, pure conduct. д1$ап-$рга$=Ц\&^ pure, and handsome: 5^ by practising asceticism with his’purity of living he adorned this grove (A. 6). gtsaft-wa 1. Tjfa, ч(?ПГ, vb. to be clean, pure. Also sbst. cleanliness, purity; and adj. clean, pure. Most frq. as sbst. with negation: $чркч impurity,
4^31 1001 4441 foulness, filth, human ordure, heap of all kinds of filth, mass of corruption, sometimes applied to the human body. Occurs as Tjfa,the pure; an epithet of Buddha (Jf.K). Я^’^ gt san-war gnas-pa one who leads a = religious life; khrus-kyi brtul-shugs-can (Mnon.), gtsan- war-byas washed, cleansed, stainless ; gtsaft-war-byed-pa to cleanse, purify, by sweeping or by dusting. Я^’5 gHaft-bu screen, parasol (Sch.) Я^'§5 gtsan-byed 1. 2. a hog. gtsan-byed mgon-po ^ПНТ-ЯГ4; an epithet of Indra (Mnon.). gtsan-ma 4f^=C pure, clean; sanctified, celestial: Я^’5^’ it has become clean and pure. In eolloq. t^angma is tho com. word for “clean,” opp. to t nog-pa dirty. Я^’*ГЯ$ЯЗЬ gtsan-ma gtsug-phud=^' $4 a novice-monk of the Bon religion. Я^’Я^’ gtsan-gtson steep, rugged, mountainous (Jd.). Я&ГЧ gtsab-pa to detach with a crow- bar (Jd.). 4|& btsah 1. rust, blight: rust of iron ; Ч the corn has been spoiled by blight. 4|£’q gtsi-wa pf. Я^ gtsis 1. to delight in, set store by, be fond of: Я^’^Я'^ by one who was very fond of pretty things, earthly goods and pleasure. 2. vb. to invite, summon, call, appoint (Sch.). gfsigs 1. prized, of importance; Я^Я*^’^ very important; я^Я*^ to prize, value; я'Я^Я^ unimportant; я’&Ч*^*4 head ornament, fig. = most high, supreme. Я^Я‘*Т gtsigs-che-ica^^iw adj. and adv. affec- tionate, dear, lovely. 2. in Mil. я^Я^’'4* qjtaN’q to subdue, to force, compel, also with supine, чл^чч^к/я^Я^’4 to compel to obey. 3. in Sch.: quick com- prehension, retentive memory. Я^Я^’4 gtsigs-pa 1. = ^’Л'^'ч^'я^Я^ to show one’s teeth, to grin. 2. glomerata^S. gtsir-ica, to press out, extract; -^Я^'Я^ §num-sogs-gtsir to press out oil. gtsug ^t, crest, the crown or top of the head; §'Я£Я crown of the head; ЯСЯ’б'4^4 to fasten on the crown of the head; ЯСЯ’З^ Я^Я'Я’^’З or Я^Я^ supreme, pre-eminent: ^я^’4 became ’ chief, gtsug-gi rin-po-che fantnsi jewel worn on the head or on the crown (Mnon.). Я<Я^ gtsug-tor faiT^s head- cover, head-dress, crest, etc.; but, chiefly = flame-shaped tuft or growth on the head of a Buddha ; Я<Я5^'3 a Sutra on mysticism (K. d. •*, 1/0J). ЯСЯ’ ^v^rcK’g'4'Йгяв^ V^^rci ^'q-я^’Ц a dharani about the goddess Vijaya (K. g. % 188). Я<ГЯ’^ gtsugJdan as met. the peacock (Mfton.). Я$Яgtsug-na nor-bu n. of a mythological king, believed to have been a former incarnation of Buddha (A. K. ch. iv.). ЯЗЯЛ^’^5 n. of a yaksha (L. ICah. 26.) ; ЯЗЯЛйГ4 an epithet of Mahes'vara who decorated his forehead with the moon obtained from the churning of the ocean (Mnon.). ЯЗЯ'^ gtsug-phud ^t, fwr, hair, the crown of the head, Я^'3'Я^Я’ 127
Ч)<ЧГО|Ч| I 1002 ^S| n* °f ’a king of fabulous origin (Л. K. 14 5) ; q^q'SYSr^-43uv ph nd rgyal-mtsan hchafi, an epithet of Mabes'vara {Mnon.); q^q^S'g'^ gtsug- phiid Ina-pa usrfsra = the lion; q^qUV?^ gtmg^phud-ldan a peacock; anyone with a crest. q^TSVS^B*** gtsugphud iAiul-khrim, one of the four Bon sages {G. Bon. 35.}; q^q’^S’^ gtsng-phud-hdsin fauwu< peacock. + q^q’^q gtsugJag defined as: ^qojqiwSjl q£q£q^Kq^ f 3§5‘qq’ {Vai. kar. 144) that which has ceine out of the head of the most holy, ?.<., the result of his intellect, and has been placed in tho hands of the inquirer; hence sciences, sacred literature, etc.; q^q-oiq^wq’qX’qjq the eighteen separate sciences; also, seems=?'lf5 $d'-piod Pitaka class. qfq^^q^^'^45M he was learned even in the learning of the Pitakas {A. 34). q^q’^q’s^ tsug-lag-bshi the four sciences: (1) §)‘<lS’q<q^q the science of letters; (2) O*v5K§q‘QWl the science- of language and .words, hr., grammar; (3) q^q§5’$ qSq^q the science of supreme enlightenment; (4) 4?q^ q^q ^q the science of worldly object and usefulness {К. my. q, 423). ^IqSq'^qTjyS^gtsug-lag kun-kyi ma- mo the alphabet, lit. the mother of di sciences. 4T§q^q-^' gtsug-lag^khan tjrewx, fwT a monastery, a temple; but in the present day most commonly applied to tho chief hall of worship and assembly in . any large monastery. In this sense a Tibetan remarked lately to one of the editors: q^q oiq’f;E4’^-^-'^q-S| ^'S,aNE4-S,|'q^,'4,45’4 in the congregation hall there are many coloured pictures on the walls. In Lhasa com. appellation of the Cho-khang or chief temple of that city. Syn. qvv4 gan-dho-la; dip- gtshafi-khafi; *&№'*№* mchod-ho$~gnar> gff»v Iha-khafl-, ^q^q^ Ihayi gna$-gshi; kun-dgah ra-tca; hdu-khafi; dkon-mchog gwm-gyi pho-bra ft {Mfion.). q^q-qqx5*2j gtsug-lag dafi-pozztf&w hkhor-ica tho world, the wheel of transmit gratory existence (Д(жм,). gtsug$-pa to plant, uvq^iprq to put in the ground; ifi ^q^q^r q<q*rq to plant crops (flag. 56). 2. to bore out, scoop out, excavate {Sch.). 3. = ЧД5Г<1. 'Qgt sub-pa pf. «ЦГад fysnb§ to rub; qfq’^v gtsub-fifi wood to make fire by friction. bsrtibi-pa to churn. q^-q gtse-wa, pf. q|*^ gtse§, v. htshc-wa. q^t’q gistn-wa= q^q gtei-гса {Sch.). • q£vq gtser-ica, l. = ^*q . htshe-wa, {A. 97); q^yq^q {Situ. 81). 2. disagreeable, offensive to the ear, not pleasant. l. = wrar or ^qq^q self, and even: the soul. 2. ^ч?т, chief, lord, master ; qT’fcfc and qlfadv., espe- cially, chiefly, principally; the chief of men, Buddha {Dzl.); the chief of all symbols, the principal one in a shrine, the deity to whom a shrine is consecrated. qW as a'title == sir, Mr.; cj^ crqT-tf-cfl q the six (gentlemen) minis-’ ters (Jd.). 3.=4^’S excellence . in
1003 reference to S&rq substance, reality, WH, я^, А1зо, = я£ч| or gtso-bo-nid superiority, excellency. gtso-bo-tshog§ the highest in perfection, the most excellent of its kind; or *ч to place foremost, to consider the first or most excellent. gtso-ma or я 1. refined, pure, without any alloy or mixture of base metal: unalloyed purified gold. 2. hemp (Sch.). gtso-ию lady; the most distin- guished, the noblest (of females): the most beautiful girl; a girl of tho worthiest and noblest appear- ance (ЛЛ7.); to be mistress, resp. (Jd.). old lady with hair adorned with gold, silver, and shells. =4*5 gtsod or a? btso Hodgson’s ante- lope, with straight horns standing close together and at a distance imparting the appearance of a single horn; hence Hue’s appellation of it as the unicorn. It is tho cko of provincial Tibetans, and occurs throughout the country from Ladak to the borders of Kansu and Szechuan. q^V^emale cho ; the young cho. “ plateau of antelope herds,” n. of elevated* table-land in Gage pro- vince lying between tho courses of the Sutlej and ono branch of the Indus; styled in maps Cho-chho Thol. Ч&] btsag nfbfi, ^fv^T^-red ochre, q&fsv fy$ag-thaft) 'bteag-ri, btsag-lung plain, hill; valley, of red 6arth. btsag-yug mineral substance : of several colours, generally=red ochre. ч&Т I fed ochre (applied) cures headache and inflammation of the bones. btsag-pa, v. also—; (Situ. 76). btsags-bu in (Л. 29). btsags-ma fine wheat or barley flour that has been well sifted or passed through the sieve (Rt$ii.). q&p btsag-mo a certain beverage, (Ja.). q&rq btsan-u'a pf. bt^ans; to press forward or into, squeeze one’s self in : pushed one’s way, into the assembly, in between the crowd (Situ. 76). btsan or ^^q 1. a species of demon, inhabiting a given locality and sometimes entering into a person visiting the place for a brief period and causing thereafter serious illness. 2. strict, secure, binding : 4^*^ strict orders, a strong Jong or fortress (flag. 55); Щ'ЭД I ’q-Qi-aw'^'q to bo long in merriment and secure in comforts and happiness; q&yq^fl^’q to enforce strictly; nag-btsan a firm promise; a safe, inaccessible retreat where no robbers or enemies can easily penetrate (ffbrom. F 3); also place of purity and eminence, exalted position: ЧД^q(Skin.) if here in the present life I have not held an exalted position, i.e., unless I have betaken myself to the pure and sanctified life. a strict and strong Jongpon. Btsan-dgon-pay n. of a monas- tery in Gsaft-phu (Deb. &5). q&p btsan-po 1. puissant/ mighty,’ powerful; strong, violent: u viru- lent .poison. 2. early name for-a king. It is said that while Tibet was under the
I 1004 I early monarchy the laws were enforced with the greatest severity and rigour, and because the kings administered them so well they were called 4^Q (Nag. 55). q^'q'^'&y^ Btsan-po No-mon~han one of the incarnate lamas of Chtr-khog mon- astery in Amdo whose position as a holy man was recognized oven by the Emperor of Cluna. He wrote the geographical work called Dsam-ling gye-she q^yEjw^ btsa/i-po ya-med^^ <’^q the black species of aconite (Sman. 109). q&fq ty sab-pa pf. ч^ч^ bGabs to cut binall, to chop, to mince, in C. ; ч^ч'^у chopping block С.; to pulveratc, to reduce to powder; pounded tlr bones {Situ. 56). q&T4 btsam-pa. or q^N'q у. ч^я'ч. q^'q bt.sa-ira 1. pf. t>tsa§ to be born to, to bring forth : a son was born to his wife; $ ч$ч’чгчч*гй ^q she was incapable of the chance of bearing children (Dzl.). 2. rccp. to watch, to look on, espy. bbah-ma ripening of corn in autumn in Tibet; harvest; to harvest. q^’q btsal-wa^ v. ч^огч htshol-ica: geeks for wealth ; qto’^r|5 gJtan-la bt*al-na$ rned having sought else- where, he got it (Situ. 76). q^q btsas-pa, v. ч^я'ч. q^'fa fysas-ston festivities and religious ceremonies at birth. q^^M btsa$-ma 1. also harvest, q^e'q to reap the harvest; reaped in the autumn season (Situ. 2. wages, pay; 5‘ч^эд ferry-toll. qlvq btsir-wa v. я^кч. q^cq^ Ыshags 1. iVfxra, ЯНТК, obtained; planted, established. 2. §gren raised. 3. чй^'ч Ъ§кгип-ра reared, grown, produced. ч^рг^ч* gtsugs- gin a tree that has been planted; established a custom (Situ. 76). gtsud-pa^Q#^ blsug-pa to put, insert: $nod-du btsutf put into a vessel (Situ. 76). W bt sun-pa 1. respectable, noble, (of race, family), ч^чг^й^ л noble lady, a lady of rank. 2. ’pj, ; in £’4.<y reverend: ч^ чуяя the ecclesiastics, priests; even ч^рт'»^ wicked priests. Gt long and Getsul who are of pure morals and learned are called ч<^’ч. Buddha is also called ч^уч the reverend one. qwq^^’q^W’q^W^q^ (K. d. 30J). fir*^ a monk’s cell. '3. creditable, honourable, faithful in observing religious duties, frq.: w^ q^y qjq q)^ learned, noble and good—three qualities; а^'ч^ч creditable discourse. Mil. even says of his cane: this cane of quite a serviceable quality (Jd.). btsun-ch 11Л a boy monk. 4^ 25 bl8un-po=Q&J\ 4 the noble Emperor of China ч^ q«c§\q to reverence (Cs.). bt sun-mo honorific term for a woman of rank, a queen: tysunmo-dafipo chief wife. 4^’w btsun-ma is applied to designate a Buddhist nun; and sometimes tho nunnery itself is designated ч^’Ч btsun-pa. fyt sun-mo dufi-gi thor-tsugs-can=\^i^ (8man. 77) ; ч^'ЙЛ^’З’^ btsun-mo idn-po-clic the ideal
| 1005 beauty who is fit to be the wife of a Cakravartti Raja (K. d. 4^-) btsun-mohi §kyid-tshat a lady’s grove or pleasure-garden ; btsun-mohi khol-po a lady’s attendant or slave, eunuch; bfsun-mohi- gna§ the zanana ; s^XwpSX btsun- mohi hkhor the attendants of a lady or queen; А^З^дс/я btsun-mohi sruft-ma the guards of a lady: ^q ^ц’я ^•gfq^wq qvgvq^g, (Can.). Syn- Зрг^я’^Е/я rgyal-rigs chuft-ma; goj Хл]яя rgyal-rigs-ma ; S'SJ’q^q Xi mi-yi bdag-mo ; *\а^'а§<я dicaft-bskur-ma ; яркя pho-bran hkhor-ma; яе^аХ$ hdren-pa- mo ; я*д\я sa-spyod-ma {Mfton.). ч^’Йф^я Btsun-mo Chu-tcam the wife of the Bon patriarch Safts-po who gave birth to eighteen sons and daughters (G. Bon, 23). q^’Xr^qai 'Xi btsun-mo dpal-mo hod-zer-can S'rimati Prabhavati, n. of the mother of Dipankara S'rijnana or Atis'a (A. 26). btsun-mohipho-braft female sanctum, a lady’s mansion. Syn. pho-bra ft hkhor-wahi khyim; я'^яч^я sa-spyod ma-gna§; srun-ma-can ; 5^dag-pahi mthah- can; kun-nas hgeg$; а^ач^я gtsaft-gnas; btsun-mohi khaft-pa (Mfton.). гфзгч fysum-pa Тйчч to wink with the eye; also а^яяq (Nag. 56); pf. ч^яя btsums (Situ. 76). чХся’ц btseft$~pa interchange, barter, shift. ЧХЯ’Ц btsem-pa pf. bisems: 4”’ аЗяя sewed the clothes. btses-pa^ pf. of & htshe: troubled by danger or mischief, troubled by persecution (Situ. 76). Чч^ btso or btso-wa 1. to dye. 2. (лс/q^q) distilling; also refining, v. ; цУя or ч^я'я a purified substance, а|^’чУ‘я purified gold. btso-lag-mkhan also л^'^ я^ colloq. =^я'я^ dyer ; hence : a bleacher, washerman (Mnon.}. btso-ma effi warm, boiled. nlf'f btso-rdsa a kettle, cooking pan. btso-zan, residuum of cooked wheat and millet (which is thrown away as refuse or given to cattle): g’cf -^E/q-S^ it would be like one suffering from nausea and taking tso-zan as food (Khrid. o2). btsog-pa 1. sbst. dirt, filth; fcecal matter: qV^E/q’^^Я^Я'ЯкЧ’^Я ‘ * q • q&|• q^E/я* q the food suitable for Buddhist monks and Brahmans such as the three white foods (milk, butter and curds) and three sweets (sugar, treacle and honey) should not be mixed up with dirt or filth (Hbrom. F 21). btsog-po adj. filthy, dirty. 2. rdeg-btsog-pa— to pelt mud at, to cast filth (^acj. 55). btsoft acc. to (fiag. 56).— tsoft onion: onions and leeks increase sleep and over- come flatulence on taking food. btsod leug-phra rift-pa a creeper; syn. \w*^-q dri-bzaft rtsa-wa; chuhi leug-ma; ^я я у aft-da (j linnet; dpag-tshad-
1006 q&ii hdtib-, $Lal-wahl lo-ma\ frqjfl U-brgan; qijq^'^q'gj^ bkra-icabi bdab~ldan (Mfton.). 3^*3 btsod-hbrn seeds of this plant. btsod-shin plantation of madder, field wherein madder is grown. q&j btson or чХург fyson-khaA prison, jail. In ЛЛ7. fyson-doft.iB used. fyson-lto provisions for a prisoner, which, it seems, are supplied by the friends*of a prisoner in Tibet; certain kind-hearted people also furnishing funds fur tho same. In Tibet the state does not give food to those whom it imprisons. a prisoner; a con- victed criminal; q^^^yci or to take prisoner, to put into captivity; q to set free from imprisonment; hostage, fig. people that are snowed up (Ja.); htson-rdsi or bison- wuft jailer; qfywk1 tyson-rar-bciti imprisoned in the jail. Syn. btson-ra; §khri-mun; q3q-qrjy< hchift-wahi khyim; til- mar ra-wa; hkhrul-tfkhor-kJiyini; dud-khafi (Affton.). zq^Qfq bt sol-tea, pf. ^'4 htshol-wa. btso$y pf. of dyed coloured. btso$-ma any thing dyed. q&rq btsho^-pa cooked, boded (ДГЯоп.). rtsa I: fw, 1. vein, artery, Y'w the three principal arteries, which are however of a mystic nature; # SkQpfc/org'q muscles. It is mentioned in Kah-дуит that there are 1072 smaller and larger veins in the human body. 2. intestine, bowels: rtsa-la тдуид-pahi $man drug tho six medicines which move the bowels. 3. the pulse ; tta-wa to .examine or. .feel the pulse. Tibetan physicians .always feel the left wrist of a male patient using their right hand, to do,so, but feel.the right wrist of a female patient using their own left hand. They also examinonthe pulse or eirculative force in other parts of the body. .ttsa-chus in C. % cramp. Syn. hbab-ldan; V™ ru$-pa hchift-byed (Mfton.). II: particle connecting tho tens with the units: one and twenty, i.e., twenty is the principal number and one is over it; again, after <3J and where also daft-rtsa is not unusual : = 2,007. i’Bs rtsa-khrid=-^^ lineage or family extraction (ДГЯод.). ' rtsa-ltuft rg у archer hgrel- pa n. of a Buddhist Sanskrit work on the principal sins or moral corruption (J. 136). rtsa-phun n. of a place in Tibet (Bon. ch. 5). rtsa-tra 1. the root, both actually of plants and fig. of other things; Г'ЧVI six (medicinal) roots, viz. carrot, PiS ВЧ-4, *q"I3 ”; to pull out with the root, to eradicate, extirpate; fMf’facf, uprooted fully extin- guished, destroyed from the root, 4^’q drawn out with the roots, or (Mnon.). rtsa-wa-nas has also come to be used in tho C. colloq. with the vb. in the negative .as=never, but only with the present and future tenses: fta yaft- skyar rtsa-wa-nas hgro-rgyu med I shall.
I 1007 f I tiever go again; “tanda khorafi nga-la tsa-гса-пе lep-kyi-ma-re ” he never eomes to me now. 2. origin, primary cause, source, also e.g., to cut off the cause of transmigration, to deliver a soul from transmigratory exis- tence; or ?Г5‘^5’4 to examine closely, to investigate thoroughly. are the three primary moral evils, viz: and Ж rtsa-bral without origin, without begin- ning or end, unlimited; a virtuous deed, as a cause of future reward; original sin ‘sin inherited from former births’ (&Л.); an original treatise; 5’4^’ ^’агч a commentary of the original work; the Prajna-paramita the real mother or producer of all Buddhas; the real nature; original words, original of a letter or document. In the sense of “ really,”* “ in its very essence,” “from the very root or core,” is prefixed to certain adjectives as an augmentative. Thus in describing great sanctities as the Dalai Lama, the Pan- chhen Lama, etc., they are said to be; essentially great, really holy, etc. This augmentative is said to be not applicable to laymen however lofty- their rank. Also, in ge?. rt sa-chen = very great. rtsa-wa-nas Mar- tea to shave or scrape entirely away. # j Rfsa-sgye* place in Tibet in the neighbourhood of which Hbrotn $ton*pa Rgyal-icahi hbyun-gna§ was born: 5^'3’ first he was born in the direction of Rtsa:sgye which is towards the north (Л. 136). ' + rtsa-ba-lna, the five cardinal virtues said to be the roots from which the Mahayana doctrine springs: (1) 9^' ^’5 love; (2) compassion, mercy; (3) ; (4) ^rqq^'qNA^N’Q ; (5) ?<q*q* not wishing to imbibe faith in any other school of Buddhism. ’ 1ГЧ w rtsa-wa-mafi= kln-qin lit. the tree of numerous roots. (Шоп.). rtsa-lag=tffa'ti relation, friend : adorations be to those holy men the noble lamas who are the friends of the doctrine (A. 1). The enemies of Buddhism are called friends of the evil one; those who believe in Buddhism are called friends of religion. §5 rtsa~fag~byed=j$'% a husband (Шоп.) ; without relatives; rtsa-lag htsho one that supports his friends and relatives. rtsa-gsum kun-hdu$ the assemblage of the three principal ones in mysticism: (1) g the deity represented in the SJ’N or Guru; (2) the scripture existing in the or tutelary deity; (3) the spirit, represented by Khadoma (Khrid. 4). $rtswa gen. though incorrectly, written as i rtsa, <вчг, grass, herb, small plant. Also=hay, dry grass, straw, rtsa-khan thatched house; Ifift rtsa-snon Ч4Б: green grass; rtsa-can covered with grass, grassy; also, n. of a town in ancient Magadha; gaf jot q^*^* JSqq-^Ед ‘ * 2ft • in the city of Tsaehan (Kus'a) formerly there was the palace of a very powerful king called Kus'achan (IT. du. \
I 1008 । 592); 3 rtsa-mchog the best or holiest of grass, hence the sacred Kus'a grass; 3 the town of Kus'a where Buddha died rtsa- thag or grass-rope (Rtsii.); rtsa-thun grass-gatherer; rtsa-dur- Lha or ^*q (ДГЯо?1.) fine green sward grass called ; it is included in or eight auspicious objects of the Hindus ; rtsa-gdan grass-mat on which Brahmans generally sit. 5'^5$ r^w- gshon-ни fresh shoots of grass; rtsa- zan rtsahi gzg$- та, (Л. It. 2-55) [a fragment or piece of gras^]/?.; q rtsu-^zod.pa in q 1 ojT^q^ in the Hi ma vat mountains there is a kind of grass which if tho cow eats she yields tho best milk for making butter (К. my. f4, 129); q rtsahi- khafi-pa a straw-house, a house thatched with straw, rtsa-khahi ztt-pa the dew on the grass blades; 3rtsa-hdam = marsh-grass, grassy swamp, the grass belonging to tho government of Lhasa growing in the swamps of Rkyafi- thafi Naga in the N.W. environs of Lhasa. rtsa-hbyo n. of a large number (Ya-sel. 51). OS rtsa-phud one of the thirty-six border countries (Ya-pd. 38). rtsa-wahi-§d the four earliest divisions in the Buddhist society: (1) W *5^S^g*q wsnfW^t; (2) wSylfq^T- HTflpi; (3) «fq^'q^q HVTHlWfa; (4) 555’* rtsa-cRm-ma | 5'^ rtsa-mi principal man. Srtsa-med-ma without basis. rtsa-rtse, abbr. of yq and (Jig. 29). rtsa-yi $nifi-po^%^ the ba- nana plant (Mfion.). rtsa-ra, punishment under law given in a court of justice. rtsa-len-pa [a small fine]& К rtsa-$e§ primitive wisdom. £q-q5'q rtsa-fyad-pa •nrhr lit. he who has explained the fundamental doctrine; an epithet of Naropa tho Tantrik sage who lived in the tenth century A.D. rtsa-gsum-pa, Яг^хт: [the three headed, a demon of fever] 8. Risag§, a celebrated lama of the Rdzogs-chen sect of the Rnifi-ma school (Deb. 19). rtsafi a kind of thorn, bramble. £^’5’^ rtsafi-pa rgya-rgan, v. rtsafi&pag the skin of a lizard. rtsafi-rtsafi n. of a sa-bdag monster. rtsafi$-pa Wnisr, the chameleon, a kind of lizard ; ЮТ*’ if the tail of the chameleon is tied round the body one’s health is preserved (or is protected againist influence of evil spirits) (K. g. 49). Syn. Ькга-ыа\ skyin-дог] %' tta-yid-byid-, *w| sog-le-can:, ral-gri-ean\ mdufacan] khyim- Idan; mig~$man-rtsa; nin-so- ка ; gtjolJdan; rgyal-ica chu- wo (Mfion.).
1009 <51 I: rtsad=$^ root, to root out, to eradicate. II: track, place of being, actua- lity; chiefly occurs in phrase rtsacl gcod-pa to track out, search after or into, inquire for: rtsad ma-chod unable to trace one’s whereabouts ; ^'3^51 (Л. 56) he was not found when called by the Prince, could not be found though sought for, and though asked for every- where he could not be traced ; since last year he was being inquired about (A. 66); (Л. 125) except you there was none to search him out. rtsab-pa or rtsab-rtsab, v. rt sab-mo acidula- ted rice-water. rtsab-rtsob Ш fickle, unsteady, not firm: rtsab-rtsob-tu soft- hdug he has become very fickle. rtsabs-pa 1. (Nag, 56) vb. to chop or cut into small pieces like meat. 2. ferment, barm, yeast, prepared from barley-fiour; a sweetish sort of bread, made up with it; a beverage brewed from roasted meal (^’4) and water, and made to ferment by adding butter-milk, esp. liked in winter; also called (Jd,); rtsab§-ru tsha a kind of salt in appearance like burnt treacle: VI rtsam-pa parched barley ground into meal, the staple food of Tibetans in country places and eaten in large measure by both dwellers in town and country. Is usually sopped in soup or tea into pasty balls. ЗГя'ВЯ rtsam-khug bag, containing flour of parched barley (Mfton.) ; rtsam-gner keeper of parched barley-store; rtsam-phog wages or allowance in parched barley flour, given to monks and menials in Tibet (Rtsii.); rtsam-shib the finest parched barley flour which is taken by the highest class of officials (Rtsii.). rtsam-gin — ^t (mystic) (Min, rda, 3), rtsar-=%'*\ or near, close to. 3^1 rtsalp=^^ (Nag, 56) skill, dex- terity, adroitness: a skilful, prac- tised hand IF. ; g magical dexterity; strength and dexterity (Glr.) ; rtsal-gyi mchofts gymnastic feat; rtsal-hgraft-pa to vie in skill; rtsal-sgrub, business-like and expert. r^aZ-c/^-гт or 1. very powerful, prowess; adroit as a gymnastic wrestler, etc.; also sbst. athlete, juggler, etc., (Dzl., Ja.). 2. = ^' a conch shell trumpet (mystic) (Mift. 3), rtsal-mtlion-pay efficient: versed in the metaphysical work Lam-rim; also one who is an adept in the ascetical meditation on Nirvana (A, 118,), rtsal-rdan skilful, expert, adroit; rtsal-pa вд powerful; ^ g^’ rtsal-sbyoft bodily exercise, nimbleness, agility ; ^’^gS’ nimbleness in running ; g^‘ agility in flying; jroi’gi’q rtsal-§byoft-wa to practise, or im- prove one’s skill (Mil.); ^’^5 rtsal-med unskilful; rtsal-qor all skill is gone (Jd.), rtsa§-ma, v. А^я’я btsas-rna. 128
1010 I rtsi 1. varnish, paint black paint, red-paint; J" gilding, 5^’^ silvering. rtsi-khra-ma> appliances of painting {Rtsii i); rtsi- .^rou, paint-box rtsi-sob lading paint colour or varnish {Jig. 21b J. all fluids of a certain consistency, such a. the juice of some fruits, certain sccre- Нопч, etc.: fruit-tree; honey, juice cull ectcd by boos; 5} secretion in tho bag near the navel of the musk deer ; £ nad-ky' гкуш-rtsi a medical draught, ])'tion; nectar; white-wash. £'4 rti-khu or £" 5 fruit-stone, also the к rncl. lit. juice-elixir; Ln<\y <mysti<” .JZ/a. J;; rt*i- b ad snifi-po butter churned out of milk. rb -ro-Ji* or asafoo- tida (mystic i2fifi. о . rt i-ma-gld n. of a medicine wliich i ^aid to pc^ess tho virtue of making all p Jbons including snake venom ineffectual: there is a medi- cinal oil called rt 'ana ghi which destroys all poisons; a venomous snake at its smell will go away НЬгот. dlJi. rf ihi rg^al^u lit. the prince •f medicinal oils or sap; n. of a kind of tree. prob, tho Gar, ing from which a medi- cinal oil is obtained 7Г. d. *, 117). rt°ihu n. of a plant, = fsn^ {Vai- tf. [Panicatn ;taliaini~\S. 5'4 rtsi- -a -or pf. rtsi$, >r brb fut. brtsi, imp. fydsis 1. to count, to reckon, compute: having computed which day would bo auspicious for setting out; $A'§'^*rc’£'*rcrl?ic;’ please reckon tho time by the clock; counting the seats on each side; number of boys ought to be reckoned. 2. to estimate, consider, in general judgments: ’^’$”4 to consider good qualities as faults; he may bo reckoned to strike, f.c., he is very likely to strike (in C.); rgyu brtsi$-yas having considered the cause. rtsig-gc=$Q a mouse. on the flour bowel sat the mouse Smug-chufi {Rdsa. If). rtJg-rtsig, squeaking of the mouse. H’4 rtsig-pa vb., pf. brtsi&s or imp. rtsigs 1. to build, to erect: rtsig-pa Iprtsigs built a wall {Situ. 70) \ build it well! S'/o rtsig-pa to wall up a door. 2, sbst. a wall; masonry, stones, horn, etc. piled up: those pictures painted on the wall; Lha-sahi phyogs fydiir rt sig-pa-can de JJia-sa-mthil >7/ x z<r the Availed portion of Lhasa is called Lhasa Thil. rtsig-gu = r* sig-pa; f*1 rt dg-fio$ side of a wall, face of a wall; rtsig-rdo stone for building; foundation stone ; rtsig- dpon master-mason, architect; bzo-wa brick-layer, mason. rts'g-rlag tho house-martin {Rtsii.). rtsigs-ma grounds, tea-leaves, sediment, the turbid matter of a decoc- tion; and thus in gruel made of barley the fluid portion is called and the thick sediment is called the of the gruel.
1011 I rtsift-po adj. and sbst., gritty, coarse; unrefined, rough, rude; coarseness: ^ч’^с.’ or abbr. of t-ч-ц and ^чЙ (Rtsii.) fine and gross; rtsam~pa rtsin-po coarse barley flour; rtsift-phye coarse meal, grits; rude manners or behaviour (Glr.); rtsift-cho$ coarse doctrine, a reli- gion which has become mixed up; ^’$5 rtsin-thud coarse sort of cheese. rtsid-p)(iy or §pu-rtsub-po coarse hair; the rough longhair of the yak; $5*4 rtsid-thag a rope manufactured of yak-hair; saddle-cloth of yak-hair; $5$^ tent cover- ing made of yak-hair ; rtsii-phyar, WWj[, yak-hair rope; rtsid- phyift felt. $59 ttsij-bu a kid: rtsid- bu chu mi h do d-pa the kid that does not like water (Lo. 7). СЧ rtsib or ; a rib ^•$=гя id. (fiag. 56). from between the ribs; all the ribs of the right and left side (Dzl.); $*r pain about the ribs; $4’B^ rtsib- khyim a hut made of the ribs of larger animals such as yak, camel, etc.: $Ч’В*’ (Yig. 25) it is exceed- ingly good to set up a house with ribs (probably for the use of Tantrik priests). It is also stated that a house built with trusses laid like the ribs of a yak or camel from the ridge piece is considered safe and good. rtsib-hbigs -(w) W34 n. of a great number. rtsibs-ma VC 1. the spoke of a wheel, frq.; in ornamental designs the |wi 'Ttsibs-ma are often fanciful figures, supplying the radii of the circle. 2. the sticks or ribs of a parasol, canopy, etc. (Glr.); the spars of a felt-tent, the ribs or stretchers of a hide boat (Schtr.) rtsibs-kyi mi-khyud that which composes the.rim of a wheel; also = VC^fa n. of a king of the past Kalpa who is said to have had a thousand sons destined to be born as the one thousand Buddhas of the present age ^У1д* 16.); $w^ rtsibs- ri spurs of mountain radiating from a nucleus. rtsibs-logs tni side. $^ rtsi§ jtw, irfSru, ^Т<ггг 1. counting, reckoning, enumeration: inu- merable. 2. account or accounts: $^‘§5‘q or to make account; to calculate, to compute, accounts added up; to count together, to sum up (Dzl.); an account cleared or settled; $*r^ or to find by com- putation ; $V|9 rtsis-khra or $^*Вй’я table of figures or accounts (Rtsii.) rtsi§-mkhan a computor, accountant. or Chinese astro- logy. 3. estimation, esteem: $^'5 Ц' to value, to make much of, $*r$v one that makes much of his own body by indulging and adorning it (Thgy.); v he respected her beyond measure (Ja.). $vpiv rtsi§-khan a government account office; n. of the ac- countant-general’s office at Lhasa, this being the central office whither all the Government accounts of the various dis- tricts of Tibet are rendered and there audited. $^чр^ rtsi$-hkhri§ making over or re- turning the articles of dregs, official robe,
1012 weapons, hat, etc., to government treasury taken as loan by an officer of the state for his personal use during the time of his incumbency, also his replacing them by new ones if he has damaged or lost tho old ones : qws^^qr^q^§5 (D. $el. 11). to reckon up. rtsis-rta government ponies lent to certain officials. тЫ$-ра also Wfi ac- countant, chronologist, astrologer. Syn. 5*^*4 lo^c^-pa; ^-?|Hq du$-$e$- pa; ^'q q b$kal-pa $cs-pa; J^SSV4 $kar-dpyad-pa ; tywh-skar-ipkhan; gN 54^ lta$-mkhan; liases; intshan-mkhan-pa ; 9]^^ grafi$-$e$; 5]^*r grafl$-rig (AffioH.). rtsis-dpe account book; an astrological or astronomical work. rtsis-dpon a treasury officer and inspector of jong-pons’ accounts; they go on tours of inspection, c.r/., the tsi-pon stationed at Shigatse visits periodically Gyang-tse, Khamba-jong, cte. rtsi§-gshi phyog$-b$grig$ n. of the standard work on tho subsidies, pensions, allowances, &c., that the govern- ment of Lhasa makes. This work has been largely quoted in this compilation its abbreviation being noted as “Rtsii.” rtsi^gshi nor-bulR bafi-mdxod another account code of the government of Lhasa. rtsub-pa I: ^cr 1. vb. to revile, abuse, as in йк^лч 2. a javelin. Syn. £rZafl-wa; ^’^5 she-gchod (#. Lex.). n S-л-ч II: 1. adj., uneven, >o rough, nigged,- coarse: rugged ravines; also, applied to anything of a stinging pungent or acrid taste, such as onions and similar strongly-tasting things. rtsub-hgyur-tshal thicket, wood, forest. 2. = 3'^5 жт rough in temper, biting (in remarks)=^g^’Zi brlafi-po (S. Lex.). fetj rtsub-po pt sub-mo ЯЗТ adj. rough, rudo, wild. rtsub- mohi reg-bya an officinal thorny plant (ДЬон. also K. d. % 214). I" rtse or £ Й fa’Jn 1. the uppermost place or rank; point, top, peak, summit. house-top, STt1 point of ‘a knife, “lap-tse” summit of a moutain pass; 9’1’$' tog-rtse in colloq. = a little, a few (opp. to *^); hat with high crown or conical top; to break off the point, to blunt. 2. ‘any point, or particular spot, point as an object of thought: to look at one parti- cular point; also -adv., to look steadily: -3]§ to '^ qr having entered into medi- tation he concentrated his mind on one particular object (of thought); this life’s only aim, (Jd.); rtse- rgod [a sharp-pointed knife]#. 3. sometimes = edge. rlse-mchog [in the front]#. ztse-chun tho arteries whieh pass from the head on either sido of the neck. ^‘4^’ Rtse-thaft a large town, often known as Chethang, situated on the south bank of the Yeru Tsang-po just where the Yarlung Chhu flows in, in lat. 29° 14' N., long. 91° 43* E. Is accounted tho third largest town in Tibet and has many Chinese traders resident in it.
1013 rtse-phran a crown, a head-orna- meat. Syn. £рг|‘9 prog-shu\ mgo-rgyan (Mfion.). t"# rtse-mo top point: pq’ ЗТЙ the point of a needle; rtse- mo-gug a bent point; rtsc-mo-nid pointedness. ftse-mor-hgro-wa to advance, to come or move forward reaching tho climax; rtse-mor-sofi reached the climax, gone to the top, attained to the highest perfection. rtse-dmsn^S9^ low; also, appa- rently, = thun-wa short (ДГЯоя.). rtse-shifi dgah-ldan-pa ^T-f- ^Tr.HT jolly, fond of play. rtse-gsum fq?n^, a trident; the weapon made use of by (or Ganes'a), by (°r Mahak^la), and by (a form of Samvara). rtser-hgro or = principal, chief, superior. + rtw-phpibs-=^*<^ perfected, thorough, finished. rtser-b*hugs-pa sit- ting at the top, mounted high. rfser-son 7ГН, w?r, in front. Г’Л rtse-wa, pf. rt§es, sifter or rt$ed-mo rtse-wa to play, frolic, disport one’s self, take recreation, play games: to play at chess; S“*9' to skip about; 1“V t’V’IMS'4 = to divertone’s self, to take recreation; they wont on a pleasure party into the garden. Seems to be used also in obscene sense: I mean to enjoy her. rtse-mkhan player, gambler, gamester; rtse- dgah-ma a skipping playful joyous maiden; rtse-grogs or play- mate ; rtse-rgod mirth and laughter ; rtse-ma frolic, playing; rtse- sems-can giddy, mirthful, light-hearted. rtse-hjo play; theatrical perform- ance, any amusement in dancing, singing, and playing. Syn. rol-rtsed; l*yq rtsen-pa; bro-gar; zlos-gar; hchams-pa hdod (Mnon.). 5"^ rtse-shwa, the hat worn by Rtse- drun (chief clerk or secretary) of the government. Гуч rtseg-pa pf. brtsegs 1. to amass; to be avaricious : do not covet (also, do not count upon) gold if Dharmapala is to be invited here (A. 64). 2. to arrange, to lay one thing on another, to pile up: an upper storey of a house, an apartment built on another; balcony on the roof of a house; a chait ya which has been built upon two dorje placed on the ground like a cross or with a cross on the top. 3. to pulsate, to gasp; successive action, automatic movement: short-breathed, panting, gasping, from fright, etc., or as a sign of approaching death. rtsegs-pa, row, stratum. t“4prq^’£j3i rtseg-pahi sfion, the green or moss growing on the side of a wall which is exposed. + В-*]'ease, less trouble;=515sred-shen che-wa, earnest desire or longing for; one very eager in love.
Г«Ч 1014 rtscfi-ка pf. 6rfsefi$, fut. QjE/ brheft, imp. brfsoft* qt rtsoft, to tuck up, truss up. rt zed-pa also rtsen-pa^&Q play; to frolic. Syn. Xoi# roZ-wo; t”ч rtsc-wa\ 3V* rt« n-pa (Mfton.). rs’* rtsed-mo 1. play, game: 5^,£i*'^V^'§V4 to engage in mirthful sports; 3}’^§5'q to sing, danco and play. 2. any toy; child’s play, children’s toy. rtscd* то-can play- ful, sportive, merry; play, amuse- ment, diversion (Jd.) : J5’35 rtsed-$kyod = J“5V|4 merriment; rt* d-grogz-kyi ma-ma a nurse employed to play with an infant or child, to keep it engaged and sooth it; rtwd-dgah merriment; tfsed-dgah-ma, a darling, she who gives delight. rtwd-hjo or in eolloq. rtsoi- hjo public amusement, popular pleasure, яф, fm, я rtsed-hjohi chu-fyo river Narbadda, according to some, a name of tho Indus (Mnon.). SV* rts^d-ma the disagreeable feeling in the teeth produced by acids, Sch. (Jd.). rtsed-am a shivering, cold shud- der (Ja}. playing, making sport or diversion; enjoying (Л.К. lll-fr.): enjoying himself after his own fashion to the very utmost. rtsen-min Chinese name for the Yoga-carya school. rtsen-pa 1. as met. the sun (Mfton.). 2. v. rtsed-pa jocund and careless. rtsehu [1. a thorn. 2. a shower]S. rtsehu-chuft^ the veins of the neck: (Khrid. 116). 1. rtsog-pa, v. brtsog-pa. 2. (5^<q) W, hgro-ica pioneer, one gone ahead or going on ahead. rtsod-pa I: vb., pf. $rt§ad to contend by words, to dispute, wrangle; to use bad language in quarrelling ; a contention, great quarrel; a metaphysical debate or discussion; (Hbrom. 120.); the basis or the subject of disputation. rtsod-pa ynra-tca to provoke, quarrel by words; Ttsod-pa shi- war byed-pahi cho^-bdan the seven virtues or qualities for putting an end to quarrelling. rtsod-сап^^'^'Ч'^ an epithet of the river Yamuna (Mfton.). rtzod-ldan one who is frequently quarrelling, a quarrelsome person. Also= the present age which is full of disputations; rtsod-mkha§- pa clever in disputation; earnest, zealous; rteod-du$ also=MW> a province in ancient India border- ing the Indian ocean south of Orissa. rtsod-pahi-$ift [the plant Terminalia bellerica or the tree of strife, being supposed to be the favourite haunt of imps and goblins] S'.
1015 Гм rtsod-pa-la shng§-pa one involved in dispute, litigation, controversy, etc. ^•q^^-qS^q rtsod-pa Ihur-len-pahi Ita-ica inviting controversy or rushing into fight or disputation. rtsod-byed-ma=згчм (Mnon.). [the tree Pongamia glabra\S. rtson or rtson-ma in Purig = nausea, vomiting (Ja.). rtsOm-pa vb., pf. brtsams or rtsom^ imp. rtsoms 1. to begin anything, to set about an under- taking, to start: «Qj*rqK4$wq being about to run away; it was about religion that our dispute began; ?3fafq^wq’«w beginning, stirring up an insurrection; beginning, from here, from that time to begin to do a work (Л.2Г.). 2. to practise, to accomplish: so he will not accomplish the business of healing. 3. to compose, to draw up, in writing: the writer of a religious work, author;. or ^qq^^q a clever writer, an elegant composer; a school in which religion is taught and explained combined with disputations and written compositions. 4. as sbst., a beginning, commence- ment, a doing, undertaking: 4’5^5 the first beginning. rtsol-гса= wfl, зтатч 1. vb. to endeavour, to take pains; now you must exert yourself ; 5р>]-^orq srog-rtsol-wa acc. to Seh.: to draw breath; VPP’T'4’4 to take fresh courage. 2. sbst.zeal, endeavour, exertion: rtsol-гса §kyed-pa to use diligence (Jd.); rtsol-pjrub perseverance • in the acquisition of wealth or learning (spiritual or worldly): however enterprising you be in the acqui- sition of worldly things (Khrii. 51). № rtsol-wa-can Mimnl one who takes great pains; rtsol-war adv. dili- gently, zealously. * qjrqprq brtsags-pa = sin. brt$ad-pa or brtsam-pa, v. rtsod-pa and rtsom-pa (Situ. 76). brtscun-gyiirJas work that has been undertaken; commencement, an undertaking; (&’d) com- menced, commencement. brtsal Wflni care and assiduity; brtsal ma-thag-tu byun-wa that which comes just out of careful work, outcome of care and assiduity. brtsal-pa 1. [prohibi- ted^. 2.=|ч]^ ч skyugs-pta vomit- ing, nausea. brtsa§, = tS^^ (Situ. 76). brtsi arithmetic, reckoning ; brtsi-ya§ (9]^) uncountable, innu- merable ; brtsi-yas-las b§gres- pa wwtfbrw. stone wall, фвр’ч brtsigg-pa [1. ugly. 2. n. of a god]& brtsig pf. of fr*ro: (Situ. 76) . brtsn-wa=Jsw-wa, to welcome and to receive (a guest). brtsub fagpr. >o brtse-chen most affectionate; loving; parents: t M’
1016 q^orq| У '3’q|W«fc- *• M’V q^’H b rt-ica 1. vb. to love, usually preceded by or 4N out of love, kindness, f g.<> to give something out of love ; words of love, kind exhor- tations. 2. sbst. love, affection, kindness, mercy: bit - -wa-can affectionate, loving, land, \ Mfion.); brt - -гса-та хит the beloved one, or spn’^e ; $rZo<-?C6F imd-pa ^IX, efi < ruthless, unkind, unmerciful, ungracioub; brt^-ldan ЖЩ, kind, gracious, loving, affectionate, merci- ful: \Yig. k. 86). ’Й-е/ brt<-ldan sems-kyi me- left a complimentary address to a friend; &/’/ ‘-и-ahi phyag-bri$ your very kind or affectionate letter; re«p. loving, affectionate; ip/ brb -trap skyofi = WW^'^4 affection- ately exhort or treat (Mnon.); brf^-icap-hd (Mfion.) brt^gxpi. of J7’!'4 Q- v.: Г^'4'g* built up one storey upon another ; piled or built upwards (Sitr. 76^ ; brtseg$-pa ono above another oj* piled ono upon another; a masonry wall. frrf*' fip or brtsafis a short robe or dre^s \^g> 67). Msem$-pa is a form of the pf. of brt*on-hgru* industry, diligence, p/siduity; great industry; n4* to use diligence, n? show energy, zeal, etc.; brtson-hgwis drag-po intense application; brtson-hgru§-can zealous, assiduous, diligent; *14^ brson-hgrus-nam$-te having lost one’s energy, zeal having diminished (Ja.); ’Q brtson-hgrn§ by (d-pa to be industrious. brtson-hgru$ bzafi-po n. of a Buddhist sage men- tioned by Kshemendra in his introduction to A^adfcna Kalpalata. q^-q brtson-pa 1. vb. to strive, to aim at, to exert one’s self for: in the aecumulation of merits, learning, or wealth. 2. subst. endeavour, effort, care, exertion; S‘q’Q,’c,Fdi*ci alacrity, readi- ness to act; brtson-pta Ihod-par ono who has relaxed his industry or zeal in any work. 3. adj. = or diligent, assiduous, studious. stsal = 2. in ^^'?'cu=resp. said, commanded, ordered; also used alono: com- manded to do. $fscl-wa = sel-wa. §tf*og$-pa [a neigh- bour] ^srq to give, grant, to bestow, confer; also, to restore; please grant, etc.;’ 3)'W j*]*r Jai pray, give me provisions for the journey; bkah-slsat-ita^1^* to com- mand, to give expression to; to bestow spiritual gifts and miraculous abilities. •Ь b§tsag§~pa = accumulated, hoarded; earned. EJ|UQJ’4 b§tsal-paany message; also = he spake, commanded ; he bestowed.
tsha the aspirate of and the eighteenth letter ef the Tibetan alphabet; acc. to Tibetan grammarians it corre- sponds with the Sanskrit <. M I: tsha 1. num. fig.: 18. 2. for 3. when is preceded by а qualifying word, as in Tibetan salt, it is not correct to write though singly signifies salt. aS II: in Budh. l. = the general pro- tection that the Tathagata extends to all living beings against worldly miseries (7Г. my. % 207). 2. Rgq-q* (K. g. u, 42). Tsha repre- sents the state from which there is no passing away, also that which being indis- soluble delivers all. III: n. of a tribe of Tibet (J. Zan.). tsha-§kor=^'tt'^ grandchildren. tsha-kha target, the black spot on it where an arrow should hit; the object aimed at (Rtsii.). tsha-khan place where are kept. Tsha-kho n. of a place in jrfrXs. the mountainous country to the east of Kham$ and bordering on China (LoA. 6). tjia-hkhru diarrhoea. tsha-ga-pa locust, called in Khams which acc. to grass- hopper. tsha-gran temperature, the degree of warmth of anything, sun- stroke, the diagnosis of this disease whether it is based upon heat or cold so as not to mistake the origin of disease being very difficult (Mng. ch. 13). Tsha-sgan one of the six Sgdn pro- vinces of Khams (Rtsii.). tsha-gcig-ma thick blanket, quilt . C. (Jd.). tsha-lcib, v. |ч’О. tsha-chas lunch : lunch and the afternoon meal (Rtsii.). tsha- ja the tea that is taken as soon as midday- halt is made by travellers for refreshment: t (Khrid. 17). v. tsha-phog. tsha-tin or tsha-ldifi morning time between 8 and 9 a.m. tsha-drag (gors'^q). 1. very busy, making haste, hurrying about; *VT5 tsha- drag-tii quickly, without delay. 2. any article of food made saltish. tsha-gdnA 1. шг afflictions from disease; sufferings from fever. 2. ^nn, shade, umbrella. tsha- gdun-can the spring season; fire. tsha-uad v. post tsha-sna anxiety, soEcitude; tsha-$na-can W. soEcitous, careful, attached; tsha-^na med-mk]wn W. indiffer- ent, unfeeEng, callous (Ja.). 129
। 1018 I tska-phan-tse C. dresser, kitchen table. tsha-phog the midday-halt; travel- lers in Tibet and upper China halt for their morning meal a little before noon. In such countries travellers begin their day's journey after taking a cup of tea early in the morning, sometimes an hour or two before day-break. I: hha-ica 1. vb. to be hot; since in summer tho rays of the sun are very hot. 2. sbst. heat: q^ ^q q t a ha-tea $ gdufi-ica to be tormented by the heat of the day (S.g.); * qi^sj during the heat of tho day, at noon ; ^ q the heat changed into coolness; q tska~wa§ rmya-ica to lose one’s appetite in consequence of great heat (&Л.); ^q^S tsha-tca-nid ’зчга heat; *'q'S^ tsha-ica-ldan possessing warmth, hot;^'q'»>S without heat, or warmth, cool; ^q'&< tsha- u'a ham slightly warm. ^ q5'^ hha- irahi-ma pungent. <*'q*r^ tsha-was- ncn drought, want of rain. 3. adj. warm, hot. In C.eolloq. the adj. used takes the form tsha-po: it has become hot. 4. n. of the 6th hot-hell. ^q §jq hha-ica-$grib parasol, umbrella, that shades from tho heat of the sun. Syn. ni-gdugs ; had-$kyob. *q*3* tsha~ica-<pn VTfe a medicinal tree, Terminalia catappa. Syn. lan-bu-can; diar-spr in-can ; §’*£**< lha-mtshnn$; sprin-la-rdeg ; 45?SHq9’^VT| brgya-byin hbras-bdag; ho-ma-can; in-gu- d> (Mnon.). ^’qS‘^5 hha-u’ahi-Had fever, the differ- ent kinds of whieh are : (1) gal-mdo, (2) ri-than-mtshain^ (3) ma-pnin tsha-wa, (4) tgyat-tehad, (5) $ton§-tshad, (6) *jq ^ gab-hhad, (7) ^’^5 snifi-tshad, (8) §nog§-tshad, (9) hgratn§-hhad, (10) hkkrttgs- hhad, (11) rim§-hhadt (12) hbrum, (13) тдуи*д.ыг9. (14) q]4|'° gag-pa, (15) Ihog-pa, (16) ЭД'ц chain* pa (Sman.). * j^qj-Ц hhe-big-big^ comfortable warm placo of residence. ^qhha-tva ten a popular medicinal plant. Syn. 9’^qi pi-hu-la hdsam-po- hdsin; dpal-gyi lo-ma; ku-mud-can\ 3^'^ bum-can', rked- hbra§; ke-dary (Mfion.). The white species is called : Syn. q§S’g beud-$kya; hbyun-po-hjug (Mfion.). The red species Ьуи-гц tshog§-can (Mnon.). Another species: Syn. 0’^ khytt- Idan ; 59^dku§-hgur; hchafi-ma; tshogs-сан ; «5^?^ ma-dafi-ldan. The yellow species is called phreA-ldan and Sj^’qiq’g^ yid-bzan-$kyes, mtshon-mohi me-tog and me- tog. tska-bo resp. dicon or Jj’* sku-tsha C. 1. grandchild, grandson. 2. nephew, brother’s son. 3. great grandchild; acc. to Ja. yun-tsha great-great grandchild; gshi-tsha any descendant. Й tsha-mo ; 1. granddaughter. 2. niece. ^^•qg^ tsha-dmyal-brgyad the eight hot hells (1) yanso$ wbpr; (2) thig-nag ; (3) b$du$-hjoms ; (4) nu-hbodxfa; (5) nu-hbod chen-po ; (6) ^;q teha-wa
1019 НЧН; (7) ^‘5 ^ rab-tu tsha-wa SRinjH; (8) mnar-mej(M.V,)> tsha-tsha miniature conical figures, moulded of clay and used as offerings, placed in large numbers on the ledges of chortens: V59SI administer medicine to the sick and . offer tsha-tsha as torma offerings; S) from his mouth proceeded cones, figures of fire (Pth.). ^5’^Я tsha-tshahi-shag rust. Syn. <§я^’З^Я^4 Icags-kyi dregs-pa (Mnon.). ^ Я5Я tsha-gshug the stage of remission in fever, also convalescent state after fever has left. ^’^Я tsha-rag=£'*F\ tsha-drag. * Ъ tsha-ru lamb-skin. tsha-la also called a salt which is mixed with ordinary rock-salt to colour it white, also a salt purifier я-^’ЙЯ'Ч'З1^3^ I tsha-lu 1. red; bya-po tsha- lu red-breasted cock. 2. v. ^'4 tshal-wa. tsha-lum a sweet orange grown in Sikkim. aS’Qj tsha-le borax ; tsha-lehi §kyur-rtsi boracic acid (Cs.); ^35‘q.to solder. £ tshwa salt, in such words as 4 the subjoining of wa-zur (J to the letter is not necessary but sometimes it is done to avoid mistakes. tshwa- kha-ru for black-salt. tshwa-kha salt-pit, salt-lake; ^0Я tshwa-khug salt- bag; tshwa-sgo place where salt is found; tshica-sgo-can soil that owing to an admixture of soda or magnesia is not suited for any kind of vegetable * produce; tshwa-tshil salted fat; tshwa-dmar also called tsh\va-dniar brag-tsliwa a kind of red rock-salt, ^tshwa-ya also tshwa r dog-дю geig a grain of salt crystal: (Л. 120). Syn. lan-tsha; dpyicl- dus-chags; hgyur-rnon-bo; chu-yi-ro^ chu-yi siiin-po (Mnon.). tshag — *1^*1 the yak ; ^Я'^ yak beef, ^Яdried beef of yak ; ^Я'^Я yak’s head; ^ц|,я^ч^ог^я'*Я‘Я^Я for four sheep’s head one yak’s head in exchange (Rtsii.). ^Я'5 tshag-po—^ a yak; ^Я'ЗЯ tshag-bug a carcase of yak without the head and inner contents (Rtsii.); tshag-rlon = ^Я'4! tshga-ga-rlon fresh beef of yak (Rtsii i); ^Я'^Я tshag-lag the front leg of yak (Rtsii.) ; ^Я ^Я tshag-lug, ЯЦЯ and $Я yak and sheep; ^Я*$Я the lower parts of the legs of slaughtered yak (Rtsii.). ^Я>41 tshag-ga dried flesh of larger animals of cattle, etc., gen. that of the yak. «Я’^Я tshag-tshig or ^Я'^Я^ 1. the larger and smaller joints of the arms and legs. 2. acc. to Ja. dark spots or speckles on wood, etc., as in Mil. ; = freckles in C. ^Я 2 tshag-tshc bruised barley or wheat. ^Я‘« tshag-shwa skull-cap lined with lamb-skin; ^Я’8’ tshag-shu a robe lined with kid or lamb-skin; ,J48 Sw (A. 87) the Tibetan lama-tcachers, dressed in robes lined with lamb-skin and woollen cloaks, rode (on horseback). tshags 1. a cap. я^’^Я^ coat and cap (Dzl.) 2. = ^Я^ sieve ; Ч^Я^ sift- with a sieve; ’^Ям ко-tshags a sieve made
1020 of leather, the ono most in use ; to sift or filter with a piece of cotton rag jgq khrol-tshags^^'9* Lex.; weel, for catching fish C. 3. thin-split bamboo, for making baskets Sikk. 4. Sch.*. the right-sort, a choice article: having made a good choice. 5. as or **i*r$‘*^Tq or to save, spare, lay up as provision for the future : I have not made any provision yet for the future life (ЛЛ7.) ; (A. 69) take care of the gold, keep it in your charge; a stop to divide a sentence; Aipr^rq tshags-dam-po strict care, vigilance ; dense and strong, as of stuffs; the teeth standing close and firm (Ja.); tshags Ihod-po fafw loose, not compact; t hag^-bu ’«5 hbru-tshagl sahi-$nod a vessel in which the grain, &c., passing through a sieve is depo- sited (8. kar. 180). tshags-tshud- pa to be sure of a thing, to tost a thing properly by the hand (Yig. 98). tshan habitation of any kind whether for men or for beasts, birds, or insects; abode, dwelling, den, nest. gna$-tshan habitation, inn, lodging-house; to build a nest, to establish a house-hold; grua-tshan monastery or college, the dwellings of the monks in large monasteries; kitchen also tahan-ban. fellow- students, comrades. t shaft-fa a nest, a cradle; a small bird or child that is rn the nest or cradle ; й tshan-rftani^&^fz: fear- ful. + tshaft-nag a.woman to whom no son has been bom, a mother of girls only (in Sikk.)< •q tshaft-wa vb., pf. tshafts 1. to be complete, full, entire : zla- wadgu tshaft-wa-nas when the nine months were full, completed ; towards the end of the months of pregnancy (Dzl.); q as one king was still wanting, tho number not being yet complete (Dzl.); they are, com- plete (in number) (Jd.). 2. adj. complete, entire; or having things complete: X g a girl in full possession of all these qualities (PtIt.); kha-dog .Ina tshaft-wa having all the five colours complete (Glr.); *dteaft-po ma- tshaft-wa ono of imperfect faculties; tshaft-$kam perfectly dry; tshaft-t hgrig complete arrangement of every- thing (Rtsii. 68); tshan-po forming a whole, full; not ono less or left out. tshan-ma 1. whole, entire, perfect (the usual adjective form): a perfect young bird, i.e., perfectly-developed (Dzl.). 2. often=all, for uf, tshaft-maft 1. v. (Mfton*). 2. = чч^' thab-tshaft kitchen. tshaft-tshift — ffi'tt9^ (Mnon.). a dense copse, a thicket; acc. to Sell.: a wild, dismal place; the horrible existence in tho external world (Jd.); if it is asked: what is most horrible in this world to bo afraid of, (let it be answered) it is the behaviour of women; all the many woods of worldliness have» been repeatedly burnt by the wild-fire of Dhyana (contemplation). tshaft-ya double-barrelled gun in W\ colloq.
1021 tshan-ra 1. {иия the hinder part. 2. v, htshaft-ra a sheep-fold. purity, pure; q^’jX tshan$-par-§pyod purity of life, gen. in reference to perfect abstinence from female company; tshans-$kud holy thread that Brahmans wear. • £едг|*1 tshans-$kyes 1. an epithet of the planet Saturn зхпчт (Mnon.). 2. a term for birds in general (Mnon.). tshan^hkhor the se- cond of the first Dhyaiui heavens v. w (M. V.). tshans-bcoms an epithet of Kamadeva (Mnon.) ; being pierced by an arrow called 5^’5§5 kun-tu rmons- byed Brahma became enamoured of his own daughter, so he was called the vanquished of Cupid (Mfton?). . afcsrqi : tshans-pa adj. purified,clean, pure, holy: become clean, be pure! (Ds/.); tshans- par spyod-paу £cjrqwt|5’q tshans-pahi spyod- pa, to be clean, chaste, holy, to do what is right, to lead an honest upright life. ^wqyjfcq mi- tshans-par spyod-pa to lead an unchaste life. ' II: w; ^T^T, Brahma, of whom are two, the greater one being lord of the Sahaloka dhatu, the junior one presiding over the first thousand of worlds and riding on a swan guards the or upward direction. The different epithets of Brahma are; ran-byufi; 4V4'|N bdag-skyes] gser-mnal- can] pad-mahi skye-gnas] W* chii-skye-mftal; $kyc-dguhi bdag-po] lha-das-rgan] vies- po; gdon-bshi; lte-wa-skyes; nii-rpjed bdag-po; 555’3^’ dbyid-gi-snin ; ‘M rna-ica brgyad-pa ; rig-byed-gdon ; bjig- rten byed-po; sna-tshog-lyed; §5 4 rig-byed §nin-po; rig- byed-dicaft; mfton-shyes; E^’qS'-^E.^ nan-pahi qin-rta ; VIя q qJ5'q dgafy-ica brgyad -pa] viig-brgyad-pa;, rig-byed rnam-byan; sbyin-byed; rig-byed dran-po (Mnon.). It is stated in Mnon. that the body of Brahma was so lofty and large that Vishnu looking upward and Mahes'vara looking down- wards, were unable to see his extremities. ^*rq'l55’qx; the Sutra de- livered by Buddha at the request of Bodhisattva Tsans-pa khyad-par-sems (It. d. S 35). q tshans-pa chen-po n. of the 4th Dhyani heaven. tshhns-pahi dran-sron the highest class of Brahminical sages, a Brahminical saint. tshans-pahi-bu 1. Br&h- mapa. 2. = a poison (Mnon.). ^q-q^'g-qi tshans-pahi Lu-gu mtshog-ma the cranium. aewqrs&c.N tshafts-pahi-dbyafts the voice of Brahma, the intonation with which the Veda is read by the Brahmans [prayer-sound] S. ^*rqrsj*r?i tshan§-pahi sras-ma an epi- thet of the goddess Sarasvati (Mnon.). tshaft-pahi-qin [the Indian mulberry tree]#.
1022 I Syn. tJians-byuft; A’ tshan-pahi' mchod-$byin-$in; g^'Ss skill- Ly<d; gxo-bged; *?’§5 hgro-byed; jk A’ nrr-$byor-fin ; Чагсг-ц rim-pa-can ; jtshan&pahi da-rn ; ^слг^к; tsha fa- fin (Mnon.). Tshan$-pa$-byiii or Brahmadatta, tho Buddhist king of Benares who was greatly devoted to Buddha and his religion. the sermon that was delivered by the Buddha at tho request of king Brahmadatta of Benares (7fJ. ч, 16). /Е^-дс/ tshans-§byon an epithet of the son of Kamadeva (Mnon.). tshafa-^pyod-ldan 1. one who assiduously preserves his religious vows. 2. an epithet of Kumara (4|Ai'T5',1) (Mnon.). Tshafa-dfeyafa rgya-mtsho tho second sovereign Dalai Lama or the <ixth hierarch of that line (Lon. 11). л tshafa-ma JfTuii, HT<H. tshafa-mtsho 1. Manasarovara, Brahma’s lake; 2. Hfprt [a woman of high rankJS. tshafa-rig$ Brahman caste tradi- tionally originated from Brahma (Mnonh). tshans-ris the first mansion of the first Dhyani heaven. tshadQT^Q 1. measure, size, measur- ing in general; $«1’3 A‘q measure or extent of a country; ^*$A‘q measure of time, its duration; A^ tshad-can having a measure, dimensions; A’^’4 tshad-hjal- = to measure; f^fn, знпц taking measurement. A’^’3^’4 tnhad-du lons-pa^^S^^^' tshad-dn slebs-pa measurable; to be of proper measure or dimension, to fit: so in measure it fitted (A. 29). ’A4 accord- ing to the size, in size (Glr.); A size of a (full-grown) man; g A size of body, resp. stature. A^ t$had-da n. frq. = up to, as far as, as much as: bis strength was equal to that of a powerful athlete; pw’A‘V’PA’4 to cut oven bito bits; ^я'А^’А^'4 to drink one’s fill. *AA direction how the pulse is to be felt (or pressed); A aeeoi ding to .your view of religious studies (Mil.); A‘^‘2^ 4 tshad-du $kye$-pa grown up, full- size, as adj. (Jd.) As vb. A^'§5’q or А'^гч to measure (Ja.); г^'Ч’А’^^ to observe the proper measure in eating and drinking; AA*'q, to exceed the proper measure; «Кжч the dejection will increase to an excess (JZ/7.). 2. sometimes we find A apparently = all: ?A various, of every kind, of all sorts (Glr.); *AiM'q’5FA all the beggars that show themselves here (Mil.); ^’^*i’A all the people that have eome; j^A’^’g^'A all that happens appears as ^’g (Glr.); я^^’А all that is ordered, proclaimed (Sch.); &|«A all the people assembled (Sch.). 3. enough, esp. with a negation: *vq^A not having enough of the comparisons, not resting satisfied with them. A'§’St'q tshad-kyi dbye-wa differentiation in the measure. ’Ц t shad-pa wfHHR 1. heat,, in gen.; A^ tshad-gdun id; A4^^- when it grows hot; AwqF^‘q to suffer from fever, to be tormented by the heat; A*q^ or vulg. Aq*^’ Aq to be struck by the heat, to receive a sunstroke; also to be taken ill with dysentery. . A’g^ tshad- skyes^twrnulwe&t, perspiration (Mnon.);
1023 | tshad-skyob^^f^ gdug$ an um- brella (that protects from the sun’s heat) (Mnon.). 2. morbid heat of the body, fever, tertian fever (Schtr.); tshad-pahi-nad fever, but also dysentery (Jd.). ^•qq-^q; tshad-paM-<ph = ^Q^ stag-pa $in the birch tree. tshad-hbu grasshopper, locust (Sch.) tshad-ma w, НГГ, HT^r the measure, a rule, model, argument; ^5’я ^o|q tshad-ma-rig-pa or «q^’StoprVfq gtan-tshigs rig-pa the science of Ргатаца i.e., evidence, ^Kq q perfect measure, proof, evidence, so that there may not be any deception (Ya-sel.); ^K^ori^q nor-hkhrul med-pa without mistake, ^vg’qw^’q^:—(1) ’SfHj [tradition]*?.; (2) rnthans (kun)-kyis tshor-wa sfun. ^’я’я^ tshad-ma-mkhan or Л’54’^ tshad-ma-pa dialectician (Cs.); ^^r*qjorq tshad ma- hgrel-wa commentary to a logical work (Cs.). <&^’|j q^ tshad ma-§de-bdiin title of a work on logic by Acharya Dharmakirtti я the. seven classes of Pramana by Acharya Dharma Kirtti (A. 33). tshad mar-run-uahi zla-grogs WpNi 4TRl3f [help of authori- ties]*?. tshad-med-dge ’чгантчцч=the second mansion of the third Dhyani heaven. . ^5‘^5’^5 tshad-med-hod эднтщтн im- measurable light; n. of the second mansion or stage of the second Dhyani heaven. &il ’^5Ж* tshad-med-gsum the three im- mensely great and important virtues;— gwq love; ’1 compassion, mercy ; 5^ q joy. The term seems also to comprise the virtue of or indifference both to pleasure and pain. tshad-zla — ^\ ^ sbiln-zla a brother: I had a brother who on the occasion of having come to transact business (A. 50). tshad-yans-pa spacious, commo- dious in reference to houses, &c. (Hbrom. 131). tshad-yas [1. a parti- cular high number. 2. a loom, weaver]*?. <3^ tshan 1. a party, a band: qiSqiv’q^qq’^-g^q-ai he proceded in the company of a party of traders (A. b7); the boat pro- ceeded taking a party of passengers (A. 67). 2. or ^‘35 tshan-tiio adj. hot, warm; hot water, warm water, warm food; in W. fever; ‘X hot, the sensation of heat. 3. = ^ descendant, relation: 61cousin by the father’s side; я by the mother’s side С.; ч = ^‘9^ pha-spun\ 4. series, order, class, id.; a set of four, class of four things; to put together in groups or sets of six (Mil.); Vi a certain class of ideas (Schf.). 5. as termination of certain collective nouns: ^’’i kindred, relations relatives are devil’s procrastinators. 6. part, of a country, district (Ta. 90, 20). 7. or many, a number of: tshan- gran§ a great number or variety of things
1021 «Г I (Yig. 127); $^4 3 nobleman, a gieat- man (A. 127); Ч'З'й tshan-po-che a great many, good deal: слгрог^ чдч j if by fighting I make him retreat, a large number of men will get into misery (A. 27). 4'^ (ehau-can not scanty. tshando = 4 phren-pa garland, rosary (mystic) (A\ g. F, 26). tehab a deputy, representative, proxy: he has got a representa- tive ; in reference to a thing, equivalent, substitute; it may be replaced by this ; *4y&rtf this may perhaps be used as a substitute (Vai. $n.);*4‘g^-q to represent, supply the place of; ^4|4*q tshab-sg rub-pa to give a substitute for, to replace a thing. or *4’3 representative of a superior, delegate, commissioner, agent ; JT*4 viceroy, regent; especially applied to the regent who rules Tibet in the minority of the Dalai Lama, who is also styled jprZi'g-Aj adopted child, foster-child; й’*4 acc. to Schtr. negotiator, mediator; hostage; <*4tshab-hjug substitute; replacing: ^4a repre- sentative under a false name should not t be put (Rtsii. 61). ^4'5 tshab-tu instead of, in the place of: instead of a lamp, for a lamp; *4'£q tshab-txhub 1. with to be ruffled, disturbed, agitated: ^w^^4<q§^4 to become agitated in mind. 2. = ^'5j^ sa-sro§ or sa-rdb dusk : $4^54-^q-^qone evening as soon as it became dusk (A. 137). Й’*4’<4 §myo-tshab-t8hub=. temporary insanity, occasionally becoming mad. tshabs an intensive usually conjoined with *=very great, very much: jifqjq’dtairwit proves a very great sin; &![ when much dizziness super- venes, <*4sr^ tshab$-chen or <*4*r«^ deeply, dangerously; **pr*4*r«^ sinning heinously, q rku-ma tshabs-che-ica a daring robbery ; ^’«r*4N rkun-ma tshab$-chen a desperate thief or robber; ^’*44^ a serious illness or disease; я|5‘А’*ад^ very bad news; an unscrupulous man. teham-tshum or tsham- f shorn doubt, hesitation, shrinking; to feel doubt, hesitate, draw back, tham-tshuvi-can or. doubtful, wravering, undecided ; <^5^ a shrinking attitude; courageous, intrepid, daring. tshar 1. occasion, instance; = once {Mnon.); twice; z= £ q <1]^ q srib-gcig-la in one mo- ment. 2. rosary, a garland. tehar-tea = or owsjq’Q (Mnon.) to fulfil, to finish; as sbst.= fulfilment, accomplishment, doing a work completely; = to have done a thing thoroughly, to go to the furthest limit; to the stage of completion; tshar-khad = (Mnon.). tshar-zin w finish, completion. tshar-gcod-pa to annihilate, to completely destroy,’to put an end to: «V nfa not putting an end to con- troversy (Jlbrom. 39). ’34* tshar-bon n. of an officinal plant: g qcvas-q-gj'-^ita cures disease of the gullet or lungs. ts/шl Ф& grove, a garden, park; id.; flower-garden; herb-garden, $kyid-mo$ tshal pleasure-grove; Лг^4?^‘3’^ tshal
| 1025 &| | ilc-icahi rin-po-che is the ideal of a garden the possession of which gives to a Cakravartti Raja many peculiar advan- tages, in consequence of which it is called, fig. Vai-duryahi tshal the grove where lapislazuli is found in abundance, thickets of the tree called tala patintu-ka; and are said to exist in the abodes of the four guardian kings i.e., the Catur Maharaj Kayikd deva (K. n. of d. S 71). TTshal ehos-lun rdson&twA in the district of Tshal situated to the west of Lhasa (Rtsii.). ^’4 tshal-pa 1. a native of Tshal 2. = ЭТа piece, chip, splinter; a patch. ^’4 tshal-wa pieces : Члч having torn mount Sumeru into pieces (A. 17.) ; a piece of rag ; ^’4* qgvq^ it was torn in a hundred pieces. ^’5 tshal-bu small chip, a bunch of flowers, a lock of hair (Jd.). ^rtfq’q tshal Jog-pa dro-btab- pa to make a morning-halt on a journey for taking a meal. tshal-ma vulg. for dro-zas breakfast: to eat break-fast, breakfast companions, shal-mahi-lam or or half-a- day’s journey, as Tibetans generally travel till midday as one morning’s journey. Tshal-sc n. of a village in the dis- trict of Stod-hn mtshur-phu (Rtsii.). tshas 1. used in IF*, for a garden; garden-bed, gardener. 2. of a woman in child birth (Jd.). tshi-gu or the kernel or nut contained in a stone- fruit; $ the stone of an apricot; tshi-can stone-fruit. <х>’П tshi-гса in C., filth, viscous sticky matter, esp. clammy dirt, e.g., in the wool of sheep; ^*’4 solid dirt; ^'4^ sticky, clammy, filthy. tshig 1. a word; a remark, a speech: an interrogative word; ^q’^q’4 to connect or arrange words; the order in which words are to be placed; S’^’S’^q the present tense; ^q'wjwq skilful in selecting words (Cs.); A^’^q truth, 4^’^q falsehood, ^q‘q'*^y& tshig-gi mtshon-cha words which hit at the heart, i.e., which give pain or offence (Rtsii. 7). ^q'3jq^ tshig-grogs an auxilary word, a helping word; ^q tshig-rgyan word used to emphasize. Acc. to Buddhists words are of seven kinds :—(1) J^q, qnq; (2) ^'^q, (3) (4) S^'^q ^q^T ; (5) • g-qS'S-Rq^W^q ; (6) aq^’W^'^q; (7) ^v^s^q (ir. my. p, 3^5). ^q-njorqljK/q tshig kyal-ка spon-wa Hf*tfawrqfqAfa abstinence from speaking unconnected or irrelevant expres- sions; ^q‘P‘^’4 tshig-kha skon-iva ^qu^TM [a further enumeration]^.; tshig-hkhrnn chod-pa—^^^^S^ to speak definitely, to give definite orders; ^q q’^q tshig-gi mjug qjqqitq the last word, the conclusion of an expresion ; ^q q q^'^q tshig-gi gian-rag thanksgiving words of thanks; ^qqqsq tshig-gi bdag one who is skilful in speaking, a speaker, an orator; ^qq^S tshig-gi phrad fqqpf [accidental occurrence; a grammatical term for adverbs, prepositions and con- junctions]^. 3q-c^ tshig-nan Hqfunr rebuke, unpleasant words or expression. Sq^gq to insult, abuse; Sq^wq^- 5^'^ speaking unpleasant words produces 130
1026 &ipi| quarrels with friends; foolish speech; Hlightly speak- ing brings on scoffing, makes one ridicu- lous. tshig-hjam-ldan as met. = a parrot {Mnon.). tshig-ldab redun- dancy ; one who repeats the same word or expression twice over or more {Mnon.). tshig-$dud-pa HKIH combination of words, compound word. tshig bla-dbag$ [denomination]8. &TQg tshig-hbru sbyor-tca to put together letters and syllables: tshig-hbru bzan-po. tshig-mt&hams-la $byar W4- [the syllable after winch the sepa- rated part of a compound word occurs] 8. ts/iig-rdsun untruth, falsehood, lie: by speaking untruth one’s object is not gained, it is lost. tshig-gshi basis of a word, expres- sion or speech. tshig-gshi also=^<T or ч the chief items or articles in a treaty or agreement or document {Rtsii.). tshig-zur gni§-su-sbyar [a secondary sense hidden in the obvious one]8. tshig-nam$=^(Q lkug-pa a dumb mute person; one who cannot express himself well {Щпоп.). tshig-rtab^ ргте [refuted, dis- allowed] 8. tshig-tha-dad [answer]8. tshig-dor-ica^^'^^ indecent language. tshig-mdahi mgon-po an epithet of Indra {Mnon.). tshig-rdeg as met.=^‘*W« gar- mkhan-ma a dancing girl {Mnon.), tshig-ldan 1. an epithet of Vrhas- pati the teacher of gods {Mnon.). 2. one who is skilful in speaking. tshig-rtsub цпта harsh words, rude or rough language, unpleasant expression: by speaking a rough word (one) invites enmity. g-q^-q tshig-rtsub $mra-wG $pofi-wa abstinence from using rude or rough expressions {M. V.). + = *3 a stone or kernel of a fruit. tshig-pa 1. to bum, to give intoler- able pain. В 1 a-SjK’jE^ (A”, g. 369). 2. snbst. anger, wrath, rage. ^1'25 tshig-po adj. burnt, overbaked; **j**wj otaifapr&q’q' burning of meat, bread, etc. butter added to anything that is being roasted that it may not be singed {Rtsii.). tshig-ma a sinew, tissue. tshig§ 1. sometimes a joint, knuckle; tissue or muscle between two joints; ^4^’14 pain in the joints; 3k]KQg«vq to put out of joint, to dislocate, to sprain; to reduce a dislocated joint; tshig$-kheb$ ornament worn above the wrist or elbow, also finger ring. knot of a stalk of corn or straw; smyng-tshig knot of a cane {Cs.). 2. anything that connects, a joining, junc- tion, link; also interlude: or that which joins times of occupation, a holiday; conjunction of cause and effect; reasonable, logical; an intellectual reasonable woman. 3. metrical division, or rather, metrical commotion, train,of verses; and
1027 hence, simply, a verse: tshigs bcad-pa to compose verses; tshigs-su bcad-pa brgya-pa ; a poem of one hundred Qloka by Acarya Vararuchi (Tan. d. % 180); ^^q^qW^^* n. of poem by Acarya Suryagupta (Tan. d. ^f, 180); tshig-su sbyar-wa to compile verse. ^4^’35 tshig$-§byod [a BrahmanjS. tshig§-ma sediment, residue, dregs, husks, ehaff. 3Ui]^q|q-q tshig s-bzun-ica the ceremony of Bdun-tshigs bzun-wa at the forty-ninth day of a person’s death. SaprK teAi0«-ro==3k]^‘5< tshigs-ma (Ja.). tsJM-ga (2ft) n» of a me- dicinal drug. §>3j Tshin — China (Grub. q, 1). tshim-pa-med=S^^ hero, cham- pion (Mnon.). tshim-pa rvw, to be con- tented, satisfied, satiated, consoled ; also, as adj. frq.: he was satisfied, 3 Й 4 with the girl; Sforq^g^q to satisfy, Ssrq^xq]wrq the soothing speech which appeases. tshim-byed-$kyc§ ^H- НТФТ [the lunar motionjS. tshim- byed-ma a name of the lunar mansion Pusya (Mnon.) acc. to some=^*^ the lion of tho zodiacal sign. tehim-byed-dmar=3^*3^ saffron (IMon.). or (^on.). CD'S tshir in order, course, succession, in turn. tshir-wa v. ^q. co^! Ын7=<¥| or fat (jiot melted) id.; mutton-fat, pork-fat, bacon; suet, lard; gfSq bacon-fat; wax (Jd.) tshil- khu liquid fat, melted fat (Pth.) ; tshil-gon the fat of the breast; tshil-can or fatty, fat. tshil-chen human fat (Sman); ’^5 tshil- med lean; Зогяч tshil-таг melted fat or lard (7Й$г7.) ; tshil-ro remains of lard after melting. cd^i tshis 1. acc. Jd.: prob, secondary form of rtsis. so-nam-gyi las work of husbandry. 3. tshis-su^ grogs-sn in friendship: (A. 133). tshu, as Jd. remarks, the contrary of pha, a root signifying hitherward, on this side; C’F tshu-kha this side (prob, for tshur-kha); tshu-bi one of this side, «гЗ pha-bi one of the other side (Cs.); С’Х'Ч tshu-rol^&^S this side (opp. tc stXqi pha-rol); tshu-rol-na adv. on this side, postp. with genit. this way, to this place; Xajftq tshu-rol-nas from this side; SfXorq tshu-rolpa one on this side, one belonging to this (our) party; walks on this side or this way. tshuhu [prob. Chinese, for the Tibe- tan 5'5 §kyu-ru, acc. to some=vinegar, acc. to others : a pulpy product prepared from * various kinds of fruits mixed with vinegar, sugar, and spices, and having been left to ferment is used as a condiment] Ja. ishug-sa^'N. next para.
1028 Ышд$=^'ц чтат, the shape or form of an imago or statue, constructive i.mn : ataj*rq §ku-yi tshugs teg$-pa \Jij.l3} the appearance or form of his por*un (or of an image) is good; ill proportioned, ugly. tJing§-pa = stage or station; Chinese mail stage; or Сяcaravansary, or merely a level open place near a village, where travellers may encamp, or where public business is transacted. 2. vb. to do one harm, to hurt, to inflict, mostly with a negative: ч*>'<*5'5Г<£я^ Lar-rhad ma* tJnigx-par without having hurt me (J/J.); <^N-q fire, disease, etc. pan do me no harm (Jd. . сдУЦ Ixhnd-pa 1. = 5, Cs’avjq^ij о|Ч]'|вс.' (Л. 12G). 2. to dig; tx/iud-mo-mk/ian^^^^ rko$ nJhan a digger, excavator. P/nin = $ or here, on this side: wfcw&oi this side of the boundary. When with or ^5 or with signifies: within, by, up to, so far as ; post. c. aeons. : within seven genera- tions ; by noon of to- morrow (Glr.); QVSincluding the children, not even the children being excluded (Ja.). tJiub-ma or htshub-ma a storm: a snow-storm; gust of , wind, lha hdrehi bu-tshub whirl- wind; fig. ЗЯЛЯ’Я’£4’* a violent fit of envy ; trouble of mind (Cs.); ’Эч tJmb*cheb=^^ rlufi-tshub a gale, hurricane: 3 (A. 95). tshur hither, to this place, hitherward (opp. to phar thither), С^ЛЯ tshur-gog eome hither, come here 1 tshur-hofaca to return home (Pth.), <gX'QT^ fshurJa non listen here, to this (Jd.) ^Х'Я tshur-ka or on this side, this side of the river-bank, declivity, etc.; a returning, ^’^Я*1 this direction. tshur*rgol plaintiff (Yig. 16). fxhur-mo or mtshur-mo paiut, pigment: ^Я’С^ black-pigment; a mineral found for instance in Nubra used for dying black; yellow-pig- ment, red-paint. tshui jjfa, 1. method, manner, fashion, way of doing anything: in whichever way you may desire; he shall be rewarded according to the manner in which he has fulfilled those duties which were entrusted to him; MV*this way of speaking is high flown speech; to put on a manner, to assume a style, also = to mimic; tshul-bcoz- mkhan a hypocrite, mimieker. tshul* btsun-mo annn, Я^^$Ма nun who is of good character (J. Zafi.). gnas-tshul and $nan4shul being and appearing, philosophical terns for reality and semblance; Я^*5^ gtofi* tshul the way of giving, i.e., a certain quantity given, a dose; tshul de-kho*nas by that very same way of proceeding; hence ^‘3^ tshul*(jyi$=Jn. consequence of, by means of; $mra$*pahi tshul the character of his last speech (Dzli); rgya-bod* kyi fybrel-tshul the mode of intercourse,
I 1029 *1 relations, between Tibet and China (Glr.); phyag-gi tshut-dii in a way as if he were saluting (MU.); to make gestures of reverence; glan-chen-gyl tshul-gyis (Buddha came down'' in the shape of an elephant (Glr.); dad-pahi tshul-gyis because of faith (Pth.). 2. way of acting, conduct, duty, course of life: sna-mah* hh'd your former conduct (Mil.); hearing such an ex- ample of virtue related (Jd.). Also = proper way, right method: tshut-dati mthun-pa orderly, regular ; sj’or if but once in a hun- dred cases something sensible is uttered; irregular, unjust; tshul- las-nams growing remiss in one’s conduct. 3. species, kind: nad-tshul species or kind of disease ; zas-tshul species of food (Jd.). 4. joined to the root of a verb in W=when : mthon-tshut when or as he saw. ishul-khrims religious or moral behaviour; moral law; regular duties, monastic vow, moral observances: tMiul-khrims-kyi dri- nad-dan tdan-pa one possessed of high and pure moral conduct; bound by monastic or moral vows (Sch.); Sfa'fjw tshul-khrims-kyi pha rol-tu phyin-pa 4T<fa<n the highest moral purity (у. ; tshuUkhrimt-kyi phun-po aggre- gate of moral laws; tshul- khrims-kyi b§lab-pa one of the three kinds of (M. V.) [higher morality]#.; tshiil-khrims hchal-ica immorality ; tshul-khrim^hjig-pa to break one’s vows or moral purity; ishulJ&rims пат§-рг one who is immoral; tshul-khrims-gter an epithet of Buddha (Mnon?); tshid- hhrims las-byun [of good moral disposition]#. ; C^W'Wg^qS’Q.’q? tshul-khrims las byun-icahi bya-uahi dno§- po virtuous action relat- ing to morality ; tshul-khrim$ srun-wa to keep vows, to guard one’s conduct. Syn. tshan-spyod\ thafis-par-gpyod} gtsan-uar-spyod; legs~2)ar-spyod\ §dom-pa (Mnon.). the words of an unscrupu- lous man, expressions or assurances of a dishonest insincere man (Mnon.). tshiil-bshin-pa 1. adv. tshul-bshin-du mannerly. 2. one who assumes fine airs, shows himself as if very great or high. tshul- bshin-min irregular, improper. <M I: tshe 1. sbst. timp, in a gen. sense, but rarely heard in eolloq. phyin- pahi tshe at the time of starting. Hence is often used in mod. lit. as=when : X yod-pahi-tshe when it is, when it was; 4е* gan-gi-tshe at which time, when, dehi-tshe at that time, then ; definite time is rendered by dus not by*. £ II: Wig: life, but chiefly in an abstract sense, if4! srog being the proper term for physical life; nevertheless we find long life, *Ishe-hdi this, the present life, tshe-phyi-ma a future period of life; my life is in danger, is the proper term by which to render: “ eternal life.”
1030 abbr. of 2!and SS'B’’1. 3 g'x tshe- sna-ma an earlier period of existence, a former life relative to the transmigration of souls (Ja.). tshe-$kabs НЯЦ; v. skabs. 3 tshe-gcig lu§-gni$ a worm which is used as a curative in plague: ^^\R£wqv§5 gnan-nad hjom$-par-byed. Tshe-mchog-glin n. of a palace with a monastery and park situated on the southern bank of the river Kyi-chu near Lhasa, the residence of one of the four incarnate lamas of Lhasa (S. Kar. 180). tshc-gnis-pa of an amphibious nature (Cs.) 3 tshe-ltog$ a poor starving vagrant, beggar JV (Jd.) ishe-rnUmhi-mdo n. of a Sutra in which tlie length of life in the six states of existence is explained (K. d. 218). (K. d. 228) Sutra on the transmigration of the soul, etc. tshe~dan yc-$cs wr*$r*i longe- vity and spiritual knowledge. tJie-mdans-^S9^ byad-mdafa healthy appearance, fresh complexion. tshe-mdo tshe-gzun$ the dha- rani for longevity (K. g. % 200). tshe-gdah as met.=death (Mnon.). tshe-ldan, or tshe-dan Idan- pa 1. wr^4?i<t, WWIJP an address of vene- ration such as venerable, his holiness; a general title of address for monks who observe the ndes of Vinaya as well as for Bodhisattvas, Arhats, etc. Applicable to living men and used in writings; the title for dead persons being S’wrvta tstu - las hdas-pa. 2. a plant. tshe-pad the shrub Ephedra saxatilis, with red berries which are said to be roasted and pulverized to give greater pungency to snuff (Jd.). ^qoj'g’^’q tshe dpag-tu med-pa WufT- ftrarg; eternal life, immortality. tshe-phyi-ma WWJTH next or after life. З-адлГурк; Tshc-hphag lha-khaA n. of a temple in the court-yard of the great Ramochhe shrine in Lhasa. tshe-hphel-rdsa$=^'Q'% dur-wa- rtsa the Ku$a grass (ДКои.). tshe-hpho death (Mnon.). tshc-hphos-pa transmigration. tshe-dwan a Sa-bdag monster. 2'^5 tshe-tshad duration of life (Ja.). <M’<M tshedshe^ ra a goat (Mfion.). £^£5 tshe-rndsad(Vai. kar.) an appendage of certain gods made like a plate with fruit. anfa tshe-rab$ duration of each rebirth: ЛА«§дя tshe-rdb&kyi bla-ma a lama always reborn as a lama, X-wtc£a tshe-rdbs snfaqfbw trans- migration. 2 one of the 18 unmixed attributes of a Bodhisattva (HI. V). ЗЛс* tshe-rin or 3'^'A tshe-rifi-ica 1. long life: tshe-rin-acahi rgyu-ni-gnis-te the causes of longevity are two (abstinence from taking life and giving food and drink abundantly to all about one’s self). gerAV'^^AV^Rj victory and long life be to you! ,2. com- mon as a personal name.
^1 1031 t^hehi rig-byed wrg^< the science of preserving and prolonging life ; q tshe-yi rig-byed-pa a physician. tshe-re 1. each life; tshe~re-la in each life or period of existence. 2. = ^**] tsher-ka. tshe-lo tho period of existence, or of human life particularly. Also = a year. tshcg I. the point separating sylla- bles, also nag-tsheg. -15^1 it should be particularly noted that the syllabic dot is not used between a letter and the stop called **j5 except in the case of the letter na(Sum-rtag). 2. crack, short sharp sound, snapping noise: tsheg-rgyans or ц tsheg-sgra a distant sound such as that of fire burning wood : from the direction where the lord resided a distant and cracking sound arose (A. 7). tsheg-tshom the sound made by mice: H (Rdsa. 9). tshegs of tshegs-pa trouble, toil, difficulty ; dkah-tsheg§ id.; S’’l4‘w’^5’q without trouble. rkaft-fhegs-che much clattering of feet phran-tshegs little troubles or difficulties. tsheg$-med without trouble: the lord finished it without difficulty (A. 33) ; knew without difficulty, learnt easily (Rbrom. f4, 3). tsheg$-kyi§=^W or rnyur- da quickly, soon; speedily executed (Situ. 4d). tshen~par-byet}-pa [to be bent or turned away]#. сБЯ tshem a piece of sewing; ’5 tshem-po or 35я'ч tshem-pa a tailor; afcrZi’^ef tshem-po-hgrol the seam opens, comes loose; tshem-med without a seam; tshem-bu any sewing, what has been stitched, quilted ; д’ярЦ tshem-bu^ inkham= a milliner or dressmaker (Mnon.) ; ^я'3'Ч tshem-bu-pa a tailor. %* tshem-tshem a patched cloth. resp. of 2. = ^T« remainder, addition. tshem§ ЗН 1. so a tooth. tshem$-pa 1. anything sown. 2. to have the disadvantage, to eome off a loser, not receiving a fair share (Ja.). tshem$-med in Tsang : nothing left, without a remainder: Vfa should send (the letter) as per draft without any omission (Rtsii). without remainder; tshemsJus-med nothing left. tsher 1. qug-tsher. 2. = ^ a separate time ; prob, many times, repeatedly (Jd.). tsher-ka also ЗКЛ or sorrow, grief, pain, application (Jd.). tsher-ma 1. a thorn, prickle, brier: I have run a thorn into (my hand, foot); Xk^r^‘4 to pull out a thorn; a fish-bone. 2. any thorn-bush, bramble, etc. ^*5^ tsher- dkar or buckthorn, Hippophace rham- noides (Jd.); tsher-thags thorn- hedge. tsher-ma-skye§ jack fruit. tsher-ma gdmi-pahi gdon is a frightful and evil spirit (Mng. ch. 77).
SvSvsi I 1032 tsher-mahi tshan or 1. also W tshigs^nan n. of a thorny plant. 2 =3’^4] a crow, the bird of which the nest is made of thorns (Mnon.). ak’dk’A tsher-tsher-ma n. of a kind of bee, also of a fly (Ш.). tshev-lum yellow raspberry in Sikk. (Ja.). tshe$ 1. day of the month or date, always indicated by the cardinal number, as in etc., or by placing a numeral below the word religious service on the 10th day; programme of the religious dances performed on that occa- sion ; бр|’дкХкч]*рг«г«р| letter sent or written on the 3rd date; ч tshe$ dge~ ?гя = 2>лзц/л tsJr bzan-po auspicious day: chwXmvI presented on au auspicious date with a silk scarf for acceptance (Yig. k. 16). tshe§- geig, the day after the new moon, which is always the first day of a new month ; zla-nithon, zla-gdiou-nu, zla-tshe^ phyogs-kyi daft-po id. (Rtsi.); tshes beo-lna the day of the full moon; Зкч^ч] Mrs-Mn7==the moon (Mnon.); 2к лз^ц tsh^-bzan-po = Хк«р|‘ч tshes-dgt- tea: the letter that was written on an auspicious date (Yig. k. 13). tsho 1: 1. the plural termination, chiefly of pronouns, you, you all, we, they, these; also is affixed to numerals: hbitm-tsho 100,000. Is occasionally affixed to nouns : the townsmen, khyed rnal-bbyor-pa tsho ye ascetics! tskong- tsho body of merchants. 2. In Ladak * takan alone is used for: a caravan : '^4‘Ч’ргч'Я qIfc the caravan (from Yar- band) will arrivo in a few days. II: = complexion: ^’3* the colour of the disk of his face (Ji<J- 12). М(мсл==$к^кч fat, corpulent, also corpulency. Acc. to Jd. fat, greasy: or is it fat or not ? *R tsho-khn fat gravy; % tsho-ldir unwieldy with fat. tshogs ^ЧТ5т, 7ПГ 1. an assem- blage, mass, group (implying, however, acc. to Cs. as compared with Mo, a larger number of individuals not at once to be estimated): tshog$-$dn-wa to call au assembly, q35’4 bgycd-ра to dismiss it; tshog$-hdu an assembly meets, hgye it dissolves; dpufi-gi-tshog$, ?|’ЗЦц dinag-gi-tshogz army frq.; «pi yul-tshog$ village community, country- parish (J#.). sna-tshogs several or various kinds. 2. accumulation, multi- tude, of things; to accumulate merit; a wicked, godless person; accumulation of virtues: to imbibe faith in the profound doctrine, the accumulation of immense merit is necessary. tshog$-hyi dtcati-phyugiFV4K ЛЧ 4; v. tshog$-kyi gtso-гсо lord of the horde ; the leader of a herd of elephants, leader of the assembly, presi- dent of a meeting. tshog$-kyi srad-bu=^ na- rgya a fishing net (ЛГпоп.). tshogs-khan a shop; the hall of assembly or congregation.
1033 I tshogs-hkhor sacrificial offerings arranged in a circle as an oblation. In Tantrik ceremonial the term indicates the sitting together of a Tantrik lama and his female associate with a man- dala offering to the gods. When such a ceremony is performed Dpah-mo (the woman) that associates with the officiating saint called Dpah-wo is supposed to possess saintly attributes. When the man performs this ceremony alone it is called or hero’s performance; in the case of the female it is called Й the heroine’s performance. In this cere- mony as well as in others of a Tantrik nature, a kind of'mystic language called яро.ig used; a few technical terms of which will illustrate its na- ture la-la \ = вч a; a-tsa; = khe-ta ro grd-wa; phrcA-wa-na; ni-rnm gu-ka; ’^=*1’^' pad-ma Ihu-dsa-na; bshi-mnam; Ч'$=ЗГ^ gla-rtsi; |5,A=«J‘SX' ga-bur ; = ga-ka ; £==^4 bha-ha-ka-, «Ч'ЧЧ|=< sgro ; ho-, *^•35=* ra also gshon-nu ; lug or 9^ bu-mo-, V*,’35 ni-ma-phyed=$, ЬуЯ-, SaE'’3'Sv£’ dican-po §byor-wa = ^i^ kun-tu-r*’ hbras-, 45 6г/а=>т5мч ka-tani'Pa- (K. g. "1» tshogs-gral 1. row of people in an assembly. 2. row of offerings. tshogs-can j t^W-cau-dgab ** tshog§:can-may or _ a prostitute (ДГпоп.). \sh^chen^na id* 8)* tshogs-mchod prescribed religious ceremony; tshogs-mchod gser-sbren the annual religious service conducted by the assem- bled priests at Lhasa in January-February under the auspices of the church Govern- ment dining the Mon-lam season (Zotf. % M tshogs-gnis 1. [two pur- suits of life; viz.: religion, and wealth]#. 2.=^'^'’ЯРПЛ the accumulation of learning and gwn the accumulation of moral merit. ^^5 tshogs-rned WI; tshog§-mthun-2)a янц; tshog^-ldan tshogs-gtam speech addressed to a meeting (Cs.). Tshogs-drug ran-grol a celebrated lama of Amdo ordinarily known by his second name Lama Shabkar, and believed to be an incarnation of Mila-ras- pa. His incarnation still exists in Amdo. 3?qprq^l tshog$-bdag innrfh an epithet of Ganes'a {Mnon.). tshogs-gdan the carpet on which the assembled priests sit at a religious service in the hall of congregation {Rtsii.). &q*rq tshogs-pa vb. to assemble together, = hdsom-pa. tshog§~pa-can гггзгт, harlot,. courtezan. tshogs-pahi dwafi-gi§ BTHift- qifa ;Mq]^ qK^gq q tshogs-par dbyun-tva ; #qprqv&’5«}*>q tshog§~par mi-dbyitfi-wa tshogs-phor 1. large tea bowl which every monk in a monastery carries in his breast-pocket, to drink tea while 131
1034 p inducting any religious service, or reci- ting the sacred hymns. 2. EHT^TT:, чгцг(т^:, тгг(ч[^,=я^а hdu§-pa or В khyu a troop, herd. tshog$-zaft$ cauldron in which 1 ea is boiled for the assembled priests at a religious meeting. tshog^^an [exccl- lont"]& t$hog$-lafa on occasions such as ^accession to a position of dignity, also when a lama is ordained, etc., two other lamas called Kalydna Mitra are required to get up from the assembly to recite a religious discourse; and this is called frjpr-q tshog^a meat that is offered to the spirits (A/sn.). tskogs-bwigs ^nrc, acquire- ment of merit, virtue; also = dge-wu virtue itself: uuc-U’E.’^kq^qq^'^q^ Zan.). &q*rqMo| ^kogt-g-og accumulated merit. There are sixteen kinds of merit-accu- mulations:—J) £*Г0**гЗ^srqw^q ; (2) ; (3) ^q§ ; (4) ^Я*гсга1 q ^E.Ля < Sq^ ; (5) qoi^ q* ; (6) t’g*’ ^•qr^’^’qS; (7) J?q*rq$-q]^q-q^5 j (8) q^§^qV^*§; (9) ; (10) ; (11) gq^qr^’HS^’ Sj ^ q^CN qS; (12) 4XS*q ^V I *q-§^^q5; (13) ^q^ qg-q?; (14) (15) ; »1G^ (7ri d. 333). tshon grft’su, (Cs.=^‘ zon merchandize) trade, traffic, commerce : tshon-gi-kk^ profit, gain; loss in trading; to carry on trade (&A.). tskon-skad commercial language, business-like stylo, terms of trade; ^’4 or a trader. ^E/qqaq’q’ ^’3 tshofi-pa fyzafi-po drafi-po an honest, pious merchant is called merchants who make high profit (at tho expense of others) and people who make animal sacrifices, Ac., perform yajna by killing animals are born as pretax and entering tho human body cause ravages over tho animal kingdom (7f. d. -3, 447). £еЛе/ tshon-zoft or qfTcni, goods, any articles of merchandize. ^*3 tshoft- tshon-grogs or tshofi- rogs a partner in trade. Wr?n-7Jtfrfl==goods-store, maga- zine, shop. Syn. t^lOn~khyim\ ^'^q^’pq-q dpon khafi-pa\ nordmhi-mdsod\ wjya-mtshohiddiyini} rlun-yor-сан ; ^c/^k’Kq tskofi-zon ra-wa ; zon-kgrcm-gna§ (MHon.). Uhon-grog$ commercial friend, correspon dent (Ja.). tshon-rgyuhi dfio$-po goods, articles of merchandize. Syn. tehon-zon; tshon-zog (Mnon.). tshon-chad bill of purchase, deed of sale. tshon-chaft pledging in beer after a bargain has been struck. tshon-hdu$ vre market- place, market, tshon-hdu^sa id. + tshofi-brdal 0* (&^K$wq2|*rq) the commercial place or circle; that quarter of the city which is chiefly inhabited by merchants.
1035 tJion-pahi-lam cnfa*}, [traders’ path, traffic]jS. t-Lon-spogs proceeds of trade. tshon-spogs byed-pa, ^’K^’ tshon-spogs-la hgro-ica to engage in commercial speculations. tJwd I: нгдт 1. measure, piopor- tion; aoc. to Ja. the right and just measure; or «^’4 to appraise, to guess correctly, to measure out, to estimate, to tax; he overrates himself, he does not know his capacity; to be temperate in eating and drinking. and to try, prove ; to spy, to sift examino. water-clock, in W. also=an hour. a part, fraction, csp. in point of time. tJwd-hjal-wa to measure; ^S'^5 intemperate, immoderate, impudent. 7s72oJ-6#a-?ca=3W^V to watch, to spy: orjprq for the sake of trying him he said to the prince (Hbrom. P, ^6). 2. estima- tion, supposition, conjecture, guess: according to my estimation. ^Y^Vq t^hod zin-pa to guess rightly, to come within the guess, to turn out as guessed (Yig. 1)* 3. affixed to adjs. serves to form abstract nouns, thus :—^Yq^5^S sned-par dkah- tshod the difficulty of obtaining, the facility of destroying, the greatness of the advantage (Ja.). tshod-ean or ^5*^ 1. moderate. 2. punctilious, strict, grave: А’^Г4’5^ I (S.ph"<fi.). ^Y*^ tshod-qes or ^Y3 a riddle : ^Y 4 to propose a riddle; riddle about men; riddle about inanimate objects (C.s.); tshod $es-pa one knowing the exact time or measure, to keep measure; and adj.= moderate, temperate; ^Y^'^’q not keeping to measure, intemperate. tJiod-ma g‘^5 sno-t^hod or ^4 gen. cooked vegetables, greens ; tshod-ma gpnn-J:yes cultivated vegetables. ^YV* tsJiod-dor meat or butter that is added or mixed with the vegetabl' that is being cooked: did th? hermit become angry on account of the inferior quality of the meat cooked with the vegetables (Rdsa.). tshoii vg1, colour, colouring matter; frq. in C. eolloq. = id.; paint, variety of colours, hunched different colours, ^'3fc<YTlx'^Q'9'q ts/ioH-rtsi dkar-pos hbri-ica to mark with white paint; {’^q),q to paint; to prepare colours, to dye. tdion-gybi JitJio-wa—^d&'&F^ a paint n1 (Jfncw.). tJiem-can = silver (aS. Lex.). tshon-(hen [saffron, Cartba- mus tinctoriii^S. c^’£| t dam-po 1. fat, plump, well-fed: lug-tdion-po a fat sheep, phag-tshon-po a plump pig. 2. rosin ms (Л.). fxhob for tdiab (SeJii). tshom-pa 1. also or a bundle, bunch; £’$<^ q'q^^ q attach- ing a bunch of black yak’s tail; a border or trimming set with jewels or pearls. 2. vb. (pf. tshoms) to doubt, hesitate; to be timid, bashful, shy; to be ashamed C. (Jd.). Also, sbst.. doubt;
। 1036 । timidity, etc. tshom$-te being sur- prized (Ya-S'l. ^25)- q=^the-t$hom: ^ы'сгй'^^ч’в (Ya-sel. 33). *$r^4 tshom-t shorn or tsham- t кат = Ъ'¥ы the-tshom doubt. ^*'5 tshom-bu l. = ^5 tshom-po, «гbunch of flowers (Pth.). 2. the plac- ing of precious stones and other things on the top of a Kyil-kor or circle of offerings; offerings placed on circular trays piled me above another, each being filled with grain, etc. he presented tho gold pieces to the lord pla ing them on the top of the circle of offerings <Л. t shows also tshnms-$kor 1. a court-yard; the courtyard of a home. 2. a place of worship, a chapel; ^**1 reception room or hall of lamas and (hiefs in Tibet. *«•£54^ tshom-rnam$ l. = also jg ч fright; angry or wrathful atti- tude. 2. noise, din, clatter (Ja.). 2^’4 t -hor-tca 1. to perceive, to feel: <тгм'5^’54*yq gshan-gyi$ ma-tJior-icar rk'i-ita to steal unperceivcd, contrary tо robbing forcibly; feeling herself with child ; he was afraid lest those who did not like him to go to Tibet, might perceive it (A. 126). tshor- vn-i о one who feels the objects that produce a sensation. ^’4’^5 tshor-ica-mcd void of feeling. 2. one of the five pdiun-po or skandha. 3. in Ж is commonly used for to hear. ^hor-la a (flying) report, rumour (Ja.). t-dios 1. paint, dye, colouring matter; tshos-rgyag-pa or 2q4f Tgyab- pa to dye, to colour (&A.); it has lost colour, it is faded; ^’S’R’q tshos- kyi khu-wa liquid paint,tshon-rtsi (Glr.); ^**’§Vq to paint, colour; rgya-tshos a red pigment from India, being red lac obtained from J*!4!** rgya- $kyeg$ an insect, as well as from the resin of a particular tree. 2. v. khur-tsho^ also hphofi-tsho$. ^^^^tshos-nikhan (1) a dyer, painter; (2) a washerman, bleacher. tsho$-pa ripe, well cooked. Syn. smin-pa; thul-wa; yofi$-su-tsho$ (Mfion.)- tshot-hehin fan, лЬс [white]S. mt shah-la 1. also rta- tsha-lu, ace. to Sch. a horse with white- feet. 2. v. tsha-lu. nitshags or tshag§ = t&^. л&с mishap that evil which is hidden in a person’s heart or disposition, pent-up faults, secret sins; and hence irritation and suppressed wrath; to dig out the evil of a man’s nature; and hence, not only to expose his faults in a direct manner but to cause him to expose them: so, in colloq.: to irritate, provoke; also, to expose any one’s sins, pick out faults: do tnot irritate the arrogant and lofty. c43a3j mtshanl: qm, resp. for й*' name, esp. the new name which every one receives that takes orders; 3’ *4$**4^ the lama’s name, religious name; wM^lfarq to give a name, also to assume a name or title. II: or mtshan-ma 1. mark, token, badge, symptom: it is a sign that it is fruitless
1037 5!Й)'Ч|^ | (Vai. §n.). to make a mark, to mark with paint; ’Й’огя'ч1чрг%’длг making a sign to the queen, signifying : do not fear ! «^'q to represent a thing by a sign or mark Lex. mtshan-dan bca$-pa having characteristic Buddhist virtues. 5S4F rntshan-dafi-dbyibs as to limbs and shape (Dzl.); qy^rqa^’W^ propitious signs, some special (good) quality; q to prove, to examine signs; |w*q to take as an omen; wa-q^c/ do not regard it as an (evil) omen, be not surprised or alarmed (Sch.); mtshan- don fxfrnr property, quality, symp- tom, indication; ^5*q4j|Wq$*^^5 the sign or indication that the patient will recover (Ja.) ^^q mtshan-ldan-pa or V^’q possessing favourable signs or some special good moral qualifications. mtshanjd<ui-bla-ma a holy Lama, mtshan-ldan-ina a woman of good appearance and virtues (Mfion.). fl^q mt shan-pa marked: ^ffc^F^yq being marked with the figure of a wheel (Jd.). 2. shape and peculiar characteristics of separate parts of the body or especially as marks of beauty; the thirty marks of a great man. 3. the sex, sexual sign, etc. male, the masculine gender; also castrated horse, sheep or yak, as having the sign of the male; mo-mtshan female, the feminine gender; the vagina ; mtshan-dbye the distinction of the sexes; mtshan-ma-can possessing signs of virility; mtshan-ma med having no gender; mtshan-zug painful affection of the genitals. qst’gj mt s han-ma bzafi-po and fian-po good and • evil signs, symptoms, prog- nostics. mtshan-mkhan or sooth-sayer, astrologer, drawer of omens. Syn. S^’q rt sis-pa &zab-$kar mkhan*, Itas-mkhan (Mfion.}. mtshan-gran and 53’*^ mtshan prize, crown of victory (Jd.). mtshan-brjod-pa calling upon the name of a deity, enumerating its characteristics and attributes. «*^5 mtsan-nid ‘ the sign,’ the essen- tial characteristic, sometimes even imply- ing the innermost essence of a thing, whilst, on the other hand, it is also used merely for ‘ mark ’ in general; ?^‘q, the real character of Dharma, i.e., all things or matter is emptiness. mtshan-nid-pta the metaphysical school of Buddhism in Tibet, the principal object of whose study is to ascertain the literal sense and original spirit of Buddhist doc- trine ; mtshan-nid mkhan-po pro- fessor of mental philosophy in the greater lamaseries, such as in Daipung, Sera, Tashilhunpo, etc.; mtshan-nid- bral=%g\&S^ rgyiid-med-pa (Mfion.). v. mtshan-nid-gsum the three marks or characteristics in the doctrine of ‘perfec- tion ’ of the Mahayanists: (1) (2) (3) (A. 78). mtshan-rtags-==^3\^ mtshan-ma (Vai. kar.). mt shan-shi 1. the cause of a sign or symptom (Ja.). 2.= —and, thus, man is the of his own
1038 S&KI1 ВДЦ’Й I я#^зг mtshan-bzan good name, reputa- tion. я^'^я mtshan-fes^fo'^ notoriety; bad reputation, shame or disgrace : though this petition may appear unplea- sant to your excellencies, yet that no bad name may occur to the ruler and tiro subjects, etc. тЫит-то (тот, night, the darkness of night: чгя^Й in that night ; я^^о]^ the whole night; also adv. all night; я^’Й-^ч to keep watch during tho night (Sch.) ; я^Й чу at night when (we) sleep well (7Г. d. 4d, 3^0); at night; я^<ф.я nit shan-hkh у oils dinner, entertainment with food, ete., given at night: ^'я^' Ч^<.Я’ЧЧ’?Д‘§^’Ч^ (Ktsii.). intshan- dkyil or я^^ь* midnight; nitshan- rgyu — ^^^S ftbdian-spyod animals that move about at night with a view to kill, ete.; ndshan-tfod the first half of the night; mt than, tfod-gyi rini-lani a dream of the forenight; я^'^я w67«z и-</?/$ night-time; я#^я‘ “ night-roamor ” met. for a fox (Jffio;/.). mtshan-phyed midnight; one half of tho night. я^уЙ §ч]я mtshan^mo-itcg§ яд [tin, lead]>$. я^Йчдч mtshan-mo-hbral— 3 Ф5- 3W ruddy goose (df/fan.). 3fqv> mtshan-mo-bshad lire water lily (Д1ло//.). mtshan-mo 6лЛ^7= 2*^'5 <?7 3^; fissure of the anu (Mnj. 70). иЦ’ЙЦя tfdxhan-mohi-gos as met.= darkness (Mnon.). я^^ч’^яч mtshan-mohi lpag$-pa (нит- ФЯ the night’s skin or cover, f>., dark- ness. я^ Йч дЕ.’ mfshan-mohi-phrefi v. ч^я’чдя hjam-hbra$ (Mnon.).. я^Йч^’^ mtshan-mohi hod-can=^^ (Smau. 355}. я^ЙХч] mtshan-ino-rig as met. = 15^*9 the domestic fowl, cock, ete. (Mnon.). mtshan-gin W. 1. torch of pine-wood. 2. pine-tree. nd shams 1. ’яргК, uIht; ярз junction, limit, iiitei mediate space, inter- stice, border, boundary line: ejoj^’^'qor агя^яя^ on the border betwecu India and Nepal (Glr.); я’я^яя (eolloq. san- bham} frontier of country; ч^я’ч^яя^’ $4[Ч'яз?яя'^я at a distance of 500 fathoms from that place; фся*яял^5 it lies in the middle space; Чч^’я^яя «j at the junction of the mountains and the plain; Ф'чдя'я^яя'^ (between the waters and the river’s bank) close to the edge (Vai. sfi.). Зячч^я^яя'^я when these words were uttered, at these 4vords (Та.); $ч*я^яя* ^я*дл sgohi wdsham§-na$ §leb (he or it) enters through the chink of a door. я^яя'9 mtshams-shii or я^яя^^я “ pray fill in what is loft out” or “accept what should intervene,” an expression gen. occurring in modem letters to wind up the complimentary phrases of the intro- duction and passing over to the proper business of the letter. 2. (^я-я*яя§-д) the points of the compass: я^яя* the four cardinal points of the horizon; я^яяdenotes the four cardinal points together with the zenith and nadir; ^•^ яжяя'сц in the north-east direction. 3. demarcation, partition, break, pause,
[ 1039 si&rq | stop. to split, make partition ; 5i£wqjX5’q to make a line of demarcation about one’s person, whether it be by a magic circle or by retiring to a solitary cell for the sake of religious meditation, the seclusion lasting sometimes for several months, during which time the scanty food is silently received from without through a small aperture: being in meditation. ^pyad-mtshams rules, instructions, defining the extent and limits of a person’s duties. *^wq$5 mtshams-buid spmrfa, [bounded within limit]&. mtshams-rnthah [a boundary linc]S. mtshams-kyl mthahi-ri a mountain lange lying far beyond (Bharata) India (7Г. d. \ 31$). q iptsham§-kyi byed-po~*\*{^ rhun-ma a thief, robber (Mnon.). mtshams-hdri-ica^f1^^^ inquiry after one’s health (Yig. k. 10,13). mtsham§ Idan-ma a general met. for women (Mnon.). mtshams-sprin the clouds which skirt the horizon morning and evening. mtshams-sbyor 1. WrJHfa mthun-§byor, mdsah- byed (Mnon.) adherence, contact. 2. the Sanskrit dipthougs, e, d, cm. rnt shams sbуor -pa and ndsham§ sbyor-ma a bawd, or pro- curess. mtshams sbyor-wa 1. to close interstices, to stitch up, to sew together (Mil.). 2. to occupy a certain space, to enter the womb, to embody one’s self in human flesh. 3. to take a resolution, to form a plan, to conceive an idea, to settle in one’s mind, like hgod-pa. a&wr g^’^’q mtsham-§byor med-pa [unri- valled]^. ^w£t|<q mtsham-mi-%byor-ica [a technical term in grammer indi- cating that certain words under certain circumstances are not subject to tho rules of Sandhii}S. ndshams-med-pa 1. adj. WPrrj, without interstices, ^5’q continuous. 2. sbst. acc. to Was. ‘where nothing is to be interposed between a deed and its consequences, whore the consequences are not to be averted,’ a deadly, capital sin. ’^ q g mtsham§- med-pa-lna the five inexpiable sins are :— (1) $r*w5’q matricide; (2) q^\q the killing of a Buddhist saint; (3) q’q^’q paricide; (4) SIpK causing division or disunion among the priesthood ; (5) §qq нтлгт- pfjifr to cause a Tatha- gata to bleed (M. V.). stfw&pi tzitshams-fshigs — ^S&i^ words of approval while a work or any business is being done: a word of approval is necessary (Rtsii.). intsham§-lan gnafi-$kyes present sent in return for the sanction to one’s prayers (Yig. k.). mlshar-icct l.=«^q mdse^-pa handsome, fine, beautiful, very handsome and bright, of metals, etc. 2. wonderful, marvellous, gen. with %;e.g., rten fio-mtshar-can a wonderful image a marvellous, extremely rich offering; KW’cS-q no-mtshar che-wa marvellous things, events, miracles; 2ГгчА‘^ mi-srid no-mtshar-ehe impossible ! most wonderful I the account or narration is very strange !
| 1040 wonder, surprise, astonishment: q ^o-rntshar-skye-ua^ to be seized with wonder, to be surprised» mtJiar-dgah remuneration, re- ward, wager. mfshar-po=u^-Q mtshar-ica (Mfion.). * зЧдрЧ lytJiar-g у о = (ДГ Яон.). ач^т! mtshal 1. or (^) {фшт^ Chinese vermilion, used inst. of red-ink for writing. 2. or §ku- iritJial resp. for ЕЯ- 3. n. of a place in Tibet. mtshal-dkar or tshon-mtJial dkar-po white paint (Rtsii.) mtshat-skyc a preparation of quick-silver, mercury (Mfion.). mtshat-par a printing with red ink. mtJial-afi vermilion of the best quality being for afi-ki dafi- po tho first quality \Rtsii.). Mtshal-yufi-thafi n. of a town eight miles to the south-east of Lhasa, in Mhhal (Lofi. % 11). Mtshal-bde a district with a Jong situated to the S. E. otLhasa (Rtsii.). mtshufi§ or «JW intshufi§-pa PfH, нрь HH similar like, equal : PVчн^кя like the former; nectar like ; devil-like ; besides their sharing all the imperfections of the gods (Thgy.); ч^я*к*г<1 dus-mtdiufis-pa a contempor- ary (Mil.); Sw^Jk^u manifestations of the mind, those outward signs by which the mind manifests itself as existing (JFhs.). the four kinds of parallels: «5similarity in writ- ing ; «RjWHSfcN’ci uniformity in speech or experossion ; similarity in reli- gion ; similarity in person or ap- pearaneo (K. d. «, 166). mtshufis- par or in such a manner, accord- ingly. *£k*rq'M intshufi§-bral Wpnr fafta .unequalled, unrivalled, in- comparable ; mishit filmed match- less, unequalled, unparalled: «£кн Л at the feet of the lord of the doetrine who has no equal. (Yig. k. 10). = without a match, having no equal: the lord protector of all living beings together with men and gods, who has no equal (Yig. k. 2, 25). + mt shun ^T, the ancestors, also the tutelary deities of a family- from the time of its ancestors. Acc. to Cs.: meat for the manes of the dead : to bring an offering of such to the dead, mtshun-gtor ъю=ЪаИ offerings for appeasing tho hunger and thirst of the dead who are supposed to be still in the Pretaloka or ghost-land; ^’4|Wq mtshun-lha-gsol-wa to worship the old tutelary deities of a family. Mtshur-phu a place in Stod-lufi a couple of days’ journey from Lhasa where a largo monastery of the Karmapa sect exists (Lofi. >, S). mtshul-pa 1. tho root or the * backs of the nostrils: the blocking of these by mucus. 2. gen. Sf'9^ the lower part of the face, nose and mouth, the muzzle of animals ; face (Jd.). intshe an evergreen grass whieh does not grow more than a cubit in length
j 1041 and is burnt as incense also mixed with snuff in Tibet (Rtsii.). mtshe-skyon a medicinal earth: mt she-w ahi mtshon hog, wild boar. mt Jit-ma 1. two, a pail’ (Rtsii.); twins : twin sons were born simultaneously. 2. n. of a celestial mansion (Bon. ch. 6). mtshed or ^’*^5 dur-mtshed place for burying the dead, also a tomb or ehorten on the cremation ground—ЦГФЯ- mtshehn — ^'^ сГЗТЛ a pond, tank ; small lake. mtsher-pa = fto-thog. 2. the spleen (Mnon.) but usually mtJio 1. symb. num.: 4. 2. ЯТ: a lake, a sheet of water: ^5^’^ mtsho- dkyil-du in the middle of the lake, mt sko-hkhor an assemblage of lakes; mtsho-hgram shore, bank of a lake. mtsho-rlans vapours of a lake; mtsho-las-skyes — ^^chn-skyes the lotus (Mnon.) ; ^5*^ mtshohi-bya the bird of the lake, i.e., the goose, ftaft-pa (Mfton.). mtsho-snon n. of a Sa-bdag monster. я^-g^-q Mtsho-snon-po the Blue-lake or Lake Kokonor. In the middle of the lake there is an island with a hill, on the top of which is situated the sanctuary called TJio-snlft where a number of Buddhist devotees reside (Loft. % 16). mtsho-mdah эдт [a blue lotus- flower]^. mtsho-ldan-ma — 1. нш) the goddess of learning. 2. = |V £jv(’cr>r| Ijon-qin dsd-wa-ka the tree called Javaka (Mnon.). «#№«4 Mtsho-ma-pham Tibetan name of lake Manasarowara (Lon. % 9). Mtsho-dmaha-wa gyuhi man-da-la n. of a glacial lake of turquoise colour and of round shape near Ra-sgren (Rtsii.). Mtsho-rdson n. of a Jong in Kong-po: (Deb. % 36). mtJio-yas я^ n. of a number, “ ” (Ya-sel. 50). mtsho rlabs tide; flow and ebb tides. mtshor-hbab or mtsho-la- hbab streams descending from mountains and flowing into a lake, also rivers that flow into the sea (Mnon.). mtshog-pa, v. ч&гр htsheg-pa. mtshog-ma or 1. the hair of the head, only for a length of three inches from the root. 2. = ^wq5^ ‘spot or tender part of the head,’ vacancy in the infant cranium. mtshogs in = similar, like, equal (Jd.). mtshon 1. the forefinger; the pulse felt by the fore-finger ; a finger’s breadth; a finger’s breadth lower. a handful of sticks (Jd.). 2. or any pointed or sharp cutting instrument, a sword; to seize a sword, weapons; to destroy, to conquer with arms; the four kinds of 132
5|3>ар । 1042 weapons sword, spear, dart, arrow; blood drawn by cuts or stabs (used for sorceries) ; an attribute of the gods, resembling a ball of thread (Fiu'-$n.). wrthson-rtse-cig n. of a weapon with one point, like an arrow or spear. mtslwn-dui-mkhan 1. an epi- thet of Paraszurama (Mnon.). 2. = *w]*’q blacksmith (Mnon.). mtshon-cha-pa n. of a low caste tribo of India (Mnon.). wddwn-dwhi-gtso^w^ arrow (ДГЯон.). rntshon-chahi-gbhi== sword knife, etc., (Mnon.). ^^^^iy^mtshon-b^ntm^kye^ as met.= B«1 blood (Mnon.). mtshon-pa 1. v. Я<и leader; also, showman. 2. vb. to set forth, bring forward, shew, quote, exhibit: 3^ ‘^*1he having said do you point it out (A. 56). 3. sign, symbol, point: q the marks of approval or confirmation were distinct and < lear (D. $el. 7). mtshon-bya meaning; *^’§5 mtshon-bycd illustration. 0^4]’Ц htzhag-pa 1. vb., pf. ishags or btsags fut. 4&], imp. t§hog (trans, to я^Гч)> to cause to trickle, to strain, filter, press out: §’***|«4*3 85) ; *gw£fl]'q hbrumar tshag-pa to draw off oil, Ml’S’^’^to tap (a dropsical person). 2. adj. thick, fat, obese (Ja.): ^*гя*д|4яе/ч Ins-htsbag bzan-wa a body or constitution that is healthy and sleek. htshan or = §kyon 1. fault, error, offence, sin, 4*4*^ that is very wicked, a great offence; йя***^’ a man’s fault, to spy out another’s faults, to upraid him with a fault. | htshan-gun n. of the only nun- nery now existing in Lhasa. Q#’q htshan-wa vb. pf. fut. q^' 1. to press into, to stuff, puff out: pressed into, stuffed inside; a stuffed seat; SS^T^’^^’q out of breath, puffed by pursuit; ц^с/q dbug^tod-dn htehan-wa or ?5***eai breathing hard, getting out of breath. 2. enlarged, complete, made full: 3'**4*q mi-man-po htshan-wa many people assembled together; qn'ifwfc’q to be competent for work or efficient in doing work; **^*jq = wrj*rq or 4^'g-qvRg^ become sanctified, perfected ; **** j*qv to aim at Buddhahood; «Sfqavqrfc* will become a perfect Buddha (Л. K. 1-18). я*с/я htshaft-ra a place where many people assemble. ^'4 htshab-pa 1. (g^*4 §k yin-pa) pf. я*4^ htshabs imp. ^4 tshob, to repay, to rc-place; |^*q‘4*q qHJ §kyin-pa htshab-pa-po one who pays back, a liquidator of debts; (Situ. 85). hidiab$-^^^Q tshab- $grub tshar-wa liquidated. 2. pf. *4*rq Uhabs-pa., imp. tshob^ym^ rtab$-pa, resp. to be afraid, to be in awe of. я*4Д<Ь htshab-htduib confounding, я*4*я<ч mental hurry, confusion, per- plexity ; я*4*с1*4«Я'ч|^Г4 to tarry in fear, to hesitate in apprehension also: 5^'**4 я^Ь confused wind, as dust, leaves of trees, c^c., are when driven about by a whirl- wind. ht sham-pa or —4^4, appropriate, becoming, fit, suitable, in accordance with: in confor- mity with it; ^gp^’^wq agreeing with one’s mind, according to one’s wish ; ^4*’
1043 in size and quantity just what is wanted or suitable; whichever suited; unsuited or ill-suited. htsham-tsnod hdsin-pa to hold or take appropriate measure or amount, sufficient: (Л. 33). htsha-lu^ n, mtshah-lu. Ц&’П htshar-wa or up to the mark, sufficient; in proper measure. 2. to be finished, completed, spent; esp. as an auxiliary to denote au action that is perfectly past or com- pleted. Ч&Ч’Л htshal-v:ay imp. я&ч htshol 1. to beg, desire, beseech, ask; when prece- ded by a verb the latter stands in the term, inf., or as the mere root and more esp. the perf. root: I desire to meet my father wishing to look; I beg it may be borne in mind (GZr.); I beg you to speak. Occurs as an intima- tion of willingness: ^gK^or<5 yes, we will do that; «гог^лт »гяЖг5« has he not asked tho money from his father ? why does (the king) desire to slay ? 2. as eleg. form—to eat: 8’wMer$ oaten by mice (DsZ.); 3. to offer, shew, set forth: Kb&rq—fJiirAi to understand, to know. to shew diligence (Ja.). 5’Могч bro-htshal-wa to have a cold (2ft7.); phyag-htshal-ua to greet, salute. htshal-ma=z&*'H until I havo eaten up those I shall not ask for (more) food (A. 87). htshal-ma htshal-гса — жгл to take one’s meal; htshal-пш = continually eating. ^<5^’4 htshig-pa to burn, to destroy by fire; to glow ; he burned the town with its inha- bitants (Pth.) a to bum entirely, completely (Dzl,); has been burnt. яЗгч htshim colloq. for tshem; and for Q.csvq htshir-tea to extract, wring out, squeeze forth, to press out oil, ex- tracts, etc.; to press hard; to milk; also the queen’s mind was much depressed (Jd.). fil htshir-wa-po an ex- tractor of sessame oil (Situ. 85), htshugs-pa pf. tshugs (intrs. of я^м’л) 1. to go into, to enter upon, begin, commence: he began to praise, to flatter. 2. to pierce, penetrate by boring, to thrust in, to establish one’s self, to settle : it has not taken root; they had no longer any mind to establish themselves in this alpine solitude; this was the beginning of my lasting happiness (Mil.); as partic. or adj. = firm, steady : his limbs not remaining firm (in consequence of a paralytic stroke), he fell to the ground (Dzl.); not being able to settle in one place, flighty, inattentive. htshud-pa pf. <5 is hud to be put inside of, to go into, to enter, to get into ; to comprehend. htshub-pa pf. tshubs to toss about, to swirl, to entwine; to be choked, suffocated.
1044 <$'Ц| htshum-pa тръ. [a protuberant beUy] & bPhur-nag n. of a place in Tibet (Deb. % JJ). R^’q htshe-u'a pf. btses f^UT, ^4'^4 to cause mischief or danger to, to damage injure, persecute: й qiaX’^’R]^' q to do mischief and cause damage to a man (Mil.); ч fapwIqYWq (a place) haunted by beasts of prey and other noxious creatures; jsar ^aX’ 3'%’q Hko a \icious horse which kicks about; ht Au-bycd, wild animals, such as leopard, tigers, etc. htshe-nud w not doing mischief or injury; piety (aS’. Lex.). htdug-p>a pf. t skegs to repay a loan or a kindness (Mnon.). rMr' hGhcn pf. 4^K.*rq htsluns to bo >atisfied, content, happy, gratified: q the mind was contented ; my daughter by casting many tshi-tAia gratified me (A. 90); $ however much the vxeertion so much tho more the satisfaction ; %§Alq-q-u^ if there be no further mischief it is very satisfactory (A, 16). ht shed-pa —A to cook: w R^s/q q zas htsht d-pa-po one who cooks (Situ. 85) ; 4^ qRA^N htshed-pahi gnas a kitchen (Mnon.); ча^§^'я htshed-byed-ma = 4q p q thab-kha-pa a cook (Mnonl). ^q’q htshem-pa pf. fysems to sew: ^A&rq to sew or make a robe; htshem-skud thread for sewing; needle, ч&гд q htshem-srub W. seam. яХя ^5 htshem-med without a seam; also= without interruption. RaSv Ц htsher-wa, 1. to neigh. 2. = яЗа* л to grieve, to sorrow, and sbst. grief, sorrow, resp. зччгяЗК’Ц to be grieved, also to be afraid, to fear С. (Jff/.); repentance, shame: по( penitent, shameless. htsher-can sorrowful, anxious. 3. to shine, to glitter; S\R3vq sbst. lustre, brightness. яЗЛ’м htsher-sa abandoned pasture land, land loft by nomads for a now spot; a place which has been abandoned on account of inconvenience, discomfort, sickness, etc. Q$’q htsho-wa I: pf. and imp. 1. to live, to bo alive, bo living : to earn livelihood by talents ^Acppq^A^q to live by theft and plunder; for a long time ; ho lived even a hundred years ; for life, life-long, XK§^A^q to gain a livelihood by religion ; to pass life, to continue in a state, to exist; ч^а^чд^-^а^йЙ^ Linthe throng of the world I cannot exist (Dzl.) ; ч^’ы’ 5«'<уй a^ if we did not do this we should not remain alive. 2. to last, to be durable, of clothos, etc. ;to retain its virtue, efficacy, of laws, doctrine, etc. 3. pf. or fut. to feed, to graze ; to nourish, the body, to sustain, srog life; ®^A#qA( ч§\ч to lead the cattle to pasture (Pth.), 4. to heal, to cure, ^5; ‘ life-giver/ t.e., physician. II: also ч^ 1. sbst. life : 4^‘qR* ^5 duration of life; to prolong a man’s life (Dzl.); Х’«|А^ч^ the lord of our lives, viz., the king (Glr.). 2. livelihood, sustenance, support,. main- tenance. htsho-skyofi fostering,
1045 maintaining, tending (cattle); htsho-khams=mortal frame, the constitution which requires keeping up; htsho-chas subsistence, livelihood; R^’^ txho-rten livelihood, maintenance, support; R#w( htsho-thabs medical treat- ment, the means of healing, way of subsis- tence ; htsho4habs-pa=^p\4 a physi- cian, medical man. R^’q^ htsho-wa-ma a woman that nourishes. htsho^ca-gsum the three kinds of physical and spiritual existences: 1. Э5 life. 2. merit. 3. Karma or work. htsho-wa gsum-zad the decay of the three vital essentials:—1. that called 2. that of merit q^w^-q; 3. that of work {Smani). Htsho-ivahi snin-po n. of a medical work by Atis'a: (Л. 35) the Jowo himself also wrote a work on medicine called JJtsho- tcahi Snin-po. htsho-wahi yo-byad wr necessaries of life. X R^‘§5 htsho-byed 1. medicine. 2. or R^’3S’q=^'q a physician {Mnon.). 3. the moon, also *PR’^‘9 UT the planet Jupiter; R^’§vB‘^'q htsho- byed-kyi shus-pa n. of Sutra on medicine called Jivaka-puripuchha. R^‘§5’« htsho-byed-ma n. of a goddess. htsho-byed yshon-nu n. of a celebrated physician devoted to Buddha and who cured king Bimbisara of piles (Уп?. 35). spyi xhur-gyi-fifiw&i, 1. n. of a medicinal plant. 2. the life-tree i.e., any chosen tree on the existence of which depends tho life of a person {Mnon.). htshog~chas=IV44! goods, effects, necessaries; also provisions, pro- vender {Ja.). htshog-pa pf. btsags fut. q&j bstog imp. tshog 1. to hew, chop, strike; to inoculate; 2. vaccinate, to find fault with, to blame, censure, teaze {Sch.). Q&prq htshogs-pa pf. tshogs 1. to assemble, to meet together; ye that are here assembled; й'яя'ч’ before many assembled people {Dzl.); RgR'g &qq q the five elements meet- ing; food and drink to entertain the people assembled {Glr.). 2. to unite, to join in doing something, to com- bine, to make common cause {Jd.). htshon-wa fwi to barter, to sell—a vb. in very common use; ^'R^R'qr place where perfumes are sold; R^‘qr <*5 htshon-wahi-tshad for the purpose of selling ; R&?qR’§s making sale, causes to be sold. htshod-pa pf. q&< btsos fut. q? btso imp. tshos 1. to boil, to cook in any way, to bake: htshod-gyin- hdug colloq. it is cooking (anything) is boiling; q&r3<Y^S has been cooking, has been boiling; R^’qR’S htshod-par-bya should cook, or to be cooked, htshod-^num oil for frying food-meat, vegetables, &c. {Rtsii.); htshod-mar butter used in making pastry, cakes, etc. {Rtsii.). ^4’4 htshob-pa or htshob$-pa to be a deputy, to represent, to be substi-
^в|'Щ । 1046 tuted for; to be the first-born male in a family, to represent a family (Dzl.); a^qcKgv4 to substitute, to put in the place of another (Dzl.); resp. for first-born (Jd.). hMor-wa v. htshol-wa pf. btsol imp. tshol, to seek, to look for, to make search; to seek for an oppor- tunity or means; to look for food ; htsJio hgrol-wa to search for livelihood, jerhtshol-sgrol-byed= gold (8. Lex.). Syn. Чад’уЛ’ч yofis-su htshol-wa; fjx^oiq rje$-su htshol-wa (Mfion.). Ifaho&zin anything thoroughly cooked or boiled. Also=quite ripe.
£ E dsa is the 19th letter of the Tibetan alphabet corresponding in sound to the Sanskrit st. Acc. to the Tantra: f I Dsa is the beginning of that which has not grown or been bom (К. g. 4^). Dsa also = 5 q and religious rites and almsgiving (mystic) (K. g. F, 179). dsa-ti prop. £1 dsa-ti 1. the nutmeg. 2. n. of the flower Jasminum grandiflorum. Syn. of 1. su-ma-na; sbubs-skyes ; sbubs hbras; sbubs-can; T«'§'Sn<'5 spos-kyi rgyal-po. Syn. of 2. yid-bzan-skyes, ^54’ hdab-bdun-pa; gshon-nuhi- hphrefi, ma-la-tl\ sna-mahi me4og (Mfion.). dsa-na-ma shadow, shade. dsa-pa or 1.=^ч Tibetan- ized form of siu; is a mantra or Sanskrit eharm. 2. recitation mentally. dsa-wah and [the China rose, Hibiscus rosa sinensis]S. Syn. rdo-rjehi me-tog; til-me-tog; rfia-ma me-tog; dsa- bd ; £ dsa-ba-qin (Mfion.). £’*4 dsa-ya I: «Ш;=у1'Я victory. ё’Ч II: 1. Sch.: ‘ muddy deposit, green slime in the water.’ 2. in C. the markings of wood, speckled and varie- gated in consequence of disease in the tree. 3. n. of an ancient king of China (Jd.). 1 Dsa-ya-si-pata the name by which the site of Kapilavastu the birth place of Buddha is now known: (Dsam.). J dsa-yan tihi rtsa-ica (,av?pfft 3?) the root of the Jayanti tree (K. g. 51). dsa-yi-phal=£$ nutmeg. dsa-lan-tra, n. of a province in the Punjab, now Jal- lundur (Ja.). Formerly the kingdom of Jalendra comprised Kashmir, Panjab and a part of Kabul; and was ruled by king Kaniska and his successors (J. Zan.). dsa-sags (Chinese) a prefect, a district magistrate and collector (Yig. к. 1). + dsa-huhi bu-mo srr^t an epithet of the Ganges рГау let your letters come to me like the flow of the Ganges. Dsa-ti dsa-la n. of a Buddhist ц female saint: ®*9’ЙЧ’ 5 on the north of Orgyan there lived Dsati-dsala who was a girl of the sudra caste (K. dun. 38). Dsa-ri khanda n. of an Indian province: я ч there is a large province to the south and not far from Magadha called Jari khanda (Dsam. 35). gjrg dsam-bu snj 1. gold; the fabulous fruit of the Kalpadruma^ the wishing tree of
1048 Cl the gods; gold loaf is compared with the leaf of that tree, gold yielding almost all that man requires for his living. 2. acc. to Ja. = “The rose apple tree Eugenia, which figures also in mythology. ” i ^’54 dsam-bu-ka ^1, the j aekaL ^д5'|[сг or MwgS'gc.’ ]jd*am-buhi-glin the ancient Buddhist name for India: $§5)^| cj| P ЙГЯ-З’ОГ^Е/Л?’X-&Ч errg R^-q^ this southern continent is triangular in shape; aud is called Dsam-bu-glin from (ho jam-jam sound made by the falling from heaven of the leaves of the kalpadriima wishing-tree into the river Ganges (7Г. d. \ ₽! gc.-c^qq q] Ы tho names of some of the countries situated to the north of Jamhudvipa are:—; У <^5 ; S*A (Dardistanl; wqvgsq 3'^^ WfH: (Kan- dahar) ; q ’J щчгг; (Sogdiana) ’йГчз»; я(China with her surrounding appendages!; §Ч’Г шп; чктп; (A”. d. \ 286). Jambu-mala n. of a eountry to tho north-west of Jamhudvipa or Dzambuling situated near the Sumeru mountain. Beyond that country lies the eountry of *-#•> the string of lightning Aurora Borealis (If. d. \ 270). + ^’9’^5 Dsam-bu-nad the river Ycru Tsang-po of Tibet which brings down gold with its sands; also the head-waters of the Yang-tsi-kyang the river of golden sand. Dsam-bha-la or Dsam-lha the Tibetan Pluto or god of riches. His different epithets are:—^’3,qlXS’S^ Snon- gyi $nod-§byin, Chuhi4hu} Chu-yi dican-po, Chu-la-gna§, чзЕ/ц Xor-bu bzan~po, Rmug$-hdsin, Nbr-gyi dtcaft-phyug (Mfion.). Dsam-bha-la nag-po a mani- festation of Dzambhala in black; toyerifc-q the same deity in yellow aspect. j &) d*ana, 5 (JJbiim. % 383). I cWia »ff 1. л V’ V'P’’’ wk’«5*$Qi Dsha is the symbol of what is free from defilement; being immaeulation typified it liberates all (7Г. g. *H, ^2). 2. -5|I daha signifies that entanglement in endless misery is like a dense forest (A’, my. ”1, 207). a I^H44 dsna-na ka-ya in mysticism= spiritual image or body, the spirit. dsi num. fig.: 49. t Dsi-na mi-tra fsfRfir=r n. of Kashmirian Pandit who translated certain of the Buddhist scriptures into Tibetan and died in Tibet. i -oi dst4i dswa-la cancer; acc. to some authors it is 45^5 or plague; acc. to others a fearful kind of burning leprosy: stops the progress of the disease dsi-li dswala (A. 19). + £’zpT] dsl-ba-ka honey, nectar, ambrosia; that which gives life and also keeps up life (mystic). Syn. rntsho-ldan-ma; sbraft- rtsi; rwa-can; lu$-hthuft (У.йоп1). dsu num. fig.: 79.
1049 1 a gfc gk- n. of the third son of Emperor Dsung of the Han dynasty who succeded his father on the throne (Yig. 5&.). dse num. fig.: 109. 4 Dse-ta-ri srarp; n. of Buddhist saint of Bengal (K. dun. £5). Dse-tahi-tshal йидн the grove in S'ravasti in which Buddha had resided for many years and where the first Buddhist monastery was built under the auspices of Anath-pindada. dse-tse in C. vent-hole for the smoke, a chimney (Ja.). dso num. fig.: 139. eTt} dso-ki or dswo-кг vulg. for yogi or rnal-hbyor-pa. rndsah-wa 1. to be amicable, to love as friends or kinsmen do: a loving married couple (Dzl.); all hostile malignant (creatures or powers) (Dom.); ^wgfl’q to reconcile those that are at variance with each other; дя ! he had a Brahmai? for his intimate friend (Dzl.). 2. as adj.=w^’4 or intimate or near. 3. as sbst.= friend, relation, one near or dear. Also: affection, friendship; also ^§5. q$<q*rq to cultivate friendship. faw; also parents, brothers, cousins, relations, friends; frq. in conjunction with or (Glr.). mdsa-lhahi дгод$-ро—^р\'Ц (Mfion.). rndsah- grogs in C.=j5’® husband, wife. mdsah-gcugs v. nydsah* war-bye<i^^^ or (Mfion.)\ mdsah-wa$ bcifa v. "k9 Widsa-u’O=^ g’| inin-^dug sbst. Ж, W love husband, friend: «гёч’З'ог | some friends are like cotton (adhering firmly), some friends are like Mount Meru, other friends are like the earth (steady), others are like a string of beads easily separating. Syn. §^'^5 sniti-hdod*, gid- mthun; yi-gcug§; mdsah- gcugs\ bag-phebs^fy^ §nin-ne\ yid-ne\ sH blo-ne\ sems-wdhun (Mnon.). mdsah-mo 1. a mistress; also a female friend. 2. v. агёмгч mdsafis-pa 1. sometimes writ- ten as hdsans-pa wise, learned; also — mkhas-tpn. 2.= a hero, a champion (Mfion.); я=а*г q^^c.* mdsafi-pahi-khan the house of a hero, the house where heroes exhibit feats of arms, etc. mdsans-rna a woman. rndsafis-ma hbras- kyi sne-khur n. of a vegetable medicine used to heal sores and wounds (Swan. 350). wdsad-pa 1. imp. wdsod is the honorific form for in all its signi- fications, whenever the person acting is the object of respect: 4A’ how much work have you done to-day? pray do it, let it be done. 2. = чпщ, deed, achievement, working, behaviour; the act of doing, the thing done; the twelve deeds (or prop, incidents) of a Buddha’s life; the hundred acts of Buddha Gautama (J. ZafL). mdsad-pa-po the doer, maker, composer, etc.; ipdsad-spyod deed, action; deportment, 133
1050 (Hnduet, like gX’W spyodJam, course of lit<, way of acting; *^5’^ good deeds or services: ip^q^' q^\5 * that you have been doing excel- lent works and flourishing more and more i> a great mercy to us (Tig. k. 4b mdxar-ra md& r-rc in Ld. = pitted with small-pox, pock-marked; warty, blotchy, v. *£vq {Jd.). nuhug-gu colloq. a finger v. jjgq Й. where a finger can be thrust in; place or thing pointed out definitely, as it wore by the fore-finger: g * the object which bofh the lama and his pupil can point to (Л. 156). rndstib-то^Щ^, (vulg. or mdsub-gu) 1. finger, csp. fore-finger: raising your fingers go on merrily; *gq’3fcrgfc/ to point to othei-s faults with the finger (Rd<a 17, 2J). The different fingers are: or *4^Й the thumb; ^gq'^ or ^wgq the fore-finger; or q^ *<gq or *H*4 [Jfed. Jd.) tho middle-fipger; 5K*gq or the fourth finger; or or bi C. the little-finger. 2. toe ; claw, *4gq^ mdwb-ker—or—- a stiff finger; *gq'qjq*< mdwb- brkyafis an extended fmger ; mdfiub- Jyt§ finger-ring. mdsub-khrid lit. leadingby the finger; a pointing with the finger, hint, intimation, direction : S’S’&r -qS‘^gq'H5’3^ I ho made an intimation that removed every scruple of the mind (Ja.). mdsub-gan a measure equal to the space between the tops of the thumb and the fore-finger; one without fingers ; *4gq^ mdsub-rtse tip pf a finger (О.); rndxub-tshigs joint of a finger. «gq-ц mdsub-sha lit. tho finger-cap, a thimble. Я* mdse gra leprosy, believed to be caused by Zu or water demons when they get offended from any cause, and is there- fore also called It is described as of thirty-six kinds. *4-215 mdse-klad the brains of tho head of one who has died from leprosy : as to what is unclean, there are tho brains of a leprous person, dogs-flosh, pus, etc. (A. 12). *4^-^ a very dreadful type of leprosy (1 ra~sel. 11.); qr^’q md$e-ean hjom&pahi jag-pa — yft ru- rta a kind of spicy root used in medicine (Sman. 10J). *4^iT^ mdse-rmog a kind of helmet {Лд- Л). mdser-pa or l.=^-q or to speak. 2. a knot, excres- cence of tho skin, wart, etc.; also, a knag or knot in wood; mdser-mal knot- holo in wooden boards. mdse$-pa also, collq. “ dse-po” handsome, fine, charming. a&rq’q^’Q^i] appears very nice; д’Й’я&гй sweet daughter! | a mountain beautified by numerous woods; fig.: 54?$rq| conduct outwardly fair (Dzl.); *4*q*qj4| iryhe$-bki'ag lustrous; beautiful and bright: q^yw^^qj^wq^qS'^vw- tho lustre of his countenance had faded, tho wrinkles on his skin were many (Khrid. 4S). lit. handsome body idiomatically: fine health: being in excellent health (Yig. k. £8). mdses-dgah delightful; [one who naturally indulges in pleasure]^.; a handsome woman (A.K. 111-13):, mdse^dug—*^'^ very
1051 ^]‘qf handsome, beautiful (Mnon.); mdse§- bya$ ornament, jewellery (Mnon.); mdses-sbyt'n, the finest sandal wood per- fume; mdses-?na a pretty girl, a beautiful damsel; a charming young woman or girl (A.K. Ill, 30). wutees-mdses pomp, extravagance, debauchery; mdses-legs kind act, good behaviour (Rttii.). <J|eT rndso япгЛ, breed between ' the yak-bull and the common cow; яд^£ is the hybrid of a common bull and a yak- cow. mdso-wo female of hybrid birth, the jomo or common dairy beast in Tibet; mdso-dkar, white dso ; mdso- rgod wild cattle ; mdso-sgal load for a mdso to carry; mdso-pho a male cross of yak and cow ; mdso-phrug a young dzo, a calf of a dzomo; mdso-mo-fin a tree the wood of which resembles the red-sandal wood; and being largely imported into Tibet from China, is used in dying the garments of the lamas of Amdo. widso-tshwa n. of a medi- cinal salt: wdsod sbst. treasury, store, depository, treasure-chest; £(5‘ч to secure, to hide a thing in a safe place; to take it out. treasury of a monastery or that of a Buddhist sanctury. corn-magazine, granary; a safe for valuables; gold treasury ; “ehandzo” treasurer in large monasteries; a treasury of words, dictionary; mdsoddchan^^'9^ (Mnon.); store-room, larder; mdsod khan-pa, a storekeeper. mdsod-jiis a kind of fine satin (S. kar. 1803); mdsod-btag§ finest silk scarf for presentation (Yig. 38); mdsod-gos, the finest satin or lit. the satin robe that is generally kept in tho treasury or box, only used on grand occasions (S. kar. 178). mdso-pa ; treasurer. Syn. mdsod-hd$in-pa; phyag-mdsod; ban-mdsod-pa (Mnon.). » mdsod-spu Ж1Т;—(МпопЗ) a circle of hair between the eye-brows in the middle of the fore- head, one of the particular marks of a Buddha, from which he sends forth divine rays of light (Ja.). mdsod-spu-can [1. a woollen blanket; 2. a spider, a ram.J.S. plantain plant (Mnon.). Abhidharma kosa v. comprising the and the ^чцгч^я^ the first giving an index of all the subjects of Buddhist Scriptures, the second an account of the doctrines of the Cravaka, Pratyeka Buddha, Bodhisattvas and Buddhas, the treasures which are the privileges of such Buddhist saints as have attained to the eighth stage of perfection. mdsol-bu 1. a menagerie, house where wild beasts are kept. 2. grief, dejection; a snare, a trap (Sch.). ^’4 I: hdsag-pa pf. gzags of srt$s,fut. gzag to drop, drip, trickle ; leak, run out: blood, water, dripping from the nose (Med.); я&^гя^’ч dropping of tears; К‘я'я<я]’Ч'^ад'я^я* milk is trickling from it (Vai, sn.); я^'я^-ч to trickle constantly, to spirt, to flow out; «MW'Sflowing off at the
1052 bottom, tho lake became empty or “ as not” (Mil.); the face dripping (with perspiration); he is shedding tears of universal pity (Dzl.); | letting (ashes) fall through between her fingers {Mil.. II : in the language of the Brahma Kayika-deva: — jw| qgq-q; W 5'^’1 §5=5^ (А', коп. 'I, 236). QJsC ’qJTk ' hdsan-hdson = (Ja.). hd*a fa-pa 1. acquiring of wealth greedily, avaricious hoarding of wealth. 2. = *S’4 spent, consumed, ex- hausted, construed with of rare occur- n nee (Ja hdwd-pa, pf. *S to go down, dwindle, to be consumed, to come to an end = 3Vq q. v.; riches will be spent or run down. in going out and coming in and in wavering to and fro, it is consumed (A. 137). the gathered wealth to an end (Pth.) \ a lamp the oil of w'hich is exhausted (Glr.); 4^5। ye poor children of merchandise whose stored-up merits are now at an end (Glr.) that which has been spent for provisions (Mil.); though the muscular part of the thigh had been consumed, (I) was easy; helpless (Glr.); 2 whilst life is consuming itself (Do.); ? at the hour of death ; ч^5 the effects of the five poisons never cease; ^’4 3yq of devils there is no end (Mil.); or *5’4i^ q'^^-q incessant, endless, everlasting, intermi- nable. with this it comes to an eomes end, i.e.y this is the only thing besides which no second is existing; as this is the only means of making a living (Dzl.). The form 3SЛ is frq. used at the end of a phrase to signify: “ and none besides, ” “ it is only,” “and no more,” etc. Hence, wo may render: as I am the only person that has seen; this is limited to seeing, this refers only to sight (Dzl.)-, q ^yq^j as the two have only one name. So, too, the frequent with the termin. case = not only: having lost his life not only this time (but often before) (Dzl.); not only that, i.e. still more, further yet. hdsan-dkah = (Li<;i), difficult to obtain or to aquire. оДггч hdsab-pa 1. to count on the beads, to mutter charms; to pronounce or magie sentences. 2. or mischief, danger. 3. vb. to strive, endeavour; to be studious, to give diligence (Ja.). ^4'^ hdsab-can a blackguard, dangerous person; a dangerous thief, daring robber. «гёггд hdsam-bu, v. ^’5 mg, the rose- apple tree, engenia: the seed of rose-apple, the seeds of Vijapuraka and Carisa, cooked to- gether in goat’s milk and taken with butter will enable one to fast for a fort- night (K. g- 48). hdsam-glift rgyan-drug the six ornaments or gems of Dzambuling or Jambudvipa :•—(!) wpvq°j Arye
1053 ej&fq I deva; (2) Axya- saihga; (3) Sarvajna Vasu mitra; (4) дч-q (^яптт^таг Acharya Dignaga; (5) 5A«^lK§-3]4]4-ti Acharya Chaudrakirtti; (G) |454^g-S)5qc.-Ei ЧГФШ- «птг^ Acharya Nagendra. q hdsam-glin rgyal-po ?*^кГ5Т the king of the earth, an epithet of the king of Ayodhya (Mnon.). hdsam-glin mchog-gnis the two great personages of Jambudvipa viz:—the Buddha and Nagarjuna. ‘^З’З^’ hdsam-bu-glin, see ^’3’SK above, or is the more frq. spelling. hdsam-bu chu-icohi gser, gold from the river of the golden sand, which is used by a Chakravartti Raja: ^*'3|Д hdsam-bu nadi gold from the river of golden sand : ^*’31 hdsam-buhi rgyal-khams kingdom of Jambu (modern Jummoo), the south-eastern part of Kashmir. hdsam-buhi rgyal- ndshan-can =(Mnon.) an epithet of the earth. ^*’3^ hdsam-bur a gun, cannon (Jd.). ^<4 hdsah the interest or premium paid for tho use of money borrowed (Jd.). hdsar a bob, tassel, tuft ( Ja.). oA’q hdsar-w a 1. taking dinner at midday. 2. pf. w bzar, fut. gzar, to suspend, to hang up, to fling across or over, to put over one’s shoulder. 3. to dress carelessly or in a loose manner, to huddle on clothes or rags. Q£’C| hdsi-wa 1. to be busy about, to be engaged in, to be taken up with, absorbed by anything. 2. to abstain from, to be abstinent, temperate (Jd.). ЦК-Ц hdsin-wa to dispute, quarrel, contend with, wrestle, struggle with. Syn. hkhrugs-pa; яад’Ч hthab-pa (Mnon.). hdsin$-pa, gen. with 3 &ra rarely with bristly, rugged, shaggy; of beggars or of infernal monsters (Ja.). hdsin 1. «th the act of laying hold or seizing, seizure, grasp, gripe, a catch. When preceded by or it indicates an eclipse of the sun or moon, in accordance with the notion of the sun and the moon being seized by the dragon Rahu. 2. a holder, keeper; a receptacle; the holder of the vajra (thunderbolt), $4^ (water-holder) a cloud; Х’Я^ the tongue. 3. a bond, obligation, contract, agreement, a bargain, a treaty; a written agreement; phrod-hdsin a receipt. hdsin-pa pf. bzun or sitn fut. gzun; often takes the form ; also occurs as in ац tenses: 1. to lay hold of, to seize, to grasp; frq. requiring attached to object seized, e.g., to grasp a person’s hand; taking hold of the head; to catch a man, frq.: to take as wife (Glr.); to hold a sword in one’s hand (Glr.); •‘Ц though grasped it is not held. 2. to uphold, support: a prince upholding my race (t?Zr.); as he upheld
с.еЦчц i 1054 4^1 the Buddhist faith. 3. to realise, com- prehend, grasp, conceive, by the mind : u to perceive things not as they orc, or not at all, in consequence of weakened senses” (Thgy.); with reference to mind or memory: ; ; to be taken in or grasped by the soul, mind and understanding; to bo kindly affected towards a person ; to be not graciously inclined (JA7. nt.); g ^ ^yq taken in love by a girl (P/Л.); ri-khrod hdsin-pa to choose the solitude of mountains; 5*^4A£yq to grasp humility, to choose lowliness (ЛА7.). 4. to consider, hold, estimate: consider- ing me an enemy (Dzl.); qva^ q*, waEyq to esteem, respect one, as a father, as a mother (Stg.); *^ q 'q ’^S’qv to consider the not existing as exist- ing (Thgr.); ofy^’sj^q to consider as two, to find a difference between two things which according to Buddhist philosophy are ono and the same; to believe in the reality (of a thing) (2£il.). 5. ufa; sbst. comprehension, holding; capacity; tho seizing; he that seizes, holds, occupies: the holder of a magie sentence, etc. 6. the dispenser : the dispenser of law or justice, punishment. hdsin- hkhris in a ^q«i (Khrid. 28). цЙкувад hdsin-stans fist [clen- ching the fist, a handful] 8. hdsin-dant a sealed receipt or acknowledgement (Rtsii.). q^ q qan auspicious time (in reference to influence of the planets). hdsin-byed=^'4 HIT, уж, mi,. ЯШГС, pincers (Affton.). hdsin-ma 1. щтй, мТгД W earth as a receptacle of all things. 2. vrret a mid-wife. hdsin-nut-hdsin wJtur a land- holder, a chieftain, ono who rules over a country. 4^’^o| q hdsin-tshag-pa to super- vise, to superintend: (Ж). hdsin-yas vht, W n. of a great number. hdsim-pa wrongly used for 4^q. hdsir-wa («<ч|’<Ж’я£Ч'ч) to trickle off, to lot drip (from the fingers). hdsu-ica, pf. to catch at, to seize on. hdsug$-pa occasionally zug-pa Ktmn, ; pf. btsugs or zug$, fut. *41*4^ &zug$ (trs. to я^ч’ч) 1. to thrust or stick into, push down, to set a plant in the ground, to set down, to set up a pillar, to raise (a standard). S q Jf^ q to place a drinking-cup before a person; aNEfcrStoq^l^ thrust in the finger; ^x/4‘Qr^Efq|*rq to set the knees on the ground, to kneel down; feast given when a little child begins to plant its feet, t.e., to walk (Glr). 2. to establish, found, settle; to introduce : jpr^goi^'q to settle a custom and, hence, in a general sense, to begin, or set about any business, with or without qfercr^gqjKq to offer resistance. (Pth.). 3. intrs., to bore or force itself into, to penetrate, to take hold of, to permeate; mostly fig.: the medicine has not taken hold yet, does not work; 8 y°u not cling or stick to a companion (JA7.). 4. to sting, like
4^1 1055 nettles, to prick, like a thorn (Jlf/Z.); the leaves sting (Vai. sfi.) ; n°t smarting (Vai. sit.). hdsugs-gtor the annual offer- ings of iorma to spirits (Rtsii.). hdsud-pa pf. ^5 btsud also £5 imp. £5 tJiud, (trs. to ^5‘q) to put, to lead, to guide, to induce; to insert: to seduce into sin (Pth.); to put or insert into ; one who puts into a vessel (Situ. 85\ hdsub-mo for 1. a span, the top of the forefinger to that of the thumb. 2. the fore- finger. hdsum or ^g*4 hdsum-pa=^*i*W fara, fkfaB a smile: with a friendly smile; hdsum-bycd- pa to smile; ^gV^’^ hdsiun-daMdan smiling (Pth.); ^g^’^‘4 hdsum-skyon-wa to preserve a friendly countenance, to be always mild and gentle; hdsum- §kyon in a special sense, the exhortation given to a daughter on her marriage to treat visitors with a friendly smile; also fig., an engaging appearance; CXg*i no- hdsum a smile: I watched whether the smile of my aunt was friendly or unfriendly (Mil.); no-hdsum nag-ste looking forbidingly; hdsum-kha a smiling mouth; Rgsifrai lha-mo hdsum-kha-ma a smiling goddess; at first a girl is a smiling young goddess (Khrid. 61). hdsum-ltag-dgye a smile between the teeth, a sardonic smile, a grin (Cs.). I: hdsum-pa pf. btsum or zum, fut. gzum, imp. tshum 1. to close, to shut, yet, as Jd. points out, only in certain applications, such as to close one’s eyes, to shut one’s mouth: ^gsre^/g^’ mig mi-hdsum-par Ha-shin to have one’s eyes immovably fixed upon (Dzl.); also pad-mahi kha-zum-bshin just as the lotus-flower closes; rma kha mi-zum-shin (Vai. sn.) if the wound will not close. 2. to smile: ^gbctRf^ hdsum-bag-can (of a child) sweetly smiling (Mil.). hdsum-mul or SVT«tf a laugh, a smile; a smile escaped; to smile; Ж to smile by drawing in the lips but not breaking into laughter: (Rdsa. 21). hdsum mu-le as if to break out into a laughter: *ЛWV4 (Rdsa. 17). hdsur-ыа pf. bzur, fut. gzur, to give way, to draw back; (of a horse) to shy: to step aside in a path ; wor^gK q to shun work, to evade labour (Jd.). hdsul-wa to glide, steal out or away, SjK4 to slip out or through the door ; or ^g&rs to glide into the water, i.e., to dive. that which enters a hole or slips down into its den so as not be seen or captured (Situ. 85). hdsu§ 1. v. ^gA 2. a corrupt form of ОДчрЦ hdseg-pa to climb up, to ascend, to walk up; ч ri-la hdseg-pa to ascend a hill,
1056 QgE'l •jfc.-Ejч-яйг]'ч to climb up a tree; 3 one who ascends, walks up a steep incline (Situ. 85). §5 hdseg-par byed, climbs up. ojfc’ hdsen whet-stone, hone (Jd.). hdsefi-tca 1. to fight with pro- jectiles; to throw stones. 2. to stick or jut out, to project, to he prominent. hdscd-pa pf. vulg. ^q, to hold out or forth. AdwMpa==3y§Vi to shrink from, to shun, avoid: give up or abstain from wine; й^ч|-qora£*rq to shun evil; insensible to shame, shamokss; do abandon, give up ! to dread going in an inauspicious direction; и «ч'«гёя avoids going on a journey or doing anything at an inauspicious hour when the malignant stars are in tho ascendant; to keep off from pollution or defilement: g $$). цГы’яХ/п hdsem- mdog--^£^u no-tsha ps-pa, shamefaced, bashfulness, modesty (Mnon.) ; a&rq hdst m-pa-can or bashful, modest (Cs.); hdsem-pa-med immodest, shameless; khnl-hdstm modesty. &lu-g.byafa music, singing (Mnon}. <£v?l I: hdser-pa fleshy excrescence in the body (Jdbrom. p 18). hdser-dum a round excrescence of the body, stump-like ^foot or hand). + II; or яё'кч hdser-ica l.= to say, to speak. 2. to he hoarse; hdscr-po hoarse; with 45 §kad id.: to weep with a hoarse voice (Pth.). 4 hdsog-pa the fist; to fold the fist. qXcqX*’ hdsoA-hdsoft 1. jagged, pointed, conical. 2. oblong, cylindrical in C. (Jd.). Q?q‘q^’ hdsob-brdun = Q^,{i&\. a&r 'Ц hdsom~pa or ц hdsoms-pa ПНПГЧ to come or approach together, to meet, to interlace: w^Xscq the crossing of two roads; to meet a in journey ; з^’ЯЙч all meeting, where all meet; n. of a mountain pass on the road to Lahul from Spiti (Jd.) ; ’f^M’R&’q coming together of various things; ^‘яЙн-q crowd, crowding in one place. oXarq hdsom-po abundant, swelling, profuse, fertile; abounding in grass and water and wood, feitile C. mthun-rkycn hdsom-po success- ful through a favourable concurrence of circumstances; variegated, many coloured (Jd.). сХ*Г Ц hdsol-pa any error, mistake, etc. de-la hdsol-pa gsum- byuft he fell into three errors (Jd.). a&rq hdsol-tca l. = X^3 to mistake: wa^orq lam-hdsol-wa to go into the wrong way, to miss tho right way; ^q^q to blunder in working. 2. to shake about, to stir; to intermix, to confuse: яХйгч to deliver a message confusedly, making a mess of it (Jd.). rdsa clay or earthenware; gen. r ^^clay. FS* a clay pot or jug. if rdsa in comp, is used for if’*» as in beer- jug, water-pitcher, rdsa-kofi, clay oil-burner (Rtsii.); frdsa-kor
1057 И earthen bowl, little dish; FF’ rdsa-khaA pottery; rdsa-khufi clay-pit; rdsa-khog = v. ex rdsa- mkhan potter; rdsa-mkhan-gyi hkhor $kor-wa to turn the potters’ wheel; rdsa mkhan- дуг rigs, the potter caste (in India\ rdsa-chen a large earthen pot or vessel (for cooking purposes). rdsa-pag a tile, or burnt brick; rdsa- phor earthen cup or dish ; Гrdsa-bo an earthen vessel. %'t' rdsa-rfia kettle-drum made of burnt clay: (IJbrom. p 107), the large kind of kettle-drum. Rdsa-chu n. of a river in Kha ms said to be the head-waters of the Salwin: the river Rdsa-chu of Kham issuing from the mountain range of Duft-hbud-sgra (conch- sh ell-trumpet sound) of the north flows through Chhamdo, Tsha-wa-gang, Jang, Ju, etc., and entering the Chinese province of Yunnan passes through Burmah near Prome, emptying itself into the ocean (Dsam. 32), ёг д rdsa-bra in C. is a species of lagomys, & small tailless rodent. rdsa-ma pot (unglazed, urn- shaped, bellied vessels of various size both for cooking and holding water, butter, and the like). C"* rdsa-ra, ЦЧП4; and ^пг. rdsa-gsofi, [a frying-vessel]^. rdsafl chest, box, for various stores = <w bafi-wa (Jd.). ГК’Ц rdsafl-гса, v. rdsofi-гса. or rdsafy-tho a list or register of messages and messengers to be sent to different Jongs or subdivisions of Jong for the collection of revenue: provisions for delay according to the register of messengers (should be given) by the collector (Rtsii,). rdsab = ev\** or mud, mire. rdsab-dofi bog, slough. ГА’ё'Я rdsab-rdsub 1. = E^’2| rdsun-po falsehood. 2. sham, emptiness: rmi-lam rdsab-rdsub-сан an empty dream (Cs.). £4'^4 rdsab-rdsob—1*^’^ mire, marl. I; rdsas 1. (^’£X^) 3X, an article, thing, material, object (=^&г25 Ч^т5 substance): VI*'white objects appear yellow; ’^5 the thing of yesterday is to-day no more (Mil.); an impure thing; requisites for this purpose; espe- cially for sacrifices, sorceries, etc., hence also used as identical with magical agency (Vai. $fi,). 2. possessions, property, riches : the blessings accruing from a right applica- tion of wealth; provisions, victuals (Pth,); all his property (Mil.), 3. in philosophy: matter; real substance, realities (TP«s.). bsruil-rdsas charms, talisman. rdsa^-ldan^1^'^ one Iposfiessing property, a rich man (Mfion.). * I: rdsi^^ rlafi or rdsi- rluft зтд, the carrier of smell, i.e., the wind. contrary or adverse wind; fysil-wahi-rdsi cool breezes ; phu-rdsi or stod-tdsi a wind 134
£1 1053 1 blowing from the uplands; hifi-rdsi or ipdo-rdsi a wind blowing at open places where rivers meet; 4 £ drt-rdJ- [dan a fragrant breeze, a wind bringing odours of flowers ; £"<** rdsi-char rain with wind; q rdsi-char drug-po rain storm; rdsi-rig lit. getting a seent of, perceiving, understanding; ‘^Я‘W perceiving it (also noticing it) word came to Xagtsho (A. 1J7). rdsi-g 's-pa to smell, snuff, snuffle, knowing or perceiving by smell, rdsi- gsaft-ica аз met. a dog. CX II: or Г’Я rdsi-bo ЧТМ herds- man, shepherd, cattlo-keeper; JT® rdai-pho a male keeper ; rdsi-mo a female keeper ; ^Я^ phyugs-rd.J a herdsman ; 5 ^ rta-dJ stable-keeper; Я^Я^ днад-rdsi neat-herd, ^1" ra-rdsi goat-herd; Х7/у гdog- feeder, S t" bya-rdsi person attending to poultry. £“4* rdsi-$fcor shepherd’s hut. Sch. has also: dpc-rdsi index, register. B * rdsi-ma 1. eye-lashes. 2. ginr a pot. Syii. «Ц 5) да» w mig~gi $nun-ma (l^fion.). gf’q rdsi-ica pf. 4£*1 brdsi? or Г** rdsi$, fut. 4g- brdsi, imp. $rdsi$ or rdsi$, 1. to pound, stamp, to knead; to tread down; Я^ if I should tread upon a thorn. 2. to oppress, to distress (Ja.). rdsihu 1. shepherd, diminutive of f rdsi-bo. 2. fin of a fish (Sch.). + rdsihu-ishos the preparing of dishes for a noble or lama. ?Я‘?Я rdJg-rdJg = rfiam-rfiam with w <4, to address one harshly and threateningly. e\ . ёГ^’ rdsin or g^'g rdsin-bu, qrtft a pond, e.y., for bathing; rd$in$-chen a large pond (Cs.). rdsJi-drun-^kye^—^'^ saffron (1Ц.П0П.). rdsifi§~Q%^ gru-rdsifi§ or gru-gzifis a ship. Ef r<7-s-« = H«'4 khram-pa or phra-ma (Mnon.) фя pretence, false air or show, also falsehood; yig-rdsu a letter filled with falsehoods, a lying epistle. Г4Я feigned smile ; §S’4=£V3 ? 4 ЁГ’П r dsn-ica pf. 4^*1 brdsu§ or >o . rdsu^ fut. 4^ fyrdsu, imp. 4g^ brdsu§ or gf* to give a deceptive representation, to make a thing appear different from what it is, to change into, to change (one’s self), to be changed: to ehange into a Jtaksasa; to disguise one’s self; 4^T4 as a yogi or meditating aseetio; rdws-te skye-wci) v. g *4 $kye-ica ; Я ^а~гн rd*u-icahi rgyu-та entrails feigning to be flesh, looking like flesh (Jd.}. rdsu-hphrul «efi a miracle, a magical illusion, an apparent marvel, the power to cause whieh is considered the highest manifestation of moral acquire- ments ; also=any delusion, miraculous appearance or transformation, etc. lpi’4 rdsu-hphritl $ton-pa to exhibit miracles; q?4]’q rdsu-hphritl hjig-pa to destroy the illusion by seeing through it (JZ/Z). rdsu-hphrul ni rnam-pa gsum miracles are of three kinds:—(1) wqsp’4 mo$-pa§ bsgyur-wa— (2) ltt$-kyi$ hgro-wa—’^’^*§’3’
I3)! 1059 (3) yid-ltar mgyogs-pa to move according to one’s wish, a faculty applicable to Buddha alone (Snin-gyanb 220). rdsu-hphnil-gyi rkan- bshi the four Riddhipada, acc. to §nin-rgyan, 220:—^’^5 hdun- pahi—, sem§-kyi ,—5r^on- grus— ; but acc. to Maha vyutpatti:—(1) К *' ' g^’ 3 4 W4 (2) fMwrrfas- ¥пгШтапт?чтлс^!хчж. (3) ян^тлн чг^чпс. (4) S§5‘ 55-t • q^’ 3v нЪтпгг янИ^тж ч^п w^nic< wfcqr^ll RI When applied in this sense the term hdsu-hphrul becomes identical with chos-hphrttl. rdsu-hphrul-can gifted with magic powers, miraculous. gyqq-^-q rdsu-phrul phra-mo gtso-wor byed- pa hi lta-гса the school or philosophical doc- trine of a sect in ancient India (Theg. 33). rdsun also ^ё^ brdsun a falsehood, lie, fiction, fable; rdsun-tshig id.; й q^mi-bden rdsun that is falsehood and not truth (Glr.); rdsun-$mra- wa, ё'Л’4]^ q rdsun-gsufi-гса, ё^’§5'4 rdsun- byed-pa to tell a lie; gyq^w^’^^-q- й'§5 it is impossible that Buddhas should lie (Ja.); g^xjgq rdsun-hkhrab an adroit liar and deceiver; rdsun-та a lie; a liar. In C. colloq. “kyak-dsun”=a lie. rdsus-stag deceit, im- >© posture: £4 §5’4 rdsub-byed-pa to make false assertions (Ta.); cf. rdsab- rdsub. rdsu$-$kyes or r^'g*’’4 rdsu$-te skyes-pa ^ччт^ of miraculous birth. Thus Padma Sambhava is said to have been born from the lotus flower; the people of Uttara Kuru are said to be so born; [one of apparitional birth] S'. rdsus-stag = gyo-sgyu: 5'^’^' (Л. 130). rdsus-ma something counterfeit, feigned, dissembled: ‘wp^-q a master of dissimulation; rdsus-mahi sprafi-po a disguised beggar (Glr.); 3’5^’ mu-tig rdsus-ma imitation pearls. -4 Г’п rdse-wa pf. brdses or rdsesy fut. brdsey imp. brdses or rdses 1. to tuck up, truss up (clothes), to cock a hat; to turn up, the upper lip (Jd.); §kra gyen-du brdses-pa the hair bristling (Do.). 2. to threaten (Cs.). rdsehu dimin. of rdsa-ma a small pot, pipkin (Jd). rdsogs the finishing, completion : rdsog$-la-khad not fully finished, stopping short of completion; $ ye-$e§ yofis-su rdsogs most perfect and fully accomplished; the Buddha. Syn. zin-la-khad; tshar- la-khad (Мйоп.). rdsogs-khufi small window in the wall of a house to see outside objects: (A. 130). rdsogs-chen or q q rdsogs- pa chen-po 1. most perfect or complete 2. one of the prin- cipal sects of the Rnin-ma School of Tibetan Buddhism; and much followed in Sikkim as well as in Derge in East Tibet. Its tenets are of the Atiyoga type.
1060 rdsogt-pa 1. vb. to finish, to fulfil, to complete, to terminate: rdsogt-pahi iptshamt-su just where the road terminates; mdsad-pa yofi$-su rdsogs- na$ having accomplished all his deeds (Glr.); it has been carried out according to tho order; ^•q5 q the chapter concerning the king, his officers, and retinue having embraced the holy doctrine is (here) finished. 2. adj. complete, full, copious, perfect: FV'VT the most perfect teacher Buddha. 3. fafi, нипг accomplished, executed, termination, finis. Syn. 5q’q grub-pa; zin-pa also ГдУа$~Ра j 4 hphel-ica (Шоп.). ^к^дА’^ч Bodhi- sattva, the stage of a saint immediately before he attains to Buddhahood. i’dwg$-par adv. perfectly, com- pletely, fully: rdsog$-par b^nad-pa to report fully; rdsogs-par f^-pa s/iig one thoroughly conversant (Ufd.); F*|n ц^чдчч rdwgs-par i^lab-pa to learn thoroughly (J/W.) ; 4^w b§nen-par rdsogs-pa or 4^F«|«rwgS’4 b§nen-rdsog$ rndsad-pa to be ordained into the full order of Bhiksu. rdsogs-tshig, y.^^^slar-bsdu- wa the terminative particle or word in a sentence. rdsog$-rim, one of the Tantrik or mystic rites of the Rnin-ma School. r*’ rdson (in eolloq. often joug) a castle, fortress; in modern times = head- quarters of a district magistrate and revenue officer; rdsofi-dpon the district revenue officer in Tibet. F*’g®i rdsofi-skyel a through pass-port or road-bill from the jurisdiction of one Jong-pon to that of another. rdsofts-pa pf. лё'в.м Ippisafa or rdson$, fut. ч^л brdsaft or F^' td$an to forward, send off, to despatch, to take along with: 3|*гч^*^ | 4^ а gixl who is beautiful has been sent by me to you, and medicines for subduing the 404 diseases have boon also despatched (Glr.). sent elsewhere; poured into a vessel {Situ. 76). д’Йч^слгч to give one’s daughter in marriage. rdsob-po or F4 {dsob-mo vain, empty, spurious, void. brdms-pa l. = WT4U’W tenop-spag-dafi hdam. 2. in ч^'ч^я тппап-ра rkafi-pa$ brdsis (Situ. 76). ^’ч£ч1 zan-brdd$ (flag. 43). 4g brd8u-bya$=.fa%'Q sgrom-che-wa a large box or chest (1). $el. 18). brdsun a lie. v. rdsun; false, counterfeit; falsehood, lie. brdsun-t^hig false statement: 4^jjv^I 4g^ the man who is happy and in comfort can give (in charity) and avoid lying (Tan. d. \ Ш). ^brdsu$=^ spruit ₽Г5кчГч khro- wor-brdsu$ transformed into a wrathful deity (Situ. 76). <зччт^ miracu- lous birth or growth. brdsus- te skyes-pahi--sfio=t>w* rtsa-a-wa, or a medicinal grass called A-ica (S)nan. 330). brdsu$-<}ift==$prul- shift transforming (A. 60). brdscs Ягая [removed]#, зд ч'чгм ral~pa-irdses=wv&ral-pa gyen-du irdses QT gos-chat-brdees (Situ. 70)^
QJ wa the twentieth letter of the Tibetan alphabet corresponding in sound to the English W.; and is considered by Tibetan grammarians to be of purely Tibetan origin. It seems that the early scholars who visited India for studying Buddhist literature had their lessons in Sanskrit from Bengali pandits who could hardly have distinguished the difference between < and <, but in later periods when the scholars of Higher Tibet and Tsang studied Sanskrit under the pandits of Western Alagadha, Benares, Nepal and Kashmir, they found that the equivalent of the letter 4 wa existed in the letter ч and belonged to it in the manner that the Bengali letter represents both 4 and 4 of Devanagri. Owing to this circum- stance, it is said, the letter 4 fell into disuse. I ‘ a gutter trough or pipe gen. made of wood in Tibet; 4’F the mouth of a gutter; 4’$ the water falling from a gutter ; 4'^5 spout or beak of vessels. QJ II: in Tantrik Budh. is a sym- bol of that state which has neither a cause nor a consequence: (7Г. g. 4, 4$), and conveys the notion of extreme lightness, and subtilty; in the Sutras it is also symbolical of the occult science or mysticism which it is said was needed for the diffusion of Buddhism (7£ my. % 208). QJ III: the fox of Tibet, . . which is of several varieties and probably includes three distinct species. The vulg. n. is 4’3! гса-tse. <4’45 wa-skad the barking of the fox; 4’Jn wa^kyes fox-born, a sly, timid person; a Tibetan proverb says: q’ty-S)• if a coward became appointed as chief or ruler, he would particularly play the part of a fox. 4’5 wa-gro bluish fox; 4’5’5 ma-gro-gro a grey fox (Sch.); 4’^4 the fox yelps, also the crying of the fox or the jackal when it becomes rabid: the bad omen of the cry of foxes, etc. (Ta- sc I. 28). JFa-tin. of a sanctuary in Nepal containing the image of a Buddha called 4’5the good Wati. exactly like (not different from) Phags-pa Wati (A. 24). wa-ba goitre, of which several kinds are mentioned; H^'4 bloody goitre, ^4'4 a swelling from fat; also ^^'4 and the last being called the goitre of good luck (Milg. 33). 4'4*^ wa-ba-can one having goitre (K. g. 4, 344); 4’^f гса-tsha a kind of medicinal salt applied on goitre. this salt absorbs goitre and removes any fleshy excrescence. Wa-brag dkar n. of a place in Tibet {LoA. э 5). ч-дч)’«^к«| Wa-brag
I 1062 dkanca n. of a learned Buddhist monk born in Wa-brag dkar who was a pupil of tho sago Potopa. ’<?) Wa-dsa pa-na n. of a place on the way to Urgycn, i.e., to Udyana (5. lam 17). tca-ra a kind of tea which is brought to Tibet from tho direction of Ladak, etc. (Jig. 23). Wa-га-на-si, also written Я. М the Indian name of the city of Benares in tho neighbourhood of which Buddha first preached his doctrine» 1згчг Wa-rin-da Varendra Bhumi of Bengal (Dsam.); modern North Bengal. fJJwa-ru-na 344 n. of the god of water; that of a kind of plant; also of a naga (Mfton.). wa-le or Wwal-le or wal- le-гса clear, distinct, plain ; di its meaning having become clear to him, ho replied (A.3J). Wa-luft (the fox-valley) a district in East Nepal inhabited mainly by Tibetans lying just whore the river Arun coming from Tibet enters the Himalayan gorges to join the Kosi river. wa-si a kind of apple (Sch.). Wa-scft-ge-brag n. of rocky precipice with a cavern in it (regarded as a holy place) in Mdo-Kham§ (Deb. % 35). waft a Chinese title of high order akin to our title of baron, and is con- ferred upon the greatest personages of China, also upon the khans of Mongolia and the regent of Tibet. In Tibet Phola, the first regent viceroy who was invested with the title of Thaudiji, was created Wang and was called king Mi- wang. e\ IP'S waft-khyi n. of a (Sa-bdag) monster ; is the general of tho king of the Sa-bdag monsters. Waft-tsuu the first Chinese envoy sent by one of the early Chinese Emperors in search of tho holy religion of Buddha to India : tho messenger Wang- tsun was sent to India in search of a holy doctrine (Grub. S, 4). GHpfj wargaqit n. of a treo regarded as very holy which existed in Buddha Gaya (prob, the name by which the famous Bodhi treo was known) : й-Че/ч^е/^г^к/ (Dsam.). цчф wal-gyi$=W4 wal-le. 25*4*4 wal-le drag-po htshal n. of a fancied world supposed to exist to the south of this world. (G. Bon.). c\ QJ tn num. fig.=50. сч QJ ’ЧХ wi-pa-dtea n. of a place (Bon. ch. 5). еч . Wift-dsuft n. of the younger brother of Jung-jung the 5th Emperor of the great T'ang dynasty. wu num. fig. = 80. wu-rdo, 1. v. hur-rdo a sling. 2. pumice stone Sch. Wun-$ift koft-jo (a Chinese name which translated into Tibetan= the lotus within the water) is the princess Wun-ohung Kon-jo who
*1 1063 married king Srofi-btsan §gam-po of Tibet ’in the first part of the seventh century A.D. She is adored in Tibet as an incarnation of the goddess Dolma (Lofi. % 6.) -K QJ we num. fig.: 110. c\ w Wen-dhi n. of a famous Chinese Emperor of the Siii dynasty who greatly favoured Buddhism (Grub \ 5). wer-ma a class of Bon minor deifies : fVI дчщ- the group of secret gods there are 360 deities called Wer-ma and also 360 called Thugskar who are Bon gods (Bon. QJ wo num. fig. = 140. wo-ti a corruption of the teim Bodhi. Wo-ti bzafi-po n. of the celebrated image of Buddha located at Kirong (35’?*’ on the Nepal border) (Yig. 2).
G) sha tho twenty-first letter of tho Tibetan alphabet, for which there is no corresponding letter either in English or in Sanskrit. Its pronunciation somewhat resembles that of “ s ” in the word leisure, but generally in C it is sounded very much like the letter sh. qVl*' ska-dkar or tin. + Sha-sgrc = \&\ rna-nwcl earless. sha hchag ma-$g rub-pa or incomplete, imperfect or defec- tive : remission of taxes paid by doing work {Rtsii.); (Л. $el. S). sha-ne or sha-nc iFtfl tho metal lead; black lead: lead is used to remove poison and to cure putrifying flesh, a leaden sword sha-nehi gtin-rdo a sounding lead, plummet (Pth.} ; [1. black salt 2. Cyperus rotundus\S. = quicksilver; sha-gog tin foil, thin plates of lead; tin foil. sha-ne-ma pounded dry cheese (Rtsii.). sha-ica lame; also = a lame person, but in colloq. sha-wo = cripple; having a maimed foot or hand; M I you being (to me) like my limbs, if you thus leave us, I should bo like a lame person (Hbrom. p, 5). c\ K’ sha-hbrift a corrupt form of an attendant, a servant. sha-la a corrupt form of plas- tering on walls: plastered the walls. Sha-la-khaft n. of one of the cells of the Dalai Lama at Potala in Lhasa (Rtsii. 17). R’q Sha-lu (*^ъ$) n. of a district in Tsang a few milos to tho S. W. of Tashi- Ihunpo with a large monastery, tho seat of the famous historian and chronologist Bn-tton Rin-po-che better known as Buton (Loft. %* 5); Sha-I и-pa a native of Sha-lu; Sha-lu lo-chen=Buton tho author. shwa or shwa-mo ’sfa, resp. S3dbu-shica a covering for the head, a hat, cap; ^,?fa’q or to put a cap on, to take it off (by way of salutation); 5"J Chinese cap, Mongolian cap ; winter-cap, summer hat (light felt- hats adapted to the wanner season); hat or cap made of felt; shwa-go$ for cap and robe: put on your cap and robe (Rtsii. 51). shica-tog the top ornament of a hat prob, a button or a figure; shtca-thul the semi-circular red patch that is put on the back of a priest’s winter cloak (Rtsii.); shica-snam the woolly felt of
1065 yellow or red of which the caps of the lamas are made in Tibet (Rtsii.). shica-gshol the brim of a cap or hat. wearer of the red-cap, n. of the followers of the Rnifi-ma, Karma-pa, and Sa-skya-pa sects of Tibetan Buddhists. R’*fc sha-ser yellow-cap, the ordinary name of the Gelug-pa sect, the reformed Buddhist school of Tibet now dominant all over Higher Asia and N. W. China, a complementary title or address to a great lama of the Gelugpa sect of Tibet; the illuminator of the doctrine of the yellow- cap sect a title of the Dalai Lama of Tibet. shag 1. clot of blood, film on tea that is cooling down or any film that is formed on liquids generally, as on milk when it is allowed to cool after being boiled. R^'S^ clotted blood. 2. a day, but not in contradistinction to night, and is said to be of three kinds : (1) B^'R^I one thirtieth part of the time required by the bud to pass over the sign of the zodiac; (2) V’R4! the period from sunrise to another sunrise; (3) 'R4 tshes- shag the division of time in proportion to each increase or decrease in the lunar crescent. The day period as distinguished from the night is not R*| shag. &hag-gran§ the date; R4|'4|^4 a day, and adv. once ; RSfRsp^ a few days ago; after many days; R% R^R^'S from day to day; R4!4^ seven days, a week; forty eight weeks; R^'W or R^ or R4’§5 night’s lodging, temporary quarters. 3. fog, smoke, dry vapour, filling the atmosphere in autumn (Ja.). 4. also shag-rtsi— fat or grease in a liquid state, also fat melted and congealed again W.; fig. the fat of the country, fertility, ajorojthe country is barren (Ma.); R^'-ssj greasy, oily, Rq'^R lean ; Rqj’cfc shag- phor a cup, or vessel for grease, the pot in which the greasy portion of the buttered tea that is poured aside at the time of taking tea is kept. R^ shag-po in 0. colloq. = a day. R4]*rlj<4 8hags-grol=&^ % the river Sita (Mnon.). shags-pa чш; a sling rope with a noose for catching birds, wild horses, andantelopes, etc.: having been drawn in (ensnared) by the lasso of love (А. К. 1-Ц). R*|*rwj shags-thag or RT1' a noose; shag§-rgyab-pa or ^‘<1 to throw or fling the noose at an object or animal. Syn. hphen-thag; bzun- thag; bein§-thag (Mnon.). q shags-pa-can—Qty urfanr Varuna the god of the sea whose chief weapon consists of a rope with a noose (Mnon.). Shan-ka-ma n. of a place in Tibet; R^nj-wq n. of a great Lama of that place. shan or R^’S shan-po, vulg. w*RV a-shan, uncle by the mother’s side, mother’s brother. Syn. ma-yi spun-zla ; « ma-yi skra-ne; ma-yi tshan- mt shuns (Mfion.). ’ Shan n. of a district of Tsang N. of Tashi-lhunpo. R^orsS^W n. of a celebrated Lama of Tibet belonging to Shang (Deb. % #); R^’?4!^ shan-rtag§ a kind of long knife manufactured in Shang (Jig. 31). 135
I 1066 1 shafi-blon mu-men-ga $a-ean (mystic) =?qM tiger’s flesh (usedin medicine) (Swan. 350). ^'#5 Shan-tsha-bya n. of one of tho 36 border lands of Tibet (Ya-sel. 38). Skafi-s/mfi the ancient name of the province of Guge in Ngari Khorsum, W. Tibet; and comprised the district bordering to the west of lake Mansarowara where tho Bon religion was first promul- gated and where Shenrab its founder was born. It is therefore called ^’8*’ Shang-shung- the land of the Bon (J. ZafiX the prin- cess of Shang-shung who was married to king Srofi-btsan Sgam-po (Lofi. % 5). «i’J4 one flash of lightning fell on the black tent of tho king of Shang-shung (Л. 19). Shafi-rom n. of a lama of Atis'a’s time (A. 102, 104). shad=%\ the right conjecture or guess: S* йho said that tho lama teacher knew by guess the time of my death (A. 114). (3^ shan or shan-pa weak, feeble, the opp. to ^1’5. of a weak body, of delicate health; also applied to sounds. In eolloq. is used as opp. to well- looking, handsome. OOl. for consultation, conference (& Lex.). shab§ 1. q^, W honorific term : foot, feet: S|№ito bow down at an officer’s feet; pw ska shab$=: “kusho”a title of respect. to the feet of , or to , in directions of letters: to the great matchless rich power of kindness aud knowledge Phul- Jung. to walk bare- footed, to hold np or support tho feet (of another), i.e., to help ; beneath the knees of the stretched legs of that image (A. 44) shabs-hbam gout of the feet, rheumatic swelling in the feet (Ya-sel. 11); skabs-bro dance, qqqdjWyq to danee to music shab§-ma a woman’s drawers, under-coat; shab§-zufi gnwn pair of feet (Yig. k. 13); q possessed of foot, a stanza ; 8hab§-sen nail of the toe, shabs-lham or shabs-chag shoe or boot of a greatman. shab^tin heel; shab§-$teg§ foot-stool. 2. tho bottom, lower end or part: at the bottom of tho lake; ^^3 shab$-kyu (in Sikk. pronounced as chab-chu) the hook at the foot of a letter signifying tho vowel u in Gram. shab$-kyi pad-то footstool (Yig. к. 1). G^qgorq shab^-b^ktil-m^^^^^ to refresh ones memory, to remind: gq jto submit reminder to high officals, to refresh their memory1 on any subject (Ya-sel. 31). shab^- fokul shu-wa to urge, to exhort. ^q*rgN shab§-gra§ or in eolloq. = seiwant, attendant. wages, fees such as doctor’s fee, etc. (Sorig. 133). ^q^-q^]^ shab§-bcag§ (Sell.) 1. partic. of qq*r«u4jq. 2. = qw^. 3. ground, terri- tory (Ja.). Wwjq shab$-ehag§ or resp. shoe, boot, slippers. shab$-tog—4<F$ (*Чт, the heel of the feast) fig. service; g*rq5’W^4
I 1067 worship, homage {Pag. 5); ^q^%«rR^R' Кзд-уХЕ/ (Hbrom. F, 15). ^q^Rp^Rf Eja servant of the better class or higher rank, an official; dispenser, benefactor. to render services ; also, to feed, treat, provide, offer. shabs-rten 1. footstool (Cs.) 2. boot {Sch.). Syn. rkan-stegs*, rga-khri {Mnon.). shabs-thog (seems to be merely another form of sendee, service rendered to superiors, i.e., to priests, convents, kings, governments. shab^-drun 1. mode of address in letters, v. 2. a servant, govern- ment-servant ; the proper title of the Dharma Raja or spiritual ruler of Bhutan {Yig. *, k. 10). shabs-hdegs service, in coL shabs phyi: R^'W^R^pror I am discharging my official duties with zeal and earnestness (Yig. k. 3). qq«TR^R]*rq shabs-hdegs-pa one who serves as a servant. 'RVi shabs-hdren shame, disgrace; ^R^qsrR^’q to bring shame upon another, to be a disgrace to him. shabs-pad lit. the lotus-footed, is the ordinary title by which the Kalons or chief ministers of Tibet are known. = also to, at, in addressing letters to high or sacred personages; fig. for to render service to a great man, to serve him; to be a scholar, pupil. shabs-phyi resp. for R]3fa|’cJ servant (male or female), in the widest sense of the word, servant to an individual, as well as minister of the state or the church. to serve (frq. in colloq.), to render any service ; ^q^KRgccq or to follow as a servant; «мгядегц sham-hbrin-pa, sham-rin or ^’R=^’ sha-hbrin^ shabs-pthyi servant (Mnon.). sham-cha prob, for the beak or pipe of the bellows through which the wind rushes when blown. $7ww3-nn:=§’*^ presence of a great man : <^r^R’^'qsR’*rgq unable to wait upon, could not interview {Ya-sel. 5); (3,51^4 sham-rin-pa = § ’«^’4 personal attendant, a private secretary, officer in waiting, an aide de camp {Ya-sel. 16). shar-wa (fem. ^’«) decrepid, defectivebeing not in full possession of one’s members: one- eyed, half or totally blind; having only one hand, halt; so in a similar manner qR’^Rf^’q shar-chag med- = without break, deduction or defect; ’^’q’Rgerq topresent a non- defective article {Yig. k. 52). ^5*^ shar- Itas the winking with one eye; occasion [adherence, association]#.; [connected with, consequent upon]#; shar-shor=in religion or religious observance there being no impo- sition or mockery: shar-la l. = ‘ following, succeeding’ (Schtr.). 2. =^’er on the occasion of, in connection with: gvq’qorqR^R-or^ 7p3TW- on the occasion of inspecting the elephant (A. K. 1-10). shal honorific term=face, count- enance, presence ; also, mouth: to offer to the mouth, to eat, drink;
ед I 1068 ед-Вад | цчедч$*я the king spoke ; the orifice of the face, t>., the mouth ; ед’Я’й’ to be disobedient; ед’ЗЯ'Ч^я^‘я^-ц to promise; fw^q to give assurance of ; and ед-q^q to gape (Sch.) ; ед-Rg^q to open the mouth, ед‘я§я^ to smile ; ед*5^^ zhal-dkar resp. for plate or drinking vessel of porclain ; ед5^5 xhal-dkod lit. verbal instruction—order, direction; ед’5$я shal-dkyil the face, presence (ед’§чЭ«гярХ moon- fa cod): ед^Зч'W*1 ^'qg^'q'^5 ‘ Г’rtw*T (Yig. k. 25) that I may be per- mitted to come into your presence and enjoy tho nectar of your instruction, ед a’A/iZ placed before any ordinary noun makes of it an honorific appellation:— едця shal-$kom or ед'^я shat-$kyem drink for a holy man ; ед’^ед sh(d-§kyog$ eup or goblet for honoured person ; ед’^ад shal- khebs veil cover of an imago of Buddha also the veil that is put over frightful deities and obscene images ; ед’^я food for honoured men. ед*§5 shal-khrid oral or personal instruction (JZi/.). едяд^’ц shal-hgyur-wa to look askance, looking obliquely or turning the face sideway : 4q^gq5^§-^^5q§qaiqf?q^ ’ед^’уя?^^’ Дя'В’Ч’Ч^ again in Mari Vihara of Vajra- sana there was the temple of the goddess Dolma looking askance (Л. 58). ед*}^ xhal-rgyan moustaches ; ед Ч5 shal-rbad resp. for F'35 boasting (Situ. 127); ед'М’ч shul-tshul or ед’^я^ед'зя pastry, cakes, etc. ед'^я shal-tshom resp. for wq'^я beard, ед ед shal-zag tobacco-pipe=q*'*q; ед чедя fihal-b<duig§ when he lived, when he was alive: when Buddha was living (Sorig. S7) ; ед’Ч^я sha!-b<;iis= ч$я true copy (Situ. 23); ед^5 §hal~ bdied resp. of яВя'яЗ’^5; едзя shed-zas resp. for Р’*я biscuit, cake, etc.: ед’ЛЯ’ Vp’jf w white biscuit painted with butter (Rtsii.). ед? shal-fa face, presence: &ед*^'ед? lieutenant of the Dalai Lama who waits upon the president of the annual Buddhist grand congregation at Lhasa held in January and February and gen. selected from among the officials of the monastery of Daipung. The term ед ?‘ was formerly also applied to an officer over 50 soldiers inferior to a captain (Yig. 41). едЛ?я shal-dfio$ bodily, in one’s own body or person: я^я'дя'ед^я’Э* the placo where Buddha was bom bodily not miraculously; ед’«\?я*рязд‘чк^ he is to be seen in person. ед’«ЙИ shal-bsil 1. water to "wash a great man’s face; washing the face (of a great man). 2.= *4’gq chab-blug washing bowl (Yig. 55); ед’ед^’^ shal-gser-sgron resp. for offerings of golden lamps to Buddha; едед^ shal- or (Rtsii.). ед'2 8hal-$na=%*\% in tho presence of. ед^-ед=§'я^едя in the presence of, before: \Й5’5’ед'8^^ ^’5^Жй5 (Л. 131). ед g qj'^q q shal-lce bcu-drug-pa the code of lawrs in sixteen enactments in four sec- tions : (1) з^я-^туз ед(2) 41=^3q*' дяялгед-j; (3) ед'^Ж^М’ед'8 (4) ед; (5) ^5‘ед^ед'|; (6) q^ q ^-q-ед ! . (7) *Я^'Д^Ч)’ед’|; (8) ^^ч^’9| ед'|; (9) J#rq я**г§’ед |; (10) ^ядогдед я^я §'ед'|; (Ц) 5’зя'5^‘§‘ед‘£ (12) ед«к’*Я'3-ед§; (13) яяя’ярбА’цщ^’ед’} These thirteen enactments together with ед | the code of military regula- tions in three chapters make up the six- teen enactments which are in force in Tibet. ед‘*5 shal-chad, v. kha-chad. ед'^ shal-che judgment, decision; ед’^’а shed-che-pa judge, magistrate. ед'^яя shal-chem^ resp. of Р’^яя kha* chem§ will, testament (J^non.).
1069 ^‘5 shal-ta 1. or audience, inspec- tion; turn, service: ^'^’^’5 gracious audience (Sorig. 13 fr.); R*iy§s*q to serve, to inspect, review, superintend; to visit, the sick and to take care of them; <aiQl^‘tSq to guard the field. 2. resp. for directions, instruction, counsel, advice: q«iy^rj«rg’q to ask for accurate and detailed instructions; a page, waiter; waiting-man, servant in a convent; ^У* shal-ta-ma waiting woman, chamber-maid, ^'q shal blta-wa (1) older form of ^iyq one waiting for what drops from his master's lips. qX*r^y^vr О Bhagavan with what attention the Bhiksu listen to thy sermons; (2) =<¥T^§S‘4 to serve. shal-mthun, resp. for (Th- sel. 91). shal-gdams order, direction; instruction, advice: ]je imparted to her useful maxims (Glr.); author, in as much as all printed books are considered to be sacred and the authors are looked upon as semi-divine. qorqv5] shal-bdag in large religious meetings, a lama who walks about with a wand in order to preserve good order; a verger (Jd.). shal-hdebs—F'1*^ a free-will offering or present; subscription to any religious movement. shal-hdon resp. for F ЦЧ'Я dkar-yol (A. 156). sAflZ-pAor=resp. for tea cup. shal-bu a small cup : |at dawn they served me with two cups of pap, that air might not be generated (in the stomach) (A. 156). shal-byan resp. for ГЭА’ title, superscription, inscription: § (y^q'gyorqX^ the inscription of the time of Khri-lde-sro^-btsan was engraved on rock (Situ. 23). shal-gzigs 1. an inscription. 2. an apparition: appear- ing in a sitting posture (Jd). shal-yam a joke: the Lo-tsa-u-a also jokingly said (A. 8£). фГЛ shal-wa 1. also shal bg у id-pa, to plaster with lime or cement, to plaster or overlay with anything, e.g., with butter: i^’^rqj^ sgo-la shal-bgyi§- te plastering the door with clay (Glr.); q'^jj slwl-wa-mkhan one who plasters a house or makes a floor with pebbles, etc. 2. clay, lime-wash, cement. shi-gil chaff and other impurities removed from the grain by washing. ^’q 1. shi-wa to be peaceful or calm ; to be pacified, be appeased; to settle, to be allayed, assuaged etc.; ^qv^g^’q to become pacified; shi-la-son became quiet, held their peace; to still, soothe, appease, mitigate; shi-byed a composing draught. 2. кзгни to be wise, more particularly with reference to affections : to be dispassionate, not subject to any mental emotion. 3. ЩХ, итргг; TOfSrj, wii (А. К. 111-26). Sbst. rest, tranquility, calmness; adj. tranquil, calm; ^*q5’^| shi-uahi-tshig good words ; soft, mild language, polite expression. 5У rtag-shi-геа ; eternal peace ; one possessing that, a Buddha; shi-mthar byed lit. he who puts an end to all peacefulness, an epithet of Kamadeva (НАпой.); shi-gnas for
1070 ^'1 shi-gna$-kyi rnam-gran$ enumeration of the stages of Dhyana (v. 7Г. d. =*, 261); aec. to Jd, an absolute inexcitability of mind, and a deadening of it against any impressions from without, combined with an absorption in the idea of Buddha, or in the idea of emptiness and nothingness, shi-gnag-ma night, mid-night (8. Zcz.k 4. = (ЛГяоггЛ, Nirvana, heavenly repose; ^W’4p|<r|«rci to go to rest, to die, to enter the state of eternal peace. 5. the mild deities, or mild aspect of such, as opp. to the p’S or the wrathful and terrific forms. Jd-wa-mchod-pa Nandi the personal attendant Mahadeva ; hi-ica hthnh дптэдтц [to drink out of pitchers, n. of a ceremony]8. Shi-ica-sba§-pa Bud- dhist saint bom at Jalamai?dala in India, of Kyitnya parents (7f. dun, 55-70). 8/Л -irq-hod n. of a Bon deity; a fancied world of the Bon situated to tho east of this world; iShi-ica hod-та hjam-skya another such world further east of it ^D.T?.). Jd-uahi-gar the dance of the peaceful spirits, also the ordinary dance (jHbrom, 94). shi-icahi-gron hermitage, the mountain retreat of saints. Syn. ri-khrod\ sgom- pahi-gnas (Mnon.), shi-byedn. of the Tantrik Buddhist sect founded in Tibet by the sage called Phadampa. It was so called because: it was in- tended to destroy all misery and suffer- ings by the spell of its Mantra \J. Zan.), shi-ma sieve of cane or wood; Shi-ma phons-skyob an epithet of tho goddess Dolma. Jii-mi or ^*’5=shim-Ju a cat (colloq.). shi-bshag — fi^ anger, wrath. sAn/l.xs&H cig, 2. v. hjig-pa. + shig-po=F’^'§T tho mind or person contemplating the Cunyatd, i.e., emptiness or voidity. shigmer a dense throng or crowd (Jd.), 1: 8hin — W\tfbf\ WT self (Mnon,). II 1.: field, ground, soil, arable land, cultivation: one who cultivates a small field, a small far- mer ; I haft-shin fields on level land, field on hill-slope. shift-kha shin: the girls in the field (Mil.); shift rmo ploughs a field; to till, to sow a field. shin-rgod rough, uncultivated field ; ^’4 shin-nan a barren bleak field ; shin-pa husbandman, farmer; shin- bya or husbandry; shin-mu boundary of a field, land mark. qgarqq-gq-^ri the names of farming opera- tions :—(1) rmo-wa; (2) ^’4 тко-wa ; (3) phrul-rlog-pa; (4) 5^’4 bon-wa; (5) sa-sgon; (6) sa-bon btsugs-pa; (7) bskrun-pa \ (8) q btab-pa; (9) gtab-pa; (10) bskyed-pa (Mnon.). shin-chu or ^4’* irrigation, irrigated field or culti- vation: 6).
1071 V*’* shift-gi drug-cha one sixth of the produce of the field which is the king’s due from the cultivator. III: a continuative particle annexed to verbal roots at the end of subordinate sentences, and sometimes used to connect co-ordinate verbs. Occurs in place of being used after the finals: и, m, r, or Z. shift-sa 1. ground, soil, arable land. 2. any province: or a large province; j’^r^-^-qT-Ajc. the eighteen great provinces into which China is divided. shin-$is-pa = a prosperous and peaceful kingdom (Yig.). one who knows husban- dry ; an agriculturist. It is also used technically to signify the soul or conscious principle. IV : %=* sphere, body, in a religious sense: holy or spiritual sphere ; to enter the field of merit, to turn into the path of virtue (Dzl.); seeing him in the land of conversion. ’A§ shift- bcu the ten spiritual spheres; shift the kingdom of Buddha, the land where Buddhism prevails; so also the sphere of conversion, heaven, paradise, i.e., one of the heavens inhabited by the Buddhist gods, or even the state of Nirvana, ^ч’ог^А’Ч shin-la pheb-pa^^QR to go to bliss, г.е., to die. ^‘A^5 or design or plan of mansion or residence of the gods, of a Buddha or of a Bodhisattva; also=map; shift- khams ww the sphere of a Buddha’s or Bodhisattva’s conversion. shib l. = also ^А’ад shib-thal powder, fine flour, also flour in general: bag of flour; ^А’А^Д)^ ground into powder; ^A'Sfc box or bowl for flour. 2. fig. that which is minutely subdivided, details; shib-cha exactly, accurately precisely; shib-bkod details, detailed list or information; ^A’^ shib-chen full of details ; one who inquires into every detail, or particulars ; inquiring, inquisitive (Rtsii.); ^q-q^ shib-bltas or looking into the details: (Rtsii} shib-dpyad-pa to inquire, to investi- gate ; shib-dpyod inquest, inquiry, investigation: ’^q’59S’^’^4 about to proceed to institute inquiry into the matter of Tag-yab (Yig. k. 26); shib-dpyod-pa one who inquires after the particulars of a matter, an inves- tigator. shib-pa adj. accurate, exact; subtle, fine, ^a’a^ or ^A'§ adv. precisely, exactly, thoroughly. ^А’Я shib-ma £1. a winnowing basket; 2. a demon who was enemy of the god of love] 8. ^А’Й shib-mo ф(<ЦЗП, [!• particle ; 2. niggardly]8. shib-ger minute examination or comparison of details; to compare closely: ^q-S|4] should minutely examine all the collections of a Jong by comparing them with the con- tents of the register (Rtsii. 20). ^q-c^-AprAsvq shib-lhan gam-bcar-wa to present the explanation of details; to interview with a detailed statement. ^A «jc^ shib-lhins deliberation, deliberate consideration (Yig. 61). ^A’^a] shib-lhug—^fl^ minute details (Yig. Ъ).
1072 9^1 shtб-fin = khron-lu (mystic) {Min. rda. b). shim-po sweet, well-tasting, nice-flavoured, nutty : qwjyq-arj^ xhim-po mgron-poJa ster give the sweet food to your guests; it is not nice; ^‘4 sweets, delicacies. shim-thig-la a medicinal herb the fruit of which is used in eye-disease: cataract of tlie eye is removed by the medicine called shbn-thigJe. shim-bu eolloq. = cat. Syn. gron-gi xpri hu ; 3'$,Qi Xwt- du-la ; q*r*g»i*i hi$-bskums; s-qc/q'g^ b$afi- wa §bcd; rnain-grol mig ; ww hbar-wahi mig; $'§} by'-l/la\ 5'* byt-za {Mnon.}. a7u7-//mt = ^’5 kon-hi or skun-bu. shu-inkhan 1. a petitioner. 2. a metier the areca or beetle-nut trce^S*. 95*1 shu-dag improvement, correction, revision, examination ; the word was al о stated by a lama from Lhasa to mean “ exercise and practice” in a languaga or in any subject of study: you require further practice. S’VTSV4 to mend, improve, correct, revise; 9'S2’l§5’q to examine and reform one's own character or disposition. shu-dag-mkhan reviser, corrector, censor (Cd.); 3’^ shu-(he revisor or comparer of the translation with the original Sanskrit texts; shu-chen-gyi lo-tsa-wa a great revisor or commentator (of Sanskrit writings). «7т-Л<й#$==п^)*г^ gzig^-rten a present accompanying a petition» shu-wa I pf. *5*1 or fut. p.s7m, = ?Wa {Mnon.). 1. to melt: gold to be melted; whatever is molting or fusible; 5^ it melts; ^5^' dissolving intn light. 2. to digest: digestive medicine; undi- gested; undigested food; indigestion, sufferings arising from it; *’5’4’* to decompose what is undigested {Ja.}. II: 1. pf. s7n/$, a vb. used chiefly in addressing one's superiors and also in politeness between equals, signifying : to ask, to request; to beg, to petition: he having begged the lama to come in- doors ; also signifies constantly : to say : g ^*2j%rthe officer said to the king, q to speak or pray respectfully; to prefer a suit or petition, one who explains his object; having said ‘I beg you will permit’, {Glr.}—here S*r<w comes from 3* to speak, say. I will ачк of him the things lately seen, *,QT if is very right of you, ’uis to ask me about everything {Do.); ч -q5 he related the dream fore the king {Pth.}; they mght him to be their abbot; ^^‘*'5** t ask permission. 2. sbst. a request, d re, petition; inquiry, question: 3’*’ shu-wa hbtd-wa to make an applica- r i , to apply; 9’H shu-khra a petition, t lication. 8hu-glen an address or j onary letter • shu-glen byed- pc to address, accost; 5’^ shu-rgyu the s 4 of a petition or suit. g’»rSw* st ma §pob§-pa—$'w%w or ul ble to pray or to memoralize; sht ~dg, 9*5SJq a petition:
1073 ^51 memorial or petition pre- sented to superiors and magistrates, &c. (Yig. k. D ; 5’«Ц shu-lan answer to a peti- tion=4<q,Q4 (Yig. k. 10); 9’*fa| shu-log a feigned, false, designing suit. S'^^orq to backbite, to petition, accusing one falsely or maliciously. 3. v. Jd. for information concerning wide use of impera. of 9’4 in W. colloq. as polite or resp. addition to most sentences. shu-sna = ^' shu-no. 9‘^ $Л«-г^п=9’^,’Р^ shu-yig-gi rten the present which is sent with a letter either as a sign of compliment or respect or as a necessary appendage to a request. Syn. phyag-rten; gus- rdsas; *^’*Е*| rndun-hjog (Mnon.). hthen-khyer discrepancy, disagreement in statements (Rtsii.). 9’A*i shu-don drift, subject of a petition; in a general sense=5’4 request, suit, com- munication etc. 9'^’4 shu-don-pa—^1^' 9’wf^ a pleader, advocate: I4 an advocate in a dispute is advisable on certain occasions (D. 9el. 7). 9‘^ shu-hphrin resp. for a reply: perceived the truth (i.e. became converted to Bud- dhism) by means of his replies (Yig. к. 1). 9’4’5 shu-wa-po or 9’4 shu~po petitioner; 9 applicant, complainant, questioner or inquirer; 9*4’5чд5 the eight interro- gators of Buddha were: infx^r, 4iTW, (Гф. 37). shu-tkyog in W. = crucible, melt- ing spoon. shu-mar colloq. for lamp, light: hav- ing taken a bright shining lamp he looked (Rdsa. 13). ^*^Shu-ru n. of a place in Dwag-po (Deb. % 37). Shu-bsher n. of a tribe, or clan in Tibet: ^«’9’4^ (A. 80). shags resp. for fire ; acc. to Jd. the fire lighted for cremation. 9^'Slv burning embers. = ^тчя, siTSH to cherish, (with ЕГ*1) to entertain in the mind. 2. to be converted to a religion, to imbibe faith. 3. ^cRiiv, этшг to be involved in. 4. = fo‘q desire. slain-shun with §5*4 to nod or bow repeatedly, of a pigeon (JA7., Jd.) shud-pa l. = 55’4 or ?W4 emacia- ted, to be reduced, to fall, to be or grow worse, to dwindle. 2. to twine, to twist, —to spin ((?$♦); a spindle, distaff. 3. to hang up, to suspend in Ts.; 9^’44]suspending cord. shun-та also 9^'4 that which is melted; «q^’9^‘« melted gold (A. K. DIV.); heaps of melted gold and other metals (Glr.); like as tho melting moon (its quickened reflection) clear on the lake (Л. 5). shun-mar vu melted butter which is repugnant to the Chinese but much liked by Tibetans. 5^^’q$5’4 shun-thar-bead-pa to scru- tinize, make critical examination: ртЧ^’ times he went to the lama for critical explanation of religious precepts (Deb. % 45). 9^’435’4 shnn-thar bcad-pa to join 136
I 1074 together white-heated iron by beating again. shiin-thigs sparks flying from red-hot iron. 9^^ shun-mo melted, whatever melts easily (<?«.). OT1C' shun-bzuii n. of a number < Ya-sel. 57). shub-pa=tf&, ^04 or coat of mail (Mnon.). shum-pa l.=Bta, flfau, cowardly, timid, apprehensive. 2. sbst. dread, dismay, faintheartedness; also, laxity, slackness: sems-shum-na$ as I continued dismayed (Dzl.}; q q to honour the three precious without flinching ; 9*9* xhum-shinn-nicd [sticking to]&. energetically, with zeal, without relaxation or indolence: sfa* 49*’4Kqfi* the pupils were living idly (Ya-sel. 17). 3. resp. for b'4 fiu-wa to ery, to weep, lament; £^*^K5'9* (Л. K. 1-^. 9*4* sVwea shum-pa mi-mnah fearless, in- trepid ; of great mental fortitude ; a hero. Syn. 5ЧЯ Й dpah-po; ^nin^tob^ can; hjtgs-ined {Mnon.). ^шп-6м = ^’й ski-mi. shur snout, muzzle, trunk (Ja.*. skidor grown less, reduced: the mouth of the lotus was slightly contracted {Yig. 11). 9*'^ shus-§na the head or leader of a deputation, the chief loader among joint memorialists; ring-leader; again Ng eg becoming the chief inquirer received lectures in the Mddhyamika Dharma {A. 98). 9*3 shu§-pa v. 8’4 shu-wa. shu$-lo nominal inquirer: then even ho did not go to learn religion nominally and to acquire it in name only {Khrid. 18). she disposition, mental choice or bias, the inmost part of the mind or heart, inclination: she-bkon-pa a hating mind ; 3 she-гкат-ра covetous; ^’3^’ she-gyon mischievous, bad-hearted: {Rdsa. Ik). she- ll gem§-pa=§w d&aw to lose spirit, to be depressed, depression of the mind : Fjprw {D.R.). 2j ^'q she-sgug-pa is said to moan : to be waiting for an opportunity to find fault: the wicked waiting for an occasion to do mischief to each other {Rdsa. 23). she-gcod-pa to lose courage, to resign an intention, and she-be ad resignation, as a Buddhist virtue (Jd.); she gcod-pahi-tshig— tshig-rtsubrough or rude expression; cruel words, mortifying language. q she-thag-pa sincerity: 3 qajq a^gj-q^wjwg if thinking that one should become a saint {Arhat) by sincerely imbibing faith in Buddhism {Suran. 123). she-diig damage, destruction; she-dug-byed-pa to cause, to inflict misery or damage. 8h£-hdod~*&oJ^ {Situ. 25). she hdra&payfatt[obstructed]#. she-^dan (=vulg. anger, rage, indignation. SUprrq to be angry became, got angry; furious, indignant. she-sdafi gtum-pahi dpun-pa-can a hero, champion.
I 1075 Syn. Й’* khro-wa; hkhrug-pa \ ma-rnns-pa; mig-rus mnan-pa; brlan-pohi sems sna-thun-wa; gdug-sems; spro-thun-wa \ gtum-pa\ йчзу stoN nd-bzad sems; mnar-sems (Mnon.). she-sdan-gi tshil-bu~^'ffiw sbrul-gyi tshil-Ъи snake’s fat (mystic) (Mng. 111). 3she-nag-pa in (7. a blackguard. fy'jl'W she-ma khrel-wa in (Behu 259). she-mer-wa loathsome, offen- sive; contemptuous. Syn. §кукд$- bro-wa or skyug-log (Mnon.). she-bshag = fi*A^ khofi-khro vindic- tiveness, malice (Mnon I). З’йЛ] she-log = shen-log. she-sun angry, cross, ill-humoured, vexed (Jd.). 5Л/?-па=^^ if it is said or asked; occurs rarely except in the phrase because (“if it is asked: because of what, that ”). she-sa 1. ii^r, reverence, respect, courtesy, politeness: with reverence, respectful; *^r*j*^*§^* because at that time people knew little of compliments and courtesy; to show homage or respect; ядч’А to arrange mimic performances in honour of some person. 2. complimentary or honorific language: the complimentary word for is П Syn. ’^’<1 dad-gus-dan Idan-pa; Йчч mos-pa; 4 gus-pa; tu-sems\ phyag-byed-pa; gus-par byed-pa (Mnon.). ^’2^’01 She-hor Po-ta-la Jehor, the city in China where emperor Kyen- long built a palace and monastery for the Dalai and the Tashi Lamas (Lon. 11). shen freiT, also fc’P breadth, width; broad; ^c/p’^'q wide, spacious; ^’^5 of small width; shen-phra-mo, or shen-ehun narrow; in breadth. shen-fin or s hen-gleg s writing desk or table. ^4 shed-pa to fear, to be afraid: ^5'^Nfull of apprehensions (Jd.). (^’4 shen-pa 1. to desire, to long for, to be attached to, to have attraction for, (used with la): I love У011 ardently; the people of Tibet that are affectionately attached to me (Jd.), 2. yearning, attachment, love, longing for; greediness, covetousness; ^’®<4 shen- log disgust, aversion; to be disgusted with: has eome being disgusted with his kingdom, i.e., betaken to a religious life (A. 11). shen-kha or ^‘P she-kha = shen-pa. shen-khris or shen-chags adhesion, longing for; shen-don resp. ^5bshed-don object of desire; forsaken, given up altogether ; or impassive, without desire; shen-hdsin inclina- tion, passion, attachment. 3. vb. to last or enduro, be durable. sher-po mean, pitiful, coarse (Cs.). spus-tha-mas worst quality (Rtsii.) ; bad, mean, inferior; tab hbrin shel-sogs (Fa- sel. 4) superior, middling, inferior, etc.
1076 ^1 shci=60 thus: she$-bya-wa so to be styled. she$-pa~ also thus : shes-pa brjod-na$ having so or thus said, shes-mtshuns similarity in appearance, shape, or colour (Rtsii. fyO). sho 1: 1. resp. *)ЧагЧ gsol-sho curds, curdled milk ; ЧЛ^’З^’4 mixed with curds, a mixture of curds; mixing up or curdling of curd; Ч’Ч^Ч4! fetch some curds ; Ч’Я£«гл sho-b$ftal-wa to place milk to curdle. 4'g sho-^kya whey, residue of milk after butter has been churned out; 4'F’^ id ; 4<al[tho liquid part of curdled milk}& ; 4’3lS sho- <jrod curds, whoy kept in tho stomach of a freshly slaughtered sheep or goat (a practice of tho Dok-pa herdsmen and others) (Jig. 7). 4**^' sho-chaft or sho-daft-chaft curds and beer ; 4 sho-ncs chan-ne$\ ’4 «ц q-qv^S (A. 116); Ч'Я4 thick curd; Ч'^З^'А sho-hthuft-wa a new bom child (Mnon}. ЧЦ sho-spri or 4^* 4^5 curd sweetened with sugar or honey: 2. milk in gen., esp. W'5’4 mahi nu-sho mother’s milk; 4 *3^’V1’* during the time of suckling; after the child has been weaned; Ч'чЧ’4 sho bsho-wa to milk milk. Ч'^р==Ч’чЯч’гч sho-bsrub§-pa to ohum milk or curds for butter (Situ. 76). Syn. rab-chag$; pag%~ rnkhregs (Mnon.). II: a small gold weight=a little того than one half of a tolah or rupee; ono sho of gold, a coin; Я^'Ч' W**43 three hundred sho of gold; 4 V5F’ Jio dan sran the table of exchanging sho andsratf:—^'g five таги—one mdsaka, 16 md-sa-ka—оъе karsa, 4 karSa— one sran (Mfton.). 4^‘ sho-gaft a full ^1 ^>=ten skar-ma. 4^JS'4 sho-brgyad-sho the gold of the weight of a sovereign; 4* sho-cha gw tho colloq. term for a pair of scales for gold and silver weighing; Ч’4! sho-ga pay, wages, contribution; ЧЧ*** sho-$a$ htsho~wa one who subsists by the wages he oarns; according to Schtr. a soldier, any officer that receives РаУ- III: a small spot, speck: ^'4 sen- sho speck on the finger-nail, ^‘4 speck on the tooth (Jd.). 4’4*SW^ sho rdo-dmar-po a mineral drug Rtsii.). 4'M sho-rmun ocours in Jig. 30: w Sho-khaft placo in Tibet (jRteu.). Shog imp. of n. of a place in upper U. to tho east of Lhasa (Loft. 12). shogs = 2 Л sna-dro morning, fore- noon: Ч4! 5 shog-ja or 8ЧЯ’5=2‘?^ drohi-ja morning tea (Rtsii.). shon lower, nether: Ч^'Г’Я'Ч the lower part of the house ; 4^’3“ the lower and upper part (Jd.); 4^’4^’ shoft-shoft deepened, excavated,hollow, uneven (Cs.). shod very heavy, abundant: *4’ 45'^ char-shod-che very heavy rain ; я^’5’ because of much rain this year’s harvest is good (Ya-sel. 28). 4S’§* shod-kyi-^gegs drought, want of rain, rainless. ^•4 shon-pa wrftw 1. to ride, also= to climb up 4W or 4^'5 having mounted (Л. K- 1-8); 5’4'ЧЧ’Я to ride, on horseback; *pw®r44 rode in a ship (Tan., d. 93); ^<4^* travelled
1077 ^5|’Ч| in a carriage; -^-q t0 ride southward, to travel on horse-back towards the south ч q to mount a horse or to sit in a carriage; to let mount or to cause one to be conveyed. In colloq. “ ta shon-ne do-wa”=to ride. 2. conveyance: 5^53lfa,q-<wqq^*rg4|’^ (Yig. 18) the prince dismounting from the conveyance bowed down. colloq. for and riding pony and pack horse (Rstii.). shor incidental; incidentally v. sbyor-la. ^vq?q| shor-bcog to do a thing incidentally; the domestics (should) perform labour occasionally, i.e. they should help the workmen (Rtsii.). shot 1. that which is below in situation, or hangs beneath, or is subject to. 2. a village or collection of abodes below or belonging to a monastery and situated in its neighbourhood or placed at its base; thus, at the base of Potala in Lhasa is a large group of houses and huts styled the shot or sde-shot of Potala. shol-khaft lower flat or storey of a house (Yig. 19). shol-hgro the lower or sub-issuant stream, n. of the river Ganges just where it issues from the glaciers; also any glacial stream: pray let your communication be also like the exuding stream of the river Ganges (Yig. k. 16.); shot- hgrohiJtliin—Q'Z’^'^ the river Ganges (Yig. k. 45). iSjoiAqq shol-hbab^WW flowing or falling down slowly (Yig.). 3. the under or descending hair, the beard: ^'^5 without beard (Rtsii. 50); shol-ma shol-mo a long haired goat (ЛА7.); ^’9 shol-pho a huge yak-bull, which has masses of hair beneath its belly, id. ^^4 gshah one of the thirty-six border countries (Ya-sel. 38). gshah-wa 1. to sport, joke, play, bawl. 2. to believe, trust, confide in. 3. in <H,4|0\4’Q|,a4|4^-q< gshah-ma a kind of helmet: jJfaprSlthe helmets are of various kinds, shah-ma and shah-Uma (Yig. 31). gshah-li helmet made of bell- metal (Yig. 31). gshah-tshon=^ rainbow. gshah-gsan=^p^ the Swastika sign; also, grace, blessing (Bon.). gshag-pa v. 4^q*q hjog-pa, especially to remain absorbed in contemplation. gshan the anus'; yshan- hbruin piles, hemorrhoids (Mng., ch. 64). the Dharani charm for curing piles (K. g. Ц, 256). wxhr one suffering from piles. 9-s^ai wrongly written for A’Vv gshan UT, adj. and sbst. another, the other, another one, WSW all others the other man or men; is there another or not ? more than the other; g[w WV4 the other pupils; she is not taller than the other girls; gshan-rgol rna-nus others were not able to resist them (nobody could do them any harm) (Jd.). gshan- §kye&pa“ born another’s ”=a slave (Mfion),
1078 Wfft pshan-skyou 4T<t4, another's fault or defect; not seeing one’s own faults but raising the finger towards other’s faults. W 3^'2^ g*han-gyi$-rgya% or nourished or fostered by others, met. tho cuckoo (Jfruw.). gshan- gyis mi-brd-d (zW‘3**4IPfa'^Л4’4 the irrepres- sible ; also = dpah-pohi khan-pa a hero’s residence (Jfno/i.). gshan-gyis-zin v. gshan- rgyud UIcTnEf; v. gshan-btfif'ms-bzod an epithet of Indra (Milon.). ouo knowing the secret of others, also the knowing of it; exclusive, not mixing with others. q I (7Г. ко. F, 3J/7) ho teaches morality to others but himself behaves immorally. gshan-^as or WF4F a few others: (J. 2UY gshan-du elsewhere, to another place: *5’4 hgro-wa to go elsewhere =to go away, to start; suppose or believe nothing else, do not think that the matter can be otherwise, frq. used like: of course (Jd.); gshan-du-phyogs^^^fi^^^ to go beyond one’s boundary or jurisdiction; to go over to the enemy (лИпон.). gshan-don ЧХтц the interest or good of others: unless (your) own interest has been first served you cannot look to other’s interest {Behu. 27/9). pshan-drin 1. яд self-sufficient. 2.=я^’3 hgran-zla; Я^Чс''^'с,=ч^'3 ^5'^ whitout a match, unrivalled; 4 shan-drin mi-hjog-pa^^^^^^r^ not necessary to ask others. W g^han-gdun 1. ткип-ро thief, robber (Mnon.). 2. qiiftew, oppressing others, tyranny; an oppressor, a tyrant. gshan-nas 1. from some other place; it cannot be accom- plished from any other quarter, by any body else (JJJ.). gshan- na$ gshan-du to deviate from the right path, to go further and further away; not firmly embracing the true word he was running amiss (К. ко. *, 211). 2. adv. otherwise, else, on the other hand W. g8han-$nan=*^^' hkhrul-$nan (Yig. 17). ‘WFR*’ gzhan-snafl a-Infi= (Yig. 111). W gshan-pa — 1^ another, the other. «I'Mgshan-hphrul or iHppitrnt; «I'M* чичГпч n. of a celestial region of tho Buddhists, the residence of Kamadeva (Mnon.). gshan-dwaH 4XW dependent on others. *<&ft5‘«|$sr§’«|<M’54R‘ seems to imply the Sambhoga-kaya, e.g., in (A. 18). Syn. «IM'^S ^han-rgyud; pha- rol-dican; ^5 raii-dwan-med; bdag-dwan-min ; hdsin-pa-can ; gshan-gyis zin; ’А’^ЧЕ.'дч rafi- dwaft-bral; gshan-dwan soil (Mnon.). «W’agKg gshan-hbyor-lila acc. to Budh. the five benefits or wealths which have ac- crued to others from the Buddha:—(1) the advent of Buddha; (2) his preaching the Dharma; (3) the establishing of his doctrine; (4) its promulgation and continuance rjes*hjug; (5) the
w I 1079 abstract pity and grace of Buddha for the suffering world (Khrid. 13). gshan-pnod a slanderer, cynic; the slandering others ; ifS'§5’4 to slander others: praising self and slandering others produces quarrels. gshan-yan more- over, besides, furthermore [and yet, also]#, дручгмрч qrTwfa dependent; from dependence on others. gshan-las-rgyal 1. vic- torious, triumphant over another. 2. a flower = eF§^(Mnon)). meton S’S*TI the cuckoo. qj^q’4 gxhab-pa 1. to rub or touch with the hand. 2. to lick (Sch.). fl|W'q gshams-pa incorrectly for gshar-yan=qr^rfq, seldom, scarcely; also = again afterwards; ’Ц£;never (Ja.). g J tai-lea a form of gw, to weigh; J though one could weigh it with a pair of scales \Glr); articles that should be weighed; liable to duty, to custom (7aJ; gshalMkah-wa^^'^'^ Yig. k. 10). gshal-hkhor and gshal- thag; gJial-thm\ also gshal-gshi, gshal-yal\ ^^’^5 gshal-lad^ gshal-sans; all seem to be names of numbers (Ya-$el. 57). 4jyq Gshal-du-nied-pa Chu-tco n. of a fabulous river: Хц-q ^qS’ttjor (it) is situated beyond the country called Nam- kha-rin-wcb in Uttara-kuru (K. d. \ 3£7). 4|yor^iyq-(Wq|*rq qftHr the immeasurable; gshal-med or ^5’^ 4?p3I that which cannot be measured or weighed, imponderable, immensely great or much (Pth) ; '’W ^VF^’ the inconceivable castle. ч|(уц‘^5 gshal-tshad measure, scale, stan- dard (Sch.). gshal-yas or the castle in the air, superb mansion, castles in which the gods are supposed to live; the heavens containing the superb mansions of the gods ; the wonder-residences of the gods (A. K. 1-4). gshas play, sport, jest, joke (Sch.), glu-gshas sportive song. 4$ gshi or ’* S3; L that which gives origin to a thing, that from which it arises, ground, basis, foundation, original cause, exciting cause; the primitive source of all happiness; gshi-skye-med without origin or birth (Mil.). place, ground,locality; soil: khyini-gyi-sa-gshi, ^’3)’^ shin-gi-gshi, tshon-khan-gi-sa- gshi land for erecting a shop, etc. (J) du. 5, J$9); *’«1^ the main point or thing, principal thing, foundation of a wall, the cause; the spirit, the primeval in a special sense; the innermost essence, inherent nature. 2.=^^^ root or seed; 3^4^ nun-gshi turnip root or seeds, radish seed; 3. wrun, №^’9) ground, floor a square floor; the upper or top surface (Glr.). 4. ’IJRRI residence, abode, home : q to take up one’s
1 1080 I residence in a place (ЛА7.); to settle, to establish one’s self in a place; he assigned to him a nice dwelling place and established him there (f?/r.). 5. ЧП’ЧТТ, axiom, proposition, contents, tenor; basis, support. 6. also a definition of time or of relationship : two years ago, great-great- grand father, great-great-grand mother, great-great-grandchild. 7. ^tvt. '’frvfa gshi-dgou, monastery attached to a hamlet or village, usually very small and harbouring but a few monks. gJu-snon-skye<$ as met.= lightning f Mnon.}. gJd-саг l. = VF* forest, wilder- ness. 2. having a basis, foundation. 3. having a floor. gshi-chni ^ir^. gshi-ches=^^ gal-che§ very im- portant: the works or duties of religion are very important (Л. 12b}. gJii-ji bshin-pa a recluse, * who stays where he is ’ (Burn. 9-130). g^hi mthim-pa HHTHlfww, [same predicament, common substratum]#. gshi-deb=*r^ ma-fab the princi- pal register : $kor-than gshi-deb zur gnat the accounts are clear marginally in the chief register (Rtsii.). q]^’qSal gJii-bdag 1. a local deity or rather monster, generally of the Naga class, who when offended sends diseases or other calamities upon a particular ’village. or province or on an individual. He is required to be appeased by offerings when incensed. 2. lord of the soil; may also denote a king or nobleman (Ja.). g^hi-wa [a dweller]#. g*hi-waJithun= $kye^na-thag a child just when it is bom (ДГйон.). + basis. ^'§5 gshi-byed or gshis-byed possessed of capital : at Lhasa tha merchants who have capital (fi/sn.) gshi-byes acc. to Jd.: native and foreign; at home and abroad. *$ = one’s home or place where always resident, place of temporary residence, lodgings : 25), he presented all dwellings at home or abroad, for the accommodation and pleasure of the clergy. 'Hgshi-ma ; = ; fafa [substratum, abode, residence]#. gshi-ma byed ; [receptacle, subject]#. gshi-nied^^'^fs Qunyata, empti- ness, the void; also or the mind or the individual who meditates on the doctrine of Gunyata. q gshi-hdsin-pa the world, the transmi grator у existence (Шоп.). gshi-ras cloth which is spread on a table or on the ground for the placing of offerings, etc. (#£su.). "ЧН4 gshig-pa 1. fut. of яЬт|Ч. 2. or др|Ц|*г<| gshigs-pa to make minute inquiry of every point; to investigate, to examine: all matters important and otherwise should be cleared up by minute investigation (D. gel. 7) ; 0^5^ (B. gel. 11). 3.=^ fyigtt
1081 <1^’1 'ЧдЧЧд^'Ф^ (F«- sel. 36\ £ Jtib-hthi’n = fyx*i §kyes-ma new born (child . ’Ц gshib-pa, form of яЬг^ hjib- = sos-bcah-wa^ lce-hjib-pa. gdrbs-pa to put or lay in order (Ja.\ 4^’4554 gshir-bcas eolloq.— of a certainty, as a matter of course (Yig. h8). gdiil, a form of cf, sq^oj’q gshil-wa 1. fut. of я&агл. 2. = tffrrq, or *q or (fiag. 61). gdiis-kn 1. one’s native place, country. 2. home of an. agriculturist, his fixed dwelling and the field about it for cultivation, homestead: the manager of a farm. 3. an estate, a town. (Rtsii.) gshis-khtg separate estates, individual estate; njWl’W] gshis- khig-gi thon-§kor the income, proceeds of an estate (Rtsii. 26); gshi$-hog one under or belonging to an estate, the tenant or farmer in an estate. gshis-dgon = the one monastery in a village or town (Rtsii. 13). *4^ t" gshis-rtse abbr. of gshis-ka- rfst the town Shiga-tse in Tsang (Rtsii.). I- n. of a place in Tibet situated to the north-west of Lhasa; it is also called П: 1. fCT^T^i, ЧТЧ, V-T bow, for shooting: he constructed a bow (Gird ; to bend a bow; oj5'4^'q or id. (Cs.), to unbend (the bow) (Cs.). 2. bow or arch in architecture: ‘to arch in the form of a bow’ ((%.). gshti-mkhan bow-maker ; *49’^5 gshu- rgyud bow-string. <40 gshu-sgra the buzzing of the string of a bow. gshu-can a bow-man, furnished with a bow; *19’*^ gshu-rndwg the bow-end, gen. ‘ the two ends of a bow to set the string to a bow. *J9’*AW gshii-hdoms a cord, fathom, as a standard measure, opp. to any arbitrary measure: one bow or fathom measure (Bon. ch. 9). Syn. xndahJiphen-bycd; mdah-za; mdah-zas-can; mdah-bskyo; mdah-rten; mdah-lto-wa; ntdah-smin-byed; MM gnam-ru (Mnon.). gshu-wa to strike, lash, M’4 to whip. ‘ЧП gshu-rn n. of a place in Tibet: he went to a place near Shuru (A. 81). TCWjq gshiidas-diyes — ty&J^ Asura demon (Mfion.). w gshug 1. end, extremity: rump or ventlet of a bird; W* gshug-ma the tail of it; the end of a row ; at the end of the year (Mil.); house-hold servants. 2. fut. of hjug-pa. w gshun I: 1. the middle, centre: the middle, or the main channel of a river ; the- middle part of a lake; klad-gshun spinal marrow; Ice-gshudi the middle of the tongue ; the middle finger ; in a direct way, opp. to IM*1 (Ja.). 2. government, executive: 1Гггл13с/ Tibetan government; 137
| 1082 4lW’l Chinese executive; З'Я^'ЯЗ^’ Indian Government; ЯЭ^'Й gshun-khra government order, official document; ЯЗ^'ТЯ govern- ment employ or service; Я§^'4 government tenant; ЯЗ^’4 gxhufi-pa a government officer, one holding lands directly under government, ЯЗ^** gshuft-ma the middle part of Lhasa, containing the government offices ; ЯЗ^’^ q g$hufi-txhofi-pa government agent who sells or purchases any article (Yig. k. 52); ЯЗ^'*4 gshuft-sa government, government place, court (Yig. 30). ЯЗ^’ 5ЯЯgovernment eentro at Gahdan; ЯЗ^'Я^ gvhufi-gser crown gold. ЯЗ*'4*^*4 gshufi-bsrifis observing of the prevailing custom, usage or law (Yig. 86). 3. те, яте, хщи literary work, original text (J. 7u, 17#.): to compile or compose texts. 4^-q gshufi-wa pf. Я5ад to attend, to be heedful; attention, ЯЗ^*4'4 heedful; Sch. has : 4 sincere, orderly/ and for the current phrase $5’ЯЗад,д he gives; ‘a quiet and prudent mind or behaviour.’ ЯЗ^’ФЯ*4 g^han-lugs 1. wj the esta- blished laws of government. яв^Я*4q gshufi-lug$ hcUin-pa a minster of state; government officials who hold offices under of Government. 2. the original precepts, texts or scripture: ЯЗ^Я* t -a how much knowledge of Buddha’s precepts he possessed! (A. 20). "ISV4 gshud-pa incorrect for ^5S'q bshud-pa Seh.: ‘to go, to walk, to put into.’ W &§huH fut. of gshun-po best of its kind: Я^’ the purest gold §to>i-thog gjhun-po a capital crop. * gshur-brtag-pa — 3* ’* Q zur-za^ca a little faulty, defective. Я^gshe-nin for Я^4’^’* 4^ '^gshe-ra parsley in C. colloq. W’ gshefi, for shefi. gshen or Я^4 1- the act of remembering or reminding: Я^^ЗР'4 gsheH^hiii-ica = \^^ ^ to remind a per- son, to refresh the memory. *q^’q55’q &shen btad-pa or ^^'45q,q = ^^'e'^q^'q to admo- nish, exhort (Ja.). 2. Я^’4 to light, kindle, inflame (Sch.). gsher-pa— ^ten-pa* gshe§ tho time after or before: gshc$-rnifi the day after to- morrow ; na-niti gshe$-nifi the year beforo last. «q^’4 gshes-pa 1. to be well, to prosper : я#^*я^’л enjoying life, passing it in prosperity (Yig. k. 2). 2. ace. to Ja. is resp. for to sit, stay, wait: $к^5ГЯ^Зя wait a little. q]^’q gsho-tca incorrectly for nX'q v. яЕ’Ч hjo-wa. qj^’q gshog-pa 1. v. я&|4 2. early morning: ®5'^‘Я^ЯЧ^Я you eome to- morrow' morning. Я^Я^4!^ ^hog-stegs arch, playful, sportive: ЯЧЯ ^‘^‘q being playful at all times is termed gshog-$teg$ (K. du. % 14); ^ЙЯ'^Я^Я'4 to look in a coquettish manner. + Я^Я*яЧ^'В‘^Я &shog-hdrid-kyi tshig im- parting hints by movements of the lips. gshogs one half of the body, the side of the body: я^Я’гл1и/*гдГхЦ the
1083 I right and left sides; side ways (Sch.). q gshogs-slofi-wa ; or to speak aside or in- directly; gshogs-smo [indication]8. gshogs-§mo$ byed-pa to prejudice a person aganist another insidiously, Ч|^’Ц gshofi-pa ^rf^r, wooden trough or tub : В4^' trough for feeding dogs and other animals; 5’^^’ a manger. gshofi-thogs n. of a yaksa demon who resides on the seashore at the foot of Sumeru. Ijofis valley, basin of a river; also yul-gshofi$. gshofis spyod-pa — ^^'^ gen. a monk who frequents small towns and village moving among the country folk. (phon-pa cVR, 3J4T adj. young, the younger one; rgyal-po §ku-na gshon-pa the youthful king; as I am still young (Dzl.); «pfr some young people (ЛЛ7.); ^’5’^5 who in their younger years had no children. gshon-bde alacrity, youthful activity (in working) : (Rtsii. 3J). gshon~mi—*\ a youth; the youths, an epi- thet of tho youngest son of Mahadeva. became a youth, turned young. gshon-nu mgrin-ldan=z$'&*W (Mfion.). gshon-nu-ma virgin, maiden, youthful girl. | ’c^rasj । a woman is never free and independent, while young she is pro- tected by her father, in youth she is under her husband’s care, and in old age she is guarded by her son (Can.). gshon-nu-can~§^^' (Mfion.). 4Pfa’£’4lXc/§4 gshon-nu gdofi-drug Kuma- ra the son of Mahadeva who is possessed of six faces (Mfion.). Syn. byis-pahi spyod-pa- can; bcu-gnis mig-ldan ; 'S smin-drug-bn (Mfion.). gshon-mahi tshogs—^^^' gshon-rabs the youthful or rising generation; the younger classes. gshon-qa ehags-pa-=a.n adult (Yi<b Щ чДп gshob I. or a burn, scorch, or singe ; a mark from burning; ^4’5’ *§^’3 to be singed, seared (Pth.); my body and soul were seared, deeply afflicted. 2. in JF. = a crash, e.g., of a tree breaking down (Jd.). gshom-pa 1. a form of (А. K. 1-22). S3]' also ч he who has vanquished the devil. gshom-du med-pa = undepressed, never dejected: his spirits were never depressed. (Ya-sel. 31). gshom-med steady, —also constant, perpetual, eternal (Mfion.). 2. pf. gshoms to be split, cracked, bruised, dinted : having become cracked, came apart (Yig. k. 3). 4^ gshor, v. hjor. 4|^rq gshol-wa 1. —to flow down; to alight, dismount: chib$-la$ gshol-te having dismounted from his horse (A. 7); as the sound of the summer drum (i.e., thunder) comes down (Yig. к. 10). 2.= чягггп to remain fixed, absorbed in:
1084 he was absorbed in deep meditation. 3. 3?t% to be low, open out to: his residence was protected on the north and was open to the south (A. 70) (So almost all the houses and monasteries in Tibet are built with the south open and tho north protected by the hill-side or even by walls.) gshot for v. n ; V’5’ gn to speak iu confidence, or secretly, to communicate a secret. bshah-tca = or brlon-pa wet, moist (Zam. 9L Jag the inner parts of the body. q^4|*q bshag-pa fem 1. v. S Kit is time to leave a testament if you have any {Rdsa. 16). 2. to tear, wear, of cloth, etc.; to burst, crack, split C. {Jd.). bshafi-tshofi-ma a prostitute, harlot (Dag. 8). bshad 1. n. of a placo in Tsang (S. kar. 178). 2. also a НПН a swan; nVWI’* a white swan \Jd.^; я bshad-ldan-ma ‘a pond with swans swim- ming on it? Syn. mgrin-rin ; ’St*-5$ chuhi tnin-can ; gpS3! gra-hbyin ; Г*’5^**^ rdsifi- Luhi-mtshan ; bya-lofi (Mnon.). q^’q bshad-pa 1. the noise of joy or that of promise (>S. Lpjc.Y 2. to blossom, to develope (Yig. i<SV 3. Tfan to laugh, smile: a girl with a smiling face (Mil.) ; buffoon, jester; bsliad-mo smile, laughing, laughter: to laugh ; ы or n. of a goddess. 4. a swan. Syn. for №a4-ga<? a jest: 4^g*' Ыс-ЪЬуиА’, ku-re; 3”’’l kyal-ka-, rol-rste; *<>1 hjo-igeg; gyer-bag ; rtsc-hjo-, frW rtse-dgak', ’IS'*’ gad-mo-bbyin; ’I '*5 ga-chad-, S)S rgod \ kun-nas-rgod; yid-tgod; e>C’4 hdsum; ovw«W5 bar-mar-bshad; byi^-pahi itsed-пю (Mfiou.). qSjq’4 v. wq: (Situ. 76). bshant$-})a to stroke, to coax, caress. $sham§-b§go byed-pa (Vfq$pV’q^5‘q) to remind of, to recall to mind. q^’q bshar-wa to shave or shear; g'Wfl to shave the hair : g he has shaved or sheared his hair. q^ bshi four ; the fourth ; the four; “shib-cu” forty; «^s four hundred; bshi-$tofi four thou- sand ; bshi-cha one fourth pait, a quarter ; bshi-да the four, all the four :* the breadth measure of tho four continents, also of the four pieces (Ya-sel. 39). bshi-glifi the quarter of a slaughtered sheep or goat, one-fourth part of a circle, a quadrant (Rtsii.); bshi-rnnam :hh (^’ET4) the intestines. bshi-mdo^'W'&i lam-hdsom (ltffion.) where four roads meet, crossing of tw'O roads : (J. 4). bshi-§de grba-tshafi one of the earlier monasteries of Tibet. It is said that four Buddhist monks coming from four different places to Lhasa founded there a monastery which became known by the name of Bshi-§de grra-tshafi. bshi-pahi gna$-$kab$ the fourth stage of life, i.e., old-age from sixty upwards.
1085 Syn. ^'4 rgas-pa (Mfton.). q^’q-qgqqq-M*^ bshi-wa b$griib-pahi mdo any sutra containing different studies each arranged under four heads or classes ; for instance under the heading of qVWq^qS'^Kq^ are :—J qv ^qqj^q . (2) Wq’SJ^’q^W^q; (3) • (4) qvwij*rq (IT. d. ч, 57). tfhi-zur (4^*’<q&i|) xjgirfa one fourth part or share: (Rtsii. 5, 5). bshi-<;ad four strokes to imply a full stop || ||—or rather two at the conclu- sion of a period and two at its beginning: (Situ.). 4^ bshin I: = «qX5' sbst. face, countenance, а^-чэс/ bshin-bzan handsome countenance or face; also, a polite address to gentlemen; ч^-qaq-w bshin-bzaft-ma lit. the fair face, au address for women in gen. a polite address to ladies (Mfton.): ye much respected gentlemen, ye good ladies; a^-qaE/sr^/q-Qic^^ the fair ladies having risen, &c. ч^ая bshin-ra§ the appearance, ugly face, ugly coun- tenance. 4^ II: as, like, according to : P’4‘«^g‘ I В5'^'ч’д5^яА^ч^»-§я for the purpose of converting the men of the snowy land let your actions aud deportment be like this, ч^bshin-du postp. gov. a cais. annexed to nouns and verbs = a< cding to, as, while, in (doing, etcJ ; Jd. p ims out that joined to verbal roots к алes to form with them a partic pn <, and ч^*^ a gerund: 3*ргя q^ q^ q^ ч in a rejoicing frame of mind, in a joyful mood (Mil.); (^«гчдчцг 4^’^ while sitting on the chair (Dzl.) ; whilst his colour changes (Dzl.); though not knowing it he says he does know. Also = because of, on account of: ^ч -ч^ц*J'зч]*г Ц RsjjE/q^ and because the hearts of both her father and mother were attached to her, they made it of immeasurable importance that she should be taught whatever was useful concerning the world, men, and religion (Glr.). ^’4^’^ = ^’^; yes, that is so, just so; truth, reality, substance, essentiality (Jd.). daily, per day, ’И^Ц'Ч^ id.; his daily doings ; ч^ ^я-^я^ч^я'^Л n. of a fabulous mountain said to be situated at a distance of five hundred yojana (K. d. \ 289). q^’<W bshin-ma embroidered cloth, cloth of gold : it, with cloth overlaid with gold, as a present (A. 131). Ч?|ЧЯ bshibs, pf. of hjib-pa : 0’4’ ч^чя (Situ. 76). bshu burnt, v. ч^чргч bsregs-pa ; qr^q| |(Ц’^Я-§Я'ЧЧ,ЧЭС.’Ч|’дА^’«1’Ч9^Я*я‘3^’^’ the Buddhist monks built a chorten on the burnt relics of Thab-zang (Pag. 30J). bshu-hdul defined as: а'огЧ^чр^я’ а^чч anything reduced to ashes by burning (Rtsiii). 4§^«i bshu-gel a kind of pebble or crystal (Ji<J- 19). q^’q bshu-wa, v. S'4 shu-гса and *4’4 to melt, to digest. bshug^pdy resp. for ^5'4 and 1- to sit: «a4!**'
1 1086 1 please to sit; seated on the rug (Situ. 76); чдд]« has been seated, 454ЦГЗ seated, чзд|С^Д| do sit. 2. to dwell, reside ; чзд]*г<р castle for residence; чз^^’чч a small temple in which a deity resides (Dzl.); чз^эд Зн^ fellow-lodger. 3. to remain, stay, exist, live : ^i4)'^'^434|<q to be in the world, to live on earth. 4. (of books) to bo recorded in, to be contained; is always annexed to book titles ; *^*Г5’Ч‘ЧЗЯ*1 the hundred thousand songs of the Reverend Milaraspa, so to be styled, is herein contained. bshug$-gral the row of seats on which men of rank sit on any ceremony or occasion (7?/б/7.). qy^^c^ bshugs-$taft$ maimer of sitting : 5'43^^the manner of sitting of the gods. bshud-pa resp. of ч to start, depart, go away; ЛН ; ^^’^*435 gone away on a journey (Situ. 76), go away: pray, go away I opp. to 435*4 he proceeded to India for study (A. 6i). О Lord wherever thou goest take me with thee (Yig. 19), b*huM L energetic, zealous; 43^ very active in vrork ; 4.5(4 5 ^ very attentive in study (in the observance of moral discipline): (Bbrom. 113). 2. v. 3*i (Ja.). 4^’4 bsh ur-ira 1. to strain, filter: w$’49M> he strained the melted butter (Situ. 76); ЗЯч «3^'Ч^ take the broth after straining it (Nag. 76). 2. = ^9VCI and 4^va. 43^ 4 bshus-pa, v. 3*4 shu-ica. 4^’4 bsheft-tca pf. 4^4^ resp. for gfc‘4 to raise, erect, set up, to manufacr ture, compose: having erected 1(8 temples- ч^елгч bshefi$-pa resp. of to rise, to get up: 3, pray, get up (from bed, etc.) ; ma shaft, ma shaft don’t get up, please ; rises from the seat (Situ. 76). I: bshtd-pa^^^Q gsuft$~pa, > (J. 27). 4^’<Q| bshed-tshul^i^Qmanner of speaking: (Ya- set. 38). 4g|5’4 II : («$4*гч 4^’9) 1. vb., resp. wlWra, wfHKH to wish, desire: q^R-4]^^ ^2j^ q^ q^ gj^ q^ zq^ the hidden treasures that were desired by the great Kahdampa sect (A. 25); ^гЕгч^дцг 4^5*5W does your reverence wash to see tho king ? (Dzl.); ч «ч as the king wished to enter (Glr.); 5**r 4^5*5 if you do not wish for the horse (Mil.). 2. to propose, maintain, state, assert; also, sbst.: proposition, statement, view. 3. to accept, take: 4^V54 bsh-ed-za$ food for acceptance. 4^ 5зЛсг = ч^*ч wet. 4^’4 bshe§-pa 1. vb., resp. for to take, receive, accept; to seize, confis- cate; esp. to accept or take food at meals: fc’4^'4’4^’^| please take whatever yon like; 4^'5 if he would take it, if it should be to his liking (Mil.). Instead of <$5 ч in : S^’^*4§he attained the age of twelve years old. w*pg44^4 take up the burden of work, responsibility (Nag. 61). 2. sbst. food, meat 4^*q*^4 to offer, to serve up meat; 4^<£c/ bshes- khruft for «ч- beer colloq. (Rtsii, 62) ;
q^4|-q I 1087 bshes-gro cakes ; 4^ bshe$-sgo resp. of also Ч^ аьсг bshes-chaft = bshe$-khruft beer : -g^qjq^K (Rtsii. 1). q^*r^ bshe$-ldan col. = 4^ ^ bkol-lclan the kind of sweet prepared on new-year’s day in Tibet with molasses, cream, butter malt-beer, etc. (Rtsii.). q^J bshe§-§pro (“she-to”) cakes, biscuit, etc. £.$Ao-uw, pf. bshos-pa to milk (a cow), also=v3 miloh cow. q^ip bshog-pa to cut at, to chip: ^•q^oj q to cut, hew, make wood smooth with the hatchet, split wood (Situ. 76) : with the hand (flag. 61). q^S’ bshoft used for pshofi- q^’q bshon-pa sfj, 4ТТИ riding-horse, carriage, vehicle, conveyance in general; q to equip a riding horse, to order the horses to be put to (Dzl.); ^’9^ q^qq3c.q^qjof^-^5 the maid servant putting a saddle on a good riding-horse (Bbrom. 50). Syn. khyog§-, lam-hdegs\ i<4‘q theg-pa\ ^’§5 rgyu-byed\ (Mfton?). q^ q ^ bshon-pa-can =Xsweet smell, scent (Mfton.). q^’54 bshon-ma cow, ewe, or she-goat, that is yielding milk; a gen. term for such cattle.
3 za is the twenty-second letter of the Tibetan alphabet; no letter corresponding to it exists in Sanskrit, and according to the Tibetan grammarians it is peculiar to the Tibetan language. In olden times and in the frontier-provinces to the present day it was and is sounded like the English z; but in Lhasa and Tsang it is now pronounced like the English e, but always low-toned. * za-rkofi, v. rkon. za-khaft an eating-house, res- taurant: pc. n. of a large restaurant in Lhasa of some note. *0 za-khu or the morbid discharge of seminal fluid, semen pruriens. ’‘^«1 za-hphrug itehing. **5*1 za-hkhrug = ***2p|. я za-grog$ a woman; (in the dialect of Amdo called wife, mistress: JJS аЪ skyid-tshehi za-grog$ de $pafi$-pa-inin the mistress of happier days should not be forsaken {Khrid. 51). *‘*2]*rq za-hgrain-patzz'wpw the checks Jza-chag nettle. Za-dam n. of a place in Tibet (D ’6. <4 33). [togs-pa 1. hun- ger, greed; hungry. 2. extortion: §5 not any kind of extortion or false accusa- tion or deception should be used against the tenants (jRZsh.). very corrupt; corruption, bribery. za-phyi a-ya n. of a medi- cinal drug: 3’CJ za-tca 1. or ws food, meat, victuals. 2- vb., perf. a«i, imp. Im, to eat desire for eating; is able to eat; > the time of eating, the hour of taking meals; to cause to eat, begin to eat; to entertain with food ; * oue who takes his meal at a fixed hour, in the case of a Buddhist monk before noon; 41^ rqxSjo] §5 za-tca hgog-byed^3^ za-uahi-rtsab — ^i jaiVara za-tva sel-tca=(7Г. ко. ”1, 235). za-rlom eating unfairly and cheating others of their share also Я5Аhchah-rloin (Khrid. 125). za- hbor, abbr. ^’4 and (Rtsii.). za-byed !. = *> fire. 2. Г mouth. 3. ц srin-po cannibal demon, n. of a fish. 4. rdo-rje wufn Indra’s chief weapon (Uffon.). 3’JJ za-ma 1.=>m food, victuals: will go after taking food. 2. 55'^5 woman (Mfion.); acc. to >S. Ze.t. a hermaphrodite. 3.=^’*5 time, 5 I оц $0]4? К (Hbrom. Г 38). 4. a basket, in Tibetan only fig., mostly as' a title of
1089 ЭТГ-q I books, but also used in connection with mysticism, wl4! za-ma-tog, W, a basket or casket: * ^5ql’4^’q^ za-ma-tog bkod-pahi-mdo n. of a religious treatise describing the good services done by Avalokites'vara to all living beings, including the account of Balahaka the miraculous cloud-horse and of the significations of the mystic formula от manipadme hum; besides an enumeration of the names of Bodhisattvas, Nagas, Gandharvas, Kinnaras, etc. (K. d. SIS). з’хй za-za-mo, з'Э za-zi 1. za$-sgo and hgro-§go) food and other necessaries of life: to Atsi'a for the provisions and other neces- saries of living for ten Bhikshu. 2.= zafi-zifi or rab-rib or not clear, obscure and confused, troubled: £гад\а’з1 rmi-lam za-zi a confused or trou- bled dream, snaft-ioa za-zi an obs- cure dim light. 3. troublesome chatter- ing (Sch.). za-ra, the latter part of the after- noon, v. rdsa-ra (Jd.). 3’tJ^ <pn-$kyogs a wooden ladle. 3’2fc| za-hog glossy silk cloth: a garment made of silk; hog-dgu brtsegs-khri a seat formed of nine silk cushions piled one upon another. Za-lun n. of a place in Tibet; >'^’q a native of Zalung (Deb. &S). za-hor 1. prob, a corrupt form of the word Sahor signifying a city, or town. Ace. to some, the present Mandi, a smai principality under British protec- tion in the Panjab between the rivers Byas and Ravi, where there is a sacred lake celebrated as a place of pilgrimage from which the Brahmaps residing there derive a considerable income. 2. 3 zwa nettle, stinging nettle ; frq. in 4 ЛЛ7.; zwa-khu nettle-soup. zwa-phyi a-yi, a species of nettle used in medicine: Syn. ba-$pu rno-ldan; ^TS’^4 reg-bya-rtsub', tsher-mahi spu- M; 5’^5 zba-tshod (Mnon.). fceces and urine (Sman. 332). zag-yia impure, stained, defiled; sin. (c0u0q.) do not accumulate sin. ^'q’i^’qirw zag-pa med-pahi-las works spotless or without sin. 2. sbst. depravity = the Sans. asava. In Budh. the four kinds of sqjq are:—(1) 8ins produced from desires and passion; (2) the worldly sins; (3) transgres- sions through Avidya; (4) g’cp'-з^'Ч trans- gressions caused by false doctrine or religion (K. d. % Ц51). 3. sometimes for from 4. misery, affliction, sorrow : (Bbum. Я 9!±JH). 3*4^5 bliss, ease: exhaustless bliss, happiness which never terminates; burdened with misery and sin; the three sinful works; fore-knowledge about worldly affairs. ^q-s^-q zag-pa med-pa, that does not flow out, is not exhausted [pas- sionless] S. zag-byed-pa to make water, jflrprq zag^-pa, fallen. 138-
1090 2K ЗС’ 1. of a place in Lhobrag a south-eastemly province of Tibet. one of |ij0 37 holy places of the Bon (бг. Bon. 38). 2. = «^ej or^’^' zift-zift or gzift-tca. zaft-zift—^ or f** 1. matter, object: even for the most trifling matter (Stg.): к external goods earthly possessions (opp. to inter- nal, spiritual gifts) {Dzl.); wrfo moat, fish, animal food; also by itself—or animal food (S. Ze^.). at a meal or food whieh partly consists of animal food; purely vegetable food, a meal in which there is nothing of meat or fish. 2. adj. disarranged, confused. zaft-yag : n. of a fabulous numerical figure: (у#. <et. o7\ zan§ I: 1. иге, copper—pure unalloyed copper being considered very valuable; images of Bud- dha and Bodhisattva made of pure copper are called nor-bu dshaik^.ini= nft; also a compound of gold, silver, copper, zinc, or of mica, quicksilver, tin and lead is also called ajS {Mfton.). ‘TjSKsE.q gser-zan§~ copper gilded with gold ; verdigris. 2. a kettle; $’^4’Q to boil in a kettle ; яЗД'р'Ч’ч a boil- ing kettle ; bronze or brass kettle, iron kettle; small pot (Ja.). copper smith; zans-can (wi'S’S’ifs) a water pot or vessel made of copper; zaft§- chu ft a small cooking vessel of copper, a small degchi; zafts-fhal wrww copper oxidized; zaft$-thib copper 3E^| tea-pot. zaft$-mdog lit. copper colour; Zafts-mdog dpal-ri n. of a hill in Lanka which was of the colour of copper and where Padma Sambhava is said to have retired for the purpose of disciplining and converting the cannibals of that island into Buddhism. zaft$- rdo copper ore. zafis-shun molten copper: (KhriJ. 3£). Syn. zafts-ma ; zaft$~(jmar\ ЯГЙТ1 kla-klo-kha; ljon-ma; lcag$-dmar (Шоп.). II: unhindered; un- obstructed ; unseen by the robbers he escaped unobstructed, being blessed by the goddess. Zaft$-kyi mdog-ce$ Ъуа-wahi ri-Ъо a fabulous mountain situated on the southern bank of the river S'ita and containing numberless rock-caverns (Л. 38). zftas-kyi gtsug-phud or zafts-ze-ean (Mfton.) domestic fowl, the cock with its crest of glowing copper (A. 121). Zahs-dkar, n. of a district in Nga-ri (situated to the South-west ot Ladak) (Loft. > 16); zaft$ dkar- pa a native of Zangs-kar; zaft$-dkar lo-tsa-u'a n. of a lama of Zangs- kar who was well-known for his learning. Alex. Csoma do Koros studied Tibetan under one of the incarnations of the Zangs-kar lotsa-wa in the sE^'gjE/ i, copper musical pipe (Mfton.), 2. nrenffa n. of an island, prob. Java or, perhaps, the island of Ceylon.
1091 23 | zafisJJm & species of juniper the leaves of which when dry become of copper colour and are used as incense in temples. This tree grows abundantly in Rwagreh (Radeng) (Rtsii.). zahs-mar copper-red. wrl” zahs-rtsi=^'^ tsha-la OT^&dar- tshur (mystic) (Mih-rda.). зслгё= khyim-bya the domestic fowl (Mhon.). Ч Zahs-ri lit. copper hill; n. of a district in Lhokha, with a monastery call- ed Zangs-ri Kha-mar visited by the com- piler of this dictionary in the year 1882. zahs-ri bkra fis mthoh- $mon n. of the Jong of Zangs-ri (Rtsii). 5^’4 zad-pa 1. pf. of hdtad-pa SPV4 exhausted, consumed spent, (A.K.). 2. also *5’^ zad-par—kun, t hams- cad, tha-dag all, the whole world, universe (Mhon?), adv. exhaus- tively ; *ad mi-(ps-pa, exhaustless, that cannot be consumed or expended. zad-pa zad-pa, [destruction of passions]S'. gos-rnih-pa old cloth, rags (Mnon.). zad-ma, f^J^n [1. a thrower, archer. 2. night]& zan 1. cooked food; food in gen.: ^-xq to take food, to eat; warm food, meat and drink; ayqlfoq boiled food; has eaten his meal; fig. to take unlawful interest (&Л.). 2. also porridge of flour and water, made thick, boiled or not, warm or cold; in C. this pap is generally made of parched barley flour if possible with tea; rice pap, milk-pap. zan-khrus a cup in which dough- balls are made of barley flour with tea or whey (Rtsii.). 2. fodder, provender, v. 3. subst. eater, as second part of a compound: 5^ meat-eater; fish- eater ; pork-eater (Jd.). 3^ Zan-chih, a u. of the Chinese princess married to king Sron-btsan $gam- (Loh. * 10). zan-snig ни a mistake. ^’4 zan-pa, (^S^’^’S) ^ти advice, suggestions. zan-po, v. gzan-po. zan-ma 1. = ^’^ parched barley ground into flour, the staple food of the Tibetans. 2. a cook. zan-rdsa cooking pan, pot. Syn. g’q phru-wa ; rdsa-ma ; mi-tha-ra (Mhon.). zan-za gun the time of taking food, i.e., gen. breakfast: it was necessary for one to go to the other side of the river (or to yonder place) at breakfast time (A. 47). zan-zo§ a meal in general: zan zos-nas khru§ byas having taken the meal, he washed (2Г. du. S, 261). zan-yah (Chinese) = triple style of architecture; the monastery of Sam-ye is caUed Zan-yang because built in Chinese, Indian and Tibetan styles : (Loh. 7). aq zab silk, fine Chinese satin, v. S^’30; silk cord; silk covering for a bolster; rich figured silk dress.
54'4 I 1092 зцчщс,- zib-bgran (Я1Ь*’) n. of a number: (Ya-sel. 57). aq’ti zab-pa 1. pf. zab§ to make deop, to deepen- 2. adj. and sbst., dense, deep, depth: §Vaci a profound mind or understanding ; ’я^| although people call it deep, it is not deep of deep moaning or signification ; J’^’^q’q deep sea ; a deep voice, a musical tone. zub-pa-g-um the three prized depths in the human body:—if one’s heart is deep, one’s voice deep tagreeablei, and one’s navel sunken (MiL. згэ 3 zab-po or gon. kt# zab-mo adj. deep in all its signification^ actual or fig.; accomplished, profound in learning aud wisdom, deep. Z(d)~$byor well fitting, complete costume ; зггЗЦц’З’а x zabmo At s-b//a-icah' nags n. of a forest in Uttara- kuru in the mountains of Sankas'a (7Г. d. \ 233). ж z ib-bJtes — Qy^ firm, steady, also in excellent order or condi- tion ; W4 zab-lt zab snafi-ica, [deep and profound manifes- tation^’. 3q-4io|-^ zab-lag-tan — ^X aquatic grass (mystic) (J7’n. rda. 3 . sa w zab-hnr the profound doctrine of Buddhism as explained in the Tantras, злйх a term of Buddhist mysticism; alsosxsa’ww the Madhyamika or tho middle-path doctrine. zab$ = thick, thick- ness. 2. depth : a pit ten fathoms in depth. zam l. = ^5 rgyui line, continuity, succession: a sign which has come down uninterruptedly from the lamas and Buddhas (A, 35.). 2. velvet cushion, gen. woollen rug: (Htsii.). З.=^гйог rig§ series or set; kind, sort: 4* wcte (ffisii.) ляя«5'Ч zam ma-chad-pa~ ’*5*q uninterruptedness, continuous succession: q^w^q there arose a succession of useful incarnate beings (Л. 125). ая’ц zam-pa §3, a bridge, of various kinds: lcag$-zam iron bridge; ^N\>«arq^5'q hanging bridge on supports (Л. 35.); Icug-zam suspen- sion-bridge of twisted canes ; draw- bridge ; rdo-zam natural rock-bridge; wooden bridge ; wq^’q or V**4 the piers of a bridge, spafi-$go the boards, planks, mdah-yab or lag-rten parapet, ^9 ^1 gshu-thog arch of a bridge; ля^к’ bridge-village, village having a bridge over a stream. gen. large bridge; ля ^с/ a little one. ЗЯ Zam-bu I и ft u. of a holy place consecrated to Padma Sambhawa in the district of Shang in Tsang (7Г. thaft. 163). эя’^я^елз) zam-zim a number. ля zamzo soft cushion of velvet-like cloth: ^T-j^K^q-orfrq^ (Rtsi;.). Zar 1. n. of a district in Tibet about fifteen miles to the north of Tashi- rab-ga, the latter being the first Tibetan outpost beyond the Kangla-chen-mo pass. There is a Jong-pon over the two districts of Zar and Ting-ke (Loft. л, 3). 2. supine of л ц za-wa ; av^sj q to begin to eat. 3. a pitch-fork, hay-fork, dung-fork. avqqN zar-babs acc. to Sch. : tassel, gold-brocade. zar-bu Glr., Mil. a tassel.
1093 zar-ma 1. W, sesame : зчя5’|я’я^-|’ч-р’^^ (Mfton.). 2. fibres; з^’я5чя zar-ma fibres, a kind of muslin manufactured from. зкя^я zar-mahi go§ чЬг. robe made of zar-ma linen. zar-z?r зглз n. of a number: (Ya-sel. 56). zar-ri zir-ri adj. unimportant, not significant, confused: an unconnected or confused dream. 3^1 zal 1. = д’яХ«г] spu-mdog colour of hair : the red colour of an ox. 2. in Ld. any small uninhabited river island. (Yig.). Zal-mo sgaft one of the six dis- tricts of Kham included in (Jig.)- з<ч4*|(дря) zal-zug n. of a number: (Ya-sel. 57). 324 zas ^г^тк, ча, food, nourish- ment, provender ; ЭД’Ч za§-nan bad food ; zas-spyod food and exercise; зячХ*> Ц’^'зя give food to whoever is in need of it; distributor of food; ля'^яч fasting; зя’^’Й ’зчи *iW warm food; to treat with the best food, to entertain with dainties; зя’^Я'Ц н1тП a good eater; зя'^’з what does it eat as food (Dzl.). In Budh. there are four kinds of food: (1) ряя’^’зя material food (йя'Ц) necessary for sustaining the body, including ряя’зя’мр meat and drink, ряя’зя’^’Й the finer foods, such as nectar, sweet smell, etc., which are enjoyed by the gods of the Kamaloka, and also the food which the child in the womb assimilates, etc.; (2) ^’чч^я Н1ШТП:: §яя,§г^яя,чячй^,§5’|''чя,чяч]я’ I qvg*^ J (Loft. 25.) \ (3) ^ЯЯ^З’ЗЯ ; (4) Here is an aphorism on food: яя’я^я’^’^^’я^я | ^]•яSя'^^я>я<£я<Y^я §‘0|я^е/яЗя^ j (K. d. R, 331) food sustains life, life existing the body will remain and if the body exists the way to religion will also exist. зя’^яч^я^ one who is desti- tute, has nothing to subsist upon. a Sutra in which the good of taking one meal a day, clean and well prepared food, etc., and giving such to the clergy, are set forth (K. d. я, 153). зя’&> zas-tshod the due measure or pro- portion of food: зя’^я’Эа; the portion was not the measure of one’s usual allowance. яя’З’^я'Ч zas-za nes-pa — зя’з’^я’Хчр or яя’з’&Г^я'Ц not knowing how to eat properly (D. 9, 10). zas-leg&par za-wa to take meals, the manner of doing so properly, esp. for the guidance of priests (K, d. % 33). zas-bsod good food, rich pastry ; зя’^ч| zas-lhag residue of food; зя-yffa zas-dkan scarcity, dearth, зя’^ч zas-dkar white food, milk, curds, etc.; an epithet of Buddha’s uncle, зя’^я zas-skom meat and drink, solid and liquid food: зя-^я^ч^ч’^'ч one very fond of dainty dishes and drink. зя-q]^ zas-gner cook; superintendent of the department of cooking. Syn. я ma-chen; ЭДфЧ thab-kha-pa (Mfton.), зя'^ог^'^е/ч za$-phul-du byuft-wa cornu- - copia; abundance of food and drink. Syn. gya-nom-pa; phun-sum tshog§-pa (Mfton.). za&>byed=&fe^ ma-chen cook (Mnon.).
1094 | Za§-gtsafi-ma lit. clean or pure food, the name of Buddha Gauta- ma’s father (JTfton.). g’®’>* brej>o-za§ 3TVft<5f, za$-dkar were the names of Buddha’s three uncles. Э zi 1. num. fig.: 52. 2. in IF. something of a very small size or quantity. S’* zi-ma green scum, floating matter on water. S zi-zer for э or % (Sony). zi-ra caraway seed of Central Asia. VJVQ чнз?|хт the white species of caraway : * vq*;’Ei«rgfq? the black species of caraway which looks like common caraway : . 1л «VT** tho black species of caraway. zi-ri-ri droning of bees, the wind, etc. ; ria ft zi-ri-ri the howling or whizzing of the wind. 5 zi-гн col. for 4^’9 gzer-bu. Э’^1 zi-la a compo- sition metal, generally of gold and silver. S-owir-qЛа]| >Sk’ Zi-Ий n. of a Chinese town in Kansu situated about 80 miles to the E. of lake Kokonor, and usually known as Sining. It is a great emporium for the exchange of merchandise between China and Tibet: a kind of thick velvet- like cotton cloth manufactured at Sining {Rtxiii). a province of Stoft-hkkor in lower Kham (Loft. >, £4). (Chinese) a kind of Chinese satin of pale white colour (Jig. 20). breach of peace, quarrel, dispute (Yig. 10). zift-zift bristle-like: the bristle-like hair; acc. to Ja. zift-ziftzaft-zift. Zin-tig a kind of gentian: + or ^*’3^ rough draft; also note, memorandum: drafts which arc fit to be adopted or approved (A. 155). zin-pa 1. Grfku, рГйт to commit to memory, retain in tho memory, to learn; subst. a retentive memory. 2.= csp. in pf. tense, to terminate, to be at the end, to conclude, be exhausted, bo consumed; perishable mortal body. 3. = 5$'« ^rufu, to be finished, terminated: as tho playing has ceased, or: as he has done playing (Dzl.); endloss work- ing, unceasing labour (JZi7.). 4. is used in older writings as a perfect affix like tshar, denoting that the action is com- plete and finished: the wall has been beaten down. la-khad^^^S (Mfton.). zin-pthuft nag-po n. of a malig- nant spirit or Sa-bdag monster. ^’3** a receipt, quittance; bond (of obligation), bill of debt (Ja.). zun-bu finely-divided, minute, fine, thin, slender: a fine drizzling rain was falling; ^’^or very fine, hair-likc. zir-mo a slide, glissade; also eliding motion.
1095 zil or ^'Ч’я zil-ma brightness, splen- dour, brilliancy, glory: great splendour, brilliancy, lustrous (A. 1&9). brilliant, resplendent; «pfa * WWra, 44TW, Wft'W ; (e7. Zaft.) they suppressed the evil speeches by their lustre ; si7-^«r=^’25 sweetness, or adj. delicious; zil-ehags-pa^^'tfpy'&'Q very lus- trous, brilliant; 359'^ those glorious like the sea were seated at the top rows (A. 133). zil-gnon Ч1ТНЗ defeat discomfiture (Zam. 13); zil-дпоп-Ъи a prince, king’s son. ^’4 zil-pa dew, dew-drop dew-drops on grass (blades); hoar-frost. q zil-pa nag-po dew-drop. zu num. fig.: 82. zug or ч zug-pa чггп, ЯЗ^Г, disease, affliction, pain, torment, physical and mental; distemper, illness, complaint: ’4 distemper in dogs. гггу-г«гг = |^1^ w, TO, uVf pain, aching, uneasiness: if I did not promise (to go to Tibet) this king would be greatly afflicted with sorrow (Ubrom. 112.); the three sufferings of the body, speech, and heart:— mental sufferings, defective speech, and bodily diseases. i^l'agqafflicted by the grief of sorrow; sufferings from disease; affliction from sorrow (Yig. k. 98); zug-rftu тпаг-гса one laid up with disease, tormented by sufferings; (v*’£v«) untouched ^’l or unaffected by the pains of diseases, free from illness (Yig. k. 98); ВЯ'С’З'4'4 zug-г пи bral-wa free from illness, fully recovered from disease. zug-pa 1. = я^ч 2. v. 3. sbst. a building, erection. 5^’^’ zug-phyun итугч’Я* tusk, a bracket projecting from a wall. zuft гнт, two, a pair, couple: not occuring in pairs (Vai. sft.). zun-gi §gra-grog§ (Mnon.), lit. that jointly crow, the domestic fowl, the cock and the hen; 1^’ zuft-na pair of doors ; zun-geig one pair. Syn. phrugs; gnis ; cha hgrig-pa. zun-chu or (Chinese) meaning: 1^' a province, $ or $ a local governor. zuft-mchog the model pair, the two principal disciples of Buddha, i.e., Saribu and Maugal-gyi-bu (*^- Л^П^); zuft-du-skye§ lit. that grows in pairs, an orange; ^’^9^ zuft-hbrel connection, junction, or union: if one wishes both things to be united (Glr.) ; 1^9^ zun-hbrel-du adv. one with the other, jointly; unitedly; rgya-bod zun-hbrel China and Tibet united ; the church and the state jointly, or priest and devotee jointly. zun-gzug — ^M'*^ 7]^ technical term of practical mysticism, the forcing of the mind ($««) into the prin- cipal artery, in order to prevent distraction (of mind) (Jd.). zun§, imperat. of <4^: hold or bear on the person ! bear in mind, remember! zun v.
1096 Hl zum-pa 1. 44КЧ to close, shut up : F’B^q to shut the mouth ; ’h’l his oye being closed; £?^в^ q the flower closes. 2. in JK. for Я v. ^ q; iMf’a a pin, brooch. zttr 1. side, margin, comer, edge: Я5‘В^ edge of a steep river-bank or precipice ; $’B^‘ margin of a river ; 4’^’4 one that lives on tho bank of a river; ’B* ledge of a hill; aaj\q octangular pillar ; B^’^ four comers ; ’^*4^'Q to stow in a comer, fig. to save, hoard; ^Тв^гд^’З written on tho margin of the register; BvB*iq gone to a comer, retired; B^W*^ one who has retired from public life; B^'4^4]’4 or B^44J having a broken edge, damaged by being knocked about; В^*Я Я faulty words and grammatical forms, corrupted word. B^’*^ private property or things. B^B^SN indirectly, incidentally: ^•^’oiq'q to speak indirectly or by hints; 3V2*r^<yq to note, point out by hints or insinuations (Schf.). 2. outline: ^VTB^’ this is merely a brief outline, extract, sketch (Ja.). = a* woman (5. L z.) : zur-gyi§ $toii-pa (ДГпеп.) a gesticulation of a woman dancing, etc.; zur-lta-ma term signifying women in general (ДГло?/.). B^‘34! to sit in a bent posture: (Rdsa. 14). shape. B*’X corner-stone of a building: «tf'q’SjY the old or elder mason laid the cornerstone (Jig. 7). B^q sar-pa=B^'q54]^4 zur-bshugs-iia one out of office, a non-official; a private indi- vidual. ivlfq zur-spo-tca to remove to a comer; any thing not brought to prominence, shelved; thrown into a comer. B^’4 bent angular. B^S’g’q 1. n. of a Gandharva Raja : (Pag. 297.) ; and also that of a Kiuuara Raja (K. g. я, 523). 2. an epithet of the Bodhisattwa Jam-yang or Jam-pal, tho hair of his head being arranged in fivo knotted locks (UJUon.). 3. one of the Naga guardians of the church-treasury at Sam-ye is also called: dkor-bdag klu-zur phud Ina-pa (S. kar.). Zur-wa to push. avig«i Stir hbitl a private note. BK’^ sar-/w = B^ zur. В^*Ц a side-look; slight attention: в^’*И4^ with side long look, looking side- ways; B^4)’?’4 to look askance, og’e. zur-mig-ma a sly woman, she with looks cast side-ways, a handsome woman (Mfton.). B^ zur-mo pain, for B4! zug vulg. (Ja.). B^’&i zur-tsam slight mention, a hint: one who per- ceives from a slight hint or sign ; B^’^' to abridge, to shorten ; B^q compendium, abridgment (8, Lex.). B**4]^ zur-gso$ privately nursed or brought up, educated by strangers. zul-ma in W. cornered, angular. xjas = B4l zug. Э ze 1. num. fig.: 12. В’Л] ze-ka zehu 1. hump. 2. decor- ated pad or cushion (Jd.) 5’4 ze-wa a precious stone. ^S4! ze~hbug the maw or fourth stomach of ruminating animals (Ja.),
1097 3'*g ze-hbru or 3^Rg zehu-hbru the anthers of a flower; З^чд'^ zehu-hbru-can a flower having anthers; used also in letters as a term of endear- ment to women, especially to one’s wife. З’я ze-ma the eye-lashes. 3 Й incorrectly for 5j’3fc’ sre-mofi the weasel (Rdsa. 29). 3 ze-tshica saltpetre S.g.; 3 ze- tshwa-can containing saltpetre, nitrous: 3’ <* ’^'§5 nitre absorbs stone and fetid matter in the bladder. З-^Ддч'^ ze- tshzcahi §kyur-rtsi nitric acid. Зч[я5’^еч zeg-mahi lte^ca=^^^ a whirl- pool, eddy (Jfnon.). ВЧ]?Г<Я zegs-ma particles of water, spray; the term is also applied to q on grass blades. ч^\3$'3ч|я drops of nectar. ik’ zeft in the skirts of the coat on the right and left side folded back or tucked up (Mil.). B^ zed 1- sbst. a brush; dust- brush (Cs.). 2. edge in C. 3. adj. broken- off, damaged, injured; З^чя chink, crack, rent. zem 1. awe, fear; Зяч&ч’ч awe with respect, to regard one with cheerful- ness and respect: 'Зя* 2). $ei. §). 2. a cask, a piece of a willow tree hollowed to hold liquids; ЗяяЗч zem-mthil the bottom of such vessel. B^ zer 1. wu a shaft of light, hmm, ray; Зч*^^ or glare (Yig* 72) v. яЗ\ 2. talk. 3. for Зч’Й n, of a small animal. tobe named, called; to say; common in later Eterature, and eolloq.; ^•вгЙЕ/ч|с/Эч what is your name; what is it called; because he said those remarks of yours are of great import, the officer furthermore said. 3чhe said; so having said or spoken; saying ‘ it is ’ she told a lie (Glr.); and so frq. 3ч where in earlier Eterature would be used; 3ч if J may say so, so to speak, as it were (Ja.). Зч’яр^ zer-mkhan he that is saying; Зч'^'Х^'^ч’ although there were many speak- ing, there was no truth (spoken) (A. 55). ЗЧ’Д zer-ma=lt\*w a drop (Л. K. IV-11). zer-zer-skad=^^^ {Шоп.). zel-ma small chip; ^‘3«( wood- shaving (Jd.). Зч’^'Ч’я^ щц, trtu [quick, swiftly going or passingJZ?. Ж sc, 1. imp. of ^’4 za-wa 2. sbst. resp. physical constitution, q good appearance, fair complexion; 5*wq one of good complexion. Also figure, delineation, representation. 3. mould: showing mouldy spots; Зяч old, mouldy butter; 3^ mouldy meat (Jd). 5’^ zo-chuny also 3 water-mill to pump out water for irrigating fields: (KhriJ. 33). ^’4 zo-wa pitcher for milk, a pail, bucket. pitcher or vessel hold- ing milk at milking; also a vessel for porridge (Rstii.). $i| zog 1. = дя*ч khram-pa or З'я phra- ma (Igfion.) deceit, fraud, falsehood; g^ §gyu~zog religious deceit; chos-zog 139
1098 priestcraft (Ja.). 2. goods, articles of merchandize, t.e., tJion-zog (Affion.). Sof2* zog-po or zog-ma adj. deceitful, false, dissimulating: this deceitful lady ; my lord do not play tho hypocrite (Bbrom. I4, 19, 43, 11J). 5К’ zog qfwi described as (ДГЯо?/.) articles of merchandize, goods; not goods but ready money; goods taken by travellers to be bartered for provisions ; drugs ; merchandise (Cs.j; goods of all kinds; zofi-gi$ h+ ho-wa — '^'ч tshofi-pa merchant, trader, lit. one who exists by trade (Mtion.); Mk' я=дя zofi-hgrcm-gna§ warehouse or shop (ДГйор.). zofi-mJwj lit. the chief of all merchandise, as met. gold (ДГ«^.). goods as compensation paid for one’s life : (Rtsii); Ik’q zon-pa trader ; zoft-dpon=^'*J&\ a chief merchant, a leader of a caravan (jjftfow.); Ik’S*] zofi-zog mer- chandise : Sk'VSV44! (Rtsii.); °}«ГЧЛ7^ I । in this place called Vara- nasi abound a variety of people and of articles of merchandise (Bbrom p, 37). zoh, also caution; heed, c are ; to be cautious, to take heed, to mind: not knowing how to leave off sin take heed of it; heedless; precaution, preventive measure (&Л.). A Tibetan proverb eays ojqif skilful in conversation one takes care of his tongue; if one knows how’ to wTalk, one guards the feet. that w’hich guards the foot, i.e., shoes. 3^| zom I. worn out, decrepit, worm- eaten, damaged by use ; rotten and cast out (Rtsii.) ; without anything left out as damaged (Rtsii.) ; Iwp6*j dull-witted; I*’«ft zom-$kyon of books, records, etc., spoiled, old and w'orm-caten : ’S’Mfi '^]4w4*]’B5rIw’5Y (B. fcl. 8). 5jj II: 1. point, top, peak: Iq-Iw point of the dorje\ the summit of the Rirab; to the south of tho peak of the black mountain ; going to the top of the hill (A. 11.) ; they buried the corpse on the summit of Tang-mo Tang-chung of Bphyofi rgya$ (Yig. 65). 2. a cave; ЭТ‘1* rock-cavern. МЯ III: a wooden cask or cylin- drical vessel in which milk is kept; a large barrel (Jig. 28.) 54 zor, also Ivq zor-wa 1. supine of I’л or 2. sbst. reaping-hook, a sickle, a knife, esp. the weapons employed in combating the evil spirits in the (offerings), such as knife, sword, sling, bow' and arrow's; Imw to shear with a knife or sickle; I*sickle-blade; 1^д=1Х'4* a chopper. zor-nia 1. wide, spacious, roomy. 2. ; (lYwrg’S^N) hymns, religious songs : the w'iser ministers sung songs of a religious character (A. 146). cunning, false. «тач‘3*Уч’§«<’Ч’^гв*г5 having decided the battle cunningly. [an impostor;, a rogue]& I<e
1099 [pretexts.; S®r§5’4 5?Г5т^ [a pretender]S.; ^1*^5= «^’*>5 pwrsr without pretext; Sor^] zol- so0=4p*i g deceit, fraud, imposture, false- hood. Зч-g zol-tsho, v. чйч ч hdsol-wa. S« soj, v. a’5 za-wa. zo$-rfia (^•'ЧчМ^-цЗт) (Шго/п P, 107). П” zla-skye$ 1. = the constellation called Mrgaqira (Mnon.). 2. ^=^q the planet Budha; lit. the moon-born. 3. an epithet of the river Sindhu (ДГлон.). Й’Я* zla-gam 1. semi-circular ; semi-circular disk, the appearance of the eighth phase of the moon. 2. the cloak which the monk of the Grelug-pa sect wears at a religious service only (S/szV.) (S. Хгж). йл5^ zla-hdre$ composite or mixed friends, a company of different countries: (jD. gel. 8). Й’|5 zla-sdud or ??*ргёч| reduplica- tion of a verbal termination, same as §lar-b§du (Situ.). zla-wa 1: 1. sym. num. 1. 2. = H’A juice; semen. 3.=^N*q handsome, beauti- ful (Yig. к. 1). II: a lunar or calendar month; temporal month, й’4^4! one month; about a month; й*ч35’^ wihth about one-half of a month; й'Ч 'Ч’ 3^*q one month old. й’55 phyed w, half of a month, t>., a fortnight; й zla-phogs monthly salary or wages. towards the expiration of the months (of pregnancy). 1 at the expiration of those months (Jd.). Is often in letter-dates shortened to й s/a. III: the moon; ^’З’й’4 the heavenly moon; й’4!^’ the full moon; й’^1 zla-nag the new moon, thus defined: yote: at this time no works for the dead or for the living should be undertaken, zla-icahi dkyil-hkor the orb of the moon. g’S’fwq zla-wa khani-pa=Jffi* half moon, ?>., the first or the last quarter; semi- circle. й I454 4 § they are placed round in a circle ; 59^’й’^5 it is semi-circular in shape, йq zla-wa-na, the full moon; й’^’Э’4 zla-wa na-pa or УЧь’й’4 the full moon (Yig. k. 26.); й’4'^ zla-wa hdsin the eclipse of the moon. Syn. ri-bofi-ean; rgya- mtsho-dgah ; tshc-bdag; 4^4’§5 beil- byed; bsil-zer-ean ; $fl]^'§5 ^5’5^ cJuigs-byed hod-dkar ; 4^5* bdud-rtsi- hod; VT^'iIl343^ drag-pohi gtsug-rgyan ; да-bur hdsin ; bsil-ldan htsho-bged; rgya-htsho-skye§; q mtshan-mohl bdag-po; ^ig-gsum hdsin ; mi(j. gsum-pahi gtsng-gi nor; ц §nar- mahi bdag-po; ri-dwag§ rntshan ; ri-ЬоЛ mtshan-ma; ^'§5 sgnb- byed; rdul-gyi thig-le dkar- po \ gar-gyi thig-le ; gni$-skye§ rgyal; gzah-yi ma- khyud\ ri-won hdsin; 155 TVyu-dkar niu-khynd] rgyu-dkar- gtso; rgya-rntso mar-gsar; Г kha-bahi hod; 5)5§5 srid-byed; 4‘^чрг ri-dwags §na-hdsin; ^^5§ bdud-rtsi- ^Pro; grib-mahi lu§; $’5’lP*4’B^c; rta-dkar chu-$kye§ пай-сап}
<44^1 lioo j'-q $tcfi-phur gqer-ldun pi-ku-$ra ; *^S91 pad-mahi dgra (Mfion.). gasj^a zla-wa дст'д-ра==ф^уч met. a foot-stool. 3 q §5 zla-wa hdsum-byed as met. a sword (Mfton.). З‘лzla-wa gshon-nu, v. ’n’Wj'Qt ka-ko- la (Mfton.). zla-wa hjom§ Try the planet Rahu, g4]^ §gra-gcan (Mfton.). g ц ц\ ^-2Г zla-u'a gar-gyi fto or [enlightened half of the month]£. g’^'^q zla-ica chu-tpd the finest crystal gem. Syn. 3’^5 zla-hod\ З^Х^'З zla-wa nor- bu ; mig-la-phan; гйЬгч^’лк^ wahi Jiar-ldan ; dw<u$-na$-hdsag; man-qel; X^*3 nor-bu dkar-po (Mfton.). j qЛ4 zla-wa-$ol intercalary mouth. Syn. a zla-theb ; g zla-lhag. g'flv^N zla-wahi-grog$ as met. the great ocean (Mfton.). g^'lK zla-wahi-glift a small inland in the delta of the Ganges where Chandra Gomi the Buddhist sage and grammarian was exiled by order of a king of Varendra; it now forms a part of the district of Bakerganj in Bengal. a3*53] zla-wahi-dgra the enemy of the moon=g'4l^ sgra-gcan (Mnon.). a‘q* Zlu-wahi cod-pun an epithet of Sambhara the chief Tantrik god of the northern Buddhists (Mnon.). а zla-wahi that [one who has only the dust of the moon ; a plagia- rist] S. gqr?qw zla-wahi t hog -ma the constellation Chit rd tfttsii.). zla-wahi-dri = ku-mu-da (Mfton.) ^hnw[water-lily]S. azla-wahi by e-ma, v. *| ?ф'ч (Mfton.). а отд ырц zla-wahi bla-mkhan lama astro- loger who calculates the evils, &e., that the Sa-bdag are capable of doing to men. gqq-^qq^ zla-wahi dwaft-po Somendra the son of the great Kashmirian poet Ksemendra who added tho 108th Pallava to the Avadana kalpalata. д-а^Я'я zla-wahi ma-ma (lit. the mother of the moon), = the ocean (Yig. k. 63). дач^с/пде zla-wahi tsaft-kun n. of a Sa-bdag monster or evil spirit. 3 zla-wahi gtsug-phutf lit. the moon-crest=ОЯЯ- узЗЛ’Я Zla-wahi ri-bo n. of a fabulous mountain equal in glory and height to Sumeru situated beyond the mountains called 'q£*w’ci Mig-btsum$-pa (K. d. \ Ш). il’aS’qfl] xla-wahi-lag^^^'b hbab-chu (Itffion.) river, stream. g q$ zla-wahi sa-rgyal are a class of (Sa-bdag) spirits. 3 zla-tcahi sriH-mo lit. the sister of the moon, an epithet of Sarasvati (Шоп.). |ЧЧ5Ч|Ч zla-wa^-dgah = Щ $5 uftrfsui, (MHon^) [water-lily]^. =['WRbiq zla-was-hphely v. rgya- mtsho-chen-po (lit. that is increased or heaved by the moon), met. the ocean (MHon^). g zla-wa^ bshad-tsha^^wfi'd* parterre of lily plants (Mnon.). 3*3 zla-bu «p? the son of the moon = ^4 zla-bo 1. = ?*]*гЕ| helper, assistant, co-operator, friend; husband,
1101 wife, concubine, mistress; also, help, assistance : g to accompany, assist; 5^ rkun-zla a thief’s accomplice; “ kunda ” resp. husband and wife; rival, competitor; a woman whose husband is dead (lit. who has eaten him). single, single-handed; Дzla- mo a female friend, concubine (Mnon.) ; zla§-dbye or pair, couple, combination, viz., of a thing and its reverse, hence phye-wa reverse, contrary. |A zla-med 1. match- less. 2. friendless, without help, single, celibate; alone : in a strange country (I) was left alone, friendless {Rdsa. 2d). Syn. gcig-bu ; rkyafi-rkyafi (Mnon.). zla-mtshan ЧяТ:, menstrua- tion, monthly course of women; zla-mtshan med-pa one without menses. Syn. rdul\ me-tog (Mnon.). zla-mdses an epithet of Sarasvati; the Kunda flower. Syn. dbyan§-can-ma; £*54^5 me-tog kun-dec (Mnon.) йрагя&гя zla-shal mdsa§-ma term for a beautiful woman (Mnon.). zla hu colloq. j’W $'5$ zla-ral gyi-dpe [counter example]/?. zla-(pin 4T*sft«T. № zlug-pa or ST*'4 zlug§-pa l.= S ^'q to pour into, to cast, put in: inod-du zlugs-pa to pour into a pot or vessel. 2. pf. bzlugs to send word, report, inform. zlum-pa or zhnn-po faw, adj. round, circular, roun- dish in shape (Glr.); bulbous; zlum-por rtsig-pa to erect a round, cylindrical wall, e.g., for a monument. clerics bare-foot, and with their heads shaven and thereby looking globular; zlum-skor ?<sri circular: -дя’^’^я'Хя’^дч made two concentric circles, g я‘ц'<ч = ^‘дя^гХог Syn. ril-po ; zur-med. zlum-po hdsin=y^ the sun. zlum-phu-se a mole-like animal (Jd\). й}’П zlo-wa to summon, call; v. zlog-pa pf. zlogs^ fut. bzlog (is trs. vb. to ldog-pa) 1. pHrou- зтн, to cause to return, to drive back, repulse, expel, to send back; esp. to send to fetch something. 2. to cause to turn, divert, to turn the mind or inten- tion; to alter the mind; it is hard to give up the love of kindred (Mil.); we beg you to dismiss the thought of it (Dzl.); zlog-thabs-can bcu the ten means ofriuming aside or diverting others such as :—(1) (2) g q- zla-wa zlog-thabs-can ; (3) ajppqsr me-zlog thab$-can; (4) chu zlog thab§-can^ etc. vixnpt a charm, spell (S. Lex.) ; to repeat such; recitation.
ЭТ’Ч 1102 I zlos-gar or zlod-gar TO, итг^ drama, dramatic performance, dance, one of the four branches of Sabda Vidya, the science of external expression, zlo$-gar-mkhan ufvft an actor, dancer [also a mistress] 5. Zlo^-gar is divided into fivo parts :—(1) sutradhara ; (2) ХтЙ rol-mo music; (3) shug$ dressing in different and fantastic ways; (4) bshad-gad comic represen- tations, laughing, etc.; (5) dfa’q* zlo$-gar the dance itself. The term zlo^-gar properly, however, signifies the interlude when songs, etc., are repeated, after each kind of dance has been performed: ‘9|*g' (Lofi. 6). zlo$-gar-gyi khafi stage, theatre ; zlo$-gar-gyi b*tan-cho$ draniatie works ; zlo$-gar byed-pa to dance, 3*rq^£(n и to teach or learn dancing. Ч]ЗЧ|-Ц gzag-pay v. **q’4 ht shay-pa and hdsag-pa. gzag$-pa 1. v. flpWQ gzabi- pa. 2. to magnify, multiply (Sch.): ril-wahi zag$-pa or ^4 Ihuft-ica (&ag. 65). gzafl$-rifc=. tsher-ma ra-тпдо. &za<- 11 • a strict in Lhokha (Deb. Я, Ж *1^ gzah 1. чге a placet, the name being usually restricted to the following viz., wif<r4 the Sun, 3 « ntn the Moon, Mars, Mercury, qijsfi Venus, ^’9 Jupiter and Saturn; the ascending node (xt^) and tho descending node (%g)are added to make nine planets 2. the respective days of the week thus enumerated:—q3^'^ gzah ni-ma Tf«r Sunday ; qa<|’4 gzah zla-wa Monday ; qe^fiq^w gzah-mig dinar Tuesday; q34'^qq gzafy lhag-pa Wednesday; ф*' gvg gzah phur-bu Thursday ; qa4^' w* gzah-pa-san$ иж Friday ; qa^3<Y<i gzah $pcn-pa nfn Saturday. 3. ’Зтотн dangers, troubles, gen. attributed to the influence of malignant stars or planets. These planetary disturbances are of different kinds :—§}’q34 bla-gzah, sfq’qjx sгод-gzah, q-^S’q34 g^d-gzahy wqi^cjrqM ma-gzah grofi-gzah, H’qax bu-gzah, 5qqa4 dgra-gzah, glufi-si dar-gzah (Vai. kar.). qa4' qA^ gzah-gdon 4w> unforeseen danger, evil, trouble. q3^V> epilepsy; q34'5q id. qa4gzah-$kar-mkhan astronomers and astrologers. Syn. £<<1 rtsi§-pa ; §kar-dpyad- pa (Д[Иоп.). q34‘j|« gzah-khyitn ‘ tho place,’ or more correctly the house, of a planet, the cons- tellation in which a planet stands (Cs.). q34‘VI gzah-dug nag-po an officinal plant used in apoplexy. q]34q^ gzah-bdagz=№ the chief of tho planets, the sun. ц]зчКк.* gzah-rofi = rdsa-ron a gorge or valley or plain filled with boulders. «qs^ a gzahi-rna-wa an epithet of Rahu or $gra-gcan (Ignon.). q34^jw gzahi yum ггтнтч5! a religious work treating of planets (Rtsii.). qj34*5)'^ gzah-yi-rten мДсГГО tho fixed star, the polar star: §45^’4 it is called Dhruva or the fixed, because it remains steady above all the planets (Mnon.). flprSlOS gzah~yi mu-khyud as met.= the moon (Mfion.).
1103 gzan described as a plain shawl gen. of liver or orange colour which a Buddhist monk wraps round his body. gzan-pa 1. food in general, but most frq. hay etc., food of cattle. gzan-du skyur-wa (lit. to deliver over for food, ’.6., a body to demons), to scorn, slight, despise; provender for animals and provisions for men. gzan-^in grass for horse and donkeys and fuel for men: (Z). gel. 40). 2. to devour, consume, pick out; to worry, mostly in fig. sense: tsher-ma shabs-la-gzan the thorn worries the foot (JZ?7.); adj. gzan-pa and gm-po worn-out, thread-bare; sems-la-gzan it gnaws at the heart (J/t7.) ; sfa’Qi srog-la it preys upon life ; $'г«гч]з^ rna-za la-gzan in (7. it deafens the ears = SH*SYq sun-hyin-pa. qpq gzab 1. careful, well-behaved, attentive and polite : S'^'g^’w^qq bya-wa §pyod-lam gzab-pa in behaviour and work careful; attentive and polite to guests. gzab-lhin§ («ч’ careful, cautious (Yig.). 2. spq-q, v. qaqq-q. 3. elegant, smartly robed. al3q^5’§5'q gzab-sprod byed-pa to dress neatly and cleanly, to be well dressed; but if over and above good dress one wears jewellery he is said to be—*?pq $iM^§Yq too gaudily dressed. spq « gzab-ma or *]3Ч‘«|Д] (elegant writ- ing), Tibetan capital or printing letters {Grub. ч, <?.) gzabs-pa (also q and чр*|*гч) imp. 4|*q^ gzobs, to use care, diligence: 4 lo-gcig-zas spyod-gzabs- pas by a careful diet continued for a year (JZ/Jy.); beware of it, be on your guard against it (Jd.). gzar 1. a rug to spread on the floor (Yig. 23). a broad rug. 2. peg, hook, wooden nail, for hanging up things; id. spvsq gzar-thag—^'^ (^’ q^orq^'^'q Situ. 76), a string or rope that is stretched on walls, &c., to hang clothes on. gzar-po or gzar-wa adj. steep, rugged, precipitous: steep and rugged hill; precipitous rock; steep declivity or cliff; waterfall, cascade on rocks. ^'9 gzar-Ьн eolloq. “saru” a ladle, gen. of wood: gzar-bu hphyar lifting up a ladle for a blow (Jlil.); and дчргчр^ 6/ugs-gzar two long spoons or ladles used at burnt-offerings (Se/d. 294). Jpl*’ skyogs or skyogs are used as synonyms of but generally a ladle made of metal is called skyogs. opu-q gzal-pa—Q^'Q qresi a rent or split; anything split. gza$-pa 1. to set about, to be on the point, to prepare for; generally used with termin. case of infin. mood. prepared, began to dig out. 2. to brandish, = q^q^ q to begin to wave. gzi 1. shine, brightness, clearness, splendour; in W. looming in mist, a mirage. 2. n. of a precious stone—onyx—variously coloured, brown, gray, streaked with three, five or seven lines. 3. v. under q gzir-wa-pa. 4. = q^ bzi. gzi-khyim a corrupt form of the word gzi-can shining bright, ^'«5^ red sunset, afterglow.
41^11 1104 yzi-brjid ячщ, чнпт, 1. brightness, beauty, a fair healthy com- plexion ; = «5^^ or joined with it, frq.; majesty, e.g., of deities, ete. (ZW.). 2. honour, esteem, celebrity. &ы- fyjid §kye$ IfSKf as met. = gold. <’P'£3?IV^ gzi-brjid-счп bright, beautiful, majestic; Н^зтг, brightness. looking poor, emaciated, worn out; bright, shining; gzi-hod bright gloss or lustre (Ja.) чрч] gzig fa=T3t the yellow leopard. gzig-go$ he who wears a leopard’s skin, an epithet of MaMdeva. gug-mjug^^^lfa n. of a Sa-bdag monster. gzig-mo 1. female leo- pard; 2. acc. to JU. porcupine, prob, for Йс/ gzig-mo fl. gzig-^ub§ leo- pard-skin case for a bow (WstV.) gzig-ri$ spotted leopard’s colour; a kind of spotted chintz resembling a leopard’s skin, gzig-slog — gzig-mjug. Syn. khyi-gipd\ thig- bhi-lus (Mnon.). gzig§-pa 1. hon. form of and g'S to see; also, to see to, regard: seeing that he had come; seeing him coming; 4*3 behold! behold carefully. fsrafaH observing well, observation; please to look (Glr.); when he looked (for it), there was nothing to be seen; g'^your honour’s life must be regarded (Dzl.). 2. equivalent to: to give, grant; ЗД]«г|-д|Э4|$г<^1 have the goodness to give some seed, prob, only breviloquence for (Ja.). 3. = mercy, grace. 4. to accept, to take; to buy. р£^§-г/сп==^д|4,ач^ a token or object for acceptance, as an enclosure in a letter, hence resp. for present, gift: дрдрг Чд| offered as a present together with a silk-scarf on an auspicious date (J7p. Л. £6). gsig$-$fafl$ lit. manner of seeing; gen. looking with eyes fixed steadily on an object. gzig^byed as mot. the eye (Mnon.). gzig§-mo resp. for £5‘Й a view, spectacle, sight: as he came for a look at the flower (Pth<). gzlft for hd$ifl$-pa (Glr.). gzifl$ a ship ; large sea-going vessel ; having equipped a large vessel; (Glr.); = a small vessel; a boat; ship- master, captain (CV). gzim§-rkyon, resp. for rkyofl-tse candle, lamp (Jd.). gzim-pa, pf. gzhn$-pa to sleep, to fall asleep: now it is time to go to sleep, he said; now sleep! whilst the king was sleeping (Glr.). gzbn^khan or gzim§-$ag lit. dormi- tory, sleeping room or place, but gen.= qgq’M N fahugs-sa place of residence, dwelling, habitation: (A. 100). gzun- kheb$ a quilt (Jd.); gzim-khom cloak-bag; (pdm-khri bedstead; gzim-gur sleeping tent; gzim-hgag door-keeper, porter; дря’* gzim- cha bedding, bed-clothes; gzim~
1105 W chun resp. a dwelling, a house for retire- ment : I will attend at your abode ; gzim-chun-pa cham- berlain of the Dalai Lama’s abode; gzim-thul sheep-skins for night quarters; gzizn-gnas lodging, place for spending tho night; yzim-phrug page, boy-servant of a great man ; gzim-nial^^fa'я gzim-sa, bedstead with * or w* bedding on it; w or bed-room. 4|>vq &zir-wa=*^Q to suffer, to be afflicted ; to be harassed, troubled: troubled by disease; WTrfT overpowered by lust, overcome by brutal passion; ydun-pas gzir tormented by longings (Л. K. 2-24) • *4^ [pain, transgression]S. gztl in spu-zift byed-pa (Jd.). ^IB’V^’ gzu-dpafi witness, mediator (Sch.); an honest and truthful witness. gzu-ica — *\% a post, but gen. a pole to which an animal for sacrifice is tied; a lever, bar; ^B’^ gzu-rna§ a prop (<?«.). gzu-po straightforward, upright, honest: honest mind ; ЯЗ to be impartial and straightforward, to be on the side of honesty (Cs.). gzu-lum or ^B’^^ gzu-lums 1. obstinate, or not listening to any instruction or order (Situ. 11); also= лМ’^’ selfishness. 2. acc. to £<?#.=Wfri ТХЧ and hence signifying rashness, impetuosity, and therefore: to act rashly. Sch. has : disobedience, pride (Ja.). 3. ЯВ'^Я’^ gzu-lum-can is said to= brdsiiH-can lying, liar; W^’{|,q pzu-lum-du §тга^гса^=. rdsun-§mra-wa speaking falsehood, telling lies. ’ll4! gzug 1. the tenth part of the carcass of a slaughtered sheep. 2. pain, v. ВЯ 3. peak, point, pinacle: top of a mountain pass (Jd.). gzug-pa to be able to bear, to sustain (Ja.). gzzigs 1. symbol for 1. (Ш?7.) 2. fa**, the body, the outward form of anything: external forms, the forms of the sensible world, the impressions that are made on the eye (Vai-sfi.) the forms (of things) are seen with the eyes ; his-yzugs shape of body, stature, frq.; gzugs-kyihtsho-ua (85) that makes her body the means of livelihood, a prostitute, harlot; Д|В^’§Т*’ gzng§-kyi §ne~ma n. of celestial courtezan (Mnon.). Other forms of same import, v. below. ^B^ST1 gzug^-dkah “ difficult, tortuous body,” met. a frog. In metaphysics : form, body, as one of the five skandhas, v. In letters and in polite enquiries after health ^ВЯ^ and g are always employed: are you (is your body) quite well ? so, too, in conversation, the colloq. term ^ВЯ^“ suk-po ” being used : are you getting better ? 3. in physics : body, matter, subs- tance : ^]B^'^’q composed of matter, material, substantial; “i3!4, immaterial, unsubstantial; a ghost-like voice (Mil.); «iB^’fw* the range of the material world; ; ^BT^’9Sq gzugs-na spyod- pa [walking in the world of f orm]S. gzugs yod-pa having form. Metaphysically '^5 фмдь-kyi skye- mched “ the sense of form ” is possessed of 140
1106 colour which is chiefly of four kinds, but is secondarily of eight kinds; tho four colours being:—white, yellow, red and blue, while tho secondary form-colours are :—those of clouds, smoke, dust, mist, bun’s rays, shade, light, and darkness. Tho eight 5lq*i'*l3*l*i forms are:—5 gru-bshi or lham-pa square; zlum-po globular ; 3'^’q phya-le-wa ; 3’«Г»г phya-le ma-yin-jxi J ^q rift-wa ; q thun-wa ; mtho-wa ; S*4 q dmah-wat *1В*1*г^‘§*'Ц Gzugs-tan snin-po tho ear- liest patron and friend of Buddha who ruled over Magadha when lio had renounced the world for tho life of an anchorite; being the son of king Maha- padma by his queen Bimb& he was called BimbisSra. (JT. du. 5 . *]l*|*i'^'« gzugs-can-ma 1. tho fair sex, a gcnoral term for women ; ako prostitute (Mnon.}. 2. {Mnon.} ’the Indian fig tree]#. gzugs-brnan l. = ^'n^ snafi- f>r". tn яран, sfafafa, ярпрр^; image, reflected image, reflection. 2. = *]q' я grib-ma -4tiur a shadow. *]|*]Nq gzugs-pa v. *^*]*rq hdsugs^a : *1H’ gztr-fidsugs-pas gzugs [Nag. 6 P). *]B*|*iS фмд$-Ьи, simile, meta- phor ^#. Lex.} *1В*]*гя gzugs-ma, [1. graceful. 2. silver]#. gzug^mafi 1. many shapes, one of various shapes. = spos-dkar-tpn the Sal tree, from the gum of which a resinous incense is made burnt both by Brahmaps and by Buddhists in performing religious ceremonies (Mfion.),, *IB*I*^5 pugs-med shapeless, without form; etherial, spiritual: tho four spiritual stages of existence; (1) ^я'яр^ячя'чя^-яЦ [in- finite expanse of tho sky]#. (2) [boundless region of knowledge]#. (3) [realm of nothingness]#. (4) [realm of conscious non-consciousness]S. (JZ.K). *|В*|*1 ’Й gzugs-mo a species of antelope said to live on the higher regions of the Himalayan range between 9 to 18 thousand feet above the level of the sea. Syn. *|l*|*i’Й’вдя gzugs-mo byi-thur or 5 ^5 byi-dur; jf §5 tyro-byed; rlun- bsbon; ^*|*i'Vq ri-dbags rna-wa (Jffion.). *|B*I*i gzugs-htshofi-ma = a harlot, prostitute (Mfioni) *11*1*1 gzugs-mdses-pa ^?t, ^4 one of handsome body, ono who has personal accomplishments. Syn. <^ ^*1*^*1^ yan-lag mchog-ldan ; *11*1*1 ’ wn gzugs-bzan-wa ; his mdses-pa; qn1ц§ mchog-ldan; ^*['5 sdug-gu ; §^’^'§*1* snin-du sdug-pa ; ^5’^’ yid-hon ; ^5’5*|Я yid-dgah ; Idan; *^*ig*] mdses-sdug; mtshar- Sdug\ legs-pa ; $nifi-du hbab\ ^5 yid-du hthad; -^’5’*<^*i $in-tu mdses; ^5’^*] $in-tu sdug; mzhar- tco; «1V*X*1 yid-hphrog; SJSVI^’7^’ yid- dkar hofi; mig-tu mdses; 5*]^ mtho^-na dgah; {9’Ч*гя¥а|’й’-3|*1 Ita-was mehog mi-^es; Ita-was mi Homs; *PtfV-Ия’&3j*q gshen daH thun-mofi min- pa ; ^*l *|’fl^5*vdg-gi bdud-rtsi; Йс/огяса min-ta miiar; S)S’^'q У$ tshim-pa *11*’* 1- a form of the perf. of having seized.
I nor 2. interest, inclination, bias: being free from interest unbiased, apathetic; (3) wk vt, ipu attribute, capacity, capacious mind. gzun-ste held, surrounding, embraced. ldan-wa, [re- tentive] & gzufi-gzer peg on a wall. gzuns w^; япП that which seizes or holds; and hence, a spell, a mystic charm, gzuns-rten a prop, support (Jd.). gzuns-shan loose, weak, without a hold. «q^*T*5 gzufts-zad weakened, debilitated, esp. of women by loss of blood (Cs.). <q^*rg<qq Hn3, mwt the well-known dharani or magic sentences, lit. “spell-holders,” a sentence written in Sanskrit the possession or recitation of which secures: unimpaired memory, ?*q undiverted or un- interrupted reflection, unobs- cured intellect, and great intelligence (K. d. я, 381). <qi^4^ gzuft$-kyi-gter n. of a dharani called more fully: (К. d. Г, 322). *qi*^'3J4g gzuns-grwa-lna or of a work on the five classes of Buddhist charms contained in the Tantra Section of the Kah-gyur; these five classes being (1) ston-chen rab-hjoms; (2) rma-bya chen-mo ; (3) so-sor hbran-ma; (4) bsil-wcthi tshal chen-po ; (5) *pwg^' gsan-snags rjes-su hclsin-pa. qgn^’?q-q gzuns thob~pa, ; one who has obtained spells. jqiwssj gzuns-thag, VTOpt^r a string made of five coloured threads and attached to a Dorje (Rtsii.). gzuns bde-wa, gzuns-bsdus^^^' a col- lection of Buddhist religious works. gzitns-phyi n. of a number (S. Lex.). <q^*r<w gznfis-yas another number (8. Lex.). «г^елт^е? ^s?;^-r/n = g<q^’^ sfiags-rin; (A. 32). *q3Vq gzud-pa fut. of ^§54 g.zwni-pa v. hdsum-pa. gzur-gnas a witness. Syn. gzu-bo ; V*6-'2* dpan-po ; M gnah-wo (JUnon.): чХ’Вх;'с’^'^^'£,^'л1В^ч131^'§ г1Э’4' V’M*' (JD. gel. 12). 4|l’q gzc-wa 1. abode, nest, dwelling- place. 2. quick. gze-ma, more fully a thorny plant, the thorn of which resembles the horns of goats: Syn. ^q'q^’vq^ reg-por-dkah; chu-med-skye§; reg-bya-nan; nu-byed-ma] rgya-mtshohi nythah-ean; nithah-rnecl-dkah\ ya-sa (Mnon.). ^’5 gze-ru for a little nail (Jd.). gze-re weak, reduced. gzeg or little grain, atom, particle; а small particle. ffzeg-zan n. of the founder of the Vaisesika philosphy, eater of parti- cles of grain gen. of. rice; gzeg- zan-pa followers of the Kanada school. gzeg-mo-byi the hedghog.
1108 4]3q-q| -F ffzefig-pa or ч]Эс.« л?о height, loftiness, sublimity, gloriousness, wide-spread, spacious. Syn. nj^'a brkyan-wa ; Я^'5^ gzi-byin ; ag^-^-q gvi-brjid che-tca (Mfion.). Я^слга^’Ч gzefi$-b$tod-pa 1. = (Mnon.) gift, blessing. 2. belauding, praise, panegyric, encomium. 3. vb. to praise, extol, glorify. Syn. mtho-war bya-ica; (h -brjod} ^Я rnchod-tshig ; °ta|*rg leg^mra ; ^Я^'ч15 leg$-brjod\ fetod-tshig (Mfion.). gzed-pa 1. to carry: Я^Я’^’ ЯЦ gzan-phrag-par gzed carries one’s shawl on the shoulders. 2. to spit on a stake or spike. Я^^я gzfd-ma gen. я^4’* gzeb-ma^ also gztb$ any small wicker-work basket or wicker enclosure. gzeb 1. a tent. 2. twT> a cage, . aviary. hdsem-pa to do a thing gently (Jd.). 4|^ gzer Wl, a nail small or large, spike: ^‘Я^ wooden nail, §Я^Я^ iron nail; Я5яЯ^ thunderbolt, lightning; яЯ^'5Я’ч=асс. to Jd.\ driving red hot tacks into the finger-ends, a kind of torture in С.; hdeb^pa to fasten by nails. Fig. that which fixes or nails in the memory, mental help, mnemonic verse (Ja.). Я^’^Я n. of a Bon religious work, lit. a key to memory (G. Bon. 4). "Уя^ or nail of the sun, a ray, a sunbeam; ray of light; Я^Л5 pain, ache, illness; Я1Я'Я^* id.-, я^Я^ headache, ^'Я^ gripe, colic, ^Я^ stomach-ache, ^егЯ^ rtsib-gzer pleurisy, *<‘Я^ tooth-ache (Cs.); я^’Ящч‘л colic, feeling severe pain or aching as if caused by driving a nail in the body. я^’Я^ (Sman.). Я^’4 gzer-wa 1, to bore into, drive or knock in, e.g., a nail. 2. to feel pain, to be suffering: «.43^’я^ beer-tippling produces pain (Jd.). Я^‘9 ^г-й = Я^'^' a little nail, a tack. Я^'* gzer-ma=*>'$% cha-phra-mo a minute particle. sql'q gzo-wa to remember, keep in miud=the col. dr in Jan hjal~ tea to show gratitude: ^5Я from remembrance taken of their kindness ; $*гй'я^ bya$-mi-gzo ungratefulness ; Х^’Я^4 drin-gzo-wa ; drin-gzo-wahi- s^ms gratitude ^й’яТз drin mi-gzo-wa ingratitude ; drin-gzo-can grateful (Ja.). 4|fK- gzofi, or Я^’9 gzofi-bu chisel, engraving-tool, puncheon (Jd.). 435 gzod l. = the first, the earliest (time): Я^’*’^ = from the first; Я^А'^^ earliest time: я^'л'^^'Чч = tyinyata, that which has been existing from the first or the beginning, = 2. now, this moment (opp. to before, a little time ago) (Jd.). gzon-pa to attend to, to take in, listen to: Л*’Я^q a precept wasted in the car, it entered at one ear and went out at the other; $чТя'я^’4 to attend to, listen to ; not to attend to the course of moral discipline. 4|3q’S| gzob-pa quick, sharp, clever; Я^ Я34'4 very nice (Л. 156).
1109 03С| ОДЕ bzan 1. medicinal spices; bzaii-po-drug the six drugs or medicinal spices. 2. = ^’ an ox (ДрЬл.). 3. u whatever is good. 3. an agreement, treaty: bzan-sgrig an agreement of peace. bzan-po good in every respect, fine, rice, right, of good quality; but is considered rather a bookish and formal term, the eolloq. words being usually yag-po and in TF. J^'^or ^,(ai though occurs in many collocations, чзк/ч bzan-wa is another form. The latter also occurs as a verb: to be good, esp. in eolloq. of certain classes of society: this is better than that. bzail-ttan good and bad, good and ill; bzaii^an hbrift-gsum good, bad and middling; qjqx^^’ci bzan-fian hbyed-pa to discern between good and evil; bzan-hdod self-complacency ; bzaft-pohi hdiig-stafts the manner of sitting of the good and great, good-hearted, generous, noble-hearted; good morals, good- behaviour. bzan-khyi the Tibetan lap-dog. + aje.bzan-mkhangos-bzo- ica a tailor, Chinese satin of the measure of a gentleman’s robe (Yig. k. 4) j Chinese satin displaying the figures of water jars (Yig. k. 3). n. of an Indian king of ancient time (Yig. 12). q bzan-po-dntg v. sub. bzaft. qjiqq w bzaft-po-ma n. of a Yaksini queen (7Г. ,j. S, 150. qaccjS ^zan.po^i-H<is=^\^^'^l'’5^9 (Шоп.). CJ35J чяч'Зч'^чч iitj'q'vi white sandal wood. чяч Й bzaft-mo Н5Т 1. an address of politeness to a lady=good lady or noble lady! (Шоп.). 2. = йя]'5 (S. Lex.). W4<^ bzan-btson v. ч?^ btson. bzafts only in which Yat~§fl. explains by : a storeyed house, but applied only to the abodes of gods; in IF. also the cubical part of a chorten is so called (Jd.). 43^’4 bzad-pa for irresis- tible, which term comprises Vdrag-po, V tl4 drag-tpd, mi-sdug-pa, she-sdafi, ^0 khoft-khro, etc. bzan for zan food of animals. 434’4 bzab-pa, v. gzab-pa. 434*4 bzabs abundance, plenty: yflj-qwrq abundant food, good service (Situ. 76). w bzah fut. of *4 to eat; is used to indicate members of a family as eaters or fellow-boarders ; parents that have a large family (JIM.); bzah- drug a family, a company at table, of six persons; bzah-dpon the head of a family; bzah-mans пай-па among a numerous house-hold (Jd.). Also = spouse, wife, as “ fellow- eat er ”; but in old literature=princess, queen : w rgya-mo-bzah (commonly pgya- bzah) Chinese queen of king Sroft-btsan sgam-po ; bal-mo-bzah the Nepalese queen of the same king. Wj bzah-zla partner, wife; wa dsaor rig§ household business or affairs.
42^ | 1110 чзч^55 zah-gtad, qivrfruj^Xj bzah-wahi gtad-Ч) store of provisions ; ч^^й^ч bzah-gtad med-pa not having such a store. <^^'^W^’^bzah^ton-d man-pa HtsjH [bad food]S. чзч’ч bzah-tca — ^ Ж^и, Htsrn (Mnon.) abbr. of food and drink, eating and drinking. q34?) bzah-mi a house-holder with family, gen. husband and wife ; чзч' to become husband and wife, to many each other. 5\ЧСТwc will marry each other ; л^'йч^д^§л-ч bzah-mir byin-by's r lob-pa to give the nuptial benediction, to unite in wedlock, to marry; SCTчзгй’фад a poor married couple G/r.). Syn. 5 "CT khyo-tpig ; С dsi-ya pa- ri ; B*4 44 khyim-thab ; чзч bzah-tsho ; чэ*’ ^q’ bzah-tshafi \ Mfion.). чэтй^ bzah-nnd ill-fed, lean {Mil.). qas^c? bzah-Ghafi = чзч й bzak-nd ; also qj4 bbah-Gho. чзг^ bzah-Ghod curry, any condiment to eat with rice. qav-^q* bzah-tpfi fruit-tree. qsv^q'mqq bzah-qin-gi ra-tca WRTfl orchard, a grove of fruit-trees. Syn. hbras-ldan-nags; w rab-dbafi§ btufi-wa; *Йьч|ф5) mchog-gi-Ghal; dpal-gyi kun- dgah ra-wa; fial-gsohi hduu- sa ; skyo-safis-gnas (Mnon.). qarCT ^Л-ргу^В^'СТ khyini-fug. 33^ bzar sometimes for zar or qaq q bzar-ica as in дЛ^ч*дз]*ч^'чз^ hdsar-tea phrag- par-bzar (Situ. 76). чз^чч] bzar-thag ^TFflifwr [a kind of bee]S. 4>vg bzar-bu [a ladle, ft spoon] & ЛЭ5ГЧ bza$-pa v. *’4 za-wa and ч gzas-pa: ww za§-bza§ (Situ. 76). q^’q bzi-ica to become drunken, to get intoxicated, stupified: q^^wq^q^ | SJq-q^^'Q'^q'Sj^q^q-^ | qgq’Я" gq-q^l q^-^q-gqjN^q'^q^]^ because the others were looking on, having filled a large bowl with beer and fearing not to finish drinking it, they gulped it down, whence being intoxicated, they vomited and poured away (the rest of) the beer (Girl) srqTq'^v^ not having become intoxi- cated, not got drunk; q^ q’vg^q bzi-war byed-pa to intoxicate, to make drunk. In C. colloq. ra is usually prefixed to ч^'Ч ; “ra si duk” ho is drunk. shag§-pa string with a noose (Mnon I). q^q’q I: bzufi-wa pf. of я^’ч and also used as primary or present tense: to lay hold, to take, to capture: ч^ч’^ч having taken, seized. Syn. ^^‘4 hdsin-pa ; len-pa; p blafi-ica ; mfton-par-$byor; яЗ^’ЧЧ’ mfion-par-hdsiu; S’^X’q^q^ khu-tehur- bcifl$; yan-dag~bzuft (Mfion.). q|q’q II: is used as an adv. in the form of 4^5, e.g., from that evening (prop, beginning with that evening), ever since that evening (Mil); during the time from the 8th to the date of full moon. bzur 1. v. hdsur-ica. 2. in qgq*hphrafi-las-bzur. 3. = la^-ka-la byol ($ag. 63).
1111 bze-re, also bze, pain; о1Л'^ч bze-re byed-pa to inflict pain, to torment, to be angry with (Cs.); чЗЛ’г^ bze-re-can or чВЧ’^ч’ bze-re-chiin — ^bzod bsran-chufi short-tempered, impatient and fretful, or offended easily; чЗЧ’^’ч bzc-rc bzod-bsran che-wa very patient, good tempered, having the power of endurance (Mnon.). bzed in eomp.: ^'^5 a hand- basin (Situ. 76) basin, bowel; ^‘ч^ Ihun-bzed beggar’s bowl, alms-pot carried by Buddhist monks. ч^’^щ bz d-shal 1. (or^’4^ Cs.) spit- toon. 2. aec. to Jd.: cup into which people skim off grease from tea. Syn. &г*чл1 tshol-zans; rnchil- inahi-$nod. (Mnon.). E|M §so = '4^, sgyu-rtsal (Mnon.). 1. work, labour, occupation ; trade, handi- craft ; workmanship : mecha- nical art; ^’25 jeweller’s art, чЗ trade of a tailor; rope making; trade of a shoe-maker also a shoe- maker; ч^яр^ a worker, artizan; чЗ’-рсг workshop. 2. also 20, = 534*1 figure, image, picture, resemblance, appearanec {Ja.). bzo-rgyu working materials (Glr У ; чГч^ bzo-blta form, fashion, c.g., style of a house, its architecture; look, shape, make, чГч bzo-pa artist, mechanic; 5^ч^ч silver-smith. 4Т5ЕЦ bzo-dpon overseer, foreman. In art ace. to Budh. there are three classes: $*гч! ait in reference to the body; art in reference to speech; ait in reference to the mind ; the first comprising writings, drawing, painting and all that comes under handi- craft, the second the art of reading and composing works including the labours of study, and the third the work of the. intellect, m?., Xn, w, thos-bsam- sgom-gswn what is heard, what has been thought and what has been contemplated. Of arts ten kinds have been enumerated in Buddhist books.:—(1) weaving, the art of making cloth; (2) the art of trafficking; (3) state-craft; (4) the art of letters; (5) the art of figures, that is counting, palmistry, divination and draw- ing from omens; (6) blo-gros- kyi bzo the art of designing; (7) making statues, figures in relief, sculpture, engra- ving etc.; (8) п|}5’Ч^'Ч1Г bskyed-pahi bzo the work of growing or rearing etc.; (9) ^‘З’З’чч’чЗ' manufacturing -woollens &c.; (10) the art of mixing up or compounding. Ч^’Ч^ bzo-bkod a design; also directions to workmen : §5‘q (Rtsii.). oi'a bzo-wa, pf. ч^ч to make, to manu- facture С. what are you making ? 4T*rgf bzos-sgo income, earnings, proceeds; made of wood (Situ. 76). чТчц bzo-wa-po a craftsman, manufacturer. bzo-wo id. bzo-too sna-tshogs various workers. bzo-bo sna-tshogs-can ; the divine architect, the maker of the world. bzod-pa 1. to suffer, bear, endure ; to resist: not being able to bear the pain in his eyes (Dzl.); in this body one cannot be patient; Buddha in his mercy not suffering this, but checking the mischief; ч^’чч^ (or or *^ч not to be able to bear...any longer, frq.; ^’435’4 or чя^’Ч adj. unbearable, intolerable, also irresistible (Jd). 2. to forgive, pardon; 2^«5Тч&м to pardon our former
1112 tricks is what we beg (Alii.); q5\-q^q^^oi that I did not request you to mount, this I beg you to forgive (Alii.); 3. in asceticism: perseverance, stedfast adhoranee to the four truths, constancy in pursuing the path that has been entered upon. bzo'l-hjug-pa to make or cause to forgive ; bzod-ldan forbear- ing, patient, forgiving, bzod-pa- sran unwearied patience. bzod-dka$-ran$ or an epithet of Indra, [JJnon.) ql^cA’q bzod-mnah-wa [en- during much ; n. of a Buddha] 6’. q^-^ы = HV the earth ( JZnond. bzod-par phy in-la g*utn the Kxanti paramita which are three:— (1) ego: gq q ar^q-^ oj^q . (3) itei^qor fl^q^^srqS j/f у Qgy a-q^’q mi- bzod-pa want of patience and forgiveness or vindictiveness is productive of five troubles:—; 1) increase in enemies; (2) increase in sufferings and uneasiness of the mind; (3) *§*q^ multiplication in breaches and increase in misunderstandings; (4) ^‘§5’ qK*§vq causing one to weep according to one’s repentance; (5) c.^-?k’^gqv after death it takes one to the state of damnation (K. d. 68). q^ qjj^ bzod-bsran one who is able to meditate upon or exercise himself in the virtue of forgiveness or patience (fVtzy. 76). qlq’4 kzob-pa 1. assiduity: w&V*’<ar- he was assiduous in religious observances (A. 156). 2. v. з gsob-pa. q&rq bzoni-pa or ф’Ч&гл c/iu-bzoin-pa portable water-eask. bzos-sgo l. = ^qlN or praising or expression of respect to one who does good sendee to the state: (J), gel. 9). 2. earnings, profit. лЗЧг Ц bzos-pa fed, anything eaten up. kzla-wa, v. 35 zla-wa. bzla$-pa wrfn to mutter: £<q*r адкл fiags-bzla^pa to reeite charms or mantras (Za/п.). bzlos-br;od=^^’ q^q q recitation of spells softly; the soft, yet audible pronouncing of spells ete., q bzla$-brjod byed-pa to mutter over (67r.) ; ma-ste.gs-pahi bzhts-brjod Brahmapical spell-muttering. + bzlugsd= or to inquire, to ask of: гна-wnr- bzlug§-pa to pour into the ear, i.e., to ask (Situ. 76). bzhtm-pa, fqxgfaci, made NO * globular, rounded, v. a*’4* zlum-pa. bzlums-pa — *WW4 b$dums~pa ; dbi,en-bzlum$. = S q v. 3’4 zlo-wa. bzlog the opposite, the reverse; g-q’wqji)phra-wa-las bzlog sbom-po the contrary of thin is thick, of fine is stout (Lex., Ja.). «Jjqjq bzlog~pa = ^4 яйрк, farraa, also=f£|‘TP 1WtH, cWqaql gyul-bzlog to avert war, to make the enemy run away from battle (Situ, 76). bzlog-pa-phun-g$am
wvi* I 1113 tshogs [full of hindrances]#. bzlog-phyogs [carrying away, substraction]#. Ц1Ч5Т bzlod-dkah-wa ^тл; (A, K. ' 1-12) [unobstructible]#. bzlo§, v. zlo-ica. bzlos-pa byuft-ica to challenge enemies and thereby commence quarrels and feuds: (D. fc/. 7). bzlo§-rt§(>d-p(i to revive old feuds, quarrels and fighting : (D. fcZ. 7). 141
ha is the twenty-third letter of the Tibetan alphabet. It does not correspond to any letter either in English or in Sanskrit. Csoma transliterated it by /1 and so, too, has the author of this dictionary; but colloquially as an initial it often takes tho sound of tc. It is phonetically different from tho vowel w which is regarded by the Tibetans as a consonant. Grammarians have, however, utilized it in denoting tho prolonged quantity of tho three short vowols a, i, and и by subjoining it to them, especially in transcribing Sanskrit words in Tibetan; thus the Sanskrit ma-ya is written 1. num. fig. : = 23. 2. a phonetical form of*’, thus 4ha-cag = ^w\ we; v. also hu-cag. ha-ti-wa with =to turn a somersault, to tumble over, to roll (Ja.). ha-na for bo-na. ha-na-yaft although. Q/Я ha-ma but, yet, well: Q but do not forget! Ля-Лигha-re hu-re des- cribed as a loud sound of ha-hur or a loud whirring noise. q щ Ha-la gzi-chen n. of a learned lama (Deb. % 9). haft like and 3*’ described as &Чand 55 g ornamental and conjunctive terms corresponding to the English ever, soever. Properly oceurs only after vowels, but colloq. also after consonants, ел/., ,*E>’ nam-haft. haft-ke a mystical character, frq. occuring in certain finial ornaments or flourishes called $brul-ntgo. ^’5 ban-Ъи prob. = ^'5 ftan-bu: <45’ (А. 123). 0,4’4 hab-pa (S‘^’5) to bark,-to make at a person or animal. hab-hub not definite, nothing conclusive, not in shape: s^^’S’q’Q4qQ* q the present business has been something indefinite and undi- gested (Rdsa. 26). ОЛ) ham or, else, or else (Л. IC). har-wa C. a lot; har- rgyab-pa = %fi^’Q{x> cast lots, to lay wager. har-po or in Tsang: angry. har-hur, v. or ahar-yaft also, too, likewise (Sch.). 2П bar-lhuft-du ma-rgyag^sffi having just not fallen into the hands of the enemy, had very nearly fallen into the hands of the enemy; another example : we are still lingering, not quite dead yet (Yig. 98). ОЯЛ'Ч Ля/-Ло/=*ч^£5 or con- fused, unconnected, irregular: in all those there was nothing irre- gular (A. 156). Also=*V*^ hdran-min*
1115 CT I hu-cag 1. = £5 pers. pron. we ; also ^'541, ^'^4, 2. chimney W. (Ja.). З'Л hu-thug=4AN'35 resourceless, helpless, ill, one in straitened circums- tances, destitute» 4’4^ hu-dum or 4hit-dum-me edge cut, blunt; a bald head, also a beardless face: 4^’** in front there was a small dining table on which from an earthen vessel (came out tho rat named) Ser §kya rna-tea hu-ditm-me with edge-cut ears (Rdsa. 1£). 4’yrq^ hu-dum-btsan a name of king Langdarma who was beardless and bald- headed (Loft. «, 8). Ли-bu or 4'5'^=4^. hu-zi n. of a kind of tea (Rtsii.). JIu-yug n. of a place in Tsang (Deb. % 29). hu-ru-ru a whizzing sound: ^*'4 5 5 rluft hu-ru-ru the noise of wind, **4'55 me hu-ru-ru that of fire under a breeze. t W’l’srv’l JJu-yug sa-nag one of the thirty-seven sacred places of the Bon (Q. Bon. 38). hu-lag [compulsory post-service, the gratuitous forwarding of letters, lug- gage and persons, the supply of the requi- site porters and beasts of burden, some- times of water, fire-wood and cooks, to help travellers proceeding under official authority or road-bill: to im- pose such services by exacting porters, oto. $’Qio[ciq|Qrq or ^‘Ч’В4*’4 to forward by 4'°^] Jd. hu-gan rdo-rje Iha-khan n. of a large Buddhist monastery (Lon. % 8). hu-su coriander seed: 45’^^qifa coriander removes phlegm and disorders of the stomach. hug-pa 1. in Sikk. the owl. 4*1’^*! an albino. 4Я’^5 hur-rgyan the great horned owl; hug-gu-ehuft the little owl. 2. occurs for 4*1’21 oats. Syn. of 1. S’X*|53J bya-rog-dgra ; nin-mo-hjigs; sna~rin ; $ §na-hkhyog ; TIphrog-byed-mig ; Й mtshon-mo-spyod; brgya- byin-bqad; q mtshan-mo za-wa ; *]’^’^5 sten-gi sna-ean ; Sbya-roa hpgs-byed (Mnon.). 4*P’4c/q llug-p>a lun-pa a celebrated Rnin-ma who was also called (Deb. % 5). He was born in a place called 4<1’^1 4*1'^^ hug-sift§y v. §^‘21 sins-po (Ja.). Лий=*^ in provincial colloq. so from here, hence. hud 1. SfVa^’Srqq’q) swaggering, bragging, bombast, fustian (Cte.) ; 45’^^’й'4 to swagger, brag. 2.=45 a moment: 45’ in a moment, instantly, suddenly. hub-pa=^^ acc. to Jd. to collect, to sweep or take up together in one’s hands: with the arms gathering all into one heap. The pf. JW hubs-pa^^^'^hdus-pam modem Tib. 5wB*r*V* collected all together; wholesale collection ; joined with the doer the expression should, be in the present form. (he) collected them all together. 4*rg kum-bu or ^«4 hom-bu a bush of the tamarisk species. Hum-bu glan-mkhar also called Чя’д’Я’^* hom-bu gla-sgafi n. of the
1116 j earliest historical palace in Yarlung built by the Tibetans for the residence of their first king GnahJhri btsan-po. It was visited by the compiler of this Dictionary in 1**2. hur any noise, whether loud or low, gen. a prolonged sound not a sharp report: S'4] the humming in tho ears produced by block- ing them (Fb/. ; ^q’^y^gq there is a buzzing in my ear; hur ma rgyab don’t make a noise! У J4] hto- rgyag~$^ glo-bur or ^J4] tkog-rgyag or la-hur-khol. yg hur-$gra = y noise especially of a tempest, sound in the air : though the wind has no wings yet it fills the sky with sound; arrow that flies buzzing (Mfion.). hur-tifi a brass basin, used to make a noise by striking on it. УХ lw-rdo a sling : y^s^q hur-rdo hphen-pa to throw with a sling. У 4 hur-ка dbfir-wa sbst. a humming insect, beetle (Sch.). 2. vb., to be noisy, chattering: S4]4'^4]^ У q shouting with joy (Jf/7.). ho 1. sbst. a kiss узя; to kiss, to kiss the mouth, * id. 2. v. 3. pers. pron. we, v. У % 4. dem. pron.=this. 5. interj. oh, yes! oh very well! C. well! it is all right. Ло-^о7=^‘^, ’**|, ^S4]pers. pron. we : ^*<’^qQI’ what have we not done in respect of sin in the cycle of transmigration which* has no beginning (Be hit. 132). b°-brgyal resp. fatigue, weari- ness, trouble, want, any kind of hardship; getting into difficulties. More frq. as vb.: K’qg*rq to be fatigued, $5'<50)are you not fatigued ? (Jd.). K^’qg^i ho-re-brgyal—^t^rq ho- fyrgyal-iea or ho-$nig 1. sour cream (Sch.). 2. birch-tree. *Л5 ho-dod lamentation, wailing, cry for help: to lament loudly, to call for help; ho-dod-pa one that seeks help, a client, a plaintiff, more in, pop. language {Jd.). Ъho-па or ^’3** now then, well; q ho and na combined become hon (Situ. 125). Is used esp. to introduce anew thought or proposition in speech; now, what shall you do in that case ? По-phran n. of a place in Tibet (Deb. % 32). ho-byam$-pa to be loving : (Kdni kaki sprifi yig.). Й^’ЗЦ ho-та milk (in eolloq. tco-md): Кя-^ q the milk trickles down ho- ma hjo-tca to milk; ^‘w^rq ho-та §nol-wa to let milk curdle ^’wgq’q ho-та srub-pa to churn milk (Cs.); ho-thaft milk- meadow, the plain on which Lhasa now stands, in former times said to have been a boggy and sedgy lake ; ^’З4] ho-thug milk soup, rice and milk cooked together as porridge; *$5 ho-thu$ cheese; sucking-child, baby; ho-hdod the woman’s breast, the teats ; ho-spi or ho-sri cream. qSc? ho-ma-hchift as met. = cow (МпопУ ho-zo a milk-bucket. ho-hdsin, can-ma women in general (JKnon.). n. of. a continent beyond the sea of milky water (J5T. d. S 293).
1117 ho-ma-hphel or Кчйч cow (ДВ?<ж.) ho-ma-hdsin wftrc; 1. the udder, teat. 2. the sugarcane plant. ho-ma zi-zi the seeds of Abrus ptrecatorius used as beads for rosaries. ho-ma-gift milk-fruit tree. Syn. ho-ma-can; hbru-yi bdag- po ; rgyctl-pohi-zas (Mnon.). ho-mahi wigrin-pa-can a new-born child. Syn. btsas ma- t hag-pa ; gkyes ma-t hag-pa (Mnon.). n. of a fabulous sea the water of which is white like milk, situated beyond the ocean to the north of Rirab or Iferu (K.d. *, 293). ho-mahi dbyugs-pa ч?ят plantain, banana. JYo -ma thaft n. of an extensive table land at the foot of Kharula pass on the road from Ralung to Nangar-tse Jong. ho-mtsho 1. milky sea or lake. 2. used fig. for sincerity, true heart (Yig. к. 1). ho-go with §4’4 to laugh at, to jeer. ho-yug for $’^| hii-yug. ho-yO) also ha-yo, a puppy. ho-lags 1. a leader in conversation or in a deputation to a great man, mouth piece. 2. yes sir, just-so . 74 not inclining to any party or showing attachment in reply (he said) yes, sir! (A. 129). hose in colloq. tcose, a mulberry. hog 1. cRT, чтим root signi- fying below or with reference to time, after, opp. to г^‘. ^4'5 or “’’I4 (colloq. wo*-la or wak-ld) postp. under, below, be- neath ; under that. 2. adv., down, underneath; fallen down, possessed of what is beneath, i.e.y not castrated; castrated; an eu- nuch, one whose testicles have been drawn out, taken out; q^l'q or QB^'q to put underneath; Idin-hog the division of soldiers under a Din-рюп or captain; Ъси-hog a body of ten men under a corporal. JJog-giphyogs-skyofi^w^'ty' the goddess of earth called Bstan- ma (Mfton.). ^'5)q hog-grab immediate arrangement or preparation (Yig. 83). *4-5 Hog-rfiu n. of a place in Kham§. ^qr5Tr54l^‘q hog-tu kha-phyog§-p>a 1* one looking downward. 2. gief a hump-back. Syn. hog-tu-phyogs*, Р’дч kha- bub ; hog-tu-lta (Mnon.). ^'5'^ hog-tu-rgyu a thief. Syn. ткин-ро, rknn-ma (Mnon.). hog-rdo an anvil (Sch.). hog-ldan 1.=^'^ hog-can an uncastrated animal. 2. n. of the tree otherwise called dgah-byed-qifi (Mfton.). hog-па (in TY. yok-na) 1. adv. underneath, below. 2. postp. c. gen. under, after. hog-nas adv. from under, from below: to embrace below and not by the neck; come from below. йр* hog-та adj. the lower, later, following one. Said to=V^’q> i-e. the one following after that, the second in turn, one below or under another person, subordinate, inferior (Ittnon.).
1118 Нод-»пн 1. otherwise V WifaB is the eastern heaven wherein the astral body of tho Bodhi- sattva Dorje Chhang resides and which region is presided over by the Dhyani Buddha Akshobliya (*b3Y4) who is en- throned there in the Ogniin heaven on a white lotus-blossom. ; a resident of tho Ogmin or Akanishta heaven. 2. ^пттггш opp. to the nether world; that which is not inferior or under any. hog-gshi wwr tho lower stratum, substratum : hog-gi rtsa-tca gt*ug-sa\ hog-gshi chuhi- dkyil-hkhor (Ya-sel. J9). hog-gdil mi-rig = diu-gtin zab-pa deep-water {Mnon.}. hog-rol-tu—^^ hog-tu. SafW hog-la$ = ^ hog-Un-pa explained as a term or expression by which to ascertain what ono is about to say (%non.). hog-^al crop, craw of birds (Jin). afc’q hon-wa 1. vrhh pf. hon§, imp. ЛЯ p<7, to сото: л when he saw his mother was coming; he came into the house; to return, to сото back; Я^‘5’ЛЯ come hero ; Хд- don’t come here ; ^д-^-S^q two men that were about to come to me; ^д*дя*ад*^ when coming, when being on their way; 54wq wo have come to the Ti-se for meditation ; д Й q j q^^-q^sf $4^ЦД Й ’Хе? | <фг^Д*Й- | ц]^3| of the 300 girls paraded let not anyone come from tho last rows and let not any come from the middle, but let those come who are in the six upper rows'on the left side; фд-Хд*гЯ they came to bring, they brought them; came leading, conducting, they brought hither. With reference to time: *г*л*г<1 not yot come, i.e., future, for the benefit of those not yet come, t.e., of posterity; ^д^д^д^* ajXJorq q^q-q she prayed that a son might come to her. 2. to be suitable, practi- cable, to do: q^*q as two teachers for ono doctrine will not do; as a journey home will not do; <Чд &|; WQT^cvvqv^ as long as he was fit for work. 3. when con- nected with verbs, it serves to indicate futurity, like tho English auxiliaries “shall” and “will,” and is then usually spelt and sounded as yofl; frq. as fut. aux. in С.: «SfaI am not about to go, shall not go, there any more. Also with the supine : it will even eome to his dying, it will be his death; he will even get so far as to eat....; he will die ; still того free are those forms in which the gerund or the bare root is used; ц^д-^-Хд* he will assent to it, allow it; it is not the one, it will be the other; Я<*ЯД’ §lcb-yon he will come (JZJ), and in C. is always annexed to mere root of vb.: they will not believe it; длд^д^’^Чд’ I shall buy it to-morrow; also the subjunctive mood ^’^дч^д'ад as I should be killed if she hcai^d of it. *д*гд hons-pa книга sbst. tho arrival, advent (A. K. 1-1V}- hon-mol occurs in Ld. for hol-mo (Ja.). hod 9HT, W’TJ, ^TIk, light, shine, brightness, glow ; also as
1119 adj. hodspro light, the ordinary term esp. in the C. eolloq. and is pro- nounced wb-tro: “tanda lamsang nam wo-tro yon ” it will soon be light. Aoakspro-«w to emit light; hod-bkye- wa to spread forth light; sun-light, ^'^5 moon-light, ^’*5 star-light (Cs.) ; (Л. K. 1-4) [one bright like the Jina or Buddha; n. of a Bodhi- sattvaJS. or without brightness; *5'^ hod-kor or skor a luminous circle, a lantern ; ^5’53 hod-dkra of variegated lustre [an epithet of fireJS; hod-shags bright; a ray of light, v. post. hod-kyi char rain of the light, sun light; also occurs as an epithet of the sun (Mnon.). ^5’Э’У4! hod-kyi tog [1. the flag of light; 2. the sun]#. ? hod-kyi §de as met. tho domestic fowl (Mfton.) hod-kyi hphreft-can as met.= the sun (Mfton.) hod-dkar 1. Tjwtzj white light. 2. syn. num.=l. hod-dkar-can fflcUH 1. =3 q the moon. 2. да-bur camphor (Mfton.). чы hod-$kye$-ma an epithet of the wife of the sun. Syn. rgyal-mo ; legs-hdod- ш; §krag-byed-ma (Mfton.). hod-brgyahi hbyuft-gna§ us met. = g q zla-wa the moon (Yig. k. 19). hod-lna-pa that with five colours, the rainbow. hod-lfta$ yofts-su bskor-tca=yw^F^' ni-mahi gur- khhaft the tent-like mansion of the sun (Mfton.). Syn. *** hzah or «4*’^ hzah-mtshon (Mfton.). hod-can 1. n. of ono of the heavens occupied by the Asuras (Bon. ch. 5). 2. symbol for 12 (Ya-sel. 5). hod-bdun-pa an epithet of the god of fire (*^), who is described as possessed of seven fiery tongues or attributes :—(1) ^'4 nag-po; (2) sbij^’q^g^q hjigs-par byed- pa; (3) yid-mgyogs; (4) legs-phan; (5) du-wahi mdog- bzaft; (6) me-stag-can ; (7) §na-tshog§ hod. hod-ldan 1. нвщд the sun (Mnon.). 2. n. of the chief city of the Asura the city of Rahn (Sorig. 30). 3. ^rn^cfr, a passionate person, one very lustful. ^5hod-ldan hkhri-qin fqw n. of an officinal plant [Cardiospermum halcacabum~\S. Syn. a-ru-na, pi-nya> SR; gri-sna (Mnon.). hod-snaft-wa^^^ met. the sun (Mfton.). K^^q<i|'^-§^-9|-p^5'qS-5i^the Sutra on the plan of the mansion of Amitabha (IP. ко. Я 33If). Hod-dpag-med immea- surable light, the Nirmana-kaya manifestation of the 4th Phy^ni Buddha. This is his form, also, in the heaven of Dewachan. *5’^’4 hod-phuft-po—Pte heap or accu- mulation of light or lustre; the sun (Mfton?). hod-gtsaft as met. tho sun (Mfton.). hod-mdses 1. n. of one of the kings descended from Mahasammata the first monarch of this world. 2. чни n. of a number (Yig. 13).
1120 4'5’1*’ hod-<diug$==^ [the sun] 6'. 4 hod-zer f^ni, ray of light (Л. K. 1-10). 4^’ 3'Sq'q hod-ztr gyi phren-wa n. of a submarine volcano situated in the eastern ocean (7Г. d. \ 270). 4^S3 4 hod-zer dgu-pa an epithet of or tho planet Mars. 4'^’*№’ hod-zer can-ma n. of a goddess. 4’^‘^*5л]|к^ \hod-zer can-mahi gziifa а dharani tho recitation of which saves one from tho dangers of snake-bite, wild beasts, etc. (K. gu. q, 244). 4’^vq^ q hod- zer bdun-pa spw, an epithet of the planet Saturn (Mfion.); 4’^'?^ hod-zer ldan=y*i the sun (4f^o/z.). hod-ztr-b§grub-pa or 4 5’q3 n. of a Sutra containing, besides other matters, a description of tho different rays which issue forth from tho person of a Buddha (К. ко. F, SO!/). 43^’I1’IN hod- zer gzug§ an epithet of the sun (МЯоп.). 4^Wi3i3 llod-yafi§ tsha-Ьо a n. of Vais'ravaoa (Mfion.) 45jq‘ Jlod-sriiil safi§-rgya$ hod-sruH Kas'yapa Buddha, ho who imme- diately preceded Buddha S'akyamuni, being the temporal Buddha who presided over the preceding age or kalpa. He is the Kawpa of Pali Buddhism and the Gashib or Gerel of the Mongols. 4‘5WB*’ hod-sruft$ §kye$ фчадцan epithet of Garuda or tho khyung bird (Mnon.). 4’^c‘*’4 hod-srufts-pa tho chario- teer of the sun (MHon.). 4'^*1 hod-gsal ; wnwr 1. a celestial region, also the name of a heaven in the Bon mythology. 2. supernatural en- lightening of the saints: 4’’l”<a,‘3xe‘’^*’’ beholding by means of prophetic light (Jd.). 44wq hod-gwl-ica SHWC lustre, brightness. hod-gsal dniu-la hthen^ r/t/tfthe wind—acc. to Bon mythology tho wind being tho son of the god 4’«r^ sa fa-hod la-hthen (G. Bon. 23). 4’q^’5^ hod-bsrufi bytn as met. = ^’^ the earth hod-та 5g ; the bamboo, that species used for making arrows, etc,; 4,,r <**1 hod-ma ishal $g^f bamboo grove. 4’*3'5§*’ hod-mahi tfkri$ S^TT [Pigwr nigrunt\S. 4’^‘5’3 hod-mahi myu-gu the young shoots of bamboo. Syn. £ jdsa-yi rgyal-mtshan ; ^^’4! rtsa-yi tog; <прг<й^*25 pags-pahi $nifi-po ; gun-pa mgrcgs; 4z$-p7P; vnyug-rgod; na§- hbra$-can (Milon.). ^3) hon 1. a small measure. 2. =^’ or 4’5. 3. n. of a place in Tibet (S. kar. 200) ; 4’2”’5J*’*4’3-%> n. of a celebrated Lama of JHon. hon-kyafi <3cufi but, yet, notwithstanding; 4’3^’ F’^’Sf woFbut some ; 4’w occasionally used for it (Mil.). £ ^'4 hog-cig (<Kor &Ч) give me or fetch me one ; also=4’^’1» Аол-^йЯ=^,3Е-‘ hon-kyafi. bou-te f^’5, Vfa nevertheless, yet. 44 hon-pa deaf, also to bo deaf; 4q’q, 4q’3, 4’3 a deaf-man; 4q4 a deaf woman; 4'3q’ hon-loft deaf and blind. 4”^ hon-safa^3^t: scout, spy: (Rtsii.). hon-sefl with byed-pa to pay attention, to watch, to spy (<?&.)•
1121 hob or ufwra 1. ditch, trench, pit Dzl.; ^fo^j fire pit; also fig. the fire pool of passion (Ja.). Xwgnpj the fire-pit quarter. 2. v. (Jd.). 3. n. of a hell (B. ch. 5). hobs or described as a wild animal of the bear species; it is of fire colour with a white face (Rtsii.). 2^’5 hom-bu or $*’9 humbu the Tibetan tamarisk found growing in most parts of Tibet abundantly, especially in the plains of Yarlung. Acc. to the general belief of the people of Yarlung the name ’5P’ was given to an ancient palace of Tibet built by king Nya-thi-tsan-po on account of the abundance of Bom-bu trees in its neighbourhood. I: Bor n. of a village in the dis- trict of 1’4^’ Sne-thaft near Lhasa where Atis'a spent the last days of his life: ^’4^ ^*3he resided in the monas- tery of Nyethang (A. 70). II: 1. dropsy of the skin vescicles. 2. an eddy, whirlpool. + hor-hgah 1,=Л*гяд|* someone. 2. adv. seldom, occasionally. keep it, put it by ; leave it. in the dialect of Amdo equiv. of our: many thanks: V q »5X'& (yf. 1^4) ; = ОТ hor-pa spor-wa to remove from one place to another, to transfer: having transferred to the monastery of В o r-pa (A. 137). hoi the flax plant; clover ; lucerne. Wp Bol-kha or n. of a district in Lokha: ^рк^ар^*^(A. 27) he ordained two monks at Bolkha. ^'Р’^’^Ч hol-kha gug-cig one of the 37 holy places of the Bon (G. Bon. 38). hol-dgah stag-rise rdsofi the Jong of Bolga, where the late Dalai Lama was born (Вой. % 14). hol-mdud= ol-mdud the fore-part of the larynx. afa’q hol-pa a species of kite numerous in Tibet (Шит.). AoZ-§/>*/i = K‘q|*irags-tsham (Yig. 71). Sq gS та*-., afar# Bol-mo or a place in upper Tibet where the Bon doctrine is asserted to have been first spread; n. of the paradise of the Bon. hol-tshod a guess, any random estimate (Situ. 41). •Ь Й(ОГЧ£’ hol-уай = 5$’^’ dpe-у an. ho$-pa also = [1. vb. and adj. to be worthy, suitable; becoming appropriate, with termin. inf. in later times and vulg. with the root: it is be- coming, it is meet to give; it is not fit to be seen; to be wished, desirable; he be- comes adorable ; to be praised, laudable praiseworthy, bkur-hos deserving honour Cs. 4*10501 the punish- ment condign to all; rarely with genit. : (Mil.) he is deserving of universal honour and respect, he was not worthy to be a king. the one that is the most deserving of being 142
1122 mistress, she that has the gentlest appearance, that is most of a gentle woman; he is worthy to be his colleague ni. /. (JZ«7.). 2. more particu- larly in colloquial language : right (for the q and of earlier literature); й (Glr.) to entertain illicit intercourse; a lawful, an unlawful or discreditable matter (Schtr.); what other means or way is there ? hos-spyi-гса to finish (a thing) for the most part.] taken from Jd. ho^hisham^ or tolerably fit, just fit (Rtsii. 13).
*4 ya is the twenty-fourth letter of the Tibetan alphabet corresponding to the English у or Sanskrit ??. It is subjoined in certain cases to other letters, its form being then changed. *4 ya 1: 1. num. fig.: 24. 2. (a) the symbol of is for the purpose of showing what the nature of all things are (K. d. 321). (b) I it is a sym- bol of the want of attachment liberating all that is uncovered i.e. naked (K. g. % 43). 3. = ^V\ or smallness, littleness (mystic) (К. g. Г, 179). 4 II : an equal: an equal euemy; Х,цг a pair; a relation, a friend. Often with 4^*1 gcig, one of two things that belong together as forming a pair, also one of two opponents: blind of one eye; one of a pair of boots, an odd boot; I in one hand holding gold, with the other leading his daughter; empti- ness and clearness being inseparable from each other; v. F*; unequalled, matchless; adversary, antagonist; one-eyed. <4 III : is a root signifying: above, up, etc>, in contradistinction to « ma which= below, down. ya-gi or = up there, yonder, as opposed to down there, or just there, over there; ^’9| €Х’ up here: all is drinking water up here (Snd. Hbk. 146). “T having the upper teeth, the upper teeth; «’P= having the lower teeth. ya-khyer~^№ lhag-ma remainder, excess ; ya-mgal—F^'^ upper jaw; —lower jaw ($dg. 15). «rag ya- mgu the upper cover of the vessel from which water is poured or sprinkled in making offerings of forma to spirits; ”'*3 ma-mgu the lower part; also, of a case or box. ya-ga 1. col. the good one, the better one of the two. 2. bad reputation (a.). ya-gans a large numeral: |gq-gqw’4]wX’«V’ I (Ya-sel. 56). + <*гч|5 ya-gad footstool, footstep. 2. = ^’^ or a flight of steps (K. du. 236). ya-gyal l.=*]^|'S or alone, single, solitary (YLnom); esp. one of several: one among many is called yagyal (Situ. 24); it happened to be one of five members described as existing (Sorig. 3). 2. n. of a place situated towards the north of Lhasa where there is a palace of the Dalai Lama (J. Zan.). ya-fta or ya-na-wa 1. repen- tence. 2. anguish, fright, shuddering, with genit. or accus. of that which is the cause of it; a formidable host; terrible danger (Ja.).
«гаде-1 1124 «™з)5лц Ya-bchati n. of a place in upper Tibet (Jig. 7). *4 2/a-sw a kind of Chinese tea (Rtsii^. ^5 ya-ta for when tho letter * is. subjoined to another letter. 4’^ a mystic circle (K. g. F, 28): tho mystic circle for worshippring Sugata (Buddha), the mystic enchanted circle by means of which Nirvana is reached: (D.B.). ya-tog WT 1. a tower. 2. a market. ya-gduft mental suffering. ya-tho# the upper part of the fore- head (Jig. 31). ya-mthati — 'i^to t hog-ma the begin- ning ; the first stage : the first stage of Bhogavati or the region of the snakes (Ya-sel. 39). ya-hdeg$ = 4\*\^ (Yig. 98). ^’5 ya-])o = a rival, an adversary (in a law suit). 2. butcher; executioner. ^5 ya-pad qt fig. of lotus flower inscribed on the top of an image; the lower lotus (inscribed or in relief) (Jig. Jk). + у a-tea ksa-ra saltpetre. UT4Ya-tca-ti = an attendant of the lord of death. Ejoi ya-bral adv. solitary, separate; not going hand to hand : I resources and knowledge are sepa- rate, t.c\, they do not go hand in hand; he said that religion goes apart from, is not a necessary and inherent virtue of, humanity (Khri#. 15). «wgq ya-ma-bral occurs in several com- binanations as follows:—«wcpi’ci ya-ma = opp. of to disintegrate, not to separate one from another or disunite: 4 to keep intact, the hold of one’s self (JD. $cl. 7). ya-ma-brla=fy^’^\<i trifling; unsubstantial, hollow, worthless, yama-zufi (in col. without pro- portion or symmetry, incongruous, not fitting together, e.g., two shoes of different pairs; also of religions, languages, customs, that have sprung from heterogeneous elements. wr«5 ya-mad n. of a great number (Ya- sel. 57); [also n. of a Rishi]S. ya-me# single; ya-med b8tofi-wa = ^'Q^'Q ro-btsoft-tca. + UTWj’y7!] Ya-man ta-ka 1. VWM the transliterated Sanskrit epithet of Shinje the lord of death. 2. discrepancy in expressions or statements. 3. a term expressive of wonder in the Sikk. dialect. ya-tsha# opp. to *’<*5 ma-tshad-. (A. 83). ur«^ ya-mtshan fwu, strangeness, curiosity, amazement, wonder; also, a miracle, supernatural occurrence: the king greatly wondering; it is a thing to be wondered at; that is not very astonishing ; when the words are so framed, or joined it is considered as something wonderful (K. du. % 261). ya-rntshan-can faWT wonderful; very surprising or wonderful. Syn. fio-mtshar-che ; dge- mtshan; rmad-byiift; Itad-mo- che ; $kyo-safy-ni# (Mfion.),
1125 Ж’| curious doctri- nes, also the doctrines of heretical teachers: in the Sutran-ta ninety six curious doctrines of philosophical sects have been mentioned (Grub. 6); of these thirty names are mentioned in the Vyutpatti:—-(1) « (2) (3) g«4- ’вщг ^гегтя; (4) § SHSS; (5) ’Й’йчч?; (6) §дч|Ч liifw; (7) дьч'^ч ; (8) в^ч ^1чича; (9) ч|^ч|я ч]5^ц япчтч; (Ю) W-5’1 ЧГХЯТЯЧ!; (1J) Й^ Ч ; (12) ЧпфЕЧ!; (13) ^'чч зГч; (14) §,ч|я а^ ч ЧЗЗчГа; (15) ?5’ч чичт^ж; (16) ^ч-Л^ч ’«ЙЧГЖ; (17) Я^'З’Ч 1W ; (18) *S§«i'4 nJWf; (19) яХ^-’Гяч %rria; (20) ч§ч'§ч]*г^’ ц ч ч^тяя ; (21) яе.ч§5^ч|ч§ч]«ч я;тчя<?Г; (22) ’«TW’ai; (23) SWPsr; (24) я э?-ч|ч-9ч]ч «j н^чя^ ; (25) д^-ч^кЯ чтея^; (26) Фч З'^ч Яггпз^; (27) Фгз'°1Нч w?4gh (28) ЧЭЧ'З^чч fccift; (29) Я^5’0|ч-вч*'^ (30) я’вчч-ч чЬ^язя (ЛГ. К). «га^ Ya-Ъ slier a tribe in Tibet: ^^qwrq j (Я. 30). Ya-zig$ n. of a large village situated to the west of Kalzang zampa on the high road from Tsang to Lhasa near lake Yamdok. 4ya-yud with to empower, to confer authority (spiritual as well as temporal): I ya-yo in colloq.—or WSfa crooked, awry;=^4 leaning towards. ya-yo-mcd with- out crookedness, straightforward. ya-ra-lhab in ya~ra lhab-kyi пай-du (A. 127). ya-rabs respectable class of persons, high class people: urwr^pr I (Yig. к. 1). ya-lad corselet and helmet, mail, armour: ч’*15'«Ярц ya-lad-bgos equipped with armour ; put on the coat of mail! «Г*| ya-t^a esteem, = 3’4 «г^ ya-$er a kind of very fine satin of variegated colours (S', kar. 179). URJ’« yag-pa small mattock, hoe ; ЗД|* сад-уад iron hoe, <рй-уад wooden hoe (Ja.). uiq]’2j yag-po in colloq. used instead of W’q good, right, nice: it is good or nice; sometimes, vul. even like a vb. id. mqj’UWJ yag-yag n. of a great number : чч| вд^яг3*гд»г,чче.‘ I (Ya-sel. 57). yags present made to a bereaved person as a token of condolence: the pre- sent of condolence. ma-yag§ by a $nam-pa la (A. 10). ЧК’ yaft 1. wfu^, jpn=&<3 Wfqg but, but yet; again, once more, and, also, further, then (occurring as first word in a sentence): q|^’cw$5r thereupon the officer said: of quick- wittedness there are many sorts. or also again and again; used, also, like aur in Hind.: «кstill smaller; that was still more pleasing than anything before; «кstill more in detail. 2. and, also, too (not as first word in sentence, unaccented, the accent on the preceding
I 1126 word); after the final letters Я 5 * or *r ujc.’ becomes 3^', and after vowels often huft : or OV4 3*’ I too; 3 my eldest boy too; q^w^E/o^-q having merit besides; —both— and ; hdi-yan de-yafi both this and that, both outside and inside ; followed by a negative, neither— nor; singly with a negative = not even: J shall not even give a single cowry for it; у а Я with a com- parative (as above) still: still more than formerly; so then the boy died, ^‘2* яч^е^ within a short time he was also able to speak; g’*5 3q' even before this. 3. also occurs joined to a verbal root, and then = although: though all without exception bo gathered; although they were seeking, they did not find. yan-dkar white-wash = M the lime used in white- washing (S. Kar. ISO). yaft-ge or «к’«) used in colloq. for ^e’Zj yaft-po (it is) light. <4e/^n especially, particularly. dkar-po n. of a sect of the Bon-po school. <4e/4^ yafi-tbar—U^5ZTI really, in fact (Situ. 132). ya^-lci abbr. of light and heavy = subst. the weight : ^'1*^ to examine the weight. yan-hjug the second of two final letters, viz., я after % na, ч ba, я ma In the archaic words b§tand, gyurcl, stsald, 5 is a yan-hjug but in modern literature is not used; in the words ^1” the letter я is a yaft-hjug and is in general use. yab-rje cho$-kyi rgyal-po ” 8(Pty. A*. 11) a title which one of tho early Sakya-pa hierarchs had as- sumed. abbr.=real substance or principal object, essence, exact, true, real (of price, &c.) (Zfrsit.). Yafi-tfeft n. of a monastery —the З’ЗЕ^е^е* В la-bra ft Yaft-$teft situa- ted on a rooky precipice in the neighbour- hood of Phagri Jong (Loft. >, 9). yaft-thog^&WfK the highest storey of a house, also^T’fa a dome. yan-dag or °^V| q 4^ actual, real, the very ; also adv. really, verily, in reality, indeed; as adv. occurs either as це’еД^ or a9 simply Various examples follow:—uje’V’TV’F yaft-dag-dgah really glad, indeed delighted (ДГЯоп.); ^’YTJpi yaft-dag-rgyal lit. one who has been absolutely victorious, emperor ; ujE.5<T|-jKq yafi-bdag rgya$-pa wn copious, abundant, plenteous, indeed; yaft-dag-rgyug that which indeed blows, the wind. ^e^or yaft-dag hgrub-pa-thob thorough accomplish- ment or attainment; yaft-dag-hgro a thoroughfare, free passage in every direction, ^e^'q^n yaft-dag-hgro g$ lit. perfect company, i.e. sexual union, че-^- ^я yaft-dag-sdom, perfect abstinence or suppression; шЕ^чу^я yaft-dag-chag§ HW very attached, real love or affection; yaft-dag-mjal чг full interview; yaft-dag-btfien close proximity; transcendent glorification.
^’5^41 1127 I yan-dag-rtog reflec- tion, imagination; consideration, sound deliberation. Syn. тпат-rtog; bsam* mno • я^'аяя mno-bsam (Mfton.). wvtf?p]*r yaft-dag rtogs=^^^\ khoft- du-chud perfect comprehension. «^Vj-tf^q yaft-dag-thos-pa qfvjfa to be well informed, one who is well informed, who knows much, who has heard much, &c. Also=w^f*r promising. yaft-dag-gna§ stability. uK'^qiw yaft-dag-pahi mthah= the end of religion, the essence of virtue (Gser-phreft Iff). u^’Vqq^gsrq у aft-dag-pahi hbra$-bu KW the actual result, outcome, real fruit. 4c?5q|-q^-|jkq у a ft-dag-par §dom-pa Фцн, ^’uHfn^to restrain completely, effectually; yaft-dag-par b$dam [restrained]#. yaft-dag-par rdsogz-pahi san^-rgya^ the most perfect Buddha (Jf. V.). u^’^-q^gc/qq^ у aft-dag-par $poft-wa-gshi the four acts which should be entirely abandoned:— ^КЯ^-q’qg^ I c&’^vq^'q’qg^ | ^•q^-q-qgVA I (Snift-rgyan. Iff). (1) TOFit WJWn wtan^~ smfa; (2) qrw- (3) Wfa; (4) ^qr^rnt ^ihlt ф$ь ншгкг (JT.F.). [Tho substance of the Sanskrit expressions is as follows:—(1) exertion to retain meritorious conditions already existing; (2) exertion to produce such not yot in existence; (3) exertion to put away sinful states already existing; (4) exertion to prevent such arising.]#. yaft-na WW or, cither ... or; and again. yaft-na§ yan-da adv. well; again and again, continually, repeatedly : -q-5i|3j as yOU know fully the doctrine of dependent-origina- tion, pray let the camphor-like fragrance of your favours come here continually (Yig. k. 36, 51). yaft-§prnl—^q’q?’§q’q sprul-pahi $prul-pa the further embodiment of the karma of a lama once recognized as an incarnate being. UK’Sf yaft-po also «к’П yaft-wa light (i.e., not heavy), lightness, also fig. hjam-shift yaft-wa what is soft and light, commodious and easy, weak (Jdi). ujc/я yaft-ma^w*^ mahi-ma grand- mother ; yaft-mes-po grandfather’s father, i.e., great grandfather; yaft- mes-mo great grandmother. yaft-rtsal ч lu^risal yaft-po light physical exercise. 2. very high skill, consummate art (Jd.). yaft-rtsehi kloft-chen-^*^'^ mkhah-hgro ^nift-thig n. of a Bon reli- gious work(D.jR.). yaft-tsha great grandson : = ^5'5=^*^ yaft-yaft hoft-wa 1.=^*ч to walk round, to circumambulate (Itffton.). 2. to come often. Yaft-ra 1. n. of a place in Tibet. 2. = religious circumambula- tion.
«1Е-ага^| U28 pep’ll yafi-le-qod n. of a rook-cavern where the sage PadmSkara performed meditation (Dsam. 7). «к yafi-so$ wfa the first of the eight hot hells where the soul suffers continually from the torments of heat. uje.'Bs transmigratory or recurring existence, the world (ДОоп.). yafi-srid те$=^'ц emancipation; freedom from transmigratory existence (4Jfon.). **k g[q yafi^lob pupil’s pupil. yafi^pa faw, WTUH, fWTT wide, broad, extensive : кжчгч a wide field or plain ; or large and spacious ; wide open country, a spacious placo; ^r4’WWQ intellectual, very intelligent; yafi$- dog breadth, area ; abbr. of uik.^ q being wide and narrow (fitsU.). uK*vq ^ Yafit-pa-can 1. n. of a city in Magadha, aoc. to Csoma on the site of modern Allahabad. 2. n. of a monastery in northern Tibet called in which there is a 8’4^’ or relic- tomb of Tsong-khapa (Lofi. % 16). yafis-pahi grofi-du hjug-pabi-mdo n. of a Sidra on going into the city of Vaisfcli (K. d. 255); and if this Sidra is recited at the threshold of a town or house all evil-spirits frequenting the same will depart. uiwqrSq yafi^pahi-mig fw-yiT^ 1. with large eyes, a handsome woman. 2. n. of a goddess (К. my. *1, 14)- *43] yan what is uppermost; man-yan below and above (Cs.); yan-na above, in the beginning, in the first place; or adv. or postp. above, in the upper-part; standing in (the water) up to the navel; $5 above the hips; above eight years’ old. Yan-dha-fen-hufi-shi one of the early emperors of China under whose orders works on medicine were composed (Grub. 8). yan~pa l.=*W’4 gshan-pa the other, another: uiyq q^qjx arq]^’ give me another. 2. adj., free, vacant, unoccupied, ownerless, of places and things that are common property, like the air, rocks and stones etc.; 4 a dog without a master, vagrant dog; there are yet places unoccupied; of fields: untilled, fallow-ground; tho external world: a helper from the external world; take care that the mind be not distracted by outward things ; to suffer (the sheep) to wander, go ownerless. yan-tag ufbfiX, ящу ; I. member, limb, element: the five members: arms, legs and head; в*чГ1’^ the 7 members or elements of reli- gious service, i.e.: profound salu- tation, »йЦ'<г*5«гп offerings to a deity, wor- shipping, ^qa-flq^'q confession of sins, ^qor^gSl^q to delight in virtue, X^Qffcqto exert one’s, self to preach the Dharma, ^«wq to dedicate all accumulated moral merits to the attainment of Buddhahood and aSa^4j«q'q'4W-85'W«'jNlfq q?-^-^* ag n to pray for not passing to Nirvfipa. eight subjects treated in the medical works of Tibet are: body, cprq boy, female disease, evil spirits, symptoms, ^4 poison, old age. earned desire an injured or defective limb; уап-1ад-$куеь = pho-mtshan the
1129 wsfa । «W| male organ (Mnon?); weak *n the Hmbs, decrepit = <№. 2. appendage, contributory; fig. branch of a river, branch of a tree; also with reference to books: section, appendix, supplement (Ja.). yan-lag brgyad-ldan-==-^' river Ganges, she that is possessed of eight attributes: q<tar<i coolness sweetness, lightness (digestive), softness, clearness freedom from impurities, on drink- ing soothing to the stomach, ^'4^ makes the throat clear and free. yan-lag-nan a pilferer, a thief ; lit. one who has a mischief-committing limb, t.e., pilfering hand (Mnon.). u^-etqpj&j yarJag-mchog as met. chief of the limbs, lc., the head (Mnon.). yan-lag inchog-ldan=^№ a handsome person; я a very handsome woman (Mnon?). ui3j <4<q yan-lag na ms-pa lame, decrepit, one who is defective of limbs. Syn. sha-гсо; SJ*rq grum-po; *3’^ hphyc-wo; yi'Q gyol-po ; yan- lag ma-tshan-wa; q hthen-po (Mnon.). Yan-lag med-pa an epithet of Kamadeva. *44 yab fact, fq<fr 1. resp. for pha father; rgyal-po yab yum denotes the king as father and mother to the country (Glr.); <nq for the purpose of healing the mind of his royal father (Mgrin. 122). yab-mes paternal ancestors. 2. yab also specially signifies the male personage in the yidam groups of Tantrik Bodhisattwas each clasping his yum or female helper. yab-sra§ father and son or, in a spiritual sense, master and disciple; I the chapter on the interview of the Buddha with his father Sudhodana (K. ко. s 80). yab-gshi 1. the estates granted to the parents of the Grand Lamas of Lhasa and Tashi-Ihunpo (& kar. 181). 2. = «nifi resp. for heritage of landed property. *44'4 yab-pa or 1. to lock up, to secure, keep safe: things kept securely, under safe keeping; to hide, conceal (&7/.); ^^q or covered place, cache, shelter. 2. in C. colloq. to skim off from the surface of a fluid. 3. in JY. to move to and fro, hither and thither, to fan, v. (Jd.). yab-mo or ^“>q’Й 1. the act of fan- ning, waving; also, anything waved to and fro, as a fan, punkah, or beaten as a cymbal. | to beckon by waving with one’s coat. 2. attracting, provoking: to bring on a calamity. yab-rin-po portico, veranda, e.g., of a monastery. *4Jf 4’QJ Yam-pa-la n. of a great river (К. my. % 68). *4JT^ Yam-bu n. of the ancient capital of Nepal, the modern capital Khatmandu being also called by this name. yam-me-wa=colloq. 1. moderate, middling, not severe, tolerable; q^-qqNW^q^^^q passing a moderate sentence (A. 122-123). 2. adv. blunderingly, coarsely, roughly, rough- hewn. yam-yom also ya-me-yo- me or doing anything uncertainly, purposelessly or nonsensically: he was moving this way and that (A. Ш) yam- 143
изо у от-la lu^-te falling or remaining in ioubt (J. 126); uw'3j»f §54 to totter. yam$ or epidemic or infectious disease, one being called «wraft and the other slowly or steadily infecting disease. 4^ yar akin to tr. = upwards, above higher; to look upwards; to travel up and down; W q resp. to walk up aud down ; yarJa, khyer-qog bring or fetch it up! uk^wi from top to bottom; to come up again, from a depth; ^’Qirq r > rise, get up; to increase; Уаг-?УУи 0110 rising in rank and office, Ле. (Jig. 27) a rising middle class man should (in tho order of precedence) get the silk cushions placed one above another on a rug. yar-no tho part of the mouth in which the phases of the moon increase : it increased (in prosperity) like the waxing moon (Sorig. 238). yar-$nog таг-§под=щ^'^ moving up and down, also walking this way and that way: 4^’3’ in journeying from Gsan-phu to Rwa-$gren aud back they did not require provision for a morning’s halt (A. 123). yar- bstod=^^\4\W4gycn-du hdegs-pa (Mnon.) raising up, extolling; yar- hthud-mar-rti§ an average account, taking the maximum and minimum figures. «к'ЯВД Yar-kluns (also written чщ* YarJun) an extensive valley forming the principal district of tho province of Lho- kha of which the chief city is Chethang (t”^‘) on the Tsang-po ; is reputed the most fertile district of Tibet and contains many monasteries and residences of some of the chiefs and nobles of Tibet. The seat of Government of the earlier kings of Tibet was in the valley of Yarlung: the province of Yar- lung being fine (in climate and produce) (A. 9J). Yar-kluns gna$- gsum rten-gsum the three holy receptacles and three sanctuaries of Yarlnng (i.e.9 six) viz.: (1) ^'3^1 Cel-brag a monastery of tho Rnift-ma sect situated on the top of a high hill over-hanging the |Tsang-po; (2) Tanduk-Dolmai lha-khafi an ancient monastery containing a sacred image of the goddess Dolma founded by king Sron- dtsan sgam-po; (3) Tag-chen bum-pa a small monastery in the neighbourhood of which are one hundred and eight tombs of former kings and queens, testifying to the existence of the custom of burial of the dead before the introduction of Bud- dhism into Tibet; (4) Ras-chuft- phug a small monastery on the site of the cavern where Lama Ras-chun-pa was wont to perform ascetical meditations; (5) Zans-ri kha-dmar a monas- tery on the bank of the Tsang-po founded by the celebrated Ma-chig Lab-kyi Donma; (6) Tsan-dan yui lha khan monastery situated in a grove of firs and containing a sandal-wood image of Buddha and a turquoise image of the goddess Dolma; the roof of the temple being painted green. All these places were visited by the author of this Dictionary in 1882. Mivq уаг-гса=^?^ hthor-wa, in eolloq. to disperse, scatter, send adrift; also, to ramble, to be scattered (Sch.). Yar-hbrog Yamdok pastures, country of (Lon. % 5)
1131 <WT]| Yar-hbrog which was included in the Thikor noted for religiousness of its deni- zens. у ar-та hbri-dan mdso- mo) a barren yak-cow; also a cross-breed cow (Rtsii.). Й’че; Yar-mo than or я^^'4^ G yar- mo than n. of a district in the province of lower Amdo and Khams (Lon. % 5). Yar-mo §na-bshi n. of a district in Lhokha (Yig. 62). Yar-lnn— Yar-klun$. Yar-lun Dar-rgya§—dgon n. of a monastery in Yar-lung (Lon. я 19). т^^яТ4 Yar- lun Sog-kha one of the 37 sacred places of the Bon (G. Bon. 28). ^’^Я yar-log a layman when he enters the order of monks late in life, opp. to w <?я mar-log when a monk reverts to the life of a householder (Sorig. 270). yal-ga C. colloq. “ ye-ka” зщсГГ a branch, bough, twigs. ^'Я'З^ yal-ga skyur^^Q^^' star-bnhi дгп (Mnon.) walnut tree. yal-ga Ina the five branches, t.e., the five branches of the tree of the Mahayana doctrine :—(1) spyin-pa charity, i.e., giving alms, help and protection; (2) moral discipline, purity of morals; (3) tolerance and forgiveness; (4) assiduity and industry; (5) contem- plation (K. d. \ 327). Syn. mgo-lin; W $n-gi brtiil shags; ifcq'vXkS sdon-pohi sor-mo Mnon. yal-ga-can a notable tree. Syn. Izon-gin ; hdab-ldan ; hdam-ma can ; mgo-ldin- can; rtse-mo-can (Mnon.). iMQI’^-qgq yal-ga hbrel v. ljon-$iit tree (Mnon.) cwo]-q^ yal-ga-hdsin v. tjon-gifl tree (Mnon.) yal-gahi ral-pa— hkhri^ gin a creeping plant (Mnon.) yal-gahi ri-dwags=a,s met. monkey (Mnon.) <4огя^’%’Я yal-gas lhag frejw. yal-hphyon large numeral. gal-wa 1. diminution, decrease, lowering; disappearance, suppression* 2. to shrink, subside, cause diminution ; to be displaced. yai ma-yol repentance, regret, and wonder that advantage was not taken of a certain opportunity : even all not appreciating, there wfcs much regret (A. 157). UJTI’UIQJ yaLyal\Cs. 100,000 octilli- ons] the 47th number enumerated in the phal-ehen*. (Ya- sel. 57). wwa^’q yal-yal chen-pa a million (Jd.). yal-yol relaxation in attention, carelessness. 2. n. of a number: I i^a-sel. 56). 4*4 yas 1. = д^ or ^5 devoid of, less than; without: without end, end- less ; numberless ; 5ччГад measure- less, unfathomable, Я5^*4 immeasurable, incomparable. 2. from off, from above: wwq to come down from above; the one above, the upper one ; from above C. 3. in Budh. the word yas signi- fies the state in which there is no unhap- piness (Bbum. p, 283).
I 1132 ^74^ 1 ^*1 деа у a %-hjab the kind of red or brown coloured leather with which wooden bo kps or trunks are lined in Tibet (Rtsii.). C\ ya^-phyin or n. of a certain large estate in Tibet: 9л 3'f^V (Rtsii.). <a/n qspwjoi yas-bsu mas-skyel or ^сгч'ч'Wjp early sowing and late sowing of grain (Rtsii.}. yi 1. num. fig. : 54. 2. in some combinations inst. of $5. S)’4| yi-ga—1^'^ appetite, taste: the appetite is lost; «I it is grateful to the taste ; yi~ga hchu$- pa repulsion felt in swallowing food: (Mng., ch. j5.) yi-<7« fefa, V4K, ЯГЧ, 1. any letter of the alphabet; explained as I 3 I the representation of sound forming the basis of the composition of both names and words; but such letters do not indicate the meaning of words, and generally show merely their nature (Lon. ®J, 17). Acc. to Tshad-ma Rnam-Hgyel we have another definition: | f and. again we read: I letters are the basis of all acquirements. the Tibetan printed letters, the headless current hand-writing, of which there are again different kinds : — the very carefully-formed character used in copying books, ^З^Я hkhyug- yig the running hand and often rather illegible writing, and ячя'оЦ a formal large hand. $yi-ge klog-pahi bran-khan ftffqrsn^n; yi-ge hgod- pa f%fq, the arrangement of letters in a book or letter. yi-gi drug-pa f^jr the six-syllable (prayer), the Om-iua-ni-pad-me-hum\ ^S^ q to learn one’s letters ; writing and cyphering. 2. written letter or note, any written document; S^|’|*|'S|regis- ter of virtues and iniquities; $ a written answer (6?/r.); (in recent years) = an envelope; to write a letter, $ to send off a letter, ^^•?qq one who has obtained a written order or document, to receive a letter; yi-ge §leb a letter arrives; u<% Ag q to put into writing; $'^'9*’ «?qjq to dictate; у{-де-ра = ^'$Щ fafasnx a writer, a copyist; yi-ge gin ЙГччкЯЧ, a writing board; yi-gi-hi-gshi the substance on which a letter is written. *4’35^ yi-chad—^'^ or 5мг jfq. yi-dicag$ (acc. to Bon=-”*^5’ qi'a^l^q or those that always think of food) 5a, a class of spiritual beings of the Buddhist Bhavachakra or cycle of existence, condemned to suffer torments of hunger and thirst in the ghost-world, a grade of punishment little less severe than the full torments of hell. They are usually represented as giants with huge bellies and very narrow throats hardly fitted to swallow the tiniest particles. The different kinds of Yi-dag or Preta are: (1) gul-bum 4vW; (2) -*P ga-za ; (3) «§^'3 hbyun-po (4) SH M srul-po ; (5) дкдогр lussrul- po ; (6) smyo-byed ; (7) skyem-byed ; (8) WWht; (9) grib-gnon (10) В srin-po ; (Ц) rnam-gruhi
1133 gdon XqaW'S; (12) S^qVi lyahi-gdon uij- Pwv. [(1) headless demon; (2) ignis- J'atuus; (3) ghost; (4) a female demon causing disease in children; (5) a goblin; (6) insane devil; (7) a leaping demon; (8) a demon causing forgetfulness; (9) the shadow; (10) a malignant spirit; (11) the star Revati; (12) causer of destruction to birds]& Again, these Preta are divided into four classes according to the nature of the torments they are destined to undergo for the expiation of their sins (1) those that are outwardly obstructed from the use of food and drink. When these wretched beings go to springs, lakes, or tanks to drink water they are chased by hosts of demons armed with javelins and spears ; and the "water appears to them as repulsive and foul as pus. (2) those that are inwardly obstructed from eating and drinking; although great is their appetite and hunger when they get food and drink they cannot enjoy them on account of their gullet becoming exceedingly contracted. (3) those that are called fire-flame wreathed Preta who, as soon as they take food or drink, become changed into flames of fire. (4) tjan-ljin za- ica those that subsist upon mucous, ordure and urine, etc.; some of them eating their own flesh and blood when they fail to satisfy their hunger by eating filth. Acc. to Mdsod-bgrel, the Pretas have an abode in the interior of this earth five hundred yojana below Rajgriha in Magadha. In reference to giving water to the Preta, Atis'a remarked: qЭ'Уч those called Preta devoid of the power of digestion cannot obtain other than a drop of water. S)yi-dwags kyi-yul ScPffa the subject of the Pretay the land of Preta. S) yi-dwags-kha-hthor-mhi- gnas the places where Pretas live in a scattered manner such as the neighbour- hood of human habitation, table-lands, &c. {B. ch. 5). yi-dwags bdag-po Sarf^ the lord of the Preta. yi-dam 1. or 33Z, ^2- ^аат tutelary deity, a deity whom a person chooses to be his guide and protector. Of these there are a large number, of varying form, being fre- quently Tantrik phases or aspects of such well-known gods as Tamdin, Dzainbhala, Mi-gyowa, aid the goddess Panden Lhamo; also there are yi-datn forms of the Bodhisattwas Jampal and Chenraisi, with or without their female or com- panions. Acc. to Jd. a man chooses a tutelary deity either for his whole life or only for some particular undertaking, and with such he enters into an intimate union by meditation. 2.=V*'4«4 resp. oath, vow, asseveration, promise : Sj^wq^-q firm adherence to one’s word ; to lodge a vow. ^’3'^ yi-phya dun-ne for = sems-skyo-ica to repent, to regret. {Khrid. 29). yi-mug-pa for semz-rmofis-pa to he unhappy, displeased; sorry, sad, dejected: is not a deed so unfortunate as this {Rdsa. 22); having become displeased with the daughter-in-law {A. 77). u^-^^-q yi-rafi^-pa (for dgah-wa {Шоп.) (Л. X) joy,
^Ч|| 1134 cheerfulness; to be delighted, pleased: the attendants being joyful (Рад. 297). yig in compounds for yi-ge; letter, circular epistle; *5’^ contract, Р'«1ч| address (of a letter); bargain; dancing-book, rules for religious dances; oiwS)q| passport, permit to travel; records, notes; a lino of л book or Ms.; clerk, copyist; yig- phran = v№\$F (Ya-sel. 11) a note, a small letter. n. of the keeper of the official records of the Government of Lhasa; also name of a book which contains tho abstracts or register of official records (Yig. J); yig-hdsiu a receipt in writing; written contract; to enter into an agreement. yig-lhad inter- polation in writing; also mistakes in facts, grammar, &c.: g^ entirely free from defects without any foreign matter inserted in it (Ya-wl. J4). yig-b$kur correspondence, epis- tolary guide containing the different addresses and customary phrases used in writing letters; yig-b$kur rnam-bshag a popular work on correspon- dence, complete letter-writer. yig-bskur-wa to correspond. yig-mkhan one who is versed in the art of reading and writing. Syn. yi-ge-pa; bri$-pa inkhan ; $ yi-gehi mkhan-po\ $игу«-<7И-см (Mnoni). ^qT^ql yig-drug or yi-ge drug- ma the six letters—Om, ma, i?i, pad, me, hum (Rtsii.). I: yid resp. W thugs the intellect, the mind, esp, the powers of perception and imagination, said to be distinguishable from bio which indicates rather tho heart, mind, will, disposition, than tho mental talents; but the two words are often confused and used inter- changeably. Thus $5 yid in yid-du-hon-wa agreeable, clearly signifies a sentiment or disposition. yid-bshin-gyi nor-bu fawnfa a jewel or talisman that grants every wish ; ^5’^ ytd- kyi agreeable, to one’s mind: yid- kyi mtsho a pretty lake; fiahi у id-la mi-hbab it does not please me, I do not like it; «К*!though you may fancy it in your mind, yet you do not perceive tho taste; yid-la byed-pa hdsin-pa to comprehend, perceive, remember, mind, take to heart; yid-kyi byed-pa to do a thing accordant with one's mind or fancy; § yid-kyi ze.hu hbru anther of the heart, beloved, dearest (Yig. к. 1); yid-kyi zla-wa = friend, beloved friend—lit. the newly risen moon of one’s heart to him who is my dearest friend (Yig. k. 51). «КЭ’ЭТ’З yid-куъ phyag-rgya chief meditation, Лс., the concentration of the mind on the attributes of deity (Ifrfon.). yid- kyi-las—^fy\ or imagination, thought, operation of the mind (Mnon.); ^5’1 ’^‘5 yid-kyi (^in-rta desire, wish, expectation. yid-kar hon or^V^^’ 1. гёггч very handsome. 2. without impu- rity, pellucid; pure water. Syn. rnog-med; gsal~la- dicans (Mnon.). 45’J yid-skyo repentance, heart-trouble.
1135 Syn. sems-skyo-wa ; yid- hbyun\ skyo-qas (Mnon.). S^’Qgorq yid-hkhritl-wa acc. to Sch.i men- tal suffering acc. to Jd. to be uneasy, troubled, harrassed ; ws^g'4’4 yid-hkhrtil-ua to be mistaken. yid-gyur-gyi myofi-wa= qj N’q bsgom-pahi nams skyes-pa. yid-can=or living beings (Yig-). yid-chad-g)a — ^’^^ or in (Rdsa. 21). yid-ches-pa to believe, to rely, to depend upon; belief, confidence, faith, trust. having become a little distrustful towards you (Mil.); $5гтсцгг»п§ for inducing belief. Syn. of sbst. <q5<Y'4'3qN gtan-la-phebs; gdon-mi-za ; nes-pa ; dogs-au-d (lotion.). $5’^ yid-ne~^№Y$ sem§-ne, rndsa- bo friend, intimate (Mnon.). «)5yid-gnis = ^«4* doubt, hesitation. Syn. the-tshom za-ica; nia- ne§\ so?n-ni (Mnon.). Si^'q^N yid-bcugs or ^Vq|§<4*i yid~gcugs friendly, affectionate towards friends or relatives (Nag.). yid-gtuns misery, suffering. Syn. g4]’4g«i §dug-§nal; yid-nan- vhud; yid-mi-bde (Mnon.). Sj^qyq^ у id-blags for yi-dwags. “15confidence, reliance; ^S’^VP'4 aid-brtan dkah-wa not to be depended upon, hardly to be believed; faw trust, faith ; confident, confi- dence; yid-brtan-par bya-ua ma-yin-pa objects on which no reliance can be reposed and not to be considered as safe. I 1 g’Qgq'q^ap^^ j | (K. du. 5, 203). S)5’$^ q yid-mihun-pay v. yid-dan hthad-pa HHfri, . favourable: the great king is well-disposed (K. du. S, 202). yid-du-hthad well-favojired, = q]3«r|^-5i^-q handsome body (Mnon.). yid-dogs-qar-wa=. the-tshom skyed-pa to doubt (Ya-sel. 31). ^5'^ yidddan humanity, = yid-ldan*ma n. of a Yak^ini princess (Mnon)). ^S'S5S yid-dpyod fpJ-.uxWr exami- nation of the mind, investigation into the mental faculties. There are three distinctions in it:—(1) ; (2) ; (3) (Lon. 13). S^-sMsrq yid-hpham-pa to be cast down, dejected, depressed. yid-hphyo (5J^) n. of a great number: (Ya-sel. 57). yid-hphrog тЙТТ very handsome, charming, very beautiful (Mnon.). yid-hphrog-pa to prepossess, to fascinate, charm. yid-hphrog-ma a charm- ing woman with both personal and mental accomplishments (MnonT); also n. of a Yaksa princess (Mnon.). yid-hbyln-pa to be discontented or weary. yid-byun an epithet of Kamadeva (A. K. 1-3/)). yid dbyun-wa to be depressed in mind, anxious, disquieted.
1136 yid-mo$-tshal 1. a grove of lilies= 3'<iVtei ku-mu da-tshal (Mnon.). 2. = fascinating; also = ^S’^Yq agreeable, pleasing to the mind, pleasant (Л. 126). yid-myoi fuddled, tipsy (Ja.). yid-^mon wish, desire; [glad in heart]#. v. $mon- pa. и|\Й=¥^ yid $mon-can a blessed heart, blessed» yid-t shim-pa = of charming appearance, of form that gives satisfaction to the mind (4f/fon.). Siv&r WRyva у id-ht shim-par hbyur-wa to become satisfied, contented. yid-gshuft L = Vr?’l tnam-rtog illusive or unreal thoughts, imaginary thoughts (ДГЯоп.). 2. as met. = a parrot (МЯоп.). or $5’deluded. yid-gshu^ 1. prudent, acute, perceptive, v. gzufi$. 8^,4Hwq yid-gshu^-pa a prudent man, a man of analytic powers (Mnon.). 2. = ^w^Zf sems-draft-po honest, straight-forward, upright: clear iu mind, clever in resources, straight- forward, of varied knowledge. yid-bshin^^\w^ wish, thought. yid-bshin-grub heaven, bliss. yid-bshin kun-hbyun as met. the ocean; also a gem; gx#8iv §ku~htsho yid-b^hin kun-hbyu& (Yig. k. 83) yid-bshin nor-bu fa’arnfa the wishing gem (А. К. 1, 46); fig. of the fulfilment of one’s desires (Yig. A.): by laying hold on the Chiniamaqi gem one’s wishes are fulfilled ; ^5'q^’Sqc‘®|'JQ*’2> yid-bshin dicaft-gi rgyal-po THfauai the prince of all wish-fulfilling gems (Yig. k. 2). yid-bshin ma-ma as met.=the great ocean (Yig. k. 31). yid-hoft or yid-dti hoft-wa 1. handsome. 2. charming, delightful, pleasing, agreeable. yid-hofi-ma a handsome woman, a beauty (Hbrom. F, 13). Yid-hon-ldan an epithet of the river Gandak: О ь there is the river called Gandaka or Yid-hon Idan after crossing which (you) would enter the city of Yan^-pa-can (Dsam. 13). yid-yal wmx [a house]#. yid-ran-tca = yi-ran-ica a dgah-wa (МЯоп.). ^S'^’qIS‘q [debate in the mind]#. S)^ei§s‘q yid-la byed-pa 1. imagination, fancy. 2. vb. to take to, to be pleased by : SM’§vq ^'S’q (K. d. % 355) what is called q implies the fixing of the mind on things. Syn. of 1. rnam-rtog\ bsam-mno\ mno-bsam (Sfrnon.). yid-la$-$kyes lit. mind-born, an epithet of Kamadeva the god of love. Syn. yid-la^-byun; yid-srub$ (МЯоп.). yid-log-pa to be tired or weary of. ^S’q^S’q yid b8ad-pa=\SW44 [sad in mind]#. yidJtsam^^S*^ yid-bshin. yid-srubs hdod-lha, an epithet of. Kamadeva the god
Ц37 ufa4|| of love. 2. the 3rd month of the Tibetan kalender (Шоп,). 3. a refractory stubborn mind (Jd), ^•Ц yin-pa l. = the vb. to be ; and is used to express direct affirmation or with a negative particle direct negation, and also to connect any attribute with its subject. Thus: he said, it is, is not; he is a lay- man; who are you? I am a man of Tsang. In books it will be found that «Ц is employed to express both the first and the third persons, sing, and pl., and * sometimes, though not so commonly, the second person chiefly indeed interrogatively: are you his son? Colloq. however in С. seems to be rarely if ever used with the second and third persons, being resorted to with the second and (occasionally) third persons and X5 “re ” reserved for the third person; thus a Lhasa man would say: J am a tailor, but would use jXx^JterqXs to express: he is a tailor, and for: you are a tailor. But in books would commonly= he has gone. 2. is often found in the past sense: Ijorq’S)^ the officer of that period was an emanation of S'akya-thubpa; qthat unsmiling demon was that king (Glr.), q'^=has been. 3. as Jd, points out, this vb. is only used to connect the attribute and not to express presence or existence, and not being employed in such cases ; e.g., “I am in the house ” cannot be turned but must be rendered with ^5- 4. in addition to its use as substantive vb. occurs as auxiliary vb. joined either to the participle or to a gerund. Joined to the participle it may indicate either the present or past tenses: I am going; I have, or he has, sold; B^>5H has departed; did you have a guide ? ч who is within that ? what has become of him? what had you been doing just then ? Also, may have fut. sense: I shall die ; ^’^q^q^ q«H she shall be given to whomsoever knows her; ^5 indeed you will have to go now (Jd), Combined with the gerund in 3 or 3^ it forms in the colloq. a narrative pressnt incessantly resorted to, but the seems here again reserved for the first person: ESS‘g’ifaЧ4 are you reading now ? am reading. Annexed to the supiue in rgyu it forms a future tense frequently heard in talk and met with in the later literature: I shall buy that horse; will attend at your honour’s abode. In the fut. 3rd person ^5 red is generally the auxiliary. 5. In metaphysics the terms S^‘2w[ and are hotly discussed; signifies what is contrary to what is is and in the same manner what is opposite to f-0-, S|^q’w3q[q is that which is. Besides these, expres- sions like Й ^ q-H^^q-Si^ q? etc. also form subjects of discussion in scholastic controversies. u)q yib v. *^'^4=|qN eaves, shelter: «to take shelter from the rain. S)q*w yib*ma something hidden. ujq’4 yib-pa to hide one’s self. Syn- '’I44 gab-pa \ адргуч bag-la-nal (Шоп-)- 144
1138 yib-gin an officinal plant used for wounds and sores (Sman. 335). yu 1. num. fig.: 84. 2. in to culminate (Ja.). or yu-khu oats, or a similar kind of grain. 43*^’ yu-gu-gin an officinal tree yield- ing a remedy for wounds and sores: Fw-Z/wr, 1 и-ge^ra n. of a country and people; tho part of Mongolia situated to the north of Amdo. Iм-na n. of a place in JJphan-yul [Rtsii.) \ Yu-na Dpal-hbyor glin chief town with fort and monastery in Jlphan*yul {Rtsii.). «je yu-ja a kind of Chinese tea. <3^ У u-tafi an ancient monastery in Nepal: 3«гчтч§«|'ч,ГГ!Ь *Ц'3 ' Л'- 9- ч', L)T • yu-thi-ka n. of a sweet scented flower (7C. ко. *4, 4) Jastninum auriciilatum]S. yu-wa l. = ^'^v the life-tree. 2. a stick; that part of anything which the hand can grasp. Ч’4 ono with a stick; 3’xi gri*yu haft of a knife; debs-yu handle of an awl; leg of a boot; provided with a handle, 3'^5 without a handle (Jd.). yu-ico an ox or yak having no horns. yu-mo 1. any hornless female cattle; also, esp. a hind, female of stag (Pth. 192a). 2. n. of a place in Tibet (Deb. ”1, Зв). •b ’54| yu-bu-cag = *^'\ ran-re and bdag-cag we, ourselves; also acc. Сз.=:^’д'-5Д] hii-bu~cag. Ч’* yu-ma or weeds. yu-ma- yu-wa or weed out, to remove weeds from a garden or cultivation (Rtsii. 54). yug 1. a piece of cloth or stuff; § as they had but one cotton cloth for their clothing. yug-snam piece of serge-cloth. 2. for in Uil. ’4 yug-p i old word=*|q cj the leg with the foot. 5 yug-po defined as phub-ma dan-rtsa shib-hdres-ma chaff and hay-dust mixed together. yug-yug rgyab-pa to wag (like the tail of a cow); to whirl round. yugt-pa, l.sy^ to anoint, rub, daub with; imp. yugs-qig. 2. sometimes for yug§-pho a widower; yug$- 7iio a widow. yag^-sa or yugs- za mourning for a deceased husband or wife, and the state of uncleanness conse- quent on it, the duration of which varies according to the circumstances under which the first or second spouse had died, and also in different provinces; widower; yug§-sa-ma or yug$-sa-mo a widow; one who has married a widow. «gc-a yun-tca 1- turme- ric; turmeric colour, yellow. In Sikk. it is called Sf'fc tga-ser. 2. n. of a place in Uphan-yul {Lon. *, 3). Syn. of 1. чрК’яЕзд! gser-hjom^; **Vr Nlq mdog-mchog , mdog-mde$. pa; «Mi ser-mo; gser-ldan (IMon). yun-ma=^-« nuH-ma turnip.
1139 yuns-kar Л) xrfsi^ JiKt white mustard; ¥1 yun$- nag also called М*4 pad-ffafa black mustard. ®jt.*i4g yuns-hbru mustard-seed, grain of mustard: "jswagas small as a grain of mustard. yun§-mar я oil of mustard. yud l. = 45’^1 an instant, a very small portion of time stated to be a space of time varying from 8 seconds to 1| minutes. 2. acc: to Sty. |5 fol. 53 *35 is a space of time of longer duration, 48 minutes; acc. to Schtr. inBhotan=$^5 24 minutes. 3. a black or coloured stripe on woven fabrics ; striped black or white in JF. (Jd.). ytMcyis^wfaffi adv. quickly, instantly: saying I will come (he) quickly vanished (Л. 131). 45 ^ yud-du in a moment, ^5’3я yud-tsam ==$q’&< hrib-tsam (or ^ч^я srib-tsam) a moment, about a moment: ’§^’«1* (Rdsa. 22). yud-yud, = 45’^4I'4V^I momentarily, only a moment. gun any certain space or length of time, yun-ci srid-du how long ? yun-hgor-wa to delay, to take long to do a thing : (D. yun- thuA-wa a short time, of short duration ; yun-rin (A. IT. 1-3 J) a long time; gun-rifi-po, yun-rin рог or during a long time. a long time since or past: stayed or remained for a long time ; W Яе/rW long-lived; ^уЧсгя yun-rin-ma late, old, stale. Yun-nen Yunnan, a pro- vince of China. yum 1. resp. for я, нтй, mother. the queen- mother 2. the or 46 female energy ” of a deity or Bodhisattwa, but in Tantrik ceremonial usually thought of and represented as a female companion or concubine of the deified personage. ^Ч’^я the symbolical representation of the procreative and generative faculties ; and in Tantrikism a male deity clasping a female deity in his embrace or both standing together. 3. нт^П a title of the third and latest part of the sacred writings, which contains the Abhidharma, or meta- physical portion of Buddhist Scripture, i.e., the collection of sacred writings colloq. called Bum*, they are divided into the detailed, the middling, and the abridged compila- tions : (^ 21), he chiefly studied (the Matrika) that gives birth to all the Buddhas of the three periods, $я’^' yum-chen-sa trig-er sans the counterpart of the Prajna Paramita, «Зрг *4‘3’8r^‘5’B3i’S in the Bon religiou yum-mdo,=the Praj fiasara. 4. when a copy is made of a sacred or royal writing or edict, the original from which the copy is made is styled the Yum-sans rgod-la hthen the son of Bol-sans yum-la hthen (G. Bon. 23). yum-sanshol-la hthen n. of the son of 'дя-я^я(G. Bon. 21). Yum-blo bzan-cho§ mtsho n. of tho mother of Dalai Lama Kalzang Gya-tsho (^•^•§•5#) (Loft. % 11). yum-pa only in JF. to strew, salt on food, ashes on the snow (Jd.).
1140 yur-ica 1. to irrigate; to arrange irrigation canals: ч (Yig. 9), the four provinces of U, Tsang, Ilu, and the land intervening are like an irrigated area. 2. sbst. aqueduct, conduit, water-course, irrigation channel; $bubs-yur a covered, subterraneous ianal (ft./ ; yur-icahi chu water conveyed by a canal JaJ ; yur- po che $37 a large trench, channel, canal, 4^'3^ yur-phran wrf% a small channel ; mother channel or feeding channel. yur-ina the act of weeding, я a yur-ma yur-wafo pull out weeds; inetaph. to purify the mind, cleanse the heart, e.g., by disburdening one’s cons- ciciuc iJd.Y up yul 1. primarily signifies: a country in general, an inhabited land ; secondarily, the country districts as opposed to tho metropolis, provincial parts, a province: provinc ial dialect, provincialism ; вргд яЗ'ч, яйч] chief place, capital; 5 aj one hundred countries, such as Sing-gala <Ceylon\ Thogar (Bactria), Li (Khotan), Balpo (Nepali, Kashmir, Zahor-Urgyan (Udy- ana), Magadha, India; j’4* China or India) Tibet, Mongolia. 2. a place; and sometimes even a village. Whenever precedes a word, it is to be understood as re- lating fo the place (situation), Q* in Benares. a happy place, ^4” a wretched place ; *5*ГЧ* ran-yul country consisting of steppes, where cattle abound or where they are kept. 3. a sphere, region, whether physical or metaphysical; the object or objects of perception by means of the senses; ^5' Ч^4! the provinces of the six senses, t.e., forms (the external appearances of bodies), sounds, ete. ч^гй’^’ц, to perceive things either not at all, or not correctly; ^Ts’q*’4'ir,4*rQS*rq is stated to imply: exceeding the limits of speech, unspeakable; ашгзВ’вргчс =а шг Й’ [jq-q frq. unimaginable, inconceivable, = subject; дч yul-can yid-la $kye$ a business man, one who has nothing else but busi- ness to think upon; 4Qr52^=falRrqfa a business man ; the senses. yul-khami 1. kingdom, r.^., of Nepal, China, Tibet, country. 2. habita- tion. Syn. 4^^^ Ttfyal- kham$; yul-hkhor; raii- byufi §kye§ ; З’4!3!*1 yul-gyi (Mnon.). 4*'*^ yul-hkhor ttj чж tract of ttw country, province : {МЯоп.) a country which contains about a hundred thousand habitations. yul-hkhor $kye$ (Mnon.) [several plants such as Solatium jacquini, etc.]S. yul-hkhor $kyofi 4HJ4TM met.: a ruler; в^|к'^*га*Г4Гя^ Sutra in (К. ко. 4^7) containing an account of Buddha’s life, besides the legendary account of prince Pui?ya Prabha. yul-hkhor Idan Trf^u=(in theatrical language) king’s brother-in- law. yul-hkhor dwan — J4*' a kiug, a potentate (not an emperor) (Mnon.). Ч^Р*’^ yul-hkhor- hdttn = (Mnon.) king of geese, VcHUJ, one of the four guardian kings of the world. 4*,Q5^ yul-hkhyar immigrant, any people who on account of poverty leave
^1 1141 w their country and emigrate to other lands (Rtsii.). «prsj yul-gru a district, place, village, town. to confiscate property, to resume lands : «IV I 4q’q25 ytd-brgyad the eight organs of bodily sensation and perception. уnl-nan tempest; also public cala- mities, such as famine, murrain, etc. yul-fian-gyi tsub-ma the tur- moil of the tempest. yul-fian hbod as met. = 33^*1 bya-skyuft-ka the jackdaw (Mfion.), lit. that which invites public calamities. yul-can suited, proper, being in its place, fulfilling its purpose (Cs.) ; acc. to Was. that which is treated objectively. or a country’s usages, the customs or laws of a country. yul-ljofis an inhabited tract where lands are cultivated. yul-thafi local price: (Rtsii.). yul-sde 1. district. 2. a village or groups of villages tinder circle headman or governor. Yul-phu bla-mkhar ordinarily called ^n'S’qiHom-bu la-sgar the ancient palace of king Gnah-khri btsan-po in Yar- lung (Yig. 63). q yol-phyufi-wa one banished, one exiled. Syn. hor-cig; ma-hdug; H'ijS ma-sdog; sofis-tpg; ^’*^5 phyir-bskrad \ 55V* dbyafi; 95 phud (Mfion.). yul-phyogs region, neighbour- hood. ^59” Yul-dbus' the central country, i.e., Magadha. yul-dbus skyes 1. a native of Magadha, one of the middle country. 2. = ^’^’ pi-pi lift (Mnon.) piper longum. Syn. rgya-gar yul; dbus-hgyur-hchafi (Mnon.). $4’*^ yul-med improper, not in its place (Cs.) : what has no place in my mind, that I beg you to teach me. yul-tsho a village, a cluster of hamlets; properly a number of villages classed together and placed under a local headman. yul-pshis, v. gshis. yul-bzafi 1. fair weather (Cs.). 2. country with goodly climate, food and water. yul-yod-pa^^'^ yul-can (Cs.). yul-lugs manners and customs of a country, usage of a country. Syn. lugs*, khrims*, rigs-pa (Mnon.). у us 1. boastfulness, swollen with pride, exultation, fervour; also making the most of things: yus-cke-wa exultant, very proud, one who thinks much of himself: 9*i fc’RV’ invitation was twice sent (to him) but he being proud (A. 120) ; unable to utter a word, the gullet being choked with exultation; § (^ 132. charge, blame, accusation, false accusa- tion : V (A. 5) as soon
1142 as her sou returned (from hie journey) the old mother laid accusations to her son against his wife. it being true, in fact, in truth. ye from the beginning, from eter- nity, utterly, perfectly, highly, quite; ye-$ton void or empty from the beginning: I ojq’enqq- (Hbrom. Г», 32). ye-dag quite cleau, clean from the beginning; $’₽*|ч quite perfect. ^'^ч ye-nat, from the beginning, from eternity: $^4’gV S^'^q self existent from tho beginning, ц)'<^'цэс:3 altogether good; ^spqv я^| he has not hurt at all; that is not to bo done by any means. ye-hbyam^ — ^^S emptiness. ye-hbrog accident, danger caused by a gdou-evil spirit. It occurs in 3* Fядчузс ч (Sorig. 13). uTsrg^q ye-та byed-pa-= ^4$r§^-q does not at all do : <№wrq ^»r ^•q^ (Л. 132); StaXk ye-та w’Xk’ was not at all good; oik at я Хк’ your former religious course was not at all good (Л. 83). ye- mi §nan not at all conceived or seen: (Ya-sel. 15). ye-med, ak’ojikq lon-ye med-pa = K ^ q restless, continually at work, leisure- less : ^Ч^Ч'Я-J^’qKS^’^a^qq (Л. 29). *4^ ус/н = яч in the dialect of Lhokha. ^5‘з,^«г| 4|==скя,уЙ 5д],?|*^’^5'4the earli- est legendary king of Tibet who was bom in a shell: ‘ifcj*rcrg (J. Zan.). ^41*4 one of the four earliest tribes of Tibet (J. Zan.). ye-reor once: *|4C (Л. 123); ^’K’5^ rwa^gren-du у e-re-byon he once visited Rwa-^gren (Radeft) (Л. 123). Ye-ran or Yera n. of a city, next in importance to Khobom (Khatmandu), in Nepal. $’-?|ч уе-^ез чпч the perfect absolute divine wisdom; also occasionally ye-mkhyen. This is inherent to all great saints and divine beiugs. ^4'g ye-$cs-lna the five kinds of divine wisdom(1) *ч$^ч’з’^ч 4JR; (2) а^’^’^Ч; (3) ч^чч^’Э^^ч (4) Xi Хк ^|K'q5; (5) ^ч. In sooth ye-fes is of two kinds : which comprises чя’Хчччч’^ all spiritual knowledge; (2) ^’§5‘Ч‘чд^,{й’^ч which consists of all apparent or unreal things. мгЭ«г$‘Я|ч=1Ье self-originated wisdom. вЬ?|<Гй1Цад’5 one of the five infallible aggregates of divine knowledge; the knowledge whieh leads t<£ Nirvana. ^ч’Ц ye-$es-$ku and а)’-3]ч й’йк’ ye-y® tne-lon are epithets of Manju S'ri or Jam- pal {Mnon.). ^4’ j<q Ye-$e$ rgyal-wa n. of a great Lama of the Bon {G. Bon. 35). ye-fes §nin-po=Jn?M4. ^’^4’5«]*j5’«X ye-fe$ phy^j-rgyuhi-mdo a Sutra in the Kahgyur vol. (£, 370). -«ft Ye-$e§ gtsug-phud one of the successors of Ggen-rab in the Bon hirearchy of Tibet. ^•^4 <q’g44 Ге-fes ishul-khrims one of the four saints (<?. Bon. 35).
1143 Ye-bger gtsug-phud n. of a predecessor of the founder of Bon religion (6?. Bon. 12). $’^’VP’ci Ye-san dkar-po 1. n. of a tribe in Tibet. 2. n. of a Bon deity. (J. Zan.). ^'3 Ye-su asserted to be a Chinese Buddhist teacher said to have been born in a miraculous manner: {Grub. 5, 2). yegs-pa rough, shaggy, hairy. u)C’U)C' yen-yen disposing things pro- perly, putting those of one size or kind together, those different separately, &c. (B^sn.). «fc’q yen-ica—gyen-wa. yed-po prov. for “<<ijS yag-po. «Ц yen amply, plentifully: V§5* food and exercise should be amply provided for (Ju.). yer-pa 1. n. of a place. 2. in raising one’s hand with the palm turned upward, us a gesture of offering {Mil.). Yer-pa lha-ri n. of a sacred mountain in Yerpa about ten miles from and to the east of Lhasa {J. Zan.): ^vqv^gspq Yer-par yan-phyag-phab he also visited Yerpa {A. 27). Yer-khen Yarkand; it is stated in the biography of the first Dalai Lama that the people of Yarkand had become his subjects. yer-wa l.=*fH*Wq not asleep. hthor-pa to sprinkle. yer-re or yer-re-wa pure, clear, genuine, unadulterated; §no- yer-re a pure blue; VPdkar-yer-na a pure white, in C. {Jd.). Yer-qon n. of a place in Khams {Lon. >, 19). UPfUjQJ yel-yel — mdans-yel-yel clear, light, bright, said to be equivalent to yel-hphyos=^’<%% yes-mas in eolloq. = ances- tors {Sch.). yo num. fig.: 144. Ф yo-ga rnal-hbyor systematic religious meditation; er yo-ga-pa—iffin an ascetic who practices meditation; yo-ga-ma — a female ascetie. yo-ga carya rnal-hbyor spyod-pa a system of Bud- dhist philosophy developed by Aryas- anga; also n. of a metaphysical work j (A. 66.) Yo-gur n. of a country (Bon. ch. 4). yo-tan the scarf presented as a token of one’s consent to any order or proposal or suggestion; the scarf of assent {Yig. 23). yo-wa adj. and sbst., aslant, sloping, awry, crooked; obliquity, slope, slant; the mouth crooked; 1. adj., awry 5^’4 yo-sron-wa or чдеа to make the crooked straight. 2. crafty distorted, perverted, deceitful; wrong inter- pretation, false judgement. 3. sbst.
*^1 1144 (Ja.). 2. often articles to buy a man of pro- crookedness, deceitful dealings. Also УУО- yo-byad !• <*5T; chattels, household furniture, necessaries ; less furnished ; necessaries of life; 95 requisites for sacrificing; to procure the needful articles to make preparations (Dzl.); ^’95’3’Q3q’q to be in want of the needful used for “ nyop-che” or for sale. 35 yo-byad-ldan perty. Syn. hbyor-pa-can; rdsa$-{dan ($поп.) yo-hbog n. of a medicinal tree the bark of which is taken as a decoction in fevers of all kinds. Sroit уо-1аЯ or ef. as used in (Risii.). yog for below, downstairs; the ground floor, cellar. yog-po or *5<| a 1. pole or stick for stirring the fire. 2. v. 4pfaf25. yoy-ryyat fl fniit for all classes; hbra$-bu yog-rgyal (Khrid. 97) . ’«$4 yog-ycin one that wets his bed (Sch.) ifc’q у oil-tea 1. to be patient, to be capable for, equal to, to suffice, etc. 2.= ^’4 hofi-ica. yon-tie colloq. = that will do, that is enough. ^’*5 yoti-chad appointed time and place of coining. yoti subst. yield, produce; 4*'if income; ^‘5$ yoti-deb account book in which is entered the income or receipts; ^ц’?5 yon^dud collection (of revenue) income, proceeds ; yofi-khul aj5’q5'5j4). yoti-§dud-pa collector of revenue: the collector according to the register of rent (AYw.). (D. $el. 7); yoti-rtsi$ register of income, book of receipts (Rtsii.). ft уоп-уе = £ч-ц\ adj. certainly, surely; defined as And as everywhere, in all, ever before, at all times. yofi$ all, whole, complete, entire: lord of all the black-haircd, ,c., of laymen; the palace in which all wish to meet. г^елгддч yoti$-dkri§ qf^fv [circum- ference]#. yoti$-$kyob (*w) copper (#. Lar.). yoti$-b$kor qfriq [a full circle]#. yofa-khul all together, every thing included, inclusive of all (Rtsii.). yon^kheb^ чгж [a roof, a cover]#. ftbM’gq yoti$-khyab [surrounded]#. yoti$-gati $nod [a full vessel]#. yofa-grub (for 4wg’jq) 1. qfr- perfected, accomplished ; the abso- lute, what is independant and complete in itself (Was. 202). 2. independence, self-sufficiency, one of the three laksana or characteristics of the deity or of Buddha
1145 according to the Yogacar ya school of Bud- dhists ; ^rg-^N-agjq-q the Sambhoga-kaya manifestation is sub- ject to other’s influence but the Dhar- makaya (the spiritual) is complete in itself (Л. 78). yofa-hdro darkness. yo^gcod [limit, begin- ning^. in the mystic language of the this word = ^’ng«rq; whilst yon$-gcod-hbyufi — л^дс/а, khyim-mthah — and ^'5^1 rtag-tu rnam-dag^w (К. ко. *1, 36). yofi§-hjom a term for л ba cow (Шоп.). yon$-hjo>n§ xjft’STH, 4f<V [an iron beam]®. yon^-rtog^ wMriw full con- sideration ; exhaustive inquiry, careful discussion on any subject; fully under- stood. yoft§-gduft ^14 [great heat, affliction]8. yofis-hdud spr met. a tree. yofa-hdus sa-rdol 1. n. of a celestial region said to be somewhere to the north where the five kinds of hdod-yan are detained (Bon. ch. 6). 2.= ?>., Kalpadruma the wishing tree of the gods its root being in the abodes of the Asura and its trunk hanging over the celestial regions so that the gods may enjoy its fruits. yofa-hbab n. жфч TTM essential spirit. yoй$-§Ьуог^hgrogs-pa friendship, company (Mnon.). yofis-bdsin designation given to the tutor or spiritual and philosophical instructor superintending the childhood of the highest incarnate lamas. Thus the instructor of the present Panclihen Lama of Tashi-lhunpo is styled: the Yong-dsin Lho-pa. yons-bzan-can 1. a term for •Q4!4 gug~pa juniper. 2. qrftarm (Mfton.) the tree of paradise growing on the lofty peaks of the Himalaya. fcJwjsrStaj yofts-zlum-mig lit. the round- eye, as met. the domestic fowl, the cock (Mfton.). yofts-su 1. adv. 4ft wholly, completely, altogether; imma- culate, fully purified, quite clean; to give up entirely; quite lost in perverseness. 2. generally, universally: ЯРЦГЯ vfa so he was universally famed; si^‘9]^’9‘S^5i,qVourdisciples of universal fame. Compounds :— yofi$-8u dkris ensnared, entangled, all round; yoft$-su bkag quhirtu wholly forbidden, stopped; yoftwu bkru$ well washed; Чмг yon^su bfkyaft rrfrouj completely stretched out [following]®.; yons- su $kor [completely surrounded]S. ; yofi$-su-$kyobs-pa wholly pro- tected, saved ; л yoft$-su $kyo-wa to repent sincerely, repentance, regret; yofa-su hgreft чпчшн [binding, counting]®.; yoft§-su gyur-pa qftniH wholly changed [ma- tured]®. ; yoft$-su mgu-wa uft- ahr to be very joyful; yofi$-su hgul-wa trfWf, to be very much moved [trembling, swimming about]®. 146
ifcsTS I 1146 3fcir?p4|wq yofi§-su hgeb$-pa uf<^K, 4fwx, q(44TV, to cover completely; yofi$sic hgeins HHtJUV [enlighten- ing] ®. yon$su hgog-pa tu stop completely, pull out, take away entirely [obstruction]S.; pra< yofi$-su rgol to dispute hotly, yons-su rgya§-pa uftTsjcf flooded];®.; yon$-su rgyiu} WOW [succession, regular series]®.; уопа-ш sgrogs-byed 4fk-^ [resound- ing]® ; *5^yons-w tegyur entirely changed. f/otf-sw btno-wa to make full prayer basing it on oues merit and faith ; yofa* s v gcod cut off entirely ; ?бслгдл£Д]Х1 yofi$-su hjug-pa to put in all; <Чслгд'пХЧ‘ч yofa-w brjod-pa to speak without reserve [abused]®.; 3$елг$ ^wq yon^u na ms-pa to lose all inherent strength : g the power of the (local) god is gone; yofis-su mncn- par byed-pa uRu^Tjfu to make very soft, pliable, smooth ; StfMvyqfifc’a yofi$-8u gtoil-wa [abandonment]®.; 3fc*T$*Jpq*rq yon$su г1од$-ра-=^'*^'**\ •чДГЯо«.) a wise man, one possessed of divine knowledge. yons-sti rtogs-pa las-byun-wa having arisen from quite reliable information of [attained to decision]®.; yofis-su thob trfr^rq [furniture, shaving]®. yofis-su bsnun thoroughly pricked [loosened]®. yofis-8u tbyin-pa to give, bestow freely, [devotion, exchange, deposit]®. ; a5^* yofi$-su mons wholly ob- * cured; perplexed. yons-su $mtn xrftQT^ lit. quite ripe [digestion]®.; yons-su dsogs-par the whole completed. yon$~su dag-pa abso- lute purification, the state of Nirva- na ; also, purification by righteousness, purity of one’s doctrine, the three perfect purities, viz : trvT4; чТЬот ч(к- ъцтч [pure meditation or prayer]®.; ^’a’ ajc^’^q'q qfnjf [correct insight]®. (7Г. d. \ 51). «jA^nj^ q yofa-su hdogs-pa f<4WPf to fasten well [distribution, gift]®. yoils-su hdvi 4fK44< [investi- gation, enquiry]®. yofa-su hdren — ^\ yons-su hdreu-pa 4fbrnj^ [a guide]®. yoiis-8u-spyod l. = 9Y<If!fal bran gyog servants, slaves, etc. 2. the honeymoon of a Brahman (Ittfion.). yofissn 8pyod-pa uf^Hhr, complete enjoyment, also (5Vq’$‘3*) show- ing respect or faith. yofi$-8ii rftcafi as met. = the lion. S уоЯ$-ы dfail-bya signifies one who makes gifts, lavishes alms on the poor and liberally assists the clergy (Шоп.) yon$-8u-$mod==**’%4'4 trfw< disrespectful, an infidel (Шоп.). уоА$-$и t8han-wa complete, full in all its parts, not fractional. Syn. kun-tu; ma-tshan- nied*, dun^bu-шт; mthah- dag (МЯои.). Чс.*г«рч]^'Ч yofi§-3U gsir-ua [to oppress]®.
1147 У°^ that exists, existing; matter, all that comes within cognition or perception. Syn. ^’5q {phi-grub} {phal-bya; ^‘3 $e§-bya ; chos-rnam^ (Mnon.). Чу^д yod-dgu an emphatical expression = everything, all matter without aught left out; matter, substance, all that exists, everything Syn. Ч5yod-do-cog; rnthah-dag (Mnon.). yod-ihan that existing; acc. to Sch. thoroughly clear; all that exists. ЧуХ'^Ч yod-do-cog—yod- tshod tham§-cad, as in ^ад’зуЧуХ'<И',2Г£^’ *3^ (Khrid. 21). yod-pa fHlTt, ^T, Wfa 1. to be, to exist; to be present anywhere. As Jd. points out, this vb. may be used always in place of although the latter mdy not always re-place Чуч which is more than the mere connective of tho attribute to the subjects. However 4y^ is in the full sense an auxiliary vb. as well as possessed of its substantive verbal use. where is he?— can not be hero employed; my hands are at leisure, I am unoccupied; яХ*ч**рЧ5 who is here? As an auxiliary with gerund: ^Г^’Ч^ he was eating; 2рф5)'Ч^ I am reading a book; ’^5 he has gone. The nega- tive form of Ч5 is £5: he is not at leisure. In the C. colloq. the interro- gative form is generally not 4YY4 but Чучч “yb-pe”; “di-ne gbmpa te tha’ rin-po yb-pe ” is that monastery far from hero? 2. to have, to be in possession of, to possess (any quality or piece of property); used with dat. of person having or owning: BY^’B’ а^’ЕгЧ^ you have many dogs; 4y^5 he has a crafty mind ; the king seems to have yet a great wish; ^•Й^'^Ч^’Й’^’Ч^’ч a maid-servant whom the queen had; in a like manner without a case: the knife which he had about (him); gY*‘qX*’3§’Y3*^Yq a well having depth of 19 fathoms; ^Y^’^fut. of 4y« shall or will have; the throne should also have a canopy ; 4y^v §Y4 to beget, produce, effect; З’Чу^’ 3^ g0t her to have a child. In C. ^Y4 is very commonly conjoined quite pleonas- tically to 4s in this sense: Q YW^’XY you have zeal for the work ; ^’«HTSY^S4“ na-la nyop-che yb-a-ma- re ” I have no things to sell. 4y^’^S yod-pa-nid existence (Cs.)} yod-min W3 [1. non- existence. 2. the plant Giiilandind]S.; Чу*Ц’^5 yod-min-md non-existence. Чу»*5 yod-med wftf, Hrfer being and not being. ^Y^Y^lpT^’ yod-med go-bzlog-$nafi optical illusion when one imagines one sees what is not existing, or the reverse. 4y^y4^ yod-tshod-yin there is probabi- lity of its being, existing; acc. to Jd. it has the semblance of being. yon (^*'?J'Sf5*) a present given to priests for religious services or as alms, w4^ a gift consisting of food; Чу priest and mendicant friars (Buddhists), to bestow a gift, to bring an offering; Чуядч*Х^ worth of a present; to present as a gift ; $уЧ^ a physician’s fee (Cs.).
4^51 1148 Syn. mchod-pa ; diV4 brnan-pa ; me-tog. (Alnon.) + yon-khar-da^^S^^» profane, not very pure, not holy. aj.y З'чщгч yon-gt/i-fftia$-pa^\^ ibytn-fttag or «W’l’i*’ an officer or sacrificor (J/non.). Syn. 4Y^^’A55’qq yon-sog hgyed- pa hi min : briin$-pa ; bkram-pa; ne-war-hgyed; hgrem$-pa; gton-wa ; 1V4 §byin-pa ; 5Yq byin-pa (Mnon.). 3}^’qg q уоп-Ь&ю^а = Ф'ЦК^*\ (Mnon.); 3ц Qg ч ^qoiqgq (J. 80). j^r^rer (A. 155) tho prayer that ono who о (Tors makes that by the virtue of his gifts ho may gain tho position of a Bodhisattva. ^,<iq yon-cha b oblation, water that is daily ottered in a set of five, seven, or nino small brass cups to Buddhas, saints, and gods. ^Y^Vl yon-bdag ггантя 1. a priest who performs a sacrifice. 2. a householder who employs priests to perform sacrifices. yon-tan тта, ^4; ^Y good quality, excellence; taste, effect, virtue, valuable properties, <v/., tho virtues of plants ; also accomplish- ments, attainments: ^Y5Y?iq’q yon-tan slob-pa to learn something useful; property, quality, in gen., e.g., tho different tastes and effects of medicines ; also mystic or fantastic properties (Glr.). ЗЦ‘Mi’5Y?(4 yon-tan kun-ldan one possessed of all sorts of accom- plishments ; ^q^Y5Y3Y?Y5l he who is learned and is possessed of all accomplishments is peaceful, disciplined, and free from boasting. (Leg.) ; ^YW’3 yon-tan rgya- mtsho ТрГПГтп the ocean of talonts, the most talented, an epithet of Buddha (M. Y); ^YH^ yon-tan can f^rq learned, wise, talented; *4yH**5 yon-tan med Ягит, not talented; ^YM’^YM’ *5’3**’q n. of a Bodhisattva. (К. ко. 437). ^YSY^*1 yon-tan-$e§ talented, one who has useful khowlodge. yon-po 1. v. yo-ua (Ja.). 2. =5jt q-ftsj-q dran-po min-pa also hkhyog-pa crooked, not straight (Zam. 11). Syn. &Y25 kyog-po; ^YSfa ymi-kyog; geu-tco; й^с/q mi-drafi-wa; hchu^-pa ; gva $gyur-wa ; hkhyog-po ; kyag-kyog. (Mfion.). efa уо6 = *ч hob 1. (^5’^4 sgohi-yob) the stops at the threshold. 2. stirrup ; Чч’ instep of the foot. 3fa’5’*jc’q’qjq| riding on saddle-horse, lit. putting the feet into tho stirrups (Hbrom. 30); yob-thag stirrup-leather ; the foot- ing. 3. trench, ditch. yob-})a, v. 4|3jq-q gyob-gia. ifcrSjq yoi-vo6=*l^t> the foot (Xi;.). yom-pa vb. to swing, totter, tremble, to be unsteady, swinging, etc.; the swinging; adj. yom-po. adv. yom-yom rolling, swinging* Yohu-chafi n. of one of the Emperors of China (Grub. 4, 15). 1/or-po, or also shaking, tottering, trembling; a^80 oblique, slanting, in C.
| 1149 4|«IC' | yor-pn=X«'3 hom-bu a species of tamarisk (in mystic talk) (Min. rda. 4). yol n. of a place in Tibet: s«i (A. 103) (Deb. % 19). *fa’^ yol-go or a cup or vessel of precious stone or metal (Yig?). Ace. to Schtr.' earthenware, crockery; VI’'‘'fa china-ware, porcelain, frq.; cup, bowl, 'fa,§f yol-sgo—^^ ’^. yol-wa I: ^cTTHt, sbst. curtain : fl yol-was hbrel-wa to stretch a curtain over; fa fl Syq to draw a curtain; fa'fl'qX\ fl to close the curtain (of a door) ; ‘fa silk-curtain; wfa calico-curtain; if fa §go-yol door- curtain. II: vb. 1. to have past, be done : 35'fa mid-day is past; Spvfa'^fc' srod-yol soft the evening has past; V<'3Vfa’fl has g>ue by midnight, tho sun is nearly down, has nearly set; °*‘fa л the sun has passed over the hill- top ; ^«’wfa'q to be past, of time, youth, etc. ; •‘wfa'flsi wind and rain setting in and ceasing at the proper time. 2. alsoss^fa’fl gyol-wa in C. yos parched corn, mostly barley and wheat; vprfa parched rice- yos-hthag — ^»^^^ or parched barley, rice or when? made into Hour: *4(A. 119/. Syn. rnos-pa ; bcad-pa ; fa'fl^J yos-bkra ; mrdses hi рта-сан (Mnon.). <Sfa or fa’$ yos-би = the rabbit or hare, hut is found so used only in the calendar or in astronomical calculations : 5^5’3 ’qWfljv^X t ’ 45 he visited Rdorje gdam in the second month of the spring of the hare-у ear (A. 93). (^’« ^ tsa-ma-ra) the Tibetan yak, Dos granniens ; is very abundant throughout Tibet, especially iu the north-east, but does not seem to pene- trate further north than the Akka Tagh range or the Koko-nor region. In Tibet, the male is called 4^4 gyag and the female яд'35 hbri-mo ; (sometimes called 4^4’ ^5) uncastrated yak-bull which is very wild and fierce ; 4^4’45 orQ§^’ wild-yak; 4^4’5 horn of a yak; 4^4'X4fa a long- haired shaggy yak. 4^4’^ sbst. the tail of the yak : (idiomatically) to preserve one’s morals as the yak takes care of its tail (A. 150) ; hence 4«w|’£’fl to carefully preserve. 4U44’< Gyag-sde n. of a place in the district of 'I # sne-mo gyag-sde- pdson (Rtsii.). 4C44^5 gyag-rmed (5*^4 Л55)? (Dlo-$byon. 7). gyan 1. ; syn. 5qQi dpal; 3 phyica. 2. happiness, blessing, prospe- rity : 4^*4^ blessing comes (from), growth of prosperity ; 4^*^ prosperity vanishes; gyaft-skyob, 4^ *^54^ sacrifices and other ceremonies to secure pros- perity ; gyan-khan a house fur- nished with rich furniture, precious things, and equipped with all accompaniments of prosperity ; 4^’^’fl gyan-sgro-iva or a chest containing treasures ; 4^*5^ gyan- dar kind of white scarf indicative of pros- perity, wealth, and long life : 4uK‘5Vftfr 54^’4?4 (Rtsii.). 3. gulf, abyss. + qj^ l' fl gyan-skyo-wa immodest beha- viour, shameless conduct,co-hdri- wa ; also, to slight.
1150 f ярд/gyaft-dkar as met. a sheep. Syn. lug; яр£/Я gtjaft-пю; Lal-ldan. (jyMon.) gyafi-khug the bag in which aus- picious articles (нц^П^) are kept. «p*’g$ gyaH-^r«Au = q|^‘| jade: VF if it is white the jade is called yang-du (Jfy. Id). яр^’ч gyan-wa [a cow’s foot or hoof]#. ярс/$я gyaft-buni or ^д.-^-§*дяч the auspicious pot in which sacred gold ornaments, gold coins, and other precious things are kept. It is generally consecrated by a lama with spells sacred to the god of wealth (Dsambhala) and the goddess ; the top of this pot being covered with a kind of silk scarf containing figures of the Dorje : «p^ ргг15Ч]Ч’а]Зя| (Rtsii.). чр^’Х gyan-tshc for *p^‘ gyafx and ил ч1^ дуаЛ-gJri 1. an orgie in Tantrik mysticism for which a stuffed human skin is said to be required (Дйн.). 2. tho whole skin of an antelope on which religious men sit; acc. to Jd. a skin couch, also a covering in general. чрдЛд* gyan-rofi a precipice descending into a deep ravine (Yig. 67). чр*gyaA-lug tho effigy of a sheep mode of butter used at religious ceremony of gyan~$grub ‘the calling in of blessings.’ чрд'^чр gyan-lug§ a mantle; skin of an animal used for clothing. ярд’^5'£дGyafi-$od Ьоп-ra n. of a place in Kham (Lon. 28.) чрд/ч gyaft-sa чцга [a deep cavern, a precipice]#. high as you stand, so deep is the gulf, чрд/ч’чиг gyaft-за la$ hdsm-pa to snateh from the abyss, to save (Thgy.); ^‘Sj’ чрдчгр* this only runs into rocky precipices (A. K. 2-62). чр^ gyaft-lha a deity of the Shamans dispensing happiness (Sch.). np^q gyan-pa a cutaneous eruption akin to itch, which is said to invade any part of tho body and to be combined with a copious discharge of matter; acc. to Jd. hereditary and not contagious: чруч-дчр-я^'ч’р-п1 YO* if the pyati-pa orup- tion is scratched there is a little sensation of relief but if indeed there was no itching there would be happiness. So worldly happiness is a temporary relief but happier still would one be without itching desires. gyab-pa^ pf. gyabs, 1. to signal, to beckon : я^г^-ярч-ч to signal for calling one ; oiq* чччрач (flag.), waved the hand (to call somebody). 2. projection of a roof, pc/qr^spq projection of roof where birds take shelter; дч|*чра a piece of rock projecting under which people take shelter from rain; w^v^spq sheltering tent. 3. fan : vta’qpo the swinging fan; ярг? V silk fan. gyab-mo sbst. a call by signal from the hand or by the waving of a scarf. ЧЦЧ*! gyam=®fr shar; чр$г^ч|=^-«1 « (?) q|W4 gya>n-pa slab of stone, roof- slate, for чр^’дд* gyah-$pan. дуаЬ ??ггрт^т rust, §чрчря oxide of iron; эЗД’Э’чрч oxide o£ copper, verdi- gris. qpv^qp freed from rust; to clear, polish, e.g., a mirror.
1151 gyah-kyi-ma a small high-alpine Saussurea, the flower of which plant is an antibilious medicine. gyah-thig 1. a line drawn on a slate with a lead-pencil (Ja.). 2. a slate-pencil or lead-pencil, also дуак- smytig. 3. bolt or bar: gyah- rgyab-pa to bolt, to bar; gyah- phye-wa to unbolt, unbar. gyah-hdrul-ua to be mouldy, to get rusty, to get covered with foul ex- traneous matter {Sch.). gyah-§paft 1. slate. 2. oil of vitriol; in C. verdigris. gyah-span-skyes one of the generic names of the Sakya-pa hier- archs {Lon. >, 80). qjujQ/q gyah-ua to shudder, to itch; also defined as itching of the skin; scratching the body for relief (Ул-sc/. £8); gyah-sgog itching in the body; itching in the arm-pit, &c. gyah-pa rusty (Ja.). Gyah-bzan n. of a place in Tibet (Lotf. % 5). Gyah-bzaft khri-dpon n. of one of the Governors of Tibet under the hierarchy of Бдго-тдоп Hphags-pa of Sakya {Loft. R, 13). gyah-rug-pa=a medicinal herb, Picrorhiza (mystic) {Min. rda.). gyah-qin the maple. Syn. QVT45 bdag-$bad, mi-gsal* a-dhya-nda*, $kyes-ma ; «tow rab-tu char hbeb§-ma; draft-sroft brjod\ 3’0* qim-bi-rtse* (firpsr- w^r); nags-kyi mi-hdpa {Mfton.). gyar=F gdoft and mdun, i.e., mouth, face and front. = human body, person. gyar-kham§==$FW or body, person. + gyar-kkral—^ Re- gain or 59 dpya {Mfton.) tax, revenue, rent, but generally capitation tax. tb gyar-dam sometimes in- correctly written for to avow, promise, undertake. Syn. dam-bcas-pa; рад’дзд’ч khas-blans-pa. gyar-hdren-pa= §Y spyan- hdren-pa to invite, to call one to one’s place. 1. anything borrowed, taken as a loan, a loan: this is a loan of the four (cons- tituent) elements {ffbrom. F, 108). 2. credit for what has been lent or advanced. qjuiVS gyar-ica to borrow, to hire : having borrowed a lamp in the castle; to hire night- quarters ; tenant, lodger; ^^’§5'ч=4|^’а. fiC4|ui4 step-father, step-mother, adopted child {Jd.). dyar-mo thaft-pa n. of a medi- cinal flower: {Med.). + gyar-tsha:^'^ shame, bashful* ness. + gyar-len=zfiw<&\ promise. + cpw'y* gyat-lam front-side or before one’s presence. 2. rmi* lam dream {^ d. Q, 197). yyal fqojnr yawniag> gaPW-
1152 gyas-pa the right hand or side, ^Я -q^w* the right hand ; Я^Ч on the right (hand), $ to the right, яи,м’^ from the right; ^Я the right eye ; °1Я Я^я the right baud ; Я^З4!*1 '^gya#-phyog$-la to or on the right-hand side; '^Я*1'4 id. ; Я^’Я^ right and loft; Я^я я^'3»’? Q to look all round to tho right and tho left. One of the two provinces into which Tsang anciently was divided is Я^я5 the right-hand division, the other is Я^’5 the left side division or banner (Lon. % ^). Яи,*гчУк’*Г Ч^Яa sitting posture in which the right leg is stretched forth 3*TSV s^qN /.). Я’4*’’ gyas-khag gyou-dkrit one hiding or covering the fault of another, one defending another. <J]^*rqSq gyas-hkhyil, invariably reverting to the right sido (coiling to the right-hand side; as conch shell with rings) revolting to the right hand side. я^’^УЯ^^Я gya$-leu gyon-hjog lit. taking by the right hand what the left given or places into it, m., to re-arrange papers, records, etc., also furniture. ?Тя я^ ^’Я^¥Ц^Я'ЯМ’ gen. to present or to help a person with things taken as a loan or on credit from another party (S^t7.). я^ dbyi the Tibetan lynx; Я^’6^’ gyl-spyafi lynx and wolf, Я^’^’ Я’^’Я^А’ЗГthe flesh of lynx cures d’scase caused by evil spirits : я^’ 1*’^, й^’а^ two sacerdotal cloaks, four skins of lynx and wolf, and four bucklers (A. 101). Я^я^’4 gyigs-pa sbst. eructation; also as vb. to belch, eructate: я^’*’гч’ ^Я*’’5^Т’ ¥гЯ^Я*г^41 to eructate from eating capsicum, etc. (Nag.). Я^>^ gyid-$tou [I. a subordi- nate feeling. 2. a secondary flavour]®. Ladak and W. Tibet turquoise. Syn. po-ro-dsa ; ^Y^YJ^*2* Hn-c^en rgyal-po; rdo-yt rgyal-po (Mnon.). The finest tur- quoise are obtained from a mine in the neighbourhood of the Gafi$~can mountains of Ngari Khorsum. Those of inferior quality come from India and elsewhere. There are asserted to be at least five varie- ties of this precious stone called ^‘Я^Л’ Я’О^’, Я^’5ЛЯ\ Я^’З ^'Я^, «nd ЯЗ’^Yl4 (Loft. % J). Я^'Г gyu-kha the turquoise colour; Я?ГГ,'8Я*,Т*Я^Я'ГЧ'3*‘ 3я Я turquoise-colour, iron-colour, sky- colour and saffron-colour (Yig. 20). *^Y Я^ tho front turquois in tho head-dress of females; З ЯЧ little turquois-stones; ЯЧ* frq. for Я^’^АЯ turquois-bluo ; Я*3 a glacial-lake, a blue glittering lake. ЯТ дои-£бэт7-мш=ЯЧ‘19 gyu-khra spotted turquoise: Я^’$ П^ЯТ^^’ЯЧ^’Я^Я14 (Rtsii.). ЯЗ‘Хя’у Gyu-thog-pa n. of an ancient noble family in Tibet from which one of the four state ministers or Shape are gene- rally selected by the Government of Lhasa. Their palace stands near the ЯТ^Я’-’*’4 Gyu-thog zani-pa a bridge in Lhasa. Я’З’^ЯGyu-thog yon- tan тдоп-]ю n. of a celebrated physician and author of medical works who flourished during the reign of king TM-iroft d hu- btsau. He is said to have thrice visited Magadha from Tibet in order to study Sanskrit medicinal works at Nalanda. A block-print biography of this worthy con- sisting of 149 leaves exists in the Govern- ment library at Lhasa in whieh work it is stated that he lived to the age of 125 years.
I 1153 WI It is also mentioned that the gods and demons presented him with an immense quantity of turquoises and other precious stones heaping them on the roof of his house, hence he was called by the name of «RJ’W4- g^y^-drug snon-mo—*^ hbrug the dragon symbolical of the thun- der ; and hence signifying thunder: *3^* I G yu-drug-stod n. of a place in the district of Nyang in the province of Tsaug {Dub. % 33'). gyu-ldan vegetable incense of tho colour of turquoise {Rtsii.). *14£у«-^нг=ТГй gyu-khra : 54* KT {A. 12). gyu~byil=^ gyu aud §'$ byu-ru turquoise and coral. 44^ Gyu-mtsho one of the names by which lake Yamdok is known in Tibet {J. Zan.). gyu-nulsod snon-mo in of a demon {sa-bday) who presides over time to make it auspicious or inauspicious. ЧЧ gyu-run for gyun-drun. gyu-lo 1. an epithet of a disciple of Gtpn-rab who was a counterpart of Maud- galyayana {Bon.). 2. turquoise leaf; gyu-lo bkod-pahi bday-mo an epithet of the goddess Dolma {Yig. k. 61); ci5gyu-la bkod-pahi shin the celestial mansion of the goddess Dolma (Уф. к. 61). ЧЭТ4 gyug-pa in lay-pa gyug-pa for lay-pa dbyug-pa to flourish or brandish the hand. w rndso-gyun 1. the cross between cow and yak. 2. n. of a place in Tibet {Deb. % 22). th0 Sanskrit Svastika or Tibetan the mystic cross 4» “ is only a monogrammatic symbol formed by the combination of the two (Pali) syllables [—I sit, and p|J ti= svasti, which term is a compound of sit, u well ” and asti, “it is ” meaning “ it is (fatalistic) well ” or (< so be it, ” implying complete resignation under all circum- stances, not the meek resignation of the Christian bowing to the chastening of the Almighty.” (Cunningham’s Bilsa Topes.) Latterly it is thought that the swastika or derived its shape from ф the sun and thus may be connected with sun- worship. If that is so, the would help to explain the perambulation of holy objects of the Bonpos which leaves the honoured object to the left not as with the Buddhists to the right. The Buddhists seem to believe that the sun moves round the top of Sumeru leaving it to the right. But in that case the shape of tho <№ must originally have been reversed in form. This sign is used by the Bonpo in the place of the Buddhist Vajra {Rdorje): they found the swastika cross on the lake Manasarowara {Zam. !j). gyun-drun hkyil-wa=^'t$A%' king’s palace {Mnon2). gyun- dritn-dyon Buddhist monastery, Lama Yurru in Ladak {Cann.); gyan^ drun~can wicM an epithet of Vishnu {Mnon.). gyun-druA-ltitn bt}ags n. of a Bon religious work on con- fession ; its Buddhist counterpart being 146
1154 byan-chub Itun- bpigs gyun-drun-pa the follower of tho Gyuft-drufi or Bon religion. Gyun-druft tshul-khrim^ n. of a Bon sage (G. Bon. J5). gyun-dmift sem$-dpah the counterpart of a Bodhisattva in the Bon religion (G. Bon.). + or gyun-pho i& Lex.) alow caste people of India. 4]^’q дуип-гьа~*^'HS 4 phyir-phud- pa 1. to outcaste; to cast out. 2. one of very ugly and repulsivo appearance, a cadaverous-looking person. 3. ace. to Jd. tame, opp. to 5^’4 rgod-pa wild. gyun-mo, 1. a woman of the lowest caste in India. 2. ace. to (S. L*>x.) and to Jd. wfiw a libidinous woman. pyw-or sleep, slum- ber. 2. v. ^’4 gyul-ica (Jd.). W’a gyur-zu or ч gyur-za-ica fnHK, 34 [dependence, supportJS.; a tree bent under the weight of its flowers or fruits (Rtsii. 17). gyul-ica or 4Rie,’rr§5’q to- fight, make battle; also 4^ gyul as subst. 4щп, xnr, battle, fight, war; to dress in coat of mail, to be in full armour. '^3S’q gyul- hgyed-pa to give battle, 4^’3 ngyul-gyi sa-gshi 3^14 a battle field. gyul-no рц, wrf^r a battle, fight; acc. to Jd. an army facing the enemy and ready for battle ; ТЧ- & ч the eldest of the Pagdava brothers, one fearless and sturdy in fight, a hero (Ж”Оп-); 4^'q’* 2^' 9^4 or 44^’84^ to g° to battle; oRjq-25;^ gyuMor son [skilful in making war, a hero in battle]^. qthe different kinds of war cry: ’Я glafi-pohi dpah- §gra; hbru-inafi~P°; qin-rtahi b$kyod-fug$; §1’3’8 fpvz; rta-tgra gsan-mtho htsher-wa; w a-kail §kye§-bnhi d^eg^gra ; g hkhrug-rna pa-ta ha-yi§gra; .яз’Йгс/Х'раЧЙ zab-mohi na-ro kha-glin $gra; ^q'^q’q'^’OgS'^'g Ihab-lhab- pa dan-b$kyod-pahi-§gra mar-mar $gra; gpi’X^SS'jpo^rq glag-cor-ca-tcohi- sgra-hdre^-pa (Mnon.). 44*’S3 4 {pjul-dkrug, occurs in ^^*S7l4 qS‘Ap«;’2J gyul-dkrug pahi hkhor-lo (Gyu. 10). gyul b^krad-pahi-hkhor-lo (Gyu. 10). qppi'Fgyul-kha <337 r, 1. a thresh- ing-floor. 2.=4^*Q4q war, a battle. ^B4q gyul-hkhrug-pa disorder, an up-rising in a country. ^q £jc/(«igS) gyuHhan a threshing floor [a multitude of threshing floors; the plant Anthcricum tuberasum\S. gyul-du hdsin as met.=a knife or sword. <iRpi*YqtS gynl-na brjidzz^'^ dpah-ico a hero, a champion (Mfton.). GRpi'ijS,q gyul-$prod-pa to do battle, to fight, strive, struggle. S^m. QE4 q hkhrug-pa; hdsin-wa; '<q4w’q gipd-ggom-pa ; rgot-ica; ^4' hthab-rtsod; mnon-par nid; ^ц]’ц|^5 rdeg-gsod; hkhrug-lon; f4* esq’q kha-hthab-pa; $yul-hgyed~ pa ; яча’Ч hthab-pa (Mnon.) 4^’QJIl’q &yul-bzlog-pa to avert war, also, to rout an enemy, to make the
П55 ^1 enemy run away or retire: ч|д«1’ч|рЧ’чц’ a wheel which can subdue an enemy and bring victory (Gyu. 10). <у»рг«гс gyul-la$=fy\<w ston-las (Nag.), gyul-bsrun a sentinel or mili- tary sentry, watch-guard: ^’5 (Gyu. 10). gyen-wa 1. fqirq, to swing, waft, to flow, agitate, te move a thing softly to and fro: moved by tho waves to and fro.; to flow over a country, with floods or hostile armies, etc. (JZa.); to turn over books. 2. (^'§'5) to agitate the mind, to turn off the attention, to disturb the mind; the king looking away, directing his attention to something else; the soul is disturbed by the devil; undisturbed, attentive; or to be quite attentive, not to be disturbed by any thing, inexcitable, a character in which Buddha excels and which all must strive to attain to. 3. sbst. as diversion, pleasure, recreation; jest, joke: these are no falsehoods spoken in jest (JZi7.). gyens-byed f^fz fig. a pig. 4}^ gyen 1. gyen-slyor-ica to caluminate. 2. n. of a royal family: Gyen-sans phya-la hthen a son of king Bala san§-gyen-la hthen (G. Bon. 23). q|$W ’Ц дует-pa or 1. hdod-log or forni- cation, incest, adultery. gyem- byed-pa to commit adultery, fornication. 2. false dealings, acting wrongfully. 4|«K’p gyer-kka or^'H'^I^'l4'51 dril- bu gyer-kha-ma small bell attached to a Lhasa lap-dog as an oma gyer-snom-pa cp^t [weary, ggyer-pa — ^^'^ gyer-wa the neck of ment. drowsy]/S. [in the manner of a proud king]S. (А. K. 1-32). + gyer-po an expert, one who is well versed in any subject. Acc. to Jd. adj. wise, prudent, circumspect. Syn. Tnkhas-na$; mkhas- pa; grims-pa. gyer-wa 1. v. gyel-гса. 2. passion, misbehaviour: (Tty. 48). Ч|^-ЛЧ| man- gy el-can light, luminous body or space. gyer-ma guinea pepper, Capsicum. Gyer-mo-than n. of a place in Kham (Ya-sel. 17). gyer-gin-pa n. of a medicinal plant: 4]^^! gyel slumber- ing : indolence. 2. n. of a place in Kongpo (Deb. <4, 45). hdod-pa gcig an urgent wish; a passion. Ч|ф]’С| gy el-ка 1. to be idle, lazy, slothful; qpto’q’&vincessantly, continu- ally, busily. 2. in to forget. qptw gyel-ma=*fy№ hphyon-ma a harlot, prostitute (Mnon.). gyo or ^’g gyo-sgyU) also gyo-$kyU) craft, cunning, deceit (Jd.);
। 1156 q’fai gt/o-bkol id.: «]«J' а^оГ^ч-^'чц'Я'в^а]'^ (K/irid. !t5). T^B*4 gyo-khram = Я^'|'^С'‘Й^ gyo-sgyu-dan khrun1 both dce -it and cunning. ггргч^ц gyo-hgul quaking, tremblings shivering Я^'«дтЦ ч gyo-hgul chen-po great quaking. Syn. Я^ gyo-shift' hgul; ¥Я hdar-shin-ldeg; yom-yom; ^Я'^Я fig-fiy ; ?Ц sig-sig ; yons-su-hgul; *35]N hkhrwjf, кип-tu-hkhrugs Mm дуо-can VH, 113, 4»TT3f, crafty, deceitful; a deceiver, cheat : Я^ й u^q^ $ шь й iKdsa. , Syn. S?‘§5 dye-hy(d; H«’§S khram-byi 4; S§V§S dhyt n-hycd\ | pg у н-can \ Я§Я^* gcugs-mkhan\ ph га-та-1 yid; Я’ §S s/u-hyel] ^'чрнгч lj\-gnis-pa\ 3?*'5^ yya-gyu-can ; ina-runs-pa ; Sgyu-ma-inkhan ; Я^ |gya-pgyu-tan (Mnon.). Я^ ?3) gyo-thon^^ci'?yq what is found in excels (/Jfsii.) ; also as vb. я^^'а to be in ex ‘ess, to exceed ; = ’fc’n or ° йога hphct- ica excess. Я^’^ gyo-ldaii 1. = Я^^. 2. a hill- streain, a stream. 3. met. a woman (Mnon.). Я^"^5 gyo-snod a cooking pot or vessel. Syn. S q phra-ica; rd.sa-ma; Ря « khog-pa\ й‘г^ mi-tha-ra (Mnon.). ЧрГЗ gyo-iea,p f. Я^^ ^yos=^‘^Y4 1. to move, to remove; to wave, waver, to be unsteady. й-qpi-q mi-gyo-wa not moving, not agitated, as met. = a moun- tain. Я^ ‘^Я’^gyo-wahimig-can M rgV, a woman with rolling eyes; Я^‘^5’4 gyo- med-pa unmoved, steady. 2. sbst. moveableness, mobility: «к/^/дрЧчз^ yan-shin gyo-wa-nid being of light or easy mobility. ^q'^ gyo-wa-can hdod- pas drogs-pa) an elephant that is mad for coupling (ДГяон.) ^•qq gyo-wa-pa [defeat; in- tercourse ]& gyo-tcahi ^don-po=^'\^' §pos-dkar-(pn the Sal tree the gum of which is used as incense (ЛГлого) gyo^bytd 1. that moves or quakes fig. = $^’ rhift tho wind (SLnoiii). 2. the crow. = rlun-lha the god of wind (Mfion.}. 3. Я^'§5’4 gyo- by>d-pa to cheat, to deceive ; also one who cheats: я^Э^’Т^'Я*I ЯЦ,¥ГЯ^‘§Л*’ ^Я ‘ч (A\ d. % 145). Я^‘^5 gyo-ihcd 1. honest, without deceit or cunning (МГюп.). 2. f’SK, ч?, immoveable, constant, unvarying, film : Я^'^YSI*gyo-tnedglun-rdsi lit. the firm cow-herd, an epithet of Vishpu (Шот). Syn. 5Я'4 rtag-pa ; brtan-pa] Srs^'q mi-hgyitr-tca ; mi-shiy; й ^ mi-gyo ; Я^54'^5 gshom-mcd (Mnon.). Я^'Й дуо-то a low woman. -ru one of the two early divi- sions of tho province of U: Я^’5’^п (Lofi. % 4). Ч]^Ч] gyoy or gyog-po 1. service, work q-q-q44|’^5=^,Qi,w^,^5 I have work, I have business, I am busy; й^^аЦ^'ч to serve, be in men’s sendee, to obey. 2. = man-servant ; Я^Я master and senrant, master and attendants ; ^ГЯ^Я service at sick-bed, a nurse, one that attends sick persons; Я^Я’ 3*5^*ц^-4|й54|^1: -y^q] servant, servant’s
1157 servant, and the servant again of the latter. one who is bound to serve till his death, a life-servant; и-З’^мн'З’Я^Я’2* a slave whose son and grandson are bound to serve. qgKjrqS’spfa]attendants and retinue who have been kindly protected (Rdsa, 19); iM’S ffyog-gla fwi pay, salary, wages; Я^Я'3^’^ gyog-nan-zan a house-servant, a servant who gets his food and wages or at least the former from his master’s house; ир^др^Я^ gyog-rigs those in service = ^'*^4 officials. &yog~pa, pf. Я^Я*1 gyogs 1.— g’orq^q’q (Mnon.) to cover, to strew over or upon: 5'Я^’^’Я^Я’4 to cover a child with a garment; ячрг^’я^я'4 to cover one’s head with a pot (Glr.) ; also ч to cover the pot’s mouth with a wire-grate (Glr.) ; spvqsprq’ the external cutaneous covering (in the embryo) (Jd).; the hill-tops were covered with snow (Mil.). 2. to pour out or off. Я^Я^ gyogs=Fq^ a cover (Mnon.) ; cover, covering ; я^’Ч|Чч|Н covering for the head, cap ; also fig. for self-delusion, self-deception (Mil.); ^’Я^, ^Я^Я* upper-garment, mantle; $15*Я^Я^ lower garments, breeches; Я^Я*1’gyogs-can anything covered, having a cover; gyogs-ma, dress, covering (Mnon.). ’P’S gyod in C. the large intestine (Ja.). gyon наг the left hand or side ; Я^3» on the left, to the left; towards the left; Я^’^Я^’3!^ from the left side; Я^’4^’ or Я^’^’Я’^Я’?^ sajraW a sitting posture the left leg stretched forth; it has been described as : ?}'^’§Я' (Kz-seZ.). Я^’Н Qyon-gyi lha цтн^г La sage, author of the fourth Mandala of the Big- voda]& gyon-can l. = s «i a cat. 2. = ^5 a demon, devil (Mnon.). 3. Я^’*Ч crafty, perh. also fornicator. + 4I^Y3’q gyon-spyo-wa~ Я^*54 gyon-nia 1. the left hand (JaJ 2. a woman: a woman who is possessed of seductive virtues; чр^’^Я’* gyon-mig-ma a term for a handsome woman (Mnon.); a woman of captivating looks. чрЧарцл gyon-lam=w^*\ bad road or path; also bad behaviour (Mnon.). pf. gyobs to move about, to swing, flutter: ^'ч’Я^'ч to flutter the wings ; Я^Я’Я^4’4 to strike out with the arms and legs. gyob-bytd— 3'3 gru-skya (Mnon.) 1. an oar. 2. a fan, tho fan of yak-tail to drive away flies. qpXfar^q] gyom-thog described as (Rtsii.) any structure with step-like plinth, steps one above another of an altar. Я^ ^or-=§^P‘§S [1. a heap, 2. a crooked device] £ qpk’3 gyor-che colloq. a good deal, great quantity: РЯ‘ (F^.); gyor- ma-gzOi colloq. a great many, very many; cognate expressions for which are :— я^я’ч^ан'^ (Rtsii2); Ж f q|^V*rq^q$r ^4^ (JJ у>1. 11). qpfc’q Gyor-po n. of a place between Ta-nang and Dol-phyi and Dal-ngan in Lho-kha.
1158 gjor-wa [1. v. 2. v. ojuu> -q. 3. v. 4*] Jd. gyor-лю 0**к-у* dar-po-ehe) 1. a sail. 2. rgya- mt*hohi-gyor a wave, billow. gyor-yol a sail; 4|4v2|c; gyor-^in a boom or mast. HjSfa’q gyol~wa v. ^4’4 yol-wa. gyo$ 1: 1. prov. for in circumambulation from left to right so that the right side is towards the person or object that is reverentially to be saluted (Ja.). 2. v. *1*1'4. II: Цо bco$-pa) cooking food; *|^’§5'4 to cook: *]$*! pitching two felt-tents, in the white one (he) kept the remains, while in the black tent they cooked their food and slept one night (Я. 120,). gyo$-khan kitchen, cooking house, the place where the food for the general body of monks is cooked; dgc-^lon spyihi me-khaii (tfag. GO); also *|^’|ч*с or *4'afc’ (Шоп.). *|*W’*4 thab-ka, also *|*i*r^ gyo$-sa a hearth ; *|*i<r|k pyoMfy/or utensils, <§fc., necessaries for the kifchcn: *j4*rgvuK-vi]’.3p< gyo&-byor yaA- $dag-fe$ (Jig, 26).
га 1» is the|twenty-fifth letter of the Tibetan alphabet and is always pro- nounced rather strongly. 2. num. fig.: 25. II: in Budh. 4 demonstrates the state of all matter as being fine as an atom or even more inconceivable than an atom (K. d. Ж); in Tantrikism it repre- sents a state which is free from rkyen (co-ordinate influence) (K. g. % 4^); in mysticism a widow or one who is without a husband (K. g. f4, 179). \ III: a goat; Ч’Й ra-mo a she-goat; goat and sheep fold ; v ra-kyal bag made of goat’s skin, ra- rtsab-mo (mystic) (Min. rda. Jj). rtf-s£y(?§ a gelded he-goat; ra- gu or colloq. ^’3 ri-gu a young goat, kid ; ^5 ra-rgod wild goat; ^*§*1 ra-thug he- goat ; ra-ther serge or shawl made in Tibet with the fine wool called В khu-lu growing next to the skin of the Tibetan goat: (Jig. 23). thick serge made of goat’s hair ; ra-lpags goat’s skin, kid leather; vg rahi-spu goat hair; ra-pho a gelded he-goat; 4’^*1 ra-slog a coat with goat’s skin lining; ra-lug smaller cattle, i.e., goat and sheep—in enumera- tions of domestic cattle the or goat always precedes the В'Ч or sheep, ra-$a goat’s flesh, goat-mutton. Syn. 3’^ tshe-tshe; ag-tshar; wsp ag-tshom-ean ; VRgs: wa-hphyaft; X dri-hdsin*, §kye$~sgra can (Mnon.). Raksa-sprul the apparitional Raksa goblin, an epithet of the Tantrik god the red Hayagriba (Bon.). ra-gan, in comp. rag, brass : ra-gan-gyi bum-pa brass vessel: the rust of brass cures eye disease (Med.). Syn. ^’4 ri-ri ga; dri-med; gser-can; rtsibs-brisibs; ^3’$ bshu-Ьуа (Mnon.). ra-gur=^ an enclosure with rail, wall or fencing; rdo-rje ra-gur an enclosure made with walls or pillars having Dorje figures on them (Yig.)—the monastery of Sam-ye has such an enclo- sure around it. ra-rgyab-pa (more properly X'JA ’Ц) the common term applied to the scavengers and corpse-disposers in Lhasa and also in Shiga-tse. ra-§gog a species of garlic: -X. Ra-sgren also written as ’J’ifc’, an ancient monastery of Tibet founded by Jjbrom-ston-pa in the beginning of the 11th century A.D.: the miraculous monastery called Radeng in the north of Tibet (Rtsii.). definite arrange- ments, settlement of an affair (D.R.). + Ra-ti gup-ta n. of an Indian Buddhists sage (K. dun. 55).
| 1160 ^51 -rndah or <«5*^ ra-mdah- pa l.=j zla or grogs friend, com- panion, assistant, helper. 2. = ^a!^« rog§- ram help, assistance: *ra-mdah htshol-wa (^ag. 35) to seek help, to ask for aid. ra-hd'g$-pa or ra-hdren-pa to help, to assist (Sch.). и : pursuing one who is run- ning away, chasing. ra~sdon the weeping willow. \ ra-dha ordinarily called Jidda a province near Bangala (Bengal) : once there was a break in the continuity of the Tirthika religion, for everyone in Had a embraced the religion of Buddha (7Г. dun. 74)- ra-hdra a kind of stone or mineral substance : *^4'^5 ,Qr6,V rc-W 1. n. of a medicinal herb (Vai-$fi.). 2.= ^'^’ sgron-fifi fir-tree. MV4 ra-sprod-pa to verify, to prove. ra-phrod-pa found correct, pr >ved proof, verification. ^’4 = Uaqs-ri ЯГ^ТТ, VWfl 1. ji basin for water round the root of a tree]#. (A. It. 1-2). 2. enclosure, fence, enclosed wall, frq., esp. in JC., also tho space in a fence, wall etc., pcqS’^q yard, court-yard, pen, fold, etc.; vqK^q to enclose with a fence ; $myug-mahi ra-u-a bamboo-fence, bamboo-hedge, etc.; wooden fence, fence of boards; q thorn hedge, thorn fence ; or ^<5 S«rj4X q wuh an open ground with bushes or trees here and there enclosed by a fence, a park; a yard or open space before a court of justice where culprits are punished, aee. to Jd. a place of execution; Ican-va a grove of trees, willow, poplar, ete. (1) stone wall enclosure. (2) circle of dancers. prison-enclosuro or jail-house; $4’^ sheep- cot, sheep-fold. | Vq’^ Ra-wa-li n. of a Kashmirian Buddhist monk who is said to have possessed miraculous powers and fore- knowledge (Khrid. 73). Ra-wa $iod n. of a small monastery situated in the upland tract of Vec/ Sfe-thang near Lhasa, where Lama Klon-rdol Rin-po-che resided for a long time (Lofi. *, 3). * ra-nia 1. wfanu goat, she-goat: goats and sheep. 2. as metaph. mixture, medley of, e.g., when both and 59’^ characters are carelessly used in writing a letter or anything else. ra-ma да-bur nfc, <n^V, a species of fragrant grass [a species of mountain-palm, the date trec]& Syn. lha-$kye$; Л не-re or sau- ra ; fiu-tu dri-bzafijdan ; ^9*4 hbra-go\ 4^*’^ gna§-can; sH td-h; kha-dsu ri; rtsua-yi fin; ^gc/qS*^ hphrefi-icahi rtsa ; £ sa-yi rtsa; 4’P-T rtsa-, 4^'5 gshon-nu (Mnon.). Ra-me $ua-ra = w^qc- described as a holy place situated near the island of Lanka (Ceylon) (Du$-ye. 38). ra-med infallible, certain, sure; = thad-med without alloy, or free from any foreign bodies or impurities. x;'3S & Ra-mo-che n. of the sanctuary built on a plain in the north quarter of Lhasa by
net the Chinese wife of king Srofi-btsan здат» po in about 633 A.D. and containing the image of Akshobya Buddha which was car- ried from Nepal under the orders of Sr ой» btsan sgam-po'slXQpsXQSQ wife, the daughter of king Ams'u Varman. ra-mo-ga a hornet. ra-bzi-wa in C.=to be drunk, get intoxicated. ra-yi fifi чгтпт; a species of sandal wood, a fragrant wood. ^’оЦ ra-yig WT, the letter r when surmounting another letter is so called. = a name for the bee on account of its horns, resembling the double ^’X na-ro*(Yig. k.). Ra-rtsigs khafi-pa n. of a castle in Tibet in which Atis'a was at one time accommodated when travelling in Tibet: (Л. 93). ra-ri 1. a term for fault, defile- ment and dirt (f.e., sky on, dri-ma, dreg-pa); ra-ri med-pa faultless, stainless. 2. acc. to Sch.: neither high nor low. res-m os one by one; by turns. ra-ro 1. intoxication, drunkenness. 2. intoxicated (Sch.): the first stage of drunkenness makes one devoid of the senses, shameless; drunkenness in the second stage resembles a furious elephant; Xthe end (of it) resembles a corpse. avX’q ra-ro-wa in W. to be intoxicated, drunk. vX'<K'§\q ra-ro war byed-pa to make drunk (Dzl.); Ч’Х’А’виг^ЕЛГ^ having come to one’s self again after a drunken, fit, being sober again (Jd.). Ra-luft n. of a village two days’ journey east from Gyang-tse in Tsang where the Buddhist Saint Hgro mgon Gtsafl-pa Rgya ras founded the monstery of Raluft (Бой. -3, 28). ra-gal the remnants or traces of an old pen or enclosure. Rasa lit. goat’s-land; the ancient name of Lhasa which, since the famous image of Buddha was brought from China and kept there, became converted into Lhasa, the letter Ra (<) being naturally changed into Lha % which signifies a divine being, i.e., Buddha. sprier Rasa hphrul-зпай (the mira- culous temple of Rasa) old n. of the great temple of Buddha now called the Gho- khang or Kinkhording at Lhasa built by king Sroti-btan sgam-po at the request of his Nepalese wife. The historical image of Buddha in this temple representing him as a prince, which is said to have been taken from Magadha by the Chinese about the first century B.C., was presented by emperor Thaijung T'ai- tsung to his daughter who was married to king Sroti-btsan §gam-po. The princess kept it in the temple of Ramochhe but in the 10th ceutury it was transferred to this temple. The spot on which this temple was built being found auspicious by astrology was selected for a site by the Nepalese princess, but being a low place it was raised with earth carried it is said, by goats, hence its name Rasa. ra-saya-na хягия chemical preparation of mercury for medicinal pur- poses (Sman.). Ф rd-та n. of an insect (К. g. -3, Ш). 147
1162 У51 t VC ’I га-3за-ка=^ lee tongue (mystic) (7Г. г/. F, 2СЙ. i Rd-sa-ri n. of an ancient city in Sind in India (5. Lam. 35). the planet TUhu. пса 1. also yX rica-co, horn of yak, cow, etc. 2. met. a mountain peak: y^*rq*cgv<J Rica mnam-par gyur- pa Ju .^-Ъуа-wahi ri (the mountain of equal and even peaks), n. of a mountain in the fabulous continent of Uttara Kuru (7Г. d. \ oUl). y^q*^ Rica (Riim-pa n. of a three-peaked mountain said to be situated five hundred yojana beyond the south of the mountains which border the southern ocean ; on its side is the kingdom of the lord of death (7Г. d. \ 277). 3. sting, e.y.y of tho scorpion, у4!!*^ or уяЗ4^ one holding or using a bow made of horn. y^ nca^an 1. honied animals, like cow, buffalo, antelope, stag, etc. 2. зпззгу a species of conch shell which has homy projections or thorns \Jgfion.). у^Ч'ысд-^я rica-dicag$ iM-pum an abbreviation of у $4 Rica-pjrefi, yiprQ Dwag§-po and Mfiah~ri§. Also abbrev. of Rica-ica $tod, у4’^5 Rira- ica §mddy Dnags-po, and Mfiah-ri$ gnca-tJiafi the four sections of the monastic college in Tashi-lhnnpo (Lofi. я, 13). уУ rica-tjiica a kind of mineral salt resembling ra-ru ph ye-ma; y^*^’ rak-ta 1. as met.=blood, red. 2. saffron, minium, cinnabar (ЛЛ7.). vq rag 1. sbst. v. brass. brass wire ; *4^' a brass trumpet: the brass trumpet was also an invention of Lha-btsun-p'i (A. 75)> rag-hgag=§^ or a small brass plate; rag-$teg$ a small brass-tray on which tca-cups are placed when tea is served (Rtsii.). ^Я’У*’ rag-dufi (also called lo-pan Spyaii-hdren gyi-dnfi) long brass-trumpets resembling a telescope in shape and size (A. 75). 2. subject, subservient, depen- dent: In JF. for 4«I*r adreg$-})ii-€iin proud, haughty, and also for glorious, splendid. 4*rag-chiifi fifi tho olive tree. Syn. *1]'$коАе ; 5^3*' $kyur-$ifi (Mfion.). X rag-rdo a mineral substance '^*r Rag-rdo cures eye disease and removes dimness of vision. ^’4 rag-pa 1. vb. IF. for to touch, feel, and in a more generalized sense— to perceive, to scent, taste, hear, see. 2. adj. dark-russet, brownish, of horses, rocks, etc. (Jd.). qx'^ rag~f)a thafi-zlum one of tho 37 sacred places of the Bon (G. Bon. 38). Rag -ma n. of a village in Tibet mentioned in Mil. rag-tse stone in fruits in TF. (Jd.). rag-lu^ра=«’Л^'«1 adj. depen- dent on: as vb. ’Wq to depend on: ^лу^ло^ the doctrine of Buddha is dependent on the Buddhist clergy; that depends on your strength (Mil.); breathing depends on the soul; as they depend on others for their living; dependent on co-ordinate influence (Yig. 18).
М|'-«П 1163 rag-qa or A’p raksa 1. berries which are used for beads of rosary: xEw is a protection against fright- ful deities. drag-pohi hphreft- wa a rosary made of this fruit sacred to the god Rudra. 2. M|*-q Rag-$a a Turk or Tartar. мЙ rag-qi 1. n. of a country and its people. 2. spirit, or liquor, that is dis- tilled from the Mowah flowers.' vqsr rags L dam, mole, dike, em- bankment ; also $and 90) having cons- tructed the embankment, it is still called Lha-Je Rag. 2. any construction of similar shape; (also) intrench- ment, breast-work; stack, rick of straw; stack of wood (Ja.). ^’41:1. rags-pa opp. of 3 or ; coarse, thick, rough, unrefined: the more delicate and the coarser component parts of the body; ^^qq^qq-^-^reckoned roughly; by a rough estimate; ^q* ^czg-q^S’^q the perishableness of the corporeal mass and of the subtle parts; grosser parts or visible limbs; of Buddhas it is said that they appear bodily. 2. to work, mould, form, sketch, etc., roughly. II: few, short: to give a brief account of the origin of the different ones; for inviting a few including master and servants (Л. I#7). rags-rim tsam-shig— a few principal ones : he described a few of his chief talents or qualities {A. 16). гай, ^5 гай-nid ^ТсД, pf^T; fqsr, ^4; 1. ourself, one’s self, self: F, 120) by ignorance (Avidya) one’s own future, of itself was destroyed; one’s party or side; self evolved; ’Age. гай-Ъуий self-sprung, very frq.; гай-ЬЪуий one’s own accord : aд I shall go to the wor- ship of my own accord (A. 7). ^A’fl^^q’ ч let us two go together for our heart’s satisfaction (Rdsa. 17). In eolloq. is generally added to all the personal pron. without any reflective meaning; thus, aand f^'AA are much more commonly used than merely A’ and P indicating in C. simply “ I ” and “he.” Again aa alone may stand for the pronoun I, etc.; aassj, aa’^w plur.; a amy, thy, etc. Other examples: £A’«’aa^ that wife fond of herself, in love with herself (D.R.); ^’AAS|»rS^qA'^^N he perceiving that it was his own mother; АА’вГААЧ^-д-чз^ shaving one’s own head (Dzl.); aawm’4 worse than self; aa’w&’a greater than one’s self; AA’«rgif a man has no son of his own (Mil.). In compounds; aa’^w one’s own soul; aa aa’^waaa^^w one’s own intelligence, perception and happiness; аа’5|Ч|,аа,9|*г<|<^ гай-srog raft-gis-gcod you will take your own life (Glr.). 2. just, exactly, precisely, merely, the very : aa* the very same; exactly so! it is just so! g’S’AA’ §йа-то-гай quite early in the moining (Mil.); a^a'^aa^ by the mere meeting with me (Mil.); ^‘AA‘ just a person, a person travelling all alone; Й'Аа’ she, she alone; also, an unmarried woman. аа^’Г’У ran-gi fio-wo ^^q one’s own nature, constitution or inner shape.
^’5’^ I 1164 ^•j-gq гай-гкуа-thub one who is so learned, clever or skilled that he needs no help or advice or instruction from another party : J^q q*Vq'<°^ (Khrid. 153). гай-$куиг also written with (Д. <?. «, 47). гай-skyed^ hjig-rten or gnas-rten (Мйоп.) as met. = the world. **’g* гай-$куе$ 1. extraction, raca> family. 2. ^зт = as met. R4! blood. гай-kha resp. lit. one’s own face, one’s own promise or word. *q’^qN гай-к1юй$ or one’s own jurisdiction, country, territory. 1ай-$пот$ purposeless, indifferent, without any object in view. ^ §5‘q гай-gir byed-pa to own, to make it one’s own, to accept; to take in. ^•gjq тай-grub natural, not artificial or produced by men, self-evolved or formed. rafi-dgah-pa an unmarried man (&Л.;. qq'Vqq'Q гай-dgah-ica free, inde- pendent. qq’Vqr^ гай-dgah-ma^ '& {Mnon.) a house-wife. тай-rgyal l.= qq*TNqNj*i гай$- яай§-гдуа$. 2. qq*gu2*rq?j'4 гай-rgyal gyi$ hgro-tca to live after one’s own option or pleasure (Sch.). Self-will ted), obstinacy. гай-rgyud [self-roliant]S. — qq’qq-?| тай-гай-gi rgyud-pa indivi- dual temperament, independence. *q* гай-ска=*^*^’9 one’s own share, portion or side (Yasel. ^1). гай-stobs-kyt's bgrod as a met.—^’W (Мйоп.) infantry, foot soldier. гай-$оЬ§ щеп-rab — qqjpi a class of Bon who aim at re- sembling Buddhist Pra'yeka Buddhas. qq’W] ran-hthag mill, water-mill; also flour pounded in a water-mill. *q4«|-q«5’q гай-t hag bcad-pa self-settling, one who does not consult another in any work but decides himself. qq'*fifq’ raft-mthoft pride, self-compla- cency, self-sufficiency: qq’w^k’wg^ be not self-sufficient; qq’wlfc-i-q’jjW’q^’SK pride, self-sufficiency is a bad omen. гай-don one’s own affairs, one’s own profit, self interest; to look to one’s own advantage, to be selfish. гай-bdod doing according to one's own wishes, selfishness, v. ^q’^* гай-rtsis. self-willed; also 4k a libertine ; a woman that acts freely according to her own wish. iunerself, the mind. ^•Zj гай-ро= W’^q’ pho-гай a celibate, an unmarried man. гбгЯ-6а^=аз it occurs to one’s self. + гай-byan chud-pa^K^*^ гай-Ьиу 1. Cs. single, alone; гай-bitr adv. singly, alone, without a consort. 2. Cs.: a single life. 3. acc. to Schtr. one’s own child. «л-gq' гай-Ьуий also ^Ifoalso ^q’gq^q q an epithet of Brahma (Мйоп.); v. also supra. гай-Ьуий fdo- rje n. of the 3rd Karma-pa hierarch (Deb. % 45). *q'§*i гай-gi-don self- interest : (Rdsa. 25) understanding one’s own worth it
^3)1 1165 is much better not to judge of others’ merits. aa’§^ raft-byon=*^'^' self-evolved or AA’sflfrS’g^q self-grown or born of itself: аа§^’§' гаЯ-йуоп-/Яа the five images contained in the Cho-khang temple of Lhasa which are believed to be self-grown (Zotf. % 6). aa^aa' raft-dtcan independence, liberty: 4|фгцaa’via'*^ they are not masters of the place, i.e., they are not free to choose the place; in the same sense: *]A-j-aa^a*^ gar-^kye raft-dbaft-med as to where one is to be bom one has no choice. аа'^аа^ач to become free, an independent person; aa^aa*^ raft-dwaft-can free, independent. Syn. aa^ raft-rgyud\ raft- dwaft-can ; a^aj^aa’^ bdag-dwaft-can; 3)a’a bdag-gir-wa; A’S)^’4 na-yin-pa; aa’ ^§5 raft-gir-byed; aa^a’I^ raft-dgar- §pyod; aa’^aja тай-dgah; gshan-gyi^ ma-bzuft-wa (Mfton.). aa'^aa**^ raft-dwaft-med one not master of himself, one dependent on another ; a subject, a vassal. Syn. *W’SAagskan-dwaft-soft; а^аг^АА’^Ц fydag-dwaft min; AA^AA'gei raft- dwaftbral* pha-rol-dwaft (Mfton.). AA'AgA’gr raft-hbyor-lfta the five self- acquired privileges : (1) the privilege of being born as a sanctified human being; (2) to be bom at a central place, like Magadha or Lhasa, where there are oppor- tunities to learn Buddhism; (3) to be perfect in the development of the physical organs or limbs and in that of the inner faculties; (4) not to do any work in a perverse manner, t>., attain- ing the end by proper means; (5) to have faith in the religion of Buddha (Khrid. 11). аа*Й raft-momo-raft a woman herself or that has not taken a husband but lives a spinster. aa'^n raft-rtsis self-complacence ; also, the opinion which one has of one’s self: aa ^^a aado not be self-com- placent or grow selfish. a araft-tshugs=^^ also aa'^vw **JHq one capable of doing a work inde- pendently : Д|А,^,АА,<о|’Ч'^,^А,а | ^5}’«4^* §^’|a’aa*§5 he who is not confident of his abilities will be protected, i.e., ruled, by others (Hbrom. I4, 17). raft-tshod-zin-pa one who knows his own capabilities (Rdsa. 21). АА'ч|^=рА5А’А* he and myself. aa*a^ raft-bshin=.^ fto-wo or fto-wo-nid (Mfton.) sstfu, W, , nature, natural disposition, state or constitution, natural temperament: aa* a^’§by nature beautiful; aa'a^w ‘W’^'AgA'A to change one’s natural consti- tution (Vai-sft.)\ aa'A^’aja perversity, changed nature ; ааа’^^а'^’А^аа’А^’ as a natural consequence of so heavy a snow-fall (Mil.) ; AA’A^‘2^ raft-bshin-gyis of itself, by itself, aa’a^’^ from its very nature, naturally, spontaneously; RgA' А-gS-AA’A^’^’S’^A^ this body having the nature of the five elements in its consti- tution (Vai-§ft.) ; аа’а^’Аяа* raft-bshin-bzaft = Я^*чяа- g$i§-bzaft innate goodness, ono who is by nature good (Mfton.); aa'a^oj^ raft-b^hin-gna^ rtag-pa or a^’a brtan- pa (Mfton.) steady, constant, perpetual. AA’ojinj^ raft-gzug$==.^% fto-wo or fto-wo-nid also tffto$-po (Mfton.). aa-aM' raft-bzo 1. fabrication, one’s own design ; reform, innovation ; an innovator, one who does not care to follow the
^41 1166 established custom or law ; a reformer: (Khrid. 51). 2. self-determination opp. to a punctilious adhering to tradition (Jd.). raft-fyzor ynra-wa= €ЧЦ’4 fdsan- $mra-wa to speak falsely, to lie. raft-rig natural intelli- gence ; consciousness, self-oognition, raft-rigs a kinsman. raft-re 1. each, each respectively: ч**]АсЛ*г4|£г each may lead himself, may bo his own guide. Also = each. 2. wo: raft-re&l $go- druft-na at our own door (Mil.); we ourselves, ono and all. 3. polite way of address=you. rjrft-las-tha-dad different from self. raft-g^is — or fto-wo ; in eolloq. = ^5*5^ rgyud-dag (Yig. 28). raft-<ptgs-la of itself, spontane- ous ; spontaneously. raft-sa or *4’4 raft-so one’s own place: or to maintain one’s own placo or station; *4‘«4 or 44 4^-q to leave (a thing) in its own place, fig.=to leave undecided, to let the matter alone (Mil.). 44*w raft-sar 1. unto ono’s own place or position, 44,«4,з« thams-cad raft-sar-gyes all pro- ceeded to their own places (Hbrom. F, 19). 2. — ^^'^ spontaneously: ’^4’44all out of feeling spontaneously shed tears (A. 15). 44'«4«’jw Eaft-safts-rgyas Pra- tyeka Buddha, «*.<?., a Buddha who has obtained perfection by his own exertions, and by concentration of the mind, but who does not gain enlightenment by promoting the welfare of other beings. This class of Buddhist saiuts is of two kinds :—(1) 4^g5 bse-ru Ita-bu ; (2) *4«’54‘S5 tshogs-daft-spyod Syn. 4лд,4-£л raft-byaft-ehub; fyse-ruhi rgyal-wa; ух?*«4чг ne-tshchi safts-rgyas; rten-hbrel-bsgom; 44^’Ktf^4 raft-shi don-gner\ rkyen-geig-ftogs; 4л,$'Ч raft-rgyal (Mfton). raft-wa pf. 44« raft$f= 5*p’4 or «3’4, to be delighted, cheerful, joyous; to rejoice : йяя,йл4«,Л4 discontented, "1^44*4 yid-ruft-wa or «Ь’К/ч rejoicing, delight; having been very much dissatisfied; «'44M’<%^ unwillingly, reluctantly. ^Ц5ГЦ rafts-pa 1. rapture, ecstasy, ravishment (Mfton.). 2. mVf44«' 4>\ for early in tho morning. rafts-po tshaft-ma all, whole, entire. 2. aco. to Sch.: rough, raw, unpolished. J ra-na-dsa-ka as met.= 3'4 ku-wa WyJ§ a gourd (Mfton.). rad-pa in W. for 4д\ч bgrad-pa. 45‘X^ rad-rod I. v. rod-po. 2. uneven, any uneven place containing ditches, &c. ган=ХА ftsa a kind of grass (K. du. *, 3&6); said to be shave-grass, Equisetuni artense (Ja.). ^’4 ran-pa fHH, AH 1. to be the time or right moment for anything, to bo proper, just right, even; adv. M’4A moderately, ^’4Mf ran-par-sro warm your- self moderately, zad-tshod ran- par za-гса to eat moderately;
1167 this is about the proper measure (Dzl.). 2. ЖТЗГ the time, opportunity; time to take food; 9'^’g^e time of child-birth has arrived; in C. colloq. “tanda do rendu'” now it is time to go; to die an untimely death ; when it was time to give her in marriage (2Ы.). weaving of cloth or sewing. I: rab a ford ; ^’^5 rab-med with- out a ford. the river Vaitarapi which cannot bo forded or passed over; n. of a river in Orissa. II: 1. я, и, N&q wichog best, highest, superior, excellent, pure; the three, the first, the intermediate, and the last; theb§-na-rab if rightly understood, that will be the best ; frq. for: it is right, that will do. 2. much, plentiful: wgS rab-skrahi hog-na§ also with a full head of hair (you maybe a holy man) (JZ)7.). rab-dkar very white, = A* Wi a bear (Mffozz.). rab-dkar !ha-rdsa§= FW a special small white scarf used for pre- sentation to great men in Tibet (Yig. 88). rab-dgah я^а ecstasy, joy; rab-gyur excellence. rab-hgro-wa w, to walk or move well* gently (Шоп.); Wnl to move or walk freely, i.e., unhindered. ^’5^ 1ТФЧ, W4 fully blown; gWH well-known; wqjpjq proclaimed. rab-bsfiag§ (I) ячгя" the mystic Om, the sublimest praise for the deity. (2) язщт praise. (3)=^^’^” mtho-ri$- gna§, 5«| dge-leg§ (Шоп.) the heaven, the state of beatitude. rab-mchog ятс excellence, the excellent one. rab-mchog-mig = dpal-hbra$ (Шоп.) wood-apple. 1. ядсг, язп well scattered or spread over. 2. n. of a very large number; q н^тядн n. of a still larger num- ber. rab-skyed я^£ as met. = 4 father. rab-skyes man 4VW that breeds many; met. a sow. rab-bskyed growth, develop- ment. rab-dkru§ washed clean, cleansed, sanctified. rab-b$krad banishment, expul- sion ; turning out from a place as in the case of an evil spirit. rab-hkhyam§ wandering, moving freely. = Ц very wicked, very wrathful. rab-rgyags—*^*^. *4’5 rab-tu adv. very, exceedingly, especially; fully, thoroughly (with adjec- tives and verbs) *4’5'^ rab-tu $dom lock (the door) well; rab-tu khros- par gyur-te became very angry (Jd.). *4*5’4<ip< absolute prohibition; SclH quite stretched out. rab-tu hbyed-pa = V4 rab-bskyed-pa to analyze, but in Ta. 96 it is equivalent to ЯЧКЯ treatise, dissertation. or *4*§*дрр* ч я(нж famous, celebrated; ян^г< easily destroyed, perishable; я яци, quite subdued; rab-tu bthib$-pa=^\$y ^S'q gnidJog hdod-pa to be sleepy, also wishing to sleep or fond of sleep; *4’§V4 very pure, pellucid; ^'5' ячгти, wrj saluting reverentially. rab-brtag ^дя^чг discrimination,
I 1168 * rub-hog the second in rank, next in value. qq-forq rab-sim-pa Sjn< ecstasy, delighted. *q-q*W rab-gsal or ^'5’^'4 ЯИМНТ 1. very clear, illuminated, quite evident. 2. sbst. a small balcony or gallery, freq, scon in Tibetan houses. 3. illumination, cheerfulness. 4. n. of a legendary king, supposed to have been Buddha in one of his incarnations (Л. K.). W$’5i\’q rab-tu $ког-гса to turn round and round, to deliver a sermon, preach over and again; elucidation. qq^-q^ rab-tu-bstcn reverence, venera- tion. Syn. 4 da<J-yu$-dafi Idan-pa; Я*1’Ц mo$-p>a (Mfion.). rqq^q^q rab-tu gna^-pa 1. sfatfY to consecrate new images, pictures of deities and temples, houses; (Л. 80) he consecrated those images that had not been consecrated before; a Tantra containing the rites and ceremonies of consecration of images, symbols, &c. (JT. g. % 288). 2. fully establish- ing, founding. rab-tu hbyin-pa qq-^-q^q-q rab-tu hbyufi-ica яя’чт to enter the priesthood, to embrace religious life as a profession; more particularly: to leave one’s home for the homeless life of an ascetic by embracing tho religion of Buddha; to take vows of purity and celibacy and to religiously follow the rules of moral discipline as laid down in the Vinaya scriptures of Buddha (for further explanation see Lam-rim. 96); 3jq being ordained by a spiritual teacher. snifan renounced perfectly; he that has taken orders, a clerical person; rab-byufi is also the name of tho first year of the cycle of sixty years; rab-tu byon-na$~ rab-tu byufi-na$ having been initiated, ordained: ^qq-^qq'g-g^ (Л. 30) the Kalyanamitra (learned monk) Lo-ts^-wa having been initiated in this sacred cult. §5* rab-tu myo$ byed-niaWZJ n. of a celestial courtezan (Lofi. 5). qq-^q rab-tu tsha-ica^^f^f^ §dug- fafial or yid-pdufis (4/fton.) 1» misery, heart-burning grief, sorrow. 2. very hot, burning ; n. of a hell (Boh. ch. 5). rab-tu tsha-byed as inet.= S,2J 1-hyo-wo husband (Mfton.). rab-rtogt urtfipf, perfect reflection; or vtV4 full consideration; qqj|q*r^ uahq thinking well. qqq^5^ rab-brtan, $prin-grol an epi- thet of the elephant on which Indra rides, Airavata (Mfton.). ^q ulf rab-rptho n. of a medicinal plant that kills ring-worm [the plant Cassia alata or Tord}S. Syn. dra-djru hjom$ (Mfion.). qq’jfr JRab-^nafi n. of a king who is said to have seen the light on the day Gautama Buddha was born, the son of king Ananta Nemi or (K. du. q, 5). qq-^wq rab-nam$-pa spre ruined; downfall, destruction. qq-q^wA^q rab-gna$ me-tog po- melo-flower : (Mfton.). qq-o]^ Rab-gnon n. of a city of the Asuras situated at the foot of the great Sumeru mountain (Sorig. 30).
1169 ад’ц [ W rab-byed dissertation, description. W9T habit, custom. rab-§pras==*A rab-tu brgyan or gin-tu mdses well-adorned, very handsome: adorned with different sorts of ornaments (A. k). ^qs^yq rab-dben-pa spiritual turn of mind, retiring mind; retirement. rab-hbyams deeply read, profound scholarship. rab- hbyam$-pa a diploma resembling in a manner the degree of Doctor of Divinity which the Buddhist priesthood confers on monk students of sacred literature (Rtsii.); ^q^gwg’^ rab-hbyams rgya-mtsho a degree of divinity in the Buddhist church (Bon. ch. 10}. rab-hbyor and rab- hbyor ehen-pa the disciples of Buddha who were astute in asking questions of him for the elucidation of doubtful points, etc. They are generally the inquirers who provoke Buddha’s discourses (K. g. 5, 119). rab-sbyar ; anything put together, a composition. ^gX rab-sbyor я|?тЪт, coinci- dence ; also co-operation, application. wEw Rab-hjom$ qwi, the god of wind; Rab-hjom§~byed the lord of death. rab-maft 1. 4^ many, a large number. 2. as met. the earth. **rMfl] rab-hdsag ябщ as met.= gain urine (Mnon.). rabshi perfect peace ;= mtho-ris-gnas heaven, also = 5<|dge-legs piety and righteousness (Mnon\ a Sutra contained in the Kahgyur (K. d. % 179}. ^«rw rab-bzan the excellent one; n. of an individual; also Buddha in one of his incarnations (Pag. 302}. a fabulous great number. rab-rib also as hrab-hrib fafHT, mist, dimness, glimmer: the faint glimmering of a star (Jd.). Also=$Y4 or and darkness, dimness, faintness (Mnon.). MT faffaw free from darkness. ^qXq’YJj'q rab-rib dag-pa to get rid of dimness so as to see everything well defined: (A. 76} when the mental darkness vanished in (cooked) rice-food, &c.; ^Xq-syg^s; ^’q^ the cause of darkened combed out hair appearing [in the story related by Atis'a of an old woman who on account of her mental delusion used to see combed-out hair mixed up in her food] (A. 77). ^4’^5 rabsad от rab-hu-sa-rab я{?(я1ц full awakening or understanding. VW rabs race, generation, lineage, succession of family or kings, class of people: the succession having been broken; royal family or lineage ; mi-rab$ human race; the higher class of people, noblemen; « the lower class, flj^^q^ fisherman-class; EV^qN hierarchical or lamaic succession; genealogy. VI Ram n. of a place in Tibet (Deb. fl], 9); a native of Bam; Sa-dwafi Ram-pa, chief of Ram, is now one of the four kalons or state ministers of Lhasa. VT4 ram-pa in W. = quitch-grass (Ja.). ram-pa dug-hbyed a medicinal root which is an antidote against poison. 148
1170 ram-Ъи a glee, song, catch, roundel; 'q ram-bu hd^gs-pa to join in singing, to take part in a song; ram-hu bteg explained as a helper in a song, a joiner in singing. rani-tsho§ indigo plant, indigo dye 'Jig. 1J); hut. v. ram§. + мгдл ram-gyi$= wani-bum. ram$ 1. (g’^) *UTfw indigo: w indigo is useful in eye disease, sores, and also in healing scald. '3* ram$-$ift indigo plant; also the wood-apple tree. Syn. gron-$ky ’« nag-po: rul-wa-can ; h4n'd-byed; ram$-kyi-i;in ffifion.). 2. joined with such words as when it expresses one having a monastic degree. In Tashi-lhunpo drufi- ram$-pa is the lowest degree for profi- ciency in Buddhist literature ; = doctor in mysticism. Ram-ma i^x) country between Tipporah and Arrakan in Burma, the ancient Chittagong. The name survives iu the modem small town called Ramu. ral is evidently applied from the vb. *4 Q (to toar) to its common significa- tion, as a noun, = a rent, cleft, gorge; phu-ral gni§ a sloping valley dividing into two parts at its upper end ; *4 a n. of Lahoul on account of its < insisting of three valleys. *4 ral-ka, v. *4'3 ral-gu. ral-klim л fancy name for the river Ganges: |forcr ^$5 pheb§-tshogs kyaft-ral klufi-bshin §tshol- H-a mkhyeu your letters may come (unin- terruptedly) like the flow of the Ganges {Yig. k. 19), P ral-kha, v. *4-g ral-gri. *4'^*ral-khur-can an epithet of V’t: dbafi-phyng Is'vara, а180=$сЛ sen-ge the lion (ilfton.). * 4^ ral-ga acc. to Sch.= w*| yal-ga. * 4*3 ral-gu 1. ornaments, precious stones such as turquoise, coral, &c., used in adornment of tho hair. 2. diminutive of *4 : cleft, chink, fissure. * 43^ ral-gu-can= kyc§- pa hbru$-phyufi-ica an eunuch, a herma- phrodite who generally is seen wearing lengthy locks (4Wow.). * 4-3Л4 ral-gu-zul bunches of pearl and coral in strings which tho women of Tibet wear as pendants on tbeir locks: she presented me with the jewelled strings from her locks (A. 102). C\ ral-gri ЧЪЪ a sword, spoar, rapier, hunting knife, dagger: *4’$5* чугя ral-grihi hdab-ma or J lee blade of a sword; ral-grihi-so edge of a sword; ral-grihi $ub§ scabbard of a sword; *4 ral-gri-pa acc. to Cs. a fighting man; *4p=*4^ sword-edge; *4frg\-q ral-kha ^prod-pa to join blades together, to fight hand to hand (Ja.). *4^-5^ ral-gri-can an epithet of Manju ghosa, or Jam-yang (ДГйем.). *4’3 q ral-gri nc-uahi rin-po-che the enchanted sword considered as a secondary gem of miraculous pro- perties (7Г. (1. *, 385). MrgjS’J' л wfi the sword-point; *4 §[*&< ral-gri hdsam a broad-bladed knife (Rtsii.); ral- grihi bu=4№^' gri-chun a small knife (Mnon.) ; *4’344^4^* ral-grihi hkhrul- hkhor the magical flourish of an enchan- ted sword (Jffio?/.).
1171 ral-grihi rgyun-hdrin or w ral-grihi gnen— 5^45^ dmag-dpon a general or commander. ’wSjS-Hrsr^ ral-grihi lo-mcl-can sugar- cane plant the leaves of which are sword- like in appearance (Mfion.). Rai-grig-ma n. of a goddess in the Buddhist pantheon. ral-gcod a meddler, one who interferes in public business and thrusts his opinion in public concerns and acts in a high-handed manner; ral-gcod-bycd-pa to interfere, to meddle: g’SVigwoiin the adminis- tration of law for the public he should not interfere (Jig* 35). ral-lcaft a weeping willow-tree, but according to Ja. a particular willow planted at the birth of a child and under which a lock of the child’s hair is buried when it is seven years old in Ld. 3^0]’Ц ral-pa—% §kra згггт hair, locks of hair, clotted hair, long hair, curls; mane (of the lion). ral-icahi gdefis-ka—\(mg hair. Ral-pa-can 1. n. of a Tibetan king who distinguished himself by his devotion to the Buddhist clergy, allowing the lamas to sit on his long pig-tail. 2. one with clotted hair. 3. n. of a hill-torrent in Kambachen, Nepal. 4. mythological island inhabited by cannibals situated beyond the red-sea (K. d. \ 335.) Ral-pa-hdrin a Tan- trik Buddhist priest. W*|i^ an epithet of Mahadeva. one wearing a number of locks of clotted hair; Wone having clotted hair. V4’£5 (4’8^) wave, billow. ral-ica— dral-wa and ф*гч hral-wa to tear; also, to be torn, rent, cleft; also as sbst. = anything tom, such as tom clothes etc.; wdriion- gyi§-ral-bu lacerated, slashed, cut to pieces by any weapon. ras sbst. cotton cloth, cotton: large piece of cotton cloth ; ras-sbom-pa strong cotton cloth; handkerchief, napkin, bathing towel; turban or pagri\ ka-^i hahi ras Benares muslin. 1. cotton cloth to tie round the mouth to protect the face from effects of cold. 2. adj. hard snow that will bear a man (Ja.). ras-bal raw cotton; ras-rkyafi cotton cloth; ra§~ §kud cotton thread; ras-khug a small bag made of cotton ; mtr ras-khra chintz ; ras-hgah a strong cotton fabric brought from Sikkim ; ras-bcos-bu calico; мгчч| ras-thag bandage, cotton rope ; ra§-bub$ a whole piece of cotton inscription on cloths. ras-hbra§ the cotton fruit: ^’§5 the cotton fruit is a cure for nose disease. ra^-ma a small piece of cotton, worn-out or old cotton clothes, rags; ras-gzan in C. a long loose cotton wrapper or shawl which Buddhist monks use particularly during religious services ; ras-$lag a furred garment lined with cotton cloth ; ra^-lhe n. of a kind of cotton cloth (& kar. 179). мгч ra§-pa a person wearing only cotton clothes; Milaras-p>a was so called from his wearing only cotton clothes or, acc. to his own assertion, a single cotton garment: henco=a Tibetan $gom-chen who dresses as an Indian Buddhist ascetic.
1172 Ascetics used to dress in cotton cloth, it being considered luxurious to use woollens and silk raiment. ^N-qor^c.’ ras-bal gin the cotton plant. Syn. rgya-mtdiohi mthah- <an ; inchu-can ; 5(5'9^srad- buhi im-tog can ; y-5^ rwa-can ; dran-wofi khyu-wyhog i Milon.}. wXn ra$-ros=^'&S'Xyo-byad $na- t hog$ different kinds of furniture, utensils, $(. : haring collected different kinds of furniture, utensils, Ле. (D.R.). ri I: or ri-uo грйя, firf<, wf^, a mountain, a hill. rir or ri-la on tho mountain ; HT*J a mountain riopo; at tho foot of tho moun- tains or lulls ; rir-gan-pa ono living in close vicinity to a mountain, in JF.; gafi$-ri snowy mountain, glacier; Л nags-ri or a hill covered with wood; brag-ri a rocky mountain; $pan-ri a hill covered with grass (Ja.). Nub-ri western mountain prob. Western Ghauts of India. Syn. .* rtsa-ra ma-tii; § phyi-mahi ri; [Mnon.). eastern mountain (prob. Eastern Ghautb of India): nin-inohi rtse-mo; thog-mahi ri; rtsc-dgahi ri-ica (Mnon.). Syn. nii-gyo; n sa-hdsin ; sa-yshi hdiail; Ejy^ tprin- hdxin; mgrin-pa can ; '^5 hgro- mod; gycn-hphyur; $po- nitho ma ; sa-skyob; chu-skyob ; sa-phur-bu ; sprin-gyi so- can (Mnon.). Ri Potala 1. the hill on which the palace of the Dalai Lama at Lhasa stands. 2. n. of a mountain in the South pf India on which the fancied residence of Avalokites'vara and the goddess Tara has been located by the northern Buddhists. Acc. to the Chinese Buddhists this mountain is situated in the island of Puto in the China Sea about hundred miles off Shanghai. П:=Я so tooth (mystic) (K. g. F, 26). ^*1 ’*q ri-ka-ga n. of a flower : ® • QIN • g N • 9| (К. my. F, 59). ^5 ri-sked-^^ crystal. JN m Riskye$-mg also or lit. born in tho mountain; firfK^JT the daughter of Himalaya, but acc. to Tibetan authors: one of tho names of Dranpadi the joint wifo of the five Papdava brother’s (Mnon.). Я-дцRiskye$ dkar-mo an epithet of Uma (M^on.). ^ F 4 ’5^ Ri-kha-wa-can fVHTT’f tho snow mountains of Ilimavata. rlskyegs v. shyegs, Я-jj ri-khyi= spyafi-ki hill-dog, wolf (Milon.). ^05 ri-khro<i Ч’йст a chain of mountains, group of hills; but most commonly = a recluse’s cell or cavern in the hills. 05'4 ri-khrod-pa, often simply u ri-tho” ТПТ, one who lives in mountain solitudes for the purpose of religious asceticism, meditation, etc. Syn. ^N HNN'F^*g cho$-se)n$ khan-bu; чадгд|5У^‘Э bsam-gtan khan~bu; bdud-rtsihi khan-pa ; shi-wahi grofi ; snin-pohi khan-pa; sgom-pahigna$ (Mnon.). ri-hgems n. of dorje or thunder- bolt which rends hills and mountains asunder.
1173 I ^ 3 rl-rgya for ri-bkah rgya a prohibition to kill wild animals or game in the hills; ri-rgya klufi-rgya isdam-pa ibid. ri-rgyal or rihi rgyal-po a very high mountain, the mountain Tise, which is generally called the king of mountains. Also styled: ri-dbafi lhun-po*, ri-rgyal lhun-ро (Ffy. A*. 62). In most Tibetan works or Sumeru is mentioned as Rihi Gyalpo; but names like mi-mjed- can, q brgya-pa, % sna-tshog§-brtsegs and rig-sfiags hchafi also occur as kings of mountains in K. g. 116. ^’Sp4 ri-$gog a species of garlic growing on tho mountain slopes of Tibet, hill- garlic (Mfion.). %-^’Zrg- ri chen-po Ifia tho five great mountains of the western continent of Godaniya are :—t’Tпа-to tana ; rwa-gxum-pa ; nor-buhi rta-babs; q*4 q3q parba brgya-pa and rtsub-pa. ri-chen b.shi the four great moun- tains of Jambudvipa are: ma na-da- ra, Vindhya, Malaya, and Himalaya. ri-chen-po drug the six great mountains of the eastern conti- nent or Purva Videha:—logs chen-po; nags-kyi phren-ica; rma-byahi tshogs; ri- dbags kyi-khrod* rgya-mtsho gycn-du hgro ; mig-gi phrefi-iva. ri-hjoms= a thunder-bolt. It is stated that in ancient time hills and mountains used to walk and thereby cause immense mischief to all classes of living beings that inhabited this earth. Indra in mercy to them made all the mountains crippled by hurling down tho thunder upon them. Tho mountain Mina (Maipaka) is said to have only escaped by plunging itself into the sea (Mfion.). ri-stofi n. 3^'4 stofi-gia. ri-thafi mtsham§ the Terai, the low plain at the foot of a mountain; also n. of a kind of fever difficult to cure, which is generally caught by those who travel in the countries on the confines of the Indian plains and the Himalayas, the Terai fever (Mfig., ch. 14). ri-dtcags тщ, *зя, large game generally of the deer and antelope species. Xri-dwags hchin byed trap or net or strings and ropes laid to catch wild animals= ri-dtcags dra-wa, ri-dbag§ hdsin, %rni-thag (Mfion.). ri-dwags ni-gu rtsa-l_fia n. of the twenty-five wild animals said to be fouud in the forests of the mountains called sprin-dkar rgyu-wahi ri and fiafi-nur sgra-sgrogs in Uttara Kuru №Ц‘ ; ; q^’3’ ; «W|*rq^4|-q ; ; %§• and (K. d. \ 306). Syn. sa-lu§; sa-hdres-pa; khri-snan or khri-gnan; rlitfi-gi snog; Ipags-pahi §kye- gnas; дч]Я*<ц5*«1^ Ipags-pahi hbyun-gna§; §5 hphrog-byed (Mfion.). 4ri-dwag§ кк-rafi да dXesg.
1174 | «1 Syn. 'ЛУЗ ка-ta-le ; 3^’*VW g^er-mdog-can; rm- dun Ipags-pahi hbyun-gnas (Mnon.). ri-dwag$ kri-зпа the black antelope. Syn. 3kri-sna sa-ra; nd- tytfdcs; 32^3 gshun-nag (Mfion.). ^3*i'S3^ JRi-dwags kyi- dgra hdul-wa she^-bya-tcahi ri n. of a mountain in Uttara Kuru (7Г. d. \ 303). ^УЗ^'ЗГр^‘3*гд‘ч5Ili-dwags-kyi khrod- <c$ bya-wahi ri n. of a mountain hi tho continent of Piirva Videha, the wild ani- mals of whieh aro the following:— bai-ne-уЛ] я ч 4 nc-hkhor gyi grib-ma la dgah-wa ; q La lta$- pa§ hbrox-pa; ^лс.ktt-ran-ga; wq^c/q lam-bzafl-po; ЗЗЧЗ'Я’З** phrag-dog ktu- skyt-S; 4’9^’3‘^q ba-glan-gi rna-wa; gp’2r *3^’4 glafi-po hthufi-wa ; д^'^'^З byi$-pa mchog ; др'Я’чузчл grib-ma la dgah-wa; ^'^’^3 ri-boil lag ; tfui-inohi lu$ ; ^•«ЦЗ'Ц mjug-ma nag-po ; яЗГузкц mgo- dkar-po ; q rma-dafi $ca$-pa ; 3^ sprul-gyt [ec ; *q'3**rqj’q гап-дьиа brgya-pa ; §^ q §bom-pa ; spwj^Sj^-q $bub$-gyi mgrin- pa (7Г. 7. \ 338). ^njN'q ri-dwag$-pa a hunter. Syn. £Vq rnon-pa ; ^y3*r$m*§5 ri-dwag$ tpthar-byed; y3«*3^5*q^’^’ ri-dwag$ g*ad- pa$ Idaho; ri-dicagi dgra (Mnon.). lti-dicag§-kyi-gna$ deer-grove said to be the site of Samath near Benares where Buddha first preached his religion. Jli-dicag$ §kyes-ma ’ЗПЗП n. o£ one of the Buddha’s wives (Yig- 18). ri-du:ag$ rgyal-po TOVsr met. the king of brutes, i.e., the lion (ДВгсш.). ri-duag$ mgo w^ifaTr n. of a lunar mansion, the Sth constellation (Mfion.). R ri-dtcag§ chaft musk. Syn. ’^‘4 ri-dieag$ Itc-ica; ri-dicag$ rhi; g|^ gla-rtsi (Mnon.). = J- ^<TTf4— {Milon). ri-dieags §na-hdsin as met.= 3’4 zla-ica the moon (Mnon.). ri-dicags ndg-can-ma a handsome woman whoso eyes eempare with those of the deer (Mnon.). ri-dtcag$ $ani-bha-ra згвд’Т’ЗП ^am-bha-ra; *&3 me hog-med (Milon.). *’53^5’5 ri-dicag§ ru-rn or g’^3^ nt-ru egra-sgrogs the species of deer that erics “ ru-ru. ” ^^WqaiE/^-q ri-dirag$-pa lafi rna-wa stag with ears resembling those of the eow (MHon.). ri-dwag$ pr-{a-ta ЪЧН’ЗЛ the spotted deer, = ^3 ^’H’^thig-le khra- bo can (MHon.). ri-dwag^ $a-ra bha Syn. ЗУ^з'3^ gyen-mig can ; ste'3 sefi-gc hjom$-, nag^-na spyod; 3V,Q1 $a-rdu la ; $tc£-rkan can ; qa-ra-bha; ^’*1 '^q’q'sg^q sefi-gc rkail-pa fyrgyad-pa (Mnon.). as met. = the moon, believed to carry a deer or to have one pictured in her orb. Хуз^ з^ ri-dwag$ gsod the wild dog. Syn. ‘wq hphar-ica; ^3N'0 nagt-khyi (Мйоп.). 4*q ri-tca=-the worth; to estimate the worth of a thing, in S^r^’3^*q dnul- srafi gafi-ri-wa and 3§vj(q‘3q'X'q g.scr-
I 117P 4'9^1 srafi gan ri-wa, etc., worth an ounce of silver, an ounce of gold, etc. rl-bohi rgyan= rgyafi me-tog (Mnon?). ^’^’5’35 Ri-bohi bu-mo фй^ lit. the daughter of the mountain, an epithet of Uma; also a name of the river Indus (Mnon?). ri-bo 1.= ^ ri. 2. sym. num. 7. ri-bo khrun-khrun mountain crane or else the bustard. Syn. kra-n-ca, phren-ica can (Mnon.). Ri-bo gan^-ean the Himavat (Himalaya) mountains. Syn. F kha-wahi lhun-po ; 3^’ gan§-ri dican ; VT*’4!*!'?* dkah-bzlog bla-ma; йme-nahi bdag ; *1^ kai- la n rihi rgyal-po ; bsel-ri; <|елг^ gans-ldan (Mfton.). ^’5’5’^ Ri-bo gru-hdsin rfhref the residence of Avalokites'vara. ri-bo dgah-ldan the Gelugpa school (Yig. 78). ri-bo dge-lug§ the yellow-cap school of Tibet (Lon. % 11). ri-bo spos-nad-ldaft Syn. yons-hdu can; $po§-kyi fiad-ldan (Mnon.). Ri-bo tsan-dra ka-la фагн n. of a mythical mountain full of medicinal plants, etc., situated in the outer range of the snowy mountains skirting the countryof S'ambhala (8. lam. 41). ^’q^q^E/ Ri-bo btaft-bzuft Muchilinda mountain. ^•2ra^’Erq§ ri-bo chen-po bcu the ten great mountains which surround the continent of Uttara Kuru":—san-ка ge-ka (WTihu); q rwa-mnam-pa; 59] ^QJ C} ri-dmgs-kyi dgra hdul-wa; еРче^-ц sprin-dkar-po hdsin-pa; mtho-icar brtsegs-pa; phrefi- icahi ne-hkhor ; du§-na dgah-wa ; kun-dgah-wa hdsin-pa; S>5’§’ yid-kyi rjes-su mthun-pa; 45’^‘J’ pad-та ku-pe-fa-ya daft Idan-pa (K. d. \ 27$). K^e.- ri-bon the hare or rabbit, ^e; or Х’Зе/^ одъгт as met.= the moon (Mnon.): g^E/$A’$w5qvX'3E/ (Mnon.). In the later post-Christian legends of the Buddha it is related that the Bodhisattva (Gautama) when born as a hare gave up his body vicariously. Indra out of wonder and curiosity earned him up to heaven for the purpose of showing him to the gods, and kept him on tho orb of the moon that human beings might see him at all times. Since that time the moon became known as the holder of the pious hare. ri-bon gi-rba the horn of a hare which is an impossible thing but which certain writers such as Milaraspa are fond of speaking of as if real for the purpose of drawing fanciful comparisons. Simi- larly the son of a barren woman signifies a nonentity of the same kind. ri-bon rwa-can the horned rab- bit which is a rarity (K. du. 5, 199). ^e/j ri-bon za as met. = 5’0 the hawk (M^n.). ri-bor gyi-gron mountain village. ri-bya §kyegs grouse. Syn. З’ч я myo^-byed ihur-ma; thur- brjod-ma; mig-bkra ma; rkaft-bkra-ma ; brjod-pahi$ne-ma;
1176 К* I mtson-bycd gtum-mo (Mnon.). г?-/??7/<7 = дя^ brag-ri rocky preci- pice, *'яЗп| ri-hbog spur, hillock. 4'3q ri-tdiig= bdcn-lshig truth (>SW. ch. 11). ri-pdsofi mountain fortress, fort. ri-skol-gna§ 1. residence on the plateau or plain at the foot of a mountain. 2. n. of an animal which is said to sub- sist on air (7Г. d. я, 4 64)- X-Sj^c/q ri-yi $nin-po as mct.= g^ l_eag$ fafTtfrc iron (Mnon.). Xrjprqrihi rgyal-po chen-po bcu the ten kings of mountains acc. to Phal- rb n. 231 are—(1) kha-ica can (Ilimavata); (2) §po$-kyi flad- can ; (3) Vмrnam-par hdal-wa * (4) ^.‘5^’4 dan-srofi-i i; (5) gnah-fifi hdsin; (6) rta-rna-ri; (7) .w- hdsin; (8) khor-yug; ^9) W dpal-can; ^10) 4'^4 ri-rab. XSpsjN'Zi Ri-yi sra$-mo цгй<?1, fnDFW an epithet of Uma, the wife Mahes'vara (Mnon.). Я и) б|Е/ ri-yiphr('n=^l dug-то nun the Kalik'i plant (Mnon.). -gpi rihi ru$-spal the hill-tortoiso is mentioned as one of the three things to be obtained along with certain minerals from the hills viz.: $ rdo-icahi bu, -gpi rihi rus-sbal, В*‘ЗЛ khyini-gyi rdo (Mfion.). 4’S)’K\^ ri-yi hod-can —g q the great ocean (IQflon.). 4‘5’i Ri-ico-che n. of a place with a famous monastery on the Ngul Chhu in Khams (Lofi. *, 28). Visited by Capt. Bower and Dr. Thorold on their adven- turous journey across Tibet in 1893. 4'54'-q^ Ri-tco de-fan n. of a hill at Ribo-rlsc-lfla in China: J-qxw (Ya-sel. 61). (Bodhisattwa) Jam-yang resides on the hill called Riwo Decan. 4’5'|”g Ri-ico rtsc-lna n. of a mountain with five peaks in China which is sacred to Jam-yang of the Tibetan Buddhists: J У (Lofi. \ 9). 4'5'4^va^'O Ri-bo rin-chen $pufi$-pa n. of a hill sacred to tho Bon in Kongpo situated to the cast of the monastery of S $ w? I4*'' Bu-chu lha-khafi (Grub. 2). 4'5r$-Xi Ri-bohi bu-mo a name of the Indus (Mnon.). 4'S'^' Ri-bya rkan n. of a Buddhist sacred place in China (Ун/. 20). 4'g^o ri-brag-pa= *5*1 Q hbrog-pa herds- man (A. 73). Ri-mehi lha-mo n. of a goddess ; Ri-mehi Lha is to be universally reverenced (Lofi. 4)- * ri-tshag mountain-yak (Rtsii.). ri-shum wild or hill-cat. M*4 the lower zone of a mountain. ^’Sr§E/q ri-yi $nin-poas met^g4)** iron. 4'^4] or small checks or squares or enclosures made by lines cross- ing each other. ri-rno 1. миг, Т*згт. <p5ЗГ, a picture, drawing, drawn or daubed figures. 2. line, figures, stripes: g4)1 # ч’^5 (521) the stripes of a tiger are on the outside but the stripes of man (fig. his wickedness) lie inside (his heart); оцтря'Ч Й the lines or figures on the palms
1177 of the hand or on the fingers. ri- mo can, ^’Й'^ ri-mo Idan marked with figures; ri-mor byed-pa to repre- sent by means of figures and colours, to paint. ri-mo inkhan painter. Syn. ^'Йч ri-mo-pa-, bkra-byed', tshon-gyis htsho-wa (Mnon.). ^’Й'-б^ ri-mo-can=z^^'^go-dum ba n. of medicinal herb (Milon.). as met. = the peacock. ri-mo gstim-pa (Mnon.), the neck, throat, and voice. ^’Й^‘55’4 ri-tnor byed-pa ЯРНТ to honour, venerate. Ri-rab the centre of the world and king of mountains, the fabu- lous Sumeru or golden mountain; also called ^Л’^’Й ri-ra blhun-po, gser-gyi-ri ^’5*1 ri-rgyal, ^’«^лл ri-bo mchog-rab, rin-chen rnul-brtseg$ lha-hi ri-wo. ri-srib or srib-ri the hill side not exposed to sun, the shady side, gene- rally the north and north-western sides of a mountain. ^’3 ri-gu colloq. for vg young goat, kid. Х-^’л ri-hor-wa people living in the neighbourhood of mountains and forests also hamlets on mountains with few residents. ^‘4 men who live high up in solitary places and do not mix with the general people much, simple people &c.; also animals like mice which burrow high up in the mountains are called | ri-brags-pa a hill-man (-4. 70): the hill-men will come to rob this to-morrow. 4’5 ri-byi 1. mountain rat. 2. a cor- ruption of the word ri-qi a sage, and applied to the name ri- byihi khyim the residence of Agastya is mentioned as being made of Keiaka gem (Jd.). Syn. ri-p; kum-bha sa-bha- ya ; ri-hdar; ri-hphan ; chu-lhahi-bu; bum-skyes rgyal- po ; khyor-chu can; Iho- phyogs bdag-po; mdans-gg sal- iva ; 5JcR'=5r'$ mdsah-bohiba (Mnon.). ri-go n. of a medicinal plant: I: rig-pa vb. 1. ftfn, to know, to understand= -^’4; with the termin. of the inf. : to know that, to perceive, to observe anything to be of a particular shape or likeness; knowing or having known; khros-par rig-nas perceiving that he be- came angry (Dzl.); rig- par gyi§ let your father know it, inform your father of it (Tar.); zlog- tu rig-par byed (it or he) teaches how to avert, prevent, etc. rig-mkhan one who knows or has capacity for learning ; acc. to Jd.: a knowing person, a learned man. ^*7^5 rig-rgynd source of learning, intelligence, character. rig-snags a spell, charm, magic formula ; ^Tg^’*!4^ rig-snags inkhan a person skilled in charms, an exorcist. rig-can or 4^ rig-l_dan a learned man, an in- telligent person; rig-gna§ learn- ing ; a science. 2. v. sgrig-pa (Jd.). II: 1. in BuddhismW ordinary Samvid which is of four kinds: (1) ; (2) 149
1178 | ; (4) gq^q^'^-ujR-^-q^^-q ufh^fer comprehension, prudence, ta- lents, natural gifts. ^j’q’V^’q talented, rich in knowledge, learned; X*|’q-4|wq new information, disclosures, knowledge; also, news : HJnj-S] qjjspr^ log-gi rig- pa b$greg$-»a if false knowledge has belched (up, (Ta. 17Schf.). 2. science, learning, literature ; ^'3|'^-q the orthodox or sac red literature; q phyihi-rig-pa the heterodox or profane literature (C*.$.) ; ч literature or science common to both religions (Buddhism and Brahma- nism). rig-pahi gna§ and rig-pa any single science (philosophy, medicine, etc J 3. the soul as an entity; Яд, ц p the soul separated from tho body; rten-dan bral-wa tho soul sepaiated from her abode. riq-gnas ben the ton sciences, £-q-g-^of which five aro the higher and five minor ones. The latter are •— gso-wa rig-pa tho science of healing or medicine; sgra-rig-pxi the science of words or language; t? had-ma and gtan-tshig rig dialectics; bzo-rig-pa mechanical arts. But nafi-don $de- snod gsum rig-pa Wivjrflo spiritual knowledge of the Tripitaka forms the higher sciences. Acc. to the work called Kosalahi-rgyan the word comprises both art and science ; under these being placed medicine, and astro- nomy, besides the arts of painting and writing, with tho following crafts :— mgar-wa (smith), mkhan (barber), fin-bzo (carpentry), seller of frankincense, brtsig-mkhan mason, q?‘<4’eip^ Ызо-la vnkhan dyer, 3a § q tsheni-bu-wa tailor, gur- rrikhan tent maker, barmaid or beer-soiling woman, fyan-pa butcher, and the sellers of and workers in precious stones. rig-gna§ bco-brgyad tho eighteen arts and sciences mentioned in Mdsod comprise:—rol-mo, hkhrig-hbrag, so-tshi§, grafi-cafi, 3 cho^-lug^ tpio-ica, hphoft-spyod) gtfan- tshig, $byor-wa, чс/Sfqwq raA-gi bca§- pa, tho$-pa dran-pd, §kar- mahi dpyad, rtsi$, mig-hjihrul, §яон-га6$, g^'Sq’qtS siion-byun brjod. In the угярК’5 Bu$-hkhor-lo or Ktilacakra system eighteen Rig-gna$ are differently enumerated. rig-pa can^^i^ rig-ldan intelli- gent, sagacious. Syn. %pyafi-po\ 3^ grufi-po {Mnon.). rig-pa mchog-gi rgyud is a Tantrik mystical work believed to enable one to distinguish the mischief done to a person by human beings from that done by evil spirits. ^q| q w^-q^ of a pon religious work {G. Bon. kY ^ q-q the knower. ^ojqS^wq rig-pa nd-gsal-wa—^'Q glen-pa an idiot, a fool. ^•q-qE^'q rig-pa hdsin-pa, v. rig- hdsin. a complimentary address for a Buddhist nun similar to the form Rje brtsnn-ma {Yig. k. 70). ^4]'qr$n rig-pahi rna-wa— nag§-kyi tig-ta (Miion.) a species of wild gentian. rig-pahi rgyal-pohi gtso-bo rnams designation of the chief gods of learning :—4^4?*; ;
1179 (^nfrw*); Hw«; *%qW4'U(*’; *ЗК1^ (snwo)- у ig-pahi rgyal-mo the goddesses or queens of learning :—Ipr* sgrol-ma; gowwEj §grol-ma bzafi-po ; gar- mkhan-ma; p’4]^’^ khro-gner-ma; *5’^ row hgro-wa mthah-yas ; hjig- rten hgro-ma; gos-dkar-mo, &c., also rma-bya chen-mo ; 3^’1^ nor-sbyin-ma; dpal Idan- ma*, bkra-gis byed-ma (K. d. 5, Ш). ^yq’^’q^ipi^ rig-pa Idan-pahi guas— dpah-wohi khyim the residence of a hero (Mfion.). ^'§5 rig-byedl. accomplished, acquired knowledge: I am not an accomplished singer. 2. instruction, a book conveying knowledge, a scientific work: bzohi-riy byed a techno- logical knowledge (Glr.). 3. the (four) sacred writings of the Brahmans. 4. in jRte?s.: symb.=four. rig byedrbshl the four Vedas viz.:—(1) snan-nag, (2) ^’^15 wes- brjod, (3) mchod-sbyin, (4) srid-bsrufi. rig-byed klog-pd~ drafi-sron ^<чптг a rishi, a sage, one versed in the Vedas (Mnon.); ^R<H the branches or divisions of the Vedas. rig-byed bdag an epithet of Vrhaspati, the teacher of the gods (Mnon.). Rig-byed skyes one of the names of Draupadi the joint wife of the five Pandava brothers (Mnon.). rig-byed gdon an epi- thet of Brahma. Syn. ^r§«$c/3 rig-byed snifi-po; rig-byed d^afi; rig-byed rnum-byafi; rig-byed dran-po (Mnon.). rig-byed gdon-ma an epithet of Uma, the wife of Mahes'vara (Mnon.). Rig-byed-Lhamo an epithet of the goddess Kurukulli of the Buddhist pantheon. She is believed to bestow peculiar power on her devotees and there- fore is called (Rtsis). rig-byed gsan-war smra-wahi Ua-wa the Tirthika doctrine Dars'ana (They.). rig-тунг-ma a libidinous wo- man, a voluptuous woman (Mnon.). rig-hdsin or ^fq’^’q rig-pa hdsin-pa comprehension of a science with ease; also = a clever person ; but usually rig-hdsin (like rig-hchafi) denotes a kind of spirit to whom a high degree of wisdom is attribu- ted by the Tantras. The names of the Rig-dzin or Vidyadharas :—q^'O^’ q^^-S); ^-q-^’q^^’q ; ; ^r^’«r^’qv§vq J ; 54]‘q5'^qj^; nr Syc^E/q’^ ; ^q’ajyq’ar^’q ; ; gqprqpK-q-q; ; gp]’ Rjgqfq^g^q ; «ry«r^qpq-q J yc'Syyq. All these spirits are alleged to reside in the magical forest called ^’5^' and to spend their time in perfect enjoyment with women who are equally accomplished (K. d. 307). Rig-hdsin ku-ma-ra gri n. of an Indian Buddhist who was well versed
1 1180 in the Vedas and the sciences. He carried with him to China the famous image of Buddha made of sandal wood called Candauaprabhu or^'SV^ tshan-dan jo-bo (Grub. S, 16). and in §^to stare with revolving eye-balls, to look about, esp. in a timid or an anxious manner, (JZ/Z. Ja.). rig# in Budh. 1. = ^ <4, W, breed, culture, also spiritual descent. The word is so called, as wo are told: I ^'V^’S’4’ sj (7Г. g. w, 44) first, for having originated from that; secondly, for doing works belonging to that; lastly for holding lineage to that! of noble birth. 2. = rig$-ru$ race, lineage, relationship, and family; 4 mahi-rig^-su ne-wa a relation by the mother’s side ; rig$-kyi-bu or 9^ Ьи-пю noble or honoured sirs ! honoured madam ! a respectful address, whieh is applied to Buddhist monks and saints. 3. in a special sense strfa, caste, class in society, rank: the human race, mankind. 4. = SV class (Mfton.) kind, sort, species: grohi-rig$ gsum-yod there arc three sorts of wheat; different kinds of language and costumes ; 5ч the four classes of great kings; the sphere of spiritual culture and enjoyment of tho five classes of Buddhas ; or M*1'14 by the day, by days, daily (GZr.). 5. some, divers, certain : if one is not on his guard against certain diseases. 6. custom, routine : rigs-htore customary work. ^4l’r3VSq£,V,l rtg§-kun khyah-bdag l.= du$-kyi hkhor-lo the Tantrik system of Buddhism called Crl- kalacakra (Mfton.). 2. fte$~pa Ifta-ldun an epithet of the Dhyani Bodhi- sattwa Rdo-rje hchaft (in his mys- tical manifestation). rig$-kyi thu-wa— bram-vehi rig§ (Mfton.) Brahmap caste. rig§-kyi rtg$- §kyoft$-ma or khyim-bdag-mo *24- a housewife (Mnon.). rig$- $kyoft$-ina id. (Mfton.). rigs-rgyitd or rig^-brgyud 01 9(Ш-?УУ*<! (Mfton.) race, lineage, extraction, family (Cs.) ; male issue: rigs-brgyud hphel-war hgyur-wa the rising of a numerous progeny (Doni.). Rig^-brgyahi bdag—K^^^' Rdo-rje hchaft or Vajradhara. rig^-nan low extraction or birth; q such as blacksmith, butcher, etc. rig$-ftan dpon-du §ko-wa to raise a child of low extraction to the royal dignity (Glr.); ^ТГсЛ’Э‘ч1^ the quarters generally in the suburbs of cities and villages occupied by low class people. 5«|Kg' rig&dfta wtftM five older orders of monks : Pratyeka Buddha gotra, Tatha- gu t ay ana gotra, Aniyata gotra, and Agotra (^•$5 rig^-nwd) (Mnon.). the five Dhyani Buddhas; rig$- gstun mgon-po the three protecting lords: Chenresi or Avalokites'vara, Chhakdqr or Vajra-Papi and Jampal or Ifanju S'ri. rig$-chen= of high birth, noble extraction; also, of holy birth, i.e.,
^|5ГЦ | 1181 incarnate beings ; = skyes-bti dam- pa (MHon.). Ящ^'^кч rigs-nams-pa degenerate: Ялцг rig-nams dge-slon a fallen monk, a monk disgracing his position or profes- sion. rigs-mnam-pa= «я- srrcftg of equal rank or caste. Яч^’ы^ rig§-mthun id., opp. to Я«|ч^ rigs-ldan 1. grf^f noble birth. 2. = rta-rnchog an epithet of Uecaiqrava, the horse of Indra; a horse of good breed (Mnon.). Яч^’^’я rigs-ldan-ma (Mnon.). ЯчрГЧ rn/s-^a 1. vb. to have the way, manner, custom, or quality of : ия’ЯчргЗ that its head should come out was a matter of course. 2. necessary, proper, suitable, right, suited to the purpose: ^’Я-^4] ^е/чЯ'Я^ now a mountain ought to appear (Dzl.) ; would it not be proper to keep it ? z4|^-^rqq-3 it is right time (Dzl.); it is not right to be silent; 35’4 it is not right to abuse. 3. possibility, capable or capability: because it is possible for him to come; 55*44’^5'Яч^'Ч dran-pahi mi-zin rig$-la if there should be any chance of his not remembering (Thgr.); M’4?* чгЯ4|$го| as there is a posibility of going to hell ; ^«ГчЯ’ЯчрГЧ gdul-wahi rig§-pa those capable of conversion (Dzl.) ; Я*]<Г4’«го|Ч|ад Ikar §kye-wa ni rig§-pa-ma lags his being bom as a deity is not befitting, or also: not possible, not probable (Dzl.). Э Я^ч wrong, not right, unbecoming, improper, etc., to*. do badly; Ячцг<г»Ц’Ч unbecoming, improper. Ячцгдс/ г{д$.Ъуип==^\'Ц rgyud-pa or ^'|5 gdufi-rgyud extraction, descent; scion: sa-bon las-byufi. grown of the seed (Mnon.). Я«|*г<Й5 rigs-med 1. the fourth Pan- dava, one of the five orders of the Bud- dhists v. Ячргд- rig§-lna. 2. mongoose. Яч|^5’4 ngs-med-pa the Kala- chakra system of Buddhism (Mnon.). Ячрг w rigs-bzan an ascetic, a hermit; gNN ог^5*Г4 khrims-la gna§-pa one abiding by law, a holy man, one belonging to the holy order (Mnon^). Яч|*га^ rigs-bshi ч the four castes of Ancient India: bram-ze, Brahman, 2^’Я4|^ rgyal-rigs Ksetriya, ^’Яч|^ rye-rigs the gentleman or trading caste, 4|XkQI’ч5’Ячр1 gdol-wahi rigs Sudra caste. Яч|<*|дя rigs-gsum the three classes of beings: or ^'Яящ the gods, or й’Яи|з the human race, *ПЛ ЯГЯчщ the serpent demi-god race. The three Bodlusatticas who protect these three are called Яч]*гч]^5г Я^-^чЗ) as met.=X*r«£ the ocean. Яе.-ч|Ч| rin-gag also f5*TI jacket or waist- coat without sleeves worn by Buddhist nuns. Яе/£’Ч rin-fie-wa~ Яс/^ rin-se : J4 ^ Яс/£'3 in Mil. nt.-overy day warm meals. Я^г rin-thun 1. long and short. 2. length, relatively. Ясг^’ч^ч as met. — that calls from a distance, ne., a oock. ^’^I3q rin-du khyab perfume, sweet smell, scent. Syn. V^'4 dri-shim-pa; dri- shim-mo (Mnon.). Яе/^Згч rin-du mthon-wa to see to a distance; fore-seeing, considerate; also as sbst. = a wise person. Sjn. T$kha§-pa (Mnon.).
1182 ^•q | rin-na§-hgiig§ that attracts from smell; also=sweet scent. 8упД’^№ (Iri-shiin-po (Mnon.). that soars or flies to a great height or distance=n. of a star. rin-ica 1. length of space or time; ^75S id.: du$-kyi rin-wa length of time; guigs-kyi rin-ica the distance of space, length of body, etc. from a distance; da-dun yul-la$ rin-§te as he is still nt a distance from the place ; because this place is far from the town (Dzl.); йЯс^ч at no great dis- tance. 2. or ^*25 and Й adj. long, with respect to time: Х’Як/3 a long life, adj. long-lived; Яс/й^—я’цдсл^ without delay, shortly in a short time, ^^й^ q- (y^, /f. 26) may it please you to keep in the ocean of your mind remembrance that I may be permitted to meet you within a short time. у tin rin-po-nas from a long time, a long time since; Як/Ек’№Ц^ or Як;25’«г®^<14 soon afterwards; not delaying or being detained for long ; й Ясчч after not long, in a short time; S’^м’йnot long after that; Яс^ч| a long time; Яс/Я4!’3*1^ 5е* after a long time (Dzl.). Яе.-^|’5 adv. a long while, for a long time; as Ko did not come for a long time (Dzl.); after or during a long time (Glr.). Яс/q resp. §Яга| e. genit. = during, at; ^•д-Яс/о! in the day time, during the day provisions for the time of his stay here. Яс/qg' rin-tca-lna the five objects to be long admired: arms, eyes, breast, nose, knees (shanks) (Ml.). ЯсЙд^ rin-mo-skyes fWT n. of a very useful medicinal plant (Mfion,)< Яс/^]ч rifi-lugs H<T doctrine; one’s sect, religious ordor, or school; old custom. rifi-bsret irftx чдд (Zani. 11) also called яс№'ч|^’ hphel-gdufi, small very hard glittering particles said to be found in the burnt ashes of certain (not all) holy lamas : vqja3faprq (J. Zan.) the relics of bodies of the three Buddhas, etc. riii-bu~ ^4’^5 hbrel-med or rkyan-wa single, simple, solitary, un- connected; also=prose. rlfi§, Ямга rtn§-pa hurry, haste; or Яс^-q as vb.=mynr-dii byed-pa to make haste ; not delaying do now come here in haste ; Kc«rqK^|’q rifi§-par rgyug-pa to run fast; Я^ rin$-ruft though you bo in a hurry; ^E4^ q5q^5’^«N rin^-pahi bsod-§nom§ gifts of charity requiring haste; Яс^ч^гд rlfi$- $tab$-su most speedily (Ja.). rlfi$-pahi f shul in q?'<§org^-4|^4|n-q the three eyes cast looks quickly upon the lama’s heart (Kkrid. 189). ’Ц rid-pa=*&*'^ a rotten thing; emaciated. rin ЧЧ the price, value, charge : Я<^ gX^q to fix, to determine the price; rln-rtog-pa to ascertain the price, to estimate the value; to abate, to lessen the price (Cs.); Я^ч<т Я^ч§’Я rln-hbrl-wa the sinking or falling in value; Я^*^ rin-can valuable, dear, costly; ’**5 rln-med worthless, also: free, gratis; Я^*^с rin-gon or Я<узц’ or ^^5 price, cost. + Я^'З^ rln*cen or Я^с?3 rin-po-ce for Я^’Э^ rln-cken or Я^3’& rin-po-che. rin-cke-ica 1. of great price, value. (Mnon^).
1183 rin-chen 1» TS, nfa, 33 gem; precious, precious thing? gold, wealth (in metal). 44^ or 44^'^=*4^ gold: your health being glowing as gold its natural glitter (Yig. k. 39) ; 4^'M^ silver (Yig. k. 4). n. of a Sutra delivered by Buddha at the request of Rin-chen-dra-wa-can (7Г. d. Ц, 232). 441^'3 WTH the earth that has precious gems in its bowels; ЧЧ dust (from rubbing) of gold, silver, copper and iron (Rtsii). the three different Ratna or gems in Bud- dhism : Buddha or the supreme teacher; Dharma, the doctrine embodied in the scriptures that protects all living beings; and Sangha the church (comprising all the past Buddhas, Bodhisattwa, saints and the priesthood) which leads to salvation. ЧЧ?'4^ rin-chen §na-bdun the seven (really six) different precious articles be- lieved to be the extraordinary treasures of a Cakravartti Raja: the precious wheel, the precious elephant, the precious gem, the precious wife, the precious minister and the precious general. ЧЧ ХЯТЗК the earth, also the ocean; n. of a Bodhisattva. 4*4^’*4 great rivers like the Indus, Ganges, &c., which carry the four kinds of precious metals (Yig. k. 16). rin-chen zla-tcas shus-])ahi mdo n. of a Siitra delivered by Buddha at the request of Ratna candra. (K. d. 258). 2. symb. seven (Rtsii). 4^’ 331 price, value; 4^'^ valu- able; Ччс/^ ИТГЗ dear, costly; 4^’^ invaluable, priceless (Yig. k. 3). 4^’3fl = ^331 the cowry or the current coin of ancient India. 4^ rin-po clie=^'§, ЧЧ nfir, TW 1. precious, the title which the Lamas of Lhasa and Tashi-lhun-po receive when they are recognized as the embodiments of the souls of their predecessors and are installed in the hierarchical office. 2. sbst. gem, jewel, gold, silver, etc. Ч^^утщ rin-po chehi-gdugs the jewelled umbrella, one of the eight auspicious articles in the possession of royalty. 4the five different kinds of precious articles: gold, silver, turquoise, coral and pearl (Rtsii). M4е* n. of a submarine mountain of the Eastern ocean:— вЦ^’Ч V I q 1 I q V <V'| «5^’1 VI 4? (K- J \ 269). Ч^я^Ч^ЧЗ'^ n. of another mountain situated beyond the island of mother-o-pearl (Я’Ч’Г’СГ’Т mu-tig gi-gu-ka tihi-glift) (K. d. \ 330). Ma chest made of gold or silver and studded with precious stones. Ч^’^Ч rin-po chehi-glin n. of a fabulous island (K. d. \ 3fy3). Ч^Ч^Ч^А П. of a Sutra in (К. ко. * 261). 4*3^ or ЧЧ|Чч n. of a town in Tsang the chief of which once ruled over Tibet. It has a fort or Jong (Rtsii). ЧчЧ bought with money or price. rin-di 1. bad. 2. a musket-ball (Jd.). rib colloq. of a short time, a little while.
1184 rib-та (also, eolloq. “ЛТшм”) fence, hedge, enclosure to protect fields from the cold winds, intruders, etc. (Jd.). sku-rim ufk^UT, any religious service con- ducted in a temple or chapel, daily, monthly, etc. ; also honour, homage, shown more esp. to gods, saints, and priests; special personal rites and other ceremonies. extraordinary religious service; place of reli- gious service ; rim-gro$ thar- wur hgyur ho will yet be cured by religoiis ceremonies; deht-rim gro-la as a ceremony for Inin (the sick person) (J/r'Z.); by offerings in goods, cattle, etc. (2Iil.); 5Я rim-tpjro chen-po bya$]iv arranged a great sacrificial festival (Juj. ^«’Sfq rim-gn-ica or 4 rim-hg го- ра attendant, attending servant, aide- de-camp ; in modern Tibetan the term comprises such high household officials as gsal-dpon, gzim$-dpon, фс. Ananda was Buddhas rim-gro-pa ; and tho priest conducting the fixed daily or monthly religious services in a temple or sanctuary is also called Яя-Bfq rim-gro-pa. Ъгч rim-pa xjftSHT, ?Ря 1; order, series, succesion; ^rq-q^-^ or in a row or line, in row, by turn ; rim-par successively, one after another, gradually; jn or by degrees: Хя-д^-щ^ч to come down by degrees; by degrees the first became chief and the last lowest; S'nlq^54q^g\q to do business by turns each taking a certain share of work (Glr.). 4w q n]^ to put the succession in another (branch). 2. separate 4°i[ order or succession, the place in я row or file, constituent part or member of a series, an item; a folding part: q’gw’jprqqsc fivo members of his line occupied the throne (Glr.), $go rim-pa-bdun a seven-fold door (Dzl.); g ^$rq items of good or bad articles; ’^'4 numerical order, serial number. to degrade, bring down gradually (Yig. к. 1). 3. order, method: without method, disorderly q ^N’q wfraH out of order, changed, irregular ; ^wq’^q’q knowing the order or method; ^^'q^Rgvq^X^q by this method which will be explained imme- diately (Jd.); rim-bral disorderly, irregular (Jd.). 4. degree, stage: Зря?’ degree in rank or dignity; fyWJ ^q degree in talents or attainment; stage in spiritual and saintly perfections. 5. time multiple: rim-ldab$ nis-rim double; ^гч|«ч| rim-geig—wy^ once, one time. ^151 rim$ or rims-nad infectious disease, plague, M’^яя epidemic; typhoid fever; ^яя* rim$-gton-ica to send, to cause a plague; virulent contagious disease ; ^w£\q v free from epidemic or plague : ^?яя’ач§г plagues, epidemics, are caused by nothing but the season or by demons; \м'9ч|^я,^я* because infection has set in gradually by the action of filth the disease has got the name Rims-nad (Mng. 23). ril or ^-q rii.po all, the whole, the entire thing (opp. to a part): g’A’Xarq the entire month; ^<255’^я ril-pohi lhag-ma the remainder of the whole
1185 \| { РаД kar.); gqq'^rg^ bubs-ril-lus the whole body; ril-gyis pyogs-pa entirely covered, completely enveloped, от wrapped up (Sch.); S3’^<3^covered his head entirely with his shawl (A. 86). ril-mid-pa to swallow a thing entire; '^«’М^С;54^'СГ£,Т tell me whether I am to come with all, or only with one half (of them) (Jd.). 2. ball, globule: ^«rS’s’^’q accepting as a food-ball. 3. dung of sheep, rabbits, mice, etc. Also ^*4’^ ril-ma. ^«гц?ч|’51 ril-hjog-ma lhahi smad-htshofi-тпи) n. of a celestial courtezan (Mnon.). ril-tin, I fc’^FT’lV’) balls or globules made of flour as offerings to the gods, spirits, etc., also the sacrificial wTater cup. rtl-por, adv. wholly, entirely: 5^' to consider a thing lasting and complete. ril-wa 1. от ril-то round, cylindrical; sran-ma ril-mo peas are round (Vai. sn.). 2. sbst. a round, globular object, such as a round lump of butter, etc.; ^«rq^g чщ ril-icahi spyi-blugs a bottle, narrow in the middle, a gourd-bottle (Sch.). Also= аьлЧч chab-ril or chab-glug water-pot to keep water for rinsing the mouth of monks; a copper cylindrical pot used as a jug to contain one drona of Magadha (A. 22). ril-bu small ball, globule, pill: ^‘g’s’q^ q’g^’^ ^ formed into a pill of the size of a pea (Ja.). ris 1. sbst. (apparently derived from *9’q hbri-tca to draw) any figure, form, design. ri^su, in figure, ^rg- *?|’q ris-su hbri-tca== ^‘Sfror^’q ri-mo-la bri- wa to draw ; ^•$-Ra’qx^’q3’qI5-q^-qT« treatises on figure-drawing building, etc. (A. 3J). pad-ma-ri§ the figure of a lotus flower (Glr.); mig- man ri§-su bris-pa designed like a chess-board ; skya-ris the blank parts of a picture (Cs.). 2. acc. to Cs.: part, region, quarter, hence mtho-ris heaveu, dwan-ri§ share of power or territory; Mnah-ris n. of a part of Tibet—the western province; 3. party: phyogs-ris partiality; Cs. has also : ran-ris one’s own party, gshan-ris another’s party. ri$-can partial, prejudiced. ^’*5’ impartial: ’$’&’jfor$*rq’qj5 eight un- easinesses of an impartial mind (Khrid. 16). or impar- tial, lit. not considering one near to his side and another distant from it. ^£5 ris-med impartial, indifferent, hence also a hermit, because he ought to feel indiff- erent to every thing (Jd.). ris- gzah sym. num. = 7, derived from the number of the greater planets together with the sun and moon (Jd.). ru 1. a hom,= * yak’s horn, ra-ru goat’s horn, lug-ra rams horn. 2. = * cha a division, part, section : VWR $ a brigade; ^1** the cattle, sheep, goat, &c., of each division under the Jong (Rtsii.). rus-gsum- byas-pahi-ru- pgeig one part out of three parts. Also $ ru is equivalent to the Chinese term usually translated “ banner ”: gya$- ru right wing or district, or “banner”; left “ banner” or wing, dmi-rn central division. More especially ru-dar banner, military ensign of triang- ular shape used in Tibet;' VS^gvq ru-dar 150
1186 ^’1 hphyar-wa to display, to hoist the banner. $ ru-$na division or wing of an army ; $5^ ru-dpon commander of a regiment or wing; ru-mtshon a lance with a Hag attached to its top, colours. гм-wa hatred, grudge, malice ; ra-na-can spiteful, malicious. rw-r/a gre acc. to Cs.: a kind of spicy root [a sort of medicinal plant used as a remedy for the disease called takman ; ( ostus speciosus]& Syn. ^54^ 51 hodJibar-ma ; Sg4) dbyug-pa$-mtshan ; (54‘§S khyvb-byed; *min-ldan (Mnon.Y 5'^ Pu-thog or Ни-rdog n. of an important fort as well as of a district in Tibet lying to the east of Ladak, about 15 miles beyond the east extremity of the Pan-коп Lake. Wa ; one of the commanders of the Kaurava armies who fled from the battle field of Kuruksefra and took shelter in Tibet (</. Zani). ru-pi (in Sikk. rubi) >*w-p0=ram in JIr. (Jd.). ru-wa 1.= >'3^ rt-gur a tent- covering made of yak's hair; ru-ica- pa a person living in such a tent; ru-wahi-tshog$ a number of such tents, a tent-village (Jd.). 2.-=^54l'q brog-pa herdsmen of Tibet. ^’o4 ru-ma curded milk, used as a torment, in C.: ho-marru-ma blug-hdra as when sweet and curded milt are put together. the princess of Ru-yong who was married to King Sron-btsan $gam-po and built the temple of Brag-Cha Klu- phug.Lhakhang (Lon *. 6t). ru-ra-ksa a kind of berry, prob, the smaller species of of which the rosaries used by Tantrik lamas are often made. ru-ru 1. a kind of deer (K. d. 3, 177). 2. species of fruit-tree (Jd.). ru-leb ‘ flat-horn,’ occurs in -*1*^' the Cerrus Wallichii, and in the stag discovered in Central Tibet by Dr. Thorold and afterwards named Ccrvus Thoroldi. phral-du or myur-du soon, quickly: R^5 (IPhu. 70) they do not repent even if they have to go to hell quickly. rug-ge adj. and adv. gracefully, finely : ч they all sat grace- fully ; Л shin-num rug-ge the field had a smooth elegant appearance. ^fj’4 iug-pa vb. to bend; ЭТ5*1 rug- bya$ - §*’5^ sgur-bya§ bont; $*] from having bent down his head in serving tea and molasses (A. 11/1). rug-rug bycd-pa—t^'Q b$du§- pa to collect together: put all things together pell mell. Hug-ma n. of a town in the country of Sindhu (*S. lam. 35). + F’F’ run-khan a polite term for bake-house or kitchen, generally such as belong to the clergy; also store-room for keeping clothes, furniture, and utensils permissible for the use of monks. run-chu water for washing the mouth (of a monk) before taking food and after he has finished his meal: 35).
1187 гип-wa (cognate to 1. vb. to befit, capable for, suitable, right, and adj. : qriu, qrq, proper, fit, etc., whatever has been done is proper; idiom for: you can do what you like. &Чthis word is calculated to terrify, is terrible; it is saleable, vendible; slob-dpon-du-mi run he is not fit to be a teacher; 4¥ihe is good for nothing else, but also in the sense : he is too good for any thing else (Glr.); 5q4 one that is able to perform it; w*- rned mi-run it must be procured by all means; it ought to be done; can also do without (him); would it not be as well to let him go at that time; how can one believe you ? (Jd.). 2. Jd. mentions several other phrases with : why should we care so much for this our body ? Esp. preceded by or (rarely) by why should not .....?, i.e.,0 that! would that! would that this were mine ! ^чс{Йя^<у$'я^с/ I only wish, she were not my daughter! would it were not my daughter I In C. eolloq. and in later writings 5^* ==“ although ” after a verbal root: though I have been sitting so long (Mil.); though it is not necessary (Mil.); to plead ignorance although one knows the thing (JZi'Z.); whatever may happen to me,= at all events, at any rate ; though it may be; whether it be an erroneous (opinion) or not (Mil.) though I live or though I die; whoso- ever he may be, whatsoever it may be* (1) pernicious, dangerous, atrocious, as enemies, beasts of prey, malignant gods and spirits, etc. i^2) spoiled, destroyed, ruined : я to destroy, etc., я^с/ч^ч^'я to be destroyed, etc., (Jd.). + ru-dra-ksa ^^ ;== ЭТ^^Ч drag-pohi-mig malignant eye, “evil eye’7; in Tibet it is gen. called ^4- rud=J^ a slip, that which has slipped down; a falling or fallen mass, as : p'$5 snow-slip, avalanche, $’$5 deluge, inundation, flood (by the rupture of an embankment and the like), ^'55 land-slip, descent of a mass of earth ; disinte- grated, loosened; acc. to Lex. rough. Hub-chu the large mountainous district of Eupchhu in the south of Ladak. 5Ч-Ч rub-pa 1. to rush in upon, to attack, assault: rush- ing in upon him from every side in order to touch hands and feet (Mil.); to pounce on the prey, to fall upon the food (Glr.); kha-rub byed-pa to out-cry, to bear down by a louder crying (Jd.). 2. to join in an affray; ^'P’-*pr a number of people joining together to assault ono man; (they) will jointly eome upon me. 3. to close, shut: Р’^’ч= P’B^’^ to shut the mouth, to be silent; in eolloq. = sit quiet, shutting tho lips. rub~$o currant W. (Jd.). rum or 1. womb, uterus, = ярч but less frq.: §я’Я’ч^ч ram mi~bde-wa sensations of pain during pregnancy; 4 wnnfnr to take birth, to enter into the womb. 2. darkness, obscurity, also mun-pahi-rum gen. 3. n., Turkey, the Ottoman Empire, the site
1188 Wl of which is but vaguely known to the Tibetans, though some commodities from thence find their way to Lhasa; уч a man from Turkey, a Turk; 5я’-*!* Syria ^•a I. adj. broken, putrid. 2. vb. to go bad, to get rotten, to turn rancid, etc. rul-war hgyur-na to become putrid; h0„ ma nd-son tho milk has gone bad, has become putrid. rul-bycd-skyes lit. that which revives a rotten thing; n. of a medicinal fruit (Mfion.). 3. to thaw •of snow). rul-po for hrul-po (Cs.). ^*4 ru$-pa or lineage, family: their name and lineage are such; a kinsman. 5^rus-geig-pa g$od- pa murder of a kinsman the murderer of his kinsman is a detestable sinner, is low born. rus-mtho-?oa high extrac- tion ; q ru$-dmah-wa low extraction. rus-л/yuzZ—^S’q rgyud-pa or ^1*^5 rig^-rgyud or ydun-ryud extraction, descendant, race (Mnon.). II bone ; back- bone, the spine; fracture of the bone (Med.); small bones of which the Tibetan anatomy enumerates 360. $mi-ru§ human bone ; •*)fa- med ru§-pa bare-bone, skeleton, i.e., bones when stript of flesh and skin; *1^’^ rkafi- ru§ bone of the foot; mgo-rus bone of the skull; ka-ne bones of the limbs; na-la-ga the bones of the legs (Mfion.). Also, fig- snifi-rus courage • energy, perseverance, ru§-pa chag^pa— $nifi-po the pith, i.e., the meaning and sense (J. 14?)- 5*^5 rus-chod preci- sion, accuracy, thorough correctness: З'Ч'З* as the king has to conduct affairs by means of correspondence and accounts the greatest accuracy in letters is essential. ru§-chan (^ q'Wq?*rq5'*r Mfion.), beer made of fermented bones. ornaments of terrific deities and for magicians, made of human bones which are suspended from the girdle; 'V the like ornaments fastened to six different parts of the body, viz., the top of the head, the ears, the neck, the upper arm, the wrists, and the feet. = tho marrow of the bone; lit. the pith of the bone. ru$-pahi-gzcb= pag$-pa the skin (Mfion.). qS'Sk’zsMfa’S cowries, bones or shells of exchange. ^A^orq ru§-hbol-wa 1. morbid symp- toms. 2. the stone of the apricot and other stone-fruits C. (Vai. $n.). ru$-rkrafi a skeleton. Jlu§-pa-$ba n. of a celebrated lama (Deb. % 33). ru§-tshad or $*’^5 rus-tshod (?) n. of a work upon gene- alogy (J. Zan.). *3** ru$-fifi, 1. Sch.: firmness, perseverance, repentance. 2. the spinal column. ru§-$bal wfipHsT tortoise; W* the female tortoise; the sea or lake turtle (S. Lex.).
1189 {jwr-gyi гия-sbal or 3^’^ ma-ha gser-gyi rus-sbal the fabulous golden tortoise from the figures upon whose breast the Chinese are said to have derived their knowledge of divina- tion and astrology. The chart of divini- tion used by them for drawing omens, &c., is drawn on the figure of a tortoise and is called srid-pa-ho ho or hwa being the Chinese for a picture or chart). Syn. q yan-lag Ina-pa; dam-du-hdsin; bul-hgro; yan-lag Ina sbas-pa; S4! glog-hthun; hgram-rkyon ; khog-pa-can ; nan-pahi (pib§-l_dan (Mnon.). iKq ru$-§bal ser-po n. of a Sa-bdag demon. re 1. for ^’4, also for ^5. 2. each, every, single, a single one, some (person or thing); one to each, one at a time ; one by one, every, everybody, each: each man riding on a horse ; dejection sometimes arises or despair comes from having no son ; or for a moment, = about a moment; once or twice. re-tsam seems to signify: just about: (a horse) sufficiently (large) for being mounted by about a hundred men; with the exception of about one year. ra$-go§ rkyan-re a single cotton garment; 355'^^ handing to each of the ten a phurpa; in each of his hands there was an ingot; he slaughtered every day 10,000 animals. each man killed one sheep nun-re a little at a time re-re gni$-gnis one and all, one with another, indiscriminately (ЛЛ7.). 4Vl те-shig somebody, something; some, a little; ’^| also = (with or without a little while: wait a while ! after a little while. 3. in such forms as mchis-sa-re or gyur-ta-re it may be rendered by such an adverb as: certainly, indeed, undoubtedly. 4. occurs as a particle mostly put between two closely connected words for the purpose of giving the compound word a verbal signification; thus snin-rje, signifying compassion, can be split into two with the particle between them and then it means: to take pity upon ; in the samegmanner fatigue becomes ^^q^=was fatigued. In like manner we have $kyug-re-log; and (Jd. chiefly). Кre-skan, also ordinarily 4^, = sel- dom, by no means, never: that can seldom happen; they can by no means be satisfied with it. 4^ re-skon от lit. fulfilment of hope = heaven, blissful state. Syn. mtho-ri§-gnas; dge-legs (Mnon.). 4^ re-skon n. of a bitter medicinal herb: (Med). J re-kha ;= ri-mo line, figure, drawing, picture, painting, re- khahi-hdab—^\P'^' stag-pa p# birch-tree (Mnon.); (Yig. k. 55). re-hkhaH offence: to become offended and abusive. re- hkhon frequent quarrel: quarrel in one’s house both morning and evening. re-gur goat’s hair tent; castle of hope. ^’4 re-wa I: wmr 1. sbst. hope; 4W4 ЯПДК’Н harbouring hope, hopeful;
1190 re-wa skon-wa or К'сгдч'ч rc-wa sgrub-pa to fulfil a hope ; ^S'4 rned- pa to get fulfilled, to obtain, what one has hoped for, it has arisen as well as ono could wish; hoping, full of hope, ^’Ч'Л^’Ч hopeless, despairing. 2. vb., to hope: tham^-cad mthon-du rcho all hope to see. re-gron hope; reliance ; re-lto§ hope, expectation: Wgshan- la re-ltos byed-pa to depend upon another, to repose hope on another : {Khrid. <SJ) at the time when all hope of refuge, protection, of hiding himself, or run- ning away had been exhausted, he did not know what to do. К^'^\ч re-gron тей-ра==^Ч'&\Ц re-§to§ med-pa to be hopeless, disappointed; also disappoint- ment. onc the 37 sacred places of the Bon. {G. Bon. 37). ^g*|'4 rc-lcag-pa a mezercon with white blossoms growing in the South Himalayas, of which paper is made; or the shrub Daphne and its bark {Ya-sel. 28). J an epithet of the goddess Dp d Idan Lhamo. re-dog§ hopo and fear. = one possessed of hopes and fears; being without hope and without fear. re-thag chod-pa^ p’<W|’<i)X5'4 kho* thag geod-pa to be disappointed; despair, disappointment. re-lde a kind of buckler manu- factured in Tsang {Jig. 32). rc-snam woollen cloth or blanket made of goat’s hair.- • • ^’4 re-wa II: goats hair; a kind of cap made of black goat’s hair; re-wo aec. to some=^’2? §bre-bo sackloth, a kind of cloth of yak’s hair, a tent. re-mo§ or turn, series, or more accurately: the turn or change of the scries: 'QJ,g4|*ч5Л'Й^гчч then the turn of misfortunes came upon me. + re-rma as a met.— 35’^5 bud-med woman. re-shig, v. К a short while: рЧ'ДЧ’^’&г^ shortly there was khob-thob noise of something being struck. re- ral n. of a vegetable medi- (ine: re-re singly ; each...each. re-gig used for K re-wahi-gna$ place of repose of one’s hope : I have none to repose my hopes other than you. ’Ц reg-pa 1.—?ч*ч or to attain to, to reach : until attaining to the perfect state of Buddha {Buddha-bhum}). 2. but chiefly : vb., to touch, to come in contact with : pleasure in coming in contact with; touched (his) head with the hand. In W. very common under the form “rag-ee.” 3. to feel, to perceive ; esp. in W. where it sounds: rag-ce. 4. sbst. regy connection ; reg-dug (poison that has entered the body by contact) contagion, hence venereal disease, syphilis. ^|'S reg-bya 1. what is felt, or may be felt, anything palpable or tangible, М’У
I 1191 Хз | reg-bya mi-tshor what may be felt is felt no longer. 2. feeling, sense of feel- ing: Л<*ГЗ,др.*«1 pags-pa reg-bya gran-la whilst the outside of the body appears cold to the touch; reg-bya-rtsub rough to the touch (Jd.). 1. touch. 2. = 4g. 4-i sm-Jns draft. ^qaq- reg-bzan n. of a medicinal plant. Syn. skyes-ma; tshos-byed- ma; mchod-sbyin-ma ; hkhor-los-§gyur; tshigs-drug-pa; 4 4 nidud-pa drug-pa ; X ^”q dri-yi rtsa-wa; bde-ldan-ma; pa-to la ; sa-bdag-hbras; <|W gsal-wa ; rigs-ldan; kha-war-byed (Mnon.). regs-pa— bregs-pa. ren-wa, also r^ns= 5^'5 gyon- po stiff, congealed, tense,’rigid; rens-par byed-pa to make hard or stiff: Jowo by his series of rites for propitiating the goddess Dolma made it (the thief’s body) stiff (Л. 139) ; rmahi ren-sbyans to remove the stiff parts of a wound ( Vai. §n.). spos-kyl ren-bu) 1. pastil for fumigating: would you proceed carrying a pastil of fumigating incense ? (Jig. 28.) 2. sepa- rate, not belonging to anything else (Sch.). ren^=[^t^'q khycns ’gT’W. rens-po 1. rigid, coagulated. 2. alone, single (Seh.). red-pa 1. auxiliary and substan- tive vb., very common throughout Central and Eastern Tibet where it largely re- places the other auxiliaries. It rarely occurs in books, though occasionally in Mil. It is most often used in the 3rd person and never in the 2nd person : where is he going ? *4 this is not your dog ; (pronounced always : na-ran gin-gi-ma-re ’) I do not know. Often annexed to ^S’4 in common talk in the form (sounded: yb’ a-re’): ^5’^5 q “ khoran-la pu kha-ge yb'a-re me* a-re ” has he any sons or not; “ dinde yd'a ma re ” is it so or not ? 2. = grub-pa ready, accomplished, done : red-rndah a spent arrow. ^q'^crci reb-reb-pa 1. hazy, some- thing misty or glimmering before the eyes. 2. to be in a great hurry, to be very zealous (Jd.). rem-pa l. = the vulg. colloq. rig-pa sgrim-pa to be cautious, careful. he rose carefully (Rdsa 28) ; ye two friends be careful this time (Rdsa. 25). 2. vb. and adj., (to be) strong, vigorous, durable, powerful, of men and animals. = RgN pun out; diffuse. = kid, young of a goat; rehu mig lit. kid’s eye; squares of chess board. the skin of a kid (Rtsii.). res 1. inst. of re. 2. change, turn, time, times: to change places alternately (Jig. 7); it being now our turn of acting (Dzl.); re$-byed-pa with verbal root, to do
I 1192 a thing by turn with another person, resp. : $kem$-la gsol-res mdsad-pa to vio with one another in drinking beer (Glr.); rt s-mos byed-pa to work by turn; Л«г35 (A. 59) having travelled gradually he found in a town that tho kingly office was performed by turn ; by turns ho explained to all the lopers and beggars that attachment (to life or worldly tilings) was bad (A. 106). 3.= *^^*'«1 or res-hgah at times, at intervals, occasionally: (A. 18) at times carried (it) to the sky. res-Jr rt-chun now great, now small, or partly great, partly small; res-yod rc8-m<>(J at ono time is there, at another not (Ck.); at times cheer- ful, or Knre$-hgah ; v. 2. supra. rc^-gcig once, once upon a time. rc§-mo$y v. ’Йч re-tnos. re$-g?ah an occasionally appearing star, a changing (wandering) star, a planet (Cs.)*, re$-hgrog§ zla- $kur tho stars with which tho moon is successively in conjunction (&Л.1. rc$-po, 1. re§-)no. 2. old, v. «й|-с| Ьдге-иа (Jd.). % I: го=!рэ or also X’Aj^; sbst. taste, flavour, savour: F’X kha-ro tasty thing; X’^k-q ro-myon-wa to taste ; Xi\q= g'-q ^ q insipid, tasteless. X'qj-^fl| § ro-la drug-ste there are six different kinds of taste :—«wq mnar-wa sweet, jpvs $kyur- tea sour, P'q kha-wa bitter, 4'q ska-ica astringent, ^‘A tsha-wa acrid, lan- tshba-ica salt. The medicines are also 'divided into six classes such as «ea’W *4ел n mnar-wahi mnar-wa sweet of sweet, mnar-tcahi §kyur-wa sweet with but a little sour. X’AJV’^food (for great men) consisting of one hundred different tastes, i.e., of the most exquisite and manifold flavour (Ja.). Xai£a|-^q tasteful, of great relish (S. Lex.). X’^wHj TH flavoury, flavour. X*^ ro-ldan, Wfr 1. grapes. 2. garlic.= 5f4|'^ ?gog-pa; gu-na-dtm-na (Mnon.). 3. chireta, gentian (Mfton.). X^^w ro-ldan-nia as met. = J^^'A rgya-mtsho chen-po ocean (Mnon\ X’ww go-bzaft-ma n. of a Yaksa prin- cess (K. g. S, 130). Ха ro-ma 1. anything from which the juice or spirit or esseneo has been extracted. 2. = Г grass. X’qfc-q ro-btsoft-wa in Sikk. to impor- tunate ; persistence. Хч^ ro-hdain книг as met. the tongue. Х’уг ro-myaft 1. relish, taste; also delicious. 2.= SC<W sbran-ma, bee. X*y/q ro-myan-wa 1. to taste, to relish. 2. as met. the tongue, [ее or bciid-kyi-nia (Mfton.). X5 q^ rohi-gser=d4^ cam- phor (8. Lex.). II: = X’w residue, remains, sediment: *Я’Х tshag-ro (or ‘utafX htshag-ro) that which remains in a sieve or filter, husks, etc.; *’X ja-ro tea-leaves left in a tea-pot; 3«rX tshil-ro the remains of fat after having been melted; ’P'X gal-ro, X X ro-roy ^‘X so-ro rubbish; gS'X $kud-ro the ends of threads in a seam. К HI: 1. physical body, especially a beast's body: X'JA ro-rgyab back; X'^s re-
1193 $tod the upper part of the human body, chest and back (Bbrom. Г, 82); X^S ro- $mad the lower part of the body; X*£\|pr ro-smad §brul-du hkhyil-wa the lower part of the body like a serpent (<7d.). 2. more frq. dead body, corpse, carcass: &‘X mi-ro a dead man, 5’X rta-ro dead horse; Х£‘у*гц the place where a corpse is laid, the cemetery; Х*§ч[ ч rc- sreg-pa to burn a corpse. X’frc/ ro-khan (1) tho house от place where a dead body is kept before being carried to the ceme- tery for disposal; (2) place for burning or burying the dead, a favourite spot for conjurations and sorceries of the Tantrik lamas. X gq q lit. one who carries a corpse on his back for disposal to a cemetery, hence the scavengers in Tibet are called rogyab-pa; but the word is ordinarily pronounced ra-gya-pa. X§j« ro-sgam a coffin ; ro-drafa nes-pa defect in the performance of a funeral; X*5J rc-yf gna§ ijnim the place where dead bodies are disposed of; Х’$ч| ro-bug grave, tomb; Х'$я ro-bum a structure resem- bling in which the X ^ the upper half of the hody is placed in upright position ; food offered to the manes of the dead. Хч^ ro-ra§ cotton cloth for wrapping up a dead body before crema- tion ; upon it incantations are frequently inscribed against demons and malignant spirits; X'^EsM ro-lan§ the soul of the dead roving on earth, also (evil) spirit, or goblin that occupies a dead body. Кro-ne ra-ne or sha-ne lead. tX’S’nj ro-tsa-ka and X ro-^sa-Лл chen-pa are celestial flowers (IT. d. % 156). Кro-tsa or X’4|& ro-gtsah sexual ins- tinct or power, carnal desire, lust (Med.). Х^|\ц ro-tsa §kycd-pa to procreate, to increase the carnal appetite by medicine (Cs.); also: to feel it; Х’^л ro-txa-ua, voluptuousness, sensual, lustful (Mil.). Х’^п^я ro-tshan-gsum a kind of officinal plant: X Ro-hi-ta, 1. n. of river that flowed between the towns Serskya and Lh/i-bsian. (J. Zafi.) 2. a species of ibex said to possess three horns. Ro-hi tu-ka n. of a place in ancient India. <«0 rog-po 1. C. black, cf. 8 bya and ^’Х<| pho-rog. 2. rag-pa reddish, yellowish-brown, of rocks. X«r| ч rog-ge-wa shining dimly with a face glow- ing gloomily as it were Mil., nt. (Jd.). rog-po hjom§ §kye§ a medicinal herb. rog§ vulg. for grogs friend, companion, associate, assistant; X^n£\ Ц rogs-med geig-pa friendless and quite alone. Хч|*г*я rog^-ram or X*|*r§5’q rog$- byed-pa to help, assist; q grogs-byed- pa help, assistance. deep gorge, defile, narrow passage, cleft in a hill, also valley; Xt/ppv abyss, deep hole; Э4!‘Xk; Irag-ron dell or chasm between rocks; a ravine, X^ u’^ X^is not the nether region of the Naga an abyss and very narrow? (Bbrom. 165). Roft-byam$-chen n. of a district in the mountainous country situated in the north of Tsang where in a monastery a huge image of Maitreya Buddha was constructed by Lama Sems- dpah chen-po Gshon-nu rgyal mchog (Lon. \ 16); X*3« n. of a lama of Bong (Deb. 151
Х^| 1194 Xorq| % J8); Хс/Х*Т*1 an epithet of the devil (G. Bon. 8). Rofi-ynl the country of ravines; gAu. Nepal, Sikkim, Bhutan, etc., are so called. Xvft rofi-mi, a man coming from Ilong ; Xc.'? rofi-rta, rofi-lcafi a horse bred in, a willow growing in, Sikkim or Bhutan. rod pride, haughtiness (in rod-pa or X<v5 rod-po, 1. = go§ dress. 3. stiff, unable to help one’s self. Xvl’q rod-la-wa id. (Ja.). X*r vol deep, abyss, chasm: Xqt^yy^-’V they ore bom in a very intolerable abyss (Sorig. 19k <я’4 roni-po (for in Sikk. and СЛ thick,big, stout, massive, plump; deop, cf sound ; opp. to 3 phra-mo, Х^'|5 rol-rfied playfulness. X^\ rol-rncd-ma hphrog-pa the ravish- ment of Хч^'Д rol-rned-ma (prob. n. of a dramatical work about which, Atisa remarked X<|s q q^-q? (Л. J(9). X<4’5 rol-rta, 1. Seh.: the near horse in a team, the right-hand horse. 2. the act of playing with cymbals and with wind instruments. X'srsftN rol-gna§ a stage, a place of enjoyment; a pleasure grove; heaven. vol-pa, 1,—$prubpa, v. Х^гч rol-wa. 2. playfulness; *1^’4 the coquettish airs and gestures of youth- ful playmates (Mfion.). 3. = lofis-. spyod-pa or q tshogs-za-wa to enjoy, amuse oneself with women ; also drinking, and merriment. X^a^a^ rol-pahi hgros musical gait, dancing to music=^a5a^‘§5 rkafi-pahi [idu-bycd (Mfion.). Xq-q$’«^q^ rol-pahi mtsho-bdun the seven lakes of which the waters move in gentle waves as if they were dancing to the music of tho wind. rol-pahi rdo-rje an epithet of the Tantrik god dgye^ pa rdo-rje Ileruka (Mfion..) XoiqS’^ rol-pahi-sa as met=^’^‘<4^ mtho-ri§-gna$ the celestial regions (Mfion.). <orq roZ-wa=fr-q j^y 1. to amuse or divert one’s self; to play and laugh. In j’i^’Xoi’q '[gya-cher rol-pa, i.e., the Lalitavistara and in Х^’Ч’Ч^’Ч or lalita nydsa (tho name of a certain kind of con- templation), rol-pa is used for acting or playing on the stage of this worldly existence. 2. to take, taste, eat, drink: Й g4|'arX«rq srin-mo khrag-la rol-pa witches or ogresses revelling in blood (Mil.) ; Хтерт^Ч'Ч rol-pahi $tab§-su bshugs-pa there he sits, or to sit with revelrous mien. 3.= |prq spruBwa to prac- tise sorcery, to cause to appear in magical form; ^ qvXoi'q rnam-par rol-pa— g*rq rnam-par %prul-pa. ^prX*rq3’|j$’g ye-fe§ rol-pahi khehu Ifia is used for : S’^erq ye-$e$-kyi $prul-pa incarnations of the divine Wisdom. Ха Й rol-.mo 1. зргй 4ПТ XorXJS’g tho sound of music : Xq’#’9Vq rol-mo byed- pa to make music; X«’3S*rol-mo spyod- pa musical profession. 2. music, musical instrument, X«r3S5’*’qj5 rol^mohi cha-brgyad = the eight divisions of music. XertfS’q^ rol-mohi gnas or ХогЙ$ч the place where music is performed, a theatre; Хч*Й-я^ rol-mo-mkhan musician, ебр.= ^'я1^ &1- rpkhan a cymbal player (Stfion.). rol-mohi sgra-inthah dag n. of the
1195 Xorq | different kinds of musical sounds or notes • (1) ; (2) 5^4 (3) S’# (4) ’’’’V (нндрт) *-че.^я; (5) । ijwwjjV- ^’4’5} (ДГйои.). In the same Tibetan work we find some curious definitions of what are termed X^5-g^X^|jq]^q^q the sources of the different musical sounds, which are specified in the following way:—9-gc/er?faj^’S|’g the violin, etc. emits sound from (striking) the strings; drums etc. give sounds from beating the skin placed upon a hollow vessel; the pipe, flute, etc. yield sounds through the passage of holes; the sound of cymbals, etc., is by the falling of one disk of metal upon another at intervals (Mnon.). Again rol-niohi §pon-sa is the school-house or place where music is taught. Furthermore we hear of ХогЗй’ §’q4|-qt-qj5 rol-mofyi bye-brag bco-brgad the eighteen accompaniments of music:— I, q,<uq,^’4l^'qJ ^E.-N’qg^ q, вяГ^ч, Х«гЙ5’д, and XorSS^g’q rol-mohi dbye-ica the different kinds of musical instruments:—(1) ^'5$’ the damaru; (2) *<£ ma-du ; (3) Sta’pq til- khrol; (4) dandi-ma drum; (5) q^’f bal-rfia Nepalese drum; (6) rnkhar-rna kettle drum, fort drum (Mnon.). Хог£5‘я rol-rtsed-ma rfwr a dancing girl; a coquettish woman. Xq furrow; XoTF^c/q to begin plough- ing in spring. of ria sometimes for § bla (Jd.). rlag or 2$’4 rlag^pa— ^’4 or ^X’q 1. destruction, loss or ruin; n. of a city in ancient India which was destroyed by the Yavanas, hence termed the ruined city; to be destroyed, ruined. 2. = ^q’q’^’q^ to become bodiless. rlans-pa qrq vapour, steam; exhalations; kha-rlafis breath, vapour from the mouth ; $’2^ chu-rlafa steam, watery vapour; to distil. to steam. rlafis-po— q gdol-pa ^xsgrw, 73^ the lowest social grade (Mnon.). rlan 1. moisture, humidity; ^y^q’q rlan span-гса to avoid the wet ; 2^’^Ц rlan~can moist, wet, humid; rlan-med dry. rlan-steh nal-wa to sleep in the wet (Lf.). 2. 34 a liquid; rlan-rlon id., rlan-rlon-chan the liquid (called) beer. one dressed in leaves of trees (I7y. k. 25.). 2fi’f^ or rlan-las skyes a general n. for insects or animals generated in moisture (Mnon.). rlab-pa or §^'q rlabs-pa to remove, to clear away (Sch.). iflabs ^tfq, wave, billow, ripple: rgya-mtshohi rlabs large wave; $q$rq^ rlabs-po-che or $q^'3^ rlabs- chen nvnftfq, a large wave or billow; rlabs-kyi rt-mo= chu-gjier (Mnon.) ripples on water; rlab§- phren series of waves or billows one follow- ing another in rapid succession. Syn. chu-rlab§; dbah-rlabs or q’$q^ rba-rlub§ (MAon.). g^qq-urc rlabs-yas n. of a great number (S. Lex.). rlam-pa, v. 2^'4 rlom-pa\ also we find: rlam-khyer.
1196 с\ rlig-pa resp. gsan-rlig testicles. ^ч^ддч rlig-pa hb yin-pa or ^’ЧА^ч rlog-pa hphyid-pa to castrate, emasculate (a man), to cut or geld (an animal); чrlig-pa phyufi emasculated; rlig-mcd castrated; rlig-$kran$ swollen testicle ; ^45 the testes; rlig-can having testicles, a stallion ; ^Я’^чгч rlig geig-pa having only one testicle ; $ч]'3 rlig-bu or rlig-pib^ the scrotum ; rlig rfay$-pa or rlig §bos-pa swollen testicles (Nag. Syn. IfS sgro-ica§bub$; ^5^’9 hbn^btt; ^5 mdsod (Mnon.). еч rlin$ entire, all; 8^2 entirely, altogether. c\ rlid a dosed leather bag (&/*.). rlid-bu 1. a whole, a lump or mass (Sell.). 2. = 5^ rkyal, a skin or leather bag; gen. ‘3 dud-hgrohi rlid-bu the entire skin of an animal. rlib$-bu=z 5’^'4 largo, wide, spacious. l.= lfa'4 $bo$-pa (Nag. 64\ swollen : В4]‘Ч’^чщ a swollen testicle. 2. acc. to Cs.: to purge ; mnal rlugs-раг byed-pa to cause abortion ; ring^byed-pa a purge procuring abortion (Ja.). 3. in Tsang: to cast, to overthrow, to pull down ; for ОТЧ fag-pa. rlugs-ma anything cast forth, or ejected; the casting out, effusion; acc. to one L*x. excretion of indigested food (Jd.). rlun I: wpra, ^ч breeze, wind: rfafi lo-ma-la reg the wind touches the leaves; rfafi-gis-bskyod (a thing) is moved by the wind, blown away by the wind; Iе’I rfan-chcii-pO) 8^’34 tluft-drag-po a high wind, a gale. But among the common people of Central Tibet rlufl in the simple sense of “the wind” seems to be almost unused except in certain compound words, such as rfan-rta, hog-rluft flatulence, etc. Alone it is known chiefly in the mystical sense; ^чргч lhak$-pa being in C. the eolloq. word for: wind, breeze. tfafi-dmar= rfafi chen-po (lit. red- wind) storm, tempest, high wind, gale at sea: rlufi-dniar tham$- cad shi-na$ the tempest having subsided (A. 16). rfafi-tshub whirl-wind, storm with rain and sleet. Syn. nam-mkhahi-srog; nam-mkhahi dbyugs; * vui-mo§-phcl\ nam-mkhahi §tob$; ^'q &yo-byed rdul-gyi kha-lo-pa ; hgro-wahi fiaft-tshul\ ч?’чЗ’5(<Ч hgro-ieahi-srog; dri-fyJion; Ч--5Ц dri- len ; drihi fin-rta ; pna§- med rlag-hgro; kun-hdul-rfia; ч^г^Лч]^ bsil-byedreg-ldaii (Mnoni). II: 1. In the mystical physiology of Buddhism is set forth as one of the three humours of the body (^5'^'4 nad He§-pa) and is supposed to exist in nearly all its parts and organs, circulating in veins of its own, producing both the arbitrary and the involuntary motions, and causing various other physiological pheno- mena. When deranged it is the cause of many diseases, esp. of such complaints the origin and seat of which are unknown, rheumatism, nervous affections, etc. This rfafi or humour is divided into five species, viz.: J)*!^тод-hdsin which is the cause of breathing; 5^ gyen-rgyu faculty of speaking, cause of muscular motion, of digestion and
। 1197 I assimilation; thur-sel of excre- tion. In mysticism, as Jd. remarks, rlttfi hdsin-pa seems to be = dbug§ b^kyafi-wa and to de- note the drawing in and holding one’s breath during the procedure called which is as much as to prepare one’s self for contemplation, or to enter into a state of ecstasy (ЛА7.); rlufi-gyi dkyil-hkhor a kind of subtle meditative performance. rlufi-gi nad diseases caused by rliifi which are :— rlufi-la-refi§, cc-spyafi-mgo, gzug$-hkhum§, bi-qi-rtsi, sran-mi hthifi-po, sntad-kyi rtsa dkar-gyi rlufi (S»ian. 7). rlufi-gi mi-yi rafi-bshin the nature, constitution and appearance of one who is affected by an evil conjunc- tion of rlufi (K. g. S, 262). rlufi-gi rgyal-mtshan^Wi' hjah-mtshon, the colours of the rain- bow (Mfion.). ^lufi-gi bai=&s met. wify hjah-ndshon the rainbow (Mfion.). a fabulous bird which • can fly one thousand miles in a moment and is said to live in the forest called grib-)на sfion-pohi nags (7Г. d. S 297). 5^'9 Rlufi-gi bu one of the names of the second P^pdava brothers (Mfion.); also is an epithet of Hanumana the monkey genera! of Barna. rlufi-gi bu-rgyud as met.= monkey (Mfion.). rlufi-gi hbras-bu hjah-mtshon the rainbow (Mfion.). 2. as met.= ^’4 char-pa or $prin-gyi me-tog rain (^Яо?о). йе*? i,e., the names of the" different winds :-(l) чкяТе, (ft- д. ч, lli); (2) *r*rw$E*, gjr^4], ?’w? (irw" or (дйт) (Mfion.). ’^ч] rlafi-gi mtshan-nid-drug the six qualities of wind:—rtsub- pa, «к’Ч yan-wa, grafi-wa, 5J’q sra-wa, g n phra-wa, ^’4 gyo-wa (Bbnm. 17). rlufi-gi fifi-rtalit. wind-chariot l.= g|Wr|q rlun-las-skyes bom of the wind, a figurative name for a horse (Mfion.). 2.= §^ sprin cloud (Mfion.). $e’S]'«q^4[’q’s^ rlufi-gi gfog-ра-сан (lit. having wind wings) a term for the swiftest horse; the kind of horse to which this compliment is given in Tibet is generally called §’3^* gyi-lifi (Mnon.). rlufi hkhor-wa щдзрж weather- cock, an instrument that is turned by the wind. rlufi-bnis-hthufi as met.= rfia-mofi camel, dromedary (Mfion.). 5^’5 rlim-rla (lit. the wind-horse); the horse of fortune or luck, generally ins- cribed on flags with charms and allowed to flutter in the wind. But the long perpendicular flags attached to poles themselves are also styled “ lung-ta.” rlufi-nag (lit. black-wind), dust storm, a storm whirling up clouds of dust. rlufi-ypu sun-hbyin one of the seven different winds of the human body ; the names of the remaining six:— яВ<|*г§5 (К. d. 367).
Нм 1198 5^’95 rlnft-spyod lit. that pairs while floating on tho wind=5‘^ bya-rgod vul- ture (Д1яо;г.). rlun-ma 1. col. wind. 2. n. of a Yaksa princess (JY. g. % SO), rlufl-gyab a fan. Syn. Ml-gyab; q^rqjfa bsil-ica-$tob (Mnon). rluh-la dgah-wa (lit. that which delights in wind) — as met. the camel (ДГЯоя.). 5^ Rlun-lha фгя, the god of wind. rlun-lhihi shon-pa tho conveyance of tho god of wind (Mnon.). Syn. rlafi-gi dwan-phyug ; dbug^-hbyin-bdag ; sni-tshogz rfa-an; gyo-byed- mgon ; q lofi$~?pyod mdse$-pa ; $tob$-kyi-lha ; jk’ nub-byan phyogs-^куой (M^on.). rlun-la$-rgyal n. of the king of tho horses, he that can win in tho race with wind. Syn. rta-mchog ; can-<ps- pa (Mfion.). a wave (S. TZr.l. rltin-bsreg the musk-deer. Syn. ST4 gla-wa; gla-rtsi-can (Mfton.). hog-la hthen the son of Ytun-$an$ hog-Ia hthen (G. Bon. 23). rlubs l. = 5W low. 2. acc. to Jd. in C. = a corner, hole, placo for hiding a thing ; tho pocket in a robe (Lex.): ’^54^ khuft-buhi rlub$. 3. ace. to Sch.: ditch, pit, pool, abyss: mehi-rltibs fire-pool. 8|4*rq rlub^-pa 1. a cover; also as vb. to cover, hide ; to hide under a robe. 2. = ^чч 5ЙЧ)’2» rlag-po foolish, stupid, of a little child (Ja.). S’l’2' rlog-pa pf. brlags, form of pres, and fut. ч$ч| brlag, imp. Sj4] rlog or rlog^ 1. to destroy; break down, turn up ; as in ’gfa q sa-rlog-pa, ^§4q rdo- rlogpa, ’«r|4]’4jq q^ (Snih.) W4S or tdul-du rlog-pa to reduce to powder, to destroy entirely. 2. fig. to per- vert, to infatuate ; quite corrupted by the filth of sin (Dzl.); those infatuated by thoughts of marriage (Ja.). I: rlon-pa l.= Mongolian adj. wr? wet, moist, damp; colloq. “loni-po"; tshan-rlon quite wot, wet through ; of meat, vegetables and the like = ^M*q uncooked, as in milk not boiled; also = »<iKq unripe as in %'^J’ also used in raw meat. 2. vb. with pf. and fut. in 4g^ brlan—^:^ $ban-wa to make wet, to moisten, e.g., or *^ q4 with water or with rain ; brlon-to made wet (Situ. 76). Syn. rlon-can; gper-pa; qwq ban^-pa ; thag-can (Milon.). rlon-pa II: to answer, with lan ; also sfa‘q glon-pa, q ldon-pa, Ыап-ра, zlon-pa (see Jd.). rlob$ as in with pf. brlabs, fut. 4^q brlab, imp. rlob§, v. 9Л byin. rlom-pa l.= W4 ham-pa sbst. НГ4 conceit, vanity. 2. vb. with pf. brlams to be conceited, to be proud of, to glory in, to boast of, used with terrain.
451 1199 45’1’4 | case: bder rlom-pa to boast of one’s good fortune; gcig-tu rlom-pa to be proud of being one with. 3. to love, to adhere to, to be attached to. 4. to covet: g.sha)i-gyi nor- ia to hanker after another’s property; covetousness has grown up. the thigh brla-ga siVH, sifai muscular part of the thigh; n brla-skyes born of the (Brahma’s) thigh,rje-rigs; (Mnon.) the Vais'ya or tho gentleman caste of India. + brla-brnan==$*\4 snon-pa augmenting, growth, increase. brlag-pa 1. v. rlog-pa forsaken, abandoned. 2.=&pK$*rq med- par bya^-pa, demolished; dgra- brlag killed the enemy (Situ. 76). 3. == «мргч to wash off (S. Lex.). + brlan-po ц rtsub- po rude, coarse, roughness in conver- sation : brlan-pohi tshig rough words, abusive language; rtsub brlan-wa ma-yin-pa refraining from abusive language; brlan-po rnam$ byed-pa to make use of such language. brlafi-spyod = rtsnb-spyod rough behaviour, misconduct; also described as l’q (D. gel. 11); brlan-spyod byed-pa to be rude or rough in manners. brlan-mo= bud-med gtum-mo a fierce woman, an amazon (Mfton.). brlan-pa 1. another form of — 4]^*q or ^‘4 sbaft-wa: chus brlan-to (Situ. 76); met. a tree. 2. = bsdus-pa or phyog$-su gtogs-pa to collect or put aside. арт brlab-pa9 v. q rlob-pa. ^fl’q brlam-pa, v. zfa'Q rlom-pa. q$wq brlums-pa^ bskyod-pa, tremulous, trembling ; hbyun- pos brloms quivering with a demon, described as the occupa- tion of one’s body by an evil spirit (Situ. 76). e\ brlift-геа excellent (Zam. 12). Also=^^ brtan-pa firm, steady: he is wise who is naturally steady. brlifi-po firm, secure, safe (both of men and things). brlift-log confused, disorderly, not to be trusted (Sch.). 4§4|’q bring -pa = mi-brtan-pa zi 'O (Nag. 64) unsteady, not firm. brlubs, v. rlubs 9os-kyis gyog$ tshar-wa) covered with clothes.
QI QI la I; 1. is the twenty-sixth letter of tho Tibetan alphabet, corresponding with the English I and Sanskrit <*!. 2. numeral: 26. II: 1. a mountain pass, the summit of a pass, *4 1^ the edge or side of a pass, lahi-gycu the ascent of a mountain pass, lahi-thur the descent or declivity of a mountain pass. also «rjq’Q to cross a pass. 2. candle, wax-candle, wax-light, taper (from the Chinese lah wax) in C. • the top of a mountain ; Q*; on the summit of a lofty mountain (hbrom. F, 18). III: *4 $ gvq'i^qr^l La in mystic Buddhism is symbolic of the state of non-receiving, i.e., of absolute repletion (7Г. g. *«, 43). ^•qq’^’4|^^q’§ I qiqi'q7^- д’у q5 Soj q' qj^qi? La signifies that a believer in the doctrine of (the less developed) S'ravaka is changeful. The Mahdydna doctrine (fully developed) being steady, giving up the S'rd taka doctrine one should be assiduous in the Mahagana doctrine (IT. my. % 208). IV : postpos. or case-sign 1. denoting \ § all being said to possess «I'M, signifying—as to, to, on, in, at, into, upto, by, from, toward. XkVJJ = as to the meaning; go east- waid; wv«i($)’*|Jq brought to the end; arrived at tho limit, attained to perfection; 2’Ч^(^)ЯЗГ goes to India; pressed down; running or moving in front; '44J'4(5)’q^ catch in or by the hand, oj^q looking where to or at what; at or towards the lamp-light (Situ. 19); *r®r*3)’4 sa-la ligre-tca to roll (one’s body) on the ground ; *г«г^зргл sa- la hgril-ira to fall to the ground; «iRM4|q to rise to heaven, to soar or fly in tho air, Я’ч at, on, in, the fire, on the mountain, $ in, into, to, on, the water, towards the east, eastward, in, to, Tibet; from, as: р’Ллод snow falls from heaven, 5'«TRqq he alights from his horse, he leaps from the rock, ^ '4' las-la khrag-hbyin-pa to draw blood from the body. 2. f.c., with reference to time: at dusk vanquished the demon, <ч on the third day, in the twentieth year, within three months. Phyag dau-po la at, during, the first obeisance 3. to signify: necessity; ^5'^5 or purpose of; also to sig- nify Vfa state of, nature of:—^’(^)‘ manifested as a god, became unified, multiplied, be- came many ; assumed shape (Situ. 19). Also=relying on, keeping to : de-la rten~na§ depending on it; also : relative to, with respect to, in conse- quence of: glad, rejoicing at
1201 Q|| it; $dig-pa-la Msem-pa being afraid of sin; » he asked advice with respect to this not having been properly done. In introducing a new subject: now, as to the fact of the kingdom having been transferred (gone) to Minag; in headings of chapters, etc., e.g.y glin-bshihi niin-la concerning the names of the four parts of the globe che-chuft-gi tshad-la with respect to size. 4. in all relations mentioned above, «I la is added, to the inf., the partic. and to the root of a vb. whereever the verb will at all admit of it; and besides it is used as gerundial particle in a similar way as 5 te: (a) after the inf. as there was in that place an idol-shrine or symbol; also to be translated by : although. (Z>) added to the root: (though) having seen it, yet he did not fasten it. In C. when «I is added to adjectives it signifies being: ч (А. Л) his hair and beard being yellow and long ; Ugly a8 to his body (and) of small stature, (but) having a fine voice. In sentences containing two imperatives <4 = and: <pg-la lto^-дгд come and look! ®гВ’Й la-khyi-mo the mountain-weasel (Ja.). + ^’3]^ la-gor mgyogs- pa, myur-wa quick, swift. «Г J la-rgifa (proTLomc^^largya) govern- ment order (gen. prohibiting the killing of wild animals and birds in a mountain tract). + la-gcan-pa («г«Г|д*Г£у«г2| Za- la khral-^dud-pa-pd) a collector of duties on a mountain pass. <5> la-cha shell-lac, sealing-wax. la-thig a drop of sealing-wax on which the seal is pressed. la-nuft for and auh-nia radish and turnip. la-ne a mark (&7z.). ч щдгн vulture; lit. a bird that lives about the summits of mountains. la-ta or *4’5 la-da kind of yam im- ported to Tibet from Assam and Bhutan. La-ta a country of the Turuska (Turks) towards the west of India (D«s- Г ^)- la-§tofi, mountain-pass solitudes, v. §t(rfi-pa. •rT*’! la-thog~^t la-rtse the summit of a mountain-pa^s. la-thod turban, pagrl or cloth which the Indians wrap round their head ('*>• 13). Za-<7a (я^) a kind of pastry made in Tibet; a medicinal food in which radish preponderates. La-dwag$, also called 5/Ч*1 Ladak, province in the valley of the Indus between and Balti, inhabited by Tibetans and formerly belonging to Tibet. la-pa-$a, la-pa^ag a kind of upper garment without a girdle (Cs.). «гц la-pa 1. a pass over a lofty moun- tain ; also a high peak. 2. buttermilk, boiled, but not yet dried into vermicelli (<^‘«). la-pen occurs in 152
or^| f 1202 4’41 4 ' la-phug the radish; in Tibet a largo round white root, not long and forked. Syn. $hi-la (fen); ш- Pi-ka hdab-gsum-pa; lcg§-hbab; fiafi-pahi-rkafi; gtun-tpn ; 5’®^’ta-lahi rtsa- ma-can (Mnon.). the common radish; rgya-la phug a reddish species of an acidulous taste ; 5е* also called 5 la-phng ser-po earrot. ^1’4 la-ica blanket, night- covering ;=? 4 a kind of cloak. La-bo-chc n. of the high mountain dtuated to the back of the great monas- tery of Sam-ye : aw (J. 97 k QJ’JJ la-та acc. to Sch. a certain herb. «Iя'if 1a-ma-sro the raspberry in Kuna- war. qt# la-mo 1. quickly: come quickly. *2. n. of a village situated to the east of Lhasa: (Lon. % 18). + 'эг^лргч 1а-$18од§-ра=Ц'Ъч\ъ'ц etcetera. la-rdsas or colloq. a cairn or votive pile in the form of a chhorten on the tops of hills. 4 la-zla$-pa= Вд| а^’ч to settle, decide finally; fa TO final settlement. I'a la-zlo-wa— wqqpjsrq to put limits to, to settle finally. la-hur—0^'^ *3^'^ quiekly, hastily: ®i'9N'*rqj-?p|«' do quickly pass out or run away; «I it is proper to pass out of misery soon, i.e. to die; (A. 137). ®*’^Я n. of a place in Mon-rntsho-sna (ZdL %0)r ®Ja candle or lamp in Sikkim. <*гчр5«т|^ la-gyog§ retribution: wjer (Rdsa. 17) he said that retribution of one’s wicked actions visits one. la-dshaJu a kind of herb, [the blushing herb, the sensitive plant, Mimosa pudicajS". I •*! (K. g. a, 48.) laJa~VTOF, (A. K. 134) or some, a f ew; ace. to Ja.: partly, what—what; certain; also as a singular, somebody, someone. ?a"?a phud s^fa a medicinal herb ; ®*the medicine la-la phud heals dyspepsia and gonorrhoea. Syn. Vr<l®»4 drag-^il dri; Лига5’$к/« tshafi$-pahi $fiift-po; yol-wa-can (Mnon.). la Jo rim-gyis rim~gyi$ gradually, by degrees; he said that it was a sign of the gradual decay of the religion of Buddha (A. 49). la-so abbr. of la-rlse top of a mountain-pass, and «rfo* La-sin abbr. of Ladak-pa and Singpa the latter being the Tibetan name for a Sikh native of Punjab (Ггу- 13). la-sogs Wif<— S*1’4 gtso bya$-pa, mtshon-pa, *3|'<рга #/70-&yfz$-j9a==this being the principal one, others following it. ^’4 lwa-wa or «ГЧ1 la-wa woollen <1 blanket or doth; .8^**1 skrafyidwa-wa a> kind of hair cloth ; **«гIwa^yoa nag-po
1203 вЯ]| a dress made of black-blanket: ¥l^*5’e,'ql’Se’ (Л. 11) he wore a black cloak (or blanket) round his person. *‘4’4 Lwa-wa-pa n. of a Buddhist saint who had done many miraculous deeds. He used to wear only one piece of blanket as his raiment, hence was called La-wa-pa (K. dun. 22). lag 1. v. ’T*. 2. the fifth lunar mansion or constellation. Syn. ^‘3? nag-то \ ^4|’3? drag-po\ VT drag-qul can ; фпад-dpon dgra (Rtsii.). lag-pa resp. ^Rphyag, rnfa, 4TT the hand, arm: to take or seize by the hand; the back of the hand; lag-pahi- mdun the palm of the hand; the fingers. do not move about the arms; do not join hands; or bangle ornament worn on the arms; joining of the palms of the hands together as in devotion, as met. the fingers, lit. the branches of the hand. в(Ч]’5’^’4 lag-tu len-pa to take in hand, to exercise, to practise, e.g., $gom-pa meditation; to study and practise the import of a word. As metaph.: arm of the sea, gulf, bay, glift-lag or tongue of land; glift-lag hbrel isthmus, neck of land C. Is used fig. for power, authority : q mihi-lag-hi hgro- wa to get into a persons power, to be at his mercy (Thgyi); lag-na§ hphrog-pa to snatch out of a person’s hand, to deliver from another’s power (Glr.). «R|’qS^«r*g^ lag-pahi rnam-rgyur the different forms and configurations of the hand:—to bow touching tho ground with the palms of hands; that-mo sbyor-wa to twirl with the fingers joining the palms of the hands in devotion or out of respect; khyor-wa, the hollow of the snim-pa\ ^^'^^'^khii-tshicrbca^s-pa the clenched hands for boxing; khyid fist, «Т mtho span, 0 khu cubit, hdom fathom measured by the stretching of the arms; q2V?Yq brda ston-pa to signal by the hand (Шоп.). Syn. ‘Wqj’g yal-ga-lna-, ^'§5 hdsin-. byed; ^^’§5 gzun-byed] brda-ston- byed] sug-pa ; hjug-byed, §5 hbab-byed*, ^od-byed\ dpun-pahi hdab (Mnon.). lag-skyogs—^^'Q gzar-bu ladle (Mnon.). lag-rkyon— spraft-po beg- gar, destitute person (Mnon.). lag-skyon= as met. knife (Mnon.). П,ЦПТ,1 lag-khug pouch, hand-bag (Rtsii.). + lag-gi-bla one who does gene- ral menial service to the congregation of lamas in a monastery. lag-gram one sitting with his cheek resting on his hand (as if in sorrow); acc. to Jd. leaning one’s head on the hand owpstf] lag-mgo 1. both hands put together in shape of a globe or ball. 2. a glove with only a thumb, a mitten C. (Jd.). lag-йаг the fore-arm (the part of the arm between 51’3? gru-mo elbow and ач^'ач mkhrig-ma wrist). lag-bcanim (B. ch. 8).
1204 ai<q * lag-cha utensils, tools, instruments ; objects carried iu the hands, c.y., royal insignia at a festival procession (G7r.); send the servants with the things (wanted for the journey) ! (G7r.). Sy u. Trfw<; lag-pa$ grol-wa \ mtshon-cha (Mnon.). «<Я 1*1 lag-rj^ 1. impression or mark of the fingers. 2. a work which immortalizes a person s name : 'ЧЯ'^ ^Я q lag.rje$ hjод- ра to leave such a work behind (Glr.). ^Я 9 lag-na~ 8^*5** ^,q receipt of a thing without acknowledgement; $tcr-rnkhan med-par len- pa to take what is not given, hence ^Я’Э lag-na sbst. : a grasp, a snatch (Jd.). lag-nal=J(^ rdo-rje thunder bolt. 'ЧЯЛЯ*’ lag-rtag$ 1. resp. 9Я sign manual sign or mark made with the hand as a seal of verification, impressed on a legal document, but often only with the finger dipped in ink. 2. any small object, e.g., a needle, which the deliverer of a letter has to hand over together with the letter; present in general (Jd.). <44j lay-§tab§=^'^ lag-len. ^Я?Я cash payment; in cash, ready money ; = [Rtsii.). ogr| lag-ml hi! the palm of the hand. 'ЧЯЛ* lag-dam 1., hon. 9Я5% a seal. 2. qjo] ц lag-dam-po in C. close-fisted, stingy, niggardly. ^ЯЛ^ lag-dar acc. to Lex.= handker- chief ; prob, the same as «14*5^ lab-dar W\ col. grater (Jd.). ^ЯАЧ note, note-book, hand-book ; Я^’ РЯ Я^УВ'^Я a register or note of all the different shiJcha farm-estates (Rtsii.). 'ЧЯ'4* lag-bde 1. person that pours out the tea at a tea-carousal and serves food to the monks of the monastery (Rtsii.). 2. resp. ЗЯ’лл phyag-bde^ к’Я^Я cook, one who serves in the kitchen or at table: gyoV' (A. 1U1). -чя'^ЛЗуч lag-bde dpon-po chief cook or table server. <ЧЯ’^ lag-hdon a vassal or subject paying his landlord in money or kind, opp. to vkan-hgro who performs his services as an errand-goer or a porter (Л.). «1Я'5* lag-rdam= Mil. having a mutilated or crippled hand (Jd.). ЧЯlag-ldan having a hand or a trunk, hence as met.= elephant; ^Я” lag-ldan-ma= glaft-mo she- elephent (Mfton.). ЧЯ’?!^л‘ч elephant stable, place where elephants are kept (Mfton.) ^Я л* lag-brda sign of tho hand ; signal made by the hand, beckoning. lag-b$dam&= ^ВЯ’4 hkhrig-pa sexual embrace (Mfton.). *Я‘ЯХ^ Lag-na rdo-rje or ^яХ^ I^g- rdor otherwise ЗЯ‘^X ог ЗЯХ^ Phyag-rdor, is another aspect of the Dhyani Bodhi- sattwa Dorje Chhang. In Tantrik cere- monial is often known as and depicted as “ the green-robed Lag-na rdo-rjeУ в1Я’УЯЧ*’^Я* Lag-na gshon-thogs hold- ing a basin in hand, n. of a deity. ^Я’Х* property in hand, also property that has not been sold or mortgaged. ^Я’?5 lag-snod—^ ifal a hand pot or vessel to measure milk or arack. Lag-pa brgyaft-wa an epithet of the son of Kamadeva (Mfton.).
oj4|-q^-4| 1205 <4=11 Lag-pahi chu-bo=^'^'5 chu- bo si-ta a name of the river Sita (Mnon.). Lag-pa-na or lak-sa-na ; = Laksmapa brother of Rama the hero of the Ramayapa. Syn. mtshon-byed; mdsod- hdsin \ Sprin-dgra-rgyal; w b$e$-gnen-bzafi; mdsod-ldan (Шоп.). ^1(5 cash payment (Rtsii.) S2^ lag-dpon work-master, overseer, esp. builder (Ja.). lag-bubs, v. hbub-pa. ”|4|'3ч lag-ber walking-staff (Jd.). о|О]54к.« lag-mans many-armed; certain of the gods are represented as possessed of many arms, and one reason assigned is that they may therewith seize evil demons. 1. a letter, autograph. 2. the marks or lines in the hand. «in]’5^ lag-dmar the red-handed, the executioner, hangman (Ju.). lag-rtsis the lines or marks in the hands ; palmistry. lag-btsug a shoot, a scion. ^4j-q^ a receipt, an acknowledge- ment (Rtsii.). seeds or plants sown or put into the ground by the hand; transplant- ing ; it is also called (Rtsii.). lag-bzaft gi$-shus pahi-mdo n. of a Sidra delivered by Bud- dha at the request of ei4j'w (K. kon. 277). Lag-bzafi-ma n. of a celestial courtezan (Lon. 5). «iqj qiMK lag-gzun$ balustrade, banister, railing. «wj’qffcfq lag-gyog-pa companion, assist- ant, associate. ”|4]lag-len resp. also ^’5’^ q and lag-stabs=practice, practical knowledge : Ычгчц (Rdsa. 15). the practice of religion; khrims-kyi lag-len the practice of laws, § rtsis-kyi of mathematics. «w]’«w|^ lag-las-skyes as met.= J^,2i rgyal-po king (Шоп.). ”14]lag-sor w 4 handful of water or rather mouthful of water. ^4]^ lags Sir, your honour, ”i4j^ his honour the Chief Secretary; ^4j^ your lama reverence! This word, however, though taken in modern times iu this sense, is really only the pres, form of the vb. in next para., and merely= it is. lags-pa 1. resp. and eleg. for «Ц’«I and to be; eiflprXf; so it is! yes to be sure! 0 Lama what is your name, sir ? QI4K*W is it yOU, Sir? 54|'<=^'*Г 4J4|*J dge-slon de-sn lags who is this' reverend monk ? (DzL); a lama asks: ^M'^btsal-le (=«гё«г*№) have you looked for it ? and the disciple answers: «I4pq btsal-lags yes, I have ! (JZi7., Jd.). 2. bzafi-iva good. lags mod-dam—min-namis it not; my lord, if it is not so (K. du. 5, 261). 4!4pr*r«i4]N lags- та-1ад$—Ъ\фи’Ъ\ yes or no. ”|4ргЙ lags-то in W. clean=^4]*гч (Jd.). Lafl-ka Ceylon; ^*’1’9’^ city of the Rakshasa (cannibal demons); qjvlafi-kar ggeg§-paki-mdo the Lankavatara Shtra which was transla- ted both from the original Sanskrit and
1206 QIC’q| from the Chinese version into Tibetan (7Г. d. «.). Lan-kahi bdag-po the lord of LankS, the king of Ceylon; the guardian of the south-western quarter. Syn. VQ’p ra-wa-na (Чтэд), Iho-nub phyogs-ikyofi; mgrin- bcn-pa; gdofi-Ьм-ра; t<rin-pohi rgyal-po (tyfon.). 3 lan-ica 1. (also: Ч*‘Ч Zofi-im), pf. чад imp. 4^’ or Чад to rise, to get up; уЧад get up now ! чад’Ч he has arisen ; чад’5lafo-tc $dod-pa to got up and stand, (not to move on) чад’^ night having passed away. 2. pf. Чад to come up to, to arrive at, to be equal, to reach. lafi-tafi or чад** lan-thau a species of Hyosoyamus: чад*Ти|*3№* <VSthe seeds of Hyosoyamus are a cure for worms. Syn. Vgdhu-§tu-ra; me-tog $nin-can; чр1**йад^ gser-mifi can; $myo-byc<J\ ^^'^^gdul-dkah (tyfon.). lan-tsho uNh youth, youth- ful ago ; чсХ’Ч’пад’ч entering early man- hood ; ^$’4*not being enticed or led away by their youthful appearance {Glr.) ; lan-tsho tgya$-pa§ grown up to adolescence (Jd). ч*’^‘jn*ci lan-tsho rgya$-pa youthful, i.e., the period between the twenty-fifth and the thirty- sixth year of age (Rtsii.) ; ’^-5^ lan-tsho can or adolescent, youthful; lafi-tsho can-ma youth- ful maiden,—dar-bab-ma(tynon.); 4**#w lafi-tsho-ma maiden, a youth- ful woman ; ч*lan-tshohi mtshan- ЗГЧЧ the heaving breast of Q13j| maiden (tyfon-); lafotsho brtan-byed—%'*^ Myrobalan emblica, lit. that which preserves youth (tyfon.). oiE/^E/q lafotsho datl-po a girl just enter- ing into youth, but still in her vir- ginity. lan-tsho dar-wa adult age, full manhood or womanhood, the period of enjoyment of life. Syn. na-tshod gna$-pa\ rig-pa tshaA-tca; sgyu-rtsal §pyod-pa*, bde-ica; rgyag$-pa; kho-lag rdsog$ (tyfon.), laft-tsho-yol past youth, old-man (tyfon.). Wi’clk’ lafi-lin moving along gently. Лес. to Jd. чад’Э** lafi-ma-lin in Mil. seems to be a word descriptive of the rising of a cloud, or tho soaring of a bird of prey. lan-lofi. languid; irregularly assembling or coming; ч**£*Ч* coming from different directions his complement of retinue be- came full (A. 12J). Also occurs as чад*Ч**£ lafofo lofi-fo. ч*lafofor habit; habituated. ^1^’Ц lad-pa acc. to Cs. weak, faint, exhausted, of men and animals; blunt, dull, (&/;.); also rotten, decayed (JS.). lad-mo imitation, lad- om byed-pa to imitate, to mimic, to say after another: say after me the following prayer (Thgr.) ; all actions are imitations; among these imitations some are skilful (Khrid. 193). lan 1. time, times: once, one time. Also once, one day, both os to the post and the future:
1207 сгоц'^] rgyal-po smra-ua lan-gcig the king issues his command only once, i.e., he does not change his words; marraige is given to one’s daughter only once (Шф.). lan-cig ,J:yes= 5’^ bya-rog lit. that gives birth to its young only once); a met. for the crow (ДГяоп.). this time; twice, «VAJ ten times, etc.; seven times or three times; circumambulating round it many times twice 4 are 8. 2. as reflective and contrary at- tribute: retaliation lan-byed-pa, to reply, return, retaliate, repay; or to return evil for good. 3. rejoinder, answer, reply: to get a reply; «Ц’З*1’4, Ягцщчн expressed in reply, replied; jjvl’ as answer to your majesty’s question (Glr.); ч lan-hdebs-pa frq., also felon-pa or ldon-ра to answer; to give a reply. lan-kan 1. railing, fence, enclo- sures. 2. = STS stegs-pu, or ^Q'u/q mdah-yab (Nag.). lan-skyar=°^ lan retribution, return. lan-gu&= Вphyi-mi (Chinese) an outsider, foreigner. lan-gyog vulg. for lan-chags. returning to tho world or transmigrating only once = a stage of perfection in the Hinayana system. not coming or transmigrating more than once. lan-chag§ misfortune, adversity, calamity, as supposed punishment for what has been done in a former life ; every unlucky accident, that happens to a person without his own fault, being looked upon as a retribution for former crimes. Thus lan-chags denotes about what Non- Buddhists would call destiny, fate, disas- ter (Jd.) '^YY'H lan-ta-ka n. of a drug: (Med.). lan-Ьи braid, plait, tress of hair (Cs. curl, lock of hair). Syn. lan-tshar; s|’^'q skra-lhas- pa (Mnon.). Lan-pa spyil-bu n. of a place in C. Tibet: (А. 132). ^Y9’'53i lan-bii-can as met. = a woman (in general) (Mfion.). lan-bu-ma a shoddy made of stuff mixed with inferior materials (Jig.). + ^Y^ lan-bon= ^YSfa lan-slon. lan-tsha or ^Y^ lan-dsa corrup- tion of тегг; Hodg. n. of a style of writing in use among Nepalese Buddhists. It is a kind of ornamental writing used by cali- graphists for inscriptions and titles of books from (Jd.). <3з lan-tshica 1. «4; met. salt as table-salt. 2. brackish salt; salt gives relish to every dish. ^Y^’^ lan tshiva-chii salt- water: (A. 5). n. of a sea seven thousand yojana wide containing submarine mountain-ranges inhabited by huge por- poises, sea-monsters, crocodiles, Naga^ Qukti (tj^tt), also furnished the white Vidruma coral reefs, &c. (K. d. \ 3J/3). ^*5^ ton-ton
cqq’q | 1208 ад | ач’ч^ lab-bdar, also lab^rdar^ v. чгч«^ la-bdar. lab-pa to speak, talk, tell —is a common word in colloq. of all classes: 5 dc-hdras ma lab don’t talk like that; Q'<44§Лл-сяи mgyogs-po lab-kyi-rcd he speaks very quickly, чч 4| lab-да talk; lab-grog$=^Д compa- nion, intimate friend; *чч g lab-sgra noise of tattle, talk; ач’^к'Ч lab-gtofi-wa to talk, to chat; f®i4 rgya-lab a great deal of talk, rgya-lab-can talkative; <чч#^ч lab- rdol talking unbecomingly {Seh.); wj a pleader, a helper in speaking for one’s defence: ч^чрч]^ч'^ do not require a helper in speaking {fibroin. f3, 134). ЧЧ'Ч5^‘ lab-fyzafi— **534’ gtam-fyzafi good speech, eloquence (ЛГпоа.). ®*ч &гч lab-tsam-pa acc. to Sch. : to speak while dreaming, to be delirious. = gj a 4$ basis of speech, a dis- course: 414’41^4^ from before there has been a cause ^basisi of this talk (Rdsa. 25). °<ч $- lap-rise (incorrectly for °i 1") a heap of stones in which poles with little inscribed flags are pitched and gods are invoked to help travellers. lab-son (is abbrev. for : 04 la-phug sa-bori) radish seed. QJJI la tn 1. хрчт, a road, the way ; passage, course, track; ад’^Я lam-chen, J’w rgya-lam, Jfc’W ston- lam high-way, thoroughfare, public road, main-road, high-road. In Budh. ад* a* lam-la rnam-pa gnis-te there are two ways towards salvation :—(1) 5®|‘4 ftay-pa the perfect road, which is open to the Buddhists; (2) й*$ч| ч mi-rtag- pa ; the imperfect-road i.e. the ways by which the Tirthika seek to enter the state of beatitude (JT. ту. к. ^35). ад’®я a long way; and as adj. = distant, remote; ад’®г®р5К’Ч to wander about on the road, to rove ; SY4*4 gyen-lam an up- hill road, an ascent, 34’ад a horizontal or a sloping road that leads alongside a hill; I’«w gri-lam the way of a knife, t>., a cut, slit, slash. 2. way, space or distance travelled over, journey, ад*^ on the road, on the journey; чог^’^’ад the journey from Nepal to Tibet. So W^ lam-da may oven=when : ^м’ч’а^’чЗ-ад^ khru§- la hgro-xcahi lam-du when he went to bathe (Dzl.). 3. ufh fig.: way or manner of acting in order to obtain a certain end: З’^'ад the broad way, \*Г«й*ад graunnf tho path of virtue; W4$4|^5 one way without variety or variation» ^(’чЗуад thar(-pahi)-lam the way of deliverance, viz., for Buddhists, from the cycle of transmigrations. The six classes of beings are sometimes called the six ways of rebirth within the orb of transmigration. For ‘*the way of deliver- ance ” the following are synonyms: — адаlam-po-ehe; kun-hgrohi- sprol; ад’чяс* lam-bzafi ; fyp'od-bya ; aSfcrg hgom-bya ; ‘ЧТВ hjug-bya,; ^*4*’*’ tgyu-icahi-sa; J'4*45,»i $grol-icahi-$a,; s hgro-bya; чдогад bgtd-lam; ад’^гч lam- dam-pa; ^чцгчгад leg$-pahi lam; *&f4v §^чЗ‘ад me hod-par byed-pa hi lam ; hkhyog-bral; ^£’a3 ад drafi-pohi lam ; ад та-nor lam; $'ад rgya-lam (Mfion.). Wo may here add ад’Чд^ lam-brgyad the eight pure ways of all Bodhisattva :— (1) йтКаг^уч^-ад; (2) ч^чЗ’^йгЕ^ад; (3) ч^*гч£-ад ; (4) ^•^•чЗ-ад; ($) шар®*4)’*25'чЗ*ад; (6)
в|5И|| 1209 *ун4ая’ад; (7) ад; (8) ад'*] lam-ka=w lam, W^'*\lam-ka-na от ад’р^ lam-khar by the road-side (Zb?., Jd.). ад’^р^ lam-mkhan a guide both in the ordinary sense and fig: ад'Зуч'ч to go on the wrong way, to go astray, to mistake the right path. ад*^5 lam-rgyud the stages of moral and spiritual existence. ад’^5*§ ta- rgyud-lna the five classes of beings, cf. я?‘ч hgro-wa. ад'^’с^'^ lam-rgya bshi mdo the cross- ing of two roads or when four roads meet. Again we have: the three principal ways: -(1) нпт the way of passing out to the state of beatitude; (2) the way for the attainment of Bodhisattva perfection; (3) the doctrine of perfection whereby is the entrance into the state of Nirvana. Jam-bgrod irfw a traveller; a fore-runner. one who subsits by begging, or by clearing roads in Tibet. ад’дчщ lam-rgyags provisions for a journey, ад’^^^ЗД requirements or provisions for a journey. ад^*г<| lam-rgyiis-pa^w’*^ lam- mkhan. ад’Е^'а lam-fian-pa a bad road. Syn. ЗЯ’сЗ’ад nam-nahi lam; ^*^5’ад nen-pahi lam; *&ргч«*гад hjigs-bca§-lam; Я^гч5*ад kol-wahi lam; ^уад gyon-lam; ^•сгё’ад ne$-pahi lam (Mnon.). адгаЦ lam-chen~ §’ад rgya-lam. ад lam-rtags the signs of the way being nearly accomplished, i.e.^ the acquire- ments and perfections of a saint (Mil.). ад’?ч|'<4 lam-rtog-pa l.= 3Q(’,!,,q^5 nul-wa h(kd (Mnon.), wanderer, rover; an explorer. 2. to reflect on the way to Nirvana. ад'^А'пХ^’Ч lam-ltar bcos-pa htu an artificial doctrine, a false representation. ад’^'й'|чо1 lam-thog mi-khal a traveller’s journeying and his luggage: (Ц. S). адгя^ lam-mthirn a pedlar or one of similar profession, ададяуч fellow-passen- ger, gen. merchants who journey all together. lam-du hjug ne§-pa=w^' lam-du hgro-rgyu nor-wa to go astray, to miss the proper way, to take the wrong path. ад’о^уа lam-hdren-pa — ^'^'a lam-sna- pa a guide. ад’Р^’ы tam-bde-ma sl good, easy road. ад*« lam-pa 1. spran-po a beggar, street-boy (Mnon.). 2. police-officer sta- tioned on high roads for seizing thieves or fugitives; toll-gatherer. 3. traveller, wayfarer (Cs.). 4. bell-wether sheep, in W. 5. signifies num. fig. 12 (Ya-sel 54). ад’Ч'*|я Lani-pa-kam n. of ’ a country situated to the west of India (Dus-ye. 39). ад*ч lam-po or ад*ц’^ lam-po-cdie or ад^уп lam-chen-po 1. highway; also a place for practising magic. 2. way to heaven. ад’^я lam-tsam eolloq. = уад ha-lam about as much, also=*3|4*r^ as much as will suffice. ад-яйга lam-hdsom-pa crossing of roads, junction of roads. Syn. ад’^Х^ lam-hdre§; ад’^я lam- fydom; sum-mdo; bshi-mdo (Ignon.). 153
QJ5T«fa] I 1210 1 w«i‘4 lam-yig passport, road-bill. lam-rin-po long way, difficult way, tedious road. Syn. bgrod-dkahi lam Vfion.). at*'®4] lam-log erroneous (Ja.). Also farnr, wrong ways, perverse ways, i.e., heretical doctrines. There are mentioned twenty-two heretical doctidnes all of which are opposed to the doctrine of Buddha (K. d. 323). n. of a large number I Ya-sel. 57'. lam-qog way bill, a passport. lam-safis at once, immediately,— common in (*. colloq.: jJS’W khyod- lam sans-fog come at one о ; lam-wfi$-mc hgro-shig do not go imme- diately. Also in (\ condemning a reli- gious doctrine; one who so condemns. lam-w~ у w (Ljafi§.' about; pro- bably. am•Xfafq lam-sog-pa col. a difficult, dan- gerous road. ‘W’jC' lam-sran a lane, narrow street. lam-gsum hgro {ячЧФрРЙ Я chu-bo gan-ga^ an epithet of the river (ranges (ДГяоя.). lar~^' yan or xlar-yafi afterwards, again, yet: 19). lar-rgya usage, the local custom v f a place ; В the internal and external usage of a country (Yig. k. 87). las I: sbst. col. Uka, hon., a«]phyag-las 1. ЗРЙ, W&, fW, Sift, any action, act, deed, work: 'Weryqc/q to have control of one’s own acts; В'Ч^’З’^ byi-dor-gyi la$ the act of sweeping; la$-bzan or las- dkar a good work, virtuous action; las-пап or «кгзр] las-nag a bad action; actions, words, thoughts (Dzl.). wXwfc'q la$-ror ma-sofi-wa— w npla^-ka hphro-ma lus-pa a work that has not been left unfinished: (J. 188). terms signi- fying preparation, equipment or pioneer- ing operation, also introduction to any work, are :—sfion-hgro ; qjfrpi ner- bsdogs; ffysta-gon; gfom-pa; rtsom-hgro hdsitg$-pa; hju- wa; BTq zug-pa; tshug$ (Mfion.), «woryiprq las-la shug^-pa incumbent, ono holding an office; good or dis- tinguished service or work, to employ, to appoint to any work; employed, employment. 2. —karma от the nett effect of actions in ono life as transmitted to and exemplified in the next life; retribution, reward or punishment for human actions, frq. (cf. la$-rgyu-hbra§); las- kyi me-lon mirror of fate, mirror fore- shadowing future events; la$- kyi bum-pa a certain vessel used in reli- gious ceremonies supposed to ascertain karma ад**’зу’ЧЧ la$ ma-zad-pa§ because tho measure of his deeds was not yet fulfilled. Under this head is also used in the particular sense of: good actions, merit; and an accumulation of w is an accumulation of merit such as shall shape favourably the next period of exis- tence. W yc • q * VT q ’ йс las-dafi hbrel-wa dag-gi-min that which relates to work or is directly connected with its performance.
ОДГТ] I 1211 Syn. rin-du-bycd; yun- du-thog$\ bdre^j)ar-spyod; 3’ ci-hgrub-byed; $N'®J3j nu^[dan; *3’ gj’i mthuJdan; stob§J,dan *, ^’§S nes-byed\ S*q’l5 bya-wa-byed \ gsliun- byed; hgru-par-bycd; hdrcn-par-byed (Mnonl). W’4 la$-ka • 1. the colloq. word for: work, labour, a task. 2. acc. to Sell. and Wts.: dignity, rank, title. ’¥<’q^q n. of a dharani contained in (1C. g. «,) the ricital of which cleanses all kinds of defilement, n. of a Sutra contained in 7f. d. я, 251. another Sutra contained in K. d. «, 474- <w5*Xfl| rites or religious observances for counteracting the effects of evil karma. la§-kyi hjng-pa. moral works, good real work or employment. Syn. rtogs-brjod; X‘n5’«l*l rtsa-wahi-Ilas-sii-bycd (Mnon.). or gTf=^T the sign of work; fig. the plough. оцг^-адч las-kyi-mthah completion of a work, efficiency; q§3jand so he was versed in works treating of technical arts and agriculture (A. 37). la§-$kal retributive fate, any post or office, also an official. W яруj<4* V -бз>= yu-gu-gi (Sman. 350). Wg| las~gla wages for work (Mnonl). w^gN las-rgyu-hbras for <g*< works their causes and their fruits. There is a division into W|’Rg«i sinful deeds; virtuous actions; *Vs|^i'q3‘<w^g^ mi-gyo- wahi las-rgyu-hbras ascetic or mystical works. las-sgo=§Sbusiness; also the place from where articles of trade are brought: the places of trade of the south and the salt-mines of the north of Tibet (Jig.). the manner of doing business. W£3j la$-nan ; mean pro- fession or work; evil or wicked action or work 4^**5 (Mgrin. 107) the doer of wicked actions when fallen goes straight to hell like an arrow shot forth. Las-stod n. of a place in upper Tibet (Deb. % 9). la^-can 1. laborious, industrious 2. having acquired merit, worthy (Mil., Jd.). la^-rtags Sch. dignity, rank, title incident to the office held. wXyq lasJhog-pa acc. to Sch.: a per- son employed, an official, a functionary. адуС'Р’Ч las-dan po-pa, the first workers, a pioneer. las-sna-tshogs an epithet of the sun (Mnon.). fawin the divine architect. las-pa corrupt form of Zus- pa in rag-la§*pa etc. (Jd.). la$-pa 1. workman, labourer (Cs.). 2. in Spiti: vice-magistrate of a village. la^dpon superintendent of works; overseer of workmen. las-spyod works, actions, way of life: to l®ad a holy life
1212 ^1 (Pth.); la§-hphro blessings following meritorious deeds, prosperity in conse- quence of good works; good luck, fortunate events. Syn. Qtobs-ehufi-wa ; gq’Wq sgrnb-las-pa ; nam-chun-wa; hkho§~ehun-wa (Mnon.). la$-myur-du byed- pahi-mtn “terms signifying the quick per- formance of work,” viz.: £J myur- du-hyed; \mgyoys-pa-byed; rtub-rtab\ 5^'5^ tur-tur; rdsog$- la-khad\ zin-la-kliad \ t Jur-la-khad \Mnon.). кц-Ышн 1. office, post, service: 3iY^'QB4Tq las-ttdian-du hjug-pa to put into office, to appoint; t.shaH-Ha§ hdon-ри to put out of office, to dismiss 2. official, functionary (Ja.) ; q ta$-tJi(in-pa id. «WA&fq ono holding au office one having work on his hand. g'q bya-wa the second case of Tibetan Grammar, the dative case. la$-gwm the three works: ®w li(s-kyi-la$ physical works; cqj*?|'«w nag-gi*la$ works of speech, reading, writing, speaking, etc.; yid-kyi- las mental or intellectual work. Besides those there are three other works men- tioned ; w скобкуi-las spiritual work; chos ma-yin-pah^ la§ irreli- gious work; inthun-pahi4a$ agreeable work (K. du. «, frl). Also dge-wahi-las righteous work £ nd-dge-wahi-las unrighteous work and ma-b^tan- pahi las works for doing which there is inspiration. QJ5T II: 1» a postp. or case-sign used in analogy to or for with the meaning: from, from among, out of: drew piobald fish out of the water. 2. used like <w=than. 3. a participial sign or continuative particle annexed to tho infinitive form of tho final verb of a subordinate . clause, to be rendered: when he had done etc., so- and-so, after saying, eating, doing, etc., so-and-so. 4. other uses as follows:— =1 q growSzla-wa lna-la§ ini-§dod I shall not stay longer than five months (Glr.); posscsing nothing but one piece of cotton cloth (Dzl.); there is none besides myself; brna^hkhyer^wa lagwi- yon in tho end you will probably do nothing else but despise me (Mil.); wo saw nothing but a snow-leopard, your reverence we did not see (Mil.); it is good for nothing, it only docs harm Mil. W’S la$~che in C. used for expressing probability as also in IF. mthon la§ cite ho will probably have seen it; hdi hbor-la§ che as possibly I may put this yet aside; jJsV you are not Mila, are you? (Mil.). $ I: li згц bell-metal; a small plate made of bell-metal; li-§ku an image of bronze; U-dkar, З’ук li-dmar \ User, li-&nug are the different kinds of bronze with which cymbals, bells, gongs, etc., are made in China and Tibet (Lon. % 3). li-khra\ a compound made of gold, silver, zinc and iron cast together; li-thur bronze- spoon. li-та a metalic compound con-
S|| 1213 ^11 taining more gold and silver with which images are generally made (Jig.). о) II: apple,=В sli in C., (Jd.). li-ka n. of a tree: {Гк-дчс-адгчг □e5 jlc4,»'’W’rBv5,qv‘,§* (Л”. ™y. 'I, (the tree) of which when a branch is cut a new one immediately comes out in its place. li-ka-ra or li-kha-ra a medicinal sugar. $Li-ka-ra qin-hphel g^- 4^4 ancient Maida and Dinajpur dis- tricts where sugarcane used to grow luxu- riantly during the Buddhist period. li-khrixb^, vermilion, acc. to Jd., Lif.: red-lead, an orange-coloured powder. Syn. sin-dhur\ byc-ma фпаг-ро dri-hdsin-skyes; sha-ne-§kyc§; rdtil-^mar ; phye-ma dmar-po > dmar-ser-tshon (Mnon.). li-ga-dur ’jnm a drug. Syn. yron-bcu-pa; §tob$-la§-§kye$; yons-su-§kyon [Mnon.). 5‘8|‘§^=5‘X<r| the crow & (Lex.). ^’Ж Li-than n. of a city and province in easternmost Tibet bordering where there is a large Buddhist tery noted for containing blocks one hundred and eight volumes Kah-gyur. li-thi incorrectly for <f'% or calendar, almanack. li-don-ra n. of a medicinal drug. China, monas- of the of the li-wa squinting, squint-eyed (Sch.), li-wa-mig squinting eyes. QJ'S’Q, Li-tsa-byi n. of a noble family of Magadha in Vai'sali §-o. to which the Tibetan kings traced their origin (J. Zafi.). + Sj-iW^zTj dr in- ion log-hjal evil return for good done. 2) ^4 Li-yultt& Khoten, old n. for a Buddhist country beyond northern Tibet.. M’S Li-ye-tse n. of a Chinese" Bud- dhist teacher (Grub. 5, $). li-fi cloves. Syn. lha-yi me-tog; 5qq*3* dpal-gyi min-can (Milon.). Ug-bu-mig ; Sch.: mala- chite: the medicine Lig-bu mig cures headache and pains in the bones. lig-qi-wer sfrfa nutmeg; sna-mahi me-tog mace and nut- meg flower. 2^* lin (Chinese) a red flag (Rtsii.). lin-ga 1. W* sign, mark, masculine gender; = feminine gender (Situ.). 2. membrum virile, =^'4 the male sign or organ. 3. the effigy of the devil or that of an enemy which is burnt in the Yajfia sbyinsreg burnt offering) in order thus to kill him by witchcraft (Jd.). 4. in Lhasa the design- ation popularly given to all larger gardens, the walled enclosures of private houses in the suburbs of that city.'
1214 $C’£| q)K’£ lift-fte^^’fo: reeling, dangling, waving, floating in the wind (Mil.); rocking; sprin-shig lin- byuft-wa§ a floating cloud arcse; ff^’^4’3’ '^VTq an infant struggling with hands and foot (Pth., Jd.); (Л. 135) a female yogini in dancing mood came reeling along. lin-tog or Qfc‘?4 lin-thog a film or pellicle on the eyo (Medi). Sk’d lift-wa any entire piece; lift-po or ate* whole piece; $c’4^4 lin-geig of one piece; 5c Un-bsla four pieces or parts (of a slaughtered sheep or goat or yak). Oftenrnam-pa; 4^’3* 5c q gser-gyi lift-wa a piece of unwrought gold: J’af (A. 65). lift-tshe gratings, lattice : ‘^3 lin-tshe-dgu a lattice with nine squares or rectangles in it. QJC Ofc lin-lin —often 5е.’й Un-nc swinging, waving, $c. lifts L banished, forsaken, aban- doned ; lifts-kyis-bskyur to cast out entirely. 2. a hunting or a chase in which a number of people are en- gaged ; sa44‘^c'*1 dmag-lins a general chase, all men of a village taking part in it; lins-la hgro-wa to go a shooting, a hunting; 5^'B Uns-khyi a hound; 5мг g Ufts-khra hunting falcon, hawk. 5Mr*]^vq Uns-gtoft-tca to get by hunting, to hunt down (Ja.); 5c.M45c/q lifts- btaft-wa what has been got by hunt- ing, game shot or caught (Jd.); 5мг ч^ад-ci lifts-hdebs-pa Sch.: to hunt. I: lifts-pa hunter, huntsman; 5мслЙ Uft§-pa-mo huntress (Cs.). 9- оМГЧ II: Sch,: quite round or globular. lib all at once, suddenly; altogether. lu l.= 9^ bu-mo a girl (mystic) (K. F, 179). 2. knag, knot, snag,= ^‘^ hdser-pa. 3. num. for 8G. lu-kan an incorrect form of crucible for melting gold and silver (Sch.). lu-gu, $4’3 lug-gu lamb ; dimi- nutive of $4 lug; $’3'^5 lu-gu-rgyud a rope to which the lambs are fastened, or strung; hence, any loop, chain or rope connected or knotted with another (Yig.~ k. 13). lu-wa 1. vb. to throw up phlegm, to clear the throat; 0’4 glo-lu-ica to cough. 2. sbst. зкп(; a cough. ln-ma 1. green grass growing in swamps. 2. acc. to Jd.: a pool containing a spring; ground full of springs; rich in springs. Lu-hi-ta n. of a group of hills situated on tho bank о t tho river Patwa- lotana where grow wild the red Salu rice, Mudga, Man bru-wa, &c. (S'. Lam. 37). $4 lug (34*™) a sheep. $4’^’^4*^ lug-ltar lkugs-pa stupid, innocent like a sheep (Mnon.); $47^4 the carcass of a slaughtered sheep (Rtsii.); $4’15 lug-khyu flock of sheep. $4’?5 lug- $nid or lug-than a wether (ScA.); $4’§4 lug-thug ram: ^4'34'4’V<&qM lug-thug-gi rba-dbyibs like a ram’s horn (Vai-$n.), J’5’$4’34 rgya-m lug-thug a Saiga ram (Jd.); ЭТМ the dust raised by a flock of sheep.
1215 Syn. e*da-ka; lto-hphan\ ъъ'^Ъа1Мап\ bal*can or дуап-каг; gyan-mo (Mnon.). ^ч]'@я HTOfa the sign of the Zodiac called the Ram. lug-gi-lo the sheep-year, n. of a year of the Tibetan cycle of twelve years: (Л. 91) if referred to chronology, it was in the year of the sheep. qpq'Sj'^5 lug-gi-g$ed as met.—g^’^ spyanJci wolf (ДЫоп.). lug-gal or lug-sgal sheep’s load, the bags put on the back of sheep. go] K№l lug-nal-ica—^'^P'^ lug-chun- tca name of a medicinal herb. (Pai. sn.). I: lug-pa 1. or sbst. shepherd, keeper of sheep. 2. to huddle heads together like timid sheep, to be sheepish in behaviour (Ja.). sheep’s wool. $*]*&*) lug-mig also called rgyal-wahi-spyan n. of a flower: the flower of lug-mig cures poison and plague. lug§ 1. the casting, founding, of metal: Q«Pr§‘eJqrq lugs-su blug-pa to found, cast. 2.=<^ way, manner, fashion, mode, method: ’ОТ* bod-kyi lugs-su gyi^ig do according to the fashion of Tibet; nahi-lugs-kyis bon-bycd-dgo$ you must live according to our, z.e., the Bon fashion (Mil.); he feign- ed meditation i.e., shewed as if he was in meditation (Glr.); di-yin- pahi lugs-suJyed they speak, act, make it appear, as if it really were so (Ta.); В яр^-ч^ту way of building (Mil.). 3. opinion, view, judgment, style of pro- ceeding, khyed-rafi-gi lugs- la according to you, if we followed your advice (Mil.); chosJugs religion, i.e., a certain system of worship and faith, Вwhich of the two religions, the Brahma? or the Buddhist be the better one (Glr.). 4. ftfa established, manner, custom, usage, rite (from Jd.). lugs-доп a crucible. and good manners or morals. lugs-таь cast: rgya* gar lug§-ma an image cast in India (Jd.). lugs-bzan-skyes= ^*«’45^’4 skar-ma btan-pa uwtt; the fixed star or the polar star (Mnon.). 1. contrary to custom or usage. 2. wfa special order: (Ya-sel. 48). °F’ I: lufi a holder, carrying sling, bent handle, strap of a vessel, basket, etc., different from yu-wa a straight handle, hilt. ®F’ II: 1. WHIM or a precept, injunction; but hardly so imperative as a command; used of words spoken by secular persons commanding respect : phas-gnan-wahi lufi-thob- nas having obtained his father’s permissive injunction (Dzl.). 2.=^^'^ spiritual exhortation, admonition, instruction: lufi-gton-wa to admonish, enjoin; lun-gi rjes-braii those who follow the precepts of the saints; ^‘^’4 lun-ston-pa also lun-du ston-pa to instruct, to give spiritual precepts, also
1216 W with regard to supernatural voices, etc. (ЛЛ7.); esp. to prophesy, predict, ^*^'4 эпзптц precept, inspired command, pro- phecy, three or four kinds of which or of Vyakarana aro mentioned in Buddhism: (1) ; (2) sminm '^q^' Ц ; (3) rrfcrWT -aj ^’q^q ; (4) ЭДТт^Г (Jf. K). lufi-bslan prophecy, precept, injunction: ^’qq’q^’q-qY4 lha hi lun-b$lan bgad-pa to communicate the precepts of the god. lun-thag a strap or ropo by which anything is suspended or held. ^с/че/ /нй-/7шл=3 4 lbu-wa-hdsin (Mfion.). qc/q^yq lun-hdrfn-pa to cite, quote, au authority (Ta). lun-dbyug-pa gsum- gyi phren-tca n. of a religous work (A. J 6). = lun-hbog$-pa to givo instruction; also precepts given ; ч one who has received instruction, ono who is inspired. ^•^q^q lun-lshags-pa a collected mind (XT«<7.). lun-rigs here Zu Я is the com- mand of tho saints and^4!^*4 rigs-pa is the learning of tho sage. ^•g-q^'q’«И he is the master of precepts of the saints and the learning of the sages (A. 20). lufi-pa a district, a valley; ri-lun mountain and valley; lun-chen a large valley. 3, the upper part of a valley; qq'qS’w^ the lower part of a valley; $^*^55*4 the central portion of a valley. 2. furrow, hollow, groove, e.g., on the surface of a stick (JZi’Z.), or of the liver. 3. one’s country, native place : my native plaee is Dong-tse. a desolate, a solitary valley, as a fit abode for hermits. $c;q^=wvq^ the four borders or limits. lud manure; lud-hgrem-pa; to spread manure (on the fields); lud-khu dung-water; lud-don dung- hole ; liul-phufi dung-hill; lud~hbu grubs, etc. in a dung-hill (Ja,.). lud-pa чп sbst. phlegm, mucus: to cough and throw out phlegm. lud-hbod-pa= S] glo-hgog$-pa or hkhogs-pa (Mnon.) to cough out. ojJTq lum-pa= hofi-fio Jtc§-brjod-pa saying that ono is come or coming (mystic) (К. g. P, 27). ^•qgk'qj n. of a grove in the village of Lumpa in Tibet (Rtsii.) Lum-bi, Lum-bi-ni n. of a queen, and that of a grove called after her, situated in the Nepal Terai where Buddha is said to have been born. lum$ (aVSSS) a bath used as a medical cure; chu-lshan-gyi turns a hot-bath; bdud-rlsi lfia-him§ a bath in which the infusion of plants is used five; brlsin^ahi hun§ fomentations. las also lu$-po fare, the body, the physical frame, also the constitution; is also to be used in reflective sense: Z«§ sa~la brdab-pa to prostrate one’s self on the ground, I us-st on-pa to show one’s self, to appear. the body is
I 1217 full of wrinkles; ^’З’^зе/ц lu^kyi dwan- po the sense of feeling, in as far as it resides in the skin and the whole body of man (Med?). lus-kyi phyag-rgya the configurations of the body and particularly of the hand and the fingers in making salutations to deities. lus-kyi ma-lna the five princi- pal parts of the body which must be touched to the ground in making saluta- tion to Buddhas and Bodhisattvas. These are the forehead, the palms of the two hands, the two knees: then what is called the pros- trating to the ground the five principal parts of the body (Khrid. 191). lus-kyi-gyas the right side of the body is a-pa sa-byam); зрЦ lus-kyi-gyon the left side of the body is called sa-byam (^&rq?). Syn. (resp. g sku); phun- po; ^’§5 thob-byed; rnam-hdsin; «41^ gzugs; ^‘4 khog-p)a; tshogs; hdus-pa ; zag-phun ; ner- ten; dwan-pohi skye-mched (Mnon.). lus-kyi reg-pa copu- lation (8. Lex.). lus-kyi rlan as те1. = с*Г* rnul- ma sweat, perspiration (Mnon.). lus-kyis-hthab—^'^'^ lus- kyi-rgyol (Mnon.) fighting with the body, also = *5'a foot soldier. the devil of the body, i.e., Kama or lust (8. Lex.). ^*гдз lus-krab tiger or leopard (Mnon.). ^*5^ lus-dkar lit. white body ;== ех'з5‘ nan-pahi rgyal-po (Mnon.) the king of the evil spirits. lus-skye§ 1. born of the body, met. a son; also= 04 khrag blood and 3 g hair. 2. dgah-byed dgra-sta-can an epithet of Paracu Rama (Mnon.). ^*rg3 lus-skyob 1.= ^'* go-cha w coat of mail, armour (Mnon?). 2. = as met. ni-ma the sun (Mnon.). lus-bskums—^'^ shim-Ъи cat (Mnon.) lit. that can contract its body. lus-rgyags corpulence, a fat body. ’M lus-nan 1. ugly body, an epithet of Vaicrava^a (Mnon.). 2.= dgah-byed-gin (Mnon.). ^'E^’q sj^r, a yaksa demon. (8. Lex.). the quarter of the ugly-bodied beings, the place where the yaksa demons reside [the northern quarter]#. las-ean that having a body, a Eving being: ^*^‘3^'3’*4^I ^’3'4^ the life of all bodied Eving beings is (momentary) like a bubble of water (K. d.^,65). a favourite of every body; lu§-ean-guas — дгоп-khyer town, city (Mnon.). lus-gcig-pa 'Q^t^ of one body; an epithet of the planet Budha (Mnon.). lus-lcim==^\ ’3 bud-med sbrum-pa a woman with child, a pregnant woman (Mnon.). lus-chas the entire clothing of the body comprising dress, hat and shoes. lus-chen l. = asmet. rna-mon camel (Mnon.). 2. epithet of the planet Rahn: ^K^’q5’^^-^-«-^'g-jq'q-g'q|^- 59). lus-mchom-ma^^'^^1^ bud- med mchog a handsome woman (Mnon.). 154
1218 his-nams chun-wa a lean body. Syn. $a-srab; ^’**5 l?i*'q skein-pa; nams-chun; fdob.s-med; ^S'q rid-pa (Mnon.). = fearless body, firm body. <4^’4 lus-gnt$-pa of composite body ДчргчуЧ txhogs-bdag an epithet of Gana- pati whose body comprises thoye of man and elephant (Mnon.). lns-rdol-ehe~ ^pr&’q lus-ehe-wa huge body, giant; gigantic (Nag. 40). ^ ^* = q^S the devil, the demon Mara eS. Lex.). lu§-ljkin given as met. = 4 bn or # hjo-mo cow, a milch cow (Mnon.). hi§ Idan-ma as met. a woman, a goddess (Mnon.). hts-pa, in C. also wci la§-pa, to be left, to remain behind or at home : to remain in Tibet for two months; has been left indoors; gpen-du lu^-pa^x^- main uppermost; q lu^-par byed- pa (Pth.\ hi§-$u hpig-pa to leave behind, to leave a remainder, nia-lu§-par entirely, wholly, without any left; acc. to Jd. surely, undoubtedly, at any rate. hi$-phra 1. fine or subtle body= gfa gtog lightning. 2. lit. slender body fig. bud-med woman (MnonJ 3.= *i\q the waist (S. Lex.). hi8-hphag$-pa holy body = the eastern continent according to the Buddhist cosmogony; a name of Mi- thila or ancient Tirhut. lus-bon§ bulk of the body; ijItj bulky, corpulent, tall. q«TB5 lu^byad form of the body. ^N'^qq hi§~hbab as met.st4**^- rnul-ma sweat (Mfton?). hts-hbod-pa coughing,to eough. Syn. glo-hgog§-pa or ярчргч hkhogs-pa (Mnon.). the secret parts of the body. liis-ma remainder, balance, re- sidue. Syn. rjes-lus; phyir-lu§; lhag-lu§. le-khag=^'**i or different sec- tions or chapters. for °1 and ^|S *Tq idleness and fighting or quarrelling ; also=|^5 (Ify. M. le-brgan or leg-rgan 1. poppy, opium ; le-brgan me-tog tho poppy flower. I ^•лс.-|ч-^-|дч|-я1ч|-с'яаьу^я^’Х the juice of the poppy plant, taken with rice-beer stops hemmhorage from the mouth (7Г. g. «, 4G). 2. diapered design of warm fabrics; thus in Mil.: $*qa|VSW2iq’4M le-bryan dniar-pohi-gdan a flowered earpet; It-brgan hjol-ber (Pih.) a flowered dress with a train (Jd.). lc~na the soft downy wool of the Tibetan goat growing next to the skin and below the long hair, the shawl wool; fine woollen-cloth, Malida cloth of Kashmir. le-ma 1. v. lehu. 2. the striped broad sheets of cotton and wool manufac- tured in Sikkim and gen. worn by the Lepehas. le-lag appendix, supplement, addition (Ck).
1219 4 ie_ian rebuke, reprimand, blame, and le-lan-pa, le-lan Mak- wa to blame. le-lam mkhan for 'wqsrapaj las-lam-mkhan. le-lo or k-lo-nid indolence, laziness, tardiness; le-lo ma-byed cig don’t be lazy! le-lo-cau sleepy, lazy, slothful, also—^E/^w^ btan-snoms-can indifferent (Mnon.); й’ЯГд k-lo-ica=&\Q glen-pa a fool, a stupid fool (Mnon.); QVafa g»^t<T a lazy woman; k-los-hgros slothful motion, walking very slowly out'of laziness. kgs-pa or ^|*ГЙ kgs-mo MS, та, Ш^, 1. good, serving the purpose, useful, proper, praiseworthy ; MT^pr goodness, excellence; adv. legs-par well, duly, properly. kgs-par hons-so you aro welcome ; Hj’otep’q lo-legs-pa a healthy happy year ; ci-ltar byas-na-legs which is the best way of doing ? ’5‘^pr^ nus-na gin-tn legs-so if yon can do it, very well; also legs-so* very well; well done! legs-kgs-so excellent, capital. 2. neat, elegent, graceful, beau- tiful (7. 3. ЗчргЙ legs-mo in Sikk. = good, in W. as adv. well, duly, properly, like «Нргч legs-pa. she who is always cheerful. kgs-hgro that goes gracefully, an epithet of the king of horses. well thought of, carefully considered. legs-brjog (1) = ^^’8 legs-smra full descrip- tion, well said (ДГпо/г.); (2) = XPTrfan elegant saying. XXWUT well or auspiciously born or grown; well-dressed; well-accomplished, successful; fully ordained; HcnfsTH adored, worshipped ; Зчргчк ^№^£i| well-preserved, we!l arranged датЫг well exa- mined ; doing good service, to be useful; to benefit, a benefactor; ^М‘фсчсИ1 kgs-par hphel=^'4to nor-hphel prosperity, increase of wealth or happiness (Mnon.); growing Up well. °^|*Г to suppress or vanquish fully; fully acquired, well qualified. ингта well collected, gathered carefully. good beginning ; delicious ; j чфлн wel- come ; оН|*т,ач«г§‘М5 very accurate or correct. kgs-brjod-ma an epithet of the celestial queen, the wife of India. n. of a Sutra in which the fruits of good and bad actions are explained (K. cl. w, 30 k)- L^gs-pahi skar-ma n. of a Bhikshu who had served for about twenty years and committed to memory twelve volumes of Sutranta works and is said to have attained the fourth stage of Dhyana (Ik. my. F, 288). legs-bgad elegant description or writings; moral lessons. Cognate terms: — 3S<rpq3c/ tshig-bzan elegant sayings ; dge-wahi glam moral maxims ; ^x<n’X’ snan-nag ro-Ulan also a humorous poem (Mnon.). <fyiprqv?fa’ one who has happily passed away. <2}«r|N‘g*jj\q benediction, blessing. leg$-g.$o~eolloq. repairs:
1220 (Kkj. к. 5) I am en- gaged in assiduously superintending the repairs of the great monastery ot Sam-ye. ^4*T4*fa legs-gsol resp. thanks, acknow- ledgement, gratitude, in C. 3^’4’* Len-ka-ra n. of a place: 4^V -<44•*> (Л. 57). len-pa I: (rarely ^4’4 lon-ica, Йуч Zou-yx/) pf. SJC'N bions (rarely fut. blan imp. Ion Cs., ^4* loft or ^4^ Ions Dzl., Mil., SjE.N blans Cs. wr^T5<, to receive, get, obtain, q^rc^-ojyq gnas-nan leu-pa to obtain an inferior place viz.: for being reborn Thgy. *1^5’5 the cause of receiving or getting [material cause]#. 2. to accept, what is offered or given; opp. to *X*’4 hdor-wa ; also to bear, to suffer patiently, to put up with. 3. to seize, catch, lay hold of, grasp, e.g., one that is about to leap into water Dzl.; to catch up; to catch, to take prisoner; to carry off, e.g., the arms of killed enemies; *rg^'q* ma-byin-par to take what is not given, to steal, to rob, len-pa hdra it is as if it had been stolen from me Glr. ; ^q’w^’q rhun-ma len-pa to get or take a wife, frq., also to procure one for another person; Л4'яЦ’4 s^og-len-pa— a^pl’q hphrog-pa to deprive of life, to kill (Mng.) ; to fetch it I to take possession of, to occupy (by force of arras) Glr. (Jd.). *Ц*4‘4^ len-pa-bshi in Budh. the four kinds of ®Ц’4 len-pa taking are mentioned: (D g «Ц*4 Ua-wahi leu-pa; (2) 54 q^^ '^4’5’«Ц-q; (3) 454-5-9* q^ ^ q bdag-tu smra-wahi len-pa ; (4) «Х5’ q^’^'q hdod-pahi leu-pa (K. d. 4, 1/51). II: n. of a place in the district of Ретро in Tibet (Lon. *, 3). M [saffron]#. leb-mo (Cs, also $4*5 leb-po) Hind, flat, mons-rau leb-mo Indian flat, pease lenticular; leb-can flat, level; ^4’^4 leb-leh flat like the top of a table, level. ^4*n leb-ma, ^4’44^ leb-thags lace, bandage, ribbon Cs., dar-skud-kyi leb-thags lace of silk thread; 44’^4 bag-leb a flat loaf of bread C.; ^4*^4 qin-leb or ^4**^4* leb-fin a board, plank ; X a slab of stone, cf. 3144 gleb-pa (Jd.). It hu trfw<, qfanr, ЯЛ J division, section of a speech, a chapter of a book. Syn. ^’4 eho-ga; ^4^454 cho-ga shib- ma; sa-rga; skabs; 44*§5 rab- byed; ^4*§5'^4*q rab-byed tog-pa; y<’9 dum-hu ; *4*qg»w rab-hbyams ; a^*4 hdus- pa; 4544 brtag-pa; *4*5’454’4 rab-tu brtag-pa (Mnon.). /о I: a year (1. Й, 0Я t.c., = 360 B«‘^4 khyim-shag • zodiacal days 2. = 365 nin-shag solar days). 3.= 371 ^‘^4 tshes-shag lunar days. 26Sv’3=45,X4,w beginning of the year; g‘4§’4 /0 Ifta-beu- pa, 5’g*4§*S^‘4 lo Ina-bcu lon-pa fifty years old, of fifty years; д'Й'йг^ц** bu-mo lo-gnis-ma a girl two years old; 4’54*4 lo-dan-lo, ai’K’K’4^5 lo-re re-bshin or йгЛ’4^5 lo-re-bshin, annually, yearly ; beginning of the year ; divisions or parts of the year ; lo-uas lo-ru from year to year; §na-lo, last year; hdas-lo post year ; «Xhdi-lo or S'8’ da-lo this year; В phyi-lo in C. and san-lo next year ; lo hkhor-te after one year had passed;
^1 1221 sras-kyis lo-hkhor-te when the prince was one year old (G7r.). The names of the twelve years of the smaller cycle are those named after the following twelve animals: 5 byi mouse, g.lan ox, §*4 stag tiger, yos hare, hbrug dragon, tp* $brul ser- pent, $ rta horse, lug sheep, gj spre ape, 9 bya hen, В khyi dog, phag hog; and the^e are combined with the names of the 5 elements each twice reiterated to make a cycle of 60 years. Thus the year 1903 is called ф'Чм'Ч the water-hare year, and yos-lo-pa is a person born in that year, etc. 2. for lo-toy ; for lo-ma ; also for lo-t$a-wa. 3. prob.: talk, report, rumour, saying, added (like §kad) to the word or sentence to which it belongs: when a rumour is heard that some body has died (Thgy.)-, though he may get a name (in the world) by his learned discussion, he after all is a liar (Jd.). 4. num.: 14G (JU.). 5lo-rgyus^^^story, account, history; 3news, con- taining a history ; ibid. lo-chags Cs. ‘ every second year.’ 3’$^' lo-chun young; also for fr^'fl'^’fl lo-tsa-wa chufi-wa junior or lesser Sanskrit scholars of Tibet. lo-chen~ lo-tsa-wa chen-po a great scholar of Sans- krit in Tibet. lo-tog or 5‘*5^ lo-thog aor^J the pro- duce of the year, the harvest, crop; S’fl lo-tog rna-wa to reap it, to gather it in. lo-tog rpchog-tn bde-wa= spo§-dkar-$in the Sal tree {Mnon.). ? lo-tho an almanac. or 4lodu-thal how many years have passed, elapsed: how many years bave elapsed since the Nirvana of Buddha (Л. 93). a kind of quiver manufactured in the Lo country (Rtsii.). lo-hdab—Ъ'ъ lo-ma leaves of trees which fall every year. ^*^5 lo-hdod=z^\ or yearn- ing : Ч(Hbrom. f4, 13) he had neither yearning nor hopes whatever, the earthly-minded sinner. 5*^1 lo-nag; in every ten years there occurs one black-year in which it is not auspicious to do any good work; the year 1891 was 5’^ lo-nag, and 1909 A.D. will also be a lo-nag. lo-phyag annual rent (Yig. k. 53); acc. to Jd. an embassy sent every year to a suzerain to renew the oath of allegiance. Hj gqu'olqN'q lo-phyugs-legs-pa a good harvest and healthy cattle. or lo-ma 5’*5fl lo-hdab wf a leaf. ^ФП leafless; an epithet of the goddess Pandan Lhamo who when prac- tising asceticism would not eat even a single leaf. lo-ma-lna the five leaves, fig. : generally those of the Mahayana Bodhi- druma, the Bodhi-tree of Mahayana doc- trine, the leaves of which are:—tshul- khrims pure morals, q thos-pa hearing and comprehending, i.e., studying the sacred literature, khyini-nas-hbyufi renunciation, dg on-pa-la guas residence in a solitude or wilderness and latterly in a monastery, ^‘fl to be content in the holy brotherhood (K. d. % 327).
I 1222 йгы’р 1о-»ш-к1м=§'(^’%\кг chu-lhahi gin Varuna tree, the tree of the god of water (Mnon.). cSi’^ lo-ma gyon-mahi gzuHs n. of tho dharani of a goddess who used to dress in leaves of frees believed to be efficacious in epidemics {K. g. S Д7)* fraw lo-ma-bzah--^'^ dofi-ga : X5’ qpi-Qqq• YYVV’‘ ЧЭ {Mnon.). а?ы lo-ma д8ит-ра=^Ъ\^ dur- byid-sman (Mnon.). -^e/ lo-mahi hkhri-giii a creeping plant. Syn. SI klu-yi hkhri-gin ; mu-tig-hbras-, ио-rtsi {Mnon.). n. of a place in Tibet ,Dtb. % 33). lo-mail khnr-ldan au old man, one who is under the weight of many years (Mnon.). S to-mar a year’s supply of butter. lo-tJian annual produce, harvest. й$ lo-yi gin-rta&s met. ni-ma the sun {Mnon.). = 'Q>a]^-q the year in which there has been a good harvest. silk or satin of the colour of juniper leaves {Jig.). Io-gc$=2 rtsis monetary account; also astronomy (Milon.). <S,£Mj5 lo-bgad=<№i lo-tho (Cs.). II: is also used to signify dis- pleasure, disapproval, unwillingness as in hdi-skad-lo, zer-lo, ft*S tho$- lo, thob-lo, ftsgom-lo, ges-lo, etc. III: n. of place in upper Tibet: (Л. 119). 4 IV : interpretation; (A. 96). П] lo-ka hjig-rten world. lo-ke gva-ra, bjig-rteu dwan-phyug epithets of Avalo- kites'vara Hodh isat t ra. lo-tsha or lo-tsha-ttii the well-known title given to the Tibetan translators of Sanskrit works. lo- рап—Ъ^ъ lo-taha-wa and pan-di-ta Indian pandit and Tibetan Sanskritist. s^5 Lo-hit the river Brahma- putra in part of its*course through East Assam. Also Lohin-tara: v^a>Y (A. 87). the river Lohintara the source of treasure. ч}Ч]’Ц log-pa I ; vb., pf, and secondary form of $4ч ldog-pa, q.v. 1. to return, to go back : yul-du Glr.; Й«|‘Ц*яд5 log- pa-hbratl Glr., log-la hdod-do Glr. let us turn back, phyir log-pahi lam the way back. 2. to come back, to come again. 3. to turn round, to be turned upside down, to tumble down. no-log-pa to revolt, rebel, ilo-ldog-})a to turn away one’s face, always used fig. for to turn one’s back on, to apostatize: hkhor-wahi no- ldog-na if you mean to turn your back to the land of the cycle of existences, й’ч1’ *§5‘q log-рю byed-pa to revolt, to rebel; log-pa rtsom-pa to plot, to stir up an insurrection Glr., log-pa- rnkhan a rebel Glr. (Jd.). II: adj. ft, reversed, inverted, irrational, wrong; log-pahi-lam, lam-log-pa in ЛЛ7. = а wrong way ; 2fa|’q’erQ*pr4 log-po-
<5jq]’4|'q | 1223 la shugs-pa to rush into error, to turn to what is wrong. §,гИ Ita-log or A’afafq lia-wa log -pa, v. infra log-It a. Wafafq chos-log-pa a wrong faith, false doctrine, heresy ; ^*<5^ grwa-log, jo-log col. an apostate monk or nun ; ®«]’qR log-par and (col.) ^*4 log adv. wrong, erroneously, also : back, again, log-par sem§-pa to think evil, to have suspicions (about a thing), often^^’^ gS 4 Ua-log skyed-pa to sin (Ja.). log-ge-tca [seems to be nearly the same as log-pa^ adj.; prob.: entertaining irrational doubts or scruple; ban-rim log-gc-tca an inverted ДсАя ban-rim, q.v. ; <Й«|’ч|’«г*Г||ч log gc-ica-la khyer he took it back again from Jd. afargq heresy, heretical observance; (lld&a. 19) by bad behaviour one falls into heresy. log-lta log-par Ita-wa) or Ita-log heresy, heretical doctrine, and is of two kinds :— yod-pa hjig-pa and ^Rfqv-^rq log-par (ps-pa. The first one denies rebirth, the effect of charity, of self sacrifice and of doing good, also of wickedness and wisdom. The second one asserts that happiness and misery are divine gifts and there is no consequence from good or bad actions and no retribution (K. d. -3, 127). Again we read: (Khrid. 10) the doctrine which holds that all things are permanent or that every thing is perish- able is considered heretical on account of both being contrary to the doctrine of Buddha. Syn. яря’ЗД’Ч hkhu- tcahi bsam-pa (Mnon.). log-lhan a kind of linen (2ЙШ.). Log-hdren bgegs-kyi rgyal-po an epithet of Ganes'a (Mnon.). Hfa]-q• r^r- q* log-pa dud-hgrohi spyod-pa can n. of a religious sect in ancient times who used to imitate the habits of beasts and so degrading themselves would perform a kind of austerity or penance with the hope of obtaining salva- tion (They.). ^R|'q’*'R^*|’|5’q a kind of severe asce- tical peuance performed by certain religious sects in ancient India in which the ascetic used to expose himself to vultures, sometimes burying himself in a trench that they might devour his living body ; other ascetics used to burn a part of their body under a slow fire (^'X<2T2jqwR). to hold an erroneous notion as something positively good: *5*4’ мтргт misapprehension, mistake, blunder. rifcj'qR'Sp^ log-pahi blo-gros—^'q nor- tca or «^’q hkhrul-pa (Mnon.) to blunder, to err, to make mistake. ^qRgq to wrongly perform a thing. Efafqvljcw lag-par spobs—^'^’^S'^ no- tska med-pa shameless ; also shamelessness, effrontary, shameless boldness (Mnon.). <?R|*q^*R^q log-par hlsho-wa to live by crime—perverse means and actions—by vice, to live in a sinful manner. It is of five kinds:—$«rR^ Ishul-hchos; kha-gsag\ gshog-slons; thob-kyis hjal-wa -, these should be avoided by the religious (K. da. 5, 503). aiqpKq^srq to embrace or hold hereti- cal views: Hfai'qKqg^qR*^ the enemy of heretics (Yig. k. 10).
U|4]-qVfE’q| 1224 downfall, perver- sity. 'И’дЛ tog-spyod perverse conduct, a sinful life. f5fa] log-sinon-can one who wishes or prays to do evil and what is perverse. log-$>nra or anq-q^ipq log-par §mra- wa falsehood, slander, perverse speech, blasphemy. Й q^' tog-sinra-tcahi nags-tshal fig. : the wilderness of the perversity of speech (Yid. 2). Syn. tog-sgrub\ tog- hdren-tshig ; ^-qx^-q^g*^ sknr-wa hdeb$-pa hphya-tshig (Mnon.). + log-gshal--dr in- to» tog-hjal ingratitude, ungrateful return for a service done. log-gyetn fornication, adultery; 3foj log-gyem dad-chp-u'a one given up to adultery, an adulterer, м •^•q'^E.N forsake that wife who is given up to adultery ((7c.). <8ч| -?)n 1од-$е§=Ъ^ ч nor-wa or q hkhrul wa (Mfion.) error, blunder. <8^*5} log-sred-can one who delights in vicious actions and sin, has no faith in religion, and blasphemes the sacred Bud- dhist religion, &c. (K. my. ”1, 113). ' togs 1. the side of anything, qrs, a hill-side: 3'^ q (Bbrom. Г, 147) all sides of tho Lari mountain have been overgrown with dense forest of fruit-trees (berry trees); £<4'5^ rtsig-log$ the side of a wall, mdun-togs fore-side, front-side, rg gab-logs back, back part of a thing; sahi-togs surface of the earth. 2. direction, side, region: ^q5* <8^4 rkofi-pahi logs-nas from the region of the feet, up from the feet (Sch.); spw aispi gyas-togs the right side, <q4v®q|*’ gу on- logs the left side frq.; tshur-log§ this side, phar-tog$ the other side, on the other side. togs-to aside, apart, q-q^q-q logs-to fyshag-pa to put aside, to put out of the way, to clear away. ч5* |thag-pahi $ne-ma logs-gog the other end of the rope ; togs-пап the left or lower side (of a cloth). 3. = ^hn wall. afaprgN 1од$-$кус$—%'ы пи-ma the udder, the female breast (Mnon.). aiqpvqs^ Logs chcn-pohi ri n. of a mountain in the continent of Purva Videha (К. (I. \ 337). f8zq*’ ap^Vq togs-па yod-pa to be distinct, separate, to live by one’s self, to be solitary (Schr.). <8^’q togs-pa other, additional: afaprq rgyag$-tog§-pa spare-provision (Ja.). 5^’3 togs-su elsewhere ; separate, apart, aside. <fc|«,^,q’qvq log$-su bkar-wa qt log$-su dgar-wa to lay aside. Syn. gnd-du \ W'i gshan-du (Mfion.).< lofi or 2k’$’= р&гч khoni-pa leisure, spare-time, vacant time, <8^’^’#^,q=»rj8’wq> q not able, not enabled (A. 28) no time, whilst you arealways hoping to have time (enough), you allow the favourable moment to pass away (Mil.); ^’^‘5 or^yw-q-gv (A. 63) on returning to India I had no time to go to the Jo-wo for religious instruction. tofi-kay lofi-kha, tofi-ga intestines, entrails, guts. «8^ ton-ki (Chinese) a kind of red cloth manufactured in China (Rtsii.). n, of a district in the province of Kong-po.
1225 lon-wa pf. and secondary form of. Idofi-wa, as vb.: 1. to be blind, and as adj.: blind, blinded, also as sbst.: a blindman. 5^’5 lon-po, lon-wa-po a blindman (Ck.). 2. also 5^’4 lofi$~pa,^ len-pa (Glr,) or «исч lan-гса, lofi-bu or 5^’5 ankle-bone. lon-lon uprising in waves, bulging out. ‘fc’H lon§ imp. of lon-wa : rise up, awake, get up! let him come out from in side or from his house; now get up and wait in the way (J.. 129), ак*г fofa-spyod чргт, нчЬл 1. attain- ment, enjoyment, esp. with regard to sensual pleasures and eating and drinking: lon$-spyod qa-la-byed they enjoyed themselves on meat, 5мг lofa-spyod gin de-la§-byed they lived on the fruits of this tree; to co- habit, enjoy sensually. 2. plenty, abun- dance: they had collected an enormous quantity of food and drink; lons-chc-гса great riches; wealth, property, fo*'§V§’4 VI’ lons-spyod-kyi bdag-por gyur he be- came owner of the property (Dzl.); д-л$’24клг£5*Й5 he was not rich enough to bring an offering (to Buddha) (Jd,). 3.=^T^ nor-rdsas or *5*’4 hbyor-pa wealth, fortune. §pyod-ldan=%w$S^ prosperous, possessed of health, prosperity and happiness; Ймиду lons-spyod-gnas— rndsod treasury, repository (Mnon.). perfect happiness, full enjoyment both materially and spiritually. lod-pa or ^‘5 lod-po—^^ Ihod- pa l.=relaxed. 2. = ^'®’^ le-lo-can lazy, careless. the poor class of cultivators who are unable to raise a good crop (Rtsii.), ion 1, news, tidings, message: fyw lon-bzan good news, Ion- sprifi-wa to give notice, send word, send a message; lon-skyur-ua to give a reply; lon-shig khyer-la fog let me know, send me word. ^’4 Ion-pa 1. reached, arrived at; khyod lo-du-lon to what age have you reach, or what is your age. lo ci-tsam Ion how old are you ? Vl'3^ bcu-drug-lon I am sixteen years old. 2. to elapse, to pass, in a general sense: ’^ч|’йЦ-ч5^' after many years had elapsed (Dzl.); rin-shig lon-te after a long time, rin-por ma-lon-par after a short time. I: los 1. in truth, indeed he is indeed the lord protector and refuge. 2. can you go, could you go ! йгс’дч lo$-thub yes, I can. 3. true, certain it is sure and true; certainly it will come to pass. 155
I: 1. is tho twenty-seventh letter of tho Tibetan alphabet corresponding in sound to Sanskrit n. It is pronounced like sA in the words shin, sharp, etc. but palatal; acc. to Jd. in C. it is distinguished from q only by the followiug vowel being sounded in tho high tone. 2. num. = 27. II: In Budh. various significa- tions are attached to this letter:— O( \K. d. 11'+) it exhibits to all things tho state of perfect peace. Again we have: (Hbum. % 26'J). So, too: -*j <rgr*fc*r«j аслгч* (К. my. >q, 208) ex- plains the perfect avoidance of the five kinds of miseries. III: FTS, 1. flesh, meat: being fond of meat cuts off the life of animals. ^‘^'4= thin, emaciated; yak’s flesh, mutton ; -qto boil meat, to roast meat; qa-bcud gsum the three kinds of flesh which are possessed of different peculiar properties : (1) human flesh ; (2) otter’s flesh ; (3) hphyi-wahi-ga the flesh of the marmot (Sman. 3). sexual instinct. 2. surface of the body, •*}$ [a lump of flesh; a senseless person]®. ’$Л’Й spots, stripes, etc. on the skin (of an animal); -fVl* (pi-dkav white or fair complexion, $a-bkra n. of a cuta- neous disease Med. [a kind of white leprosy]®. 3. for the stag. 4. muscle, i’*4! thoracic muscle (Jd.). Syn. khrag-$kye$\ khrag-la$ gyur-pa; lu$-zufa gsum-pa (Mfon.). fa-kon for qa-hkhon (Vai, sn.) grudge, resentment, hatred. • T4S $a-$kad the cawing or croaking of a raven; the cry of the stag. - q'B4] $a-khug bag in which powdered dried meat is kept by travellers during a journey in Tibet and Mongolia. • q'P4) ^a-khog the body of a slaughtered animal, without the skin, head, and en- trails, flesh of a large animal, ^‘-*1 that of a smaller animal. *V^’Ba hound, a hunter’s dog. •q Й $a-khra favi [bile]®. •4‘S4! $a-khrag flesh and blood, meton. 1. for body: a sound body. 2. for: children bom of the same parents. • q = or anger, fury, enmity, an enemy; bear- ing grudge against a person, harbouring enmity, v. $a-kon. • qfa-go$ colloq. for fam-go$ lower garment. <№“Ьдид$ lit. curled flesh or body [the flower of the tree Butea frondosa\S. - *f qa-rgyags fat meat; J4*1’** colloq. corpulent; $а-тдуад$ healthy
Wl 1227 corpulence. 4Э^’з« fa-nams rgyag health and ill-health; becoming healthy after illness or loss of flesh in the body also healthy corpulence. Syn. tfqw htshag-bzan ; flams- rgya$\ 8* *4’^’5 §ku-fa hbyor-po\ JfciN’wi §tob$-l}ca$\ §tobs-ldan (Mnon.). 4’24’^ Oa-$non-ean n. of a heretical lama of Tibet who wrote many treatises explaining the Buddhist tenets wrongly and performed Buddhist religious rites in a reversed manner and who afterwards became a convert to Bon. He was called and belonged to the sect (D. R.). 4‘«4 ja-can fw, [a fibrous root; a medicinal plant commonly called Katki]#. 4*^4 fa-сЛсп urnrfa human flesh (8man.) 4‘t4'-3 fa-r/en sa q^rrfa*! [car- nivorous, a goblin] S. 4'^ fa-ne near blood-relation, descend- ant. Syn. rgyud-pa; ^4^’^5 rig§-rgyud (Шоп.). fa-dus the month January when meat is cured and rent paid in meat col- lected by Government and land-lords in Tibet (Rtsii.). 4‘$* fa-phin 1. (Chinese) a kind of tea (Rtsii.), 2. meat cooked with piling (a kind of vermicelli extracted from peas). 4*® f«-6o==S31 enemy; s=4’*j®4’4w«’«V (Shin.)-, (Khrid. (27). 4’^ fa-^o 1. mushroom. 2. is described as=s4«|'S|*4c4 sheep-fold (Rtsii.). 4’31 4’^5 fa-/ncfl?^4<i fleshless, emaciated; also, name of a hell. 4’*5 fa-hbu a maggot. 4'5* fa-bur in W. boil, abscess, ulcer; mark left by a lash, weal (Jd.). 4’1** fa-sbyan is described as У 4 (Btete.) 4’3^’ fa-sbran flesh-fly, blue- bottle-fly (Jd.). + 4W fa-ma 1. n. of a kind of singing bird like the linnet (К. ко. 4, 2). 2. the placenta or after-birth, the bag or pouch in which the embryo is formed and which comes out immediately after the delivery of the child: hence, also, a wet nurse or v?r=fT. 3. = ^’^'^ raiment of the gods (K. my. % 7). 4’M fa-rmen fleshy tumour, a lump in the muscular flesh. 4*^'5***5 fa-tshan dmar-po a tumour resembling a weal or a wart. 4*£ fa-r^i = 4‘«Vj complexion, colour of the skin: (H6rom. p 3J) the Brahman’s daughter of fair complexion. 4'^ fa-tshal. affection ; 4’^’^S (Jig- 35) without affection; aco. to Ja.=a friend; 4'^4 amicable, attached. 2. hot meat. 4'35 fa-£s/i0—44^’54^ nickel silver (Jig. 16). 4*w^ fa-mte/ean=4W* fa-stags (Шоп.) [lucky or unlucky marks on the body]#.; 4‘^’S'5S5 [know- ledge of lucky or unlucky marks on the body]#. 4**£* fa-hdser wart; 4’^v^ one hav- ing warts in his skin. 4 <э fa-za or 4’>4 1. prop, flesh- eater, carnivorous animal. 2. gen.: a class of demons. 4 3and 4 3 ar6 two
1228 kinds of such loathsome demons, the names of others of which are as follows :— 3 $ pi-lu, ne-wahi pl-lu, J[4W2i pi-lu bzan-po, ph-lu ndhah-ya^ qw<i tpam-pa, bsam-pa ma- yin-pa, q^c/Q’W’Hi gdun-wa bzan-po, za-byed, qVqgq’epq’q gzi-brjid bzaA-po, % ‘q*5‘q mi-bzad-po (7f. g. 5 I£6). q*A4|jq’ Qa-zahi-glin n. of a cannibal - island situated beyond the island of homed cannibals: ’мг<г^’з щ^ (7Г. d. \ <Ш). fa-za srm-po cannibal hobgoblin. qiq fa-zag or -fW ^-^wp = ^q zug. q’J*’ fa-zon [dry fledi, one who cats flesh]#. q-q^q-q^ fa-gzig bdu a kind of disease [white leprosy]#. q^q’^q’? Ga-hug $tag-$go n. of a sacred place in Tibet (Deb. q 1/3). q uj’s^q fa-yi-mchog far; as met.— ifq$|q^N srog-gi-gna$ the heart, the seat of life (jjfrio/o). fa-yi lus-^cud met. = gq blood. q fa-yisa-bon ^id (Mnon.). £ q‘^’V$ fflr-Zi ho-ta a religious instruc- tion of the Tantrik class: ^*q q^qAq* q*^ •^^•q^qMQi (Ya-sel. 22 Y). [S'alihotra was a celebrated teacher of the science of horses in India]#. q’^ fa-lan revenge by death for killing and the like. q’^q fa-log warped, oblique, aslant in JT. M. q’M fa-log = q’^q'^q fa-log-log bloated. q'^q«< fa-bfags is explained as $q’q%S <wq«i (^8Zt;) pa-sra6 = q’^w fa-nam$ (Mnon.). q ’Sjq fa-lhag excrescence on any part of the body which, ace. to some, is a sign of wickedness. q^-q^ fa-Zrt gyu-ri^^wZ (my- stic) (Л//Я. 4). q’qc’ fa-fafi n. of a large number, a numerical figure (Ya-sel. 56). qq fa-ka a kind of game (Vai. sfi.). fa-ka-ma, more fully fr^q-pra saffron from Kashmir, in C. t fa-ka fi-la n. of a precious stone, or gem : qq’^^qV^YS^v^ fa-ka fi is a protection against evil spirits. *T‘4=’ Oa-gafi n. of a place in Tibet q-qq aiq n. of a celebrated Lo-tsa-wa of that place (Deb q, 1). qqa^pho ru-rta ($tf) [medicinal plant Costas speciosus^S. goti-mo the white Crossoptilon grouse (Mnon.). 155 ^a-ta as met. —brgya hun- dred. ^a-§ta^= Я klu (Vai. вЯ.). + $a-$tag only, simply: ?q rdsun-po fa-9tag^=^\^^^ rdsun-po rkyafi-rkyafi only false, falsehood pure and simple, qsq fa-dag mere, merely, only: SVq’Sq*4^*4’? khyehu fa-dag btsa^-te only sons being bom; »V^«rtffcjrcrq,fq as they are all of them poor people; 5dfcq'q'fq §*§<YV they all came to the knowledge of the truth (Jd.). t ц Ca-ra-pa n. of an Indian saint (LoA. > 3). | q-VQ>pr§5 fa-ra hbigs-byed as met.=«5^ arrow (ItAon.).
53j| 1229 Wl t 53 f a-na hemp, Cs.: flax; тпо fine linen; a gar- ment made of fine linen. 5^ fa-po§ a thick blanket in Ld. 15^ fa-wa-ri щзх a hunter; a hunter-tribe. Syn. rnon-pa; ri-dbags-pa (Mnon.). Qa-wa ri-pa n. of Buddhist Tantrik saint, a pupil of Nagarjuna (K. dun. 6). 5^ fa-rag dried apricots with little pulp and almost as hard as stones. 5^4* fa-ra fo-re (cf. bfer-pa) in W. moist (Jd.). 15^ fa-rar a kind of sugar, refined sugar (Cs.). fa-fan a kind of Chinese tea. fa-la yu-rin (Med.). t ^’^’5 Ca-rihi-bu the famous early disciple of Buddha. t -fl’4&’’’!*Qa-ка Vyakarana n. of a Vyakarapa or Sanskrit grammar by Acarya Chandra Go min. Ca-kya lay-na Ье-con <Qs!4lf4I the S'akya who carries a club in his hand (Yig. 17) [n. of the father-in-law of Buddha according to the Lalitavistara]S'. (^а-куа—ЪуЦ щта n. of a race to which the last Buddha belonged; prob, the Sacoe of the ancients; the common names by which Gautama Buddha is universally known:—3 34 4 = S'akya- muni; -g’lkepW хяяктзт; я-3 ^-ч| nT4>rf«4; section of the Sakya тасе. also called the lama who founded the monastery of Sera near Lhasa (Rje- nam. 353). fwa or 1- blood. 2. = $^ overflowing of rivers and lakes, in Amdo dialect. W* a class of nymph: q5* gq-qq^-^-^-g^-jq-q^-Sj fwa-wa or the large stag of Tibet with ten to twelve points on each horn, including under this name some three species. Syn. rwa-bcu-pa ; (^’р’^л pra-sa dha-ra); *^’4 fwa-wa {Mnon.). *fcr^q Ca-wa rna-wa n. of a country in the east of India the inhabitants of which have ears like those of the deer (7Г. d. 267). Cwa-wo sgan n. of a district in Kham {Lon. * 3). fwa-sa-na (mystic) a class of Brahma? (7Г. g. f4, 26). fak-ti ; spear, lance, pike, of sword also trident (Cs.). •Tl fag in broke, it burst asunder (Sch.). $ag-$ag pendant, hang- ing, projecting. 1* joke, jest, fun: to rally maliciously, to turn into ridicule with sarcasm ; a bad joke. 2. cause of contention, object of a
4Т’Г»1 1230 ^1 dispute or a quarrel, matter in dispute, quarrel in gen. (Ja.). fag-ma stone or rock, gravel; gravelly ; a plain abounding with gravel. rocky ground; gravel; earth mixed up with pebbles, stony sterile ground (Ja.). рай a kind of tambourine used by tho Bons during their religious services (Zotf. * 5) v. Qafi-kar 1. n. of a reli- gious sect in ancient India. Also n. of a Tirthika toacher who held j •^•q^q-JJ f вря* Sq^-|qj q^-q^ (Theg. 33). 2. an epithet of Mahcs'vara. t *^F'F fan-kha conch shell; ^’5^* the country of Shangshung (Yig. 9)/ -q^'44] рал-/Лау = 53*г^ч (Jig- % 5) warp, the longitudinal threads of cloth; length. рап-/ай = 51 sabre, sword knife (Mfion.). раЯ-рап 1. crane (& Zez.) (Zam. 5). a bird of the height of man that subsists on poisonous drugs, &c., a fabulous creature with wings and bud’s feet, but otherwise like a human being; acc. to Cs.: pheasant or partridge. 2. n. of a flower: this S'angs'ang flower is not found in India (A. 105); charm- ing is the forest of S'ang-S'ang and juniper (Л. 1&0). Syn. dshl-wan dshi-pa-ka-, ^‘§5 dug-htsho-byed; pan-pan dehu (Mnon.). pan-po#$=*df'V^ high and low; any undulating surface. раЯя I: or -iwjf итш; resp. the nose; nostril, tip of the nose. saying that attachments are bad he knit his nose (i.e., brow) (A. 106). II: n. of a district of Tsang situated to the north of Tashi-lhunpo (Lon. * 5). Can$~kyi shon-tshal one of the 37 holy places of the Bon (G. Bon. 38). Qan^rnamglin a town with a monastery in Shang under a Jong- pon (Rtsii.). раЯ$ rtsa-gser n. of a place in Shang (Deb. Я 11). 1-=^ straight, perpendi- cular. 2. mark of punctuation resembling a perpendicular-stroke, also or^^MV Is a diacritical sign of about the value of our comma or semi-colon; the double perpendicular-strokes dividing sentences, or, in metrical compositions; ^V-55 the four-fold -55 at the end of sections and chapters; ^Я’^5 the dotted 55, an ornamental form of the ordinary •55 put after the first syllable of a line; •55’55’q'q4q to make a *55 (8ch.). *^’4 paJ-ра or qJ-#|5’q and ^р(5’4 to comb, to curry, (a horse), also -55’54’q. Also: to brush, to stroke, to rub gently with the hand in W. (Ja.). fad-ma curry- comb, horse-eomb (&Л.). paJ-yar=UJ*5 ya-ru a yak-calf one year old: a skin of a yak-calf (Rtsii.). fan 1. union, mounting, lining, of: 45*ai^*,*‘55skad-gnis $an-sbyor two differ- ent languages joined together, n.. of a
1231 Sanskrit and Tibetan vocabulary; a wooden vessel mounted with iron bands. 2. small-boat; a ferry-man in C. 3. snow-leopard, in Ж. (cf. *pw)* 4. difference, distinction: to distinguish, decide, differen- tiate: as no body else is able to decide it. fan-for affected by company, union, or companionship. fan-pa I: 1. wrongly spelt for a butcher ; ’’5V4Kq sinful butcher; slaughter-house, butcher’s shop, butcher’s knife; •flVSP sinful ignorance of slaughtering an animal. 2. master or rower of a boat, boatman (Jd.). : b=HWQ nes-bab-pa, fault by the fault of polluting the royal residence (Л. 144)- 2. гп^, ugly, frightful. Can-ti-pa n. of an Indian Buddhist teacher (K. dun. £5). t Can-di-la or ; n. of a race (K. du. *, 333). Can-dmar a wild animal of the deer class, called: (К. ко. ”1, fan-ja a kind of Chinese tea. Can-dun the Chinese provinces of Shantung (Grub, ч 4). Cab n. of a district between Sakya and Shiga-tse; Cab-sgo-lna n. of a place in Tsang: (A. 88) then at the time of proceeding from Sh&b-go-nga. fab-fub 1. whisper, whisper- ing; jocular saying or speech, a joke; to whisper in the ears. 2. acc. to Jd. a lie, falsehood, to lie, to cheat; deceitful, fraudulent, crafty. JI fam = &fam the lower part of a thing, also that of a country; a low- lander (opp. to and ?5‘q). gfam-du adv. and postp.; below, at foot: they will be treated of in their respective chapters at the end; under it, underneath that, under-vest, under gar- ment; -fprstiN fam-thabs fWMH, resp. §ки-$ат, a cassock-like garment worn by Tibetan monks. Cam-ma a man or woman of Lower Ladak. Qam-thabs snon-po-can a Tlrthika Pandit who preached a perverse system of Tantra and used to wear a blue petticoat: MV2»’ he was an outsider (Ac., non- Buddhist) called the blue robe (A. 66). Cam-bha-la n. of the Bud- dhist Utopia, probably the capital of the eastern Greeks, t.c., of Bactria, where Buddhism of the Mahayana School in the first century before and first century after Christ flourished. The Tibetans of the fifteenth century A.D. in their anxiety to find it on this earth are alleged to have identified it with the capital of Spain. S'ambhala in Tibetan is often spoken of as a country in the north- west of Tibet, fancied to be a kind of paradise. Journey to S'ambhala, n. of a book written by Panchen Paldan Yeshe of Tashi-lhunpo. far яга, 5П, 1- the east; eastern direction or quarter; come from the east; resides in the east, a resident of the east; inhabitant of an eastern country, an
^51 | 1232 oriental. the sun (Yig. k. 14). ^й (таг, one residing in the eastern hills, one of the early sects of Buddhism. Purva Videha n. of the eastern continent of Buddhist cosmogony. south-east. 2. termin. of -*j—-*]* into the flesh. or drought, rainlessness. •*^‘3*4 $ar-gyi$ forthwith, straight (Л. 68); $ar-rgyag directly, straight away, at once: run at once (Xt/W). J* $ar-hgyur-byed as met.= blood (ДГпоа.). Qar rgya-mtsho chen-po seems to be the Pacific ocean, the great ocean extending to the east of China (Yig. k. 14). Car-$go me-lon glin n. of a place (Rtsii). Car-kha n. of a place in Tibet, the chief or ruler of Shar-kha; also name of a celebrated Lama of that place who was known by the name Pandan Shar kha-wa (Yig. 3). $ar-ja tea imported to Tibet from Amdo (Jig. 22). $ar-ra$ a kind of cotton cloth formerly manufactured in Bengal and Assam (Yig. 21). $ar-pa l.=^« collected, gathered, risen; also : a young man, grown-up youth. 2. Udayi the rising one; n. of a king of the Litsabyi race * (LoA. * 5). far-po 1. W. adulterer, on the part of the husband (Jd.). 2. a youth. far-wa 1. rise, dawning. 2. pf. and secondary form of W4; Vм‘•IS sunrise, dawning in the mind. 3. n. of a tribe. 4. n. of king Utthanapada, son of king 5*4’45’S this king was a contemporary of Buddha. jar-ma (TV*5V*) L a’nift a full-blown female; acc. to Jd. grown-up girls (collective noun). 2. Sch.: a strip: $ar-rgyab-pa to sew in long stitches. $al-dkar a kind of white silk scarf used for presentation to gods; it is described as (Rtsii-). $al-wa a harrow; to harrow (Sch.). qal-ma stony ground; mountain side consisting of detritus ; full of sharp stones (Jd.). $al-ma-li uranfa a tree of hell the leaves of which are sharp and pointed resembliug swords, and when hell- beings try to climb up this tree it imme- diately changes the direction of its sword- like leaves and points towards them to pierce them. fas I. part, id.; part of this rice; to distribute,...among (Jd.). 2. some, a few; some days; frq. in eolloq. as “ ka-she” or Г’Ч^’З’Г please, give me some, a few (A. 105). •*pri fa$-che or •*pri‘4 1.=№’3 spju, 2- ’*V<i a good deal, the greater part of; much. 3. Jw* or <?hr very strong, acute, powerful: ^**3^’ (Ya-sel..19). to become very dull or stupid;
З'Ч! 1233 •фгВ*1 or in an eminent degree, in an exceedingly great measure: я§я* did not grow very powerful or strong. gi-ica=^or ifaVi * * 4’ ’du, pf. and secondary form of яВ*л. 1. vb. to die, to expire, to go out (as light,, fire); ^’Я^Ч is dead, died. 2. partic. and adj. freffc, lifeless, dead, deceased ; M^’X corpse, dead body; oue already dying still recovered; the body of the de- ceased (Jd.); 3 итеЧктк the asso- ciations of the dead, funeral observances; W the quarter of the dead, the south, in which quarter the lord of death dwells ; the food of the dead, i.e., ; also: food given to lamas, &c., at funerals. ; sbst. dying, death: in dying; he is at the point of death, he is at death’s door. n. of a king who mourned at the death of Buddha (К. my. F, 526). CiJta koJa n. of a place in Orissa on the seaside (Dsam.). + ^-ру?-Я1 gtJihan diJa a peacock (К. ко. % 3). gi-ri khanda (?ft) a kind of medicine: ^•я^я’Х S'iri khapda and molasses taken together induce sleep (К. my. F, 31^1). i $i-ri-$a n. of a tree, its flower and fruit (K. du. % 276) [Acacia sirisajS. (JT. mg. J”, 341) the fruit called S'iris'a grows five fingers’ in breadth on the appearance of the star (planet) S'ukra. qi-rig W. clinking, jingling (Ja.). З'К’! gi-rog in W. a sort of early barley. + M gi-la wrongly for ’«I glJa tqW moral behaviour. gig 1. for after a final 4 2. = (to be) able: VSVB^^^’X now you have said that you would not be able (to do that work) (A, 60, 136). 3. згш louse; ^’^4 common louse; sheep- louse, tick, B'^4 flea, SJ’^4 or bug ; to clean from lice; ^4’^ full of lice. gig-ge-wa acc. to Jd. 1. stand- ing or lying close together, close-bonded. 2. trembling, tottering, wavering; with looking this way and that, looking about, perh., also, rolling (the eyes)] (Jd.). W4! relaxed; also relaxation. Also: ^4^ as in Зч*’5^, (A. 150) having relaxed; 5* {A. 66). now you said you would not relax, but you have some resources. Also =rocking in Ud. gift I: gerundial particle for after a final 4 II: 1. £4 те, a tree, id., in col. gin-dum; a berry tree or fruit tree, a leafy tree; a withered tree. 2. что wood, timber; made of wood; ^^4 some wood; timber, 156
| 1234 JMaj । timber-wood, 35’^’ fire-wood, fuel, dry-wood. t pn ka-ku-bha the Arjuna tree. Syn. YJ<vdpah-bohi-gin; 5J5* |q‘^f srid-sgrub gin; §51^'5qphyog$-grub (Mnon.). t gift ko-ki la-ksa the tree of cuekoo’s eye [the plant Aste- racantha longifolid]S.; with syn.: 3^’^’ bur-gin dri-ldan ; S’§qP^,l khyu-byug- mig ; gv^c/gc/ bur-gin srun (Mfton.). + gift ka pet-tha ; the Kapettha tree. Syn. ka-ped; $kyur-rtsi; so-nams-byed; S’V4 <4 da-dha pha-la sho-hbras-can (Mfton.). + S *} gin ka-da-mba ; the Cadamba tree. Syn. tshogs-can ; JJwqac/ §tob§- bzan; dgah-ic ahi-gin ; rdul-stob§-can ; 4g*W^ hbra$-maft-ldan ; ggol-ldan ; S44’9S dgah-byed; Ц'Ч*^ gift-bal-can; 4’5**^ chu-$kyar-can {Mfton.). fin ka-gim-ba-la the (<Wh) Kagimbala tree. Syn. gvq‘4£’,l’rq sr id-pa brtseg$-pa; ХчЦ rn-tsa-na ; snan-byed phun- po (Mnon.). gin-rkun-mahi me-tog 3<4; lit. the thief’s flower tree. Syn.^'J^'^’^ chom-rkurt me-tog; Spy*4 skra-can-ma; duft-can-ma (Mfton.). gift-kun gfSRJ asafeetida, used as medicine and as a spice : asafeetida cures worms, cold, and wind in the heart. д1П"$поп = %^ spyi-shur (mystic) 3). 3^'3 gifl'Sku or З^Я'ЗапУ wooden image. %-g-^ gin $kya-nar; qrz^r the Patala tree. Syn. hdod-pahi pho-na; mdzod-tha-ma; me-tog rtsa-nag lu^nan-mig ; zan§-kyi те-log (Mnon,). ^*5 gin-Skya dug-mo- nun (Mnon.). gin kir-ti a carrying-frame for paeks, ete. ^Я'4'44! gin-gi ba-thag creeping para- sitical plants. Syn. $ 4 rtsa-wa; ral-pa; 3M^’ rman; g rtna-phran; Ц’чч] palhag gin-gi srin-bu ^1; wood-eating worm, moth; a writer. Syn. §*^3 rtsa-hbu ; gin-zan; yi-ge-pa (Mnon.). ^?|^cq fin-gi mig ‘ [1. squint-eyed. 2. the plant Shorea robu8ta~]S. fin-gi me-tog kha-phye blossoming, the flowering of a tree. Syn. 3 wSjq $bub$-grol; rgya-grol; Зр-Зб'Ч go-cha-grol; rnam-dfyye; ^’3 rnam-phye; rnam-par-bye; rab-tu-gar (MHon.). gin-gi rtsa-wa the root or foot of a tree. giA-gi rtse-mo the top of a tree. gin-rgon wood-pecker; gin-rgon khra-fy) the spotted wood-pecker; gin-rgon mgo-nag black wood- pecker.
^’gei| 1235 fin-rgyal 1. a tree of extraordi- nary height or circumference, a giant- tree. 2. == the water-god. fin-mnar HW, liquorice; liquorice cures disease of the lungs and that of the bowels. 2|е/яел'^ ч fin-mnar ldan-pa-, fret [an aromatic plant, Anethum panmo- rium\S. Syn. ww-si; shi-wa dkar\ gdugs-dkar\ ясл’^ me-tog brgyad-pa mnar-ldan; gnas-su-§kyes; ra-wa-skyes (Mnon.). pn-bcud=&w molasses (mystic) (JO. 4)—Э’яя and molasses and honey (Sman. 3). fifi-chas 1. wooden utensils, im- plements. 2. tools for working wood. fin-ta-la palm-tree, 3^’ 3^'^’ (JT. du. 5, 352) it is stated that the palm tree will neither grow nor thrive if its head is cut. t ^C/?,’TT,T1 fin-ti ka-ka Syn. я^егя'^е/ hdab-ma-fih; til- can; snod-ldan; dpal-ldan (Шоп.). ^in-tog or fruit of a tree, fruit, fin-tog rgyal-po a sour fruit used for medicinal purposes in appearance it is like the heart (Sman?). fin-tog lil-u'd prob, the wood-apple. It is mentioned as most holy among the fruits of India and is particularly sacred to Mahadeva and valued for its medicinal properties. It is one of the eight auspi- cious objects. fin rta-то n. of a kind of bird; (Ya- sel. 7). fin-rta (( lit. wooden horse *) зжг, any chariot, waggon, cart, or wheeled conveyance; fig.=^4, vehicle of the doctrine, e.g., -^яу^-q Ma- hayana school of philosophy; a wheeled carriage, chariot; *RJ«T2pM $yul- gyi fin-rta or ^’^’455 war chariot, of two sub-divisions :—triumphal chariots, and flower chariots, i.e., light conveyances drawn by horses which were used by the rich and by royalty. ^я* Згрс/цзя* fifi-rtahi khan-bzan chariot, the body of a waggon; ^я^я'^я fin-rtahi mdah the pole, beam, shaft of a cart; ^я' 5$’яия’й fin-rtahi hphan-lo chariot-wheel, ^я^я*^ fin-rtahi rjes the track of a car or cart. Syn. for lam-bgrod; ^я*г q35 yons-bskyod; rnam-par-hdren ; 8’?^ sgra-ldan; rta-can; яря'^я’я^ gnah-fin-hdsin; theg-pa; я^я’^’я^’ч hkhor-los hgro-wa; «гХог^чргя^ pha-rol legs- hgro (Mnon.). ^я'^'Р'^-ц fin-rtahi kha-lo-pa furfa conductor of a vehicle, charioteer. Is mentioned especially in the early history of young Gautama as recorded iu the Dulwa. Syn. mgo-hdren; ^§5 ^na-khrid; fin-rtahi-gnen ; gyas-filod; kha-la sgyur-гса (Mnon.). fin-rtahi gnan-fin ЦРППЖ’ the yoke attached to a chariot to which draught animals or horses are tied. fin-rta ben-pa n. of the king of Ayodhya whose son was Rama, the hero of the epic Ramayana. чя’^ gon of Dasaratha, i.e., king Rama;* the vanquisher of Rava^a king of Laqka (Mfion.).
1236 ^’«1 я a river, stream {Mnon.). ^'5'^ gifi-rta-nio a toy-bird cut out of wood or sculptured (mystic) {Mifi. rda. 4), ^'fi-rtahi-lu^^^ the choka bird, a species of duck {Mfion.}, ^E/q'gjE.'йч]'a pfi ba-glafi rniig-pa the bull’s eye-flower. Syn. kha-dog gsum-pa; 5^’ ^4 bur-$ifi-dri\ tsher-ma-shim; w&’a sahi tsher-ma; ’*’£ nag$-kyi rba-rtsi; ^^^^sahi-hgyur-byed {Mfion.}, fin byafi-chub or byafi-chub Ijon-^in WWl, the peepul tree. Syn, mchod-rten-qifi ; |55*w,|V< khyad-par-ynas ; 3q егзд pi b-pa-hi ; glafi-pohi-zas ; fifi-gi dicafi-po. {Mnon.}. fjfi kbra§-bn mt d-pa; a tree without fruit. Syn. me-tog hbras-med; nag§-dman- pa ; hbra§-bn med-pa,} mo-gtpim-qifi {Mfion,), я£«| q pfi hbra$-bu $mimna$ hjig-pa tree that dies after its fruit has ripened, such as the plantain. Syn. $’3*’ chu-qin ; e-randa; a4!**1 2 $myug-ma bamboo etc. {Mfion,}. 3c/fcr$<r^^!] '35 pfi rma-byahi gtsug-phud snx^t, ; the peacock’s crest tree [a species of grass, cyperus rotundus\S, Syn. ’ffa’** rto-rgod sgron-me; ^'5* rma-bya lo-tsa {Mfion,}. mya-fian nied Syn. 4’4’qp’^ chu-la gar-rtsi; §5 dgah-wa sbyin-byed} rkafi-mdse§; a$ tsha-was-gafi ; tsha-wa-hdsm} dan-hkhrun§; (^пон.). ^ifi-dmar^'^ ne-tso-sna (жт^) parrot’s nose; red-tree; but acc. to Lex. a parrot. Syn. §bal-pahi hdab-can; 0Яkkrag-ldau; bcad-cin gar-byed; tsha-Iu§ ; hkro-hdsin; ”T^5| ka-tbafiga ; me-tog mgnl- rtn ; gfer-fifi {Mfion.}, gifi-ts/ui 1. 2. cinnamon; йзг.чм, cinna- mon leaf. Syn. q^ ^q pag^hdab^ р/г-ум; lus-wichog; yan-lag-mchog; hgro-ldifi^kyc§; cho-ga-can; reg-byed-gdofi {Mfion.}. <pn-tshal a forest; clip, shaving, splinter. ^A*IvRg«r^ gifi-tsher hbras-can чин, jack-fruit tree. Syn. gtsug-phud-ldan {Mfion.}. fifi-gshofi a wooden basin, tray, trough; tub. 5)a-r^ fffi-hdsin—Q^' the plantain plant {Mfion,}, Sjq-njlr fffi-gzofi an implement that “eats up” wood, or bores in wood, a gimlet [1. a carpenter’s chisel or adze, 2. the Indian fig tree]8, Syn. fifi-za; <pfi-hbig$ {Mfion.}. Qifi-bzah a-eho$ n. of the mother of the great Buddhist reformer Tsongkhapa {Lon. -3, 18). Sjq-rf-q gifi-bzo-pa carpenter. Syn. ^ifi-mkhan*, ^’^«qq pn- hjog-pa *, fifi-rta-byed; <pfi-g(pg*mkhan {ltf.fioH.}. $ifi-yan-kig WSi thorn (& Lex.}.
1237 yons-hdu sa-brtoi the wish-fulfilling tree. Syn. RJ^R'^e. gser-gift; ^R'3gser- gyi gdon-can; ku-med lo-ma; R^q* hdab-zun-ldan ; t’^q*-^ rna-yab-ean; ^•£spiR$<q phun-tshogs-hphed; «rq^ai sa- brtol] sa-hjoms] ^«[’qw^s/ dpag- bwm-gin (Mnon.). gin-lo leaf of a tree, also twig. -^rfrsrqR^q gin-lo-ma bdun-pa HKW [seven-leaved, the tree Ahtonid\S. Syn. of latter: S’^’R^q mi-mnam-hdab; 3,Q5i q rgya-chen gun-pa; yans- pahi-gun; ston-gyi me-tog ; du,g-lo-can; о^’чзя-^c? lha-yi bzah-gin ; 4Vrq^‘q hdab-bdan-pa (Mnon.). ^е/<5ч]«кgin-lo gsar-du kha- hbus-pa fresh shoots of leaves. Syn. thog-mahi lo-ma; sha-lu-skyes; gsar-skyes; j^’F khyehu-kha ; ^e/Sr’ree.n dan-por hkhruns ; sten-duJMon ; R]*JR’q*R]^R'q gsar-pa gear-pa] 5'3 myu-gu (Mnon.). 3e/^,<2W3[ gin~ga la-ma-ll = *!m&. Syn. ^K?q«rR^ gin-bal-hdein; ?prq^R* grol-ica rin R^'R^ hteho tehe-brtan (Mnon.). gin gi-ri-ga [the tree Аса da xirisa]S. Syn. ^‘VR|‘R^ me-tog-hjam (Mnon.). * gift да-mi [the S'ami tree]#. Syn. shi-wa (Mnon.). pn gi-lu a species of tree. Syn. q (p-lu dkar-po ^’^‘REw bad-kan-hjoms; rj^rw^ hkhor-maft-can; q^ora bsd-wa (Mnon.). $in-fnn 4^rw, ^tx the bark of trees; perhaps, cinnamon. gin gun-gyi chan wine extracted from the bark of a tree, cinnamon wine. Syn. ^[c. $in Ipags; gin Ikogs (Mnon.). $E/^-q р’й sada the Sal tree. Syn. rnam-hjoms \ 4’^^ dri- hgyur; hdab-ma-mtho ; ^5^'^ brtan- ma (Mnon.). <pn sen-gehi mjug-ma (lit. the lion’s tail tree). Syn. hdri-byed lo-nia ; 4 55^54 tha-dad-hdab ; t^’^’R^q^ rjes-kyi hdab-ma ; ifjE/^я rkan-ldan-ma] £W’R§R*q rna-mahi hbyor-pa ; ®'-^’3jq cha-gas-grub; S54'^ bnm- Idan (Mnon.). gift gij-ju fW, (lit. thunder-bolt tree). Syn. rdo-rje-gin ; kun-tu ho-ma ; eide-dsu (Mnon.). gin-erin wood-moth, a kind of worm which eats up wood; fift srin-brun excrement of wood-eating moth which is said to cure disease of worms. ^e?$r рм-8^г=|Кй‘^с.’ skyer-pa-gin (Mnon.) the yellow tree, berbery. Qin-bzah rnal-hbyor-ma n. of a celebrated female saint of Tibet (Mnon.). qin u-dnm-wa-ra эпзч» 3 [the glomerous fig tree]#. Syn. hdud-hjoms; **5^ mcho^-byin yan-lag; gser-ho-ma; dean-buhi hbras (Mfton.). gift-sed a file or rasp (Jd.). ^'W^^gina-rkapa-rna 1. Wcfiqw [the plant Calotropis gigantea~\S. 2. the white species of this is called Syn. of 1. ni-mahi min-oan; 'Уя^е; ni-mahi-gin; snsa-
| 1238 tk/togs gzugg-can-, «Ж« ma-gas-pa-, фф, nor -Idan; rma~la$ ho-ma-ean; и^-Йч yid-mo$ (Mnon.). Syn. of 2. rab-tu gdun-гса; yqcvgq- dkah-thub; shi-uahi me-tog; phyug-bdag-dgah] fin- gcig\ ||‘q’q’$ $pra-ica ba-su (Mnon.). fifi a-pa ma-rga ^цчч a kind of tree. Syn. rtse-mo-ean ; rma-bya- caii; ^’9^ lam-bral; hog-gi-lam- bon-buhi sne-ma; fa. fahi; hdab (MHon.). ^гвч^^'5 fin a-ti muk-ta [a tree called Harimantha]S. Syn. sna-tshogs-fin; hdsag-byed fin ; mu-khyud fin ; fin-rtahi fill; $nod fin; fin-tu grol-гса-сап (Mfion.). fin e-ran-da qw [the castor oil plant] & Syn. §tag-gi mjug-ma; в|Ч] Ч dri-zahi lag-pa ; Ik’Xrg'q sor-mo Ina-pa; §nin-po$-$tofi$ ; rlun-gi- grogs; ri-rao-can; glan- pohi rna-ica (Mnon.). t ^K/SV«rq^p| fin c-la-ica lu-ka TR<T^4i [the fragrant bark of Feronia elephan- ta]S. Syn. Wg^ lug-skye$ ; {per* gyi bye-та-сан ;\'%Ц dri-rdsas (Mnon.). 4^ fid чт< funeral ceremony, reli- gious sendee done in honour of, or for the memory of, the dead. чтз^н, food given at such funeral ceremony or occa- sion. fid-sa 1. burying ground or cemetery. 2. a fruitful fields (Ja.). g^-g^id-nia, all signify or funeral repast, of which everybody may partake ; funeral religious ceremony. fid-^ran the kind of steelyard in use in ancient times (Lon % 9). Cid-bu prob. S'iva; ^VU’^’g Cid-bu scr-skya n. of a Brahman sage. g* the followers of Kapila S'iva having become irritated (A. 139). ^’5 i- Чирн, H, <3^ very, greatly, esp. before adj. and adv. 2. really, indeed: 4 ^‘5*^ he was really an incarnation of a Bodhisattva (A. 68). 3. or phul-tu-phyin or te-por. ^’5’P fin-tu-khro fierce, terrific; ^*5’ ^ч-q fin-tu dgah-xca^^^*^'^ very pleased, great joy (Mnon.). ft»- tu hkhor-wa=^’Q or hkhrul-wa to be blundering, mistakeful. fin-tu mehog excellent, very good (Mnon.); fin-tu mohi yi-ge very soft letters, very feminine letters (Siim-rtag). 3^5’VI fin-tu-dug^^' aconite ; wolf’s bane (Мйоп.) ^*5*5^’ <;iu-tu byun n. of a class of Brahmaps (Mnon.). fin-tu nii-bzad-ma n. of a Yaksa princess (K. g. % 130). fin-fun-can^ffiti $man-po (Mfion.). ^’4 fin-tu 7ni-8run-pa^=l^^^4 the language of the gods of Tusita heaven. lan-tshba-ica — ^ rgya- tshba the Indian table salt; very saltish (Mnoni). fin-dzi-ta fsifear n. of a fruit (K. d. % S02).
1239 gib-pa to whisper (Jd.). З^’З’О gib gi-lu-lu or 5’5 in Arf. = the fruit of the dog-rose. ^rq gim-pa (*'$'9) mixed up. З^’й'З* gim mi-gim has been explained as ^чргя^’ч composite, different things mixed up together (Rtsii.). ^Д’-q’q gim-ga-pa a kind of tree or wood (Cs.). $ir or 3^’3^ with яУ^’ч 1. to gush out, to stream forth with a noise (Cs.). 2. a musical note (IT. my. £93). gil-wa W. to drip through (Jd.). gilJi [a gauze-like texture W.; 3*4'3** gil-gil, 1. id. 2. Cs.: ‘a cant word denoting the noise of anything] Jd. gi§ or 3*’q in f*H, W?h, good luck, fortune, glory, bliss; 3^’^5 auspicious, foreboding good. 3*-q’4lV4 or 3«’qIS benediction, words of blessing; ^ядч-^’З* if that happens, it will be an auspicious sign; З^я'йк/ a name foreboding good, я’3*’ч?'^ an omen foreboding ill (Vdi-sn.); ч^’чя'З* bstan~ pahrgis acc. to Schl. 232 denotes the reli- gious plays performed in convents. 3”’ ч’ч. one blessed, 3^’q'^’q to be blessed, 3*rqV4§vq to become blessed, З^я’^’ч to make blessed, to bless; чщЗ* v. ЧЦ'4. Си n. of a place in Tibet (Deb. % 9). g’^’I'W’ n. of a celebrated lama of Shu. g’VT 53**4 gu-dag-dkar-po—gafa- [dan also called $'54] or $’Я<| a medicinal drug: (Med.). an abscess gu-mo-za pulse» gu-wa 1. sbst. a kind of blister- like irruption on the skin; an abscess, ulcer, sore. rises, gives pain, the abscess heals; the abscess becomes absorbed. 2. scab, scurf, scald (Jd.). 3. a yb., with pf. чд* or g*, fut. чд, imp. 4g^ or g: (1) to take off, pull off, peel or strip ; *1^’9'^**g,£J to take off a person’s clothes; qqpw^q “ pags*pa shu-u'a ” (colloq. to give a good beating). (2) to copy, 5^ a book, resp. ^g*’gVq; <Лчд* copied (Ja.); 4’ чдч hdra-bgus a true copy. i Cu-ni ka-ra-na n. of a city situated to tho south of Kalapa the capital of the fabulous Shambhala (S. lam. kl). t-o gu-bham happi- ness and good: hap- piness and good be (to all). Qur-ge-na n. of a tract in the neighbourhood of Mathura, not far from Agra. •^4] py [1. a thrust, push, knock; g4!’ дч’ч gug phul-wa to slove (by a more gentle motion) C. 2. in comp.: jj’g*] khyo-gug v. JJ khyo; g^’W gug-bzah wife, consort, spouse Schtr. 3. W.: old, but still fit for use. 4. дядя'4 gug-gug-la colloq. for д^’дя gub-bur softly, gently, e.g., я^-q hgro- wa to walk, to tread, etc.] from Jd. д^'З gug-gu colloq. for 34’5 gog-bu. gug-pa (also called *w3*’ the incense-tree) acc. to Jd. the high, cypress- like juniper-tree of the Himalaya moun- tains, (Jyniperus excelsa). It covets large moiyntain tracts and is considered sacred,
1240 and much used in religious ceremonies; its berries being burnt as incenso. tho berries of Juniperus squamosa, a low shrub and similar to the English Juni- penis cummunis. the smoke or perfume of juniper-incense. Syn. lha-yi-(pn ; brgya-byin rkan-hthun ; yon$-bzafi-can; hod-zer hdab- can', than pin qtdah hdsin; bdug-$po$-pin (Mnon.). •дч|’ч|й:’ in Kham dialect: silk of four hues, i.e., white, yellow, red and green colours (Rtsii.). pug-tshod a sort of mistletoe, D'scum oxycedri, growing on juniper and gradually killing it. The leaves have a slightly sour taste and are used for culi- nary purposes W. (Ja.). $*T, WJ, ?T% velocity, force: rlun-gi pugs the force of the wind, velocity of water, consuming power of fire. 2. inherent strength, power, energy: energy of faith; ardour of love; dgah-wahi pug$-kyt$ by the power of joy. power or strength of a horso; elephant’s strength. ’S4!4!'5 the impulse to make water must not be suppressed (Med.); WW-5Ц these are (the outcome of) the power of former alms; by the power of grace spontaneously, of one’s own accord, pug$-la gpol- btab to oppose or try to dissuade one from an undertaking or adventure or from any work, also obstruction to progress of any work: (A. 126). ^^^Qpug$-$grog$-pa to speak or address in loud and forcible language. 3. a groan : fugs-dir-ua was explained as to groan loud from pain: pu/$- nar or deep sigh, groan; or hby in-pa to sigh, to groan: he heaves a deep sigh (Ja.). pugs-sgra 1. a whistling. 2. calling out loudly or with emphasis; a voice of strength in pulling or in lifting up any object (Ja.). q pugs-pa [a small whistlo which in sounding is put quite into tho mouth]. pugs-che-wa powerful, very strong; great velocity or motion. pug$-hgro mule, horse, *55-4 pngs-hgrohi-pha (lit. father of the mule) an ass, a donkey (Mnon.). tl4!^pwjS-hphyo (3^) n. of a number. piiil-wa pf. 1. to snore. 2. to hum, to buzz, e.g., of a large beetle (Jd.). 1- fut. to rub, e.g., one thing against another C. 2. to get scratched, excoriated, galled (cf. ^’q). 3. to steal silently away, to sneak off unperceived (Jd.). f««-j9a=qn|*i’4 sra, bark, rind, peel, skin; the last expression being also used of the skin of animals (Lex.). pnhfi to cast off or change skin as snakes do. pun-pa-can having bark, skin or rind; acc. to Lex. = scaly fish. ptin-ldan=^'^'^. puu-pa-hjam=^’^^‘ stag-pa- pin (Mfton.) birch tree ; soft bark. pun-pa dn-shim-^^’^ khe-pin (Mnon.).
1241 Сгт-glin-khar n. of grassy swamp of Tibet (Rtsii.). ^'4|^’5’TI^ Cun gdon-dkar a place in Tibet (Rtsii.). Cun-gsafi-bde a district with a Jong in Tibet (Rtsii.). дч'и fub-pa pf. and imp. to speak in a low voice; to whisper: if you had not spoken even whisperingly (D.R.). ^’g ftib-bu a whis- pering ; ^'дя* J ч to recite in a low voice ; to speak softly, to whisper in one’s ear; to reprehend in a whisper; ^якч’ад^ч^’ЩЕ/Й'^цд an agree- able low-voiced talk (Jig. 26); ^’^4 fub a whispering. fubs (^&r<£’4yw) ca«e, covering, sheath, envelope, paper bag, etc.; without a case, unsheathed; resp. stocking, sock, knife- sheath, ч*рдчч, resp. a glove. fwn-pa pf. ч-цяя bfum$ qt ^ям films, fut. bfum, imp. ^я or to weep, shudder: я’^я’я^ do not weep! ^‘^я weeping, lamentation. ЗЧ’^я’^ч to tremble or shiver with cold, to shudder. fur-bu girdle, belt. furJm-phrehii^^'*^' short belt or sash. 2. acc. to Cs.: sore, ulcer. 3. In Tsang = dumpling of flour. T ful 1. an empty place, a place that has been left, that is no longer occu- pied ; deserted residence, the place which was once inhabited; чч’-дч ruins of a house; your own place becoming empty (by your quit- ting it). 2. чч a way, a track, narrow passage: 3’^ч§п]Я'д^ц5'-дч «чя in his dream the track for travelling to Western India (appeared); ^’ч^’Ч^ч dry channel or passage of water; ^ч’ч^е; a long way. -дч'чя=дч and acc. to Cs. also = manner, method. *§4’^5 trackless;= ^5 without remainder or excess, without any trace of a thing; *^4 the extinguished cinders left by a fire. 3. property left by a deceased person: ^Ч’ак'я'Чп]’ЕГч'?ч his servant got all the property left by his master; paternal inheritence, patri- mony; ч^ч’^’ч son inheriting his father’s property, the heir. 4. or дч’^ behind: ^'З’^’-дч after a man’s death, ^чя’Ч^Я’ЗЕ/.дч^ч (wealth) earned by earnest desire remains behind. {рт ful-pa 1. one inheriting a property or occupying the place of one gone away or dead. 2. backbone, back, posteriors (Cs.). <54 ful-byi the Tibetan polecat. fu$~ma anything copied, a copy (Cs.). fe 1. also 3’?% 3*^% mere, only, nothing but (Cs.). 2. num. = 117. 3. ЗТ4! ^-Л7ш0 = ^Г1чгт1) a tribe of Dok-pa: 3’1Ч4Г4ГЗ A the measure of Dok-pa herds- men’s yak-hair tents (Rtsii.). 3<41^5 fe-gcodimmodest and unwarrant- able conduct, acting not according to one’s wish: ^А5'я^’я should not arrest a person who may be disagreeable unwarrantably (Rtsii.). ’ ce-na. 3’4 fe-pa, incorrectly for 3^ fe-bam 1.=ч^’З4! official order or document, diploma. 2.=У^Я = acc. to Cs. register, list, a contract. 157
^1 1242 ^1 (^e-^byor—ч hkhrig-pa sexual union, copulation {Mnon.}. $e-mon divino predestination, divine protection ; nature, fate, destiny; power, origin of power or authority; strength {Ja.}. ^’^31 $e-rul fetid, putrid {Sch.}. I: <yd 1. vb. = 5’^ says, said; is analogous to 4: 94TJq’q^’45’^’ql^ql’-*|5 an old man (or village-head) of Brag- rgyab-pa said (Л. 66}. 2. = ^5 the mind; a boy whose mind is not developed and cannot understand what is good and what is injurious, t.r., cannot distinguish between good and bad. qcd-mthun honourable sir, noble lord ; polite address among exalted persons, such as kings, ministers or leaders {K, in. \ £85). *4 ^ed-Ьус-гса intellectually developed, accomplished, sensible, having the power of judging or discriminating. undeveloped ; = unable to distinguish, open, explain (a sign or riddle). ^cd-dbye mkha^-paone clever in discrimination, in distinguishing ono thing from another. •^^11: l. = i^ siob§. strength, force: a mighty hero; strength decreases, begins to fail, strength is restored, strength is impaired; qed §kyed-pa to grow strong. ^5’4^’ $ed-chun weak, feeble, frail, gen. in reference to body. 2. the patriarch Manu of the Hindus. III: the approximate direction, region, quarter: ’*5'-*15below the sun, i.e.y between the sun and the horizon {Jd.}. ^^^ed-bdag 1. also *|слзч|=жт?я self, 2. one having power or authority, a lord, ruler. •*15’9 $ed-bu wk, WTW<, .wrar son of Manu, man, human being. In the beginning of this Kalpa (ago) a celestial being on ac- count of the exhaustion of his merits fell down from hoaven to this world; he was called ^5*9 Manu {So-rig. 84). J*4 $edJa§-$kyc$ or qedbii la§- $kye$ при man, humanity, pro- geny of Manu. •*15*9’^'3 Ced-pu ser-$kya a tribe {A. 66). fcd-пга 1. sbst. = -^5. 2. adj.=^5’ «5 {Ja.} $e-huhi khyu-ru flock of •o. lambs and kids {A. 15). ут-phyin abbr. for В^‘ч Я’ЯгщкТнят, the title of a division of the Kahgyur. u* a Sutra in {К. ко. 307}. qer-wa, pf. bfer to compare, to confront {Cs.}. fcl Sipfi, ЖЖ crystal, glass; is also the term used by Mongols and Siberian Buriats. al’§5’0'4) s?e(J byed* {$el} burning glass; ^5’^w(-?|«() hod-gsal- (^Z) glittering or reflecting glass, ni-ma §byafi$-pahi rdo-{$el) sun- purifying stone, dag-pahi rdo-wa cleansing stone or crystal, rdo-dkar-po {$el) white transparent crystal {Mnon.} also called or natural crystal, as distinguished from 43’-^ artifical or melted crystal, t>., glass; spos-^el amber; a magic stone supposed to have the power of producing water or rain {Ja.);
*K5I 1243 qel-phren a string of crystal or glass-beads; -Зр’зя qel-Ьит glass-bottle; qel-mig or йчрЗ|ч| spectacles; telescope; ^<3 tpl-zla lit. crystal disc, the moon (Ya-sel. 59.) fel-dkar 1. = ^ fel plain glass. 2. n. of a place in Tibet. 3. sugar (Rtsii.). u. of a village situated to the south-west of Lhasa (Rtsii.)'. gcd-ta a kind of gum. ges-paY vb. = ^Tq resp. a$yq 1. to be cognizant of; to know, perceive, apprehend: q>E.w-3|M’q to know a thing to be good; knower ; ij’H’ ^5 does not know, when (the soul) is searched for, it is not to be per- ceived or apprehended; ^’^‘SS’q to know and to have faith in or regard for. й’Цм* q’VH those who do not care for knowing (a thing). who knows, who can tell, what (do you) know, Swe/S^n’ or a know-nothing, ignoramus, dunce; ^'-Spr^j’^’q knowing (even) the un- known things, knowing everything; clever person; he will know; I understand counting. 2. to be able, in a general sense, to one’s best ability,- to the utmost of one’s power; a clot of blood could only quiver (showing life in it). With a negative: g not being able to speak, dgye-dgu mi ge$-pa they cannot be bent or curved. II: l.=knowledge, wisdom; the knowing (about a thing). 2. = ^|q ^R, intelligence, science, learning, огЗч|’§’5гч t0 look upon science as a (sort of) cheating, -^’q or knowledge ordinarily is of two kinds: (1) ^qE/^’q knowledge communicated by the organs of sense, i.e., physical; (2) V^prq knowledge of the soul: this is in reference to all times, past, present and future (Chos Mnon, 73). In Budh. metaphysics knowledge is also of ten kinds:—(1) ^^r; (2) ц^тгятн; (3) ^m?R; (4) ^’₽4’^’q (5) ^]’ (6) W^JR; (7) ^’q-^’q (8) w-?prq hr- TR; (9) ^q’^N-q 5^R; (Ю) ^'g’q’^ q W^qr^WR—[knowledge of (1) objects in general, (2) other’s thoughts, (3) succes- sion, (4) illusion, (5) sorrow, (6) origina- tion, (7) cessation, (8) paths, (9) destruc- tion, and (10) absence of origination]& ge$-sgo lit. the door of knowledge i.e. science, learning. -?pr^£\q ges-sgo med-pa without learning; ges-sgo- shan poor in learning. «Spvj ges-rgya talent, wisdom. also = great wisdom, powerful intellect (Khrid. 28). ^’q’qj ges-pa-bkra = ^^'^ versatile’intellect, excellent wisdom. ge§-pa rgyas-byed one of the lunar mansions. ges-dan ges-byahi bdag-nid mchog=\W'^^^< tho Tantrik system of Kalachakra (Mnon.). ges-ldan 1. one possessed of wisdom and learning: ye wisemen, whatever of the size of this nyagrodha tree had you seen ? (R. du. % 310). 2. possessed of consciousness: all living beings. an accomplished and intellectual woman (Mnon.). ^•qrg’35 Oes-pahi the daughter of Daksa, an epithet of UmS, the wife of Mahes'vara (Mnon.),
1244 •^’в y>$-bya in what may be known or ought to bo known, -^’5’3^ every thing worth knowing, all the sciences. fc$-$ybor that has cons- ciousness only; a beast, an animal. fe$-b$hin тга concious, state of knowing. fes-yon Ts. = ^'5 $es-rgya (Jd.). $c$-mdsod (^‘S2^) a professor, teacher. •3|irM <p$-rab w absolute or sublime wisdom, intelligence, or understanding. But in Buddh. absolute wisdom is of three descriptions: (1) ^’q’Qi^gq-q^-^K^q ниЫп: (2) (3) [(1) wisdom in listening, (2) wisdom in think- ing, and (3) wisdom in meditating]^. Wo have also $es-rab dgu, the nine kinds of knowledge, mentioned in certain Buddhist works:—&‘ч$’.3|<гм1 j rno-ieahi $e$-rab; ^vq^’-^xq myur-wahi fet-rab ; ^K^'q^^ ^q ; ^'§-jq q5-^’4q ; j^’WQcvi^’Kq; euKq’^'qS' i)^q; WK’vqqS'^Xq (ft. my. F, 223). Another definition that by which all things are known, or brought into cognition is called Again there seem to be three additional kinds of besides those already men- tioned: (1) ; (2) ; (3) qM*r4q (#*• <*• % 555). Syn. nal-tfoft; tegwtogz kun-tu-rig ; sf^‘§Vq blo-yi byed-pa; W^I’SS rnam-rig bye$; 3Y$q kun-chub; Xfl don-sem§; *§Wq §pob§-pa ; blo- gro§; rnam-dpyod; (Jffion.), snan-wa (K. d. ч, 26). i^xq'S'q'Xerg’^’q qet-rab kyipha-rol-tu phyin-pa чтпчнрит the having arrived at the other side of wisdom or divine knowledge, i.e., attainment of perfect spiritual enlightenment and knowledge; n. of the section in Kah-gyur collection of Buddhist scriptures treating of philo- sophical aud doctrinal matters. qv^prqS’y one of the five treatises said to have been composed by A'rySsanga under inspiration from Maitreya Bodhi- sattva (Tan. d. 3,). ^«Xq^q’Xer^’q^erqj’g'qj'q n. of a treatise in which both Sutra and Tantra are mixed up (K. g. % 1^66). ^^Aq ^q’X'M-g^-q^^'g'q of a Tantra containing twenty-five explanations of the mystic word ом. (К. g. 21fi). ^xq'5'^ Qc^-rab kyi-lha n. ^sr^qqj'q Qe^-rab brgya-pa n. of a work containing a hundred wise or elegant sayings by Nagarjuna (Tan. d. 165). ^'xq'^ $e$-rab-can one posses- sed of fine intellect, a wise and learned person. Syn. go-can \ *f№\$e$-can\ »^Vq mfion-par mkhyen\ rnam- rnkhyen\ fies-ldan} Ae$-par ; V4'rnam-par ; ^«prqv^ ley§- par $e§ ; rgyii-intshan rig; X^-q^ rig-pa can; ^-Idan; q^|«^e$- gnen can; bstabs-fes-can; qjgwq yid-gshuns-pa; kha-byan-wa; Sfjwq’^ gom$-pa-can; dge-ica can; rnam-par tho$; qjft’qXvM bstan- $co§-rig; grags-ldan ; J^K’gj^N'q’^ rgya-cher grag$-pa can; Sf 4^’ blo-gtsan; yofy-su rtogs-pa also
Jfl 1245 ^11 spy ап-leg s-ges; mafi-du thos-pa (Mnon.). ge^-rab-hchal an erratic stupid person. «Зргчся (Mfion.). Ces-rab lha-mo = the goddess of wisdom and learning (Mfion?). ges-rab sdofi.hu an ethical work by Nagarjuna ({Tan. d. % 165). n. of a Sutra treating of the means of improving and increasing spiritual knowledge (К. gn. *, W). лл| n. of a Sutra in which are explained the causes which de- teriorate spiritual culture (К. ко. «, 208). go I: die, dice; go-gdan—^'lfr dice-board or a piece of cloth on which dice is thrown at the time of playing ; go-rtse-wa dice- play, to play at dice. Syn. 4 go; cho-lo; rgyan-po; Л’ 3q go-rgyab ; za-rgyan; rtsod- rgyan*, cho-lo hgyed (Mfion.). II: [1. the white willow of Spiti and other Himalayan districts. 2. other plants 5Л, №f (Kai-sfi.)] from Га. III: 1. blast, blight, smit, mildew 2. for go-gam. 3. num.: 147. Co-skyam n. of a place in Tibet (j>&. % 39). go-gam=0^ (Mfion.) cus- * toms duty, tax; 3f4Fri’q high duty; *Ц’<1 to take toll, to levy a duty; to smuggle, to circumvent or defraud a customs officer (Jd.) go-gam-pa or ; collector of tolls, receiver of customs, toll-gatherer: -af’spr^’ did the work of a tax-collector. go-tsha— a pair of scales to weigh gold and silver; acc. to Jd. a kind of steel-yard. + rdsun-tshig false- hood, lie. go-mafi a medicinal plant: (Med.). ро-га=^*я gor-wa. go-re l.=r^ a thoughtless promise. 2. colloq. for hare-lip. 3. a defect, flaw, notch, gap; also damaged, spoiled (Ja.). t go-lo-ka Sanskrit verse of two, or four lines, etc. go-bsgrigs well arranged: 5’’]*’ cloth of red and white colours arranged in the form of a chess- board (Jig. 13). Co-mdo abbr. name of a district; in Kham called (Rtsii.). я grain measure for bar- ley, com, flour, etc. (Rtsii.). go-sa also called 4^’’’ a kind of bean the leaves of which are cooked with Tibetan gruel to add flavour to it; V’ fo-sa and barley are alike (in price). (Rtsii.). , • fog imp. of **’4 hofi-tva: come! let him come; I do not wish that fruit should come to me from without; carry it away; <3J«T-3fa fetch it; bring hither, (with inst. of ; take away !);
1246 3<q to say come, to invite, we are not so much as invited. (Ja.). •^ЧрЦ gog-pa 1. qvj wing, 4^ a bird, one having wings; ЛЯ*®*’4 to spread the wings; tail feather. 2. fin of fishes. 44'9 gog-bu wrsr paper, a sheet of paper; § ЛЯ China paper; Tibet paper; silk-paper; cotton-paper (also paper of linen rags); bark-paper, parchment; dark blue or black paper for writing on in gold or silver; «ЧЛЯ resp. the first or the title page of a book; 4^ gold-leaf, thin film of gold; Л*! silver-leaf or paper ; fog- khan paper house, paper-maker’s farm ; gog-gafi. a full sheet of paper; gog-gran§ page number; number of leaves iu a book. $og-la$-pa paper manufacturer (Rtsii.). gog-gin the daphne plant, the plant from the bark of which paper is made. Syn. chu-grog§\ §ton-ka Idan ; hdam-bu can ; bya-yi za§ (Mfton.). gon 1.=^^ the ridge of a moun- tain (Lex.). 2. also or *4^ a pit, hole, cavity, excavation; a valley: cavity filled with water; valley with meadows, low ground over grown with grass; the cavities near wings of the nose (Jd.). 3. n. of a place in Tibet; the famous poet and Lo-tsd-гса of Tibet who translated the Kavyadars'a, the Ava- dana kalpalata and other Sanskrit works into Tibetan verse. 4^’3 goft-bu furrow, font- Lu hthen-pa to make furrows (Jd.). rough, rugged (Sch}. fon-?ca 1. sin to hold, contain, to have room in or on: that is hot to be got in, there is no room for it; I • • q ' g • a (A. 22) a copper globular pot (for anointing) that would hold one bro* measure’ of Magadha. 2.=$S to comprehend, hold in the mind. 3. pf. q-^N, fut. imp. to empty, remove, carry or take away (Ja.). ^5 I: *mP* or hchacl- pa : describe it. • (A. 122) preach or explain the lord’s teachings without reserve. explana- tory word or word explained. II: the lower, tho inferior part of a thing; upper and lower; ^’^5 rtse-god top and bottom ; (Vai- §ft.) a lower tract of land, with milder climate, opp. to elevated cold region, to or toward the bottom, down, downwards (Jd.). $on a form of dance ; the turning to left in pantomimic dancing of women (Ya- sel. и). (Ya-sel. 13) in the four directions (on all sides) the subjects were making sports, dancing and performing pantomimic plays, etc., on an inconeeive- ably large scale. fo6=*$q gshob I. smell of singeing 2. = a fib, falsehood, lie; ^*g'q to tell a lie ; o^sr-^q^q'g’q to tell a ii^j £^n‘ in joke. дот-pa pf. q^»w bgoms bi also bgam§ fut. «wj^ imp. dr
1247 Wl to prepare, make ready, arrange, put in order ; 59^’^|to make armaments ; made preparations for a religious service (-4. 69). qom§-ra preparation, arrangement, fitting out; = to have made arrangement. state, pomp, splend- our, with to show off, to dress smartly, stately, grand (Jd.). pr, v. ’K go-re. рг-?сл to be fled, to be lost, to escape, slip. run away; ’W|’ q-q^'q taken away by thieves or robbers; lost in consequence of debt. pZ=^4’5 excess, additional; sometimes wrongly for ; ^’3’^ gol-kyi- rka w furrow of the plough. ^QT&Jpi gol-tsogs ; cultivators, husbandmen. gol-u'a 1. intercalation, inser- tion (Cs.) ; zla-gol intercalary month. 2. prest. tense of bgol-ка. pZ-jjo a species of willow. p$ 1. almost always in conjunc- tion with the other, of two, e.g., the other woman. 2.с=ат or ан a termination indicating the comparative or superlative degree; the oldest or elder ; hence forth do behave as tho wisest or the cleverest person; the younger, the youngest; the youngest of the five hundred ladies; the longest the tallest; of the longest duration, the most long-lived; the kindest, the principal benefactress (or benefactor); because one is suffering under the chief disease, viz., old age (Jd.). — offerings of cakes, etc.; gos-kkan offerings made in fanciful designs of temples, castles, etc., gen. by the Bon priests. t -^7 gra-wa-na the ear (mystic) (K. gu. p, 27). 9 Orl glory, magnificence; magnificient, splendid, grand. Cn-ri (Tib. dpal-ri) is a moun- tain in the south of India where Nagarjuna resided in the last stage of his life. gri-khan-da, = wood- apple preserve. tames, Ac., propitiates Rudra the fearful one. w ggah=J&\ becoming, worthy, fitting, suitable. or 3^5*4 «Ayon- med-pa 1. stainless, righteous, upright, honest, good; blo-gJiah-ma an upright, true heart ; lit. the pious lady; n. of a Buddhist sanctity of Tibet. 2.=^*?^ only, merely, mere, nothing but (Ja.). gshah-dkar 4^ tin, cf. sha-ne; tin (used as a medicine) heals ulcers and renders mercury harmless. 1 ggag-pa 1. distinction, differ- ence ; to distinguish (one from another); to differentiate. 2. v. g^og-pa (Jd.). Syn. Я^Я’4 ggeg-pa; dbye-wa; Я^' q gses-pa (Mnon.). ggags right, justice: ЯЯЯ*’’^’14 to investigate the righteousness (of an action); ля^'Я^Я^ court of justice; ЯЯЯ^’Щ^’}^ the chief court of justice or council of the kalons at Lhasa. ЯЗ^' ЯЯЯ4'^'4 justice or investigation done by
4fiF| 1248 | government; inquest, inquiry into the death of a person. Wf’ g^«g$ rgyal-wa=4|5**’5e|4 gtam-rgyal-wa (Mfton.) to win in discussion; <354 to hold controversy. TF’ долЯ a musical instrument, a tambourine especially used by the Bon-po; to play on tho tambourine. «трута ^Я-/гл = ч^’А fyafi-wa (&7г.). TF’fr деаЯ-деоЯ rough, rugged places or tracts (Cs.). gf ad-pa l,=45’q to comb. 2. = a*5’q to explain, relate (Jd.). g$am 1. the lower part of a thing ; according to the meaning of the letter or writing specified below; adv. and postp. down, under, below, beneath; also. adv. further down, more towards tho end, in the course of; beneath or under it. 2. barren a barren woman, mare, ч cow (Jd.). posterior, later, one following. Syn. ё**'* rje$-ma\ phyi-ma; rtin-ma (Mfion.). fffar the form of writing called 3S »>S (Grub, ч, 3). g^ar-wa to move one after another as soldiers or cattle do, to follow in succession as in measuring grain, to measure grain by the bre. gfa$-ma 8сА.=^^ g<;ah-ma. v. gfib-pa. + l.=*Wq agreeable, gracious, also good, fine: 3/*|^t‘ 4A^qQ; (Yig. A\ 87) I pray that you would send me your kind letters uninterruptedly like the wind which encircles the globe ; ^’4|^'q a fertile field; *r|[<’I*r<4^<¥q a rich, fine country; g$in-par rmo-wa to plough well. gfin-sa, fertile field or land. shin-fyab-sa tnnen-po fertile field, cultivation, also mi-naft mthun-pa a happy home where there is harmony. 2. я и; ghost, the dead; anything that is dead. a dead woman; g$in-gyi-mag$ cemetery, cremation ground. Gtpn-rje vhxfst, я mfvnrfa, Tfr, W the lord of the dead, tho god of the lower regions, a ruler who is regarded as the judge of the dead. Syn. chos-kyi rgyal-po; 9&Г w be-con-hchan; яХа^а^*] htshe-wahi dgan-phyug; pha-g$in bdag; «гХ* mtshun-la rol; mtshun-gyi lha; *^4*1 rptshufy-hjug; ya-mu- nahi spun; hchi-^dag\ du$- hdsin; ^'«5’3 ni-mahi Ini; dbyug-hdsin mthar-byed; g Ina-pahi- fydag; gsod-byed; *wa- hehi rgyal-mtshan-can] lho-yi phyogs-skyoA (Mnon.). Gqin-rjehi hjig-rten the world of the lord of death; it is situated in the south beyond the three peaked mountains r^a-gsum-pahi ri): when one has passed beyond that, one finds himself at a place where the rays of the sun and the moon have faded and everything is covered with gloom (K. d. 278).
I 1249 Ggin-r/e ma Jia ka-la one of the most powerful sons of Mahadeva who carrying in his hand a huge club of the size of Sumeru mountain keeps the Asura in perpetual tenor (K. g. % 317). Ggin~rjehi chun-ma the wife of Yama is dud-pasJigebs. g<pn-r jehi-gron the city of Yama is yan-dag-hgog. 4$Yt$’*^Yq gpn- rjehi Yndun-pa the minister of Yama is ni-ma-can. gpln-rjehi yi-ge-pa the writer of Yama is sna-tshogs-sbas ggin-rjehi gyog-po the servants of Yama are «w and (Шоп.). Gtpn-rjehiAni, 1. the son of the lord of death. 2. as met.=?^'^ ant (Мйг,). ^Yt^4! Ggin-rje pho-rog n. of a (*v 4V4) demon. Gqin-rje phyogs the quarter of the lord of death, the south. ^Yl^^ G(pn~rjehi srin-mo the sister of the lord of death; an epithet of the river Yamuna. ^Yt’^V black lord of death, a terrible deity; ^Yt'MYW^’^5 a Tantra to propitiate the black lord of death (K. g. Я, 2b). Gcin-rje gged dmar-po — n, of a tutelary god the Bed Bhairava: ^yS’^'^'^Y^yI*’ (A. 17). ^iYIWV^’IS gqin-rje gqed dinar ~ pohi-rgyud n. of a Tantra on exorcism and also for making enchanted medicines, swords, etc. (K. g. s, 71). Ggin-rjehi-gron 44$ the city of the lord of death. Ggin-rjehi-gdon n. of a fear- ful evil spirit (liny. 77). gtpn-rjehi bdag-po *= the planet Saturn (Шоп.). ^Yg^*^ gcpn-rjebi la-dan the flag or standard of the lord of death. ggin-rjehi-gJion buffa- lo. Syn. «3 пт-lie (Шоп.). Gcin-rje zas-hphrog n. of a (srqV’l) demon. *Ay^ ggin-hdre the soul of the dead regarded as a ghost or spectre. gcin-hpras the convulsive moti- ons, the writhiugs of a dying creatine (Jd.). ^Yg”^ g$in-?Jsas=tfp1ft bsno-rfen goods and effects belonging to a deceased person whieh are given to the church to bless his soul. *$Y**< food prepared for and offered to the dead; acc. to Jd. food presented to the lamas when a person has died. ^3j-4 ggin-pa (^YCyM^’^Y^S) mu- tual agreement, concord, harmony. gyin-pho=%\qi-lo. qj^q-CJ ggib-pa or or = b$grigs-pa anything arranged, arrangement, gtpbs-qyahi gral a row or file (of men) that has been mar- shalled or drawn up (Situ. 88). gim_pa or <$Yq ground down, crushed. gqi§ also or also = 1. nature, temper, natural disposi- tion : (Yig.15) it is his or their nature, their natural disposi- tion; 4^'2^ by tho very nature of the 158
1250 case, naturally, quite of itself. 2, the person, or the body: Я^'чя^'^'^ядя^ they anointed tho whole body (Jd.). + wig-lugs Cunyata. 2. = 'W?l‘’]N disposition {Yig. all, g$un-wa to rebuke, to blame, reproach; to blame in a whisper, «>., behind a person’s back and to find fault with. Я^^'4 gguns- p« = iTVq a curse, rebuke, eonsure. g$c-wa pf. Я^ g$es, to abuse, revile ; ЯЛ^'Ч^'Я^’4 even when one is reviled, (one should) not revile in return. Я^Я 9^9, v. Я^Я41 g^og-pa. Ц gy'gs-pa the honorific form of tho vb. to go away, to depart; the one form representing both pres, and past tenses, but mostly used in past sense: gone, proceeded, one going, or gone; ч^'ск’Я^Я^'4 gone to happiness, beatitude; also happily gone or passed away, t.c., entered Nirvana. ^'л^я^Я^'4 Dt-bshiii- ggegs-pa сгипгн, gone to the state of стат or статут, t.c., to Nirvana, is the remarkable epithet for a Tathagata or past Buddha, meaning lit. “ gone like that,” or “ gone like those other ones,” i>., ho has de- parted as did tho other blessed ones in whose footsteps he trod. ^е.’Я^’^’Я^Я^*4 gone to one’s own residence or abode. ^с^я^Я^ 4 is the term used when a Dalai Lama dies; д^’Я-^Я^’4 to return, to come back, to die; д я^Я^'4 resp. died, when speaking of kings, great lamas and saints and Buddhas. Я^Я^З*1 9^9^'^kye^ parting present, gon. a cup of beer or tea at the time of parting; Я^Я^parting feast or treat. Я^Я^’Я?^ щед&фог offer- ings of eakes, &c. to the gods when they are asked to return to their own abodes. Я^Я^ ggegs-pahi go-ch a fortitude and assiduity (Л. 136). 4^ approximate direction, somewhere; thereabouts; Я^5’*Н where- abouts not known. Я$^^'Я'-?|5,^С'‘ having said that to- night probably there would not be any theft or robbery he went away in some direction (Л. 130). TK* gfed-ma 1. ’UTT^i, excu- tioner, hangman; Я^'^’4 to engage a hangman, «>., to pay a murderer; fig.: ^^Я^Я’Я'Я^Я’Я^Я’Я^’З’? one destroying tho other, ono becoming the murderer of another (Vai. §n.). я^5'кч g^ed-ma-pa a murderer, executioner. 2. the angel of death who takes away life (Rtsii.) ; gods of vengeance, those that torment the con- demned in hell. 3. a mean person who is capable of doing the vilest aet; Я^’^ g^ed-ldan the vile one. Я^5ч\*<‘’еГ?'4 Gged-dmar spu-til^^S^ Я^|у^ n. of a Bon deity (B. Nam.). Gfed-po dur-hdcb§ n. of a demon. Tl’i Gfen n. of an ancient family of Tibet, cognate to S'akya. Я^л^ G$en-rab§ tho founder of the Bon religion, his full name being: ^я^чдагй’ц'^'Я^ the omniscient human descendant of (?s'en; д^*Я^ sgrub-g$en the Bon doctrine opp. to or Saddharma of the Buddhists. Я^’ч gqer-гса I:=Sfl'3 rlan-pa or lpVq 1. rlon-pay moist, damp, wet; also Я^*4, to get to be damp, Я-^Л gger-pa and thoroughly wet, to be drenched, moistened; to make to moisten. In C. Я**!*’4 seems
1251 I to mean “damp,” and wet.” 2. (=$) water, liquid. 4^‘qw gfer-bcas ^5f cloud. R^R’qR'Rg^ gqer-pahi- hbras^v^ modesty, bashfulness. ч^*я^ щег-hdsin as met.=$ water (17^.); also =a cloud or that which holds moisture or vapour. II : vb. 1. to ask for, beg for: I got it by asking for it; to interrogate, to question, to try (judicially); as partic. and sbst. = the examining or criminal judge, 4^5^’ g$er-dpan a judge (Yig. 29)} R^R’R^-^ gjpr-hbod mi-sna a bailiff, who calls for the attendance of the plain tiffs and defen- dants, &c. in a legal suit (Rtsii.). 2.= 4^'q to measure. gyo-ica pf. 4^ g^os 1. to pour away the same as b$o-wa ; $*4^‘q = to pour out water. 4|*T# ggo-mo in W. a lever (Jd.). ggog-pa I: sbst. what lifts the body, the wings; also spelt ^4q <p>g-pa. Syn. 4^4’1| gtpg-sgro; M sgro; я^А’Ч^Ч hdab-g^og; я hdab-ma; RR^’B^^s- byed (Мной.). Ч]^Ч|’Ц П: pf. ЧЧЧ^, щад§ «^4^ b$ag§, fut. ЧЧЧ, imp. 4^4 g$og 1. to cleave, to break through; З^Ж^’ЧЛЧ’4 to split wood entirely, to split into four pieces; ^‘§R’4^4q to cut into pieces; .Ч^’^Ч’4 to break through the ice ; q to hew a path, in C. 2. to confess ^4’4, a sin, a fault, gE/АЧ^Ч’4 to confess a fall, and thus to expiate it. §ЧФЧЧЧ^ sdig-bgags atonement, expiation; as an atonement for having killed a serpent; = ^«q’cHjRjN: ^*pR|*Rg4’q to offer a killed animal (a sheep) as an atonement; |j4,q44N•jfrow sdig-bqags smon-lam peniten- tial prayer (Jd.). G<;og-thog§ n. of a place in Tibet (B. ch. 4). fr gqon also 4^^ ^fow.s, narrow place, deep valley: Rj^E.-Rj^E.-siE.-q many defiles or ravines. 4^K^’V* ggons- §hin fields for cultivation on flat slopes or in valleys. Amdo, Kham and Gang, these three are cultivated valleys (Yig. 9). 4^'9 &$og-bu = ^'§ also ^’^5 a vessel for water. g$od-pa to comb (Cs.). ЯЧ’ = $ob. ggom-pa = gom-pa: 4^’q gyul-g^om-pa to make preparations for war or battle. 4^ #jor l.=^R*q or ^R‘cjr’4^passage for water, a water-channel. 2.= у q5^*qR’gR|^ rwa-coJa bzos-pahi skyogs a ladle made of horn, also=^‘5 a punch or pricker. I: ggor-tca vb., in C. also 4^’q, pf. fyar 1. Ч^ВЧ'^’^ to move or go in a file gen. one following another, to proceed in procession; also to tell off, as beads of a rosary (passing through one’s fingers), hence to read prayers, recitations, etc. = Ч^^Ч^ 4? q to go one after another in a row or file. 2. to measure, to weigh: 4^’ qл’Ч^ч^'4’ to weigh out brass for gold ; 4^ a measuring vessel. 3. to chase, run after: to chase a game; 5'4^ q to fish.
1252 П: adj., also *|-*|va rough, bristly, shaggy, (Jiz.k ^o/=?c or tin, ^rr^T plough, tho plough in Tibet con- sisting only of a crooked beam called (without wheels) and the share called or ?vg<i|4 one of the seven fabulous mountains mentioned in the Buddhist cosmogony (Sorig. 8'. or 4, the cocoa-nut (ДГпопЛ 4]^'^ ggol-po poplar-tree (Jd.). Ч]^ГЦ g$o$-pa v. and 4^'q. fyah I: 1. or or v£E/utcq-q} apportionment, service: I did not render any sendee to Bromston. 2. innundation, flood (A. 101). II with pf. bfa§ to slaughter, to kill. <3*1 slaughtered a sheep ; 9|'ffo] ч‘«нщ the butcher has opened the belly of a sheep (Situ. 76). «НЩЛ fyas-ra a slaughter house: «нрг^ерг^ he made Lhasa a slaughter house, m., massacred many people at Lhasa {J. Zan.). q^’JI b$ah-ma cattle or live-stoek kept for slaughter, v. W* g$ah-ma. Л^Ч]5ГЦ bqags-pa^KJtt to explain, lay open; Ф]чрга<5’4 bgags-par bya-tca anything to be explained or laid open. fyafaca far, far, alvine discharges: ^‘4’^ to discharge ordure; q^^q^B^q to operate on the bowels. CMjE/cr^-q a cat, lit. that which discharges ordure secretly or covers it. Syn. hdor-Ьуа ; khyab-ldan ; phyis; Ito-tfiigs; dre-ehen ; rnam-$nan (MAon.). chje/qih bgan-lam ФЗ, ’JJRnr, Wqrsf the anus. Syn. *4hog-^go; thur-lam; hog-law, q-^c/qr^ b$an-wahi-$go; *1^’ gsafi-khun; fkub; hphon§ (Mnon.). q-^’Sfc’ fyan-sen species of catechu tree. b$an$-pa leaky; gj a leak-hole, full of crevices (Situ. 76). 4^S’q b$ad-Pa b Hrq, explain, to declare, prove, enunciate: ч-^^’ч to expound religion, to preach; ^’4’ V/q^-q^ he must be set down for dead (Vai-tfL); bgad-nes-pa defective explanation or debate, wrong explanation ; ч-qvs b$ad-bya the subject to be explained; ^5’5^ b(pid-$byar subject of discourse, a discourse written down. fyad-yam an explanation or lecture in which too much is said or \mtten and conveying little sense with a view to deceive (Situ. 44). lecture, address verbally, to explain a book; to recite instances, examples; to elucidate (Situ. 76). 2. = «^’4 to tell, to relate; method of narration; to narrate a story. b^an-pa a cruel person, a butcher, v. -*jY4: the butcher slaughters flesh (Situ.), «ир’д g^an-bu a butcher’s son (Hbrom. P, 27). q-JpTfl b^am-пил «нг deception, defrauding.
1253 b$ar-tca, v. to weigh, weighing ; ^’«H=j^’q to measure with a bre, Ч-фГЗ bgal-ua l. = 4§<i*cf destroying; destruction, ruin. 2. WWH to wash, to wash out or off, to cleanse by washing, to purge: р’«мр| washing the mouth, SHod-bgal washing or cleansing a vessel; bathing or washing with water (Situ. 76); дя^-^w -«и|/аг§5 the Brahmaps wash the passage of excrement and urine with water; ^’«ир’Л Ito-wa b$al-wa to purge the bowels. л-*ргчд] bgal-tkag = ^5’^ hkhrud-ina water with which vessels have been washed, have washed out of this transmi gratory exis- tence (Khrid. 50). b^dl-nad diar- rhoea, indisposition from looseness of the bowels, flux, etc. ^^'§5 btpd-byed laxa- tive ; bqal-sman purgative medicine. q^qj’q bqig-pa pf. bgig^ v. hjig-pa HTfiiH, to destroy, break, upset: to subvert reli- gion ; to infringe justice; to dismantle or break down a house; destroyed the fort. Ц fyib-pa, to arrange evenly, with pf. ОГ arranged evenly or properly; good ar- rangement (Situ. 76). v. -Ц’Ч fu-wa. * b$ug-pa=bslan-wa, ; acc. to Cs. to sell; q to barter, to exchange; nor-bgugs to exchange property (Situ. 76). *ь b$u n-tca = . to bring down, degrade, fall off, fall down. 2. = Й5Ч» to curse. bfud-pa 1. to take off, to scratch, rub: ^Sfc’q^’qvq^, with its talons scratched the skin. (Situ. 76). 2. to purify by fire; purifying fire (Seh.). 3. to put into the scabbard, to sheathe (Seh.). bfum-pa, v. pf. л-^wq, resp. of Б'4, to shed tears, to weep. cried for help (Situ. 76). fyehu (cf. fwa) inunda- tion, flood (Jd.). bfur-wa to singe: mer-bfur-to scorches with йге^^'З'1^’ me-la spu-bgur btan-wa to cause hair to be .singed (Situ. 76). journey, road; on the road; in a dream while he was proceeding on a journey in Western India (A. 51). bgul-ka journey, way (A. 10) ; л^ч’р 6^Z-A7ia=WFroad: afterwards travelling secretly on the Nepal road (A. 85). long way or journey. bfus, pf. of •S,4 qqpi,q-q^=flayed, the skin taken off, but in ^5^ = copied a book (Situ. 76). b$er v. -^’Л f cr-wa: ptam-&fer-to compared one’s speech or what one has said (Situ. 76). b$e$-pa I.=^q, to be in accord or harmony with, to be friendly; to be acquainted with. 2. in a relation, relative, friend; 2Гл^, an acquain- tance, intimate friend: they are intent on being of use to their relatives; you have neither relation nor
1254 q^| friend; not to depend on friends, a friend; friend to virtue, pious or holy friend, spiritual friend or adviser ; ’R^S'4 b$e$-kyi kheJidod-pa to profit by friendship, make a profit out of religion ; ini-byed-pa an enemy; Rf^’R^ vindictiveness; b$e$-nied friendless, guideless : R[5«^*q like a blind man roam- ing in the wilderness without a guide (Khrid. 101). = 1. copulation; (or чрэ mystic term.) to lie with, to have sexual intercourse with: J-dan b$o§-pa$ bn-$kyc§ after having slept with him, she bore him a son ; to engender, to generate, to beget: q^rqag the son begotten by tho sw’ineherd (Ja.). 2. to роит out: $‘^'9 to pour out water. 3. to vomit. bgog-pa, v. spfa у g$og-pa. рш a low place, ravine. b^od-pa v. repre- sentation, rumour, report. й^’2Г b^or-po C., liberal, munificent (Ja.). fyor-wa, v. to chase: R-yiprq^jv^ chased game (Situ. 76) ; ^qprq^K^’^ wont to chase wild animals (Hbrotn. f4, 15), ifoZ=3'q^ delay, putting off; q^q'q^qq to obstruct ; raised strong objection (A, 110), 4^qq bgol-ica to wait, defer, delay: war^-q^srjqpq to put off, postpone doing work. n^’R^w bgol-hdebs or ^r4w= q^q q: q^or^q^ he couldnotbe kept back, diverted from his purpose—relatives are called q^§’4^rR^ra the devils’ obstruction, t.c., hindrances on the way of deliverance. П-^Ц’ЗЦ v. итт=spirit, wine. b$ol-ldan-mne$=*^' (Mnon.) нг wine. b$o$ 1. pf. of q. v. 2. resp. for food, victuals, provision of the table : q^-Qj-tq^-q t0 go to dinner; q^oj q to treat the priests to a meal ; lha-b$o§ food offered to the gods. Q^’R^ b$o$-hdrenas met. food offered to the gods (Zani. 9); he looked to- wards heaven at the time of going to dinner (A. 101). b$o$-bu offering-morsel, e.g., small pieces of butter offered to the gods or to the ghosts.
sa I: the twenty-eighth letter of the Tibetan alphabet corresponding in sound to the Sanskrit u and English S. 2. represents the num. fig. 28. II: in Buddh. 1. the letter n illustrates the equality of all things, z.c., matter, i.e., the want of difference in them (K. d. 114). 2. I fcowmv ^orq^-gSi sa is the symbol of perfect secrecy or occultism, it liberates all by certitudes (IT. g. 41, J$). 3. In Tautrikism what is called sa applies to purity of promise, ?>., to holy vows, signifying nothing else: gu- i4, 179). III: 1. чД ^ЯТ, w, ^rfvi^T, 4t, the earth, soil, land, earth as elementary substauce; ‘^q digging earth, excavation; sa chu me rlun earth, water, fire, air; come out from the earth от from the ground; a small quantity of earth; clay, argillaceous earth, flint and earth; also for ore, metal (like rdo), gold-ore, silver-ore Cs.; sweepings, offcourings ; the ground, q to sit on the ground, *r«rgc;q to fall to the ground. 2. = ^я place, spot, space; or q§^’^ residence, dwelling house, gbirthplace, one’s native place; ^5*^ the place where a person or thing is; c/er^A’^4!’^5 I have a place where to ask advice. 3. occasion, opportunity, possibility: one cannot get near him; ‘^5 you cannot go to that place, Sir ! (ЛЛ7.); nor-gyis blu-sa med you cannot ransom yourself by money. Also with respect to men*. I cannot address myself to anybody else with my words (requests, hopes). 4. position, step, grade: wq$| v he took and treated his second wife in the place of the first, i.e., he showed the second the honour due to the first. 5. degree, stage, state; the ten stages or degrees of saintly perfection (from Ja.). sa-kundban or q^q'V’qqSyrq = ягйяТН Chakravartti Raja, emperor of tho universe (Mnon.). sa-kra, or *rg 1. map, plan; = drew out, i.e., took a plan of the ground (A. 61). 2. = *^’^’ accommodation, place for travellers, rest house ; seems to be a corrupt form of the Sanskrit word entertainment house for pilgrims generally; q besides accommodation for twelve occasional guests (A. 119). sa-dkar as met. = 5”1’s^ white colour, white-wash; lime, chalk. sa-rko-гса—Ч^Ц a pig; to dig ground. ^’4* sa-skam dry ground, steppe (Sch.). sa-skor tour, travel, journey. *rg Sa-skya grey earth; n. of an ancient city with a great monastery in
1256 Tibet; the grand monastery of Sakya in upper Tsang. sa-$kye$ l. = ^5‘, a general term for treo ; lit. that grows from the ground. 2. lha-yi glu- mkkan a celestial singer; gisy, the planet Mars (Mangala). sa-skyon king, gover- nor. Syn. sa-fysrun; nd-rje (Mnon. к Jk^qc/q 8a-$kyon dican-po an emperor, a great king (Yig. k. 59). 8а-§куоЪ=Л hill, mountain. = grofi-khyer a town or city (Д/п<ш.). tho element of earth. sa-khu water mixed with elay ; made dirty by earth, dust, etc., soiled with clay. sa-khon ajTTH the interior of tho earth. N pkthe gold that is in tho bosom of the earth, f.c., still in tho mines. ^‘55 sa-khyad=W* land, placo, dwel- ling place (Rtsii.'). ^'[3^ sa-khyab lit. covering the earth; one whoce power extends over the land, hence ruler, king. sa-khyon the earth’s extent or compass, area (Cs.). *rg sa-khra^=^^ map; = *r&if ’К* draws a plan of the place (A. 61); you also having left the Jo-wo’s place (A. 123). *1’0'^ sa-khra-bo [ashamed]£ ^‘0'4 sa~khral ground-tax, land-rent. *rj§ sa-khri = sa-yi khri (Milon.), a seat or chair made of earth. 2. = *<’* a place. sa-rnkhan — ^9™^ one who is well acquainted with a particular place or country; a guide. sa-rnkhar a castle the walls of which consist for the most part of earth (Jd.). sa-gyoft tough-soil, hard ground. *TV»]4 sa-dga and sa-dgyes^^tfi tho lily (Mnon.). sa-dgra the enemy of a coun- try, i.e., in many cases nothing but a demon (Jd.). sa-mgon wr^nr a hind, a landlord [n. of Adi-Buddha]£ sa-hdul—1^^^ sa-gyo§ earth- quake (Mnon.). sa-hgro — fc'Q peacock, lit. that w'hich wralks on tho ground. sa-ryyal rje-blon bcu-gcig n. of a (*^V4) demon who moves with ten frightful attendants and carries mis- chief wherever ho goes. sa-phog§ place, region, tract: яВчцг qr^rgq^ hjig§-pahi sa-phyogs an unsafe placo or region (Jd.). sa-brgyad the eight stages of saintly perfection, acc. to the S'ravakayana school, viz.: rig§-kyi sa; brgyad-pahl sa J rpthon-wahi sa ; qjjq^qq^l bxrabs-pahi sa ; hdod-chag§ dan brat icahi sa ; bya§-pa rtogs-pa hi sa; nan-tho$ kyi sa 137). sa-tgon mound, heap of earth (Mnon.). *ij] sa-sgre^WK [a bare ground] £ ЗЯ sa-sgrog [the esculent white water-lily]£ (Mfion.).
5Г^| 1257 я sa-nos clay, face of the earth. sa-snon blue clay, blue earth. *гч$5 sa-bcad—яХу/ч-^ 1. a synopsis, a division ; = a chapter. 2.=^«4 or order, arrangement (Yig. к. 1). *гч$ sa-bcu (also called VPjfif, the ten stages of saintly perfection of a Bodhisattva according to the Mahayana school:—(1) чч'з^ч'ч beatitude; (2) ftw spotless purity; (3) enligh- tenment; (4) ^чд’Ч'-з^ illumina- tion ; (5) unconquer- able ; (6) salvation; (7) far reaching; (8) й ar immoveable ; (9) legs-pahi blo-gros Hrgnfh righteousness; (10) chos-kyi sprin spiritual cloud. ^’чуч sa-bcu-pa one who has passed all these ten stages or is in the tenth stage. sa-bcuhi dwban-phyug ;=5wq*tfpfq an epithet of Maitreya Bodhisattva who has passed through all the ten stages of saintly perfection. sa-bcud—^ ; lit. essence of the earth, i.e.y sulphur (mystic) (Min. 4)» sa-bcud scr-po=Q^ sulphur (Sman. 1^3). sa-cha in eolloq = place, country, land. sa-chen-po a large place, the whole earth ; a high degree, e.g., the eighth stage also one in that stage. sa-mtshog chief place; a holy land. 2. [a sort of yellow sandalwood] & sa-rpchod-ma=rgya- mtsho chen-po ocean (Mnon.). *T4*<qдмгдо! sa-hchag kuns-myul (^ч^) n. of a demon. яяк sa-hchin члг lotus. * гч1 = lightning. 2. as met. a hog (Mnon.). ST4&W sa-hjoms^^’<i5 that which digs a hole, wild boar (Mnon.). * ^‘|3 sa-§mii khu [the inner fluid of the earth]8. * гч]55ги sa-gtam-pa = ^ hill. hjig-rten the world. sa-stan = a rug, a floor-carpet (^.). sa-stcn surface of the Earth, the higher regions of the Earth. ч^ч й the people of the four continents, beasts, the gods of the four Maharaja kayika, and the gods of the thirty-three (Trayatrimsa) heavens all live on the surface of this Earth. sa-sten sa the space or region above the surface of this Earth. sa-ston bleak arid tract, desert, terms that are synonimous and analogous to it are—dgon-cliin; *<’5 ma-ru; (w); 5mya-fiain than; 4j^*qq brlan- bral; §kams-pa] hbrog- dgon-pa; §’Й*| byo-mog; gscg-ma; 8O-phag-can ; byc-ma-can; *^5 gtsan-^od (Mnon.). ^f4^ sa-stobs 1. ’SfW, [water-lily]8. (Mnon.). 2. = (Mnon.). sa^toLs mig [n. of a prince]8. sa-thams cad divan-pa or q a monarch. sa-thal 1. dust. 2. n. of a num- ber (Ya-sel. 57). 159
«'^1 1258 «•5951 n'дч sa-thul to prepare the soil, soil made ready to receive the seed. я i^^q sa-thel nag-pa 1. n. of a (N’q^qj) demon. 2. a deity of the Horpa tribe (Ja.). sa-mthil the central region on the globe ; [the surface of the earth]& 5^’5 sa-dan-po tho first stage of saintly perfection. за-dug lit. earth-poison; evapora- tion damp or acting like poison on those sleeping on the bare ground. A sa-do (v. Ч’2* do-po) half a load of earth, a sackful of earth, being half a donkey-load. sa-don pit, hole in the ground. sa-dra Ta. 18k and 187, diploma, patent (Sch A. sa-bdat, ^5’^'4 = jpq Wtfa, 1. king, master or owner of land, sovereign. 2. demons gen. of the Naga class (Mfion.); god of the ground of any locality supposed to be a jealous and angry being, of terrific appearance, to whom on many occasions offerings are brought. sa-bdag khyim^^^^^N xgyalpohi-pho-bran king’s residence, palace. sa-mdah 1. mouse-trap, also a large trap for eatching leopards and other animals. 2. a fabulous plant (Ja.V sa-mdah chu §gro-)na a sharp pointed arrow having a feather at its end which is shot to pierce the earth and al<o through water (Rtsii.). u-tshugs, persis- tence, btsugs-nas^^i'^l^' having urged, insisted upon; ”Л’ (they) persisted on my getting the wealth of the kingdom (A. 59). sa-rdo a stone of earthy formation ; earth and stones. sa-rdog^^^ lcag§ iron (Mfion.). sa-ldan 1. = ^ or a hill ; tree. 2. = jrQ a king, a landholder. sa-$de n. of a work (Ya-sel. k3). ’VT2* sa-nag-po 1. blaek earth or soil. 2. n. of a place in Tibet; Sa-nag- pa a native of Sanag. sa-gnas l.=3‘-*l the sacred kuga grass of tho Hindus and of the Buddhists (Mfion.), 2. district, region, country, landscape : a lovely place or landscape. in short, the guardian of the dis- trict should make it free from feuds. «sa-gnod spyin gw [a kind of demi-god living in mountain caverns and attending on the god of wealth]#. sa-gnon-pa giqTWS invading or subduing a country, conquest. Sa-rnam n. of a place in Tibet (Rtsii.) ; «Цагя a resident of Sa-nani. Sa-rnam Ihun-grub rab-brtan the full n. of tho Jong which is ordinarily called Sanam Jong(fi/sn.) : q Зс/Е'255 to tho Sanam-pa, you all also of Jo-wo etc. (A. 123). sa-sna Ifia soil of five different places or kinds. sa-snod 1. earthen pot. 2. flfw [a kind of jasmine]#. *rq sa-pa one belonging to Sa-kya; inhabitant of the earth, of our globe (Sch.). 8а-рап=Ч'%цр^5 Sa-skya pan-di-ta Sakya Panchen (Yig). *1’535 sa-dpyad=w$N or dis- crimination of land, ascertaining the suitability of land for building sites, <&C* (Ya-sel. 33).
^51 1259 «Til sa-spyod 1. a land-animal, possessing the earth, man. 2. king, ruler, governor oa-Spyod dam-pa a pious king or ruler (Tty.Ar. 36). Syn. 5®l’5 rgyal-po; ЭД'^чс.’ sa-dwan; mi-dwan (Mnon.). ♦rsfcn sa-§pyod-ma=Q&(% lady, queen; so~spyod the queen’s apartments or palace (Mnon.). *r§5n. of a quasi-reli- gious work on the selection of sites for buildings, founding of monasteries, &c. sa-pag brick, dried in the sun. sa-phug sf4<?t^T, cavern, cave ; ^4*4^’ sa-phug chun-fiu cell, a small cavern. sa-phun earth-heap; the two partridges, mother and son were under a mound of earth (Rdsa. 16.) sa-phur-bu=^ a hill, mountain. sa-phra rabs-can ; matter, atom, atomic particles of earth; ihe earth. sa-bon seed: sa-bon hdebs-su bcug caused to sow seeds. Also = 0’4 the semen virile. wgc/ born of the seed, = ^S ^ rgyud-pa; gdun-rgyud (Mnon.) extraction, progeny. ^*^’3sa-bon gyi-tshogs the aggregate of seeds, which are :— rtsa-wahi sabon; thog-guhi sa- bon; A.qprq^sr^ hgas-pahi sa-bon; sa-bon gyi-sa bon. sa-bon rul-pa putrid or rotten seeds. sa-bon skyhjig-rten^ sa-rten the world, earth. sa-bon skyed-wi [bring- ing forth seed; the earth]#. sa-bon nams fruitless. sa-bon mdsod^Wy9*^'^ pad- mahi ze-hbru anthers of the lotus (Mnon.). srg <S6Z-6Zf?=«?’^’q15i^ heaven (Mnon.). sa-dioan — $*№ rgyal-po king, ruler, governor of a place (Mnon.). q sa-dwan chen-po — j«r«5’^’3 a great ruler, governor : (^<7. k- eiY ячвч sa-hbcl bulging soil, soft earth. ’*§5 sa-hbycd д^тег, a hoe. згяд Sa-hbri abbr. of *rg (Sakya) and ^9 (Di-khAng) two monasteries of Tibet (Lon. % 12). sa-ma-rdo or sa-min rdo- min neither earth nor stone, conglomerate. Sa-man-te gsum acc. to L.C. three different countries called Sa, Man and Те: at that time the dispute among the three states of Sa, Man and Те (A. 86). sa-mal W3?IWT the bare ground used as a bed; [also — death-bed]#. sa-mi gsod produced no unplea- santness or unhappiness (A. 123). sa-min (Sch.) : ‘white sand.’ sa-;no§=,?r$’5 ka-mu-da or Utpala, sa-mos tshal group of lily plants (Mnon.). sa-smitg dark red earth used in medicine: Med.
I 1260 ^'V4* sa-dmar red earth; n. nf small monastery called u Simon-bong ” in the neighbourhood of Darjeeling situated on a mountain-slope which consists of red cohured soil (Hook. I.) (Jd.). sa-tsi$t Я’ЗЦ sa-tshig or sa- fety stage, post-station. sa-gtsan a country free from contagious disease. * white-wash or (balk, lime: (Rtsii.). sa-rtsi$ yon-tan rgyud n. of a Bon work corrcspon ling to Gsrr-hod dam-pa Suvarpa Prabha. «sa-tshur a kind of acrid earth used in making paint and in dying (Rtsii.). sa-mtshams border, frontier, boundary ; sa-mf shams hgegs- pa to guard the boundaries or limits ; to mark out the boundaries. sa-htsho l. = dgan-gzar gin (Mnon.). 2. = <5^’ sa-skyon jva ; king (Mnon.). sa-htsho-skyes the elephant of Indra (Mnon.). sa-btsho hdab=A'ft*2\K be-tahi gin (Mnon.). я'Ч^'гм sa-htsho-ma TTtqr the wife of Buddha. *гч&9'Й sa-htshohi bu-mo 1. ^q<i [lotus]8. 2. thal-dres n. of a medi- cinal plant (Mnon.) sa-hdsin, 1.=«’^ Gan- dhara, the modern Kandahar; mountain. 2. = 5<ч,ч rgyal-po king (Mfton.). 3. symb. fig. 7 (Rtsii.). lit. white mountain, i>., snowy mountain (Mnon.), sa-hdsin skyes n. of an insect. sa-hdsin Jicafi-po=R^'^№ Sumeru: | may your majesty’s person (health) remain unchanged and steady like the Sumeru mountain (Yig. k. GO). sashay nfaft цдгпг bitumen [rock- oil, petroleum]8. я'«ft sa-gshi nit, soil, the earth; site, place. Syn. nor-hdsin; S’flprq mi-gyo- wa; brtan-pa; bskrnn-byed,; hod-bsrufi byin ; hdsin-ma ; shag-ldan ; rigi-phur-lu ; ячч’ mthah-yas \ yafis-ldan; ч]^’^’ач gsrr-ldan-wa ; rgya-mtshohi go$- cau ; sna-tshogs hdsin; kun-bzod} ri-yi sna-wa can; nor-ldan; '§} nor-gyi bio gros-ma; $ chu-gter ska-rags can; chu-skyob ; bzod-ma ; bzod-ldan ; rin-chen snin-po; dri-ldan ; VT*4 dog-ma; rten byed-ma; я**/ gX*4 hchaft-byed-ma ; glin-ldan ; 3'5)'^ klu-yt gshi; hbyun-pto hdsin- by(d; hbyun-pohi yum ; dfyyig-gi bio gros-ma; dbyig- hdsin ; 4$^'^ bcud-ldan ; glin-hdsin ; <q«K’З Яя’ gser-gyi glin ; la§sa ; ч&гдч’ hdsom-buhi rgyal mtshan-can; sa-sten ; khur-la mi-hjigs\ гм ma-yi hjig-rten (Mfton.). sa-gshi skyon J^'25 rgyal-po king (Mnon.). sa-gshi ftan-pa sandy desert, bleak tract, bad soil, sterile ground. Syn. «’?€.• sa-$ton; 5^*^’ dgon-dun\ ma-ru; дхачче. mya-ftam thafi; ч^'дос brlan-bral; qwa skams-pa; 4 hbrog-dgon-pa; *5’^4 gyo-mog; ч]^’ач
] 1261 gseg-гпа so-phag-can ; bye-ma сап ; gtsafi-fod (Mfion.). irflp|w3 sa-gshi bzafi-po\ or кцэггц good soil, fertile earth or ground. Syn. rab-dwans, sa-bzafiy §а-д<рп, ’ЧЧ’я hbru-кип §kye wahi-ma (Mnon.). sa-gshi hdsin the support of the earth, king, mountain. sa-sZa=^^ gold (Yig. к. 2). sa-zhhi Ihun-po^sfay^ golden mountain. sa-bzafi-po [a kind of fragrant earth] S. sa-hog HTwfc, цтит^ the nether world; nadir, underground. Syn. *5’^4 rhan-hog; stob§-ldan gnas; bcu-hog; klu-yi hjig-rten (Mnon.). sa-hog sde the Naga demi-gods occupying the nether region. *г^д|й|Егц sa-hog pJiren-wa^^^ ba-bla 'sfhrra sulphate of arsenic (Mnon.). sahi-kham$ element of earth. sahi rgya-byin — ^'^^\ ч 44Н an emperor, a great king (Yig. k. 68). sahi-gon-wa <te a lump of earth [a clod]S. sahi sfiin-po 1.=^^ gser gold. Rdo-rje gdan Vajrasana, Bodhi Gaya ; also Aryabhiimi, Magadha (Mnon.) 3. n. of a Bodhisattva. n. of a Sutra containing an account of the attributes of Bodhisattva Bhumigarbha together with a dharani (K. d. £, 154) < n. of a Tantra containing the 108 names of Bhumigarbha (Ki. g. 85). sahi-dban phyug=4V^ king (Mnon.). sahi-zla-wa — **^ gold. sa-ya 1,000,000 a million. sa-yab, *rSt«iq sovereign, 4 father to a country ’ (Jd.). sa-yafis-pa a wide open country. sa-yi thig-le hdsin^^'tffct (Mnon.) a king, ruler. sa-yi gdu-pa [a blue water-lily]S. sahi-gdu bu^QQ’S lily (Mnon.) q’Sj’^q sa-yi hdab = ^^ dttr-wa rtsa durva grass (Mnon^. q Sa-yi rna-wa an epithet of Karija a hero of the war of Kuruksetra, son of Kunti by the sun-god (Mfion.). sa-yi hphun-byed nag-mo (*TAV4) a female monster. sa-yi byi-lam (^'474) n. of demon. sa-yi dsam-bu-ka=.^^ klu-gin [the betel plant]/?. sa-yi gyab-rgod lit. the wild yak of the ground; n. of a snake (Sman. 108). Sa-yi safi-ga n. of an Indian king who visited Tibet during the time of Bbrom-bstan-pa (Lon. % 4)* sa-yi lha=^? earth-god, a Biahmapa (Mfion.). sa-yi lha-mo sylvan goddess, nymph; the goddess who was witness to Buddha Gautama’s greatest achievement, his final triumph over the devil.
I 1262 «41 sa-gyo$ earthquake, 4^«q’^ the expressions for earthquake and Earth’s six kinds of convulsions are :— *14^ slight shock of earthquake; 4^ strong but partial movement; nqg'Apfa universal movement; ^*^<4 sa- hgul ; rab-tu hgul; 5H5’,'4’5’*3Q| kun-tu rab-tu hgul (Mfton.) ; **'5У4 sa-[deg, *q’5'^4 rab-tu Ideg, kun-tu rab-tu I deg. Other terms are : sa-hur hur, rab-tu hur-hur; kun-tu rab-tu hur-hur. Also : «'ЗагЗы sa-chem chem; rab-tu chem-chem ; kun-tu rab-tu chem-chem (Л”. ко. 4, 259). J «Kyq n. of an Indian saint {Lon. J, 5). «ла sa-rab fertile land, excellent soil {Rtsii.). «‘^qj‘q sa-rig-pa [1. king. 2. earthly] S. sa-rim route stages; the taking of corvee labour from the different villages in turn. tho reason for breaking the regu- lations concerning the stages of tho journey should be given by that man {D. gel. 40). «Л4 sa-reg=-t'^4^ rje-rigs tho gentle- man or Vaiepja caste of India (Mfton.). «'^ ?3i sa-reft Idan [possessor of tho precious jewel Kaustubha\ an epithet of VishnuJS. «’фЗД sa-rlans exhalations, vapours of the earth. «’§4 sa-rlog as met. = pig. sa-la skye§ [1. Ht. earth- born ; a tree. 2.. Mars]S. ««r<$4 sa-la hkhyog w mot. a snake. sa-lu §gra-8grogs~&'$ peacock. sa-la§ by ин earth-grown [1. the planet Mars. 2. a tree]#. sa—lud nal=:%^'Q'%> glan-po che elephant. gla-ica or gla- I'tsi can musk deer (Mnon.). «•«q^yq $a-g$in-pa [lit. vigour of land; fertile land]S. Sf-srun-ma the river Ira wadi (S. Lex.). «$(« sa-sro§ the time after dusk. «‘$4 $a-$tog met. a wild boar (Mnon.). «’4^« sa-gsum 1. the regions above, below, and on the earth: ^'q}'^4, and « 2. the third stage of Buddhist saintly perfection, Prabhakari the enlight- ened: 3 gq 54«'^5 «'4tJ^ I ^«*$’44^ qq^q«-<4'q54’344^ (Lam-rim.) I bow down to the feet of tho most famous (saints) Nagarjuna and Aryasanga who attained to the 3rd stage of saintly perfection. Sa-ka-fe n. of a city in ancient India sa-ga rrvr, f^lTW n. of tho four- teenth lunar mansion or constellation. Syn. rgyud-ldan пш ; фсап-ро Iha-ldan-ma; 4^w»d(W4 gnam- mthon hog (Rtsi§.). ^’4'g^ Sa-ga §kye§ TPir, fww; «,4*з1ч,«4 sa-ga §kye$-ma f^rr^ srhV an epithet of Unia the wife of Mabes'vara (Mnon.). ^‘4w Sa-ga-ma daughter of the house- holder called ?cw,$'q-?|«'4^ Bala mitra who was married to the prime minister of Prasenajit king of Kos'ala a contem- porary of Buddha (K. d. 4, 114) •
1263 Sa-gahi zla-wa the month of Vais'akha (April-May) in which Gautama Buddha was bom, and in which he re- nounced the world and died. sa-gas na-wa the full moon in April-May. sa-rji-ka medicinal herb, and flower : M. Sa-pa-ka n. of a great river of the western continent of Godaniya, which flows like a black line in the western ocean (R. ко, 263). + srsroj Sa-maJa n. of a sanctuary in Manyul (Dus-yc. 39). ± sa-ma ga-ma~$ man (mystic) (R. ди. F, 28). + Sa-mu-tsa-ya n. of a king (7Г. dun. 14)' * Sarana (м^г) n. of the son of w*] Charka (^fV) (R. d. 33). f ’^’^1 sa-raJa n. of a tree (R. A, S). sa-ra so-ri coarse-grained and fine-grained (com, seeds, etc.), mixed up together IF. (Ja.). Sa-raJia n. of an Indian Buddhist saint: ^эд-gpjai the one who had received real perfection was famed as Saraha (Л. 70). sa-ran Fr a kind of sword (Mnon.). sa-ri the fourteenth constellation or lunar mansion. Syn. rlun-gi lha-mo; rlun-gi dwan-phyug ; gnam- ndhofi gofi (Mnon.). * 5Ts’l^ sa-riJa Fftq;=^’4 hbab- chu stream, river, (mystic) (/Г. g. F, 21). Saroruha n. of an Indian Buddhist saint who is said to- have sat for seven days on a pyre but was not burnt. 5T^I SaJa 1. n. of a great river in Jamhudvipa, prob, the Salwen ? (R. my. % 68). 2. prob, a corruption of the word Sara in Krista Sara n. of a species of antilope; went to India on account of an antilope-skin. Sa-lim n. of an Indian king, (prob. Prince Selim who became emperor Jehangir): King Salimpa who ruled over Arya Bhiimi (Loft. \ 23.) saJu жр Oryza saliva wild rice which according to the Buddhists was the food of our first parents. The plant grew wild and when reaped in the evening new cars came out next morning, to be fit for the sickle in the evening (B. ch. 16). *r$*’*g a kind of fine fragrant rice. sa-luhi shin rice field, the field where the fabulous s’ali grain grew wild (Mnoni). N’QJn sa-leb is explained as shallow. 5Г^Г||Я sa-le sbram fine grains of gold found in sand; (Rag.) natural gold picked up in pieces, not obtained from melting. о bshi-mdo (mystic) crossing of roads (R. g. F, 28)» saJia-ka-ra FWT< the mangoe-flower (K. du. n, 330). n. of a celestial creeping plant (Yig. k. 37).
12G4 Ф Sa-ha pa-ra n. of a Bud- dhist monaster}’ of shepherds in the con- fines of Nepal and Tibet (Dsam,). Ф 'Vi Sa-he bhe-tar n. of a great city in south-west India (Lam-yig, 16), saw l.= o^*r^N leg$-hoft$welcome; blessing or good be unto you (mystic) (7f. g, I4, 179), 2. WS*’ | Sica is symbolical of the void nature of all things (7f. d. 322). swa-nu=^ mountain (mystic) (7Г. g. 2S). T tiica-bha-thau n. of a town. $’«ягчг1^ч| let Swa- bhathan the town of the heretics (Mutcg- pa) be reduced to dust (A. Itf). sd-ga-ra мглт the sea, ocean. t sa-tstsha its Tibetanized form is miniature images of Buddha and Bodhisattvas and also Chaityas cast in moulds. Ф c( xSa-m n. of a fabulous golden mountain (7Г. d. \ 281). flower of Sal tree. ^•or^vq sa-la ser-po ящя; tpyi- shur fin (Mnon.). sd-lahi ljon-pa spos- dkar fin the Sal tree, Shorca Robusta. the sub-Himalayan regions abounding in medicinal plants and sal forests: ЛГ q> the cool medicinal region of Sal is a grove of blessings and happiness и^л. sa-lu IjaA-pahi mdo n. of a Sutra in which the twelve Nidanas (con- ditions of cyclic existence) have been illustrated from the growth of Sala rice and its seedlings (K, d. 190). sag 1. slow and oblique; slow in walking or movement (Yig. 1$). 2. brawn, callosity; Sch. also has: hair- side (of a skin); brawny, a thick brawn. 3. = ?*^^ IF. scale (of a fish) scaly. sag-bdar a rasp, ***p^’j*r<i to rasp (Jd.). sag-bdag sug-rmel tho smaller species of cardamom (mystic) (Min. 3). sag-pa C. a little bubble (Jd.). sag-ram rtsi sulphuric acid (&•)• sag-ri or sag$-ri from Persian Sagrl : 1. shagreen. 2. obliquely cut edge-lining of a robe : c\ sag-sig ^rr^I [moving and-( resting]#. san or to-morrow; at noon to-morrow; to-morrow; early to-morrow morning; the day after. In W. is also particle denoting the comparative degree (Jd.), ^’^5 safl-phod=wA% next year; a year hence, about this time next year : ^5’^’q next year the Tirthika teacher about this time again (A, 33). Mn-nwi=^*S^ to-morrow eve- ning. san-gha incorrectly for n. of a Tirthika sect of ancient India who
| 1265 I used to dress exactly like the Buddhist priests : S’! ^’4’S4I’ {Theg. 33). ЭД’*’ san-ne 1. immaculate, stain- less ; V»|Kwfc pure white. 2. secret ; ^e/sjsje/ speaking secretly, privately, whis- peringly. san-sbugs hole for hiding money and treasures. safi-wa pf. *we^ or fut. ane/ or 1. to do away with, to remove (dirt, etc.), to cleanse, to make clean ^•сгадклгч the guilt has been cleared, to be consoled, to be freed from grief or repentence; to go for recreation or to throw off suffering ; aj’M’ wva to be free from sorrow, to comfort, to get well, to be free from illness. 2. to take away or off: ^«nt^e/a to remove the cover or lid, to uncover; to recover, to come to one’s senses; ^*K'A’«ik^a-a to recover from intoxication; ^wm^E’A to awake from sleep. 3. to spoil, to render unfit or useless (Ja.). sail-sbad hidden, latent, concealed. san-sbyin a secret gift, a giver in secret. nc/mi san-ras cleansing rag, towel: ^-^е/мгч^е; (Л. 121). san-san n. of a number. (Ya- sel 56). san-sen hiding-place, crevice, ^e, §e; chink of the house. san§ or (5’Ч'?’5) чгн purified, freed from, cleansed; evaporation. Sans-rgyas the Tibetan equiva- lent for any Buddha ==^’5’А^А| я one who has become fully awakened from the slumber of Avidya. Another explanation is: «Лч|-а5* '^e,^ purified from all the sins arising from Avldya,—aboun- ding in knowledge ; also ‘Sw'nan* qcalled Sangyas being liberated from the begin- ning and by nature full of knowledge (Tan. snag. $ 98). The different epithets of Sange or Buddha :— nrcfsTcf; hah; тяпгн; ртТЧ ; Ж3! chags-hjoms-, ^’5’ wq thams-cad- mkhyen*, thams-cad-rtogs*, mkhyen-lna-pa; ч^'АЯ’^я rkan-gnis giso- wo ; АЖя^у^ НЯ4И. [come together, assembled from various Buddhist lands] 8. адлг^-^Е? sans-rgyas kyi-shin the fancied sphere of a particular Buddha or Bodhisattva; for instance Suka- vati is the sphere of Amitabha Buddha, Tibet tho chosen land of Avalokites'- wara Bodhisattva. wq’jq n. of a Sutra containing descriptions of the achievements of the Buddha in his former existences (JT. d. \ 235). ^Елг^чгу^уяХч] sans-rgyas dkon-mchog Buddha Ratna, of two kinds:— i.e., the most perfect Buddha, and ^’₽a kun-rdsob unreal or artificial Buddha, i.e., his image made of different materials or substances. sans-rgya§ sku-pug§ «рг- Buddha’s relic, his image or figure; also his tomb vai containing relics. IGO
| 1266 I San$-rgya§ can- hkhrufa lha-пю the goddess Tara. ЯЕЛГSafi$-rgya§ gmi§-pa an epi- t W of the saint Padma Samhhava (Yig. к. 20). safi$-rgya$ bs tan-pa Bud- dhism, tho religion of Buddha. sans-rgya§ thod-pahi- rgyud n. of a Tantra in (K. gu. S 5). целгQ san$-rgya§-pa 1. to attain to Nirvana. 2. a Buddhist, one believing or practising the religion of Buddha; §afi$-rgga$-pahi grub-mthah the religious doctrines of the Buddhists (Situ. 117). san$-rgya§ spyihi-ma the common mother of all Buddhas ; acc. to Tantrikism : tho Sakti of all Buddhas, i.e., Prajnaparamita personified. n. of a Buddhist sage who visited Tibet through Nepal and became the tutor of Lama Taranatha the great historian of Tibet. He resided for several years at the monastery of Phun-tshog^ glin in Tsang and afterwards visited Tashilhun-po and Lhasa, where he discussed religious subjects with Panchen Cho$-kyi Rgyal- rntshan. At Lhasa he paid homage to Buddha by prostrating himself before the great image which had been brought to Tibet from China by the queen of king Sron-fylsan §gam-po. Sans-rgyas rab-bdun a succession of seven Buddhas who prece- ded Gautama Buddha: Kas'yapa, Kanaka muni, Kraku- chanda &e. San§-rgyas lha-mo an epithet of Vajra Varabi. san§~pa fTCM purified, wakened. safa-po tho first patriarch of the Bon the namo of whoso wife' was Chudcham (G. Bon. 23). «^’5^ sans-spyan the eye of Buddha or transcendental wisdom. sad I: frost, cold air, cold, coldness, for frost and hail; to be destroyed by frost Glr.; often in conjunction with Kail (Ja.). II: or 1. discriminate, sort; to examine, see, try; to try, to test: I shall see, whether you are patient; like gold, it is revealed by testing. sad-khom not getting ill after ono has awakened from deep; falling id or feeling unwell as soon as one gets awakened from sleep; ho who remains fresh when roused from sleep is wonderful (Khrid. 22). sad-mi mi-bdun the picked seven or 1 the seven men of trial,’ i.e., tho seven most distinguished and talented among the young Tibetans who were selected by king Khrisrofi, dchu-bUan to be trained as monks by Acarya S'anti Raksita, and thoroughly instructed in religion and sacred sciences. The three elder ones among them were : Manjus'ri of Dpah, Devendra of Rtsan^ Kumudika of Bran; while the three junior one’s were: Nagendra of Hkhon, Vairochana Raksita of Pagor, and Acarya Rinchen-chog of Rma and an intermediate one was Katana of Gian. III: frq. in conjunction with resp. 1. to cease to deep, to awake,
^51 1267 fcsrsnip’s rmis-ma thag-tu directly from that dream ; gzim-pa-la§ from sleep to waken, more precisely sad- par byed-pa; also fig.: good vir- tuous emotions (Ta. Jd.}. sad-mdah word of discrimination, n. of a dynasty of ancient Tibet (Lon. \ 7) (Mnon.). sa4-sud (Khrid, 28) in myself faith and repentance arose. t san-ta ni-ka HniFnt; гчз( names of flowers (К. my. ”1, 20). sab-sob 1. something rotten, putrified. 2. incomplete or defective ; not incomplete, in good order (A. 156). Sam-su-kha n. of a fabulous region situated beyond the snowy mountains of S'ambhala the people of which are hermaphrodites like the Indian Hara-gauri (Lam-yig. hl)* + ЭДЦ’Т] wm-kri-tahi skad= legs-sbyar-skad the refined classical language of India. sam-ta a wcoden board used as a school-slate in Tibet for drafting and computation. Aoo. to Schr. brtsam-ta W’H, sam-khra or pocket-book, note- book, • memo-randum-book, tablets. sam-dal Ld. moustaches (ja.). sam-bha-ri wrft a religious sect of ancient India (They. 33). ^8J| J Sam-bho-ta lit. the good Bhota, the name by which Thumi or Thonmi the father of Tibetan literature was known both in India and Tibet. sam-sum or sam-ma sum-me with a low voice, lowly, softly or in the place; termin. of to promote to higher rank or dignity ; Bud- dha the hero who has attained to the stages of saintly perfection; a spiritual hero who has reached the tenth stage of Bodhisattva perfection. + 8a-riva ma-ni цц ufa the ser- pent’s gem. It is said to be obtained from the mouth of the serpent, its special quality enabling its possessor to float on water. sa-rdsi-ka frRehn alkaline earth largely used in India for washing clothes. sar-pa ufstst [fresh, new]& srtr-sar=^'^’^ sa-ra so-re (Jd.). ’ЧП sal-bab W., prob, also Mil., gold ornament, gold-laces (Jd.). sal-le-wa lucid, vividly arising in the mind); clear, bright, brilliant; lighted up, brilliant, well-lighted(Jd.). sdjs=:*r^ instr, of 4 si also the sound of whistling through the teeth ; ^’3 whistling; whistle; whistling, as a call or sign; a whistled tune. 2. num.: 58. si-gla [1. a lump. 2. a bulbous plant]8.
1268 ^51 Si-la n. of one of the four great rivers of Jambudvipa. The Sanskrit name of the great river of Tibet formed by tho union of the Tamjo-khabab and the Kyi-chu of Lhasa; it is called Lohitya by the Indians (Lon % 5'. Acc. to some: tho river Oxus, which is supposed to flow to the south of S'ambhala country (K. d. \ 270). Also —fact 5^’5 dkar-po white; also 3’85 Kumuda flower (Mnon.). J 5 Si-tahi-bdag «farqfa the hus- band of Sita, Rama the hero of Rama- yapa who resided in tho palaeo called Puspavatl (Mnon.). ^’5 n* °f a plape *n Kham (J. Zaii). £| si-tha [tho date tree}#. = worship (mystic) (7Г, 9* % Ж). si-ri 1. pack-thread, twine C.y IF. 2. bar, bolt, door-bar (Jd.). st-ri hbu centipede IF. (Ja\ 8t'-ril a kind of inkhom, ca^e for carrying an inkstand in one’s pocket Ld. (Ja.). i ?Vqi $’-Za fawt or a sort of *r incense. the sillahi treo [Boswellia thnriferd\S. Syn. glan-pohi-za§; si- laJJah; dri-bzan ; < ro-ldan ; црЧcher~(fyc*ma ; ^‘§5 tshim-byed; ччч legs-hbab ; than-chu-can ; q§S,Qlc; bcud-bzan ; 45№f3i bcud-Idan ; falla-kl ($non.). si-li-ma the breaking up of the ice (Sch.). 5'5rS} si-li-ii the noise produced by the incessant downpour of rain. + si-su md-ra faijnn: the dol- phin. t ?h 8i-hla = ^'^ or fa*, Gvrqfq a kind of pomade or perfumed ointment [1. the olibanum tree. 2. in- cense. 3. turpentine]& jerk, to jerk, to hitch up, to give a hitch as porters do with a load on their back (CM; to shako or jerk the body. sig-sig «Jj^-q^qx^’q to move, to jerk (Mnon.).: he shook his little head (Rdsa. 11). sig-bu also sig-ra sort of a basket \&hn.). sin-$kyur curdled milk, sour 'O milk (S<h.). ’£]£’ Sifi-ga-lahi glin fa^- the modern Ceylon. | = fifa the lion, C\ ^X’C’q sin-ne-u-a — ^i^'H holy, of pure character: there resided only holy men for the purpose of acquiring perfection (Л. 124). Sin-pa the Tibetan name for the Sikhs of the Panjab derived from such names as Ranjeet Singh, Golab Singh and others. sin-wa 1. vb., to pick out, sort out, wool for the third time, by which the finest is obtained. 2. adj. in compounds: ^•^•q jet-black, very black. ?ta-g 8in-bu liquor made of mare’s milk, Tartar arrack (Sch.),
^1 1269 sifi-tshol Ts. tea-pot, tea-kettle (Ja.). sin-yol, v. in ^’4 sen-po (Ja.). sin-ri 1. n. of a mountain. 2.= 8tn§-po (Ja.). c\ es sin-sin 1. the sound of steel when struck to test its quality. 2. thin, limped W. cf. *ta’q). sens-po unfer- mented rico-water. 1. adj. thin, clear, W. 2. sbst. Cs,. also small-beer, the fourth infusion of a weak beverage, without any intoxicating qualities, yet not disrelished on that account (from Jd.). 3^’4 sid-pa to whistle Seh., sid- sgra ;=^’g si-sgra (Jd.). t Sin-du gi-ri fwfrrfx 1. moun- tain bordering Sindh. 2. n. of a king of the country of Parada (Dardistan) (K. d. S 231). J sin-dhara-tha n. of a religious work: (Л. 98). t sin-dhar fiw n. of a religious sect of ancient India. those who have nothing to aim at or who desire to resemble the “do nothing” school of the Chinese Buddhists. ч prob, has reference to this school (Theg. 33-39). Sin-dhu the country of Sindhu, modem Sindh, in western India. sin-dhu §kye§ (lit. native of Sindh) a general term for horses imported from Sindh (Mfton.). sin-dhu-ra= for minium, red-lead=®>'B (Ja.): №^№1** (Med.). sin-dhuhi bdag-po — (Mnon.) the ocean. Sta’q sib-pa to be absorbed, as water on the ground; to eva- porate, to soak in, to be imbibed; to be lost in, to vanish in the air; to evaporate or vanish quickly. sib-bi n. of a disease (Ya-sel. 28.) ^’9 sib-bu; Cs.: a sort of small- pox ; Schtr.: the measles. siin-pa=^4 1. to refresh, to be refreshed; acc. to Jd.: good health, prosperity, or vb. to be well, to be well of. adv. = happily, content- edly (Yig.). sim-byid=$Q as met. the moon, cool. a rivulet that makes a refreshing sound. sil or sil-snan and <ta’?ta дтл , cymbal; leags-kyi sil hkhrol-wa Lex.y sil-snan rol- mo hkhrol-wa to strike the cymbals; a female cymbal player (Ta. Jd.). ^‘Й^‘3’3 sil-khrol-gyi sgra the sound produced by one bell-metal disk striking on another, the sound of a pair of cym- bals (Mnon?) ; sil-mkhan a cymbal player (Mfton.). stag*] s?7-syro<7=j<'5 as met. peacock. sil-Ъи, <ij&rg=lfc-g a little. sil-ina = ^’9 1. separate pieces, particles, dust, fragments. 2. the tin- kling sound of a cymbal, tffs tunefully flows the brook over its boulder bed; gurgling water; rip- pling brook (Mil.); also the rupee
I 1270 of Ladak, = four-fifths of an Indian rupee (from Jd.). sil-sil (Zam. 5) small boll; tinkling sound of bellets. I: 8u l, = ^pwS a lucky and good woman, good luck. 2. = >'4^ eating (mystic) (7Г. gu. p, 179). II: 1. interrog. pron., ’«Ц who is; who is here ? j5vtS’^ who are you ? who is it and what is his name? who went? who says, or who said? or by whom ? of whom, whose ? which ? which son of the king ? STV4 plural forms of who ? Colloq. b ofton used for $ in certain districts. 2. correlative and indefinite pron.: to him that kills this man, I shall give; have not у OU already asked some body before ? <J, SjA4! is also used for some body, some one, a certain: «ргёч’ЧА4) a certain friond; a certain avaricious person, a certain miser. su-su who, who ! й '^5 what persons wrere there? 2. denotes the drawing in the breath in blowing up a fire, the lips being nearly closed, to prevent smoke from entering the mouth. III: .termination: 1. of the term, case after a final N: gone to his own place or residence. 2. num.: 88. J su-gi vulgar corruption of or yogi. t su-ta-ya НИД’ n. of an elephant that belonged to Ка1уаца king of the, country of Yava.(prob, Java) (IT. d. % 87). + Su-ta-ri n. of a place in Hima- vata where lived a notorious hunter who was at last devoured by his own rapacious hounds (Tan-snag. 6J). Su-war-tab. of a Gandharva princess, daughter of king Kabula (7f. my. П, №2). su-ma-na a species of flower (K. d. \ 282). + su-inau-trajya-ka-ra-na n. of a Sanskrit grammar prob, of mystic and Tantrik terms by Acharya Chandra .Gomin. sw-ли <jfw n. of a medicinal root resembling turnip, imported into Tibet proper from Ladak. the three species of Sumi of red, yellow-purple, and brown colours are antidotes to all poisons. Su-mc-tho n. of a mountain situated on this side of the mountain called sii-grl-ma (К. d. \ 282). J su-rahi-snod^^^fc chan-g^ §nod wine-jug, prob, also the kind of water-pot called surai largely used in upper India for cooling water : (я. 50) having been poured from wine-jug it was unfit for—'. su-ru phan-tsha also (vulg. called «Vt*) red-pepper or Capsicum annuum, i.e., guinea-pepper. TS su-lu denotes perh. the usual sitting posture of ililara^ pa who, while reciting his songs, u§ed .to stretch out his left leg, drawing up the, other, and supporting his right arm on it, his head .leaning on his right hand
1271 М* I sag reward, recompense; sug- tfian id.; $^15 sug-rjed mark of honour as a reward С.; ’ЗЯ phag-sug a bribe (Ja.Y »-£i sug-pa I. sbst. —the hand, the four legs of animals; hand-writing (Oil. 10) reduced into writing. ЭТ4 II: root of a kind of medicinal plant used for washing; the bleached sug-pa is a cure for deafness (Med.); 9^’3 powdered sug-pa (Rtsii.). ^’4 III: vb. to push, jog, nudge a person, in order to awaken or make him attentive; to push open, a door with a a stick ; дч|3’^ч]§5’з sug-pa-shig byed- pa to push, to shove, to displace (Ja.). дчр’З** "sug-pa-skyes = (mystic) да. 4). *№4 sug-po a limb; the foiir limbs of an animal, esp. the lower part of the four limbs (gen. of those that are slaugh- tered for meat) (Rtsii.). t sug-rmel от sug-^nel 1. Cs.: a kind of spice. = cardamom: Med. Syn. hthum-gsum-pa; M’* u$-nan-ma ; ne-wahi Ide-mig (Mnon.). laughing loudly (Rdsa. 10). Ц sud-pa to cough, to breathe with difficulty (Cs.), $5ЛЛз to die by being choked or suffocated. + sun = ^ or time ; at times he called (invited) the lord Atis'a (Л. 155). ^’4 or ^‘*5'q vb. adj. ^*=5 1. to be out of humour, tired of, weary of, sick of; tired, weary, not tired of hearing (Mil.); to become tired, to get weary of; I suppose your reverence will be tired of it; to make (a person) tired of (a thing), to vex, annoy, to stun or drown with noise, to deafen (Jil.). 2. to blame; ^’^’§5^ to blame, to find fault with, became corrupted, biased, prejudiced. poisoned or prejudiced mind (S. Lex.). 9^’155 sun-khyud scandal. sun-par hbyin-pa 1. to stun or drown with, to overpower by noise, to silence. 2. to refute, confute, disapprove 3. to renounce, to resign : strength to renounce (the world) (Jd.); occurs in §5’3 to renounce or break through tho magic ties of relations (Ya-sel. 7). su7г-j^)7^uи-tm=5чlчl’^,’S^€, refuted, have obstructed one by logic in controversy, defeated an adversary: *5’K4*^'«jygE/qs4 by the Mddhyamika metaphysical demonstrations he having refuted all one by one (A. 28). sun-hbyin-pahi tshig—*4^' 3*^'4l5‘q a libel, words of insult or disgrace to another person. sun-ma ’ЯфТМ insult, defamation, disgrace, dishonour, refutation. S^'t'VT q we should not dishonour tho great favour (of the lama); met by a miraculous refutation (Khrul. 49).
^1 1272 sub-pa pf. or *jqN} fut. **jn 1. to stop up, plug up, close, cork; to keep shut, locked up: w$«rq to stop one’s mouth and nose with one’s hand; S54l*r^qq to strangle, suffocate, choke a person; to fill up, choke up with 'earth, rubbish, ete. a lake (G7r.). 2. to blot out, erase like a letter; to cover, shut up, fig. to cover the trace or track, to efface every vestige; ^-«jq-q to rub out a figure or a drawing; g'^-qS'Srgq-q to remove the name of a debtor; to hush up, conceal, e.g., other people’s offences; to suppress, to avoid, e.g., obceue words; to allow to settle, the mash in brewing (from Jd.). sub-sub obliterated, rubbed out, erased; 34!having rubbed it out with his hand (Л. 44). sum, for *№ three, in compounds before consonants: ftrД thirty, j- fsnm 300, 3000; also Sntafa a third, tho third part, (or two thirds of Jamhudvipa; two thirds of Tibet. $* 3 sum-$kya a eord of three twisted threads (Sch.). *№ sum-cu rtsa-gsum tho resi- dence of the thirty-three gods (Sorig.); the heaven of Indra; the Sutra on tho Trayatrimsa heavens (7Г. d. 208). sum-cu-tig or Si*’?4! a medicinal herb growing in the clefts of rocks and amidst grass in Tibet. q sum-cu tig т&гаочез inflamation of the liver and biliousness. JZt d. sum-cu-pa 1. the 30 letters, of the Tibetan alphabet. 2. The original Tibe- tan grammar of Sambhota in 30 s'lokas. sum-rtags abbr. of Ч4!’4 the work treating of the Tibetan alphabet and the manner of compounding them by affixes, prefixes, surmounting and subjoining letters to them. ягч tho grammar on the use of affix, prefix, sex, etc. (Situ. 6). suni-mdow^RRi' where several roads or rivers meet, the junction of roads or rivers (Mnon.). Ц Sum-pa or 1. n. of a province and that of a monastery in Amdo. 2. acc. to Jd. adj. putrid, rancid, rotten. 3. vb. to bind or tie together, to draw together; to condense (Sch.). Sum-pa mkhan-po (lit. the abbot of Sum pa n. of a celebrated Tibetan author who wrote various works among which those on medicine, astronomy, history, and of Buddhism, geopraphy are full of interest. Ho was bom in Amdo; his real name was ’’J (Yeshepaljor). ^^’45 sur-phan, red pepper v. sum-rtscn=:W$'*^the heaven (Mnon.) the heavenly residence of Brahma, Vishnu and S'iva (Jig. 21). t ^’4 sur-ya 1. нщ the sun. 2. coloeynth. 3. n. of a disease. sur-sur coarse-grained, e.g., grits TK. (Ja.). sul 1. an artificial plait in a dress; the lamaic petti- coat, etc., which is also without plaits (Jig. 11), 2. furrow, channel, groove, trench, ditch; lateral valley, ravine, hollow; a town in a lateral
1273 $'3| valley; 94'9^ narrow ravine between rocks; ’T^pi the fluting in a column (Ja.). sul-сан furrowed, having plaits or folds. «ргя sul-ma an angular, or grooved vessel. sul-mal the third stomach of ruminating animals, the psalterium or book tripe (Seh.). su§ instr, of «J. ^’4 su$-pa colloq. the belly, stomach: д*ГА<«ГА swollen belly. м 1. one of the six early tribes of Tibet (Jig. 6). 2. n. of a kind of small bird (jR/siV.). 3. =^4|, a little, very small: in his cheeks there were slight depressions (or wrinkles) (Л. 80). 4. num.: 118. se-khra-ma species of fly (Rtsii.). n. of a place in Tibet {Deb. <4, se-gol ^^31 1. the snapping one’s fingers. ^’^’8 ; the sound from the snapping of fingers; the time it takes to do this, i.e.y a very short time, a moment, a twinkling (Cs.), *V^‘3‘8 se-gol-gyi sgra the sound produced by snapping the fingers ; se-gol-gyi irda a signal given by snapping one’s fingers; as much as the snap of one’s fingers as a sign of contempt or indignation. se-rgod for ^’43’^5 se-hbru-rgod*y wild pomegranate: Se-chen cho§-rje Tibetan n. of one of the Tartar emperors of China (Ш. я 11). sc-ta rog-po a species of an aquatic bird (Rtsii.). se-trafi yellow beads of a rosary, coming from the central part of Tibet {Ja.). se-driy *1^4 gse-dri the disagree- able smell of the sweat of the armpits : se-dri bsnam-pa having that smell (Pth.) (Ja.). se-bdud n. of a (^’A^) demon. se-wa rafi-rta the horse on which a $*«^5 demon rides. Se-rdur n. of a place in Tibet: {A. 121). sc-wa or gse-tcay a*Va bse-wa 1. a thorny plant bearing white flowers resembling the rose; acc. to Jd. rose-bush, rose-plant, rose ; ^ a £*|4j gser-mdog se-гса me-tog prob, the yellow rose; wild roses with beautiful and rich blossoms fre- quently adorn the slopes of the lower hills in the Himalaya mountains; in C. hip, haw: gin se-wa is mentioned as the food of the silk-worm (Jd.). 2. in й ал^ se-wa ra-tiy ?Va se-wa is the fruit of a plant which is used for gold and silver weighment; it is about two grains in weight: ^av^^a) $с/ do not give even one grain of gold to this king (A. 128). Se-w<m nag-pa n. of one of the disciples of Milaraspa. (Lofi. 21). §‘5 se-bo prob, for § grey, 8’^‘® skra- se-Ьо grey hair; mgo-se-wo (resp. 53’^5 dwuse-wo) a grey-headed person (Jd.) se-Ъуа one who calculates and studies the times and place of the issuing 161
1274 of the Sa-hdag demon from the nether regions to do mischief to men and cattle ; a Sa-bdag astrologer. $'*5 se-hbu a bad-smelling insect. ^'*3 sc-hbra pomegranate; se-hbru me-tog pomegranate flower. Syn. *2^5’55 mchin-nad-dgra «^5'^5 indsod-Ulan ; 45*w sked-ma ; sprehu- ?/f’ pn (Mnon.). se-hbrog spite, malice; back- biting : q those not being pleased grew spite- ful and behaved maliciously. STS? se-mo a necklace [Zam. 5}. $ necklace tof ambers; also a string of pearls or precious stone, a kind of orna- ment made of pearls [11 brom. 131. $ sc-mog C. venereal disease; $ 14 se-rma syphilitic ulcers (Seh.) ; v. Se-dmar n. of a ferry near the monastery of Sam-ye : 5^’5^ from there he proceeded to the ferry of Sp-mar. (A. 91). V?*05 sehu rta-khrid the groom of the chief of a class of demons. 8e-yal = *&'^ a fig. se-yo re-ica scanty grey-hair: there was a grey-headed old man said to be 500 years old (Л. 70). Se-ra, lit. place of wild rose or brier; n. of a large monastery near Lhasa. sa-rag dur-§man carrot in W. se-rul a kind of mineral earth used as medicine, probably bismuth ; also yak-cow's dung collected in autumn for manure (Jig. 9). (dlfed.). ^Л'ч se-rel half open, ТГ. (Ja.). Se-lo sa-yhyags the house- sweeper of the king of Sa-bdag demons. se-gar re-wa whitish brown: another old fe- male ascetic (yogini) whose flowing locks were whitish brown (A. 69) < se-pii a kind of nettle. Acc. to Cs. a tree or shrub, good for hedges. se-dng poison contained in or ^'^5*55st-dvg-nad=\4^\'^reg-dng natf syphilis (Mea.). se-se, a kind of brick-tea (Rtsii. 7^. 8e<l $5 seg-seg obliquely, awry, ^5'5^5 4 to cut obliquely. ^1’9 seg-bya n. of an aquatic bird, prob, snipe (Rtsii 1). seg-ma small stones, gravel W. (Ja.). seg$-can gravelly. 8СЙ, v. 4 seft-ge the lion—only known mythologically. Syn. ri-d§ag$ zas-can \ VpAS: gjaft-po-gjom$; ^5‘§5 hphog-bye#; nag$-kyi dwafi ; 5XR*§*q gdoft-lfia- pa; kha-lfia-pa; fshog^- kyi bdag-po; <^’4’35 ral-pa~can ; 5£435’g*q gtsugs-phud [na-pa; fia-ro- can; ri-dfyig$ rgyal-po; nam-tpkhah-gnon; rnam-par- gnon\ §dcr-chags dwa^-po; cha-$as-hjigs (Miion.). sefi-dkar gsaH-tca an officinal plant which has the property of removing
1275 barreness: klun-hjug brings issue. sen-ge-skrod^'^’ klu-fift ?пгг- [a species of Euphorbia used in offerings to the snake-goddess Manasa]/?. «еЯ-^-сг7п = 5*^ boat (Mnon.). seft-gehi $gra sgrog-pa, an epithet of the son of Kamadeva (ДГЯои.). sen-gehi gin-ria-ma an epithet of the wife of Mahes'vara (ДГЙоп.). seft-ge hjigs-med n. of a medicinal herb; | Seftge-hjigs-med cures fracture in the bones of the head. xrj the planet Ttahu. Syn. Jf’W sgra-gcan (Mfton.). ^E^’wq Seft-ge bzan-po an Indian Buddhist Pandit who wrote a commentary on the Prajn&p&ramita (Jf. dun. 38). seft-ge-rtsen an epithet of Jampal Bodhisattva (Mfton.). ^E.-qjS’Q seft-gehi-kkri ftferaH a throne so called from its being supported by golden lions. The throne on which Buddha’s image is seated borne by eight lions. ik’Sflg Seft-gehi sgra the sixth in the list of the thousand Buddhas of the present Bhadra-kalpa (Situ. 1$). §c/S|$’g qga|*rq5’*/\ Seft-gehi sgra bsgrags- pahi rndo n. of a Sutra in (K. d. «, 183). seft-gehi rtsal the prowess of the lion ; one powerful as tho lion. ik-qjS’^’q seft-gehi ral-pa the mane of the lion. seft-gehi-rigs~b& met. a dog. ifc-^rgsrqS’^ Sen-gcs shus-pahi rndo the Sutra delivered at the request of prince Simha the son of king Ajata S'utru (K. ко. *, 73). seft-lcam dkar-mohi nu- sho — ^WQ glacial water, natural ice- water, glacier stream (Sman. 351). seft-ldan prob, a wrong spelling of also a tree growing on the southern lower ranges of the Himalayas, having red wood, and a bark which by the poor is used for tea called ; its sap serves as an officinal drug Lt. (Ja.). seft-lden Acacia Catechu. Syn. S*rq5’$’« byis-pahi nu-ma ; g|’^ glu- len-ma (Mfton.). Damar a (drumlets) made of this wood emit a very musical sound. It is of three species, red, yellow and white (Li;.): (A. 31) and my best of all the deities is Dolma of Sengdeng forest. seft-lden nan-ma an inferior species of Acacia catechu. Syn. b;aft-icahi sen-ldeft; tshil-dgra; zla-tcahi yal-ga (Mfton.). sen-ldeft Idan one of the seven fabulous golden mountains of the Bud- dhist cosmogony (So-rig. 8). 1- clean, white, cf. 2. Sch.: thin, airy, transparent, not dense or tight; id. (Sch.: open, free, roomy, spacious); §kye-bo seft-seft-por gyur they became very thin, lean, pale people (Ja.).
1276 sefi-wa pf. fut. also «гёк‘, to lift up, to raise what was hanging down or drooping ; g’f swqik'q'^Ag^ he goes to take some recreation ; гвдгугчik’d to refresh the wearied body; q*k’q^cx5 bracing air; to re- create, to divert one’s self; to take a constitutional walk, «к’огя^'Ч to drive out, to take the air in a carriage (Pth.) ; consolatory, giving comfort (Ju.). ?ksefi-tpifi white, bleached. ч’ «сп-р’Я, for *k*^’ sc?i-sor=^34^ losing sight of, oversight, escaping from the memory UV 24.) sed a file, rasp. (Jd.) f sen-dha-pa prob. Tibetaniz- ed form of the word Siddha=c^Y5w*rq a Buddhist monk or mendicant; and *к\ч are its corrupt forms. sen-mo or resp. чпзт, nail of finger, ’«Ц toe-nail; a gripe, pinch, nip, twitch; <Ц’Й* ^чяч to pinch, squeeze; ^Ц’Й*гчдо| fHM scratched by the nails; as much as may be put on a finger nail, a small quantity (Sch.); ЗЦ’Й-оглчргч grown or appeared on the nails, a white spot, such as will some times appear on tho nails of the fingers (Jd.). Syn. 1к'Й §dcr-mo; ч*]’чЯ’Xv* lag-pahi tshe.r-ma; *5 lag-pahi dpah-wo; lag-srid-can; hdod- myos kag^kyu ; sor-mo-$kyc§ ; $f^’g slar-skye ; na-ga-ra (Mnon.). sen-mohi as met. peaeook. se 6, v. *|?к g$eb, sem-me (д^'Зя’й) slightly smiling : 96) the lord slightly smiling said, be patient, sir. sem$ faM, ; uw; resp. З4!^ 1. soul, as power of moral volition, spirit; ^яя^рк/ч sem$Jcyi khan-pa the heart where the soul resides; §5’3 the doer in the heart; Stwor^irq to have power or influence over one's mind or self; §яялч’ч^ his mind became cheered, the mind wa? joyous. passion- ate mind; lustful mind. чг^яя passionless mind. tho eternal spirit. 2. mind, resp. ^5 yid and C | $w^rq^ q?ew4^ (K. d. * 214) it is good to control the mind, he who has controlled his mind will obtain happiness ; $яя’^ tho mind is sick, is troubled ; sems hkhrugs-pa a mind agitated and troubled by sorrow, affliction, vexation etc.; ч^^ча'йяя forbearance, patient endur- ance, fortitude, constancy ; чр^^яя malice; mind full of wisdom, knowledge. ‘чргч ЧФ»ч1^тг a steady, firm mind, not to become agitated or ruffled at heart; at the bottom or depth of the heart; ^ярч ^s^q^ misery, grief (ДГЯол.) : one very much grieved, deeply concerned; ^яя'^чч a timid, weak minded person; $яя |ч*ч to lose one’s senses, spirits; 5'д\'ч ыпц-kyi §pyod-pa f^r intellec- tual powers, mental faculties (Vai.-sfi.). Syn. %nin; ^я*-?|я rnam-qes-rten (Mfion.). sems-kyi lofi$-spyod thought, thinking, imagination.
1 1277 | Syn. rnam-rtog', ’’w*^ bsam- mno; mno-bsam. (Mfion.) sems skyed-pa to suffer thoughts or incEnations to rise in one’s mind, as e.g.y Ebidinous thoughts arise; also: to nourish, indulge desires, passions, to give way to them; often used in reflective sense: to humble one’s self before a person ; also he blamed, scolded himself (Ja.). sems-sky о repentance ; weariness. Syn. yid-skyo; nes-par- hbyufi; g'^ §kyo-fles; yid-hbyun\ skyo-gas (Mfion.). sems-bskyed notion, thought, idea, any thing arising or dawn- ing in the mind; these as enumerated in Jlbum, Pharphyin, Lamrim and Legs- bgad gser-phren are of two kinds : and (Jf. Г.) scms-khon-chud— $dug- b§nal suffering, sorrow, grief (Mnon.). sems-mkhan intelligent, sensible: not one sensible per- son was present (G7r., Jd.), sems-hkhyog-po — mi-drafi-po m in-pa one whofcis not straight- forward = to be dissimu- lating, one behaving artfully, cunningly. Stwafpi sems-hkhral a mind afflicted, painfully agitated (Sch.). the so-called five but really four causes which agitate the mind:— 1. termination of friendship, loss of friends and relations. 2. faff from prosperity, loss of wealth, etc. 3. indifferent state of health, the state of health being not uniform. 4. (|j'<Y3'W§X*r the consequences of the acts of the former states of life (II. du. 49). sems-dgah-dgu-гса to be merry, cheerful; merriment, enjoy- ment. sems-can animated being, man, animal (in Kham and Amdo the term is appEed only to the lower animals). and srog-ehags are some- times confounded together, the last term though in a general sense applying to animated beings being seldom used to signify humanity. Syn. hgro-wa; g’^5 skye-hgro ; sems-la n ; skye-ldan^ |’4 §kye-tco\ sems-pa-can ; srog-ehags; ges-ldan; lus-can ; skyes- bu (Mnon.). sems-can-dan Idan-pa big with child, pregnant. sems- can-shugs — ^fiS^'^ bud-med sbrum-g)a a pregnant woman (Mnon.). sems-chags-pa to be fond of, loving, to be passionately devoted to a person or object. sems-hjah phab-nas smras-pa^W'^^^^'^^^ to dis- course on religious matters with an accord- ant mind. sems-nid the soul, spirit, mind, the inner working; memory, intelEgence, consciousness. Syn. ges-pa ; sems; sems- pa ; snift; naft-gi byed-pa; M’4 dran-pa; g jWo; ^’qri^-jpa; rnam- ges] kun-gshi; yid-byed (Mnon.). sems-snoms—^w^ sems-chu^ or a timid person (flag. £9).
I 1278 sems-rten a keepsake, token (ZW. ^w^q^rq 8em$-thcb$-pa mental absorp- tion, to be absorbed in thought. itw^irq sem$-dwafi§-pa clearness of understanding [extension of knowledge] S. sem§-bde cheerfulness, ease of heart. 8e»i$-§dug=: sdug-fefial sadness, sorrow; misery, mental depression (Mnon.). sem$-nad heart-grief, affliction: he has much heart-grief (Jd.). 8em§-rnal (yoga) a peaceful state of mind, a concentrated mind, (Situ. 71) the mind to be brought into perfect rest must have good thoughts. sem§ rnal-dn mi-gna&pa a restless mind, a mind not in equanimity. Syn. rnal-dn mi-gna$-pa*, qqj bag-mi-pheb% ; shi-la ali- gn a s', hphyan-mo-can (Mnon.). Seni$ $п1пп-ра==-*^ъ to be glad, gladness (Mnon.). sen^-pa $3, ; pf. or b$ain$, fut. 4W, imp. 1. to think: or he thought as follows, he had the following thoughts; 2i<r[qK^wq to think perversely, to take the wrong view of a thing; to meditate, muse,ponder; absorbed in meditation, lost in thoughts; immersed in melancholy thoughts (Dzl.)-, knowingly, wilfully, purposely; think over seriously, forgetful of home, forgetting one’s country; «W<K disregarding this contract (Glr.); do not think of any body else, do not think otherwise; to intend, purpose, have in view, e.g., to do harm. 2. to fancy, imagine (Do.); with and similar expressions, to hold, think, consider, to take for, to look upon as; (for wfc) now that you know with full consciousness the punishment of (going through) the cycle (of animal existences) (Mil.). 3. an act of memory, a remem- bering ; those who have heard and kept in their memory tho reli- gion of Buddha (from Jd.). §wqscni$-pa can pregnant, bearing child. sem$-dpah a brave mind ; ^w^q* a purified, brave and powerful minded soul, a saint of the Mah&yana school. sem^-dpah chen-po a saintly soul that has attained high perfection. sen)$-phyo$-pa distracted mind, mind unable to fix on anything. 8cm$ Ъст-ро—^Ц ]kug-pa idiot, stupid, fool (Mnon^). + sem$-tyofi ^ой-ро^'Ч^ a depressed heart. 8em§ та-bde uneasiness of the mind, unhappy state of mind. sem$-inaft having many desires, speculating on many things. 8en^ mi-dgah-ica disconsol- ate, unhappy; displeased, dissatisfied. sem$ mi-gna$-pa a vacillat- ing, unsteady mind unsteadiness, fickle- minded (Mnon.). Syn. rnam-gyefi; ini-brten (Mfion.).
1279 $vaj4)'si1 sems-tsam-pahi grub- mthah the doctrinal philosophy of the Yogacarya Buddhist school which is divided into two sects: sems- team rnam bden-pa and sems-tsam rnam brdsun-pa. (Л. 28) Atis'a’s spiritual tutor Kamala Baksita belonged to the Rnani-brdsun-pa sect of the Yoga- carya school. sems-ht slier fatigue, weariness, disgust (&Л.). sem^-gshan regardless; thinking differently. §ems-yans-pa magnanimous, one with liberal views. Syn. q blo-kltog yans-pa; blo-che-wa ; дачжад bsam-pa-yan§ (Mfion.). sem^-gycn-iva fafaa fWw, fiw: inattention, wandering, absent-minded- ness ; to be disturbed, sem$-gyens disturbed mind = sdug-b^fial suffering, sorrow (Mnon.). sem$-la$or brain-work; a philosopher; one who thinks of many subjects (Mnon.). scm§-$es-pa ufen a learned man, a sage (Mnon.). $W-?|N'|J54 sem§-$es-khyim=^0* the residence of a sage; also that of a hero. semt-gso or consola- tion, to console; (Rdsa. 19) be consoled, do not be troubled in mind. sehu 1. pomegranate. 2. a little tooth (Ja.). 5^ scr 1. for ^’5. 2. corrup- tion, putrefaction. rancid S.g. (Jd.). ^’Л] ser-ka=^'F 1. crack there is a crack in the porcelain cup; a cleft, slit fissure, crevice, gap, 9Я’ chasm or cleft in a rock; a large gap. = a hole; to close or stop up a hole or crack. ^’3 ser-skya lamas and laymen, i.e., Buddhist monks who dress in yellow and layman who dress in plain or in white. 2. н, yellowish white, brown; rVl'^'g nH; of fair complexion, of white-yellow colour. ser-skya-ma n. of a Yaksa prin- cess (K. g. 5, 130). ser-ske yellow-sash used by Bud- dhist monks of Tibet (Rtsii.). ser-kha v. ser-kha-se (Khrid. 130) for what has that old beggar settled in the city? SKjyrq scr-khyim-pa = ^fl\^, a Buddhist monk of the Tantrik school who while doing priestly duties (chiefly astrologi- cal) lives as a householder and keeps female company; he converted even the ordained monks into householder priests (A. 66). ifc’fpi ser-khral fees paid to a Serkyim-pa priest for protection against damage done by hail, i.e., money paid to a Tantrik lama for his preventive ceremonies against hail storms. ser-ga-ma turmeric, curcuma (Sch.). yellow robe, tho dress of a Buddhist monk (Khrid. 18). ser-can fquM brass. ser-che a yellow flower in JF: Saxifrage flagellar les (Jd.). ser-nag-ma ЭТТ yellowish black.
1280 avarice; to be avaricious. Syn. hchum^pa; hjuft^pa ; shib-mo ; *cha-phra; sran-chc§ (Affton.). scr-sna-can SOT a covetous person, a miser. Ser- $na-wa n. of a heretical sect of ancient India (They. 39). scr-po iftct, W3, pale, fair, yellow. ser-hphreft clerical procession, (Jd.). 5^/4 scr-wa hail, hail-stones. Syu. $prin-gyi ru$-pa; ЦуЗ'К sprin-gyi rdo; $ rhu-nikhrcg$; §5'9 $prin-gyi goMu ; дУЭЧ’Ч sprin-gyi ka-wa ; rdo-yi char; Чlo-tog gqej (Affton.). ser-bnf v. «йк'д = a Buddhist nun: A01'? (A. 90). ser-mo 1. finger. 2. Иг. six-rowed barley, lato barley. 3. in the Amdo dialect a Buddhist monk; «КЙч tier-mo-wa the lama. ecr-r/fljt-^=544l’£’w^ the robe made of the bark of Kalpadruma tree. (£ag. 58). scr-tshur a yellow mineral: (Med.). scl 1. discord, dissension, domestic dispute. 2, a kind of incanta- tion, like ^55 ; to exorcise, make use of conjurations or incantations (Mil., Jd.). 8cl-dgah = ^HW\^ delighting in conquest; also quarrelsome, one fond of brawls. 5^’3 scl-wa pKKSB, ; pf., fut. imp. to throw off, to remove, esp. impurities, hence to cleanse; to pick, to pick off; to blot out, cross out: to blot out a debt; to clear, to clear a path or road; to repair (damages), to redress (grievances), to cure a disease, dispel (darkness) (-Jet.). sel-zer can incorrectly for z’]^’ the moon. 51 I: sol. num.: 148. 2. in Budh. = л4]*г<| attachment, adherence, desire (7f. £/. F, 179). З.^’^^с/л a mild drink (mystic) (7u g. Г, 779), also in = (mystic) (7Г. g. f4, 28). II: 1. tooth : grinning, showing teeth (likoa monkey). ^5 tooth- less; ^‘95 irregular teeth with spaces between; upper teeth; w lower teeth ; sc-rnil the gum; or front tooth, incisors; gwS tbubx-so, cheek-tooth, molar-tooth, comer- tooth, canine-tooth. 2. tooth of a saw wheel, comb. 3. (Щ ^) ЧТК the sharp edge of a knife. 4. ==»<*** boundary, confines : a place on the confines of India and Tibet (A. 152). Syn. resp. tshem§; [dad-byed; *1^5’95 gco^-^7; *^’4 rnche-wa; gni$-$kyc§ (Mfton.). Ill: L for * in conjunction with certain words, e.g., for land boundary; ftan-sor skye-wa to bo bora in an inferior place. $kyid-
*1 1281 pa happiness, comfort, joy; do enjoy, let us enjoy, skyid- pa; here east, west, south, north, in all directions there is no happiness. 3. = ^ look out, guard, spying, to watch, to spy, to look out; peep-hole; keeper, guard, watchman, spy, emissary, money and dainties are the devil’s emis- saries (Ja.); fig. a guard or watch kept by several persons round a fire; 3’ff watch-word. IV: 1. a grammatical termi- nation: for (7., also Glr. 2. num. for sum-cu in the abbreviated numbers 31—39 (Ja.). so~dkar white tooth. sa-§kyag impurities in the teeth. so-khahi mkhar-bu^^^ *^’^4 a or s^ck to take rest by leaning on it while travelling. 5Л’*ДГ {Khrid. 57) a word of honour is to be depended on like the traveller’s stick. so-kJw natural not artificial. So-khri btsan-po successor of the first king of Tibet ^athi-tsan-po (bj. 6J). 50-^=^ lip. Я’3| so-gri a saw. 80-hgrig-pa ; one with even and symmetrical teeth. so-sgo mouth, the lips. # (Л. 132) Lo-tsa-wa, do not allow such expressions to come out of your lips. sp-syra lit. the teeth sound, a whistle; so-^gra hdeb^pa the whistling through the teeth, in the magic performances of the Bon-po (Ja.). ^14 so-sgrib—«4the cover of the teeth, i.e., the lips. so-ean glafi-po- che elephant {Mfton.). w-hchin=*§ lip. so-ghis-pa with two tusks, an elephant {Mnon.). so-sto-wa^'^^'^^ {Ya-sel. 55). so-dreg tartar formed in the teeth. so-ldan=5^’4’^ ftw elephant '{Mfton.) so-bud a tooth that has fallen out. ^ S5’§S so-brad-byed gnawing flesh from the bones: {A. U) the left one was biting flesh from a human arm. = a hair-comb. 80-rtsi tooth-paint; spiced betel leaves used by the Indians which give colour to the teeth. so-shj a small white spot on the tooth. so-bshi-pa the four-tusked, an epithet of Indra’s elephant {Mfton.). ^5 so-zed tooth-brush. so-ral irregular teeth, teeth having space between them. so-fin tooth-pick; n. of a plant the twigs of which are used for rubbing or cleansing the teeth. ^’4* ^КЯ'ё’ tooth-brushing wood has five attri- butes : it induces salivation and regulates the bile or liver, suppresses phlegm, removes bad smell from the mouth, im- proves the sight {K. du. S 26). so-srub gap in the teeth {Sch.). 162
j 1282 I 5ГЧ] so§Jca. 5ГЖ so-cha n. of an emetic fruit: * 3 ^'K^ q w-to rog-po n. of a bird, the feathers of which are used in making a black dye for gray hairs {JSman. 153). 5[’SJ4] so-thag weaving linen. so-itam^ also VS «П^ГЯТ com- merce, business; husbandry, to till the ground, to practise agricul- ture, fanning; XS'vw S'V^ husbandman, fanner; ^5rg'«ww| com- prises husbandry, trading, tending and rearing up cattle, etc : a man who had not always done husbandry (A. 10). Згч so-pa watchman. Ф 5ГЧЛ 80-pa-ra яцтрг areca-nut, which according to Tibetan works is beneficial to the teeth. ^’ЧЧ]ао-/)7ш0 brick, tile ; also collective noun, brick-work, tiling (Jd.). N’a sc-tca чпц unhusked paddy or grain; acc. to Jd. coarse, thick-shelled barley. so~bya an aquatic bird S.g. (Jii.\. ^’34 so-та L=^M’4 fresh meat in U aud Tsang; in the dialect of Amdo and l£ham=q]^'4 new. 2. Kfa a climbing plant the juice of which was offered in libations to the gods; the Hindus also worshipped it on account of its intoxi-. eating qualities. + So-ma na-tha tfhprrq • n. of a JJramauical sanctuary (JDus-ye. 29, 39). + so-та ra-rtsa sty, т v . . hemp; hemp cultivation. Sjm. д zla-rcahi leug-ma; zla-wahi rgyal; leug-ma bzafi-po; hbras-bu nag; tul-icahi hbra$-bn; «V’T’M* mdog-med §kyc$; чэс.' hdab-bzafi (Mnon.). so-mi-bsod v. ^'^5 = mi-$kyed-pa unhappy, uncomfortable; there was no need to go, there was no unhappiness whatever (A. 124). 2- ; unsteadiness, fickleness, wavering. Syn. rnam-gyefi; sen^-mi gna§ (Mfion.). so-rtsam flour of rice and barley mixed together. so-rtsi— Jj3^§kyur-rtsi ehen* po pomelo (Mnon.). ^*^*1 so-tshis or house- keeping, management of domestic con- cerns, husbandry; cf. ^*V* agriculture [JaX so-hdsin = 1. occupying the confines of a country or region. J’2^’ (A. 152) a place for guarding the boundaries between Tibet and India. 2. lip. + ЗЗкзсс ao-zos-kyain whatever manner impeded or delayed; in pro. = Я ’ВМ5Ч зо-zur gtmb three lamas called So, Zur, and Nub, who belonged to the Rnin-tna sect. (Khrid. 23). 80-ra§=я л 'йли linen. ^’^4] so Jug lees of liquors, yeast o{ beer (Sch.). . * ^’*5) so-le fresh, well preserved.-
1283 so-le sdod to remain or appear fresh, fresh looking; ^’4 ‘^5'q there (in that) blossoms appearing which remained fresh for seven days (A. 107) so-log high road, causeway W. (Jd,). ^’4^5 '^4 comfortable, skyid-po ini-hdug, uncom- fortable: I lived comfortably at Chim-phu. t $ohu gan-dhi-ka n. of a flower (A: g. *, 82). so-hrub minced meat; also pounded dried meat. so-so = ufn, 1. [distinct, separate, single, individual, рда individuality, distinctness, difference, the victuals came into the hands of the individual persons (Dzl.); adv. separately : ‘ sin- gulation^ each for himself, holding forth his vessel. 2. various ; diverse, different, different opinions, dissension; to separate, disjoin, divided, QV4q to set, put, lay apart], from Jd. so-sor skye-wo ; prop, one separated (from the saints), one dis- tinct from incarnate beings, an ordinary man ; a lay man ; as to his spiritual con- dition: a man in his natural state, one not yet enlightened. * so-sor hkhrul [repelled, beaten back]S'. so-sor go-war byed comprehension [cause, reason, proof]#. §o-sor до-byed [accu- rate understanding of the particulars of anything]#. so-sor hgog [obstruc- tion]#. so-so-hgro gait or manner of walking or movement (Mnon.). §o-sor gyur 1. separated. 2. sfspj; [a surety, security]#. so-sor-rgod=-^^'^S so-sor- bshad (Mnon.). n. of flower (Mnon.). %4 so-sor nes-pa [general rule, general prevalence]#. so-sor bcoms vanquished, subdued. sa-sorhehin [obstruction, ruggedness]#. so-sor hjoms sfwn [reaction, resistance]#. so-sor nin-byed [every day]S. so-sor- mnan=khas- ^lans-pa (Mnon.) promise, assurance. so-sor rtogs-pa srfa- [watchfulness, knowledge]#. XrXfc/JKQ so-sor thar-pa, also wfeuft^, liberation, deliverance; the Sutra on deliverance, code of moral and monastic discipline, containing 250 rules for the priesthood. so-sor thob-pa [received back]#. so-sor sdud=^W or (Mnon.) so-sor bsdus-ptt SfSjnnx: [1. drawing back. 2. combination of a group of letters into one whole]#. gna$ residing separately; srfHSFf [removal, setting aside]#. so-sor $пап-и-а я^нт [brilli- ance, ingenuity]#.
1284 Й X4gcq so-sor $pan-ua ufmftw [rules o£ moral discipline, rules of conduct]®. so-sor hbad individual exertion; [repairing, reforming]®. mk’g’q so-sor smra-wa sfw^ [answer, reply]®. so-sor hdsin Ярппч [effort, endeavour]®. ?fXkq<Vrp so-sor bshag-pa mhrir [removal, setting aside]®. so-sor bshe$ [to receive, follow]®. Яso-sor za$ sesame. so-sor raft-rig-pa । accurate understanding]®. Wm^qv 1. 2. 3 Я ’^4q, 3. 54' q^Rq|’q? 4. IjWq 5^'qV^J] q. 3 so-sor b$ag$-pa [enjoining, teaching]®. ^•^•q«#|5eo-eor fyad sfafire [demonstra- tion]®. so-sor rsal-tea 1. illumination, enlightenment. 2. [every day]®. 80-Su-cha a medicinal herb, an emetic (Vai. $n.). ^4 sogy v. sob. ?I4]’P’q sog-kha-pa n. of a kind of medicinal grain, ^4*Р ’<r<Wg4 q ’4X\qv§^ Med. Sog-kha-pa stops vomiting. ^4n. of a river in east Tibet : НЛ’РЧИthen at the time of arriving at the bank of Sag-c/ш in a house... (Л. £S). ^4’^4 hoarding money. 5<Ч]’Ц sog-pa 1. sbst., also ^4<q sog&pa shoulder-blade, scahula, ^qS^E? sog- pahi те-loft the flat part of it, ^4’3 sog-gu the narrow extremity of it; ^4’35*4^q*rq sog- mo hdebs-pa to divino from the shoulder- blade; ^4’g sog-lhu shoulder as a piece of meat for boiling (Ja.). II: теч; vb. (also: 4^4’4, qlfap, 3«|Kq) pf. q^u, fut. 4*% to gather, heap up, hoard up, ^4W3S’4 W to collect, to earn, to hoard; ono who hoards, or accumulates money or wealth, g* without having col- lected and deposited the daily requisites, the things wanted every day (Mil.); «^5’ <^MT?fa] q or to collect, to accumu- late merits, repeated commission of sins; 4^4 ’?*’ morbid matter consisting in too great an accumulation of humours; ^4’q to collect an army (Ja.). sog-po НЯ, a Mugh, Tar- tar, Mongol (®. Lex.) ^4# a Mongolian woman, ^4’54 Mongol child, Mongol boy, ^4’W Mongol dress or fashion of dress, ^4’5 Mongol horse. There was a tribe prob, of Tartary and Kabul who were Buddhists and used to go on pilgrimage to Gaya. for thirteen years thero was an interruption in the intercommunication of the Tartars- Mughs at Vajrasana (Gaya) (A. 19). ?{Ч]’Л sog-ma hay, straw, blade, stalk, ^4’*9 green corn that begins to sprout (Sch.). ^4’^4^ sog-tshig$ joint on a stalk of straw, a knot on a stalk (Cs.); ^4 ^ a small blade of straw, chaff; ^4*w5- a shoe of straw; ^4*5, ^4V, *4stubbles (Jd.). sog-le *пщ, a saw: ^4’^k 4<fVq to saw to pieces; ^4'^’p the tooth- edge of a saw, also botanical term: serre- ated (of leaves) (Vai. §n. Jd.).
1285 gfl sog-le rgyab saw-back, the back of certain animals, fish, etc., resembling a saw. sog-le-sgrib=JJ kln-$ifi. (Mnon.) sog-lehi зет§-1(1ап-та=&\ г^Я^ьтя (Mnon.) a fierce woman, the woman with a heart as rough as the teeth of a saw; a cruel, heartless woman. sags gen. WTf<, ^<«|4 having this or these before; as chief, and so forth “ and the like ” usually preceded by % as in : ^Я^чгаррЯ*’ prop, the beings headed by man; ц’^'вг^я*1’decorated with little flags and the like. «Г^Я^‘5 instead of which always «г^Я*^ or may be used; often ^Я*’ alone; after (‘Ч')^к(ч) usually a comma is to be supphed, and the words following are to be considered as in apposition: $^я^’^Я q^’ Я^‘Э’ writing, arithmetic and so on, the five sciences; Я^’^Я^ gold and the others, viz. metals; £^Я'Я^я the three sounds, £ (Jd.). sofi-ica, usually regarded as the perf. of w^gone, passed, proceeded, having proceeded; ^•Хк*^5Я (A. 13£) it is all right if gone there. Яс/Ясч HHHrt those that had gone = or B^’q (Mnon.). when he had gone thither; going on continually, continuing to do a thing; ЗкчтоЦ past or has gone, it is no longer extant; passed or came into the power of. Also in the sense of: became, turned, etc. В’Й^Я'Й’^’ she became a bitch, was changed into a bitch ; vrp’qv^’ it turned white (Jd.). disappeared, vanquished. son or ^’4 1. for (Rtsii.). 2.= or B^'q WH gone, come to; = attained thoroughness, gone to perfection ; 'ЧЯ’^ TWe has come to hand; having attained to the highest point in true religion (Yig. k. 10). Муч son-pa 1. v. *4 2. v. ч)гЦ’£<, (Ja.). sob 1. null, void, vain, empty; hollow tree, spongy wood; (Vai. §n.). 2. also Я^4 some thing stuffed (as a chair); cushion, bolster, mattress; чя*^4 the stuffed skin of an animal; the stuffed skin of a lion (Jd.). *fa'|3 sobJchra (originally a Chinese word signifying inferior tea) (Jig.) bad in its quality ; inferior tea. som !. = §*< MH, equal, even. 2. pine-tree. 3. or=^n— ^Я imp. of *b som-ni = 3 fSHfu doubt. sor 1. also gimlet; a sort of trephine. 2. v. ^’35. 3. v. w as in: ’Ч^Я'4 to putin its place; ^’$Vq or to restore, renew, e.g., exhausted strength: (A. 51) at the time of the lord’s return (its) mouth, eyes, etc. had all healed. ^'Я^м for sepa- rate place or residence. «ог-яи^^Я'^’^’Я? al80 М^Я’^ finger; Wxe’q web-fingers, one whose fingers are joined to each
&Г0 [ 1286 others (S. Lex.); toe. sor- gdiib *^4’^ finger-ring, the joint of a finger. ЗК’Й'й^’Ц wX§Ff*i fingerless. 2. inch: four-inched ; g’ *i fivefinger breadth. ^кЙ’ц^-q sor-mo bshi- ра=^с/ч| (Mnon.) a mild purgative-fruit. 3. symbolical of ten by reason of there being ten fingers on the two hands (Rtsii.). sor-mohi phren-wa- la phan-pahi rndo n. of a Sutra delivered by Buddha for the benefit of Anguli Mala (7Г. d. 208). 51Q]’CJ sol-ica anything burnt, charcoal; charcoal fire, Кcoal. 2. imp. of to pray, to bog. 3. ysr, Harare the planet Mars which glows like live coal. Sfar^sicq Sol-nag than-роъ. of a place in Tibet: from thence he arrived at the great plain of Sol-nag- than-po (A. 91). sol-po resp. friendly, kind, affable C., JK. (Jd.). a gem worn on the neck; nape-joint. sos 1. instr, of to bite also to back-bite, to culumnate. 2. a pf. form of q * disease cured cured impaired (health). stern] sos-ka fu^rq, the summer season. so$-ka tsha-ivahi das the hot season, from about the middle of April till the middle of June. Syn. £^^'*>^tsha-gdun-caH ; tshad- can ; ^‘5 Я nes-sreg; drod-hort-diis sos-ka-bshad mtshon v. (Mnon.) rainbow. sos-dal = without haste or hurry about a thing, slowly, leisurely (A. 181). sos-gdal = §5’^5 Ihod-lhod slow, with relaxation ; §(Л'Я^'3 at the place of study be slow (A. 132). so$-zin 1. so-yi§ zin-pa caught by the teeth. 2. tetanus, lock- jaw (Ja.). 5] sra for 5’4 sra-ica, also 5’^ and 5 ^ (Ck)y *Kfau, жч, жч? «гк, hard, solid, thick, firm, compact; 5’^R'qW4 UK firm and compact; 5 q^S solidity, hardness, compactness, of wood, meat, etc., hearty, vigorous old age; proof against cut and thrust (Jd.). sra-brkgan-hdin srfBUTUKnr coarse blanket used by Buddhist monks in ancient India. 5’чдц sra-hbras n. of a medicinal fruit. Syn. VqЙ dra-ica chen-mo; me-tog-ser; zug-rnu (Mnon.). 5’^ sra-rtsi hard varnish, raisin, gum; 5'^ ^’ tgios-dkar- ^in Sal tree (Mnon.). sra-sra ^4lq sin (S. Lex.). snz^-pa fafhr (Zam. 6). srag-qul violent (£ Lex.), 5]^’ sran I: япя a hamletr village. 2. З^Г a pair of scales, balance; or to weigh, to balance.
ГI 1287 3. weight, in a general sense, З^'Ч^Ч one pala} 3^'|5 wf 4 one half of a paid; ^’3^* Chinese weight or steel-yard. 4. as money=ten sho, i.e^ an ounce, one ounce (of silver), З^А two ounces, two pounds of medicine. II: = gw open passage or ground round a monastery or temple, ®W’3*/ lit. straight way; idiom.: forthwith, at once, without delay; З^Ж acc. to Sch.: tortuous path street, lane (Glr.); ^’3^’ the road which a person habitually walks (Jd.}. 3^’* sran-tha balance and what belongs to it (&Л.\ 3*’*4 sran-thag the string of a pair of scales or that of a steel-yard by w’hieh it is held or suspended. 3^’*54 sran-rndah scale-beam or lever of a pair of scales (&Л.). З^’Як sran-pkor scale, scale- pan or pot. 3^’^’ sran-nan a street or lane running through a town or village : ч^’З^еАк/ then when he had gone into a long lane (J. 131). 3^‘A sran-wa to straighten, to make straight a crooked thing; adj. straight; 4’3^4 a straight arrow, a bamboo arrow. Srad n. of a district in Tibet, situa- ted midway between Tashi-lhunpo in Tsang and Sakya (Lon. >, 11). srad-ma pease v. *15’5 sran-bu = ffi4 Hnj, thread, yarn (fiag. 29): З^З'^’ч to twist or roll yarn into thread. sran-pa 1. akin to 3’4 v. ante sbst. hardship, severe distress or toil; 3d! toilsomely, rigorously; З^’Ч’Е} one that endures; 3^’4 sran-che-гса, = 3^‘34*яр5 sran-thub-mkhan one who can endure much. 2. pf., and fut. 435 bsran, imp. 3fa sron to bear (with patience), endure, to be hardened; 3^’4C4*rq to hold out, to stand, to endure much. 3^’3q sran* thtib=^\4 bzod-pa endurance, patience (Mnon.), Also, as 34 sra-wa (opp. to $5^ lhod-po and 4^4*35 hbol-mo) hard, firm, durable, regid, strict. §*1’3^ sditg-sran hardiness (MU., Jd.). тм-ш 1. grain, like e.g., of Indian corn. 2. hto, peas, pulses. 35*^’^' field of peas. There are several species of this, viz.: white, yellow red, green, black, large or small. 3^*5^^ [a sort of pulse or lentil]S.; 31’^ srad-scr; 3fof3^mon-sran gchu ma-ga ; Йузу«14'35’^р*25 mon-sran leb-mo dkar-po. 35'ыч йг* sran-mahi lo-ma leaf of the pea. 35’^’ sran-ljan [a kind of kidney- bean]^. Other terms : mun-gahi lo-ma; £^5 mis-ldan; bya-rog mud-да (Mnon.). 3^’^' sran-phuti a heap of pease ; 3^’^ sran-phub pease-straw; 3^’3 sran-phye flour of pease; 3^ sran- me-tog blossoms of the pea. srab vfifl bridle, also $4*34; 3^qf§5’ a complete riding-gear. 34‘3W, srab-$kyog§ (Cs.) the reins; 3^ srab-lcags the bit (Cs.) З^’^З4 sralp mthiir the halter; 3q^54 srab-mdah reins (Jd.). srab-pa 1. narrow, slight, Ift lK 34'4 lesser sin or defilement. 2. shallow, loose, not dose; 34*»tfta inner sole, welt; З^ЗЯ thickness, dimension (Jd.). 3^*Xi srab-mo <T3 thin, fine, slender (Zam. 6) like cloth, leather, paper, douds. :
1288 5J4 srai-.?n'6=’\4'4n 1. twilight, dusk; (Rdsa.). 2. dark, obscure. sram 1. or O* otter; different species of otter are:—9^’5)* rock-otter; 3'^. fish-otter. 2. otter-skin, sable-skin (Jd.). Syn. chu-yi tprehu; fkad-cig-dbug§; na-hdsin ; chuhi src-пюп ; chur-hdsuni; $’«1’5’4 < hu-yi byi-wa; hug-pa mchod- Lycd (Mnon.). 9^ srar adv. of 9 ; severely, rigor- ously (Sch.). eras or resp. for 9 son, male child, son of a chief or king, a prince; 5ЧЦМ faRjpr; also : son of a Buddha (in spiritual sense), a Bodhisattva; ^’9^ a prince, a nobleman’s son. 3^’9^ or spiritual son or daughter; ft spotless child of Buddha, $4$ <3qg< disciple, ^’4j5 the eight spiritual sons or disciples of Buddha, v. $’4$’9« ne-wahi-sra$. 5^’9 sra$-bu~^ eras. s rat-mo daughter, young lady, princess. sra$-tshab an adopted son or child. еч 5| sri I: НЧ blood (mystic) (K. g. P, 179). 2. a species of devil or demon, •devouring esp. children, a vampire, also ?|*M tri-fian Sch.) chuH-sri Glr.) 3^’4 phun-sri Mil. a devil bringing misfortune; they are supposed to live in under-ground places, and are also called W’S’B ma$- kyi-sri\ sri-laft a devil rises from below; sri-non-pa to suppress such an evil spirit (Jd.). 3. Sri has been des- cribed in Rtsii. as a kind of wild animal. СЧ , II : or §4 sri-wa pf. 4§*i bs^iSf fut. 49 bsri to retain; to be parsimonious, niggardly, esp. with XS sba-sri med-par gnan-wa to give unspar- ingly, bestow very liberally. 9'^5 sri-med liberal. 2. in W. to wind, to wrap round, for 55’4 dkri-tca. (Jd.). c\ | III: respect, deference, reverence (to lama, parents and elders, &c.): 9’3’4 sri-shu-wa от more frq. 95’3’4 srid-shu-wa = 4ijv1f§5'n bkur-$tiJ)y(:d-pa paying res- pect; §*3’4 sri-shu-pa от sri-shu- mkhan one showing deference. srihu rgya-phib$ n. of one of the gilt domes of tho great monastery of Sam-ye : 5’<^§5*5’Зчко’Ч’Ву ЧЗ^М then he resided for a fort night under the dome of Sri. (A. 9Y). §£*$ Srihi-chu n. of a tributary of the Tsang-po which flows a little above the town of Lhartse in upper Tsang : *чгч’3*‘ p (A. 27). c\ srihu »г<ТчГЦЖТ a woman whose child dies after birth. srihu-nag mulberry tree (Jd.). J §^’5’5’5 srin-ka ta-ka [the aquatic plant Trapa bispinosa\S.; n. of a tree the wood of which is used in the sacri- ficial fire (K. g. 5, 333). srin-wa pf. 4§ejj bsrint) fut. bsrifi 1. (cognate to ^ч’ч) to extend, stretch, stretch out. 2. to fling far away C. 3. to postpone: hchi-wahi tshe srin-wa put off the term of death; to prolong life; to wait, to tarry. 4. (4JjV4) to send, 4§V4. 5, 4 tkyed-srin-wa to bring up, train up, to rear Glr. (Jd.). §^’35 mft-mo W, sister, bu- sri^) mift-sfift) resp. 8^’5^ leam-srifi brother and sister, cousins (Jd.).
1289 Syn. еЛе-sM; learn (Mfton.). ex 5JS I: wrd^ height. 1. length, extension, srid-du ^vi; in length ; a cavern eight- een cubits long; with regard to time:= till, during, or de-srid- kyi-bar-du for so long a time, ci srid-du also ^*§5’^ ci-srid-de how long ? also, as long as; when followed by : be it ever so long; also ^5*44 srid-par or §5 srid in extension. 2. symbolical fig. : 14 (Rtsis\ e\ 5(Sn : dominion, government: ’« W4*i srid la ma-hcham-pas falling out with one another about the government rgyal-srid, 5^’ljS dwan-srid kingdom, power; §\§5’4 sri-byed-pa to reign, to govern, *§5*^’4 srid htsho-wa to rule justly; he seized the territorial possessions of these two; 5 bla—srid a lama’s dominion, lf§5 sde- srid a province under the rule of a deba or governor, ruler, commander, regent, reigning prince ; "^’§5 chos-rid clerical government, ecclesiastical dominion. srid-thufi short reign, a short- lived government. Srid-rje bran-skar the eldest son of the patriarch king of the Bon called Sa^-po (ff. Bon. 23). srid-sgrub (Hu, 1. white. 2. n. of a celebrated mathematician who lived during Buddha Gautama’s time (K. d. p 113), [the astologer Arjuna was the Buddha’s mathematical teacher]/?. srid-sgrub-ma an epithet of the river Sita (Mnon.). 5Kijq%' srid-sgrib-fiil [the tree Terminalia arjuna]8. srid-pa 1: 1. hkhor-tca transmigratory existence, srid- pah i-dqon [forest of the world] S. srid-pahi bison-rar hkhor- wa to roam or wander in the prison- enclosure of transmigratory existence, the state of being, life; 4’4 to experience, to pass through, other periods of existence (Vai. sn.)f §5’3’* snd-pAyf-ма Sch.: the future period of life, of existence. 2. things existing, the world: the destruction of the world, srid-pa gsum the three worlds srid-pa gsum* дуг mgon the lord protector of the three worlds (Yig. 3). srid-pahi hkhor-lo the revolving world, tho transmi- gatory system (the cycle of existence); srid-pahi tsho the ocean of exis- tence (Mil.); srid-pahi chu- klan chen-po stream of existence (Mil.); also a single being, commonly however §5’4 4 srid-pa-pa * 44'^'§5’4 bvr-dohi srid- pa, A4'§5'4 bar srid-pa bar-ma dohi-srid-pa the beings in the Bardo, v. bar-do. 3. Symb. num.: 3. (ВЫе\). srid-pa hpho-wahi-mdo a Sutra on the termination of worldly life, «>., death (A. d. $ 279). ^5*4’54 srid-pa-ma an epithet of the wife of Mahadeva (Mnon.). §5’45’^’^ srid-pahi sgron-mo lamp of the world (Yig. k..), met. the sun (Mnon.). srid-srun-hdsin^^S^^^ srid- pa-hdsin (Mfion.) an epithet of Mahcs'vara. II: vb. 1. w to be. 2. W, «чп^ят, мчглп to grow, to be possible, «5*aw4-q’«r§5 (Ilbrom. F 2), how can he leave off or be free from all .doubts? $hje~wa .M hjig-pa 163
1290 I kun-la trid-na since springing up and passing away is the lot of all men Dzl.; §S Phan-pa shig-srid healing is possible Pth.; accordingly thinking it might possibly be true; the verb is usually put in the infinitive mood terminating in de-yin-pa hah-8 rid after all it might be this man, it might bo he Mil.; he will scarcely come back, he will have oscapod to Tibet Glr.; sometimes with the root of the verb: yofi-mi-srid Mil.; kdag-thar-yan srid- kyt? as it is a possible case, that I might be released Dzl.; ’$*1 maspid-cig may it not bo or happen] from Ja. Srid-hbyor [n. of a cele- brated Sanskrit poet who lived in the latter half of the 7th century A.D.]& §S’3 $г/#-зЛи=5ГЗ also praise [service]S. I pray whatever idols there are may be worshipped (ipx 4)- srid-srun-gi-rig-byed ww- Atharva Veda. srid-srun-hdtin—Wy^0^ srid- pa-hdsin (Mnon.) an epithet of Mahes'vara. srid-$run$ wnwn [a priest versed in the Atharva Veda]S. win for H2*, 5W9 and q- v. SHUS spin-klad 1. n. of a disease in which worms grow in the brains (Z.C.). 2. sort of ftint-stono (8<h.). ЗИЖ srtn-gtan srin- buh-glah-thab§-nad (?). 2. having the stag- gers (of horses); being mad (Jd.). § 8riuJyom$ 1. antidote for worms ; 2. [a dove-cot, an aviary]£ spin-phran-ma—fyqw grog-ntf ant (Mnon.) trin-lhor small ulcer or tumour (Ja.). e\ ж^к, жйл, fjinm, ятея (S. Lex. and Zam. 6) cannibal demons, figuring in Indian and Tibetan mythology, with red neck and eyes, which drink blood and subsist on dead bodies. They are supposed to be, for the most part, of an enormous size, generally hostile to man- kind, going about at night to do mischief to living beings. Their chief abode was Lanka (Ceylon), while Tibet and Mongolia were also originally inhabited by them. The Tibetans, acc. to the Mani Kambum, are descendants of a monkey emanation from Avalokites'vara who had married a win-то or female demon living in the rocks; ^’5^ hdre-srin a hobgoblin. Syn. Я84]** tgra-$g"agt; ^5'J4!*1 hbod- $grog$; mkhah-hgro-^kye^; mtehan-rgyu; fl&vgX rntshan-spyod; if4]** thun-mtsham$-plog$; qa-za; fi4]'4^’ khrag-hlhun; mgrin-dmar-can; kun-gsod; ro-zan ; mi-la- htshe; mig-dmar; q^5^*i*rg'2J btod- nant $kye-wo; fa-rjen-zan (Mnon.). §jj-EiQ-jt25 win-pohi rgyal-po тгзч, W- ЧЖ king of the Пакша. His sword is styled ral-gri zla-wa dkod; n. of his general: lag-mchog htsah-wa-po ; n. of his ministers: жтт hgro-byed and vc-tao; n. of his pupils : and 5” mkh^h-rje- skye§; n. of his capital city Lank&; ^5 rtse-mohi rol-mtsho is a lake for his water sport and diversion; n. of his rtse-wahi ьа-gshior play ground: hchi-med-hphreh; n. of his pleasure grove: M wya-fan tned-pahi $tob$ ; riames of bis tanks or lten-ка: gter-gyi patf-ma-can,
I 1291 hod-zer skyedpar byed-pa (Шоп.). Syn. hfi-kahi bdag-po; 3 hod-yafi$-bu ; gdoft-bcu-pa*, w^’qj’q mdrin-bcu-pa; ^Vgy «rjgcjHj $byin gcun-po; W§5’S3 dgah-byed-gra', 4^5 b$od-nam$ skyc-wohi dwan-phyug; ч^‘дччр?’5 bdcn-bral gtso-wo; gna$-bshi-pa; З’МЧ'Э'4’*4 sgra-sgrog rgyal-po; ral-hdsin na-rgyal; ^5’^’5” gsod-bdag-rgyes; Iho-nub phyogs-skyon} srin-pohi- dican (Шоп.). ^•q5’j4('q’^Егяч]я ^ч)5|'^е/ names of some great kings of the Пакша:— здга-адггоде; nor-ldan*, rnam-par hjug-byed; gzer-rna; bum-гна 4AaVt#fin-rje; ^^’§5 njig$-byed\ rnam-par hjigs- byed; й’дзуч mi-bzad-pa; $dig-ldan dwan-po-rgyal; W4 hthdb-pa\ leg§-par hthab-pa\ mduA*, rpdaH-rtse gsum-pa; mgo-gsum-pa; mgo-mtha yas-pa all of whom assembled to hear the sermons of Buddha when he had visited Ceylon to preach his doctrine there (K. g. 5,126). names of some of the chiefs of Пакша'. khros-bshin; ni’W inche-wa-bzan;drag-po rab-gtum; hjig$-hjigs-lta', JfT §S $krag-byed; hjig^-byed chen- po ; чЙ^^Чч,’9 g$in-rjehi dril-bu\ rnam-pav hjig$-hjig$-lta; zla-wahi sde (7Г. g. s, 174). Srin-pohi-gdon n.’ofa fearful gdou or evil spirit (№g., ch. 77). да<’3®’Ч]ТЙ’$5<ч’§’йс; яггп-mohi gtso-mo rnam$-kyi-mift names of some of the Пак- ша princesses:—srin-mo swan; gsrin-mo gyefa-byed; 5}^’ srin-mo mtshan-mo-rmu, $o- hehah-ma; rmons-byed-ma; dgod-ma} afcrV” glog-lce-ma\ bu-Ua- h\ 'Й’аЦ’Й bod-mo chen-то all of whom with attendant goblin maid-servants came to hear the sermons of Buddha and took their seats on one side of the great teacher (K. g. S 117). gaj-qoi srin-bal ace. to (Faz-^.) = ^^'CJ'4 cotton, flock-silk; raw silk (Sch., Schtr,). 5^’00^ srln-bal can (ц’ч^ [sewing thread]& srin-bu^0^ or hu-zrin Sifa, insect, worm, vermin; rgyu- srin, ffcih khon-srin intestinal worm; phyi-srin vermin living on the skin. dar-zrin silk-worm. chu-srin = chu-yi srin-po sea-monster, crocodile. srin-bu kwa-kica maggot-worm, generally infesting the mouth of the rec- tum (JT. d. ^14)- В^’З'^'54 srin-bu pad-ma leech. Syn. ^5’^ pad-ma; $ 5)'^ehu-yi snan- tca; khrag-hthun; g<Y3 srin-bu; w za-ma-tog-can; rus-pahi-zon (Шоп.). ' SKS'S’-53» srin-bu ^pu-ean, 3H3T’’:W srin-bu kha-gnag ; srin-bu spro- med; д^’З’^Ч'д srin-bu rab-phye, ЗКЗ’^’ <1ЧЛЕ^’§5 srin-bu rnam-par rmons-byed; ЗИ srin-bu med-mdog-byed; ?K3’ ^’§5 srin-bu hgren-byed, etc.; arc different kinds of worms that infest the human body, and enumerated in K. d. 367. ЗИЗ’^’Й1' srin-bu me-khyer firefly : j**,ik3’a’i^’3^<Il(Л. 70) I am like a fire-fly, (how can I) illuminate the world I
1292 Syn. mkha-snan; 5T^5 dkar- hod\ nam-mkhahi-hod* 155 nam-mkhahi mu-khyud} nt/i- mi-gsal\ hod-can*, hod-kyi sa-bon; lam-hod. (Mnon.) 5K3'V^’°ta srin-bu dmar-leb чшпт [the tree Butea frondosa\S. 5ft*3$ft5 srin-buhi-nad disease caused by worms in the stomach, skin, brains etc. (Man. ch. 50). 8rin-bya = <^S v^r Ht. demon- bird, i.e., nocturnal bird, owl etc. Syn. hgal-hduhi fdstin- can ; hbyufi-pohi-bya ; 5ЯЧ’9^’ nin-mo dgah-bral; *Ц XrSfa nin-mo-yib; ser-skyahi lta-bycd\ mig- ser-cun; dbyafa-ldan (Mnon.). srin-mo щтрпя, [a demon]S. srin-mo rnehe-wa <Tprf^ a v ild boar, a monster with huge teeth. 5ft’^’ mulbery-tree (Jd.). srin-lag ^?nfwr, the ring finger. Syn. 5ft‘*^ srin-mdsub; mifi-med (Mnon.). c\ * sn*6 or srib$ 1. darkness, gloom, night. 2. shady side of a high mountain, north side of a mountain. Syn, bsgrib§-pa; 2p grib-ri; mtshan-ma (Mnon.). srib-pa vb. (pf. §W’4 srib^pa or ч$«гч shaded, convered), to grow dark or dusky. sf/7 silk-worm (&Л.). 5J 8ru or ‘35 sru-mo mother’s no "° • sister, aunt. * • • дч]-и srug-pa W. for I’P fprtig-pa, srub-pa and WT4 dkrug-pa*. 1. to shake, to shake out. 2. to stir, stir up, twirl. 3. to make to totter (Ja.). grq srufrtca 1. vb., pf. чд сл1 NO /* bsrufi$ or srufa, fut. bsrufi, imp. bsruns or 5K‘ ®Г«п 1. to watch to keep guard, to guard, to keep in cus- tody, to savo from, to protect, to shelter; to keep one’s self unpolluted, pure, chaste; чуцдс/ч bdag-srufi-wa to guard one’s self, or in a special sense, to live as a bdagsrufi, hermit; to preserve; £’S4l’’|XS,4»5(*r.85eigt«i^4| may I be pre- served from every harm (Do.); bdag-la srufi-du-gsol I pray to protect me (Do.). 2. to be cautious, to beware of, to guard against: to guard against accidents, &c., from ghosts, evil spirits and demons; lu^-dan йад-gi ne$-pa srufi-wa or lu$-dafi nag- srufi-ica to be cautions of what one docs or says. 3. to keep, to observe faith- fully, a promise, laws; bkah- srun-mkhan obedient, ono who faithfully carries out a behest. 4. to hinder, forbid, prohibit; v rigs-kyi$ bdag- po$ srufl й**'§*Г5К* cho$-kyi8-8ri(n it is for- bidden, it is prohibited, by the degree of kindred, by the husband, by religion in general (Ja.). П: V3T [sbst. 1. the keeping, NO guarding, watch, guard. 2. the person or the thing that guards, esp.^an amu- let, preventive, preservative; erun-wa btag§-pa to suspend ац amulet, .to the neck or other part of the body] Jd. 5K’g5 sruft-skud an amulet consisting of enchanted threads. .» ., . .
| 1293 fl - srun-rnkhan keeper, guardian, watchman. 5ИЧрбХ srun-hkhor a talisman, a disk made gen. of threads consecrated by an incarnate lama. 3*^5 srun-mdud knotted silk-rags consecrated by incarnate lamas and pre- sented to their devotees in return for presents made by them. Яе/Ч’Ц srun-гоа-ра a guard, a keeper. srun-bu or 5! = srufl-mkhan. gron-khyer a city (Mnon,) the city of Avant! in ancient Malwa (8. Lex.), 2. custo- ’dian of treasures, a demi-god. srun-ma guardian, dmyal-icahi srun-ma guardian of the infer- nal regions; ehos- skyon-icahi srun-ma thams-cad all the tutelar gods of religion (Mil.); collectively, body of watchmen; the first corps of watchmen of the gods, the Naga; e;rgyal-pohi srun-wahi-mi the men of the king’s body-guard, srun-sems the taking heed, being cautious (Jd.). srun-mdsad irtKr [a preserver]#. дся’Ч = latent, kept secret or hidden. srun-pa or^^'q bsrun-pa—0^’^ hdul-wa or btul-wa calm, soft, mild; mildness, gentleness, meekness. ^’5*^' ^^c‘* gin-tu mi-bsrun-shin very wild, being unruly; malicious, malignant, of demons (ЛЛ7., Ja.). mi-bsruu-pa= mi-nin§-pa rough, wild, unculti- vated, rude. srun-po adj.=3^ srun-pa esp. of horses: quiet, tame. srub-ka a kind of grain valued for its medicinal properties: Я ^’4 srub-pa ; pf. imp. bsrubs or 5 w srubs, fut. ч^я bsrub 1. to stir, stir up to churn; g q q to churn tea, milk, &c., sho-srub-pa to make butter. 2. to rum- mage, to rake up, to stir, to turn over. 3. to rub, two pieces of wood against each other to produce fire (Jd.). srub-thag the rope with which the piston of a churner, ?>., the churning rod is twirled, gen. when making butter. srubs-byed the churner. srubs-ma the churning rod. Syn. 5! srubs-^in; dkrogs-ma ; sho-yi skya-wa (Mnon.). srubs a cleft, slit, gap, fissure; о дд]-g brag-srubs chasm or cleft in a rock, intermediate space, interval, interstice; rent in a dress; disunion, separation; wound (Lex.); srub-hbye Lt.; srubs-hthor (Sch.) a severing, a wound has been made; srubs-gtor-wa to rend asunder, to tear (8ch., Jd.). = go§~ mchog very fine silk robe (Mnon.). 5{Я srum resp. for meat, flesh of ani- mals used as food; Я *srum-khog an animal slaughtered and cut up for a per- son of quality (Jd.). srul-po~^4 hrul-po V, ^cR (Zam. 6’). 1. rotten, putrid, decomposed. 2. evil demon, malignant spirit (Mil.); 5J oi‘2i his-srul-po evil spirits with rotten body; sorcerer (Lex.). Srul- pohi-gdon n. of a frightful evil spirit.
1294 ^1 5 «гл srul-tca pf, and fut. чдч %srul 1. to be corrupted, decomposed, of the human body (Fai-$/i.). 2. to stir, to mix and stir. 3. to shove, to move to and fro (Jd.). 5И'Й srul-mo зтзги decayed. sru$ unripe ears of wheat, etc., unripe grains of Indian corn, wheat $c. hbra§-kyi-sru§ an unripe shelled grain of rice. Syn. Яso-та ; ma-nam$-pa; rma-med; byi&pa za-byed. (Mnon.). 5J5T4 sru$-pa Sch. to thicken, to 40 become more consistent by evaporation, or by boiling (Jd.). sre-nag Lex. soot; ТГ. Csn?- (Jd.). 5|’q sre-wa I: sbst. a certain shrub (Cs.) II: vb., pf. bsre$, fut. bsre, imp. *2^ bsres or 5** 8re$, trans, to hdre-wa 1. to mix with, to mingle, to ad- mix ; wrif’q mar-la sre-wa to mix with butter (Li.), «/0’4 chan-chu sre-wa to mix beer with water (Med.); 4^’3 4 drehu sre-wa to breed mules; ч bsre$-pa mixed up, confused, of narration (Td.) ; fig. rS'4 kha sre-wa or his sre-wa to communicate with another, i.e., live, eat, drink, smoko with a person (Do.); $kyi£-$dug sre-гса to share pleasure and pain, joy and sorrow (Glr.). 2. add, to add up, cast up, sum up (Jd.). Sj sre-wo (?) (Khrid. 39). sre-mo qt sre-mofi weasel. Acc. to (#. Zeir.)=3iV^, £ sre-mo g v. 5И4] sre-nag. sre-lofi ankle-joint [1. Sch.: the sinew above the heel. 2. n. of a medicine] Jd. **4 sreg-pa I: faffiT partridge. Syn. q $og-bkra-ica; ? ii-ti-ra. (Mfion.) (Kt du. 5, 111) the spotted and unspotted fea- thers of a partridge are equal in number. II: vb., pf. qjppi bsreg, sregs fut. *4 bsreg, imp. bsreg or bsregs 1. to burn, to consume, to destroy by or with fire, $byin-8reg burnt offerings; leags-sreg red-hot iron. 2. to roast, fry, bako; to tan, to* make swarthy: ’У**5 ni-ma$ (to bo tanned) by tho sun (Jd.). sreg-gnas fw cemetery. Syn. dur-khrod; ^’5) ^4 ro-yf. ffnas, (Mfion.). sreg-byed=*№^' pi-pi-lifi piper longum (Mfion.). Я ЧТ” sreg-rdsa§ Tf4‘. clarified butter and other articles required to be thrown in the sacrificial fire. ST8 sreg-za piPR, fire. U41] * 8reg-ma 1. baked; anything burnt; 2 .w, щжЧ [a barren spot]#. sreg^lugg Wiyfa sacrificial offerings, oblations made to the gods. sren misrefi = mi- rkyan, v. 5*’<i rkyafi-pa (Jd.). sred (Vai-sA.), ijS sred S.g., & species of corn. *4 sr<?rf-j’«=a'’|*('fa 1. symb. num.: 8. 2. «TW, «wt, ww vb., abet, adj. to desire, the desire, desirous, «гч of food
1295 4X5^ 2 love; carnal desire; ^,QT§\q nor-la srtd-pa hankering after riches, Xorfr«t rol-mo-la (liking) music; yul-sred-pa chun-wa not much attached to his native country; hjig-rteu-la sred-pa avarice, cove- tousness, attachment to worldliness, hdod-srcd-ca covetous, greedy (Pth.)^ chags-sred-can lecherous, libidi- nous (Pth.); quite free of any desire (as is Buddha) (Jd.). sred-rgyal-ma a deity of the Bonpo (Mil.^ (Jd.). 5(5^ sred-ldan passionate, very earnest. 5К4^ sred-pa-can=^\\4'&\ or passionately attached, also very lewd, lascivous. §5’^ sred-po a lover (Cs.). sred-med-bu an epithet of Vishnu (Mtion.). sred-med-ma the wife of Vishnu. sred-mo sweet-heart. 5{ st el-tea 1. pf. and fut. bsrel to rear, to bring up, to nurse (Cs.). or to hold, holding; (Би-ton. Ц2) having held a sharp knife (in each of his hands). trel-bya as met.=^^ gold. —s ^54 sre§ or sre^-pa to mix up; wCmT*phar-tshur sre§-pa to mix up together this and that. его ardour Л4 lose spirits, to be disheartened; hugt-sro W.y heat, passion, wrath, anger. 5T^ sro-can fu- rious, raging (Jd.). sro-wa pf. bsros or 5^ sro$, fut. &ro imp. bsro§ or bsro to warm, to make warm, hot at the fire, in the sun; wq^v^'S^S 5И1 hyam-pahi drod-kyis lu-bsro (a mother) foments her child with a gentle warmth (Jd.). sro-ma ; З'Тч)I- egg of a louse, a nit C., W., ^'^^^ig-sro-hdit nits are increasing fast (S.g.). 2. small bubble. 3. a medicinal herb, Sprite’*| sroma sen-ge n. of a medicinal herb (Jd.). sro- ma nag-po 5RP9] (Med.) the black species of sroma is nutritious and produces strength in the body. sro-lo (Med.) Sedum and similar plants; the root of the white (species of) sro-lo cures inflam- mation of the lungs. sro-lon a kind of bird (Ya-sel. 11). sroyarh, sftfaa, яга; for 5Н’М1Ч; = life; 51 *г*5’4 life extinct, death; S9]’ gwq srog-gcod-pa-dag-spans-pa to give up killing etc.; srog-len- pa у taking life, spf^c/R^rq srog-dati hphral-wa id., esp. to execute, to put to death (Glr.); spjv^cprqsrog-dan hbral-tca to die; q srog-hbul-гса to sacrifice, to yield up one’s life; iF’PV’1’ srog-hdor- ica to cast away, to sacrifice one’s life; srog-la mi-lta-wa to make light of one’s self; srog-dan bsdo-wa to risk, to hazard one’s life ; 5pT ifq'q srog^kyob-pa to save life; srog-hbyin-pa: to save, to preserve life; srog-htsho-wa to sustain life, also to recover, to grow well again ; ^*5Г9Г quickly give life (Can.). 5prgq srog-skyob deliverer, redeemer, saviour (Jd.). srog-khufi 1. the hole or passage through which life passes away. 2. the deep cut or stab, by which Tibetan
I 1296 | butchers kill animals (Нис. 1. kJJJ) ; if3]’ й^§5'4 srog-khun hbyed-pa to stab in this manner (Jd). ^j9)»T|’q srog-gi ka-wa n. of a vein (Ja.). srog-gi-gna$ f^vr the heart. Syn. $nin; rnam-fe§-rien (Mnon.). 5рЧ«?|*з)'^j srog-gi meJog^fy^' gi-wan ; also dom-mkhri$ bear’s bile used as medicine (Sman. 355). §4^ srog-eany ^4^ srog-ldan 3Pg, having life, In ing, alive; a living being. zroj-gcod ya killing, taking the life of an >nimal; §5’^ one who docs the work of killing, a butcher, a slaughterer. srog-ehags ятщз?, sfta, ялц^ this term comprises all animated beings including the gods, but in practice it sig- nifies inserts and worms only ; q$ all men and other living beings. srog-chag% kyi phun- po mi a flock, herd, or collection of animals ; generally a swarm of flics or a number of worms or insects. srog-chag§ kyi-na-cu Iu- ka ; Syn. srog-chags rifi-mo; sa-srin-tal; sahi- hkhri-(pn (Miiov.). srog-chags rkan-maft ; an insect having many feet [a small earth- worm^. pregnant woman (Mnon.). o- • srog-ehags phra-ma vte dnseets, animaleulae. 1 ‘srog-thag ~ 55^4 dpyati-thag. ’ srog-bdag chen-po'sA'^ Pt- har or 21’5^ Pe-dkar the guardian genius of the monastery of Sam-ye. ippgs] srog-hphrog depriving an animal of its life. srog-med lifeless, inanimate. 5pJ]’^5*5S4|^ srog-med duug§ = mchod-me oil-burner, an oil-lamp whieh is kept burning before the gods in a Buddhist temple; so called because though it has no life, yet it draws air for its existence (Mamohi §kan-gso). $S4r srog-rtsa (4^) root of life, vein of life. srog-tsho-геа «Пч to sustain life. srog-rlun Япц, life, life- breath. the three precious articles keeping in the life-wind are 5=^5, Р’м’^ (Sman?). srog-tpn 1. the life-tree. The later Indian Buddhist used to preserve a particular tree believing that the duration of his life depended on its existence. 2. axle, axle-tree; mchod-rten-gyi srog-pn (Mil.) the pole in a Chorten; fig. prop. sems- kyi srog-gin (Jd.). sroti for 2^*4 straight forward, righteous; make straight; sron-btsan the righteous (king). sron-po lit. growing straight and upright, as met. a tree. ife/4 sron-wa [pf. bsrans, fut. чде/ bsrafl) imp. згой or 8гой§ to .make straight, to straighten, opp. to-^’6 yon-po what is awry, crooked Lex.; gzersrofi-wa to beat out nails;, ^ku-draA-por bsran$-te (he.sat)
1297 I straight and erect, cf. also wan and «3£jE/Ej 6$ran-j9o] Ja. Srofi-btsan sgam-po n. of the most accomplished king of Tibet who was a contemporary of S'iladitya, Huyen tshang and Mahommed. His most fa- mous match was with a daughter of the Chinese Emperor T'aijung. His second wife was the daugter of Ams'u Varma of Nepal. He was so called on account of his righteousness and thorough- ness in the duties of religion and govern- ment. He it was who first introduced the art of writing into Tibet, and was the chief promoter of Buddhism and Buddhist- Sanskrit • literature in that country. 5|слгч srons-pa adj. straight, not bent or crooked. Syn. dran-po; hkhyog-med (Mnon.). 5J5 srod ’^5) wr4 evening twilight, the evening time; srod- byin-son the dusk is over, ?>., night has set in; SpV0* wod-la in the evening after sun-set; лсл srod-dan tho-rans in the evening and at the dawn. srod-hkhor gen. after dusk or after dawn. srod-za evening and morning tea served to the monks of a Tibetan monas- tery after dusk or at dawn. srod-hjin (sTV^’B7’!^) the middle part of the evening. srod-yol the beginning of night, e>., after dusk. In Tibet and India two hours after sunset and two hours before sunrise are not reckoned in the night which is therefore called in Sans. Tri- yama or Thunsum-po in Tibetan. w°d~la rgyu-wa lit. moving about (for prey) at dusk or at dawn: a tiger, or often a Raksasa. srod-la za one taking one’s food at dusk or at dawn, a hob-goblin. srod-lofi dusk-blind. Acc. to Jd. day-blind, nyctalops, seeing better in a mild than in a bright light. $1^ srol colloq. = lugs-srol usage, custom, common use, habitual prac- tice, habit; srol-bzan good custom; also=H<H good doctrine or religion. der yi-gehi sfol med-pas as the art of writing was not yet in use there Glr.; keep in mind the good old customs (Glr.); i^'^Kq srol- chags-pa, srol-du hgynr-wa (Cs.) to become the custom (of a person; or that of a country); 3*4 ^ phyag-srol is said to be a respectful expression for lag-len-gyi srol (Jd.) a^qryr legs-pahi dpe-srol btsug-sre (Glr.) having introduced good customs for imitation; thob-srol claim, title, right, founded on old custom (Jd.). srol-rgyun any established cus- tom, law or usage : (D. gel. 7). srol-gtod-pa to introduce a practice (Glr.). srol-hdsin adhering to or follow- ing the old practice or custom; a follower. srol-hdsug-pa to institute a custom. sroZ-Zaw=lugs-srol (Rtsii.), customary way or method of doing a work; an established practice. srol-дой-ра n. of medicinal herb: $4 164
1298 sro$ 1. v. $Г'ч sro-wa. 2. Cs. sbst. = ^5 srod twilight, dusk of evening, W mtin-sros-pa dusky, dark (G7r.); sa-sro$-na§ when it grew dark (Jd.). §lx or Э’ч $la-ica 1: adj., also S’^. thin, of fluids, opp. to 4’q and Ч 2.=§5’^’4 oasy, opp to VIя dkah-wo\ 8ГЧ'§5 ^vc, easy work or doing; *prcrg'«r яknowledge is not easily obtained; usally with tho supine: rig-par- §laho it may easily bo understood; or with tho root of the verb: go-$la easy to comprehend (Jd.). ?Я^’д*ч ila-wa easy to perceive; ч»гд’ч la§-§la-wa lit. easy work. §la-na or iron pan for parching grain; fg^’ earthen pan, for cooking, parching grain ; heating stovo in which charcoal or dried cattle-dung, etc. are used as fuel. Syn. ther-po\ teags-snod; ^5'qS'eft rfiod-pahi-gshi; rnod-dsa§ (Mnon.). slag-pa=Ц slog-pa robe, fur- coat. ’^q a robe made of goat skin or bear’s skin; $go- slog or more corr. 54‘Sfa dgo-§log hunt- ing-coat, made of the skin of an antelope; 9^‘дЯ spyan-slog furcoat of a wolf’s skin; ^*8p4 tshar-log coat of lamb’s skins; мгдя ras~$log prob.: a fur-coat covered with calico (Jd.). §lan 1. eolloq. for Sf1^* sla-na. 2. g^’4 slon-wa 3^’S^’ raise vertically or perpendicularly. g/an-fcAass^g^'F 1. (at) the time of rising or raising. 2. shelf, shelves, stand (Jd.). Л slafi-wa to accept, to take qpfarw to distribute food; to receive alms, to beg alms. v. gk'q §lon-wa. д^Чя* $lan-dregs д^'^Я4 soot adhering to a cooking pan. eleg. for B; gsBv*s in future, henceforward; д5*ч^*^=В^’^ in future, behind: gs’^'q^qc/q to walk behind one. 2.=after; g5’^ $lad-na c. genit=s*<r§ 5 8IV¥< $lad-iia$ndv. aferwards, hereafter; subsequently; gv§ $lad-kyi subsequent, later, posterior (Ja.). gSJad-du 1. on account of, for the sake of. 2. = §^‘§ behind, afterwards. gV* $lad-ma=z^w after, that which comes after or follows, the hind part, the later or latter part: g5’B*< afterwards, hereafter ; g5W«JE/ again in future. g№^ ^lad-mar adv.=t*r$ rje§~sti, phyi$-su afterwards. + g\^ §lad-rol=J^’Кч phyi-то out- side, hind part, hack part (Lex.). §lad-pa=^v* or pf. qg\ b$lad, t° mix, свр. with something of an inferior quality, hence to adulterate, viti- ate, to spoil, to corrupt; jfcB” ityon-gyi$ or 35 not marred by any defects, quite unfitted by perversity ; without any thing detrimental, not subjeot to any noxious influence (Vai.-sn.)\ having made him drunk and thus disabled him (Jd.). + д5’<^ sladjsha—*^^' mi-gtsan, also b^an-wa ordure, feces; gen. human excrement.
^1 1299 §Zan=§^patch, patching. 2. the furred ear coverings used by Tibetan ladies. 3.=85; 8*i’*5=B*i*5 (^.). 85’^ §Ztzn-fe = 5^'5^ (Jd.). 85'4$lan-pa=^'Q §byar-wa 1. tomend, patch (&A.). 2. v. =*85 (Jd.). 8=1’4 for 8=1 4 gqqq-^-q^'q tfab-wahi bshi bcah-ua [teaching the subject of discipline]*?.; 8qinstruction, letters containing direction or orders (Rtsii)). In Sikk. prayer or petition to one’s superior or official head. §lam-pa 1. to roast slightly, to parch, to make brown by exposing to heat e.g., meal (7., W. 2. to roast, to fry (Ja.). §Zar=^'g^ yan-§kyar or phyir again, once more, back: 8^U'q spoke again; 8ч'й q* 3 should speak again; to be again con- sidered (*?. Lex.) 8^ afterwards, here- after; 8^5**, 8VU,C/ H’S: again in future, 8^'^4’R^q to add again (in letters); 8V ^4’4 to come back, 8^ ^ч1‘ч Ясцтлнп return, 8^*541*5^ having returned; 8^‘l4^’ §5 $lar stobs-skyed he regains strength (partly from Jd.). 8^3*1 $lar-skyes 1. hair, nail. 2. = yan-skyar-§kyes grown or born again (Mnon.). 8^*5=1’гч slar-grib-ma a shadow picture or photograph, an effigy; v. 8vafa’4 §lar-rgol-wa sfafan [rejected]*?. 8^*4l5 1. a rejoinder, reply. 2. n. of a class of Brahma? (Mnon.). 8^45^4 slar-btan-wa having forsaken, having cast away. 8^*1 §lar-dug=&^* aconite (Mnon.). 8^’4g'4 slarJsdti-ica to reduplicate, 8^'4? = ₽^я’^ч| rdsogs-tshig or g|5 sZtf- §dud the final of a verb, indicating the end of a sentence formed by the reduplication of the terminating letter such as % M, S 4 \ ? as in the words 5=4 ^, 3^’^, 4^55'5’ Gram. 8^ S^’«^5 slar-byas mthun effigy, v. 8^’ slar-gzugs (Mnon.). slar-hbyun 3^ [re-generation, re-existence ; a young widow remarried]#. 8^3*1^ slar-gzugs sfimi representation, image, picture of a thing or person. Syn. §’*5 skudra; ^^’^5 gzugs-brnan; 8^'54'я sl(u*-grib~ma; 8^’3^'**35 slar-byas- mthun (Mnon.). 8^4’^ slar-yan hgro [transmi- gration, rotation]*?. 8^’^^ slar-ggegs return; gone back; he went away again; I beg you would come back, pray come back. slas 4<5’й5*8Ч 1. attend- ants of a princess, or lady’s attendant. 2. retinue, train, attendants, servants, 5 g4*?|’8^ a king’s or prince’s retinue, the court, people at court (Jd.). c\ sli C. acc. to some authorities: a yellowish red apple, or Indian apple (opp. to IJ’-g kn^u Tibetan apple); acc. to Ci. cherry; cherries, however, are scarcely known in Tibet. 8^ sli-tsi small, wild- growing, cherry-like dwarf apple, Pyms baccata (Ja.). In Sikk. 8 §li= pears. slu-ica wh, «ac(; pf. 48” 5sZus, fut. 48 bslu, imp. 48^ bslus, to entice, allure, ensnare, beguile, seduce: B^'8,q4 §5 to deceive or delude others by
1300 design. 8'§S to impose on, to deceive: rdsun-bya§-te having played false, also=^^ 8bjn-rnkhan deceiver, deluder, imposter. 8’Bs §lu-khrid enticement, seduction, leading one into bad actions; bait; w 45'8’05 §lu-khrid enticement to a good purpose ; also elopement (Jd.). 8A5 $lu-hdrul=^'tfw mgo-b^kor-wa to seduce; deception, seduction: (Л. 5). ilu-med not t‘apable of seduction or deceit; upright, sincere [without pain, unmoved]^. $ Sln-mi-me$ n. of a individual. еЧ’^П 8’*^ (A. 122). **. §te [1. a course blanket 7>., = *^, 2. n. of the capital of Ladak] Ja. this is mentioned in Lif. as a word of the Shan-shun dialect. 1. n. of a creeper or climbing plant (Ja.). 2. [universal medicine] S. (7Г. g. *, 47). Syn. 3’4* * zla-icahi leug-ma ; 45ц ^bran-rtsihi hdab ; ^5?^ rgyud-ldan\ д zla-wahi ingul-pa-can; ^’^5 rgas-nud; §5 htsho-byed; bu-zai* <an\ "KW&byans-pa-can (Mnon.). sb'-po in IT, 8’4 §lc-wa or 8'^ wo a flat basket (Jd.). sle-ica 1. vb., 4^ 4 b$le-pa, $’4 Ihe- wa, pf. 3^, to twist, plait, braid the hair, tn make a basket, etc.; to knit. 2. sbst. distortion, dislocation (of a limb) (Cs.). 8’^ sle-tco 1. one that has a distorted limb. 2. a bamboo basket to carry loads. 8’*И §le-niig a distorted eye (Cs.). $lehn or §le-mo= З'^’В'Ч phya га кbra-wo blanket made of a striped coarse goat’s or yak’s hair. § ile-yon Rj<q*rq) crookedness and cunning; craft, deceit, trickery; 8 q $le-yon byed-pa to cheat, deceive, impose upon (Ce.), -*S tied knitting-needlei n Ld. (Jd.). $leb or 84 4 $leb-pay pf. 4,|4*i ЫеЬ$, resp. hbyon-pa 1. to arrive; 4*‘§4 phar-^leb to arrive there, on further side ; <£X’8q tshur-tfeb to come this side or here; 84»нЦ tfebs-zin I havo arrived, ho has arrived ; 84’4$й expected to come, g4V§5^ do come, ho says ; 8q has arrived. 2. to reach, to extend to a certain place or point. 3. coming in (of interest, rent, duties), hence §4 $leb income, revenue, public revenue, receipt of customs, etc.; 8q’^ ^leb-tho account of receipts (Jd.). %lo the contents of the stomach of sheep or kid ; M slo-dron warm fresh dung or contents of the stomach. §lo-ma здц [a winnowing bas- ket^. I: ^log-pa 1. sbst. v. 8^ $lag- pa.; vb., pf. 484JN bslog^ fut. 484! b§log (trans, to ldog-pa) to turn round or about, to turn upside down or inside out; rkyal-pa phyi-nan slog- pa to turn out the inside of a bag; й<г|‘8<1]ч mig-Jog-pa to roll one’s eyes; ^'8^’4 sa-Jog-pa to plough up, turn up, to dig the soil (Jd.). II: a coat or robe of lamb or kid skin (or one lined with the same).
1301 §lon I: Sj'''4, pf- qS[c-*) bslans, Sj^ §lan§, fut. bslan от sZo, imp. gV slon or slohs, causat. and transit, form of 1. to cause to rise, to help to rise : я^чк^ч’ч mfion-par slon-wa to raise fully, to develope ; gyen- du slon-ica to raise upwards or verti- cally, §^‘4*Q §lon-m-po a lifter, raiser, one who starts anything as a question, proposal, &c. ; dgra-ru slon-wa to cause a person to rise in revolt, an enemy, to make a person one’s enemy; 4^5 Х’дс/Ч bsad-pahi mi-ro §lon-wa to resus- citate the slain. 2. to excite, cause, inspire (compassion, fear, terror, etc.); g*TVr^, {Glr., Mil.) quite excited by envy and aversion. 3. to kindle (a disease) into action, hence $lon-$kyan the exciting cause (of a disease); to raise, to erect, a pile, post, wall; a pile, stay, prop, erected or set up (Jet.). II: signifies don-gner or {Mnon.). 1. to ask, require : klu-shig na-la dpe-slofi a Lu asks me for the book {Dzl.); bu-ino chnn-mar slon-tca to ask a man’s daughter in marraige ; §lon- icahi dnos-po alms or articles obtained from begging; to beg, to try to get by begging : chun-zad bslafi-no we beg for a little of it! he having obtained it from his father by begging took it; 4^’§wgk’4 bsod-snoms slon-wa to collect alms by begging. 2. to collect, to gather, e.g. ricbes. 3. to examine, to probe (a wound): rma-gsar mdstig-mo§ §lon to examine, probe a fresh wound with the finger; also: to search a man’s house. 4. to give: gather some of the remnants of the meal, and give them to me! {Jd.). + Jofi-phor~°^'t&\ fipgi qr^ the mendicant’s begging platter or alms- bowl. slon-mo alms, fir^r, beg- ging, alms. §lon-mkhan — ^'^ slon-wa-po or дч'Й'ч one who begs, a beggar. ^ч’Згдк’ч slon-mo §lon-wa or sft* slon-mo byed-pa to ask for alms, to beg; дч’З^ч^ч slon-mos htsho-гса to live by begging, alms. Syn. 4>\§wq bsod-snom§-pa. slon-pa = zlog-pa 1. to return, repulse. Acc. to Sch. to patch, to mend. 2. to dissemble, to feign (&Л.). 3. Cs.: to thrust out. §lob-pa I. vb., pf. чдч^ bslabs, fut. чдч bslab, imp. ^ч §lob or to learn, to teach : . ч’^’^ч I learn, teach me; wgj4 I teach, #<’Ч8|Ч« both the abbot and instructor taught him the art of translating and interpreting ; ‘^Ч’^5‘Ч«ipw as I should like to learn something of ma- thematics, teach me! ч^ч^’ч^’^’^ bslabs- pas fes-te when he had learned it; чдч 3с/ gf4N'4'<^vi4 as learning is difficult, even if one is taught; q slob-tu hjug- pa to let one take lessons, to have or get one instructed; ’$Ч'Ч yon-tan slobs- pa to teach, also, to learn good, useful, things {Jd.). <4’4 II : sbst. 1. the act of learning. 2. = йГч,(4 slob-ya teacher, instructor: 9^’3’ дч*ч^я« bram-ze slob-pa-rnams Brahmaps as instructors; яччцгч‘арч’ч’^ hphags-pa slob-pa-rnam the venerable preceptors (Buddhist saints). §ч* pupil student;
Им 1302 I jjcwgc/q §lob та-туоп-гса to become a student; also with * as a negative=to have had no instruction or education; §lob fakhrig-pa to teach (Jd}. Spi’BS ^lob-khyad JF. use, practice, exer- cise (Jd.). §lob-grica (“lobio)” school, school- room, school house. %lob-grog$ school-fellow, co- disciple. $lob-rgyud (opp. to ^5 hierachical succession) spiritual inheritance or suc- cession. slob-gner student, scholar, '^3*1 slob-gner gan-du-bgyi^ where have you studied ? at what college have been a student ? (Jd.). §lob-dpon g^, chief in teaching, gen. in spiritual matters; teacher, instructor, master, frq.; also a college title=professor. | acquire the talents, good qualities of your teacher (Lam-rim. 26). $lob-hban$=$!jfa Lu-$lob scholar, pupil, disciple. apra $loL-ma f*TSJ, pupil, disciple. ^25rgfq dno§-§lob one’s own pupil, yan-$lob a pupil’s pupil. дч'Зй) $lob-tshig instruction, teaching, precepts, advice. Syn. bsgo-wa; brjod-pa; slob-pa; dran-bskul and gshen-bskul (Mnon.). jobs 1. imp. of fifty. 2. exercise, practice, experience; rnig-slobs fian-pa §kye a bad custom of seeing begins to prevail, (viz., that of looking downward, and mhiding only earthly things) (Jd.). Ц gsag-po Sch. 1. to sew toge- ther (Jd.). 2. to hoard v. nor-gsag-pa to hoard up riches. gsafi, for чрк’л 1. gig, ga, secret, hidden : the secret revealed : mystic dance, secret dancing and singing (Bbrom. 94); secret conversation, speech, words, &c. 2. [a privity, a piece of cloth worn on the privities]^. g_san-khan a secret room (Os.). q^c/g^ gsan-§nag§ Hn? charmsy secret religious instructions, mysterious incantations; £4^0 one versed in mysticism. Qsan-snags-rgyal the lord of mysticism, an epithet of Rdo-rje Mian or Buddha Vajradhara (Mnon}. gsufi-sfiays ihig-le (^5‘B’^ rf/yf^-ЛумА-ог) n. of a work on mysticism. (J, 66) after translating the treatise on San-nag thig le' (essence of mysticism) he entered the Pracrajya^ i.e.r became an ordained monk. gsan-chen 1. a great secret, mystery; 2. one versed in the Tantrik cult or the occult science of the Buddhists; an adept in mysticism. «A'q gsan-chen bstan-pahi gsal- byed a complementary address for a high Rnin-ma lama, signifying the illuminator of the doctrine, (Yig. k. 67). 2. human excrement; a privy (Sman. 144). gsan-gtam^^^'^ gsan-tshig secret or confidential conversation (Mnon.). gsan-gtor g^j, sprink- ling of consecrated water in mystical religious rites. gsa£~ wahi bdag-po rdorje hchans-
1303 4^91 gsan-bdag an epithet of g*|' Phyag-rdor Vajrapa^i, also that of Vais’rava^a [Mnon,). g.safi-gnas 1. mysteries, secrets: gsan-tcahi gnas-du ma- psufi$ he taught many mysteries, many, secret doctrines (Jd.), 2, secret abode, a place where secret matters are done or secret affairs are discussed; private parts of the body, pudenda, privities. 35 gsafi-spyod 1, = Я|дч|Ч hkhrig-pa (Mnon.) copulation, sexual union. 2. privy, necessary, water closet (Ja.). G san-phu n. of a district situated to the west of Lhasa (Lofi. % 18). чрк’ч I: gsafi-wa vb. to do a thing secretly, to conceal: ^’4|q«vq to conceal treasures, to hide one’s fault; ч^А-^уч gsafi-ste §ton-pa to reveal a thing treated as a secret, to let out a secret, to hide one’s self, to be concealed; hiding one’s self in a solitary place; § yid mthun- par gsan-$te keeping it secret with one consent (Jd.). II: sbst 1. *£?, TW secret things, a secret, mysticism; gsan-wahi bdag-po—Z^'1^' U^RTrfv- qfa the lord of mysticism, an epithet of Vajrapagi. 2. secret parts Med., also g$an-gna§ Med., ^^'ч^'ч^гч g$an- tea hi pad-ma Med., sometimes the anus included. 3. adj. secret, hidden, con- cealed, ; doctrine of the mystics; the exoteric, esoteric and the mystic. 4. for to be careful, to watch: female dog of very shaip hearing. чще/сгя^гч gsafi-wa hdus-pa the communion of the mystic adepts; the Tantrik cult of the Buddhist; also the Tantrik pantheon. gsan-wahi hdre§ secret union. 4]^’q5gsafi-tvahi-nad disease of the sexual organs (Med.). ^ч n. of a Tantra (K. g. % 267). ч^ч/чд?’^ gsan-wa spyihi rgyud n. of a Tantra (K. g. 71). ч]^е/сг|ч]^’ч gsafi-wa sgrigs-pa a conspi- racy, secret arrangement or design, intrigue. gsafi-tca rgyan-gyt bkod-pahi-rgyud n. of a Tantra (K. g. % 476). Gsafi-wa dam-pa-ma n. of a Yaksinl princess (K. g. 130). ч^е/сгч Gsafi-wa-pa a class of Yaksa living in the Himalayas, and in Tibet during the Pauranic times ; the shamans of Tibet were also thus known to the early Indians. gsan-wa me-lfia b$en- pahi Ita-wa n. of the doctrine of a sect of Tirthika school of ancient India (Theg. 30). ч]^’л5’д*я gsan-teahi bla-ma a secret spiritual guide ; an epithet of Mahes'vara (Mfion.). Ч)^К.-Ч?’Ч«\Ч|^5 gsafi-wahi bdag-nid ’j«nd(T mysticism. ч^е/ац gsan-wa-smra a charm. Kuvera, the deity of wealth who rules over the Chihyaka spirits. gsafi-bya that which should be kept secret.
1304 gsan-ho$ that which is confiden- tial, fit to bo kept secret. чрк‘Яч] gsan-tshig=secret speech (С. дуа,) the secrets of one’s heart, should not bo revealod to the wicked. 4]^ gsad put out: ex- tinguished, just as wind puts out a lamp or candlo. gsid-pa HPU death. Ч|^3)’Ч gsan-pa resp. to hear, to listen to ; V listen to me ! (Jf/7.); *74 S]’ d0 listen to my word! to hear a person teaching, expounding, etc. (Jd.). gsab-pay v. p q to reply, to return kindness. gsah, also чадч bsah^ the suow- loopard, varying in colour from palo lomon to pure white, with clusters of black spots; living on tho higher moun- tains of Tibet. gsah-yas n. of a num- ber (Ya-sel. 56). gsar-pa or Hepta frosh, new; young ; good, very fresh; ^•q**4lwq quite new ; a now friend ; newly boin ; fresh mutton; a fresh wound; bride, newly married wife; flesh of animals that have just been slaughtered; an edge or blade just shaipened; new house, new clothes, fresh butter; a horse not yet broken in. qjqvqSfqprq gsar-hgrog-pa Sch.: to tell each othcr news; to make new aquaint- ance. g^r-rnin old and new, stale and fresh is usod as abstr. noun to sig- nify : ag< luxation, existence. *]W’*]7q= 34 ^Vq rtsad-gcod-pa inquire into, inves- tigate, examine, study. fresh arrival. Syn. gsar-po; wq sar-pn; so- ma \ ^'*i yag-ma\ f in-tu-gshon; ‘’Pfa’S gshon-nu; bzifi-po; rab- gshon (Mnon.). g<<ar-$kye$ new-born; frosh shoots and loaves, buds (Mnon.). gsar-stod из new. *|wg gsar-bu 1. §ton- thog gsar-bu fresh harvested grain, new corn. 2. beginner, tyro, novice (Jd.). gsar-du hons-pa a new comer ; = mgron-po (Mnon.) guest. gsar-ma modem, recent, new. The term gen. signifies tho reformed or now school of Buddhism (opp. to Rmn-ma). qjw^q gsar-ma-pa one of tho now schools of Buddhism in Tibot. qjNV<^ gsar-na§ fresh or now barley. gsar-htshe (^S4^’q^‘*5) fresh disease or accident. *|^‘S|7*4’q gsar-^lad med-pa = ^K (17//. k. 13) without any recent in- jury to health. gsar-bzo$ newly made or manu- factured articles. ЧрП! gsal 1. ЭПД, fal separate, distinct, expressed, яжщ illu- minated, fully manifest. 2. for щг pale. ЧрЧ’Ч’Ч gsal-wa I: vb. to be clear, bright; ч|to make clear, to eluci- date, when (the sun) shines bright again; wq’q^ flaming up once more, like an expiring lamp; lhaft-nc fham-mer gsal-te appearing bright, clear and glorious; «pw
1305 makes clear; it has become clear, is made evident; also ex- plained : it is explained in theZWw, it is clear there; to elucidate, to describe clearly. II: or 4^'3 adj. <ifa, жннга, wzj clear, bright, light, pure, visible to a great distance, conspicuous, distinct, apparent, intelligible; ^’^w^the sky, the heaven; fiag-gsal- po zer mi-fes his speech is not clear, he is not able to speak distinctly; gsal-po plain, legible handwriting; of colours, mirror: dktr-gsal pure white; pure, free from faults and deficien- cies: (A. 5) the resplendent, the immaculate embodiment which is free from impurities. III: = fully blown, copious in fullness. 2.=*®П чзгг manifest. 3. = ^'^ [set aside, turned away]#. 4. = 5^^ fame. WF gsal-cha. fljwgjqN gsal-grags safa, sfsra fame [celebrated, well-known]#. gsal-cha message; 4^’9 I request (you) to give me a clear account; pray send me a message. л;gsal-chen [great lustre; the sun]#. Gsal-rgyal king Prasenajit, son of king Brahmadatta born on the same day that Gautama Buddha was bom (7f. du. % 3). лщч-гДк’ gsal-mthon the sky, clear sight or vision. gsal-ldan L=4jW4'^ чтнпт the sun [brilliant; fire]#.; the blue colour, sky-coloursmthin (Шоп.). 2.=an epithet of Buddha; the son of the moon, one of the planets in Indian and Tibetan astronomy (Шоп.). Gsal-ldan-ma the city of Kas'i, modern Benares. gsal-btab-pa to refresh the memory, to meditate : that Madhyamika doc- trine became as if new to me (A. 23). gsal-gna% as met. the sky, the void space. ^5’3'51^' Gsal-wa hod-kyi glin the birth place of ц|-г|31Гжл Gfen-rab the founder of the Bon religion of Tibet (G. Son. 12). gsal-wahi nor-bu^'9* the sun (Шоп.). Qsal-wahi bu-mo the daughter of Daksa an epithet of Durga. 2. = ^’^. a learned man, a sage (Шоп.). gsal-wahi-$gra clear voice, murmuring noise. gsal-wahi ma-ma Hifw [the mother of the patriarch Daksa]#. gzal-byed=*^ 1. the eye (Шоп.). 2. the consonants; IW&W the thirty consonants of the Tibetan alphabet. Gsal-ma prosperous, n. of a goddess. gsal-me lamp, candle (Rtsu.). gsal-la-dwanz bright and sparkling, pure, free from impurities. Syn. gtsafi-dbafy; rftog- med (Шоп.). Gsal-hdstn n. of a place (Son. ch. 4). gsal-bo$ Win explicit, clear. 165
4]«iar^| 1зоб ч]^Ч| 1. beer brewed out of grain. 2. pasture- 3. moor, fen (SA.). q gsal-le-wa very clear. д$а1ч;М(£ад. 68) a pointed stake for empaling malefactors ; ^'^4q to impale. 4W’3|c?a gstfZ-fifi-pa an impaler; one who has been impaled. gsig-pa or 4§4*q to shake and throw up in a backward direction; ^«'4^4' drawing up the body, to shake it; he shakes his mane; Cs.: the shaking of one’s shoulder, (prob- tor : shrugging); to winnow, to fan, to sift (Jd.). gsifi-ma rice or any other ground, meadow, к a flower growing in tho pastures of Tibet resembling the daisy: 4^’***>54 haring invited tho Jb-wo|(Atis'a) they presented him with daisy (A. 105). 4|^vq gsir-wa Cs. 1. ‘to whirl about, to twist; «с.’4«к’ч to whirl a spindle, ^•в|9ч‘<1 Cs.: ‘to whirl an arrow.’ 2. W. to movo by a repeated pushing; to smooth, to make even, with a plane, knife, etc.; to slide, glide, slip down a slope (Jd.). qj^QI’q gsil-гса l. = 4|vq b$gyur*wa to multiply in arithmetic (Rtsi$.). 2. to divide, split, to cut to pieces, zipta-cM wool that has been well combed. 3. to toll, sound, ring: to ring a bell. v. or j£‘V4 bronze which emits a ringing sound When struck {Шоп.). 4^'§¥ gsil-snan pleasant ring- ing sound, a kind of cymbal. + 4^r§5 gsil-byed or 4?tar^c; gsil-$in the staff which a Tantrik Buddhist monk carries in his hand with tinkling bells attached to it. gsil-pa and 4^‘* дзИ-та, v. sil-bu (Jd.). gsug, 4g4q=£’^‘q, *4'4$Ч bribery, bribe ; remuneration, reward should receive reward and royal favours (C. doit. I). 4^’ g$un = t^ or qc; resp. for 4S and 45* 1. precept, expression, speech, voice : «мтJ^‘3 4^^’ the speech or precept of Buddha ; ^*5'4^’ saying of one’s spiritual teacher or lama; a speech made; 43^’4wqa lucid expression; 4ЖЖ* a voice arose, was heard, 4^’ S4 q an unmistakable, voice, like that of Buddha. 2. the act of speaking talking, 4^Ж'4 gsuft-glen-u'a to converse, dis- course ; that which is spoken; 4Ж*'4^’ do not express yourself; in answer to what you have said; 4^^’ !04‘q to read the sayings, the apothegms (of Buddha) (Ja.). fFufaca TT^5f, vb., pf. 4«J^* gsufa, imp. 4^* = classical $mra-wa 1. to speak, talk, say, ^Ж*’4Ж do not say so! such an expression should not come from you; rdsun gsufi-wa to tell a falsehood, to speak lies. 2. to explain; to ask: please accept it without explaining that you do not want it; to give advice; ^'4^‘л to preach; to recite a religious song. 4^c' ^l q^5‘§fc gsufi-gi bdiid-rtsi=w^'Q^'%y lit. the nectar of speech, a complimentary expression applied to a person’s speech, address, or advice (Yig. k:S5).
| 1307 gsun-gi dwan-phyug an epithet of Manju S'ri Bodhisattva (Situ, 6). gsun-gin saying, talking about, reciting, reading or preaching: «pK’g^pr (A. 13) when he was reading the Tantra class of Buddhist scriptures. gsun-bgros report, statement, opinion. ^«-£^§==^’^*1 diploma, written authority: q q»r|4^it is very gracious of you to have sent the communication with enclo- sures (Yig. k. 18). gsun-plen bgyi$-pa a discus- sion or discourse had on religious sub- jects. gsun-chos urfqu a religious discourse or sermon delivered orrally. resp. talk, discourse, speech; reply to such a speech. gsun-mchog last advice, precept; also principal word, main dogma, e.g.b the Om-mani padme hum (Ja.). gsun-snan a harmonious voice, an agreeable, speech. gsun-mdud a knot of charmed silk used as a talisman, it is described as that is, incantations read over a piece of silk converted thereby into a talisman against evil spirits: u ” -(Yig. k. 5) with enclosure consisting of charmed satin. gsufi-spros conversation between or among persons of rank; gsun* bris written precept, advice, letter, state- ment. ^^‘§5 gsun-byed=F kha or smra-. wahi §go the mouth (Milon.). gsun-rab sermon, religious discourse; sacred writings. gsuft-rab yan-lag bcu- gnis the twelve divisions of the apothegms of Buddha(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) gsun§-fol WV'’ gsud-pa or ^5^ 1. fWf^ir a form of cholera, n. of a disease produced by indigestion, by undigested food : (Mng. 22). ^'^5 stands for spasmodic cholera which else- where is rendered ад’я’З’Ч dyspepsia. 2. acc. to Sch. vb. = to be lost, to be dis- persed. 3. JF. to fill with food beyond satiety, to stuff, to cram (Jd.). W* gsum fa three; the three, all the three. gstim-pa the third; containing three; gsum-po the three ; ^sum-chg a third part; two thirds (Rtsii). is used also elliptically for ркя the three precious ones: ’«r the Sutra on seeking pro- tection of the Three Precious Ones (IT. d. 3 277). three times innumerable Kalpa. This usage should also be noticed: the old woman with her (two) sons, the three; the king and his (two) queens, the three (Ja.); W4 the excellent, the middling .and the inferior pnes, the three.
1308 Я^'ёЯ^ gsum-stiags f^rexr [a Vedic metre]S. Я^’ЙЯ^В^ f^TT^ a series of three charms. Я^'§°< gsum-sbrul the third stage in incarnations [emanation of the third degree, ==^'«jшЯ-$6ги7] Jd. *№4! g»-$ra=jp $bran-ma the bee, also fly. Я$я’?^ gsuni-ldan inn possessed of three parts. gsuni4dan-du$ йптЦЛ the age in which out of four parts three parts t of merits) existed in human beings. Я3*’1^ gsum-rtsen frfbr the heaven. WhV*’ tho lord of heaven. Я5^’Ч^Я^ gsum-btsegs three things piled one upon another : я^’^Я^ three stuffed cushions piled up one upon another; р^ч-я$»га£яЯ a three storied house. gsum-zur three-cornered. gsur-ma a thing slightly burnt, singed ; Я^Ч 0wr-rfn the smell of it (Jd.). gsu$-pa, [belly, stomach, д$и$~ра §bo$ the*belly is swollen or distended] Lex.; Я3^5 gsu$-nad dropsy of the belly; Я^ЧЛ^ g$u$-rked the belly and the waist; the middle part of the body, the waist (*8сЛ.); Syn. чя^’5 bgan-bya; Ito~wa (Mnon.). gsu$-pa hgefa=4jW (Шоп.) full stomach. Я^'4’^ large protuberant belly or stomach (Mnon.). Я^’ч’^ or 1. a large belly. 2. n. of a country (K. d. \ 365). gsus-khyim che-watzA^'b^ a large belly: «ГЯ^’В*^’4 the red-coloured manfesi- tation of the Lord of death has a huge belly (A. IT). ЯЗ*’*^’3 Gsus-hphyan-po n. of a deity (Jd.). Я^'Ё^'^ gsu$-r dwfl-сап pot-belly, large belly (Mnon.). 4|5t’q gsc-wa 1. v. ^4 2. v. Я^'4- gse-ru for rhinoceros. Я^Я4^ gseg-brdar Sch. a file (instru- ment), v. *<Я'Я^ sag-gdar. gseg-ma 1. sugar. 2. pebbles, small stones; Я^Я'^4full of stones (Jd.). gseg-gq ай=«pv Я^4 a mendicant’s staff (Lex.). 4|^’ gsefl^ also = 1. intermediate space, opening; cleft, chink, crevice, fissure, leak, v. sub. ; ipc? sgo-sen chink of a door; Я^’4^4'4 gsen-bsrub-pa Sch. to stop up, plug up, crevices, etc. 2. harmonious, well-sound- ing. 3. sharp, acute, ^’Я^‘ rna-wa-gsen quick ear Sch. 4. in ^'Я^‘ it signifies gvjfcq grassy valley or plain. g sen-pa leaky, cracky, full of fissures (Sch.). Я^‘9 cautious, watchful. gsen-wa (eolloq. and form of Я^‘$) to conceal; Я5*‘Я^*Л to keep information or news secret. gsefi-yab balcony. in this garden house with its excellent balcony and wide view you should (rejoice).
4)^1 1309 | gsed several larger species of Lomcera (Jd.). Ч|5^ТЦ gsed-pa also to pick out, sort, to pull or pluck in pieces; to assort wook 4|5<4 gseb~^ seb 1. stallion, a male horse or camel. 2. the narrow inters- tices between persons or things thronged together, hence with § and 4=between, among, with ^N=from between: the dog leaps into the midst of the people ; to put between leaves; half of his body protrudes from between the clouds, i.e., rises above, etc.; to sit among the villagers. 3. multitude, crowd : army, dense forest (Ja.). Tta’°w gscb-lam a passage through thickets, a secret path, by-way between rocks and underwood. gser 1. gold; in Tibet gold is called rinchen dan-po the first precious (article). the best gold is found in Ceylon (w*J44); flower of gold, golden flower ; . 2. fair, royal, celestical, precious; the world. is used fig. for unchange- ableness (ядч’Ч’й^’ч) and also as an honorific term: royal face, celestial drink, i.e., wine presented to kings and grand lamas as a substitute for nectar. Syn. rin-chen mdog-bzafi; tshon-hdus-hgrim; son- mchog*, tsam-pa skyes*, g^btjid $kye$*, rin-chen che; wdog-ldan ; ^е.*г^ mdafis-ldan; hod-byed-pa; ga skye§; ri-la$-$kye$; me- yi sa-bon*, cha-gas §byafi§*, kha-dog chen-po; bum-brgya- skye§; sa-yi zla-wa; htsho- wa sgrol; bsreg-bya* sa-le- §bram*, rin-chen dafi-po (Mnon.). gser-gyi-bkah royal edict, the king’s command, government order; ячмг the royal edict was received loyally by the subjects (Yig. k. 60). gser-gyi §kud-pa 1. gold wire. 2. n. of a medicinal grass : (Med.). gser-gyi hkhor-lo the golden wheel, one of the eight auspicious articles (^ет^я 3jw) of the Buddhists. gser-gyi-dgra as met.=^^^ (lit. the‘.enemy of gold) iron (Mnon.). gser-gyi chun-po gold necklace or chain. gser-gyi-na 1. the golden fish, one of the eight auspicious articles of the Buddhists. 2. n. of a precious gem. gser-gyi me-tog the golden flower ; Magnolia champaka. Syn. bsod-nams-bsun (MAon.). gser-gyi mon-lha$ gold braided head ornament, also necklace. дзет-gyi sdoti-po = lit. golden plant, a kind of aquatic grass (Miii. 3). gser-gyi hdab-can an epithet of Vishnu (Mfion i). gser-gyi-mchog the finest gold. Syn. dsam-bu chu-gser; rkafijfrgyad-pa; dsam-bu na-di (Mfion.).
‘’Mt’* । 1310 gser-gyi bye-та 1. golden sand. 2. a kind of mineral used for medicinal purpose. (Jf.). gser-gyi gzugs golden image. <iq*< gser-gyi hog-pag$ a gold sash, but gen. an apron with little gold bells attached to its edge which ladies of rank wear in Tibet. gser-gyi ri-bdun tho seven golden mountains:—qyv^c/ч^ giiaA-f *n- hdsin ; g^ol-mdah-hdsin ; sefi-lden-ean ; Ita-na-sdug; rta- rna ; rnam-hdud; 3’(5S inu-khyud- hdsiti (Mdsod.). Gser-gyi-b rtsig n. of an island in the Eastern ocean (A”. d. \ £69). чрКд’Х-Ч Gser-gyi ri-wo the gold- en mountain situated beyond the moun- tain of Pragjyotisa, where the tree of gold called Sa-le-dam abounds (A\ d. \ 283). gser-gyi г(7-?га = я|^^‘3'*ч’3п1 golden water pot. gser-gyi lu$ Т*ПТ golden body; a complimentary address for noble ladies. gser-gyi phud-pu a kind of medicinal grain, «1^’3 (ЛМ.). gser-gyi gtsug-phud-can the golden crest; n. of a bird. Syn. цд ч hdab-gqog bkra-pa; Ч mkhah-hgrohi rgyal-po; (hnn-klag (Mnon.). gser-gyi ^bram-bu l. = ^v gser-rdog-po (Nag. 53) piece-gold, pieces of pure gold that are picked up from sand; pure, unalloyed gold : (л. $$) all the others each presented him with a piece of gold worth a gold thread. *1^*5 gser-$kya pale, whitish gold (Rtsii.). eplvjw g$er-$kyem$ Et. golden-drink, wine that is offered to royalty, &c. for drink; now-a-days wine offered to the gods and the Grand Lama which is touched with gold and grain wrongly as a justification for that name (Бой. ч). gser-kha чдщ xsrf^T gold mine. gser-khri golden chair, throne, hierarchical chair. «pKfuc Qser-khan 1. n. of а (*<^V4) demon. 2. n. of a certain noble man’s family and castle in Amdo ; n. of a celebrated lama of Amdo belong- ing to that family. gser-ipkhan goldsmith. gser-mkhar a royal castle. gser-hgyitr-mkhan an alche- mist. 4]^^* sger-gug-sran an ounce of gold of*Guge : having offered three hundred ounces of Guge gold (A. 79). gser-mgar goldsmith (Mfton.). gser-glift prob, the ancient Pegu where Buddhism flourished in the ninth and tenth centuries A.D. gser-mgo golden-flower (mystic) (Min-rda.). gser'hgyur-rtsi a chemical preparation said to convert other metals into gold. Nagajuna is said to have known such secrets of alchemy.
1311 I Gser-mnal-can fvT’OTH an epithet of Brahma (Mnon.). Gser-ean 1. ^Tf^t the golden city, n. of a city in southern India. 2. n. of an officinal plant (8. Lex.). Gser-chu liquid gold; gilding. Name of a river between Ladak and Lahul where the people of Lahul paid tribute in gold to former kings of Ladak. gser-chu gtan-wa to gild with gold. gser-cho-lon a kind of precious stone called xtwfe дзег-tig n. of a bitter medicinal herb : (Med.). gser-tog golden badge, button. дзег-thal gold-dust, oxide of gold : (oxi- dized) gold dust applied externally removes fleshy excrescences (Mecl.). Gser-thub n. of the second Tatjiagata (Buddha) of the present Kalpa. gscr-gdugs-can having a golden-dome, a gilt-dome in the shape of a royal umbrella constructed on the top of a palace or castle: (A. 24) he visited the lama’s residence (called) ‘the palace of golden dome? gser-mdog ЯлГ gold- colour ; n. of a monastery in Tibet. gser-ldan—w^ myrobalan. 2. $ЯЧЯ n. of the capital of Indra (Sorig. 30). gser-rde ni-та^фМ*^ white mustard (Sman. 109). geer-rdo gold-stone, gold-ore: Gser-ldan-ma 1. [possessing gold; n. of a wife of Krishna]#. 2. the goddess Unia, the river Ganges, and the planet Buddha, (Yig. k. 14). Syn. W$ hbab-chu ; sa-gshi; ^ 3’ $ton~gyi-dus; gzah-lhag-pa; lha-mo u~ma ; chu-bo Gan-ga. gser-pa gold-searcher, gold-washer; dealer in gold. дзег-phur wrrn the polar star, the fixed star. Syn. зкаг-та brtan*pa; §tod-phur (Mnon.). дзег-phud n. of a medicinal herb used as an emetic (Medl). gser-hphren gold-chain, n. of a work. gser~bu n. of a bird of golden colour (К. ко. % 3). gser-bye golden sand, sand con- taining gold. a great river like, the Ganges, or the Indus etc., the Tibetan name of the Yangtse ki-yang of China, the river of golden sand. (Yig. k. 27) and may it please your honour to send your instructions and affectionate letters like the flow of the Ganges. gser-$byan$ refined gold, puri- fied gold (Yig. k. 13). «ipK’A gser-me =a дзег-gyi me- iog gold flower. дзег-min-can na-ga gesar) ЯТЯ^Ж (Mnon.). дзег-mig-can Ht. with golden- eyes, a fish; an owl.
1312 gter-dmar-po lit. red gold sif^H a compound of copper and gold. refined gold (Jtf.). gser-zafi$ gold-gilt, gold laid on copper. 4]^ qTq gwr-bzo-wa goldsmith. Syn. gser-mkhaii *, gser- m^ar ; khu-tshur-gyis htsho-tca \ zla-wahi-hjug (Jf/ion.). qjsK-^q gscr-8hal=®W*^ lit. golden face, a polite expression, for the faeo of kings, queens and grand lamas, also used as a compliment to respectable ladies. чркчч 'yqwXq ч'лчуг (Yig.k. 80), thauks for your very great kindness, I have been as pleased as if from an actual interview. о/ц-гад gwr-shal-mjal any interview with kings, queens, princesses and hier- archs. gscr-sho a gold piece of the weight of an English sovereign. gser-gshuil rifi-mohi- an epithet of the Ganges. (Yig. k. 85). gser-hod hwwt golden lustre, ^ег-йо^-€б7« = ЯЯ glog lightening (jMrton.). gser-yig golden letter, the royal mail; ‘ gser-yig-pa bearer of a royal-letter,’ an ambassador, envoy (Glr., Jd.). gser-sal le-^bram pure gold. gser-lhad-can alloyed gold. Syn. rgyan-gser; rwa- can-gser (Milon.). ^v-^4| gser-fog leaf-gold, gold-foil. gser-sraA an ounce of gold; a gold coin=16 rupees, a gold Mohur (Jd.). gse$ 1.-3^ order, class; ^^4 nafi-g$e$, as in 2|r«|Wq. 2. reciprocal, mutual (Vat. Jd.). 4|?(*4 gso-wa pf. htsho-wa) 1. qtw to feed, nourish ; to bring up, nurse up, train: easy to bring up, to nourish; д’^’Ч to rear a child, to feed or rear up a beast; to nourish the body, to restore health; also ^’gk'q or я{ачт^ц|д, to foster; washes to cure, nourish, or bring up. 2. fafaw? sfafq^, srf?r^c< to mend, to repair, curing, healing ; treats medically; to stop, remove, to put an end to (of a disease); q to rest, to recreate one’s self; to repair a house; to restore, rebuild, re-establish, what had been des- troyed, to kindle again, stir up again, a fire; to repair (a house), to refresh, to comfort; resp. to console. gso-dkah difficult to cure ; gso-mkhan fosterer, restorer, cherisher. gso^wahi lha-mo=^'K3piQ tqnt 5ГЭТ the constellation of Revati. gso-ggah-byed = §kyur-rtsi chen-po «фзк a kind of citron; the larger species of lime used for medi- cinal purpose (Mnon.). «Я’ачм gso-thab^ way of curing, manner of healing (Med.). 4^'3^ gso-thig cure-drop. gso-dpyad=^^w* (Sfi’S’^T the mode of healing, method of
1313 Ч|^’Ч | treatment of disease and the science of medicine, = the science of preserving or prolonging life (ДОоп.). treats medically, makes medical treatment or cure. gso-dpyad-mkhan physician, a restorer of health {Mnoni). gso-dpyad-pa=^\4 or htsho-byed-pa a physician {Mnon.). ‘«J^’85 g.so-$pyad the work of healing; nourishing, bringing up or rearing. «|Xr«r2i gso-wa-po 1. physician (2!ZaZ.). 2. a fosterer, the parents {Mnon.)t gso-bya the thing to be cured, the disease {Med.). gso-byed 1. the healing substance, the remedy; the healing person, a phy- sician. 2. = В dog (М/кш.). gso-tshid—^'WM method of healing. л|*г^4| gso-rig or faqr the science of medicine, the healing art. n. of a medical work in 293 block-print leaves; treatise on the healing art ; gvq'qg'q one hundred recipes or com- pounded medicines, n. of a medical work by Siddha Nagfcrjuna. «I^’gk’q g.so-$byoft-wa 1. for removing faults, and i“T<r|q'q washing or cleansing of sin^by making confession to a priest. 2. фчга reparation by penitence or repentance, taking the vow of Poshadha (fasting) obser- ving the Posadha vow of fasting or making confession of sin. е/ч obser- ving rigidly religious vows for one full day. gso-$byoft-pa one who has taken the vow of Posadha. q^’q’ gso-sbyoft bshag-pa to observe the vow of fasting. Gso-sbyoft-hphags (Uposadha) n. of ancestor of Gautama Buddha. gsoga-pa v. ^’q ; pf. bsag qy bsag$ to collect, to gather, to hoard: hoards, gathers: knows how to collect food. g$og idaft shi gsum in the cause of each of the three diseases of wind, bile and phlegm its develop- ment and cure, &c. {Pbum. 20). gsog-hjog hoarding, accumulating riches. gsoft-po l. = ^*S draft-po {fiag. 69) straightforward, sincere ; *|*fc’Zk‘g|*q = q to speak faithfully: after mak- ing reverence to the teachers what you have to say speak out truly (JPbrom. I4, 27). 2. =g^'g’q one who speaks out a thing before hand. gsoft, imp. of gsaft-iva as in keep the conversation secret {fiag. 68). Also there occurs : gsoft^ig keep it confidential, {Situ. 105). 4|^’4 gsod-pa^^^'% pf, q^ bead, fut. {Lex. usually) imp. ^\sod 1. Ягм, зга, Wf to kill, slay, murder, slaughter, to delight in killing; putting to death, causing to be killed; 4^^q|*q5^ flesh of an animal just slaughtered; ^v^'q^y fresh meat; ^'^Vqto be executed 166
I 1314 by the authority of king ; at the time of or just on the point of being «кем uted. <л^5*Я^5 gsod-gcod the act of murder- ing; murder, slaughter ; Я^5 ’Я*<\,$А^Я*га f<*ar of murder or massacre; Я^5’Я^' *jc 3’§S Q gxod-gsod man-} о byed-pa to murder, to slaughtei* a great deal; mas- <aercing. 2. to put out, extinguish: г№^я put out that lamp before gods. to destroy the importance or ♦ xedbmce of a person or thing, hence to <V spibe. Я*^ q 3 g>' d-pa-p » murderer, slaugh- terer. Я^§^ gsod-bipd 1. killer, murderer, Я^5 the murderous hunts man. 2. ЛНИ, Hix the lord of death, the •*vil one, Mara. Я^'§*\’5’Я^ Q^od-byed- g.na$ wfh slaughter house, the place 1 execution. gsod-sa place of execution. ^5 W gsod-lug§ manner of killing. ^^Я^ТЯ’^ &sod-rtags me-tog nan = ДОол.). ’^’5 &wd-byed $byafi-ki nag- / >==д^^Я’5 W’!,5’ (Sman. 109). Я*^’Я = Я^'| 5'q gsod-$kyij-pa — sf^’4 happiness, - ase; gen. in reference to one’s state of the mind : Я^’^’5^this place bring solitary is happy (Rdsa. 9). ' 1. for я^ 4 or Я^'25: Я^’ЙЯЛ^'35 warm blood of a living animal. 2. imp. of Я*1^4 (^Ч)- gson-pa I: 1. intrs. vb., to live, to be alive, Я*^ he, she, etc. is alive, —to remain alive, to save or preserve one’s own life, though I could save my life by telling a falsehood; I do not wish to live (any longer), of the fire: to burn, 7Г. does bum now ? 2. trans, vb. to wake, to rouse from sleep by shaking, to urge on, to hurry on by force, whereas is onlj’ done by words (Jd.), Я^Т« П: or Я^’^ 1. sbst. life : or during (my, your, etc.) life; adj. living, alive : q|^’q 5^ q jqfyn(K- dtt. S, I/o (an animal) weighed alive and dead will not balance equally ; 5'Л’9’Я^’ ah, there I saw my son alive! Я^’2р;’§уч to call into life, to animate; Я^’Зч^^Я'ч to bury alive; Я*Ч^‘ jwfyq gson-pahi rgyu-та hdren-pa to tear out the bowels of a living man. 2. rerival, restoring to health. 3. entire, whole, undivided, full. 4. $5’Я*Ц’4, v. £5 (Jd.). Я^Ц-я gson-ma colloq. for Я^’З: ЗЯ’^Ч Я^’* a live pigeon; Я*Ц’Я^ the living and the dead (Cs.); Я^’ЧЯЯ gson-bsreg a creature burnt alive; ^Я'^'Я^Ц’4^ Я to bum a person alive (Jd.). geob fbtf; hollow, empty, bloated; without substance, я^4’4^4 gsob-gsob stuffed, spongy. Ч|^’Ц gsob-pa^^Q ; pf. «ЮЛ b$ab fut. Я^ 1. to fill out or up, to supply, complete, make up; to cure (wounds). 2. to pay, repay, return; a loan (&Л.); to return a kind- ness (Glr., Ja.). qXwpine tree. qpjfc par 1. or or s чнт, W4 a punch, an awl, gimlet. 2. supine of
ч-|^Ч| 1315 psor-ica to brandish, flourish. gsor-hdcm-pa a kind of medicinal grass : the gsor-hdcm-pa is useful in wounds from burning. ^ol 1. for <|«WIA 2. in Sikk. = entertainment, feast. gsol-chen^^’^'4 great show or festival; in Hindi: tamasha. ijjXfarci g$oZ-p7=|pTci said. gsol-wa I: vb., 1. =8'q shu-wi VS?; to ask for, to beg for : h0 besought the king to save his life; ask the teacher to say the prayers; I beg (you) to explain; I beg you to consider; to worship a god, by offering libations (Jd.). 2. resp. for or to dress to put on: to put on a garment, clerical robs, cap, shoes; putting the cloak on the teacher (JZh.). 3. to eat, to drink, to take or offer a meal; do eat, take food! has finished his meal; is eating; as the king had drunk rice-wine; to take, to give, administer (medicine); to place < food etc.) before, to serve up for clerical person (Dzl.). $<!] I place itbefore you, help yourself! §4-5^W4’g-g«r^ the king took a bath ; sra§- la §ku-khrus gsol-lo they administered a bath to the prince ; to assume, to receive a name, to give a name; ^5’ a demon has entered his mind, ^ч’Ч’^, ^лч^дрг^дч present or offering of food. qpprn Il: = l. sbst. UTsjstt; ^?hi- prayer, request, entreaty; gsol-ica hdcb§-pa to make a recpest, to entreat, to pray for. 2. food : ^ч’Ч’Л^’л to take food, to eat, dine. gsol-dkar IT. resp. for crockery, china cup to take tea or wine. meat prepared for the table of a man of rank. g§ol-kha 1. request, prayer (8ck.). 2. meat,* and drink Sch. 3. = Г’^С’ (Jiff.). gsolJchan resp. for thab- tshafi a kitchen (Mnon.). gsol-fian poisoned food (Glr.). gsol-lcog dining table. gsol-chan resp. of л|^чггч^5 gsol-mchod prayer and offer- ings. gsol-ja resp. for * tea, ^41*^ gsol-za sgron—^^'Z ^§4 offering tea, tea- entertainment. gsol-na fish dressed for the table of a respected person, for food of a great man. ^ч'$ч gsol-tib tea-pot (Jd.). gsol-thug = 4^’gqj (Jig.) porridge or grnel made of barley flour with meat and dried curds. gsol-thabt fire-place, kitchen. *4^4 gsul-ljlofi — ^'^ gur-gur, churn; hookah, л^ч^ЕЦ gsol-dpon lit. head-cook, master- cuok, ordinarily = a private secretary who receives prayers and requests. g$ol-niar resp. for w butter. лрч gsvl-tshig$ dinner (Ja.) ; ^ч’^ч gsol-shtb resp. for ЗГ«’Ч fine parched barley flour for a great man’s food. ^4’^^ gsol-gyog under-waiter, table servant. gsol-ras donation, gift, present, gen. distribution of money, victuals, &c., by a person of rank to common people.
4^1 1316 g^ol-phog^ resp. for salary, allowance. g*o$-pa rfrnr, pf. 4Wq $so$-pa Nag. 76 . to foster, cherish v. §5’q to cure not keeping, retain- ing a child alive; qWg foster-son. gsos-ma cure, medicine; *<q*rq gso$-ma hdrb$-pa to apply a remedy. bsah v. Я*5* ц«4О] q l^g-pi pf- (Situ. _.Ж<пм accumulation of religious unfits ; hoarding money, v. 4]*w|'q or ^q, bs ih-bu resp» for ** food, fare Glr. ; Ipan-hbras resp. a dish of ri< Jd.\ b?an$ 1. incense, frank incense. q^srqiVai bt>afi$-b?4 incense removes defile- ment. cine^ ^^’0 bsafis-gtor-wa to burn mc^nso as an offering. 2. vb. pf. to cleanse, to remove: re- moved the dirt or stain (Situ. 76\ bs'd-pi HiftrT killed, also kill- ing : srog-chag$ Ip id-pa kill- ing animals (Situ. 76} v. ^S’4. iJ-bya «ГН! animal to be slaughtered. Ц b^ad-pa pf. пмчэд bsab$ = W4 to return, repay, retaliate : drin- .. b?ib$ returned kindness, shewed grati- tude p-qwg^q to reply, give answer N 7oI. Ц54Я bsam or sbst. f^tu, НП, HT5RT, 1. thought, reflection, wish, Imagination, fancy: «жа’Ц'Л'ч b$am-pa niu-pa sem-pa to foster bad thoughts (Do.); q^Kq-fo'^ bsam-pa tmn-ggis quick as thought; he was con- stantly haunted by those thoughts (Dzl.); qwjK&|gqq inconceivable, be- yond the reach of human intellect, incom- prehensible etc.; ’£*г^^зE/ад’^wя'qлEг^<I]•q', a good way of thinking is worth more than good (external) religion (Jf/Z.); malicious, wicked. 2. the will: W q’e^ q’ojvv^S^if you have borne ill will to others, you will receive a rough return. ft^«|’9|‘qwrq(or « to execute, to carry out a person’s will; as it did not go according to their wish ; do not try to divert me from my purpose । Dzl.}; «iwi’qvgc/ч occurred in the mind; q^ q qiq Zi good intention or design (ЛЛ7.); desire, mind, inclination, liking, or q|^fl]’q5qwq thirst for blood, murderous disposition (Glr.). 3. soul, heart: (by doing so) you injure your own soul (flfil., Ja.). beam- thag-pa na$ from tho bottom of tho heart. Syn. ^M’q hgo^-pa hdun-pa I Mnon.). bsam-pahi-$tob§ reso- lution, strength of mind/determination. bsam-don-hgrub ^пкг, w*r- fafi fulfilment (of one’s) desire or object. q^’q^Sj*^ bsam-pa mfion-phyogs bent of mind, inclination. bsam-pa fut. tense and secon- dary form of sem§-pa : thought, having thought (Situ. 7G)y has a pf. q^NN’q bsams-pa, ; not to be thought, cannot be thought of, incon- ceivable ; wwqV’ having thought about it; also of one’s own interest, =/«i3|wqv’ having meditated upon, reflected, pondered (A. 57). qW^’$-gq-q-W4VVq Wfa’tiT ufwtf П. of a very great number [n. of a chapter of
I 1317 Wq | the Prajnaparamita which treats of the inconceivable] 8. bsam-gyi mi- khyab-pahi rgnal-ptohi mdo n. of a Sutra (7f. d. *, 5). bsam-gtan qhr, WHf, HHTfa, W- 4fw state of complete abstraction, con- templation, meditation, concentration of thoughts; esp. that mystic meditation which at length evolves an astral counter- part of the meditator—the counterpart existing in Dewachan contemporaneously with the meditator who continues on earth. Syn. tin-fie hdsin; rnal- hbyor ; 8hi-gnas\ mnam-hjog (Mnon.). qw^’g^q bsam-gtan byed-pa to con- centrate the mind on a certain moral virtue, to transpose one’s self into the state of contemplation or meditation (Jd.). qw^-pq-g bsam-gtan kkan-bu — ^RS ri-khrod (Mfton.) mountain retreat of Buddhist sages and saints, hermitage on a lonely mountain. bsam-gtan phyi-mahi rgyud a Tantra containing descriptions of contemplation in 53 stanzas (K. g. *, 108). qw«^ bsam-mno or bsam-blo, also §fq*W fylo-bsam, thinking, wishing etc., working of the mind; qwW§5’<i or resp. to think, to meditate, consider, think upon; bzaft- byed-kyi bsam-blo wish to do good, a mind directed towards what is good. Syn. ^’qw mno-bsam\ ^'^4 rnam-rtog\ SJ’Vg’W yid-kyi-la$ (Mfton.). bsam-pa yaftspa — K^4!^^ blo-khog y«ft$-pa, sems yan^-pa broad heart, magnanimity (MftonT). bsam-hphellion-dicaft => the wish fulfilling tree, the fabulous Kalpadriima {Yig. k.33). qw^slw bsam-fyphel (Yig. k. 35) the great ocean. wrgbsam-blo thefa-pa q$E/q bsam-blo gtaft-wa ^’gvqwgpEjrqS’ (7). $el. 12). wg bsam-bya object of medita- tion, the deity or person who is thought of or meditated. bsam-bya mthsuns-pa coinci- dent thoughts having the same or similar objects in view or to meditate upon. Syn. phogs-mthun; mnam-byed; ^wq^’gmtshiifts-pmr spyod; mgrin-gcig ; dbyaft$-geig\ mgrin-pa mnam ; mthah- gcig-pa ; ijug-pa gcig (Mnon.). qw§k bsam-^byor design, project, plan, qwrjk'qsrq bsam-sbyor bzaft-po good design, or nan-pa bad design; qwr§^‘§vq bsam-^byor byed-pa to plan, to scheme, to project a plan (<7., Jd.). qw^N bsam-ges knowing or reading another’s mind; acc. to Jd. consciousness. qwq$3 bsam-bsehu seminal vesicle. bsar-wa gral-$grig-pa to arrange ; arrangement : (Situ. 76) arranged the things or furni- ture. 5saZ-2ra=3*i’q phye$-tca opened, disclosed, revealed, cleared up: §kyon-bsal-to disclosed the fault (Situ. 76) ; pray clear up. 2.= Ipq^-q advertising; to make known by trumpet or drum; also xjfnqf^r reputation.
1318 I bsal-t shags ЦН? strain- ing, filtering; to clear от purify water of animal life, &e. Syn. sel-ica; *farq sol-ica (Mfion.). bsig-pa pf. bsigs, to fan ojq•Sjga to fan the body with the hand (Situ. 76) v. ^qjq. q^-q bst'd-pa 1. to mend, repair. 2. pf. of to pick, sort, hair, wool; q-ц q?\q to sort wool. q^’d bsir-wa 1. 2. IF. sip (JdA. Q^QJ’Cj J. fyiH-wa to cut, cut into pieces (Situ. 7b). q^Ql’d II: 1.=^ ^ gran-mo adj. and sbst. cool, coolness; gvq become cold, the state of being cold [calm composure, equanimity^.; a cuol house. coolness is wholesome (Lt.). qstai qvbsil-wahi chu-kyes~*fo'Q. 2. vb., to cool ; also resp. for *55^ hkhrud-pa to wash, ^I’dWq to wash the mouth and face, the heat changes to coolness. leafi-bsil ‘ willow shade/ cool place under a willow ; being shady and cool ; qjaprqSta q it is cold, the weather is cold \fiag. 6CJ). water for cooling the feet (CW ; to wa^h the body with warm water (Cs.); to shed, shed many tears (Ja.). qSupc/ bsil-kluifi^^'^ SqtjW a dome, a turret on the roof of a house; also: a cool room, a summer house, summer residence (Ja.). bsil-grib 1?[Н^тцт; cool, grateful shade. bdl-hthufi cool draught, a cooling drink or beverage (Sch.). fydljdan ftwnH the Himalaya; Tibet. q?hr^Q*’§5 bsiljdan htsho-byed—^^\ bsil-byed (Mfion.), Bsiljd m saJcihi twin- Ijofi n. of Tibet; though the fanciful Indians who had very little knowledge of Tibet implied by that name the Hima- layan regions which abound in Sal trees and medicinal plants (Yig. k. 52). c&irsjyqq bsil-gdug$ parasol. qsluq^pjw bsil-tca gsum the three cooling medicines:—5^', 3^'3W and i.e., bamboo manna, saffron and small carda- mom (Mifi. 1). bsil-Ьи cool or coolness; q?hr^' bsil-buhi rlufi i^cRnpT a cool ЧЭ “ " ~ breeze. bsil-wahi hod-zer moon- beam, the cooling beam. q^Tq’Q*^ hdsin thog-gi lo-ma n. of a medicinal fruit (Mfion.). q^§5 bsil-bycd 1. gQnc snow, hoar-frost; also the coolers: the moon, cloud, wind, and sandal wood. bsil-zas or cooling food. fydl-ыг can the moon (Mfion.). bsil-дуаЬ Wi a fan. Syn. 5rlufi-g.yab\ &WQ^bsil-ica §tob (Mfion ). qW^ snowy mountain, the cool or shady side of a mountain; also a hill of Magada near S'itavana cemetry (Ya-sel. 34).
1319 bsu-гса = phebs-bsuy perf. and imp. (A//. 69), to go to meet: the mother goes to meet her son ; had gone to receive the party; let him go to meet; ятч^уте having received or escorted him; to join, to make advances, to interest one’s self for; to go to meet (solemnly), to welcome a respected person; mdun-bsus (Situ. 76) advanced to receive a party. I will go to meet the arriving pandit; great festivities on the occasion of recep- tion ; we will lead her home as your bride. 2. defined as sfion-du btafi pahi sman medicine that is first taken to be followed by another immediately (Li$.). bsu-chan^^^^-’ in Sikk. wine that is sent for the refreshment of a res- pectable party or official when coming to a place. bsu-mi an escort, the men going to receive a gentleman or lady coming from a distance. bsu-^man clyster (Sch\ bsuft sweet smell; dri-bsiift shim-pa broho I enjoy the sweet fragrance, bsun-gi grofl- khyer and bsuft-gi grofl- khyer chen-po are names of very sweet scented flowers (JT. my. % 29). bsufi-ned fragrance. bsuA-myo^ and bsuft-inyos chen-po are names of two kinds of fragrant flowers. bsun-pa dissolute: to be dissolute; to be irregular in habits. b^m-b^kyur (Sch.): irregularity of life, dissoluteness; abandoned prodigality. Jswi-ifwzi disgusting, obscene (Sch.). isub-pa, pf. to obliterate, rubbed out the foot mark (Situ. 76). fysum-pa to smile, 4 sum-pa to close or shut (Cs.) to draw together the mouth-string of a cloth pouch or bag; (Situ. 76) to shut up the mouths of a vessel or cotton-cloth bag. C\ 4| lisur-$myig W. clyster= «ад (Ja). q^’q bsus-pa incorrectly for 4tiN'q = $'4 belly, stomach. bse 1. se-wa. 2. for n. of a buckle or shield made of rhinoceros skin. bse-sgam, leather-box or box lined with leather; bse-sgo leather-door, or a door-like target made of hides (Jd.). 3. a kind of demon. bse-hbros-pahi snags the charm to drive away demon: 5^’^’ (7Г. g. -5, 52). rhinoceros hide of which shields are made. bsc-kha bsgo n. of a wild animal, (К. ко. 2). bse-ru 1. rhinoceros ; one who concen- trates his mind on a subject in the manner of a rhinoceros which looks to its horn with the only intention of killing his adver- sary. 2. in Tibet is applied to the clumsy-looking deer known to sportsmen as the “ serow.” 3. three species of grain having medicinal properties:
| 1320 ^5^‘Q white seru; black seru ; the spotted seru. a* bse-sbur a kind of grain with disagreeable odour. Ц5Г$Г$ bse-ma-nu= pomegranate seed (mystic) (ЛЛЙ. 3). se-mo species of weasel. bse-yub 5<' w tkyur-nia a kind of sweet and acidulous medicinal fruit. c^q]5Tt| to come from one bide, to come across one’s way (&7i.); to < omc into collision with. bseft-pa — \wv or f»wwq to revive spirit, to awaken, rouse; (Л. 135) as advice for rousing one’s spirits. lped-pa, v. gsed-pa to sort, to discriminate; to enter into details (Situ. 76). ^5555 the bow for setting a drill in motion (&A.). bsen-mo, a female evil spirit. + $.sew-A7/^-2}a=^^’4.S^’q &nen- telu$-pa to allure, seduce (by the show of friendship). bser in indehu-bser (Situ. 76)=^’34>|’Zi’’4^^5’g’g to see, examine if an arrow is crooked or not. bser, or resp. of 5е-’ rluft wind : whence does the cold wind: blow (IJbrom. Г, 18); tho term bser is generally applied to a cold breeze: ’Я«| he is affected by a cold wind (Sch.). 2. the feeling of cold : is not your honour feeling cold; catching cold ; bser-dii-yoft you will feel cold (Ja.). teer-ma^Sf' gen. wind in the stomach. fyser-ma tni-skyc-wa — gt-a-j-fl r/Mfl mi-skye-iva in TwrJ ^•сйкл-й-g q (Д. 155). ч?кй frser-mo adj. or sbst. zj-я^чя W,, did you not feel very cold ? honorif. a catarrh, a cold (Ja.). c$Q| $kyel~ma 1. w^pici followers, retinue. 2. v. + bsel-wa to protect from danger, remove fear or cause of danger. convoy; safe conduct, escort. sWq fysel-pa safe-guard, guide; wita’ §5’4 to accompany and protect one on tho way, to escort him. bso~wa rosp. to take rest, refresh one’s self, to remove fatigue by rest. aSfap bsog-pa form of pf. 4*^*1 or ^’адч|м accumulated wealth; hoarded treasure (Situ. 76). bsofi-po=\^'4 straight, honest. + fyiod-$nom§ described as : over enjoyment, faod-$nom$ favg alms of cooked food, edible things or money, gifts presented to clerical persons; food to the departed or to the manes of the dead; a receiver of such alms, to live by alms, on charity ; or resp. to beg, ask, collect alms; to prepare an entertainment for the priesthood (Ja.). bsod-btags for a kind of silk scarf which is be- lieved to bring good luck to the person receiving it as a present.
1321 q^| ч^-q^ fysod-bde, resp. g-q^ 1, good for- tune, happiness, felicity; qX^’q^ happy, q^-q^-^Zi very happy and fortunate, unhappy, wretched. 2. destiny, fate, = his destiny is a very high one; belongs to your destiny that you get a drubbing (Jd.). q*M^ bsod-nams W, дча holiness, merit, virtue, good action. a holy place to visit which brings merit. я^-^’я^я’Ч’Хвг^ | in this and in the next world, he who has done good actions will be happy (K. du. b 271). qX^wgirZj bsod-nams skyes-po a meritorious person, one having moral merits ; bsod-nams-skyes heaven, celestial region (B. ch. 6). qX^wwS)^ чяад bsod-nams ma-yimpahi las sinful deed, an act that is not pious. Syn. chos; «^’5* legs-byas; skal-wa bzafi; ГЛ’В’^4 kha-rje khyu-mchog; nams-dgah-ica; q4’^q dge-wahi- tshogs; bde-legs; sdig-zad; dam-pa (SLnon.). qX^swrjT®^ Bsod-nams rgyal-mtsan n. of a hierarch of Sakya (Lofi. \ 12). qX^w^’g,^ bsod-nams тдуип-byas gw- frere one who is adorned with moral virtues. qX^W’«^ bsod-nams-can a meritorious person, a virtuous, pious person. Syn. dpal-yon ldan-pa\ S«’q legs-byas-pa* chos-ldan\ skal-ldan} bzafi-byas\ kha-rje- can\ legt~ldan\ bsod- nams Idan-pa (A£fion.). q^^-^w^’4 che-wa яттд^1 a very virtuous person; of great moral merit. Bsod-nams-mchog the best moral virtue; n. cf a prince, son of king dpa§-byin (K. d. я; 183). ’£‘я^ n. of Sutra in (2Г. d. S 118). bsod-nams stobs- kyi rtogs-brjod the moral life-story of Puqyabala (K. d. w, 1). Bsod-nams dar-rgyas increased and abundant merits; n. of the father of Dalai Lama Kalzang Gyatsho (Lofi. Я, 21). bsod-nams-ldan gWTH, to the pious, one possessed of virtue, moral merit, &c. ^S^^'^^Bsod-nams-hpijel gwi5*, in- crease of moral merit; n. of a certain king of Benares (Hbrom. F, 37). q^5^5W’^* bsol-nams-shifi нНг a holy place, джйн a place of pilgrimage, a place where deeds of virtue and piety were done and a visit to which brings merit. bsod-pa~ wq bzafi-po, ч pleasing, very good agreeable. Ч’ч good and bad. Ace. to Jd. vb., to be pleased with, to take delight in, to like. qX^'q5'3^ bsod-pahi-zas Whr = wqac/Zj good food, well prepared, dressed, boiled (Zam. 9). bsol is explained as яЗ^^Ч bsos in 1. indemnification, damages paid for bodily injury. 2. to recreate ; ^«rqXq fial-bsos refreshed (Situ. 76). v. pf. of я|^'ч : repaired 167
1322 damage or things which had been injured; regained strength, &c. bxrafi straightened; зз%ззз’^’q anything that was crooked or bent, made straight 64). 333*3 b^afi~po straight, upright. bsran-tca, pf. 333*1 bsrans: ^3333*1 the crooked (thing) made straight; qjgc/qgcji made the middle or the main portion of a thing straight (Situ. 76) ; v. Зз'З wron-wa. b*rad, v. 3353 Iprod-pa. 33^ = 3*53 «д;рп endurance, patience forbearance. a5ff« 4, ran-pa v. 3V q з^'33^з=з5\- q-q^q’ to meditate on the virtue of forbearance; §4'330 very patient in troubles. endured mentally {Situ. 7'6). b^rab-pa 1. pf. 333*1 to be diminished; = Цз’З’^’сга^з shadow or darkness has vanished, dimi- nished ; ^’З'ЗЗЗ’З there is not much of darkness {Situ. 76). 2. (v. 33 srab} to bridle, keep under, restrain, check, curb, refrain; to restrain the passions. bsral-u'd faa to separate, to sort, to choose : зриз'^зз^з- (Baton. 142) choosing each a sharp knife, v. 3*4'3 srel-tca. Сч q?{ ’4forM4V7, pf. 33N bsris l.=^4^§S‘q to economize, to save, X^’33^ savings; economy in riches. 2. fondness, liking (Situ. 76). з|’3’Й5 bwi-wa-med f?nn; cruel, unrelenting (5. Ze#<). bsrtn, fut., pf. 355*1 bsrins (&ag. 69) ;r=^3'^’3g<q rin-du bskur-tca prolonged, to send to or cast to a distance : «1Лч^з« despatched a letter. Э> ззз*< tehe-bsrifis— ^з* prolonged life; longevity (Situ. 76). 33^ bsri-tshags economy, frugality; carefully keeping stores and treasures. there should be perfect economy in every respect in internals and externals (D. gcL 5). 33*1’3 i.9f^-;w=3553 stinginess; 3'33^* £\з without stinginess and hiding (Nag.). tprufi-wa=T^4; pf. 333*; bmtfi§*, fut. 33 rg, bwun-bya ; з^*гЯ*]*гзз 3*1 bgegs- 8og§-bsrufi§ {Nag. 69) to guard against evil or evil spirits that cause accidents; guardian, guard, watchman, sentinal, sentry; amulet. Syn. g3*r§5 skyabs-byed \ дз*з skyob-pa, (Mnon.). з^з я bwun-ma gen. spirits that guard Buddhism or Buddhist institutions and living saints. 33 c/SS’&ipi b^run-viihi-t^Jiogs a body of guards; ^’Ч'з^’^'ЗЗз*гз §ku- b»runs-pa or здз’з 6 s и rtf-ja royal body guard (Mnon.). 333'зрбХ bsrufi-hkkor or 333'q^*3p?3*i5f magic charm used as a protection against evil spirits. ЧЗЗ’Зрз'з snags- pa or g*pr3*3‘ (Mnon.), a Tantrik priest who by the efficacy of his charms drives away evil spirits and thereby guards people against evil. 333’^5 bsrun-mdsad a guard, wateher<
1323 bsrun-pa=^'Q btul-wa tamed, 70 disciplined, civilized. 4’4 bsrub-pa, churned; ho-та dan ja-bsriib-pa) v. ЯЧ; §5 bsrub-byed=?^ the sun (Mncw.). bsre-wa n. В’Ч to mix: mnam-du bsre-iva to mix together. bsreg-pa =^И, зуи; v. B4!’4 to bum, ^<ч'Ч§4|’Ц me-la bsreg-pa burnt, baked, singed. Syn. tshig-pa; ishig-ma; htshig-pa (Mnon.). brseg-khan funeral pyre, crematory. bsreg-bya ^тутц, anything to be burnt in the sacrificial fire. bsreg-blugs wry fa clarified butter poured in the sacrificial fire as an oblation. bsrel hchan-ica, gner- wa) to maintain, keep (&ag. 69) ; ehun-ma bwel-to maintained his wife (Situ. 76). ^B^’q bsres-pa = hdres-pa mixed up (flag. 69) ; mixture; SV milk with water; mixed up (as articles of food). Syn. a*4’4 spel-wa. bsro-wa n. (°У*1,аГД5рл ni-ma-la gsro-wa) ni-ma la drod-btan- wa, pf. bsro§, mcr-bsros dried in the sun, on fire, &c. (Situ. 77). ^f4^’ bsro-khan = w^’ kitchen; f«V bakery (Mnon.). bsrod-pa or bsred-pa~^Q sro-wa to dry, by exposing to the rays of the sun (Seh.). JsZa-wcz, v. sla-wa. bslan-wa ; =^е.'л to raise, to lift up ; v. 3(^*4 slan-гса, pf. bslans: gyen-du-bslafts lifted up (Nag. 70). bslad-pa to corrupt, to pollute, to spoil; to alloy gold or silver with base metals: ^’c45’^N-wqg\q4^3j’qq'^ the king’s bed being polluted with defile- ment (A. 144). bslad adulteration, corrupted by others (Situ. 77); W8 bslad-bya will be corrupted, having been corrupted. ед collected or ’|T4l*rq put in, arrange: W? kept them together on one side (Situ. 77). blab, pf. bsabs, ^<|’4’4S4’4 education, teaching of arts and sciences (Situ. 77), v. М-ра. 1. sbst. training, culture; doctrine. ^Sfq'q СЙ54 the three moral trainings:— 1. [training in higher conduct]#. 2. ^fwrrfafir^T [training in higher meditation]#. 3. sr^Tfirgr [training in higher wisdom]#. (K. du. S 41). the three vows for three moral trainings:— so-thar, byan-sems and *&rq gsan-snags-gyi $dom-pa=tiiQ vows for ordinary salvation, vows for Bodhisattva, and those foi' mystic cult (for entrance to Nirvapa jby the less direct but the most delicate way of Tantra). bslabs-qes-ean student, studi- ous, also=^'^’^ (Mnon.) an educated or trained person. bslaa-ston^consultation, or instruction : (you) should not on
qgq-ciA’^ | 1324 | your own responsibility decide matters of importance without asking for instruc- tion (Z>. feZ. 12). dogma, tenet, 4gq’g btfab- by a what is to be learnt, doctrine, precept, admonition: he imparted (to her) some prac- tical doctrines or rules of life and social intercourse (G7r.); ^gq g^v4 to give admo- nitions, to exhort, reprimand (Jd.). q^q-q^qft btfab-pahi-gshi the basis of study (Situ) [the subjects of study] S. q^q-^c btfab-gtsan the spiritual purity, keeping one’s morals and vows pure. 434^ btfalpdon gen. representation of one’s grievances, prayer or supplication (Rtsii. 9). 43*4 b$lu-ica v. 3’4 (vulg. ^*4) pf. 43 * 4 btlu$-pa, imp. fipr$Zw$; 1. ransom, gojqg-q 8rog btfu-wa to ransom life, q^qq^'n hchi-wa felucca to save one from death by paying money, etc. 4$ btfu-yon price-money or ransom, 43 * 943^ blu$-bya bslus ransomed life (Situ. 77), 2. to seduce, decoy: 43*3*| felu-tshig persuasive language or sweet words; (Jf, du. S, 261) this cunning man has seduced the young woman, the Brahman’s wife and has carried her away. X ilh-rdo fig. temptation, bait, lit. the stone that is thrown at a dog to divert his attention : ярбК’4$^з I have left off the temptations of worldly life (Khrid. 18).
ha I: is the twenty-ninth letter of the Tibetan alphabet corresponding to the Sanskrit v and English h; it represents the numeral 29. II: In Budh.: 1. e-ma alas! У (Л*Л) alas ! the Tathagata has fully passed out of sufferings (К. my. % 207). 2. fig.: to be greatly delighted, to be in ecstasy. 3. y^’|SV'S^ (K. g. 43). 4.=3^ a number (mystic) (К. g. I4, 28). III: 1. breath, уя^гс’ч ha-hdebs-pa to breathe. 2. colloq. nearlyyonder, further: У*?) ha-gi over there; УЧ’^] ha- la-тдуид (speaking contemptuously) go to that place t.e., do not stay here, be gone 5; уад'^уя residing there; one resid- ing at an unknown place. hwal: 1. in Budh.: (Ebum. % 283). 2. (Chinese) a picture, a painting. II: 1. in ^*3’^ go^-kyi-hwa collar of a coat. ka-go-wa to understand, to com- prehend in C., and W. => У^’^' I have understood it; *’У«‘Ч| I did not under- stand; У^=^й^^ (Rdsa.). is explained as ysc’ ha-cafl Wfa; adv. excessive, good deal, very, too much: gxywRyrq’ уде'ик'д^’.3|'гЗ his passing out of misery (death) was really too soon; y-sfotapo very good, excellent; у*х5уЗ very large great; уггяс q too many; y^‘wq exceedingly good, ys^xyq very bad; у«цЛк.х very long, very far; угхЭЛс/ not very far; y«'^ not very near or close. У^’дХ’*^’Э’5Мт|сга^<< do not prattle much. y*xg«rq very big or stout: (Lo. 37). y^xjEa-dso-ga-hoft n. of a small town in Assam not far from the place called Sdofi-zam sde-wa-than on the border of Bhutan (Dsam.). This small town of Hajo in Assam has a temple dedicated to the Hindu god Hayagriba who resembles the Buddhist god Tamdin (У*3^) and is therefore worshipped by the Buddhists of Tibet who mistake Hajo for the Buddhist Kusanagari (Kusinera) the place where Buddha died. It is called by them Tsam- chog-tong (3>’*йТ^‘). yyV^ ha-na ho-nif han-fam 1. very angry, much enraged Ld. (Jd.) 2.= йхУячУл a stupid dull man; a dozing dull man. У Па-ni all of them, all together, in a body (Sch.). f man-ta Hanumana, lit. he with high cheeks, a Mongolian or a Hun; the monkey-warrior in the epic of Ramayana, the devoted general and messenger of Rama.
1326 Syn. hod-ldan-, and^a nahi bn ; mig-gsum-pa ; V’F’SS’^ dgah-byed pho-па (Шоп.). Ш Пара a native of a Ha in Bhutan, = Has-pa. Ц ha-pa ha-pa to breathe out steam or vapour (Ja.). ha-po n. of a medicinal herb. ha-ycg$ woe (to you, etc.) ! in W. (Jd.) ha-ra TV. to play at dice (Ja.). vvj-i; ha-ra hu-rc in W. impetuous, violent, impudent; also tpV1 * * 4’#4’4 $pyod-pa rtsub-pa rude behaviour or conduct. У ha-ri parrot. ha-ri-m-ka vfT’Fta n. of a flower (7Г. Ao. ’П, 4). t ha-ri-ta-ka vfbnt vegeta- bles, greens, pot herbs (Vai. sfi.). ha-ri-dra the turmeric plant, Curcuma (Jd.}. ha-ri tsan-dan the finest species of white sandal wood. 1 ^a"re na~ka n- a mC(l^ cinal plant. ha-re a statuo; ha-rc-lon blind like a statue, i.e., having eyes but without sight like a statue: (Л. 136). ha-la or У «ГУ 4 1. poison in general. 2. a Tantrik form or aspect of the Bodhisattva Avolokites'vara (|hw 0]^^). ha-lam(Rteii.) about, just, nearly, tolerably, rather: ^c/yewr nearly like that (Vai. §n.). ha-las-pa—WH^a vb. to be astonished, frightened: У= «гй’яЦ nothing to be wondered at; qysbaw (Rdsa.). to be struck with wonder, to be surprized. уч ha-luft ma-go-wa = eolloq. not understanding the meaning. 5 ^^c^ q explained as ayq^lK'q. /wr-Zo—^V4!^'^ (Yig- k. 51) the holly-hock. But acc. to Jd. a flower, in gen. esp. a large beautiful garden flower, yHrjK'q a simple flower, not a double flower; a double Y<S flower. ha-fail 1. a Chinese Buddhist priest or scholar who is also represented by a mask in religious plays. 2. Y-^*^ n. of a hill in Tibet suppossed to be the abode of demons. ’A4! ha-fig a mineral medicine, used as remedy for tho stone; acc. to (Vai. §n.). = thod-le-kor alabaster. У^4] Ua-sag (0$^’^) n. of a country of the Lalo (Dsam^). ha-ha-ho in the mystic language of tho gods of the Apara-nirmana Rataya celestial regions=^4 misery. ha-ha thob-byed—^' Q§£’4; ууд«1=«^ч|’Ч cessation from misery and the way to Nirvana (К. ко. % 235). hahi a Chinese word=shoe in C. У5 sba-гса n. of a medicinal herb (Jd.). hwag$ irxjg, prob, sugared medicine, like lozenges: чрГйГ^згзп (8. Lex., Med.).
5'«| 1327 ha-ld beer. han 1. vulg.=vacant or vacancy; 2.to squander, to dissipate. Uan-ne n. of the second wife of the king of demons. hafi-phan ser-po—Q^ bya- ra-tea n. of a king of demons. han-wa to pant, to gasp (Ja,), han-yon a kind of brick-tea {Rtsii.), Ф&г han-son or misunderstanding, misapprehension. haj sudden ; let alone! be off! IF. had-kyis suddenly; to rise suddenly. had-de (idiom.) = to look with dumb-surprise, to be astounded and senseless: (A 120), had-§man n. of a kind of fruit (& kar, 179), had-rams indigo of the best qua- lity. hab-^a violence. han-ldan in JF, 1. dumb, mute, a confused, unmeaning speech. 2. imbecile, weak of mind (Jd,), han-hony n, ha-na ho-ne. ^4 hab 1. a mouthful: to eat quickly; to devour greedily, e.g,, of dogs, pigs, etc. 2. a stitch, in sewing: yr«&rci hab htsham-pa to make here a stitch and there a stitch, as in quilting (Itfil. Jd,), 3. to laugh sneeringly. 5^5 hab-bcad a needy wretch, а starving person. ^1’<ггч hab-thob-pa to gain or take by plunder, to loot y to get by snatching away from another’s possession or as in the case of dogs: (Khrid, 52), hab-thob byed- pa to scramble for, to strive or contend for (J a,). W4]hab-^a che a dispute, a quarrel. quarrel with merciless violence (Л. 144)* hab-ga byed-pa in Mil., to dispute, to quarrel. ^’4 ham-pa 1. avarice, covetousness, greediness; to be covetous; be not covetous! W, 2, strength, force; taken away by force. 3. courage, bravery IK, of men and animals, white film on liquids, etc., mould (Jd,), /z«r=the colloq. expression at once, abruptly, suddenly; ^'^*4 to rise suddenly; mother rising up at once to see the spectacle. g har-sgra an abrupt voice, sudden voice; when ejaculating a sudden sigh (Khrid. 122), has exaggeration, hyperbole ; to exaggerate. has-pa a hitch, doubt, discre- pancy, error; ^’4’^ ha$-pa-$or=w in taking or giving money or things to another party if there be difference in the accounts, &c., or in cash balances their falling short, is called has-pa mi-hdug there is no hitch (about it); ha$-pa chen-po mi-hdug nothing to be afraid of, or to- doubt.
1328 Ha^-po-ri n. of a hill at a short distance from the grand monastery of Sam-ye. Ha^po ri-thaft n. of a place of Bon pilgrimage in Tibet. ha$-stag tshaft n. of a place in Bhutan. hi = numeral. 59. hi-ra vto diamond. hi-ri corn-stack: to build a com-stack. hi Jin a noise; hi-lin btaft-mkhan ; a bully, brawler (Ja.). t IliJon-^an n. of a river men- tioned in tho Ригаца (7Г. my. F, 198.)— prob, tho Mongolian river Khelenchuan. hi-hi 1. the laughter of displeasure ; or anger. 2. (mystic) pafri ston-mo (K. g. % 216). hihi-ka breast-bono (&Л.). ^4] hig, or hig-ka the act of shud- dering, also of sobbing; also, defined as rnam-fe§ yar hpho-wa the departing of the soul from the body. hu 1. a kind of tea (fi^n.). 2. re- presents num. 89. 3. in W. breath (Jd.). 5’15 hu-khyu the sound of sighing hu-thug-thu Mongolian equiv. for wnS the venerable, the most holy. ^’3) Пи-па 1. the Mongols or the Indo-Mongolian family to which the Tibetans are allied. 2. n. of a place in Tibet (Б. ch. 4). 5*1 ЗГЗ1*! Uu-thug 1. n. of one of 36 border countries of Tibet (Jig. 81). 2. for ^’зя’ч hu-thug-pa in «V(Khrid. 121). 5’4^ hu-bde a kind of sword used by the Mongols (Jig. 31). hu-ru-ru has been explained as МЗЧ’У4 1° stare with the eyes fixed and not revolving (A. 136). he stares, he gazes with wonder, horror, confusion (ЛЛ7., Glr.). : s’ovs hu-lu kun-da n. of a bird of the laud of Asura (K. d. % 15). hum-mdsad an expression of challenge and fearlessness, gen. to alarm an enemy. Пип n. of a Chinese imperial dy- nasty (Grub. *, 5). о X’ huin-fia in which 7jSw=the expression of anger: *>’ signifies I, myself and ’Vs'^5-^ (Л. 18). hufi-khun a pyramid; a triangle or triangular figure gen. used in mysticism. о Лй7П=й’2^’й|’|^ khro-bohi $fiag$ as a mystic expression of wrath from the lips of a frightful deity. The Tantrik lama also in vanquishing an evil spirit or an inimical god uses the expression Пит to terrorize him. jiun in news, tidings, intelli- gence, information; disclosure, explana- tion, opinion, idea ; unexpectedly, unawares (Jd.). hub a gulf, a draught: *3**^4 at first take only one mouthful, one draught at a time (Glr.); 54*^4 one mouthful, hub-do two mouthfuls (Cs.). дя’Йчщ hub-phogt a kind of tea (Rtsii.).
УЧ 1329 5^1 hur 1. has been explained as 2. to stare at out of wonder or surprise, an expression of amazement: (Rdsa.). hur-wa to be quick, active, dex- trous. 5^*44| hur-thag quickly, imme- diately, with dispatch. hur-po 1. quick, alert, dextrous, clever. 2. hot, hasty, passionate in Ld. hu$ moisture, humidity, wet; 5*^ injured by damp; M*’4*1 the book having got damp, let it dry. he-ht a sound made unconsciously while laughing \ (Rdsa\ ^’qq] he-bag, 1 .= difference: ^*T^5 it makes uo difference. 2. provo- cation, taunt. | he-va-dsra also called B’K hye rdo-rje (Mnon.) n. of a series of treatises (Ja.). Hi He-ru-ka terrific mani- festation of the chief Tantrik god Sambhara or in Tibetan Demchog (Mnon.). the dress of Heruka, namely, the rubbing dust over the whole body and face, adorning the body with differ- ent ornaments made of human bone, putting on a crown made of human skulls upon the head, wearing a tiger’s skin and carrying in the right hand a trident, &c., in the left hand a human skull: the prince proceeded having put on the dress of Heruka (A. lb), heg-po stale, putrid, rancid. liel-po in W. wide, extended; of garments : wide, easy; ^'4 hel-wa id. and sbst.: width (Jd.). ho num.: 149. 5’0’8 ho-sgra ku-sgra shouts and cries of ho and ka to show that one is watchful at night like a constable or chaukidar: shouting ho and ku he walked round (Л. 13). ho-та vfcr prop.: burnt-offer- ing of clarified butter; 5^‘R^’ the trian- gular, pyramid shaped fire-pit in which burnt offerings are made ; acc. to Jd. a small pit or a triangular box used for such an offering. 5м’§5’* to sacrifice. hon-len Epidendrum fesse- laium thus described: S’crgr-asjrda. 5 a bitter medi- cinal root, frequently to be found on the mountains (v. also Hook. I., 273). This drug is of two species, the yellow and the red-brown hon-lcn. Syn. za-wa; ^’Я- §kye$; ^*§5 htJio-byed. hon a weight equal to ten Chinese li (Rtsii.). hon-hon stupid, foolish (Cs.). hob-ho W.: bent in, or battered (Jd.). horn ace. to Jd., a Mongol word signifying a pad placed under a camel’s load Hot a Tartar. the Mongol Jinghis Khan. n. of a Tartar tribe in Glr.; 5^*^ hor-yul Turkestan. 168
1330 hor-zla Tibetan month. hor-khon$ deficiencies, gaps. hor-cham$ trunks, cups, trays, bucklers made of leather and painted. hor-tin oblation cups manufactur- ed in Mongolia (Jig. 21). hor-du a Mongolian encampment from 5* Ilor Tartar or Mongolian and du smoke. Each nomad’s tent repre- sents a fire-place and chimney, t>., a family. hor-dofi Turkestan quiver (Jig. ш 5*'^ hor-hdra 1. Tartar-like, t.e., of rude and rough manners. 2. [ScA.: con- fiscation, to confiscate] Jd. Hor-pa 1. a Dzungarian; also a Tibetan from the northern provinces, a herdsman of North Tibet. 2. Crossop- tilon pheasant. a species of hawk (Sch.). horse a painted leather trunk manufactured in Turkestan (Jig. 21). hor-$le a kind of coarse blanket manufatured in Turkestan : (Rtsii.). hol-ica vb. to loosen the soil: the ground must be loosened, be made soft. ^7] hragz=S^ or flw a cleft, a gap, fissures : r (Jf>. 63). hrag-pa hardness; hard like stone, tough. Syn. 8ra-tca\ ^’5 gyon-po (Mnon.). hrafi l.z=sc/q strong, hardy: rgad-po de hran-po-hdug that old man is hardy. 2. alone, $ОГЧ| a single man and woman, also = Sac* celibate. $S’4 hrad-pa [1. to thrust, to push violently, to stem firmly. 2. to scratch; (his Reverence) made several scratchings with his hand at the door Mil. 3. to exert one’s self, to make every effort 7F.] from Jd. ^4’^4 hrab-hrib for rab-rib. hral torn. hral-wa to rend, tear up, tear to pieces, e.g.> of a beast of prey; to tear up a persons body (Jd.); acc. to Li$. р not in pieces, entire. hri 1. = ?’* shame (mystic) (K. g. f4, 2#). 2. essence, substance; a mys- tical word (J2.). hriд-ра W. to hang (a thief); died by hanging (himself). ^^1’4 hril-po [1. round, globular; hril-hril byed-pa to writhe with pain; hril-hril kad-kar byed- pa to be writhing, and then again stretching one’s self or starting up (Pth.). 2. whole entire tshe-hril-por for the whole life (Glr.); wrapping up his whole head (Glr.). 3. close, dense; $4’ hril-bdus-te hdug-pa to sit or stand close to gether in rows (Mil.\ and in C.] from Jd. hrud-pa adj. rough, rugged; severe, strict; also hrud-po adj. jagged, in C. hrum-pa to break, to smash (Sch.). ^^1’4 hrul-wa, also S*®, adj. and sbst. ragged, tattered; raggedness;
1331 he put on a ragged dress (A, 97). 2. sbst. rags, tatters: to put on rags for a garment; (Л. 99). hrem-pa swollen; hrem-me id. (Ja.). hrob grit, bits; dnul-hrob silver bit; SVF4 medicines not pounded. hrob-hrob gravel; gravelly; in bits, into pieces. 5=r5|^’ hrob-srafi a tael, an ounce of sil- ver in lump used as a currency : $4 or aftX4! (& kar- 18 °)- lha ят, нтчг, the whole class of petty or minor gods; and esp. the dwellers in one of the upper zones of Mount Sumeru who are ever at war with the lha-ma-yin or Asuras inhabiting the zone just beneath them. Buddhas and Bodhisattvas are regarded as superior Lha. Kings and nobles are complimented with the title of Lha. In Tibet the higher ge-lofl or lamas are held to be superior in grade and in power to lha. Syn. hchi-mcd; rgas- ined; skabs-gsum-pa; lha-min-dgra-гсо; tshig-mdah- can; leg$-lri$; mkhar-nal; bdud-rtsi-zas; mi-sbyin- $kyes; mig-mi-hdsum; me- shal; ruam-sad; rmi-lam- med; flag-gi tshon-cha; ya-yig-skyes; bde-hgro; tshigt-bzafl ; hdod-gzugs-can ; dge-skye$ (Milon). The /Ла, however, embrace multitu- dinous and varied collocations of deities, among which may be enumerated the following: (1) the gods of the sun; (2) . (3) the gods of riches; (4) dgah-ldan the gods of Tushita heaven; (5) ^juu<$fG£3r. the gods of the illumined heaven; (6) the gods of the wind; (7) Maharaj K&yika; (8) 5^'q grub-pa Siddha; (9) VT9 drag-po Rudra; (10) Gaijadhara dewa; (11) ^4 ^ rig-hdsin Vidyadhara; (12) chu-skyes the gods of the clouds; (13) Yaksha gods; (14) §rin-po Rakshasa gods; (15) V dri-za the perfume-eating gods or Gandharva; (16) Kinnara, the ugly-face gods; (17) -*Г* ga-za Pis'fccha; (18) q gsan-wa gntb-pa Guhyak SiddhaA; (19) hbyufl-po the Bhiita. lhahi glu-mkhan the divine musicians: ^ЗД’Я^’ч**Д’5Вслг*,11’^ skab§- gsum-pahi gla-dbyafl§-mkhan; tgra-flan-spafls; dbyafl§-ldan-mo dbyan$-§grog-pa; dri-za- skyes; Vя dri-za (Mnon.). lhahi IJon-gifl J the ce- lestial trees: k, 27) rnfbra; 5’^’3” rgya- mtsho-skyes; «15'yid-mos; ‘ 9 ’ £ч kau-b i da-га н^тх; ^«’13=1 legs-khyab (Шоп.). lhahi-btuft-wa the drink of the gods. Syn. bdud-rtsi; bde-hthuft (Mfion.). lhahi chu-wo the heavenly rivers: я'Ч 'Ч sa-ica-ka; mtho-ri-klnti ; lha-yi chu-wo bcud-rin (Mfion.). Ihahi-drafl-sron ; the heavenly sages: mchu-la$-§kyes; me-sbyin-bu (MHon.). lhahi §man-pa the celes- tial physicians: 5*« (wfWt g»4R); V’SVS rnam-hbyed-bu (Mnon.).
1332 ^1 lhahi gar-mkhan the celestial dancers: ^'ч^’л dran-pahi $nc-ma; me-na-ka; ^^'^'^^^^mtho-ris lhabi gar-mkhan (ДГЯоп.). lhahi $mad-tshoft-ma 5шт the heavenly courtezans: ^EjQia|*r£prg*j mtho-ri$ $mad htshofi-lags myo$-$kye$; rag-dgah ; glog-hod-cau; dgah- uahi fin-rta; leg$-brgyan-ma; chu-fift brla-can ; ч^’^^’Й pad- dkar-mo (Igfton.). Sp’SJ'* lhahi bla-ma the teachers of the gods: Saft$-rgya$ (Buddha) and § Phur-bu (Vrhaspati). lhahi gscr-hdab n. of a flower yIC my. *1, 20). ар’|ч]*я lhahi lcug-nia = ^\^' dlu-fift beud-mi-ldan (Milom). lha-min-dgra the enemy of the Daitya’s (demons) i.e., tho gods. lha-min snin-khu ^пят = 4С‘ wine. lha-min-lha—$'$ W (Mfton.V lha-mo ктжktt a goddess, princess, lady. qj Й*ч^ lha-mo-bdun the seven goddes- ses:—(1) tshaft$-ma; (2) V^/Й dwaft- mo ; (3) qq|’Й phag-mo ; (4) V4’^ drag-mo ; (5) lu§-tian-nio ; (6) khyab- hjug-ma; (7) gshon-nu-ma. $*ЙЛ lha-mo~rta a certain insect. 'Й’g -я Lha-mo $gyu-hphrul-ma НТШ- the mother of Gautama Buddha. ^Й§я|гг<г^ ’ч5*^ n. of a Tantra much used by the Rnin-ma sect g. I). Iha^mO mo-phag-gi fift-rta-can — W^y'#‘4P№ (]tffton.). • Й \ ‘ w'4^ ’ ’ ч$ * lha-mo dri-ma med-pas shus-pahi-mdo n. of a Sutra deli- vered by Buddha at the request of king Ajata S'atru’s daughter. lha-mO chen- mo dpal-lufi b$tan-pahi-mdo n. of a Sutra (7Г. d. ч, 397). ^•Й’5Ч^-^’9|м-5М’ч5-^ lha-mo dpal- phrefi-gi$ shu$-pahi-mdo a Sutra delivered at tho request of king Prasenjit’s daughter princes Dpal Phreft (К. ко. * 479). J* Lha-rtsc a district in upper Tsang belonging to the jurisdiction of the Tashi Lama, with a large monastery In English maps it is called Jang Lhar-che (Tsang Lhortse). lha-rtsc dpon-mo n. of a Tibetan Buddhist saintess of Lhartse. (ДГЯоп.). ^’XoraS'oi^ lha-rtsc rol-pahi-pna$ — sky, heaven (Д^Яол.). X lha-tshc rifi-po the gods of extraordinary longevity. lha-mtsham$ n. of the 16th lunar mansion Syn. ei4!lag-so; md$ah-wohi- Iha; <чо]*ч lag-pa (Rtsii.). lha-za daft grays n* of the queen of Srid-rje braft-dkar son of Safts-pO tho founder of tho first Bon dynasty of Tibet (G. Bon. 23). lha-bzo 1. the art of making images of gods. 2. also divine artist, a framer of gods. ч Iha-shi-ica mild aspect of any god, opp. to the drag-рю (rudra) aspect. /ЛамAo=*4^'gafts-thig snow drop, ice-drop (mystic) (Jfift. pda. Л).
^<41 1333 ^11 lha-hdsug occurs in $’^£4^1)* lha-yis htsho-wa=%'4^ $ku- gner or lha-gner (Mnon.) a priest in charge of the images of deities, etc. contained in a temple or monastery. lha-rdsas silk scarf for presenta- tion with letters. lha-yul guft-thafi and are two of the 37 holy places of the Bon (<7. Bon. 37). satin, silk, handker- chief used by kings and gods (Yig. k. 3). Lha-ri gzim-phug n. of a small monastery with a large library pre- sided over by an incarnate lama in Tsang. lha-ru=.^ or lhar, SJ’5’5^ lha-ru $kyes bom as a god or among the gods in heaven. §с/ч| Lha-rig-pahi-sen-ge an Indian pandit from whom Thon-mi Sambhotahad learnt the Sanskrit language (Situ. 1). $fK<r| = silk scarf for pre- sentation (Yig. 17). lha-la-phyog§ 4^q4'^rq a mode of movement or gait in walking (Mfton.). lha-la gtor-wa to propitiate the gods by showing eatables to them. lha-la$-§kycs originated from the gods, god born. • QW qqN • q v «X lha-las bab§-pah i mchod-rten the memorial temple of Buddha’s return from heaven. Lha-luft n. of a district in the province of Lhobrag, the birth place of Lhalung Paldor, the assassin of king Langdarma (Deb. % 32). lha-khaft ftmT shrine, temple, sanctuary. Syn. ytsug-lag-khaft; gan~dho-la\ &na§-gshi (MnOn.\. lha-khaft~pa> [belonging to the divine mansion]S. lha-gos=y%4 lha-rdsas or silk scarf enclosed as a present to accompany a letter: (Yig. k. 17). lha-dgu n. of a demon. lha-rgyal-bod v. lha-rgyal-lo glory be to the gods ; 5^’B^VS'4*'5’ (Situ. 217) invocation to the gods by throwing a handful of barley flour to the wind (Rtsii.). lha-rgyal mtshon-ma^'&A' hjah-mtshon, rainbow (Mfton.). lha-geig gen. her or his or your majesty, your highness; acc. to Jd. Sir ? dear lord or king. 2. prin- cess. lha-chrn a great and mighty deity; an address for kings like Sire. ' q Iha-ehos-pa=’ §5* (Situ. 12J) one who performs religious service, a priest. Iha-lcani a princess, a nobleman’s wife, a great mistress: (Yig. k. 49). to the feet of hor ladyship the princess who is possessed of a loving and affectionate heart. ’I lha-rje physician. This title was first conferred on the court physician of king Thi-sron deu-tsan (Yig.).
F/SI 1334 ^5 lha-nid ^«г, ^r«4 godhead, divi- nity. 9j /Лбг-^пб?г=3'«1^ $ku-gner a priest in charge of idols (dftfon.). ^ 5)^’ Lha-sgafi n. of a place in Kham. 9 lha-rtcn image or temple of a god or of gods. $lha-gtor za-ica (lit. the eater of offerings made to the gods)=as met. 9 a crow (Mfion.). ? lha-tho (prob, for Ihahi- tho-yor) heaps of stone erected on moun- tain passes or on tho tops of mountains as votive cairns. lha-паъ 1. barley graiu offered to the gods (J?ten.). 2. from the gods. “9 Lha-bu n. of a place in the district of llol-dgah (Rtaii.). lha-dag-byed nectar, ambrosia. 2. a n. of tho river Ganges (Yig. k, 85). Lha-ldan n. of the city of Lhasa ; it is also called g’g^ because containing in its grand monastery five miraculously sprung images ^‘S^'g’^*; (Lofi. S 6). Lha-gdofi n. of a place in the province of ,c/ bi upper Tibet: (A- 66). % lha-hdab = W^. lha—$de nii-$de 1. the clergy and the laity. 2. the class of gods and the class of men (Jd.). Lha Tho-tho-ri gnan-btsan one of the famous early kings of Tibet (J. Zafi.). Lha-mthon lo-tsd-wa n. of a Tibetan Sanskrit scholar. lha-nad hysterics; madness (&Л.). Iha-gua^ 1. celestial region, abode of the gods. 2. as met :=|^ cloud. 34! lha-phyag honorific of ЗЯ paying homage or miking salutation : (Yig. k. 2) honours shown to tho gods, worship paid to them; bowing towards the four points of the compass in token of reverence to the gods (Jd.). to salute respected persons in letters and otherwise. ^•^qc/a}4]arjjq Lha-dicafi lcg$-$kyob an epithet of Indra (Mfion.). Lha-phyi (Lab-ehi) n. of an outer mountain of tho Gauri Sankar or Everest group as seen from Tibet. lha-phrug a descendant from the gcds, child of tho gods ; as a mask (Schl. 235). lha-ica sap or resinous juice of trees (Jig. IT). Lhi-bla-ma n. of the father of Bromston (Hbrom. F, 37). lha-ma-yin in ancient times the Asura occupied the celestial regions, but in later times they were expelled by the Deva or Lha invaders; therefore in all accounts of tho Asura they .are called lha-la$-rgan or §fion-gyi lha the elder brothers of the gods, i.e., the earlier gods (Mnon.) ; but in later days were denominated lha-ma-yin or Iha- inin. They rank as one of the six classes of beings inhabiting Mount Sumeru at different zones. Syn. §gyin-$yes\ SV§*’ sbyin- bynfi ; §byin-mahi-bu ; /Ла-
1335 ^1 las*rgan\ §fion-gyi-lha\ *^5’Sft’53T^ mchod-ibyin dgra-tvo; dwan-pohi- dgra^ww’^w pa-sans $lob-ma ; gshu-la$-skye$; V^’g da-mihi-bu; 4J^’*V9 gsersan-bu\ Я9' gshu-rgyal; Ihar- pnod; lha-la-sdan\ &‘c^'afcr*i khu- wahi $lob-ma*> *vK*[’4ft|4 sa-hog-gnas; (Mnon.). Iha-ma-srin gods, Asura, and Raksasa, etc.; or, perhaps, also '^’^5 lha-ma srin ide-iryyad the eight classes of gods, Asura, Raksasa, etc. i.e.9 the whole world of spirits (Ja.). lhahi-ma ^нгги, the mother of the gods. ^я’КогЙ lhahi-rol-mo the muses, goddes- ses born as musicians : ^‘Й’5*|’Зс/^5*Х«г the goddesses will perform divine music. lhahi-tshon-ris the celestial colours, the rainbow. Syn. w hjah, hjah-mtshon Utt ft on.). Ihahi-gin^^'Q fug-pa the deodar; also the juniper, acc. to Lex. 4^4», 4TfW<i, [a tree of para- dise] 8. (Ifrfton.). Lhahi-gnas-gshi— 11]СЧГ'Ч?ГГГ’Е; vihara, monastery (Mnon.). Lhahi-dmag-dpon the warrior general of the gods, Kumara Shad&nana the youngest son of Mahes'vara (№on.). • S) • 4«\q lha-yi-hdab = Д' я ’ klu-t} /Я \MAon.). ^5’q^S lhahi btsun-mo ^Гчмтт [celestial damsels residing in the sky and regarded as the wives of the Gandharvas]8. ^5’iga Sutra deli- vered by Buddha at the request of the daughters of king Prasenajit (К. ко. *, 419). ^'q^q^ n. of a Sutra delivered at the request of a Deva- puttra (JT. d. 4, 62). Lha-yi ^lob-dpon Wlfti, the teacher or spiritual guide of the gods. Lha-yi bla-ma Vrhaspati the re- nowned teaeher of the gods, who is said to have been formerly an ordinary god whose name was Sarvajna. On account of his profound learning and perfect command over the Sanskrit language and literature he was appointed tutor to Indra the king of the gods. Indra having had little leisure to devote to study it was arranged that Vrhaspati should teach the children of the gods and so he came to bo tho teacher of the gods or heavenly school- master (Mfton). = custom, usage: k. 2). g waft lha-la$-rgan lit. senior (in birth) to the gods, i.e.) the Asura (Mftoni). lha-ges ^^3 a wise man; a divi- ner, an astrologer. lha-bsafts (^'^•^^'q^E.’q) offer- ings of incense to the gods (Nag. 6£). ^'4^ lha-bfos Я4Л1 [an offering of eatables presented to a deity]8. Lha-sa the capital of Tibet, so called from the time that the first image of Buddha was brought thither from China during the reign of king Sroft-btsan §gam-po in the first quarter of the seventh century A. D. This famous city is situated on the Kyi Chhu at an altitude of 11,600 feet above the level of the sea, in lat. 29° 39' N., long. 91° 6' E.
^в|| 1336 I Lha-gsol 1. n. of a place in the district of Dwag-po, S.E. Tibet (Rtsii.). 2. invocation and offerings to the local gods. Iha-sruft tutelar god ; more cor- rectly the gods who have undertaken to guard Buddhism in Tibet. lha-na knee pan, *to bend down the right knee ; the bend of the knee IF. (Ju.). * Iha-ii'a to soften, slough, suppurate. lha-ru cartilage. Lha-mo dmar-mo tsa- тип-di the Indian goddess Chamapdi \ 317). lha-mo dun-gi nusho- can an officinal herb growing in the clefts of rocks and with leaves resembling those of the bamboo and yielding milky juice after incision; is used in ulcers and wounds. lha-min fyse-yi nu-sho- can also called n. of a medi- cinal plant tbo leaves of vrhich are used for wounds and sores. 'g£ Lho-Ьгад grub-chcn- las-kyi: rdo-rje n. of a Tibetan Buddhist saint and author who wrote volumes called belonging to Lhobrag. Tsong- khfc-pa visited him. lha-sdin§ n. of a place in Yar- klnn: (Л. 9£). t Lha-rje-rags a physician who made himself famous by constructing a river embankment: being constructed by Rag$ it is still called Lha-rje-rags (Л. 90). lhag I: я1чж, wfaftw, wrt exceed- ing, more, beyond; also adj. excellent, surpassing, excelling, superior: there is hardly any other virtue or religion superior to this; ^мгч^Л’ is there any one that is suffering more than I ? (Jd.). II: 1. rtfW3, the son of the moon, a planet: T44 gzah-lhag-pa the planet mercury. 2. or lhag-pa Wednesday. Syn. ai* zla-tkye^ 3’5 zla-bu\ 4 lus-Qcig-pa : »d^5*l|«prQ mdsah-lhahi grog$-po\ 8fio-bsafi§-lu$; ^nanna; Iha-rntshamt; so- 8or-$kye§; rgyal-pohi-bu ] gsaljdan-, S’4 tho§-ldan-$kyc§ \ 3** tshim-bycd-§kye§; «рдгч rnkhas-pa (Mnon.). lhag-par adv. more, mostly with adj., but also with verbs: fin-tu lhag-par far more; very exceedingly, uncommonly; ^ч|*ч^‘4ч|Ц’С| uncommonly good; extremely, excessively, further, furthermore (Jd.). lhag-ma remainder, the excess: the remaining portion of it. ^<т| л5 lhag-pahi dwaft-phyug wxt- wv emperor, supreme lord or king. empress or su- preme queen. lhag-pahi-lha [presiding deity]S. lhag-pahi $e$-rab wfaW transcendental wisdom. lhag-par Idan-ma a lady possessing more than what is necessary or one ordinarily possesses ; n. of a Yaksha princess (K. g. % 130).
1337 | lhag-hbyor opulent, very wealthy. Syn. hbyor-pa chen-po; phyug-chen (Mnon.). lhag-med=all, entire, the whole, leaving nothing behind. Syn. kun ; w*s tha ms-cad (Mnon.). lhag-gi§=<^'^ lhan-ner. §^|’Ц lhag-pa ог^Я^’ч=^’ rlun (&ag. GJ) the wind; hut acc. to Jd. usually signifies: cold wind. lhags-nar— cold piercing wind. lhags-pa wtjthh to approach, to meet, to assemble with other persons; to be adjacent or contiguous: it is well that you shuold have now come to this place (A. 23); (Pag. 309) approaching to Buddha reverentially he bent down to his feet. lhan-ne clear, distinct, bright, resplendent. Syn. lham-nie; lhan-ne. (Mnon.). Utan-lhan clear sound or noise, B'45the clear harking of dogs; it was heard dis- tinctly as the voice of a herdsman (A. 1ST) g|c.-^E.qT5*q speaking with a clear, sonor- ous voice. i?i5»r34prqvWsE.' (A. 14). lhan-lhan-gtsug one of the thirty-seven sacred places of the Bon (6r. Bon. 35). lhan-tsher чдч-и?' ^1) an impressive expression ; words that one feels. lhad 1. interpolation; interpolation in religious works. ^’4^*45 phyis-lhad-du bcug-pahi tshig a later interpolation. 2. a baser substance mixed up with a finer one, an alloy. lhad-can adulterated, alloyed ; Ihad-med unadulterated, pure, genuine, real, without alloy. lhan те together, tgVS*1 (when ref ering to the subject of the action), lhan-nas (as ablative case), together, with one another, те^ТД gone together or along with. existing or living together. I han-skyes or lhan-cig skyes-pa те^г, bom together with, as twins; also, esp., lha or hdre born together with every human being. ^'2^ lhan-rgyas 1. a state council; a society or company; acc. to Jd. partner of the seal, i.e., a colleague using the same seal in official business (<§V Ihan- rgyas-kyi the-tse or spyi-dam). 2.= lhan-geig. ^4^1 lhan-geig together with, alto- gether ; id.; lhan-cig hgro moving together as do a party of dancers, soldiers &c. (Mnon?). lhan-cig gnas-pa HWH; to live together in har- mony, to live as husband and wife. gV* lhan-cig spyod-ma as met. = ^« bride, wife (Mnon.). lhan byed’pahi rgyan те^Х^, [auxiliary cause or dependence] S. lhan-hbyun те^ [together, a friend, companion] & lhan-tc = ^. lhan-ne = ^' faihR [shining; the sun]8. Ihab-se-lhab-pa to flutter to and fro, to glimmer (Jd.)- lhab-lhub 1. excessive ornamentation; slovenly dress; wide 169
1338 W flowing; a silk-cloak unneces- sarily large with flowing sleeves. lhah§ ячх [middle] S. lham qr^, a felt boot, a shoe; 5 a Chinese boot, a Mongol boot, lhani-sgrog or shoe-strap, latcbet; string for lacing felt leggings ; lham-mthil boot-sole ; Iham-yu leg of a boot; boots with long legs (ЛЛ.).; ?P<’35 lham-krad pieces of leather used for patching soles; lhani-gog worn- boots; Iham-hgram the upper- leather or vamp; tham-§gro gu-an gsn buskins; ^*’4*5 lham-ун (had a sort of slippers to which cotton leggings are attached, Iham-nt-wahi rin-po-che shoes as a precious article owned by a СакгаеагШ Raja^ its possession saving him from many inconveniences, besides enabling him to walk on the surface of water (AT. d. >, 74^). gprqlq lham-bzo-wa ’Фнтх a shoe-maker. Syn. 34]* phyag§\ unchil-iham^ bcag-lham\ mthil-lham ; Sv *tsher-nia-lprufi (Mnon.). lham-mr Hifau illumined, blazing, bright. lham$-kyi§ at once, all, every thing. lhar-hgro hgro-icahi rim-pa) (Mnon.). $V4S* lhar-bca§ together with the gods; the youngest son of Pandu Raja (Дпоп.), also (A. K.). /Л«з=я^'4)^ a place where many live huddled together ;=*п?т, чгеж, qfai* J pen, fold, enclosure for cattle. ГЧ1 lha^-ma q^, braid; wicker- work ; also of pastry, twisted cake; rope. lha§-bkan^Q\'W pad-ma can-gyi mtsho lotus-lake, a pond over- grown with lotus plant (Mfton.). Lha^b^tau 1. n. of a city in Magadha, tho birth place of the mother of Buddha. 2. pointed out or directed by tho gods. lha$-pa, v. under $le-wa. Lhas-byin 1. a brother of Ananda and cousin of Gautama Buddha, who, as the legends have it, continually annoyed Buddha by malicious artifices, whereby, however, the blameless character of the latter shone but the more conspi- cuously ; hence proverbially used for any malicious character (Cs.). 2. n. of a cer- tain king of Benares the account of whose son Lha-snaft §tob$-ldan occurs in Mgrin. ^K’EJ lhin-wa = or strong, firm, steady; change- less. lhin-chag$ unbending, unflag- ging- Ihu a portion of the body of an animal,=J zug ; to divide, to parcel out; lhu-тдо a limb-joint: tho cheek- bone and all the limb-joints had come out (Khrid. Ifl). lhu-tshig$ the joints of the limbs i.e., of the hands and legs thug, v. ldug-pa to pour out. lhug-pa and prose (Cs.). in *’«T*r**j*rg«f (Hbrom, ISO), t .
1339, ^1 lhug-рэ abundant, diffuse, luxuri- ous ; also loose : q also to remain naked or loosly dressed so that some parts of the body may be seen. lhag-par amply, abundantly, plentifully ; to give in charity liberally, ‘^5Qlhug-par bqad-pa — ^' full statement, to explain completely. ЗТ**1 ’Ц4!received grace abundantly. thugs successive, continuous; un- interrupted, having no gaps; unreserved (Jd.). or continuous praise (Seh.). Ihiin pf. of *q llun-wa. Ihun-lhun fW^^(4fnon.) a flowing stream, waterfall, cascade. •^EjRC’rrtJ sweetly murmuring (the gentle stream) descends (Ja.). lhun-wa~nid wht fall, state of falling, Ihun-wa-bskyon one who saves the fallen; purra sure fall, a sin (Jig. 11). fbre [fallen away]& rrfcsnlost, swerved. freerne begg- ing platter, the alms bowl of Buddha and of the Buddhist monks in which food or edibles are thrown by alms-givers. ql^^ Ihun-bzed-htJiol цтч’ ufxfk [search- ing all round an alms bowlJS. Ihuft-bzed chun-nu small platter, ^q^wo lhu-.bzed‘hthan-ica qiww to hold out the alms bowl, one holding it out, a Buddhist monk; Ihun- bzed-pJs alms-bowl case, the bag in which the begging platter is kept or carried ; Ihun-bzed thag-pa the straps or strings by which this begging platter is suspended and carried; ^/qly^N Ihun- bzed-kheb§ чг^чм alms bowl cover. qie/uw Ihun-yas (9P**) ; n. of a num- ber (>S. Lex.). Ihun mass, bulk massy, bulky; ojy&'q very large. Ihun-grub or f*roHtJT, miraculously sprung or grown, formed all at once; self- oreated, not contrived by human labour; q^q^^qj^q'^’l^q^ clothes and food having come forth from themselves (Dzl.); ^'54 lhun-grub is also noun personal. Ihun-chags unchanging (Yig. 8). lhun-po HJ; heap mountain, hill, upheaval; ^xq'ajyq ri-rab llum-po the mountain Sumeru. “ Tashi- Ihunpo ” heaps of glory, auspicious events or things; n. of the great monas- tery near Shigatse. Ihtini^ resp. for ЛН the womb: to enter the womb, conception ; ^^’$‘§T*’q^'religi- ous festival to commemorate the time of the conception (of Buddha). Ihur=devotion, earnest application. |Kq^'4 lhur-bshes-pa resp. for sympathy commiseration (8. Lex.; (Yig. 15). -S ora lhe-wa, n. §le-wa. = brag-gi-hog the part of the belly below the breast. lheb in ^е,‘5,^л1С| dbug$ lheb-lheb-tn hdug-pa (Pth.) gasping for breath (Ja.). them just now, at present, directly, instantly C.; he has just now arrived ; ^'4^5 has just been killed. lhem-lhem — tyQ‘tyQ Iheb^lheb gasp- ing like a fish when taken out of water.
1340 lhes-ma=$w lha$-ma-, also= the act of twisting, plaiting (Jd\). Iho the south; come from the south ; e? the continent of Jambudvipain the south; ^'$4 Iho-uub UfVH, south-west, $ar-lho south- east ; to the south, towards the south. lho-phyog§ the south, southern direction: lho-phyog$- $kyon the guardian of the south an epithet of the lord of death (Mnou.). 54l*r jfc* Iho-uub phyog^kyoA the guardian deity of the south-west an epithet of Rftvapa the king of the cannibal-goblins, the king of Lanka (Mnon.). §^55 Iho-bgrod tho moving of the sun towards the south (Ya-sel. 45). JpF Lho-kha the tract where the Tsangpo turns its course southward, n. of the south-eastern part of the province of (7, with Rtse-than (Chethang) as its chief town. lho-ра (lit. the southerner) the Tibetan tribes in Sikkim and Bhutan. Iho-hbrng-pa tho southern Buddhists belonging to the Hbrug-pa sect, t.c., the people of Bhutan. Lho-brag province of S. Tibet bordering Bhutan (Я/ш.). t Lho-brag grub-ehen la^-kyi rdo-rje n. of a celebrated lama of Lhobrag. Ihog acc. to S. Lex. a fatal disease —glog-pa a large ulcer or* sore ^SWj.) cancer, cancerous, ulcers lhog$-pa=4ffiq bzlog-pay in (Л. 127). Ihon 1. dangers, metaphysically said to be of three kinds:—(1) phyihi-lhon external or physical dangers, those arising from evil-spirits, enemies, robbers, wild animals, fire, water, wind, etc. ; (2) naA-gi-lhon internal dangers, those arising from diseases of the body; (3) san§-pahi-lhoh dangers of secret or concealed origin, t.e., mental suffering, agony of the mind, depression of spirits and ravings of the heart, etc. 2. vexation, anger; IhoA-^or he has lost the fc' Ihoft is said of one who was not equal to the exertions of incessant meditation, and who in conse- quence has lost his senses (Ja.). lhod-ра, Ihod-po^^^ slow, also SV4 fflotl-pa or ^Vq lod-pa loose, relaxed, unstrung, slackened, of the limbs, e.g.y when death approaches; lhod-pa $grim-pa to tighten what is loose. = gradually, in slow course, smoothly (Yig. 39); ^VSfV^’4 Ihod-lhod gton-ua to slacken. ^5’^ Ihod-de ^Vq brel-гса med-pa, without hurry or haste, slowly: ^’V^V^ ye-re, Ihod-de (A. 150). 2. of the mind: easy, careless, uncon- cerned: Ihod-de nol-eig sleep well I sleep soundly! (Glr.); blo-lhod-gyis la-^od relate the matter calmly, coolly (Ja.). -^‘^V 1коп-ра-=.&'Ц glon-pa to return, to give or pay back (Cs.).
I: is the last letter of the Tibetan alphabet corresponding in sound to the first letter of Sanskrit and the English a. The Tibetans include it in both the vowels and consonants of their language. As without it no consonant can be sounded it is regarded as a 4W§5- The w is also specially called §kye-wa med- pahi-yi-ge, probably because all speaking depends on and is rendered possible only by a previous opening of the glottis; hence this letter is a symbol of the deity or of the^g chos-sku that was before everything else. Thus д^'^’Ч^Ч^ Spyan-ras-gzigs addresses a celestial Buddha with w: evgsr «^¥*^1’^953^4 Other glosses on the letter affirm: в4^чАд’^’§’^ч1 (К. g. 4, 3); w(JT. g* % 42). 2. num. 30. IN II: =resp. ^Ч^ in conver- sation ; in addressing a great man sku-shabs-lags (or colloq. ^‘ЧЧ^’^Ч^ §kit^ shog§-lags) your honour! the reply will be “ 84 аУ If, however, the superior person calls his servant <¥^^'^4^ shabs-drufi- lags, the reply will be ^4** lags or «14^’^’ Ч434 lags-sku-shogs. IN III: in mystic Budh. a shcs-bya-wa^**^ dam-tshig {K. g. Р», 179). thamz-cad-lcyi sgo-ste, d- 714)—fr'&q4* mi-hjig-paho—»^^ mi- zag.yaho-^^ yon-tan-gyi tshogs and ^Slob-dpon(K. my. % W IN IV : in the Ladaki dialect stands for de that, both alone and in com- pounds : a-nas from that, a-nar and 84 ^’5 a-na-ru there, thither. Also вч a6o=that (v. A. H. Francke in Joum. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, 1901). IN’H] A-ka n. of a place in Khams (Ya- sel. 46). A-ka Bsod-nams bzan- po one of the successors of Tsongkha-pa in the hierarchical chair of 544’^ (Gahdan) (Lon. *, 17). ^”1’5 a-ka-rit for вч’Ч^ n. of the tree agaru; w'4’5'^’43434 a wooden pin made of the tree called agaru. IN’H]N a-kam-=&^' fire-wood, fuel: вч'Чя‘Зй’^Ч34 а-кат rlon-hdegs (Rtsii.). IN’^ а-каг=ф* ; in Sikk. for red pepper or Capsicum. J вч'З'д а-кга-дгь n. of a fruit (K. d. 13). итщк a-kyan incorrectly for вчг^’? as in (Rdsa. 10). 84’35 leather to make patches in shoes or portmanteaus ; leather of old shoes. 84'3^’ a-kron (a-toong) a species of fern, IN’p a-kha also wpp and вчро] exclama- tions expressive of bereavement, failure, mistake, etc.: {Khrid. 38). a-khu uncle, father’s brother.
13-12 Syn. ft'^5 khu-ico; M’SVgHVg pha*yi $pun- zla {Mnon.). * a-ga-ru fiiw, the aloe- wood, calambac ; of three species, w*’g ar- §kya the grey species, вч^я ar-nag black, and вч'Я^55 a-gar go-$nod: 1 (ЛПи. rda. 7). Syn. mdse^-sbyin-byed \ dri-shhn IJon-pa; ^'^Я 5Я4 nd-bdag- dgah\ wqS^K/Ei thal-wahi snin-po; hdab-zun-can; nags-kyi tsan- dan\ du$Ja-$kye§\ ^*г|*гядс.' dtt§- rjc§-hbran; \ dri-yi-<}in\ t san-dan ser-po (Milon.). вч'Я^ЯН* a-ga-rti nag-po the best quality of aloe called also вчя a-ga-ru inchog. Syn. 5^’чч\ phren-w ahi-dr i; 4*^5 wt$- Idan ; *41’^*^ bkra-ips-can ; rhift- hjom$; fin-nags mdog-sbyin; ОДМЯ'^ san-gur над-ро\ ^’-*1^ fi ill-fa-pa or рл ga-pa or лучч^' qa-pahi-tpii. a-ga-nihi thafi fifa- 04 3^ a-gyis an interrogative pleonastic term signifying: have you done it or done so ? t A-gastya ЧТО n. of an ancient Rishi. W’Mj’^’*5 a-hgro mi-hgro also do you go or not go ; is cognate to вч a-sgor ear ornament of women : Я^'^вч-JjX a gold ear-ornament (Rtsii.). a-cug 1. ankle-bone (Jd.). 2. an interrogative interjection, ‘have you put it in ’ ? 3. expression of sudden pain. iiw a-(?a^ = in the eolloq. of course, oh, yes, it must be: вч’^ (Hbroni. 192). вч'З а-сс=вч|* a-[cc madam, sister; вч ^^е.' madam has left (Bbrom. 49) ; вч'^чя^ О, madam! вч^я^’^’Зa-lcc- lag$ rin-po-che your ladyship (Yig. 44)* a-chu, «’4’4 TT 5 interj. ex- pressive of pain from cold, hence, еч ч n. of one of the cold hells: ч ц^ ц^ вч'4*4 (Khrid. 38) issues forth un- interrupted crying from agony, achn, chu. «’4a-chu zer-tca jyr.; one of the eight cold hells of the Buddhist purgatory (JZ.K). 134a-che 1. an older sister of a female person. 2. JY. wife, mistress, madam, used as address and otherwise (Jd.). 1?ГсБ’^ A-chi-thu n. of the Regent of Tibet during the time that She'-di was prime minister of Tibet (Yig. k. 12). a-mchod (vulg.) a priest who performs the daily religious services in a church or monastery. a-jo used in Lh. and Tsang, for I ЧЯ*< jo-lag$ and jo-jo 1. an older brother of a male, person. 2. Sir, Mr., gentleman, lord, used in addressing and otherwise; also : friend! 3. n. of a god: (Deb. Я, 37). вч’З^ a-nan = & hesitation, hesitation to listen to one’s advice; doubt as to whether one would listen or not: 5’^ ‘Я^'З^’Я^ Я$Я *5*'^ вч(Rdsa. 21). a-ta in Kon-po for вч*£ a-j& elder brother: §also' father.
1343 A-ti-qa (in Tib. ^Э1'" Phul-byun the accomplished one) also called ^’1 or ?’"1 the Tibetan equiv. for Dipamkara S'rijnana, the celebrated Buddhist pandit of Bengal, who lived for thirteen years in Tibet and died at Nyethang near Lhasa in the beginning of the eleventh century A.D. A-ti ma-wer a Bon god whose attributes resemble those of Avalokites'vara. t *| a-ti mu-ta-ka a kind of flower growing on the plateaus of Tibet (/f. d. 5, 58 k). Syn. dpyid-bzan; dpyid-kyi pho-na; sbran-rtsi- skyes, hbras-bu nag-smin-, felT; bde-bzan*, «Bqxlw lag-hjoms (Mnon.). t a-ti muk-ta-ka [mountain ebony]S. a-thul or ’й’З'Ч ё-thul a colloq. expression of doubt as to whether an enemy would be vanquished: (Ljans). a-tho-wa beautiful, good (fifeA.). a~htha§ is explained as f Wffl’ a phenomenon always occurring to one’s self which is taken for reality. j A-dahi bu the son of Aditi [the sun]S. -dog§& table (&Л.). a-don =skye-wa med-pa unborn, uncreated, self-existent. a-drag (colloq.) doubt as to whether a thing is good or bad—I doubt if it is good! (Rdsa. 26). a-drun, 5’4^4 1. horseboy, one tending horses. 2.=^V^ drel-dpon or chibs-dpon chief-groom, mule- teer, but ordinarily a messenger who riding a swift horse carries official despatches. 84 5^5 a-drun-rta-^ad—^'^ a messen- ger. A-du ma-ya n. of a country (K. du. \ 58k). a-nan a little man, a dwarf (& kar. 177). a-nu resp. address for a noble lady; n. of the mother of Thonmi Sam- bhota, the father of Tibetan literature. А-пй-па n. of a mountain situated to the east of Jambudvipa (K. d. \ 267). a-ne 1. an address to a Buddhist nun ; a caressing word of address towards a nobleman’s son. 2. uncle’s wife, father’s brother’s wife. 84a-ne ma-mo a certain red worm or vermin (Rtsii. 83). a-gnad Ita-wa to see or exa- mine as to the condition of a thing, any scruple about a thing or matter. I: a-pa 1 fuur father=«гы a-pha. 2. expression of compassion, or mercy: alas, all animals (A. 19). a-pi an interjection expressive of wonder when one perceives a thing of which he had no knowledge before : indeed, that it was so I did not know I a-po 1. the junior husband of U Tibetan woman; also=youthful husband
1344 of an elderly woman. 2. address for an elderly man: (A. 10J); r»r*6i 45 w5 ^ (Rdsa. 11) . | W’q’q’nj a-pa ba-ka ; royal personage, official, (mystic) (K. g. p, £5). a-pra or a-bra applied to several species of Lagamys or tailless shrew. W’4 a-pha 1. for и pha father; a-pa chen-po the elder husband of a woman who is held to be father of all the children born of her; 4^b’ the younger husband and junior father of her children. 2. uncastrated male animal, cf. < wWa’ а-рЛо-Яа = р’Й’^ I myself I the man). C\ a-phyi—Q& phyi-mo grand- mother (Mil., Ja.). Cx a-phyim old woman, goody, dame (Sch.). a-phrag = a-ma-phrag the breast-pocket attached to a Tibetan robe: a-phrag-tu §du-wa to put into the bosom; colloq. = t W Ц a-wa dhu-ti-=V$ dhu-ti srog-rtsa dbu^-ma) the central life-vein for the in the human body. ИЧ’ЦЦ’ a-ban for чь'ц the husband of the father’s or mother’s sister (Cs.). a-bar abbr. of and (Rtsii. 76). a-bo-tse 1. acc. to Sch.: good, tolerable, middling. 2. w$ in colloq. a-byag name of a medicine. w *9^ a-hbra$ n. of a kind of fruit in appearance like the bulbous excrescence of tho maple tree: 5^ the fruit а-de' is very useful in kidney disease. J 0ч|’Р- a-bhi-sa n. of a medicinal fruit: 0Ч§ ОТД a~ina WKT, htht ; colloq. of « mother: my kind mother; a-ma gyi§ you be to me a mother, behave to me as a mother. 13Ч’<Я’£’ a-ma-ila an expression of sorrow. I Л-та de-ica (^frrHTu) (= Х^сяр^) Tibetan corruption of the name of Amitabha. Л-mi mu-si khri-do one of tho earliest tribes of Tibet; acc. to some : an ancient dynasty (J. Zaft.). + a-mu-kam w^ = ^'B5 dur-khrod cemetery (mystic). * w 4 a-mra ^cf, wnr mangoe; a-mra-<pn wr^nq' the mangoe tree. Syn. for both:—§braft-ttsihi pho-na; 5^5'5'^' dpyid-kyi-$ift; *ima- gan-da ; V! rkaft-drug-tshe$; ’^5 mfion-hdod} b$lab-pahi-<pn\ 5{ сй-ta a-mra (МЯоп.). 0ч names of the best kind of mangoe :—bcud-bzan; dpyid-kahi-gnen} sa-ha кй-ra; 04’4 dri-shim a-mra; a-mra khyad-par-can (Mfion.). * a-mrahi ho-та [froth of milk ; milk and mangoes]#. a-mri-ta ; nectar, ambrosia.
1345 CS о .4 a-mri ta-nam=. *44* the place of nectar (mystic) (-^ &• F, 28). w?T a-mro for wy a-mra mangoe (S. kar. 179). + 134’^ a-tsa, or « an expression of wonder or pity. 134’$'^ A-tsa-ra a corruption of Acharya, the general name by which Indian people particularly Bengalis are known to the Tibetans: (A. 67) the Indians knowing, perceived that there was gold. 2. in Mil. a species of hobgoblin от spectre (Jd.). 3. the clowns in the Tibetan religious dances who are caricatures of the Indian Brahmans. t A-tsa-ra dmar-po n. of an Indian saint (A. 66). втаГ a-tsi an expression of wonder: (-4.107). a-tsi-tshi an expression of repentance, regret: вч^ a-tsha or wi’i a-tsha-tsha an interj. expressing pain occasioned by burning heat or fire. a-tshor an interjection or inter- rogation : ^^квчare you unwell, you are ill? a-htsham in Sikk.=is it all right? a-mtshar=ya-mMar* po wonderful, curious. + a-Jsa ga-ra WWTT the python snake (K. d. \ 464). B4’£’^ a-dsa-na [Vai. w a-dsi- na the hairy skin of a black ante- lope which serves the religious student for a couch, seat, covering, etc.; Tibetan writers use the word for the animal itself: the skin of the adsina antelope. + A-dsi-ra ica-ti n. of a river in ancient India (K. du. 5, 395). + a-iva dhu-ti air passage. + a-wa brag-tri-ta the language of the ghosts (Yig. 7). a-shafi colloq. for shaft-po mother’s brother; uncle and nephew. BT§’^ a-hu-tsi 1.=it is of no conse- quence, it does not matter. 2. n. of a plant= bya-po tsi-tsi (Jd.) W’UfC a-ga-fla—t.1 am tired of that kind of work ! a-yu С. (=й’ч$ khu-yu) hornless, of cattle (Jd.). ОТЛ a-ra 1. an interjection expressive of pain in the body. 2. n. of a guinea pig. 3. n. of a section of the monastery of Sera near Lhasa (Lofi. -3, 7). J a-ra-wa tsi-na a mystical and symbolical word peculiar to the charms about Jamyang Bodhisattwa. a-rag resp. b(ps-rag C., hdon-тад W., arrack, brandy, the usual barley-brandy which is distilled in nearly every house (Jd.). WAE/nj-Jffl a-rafi-g$om an expression of hesitation as to believing a thing: (Rdsa. 24). 170
вчЛ«Т5р-| 1346 W A-rab-iffaA n. of a place in Kham$ (Deb. % 37). W A-rig n. of a country of nomad herdsmen situated to the west of Amdo (Lofi. >, 18). a-ru = w$K a-ru-ra. a-ru-ra vfch mq^t, [myrobalan, universal mcdicine]S. Syn. for the fruit as well as the tree of Myrobalan arjuna : hjig^-med; »*S nad-med; ч phan-pa-can; nad-hdor; bcud-len; bt$ya~ byin-spro$; bdud-rtsifri bbraf- bu\ 4^V$”4^Mft bdud-rtsi gserjdan; 3’^'5 hd-ri-ta; bphrog-bycd\ bde- byed ; shi-byed (Mfion.). a- rum a species of garlic, with a pale-red blossom, Allium sirictum (Ja.). a-re 1 . = [^Л kho-re 0, friend! (in derision). 2. an interj. вчЧмс.ч well then ? throw it away! (Jd.). I a-re wi; an interjection expressive of wonder=wT> a-tsi(Rd3a. 10). «Л'ач^м a-re-mdse^ томя how nice ! a-ro-ga = with- out disease, in good health. wK«|« A-rogs a common name of indi- viduals in Tibet. A-la-rofi the birth placo of the tenth Karma-pa hierarch Rol-pahi Rdorje s.facjqir (Lofi. *, £7). UJ’QI’QI a-la-la WTt an interjection, approving of one’s action and compli- menting by saying: you are clover find happy ! = W’«r«rV a-la la-ho or a-la-laho^ occurs in w ye gods be propitious to us, pray hear our prayers! (Ljafi^ W’QTJTQI a-la ma-la explained as в.Л=«‘«(Ч' a-phrefi the series of vowels or string of vowels. w^'4‘9 a-li ka-li tho Tibetan alphabet, vowels and consonants. 1 A-li-la bar-ta n. of a great river (К. ту. 4, 08). w$4 a-lig 1. a little. 2. a little boy, INa-lufi=w'fo* a-lofi a ring. IN’^N a-lu§ in Sikk. = cat. IN’ 5} а-^=вч*7> a-tsi an expression of wonder (at hearing what was not known before): 1 w’^Ч’У^Ч oh, it is here. 2. a little while: w‘etSV4‘J’4v (A. 80); khyod a-le ma-hgro do not go for a while ; wait a while, stop a bit, please; I won’t come for a little. w’<5i a-lo sir, an address to gentlemen in Sikkim. a-lofi a ring [braceletJ& a-^a-pa n. of a yaksha demon: ^5^w^-q q««vsi5-fl|5H (Л. 80). а-р?£=Ч5*‘Я g.tum-mo fierce. J w-^’4Y5 a-$wa gan-dha TOJRR [the plant Physalis flexuosalvi]S.: в^'ЧМ’ЧЛ’ (Med.). a-pi apricot. IN’-^ a~$e a superior quality of scarf used for presentation on visits (S. ka^ 179),
1347 Wj| a-fo ta-ra a kind of worm growing in the clefts of withered trees (K. d. \ 456). A-fO-legs one of the early kings of Tibet who was son of king "|^’Зс;5'4 Spo-de guft-rgyal (Tfy. 65). a-sa-na ^гня: [the tree Termina- Ha tomentosdyS. J a-sa-ra n. of a kind of flower (K d. F, 12). a-sam acc. to Sch.: a thick sauce or broth, soup; a-dbyar a thin broth (Ja.). t вч^ a-si gri knife (Mfton.). + вч'^’^я’дч] A-su-rahi brag-phug n. of a rock cavern in Sikkim visited by pil- grims of the Rnift-ma school. W’g* a-stu for 5ГЙ sru-mo an aunt (Sch.). a-gsar commonly : gf^’5' E.^’4-^»w’W4|^-j4-j'4g3('4]wti’^5,4]5i«|§5 {Pag. SOO). W4]W4 adv. openly, manifestly, publicly (Ja.). | ^-Aa=S4b-g«] B^5 Is'vara, (mystic) {K. g. % 216). a-ho-ye yes; acc. to Jd. an expression of laughter. а-w-ra brl-ta the language of the demons or Asura (Yig. 7). a-gig WfTK, the letter A. ад-t shorn resp. also beard of the chin, chin tuft (Jd.). ag-tshom-ean or ag- tshar-can a bearded or shaggy man; name for goat (Mfton.} ag-gsar lover of new things (Tsh. дай. 64$), fickle-minded. W ail 1. sbst. = *X^? wc;^ loin-cloth C., W.; under-garment, <he;mi trowsers, breeches (Pth.). 2. interj.: well then ! now then ! well! aft~ ini-khug, in (Khrid. 51). Aft-да ancient name of modem Bhagalpur. Aft-gahi rgydl-po an epithet of Kama the first born of Kunti the mother of the five Papdava brothers (Mftond). wt’5j aft-gi in colloq. a an-ki” figure, number, cipher, usually added to the ordi- nal numbers in speaking, c.g.> “ aft-ki tan-po ” the first, also : of best quality. bme/hje^ bsejSJs] numeral figure. t вче?зaft-gu-li the finger; = u^-qisj hand limbs. an-hgah-rag.. 3*X5’** rtog§-ldan-gyi dor-та snf^rr the trousers worn as an under-garment by Tantrik priests in Tibet. «е;«Л afi-ma-tsi acc. to Sch. = flies, winged insects. 3j4J ad-mo-nig = [a white woollen covering or blanket]5. an in W. white chalk (Jd.). + вч^’^’ч anJa§-tha ^ne- fa-can (mystic) (К. g. Г, 28) [Literally signifies “standing at the end.” The letters y, r, Z, v and h are called antastha"\S. в'Ц’У*’ an-%ton $ke-tshigj dail-po) cervical vertebra. + an-da-rnil sapphire.
। 1348 । an-gdo$ Chinese “life- boards ” or head and arm stocks; to put (a person) into the stocks. an-hdar in C. 1. board, plank, panel. 2. acc. to Cs. an iron instrument of torture; acc. to Thgy. a kind of press (Ja.). Wq’q^q’q ab-t>tab-pa = or J' qjfl-q (ДГ&Ш.). am-chog col. for rna- wtchog the ear; tnam-brag the bosom (Jd.). • am-yhrag breast-pocket of the Tibetan. am-ban the Chinese Residents in Tibet, political and military officers, two of whom are resident at Lhasa. am-gtsigs pressure of the lower lip with the upper teeth (in despair or out of anger) (КЛ<?. 18). ar-ka or w*’q, also SK”! plaster floor made of pulverized marble and oil (Ja.). ar-chen a plaster floor or a floor made of pebbles (Rtsii.}. ar-la$ the work of making a floor with pebbles, marble, or plaster (Bten.). ar-ka me-tog чп^ч [flower of the plant Gynandropsis penta- phylla\S. ar-$kya a fragrant tree which is used in medicine and yields frankin- cense (Rtsii?). ar-доп offspring of parents not haring the same rank, nor the same religion, and not belonging to the same nation ; in Ld. (Jd.}. ar-ti or ar-ti kha-фпаг cloth of raw-silk imported from Assam, having throe stripes lengthwise; it is used for wrappers by the middle class Tibetans (Rteu.). Ara dha-me-ru (lit. half Meru) fabulous mountain situated beyond the continent of Kuntu dgah-war gur-pahi glifi and said to contain mines of waidurya (lapiz lazuli) guarded by two Raksasa called Mfindehfi. and Rfima. Beyond that mountain is said to be a great ocean containing sea-elephants and sea-hogs (7Г. d. \ 281}. ar-nag used in medicino and as incense (litsii.}. ar-pa a thief, robber. Syn. 5^5 ikun-po\ tkun-mo (Mfion.}. ar-то n. of a bird (Rtsii.). li-да occurs inwvft ar-то li-gahi rdo-leb (Gyal. S.}. ‘45^4 ar-la gtad-pa Sch.: to be reduced to extremeties, esp. to extreme misery (Ja.). итёГ’П] a-tdsa-ka чг^гж; cotton: 04 T q Glr. cotton-capsule. Syn. ni-dgah-mahi hbra$- Ъи\ 5 leam-pabi hbra$-bu (Mfion.). + a.ra ghahi me-tog = 94! or $bra-waham tsher- mahi mo-tog (Мйоп.) drug used in vesicular eruptions Med. Arya de-wa=^^ ^ the chief disciple of Nagarjuna who succeeded
| 1349 'mi him in the Buddhist hierarchical chair of Nalanda and who converted many powerful pandits such as A'sva-ghosha and others to Buddhism (Grub. 16). al-gcig the one half of a pair. al-ta (for da-lta) 1» in Bal. now, at present. 2. to-day (Ja.). al-tifi something bulky or heavy (Ja.). al-lay v. W'4’4 a-la-la. e\ Wfv? as-ti n. of a tree growing in Вл-гсо rtse-lfia (Putoshan in China):—g §<¥? (Lofi. % 10). asma-gar-bha the em- erald. as-sarta the female breast, teats of woman (mystic) (K. g. % 216). i 1. beer,=*^* in C. 2. vulg. pronunc. of 55 dbyi the lynx. 3. num.: 60. 4. in Budh.: ®। i is the invisible entity or it is symbolic of the same (K. g. 43). <S>'BE4 i debugin TP. hiccough, sob (Ja.). i.gu-lya=- я?^, limb and the secondary parts of a limb (mystic) (K. g. % 340). ®i-ldan the letters surmounted by the vowel sign^ i such as $ Луг, ®| gi, § gyi, 5 S) yi (Situ. 28). 4 I-la-iva-H n. of a great river in ancient India, prob, the Irawadi of Burma (К. my. I4, 198) [I-la-vati or Iravati is one of the five branches of the Indus flowing through the Punjab ?]£>. i-<;i-ka • a grass-like herb: ч (К-, my. % 478). I-qo-legs son of king K4 5^’5^ Spo-de gufi-rgyal (Yig. 65). 4 J-fo ma-ti n. of a great river in India (7Г. my. F, 198) [Probably the same as the river Ichfcmati which is a branch of the Padma flowing through Bengal]#. + in dra go-pa [v^^^ co- chineal ; yet among the substances devoted to a costly Chorten it is mentioned as one of the five divine jewels (Glr. 7.)] from Jd. [the insect cochineal of various kinds, frequently mentioned in Pali books]S. in-dra nl-la sapphire. Syn. mthon-ka-che; a«- da-$nil\ dwafi-§fion; nor- buhi §nifi-po; ^vg nor-bu sfion-po; ’’T'T ka-ka ni-la; nl-la; sfio-tfeya ni-la; tJia-li (Mnon.). + in-dra bya-ка ra-na n. of an ancient Sanskrit grammar. im-chi Tibetanized Mongol term for a physician. и l. = num. 90. 2. и is symbolical of the unheard (K. g. 43). и-гдуап,=*&$$ the crown, the head ornament; but v. O-zgyan. Wl u-cug persistency; with §5’4= to persuade, to press, to urge, to persist in any matter. t U-ta-ka n. of an ancient sage (К. my. *), 1530).
’O’’^ I 1350 i U-tra-ya-na n. of an ancient Indian king who during Gautama Buddha’s time reigned in the great city of ui’i* He was a devoted admirer of Buddha and ruled his people with righteousness and justice. In the latter part of his life abdicating the throne in favour of his son he entered the holy order of Bhikshu (7Г. du. 298). + a-duni ba-ra (Ficus clonic rat a) but in Tibetan literature a fabulous lotus of immense size (Ja.). J U-ni-ko n. of a demon Yaksha of Kashmir who was a friend of the Yaksha called ч Ba-glaft-ldan of the country of Rohita who had invited Buddha Gautama with his followers to dinner and served the guests with a large quantity of grapes of Kashmir (K. du. S 298). u-§pu tea-kettle (8. kar. 177). + Ut-pa-ldan ; n. of a city in ancient India (A.K. 51, 6, v.). tQ q oi U-pa-la the learned disciple of Buddha who expounded the Abhidhar- ma pi taka at the first great Buddhist con- vocation (K. du. 5, &27). U-ma goddess Um&, the wife of Mahes'vara (IJfton.). J ’*1 u-t$i tin-да n. of an insect, the touch of which produces sexual excitement even in such monks as had been free from all thought of female company (K. du. *, 69). u-tshugs^WW nan-tan per- sistence. U-$ahi-ri or JT-jZ-n n. of a hill range in Central India or Magadha wherein there was a dense forest called Tamasa (7Г. du. f4, 21/1 and K. d. «I, 257). ug-cho$ n. of a flower: + 43*1 Uk-li ma-tho also called X gi-ri ma-tho n. of a sanctuary containing the image of Hayagriba Vishnu (Dsam. 6). ut-pa-la the blue water lily ; [a lotus] 8. Syn. 4’3 chu-skye$ tfion-pa; *J^4‘5 sabi-gdub-bu*, dwaft-ipchog; $teft-hthuft; '3|'*lfa mig-gi-gnen (Milon.). + 435445^'25 ut-pa-la dkar-po—^\ Чцуч’вгХ ut-pa-la che ЧЯ [a full blown lotus] 8. i^yq-or^q ut-pa-la Itur ga$-pa one of tho eight cold hells of the Buddhists (Jf.F.). 455 q ut-pa-la mdah w [the castor-oil plant]S. iQyq or^k’q ut-pa-la xdofi-po the lily plant. i^yq 4q ut-pa-la уи-гса + 135Ч'45як25 ut-pa-la dmar-po [the red lotus]#. Syn. bufi-wa-dgah; ^'З'44!4* dpal-gyi lag-pa*, VM’jI'iyi dpal-gyi-khyim; (вчуч <а|’у25 (ДГЯом.). ut-pa-la и<гЧяв, [the lotus plant]#. Syn. ltc-wa-cau*, la-ku-tsa*, yofi$-b§nun; чзуч'ог^ ut-pa-la (lMon?p Ut-pa- lahi indog n. of one of the earliest disciples, of Buddha (ЛГ.К).
1351 I ut-pa-lahi rtsa-гса lotus root. 'Sp-’l иЯ-ди oil-lamp C. (Jd.). un-chun —a young monk. ^¥31 un-thug, v. hu-thug. ^’"^aawarm meal-porridge; fermenting dough C. ttr-rdo, V. v- W4; ЧТЧАВД] colloq. for «га«гячч| (Ja.). Ur-nan n. of a religious sect: W$W,e,Tq’?q (Deb. % J4). e I: num. = 120. 2. in C. and later literature, an interrogative particle usually put immediatetely before the vb. or the pron. standing in the place of the vb.: «i^frft’^5 I am afraid he is not well, is he happy; ft’i^’S’jM shall we be able or not (Mil.). ’4^’ft my uncle who is very gracious why should he be in trouble ? (A. 128). ftVJ = superfine, the best: ftVTV^VI^S (£;atf$.). In the mystic language of Vlrupaksa the guardian Ma- hfirfija of the west, we have : fte-ne, & me-ne, dad-phu, S’5q’3 da-dab-phu, as expressions=misery, sin, the way and cessation of misery. I?) II ’. in Budh.: ft (К. my. "I, 206). HI: n. of a place in Tibet (Jig. 9); ft*M E-pa a native of E'. E-lha tgya-ri-wa n. of a scion of the ancient line of kings who belonged to- the ministry under the 1st sovereign Dalai Lama (Lofa % 9). e-na-i/a, ft a fabu- lous black antelope with short legs and black eyes (Ja.). t eating and drinking (mystic) (IT. g. % %15)> ft'^45 e-hthad—^has he come; also in “^5 if all are killed, would it be liked? (Yig. 58). ft’Vl e-dran—Sfi'^ dran-nam in «i•^K^’^^’Qi’^’q’^’ft (Rdsa. 1£). f-wfl, ftft‘W’5 or a-ma-ho (A. K. 1-6) interjection express- ing compassion. e-uam 1. 4^ yes, certainly, to be sure (Vai. §fi.). 2. in Budh. this is symbolical of ft e signifying (а) чад thab$ or (b) mdo = Satrap whilst 4 warn — (a) fe§ or ge§-rab knowledge or wisdom or (6) $fiag§ Mantra or the mystical part of Buddhism. 3. n. of a Buddhist religious work. ft'Ks £-r6’J=ft’^ e-yin qt yin- пат. fte-ran rgyal-po hjigs- med the yellow coloured myrabolan (§man. 109). t ft4^5 e-ran-da Wjft, VXW [the castor- oil plant] 8. + I&’QJ e-la =pomegranate. ft’qS’q^S E-lahi-brgyud an epithet of Vaijravapa the guardian of the northern quarter of the world. e-lahi-hdab WIT, as met. = the tongue. E-lan n. of the empress of the tenth Tartar Emperor of China whose son was the Emperor Bogto (Lo& % 10.
1352 Sfap | ♦ й чч e-lab хжчж occurs in Jaj-ajl Л чл 5«S4 {Lofi. л, 32). * crf-x/z ma-kd-ka dhe-nu n. of a bird (К. ко. "I, 2). eu-S^S cufi~zad : 5’^1 (A. 744). en-cig=JF&t hrib- tsam: 5Ц ^»гяГч| (Jfc#. 47). cufi-zad-re a Httle only, en-tsam=^'tg\iH cufi-zad-tsam only a little ; the little one (a pr. name). ен-tsam in 5«у0Ц‘*»» ^*ц*г Ijv {A. 744); and in ^•ЗД5 ^?^*«Ч151 Jfljvqfli ^«цд| (Sorig. 160). en-re, fast, rapid: 5Ц1 *85 ’q$3(Deb. % M *H’*5* cn-bdar> v. ан-bdar (Jd.). em-chi or ат-chi or S im-chi a doctor or physician. Acc. to Lif. it is a Mongolian word, er-ka C. v. «v»»| ar-ka (Ja.). 05vpq*q О-dk ar-brag n. of a rock-cave under a huge white rock in ancient India where the sage Pha Dampa Safit-rgya§ performed asceticism: 1*; I SJ’SV'OT <g4 ’»S*f «iqpnyr (Deb. % 37). O-^t-yan, v. 65 j^ О-г/7У^и- efafaN од-та=Ъ'£ tsi-tsu. o-ldofi or <’V bo-dofi wind-pipe (Jd.). 65 Kq o-rog jug-hgar the Jungar srad of Mongolia (Lofi. % 16). о Jo l.= a boy, stripling in Ts. and U. 2. an earthen-ware tea-pot. 3. Sch.: the place where two rivers join, the confluence of two rivers. 65 O-tgyan=W*fi U-rgyan the country of O^iy&na Sans. ; acc. to Lam-yig, tho modern Gaznee in Cabal. Or-rgyan Rin~po-che the chief epithet by which the Buddhist Saint Pacjma Sambhava is known to the Tibe- tans thang. 95). The different names under which the saint Padma Sambhava is adored in Tibet are:—(1) (2) 45’*’; (3) ; (4) ; (5) ; (6) (7) ; (8) ^4^’ ; (9) ; (10) q^W^^Y’r $4; (11) (12) ; (13) ; (14) ; (15) ; (1G) ; (17) (18) (19) (20) q^Asi1^ (^ thafi. 95). W От the famous mystic syllable used separately as well as in various collocations. wom-tydsad ЧТН a priest who begins . religious service by saying от. cm-nidsad-ma wfqxn; [the mystic syllable owj, signifying Buddha, Dharma and Sangha, [Brahma, Vishnu and S'iva] S. om-yig-dtug the insertion of the sound о in different places with variety of prosodial length and accentua- tion in the recitation of hymns]#. 5? Л O-$o one of the earliest kings of Tibet of the dynasty of Sahi-leg^ (J. Zafi.). Snq'j og-rgya beard; 55ч] ^гч ogJshum— agJshom (Jd.). Ofaj’cM og-raa the throat, песк,= £|*р< lkog-ma\ Э?чЛ og-Jio a beautiful white
1353 neck. og-gdoft-dkar the red cat-bear of Sikkim and E. Nepal (Ailurus ochra-coeus). og-hjol=^fH lkog-ma the larynx. ofi-gu a lamp; ой-ras the wick of a lamp, in C. (Jd.). ой-log the ptarmigan (Sch^. £ O-di bi-fa one of the five pro- vinces of the eastern part of India, modern Orissa. o-tanta pu-ri=AR'*#^ o-dauta pu-ri (A. 9). J O-tramn. of a country where ruled the king called Dasa-ratha (^5’5fifi-rta bcu-pa (Du§-ye. 39). J O-danta-puri n. of the great Buddhist monastery of Behar which flour- ished after Vikramas'ila and was sacked under the orders of Baktyar Khiliji in 1203 A.D.—(Л. 35). + 04jY4'SalX’' phyag-rdor abbr. of SfaTA ol-ma in C. throat, wind-pipe ; 5for»i^5 ol-mdud the “ adam’s apple ” in larynx : Ц. 131). o$-sko the chin, resp. shal-ko. B. S. Press—4067J—1,000—23-8.1902. FINIS. 171